Conference Agenda
Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).
Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 19th Aug 2026, 21:29:23 EET
|
Daily Overview |
| Date: Wednesday, 19/Aug/2026 | |
| 9:00 - 10:00 | 00 SES 04 A: Keynote Peter Kraftl: (Re)thinking why matter matters in mainstream and alternative education spaces Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Zsuzsa Millei Keynote |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Kraftl: (Re)thinking Why Matter Matters in Mainstream and Alternative Education Spaces Loughborough University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:There exists abundant evidence about the effects of material learning environments on various aspects of educational experience – from learners’ behaviours and the development of habits, to learning outcomes, socialisation and wellbeing. However, it has also been fairly well-documented that the causal pathways between the material learning environment and desired outcomes are often hard to determine. Material learning environments are mediated and complicated by additional factors, which, importantly, operate at different spatial scales – from educational policy to digital technologies, and from community engagement with educational institutions to the agency of individual learners. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 9:00 - 10:00 | 00 SES 04 B: Keynote Radhika Gorur: Beyond Impact: Responsible Knowing and Acting in Education Research Location: Tampere Hall - Main auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Antti Saari Keynote |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Gorur: Beyond Impact: Responsible Knowing and Acting in Education Research Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:How can we know and act ethically and responsibly as education researchers? Education research is increasingly expected to demonstrate utility, inform policy, and produce measurable ‘impact.’ Yet not only are these aims difficult to achieve, they also fail to prompt reflection on how research actively shapes the objects, problems and futures of education. This keynote begins with the provocation that education research is never merely descriptive: it is always world-making. If ‘knowing’ and ‘acting’ are co-produced rather than separate activities, what does it mean for education researchers to take responsibility for the worlds they help bring into being? Drawing on Jasanoff, Stengers, Dewey, Haraway, Latour and recent work on responsible research and innovation, I explore key issues of partiality, legitimacy and utility in research. To demonstrate the ontological politics of knowledge-making, I focus on the methods, metrics and data infrastructures that organise contemporary education systems—from international comparisons to predictive analytics—showing how they configure what becomes visible, actionable and governable, while excluding other possibilities. Turning the critical gaze to our own practices, I argue that attending to the epistemic, material and institutional conditions of research allows us to understand responsibility not as compliance with external demands, nor as the production of impact, but as the cultivation of reflexivity about the effects and exclusions of our knowledge-making. In a climate hungry for certainty, I argue for staying with the trouble and defending space for thinking and acting beyond narrow notions of impact. Understanding research as a collective endeavour shaped by civic epistemologies, informed publics and heterogeneous assemblages, I call for approaches that open up: slowing judgment, foregrounding uncertainty, inviting alternative perspectives, and making space for questions that do not necessarily fit prevailing frames. Responsibility, in this sense, becomes a mode of inquiry—a commitment not only to examining how we know, what we enact, and what possibilities we enable or foreclose, but also to considering ‘how we go on together.’ Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 9:00 - 10:00 | 00 SES 04 C: Keynote Jan Masschelein: The study journey as adventurous fieldwork: Regenerating an old form of education research Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Keynote |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Masschelein: The Study Journey as Adventurous Fieldwork - Regenerating an Old Form of Education Research University Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:I propose to reconsider a form of inquiry that, at times and in connection with various pedagogical movements, theories and disciplinary interests, once formed an essential part of education research and the design of pedagogical practices: the study journey. I suggest to understand this journey as embodiment of the famous motto ‘sapere aude’. Which is to be translated, following Isabelle Stengers, as ‘dare to taste’ (not to test or to judge validity claims). And she understands tasting as the adventure of learning to perceive the effects of situated indeterminate encounters that form more intelligent and sensitive bodies. Hence, we can understand the study journey as engaging in a transformation of the enquirer as well as the educational field itself, where the enquirer not only starts to perceive the field differently, but also starts to inhabit a different field. Where different things (can) start to matter and (can) start to matter (each time) differently.
A study journey constitutes a rather simple dispositive including certain tools, particular manners, a kind of discipline and (much) physical work to be done. It stages study as adventurous encounters with the educational field, allowing for a particular ‘style of attention’. This style enables to perceive learning as part of various forms of pedagogical life, being each time a different matter and mattering differently. I will elaborate how it can break, in a unspectacular way, through a certain modern scientific style of attention to learning. A style leading to ever more indirect research, ever more tele-screen-research, for which mainly access to streams of information and (technical) images is needed (emerging out of measurements, tests, assessments, experiments, sensors). It can break through this way of perceiving (how learning matters and what matters to learning) not because it would involve a different theoretical view, but because perceiving becomes embodied in a different practice. This fieldwork is not so much to collect stories, narratives, opinions from the field or about approaching it as a landscape on which to get an overview or establish a perspective. But it could engage e.g. in the making of very particular (pedagogical) atlases that help to unfold the field, while being drawn into it. This can help animate, repopulate or vivify an educational field that learning sciences, certain digital technologies and certain psychologies and sociologies increasingly have disembodied, emptied from the rich variety of forms of pedagogical life (their matter and matterings). The study journey could be seen as one way of ‘refielding’ (Stengers) education research, one way of ‘touching the (educational) present’ (S. Todd), moved by a desire of relevance, rather than of (future) directing. Making the field otherwise relevant for the (re-)design of educational practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 10:00 - 10:30 | ECER Break D Paper Session |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 00 SES 05 A: European Research Council Funding Opportunities for Education Researchers Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Nikolett Szelei Research Workshop |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies European Research Council Funding Opportunities for Education Researchers European Research Council Executive Agency, Belgium Presenting Author:The European Research Council (ERC), set up by the European Union in 2007, is the premier European funding organization for excellent frontier research. The ERC's mission is to encourage the highest quality research in Europe through competitive funding and to support investigator-driven frontier research across all fields, based on scientific excellence. Since 2007, ERC funded more than 18 500 projects and over 10 000 researchers. More than 200 000 articles were published in scientific journals. Many important prizes were awarded to ERC grantees, including 15 Nobel prizes. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 01 SES 05 A: Special Call - Session 3 Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Denise Beutel Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Exploring Trainee Teachers’ Perspectives on their Initial Meeting with their School Mentor Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Mentoring trainee teachers is a complex, relational practice that draws on a repertoire of knowledge, skills and dispositions that are distinct from classroom teaching (Gardiner & Weisling, 2018). In England, the mentoring role has been part of teacher education since the early 1990s (Hobson et al., 2009), although recent government reforms (Department for Education, 2022), implemented from September 2024, have intensified its prominence. These reforms place renewed emphasis on the responsibilities, training, and leadership of school-based mentors, highlighting their central role in high quality teacher development and retention. These reforms make timely a closer examination of how mentoring is enacted at the point where trainees and school mentors first come together, their initial meeting, and how trainees experience the structures intended to support it. At a European level, the European Commission’s report Supporting Teacher Educators for Better Learning Outcomes (2013) argued that mentoring and teacher‑educator work are a specialised professional practice. The report notes that rather than being treated as an extension of teaching, mentoring trainee teachers requires explicit competency frameworks, coherent preparation and continuous development. More recently, the Eurydice report Teaching Careers in Europe: Access, Progression and Support (2018) shows that across many European systems, mentoring and induction are regulated features of teacher training and early‑career support, with increasing clarity around mentor roles and the structure of mentor–mentee conversations. Framing the English reforms against this European backdrop positions them as part of a broader trend towards the professionalisation and standardisation of mentoring. From a broader international perspective, the OECD’s TALIS survey (2024) found that mentoring of trainee and new teachers is expanding, is better recognised, and is increasingly embedded in policy frameworks. There appears to be a shift towards mentoring as an integrated, systemic support mechanism. This study builds on previous work by the co-investigators (Connolly, Bates & Shea, 2022), which developed a set of questions to guide the mentor–trainee “initial encounter” on a postgraduate programme. Extending that work, the present research explores the use of the same questions in an undergraduate initial teacher training context at ARU, shifting the analytic lens to the perspectives of trainee teachers. By focusing on trainees’ experiences of their first meeting with school mentors, the study addresses a notable gap in the literature, which more commonly focuses on the mentor’s practice and programme design rather than trainees’ perspectives. The contribution is twofold. Firstly, it examines whether a structured conversational tool helps trainees to articulate goals, negotiate roles and establish productive routines with their mentor. Secondly, considering the global emphasis on teacher retention and wellbeing (OECD, 2024), it investigates whether early, structured mentor–trainee dialogue can enhance trainees’ sense of support and professional agency at a formative moment in their preparation. The study pursues two objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative, two‑phase research design to explore trainee teachers’ perspectives on their initial meeting with school‑based mentors, and to examine the usefulness of a structured conversational tool adapted from Connolly, Bates and Shea (2022). Given the study’s focus on experiences, perceptions, and meaning‑making, a qualitative approach enables rich insights into how trainees negotiate expectations, relationships, and early professional identity during the mentoring process. Phase 1: Focus groups (November 2025) Phase 1 involved a series of focus groups with undergraduate trainee teachers enrolled on the BEd Primary Education (with QTS) programme at Anglia Ruskin University (ARU). These trainee teachers were preparing for their first school placement, making the timing appropriate for exploring expectations of the initial mentor meeting. Participants were provided with nine adapted “initial encounter” questions developed in earlier research (Connolly, Bates and Shea, 2022). Using a diamond‑nine activity, participants collaboratively sorted the questions into an order of perceived importance, enabling group negotiation and reflection on what matters most at the first meeting with a mentor. The activity encouraged trainees to articulate their reasoning, challenge or defend certain priorities, and consider how questions support the development of rapport, clarity of expectations, and shared purpose. Focus groups were audio‑recorded to capture this dialogue, with the potential for participants to add, edit, or remove questions based on their professional judgement. Three focus groups were conducted—one at each ARU campus (Chelmsford, Cambridge, and Peterborough). All trainees will be invited with a total of 9 participating. Phase 2: Use of questions in initial meeting (November 2025) and follow‑up interviews (March 2026) In Phase 2, the question sets generated by the focus group were used as prompts at the trainees’ initial meeting with their assigned school mentors. This initial took place at the ARU School Mentor conference on each of the three campuses. Trainees then began their 8-week school placement in January 2026. Following placement, trainees will be invited to participate in individual online semi‑structured interviews (March 2026). These interviews will explore how the initial meeting unfolded, how the structured questions supported (or hindered) relationship‑building, and the extent to which the early dialogue influenced the trainee’s experience during placement. Semi‑structured interviews ensure consistency in core topics while allowing participants to introduce issues of personal significance. The interviews will be recorded via MS Teams. The focus group data and interview data will be thematically analysed (Clarke and Braun, 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to generate important insights into how trainee teachers experience the initial meeting with their mentor and the extent to which a structured conversational tool can support the early development of this relationship. As this initial meeting sets the foundations for communication and expectations, the findings are likely to illuminate the factors that contribute to a productive, supportive mentoring relationship. Firstly, it is anticipated that trainees will report increased clarity and confidence when approaching their initial meeting as the questions will provide a clearer understanding of what the initial meeting can achieve, what they hope to communicate, and how they might establish rapport with their mentor. This may reduce anxiety and promote a sense of agency as trainees enter their first placement. Secondly, the study is expected to identify which of the structured questions trainees deem most meaningful for establishing early trust and shared expectations. This will provide valuable insights into how conversation tools can be refined to better address the needs of undergraduate trainees, who may require different forms of support compared to postgraduate trainees. The focus groups may also reveal gaps or new priority areas. Phase 2 interviews are expected to show that trainees who experienced a purposeful, structured initial meeting feel better supported throughout their placement. These trainees may report stronger communication, greater openness in addressing challenges, and a clearer sense of direction in their professional development. Conversely, the interviews may reveal barriers that shape the effectiveness of the tool in real school contexts, such as limited mentor time or inconsistent use of the questions Overall, the study is likely to produce evidence informed recommendations for ITT providers and school mentors, highlighting how structured conversational tools can enhance early relational work, contribute to trainee wellbeing, and support the wider goals of teacher development and retention. References Clarke, V. & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic Analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology 12 (3), 297–98. Department for Education. (2022). Initial teacher training (ITT) provider guidance on stage 2. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/637b75ddd3bf7f7209bf2de5/ITT_Provider_Guidance_Stage_2.pdf European Commission (2013) Supporting Teacher Educators for Better Learning Outcomes, https://school-education.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2024-04/Supporting-Teacher-Educators-for-better-learning-outcomes.pdf European Commission (2018) Teaching Careers in Europe: Access, Progression and Support, https://eurydice.indire.it/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Teaching-Careers-in-Europe.pdf Hobson, A.J., Ashby, P., Malderez, A. & Tomlinson, P.D. (2009). Mentoring beginning teachers: what we know and what we don’t. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25 (1), 207-216. OECD (2024) Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS), https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2025/10/results-from-talis-2024_28fbde1d/90df6235-en.pdf Weisling, N. F., & Gardiner, W. (2018). Making mentoring work. Phi Delta Kappan, 99(6), 64-69. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Structured Reflection in Teacher Practicum: Insights into Pedagogical Thinking Development with the PAKER Method University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Reflection is widely recognized as a key component of teacher development and professional growth in higher education (Gast et al., 2022; Krapivnyk et al., 2021). Reflective teachers often critically evaluate both traditional disciplinary approaches and their personal teaching practices, aiming to enhance them through pedagogical theories (Nevgi & Löfström, 2015). In teacher education, reflection is typically integrated into teaching practicum, yet it frequently remains at a descriptive level, lacking theoretical depth or critical analysis (El-Dib, 2007; Korthagen & Vasalos, 2005). Despite the acknowledged importance of reflection, concrete and systematic methods for fostering deep pedagogical reflection remain scarce in university pedagogy. Research shows that reflective practice requires conscious effort and structured support, particularly in connecting reflection to one’s own teaching (Nguyen et al., 2014). Schön’s (1983) concepts of reflection-in-action and reflection-on-action further highlight that reflection may occur both during and after pedagogical experiences. To address this gap, we have developed the PAKER method (Pedagogisen Ajattelun KEhittymisen Reflektio), a structured model for supporting Reflection on the Development of Pedagogical Thinking during teaching practice (Lähdesmäki et al., 2025). This study investigates how university teachers describe the development of their pedagogical thinking as they engage in the guided phases of the PAKER method. The theoretical foundation of PAKER combines perspectives from authentic learning (Lähdesmäki, 2021) and a four-level reflection model (Kostiainen et al., 2023). Authentic learning emphasizes real-life contexts, disciplinary relevance, social interaction, cognitive engagement, and pedagogical coherence. Within the practicum, the aim is to create a reflective space where the teacher’s own practice serves as the basis for learning, shifting the focus from task completion to learning as a process (Harris & Salinas, 2009; Herrington & Herrington, 2008). Kostiainen et al. (2023) model outlines reflection as a process progressing through four phases: descriptive, relational, conceptual and meaningful, and critical reflection. PAKER integrates this model into a three-phase structure: orienting, active, and synthesising reflection (Lähdesmäki et al., 2025). These phases guide teacher students in deepening their reflective skills and awareness throughout the practicum experience. Although teachers’ reflective attitudes often develop during pedagogical studies, prior research suggests that reflection tends to focus on external factors and remains surface-level (El-Dib, 2007; Korthagen, 2004). In contrast, deeper reflection supports the recognition of both strengths and developmental needs in teaching (Gast et al., 2022) and contributes to the growth of pedagogical thinking as a form of professional expertise (Segal, 2023; Postareff et al., 2008). In the university context, pedagogical thinking becomes visible in various professional tasks, including course design, facilitation of learning, assessment, and curriculum-level development (Van Dijk et al., 2020). It also extends to pedagogical leadership and programme planning. Thus, supporting teachers in articulating and developing their pedagogical thinking is essential for enhancing their professional practice holistically. This study investigates how university teachers articulate the development of their pedagogical thinking across the three reflective phases of the PAKER method: orienting, active, and synthesising. Specifically, the study seeks to answer the following questions:
By addressing these questions, the study aims to provide deeper insight into the progression of pedagogical thinking and the diversity and depth of reflective skills among university teachers in authentic learning environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data for this study were collected in spring 2025 during a university-level teacher training module (5 ECTS credits) forming part of pedagogical studies. The dataset consists of 15 reflective final essays (PAKER syntheses) written at the end of the practicum period. In these syntheses, students reflected on the development of their pedagogical thinking, their professional growth as teachers, the achievement of learning objectives, and their teaching experiences. Students also provided basic background information (name and faculty). The essays were submitted via the Moodle platform. On the cover page, students gave written consent to participate in the study and to allow the combination of their data with other research materials. Research information was made available on Moodle, and participation was explicitly stated to be voluntary. At the beginning of the course, students were informed about the research, and a formal research notice was provided. The study complies with the Finnish National Board on Research Integrity (TENK) guidelines. One of the researchers anonymised the data using coded identifiers. All personally identifying information, including references to specific academic disciplines, was removed. The research approach is phenomenological-hermeneutic. We investigate how students describe the development of their pedagogical thinking in the final essays, focusing on both the content of their reflections and the reflective depth. The analysis is theory-driven content analysis, guided by the phases of the PAKER method, the levels of reflection (Kostiainen et al., 2023), and the framework of teachers’ professional tasks (Van Dijk et al., 2020). Each researcher first read the data independently and made initial observations. After collaborative discussion, a shared analytical framework was developed, and the data were categorised according to the research questions The content analysis was conducted using an Excel spreadsheet, where excerpts from each teacher’s synthesis were organised to allow identification of both the levels of reflection and the content described in relation to each phase of the PAKER method. Based on the data, five main themes emerged concerning the components of pedagogical thinking. The level of reflection was assessed using a four-tiered framework: descriptive, relational, conceptual and meaningful, and critical reflection (Kostiainen et al., 2023). Each level was defined based on prior research to describe the nature of reflection and guide interpretation. These definitions helped identify how pedagogical thinking appeared in students’ texts and whether their reflections showed explanatory or critical depth. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The significance of the three phases of the PAKER method (orienting, active, and synthesizing) in promoting teachers’ pedagogical thinking and reflection was reinforced by this study. The orienting phase assists teachers in identifying and articulating their pedagogical competencies, as well as in setting personal goals for the practicum. The active phase emphasizes the importance of reflection in authentic teaching situations and highlights the role of peer feedback in supporting professional growth (see Lähdesmäki, 2021). The synthesizing phase guides students in assessing the achievement of their goals, recognizing areas for development, and strengthening pedagogical thinking and integrating theory with practice. During the reflection process, key themes of development emerged, including lesson planning skills, interaction, mastery of teaching methods, professional growth, peer group collaboration, and pedagogical reflection awareness. These areas are essential for teachers’ professional development and strengthen the foundation of teaching (Van Dijk et al., 2023; Nevgi & Löfström, 2015). According to the study, the PAKER method guides teachers to reflect on and develop their pedagogical thinking. The levels of reflection vary among teachers. Some students’ reflections remained at the descriptive and relational levels, while others reached the stage of critical reflection. Quite a few focused on conceptual reflection, articulating the insights and meanings they had gained throughout the reflective process (see Kostiainen et al., 2023). Reflection skills and the willingness to reflect influence how deeply teachers are able to recognize and articulate their development. Reflection requires commitment, readiness to identify one’s own shortcomings and areas for improvement, as well as a desire to learn new things. Integrating research-based knowledge into the method deepens reflection and supports teachers’ professional growth. Future development should emphasize this and encourage commitment to pedagogical thinking. References Biggs, J., Tang, C., & Kennedy, G. (2022). Opetus laadukkaan oppimisen puolesta yliopistossa (5. painos). McGraw-Hillin koulutus. El-Dib, M. (2007). Levels of reflection in action research. An overview and an assessment tool. Teaching and Teacher Education. 23. 24-35. 10.1016/j.tate.2006.04.002. Gast, I., Neelen, M., Delnoij, L., Menten, M., Mihai, A., & Grohnert, T. (2022). Supporting the well-being of new university teachers through teacher professional development. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, Article 866000. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.866000 Harris, C. J., & Salinas, I. (2009). Authentic science learning in primary and secondary classrooms. In I. M. Saleh & M. S. Khine (Eds.), Fostering scientific habits of mind: Pedagogical knowledge and best practices in science education(pp. 125–144). Sense Publishers. Herrington, A., & Herrington, J. (2008). What is an authentic learning environment? In Authentic learning environments in higher education. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/252870294_What_is_an_Authentic_Learning_Environment Korthagen, F., & Vasalos, A. (2005). Levels in reflection: core reflection as a means to enhance professional growth. Teachers and Teaching, 11(1), 47–71. https://doi.org/10.1080/1354060042000337093 Kostiainen, E., Aalto, E., Hiljanen, M., & Tallavaara, R. (2023). Opettajaopiskelijoiden reflektointiosaamisen kehittäminen. Yliopistopedagogiikka, 30(1). https://lehti.yliopistopedagogiikka.fi/2023/06/22/opettajaopiskelijoiden-reflektointiosaamisenkehittaminen/ Lähdesmäki, S. (2021). Ilmiölähtöisen oppimiskokonaisuuden suunnitteluun ohjaavan mallin kehittäminen ILO-suunnitteluprosessin malliksi opettajaopiskelijoiden opetusharjoittelussa [Doctoral dissertation, Jyväskylän yliopisto]. https://jyx.jyu.fi/handle/123456789/82537 Lähdesmäki, S., Väisänen, S., & Hyytinen, H. (2025). Pedagogisen ajattelun kehittymisen reflektio – PAKER-menetelmän kehittäminen yliopistopedagogiikan opetusharjoitteluihin. Yliopistopedagogiikka, 32(2). https://lehti.yliopistopedagogiikka.fi/2025/12/18/pedagogisen-ajattelun-kehittymisen-reflektio-paker-menetelman-kehittaminen-yliopistopedagogiikan-opetusharjoitteluihin/ Nevgi, A., & Löfström, E. (2015). The development of academics’ teacher identity: Enhancing reflection and task perception through a university teacher development programme. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 46, 53–60. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2015.01.003 Postareff, L., Lindblom-Ylänne, S., & Nevgi, A. (2008). A follow-up study of the effect of pedagogical training on teaching in higher education. Higher Education, 56, 29–43. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-007-9087-z Segal, A. (2023). Rethinking collective reflection in teacher professional development. Journal of Teacher Education, 75, 155–167. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871231188702 Schön, D. A. (1984). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books. Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Kleemola, K., Hailikari, T., & Toom, A. (2023). Generic skills in higher education – Teachers’ conceptions, pedagogical practices and pedagogical training. (julkaisun tiedot puuttuvat — täydennä tarvittaessa) Tynjälä, P. (2004). Asiantuntijuus ja työkulttuurit opettajan ammatissa. Kasvatus, 35(2), 174–190. van Dijk, E. E., van Tartwijk, J., van der Schaaf, M. F., & Kluijtmans, M. (2020). What makes an expert university teacher? A systematic review and synthesis of frameworks for teacher expertise in higher education. Educational Research Review, 31, Article 100365. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100365 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Guided Action Research as a Tool to Teacher Professional Learning 1: Jyväskylä University, Finland; 2: George Emil Palade Highschool of University of Medicine, Pharmacy, Science and Technology, Târgu Mureș; 3: Colegiul National Iasi, Iaşi Presenting Author:This study explores how participation in a guided action research process can support teachers’ professional development and strengthen their reflective and pedagogical capacities. While action research has long been recognised as a promising approach for fostering teacher agency, inquiry‑orientation, and practice‑based learning, less is known about how teachers experience such processes when they are intentionally scaffolded by a researcher and embedded in their everyday school context. This study contributes to this discussion by examining teachers’ reflections on their learning and professional growth during a structured, collaborative action research project. The research was carried out with Romanian teachers (N=15) who engaged in an action research cycle focusing on pedagogical challenges identified in their own classrooms. The process included joint planning, classroom experimentation, reflective dialogue, and iterative refinement of teaching practices. Continuing support was offered during the process by a university lecturer. Data consist of written reflections and recorded discussions. A qualitative thematic analysis was used to identify how teachers described changes in their thinking, practices, and sense of professional agency. Preliminary findings suggest that guided action research can function as a meaningful and empowering form of professional development. Teachers reported gaining greater confidence in analysing their own practice, a clearer understanding of how theory can inform everyday pedagogical decisions, and an increased willingness to experiment with new approaches. The structured support (the combination of collaborative reflection and external guidance) was experienced as both motivating and professionally safe, enabling teachers to engage deeply with their own learning. The study argues that guided action research holds considerable potential as a professional development method, especially in contexts where teachers may have limited opportunities for collaborative inquiry or structured reflection. The findings indicate that when appropriately supported, action research can foster practice‑embedded learning, strengthen professional identity, and promote a culture of inquiry within schools. The paper concludes by discussing the conditions under which this method may be recommended as a scalable and sustainable approach to teacher development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative research design grounded in the principles of action research and reflective inquiry. The methodological approach was intentionally structured to capture teachers’ lived experiences as they engaged in a guided action research cycle within their own school contexts. The process was designed to be both collaborative and iterative, enabling teachers to move between planning, action, observation, and reflection while receiving ongoing support from a university lecturer. The research unfolded in four main phases. First, teachers identified a pedagogical challenge from their own classroom practice and formulated an inquiry focus. This stage included joint discussions to clarify the problem, articulate assumptions, and connect classroom issues with relevant theoretical perspectives. Second, teachers designed and implemented small scale instructional interventions aimed at addressing their chosen challenge. These interventions were carried out in authentic classroom settings, allowing teachers to test new strategies in real time. The third phase centred on structured reflection. Teachers documented their observations through written reflections, reflective journals, and short analytic memos. In addition, group reflection meetings were organised at key points in the cycle. These sessions were audio recorded and later transcribed. The final phase involved iterative refinement. Based on their reflections, teachers adjusted their instructional strategies and repeated elements of the cycle. The entire action research process followed Kemmis’ action research cycle, which emphasises a recursive movement through the phases of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. (Kemmis, McTaggart, & Nixon, 2014) Data sources included written reflections, recorded group discussions, and field notes from the researcher facilitator. A thematic analysis was conducted following Braun and Clarke’s (2021) six step framework, allowing for the identification of recurring patterns related to teacher learning, agency, and professional identity. Coding was both inductive and deductive: inductive to capture emergent themes from teachers’ narratives, and deductive to align findings with existing literature on action research and teacher professional learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis shows that guided action research can serve as a powerful pathway for teacher professional learning, particularly in contexts where opportunities for collaborative inquiry are limited (Keski-Mäenpää, 2018). Teachers reported that the structured and supported nature of the process enabled them to engage more deeply with their own practice than in traditional professional development formats. The combination of autonomy and guided facilitation created a professionally safe environment in which teachers felt encouraged to experiment, question assumptions, and analyse their pedagogical choices. One of the most significant outcomes was the strengthening of teachers’ reflective capacities. Participants described becoming more systematic in observing their classrooms, more confident in interpreting student learning processes, and more aware of how theoretical concepts could inform everyday instructional decisions. This shift from intuitive to more evidence informed practice contributed to a heightened sense of professional agency. The findings also suggest that collaborative reflection played a central role in teachers’ learning (Kemmis & McTaggart). The opportunity to discuss challenges with peers, share interpretations, and receive external guidance helped teachers broaden their perspectives and recognise alternative approaches. This collective dimension fostered a sense of community and reduced the isolation often associated with classroom based problem solving. Furthermore, the iterative nature of the action research cycle supported teachers in developing a mindset of continuous improvement. Rather than viewing teaching strategies as fixed, participants began to see them as adaptable tools that could be refined based on evidence and reflection. This shift has implications for building a culture of inquiry within schools. Overall, the study concludes that guided action research is a promising, scalable model for teacher professional development. When embedded in teachers’ everyday practice and supported by structured facilitation, it can enhance reflective competence, strengthen professional identity, and promote sustained pedagogical growth. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2014) Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. Sage. Carr, W., & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming critical: Education, knowledge and action research. Falmer Press. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Springer. Keski-Mäenpää, K. (2018). Towards student-centred pedagogy: action research with Ethiopian village schoolteachers. Jyväskylä University. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Empowering Newly Qualified Teachers’ Practitioner Research Skills Through a School-Based Mentoring System NIS Taraz Kazakhstan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Mentoring and professional collaboration are widely recognised as essential components of teacher induction, particularly for Newly Qualified Teachers (NQTs) who lack classroom experience or are new to a school system (Ganser et al., 1998; Sundli, 2007). The first year of teaching is often described as the most demanding stage of a teacher’s career, as NQTs commonly encounter challenges in lesson planning, classroom management, differentiation, and assessment (Kadyrova, 2017). When such challenges are not addressed through structured professional support, early-career teachers may experience stress, psychological strain, and emotional exhaustion, which can contribute to reduced self-efficacy and even teacher attrition (Sanders, 2005). In Kazakhstan, mentoring programmes are formally implemented across public schools, and newly appointed or newly hired teachers are typically assigned an experienced mentor through administrative procedures (Koroleva, 2017). Mentors are expected to support NQTs’ adaptation, methodological development, and professional growth. However, mentoring is not always implemented systematically or consistently across school contexts. In some cases, mentoring remains largely a formal requirement rather than a sustained learning partnership, which may limit its effectiveness as a mechanism for professional development (Levterova, 2017). This gap highlights the need to conceptualise mentoring not only as practical guidance but as a structured developmental process that empowers NQTs to learn through inquiry and reflection. A structured school-based mentoring model can support NQTs by providing purposeful professional dialogue, regular observation and feedback, and collaborative planning opportunities. Research suggests that mentoring contributes most effectively to induction outcomes when it is embedded within a supportive school culture and implemented through clear structures that promote collaboration and mutual learning (Shanks, 2005). Importantly, mentoring is not only a national priority in Kazakhstan but also part of broader international educational trends aimed at strengthening teacher retention, professional learning, and instructional quality. European approaches increasingly promote “educative mentoring,” where mentoring is grounded in reflective practice, professional dialogue, and early-career teachers’ personal and professional development (Da Rocha, 2014). Against this background, the present study addresses two research questions: 1) How can a school-based mentoring system improve NQTs’ practitioner research skills? 2) How can creating a mentoring environment enhance the professional development of newly qualified secondary school teachers? The primary aim of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of implementing a school-based mentoring system and developing a supportive mentoring environment in enhancing the teaching practice of newly qualified secondary school teachers. More specifically, the study investigates whether these mentoring approaches can significantly strengthen NQTs’ practitioner research skills and thereby contribute to their sustained professional development. Within this framework, mentoring can serve as a foundation for developing NQTs’ practitioner research competence, including identifying classroom problems, collecting evidence from practice, engaging in systematic reflection, and applying findings to improve teaching. The theoretical framing of this study draws on scaffolding, which conceptualises mentoring as structured support enabling novice teachers to accomplish professional tasks beyond their independent capacity, and andragogy, which emphasises that adult learning is self-directed, experience-based, and problem-oriented. Overall, mentoring is positioned as a key mechanism for strengthening NQTs’ inquiry-oriented professionalism, resilience, and long-term commitment to the teaching profession. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted as a mixed-methods Action Research (AR) project aimed at supporting Newly Qualified Teachers’ (NQTs) professional development through the implementation of a school-based mentoring system and the creation of a supportive mentoring environment. The participants were 11 newly qualified secondary school teachers (4 females and 7 males) working in a school in Southern Kazakhstan. At the initial diagnostic stage, NQTs completed a short questionnaire to identify general challenges and mentoring needs. As the survey data provided only limited depth, the qualitative strand became central to the research process. A focus group interview (4–6 NQTs) was conducted to identify shared concerns; however, some teachers were hesitant to discuss individual difficulties in a group setting. Therefore, the main data collection tool involved individual semi-structured interviews, which allowed participants to describe their experiences in greater detail and reflect on challenges such as lesson planning, assessment practices, classroom management, time constraints, and professional confidence. Interview findings directly informed the intervention stage. Each NQT received targeted support through individual mentoring provided by experienced teachers. Mentoring sessions included professional dialogue, collaborative planning, and reflective discussion of classroom practice. To document changes in teaching practice and link mentoring to the development of practitioner research skills, lesson observations were conducted using structured lesson observation forms. Additional evidence sources included lesson plans, mentoring records, and teachers’ reflective notes. Data analysis followed the AR cycle (“identify–act–reflect”). Qualitative data (interviews, lesson observations, and documents) were analysed thematically, while quantitative questionnaire results were used to identify patterns and support triangulation. The integration of these data sources strengthened the trustworthiness of the findings and enabled an evidence-based evaluation of mentoring effectiveness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, this study successfully examined the effectiveness of a school-based mentoring system in developing Newly Qualified Teachers’ (NQTs) practitioner research skills and in establishing a supportive mentoring environment that enhances their professional development. Drawing on European practitioner research experience, the study highlighted the importance of strengthening research competencies and fostering a mentoring culture as key elements in the professional growth of NQTs. The organisation of targeted training sessions—based on interviews with NQTs, lesson observations, and the analysis of survey findings—proved effective in providing timely, needs-based support. As a result, NQTs refined their teaching practices, engaged more actively in practitioner research, and advanced their professional competencies. Findings from lesson observations conducted before and after mentoring, supported by qualitative data, demonstrated notable improvement in NQTs’ ability to design structured lesson plans, apply active teaching methods, and systematically investigate their own classroom practices. Furthermore, the establishment of a mentoring environment positively influenced NQTs’ rapid adaptation to the school context and supported their ongoing professional development. The mentoring process—centred on problem identification, structured support, practitioner research, and reflection—contributed to the development of a coherent and standardised mentoring model. Overall, the study aligns with the growing global trend, particularly within European educational institutions, of strengthening mentoring systems for NQTs. Therefore, the findings offer valuable development strategies for educators and school leaders seeking innovative approaches to improve mentoring practices and enhance NQTs’ practitioner research skills through effective school-based mentoring. References Da Rocha, K. (2014). Europe’s got talent: Setting the stage for new teachers by educative mentoring. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 4(4), 99–121. Ganser, T., Bainer, D. L., Bendixen-Noe, M., Brock, B. L., Stinson, A. D., Giebelhaus, C., & Runyon, C. K. (1998, October 15). Critical issues in mentoring and mentoring programs for beginning teachers (ERIC Document No. ED425146). ERIC. Kadyrova, S. (2017). The role of the mentor in the first year of teaching. NUGSE Research in Education, 2(1), 27–35. Retrieved from https://nugserie.nu.edu.kz Koroleva, Y. (2017). The role of mentoring in teacher professional development (Master’s thesis). Nazarbayev University Graduate School of Education. Levterova, D. (2017). Mentoring as a factor to maintain young teachers in the educational system. Knowledge International Journal, 20(2), 1093–1098. Sanders, M. (2005). Effective mentoring of student teachers: A further contribution. New Zealand Journal of Teachers’ Work, 2(2). https://doi.org/10.24135/teacherswork.v2i2.453 Shanks, R. (2005). A comparative study of mentoring for new teachers. New Zealand Journal of Teachers’ Work, 2(2), 129–135. Sundli, L. (2007). Mentoring—A new mantra for education? Teaching and Teacher Education, 23(2), 201–214. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.04.016 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 01 SES 05 B: Education Reform as International Co-development Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Norbert Pachler Session Chair: Terri Bourke Symposium |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Education Reform as International Co-development Like many other nations globally, Armenia is currently undergoing a process of education system reform to enhance educational processes and outcomes as well as to increase the relevance of educational services through innovation and change. In doing this the Armenian government is keen to take cognisance of what other countries have done and learn from positive experiences and successful outcomes elsewhere. However, the government is not adopting an approach of direct policy borrowing, i.e. “a conscious and deliberate attempt to reform an educational system through the introduction of a policy plan that originated in a different context” (Nir, 2019, p. 1). Instead, it has adopted an approach we call ‘international co-development’ here, which is focused on capacity building through working with carefully selected international experts – in this case a team from UCL Institute of Education which also comprises experts from the universities of Cambridge and Oxford – to provide context sensitive technical advice that takes cognisance of important aspects of national identity in the context of a distinctly post-Soviet education and research tradition. Such an approach can be seen to be important in so far as it provides the opportunity to seek to avoid potentially deleterious homogenising influences of globalised neoliberal policy imperatives inherent in the playbooks that tend to be used by transnational policy and funding agencies. Whilst the importance of quality and efficiency in a context of finite financial and human capital resource is fully understandable and there is legitimacy of a concern with productivity and accountability – provided it recognises the importance of professional agency, provided that performance and is not narrowly measured by metrics, which are often at best poor proxies for what they seek to measure, and provided it does not in and of itself become the raison d'être of educational institutions (see e.g. Tolofari, 2005). This symposium will explore these, and related issues, with specific reference to the establishment of a so-called ‘Education Cluster’ as part of the ‘Academic City’ initiative (https://www.acarmenia.am/en), which has the strategic goal of providing access to graduates to internationally recognised professional qualifications – with a central focus on teacher education and education research – to strengthen their contribution to individual professional satisfaction and societal economic productivity and the common good as well as to promote the quality, efficiency and internationalisation of the higher education system and, through its focus on professional learning, strengthen education in Armenia. The approach adopted by the government of Armenia is in keeping with a growing policy focus internationally on teacher education reform as a perceived lever for wider education system reform. In Menter’s words (2019): “dominant values within any society may be manifested in the shaping and reshaping of teacher education”. The symposium will draw of Menter et al.'s factors (2025) to describe and evaluate the particularities of teacher education provision, which he calls ‘vernacular globalisation’ – and which have elsewhere been termed ‘glocalisation’ (Tatto, 2025) – by drawing attention to how national and global influences interact in particular contexts. As such the symposium, whilst focusing on (teacher) education reform in one country and underpinned by an initial phase of data gathering in Armenia comprising documentary study and focus group interviews, will have a very strong international dimension in its theoretical positioning and data analysis inter alia through an in-depth engagement with international literature on teacher education with a focus on Anglophone, post-Soviet and BRICS countries. The team of researchers brings together colleagues with extensive first-hand experience as teacher educators and researchers from England, Armenia, Austria, and the Lebanon and the discussant will add a perspective from Australia. References Nir, A. (2019, May 23) ‘Professional political and contextual considerations of policy borrowing.’ In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Tolofari, S. (2005) ‘New Public Management and education.’ In Policy Futures in Education 3(1), pp. 75-89 Menter, I. (2019) ‘The interaction of global and national influences.’ In Tatto, M. T. and Menter, I. (eds.) Knowledge, policy and practice in teacher education: a cross-national study. Bloomsbury, pp. 268-279 Menter, I. and Valeeva, R. (2025) Educational reform in post-Soviet space. In Menter, I. (ed.) The reform of teacher education in the post-Soviet space: a comparative analysis of fifteen independent countries. Routledge, pp. 23 -46 Tatoo, M. T. (2025) ‘Afterword: the BRICS countries present and future: Glocalisation, culture and fragmented transformations.’ In Menter, I., Valeeva, R. and Prata-Linhares, M. (eds.) Globalisation and teacher education in the BRICS countries: the positioning of research and practice in comparative perspectives. Routledge, pp. 188-201 Presentations of the Symposium What the Literature Tells Us About Models of Teacher Education Internationally
The presentation provides an overview of the extensive literature that informs the (Teacher) Education Work theme of the Education Cluster part of the Armenian Academic City project. The paper focuses specifically on international published research around the professional preparation of teachers (and in particular beginning teachers) and examines a range of inter-related factors inherent in a range of different models. Following a search of educational databases using specific selection criteria, the most relevant papers were collated within sub-topics to inform the review. The paper will reflect on wider conceptualisations of the purposes of teacher education, and what teacher professionalism entails (Winch, Oancea and Orchard, 2015).
First, it will explore the different models of teacher education that operate in and across a range of international contexts and, through analysis of the underpinning rationales for such models, will identify the inherent assumptions about professional learning that each embodies. It will also explore to what extent these models might reflect a particular signature pedagogy for initial teacher education (Shulman, 2005). Second, this analysis will lead to a broader exploration of the nature of beginning teacher learning and the development of appropriate teacher education curricula. This will include an examination of the specific contextual factors which have a role in determining these curricula, including the influence of both the global and the local. Third, the paper tackles the perennial (and often seemingly problematic) role of both theory and practice in teacher education, and the relationship between the two within the different models under discussion. The issue is an ongoing focus of research, both in England (see for example, Burn, Mutton and Thompson, 2023), in Europe (see for example, Resch, Schrittesser and Knapp, 2024; McGarr, O’Grady and Guilfoyle, 2017; Rasmussen and Rasch-Christensen, 2015) and internationally (Darling Hammond, 2017). In particular, it will explore the way in which innovative, research-informed approaches have attempted to address this seemingly unhelpful binary. Central to any consideration of the relationship between theory and practice is the final area addressed in the paper, namely a consideration of the complex nature of school-university partnerships and the challenges of effective partnership working, including a focus on the role of teacher educators (including those who work either in university or in school settings) and the related professional knowledge base that these educators require.
References:
Burn, K., Mutton, T. and Thompson, I. (eds.) (2022) Practical theorising in teacher education, London: Routledge
Darling-Hammond, L. (2017) ‘Teacher education around the world: what can we learn from international practice?’ In European Journal of Teacher Education 40(3), pp. 291-309
McGarr, O., O’Grady, E., and Guilfoyle, L. (2017) ‘Exploring the theory-practice gap in initial teacher education: moving beyond questions of relevance to issues of power and authority.’ In Journal of Education for Teaching 43(1), pp. 48-60
Rasmussen, J., and Rash-Christensen, A. (2015) How to improve the relationship between theory and practice in teacher education.’ In Educational Research for Policy and Practice 14(3), pp. 213-230
Resch, K., Schrittesser, I., and Knapp, M. (2024) ’Overcoming the theory-practice divide in teacher education with the ‘Partner School Programme’. A conceptual mapping.’ In European Journal of Teacher Education 47(3), pp. 564-580
Shulman, L. (2005) ‘Signature pedagogies in the professions’. In Daedalus 134 (3), pp. 52–9
Winch, C., Oancea, A. and Orchard, J. (2015) ‘The contribution of educational research to teachers’ professional learning: Philosophical understandings.’ In Oxford Review of Education 41(2), pp. 202-216
Challenges of Teacher Education Policy ‘Borrowing’ in an International Development Initiative in Armenia
As part of the Teacher Education Work Theme of the Armenian Academic City project, this paper critically explores policy borrowing in the Armenian educational context. Teacher quality, and assumptions about contingent teacher knowledge, pedagogical strategies and competences required to secure quality in (teacher) education are increasingly reliant on globalised metrics to inform policy and practice. The effects of global education policy borrowing and lending, as well as international assessments of students’ academic outcomes (e.g., PISA, TIMSS) have led to view teachers as technicians (Winch, 2017). Macro-economic measures of teacher quality focused on cost benefit analyses, are exploited to support claims to authority about ‘what works’ in teacher education and therefore what pedagogical techniques can be exported/imported across international contexts. Some question the authority of such econometrics to evaluate teacher quality, arguing that insights from educational research, teacher and teacher education research are excluded from the production of nuanced and responsive professional knowledge (Tatto, 2021). In Armenia, recent reforms to teacher education have identified the 'teacher as a researcher' concept as the highest level of teacher standard.
A qualitative exploratory methodology is employed, using analysis of data from desk review and stakeholder interviews to explore gaps in understanding as well as misunderstandings of teacher education quality. To resist a pejorative and uncritical analysis, policy borrowing is not positioned as an inherently good/bad thing. As Burdett and O’Donnell suggest (2016, p. 113) “few would argue that the intermingling of ideas from different education systems” does not have a role to play. We report our findings from our initial stakeholder consultation, analysing data from academics in three universities with pedagogical programmes, teachers and school leaders, parents and various NGOs working in the education sector across Armenia. Our findings illustrate the imperatives for utilising teacher education research could be utilised to address the challenges of policy borrowing; for example, sustaining cultural responsiveness and the localised production of professional knowledge and understanding. Our original contribution is in problematising the philosophical framing of policy ‘borrowing’ through the lens of refraction (Goodson and Lindbald, 2011) to argue that teacher education research has an important role to play in the refraction of ‘borrowed’ ideas. Our findings show that without refraction the sustained production of professional learning and knowledge is put at risk as the notion of ‘international best practice’ dominates the reform discourse and the lack of quality research fails to adapt or localise international policies.
References:
Burdett, N. and O’Donnell, S. (2016) ‘Lost in translation? The challenges of educational policy borrowing.’ In Educational Research 58(2), pp. 113–120
Goodson, I. and Lindblad, S. (eds) (2011) Professional Knowledge and Educational Restructuring in Europe. Rotterdam: Sense
Tatto, M. (2021) ‘Developing teachers’ research capacity: the essential role of teacher education.’ In Teaching Education 32(1), pp. 27–46.
Winch, C. (2017) Teachers’ know-how: a philosophical investigation. Wiley
***WITHDRAWN*** Aiming for a Research Strategy for Teacher Education Aligned with Vernacular Globalisation
The aims and objectives for many development initiatives that involve consultants who advise policy and its implementation, are often driven by international metrics, indicators and definitions of success (Marginsson, 2022). Research quality can be defined within metrics widely used in Research Assessment exercises (Pontika, et.al, 2022), and in doing so define quality as being focussed on three areas: outputs (or publications); case studies that define and demonstrate impact of research; and statements about the institutional research culture and environment. Within these categories, quality is defined through originality, significance and rigour. Such definitions of quality are then also internationalised through performance league tables and international ranking exercises. But to what extent can a state authority, with ambitions to improve their research “performance” (against such metrics) do so in a way that is sensitive not just to local cultural traditions but also to research histories, infrastructures and shared understandings of its role and purpose?
This paper reports on the approach adopted on the Academic City project to achieve this aim. Commencing with a thorough review of the state of play in research activities across Armenia, and based on the literature search and review reported by Saghdasaryan in this symposium, and a series of stakeholder interviews with current academics in three merging universities, as well as those in other organisations (both academic, philanthropic and third sector), we sought not just to develop a full understanding of the education research culture across Armenia but also to explore the value systems which underpin it.
Based on an analysis of education research cultures in countries with similar influences from post-soviet education and research legacies, we wanted to understand what teachers, schools and education academics valued about their research culture and what they perceived research to be for within the wider education ecosystem, with particular reference to teacher education. We then contrasted these views with the widely accepted parameters of what makes for a success “performance” in ranking systems (such as the QS World Ranking). Our aim was not to develop a deficit narrative of what the system in Armenia lacked, but to build on the aspects of the research culture that spoke to the education community in Armenia. In the paper, we present our analysis, our findings and our research strategy: a research plan that combines enhancing methodological expertise across the education ecosystem, along with targeted interventions on those areas for research that stakeholders agreed matters.
References:
Marginson, S. (2022) ‘What drives global science? The four competing narratives.’ In Studies in Higher Education 47(8), pp. 1566-1584
Pontika, N,. Klebel, T., Correia, A., Metzler, H., Knoth, P., and Ross-Hellauer, T. (2022) ‘Indicators of research quality, quantity, openness and responsibility in institutional review, promotion and tenure policies across seven countries.’ In Quantitative Science Studies 3(4), pp. 888–911
Mapping Education Research in Armenia: a Twenty-year Systematic Review (2005-2025)
The role of education research in relation to policy and practice is contested (Aldridge et al., 2018). Its potential aims range from that of informing practice through joint research by practitioners and researchers (Wyse et al., 2020), to that of developing evidence to measure impact and inform policy (Wiseman, 2010). Regardless of purpose, research quality is valued while the indicators of quality are defined differently across the board. As part of the Academic City project, along with other objectives, the Armenian Government aims to improve the quality of education research to inform policy changes and evaluation and for practitioner improvement. The (Teacher) Education Work theme of that project’s Education Cluster aims to accomplish that aim through the approaches presented by Brooks and Turvey and Kyureghyan.
To enable that work, we explored the state of academic publications in Armenia about education. This resulted in a unique review of educational research of one country. The aim of this review was to describe the current research trends about education in Armenia, and to explore links between research done and ongoing policy changes, if any. The review included any research published that corresponded to the following criteria:
published between 2005-2025
published in Armenian journals included in the list of the Republic of Armenia State Scientific Committee: note that these overwhelmingly comprised of in-house university publications,
published either by an Armenian author(s) or by non-Armenian author(s) exploring an Armenia-specific topic
research on K-12 or higher education in Armenia, or context-independent research on education
published in Armenian, English or Russian.
The search led to over 2,100 papers that were then analysed based on research type, topic, research methodology, data collection tools, sample size, and funder, where available. Methodologically, the analysis shows that many papers omitted an outline of their chosen methods and how they secured the rigour of their research. This could be seen through an absence of stated and used methodology except for a few examples of empirical research based on simple surveys. The analysis also shows a disconnect from contemporary international literature and with ongoing policy changes in the country. This paper will present the research undertaken, its methodology and the main findings in the context of ongoing policy changes and the Academic City project.
References:
Aldridge, D., Biesta, G., Filippakou, O. and Wainwright, E. (2018) ‘Why the nature of educational research should remain contested: A statement from the new editors of the British Educational Research Journal.’ In British Educational Research Journal 44(1), pp. 1-4
Wiseman, A. (2010) ‘The uses of evidence for educational policymaking: global contexts and international trends.’ In Review of Research in Education 34(1), pp 1-24
Wyse, D., Brown, C., Oliver, S. and Poblete, X. (2021) ‘Education research and educational practice: The qualities of a close relationship.’ In British Educational Research Journal 47(6), pp. 1466-1489
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 01 SES 05 C Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Súsanna Margrét Gestsdóttir Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Dialogical Andragogy: A Professional Learning Model for Educational Leaders and Instructional Supervisors 1: MOFET Institute - The National Center for the Professional Development, Israel; 2: Kaye Academic College of Education, Beer-Sheva, Israel Presenting Author:Topic and Background This study examines an innovative professional learning and development model based on "dialogical andragogy" – a theoretical-practical framework tailored to the unique needs of adult learning in professional and organizational contexts. Professional development for educational leaders faces universal challenges across educational systems: maintaining intrinsic motivation, addressing diverse professional needs, and creating meaningful learning that impacts practice (Loeng, 2018; Sousa, 2024). Traditional training models often fail to account for the rich life experience and autonomous learning needs characteristic of adult learners in leadership positions. The dialogical andragogy model proposes a multidimensional approach that simultaneously addresses individual, interpersonal, and organizational dimensions of professional learning for educational supervisors and instructors. Theoretical Framework The study builds upon classical andragogical theory, which distinguishes adult learning from pedagogy through core assumptions: self-concept, prior experience, readiness to learn, intrinsic motivation, need to know, and problem-centered learning (Purwati et al., 2022; Yusuf, 2021). Sousa (2024) presents an integrated approach emphasizing active and meaningful learning that includes context, relevance, and practical application of knowledge. The model extends these principles by incorporating self-determined learning concepts and transformative learning theory, which emphasizes perspective transformation through disorienting dilemmas. Drawing on Malaguzzi's Reggio Emilia approach – a European educational philosophy emphasizing collaborative inquiry – the model proposes that meaningful adult learning occurs through three simultaneous dialogues: internal dialogue (self-reflection), dialogue with peers (collaborative learning), and dialogue with the organization and environment (contextual understanding). This aligns with developmental task theory, recognizing that adult learners in educational leadership roles seek expertise development relevant to their professional responsibilities. The model comprises three essential components: (1) Inspiring motivation – creating transformative dilemmas; (2) Developing expertise – providing practical tools and solutions; (3) Peer learning – leveraging shared experiences through collaborative processes. Korpela (2023) demonstrates that peer teachers provide personalized guidance and foster an environment of equality and mutual learning, while Qi (2023) emphasizes the importance of feedback and reflection processes. Recent research demonstrates that andragogical approaches enhance professional identity development and workplace effectiveness among educational leaders (Oliveira et al., 2024). Research Questions
Methodology The research employs instrumental case study methodology (Yin, 2018) examining a three-year professional development initiative (2019-2022) involving approximately 120 educational leaders—district supervisors and instructional coordinators—characterized by significant cultural and professional diversity: 90% women, 30% Arab-Bedouin educators, spanning early childhood to secondary education oversight. Data collection included semi-structured feedback questionnaires from nine feedback opportunities (958 responses), organizational documents, visual artifacts, and observations. Analysis followed thematic analysis principles (Braun & Clarke, 2006) with reliability ensured through triangulation and reflexive positioning (Creswell & Creswell, 2018). European/International Relevance This research addresses challenges universal to European educational systems: professional development for educational leadership in culturally diverse contexts, implementation of contemporary adult learning theories (Sousa, 2024), and creating sustainable models for continuous growth of supervisory personnel. The dialogical andragogy model demonstrates applicability across diverse educational leadership contexts. Findings on managing heterogeneous groups, fostering peer learning communities among educational leaders (Korpela, 2023), and balancing autonomy with organizational needs are directly relevant to European leaders implementing reforms aligned with EU lifelong learning frameworks for educational leadership development. Expected Contributions This study provides evidence-based insights for European educational policymakers and administrators, demonstrating how integrated andragogical approaches enhance professional identity and leadership practice (Oliveira et al., 2024), contributing to international discourse on effective adult learning for educational leadership in multicultural settings.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study employs qualitative instrumental case study methodology as defined by Stake (1995), wherein the case serves as means to understanding dialogical andragogy implementation in professional development for educational leaders. The methodology enables holistic understanding while accounting for contextual factors: organizational structure, multicultural composition, and exceptional circumstances including the COVID-19 pandemic. The methodological flexibility allows integration of diverse information sources (Yin, 2018). Research Population and Context The research population comprises approximately 120 educational leaders, including 100 district supervisors and 20 instructional coordinators. These leaders hold significant responsibility for guiding teaching staff across their jurisdictions. The group demonstrates significant diversity: 90% women and 10% men; 30% Arab-Bedouin and 70% Jewish. Participants bring extensive professional experience across diverse specializations, from early childhood to secondary education. These educational leaders operate across vast geographical areas including urban and rural communities, different socioeconomic sectors, and diverse population centers, with each supervisor responsible for 20-25 school principals, enriching the research with varied educational leadership perspectives. Data Collection Instruments The primary instrument is content analysis of semi-structured feedback questionnaires collected over three years across nine opportunities, with 100-120 anonymous participants responding each time, totaling 958 questionnaires. Questionnaires included open-ended questions such as "What was most significant?" and "What would you suggest to improve?" enabling authentic expression. Additional instruments include organizational documents analysis encompassing work plans, steering committee protocols, and instructional materials; visual artifacts including posters, podcasts, and project proposals; and observations of professional development processes including conferences, learning journeys, and hackathons documenting group dynamics and collaborative learning among educational leaders. Data Analysis and Reliability Analysis followed thematic analysis principles according to Braun and Clarke (2006), including initial coding, grouping into themes, and re-examination against original data. The combination of instruments enables triangulation and comprehensive understanding of the professional development process. Internal reliability was achieved through triangulation following Lincoln and Guba's (1985) principles. To address potential bias from dual researcher-facilitator roles, Creswell and Creswell's (2018) reflexive approach was implemented emphasizing active search for contradictory evidence. Credibility is based on ethical principles: informed consent, anonymity, and data confidentiality. The study was approved by the institutional ethics committee. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study reveals significant findings regarding dialogical andragogy implementation for professional development of educational leaders. Analysis of 958 feedback questionnaires, organizational documents, and observations demonstrates substantial successes and meaningful challenges across the model's three components. Success in Creating Inspiration The first component successfully generated transformative learning experiences. Educational leaders reported perspective transformation through exposure to innovative pedagogical approaches, international experts, and unfamiliar learning environments. As one participant stated: "This created a consciousness change in me." The process effectively created "disorienting dilemmas" essential for transformative learning (Mezirow, 1997), broadening professional horizons and challenging existing assumptions about educational leadership. Developing Expertise and Skills The second component successfully connected learning to immediate professional leadership needs. Educational leaders developed expertise through active inquiry processes, international dialogues with educators, and practical methodologies applicable to their supervisory work with school principals and teaching staff. The learning was highly relevant: "Solutions directly impact my daily work." Participants expressed intentions to implement learned methodologies with their teams, demonstrating alignment between adult developmental tasks and professional expertise development (Havighurst, 1948). Peer Learning and Professional Identity The third component created strong learning communities and strengthened collective professional identity among educational leaders. Participants valued diverse interdisciplinary collaboration: "Working with colleagues from different fields provided new perspectives." The process connected individual learning with organizational implementation, though educational leaders expressed need for greater organizational continuity and senior leadership involvement. Key Challenges Three primary challenges emerged: time management tensions between learning depth and professional commitments; adaptation to heterogeneous audiences with varying knowledge levels; and organizational continuity gaps between learning processes and practical implementation in schools. Implications Findings demonstrate that dialogical andragogy effectively enhances educational leadership identity and practice (Oliveira et al., 2024) when properly implemented, offering transferable insights for European educational systems addressing similar diversity and professional development challenges. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Havighurst, R. J. (1948). Developmental tasks and education. University of Chicago Press. Korpela, V., Pajula, L., & Hänninen, R. (2023). Older adults learning digital skills together: Peer tutors' perspectives on non‐formal digital support. Media and Communication, 11(3), 53–62. https://doi.org/10.17645/mac.v11i3.6742 Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. SAGE Publications. Loeng, S. (2018). Various ways of understanding the concept of andragogy. Cogent Education, 5(1), 1496643. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2018.1496643 Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative learning: Theory to practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 1997(74), 5-12. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.7401 Oliveira, M. A. M., Cordeiro, M. N., & Kulman, C. (2024). The approach of andragogy in a mechanical engineering course. In Themes focused on interdisciplinarity and sustainable development worldwide (Vol. 2). Seven Academic Publications. Purwati, D., Mardhiah, A., Nurhasanah, E., & Ramli, R. (2022). The six characteristics of andragogy and future research directions in EFL: A literature review. Elsya: Journal of English Language Studies, 4(1), 86-95. https://doi.org/10.31849/elsya.v4i1.7473 Sousa, R. R. A. de. (2024). Pedagogy and andragogy: Project-based education to promote active and meaningful learning. Revista Interseção, 6(1), 231-250. https://doi.org/10.48178/intersecao.v6i1.485 Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. SAGE Publications. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). SAGE Publications. Yusuf, M. A. (2021). Adult learning principles a strategy for improving instructional delivery in higher institutions of learning in Nigeria. Asian Journal of Education and Social Studies, 15(1), 38-45. https://doi.org/10.9734/AJESS/2021/v15i130369 Qi, J. (2022). How people learn through peer learning. The International Conference on Interdisciplinary Humanities and Communication Studies. https://doi.org/10.54254/2753-7048/6/20220278 Castillo Silva, F. (2018). Andragogía, andragogos y sus aportaciones. Revista de Educación, 42(3), 15-27. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Impact of Leader Development Intervention on Abilities to Lead Multilocational Work 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: Finnish Institute of Occupational Health, Finland Presenting Author:Multilocational has become a widespread practice in knowledge work following COVID-19. As leadership has been identified to be a critical factor in enabling effective multilocational work (Contreras et al., 2020), as well as supporting learning (Wallo et al., 2025) and well-being (Lundqvist & Wallo, 2023) of employees in multilocational work settings, targeted interventions that can enhance leaders’ competencies are in high demand. Although scholarly interest in this topic is growing in HR and leadership research (Mahadevan et al., 2025), to our knowledge, no existing training program has been specifically designed to address leadership in multilocational, nor has the impact of such program been empirically assessed. Our study addresses this gap by examining whether a peer group-based leader training intervention can enhance leaders’ abilities in leading multilocational. The proximal effects of the intervention were studied using pre-post survey design across four waves. Theoretically our study relies on Bandura's (1986) Social Learning Theory and Ajzen's (1991) Theory of Planned Behavior. Both theories emphasize individuals’ perceptions of their specific self-efficacies as key determinants of actual behavior. Besides self-efficacy, we focus on enhancing leaders’ abilities to cope with the possible obstacles and setbacks while leading multilocational work. Leaders’ resilience in overcoming challenges is, in fact, seen as an important personal resource that enables them to cope effectively with complexity and high job demands (Leithwood, 2023). The specific abilities targeted by the training intervention are derived from studies identifying the focal leadership factors for multilocational work (e.g., Hincapie & Costa, 2024, Lacroix et al., 2025, Mühlenbrock et al., 2023, Pianese et al., 2023, Wallo et al., 2025). Accordingly, the training focuses on three core leader abilities relevant in leading multilocational work: supporting employees’ learning and development, strengthening employees’ social capital, and supporting employees’ motivation and commitment. The change in leaders’ abilities is aimed to occur via utilizing peer learning as a primary pedagogical method. Despite its demonstrated potential to support well-being and motivation in challenging contexts (Tenenbaum et al., 2020), peer learning has remained relatively underexplored in leadership development research compared to coaching and mentoring programs (Larsson et al., 2018). In addition to specific abilities, previous intervention studies have introduced the concept of “preparedness,” which integrates individuals’ self-efficacy beliefs related to specific tasks with their readiness to handle potential setbacks (Pankkonen et al., 2025). As applied in leadership research, leaders who demonstrate high levels of preparedness exhibit both confidence in their leadership abilities and emotional resilience when facing challenges. In line with Meichenbaum’s (2007) cognitive stress inoculation framework, the training also emphasised preparation for setbacks by prompting participants to discuss the challenges they had faced in leading multilocational teams and to co-develop practical leadership solutions. We expected that the training intervention would increase leaders’ perceived abilities to H1) support employees’ learning, to H2) strengthen employees’ social capital, to H3) support employees’ motivation and commitment to organization, and H4) increase preparedness to handle leadership challenges in leading multilocational work. Furthermore, we expected that the increase in perceived abilities and preparedness would be maintained during and remain after the training intervention. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study participants were 28 leaders who led multilocational work, and they came from two public organizations (n = 12) and one private company (n = 16). Participants were on average 49.25 (SD = 8.50) years old and predominantly women (n = 18, 62.1%). They had on average 11.95 (SD = 8.19) years of leadership experience. Based on participants’ schedules, five groups, comprising 3–9 participants each, were formed. There were separate training groups for each organization. The training focused on the beforementioned three themes: 1) supporting employee learning and development, 2) strengthening the social capital of employees and teams, and 3) supporting employee motivation and commitment to organization. The training was designed to have an impact by combining individual reflection, social learning, and current research information through facilitation. The same two facilitators conducted all training sessions. The training comprised six sessions (90 min per), each addressing different aspects of multilocational work: 1) introduction and identification of main challenges, 2) ways to support employees’ learning, 3) ways to strengthen social capital of employees, 4) ways to support motivation and commitment of employees, 5) leaders’ own strengths, 6) a focus group interview on the training and its impact. The sessions were held monthly (excluding summer break) from April to October 2024, face-to-face in organizations’ spaces, and in groups of up to nine participants. Additionally, participants reported their implementations of identified solutions between the sessions. Participants completed four repeated surveys assessing their perceived abilities for supporting employee learning (3 items), strengthening social capital (3 items), supporting motivation and commitment to organization (4 items), and preparedness to handle leadership challenges in leading multilocational work (4 items). The internal consistency of the scales was found to be good to excellent (ω between .79–.95). The measurement timeline included a baseline assessment in April 2024 before the training. This was followed by the first post-intervention measurement in August 2024 after the intervention phase (sessions 1.–4.) and the second post-intervention measurement after the end of the training in October 2024. Finally, a follow-up measurement was conducted in December–January, approximately two months after the conclusion of the second intervention phase. The repeated measures design was used to evaluate the changes in the measured outcomes over time. Bayesian multilevel regression models were fitted using the R package brms (Bürkner, 2017). Control variables included organization type (public or private), age, gender, and leadership experience (years). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to the post-survey findings, the participants viewed that the training developed their abilities relatively well, provided new ideas and views, and was not overly burdensome. In addition, they perceived that there were active expression of ideas and propositions in the groups, the atmosphere was open and encouraging, and that the facilitators supported the activities well. These were important findings due to the intervention’s focus on group-based peer learning. Finally, participants reported that they would overwhelmingly recommend the training to other colleagues. Overall, the intervention demonstrated a credible positive effect on all four outcome variables, though the trajectory of change differed for each. The effects on the abilities to strengthen social capital and support motivation, as well as on the preparedness were credibly positive and sustained in all measurements during training and in the follow-up measurement. Regarding the ability of supporting learning, a short-term increase was observed after the first intervention phase, but the end measurement was not credibly different from baseline. Nevertheless, this gain reappeared at the two-month follow-up. In addition, the results suggested that the training was particularly beneficial for men in elevating abilities to strengthen social capital. The positive effect on preparedness to lead multilocational work was also influenced by participant characteristics: Women, leaders with less overall work experience, and those with more specific managerial experience reported higher levels of preparedness throughout the study. The findings highlight the importance of addressing preparedness to setbacks in order to support development of leadership skills, still a relatively under researched issue in literature. Furthermore, this study provides valuable practical information for work organizations regarding an effective and feasible method to support leaders’ abilities in navigating the complexities of multilocational work. References Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179–211. Bandura, A. (1977). Social learning theory. Prentice-Hall. Bürkner, P-C. (2017). brms: An R package for Bayesian multilevel models using Stan. Journal of Statistical Software, 80(1). Contreras, F., Baykal, E., & Abid, G. (2020). E-leadership and teleworking in times of COVID-19 and beyond: What we know and where do we go. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 590271. Hincapie, M. X., & Costa, P. (2024). Fostering hybrid team performance through inclusive leadership strategies. Organizational Dynamics, 53(3), 101072. Lacroix, A., Verbruggen, M., Baillien, E., De Winne, S., Delfim Andrade, M., & Van den Broeck, A. (2025). Great to speak to you in person: Face-to-face communication during office days relates to employee basic need satisfaction via job resources. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 583–599. Larsson, G., Bencker, A., Hyllengren, P., & Fors Brandebo, M. (2018). Leader development using group dynamic interventions: A systematic literature review. Scandinavian Psychologist, 5, e7. Lundqvist, D., & Wallo, A. (2023). Leadership and employee well-being and work performance when working from home: A systematic literature review. Scandinavian Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 8(1), 1–9. Leithwood, K. (2023). The personal resources of successful leaders: A narrative review. Education Sciences, 13(9), 932. Mahadevan, J., Mayer, C. H., Bos-Nehles, A., & Syed, J. (2025). The remote work transformation: New actors, new contexts, new implications. The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 36(10), 1653–1665. Mühlenbrock, I., Richter, G., Ellerkamp, A., & Wöhrmann, A. M. (2023). How does telework modify informal workplace learning and how can supervisors provide support? Gruppe. Interaktion. Organisation. Zeitschrift für Angewandte Organisationspsychologie (GIO), 54(3), 311–321. Pankkonen, O., Moazami-Goodarzi, A., & Vuori, J. (2025). Effects of a competence development intervention on informal learning and work engagement – A randomized controlled trial. European Journal of Training and Development, 49(10), 67–83. Pianese, T., Errichiello, L., & da Cunha, J. V. (2023). Organizational control in the context of remote working: A synthesis of empirical findings and a research agenda. European Management Review, 20(2), 326–345. Tenenbaum, H. R., Winstone, N. E., Leman, P. J., & Avery, R. E. (2020). How effective is peer interaction in facilitating learning? A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 112(7), 1303–1319. Wallo, A., Reineholm, C., Öhman, H., & Lundqvist, D. (2025). Learning-oriented leadership in hybrid work. Journal of Workplace Learning, 37(9), 152–168. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Creative Agency: Empowering School Leaders with Imagination and Innovation through An Online Networked Learning Community The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Research objectives Digital technologies enable the expansion of learning communities from a single school to multiple schools (Shal et al., 2024). However, empirical understanding of such communities, both in Europe and globally, remains underdeveloped, particularly in the context of leadership development. In the ever-changing and uncertain contexts that school leaders navigate, they require a new mindset, skills, and capacities to enhance their schools and improve student outcomes (Fullan, 2020). This study focuses on the online component of a comprehensive leadership development program in Hong Kong SAR. Similar to the leadership development programmes in European countries, the development of school leaders in China addresses the needs of school leaders by emphasizing networked learning to help them transfer knowledge into their real work contexts (Sahlin, 2025; Shantal, 2014). The structured, online learning component of the program includes readings, video lectures, PowerPoint slides, and connection activities (CAs). CAs are Moodle forum activities that report on and investigate learning and experiences arising from various program components. CAs provide participants with opportunities to interact while reading, posting, and responding to peers, program organizers, and coaches. In this study, we investigated learning and experiences arising from CAs on Moodle. We sought to understand how the networked online learning community emerged and how it shaped school leaders’ engagement in the programme. Accordingly, the specific questions guiding our research were: RQ1. What is the nature of the online learning component of the leadership development programme? RQ2. How do school leaders and experts as coaches engage in the online learning component of the leadership development programme? We hypothesized that an online learning community with online coaching fosters collaborative online learning engagement (Luik & Požogina, 2025). The manner in which the findings can enable practitioners and scholars internationally to learn from the Chinese experience is discussed. Conceptual framework: Knowledge process model Through the intentional formation of ties, school leaders leverage their networks to acquire new knowledge and refine their leadership approaches, potentially fostering leadership learning and growth (Crawford, 2002; Floyd et al., 2025). Although boundary crossing carries learning potential (Engeström et al., 1995), participants often find it challenging to acquire, integrate, and generate new knowledge from diverse sources. Carlile (2004) found that shared knowledge is particularly beneficial for connecting units, enabling knowledge to be managed across boundaries and thereby stimulating innovation. Carlile's (2004) work on managing knowledge across boundaries is valuable here. Carlile (2002, 2004) identifies three models of knowledge processes that occur across boundaries: knowledge transfer, translation, and transformation. Knowledge transfer is the process of sharing knowledge. It lies in the information processing across boundaries and knowledge sources- receiver connections. Knowledge translation refers to the translation of ideas and methods into concepts that individuals can understand and apply in practice. Knowledge transformation is the process of adapting, integrating, and reshaping existing information to create new or altered knowledge. Participants typically integrate knowledge in multiple contexts in providing solutions. This landscape of expertise has been characterized as “polycontexturality” and “boundary-crossing” (Tuomi-Gröhn & Engeström, 2003). Learning across work teams significantly enhances the transfer of knowledge to their specific contexts (Baldwin & Ford, 1988). While knowledge flows across boundaries are possible, they do not occur without support (Hawkins & Rezazade, 2012). To address the challenges posed by knowledge boundaries, boundary brokers- individuals who connect different domains and facilitate the movement of knowledge between them (Carlile, 2004; Hawkins & Rezazade, 2012). The second mechanism involves boundary objects, identifiable, understandable, and sharable artefacts or activities meaningful to diverse groups of participants (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011). This theoretical perspective enables the authors to analyze different knowledge processes and reveal the underlying knowledge management mechanisms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology We employed digital ethnography developed from traditional ethnography to conduct online fieldwork as observers (Murthy, 2008), focusing on the online learning environment. Participants are to post/start at least one strand (a comment) on the Moodle Discussion Board representing their school team’ views, and to comment on others as they are posted over time, again based on joint school views rather than individual views. Moodle data were collected and analyzed to capture multilevel interactions and the growth of knowledge among school leaders. Data source In this study, we delved into data collected from the online learning community, comprising 63 school leaders and coaches (i.e., 26 expert principals and two program designers and lecturers). Text-based interactions among participants were captured in Moodle. The data collected through Moodle encompassed not only text-based interactions but also a variety of resources shared by participants, including articles, videos, and case studies. This extensive dataset enabled us to analyze the depth of collaboration and the processes of knowledge construction within the community. By exploring these interactions, we sought to reveal the process that enabled school leaders to lead innovation and change. Data analysis The study used content analysis to explore how the networked online learning community emerged. Content analysis enables systematic examination of learning in online discussions (Bowen, 2009). The analysis took the complete message a participant posts at a particular moment in the discussion as the unit of analysis. The coding of 298 messages captures the features relevant to the research questions, and the themes were constructed from the codes to identify patterns. Specifically, we identified the codes related to tools and learning-oriented achievement. These themes were analyzed in relation to Carlile’s (2002, 2004) model, which identifies three knowledge processes that occur across boundaries: knowledge transfer, translation, and transformation. This initial framework identifies general domains in which one can develop codes inductively to capture cross-system learning practices and their influences. We assigned initial codes under the guidance of the preliminary framework (descriptive codes and a priori codes). We then identified key analytic categories (interpretive codes) guided by the initial codes. We constructed thematic statements based on the earlier codes to demonstrate their meaning (theming the data). Inter-rater reliability is a critical concern in relation to content analysis (Rourke et al., 2001). Three independent coders coded 298 messages to enhance trustworthiness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this study, we sought to understand how the structured, networked online learning community emerged and how it shaped school leaders’ engagement in the programme. Our analysis showed that the school leaders learned through asking and answering questions. The school leaders moved cognitively between schools to identify successful practices (Floyd et al., 2025) and incorporated elements from different contexts into school-improvement strategies, which corresponds to Engeström’s (1995) term “hybridization”. School leaders established knowledge-sharing ties, while experts promoted the diffusion of knowledge across schools by constructing shared meaning and facilitating subsequent implementation. The guiding discussion questions served as boundary objects, encouraging leaders to critically assess their current practices and strategies through a goal-oriented lens. School leaders appeared motivated to pinpoint specific, impactful initiatives that could drive tangible improvements in their educational settings. Our analysis suggested that the involvement of expert coaches and facilitators, combined with the provision of guiding questions, maximised learning opportunities in the program’s online learning components (Luik & Požogina, 2025). The structured discussion questions both spurred and focused interactions throughout the learning community and shaped a task-driven learning environment (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011; Hutchison & Colwell, 2012). This study identified the significant role of multilevel coaching as a knowledge broker to foster knowledge flow across schools (Hawkins & Rezazade, 2012). Within this environment, the coaches and facilitators could provide the support and encouragement necessary for school leaders to process new knowledge and to explore new areas (Goodyear et al., 2019). As new knowledge emerged from discussions and fed into the learning network, new opportunities to reflect on innovation and change within participants’ schools appeared. This dynamic interaction seemed to form a worthwhile model that incorporated the conditions under which school leaders could develop mindsets and capabilities for continuous personal and organizational improvement. References Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132-169. Baldwin, T. T., & Ford, J. K. (1988). Transfer of training: A review and directions for future research. Personnel Psychology, 41, 63–105. Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), 27-40. Carlile, P. R. (2002). A pragmatic view of knowledge and boundaries: Boundary objects in new product development. Organization Science, 13(4), 442–455. Carlile, P. R. (2004). Transferring, translating, and transforming: An integrative framework for managing knowledge across boundaries. Organization Science, 15(5), 555–568. Crawford, M. (2002). Enhancing school leadership: Evaluating the use of virtual learning communities. Educational Management & Administration, 30(4), 431-445. Engeström, Y., Engeström, R., & Kärkkäinen, M. (1995). Polycontextuality and boundary crossing in expert cognition: Learning and problem solving in complex work activities. Learning and Instruction, 5(4), 319–336. Floyd, A., Baxter, J., Morales, A., & Bari, R. (2025). Leading online learning during a pandemic and beyond: Challenges and opportunities for school leaders in England. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 53(4), 829-849. Fullan, M. (2020). The nature of leadership is changing. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 139-142. Hawkins, M. A., & Rezazade M, M. H. (2012). Knowledge boundary spanning process: Synthesizing four spanning mechanisms. Management Decision, 50(10), 1800-1815. Hutchison, A., & Colwell, J. (2012). Using a wiki to facilitate an online professional learning community for induction and mentoring teachers. Education and Information Technologies, 17(3), 273-289. Luik, P., & Požogina, K. (2025). Unleashing digital transformation: How a professional development programme can lead to change. European Journal of Education, 60(3), e70191. Murthy, D. (2008). Digital ethnography: An examination of the use of new technologies for social research. Sociology, 42(5), 837-855. Rourke, L., Anderson, T., Garrison, D. R., & Archer, W. (2001). Methodological issues in the content analysis of computer conference transcripts. International journal of artificial intelligence in education, 12, 8-22. Sahlin, S. (2025). Professional development of school principals–how do experienced school leaders make sense of their professional learning?. Educational management administration & leadership, 53(2), 380-397. Shantal, K. M. A., Halttunen, L., & Pekka, K. (2014). Sources of principals’ leadership practices and areas training should emphasize: Case Finland. Journal of leadership Education, 13(2), 29-51. Tuomi-Gröhn, T., & Engeström, Y. (Eds.). (2003). Between school and work: New perspectives on transfer and boundary-crossing (pp. 123-135). Amsterdam: Pergamon. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Student Assistants’ Support for Teachers in Secondary Education Improves Pupils’ Learning Outcomes: Evidence from a Randomized Controlled Trial 1: KBA Nijmegen, Netherlands, The; 2: Utrecht University; 3: Leiden University; 4: Radboud University Presenting Author:Across Europe, secondary education systems face persistent challenges related to learning loss among pupils (i.e., students in secondary education) and increasing workload among teachers (OECD, 2021). These challenges have intensified in recent years, particularly in the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, and have renewed attention to interventions that provide additional support within classrooms (Carlana, 2021; European Commission, 2022; OECD, 2022). While many European education systems have invested in such measures to address learning gaps and alleviate pressure on teachers, robust empirical evidence on the effectiveness of these interventions remains limited (Carlana, 2021; European Commission, 2022; OECD, 2022). This has increased interest in interventions that improve pupil learning under conditions of teacher shortages, high workload, and limited differentiation. The proposed presentation focuses on StudentinzetopSchool, an intervention in the Netherlands in which student assistants—higher education students not enrolled in teacher education programmes—support secondary school teachers after completing a compulsory three-hour training provided by academic teacher training programmes. These student assistants work within classrooms and provide support for the teacher, for example by working with individual pupils or small groups, or by other supporting classroom-related tasks. Importantly, these student assistants do not replace teachers, but function as supplementary support aimed at increasing instructional capacity within existing school structures. The intervention has a dual objective: its primary aim is to improve pupils’ learning outcomes, while a secondary objective is to reduce teachers’ perceived workload by redistributing tasks. The primary research question guiding the study is: What is the effect of student assistants’ support for teachers on pupils’ learning outcomes in secondary schools? In addition, the study includes exploratory analyses examining (a) whether teachers’ perceived workload changes during the intervention period, and (b) how variation in implementation-related conditions—such as task agreements, and the preparation of student assistants—may help explain differences in observed outcomes. By combining a focus on pupil outcomes with attention to teachers’ professional experiences and implementation processes, the study contributes to European discussions on evidence-informed educational interventions and professional support structures in schools. The theoretical framework draws on two complementary theoretical perspectives. First, research on tutoring and small-group instruction demonstrates that targeted instructional support can substantially improve pupil achievement, particularly when instruction is responsive to learners’ needs (Begeny et al., 2018; Nickow et al., 2020). This body of research highlights the potential of additional instructional capacity to facilitate differentiation and provide more individualised support, which is often difficult to achieve in traditional whole-class settings. It has been shown in different contexts that small-group tutoring can be as effective as one-on-one tutoring. Also, satisfactory results have been reported with small-group tutoring by student assistants . (Elbaum et al., 2000; Invernizzi et al., 1996; Wyatt & Chapman-DeSousa, 2017). Second, studies on the deployment of additional personnel in classrooms suggest that such support may influence teachers’ workload and professional experience, while emphasising the importance of clear task allocation and role differentiation (Blatchford et al., 2008). Prior research indicates that when roles and responsibilities are insufficiently defined, the deployment of additional personnel does not automatically lead to reduced workload or improved instructional quality, and may place additional demands on teachers’ coordination and supervision (Blatchford et al., 2008). Together, these perspectives highlight that both pupil outcomes and teachers’ workload are shaped not only by the presence of additional support, but also by how this support is organised in school practice. Accordingly, the theoretical framework focuses on implementation-related conditions—such as clear task agreements, the preparation of student assistants, and alignment between student assistants’ expertise and classroom needs—as key factors for understanding variation in outcomes (Devecchi & Rouse, 2010; Jackson et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a mixed-methods design, combining a randomized controlled trial (RCT) with qualitative process data. This design enabled a rigorous assessment of the intervention’s effects on pupils’ learning outcomes, while also providing exploratory insights into implementation processes and perceived mechanisms underlying these effects (Fraenkel & Wallen, 2003; Schweizer et al, 2016). QUANTITATIVE DESIGN. The study is centred on a randomized controlled trial (RCT) conducted in 18 secondary schools in the Netherlands. The design made use of parallel classes (two classes taught by the same teacher at the same grade level), which were randomly assigned to the intervention or control condition: one class formed the experimental group and received support from student assistants, while a comparable class served as the control group. For ethical reasons, the control group also received support from a student assistant after the intervention period. The intervention involved student assistants (higher education students not enrolled in teacher education programmes) who supported teachers for approximately four hours per week over a ten-week period. Student assistants provided instructional and organisational support, such as small-group tutoring, individual pupil support, and assistance with classroom-related tasks. They did not replace teachers but functioned as additional support. The primary outcome measure was pupils’ learning outcomes, operationalised as grades in the subject in which the intervention took place (e.g., mathematics, languages, history, or natural science subjects such as physics, chemistry, and biology). Grades from the school year prior to the intervention served as a baseline measure. Post-intervention grades were collected during and shortly after the intervention period. The analytic sample consisted of 1,777 pupils from intervention and control classes. Teachers’ perceived workload was measured using self-report questionnaires administered before and after the intervention period. In the absence of a control group, analyses of workload were treated as exploratory. QUALITATIVE METHODS. In addition to the quantitative data, qualitative focus groups were conducted with teachers, pupils, and student assistants. These focus groups explored participants’ experiences with the intervention, perceived effects, and conditions influencing successful implementation. Particular attention was paid to task division, collaboration between teachers and student assistants, and the subjective experiences of participants. ANALYTICAL APPROACH. Quantitative analyses focused primarily on estimating the intervention’s effect on pupils’ learning outcomes using pre–post comparisons between intervention and control classes, within a multilevel framework. Exploratory analyses examined associations between implementation characteristics and perceived outcomes. Qualitative data were analysed thematically to contextualise and interpret the quantitative findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides robust evidence on the effects of deploying higher education students as student assistants to support teachers in secondary schools. Using a randomized controlled trial, the findings demonstrate a statistically significant positive effect of the intervention on pupils’ learning outcomes, with a small-to-moderate effect size. Importantly, these effects were achieved within the relatively short intervention period (10 weeks, 4 hours per week), indicating that student assistants can effectively contribute to pupils’ academic progress. In addition to these confirmatory findings, exploratory analyses suggest a reduction in teachers’ perceived workload during the intervention period. Exploratory findings indicate that the extent to which workload is reduced depends on contextual and implementation-related conditions. In particular, clear task agreements between teachers and student assistants, adequate guidance of student assistants, and alignment between student assistants’ subject expertise and classroom needs appear to be critical for successful implementation. Beyond immediate effects on pupils and teachers, the findings also point to potential longer-term implications related to professional orientation. Participation in the intervention appears to shape student assistants’ perceptions of the teaching profession, providing them with a more informed and realistic view of working as a teacher in secondary education. This suggests that such interventions may not only address short-term capacity challenges, but also contribute to future teacher recruitment. By combining quantitative and qualitative methods, the study enables a clear interpretation of intervention effects while providing context-sensitive insights into how and under which conditions these effects occur, contributing to European discussions on evidence-informed educational policy and practice. It highlights the potential of student support interventions as a feasible, low-cost strategy to enhance learning outcomes while supporting teachers facing increasing workload. At the same time, it underscores the importance of careful implementation to ensure that additional support translates into improvements in pupils’ learning outcomes and teachers’ professional practice. References Begeny, J. C., Levy, R. A., & Field, S. A. (2018). Using small-group instruction to improve students' reading fluency: An evaluation of the existing research. Journal of Applied School Psychology, 34(1), 36-64. Blatchford, P., Bassett, P., Brown, P., Martin, C., Russell, A., Webster, R., Babayiçit, S., & Haywood N. (2008). Deployment and impact of support staff in schools and the impact of the national agreement: results from strand 2 wave 1 - 2005/06. Institute of Education, University of London. Carlana, M., & La Ferrara, E. (2021). Apart but Connected: Online Tutoring and Student Outcomes during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Devecchi, C., & Rouse, M. (2010). An exploration of the features of effective collaboration between Fraenkel, J.R., & Wallen, N.E. (2003). How to Design and Evaluate Research in Education. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill. Elbaum, B., Vaughn, S., Tejero Hughes, M., & Watson Moody, S. (2000). How effective are one-to-one tutoring programs in reading for elementary students at risk for reading failure? A meta-analysis of the intervention research. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92(4), 605. European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Education and training monitor 2022 – Comparative report, Publications Office of the European Union, 2022. Fraenkel, J.R., & Wallen, N.E. (2003). How to Design and Evaluate Research in Education. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill. lnvernizzi, M., Juel, C., & Rosemary, C. A. (1996). A community volunteer tutorial that works. The Reading Teacher, 50(4), 304-311. Jackson, C., Sharma, U., Odier-Guedj, D., & Deppeler, J. (2021). Teachers’ Perceptions of Their Work with Teacher Assistants: A Systematic Literature Review. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 46(11). Nickow, A., Oreopoupos, P., & Quan, V. (2020). The impressive effects of tutoring in PreK-12 learning: A systematic review and meta-analysis of the experimental evidence. NBER Working Series, 27476. OECD. (2021). Teachers getting the best out of their student: From primary to upper secondary education. Paris: TALIS, OECD Publishing. OECD et al. (2022). From Learning Recovery to Education Transformation: Insights and Reflections from the 4th Survey of National Education Responses to COVID-19 School Closures, UNICEF, New York Schweizer, M. L., Braun, B. I., & Milstone, A. M. (2016). Research methods in healthcare epidemiology and antimicrobial stewardship—quasi-experimental designs. Infection control & hospital epidemiology, 37(10), 1135-1140. Wyatt, T., & Chapman-DeSousa, B. (2017). Teaching as interaction: Challenges in transitioning teachers' instruction to small groups. Early Childhood Education Journal, 45(1), 61-70. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 01 SES 05 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Sabine Meinck Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Learning and Development within CHAT and Implications for the Interventionist Researcher in School NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:In this article, we take our starting point in the ideas of Vygotsky (1978, 2000), commonly referred to as sociocultural theory in the United States and other Western contexts (Wertsch, 1991; Wertsch et al., 1995). From this theoretical foundation, we trace the development of Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT) through Leont’ev and further to Engeström’s contributions. This means that we start by emphasizing individual perspectives, then move toward learning and development as a shared, collective process. We also shift the focus from children to the collective processes of adults.
Vygotsky was concerned with the developmental process of growth and its origins, rather than with “fossilized behavior” (Vygotsky, 1978, p. 63). Genetic analysis, in this context, means that the focus is placed not on the end product of development, but on the very process through which higher mental functions are formed. Artifacts hold a prominent place in sociocultural theory and are even regarded as extensions of the individual (Prawat, 1996). However, Vygotsky (2000) regarded language as the “tool of tools,” and was convinced that communicative processes are the primary medium through which individuals form their consciousness. Leont’ev (1981) expanded Vygotsky’s theory by shifting the focus from the individual to the collective, introducing the concept of division of labor. He exemplifies this through the activity of hunting for food or skins, demonstrating how various goal-directed actions contribute to fulfilling a shared collective motive related to the object of the activity.
Leont´ev (1978) defined the object concept in the following way: ‘[…] The object of the activity is twofold: first, in its independent existence as subordinating to itself and transforming the activity of the subject, second; as an image of the object, as [a] product of its property of psychological reflection that is realized as an activity of the subject’ (p. 52). The object is therefore both material and ideal. Leont’ev (1978) noted that “the meeting of need with the object is an extraordinary act” (p. 54) and later emphasized that “the object is the real motive” (Leont’ev, 1981, p. 59), meaning that in educational settings, practitioners must at least understand, or ideally share, a collective motive to act meaningfully on the object. When this happens, the object becomes “invested with meaning and motivating power” (Sannino et al., 2016, p. 602).
Engeström (1987) expanded activity theory by introducing a graphical model and adding the concept of expansive learning, which he and Sannino (2010) define as “learning something that is not yet there.” (p. 2). According to Vygotsky (1978), learning is a process starting at the social and external level before it is internalized on the internal level, and furthermore, good learning is ahead of development. He states that a person’s learning should be supported in his or her zone of proximal development by a more capable peer or adults (p. 86), thus facilitating progress beyond the learner’s current developmental stage. Engeström (1987) has expanded on this definition of the concept for the individual and explains the zone of proximal development in this way: ‘It is the distance between the present everyday actions of the individuals and the historically new form of the societal activity that can be collectively generated […]’ (p. 174).
With this theory as the frame for the research and development work we pursued the following research question:
How are learning and development conceptualized within cultural-historical activity theory, and what implications does this have for the interventionist researcher who supports and investigates these processes in whole schools? The purpose of this study is to explore the challenges and opportunities that an interventionist researcher may encounter when employing CHAT as the theoretical framework. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is defined as a case study, following Creswell (2013) stating that such studies are bounded in time and place. The paper takes part of the ongoing four-year research project (2023-2027) Leadership and Learning for the Development of Teachers’ Professional Digital Competence (LeadDig), funded by the Norwegian Research Council. The underlying idea for the project is to develop schools that learn by focusing on teachers’ professional digital competence to enhance the pupils’ learning environment and learning in all together six schools. This study focuses on the meetings between the interventionist researchers, and the schools collaborating intensively for a year. The purpose of the study is to analyze and understand the interventionist researcher’s role when CHAT is used as the theoretical framework. We collected data by recording all the meetings in the research group focusing on the meetings with the schools, and furthermore, writing logbook entries after the meetings with the schools. Additionally, we conducted a focus group interview (Czarniawaska, 2004) with the whole research group, consisting of eight researchers. We have analyzed the data material by using the constant comparative method of analyses (Strauss & Corbin, 1998; Corbin & Strauss, 2013). So far, we have developed categories that provide headings for the processes about two and a half years into the project. These are: “How do we start”, “The necessity of being patient and navigating chaos”, “How to model dialogue to promote development and learning” and “Relations and horizontal learning”. The first category includes a tension between researcher-led classroom instruction and the effort to facilitate a collaborative process that enables teachers to define a shared development question based on their own needs before moving toward concrete changes in teaching. The second category concerns the tension between the traditional role of the researcher as a provider of knowledge to teachers, and the role of the researcher in structuring processes that enable teachers to identify their own developmental needs. The third category addresses how we as researchers can model what a learning dialogue between teachers might look like, and how such dialogue can contribute to both a sense of recognition and constructive criticism. The fourth and final category explores how we collaborate with teachers to build a supportive relationship and how we, as researchers, learn together with them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings indicate that varying levels of familiarity with CHAT can create tension among interventionist researchers. Furthermore, previous experience with development work may both facilitate the process and, at the same time, generate tension regarding how such work is carried out within a CHAT framework, where the researcher is expected to act as a collaborative partner rather than an expert. Starting out with CHAT as a framework requires that teachers have the time and opportunity to identify both individual and shared needs for development. Such a starting point is unusual for teachers, and as researchers, we must therefore demonstrate resilience in navigating a chaotic process while maintaining confidence that this process will eventually help teachers understand its purpose. In addition to structuring processes that helped teachers identify their needs by formulating development questions, we also participated in teaching practice by observing lessons together with teachers and the principal, followed by structured joint analyses of these lessons, modeling language use to support development. The teachers expressed that this structure made them feel secure and helped raise their awareness of their own practice. In this project, we learned that a supportive climate between researchers and teachers must be characterized by genuine, equitable collaboration in which all partners learn from one another. References Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2013). Basics of Qualitative Research. Sage Publications, Inc. Creswell (2013). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd edition). SAGE Publications Inc. Czarniawaska, B. (2004). Narratives in social science research. SAGE. Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding. Orienta-Konsultit Oy. Leontèv, A.N. (1978). Activity, Consciousness, and Personality. Prentice-Hall. Leontèv, A.N. (1981). The Problem of Activity in Psychology. In J.V. Wertsch (ed.), The Concept of Activity in Soviet Psychology, p. 37-71. M.E. Sharpe, Inc. Prawat, R.S. (1993). The value of ideas: Problems versus possibilities in learning. Educational Researcher, 22(2), 5-16. Sannino, A., Engeström, Y., & Lemos, M. (2016). Formative interventions for expansive learning and transformative agency. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 25(4), 599–633. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2016.1204547 Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2009.12.002 Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1990). Basics of Qualitative Research: Grounded Theory Procedures and Techniques. Sage Publications, Inc. Vygotsky, L.S. (1978). Mind in Society. The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. Vygotsky, L.S. (2000). Thought and Language. MIT Press. Wertsch, J.V. (1991). Voices of the Mind. A Sociocultural Approach to Mediated Action. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wertsch, J.V., Rio, D.P. & Alvarez, A. (1995). Sociocultural Studies: History, Action, and Mediation. In J.V. Wertsch, D.R. Pablo & A. Alvarez (eds.), Sociocultural Studies of Mind, p. 1-34. New York: Cambridge University Press. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Research Engagement in a Community of Practice - A Case Study University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:Research engaged schools promote enquiry stances by teachers, and the use of published research and other school evidence; they are outward looking and connect to the research community (Godfrey & Brown, 2019). In these schools, research is integrated into the lives of teachers and school leaders, as part of the structures and cultures of the organization. In this qualitative case study, a research engaged school is studied to address the following questions:
To analyze this, two separate theoretical lenses will be used. First, the research engagement will be seen through the optics of Etienne Wenger’s (1998) social theory of learning, conceptualizing the school as a community of practice. This entails an exploration into how the research engagement is reified in the organizational culture, as well as how participation enhances and reproduces a research rich culture. Second, the culture and structure of the case school will be analyzed using a framework for multi-level mechanisms of research use (Hagevold et al., under review), in an effort to understand how trust, skills development, sustainable structures, and relationships shape and affect research use in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To select the school for this single-case study, a purposive, criterion-based sampling method was employed, leveraging the expertise of a municipal school leader with deep institutional knowledge of the municipality’s schools. This leader identified a specific case that met five key benchmarks for research engagement: the promotion of practitioner research, a commitment to interpreting published studies, active participation in external university-led programs, the integration of research into decision-making at all levels, and an outward-looking orientation sustained through research-based partnerships. This expert-led approach ensured the selection of an information-rich case where research engagement is deeply embedded in the school’s professional culture. The identified school accepted to participate in the case study. Case studies can be defined as “an in-depth investigation of a specific real-life project, policy, institution, program or system from multiple perspectives in order to catch its complexity and uniqueness” (Cohen et al., 2017, p. 375). In its nature, a case study is eclectic, and can include multiple methods to investigate and answer the research questions. The research questions in this case study will be addressed through three types of data gathering: 1. Group interviews of teachers and school leaders. (Conducted autumn 25) 2. Field notes from observations of staff meetings, leader team meetings, and team meetings. (to be carried out spring 26) 3. Document analysis of the school's strategies, and visible artefacts in the school environment (to be carried out spring 26) Data from all three sources will be analyzed using both inductive and deductive approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This case study is currently in early stages of data analysis. The expected outcome of this case study is a deeper understanding of how teachers and school leaders in research engaged schools perceive, understand, value and practice research use. Furthermore, it is expected that we find that trust, skills development, sustainable structures, and relationships are important mechanisms that govern this use. Finally, seeing research engagement as a product of reification and participation in a community of practice, can highlight that its sustainability is rooted in the shared artifacts and the collaborative processes of the professional community itself. References Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison. Keith. (2017). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.). Routledge. Godfrey, D., & Brown, C. (2019). An eco-system for research engaged schools: Reforming education through research. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge Core. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803932 Hagevold, C.G., Forsström, S.E, & Keles, S. (under review). Research on research use in schools: A systematic review with framework synthesis 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Positioning Teachers as Active Co-researchers in STEM PBL Education: Challenging Academic Assumptions, Practices and Roles 1: RMIT University, Australia; 2: Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:Internationally, research into teacher professional learning has increasingly explored how teachers and academics can work successfully together to bring about educational change. Recent literature underscores the importance of working with, rather than on teachers, and highlights the inherent complexities of changing teacher practice (Admiraal et al, 2021; Opfer & Pedder, 2011). In this paper, we critically examine our assumptions and practices as education academics engaged in a longitudinal project with in-service teachers, co-designing and implementing problem-based learning (PBL) in school-based STEM education. While the teachers led the implementation in their schools, co-design and evaluation was pursued as an authentic partnership with us, the academic researchers. As the project evolved, we began to question both our strategies for positioning teachers as co-researchers, and our assumptions about co-design and research. While research on co-design from the perspective of teachers is a growing field, this study is unique in its focus on the professional learning and reflexive shifts experienced by us, the academic researchers. Accordingly, our guiding research question is: How does the intention to position teachers as authentic co-researchers in a school-based PBL project challenge and reshape the practices, assumptions and roles of academic researchers?
The study is theoretically framed by concepts of co-learning and co-design, which together provide a lens for examining collaborative knowledge production and role negotiation within teacher-academic partnerships. Jaworski (2001) conceptualises teacher-academic collaboration in terms of co-learning partnerships, drawing on Wagner’s (1997) notion of co-learning whereby researchers and practitioners actively participate in the learning process engaging in shared action and reflection. Through this shared relationship each not only learns “something about the world of the other” but also “each may learn something more about his or her own world and its connections to institutions of schooling” (Wagner, 1997, p. 16).
Complementing this perspective is the concept of co-design, which adds a practical dimension to collaborative partnerships. Roschelle et al. (2006) define co-design as a “highly-facilitated, team-based process in which teachers, researchers, and developers work together in defined roles to design an educational innovation, realize the design in one or more prototypes, and evaluate each prototype’s significance for addressing a concrete educational need” (p. 606). In this study, we utilise a theoretical framework informed by co-design and co-learning to examine the dynamics of our interactions with teachers as we sought to position them not only as implementers but as co-designers and co-researchers of a STEM PBL educational innovation in their schools. In previous research aiming to position teachers as co-researchers, tensions emerged for researchers related to different professional contexts, roles and expectations related to timelines, aims and workload (Bevins & Price, 2014; Roschelle et al, 2006). Tensions also exist around role asymmetry, such as perpetuating the ‘researcher as ‘thinker’, teacher as ‘doer’’, even when researchers strive for egalitarian approaches (Bungum & Sanne, 2021). Valuing different knowledge types (Bungum & Sanne, 2021) and differing goals, such as teachers’ orientations towards clearly defined and measurable outcomes aligned with curricular realities, as compared to researchers’ desire for innovation and open-ended tasks that involve ambiguity (Bevins & Price, 2014; Schafer, 2025) create further tensions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a qualitative, collaborative research approach situated within a multi-year PBL in STEM project. Participants included five university-based academics from two Australian Universities and 35 in-service, elementary and middle school teachers from 15 schools across two Australian states. Central to the research was a co-design methodology, based on the assumption that teachers would engage as equal partners alongside academics in the design, implementation and evaluation of PBL practice within their respective schools. Teachers were positioned this way because they were valued as the professionals best placed to understand the complexities of the primary and secondary schooling environments (Smith, 2017). Teachers’ active involvement in gathering data from their classrooms was therefore integral to the project. Teachers participated in 5 professional learning (PL) workshop days across three years, which were designed to introduce participants to the project, establish their views and understanding about PBL and STEM Education and facilitate the development of an Action Plan which teachers implemented, refined and evaluated within their schools. Academics introduced research about PBL, facilitated collaborative discussion and shared feedback throughout the process. Data for the study reported in this paper were drawn from three main sources: (1) academics’ reflective journals and meeting transcripts for planning and debriefing the PL workshops across the three years (2) a final interview with three of the academic team, and (3) artefacts from PL days, such as teacher interviews and working documents. Data were analysed using a grounded approach (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) utilising open and axial coding to organise data into conceptual categories. Researchers worked collaboratively applying a constant comparative method across each stage of data analysis (Corbin & Strauss, 2008). Data analysis was triangulated as all researchers worked collaboratively across all data. A single category was created from similar categories representing a higher degree of abstraction (Robson, 2002). These core categories began to capture the main ideas or concepts that were central to understanding the facilitation process. Through reiterative data analysis the properties and features of each category became further dimensionalised because of “the conditions which gave rise to it; the action/interaction by which it was expressed, and the consequences that it produces” (Corbin & Strauss, 1990, pp. 7–8). Finally, findings were synthesised into a coherent theoretical framework that explains the relationship between the intention to actively position teacher researchers as co-researchers and University academic thinking and actions, including behaviors, strategies, challenges, and outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis is proceeding. We report preliminary Findings here. Initially, teachers appeared to resist the co-researcher role, preferring to remain as implementers, rather than designers, or researchers. This apparent reluctance promoted a re-examination amongst the academic team regarding their facilitation approaches as well as the assumptions, both implicit and explicit about teachers’ capacity and willingness to act as equal partners in the way the academics envisaged. As the program progressed, we came to understand that we needed to: 1. Challenge and reshape our assumptions about our ability to position teachers as co-researchers, to something that must be initiated by teachers themselves. Our role was to support them in adopting a critical research stance towards their practice. 2. Challenge and reshape our practices to more effectively support teachers to move from being passive and leader-dependent to actively engaging in the co-design and learning process, recognising that this shift ultimately depended on their own initiative. 3. Challenge and reshape our roles to partner with, rather than lead, teachers to see research as an integral part of their teaching identity. Realising that true change must be initiated by teachers themselves highlighted the complexities of collaborative efforts to shift teacher thinking and practice. Our change in thinking revealed how our assumptions about research and the researcher role, both conscious and unconscious, had become obstacles making it difficult for teachers to adopt new ways of thinking and working. As academic researchers, while our intentions were to achieve codesign, shared ownership, and co-research, by accepting responsibility for these changes we continued to work on teachers rather than with them. Our findings shed light on the dynamics of co-design highlighted by Roschelle et al. (2006), in particular the tensions associated with assumptions concerning goals, roles and contributions of team members, as well as different workplace norms. References Admiraal, W., Schenke, W., De Jong, L., Emmelot, Y. & Sligte, H. (2021). Schools as Professional Learning Communities: What Can Schools Do to Support Professional Development of Their Teachers? Professional Development in Education 47: 684–98 Bevins, S., & Price, G. (2014). Collaboration between academics and teachers: a complex relationship. Educational Action Research, 22(2), 270-284. Bungum, B., & Sanne, A. (2021). Conditions for the Active Involvement of Teachers in a Design-Based Research Project. Designs for Learning, 13(1), 44-54. Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2008). Basics of qualitative research techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. SAGE. Jaworski, B. (2001). Developing mathematics teaching: Teachers, teacher-educators, and researchers as co-learners. In F.-L. Lin, & T. J. Cooney (Eds.), Making sense of mathematics teacher education (pp. 295–320). Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer. Opfer, V. D. & Pedder, D. (2011) Conceptualizing teacher professional learning. Review of Educational Research, 81(3): 376-407, 10.3102/0034654311413609 Roschelle, J., Penuel, W., & Shechtman, N. (2006). Co-design of Innovations with Teachers: Definition and Dynamics. In Barab, S. A., Hay, K. E., & Hickey, D. T. (Eds.), The International Conference of the Learning Sciences: Indiana University 2006. Proceedings of ICLS 2006, Volume 2 (pp. 606-612). Bloomington, Indiana, USA: International Society of the Learning Sciences. Schäfer, L. (2025). Reflective dialogues in negotiating the research-practice nexus: A case study of an English as a Foreign Language (EFL) teacher-researcher collaboration. System (Linköping), 133, 103757. Wagner, J. (1997), The unavoidable intervention of educational research: A framework for reconsidering research-practitioner cooperation, Educational Researcher 26(7), 13-22 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Professional Learning Through Action Research and Supervision In Multilingual Schools 1: Private University of Education of the Diocese Linz, Austria; 2: University of Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:Building on the theoretical contribution on supervision as a catalyst for professional and organisational learning in schools (presented at ECER 2025: Oberreiter & Zehetmeier 2025), this empirical study examines the enabling conditions for an innovative process architecture in which teachers and school leaders participate in supervisory settings while conducting their own action research projects. These projects are continuously accompanied and supported through supervision. Particular attention is paid to trust within the group and to the preconditions for professional development and organisational learning, with a specific focus on how linguistic diversity and educational equity are discursively negotiated. The study draws on interviews with key actors (parents, teachers, and school leaders) conducted as part of the action research process. In addition, student- and organisation-centred surveys are used to capture how language-related issues are addressed in school practice. This study examines how reflection-based professionalisation formats, particularly supervision and action research (Altrichter et al., 2018), contribute to professional development and organisational learning in schools. It focuses on the interplay of these formats in supporting professional learning and development and situates them within broader collaborative and leadership-related school development processes (Oberreiter & Zehetmeier, 2025). Research on teacher collaboration indicates that joint professional practices among teachers have positive effects on students, teachers, and schools as organisations, while emphasising the importance of a supportive and trust-based collaborative atmosphere (Vangrieken et al., 2017, p. 57) and can thus contribute to the demand for language-related professionalisation of teachers in various contexts (Amberg et al., 2022; García & Kleyn, 2016; Hélot, 2011; Vetter et al., 2022; Wegner & Vetter, 2014). The format chosen for this study is the interplay between Professional Learning Communities (Lave & Wenger, 1991) and Organisational Learning (Oberreiter, 2021), implemented through an innovative approach combining action research and supervision in schools. Supervision, understood as a counselling and reflection format for individuals, groups, teams, or organisational units (Pühl, 2017), complements action research by enabling reflexive distance from professional practice. By fostering reflective dialogue and perspective-taking, supervision supports both individual and collective professional learning and contributes to the development of a reflective organisational culture. Against this background, the study is situated in schools deeply influenced by broader societal transformations, with a particular focus on multilingual realities and the complex challenges they pose for teachers, teams, and school organisations. Linguistic diversity, shaped by migration, language policies, and power relations, profoundly influences students’ educational trajectories and teachers’ professional decision-making (Horner & Weber, 2018). Multilingualism is conceptualised as a complex discursive field in which meanings, norms, and hierarchies are negotiated. Acknowledging both its potential benefits and the associated “emotional hardships” (Jessner & Kramsch, 2015, p. 6) is crucial for supporting teachers and schools in areas such as language policy development, classroom management, and the language-sensitive organisation of teaching. Tensions and controversies emerging in multilingual schools and classrooms are thus understood as potential triggers for systemic learning, provided that schools can translate them into cooperative and reflective practices. The study advances the hypothesis that agile ways of working, characterised by iterative learning cycles, shared responsibility, transparency, and adaptability, constitute a key enabling condition for professional development and organisational learning. It is assumed that such agile practices, when combined with supervision and action research, foster conditions under which reflective cooperation, experimentation, and learning from tensions become possible. Furthermore, the study explores transformational leadership as a critical contextual factor that supports these processes by articulating shared visions, encouraging professional autonomy, and creating psychologically safe spaces for reflection and innovation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the project investigates how reflection-based professionalisation formats, particularly supervision and action research (Altrichter et al., 2018), contribute to professional development and organisational learning in schools, with a specific focus on multilingual classrooms. Teachers systematically examine their own practice by formulating practice-related questions, engaging in observation and reflection, and developing individual and collective strategies for further action and for professional and organisational growth. The project is explicitly grounded in a double-loop learning perspective, as it not only supports changes in practice but also invites reflection on underlying assumptions, norms, and organisational routines (Argyris & Schön, 2018). Empirically, the study employs a mixed-methods design. Qualitative interviews are conducted with various school actors, including teachers, school leaders, and parents, to capture perspectives on professional learning, organisational conditions, and the handling of linguistic diversity. In addition, student surveys are administered to explore students’ perceptions of how language-related issues are addressed in everyday school practice. Organisational surveys conducted after the supervision sessions are used to reconstruct the organisational cultures of two schools and to analyse how schools address language-related challenges and the modes of collaboration they use, including emerging agile forms of working. Data are analysed using a summarising, code-based qualitative content analysis following Kuckartz (2014), integrating qualitative and quantitative data to identify patterns of professional and organisational learning. Methodologically, the project operates in a dual role: it supports and guides teachers’ professionalisation processes while simultaneously researching and refining the architecture of supervision-based action research itself. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Supervision and action research play complementary roles in professional learning and development. Supervision offers structured support and guidance through reflective practices, helping professionals develop skills, tackle challenges, and grow professionally. In contrast, action research involves practitioners systematically investigating their practices to generate new knowledge and improve outcomes. When combined, supervision provides the reflective framework and support necessary for action research projects. Supervision helps professional teachers critically examine their actions and decisions, while action research provides practical tools to investigate and enhance them. This synergy creates a dynamic in which reflective insights drive practical change, leading to more effective professional learning and development. Integrating action research and supervision introduces innovative elements for integrated reflective practice. By incorporating reflective practices from supervision into the action research process, practitioners engage in a continuous cycle of self-examination. This ongoing reflection fosters deeper self-awareness and more informed decision-making, resulting in sustained improvements in professional practices. Schools are learning spaces through language, in which classroom communication, linguistic biographies and language-related insecurities are equally taken into account. Structured reflection through supervision and action research provides the social and organisational conditions required to anchor these processes sustainably within the school as an organisation. By linking action research and supervision in multilingual contexts, the study demonstrates how reflective and cooperative practices foster professional development, strengthen organisational learning and open up new possibilities for action in complex and diverse school settings. References Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (2018). Die lernende Organisation: Grundlagen, Methode, Praxis [The learning organization: Foundations, methods, practice]. Schäffer-Poeschel. Altrichter, H., Posch, P., & Somekh, B. (2018). Teachers investigate their work: An introduction to action research across the professions. Routledge. Amberg, I., Furch, E., & Wiedner, M. / Vetter, E., Imamović-Topčić, E., Schwarzl-Cataldo, L. (2022). THESE XII: Nur mit gut ausgebildeten Pädagoginnen lässt sich der Schatz der Mehrsprachigkeit heben. In: O. Gruber & M. Tölle (Eds.), Fokus Mehrsprachigkeit : 14 Thesen zu Sprache und Sprachenpolitik : Beiträge aus Österreich und Europa (301–333). ÖGB Verlag. García, O., & Kleyn, T. (2016). Translanguaging with multilingual students : learning from classroom moments (1st ed.). Routledge. Hélot, C. (2011). Language policy for the multilingual classroom : pedagogy of the possible. Multilingual Matters. Horner, K., & Weber, J.-J. (2018). Introducing multilingualism: A social approach. Routledge. Jessner, U., & Kramsch, C. (2015). The Multilingual Challenge. De Gruyter. Kuckartz, U. (2014). Mixed methods: Methodology, research designs, and data analysis. Springer VS. In H. Pühl (Ed.), Das aktuelle Handbuch der Supervision: Grundlagen – Praxis – Perspektiven (pp. 81–94). Psychosozial-Verlag. Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press. Luhmann, N. (1991). Soziale Systeme: Grundriss einer allgemeinen Theorie [Social systems: Outline of a general theory] (4th ed.). Suhrkamp. Luhmann, N. (2004). Einführung in die Systemtheorie [Introduction to systems theory]. In D. Baecker (Ed.), Einführung in die Systemtheorie (2nd ed.). Carl-Auer. Maturana, H. R. (1985). Erkennen: Die Organisation und Verkörperung von Wirklichkeit [Knowing: The organization and embodiment of reality]. Vieweg+Teubner. Oberreiter, E. (2021). Die Wirkung von Supervision für die Organisationsentwicklung von Schulen [The impact of supervision on the organizational development of schools] (Doctoral dissertation, University of Klagenfurt). Oberreiter, E., & Zehetmeier, S. (2025, September 10). Organisational learning and supervision in schools: Current findings and future perspectives for professional learning and development [Paper presentation]. European Conference on Educational Research (ECER 2025), Belgrade, Serbia. Pühl, H. (2017). Was Supervision auszeichnet [What characterises supervision]. In H. Pühl (Ed.), Das aktuelle Handbuch der Supervision: Grundlagen – Praxis – Perspektiven (Unchanged reprint of the 2nd ed., pp. 12–24). Psychosozial-Verlag. Vangrieken, K., Meredith, C., Packer, T., & Kyndt, E. (2017). Teacher communities as a context for professional development: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 61, 47–59. Wegner, A., & Vetter, E. (2014). Mehrsprachigkeit und Professionalisierung in Pädagogischen Berufen : Interdisziplinäre Zugänge Zu Aktuellen Herausforderungen Im Bildungsbereich. Budrich UniPress, Limited. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 02 SES 05 A: AI and Digitalisation III Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Nora Cechovsky Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Developing Teachers' AI Literacy in VET: A Design-Based Pilot Study of a Transnational E-Learning Curriculum 1: Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Hungary; 2: University of Bremen; 3: University of Novi Sad; 4: University of Ss. Cyril and Method in Trnava Presenting Author:The rapid proliferation of generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) in our life and work presents a dual challenge for Vocational Education and Training (VET): educators should utilise AI for pedagogical efficiency and improvement while simultaneously preparing students for labor markets where AI is increasingly embedded in professional practice. Despite this "dual significance" of AI as both a teaching and learning tool and a vocational competency (Attwell et al., 2020), there is a paucity of research on how VET teachers acquire and should acquire the necessary literacy to integrate these tools effectively. This paper presents the results of a pilot study conducted within an Erasmus+ cooperation partnership involving four European teacher educator universities. The VETAssIst project (2024-2027, No. 2024-1-HU01-KA220-VET-000253387) developed and piloted a specialised e-learning course designed to enhance VET teachers' AI literacy. The partners designed the curriculum and learning content in eight modules focusing on different aspects of the VET teaching work (e.g., GenAI for active learning, GenAI for assessment, GenAI for planning, GenAI for professional development etc.), developing VET students’ AI literacy, and ethics and data protection. Each module consists of a Lesson, a practical Assignment, and questions encouraging self-reflection (AI Learning Diary) and the exchange of experiences in asynchronous group discussions (Forum). By aligning the modules with the competencies outlined in an AI Supplement to DigCompEdu (Bekiaridis & Attwell, 2024), UNESCO’s AI framework (Miao, F., & Cukurova, 2024), and the cognitive levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy (Oregon State University, 2024), we aimed to create practical and pedagogically sound learning experiences. The course was implemented in Moodle in five language versions with slightly adapted and supplemented national language content to suit the local needs. The pilots were organised in slightly different ways in the four partner countries but using a uniform core set of questions to collect participants’ feedback to finalise the curriculum and learning content. This study thus adopts a Design-Based Research (DBR) approach, characterising the educational intervention as an iterative process enacted in real-world settings. The theoretical framework distinguishes between AI as a mere technical tool for routine automation and AI as a tool for pedagogical augmentation (Huang & Rust, 2021). While early adoption often focuses on efficiency (Celik et al., 2022), our study also aimed to explore the deeper transformative potential of AI in VET. We define this potential specifically as how and in what aspects AI can improve VET teaching - moving beyond mere workload reduction to enhance active and collaborative learning, personalisation, and the creation of adaptive learning environments that were previously difficult to implement (Kasneci et al., 2023). The primary objective of this study is to evaluate the pilot implementation of the VETAssIst course. We seek to answer the following research questions:
The study posits that successful AI adoption in VET requires a curriculum that is responsive to the specific "timetable realities" of VET educators and addresses the ethical and social risks unique to the sector (UNESCO, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a Convergent Mixed Methods Design, collecting quantitative and qualitative data simultaneously throughout the pilot phase to provide a holistic evaluation of the VETAssIst course. The pilot involved 53 VET teachers (including 6 student teachers) from four partner countries (Hungary, Germany, Serbia, Slovakia), selected to represent a diverse range of VET subjects and digital skill levels. Data collection was embedded directly into the learning process to capture immediate reflections and behavioral patterns: Quantitative Instrument: - Feedback Forms: Short, closed-question surveys administered pre-course, post-module, and post-course via Moodle. These measured satisfaction with content and technical usability. Qualitative Instruments: - Focus Group Discussions: Online or face-to-face meetings were conducted in each partner country. A core set of semi-structured questions was utilised to explore the strengths and weaknesses of the VETAssIst curriculum and learning content, and the potential and deep-seated challenges of using AI for improving VET teaching. - AI Learning Diaries: Participants were requested to answer questions prompting self-reflection on learning processes and "lightbulb moments" regarding AI application throughout the course. - Forum Analysis: Asynchronous discussions on the Moodle platform, prompted by tutor-designed questions, were analysed to identify shared challenges and peer-to-peer learning dynamics. The analysis follows a triangulation protocol. Quantitative data from Moodle forms provides descriptive statistics on course satisfaction and usability. Qualitative data from transcripts of focus groups, diaries and Forum posts are subjected to thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study anticipates two primary categories of results: Curricular Refinements and Pedagogical Insights. Regarding curricular refinement, the analysis will yield a validated version of the VETAssIt course. We expect to resolve the tension between providing a broad "buffet" of GenAI tools versus deep-diving into a select few. Feedback on the assignments will determine if practical, artifact-creation tasks drive higher engagement than theoretical reflection. Pedagogically, the study will report on the transformative potential of AI in VET as perceived by practitioners. We anticipate findings that detail how GenAI may improve VET teaching by enhancing active learning, enabling differentiation in heterogeneous student groups and simulating complex professional scenarios in the classroom. Furthermore, the results will highlight the shift in teacher mindset, from viewing AI as a "shortcut" to understanding it as a partner for pedagogical innovation. Ultimately, the findings will inform VET decision-makers at both school and national levels, outlining how institutional and policy support must evolve to sustain AI literacy. The final output will be an open-access, empirically validated course tailored to the unique needs of the VET sector. References Attwell, G., Deitmer, L, Tutlys, T., Roppertz, S., & Perini, M. (2020). Digitalisation, artificial intelligence and vocational occupations and skills: What are the needs for training teachers and trainers? In C. Nägele, B. E. Stalder, & N. Kersh (Eds.) Trends in vocational education and training research, Vol. III. Proceedings of the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), Vocational Education and Training Network (VETNET), 30–42. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.4005713 Bekiaridis, G., & Attwell, G. 2024. Integrating Artificial Intelligence in Vocational and Adult Education: A Supplement to the DigCompEdu Framework. Ubiquity Proceedings, 4(1): 20. https://doi.org/10.5334/uproc.142 Bükki, E., Papp, Z., Manojlovic, H., Sanitizer, A., Luprihová, J., & Kovács, E. (2025). Artificial Intelligence in VET: Interest and concerns by VET teachers. In: VETNET Conference Series, 8 (ECER), 59-67. https://doi.org/10.21240/vetcon/2025/ecer/32 Celik, I., Dindar, M., Muukkonen, H., & Järvelä, S. (2022). The Promises and Challenges of Artificial Intelligence for Teachers: a Systematic Review of Research. TechTrends 66, 616–630. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-022-00715-y Kasneci, E., et al. (2023). ChatGPT for Good? On Opportunities and Challenges of Large Language Models for Education. Learning and Individual Differences, 103, 102274. Manojlovic, H., & Bükki, E. (forthcoming). Artificial Intelligence in VET: Interests and concerns by VET teachers. In: International Conference on Interactive Collaborative Learning 2025, Springer. Miao, F., & Cukurova, M. (2024). AI competency framework for teachers. UNESCO Digital Library. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000391104 Pelletier, K., McCormack, M., Reeves, J., Robert, J., Arbino, N., Dickson-Deane, C., & Stine, J. (2022). 2022 EDUCAUSE Horizon Report Teaching and Learning Edition. Boulder, CO.: EDUCAUSE https://library.educause.edu/-/media/files/library/2022/4/2022hrteachinglearning.pdf?la=en&hash=6F6B51DFF485A06DF6BDA8F88A0894EF9938D50B Oregon State University: Bloom’s taxonomy revisited. https://ecampus.oregonstate.edu/faculty/artificial-intelligence-tools/blooms-taxonomy-revisited/ (2024), accessed 26 January 2026. UNESCO (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. https://doi.org/10.54675/EWZM9535 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Embodied AI Customer Role-Play in VR for Retail Apprentices 1: Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland; 2: RMIT University Presenting Author:Communication competence is a key transversal skill for employability in vocational education and training (VET) (Calero López & Rodríguez-López, 2020) and a domain-specific competence in occupations with intensive customer contact. In the Swiss dual VET system, retail apprentices are expected to handle challenging complaint situations professionally, a competence anchored in the occupational ordinance and educational plan (SBFI, 2021; Bildung Detailhandel Schweiz, 2021). Despite this curricular emphasis, opportunities for repeated, high-quality practice remain scarce at classroom scale. Authentic role-play typically requires trained actors, dedicated rooms, and expert coaching to structure reflection. These resource requirements limit frequency and equity of access and constrain vocational schools’ capacity to offer deliberate practice with timely, task-specific feedback. Immersive roleplay with embodied conversational agents offers a plausible response to this gap. Virtual role-playing can provide repeated, situated practice with standardised starting conditions and comparable difficulty levels, while VR can increase experiential fidelity through embodiment, social presence, and contextual cues (Othlinghaus-Wulhorst et al., 2019). Recent advances in generative AI extend this potential by enabling unscripted, adaptive dialogue without predefined branching scripts and by supporting structured post-simulation coaching dialogues grounded in the preceding interaction (Okonkwo & Ade-Ibijola, 2021; Li et al., 2025). Conversational agents are also increasingly used to scaffold post-simulation debriefing, where structured reflection and transfer are consolidated. Recent evidence from a VR counselling simulation suggests that chatbot-guided debriefing can yield learning gains comparable to human-led debriefing (Evangelou et al., 2026). This paper presents an AI-mediated communication training and coaching system for retail apprentices, implemented across three modalities (audio-only, desktop, XR). The training unfolds in three pedagogically sequenced phases supported by two distinct AI personas. The coach persona, Gisela Dacosta, is an AI coach and expert in retail sales communication who conducts the introduction and reflection phases. The customer persona, Klaus Trubel, is an adversarial AI customer (a middle-aged man with biases against Generation Z) who drives the complaint-handling simulation.
The prototype was developed as a design-based research (DBR) implementation study (Design-Based Research Collective, 2003; McKenney & Reeves, 2012) with two aims: (a) to lay the groundwork for sustainable classroom implementation through field-based development in close collaboration with practitioners, including a prospective educational publisher as practice partner; and (b) to derive transferable design characteristics for integrating AI-driven VR communication training into everyday VET teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The XR prototype (Meta Quest 3 with colour passthrough) was developed and refined through iterative DBR-oriented work that combined context analysis, co-design with practitioners and apprentices, field-based pilots, and redesign (Design-Based Research Collective, 2003; McKenney & Reeves, 2012). A context analysis with vocational practitioners informed the selection of an assessment-proximate complaint scenario and the translation of Swiss retail VET standards into explicit learning goals, success criteria, and boundary conditions for classroom use (time, setup effort, orchestration). Co-design activities with vocational teachers, retail experts, apprentices, and developers specified scenario cues, escalation dynamics, persona safeguards (role stability), and reflection scaffolds, aligning pedagogical requirements with AI and VR constraints. Successive prototypes were then piloted in vocational school settings (including formative pilots with n = 16 apprentices), informing revisions to scenario structure, customer and coach behaviour, and the reflection prompt and feedback format, with a sustained focus on practicability under authentic classroom conditions. A final summative field evaluation examined classroom-scale practicability and perceived learning value of the XR variant. In a counterbalanced within-subject study with a 3×3 Latin-square order (N = 18), apprentices completed the same task in three modalities (audio, desktop, XR); this paper reports the XR condition in detail. Quantitative baseline and post-session measures were embedded in the procedure. A baseline questionnaire (Q1, plenary) captured participant characteristics (e.g., prior VR experience and self-reported technical ability). After each modality, participants completed a post-condition questionnaire (Q2) comprising the NASA Task Load Index (NASA-TLX) and a Presence Questionnaire (0–100 ratings) to capture workload and modality-sensitive experience (e.g., naturalness and perceived control). At the end, a final questionnaire (Q3, plenary) captured overall training evaluation and adoption preferences, including modality-specific ratings, a preferred modality ranking for classroom use, and open comments. Quantitative data were analysed descriptively. Qualitative data were collected via a semi-structured group interview with all participants and a focus group (n = 6) focusing on the coaching reflection. System traces (e.g., interaction duration, interruptions, termination points) supported triangulation, including breakdowns observed in practice (e.g., reduced speech-recognition accuracy in noisier moments). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study provides implementation-relevant evidence on where AI-driven XR role-play adds value in VET and which design decisions support classroom adoption. Across iterations, apprentices described the unscripted customer encounter as engaging and close to vocational routines when the customer persona escalated credibly and remained role-consistent. In the summative study, post-condition ratings suggested that XR can strengthen perceived interaction naturalness and control, while workload ratings helped characterise the practical trade-offs of XR use under classroom constraints. A salient limitation for authentic lessons is robustness. In real vocational school environments, background noise and time pressure sometimes degraded speech recognition and turn-taking, which could interrupt the simulation, reduce perceived authenticity, and lead learners to discount the coach’s feedback. Learners also noted that the coaching reflection was less helpful when feedback became generic or repetitive, particularly when parts of the preceding dialogue were not captured reliably. Synthesising learner feedback, quantitative indicators (NASA-TLX and presence ratings), observations, and trace data, we derive three design principles that closely reflect the project’s original design strategies: 1. Align scenario complexity with vocational practice: Use assessment-aligned scenarios and legible task structure; prioritise persona coherence and meaningful behavioural variability over additional complexity. 2. Embed structured, contextualised AI-coach reflection immediately after practice: Anchor feedback in concrete interaction events (for example via turn-referenced cues) and provide goal-specific, criterion-linked suggestions while avoiding redundant prompts. 3. Enhance authenticity and robustness of conversational dynamics: Reduce repetition, latency, and implausible responses and provide error-tolerant fallbacks, as technical instability in XR can disproportionately undermine perceived usefulness and scalability in classrooms. References Bildung Detailhandel Schweiz (BDS). (2021). Bildungsplan zur Verordnung über die berufliche Grundbildung für Detailhandelsfachfrau EFZ / Detailhandelsfachmann EFZ. Bern. Calero López, I., & Rodríguez-López, B. (2020). The relevance of transversal competences in vocational education and training: A bibliometric analysis. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 12, Article 12. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-020-00100-0 Design-Based Research Collective. (2003). Design-based research: An emerging paradigm for educational inquiry. Educational Researcher, 32(1), 5–8. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X032001005 Evangelou, D., Mulders, M., & Träg, K. H. (2026). Debriefing in virtual reality simulations for the development of counseling competences: Human-led or AI-guided? Technology, Knowledge and Learning. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-025-09941-8 Hübsch, T., Vogel-Adham, E., Vogt, A., & Wilhelm-Weidner, A. (2024). Articulating tomorrow: Large language models in the service of professional training. VDI/VDE Innovation + Technik. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:29036 Li, Z., Babar, P. P., & Peiris, R. L. (2025). Generative role-play communication training in virtual reality for autistic individuals: A study on job coach experiences in vocational training programs. In Proceedings of CHI 2025. ACM. https://doi.org/10.1145/3706598.3713507 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Okonkwo, C. W., & Ade-Ibijola, A. (2021). Chatbots applications in education: A systematic review. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 2, 100033. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2021.100033 Othlinghaus-Wulhorst, J., Mainz, A., & Hoppe, H. U. (2019). Training customer complaint management in a virtual role-playing game: A user study. In M. Scheffel et al. (Eds.), Transforming Learning with Meaningful Technologies (EC-TEL 2019), LNCS 11722 (pp. 436–449). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-29736-7_33 Peters, M., Tschöpe, T., Konheiser, S., Raecke, J., & Schnitzler, A. (2023). Development of a digital training for social and emotional competences for medical assistants in vocational education and training in Germany. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 15, Article 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-023-00143-z Staatssekretariat für Bildung, Forschung und Innovation (SBFI). (2021). Verordnung über die berufliche Grundbildung für Detailhandelsfachfrau/Detailhandelsfachmann EFZ (SR 412.101.221.40). Fedlex. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Designing Microlearning Modules on AI for University Teachers in Vocational Teacher Education: A Design-Based Research Study University of Education Upper Austria, Austria Presenting Author:A survey of 1558 university students from Germany, the US and the UK in 2023 suggests that students have a fairly high level of interest in AI and a positive attitude towards it, but relatively low levels of AI literacy (Hornberger et al., 2025). These findings are consistent with those of a survey of 236 teacher training students in vocational education in Austria at the beginning of 2024. This survey revealed that over 80% of respondents expressed a desire to learn more about the application of AI in university teaching. However, many respondents were unsure about the rules governing the use of AI in preparing theses, assignments and examinations at university (Cechovsky & Malli-Voglhuber, 2025). In response to the rapid development of AI, universities need to create conditions that will enable AI to be integrated into everyday teaching and examination practices. Nevertheless, steps must be taken to equip university lecturers to teach AI-related competencies to their students. An international survey conducted by UNESCO in September 2025 shows that almost two-thirds of higher education institutions have guidance on using AI, or are in the process of developing it. Additionally, the majority of participants use AI in their professional lives. However, more than half of the respondents are uncertain about its educational or research implications, have limited technical knowledge and are largely unaware of its ethical implications (UNESCO, 2025). The use of AI in higher education is therefore a highly relevant topic, but one that places significant demands on higher education teachers. They are also affected by the EU's AI Act. The Act stipulates that employees using AI systems must receive training to ensure they can use these systems competently and responsibly (Aschemann & Klampferer, 2024). According to Article 3(56) of the AI Act (AIA), AI literacy encompasses skills, knowledge and understanding that allow providers, deployers and affected persons, taking into account their respective rights and obligations in the context of this Regulation, to make an informed deployment of AI systems, as well as to gain awareness about the opportunities and risks of AI and possible harm it can cause. This research and development project addresses the following guiding research question in order to develop an offering for university lecturers that enables them to further develop their AI literacy in a targeted manner in areas relevant to vocational teacher education at our university: How can a design-based research approach be applied to develop microlearning modules on AI-related topics for university lecturers in vocational teacher education? Adopting a design-based research approach, we developed, tested and iteratively optimised microlearning modules that address current challenges in the intersection of AI and university teaching in vocational teacher education. Within the framework of the project, microlearning is defined as media-supported learning in small steps and units, characterised by the clear presentation of content, short processing times, and the ability to be used at any time and in any location. Microlearning is based on cognitive load theory, with the aim of minimising extrinsic load through optimal module design to generate capacity for learning-related processing (Krieglstein et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We chose the design-based research approach as our methodological framework because it is well-suited to solving a current problem in university teaching practice – the lack of skills in dealing with AI – by means of an intervention, namely the development of microlearning modules, and to producing sustainable innovations (Reinmann, 2005). Our research is based on the cyclical process for design-based research projects proposed by Schmiedebach and Wegner (2021), which comprises four main phases. First, a preliminary examination is carried out, analysing the problem, reviewing the state of research and defining development principles. The next step involves developing prototypes based on the results of the preliminary examination. This is followed by an assessment phase in which the prototypes are evaluated. The feedback received serves as the basis for revisions and interventions, making the development process iterative. In the final solution phase, the optimised microlearning modules are implemented. We began in 2024 with the preliminary examination, which was prompted by a questionnaire study conducted by our teacher training students in the field of vocational education. Further explorations and conversations with university teachers then led to the decision to base the development of microlearning modules on research using microlearning modules and cognitive load theory to improve the AI literacy of university teachers in vocational teacher education. We then developed prototypes for the microlearning modules. Content-wise, we started with scientific writing and competence-based assessment, as these are central aspects of vocational teacher education. In October 2025, the assessment phase began with an online workshop for interested university teachers. We conducted focus group interviews to gain insights into the participants' experience of the microlearning modules, as well as to identify design principles relevant to the target group. We recorded, transcribed and analysed the interviews using qualitative content analysis according to Mayring (2015). The microlearning modules were then adapted based on the findings. Both theoretical findings and empirical methods, particularly focus groups, were employed for this purpose (Reinmann, Herzberg & Brase, 2024). In December 2025, another online workshop was held with university teachers to address remaining questions on design principles. We are now in the final phase of revising the two microlearning modules. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The design principles derived from the literature on microlearning modules and cognitive load theory were valuable in developing prototypes of two microlearning modules aimed at improving the AI literacy of university lecturers at our institution. The first focus group resulted in positive feedback on the microlearning design principles concerning the modules' compact format and clear structure. From a methodological perspective, decision trees and case studies were identified as particularly helpful. However, participants also encountered technical challenges that could increase cognitive load. Several of these issues were resolved, and some were discussed further in the second focus group. Our presentation will offer insights into key design principles for microlearning modules for university lecturers and illustrate how a design-based research approach can support the systematic development of continuing education programs in the context of the AI Act. The aim of this design-based research project is not to get generalized findings but rather, it represents an example for a bottom-up approach guided by a research methodology that enables the identification of practice-oriented problems while taking into account the perspectives of those affected. References Aschemann, B., & Klampferer, M. (2024). AI-Act verlangt ab 2025 Sicherung von KI-Kompetenz [AI Act requires safeguarding AI competence from 2025]. Erwachsenenbildung.at. Retrieved April 1, 2025, from https://erwachsenenbildung.at/digiprof/neuigkeiten/19851-ai-act-fordert-ki-kompetenz.php Cechovsky, N., & Malli-Voglhuber, C. (2025). Von der Hochschule ins Klassenzimmer: Die Rolle der KI in der Lehrer:innenbildung [From university to the classroom: The role of AI in teacher education]. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 20(SH-KI-2), 143–164. https://doi.org/10.21240/zfhe/SH-KI-2/08 Hornberger, M., Bewersdorff, A., Schiff, D. S., & Nerdel, C. (2025). A multinational assessment of AI literacy among university students in Germany, the UK, and the US. Computers in Human Behavior: Artificial Humans, 4, 100132. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chbah.2025.100132 Krieglstein, F., Beege, M., Rey, G. D., Sanchez-Stockhammer, C., & Schneider, S. (2023). Development and validation of a theory-based questionnaire to measure different types of cognitive load. Educational Psychology Review, 35(1), 9. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09738-0 Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken [Qualitative content analysis: Foundations and techniques] (12th ed.). Beltz. Reinmann, G., Herzberg, D., & Brase, A. (2024). Forschendes Entwerfen: Design-Based Research in der Hochschuldidaktik [Research-based design: Design-based research in higher education didactics]. transcript Verlag. Reinmann, G. (2005). Innovation ohne Forschung? Ein Plädoyer für den Design-Based-Research-Ansatz in der Lehr-Lernforschung [Innovation without research? A plea for the design-based research approach in teaching and learning research]. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 33(1), 52–69. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:5787 Schall, M. (2020). Entstehung und Verwendung von Microlearning im Kontext des beruflichen Lernens [Development and use of microlearning in the context of vocational learning]. Zeitschrift für Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik, 116(2), 214–249. https://doi.org/10.25162/zbw-2020-0010 Schmiedebach, M., & Wegner, C. (2021). Design-Based Research als Ansatz zur Lösung praxisrelevanter Probleme in der fachdidaktischen Forschung [Design-based research as an approach to solving practice-relevant problems in subject-matter didactic research]. Bildungsforschung, (2), 1–10. UNESCO. (2025, September 2). UNESCO survey: Two thirds of higher education institutions have or are developing guidance on AI use. https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/unesco-survey-two-thirds-higher-education-institutions-have-or-are-developing-guidance-ai-use |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 02 SES 05 B: Teachers: Health & Support Location: K108 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Sami Löfgren Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Assessing Competence Development and Emotional Responses during the Practical Semester of Vocational Student Teachers in Germany 1: Osnabrueck University, Germany; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland; 3: Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:The phenomenon of practice shock—the gap between theoretical training and the practical demands of classroom teaching—represents a major challenge for novice teachers worldwide (Grossman, 2008). Research indicates that beginning teachers often struggle to apply their pedagogical knowledge effectively, particularly in classroom management and instructional practice (Morton et al., 1997; Danner, 2014; Dicke et al., 2015). Within the European Union’s broader agenda to enhance teacher professionalism and support competence development (EC, 2013), addressing this challenge has become a key priority. In Germany, this issue has prompted reforms in teacher education programmes, most notably the introduction of the practical semester across eleven federal states. This phase seeks to bridge theory and practice through extended school placements supported by university seminars and regional education authorities (LABG, 2009 §12). For many student teachers, it constitutes their first substantial engagement with real teaching contexts and serves as an initial confrontation with the realities of professional life. The practical semester is designed to foster competence development and a deeper understanding of teachers’ professional roles (Weyland & Wittmann, 2011). Teacher competence development has been widely studied (Cramer, 2010; Kunter et al., 2011), with evidence suggesting a strong relationship between practical experience and professional growth. However, few studies have explicitly examined how such training relates to student teachers’ perceived competence development (Bodensohn & Schneider, 2008). Emotional experiences are also crucial within this process (Bach & Hagenauer, 2022). During school placements—often characterised by high performance pressure—achievement-related emotions strongly influence learning processes, identity formation (Timoštšuk & Ugaste, 2012) and competence acquisition (Marais, 2013). Positive emotions encourage openness to new methods and resilience when facing challenges, whereas negative emotions tend to reinforce established routines (Frenzel, 2014). Previous research confirms that emotional experiences shape competence development from the very first teaching encounters onwards (Burić et al., 2020). Yet studies focusing on these dynamics within vocational teacher education remain limited. This study investigates how vocational education and training (VET) student teachers evaluate their competencies before and after engaging in school-based activities during the practical semester. It further explores the emotional responses elicited by these experiences in order to assess whether the practical semester supports competence development and helps reduce practice shock. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research aim, this study employed event-contingent diaries and surveys from 23 German vocational student teachers in the vocational field of business and management during their practical semester in North Rhine-Westphalia in 2023 and 2024. Among the participants, 11 (47.8%) were female, with gender data missing for two (8.7%). The majority were first-semester students (n = 20, 87.0%). Student teachers evaluated their perceived competence before and after engaging in school-based activities over one week and reported emotional experiences related to changes in perceived competence. During the study period, participants recorded 241 activities (M = 10.5, SD = 5.12) using the LearningTracker smartphone application (Nokelainen & Hartikainen, 2020). Those participating in 2023 logged 187 activities; those in 2024 logged 54. On average, participants reported 2.6 activities per day (SD = 1.46), with an average duration of 82.2 minutes (SD = 64.70). Before each activity, participants rated expected competence (“I feel competent enough to carry out this activity”; 0 = Totally disagree to 4 = Totally agree; PreComp) and selected one pre-activity emotion from a Control-Value Theory (Pekrun, 2006, e.g., enjoyment, hope, relaxation; anger, anxiety, boredom), which was coded into emotional valence (0 = negative, 1 = positive; PreEmotVal). After the activity, they rated perceived competence (“How did you cope with the activity?”; 0 = Very poor to 4 = Very good; PostComp) and selected one post-activity emotion from a corresponding list (coded as PostEmotVal).  Because activities were nested within student teachers, the main analyses used multilevel cumulative link mixed models for the ordinal outcome variable (PostComp). Predictors were Time (measurement index across activities), PreComp, PreEmotVal, and PostEmotVal, while controlling for age, gender, self-assessed prior academic performance, and a time-varying indicator of whether the activity involved teaching. Prior to modelling, missingness patterns were inspected; most observations were complete (88.0%), and no imputation was performed. An unconditional model yielded an adjusted ICC1 of 0.184, supporting a multilevel approach. Model assumptions were checked, and random slopes for time were tested but not retained based on likelihood ratio testing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three main findings of this study emphasise the critical roles of student teachers’ pre-activity competence perceptions and post-activity emotional experiences in shaping self-assessed competence during the practical semester. First, post-activity competence increased modestly over time, suggesting gradual adaptation across the placement. Second, pre-activity competence expectations strongly predicted post-activity competence at both within-student and between-student levels. Third, post-activity emotional valence was the strongest predictor: within students, reporting a positive emotion immediately after an activity was associated with much higher odds of reporting higher competence. Overall, pre-activity emotional valence showed weaker associations than post-activity valence, highlighting the timing of emotion measurement. The development of a practical semester could be addressed, for instance, through the accompanying elements before and during the practical semester, such as the practical preparation seminars, the regular accompanying seminars at the Centres for Practical Teacher Training (ZfsL), or study seminars and university courses during the practical semester. In addition, the curriculum should emphasise the importance of supporting student teachers’ self-regulation skills to support confidence during the practicum, as well as their understanding of emotions as part of teachers’ work, from the beginning of the training. The studies by König et al. (2019) also found a positive relationship between the development of student teachers' skills and the quality of support provided by school counsellors, which also highlights the importance of available individual support. References Bach, A., & Hagenauer, G. (2022). Joy, anger, and anxiety during the teaching practicum: How are these emotions related to dimensions of pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy? Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 12(3), 295–311. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00343-9 Bodensohn, R., & Schneider, C. (2008). Was nützen Praktika? Evaluation der Block-Praktika im Lehramt – Erträge und offene Fragen nach sechs Jahren. In R. Bodensohn (Ed.), Lehrerbildung auf dem Prüfstand (Vol. 22, pp. 274–304). Empirische Pädagogik. Burić, I., Sliškovi´ c, A., & Sori´ c, I. (2020). Teachers’ emotions and self-efficacy: A test of reciprocal relations. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, Article 1650. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01650 Cramer, C. (2010). Kompetenzerwartungen Lehramtsstudierender. Grenzen und Perspektiven selbsteingeschätzter Kompetenzen in der Lehrerbildungsforschung (pp. 85–97). Klinkhardt. Danner, R. B. (2014). Student teachers’ perceptions of sources of teaching practice-related anxieties. Journal of Teaching and Teacher Education, 2(1), 47-59. https://journal.uob.edu.bh/items/5d581a3d-179c-4b04-a6b1-1132a27fb860 Dicke, T., Elling, J., Schmeck, A., & Leutner, D. (2015). Reducing reality shock: The effects of classroom management skills training on beginning teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.01.013 European Commission ( 2013). Supporting teacher competence development for better learning outcomes. https://www.id-e-berlin.de/files/2017/09/TWG-Teacher-Competences-final2.pdf Frenzel, A. C. (2014). “Teacher Emotions.” In R. Pekrun, & L. Linnenbrink-Garcia (Eds.), International Handbook of Emotions in Education (pp. 494–519). Routledge. Kunter, M., Kleickmann, T., Klusmann, U., & Richter, D. (2011). Die Entwicklung professioneller Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. In M. Kunter, J. Baumert, W. Blum, U. Klusmann, S. Krauss, & M. Neubrand (Eds.), Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften: Ergebnisse des Forschungsprogramms COACTIV (pp. 55–68). Waxmann. Marais, P. (2013). “Feeling is Believing: Student teachers’ Expressions of their Emotions.” Journal of Social Sciences, 35 (3), 207–216. https://doi.org/10.1080/09718923.2013.11893160 Morton, L. L., Vesco, R., Williams, N. H., & Awender, M. A. (1997). Student teacher anxieties related to class management, pedagogy, evaluation and staff relations. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 69-89. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2044-8279.1997.tb01228.x Nokelainen, P., & Hartikainen, S. (2020). LearningTracker software for experience sampling data collection. Tampere University. Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18, 315–341. Timoštšuk, I., & Ugaste, A. (2012). The role of emotions in student teachers' professional identity. European Journal of Teacher Education, 35(4), 421–433. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2012.662637 Weyland, U., & Wittmann, E. (2011). Zur Einführung von Praxissemestern: Bestandsaufnahme, Zielsetzungen und Rahmenbedingungen. In U. Faßhauer, B. Fürstenau, & E. Wuttke (Eds.), Praxissemester in der Lehrerbildung: Theoretische Grundlagen und Gestaltungsperspektiven (pp. 49-60). Verlag Barbara Budrich. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Perception and Motivation of Teaching Among Pre-service Vocational Teachers in Norway, a Survey Study 1: OsloMet, Norway; 2: Häme University of Applied Sciences (HAMK), Finland; 3: NIFU Nordic Institute for Studies in Innovation, Research and Education, Norway Presenting Author:It is a challenge to recruit vocational education and training (VET) teachers in Norway (Vaag Iversen et al., 2023) and worldwide (OECD, 2023). For society, qualified and motivated teachers are key agents in providing high-quality instruction and teaching, resulting in improved educational outcomes, social equity, and development (Toom et al., 2015). It is essential to examine what motivates pre-service teachers to enter the teaching profession because their motivations are related to professional development, job satisfaction, and commitment (e.g., Goller et al., 2019; OECD, 2023). To date, there is limited quantitative research in the Norwegian VET context regarding what motivates pre-service VET students for their choices. In other European countries, motivations to become teachers are markedly underexplored among VET pre-service teachers (Vilppola et al., 2023) although these teachers play a vital societal role in educating labour forces within industry, construction, trade, and health. Studies from Finland (Goller et al., 2019), Switzerland (Berger & D’Ascoli, 2012) and Sweden (Kristmansson & Fjellström, 2022) have examined motivations to become a VET teacher for example using the FIT-Choice scales. These motivations may be widespread, for instance intrinsic career values, social contributions, and work-life balance. It would be valuable to gain deeper insights into how VET pre-service teachers view the expertise required to be a teacher, the challenges associated with the role, and the task return in terms of salary (Nesje et al., 2018). These aspects are relevant because they reflect which values, aims and practices teachers adopt in their teaching work; thus, contributing to student learning (e.g., Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024). The FitChoice instrument has been used to measure motivation and perceptions among VET pre-service teachers in Finland (Goller et al., 2019), Switzerland (Berger & D’Ascoli, 2012) and Sweden (Kristmansson & Fjellström, 2022). By exploring the same concepts in a Norwegian context, this study contributes further to building a European knowledge base about motivation and perception among VET pre-service teachers. Yet, when it comes to motivation and perception, it is interesting to relate this to study programs, gender, and work situations. This study has two research questions: In Norway, the Education Act (2023) regulates that a relevant teacher training programme must be completed to be employed in a teacher position. This regulation includes VET teachers. As recruitment of VET teachers might be challenging, it is possible to be appointed as in-service VET teacher under the condition that the teacher training programme is completed. Employment in teaching positions requires relevant qualifications in the vocational subject area. Norway offers two possible educational trajectories for becoming a VET teacher. There is a Postgraduate Certificate in Education for VET teachers (PPU-y) for those who have a professional bachelor's degree relevant to the educational program they are intend to teach in, or a vocational qualification awarded after completing upper secondary VET, in addition to documented vocational theoretic competence above level 4 in the European Qualifications Framework (EQF) and a minimum of two years of professional experience. The other option is a three-year VET teacher bachelor program (YFL) that requires general university and college admissions certification, or recognition of prior learning. In addition, entrance requires a vocational qualification from upper secondary VET and at least two years of relevant practice in the vocation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this study, we conducted a survey with an online questionnaire for Norwegian VET pre-service teachers. The participants are students at one university, attending PPU-y or YFL VET programs. We contacted the teacher educator in charge of the courses. We were invited to the classrooms and presented the questionnaire for the students between 9th of November 2025 and 21st of November 2025. The participants were asked for an informed consent; they took part voluntarily and without incentives. A total of 144 VET pre-service teachers decided to participate, . Regarding participants’ background, 34.5% declared their gender as a female and 64.8% as a male. Some 64% worked currently as teachers and 36% did not. Participants were following two different programs: 52.8% on PPU-y and 47.2% on YFL. The questionnaire employed a slightly adopted version of the FIT-Choice scales (Goller et al., 2019; Nesje et al., 2018) to measure participants’ perceptions of the teaching profession and their motivations to become a VET teacher. Response options for perception and reasons for changing career were based on degree of agreement (1 = disagree to 7 = strongly agree). Yet, for motivation, participants rated the degree of importance (1 = not important at all … 7 = very important). In terms of analysis, the dimensional structure of the instrument was first confirmed by examining the internal scale consistencies which were acceptable for the three perception scales (between α = .69 and α = .96) and the six motivation scales (between α = .76 and α = .90). Scale means, standard deviations, and correlations were also calculated. To examine the associations between participants’ perceptions and motivations, a structural equation modelling (SEM) strategy (Muthén & Muthén, 1998–2010) will be implemented later. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that VET pre-service teachers report higher perceptions of the teaching profession as an expert career (M = 5.16, SD = 1.10) and as profession with high demand (M = 5.04, SD = 1.05). In contrast, their perceptions of teachers' salaries are markedly lower (M = 3.22, SD = 1.28). A significant positive correlation exists between the perception of an expert career and high demand (r = .38, p < .01) teaching profession. Males report significantly lower levels of perception regarding the expert career than females. Additionally, current teaching status shows a negative relationship with the expert career. No differences were identified across the two study programs. Participants report higher levels of motivation to shape the futures of students (M = 5.97, SD = 1.02) and to work with students (M = 5.44, SD = 1.24). Many also consider Job security (M = 5.22, SD = 1.33) and intrinsic value of teaching (M = 5.06, SD = 1.13) important. In contrast, participants consider prior teaching and learning experiences (M = 4.25, SD = 1.68) and social influences (M = 4.03, SD = 1.71) less critical. Significant associations exist between shaping future of students, working with students, job security, and intrinsic value, with levels of correlations ranging between .32 and .65. Males report lower levels than females on statements regarding working with students, job security and prior teaching and learning experience. Examining the perception of the teaching profession more closely, the notion of an expert career appears pivotal (see also Stellmacher et al., 2020). This perception of an expert career is significantly associated with key motivational factors, including intrinsic value, shaping future, and working with students. Further investigation into expert career holds promise for understanding how VET pre-service teachers value the teaching profession across the educational systems in Europe. References Bükki, E., & Fehérvári, A. (2024). Teacher, Professional or Both? A Mixed Method Study of the Professional Identity of Vocational Teachers and Trainers in Hungary. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 11(3), 396–429. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.11.3.4 Description of the eight EQF levels. Directorate-General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion. Retrieved 27. january from https://europass.europa.eu/en/description-eight-eqf-levels Education Act. (2010). Act relating to Primary and Secondary Education and Training (the Education Act). Lovdata. https://lovdata.no/dokument/NLE/lov/2023-06-09-30 Goller, M., Ursin, J., Vähäsantanen, K., Festner, D., & Harteis, C. (2019). Finnish and German student teachers’ motivations for choosing teaching as a career: The first application of the FIT-Choice scale in Finland. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 235-248. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.06.023 Kristmansson, P., & Fjellström, M. (2022). Motivations to have a Second Career as a Teacher in Vocational Education and Training. Vocations and Learning, 15, 407–425. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-022-09294-8 Muthén, L.K., & Muthén, B.O. (1998–2010). Mplus user's guide (6th ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Muthén & Muthén. https://doi-org.ezproxy.oslomet.no/10.1080/13636820.2019.1607533 Nesje, K., Brandmo, C., & Berger, J. L. (2018). Motivation to become a teacher: A Norwegian validation of the factors influencing teaching choice scale. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(6), 813-831. OECD. 2023. Building Future-Ready Vocational Education and Training Systems. OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/28551a79-en Stellmacher, A., Ohlemann, S., Pfetsch, J., & Ittel, A. (2020). Pre-service teacher career choice motivation: A comparison of vocational education and training teachers and comprehensive school teachers in Germany. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 7(2), 214-236. Toom, A., Pyhältö, K., & Rust, F. O. (2015). Teachers’ professional agency in contradictory times. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 615–623. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044334 Vilppola, J., Arvaja, M., Vähäsantanen, K., & Hämäläinen, R. (2023). Vocational teachers' identity construction at the interface of work and education. In H. Bound, A. Edwards, K. Evans, & A. Chia (Eds.), Workplace Learning for Changing Social and Economic Circumstances (pp. 138-155). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003227946-12 Vaag Iversen, J. M., Krehic, L., & Haraldsvik, M. (2023). Rekruttering av lærere ved norske skoler. NTNU Samfunnsforskning AS. https://www.ks.no/contentassets/3a90bcc99419421ab01c66caeb156aa1/SOF-Rapport-4-23-006-.pdf 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Exploring Teachers’ well-being through PERMA-FE Model 1: UNSW, Sydney, Australia; 2: Westlake University, China Presenting Author:Teacher well-being is crucial to educational quality and the sustainability of the education system, and vocational education plays an essential role in socioeconomic development, yet the well-being of teachers in higher vocational education remains underexplored. This study collected qualitative interview data from 17 higher vocational teachers in Hangzhou, China. Guided by the PERMA model, reflexive thematic analysis was conducted with NVivo to identify key factors influencing their well-being. Teachers in educational studies have gradually drawn global scholarly attention. While teachers’ wellbeing starts to grow as a domain in teacher studies, teachers are facing challenges that hinder their well-being. Enhancing teacher well-being is crucial to both teachers and the education ecosystem (Ozturk, Wigelsworth, & Bagnall, 2025). With industrialization now oriented by technologies, socioeconomic development requires increasing numbers of highly trained technical workers rather than labourers for repetitive work in the past (Dunkel & Le Mouillour, 2009; Kyvik, 2009). Despite growing global scholarly interest in teacher well-being, research on higher vocational teachers, who are central to high-quality vocational education (Edel, 2022; Ke & Shi, 2018; Loo, 2022), remains scarce, particularly in the Chinese context. As China advances its vocational education reforms, higher vocational teachers face mounting pressures from shifting policies, industry demands, and institutional changes, yet their professional experiences and well-being receive little academic attention. This study aims to explore the teaching experiences and well-being of higher vocational teachers, with particular attention to those working in institutions that have lower social recognition. Drawing on their lived experiences, the research seeks to provide a comprehensive understanding of the conditions that shape teacher well-being in this under-researched context. By centring teachers’ voices, this research offers both empirical and theoretical contributions to the field, informing the application of positive psychology in non-Western educational settings. The findings aim to inform educational policy and practice, providing recommendations to better support teachers’ well-being and ultimately enhance the quality and sustainability of vocational education. The PERMA model, proposed by Martin Seligman in 2011, is adopted as the theoretical framework for the current research. It contains five components contributing to individual well-being: Positive Emotion, Engagement, Relationships, Meaning, and Accomplishment. Each element contributes uniquely to well-being: (1)Positive Emotion refers to the experiences of pleasure and satisfaction; (2) Engagement focuses on the state of being absorbed or immersed in activities; (3) Relationships underline the significance of social connections and support networks; (4) Meaning pertains to the sense of purpose and coherence in life, motivating individuals to pursue activities that align with their values; (5) Accomplishment refers to the pursuit and achievement of goals. The PERMA model has been increasingly adopted in educational and professional settings. Interventions and education programs based on the PERMA framework have shown positive effects on students’ motivation and engagement (Miranda et al., 2024). The PERMA model also facilitates teacher satisfaction and development. Teachers who experience high levels of well-being measured by the PERMA model are more likely to be productive and engaged (Leng & Zhang, 2024). The application of PERMA components on Chinese higher vocational teachers helps us to understand the well-being of this unique group of teachers, and thus yields an improvement in their professional performance (Hascher & Waber, 2021). The qualitative utilisation of the PERMA model provides a lens for in-depth exploration of how and why each factor affects their well-being. However, teachers’ well-being through the educators’ living experiences and narratives remains understudied (Weiland, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Interview was the method of data collection, and reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2022) was adopted as the method for data analysis. Two rounds of semi-structured interviews were conducted with 17 higher vocational teachers on their campuses. Face-to-face interviews benefit to establishing rapport with participants and enhancing the richness and depth of qualitative data (DiCicco‐Bloom & Crabtree, 2006). Being in familiar sites on their campuses also made participants comfortable to share thoughts and experiences. All interviews lasted around 30 minutes with a varied duration from 15 to 45 minutes and all interviews were conducted by the first author Y.L. The data analysis was conducted following the six steps of reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022, p. 35-36): (1) Familiarization with the data; (2) Coding; (3)Generating initial themes; (4) Developing and reviewing themes; (5) Refining, defining and naming themes; (6) Writing up. The rationale of choosing this analysis method lies in its reflexivity, flexibility and standardized procedures. During coding and categorizing the themes, the researchers constantly thought about how our roles as educators in higher education influence the analysis. The coding process included both inductive and deductive approaches, as allowed in reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). The consideration of positionality is a key part to enrich the reflexive process (Holmes, 2020). To ensure reflexivity, the researchers critically examined the effects of positionalities at each stage of the research, especially on the potential influence on the research and the relationship with participants. Both of the researchers Y.L. and S.D. are teaching in higher education institutions, and both studied in the research site, which enabled the researchers to bring nuanced insights into the local educational system and the teaching environment. The experience of the first author Y.L. being a teacher in higher education institutions also provided participants a sense of relatedness during the interviews and thus made participants comfortable to share their thoughts. Besides, Y.L. is experienced in educational research on teachers and higher education while S.D. has rich experience in the study of well-being and Leisure. Apart from positionality, the researchers’ values, assumptions and behaviours also impact the research process. As qualitative researchers, we also kept writing reflexive memos and notes during the research process to ensure transparency. Our reflexive approach highlights the awareness of our influence on the research design and research process and thus enhances the trustworthiness of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aims to explore the well-being experience of higher vocational teachers in China, and seven themes were generated from the interviews based on the elements of the PERMA Model and researchers’ reflexivity, namely: 1) emotions, 2) engagement, 3) relationship, 4) meaning, 5) accomplishments and frustrations, 6) financial situation, 7) environment. Findings reveal that apart from the five building blocks of the PERMA Model, namely emotions, accomplishment, relationship, meaning, and engagement, financial situation and different types of environments also influence teachers’ well-being. Therefore, the study extended the PERMA model into a PERMA-FE model, providing a contextualised supplement and enrichment to the original model. The study also found that positive components include positive emotions, like joy and hopefulness, achievements in teaching and career development, meaning of being an educator, campus and city environment, and favourable relationships with leaders, colleagues, students and families. Negative elements that adversely affect teachers’ well-being consist of multiple negative emotions, like stress, burnout, regret, boredom and hopelessness, lack of achievements in teaching and career development, lack of engagement, sociocultural and working environment, as well as financial struggles. Some of the building blocks of the PERMA-FE model have double-sided effects, including emotions, accomplishments, relationships and environments in different cases. References Agyapong, B., Brett-MacLean, P., Burback, L., Agyapong, V. I. O., & Wei, Y. (2023). Interventions to Reduce Stress and Burnout among Teachers: A Scoping Review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 20(9), 5625. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph20095625 Bell, R., & Liu, P. (2019). Educator challenges in the development and delivery of constructivist active and experiential entrepreneurship classrooms in Chinese vocational higher education. Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, 26(2), 209–227. https://doi.org/10.1108/JSBED-01-2018-0025 Berezovska, L. I., Kondratska, G. D., Zarytska, A. A., Volkova, K. S., & Matsevko, T. M. (2020). Introduction of New Forms of Education in Modern Higher and Vocational Education and Training. International Journal of Higher Education, 9(7), 107. https://doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v9n7p107 Boldrini, E., Sappa, V., & Aprea, C. (2019). Which difficulties and resources do vocational teachers perceive? An exploratory study setting the stage for investigating teachers’ resilience in Switzerland. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 25(1), 125–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2018.1520086 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research : a practical guide for beginners. Sage Publications Ltd. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis : a practical guide. SAGE. Cabrera, V., & Donaldson, S. I. (2024). PERMA to PERMA+ 4 building blocks of well-being: A systematic review of the empirical literature. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 19(3), 510-529. Chen, D. (2023). An Empirical Analysis of the Effect of the Quality of Higher Vocational Education on Corbett, L., Phongsavan, P., Okely, A. D., Bauman, A., & Peralta, L. R. (2025). Teachers’ experience, needs and recommendations for promoting their health and wellbeing in Australia: A reflexive thematic analysis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 155, Article 104897. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104897 Seligman, M. (2011). Flourish. Simon & Schuster. Seligman, M. (2018). PERMA and the building blocks of well-being. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 13(4), 333–335. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2018.1437466 Wang, G., & Wang, Z. (2023). Vocational education: a poor second choice? A comparison of the labour market outcomes of academic and vocational graduates in China. Oxford review of education, 49(3), 408-427. Weiland, A. (2021). Teacher well-being: Voices in the field. Teaching and Teacher Education, 99, Article 103250. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103250 Winberg, C., & Pallitt, N. (2016). “I am trying to practice good teaching”: Reconceptualizing eportfolios for professional development in vocational higher education. British Journal of Educational Technology, 47(3), 543-553. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper How Does Organisational Support for Finnish VET Teachers’ Competence Development Relate to Their Work Engagement and Turnover Intentions? Häme University of Applied Sciences (HAMK), Finland Presenting Author:Rapid societal and technological changes as well as student heterogeneity and individual needs shape work and skill requirements of Finnish vocational education and training (VET) teachers (e.g., Vilppola et al., 2022); thus, underlining the need to study VET teacher competence and its development. Competence of (VET) teachers has been a topic of growing interest in the previous European research, including Finland (e.g., Antera, 2023; Lehtonen et al., 2018; Sartori et al., 2015). Prior research (Antera, 2023; Sartori et al., 2015; Tapani & Salonen, 2019) has adopted four competence domains which are argued to respond to the diverse competence needs of VET teachers: pedagogical domain (e.g., teaching methods, setting up a safe learning environment, assessment, being familiar with the curricula and qualifications), professional domain (e.g., professional know-how; understanding the codes, statutes and methods of one’s discipline), organisational domain (e.g., economic and administrative know-how) as well as developmental and research domain (e.g., development of occupational practice, self-reflection of teaching practice). While these domains are based on a broad set of literature, they lack quantitative evidence from the teacher perspective which this study aims to provide.
Previous research has also shown that the work environment is pivotal in providing organisational support for teachers’ everyday continuous professional development (Ballangrud & Nilsen, 2021; Kyndt et al., 2016). Such support may range from offering working hours and opportunities for individual and collective reflection to more formal events, such as teachers’ work placements; at any case, the work environment is the context for VET teachers’ professional development (Ballangrud & Nilsen, 2021). However, we lack the studies examining detailed patterns between VET teachers’ competence and organisational support for competence development, and how gaps between them are related to teachers’ work engagement and turnover intentions. In this study, we assume that organisational support gaps for professional development may decrease teachers’ work engagement, reflected in lower vigour, dedication, and absorption (Schaufeli et al., 2019), and increase their intentions to leave their workplace or teaching as a profession (Huhtala & Feldt, 2016). This study aims to investigate how Finnish VET teachers perceive their current level of various competencies and organisational support for competence development. The study also aims to examine how the gap between the organisational support and self-assessed levels of competencies is associated with teacher engagement and, ultimately, turnover intentions. The research questions are as follows: RQ1) How do Finnish vocational teachers perceive the organisational support for their competence development? RQ2) How do the teachers perceive that organisational support for competence development contributes to their levels of work engagement and turnover intentions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research context The data collection was conducted in collaboration with several Finnish vocational institutions across different regions. The research permission procedures of each participating institution were followed, but ultimately, participation in the survey by each vocational teacher was voluntary. Participants were asked for an informed consent and did not receive any incentives. Sample and measures Data were collected between August and October 2025 with an online survey questionnaire. Altogether N = 1,015 VET teachers participated in the study. There were 525 females (51.7%) and 454 males (44.7%). There were 36 participants (3.5%) who chose the option ‘other’ or did not want to declare their gender. Participants’ mean age was 51.6 years (SD = 7.9; range: 27–64 years). Participants’ levels of individual competencies and their perceptions of organisational support for competence development were measured with a new instrument which included 23 items that were presented twice to the participants: first to measure participants’ current level of competencies and secondly to measure the level of organisational support for competence development. Participants’ work engagement was measured with the UWES-3 scale which measured levels of vigour, dedication and absorption with three items (Schaufeli et al., 2019). The afore-mentioned items were rated on a Likert 1–7 scale. Participants’ turnover-intentions regarding the workplace and teaching profession were measured with two individual items (Huhtala & Feldt, 2016). These items were rated on a Likert 1–5 scale. Data analysis The data were analysed in RStudio using the lavaan package (Rosseel, 2012). First, the dataset was split randomly into two halves to run exploratory factor analysis (EFA) for the first half and a confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) for the second half; thus, modelling and confirming the theory-driven structure of four VET teacher competence domains. The final model consisted of 19 items in four dimensions/competence domains. Second, 19 competence support gap variables allocated in four dimensions were calculated by subtracting the perceived levels of organisational support from the perceived levels of competencies. The whole cross-sectional dataset was used in structural equation modelling (SEM) to investigate whether the competence support gaps are associated with teachers’ turnover intentions via work engagement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The EFA-CFA results imply that VET teacher competence consists of the following four domains of which the developmental and professional domain had the highest support gap (M = 1.1, SD = 1.2), followed by assessment (M = .8, SD = 1.2), teaching (M = .6, SD = 1.0) and organisational domain (M = .2, SD = 1.2). Furthermore, the fit indices of the standardised SEM model with maximum likelihood estimation and bootstrapped standard errors implied excellent fit with the data (χ2(230) = 794.184, p < .001; CFI = .966; TLI = .959; RMSEA = .049, 90 % CI [.045, .053]; SRMR = .041). None of the support gaps were statistically significantly associated with teacher work engagement. Intentions to leave the workplace were associated with teaching support gap (β = .305, p < .001) and work engagement (β = –.365, p < .001). Intentions to leave the teaching profession was associated with teaching support gap (β = .213, p = .006), assessment gap (β = –.133, p = .042) and work engagement (β = –.409, p < .001). The preliminary results seem to imply that teachers' reasons for leaving the workplace or the teaching profession seem to be related to organisational support for teaching competence. Also, consistent with previous research (Hakanen et al., 2006) we found that lower levels of work engagement are associated with stronger turnover intentions, underscoring the central role of engagement in supporting teachers’ retention and commitment. However, associations between developmental and professional, assessment and organisational domains and turnover intentions remained statistically non-significant which calls for future research to examine these interconnections, including other European countries and comparative approaches. Overall, the study underscores the need for Finnish VET institutions to implement strategies that enable and enhance teachers’ competence development throughout their careers. References Antera, S. (2023). Competence importance and acquisition: comparing qualified and non-qualified vocational teachers. Journal of Education and Work, 36(2), 109–124. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2023.2167956 Ballangrud, B. B., & Nilsen, E. (2021). VET teachers continuing professional development—the responsibility of the school leader. Journal of Education and Work, 34(5–6), 691–704. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2021.1965968 Hakanen, J. J., Bakker, A. B., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2006). Burnout and work engagement among teachers. Journal of School Psychology, 43, 495–513. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2005.11.001 Huhtala, M., & Feldt, T. (2016). The path from ethical organisational culture to employee commitment: Mediating roles of value congruence and work engagement. Scandinavian Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 1(1), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.16993/sjwop.6 Kyndt, E., Gijbels, D., Grosemans, I., & Donche, V. (2016). Teachers’ everyday professional development: Mapping informal learning activities, antecedents, and learning outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1111–1150. https://doi-org.ezproxy.hamk.fi/10.3102/0034654315627864 Lehtonen, E., Rintala, H., Pylväs, L., & Nokelainen, P. (2018). Ammatillisten opettajien näkemyksiä opettajan työssä tarvittavasta osaamisesta ja työelämäyhteistyöstä [Vocational teachers’ perspectives on the competencies needed in teaching and on collaboration with working life]. Ammattikasvatuksen aikakauskirja, 20(4), 10–26. https://journal.fi/akakk/article/view/84558 Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v048.i02 Sartori, R., Tacconi, G., & Caputo, B. (2015). Competence-based analysis of needs in VET teachers and trainers: An Italian experience. European Journal of Training and Development, 39(1), 22–42. http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/EJTD-09-2013-0089 Schaufeli, W. B., Shimazu, A., Hakanen, J., Salanova, M., & De Witte, H. (2019). An ultra-short measure for work engagement: The UWES-3 validation across five countries. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 35(4), 577–591. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759/a000430 Tapani A., & Salonen, A. O. (2019). Identifying teachers’ competencies in Finnish vocational education. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6(3), 243–260. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.6.3.3 Vilppola, J., Lämsä, J., Vähäsantanen, K., & Hämäläinen, R. (2022). Teacher trainees’ experiences of the components of ICT competencies and key factors in ICT competence development in work-based vocational teacher training in Finland. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 9(2), 146–166. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.9.2.1 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 02 SES 05 C: Transitions & Guidance II Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Krista Loogma Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The Manual to the ’Outcome’ – Linguistic Analysis on ’Osaaminen/competency’ in Finnish VE Policy University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:The presentation investigates the intrinsic logics of the (learning) outcome orientation in vocational education (VE) through a linguistic analysis. The paper focuses on the Finnish term osaaminen, which is commonly used as an equivalent to competency, skill, and (learning) outcome. Notably, osaaminen does not denote learning, nor does it collocate with learning in Finnish VE policy. This explains the brackets in (learning) outcome. The ambiguity surrounding osaaminen illustrates a broader tension in its association with education. Theoretically, the paper draws on the sociology of education, particularly research on competency-based training (CBT) and policy transfer in VE. The use of skill and competency as central descriptors of CBT in VE originates in the Anglophone world but has travelled successfully across contexts (Wheelahan, Moodie & Doughney 2022). Over recent decades, these (learning) outcome models have been adopted in EU and member state policies, thereby framing VE through concepts such as competency (Lassnig 2012). Consequently, Finnish VE is strongly oriented towards (learning) outcomes through the application of CBT (Rosenblad 2023; Pietilä 2025). However, although EU policy aims for coherence through the European Qualifications Framework (EQF), national qualifications frameworks (NQFs) remain embedded in national contexts. During policy transfer, finding satisfactory equivalents for key concepts has proven difficult, and in some cases unsuccessful, due to cultural, historical, and institutional differences in how VE and central concepts are understood (e.g., Clarke & Winch 2006; Brockmann et al. 2008). In national policies, the (learning) outcome materialises as sequences of letters—that is, words in national languages. This process is far from merely technical; it has significant implications for educational policy thinking. Nevertheless, we possess limited knowledge of how these translated concepts function in national contexts. This paper therefore examines osaaminen as one linguistic vehicle used in Finnish policy transfer. It addresses the following question: How, why, and in what ways does osaaminen operate in the VE policy context? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis draws on linguistics (e.g., Langacker 1987) and adopts the Sapir–Whorf hypothesis in assuming that linguistic units and entire language systems provide distinctive frames for perceiving phenomena. The paper thus focuses on osaaminen to offer a descriptive analysis of its grammatical structure and semantics. In addition, the study employs linguistic discourse-analytic approaches (e.g., Blommaert 2007) to examine the pragmatics of osaaminen within Finnish VE policy discourse (such as terminologies and qualification requirements). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The limited accessibility of the meanings of policy concepts in national languages is a longstanding issue (see Winch 2015). This paper therefore offers an example of how linguistic analysis can serve educational policy analysis, aiming to open a gateway to the local outcome-oriented rationale in VET for both national and international scholars. References Blommaert, J. (2007). Sociolinguistics and Discourse Analysis: Orders of Indexicality and Polycentricity. Journal of Multicultural Discourses, 2(2), 115–130. Brockmann, M., Clarke, L., Méhaut, P., & Winch, C. (2008). Competence-Based Vocational Education and Training (VET): the Cases of England and France in a European Perspective. Vocations and Learning, 1(3), 227–244. Clarke, L. & Winch, C. (2006). A European skills framework?— but what are skills? Anglo‐Saxon versus German concepts, Journal of Education and Work, 19:3, 255-269. Langacker, Ronald W. (1987). Foundations of Cognitive Grammar. Volume I: Theoretical prerequisites. Stanford University Press. Lassnigg, L. (2012). ‘Lost in translation’: learning outcomes and the governance of education. Journal of Education and Work, 25(3), 299-330. Pietilä, P. (2025). Äidinkielen luokka ja sukupuoli: etnografinen tutkimus äidinkielen/suomen opinnoista osaamisperusteisessa tekniikan alan ammatillisessa perustutkintokoulutuksessa. Rosenblad, N. (2023). Knowledge and agency in vocational education: An analysis of competency-based training and student counselling utilising a lens of critical realism to cultural historical activity theory. Wheelahan, L., Moodie, G., & Doughney, J. (2022). Challenging the skills fetish. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 43(3), 475-494. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper An Old Phenomenon with Renewed Significance: Early Contract Dissolutions between Political Debates, Administrative Practices, and Economic Conditions Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training, Switzerland Presenting Author:Vocational education and training (VET) plays a pivotal role in the initial socialisation and professional integration of young people into the workforce and into society. “Early contract dissolutions” (Huismann & Hippach-Schneider, 2023) are therefore considered problematic for the young people concerned, for companies and for society. Research on this topic has grown considerably over the last ten years (Böhn & Deutscher, 2022). This applies primarily to questions about the structural determinants of early contract dissolutions (Krötz & Deutscher, 2022; Kriesi et al., 2016), including the perspective of the apprentices themselves (Bosset et al., 2022) and the individual consequences for career development at an individual level (Stadler & Schmid; 2016, Schmid, 2010). Early contract dissolutions are a widely discussed topic internationally, including the associated conceptual and terminological differentiation (Cedefop, 2016; Huismann & Hippach-Schneider, 2023). Although the political problematisation of this phenomenon seems to be subject to its own rationales, it was already in the 1970s attributed to function as a “thermometer for identifying existing strengths and weaknesses in vocational education and training” (Nigg & Gelb, 1979). In VET research, this period is regarded as the “decisive years” in the development of dual VET in particular (Bonoli & Gonon, 2023). During these years, VET had to respond to several key challenges, including meeting the very high demand for skilled workers and responding to new social expectations. The debates of the time focused on the need to put “all available reserves” to work and enable all “talents” to access higher-level education and training. In this context, early contract dissolutions, a phenomenon that has always existed in VET, take on renewed significance. To grasp this renewed significance, it is crucial to examine the structural development of early contract dissolutions and how they were referenced in contemporary discourse. For this reason, this paper offers a new lens on the development of dual VET. First, the data and debates surrounding early contract dissolutions are used analytically as a “thermometer” to examine these “decisive years” for VET. To date, the historical development of early contract dissolutions has hardly been considered in VET research. Second, adopting a historical approach to the phenomenon of early contract dissolutions allows for a more nuanced perspective on today’s controversies surrounding their political, educational and economic significance. While existing studies have generated a rich body of knowledge on the definition, the background and the consequences of early contract dissolutions in VET, they rarely consider how their significance depends on changing historical expectations towards VET. We are therefore asking two questions: (1) How have early contract dissolutions and the political debates surrounding them changed during the period of educational expansion in the 1960s and 1970s? (2) What does their renewed significance reveal about changing expectations of VET? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these questions, this paper focuses on the development of initial VET in Switzerland in the 1960s and 1970ies. Although data on early contract dissolutions have been publicly available in individual cantons since the introduction of local VET legislation (during the first third of the 20th century), the content of this data has become more differentiated and comparable since the 1960s. This is due to a general expansion of data production in the education sector during this period, but it may also be related to the fact that this data has increasingly been understood as an indicator of VET “at risk”. We take a differentiated methodological approach to answer our questions. On the one hand, we reconstruct the phenomenon of early contract dissolution in different cantons using historical statistics. This allows us to compare the cantons in terms of both the phenomenon itself and how it changed over the period under analysis. On the other hand, we contextualise these data. We, therefore, examine the production, dissemination and public discussion of data (Ruoss, 2018) with relation to early contract dissolutions. Theoretically speaking, the purpose of creating visibility through statistics is threefold: firstly, to describe social facts; secondly, to trigger observation; and thirdly, to assign meaning (Köhler, 2008). To this end, we conduct an analysis of leading newspapers in the three language regions to examine the discourse they stimulate regarding the significance of early contract dissolutions for VET. The selected cantons reflect the three linguistic regions of Switzerland and are empirically relevant because they have published corresponding data over long periods of time. They also differ in terms of the importance they place on dual VET at upper secondary level (from high to low), as well as in the structure of their VET administration (Department of Industry and Commerce or Department of Education). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From a historical perspective, early contract dissolutions emerge as a remarkably stable statistical phenomenon. This applies to both the aggregate view and the comparison of the cantons under study with each other. However, improvements in statistical data in the 1960s and the 1970s and the new significance in debates on the functioning of VET explain the interest in focusing on this period. We show how the representation and discussion of the reasons for early contract dissolutions varied from canton to canton and how the interpretation of these reasons was a subject of ongoing debates in education policy. At the same time, we show how the social and political significance of contract dissolutions for the actors involved changed in this period. The new economic and social demands placed on VET tended to shift the overall responsibility for early contract dissolutions. While such interruptions were previously considered isolated, individual problems, they gradually took on systemic significance. This is where the idea of the “VET thermometer” emerges, which measures the system’s ability to mobilise all the “reserves” that the economy needed at the time and to promote the education and training of all the “talents”. References Böhn, S., & Deutscher, V. (2022). Dropout from initial vocational training – A meta-synthesis of reasons from the apprentice’s point of view. Educational Research Review, 35. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100414 Bonoli, L., & Gonon, P. (2023). Challenges, Future and Policy Orientations: The 1960s−1970s as Decisive Years for Swiss Vocational Education and Training. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 10(3), 340–360. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.10.3.3 Bosset, I., Hofmann, C., Duc, B., Lamamra, N., & Krauss, A. (2022). Premature interruption of training in Swiss 2-year apprenticeship through the lens of fit. Swiss Journal of Educational Research, 44(2), 277–290. https://doi.org/10.24452/sjer.44.2.9 Cedefop. (2016). Leaving education early: Putting vocational education and training centre stage: Volume I, Investigating causes and extent. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/893397 Huismann, A., & Hippach-Schneider, U. (2023). Early leaving from vocational education and training (ELVET) in Germany. Bonn, Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (BIBB). https://res.bibb.de/vet-repository_781342 Kriesi, I., Neumann, J., Schweri, J., Griga, D., Kuhn, A., Schmid, E. & Baumeler, C. (2016). Bleiben? Gehen? Neu beginnen? Häufigkeit, Ursachen und Folgen von Lehrvertragsauflösungen. Zollikofen, Eidgenössisches Hochschulinstitut für Berufsbildung (EHB). https://edudoc.ch/record/123831?ln=de Köhler, B. (2008). Amtliche Statistik, Sichtbarkeit und die Herstellung von Verfügbarkeit. Berliner Journal für Soziologie, 18, 73–98. Krötz, M., & Deutscher, V. (2022). Drop-out in dual VET: why we should consider the drop-out direction when analysing drop-out. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 14(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-021-00127-x Nigg, W., & Gelb, K. (1979). Interpellation Wolfgang Nigg (CVP, Zürich) und Kaspar Gelb (CVP, Zürich) vom 3. Dezember 1979 betreffend die Zahl der vorzeitig abgebrochenen Lehrverhältnisse. Staatsarchiv des Kantons Zürich. StAZH MM 24.102 KRP 1980/045/0009. Ruoss, T. (2018). Zahlen, Zählen und Erzählen in der Bildungspolitik. Lokale Statistik, politische Praxis und die Entwicklung städtischer Schulen zwischen 1890 und 1930. Zürich, Chronos. 10.5281/zenodo.5750011 Schalk, R., Wallis, P., Crowston, C., & Lemercier, C. (2017). Failure or Flexibility? Apprenticeship Training in Premodern Europe. The Journal of Interdisciplinary History, 48(2), 131–158. https://doi.org/10.1162/JINH_a_01123 Schmid, E. (2010). Kritisches Lebensereignis „Lehrvertragsauflösung“: Eine Längsschnittuntersuchung zum Wiedereinstieg und zum subjektiven Wohlbefinden betroffener Jugendlicher. Bern, hep. Stalder, B. E., & Schmid, E. (2016). Lehrvertragsauflösung und Ausbildungserfolg – kein Widerspruch: Wege und Umwege zum Berufsabschluss. Bern, hep. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Making Interactional Competence Visible In The Healthcare Sector: A Socio-Material And Emancipatory Approach Université de Genève, Switzerland Presenting Author:In response to the growing needs associated with an ageing population, the training and competencies of care and support staff in long-term care institutions have gained renewed prominence in Switzerland (Merçay et al., 2024). Public swiss french authorities have recently demonstrated a strong commitment to enhancing the skills of a workforce that is highly experienced yet formally underqualified. In this context, federal training programmes are being offered to professionals, many of whom have migrant backgrounds and lack formal qualifications. These programmes aim to develop and broaden their competencies, particularly in care, support and social care activities, while fostering reflective capacities that may ultimately enable them to access professional status recognised at a federal level. We were commissioned to evaluate these training programmes through a research-intervention project. To respond to this evaluation, and support participants' professional development, we encouraged professionals to analyse their own practices through video-based interaction analysis.This method has been increasingly recognised and understood in the social sciences as both a research method and a 'pedagogical institution' that supports learning and development (Harris et al., 2012; Stevanovic & Weiste, 2017; Stokoe, 2014). Recent experiments have explored the potential for 'data sessions' based on conversation analysis principles to facilitate the development of interactional competence in vocational training contexts (Filliettaz, Garcia & Zogmal, 2022). Our contribution focuses on this practice collective analysis approaches inspired by the principles of interaction analysis (Filliettaz, 2018; Filliettaz et al., 2021) and on how it can foster the interactional competence of the professionnals participanting. All language coordination involves the mobilisation of interactional competence, defined as the set of abilities enabling interactants to participate effectively in an interaction by coordinating their actions and accomplishing the social activity in which they are engaged (Young & Miller, 2004). Shaped by the socio-historical context of the activity in question (Pekarek Doehler, 2006) and visible through the behaviour of the participants, interactional competence is subject to continuous evaluation and regulation throughout the interaction (Mondada, 2006). Our contribution will focus on how participants use filmed footage to coordinate their efforts in describing their professional activity and indentify their professionnal competences. It also examines how they mobilise, share and co-construct knowledge and expertise related to their professional activity, and how this enables them to define themselves as professionals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The collective analysis commonly referred to as a 'data session' generally unfolds in three stages: (1) audio and/or video recording of naturally occurring interactions; (2) selection of specific sequences; and (3) collective analysis of these sequences. Similarly, a corpus of filmed workplace interactions, focusing on interactions between professionals and care recipients that exemplify key occupational challenges, was compiled for collective analysis. Unlike the traditional approach, the collective analysis presented here was designed from interactional and visual socio-material perspectives. Drawing on socio-historical theory (Vygotsky, 1934/1997), tangible graphic materials representing the verbal, paraverbal and non-verbal resources mobilised in interactional contexts were made available to participants (Kress et al., 2001). Participants used these materials to reconstruct and discuss the interactional trajectories identified in the filmed sequences on a shared board. These discussions were recorded (for a total of 14 hours of footage) and constitute the analysed corpus. From this corpus, we identified excerpts documenting the trajectory of an interactional phenomenon — touching — discussed by the participants and we analysed thos excerpts according to the classical conversation analysis procedure (ten Have, 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses documented how the collective analytical method enables professionals to identify a phenomenon characteristic of their work — namely, touch — and to understand its different functions, the skills required to perform it, why it is characteristic of the profession and how it enables them to define themselves as professionals. In other words, this collective analysis method enables professionals to document both their work activities and the skills they use, to define the contours of the profession and how, as professionals, they uniquely inhabit it. References Antaki, C., Biazzi, M., Nissen, A., & Wagner, J. (2008). Accounting for moral judgments in academic talk: The case of a conversation analysis data session. Text & Talk, 28(1). Filliettaz, L., Beaud, L., Bimonte, A., Mornata, C., Ticca, A. C., & Zogmal, M. (2024). Former par l’analyse interactionnelle. TransFormations-Recherches en Éducation et Formation des Adultes, (26), 11-24. Harris, J., Theobald, M., Danby, S., & Reynolds, E. (2012). ‘What’s going on here?’The pedagogy of a data analysis session: Jessica Harris, Maryanne Theobald, Susan Danby, Edward Reynolds, E. Sean Rintel and Members of the Transcript Analysis Group (Tag). In Reshaping Doctoral Education (pp. 109-121). Routledge. Kress, G., Jewitt, C., Ogborn, J., & Tsatsarelis, C. (2001). Multimodal teaching and learning: The rhetorics of the science classroom. Continuum Stevanovic, M., & Weiste, E. (2017). Conversation-analytic data session as a pedagogical institution. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 15, 1-17. ten Have, P. (2007). Doing Conversation Analysis. SAGE. Young, R. F., & Miller, E. R. (2004). Learning as changing participation: Discourse roles in ESL writing conferences. The Modern Language Journal, 88(4), 519-535. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Fenomenological Inquiy of Work Experience of General Secondary School Students: Students´ and Employers´ Perspectives Tallinn University, School of Education, Estonia Presenting Author:The aim of the study is to understand the meanings general upper secondary students (hereafter: gymnasium) in Estonian context attribute to their work experience and how students and employers perceive/recognise the interrelations between school and workplaces. The rationale behind the study is twofold: first, the share of students working alongside the school studies in general education programmes is growing in Estonia. Over half of students up to 17 years old worked during the school year (Ministry of Social Affairs, 2020) and over 60% of students had work experience outside the school, whether short-term, temporary paid work, voluntary work, family businesses etc. (Erss et al., 2024). secondly, while work experience of vocational students in formal vocational programmes is rather well addressed by researchers, significance of work experience of general education students in authentic work environments is rather underestimated. Furthermore, gymnasium has traditionally been viewed as a gateway to academic education and preparation for university education; however, the question of how to establish a connection at earlier stages of general education between what is learned at school and the skills required in the labour market has become increasingly important (Education Strategy 2021–2035). The earlier studies have shown that practical work experience of general education students in authentic environments significantly develops skills that are important both in working life and more broadly in life, such as social, self-regulation skills and other generic skills. Such experiences also shape young people’s career awareness and competencies related to learner agency and therefore, makes easier coping with the vulnerability of working life (e.g Billett and Ovens, 2007, Erss et al., 2024; Loogma et al., 2024). Nevertheless, the acquisition of these types of experiences largely remains outside the formal curriculum of general education and is weakly interrelated with and may remain invisible in the school. (Peterson et al., 2025). However, the trend that more gymnasium students want to acquire work experience alongside the school studies reflect the wider learning ecology, emphasising that students in formal education programs learn in various ways in various environments (e.g Selliov, 2017), such as web-environments (incl AI), social media networks, museums etc being simultaneously involved in a complex set of institutions, interrelations, activities, and social actors (Weaver-Hightower, 2008). However, workplaces are continuously one of the most important learning environments in these learning ecologies, to cope better with the fragile, unsustainable world and in the world of work (Jackson, 2023). At the same time, access to various learning environments can be uneven, depending on many factors, such as family situation, location, academic abilities and others that may create experience gaps and new inequalities (Barron & Bell, 2015). We approaching the issue from the viewpoint of social ecology to understand better interrelations between school and workplace learning in the context of general secondary education emphasising on two main aspects: 1) students´ meanings of the competences they develop at work and 2) interrelationships between learning at school and workplace. Thus, the research questions are: Which competences and abilities general education students think they develop through work experience? How do students and employers perceive the interrelations between general upper secondary schools and workplaces? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A phenomenological approach and inductive thematic analysis were used to examine students´ and employers´ experiences on students´ learning at workplaces and the interrelations between school and workplace. The Sample consisted of 13 gymnasium students of both gender and various locations who have had work experience in authentic work environments. Most of the sample have looked at paid work independently outside the school and others students had work experience related to the school-based work practice programmes, such as work shadowing or possibilities to work in a selected workplace for a short period. The 11 employers involved in the sample had experience either with cooperation with upper secondary schools or recruiting students, and represented various fields of work and regions. For analysing qualitative data we adopted a method followed by a three-step qualitative thematic analysis (e.g., Braun and Clark, 2006; Braun and Clark, 2022), also known as conventional content analysis (Hsieh and Shannon, 2005). First, we identified and coded data from the interview transcripts (sentences and/or phrases) that refer to the various meanings the students attributed to their total work experience as capturing its essence (Saldana, 2016, p.8). Second, we integrated the codes logically into smaller categories, and third, arranged the smaller categories and subcategories into broader categories or themes. Those categories indicated the patterns of meaningful factors students and employers identified in their experience. The ethical guidelines of Estonian Code of Conduct for Research Integrity (2017) were followed. All participants were informed about the research, anonymity and data protection and they gave the consent to participate voluntarily in the research. All names used are pseudonyms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results of students´ interviews brought about altogether eight broader categories/factors emerged from the transcripts of the interviews with students and indicate the broad spectrum of capabilities students learn at work: (1) the significance of the previous work experience (incl work at home); (2) motivation: the initial motivation to earn some pocket money changed during the work and emphasise more to investing into the post-school future; (3) work tasks varied depending on the context of work from simple service tasks to complex ones, such as management tasks, requiring high level cognitive capacities; (4) skills and competences learned at work vary; generally, students may learn at work almost all general/key comptences of lifelong learning; (5) cognitive abilities; (6) what was comprehended and understood at work; (7) learning about the future: clearer understanding about possible post-school pathways; (8) the interrelationship between work and school learning; students perceive them as two separated worlds. The varied environment and working with different people, including clients in service jobs, provides a good basis for learning a variety of abilities, especially communication skills. In addition, work experience facilitates the students' understanding of work and working life, and prepares them for life in general. Importantly, the work experience helps them understand possible future career choices and post-school pathways. The interrelations between schools and workplaces remains at a formative stage and as a rule they involve rather sporadic or ad hoc possibilities for work experiences for students, underscoring the need for structured and sustained cooperation between educational institutions and employers. The study also revealed some institutional barriers hindering the systematic cooperation between schools and enterprises. So far, the interrelationships remain the initiatives of single schools and students are looking for temporary jobs themselves, via family and personal networks. References Barron, B., & Bell, P. (2015). Learning environments in and out of school. In L. Corno & E. Anderman (Eds.), Handbook of Educational Psychology (pp. 323–336). Routledge. Billett, Stephen, and Carolyn Ovens. 2007. Learning about work, working life and post-school options: Guiding students’ reflections on paid part-time work. Journal of Education and Work 20: 75–90. Braun, Virginia, and Victoria Clarke. 2006. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3: 77–101. Braun, Virginia, and Victoria Clarke. 2022. Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Newcastle upon Tyne: SAGE. Erss, Maria, Krista Loogma, and Anna-Liisa Jõgi. 2024. The effect of teacher agency support, students’ personal perseverance and work experience on student agency in secondary schools with Estonian and Russian instructional language. Cogent Education 11: 2314515. Estonian Code of Conduct for Research Integrity. (2017) Estonian Research Council. Available online: https://www.etag.ee/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/HEA-TEADUSTAVA_eng.pdf Hsieh, Hsiu-Fang, and Sarah E. Shannon. 2005. Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qualitative Health Research 15: 1277–88. Jackson, Norman. 2023. Steps to ecologies for learning and practice for Sustainable, Regenerative Futures. In The Third International Handbook of Lifelong Learning. Edited by Karen Evans, Wing On Lee, Jörg Markowitsch and Miriam Zukas. Berlin: Springer, vol. 2, pp. 1–16. Loogma, K., Peterson, B., & Aasa, M. (2024). Conceptualising the learning of general upper secondary students at work. Social Sciences, 13(12), 686. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci13120686 Ministry of Education and Research. 2021. Education Strategy 2021–2035. Available online: https://www.hm.ee/sites/default/files/documents/2022-10/haridusvaldkonna_arengukava_2035_kinnittaud_vv_eng_0.pdf Ministry of Social Affairs. 2020. Analysis of the Early Work Experience of Schoolchildren. Available online: https://www.sm.ee/sites/default/files/documents/2022-06/Anal%C3%BC%C3%BCs%20varase%20t%C3%B6%C3%B6kogemuse%20soodustamiseks%20kooliealiste%20noorte%20seas.pdf Peterson, B., Loogma, K., & Aasa, M. (2025). Practices in integrating workplace learning into upper secondary education. Social Sciences, 14(1), 48. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci14010048 Saldaña, Johnny. 2016. The Coding Manual for Qualitative Reserchers. Thousand Oaks: Sage. Weaver-Hightower, M. B. (2008). An ecology metaphor for educational policy analysis. Educational Researcher, 37(3), 153–167. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X08318050 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 03 SES 05 A: Equity, Inclusion and Justice in Curriculum Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Seda Aydan Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Antiracism and Discursive Interplays – A Swedish School Example Linnaeus University, Sweden Presenting Author:This project explores antiracism as a dynamic curriculum practice. Antiracism practice is examined by focusing on how the interplay and tensions between discursive patterns and resistance manifest. The study follows a strand of curriculum research that engages with critical perspectives on the structural ideologies that curricula reproduce, as well as possibilities for transformation (see Schubert, 2018). Scholars have previously problematised how normalised discourses on what is “good” and desirable in European societies tend to reproduce problematic ideas about equality and people(s) (Hübinette and Lundström 2014). This study delves into this issue and explores various perspectives on racism and combating racism within antiracism practice, across the school as an institution. By highlighting challenges and possibilities within teaching specifically, the study contributes to another, related strand of curriculum research. This strand explores pedagogical opportunities of European dimensions in education, while also considering potential dangers (see Philippou, 2005). The study contributes to this strand by examining the topic of colonialism in teaching, more specifically (cf. Araújo and Maeso, 2012; Jore, 2019; Nagre, 2025). As the study problematises, antiracism practice, partly connected to the topic of colonialism, is characterised by intersecting interests such as social justice, economic development, educational assessment, and friendships. The project is guided by the overarching question: How is antiracism practised through discursive interplays in a Swedish compulsory school? To study this, the research questions are divided into three questions:
Theories on curriculum making (Priestley et al., 2021) and critical discourse analysis (Simpson et al., 2018) contribute to the theoretical framework, emphasising curriculum sites of activity and agency. The presentation specifically addresses how antiracism discourse spans the national curriculum, a teacher’s lessons related to racism, and students’ everyday life in school. Power is understood as routines and language sustained through discourse—in this case, antiracism discourse—and appears as natural and commonsense. The study explores discourse strategies and their links to ideology and resistance in antiracism discourse shaped through curriculum making. Some strategies are analysed as denials of racism, reflecting an ideology that reproduces racism structurally and often unintentionally characterises antiracism discourse in Sweden (Habel, 2012). This ideology manifests in expressions and practices of silencing, minimising, and denying racism, which uphold privileges for those who conform to white norms (cf. van Dijk, 1992; Bonilla-Silva, 2014; Lipsitz, 2019). Other strategies are analysed as discourse resistance to the denial of racism and offer insights into potentials for future antiracism efforts. They also represent possible ideologies of antiracism. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is qualitative with a methodology inspired by the theoretical framework that emphasises sites of activity and the connection between discursive strategies and ideology. One Swedish lower secondary school was chosen to illustrate antiracism as a discursive curriculum practice. The school is an interesting case, as the participants describe both the school and the surrounding area as predominantly white and socially isolated from other parts of the municipality. During the interviews, many students discussed challenges and opportunities for antiracism in relation to these aspects. Methods were selected to focus on students in Years 7-9 and the activities they engage in, particularly the classroom practice. During one school year, classroom observations (n = 26) with limited researcher participation and student interviews (n = 24) were carried out. The observations were conducted during lessons addressing antiracism. The lessons were either selected because they were likely to address antiracism spontaneously or suggested by the teachers. The interviews were semi-structured and centred on 1) how students discussed the classroom practice I observed, and 2) their understanding of racism and antiracism in school and more broadly. The data include video and audio recordings, transcripts, fieldnotes, the national curriculum, and the school’s equal treatment plan. The ongoing analysis process is iterative, alternating between identifying recurrent discursive patterns through discourse strategies (linguistic features and intertextuality), resistance, emerging themes and theorising the discursive interplays. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings reveal antiracism practice as a network of discourses encompassing societal development, Swedish history, democracy, human rights, world events, and desirable relationships. These discourses cover topics such as economic progress, residential segregation, Sweden’s negative past, equality, political changes and conflicts, empathy, as well as humour and boundaries. Discursive strategies identified in the data show tendencies for the discourses to be utilised in ways that favour economic progress and white interests, thereby reinforcing positive self-representations that minimise events linked to racism. Across lesson topics, the findings specifically highlight patterns of neutralising dominant curriculum narratives that centre a general economic baseline within antiracism content. These tendencies and patterns reflect denials of racism, which are sometimes challenged by discursive resistance. Such resistances illustrate possibilities for opposing denial patterns within the discourse. These resistances present alternative pathways for antiracism and recognising what has previously been overlooked. As the preliminary findings indicate, these alternative pathways often rely on specific teaching materials or the teacher’s didactic choices with specific antiracist aims and recurrent resistance to the previous dominant discourse. To better understand how challenges and opportunities emerge within the practice, different ways that antiracism is enabled are identified. These ways represent the ways texts are commonly drawn upon and characterise the specific antiracism as a curriculum practice. So far, antiracism has emerged in four ways within the discourse: through planned, spontaneous, supplementary, and individual and group-based antiracism. While the first three refer to how the topic of antiracism is enabled, the latter represent the ways actors relate antiracism to their specific identities and friendship groups. Altogether, the analysis highlights antiracism practice as conditioned by contemporary, sometimes contradictory, interests and the continual considerations within an educational institution that need to be reflected on. References Araújo, M., & Maeso, S. R. (2012). History textbooks, racism and the critique of Eurocentrism: beyond rectification or compensation. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 35(7), 1266–1286. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2011.600767 Bonilla-Silva, E. (2014). Racism without Racists. Color-Blind Racism and the Persistence of Racial Inequality in America (4th ed.). Rowman & Littlefield publishers, inc. Habel, Y. (2012). Challenging Swedish Exceptionalism? In K. Freeman and E. Johnson (Eds.), Education in the Black Diaspora: Perspectives, Challenges, and Prospects (pp. 99-122). Routledge Hübinette, T. & Lundström, C. (2014). Three phases of hegemonic whiteness: understanding racial temporalities in Sweden. Social identities, 20(6), 423-437. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504630.2015.1004827 Lipsitz, G. (2019). The Sounds of Silence: HOW RACE NEUTRALITY PRESERVES WHITE SUPREMACY. In K. W., Crenshaw, L. C., Harris & D. M., HoSang (Eds.), Seeing Race Again: Countering Colorblindness across the Disciplines (1st ed., pp. 23–51). University of California Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvcwp0hd.6 Nagre, K. (2025). (Mis)educating England: eurocentric narratives in secondary school history textbooks. Race Ethnicity and Education, 28(1), 134–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2023.2192945 Jore, M. K. (2019). Eurocentrism in Teaching about World War One – a Norwegian Case. Nordidactica – Journal of Humanities and Social Science Education, 2019(2), 114-135. Philippou, S. (2005). The ‘Problem’ of the European Dimension in Education: A Principled Reconstruction of the Greek Cypriot Curriculum. European Educational Research Journal, 4(4), 343-367. https://doi-org.proxy.lnu.se/10.2304/eerj.2005.4.4.2 Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D. & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making: A conceptual framing. In: M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou. & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi-org.proxy.lnu.se/10.1108/9781838677350 Schubert, W. (2018). Perspectives on Evaluation from Curricular Contexts. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 26(47). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.26.3812 Simpson, P., Mayr, A. & Statham, S. (2018). Language and Power: A resource book for students (2nd ed.). Routledge. van Dijk, T. (1992). Discourse and the denial of racism. Discourse & Society, 3(1), 87-118. https://www.jstor.org/stable/42887774 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Including First Nations Content in the Official Curriculum: Implications for Equitable Education Systems 1: University of New South Wales, Australia; 2: Macquarie University; 3: Adelaide University Presenting Author:In this paper we present findings of a four-year curriculum study which has provided new insights into how Indigenous Knowledges and ways of knowing interface with western education systems and the curriculum produced and valued within such systems. In our multidimensional research project, we have empirically investigated the long-documented challenges that teachers, school leaders and policy makers encounter when attempting to include Indigenous content in their classroom curriculum; these challenges persist despite there being mandated content provided within the official curriculum as is the case in systems like Australia. The project has filled a critical knowledge gap within the curriculum field by delivering a comprehensive empirical understanding of teachers’ approaches, attitudes, and capabilities regarding their teaching of Indigenous curriculum content. With little evidence available on ‘how’ this content can be effectively planned for and taught in situ, or the values, attitudes and beliefs of teachers across different disciplines that influence the effective uptake of this content, there has been limited focus on identifying, or indeed redressing, the issues impacting teacher practices in this work and how these factors influence student learning experiences.
We use the case of Australia, which has a national curriculum with dedicated and mandated Indigenous content included as a cross-curriculum priority, meaning this content sits horizontally across eight school subjects. Thus, the study has implications for other systems where there is necessary impetus to provide culturally inclusive curriculum. By focusing on how teachers understand the task of teaching Indigenous content in the science and history secondary curriculum, we have built an evidence base to better understand how teachers plan for the incorporation of Indigenous content in their classrooms, and, in particular, how the disciplinary structures of curricula impact teachers’ practices, as well as hamper or support their capacities to foster genuine engagement with Indigenous content for their Indigenous students, and their non-Indigenous peers.
The study was framed by the following research questions:
RQ1: What does the positioning of Indigenous content within the official curriculum disclose about the evident epistemic, cognitive and socio-political inter-relationships? RQ2: How do teachers’ personal beliefs and values impact on ‘how’ and ‘why’ they prioritise, plan, teach and assess Indigenous content? RQ3: How do disciplinary structures impact on ‘how’ teachers are able to interpret, prioritise, plan, teach and assess Indigenous content across different curriculum areas?
The Australian education context is a cautionary tale for other culturally diverse contexts. Including Indigenous content in the curriculum has been a major policy initiative of successive governments in Australia for more than four decades. These moves have been a legitimate part of (perhaps) well-intentioned attempts to simultaneously improve schooling outcomes of First Nations’ students and supporting national reconciliation more broadly. The inclusion of this content is thus designed to achieve the dual goals of engaging First Nations students in schooling and improving the knowledges that non-Indigenous young people have about the rich First Nations’ Australian cultures and knowledges. However, evidence has demonstrated that despite its inclusion in the official curriculum, Indigenous content has largely failed to resonate within local school curricula. To date, educational authorities have largely responded to this problem through standardisation, developing decontextualized Indigenous curriculum content that removes the need to localise learning (Harrison et.al., 2019). We would argue that standardizing curriculum removes the nexus between Indigenous content and local communities and pays insufficient attention to how content is instantiated in classrooms Our point is that despite the official inclusion of First Nations’ content, the barriers teachers face in developing coherent programs and approaches that specifically address the needs and aspirations of First Nations’ young people and their families and communities have not been removed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to improve our understanding of ‘how, when, and why’ First Nations’ curriculum content can be meaningfully enacted in the curriculum of classrooms, our study was designed to examine the interrelated structural and personal factors that contribute to the ongoing failure in education to meaningfully engage with First Nations’ content even within a system that mandates this inclusion, such as in the case of the Australian national curriculum. The study was conducted in three phases: • Phase 1: Various document analyses to map the official Australian Curriculum and its affiliated documents, and comparisons of associated State-based system iterations of these official policy documents. Interviews with State and Federal curriculum policy stakeholders were also conducted and analysed. In this phase we also analysed the media discourses of the popularised ‘history wars’. • Phase 2: Quantitative Survey of 400 teachers, across two disciplines (science and history) and two different education systems, to uncover insights into teachers’ beliefs about their subject disciplines and how these impacts on self-reported capacity to understand, plan and teach First Nations’ content into their classrooms. • Phase 3: Qualitative fieldwork and case studies of history and science teachers in 15 diverse schools, to consider the system and school curriculum structures that impact upon teachers’ work in this space. Across these three phases, the study has explored how teachers approach the mandate of including cross-curricular Indigenous content into their teaching and investigated teachers’ understandings and attitudes regarding the mandated requirement. To achieve this, the study has brought together perspectives across interdisciplinary conceptual frameworks in order to address sub-questions about the structure of official curriculum, teachers’ core beliefs, attitudes and values, and the interrelationships between epistemic structures and teachers’ actions in the classroom. By drawing on decolonial theorisations put forward by Indigenous scholars (for example Moodie 2018; Nakata, 2011) and understandings of epistemic cognition and how this relates to the core knowledge claims of the disciplines, the project comprehensively engaged with issues of colonial curriculum practices within western education contexts, disciplinarity, the connection between teachers’ beliefs and values and their reported practice and schooling curriculum structures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis provided insights into the problematic ways that Indigenous content is included in the official curriculum. The analysis of Phase 1 interview data revealed that curriculum policy workers indicated a strong, individual commitment to genuinely and meaningfully embedding Indigenous content into the curriculum. Yet, at the same time, they conveyed an obligation to preserve the privileged elevation of western disciplines (Author et al., 2024). The analysis of the actual official curriculum (Author, et al. 2025) and the associated media discourses (Author, et al. 2025) determined that the atomised positioning of Indigenous Knowledges within curriculum works to ensure that these knowledges are powerless to challenge the colonial discourses in curriculum policy. Analysis of the Phase 2 survey data revealed differences and similarities in the beliefs and logics shared by science and history teachers (Author, et al. in press). Both groups could identify that teaching Indigenous content was socially valuable, but science and history teachers were different in the ways in which they saw the content as epistemically relevant to their subject area. Our phase three school-based fieldwork with science and history teachers and Indigenous colleagues identified how the curriculum itself is a constraining factor that negatively impacts on the potential to deliver curricular justice. Although our insights provide evidence of consistent challenge, we also find cause for optimism. We can now make informative claims that increasing the quantity of Indigenous content is not in and of itself enough, but what is important is that this content is mandated in the same way as it is for other school subjects. Our analysis indicates the value of teachers engaging meaningfully with Indigenous developed and controlled resources, media and cultural practices as a way to advance curricular justice. Our comprehensive findings have the potential to inform curriculum policy and teaching practice in critical ways. References Author et al. (2025). Author et al. (in press). Moodie, N. (2018). Decolonising race theory. In G. Vass, J. Maxwell, S. Rudolph, & K. N. Gulson (Eds.), The relationality of race in education research (1st ed., pp. 33–46). Routledge. https://doi.org/10. 4324/9781315144146-3 Nakata, M. (2011). Pathways for indigenous education in the Australian Curriculum framework The Australian Journal of Indigenous Education, 40, 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1375/ajie.40.1 Author, et al. (2024). Author et al. (2026) 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Curriculumising Happiness. Epistemic Shifts and the Limits of Educational Orientation University of Education Weingarten, Germany Presenting Author:Across Europe and beyond, happiness and wellbeing have become central reference points in contemporary educational policy and curriculum reform. International frameworks such as the OECD’s work on student wellbeing and initiatives like Happy Schools promote happiness, wellbeing, and resilience as key educational goals that can be fostered and embedded within schooling (OECD, 2013; OECD, 2024; UNESCO, 2016). While these developments respond to pressing societal concerns, they also raise fundamental questions about the nature of educational aims and the forms of knowledge through which these aims are articulated and governed. This paper approaches happiness not primarily as a psychological outcome, but as an educational ideal with a long and complex history. Its immediate point of departure is the subject Glück (Fritz-Schubert, 2012) and the ongoing debate in Germany. In some schools, Glück has been introduced as an explicit subject or curricular focus, framed as an innovative response to contemporary wellbeing challenges. Rather than evaluating this subject as a curricular model, the paper uses it as an entry for a broader theoretical inquiry into the implications of institutionalising happiness as an educational aim. Taking the German notion of Glück as an analytical starting point, the study examines how ideas of happiness have been conceptualised within pedagogical theories over time and how these conceptions are transformed when happiness is translated into curricular goals in contemporary wellbeing discourses. The objective of the paper is to clarify the epistemic and normative assumptions underlying current approaches to happiness in education and to reflect on their implications for curriculum theory in international contexts. The paper is guided by the following overarching research question: This question is further specified by asking:
The theoretical framework of the study is grounded in educational philosophy and curriculum theory. Drawing on the tradition of German educational theory, education is understood as a normative and reflexive practice rather than as a purely instrumental process (Benner, 1989). Educational ideals such as happiness are therefore not treated as fixed concepts, but as historically situated orientations whose meanings emerge in relation to broader educational, philosophical, and socio-political contexts. By critically examining the curricularisation of happiness, the paper contributes to European and international debates on educational aims, wellbeing education, and curriculum reform. Using nationally situated developments as a theoretically informed point of entry, the study highlights how educational ideals circulate across policy contexts shaped by OECD and UNESCO discourses (OECD, 2013; UNESCO, 2016). Rather than proposing a specific model of wellbeing education, the paper provides conceptual resources for rethinking how happiness and wellbeing are framed and justified in contemporary educational systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a historical-systematic approach as developed within German educational theory, particularly following Benner’s conception of educational research as a reflexive science (Benner, 1989). Rather than treating educational ideas as timeless concepts, this approach aims to reconstruct the historical and conceptual structures underlying pedagogical thinking and educational practice. Educational ideals are understood as historically situated orientations whose meanings emerge in relation to specific social, philosophical, and political conditions. Within this framework, the notion of Glück is approached not as a fixed or universally defined concept, but as a historically contingent and systematically structured educational orientation. The analysis seeks to reconstruct, as closely as possible, the problem horizons, anthropological assumptions, and normative expectations within which different understandings of Glück became plausible. This reconstructive step aims at contextual proximity and avoids anachronistic interpretations by situating educational ideas within their respective historical contexts. Building on this, the study follows Bellmann and Ehrenspeck’s (2006) understanding of historical-systematic analysis as a means of identifying transformations in educational meaning and self-understanding. To complement this perspective, a genealogically sensitised approach inspired by Nietzsche (1887) and Foucault (1977; 1980) is integrated. Genealogy is not employed as a method of causal explanation, but as an analytical lens that makes visible shifts, discontinuities, and reconfigurations in educational discourse. It enables the study to trace how meanings of Glück emerge, fade, and re-emerge under changing socio-historical conditions. Methodologically, historical reconstruction and systematic relation are analytically separated. While historical reconstruction aims to approximate historically specific understandings of Glück, systematic comparison serves theoretical clarification by relating these reconstructions to one another. This second step does not claim continuity of meaning, but examines how different conceptions fulfil distinct normative functions within educational thought. The analysis proceeds in three steps: first, key notions of Glück and related terms such as eudaimonia, happiness, flourishing, and wellbeing are identified; second, these notions are contextualised across educational, philosophical, and socio-political layers; third, they are systematically compared in order to trace continuities, ruptures, and metamorphoses. The analytical corpus consists of key educational texts and their interpretations, ranging from Aristotelian eudaimonia to contemporary wellbeing discourses. Starting from current approaches such as Positive Education, the study works backwards to examine how Glück has been positioned as an educational ideal across different historical constellations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study demonstrates that happiness has historically functioned in educational thought not as a clearly definable or directly teachable outcome, but as an open normative orientation whose meaning emerged in relation to broader conceptions of education, the human being, and society. Across different historical constellations, Glück appears as an ethical telos, an indirect educational promise, or a societal aspiration, yet never as a predefined objective that could be straightforwardly operationalised. This finding challenges contemporary assumptions that happiness and wellbeing can be translated into curricular goals without significant normative and conceptual loss. By reconstructing and systematically relating these historical configurations, the analysis reveals a fundamental epistemic shift in contemporary educational discourse. While current wellbeing frameworks frequently refer to classical notions such as Aristotelian eudaimonia, they reinterpret these ideas through an empirical and individualistic lens. Happiness is thus transformed from a shared normative educational orientation into a psychological construct of individual optimisation. Importantly, the study shows that such references are often selective and decontextualised: ethical, political, and educational contexts in which these concepts originally functioned are frequently omitted, reducing complex educational ideals to empirically tractable fragments aligned with contemporary curricular and governance logics. From a curriculum-theoretical perspective, these developments highlight the limits of curricular steering when dealing with contested educational ideals. The curricularisation of happiness risks narrowing the scope of education by prescribing desirable forms of subjectivity while marginalising relational, ethical, and societal dimensions historically associated with educational aims. This paper presents selected insights from a larger doctoral study. While the present contribution focuses on the epistemic and curricular implications of translating happiness into an educational goal, the dissertation more broadly reconstructs the plurality of normative orientations that have shaped pedagogical theories over time, thereby opening a conceptual space for differentiated engagement with happiness in contemporary educational debates. References Bellmann, J., & Ehrenspeck, Y. (2006). Historisch/systematisch - Anmerkungen zur Methodendiskussion in der pädagogischen Historiographie. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 52, (pp. 245-264). https://doi.org/10.25656/01:4456 Benner, D. (1989). Systematische Pädagogik und historische Rekonstruktion. In P. Zedler, E. König, & D. Benner (Eds.), Beiträge zur Theorie und Geschichte der Erziehungswissenschaft 1. (pp. 363–387). Dt. Studien-Verlag. Elwick, A. & Cannizzaro, S. (2017). Happiness in Higher Education. Higher Education Quarterly. https://doi.org/0.1111/hequ.12121. Feldman, F. (2012). What Is This Thing Called Happiness? Oxford University Press. Fritz-Schubert, E. (2012). Schulfach Glück. Wie ein neues Fach die Schule verändert. Herder. Foucault, M. (1977; 1980). Nietzsche, Genealogy, History. In D. F. Bouchard & M. Foucault (Eds.), Cornell Paperbacks. Language, counter-memory, practice: Selected essays and interviews (pp. 139–164). Cornell University Press. MacIntyre, A. (2007). After Virtue: A Study in Moral Theory (3rd ed.). Notre Dame Press. Nietzsche, F. W. (1887; 1918). The genealogy of morals. Boni and Liveright. https://commons.ptsem.edu/id/genealogyofmoral00nietuoft. OECD (2013). OECD Guidelines on Measuring Subjective Well-Being. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264191655-en. OECD (2024). The OECD Learning Compass 2030. https://www.oecd.org/en/data/tools/oecd-learning-compass-2030.html UNESCO (2016). Happy schools! A framework for learner well-being in the Asia-Pacific. UNESCO Office Bangkok and Regional Bureau for Education in Asia and the Pacific. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000244140. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 03 SES 05 B: Competence-Based Education and Curriculum Complexity Location: K110 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper What Matters in Science? Danish Students’ and Teachers’ perceptions Challenge a Competence-Oriented Science Curriculum Department of Science Education, University of Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:In many countries, curricula operate with various descriptions of student mastery (Højgaard & Sølberg, 2023). However, curricula descriptions of mastery differ, through various use of terms like competences, skills, and knowledge. Of the three terms, competences represent a clear ambition to set student mastery as a goal for education (Højgaard & Sølberg, 2023). Major international organisations, including the OECD, UNESCO, the World Bank, and the European Commission, promote a competence-based educational orientation which especially influenced European curricula, peaking in the early 2000s (Tahirsylaj & Sundberg, 2020). Consequently, competence has become a central organising concept in many primary and lower secondary curricula (e.g. Education Scotland, 2009; Gordon et al., 2014; Ministry of Education and Research, 2019), although no consensus exists regarding the meaning of the term (Ropohl et al., 2018; Tahirsylaj & Sundberg 2020; Christiansen, 2025). In other curricula terms such as skills or capabilities (e.g. in England and Australia) are used in ways that arguably reflect similar competence-oriented intentions (Anderson Levitt, 2017). Naturally, science education has likewise adopted competence-based goals, though with substantial variation across countries (e.g. Waddington et al., 2007; Mathelitsch, 2013). In Denmark, the compulsory primary and lower secondary science curricula are organised around four competence goals (Ministry of Children and Education, 2019): 1) Inquiry competence – the ability to design, conduct, and evaluate inquiries/investigations in biology, physics/chemistry, and geography; 2) Modelling competence – the ability to apply and critically assess models within biology, physics/chemistry, and geography; 3) Perspective-taking competence – the ability to relate biology, physics/chemistry, and geography to societal and environmental contexts, and to connect subject content to the development of scientific understanding; and 4) Communication competence – the ability to communicate scientific issues within biology, physics/chemistry, and geography The curricula emphasise that competence exceeds the mere accumulation of knowledge and skills. It includes the capacity to independently and responsibly reflect on their application in specific science related situations, thereby enabling critical thinking and informed action (Ministry of Children and Education, 2019). According to an executive order from the Ministry of Children and Education, primary and lower secondary students should come to recognise science and technology as part of culture and worldview, strengthen their sense of responsibility toward nature and resource use, and develop confidence in their ability to take a stance and act (Ministry of Children and Education, 2024). Especially, the ability to act is a central goal in Danish primary and lower secondary competence-oriented curricula, with an underlying competence definition comparable to that of Adelsberger et al. (2008), who describe competence as “the ability to act in unknown areas, using knowledge, skills, and attitudes” (p. 4070). Thus, competence concerns the ability to respond appropriately to challenges in both familiar and unfamiliar contexts. It is performance based and reflected in observable actions and choices. Being competent requires not only qualification but also the willingness and ability to apply one’s qualifications. These four areas of science competence constitute the framework Danish primary and lower secondary teachers are required to work with. However, competence-oriented teaching appears challenging for both teachers and students (Christiansen, 2025). To better understand the roots of these challenges, this study examined, through interviews, students’ and teachers’ perceptions of science and science education in relation to formal science competence goals, pursuing the following questions: 1. What do students and teachers say about science competence and what it means to be good at science? 2. To what extent is there alignment between the official science curricula's description of educational goals and teachers’ and their students’ perceptions of educational goals, and to what extent would possible differences pose a problem? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Study Settings This study draws on semi‑structured interviews with lower‑secondary students and their science teachers from four Danish schools. Across 12 classes, 36 students and 11 science teachers participated in individual interviews conducted on school premises during school hours in spring 2024. The student sample comprised 15 boys and 21 girls aged approximately 12–15 years, including nine 7th‑grade, twenty‑one 8th‑grade, and six 9th‑grade students. The interview design was approved by school principals. From the group of students with parental consent, science teachers selected three students per class, with the intention of ensuring the greatest possible variation in terms of students’ interest in and proficiency within science. During the student interviews, the students were asked what, in their view, it means to be good at science — that is, what abilities and practices characterize a successful student in their view. In addition, the students were asked whether they had encountered the notion of competence in relation to science teaching, and finally, what they considered to be characteristic of each of the four science competence domains. The last question was supported by four illustrations representing these competence domains used as prompts to encourage broader reflections. Teacher interviews explored how curricular rules and norms influence opportunities to develop students’ science competences, which possibilities and constraints they experience in this work, and how frequently they address the four competence domains in their teaching. The semi‑structured format allowed for follow‑up questions and elaboration through personal examples. All interviews were audio‑recorded with consent and subsequently transcribed. Data Analysis The 36 student and 11 teacher interview transcripts were analysed using ATLAS.ti (version 25). All files to be used were uploaded to the system, and the data analysis were performed in the software itself, by the researcher, who played the central role in the analyse process, as a code developer, critical thinker and overall, as an analyst. The data were organised through thematic content analysis, with codes grouped into broader analytical categories. For instance, in analysing students’ descriptions of what characterises being good at science, codes such as “is analytical,” “is committed,” “is interested in science,” “is curious,” “is reflective/argumentative,” “can collaborate,” “asks questions,” and “has knowledge” were identified. Similar coding procedures were applied to teacher interviews to detect recurring patterns and relationships across participants’ responses. Quotations will be used in presenting the findings, with all student and teachers names being replaced with pseudonyms to maintain confidentiality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that teachers generally report that the curriculum plays little to no role in their everyday science teaching. Most teachers state that they refrain from communicating the formal competence goals to students because they perceive the curriculum as overly academic and assume that students would not understand the concept of competence. Furthermore, some teachers consider it problematic to spend time teaching science competences instead of teaching science, as if they were two separate areas. Student interviews reveal a narrow understanding of what it means to be good at science. For 27 of the 36 students, being good at science is primarily associated with factual knowledge, indicating that knowledge acquisition remains their dominant reference point. Even though competence goals structure Danish compulsory science curricula from grades 1 to 9, most students report that they had not heard about any of the formal competence domains until grade 9, when preparation for the final examination begins to play a significant role. Together, these findings indicate a gap between the intended and implemented/attained curriculum (see van den Akker, 2004). They further raise the question of whether teachers' strained relationship with competences is because they do not actually understand the concept of competence from curriculum themselves. This may help explain why many teachers do not base their instruction on the curriculum’s competence framework. These insights open a broader discussion about the systemic challenges associated with implementing competence‑oriented curricula, and how to overcome these challenges. References Adelsberger, H.H., Ehlers, U. & Schneckenberg, D. (2008). Stepping up the Ladder: Competence Development Through E-Learning?! I: J. Luca & E. Weippl (red.), Proceedings of ED-MEDIA 2008: World Conference on Educational Multimedia, Hypermedia & Telecommunications (s. 4068‑4082). Wien: Association for the Advancement of Computing in Education (AACE). Anderson-Levitt, K. (2017) Global Flows of Competence-based Approaches in Primary and Secondary Education. Cahiers de la Recherche Sur l'éducation et les Savoirs, 16, 47–72. Christiansen, J. L. (2025) Assessing Science Competencies in Danish Primary and Lower Secondary Education (Chapter 14). In G. Cakmakci, & M. F. Tasar (eds.), Connecting Science Education with Cultural Heritage, Contributions from Science Education Research 15, p. 187-197. Springer. Education Scotland (2009) Curriculum for Excellence: Sciences – Experiences and outcomes. Retrieved 2026.01.30 from Scottish Government. https://education.gov.scot/media/wpsnskgv/all-experiencesoutcomes18.pdf Gordon, J., Arjomand, G., O., R., Siewiorek, A., Vivitsou, M., von Reis Saari, J., Kearney, C., Kallunki, V., Erstad, O., & Gilje, O. (2014). KeyCoNet 2013 Literature Review: Key competence development in school education in Europe. Key Competence Network on School Education. Højgaard, T. & Sølberg, J. (2023) Fostering competence: a narrative case study of developing a two-dimensional curriculum in Denmark, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 55:2, 223-250. Mathelitsch, L. (2013). Competencies in Science Teaching. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 3(3), 49-64. Ministry of Children and Education (2019). Læseplan for faget Natur/teknologi/biologi/fysik/kemi & geografi. Ministry of Children and Education (2024). BEK nr 1715 af 30/12/2024 [Executive Order no. 1715 of 30/12/2024] Retrieved 2026.01.30 from https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2024/1715 Ministry of Education and Research (2019) Curriculum for Natural science. Established as a Regulation by the Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research, 15 November 2019. Valid from 01.08.2020. Retrieved 2026.01.30 from https://data.udir.no/kl06/v201906/laereplaner-lk20/NAT01-04.pdf?lang=eng Ropohl, M., Nielsen, J. A., Olley, C., Rönnebeck, S., & Stables, K. (2018) The concept of competence and its relevance for science, technology and mathematics education. In J. Dolin & R. Evans (Eds.), Transforming assessment: Through an interplay between practice, research and policy Transforming assessment: Through an interplay between practice, research and policy (pp. 3–25). Springer. Tahirsylaj, A. & Sundberg, D. (2020). The unfinished business of defining competences for 21st century curricula - a systematic research review. Curriculum Perspectives, 40(2), 131-145. van den Akker, J. (2004) Curriculum Perspectives: An Introduction, In J. van den Akker, W. Kuiper, & U. Hameyer (Eds.), Curriculum Landscapes and Trends (pp. 1-10). Dordrecht: Springer. Waddington, D., Nentwig, P., & Schanze, S. (2007). Making it comparable. Standards in science education. Münster: Waxmann. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Dilemmas of the Form and Specificity of a National Curriculum: The Case of Georgia The University of Georgia, Georgia, Charles University, Czechia Presenting Author:The dilemmas and challenges of curriculum reform concern 1. the document itself (national curricular framework) and the process of “curriculum development “, as well as 2. its implementation into practice – broader “curriculum making” taking place in schools and other settings (Priestley & Philippou, 2018) and 3. other aspects of the educational system and the wider social situation that can function as enabler or barrier of the reform. Of course, these aspects cannot be completely separated in practice; however, in this paper I focus mainly on various aspects related to the design and development of the document itself. As international comparisons show, it is very difficult to find a balance between having too much or too little specifications in the curriculum. While an overloaded curriculum limits teachers’ flexibility, reducing content too much can mean that students aren’t guaranteed access to important knowledge and skills, exaggerating the injustice. "Specificity about what is to be learned in a curriculum is important for clarity, progression, and equality. Systems which have less-specific curricula have experienced teacher confusion, increased workload, inequalities between schools, and difficulties with student progression at transitions. “ (Crehan et al., 2025) This paper shows the difficulty of finding the optimal form of a national curriculum in a post-socialist context. After the collapse of the Soviet Union (Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, USSR) in 1991, fifteen independent states emerged across a vast territory covering approximately one-sixth of the world’s land surface. These states inherited a common educational legacy shaped by the late Soviet model of general and higher education, characterized by a highly centralized national curriculum, narrow specialization, tuition-free education at all levels, and guaranteed—yet compulsory—employment for graduates. Over the subsequent three decades, however, the political trajectories, social structures, and educational policies of these former “brotherly” nations have diverged significantly. The challenges of schooling and curriculum reform in post-socialist countries continue to stimulate the development of educational theory and research (Goodson & Mikser, 2023; Silova et al., 2017). One of the major issues concerns the reliability and interpretation of data and sources. During the Soviet period, educational research tended to idealize socialist education and emphasize its supposed superiority over Western systems. While traces of this perspective persist, recent literature often reflects the opposite tendency, emphasizing systemic deficiencies in ways that may serve to justify international development assistance. Simplified negative portrayals of the Soviet curriculum model frequently emerge within this discourse. While Central European countries that were Soviet satellites experienced a shorter period of communist rule and retained greater curricular continuity and autonomy, former Soviet republics faced a higher level of curricular harmonization and a more complex post-Soviet transformation. Focusing on Georgia, this study highlights the complexities of curriculum development in a conflict-torn country and examines the ongoing search for balance between school and teacher autonomy and the structured guidance provided by the national curriculum. It also illustrates the ambiguous effects of importing international models of curriculum, teaching, and assessment into the post-Soviet context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an instrumental case study design to gain in-depth insight into curriculum making and implementation in Georgia. The case study approach enabled the examination of complex processes accounting for the multi-layered structure of education system and interactions across global, national, and local levels. The study combines analysis of legislative and curricular documents and interviews with actors at various sites of curriculum making. Documentary data were collected from public sources, including official websites of the Government of Georgia and the Ministry of Education, Science and Youth, as well as platforms of relevant international organizations. The primary focus was on the analysis of first-, second-, and third-generation national curricula of Georgia and at the same time compare their characteristics with developments in the international context. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with three education experts involved in national curriculum development and implementation. Teacher participants were initially recruited using a snowball sampling method. Early analysis of interview data revealed significant differences between public and private schools, as well as between urban and rural contexts. In response, additional participants were recruited to ensure information saturation regarding how varying working conditions influence teachers’ understanding and implementation of the national curriculum. In total, in-depth semi-structured interviews were conducted with 25 teachers working in urban and rural public and private schools. The sample included teachers of English (12), History (4), Georgian Language and Literature (4), and integrated subjects such as Mathematics, STEM, and Information Technology (5). All participants had a minimum of five years of teaching experience, allowing for comparative analysis of their perception of the first, second, and third generation national curricula. Interview transcripts were read and re-read, coded using a paper-and-pencil method with memo writing, and subjected to open coding. Emerging codes were grouped into thematic categories, which structured the presentation of findings. The research respected ethical rules with the confidentiality of participants fully protected. From the complex picture of curriculum making at various sites of the educational system, this contribution focuses on the evolution and perception of structural and formal aspects of various curriculum documents. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three generations of National Curriculum reforms were to become the main axis of educational change in the independent Georgia. The curricula aimed to modernize the post-soviet school system and implement competence-based learning. However, teachers indicate that formal aspects of documents have constituted major obstacles to effective use. Each of the following curricula brought an increasing degree of specificity/detail in defining the goals and contents of school instruction. In the first-generation national curriculum, the goals of the entire education were set in very general terms, which were not elaborated on the level of individual subjects at all, while the third-generation national curriculum already states relatively specific standards of student performance for individual school subjects. The teachers' attitudes here are somewhat contradictory: while in the first-generation national curriculum document they criticize the absence of specifications, now they point out that the newer generations of the curriculum—especially the third generation—are characterized by the excessive complexity and superficial theoretical framing. Program documents describe goals and outcomes in detail now, but the objectives and expected outcomes are overly complicated and sometimes age-inappropriate and fail to account for students’ needs and realities of some public schools as those working in rural, remote and mountain regions. This complexity and arcane “language of the reform” is perceived not only as a pedagogical challenge but also as an administrative burden, since teachers are forced to spend substantial time interpreting texts and adapting them to lessons. Terminological overload also results in superficial changes: while the documents appear “modern” and aligned with “European standards,” in practice, their content is difficult to internalize. The findings illustrate the difficult search for a balance in the degree of specificity of the national framework that would provide autonomy to successful schools and sufficient support to under-resourced schools operating in difficult conditions. References Bailey, K. M., & Nunan, D. (1996). Voices from the language classroom. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Barrett, B., Hoadley, U., & Morgan, J. (Eds.). (2018). Knowledge, curriculum and equity: Social realist perspectives. Routledge. Beacco, J., Fleming, M., Goullier, F., Thürmann, E. & Vollmer, H. (2016). A handbook for curriculum development and teacher training. Council of Europe, p. 89. Crehan, L., Badgeri, A., Carleton, C., Luck, B., Menzies, L., Morrish, D., Rushton, N., & Wall, P. (2025, listopad). Curriculum policy: International comparative review. https://www.ces.partners/_files/ugd/5d3f2a_3b223b7d69ea4ad78c49bb5a3df905bf.pdf Djakeli, T., & Silagadze, N. (2018). Curriculum – the way of improving pedagogical practice. Conceptual and methodological guideline for the third-Generation National Curriculum of Georgia. Tbilisi. Goodson, I., & Mikser, R. (2023). Historical and cultural refractions in recent education transitions: The example of former socialist European countries. British Journal of Educational Studies, 71(1), 99–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2021.2024138 Gouëdard, P., Pont, B., Huang, S. (2020). Curriculum Reform: A literature review to support effective implementation OECD. Working Paper No. 239. Mikser, R., & Goodson, I. F. (2020). Narratives of education and curriculum transition in the former socialist European countries: The example of Estonia. In G. McCulloch, I. Goodson, & M. González-Delgado (Eds.), Transnational perspectives on curriculum history (pp. 41–62). Routledge. Mikser, R., Kärner, A., & Krull, E. (2016). Enhancing teachers’ curriculum ownership via teacher engagement in state-based curriculum-making: the Estonian case DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2016.1186742. Novotný, P., Dvořák, D., & Dvořáková, M. (2023). Czech school reforms: Between East and West. In J. B. Krejsler & L. Moos (Eds.), School Policy Reform in Europe – Exploring transnational alignments, national particularities and contestations. Springer. Priestley, M., & Philippou, S. (2018). Curriculum making as social practice: Complex webs of enactment. The Curriculum Journal, 29(2), 151–158. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2018.1451096 Schwandt, T. A. (2000). Three epistemological stances for qualitative inquiry. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed., pp. 189-213). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Silova, I., Sobe, N. W., Korzh, A., & Kovalchuk, S. (2017). Introducing research dilemmas in post–socialist education contexts. In I. Silova, N. W. Sobe, A. Korzh, & S. Kovalchuk (Eds.), Reimagining utopias (pp. 1–12). Sense Publishers. Slider, D. (1985). Crisis and response in Soviet nationality policy: The case of Abkhazia. Central Asian Survey, 4(4), 51–68. https://doi.org/10.1080/02634938508400523 Toombs, W.E., Tierney, W.G. (1993). ‘Curriculum definitions and reference points’, Journal of Curriculum and Supervision, 8(3), 175–195. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The Curricular Pendulum: Finding Forward Momentum in the Republic of Ireland’s Curriculum making at the Macro Level DCU, Ireland Presenting Author:In 2009, a longitudinal study by the Economic and Social Research Institute (ESRI) revealed a significant misalignment between Irish post-primary education and student needs. At the time, the three-year Junior Cycle mirrored the Senior Cycle: a collection of siloed subjects assessed by a centralised, terminal examination (Smyth, 2009). This “Junior Cert" model exerted a negative backwash effect on the purpose, processes, and practices of schooling (Doyle, 2019). Following disappointing PISA results in 2009, macro-actors sought a radical departure from this state-certified, examination-led status quo (Perkins et al., 2011). The National Council for Curriculum and Assessment (NCCA) responded by designing a lower-secondary framework vastly different from previous iterations. This new ideology prioritised student learning and holistic development through an overarching framework of 24 statements of learning, eight principles, and eight key skills (NCCA, 2012). Crucially, it championed a constructivist pedagogy (Vygotsky, 1978), moving away from rigid syllabi toward subject specifications defined by learning outcomes. Assessment was no longer about performance but about supporting learning. This policy shift demanded that teachers evolve from curriculum "deliverers" to curriculum "makers", an aspiration that proved premature, resulting in a hybridized approach to design. Instead of a pure transition to a constructivist, student-centred model, what emerged was a mixture of epistemologies and curriculum paradigms (Gleeson, Doyle & O’Neill, 2025). Over the last decade, Irish upper-secondary reform has adopted a "backward design" approach, informed by these previous curriculum reform cycles. To avoid a disruptive overhaul, and acknowledging the immense pressure of the high-stakes Leaving Certificate, the NCCA began by rejuvenating subject specifications through learning outcomes. However, the recent introduction of a "content column" alongside these outcomes suggests a regression toward "teacher-proof" lists and a behaviourist model of delivery. While these pre-determined outcomes offer a form of contractual certainty for high-stakes examinations, they simultaneously highlight the friction between reformist ideals and the systemic weight of traditional assessment. This paper investigates the perspectives of key macro-actors: the Department of Education (DoE), the NCCA, and the State Examinations Commission (SEC), on the curriculum-making process and endeavours to signpost issues that hinder and assist changemakers in bringing about reform. Specifically, it explores how the decision to utilise pre-determined learning outcomes influenced curriculum making during the Junior Cycle reform and how those implications are now manifesting at the Senior Cycle. Our research asks: What were the rationale and implications, from the perspectives of macro-stakeholders, for introducing learning outcomes in recent post-primary reform? In the landscape of Irish education, progress is rarely linear; it is often a series of calculated retreats and advances. The theoretical framework in this study is based on Haraway’s (2016) concept of Speculative Fabulation which prompts us to search for the ideas, thoughts and knowledge behind the dominant narratives of learning outcomes. The framework understands that different patterns of threads are made and unmade as curriculum develops at different points in time, they are passed on in different twists that require ‘passion and action, holding still and moving, anchoring and launching’ which allow the actors to render each other capable by becoming-with each other within each pattern. Curriculum making through this lens is a practice and a process of becoming-with, and the way to map it in order to learn from the process is to unpick the threads in order to see ‘what thoughts think thoughts’, because this matters. The thread that an actor brings to the table in curriculum making is never what they leave the table with, it is within the encounter with others that the curriculum is conceived, developed and made.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research uses Critical Case Study as the methodology that seeks to understand how curriculum making operates in different situations, rather than confining it to one particular situation (Bartlett and Vavrus, 2017). It ‘unbounds’ curriculum reform in Ireland by examining it across two of different axes. The first axis is the vertical axis which compares influences on the case at different curriculum policy levels. In this paper we focus on the Macro level actors. Exploration of this axis will extend to the other levels of curriculum in a wider study which will be reported on in subsequent papers. We hone the focus to the three state bodies responsible for setting the curriculum at this level and we examine how their mutual interaction influences the way in which the curriculum is made. The second axis is a transversal contestation of curriculum as static and bounded that warrants an examination of changes in the curriculum over time. In our tracing of the Irish second level curriculum from the initial lower secondary reform that began in 2012, up to the most recent upper secondary reform that is currently underway, we identify the back and forth movement of the pendulum as curriculum making advances along a continuum of development. In Ireland there are three state bodies operating at the Macro level in curriculum. Seven interviews were conducted with Macro actors from the National Council for Curriculum and Assessment (n=4), the State Examinations Commission (n=2) and the Department of Education (n=1). The interview data collected was analysed using Template Analysis (Brooks et al, 2015) which is a form of thematic analysis that acknowledges the researchers’ familiarity with the data and emphasises the use of a number of hierarchical structured codes (which were based on interview questions) but also balances these with the flexibility to adapt it to the needs of the study by allowing new themes to emerge from the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The emerging findings suggest that: a. The introduction of learning outcomes to Irish curricula was influenced by international discussions at the Supra level. They were part of a wider adoption of a badly needed curriculum reform involving a student/learner centred approach to curriculum design. There was an epistemological conflict between the agentic student centred ideology and the pre-determined nature of learning outcomes. b. Knowledge had expanded beyond content and what became important was the process of the application of knowledge through skills, understanding and values and a focus on student agency and teachers as curriculum makers. Summative performance was no longer to be the most important aspect of a student's school experience. However, the assessment of learning did not align with the student centred ideology. c. The shifting identity of the teacher’s role was problematic and raised issues of professionalism and particularly in the area of assessment literacy. d. The subsequent curriculum reform at senior cycle has swung the curriculum making pendulum backwards to embrace learning from the junior cycle reform to gather the kinetic energy required to swing toward the future. . e. The partnership approach adopted in Ireland to curriculum making is very complex and requires far greater unpacking given the associated politics and challenges at the Macro level of curriculum making. The significance of this research lies in its insights for policy makers and curriculum makers in all jurisdictions. It reminds us that curriculum making is a social endeavour that takes place at a particular time and context and any curriculum made is just made at a point in time and will evolve. References Brooks, J., McCluskey, S., Turley, E., & King, N. (2015). The utility of template analysis in qualitative psychology research. Qualitative research in psychology, 12(2), 202-222. Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Comparative case studies: An innovative approach. Nordic journal of comparative and international education (NJCIE), 1(1). Doyle, Audrey Mary (2019) Curriculum Becoming in the Assemblage of Lower Secondary Education in Ireland. PhD thesis, National University of Ireland Maynooth. Gleeson, J., Doyle, A. & O’Neill, N. (2025). Student learning outcomes in the Irish context: mixing curriculum paradigms, cultures, and design models. Irish Educational Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2025.2483241?urlappend=%3Futm_source%3Dresearchgate.net%26utm_medium%3Darticle Haraway, Donna. (2016). Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822373780 National Council for Curriculum and Assessment. (2012). A Framework for Junior Cycle. Dublin. NCCA. Perkins, R., Shiel, G., Cosgrove, J., & Moran, G. (2011). PISA 2009: The Performance and Progress of 15-year-olds in Ireland. Dublin: Educational Research Centre. Smyth, Emer. ((2009). Junior Cycle Education: Insights from a Longitudinal Study of Students. ESRI Research Bulletin. 4(1). https://aei.pitt.edu/98533/1/RB20090401.pdf Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 05 A: From Global Rights to Systemic Reality: A Comparative Policy Implementation Perspective on Inclusive Education Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Aster Van Mieghem Research Workshop |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Research Workshop From Global Rights to Systemic Reality: A Comparative Policy Implementation Perspective on Inclusive Education 1: University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2: University of Applied Sciences Karel de Grote Presenting Author:Inclusive education (IE) has become a central policy objective across education systems worldwide. The adoption of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) marked a decisive step towards legally binding commitments to IE at all levels (United Nations, 2006). This development builds on earlier international frameworks, notably the Salamanca Statement (UNESCO, 1994), which positioned IE as a normative ideal. UNESCO later reinforced this by defining IE as a systemic effort to remove barriers to participation and learning. Together, these frameworks underpin an international policy agenda that has been unevenly implemented in national reforms across Europe and beyond. Despite this strong international consensus, comparative research shows that the systemic realisation of IE remains uneven. Many countries continue to operate hybrid systems in which inclusive ambitions coexist with long-standing segregated structures (Ainscow et al., 2019). This observation leads to the central research question guiding this workshop:
Which policy-level conditions enable inclusive education to move from a legal and normative commitment to a realised system-level outcome?
Theoretical framework Within this research workshop, IE is approached primarily as a policy implementation challenge, rather than as a school-level or pedagogical issue. This perspective draws on classical yet enduring theories of top-down policy implementation, most notably the work of Mazmanian and Sabatier (1983), who identify a set of structural conditions that shape whether public policies achieve their intended outcomes. Their framework highlights the importance of clear policy objectives, coherent policy design, sufficient implementation capacity and long-term policy stability. For the purpose of comparative international analysis, this workshop adapts the Mazmanian and Sabatier framework to the field of IE and operationalises it into five macro-level policy conditions:
Together, these conditions provide a theoretically grounded analytical lens for examining how IE policies are designed, implemented and sustained across different national and regional contexts.
Methodological approach and purpose Methodologically, the workshop adopts a comparative configurational approach inspired by Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) (Ragin, 1987, 2008). QCA allows for the analysis of combinations of conditions, acknowledging that similar outcomes may be achieved through different pathways. The workshop applies a crisp-set logic, calibrating conditions as present (score=1) or absent (score=0). Given the use of five conditions in a crisp-set QCA design, a minimum of 17 cases is required to ensure sufficient configurational diversity for a meaningful comparative exercise. IE is treated as a system-level outcome, defined in line with CRPD Article 24, which emphasises non-exclusion from mainstream education, participation in local communities, and the non-dominance of segregated educational pathways (United Nations, 2006). In this workshop, participants are invited to represent their own national or regional education system and to reason explicitly from the legislative and policy framework that applies in their context. Through a structured calibration exercise (0 = absent, 1 = present), the workshop enables systematic comparison across European and international cases and is oriented towards collective knowledge production, including the development of a jointly authored comparative article. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This workshop adopts a comparative, theory-driven and configurational approach informed by crisp-set Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) (Rihoux & Ragin, 2009). QCA is particularly suited to international education policy research, as it enables systematic comparison across a medium number of cases while accounting for configurations of conditions, equifinality, and contextual diversity (e.g., Van Mieghem et al., 2022). The analytical framework draws on top-down policy implementation theory, building on the classical yet enduring work of Mazmanian and Sabatier (1983). Their framework is adapted to IE and operationalised into five macro-level policy conditions that are theorised to shape the system-level realisation of IE: (1) normative and legal anchoring of IE, (2) an explicit policy theory of inclusion, (3) instrumental and organisational coherence, (4) structural implementation capacity, and (5) policy stability and priority over time. The workshop is explicitly designed as a collaborative research exercise. Participants are invited to represent their own national or regional education system and to analyse the implementation of IE from the perspective of the legislative and policy framework that applies in their context. Each country or region is treated as a single case. Using a structured calibration template, participants assign binary scores (0 = absent, 1 = present) to each policy condition and to the outcome variable, based on legislation, policy documents, evaluation reports, and established research. Clear definitions and decision rules are provided to ensure transparency and cross-national comparability. The outcome variable is defined as the system-level realisation of IE, drawing explicitly on Article 24 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD). IE is conceptualised as a property of the education system as a whole, characterised by non-exclusion from mainstream education, participation in local communities, and the non-dominance of segregated educational pathways. For the comparative analysis, the calibrated data will be analysed using Tosmana, a software tool specifically designed for configurational comparative methods such as QCA (Cronqvist, 2019). Tosmana will be used to explore patterns of necessary and sufficient conditions and to identify recurring configurations across cases. The Flemish education system is introduced solely as an illustrative example of the calibration process. The workshop is exploratory and hypothesis-generating, and the collective calibration across approximately 17 national or regional cases will form the basis for subsequent comparative analysis and a jointly authored international publication. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research workshop is expected to generate comparative, theory-informed insights into the policy conditions that enable or constrain the system-level realisation of IE. Rather than producing definitive causal claims, the workshop is explicitly exploratory and hypothesis-generating, focusing on recurring patterns and configurations across national and regional contexts. A key expected outcome is the identification of structural implementation bottlenecks that persist despite strong international commitments to IE. Comparative calibration across approximately 17 cases is expected to suggest that normative and legal anchoring alone may be insufficient to realise IE as a system outcome, particularly in the absence of coherent policy instruments and adequate implementation capacity. Preliminary insights from the illustrative Flemish case indicate that strong legal commitment and policy stability can coexist with limited implementation effectiveness, a pattern that may recur across other contexts. In addition, the configurational analysis is expected to reveal multiple pathways towards (or away from) IE, highlighting equifinality rather than a single optimal reform model. This challenges linear policy narratives and underscores the importance of context-sensitive policy design within a shared international rights-based framework. Finally, the workshop is expected to result in a shared comparative dataset and the establishment of an international research collaboration, providing the empirical basis for a jointly authored publication on inclusive education as a policy implementation challenge across Europe and beyond. References Ainscow, M., Slee, R., & Best, M. (2019). The Salamanca Statement: 25 years on. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7–8), 671–676. DOI:10.1080/13603116.2019.1622800. Cronqvist, L. (2019). TOSMANA: Tool for small-N analysis (Version 1.6) [Computer software]. http://www.tosmana.net Mazmanian, D. A., & Sabatier, P. A. (1983). Implementation and public policy. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman. United Nations. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. New York: United Nations. Rihoux, B., & Ragin, C. C. (Eds.). (2009). Configurational comparative methods: Qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) and related techniques (Vol. 51). Singapore: Sage. Van Mieghem, A., Verschueren, K., Donche, V., & Struyf, E. (2022). Leadership as a lever for inclusive education in Flanders: A multiple case study using qualitative comparative analysis. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(5), 871-888. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 05 B: Challenging Gendered Inequalities in Education Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Rocío Sánchez Ares Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Decentering Gendered Ableism: A Literature Synthesis on the Experiences of Girls and Young Women with Disabilities in Schools Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Ableism is socially constructed along gender and racial ideologies that lead to institutionalized forms of violence negatively influencing girls and women with disabilities (Ben-Moshe & Magaña, 2014; Parsons et al., 2016). Parsons (2017) defines gendered ableism as “the cross section of discrimination based on both disability and gender having serious implications for women with disabilities who are rendered powerless by society” (p. 209). Gendered ableism leads to higher risks of violence and lack of access to resources for minoritized girls and women (Kim & Shalk, 2020; Moral-Cabrero & Serrato-Calero, 2025). In compulsory schooling, girls with disabilities endure multiple obstacles hindering their wellbeing and inclusion, being vulnerable to facing discrimination, distress, and unmet socio-educational needs (Nanda, 2019; Ramírez Morera, 2022). Statistics reveal how only 41.7% of girls with disabilities complete primary school in contrast to 52.9% of able-bodied girls in Europe (UN Women, 2025). These barriers are the result of enforced heteropatriarchal ableist ways of knowing and being historically operationalized in schools (Dean et al., 2023; Hall, 2011; Zamorano et al., 2024). Likewise, disability hierarchies across the disability spectrum further perpetuate the stigmatization of non-normative bodies (Grue et al., 2015; Pritchard, 2023; Sánchez Rodríguez, 2023). These hierarchies lead to “soft” disability categories such as emotionally disturbed, ADHD, and “mental retardation” (Nanda, 2019). Racialized girls with disabilities are particularly vulnerable to being pathologized across axes of institutionalized oppressions, including racism and cultural erasure (Miller, 2024; Tesfahunegn, 2025).
This literature synthesis analyzes recent studies published between 2015 and 2025 decentering gendered ableism in schools by attending to the perspectives, experiences, and assets of girls and young women with disabilities. This framing shies away from pervasive discriminatory discourses portraying these minoritized learners as depleted and agencyless, when focusing solely on their social marginalization. Thus, this literature synthesis includes only peer-reviewed sources that follow a critical social model of disability (Oliver, 2013). Feminist disability frameworks are used alongside capital theory to examine the literature on gendered ableism in European educational settings. Feminist Disability Studies (FDS) emerged in the 1990s to challenge the medicalized view of disability and recognize it as a complex sociopolitical construct (Garland-Thomson, 2005; Hall, 2011). This framework rejects victimization narratives and condemns ableism as a social ill, impairing everyone’s lives (Kim & Schalk, 2020). In addition, feminist disability studies expose the interlocked forms of violence, including racism, capitalism, heteropatriarchy, hindering the lives and opportunities of girls and women with disabilities (Moral-Cabrero & Serrato-Calero, 2025). The interplay between ableism, heteronormativity and citizenship has been silenced to uphold the cis-ableist state (Glenn, 2015; Patel, 2017). Applied to the field of education, this framework serves, for instance, to explain the overrepresentation of students of color in special education settings (Temel et al., 2025). In addition, Bourdieu’s capital theory is used to problematize the socially constructed nature of disability as a cultural, historical, and political phenomenon (Holt, 2019; Mithen, 2015). In a field dominated by able-bodied discourses and ideologies, the disabled body possesses “disabled capital” (Berezin, 2014). Disability is often constructed through a pathologizing lens, which acts as a barrier to accumulating the valued “cultural capital” (set of normative knowledge, skills, values) that schools relegate exclusively to the status quo (Bourdieu, 1986). This work embraces the socially rejected forms of capital the youth bring with them to school, contributing to the deconstruction of what counts as capital. This literature synthesis seeks to answer the following research question: what are the experiences and perspectives of girls and young women with disabilities exposing gendered nativism in schools? This work holds scholarly significance considering how the topic has been underresearched and these youth’s perspectives undertheorized across educational and disability studies in Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This synthesis looks at what the recent literature reports regarding the experiences of girls and young women with disabilities exposing gendered ableism in compulsory schooling. Both empirical and conceptual research sources from peer-reviewed journals were included. Four scholarly databases were consulted: 1) Education Research Complete; 2) PsycINFO; 3) ERIC; and 4) JSTOR, which allowed the authors to locate articles from different disciplines including education, sociology, and psychology. The initial search yielded over 80 articles and books grappling with topics related to gender, disability, and education from around the globe. Then, the authors narrowed their search down to research conducted exclusively within the European context. Studies that did not make an explicit connection between gender, disabilities, and education from a critical lens were likewise excluded. The search also focused on the perspectives, not just the experiences, of girls or young women with disabilities. As a result, the authors narrowed the search results to a total of 22 articles in European educational settings. Specifically, the literature included 17 empirical articles and 5 conceptual. In addition, 7 quantitative and 15 qualitative research articles were included. Data were analyzed following key tenets of both theoretical frameworks, which included: self-empowerment, rejection of victimization narratives, critical consciousness, and cultural capital, among others. To address the validity of the study, the two authors discussed each of the reviewed papers to achieve consensus. Their negotiated interpretations represented a reflexive research approach to intellectualizing students’ experiences navigating gendered ableism. The authors acknowledge their positionality as European female researchers who have lived and worked transnationally. This research was led by a female scholar with a documented disability (ADHD). Importantly, this literature synthesis works as the foundation of future empirical research that will be conducted in Europe, as the authors currently work as coordinators of the international FRIDA Research Project under a recently awarded Marie-Curie scholarship funded by the European Commission. The FRIDA project, expected to launch in February 2026, will seek to enhance the agency of girls and women with disabilities from culturally minoritized groups. This literature synthesis will be published as part of this larger European research project, for which it will provide a groundbreaking framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on preliminary analyses of the selected 22 sources examining the experiences of girls and young women with disabilities in schools, 4 major themes emerged, including: critical consciousness, hybrid identifications, inner power, and community anchors. A few studies highlight how systems of oppression impact the academic expectations placed on girls and young women with disabilities, undervaluing and rendering them invisible for purposes of dispossession (Holt, 2019; Mithen, 2015). As Ramírez Morera (2022) argues, gender ableism increases the risk of violence and lack of access to resources for minoritized learners. Articles that apply a sociological lens to investigating ableism in schools expose systemic conceptions that are rooted in notions of deficit, dependency, and vulnerability (Hall, 2011). Biases and lack of preparation make school staff often respond to these issues passively and sceptically (Holt et al., 2019). Such exclusionary practices impact the self-esteem, emotional well-being, and academic performance of girls with disabilities, as they persevere to meet their academic expectations (Garcia-Molina et al., 2025). To counter such gendered ableist structures, these girls develop strategies that validate their agency taking charge of their educational achievements (Pritchard, 2023). Some of the strategies reported in the literature include the development of a positive identity, a critical consciousness and community engagements. It is concluded that a solid network of material and human resources is needed in institutional attempts committed to re-imagining educational inclusion. The key to building this educational network are teacher training, peer interaction and community anchors that uplift and value diversity, both inside and outside educational arenas. It is vital to follow a conscious approach to include the voices and experiences of girls and young women with disabilities in order to constructively and self-critically interrogate the practices currently being used for the advancement of transformative measures. References Ben-Moshe, L., Magaña, S. (2014). An introduction to race, gender, and disability: intersectionality, disability studies, and families of color. Women, Gender, and Families of Color, 2(2), 105-114. Berezin, J. D. (2014). Disabled capital: A Narrative of Attention Deficit Disorder in the Classroom Through the Lens of Bourdieu’s Capital”, Disability Studies Quarterly 34(4), 1-12. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital in Richardson, J. (ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education (pp. 241–58). Greenwood. Dean, M., Chang, Y.C., Shih, W., Orlich, F. & Kasari, C. (2023). Social engagement and loneliness in school-age autistic girls and boys. Women’s Health, 19, 1-12 García-Molina, I., Sanchez-Padilla, R. & Rodríguez, S. (2025). Revisiting school days: retrospective experiences of ableism among autistic women and gender dissident individuals with late diagnosis. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 12(1095), 1-11. Garland-Thomson, R. (2005). Staring at the Other. Disability Studies Quarterly, 25(4), 1-12. Hall, K.Q. (2011). Feminist Disability Studies. Indiana University Press. Holt, L., Bowlby, S., Lea, J. (2019). Disability, special education needs, class, capitals and segregation in schools: A population geography perspective. Population, Space & Place, 25, 1-11 Kim, J., & Shalk, S. (2020). Integrating Race, Transforming Feminist Disability Studies. Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 46(1), 31-55. Miller, A. (2024). Intersectionality in US educational research: visibilizing the historically excluded and under-recognized experiences of disabled girls of color. Educational Review, 76(1), 166-180. Mithen, J., Aitken, Z., Ziersch, A., Kavanagh, A. H. (2015). Inequalities in social capital and health between people with and without disabilities. Social Science & Medicine, 126, 26-35 Moral-Cabrero, E. & Serrato-Calero, M. (2025). Feminist Disability Studies. The Palgrave Encyclopedia of Disability, 1-6. Pritchard, E. (2023). Choice is not an option. European Journal of Disability Research, 17(4), 53-68 Ramírez Morera, M. (2022). Perspectivas de género y discapacidad. Un acercamiento al éxito académico. FEMERIS: Revista Multidisciplinar de Estudios de Género, 8(1), 47-69. Zambrano, S., Santos-Olmo, A., Sánchez-Iglesias, I., Muñoz-Lara, I. & Muñoz, M. (2024). The stigma of intellectual disability in Spain: a nationally representative survey. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 68(5), 477-490. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Gender and Diversity Representations in School Textbooks: Challenges and Perspectives 1: University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg; 2: CID - Fraen an Gender, Luxembourg Presenting Author:In contemporary societies, increasing visible diversity related to gender, culture, ethnicity, disability, and sexual orientation has made questions of social cohesion, mutual respect, and democratic coexistence central to public debate. As school textbooks are fundamental pedagogical resources used consistently over many years (Stará et al., 2017), they play a crucial role in shaping societal perceptions of professions typically associated with men or women (Fruehwirth et al., 2024). Although their primary function is the transmission of knowledge, textbooks often convey gender stereotypes and may influence how students perceive their future, their abilities, and their role in society. This research (Kerger, Pianaro & Schadeck, 2023) is grounded in a theoretical framework combining gender studies, critical discourse analysis, and the sociology of education. Drawing on the work of Brugeilles and Cromer (2005, 2008), the Centre Hubertine Auclert (2015, 2020), textbooks are conceptualised not as neutral reflections of reality but as normative representations that legitimise specific social orders. From this perspective, representations of gender and diversity in textbooks can either reproduce inequalities or promote equality, inclusion, and respect for diversity, influencing students’ attitudes, aspirations, and understanding of social norms. The central research question guiding this study is: To what extent do school textbooks used in the lower cycle of Luxembourg’s secondary education reflect and promote values of gender equality, diversity, and inclusive citizenship in line with national, European, and global commitments? More specifically, the study examines how gender, disability, ethnic diversity, and sexual diversity are represented across different school subjects. The study is situated within a strong institutional and legal context. Luxembourg has ratified key international conventions, including the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW) (United Nations, 1981), the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (CERD) (United Nations, 1969), and the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) (United Nations, 2008). Additionally, national policies such as the first National Action Plan for LGBTI Rights (Ministère de la Famille, des Solidarités, du Vivre ensemble et de l'Accueil, 2018) reflect a commitment to inclusive education. These frameworks align with broader European objectives promoting equality, non-discrimination, and democratic citizenship as articulated by the Council of Europe. Despite these commitments, recent public debates in Luxembourg—illustrated by parliamentary petitions (Petition, 2024) concerning the inclusion of LGBTIQ+ topics in education—demonstrate that issues of diversity and inclusion remain socially contested. This highlights the importance of empirically examining how educational materials address gender and sexual diversity, particularly in ways that are age-appropriate and focused on values such as respect, empathy, and openness. The importance of this research extends beyond the national context. Across Europe and worldwide, textbook analyses have consistently revealed persistent gender stereotypes, underrepresentation of women and minorities, and limited visibility of non-heteronormative identities. By focusing on a multilingual and culturally diverse country such as Luxembourg, this study contributes to comparative international research on inclusive education and textbook reforming. Its findings offer insights relevant to policymakers, educators, and researchers seeking to align educational practices with international human rights standards. Ultimately, this study underscores the responsibility of educational systems to ensure that textbooks support the development of critical thinking, democratic values, and social inclusion. By examining the gap between institutional commitments and actual representations in textbooks, the research highlights both challenges and opportunities for fostering equality and living together in increasingly diverse European and global societies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research project investigates representations of gender and diversity in school textbooks used in the lower cycle of Luxembourg’s secondary education. This educational level was selected because it plays a crucial role in shaping students’ academic pathways, as it precedes and strongly influences the choice of educational tracks in the upper cycle. By focusing on this stage, the study aims to capture representations that may contribute to early perceptions of gender roles and social norms. The corpus was constructed based on the official list of best-selling school textbooks published by the Ministry of Education, Children and Youth in Luxembourg. To ensure a comprehensive analysis across the curriculum, textbooks from a wide range of subjects were included: German, French, English, mathematics, natural sciences, history, geography, and the subject “Life and Society”. In total, the corpus comprises 52 school textbooks from different editions. Methodologically, the study adopts a mixed-methods design combining quantitative and qualitative approaches. The quantitative component is informed by established methodological frameworks developed by the Centre Hubertine Auclert (2015, 2020) as well as by Brugeilles and Cromer (2005, 2008). This approach enables a systematic and comparative analysis of gender representations in both textual and visual content. The qualitative analysis of selected content was also conducted to provide concrete examples illustrating the quantitative results and to highlight both traditional and non-normative representations, such as gender identity and family models. All individuals appearing in texts and illustrations were systematically identified and counted. Individuals could be real or fictional, while pronouns and pictograms were excluded. Six categories were used to classify individuals according to gender and age: girls, boys, women, men, children and adults of undetermined gender. A predefined counting method was applied, treating each page as a single unit. In addition, the analysis examined the types of activities in which individuals were engaged, grouped into domestic, leisure, professional activities and celebrities. This categorisation allowed for the identification of potential gendered divisions of roles. Beyond gender, three cross-cutting diversity categories were included: non-whiteness, disability and sexual orientation. Non-whiteness referred to individuals not socially assigned as white, based on physical or cultural markers. Disability was defined according to the United Nations (2008). Sexual diversity included individuals explicitly represented as homosexual or homoparental, based on relational and textual indicators rather than appearance alone. The quantitative comparison of heterosexual and homosexual couples provided further insight into the visibility of sexual diversity in school textbooks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study analysed 52 school textbooks used in the lower cycle of secondary education in Luxembourg in order to examine representations of gender and diversity. Across all subjects and in both textual and visual content, 61409 individuals were counted. Male individuals were found to be predominant and the largest gender imbalance was observed in history textbooks, where male individuals vastly outnumber female individuals, followed by French and German textbooks. In all subjects, disparities were more pronounced between adult men and women than between boys and girls, highlighting a persistent underrepresentation of women in public and historical spheres. The analysis of activities revealed clear gendered patterns. Female individuals were more often associated with domestic tasks, while male individuals dominated leisure and professional activities across all textbook series. Men were not only more visible in professional contexts but also represented across a wider range of occupations. A similar imbalance was observed among famous people, who were predominantly male, reflecting the ongoing marginalisation of women in historical, scientific, and cultural narratives. Regarding diversity, individuals with disabilities were largely underrepresented and, when present, mainly defined by their disability. Non-white individuals were also marginalised and frequently portrayed as belonging to non-Western societies rather than as part of contemporary Western contexts. This tendency was particularly marked in French textbooks, while English textbooks offered relatively more inclusive representations. Sexual diversity was scarcely represented across the corpus: homosexual individuals and couples appeared mainly in natural science textbooks and were entirely absent from mathematics and geography, contributing to the invisibility of non-heterosexual identities in educational materials. Overall, the persistence of stereotypical and unequal representations in textbooks may reinforce traditional gender norms. Given the role of textbooks in transmitting social values, promoting more balanced and inclusive representations remains essential to fostering equality and combating discrimination in education. References Brugeilles, C., & Cromer, S. (2008). Comment promouvoir l'égalité entre les sexes par les manuels scolaires. Guide méthodologique à l’attention des acteurs et actrices de la chaîne du manuel scolaire. UNESCO. Brugeilles, C., & Cromer, S. (2005). Analyser les représentations du masculin et du féminin dans les manuels scolaires. CEPED. Centre Hubertine Auclert (2020). Faire des manuels scolaires des outils de l’égalité entre les femmes et les hommes. Centre Hubertine Auclert. https://www.centre-hubertine-auclert.fr/sites/default/files/fichiers/cha-guidemanuels-scolaires-maj2020web.pdf Centre Hubertine Auclert (2015). Manuels de lecture du CP : et si on apprenait l'égalité ? Étude des représentations sexuées et sexistes dans les manuels de lecture du CP. Centre Hubertine Auclert. Consulté le 14 January 2025, de https://www.centre-hubertine-auclert.fr/egalitheque/publication/manuels-de-lecture-du-cp-et-si-apprenait-legalite-etude-des-representations Council of Europe (2021). The reference framework of competencies for democratic culture. https://rm.coe.int/prems-004721-the-reference-framework-of-competences-for-democratic-cul/1680a27f24?utm_source=chatgpt.com Fruehwirth, B., Heilemann, M. & Stoeger, H. (2024). The gender representation of women and men in the occupational areas of STEM and care work in German textbooks. Linguistics and Education, 80, 1-12. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0898589824000172?via%3Dihub Kerger, S., Pianaro, E., & Schadeck, C. (2023). Les représentations dans les manuels scolaires : Cycle inférieur de l’enseignement secondaire. Université du Luxembourg. Ministère de la Famille, des Solidarités, du Vivre ensemble et de l'Accueil (2018). Plan d’action national pour la promotion des droits des personnes lesbiennes, gays, bisexuelles, transgenres et intersexes. Consulté le 14 January 2025, de https://mfsva.gouvernement.lu/fr/publications/plan-strategie/lgbti0.html Petition 3198 (2024). Exclure les thématiques LGBT de l'éducation des mineurs. Chambre des députés. https://www.petitiounen.lu/fr/petition/3198?type=PUB Petition 3281 (2024). Développer davantage encore les thématiques LGBTQ+ et du Vivre Ensemble dans l'éducation des mineurs. Chambre des députés. https://www.petitiounen.lu/fr/petition/3281?type=PUB United Nations (1969, 4 janvier). International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination. Consulté le 14 January 2025, de https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/international-convention-elimination-all-forms-racial United Nations (1981, 3 septembre). Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women. Consulté le 14 January 2025, de https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-elimination-all-forms-discrimination-against-women United Nations (2008, 3 mai). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Consulté le 14 January 2025, de https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-persons-disabilities United Nations (2025). Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Consulté le 14 January 2025, de https://www.un.org/en/universal-declaration-human-rights/ Stará, J., Chvál, M., & Starý, K. (2017). The role of textbooks in primary education. E-Pedagogium, 17(4), 60–69. https://doi.org/10.5507/epd.2017.053 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Narrowing the Gender Gap on School Motivation and Academic Achievement: A Study of a Municipality-wide PBL-implementation Project in Danish Public Schools 1: Aalborg University, Denmark; 2: Via University College Presenting Author:Compulsory schooling in Denmark is currently confronted with sustained concerns about pupils’ student motivation, school satisfaction, and well‑being and engagement, alongside renewed attention to inequalities in achievement and engagement. Recent Danish and international research indicates that pupils’ school satisfaction and student motivation tend to decline across grade levels, with notable differences by gender and other background factors (Bang et al., 2020; Pless & Katznelson, 2019). Furthermore, levels of academic achievement remain critically low. Reflecting this trend, the share of students failing to pass Danish or Mathematics in their final examinations has risen to an unprecedented 11.9% (Jensen, 2025). In parallel, large-scale comparative assessments continue to document gendered patterns in achievement (OECD, 2023). Thus, in their latest analysis, Dansk Erhverv documents that Danish girls’ mean grade average across all subject fields is 0.8 (on a scale from -3 to 12) higher than that of boys. Against this backdrop, evaluations and policy analyses have questioned whether performance-oriented governance and reform initiatives have succeeded in improving learning outcomes, while also highlighting potential adverse implications for well‑being and engagement (Carlsson, 2022; Jacobsen, 2024). Researchers from Aalborg University and VIA University College supported the implementation through teacher professional development and a mixed-methods evaluation design. Two survey waves (2024 and 2025) were administered to staff and pupils, yielding responses from 2,613 pupils on student motivation, sense of mastery, and attitudes toward group work and project work. Survey findings are complemented with qualitative process data (e.g., implementation logs and interviews with pupils, teachers, and school leaders) to contextualize variations in adoption and classroom enactment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Danish municipality survey collected data in 2024 (N = 1,346) and 2025 (N = 1,273), yielding a total of 2,613 pupil responses. A final wave of data collection is scheduled for 2026. In total, eight schools from a single municipality participated in the study. Pupils from 4th through 9th grade completed a questionnaire assessing well-being, attitudes toward group- and project-based learning activities, as well as the frequency with which such activities occur in everyday classroom practice. The questionnaire comprised six demographic items and twenty-two items measuring pupils’ experiences and perceptions. All municipal schools, with the exception of special-needs schools, were included in the study. The survey was deliberately designed to support the application of exploratory factor analysis (EFA) (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2018), with the purpose of examining newly developed variables related to group and project work, alongside key indicators concerning general schoolwork, academic engagement, and well-being. A standard EFA procedure (Hensen & Roberts, 2006) was employed using STATA, following a systematic step-by-step analytical approach (Watkins, 2022). Each item was evaluated for its potential suitability for inclusion in latent constructs, first at the level of item clustering and subsequently with regard to index formation. Following the Kaiser criterion (Eigenvalues > 1) (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2018) with a Kaiser–Meyer–Olkin measure of sampling adequacy of 0.744 (Kaiser, 1974), three factors were identified. These were conceptualized collectively as the Tri-Group-Activity Measure. The factors (hereafter abbreviated TGAm) serve as analytic constructs used to explain patterns and tendencies in pupils’ experiences with group work and related collaborative practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data portrays a clear picture of students’ perceptions of group work and project work. There is an overwhelmingly positive response to group work, where 76% agree or strongly agree with the question “I like to work in groups”. Boys are even more positive than girls with almost 80% strongly agreeing with the above statement. This trend may relate to another item: “When I work in groups, I find it easier to understand the school content we are working on”, where 60% agree/strongly agree with this statement. Thus, according to the pupils in the municipality, group work should not be seen solely as a social event but very much as a pedagogical, learning promoting activity. Student perception of project work is also highly regarded, though slightly less so than group work. Thus, when answering the question “to what degree do you appreciate project work” only 12% answers to a very/low degree while 41% reports to a very high/high degree. Notably, no gender differences emerged in evaluations of project work, a pattern consistent across age groups. These findings suggest that group work and project work may help mitigate the documented decline in school student motivation from grades 4 to 9. Furthermore, given the lack of gender differences in appreciation of these pedagogies, implementing them more systematically (especially among older students) may help narrow the widening gender gap in academic achievement. Statistical findings and their possible implications for the future of K12 education will be further unfolded and discussed at the ECER 2026 Conference. References Bang, L., Lorentsen, A., Andersen, M. B., Christiansen, N. L. S., & Hansen, I. S. (2020). Udfordringer og succes i skoleudvikling - når tallene taler. Aalborg University. Carlsson, M. S. (2022). Reimagining wellbeing in neoliberal times: School wellbeing as an adjunct to academic performance? In R. McLellan, C. Faucher, & V. Simovska (Eds.), Wellbeing and Schooling: Cross Cultural and Cross Disciplinary Perspectives (pp. 35-48). Springer. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education. New York: Routledge. Danish Government. (2023, October 11). Forberedt på fremtiden II: Frihed og fordybelse – et kvalitetsprogram for folkeskolen [Prepared for the Future II: Freedom and Immersion]. Regeringen.dk. https://uvm.dk/media/g1pdj2zn/231011-forberedt-pa-fremtiden-2-web.pdf Henson, R. K., & Roberts, J. K. (2006). Use of exploratory factor analysis in published research: Common errors and some comment on improved practice. Educational and Psychological measurement, 66(3), 393-416. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164405282485 Jacobsen, B. S. (2024). Educational performance pressure and mental ill-being: the case of Danish primary and lower secondary schools, 1975-2024. Educational Review. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2024.2383897 Jensen, T. L. (2025). Flere elever dumper i dansk eller matematik: Det højeste niveau siden 2012. Arbejderbevægelsens Erhvervsråd. https://www.ae.dk/node/3755/pdf-export Kaiser, H. F. (1974). An index of factorial simplicity. psychometrika, 39(1), 31–36. OECD. (2023). Education GPS: Denmark—Student performance (PISA 2022). Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. Pless, M., & Katznelson, N. (2019). New Insights into Young Peoples' Motivation in Lower Secondary Education in Denmark. Qualitative Research in Education, 8(1), 60-88. https://doi.org/10.17583/qre.2019.3946 Stegeager, N., Traulsen, S. J., Guerra, A. O. P. D. C., Telléus, P. K., & Du, X. (2024). Do good intentions lead to expected outcomes? Professional Learning Amongst Early Career University Academics in a PBL-Based Program. Education Sciences, 14(2), https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14020205 Watkins, M. W. (2022). A Step-By-Step Guide to Exploratory Factor Analysis with STATA. New York: Routledge. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 05 C: Attitudes in Inclusive Education Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ilektra Spandagou Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Results of an Intervention Program Aimed at Changing Attitudes Toward Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:People with intellectual disabilities (ID) continue to face situations of stigmatization and inequality across social, educational, and occupational contexts, which contributes to the persistence of negative attitudes toward this group (Tavor & Akirav, 2023). Such attitudes act as a barrier to social inclusion and restrict access to genuine opportunities for participation. Moreover, research has shown that negative social attitudes have a direct impact on the psychological well-being of people with intellectual disabilities, affecting dimensions such as self-esteem, self-concept, and perceived personal competence (Ankori et al., 2023; Himmelberger et al., 2022; Nowakowska & Pisula, 2021). From a psychosocial perspective, attitudes are conceptualized as relatively stable predispositions that integrate cognitive and affective components and guide the ways in which individuals evaluate and respond to different social objects (Triandis, 1971). Although these dispositions tend to show some resistance to change, numerous studies have demonstrated that attitudes toward intellectual disability can be modified through planned interventions, particularly when these combine rigorous information with meaningful experiences of social interaction. Among the factors most consistently associated with positive attitudes toward intellectual disability is the level of contact with people with intellectual disabilities (Kármán et al., 2022; Ruano & Galán-Casado, 2024). However, the literature emphasizes that contact is not automatically effective; rather, it must occur under structured conditions and be explicitly oriented toward attitudinal change in order to generate positive effects (Vasileiadis et al., 2021). Interventions in which people with intellectual disabilities themselves assume a central and active role therefore constitute a particularly valuable strategy, both for their empowerment and for broader social awareness-raising (Nowakowska & Pisula, 2021). Furthermore, this type of program yields benefits not only in terms of attitudinal change among participants without disabilities, but also for the people with intellectual disabilities who actively take part in these interventions (Nowakowska & Pisula, 2021; Rodríguez Herrero et al., 2023). A recent systematic review examining programs aimed at changing attitudes toward people with intellectual disabilities (Beunza-García et al., 2025) confirms the importance of implementing intervention programs, as all of the initiatives reviewed showed positive outcomes in terms of attitudinal change. In particular, social interactions and interventions combining information with structured and planned contact with people with intellectual disabilities emerged as the most effective strategies for improving attitudes toward this group (Nowakowska & Pisula, 2021; Vasileiadis et al., 2021; Watkins & Colgate, 2016). Within this context, the We are Accesible program is positioned as an intervention based on first-person experience and shared reflection on social accessibility. The aim of the present study is to analyze the outcomes of this program in relation to changes in attitudes toward people with intellectual disabilities, as well as to explore its potential impact and transferability to other educational and training contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We are Accesible, initially inspired by the work carried out by the Gorabide Association (2025), is an awareness-raising programme designed and delivered by people with intellectual disabilities, with the support of a support person. The design process was conducted over 18 two-hour working sessions, involving two people with intellectual disabilities in the role of trainers, three advisors from the same group, and one support person. During these sessions, the programme objectives were defined, the contents were selected, and the teaching materials were developed. The topics addressed included the conceptualisation of intellectual disability, the role of supports, findings from research on social attitudes, and a final reflection on the concept of the “accessible person.” All contents were structured around personal experiences, everyday examples, and spaces for dialogue with participants. The programme was reviewed by experts in intellectual disability and programme evaluation, which allowed for the introduction of adjustments aimed at improving clarity, internal coherence, and alignment with the stated objectives. Participants The intervention was implemented through seven workshops delivered at the Complutense University of Madrid. Participation was voluntary, and ethical principles of confidentiality and informed consent were respected. A total of 90 individuals participated. The majority of participants were students from the Faculty of Education at the Complutense University of Madrid (82%). Instruments and data collection Several instruments were used for data collection. First, a sociodemographic questionnaire was administered, including questions on participants’ prior knowledge of intellectual disability and the frequency of contact with people from this group. To assess attitudinal change, participants were asked, before and after the workshop, to indicate three adjectives describing people with intellectual disabilities. This qualitative technique has been used in previous research as an indirect way of analysing stereotypes and social evaluations (Watkins & Colgate, 2016). In addition, a satisfaction questionnaire was administered at the end of the intervention to collect participants’ evaluations of the workshop and their perceived impact. Finally, the trainers with intellectual disabilities completed a self-evaluation log after each session, in which they recorded their impressions of the programme’s implementation and group participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results obtained demonstrate the effectiveness of the We are Accesible programme in promoting more positive and accurate attitudes towards people with intellectual disabilities. The observed change is not limited to a quantitative improvement, but rather reflects a qualitative transformation in the way this group is conceptualised, shifting the focus from traditional stereotypes towards a more inclusive and realistic perspective. The active involvement of people with intellectual disabilities as trainers constitutes one of the key elements of the programme, in line with previous research highlighting the value of direct and meaningful contact for attitudinal change (Feely et al., 2021; Rodríguez Herrero et al., 2023). Moreover, this approach contributes to the empowerment and social recognition of people with intellectual disabilities themselves, reinforcing their role as agents of change. The We are Accesible programme offers an intervention model that is easily transferable to educational, university, and community settings. Its participatory approach, grounded in first-person experience, fosters social awareness and contributes to the development of more accessible and inclusive environments, aligned with the principles of rights and participation of people with intellectual disabilities. References Ankori, G., Yaacovi, Y., & Carmeli, E. (2023). Should inclusion have an expiry date? Older people’s attitudes on intellectual disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 36(1), 87-95. https://doi.org/10.1111/jar.13037 Asociación Gorabide. (s. f.). Programa Personas Accesibles. Gorabide. Recuperado 22 de enero de 2025, de https://gorabide.com/programas/personas-accesibles/ Beunza-García, S., Carpintero-Molina, E., & Bel-Fenellós, C. (2025). Programmes to change attitudes towards people with intellectual disabilities: A systematic review. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.70024 Feely, M., Garcia Iriarte, E., Adams, C., Johns, R., Magee, C., Mooney, S., Murray, A., Turley, M., & Yap, M. L. (2021). Journeys from discomfort to comfort: How do university students experience being taught and assessed by adults with intellectual disabilities? Disability & Society, 37(6), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2021.1874301 Himmelberger, Z. M., Faught, G. G., Tungate, A. S., Conners, F. A., & Merrill, E. C. (2022). Personality traits predict attitudes toward individuals with intellectual disability. International Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1080/20473869.2022.2044594 Kármán, B., Szekeres, Á., & Papp, G. (2022). Interventions for acceptance and inclusion of people with intellectual disability: A systematic review. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 35(3), 641-654. https://doi.org/10.1111/jar.12968 Nowakowska, I., & Pisula, E. (2021). Impressions about people with intellectual disability of polish high school students who participated in a workshop led by self-advocates. Advances in Mental Health and Intellectual Disabilities, 15(4), 141-152. https://doi.org/10.1108/AMHID-02-2021-0010 Rodríguez Herrero, P., García Sempere, P. J., & García, A. C. (2023). Inclusive co-teaching with teachers with intellectual disabilities in teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2023.2288550 Ruano, A. M., & Galán-Casado, D. (2024). Stigma toward individuals with intellectual disabilities and severe mental disorders: Analysis of postgraduate university students’ perceptions. Advances in Mental Health and Intellectual Disabilities, 18(3), 125-139. https://doi.org/10.1108/AMHID-04-2024-0012 Tavor, T., & Akirav, O. (2023). Willingness to pay, familiarity and political attitudes: The case of integrating people with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 36(1), 153-164. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.1111/jar.13046 Triandis, H. C. (1971). Attitude and attitude change. Wiley. Vasileiadis, I., Spyros, K., & Stagiopoulos, P. (2021). Changing the attitudes of high school students towards intellectual disabilities: The contribution of a social coexistence programme. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 21. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12498 Watkins, L. V., & Colgate, R. (2016). Improving healthcare for people with intellectual disabilities: The development of an evidence-based teaching programme. Advances in Mental Health and Intellectual Disabilities, 10(6), 333-341. https://doi.org/10.1108/AMHID-07-2016-0009 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusion, But… Measuring Teachers’ Attitudes in Czech Primary Schools Masaryk University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:This study responds to the recent arrival of Ukrainian refugees in the Czech Republic and the ongoing public and professional discourse surrounding inclusive education. As schools increasingly serve linguistically and culturally diverse student populations, teachers’ attitudes play a critical role in shaping inclusive classroom practices and educational outcomes (Moberg et al., 2019; Pivarč, 2024; Woodcock & Anderson, 2024). Grounded in the tripartite ABC model of attitudes—encompassing affective, behavioral, and cognitive components— (Duckitt, 1992; Katz & Stotland, 1959; Newcomb et al., 1966), the study aims to examine the construct validity and reliability of a newly developed research instrument assessing primary school teachers’ attitudes towards both inclusive education and pupils of Ukrainian background. The research instrument consists of two theoretically aligned scales. The first scale measures attitudes towards inclusive education and is inspired by the widely used Multidimensional Attitudes Toward Inclusive Education Scale or shortened MATIES (Mahat, 2008). However, the instrument was substantially modified to reflect the specific features of the Czech educational context; therefore, it is treated as a newly developed instrument rather than an adaptation. The second scale focuses on teachers’ attitudes towards pupils of Ukrainian background and was constructed using the same theoretical framework to ensure conceptual consistency across both measures. Both scales retain a three-dimensional structure corresponding to the ABC model and employ four-point Likert-type items. Prior to the main data collection, the instrument underwent qualitative pretesting to evaluate item clarity and response processes. Eight focus groups involving a total of 32 teachers from four primary schools were conducted to assess participants’ understanding of the items and the functionality of the response scale. Based on participant feedback, selected items were revised to better align with their intended meanings while preserving the instrument's theoretical structure. The quantitative phase of the study will involve a convenience sample of primary school teachers from 39 schools in one region of the Czech Republic, aiming to recruit at least 600 respondents. Data will be collected through school-based survey administration. Construct validity will be tested using confirmatory factor analysis (CFA). Internal consistency will be evaluated using McDonald’s omega. The expected outcomes of the study include verifying the instrument’s construct validity and reliability, as well as empirically measuring the affective, behavioral, and cognitive components of teachers’ attitudes. Furthermore, the study seeks to examine potential correlations among these attitude components and across both scales, thereby contributing to a more nuanced understanding of the internal structure of teacher attitudes in the context of inclusive and migration-responsive education. By developing and validating a contextually sensitive instrument, this study seeks to contribute methodologically to research on teacher attitudes while also addressing an urgent educational issue in Central Europe. Understanding how teachers perceive inclusive education and pupils with recent migration experience is essential for informing teacher preparation, professional development, and policy initiatives that support equitable educational environments (Woodcock & Jones, 2020; Yada et al., 2018). As teacher perceptions are a primary determinant of inclusive classroom culture (Woodcock & Anderson, 2024), understanding these attitudes is vital in contexts like the Czech Republic, where practitioners often view 'top-down' inclusive reforms with skepticism or resistance (Štech & Smetáčková, 2023). The findings are expected to provide empirically grounded insights into the structure of teacher attitudes and to offer a reliable measurement tool for future research examining inclusion in rapidly changing educational contexts.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The main aim of the study is to verify the construct validity and reliability of a research instrument comprising two scales measuring primary school teachers’ attitudes towards both inclusive education and pupils of Ukrainian background. The first research scale is inspired by the already validated and repeatedly adapted MATIES instrument, which measures attitudes towards inclusive education. However, for the purposes of this study, the research instrument was substantially modified to correspond to the Czech educational context; therefore, it is treated as a newly developed instrument rather than an adaptation of MATIES. The theoretical three-dimensional structure derived from the tripartite ABC model of attitude components has been retained. Each theoretical dimension contains statements rated on a 4-point Likert scale. The second research scale is also based on the theoretical tripartite ABC model of attitudes and measures attitudes towards pupils of Ukrainian origin. It likewise contains statements with a four-point Likert scale. After developing the research scales, eight focus groups were conducted with 32 teachers from four schools. The aim of the focus groups was to verify the comprehension of the items and the functionality of the selected Likert scale. Based on the focus group results, some items were revised to ensure teachers’ understanding aligned with the intended meaning. Subsequently, quantitative data collection will be carried out. The quantitative research sample comprises convenience-sampled teachers from 39 primary schools in one region of the Czech Republic, with the aim of recruiting at least 600 respondents. Data will be collected in person at schools following prior arrangement and with the consent of school principals. To verify the instrument's construct validity, a confirmatory factor analysis using the WLSMV estimator will be conducted, as it is appropriate given the data type. Internal consistency reliability will be assessed using McDonald’s omega, which is suitable for multidimensional instruments (Dunn et al., 2013). Ethical aspects of the research were discussed and approved by the Ethics Committee of Masaryk University. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to provide empirical evidence supporting the construct validity and reliability of a newly developed instrument designed to measure primary school teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education and towards pupils of Ukrainian origin within the Czech educational context. Confirmatory factor analysis is anticipated to support the proposed three-dimensional structure, grounded in the affective, behavioral, and cognitive components of the ABC model, thereby reinforcing the instrument's theoretical grounding. Internal consistency estimates are likewise expected to demonstrate satisfactory reliability across both scales and their respective subdimensions. Beyond validation, the study will generate detailed insights into the structure of teachers’ attitudes by measuring the relative strength of each attitudinal component. This multidimensional perspective will enable a more nuanced understanding of how emotional responses, beliefs, and intended practices jointly constitute teachers’ professional dispositions towards inclusion and migration-related diversity. The analysis is further expected to reveal meaningful correlations among the affective, behavioral, and cognitive components, contributing to ongoing discussions about the internal coherence of attitudes and their implications for educational practice. References Duckitt, J. H. (1992). The Social Psychology of Prejudice. Praeger. Dunn, T. J., Baguley, T., & Brunsden, V. (2013). From alpha to omega: A practical solution to the pervasive problem of internal consistency estimation. British Journal of Psychology, 105(3), 399–412. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjop.12046 Katz, D., & Stotland, E. (1959). A preliminary statement of a theory of attitude structure and change. In S. Koch (Ed.), Psychology: A Study of a Science. Formulations of the person and the social context. (Vol. 3, pp. 423–476). McGraw-Hill. https://archive.org/details/psychologyastudy017916mbp/page/422/mode/2up Mahat, M. (2008). The development of a psychometrically-sound instrument to measure teachers’ multidimensional attitudes toward inclusive education. International Journal of Special Education (IJSE), 23(1), 82–92. Moberg, S., Muta, E., Korenaga, K., Kuorelahti, M., & Savolainen, H. (2019). Struggling for inclusive education in Japan and Finland: teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(1), 100–114. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2019.1615800 Newcomb, T. M., Converse, P. E., & Turner, R. H. (1966). Social Psychology. The study of Human Interaction. New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Pivarč, J. (2024). Postoje učitelů základních škol k inkluzivnímu vzdělávání. Studia Paedagogica, 29(1), 83–107. https://doi.org/10.5817/sp2024-1-4 Štech, S., & Smetáčková, I. (2023). Teacher and parental views on inclusive education policy lending in the Czech Republic. European Journal of Education, 58(2), 233–244. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12557 Woodcock, S., & Anderson, J. (2024). Conceptions to classrooms: The influence of teacher knowledge on inclusive classroom practice. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 8, 100412. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedro.2024.100412 Woodcock, S., & Jones, G. (2020). Examining the interrelationship between teachers’ self-efficacy and their beliefs towards inclusive education for all. Teacher Development, 24(4), 583–602. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2020.1803957 Yada, A., Tolvanen, A., & Savolainen, H. (2018). Teachers’ attitudes and self-efficacy on implementing inclusive education in Japan and Finland: A comparative study using multi-group structural equation modelling. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 343–355. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.07.011 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Origins of Teacher Attitudes on Inclusion Research; Lessons from the Past in a Time of Global Rights Recession The University of Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:Research on teachers’ attitudes on the education of disabled students is prolific and explores two usually overlapping areas, teachers’ attitudes towards disability and attitudes towards the mode of education for these students. Considering the continuous prominence of this research, the limited critique of its purpose, focus and methods within the field is puzzling and worth exploring. In the field there is almost no engagement with Slee’s (2011) position that ‘most of this work is of questionable value and much of it is very predictable in design, creation and findings’ (p. 49) since it defines disability as the problem and the disabled person as the object of attitudes with a hierarchical pathologising depending on the category and severity of impairment, and it decouples attitudes conceptually from the actual contexts where they occur. This critique moves beyond the need for ‘better’ research to question its benefit. This is more important in a time of increased pushback to the rights, protections, participation, and even survival of disabled people. The layers of this pushback are structural, such as policy reversal, funding cuts, increased bureaucratic processes, as well as discursive. At stake here are the minds, hearts and ultimately the behaviour of non-disabled people, it is about attitudes. The presentation establishes the starting premise that attitudes are both significant and problematic aiming to challenge the discursive construct of attitudes in the mostly ahistorical and acritical conceptualisation of attitudinal research in inclusive education. The genealogical approach allows to interrogate the apparent consistency and linearity of attitudinal research on inclusion by foregrounding alternative perspectives. It does that by examining the contextual circumstances of two seminal texts and locating them within their historical context. The first text is the early study by Norris Haring, George G. Stern and William Cruickshank, Attitudes of educators toward exceptional children, published as a monograph in 1958 and reprinted in 1978. This study allows to locate the presentation within the historical context that attitudinal research emerged in the United States and the historical connectedness between categories of race, class, gender, and disability. The discussion is centred on race at the time of Brown versus Board of Education. The second text is Vic Finkelstein’s Attitudes and Disabled People (1980). Finkelstein, as a co-founder of UPIAS, the Union of the Physically Impaired Against Segregation, which was foundational in the articulation of the Social Model of Disability in the UK, presents a powerful conceptual and methodological critique on attitudinal research on disability of the time, including the vested interests of professionals. The presentation discusses the centrality of vested interests, including the vested interests of researchers, in the field. This historical work is of significance for the field internationally as it allows us to look at the past to explore possibilities for the future. Considering the prominence of attitudinal research, with one third of all reviewed studies in Amor et al.’s (2019) systematic review being attitudinal studies, it is essential to critically engage with it, especially in a time that the rights of disabled people are under attack. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper takes a historical lens to attitudinal research on teachers’ attitudes on inclusion using a genealogical approach acknowledging that ‘the search for descent is not the erecting of foundations: on the contrary, it disturbs what was previously considered immobile; it fragments what was thought unified; it shows the heterogeneity of what was imagined consistent with itself’ (Foucault, 1977, p. 147). The genealogical approach allows to interrogate the apparent consistency and linearity of attitudinal research on inclusion, of what is researched and why, how is researched and what is found, with the aim to recover subjugated knowledges ‘that have been buried and disguised in a functionalist coherence or formal systemisation’ (Foucault, 2008, p. 74). A range of documents were examined including attitudinal research (primary research and reviews) supplemented by historical documents and other relevant literature. The presentation in structured around two texts: one of the first studies (Haring, Stern and Cruickshank, 1958, Attitudes of educators toward exceptional children) and one of the first critiques (Finkelstein, 1980, Attitudes and Disabled People), as two examples of possibilities in the field that were repressed, ignored, and overlooked. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The history of the teacher attitudes research can be traced back to the 1950s and the genealogical approach provides a historical lens to examine the origins of the field, the context that it was established, and the early critiques. It spans periods, countries and types of literature and in doing so the analysis opens possibilities for critiquing the field and considering its future for researchers who are committed to inclusive education in a time of uncertainty. References Amor, A. M., Hagiwara, M., Shogren, K. A., Thompson, J. R., Verdugo, M. Á., Burke, K. M., & Aguayo, V. (2019). International perspectives and trends in research on inclusive education: A systematic review. International journal of inclusive education, 23(12), 1277-1295. Finkelstein, V. (1980). Attitudes and disabled people: issues for discussion, World Rehabilitation Fund. International Exchange of Information in Rehabilitation. World Rehabilitation Fund. Foucault, M. (1977). Language, counter-memory, practice: selected essays and interviews. Cornell University Press. Foucault, M. (2008). Power/knowledge (pp. 73-79). In S. Seidman, & J.C. Alexander, (Eds.). The New Social Theory Reader (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003060963. Haring, N.G., Stern, G.G., & Cruickshank, W.M. (1958). Attitudes of educators toward exceptional children. Greenwood Press, Publishers. United Nations. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities and Optional Protocol. Author. United Nations Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. (2016). General Comment No. 4, Article 24: Right to Inclusive Education(CRPD/C/GC/4). Author. UPIAS/Disability Alliance. (1976). The Fundamental Principles of Disability. The Union of the Physically Impaired Against Segregation. London: Union of Physically Impaired Against Segregation. Cases Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, 349 U.S. 294 (1955) Brown v. Board of Education, 347 U.S. 483 (1954) Brown v. Board of Education, 98 F. Supp. 797, 798 (D. Kan. 1951) Plessy v. Ferguson, 163 U.S. 537 (1896) |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 05 D: Parents Navigating Inclusion: Recognition, Opportunity, and Support in Education Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Katarina Mićić Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Who Gets to Be a Math Person? Parental and Teacher Mediation of Socioeconomic Inequalities in Mathematics Identity 1: Faculty of Philosophy, University of Belgrade, Serbia; 2: University of Oslo; 3: Faculty for special education and rehabilitation, University of Belgrade, Serbia Presenting Author:Inequality in mathematics education remains one of the most persistent and socially consequential forms of educational injustice. Large-scale assessments consistently demonstrate substantial achievement gaps in mathematics between students from different socioeconomic backgrounds. These differences appear early, persist throughout schooling, and correspond to several years of learning (Baucal, 2012a; OECD, 2023). Students from low-SES families are disproportionately represented among those performing below basic proficiency levels and are less likely to aspire to mathematics-related educational pathways or careers (Baucal et al., 2006; Baucal, 2012b; Saw et al., 2018). Unequal access to mathematical success therefore affects far more than achievement, shaping students’ possibilities for social mobility, while simultaneously contributing to the reproduction of existing social hierarchies (Jorgensen et al., 2014). Traditional explanations of these disparities have often relied on deficit-based frameworks, attributing lower achievement to individual, familial, or cultural shortcomings thus shifting responsibility away from educational institutions (Gorski, 2012). In contrast, sociocultural and sociopolitical approaches emphasize how mathematics education itself produces and sustains inequality (Lerman, 2000). Drawing on Bourdieu’s theoretical framework, researchers have highlighted the misalignment between the cultural capital of students from low-SES backgrounds and the norms governing school mathematics (Bourdieu, 1984; Zevenbergen, 2005). Mathematics classrooms operate as social fields structured by particular forms of language, interaction, and valued knowledge, privileging students whose dispositions align with these expectations (Jorgensen et al., 2014; Lerman, 2020). In contrast, students from disadvantaged backgrounds often enter school with a “virtual school bag” that lacks the forms of capital most valued in mathematics education, placing them at a structural disadvantage (Thomson, 2002). These structural dynamics shape not only achievement but also students’ relationships with mathematics. The concept of mathematical identity provides a lens for understanding how inequalities are lived and internalized through everyday educational experiences (Grootenboer & Zevenbergen, 2008). Rather than framing disengagement as a lack of ability or motivation, mathematical identity foregrounds issues of belonging, recognition, and meaning within the mathematical community (Daragh, 2013). Students’ self-perceptions as mathematics learners develop through participation in classroom practices and through feedback from significant others, including teachers and parents (Wenger, 1998; Anderson, 2007). For students from low-SES backgrounds, several interrelated processes contribute to a weaker mathematical identity. The gap between school mathematics and their everyday experiences and future life worlds limits opportunities to imagine themselves as participants in mathematics and to perceive the subject as personally relevant (Anderson, 2007; Mićić, 2024). Lower achievement—rooted in structural misalignment rather than ability—reinforces perceptions of incompetence and exclusion, which are further shaped by teachers’ lowered expectations and subtle institutional messages about who belongs in mathematics (Jorgensen et al., 2014). In addition, students from low-SES backgrounds often lack access to models of successful mathematics learners within their families. When parents and other significant adults are not perceived as competent or successful in mathematics and are unable to provide schoolwork assistance, students may implicitly learn that mathematics is “not for people like us,” limiting the development of a positive mathematics identity (Mićić & Jovanović, 2025). Importantly, these processes are likely to vary across educational stages. As mathematical content becomes more complex and instruction shifts from class teachers to subject teachers, both the nature of instructional support and the extent to which parents can effectively support their children’s mathematics learning change, reshaping students’ experiences of recognition, expectations, and belonging in mathematics. Drawing on sociocultural perspectives on mathematics identity, this study examines parental and teacher-related processes as mediators of the relationship between socioeconomic status and students’ mathematics identity, and tests whether these mediating pathways differ between Grades 4 and 5, a transitional period marked by increasing mathematical demands and a shift from classroom-based to subject-based instruction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted as part of a larger research project titled “Co-constructing mathematics motivation in primary education - A longitudinal study in six European countries”. The sample for the study comprised 985 Serbian students attending Grade 4 (G4; n = 497, M_age = 10.25) and Grade 5 (G5; n = 488, M_age = 11.22) of primary school, along with one of their parents. Students were recruited from 49 primary schools. The student sample was approximately gender-balanced (52% girls), while participating parents were predominantly mothers. Students and their parents completed several questionnaires developed within the project, from which the measures used in this study were derived. Mathematics identity (MI) was assessed using a six-item scale grounded in symbolic interactionism and sociocultural perspectives (see Radišić et al., 2024). The scale captured students’ self-perceptions as mathematics learners and their perceived recognition as a “math person” by significant others, including family members, peers, and teachers (e.g., “My teacher thinks of me as a math person”). Students’ perceived teacher support consisted of four items (e.g., “Teacher encourages you to think about how you have solved a task and got the answer.”) capturing the extent to which students perceive their mathematics teachers as supportive and responsive to them personally, signaling teachers’ expectations and confidence in students’ mathematical potential. Parental support was assessed using four items (e.g., “My parents support me when I have difficulties learning mathematics”), capturing the extent to which parents provide help and encouragement related to their child’s mathematics learning, including assistance with homework and monitoring of schoolwork. Parental mathematics self-efficacy was assessed using four items (e.g., “Mathematics is easy for me”), capturing parents’ confidence in their own mathematical competence and their perceived ability to engage with and support mathematics-related tasks. Mathematics achievement was measured using a standardized score based on 14 curriculum-aligned TIMSS mathematics tasks, adjusted separately for G4 and G5. Socioeconomic status was operationalized as a composite indicator based on parental education, employment category, and the number of books in the household. All study variables were modeled as standardized factor scores. The measurement models demonstrated good reliability and satisfactory factorial structure across grades. Multi-group structural equation modeling was used to examine parental and teacher-related mediation of the relationship between socioeconomic status and mathematics identity across Grades 4 and 5, controling for mathematics achievement and gender as covariates, with indirect effects estimated via bootstrapping. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The selected model showed acceptable fit to the data (χ²(19) = 43.26, RMSEA = .051, CFI = .954, TLI = .902, SRMR = .040). In both grades, SES was positively associated with parental mathematics self-efficacy (G4: β = .27; G5: β = .28) and parental support for learning mathematics (G4: β = .15; G5: β = .21), suggesting that families with higher socioeconomic resources are more likely to feel confident in mathematics and to engage in mathematics-related support. Parental support was positively related to students’ perceived teacher support (G4: β = .41; G5: β = .26), indicating a spillover between family-based support and students’ experiences of teacher support at school. In G5, but not in G4, parental support (β = .13) and parental mathematics self-efficacy (β = .17) were positively associated with achievement, suggesting that parental involvement and confidence become more consequential as mathematical demands increase. Across grades, students’ MI was predicted by perceived teacher support (G4: β = .27; G5: β = .28), parental mathematics self-efficacy (G4: β = .09; G5: β = .13), and mathematics achievement (G4: β = .28; G5: β = .31), highlighting the combined role of recognition, achievement, and family-based resources in identity formation. Indirect effects analyses showed that SES–MI associations were mediated by parental and teacher-related processes in both grades. In G4, the total indirect effect was modest (.11) and primarily involved parental support and perceived teacher support, with achievement included as a parallel control pathway. In G5, indirect effects were somewhat stronger (.15) and more differentiated, reflecting an expanded role of parental mathematics self-efficacy and perceived teacher support. The results suggest that as schooling progresses, SES shapes mathematics identity increasingly through parental and teacher-related processes, highlighting these processes as key leverage points for reducing socioeconomic inequalities in mathematics education. References Anderson, R. (2007). Being a mathematics learner: Four faces of identity. Mathematics Educator, 17(1),7–14. Baucal, A., Pavlović-Babić, D., & Willms, J. D. (2006). Differential selection into secondary schools in Serbia. Prospects, 36, 539–546. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-006-9011-9 Baucal, A. (2012a). Ključne kompetencije mladih u Srbiji u PISA 2009 ogledalu (Youth key competences in Serbia, PISA 2009 in mirror). Institute for psychology, Faculty of Phylosophy and SIPRU, Belgrade. Baucal, A. (2012b). Uticaj socio-ekonomskog statusa učenika na obrazovna postignuća: direktni i indirektni uticaji. Primenjena psihologija, 5(1), 5-24. DOI: 10.19090/pp.2012.1.5-24 Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction. Harvard University Press. Gorski, P. C. (2012). Perceiving the Problem of Poverty and Schooling:Deconstructing the Class Stereotypes that Mis-Shape Education Practice and Policy. Equity & Excellence in Education, 45(2), 302-319. https://doi.org/10.1080/10665684.2012.666934 Grootenboer, P., & Zevenbergen, R. (2008). Identity as a lens to understand learning mathematics: Developing a model. Navigating currents and charting directions, 1, 243-250. Lerman, S. (2000). The social turn in mathematics education research. In J. Boaler (Ed.), Multiple perspectives on mathematics teaching and learning, (pp. 19-44). Ablex. Lerman, S. (2020). Socioeconomic class and socioeconomic status in mathematics education. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (pp. 785–790). Springer. Jorgensen, R., Gates, P., & Roper, V. (2014). Structural exclusion through school mathematics: Using Bourdieu to understand mathematics as a social practice. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 87, 221-239. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-013-9468-4 Mićić, K. (2024). A sociocultural perspective on the development of mathematical competence in girls and boys: Students’ mathematics identity as both a resource and a barrier. (Doctoral dissertation). University of Belgrade. Mićić, K., & Jovanović, O. (2025). Social class and gender in an equation of students’ mathematics identity. Nastava i vaspitanje, 74(1), 49–67. https://doi.org/10.5937/niv74-56181 OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 results (Volume I): The state of learning and equity in education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/5a3db202-en Radišić, J., Krstić, K., Blažanin, B. Mićić, K., Baucal, A., Peixoto, F., & Schukajlow, S. Am I a math person? Linking math identity with students’ motivation for mathematics and achievement. EurJPsychol Educ 39, 1513–1536 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-024-00811-y Saw, G., Chang, C. N., & Chan, H. Y. (2018). Cross-sectional and longitudinal disparities in STEM career aspirations at the intersection of gender, race/ethnicity, and socioeconomic status. Educational Researcher, 47(8), 525–531. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X18787818 Thomson, P. (2002). Schooling the rustbelt kids: Making the difference in changing times. Allen & Unwin. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Parents’ Perceptions of Outcomes Related to an Inclusive College Program for Students with Intellectual Disabilities Texas A&M University - San Antonio, United States of America Presenting Author:This study centers on relatives’ and parents’ perspectives on students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in an 18‑month inclusive postsecondary education program (IPSE) at a public university in the southwest United States. The overarching theme is how IPSE participation functions as a catalyst for change at the family-system level, extending “inclusive education” beyond access to classrooms toward independence, self-determination, and community participation outcomes that are central to international disability and inclusion agendas. The study’s research questions addressed: (1) how family members experience and perceive students’ involvement in IPSE; (2) what barriers and challenges families and students encounter from pre‑admission through graduation; (3) how family roles, expectations, and identities change as students gain independence; and (4) how parents perceive outcomes beyond the classroom, including home, community, and self‑image developments. These questions speak directly to global concerns about the under-representation of students with intellectual disabilities in higher education and the conditions that enable successful transitions into adulthood, particularly for students from minoritized and first-generation backgrounds. Conceptually, the work is grounded in inclusive education, self‑determination theory, and family-systems perspectives, with strong connections to life-course and identity development approaches. The manuscripts explicitly situate IPSE within the legislative context of the Higher Education Opportunity Act, the international inclusion movement, and emerging scholarship on culturally responsive practices at Minority Serving Institutions, themes that resonate with European policy discussions on widening participation, equity, and disability rights. Methodologically, the panel draws on in-depth qualitative interviews with relatives (parents, siblings, grandparents). Applied thematic analysis with rigorous coding, intercoder reliability checks, and member checking underpins each study, enabling a nuanced description of developmental processes such as “evolving goals,” “letting go,” and “developments at home and in the community.” Thematically, the contributions converge on how IPSE participation prompts shifts in parental aspirations, reduces the salience of disability labels, and reframes independence in culturally situated ways at a Hispanic Serving Institution (HSI), offering transferable insights for European and international contexts seeking to design inclusive, family-engaged higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted qualitative, exploratory designs tailored to an under-researched population and context, using relatives as key informants on student development and program quality. In the main multi-interview study, a non-random purposive sample of 8 families (18 relatives) of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in an inclusive IPSE program at an Hispanic Serving Institution (HSI) participated in two rounds of in depth interviews (entrance and exit), over approximately 2.5 years and two overlapping student cohorts. In the outcomes beyond the classroom study, 14 parents of graduating students participated in exit interviews as part of a secondary analysis of program-review data. Data collection relied on semi-structured, open-ended interview protocols designed to elicit rich, experience-near accounts of: prior schooling and expectations, perceived benefits and outcomes of the program, barriers and challenges (financial, logistical, communication), home and community skill generalization, and changes in self advocacy, identity, and family roles. Interviews were conducted individually with family units (e.g., single- or dual-parent) on campus and lasted 45–75 minutes, were audio recorded, de-identified, and professionally transcribed, with accuracy checks by the lead researchers. Applied thematic analysis guided data analysis, following iterative cycles of immersion, inductive line-by-line coding, development and refinement of codebooks, and construction of themes and subthemes. Multiple coders independently coded transcripts, discussed discrepancies, and adjusted coding rules; intercoder agreement was formally checked and improved from 71% to 89% through clarification of definitions and allowance of multiple codes per segment when appropriate. Validity strategies included negative case analysis, triangulation among research team members, visual modeling of thematic relationships (e.g., a “ladder to independence” path model), and member checking with participating families, who confirmed resonance of the identified themes. The HSI/TPSID program context itself functions as an important “instrument”: it is a culturally responsive, person-centered, 18-month certificate program combining inclusive coursework, independent-living training, internships, peer mentoring, and residence life on a predominantly Hispanic, first-generation campus. This setting allows the studies to capture how structural, cultural, and pedagogical features of IPSE shape family experiences in ways that can inform adaptation in other national systems, including European minority-serving institutions (MSIs) and widening participation initiatives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Relatives described IPSE participation as transforming both students’ lives and family systems, with three recurrent outcome domains: evolving goals, challenges and barriers, and processes of letting go and repositioning parental roles. Parents reported observing substantial gains in students’ independence, functional and daily living skills, self-advocacy, and confidence, with skills generalizing from program settings into home and community routines. These developments were accompanied by expanded social networks, a stronger sense of belonging, and a more positive self-image, as students came to see themselves as college students and active community members rather than primarily as “disabled.” At the family level, results highlighted shifts from safety-focused, protective orientations toward more future-oriented, collaborative goal setting and encouragement of autonomy. Parents described the emotional and practical work of “letting go,” renegotiating identities as their adult children took on more responsibility, pursued more ambitious educational and career goals, and required different forms of support. These processes were especially salient in the HSI context, where collectivist family values and experiences of marginalisation intersected with new opportunities for higher education and employment, underscoring the need for culturally responsive, family-engaged IPSE models. The study also documented persistent systemic barriers (e.g., financial complexity, transportation constraints, communication gaps, and limited prior knowledge of higher education) that intensified stress but also functioned as “crucibles” in which students and families developed problem-solving, advocacy, and resilience. Overall, the findings suggest that inclusive university programs can serve as powerful levers for improving post school outcomes for students with intellectual disabilities and for reshaping parental expectations, but only when coupled with intentional supports such as financial literacy training, structured family communication, networking opportunities, and coordinated community partnerships, all of which have clear relevance for European and international efforts to expand inclusive higher education. References Agarwal, R., Heron, L., & Burke, S. L. (2021). Evaluating a postsecondary education program for students with intellectual disabilities: Leveraging the parent perspective. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 51(7), 2229–2240. Alqazlan, S., Alallawi, B., & Totsika, V. (2019). Postsecondary education for young people with intellectual disabilities: A systematic review of stakeholders’ experiences. Educational Research Review, 28, 100295. Grigal, M., Hart, D., Papay, C., et al. (2021). Executive summary of the annual report of the cohort 2 TPSID model demonstration projects, Year 5 (2019–2020). Think College Fast Facts, 30. University of Massachusetts Boston, Institute for Community Inclusion. Miller, K. D., Schleien, S. J., White, A. L., & Harrington, L. (2018). Letting go: Parent perspectives on the outcomes of an inclusive postsecondary education experience for students with developmental disabilities. Journal of Postsecondary Education and Disability, 31(3), 267–285. Shurr, J., Minuk, A., Holmqvist, M., et al. (2021). Parent perspectives on inclusive education for students with intellectual disability: A scoping review of the literature. International Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 69(5), 633–643. Taylor, A., Domin, D., Papay, C., & Grigal, M. (2021). More dynamic, more engaged: Faculty perspectives on instructing students with intellectual disability in inclusive courses. Journal of Inclusive Postsecondary Education, 3(1). Taylor, Z. W., & Burnett, C. A. (2021). Hispanic-Serving Institutions and web accessibility: Digital equity for Hispanic students with disabilities in the 21st century. Journal of Hispanic Higher Education, 20(4), 402–421. Think College. (2020). What is a TPSID? Institute for Community Inclusion, University of Massachusetts Boston. Watts, G. W., Davis, M. T., López, E. J., & Reynolds, M. A. (2025). Parents’ perceptions of outcomes of a college program for students with intellectual disabilities: Beyond the classroom. Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability, 50(4), 411–423. Watts, G. W., Davis, M. T., & López, E. J. (2023). How are you doing? College instructors’ relationships and communication with students with intellectual disabilities. International Journal of Intellectual Disabilities. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Parental Perceptions of Inclusive Education Implementation in Kazakhstan: Evidence From a National Survey Y.Altynsarin National Academy of Education, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study examines parental perceptions of the implementation of inclusive education in Kazakhstan, with a specific focus on curriculum accessibility, school practices, leadership, teacher preparedness, and the overall inclusion climate experienced by children. While inclusive education has been formally embedded in national education policies in Kazakhstan, empirical evidence on how these policies are perceived and experienced by parents remains limited. Parents play a critical role in advocating for inclusive practices and supporting children’s learning and well-being; however, their voices are often underrepresented in policy implementation research. Guided by international frameworks on inclusive education (UNESCO, OECD) and ecological perspectives on family–school partnerships, this study addresses the following research questions: The study adopts a quantitative survey design using a structured parental questionnaire administered nationally. The instrument captures multiple dimensions of inclusive education implementation, including curriculum design and adaptation, leadership and governance, teacher training and motivation, availability of resources, inter-agency collaboration, and parental access to information. In addition, the Parental Perception of Inclusion Climate Scale (PPICS) is used to assess parents’ views on their child’s sense of belonging, peer relationships, teacher support, emotional safety, and overall well-being at school. The conceptual framework integrates policy implementation theory with inclusive education models that emphasise stakeholder engagement, systemic support, and school climate. By focusing on parental perspectives, the study complements existing research that predominantly examines inclusive education through institutional or teacher-centred lenses. The international relevance of this research lies in its contribution to comparative discussions on inclusive education in middle-income and post-Soviet education systems undergoing systemic reform. Findings are expected to inform policymakers, school leaders, and researchers by highlighting alignment gaps between policy intentions and parental experiences. Moreover, the study offers insights relevant to other countries seeking to strengthen inclusive education through family–school partnerships and evidence-informed policy implementation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a quantitative, cross-sectional survey design. Data will be collected using a structured parental questionnaire administered to parents across different regions of Kazakhstan. Participation is voluntary, and all responses will be anonymous to ensure ethical compliance and data confidentiality. The questionnaire consists of two main sections. The first section collects demographic information, including parents’ gender, age group, educational background, number of children, type of school attended (public or private), awareness of inclusive education policies, and whether the family includes a child with a disability. These variables allow for subgroup analyses and contextual interpretation of parental perceptions. The second section measures parental perceptions of inclusive education implementation using a series of Likert-scale items (1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree). Items assess perceptions of curriculum relevance and adaptability, transparency of school admission processes, leadership commitment, teacher preparedness and training, availability of resources, inter-institutional collaboration, and the extent to which evidence-based practices guide inclusive education. In addition, the study incorporates the Parental Perception of Inclusion Climate Scale (PPICS), which captures parents’ views on their child’s school experience, including emotional well-being, peer relationships, teacher support, fairness, inclusion in school activities, and responsiveness to bullying or learning difficulties. This scale enables an assessment of the social and emotional dimensions of inclusion from a parental perspective. Descriptive and inferential statistical analyses will be conducted to examine patterns in parental perceptions and relationships between inclusive education implementation and perceived inclusion climate. The use of a validated inclusion climate scale strengthens the reliability and comparability of findings with international research. The questionnaire design and content align with international inclusive education literature and are adapted to the national context of Kazakhstan. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to provide empirical evidence on how parents perceive the implementation of inclusive education in Kazakhstan. Anticipated findings include variation in parental perceptions across dimensions such as curriculum adaptability, teacher preparedness, leadership commitment, and availability of resources. The results are also expected to highlight areas where inclusive education policies are perceived as well-articulated but inconsistently implemented at the school level. With regard to inclusion climate, the study is likely to reveal differences in parental satisfaction related to children’s sense of belonging, peer relationships, emotional safety, and access to support. These findings may underscore the importance of school climate as a critical mediator between inclusive education policies and students’ lived experiences. The outcomes of this research will contribute to evidence-informed policy discussions by identifying strengths and gaps in current inclusive education practices from a parental perspective. The study is expected to support the development of targeted strategies aimed at strengthening family–school partnerships, improving communication with parents, and enhancing inclusive practices at the curriculum and school levels. Furthermore, the findings will be relevant for international audiences interested in inclusive education reform in diverse sociocultural and policy contexts. References OECD. (2012). Equity and Quality in Education: Supporting Disadvantaged Students and Schools. Paris: OECD Publishing. UNESCO. (2017). A Guide for Ensuring Inclusion and Equity in Education. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO. (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report: Inclusion and Education. Paris: UNESCO. Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, C. (2022). Measuring parental perceptions of inclusive school climate. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(8), 1–17. Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 05 E: Supporting Neurodivergent Students Across Educational Contexts Location: Kahveri | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Pascal Angerhausen Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teacher Preparedness and Assistive Technology Use in Supporting Social-Emotional Development in Children with Autism 1: University of Warsaw, Poland; 2: Çanakkale Onsekiz Mart University, Turkey Presenting Author:Inclusive education and the meaningful use of assistive technologies (AT) for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are key priorities within European education systems. AT—such as augmentative and alternative communication tools, visual supports, and digital applications—can enhance communication, predictability, and social-emotional development, particularly in early childhood education. Despite evidence of their effectiveness, AT remains inconsistently implemented in inclusive classrooms. This inconsistency is closely linked to digital inequalities, limited teacher preparedness, uneven institutional support, and insufficient integration of inclusive digital pedagogies into teacher education. These issues have strong European relevance because they affect equity, accessibility, and participation across diverse education systems. Teachers are central to translating inclusive policies into classroom practice. Their professional knowledge, attitudes, and confidence determine whether AT is used as a meaningful pedagogical resource or remains underutilized. Although European policy frameworks promote equity and inclusive participation, teachers across countries continue to face challenges related to training, infrastructure, and guidance on developmentally appropriate and evidence-based AT use. This study responds to the need for cross-national research that examines teacher preparedness and professional support needs in relation to inclusive education and AT, with a particular focus on the social-emotional development of children with ASD. The overarching objective of the study is to explore how pre-service and in-service teachers from Poland, Spain, and Türkiye perceive their preparedness, challenges, and support needs when working with children with ASD in inclusive educational settings. Particular attention is given to the role of assistive technologies in supporting social-emotional learning and inclusion. Research aims include:
Research questions:
The study is grounded in inclusive pedagogy and socio-cultural perspectives, which conceptualise inclusion as a dynamic process shaped by interactions between learners, teachers, institutional structures, and policy environments. Inclusive pedagogy emphasises responsibility for all learners and flexible, non-deficit-based teaching approaches. Universal Design for Learning (UDL) principles further inform the study by framing AT as a means of reducing barriers through multiple forms of representation, engagement, and expression. Additionally, the study draws on the CASEL framework for social and emotional learning, which identifies five core competencies—self-awareness, self-management, social awareness, relationship skills, and responsible decision-making. AT is conceptualised as a mediating tool that can scaffold thesecompetencies when embedded within developmentally appropriate and inclusive pedagogical practices. This study adopts a cross-national comparative design involving pre-service and in-service teachers from Poland, Spain, and Türkiye, reflecting the European dimension of the Erasmus+ project EARLY-ASD (project no. 2024-1-PL01-KA220-HED-000246304). The research aims to capture both shared and context-specific patterns in teacher preparedness, professional support needs, and the integration of AT for children with ASD in inclusive classrooms. A mixed-methods approach is employed to provide both breadth and depth in understanding teachers’ experiences. Quantitative data are collected through a structured online survey designed to measure teachers’ self-perceived preparedness, attitudes toward inclusion, use of AT, and access to professional support. The survey includes standardized items and scales adapted from established instruments in inclusive education and educational technology research, ensuring comparability across national contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a quantitative, cross-national survey research design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018) to examine early childhood in-service and pre-service teachers’ experiences, challenges, and training needs related to the use of assistive technology (AT) in supporting the social–emotional development of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The research was conducted across three national contexts—Poland, Spain, and Türkiye—to enable systematic comparisons between countries and between in-service and pre-service teacher groups. A quantitative approach was selected to facilitate statistical analysis of patterns, differences, and relationships among key variables related to AT preparedness and use. Two parallel survey instruments were developed: one targeting in-service early childhood teachers and the other pre-service teachers. The instruments were comparable in structure and content, allowing for meaningful cross-group analysis. Each survey was translated and culturally adapted for use in Poland, Spain, and Türkiye using established translation and adaptation procedures to ensure linguistic accuracy and contextual relevance. The quantitative components of the surveys consisted primarily of 5-point Likert-type items measuring participants’ training experiences, perceived preparedness, confidence in using AT, frequency of AT use, and perceived barriers to implementation. In this study, perceived preparedness refers to participants’ self-assessed capacity to effectively support children with ASD in inclusive early childhood settings, encompassing both theoretical knowledge and practical competence in applying inclusive and AT-supported strategies to foster social–emotional development (Kimhi & Bar-Nir, 2025; Kaczorowski & Kline, 2021).Each instrument comprised two main sections: (1) Demographic information (e.g., professional status, training background, and teaching context); (2) Likert-type items assessing training, preparedness, familiarity and use of AT, and perceived challenges or barriers. Data collection took place between February and March 2025. Surveys were administered online using Google Forms, with distribution strategies tailored to local contexts to maximise accessibility and response rates. Preparatory meetings were held in each participating country to train local coordinators and ensure standardised administration procedures. Pre-notification emails and information sheets detailing the study’s purpose, ethical considerations, and voluntary participation were distributed, followed by reminder messages. Participants completed the survey independently, with local coordinators available to address questions. All datasets were screened for completeness and cleaned prior to analysis. Data were analysed using descriptive and inferential statistics, including ANOVA, Kruskal–Wallis tests, post-hoc comparisons, and effect size calculations, to examine differences across countries and participant groups. The study was approved by the Çanakkale Onsekiz Mart University Ethics Committee ( 2025) in line with the Declaration of Helsinki. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study offers cross-national insights into the preparedness, challenges, and professional support needs of pre-service and in-service teachers working with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in inclusive educational settings across diverse European contexts. By comparing experiences from multiple countries, the study highlights both shared challenges and context-specific responses within European education systems. While teachers broadly endorse the principles of inclusion promoted at the European level, their confidence and capacity to implement inclusive practices vary considerably. Practical classroom experience and structured professional training emerge as key factors supporting teachers’ readiness to work inclusively with learners with ASD. However, pre-service teachers across countries consistently report limited opportunities for hands-on learning and insufficient exposure to inclusive classrooms. This points to a persistent gap between European policy aspirations and everyday educational practice. Assistive technologies (AT) are widely recognised as important tools for supporting participation, communication, and learning, yet their effective integration remains uneven due to disparities in access to resources, targeted training, and institutional support across national contexts. The expected outcomes of the study include the identification of common priorities for strengthening teacher education in inclusive education across Europe. The findings suggest that inclusive pedagogy and assistive technologies should be embedded as core components of both pre-service and in-service teacher education programmes, in line with European policy frameworks promoting equity, accessibility, and lifelong learning. The study also highlights the need for flexible, multi-level professional development models that combine experiential learning, formal instruction, and digital opportunities to support cross-national knowledge exchange. Overall, this research contributes to the European discourse on inclusive education by providing empirically grounded evidence to inform policy, teacher education, and school leadership, supporting progress towards inclusive and equitable education for all learners. References Ainscow, M. (2024). Developing Inclusive Schools: Pathways to Success. New York, NY: Routledge. Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning (CASEL). (2020). SEL framework. Retrevied from 05/09/2025 https://casel.org/casel-sel-framework-11-2020/ Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3 rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Dell, A. G., Newton, D. A., & Petroff, J. G. (2020). Assistive technology in the classroom: Enhancing the school experiences of students with disabilities (3rd ed.). Pearson. Russell, A., Scriney, A. & Smyth, S. (2023). Educator Attitudes Towards the Inclusion of Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders in Mainstream Education: a Systematic Review. Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 10, 477–491. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40489-022-00303-z Samaniego López, M. V., Orrego Riofrío, M. C., Barriga-Fray, S. F., & Paz Viteri, B. S. (2025). Technologies in Inclusive Education: Solution or Challenge? A Systematic Review. Education Sciences, 15(6), 715. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15060715 Sejm Resolution (2013). The Resolution of the Sejm of the Republic of Poland of July 12, 2013 – The Charter of the Rights of Persons with Autism. Tabachnick B. G., Fidell L. S. (2013) Using multivariate statistics, 6th ed. Boston, MA: Pearson. The Regulation of the Minister of National Education (2017). The Regulation of the Minister of National Education of August 9, 2017, on the Conditions for Organizing Education, Upbringing, and Care for Children and Youth with Disabilities, Social Maladjustment, and at Risk of Social Maladjustment, Journal of Laws 2017, item 1578. The Social Assistance Act (2004). The Act of March 12, 2004, on Social Assistance, Journal of Laws 2004, No. 64, item 593. Tohum Otizm Vakfı. (2014). Otizm Spektrum Bozukluğu (OSB) şimdi ne olacak. İstanbul, TC Milli Eğitim Bakanlığı Özel Eğitim ve Rehberlik Danışma Hizmetleri Genel Müdürlüğü, 14-9. Tomczak, M., & Tomczak, E. (2014). The need to report effect size estimates revisited. An overview of some recommended measures of effect size. TRENDS in Sport Sciences, Triviño-Amigo, N., Mendoza-Muñoz, D. M., Mayordomo-Pinilla, N., Barrios-Fernández, S., Contreras-Barraza, N., Gil-Marín, M., Castillo, D., Galán-Arroyo, C., & Rojo-Ramos, J. (2022). Inclusive Education in Primary and Secondary School: Perception of Teacher Training. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(23), 15451. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph192315451 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusive Exhaustion: Autism and the Conditions of Sustainable Participation University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Across European education systems, inclusion is increasingly framed in terms of access, participation, and recognition of diversity. Policy frameworks and institutional practices emphasise widening access and supporting engagement, particularly in higher education and professional pathways. Yet many autistic adults—especially those who have formally entered and remained within these systems—describe persistent exhaustion, withdrawal, and burnout that arise not from exclusion, but from the sustained effort of remaining included. This recurring pattern raises a central question: under what conditions does participation become sustainable, and what does it require to remain recognisable as such within contemporary inclusion regimes? This paper develops the concept of inclusive exhaustion to analyse exhaustion as a relational and institutional phenomenon rather than an individual coping failure. It builds on qualitative research on autistic burnout, masking, and participation (Raymaker et al., 2020; Botha & Frost, 2020; Hull et al., 2017), which consistently describes cycles of high effort, delayed collapse, and withdrawal. While this research is often interpreted in terms of stress or vulnerability, the present analysis instead examines the conditions under which participation becomes possible, and how these conditions are distributed. The argument proceeds through a distinction between epistemic and performative dimensions of participation. Epistemic difficulty concerns the work of understanding and learning. Performative difficulty concerns the conditions under which this understanding must become visible as competence—through timing, responsiveness, and adherence to implicit norms. This distinction helps explain why exhaustion persists even where epistemic access is supported: while learning may be accessible, the conditions under which learning must be displayed remain continuous and evaluatively charged. Within this framework, participation depends not only on knowledge or competence, but on the capacity to render that competence intelligible under prevailing expectations. This often involves what can be described as translation labour: the ongoing work of interpreting expectations, calibrating responses, and aligning expression with dominant norms of communication. Participants describe not only having to understand tasks, but having to determine how much to say, how quickly to respond, and how to appear appropriately engaged. These dynamics are situated within a critical–phenomenological account of institutional time and organisation. Drawing on work on rhythm and resonance (Fuchs, 2018; Rosa, 2019) and on audit and performativity in education (Ball, 2003; Power, 1997), the paper argues that educational environments are organised around expectations of continuous performance, visibility, and responsiveness. Where institutional systems lack slack or flexibility, the burden of adjustment shifts onto individuals, who must sustain alignment across contexts in order to remain recognisable as competent. From this perspective, inclusive exhaustion can be understood as the cumulative cost of sustaining participation under conditions of misalignment between uneven cognitive rhythms and environments calibrated for continuous performance. Exhaustion emerges not simply from high demand, but from the requirement to remain intelligible within systems that do not make their expectations explicit. What appears as individual fatigue can thus be reinterpreted as an index of institutional miscalibration. The paper contributes to inclusive education research by shifting the focus from access to the sustainability of participation over time. In relation to the conference theme Knowing and Acting, it highlights how inclusion regimes privilege particular forms of acting—being visibly engaged and responsive—while marginalising forms of knowing that unfold unevenly or require temporal margin. While developed through autistic experience, inclusive exhaustion is proposed as a travelling concept for understanding participation under audit-driven inclusion regimes more broadly. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is conceptual and synthetic rather than empirical. It does not generate new primary data, but develops a conceptual argument through a re-reading of existing qualitative research on autistic participation, masking, and burnout, alongside relevant theoretical work in phenomenology, disability studies, and critical analyses of educational institutions. The aim is not to re-code empirical material, but to clarify the conditions under which participation becomes possible and sustainable within contemporary inclusion regimes. The analysis is guided by the following research question: under what conditions does participation become recognisable as competent and appropriate within educational environments, and how are these conditions distributed? This question shifts the focus from individual capacity or access to the relational and institutional organisation of participation. Methodologically, the paper proceeds through three interrelated analytical moves. First, it adopts a critical–phenomenological orientation to participation, drawing on accounts of embodied temporality, rhythm, and resonance (Fuchs, 2018; Rosa, 2019). Exhaustion is approached not simply as fatigue, but as a disturbance of participation over time: a point at which alignment between individual pacing and institutional expectations can no longer be sustained. This allows attention to how participation is lived, rather than only how it is formally structured. Second, it engages in a synthetic reading of qualitative research as experiential evidence. Studies of autistic burnout, masking, and participation (Raymaker et al., 2020; Botha & Frost, 2020; Hull et al., 2017) are treated as accounts of recurring patterns, including sustained effort, delayed collapse, and cycles of adaptation and withdrawal. Rather than extracting themes, the analysis attends to how participants describe the conditions under which their actions are recognised as competent, appropriate, or intelligible. Third, these experiential patterns are situated within a critical analysis of institutional organisation, particularly in relation to audit culture, performativity, and responsibilised self-management (Ball, 2003; Power, 1997). This step makes visible how expectations of continuous performance, visibility, and responsiveness are embedded in educational systems, and how variability is displaced onto individuals when institutional flexibility is limited. Across these analytical moves, the distinction between epistemic and performative difficulty functions as a conceptual tool for tracing how participation may be supported at the level of learning while remaining unsustainable at the level of recognition and display. The concept of inclusive exhaustion is developed through this synthesis as a way of naming the cumulative effects of these conditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper argues that exhaustion among autistic adults should be understood not primarily as individual vulnerability, but as a relational and institutional phenomenon arising from persistent misalignment between uneven cognitive rhythms and environments calibrated for continuous performance, responsiveness, and auditability. By conceptualising this dynamic as inclusive exhaustion, the analysis shifts attention from coping and resilience toward the organisation of participation itself. The central outcome is a reframing of exhaustion as an index of institutional miscalibration. Where educational systems prioritise continuity, visibility, and standardised pacing, variability must be absorbed somewhere. Under current conditions, this variability is disproportionately absorbed by individuals, through sustained efforts to interpret expectations and render their responses intelligible. Participation thus becomes conditional not only on access, but on the capacity to maintain recognisability over time. This reframing contributes to ongoing discussions in inclusive education research (e.g. Slee, 2018; Nilholm, 2020) by extending the focus from access and presence to the sustainability of participation. It suggests that inclusion cannot be evaluated solely in terms of entry or engagement, but must also consider whether participation can be maintained without disproportionate cost, and how responsibility for adjustment is distributed across individuals and institutions. For educational practice, the analysis points toward the importance of attending to institutional tempo, expectations of visibility, and the availability of temporal margin. This includes recognising forms of participation that do not align with continuous responsiveness, and creating conditions that allow for variation in pacing, recovery, and modes of engagement. Finally, while developed through autistic experience, inclusive exhaustion is proposed as a travelling concept for analysing participation under audit-driven inclusion regimes more broadly. Future research could examine how temporal demands are negotiated across educational contexts, and how institutional rhythms might be recalibrated to support more sustainable and equitable forms of participation. References Ahmed, S. (2012). On being included: Racism and diversity in institutional life. Duke University Press. Ainscow, M., Slee, R., & Best, M. (2019). Editorial: The Salamanca Statement 25 years on. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7–8), 671–676. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622800 Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Botha, M., & Frost, D. M. (2020). Extending the minority stress model to understand mental health problems experienced by the autistic population. Society and Mental Health, 10(1), 20–34. https://doi.org/10.1177/2156869318804297 Brown, W. (2015). Undoing the demos: Neoliberalism’s stealth revolution. Zone Books. Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813–828. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411926.2010.501096 Fuchs, T. (2018). Ecology of the brain: The phenomenology and biology of the embodied mind. Oxford University Press. Hull, L., Petrides, K. V., & Mandy, W. (2017). The female autism phenotype and camouflaging: A narrative review. Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 4(4), 306–317. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40489-017-0121-9 Kafer, A. (2013). Feminist, queer, crip. Indiana University Press. Milton, D. E. M. (2012). On the ontological status of autism: The “double empathy problem.” Disability & Society, 27(6), 883–887. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2012.710008 Nilholm, C. (2020). Research about inclusive education in 2020 – How can we improve our theories in order to change practice? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(3), 358–370. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2020.1754547 Power, M. (1997). The audit society: Rituals of verification. Oxford University Press. Price, M. (2011). Mad at school: Rhetorics of mental disability and academic life. University of Michigan Press. Raymaker, D. M., Teo, A. R., Steckler, N. A., et al. (2020). “Having all of your internal resources exhausted beyond measure and being left with no clean-up crew”: Defining autistic burnout. Autism in Adulthood, 2(2), 132–143. https://doi.org/10.1089/aut.2019.0079 Rosa, H. (2019). Resonance: A sociology of our relationship to the world. Polity Press. Shore, C., & Wright, S. (2015). Governing by numbers: Audit culture, rankings and the new world order. Social Anthropology, 23(1), 22–28. https://doi.org/10.1111/1469-8676.12098 Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive education isn’t dead, it just smells funny. Routledge. Williams, G. L., Hanlon, J., & Botha, M. (2021). “Not broken, but breaking”: Autistic burnout as an adaptive response to chronic life stress. Autism in Adulthood, 3(4), 330–341. https://doi.org/10.1089/aut.2020.0085 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Reading Comprehension as an Invisible Gatekeeper: Inclusive Literacy Pathways, Neurodiversity, and NEET Risk in Superdiverse Contexts Sinop University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Across superdiverse education systems, NEET (Not in Employment, Education, or Training) trajectories are often explained through visible socio-economic constraints—poverty, migration, family structure—while "quiet barriers" inside schooling remain under-measured. This paper argues that reading comprehension functions as an invisible gatekeeper to participation in secondary education, vocational pathways, and labor-market entry, particularly for neurodivergent learners (including autism spectrum disorder, dyslexia, and other learning differences) who are frequently underserved in inclusive education implementation. We develop an inclusion-to-transition pathway model in which literacy access is not only a pedagogical issue but also a mechanism shaping opportunity structures. In superdiverse contexts, literacy barriers interact with disability status, language background, gendered expectations, and institutional capacity, producing non-linear risk accumulation. The result is that students can be formally "included" (i.e., enrolled in mainstream classrooms) yet practically excluded from curricular access, credential attainment, and transition supports—conditions that elevate NEET risk. Reading comprehension is foundational to nearly all secondary-level learning: understanding textbooks, following instructions, accessing digital resources, and participating in assessments. For neurodivergent students, difficulties with decoding, vocabulary, inference-making, or executive function can create cascading disadvantages. When these difficulties are not identified early or addressed with evidence-based interventions, students fall progressively behind, experience repeated academic failure, and disengage from schooling. This disengagement is often misattributed to "lack of motivation" or "family problems" rather than recognized as a consequence of inadequate literacy support. The problem is compounded in superdiverse settings where teachers face high classroom heterogeneity (students with varying language proficiencies, prior schooling experiences, and support needs) but receive limited training in differentiated instruction or evidence-based literacy interventions. Research from Turkey, Jordan, and similar middle-income contexts shows that inclusive education policies are often implemented without corresponding investments in teacher capacity, instructional materials, or progress monitoring systems (Kuyini & Desai, 2007; Savolainen et al., 2012). As a result, neurodivergent students—who could succeed with appropriate supports—are left to "sink or swim," and many sink. This paper synthesizes evidence across three domains: (i) reading comprehension interventions suitable for inclusive classrooms (e.g., explicit instruction, graphic organizers, peer-assisted learning), (ii) progress monitoring and individualized supports (e.g., curriculum-based measurement, single-case design), and (iii) transition-focused instruction linking academic access to employability skills (e.g., functional literacy, self-advocacy, career exploration). We argue that addressing literacy barriers is not merely a matter of academic equity but a structural transformation lever: improving reading comprehension for neurodivergent students increases human capital, reduces dropout and NEET risk, and enhances labor-market participation. Our conceptual contribution is twofold. First, we reframe literacy access as a system-level mechanism rather than an individual deficit. Poor reading outcomes reflect not only student characteristics but also teacher capacity, curriculum design, assessment practices, and institutional responsiveness. Second, we propose a feasible evaluation design for subsequent empirical work: using single-case experimental design (a strength of special education research) to trace mechanisms at the individual level, while integrating system-level indicators (e.g., school policies, transition provisions, NEET rates) to ensure relevance beyond individual cases. This design is particularly suited to middle-income and low-income contexts where large-scale randomized trials are often infeasible. We conclude with implications for teacher education, inclusive curriculum design, and policy: if reading comprehension remains unaddressed as a foundational access mechanism, inclusion agendas risk becoming symbolic rather than transformative. By making literacy barriers visible and actionable, we can strengthen the link between inclusive education and economic participation.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is positioned as a research-to-practice conceptual paper informed by evidence synthesis, with a clear roadmap for empirical follow-up. The methodology consists of three components: Component 1: Evidence Synthesis on Reading Comprehension Interventions We conducted a targeted review of meta-analyses and systematic reviews (2010–2025) on reading comprehension interventions for students with disabilities and neurodivergence in inclusive settings. Databases searched: ERIC, PsycINFO, and What Works Clearinghouse. We prioritized interventions with evidence of effectiveness in heterogeneous classrooms (not just pull-out or specialized settings) and feasibility in resource-constrained contexts. Key sources included: Berkeley et al. (2010) on comprehension strategy instruction, Wanzek et al. (2013) on intensive interventions, and Gersten et al. (2001) on teaching reading to students with learning disabilities. We extracted intervention components (e.g., explicit instruction, scaffolding, peer support), implementation requirements (e.g., training, materials), and reported effect sizes. Component 2: Single-Case Design as Mechanism-Tracing Tool We reviewed methodological literature on single-case experimental design (SCED) (Kratochwill et al., 2013; Horner et al., 2005) to establish its suitability for studying literacy interventions in superdiverse, resource-constrained settings. SCED offers high internal validity (clear causal inference at the individual level), flexibility (adaptable to diverse student needs), and feasibility (does not require large samples or extensive infrastructure). We outline a proposed SCED protocol for future empirical work: (i) baseline assessment of reading comprehension using curriculum-based measures, (ii) implementation of evidence-based intervention (e.g., graphic organizers, reciprocal teaching), (iii) repeated measurement to document progress, and (iv) qualitative data (teacher interviews, student self-reports) to contextualize findings. This protocol is designed to be replicable across different contexts (Turkey, Jordan, other middle-income countries). Component 3: System-Level Contextualization To ensure that individual-level findings inform system-level policy, we propose integrating SCED results with secondary data analysis: national education statistics (e.g., dropout rates, special education enrollment, literacy assessment results) and labor force surveys (e.g., NEET rates by disability status, educational attainment). We also propose policy document analysis to assess the alignment (or misalignment) between inclusive education policies and actual provision of literacy supports. This mixed-methods approach allows us to trace mechanisms from classroom practice to system outcomes without fabricating data or making unsupported claims. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper makes three contributions to inclusive education research and practice. First, we identify reading comprehension as a critical but under-recognized mechanism linking inclusive education to NEET risk. While much research focuses on access (enrollment, placement) or attitudes (teacher beliefs, peer acceptance), we argue that curricular access—the ability to engage with grade-level content—is the missing link. For neurodivergent students, inadequate literacy support creates a cascade of disadvantages: academic failure, disengagement, dropout, and labor-market exclusion. Second, we propose a methodologically rigorous yet feasible approach for studying this mechanism in middle-income and low-income contexts. Single-case experimental design offers a practical alternative to large-scale trials, providing clear causal evidence at the individual level while remaining adaptable to diverse settings. By integrating SCED with system-level data, we can trace how classroom-level interventions scale (or fail to scale) to population-level outcomes. Third, we reframe literacy access as a structural transformation lever. Improving reading comprehension for neurodivergent students is not merely a matter of individual remediation but a system-level investment in human capital. When students can access the curriculum, they are more likely to complete secondary education, pursue vocational training or higher education, and enter the labor market with competitive skills. Conversely, when literacy barriers remain unaddressed, inclusion becomes symbolic: students are physically present in classrooms but functionally excluded from learning opportunities. For policy, our findings suggest that inclusive education strategies must invest in: (i) teacher training in evidence-based literacy instruction, (ii) progress monitoring systems to identify struggling readers early, and (iii) transition supports that link academic skills to employability. For practice, we offer a concrete roadmap: evidence-based interventions that are feasible in heterogeneous classrooms, a measurement approach (SCED) that provides actionable feedback, and a system-level perspective that connects classroom practice to economic participation. References Berkeley, S., Scruggs, T. E., & Mastropieri, M. A. (2010). Reading comprehension instruction for students with learning disabilities, 1995–2006: A meta-analysis. Remedial and Special Education, 31(6), 423–436. Gersten, R., Fuchs, L. S., Williams, J. P., & Baker, S. (2001). Teaching reading comprehension strategies to students with learning disabilities: A review of research. Review of Educational Research, 71(2), 279–320. Horner, R. H., Carr, E. G., Halle, J., McGee, G., Odom, S., & Wolery, M. (2005). The use of single-subject research to identify evidence-based practice in special education. Exceptional Children, 71(2), 165–179. Kratochwill, T. R., Hitchcock, J. H., Horner, R. H., Levin, J. R., Odom, S. L., Rindskopf, D. M., & Shadish, W. R. (2013). Single-case intervention research design standards. Remedial and Special Education, 34(1), 26–38. Kuyini, A. B., & Desai, I. (2007). Principals' and teachers' attitudes and knowledge of inclusive education as predictors of effective teaching practices in Ghana. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 7(2), 104–113. Savolainen, H., Engelbrecht, P., Nel, M., & Malinen, O. P. (2012). Understanding teachers' attitudes and self-efficacy in inclusive education: Implications for pre-service and in-service teacher education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 27(1), 51–68. Wanzek, J., Vaughn, S., Scammacca, N. K., Metz, K., Murray, C. S., Roberts, G., & Danielson, L. (2013). Extensive reading interventions for students with reading difficulties after grade 3. Review of Educational Research, 83(2), 163–195. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Doubly Exceptional with Doubly Challenges: Students in Higher Education with Great Learning Potential and Autism Spectrum Disorder NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:Background Higher education is in Norway a key gateway to employment and provides opportunities for participation in society and independent living. Therefore, it has been a stated political goal for decades to get more students with disabilities to complete higher education (Bø, 2018). The legislation provides the basis for students with disabilities to have individual right to accommodation (Equality and Anti-Discrimination Act, 2017; Universities and Colleges Act, 2024). Students who have both a disability and a high learning potential are a topic which in lesser degree have been investigated through research. Being “doubly exceptional” can be challenging both for the student themselves, and for those around them. It may be assumed that students with high learning potential can manage on their own. High learning potential can manifest itself in acquiring learning content at a faster pace than others, and having great potential within academic subjects such as mathematics, reading/writing/language, arts, science, and technology (Idsøe, 2025, p. 649). A great learning potential can occur simultaneously with learning disorders such as ASD, which may point to a need for accommodation even with good cognitive abilities (Idsøe, 2025, p. 651-652). Purpose The purpose of this ongoing study is to investigate how HE students with both high learning potential and a disability in the form of ASD (autism spectrum disorder), can manage academic learning activities, and further, to what extent they are provided with help and support in the form of accommodations. ASD was selected as disability because several studies indicate that students with this diagnosis are a growing student group (Gelbar et al., 2014, p. 2593; Knarlag, 2016). The article examines the part of student life that deals with participation in and completion of academic learning activities such as lectures, work requirements and reading the syllabus and other academic material on their own. The research question following this study is: How do students with both high learning potential and ASD experience the completion of academic learning activities, and what offers of accommodation are they becoming in HE? Several studies indicate that academic learning activities have been less investigated through research, and this also applies to students with disabilities. As an example, Anderson et al., (2019, p. 1554) point out that “the significance of their [ASD students] academic difficulties and need for academic support may have been undervalued”. Failure to succeed in academic tasks can lead to students with ASD dropping out of higher education (Byrne, 2022). Challenges For children and young people with great learning potential, teaching and tasks can be experienced as unrewarding and unmotivating both in primary and secondary education, and they can thus appear as underachievers (Lie, 2014, p. 87). It is therefore not obvious that students with great learning potential will get as far as higher education in their qualification for adult life. It is also not obvious that academic learning activities in HE will “go by themselves”. Academic learning activities require concentration, staying focused and being able to work purposefully with abstract texts and content over time. For students with ASD, this can be demanding, since a characteristic of the diagnosis is a failure of executive functions, which can be expressed in difficulties in planning, getting started with academic tasks, regulating time and energy, and making choices (Gleinsvik et al., 2018, p. 22; Knarlag, 2016, p. 19). Against this background, it is relevant to investigate the extent to which “doubly exceptional” can also lead to "double challenges" in completion of academic learning activities.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study's research question How do students with both high learning potential and ASD experience the implementation of academic learning activities, and what offers of accommodation are they given? is investigated through a systematic review of research articles on higher education. The research articles are based on empirical studies conducted in one or more of the Nordic countries Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Finland and Iceland. The systematic literature review is organized in five steps. The first step is to develop a research question, the second step is to create inclusion and exclusion criteria, and the third step is to assess relevant research articles. In the fourth step, key findings are generated and summarized, while in the fifth step, the findings are interpreted (Brandt et al., 2014 p. 395). Sample The sample was defined by predetermined exclusion and inclusion criteria, such as Publication types: Peer-reviewed articles and doctoral dissertations are included while books, master's theses, reports and evaluations (grey literature) are excluded. Focus is on empirical research on higher education in Nordic countries, while non-empirical studies are excluded. Time frame is 2015- 2024. Languages included are Norwegian, English, Swedish and Danish. Databases included are among Oria, ERIC and similar bases Data collection and analysis Data collection starts with systematic search processes in the relevant databases, which may lead to hits based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria in Table 1. A review of each article will show whether several publications are duplicate, and they will therefore be excluded. The same will apply to articles that are not peer-reviewed, for example book chapters. According to Hart (2018), it is necessary to read and evaluate research findings analytically and critically. Although the search process will be carried out in a thorough manner, there may be articles that will not be successfully obtained due to inclusion and exclusion criteria and choice of databases. In the analysis work, the relevant articles will be coded and categorized (Miles et al, 2014), scrutinized for information about how students with both high learning potential and ASD experience the implementation of academic learning activities, and also, what offers of accommodation they are given from their university or university college. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Universities and colleges in Norway have a major responsibility to provide appropriate individual accommodation to students with disabilities (Equality and Anti-Discrimination Act, 2017; Universities and Colleges Act, 2024). This is the ideal, but there are challenges associated with making this happen in practice. A comprehensive study of the content on the 32 most relevant universities and college websites, which deal with accommodation for students with disabilities, shows that there are little specified measures specifically aimed at ASD students (Rygg & Håberg, 2025). As an example, only four of the 32 institutions specifically mention ASD when making accommodation for exams (Rygg et al., 2024). Another example is the concept of disability as a premise for having the right to accommodation can be misunderstood. In a qualitative interview study with 14 students with either ASD, dyslexia, or ADHD, all of them said that they do not see themselves as a person with a disability. They think this is "too harsh" a term (Håberg, 2026, in press). They have therefore been students for several years before seeking help with accommodation. The consequences for most of them have been several interrupted studies and mental health problems requiring psychological help (Håberg, 2026, in press). Another aspect is that it can be challenging not only for students with high learning potential and ASD, but also for staff to find out what accommodation these students need. Svendby (2020) emphasizes that there in Norwegian HE is a need for increased competence and knowledge among employees about student diversity, adaptation competence and pedagogical tools. In any case, this study can contribute to increased knowledge about a student group who is “doubly exceptional” and perhaps also have “double challenges”. References References Anderson, A. H., Stephenson, J., Carter, M., & Carlton, S. (2019). A systematic literaturereview of empirical research on postsecondary students with autism spectrumdisorder. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 49, 1531–1558.https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-018-3840-2 Brandt, B., Lutfiyya, M. N., King, J. A. & Chioreso, C. (2014). A scoping review ofinterprofessional collaborative practice and education using the lens of the Triple Aim.Journal of Interprofessional Care, 28(5), 393–399. doi:10.3109/13561820.2014.90639 Byrne, J. P. (2022). Perceiving the social unknown: How the hidden curriculum affects the learning of autistic students in higher education. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 59(2), 142–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2020.1850320 Bø, T.P. (2018). Potensial for flere funksjonshemmede i arbeid. SSB Analyse.https://www.ssb.no/arbeid-og-lonn/artikler-og-publikasjoner/potensial-for-flerefunksjonshemmede-i-arbeid Equality and Anti-Discrimination Act (2017). Lov om likestilling og forbud motdiskriminering (LOV-2017-06-16-51). Lovdata.https://doi.org/https://lovdata.no/lov/2017-06-16-51 Gelbar, N. W., Smith, I. & Reichow, B. (2014). Systematic review of articles describingexperience and supports of individuals with autism enrolled in college and universityprograms. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 44(10), 2593–2601.https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-014-2135-5 Gleinsvik, A., Busch, R., Kullerud, H. & Thorbjørnsrud, T. (2008). Barrierer i høyereutdanning for personer med nedsatt funksjonsevne (Proba samfunnsanalyse rapport2018-2). Barne-, ungdoms- og familiedirektoratet. https://proba.no/rapport/barrierer-ihoyere-utdanning-for-personer-med-nedsatt-funksjonsevne/ Hart, C. (2018). Doing a Litterature Review. SAGE. Håberg, L. I. A. (2026). Barrierer for inkludering i høyere utdanning In K. Øen & M. Mjøs(Eds.), Spesialpedagogisk kunnskapsutvikling - i farvannet mellom teori og praksis.Cappelen Damm Akademisk (in press). Idsøe, E. C. (2025). Spesialpedagogikk for elever med stort læringspotensiale. In E. Befring &K.-A. B. Næss (Eds.), Spesialpedagogikk (s. 645-668). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Knarlag, K. (2016). Studenter med ADHD og Asperger syndrom. En veileder for innsikt,forståelse og kunnskap om tilrettelegging. Universell.https://cdn.sanity.io/files/dc7vqrwe/production/f591fd8aa6d46dfa93556bf73b9dac83b87f103.pdf?dl= Lie, B. (2014). Eksepsjonelle og dobbelt eksepsjonelle elver: begavede elever og begavedeelever med lærevansker. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M. & Saldane, J. 82014). Qualitative data Analysis: A MethodsSourcebook. SAGE. Rygg, K.E., Håberg, L.I.A. & Farstad, B. (2024). Tilrettelegging på eksamen for studentermed funksjonsnedsettelser. Nordisk tidsskrift for utdanning og praksis, 18(3), 127145. https://doi.org/10.23865/up.v18.6305 Rygg, K. & Håberg, L. I. A. (2025). Tilrettelegging i høyere utdanning for studenter medfunksjonsnedsettelser. Tidsskrift for velferdsforskning 28(1), 1-14.https://doi.org/10.18261/tfv.28.1.4 Svendby, R. (2020). Fagansattes erfaringer med å undervise studenter medfunksjonsnedsettelser: Underviserrollens potensial for å øke tilgangen til høyereutdanning. Uniped, 43(3), 223–234. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1893-8981-2020-0305https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1893-8981-2020-03-05 Universities and Colleges Act (2024). Lov om universiteter og høyskoler (LOV-2024-05-3126). Lovdata. https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/2024-03-08-9?q=universitet |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 05 SES 05 A: ***CANCELLED*** Parents and parenting Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Anabel Corral-Granados Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Parental Knowledge Production, Advocacy, and Networking around Disability, Impairment, and Chronic Illness on Instagram – Digital Ethnography of Parenting Blogs Humboldt-University of Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:On Instagram, parent-run accounts increasingly document children’s everyday lives and developmental trajectories. A visible sub-set focuses on children with disabilities, chronic conditions, syndromes, or developmental differences and shares unusually open and emotionally dense narratives about diagnosis, support needs, encounters with professionals, and family routines. While prior work has highlighted the role of parental online narratives for coping, sense-making, and community building, less is known about how these accounts function as educational publics in which parents interpret and contest institutional practices and circulate knowledge that is meant to influence inclusion and participation. Against the backdrop of ECER 2026’s theme Knowing and Acting, this paper conceptualises parent-run disability-related Instagram blogs as platformed sites of knowledge production and action orientation: parents do not only report experiences but also translate specialist information, articulate normative claims about inclusion, and mobilise audiences. This matters for educational research because the accounts blur boundaries between private family life and public educational discourse, and they may reshape expectations toward early childhood settings and schools. The study addresses three research questions:
By analysing how parents “make inclusion speakable” in a public, algorithmically curated medium, the paper contributes to research on family–school relationships and inclusive education in two ways: (a) it foregrounds parents’ digital practices as a form of educational participation and agenda-setting; and (b) it connects inclusion-related advocacy to ethical and children’s rights questions that arise when intimate child-related content becomes persistently accessible and shareable in public online spaces. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on a three-month digital ethnography of disability-related Instagram blogs run by parents. Two research accounts were created to enter relevant algorithmic “bubbles” through following practices, hashtags, and networked recommendations. Based on profiling criteria (activity level, reach/followers, thematic focus, and relevance to education-related discussions), a set of accounts was screened, and 15 german-languaged and 20 english-languaged accounts were selected for in-depth analysis. Posts from the selected accounts were imported into MAXQDA and treated as textual material. The analysis followed qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022), combining inductive category development with iterative refinement. Analytical memos from the ethnographic following phase were used to contextualise posts (e.g., recurring storylines, platform vernacular, and interactional dynamics such as comment-based support). Because the material concerns children as a potentially vulnerable group and involves publicly accessible yet highly personal content, the study integrates an explicit ethical reflection: it focuses on thematic patterns rather than account-level profiling, avoids reproducing identifiable content, and discusses the implications of public accessibility and persistence for children’s privacy and participation rights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the corpus, education and participation are recurring concerns that extend beyond coping with disability. Parents repeatedly narrate encounters with early childhood centres and schools, negotiate support arrangements, and interpret “micro-events” (meetings, assessments, exclusions, successful accommodations) as evidence for broader claims about inclusive structures. Three patterns stand out: Ambassadorship for inclusion: Parents position themselves as inclusion advocates by explaining conditions/syndromes, translating professional knowledge, and offering practical guidance to other families. This frequently combines experiential knowledge with references to service landscapes and (social-)legal considerations. Public problematisation of institutional shortcomings: Parents mark perceived deficits in institutional practices (e.g., inaccessible routines, insufficient support, deficit-oriented attitudes). These posts produce counter-narratives to institutional accounts and aim to shift what is recognised as “normal”, “reasonable accommodation”, and “good practice”. Peer support and decision-making infrastructures: The platform enables networking and social support that helps parents process experiences and make educational decisions. In this sense, Instagram becomes part of an informal knowledge infrastructure around inclusion. At the same time, the analysis highlights tensions: low barriers to participation and the possibility to “speak without being authorised” can amplify inclusion-relevant knowledge, yet the public, persistent circulation of intimate child-related content raises ethical and children’s rights questions—especially when children have limited possibilities to consent or contest representation. References Alanen, L. (2009): Generational order. In: Qvortrup, J.; Corsaro, W. A.; Honig, M.-S. (Hrsg.): The Palgrave Handbook of Childhood Studies (S. 159–174). Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Alig, O. (2021): Sharenting, Mama-Blogger, Kinderinfluencer & Co. – Eine rechtliche Betrachtung. BPJM Aktuell, (4), S. 9–13. Ågren, Y. (2023): Branded childhood: Infants as digital capital on Instagram. Childhood, 30 (1), S. 9–23. Ammari, T.; Schoenebeck, S. (2015): Networked empowerment on Facebook among parents of children with special needs. In: Proceedings of the 33rd Annual ACM Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems (CHI 2015) (S. 2805–2814). New York: ACM. Augustin, E. (2015): BlogLife. Zur Bewältigung von Lebensereignissen in Weblogs. Bielefeld: Transcript. DeHoff, B. A.; Staten, L. K.; Rodgers, R. C.; Denne, S. C. (2016): The role of online social support in supporting and educating parents of young children with special health care needs: A scoping review. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 18 (12), e333. Gruebner, O.; van Haasteren, A.; Hug, A.; Elayan, S.; Sykora, M.; Albanese, E.; Naslund, J.; Wolf, M.; Fadda, M.; von Rhein, M. (2022): Digital platform uses for help and support seeking of parents with children affected by disabilities: Scoping review. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 24 (12), e37972. Kuckartz, U.; Rädiker, S. (2024): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (3. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Ruiz‐Gomez, A.; Marôpo, L.; Jorge, A. (2024): Between advocacy and commodification on Instagram: A case study of sharenting a child with disabilities. Children & Society. S. 1–20. Seebo, R. (2023): #disabledandproud – Die Thematisierung von Behinderung als biographisches und kollektives Ereignis auf Instagram. In: Baar, S.; Hirsekorn, T.; Schweder, S. (Hrsg.): Raum. Macht. Inklusion. Inklusive Räume erforschen und entwickeln (S. 141–146). Bielefeld: Transcript. Veloso, G. G.; Machado-Kayzuka, G. C.; Neris, R. R.; Leite, A.; Barbosa, N. G.; Frizzo, H. C. F.; Nascimento, L. C. (2024): Digital Narratives: The Impact of Instagram® on Mothers of Children with Congenital Toxoplasmosis. Children (Basel), 11 (10), 1267. Wexler, M. G.; Dole, C. (2022): Giving care a platform. The use of Instagram by mothers of children with chronic illness. Medicine Anthropology Theory, 9 (3), S. 1–20. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 06 SES 05 A: Media Literacy, Social Media, and Online Search Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Dan Verständig Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Search Strategies Between Trust, Doubt and Heuristics: Young People Dealing with Information (Disorder) in Situated Think-aloud Settings KPH Vienna/Lower Austria, Austria Presenting Author:Conducting online searches requires continuous decision-making. The decision-making process regarding the selection of information sources, the choice of search terms, the refinement of search queries, the pursuit of further information and the termination of search processes, rests with the searcher. Furthermore, decisions must be made at a meta-level, for example with regard to the intensity of the approach, the content verification deemed necessary and the appropriate effort. These decisions are not made in isolation, but are also embedded in external, often uncontrollable, framework conditions. These framework conditions include, for example, the technical conditions of digital systems, time constraints, social expectations and economic resources. For young people these decision-making requirements arise under special conditions. They have limited experience in dealing with complex information situations and operate in digital information spaces that are increasingly characterised by contradictory content, uncertainty and deliberate manipulation. In particular, the emergence of different types of information disorder – such as mis-, dis- and malinformation – which differ in terms of accuracy and intent to deceive (Baines & Elliott, 2020; Wardle & Derakhshan, 2017), as well as new information technology approaches such as artificial intelligence are increasing the demands on search, orientation and decision-making processes in online search. Research on online search strategies shows that young people's search processes are rarely linear, but are characterised by heuristic shortcuts, situational adaptations and recurring patterns of behaviour (Materna & Brüggen, 2024). At the same time, the current systematic literature review by Chakrabarti et al. (2025) indicates that there has been limited empirical research to date on how children and young people deal with mis-, dis- and malinformation, particularly with regard to search and decision-making processes, differentiation by age group and beyond a narrow focus on ‘fake news’. This article addresses this research gap by focusing on search strategies as a central form of information-related behaviour. Search strategies are defined as deliberate, goal-oriented approaches to processing information-related tasks at the cognitive level, which include analytical, evaluative and decision-related processes (Barzilai & Zohar, 2012; Brand-Gruwel et al., 2005; Kurt & Emiroğlu, 2018). These are not conceptualised as completely pre-planned courses of action, but rather as processually realised contexts of action that unfold, change or stabilise in the course of online research under real conditions and are located in the context of media and information literacy. UNESCO symbolically understands media and information literacy (MIL) as an ecological roof under which a very diverse network of competencies in dealing with information and media content interacts, enabling individuals to participate sustainably in society at the individual, institutional and social levels (Grizzle et al., 2021; UNESCO, 2013). Empirically, the research looks into the search strategies of secondary school students (eight-grade) in topic-specific online research on climate change and health in Austria. The focus is on how these search strategies unfold throughout the information process when young people are confronted with information and different types of information disorder and which similarities and differences become apparent in the process. These search strategies are analytically reconstructed based on the decisions that students make in the course of their online research, such as selecting, discarding or pursuing information. Decisions are not considered as an independent focus of analysis, but as an empirical approach through which search strategies become visible and comparable in the process. The article's empirical findings contribute to our understanding of media and information literacy as a processual, action-oriented practice. It explores how young people manage uncertainty and information disorder in socio-technical contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative research design to explore young people's search strategies as forms of information-related behaviour in the context of online research. The data is based on 32 think-aloud protocols from eight-grade students in Austria, drawn from middle schools and grammar schools in three federal states. The think-aloud method was used for data collection. This facilitates the mapping of the internal structure of cognitive processes during information search, enabling the understanding of dynamics such as the change of hypotheses, moments of uncertainty and the increasing automation of action sequences. This is achieved by identifying which pieces of information are used to inform decision-making and strategy formation (Ericsson & Simon, 1980). The survey comprised five topic-specific online search tasks based on statements representing information and different types of information disorder (mis-, dis- and malinformation). The task was to evaluate the statements for accuracy and any potential intent to deceive as part of an online search. The students carried out the research on the internet in the presence of the researcher and discussed their thoughts, assessments and decisions throughout the search process of the five research tasks. Prior to each task, the students conducted an initial assessment of accuracy and potential for deception, informed by their existing knowledge. After completing the research, they repeated the assessment of the statements in terms of accuracy and intent to deceive. All think-aloud sessions were audio and video recorded, transcribed and pseudonymised. Data analysis followed qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz and Rädiker (2022). This method enables the systematic combination of deductive and inductive category formation, making it suitable for the structured analysis of complex, procedural action processes. The main deductive categories were derived from UNESCO's Media and Information Literacy Framework (Grizzle et al., 2021) and Balceris' (2011) action model of information literacy for students, which includes the phases of the information process. Within this framework, inductively subcategories are being developed to capture specific manifestations of search strategies. From an analytical perspective, the focus is on the decisions that students make during their online research, such as selecting, rejecting or pursuing sources of information and digital content, dealing with contradictory information or abandoning search processes. Decisions are not made in isolation. They are understood as empirical elements that can be used to reconstruct search strategies. Coding is carried out iteratively, accompanied by memos and ongoing intercoder review of the category system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study examines similarities and differences in young people’s search strategies when dealing with information as well as mis-, dis-, and malinformation, assuming that online search behavior is shaped by situational requirements and the structural conditions of digital information environments. The latest results indicate a high degree of stability in search strategies across different information conditions, understood as the relative consistency of the search strategies used despite varying information conditions. This stability suggests that eight-grade students base their search strategies less on the formal quality or intended deception of individual content and more on the requirements of uncertain, technically and structurally pre-designed information environments and established, experience-based search routines. Decisions made during the search process act as regulatory elements that provide orientation, reduce uncertainty and support coping with situational requirements. This interpretation aligns with conceptualisations of information disorder as a 'socio-material phenomenon' (Ricard et al., 2025) that pre-structures search and decision-making processes at the level of perception. Ricard et al. (2025) demonstrate that manipulative content deliberately mimics the visual, linguistic and structural characteristics of reputable information sources, thereby making it structurally difficult to differentiate between information and information disorder. In such information environments the stability of search strategies can be interpreted less as an expression of a lack of competence and more as a contextually understandable form of action. The article extends existing research by reconstructing search strategies as situational actions within complex socio-technical information spaces. Media and information literacy thus appears less as the ability to correctly classify individual pieces of content and more as the capacity to regulate search strategies under conditions of uncertainty and structural conditioning. This points the need for further research on how search strategies emerge, stabilise or change, and how educational initiatives can support young individuals in critically reflecting on their own search practices. References Baines, D., & Elliott, R. (2020). Defining misinformation, disinformation and malinformation: An urgent need for clarity during the COVID-19 infodemic. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/341130695_Defining_misinformation_disinformation_and_malinformation_An_urgent_need_for_clarity_during_the_COVID-19_infodemic Balceris, M. (2011). Medien- und Informationskompetenz—Modellierung und Messung von Informationskompetenz bei Schülern. [Dissertation, Universität Paderborn]. https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:hbz:466:2-8199 Barzilai, S., & Zohar, A. (2012). Epistemic Thinking in Action: Evaluating and Integrating Online Sources. Cognition and Instruction, 30(1), 39–85. https://doi.org/10.1080/07370008.2011.636495 Brand-Gruwel, S., Wopereis, I., & Vermetten, Y. (2005). Information problem solving by experts and novices: Analysis of a complex cognitive skill. Computers in Human Behavior, 21(3), 487–508. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2004.10.005 Chakrabarti, H., Micol, T. D., Landoni, M., & Pera, M. S. (2025). Online Information Disorder & Children. ROMCIR 2025: The 5th Workshop on Reducing Online Misinformation through Credible Information Retrieval (held as part of ECIR 2025: the 47th European Conference on Information Retrieval), Lucca, Italy. Ericsson, K. A., & Simon, H. A. (1980). Verbal reports as data. Psychological Review, 87(3), 215–251. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.87.3.215 Grizzle, A., Wilson, C., Tuazon, R., Cheung, C. K., Lau, J., Fischer, R., Gordon, D., Akyempong, K., Singh, J., Carr, P. R., Stewart, K., Tayie, S., Suraj, O., Jaakkola, M., Thésée, G., Gulston, C., Andzongo Menyeng, B. P., & Zibi Fama, P. A. (2021). Media and information literate citizens. Think critically, click wisely! (UNESCO, Ed.; 2.). Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung: Grundlagentexte Methoden (5. Auflage). Beltz Juventa. Kurt, A. A., & Emiroğlu, B. G. (2018). Analysis of Students’ Online Information Searching Strategies, Exposure to Internet Information Pollution and Cognitive Absorption Levels Based on Various Variables. Malaysian Online Journal of Educational Technology, 6(1). https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1165446.pdf Materna, G., & Brüggen, N. (2024). Die Informationsräume und das Informationshandeln junger Menschen und ihr Umgang mit Desinformation. Eine medienpädagogische Untersuchung mediatisierter Sozialräume. Arbeitspapiere aus der Forschung #5. https://doi.org/10.5281/%2520zenodo.12635275 Ricard, J., Yañez, I., & Hora, L. (2025). A Framework for Information Disorder: Modeling Mechanisms and Implications Based on a Systematic Literature Review. https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2504.12537 UNESCO (Ed.). (2013). Global Media and Information Literacy Assessment Framework: Country Readiness and Competencies. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000224655 Wardle, C., & Derakhshan, H. (2017). INFORMATION DISORDER: Toward an interdisciplinary framework for research and policy making (No. Council of Europe report DGI(2017)09). Council of Europe. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Beyond Bans: Reconciling Youth Communication Cultures, Children’s Rights, and Media Education University of Mainz, Germany Presenting Author:Current calls for smartphone bans in schools and age restrictions on social media signal a broader societal uncertainty about how to deal with digital communication in educational contexts. International policy monitoring shows that restrictions are expanding across education systems, yet their enforcement and effects are inconsistent (UNESCO, 2025; OECD, 2024). While some countries, such as Australia, already have age restrictions for social media and similar developments are emerging in others, such as France, lively political debates are taking place across Europe. These political debates often foreground academic performance, safety, and health, while pedagogical perspectives are rarely taken into account. However, empirical evidence indicates that restricting smartphone use in schools alone does not reduce overall use or reliably improve wellbeing outcomes, pointing to the limitations of approaches based solely on bans (Goodyear et al., 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the article is based on a systematic triangulation of perspectives and theories (Denzin, 1978; Flick, 1992), in which the phenomenon of smartphone bans in schools is examined from several disciplinary perspectives in educational sciences. For this, we consider the following three perspectives: (1) Youth research perspective: Adolescents’ everyday communication is structured by norms of immediacy, visibility and peer dynamics that do not disappear through bans but relocate to other spaces (boyd, 2014; Ito et al., 2009). How can educational settings engage these logics pedagogically, without normalising permanent availability? (2) Children’s rights perspective: Prohibition debates frequently prioritise risk while overlooking children’s rights to information, protection and participation. The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child and the CRC’s General Comment No. 25 clarify that children’s rights must be respected, protected and fulfilled in digital environments, creating institutional responsibilities beyond “either/or” framings (OHCHR, 1989; UN CRC, 2021). (3) Media-education perspective: Educational institutions should create shared orientations that strengthen participation and digital agency. At the same time, the role of commercial platforms and providers must be questioned more critically, as technologies ultimately shape (educational) communication and everyday life in schools in subtle yet significant ways (Macgilchrist, 2017). Digital communication should therefore be treated as a dimension of quality development and teacher education, aligned with democratic digital citizenship frameworks (Council of Europe, 2020). These perspectives are not treated additively, but are systematically linked through an integrative conceptual synthesis that follows a comparative interpretative logic. This approach makes it possible to identify convergences, tensions, and blind spots between epistemic and normative frameworks, thereby developing a reflexive, relational understanding of the topic. On this basis, the contribution develops an integrative conceptual synthesis that does not aim at theoretical unification or consensus, but at articulating the relational structure of competing and complementary interpretations. This synthesis aims to illustrate how different forms of knowledge, capacity to act, and responsibility are attributed and problematized in different ways in current education- and policy-oriented discourses on the regulation of smartphones. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on exemplary empirical references and policy materials primarily from Germany, complemented by selected cases from Eastern European education systems, the analysis identifies recurring patterns in how smartphone bans are framed at the intersection of youth agency, children’s rights and media education. Initial findings point to a structural tension between arguments for protection and participation. Smartphone bans tend to be justified with arguments such as risk, distraction, and protection, while perspectives that emphasize children's rights, youth participation, and media education goals are less institutionalized in formal regulatory frameworks. By situating these findings within a broader European context of digital transformation and educational governance, the contribution offers a reflexive framework for understanding smartphone bans as a multidimensional educational issue located at the intersection of pedagogical practice, institutional regulations, and socio-technical change. On this basis, the contribution addresses the potential for comparative learning across European education systems and explicitly invites discussion with colleagues from other national contexts at ECER 2026 as a space for critically reflecting on shared challenges, responsibility and divergent trajectories of digital regulation in education. References Boyd, D. (2014). It’s Complicated. The social lives of networked teens. Yale University Press. Council of Europe (2020). Developing and promoting digital citizenship education. https://rm.coe.int/1680a236c0 Denzin, N. (1978/2009). The Research Act: A Theoretical Introduction to Sociological Methods. Routledge. Flick, U. (1992). Entzauberung der Intuition: systematische Perspektiven-Triangulation als Strategie der Geltungsbegründung qualitativer Daten und Interpretationen. [Demystifying Intuition: Systematic Perspective Triangulation as a Strategy for Validating Qualitative Data and Interpretations] In: Hoffmeyer-Zlotnik, J. H. P.(Ed.): Analyse verbaler Daten: über den Umgang mit qualitativen Daten, pp. 11-55. Opladen. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-5676 Goodyear, V. A. (2025). School phone policies and their association with mental wellbeing, phone use, and social media use (SMART Schools): a cross-sectional observational study. The Lancet Regional Health – Europe, Volume 51. DOI: 10.1016/j.lanepe.2025.101211 Heffernan , A. & Selwyn, N. (2021). Mixed Messages: The enduring significance of email in school principals’ work. Aust. Educ. Res. 50, 255–273. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-021-00486-0 Ito et al. (2009), Living and Learning with New Media Krein, U. (2025). Exploring the Transformative Impact of Technology on School Leadership. Affordances, Practices, Implications. Leadership and Policy in Schools, Vol. 24(1), 90-102. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2024.2440902 Macià, M., & Garreta, J. (2019). Digital Media for Family-School Communication? Parents’ and Teachers’ Beliefs. Computers & Education 132, 44–62. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2019.01.006 Macgilchrist, F. (2017). »Backstaging the teacher: On learner-driven, schooldriven and data-driven change in educational technology discourse.« Kultura – Społeczeństwo – Edukacja, 2(12), 83–103. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/331316024_Backstaging_the_teacher_On_learner-driven_school-driven_and_data-driven_change_in_educational_technology_discourse OECD (2024). Students, digital devices and success. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2024/05/students-digital-devices-and-success_621829ff/9e4c0624-en.pdf OHCHR (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. General Assembly resolution 44/25 https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-child UN Committee on the Rights of the Child (2021). General comment No. 25 (2021) on children’s rights in relation to the digital environment. https://www.ohchr.org/en/documents/general-comments-and-recommendations/general-comment-no-25-2021-childrens-rights-relation UNESCO (2025). To ban or not to ban? Monitoring countries’ regulations on smartphone use in school. https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/smartphones-school-only-when-they-clearly-support-learning 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Opostum: A Safe and Secure Environment to Discuss Social Media and Picture Sharing in Classrooms Zurich University of Teacher Education (PH Zürich), Switzerland Presenting Author:‘Learning with media’ and ‘learning about media’ as core activities of Media Education is part of many school curricula throughout Europe. This contribution will present a research & development project that enables teachers and pupils to learn about and discuss social media. With a focus on ‘learning about media’, pupils can share visual material in safe environments such as classrooms. Research on young people’s use of social media has shown that sharing visual material is common and popular. This relates to recent theoretical developments on “conceptually linking visual competencies and digital sovereignty” in the course of young people’s socialisation process (c.f. Kramer et al., 2022) and even in processes of self-optimisation (c.f. Flasche & Carnap, 2021). These practices of sharing visual material include e.g. biographical photography-related memory (c.f. Kramer, 2020), politically motivated material (e.g. Klawitter, 2025; Kramer et al., 2025; Bellinger et al., 2025), even very intimate material (c.f. Kramer et al., 2022), etc. In relation to school, it was found that “checking” social media, a highly entangled practice of perceiving and producing representations (i.e., social media posts), primarily on the three platforms #WhatsApp, #SnapChat, and #Insta (i.e., Instagram), is involved in the practice of doing homework (Rummler et al., 2019, 2020). Promoting the competence of ‘digital sovereignty’ in school means ‘learning about media’. Teachers and youth workers therefore play an important role in exploring, and practising the use of social media with young people. Teachers and supervisors face the challenge that commercial platforms such as Instagram, TikTok, and similar services cannot be used to design learning scenarios because data protection, the protection of minors, and protection from disinformation, hate speech, or bullying cannot be guaranteed for school use. At the same time, these are the aspects that need to be addressed in lessons in a secure and reflective way. The lack of protection often prevents exploratory engagement with a highly relevant topic in which reflected experiences are substantial (Boyer et al., 2025). For the active exploration of social media topics, the open-source project opostum (www.opostum.ch; https://github.com/opostum/opostum) has been developed at the Zurich University of Teacher Education since January 2024. On this secure and protected platform, pupils can experience social media in a safe environment. Teachers and supervisors have complete control over the data generated by the application. Teachers, administrators or facilitators, via a dedicated dashboard, can decide who is accepted into the network, and even larger networks, such as the entire school. Flexible user management allows for the use in extracurricular youth work. opostum provides teachers with various support tools that allow them to control the options for interaction, as well as identify undesirable behaviour, and respond appropriately, or irrevocably delete posts (right to be forgotten). In addition, opostum can be used to address other relevant topics such as personalised advertising, user tracking, or recommendation algorithms, etc. Young people can design their own advertising campaign and display them to specifically selected users. This allows the topic of advertising to be covered comprehensively. An accompanying wiki (wiki.opostum.ch) currently contains four scenarios on topics that are increasingly prominent in public discourses on social media (fake news, influencer marketing, self-presentation and privacy, personalised advertising). These scenarios have been developed for classroom use. In addition, there is one scenario for extracurricular work (a simulation game in leadership training simulation game) and one during an activity week. A handout for teachers, worksheets and import files for artificial profiles are provided. These artificial profiles allow a hub to be ‘filled’ with content and can be used to lay the foundation for introducing a topic. Pupils can then respond to these posts and create their own. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the opostum project, design thinking principles and approaches were applied to support the user-centred design of the prototype from an early stage of software development, with a strong focus on the teacher dashboard (c.f. Parizi et al., 2022). The teacher dashboard was developed in a participatory, user-oriented manner in several iteration cycles. The process was based on semi-structured interviews, focus groups with teachers, and the analysis of transcribed statements using a deductively and inductively developed category system (Schmalfeldt et al., 2025). As part of the computer science days at the Zurich University of Teacher Education, we introduced the platform, presented teaching scenarios, tested these with teachers and students, and engaged in direct dialogue to gather feedback and optimise potential uses (Hess & Boyer, 2025a). In addition, the prototypes were validated through expert tests and workshops with teachers (Hess & Boyer, 2025b). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings During the design thinking process, and based on interviews and workshops, teachers reported that the alert functionality in opostum’s dashboard drew their attention to students who would usually work quietly and are reluctant to ask for help when they encounter difficulties. It was also found that these students perceived the teacher’s support as helpful, even though they had not explicitly requested assistance. Teachers with access to a dashboard provide feedback more frequently than those without one. It can therefore be assumed that dashboards with an advisory function should be preferred over those with a mirroring or alerting function, as they give teachers a better understanding of students’ difficulties. Teachers reject dashboards that assume full control of the classroom. The European perspective: opostum is currently available in German and English. The accompanying wiki is available in German. While ‘learning about media’ is part of school curricula in many European countries, there is ongoing debate about how to address issues of social media use in the classroom. In addition, different age groups ranging, from primary to secondary school education, or even further education, need to be approached differently. With this presentation the authors aim to engage in discussions on diverse views and perspectives from different European regions. During the presentation and throughout the session, a live, hands-on demonstration of a locally installed opostum hub will serve to stimulate the discussion. Beyond questions of demands for software like opostum and the European perspective, additional issues can be addressed: although opostum was designed with teachers, there is still limited knowledge about pupils’ views. This highlights the need for further research and development of both, software and related teaching materials for schools. References Bellinger, Franziska, Kramer, Michaela, Noll, Christian, & Hünemörder, Katrin. (2025). Perspectives of Adolescents and Young Adults on Antifeminism on TikTok: Findings from an Exploratory Interview Study. MedienPädagogik, 155–175. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb22/2025.11.28.X Boyer, Claudine, Berner, Tobias, & Schmalfeldt, Thomas. (2025). Entwicklung eines Lehrkräfte-Dashboards für ein sicheres und schulgerechtes soziales Netzwerk – Ein partizipativer, nutzungsorientierter Entwicklungsprozess. Fachtagung Bildungstechnologien, 23, 443–447. https://doi.org/10.18420/DELFI2025_14 Flasche, Viktoria, & Carnap, Anna. (2021). Between Optimization and Ludic Counter-Strategies Aesthetic Practices of Young People at the Social Media Interface. MedienPädagogik, 42, 259–280. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/42/2021.06.22.X Hess, Sarah, & Boyer, Claudine. (2025a). Opostum—Das sichere soziale Netzwerk für die Arbeit mit Jugendlichen. https://informatiktage.ch/paedagogische-hochschule-zuerich/opostum-das-sichere-soziale-netzwerk-fuer-die-arbeit-mit-jugendlichen Hess, Sarah, & Boyer, Claudine. (2025b, October 25). Opostum – das sichere soziale Netzwerk für die Schule. UNM-Tagung: Alles digital?! 21. Tagung «Unterrichten mit neuen Medien», Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich. phzh.ch/contentassets/0a0a2248d7494b1b92573fd104402d54/flyer-unm-tagung-2025-phzh.pdf Klawitter, Oliver. (2025). Media Literacy As a Response to Right-Wing Disinformation Campaigns: Empirical Insights and Media Pedagogical Impulses for Addressing Pseudo-Journalistic Content from Conservative News and Opinion Platforms on TikTok. MedienPädagogik, 59, 203–247. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/59/2025.05.15.X Kramer, Michaela. (2020). In Erinnerungen scrollen: Erinnerungs- und Biografisierungspraktiken Jugendlicher durch Smartphone-Fotografie und Social-Media-Nutzung. Merz | Medien + Erziehung, 64(6), 8–17. https://doi.org/10.21240/merz/2020.6.2 Kramer, Michaela, Müller, Jane, Thumel, Mareike, & Potzel, Katrin. (2022). ‘I Was Tagged on a Picture’: There Was a Girl on It and She Was Naked’: The Necessity of Visual Competence and Digital Sovereignty. MedienPädagogik, 89–117. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb18/2022.02.21.X Kramer, Michaela, Tillmann, Angela, Feick, Alyssa, & Fink, Johanna. (2025). Visual Communication – Youth – Sustainability: Argumentation for a Visual Media Education for Sustainable Development in the Project Expanding Narratives. MedienPädagogik, 177–205. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb22/2025.11.29.X Parizi, Rafael, Prestes, Matheus, Marczak, Sabrina, & Conte, Tayana. (2022). How has design thinking being used and integrated into software development activities? A systematic mapping. Journal of Systems and Software, 187, 111217. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jss.2022.111217 Rummler, Klaus, Grabensteiner, Caroline, & Schneider Stingelin, Colette. (2019, September 5). WhatsApp, Snapchat, Instagram: Pupils’ Media Use In The Context Of Homework – Preliminary Outcomes [Presentation]. ECER 2019: Education in an Era of Risk – the Role of Educational Research for the Future, Universität Hamburg. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/24/contribution/49807/ Rummler, Klaus, Grabensteiner, Caroline, & Schneider-Stingelin, Colette. (2020). Mobile learning for homework: Emerging cultural practices in the new media ecology. Comunicar, 28(65). https://doi.org/10.3916/C65-2020-09 Schmalfeldt, Thomas, Berner, Tobias, & Boyer, Claudine. (2025). Entwicklung einer sicheren Plattform zur explorativen Nutzung sozialer Medien im Unterricht (Learning Analytics/Gamification). Fachtagung Bildungstechnologien, 23, 157–169. https://doi.org/10.18420/DELFI2025_56 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 06 SES 05 B: Digital Transformation, Policy, and Institutional Change Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Patrick Bettinger Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Innovative Learning Environments and Digital Transformation: A CFIR-Informed Protocol for Future Classroom Implementation Research Universidad de Extremadura, Spain Presenting Author:This paper presents the research design and early stage of project IB24159 (co-funded by the EU, the Regional Government of Extremadura, and the Government of Spain.), which examines the implementation and evolution of the «Future Classroom» programme in schools in Extremadura (Spain) as a strategy for digital transformation combining redesigned learning spaces, educational technologies and active pedagogies. The regional programme (AdFE) is embedded in the InnovaTed plan and is explicitly connected to European initiatives such as Future Classroom Lab (European Schoolnet), positioning the Extremadura case within an international agenda on innovative learning environments and school modernisation. By 2024, Extremadura reports 81 Future Classrooms across primary, secondary and teacher support centres (CPR), in an expansion process linked to infrastructure, digital equipment and professional development for teachers. The project makes two contributions. First, it shifts the analytical focus from «does it work?» to «how is it implemented?», addressing a central challenge in innovative learning environments: spatial redesign does not automatically produce pedagogical change. Second, it aims to generate transferable evidence to inform educational policy and practice on scaling digital transformation with attention to quality and equity, an agenda shared across European education systems. The study is grounded in implementation science and uses the Consolidated Framework for Implementation Research (CFIR) as its main theoretical, methodological framework. CFIR, still emerging in educational research, is applied here to identify barriers and facilitators, as well as issues of fidelity, adaptation and sustainability when implementing a complex innovation. The programme is conceptualised as an Evidence-Based Innovation (EBI) that may show promise in controlled or pilot conditions but requires contextual adaptation for real-world scaling in schools. The research questions are: (1) How does the programme evolve across phases 2 and 3 of implementation and consolidation, and how does it interact with schools’ curricular design and organisational arrangements? (2) Which CFIR factors (intervention characteristics; inner/outer setting; individual characteristics; implementation process) explain adoption trajectories, fidelity and local adaptations? (3) What teaching practice models emerge in Future Classrooms, and how are they connected to the development of key competences and to teachers’ perceptions of learning space transformation? For ECER 2026, we will report the research protocol and preliminary outputs from the diagnostic phase (document analysis and initial stakeholder interviews), laying the groundwork for a longitudinal implementation study and for internationally comparable indicators that can support cross-case comparisons and knowledge exchange with similar European «future classroom» initiatives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project follows a mixed-methods approach (quantitative and qualitative) guided by CFIR, integrating evidence about both implementation processes and teachers’ practices/perceptions. Main data sources and instruments: (1) Document review and analysis: regional policy and normative documents, programme evaluation reports, teacher training materials, and schools’ curricular/organisational documents. (2) Analysis will use thematic content analysis, open/axial coding and CFIR-linked synthesis matrices. Semi-structured interviews with key stakeholders: regional education authorities, school leadership teams and involved teachers. Interview guides are structured around the five CFIR domains to capture inner/outer setting factors, organisational support, resources, leadership, attitudes and adaptation dynamics. Interviews will be recorded and transcribed (including assisted transcription tools where appropriate), under ethical protocols and informed consent; qualitative analysis will be supported by software such as NVivo/Atlas.ti/Iramuteq. (3) Quantitative components: surveys and evaluation tools to characterise patterns of space/technology use and variables related to organisational arrangements, curricular design and competence development; teacher ratings of the school physical environment (safety, accessibility, culture/community, ICT, sustainability, functionality and comfort) and perceived barriers/expectations will also be collected. (4) Analysis and integration: quantitative data will be analysed through descriptive and inferential statistics; qualitative data through thematic analysis and coding linked to CFIR constructs. Findings will be integrated through triangulation to identify consistent barriers/facilitators and generate robust explanatory hypotheses for longitudinal follow-up. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the project is at an early stage, the ECER 2026 submission will prioritise the research design and early outputs from the diagnostic phase. Three expected outcomes are highlighted: (a) Implementation profiles and typologies (CFIR): identification of barriers and facilitators across CFIR domains (intervention characteristics; inner/outer setting; individual characteristics; implementation process), including leadership and organisational culture, resources and support, curricular coherence, teacher training and attitudes, and planning/evaluation dynamics. This will help specify conditions for fidelity, adaptation and sustainability across primary and secondary schools. (b) Mapping teaching practices and competences: a typology of teaching practices and methodologies enacted in Future Classrooms and their links to key competence development, providing evidence about alignment (or tensions) between space, technology, organisational arrangements and pedagogy. (c) Knowledge mobilisation and European relevance: evidence-informed recommendations and practical guides for schools and policymakers (design/use criteria for learning spaces, implementation conditions, monitoring indicators) and an initial CFIR-aligned indicator set to enable comparisons with other European initiatives and support interregional/international collaboration. References Alansari, M., & Li, M. (2024). Secondary Teachers’ Working Experiences in Innovative Learning Environments: Enablers and Influences. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 59(1), 303-319. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40841-023-00306-2 Arstorp, A.-T. (2022). Student assistants in Future Classroom Labs moving between figured worlds and becoming a resource for developing professional digital competence in teacher education. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 17(2), 123-134. https://doi.org/10.18261/njdl.17.2.4 Charteris, J., Page, A., & Oluk, S. (2025). Principals’ perspectives on socio-spatial affordances for classroom management in flexible learning spaces. Learning Environments Research, 29(1), 5. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-025-09565-w Damschroder, L. J., Reardon, C. M., Widerquist, M. A. O., & Lowery, J. (2022). The updated Consolidated Framework for Implementation Research based on user feedback. Implementation Science, 17(1), 75. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13012-022-01245-0 Damschroder, L. J., Reardon, C. M., Opra Widerquist, M. A., & Lowery, J. (2022). Conceptualizing outcomes for use with the Consolidated Framework for Implementation Research (CFIR): The CFIR Outcomes Addendum. Implementation Science, 17(1), 7. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13012-021-01181-5 Fletcher, J. F., Everatt, J., Chang, G., & Subramaniam, Y. (2025). Teacher collaboration and innovative learning spaces in New Zealand. Teachers and Teaching, 31(2), 297-312. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2024.2401062 Gomez-Garcia, M., Alameda Villarrubia, A., Poyatos Dorado, C., & Ortega-Rodriguez, P. J. (2022). Future Classroom Lab: A project for the pedagogical redefinition of educational centers. Revista Interuniversitaria De Formacion Del Profesorado-Rifop, 97, 133-152. https://doi.org/10.47553/rifop.v98i36.2.94188 Granda-Pinan, A. R., Taberner-Perales, E., Tarin-Moreno, S., & Ferrer-Lores, S. (2025). Schools being transformed: Quantitative study about Innovative Learning Environments. Revista Interuniversitaria De Formacion Del Profesorado-Rifop, 39(3), 115-132. https://doi.org/10.47553/rifop.v39i3.110134 Imms, W., & Kvan, T. (Eds.). (2021). Teacher Transition into Innovative Learning Environments: A Global Perspective. Springer Nature Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-7497-9 Lozano, O. R., Granda-Pinan, A. R., & Alameda-Villarrubia, A. (2024). Training on Innovative Learning Environments: Identifying Teachers’ Interests. Education Sciences, 14(6), 601. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14060601 OECD (Ed.). (2017). The OECD handbook for innovative learning environments. OECD Publishing. Saari, A., & Decuypere, M. (2024). Governing by prototype and proto-practice: Topological configurations of future classroom labs. Journal of Education Policy, 39(5), 683-701. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2024.2304567 Sasson, I., Yehuda, I., & Miedijensky, S. (2022). Innovative learning spaces: Class management and universal design for learning. Learning Environments Research, 25(3), 725-739. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-021-09393-8 Van Assche, F., Anido, L., Griffiths, D., Lewin, C., & McNicol, S. (Eds.). (2015). Re-engineering the Uptake of ICT in Schools. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-19366-3 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Sociotechnical Imaginaries of Digitalization Policies in the Spanish Education System. Analysis from Three Regions of Spain Universidade de Vigo, Spain Presenting Author:The contemporary context, known as surveillance capitalism (Zuboff, 2019) or the platform society (Van Dijk et al., 2018) is characterized by being highly mediated and permeated by technology. There is no sphere of life that is not, in part, digital (Pancrazio & Sefton-Green, 2021), and this also affects children from early childhood. Digital technologies offer new forms and modes of participation, but they constitute also new forms of surveillance, discipline and control. Platforms, their architecture and their logic, affect and cause problems to contemporary democracies (Dussel & Williams, 2023; Van Dijk et al., 2018), weakening democratic institutions, such as the public school, that are especially important for looking after minors, and have to tackle digital vigilance, data colonialism or issues related to misinformation and fake news (Salcedo et al., 2025). In this scenario, dominated by platforms and algorithms, it is crucial to prepare and instruct a critical digital citizenry. As Pancrazio and Sefton-Green (2021) state, it is of great importance to prepare people so that they can develop their full potential and express themselves in the world that they live in, far from the neoliberal logic of preparing them for the labor market. This type of logic, the economic logic, is strongly present in the sociotechnical imaginary, as there is a direct link between digital technologies and economic growth, productivity or employability (Dussel & Williams, 2023). These are conceived as key to the progress of economy, as highlighted by this investigation (Castañeda & Williamson, 2021; Jandric et al., 2024). Given this reality, to exercise digital citizenry, which refers to the right to participate in the digital society (Pancrazio & Sefton-Green, 2021), it is essential to possess the necessary knowledge to participate in a critical, informed, responsible, ethic and complete way in a world mediated by technology, addressing the digital divides: material access, instrumental skills, opportunity for use and participation. This situates digital competence as fundamental knowledge in contemporary society. National and international governments have not been unaware of this priority and in recent decades educational policies that address the integration of digital technologies and media in schools have multiplied, as well as those that incorporate learning related to them. In this regard, in the European context, the DigComp Project, currently in its 2.2 version (Vuorikari et al., 2022), has emerged as a common competency framework for the development of citizen’s digital competence. In Spain, the Organic Law 3/2020, of 29 December, which amends Organic Law 2/2006, of 3 May, on Education (LOMLOE, 2020) also addresses the need for a digital competence so that children and young people can develop and participate in a reflective, ethical and with critical sense way in the digital world in which we currently live. In recent years, following the coming into effect of the LOMLOE (2020), multiple educational policies that address the digitalization of schools have proliferated in Spain. These policies highlight digital competence for critical citizenry in a world facing major technological challenges. As part of a broader project, CiDiC_EI [Project PID2023-148530NA-I00, funded by MICIU/AEI/10.13039/501100011033 and FEDER, EU], which seeks to identify and analyze best educational practices that help form a critical digital citizenry from early childhood, this study, in accordance with one of the project’s landmarks that seeks to map ICT educational policies for students in early childhood education and based on a previous work by Dussel and Williams (2023), seeks to identify and analyze the sociotechnical imaginaries (Jasanoff & Kim, 2015, in Dussel & Williams, 2023, p. 43) in the educational policies of three regions of Spain: Galicia (northwest), Madrid (center) and Murcia (southeast). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the proposed objective, an analysis of content (Bardin, 2002) of the legal texts referring to the digitalization of schools in the three selected regions of Spain is carried out. To do this, a critical reading of the selected policies is conducted, as well as a discourse analysis through the graphic representation of networks that visualize the texts through nodes and relations, for which we use the web-based free open-source InfraNodus (Paranyushkin, 2019). This choice is made in line with the logic of the project, where we have identified ethics as one of the key central concepts of digital critical citizenry. InfraNodus enables network analysis using texts or discourses, highlighting potential ideas, main themes and relations between terms (co-occurrences) through an algorithm that identifies the terms with the highest influence. The research questions for the present study are: • What are the educational priorities that define the digitalization policies of schools in the three regions of Spain selected for this study? • Which educational issues are left out from the schools’ digitalization policies? The data corpus analyzed responds to current educational policies (2025-2026 academic year) linked to the integration of digital technologies in schools, focusing on the early childhood education stage. 13 policies or programs that meet the indicated criteria have been found. By region, these are distributed as follows: Galicia (7), Madrid (4) and Murcia (2). After selection, the main topics of the legal texts and the relationships between them were investigated. With the support of the qualitative analysis software Atlas.ti 25, 14 categories were identified, which emerged from the analysis of the legal texts in an inductive coding process (Strauss & Corbin, 2002). The analysis carried out is supported by the graphs extracted from the InfraNodus software where the main ideas that contribute to identifying the sociotechnical imaginaries privileged in the analyzed policies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the sociotechnical imaginaries from the 13 legal texts analyzed has revealed the existence of two distinct orientations: 1) Digital educational policies with an economicist perspective, focused on the technological imperative: these conceive technology - devices and knowledge- as key to economic development and immersion in the labor market. These programs or initiatives focus on providing equipment and resources to schools, regardless of their context or characteristics. Additionally, the selection of devices comes directly from the administration, arriving by default at each school. Some of these programs establish a direct relation between the integration of technology in schools and the improvement of the teaching-learning process, falling into technological solutionism, where technology is key to solving the problems of the education system and society in general. 2) School digitalization policies based on an educational and social perspective, that understand technology as a social practice (Selwyn & Facer, 2013), searching for the development of students’ potential to contribute to their training as active citizens in the digital society. These programs and initiatives focus on the development and expression of students, as all of them impose the completion of formative activities and provide funding for student training during school hours, supporting inclusion and social justice. There is also an ethical reflection on the generation of open knowledge. The analysis carried out shows that most of the programs and initiatives that regulate knowledge and the integration of digital technologies in schools share the neoliberal argument oriented towards economic development and employability. However, some policies address issues that enable schools to tackle the challenges faced by contemporary societies, such as fake news or misinformation in media. These policies privilege citizenry over technology, with pedagogical reflection and implications for a broad concept of digital competence, favoring the development of critical educational practices in schools. References Bardin, L. (2002). Análisis de contenido. Ediciones Akal. Castañeda, L. & Williamson, B. (2021). Assembling New Toolboxes of Methods and Theories for Innovative Critical Research on Educational Technology. Journal of new approaches in Educational Research, 10(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.7821/naer.2021.1.703 Dussel, I. & Williams, F. (2023). Los imaginarios sociotécnicos de la política educativa digital en México (2012-2022). Profesordo. Revista de Curriculum y Formación de Profesorado, 27(1), 39-60. https://doi.org/10.30827/profesorado.v27i1.26247 Jandric, P., Peters, M.A., Besley, T., Green, B.J. & Kamenarac, O. (2024). Postdigital Educational Geopolitics. Postdigital Science and Education, 6, 1017-1031. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-024-00472-6 LOMLOE, Organic Law 3/2020, of 29 December, which amends Organic Law 2/2006, of 3 May, on Education. BOE n. 340, 2020/12/30. https://www.boe.es/eli/es/lo/2020/12/29/3/con Pancracio, L. & Sefton-Green, J. (2021). Digital Rights, Digital Citizenship and Digital Literacy: What’s the Difference? Journal of new approaches in Educational Research, 10(1), 15-27. https://doi.org/10.7821/naer.2021.1.616 Paranyushkin, D (2019). InfraNodus: Generating Insight Using Text Network Analysis, Proceedings of WWW'19 The Web Conference, www.infranodus.com (ACM library, PDF). Salcedo, M., Fernández-Rodríguez, E. & Pradena, Y. (2025). Algortihmic technopolitics and cosmo-diversity: a case study of digital governance and socio-technical imaginaries in Education. Revista Español de Educación Comparada, 48, 331-353. Selwyn, N., & Facer, K. (Eds.). (2013). The Politics of Education and Technology. Conflicts, Controversies, and Connections. New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Strauss, A. & Corbin. J. (2002). Basics of qualitative research. Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. University of Antioquia. van Dijck, J., Poell, T. & de Waal, M. (2018). The Platform Society. Oxford University Press. Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens - With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes, EUR 31006 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022, ISBN 978-92-76-48883-5, doi:10.2760/490274, JRC128415. Zuboff, S. (2019). The Age for Surveillance Capitalism. The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. Profile Books. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Educational Space in International AI Literacy Frameworks for Teachers: Conceptual Framings of Generative AI, Agency, and Responsibility 1: Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany; 2: Universität Potsdam; 3: Umeå University Presenting Author:Digital technologies profoundly shape everyday life and function as structuring elements of social, cultural, and educational realities. In postdigital conditions, digital technologies are no longer experienced as an “addition” to otherwise analogue practices; rather, their absence becomes the exception (Knox, 2019). Educational space, in this sense, cannot be reduced to physical settings such as classrooms but emerges as a relational configuration. It emerges as a sociomaterial arrangement constituted through institutional conditions, pedagogical practices, and technological infrastructures. Generative artificial intelligence (AI) intensifies these dynamics: it does not merely provide new tools and opportunities for teaching and learning, but intervenes in the conditions of education through epistemic transformations of knowledge production, validation, and circulation in school contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper pursues three objectives: (1) to identify which actors and relations are made visible in the frameworks and how educational space is constructed through these relations; (2) to examine which practices are framed as “competent” and which alternative framings of teaching and educational space are thereby excluded; and (3) to analyse how agency and responsibility are distributed between humans and machine systems, particularly with regard to epistemic authority and accountability. The European and international dimension is central to the contribution, as AI literacy frameworks increasingly circulate transnationally and shape policy and teacher education agendas across educational systems. The paper applies qualitative content analysis to examine and compare three international AI literacy frameworks for teachers: the European DigCompEdu AI extension (Bekiaridis & Attwell, 2024), the UNESCO AI Competency Framework for Teachers (Cukurova & Miao, 2024), and the OECD AI literacy framework for primary and secondary education (OECD, 2025). These documents were selected because they constitute influential reference points at European and international levels and increasingly inform teacher education, policy-making, and the governance of educational space across contexts. The qualitative content analysis systematically maps how these frameworks conceptualise generative AI in relation to schooling and teaching. The analysis focuses on the conceptual emphases and normative assumptions embedded in the competency descriptions, with particular attention to educational space as a changing condition of education. Following Kuckartz’s (2014) a seven-stage coding approach, we examine: (a) which actors and relations are foregrounded (e.g., teachers, students, AI systems, institutional contexts), (b) which practices are framed as “competent” and which alternatives are implicitly excluded, (c) which didactic orientations are reflected in the models, (d) how agency and responsibility between humans and machines are conceptualised, and (e) which epistemic and infrastructural dimensions are addressed, such as knowledge production, validation, and the visibility/invisibility of content. Findings are developed through systematic comparison across the three frameworks to identify shared patterns as well as divergences in how AI literacy is framed internationally. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis suggests that the three frameworks strongly connect AI literacy to established competency approaches for schooling and teaching and provide extensive guidance on technological and didactic dimensions, including e.g., knowledge about AI systems, instructional applications, and practical integration into classroom settings. In this way, the frameworks position teachers as key actors in making generative AI usable in educational space. At the same time, the comparative findings indicate that deeper epistemic and infrastructural transformations of educational space are less comprehensively addressed than technological or instructional aspects. While ethical considerations are referenced, the frameworks often remain limited in supporting critical engagement with generative AI as an epistemic technology that shapes knowledge production, credibility, and the (in)visibility of content (Alvarado, 2023; Eynon, 2024; Velander et al., 2026). As Selwyn (2024) demonstrates, educational AI applications face fundamental limitations in representing and modelling complex educational processes, raising questions about whether these technologies can adequately capture the social realities of teaching and learning. Similarly, the distribution of epistemic agency and responsibility across human–machine configurations is frequently under-specified, despite its relevance for assessment practices, pedagogical accountability, and democratic participation in post-digital educational space. The paper argues that a key challenge for schools and teacher education is therefore not only to foster operational AI skills, but also to strengthen reflexive competencies for critically analysing algorithmic systems, epistemic shifts, and normative implications in education (Coeckelbergh, 2025; Velander et al., 2026). For ECER Network 06, the contribution provides an internationally comparative perspective on how AI literacy frameworks shape educational space in response to social transformations, and it offers implications for developing models that go beyond instrumental approaches by foregrounding epistemic responsibility, socio-technical infrastructures, and the changing conditions of education. References Alvarado, R. (2023). AI as an epistemic technology. Science and Engineering Ethics, 29, Article 32. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11948-023-00451-3 Bekiaridis, G. & Attwell, G. (2024). Supplement to the DigCompEDU framework: Outlining the skills and competences of educators related to AI in education. AI Pioneers. https://aipioneers.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/WP3_Supplement_to_the_DigCompEDU_English.pdf Bhabha, H. K. (1994). The location of culture. Routledge. Coeckelbergh, M. (2025). AI and epistemic agency: How AI influences belief revision and its normative implications. Social Epistemology, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/02691728.2025.2466164 Cukurova, M., & Miao, F. (2024). AI competency framework for teachers. UNESCO Publishing. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000391104 Eynon, R. (2024). Algorithmic bias and discrimination through digitalisation in education: A socio-technical view. In B. Williamson, J. Komljenovic, & K. Gulson (Eds.), World yearbook of education 2024: Digitalisation of education (pp. 236–249). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003359722 Fenwick, T., & Landri, P. (2012). Materialities, textures and pedagogies: Socio-material assemblages in education. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 20(1), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2012.649421 Knox, J. (2019). What does the “postdigital” mean for education? Three critical perspectives on the digital. Postdigital Science and Education, 1, 357–370. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-019-00045-y Kuckartz, U. (2014). Qualitative text analysis: A guide to methods, practice & using software. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446288719 Linderoth, C., Hultén, M., & Stenliden, L. (2024). Competing visions of artificial intelligence in education—A heuristic analysis on sociotechnical imaginaries and problematizations in policy guidelines. Policy Futures in Education, 22(8), 1662–1678. https://doi.org/10.1177/14782103241228900 Mishra, P., Warr, M., & Islam, R. (2023). TPACK in the age of ChatGPT and generative AI. Journal of Digital Learning in Teacher Education, 39(4), 235–251. https://doi.org/10.1080/21532974.2023.2233054 OECD. (2025). Empowering learners for the age of AI: An AI literacy framework for primary and secondary education (Review draft). OECD Publishing. https://ailiteracyframework.org Selwyn, N. (2024). On the limits of artificial intelligence (AI) in education. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 10, 3–14. http://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v10.6062 Ständige Wissenschaftliche Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz (SWK) (2023): Large Language Models und ihre Potenziale im Bildungssystem. Impulspapier der Ständigen Wissenschaftlichen Kommission (SWK) der Kultusministerkonferenz. Velander, J., Örtegren, A., & Sperling, K. (2026.). Introducing AI education in school contexts: A 3D-literacy analysis of the Swedish AI subject. Technology, Pedagogy and Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/1475939X.2026.261945 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 07 SES 05 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Refugees, Gender and Community Spaces Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Zulaia Johnston da Cruz Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper “In this Municipality …”: The Production of Refugee Positionalities and the Intricacies of Danish Refugee Integration University of Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:The “integration of refugees” is today characterised by temporary protection and repatriation schemes, and the “Danish approach” to integration has gained traction across many European countries because of its restrictive measures. Within the national welfare states, asylum seekers and ‘refugees’ are increasingly promoted and positioned only as assets for the host states, who invests in ‘refugees’’ human capital to stimulate growth and employment in industries and occupations in demand of labour power. Welfare workers in Denmark, such as social workers, social educators and schoolteachers, have since the 1970’s engaged in educating ‘the refugee’ with reference to the welfare state’s social-liberal norms concerning self-sufficiency and the achievement of life quality, aiming to integrate and form the refugee within the existing capitalistic welfare society (Padovan-Özdemir and Øland 2022b, 100–127; 2022a). Recently, Heba Gowayed, has constructed a theory of state-structured human capital (2022, 4) to study how Syrian refugees’ human capital “is augmented, transformed, or destroyed by national incorporation polices” in the US, Canada and Germany. But while Gowayed focuses on how different national policies either recognises and/or invests in one group of newcomers across three states, we will focus on how municipal integration workers have sought to transform and potentialize ‘refugees’ in local communities and its different economies. Thus, the purpose of this paper is to study integration as a category of practice (Korteweg 2017; Jacobsen 2023; Masoud et al. 2023), and investigate how integration is described and work at the municipal level; how the state’s production of refugee positionalites is further governed locally. Thus, we focus on integration, not as a concept professing coherent meaning nor as a category of analysis, but exclusively as a category of practice which means that we focus on the “social, cultural and economic processes that produce groups in ways that move beyond integration discourse” (Korteweg 2017, 440). We engage in integration as a category of practice across multiple settings and investigates how municipal integration practices unfold, as narrated by the integration workers themselves. The analysis pays particular attention to how integration practices interact with and effectuate national policies of temporariness and repatriation in ambiguous ways, and how differences between rural and urban municipalities, their political leadership, and differences in housing, occupational and populational infrastructure transpire. Research has translated integration as a category of practice into a bordering practice of internal frontiers that reproduces symbolic boundaries, racial difference and social inequalities within democratic policies (Borrelli 2021; Shapiro et al. 2024; Stoler 2022; Øland 2019; 2025). Such research shows how race is produced in the targeting of racialised groups by racialised images and interventions, and thus how racialisation implies practices and actions by dominant groups. Research has also pointed to how the refugee category itself has become racialised and racialising in as much as it has become associated with non-white bodies (Picozza 2024; Blinkenberg and Øland 2026). We use these insights in our analysis to point to what we conceptualise as racialisations and racialising narratives where refugees are targeted as a racialised group by disparaging and dehumanising images that seem to legitimate coercion and exploitation in the narratives of the integration workers. The research question underpinning this paper is: how are local interests conveyed and canalised into integration practices and how do these practices simultaneously enact dynamic constructions of ‘refugees’? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is founded on original empirical material gathered from narrative interviews with 30 integration workers from six Danish municipalities during 2021–2022. Local policy documents, 4–10 per municipality, encompassing integration policies, housing and employment plans and so on, serve as supplementary material. The research was a sub-project of the research project RESTORE, funded by The Independent Research Fund Denmark. The six municipalities selected differ in size (area), number of inhabitants, population density, and in political leadership and socio-geographical location (across Denmark), including housing, occupational and populational structures and opportunities. In Denmark there are 98 municipalities and the six municipalities selected for this study were chosen so that they meet different but typical parameters of municipalities in Denmark. The integration workers interviewed worked within the areas of reception, employment, social work, social education, schooling, youth activities and adult education. They were originally trained as teachers, social caseworkers, social educators, academics from the humanities and in sales and retail, and had previously worked in these areas. Of the 30 integration workers interviewed, 19 were employed in an integration unit (sometimes located within a jobcentre, sometimes not) and the rest in public community schools, language schools, youth and family sections of the municipality. In sum, the integration workers were a heterogenous group. The analytical approach for this paper aims at describing how each interviewee constructed meaning by weaving narratives of agents, events and plots into a meaningful whole (Czarniawska 2010; Mattingly 1994). The interview responses are therefore summarised in tables with the following categories: 1) notions used to describe refugees; 2) interventions and practices set in motion “to integrate”; 3) driving agents or actants of the practices; and 4) the municipality’s development in relation to refugees. This enables an understanding of how each integration worker wove their narratives into their local environments, and it gives insights into how each municipality functioned based on many different viewpoints. Grounded in these understandings, we will outline condensed descriptive analyses of the interviewees’ perceptions of refugees in relation to the interests, needs and goals of their municipalities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to expose how integration practices unfold within the engine room of Danish municipalities and depend on municipal differences. Our preliminary analyses suggest that Danish integration emerges through racialising narratives and racialising dividing practices that absorbs and serves local interests, and in these racialising processes, educational thinking seem to play a crucial role. At the municipal level, the task to “integrate refugees” is narrated in different ways: through housing practices “refugees” are placed in isolated but ‘decent’ housing where a social order of ‘kinds of citizens’ carefully correspond to ‘kinds of districts’; through employment practices and the use of consecutive internships, “refugees” are racialised and cast as a commodity that fits the economic context and helps to develop local businesses; and through civilising practices “refugees” are cast as people who should develop and civilise themselves to serve long-term interests in establishing a viable population and tax base in the community. Almost every narrative has, as a silent referent, the Danish state’s production of refugee positionalities, in which the very categorisation of the refugee suggests and legitimises subordination, discrimination and segregation. The national integration policy’s focus on temporariness and repatriation positions the refugee in a waiting room, and in this position, municipal integration practices make the subordinated refugee useful to society. We will pay particular attention to the role of educational thinking in the racialising narratives. Learning agendas seem to play a crucial role in the cultivated integrationist treadmill driving integration practices (see also Ahmed 2016). Educational thinking appears to be dressed in good intentions but conceals the power relations upon which it is based, and which keep people positioned as refugees subordinated and stuck at the threshold of modern and free living within the Danish welfare state and liberal democracy. References Ahmed, Sara. 2016. “Progressive Racism.” Feministkilljoys: Killing Joy as a World Making Project, May 30. https://feministkilljoys.com/2016/05/30/progressive-racism/. Blinkenberg, Emilie Mallung, and Trine Øland. 2026. “‘Have We Ever Heard about Ukrainians Causing Trouble?’ How Integration Workers in Denmark Make Sense of the Special Act on Displaced Ukrainians.” Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies 52 (1): 145–64. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2025.2528742. Borrelli, Lisa Marie. 2021. “The Border Inside – Organizational Socialization of Street-Level Bureaucrats in the European Migration Regime.” Journal of Borderlands Studies 36 (4): 579–98. https://doi.org/10.1080/08865655.2019.1676815. Czarniawska, Barbara. 2010. “The Uses of Narratology in Social and Policy Studies.” Critical Policy Studies 4 (1): 58–76. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171003715002. Gowayed, Heba. 2022. Refuge: How the State Shapes Human Potential. In Refuge. Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780691235127. Jacobsen, Malene H. 2023. “Refusing the Gift of Welfare: Syrians’ Encounters with the Danish State.” Social Sciences 12 (351): 1–14. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci12060351. Korteweg, Anna C. 2017. “The Failures of ‘Immigrant Integration’: The Gendered Racialized Production of Non-Belonging.” Migration Studies 5 (3): 428–44. https://doi.org/10.1093/migration/mnx025. Masoud, Ameera, Tuuli Kurki, Kristiina Brunila, and Gunilla Holm. 2023. “Racialised Integration: Arabic-Speaking Refugees and Immigrants’ Experiences on the Paradoxes of Integration.” Nordic Journal of Migration Research 13 (1). https://doi.org/10.33134/njmr.543. Mattingly, Cheryl. 1994. “The Concept of Therapeutic ‘Emplotment.’” Social Science & Medicine 38 (6): 811–22. https://doi.org/10.1016/0277-9536(94)90153-8. Øland, Trine. 2019. Welfare Work with Immigrants and Refugees in a Social Democratic Welfare State. Routledge, Taylor and Francis Group. Øland, Trine. 2025. “‘I Have Carte Blanche to Solve Things’: The Fiery Soul Bureaucrat and the Exercise of Authority towards ‘Newly Arrived Refugees.’” Migration Studies. Padovan-Özdemir, Marta, and Trine Øland. 2022a. “Denied, but Effective – Stock Stories in Danish Welfare Work with Refugees.” Race Ethnicity and Education 25 (2): 212–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2020.1798375. Padovan-Özdemir, Marta, and Trine Øland. 2022b. Racism in Danish Welfare Work with Refugees: Troubled by Difference, Docility and Dignity. Routledge. Picozza, Fiorenza. 2024. “Racial Capitalism, War and Asylum-Seeking: Unearthing the Troubled Relationship between Refugee Support, Antiracism and International Solidarity.” In Race, Bordering and Disobedient Knowledge: Activism and Everyday Struggles in Europe, edited by Suvi Keskinen, Aminkeng Atabong Alemanji, and Minna Seikkula. Manchester University Press. Shapiro, Ditte, Katrine Syppli Kohl, Rikke Egaa Jørgensen, and Marie Sandberg. 2024. “Boundary Obstacles in Social Innovation: Refugees, Volunteers, and Caseworkers Navigating Denmark’s Paradoxical Borderscape.” Migration Studies 12 (4): mnae043. https://doi.org/10.1093/migration/mnae043. Stoler, Ann Laura. 2022. Interior Frontiers: Essays on the Entrails of Inequality. Oxford University Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Family, School, and Community Practices Shaping Syrian and Iraqi Youth Upper Secondary Education Experiences in Iceland 1: University of Iceland, Iceland; 2: University of Iceland, Iceland; 3: University of Akureyri Presenting Author:This study discussed here is part of a larger project titled Apart and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland. One of the project’s pillars is to examine refugee youth’s language learning, language use, and multilingualism. Building on that pillar, this study examines multilingual practices that support learning Icelandic and heritage languages, including Icelandic-as-a-second-language classes, homework support, and heritage-language classes across family, school, and community contexts. The research question guiding this study is the following: How do the language practices of family, school, and community shape Syrian and Iraqi youth’s Icelandic language learning, heritage-language maintenance, and academic progression in upper secondary school education? Findings from previous studies in Iceland focusing on youth with refugee backgrounds have consistently highlighted structural and institutional barriers to educational inclusivity, including a lack of policy, a lack of teacher preparation, limited heritage-language support, and sustained home-school collaboration (Gunnþórsdóttir, 2019; Hama, 2020; Harðardóttir & Magnúsdóttir, 2018; Ragnarsdóttir, 2020). At the same time, research has paid less attention to the facilitators that enable youth to persist and progress across school levels, including family language practices, community-based language support, and linguistic and cultural approaches within schools (Allen et al., 2021; Fong et al., 2024). Even less visible is how youth and their families actively navigate structural and institutional barriers to educational inclusivity in everyday life, for example, how they negotiate language expectations, mobilize resources across home, school, and community contexts, and sustain both Icelandic language learning and heritage language use as Syrian and Iraqi youth transition into upper secondary school (Prasad & Lory, 2020; Ungar, 2011; Ungar & Theron, 2019). European scholarship highlights the growing recognition of multilingualism and its cognitive, educational, and social benefits. Scholars such as Cummins (2021, 2024) emphasize that multilingual learners benefit when schools move away from monolingualism and create classroom ecologies that welcome cross-linguistic connections, translanguaging, and identity-affirming language use (Cummins, 2021, 2024). Similarly, Fong et al. (2024) argue that undervaluing ethnically or racially minoritized students’ identities, including social status, religious beliefs, and their socio-ecological environment, can undermine their sense of belonging, which in turn shapes their academic progress. Lastly, Chumak-Horbatsch (2025) underscores the importance of investing in multilingual, inclusive classroom practices that draw on all students’ language repertoires and create equitable environments that strengthen students’ belonging. This paper draws on a theoretical framework in socio-ecological resilience (Ungar & Theron, 2019) and Linguistic and Cultural Collaboration (Prasad & Lory, 2020). In line with Ungar and Theron (2019), resilience is treated as a multisystem process: young people do well under adversity when they can navigate toward and negotiate for psychological, social, cultural, and material resources that sustain well-being and a sense of belonging in culturally meaningful ways. This framing aligns with the study’s focus on how Icelandic language learning, heritage language maintenance, and academic progression depend on resources accessed and negotiated across family, school, and community contexts, including instructional support, culturally and linguistically safe relationships, and opportunities to maintain heritage languages. Complementing this notion, Prasad and Lory’s (2020) LCC specifies what equitable collaboration can look like in practice. In practice, LCC is both a process and a product that emerges when teachers, students, families, and community actors utilize diverse language repertoires and funds of knowledge to enrich learning while challenging deficit views of marginalized languages. Together, these lenses support an analysis of language practice as socially organized, power-laden, and consequential for the academic trajectories of Syrian and Iraqi youth. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative research study involves Syrian and Iraqi youth of different genders, their parents from diverse educational and socio-economic backgrounds, schoolteachers, and communities, such as support families and the mosque. A multiple case study was adopted following Stake’s (2005) conceptualization of case studies as a method for revealing the specificity and complexity of each unique case. Data was collected through semi-structured in-depth and focus group interviews (Braun & Clarke, 2013) guided by interview protocols developed by the ESRCI research team. Emphasis is placed on capturing Syrian and Iraqi youth’s agency, experiences, and perspectives through emancipatory approaches, including language portraits and value cards activities designed to foreground youth voices and linguistic and cultural identities (Broek, 2025; Yoshida & Nichols, 2024). The study includes participants across four Icelandic municipalities, three rural and one urban, and comprises twelve youth aged 12 to 23, five parents, four support-family representatives, and four educational professionals, connected to Icelandic as a second language instruction and schooling, and the mosque, a key community-based heritage-language learning environment. Each youth and participant who is related to them constitutes a distinct case, collectively illuminating the broader ecological context surrounding Syrian and Iraqi youth’s Icelandic language learning, heritage language maintenance, and authentic school belonging across home, school, and community contexts (Prasad & Lory, 2020; Ungar, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings are consistent with previous studies in Iceland, which highlight persistent structural barriers for youth with refugee backgrounds, including policy invisibility, limited teacher preparedness, fragmented home-school collaboration, high demands in Icelandic, and a lack of heritage language support in schools. However, new insights emerge into the ways Syrian and Iraqi youth, and their families, actively navigate and negotiate language-related resources across contexts. For example, heritage-language learning is primarily sustained through parent-organized instruction and community-based initiatives, notably those associated with religious institutions, such as mosques. Furthermore, the analysis reveals that Syrian and Iraqi youth’s language-related well-being and authentic sense of belonging are closely dependent on consistent support provided by family, school, and community contexts. Particularly important facilitators include classroom practices that provide structured support for Icelandic language learning, flexible assessment, and encouragement for Syrian and Iraqi youth to utilize their heritage language for learning without stigma. Community and family support appear to be key to Syrian and Iraqi youth’s educational engagement, heritage language maintenance, and learning Icelandic; however, in schools, support for Icelandic language learning and multilingual practices is left to the goodwill or the ability of individual teachers and schools to provide these services. This is largely due to the municipalities versus the government’s funding responsibility response, which led to secondary schools having uneven resources Ultimately, the paper identifies uneven yet distinct pathways of resilience that enable youth to maintain their heritage languages, learn Icelandic, and advance academically. Beyond structural and systemic stresses, some Syrian and Iraqi youth face a fragmented family environment, peer exclusion, discrimination, and isolation. These pressures may accumulate, constrain their sense of belonging, and, in turn, lead to dropping out of school. References References Allen, K. A., Kern, M. L., Rozek, C. S., McInerney, D. M., & Slavich, G. M. (2021). Belonging: a review of conceptual issues, an integrative framework, and directions for future research. Australian Journal of Psychology, 73(1), 87–102. https://doi.org/10.1080/00049530.2021.1883409 Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. SAGE Publications. Chumak-Horbatsch, R. (2025). Multilingual teaching: The missing piece. Multilingual Matters. Cummins, J. (2024). Multilingualism in English language education. In the Routledge companion to English studies (2nd ed.). Routledge. Harðardóttir, E. & Magnúsdóttir, B. R. (2018). “Moving in the dark”: Exploring representations of refugee youth through Icelandic public policy documents and teachers’ narratives – Icelandic Review of Politics & Administration, 14(3) Fong, C. J., Adelugba, S. F., Garza, M., Pinto, G. L., Gonzales, C., Zarei, P., & Rozek, C. S. (2024). A scoping review of the associations between sense of belonging and academic outcomes in postsecondary education. Educational Psychology Review, 36(4). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-024-09974-y Gunnþórsdóttir, H., Barillé, S., & Meckl, M. (2019). The Education of Students with Immigrant Background in Iceland: Parents’ and Teachers’ Voices. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(4), 605–616. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2017.1415966 Hama, S. R. (2020). Experiences and expectations of successful immigrant and refugee students while in upper secondary schools in Iceland [Doctoral dissertation, University of Iceland]. Opin vísindi. https://hdl.handle.net/20.500.11815/2182 Matthews, J. S., Boomhower, K. M., & Ekwueme, C. (2024). Assimilationist, reformist, and sociopolitical phases of school belonging research: A critical race and optimal distinctiveness review. In Advances in motivation science (pp. 171–213). https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.adms.2023.12.001 Stake, R. E. (2005). Multiple case study analysis. Guildford Press. Ungar, M., & Theron, L. (2019). Resilience and mental health: how multisystemic processes contribute to positive outcomes. The Lancet Psychiatry, 7(5), 441–448. https://doi.org/10.1016/s2215-0366(19)30434-1 Yoshida, R., & Nichols, S. (2024). The multiple resources of refugee students: a language portrait inquiry. International Journal of Multilingualism, 21(1), 379–399. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2022.2026359 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Supporting the Capabilities of Parents of Refugee or Asylum-seeking Pupils regarding Collaboration with School : The Perspective of Community Workers 1: University of Quebec in Montreal, Canada; 2: University of Quebec in Montreal, Canada; 3: University of Quebec in Montreal, Canada Presenting Author:Topic: In many societies around the world, collaboration between school and families is recognized as essential to support students' educational success. This is the case in Quebec, a French-speaking province of Canada, where Epstein's typology (2011) has been widely used in research to study parental involvement and opportunities for parents to collaborate with schools. The typology is divided into six types: 1) parenting; 2) communication with the school; 3) parental involvement at school; 4) monitoring and supporting learning at home; 5) participation in decision-making; 6) collaboration and exchanges with the community. However, some authors express reservations about Epstein's typology when it comes to studying the involvement of parents who do not represent the majority (Gosselin-Lavoie et Charette, 2024). In this regard, Bower and Griffin (2011) point out that the modes of involvement and collaboration traditionally expected of parents, such as involvement at school or support with schoolwork, do not cover the ways in which parents can be involved when they are in a low socioeconomic situation or when they represent a minority group. In these contexts, Bower and Griffin (2011) highlight the value of supporting networking among parents and their power to act about their rights and those of their children. Cranston et al. (2021), in a study focusing on refugee parents who do not speak the language of the school, also describe Epstein's conceptual framework as problematic. It does not consider the challenges that parents may face in the host society, which could affect their possibility to get involved in their children's education, such as a lack of knowledge about the school system, partial mastery of the language of school, or the time-consuming search for employment. According to Conus (2023), school expectations are governed by rigid norms that distance some parents from school by placing the burden of collaboration on their shoulders, rather than considering the structural and institutional factors that create barriers. According to Coady et al. (2015), who examine collaborations between school and Spanish-speaking immigrant families, to demonstrate inclusion in collaboration, it is essential to reconceptualize the relationship between parents and the school, as well as the resources available to them. Research question: How do the terms of collaboration offered to refugee families or asylum seekers in Quebec enable or prevent parents from meeting their needs and addressing their realities? Conceptual framework: The capabilities approach theory will be used to answer our research question, which is part of a social justice perspective and was developed by Amartya Sen in the field of social economics (Sen, 2000). The author describes the concept of capabilities as a set of modes of functioning that are potentially accessible to a person, whether they exercise them (Sen, 2000). They are real opportunities available to persons that would allow them to choose to “be” and “do” what they value (Olympio, 2020; Picard et al., 2015). The capabilities approach aims to inform people of their rights and the resources available to them but also emphasizes the need for people to know how to use these resources, thereby opening a wider range of opportunities for them (Sen, 2000). The approach also draws on the concept of conversion factors, which can be negative or positive. These factors explain why individuals with the same resources do not necessarily achieve the same results. These factors can be personal, sociocultural, environmental, etc. They affect people's ability to use and transform resources (Sen, 2000). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our research approach is qualitative, interpretive, and exploratory (Miles & Huberman, 2003). We met with seven community workers who support parents of school-aged children who have experienced refugee or asylum seeker paths. They were all women. Five of them had immigration experience, and in all cases, they were admitted to Canada under the ‘’economic immigration category’’ (as opposed to refugees or asylum seekers) (5/7). They were all based in the greater Montreal area, an urban setting. The interview framework consisted of four sections: 1) sociodemographic data on the individual, 2) their role regarding parents of refugee or asylum-seeking children, 4) their perceptions of parents' needs about school, and 4) the concrete actions taken to provide them with support in relation to school. The support proposed to parents took place over one to six meetings, depending on the needs of the parents as identified by themselves or by the community workers. They are employed by a community organization but sometimes have offices in schools. Semi-structured interviews lasting 45 to 65 minutes were conducted via the Zoom platform to document their reported practices. A thematic analysis of content using mixed coding was carried out using Nvivo software. Our analysis was initially descriptive, as we outlined the actions implemented by community workers to support families. We then analyzed the documented actions considering the conceptual framework of the capabilities approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analyses highlight the fact that community workers inform all parents of their rights, but on different topics and to varying degrees. Some of them say they inform parents by considering their immigration status, i.e, by informing them about their eligibility to daycare or health insurance. Some community workers immediately put asylum-seeking parents in touch with low-cost lawyers by giving them the name of a specific organization or lawyer. Others rights shared with parents are directly related to school, such as children's rights and compulsory schooling from ages 6 to 16. Our analyses also show that practitioners provide families with a lot of information about neighborhood resources or put them in direct contact with resources: food banks, low-cost clothing or school supplies, job search support organizations, Facebook groups for immigrant parents, etc. Community workers who speak several languages often conduct meetings with parents in a language they are fluent in, while others use interpreters or conduct meetings in French. Our analyses also revealed positive and negative conversion factors. Positive conversion factors include: accessible resources on foot or within the same facility, attentives community workers who identify families' needs and provide them with specific referrals, when structural solutions are offered to facilitate links with the school, e.g., public transportation tickets to get there. Negative conversion factors include: a one size fits all approach, long list of resources available without pointing any, lack of time with parents to build a relationship of trust. In conclusion, parents and community workers need time as they can point out the rights resources, understand how to use it and converting them into opportunities for choice. Parents have a wide range of needs, and the support offered to build collaboration with school should first address their day-to-day needs and must also be diverse as their contexts. References BOWER, H. A., et Griffin, D. (2011). Can the Epstein Model of Parental Involvement work in a high-minority, high-poverty elementary school? A Case Study. Professional School Counseling, 15(2), 77–87. https://doi.org/10.5330/PSC.n.2011-15.77 COADY, M. R., COADY, T. J. ET NELSON, A. (2015). Assessing the Needs of Immigrant, Latino Families and Teachers in Rural Settings : Building Home-School Partnerships. NABE Journal of Research and Practice, 6(1), 122-157. CONUS, X. (2023). Relais ou médiateur ? De la difficile résistance du soutien à la parentalité à l’instrumentalisation scolaire dans un canton suisse. Enfances, Familles, Générations, 43. https://journals.openedition.org/efg/16262 CRANSTON, J., LABMAN, S. ET CROOK, S. (2021). Reframing Parental Involvement as Social Engagement : A Study of Recently Arrived Arabic-Speaking Refugee arents’Understandings of Involvement in Their Children’s Education. Canadian Journal of Education, 44(2), 371-404. EPSTEIN, J. L. (2011). School, family, and community partnerships : Preparing educators and improving schools. Westview. GOSSELIN-LAVOIE, C. & Charette, J. (2024). Quand l’école promeut des albums plurilingues de littérature jeunesse pour soutenir des pratiques inclusives de collaboration avec les familles en milieu pluriethnique et plurilingue. Revue hybride de l'éducation, 8(2), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1522/rhe.v8i2.1566 MILES, M.B. et Huberman, A.M. (2003) Analyse des données qualitatives. De Boeck et Larcier. OLYMPIO, N. (2020). Trajectoires d’élèves entrants en lycée professionnel: vers des parcours plus «capabilisants»? CÉREQ Échanges. PICARD, F., Olympio, N., Masdonati, J. & Bangali, M. (2015). Justice sociale et orientation scolaire: l’éclairage de l’approche par les «capabilités» d’Amartya Sen. Justice sociale et orientation scolaire, 44(1), 23-45. SEN, A. (2000). Repenser l’inégalité. Seuil. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Intersectional Lives at the Urban Fringe: Gender, Space, and Identity Construction of Migrant Daughters in China's Urban Villages Faculty of Education of East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:This research addresses a critical yet under-examined subject within the sociology of education and internal migration: the lived experiences and identity formation of young women who grew up as children of rural-to-urban migrants in China’s distinctive ‘urban villages’ (chengzhongcun城中村). While the children of China’s estimated 300 million internal migrants have garnered significant scholarly attention (Luo, 2012; Dorfman, 2018), research often bifurcates into a discourse of ‘left-behind children’ in rural areas versus ‘migrant children’ facing integration barriers in cities (Li et al., 2025; Dong, 2018). This study identifies a significant empirical and theoretical gap concerning those who inhabit a unique socio-spatial niche: they are not ‘left-behind’, nor are they transient ‘migrants’ in the typical sense; they are socialised within the city, yet within enclaves marked by informality, stigma, and profound inequality. Urban villages, formed by the engulfing of former rural settlements by expanding metropolises, are dense, low-cost neighbourhoods housing millions of migrant families (Zhou, 2025; Lam, 2022). They are physical and symbolic frontiers where urban dreams and rural origins collide. Focusing on female experiences introduces a vital gendered lens, as daughters often navigate compounded pressures from limited family resources, gendered expectations, and the imperative for educational success as a perceived sole pathway to mobility (Jacka, 2005; Goodburn Lau, 2015). The research is guided by three questions: 1) How do the spatial and social characteristics of urban villages shape the educational opportunities, identity construction, and emotional experiences of women raised within them? 2) What strategies do these women employ to pursue educational success and social mobility within constrained environments? 3) How do they negotiate and reconfigure their complex, hybrid identities during their transition to adulthood? The theoretical framework synergistically integrates Amartya Sen’s Capability Approach and Pierre Bourdieu’s theory of capital. Sen’s approach shifts the evaluative focus from outcomes (e.g., test scores, income) to the expansion of individuals’ substantive freedoms and ‘capabilities’—the real opportunities to achieve valued ‘beings and doings’, such as being educated, enjoying social integration, and maintaining self-respect (Sen, 1999). It provides a normative lens for assessing equality of opportunity. Bourdieu’s conceptual toolkit (economic, cultural, social, and symbolic capital, habitus, and field) offers a critical sociological apparatus to diagnose the structural roots that constrain these capabilities (Bourdieu, 1986). The spatial and social milieu of the urban village is analysed as a field with a specific distribution of capital, where families often possess limited economic capital, marginalised cultural capital (relative to urban mainstream norms), and thin local social networks. The ‘urban village’ label itself often carries negative symbolic capital (stigma) (Lam, 2022). This integrated ‘capital-capability-field’ framework allows us to analyse how structural inequalities in capital convertibility systematically limit the development of individuals’ capabilities, while also examining the agential, often burdensome strategies individuals deploy to accumulate capital (notably educational credentials) and expand their horizons (see also a model linking Bourdieu and Sen by “The Role of Outside-School Factors in Science Education”, 2016). The European/international relevance of this study is multifaceted. It contributes to global debates on the intergenerational consequences of migration, educational inequalities in super-diverse cities, and the role of space in reproducing social class. It resonates with European research on the integration of second-generation immigrants in contexts of spatial segregation and offers a comparative perspective from the Global East on how rapid, state-driven urbanization creates unique marginal spaces and subjectivities. The study’s theoretical engagement with capability and capital provides a robust, transferable framework for analysing educational mobility at the intersection of space, gender, and class across different national contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study employs the Biographic-Narrative Interpretative Method (BNIM) (Wengraf, 2001) as its core methodological framework. BNIM is chosen for its depth and sensitivity in accessing the life-worlds of participants, treating the life story as a central means through which individuals construct meaning, identity, and coherence from their experiences over time. It is particularly suited to exploring the interplay between structural forces and personal agency across the life course ( Rosenthal, 2004). Data collection involves longitudinal, in-depth biographic-narrative interviews with 10 women (aged 22-35) who spent their formative childhood and adolescent years (minimum of 10 years) growing up in urban villages in major Chinese cities (e.g., Shenzhen, Guangzhou). Participants are purposively sampled to capture diversity in educational attainment, current occupation, and family migration history. Each participant undergoes a two-interview series: the first is a single-question, open-ended narrative interview inviting them to tell their life story; the second is a follow-up interview focusing on themes and chronologies emerging from the first, allowing for deeper exploration and clarification. The analysis follows a constructivist grounded theory approach (Charmaz, 2014), informed by BNIM’s analytical principles. This involves a meticulous, iterative process. First, interview transcripts are analysed using initial and focused coding to identify key experiential categories (e.g., “spatial shame,” “educational hustling,” “identity camouflage”). Second, the analysis proceeds to theoretical coding, where these categories are constantly compared and related to the sensitising concepts of the theoretical framework (e.g., how experiences of “capital disparity” in school link to the development of specific “capabilities” or “emotional costs”). Memo-writing is used throughout to develop analytical ideas. The aim is not to test the theories rigidly but to use them as lenses to illuminate the data, allowing for a grounded, nuanced understanding of how structural constraints and capabilities are lived and navigated. The study adheres to strict ethical protocols, including informed consent, anonymisation (using pseudonyms), and secure data handling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals three core findings on the educational mobility and identity negotiation of women from urban villages. First, the urban village is a site of capital scarcity that constrains key capabilities. Participants experienced economic precarity, gendered resource allocation, and the threat of being sent “back home,” undermining their capability for security. Spatial stigma and a cultural capital gap with urban peers eroded their capability for self-respect and social participation. Second, participants engaged in intense “educational hustling,” embracing meritocracy at high emotional cost. They pursued education as the only fair path, yet within an unequal field where merit often mirrored mainstream cultural capital. This required constant identity labour—hiding addresses, altering accents—to “pass.” Such effort protected educational chances but incurred anxiety, shame, and a fractured self, illustrating trade-offs between educational capability and psychological well-being. Third, these experiences produced “double otherness” and belonging dislocation. They felt like outsiders both in the city (“migrant kids”) and in ancestral rural areas. In adulthood, educational success enabled class mobility but not identity resolution. Many identify as “marginal middle-class,” navigating hybridity and enduring emotional ties to—yet distance from—their past. The study concludes that upward mobility through education is an ambivalent achievement: enabled by agency but structurally overdetermined, laden with emotional penalties, and often yielding a fragmented self. It challenges individualistic meritocratic narratives and calls for policies addressing spatial stigma, curricular biases, and psychosocial support for youth in such borderlands. References Atkinson, R. (1998). The life story interview. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412986205 Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood Press. Burchardt, T., & Hick, R. (2016). The capability approach to advantage and disadvantage. In H. Dean & L. Platt (Eds.), Social advantage and disadvantage (pp. 35–56). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780198737070.003.0002 Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications. Crocker, D. A., & Robeyns, I. (2009). Capability and agency. In C. W. Morris (Ed.), Amartya Sen (pp. 60–90). Cambridge University Press. Dang, A.-T. (2014). Amartya Sen's capability approach: A framework for well-being evaluation and policy analysis? Review of Social Economy, 72(4), 460–484. https://doi.org/10.1080/00346764.2014.958903 Dong, J. (2018). Language and identity construction of China's rural-urban migrant children: An ethnographic study in an urban public school. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education, 17(5), 336–349. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2018.1494597 Gu, X., & Yeung, W.-J. J. (2020). Hopes and hurdles: Rural migrant children's education in urban China. Chinese Sociological Review, 52(2), 199–237. https://doi.org/10.1080/21620555.2020.1717944 Jacka, T. (2005). Rural women in urban China: Gender, migration, and social change. M. E. Sharpe. Lei, L., & Yu, W. (2021). What does it take to get ahead? Individual characteristics, community contexts, and stratification beliefs among youth in China. Social Forces, 100(2), 738–764. https://doi.org/10.1093/sf/soab027 Li, J., Xu, S., & Luo, E. (2025). A scoping review of parental migration and left‑behind children's well‑being in China. International Journal of Social Welfare. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijsw.12689 Nilsen, A. (2023). Life course studies and biographical research: Exploring the individual-society relationship. In Biographical life course research (pp. 3–27). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-44717-4_1 Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom. Alfred A. Knopf. Wang, Y., Li, Y., Chen, H., & Zhang, Z. (2024). Destigmatizing urban villages by examining their attractiveness: Quantification evidence from Shenzhen. Habitat International, 150, Article 103081. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.habitatint.2024.103081 Wengraf, T. (2001). Qualitative research interviewing: Biographic narrative and semi-structured methods. SAGE Publications. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 07 SES 05 B: Professional Learning and Educational Research for Equity and Inclusion Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Tomaszewska-Pękała Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Teachers' Attributions of Students' Positive Peer Experiences: Socio-Demographic Characteristics and the Mediating Roles of Student’s Social behavior and Teacher–Student Relationships PH FHNW, Switzerland Presenting Author:In inclusive and culturally diverse educational settings, teachers play a key role in fostering academic learning and social inclusion among diverse groups of students (Farmer, 2019). For instance, teachers' attributions influence teacher feedback that affects students’ behavior and achievement (Reyna, 2000). Attributions are made on two dimensions: location (internal vs. external) and stability (stable vs. unstable; Weiner, 1976). These attributions reflect relatively stable tendencies based on repeated observations but allow for situational variation depending on context and evaluation demand. Consequently, teachers’ attributional patterns tend to be stable over time (Reyna, 2000), yet are influenced by socio-demographic characteristics of students (Espinoza et al., 2014; Reyna, 2000). For example, teachers tend to explain boys’ successes and failures to internal and stable causes, whereas girls’ outcomes are more often attributed to internal and variable causes (Espinoza et al., 2014). Teachers also tend to attribute academic success in students with migration backgrounds (MB) and/or low socio-economic status (SES) to external (stable or variable) or internal-variable causes (Wiley & Eskilson, 1978). Previous research on teachers’ attributions has predominantly addressed academic performance and student behavior (Reyna, 2000), with limited attention to attributions on students’ social inclusion, which includes social interactions, acceptance, and friendships in class (Koster et al., 2009). This study addresses this gap by examining teachers’ attributions of students’ positive peer experiences, such as inclusion, acceptance, and friendships. Student social behavior (SSB), as a consistent and observable pattern over time (Reyna, 2000, Perren et al., 2012), is particularly relevant for teachers’ attributions along the stability dimension, indicating whether the causes for positive peer experiences are assessed as stable or unstable over time (Weiner, 1976). Teacher-student relationships (TSR) also play a crucial role in shaping teachers' attributions by acting as a relational filter shaping how teachers perceive and interpret these experiences, especially affecting the locus of causality dimension (internal vs. external) through emotional and relational context (Pianta, 2001). As SSB influences the quality of TSR (Magro et al., 2025), it is reasonable to assume that teachers’ attributions are likely shaped first by observable social behaviors of the students and subsequently by TSR. Socio-demographic variables are associated with SSB and TSR. For example, boys with a MB and low SES show lower levels of social behavior (Luo et al., 2022) and are more likely to have a conflictual TSR (Li et al., 2020). Furthermore, social behavior and TSR have been found to correlate with teachers’ attributions (Fleming et al., 2025). The different mechanisms by which SSB and TSR influence teachers’ attributions, and their possible mediating role between socio-demographic variables and teachers’ attributions, remain insufficiently studied. In particular, it remains unclear whether and how TSR and SSB translate students’ socio-demographic characteristics into teachers’ attributions of peer experiences. Our analysis aims to close these gaps by examining the following research questions: To what extent do students’ socio-demographic variables predict teachers’ attributions of positive peer experiences and are these effects mediated by SSB and TSR? Additionally, how do these relationships vary across the dimensions of stability (stable vs. unstable) and locus of causality (internal vs. external)? Drawing on the reviewed literature and theoretical background, we hypothesize (1) that students’ socio-demographic variables (i.e., gender, MB, and SES) predict teachers’ attributions of positive peer experiences, and (2) that the effects are mediated by SSB and TSR. We further explore whether these mediation effects differ between the dimensions of stability and locus of causality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The hypotheses were tested using a sample of N = 955 Students from 60 classes (mean age =8.2, 44.6% female, 30.4% have MB, mean HISEI = 61.2,), attending Grades 1 to 6, predominantly Grades 2 to 4 (1st class: N = 100, 2nd class: N = 268, 3rd class: N = 291: 4th class: N = 255, 5th class: N = 13, 6th class: N = 2). 58 teachers (mean age = 37.1, 89.9% female) provided ratings for the students. Schools and classes were randomly selected from the seven preselected German speaking Swiss cantons and contacted. Data was collected from students, parents, and teachers at the beginning of the school year (t1). Teachers additionally completed a questionnaire at the end of the school year (t2). Teachers’ attributions of positive peer experiences were rated for each student along the dimensions locus of causality (1 = external – 6 = internal) and stability (1 = unstable – 5 = stable) using 3 items each for acceptance, inclusion, and friendship (Ωloc_t1=.97, Ωstab_t1=.93, Ωloc_t2=.92, Ωstab_t2=.92). TSR was measured at t1 using three items from the Conflict subscale of the Student–Teacher Relationship Scale (Pianta, 2001; Ω = .81). SSB was assessed with peer ratings. Students rated four classmates on their helpfulness and cooperation based on the SOCOMP instrument (Perren et al., 2012). Individual social behavior scores reflect the mean of received peer ratings. Students’ gender was reported by students themselves and by their parents (0 = female, 1 = male). MB was defined according to OECD standards as having at least one parent born abroad. Students’ SES was assessed via parents’ occupations using the International Socio-Economic Index of Occupational Status 2008 (ISEI-08; Ganzeboom & Treiman, 2010). The higher ISEI score of either parent was used to represent the family SES. To reduce teacher time, missing data of teacher attribution was deliberately introduced (planned missing) and subsequently imputed using multiple Imputation in R (jomo, mitml; m = 50), pooled following Rubin’s rules (1987). Structural equation models (SEM) with robust maximum likelihood estimation were estimated separately for locus of causality and stability. The multilevel structure (Level 1 = students, Level 2 = classes) was accounted in Mplus using TYPE=COMPLEX. Data were assumed to be missing at random (Graham, 2009) and treated using full information maximum likelihood (FIML). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The SEM examined the effects of students’ gender, MB, and SES on teachers’ attributions, mediated by SSB and TSR. One SEM included the attributional dimension stability, the other locus of causality as dependent variable. Both models had a good fit. Consistent with Hypothesis 1, both SEMs showed significant effects from gender, MB, and SES to attributions. Consistent with Hypothesis 2, the SEM for stability showed significant negative indirect effects from gender and MB and positive indirect effect from SES to attributions, mediated by SSB. Boys and students with MB showed less, students with higher SES showed more SSB, linked to more stable attributions. The SEM for locus of causality showed significant negative indirect effects from gender and MB on attributions serially mediated by SSB and conflictual TSR. Boys and students with MB showed less SSB, leading to more conflictual TSR and consequently to more external attributions. Additionally, there was a significant negative indirect effect from gender mediated by conflictual TSR. Boys had a more conflictual TSR and consequently more external attributions. SES showed a significant positive indirect effect mediated by the same variables. Students with higher SES, showed more SSB, leading to less conflictual TSR and consequently to more internal attributions. Additionally, both SEMs showed a significant negative direct effect from MB to attributions, indicating positive peer experiences of students with MB were attributed as less stable and more external. Thus, mediation effects differed between stability and locus of causality dimensions, emphasizing that teacher attributions are shaped by socio-demographics, social behavior, and TSR. We find evidence for inequalities in teacher attributions students’ positive peer experiences based on their gender, MB, and SES, disadvantaging boys, students with MB, and with low SES. Fostering social behavior and strengthening TSR may reduce these inequalities and promote inclusion in culturally diverse educational settings. References Espinoza, P., Arêas da Luz Fontes, A. B., and Arms-Chavez, C. J. (2014). Attributional gender bias:teachers’ ability and effort explanations for students’ math performance. Soc.Psychol. Educ. Int. J. 17, 105–126. doi:10.1007/s11218-013-9226-6 Farmer, T. W., Hamm, J. V., Dawes, M., Barko-Alva, K., & Cross, J. R. (2019). Promoting inclusive communities in diverse classrooms: Teacher attunement and social dynamics management. Educational Psychologist, 54(4), 286–305. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2019.1635020 Fleming, G. E., Boulton, A. L., Kershaw, K. A., Prasad, A. H., & Kimonis, E. R. (2025). “The student will always be a problem”: Callous-unemotional traits are associated with specific dimensions of teacher attributions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 155, 104912. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104912 Ganzeboom, H. B. G., & Treiman, D. J. (2010). International stratification and mobility file: Conversion Tools. Department of Social Research Methodology. Graham, J. W. (2009). Missing Data Analysis: Making It Work in the Real World. Annual Review of Psychology, 60, 549–576. Koster, M., Nakken, H., Pijl, S. J., & van Houten, E. (2009). Being part of the peer group:A literature study focusing on the social dimension of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 13(2), 117–140. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110701284680 Li, J., Wang, J., Li, J., Qian, S., Jia, R., Wang, Y., Liang, J., & Xu, Y. (2020). How do socioeconomic status relate to social relationships among adolescents:A school-based study in East China. BMC Pediatrics, 20(1), 271. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12887-020-02175-w Luo, J., Grieken, A. van, Yang-Huang, J., Toren, S. J. van den, & Raat, H. (2022). Psychosocial health disparities in early childhood: Socioeconomic status and parent migration background. SSM-Population Health, 19,101137. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssmph.2022.101137 Magro, S., Berry, D., Palmer, A., & Roisman, G. (2025). Teacher-Student Relationship Quality and Social, Academic, and Behavioral Adjustment Are Associated Within and Between Persons From Kindergarten to Grade 6. Developmental Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0002030 Perren, S., Forrester-Knauss, C., & Alsaker, F. D. (2012). Self- and other-oriented social skills: Differential associations with children’s mental health and bullying roles. Journal for Educational Research Online, 4,99–123. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:7053 Pianta, R. C. (2001). Student-Teacher Relationship Scale-Short Form. Psychological Assessment Resources. Reyna, C. (2000). Lazy, Dumb, or Industrious: When Stereotypes Convey Attribution Information in the Classroom. Educational Psychology Review, 12(1),85–110. Rubin, D. B. (1987). Multiple Imputation for Nonresponse in Surveys (1. Aufl.). Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316696 Weiner, B. (1976). An Attributional Approach for Educational Psychology. Review of Research in Education, 4,179–209. Wiley, M. G., & Eskilson, A. (1978). Why did you learn in school today? Teachers perceptions of causality. Sociology of Education, 51, 261–269. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Case Study on the Effects of a Research-development Program on Teachers’ Professional Development 1: University of Pécs, Hungary; 2: Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary Presenting Author:Policies of the European Union, focusing on developing programs aimed at reducing early school leaving, highlight the role of education. Educational policies that intervene in the system can be categorised into three main types: prevention, intervention, and compensation (Eurydice, 2014). Research has shown that practices in various European countries aim to decrease the ratio of early school leavers (Tomaszewska-Pękała, 2017). In the context of this paper, young Roma people are the most affected (Bocsi et al., 2023), as early school leaving is not only dependent on school performance but also linked to structural oppression (Boros, Bogdán & Durst, 2021), which intersects with living in rural areas (Eurostat, 2023). This presentation focuses on a research-development programme that designed a preventive intervention (ISCED2 level), with the help of 10 primary schools and 10 mentor teachers, who were also developers of the programme. The research-development was implemented in the academic years 2021/2022 and 2024/2025 (four-year-long development). Mentoring is a tool for providing equity. Mentoring in this development is youth mentoring carried out by adults, teachers (Raposa, Rhodes & Herrera, 2016; Keller, 2007) in a location-based, school-based format (Sipe, 2007). Besides the primary aim of the development, promoting students’ success and career guidance, a secondary focus of the development was enhancing teachers’ professional development. Teachers in the programme joined voluntarily and engaged in monthly workshops and regular mentoring sessions with the students. The development aimed at promoting horizontal learning between the 10 mentor teachers, creating a professional learning community (PLC) (Dzieciatko-Szendrei et al., 2024; Handayani, Ciptaningrum & Triastuti, 2025; Huyen, Nga & Thao, 2024). Professional learning communities of teachers are analysed in school-based contexts (Thomas, 2009, 2022) and in non-formal learning environments (Dzieciatko-Szendrei et al., 2024). Findings of literature highlight that the professional development of teachers has a positive impact on students’ performance (Ventista & Brown, 2023) and can contribute to teachers’ success. The PLC met monthly online (Jin et al., 2024), and in-person learning was also provided in the development. The PLC developed and presented in this paper is based on the findings of inclusive developments (Varga, 2015), with a two-fold approach. Firstly, creating an inclusive community essentially determines the involvement of participants in development (Varga, 2015). Secondly, being part of an inclusive community and experiencing structures created in such an environment can model the expected inclusive approach for the mentor teachers. Applying the process-based model of inclusion (Varga, 2015), this paper aims to reveal mentor teachers’ perceptions on the development of the programme and participation in the PLC. We intend to address the following research questions: 1) What motivated teachers to join and engage in the programme, and how do they characterise themselves at the beginning of the programme? 2) What were the characteristics of the professional learning community that enhanced their developers’ role and helped their professional development? 3) How do teachers evaluate their professional development? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is based on longitudinal, mixed-method data collection (2021-2025). This paper addresses an aspect of a complex research development programme, supported by the Hungarian Academy of Sciences between 2021/2022 and 2024/2025. 10 schools have participated in the research development. The primary aim of the development was to prevent early school leaving; data collection also targeted peer mentors, university mentors and mentor teachers, relying on the mutual nature of inclusion (Varga, 2015), namely that mentors also benefit from their roles. This paper exclusively focuses on mentor teachers. During the four-year-long development, a total of 14 mentor teachers worked in the programme; in each semester, 10 mentor teachers were involved. 7 of the mentor teachers were in the programme for its entire duration; mentor changes were based on external factors (change of workplace, childbirth). The vast majority of the mentor teachers had decades of experience in teaching, 6 of them were leaders of the involved school. The research consisted of three data collection phases. First, the input aspect was analysed in 2021/2022, which was based on a focus-group interview with the mentor teachers (n=1); and revealing research focusing on the sociocultural context of the involved institutions (relying on classroom observation (n=20), interviews with the leaders of the school (n=10) and societal observation (n=1)). Secondly, the process of the research-development was monitored continuously in the form of group discussions during the monthly meetings (n=35) and reflected mentoring plans (n=14). Lastly, to evaluate the perceived output of the programme, a semi-structured interview focusing on mentors’ self-reflection (n=10) and a programme closing semi-structured interview (n=10) was conducted with all participants. In this paper, we conclude the findings of the documentations of the monthly meeting and the two summative interviews, which reflected on the aspects of the input and process retrospectively, besides indirectly addressing the output of the research-development programme. The documentation of the monthly meetings was content analysed, revealing the documented topics of the development and mentor teachers’ perceptions on the process of the development (its success and challenges). The evaluative interviews were coded using an abductive approach. This paper relies on a qualitative approach. In the presentation, we focus on the frequency of mentions in the sample and nuance our findings with illustrative examples. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the research highlight the impact of the application of an inclusive professional learning community on teachers. The document analysis applied provides a clear understanding of the developmental process, highlighting the factors that contribute to teachers’ professional development and the challenges faced by teachers. These results are understood as a framework in which the research-development programme was implemented. Secondly, the analysis of the interviews provides an insight into the inclusive nature of the programme. The coding process evaluated the interview based on three aspects (themes) and subordinate subthemes following the process-based model of inclusion. Results regarding the “input”, 1. equitable access and support, 2. voluntary participation and agency, 3. recognition of prior knowledge, and 4. co-designing the programme emerged as essential subthemes. Secondly, the “process” is described by 1. a safe environment, 2. structured cooperation, 3. differentiation, and 4. practical implementation. Lastly, the interviewees have reported that the “output” was characterised by 1. satisfaction, 2. knowledge acquisition, 3. praxis-transformation, and 4. the growth of social capital. The findings highlight that teachers participating in a professional learning community perceive themselves as empowered to face challenges in their contexts. Based on the longitudinal research and empirical findings, a model was developed to describe the framework of the research-development programme. The paper presents the INSPIRE (Inclusive Networks for Supporting Professional Innovation, Reflection, and Equity) model, which is based on the process-based model of inclusion (INPUT: Inclusive Participation and Agency, PROCESS: Supportive and Cooperative Learning Environment, OUTPUT: Measurable Outcomes and Impact). The results of the development contribute to the applicability of the programme in other contexts and internationally. The paper aims at addressing inclusive development, which contributes to solving societal challenges of intercultural and inclusive education. References Bocsi, V., Varga, A., & Fehérvári, A. (2024). A korai iskolaelhagyás vizsgálata interszekcionális megközelítésben. Különleges Bánásmód, 10(1), 19-33. Boros, J., Bogdán, P., & Durst, J. (2021). Accumulating Roma cultural capital: First-in-family graduates and the role of educational talent support programs in Hungary in mitigating the price of social mobility. Szociológiai szemle, 31(3), 74–102. Dzieciatko-Szendrei, B., Pantić, N., Joksimović, S., Gašević, D., Viry, G. (2024). Systematic review of the operational definitions and indicators of teacher communities. Educational Research Review, 45, art. no. 100640. Eurostat (2023). https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Early_leavers_from_education_and_training Eurydice (2014). Early childhood education and care 2014. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/25c63f11-c2cb-4c4c-a3cb-85d9b1eab93b/language-en Handayani, A., Ciptaningrum, D.S., & Triastuti, A. (2025). Research on professional learning communities (PLCs) in English language education: A systematic review. Issues in Educational Research, 35 (3), 970-986. Huyen, N.T.T., Nga, D.T., & Thao, D.T.P. (2024). A Comprehensive Analysis of Teacher Professional Learning Communities: A Scopus-Based Review (2019–2024). International Journal of Learning, Teaching and Educational Research, 23 (8), 158-179. Jin, F., Song, Z., Cheung, W.M., Lin, C.-H., & Liu, T. (2024). Technological affordances in teachers' online professional learning communities: A systematic review. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 40 (3), 1019-1039. Keller, T. E. (2007). Youth Mentoring: Theoretical and Methodological Issues. In Allen, T. D., & Eby, L. T. (Eds.). The Blackwell Handbook of Mentoring: A Multiple Perspectives Approach, (pp. 21-47). Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Raposa, E. B., Rhodes, J. E., & Herrara, C. (2016). The Impact of Youth Risk on Mentoring Relationship Quality: The Mentor Characteristics Matter? American Journal of Community Psychology 57, 320–329. Sipe, C. L. (2005). Toward a typology of mentoring. In D. L. DuBois & M. J. Karcher (Eds.), Handbook of youth mentoring, (pp. 65–79). New York, NY: Sage. Thomas, S.M. (2009). Evaluating Schools as Learning Communities. International Encyclopedia of Education, Third Edition, pp. 539-547. Thomas, S.M. (2022). Evaluating schools as professional learning communities. International Encyclopedia of Education: Fourth Edition, pp. 275-286. Tomaszewska-Pękała, H., Marchlik, P. & Wrona, A. (2017). RESL Publication 6 Finding Inspiring Practices on How to Prevent ESL and School Disengagement. Lessons from the Educational Trajectories of Youth at Risk from Nine EU Countries. Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw. Varga, A. (2015). The Theory and Practice of Inclusion. Institute of Education, University of Pécs: Pécs. Ventista, O.M., & Brown, C. (2023). Teachers’ professional learning and its impact on students’ learning outcomes: Findings from a systematic review. Social Sciences and Humanities Open, 8 (1), art. no. 100565. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Political Process-oriented Research Needed when Discriminatory Pressure is Growing University of Vienna (Austria), Austria Presenting Author:The conference asks how education research can know and act amid shifting political-ideological conditions, datafication, and crises of credibility. Our paper responds via a dialogical/narrative autoethnography (Cann/DeMeulenaere 2020) that traces practice under pressure across two participatory projects located in different parts of the education ecosystem. Project “H” is a cumulative dissertation on narratives of discrimination and their relation to educational processes, combining feminist Collective Memory Work (Haug 1999; Doblmair/Hackl/Vogler forthcoming) with students at the University of Vienna and biographical materials from prior studies (e.g. participatory co-inquiries). It explores how barriers and discriminatory experiences shape, enable, and block educational trajectories, drawing on intersectional analysis (Riegel 2010, Hackl/Märker/Doblmair 2024) and abductive, grounded-theory logics (Dausien 1996). Project “D” is participatory action research with an austrian group for teacher protests, emerging in autumn 2022 through the campaign against acute teacher shortages and growing later when racist school policies added to the trouble. It interrogates how competing political claims on education enable or constrain concepts of Bildung, analyzing difference patterns between state-intended education processes and those articulated within protest.
Argument framing: We advance a political process-oriented conception of education research. Drawing on process oriented, feminist and participatory epistemologies, and a hegemony-informed view of empowerment, we treat methodological choices—timing, sequencing, authorship, visibility—as strategic acts in volatile fields. To resist the depoliticization of activist concepts, we frame empowerment not as a deliverable but as an open horizon that orients practice. Three tension fields organize our analysis: (1) levels of empowerment (individual, collective, institutional); (2) recognition and addressing within participatory spaces; and (3) reflection, (re)distribution of resources, and transforming conditions (Märker/Hackl/Strasser 2026).
Empirical focus: In project H, discrimination is examined as structurally embedded yet biographically processed: educational credentials promise participation, yet opportunities are unequally distributed (Miethe et al. 2017, Ahmed 2012 & 2017). Following Heinemann and Mecheril (2017), discrimination research becomes educational research when it probes how learning and Bildung are mediated or prevented by discriminatory relations. Combining biographical narratives with collective memory work (Haug 1999), the study seeks both understanding and emancipatory potential in co-researching experiences of discrimination. In project D Bildung is explored as both an object of political contention and a process within protest, mapping how protest-generated educational practices confront policy framings.
We trace in our research experiences how we articulate political process-oriented, hegemony-aware research that orients toward empowerment while holding contradiction. Articulating these thoughts in dialogical autoethnography helps us to grasp our entangled practices of knowing and acting. Institutionally, we propose recalibrations aligned with quality of education and the public good. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The design is a dialogical/narrative autoethnography across two participatory/action sites. The performed dialogue is both method and data, foregrounding how knowing and acting co-evolve through situated negotiation under pressure. The data sources are: reflexive journals and fieldnotes; anonymized memory scenes; biographical interviews and group discussions; protest artifacts (statements, placards, meeting minutes, media posts); ethics correspondence and risk memos; co-authored analytic notes; and recorded researcher dialogues. Procedures: - Stage 1 (Narrative curation): Each researcher assembles “pressure point” vignettes where discriminatory pressures and institutional constraints redirected research/action. - Stage 2 (Dialogic inquiry): Recorded conversations probe contrasts/resonances in tactics. - Stage 3 (Co-analysis): Situational/relational mapping identifies opportunity windows, countermobilization, brokerage ties, and shifting risk profiles; coding attends to the three empowerment tension fields (levels; recognition/address; reflection/resources/conditions) within a grounded, abductive logic. For an analytic stance, narrative analysis (voice, temporality, positionality) integrates with process coding (opportunities, challenges, transformations) and a hegemony-informed reading of empowerment (stabilizing vs. resistant effects). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First conclusions can be teasered as follows: To strengthen education research’s authority and public-good orientation in poly-crisis conditions, institutions should recalibrate expectations around visibility, timelines, metrics, and authorship, and resource the often-invisible labor of care and safety. Political process-oriented, hegemony-aware participatory research can meet policy relevance not by scaling metrics but by deepening methodological sincerity, responsiveness to political temporality, and solidaristic infrastructures that hold ambiguity without reproducing harm. Project/paper is still developing. References Ahmed, S. (2012). On Being Included: Racism and Diversity in Institutional Life. Duke University Press. Ahmed, S. (2017). Living a Feminist Life. Duke University Press. Cann, Colette N. & DeMeulenaere (2020). The activist academic. Engaged scholarship for resistance, hope and social change. Myers Education Press. Dausien, B. (1996). Bildung und Geschlecht. Bremen: Donat. Doblmair, M., Hackl, J. & Vogler, T. (2026). Collective Memory Work. In Engel et al. (Eds.), Handbuch Qualitative Forschung in der Erziehungswissenschaft. Beltz Juventa. Forthcoming. Hackl, J., Märker, M. & Doblmair, M. (2024). Interpretation With/Through/Toward Intersectionality: Difficulties and Opportunities. International Review of Qualitative Research, 17(2), 134-148. Haug, F. (1999). Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Erinnerungsarbeit. Argument. Heinemann, A., & Mecheril, P. (2017). Erziehungswissenschaftliche Diskriminierungsforschung. In A. Scherr, A. El-Mafaalani, & G. Yüksel (Eds.), Handbuch Diskriminierung (pp. 117–132). Springer VS. Märker, M. T. S., Hackl, J., & Strasser, M. (2026). Empowerment in partizipativer Forschung – eine (Un-) Möglichkeit? Blicke auf ein umkämpftes Konzept in widersprüchlichen Verhältnissen. In Berner et al. (Eds.), Partizipative Forschung und Empowerment. Beltz Juventa. Miethe, I.; Tervooren, A. & Ricken, N. (Eds.) (2017): Bildung und Teilhabe. Zwischen Inklusionsforderung und Exklusionsdrohung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Riegel, C. (2010). Intersektionalit¨at als transdisziplin¨ares Projekt: Methodologische Perspektiven für die Jugendforschung. In C. Riegel, A. Scherr, & B. Stauber (Eds.), Transdisziplinäre Jugendforschung (pp. 65–89). Springer VS. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 07 SES 05 C: Families Navigating Migration and Education Across Contexts Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Luca Agostinetto Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Intergenerational and Intercultural experiences of Migrant Chinese Families in the UK University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This presentation reports on a doctoral research project exploring the intergenerational and intercultural dynamics within Chinese migrant families living in the UK. The project focuses on families in which parents are adult migrants from China and children have spent most, if not all, of their lives in the UK. These families present an important yet under-researched site for intercultural research, as they are shaped by intersecting processes of migration, language, intergenerational and cultural negotiation. The study is situated within the ethnic Chinese communities in the UK, a population which continues to grow rapidly but is under studied (Huang and Lamb, 2015). Earlier research which explored UK-Chinese families often presented the Chinese in the UK as a homogenous group and often used an essentialist frameworks of culture to explain behaviours (e.g. Sham and Woodrow, 1998). Given the diversity of Chinese people who live in the UK today, a non-essentialist, more critical understanding of culture can shed more light on these families’ experiences. Although migration is a common practice, and it has been identified by migration scholars that the family is central to the migration process (Scocco, 2022), surprisingly few studies actually explore what is happening within the family after migration. This study addresses this gap by focusing on the everyday lived experiences and the intergenerational intercultural relationships of migrant parents and children. This study is guided by the research questions:
The study aims to explore how family cultures emerge and are shaped within UK-Chinese migrant families and how intercultural dynamics are played out in intergenerational relationships. It aims to shed light on the diversity and complexity of UK-Chinese family cultures. It aims to contribute to intercultural education research by offering a non-essentialist, ecological account of migrant family experiences. The study is grounded in an ecologically oriented, non-essentialist approach. Drawing on Holliday’s (1999) small cultures paradigm, family cultures are understood as emergent, locally situated practices rather than as expressions of fixed or homogenous cultural identities. This perspective resists deficit or essentialist representations of migrant families and aligns with social justice concerns around representation and voice. The study further adopted Holliday’s Grammar of Culture (2011) as a conceptual framework to understand how shaping influences within the families environment interact and how fixed ideas of culture (large culture) can shape small culture formation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a qualitative case study design involving five UK-Chinese families. Families were recruited and selected to reflect diversity in migration histories and linguistic and cultural practices within the UK-Chinese community. Each case study involved one parent and one child aged over 16, as active participants, enabling an explicit focus on intergenerational perspectives. Data were generated through a series of multilingual interviews conducted over six months. Interviews were carried out in English, Cantonese, and Mandarin, depending on participants’ linguistic preferences, in order to support participant voice and reduce linguistic power imbalances. Both individual and group interviews were conducted, allowing for exploration of personal experiences as well as shared family narratives. The use of multilingual interviews is a methodological choice aligned with intercultural and social justice principles, recognising language as central to identity, power, and participation in research. It also reflects the everyday multilingual realities of the families involved. Data analysis was conducted using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2021). This approach allowed for an iterative, interpretive engagement with the data and explicitly acknowledged the researcher’s positionality as a member of the UK-Chinese community too. Reflexivity was maintained throughout data generation and analysis, with attention paid to how the researchers own experiences as a second-generation migrant informed the interpretation of participants’ accounts. Through this analytic process, five key shaping influences on the families’ small cultures were identified: education; religion; identity and cultural values; language and communication; and personal trajectories. These themes provided an analytical structure for examining how intercultural intergenerational relationships are negotiated within everyday family life. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study demonstrate that the family cultures of UK-Chinese migrant families are shaped through complex interactions between intergenerational relationships and wider social, educational, and cultural contexts. Interculturality within these families is not experienced as a static difference between “Chinese” and “British” cultures, but as an ongoing process of negotiated of everyday practices. This process is coined as intergenerational interculturality within this work. The analysis highlights how parents and children draw on both lived realities and large cultural constructs to make sense of their intergenerational intercultural experiences. While family cultures are emergent and not fixed, participants also mobilise broader cultural discourses such as ideas about education, language, and identity, to explain intergenerational tensions and alignments. This reveals how even under a non-essentialist framework, we can see how large culture narratives continue to shape meaning-making. By foregrounding family life as a key site of intercultural learning, the study contributes to social justice–oriented intercultural education research that moves beyond institutional settings. It offers insights into how intergenerational relationships within migrant families can both reproduce and challenge dominant cultural expectations. The study makes an original contribution by providing an in-depth, ecologically informed account of an under-researched community and by highlighting the importance of intergenerational interculturality in understanding migrant experiences. These findings have implications for researchers, educators, and policymakers seeking to engage more critically and ethically with migrant families and to develop intercultural education approaches grounded in lived experience rather than cultural stereotypes. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. Holliday, A. (1999). Small cultures. Applied Linguistics, 20(2), pp.237–264. Holliday, A. (2011). Intercultural Communication and Ideology. London: Sage Huang, C.Y. and Lamb, M.E. (2015). Acculturation and Parenting in First-Generation Chinese Immigrants in the United Kingdom. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 46(1), pp.150–167. Scocco, M. (2022). Migrant families and intergenerational relationships: cultural challenges, renegotiation practices and social change. Educazione Interculturale-Teorie, 20(2). pp.1-11. Sham, S. and Woodrow, D. (1998). Chinese children and their families in England. Research Papers in Education, 13(2), pp.203–225. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Family Decision-Making on Preschool Education Attendance in Rural China: A Multi-Case Study of Two Villages in Ningxia Province University of Huddersfield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Despite sustained policy efforts to expand preschool education (PSE) provision in rural China, disparities between urban and rural areas persist. While recent reforms have significantly increased the number of kindergartens and improved affordability, uneven patterns of participation remain. Existing research and policy interventions have largely conceptualised access to PSE in terms of enrolment rates and have prioritised supply-side expansion. Far less attention has been paid to how rural families make decisions about when, where and for how long their children attend preschool, even in contexts where formal provision exists. This study addresses this gap by examining rural families’ decision-making processes regarding preschool education attendance from the perspective of parents themselves. Drawing on qualitative case studies of two rural villages in Ningxia Province, north-western China, the research foregrounds parents’ lived experiences and locally constructed meanings of PSE. Although children in both villages generally participated in some form of preschool education, substantial differences emerged in enrolment timing, duration and location, revealing forms of inequality that are not captured by enrolment statistics alone. Guided by four research questions, the study explores: (1) parents’ expectations and perceived benefits of PSE; (2) the factors shaping parental decision-making; (3) how these factors interact to produce concrete decisions regarding preschool attendance; and (4) how local governments might better incorporate families’ voices to improve PSE access. The findings show that parents in both villages shared a common primary need for PSE: preparing children for primary school within an exam-oriented education system. Only when this primary need was perceived to be met did parents articulate secondary needs, such as safety and wellbeing, social and language development, or the cultivation of learning interest. Importantly, these secondary needs were non-linear and highly context-dependent. The study further demonstrates that parental expectations and perceived benefits are shaped through socially structured mechanisms. Drawing on Bourdieu’s concepts of field, habitus and capital, the analysis shows how rural parents’ educational aspirations for upward social mobility coexist with constrained expectations and a bounded capacity to act. In more remote villages, limited economic resources, caregiving obligations and restricted mobility led parents to delay enrolment or limit participation to one year of preschool. In contrast, families located closer to urban centres were more likely to enrol children at age three and sustain longer participation, supported by greater spatial opportunity and an “in-between” rural–urban identity. By conceptualising PSE through a supply–demand lens, the study argues that persistent inequalities are not simply the result of insufficient provision, but of a mismatch between policy-driven supply and families’ differentiated needs and capacities. The findings highlight the importance of moving beyond supply-oriented solutions and towards context-sensitive approaches that engage with parents’ lived realities. By foregrounding rural parents’ voices, this research contributes to a more nuanced understanding of PSE participation and offers insights for policymakers seeking to improve equitable access in structurally unequal contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative multi-case study design to examine family decision-making regarding preschool education attendance in rural China. Two rural villages in Ningxia Province were selected through purposive sampling to capture variation in geographical location, economic conditions, access to educational resources and levels of urbanisation. While both villages were classified as rural, one was located in close proximity to an urban centre, whereas the other was more remote. This design enabled an in-depth exploration of how differing local contexts shape parental decision-making processes without adopting a comparative or evaluative framework. Data collection combined semi-structured interviews with a creative participatory method. Eighteen participants were involved: fourteen parents of preschool-aged children, two preschool staff members and two Directors of Villagers’ Committees. Parents were the primary focus of the study, as they are the key decision-makers regarding children’s preschool attendance. Preschool staff and local governance actors were included to provide contextual and institutional perspectives and to support data triangulation. Semi-structured interviews explored parents’ expectations of PSE, perceived benefits and risks, family economic circumstances, caregiving responsibilities, and experiences with local preschool provision. To complement verbal accounts, parents were invited to draw pie charts representing the relative importance of different factors influencing their decisions. This visual elicitation method facilitated reflection and discussion and helped to make implicit decision-making processes more explicit. All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim and anonymised. Data were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke’s six-phase approach. Analysis was iterative and interpretive, combining inductive coding with theoretically informed interpretation. In later stages, Pierre Bourdieu’s concepts of habitus, capital and field were used as sensitising tools to examine how parents’ dispositions, resources and social positioning interacted with local educational opportunity structures. This approach enabled a nuanced analysis of how structural constraints and subjective interpretations jointly shaped parental decisions regarding preschool attendance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that rural families’ decisions about preschool education attendance in China cannot be understood solely through measures of enrolment or availability. Even where preschool provision exists, families’ choices regarding when, where and for how long children attend preschool are shaped by a complex interplay of expectations, perceived benefits, family circumstances and structural constraints. The findings show that parents across both villages shared a common primary expectation of PSE as preparation for primary school, reflecting the enduring association between education and upward social mobility in China. However, secondary needs varied significantly across contexts and were activated only when the primary function of school readiness was secured. These needs were non-linear and locally constructed, highlighting the importance of contextualised analysis. By applying Bourdieu’s theoretical framework, the study illustrates how rural parents’ aspirations coexist with constrained expectations and a bounded capacity to act. Structural inequalities related to geography, economic resources, caregiving responsibilities and mobility shaped parents’ sense of what was realistically achievable, producing differentiated patterns of preschool participation. Importantly, these findings challenge policy narratives that attribute low or uneven participation to parental attitudes or lack of awareness. The study argues that improving equitable access to PSE in rural China requires addressing both supply and demand. While continued investment in provision remains important, policies must also engage with families’ lived realities, differentiated needs and constrained capacities. Incorporating parents’ voices into local policy design and implementation may help align institutional provision more closely with family demand. By offering an empirically grounded, theoretically informed account of rural parental decision-making, this research contributes to international discussions on early childhood education, educational inequality and family–policy relations. It highlights the value of moving beyond enrolment metrics towards a more nuanced understanding of access in contexts of structural inequality. References Appadurai, A. (2004). The capacity to aspire: Culture and the terms of recognition. In V. Rao & M. Walton (Eds.), Culture and public action (pp. 59–84). Stanford University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Stanford University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1996). The state nobility: Elite schools in the field of power. Polity Press. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Deng, Z., & Peng, Z. (2020). Early childhood education and care in China: History, policy and reform. Early Years, 40(3), 221–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2018.1479983 Elman, B. A. (2000). A cultural history of civil examinations in late imperial China. University of California Press. Ho, P. T. (1962). The ladder of success in imperial China: Aspects of social mobility, 1368–1911. Columbia University Press. Jenkins, R. (2014). Social identity (4th ed.). Routledge. Liu, Y. (2017). Preschool education in China: Development, policy and reform. International Journal of Child Care and Education Policy, 11(1), 1–13. Qi, X., & Melhuish, E. (2017). Early childhood education and care in China: History, current trends and challenges. Early Years, 37(3), 268–284. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2016.1236780 Rao, N., Sun, J., Wong, J. M. S., & Weekes, B. (2012). Early childhood education and child development in four countries in East Asia and the Pacific. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 27(3), 403–417. Schucksmith, M. (2006). Young people and social exclusion in rural areas. Sociologia Ruralis, 46(3), 193–212. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9523.2006.00403.x State Council of China. (2010). Several opinions on the development of preschool education. Beijing. UNESCO. (2012). International standard classification of education: ISCED 2011. UNESCO Institute for Statistics. Vong, K. I., & Li, J. (2016). Parental perspectives on early childhood education in China. Early Years, 36(2), 155–170. Xu, J., Zhou, X., & Fan, X. (2010). The household registration system and education inequality in China. Chinese Sociological Review, 42(4), 45–68. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Syrian and Iraqi Families Trajectories: Experiences of Migration and Resettlement University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:Migration to Iceland has grown rapidly in recent years, including asylum-seekers and refugees. This paper explores the trajectories of Syrian and Iraqi refugee families during their time of migration and resettlement in Iceland. The aim of the research is to explore how six refugee families from Syria and Iraq who resettled in Iceland in 2016-2020 have managed to adjust to their new social, cultural and educational context and what challenges and opportunities they have faced during these transitions. These families have children at different ages and have experienced the different levels of the education systems with their children. The research questions are:
The paper derives from the research project, A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI) which aimed to critically explore the inclusion of refugee children and youth at pre-, compulsory and upper secondary levels and the structures created for their learning and wellbeing in their social and educational settings. The theoretical background draws on Bourdieu’s (1991) concept of social and cultural capital to analyse how refugee families negotiate unfamiliar social fields, including educational institutions, labour markets, and local communities. Complementing this perspective, Crenshaw’s (1989) intersectionality framework illuminates how multiple, overlapping identities such as gender, race, disability, and class shape the differentiated experiences of refugees. Together, these frameworks illuminate the structural and relational dynamics that produce uneven inclusion and differentiated opportunities for participation among refugees. They also emphasise the need to account for the multidimensional nature of refugee identities when examining integration processes, particularly in relation to access to education, participation, and other essential forms of support. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is a multiple case study of six refugee families from Syria and Iraq who resettled in Iceland in 2016-2020. Methods included semi-structured in-depth interviews with the parents, as well as their older children (age 12 and onwards). Furthermore, language portraits and value cards were used to initiate discussion about languages and values with the older children (age 12 and onwards) in the families. Data were collected in places of the families and youth’s choice, such as in their home, in school or community settings. The research was carried out in accordance with the Data Protection Authority, the Act no. 90/2018 on Data Protection and the Processing of Personal Data, and the Code of Research Ethics for Public Higher Education Institutions (2020). The study employed reflexive thematic analysis as outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2021), a qualitative analytic method used to identify and interpret meaningful patterns or themes across the data. Our thematic analysis sought to understand how the parents and youth made sense of their experiences and how these meanings relate to the research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that the refugee families generally have positive experiences of their resettlement in Iceland, although numerous obstacles have appeared in their trajectories, often related to cultural, social, educational and religious differences. These include differences in religion and religious practices, new roles of family members and difference in educational approaches in the children’s schools. The families expressed overall satisfaction with their lives in Iceland, describing a sense of safety, stability, and access to valuable services, yet they also reported a number of ongoing cultural, religious, and bureaucratic challenges. Although they were pleased with the Icelandic school system and the support their children received, parents simultaneously held high educational expectations shaped by hopes for long term security and opportunity. In relation to services, families appreciated the assistance available to them but noted difficulties with processes such as acquiring citizenship and travelling to certain countries, including former places of residence like Lebanon or Jordan. Additionally, participants highlighted cultural tensions surrounding lifestyle norms in Iceland, particularly regarding intergenerational expectations, such as the Icelandic practice of young adults leaving home at 18, which contrasts with their preference for maintaining close family cohesion. The findings are consistent with previous research showing that refugee families encounter a range of challenges during resettlement, including the loss of social and familial networks, structural discrimination, and a diminished sense of role and status. Families are required to navigate unfamiliar situations and responsibilities, and many experience social isolation in Iceland (Ragnarsdóttir & Hama, 2018). Although some parents expressed doubts about the quality of education in Iceland, they simultaneously observed that their children were performing well in school and reported feeling satisfied with their progress. While parents reflected on the loss of previous roles and social standing, they also noted that they had begun to develop new social networks in Iceland (Ragnarsdóttir & Hama, 2023). References Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In A. H. Halsey, H. Lauder, P. Brown, & A. S. Wells (Eds.), Education: Culture, economy and society (pp. 46–58). Oxford University Press. Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the Margins: Intersectionality, Identity Politics, and Violence against Women of Color. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241–1299. https://doi.org/10.2307/1229039 Ragnarsdóttir, H., & Hama, S. R. (2023). Syrian refugee families in Iceland: Aspects of transitions in education and society. In S. S. Singh, O. Jovanović, & M. Proyer (Eds.), Perspectives on Transitions in Refugee Education: Ruptures, Passages, and Re-Orientations (1st ed., pp. 209–224). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv32bm1gz.17 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 08 SES 05 A: Teacher Wellbeing: Exploring Occupational Demands, Resources and Contexts Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Kevin Dadaczynski Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Profiles of Teachers’ Resilience and Work Burnout: The Role of Individual and Contextual Factors 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This study examined profiles of teachers’ resilience and work burnout using a sample of 331 Finnish elementary school teachers (79% females) who filled out an online questionnaire in the spring of 2022. Teaching is often described as a highly demanding occupation (e.g., Johnson et al., 2005; Kyriacou, 2011). In recent years, demands such as increasing workloads and the time required for nonteaching duties, along with the changes teachers faced due to the COVID-19 pandemic, have strained their sense of occupational well-being (e.g., Hascher & Waber, 2021; Salmela-Aro et al., 2022). This is a woeful reality, especially given that decreased occupational well-being, such as burnout – conceptualized as exhaustion, negative attitudes toward work (i.e., cynicism), and inadequacy toward work (Maslach et al., 2001) –, is harmful and related to, for example, lower sense of job satisfaction (e.g., Hakanen et al., 2006; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2017). Nevertheless, despite the demanding nature of teaching as an occupation (Kyriacou, 2011) and the alarming number of teachers experiencing stress due to their work (e.g., Herman et al., 2020), it is also evidenced that there are plenty of teachers possessing high or at least fairly good levels of occupational well-being (Hascher & Waber, 2021). Such teachers might be, for example, resilient to counter their work-related challenges (e.g., Beltman et al., 2011; Mansfield et al., 2016). Resilience can be defined as the ability to bounce back from difficulties (Smith et al., 2013). According to Smith et al. (2008), the process of bouncing back includes three intertwined phases: 1) confronting the stressful event, 2) directing oneself toward a positive future outcome of the event, and 3) taking active steps to cope with it. In addition, teachers may have contextual or individual resources that protect them against the strains of work-related demands (e.g., Bermejo-Toro et al., 2016; Granziera et al., 2022; Hascher & Waber, 2021). Increasing empirical evidence is also suggesting that there is substantial heterogeneity in teachers’ experiences of occupational well-being (e.g., Herman et al., 2020; Pöysä et al., 2022; Salmela-Aro et al., 2019). This notion implies that teachers may not be a homogeneous group; rather, there may be different subgroups of teachers in terms of their occupational well-being. For example, while it is known that teachers’ higher sense of resilience is related to their lower levels of occupational stress and burnout (e.g., Burić et al., 2019; Richards et al., 2016), the majority of the studies examining such a relation have assumed that this is similar for all teachers. Similarly, while it is known that sense of having a supportive leader–follower relationship can act as a protective factor for teachers’ occupational well-being (e.g., Bermejo-Toro et al., 2016; Hakanen et al., 2006), this has been mainly examined without considering the possible heterogeneity among teachers. Therefore, to gain novel insights into teachers’ occupational well-being, the present study used the person-oriented approach to simultaneously examine teachers’ resilience and work burnout. In addition, to move beyond the assumption that the relations between sense of occupational well-being and different individual and contextual factors are similar for all teachers, subsequent analyses for the identified profiles were executed. The following research questions (RQs) and hypotheses were formulated: RQ1: What kinds of subgroups can be identified based on teachers’ experiences of resilience and work burnout?; RQ2: To what extent do the identified subgroups differ with respect to teachers’ individual factors of perceptions of work meaningfulness and overcommitment with work?; RQ3: To what extent do the identified subgroups differ with respect to the contextual factors of teachers’ perceptions of a supportive organizational climate and the leader–follower relationship? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study was conducted as a part of a larger Finnish study examining teachers’ and students’ stress. An ethical approval for the study was granted by the university’s ethical committee prior to commencing the study. This work was conducted in accordance with the national guidelines for the ethical principles of research (Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK, 2019). The data for the present study were collected from several municipalities located in different areas of Finland. The participants of the current study consisted of 331 class teachers in Grades 1–6. Among these, 260 (78.5%) participants were female and 70 (21.1%) were male (one participant chose the option “prefer not to answer”). A person-oriented approach with latent profile analysis (LPA; Lubke & Munthen, 2005; Vermunt & Magidson, 2002) was applied in the present study. LPAs were conducted to examine teachers’ occupational well-being in terms of resilience (two scales) and burnout (three subscales) using the Mplus statistical package (version 8.10; Muthén & Muthén, 1998–2023). The subsequent analyses included multinomial regression analyses and pairwise comparisons for the chosen best-fitting LPA solution by using the auxiliary function and the three-step procedure. The measures used to assess resilience were, the Brief Resilience Scale (Smith et al., 2008; see also Sorkkila & Aunola, 2021) to assess teachers’ overall resilience in terms of their ability to bounce back or recover from stress in general, and the coping item from the Brief Teacher Stress and Coping Measure (Eddy et al., 2019) to examine the extent to which teachers were bouncing back from current occupational stress. In turn, a shortened Finnish version of the Bergen Burnout Inventory (BBI; Feldt et al., 2014) was used to measure teachers’ burnout in terms of emotional exhaustion, cynicism, and inadequacy. All items were self-reported. In addition, the items retrieved from the Effort–Reward Imbalance scale (ERI; Siegrist et al., 2004; see also Rantanen et al., 2012), the Work as Meaning Inventory (WAMI; Steger et al., 2012) and the Finnish version of the Leader–Member Exchange measure (LMX; Graen & Uhl-Bien, 1995; see also Norvapalo, 2014) were used for the subsequent analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Using latent profile analysis, the four-profile solution was identified: (1) High Resilience and Low Burnout (31.7%), (2) Moderate Resilience and Low-Average Burnout (29.9%), (3) Low Resilience and High-Average Burnout (31.1%), and (4) Low Resilience and High Burnout (7.3%). The results demonstrated that all profiles differed significantly from one another with respect to all three subscales of work burnout (i.e., exhaustion, cynicism, and inadequacy). With respect to the two measures used to capture teachers’ resilience, all profiles differed significantly from one another in terms of work-related resilience. However, two of the profiles (i.e., Low Resilience and High-Average Burnout and Low Resilience and High Burnout) did not differ with respect to overall resilience. The results of multinomial regression analyses and pairwise comparisons showed that most of the identified profiles differed with respect to the individual protective factor of work meaningfulness and all identified profiles differed from one another in terms of the risk factor of overcommitment with work. However, the identified profiles did not differ significantly with respect to the contextual protective factor of a supportive organizational climate, and the results showed only some differences between the identified profiles with respect to the contextual protective factor of the leader–follower relationship. Overall, the present study is among the first attempts to utilize a person-oriented approach to examine patterns of teachers’ resilience and work burnout. To conclude, the findings indicate that while sense of resilience and burnout are related, teachers are not a homogeneous group in terms of their perceived occupational well-being. The results suggest, for example, that resilience-related interventions (e.g., teaching skills of thought reframing and psychological flexibility) may benefit at least some teachers from experiencing burnout in their work. In addition, the findings demonstrated that different individual and contextual factors are related to teachers’ sense of occupational well-being in different ways References Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK (2019). The ethical principles of research with human participants and ethical review in the human sciences in Finland. Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK guidelines 2019. https://tenk.fi/sites/default/files/2021-01/Ethical_review_in_human_sciences_2020.pdf Hascher, T. & Waber, J. (2021). Teacher well-being: A systematic review of the research literature from the year 2000–2019. Educational Research Review, 34, 100411. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100411 Kyriacou, C. (2011). Teacher stress: From prevalence to resilience. In J. Langan-Fox & C. L. Cooper (Eds.), Handbook of stress in the occupations (pp. 161–173). Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4337/9780857931153.00027 Maslach, C. Schaufeli, W. B., & Leiter, M. P. (2001) Job burnout. Annual Review of Psychology 52, 1, 397–422 https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.52.1.397 Salmela-Aro, K., Upadyaya, K., Ronkainen, I., & Hietajärvi, L. (2022). Opettajien työn imu ja työuupumus koronapandemian aikana. [Teachers’ job engagement and burnout during the COVID-19 pandemic.] The Finnish Journal of Education, 53(5), 498–512. https://doi.org/10.33348/kvt.125525 Smith B. W., Dalen J., Wiggins K., Tooley E., Christopher P., Bernad J. (2008). The brief resilience scale: Assessing the ability to bounce back. International Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 15(3), 194–200. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705500802222972 Smith, B. W., Epstein, E. M., Ortiz, J. A., Christopher, P. J., & Tooley, E. M. (2013). The foundations of resilience: What are the critical resources for bouncing back from stress? In S. Prince-Embury & D. H. Saklofske (Eds.), Resilience in children, adolescents, and adults: Translating research into practice (pp. 167–187). Springer Science + Business Media. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-4939-3_13 Vermunt, J. K., & Magidson, J. (2002). Latent class cluster analysis. J. A. Hagenaars & A. L. McCutcheon (Eds.) Latent class cluster applied latent class analysis, Cambridge 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Don’t Crack Under Pressure: Demands and Resources in the Context of Teacher Shortages 1: University of Bern; 2: Bern University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:Many countries worldwide are facing teacher shortages in schools (Craig et al., 2023; Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, 2024). To maintain the functioning of schools, alternative pathways into teaching have been introduced, including shortened and practice-oriented training routes for career-change teachers (European Commission/Education Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency/Eurydice, 2021). In some education systems, including Switzerland, schools additionally employ untrained staff with no or minimal formal teaching qualifications to address acute staffing shortages (Sandmeier & Herzog, 2024). Despite the profound challenges associated with these staffing arrangements, empirical knowledge about how teacher shortages shape everyday work in schools remains limited (McPherson et al., 2025; Sandmeier & Herzog, 2024). Emerging evidence indicates increased strain on school principals and fully certified teachers, particularly due to the increased need for mentoring and support of those staff members without full teaching qualifications (Porsch, 2025; Schwalbe & Puderbach, 2023). A suitable framework for exploring these experiences is provided by the Job Demands-Resources (JD-R) theory, especially in light of recent extensions emphasizing its relevance for understanding work in times of crisis (Demerouti & Bakker, 2023). JD-R theory conceptualizes working conditions in terms of job demands requiring sustained effort and job resources that support effective functioning. JD-R theory also accounts for personal demands (e.g., perfectionism) and personal resources (e.g., resilience) as individual factors shaping employees’ work experiences (Barbier et al., 2013; Xanthopoulou et al., 2007). Prior research shows that demands and resources are closely linked to well-being and retention among teachers and school principals (Collie et al., 2020; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2018), making this framework particularly relevant in the context of teacher shortages. In addition, recent studies have begun to examine implemented measures to address teacher shortages in schools (Boström & Bostedt, 2025; Porsch, 2025), yet little is known about how such measures are perceived by teachers and school principals and which solutions they consider promising for the future. Using a qualitative research approach, we address the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study includes data from two primary schools from the German-speaking part of Switzerland facing a teacher shortage. Following a maximum variation sampling strategy, semi-structured online interviews with the school principal, six traditionally trained teachers, and three teachers without a regular teaching diploma (e.g., career-change teachers) were conducted in School 1 between March and September 2025. Similar interviews are planned for spring 2026 in School 2. Participation is voluntary, and anonymity and confidentiality are assured as specified in a written consent form. The online interviews focus on the current teacher shortage at the school, the associated demands and resources, and both existing and prospective measures for addressing this situation. The audio-recorded interviews with participants from School 1 lasted approximately one hour, were transcribed and analyzed using qualitative content analysis, following Kuckartz (2016), supported by MAXQDA 2024. Categories were developed through a combination of deductive principles based on the JD-R model and inductive procedures based on the interviews from the first school and will be further refined using data from the second school. The reliability of the category system will be assessed by calculating interrater reliability using the corrected kappa coefficient (Brennan & Prediger, 1981). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Addressing the first research question, preliminary findings from School 1 suggest that teacher shortages substantially alter job demands and resources in schools as theoretically expected in times of crisis (Demerouti & Bakker, 2023). Fully qualified teachers report increased workload demands due to extensive instructional, pedagogical, and organizational support for staff members without a regular teaching diploma. This is accompanied by a reallocation of resources previously available for their own teaching, as fully qualified teachers forgo support in their own classrooms to redirect resources—such as classroom assistants—to support teachers without a regular teaching qualification. Regarding the second research question, fully qualified teachers perceive these changes as negatively affecting their well-being, with some reporting that this likely contributes to their intentions to leave the school or the profession. The school principal mirrors these perceptions, particularly about increased strain on qualified teaching staff and concerns about their retention. Regarding the third research question, current measures to address teacher shortages primarily involve mentoring and informal support for teachers without a regular teaching diploma. However, both teachers and the school principal emphasize the need for additional measures that place stronger emphasis on retaining already qualified teachers, particularly through improvements in working conditions. Overall, the preliminary findings indicate that the situation of teacher shortage itself creates a critical tension: efforts to maintain school functioning may increase demands on fully qualified teachers, thereby threatening their well-being, retention, and the long-term sustainability of schools. References Barbier, M., Hansez, I., Chmiel, N., & Demerouti, E. (2013). Performance expectations, personal resources, and job resources: How do they predict work engagement? European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 22(6), 750–762. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359432x.2012.704675 Boström, L., & Bostedt, G. (2025). The teacher shortage in Sweden: an unexplored area with various views on causes and solutions. Frontiers in Education, 10, Article 1633409. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1633409 Brennan, R. L., & Prediger, D. J. (1981). Coefficient Kappa: Some uses, misuses, and alternatives. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 41(3), 687–699. https://doi.org/10.1177/001316448104100307 Collie, R. J., Granziera, H., & Martin, A. J. (2020). School principals’ workplace well-being: a multination examination of the role of their job resources and job demands. Journal of Educational Administration, 58(4), 417–433. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-04-2019-0075 Craig, C. J., Hill-Jackson, V., & Kwok, A. (2023). Teacher shortages: What are we short of? Journal of Teacher Education, 74(3), 209–213. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871231166244 Demerouti, E., & Bakker, A. B. (2023). Job demands-resources theory in times of crises: New propositions. Organizational Psychology Review, 13(3), 209–236. https://doi.org/10.1177/20413866221135022 European Commission/Education Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency/Eurydice. (2021). Teachers in Europe: Careers, development and well-being. Publications Office of the European Union. https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2022-06/teachers_in_europe_2020_chapter_2_0_0.pdf Kuckartz, U. (2016). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Beltz Juventa. McPherson, A., Lampert, J., & Casanueva Baptista, A. (2025). Teachers who stay in hard-to-staff schools: School responses to the teacher shortage crisis. The Australian Educational Researcher, 52, 2163–2182. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-025-00806-8 Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. (2024). Education at a glance 2024: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/c00cad36-en. Porsch, R. (2025). Lehrer:innenprofessionalität und Unterstützung der Professionalisierung von Seiteneinsteiger:innen aus Sicht von Schulleiter:innen. In R. Porsch, C. Reintjes, & G. Bellenberg (Eds.), Heterogen qualifizierte Lehrpersonen an Schulen in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz (pp. 149–167). Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783818850142 Sandmeier, A., & Herzog, S. (2024). Massnahmen gegen den Lehrkräftemangel in der Schweiz. Eine empirische Perspektive. Journal für LehrerInnenbildung, 24(1), 28–38. https://doi.org/10.35468/jlb-01-2024-02 Schwalbe, A., & Puderbach, R. (2023). Seiteneinsteiger:innen im Schuldienst aus Sicht ihrer Kolleg:innen. In D. Behrens, M. Forell, T.-S. Idel, & S. Pauling (Eds.), Lehrkräftebildung in der Bedarfskrise. Programme – Positionierungen – Empirie (pp. 367–384). Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:27691 Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2018). Job demands and job resources as predictors of teacher motivation and well-being. Social Psychology of Education, 21, 1251–1275. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-018-9464-8 Xanthopoulou, D., Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2007). The role of personal resources in the job demands-resources model. International Journal of Stress Management, 14(2), 121–141. https://doi.org/10.1037/1072-5245.14.2.121 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Teacher Well-Being: Linking PERMA and Mindset, with Job Demands and Resources as Contextual Factors Johannes Kepler University Linz, Austria Presenting Author:Increasing psychological strain in everyday school life makes mental health and well-being in schools a pressing issue. Current evidence on the high prevalence of depressive symptoms and anxiety disorders among students (Sevecke et al., 2022) highlights the need for preventive, low-threshold support services in which schools can play a central role. This, however, depends on teachers’ ability to sustain their own mental health and well-being, so they can reliably take on this supportive role. Reports of high emotional exhaustion and elevated burnout risk among teachers (Lillich et al., 2023), alongside their characterization as a high-risk group for stress-related conditions such as burnout (Adam et al., 2025), underscore the urgency of examining teacher well-being with greater conceptual precision. Research on teacher well-being has traditionally emphasized adverse outcomes such as stress, exhaustion, and burnout (McCallum et al., 2017). Likewise, international large-scale studies such as TALIS, PIRLS or TIMSS have often operationalized teacher well-being primarily via negative indicators (e.g., stress levels, burnout-related symptoms) and implicitly treated low stress as an indicator for high well-being. This framing risks underestimating positive dimensions of functioning and experience and limits the interpretability of findings for prevention and school development. The present study therefore adopts a multidimensional, resource-oriented perspective and is grounded in Westerhof and Keyes’ two-dimensional model (2010), which conceptualizes psychological distress and mental health as related but distinct dimensions requiring separate assessment and promotion. This approach is consistent with the World Health Organizations (1984) definition of health as more than the absence of disease, encompassing physical, mental, and social well-being. It implies a measurement and intervention logic that goes beyond symptom reduction to also capture and strengthen positive aspects such as positive emotions, engagement, supportive relationships, meaning and accomplishment, as conceptualized in the PERMA model of well-being (Seligman, 2018). In doing so, the current study contributes a multidimensional picture of teachers’ well-being and stress experiences in Austria. Given the conceptual proximity of different well-being approaches, research question 1 examines whether PERMA and subjective well-being reflect the same construct or can be empirically distinguished. The current study additionally draws on the Job Demands–Resources (JD-R) model (Bakker et al., 2023), which distinguishes job demands (e.g., work pressure, emotionally stressful interactions) from resources (e.g., collegial support, supportive leadership). Within this framework, high demands combined with insufficient resources are linked to emotional exhaustion and elevated burnout risk, whereas resources are expected to promote aspects of well-being and buffer strain. The JD-R model further includes personal resources such as mindsets and resilience, which affect how teachers interpret demands and use resources proactively, contributing to sustained well-being. Building on this logic, the current study models three mindsets as psychologically relevant mechanisms: growth mindset as belief in the malleability of abilities (Dweck et al., 1995) as well as visionary mindset describing a future-oriented, meaning- and goal-directed orientation and vigilant mindset as anticipatory risk awareness and proactive coping (Ninković et al., 2025). These orientations are expected to influence how teachers assess demands and utilize resources (Nalipay et al., 2022), thereby affecting well-being both independently and in interaction with job demands and resources. As research questions 2 and 3, this study examines to what extent teachers’ growth, visionary, and vigilant mindsets predict well-being and whether mindset explains additional variance beyond job-related demands and resources. In doing this, the study responds to limitations of large-scale surveys (e.g. TALIS, PIRLS,..) by complementing predominantly deficit-oriented indicators with multidimensional, positive measures of teacher well-being. Additionally, the use of validated, internationally compatible instruments and theoretically grounded constructs (including newly operationalized mindset measures) facilitates cross-national comparison and supports the transfer of insights across European school systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study has a cross-sectional, quantitative design. Data was collected via an online survey with a single measurement point. The target population were teachers in Austria. The survey took place from November 25th to December 20th 2025 and was pre-registered prior on AsPredicted. 2.132 teachers (84% female, 15.8% male, 0.2% divers, Mage = 48.98 years, SDage = 9.51) participated. They reported an average teaching experience of 21.53 years (SD = 11.18) and an average teaching obligation of 20.86 units per week (SD = 4.41). The sample included teachers from various school types; the most common were primary school (29.3%), compulsory secondary school (24.9%) and academic secondary school (27.5%). The German versions of established, standardized scales were used to measure key constructs: PERMA (PERMA Profiler; Wammerl et al., 2019), life satisfaction (SWLS; Janke & Glöckner-Rist, 2014), positive and negative affect (PANAS; Breyer & Bluemke, 2016), growth mindset (Growth Mindset Scale; Rammstedt et al., 2024). Additionally, vigilant and visionary mindset were assessed using two self-developed scales. Stressors and resources were measured via stressfulness/supportiveness ratings of work-related aspects. Responses were checked for patterns and plausible processing time. Analyses were performed in SPSS and R. Missing values were replaced, where possible, using FIML. To examine whether PERMA and well-being represent empirically distinct constructs (RQ1), three CFA models were estimated in R. To improve model fit, two theoretically justified residual covariances between indicators were allowed in all models. PERMA and well-being were specified as second-order latent factors, with PERMA indicated by its five first-order subscales and well-being indicated by life satisfaction (SWLS) as well as positive and negative affect (PANAS). Three competing models were compared: a two-factor model with the PERMA–well-being correlation freely estimated, a two-factor model with this correlation fixed to 1, and a one-factor model in which all items loaded on a single general factor. To test RQ2, a structural equation model (SEM) was estimated in R. PERMA was specified as a second-order latent factor defined by its five first-order subscales, each measured by three items. Three latent predictors, growth, vigilant and visionary mindset, were modelled by three to five items. The structural part regressed PERMA on the three predictors. To account for shared item content, four theory-based residual correlations were allowed. For RQ3, the structural model from RQ2 will be expanded to incorporate resources and demands. These analyses are currently ongoing; therefore, no results are reported here. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers reported relatively high overall well-being (M = 7.19, SD = 1.39) alongside moderate perceived stress (M = 2.88, SD = 0.98). Stress and well-being were moderately negatively correlated (r = −.482, p < .001). RQ1. The two-factor model with free correlation showed an acceptable to good fit (CFI = .909, TLI = .900, RMSEA = .059, SRMR = .046). In comparison, the model with the fixed correlation showed a virtually identical fit (CFI = .909, TLI = .900, RMSEA = .059, SRMR = .047). The robust χ² difference test showed no significant change (Δχ²(1) = 1.03, p = .310), supporting the low empirical separability of PERMA and well-being in this sample. In contrast, the one-factor model fit the data significantly worse (CFI = .767, TLI = .748, RMSEA = .094, SRMR = .067). RQ2. The SEM showed acceptable fit (CFI = .919, TLI = .909, RMSEA = .058, SRMR = .056). Common for large samples, the Chi²-Test was significant (χ²(335) = 2503.86, p < .001). The second-order PERMA factor was strongly indicated by Positive Emotion and Meaning (λ = .96), Accomplishment, Engagement and Relationships (λ = .78 - .88) were somewhat lower. In the structural model, vigilant (β = .205, p < .001), visionary (β = .139, p = .010) and growth mindset (β = .109, p < .001) positively predicted PERMA, explaining 12.4% of variance. RQ3. We will test whether the three mindsets explain unique variance in well-being beyond teachers’ resources and demands (analyses ongoing). Overall, the findings suggest that teacher mindsets are positively related to well-being. While resources and demands remain central targets for organisational and policy action, mindset- could be addressed as an additional, malleable factor through professional development and school-based support. Across European education systems, such approaches may complement reforms that reduce demands and strengthen resources. References Adam, S. H., Resmark, G., Zipfel, S., & Erschens, R. S. (2025). Psychische Gesundheit von Lehrkräften. Psychotherapie, Psychosomatik, medizinische Psychologie, 75(3-4), 132–148. https://doi.org/10.1055/a-2329-4867 Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., & Sanz-Vergel, A. (2023). Job demands-resources theory: Ten years later. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 10, 25–53. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-120920-053933 Breyer, B., & Bluemke, M. (2016). Deutsche Version der positive and negative affect schedule (PANAS). GESIS - Leibniz-Institut für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.6102/zis242 Dweck, C. S., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (1995). Implicit Theories and Their Role in Judgments and Reactions: A Word From Two Perspectives. Psychological Inquiry, 6(4), 267–285. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327965pli0604_1 Janke, S., & Glöckner-Rist, A. (2014). Deutsche Version der Satisfaction With Life Scale (SWLS). GESIS - Leibniz-Institut für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.6102/zis147 Lillich, M., Breil, C., & Teufl, L. (2023). Gesundheit und Wohlbefinden von Schulleitungen und Pädagog:innen in Österreich: Ergebnisse der ATPHS 2022. Institut für Gesundheitsförderung und Prävention. McCallum, F., Price, D., Graham, A., & Morrison, A. (2017). Teacher wellbeing: A review of the literature. Association of Independent Schools of NSW. https://scholar.google.com/citations?user=ky3d1jcaaaaj&hl=de&oi=sra Nalipay, M. J. N., King, R. B., Mordeno, I. G., & Wang, H. (2022). Are good teachers born or made? Teachers who hold a growth mindset about their teaching ability have better well-being. Educational Psychology, 42(1), 23–41. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2021.2001791 Ninković, S., Đorđić, D., & Dragojević, T. (2025). Ready for What Comes: Interactive Effects of Vigilant and Visionary Leadership on Teacher Job Crafting. European Journal of Education, 60(4), Article e70308. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.70308 Rammstedt, B., Grüning, D. J., & Lechner, C. M. (2024). Measuring Growth Mindset. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 40(1), 84–95. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759/a000735 Seligman, M. (2018). Perma and the building blocks of well-being. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 13(4), 333–335. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2018.1437466 Sevecke, K., Wenter, A., Haid-Stecher, N., Fuchs, M., & Böge, I. (2022). Die psychische Gesundheit unserer Kinder und Jugendlichen und deren Behandlungsmöglichkeiten im Drei-Länder-Vergleich (Ö, D, CH) unter Berücksichtigung der Veränderungen durch die COVID-19-Pandemie. neuropsychiatrie, 36(4), 192–201. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40211-022-00438-9 Wammerl, M., Jaunig, J., Mairunteregger, T., & Streit, P. (2019). The German Version of the PERMA-Profiler: Evidence for Construct and Convergent Validity of the PERMA Theory of Well-Being in German Speaking Countries. Journal of Well-Being Assessment, 3(2-3), 75–96. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41543-019-00021-0 Westerhof, G. J., & Keyes, C. L. M. (2010). Mental Illness and Mental Health: The Two Continua Model Across the Lifespan. Journal of Adult Development, 17(2), 110–119. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10804-009-9082-y World Health Organization. (1984). Constitution of the World Health Organization. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 08 SES 05 B: Co-creation and Collaboration for Health and Wellbeing Location: Saariselkä | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Hanna Saarinen Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Co-creation as a Pathway to Wellbeing: A Multiple Case Study of Health-Promoting Schools University of Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:Co-creation in educational settings is understood as a collaborative process in which students, educators and other stakeholders jointly design and implement learning experiences (Vilaça, et al., 2025). Rather than treating learners as passive recipients, co-creation positions them as partners, redistributing power and responsibility in learning and teaching processes (Bovill et al., 2011; Bovill, 2014). Reviews of student–staff co-creation in education show that such approaches can foster agency, motivation, sense of belonging and positive relationships, with clear implications for wellbeing (Bovill, 2020; Lubicz-Nawrocka, 2018). Within the Health-Promoting Schools (HPS) framework, co-creation aligns closely with whole-school approaches that emphasise participation, equity and relational wellbeing. The Schools for Health in Europe Network Foundation advocates action-oriented, participatory projects in which students, teachers, families and community actors jointly identify priorities and design health-related actions as part of everyday school life (Vilaça et al., 2019). In parallel, the UNESCO strategy on education for health and wellbeing calls for school environments that promote physical and mental health, sexuality education, life skills and rights, and safe, inclusive learning spaces free from violence, bullying and discrimination (UNESCO, 2022). Co-creation offers a concrete pedagogical pathway to enact these ambitions. Evidence from whole-school resilience and mental-health programmes also points to the value of co-creation. The UPRIGHT project, for example, used regional co-creation to adapt a universal resilience intervention to local school realities, reporting positive effects on students’ wellbeing and coping skills (Morote et al., 2022). At the same time, research underlines that professionals need specific competencies to facilitate co-creation processes, negotiate power relations and sustain collaborative work with young people and communities (Darlington et al.2022). Teacher professional development that combines conceptual work on wellbeing and health promotion with practice-based, collaborative learning is therefore central. While co-creation is increasingly promoted in policy and research, there is still limited longitudinal evidence on how a co-creation-based curriculum within teacher professional development translates into concrete practices in health-promoting schools and how these practices affect students’ wellbeing. In particular, few studies have examined whole-class approaches to co-creation in early childhood and compulsory education, or how teachers and school communities sustain such approaches over time. Against this background, this research aims to analyse how a co-creation curriculum embedded in in-service teacher training shapes teaching practices, school-level processes and student wellbeing in health-promoting schools. Therefore, the research objectives are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative multiple case study design, situated within the Portuguese strand of the ERASMUS+ Co-Creating Well-being (CCW2) project. The regional multiple case study focuses on eight educational institutions—kindergartens, primary and lower-secondary schools — linked to two iterations of the Portuguese CCW2 pilot training. Across these sites, 32 professionals participated in an initial 25-hour blended in-service training course, followed by approximately 25 hours of implementation in their own contexts. The training combined synchronous online sessions, face-to-face workshops and action-learning tasks between sessions. Participants were introduced to core concepts of wellbeing, health promotion and co-creation; explored practical tools; and received guidance on designing and facilitating co-creation projects with children and young people. A specific module on peer-to-peer pedagogical coaching and communities of practice supported participants in planning collaborative reflection and mutual support within their institutions. Data collection drew on multiple sources. First, focus groups were conducted in each institution at three points: before the training (to explore expectations, understandings of wellbeing and co-creation, and contextual conditions), immediately after training (to capture learning, perceived changes and initial project ideas), and approximately two years later (to examine sustainability and longer-term effects). Second, document analysis was carried out on materials produced by participants, including project plans, co-created artefacts and institutional reports. Third, collaborative logbooks were maintained by each school team after training sessions and during project implementation, documenting decisions, reflections, challenges and emerging outcomes. Complementary quantitative and qualitative data were gathered through needs-analysis questionnaires administered before the training and evaluation questionnaires after training sessions. These instruments captured participants’ initial competencies and expectations regarding co-creation, as well as their perceptions of training quality, relevance and applicability. Quantitative items were analysed descriptively, while open-ended responses contributed to the qualitative data set. Data analysis followed a thematic and cross-case approach. Transcripts, documents and logbooks were coded inductively and deductively, guided by the research objectives and the three co’s framework. Within-case analyses reconstructed each institution’s trajectory, while cross-case comparison identified recurring patterns and contrasting dynamics in how co-creation was enacted in different health-promoting school contexts. Ethical procedures included informed consent, confidentiality measures and, where required, institutional ethics approval. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that the co-creation curriculum had a significant impact on professional practices and school-level processes. Across cases, participants reported a shift in their understanding of wellbeing, increasingly conceptualised as a relational and participatory process rather than an individual attribute. The integration of theoretical input, practical tools and action-learning was perceived as particularly effective in building teachers’ confidence to experiment with co-creation in classrooms and across school communities. Teachers and early childhood educators initiated a range of whole-class wellbeing projects, including the co-creation of pedagogical gardens, the redesign of outdoor and multisensory spaces, and “happiness” initiatives addressing post-COVID emotional and behavioural challenges. Nature-based and arts-informed activities were also used to strengthen peer relationships. These projects positioned students as co-researchers and co-designers, while actively involving families, local authorities and community organisations, and were explicitly linked to health-promoting goals such as emotional regulation, conflict reduction, healthy lifestyles and environmental sustainability. Reported student outcomes included increased engagement, improved relationships between students and staff, stronger peer interactions, and a heightened sense of belonging and action competence. In several cases, children themselves identified positive behavioural changes, greater empathy and more constructive approaches to conflict resolution. At the organisational level, the formation of institutional communities of practice supported shared reflection, distributed leadership and continuity beyond the training period, although challenges related to time constraints and competing curricular demands persisted. Overall, the study contributes empirically grounded insights into how co-creation-based teacher professional development can foster wellbeing-oriented change in health-promoting schools, highlighting the importance of flexible curricula, peer coaching and supportive leadership for sustainability. References Bovill, C. (2014). An investigation of co-created curricula within higher education in the UK, Ireland and the USA. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 51(1), 15–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2013.770264 Bovill, C. (2020). Co-creation in learning and teaching: the case for a whole-class approach in higher education. High Educ, 79, 1023–1037. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-019-00453-w Bovill, C., Cook‐Sather, A., & Felten, P. (2011). Students as co‐creators of teaching approaches, course design, and curricula: implications for academic developers. International Journal for Academic Development, 16(2), 133–145. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360144X.2011.568690 Darlington, E.J., Pearce, G., Vilaça, T., Masson, J., Bernard, S., Anastácio, Z., Magee, P., Christensen, F., Hansen, H. & Carvalho, G.S. (2022). How can we promote co-creation in communities? The perspective of health promoting professionals in four European countries. Health Education, 122 (4), 402-423. de Boer, J., Delfmann, L.R., An, Q. et al. (2025). School staff experiences on involvement in a co-creation process: a Health CASCADE scoping review and thematic synthesis. BMC Public Health 25, 916. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-22063-1 Lubicz-Nawrocka, T. M. (2018). Students as partners in learning and teaching: The benefits of co-creation of the curriculum. International Journal for Students as Partners, 2(1), 47–63. https://doi.org/10.15173/ijsap.v2i1.3207 Morote, R. et al. (2022). Co-Creation and Regional Adaptation of a Resilience-Based Universal Whole-School Program in Five European Regions. European Educational Research Journal, 21(1), 138-164. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120947890 United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization [UNESCO]. (2022). Strategy on education for health and well-being. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. Vilaça, T., Botteri, D., Pearce, G., Christensen, F., Bernard, S., Carvalho, G., Camilli, L., Holliday, N., Magee, P., Anastácio, Z., Olivo, M., & Darlington, E. (2025). Co-creating wellbeing curricula training implementation and evaluation: lessons learned, challenges and training sustainability. CIEC - Research Centre on Child Studies, Institute of Education, University of Minho, Braga, Portugal. https://cocreatingwellbeing.eu/curriculum/examples-of-curriculum-delivery/ Vilaça, T., Darlington, E., Velasco, M.J.M, Martinis, O., & Masson, J (2019). SHE School Manual 2.0. A Methodological Guidebook to become a health promoting school. Schools for Health in Europe Network Foundation (SHE) Ed.. https://www.schoolsforhealth.org/resources/materials-and-tools/how-be-health-promoting-school 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Perspectives from Finnish Professionals on Interprofessional Collaboration in Student Welfare Teams 1: Åbo Akademi University, Finland; 2: Karlstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:The study focus on interprofessional collaboration (IPC) among professionals within student welfare teams in Finnish compulsory schools, specifically exploring the factors that shape this collaboration in the context of promoting student well-being. The study is guided by the question: "What factors do members of student welfare teams experience as shaping interprofessional collaboration aimed at promoting student well-being, and how can these be understood through the lens of Reeves et al.'s (2010) framework of interprofessional teamwork?" The primary objective is to deepen the understanding of how professionals in student welfare teams experience factors that influence IPC for promoting student well-being. A secondary objective is to provide valuable insights into the implementation of IPC for health prevention within the broader context. The results can be utlised outisde of the finnish context as mental health challenges among children and intergrated services are similar in other western countries. The study utilizes the conceptual framework of interprofessional teamwork developed by Reeves et al. (2010). This framework provides a lens for interpreting findings by highlighting four domains that shape interprofessional teamwork and collaboration: relational, processual, organizational, and contextual factors. The analysis employed a theory-guided qualitative content analysis approach, integrating existing theoretical perspectives from this framework while remaining open to emergent patterns. The research is situated within the Finnish educational and welfare system, offering a distinct European perspective. In Finland, student welfare services are mandated by the Student Welfare Act (2014) to be organized through IPC, with a legal aim towards preventive work. The study highlights the complexities and challenges specific to this context, such as the division of responsibilities between schools and Well-being Services Counties (WSCs) for providing professionals like psychologists and school counsellors. Economic struggles within WSCs and their impact on statutory resource provision are noted as significant contextual factors. The findings reveal that while regular meeting routines and staff continuity support collaboration in preventive work, a common vision for student welfare is often absent among Finnish professionals. Challenges include unclear responsibilities, the ambiguous role of school coaches, and the impact of organizational changes and employee turnover within the WSC system on long-term collaborative relationships. The study underscores the ongoing shift from corrective to preventive measures in Finnish student welfare, noting that this transition has not been realized as intended, partly due to resource constraints and a reactive rather than proactive approach to student well-being. The findings suggest a need for improved governance and clarification of roles within the Finnish student welfare landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study aimed to understand professionals' experiences of interprofessional collaboration (IPC) in Finnish student welfare teams. Conducted as part of a larger research project, data were gathered through semi-structured group interviews with 32 professionals from five interprofessional teams across five schools in 2024-2025. Group interviews were selected to elicit diverse perspectives and rich interaction among participants. The participant group included school counsellors, psychologists, nurses, special education teachers, class teachers, school coaches, and study counsellors. To encourage open discussion, team leaders, principals, and vice-principals were intentionally excluded. Each interview, lasting approximately 90 minutes, was guided by a structured guide covering current IPC implementation, influencing factors, and developmental needs. Ethical principles, including informed consent, confidentiality, and anonymity, were strictly followed. Data analysis employed a theory-guided qualitative content analysis approach, utilizing Reeves et al.'s (2010) framework for interprofessional teamwork. Transcribed interviews (62,323 words) were imported into NVivo 1.7. The first author identified meaning units, which were then deductively coded based on the Reeves et al. framework. This coding informed the development of categories and subcategories. To ensure quality and mitigate bias, researcher triangulation was applied, with co-authors coding transcripts and engaging in discussions to reach a common understanding of the analytical process. The analysis balanced inductive and deductive reasoning, revealing consistent patterns across interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study investigated Finnish professionals' experiences shaping interprofessional collaboration (IPC) in student welfare teams, revealing three key influencing categories: professional roles and boundaries, collaborative processes and communication, and structural and organisational sustainability. Findings highlighted that IPC is primarily driven by relational and processual factors. Professionals identified challenges in professional roles and boundaries, noting shifting responsibilities, blurred boundaries in individual cases, and a prevailing focus on reactive individual casework due to heavy workloads, often at the expense of preventive group-level activities. While long-term professional continuity enhanced collaboration, the ambiguous role of school coaches and teachers' perceived resistance to welfare tasks further complicated role clarity. Regarding collaborative processes and communication, despite valuing regular meetings for proactive planning, information flow was often "limping," particularly between WSC-employed professionals and municipal staff, and with external health services. Student and parent involvement in joint welfare planning was notably limited, mainly confined to obtaining consent for individual cases. Structural and organisational sustainability presented significant barriers. Employee turnover, uncertain employment conditions for WSC staff, and multi-organizational structures often left WSC professionals feeling like "outsiders." A critical issue was the lack of resources and accessibility to next-level services, forcing welfare teams to manage complex issues beyond their remit and further diverting them from preventive work. Crucially, a shared, comprehensive vision for joint student welfare and preventive actions was largely absent across teams and the broader school community. In conclusion, while collaborative intent exists, IPC in Finnish student welfare teams is predominantly reactive due to systemic challenges in role clarity, communication, resource allocation, and a deficit in shared preventive vision. Strengthening IPC requires clarifying responsibilities, enhancing inter-organizational coordination at leadership levels, and actively fostering a shared preventive culture that includes students and parents. References Bokhour, B. G. (2006). Communication in interdisciplinary team meetings: What are we talking about? Journal of Interprofessional Care, 20(4), 349–363. https://doi.org/10.1080/13561820600727205 Bronstein, L. R. (2003). A Model for Interdisciplinary Collaboration. 48(3). Cameron, A., Lart, R., Bostock, L., & Coomber, C. (2014). Factors that promote and hinder joint and integrated working between health and social care services: A review of research literature. Health & Social Care in the Community, 22(3), 225–233. https://doi.org/10.1111/hsc.12057 Ellonen, N., Pasanen, M., Wiss, K., Mielityinen, L., Lähteenmäki, E., & Joronen, K. (2022). Health Promotion Actions and School Violence—A Cluster Analysis from Finnish Comprehensive Schools. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(19), Article 19. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph191912698 Fasting, R. B., & Breilid, N. (2024). Cross-professional collaboration to improve inclusive education. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 68(4), 661–676. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2023.2175248 Jalonen, H., Salminen, J., & Tuominen, M. (2024). Moniammatillinen yhteistyö opiskeluhuollossa – tasapainoilua jännitteiden välillä. Sosiaalilääketieteellinen Aikakauslehti, 61(2). https://doi.org/10.23990/sa.128756 Juhila, K., Dall, T., Hall, C., & Koprowska, J. (Eds.). (2021). IPC and Service Users: Analysing Meetings in Social Welfare (1st ed.). Policy Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv1gbrw72 Ødegård, A., & Strype, J. (2009). Perceptions of IPC within child mental health care in Norway. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 23(3), 286–296. https://doi.org/10.1080/13561820902739981 Rawlinson, C., Carron, T., Cohidon, C., Arditi, C., Hong, Q. N., Pluye, P., Peytremann-Bridevaux, I., & Gilles, I. (2021). An Overview of Reviews on IPC in Primary Care: Barriers and Facilitators. International Journal of Integrated Care, 21(2). https://doi.org/10.5334/ijic.5589 Reeves, S. Espin, S., Lewin, S., & Zwarenstein, M. (2010). Interprofessional Teamwork for Health and Social Care (1st ed). John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated. Savolainen, O., Sormunen, M., Bykachev, K., Karppi, J., Kumpulainen, K., & Turunen, H. (2021). Finnish professionals’ views of the current mental health services and multiprofessional collaboration in children’s mental health promotion. International Journal of Mental Health, 50(3), 195–217. https://doi.org/10.1080/00207411.2020.1848235 Schot, E., Tummers, L., & Noordegraaf, M. (2020). Working on working together. A systematic review on how healthcare professionals contribute to interprofessional collaboration. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 34(3), 332–342. https://doi.org/10.1080/13561820.2019.1636007 Thomson, A. M., & Perry, J. L. (2006). Collaboration Processes: Inside the Black Box. Public Administration Review, 66(s1), 20–32. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6210.2006.00663.x Vainikainen, M.-P., Thuneberg, H., Greiff, S., & Hautamäki, J. (2015). Multiprofessional collaboration in Finnish schools. International Journal of Educational Research, 72, 137–148. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2015.06.007 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper School Coaches’ Role in Promoting Pupils’ Well-being and Mental Health 1: Åbo Akademi University, Finland; 2: University of Southern Denmark, Denmark Presenting Author:Over recent decades, school coaching has developed internationally as a dynamic and emerging profession within the education sector (Van Nieuwerburgh, 2012), including in Finland, where it is increasingly becoming an institutionalized practice among educators (Tynjälä et al., 2019; Korhonen et al., 2017). Broader societal and educational changes have shifted attention away from purely academic goals toward a more holistic perspective that emphasizes student development and well-being, supported by international policy frameworks (OECD, 2021) and collaborative teaching practices that promote school well-being (Ukskoski & Lerkkanen, 2024). Within this framework, school coaches have assumed a central role in supporting students in Finnish schools, as their mission to strengthen self-regulation, goal orientation, and personal growth aligns with national initiatives aimed at advancing holistic well-being and positive education practices (Finnish National Agency for Education, n.d.; Positive Education Finland, n.d.). Increasingly, whole-school programs designed to support both staff and students incorporate coaching practices (Ponsford et al., 2022), while peer-led approaches have demonstrated positive effects on help-seeking behaviors and school climate (Pointon-Haas et al., 2023). In Finland, the strong national focus on psychological well-being and social learning has further facilitated the integration of school coaching as a supportive educational practice (Rautanen et al., 2022; Yli-Pietilä et al., 2024). However, as school coaching remains a relatively new and evolving profession, examining the professional role of school coaches is essential (City of Helsinki, 2023b). Moreover, when recognition is limited, mutual support is lacking, or coaches are uncertain about their role and authority, coaching may not effectively enhance students’ self-development or academic outcomes (City of Helsinki, 2023b). Although school coaches represent valuable resources within schools, unclear job descriptions and the absence of standardized guidelines lead to considerable variation in their roles and responsibilities across institutions (Woulfin & Rigby, 2017; Woulfin, 2018).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data collection was carried out through interviews with nine strategically selected participants, including seven school coaches and two special needs youth workers (six females and three males) working in lower and upper secondary education. Eligibility criteria required participants to be employed as school coaches in Finland or in a comparable role for a minimum of six months. The interviews were arranged via email or phone and conducted either face-to-face or through video conferencing. Interview questions addressed work-related characteristics, experiences of multi-professional collaboration, and perceived challenges. Participants’ professional experience ranged from six months to ten years, with approximately half having less than two years of experience. A diverse range of educational backgrounds was represented, including training and degrees in social work and youth work, such as specialized youth worker, social worker, leader for children and youth, a Master’s degree in political science, and work supervisor training. Guided by a semi-structured interview framework, the interviews allowed flexibility for follow-up questions and participant-driven dialogue. Conducted in 2023 both in person and via video, the interviews lasted between 30 and 60 minutes and were transcribed verbatim. The data were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis as outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results The analysis resulted in the identification of three overarching themes and nine associated subthemes. The overarching themes included: a multifaceted professional role characterized by flexibility in the scope of practice; varied working methods and practice-based tools; and multiprofessional cooperation as a central element of practice. Characterized by flexibility and multiple responsibilities, the role of the school coach functions as an important resource within schools. By establishing trusting and low-threshold relationships, school coaches are able to provide a safe and non-judgmental environment in which students can seek support. However, challenges arise from the absence of formal guidelines, constrained resources, ambiguous role definitions, heavy workloads, and the inherently solitary nature of the school coach position. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. City of Helsinki. (2023b). School coaching in Helsinki: Supporting student mental health and preventing absenteeism. City of Helsinki, Education Division. https://www.hel.fi/helsinki/en/administration/information/statistics/reports/school-coaching-2023 Finnish National Agency for Education. (n.d.). Promoting well-being. https://www.oph.fi/en/education-and-qualifications/promoting-wellbeing Korhonen, H., Heikkinen, H. L. T., Kiviniemi, U., & Tynjälä, P. (2017). Student teachers’ experiences of participating in mixed peer mentoring groups of in-service and pre-service teachers in Finland. Teaching and Teacher Education, 61, 153–163. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.10.011 OECD. (2021). Building teachers’ well-being from primary to upper secondary education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/722fe5cb-en Pointon-Haas, J., Waqar, L., Upsher, R., Foster, J., Byrom, N., & Oates, J. (2024). A systematic review of peer support interventions for student mental health and well-being in higher education. BJPsych Open, 10(1), e12. https://doi:10.1192/bjo.2023.603 Ponsford, R., Falconer, J., Melendez-Torres, G.J. et al. (2022). What factors influence implementation of whole-school interventions aiming to promote student commitment to school to prevent substance use and violence? Systematic review and synthesis of process evaluations. BMC Public Health, 22, 2148. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-022-14544-4 Positive Education Finland. (n.d.). Training and coaching. Retrieved from https://www.positiveeducationfinland.eu/training-and-coaching (Accessed 19 July 2025) Rautanen, P., Soini, T., Pietarinen, J., & Pyhältö, K. (2022). Dynamics between perceived social support and study engagement among primary school students: A three-year longitudinal survey. Social Psychology of Education, 25(6), 1481–1505. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-022-09734-2 Tynjälä, P., Pennanen, M., Markkanen, I., & Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2019). Finnish model of peer group mentoring: Review of research. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1483(1), 208–223. https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.14296 Ukskoski, T., & Lerkkanen, M.-K. (2024). Developing teachers’ collaborative expertise in school well-being: A participatory action research. Journal of Teacher Education and Educators, 13(1), 7–29. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1457474.pdf van Nieuwerburgh, C. (2012). Coaching in education: Getting better results for students, educators, and parents (1st ed.). Karnac Books. https://www.karnacbooks.com/product/coaching-in-education-getting-better-results-for-students-educators-and-parents/32912/ Woulfin, S. L. (2018). Mediating Instructional Reform: An Examination of the Relationship Between District Policy and Instructional Coaching. AERA Open, 4(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858418792278 Woulfin, S. L., & Rigby, J. G. (2017). Coaching for Coherence: How Instructional Coaches Lead Change in the Evaluation Era. Educational Researcher, 46(6), 323-328. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X17725525 Yli-Pietilä, R., Soini, T., Pietarinen, J., & Pyhältö, K. (2024). How is students’ well-being related to their class teacher’s professional agency in primary school? European Journal of Psychology of Education, 39(5), 2341–2361. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-023-00781-7 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 09 SES 05 A: Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 1): Digital Competencies and New Technologies in the Classroom Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Andrés Strello Session Chair: Nurullah Eryilmaz Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 1): Digital Competencies and New Technologies in the Classroom International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) such as TIMSS, ICCS, PIRLS, ICILS, PISA, and TALIS provide critical insights into educational outcomes and inequalities across diverse national contexts. They are widely used to monitor trends, enable international comparisons, and inform educational policy and practice (Johansson, 2016). At the same time, ILSAs function as laboratories for methodological innovation, supporting research that links individual outcomes to institutional and systemic conditions (Strietholt & Scherer, 2018). This symposium brings together recent research drawing on multiple ILSAs and is organized into five interrelated thematic sessions addressing digital transformation, civic education, educational inequality, student engagement and well-being, and methodological challenges in international assessment research. The first thematic area focuses on digital competencies and emerging technologies in education. Drawing on ICILS, TALIS, and TIMSS, papers examine cross-national variation in technology and AI integration, the role of teacher characteristics and professional learning, and how digital provision and pedagogical use relate to achievement and inequality, including disparities linked to socioeconomic background and early tracking. The second thematic area addresses civic attitudes, values, and engagement among young people. Using ICCS data, contributions explore students’ intentions to participate politically, their attitudes toward minorities, immigrants, and gender equality, and how school experiences relate to tolerant dispositions and engagement with social and environmental issues. The third thematic area examines structural inequalities and contextual effects in education systems. Papers investigate how school composition, segregation, and socioeconomic context shape achievement and well-being across countries, including intersectional patterns by gender, immigrant background, and socioeconomic status. The session also addresses systemic resource inequalities through evidence on mathematics and science teacher shortages and their unequal distribution across schools. The fourth thematic area focuses on students’ attitudes, motivation, and psychosocial factors. Contributions examine long-term gender gaps in reading behavior and achievement, the relationship between teacher gender and student outcomes, and trends in test-taking motivation relevant for interpreting achievement changes. The fifth thematic area is explicitly methodological, with papers analyzing item-level features of achievement scales, participation and sampling standards, and the measurement of socioeconomic status, highlighting how technical choices shape conclusions about trends and inequality. Overall, the symposium fosters dialogue among researchers, policymakers, and practitioners and advances rigorous, policy-relevant use of ILSAs to support more equitable and effective education systems. References Johansson, S. (2016). International large-scale assessments: what uses, what consequences? Educational Research, 58(2), 139–148. doi:10.1080/00131881.2016.116555 Strietholt, R., & Scherer, R. (2018). The contribution of international large-scale assessments to educational research: Combining individual and institutional data sources. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(3), 368-385. Presentations of the Symposium The Role of Digital Technologies in Learning: Insights from TIMSS 2019 and 2023
Digital technologies have become an integral component of contemporary education systems, yet evidence remains inconclusive regarding their actual contribution to student learning outcomes. While many schools have expanded their digital infrastructure, it is still unclear how the availability, quality, and pedagogical use of digital tools influence students’ competences in mathematics and science. This study examines the relationship between digital technology provision and student achievement by analysing data from TIMSS 2019 and TIMSS 2023, including student, teacher, and school questionnaires as well as performance results.
Background and Purpose:
The study addresses a central problem: although digital technologies are increasingly embedded in learning processes, little is known about how frequently and effectively they are used, and whether such use leads to improved student performance. The research explores digital provision, historical developments in school digitalisation, the impact of national strategies and COVID 19, and teachers’ digital competences. Additionally, it investigates the role of school leadership in supporting digital transformation, strategic decision making, and policy alignment.
Research Questions:
(1) How has the availability of digital technologies changed between 2019 and 2023?
(2) To what extent does better digital provision correlate with higher achievement in mathematics and science?
(3) What differences exist between urban and rural schools?
Methods:
The empirical analysis uses TIMSS student achievement data alongside school level and teacher level indicators. Data processing includes identifying correlations, comparing technological access and use across contexts, and analysing changes in digital environments over the two cycles. The analysis will primarily focus on countries that demonstrate high achievement levels in both mathematics and science, as well as countries characterised by advanced digital technology availability in schools and frequent pedagogical use of digital tools during lessons. Particular emphasis will be placed on Latvia, the home country of the authors, to provide a deeper contextual understanding of national developments and comparative positioning. Variables include students’ outcomes in mathematics and science, frequency of digital tool use, and digital infrastructure indicators for grade 4 settings.
Expected Outcomes:
The study is expected to clarify whether improvements in digital provision reflect meaningful pedagogical integration and whether such integration supports higher student performance. It will identify contextual disparities, highlight barriers to effective digital use, and assess trends in digital transformation across the two TIMSS cycles.
Relevance:
Based on the findings, recommendations will be developed for policymakers, school leaders, teachers, and families to enhance digital learning environments and strengthen students’ competencies in mathematics and science.
References:
Anwar, C., Aznem, A., Payung, L. T., & Hidayanto, N. (2025). Empowering Education through Digital Leadership: The Evolving Role of School Principals.
Formichella, M. M., Alderete, M. V., & Di Meglio, G. (2020). New technologies in households: Is there an educational payoff? Evidence from Argentina. Education in the Knowledge Society, 21, 181–1814. https://doi.org/10.14201/eks.23553
Gizatullina, O. (2023). MODERN COMPETENCIES OF A TEACHER FOR EFFECTIVE WORK IN A DIGITAL EDUCATIONAL ENVIRONMENT. https://doi.org/10.5281/ZENODO.7630210
Jeong, D. W., Moon, H., Jeong, S. M., & Moon, C. J. (2024). Digital capital accumulation in schools, teachers, and students and academic achievement: Cross-country evidence from the PISA 2018. International Journal of Educational Development, 107, 103024. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2024.103024
Karlsson, L. (2022). Computers in education: The association between computer use and test scores in primary school. Education Inquiry, 13(1), 56–85. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2020.1831288
Profiling AI Integration in Classrooms: Predictors and Outcomes of Teacher and Country-Level Usage Patterns Using TALIS 2024
This paper investigates cross-national patterns of artificial intelligence (AI) use among secondary school teachers using data from the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2024. The study is theoretically grounded in established models of technology adoption, particularly the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT; Venkatesh et al., 2003) and the Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge framework (TPACK; Mishra & Koehler, 2006). These perspectives emphasize that technology integration is shaped by teachers’ digital competencies, perceived usefulness, ease of use, pedagogical beliefs, and contextual support (Davis, 1989; Scherer et al., 2021). Building on research on digital media use, which has shown substantial heterogeneity among teachers (Pozas et al., 2022), this study examines how AI-related practices vary across countries.
Applying multilevel latent class analysis (MLCA; Henry & Muthén, 2010), the study identifies distinct teacher-level AI usage profiles and explores how their prevalence and predictors differ internationally. Latent class approaches have proven effective for analyzing technology use patterns (Graves & Bowers, 2018), yet systematic cross-national analyses focusing on AI remain scarce. The analysis distinguishes between individual characteristics (Level 1) and system-level influences (Level 2), including digital infrastructure, leadership support, and professional development opportunities (Buabeng-Andoh, 2012; OECD, 2020).
Three research questions guide the study. First, it examines whether similar AI usage profiles emerge across countries or whether some profiles are context-specific (Eickelmann & Vennemann, 2017). Second, it analyzes how the probability of belonging to specific profiles varies internationally. Third, it investigates whether profile membership is mainly explained by teacher-level factors—such as self-efficacy, attitudes toward AI, and training—or by broader structural conditions (Ifenthaler & Schweinbenz, 2016; UNESCO, 2021).
System-level effects are captured through aggregated indicators from teacher and school leader reports, including AI-related policies, training accessibility, and governance frameworks. Additional national indicators such as innovation capacity and education expenditure are considered. This multilevel approach allows a comprehensive analysis of contextual determinants of AI integration.
Methodologically, MLCA identifies latent subgroups based on reported AI practices such as lesson planning, assessment, adaptive learning, and support for students with special needs. Measurement invariance tests assess cross-national comparability, and model selection is guided by statistical fit indices and interpretability.
Overall, the study provides internationally comparable evidence on the diversity of AI adoption among teachers and highlights the importance of targeted support strategies tailored to specific national contexts. The findings contribute to a differentiated understanding of AI integration in education and inform policy and professional development initiatives.
References:
Buabeng-Andoh, C. (2012). Factors influencing teachers’ adoption and integration of ICT into teaching. International Journal of Education and Development using ICT, 8(1), 136–155.
Davis, F. D. (1989). Perceived usefulness and perceived ease of use of information technology. MIS Quarterly, 13(3), 319–340. https://doi.org/10.2307/249008
Eickelmann, B., & Vennemann, M. (2017). Teachers’ attitudes regarding ICT in European countries. European Educational Research Journal, 16(6), 733–761. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117725899
Graves, S., & Bowers, C. (2018). Exploring teacher and student use of technology. Education and Information Technologies, 23(6), 2445–2464.
Henry, K. L., & Muthén, B. (2010). Multilevel latent class analysis. Structural Equation Modeling, 17(2), 193–215.
Ifenthaler, D., & Schweinbenz, V. (2016). Teachers’ perspectives on learning analytics. Teaching and Teacher Education, 56, 157–167.
Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge. Teachers College Record, 108(6), 1017–1054.
OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 results. OECD Publishing.
Pozas, M., Letzel, V., & Schneider, C. (2022). Teaching and technology use: Patterns and predictors. British Journal of Educational Technology, 53(4), 842–860.
Scherer, R., Siddiq, F., & Tondeur, J. (2021). The technology acceptance model: A meta-analysis. Computers & Education, 128, 13–35.
UNESCO. (2021). AI and education: Guidance for policy-makers. UNESCO et al. (2003). User acceptance of information technology. MIS Quarterly, 27(3), 425–478.
Characteristics of Teachers in the Highest- and Lowest-Achieving Schools in Countries with Above-Average Performance in the ICILS 2023 Computational Thinking Module
Computational thinking (CT) skills are increasingly important as digital technologies transform education and the labour market, and they also support broader outcomes such as critical thinking and academic achievement. (Lei et al., 2020; Kumar & Mohd, 2024). Schools, and especially teachers, play a central role in developing CT, yet little is known about how teacher characteristics vary between high- and low-performing schools.
Evidence suggests that high-performing schools are more likely to have teachers who are motivated, collaborate frequently, and participate actively in professional development, all of which support effective teaching and improved student outcomes (Lorenz et al., 2022). Highly qualified teachers tend to work in schools with academically stronger students, while less experienced teachers often teach in schools with higher concentrations of disadvantaged students (Pop-Eleches & Urquiola, 2013; OECD, 2019).
Socioeconomic context also influences teacher characteristics and instructional practices. Schools with higher-SES students generally have better resources, more experienced staff, and greater instructional stability, whereas lower-achieving schools face limited resources, higher teacher turnover, and fewer opportunities for professional growth (Yang Hansen et al., 2016; Sirin, 2005). Teachers in high-achieving schools are more likely to employ cognitively demanding methods, such as inquiry-based learning, formative assessment, structured feedback, and problem-solving tasks, which support CT, critical reasoning, and data analysis (Hattie, 2009).
This study examines information technology, computer studies (or similar) teacher characteristics in the highest- and lowest-achieving schools in countries where students’ average in International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) 2023 CT achievement exceeds the overall study mean: Belgium (Flemish), Chinese Taipei, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Latvia, the Republic of Korea, and the Slovak Republic.
A particular focus is placed on the topics most frequently taught in top-performing schools and how these relate to what students actually learn. Using ICILS 2023 information technology, computer studies (or similar) teacher and student questionnaires, the analysis identifies which CT-related activities are emphasized.
While the specific emphasis on topics and activities is expected to vary across countries, clustering countries with similar patterns allows for targeted recommendations to help teachers strengthen students’ CT skills.
References:
Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Routledge.
Kumar, I., & Mohd, N. (2024). Ways of using computational thinking to improve students’ ability to think critically. https://doi.org/10.4018/979-8-3693-0782-3.ch015
Lei, H., Chiu, M., Li, F., Wang, X., & Geng, Y. (2020). Computational thinking and academic achievement. Children and Youth Services Review. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105439
Lorenz, R., Endberg, M., & Bos, W. (2022). Teaching with technology: A large-scale, international, and multilevel study of the roles of teacher and school characteristics. Computers & Education, 179, 104408. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104408
OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 results (Volume I): Teachers and school leaders as lifelong learners. OECD Publishing. https://dx.doi.org/10.1787/1d0bc92a-en
Pop-Eleches, C., & Urquiola, M. (2013). Going to a better school: Effects and behavioral responses. The American Economic Review, 103(4), 1289–1324. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.103.4.1289
Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543075003417
Yang Hansen, K., Gustafsson, J. E., & Rosén, M. (2016). Context factors and student achievement in the IEA studies: Evidence from TIMSS. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 4(1), Article 12. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-016-0020-6
The Impact of Early Tracking on Socioeconomic Inequalities in Digital Competences: An International Comparison
Digital competences are widely regarded as a key prerequisite for educational success, labour market participation, and social inclusion (Fraillon, 2025; Hoe, 2025). International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) such as the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) play a central role in producing policy-relevant knowledge on these competences and in shaping educational discourse. International evidence from ICILS shows substantial cross-national variation in students’ digital competences, which—similar to traditional competence domains—is closely associated with socioeconomic background (Fraillon, 2025).
However, less is known about how institutional features of education systems structure inequalities in digital competences, and how such inequalities emerge within data-driven, internationally comparative research contexts. In particular, early between-school tracking constitutes a core institutional design feature that systematically differentiates learning environments at an early stage, yet its role in shaping digital competence inequalities has received little empirical attention.
This paper addresses this gap by examining early tracking as a structural moderator of socioeconomic inequalities in digital competences. We ask:
(1) To what extent does the association between socioeconomic status (SES) and digital competences vary across countries?
(2) Does early tracking affect average levels of digital competences?
(3) Does early tracking moderate the relationship between SES and digital competences?
Theoretically, the paper brings together insights from the digital divide literature, which conceptualises inequalities in digital access, use, and competences as socially structured (Dijk, 2020), and theories of educational inequality that emphasise the role of cultural and economic capital in shaping learning opportunities (Bourdieu, 1983). Early tracking is understood as an institutional mechanism that allocates students to differentiated learning environments (Terrin & Triventi, 2023), thereby structuring access to pedagogical resources, digital infrastructures, and forms of knowledge valued within education systems.
Empirically, the analyses draw on pooled data from ICILS 2013, 2018, and 2023, covering 44 education systems, including 12 characterised by early tracking. Digital competences are measured using the Computer and Information Literacy (CIL) and Computational Thinking (CT) scales. Multilevel regression models with students nested in schools and countries are estimated, including cross-level interactions between SES and early tracking.
Preliminary results based on ICILS 2023 indicate strong socioeconomic gradients in digital competences across systems. While early tracking shows no significant effect on average competence levels, inequalities by SES are significantly steeper in early-tracking systems. These findings suggest that early tracking primarily structures the distribution—rather than the overall level—of digital competences.
References:
Bourdieu, P. (1983). Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital. In R. Kreckel (Ed.), Soziale Ungleichheiten (pp. 183–198). Schwartz.
Dijk, J. van. (2020). The digital divide. Polity.
Fraillon, J. (2025). ICILS 2023 International Report: An International Perspective on Digital Literacy. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). https://www.iea.nl/sites/default/files/2025-03/ICILS_2023_International_Report.pdf
Hoe, S. L. (2025). Digital transformation and the future of work: Closing the digital skills gap. Development and Learning in Organizations: An International Journal, 39(3), 14–17. https://doi.org/10.1108/DLO-06-2024-0167
Terrin, É., & Triventi, M. (2023). The Effect of School Tracking on Student Achievement and Inequality: A Meta-Analysis. Review of Educational Research, 93(2), 236–274. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543221100850
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 09 SES 05 B: Theoretical and Policy Perspectives on Assessment Reform Location: 5026 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Bas Senden Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Measurement or Judgment? Uncovering the Hidden Paradigms Behind Assessment Reform 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: Deakin University, Australia; 3: Kristianstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:Across education systems, pressures to standardise assessment collide with traditions of teacher autonomy. This tension raises a crucial question: What counts as valid assessment? The fundamental nature of assessment is often ignored in policy debates and public discourse. To address this gap, Jönsson (2020) has proposed a distinction between two approaches: assessments based on qualitative (or evaluative) judgments made by assessors and those grounded in quantitative measurement principles informed by psychometrics. In this study, we refer to these paradigms as judgment and measurement. Psychometrics traces its origins to the latter half of the 19th century, with major advances occurring during the 20th century in relation to the measurement of human intelligence. From this foundation, numerous branches have emerged, including tests of scholastic aptitude, personality, and academic achievement (e.g., Black, 1998; Urbina, 2004). Qualitative judgments (Sadler, 1989), also called evaluative judgments (Boud et al., 2018), are used to appreciate the quality of student performance. According to Sadler (1989), a qualitative judgment is made by a knowledgeable expert and is not reducible to a formula that nonexperts can apply. The most notable difference between evaluative judgment and a psychometric perspective lies in their focus. In psychometrics, assessment is treated as an inferential process, targeting an invisible theoretical construct such as knowledge. Consequently, psychometric approaches depend on indirect indicators, aggregating data from multiple items. In contrast, evaluative judgment centers on the quality of performance itself. Assessing an essay or report is a direct act, requiring no inference about hidden traits. Building on this conceptual distinction, this study examines how these paradigms framed summative final assessment and positioned teachers in the context of a nationwide Finnish assessment reform. The reform introduced detailed national assessment criteria for final grades at the end of lower-secondary education, aiming to make teachers’ grading more consistent while preserving classroom-based assessment practices. A clear understanding of final assessment is essential because of its profound impact on students’ futures and the functioning of society. In this context, teachers are users of public power and may need to justify their grading decisions. Clarity in grading principles is critical: Should professional judgment count as valid evidence, or should grades rely solely on external measures? Do we want teachers to act as assessment machines? Or do we want to externalise assessment to tests, viewing teachers as technicians without power over assessment? We analyzed two complementary datasets: 56 official and media documents saping public discourse during the reform, and 66 semi-structured interviews with lower-secondary subject teachers across six disciplines. Our analysis of the public and official documents showed that the measurement and judgment paradigms were intertwined in discourse, and so tightly that it was difficult to disentangle them. Moreover, teachers were positioned in somewhat confusing ways both 1) as parts of the assessment machine (conductors of measurement) and 2) as assessment machines (professionals using evaluative judgment). In the interview data, we identified three distinct ways in which teachers referred to assessment and their positionings within it: 1) as designers of the assessment machine, who constructed instruments to ensure reliability (referring to measurement), 2) as assessment machines, who applied holistic, criteria-based judgments that resisted reduction to mere metrics (referring to judgment); and 3) as calibrators who adjusted quantitative indicators intuitively with the criteria (referring to intuitive judgment). Our findings indicate that these paradigms of assessment are intertwined in societal discourse, simultaneously positioning teachers as agentic professionals and sources of error – an inherently contradictory stance. This underscores the need for clearer conceptualisations of assessment to inform both policy decisions and practical implementation, clarifying whether teachers are expected to act as objective technicians or professional interpreters. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a qualitative, theory-informed analysis combining (1) documentary and media sources and (2) teacher interviews. The document data (n = 56) included official guidance and reports from the Finnish National Agency for Education (FNAE) and the Ministry of Education and Culture (MEC), alongside prominent news coverage from Helsingin Sanomat (the most widely published newspaper in Finland) and Yleisradio (Finland’s national public service broadcaster) during 2017–2024. To identify relevant documents, we used the search term “päättöarv*” (final assess*) across both outlets for the years 2017–2024. To understand how teachers themselves related to the measurement and judgment paradigms, we analysed teacher interviews that were collected as part of the nationwide research project funded by the MEC. The interview sample comprised 66 lower-secondary subject teachers from six disciplines (history, mathematics, physics, mother tongue and literature, English as a foreign language, Finnish/Swedish as a second language). Interviews were semi-structured, discipline-informed, and averaged 53 minutes (range: 23–87 minutes), covering experiences of the reform, criteria use, grading practices, and perceived impacts. Participation was voluntary with informed consent. We operationalized two paradigms of assessment—psychometric measurement and evaluative judgment—drawing on Jönsson’s (2020) conceptual paper. Indicators of a psychometric paradigm included quantitative scoring, summarizing scores from several items, inferences about latent traits, primary focus on reliability, and low teacher autonomy. Indicators of and evaluative judgment paradigm included assessment of performance quality, holistic use of several criteria simultaneously, direct (non-inferential) assessment, primary focus on validity, and high teacher autonomy. First, given the large volume of data, we began by extracting parts that addressed assessment as a psychometric practice or a process of evaluative judgment. Next, based on these excerpts, we analyzed how and by whom these two paradigms were produced and how they were potentially contested across the datasets. Using the abovementioned indicators, we systematically mapped how final assessment was conceptualised throughout the reform. Finally, we examine how teachers were positioned in relation to assessment (Harré et al., 2009), focusing on how ideal, normal and avoidable teacher positionings were articulated by different actors and documents, as well as by teachers themselves. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our study shows that the discourse around assessment reform entwined the two distinct conceptualizations of assessment: psychometric measurement and evaluative judgment. Public and official communications simultaneously affirmed teacher professionalism and questioned teacher reliability. This double discourse framed teachers as both expert interpreters and potential sources of error, creating an inherently paradoxical positioning. Similarily, teachers’ accounts reflected various conceptualizations of assessment and assessors. These illustrate adaptive professionalism but also reveal conceptual tensions: when policy discourse merges psychometric measurement with evaluative judgment, teachers receive ambiguous signals about what constitutes valid evidence and how final grades should be determined. We argue that conceptual clarity is essential for both policy and practice. Assessment systems should articulate when a psychometric orientation is warranted and when evaluative judgment is central. Professional development practices should be designed accordingly. If the differences between the paradigms are not understood, and if measurement is framed as a superior assessment paradigm or used as a benchmark for teachers’ judgments, this can contribute to mistrust in teacher professionalism (see Novak & Carlbaum, 2017). The conflicting expectations placed on teachers – between acting as objective technicians and professional interpreters – echoes long-standing global tensions in educational assessment (e.g., Broadfoot & Black, 2004; Klenowski, 2011), particularly in how assessment is understood publicly (Gardner, 2017). Finland offers a compelling case due to its strong tradition of teacher autonomy. That teachers feel both empowered and scrutinized in this context suggests that external pressures to standardize and quantify assessment (often introduced by global actors such as the OECD) can reshape professional identities even within high-autonomy systems. Ultimately, assessment does not merely measure learning; it organizes professional work and identities. The Finnish case suggests that sustaining trust in teacher-determined final grades requires naming the paradigms at play and designing infrastructures that help teachers judge well. References Black, P. (1998). Testing: Friend or foe? Theory and practice of assessment and testing. Routledge. Boud, D., Ajjawi, R., Dawson, P., & Tai, J. (2018). Developing evaluative judgement in higher education. Routledge. Broadfoot, P., & Black, P. (2004). Redefining assessment? The first 10 years of assessment in education. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 11(1), 7–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594042000208976 Gardner, J. (Ed.). (2017). The public understanding of assessment. Routledge. Harré, R., Moghaddam, F. M., Cairnie, T. P., Rothbart, D., & Sabat, S. R. (2009). Recent advances in positioning theory. Theory & Psychology, 19(1), 5–31. https://doi.org/10.1177/095935430810 Jönsson, A. (2020). Definitions of formative assessment need to make a distinction between a psychometric understanding of assessment and “evaluative judgment.” Frontiers in Education, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.00002 Klenowski, V. (2011). Assessment for learning in the accountability era: Queensland, Australia. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 37(1), 78–83. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2011.03.003 Novak, J., & Carlbaum, S. (2017). Juridification of examination systems: Extending state level authority over teacher assessments through regrading of national tests. Journal of Education Policy, 32(5), 673–693. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1318454 Sadler, D. R. (1989). Formative assessment and the design of instructional systems. Urbina, S. (2004). Essentials of psychological testing. John Wiley and Sons. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper A Missed Window of Opportunity for Assessment Reform in Lithuania: Applying the Multiple Streams Framework Vytautas Magnus University, Education Academy Presenting Author:In Lithuania, a new competency-based curriculum has recently been introduced alongside a two-stage external state examination system. The intention was to replace high-stakes examinations, predominantly composed of closed- or short-answer items, with competency-based assessments that give students an opportunity to demonstrate their unique skills and performance. However, the newly developed examination system did not deliver the expected results. The number of examinations increased when examination parts were transferred to a digital format, the test design remained unchanged, and no performance assessment was introduced (Raudiene et al., 2025). After the first year of implementing the new exam, marked by a high number of issues related to poor item quality, difficulty-level mismatches, and technical implementation, which raised public dissatisfaction and anger, we decided to analyze how the decision-making process was carried out and how far the current assessment system is from the competency-based assessment. Focusing on competencies as learning outcomes assumes that checking whether students recall information is no longer the highest priority, while assessing what students can do with knowledge is (Darling-Hammond & Adamson, 2010; Elmer et al., 2019; Black & Wiliam, 1998). Assessing how students apply knowledge in new situations goes beyond traditional paper-and-pencil tests or their digital alternatives and involves direct interaction between the assessor and the assessed, which may not consistently yield quantitative feedback. This does not satisfy the bureaucratic apparatus that uses exam scores, indicators, and rankings for governance and accountability at all levels, from students and teachers to municipalities and states (Ball, 2003). Little is questioned about what this culture of measurement brings to education apart from competition, stratification, the distortion of basic pedagogical principles, and distrust in education (Biesta, 2010; Koretz, 2017; Au, 2009). Because of the lack of clear rules and a diverse array of actors, the development of education policy is complex (Shaw, 2019). Ball (1998) described it as a process of bricolage, borrowing and copying bits of ideas from elsewhere, interpreting theories and research, and reusing them as though they might work. Due to the high stakes associated with school examinations, university enrollment, school rankings, and follow-up consequences, assessment policy-making is considered extremely complex and multilayered, thus requiring a well-established theoretical approach. The Multiple Streams Framework (MSF) (Kingdon, 2014) offers a lens for understanding how certain proposals reach the political agenda and why some issues receive political attention at certain times while others do not. The MSF is a tool for analyzing nonlinear and non-rational political processes (Shaw, 2019; Stout & Stevens, 2000), including policy agenda-setting, identifying the necessary conditions for translating political agendas into concrete decisions, determining the timing of reform, and diagnosing policy failures. Kingdon (2014) suggests that policy development comprises three streams:
These streams develop independently, but at critical moments all three conflate, opening a window of opportunity to introduce a new policy. Policy-making is enhanced by policy entrepreneurs who invest resources, such as expertise, political influence, and determination, to bring together all three streams to achieve policy change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this study, we adopted a qualitative research design to examine how MSF could explain the process of assessment policy-making and the formation of assessment practices in Lithuania. Recognizing that educational assessment affects a large number of people from diverse social groups, including students, teachers, parents, headteachers, academics, municipal and national-level education managers, politicians, government officials, publishers, and others, we sought to reach representatives of all these groups and conducted 24 in-depth interviews. Among our participants were the highest-level government officials directly responsible for introducing new assessment policies, as well as other representatives who are publicly known for their positions on assessment policy. These interviews were conducted using the MS Teams platform between August and October 2025. Following MSF, we asked all our participants the same three questions: (1) how they perceived the critical problem in educational assessment; (2) what alternative solutions were on the table; and (3) what the political context was for implementing new policies. We asked for their reflections from their current positions, as some had already left their previous posts. To analyze the collected data, we used thematic analysis, which is known for reflecting reality and revealing its surface (Braun & Clark, 2006), making it a perfect match for Kingdon’s MSF. When conducting thematic analysis of the collected data, we followed a six-stage approach: familiarization with the data through careful reading and preparation for analysis, initial code generation that involves identifying segments in the raw data that can be assessed in a meaningful way (Boyatzis, 1998), searching for themes by grouping codes into potential themes, reviewing themes by revising them, and then defining themes by identifying the “essence of what each theme is about” (Braun & Clark, 2006, p. 22). Our interpretative work through the first five stages helped identify the recurring analytical patterns and start the final sixth stage of report writing. The MSF provided a structure for our narrative, as the identified themes were organized around three MSF streams - problems, policy, and politics. Alongside the policy entrepreneurs were named, and our evaluation focused on whether and how an open policy window was used Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis identified critical turns that shaped assessment policymaking: Within the problem strand, the common concerns focused on: (1) misalignment between the expected learning outcomes and the examination system, and on failed promises to introduce competency-based assessment; (2) equity and fairness issues were repeatedly raised, especially regarding the assessment experiences of disadvantaged student groups; (3) the quality and consistency of exam design were discussed, with reference to a lack of expertise in test development. The policy strand revealed possible alternatives: (1) growing support for systemic change to university admission, proposing more pathways to the university and not limiting acceptance to examination results alone; (2) improving the effectiveness of the examination system by introducing assessment innovations such as comparative judgment, assessment moderation, performance-based and adaptive assessments, etc. The politics strand revealed that: (1) not only is strong political leadership and engagement by top government officials crucial, but that without sufficient parliamentary support, things might get complicated; (2) certain bureaucratic procedures and a lack of expertise among the permanent staff in the Ministries and Agencies might become weak spots leading to failure; (3) different stakeholder groups emphasized different aspects of the problem, requiring distinct solutions; for example, students are mostly concerned with how well they pass exams and university entrance; headteachers are disappointed with school rankings; administrative staff are preoccupied with the technical implementation; while government officials worry about how their decisions will affect future election results. This reminded us of a battle where all the fighters had different ideas of what their victory would be like. Finally, we conclude that although curriculum reform created a policy window for political change to align learning goals with assessment approaches, the lack of a shared view among policy entrepreneurs on how to achieve the desired goal left the window unopened. References Au, W. (2009). Unequal by design: High-stakes testing and the standardization of inequality (1st ed.). Routledge. Ball, S. J. (1998). Big policies/small world: An introduction to international perspectives in education policy. Comparative Education, 34(2), 119–129. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050069828225 Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Biesta, G. (2017). Education, Measurement and the Professions: Reclaiming a space for democratic professionality in education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(4), 315–330. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2015.1048665 Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969595980050102 Boyatzis, R. E. (1998). Transforming qualitative information: Thematic analysis and code development. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Darling-Hammond, L. & Adamson, F. (2010). Beyond basic skills: The role of performance assessment in achieving 21st century standards of learning. Stanford, CA: Stanford University, Stanford Center for Opportunity Policy in Education. Emler, T. E., Zhao, Y., Deng, J., Yin, D., & Wang, Y. (2019). Side effects of large-scale assessments in education. ECNU Review of Education, 2(3), 279–296. https://doi.org/10.1177/2096531119878964 Kingdon, J. W. (2014). Agendas, alternatives, and public policies (2nd ed.). Pearson Education. Koretz, D. (2017). The testing charade: Pretending to make schools better. University of Chicago Press. Raudienė, I., Ališauskienė, S., & Mažeikienė, N. (2025). Uncovering the meanings of educational assessment: Realities at the outset of inclusion reform in Lithuanian schools. European Journal of Special Needs Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2025.2580903 Shaw, R. D. (2019). Examining arts education policy development through policy frameworks. Arts Education Policy Review, 120(4), 185–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/10632913.2018.1468840 Stout, K. E., & Stevens, B. (2000). The case of the failed diversity rule: A multiple streams analysis. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 22(4), 341–355. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Negotiating Professionalism when Assessment Becomes High-stakes Stockholm university, Sweden Presenting Author:Assessment has become an increasingly central aspect of teachers’ professional work, reshaping how teaching, learning, and evaluation are understood in everyday school practice. Scholars in education around the world suggest how teachers have to respond to these accountability claims in order to show effectiveness and quality, ultimately making school results the focus of education (Biesta, 2009; Irisdotter Aldenmyr et al., 2025). This has affected the teaching profession in several regards, changing core aspects of the institutional structures for teaching and even what it means to be a teacher (Ball, 2003). This paper explores how teachers in Sweden navigate professionalism in relation to assessment in a school system characterized by a focus on school results. Drawing on focus group interviews with teachers across primary, lower secondary, and upper secondary education, the study aims at exploring how teachers in Sweden understand and enact professionalism in assessment, with particular attention to how their professional judgement is negotiated within institutional conditions shaping teaching and learning. When the quality of schools, and even teachers, is defined in terms of measurable educational outcomes, there is a risk of teaching focusing on testing and grading, or what has been labelled “teaching to the test”, which, in turn, leads to tests gaining an ever-increasing role (Vogt, 2022), constructing a testing culture in schools (Birenbaum, 2016). Additionally, a school characterized by performance activities and excessive summative assessments is problematic as it often causes teacher stress (Lundahl, et al., 2022; Saeki et al., 2018; von der Embse et al., 2015) and put students learning and well-being at risk (Brolin Låftman et al., 2013; Hirsh, 2020; Luthar et al., 2020). The study is grounded in sociological theories of professionalism and professional work, combined with research on teachers’ assessment practices and assessment literacy. Professionalism is understood not merely as the possession of formal knowledge or skills, but as a socially and institutionally situated practice shaped by norms, values, and expectations regarding appropriate professional behaviour (Freidson, 2001; Evetts, 2006, 2013). From this perspective, what counts as “professional” teaching is continuously negotiated within specific organizational and policy contexts. A key distinction is made between professionalism as enacted from within the profession and organizational professionalism which is defined from outside of the profession and based on bureaucratic logics and accountability activities (Evetts, 2013). This distinction is used to analyse how teachers’ assessment practices are influenced by institutional demands while still relying on teachers' professional judgement. Teacher agency is conceptualized as relational and context-dependent, drawing on an ecological understanding of agency (Priestley et al., 2015). Teachers’ responses to assessment practices are thus seen as negotiated rather than uniform. To capture the complexity of assessment work, the analysis is further informed by the concept of assessment literacy (Pastore & Andrade, 2019), which distinguishes between conceptual, praxeological, and socio-emotional dimensions of assessment. This framework enables an examination of how teachers balance formal requirements with pedagogical concerns not forgetting ethical considerations and the pupils’ socio-emotional development. Together, these perspectives frame teacher professionalism in assessment as a dynamic process shaped by institutional conditions and pedagogical values. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on qualitative focus group interviews with 39 teachers from 12 schools located in a large urban area in Sweden. The participants work across different school levels, including primary, lower secondary, and upper secondary education, and all hold formal teaching qualifications. Additionally, most teachers have extensive professional experience. The diversity of school contexts enabled exploration of shared and contrasting understandings of assessment across educational stages as teachers in Sweden don’t’ put grades before grade 6. Focus group interviews were chosen to facilitate collective reflection on assessment as a shared professional practice and to capture how teachers construct and negotiate professional meanings in interaction. The group format also provided a supportive setting for discussing experiences that may be sensitive or contested (Bloor et al., 2001). All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed. The empirical material was analysed using thematic analysis. The analysis proceeded in three stages: familiarization with the data through repeated reading and listening; identification of recurring and salient themes in teachers’ narratives; and interpretative analysis guided by the study’s aim and theoretical framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows how teachers’ professionalism in assessment is continuously negotiated within institutional boundaries. Teachers express frustration that teaching is being pushed aside by a growing emphasis on summative assessment, ultimately reducing school performance to the primary purpose of education. At the same time, they comply with these assessment demands, even if with a professional unease (c.f. Moore et al., 2002). I interpret this as a split between being able to exercise one's professionalism and being recognized for it. The risk is that teachers are pushed into performative practicies to assert professionalism when summative assessment (grades and test scores) become not only a goal of education per se, but also become a definition of school (and teacher) quality. Yet, the constant need to prove one's professionalism and adjust practices to meet new accountability requirements, risks generating what Ball (2003) terms ontological insecurity. The study also reveals how teachers’ professionalism in assessment is characterized by tensions between different aspects of assessment rather than alignment. Teachers experience conflicts between pedagogical and ethical commitments, such as supporting learning, motivation, and well-being, and assessment practices that prioritize formal regulations, expectations from “outside” and comparability. These tensions are especially evident between formative assessment intended to support learning and summative requirements with, for the teachers, sometimes diffuse purposes. When school results become the primary sign of school quality, professionalism recognized through visible, documentable actions rather than through pedagogical reasoning and ethical judgement, teachers’ professionalism in assessment is being contested. References Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21, 33–46. Birenbaum, M. (2016). Assessment culture versus testing culture: The impact on assessment for learning. I: Assessment for learning: Meeting the challenge of implementation, 275–292. Springer International Publishing. Bloor, G., Frankland, J., Thomas, M. & Robson, K. (2001). Focus Groups in Social research. Sage. Brolin Låftman, S., Almquist, Y. B. & Östberg, V. (2013). Students’ accounts of school-performance stress: a qualitative analysis of a high-achieving setting in Stockholm, Sweden. Journal of Youth Studies, 16, 932–949. Evetts, S. (2013). Professionalism: Value and ideology. Current Sociology Review, 61(5-6), 778–796. Evetts J (2006) Short note: The sociology of professional groups. Current Sociology 54(1), 133–143. Hirsh, Å. (2020). When assessment is a constant companion: students’ experiences of instruction in an era of intensified assessment focus. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6, 89–102. Irisdotter Aldenmyr, S., Gradén, M. & Håkansson J. (2025). Teacher leaders’ capacity for Luthar, S., Kumar, N.L & Zillmer, N. (2020). Teachers’ responsibilities for pupils’ mental health: Challenges in high achieving schools. International journal of school & educational psychology, 8(2), 119–130. Lundahl, C., Mickwitz, L. & Skott, P. (2022). Skolutveckling för hållbart lärande – teoretiska och praktiska perspektiv. Studentlitteratur. Moore, A., Edwards, G, Halpin, D. & George, R. (2002). Compliance, Resistance and pragmatism: the (re)construction of schoolteacher identities in a period of intensive educational reform. British Educational Research Journal, 28(4). Pastore, S. & Andrade, H. (2019). Teacher assessment literacy: A three-dimensional model. Teaching and Teacher Education, 84, 128-138. Priestley, M.; Biesta, G. & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. Bloomsbury Academic. Saeki, E., Segool, N. & Pendergast, L. (2018). The influence of test-based accountability policies on early elementary teachers: School climate, environmental stress, and teacher stress. Psychology in the Schools 55(4). Vogt, B. (2022). Supportive assessment strategies as curriculum events in a performance-oriented classroom context. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 1023-1040. von der Embse, N. P., Kilgus, S. P., Solomon, H. J., Bowler, M., & Curtiss, C. (2015). Initial Development and Factor Structure of the Educator Test Stress Inventory. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 33(3), 223-237. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Operationalising Performance Level Descriptors for Classroom Assessment: From Generic Scales to Warranted Teacher Judgement University of Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:Performance Level Descriptors (PLDs) are embedded in curriculum frameworks internationally to describe the quality of student achievement (Cizek & Bunch, 2007; Sadler, 1987). These frameworks respond to legitimate concerns about the limitations of numerical scores and provide a common language for describing achievement. However, existing approaches to PLDs face a persistent dilemma: they tend to be either too generic to guide classroom assessment or too holistic to provide diagnostic information (Sadler, 2009; Wyatt-Smith, Klenowski, & Colbert, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper reports the theoretical and design phases of a design-based research program (McKenney & Reeves, 2012). It does not report an empirical study of student performance or teacher judgement; rather, it develops a theoretical framework, and demonstrates its application through iterative task design. Problem identification emerged through professional engagement with PLDs in the NSW context, where teachers are expected to assess and report against PLD levels but receive limited guidance on operationalising generic descriptors for specific tasks. While argument-based validity frameworks (Kane, 2013) provide robust tools for evaluating large-scale assessments, and while PLD development literature addresses system-level design, little work addresses how teachers might construct warranted inferences from classroom tasks to PLD placements. This gap exists wherever standards-referenced assessment is implemented. Framework development proceeded through design-based research (McKenney & Reeves, 2012), combining the theoretical synthesis described above with iterative refinement through teacher focus groups across Key Learning Areas (n=52 primary and secondary teachers). Teacher professional knowledge was positioned not as implementation feedback but as a theoretical contribution, with disciplinary expertise revealing where universal cognitive frameworks required translation to respect epistemological differences (Kesidou, 2025). This synthesis produced six components describing lenses through which to view quality in student performance - knowledge integration and use, conceptual understanding, reasoning and metacognition, disciplinary practice, skill fluency, and communication - each grounded in specific research traditions. Critically, we then asked: what would it mean for a PLD placement to be warranted? Drawing on Toulmin's (2003) argument structure, we recognised that generic components alone cannot warrant inference. Components must combine with specific curriculum outcomes to produce an intersection - where a component like 'reasoning and metacognition' meets an outcome like 'compare conservation and sustainability' - that is the actual target of assessment. It is at this intersection that warrants must be articulated. Demonstration involved developing assessment tasks and specifications documenting target inferences. This was iterative: initial designs failed to create conditions for the intended inferences, requiring reconceptualisation of tasks and stimulus materials - evidence of the framework's capacity to reveal problems invisible in generic task design. Next steps involve empirical validation: testing whether teachers can use the specification structure reliably and whether intersection-level descriptors differentiate student performance as predicted. This work is currently underway. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper addresses a problem common across standards-referenced systems: the gap between generic level PLDs and the specific inferences teachers must make in classroom practice. The analysis yields two primary results: first, theoretically-grounded PLD components as lenses for observing quality in student performance; second, a specification structure for documenting warranted inference at the PLD component - curriculum outcome intersection. Three implications follow. For assessment theory: The component-outcome intersection resolves the generic/holistic dilemma by providing a unit of assessment that is both specific (tied to particular curriculum outcomes) and differentiated (distinguishing components of performance). The framework extends argument-based validity approaches (Kane, 2013) to teacher judgement - not to burden teachers with documentation - but to clarify the inferential structure underlying assessment. This contributes to international dialogue on assessment quality, where tensions between standardisation and professional judgement remain contested (e.g., Black & Wiliam, 1998; Dolin & Evans, 2017; Harlen, 2005). For practice: Teachers need more than generic scales or holistic profiles. This framework offers theoretically grounded PLD components that provide lenses for observing student performance and a specification structure for documenting how these components manifest for particular curriculum outcomes. This creates artefacts that can be shared, critiqued, and refined through collegial moderation - making explicit the reasoning that expert teachers often hold tacitly (Klenowski & Wyatt-Smith, 2014). For policy: If valid application requires outcome-specific operationalisation, curriculum & assessment authorities in standards-referenced systems should demonstrate this process through case studies supporting teacher professional learning. The conference theme calls for dialogue between researchers, practitioners, and decision-makers, and for recognition of diverse knowledge forms. This framework enacts that dialogue: making research-informed assessment reasoning accessible to teachers while drawing on their disciplinary expertise as a theoretical resource. A PLD placement is an inference, made in context, requiring the kind of situated professional knowledge the theme foregrounds. References Barnett, S. M., & Ceci, S. J. (2002). When and where do we apply what we learn? A taxonomy for far transfer. Psychological Bulletin, 128(4), 612–637. Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7–74. Cizek, G. J., & Bunch, M. B. (2007). Standard setting: A guide to establishing and evaluating performance standards on tests. Sage. Dolin, J., & Evans, R. (Eds.). (2017). Transforming assessment: Through an interplay between practice, research and policy. Springer. Harlen, W. (2005). Teachers' summative practices and assessment for learning: Tensions and synergies. The Curriculum Journal, 16(2), 207–223. Kane, M. T. (2013). Validating the interpretations and uses of test scores. Journal of Educational Measurement, 50(1), 1–73. Kesidou, S. (2025, December). Designing for quality across the curriculum: A tiered performance standards framework. Paper presented at the Australian Association for Research in Education (AARE) Annual Conference, Newcastle, Australia. Klenowski, V., & Wyatt-Smith, C. (2014). Assessment for education: Standards, judgement and moderation. Sage. Liu, O. L., Rogat, A., & Bertling, J. P. (2013). A CBAL science model of cognition. ETS Research Report Series. Mayer, R. E. (2011). Applying the science of learning. Pearson. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Paul, R., & Elder, L. (2019). The miniature guide to critical thinking: Concepts and tools (8th ed.). Foundation for Critical Thinking. Sadler, D. R. (1987). Specifying and promulgating achievement standards. Oxford Review of Education, 13(2), 191–209. Sadler, D. R. (2009). Indeterminacy in the use of preset criteria for assessment and grading. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 34(2), 159–179. Toulmin, S. E. (2003). The uses of argument (Updated ed.). Cambridge University Press. Wyatt-Smith, Klenowski, V., & Colbert, P. (Eds.), (2014). Designing assessment for quality learning. Springer. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 09 SES 05 C: International Large-scale Assessments: What Can They Do for You? Location: 4013 | Linna building | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Eugenio Gonzalez Research Workshop |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Research Workshop International Large-scale Assessments: what can they do for you? Boston College, United States of America Presenting Author:Over the last 30 years, International Large-scale assessments have become ubiquitous in the field of education. They are often cited by researchers and policy makers as their source of information in support of their findings and policy recommendations. In addition to the assessment, these large-scale assessments collect a wealth of background and contextual information from the students, their parents, their teachers, and the principals of their school. The institutions conducting these large-scale assessments make these data available for secondary users, but due to the large amount of information collected, and the complex nature of their assessment and data collection designs, these are not always easy to figure out or navigate. This workshop will provide participants with an overview of the main international large-scale assessments, their goals, the information available, and the main methods of analysis. It will also provide an overview of freely available software that can be used to navigate the complex structure of the data and the analysis setup. Contents covered will be the following:
The workshop will consist mostly of lectures, but will also dedicate ample time to answer questions from participants on the potential uses of large-scale assessment databases for secondary analysis. This workshop is ideal for emerging researchers looking for a source of data that would help answer research questions that will shape their careers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a workshop submission. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This is a workshop submission. References This is a workshop submission. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 05 A: Storyline-Based Focus Conversations on Teacher Educator Professional Identity: Balancing Authentic Dialogue and Research Data Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Bruno Oldeboom Research Workshop |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Research Workshop Storyline-Based Focus Conversations on Teacher Educator Professional Identity: Balancing Authentic Dialogue and Research Data 1: University of Applied Sciences: Windesheim, Netherlands, The; 2: HAN University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:Teacher educators operate in a distinctive professional space: they are teachers of teachers and therefore work in a “second-order” practice where what and how they teach is itself the message (Lunenberg, Dengerink, & Korthagen, 2013). This feature makes professional identity particularly salient, because teacher educators continuously “model” teaching while simultaneously explicating and legitimising their pedagogical choices (often framed as teach what you preach or modelling-based pedagogy). At the same time, teacher educators experience role tensions—e.g., educator and researcher, mentor and assessor/gatekeeper, curriculum developer and bridge-builder—which can fuel uncertainty and identity work (Lunenberg et al., 2013). Identity development is not only cognitive but also moral and relational. Teacher educators, like teachers, build relationships of care and responsibility and enact value-laden professional judgments (Vanassche, 2016; Pols, 2018). Moreover, the profession is structurally vulnerable: many conditions that shape professional success remain only partly controllable, and judgments are often contested, sources of vulnerability that can be intensified in times of societal pressure and institutional change (Kelchtermans, 2023). A promising way to access and support professional identity work is to focus on professional narratives. Storyline methods allow participants to visualise and narrate “highs and lows” across their trajectory, making identity tensions and meaning-making visible and discussable (Oolbekkink-Marchand, Meijer, & Lunenberg, 2021; Oolbekkink-Marchand & Meijer, 2022). This research workshop builds on that insight and offers a concrete, researchable protocol: a storyline-based focus conversation designed to generate rich qualitative data while safeguarding authenticity, collegiality, and participant ownership. Aim and workshop format The aim of the research workshop is twofold. Methodological learning: participants experience and critique a concrete method for conducting focus conversations on teacher educator professional identity that balances authenticity and data collection. Experiential understanding: by applying the protocol, participants can feel what “works” (and what creates friction) in real time, providing immediate methodological feedback and refinement ideas. During the workshop, participants will (a) create a short personal storyline, (b) participate in a facilitated focus conversation using the protocol, and (c) debrief analytically: What enabled authentic talk? Where did structure help or hinder? What kinds of identity data emerged (values, tensions, turning points, role negotiations), and how could these be coded or thematised? This workshop is relevant for researchers studying teacher educators, identity development, and professional learning, and for those seeking robust, ethical ways to collect rich qualitative data in collegial settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological approach: the Storyline Focus Conversation Protocol The protocol is designed for small groups (4–8 teacher educators) and uses a boundary object (in this case: the personal storyline) to anchor the dialogue (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011). It combines three principles: - Narrative elicitation: participants create a brief storyline of their teacher educator journey (e.g., confidence, purpose, or experienced tensions over time). - Dialogic deepening: guided prompts invite peers to explore meaning, values, and identity tensions (e.g., modelling dilemmas, vulnerability, moral commitments, role conflicts). - Researchable structure with ethical safeguards: the conversation is facilitated using a light-touch structure (turn-taking, timeboxing, agreed confidentiality, participant right-to-pass), and data generation is supported through audio recording and/or structured notes, plus a short reflection form to capture immediate sense-making. This design addresses a common methodological challenge: how to facilitate a genuinely collegial, reflective conversation and produce analysable research data. By coupling an authentic identity practice (storylines) with a transparent, minimal structure, the protocol aims to reduce “interview-like” distortion while still ensuring comparability across groups (Nyumba, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A storyline-based focus conversation can yield unusually rich professional-identity data because participants work with a concrete “boundary object” (their storyline) that prompts episodic recall, meaning-making, and reflection on turning points. Narrative interviewing supports temporally structured accounts rather than abstract declarations, which can increase depth and nuance. In a small group, storylines also make sensemaking visible: participants compare trajectories, ask for examples, and negotiate shared and divergent interpretations—data that include both what is said and how it is co-constructed. These same features create risks. Group dynamics can skew what becomes “sayable”: dominant voices, conformity, and politeness norms may generate safe consensus accounts and suppress minority or uncomfortable experiences. Identity talk is also prone to impression management; social desirability can push participants toward coherent, morally acceptable selves rather than ambivalence or doubt (Bergen & Labonté, 2020). Ethical exposure could be higher in groups because confidentiality cannot be fully controlled once participants leave the room. Finally, facilitator positionality and power relations shape what is disclosed and how it is interpreted, so reflexive practice is essential. Overall, the approach offers depth and ecological credibility, but it requires explicit ground rules (including the right to pass), skilled moderation, transparent consent and debriefing, and analysis that treats accounts as co-produced interaction, not straightforward self-report. References Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of educational research, 81(2), 132-169. Bergen, N. & Labonté, R. (2020). Everything is perfect and we have no problems: Detecting and limiting social desirability bias in qualitative research. Qualitative Health Research, 30(5), 783–792. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732319889354. Berry, A. (2007). Tensions in teaching about teaching: Understanding practice as a teacher educator (Vol. 5). Springer Science & Business Media. MacPhail, A., Ulvik, M., Guberman, A., Czerniawski, G., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., & Bain, Y. (2019). The professional development of higher education-based teacher educators: needs and realities. Professional development in education, 45(5), 848-861. Murray, J., Smith, K., Vanderlinde, R., & Lunenberg, M. (2021). Teacher educators and their professional development. In Teacher Educators and their Professional Development (pp. 1-14). Routledge. Murray, J., & Male, T. (2005). Becoming a teacher educator: Evidence from the field. Teaching and teacher education, 21(2), 125-142. Nyumba, T.O., Wilson, K., Derrick, C.J., & Mukherjee, N. (2018). The use of focus group discussion methodology: Insights from two decades of application in conservation. Methods in Ecology and Evolution, 9, 20–32. https://doi.org/10.1111/2041-210X.12860. Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., Meijer, P. C., & Lunenberg, M. (2021). Teacher educators’ professional development during an international Summer Academy: Storylines as a powerful pedagogy. In Teacher Educators and their Professional Development (pp. 92-105). Routledge. Sim, J. & Waterfield, J. (2019). Focus group methodology: Some ethical challenges. Quality & Quantity, 53, 3003–3022. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-019-00914-5. Van Velzen, Corinne, Marcel Van der Klink, Anja Swennen, and Elka Yaffe. "The induction and needs of beginning teacher educators." Professional development in education 36, no. 1-2 (2010): 61-75. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 05 B: Shaping Teacher Professional Identity: Place, Collaboration, and Contextualised Teacher Education Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Anna Slotte Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teachers' Collaborative Competencies in Game-based Pedagogy The University of Milan Bicocca, Italy Presenting Author:This scoping review investigates the role of teachers' collaborative competence for Game-Based Learning (GBL), especially for primary education. Over the last 20 years, GBL has gained interest, above all, because it fosters student motivation. GBL is a complex pedagogical approach that lacks its own epistemology, although it is generally considered within the socio-constructivist paradigm. The complexity of this approach is due to its interdisciplinary nature, which requires insights from both game studies and instructional design. Moreover, GBL teachers utilize a variety of approaches and games, including Commercial off-the-shelf games, Serious Games designed for specific learning outcomes, but also opt for Student Game Design, since the act of creation itself fosters learning. Furthermore, teachers use games that range from the digital to the non-digital repertoire. This study excludes gamification, the application of game elements to non-game contexts, so as to maintain a strict focus on the use of actual games in the classroom. Despite its potential, numerous barriers persist for GBL implementation, including difficulties in aligning games with learning goals, a lack of technological openness, and the need for teachers to develop a lusory attitude. Consequently, Professional Development (PD) is essential to help teachers adapt to the unique roles required by GBL. Grounded in Lave & Wenger’s Situated Learning Theory (1991), this study posits that teacher learning is a social practice embedded in specific educational contexts and communities. This study consequently looks into the current meaning of teacher communities, which are shaped by the professional needs and social dynamics of educators. These communities vary significantly, as they can be live or online and their nature changes based on their history, the frequency of their meetings, and the inclusion of non-teacher members, such as game experts and designers. Teacher collaboration and networking is considered only as a peripheral element in some GBL frameworks like Game Network Analysis (Foster et al., 2019) that focus on the technological and pedagogical knowledge. In contrast, the Nousiainen et al. (2018) model identifies Collaborative Competence as a fundamental pillar alongside pedagogical, technical, and creative skills and attitudes. Collaborative competence is framed as fundamental because it is key to overcome implementation barriers, thanks to the sharing of practical solutions among teachers. However, the collaborative competence defined within this framework treats online and offline training as if they fostered PD similarly, although sharing practices differ significantly in the two settings. By focusing on co-development and community networking, this review explores how teachers’ sharing of ideas, materials and difficulties helps them overcome doubts and fosters a deeper understanding and possible adoption of GBL pedagogy. Moreover, it looks into the specificities of on-site and off-site GBL teacher training. Therefore, this review addresses three primary research questions: what facilitates GBL PD teacher collaborativeness, what effects collaborative GBL PD foster, and to what extent the Nousiainen model can be generalized.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology for this scoping review follows the SPiDER model (Cooke et. al., 2012): Sample, Phenomenon of Interest, Design, Evaluation, Research type, which is particularly effective for synthesizing findings from qualitative and mixed-methods empirical works. The research was conducted over a 8 month period in 2025 under the supervision of two experts in pedagogy and game studies. The Sample targets pre-service and in-service teachers working with 3-14 aged students, ensuring the results are applicable to kindergarten, primary, and middle school contexts. The Phenomenon of Interest is specifically defined as teachers’ collaborative competence within the GBL framework. The Design includes a broad range of academic works, including journals, conference papers, such as ECGBL proceedings, and theses, to have a more systematic and comprehensive scope. Likewise, both qualitative and quantitative Research types were accepted. The review process follows a structured six-step approach: 1. Query Writing: Tailored search strings were developed in both English and Italian to capture terms related to GBL, teacher communities, and professional development. 2. Database Selection: Searches were conducted in Education Research Complete (Ebsco), Education Database (ProQuest), and Google Scholar, initially yielding 4,360 records. Other databases, such as Scopus and Web of Science, were initially considered, but then left out, because they provided fewer pertinent results in comparison. 3. Paper Selection: A multi-stage filtering process, following the Prisma model (Page et al., 2021), based on title, abstract, and full-text relevance along with language criteria (English/Italian) and a publication range from 2015 to 30/04/2025, reduced the corpus to 48 final works. 4. Data Extraction: Relevant excerpts were categorized according to Nousiainen’s collaborative areas: "Co-development and sharing" and "Networking and Community" and, then, within those areas, as “Facilitating Factors” or “Fostered effects”. 5. Content Analysis: Due to a lack of pre-existing works on the facilitating factors and fostered effects regarding GBL training, a bottom-up approach (Cresswell, 2012) was necessary to code the excerpts. During this phase, it became evident that the collaborative competence area needed to be restructured into three distinct categories: Co-development, Live Communities and Online Communities. 6. Discussion of Results: Factors and effects were counted to determine their frequency and generalizability within the 3 areas and across the 48 studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study’s findings show that a distinction between live and online communities is needed for understanding teacher professional development, when it pertains to GBL. Therefore, Nousiainen and colleagues’ model (2018) requires some specific refinement since Live Communities and Online Communities exhibit different dynamics and PD effects. Through the review process the 48 works were initially classified within the 3 areas: Co-development is the most recurrent area with 31 works, Networking pertains 7 works for Live Communities and 10 works for Online Communities. Looking into the details of the analysis, peer support through group discussions is the most universal facilitating factor across all areas of collaboration (36 out of 48 works). Regarding the effects of collaboration, the results vary by area. Co-development primarily improves practical game design and instructional skills (19 out of 31 works). Online communities are highly effective for resource sharing (8 out of 10 works). Live Communities, instead, appear to be the most associated with fostering actual GBL adoption and implementation (5 out of 7 works). This is connected with the fact that live communal training promotes a deeper understanding of GBL (6 out of 7 works) and increases teacher self-efficacy (5 out of 7 works). Besides these insights, the review also highlights one main issue: the definition of a "community" in these works often relies on organizational labels rather than on specific relational dynamics between educators. Consequently, future works should point out which community features are recognized within the sample they are working with. Ultimately, future research should focus on the specific features of Teacher Communities that most effectively promote long-term GBL adoption. By understanding these dynamics, teacher training programs can be better designed to help teachers implement a sustainable, pedagogical shift toward game-integrated learning. References Aleksić, V., Ivanović, M., Budimac, Z., & Popescu, E. (2016). Commercial off-the-shelf games as learning media. In Proceedings of the 17th International Conference on Computer Systems and Technologies 2016 (pp. 355-360). Andreoletti, M., & Tinterri, A. (2023). Apprendere con i giochi. Esperienze di progettazione ludica. Carocci Editore. Andreoletti, M., Tinterri, A., & Dipace, A. (2024). Game at school? Italian teachers' perceptions of the introduction of games in the classroom. In Proceedings of the 18th European Conference on Games Based Learning. Academic Conferences and Publishing Limited. Antonacci, F. (2025). Puer ludens. Poetica e politica del gioco. EDUCAZIONE E POLITICHE DELLA BELLEZZA. Assaf, M., Spil, T., & Bruinsma, G. (2021). Supporting teachers adopting game-based learning in formal education: A systematic literature review. In Proceedings of the European Conference on Games-Based Learning (pp. 33-42). Cooke, A., Smith, D., & Booth, A. (2012). Beyond PICO: the SPIDER tool for qualitative evidence synthesis. Qualitative health research, 22(10), 1435-1443. Dzieciatko-Szendrei, B., Pantić, N., Joksimović, S., Gašević, D., & Viry, G. (2024). Systematic review of the operational definitions and indicators of teacher communities. Educational Research Review, 45, 100640. Foster, A. N., Shah, M., & Duvall, M. (2019). Game network analysis: For teaching with games. In Pre-Service and In-Service Teacher Education: Concepts, Methodologies, Tools, and Applications (pp. 477-510). IGI Global. Hung, H. T., Yang, J. C., & Tsai, Y. C. (2020). Student game design as a literacy practice. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 23(1), 50-63. Kaimara, P., Fokides, E., Oikonomou, A., & Deliyannis, I. (2021). Potential barriers to the implementation of digital game-based learning in the classroom: Pre-service teachers’ views. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 26(4), 825-844. Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge university press. Nousiainen, T., Kangas, M., Rikala, J., & Vesisenaho, M. (2018). Teacher competencies in game-based pedagogy. Teaching and teacher education, 74, 85-97. Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. bmj, 372. Plass, J. L., Mayer, R. E., & Homer, B. D. (Eds.). (2020). Handbook of game-based learning. Mit Press. Sailer, M., & Homner, L. (2020). The gamification of learning: A meta-analysis. Educational psychology review, 32(1), 77-112. Schrader, C. (2022). Serious games and game-based learning. In Handbook of open, distance and digital education (pp. 1-14). Singapore: Springer Singapore. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Between Educational Ideals and Practice: Tensions in Educating Teachers for Diversity, Social Justice, and Multilingualism University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This paper analyzes the tensions between researchers/teacher educators and practicing teachers in a collaborative project focused on diversity, multilingualism and social justice. The collaborative action research project involves teacher educators working in a teacher education program that explicitly emphasizes these themes. The primary aim is to deepen a common understanding of diversity, multilingualism and social justice within the teacher education program's profile. Specifically, it seeks to understand what characterizes a school that prioritizes these themes in its teaching and operations, as well as what defines collaborative learning in a partnership process involving teacher educators, partner schools, and teacher students. In this study, diversity encompasses various dimensions, including language, ethnicity, sexuality, religion, gender, ability, and social class. Addressing each student’s uniqueness while adhering to principles of social justice presents challenges in everyday school settings. Social justice, rooted in equality, requires teachers to recognize the importance of norms and representation and to reflect on how power, oppression, and privilege manifest in society and educational contexts (Björkman & Bromseth, 2019; Gorski & Pothini, 2018). Collaboration with schools where teacher students complete their internships is vital for teacher education programs. Effective partnerships demand consensus, open communication, and a mutual commitment to ongoing development, ensuring that students' internship experiences align with their overall education. This collaboration emphasizes collaborative learning and fosters a partnership for learning (cf. Day et al., 2021). Recognizing that different partners possess varied expertise is also essential for enriching the collaborative process. The teacher educators involved in this project are active researchers in the field, while the teachers in partner schools are experts in didactic issues and relationships related to everyday school life. Teacher students should have opportunities to develop research-based knowledge in these profile areas during both theoretical courses and internship periods. In an equitable and mutually reinforcing teacher-researcher collaboration, the ideal is for teachers' reflections and critical questions to continuously enhance and challenge researchers' understandings, while researchers support teachers in their professional development as lifelong learners (Beauchamp & Thomas, 2009). The study assumes that the development work is partnership-based. Although these partnerships are founded on mutual respect, they are not devoid of potential tensions regarding expectations of professional roles and developmental tasks. This research focuses on the tensions that arise when both parties discuss issues related to diversity, multilingualism and social justice in a school context. The material consists of 26 transcribed interviews and discussions. The research question is: What kinds of tensions regarding issues of diversity, multilingualism and social justice have been identified in the research collaboration between university researchers and teachers in local schools? Theoretically and conceptually, we start from the concept of tension. Alsup (2006) identifies various types of tensions in the teacher education context, including those between personal beliefs, skills, and professional role expectations. In this study, tensions are understood broadly to encompass challenges, struggles, frustrations, and general discomfort related to the issues at hand, in line with the definition used in Capello (2020). Previous research indicates that these tensions generate a need for professional identity development and become apparent in interactions between perceived present and future selves, as well as in romanticized perceptions of the teacher and school reality (Anspal et al., 2019; Schatz-Oppenheimer & Dvir, 2014). The collaborative work studied falls within the framework of a partner school network, reflecting the diverse systems for student teachers' practice found across Europe. Recognizing these different structures and systems is essential, as they influence the opportunities for effective teacher-researcher collaboration and shape the experiences of student teachers during their internships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The studied research project is connected to a teacher education program in Finland that emphasizes diversity, multilingualism, and social justice in education. This program is rooted in a large-scale research center focused on injustices in the Nordic countries (see Holm, 2018). The primary aim is to prepare student teachers who can promote equity, justice, and inclusion for all pupils. Pre-service teachers act as boundary-spanners by integrating theories, recent research, and research-based practices into schools (Cornér et al., 2024). The program encourages student teachers to adopt a professional stance aimed at fostering more inclusive and just educational environments. Despite equality and equity being foundational principles of the Finnish educational system, only a small proportion of teachers engage sensitively with issues of gender, social class, language, and race (Alisaari et al., 2025). This study broadens perspectives and engagement with schools and school networks in the region (SUP). The SUP model offers an authentic learning environment and a broad network for the professional development of pre-service teachers, staff in partner schools, and teacher educators. Farrell’s (2021) model of partnership practice illustrates our goal of creating a “transformative model” where partners’ involvement is based on continuous and active professional learning (Farrell, 2021, p. 6). The aim is to connect school-based practice with other learning and research activities, including engaging action research projects that benefit all participants. The design is based on collaborative action research (see Messiou, 2018) and teacher students participated as research assistants. The teachers expressed their interest in participating in the research project and its various work packages after information sessions. Informed consent has been obtained, and all relevant ethical principles have been considered (TENK, 2023). Over three years, researchers and teachers in the schools met for interviews and discussions. In total, 26 transcribed interviews (both individual and group) constitute the empirical material. The material has been analyzed through an inductive cross-reading of the data, allowing researchers to identify emerging themes related to diversity, multilingualism and social justice. In the analyses, we approach tensions as an umbrella term. The focus has not been to view tensions as potential conflicts or confrontations, but rather to identify and further analyze points in the conversations and interviews that express the participants' understanding of and attitudes toward these themes in school contexts. A concrete example is how they frame their remarks, for instance, by using passive phrases (Dražnik et al., 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study will provide increased insight into how the differing perspectives of teachers and researchers converge around a central theme that permeates an entire teacher education program. Furthermore, the findings are expected to enhance development of students’ internship, considering that students operate at the intersection of theory and practice. The study also aims to offer greater visibility into the processes surrounding teacher professionalization, with a particular focus on the importance of teachers meeting in groups. Preliminary analyses indicate that it is essential to note the context in which tensions arise during discussions. Tensions manifest in various forms, stemming from researchers’ observations of classroom dynamics and teachers' perceptions of their practices. We need to further explore how the different parties in the discussion perceive and manage the tensions that emerge. For instance, researchers may highlight aspects of diversity that teachers have overlooked, prompting critical reflections in conversations. These interactions often reveal underlying assumptions held by teachers, particularly regarding traditional views on issues such as gender. Researchers must navigate the delicate balance of addressing sensitive topics without appearing overly professional or detached. Teachers frequently express feelings of inadequacy when addressing the challenges posed by diversity, multilingualism and social justice in their classrooms. One teacher noted, “We sometimes discuss that we feel we've lost our pedagogical touch; we don’t feel sufficient, and there’s always this sense of not measuring up.” At the same time, the teachers' perspectives and experiences constitute a fundamental part of the project. Researchers need to be able to relate to the teachers' opinions and reflections for the project to progress and develop in mutual understanding and shared trust. The findings suggest that tensions are not solely linked to direct discussions of diversity; rather, they can emerge indirectly through language, terminology, and the framing of issues. References Alisaari, J., Bergroth, M., & Heikkola, L. M. (2025). Teachers’ views on students’ multilingual resources - tracking the impact of curriculum reform. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2560843 Alsup, J. (2006). Teacher identity discourses: Negotiating personal and professional spaces. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. Anspal, T., Leijen, Ä. & Löfström, E. (2019). “Tensions and the Teacher’s Role in Student Teacher Identity Development in Primary and Subject Teacher Curricula.” Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research 63 (5): 679–695. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2017.1420688. Beauchamp, C., and Thomas, L. (2009). Understanding teacher identity: An overview of issues in the literature and implications for teacher education. Cambridge Journal of Education, 39(2), 175–189. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640902902252 Capello, S. (2020). Tensions in the Preparation of University Supervisors: Dual Perspectives from Supervisors and Administrators. Journal of Educational Supervision, 3 (1). https://doi.org/10.31045/ jes.3.1.3 Cornér, S., Slotte, A., Londen, M., & Holm, G. (2024). The education of pre-service teachers as future boundary spanners for social justice. In Zenkov, K., Polly, D., & Rudder, L. (Eds.) Boundary-Spanning in School-University Partnerships. 249–268. Information age publishing. Farrell, R. (2021). The school–university nexus and degrees of partnership in initial teacher Education. Irish Educational Studies, 42(1), 21-38. DOI: 10.1080/03323315.2021.1899031 Holm, G. (2018). Justice through education in the Nordic countries: critical issues and perspectives. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 1-3. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2018.1429770 Messiou, K. (2019). Collaborative action research: facilitating inclusion in schools. Educational Action Research, 27(2), 197–209. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2018.1436081 Schatz-Oppenheimer, O., & Dvir, N. (2014). From ugly duckling to swan: stories of novice teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 37, 140-149. TENK, Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK (2023). The Finnish code of conduct for research integrity and procedures for handling alleged violations of research integrity in Finland Guideline of the Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK. https://tenk.fi/sites/default/files/2023-11/RI_Guidelines_2023.pdf 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Thriving or Surviving? The Paradox of Professional Learning in the Early Career Teaching Phase 1: University of New South Wales, Australia; 2: University of Wollongong, Australia Presenting Author:The early years of teaching constitute a critical period during which professional identity, instructional competence, and long-term career trajectories are shaped. Entry into the profession, however, is frequently experienced as a demanding and emotionally taxing transition for beginning teachers (UNESCO, 2024), commonly defined as those with fewer than five years of teaching experience. Early-career teachers (ECTs) often confront a complex set of professional expectations that extend well beyond those encountered during pre-service preparation. These include managing diverse classrooms, responding to accountability pressures, engaging with parents and communities, and navigating school cultures that may offer limited structured support. As a result, many ECTs enter the profession feeling insufficiently prepared for the realities of contemporary schooling and the opportunities for Professional growth. There is evidence that ECTs’ Professional Development has a strong alignment with teaching commitment (Nakata et al., 2026), and ECTs’ retention (Mason & Poyatos, 2015). Evidence from Australia and across Europe suggests that this vulnerability is systemic rather than context-specific. In countries such as England, Germany, the Netherlands, and France, ECTs report high workloads, role ambiguity, and uneven access to induction and mentoring support. Despite variations in teacher education systems and policy frameworks, international research consistently identifies the early-career phase as a period of heightened risk of stress, burnout, and attrition. First-year teaching experiences are particularly influential, as they shape teachers’ instructional practices, professional confidence, and attitudes towards the profession in enduring ways. Negative early experiences can lead to disengagement and early exit, while supportive conditions can foster resilience and sustained commitment (Ronfeldt & McQueen,2017). For many first-year teachers, the transition from pre-service preparation to full professional responsibility is experienced as abrupt and isolating. Feelings of uncertainty, professional loneliness, and self-doubt are commonly reported, particularly in schools with weak collaborative cultures or where ECTs are assigned challenging teaching loads. These experiences have significant implications for teacher well-being, with consequences not only for individual teachers but also for broader school functioning, including staff stability, collegial relationships, and continuity of student learning. Supporting ECTs during this formative period is therefore both a workforce sustainability issue and an educational quality issue. Identifying the factors that enable ECTs to navigate the early years of teaching is essential for promoting long-term well-being and professional growth. Professional learning (PL) is widely promoted in policy discourse in New South Wales (NSW) and across European education systems as a key mechanism for supporting early-career development. Induction programmes, mentoring initiatives, and school-based professional learning communities are intended to enhance teachers’ motivation, adaptability, and instructional capacity. However, there remains a limited empirical understanding of how PL functions as a lived experience for ECTs. In particular, it is unclear under what conditions professional learning operates as a meaningful resource rather than an additional demand (Trust & Prestridge, 2021) This study addresses this gap by examining professional learning through the lens of Job Demands–Resources (JD-R) theory. This theory provides a robust framework for understanding how workplace demands interact with available resources to shape employee wellbeing, engagement, and performance (Bakker et al., 2014). Applied to early career teaching, the theory enables an examination of whether and how professional learning mitigates job demands such as workload intensity, emotional labour, and role uncertainty, or alternatively, exacerbates stress when poorly aligned with ECTs’ needs (Sincock et al., 2026). By employing a qualitative case study approach in NSW schools, this project seeks to generate in-depth insights into how ECTs experience professional learning as a potential well-being resource. The findings are expected to have implications beyond the Australian context, informing policy and practice in European systems similarly concerned with early-career teacher well-being, retention, and sustainable professional growth.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative research design to gain in-depth insights into early career teachers’ perspectives and lived experiences of professional learning. A qualitative approach was particularly appropriate given the study’s focus on understanding how individuals interpret, negotiate, and make meaning of their professional learning practices within specific educational and organisational contexts. This approach enabled a rich exploration of how professional learning is perceived, enacted, and valued by early career teachers as they navigate the demands of their initial years in the profession. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews with early career teachers (ECTs) in Australia. Semi-structured interviews were selected to balance consistency across participants with flexibility to probe individual experiences in depth. This method allowed participants to articulate their experiences in their own words, while also enabling the researcher to explore emerging issues related to professional learning, workplace demands, and well-being. All interviews were audio-recorded with participants’ consent and transcribed verbatim prior to analysis, ensuring accuracy and supporting a systematic and rigorous analytical process. The study involved 38 beginning teachers, with teaching experience ranging from less than 1 year to 5 years. The majority of participants (N = 27) reported between one and three years of teaching experience, reflecting a critical period of professional consolidation and adjustment. A smaller number of participants had less than one year of experience (N = 8), offering insight into the earliest stages of professional transition. In terms of gender, the sample comprised 23 female and 15 male teachers, providing a reasonably balanced representation of perspectives. Participants’ employment status varied considerably: 17 teachers held permanent positions, 10 were employed on temporary contracts, 6 were working in casual roles, and 5 had resigned from teaching at the time of data collection. This diversity in professional experience and employment status highlights the range of trajectories encountered by beginning teachers. In the New South Wales (NSW) public school system, ECTs are commonly employed on temporary or casual contracts before attaining permanent positions. While this pathway facilitates entry into the profession, it also exposes many beginning teachers to employment insecurity during their formative years. Such conditions are likely to shape their engagement with professional learning opportunities and influence their overall sense of well-being, making them a critical contextual factor for understanding ECTs’ experiences in this study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings show that PL assumes a distinctly paradoxical role in the work of ECTs. On the one hand, when professional learning is closely aligned with ECTs’ immediate contextual needs and grounded in practical, classroom-relevant application, it operates as a salient job resource. In these cases, PL strengthens instructional capacity, builds professional confidence, and helps buffer the substantial demands of early career teaching. Many participants particularly valued mentoring-related professional learning, describing mentors who worked alongside them, modelled high-quality teaching practice, and provided both emotional reassurance and pedagogical guidance. However, when professional learning was perceived as poorly aligned with ECTs’ needs, overly generic, or disconnected from their teaching contexts, it functioned as an additional job demand. Participants reported that mandated PL sessions often intensified workload pressures by adding to already heavy time commitments without offering commensurate benefits. In these instances, PL was experienced as compliance-driven rather than developmental, contributing to frustration and emotional exhaustion. These findings make an important theoretical contribution by extending JD-R theory to professional learning in the early-career teaching context. Rather than conceptualising PL as inherently beneficial, the study demonstrates that professional learning can function simultaneously as a resource or a demand, depending on its design, relevance, and enactment. This highlights the need for more nuanced theorisation of professional learning within wellbeing frameworks, particularly in professions characterised by high emotional and cognitive demands. Schools and systems must move beyond one-size-fits-all professional learning models and prioritise differentiated, contextually responsive approaches that recognise ECTs’ distinct developmental needs. Mentoring structures, practice-based learning, and opportunities for sustained collaboration appear particularly effective in supporting both professional growth and wellbeing. Finally, the findings point to clear directions for future research. Longitudinal studies are needed to examine how ECTs’ experiences of professional learning evolve over time and how these experiences influence wellbeing, professional identity, and retention. References Arnold B. Bakker, Evangelia Demerouti, Ana Isabel Sanz-Vergel. 2014. Burnout and work engagement: The JD–R approach. Annual Review Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior. 1:389-411. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-031413-091235 Mason, S., & Poyatos Matas, C. (2015). Teacher attrition and retention research in Australia: Towards a new theoretical framework. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 40(11). https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2015v40n11.3 Nakata, Y., Gao, X. and Miyazaki, T. (2026), Subjectification and chronotopes in early-career TESOL teachers' professional cevelopment in Japan. TESOL J. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.70057 Sincock, K., Patfield, S., Gore, J., & Miller, D. (2026). Bolstering teacher retention through collaborative professional development. Professional Development in Education, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2025.2607383 Ronfeldt, M., & McQueen, K. (2017). Does new teacher induction really improve rRetention? Journal of Teacher Education, 68(4), 394-410. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487117702583 (Original work published 2017) Trust, T. and Prestridge, S., 2021. The interplay of five elements of influence on educators’ PLN actions. Teaching and teacher education, 97, 103195. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2020.103195 Unesco. (2024). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. UN. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 05 C: Multiculturalism and Global Citizenship Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Matthias Müller Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper A Scoping Review of Teacher Professional Vision in Multicultural Classrooms Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Multicultural education has become increasingly significant in contemporary classrooms, shaping how educators address equity, inclusion, and culturally responsive teaching (Banks, 2004; Gay, 2002). Across Europe and internationally, migration, mobility, and demographic change have increased cultural, linguistic, and ethnic diversity in schools, requiring teachers to interpret classroom interaction within varied sociocultural norms (Gay, 2002; Gorski, 2010). Importantly, classroom behaviour does not carry fixed pedagogical meaning: the same observable event may be interpreted differently across cultural contexts. This calls why teachers need situation-specific competencies to interpret classroom events equitably in multicultural settings (Gay, 2018; Ladson-Billings, 1995). Teachers’ interpretations of culturally patterned behaviour are shaped not only by professional knowledge but also by beliefs, instructional self-efficacy, cultural background, exposure to diversity, and institutional norms (Pajares, 1992; Richardson, 2003; Tschannen-Moran & Woolfolk Hoy, 2001). Years of experience are not equivalent to experience in culturally diverse classrooms; without explicit engagement with diversity, professional experience may reinforce dominant norms and lead to systematic misinterpretation and inequitable responses (Gay, 2018; Santamaria, 2009; Villegas & Lucas, 2002). This issue is highly relevant to European debates on equity, inclusion, and teacher preparedness for diverse learners. Against this background, this study presents a scoping review of teacher professional vision (TPV) in multicultural classrooms. TPV is defined as teachers’ situation-specific capacity to selectively attend to instructionally relevant classroom events (perception), interpret these events using professional knowledge and instructional goals (interpretation), and consider possible pedagogical responses (decision-making) (Sherin, 2001; van Es & Sherin, 2008). While professional vision research often distinguishes noticing and reasoning (Blomberg et al., 2011; Sherin & van Es, 2009), this review treats TPV as an overarching construct encompassing perception, interpretation, and response consideration. Teacher noticing is used narrowly to refer to the perceptual component of TPV, consistent with prior work distinguishing selective attention from interpretive reasoning (van Es & Sherin, 2002; Sherin & van Es, 2009). This mapping is necessary because reviewed studies use diverse terminology (e.g., attending, selective attention, gaze behaviour), especially in eye-tracking research (Jacobs et al., 2010; Stahnke et al., 2016). The review is grounded in Goodwin’s (1994) sociocultural account of professional vision as socially shared expertise shaped by historically situated norms of practice. Because professional ways of seeing are not culturally neutral, teachers’ socially learned “ways of seeing” may not align with students’ culturally patterned participation, increasing the likelihood of bias in interpretation. Building on this account, the review applies the Perception-Interpretation-Decision model (PID) as an integrative framework (Blömeke et al., 2015), conceptualizing TPV as part of a competence continuum linking situation-specific skills with resources such as beliefs, self-efficacy, and experience. This framework supports international interpretation by making visible how cultural-contextual norms interact with teachers’ competence resources. A multicultural classroom is defined as an instructional context in which cultural, linguistic, ethnic, or migratory diversity among students is substantively relevant to teaching and learning (Banks, 2004). The review addresses three research questions: Analyzing evidence across European and international studies, this review contributes to conceptual clarity in TPV research, identification of methodological and contextual gaps, and guidance for teacher education and professional development. Practically, it informs European and international teacher-education agendas by highlighting the need for structured learning opportunities that support teachers’ culturally responsive interpretation and equitable instructional decision-making.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a scoping review design to map and analyze empirical research on teacher professional vision (TPV) in multicultural classroom contexts. The review followed the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR) guidelines (Tricco et al., 2018). A scoping approach was selected due to the conceptual diversity, methodological heterogeneity, and emerging nature of research on TPV in multicultural settings, allowing systematic mapping of key concepts, approaches, and research gaps (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005; Levac et al., 2010). A comprehensive search was conducted in January 2025 across three electronic databases: EBSCO, Web of Science, and Scopus. Search terms were developed to capture studies addressing teacher professional vision and related constructs (e.g., teacher noticing, perception, interpretation, decision-making), combined with terms referring to multicultural or culturally diverse classrooms (e.g., multicultural classroom, multicultural education, cultural competence, teacher cultural background). Boolean operators (AND/OR) were used to account for terminological variation across research traditions. Retrieved records were managed in an Excel spreadsheet and screened by the first author. Studies were included if they empirically examined TPV or its components within multicultural classroom contexts. Multicultural relevance was operationalized through at least one of the following: (a) explicitly diverse student populations, (b) cross-cultural or cross-national classroom comparisons, and/or (c) an analytic focus on culture, diversity, equity, or bias as shaping teachers’ situation-specific sense-making. Both pre-service and in-service teacher populations were eligible. Grade level was not used as an exclusion criterion due to the limited number of empirical studies in this area; where reported, grade level was extracted descriptively. Studies were excluded if they (1) examined TPV/noticing outside multicultural contexts (n = 5), (2) focused solely on monocultural settings (n = 4), or (3) addressed multicultural education conceptually without empirical investigation of TPV (n = 4). Nine studies were retained. Data extraction followed a structured, question-driven framework aligned with the review objectives. Extracted elements included publication details, operationalization of TPV components (perception, interpretation, decision-making), methodology (e.g., eye-tracking, video-based tasks, interviews, surveys), participant characteristics, and multicultural context features. Two researchers independently coded all studies using predefined categories and achieved high interrater reliability (Cohen’s κ = .90). Discrepancies were resolved through discussion. The synthesis emphasizes how TPV has been studied across “in-action” (e.g., eye-tracking of perceptual attention) and “on-action” approaches (e.g., retrospective video-based reflection), and how individual resources and professional learning elements were examined across studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This scoping review analyzed evidence on teacher professional vision (TPV) in multicultural classroom contexts across nine empirical studies from Europe, North America, and East Asia. The reviewed literature demonstrates substantial methodological diversity: TPV was investigated through eye-tracking studies capturing teachers’ perceptual attention “in action” (Keskin & Gegenfurtner, 2023; McIntyre & Foulsham, 2018; McIntyre et al., 2020), video-based and ethnographic designs examining interpretive reasoning “on action” (Cunningham, 2021; Dreher et al., 2020; Luna et al., 2023), and survey/mixed-method approaches linking professional vision to beliefs and self-efficacy through video-based judgement tasks (Keppens et al., 2019, 2021; Roose et al., 2024). Overall, findings highlight that professional vision is not a stable or universal capacity but a situation-specific, culturally situated process shaped by intersecting personal and contextual resources. Across studies, noticing visible markers of diversity (e.g., language, ethnicity) emerged as a necessary but insufficient condition for culturally responsive teaching. Eye-tracking findings indicate that increased visual attention to minoritised students does not reliably translate into equitable interpretation or instructional action and may reflect heightened monitoring rather than inclusion (Keskin & Gegenfurtner, 2023). Variation in TPV was most consistently associated with interpretive reasoning rather than perception alone. Diversity-related beliefs and inclusive instructional self-efficacy shaped teachers’ sense-making and judgement of classroom interaction, functioning as filters for interpretation (Keppens et al., 2019, 2021; Roose et al., 2024). Cultural-contextual norms influenced both perceptual organisation and evaluative standards, illustrating cross-national differences in what counts as instructional quality (Dreher et al., 2020; McIntyre et al., 2020). Professional development approaches (e.g., video clubs, experiential learning) supported more culturally grounded reasoning when combined with guided reflection and explicit cultural prompts, yet long-term effects remain underexplored (Cunningham, 2021; Luna et al., 2023). The review identifies the need for longitudinal, multi-method, and cross-cultural research to better connect perception, interpretation, and decision-making in multicultural classrooms References Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Banks, J. A. (2004). Multicultural education: Historical development, dimensions, and practice. In J. A. Banks & C. A. M. Banks (Eds.), Handbook of research on multicultural education (2nd ed., pp. 3–29). Jossey-Bass. Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond dichotomies: Competence viewed as a continuum. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 223(1), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194 Cunningham, H. B. (2021). Responding to what we notice: International student teaching as a pathway to cultural responsiveness. Journal of Teacher Education, 72(2), 213–225. Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice (3rd ed.). Teachers College Press. Goodwin, C. (1994). Professional vision. American Anthropologist, 96(3), 606–633. https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.1994.96.3.02a00100 Gorski, P. (2010). Multicultural education and the internet: Intersections and integrations. McGraw-Hill. Keskin, O., & Gegenfurtner, A. (2023). Relations between pre-service teacher gaze, teacher attitude, and student ethnicity. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 76, Article 102267. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1272671 Keppens, K., Consuegra, E., & Vanderlinde, R. (2019). Exploring student teachers’ professional vision of inclusive classrooms in primary education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1597186 McIntyre, N. A., Mulder, K. T., & Mainhard, M. T. (2020). Looking to relate: Teacher gaze and culture in student-rated teacher interpersonal behaviour. Social Psychology of Education, 23, 411–431. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-019-09541-2 Richardson, V. (2003). Constructivist pedagogy. Teachers College Record, 105(9), 1623–1640. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1467-9620.2003.00303.x Santamaria, L. J. (2009). Culturally responsive differentiated instruction: Narrowing gaps between best pedagogical practices benefiting all learners. Teachers College Record, 111(1), 214–247. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146810911100105 Sherin, M. G. (2001). Developing a professional vision of classroom discourse. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(1), 75–95. Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., ... & Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473. https://doi.org/10.7326/M18-0850 Villegas, A. M., & Lucas, T. (2002). Preparing culturally responsive teachers: Rethinking the curriculum. Journal of Teacher Education, 53(1), 20–32. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487102053001003 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Global Citizenship in Higher Education: Structural Relationships with Agentic Personality 1: Izmir Democracy University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Istanbul Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:In a period of “poly-crisis”, including climate change, democratic backsliding, and rising nationalism, teacher education is expected to prepare future teachers to engage learners with global challenges. In this context, the concepts of agency and global citizenship are recognised as crucial capacities for pre-service teachers as they are expected to be globally conscious and socially responsible educators in diverse and interconnected settings (Goren & Yemini, 2017). Influenced by Bandura’s social cognitive theory, agency is conceptualised as a dynamic process, and it is shaped by perceived self-efficacy, outcome expectations, goals, and self-evaluative practices (Bandura, 1989). Global citizenship is defined as awareness of one’s role as a world citizen, valuing cultural diversity, understanding global interdependencies and interconnectedness, and further taking responsibility for action towards social justice and sustainability (Hartung, 2017; Reysen & Katzarska-Miller, 2013; UNESCO, 2015). Moreover, Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) directly introduce global citizenship as SDG 4, Target 4.7 states that every learner should be provided with knowledge and skills required to foster sustainable development, and global citizenship is one of the associated competencies (United Nations, 2023). As a result, higher education institutions can be placed as key stakeholders in the achievement of SDG 4.7 by helping pre-service teachers to perceive themselves as a part of a broader global community and to use their pedagogical knowledge and skills in a manner that fosters global wellbeing and sustainability. Building on this perspective, the present study examines whether pre-service teachers’ multi-measure agentic personality traits of self-esteem, purpose in life, internal focus of control, and self-efficacy predict their global citizenship, including social responsibility, global competence, and global civic engagement. Accordingly, the research aims to explore the structural relationships between pre-service teachers’ multi-measure agentic personality traits and their levels of global citizenship and its subdimensions. This study is significant because it adopts a structural approach to clarify whether pre-service teachers’ agency is a meaningful predictor of global citizenship, which has only been examined in a limited number of studies. By modelling these relationships, the study explains why some pre-service teachers can translate global awareness into social responsibility and civic engagement, while others are not. This study provides implications for teacher education curricula and support mechanisms. Particularly, the results on the predictive role of agentic personality can help teacher education programmes design targeted interventions to enhance both teacher development and outcomes of global citizenship education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quantitative research design was employed based on structural equation modelling (SEM) to investigate the predictive relationships between agentic personality traits and global citizenship among pre-service teachers in higher education. The sample consisted of 491 pre-service teachers enrolled in faculties of education at universities in Turkiye. The final dataset was obtained following multivariate outlier screening using Mahalanobis distance. Agentic personality was measured using the Multi-Measure Agentic Personality Scale, originally developed by Cote (1997) and adapted into Turkish by Atak et al. (2013). The scale conceptualises agentic personality as a multidimensional construct encompassing self-esteem, purpose in life, internal focus of control, and self-efficacy. Global citizenship was assessed using the Global Citizenship Scale developed by Morais and Ogden (2011). The short form of the scale was later proposed by Lo et al. (2016), and its Turkish adaptation was conducted by Gezer and Ilhan (2023). The instrument measures global citizenship through the dimensions of global competence, social responsibility, and global civic engagement. Before testing the structural model, confirmatory factor analyses (CFA) were conducted to examine the construct validity of the scales. For the Global Citizenship Scale Short Form, one item (Item A4) was removed due to a low standardised factor loading below the recommended threshold of 0.40. Following this removal, the original three-factor structure demonstrated excellent model fit (χ²/df =2.34; RMSEA=0.052; CFI=0.960; TLI=0.947). The remaining items showed statistically significant factor loadings ranging from 0.47 to 0.91. Composite reliability values ranged between 0.72 and 0.86. Although average variance extracted values for social responsibility and global competence were slightly below 0.50, composite reliability values exceeded 0.70, indicating acceptable convergent validity. For the Multi-Measure Agentic Personality Scale, one item (Item B11) was removed due to a low and negative factor loading. Further analyses revealed that the factor of internal focus of control did not meet acceptable psychometric criteria, with a composite reliability value of 0.41 and an average variance extracted value of 0.27. Consequently, this factor was removed. The final three-factor model, comprising self-esteem, purpose in life, and self-efficacy, demonstrated excellent fit (χ²/df=2.30; RMSEA=0.051; CFI=0.972; TLI=0.961), alongside satisfactory reliability. The data were analysed using AMOS v24. CFA was first applied to test the measurement models, followed by SEM to examine the hypothesised predictive relationships. Model fit was evaluated using the chi-square to degrees of freedom ratio, RMSEA, CFI, GFI, and SRMR. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The predictive role of multi-measure agentic personality traits was examined for global citizenship among pre-service teachers in higher education using SEM. It was found that agentic personality contributes selectively to the dimensions of global citizenship, particularly global competence, while showing limited explanatory power for civic-oriented outcomes. The final structural model demonstrated excellent goodness-of-fit to the data (χ²/df=1.85; RMSEA=0.042; CFI=0.95; GFI=0.93; SRMR=0.043), which indicates that the proposed relationships adequately represented the observed data. Path analyses revealed that self-esteem had a strong and positive predictive effect on global competence (β=0.49; p<0.001), while self-efficacy also significantly and positively predicted global competence (β=0.31; p<0.001). These findings suggest that pre-service teachers who perceive themselves as confident and capable are more likely to feel competent in global issues and intercultural contexts. In contrast, purpose in life did not significantly predict global competence (β=−0.05; p>0.05). None of the agentic personality traits demonstrated statistically significant predictive effects on social responsibility or global civic engagement (p>0.05). These non-significant relationships indicate that while agentic personality enhances perceived global competence, it does not directly contribute to attitudes of social responsibility or active engagement at the global level. Overall, the findings point to a clear distinction between perceived global competence and civic or behavioural dimensions of global citizenship. While agentic personality strengthens pre-service teachers’ sense of global competence, it is not sufficient to promote social responsibility or global civic engagement. These results suggest the need for experiential learning, civic-oriented pedagogies, and institutional support within teacher education programmes. References Atak, H., Kapci, E. G., & Cok, F. (2013). Evaluation of the Turkish version of the multi-measure agentic personality scale. Dusunen Adam Journal of Psychiatry and Neurological Sciences, 26(1), 36. https://doi.org/10.5350/DAJPN2013260104 Bandura, A. (1989). Human agency in social cognitive theory. American psychologist, 44(9), 1175–1184. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.44.9.1175 Cote, J. E. (1997). An empirical test of the identity capital model. Journal of Adolescence, 20(5), 577–597. https://doi.org/10.1006/jado.1997.0111 Gezer, M., & Ilhan, M. (2023). Adaptation of the global citizenship scale-short form (GCS-SF) into Turkish. Baskent University Journal of Education, 10(1), 135–147. https://dergipark.org.tr/tr/download/article-file/4277942 Goren, H., & Yemini, M. (2017). Global citizenship education redefined–A systematic review of empirical studies on global citizenship education. International journal of educational research, 82, 170–183. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.02.004 Hartung, C. (2017). Global citizenship incorporated: Competing responsibilities in the education of global citizens. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 38(1), 16–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2015.1104849 Lo, K. W. K., Kwan, K. P., Chan, S. C. F., & Ngai, G. (2016, 10–12 January). Cross-cultural validation of the global citizenship scale for measuring impacts of international service-learning in Hong Kong setting. The Proceedings of 3rd International Conference on Service-Learning (pp. 12–17), The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong. Morais, D. B., & Ogden, A. C. (2011). Initial development and validation of the global citizenship scale. Journal of Studies in International Education, 15(5), 445–466. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F1028315310375308 Reysen, S., & Katzarska-Miller, I. (2013). A model of global citizenship: Antecedents and outcomes. International Journal of Psychology, 48(5), 858–870. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00207594.2012.701749 UNESCO. (2015). Global citizenship education: Topics and learning objectives. UNESCO. Retrieved from https://www.unesco.org/sites/default/files/gcedtopicsandlearningobjectives_01.pdf United Nations (UN). (2023). Sustainable development goals fast facts: What is sustainable development? Retrieved from https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/blog/2023/08/what-is-sustainable-development/ 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Recognition of Foreign Teacher Qualifications in Germany. An Empirical Analysis of the Recognizing Authorities’ Perspective Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:There has been an increase in the international mobility of teachers in recent decades (Caravatti et al. 2014) However, teacher certificates are often tied to national borders and are not (fully) recognized in other national contexts (Krause et al. 2023). This contribution suggests that the non-recognition results from the teaching profession being still a “national” profession, closely linked to the process of nation-building (Tröhler 2019). Previous research on international teacher mobility in Germany has addressed many crucial aspects, e.g., the recognition in society (Terhart H. 2022), the acquisition of the professional language (Lialiou et al. 2024) and the recognition of their certificates (George 2021, Schüssler et al. 2023, Wojciechowicz & Vock 2024). So far, the recognition of certificates has mainly been considered from the perspective of teachers trained abroad, highlighting – amongst other things – the following aspects:
However, research lacks a comprehensive description of the recognition procedure from the perspective of the competent persons. This study focuses on the recognition procedure for teaching qualifications acquired abroad in Germany from the perspective of the responsible persons. This is highly relevant for two reasons: on the one hand, competent authorities have a margin of discretion when deciding about non-recognition – not only in the teaching profession (Rakhkochkine & Müller 2014, Sommer 2015). Hence, to gain a deeper understanding onto how the margin of discretion is exercised when deciding about the (non-)recognition of foreign teaching qualifications, the perspective of the responsible persons is decisive. On the other hand, since previous research suggests responsible persons’ understanding of the teaching profession is influential for the decision (Rakhkochkine & Müller 2014, Sommer 2015). However, how those responsible for recognition in Germany understand teacher professionalism remains unknown. The study itself does not adopt one single definition of teacher professionalism but instead acknowledges the fact that there are different approaches to teacher professionalism (Terhart E. 2022), that can also be influenced by the (educational policy) context (Blömeke & Kaiser 2017; Tröhler 2019). Therefore, it is hardly possible to determine a universally valid definition. The study aims to describe the recognition practice and to reveal the understanding of teacher professionalism in the recognition procedure in Germany. In this study, the recognition procedure is characterized as a form of teacher assessment. Two strands of educational research on teacher assessment can be distinguished (König 2020): First, the identification of a teacher’s core task in relation to the (national) context and the focus on necessary competencies to fulfill these tasks. Secondly, the analysis of the assessment, which focuses i.a. the preparation of the assessors and, in particular, the underlying conceptions of teacher professionalism. The presentation is related to the later and addresses the following questions:
The research is expected to provide a description of the recognition process by outlining both the procedure for assessing foreign qualifications and the underlying understanding of teacher professionalism, thus providing information on how decisions on (non-)recognition is made. By focusing on the reasons for (non-)recognition, the study deepens the understanding of why international/European mobility is more complicated for teachers compared to other professions (e.g., doctors). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Considering the theoretical perspective and the research questions, it was crucial to gain insight into the perspective of the assessing institutions and the individual responsible for recognition. Due to the federal responsibility for education in Germany, there are 17 different competent authorities (one of the 16 German Federal States has two competent authorities). First the websites of the competent authorities were analyzed and the responsible persons identified. Subsequently, all competent authorities were contacted and requested to participate in a study with guideline-based interviews. However, as the recognition of foreign teacher qualifications is also a controversial and politically discussed topic, only ten authorities agreed to participate. In nine authorities, guideline-based expert interviews were conducted while one authority only provided written responses. The decision to conduct guideline-based expert interviews was based on the focal points derived from theory and the current state of research. To deepen the understanding of the assessment of foreign teacher qualifications in the recognition procedure, a foreign teacher qualification was used as a vignette in the interviews (Kandemir & Budd 2018). The experts were asked to describe their procedure step-by-step using the example. The collected data will be analyzed on the basis of a qualitative content analysis, withy categories being formed both deductively and inductively (Kuckartz & Rädiker 2024). The identified themes will be used to create a table containing a summary of the studied cases. On this basis, a thick description of the recognition process is created for each case (i.a. the involved actors and the use of the margin of discretion). In a case comparisons, similarities and differences between the cases are pointed out with particular emphasis on the understanding of teacher professionalism. This makes it possible to identity statements about the (assumed) specifics of teacher professionalism in Germany. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of the submission, all but one interviews have been conducted and transcribed. During the conference, the results to be presented are expected to provide a thick description of the recognition procedure, including aspects such as the preparation of those responsible for the recognition, the different actors involved in the recognition process, and the extent to which aspects such as teacher shortages in certain subjects and (educational) policy conditions influence the decision. Initial preliminary results reveal that those responsible for recognition take different approaches to exercising their margin of discretion in the procedure while all interviewed actors aim to support foreign trained teachers in pursuing a career in Germany. With regard to the understanding of teacher professionalism, initial results point to the central importance ascribed to German language skills. References Blömeke, S. & Kaiser, G. (2017). Understanding the Development of Teachers’ Professional Competencies as Personally, Situationally and Socially Determined. In D. J. Clandinin & J. Husu (Eds.) The SAGE Handbook of Research on Teacher Education (783-802). SAGE. Caravatti, M.-L., McLeod Lederer, S., Lupico, A., & Van Meter, N. (2014). Getting teacher migration and mobility right. Education International. George, R. (2021). „Verschenkte Chancen?!“ GEW. Kandemir, A. & Budd, R. (2018). Using Vignettes to explore reality and values with young people, FQS – Forum: Qualitative Social Research 19(2). König, J. (2020). Beurteilung und Zertifizierung von (angehenden) Lehrerinnen und Lehrern. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland & S. Blömeke (Eds.). Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (376-384). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Krause, S., Proyer, M. & Kremsner, G. (2023). Reframing the Teacher in an Age of Migration. Concluding Thoughts. In S. Krause, M. Proyer & G. Kremsner (Eds.). The making of teachers in the age of migration (239-251). Bloomsbury publishing. Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz. Beltz Juventa. Lialiou, I., Rotter, C. & Pfaff, N. (2024). Sprachliche Perfektion als Norm professionellen Handelns. In B. Fritzsche, N. Khakpour, C. Riegel, M. Scheffold & S. Warkentin (Eds.). Bildung im Kontext von Flucht und Migration (139-155). transcript Verlag. Przyborski, A. & Wohlrab-Sahr, M. (2014). Qualitative Sozialforschung. Ein Arbeitsbuch. 4., erweiterte Auflage. Oldenbourg Verlag. Rakhkochkine, A. & Müller, C. (2014). Bericht zum Thema. „Rahmenbedingungen und Anforderungen für den Einsatz von Lehrkräften aus dem EU-Ausland an sächsischen Schulen: Anerkennung von Lehramtsabschlüssen“. Unveröffentlichtes Manuskript. Schüssler, R., Hachmeister, S., Auner, N., Beaujean, L. & Göke, C. (2023). Beruflicher Wiedereinstieg internationaler Lehrkräfte in Deutschland. In R. Schüssler, S. Hachmeister, N. Auner, K. D’Herdt, & O. Holz (Eds.). Internationale Lehrkräfte für die Schule von morgen. (69-106). Waxmann. Sommer, I. (2015). Die Gewalt des kollektiven Besserwissens. transcript Verlag. Terhart, H. (2022). Teachers in Transition. A Biographical Perspective on Transnational Professionalisation of Internationally Educated Teachers in Germany. European Educational Research Journal 21(2), 293-311. Terhart, E. (2022). Bilder zum Lehrerberuf – Beobachtungen und Reflexionen. In D. Matthes & H. Pallesen (Eds.). Bilder von Lehrer*innenberuf und Schule (39-54). Springer Fachmedien. Tröhler, D. (2019). Die Ausbildung zukünftiger Lehrpersonen im Schnittfeld von nationalen Denkstilen und hegemonialen Aspirationen. In S. Doff (Eds.). Spannungsfelder der Lehrerbildung (172-191). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Wojciechowicz, A. A. & Vock, M. (2024). Berufserfahrene Lehrkräfte mit Qualifikation aus dem Ausland. Hürden beim Zugang zum Schuldienst. jlb 24(1), 92-98. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 05 D: Inclusion, Diversity, and Multilingual Educational Practices Location: 113 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Caroline Böning Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Students Need and Benefit from a Nudge Towards Multilingual Practices and Activities Which Can Be Framed as Transformative Experiences University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:While globalisation has increased mobility and demographic developments, technological advancements bridge continents and creating arenas for cultural exchanges. Within the Finnish context, these developments have manifested growing demands for intercultural and linguistic competences as student cohorts and population has become increasingly diverse (e.g., Calenda et al., 2018; Hummelstedt-Djedou et al., 2018). This development can be also seen in the polarisation and populistic tendencies of public arenas and political interactions. Attempts to counter the precautions are slow, but our objectives, strategies, and expectations for higher education institutions call for cultural and linguistic competences understanding diversity. Even though digital tools and solutions, including AI agents and automated translations, are beneficial in addressing various linguistic and even cultural challenges, there is an increased and almost overwhelming need for increased intercultural and linguistic awareness training in education and professional development (e.g. Helm, 2015). In Finland, the educational field and profession – including pedagogical qualifications – remains protected with restricted access typically granted only through rigorous application processes that have historically required proficiency in Finnish or Swedish (Saarinen, 2014). While importance of national languages has not diminished, quite on the contrary, this creates a dichotomy and division that separates competences and interests while the previously emphasised competences are no longer sufficient in the contemporary environment. For an attempt to create a sustainable society and educational system, we need something more. Contemporary discussions and developments increasingly emphasise the need for internationalisation and home internationalisation (e.g. Weimer et al., 2019). This has created a slow development in options and offerings that have emerged and are often emphasised and called for in strategy, mission and vision statements of e.g. universities. But still, too many in student populations as well as staff still mistakenly conflate international, intercultural and linguistic competences as something not important for teachers. At times, internationalisation is simply conflated with exchange programs. In a performance-oriented culture, directing our attention, energy, and focus, we need to explicitly address and almost enforce our values and attitudes in policy papers. Especially, if we wish to fill the task to educate students to serve their country and humanity at large as the universities act directs. As of November 21st, 2025, the StudyInfo.fi portal lists eight programmes found with search term ‘pedagogical studies’ in English and twenty-four in Finnish. However, these initiatives are often separate and disconnected from one another and especially disconnected from Finnish-medium programmes creating a dichotomy of competences. We talk about diversity but cannot facilitate a genuine interaction and exchange to address and educate competences related to it. This has also been the situation at our university, where long tradition in providing pedagogical training in Finnish exists, but only lately, broader attempts to do same in other linguistic arrangements have emerged. It is important to make a deliberate attempt to critically reflect and rethink, rearrange and even unlearn existing conflated meanings and interpretations relating linguistic and intercultural competences relating internationalisation (e.g. Aarnikoivu et al., 2025). This study investigates the experiences and interpretations of students in a year-long pedagogical intermediate studies programme that provides teachers qualification in Finland, which utilises a mix of bilingual (Finnish and English), flexible language, and monolingual practices and interactions within one programme. This marks the first occasion on which English-medium instruction and interaction have been introduced to the programme at this level. By employing Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA), aim is to understand the lived experiences and interpretations of students (Hartman & Squires, 2024). The findings will contribute to the educational design and development of this teacher education programme, as well as further elaborate adult pedagogical theory and practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Principal data for this study were collected through interviews with students, forming six Finnish-speaking and one English-speaking learning group. The students participating in the programme comprised a mix of degree students, university graduates with at least a master’s degree, and faculty members. Hartman and Squires (2024) purposefully frame IPA as a research tool that can inform educational design by bridging the gap between the perspectives of researchers acting as educational planners and other stakeholders, such as participating students. In this study, aim is to investigate the perspectives of the students participating in the programme. Rajasinghe et. al (2024) define a study as utilising innovative IPA when: (a) it uses a relatively large sample, (b) the process involves multiple researchers and analysts, (c) the researchers are part of the community and have direct experience of the phenomenon being investigated, and (d) additional analytical steps are included. In this study, the amount of principal data, consisting of six focus group interviews, is not exceptionally large for IPA. However, these are complemented with observations and notes collected throughout a yearlong teacher training programme, as well as development documents and meeting recordings preserved during the preparation and implementation of the programme. Within our framework, linguistic practices and experimentation contribute directly to the lived experiences of participants. Along the progression of the APO program, processing and critically reflecting these experiences, within facilitated reciprocal interaction underpinned by equitable opportunities (‘power with’), activities seek to create ‘fractures’ that foster an environment conducive to productive tensions that prompt critical reflection and reflexive action, seen as key elements in transformative learning. Targeting these, the experiences and interpretations were gathered from students in interview style focus group discussions. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. By employing the qualitative research approach of Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA), this study aims to explore these lived experiences and investigate how students make sense of them from their respective standpoints, thereby generating a range of participant interpretations. In accordance with IPA methodology, these interpretations are further analysed through a double hermeneutic process (e.g. Smith et al., 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One key objective in the program is to develop autonomous and flexible educators who can operate in a rapidly changing world and in variety of interpersonal situations. Within the design, this is achieved with transformative process intertwined with critical reflection of lived experiences and theory driven facilitation. The underlying theoretical frameworks include transformative learning and critical reflection (Mezirow, 1991), as well as three intertwined principles: (1) appreciation of lived experience, (2) emphasis of reciprocal interaction, and (3) enactment for power with (e.g. Malinen & Piirainen, 2023). In the contemporary environment, particularly in interpersonal situations, intercultural and linguistic competences and skills are essential. Programme introduced bilingual and flexible language practices that students were nudged to participate, in informed but not always in purely self-directed and even voluntary way. By bringing together almost enforcing mixed groups, we were able to provide authentic lived experiences and interactions within an environment conducive to fruitful collaborations that students would not have selected autonomously. The value of lived experiences as transformative fractures challenged the original values and expectations of students, changing the original scripts and learning allowing emergence of unimagined outcomes. Nudges towards transformative fractures and experiences were needed and their benefit became visible for students and in hindsight were appreciated by students, as one participant mentioned: “If it would have been possible, I would have chosen a Finnish group. I thought that I would not benefit from an English-speaking mixed group but, in the end, I was lucky that I did not have a choice, my learning was much more profound and something that I did not see beforehand”. While we need to produce self-directed and adaptive expertise from higher education, we cannot rely just on students’ self-direction but need to steer and direct, nudge, them towards learning scripted in our curriculums. References Aarnikoivu, M., Ennser-Kananen, J., & Saarinen, T. (2025). Thinking otherwise about internationalisation. Learning and Teaching, 18(2), 10–33. https://doi.org/10.3167/latiss.2025.180202 Bauman, Z. (2007). Liquid Times: Living in an Age of Uncertainty. Polity Press. https://www.amazon.com/Liquid-Times-Living-Age-Uncertainty/dp/0745639879 Calenda, D., Pitkänen, P., & Sippola, A. (2018). Integration of Foreign-Born Nurses in Finnish Social and Health Care Organizations: Evidences, Challenges and Responses. Journal of Immigrant and Refugee Studies, 2948, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/15562948.2018.1428843 Hartman, A., & Squires, V. (2024). Bridging Perspectives: Utilizing Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) to Inform and Enhance Social Interventions. International Journal of Qualitative Methods , 23. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069241306284 Helm, F. (2015). The practices and challenges of telecollaboration in higher education in Europe. Language Learning & Technology, 19(2), 197–217. http://llt.msu.edu/issues/june2015/helm.pdfhttp://llt.msu.edu/issues/june2015/helm.pdf Hummelstedt-Djedou, I., Zilliacus, H., & Holm, G. (2018). Diverging discourses on multicultural education in Finnish teacher education programme policies: implications for teaching. Multicultural Education Review, 10(3), 184–202. https://doi.org/10.1080/2005615X.2018.1511341 Malinen, A., & Piirainen, A. (2023). Towards the Essence of Andragogy – A Hermeneutical Reading of Grundtvig, Knowles, Lindeman and Savićević. Andragoška Spoznanja, 29(2), 19–37. https://doi.org/10.4312/as/14421 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting Educational Design Research. In Conducting Educational Design Research. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315105642 Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning. Jossey-Bass. Rajasinghe, D., Garvey, B., Burt, S., Barosa-Pereira, A., & Clutterbuck, D. (2024). Innovative interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) approach in a coaching research project: implications for future qualitative coaching research and beyond. Coaching, 17(2), 301–318. https://doi.org/10.1080/17521882.2024.2358771 Saarinen, T. (2014). Language ideologies in Finnish higher education in the national and international context: a historical and contemporary outlook. In A. K. Hultgren, F. Gregersen, & J. Thogersen (Eds.), English in Nordic Universities: Ideologies and practices (pp. 127–146). John Benjamins Publishing Co. https://doi.org/10.1075/wlp.5.06saa Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis : theory, method and research. SAGE Publications. Weimer, L., Hoffman, D., & Silvonen, A. (2019). Internationalization at Home in Finnish Higher Education Institutions and Research Institutes. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teaching, Language, and Values in a Multicultural Classroom: A Longitudinal Study of Subject-Based Instruction and Tolerance Development in Upper Secondary Education Nazarbayev Intellectual school Almaty-medeu Presenting Author:This study examines how subject-based instruction contributes to language development and tolerance formation in a multicultural upper secondary classroom within a trilingual educational context. The study addresses the following research questions: How does sustained subject teaching support students’ adaptation to Kazakh-medium instruction? In what ways do subject lessons contribute to the development of tolerance and intercultural understanding in a multilingual classroom? The research is grounded in theoretical perspectives on content-based language learning and sociocultural theory. Content-based and subject-based language learning frameworks emphasise the integration of language development with disciplinary knowledge, suggesting that academic language emerges most effectively through meaningful engagement with subject content. From a sociocultural perspective, learning is understood as a socially mediated process in which interaction, collaboration, and guided participation play central roles in cognitive and linguistic development. The study is further informed by theories of intercultural education and value-oriented pedagogy, which highlight the role of schooling in fostering mutual respect, civic responsibility, and inclusive social relations in culturally diverse contexts. Within this framework, tolerance is conceptualised not as a passive attitude but as an outcome of sustained pedagogical practice, reflective dialogue, and structured interaction among learners. Empirically, the study draws on a longitudinal case study conducted at a Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Kazakhstan. The focal group consists of a Grade 11 class of 23 students from diverse ethnic backgrounds, including Kazakh, Russian, Uyghur, Uzbek, Korean, and Chinese learners. A substantial proportion of the students had not previously studied academic subjects in Kazakh, which initially created linguistic and academic challenges in history, geography, and language lessons. The European and international relevance of the study lies in its contribution to current debates on multilingual and multicultural education. Across European educational systems, schools increasingly face the challenge of integrating linguistically and culturally diverse learners into mainstream subject instruction. The study offers insights into how subject-based teaching can function as a bridge between language learning and value education, supporting both academic achievement and social cohesion. By linking teachers’ instructional decisions to students’ evolving linguistic and social outcomes, the study aligns closely with the ECER 2026 theme “Knowing and Acting” and contributes to international discussions on teacher agency, inclusive education, and the transformative potential of subject teaching in multilingual learning environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative, practice-based longitudinal case study design. The research was conducted at a Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Natural Science and Mathematics in Almaty, Kazakhstan, over a period of three to four years from Grade 7 to Grade 11. The participants were 23 students from a Grade 11 multicultural class representing diverse ethnic backgrounds, including Kazakh, Russian, Uyghur, Uzbek, Korean, and Chinese learners. In addition, 14 parents participated in semi-structured interviews. Ethical principles of confidentiality and voluntary participation were strictly observed. Data were collected using multiple sources to ensure triangulation. First, a five-item student questionnaire was administered to identify language-related difficulties and learning experiences. Second, semi-structured interviews were conducted with parents from non-Kazakh ethnic backgrounds to explore perceptions of multilingual instruction and adaptation processes. Third, systematic classroom observations were carried out in history, geography, Kazakh language, and English lessons, with attention to interaction patterns, peer support, and language use. In addition, students’ written assignments, posters, and project work were analysed as supplementary data. Data were analysed using qualitative content analysis. Analytical categories included language adaptation, subject-based language development, peer collaboration, parental involvement, and tolerance formation. Developmental changes across different stages of schooling were compared to identify academic and social trends over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that sustained subject-based instruction played a central role in students’ language development and social adaptation in a multicultural classroom. Over time, the integration of linguistic support within history, geography, and language lessons contributed to improved academic language proficiency and increased confidence in classroom participation. History education emerged as a key space for integrating language development with value formation. Through collaborative tasks, reflective discussion, and project-based learning, students developed not only disciplinary knowledge but also mutual respect and intercultural understanding. These practices supported the gradual formation of tolerant peer relationships and inclusive classroom interaction patterns. Parental involvement further strengthened students’ adaptation to Kazakh-medium instruction. As students demonstrated academic progress and increasing independence, parental attitudes became more supportive of multilingual education and school practices. The study suggests that tolerance is not an automatic outcome of diversity but the result of deliberate pedagogical design and sustained value-oriented practice. Subject-based instruction, when aligned with institutional values and collaborative learning strategies, can promote both academic achievement and social cohesion in multicultural educational settings. References Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Addison-Wesley. Banks, J. A. (2015). Cultural diversity and education: Foundations, curriculum, and teaching (6th ed.). Routledge. Barton, K. C., & Levstik, L. S. (2004). Teaching history for the common good. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Cummins, J. (2000). Language, power and pedagogy: Bilingual children in the crossfire. Multilingual Matters. Dalton-Puffer, C. (2011). Content-and-language integrated learning: From practice to principles? Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 31, 182–204. Epstein, J. L. (2011). School, family, and community partnerships. Westview Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teacher Education for Linguistically Diverse Learner Groups in Germany. A Longitudinal Study Tracking Professional Development Throughout a Five-year Programme University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:The study presented in this paper is set in one of Europe’s linguistically most diverse regions: Germany’s Ruhr Area in the state of North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW), where about half of all learners at school age speak a home language other than the language of instruction (LIT NRW 2024). Local demands and the discourse surrounding the necessity to prepare future teachers for multilingual learner groups differ immensely across the globe (Wernicke et al. 2021). In NRW, all pre-service teachers are obligated to attend courses on German as an additional language (GAL) and multilingualism during their university education. This paper addresses a programme for prospective middle school teachers, in which pre-service teachers attend two compulsory modules with an overall workload of 360 hours (12 CP/ECTS). The GAL module typically covers topics such as multilingual and second language acquisition, specialised language (e.g. BICS and CALP), language diagnostics, different approaches and methods of language education or linguistically-responsive teaching (amongst others). The study is based on an inclusive understanding of multilingualism (Schroedler 2021), including the overall linguistic diversity of learning groups, for example migration related multilingualism, but also register differences within one language. Research shows that especially those learners who struggle to meet the monolingual norms of school systems experience educational inequality (Henschel et al. 2022). We use Kaiser & König‘s (2019) model of teacher competence as the main reference to describe competence development. This model divides competence into cognitive, affective-motivational competence (beliefs are part of this category) and teaching practice. Borg (2001) describes beliefs as a mental state of propositions. Regarding the change of teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism, there are several studies that report a positive development of beliefs related to teacher education (Kirsch & Aleksić 2018, Schroedler et al. 2023). A number of studies point out that teachers’ beliefs depict a complex personal interweaving (Fives & Buehl 2012). This implies that the development of affective-motivational competence needs to be understood in a more precise manner. From the theoretical and empirical framework described above, we generate the following research question for this paper:
We assume that pre-service teachers’ competence concerning teaching in multilingual contexts, in particular professional beliefs, become more welcoming towards multilingualism across their teacher education programme. The study aims to create a better understanding of pre-service teachers’ affective-motivational competence development with regard to teaching in multilingual classroom settings. Furthermore, the systematic data collection provides evidence-based information on how the teacher education curriculum can be improved in terms of its components addressing linguistic diversity in education. Two full cohorts of pre-service teachers (n=504) in a large German teacher education programme participated in four measurements across their five-year university course. Beliefs about multilingualism at school were measured with an instrument by Fischer (2018) that operationalises beliefs in three scales: 1) multilingualism in the home, 2) multilingualism in teaching and 3) teacher responsibility for providing language support (research question one). In addition, correlations between pre-service teachers’ competence development and their biography have been analysed (research question 2). While all scales’ development between t1 and t3 turns out to be significant, development between t3 and t4 is only significant for scale 2 (question one). The most striking correlation lies between the students’ motivation at t1 and their development of beliefs in scale 2 and scale 3 (question two). The paper will present these results in further detail, critically discuss the findings and relate them to research on teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism in different international settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on the assumption that teachers’ professional competence can be operationalised and measured, a quantitative design was chosen for this study. As the development of pre-service teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism was analysed, we designed a longitudinal study. Two full cohorts of pre-service teachers (n=504) participated in four measurements across their five-year university course. The overall complex research design is presented in Schroedler et al. (2024). This paper focuses on the development of pre-service teachers’ affective-motivational competence as well as relevant factors impacting the development. To measure the participants’ beliefs, a thoroughly piloted and validated instrument by Fischer (2018) was used, which operationalises the abstract construct of beliefs about multilingualism in three dimensions (scales): Scale 1) multilingualism in the home (5 items) Scale 2) multilingualism in teaching (7 items) Scale 3) teacher responsibility for providing language support (9 items) Participants were asked to rate their agreement concerning a short stimulus on a 4-point Likert-scale-type response format ((1) ‘strongly disagree‘, (2) ‘disagree‘, (3) ‘agree‘ and (4) ‘strongly agree‘). They also provided information on age, gender, educational biography, high-school diploma, semesters studied, study subjects (e. g. Physics, History, French, Mathematics), if they themselves and their parents were born in Germany or not, and whether they grew up with more than one language. Given the longitudinal study design, a description of the sample is more complex when referring to all measuring points. While theoretically participants who were in year two of their programme (t1 and t2) in 2020/21 should be in year 4 in 2023/24 (t3 and t4), it is important to point out that the study structure allows for extensive flexibility. This means that potential participants may have dropped out and continued in a later year or chose to attend the relevant modules at a (very) different point during their studies. Equally, later measuring points may have captured participants who had not participated in (all) previous measuring points for the same reasons. In this paper, only those cases were included who participated in the study at all four measurement points (N=77). This way, we present the development of pre-service teachers’ beliefs over the course of their entire teacher education programme. Firstly, we analysed the longitudinal cohorts’ development of beliefs applying t-test analysis for dependant variables. Secondly, we created a variable indicating the longitudinal development of beliefs from t1 to t4 and correlated this variable with the participants’ sociodemographic background factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper will provide analyses of the competence development among the reduced longitudinal sample, only including pre-service teachers who participated at all four measurement points (N=77). The sample’s background factors are as follows: 62.3 % of the participants are female, 35.1% are male and 1.3% diverse. 57.1% of the students indicated that they were brought up multilingually and 63.6% study a language subject. The overall motivation concerning the GAL and multilingualism module is 7.2 (mean) on a scale from one to ten. Concerning research question one (How do different facets of pre-service teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism develop throughout their university education?), all scales’ development between t1 and t3 turns out to be significant with a low to middle effect size (cohen’s d between .35 and .60). However, development between t3 and t4 is only significant for scale 2 (cohen’s d= .47). Concerning research question two (Which background factors of their (professional) biography affect the development and how?), we analysed a positive correlation between students’ own multilingual upbringing and scale 1 (pearson’s r=.258*). The most striking correlation lies between the students’ motivation at t1 and their development of beliefs in scale 2 (pearson’s r=.318**) and scale 3 (pearson’s r=.391**). The paper will present these results in further detail and critically reflect on the research methodology: the complex longitudinal design creates different challenges such as the high drop-out of participants over time. Moreover, the paper will critically discuss the findings and situate them within the increasingly diverse body of literature on teachers’ beliefs in different international multilingual settings (Wernicke et al. 2021). For example, we will relate our study’s results to other multilingual contexts, such as Kirsch and Aleksić (2019) or Haukås (2016), considering different teacher education systems. References Borg, M. (2001). Teachers’ beliefs. ELT Journal, 55(2), 186–188. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/55.2.186 Fischer, N. (2018). Empirische Arbeit: Professionelle Überzeugungen von Lehrkräften – vom allgemeinen Konstrukt zum speziellen Fall von sprachlich-kultureller Heterogenität in Schule und Unterricht. Psychologie in Erziehung und Unterricht 65 (1), 35–51. https://doi.org/10.2378/peu2018.art02d Fives, H., & Buehl, M. M. (2012). Spring cleaning for the “messy” construct of teachers’ beliefs: What are they? Which have been examined? What can they tell us? In K. R. Harris, S. Graham, T. Urdan, S. Graham, J. M. Royer, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), APA educational psychology handbook (pp. 471–499). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13274-019 Haukås, Å. (2016) Teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism and multilingual pedagogical approach, International Journal of Multilingualism, 13(1), 1-18, https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2015.1041960 Henschel, S., Heppt, B., Rjosk, C. & Weirich, S. (2022). “Zuwanderungsbezogene Disparitäten [Immigration-related disparities]”. In P. Stanat, S. Schipolowski, R. Schneider, K. Sachse, S. Weirich, & S. Henschel (Eds.). IQB-Bildungstrend 2021. Kompetenzen in den Fächern Deutsch und Mathematik am Ende der 4. Jahrgangsstufe im dritten Ländervergleich. Waxmann (pp.181–219). Kaiser, G., & König, J. (2019). Competence measurement in (mathematics) teacher education and beyond. Higher Education Policy, 32(4), 597–615. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-019-00139-z Kirsch, C. & Aleksić, G. (2018). The effect of professional development on multilingual education in early childhood in Luxembourg. Review of European Studies, 10(4), 148–163. https://doi.org/10.5539/res.v10n4p148 LIT NRW [Landesbetrieb Information und Technik Nordrhein-Westfalen]. (2024). Korrektur (zweite Zwischenüberschrift berichtigt): NRW: Anteil der Schülerinnen und Schüler mit Zuwanderungsgeschichte steigt auf 43 Prozent. https://www.it.nrw/korrektur-zweite-zwischenueberschrift-berichtigt-nrw-anteil-der-schuelerinnen-und-schueler-mit-0 Schroedler, T. (2021). What is multilingualism? Towards an inclusive understanding. In M. Wernicke, S. Hammer, A. Hansen, & T. Schroedler (Eds.), Preparing teachers to work with multilingual learners (pp. 17–37). Multilingual Matters. Schroedler, T., Rosner-Blumenthal, H. & Böning, C. (2023). A Mixed-Methods Approach to Analysing Interdependencies and Predictors of Pre-Service Teacher’s Beliefs about Multilingualism. International Journal of Multilingualism, 11–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2022.2125975 Schroedler, T., Ritter, A. & Böning, C. (2024). Designing a Longitudinal, Quantitative Measurement of Teachers’ Beliefs about multilingualism: A Research Protocol. Journal of Research in Social Sciences and Language, 4(2). 65–95. https://doi.org/10.20375/0000-0012-b034-a Wernicke, M., Hammer, S., Hansen, A., & Schroedler, T. (Eds.). (2021). Preparing teachers to work with multilingual learners. Multilingual Matters. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 05 E: Preparing Reflective and Responsive Teachers for Contemporary Challenges Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Gülçin Çeliker Ercan Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Learning in Transition: How Reflection-Oriented Self-Awareness Tasks Enhance Pre-Service Language Teachers’ Practicum Experience 1: Istanbul Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Boğaziçi University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Effective teachers are capable of self-evaluation, a competence developed through heightened awareness of one’s own practices and clear self-assessment criteria (Dewey, 1933). Kolb (1984)’s Experiential Learning Theory posits that teachers construct their personal theories by reflecting on their experiences; thus, reflection activates essential skills such as planning, problem-solving, analysis, evaluation, and informed decision-making. Likewise, Roberts (2016) argues that experience alone is not adequate for meaningful learning unless it is interpreted through personal reflection and dialogue. Grounded in these perspectives, reflective practice has been regarded as one of the most effective tools for supporting prospective teachers’ professional development within the social constructivist framework of teacher education. In this view, learning is addressed as a dynamic, meaning-making process developed through experience, in which knowledge of teaching is constructed by examining one’s own instructional practices with the help of systematic thinking. In this regard, reflective practice has been highly recommended for teacher education programs to yield the necessary reflective skills to reflect on among students (Freeman, 2002). The use of reflection is also suggested to overcome the dichotomy of theory and practice (Lee, 2008), and studies examining the impacts of reflective practice on PSLT education have catered for numerous advantages on teacher development (e.g., Eröz-Tuğa, 2013; Liou, 2000). Despite their clear benefits, reflective skills are neither innate dispositions nor abilities that naturally develop through individual experience (Gelter, 2003). Rather, they need to be deliberately fostered through explicit instruction (Gelter, 2003). Learners should be guided in how to engage in reflection by means of authentic reflective tasks embedded within a structured reflective framework (Williams & Grudnoff, 2011). In language teacher education, for pre-service language teachers (PSLT), systematically reviewing and evaluating their own classroom practices is also crucial for developing awareness of the multiple variables shaping teaching, as experience gains value only when critically examined. Accordingly, recalling incidents encountered during macro teaching enables PSLTs to analyze their experiences more directly and meaningfully. In that sense, integration of critical reflective practices in language teacher education programs, in particular, into practice teaching courses where PSLTs perform their macro teachings has been a necessity (Hamiloğlu, 2013).
In contrast to the widespread emphasis on reflection in language teacher education, language teacher education programs were criticized as they did not take the critical role of reflection on teaching practices in the knowledge production process (Freeman & Richards, 1993; Wallace, 1991). Rather, these programs focused on the development of abstract and decontextualized scientific knowledge (Bruner, 1990). Hitherto, studies indicated the lack of reflective skills among prospective teachers (Azeem, 2011; Khanam, 2015), and prospective teachers were not found to be successful while engaging in critical reflection on their experiences (Turhan & Kirkgoz, 2021). Likewise, the utilization of reflective tasks in the practicum process in the Turkish language teacher education context has been quite limited. Only a few intervention studies investigated their impacts on language teacher development (Bener & Yıldız, 2019; Eröz-Tuğa, 2013; Tavil, 2014), and these studies were far from suggesting reflective tasks for the use of language teacher education programs. In this regard, to address the need of structured, task-based reflective tools, this study designed and implemented a reflective task that PSLTs could make use of during the practicum process for their macro teaching experiences with a needs analysis-based research design. Followingly, the study evaluated the effectiveness of the task. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A case study methodology was adopted in this study to generate deeper, more nuanced reflections aimed at identifying the effects of the developed task. Pre-service language teachers (PSLT) who are senior students in a language teacher education program of a top-tier university in Türkiye were selected as participants. As a sampling method, the study adopted convenience sampling to select 10 PSLTs who attend the practicum schools. Also, this intervention study was guided by the stages of the ADDIE Model to design and develop the Reflection-Oriented Self-Awareness Task through a longitudinal process. Firstly, PSLTs’ needs were analyzed through semi-structured interviews, observation reports, and reflective diaries in the Fall Term. The needs analysis indicated that PSLTs could not make use of their macro teaching experience in the practicum schools, as these experiences were not paid attention to after they were completed. In this regard, PSLTs stated that they needed a task to carefully recall their macro teaching performances and reflect on the strengths and weaknesses of their lessons to be integrated into the practice teaching course. To address this need, the Reflection-Oriented Self-Awareness Task was developed to enable PSLTs identify and interpret their macro teaching experiences, become aware of their existing knowledge and gaps in language teaching, and consider strategies to address and enhance these areas under the roof of social constructivist framework of teacher education. As part of the task, PSLTs were required to systematically recall incidents that occurred before, during, and after the macro-teaching session in the Spring Term. Drawing on these incidents, they produced reflective accounts guided by structured reflection questions adapted from Gibbs’ (1988) Model of Reflection, in line with the suggestions of Williams and Grudnoff (2011) regarding the necessity of providing a reflective framework model to PSLTs. PSLTs were also provided with focus areas for their reflections, adapted from Farrell (2022). In the implementation stage, the data were collected through self-reflection documents from 10 PSLTs. For the evaluation of the developed task, semi-structured interviews with each participant PSLT were carried out. Data were analyzed through document, content, and thematic analysis. The software program MAXQDA 2022 was used for the organization and management of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings of this study revealed that PSLTs’ reflections mostly focused on the strengths and weaknesses of their lesson planning and classroom management competencies. With a closer lens, PSLTs reflected on time management, classroom interaction, teacher questions, grouping, feedback, and instructions. Moreover, self-reflection questions integrated into description, feelings, evaluation, analysis, and conclusions stages enlightened PSLTs’ pathway with a general and systematic approach on the way of interpreting past actions. In the same vein, by realizing their strengths and weaknesses, PSLTs had a chance to develop action plans for further development, too. Coupled with these, reflection contributed to PSLTs’ professional development as they analyzed their own teaching from an evaluative standpoint. They perceived reflective practice focused on their macro teaching experiences to be more effective than reflecting on a peer’s performance. Reflection enhanced PSLTs’ awareness of classroom management, lesson planning, and material design by linking theoretical knowledge with practical application. For nearly all PSLTs, reflection functioned as a fundamental tool for improvement, as it provided a basis for evaluating teaching situations. In general, the task cultivated a reflective culture that supports PSLTs’ adaptability and ongoing development in lesson planning and teaching skills, in line with the criteria associated with being adaptive experts. It also enabled PSLTs to internalize reflection as a guiding practice throughout their professional career. In a nutshell, the self-reflection task, incorporating clearly defined focus points and multiple stages supported by guidance questions, laid the ground for a structured basis for professional development and facilitated PSLTs’ transformation of theoretical knowledge into classroom practice. References Azeem, M. (2011). Problems of prospective teachers during teaching practice. Academic Research International, 1(2), 308-316. Bener, E., & Yildiz. S. (2019). The use of blog activities to promote reflection in an ELT practicum. Australian Journal of Teacher Education 44(8), 38–56. Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Dewey, J. (1933). How we think: A restatement of the relation of reflective thinking to the educative process. Chicago, IL: Henry Regnery. Farrell, T. S. C. (2022). Cambridge element–Reflective practice in language teaching. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Freeman, D. (2002). The hidden side of the work: Teacher knowledge and learning to teach. A Perspective from North American Educational Research on Teacher Education in English Language Teaching. Language Teaching, 35, 1-13. Freeman, D., & Richards, J. C. (1993). Conceptions of teaching and the education of second language teachers. TESOL Quarterly 27(2), 193-216. Gelter, H. (2003). Why is reflective thinking uncommon? Reflective Practice, 4(3), 337-344. Gibbs, G. (1988). Learning by doing: A guide to teaching and learning methods. Further Educational Unit, Oxford Polytechnic, Oxford. Hamiloğlu, K. (2013). Turkish student teachers’ reflections on their professional identity construction and reconstruction process during the practicum (Doctoral dissertation, University of Leicester). Khanam, A. (2015). A practicum solution through reflection: An iterative approach. Reflective Practice, 16(5), 688-699. Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Prentice-Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, NJ. Lee, I. (2008). Fostering Preservice Reflection through Response Journals. Teacher Education Quarterly, 35(1), 117-139. Liou, H. C. (2000). Reflective practice in a pre-service teacher education program for high school English teachers in Taiwan, ROC. System, 29. 197-208. Roberts, J. (2016). Language Teacher Education. NY: Routledge. Tavil, Z. M. (2014). The effect of self-reflections through electronic journals (E-Journals) on the self-efficacy of pre-service teachers. South African Journal of Education, 34 (1), 1–20. Turhan, B., & Kirkgoz, Y. (2021). A critical and collaborative stance towards retrospective reflection in language teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education. 1-19. Wallace, M. J. (1991). Training foreign language teachers. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Williams, R., & Grudnoff, L. (2011). Making sense of reflection: A comparison of beginning and experienced teachers’ perceptions of reflection for practice. Reflective Practice: International and Multidisciplinary Perspectives, 12(3), 281-291. Yesilbursa, A. (2011). Reflection at the interface of theory and practice: An analysis of pre-service English language teachers' written reflections. The Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 36(3). 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper A Chance to ‘Disrupt’: Exploring the Potential of Interactive Visualization for Transformative Reflections on Responsibility toward Sustainability Issues Linköping University, Sweden Presenting Author:Education for sustainable development (ESD) is being approached on a multi-level scale, exploring its implementation on different educational contexts, including Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) (e.g. Andersson, 2017). In Sweden, different curricular modifications have attempted to implement sustainability as a goal that pertains to all subject areas. In doing this, it is emphasized how the role of educators and teaching aims to contribute to students’ understanding on how the structure of societies and people’s work shapes sustainable development (Skolverket, 2022). Nevertheless, teachers face challenges rooted in the perception and interpretation they have about ESD on different subjects (e.g. Skolinspektion, 2023), and pre-service teacher education in Sweden struggles to motivate value-based and beyond-knowledge conversations that foster responsibility and positive attitudes towards sustainable development (SD) (Andersson et al., 2013; Cederqvist & Högström, 2025). Responsibility has a central role in the transformation of educational approaches, moving from the individual action to the responsibility towards the social collective (Eschenbacher & Levine, 2022: Fleming, 2022). Fleming (2018) points out how transformative education as conceived by Mezirow (1997) and with Habermas’ influence (2008) is intended to address the “boundaries of systems to humanize and transform them so that they operate in the interest of all” (p.9). Responsibility not only pertains to the act of engaging in discourse critically, but also being able to modify one’s assumptions, biases or taken-for granted ideas, which constitutes the lifeworld in Habermas’ work in the face of someone else’s experiences or criticism. Engaging in transformative educational practices could serve to disrupt dominant ways of thinking in education (Jickling & Sterling, 2017). An ever-growing body of research literature points out to the importance of providing pre-service teachers with learning experiences that connect to real-world sustainability issues (e.g. Tillmanns et al, 2017; Yavuzkaya et al., 2024). In this abstract, we highlight the opportunities that interactive visualization can provide to foster competencies connected to sustainability and enhance pro-environmental behaviours among young university students (see also González-Muñoz et al., 2024), founded upon the results of a previous study where we explored the implementation of a dialogical, interactive-visual-based intervention. The results of the first study revealed the complexity of navigating sustainability issues, the effect of interactive visualization in raising awareness and influencing affective responses, and pre-service teachers’ views on responsibility to deal with sustainability issues (Author 1). More research needs to be done to explore how Swedish pre-service teacher education enables future science educators to address sustainability-related issues on from a transformative, critical perspective. The current paper explores visualization-based ‘disruptive’ opportunities for prospective Swedish science studies teachers to address responsibility regarding sustainability-related issues on a holistic level (Sterling, 2001; Tillmanns, 2020). We conducted a group case intervention that enables dialogue-driven interactions with visually communicated local and global sustainability issues. As stated earlier, this study builds up on the outcomes of earlier studies, particularly the different views on responsibility (Author 1) and approaches it through the lenses of the ‘disruptive learning theory’ (Tillmanns et al., 2017; Tillmanns, 2020), rooted in transformative learning (Mezirow, 1997) and deep learning or ‘third order learning’ (Sterling, 2001). Using Disruptive Learning as the lense through which we assess the features of interactive visualizations adds nuance and value to creating interventions for pre-service science teachers while encountering sustainability issues in their training. The study responds to the following research question: How does ‘disruption’ through interactive visualization interventions in pre-service science teacher education influence pre-service teachers sense of ‘responsibility’ toward sustainability issues? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study involved 9 participants, divided in 3 subgroups all enrolled in a science studies course at (Anon.) university, where they have been exploring sustainability topics and concepts from an interdisciplinary perspective. Voluntary student participation was conducted in coordination with the second author (and convenor) to include this study as part of the course’s structure. Data collection was situated in the context of a digital science center, where interactive visualization exhibits communicate different perspectives on sustainability-related issues, as one of the components of the center. Data collection consisted of two moments with each subgroup, inspired by Tillmann’s work (2017/2020) that include: 1) an intervention with three visual interactive exhibits; 2) a ‘deep learning’ moment, where a group discussion that stimulated the reflection about the intervention and its influence on participants’ views on responsibility about sustainability issues. All data was audiorecorded. Three different questions on individual or collective responsibility were designed in connection with the themes of each exhibit and served as ‘disruptors’, and a semi-structured interview protocol was developed for the second data collection moment. The intervention at the science center involved three sustainability-themed visual exhibits that communicate sustainability topics from a global and local perspective, as well as consideration for the state of different ecosystems: The Globe; Climate Food; and the Marine Food Web. Currently, data analysis is being conducted, framing the findings in the three phases described in Tillmann’s work: disruption (creating an affective response through visual cues to spark dissonance; deep learning (critical and dialogical reflections); and action (reconsideration of personal values and choices). The software MAXQDA will be used as a tool for organising, coding and analysing the data. Preliminary results indicate critically-reflected discussions on how responsibility is placed on different levels, and what implications can such distribution have on how educators and students navigate complex discussions and affective responses, revealing what could serve as meaningful educational approaches to the sustainability topics exposed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study could serve to expand ongoing conversations on how educating pre-service science studies teachers requires not only the creation of spaces for dialogue, but also a critical stand on sustainability that questions the role of future science educators in addressing sustainability and encourage pro-sustainability mindsets (see Andersson, 2017). This paper builds upon themes that originated in a previous study (Author 1), such as complexity, responsibility, affective responses and perceived advantage, thus further exploring how interactive visualizations serves to ‘disrupt’ different views on responsibility in an ESD context. Potential outcomes of this study could reveal how pre-service science studies teachers in Sweden identify and critically analyse different levels of responsibility in solving sustainability issues. Moreover, it could serve to highlight the complexity of finding solutions for such on a holistic level. Furthermore, our current study extends the work of Tillmanns (2020), wherein images and videos were used, by introducing interactive visual exhibits, with dynamic and exploratory, hands-on elements as meaningful visual cues. These means could resonate on the pre-service teachers’ beliefs, provoking affective responses on the urgency of taking action and sustaining hope. This study invites critical and reflective evaluation of pre-service science studies teacher education and the considerations for including sustainability issues from the premises of transformative learning, emphasizing Sterling’s holistic views through ‘third-order learning’ and its connection to critical reflections on responsibility for transformation (see Fleming, 2018). Another contribution of this paper revolves around the method design and integration, aligning the potential of interactive visual exhibits with the content of a science studies course. In this manner, this work could represent meaningful opportunities for pre-service teachers that contribute to their understanding of sustainability issues, demonstrating how such cohesion provides a dialogical space for pursuing critical reflections on ESD. References Andersson, K., Jagers, S., Lindskog, A., & Martinsson, J. (2013). Learning for the Future? Effects of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) on Teacher Education Students. Sustainability, 5(12), 5135–5152. https://doi.org/10.3390/su5125135 Andersson, K. (2017). Starting the pluralistic tradition of teaching? Effects of education forsustainable development (ESD) on pre-service teachers’ views on teachingabout sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 23(3),436–449. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2016.1174982 Cederqvist, A.-M., & Högström, P. (2024). Empowering Student Teachers to teachTechnology with a sustainability edge: Crucial aspects to address in TeacherEducation. Design and Technology Education: An International Journal 29 (2). Eschenbacher, S., and Levine, P. (2022). Chapter3: Reconsidering the Roots of Transformative Education: Habermas and Mezirow. In Nicolaides, A., Eschenbacher, S., Buergelt, P. T., Gilpin-Jackson, Y., Welch, M., & Misawa, M.(Eds.). The Palgrave Handbook of Learning for Transformation (pp. 45-58). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-84694-7 Fleming, T. (2018). Critical theory and transformative learning: Rethinking the radical intentof Mezirow’s theory. International Journal of Adult Vocational Education andTechnology, 9(3), 1–13. González-Muñoz, E., Gallardo-Vigil, M. Á., & Gutiérrez-Pérez, J. (2025). “The MysteriousDisappearance”: Assessment of a sustainability-themed virtual educational escape room in higher education. Journal of Applied Research in HigherEducation, 17(5), 2204–2224. https://doi.org/10.1108/JARHE-09-2023-0430 Habermas, J. (2008). Between naturalism and religion. Polity. Jickling, B., & Sterling, S. (2017). Post-sustainability and environmental education: framingissues. In B. Jickling, & S. Sterling (Eds.) Post-sustainability and environmentaleducation: remaking education for the future (pp. 1-14). Cham, Switzerland: Palgrave Macmillan. Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative Learning: Theory to Practice. New Directions for Adultand Continuing Education, 1997(74), 5–12. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.7401 Skolinspektion (2023, February 2). Skolors arbete med lärande för hållbar utveckling: Att geelever handlingskompetens för de stora utmaningarna. Retrieved March 19,2025, from https://www.skolinspektionen.se/aktuellt/nyheter/skolors-arbete-med-larande-for-hallbar-utveckling/ Skolverket (2022, n.d.) Läroplan för grundskolan samt för förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet, from https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/grundskolan/laroplan-lgr22-for-grundskolan-samt-for-forskoleklassen-och-fritidshemmet Sterling, S. (2001). Sustainable Education: Re-visioning Learning and Change. Dartington:Green Books. Tillmanns, T., Holland, C., & Filho, A. S. (2017). Design Criteria for Visual Cues Used inDisruptive Learning Interventions Within Sustainability Education. Discourseand Communication for Sustainable Education, 8(2), 5–16.https://doi.org/10.1515/dcse-2017-0011 Tillmanns, T. (2020). Learning sustainability as an effect of disruption. Environmental Education Research, 26(1), 14–26.https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1682125 Yavuzkaya, M., Hasslöf, H., & Sjöström, J. (2024). Becoming a science teacher in theAnthropocene: Scientific knowledge as ‘matters of concern’. International Journal of Science Education, 1–21.https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2024.2367174 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Are Pre-service Teachers Prepared to Cope with Peer Bullying? ESKIŞEHİR OSMANGAZI UNIVERCITY, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:With the process of globalization, the rapid dissemination of scientific and technological developments has significantly transformed individuals’ lifestyles. While in the past individuals were required to expend greater physical and mental effort to meet their basic needs, today they are able to meet their physical needs more easily, access information rapidly and multidimensionally, and use this information functionally in their daily lives. Although scientific and technological developments facilitate a more productive and effective life, individuals also face various problems. Some of these problems have persisted throughout history, whereas others have emerged specifically in the 21st century. One of the most prominent of these problems is violence. Violence, encountered daily through television, news media, internet platforms, films, streets, schools, workplaces, hospitals, and homes, is a phenomenon that undermines human dignity, restricts human rights and freedoms, disrupts social peace, and threatens human life. In Latin, the concept derives from violentia, which refers to hardness, cruelty, and power (Polat, 2001). In the literature, violence is defined in various ways. According to the World Health Organization (WHO, 2002), violence refers to the intentional use of physical force or power against oneself, another person, or a group or community that results in or has a high likelihood of resulting in injury, death, psychological harm, deprivation, or impairment. As these definitions indicate, the primary purpose of violence is to cause physical or psychological harm to others. Among the various forms of violence discussed in the literature, peer bullying occupies a significant place. Peer bullying, as a reflection of violence in schools, is defined as deliberate and intentional aggressive behavior based on an imbalance of power between peers. These aggressive behaviors may be carried out physically or verbally (Olweus, 1993). Studies on peer bullying indicate that it manifests in forms such as social exclusion (relational bullying), physical bullying, and verbal bullying (Küpeli, 2020). With the widespread use of the internet and the emergence of social media, cyberbullying has also been added to these forms of bullying. Peer bullying differs from other forms of violence in several respects. These include the fact that both the perpetrator and the victim are peers, the perpetrator is more powerful than the victim, and the bullying behavior is intentional and repetitive (Pişkin, 2002). Children exposed to peer bullying may exhibit both physical and psychological symptoms, including school avoidance, decreased academic achievement, physical injuries, engaging in bullying behaviors themselves, and discomfort within the school environment. Teachers are among the most important stakeholders in preventing peer bullying. Schools are institutions where individuals receive systematic, planned, and scientific education after the family. Through teachers, individuals are prepared for subsequent educational stages and acquire fundamental knowledge, skills, values, and positive habits related to life. Preschool teachers and primary school teachers, in particular, serve as significant role models for children. After family members, teachers are the first individuals whom children value and take as role models. Consequently, preschool and primary school teachers are professionals who are expected to encounter and intervene in cases of peer bullying. Therefore, the aim of this study is to reveal the experiences and responses of pre-service preschool teachers and pre-service primary school teachers regarding peer bullying. Within this framework, the following research questions were addressed:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study, which aims to explore the experiences and responses of pre-service preschool and primary school teachers regarding peer bullying, was designed as a basic qualitative research study. Basic qualitative research focuses on how participants interpret their lives, construct their experiences, and attribute meaning to them (Merriam, 2013). This research design was chosen to gain an in-depth understanding of pre-service teachers’ experiences and responses to peer bullying, to include a relatively large number of participants, and to collect written data from all participants. Criterion sampling, one of the purposive sampling methods, will be used to determine the participants. The study group will consist of senior pre-service preschool teachers and pre-service primary school teachers. The reason for including these groups is that previous studies indicate that peer bullying is more prevalent in preschool and primary school settings. Additionally, senior students were selected because they are enrolled in the “Teaching Practice I” and “Teaching Practice II” courses, which provide opportunities to observe preschool institutions and primary schools. The data will be collected through a structured interview form, bullying scenario forms containing peer bullying scenarios, and a personal information form. These data collection instruments will be developed by the researchers and finalized based on feedback from experts, including academics specializing in peer bullying, preschool teachers, and primary school teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected findings of the study suggest that pre-service preschool and primary school teachers are aware of peer bullying and are able to distinguish bullying behaviors from other behaviors observed in school settings. It is anticipated that their responses to bullying scenarios will be consistent with appropriate intervention strategies and that they will employ diverse intervention approaches. Furthermore, it is expected that pre-service teachers will offer recommendations related to peer bullying, such as early intervention and collaboration with stakeholders. However, it is also anticipated that some pre-service teachers may demonstrate a lack of knowledge and experience regarding effective intervention strategies for coping with peer bullying. References Küpeli, H. D. (2020). An examination of pre-service teachers’ views on peer bullying through narrative-based scenarios (Unpublished master’s thesis). Niğde Ömer Halisdemir University. Merriam, S. B. (2013). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (S. Turan, Trans.). Ankara: Nobel. (Original work published 2009). Olweus, D. (1993). Bullying at school: What we know and what we can do. Blackwell. Pişkin, M. (2002). School bullying: Definition, types, related factors, and preventive measures. Educational Sciences: Theory & Practice, 2(2), 531–562 World Health Organization (WHO). (2002). World report on violence and health: Summary. Canadian Public Health Association (CPHA). (1997). Public health and violence prevention: Maintaining the momentum. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 100 SES 05 B: ERC Co-convenors - Governance Meeting Location: D12 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Bugno Governance Meeting |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 100 SES 05: EERA /NERA / SWERA Location: C1 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Session Chair: Lucian Ciolan Governance Meeting |
|
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Governance Meeting EERA/NERA/SWERA Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway Presenting Author:Governanve meeting |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 11 SES 05 A: Quality Assurance in Higher Education Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Nijolė Burkšaitienė Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper A Comparative Analysis of Quality Assurance Culture and Stakeholder Involvement in Thailand and Latvia 1: Suranaree University of Technology, Thailand; 2: Riga Stradins University, Latvia Presenting Author:Quality assurance (QA) in higher education is important for maintaining academic standards, improving teaching and learning, and ensuring that education meets societal and labor-market needs (ENQA, 2015; Harvey & Green, 1993). QA is especially important for work-integrated learning (WIL) and cooperative education, as these programs depend on close cooperation between universities, industry, and other stakeholders (Khampirat & Rudzinska, 2025; Rowe & Zegwaard, 2017).
QA systems are usually developed based on national regulations and institutional priorities, with a focus on curricula, teaching and learning processes, and learning outcomes (Stensaker, 2008; Vlasceanu et al., 2007). Although higher education is becoming more international, many QA studies still focus on single-country contexts. Comparative research, particularly on quality culture and stakeholder involvement, remains limited (Alzafari & Ursin, 2019). This shows the need for studies that look beyond formal QA procedures and examine how stakeholders take part in QA processes (Leal et al., 2025).
In Europe, QA is often criticized for focusing more on accountability and compliance than on real quality improvement, which may limit its developmental role (Harvey, 2024; Deem et al., 2007). In contrast, studies from Asian higher education systems show that quality culture can support institutional improvement. Research from Taiwan and other Asian contexts suggests that shared values, collective responsibility, and continuous improvement can strengthen QA and complement external quality requirements (Hsu, 2023; Lim, 2018).
Against this background, this study compares QA culture and stakeholder involvement in higher education in Latvia and Thailand. The comparison helps explain how quality assurance is understood and practiced in different contexts, and how stakeholder engagement can be improved to support meaningful quality improvement.
Objectives This study aims to conduct a comparative analysis of Quality Assurance (QA) systems and Quality Culture (QC) in the higher education in Thailand and Latvia, with particular attention to stakeholder involvement in QA processes.
Research Questions RQ1 What are key similarities and differences between quality culture in higher education in Thailand and Latvia. RQ2 How does stakeholder involvement in QA in higher education in Thailand and Latvia differ.
Theoretical Framework and Context - This study is grounded in Quality Assurance (QA) theory, which emphasizes continuous improvement, stakeholder involvement, and accountability as core principles for enhancing educational quality (Tetteh et al., 2021). QA is viewed not only as a system of control but also as a developmental process that supports learning improvement and institutional effectiveness. - In Latvia, as a member of the European Union, higher education quality assurance follows the European Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESG). The ESG promotes student-centered learning, internal quality culture, and periodic external quality reviews (Academic Information Centre, 2019; ENQA, 2015). - In Thailand, quality assurance is guided by the Thai Qualifications Framework for Higher Education (TQF: HEd), which focuses on learning outcomes, curriculum alignment, and stakeholder engagement to support educational relevance and employability (Khampirat et al., 2020). - This comparative study examines QA systems and quality culture in these two contexts to better understand how different frameworks shape stakeholder involvement and quality enhancement in higher education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative document analysis approach to compare quality assurance (QA) systems, quality culture, and stakeholder involvement in higher education in Thailand and Latvia. Document analysis is a systematic method for reviewing and interpreting written materials, enabling an in-depth understanding of policy frameworks, governance structures, and practices shaping QA systems across different contexts. This approach is appropriate for comparative research, as it allows the examination of similarities and differences in official policies and regulatory arrangements without direct intervention in institutional settings. The research process began with the identification, collection, and screening of relevant policy documents. Documents were selected based on their relevance, official status, and public availability. Representative documents were then chosen for comparative content analysis to ensure coverage of both national QA frameworks and key institutional mechanisms. Data Collection The data consist of publicly available documents, including national QA frameworks, policy reports, accreditation guidelines, and relevant legislation. For Latvia, the main sources include the European Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESG) and reports published by the Academic Information Centre (AIC), which is responsible for external quality assurance and accreditation in higher education. The ESG serves as a widely recognized benchmark for QA in Europe, emphasizing transparency, stakeholder participation, and student-centered learning (Alzafari & Ursin, 2019). AIC reports provide additional insights into the implementation, strengths, and challenges of QA practices at the national level. For Thailand, the primary documents analyzed include the Thai Qualifications Framework for Higher Education (TQF: HEd) and policy documents issued by the Office of the Higher Education Commission (OHEC). The TQF: HEd focuses on learning outcomes, competency-based education, and alignment with labor-market and industry needs, reflecting global trends in higher education quality assurance. OHEC publications outline standards for internal and external quality assurance, program accreditation, and external quality audits, which have been examined in previous studies (Khampirat et al., 2020). Analytical Approach The analysis follows a thematic analysis approach, which involves identifying, organizing, and interpreting recurring patterns across documents (Nowell et al., 2017). Key themes guiding the analysis include quality culture, stakeholder involvement, and QA governance mechanisms. The study also considers contextual factors, such as regulatory environments and cultural differences, to support a nuanced comparison between the two higher education systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that QA systems in Thailand and Latvia differ in governance and stakeholder involvement, while sharing a commitment to educational quality. In Thailand, QA operates through a combination of internal and external mechanisms mandated by national legislation. Key national bodies include the Office of the Higher Education Commission (OHEC), which oversees higher education policy, and the Office for National Education Standards and Quality Assessment (ONESQA), responsible for external quality assessment. Stakeholder involvement is strongly emphasized at the institutional level. Students, graduates, employers, academic staff, and community partners are encouraged to participate in internal QA processes through feedback mechanisms, committee membership, and consultations. Thailand’s Internal Quality Assurance (IQA) guidelines promote institutional networks and collaborative practices for developing quality indicators and assessing outcomes. Although external QA conducted by ONESQA incorporates stakeholder input, formal governance roles for external stakeholders are less explicitly defined. In Latvia, QA is strongly shaped by the European Standards and Guidelines (ESG) and national regulatory frameworks. The Academic Information Centre (AIC), through the Quality Agency for Higher Education (AIKA), oversees accreditation and licensing, while the Higher Education Quality Assurance Council serves as a key governance body. Stakeholder involvement is highly formalized, with employer organizations and student representatives holding permanent seats on QA councils. This structure supports transparency and accountability but places less emphasis on broad stakeholder participation in routine internal QA processes. Overall, Latvia’s QA culture prioritizes alignment with European standards, international recognition, and student mobility, whereas Thailand’s QA culture emphasizes national development goals, participatory internal processes, and capacity building. References Academic Information Centre. (2019). Development of higher education quality assurance system in Latvia. https://www.aika.lv/en/aika-about/development-of-higher-education-quality-assurance-system-in-latvia/ Alzafari, K., & Ursin, J. (2019). Implementation of quality assurance standards in European higher education: Does context matter? Quality in Higher Education, 25(1), 58–75. https://doi.org/10.1080/13538322.2019.1578069 Attree, K. J. (2026). Stakeholder engagement in accreditation and quality assurance via the program advisory board: Contributions and benefits. Quality Assurance in Education, 34(1), 70–85. https://doi.org/10.1108/QAE-04-2025-0112 European Commission. (2025). The ESF+ in Latvia. https://european-social-fund-plus.ec.europa.eu/en/support-your-country/esf-latvia Harvey, L. (2024). What have we learned from 30 years of Quality in Higher Education: Academics’ views of quality assurance. Quality in Higher Education, 30(3), 360–375. https://doi.org/10.1080/13538322.2024.2385793 Hsu, Y. P. (2023). Developing quality culture in higher education in Taiwan: The changes within quality assurance mechanisms. Studies in Higher Education, 48(11), 1741–1753. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2212270 Khampirat, B., & Rudzinska, I. (2025). A comparative analysis of quality assurance and quality culture in career development and work-integrated learning: Thailand and Latvia. Paper presented at ECER 2025, Belgrade, Serbia. Khampirat, B., Hastindra Na Ayudhaya, N., & Bamrungsin, P. (2020). Pedagogy and quality assurance in Thai higher education institutions. In H. Flavian (Ed.), From pedagogy to quality assurance in education: An international perspective (pp. 129–153). Emerald Publishing. Leal Filho, W., Sigahi, T. F. A. C., Anholon, R., et al. (2025). Promoting sustainable development via stakeholder engagement in higher education. Environmental Sciences Europe, 37, Article 64. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12302-025-01101-0 Ministry of Education and Science of Latvia. (2025). Education. https://www.izm.gov.lv/en/education-0 Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406917733847 OECD. (2019). Education at a glance 2019: OECD indicators. https://doi.org/10.1787/f8d7880d-en Office of the Vocational Education Commission (OVEC). (2025). Vision and mission. https://vec.go.th/Engishpage/VisionandMission.aspx Tetteh, G. A., Amoako-Gyampah, K., & Twumasi, J. (2021). Developing a quality assurance identity in a university: A grounded theory approach. Quality Assurance in Education, 29(2/3), 238–258. https://doi.org/10.1108/QAE-12-2020-0141 Westerheijden, D. F., & Kohoutek, J. (2014). Implementation and translation: From European standards and guidelines for quality assurance to education quality work in higher education institutions. In H. Eggins (Ed.), Drivers and barriers to achieving quality in higher education (pp. 1–11). Sense Publishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6209-494-9 Additional policy document Concept Report on the Implementation of Institutional Accreditation in Latvia. (2022). Report developed within the ERASMUS+ K3 project Road Map for Implementation of Institutional Assessment (Project No. 899137 – RoadMap – EPLUS2020-EHEA09-2019). 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper When Standards Collapse: Rethinking Quality Higher Education Amid Genocide in Gaza 1: Tampere University, Tampere, Finland; 2: Islamic University of Gaza, Gaza, Palestine; 3: University of Edinburgh, Scotland, UK Presenting Author:The Globe has witnessed a significant rise in violent conflicts in the past three decades (United Nations, 2019). Based on a report by the United Nations (2022), nearly a quarter of the world will be residing in conflict and war areas by the end of 2030. Given this outlook, policymakers and international organizations implement interventions in the education field to empower individuals in these situations to promote development and ultimately attain peace and conflict resolution (Burde et al., 2017). Nevertheless, the quality of the provided higher education in such contexts remains under-theorised. To elaborate, keeping high quality standards in higher education requires strong institutions, robust infrastructure, effective pedagogy, sustained academic governance, and clear progression pathways for students. Yet these basic requirements are violated during conflict, emergencies, and crises. The Inter‑Agency Network for Education in Emergencies (INEE) Minimum Standards (2024) provides guide for education in crises, though most scholarship continues to focus on primary and secondary levels, rather than on higher education amid war (Burde et al., 2017; Inter-agency Network for Education in Emergencies, 2024). This gap is especially profound amid "educide" where infrastructure, staffing, and institutional stability are under direct assault (Alousi, 2022; Iriqat et al., 2025). The case of higher education in the Gaza strip exemplifies the severity of this gap. Since October 2023, this sector has faced relentless bombardment, mass displacement of students and faculty, and the collapse of essential services. Despite these conditions, universities in the Gaza strip resumed academic instruction online in May 2024. People in the Gaza strip see particular importance of education and higher education both for individuals whose aspirations are under threat and for societies striving to maintain the intellectual and professional capacity necessary for recovery (Aboudagga & Al-Mqadma, 2025; Al-Mqadma et al., 2024). There is limited literature available that have focused on the impact of war on higher education institutions, students, and academics in Gaza (Al-Mqadma et al., 2024; Iriqat et al., 2025; Junina, 2025), but none focused on how these institutions could maintain quality education during wartime. This study addresses this gap by examining the experiences of two teachers (first and second authors) engaged in co-teaching a postgraduate course online during the 2024–2025 academic year. It further explores how these adaptations align with the INEE Minimum Standards for Education in Emergencies, ensuring that the educational response meets recognized international benchmarks for quality and accessibility. The current study is guided by the following research questions (RQs): RQ1. To what extent do teaching and learning practices in wartime align with INEE Minimum Standards? RQ2. How can wartime teaching and learning experiences inform the enhancement of INEE standards in higher education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Study design This study mainly adopted a self-study approach (Butler & Horton, 2025), drawing on critical self-reflection of the teaching and learning experiences within a postgraduate-level course presented as a case study (Yin, 2014). A mixed-method design was incorporated to triangulate qualitative reflections with quantitative data collected from students. The course was co-taught by the first and second authors using the one-teach, one-assist model (Rytivaara et al., 2024). The second author was early career teacher and served as the primary instructor, and the first author who is a professor with extensive teaching experience at the Islamic University of Gaza (IUG), acted as the co-teacher. Both authors had previously collaborated on another doctoral-level course, and this prior experience informed the planning and pedagogical decisions for the current course. Advanced Research Methodology is a mandatory 3-credit course within the Crisis and Management Doctoral Program at IUG. Twenty-three students initially enrolled, with 18 completing the course. Data were collected from two main sources. First, the primary teacher maintained a reflective diary throughout the course duration, documenting personal and collaborative reflections and joint discussions on teaching, learning, and pedagogical decision-making with the co-teacher. Second, an online questionnaire captured students’ learning experiences. It included 26 Likert-scale items aligned with the five INEE Minimum Standards domains, and six open-ended questions on students’ motivations, challenges, learning experiences, and suggestions for improvement during wartime. Participants and procedures Participation in the study was voluntary. The course participants were provided with detailed information explaining the research aims and data confidentiality. Moreover, participants signed an informed consent form before answering the questionnaire. The questionnaire was administered to the course participants after the end of the course. Out of 18 total participants in the course, 10 completed and submitted their answers on the questionnaire. Data Analysis Due to the small sample size, we analysed students’ questionnaire data using descriptive statistics using SPSS software. Students’ open-ended data were analysed thematically (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The researchers’ reflection diaries were analysed using a combination of Gibbs’ Reflective Cycle (1988) with Brookfield’s (1995) four lenses as an analytical framework, such that specifically the evaluation and analysis phases are not relied only on one instructor’s own viewpoint, but also take into account the perspectives of the students, the co-teacher, and the relevant scholarship. Our intention was to bring together both depth (through Gibbs’ structured cycle) and breadth (through Brookfield’s multiple perspectives). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicated the teaching and learning practices during the course aligned with INEE Minimum Standards to a certain extent specifically in Teaching and Learning, but not in Access and Learning Environment. Analysis of reflection highlighted co-teaching as an important element in wartime higher education. The study suggested several recommendations for INEE five standards to navigate uncertainty and improve quality of higher education in war contexts: (1) For Access and Learning: maintaining weekly online sessions and providing learning materials in small, mobile-friendly formats; (2) For Teaching and Learning: promoting quality co-teaching (i.e., a Gazan teacher co-teaches with a dedicated teacher outside Gaza, collaborative reflection), offering multiple-opportunities assessment, and employing project-based learning, with large tasks broken into smaller staged assignments; (3) For Teaching Staff: introducing professional training programs to foster teachers’ reflection skills, co-teaching practices and emotion regulation; (4) For Students’ Participation and Coordination: supporting small group formation and leading and establishing regular feedback channels, and (5) For Institutional Policies: introducing flexible enrolment and assessment policies, restricting minimum number of courses per semester to reduce overload, and facilitating online and co-teaching approaches. References Brookfield, S. (1995). Becoming a Critically Reflective Teacher, Higher and Adult Education Series Jossey-Bass higher and adult education series. Jossey-Bass Inc. Gibbs, G. (1988). Learning by Doing. A Guide to Teaching and Learning Methods. Oxford Brooks University, Oxford. Inter-agency Network for Education in Emergencies. (2024). Minimum Standards for Education: Preparedness, Response, Recovery. INEE. https://inee.org/minimum-standards Rytivaara, A., Ahtiainen, R., Palmu, I., Pesonen, H., & Malinen, O.-P. (2024). Learning to Co-Teach: A Systematic Review. Education Sciences, 14(1), 113. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14010113 Schön, D. A. (1987). Educating the reflective practitioner: Toward a new design for teaching and learning in the professions. (pp. xvii, 355). Jossey-Bass. Al-Mqadma, A., Dittli, R., & Belotti, M. (2024). Resilience in the Rubble: A Needs Assessment of Higher Education in The Gaza Strip. https://www.swisspeace.ch/assets/publications/Reports/241030_Report_Gaza-Higher-Education-Needs-Assessment_final.pdf Banda, R. M., & Reyes, G. (2024). Caring for students by caring for ourselves first: Comadre co-teaching during times of crisis. Teaching in Higher Education, 29(6), 1657–1670. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2022.2103668 Bromley, P., & Andina, M. (2010). Standardizing chaos: A neo‐institutional analysis of the INEE Minimum Standards for Education in Emergencies, Chronic Crises and Early Reconstruction. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 40(5), 575–588. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057920903254972 Buckingham, L. R., López-Hernández, A., & Strotmann, B. (2021). Learning by Comparison: The Benefits of Co-Teaching for University Professors’ Professional Development. Frontiers in Education, 6, 776991. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.776991 Burde, D., Kapit, A., Wahl, R. L., Guven, O., & Skarpeteig, M. I. (2017). Education in Emergencies: A Review of Theory and Research. Review of Educational Research, 87(3), 619–658. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654316671594 Aldahdouh, T. Z., Al-Masri, N., Abou-Dagga, S., & AlDahdouh, A. (2024). Development of online teaching expertise in fragile and conflict-affected contexts. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1242285. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1242285Quality; Higher Education; INEE Minimum Standards for Education in Emergencies; Co-teaching; Reflection; Professional Learning; Palestine; Gaza; War 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Course Quality as a Lever for Digital Transformation: Developing an Education 5.0-aligned Scorecard for Reflective Practice and Informed Course Decisions Universitat Oberta de Catalunya, Spain Presenting Author:Digital Transformation (DT) in Higher Education (HE) has consolidated hybrid and flexible learning as core components of institutional strategies (De Bem Machado et al., 2024). This shift towards the adoption of intentional digital models is now challenging long-standing assumptions about teaching, learning and educational quality. While technological infrastructures and platforms have rapidly expanded, pedagogical practices have often evolved more slowly, resulting in a persistent misalignment between digitally mediated learning environments and the educational needs of contemporary students. This tension reflects a broader challenge: quality in digital education is a multidimensional and debated construct, shaped by the interaction of pedagogical, technological, and institutional dimensions (Esfijani, 2018). In practice, institutional approaches to quality tend to privilege evaluation, accreditation, and standardisation processes at the programme or organisational level. Although these mechanisms play an important role in accountability, they frequently remain disconnected from educators’ everyday teaching practices and from the lived learning experiences of students. As a result, quality is typically perceived as an external requirement rather than as a driver capable of supporting teaching innovation and professional growth. At the same time, HEIs are increasingly expected to respond to social and economic demands for more flexible, inclusive, and relevant forms of learning. Students seek learning experiences that support not only academic achievement but also employability, continuous professional development, and lifelong learning. High-quality course design, therefore, extends beyond issues of engagement and retention; it becomes central to fostering learner agency, self-regulated learning, and meaningful connections between academic learning and real-world challenges (Lowenthal & Davidson-Shivers, 2019). Addressing these expectations requires a pedagogical reconfiguration of teaching practices. Within this context, the DIGITAsia project positions course quality as a central and actionable lens through which digital transformation can be meaningfully enacted. Conceived as an international strategic partnership supporting DT in HE institutions in Asia, the project recognises the educators’ role as key agents in designing, enacting, and evaluating digitally enhanced learning environments (Singun, 2025). Education 5.0 is established as the theoretical framework (Babu, 2024), understood as a human-centred vision of education that emphasizes the critical and meaningful use of technology in support of inclusion, personalisation and social impact. It reframes digital technologies as partners in addressing complex educational challenges. This vision informs both pedagogical design choices and the criteria through which course quality is explored, aligning quality enhancement with student-centred learning, accessibility, and real-world relevance. It is within this conceptual space that we developed the Course Quality Scorecard (CQS). Conceived as a structured yet flexible reflective tool, the CQS is designed to support educators in examining and enhancing the quality of their course designs (Xie et al., 2025). This is a response to recent calls for quality instruments that move beyond standardisation toward capability-building and professional development (McInnes et al., 2024). The CQS translates the principles of Education 5.0 into a coherent set of operational dimensions, covering flexible learning, Universal Design for Learning (UDL), student-centred approaches, data-informed design, emerging AI-enhanced practices, and the development of employability skills. The CQS thus addresses the core domains of online quality that are essential for effective digital delivery (Esfijani, 2018), while avoiding the limitations of prescriptive checklists that often fail to capture the diversity of specific disciplinary contexts (McInnes et al., 2024). Within DIGITAsia, the CQS is embedded in a trainers’ programme for educators, along with a Capstone Project (CP) in which they redesign and pilot their courses. Against this background, this study addresses the following research question: to what extent do educators perceive the CQS as providing a coherent, clear, and relevant framework for supporting reflection and decision-making on course quality in alignment with Education 5.0 principles. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts Design-Based Research (DBR) (Amiel & Reeves, 2008; Anderson & Shattuck, 2012) for its capacity to address complex educational problems through iterative, collaborative, theory-informed and participatory processes (Duea et al., 2022). It unfolds across four interrelated phases: (1) analysis of the problem with practitioners; (2) development of a theory-informed CQS; (3) internal validation through expert feedback and a focus group; and (4) reflection and abstraction to inform further refinement. In Phase 1, through dialogue with educators, instructional designers, and quality staff from DIGITAsia partners, a shared challenge emerged: while digital technologies and hybrid delivery models are increasingly adopted, practitioners reported a lack of pedagogically grounded tools to support the renewal of course design practices and to reinterpret quality beyond institutional processes. This analysis highlighted the need for a course-level, educator-centred approach to quality that supports reflective practice, pedagogical innovation, and alignment with Education 5.0 principles. Phase 2 involved the design of a first version of the CQS. The development of the CQS was theoretically anchored in Education 5.0, understood as a human-centred, socially responsive vision of digital education that emphasises inclusion, learner agency, and the meaningful use of technology. To operationalise these principles at the course level, a structured review of prominent international course quality frameworks (including TELAS, EADTU E-xcellence, OLC Quality Scorecards, and Quality Matters) was conducted. The analysis examined standards, dimensions, criteria, indicators, and scoring mechanisms, with particular attention to how these frameworks address inclusivity, student-centred pedagogies, and technology-enhanced learning design. A crosswalk analysis was conducted to map correspondences, overlaps, and divergences, supported by colour-coded visualisations to identify common elements and variations in hierarchical structures. Insights from this synthesis informed the drafting of the first version of the CQS. Phase 3 consisted of the internal validation (Maina et al., 2023) via iterative cycles of implementation, testing, and refinement in practice. The initial version of the CQS, revised following expert feedback from quality staff (7) within the partnership, was first implemented within a future trainers programme. This course aimed to prepare educators and instructional designers to support DT initiatives and was structured around four modules: Education 5.0, UDL, Learning Management Systems and Learning Analytics, and course quality enhancement. Data were collected through a post-implementation focus group with seven participants (one from each project partner institution) with dual roles of educators and train-the-trainers within each institution. The focus group transcript was subjected to a structured thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first version of the CQS resulting from phase one of the DBR is a structured multi-level scorecard organised into domains, criteria, and indicators. It articulates course quality across three main domains (Course Design, Program Alignment, and Teaching Practice) operationalised through a graduated scoring system (Absent, Developing, Achieved, Exemplary, Not Relevant) that supports reflective evaluation and incremental improvement. It also integrates a visual dashboard scoring system for rapid mapping of the CQS self-evaluation implementation. Educators were invited to reflect on the practical relevance and clarity of the CQS, with a specific focus on how the three domains support educators’ course design decisions, help identify professional development needs, and foster dialogue with institutions to inform training programs, support strategies, and areas for policy and organizational development. Insights from quality experts’ feedback and from educators course post-implementation focus group indicate that the CQS was positively received as a support for reflective practice and informed course design decisions. Overall, the tool was evaluated as conceptually sound and practically useful. The iterative feedback also identifies opportunities to improve the clarity and simplicity of selected indicators, as well as the need , for contextual adaptations to enhance institutional transferability. Together, these iterative results highlight the CQS as a practice-oriented tool that fosters reflective dialogue around course design, making visible teachers’ professional development needs and supporting institutions in identifying training priorities, support mechanisms, and areas for policy and organisational development. Building on these findings, the revised CQS will be implemented in the Capstone Project course for educators engaged in redesigning their own courses. Data from this second implementation will serve as external validation. This step represents the transition towards the fourth phase of the DBR, where reflection from both implementations will be synthesized to inform further refinement of the tool. References -Amiel, Tel & Reeves, T. (2008). Design-Based Research and Educational Technology: Rethinking technology and the research Agenda. Educational Technology & Society, 11(4), 29–40. https://www.j-ets.net/collection/published-issues/11_4 -Anderson, T., Shattuck, J. (2012). Design-Based Research: A decade of progress in Education Research? Educational Researcher, 41(1), 16–25. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X11428813 -Babu, B. V. (2024). Education 5.0: An overview. In A. Garg, B. V. Babu, & V. E. Balas (Eds.), Advances in Technological Innovations in Higher Education: Theory and Practices (pp. 168–243). CRC Press. https://doi.org/10.1201/9781003376699 -De Bem Machado, A., Sousa, M.J., Dal Mas, F., Secinaro, S. & Calandra, D. (2024). Digital Transformation in Higher Education Institutions. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-52296-3 -Duea, S. R., Zimmerman, E. B., Vaughn, L. M., Dias, S., & Harris, J. (2022). A guide to selecting participatory research methods based on project and partnership goals. Journal of Participatory Research Methods, 3(1). https://doi.org/10.35844/001c.32605 -Esfijani, A. (2018). Measuring quality in online education: A meta-synthesis. American Journal of Distance Education, 32(1), 57–73. https://doi.org/10.1080/08923647.2018.1417658 -Lowenthal, P. R., & Davidson-Shivers, G. V. (2019). Strategies used to evaluate online education. In M. G. Moore & W. C. Diehl (Eds), Handbook of distance education (4th ed., pp. 415–427). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315296135 -Maina, M., Guàrdia, L., Mancini, F., García-Londoño, C. (2023). Development of a model for transversal competence assessment in K-12: an internal validation study for the digital competence. Interaction Design and Architecture(s), 57, 47–64. https://doi.org/10.55612/s-5002-057-003 -McInnes, R., Hobson, J. E., Johnson, K. L., Cramp, J., Aitchison, C., & Baldock, K. L. (2024). Online course quality evaluation instruments: A scoping review. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 40(2), 55–75. https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.8978 -Singun, A. (2025). Unveiling the barriers to digital transformation in higher education institutions: a systematic literature review. Discover Education, 37(4). https://doi.org/10.1007/s44217-025-00430-9 -Xie, J., Ferguson, Y., Gulinna, A., Rice, M., & Nichols, M. (2025). Modification and evaluation of an open-source rubric guiding inclusive design. Distance Education, 46(3), 452–476. https://doi.org/10.1080/01587919.2024.2383227 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 13 SES 05 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Bianca Thoilliez Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper Suspension and Reorientation: The Temporality of Bildung within the Triad of Not Knowing, Not Acting, and Narrativity Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:How can bildung—conceived as a temporally structured process grounded in not knowing, not acting, and narrativity—provide a pedagogical response to contemporary conditions of acceleration and paralysis, and in doing so foster transformation and autonomy across diverse learning contexts? The theoretical framework draws on philosophical and pedagogical traditions of bildung that have shaped European educational thought while also resonating with global debates on autonomy, temporality, and learning. This article argues that learning is rooted in bildung, whose key conditions, not knowing, not acting, and narrativity, each introduce distinct temporal rhythms that create the pauses and openings through which genuine transformation becomes possible. Philosophically, bildung names a slow, inward process of self‑formation grounded in contemplation and openness. In a world marked by the simultaneous pressures of acceleration and the immobilizing effects of paralysis, bildung offers a third temporal mode: suspension, the temporal depth through which autonomy can develop. Pedagogically, bildung requires stepping out of familiar contexts and entering uncertain territory, a suspension between what is known and what is not yet understood. Narrativity’s timeliness lies in its capacity to create a reflective temporal space in which past, present, and future can be re‑interpreted and re‑oriented. Because our lives are shaped by unchosen fictions, bildung calls for reorientation, specifically, the intentional crafting of richer, chosen narratives that interrupt habitual assumptions and prepare us for change. The article concludes that openness to not knowing and not acting, experienced within a time shaped by both acceleration and paralysis, must be complemented by a fictional temporality that activates the specifically pedagogical time of learning as bildung. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Hermeneutics Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Taken together, not knowing, not acting, and narrativity create the conditions for bildung, opening spaces and pauses in which new interpretive frameworks emerge and individuals move beyond the familiar, encounter the unknown, and return with newly meaningful insights. This points toward a pedagogy of transformative preparedness. Philosophically, bildung rests on the insight that the self is not simply given but must be brought forth through deliberate pauses—through contemplation, calmness, and receptivity. In such suspension, a slow work of self‑formation unfolds, in which one learns to act from reflection and self‑chosen principles rather than from impulse or external regulation. What appears as an outward journey turns inward, becoming a path along which autonomy gradually takes shape. This becomes pressing in a world dominated by acceleration, where technological speed, information overload, and productivity pressures compress experience into a constant forward push. Paralysis marks the collapse of this tempo, when speed overwhelms into inaction. Suspension names a third register: neither motion nor stasis, but a holding open of time in which action is deferred and potential remains unresolved. Pedagogically, bildung appears as a temporal, interpretive process—a movement from the familiar into the unknown that requires dislocation and the ability to re‑situate oneself. Narrativity becomes essential, enabling people to make sense of existence and relate to their own humanity. Through stories, we construct a second‑order reality that offers orientation. Because our lives are shaped by involuntary fictions, we must deliberately craft richer, chosen ones, supported by counter‑language and practices of transformative preparedness. Openness to not knowing and not acting, situated within a temporality shaped by acceleration and paralysis, thus calls for suspension, narrativity, and fictional temporality—modes that hold time open and make possible the pedagogical time of learning as bildung. References Adorno, T. W. (2005). Minima moralia: Reflections from damaged life (E. F. N. Jephcott, Trans.). Verso. (Original work published 1951) Bilstein, J. (2013). Beweglichkeit an Leib und Seele: Die Bildungsreise. Erwachsenenbildung und Behinderung, (2), 4–14. Cronquist, E., & Kraus, A. (Eds.). (2025). Cultural and natural geographies: Proposal for site related kinesthetic didactics. Journal of Aesthetic Education, 59(2). Han, B.-C. (2015). The burnout society. Stanford University Press. Huston, N. (2008). Warum literarische Lügen besser sind als andere Lügen: Rede im Rahmen des Internationalen Literaturfestival Berlin 2008. https://literaturfestival.com/medien/texte/eroeffnungsreden/rede-huston-2008 (literaturfestival.com in Bing) Gustafsson, B. E. (2008). Att sätta sig själv på spel: Om språk och motspråk i pedagogisk praktik (Doctoral thesis, Växjö University). Växjö University. https://lnu.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2%3A205686 (lnu.diva-portal.org in Bing) Gronau, B., & Lagaay, A. (Eds.). (2010). Ökonomien der Zurückhaltung: Kulturelles Handeln zwischen Askese und Restriktion. Transcript. Kraus, A., & Sakata, T. (2025). Two models for the educational foundations of social security: Sweden’s trygghet and Japan’s amae. Topos: Journal for Philosophy and Cultural Studies, 54(2), 161–187. Lagaay, A. (2022). Spurlos verschwinden. Philosophie Magazin, 62(12), 64–67. Menke, C., & Rebentisch, J. (Eds.). (2019). Kreation und Depression: Freiheit im gegenwärtigen Kapitalismus. Suhrkamp. (Original work published 2012) Montaigne, M. de. (1877). On the education of children. https://hyperessays.net/essays/book/I/chapter/26 Mouwitz, L. (2006). Matematik och bildning: Berättelse, gräns, tystnad. Dialoger. Nussbaum, M. C. (2010). Not for profit: Why democracy needs the humanities. Princeton University Press. Rosa, H. (2013). Social acceleration: A new theory of modernity (J. Trejo Mathys, Trans.). Columbia University Press. (Original work published 2005) Weil, S. (2009). Waiting for God (E. Craufurd, Trans.). Harper Perennial Modern Classics. (Original work published 1951) 13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper The Poetics of Decreation in an Age of Endless Creation: Paradoxes of Desire University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper explores the paradox at the heart of Simone Weil’s notion of decreation—the act of ‘undoing the creature in us,’ emptying the self so that God may dwell in the void it leaves—and how such unmaking becomes the ground for genuine creation. In an age of the hyperactive ego, pressured to ceaselessly create self-production and addicted to hyperattention to stimuli, no void remains for decreation. Drawing on Anne Carson’s reading of Sappho, Marguerite Porete, and Weil, this paper traces the tension between decreation and a writer’s desire to create. For Weil, only desire—not will—makes real attention possible; creation is not striven for but given to the waiting void of decreation. The paper analyses the paradox of desire: though human longing naturally falls, like gravity, toward the temporal and selfish, only desire directed toward a pure object or prayer allows escape from the prison of the self. Finally, the paper proposes an Education through Decreation. Creations formed on the basis of pure desire, decreation, and the absolute attention that pierces the void of the emptying self awaken individuals trapped within their own shells; with pure attention they encounter such works, thus experiencing decreation and, further, giving birth to yet another Creation. This chain-like decreation becomes education in itself, like a drop of Light, against gravity, spreading across the whole world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used please see the attached file Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings please see the attached file References Author. (2025). Title withheld for anonymous review. Brady, A. M. (2025). Negotiating attention: An ecology of reading in the digital age. Educational Philosophy and Theory. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2025.2486651 Carson, A. (2005). Decreation: Poetry, Essays, Opera. London: Jonathan Cape. Citton, Y. (2017). The ecology of attention. Cambridge: Polity Press. Davenport, T. & Beck, J. (2001). The Attention Economy: Understanding the New Currency of Business. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Business School Press. Han, B.-C. (2015). The Burnout Society (E. Butler, Trans.). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Han, B.-C. (2018). The Expulsion of the Other. Cambridge: Polity Press. Han, B.-C. (2023). Absence. Cambridge: Polity Press. Hayles, N. K. (2007). Hyper and deep attention: The generational divide in cognitive modes. Profession, 2007(1), 187–199. https://doi.org/10.1632/prof.2007.2007.1.187 Kotva, S. (2020). The paradox of attention: Simone Weil. In Effort and Grace (pp. 131–172). Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350113671.ch-005 Lewin, D. (2014). Behold: Silence and attention in education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 48(3), 355–369. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12074 Marguerite Porete (1993). The Mirror of Simple Souls (E. Babinsky, Trans.). New York: Paulist Press. O’Donnell, A. (2015). Contemplative pedagogy and mindfulness: Developing creative attention in an age of distraction. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 49(2), 187–202. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12136 Sappho. (1971). Fragment 31. In Sappho et Alcaeus Fragmenta (E.-M. Voigt, Ed.). Amsterdam: Standardausgabe. Shaw, M. (2010). The Paradox of Intention: Reaching the Goal by Giving Up the Attempt to Reach It. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Tubbs, N. J. (2005). The spiritual teacher. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 39(2), 287–317. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.0309-8249.2005.00438.x Weil, S. (1973). Waiting for God (E. Craufurd, Trans.; L. A. Fiedler, Introduction). New York: Harper & Row. Weil, S. (2002). Gravity and Grace (E. Crawford & M. von der Ruhr, Trans.). London: Routledge. Weil, S. (2002b). The Need for Roots (A. Wills, Trans.). London: Routledge. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 13 SES 05 B Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Marie Hållander Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Education as Prefiguration: Growth, Democracy, Equality The Open University of Israel, Israel Presenting Author:The notion of prefiguration—the practice of organizing and acting in ways that embody the future society one strives to create—has become increasingly dominant in the field of political philosophy in recent years (Cooper, 2017; Raekstad, 2020; Swain, 2019). Though it has originated in anarchist thought and initially was mainly associated with utopian perspectives (Franks 2018; Cooper 2014), it has gradually developed into a much more comprehensive framework for both the depiction of specific political struggles, and a broader understanding of political action in general (Monticelli, 2022). This transformation occurred to a large extent due to the recognition that prefiguration is a far more everyday practice than is commonly assumed. Many actors within the political field frequently behave as though they possess authorities and powers that, in practice, they do not yet hold, in order to render those authorities and powers effective in practice and socially recognized. An analysis of this prevalent phenomenon of prefiguration is therefore essential to political thought, as it enables a comprehensive account of our political reality, and a deeper understanding of many processes that, in practice, shape our life-in-common. In light of this understanding, reflection on prefiguration appears no less important to the field of education. A substantial portion of educational practice operates precisely through prefigurative means, seeking to shape future reality by acting as if the world we aspire to see around us were already the world in which we in fact live. Education for democracy, education for the values of justice and equality, and education for responsible leadership are all frequently carried out by encouraging younger generations to behave as though social reality already corresponds to what we wish it to be, on the assumption that such action may ultimately bring that reality into being. For this reason, the relative scarcity of engagement with the phenomenon of prefiguration in educational thought is surprising. Aside from a small number of studies that analyze concrete phenomena through the use of this conceptual framework (e.g., McCowan, 2010; Fink, 2024; Ashar, 2022), there is little systematic research that addresses the deep relationship between prefiguration and education. This paper seeks to address precisely this gap by offering a systematic reflection on the significance and potential contribution of examining education through a prefigurative perspective. It explores the new insights that a prefigurative standpoint may bring to an understanding of education itself as a field of knowledge and practice, and, equally importantly, how engagement with prefiguration enables a rethinking and reformulation of education’s relationship to various domains, including performativity, play, aesthetics, and political action. In order to illustrate the possibilities inherent in this renewed perspective, the study focuses on two examples of educational thought drawn from different intellectual traditions, demonstrating how the proposed perspective contributes to the discussion in each case. The first example is John Dewey’s educational thought, particularly as articulated in his seminal work Democracy and Education (Dewey, 1916). The second is the thought of Jacques Rancière, especially in The Ignorant Schoolmaster (Rancière, 1991), which offers an original and compelling account of education and its entanglement with the political space of our shared life. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology used in this paper consists of conceptual definition of prefiguration, analysis of the concept itself and its application to education; review of existing literature on prefiguration; analysis of two specific thinkers (Dewey and Rancière) as illustrative examples; comparative analysis, showing how prefiguration illuminates insights across different intellectual traditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Viewed through a prefigurative lens, Dewey’s conception of education as growth shifts attention from deferred outcomes to the democratic quality of educational practices in the present. Growth emerges not as an individual achievement but as a collective, relational process enacted through shared inquiry, participation, and mutual recognition. Read this way, Dewey’s thought resonates strongly with contemporary pedagogical and social movements that seek to embody democratic values within everyday learning spaces. Education thus becomes a living practice of democracy itself, rather than a preparatory stage for a future democratic order. With regard to Rancière, a prefigurative perspective on his educational thought enables a renewed articulation of the relations among the aesthetic, political, and educational dimensions of his philosophy. Examining the unique educational method he presents in his writings through a prefigurative lens makes it possible to understand educational practice itself as the concrete enactment of principled equality—an equality upon which our political realm is fundamentally established, even when its manifestations are of crude inequality. The enactment of equality found in education can thus resonate with the one at the core of any political action in a new sense. Finally, foregrounding the prefigurative aspects of education in the thought of both Dewey and Rancière allows us to identify a fundamental shared normative disposition in their philosophies, thereby forging a new kind of connection between the markedly different philosophical traditions from which these two thinkers emerge. References Ashar, S. M. (2022). Pedagogy of Prefiguration. Yale LJF, 132, 869. Cooper, D. (2014). Everyday utopias: The conceptual life of promising spaces. Duke University Press. Cooper, D. (2017). Prefiguring the state. Antipode, 49(2), 335-356. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education : an introduction to the philosophy of education. Macmillan. Fink, A. (2024). The prefigurative politics of leadership education: Connecting our practice to broader movements. New Directions for Student Leadership, 2024(181), 21-30. Franks, B., Jun, N., & Williams, L. (Eds.). (2018). Anarchism: a conceptual approach. Routledge. McCowan, T. (2010). School democratization in prefigurative form: two Brazilian experiences. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 5(1), 21-41. Monticelli, L. (Ed.) (2022). The Future Is Now: An Introduction to Prefigurative Politics. Bristol University Press. Raekstad, P., & Gradin, S. S. (2020). Prefigurative politics: Building tomorrow today. Polity Press. Rancière, J. (1991). The ignorant schoolmaster : five lessons in intellectual emancipation. Stanford University Press. Swain, D. (2019). Not not but not yet: Present and future in prefigurative politics. Political Studies, 67(1), 47-62. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Title: Learning as Individuation: Becoming, Sensation and Relationscapes in Educational Spaces Convitus edu, Norway Presenting Author:To learn is to change what it means to know. Learning is not the acquisition of content but an individuation process in which the learner emerges with and within an environment (Sauvagnargues, 2012). Deleuze (2007) reminds us that individuation is not reducible to a subject or a form; it can be a landscape, an hour of the day, a fragment of life. Learning is therefore a rhythmic, vibrant multiplicity in which bodies, materials, affects and temporalities co‑compose. To learn with rather than from shifts pedagogy away from performance and mastery toward events of becoming. Consider the room in which learning unfolds. Its walls, air ducts, chairs, acoustics and temperatures do not merely surround us; they participate in our becoming. They create openings and closures, proximities and distances, possibilities for belonging or withdrawal. When I meet your eyes, when a smile is exchanged, when a hand reaches out in greeting, these micro‑events are not social niceties but processes of learning to know, cracks through which imagination enters. Guattari (2006) argues that desire is not the property of a subject but a production of signs within machinic assemblages. Entering a room is therefore an encounter with a field of signs: trust, risk, escape routes, invitations, tensions, potentials for collaboration. A classroom is not a neutral container but a relationscape in which bodies and materials co‑produce conditions for learning. Rather than tracing evidence or seeking stable outcomes, pedagogy can be understood as the mapping of rhizomatic multiplicities, relational events that form machinic assemblages (Manning, 2009). A moving body enables thought in act; what moves as a body returns as the movement of thought. A smile, a voice, a gesture are not expressions of an inner state but forces that matter in the individuation of listeners, speakers and critical subjects. How a body perceives a room becomes part of what it is able to think. Becoming emerges through intra‑actions when biogrammatic forces meet. Manning (2009) writes that we move not to occupy space but to create it; each step gathers force for becoming. Desire for individuation becomes desire to learn, not productivity but production, not representation but creation. To learn is to act as if nothing were self‑evident, to wonder that there is being (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994). The room itself participates in this process. Heat, cold, echoes, muffled sounds, these tactile‑optical forces shape the event of learning. They are not background conditions but affective intensities that open or close possibilities for thought. Deleuze (2003) distinguishes between probability, the calculable, and chance, which is a non‑scientific, non‑aesthetic choice. Concepts belong to this latter domain. They are not given but created; they posit themselves (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994). Conceptualisation is therefore inseparable from sensation. Sensations activate memories, embodied, implicit, unconscious, that become recollection‑images (Deleuze, 1997/1989). These images are virtual until actualised by perception; they do not deliver the past but recompose it in the present event. Bodily memories emerge autobiographically and become implicit memories (Damis, 2022). They appear as sensations that actualise emotions, like fear, joy or sorrow, which in turn shape perception. Sensation affects thought diagrammatically (Williams, 2008). In this interplay of differentiation and connectivity, rhizomes of perception‑images resist, shift and emerge. Rhythm becomes differentiation; new thought‑images become possible. Learning, then, is the creation of concepts and emotions as forces of recollection: a co‑composition of bodies, environments and events. To learn is to become with the world, to allow the environment to actualise new possibilities for thought. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I work with deleuzian concepts as far as possible to elaborate ideas that focus on: 1) How can learning be understood as a process of individuation that emerges through intra‑actions between bodies, materials and environments? 2) In what ways do relationscapes, the affective, sensory and material forces of a learning space, participate in the becoming of learners? 3) How do sensations, bodily memories and affective intensities shape the creation of concepts and the emergence of thought in educational encounters? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Rather than presenting outcomes as fixed endpoints, this proposal affirms learning and research as processes of becoming, open-ended, affective, and relational. The contribution lies not in delivering results, but in activating conceptual movements and intensities that may resonate across pedagogical thought. The following openings are not conclusions, but invitations: Reconfiguring learning as individuation: Learning is approached not as acquisition or performance, but as a process of becoming-with environments, a co-composition of bodies, materials, affects, and temporalities. Activating a vocabulary of sensation and relation: Concepts such as relationscapes, recollection-images, biogrammatic forces, and machinic assemblages are mobilised to think learning beyond representation, cognition, or subject-centred models. Reattuning to space as affective force: Educational environments are not neutral containers but active participants in learning events. Heat, sound, gesture, and spatial arrangement are understood as forces that shape the conditions of thought and subjectivity. Proposing a speculative methodology: Rather than tracing evidence, the study maps relational events and rhizomatic multiplicities. This affirms a mode of inquiry that is situated, affective, and generative, a pedagogy of sensation and encounter. Reclaiming pedagogy as ethical experimentation: Learning is not governed by consensus or instruction, but by affective encounters and the creation of shared space. This opens new ways of thinking responsibility, response-ability, and the ethics of educational presence. These conceptual movements do not aim to stabilise meaning but to open it, to create conditions for thinking otherwise. In this sense, the proposal contributes to the philosophy of education by offering a cartography of forces, gestures, and sensations that compose the event of learning. It invites a shift from outcomes to openings, from representation to emergence, from knowing to becoming. References Damis, L. F. (2022). The Role of Implicit Memory in the Development and Recovery. NeuroScience, 3(1), 63-88. doi:https://doi.org/10.3390/neurosci3010005 Deleuze, G. (1997/1989). Cinema II - The Time Image. (H. Tomlinson, & R. Galeta, Trans.) Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Deleuze, G. (2003). The Logic of Sensation. University Minnesota Press. Deleuze, G. (2007). Two Regimes of Madness: Texts and Interviews 1975-1995. (D. Lapoujade, Ed., A. Hodges, & M. Taormina, Trans.) <e>. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1994). What is Philosophy? (G. Burchell, & H. Tomlinson, Trans.) Verso. Guattari, F. (2006). The Anti-Oedipus Papers. (S. Nadaud, Ed., & K. Gotman, Trans.) Los Angeles: The MIT Cambridge <e>. Manning, E. (2009). Relationscapes: Movement, Art, Philosophy - Technologies of lived abstraction. Massachusetts: MIT Press. Sauvagnargues, A. (2012). Simondon, Deleuze and the Construction of Transcendental Empiricism. Pli journal; The Warwick Journal of Philosophy, Special Volume. Deleuze and Simondon, 1-22. Retrieved from https://plijournal.com/volumes/special/ Williams, J. (2008). Gilles Deleuze´s Logic of Sense: A Critical Introduction and Guide. Edinburgh University Press Ltd. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper The Inclusion-Interdisciplinarity Chiasma: A Deweyan Perspective on Professionalism in Inclusive Education University of Naples Federico II -- SInAPSi Centre, Italy Presenting Author:In his criticism of the limitations of evidence-based education, Gert Biesta (2010) insisted on the need for a different view of educational professionalism; this view should not be based on an idolatry of the vocabulary of “efficacy” and “causal connections” but rather on the recognition of the “noncausal nature of educational interaction” (p. 36). While in later publications his stance increasingly moved towards an existential understanding (see the notion of “professional subjectification” [Biesta, 2014]), in Good Education in an Age of Measurement his position was still imbued with Deweyan motifs. In this paper, I will resume this Deweyan thread and inflect it in the vindication of a non-reductionist mindset by focusing on a specific domain, that of inclusive education. While developing a theoretical argument, this paper also draws on my experience as a practitioner in a University Centre for the Inclusion of Students with Disabilities, where I worked in an interdisciplinary team together with psychologists, bioengineers, and assistive technology specialists. In this sense, this contribution also offers an argument in favour of what I call the inclusion–interdisciplinarity chiasma. My argument develops in two steps. First, I elicit a specific Deweyan understanding of inclusion, also with reference to its operational meaning. Although Dewey’s theorization of democracy still constitutes a fundamental horizon of meaning for reflection on inclusion, my inquiry does not take its point of departure from his canonical texts, such as Democracy and Education. Rather, it turns to an essay from his later work in which he investigates the notion of “the social” as “the inclusive philosophic idea,” as the title itself indicates. Notably, this is the only text in Dewey’s entire oeuvre whose title contains a term referring to inclusion, even when the titles of sections and chapters are taken into account. The Deweyan paper engages with questions of “metaphysics” and philosophical method but this should not sound odd in the context of my contribution. Indeed, as Dewey repeatedly emphasized, even the most abstract and seemingly convoluted metaphysical speculations take their impetus from the context of experience and—if appropriately reinterpreted—can provide guidance for orientation at the level of lived practice. By drawing upon his attack on empiricist and reductionist conceptions, there will emerge the idea of what I will call the logic of inclusive transaction, viz. the idea that reductionism is per se a factor of exclusion, even where it presents itself with the neutral gait of scientific démarche. If it is not a stage within a broader process of inquiry, it tends to sanction ontological rifts and chasms, to carve out a “reality” from the nexus of its relations and consign it to a substantively empty isolation. As noted above, while starting at a purely theoretical level, my analysis refers to the activity of practitioners in the field of inclusive education, helping to define the role of expert knowledge and professional competences in interventions with people with disabilities, as well as to clarify both the limitations and the potential of the personalization of intervention. Moreover, Dewey’s specific view of “the social”—which is, in some respects, Latourian avant la lettre—is mobilized to undergird the case for a transition from the classic social model of disability to the bio-psycho-social model. In addition, a Deweyan understanding of the latter (and of the related logic of the International Classification of Functioning [WHO, 2000]) is proposed. The Deweyan transactional–inclusive logic thus functions, it will be argued, as a device capable of strengthening certain achievements of the social model while avoiding some of its simplifying drifts.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used It also provides the framework of meaning for all those approaches that define themselves as bio-psycho-social and that do not always appear fully aware of how to adequately read the nexus among the various aspects involved. Within this Deweyan perspective—and this will be my second step—the theme of interdisciplinarity in inclusive practices likewise acquires its full significance. The issue is not so much the rather obvious—though no less important—fact that questions of inclusion often call for the involvement of professionals from different fields. The crucial point concerns how interdisciplinarity is inhabited, such that it becomes a genuine habitus, a way of structuring one’s practice. Working in teams is certainly fundamental, but only insofar as it represents the “interpsychic” phase of what must become “intrapsychic,” to use Vygotskian categories by analogy. In other words, if multiple professionals cooperate in the same action while remaining encapsulated within their respective disciplinary lexicons, one is not dealing with interdisciplinarity. What is essential is that, through collaboration with colleagues from other fields, each professional develops a re-examination of the theoretical and methodological vocabularies of their own discipline, opening it up to dialogue with others. This involves unsettling disciplinary monologism, “dramatizing” it—that is, opening it up to multivocality and polyphony. I will construe this as a process of “interpretation” rather than “translation,” by marshalling and re-inflecting a distinction of Thomas Kuhn. Translation presupposes that two languages are already known, and the translator is the one who transfers a word or string of words from one language to another. Imagine, however, not knowing the second language but only one’s own: in that case, one must pass through a complex process of acquiring the new language by inhabiting a certain form of life, participating in certain practices, starting from one’s own standpoint. In the case under consideration here, professionals committed to interdisciplinarity should not be translators, but interpreters. The most paradoxical element, however, is that—ultimately, and in order to remain faithful to the challenge of interdisciplinarity rather than reducing it to a merely cosmetic operation—they should be interpreters of their own discipline. That is, the language to be learned is not that of the others (which should instead be taken as the starting point), but rather their own discipline must be relearned in the estrangement produced by the call of interdisciplinarity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The challenge for the psychologist, the educator, or the bioengineer (to stick to my case study) lies less in contributing their knowledge to interdisciplinary work than in revisiting their knowledge in light of that of their colleagues. It is as if, in interdisciplinary practice, each professional were to take the other’s professional language as already “known,” and instead commit to re-cognizing their own—that is, to “making its acquaintance anew” through the interpretive opening enabled by interdisciplinary encounter. Such a dynamics of displacement of knowledges—whereby each takes the other’s language as “known,” thanks to the other and their expertise, and relearns and revisits their own in new keys—when projected onto the scale of an interdisciplinary team, implies that there is a truly common language always in the making, and that, at the same time, what occurs is the re-cognition of particular professional languages and their constant enrichment. Accordingly, I will advocate a moment of “indisciplining,” viz. of ‘unlearning’ the disciplinary matrices which are at the basis of one’s professionalism, as the condition for a genuinely interdisciplinary intervention to be accomplished. In conclusion, I will capture this dynamics in terms of a chiasma between inclusion and interdisciplinarity. If inclusion, as proposed here, is the operation of the “social”—that is, the process through which entities, subjects, and realities enter broader networks of association and thus become available to more complete understanding, insofar as they manifest richer potentialities to observation—then any purely disciplinary approach reveals its inadequacy to the extent that it re-sectoralizes what the movement of inclusion de-compartmentalizes. Conversely, interdisciplinary practice is itself “inclusive,” insofar as it invites the dialogization of disciplines, that is, the (re)discovery of their possible intrinsic dialogical openness, enabling forms of cooperation which are not reduced to merely extrinsic associations. References Biesta G.JJ., Good Education in an Age of Measurement. Ethics, Politics, Democracy, Boulder and London: Paradigm Publishers, 2010. Biesta G.JJ., The Beautiful Risk of Education, Boulder and London: Paradigm Publishers, 2010. Brechin A., Swain J., “Professional/Client Relations: Creating a ‘Working Alliance’ with People with Learning Disabilities”, «Disability, Handicap and Society», Vol. 3, No. 3, 1988, pp. 213-226. J. Dewey, “The Logic of Judgements of Practice”, in The Middle Works, 1899-1924, vol. 8 (1915), edited by J. A. Boydston, Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1979, pp. 14-82. J. Dewey, Democracy and Education, in The Middle Works, 1899-1924, vol. 9 (1916), edited by J. A. Boydston, Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1980. J. Dewey, The Public and Its Problems, in Id., The Later Works, 1925-1953, vol. 2 (1925-1927), edited by J. A. Boydston, Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1984. J. Dewey, “The Inclusive Philosophic Idea”, in The Later Works, 1899-1924, vol. 3 (1927-1928), edited by J. A. Boydston, Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1984, pp. 41-54. Kuhn, T. S. , The Essential Tension: Selected Studies in Scientific Tradition and Change. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press, 1977. Kuhn, T. S. The Road Since Structure: Philosophical Essays, 1970–1993. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2000. Oliver M., The Politics of Disablement, New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 1990. Oliver M., Understanding Disability: From Theory to Practice, London: Macmillan, 1996. Shakespeare T., Disability Rights and Wrongs, London and New York: Routledge, 2006. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 14 SES 05 A: Rural Schools. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Do After-School Services Create New Urban-Rural Educational Inequalities?An Empirical Analysis of Data from 10 Chinese Provinces 1: East China Normal University, China; 2: Central China Normal University, China Presenting Author:Globally, the expansion of ‘Extended Education’ or ‘After-School Programs’ (ASP) is championed as a critical strategy to mitigate social inequality and support work-life balance for families. This policy trajectory resonates deeply with the Ganztagsschule (all-day school) movement in Europe and comparable initiatives across OECD countries. Within this global context, the Chinese government initiated the ‘Double Reduction’ policy in 2021 as a massive, state-led intervention designed to restore schools as the primary locus of education, thereby alleviating the dual academic and economic burdens placed on students and families. However, drawing upon theories of educational equity and cultural capital, existing scholarship points to a persistent structural contradiction: despite policy intent to narrow gaps through standardized provision, stratification continues to be reproduced in differentiated forms. In terms of family context, urban households typically leverage superior cultural capital to provide systematic educational support, whereas rural families face ‘dual limitations’ regarding educational orientations and resource investment (Fang & Yang, 2023). Regarding school capacity, rural schools continue to suffer from structural deficits in teacher quality, pedagogical research efficacy, and leadership compared to their urban counterparts (Teng & Zhang, 2021). Consequently, without targeted intervention, after-school services may paradoxically exacerbate the urban-rural divide through differentiated Implementation Quality, despite their original mandate to function as compensatory mechanisms for narrowing developmental gaps (Fu & Guo, 2024). Despite preliminary recognition of this emerging divide, current research remains predominantly focused on county-level case studies with limited representativeness and single-dimensional measures (often restricted to infrastructure or service quantity). Addressing this gap, this study employs a multidimensional analytical framework covering ‘Content–Governance–Effectiveness"’ and conducts a systematic empirical analysis drawing on large-scale data from ten provinces across Eastern, Central, and Western China. The study addresses the following core research questions: Under a unified national policy discourse, what distinct characteristics do urban and rural schools exhibit in the organization of extended education? How do these differences shape the realization of educational equity? Beyond elucidating the implementation dilemma within the Chinese context, this study offers insights for the international dialogue on extended education by underscoring a shared global challenge: how to ensure that state-funded after-school programmes move beyond mere formal access to guarantee substantive quality equity, thereby preventing the reproduction of social stratification within public education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a mixed-methods research design, prioritising large-scale quantitative analysis supplemented by qualitative data for triangulation. Empirical data were collected in the latter half of 2024 across ten provinces in Eastern, Central, and Western China to ensure broad geographical and socio-economic representativeness. In total, the valid sample comprises 64,824 participants from 91 compulsory education schools, consisting of students (N = 31,749), parents (N = 29,638), teachers (N = 3,359), and principals (N = 78). To complement the quantitative data, semi-structured interviews and on-site observations were conducted in eight selected schools (e.g., in Jiangxi and Zhejiang provinces) to provide micro-level qualitative evidence. A structured questionnaire was designed based on national policy texts and existing literature on extended education. The instrument consisted of distinct modules for the four stakeholder groups, and participants were asked to respond to items formatted as single-choice, multiple-choice, and Likert scales relating to governance structures, teacher and student workload, household educational expenditure, and student competency development. All instruments underwent rigorous reliability and validity testing. Permission for data collection was obtained from relevant educational authorities, and the voluntary nature of participation was emphasised and anonymity guaranteed in accordance with international ethical standards. Data analysis was conducted using STATA 18.0. Adhering to the ‘Content–Governance–Effectiveness’ framework, the analysis first employed descriptive statistics and difference tests (Chi-square and t-tests) to map patterns of service provision; subsequently, multiple linear regression models were constructed. By controlling for key variables such as family socioeconomic status (SES) and parental educational expectations, the analysis systematically identifies net urban–rural differences in service implementation and explores their underlying institutional and social mechanisms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aims to shed light on the intricate dynamics of after-school service implementation under China’s ‘Double Reduction’ policy, exploring the interplay of resource allocation, family demand, and service efficacy. Data analysis reveals a scenario of structural differentiation: although strong administrative mobilisation has produced superficial convergence in service coverage between urban and rural schools, this apparent equality conceals deep inequalities in service quality. Specifically, urban schools strategically utilise locational advantages and social capital to develop developmental service systems centred on technology and arts; this strategy starkly contrasts with the situation in rural schools, which, constrained by persistent resource deficits, are largely limited to custodial models focused on homework supervision. Such divergence implies that services may implicitly widen gaps in students’ cumulative development rather than compensating for disadvantage. Moreover, a notable discord exists regarding satisfaction: while rural students often report higher satisfaction reflecting adaptive preferences, rural parents express significantly lower satisfaction than their urban counterparts due to unmet aspirations for upward social mobility, highlighting a structural misalignment between standardised supply and substantive needs. Institutionally, this dislocation is attributed to inequalities in funding and incentives, where rural schools remain hindered by single-source dependency. In conclusion, the findings underscore the need for a policy paradigm shift from standardised coverage to differentiated compensation, paving the way for the construction of an urban-rural resource community (Ruan & Zhang, 2024) and refined teacher incentives (Yin & Wang, 2025), while offering the international community a clear implication: only a commitment to quality equity can prevent public education from functioning as an instrument of social stratification reproduction. References Fang, G., & Yang, J. (2023). New dilemmas of rural education development and differential justice approach from the perspective of high-quality urban-rural balance. Journal of South China Normal University (Social Science Edition), (3), 130–141. Fu, W., & Guo, S. (2024). The implementation of "Double Reduction" policy and new educational inequity: A survey based on 30 counties (cities, districts) in 6 provinces. Modern Education Management, (4), 42–51. https://doi.org/10.16697/j.1674-5485.2024.04.005 Gong, X., Liang, Y., & Gao, W. (2025). Cost sharing of after-school services in compulsory education schools: International experience, policy analysis and optimization path. Journal of The Chinese Society of Education, (2), 68–74. Liu, L., Long, A., & An, M. (2023). Research on the innovative path of "Double Reduction" after-school service empowered by National Smart Education Platform for Primary and Secondary Schools. China Educational Technology, (7), 78–84. Shi, D., Li, L., & Zhao, S. (2022). Research on primary school after-school service under the background of "Double Reduction" policy: Status, problems and countermeasures—Based on the survey analysis of nine counties and one district in H City, Yunnan Province. China Educational Technology, (11), 17–22, 31. Teng, Y., & Zhang, J. (2021). The urban-rural gap in student academic achievement and its influencing factors: An analysis based on PISA 2015 data. Education and Economy, 37(2), 58–67. Wen, J., & Gu, C. (2017). Urban-rural differences in the distribution of basic education resources and their social consequences: An analysis based on China’s education statistics data. Journal of East China Normal University (Educational Sciences), 35(2), 33–42. https://doi.org/10.16382/j.cnki.1000-5560.2017.02.004 Yin, Y., & Wang, Y. (2025). How to reduce the burden on teachers caused by after-school services: Analysis based on survey data from 28 cities in 7 provinces (autonomous regions, municipalities) across the country. Elementary and Secondary School Management, (2), 48–51. Yuan, C., & Mu, X. (2018). Discussion on the differentiation of urban and rural primary school science education under educational equity. Theory and Practice of Education, 38(23), 13–16. Zhao, Y., & Wang, X. (2025). Broad view and concise selection: After-school services in a global perspective and their policy implications. Global Education Outlook, 54(2), 145–160. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Capital, Context and Literacy Work in Rural and Coastal Schools in England University of Nottingham School of Education, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Low literacy levels are estimated to cost the UK economy at least £20 billion annually (EEF, 2018, p.2). The attainment gap between economically disadvantaged students and their peers is well established, with disparities in reading ability identified as a major contributing factor (Lawton & Warren, 2015). Recent survey data show that in 2025 only one in three (32.7%) children aged 8–18 reported enjoying reading “very much” or “quite a lot,” with daily reading declining with age and lower among pupils receiving Free School Meals (FSM) (Clark et al., 2025). Extensive research underscores the value of early intervention and sustained whole-school approaches to literacy (EEF, 2021). While primary schools in England have prioritised literacy teaching for nearly three decades, secondary schools have historically given less attention to identifying literacy needs and developing disciplinary literacy (Howell et al., 2021, p.2). This is now changing, with improving literacy in secondary education increasingly recognised as a national priority, especially for disadvantaged students. This paper examines how secondary schools in remote, rural and coastal contexts enact whole-school and disciplinary literacy in ways that address persistent equity gaps. While literacy interventions often emphasise programme fidelity, our analysis foregrounds system fit—how leadership, institutional conditions, and place mediate the effectiveness and transfer of evidence-informed approaches. The study contributes to European and international debates on rurality, social inequality, and educational opportunity, where rural–urban disparities in attainment and reading engagement remain a policy concern across many OECD and EU systems. Drawing on case studies of four secondary schools in Cumberland, England, we ask:
We conceptualise literacy improvement as a relational process shaped by the interaction of three forms of capital. Professional capital (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012) encompasses the human expertise, collaborative relationships and informed judgment that enable teachers to adapt evidence‑informed programmes such as Reciprocal Reading into meaningful, discipline‑specific practices in secondary subjects. Social capital, drawing on Bourdieu (1986), Coleman (1988) and Putnam (1993; 2000), refers to the networks, norms and bridging ties that broaden students’ aspirations, motivation and access to future opportunities an especially important dimension in rural and coastal communities marked by economic disadvantage and limited horizons. Institutional capital, informed by Bourdieu’s institutional forms and implementation scholarship, captures the organisational structures, governance arrangements, staffing, timetabling and data systems that support coherence, scalability and cumulative organisational learning. Together, these interdependent capitals shape how literacy initiatives are interpreted, enacted and sustained within schools.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected as part of a wider mixed methods evaluation of the Western Excellence in Learning and Leadership (WELL) programme aimed at enhancing educational outcomes, particularly for disadvantaged pupils in west Cumbria. From 18 school case studies across west Cumbria, we purposefully selected four secondaries (coastal/rural; varying disadvantage and performance) that implemented Reciprocal Reading (RR) at Key Stage 3 with whole school literacy ambitions. The schools served distinct but overlapping communities: the two coastal schools had higher Free School Meal rates and longstanding socio-economic disadvantage; the two rural schools had more dispersed intakes and historically stronger performance. Data collection combined several sources and methods. We conducted document analysis of school websites, Ofsted inspection reports, and the schools’ annual WELL implementation plans developed using the EEF model. Each case study involved semi structured, school based interviews with headteachers or deputy heads and with teachers or middle leaders, including literacy leads, with two researchers present during each visit. To capture change over time, follow up interviews with senior leaders were carried out between May and June to explore progress and emerging evidence of impact. In addition, we undertook interviews with 20 local and national system leaders such as Multi- Academy Trust (MAT) CEOs, local authority leaders, Ofsted and DfE regional leads, partnership chairs and the WELL programme Director conducted via Microsoft Teams across the three year period. Fieldwork occurred in Spring 2023 (School 1) and Spring 2024 (Schools 2–4), with subsequent follow-ups. Interviews were transcribed (auto + manual clean), imported to NVivo 14, and coded using dual codebooks (system leaders; school participants). We combined deductive coding (capital/implementation frameworks) with inductive theme generation, triangulating across documents, interviews, and follow-ups. Each case was written up individually, then subjected to cross case thematic analysis to identify commonalities, contrasts and contextual contingencies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper extends current understandings of disciplinary literacy by showing that programme strength without system fit risks shallow uptake and limited transfer beyond intervention groups. Where leaders align institutional structures (staffing, timetabling, assessment), build professional capital through practice-proximal CPD with subject exemplars, and intentionally cultivate bridging social capital (mentoring, employer links, university exposure), literacy strategies are more likely to become normalised across classrooms and to influence post-school trajectories. The paper offers actionable guidance for European systems facing similar demography and geography: select few high-leverage routines; stage implementation; invest in cross-subject coherence; and connect literacy to students’ imagined futures through sustained, place-conscious enrichment. By tracing how knowledge about effective literacy practices is interpreted, adapted and enacted within shifting institutional and place-based conditions, the study illuminates how education research can better bridge the gap between knowing and acting in contexts marked by persistent inequities. References Clark, C., Picton, I., Cole., A. (2025). Children and young people’s reading in 2025. National Literacy Trust. Report. https://nlt.hacdn.io/media/documents/Children_and_young_peoples_reading_in_2025_bqtGfIs.pdf Coleman, J. S. (1988). Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital. American Journal of Sociology, 94(1), S95–S120. http://www.jstor.org/stable/2780243 CofE (Church of England Education Office). (2018). Embracing Change: Rural and Small Schools. London: CofE Education Office Deming, W. E. (1993). The new economics for industry, government, education (2nd ed.). MIT Press. DfE (Department for Education). (2021). The reading framework: Teaching the foundations of literacy. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-reading-framework-teaching-the-foundations-of-literacy EEF (Education Endowment Foundation). (2021). Improving literacy in secondary schools. https://educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk/education-evidence/guidance-reports/literacy-ks3-ks4 García-Marirrodriga, R. (2024). Social capital in action for strengthening rural schools. Prospects 54, 393–400. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-024-09682-z Greany, T., Adkins, M., Hudson, G., Cordingley, P., and Crisp, B., (2024) WELL Project Evaluation Report: Year 2 – 2022-2023. University of Nottingham Greany, T., Adkins, M., Yakavets, N., Cordingley, P., and Crisp, B., (2025) WELL Project Evaluation Report: Year 2 – 2023-2024. University of Nottingham Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. Teachers College Press. Healy, T. (2002). Social Capital: The Challenge of International Measurement -Paper The Measurement of Social Capital at International Level. Paris. Retrieved June 20, 2025. Moloi, M.N. & Dlomo, S.S. (2024). Revitalizing rural areas by boosting educational advancement through social capital integration. International Journal of Educational Management and Development Studies, 5(4), 112-135. https://doi.org/10.53378/ijemds.353116 Mukeredzi, T. G. (2021). Developing professional capital in rural South African schools: A cohort-based teacher preparation model. In White, S., & Downey, C. (Eds.), Rural education across the world: Models of innovative practice and impact (pp. 145–160). Springer. Nahapiet, J., & Ghoshal, S. (1998). Social capital, intellectual capital, and the organizational advantage. Academy of Management Review, 23(2), 242–266. https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.1998.533225 Ovenden-Hope, T. and Passy, R. (2019). Educational Isolation: a challenge for schools in England. Plymouth: Plymouth Marjon University and University of Plymouth Putnam, R. D. (2000). Bowling alone: the collapse and revival of American community. Simon & Schuster. Putnam, R. (1993). The prosperous community: Social capital and public life. American Prospects, 13, 35–42. Sharples, J., B. Albers and S. Fraser (2018), Putting Evidence to Work: A School’s Guide to Implementation, Education Endowment Foundation, London, https://educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk/education-evidence/guidance-reports/implementation Wyse, D., and A. Bradbury (2022). Reading wars or reading reconciliation? A critical examination of robust research evidence, curriculum policy and teachers’ practices for teaching phonics and reading. Review of Education. 10(1), 1-53 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Preventing School Closure in Rural Areas: A Scottish Case Study 1: University of St Andrews, United Kingdom; 2: University of the Highlands and Islands, United Kingdom; 3: James Hutton Institute, United Kingdom Presenting Author:*Please note that the exploration phase of this research was presented at ECER2023. This contribution will present its latest findings. As a result, the ECER2026 proposal is similar to the proposal submitted in 2023.* Proposal Information We examine the impact of the regulatory framework introduced to safeguard Scottish schools in 2010, focusing specifically on the Schools (Consultation) (Scotland) Act (2010). Using Scottish state school datasets, we analyse changes in both the number and geographic distribution of schools between 2013 and 2024, and we consider the future distribution of small schools over the next two years. Our comparison allows us to highlight that (1) school closures have affected both primary and secondary schools, (2) closure is not only a “rural” feature, and (3) by 2024, “small” has become predominantly a rural characteristic. School closures have long been controversial, and the closure process has been widely documented internationally, particularly in Europe. In rural contexts, small schools are often closed due to financial pressures linked to low enrolment numbers and difficulties in attracting and retaining staff (Fargas-Malet & Bagley, 2021; Gristy et al., 2020; Kvalsund & Hargreaves, 2009). The consequences of closures for pupils and communities are well established. For example, longer travel times can negatively affect pupils’ wellbeing, and the viability of rural communities can be undermined (Cannella, 2020; Beach et al., 2018; Kvalsund, 2009). More recently, however, deficit narratives have been challenged, and small schools have been shown to possess distinctive strengths associated with their scale. Literature highlights their capacity to enable high-quality learning experiences, innovative pedagogical approaches, and curriculum creativity (Raggl, 2020; Schafft, 2016; Gristy et al., 2020). In Scotland, the increasing number of school closures at the turn of 2010s and how these closures were decided raised deep concerns among the public and rural communities (Redford, 2013). Safeguarding rural schools and communities became a key education policy in Scotland by the end of 2000s. Between 1995 and 2013, 467 schools closed or merged in Scotland with the largest number of closures taking place in 2007, 2010 and 2011. The Act (2010) which details the consultation process which must be followed when a local authority proposes to close a school came into force and was amended in 2012 after consultations (Kidner, 2013). According to recent data, more than 200 schools closed between 2013 and 2024. Our paper seeks to enhance understanding of (1) the regulatory system designed to safeguard schools, and (2) the effects of the Act on the closure of rural schools over the past decade. We conclude by discussing the lessons that Scottish communities—and rural communities elsewhere in Europe—can draw from this regulatory model. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our exploration rests on two concepts: ‘small’ and ‘rurality’. As ‘small schools’ are not defined in the current Scottish Government policy documents, we adopt the maximum size threshold for primary or secondary schools proposed by Dowling (2009) and Kidner (2013) in their examination of the challenges faced by small schools in Scotland prior to the introduction of the Schools (Consultation) (Scotland) Act (2010). Our rurality framework builds on the methodology developed by Lasselle and Johnson (2021) and Lasselle (2021), based on official Scottish Government statistics and definitions. This allows us to compare and contrast two complementary approaches to measure rurality. The first approach considers the traditional urban/rural divide. The school is then considered either in an urban area, or a rural area. The second approach considers a more disaggregated divide in which remoteness is introduced alongside rural and urban. By combining these two approaches with the school-size thresholds, we can construct an indicator that captures schools’ characteristics in both dimensions. We can then compare and contrast the distributions of primary schools and secondary schools according to their size and their location in 2013 and in 2024. Our work is data-driven and Scottish-based. However, it can be replicated in many countries with standard rural/urban classification and schools statistics collection including their location and size. The choice of Scotland as a case study is motivated by two reasons. First, the location spectrum of school location is large. It includes remote island, large remote rural areas in the mainland, town in a remote areas allowing us to distinguish various types of communities. Second, school attainment in rural and remote areas is unusual compared to those observed in the rest of the UK and Europe. Indeed, in Scotland, attainment in remote areas can be lower than that observed in more urban areas, following the pattern pointed out by Echazarra and Radinger (2019). However, attainment in rural areas is unusually higher (Lasselle & Johnson, 2021; Scottish government, 2021). Closure in rural areas in terms of educational benefits may become debatable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis of school closures in Scotland between 2013 and 2024 lead to three main findings. First, closures have proportionally affected secondary schools more than primary schools, with secondary schools in urban areas experiencing the greatest impact. This contrasts with the common assumption that small rural primaries are most vulnerable to closure. Second, by 2024 the category of “small” has become almost exclusively a rural characteristic for both primary and secondary schools. Third, our findings suggest that the Schools (Consultation) (Scotland) Act (2010) has played a role in reducing the closure rate of rural schools, contributing to their greater protection over the past decade. However, the evidence also raises important questions about the role of the COVID pandemic and the ongoing role of communities in terms of their responses to proposed closures, the extent of their influence within the statutory consultation process, and the differential capacity of rural and urban communities to participate effectively. References Beach, D., Johansson, M., Öhrn, E. et al. (2019) Rurality and education relations; Metro-centricity and local values in rural communities and rural schools. European Educational Research Journal, 18(1), 19-33. Cannella, G. (2020) Globalizing the local and localizing the global: The role of the ICT in isolated mountain and island schools in Italy. In Gristy et al. Dowling, J. (2009) Changes and challenges: Key issues for Scottish rural schools and communities. International Journal of Educational Research, 48, 129-139. Fargas-Malet, M., & Bagley, C. (2021) Is small beautiful? A scoping review of 21st-century research on small rural schools in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, 21(5), 1-23. Georghiou, N. (2006) School Closures Update. Edinburgh: Scottish Parliament. Georghiou, N. (2009) Schools Consultation (Scotland) Bill 2009. Edinburgh: Scottish Parliament. Available at: http://www.scottish.parliament.uk/SPICeResources/Research%20briefings%20and%20fact%20sheets/S B09-29.pd Gristy, C., Hargreaves, L. & Kučerová, S.R. (2020) Educational Research and Schooling in Rural Europe: An Engagement with Changing Patterns of Education, Space and Place. Information Age Publishing. Kvalsund, R. (2009) Centralized decentralization or decentralized centralization? A review of newer Norwegian research on schools and their communities. International Journal of Educational Research 48(2), 89–99. Kvalsund, R. & Hargreaves, L. (2009) Reviews of research in rural schools and their communities: Analytical perspectives and a new agenda. International Journal of Educational Research, 48(2), 140–149. Kidner, C. (2013) Children and young people (Scotland) Bill: School Closures. SPICe Briefing 13/77. Edinburgh: Scottish Parliament. Lasselle, L. & Johnson, M. (2021) Levelling the playing field between rural schools and urban schools in a HE context: A Scottish case study. British Educational Research Journal, 47(2), 450-468. Raggl, A. (2020) Small rural primary schools in Austria. Places of Innovation? In Gristy et al. Redford, M. (2014) The Political Administration of Scottish Education 2007 – 2012. In Bryce T, Humes W, Gillies D. & Kennedy A. (eds) Scottish Education 4th ed., Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press Roberts, P. & Fuqua, M. (2021) Ruraling Education Research: Connections between rurality and the disciplines of educational research. Springer. Schafft, K.A. (2016) Rural education as rural development: Understanding the rural school–community well-being linkage in a 21st-century policy context. Peabody Journal of Education, 91:2, 137-154. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 15 SES 05 A: Forging Your Pathway Through a Paradigm Shift: How we Authentically Engage with Partners in Higher Education Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Valerie Farnsworth Research Workshop |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Research Workshop Forging Your Pathway Through a Paradigm Shift: How we Authentically Engage with Partners in Higher Education University of Leeds, United Kingdom Presenting Author:It’s 10 years since the Vancouver Statement (Towle et al, 2016), a statement aimed at decision makers responsible for the education of health and social care which clearly articulates the need to involve patients and carers in the education of health and social care professionals. It’s timely to revisit the concept of partnership and education, with a focus on healthcare professions, but recognising the transferability to other professions. In the UK, health and social care professional education is formalised in Higher Education. We propose a workshop that brings lessons learned in health professions to other areas of higher education and education research. Partnerships are not a static concept; they evolve over time and move from patient involvement to patient partnerships. This evolution takes time to nurture and face numerous challenges including shifting hierarchical structures, barriers in communication, curriculum redesign, in addition to staff and time resources. Appropriate support and organisational change are needed to reap the advantages of partnerships including diverse perspectives, knowledge exchange, learning from, with and about each other. We argue it is essential to flatten hierarchical relationships, learning from patients, not just to advance health research but also to ensure education research does not become another tool to legitimise actions we have come to accept as the norm. Patient partners can help us generate new knowledge and challenge assumptions. In education research, there is a need for diverse stakeholder inclusion to challenge educational inequalities. Building partnerships into education research starts with a partnership in education, where patient educators bring a unique skill set and positionality. In our context, undergraduate and post-graduate medicine and health professions professional programmes, partner with the Patient | Carer Community (PCC) who deliver teaching and mentor students. We enhance education and research in education if we authentically engage with patients as partners. Ultimately, we want to support best practice in healthcare, which includes tackling health inequalities. This means valuing the patient experience and patient knowledge. Our PCC-educators also bring knowledge of teaching and learning. While academic and clinical educators are accountable to professional standards and Higher Education policy guidance, PCC-educators are guided by authentic learning goals that consider what the learner needs to best care for the patient in front of them. Unfortunately, over the years, our PCC-educators have found they can operate outside the established practices and structures which positions them on the margins. This marginalisation is counter-productive to partnerships. In this workshop, we will trace the lack of perceived value experienced, to differences in how education and teaching philosophies are understood. A PCC-educator from Leeds will guide participants to reflect on a humanist teaching philosophy. Participants will work in groups to analyse the implications of teaching philosophies for conducting educational research. In this way, we explore how we move from positioning patients and caregivers as primarily providing lived experience to being partners in shaping research agendas (Richards et al , 2025). Partnerships can feel tokenistic with a tendency to defer to professional expertise. On a practical level, partnership working means having a shared language to discuss our differences and commonalities, ideally learning from each other. Teaching someone the ‘language’ of education is education. Thus, on the one hand, we educate patients and carers to be educators, and on the other, patient-educators educate our future doctors. We believe the approach taken at the University of Leeds to empowering PCC-educators to teach our students can apply to partnership working in research and scholarship. Ultimately, through partnership with the PCC, and engaging with the PCC’s maxim of ‘person first, patient second,’ we challenge paradigmatic thinking that privileges scientific knowledge, objectivity and technology (e.g. AI). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Activity 1: The workshop applies a constructivist approach (Resnick & Glaser, 2016). This workshop will begin with an activity that challenges power dynamics and help people move out of their comfort zone (e.g. de Bono’s ‘thinking hats’). We all get comfortable in doing things the way we know and rely on. Experiencing unfamiliar tasks can move people to think compassionately, moving from what we already know to creating new knowledge through active participation. After a brief contextualising of our educational provision and patient partnership, one of our PCC-educators will present his perspective which comes from his experience. Activity 2: Facilitated small group discussion that are formed by research topics of interest to those in the workshop. Groups will decide on a topic to discuss having heard Tony’s perspective on education, underpinned by theologically grounded humanist thinking (Teilhard de Chardin, 1955): - Assessment and Assessment for Learning - Diversity and cultural humility - Wellbeing and self-directed learning Groups first discuss points of similarity and difference in perspectives on education and the topic being discussed at their table. They then consider their own research in these areas or related research with these questions in mind: - How might your research questions differ? - How might your methodology differ? - How might your methods be adapted? - How might your message to policy makers be adjusted? The ‘perspective’ will be understood as a framework. We work with Tony's perspective but it could apply to other stakeholder or indigenous perspectives. The aim is to illustrate the benefits of sharing understandings of fundamental principles and perspectives. Activity 3: Share positive examples of good practice, lessons learned when working in an inclusive partnership with patient-educators and addressing challenges faced in the HE context. Participants are invited to share lessons learned in their partnership working in education and education research. We will consider who our partners are, what makes a good partnership and how we facilitate this. Importantly we will consider working authentically to influence policy and practice with internal and external partners. In addition, we will discuss how we can overcome these challenges by creating a culture of open respect, open communications and creating an environment of mutual understanding and recognition. Activity 4: Each participant will develop a Partnership Project Impact Framework to consider reach and impact of partnership working. They will set actions for how they will develop partnerships which democratise knowledge production and leads to inclusive research projects with impact. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are several things that brought this partnership team together to facilitate this workshop, these were primarily our shared sense of purpose, which drives us to create inclusive, robust, rigorous and impactful education research. Coupling our sense of purpose with our ability to view the world through differing lens’ enables us to embrace broader perspectives supporting us to understand, grow and thrive as equal partners. This workshop draws together our various areas of expertise. Tony is a husband, father and grandfather and joint carer for his adult child. He has a challenging chronic condition himself and has accompanied his wife through healthcare challenges. A retired Head Teacher, he has a personal interest in the interface between philosophy, science and theology. Jools has a twenty-four-year career in building communities. She aims to create an ecosystem of respect and equality, promoting unity and diversity. Valerie has 10 years of experience leading workshops on educational research with clinical educators, medical students and postgraduate researchers in medicine and health professions education. Adele has been leading interprofessional teams in the healthcare context for more than 25 years, working in partnership teams across NHS, HEI, Regulatory Bodies and policy makers where inclusive research and patient and public involvement and engagement has been integral. We have embarked on a journey to work together on improving education through research and scholarship. Our collaboration creates a space that makes the most of these areas of expertise and builds projects that value the intersections of research practice, learning theory/teaching philosophy and partnership working. Learning from, with and about each other is at the heart of interprofessional education and research. We see this workshop as part of our learning journey where we learn from our participants and from each other as we collaborate to run this workshop at the ECER conference. References Resnick, L. B., & Glaser, R. (2016). Knowing, learning, and instruction: essays in honor of Robert Glaser. Routledge. Richards, D.P., Bowden, J., Gee, P. et al. The ultimate power play in research - partnering with patients, partnering with power. Res Involv Engagem 11, 65 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40900-025-00745-9 Symons, J. Teilhard de Chardin, P. (1955) The Human Phenomenon. Sussex Academic Press. Towle A., Farrell, C., Gaines, M.E., Godolphin, w., John, G., Lown, B., Morris, P., Symons, J. & Thistlewaite J (2016) The patients voice in health and social care professional education. International Journal of Health Governance. Vol 21, 1, pp18-25 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 16 SES 05 A: Beyond Bans: European Policy Responses to Children’s Digital Lives – Restriction, Empowerment, or Trust? Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Cornelia Connolly Session Chair: Philippe Gabriel Symposium |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Symposium Beyond Bans: European Policy Responses to Children’s Digital Lives – Restriction, Empowerment, or Trust? This Network 16 symposium addresses the ECER 2026 theme “Education in Times of Uncertainty” by examining a critical turning point in European educational policy: the global shift toward restricting children’s digital device use. Drawing on Biesta’s (2013) notion of the ‘risk of education’, we question whether these new ‘disconnect’ policies attempt to eliminate the inherent uncertainty of digital socialization through control, or if they represent a necessary safeguarding of the pedagogical space. Comparing four distinct European contexts (France, UK, Portugal, and Scandinavia), this session moves beyond simple “pro/anti-screen” binaries to analyze the underlying political and pedagogical rationales of these new regulations. Paper 1 (France) opens the discussion with a longitudinal analysis of the French “prohibitionist turn” (2016-2026). Gabriel demonstrates how public policy has shifted from a health-based paradigm to a disciplinary one, culminating in the 2025 “Digital Pause”. The paper highlights the tension for teachers, now tasked with being “screen regulators” without adequate professional training in digital sociology. Paper 2 (UK) provides a critical theoretical counterpoint. Costa. challenges the “misplaced accountability” of UK policies (like the Dorset Council ban), arguing that they offload systemic failures of platform governance onto young individuals. Using Honneth’s theory of recognition, she critiques these “pedagogies of fear” and calls for addressing the structural conditions of digital harm rather than simply removing devices. Paper 3 (Portugal) offers a contrasting Southern European perspective. Freitas and colleagues examine how Portugal’s 2025 recommendations balance restriction with a framework of “ethical care”. By framing digital citizenship as a constellation of rights and duties, this contribution illustrates how schools can foster moral agency and participation, moving from prohibition to “ethical mediation”. Paper 4 (Scandinavie) expands the scope to the Nordic model. Hillen’s systematic review questions whether recent regulations in Norway, Denmark, Sweden, and Finland align with traditional Scandinavian values of trust and democracy. It investigates whether these measures represent a “technological step back” or a necessary recalibration to protect children’s development within highly digitized welfare states. Collectively, these contributions reveal a “European paradox”: while policymakers increasingly restrict access to protect youth, TALIS 2024 data (OECD, 2025) shows that teachers lack the “digital mediation competencies” required to navigate this landscape. The symposium concludes that moving beyond bans requires re-professionalizing teachers not as enforcers, but as critical mediators of a complex digital reality. References Biesta, G. J. J. (2013). The Beautiful Risk of Education. Paradigm Publishers. OECD (2025),Results from TALIS 2024: The State of Teaching, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris,https://doi.org/10.1787/90df6235-en. Presentations of the Symposium Evolution of French Policies Regarding Screen Time (2016-2026): From Health Protection to Educational Regulation.
In a context where French children aged 6 to 17 spend an average of more than 4 hours a day in front of a screen (Esteban, 2020), France has radically changed its regulatory framework over the last decade. This contribution analyses how French public policies have shifted from a framework based on health protection (2016-2020) to one based on educational regulation and restriction (2024-2026). We explore the justification for these policies through scientific reports and their implementation in school and family contexts.
We conducted a critical analysis of official texts and scientific reports published between 2016 and 2026. The initial phase (2019-2022) was justified by health authorities (ANSES, 2020; HCSP, 2020), which highlighted risks to sleep, physical inactivity, and mental health. These reports legitimised ‘soft law’ approaches (Plan 2022; DITP, 2022). A break occurred in 2024 with the Presidential Commission on Screens (2024). Beyond developmental threats, the commission highlighted systemic risks associated with exposure to unregulated content (pornography, algorithmic addiction), citing ARCOM (2023) on pornography exposure (30% of 11-18 year-olds) and ANSES (2024) on algorithmic addiction, paving the way for ‘hard law’. This transition culminated in the 2024 law aimed at securing and regulating the digital space (RF, 2024), and the 2025 ‘Digital Pause’, which imposes a ban on smartphones and restricts digital workspaces (ENT) to sanitize the learning environment.
We analyze the tension between protection (interdiction) and education (digital citizenship). This regulatory hardening is not a panic reaction but a doctrinal build-up visible in institutional discourse since 2020, shifting from technical protection (filtering) to critical digital citizenship (AI, fake news, cyberbullying). While the “Digital Break” (2025) reduces immediate exposure, it poses challenges regarding social inequalities. Furthermore, drawing on the work of Roebroeck and Gabriel, we argue that this shift fundamentally alters the professionality of teachers. Educators are now required to navigate between the roles of “screen regulators”, “literacy builders“, and “critical mediators” against emerging threats (AI misuse, disinformation, foreign influence). However, this policy shift dramatically outpaces the training engineering necessary to support professionals, occurring amidst a stalled national teacher training reform that leaves educators in a state of uncertainty.
Implicitly comparing the French “prohibitionist” turn with international trends, we conclude that regulation is necessary but risks ineffectiveness without massive investment in support and professional development.
Keywords: Screen time regulation, Educational Policy, Digital well-being, Teacher Professionality, French Education System.
References:
ANSES. (2025). Avis de l’Anses relatif aux « effets de l’usage des réseaux sociaux numériques sur la santé des adolescents ». Agence nationale de sécurité sanitaire.
ARCOM (2023). La fréquentation des sites « adultes » par les mineurs.
Commission d’experts sur l’exposition des enfants aux écrans. (2024). Enfants et écrans : à la recherche du temps perdu. République française.
Gabriel, P. et Roebroeck, E. (2025). Ingénierie de formation dans les milieux ruraux : Analyse des besoins, adaptation aux publics et aux territoires isolés, et intégration des outils numériques pour les formations médico-techniques. Dans S. Guillon, J.-Y. Causer et S. Zaouani-Denoux (dir.), L’accompagnement au temps des vulnérabilités : professionnaliser les espaces d’éducation et de formation. Peter Lang.
Haut Conseil de la santé publique (HCSP). (2020). Analyse des données scientifiques : Effets de l'exposition des enfants et des jeunes aux écrans. Paris.
Ministère de l'Éducation Nationale. (2025). Circulaire MENE2519904C: Promouvoir un numérique raisonné à l’École. Bulletin Officiel de l'Éducation Nationale.
République Française (2024). Loi n° 2024-449 du 21 mai 2024 visant à sécuriser et à réguler l'espace numérique. Journal Officiel de la République Française.
Santé publique France (2020 février). Étude de santé sur l'environnement, la biosurveillance, l'activité physique et la nutrition (Esteban 2014-2016) – 2ème éd.
Misplaced Accountability: Rethinking Digital Well-Being in the Context of Restrictive Policies and Pedagogies
Across the UK and internationally, governments are increasingly proposing or implementing restrictive measures on young people’s digital participation. Particularly smartphone bans in and around schools are framed as safeguarding and mental-health interventions (see Rahali, Kidron, and Livingstone,2024). This symposium contribution interrogates the assumptions underpinning these policy responses and their implications for digital well-being. It argues that such measures reflect a misplaced attribution of accountability, whereby young people are made to bear the consequences of systemic failures in platform governance, educational policy, and commercial digital infrastructures.
Rather than addressing the social, cultural, and relational conditions that shape digital harm (Costa and Oliver, 2025), risk-management approaches reduce digital well-being to a technical problem solvable through prohibition. Focusing on the UK context, where local authorities such as Dorset Council (see Tappenden, 2026) as well as the House of Lords1 aim to introduce phone bans, the paper critically examines how these interventions obscure the ethical, pedagogical, and participatory dimensions of digital life (Costa et al., 2025). These policies not only curtail young people’s freedoms but also sit in direct conflict with national ambitions for a digitally skilled workforce. Moreover, they are often informed by psychological discourses of addiction that promote pedagogies of fear, restriction, and mistrust.
In response, the paper advances a pedagogy of empowerment grounded in intersubjective understandings of digital life, drawing on Honneth's (1996) seminal work of interpersonal recognition. It reframes digital well-being as a collective ethical project, calling for nuanced policy approaches that move beyond digital bans and towards a pedagogy of empowerment and shared responsibility.
Keywords: digital wellbeing; mobile phone bans; risk management; digital freedoms, recognition
____
1. On the 20th January 2026, the UK Parliament debated banning phones or social media for under-16s. The House of Lords backed an amendment to the children’s wellbeing and schools bill, but at the time of writing the government is still consulting on this matter. Driven by mental-health concerns, recommendations include age limits, curfews, and stronger age checks, inspired by the Australian ban.
References:
Costa, C., Bhatia, P., Murphy, M., & Pereira, A. L. (2023). Digital Education Colonized by Design: Curriculum Reimagined. Education Sciences, 13(9), 895. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13090895
Costa, C., & Oliver, M. (2025). Young people and digital literacy learning: Co-producing critical citizenship practices. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 0(0), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2025.2593611
Honneth, A. (1996). Struggle for Recognition: The Moral Grammar of Social Conflicts (New Ed edition). Polity.
Rahali, M., Kidron, B., and Livingstone, S. (2024). Smartphone policies in schools: What does the evidence say? Digital Futures for Children centre, LSE and 5Rights Foundation.
Tappenden, R. (2026, January 14). Dorset Council encourages schools to ban smart phones. BBC News. https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/articles/c7v0red888yo
K-12 Students’ Experiences of Digital Ethics in Portuguese Schools: Digital Citizenship Education as Political and Ethical Care
ebates on children’s and adolescents’ digital media use increasingly oscillate between restrictive regulatory approaches and emancipatory educational responses [1]. Digital citizenship education, understood as a constellation of rights, duties, participation, and identity in relation to digital processes, environments, and artefacts [2], provides a useful lens for analysing national policy responses to young people’s digital lives. In Portugal, an internationally recognised legislative framework promoting inclusive education and curricular flexibility enables schools to address digital issues through both regulation and pedagogical-ethical reflection. Recent national recommendations on digital education and school wellbeing further develop this approach by combining measures that limit smartphone use in schools [3] with calls for critical, participatory, and formative engagement with students’ digital practices [4]. Situated within this context, this paper presents findings from an international literature review conducted as part of a mixed-methods exploratory research project examining digital ethics as a structural dimension of inclusive K-12 digital education. Acknowledging the complexities of researching children’s lived experiences [5], the review draws on systematic searches across EBSCO, Web of Science, and Scopus, identifying four core dimensions of digital ethics in compulsory education: responsible and safe technology use; values, virtues, and digital citizenship; moral reasoning and social interaction; and emerging and interactive technologies. Building on this framework, the analysis proposes six educational dimensions shaping students’ educational experiences and trajectories, including curricular integration of digital ethics; critical reflection on use, privacy, and rights; experiential learning through gamification and collaborative digital tools; engagement with concepts such as ethical hacking; the role of whole-school cultures and institutional policies; and the development of socio-emotional competencies such as empathy, collaboration, and harm prevention (e.g. cyberbullying and sexting). By foregrounding participation, responsibility, and moral imagination, the paper positions digital citizenship education as a form of political and ethical care, emphasising teachers as ethical mediators and schools as spaces for moral agency and collective responsibility in children’s and adolescents’ digital lives.
Keywords: digital ethics; digital citizenship; k-12 education; students’ educational experiences; Portuguese policy
References:
[1] Emejulu, A., & McGregor, C. (2019). Towards a radical digital citizenship in digital education. Critical Studies in Education, 60(1), 131–147. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2016.1234494
[2] Richardson, J., & Milovidov, E. (2023). Digital citizenship education handbook: Being online, well-being online, rights online. Council of Europe Education Department. https://www.coe.int/en/web/education/-/digital-citizenship-education-handbook
[3] Portuguese Government (2025). Recomendações às escolas para a operacionalização das regras e recomendações sobre o uso de smartphones nos espaços escolares [Recommendations to schools for the implementation of rules and guidance on the use of smartphones in school premises]. Ministério da Educação, Ciência e Inovação - recomendação 2025-08-25. https://www.portugal.gov.pt/pt/gc25/comunicacao/documento?i=recomendacoes-as-escolas-para-a-operacionalizacao-das-regras-e-recomendacoes-sobre-o-uso-de-smartphones-nos-espacos-escolares
[4] Nada, C. et al. (2025). Recomendações para a promoção do bem-estar digital nas escolas [Recommendations for the promotion of digital wellbeing in schools]. Ministério da Educação, Ciência e Inovação - Direção-Geral da Educação. https://www.dge.mec.pt/noticias/divulgacao-das-recomendacoes-para-promocao-do-bem-estar-digital-nas-escolas
[5] Freitas, A., & Frangella, R. (2026). Resistance, creativity, and critique in researching with children through arts-based narrative inquiry: Aporetics of subalternity as methodological knowledge in education. European Journal of Education, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.70486
Regulating the Use of Digital Tools in Education in Scandinavia – Freeing - Protecting or Technological Steps Back
Trust, equality and democracy are important pillars of Scandinavian educational systems. Recently, Scandinavian countries have introduced guidelines to regulate the use of digital tools in education. Examples include banning phones, reducing screen time and teaching critical digital literacy. Are these policies intended to free, protect or hinder technological development for the sake of children’s development, or are they seen as safeguards for educational systems? To what extent will these trends affect the previous concept of digitalization in education (Olofsson & Lindberg, 2021)? The research question is: How do education policies in Norway, Denmark, Sweden and Finland regulate the use of digital tools in compulsory school, and what educational, social, and wellbeing intentions and rationales are behind these regulations?
A systematic review (Bearman et al., 2012) will be conducted based on white-papers, national curricula, regulation and laws will be conducted. The sub-research questions will address the following:
Is there a Nordic policy trend visible?
Do individual nations address these concerns differently, yielding different objectives?
Are there already empirical results or effects of these kinds of measures?
Keywords: digital policies, Scandinavian education, digital use regulations, literature review
References:
Bearman, M., Smith, C. D., Carbone, A., Slade, S., Baik, C., Hughes-Warrington, M., & Neumann, D. L. (2012). Systematic review methodology in higher education. Higher Education Research & Development, 31(5), 625–640. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2012.702735
Finnish Government. (2024). Government Bill HE 212/2024 vp: Amendment of the Basic Education Act. https://www.eduskunta.fi/FI/vaski/HallituksenEsitys/Sivut/HE_212+2024.aspx
Government Offices of Sweden. (2024). Investing in more reading time and less screen time in school. https://www.government.se/articles/2024/02/government-investing-in-more-reading-time-and-less-screen-time/
Ministry of Children and Education, Denmark. (2025). Agreement on mobile-free primary schools and after-school care. https://www.uvm.dk/aktuelt/nyheder/uvm/2025/september/250930-ny-aftale-om-mobilfrie-folkeskoler-og-fritidstilbud
Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research. (2024). NOU 2024:20 – Screen use by children and young people. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/nou-2024-20/id3073644/
Olofsson, A. D., & Lindberg, J. O. (2021). A glimpse of a Nordic model? Policy and practice in the digitalisation of the K-12 school and teacher education in Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden: Editorial introduction. Education Inquiry, 12(4), 311–316. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2021.1988451
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 16 SES 05 B Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Enda Donlon Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper From Hype to Habit: What Makes Teachers Say Yes to Generative AI in Education? Alqasemi Collage, Israel Presenting Author:Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) is increasingly shaping educational practice by supporting personalized learning, assisting instructional planning, and automating routine tasks. Alongside these opportunities, GenAI introduces pedagogical, ethical, and organizational challenges, including issues of academic integrity, the reliability and bias of generated outputs, data privacy, and transparency in decision-making (Altinay et al., 2024; Eden et al., 2024). Given that GenAI can influence core teaching activities, its integration requires careful consideration of both classroom practice and institutional policy. Teachers, as the primary agents of change within classrooms, play a decisive role in determining the success of GenAI integration. Their perceptions, acceptance, and preparedness directly influence the extent to which GenAI tools are meaningfully integrated into classroom practice (Eden et al., 2024; Zhai, 2024). In practice, teachers must decide when GenAI can support learning, how to validate outputs, and how to manage student use while maintaining fairness and accountability. These demands make it important to identify the factors that influence teachers’ acceptance and intention to use GenAI, rather than focusing on adoption as a purely technical choice. The Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT) provide a well-established framework for examining such factors (Venkatesh et al., 2003). UTAUT proposes that technology adoption is shaped by four main determinants: performance expectancy, effort expectancy, social influence, and facilitating conditions. Applied to GenAI, performance expectancy concerns whether teachers believe GenAI improves teaching effectiveness, instructional quality, or efficiency. Effort expectancy refers to perceived ease of learning and using GenAI tools. Social influence reflects perceived expectations and support from colleagues, school leadership, and professional communities. Facilitating conditions include access to infrastructure, clear guidelines, and professional development that enable teachers to implement GenAI effectively (Xue et al., 2024; Zhai, 2024). While UTAUT has been widely used to study teachers’ adoption of educational technologies (Benicio et al., 2024; Pérez, 2024), empirical research addressing GenAI is still emerging. Most of the existing studies focus on digital tools in general, whereas GenAI presents distinct features—generative outputs, uncertainty in responses, and implications for authorship and assessment—that may alter the relative importance of UTAUT constructs. In addition, schools vary in their level of guidance, training provision, and access to approved tools, which may create substantial differences in teachers’ experiences and intentions. These conditions highlight the need for targeted evidence on how teachers evaluate GenAI and what predicts their willingness to integrate it into instruction. To address this gap, the present study aims to examine teachers’ perceptions and practices regarding the use of GenAI tools in education. Specifically, the study aims to analyze these perceptions through the lens of the UTAUT, and to identify the key factors that predict teachers’ behavioral intention to integrate GenAI tools into their instructional practices. This goal raised the following research questions: 1. How do teachers perceive and use GenAI tools in their educational practice? 2. How do teachers utilize GenAI tools in education, as reflected in the five dimensions of the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT) 3. What are the key predictors of teachers’ behavioral intention to use GenAI tools in teaching, as defined by the UTAUT model? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed-methods design was employed to examine teachers’ perceptions, practices, and behavioral intention regarding the use of GenAI in education. The study included a randomly selected sample of teachers (N = 100) from different educational levels and geographic regions. Quantitative data was collected via an online survey, complemented by qualitative insights drawn from an open-ended question. The online survey comprised three sections: Section 1: Demographic information. Participants reported gender, age, and teaching experience. Section 2: GenAI use and familiarity. This section examined the extent and nature of teachers’ engagement with GenAI tools. It included four closed-ended items addressing frequency of use, level of familiarity, and purposes of use, as well as one open-ended item inviting participants to list specific GenAI applications they had used. Section 3: UTAUT dimensions and behavioral intention. Teachers’ perceptions and intentions were measured using a 17-item scale grounded in the UTAUT (Venkatesh et al., 2003). Items were rated on a five-point Likert scale (1 = strongly disagree, 5 = strongly agree) and distributed across five constructs: Performance Expectancy (4 items; e.g., “Using AI tools is beneficial in teaching”), Effort Expectancy (4 items; e.g., “It is easy for teachers to become skilled in using AI tools”), Social Influence (3 items; e.g., “The school supports teachers in learning to use AI tools”), Facilitating Conditions (3 items; e.g., “Teachers have access to the necessary resources to practice using AI tools”), and Behavioral Intention (3 items; e.g., “I intend to use AI tools in teaching whenever possible”). Internal consistency was assessed using Cronbach’s alpha. The overall scale demonstrated high reliability (α = .90). Reliability estimates for the subscales were acceptable to strong: performance expectancy (α = .79), effort expectancy (α = .66), social influence (α = .79), facilitating conditions (α = .85), and behavioral intention (α = .86), indicating that the instrument was suitable for examining teachers’ GenAI-related perceptions and intentions. Quantitative data were analyzed using SPSS (Version 27). Descriptive statistics (frequencies, means, and standard deviations) were computed for GenAI experience, frequency, familiarity, and purposes of use, as well as for UTAUT constructs. To identify predictors of teachers’ behavioral intention to use GenAI, linear regression analysis was conducted with UTAUT dimensions as independent variables. Qualitative responses from the open-ended question were analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Responses were coded and categorized to identify recurring themes, with particular attention to the types of GenAI tools used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings showed that most participants (77%) possess prior experience with GenAI, primarily utilizing ChatGPT for instructional support and lesson planning. Overall perceptions toward GenAI integration were positive (M = 3.47, SD = 0.61), indicating that educators generally recognize its professional utility Across the UTAUT dimensions, behavioral intention recorded the highest score (M = 3.73, SD =0.76), reflecting strong willingness to incorporate GenAI tools into teaching. Performance expectancy was also high (M = 3.67, SD = 0.63), suggesting that teachers believe GenAI can enhance teaching effectiveness and improve learning outcomes. Effort expectancy received a moderate rating (M = 3.44, SD = 0.91), implying that teachers perceive GenAI tools as learnable and manageable, though still associated with a non-trivial learning curve. Social influence was slightly lower (M = 3.30, SD = 0.78), pointing to mixed perceptions regarding encouragement and support from peers and institutions. Importantly, facilitating conditions received the lowest score (M = 3.14, SD = 0.88), highlighting a perceived lack of infrastructure, training opportunities, and technical or organizational support needed for effective AI integration. Regression results indicated that teachers’ behavioral intention to adopt GenAI was driven primarily by performance expectancy and facilitating conditions. This suggests that teachers’ adoption is motivated more by perceived pedagogical value and the availability of enabling resources than by ease of use or peer pressure. While teachers expressed confidence in GenAI’s potential, their ability to fully leverage these tools appears constrained by systemic barriers such as insufficient infrastructure, limited professional development, and inadequate institutional guidance. Overall, the study concludes that teachers demonstrate positive attitudes and strong intentions to use GenAI, but sustainable and meaningful integration depends on strengthening supportive conditions. Practical implications include prioritizing infrastructure investment, developing clear policies for responsible use, and providing targeted professional development to translate teachers’ intentions into effective classroom practice. References Altinay, Z., Altinay, F., Sharma, R. C., Dagli, G., Shadiev, R., Yikici, B., & Altinay, M. (2024). Capacity building for student teachers in learning, teaching artificial intelligence for quality of education. Societies, 14(8), 1-18. Benicio, G., Emma, V., Luigi, I., Francisco, S., Helen, C., Jahaira, E., & Jesús, C. (2024). Acceptance of Artificial Intelligence in University Contexts: A Conceptual Analysis Based on UTAUT2 Theory. Heliyon, 10(19), e38315-e38315. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e38315 Eden, C. A., Chisom, O. N., & Adeniyi, I. S. (2024). Integrating AI in education: Opportunities, challenges, and ethical considerations. Magna Scientia Advanced Research and Reviews, 10(2), 006-013. Perez, R. C. L. (2024). AI in higher education: Faculty perspective towards artificial intelligence through UTAUT approach. Ho Chi Minh City Open University Journal of Science - Social Sciences, 14(4), 32–50. https://doi.org/10.46223/hcmcoujs.soci.en.14.4.2851.2024 Venkatesh, V., Morris, M. G., Davis, G. B., & Davis, F. D. (2003). User acceptance of information technology: Toward a unified view. MIS quarterly, 425-478. Xue, L., Rashid, A. M., & Ouyang, S. (2024). The Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT) in Higher Education: A Systematic Review. SAGE Open, 14(1), 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440241229521582440241229570 Zhai, X. (2024). Transforming Teachers’ Roles and Agencies in the Era of Generative AI: Perceptions, Acceptance, Knowledge, and Practices. Journal of Science Education and Technology. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10956-024-10174-0 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Differences of University Teachers’ Stances, Uses and Knowledge on Generative AI Depending on Their Academic Discipline 1: Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona - CRiEDO, Spain; 2: Universidade de Vigo, Spain Presenting Author:Three years passed since the irruption of Generative AI (GenAI) and its impact on all aspects of our society, especially in education. Since the early stages of its appearance, experts have envisioned that knowledge, communication and information will change forever, labelling this phenomenon as the 4th industrial revolution. Regarding education, teachers incorporated some changes to their pedagogical practices, either because they choose to take advantage of the new techniques or possibilities that GenAI offers (f.i. incorporating learning activities with AI), or because they felt forced due to students’ use of GenAI (f.i. going back to exams to prevent students from using AI in assessment). Some studies have been carried out about the phenomenon, most of them analyzing local or institutional experiences. In these studies, researchers found that across higher education, GenAI is expanding unevenly: some university teachers recognize GenAI’s potential but use it only occasionally, citing limited training, support, and clear policies (Wang et al., 2025). However, these studies are focused on one part of the multidimensional phenomenon that GenAI is. Similarly as stated in the TPACK (Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge) model (Mishra & Koehler, 2006), GenAI in education is affected by the knowledge, uses and stances that teachers have regarding it and to understand the phenomenon and to being able to explain why the teachers are doing what they are doing, a multidimensional study is needed. In this line, Spain funded a research project across the country to analyze the policies and practices of GenAI in universities (PID2023-149069OA-I00). This is a necessary foundation for continuing the work, as a lack of evidence on the present condition of the higher education system hinders the ability to formulate strategies and plan next steps, including those related to training, policy, human resources, and infrastructure. Despite its massive potential, GenAI is a technological tool and, as it happened with previous technologies, it needs to be studied under the same paradigms. Previous studies about the use of technology in higher education have shown that, both the perception of usefulness of technology and its use, is different according to the academic discipline of faculty members (Mercader & Gairín, 2020). But, what about GenAI? Is the discipline related to the teachers’ knowledge, use and stance? Research so far suggests that GenAI is being used unevenly by faculty across different disciplines: engineering teachers tend to use GenAI more than health, and both more than humanities faculty (Mahmoud, 2025). Some of these reported uses include intelligent tutoring systems, automated assessment, virtual patients/simulators, diagnostic reasoning tutors and personalized feedback for health faculty; and writing feedback, language support, chatbots as conversation partners and inclusive support for diverse learners for social sciences and humanities teachers (Almasri, 2024; Mahmoud, 2025; Velázquez-García, 2025; Wang, 2025). Even though some studies suggest uneven use of GenAI among disciplines, evidence exploring actual potential differences according to the academic disciplines are scarce. The aim of this paper is to analyze the differences of knowledge, use and stances regarding GenAI in university settings depending on the academic discipline of the teachers. To do so, the research questions are: - What knowledge do university teachers for each academic discipline have on GenAI? - What are the differences between academic discipline regarding the knowledge of university teachers on GenAI? - How do university teachers use GenAI for pedagogical purposes in each academic discipline? - What are the differences in the university teachers’ use of GenAI for pedagogical purposes depending on the academic discipline? - What are the stances of university teachers regarding GenAI in each academic discipline? - What are the differences between university teachers’ stances depending on academic discipline? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of this paper is quantitative. The instrument used to collect the information needed to answer the research questions is EdU-P-InA (Mercader et al., 2025) survey. This survey was elaborated adhoc in order to collect information about the knowledge, uses and stances of university teachers regarding GenAI in education. The initial survey underwent a pilot test (N= 14) and its improved version was validated by 18 judges regarding its clarity, appropriateness, importance and sufficiency. The final version of the survey consists of 36 questions distributed in 3 dimensions: Knowledge (11 questions), Uses (14 questions) and Stances (11 questions). The survey included closed-questions, multiple choice and Likert-scale questions (1-5). Regarding its reliability, Cronbach’s Alfa of EdU-P-InA shows a strong consistency with an Alfa of .906. The data was collected between March and June 2025. Data analysis was carried out with the support of SPSS software (v31) and consisted of descriptive analysis (means, percentages, mode and standard deviation) as well as inferential analysis (ANOVA’s test and Bonferroni correction) to explore the differences between academic disciplines. The population of the study were university teachers from 6 public universities in Spain with different territory reach (North, South, East, West, Center and Online). The sample obtained was 730 teachers, distributed according to the size of their universities. With regards to the field of knowledge, representation across academic disciplines is balanced, considering that some disciplines have more teaching staff than others. In this regard, 38.6% are from Social Sciences (SS), 24.1% from Science and Engineering (SE), 20.1% from Arts and Humanities (AH), and 17.1% from Health Sciences (HS). In terms of gender, the sample is mainly female (47.4%) and male (50%), although non-binary individuals (1.1%), individuals who prefer not to answer (1.4%), and others (0.1%) are also included. The mode in age and teaching experience are 50 and 10 years, respectively, although the average is 48.28 years (SD = 10.36) and 17.09 years of experience (SD = 11.08). The teaching staff who participated are mainly full-time and permanent employees (60.4%), representing the different professional categories (pre-doctoral, post-doctoral, assistant, tenured, professor, visiting, associate, substitute and others). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers have differences statistically significant on the level of knowledge, uses and stances on GenAI depending on their academic discipline. Regarding knowledge, Health Sciences teachers are the ones that reported less proficiency, such as being less able to differentiate AI from GenAI and knowing less technical vocabulary (prompts, LLM, tokens…) compared to the other disciplines. Regarding uses of GenAI in teaching, Social Sciences teachers are the ones that use GenAI more for their teaching. In the same vein, those are who integrated more GenAI in learning activities with students. In all cases, the differences between disciplines are statistically different when compared to Health Sciences teachers, which show less use. Using GenAI to create teaching materials, Science and Engineering teachers are the ones that show more use compared to the rest of the disciplines. Regarding the stances of teachers on the use of GenAI, there are more Science and Engineering teachers that show excitement or enthusiasm compared to Arts and Humanities teachers. In this line, there are more Arts and Humanities teachers that pinpoint emotions like frustration, disgust and rage. Health Sciences teachers are the ones that feel fear more than the others. Being worried about the risks of using AI is also different depending on the discipline. Science and Engineering teachers are the ones that are less worried about the risks of its use, the plagiarism of their students, the lack of students’ own production, GenAI limitations and GenAI bias. As opposed to the rest of the results, Health Sciences teachers perceive more usefulness and efficiency of the GenAI for teaching, while Science and Engineering teachers consider GenAI more efficient and useful for learning. On the other hand, there are no significant differences between disciplines on the ethical, privacy and security aspects. References Almasri, F. (2024). Exploring the Impact of Artificial Intelligence in Teaching and Learning of Science: A Systematic Review of Empirical Research. Research in Science Education, 54, 977 - 997. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-024-10176-3 Mahmoud, K. (2025). The Reality of Using Artificial Intelligence Technology in Teaching by Hail University Professors. Journal of Ecohumanism. https://doi.org/10.62754/joe.v4i2.6383 Mercader, C. (coord.), Alguacil Mir, L., de Armas Bertossi, M., Gómez-Jarabo, I. Gómez Muñoz, E., Oliveras Morente, J., Ordóñez-Fernández, M. (2025). To diagnose the teachers' level of knowledge and use of Generative AI. Report. https://ddd.uab.cat/record/321639/ Mercader, C. & Gairín, J. (2020). University teachers' perception of barriers to the use of digital technologies: the importance of the academic discipline. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 17(4). https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-020-0182-x Mishra, P. & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers college record, 108(6), 1017-1054. Velázquez-García, L. (2025). AI-Based Applications Enhancing Computer Science Teaching in Higher Education. Journal of Information Systems Engineering and Management. https://doi.org/10.52783/jisem.v10i2.920 Wang, P., Jing, Y., & Shen, S. (2025). A systematic literature review on the application of generative artificial intelligence (GAI) in teaching within higher education: Instructional contexts, process, and strategies. Internet High. Educ., 65, 100996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2025.100996 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper AI in Teacher Education: What Do the Pre‑Service Teachers Think? NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:AI in education is classified as high‑risk under the EU Artificial Intelligence Act (2024). This classification places significant responsibility on schools and teacher education institutions to provide transparent, ethical, and pedagogically grounded AI use. Norway is a relevant case because it is set on becoming the world's most digital country by 2030 (The Norwegian Government, 2025). This paper explores how pre‑service teachers in Norway navigate the emergence of generative artificial intelligence (AI) in their studies and early teaching practice. While generative AI is rapidly transforming educational landscapes across Europe, teacher education institutions vary widely in readiness, strategic direction, and pedagogical integration. This creates an urgent need to understand how future teachers perceive, adopt, resist, and make sense of AI tools—both as learners and as professionals expected to guide pupils in responsible and effective use. Our study focuses on three research questions:
In the study, we draw primarily on the dual role of the pre-service teacher (See Dolin, Ellebæk & Daugbjerg, 2022). The role in the use of AI changes drastically from teacher to student. For students, the purpose is to use it as a learning tool. For teachers, it is a tool to help them do their job. In our theory section, we will discuss how these two roles may interplay in students' relationship with AI. For these reasons, we believe that the teacher students may have different approaches and thoughts toward AI than students who are not studying education. This is furthermore interesting in that it might reflect how teachers in the future will (or not) adapt these tools in their teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on a mixed‑methods survey conducted in autumn 2025 as part of the AIducate research project at NTNU. A digital questionnaire was distributed to pre‑service teachers enrolled in two teacher education programs. A total of 160 students participated. Participants The sample included 90 students from a 5-year program and 69 students from a year-long program. Participants represented a broad range of subject backgrounds, including languages, social sciences, mathematics, natural sciences, and aesthetic subjects. Gender distribution was 71 men, 86 women, and 2 non‑binary participants. Not all participants completed all items, and multiple subject affiliations were possible. Instrument The questionnaire consisted of 17 items, including both closed‑ended and open‑ended questions. Topics covered: frequency and contexts of AI use (social life, studies, school practicum, everyday tasks), tools used (ChatGPT, Copilot, Gemini, NotebookLM, etc.), purposes of AI use in academic work (summarisation, idea generation, translation, text production, structuring), perceived barriers (accuracy, bias, privacy, cheating, environmental concerns), motivations (time‑saving, quality enhancement, targeted support), expectations and intentions for using AI in school practicum, perceptions of teacher educators’ engagement with AI. Data Analysis Quantitative data were analysed descriptively, focusing on distributions and usage patterns across contexts. Qualitative data were analysed inductively using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke), identifying recurring themes in students’ explanations and reflections. Open‑ended responses regarding teacher educators’ approaches were coded into sentiment‑based and content‑based categories to capture emotional tone, criticality, and perceived pedagogical alignment. Ethical Considerations The study followed national research ethics guidelines, ensuring anonymity, voluntary participation, and no collection of personally-identifying information. Since participants were students reflecting on their own programme, care was taken to avoid power dynamics or perceived pressure to participate. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal substantial variation in how pre‑service teachers engage with generative AI. Most students use AI for text‑related academic support—summarising, understanding content, brainstorming, and improving written work. However, around one‑third rarely or never use AI, demonstrating that digital competence and adoption cannot be assumed. Students show critical awareness of hallucinations, bias, privacy issues, environmental concerns, and academic integrity—indicating emerging critical AI literacy. A central insight is the dual role tension: students must learn with AI (as higher education learners) and learn to teach about AI (as future teachers). Many report limited guidance in teacher education about how AI should be used pedagogically, ethically, or in assessment practices. Teacher educators themselves are perceived as inconsistent—ranging from avoidance and scepticism to enthusiasm and exploratory usage. This inconsistency produces uncertainty for students and limits their ability to develop robust pedagogical strategies for AI use in schools. Regarding practicum expectations, students are divided. Some intend to use AI for creativity, planning, and differentiation, framing it as a helpful sparring partner. Others reject AI entirely, citing cognitive, ethical, environmental, or professional concerns. Overall, the study highlights the urgent need for systematic AI integration in teacher education across Europe. Pre‑service teachers require structured training that builds technical competence, ethical awareness, and pedagogical judgment. Without institutional frameworks, students will continue to navigate AI individually, resulting in uneven competence and potential inequities in future AI‑supported classrooms. References Bryman, A. (2012). Social Research Methods (4th ed.). Oxford University Press. Elstad, E., & Eriksen, H. (2024). High School Teachers’ Adoption of Generative AI. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 8(1). EU Artificial Intelligence Act. (2024). High‑level summary of the AI Act. https://artificialintelligenceact.eu/high-level-summary/ Haug, H. M. (2024). Savner mer kunstig intelligens i lærerutdanningen. Utdanningsnytt. Kvistad, A. H., & Skar, G. B. (2025). Bruk av KI i skriveopplæringen: Som å kjøre bil uten kjøreopplæring. Utdanningsnytt. Statistics Norway (SSB). (2024). 7 av 10 unge bruker KI. https://www.ssb.no/teknologi-og-innovasjon 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Between Promise and Precaution: Understanding the Opportunities and Risks of an AI-Enhanced Virtual Reality Classroom for developing Inclusive Teachers Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:In recent years, educators, policymakers, families, and society at large have become increasingly cognisant of the importance of creating inclusive learning environments within schools (Florian, 2015). A strong body of international research highlights that inclusive classrooms can foster belonging, enhance engagement, and promote richer learning opportunities by valuing the diverse knowledge, identities, and experiences that students bring (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), 2020). Developing the mindsets and pedagogical tools needed for inclusive teaching starts at the level of Initial Teacher Education (ITE), where structured preparation can support new teachers in adopting inclusive approaches from the outset of their careers (Ainscow, 2020). However, evidence indicates that many pre‑service teachers (PSTs) struggle to translate their conceptual understanding of inclusion into teaching practice and thus, ITE programmes often encounter difficulties in structuring practicum experiences that meaningfully support the development of inclusive pedagogy as core teaching practice (Rowan et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Situated within a wider project context regarding the development of an immersive Virtual Reality classroom to help facilitate the development of inclusive teaching practices by pre-service teachers, this paper draws on the opinions and expertise of teacher educators obtained during a workshop on the possible and potential uses of an AI-enabled VR classroom for this objective. The project is guided by Design-based Research (DBR), an educational research methodology that focuses on improving and refining educational practices and interventions through a systematic and iterative process of design, implementation, and evaluation (Anderson & Shattuck, 2012). Subject‑matter experts (SMEs) are integral to Design‑Based Research as it explicitly relies on collaborative, iterative work among researchers and practitioners to co‑design, test, and refine interventions so that these remain faithful to disciplinary knowledge and effective in real contexts (Wang & Hannafin, 2005). Cognisant of this, SMEs were drawn from the three main domains of the project: inclusive education, the development and facilitation of ITE practicum experiences, and digital learning. The workshop unfolded in three stages. First, participants engaged in the (non-AI-enabled) VR classroom simulation prototype developed during the previous project phase, in order to better contextualise the immersive experience and the potentials of a VR classroom in general for the discussions that would follow. Second, participants were briefed through a presentation which centred on (a) the results from a scoping review which drew on 15 years of (non-AI-enabled) VR usage in ITE for the development of inclusive teaching practices (Author, 2026), and (b) a number of case studies, drawn from recent literature, on the use of AI-enabled classrooms in Initial Teacher Education more broadly. Finally, participants engaged in a round-table focus group discussion on the potentials (and potential implications) of enabling the existing VR classroom prototype with AI-enhanced functionality, with a view to help facilitate the development of inclusive teaching practices by PSTs on ITE programmes within the host institution. The focus group was audio recorded, transcribed, and thematically analysed using Nvivo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants considered a number of potential advantages to the use of an AI-enabled VR classroom in ITE. These included the potential for personalised feedback to PSTs on their teaching performance; the provision of a safe, low-stakes environment in which PSTs can experiment with strategies for inclusive practice without real‑world consequences; and the potentials for data‑driven reflection and growth over time through repeated use. They also suggested a number of possibilities for what AI enhancement of the existing VR classroom prototype might look like in practice. These included the possibility for AI to provide real-time guidance, feedback, and suggestions for student-teachers as they engaged in the classroom simulation, regarding how their teaching might become more inclusion-focused; the provision of an AI-powered dashboard that could report on inclusion-focused factors after and across lessons; and the possibility for AI to benchmark PST’s teaching against established inclusion frameworks (such as Universal Design for Learning). Subject-matter Experts also expressed reservation and caution on several fronts, however, with a number of these arising out of widely-recognised concerns and limitations with regard to AI. This included concerns about data privacy and ownership which might arise through integration of AI into a currently closed system; reservations about the accuracy of feedback which AI could provide, particularly in light of the well-established problems of hallucinations associated with AI; and the danger that the AI might have a counter-productive effect of inadvertently reproducing biases or oversimplify complex learner identities if it is trained on narrow or unrepresentative data, thus potentially undermining the inclusive pedagogy goals at the heart of the project. A key recommendation was that while much potential exists for the use of an AI-enabled VR classroom, it would be essential that ITE staff remain centrally involved in the employment of such a resource in an ITE programme. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusion and equity in education: Making sense of global challenges. Prospects, 49(3), 123–134. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09506-w Anderson, T., & Shattuck, J. (2012). Design-based research: A decade of progress in education research? Educational Researcher (Washington, D.C.: 1972), 41(1), 16–25. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x11428813 Docter, M. W., de Vries, T. N. D., Nguyen, H. D., & van Keulen, H. (2024). A proof-of-concept of an integrated VR and AI application to develop classroom management competencies in teachers in training. Education Sciences, 14(5), 540. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14050540 Finn, M., Phillipson, S., & Goff, W. (2020). Reflecting on diversity through a simulated practicum classroom: A case of international students. Journal of International Students, 10, 71–85. https://doi.org/10.32674/JIS.V10IS2.2748 Florian, L. (2015). Inclusive Pedagogy: A transformative approach to individual differences but can it help reduce educational inequalities? Scottish Educational Review, 47(1), 5–14. https://doi.org/10.1163/27730840-04701003 Huang, Y., Richter, E., Kleickmann, T., Scheiter, K., & Richter, D. (2023). Body in motion, attention in focus: A virtual reality study on teachers’ movement patterns and noticing. Computers & Education, 206(104912), 104912. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2023.104912 King, S., Glazek, C., Ross, K. M., Coghlan, C., Green, M., Feng, L. “jenny,” Lele, H., & Bell, T. (2025). AI-integrated virtual reality training for teacher preparation on functional communication training: a randomized controlled trial. Virtual Reality, 29(3). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10055-025-01212-2 Rowan, L., Bourke, T., L’Estrange, L., Lunn Brownlee, J., Ryan, M., Walker, S., & Churchward, P. (2021). How does Initial Teacher Education research frame the challenge of preparing future teachers for student diversity in schools? A systematic review of literature. Review of Educational Research, 91(1), 112–158. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654320979171 United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (2020). Inclusion in Education: All means All. Wang, F., & Hannafin, M. J. (2005). Design-based research and technology-enhanced learning environments. Educational Technology Research and Development: ETR & D, 53(4), 5–23. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf02504682 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 17 SES 05 A: Temporalities of Education Policy Agendas: Looking to the Future and Historicising the Educational Present Location: 6017 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Julie McLeod Session Chair: Geert Thyssen Symposium |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Symposium Temporalities of Education Policy Agendas: Looking to the Future and Historicising the Educational Present This panel takes up the invitation of the NW17 call to critically reflect on ‘the extent to which our knowledge of the past can and should inform our understandings of the present’. There is a strong warrant as well as broad consensus across scholarly and policy domains regarding the value of thinking more historically about the present (Miles & Keynes 2025). Yet what is involved in doing so, and specifically what it means to historicise the educational present, is far less clear and requires more sustained and critical attention. Informed by methodologies and concepts from across historical sociology, genealogical studies and philosophy, the three papers in this symposium illustrate different ways of approaching these questions. Uniting them is a shared focus on exploring how traces of the past haunt contemporary educational policies as well as the key concepts that animate them. In various ways, they also look to the multi-faceted ways in which conceptions of the past can activate visions of and for educational futures. In asking how the past influences the present, there is a risk is positioning the past as if it were a fixed context, a seemingly stable, already-known time/space that simply serves as an orienting backdrop to the present. It also risks ignoring how past/present relations are interwined with the future, positioning the future as disconnected from the past. This is significant in relation to education where the prospect of the future impels much education reform (Robertson & Beech 2023), often as (implied) critique of the present and what has come before, providing a habitual rationale for reform, with interventions justified in service of working to imagined better worlds to come.
In contrast, the concept of temporality underlines the non-linear, messy and productive ways in which past, present and future intersect (McLeod 2017). This is especially valuable for understanding the trajectories of education reform agendas. By foregrounding temporality, rather than attending only to the present in relation to the past, ‘makes it possible to think about encounters with the spectres of a past and a future, where historical memory and future-oriented imagination colour story-telling in the present”. (Seddon et al 2018, p.8). This framing underscores movements across temporal registers but importantly it also brings into view the affective force of memory and imagination, and their significance in understanding attachments to particular policy narratives or anticipated movements of education reforms. Jordheim’s concept of ‘multiple temporalities’ (Jordheim 2014) offers a way into understanding the overlay of these dynamic relations. He proposes that ‘it might be more useful to imagine different temporalities existing in a plane, as parallel lines, paths, tracks, or courses, zigzagging, sometimes touching or even crossing one another, but all equally visible, tangible, and with direct consequences for our lives’ (2014, 508).
While there has been some exploration of these concepts in relation to education research (McLeod 2017; Warren 2025), there is considerable scope to engage the questions they raise for more genealogical and historically oriented studies of education. With these debates as backdrop, each of the three papers offers a different angle onto questions of temporality, futures and historicising the educational present: Paper 1 takes a genealogical approach to consider the future of the university, looking at historical antecedents to current transformations and crises; Paper 2 explores the history and philosophy of a key educational concept, ‘pedagogical autonomy’ and how it is mobilised today; and Paper 3 examines shifts over time in how concepts of the future are framed in global education policies and the impact of the reparative turn in policy to address historical harms. References Jordheim, Helge. (2014) “Introduction: Multiple Times and the Work of Synchronization.” History and Theory 53, no. 4: 498–518. https://doi.org/10.1111/hith.10728. McLeod, Julie. (2017) “Marking Time, Making Methods: Temporality and Untimely Dilemmas in the Sociology of Youth and Educational Change.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 38, no. 1:13–25. Miles, J., & Keynes, M. R. (2025). Education and Historical Justice: Redress, Reparations and Reconciliation in the Classroom. Bloomsbury. Seddon, Terri, Julie McLeod, and Noah W. Sobe (2018). “Reclaiming Comparative Historical Sociologies of Education.” In World Yearbook of Education 2018: Uneven Space-Times of Education: Historical Sociologies of Concepts, Methods and Practices, edited by Julie McLeod, Noah W. Sobe, and Terri Seddon. Routledge, 2018. Robertson, S. L., & Beech, J. (2023). ‘Promises promises’, Comparative Education 60(3), 423–440 Warren, Simon. (2025) “The Multiple Temporalities of Policy-Oriented Sociology of Education: Recuperating the Historical, Reinhart Koselleck, and the Historical Imagination of Policy Presentations of the Symposium After the University: Rethinking the Futures of Higher Education Through Crisis
Across diverse higher education systems, the university is undergoing a profound qualitative transformation. Longstanding civic and democratic imaginaries of the university—as institutions of public knowledge, critique, and scholarly autonomy—have been unsettled by successive waves of marketisation, managerialism, behavioural governance, and, in some contexts, increasingly authoritarian forms of state intervention (Bennett & Burke 2018; Nehring & Brunila 2023; Zembylas 2023). These pressures have reshaped higher education governance, academic labour, and the very meaning and purpose of scholarship. While such developments have often been analysed through the concept of the “neoliberal university,” recent crises suggest that higher education may be entering a phase that exceeds familiar analytical frames (Angiolillo & al. 2025; Braw 2024; Brunila & Nehring 2023).
In this presentation, we draw on After the University (link below), a 15-week international essay series that brought together scholars from different regions, disciplines, and career stages to reflect on contemporary transformations of higher education and their historical genealogies. Contributors engaged with the present through the past, tracing how current crises echo, rework, and diverge from earlier moments in the history of universities. Rather than treating the present as unprecedented, the series foregrounds how higher education has been shaped by tensions between public purpose and political power, autonomy and governance, critique and control.
The series demonstrates that contemporary transformations are not only institutional or structural but also deeply affective, temporal, and subjective (see also Zembylas 2023; Gravett & Lygo-Baker 2024; Valero & al. 2019). Contributors explore how current modes of governance reshape academic selfhood, moral responsibility, political agency, and imaginaries of the future, often narrowing what can be hoped for, imagined, or claimed within the university. From a historical perspective, this raises critical questions about how past educational ideals such as Bildung, academic freedom, and the university as a space of collective intellectual life are selectively remembered, emptied of substance, or mobilised in technocratic and managerial forms in the present.
We argue that analysing the present moment requires more than institutional critique or policy analysis: it demands historically grounded rethinking of what universities have been, whose interests they have served, and what kinds of futures they have enabled or foreclosed. The After the University series functions not only as a diagnosis of crisis, but as an invitation to reclaim historical imagination as a resource for thinking otherwise about higher education futures, beyond nostalgia, inevitability, or managerial realism.
https://aftertheuniversity.wordpress.com/
References:
Angiolillo, F., God, A., Nord, M. and Staffan I. Lindberg, S. (2025). Democracy Report 2025: 25 Years of Autocratization – Democracy Trumped? V-Dem Institute (Gothenburg).
Bennett, A., & Burke, P. J. (2018). Re/Conceptualising Time and Temporality: An Exploration of Time in Higher Education. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 39(6), 913–925.
Braw, E. (2024). Goodbye Globalization: The Return of a Divided World. New Haven, Yale University Press.
Brunila, K & Daniel N. (2023). Precision education governance and the high risks of fabrication of future-oriented learning human kinds. Research Papers in Education38 (5): 727-742.
Gravett, K., & Lygo-Baker, S. (2024). Affective encounters in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 50(2), 228–238.
Nehring, D., & Brunila, K. (2023). Affective Capitalism in Academia: Revealing Public Secrets. Policy Press.
Zembylas, M. (2023). Time-as-affect in neoliberal academy: theorizing chronopolitics as affective milieus in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 49(3), 493–504.
Valero, P., Jørgensen, K. M., & Brunila, K. (2019). Affective Subjectivation in the Precarious Neoliberal Academia. In D. Bottrell, & C. Manathunga (Eds.), Resisting Neoliberalism in Higher Education Volume I: Seeing Through the Cracks (Vol. 1, pp. 135-154). (Palgrave Macmillan
The Future of Educational Autonomy and its Philosophical and Historical Roots
Educational policy reforms over the last 30 years have instigated fundamental changes for educators and educational institutions (e.g. privatization of educational institutions, global comparability), creating significant professional conflicts for many teachers. To analyse these, Nordic researchers often use frameworks from Freidson 2001 or Fredriksson 2010 and distinguish between bureaucratic, professional, market-oriented or user-oriented logic. Many such studies focus on the challenges teachers face in navigating between bureaucratic rule management, market-oriented customer satisfaction, and their own professional pride and autonomy (e.g. Lundström & Parding 2011). However, the paper argues that such conflicts are secondary. Taking a closer look at the history of the concept of educational autonomy, I argue that the market adaptation of pedagogical work creates ethical and existential conflicts of loyalty that corrupt the purpose of education; the “soul of teachers” (Ball 2003; even: Løvlie 2020, Giroux 2004).
The paper revisits Weniger’s (1929) distinction between three levels of pedagogical autonomy: a) pedagogical praxis itself, b) pedagogical institutions and the teaching profession, and c) pedagogical science (Weniger 1929/1975). Autonomy in these areas is internally related, but most fundamental is the educator's autonomy in their concrete pedagogical relation with students. According to Weniger, pedagogical autonomy expresses the teacher's responsibility to protect students’ integrity from possible external interests that try to gain power over young people, seeing autonomy as "the ultimate means of preserving human freedom and dignity in the face of absolutist power claims" (ibid. p. 12f). He further argues that pedagogical autonomy in educational praxis is both possible and necessary, even in situations which pressure the educator to instrumentalize the student for the interests of others.
Today’s threats to teachers’ autonomy are thus less about the problem of not being able to exercise their professional right to determine course methods and content or navigate between bureaucratic and market logics. Instead, market driven work-environments are forcing teachers to choose between the interests of their employer and responsibility towards their students, putting at risk trust in educational relationships. This points to existential and ethical dimensions that are not captured by dominant explanations of the challenges to pedagogical autonomy (Løvlie 2020). Finally, the paper argues that many contemporary critiques of declines in teacher autonomy do not take sufficient account of the historical and philosophical context of the concept, yet this is essential for building a fuller understanding of the dilemmas for pedagogical autonomy today and for envisaging autonomy differently for the future.
References:
Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065
Fredriksson (2010). Marknaden och lärarna. Hur organiseringen av skolan påverkar lärares offentliga tjänstemannaskap, Göteborgs universitet.
Freidson (2001). Professionalism, the Third Logic, Polity Press, Cambridge, UK, 2001
Giroux (2004). Terror of Neoliberalism: Authoritarianism and the Eclipse of Democracy, Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers
Lundström; Parding (2011). Marknadslogikens inflytande på lärares arbete och villkor: Lärares uppfattningar om effekter av skolvalsreformerna. In: Arbetsmarknad & Arbetsliv, ISSN 1400-9692, Vol. 17, no 4, p. 59-77
Løvlie (2020). Politisering og pedagogisk motstand. Veien til en barneorientert praksis. Fagbokförlaget.
Weniger (1929/1975). Die Autonomie der Pädagogik. I: Weniger, Ausgewählte Schriften zur geisteswissenschaftlichen Pädagogik. Weinheim: Beltz.
The Reparative Turn in Global Education Policy: Historicity, Legitimacy, and Futures Governance
This paper posits a ‘reparative turn’ in global education policy as symptomatic of broader transformations in how human societies orient themselves in relation to past, present, and future. We argue that recent UNESCO education policy (2021) reflects shifting modes of historicity—that is, socially produced meanings of historical change—which have become increasingly disjointed in the context of intensifying social, ecological, and political crises. Drawing on theories of historicity and historical change (e.g. Simon & Tamm 2023), the paper situates UNESCO’s 2021 ‘Futures of Education’ report within this wider reorientation of historicity. We surface tensions in how education policy is positioned to manage ‘unruly’ legacies of unjust pasts (Miles & Keynes 2025) alongside anticipations of an increasingly risky and undesirable future (Robinson & Beech 2023). We argue that this policymaking illustrates how international organisations such as UNESCO are seeking to restore their legitimacy in the face of past policy failures to deliver the futures they promised.
Central to this reassertion is a growing emphasis on repair: a turn towards anti-racist, anti-colonial, and justice-oriented forms of historical thinking as a means of addressing historical harms (Sriprakash 2023). While this reparative orientation opens new possibilities for redressing unjust pasts within global education policy, it also generates tensions with the humanistic ideals of education and future-making that have long underpinned UNESCO’s raison d’être (Elfert 2018). The paper therefore interrogates whether, and how, reparative orientations to history sit alongside UNESCO’s enduring commitments to human flourishing and attendant conceptions of historical change.
Empirically, we present a preliminary analysis of UNESCO’s three major futures-oriented education reports: the 1972 Faure report, the 1996 Delors report, and the 2021 Futures of Education report. Through comparative textual analysis, we examine how each report constructs relations between past, present, and future, and consider how education is positioned within these shifting orientations to historical change. In doing so, the paper considers some of the affordances and limits of the reparative turn for global education policymaking.
References:
UNESCO. (1972). Learning to be. Paris: UNESCO
UNESCO. (1996). Learning: The treasure within. Paris: UNESCO
UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our Futures Together. Paris: UNESCO
Miles, J., & Keynes, M. R. (2025). Education and Historical Justice: Redress, Reparations and Reconciliation in the Classroom. Bloomsbury.
Elfert, M. (2018). UNESCO’s Utopia of Lifelong Learning: An Intellectual History. (2017). Routledge.
Robertson, S. L., & Beech, J. (2023). ‘Promises promises’. Comparative Education 60(3), 423–440
Simon, Z. B., & Tamm, M. (2023). The Fabric of Historical Time. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 18 SES 05 A: Children's Rights and Participation in Physical Education and Sport Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Corina van Doodewaard Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Football during School Time: A Movement Treasure for the Privileged, but a Nightmare for Others University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Football in Sweden boasts the highest membership of any sport, with just over 1,700,000 members, constituting approximately a quarter of all sports members (Swedish Sports Confederation, 2024). Moreover, among adolescents, football has the highest participation rate in Sweden (Fröberg et al., 2020) and Europe (Hulteen et al., 2017). Similar to the leisure context, football is also observed during the school context, such as during recess (Pawlowski et al., 2015) and physical education (Larsson & Karlefors, 2015). Football during recess is an activity that has been suggested to uphold gender norms and exclusion among European pupils, predominantly benefiting boys (González-Calvo et al., 2025; Pawlowski et al., 2015). Furthermore, Pawlowski et al. (2018) reported that in some schools, football is the only activity available during recess, limiting girls’ participation.
To the best of the authors’ knowledge, little research in Sweden has examined football as a physical activity during school time. While existing European studies on football as a physical activity during school time have primarily emphasised power relations in isolation (González-Calvo et al., 2025; Martínez-García & Rodríguez-Menéndez, 2020; Pawlowski et al., 2015; Pawlowski et al., 2018), there is a need to move beyond this single-axis perspective and adopt an intersectional perspective. Unlike a single-axis perspective that treats social categories in isolation (Collins, 2019), an intersectional perspective examines the intersections of social categories and their systems of oppression (Crenshaw, 1991). This study will examine the interaction of power relations concerning gender and age, considering how these social categories have among European pupils been reported to relate to norms and power dynamics in football as a physical activity during school time (Martínez-García & Rodríguez-Menéndez, 2020; Pawlowski et al., 2015).
Additionally, no study has intersectionally examined how power relations within football during school time operate across various levels. Patricia Hill Collins, a prominent researcher in intersectionality, has introduced the concept of the Matrix of Domination, which examines how power operates at various levels. The Matrix of Domination, as outlined by Collins (2000), consists of four domains, namely a) structural domain (organisation of power), b) disciplinary domain (management of power), c) hegemonic domain (justification of power), and d) interpersonal domain (influences daily experiences and individual awareness).
Using an intersectional perspective and the Matrix of Domination as a theoretical framework, this study examines how power relations related to gender and age are structured within football during school time in two municipally operated schools in Sweden. The research question is as follows: How are power relations related to gender and age organised across the individual, institutional, and structural levels within football during school time? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a multiple-case design to examine two municipally operated schools within a city in western Sweden. The two schools were named a) advantaged school and b) disadvantaged school. In the advantaged school, the majority of pupils were of Swedish origin, and most parents possessed post-secondary education. Meanwhile, in the disadvantaged school, most pupils had foreign backgrounds, and a minority of parents had attained post-secondary education. Furthermore, neither school systematically work with the Swedish compulsory schools’ mission to provide daily physical activity during school for all pupils (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2024). Additionally, both schools’ outdoor playgrounds featured a football field. Data collection occurred in the spring of 2024, comprising both individual and focus-group interviews. A total of two principals, three assistant principals, and eight teachers participated in the individual interviews. In addition, 52 pupils from fifth, seventh, and ninth grades participated in focus group interviews. The study used a semi-structured interview guide with three parts: 1) what physical activity during school time is and could become, 2) the significance of social categories within physical activity during school time and 3) barriers and facilitators to physical activity during school time. Physical activity during school time was regarded as any activity other than physical education. Data analysis was conducted using reflexive thematic analysis. Moreover, an abductive approach was adopted, guided by the matrix of domination and an intersectional perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three themes were identified through the analysis: a) From policy to practice, b) From physical activity to sport, and c) From shared space to captured field. The first theme highlights how the mission to provide daily physical activity in practice can create challenges that leave a vacuum, in which age- and gender-specific hegemonic power in football can be promoted and reinforced, privileging older boys. These challenges include a lack of organisation, responsibility, prioritisation, unclear mission, and age-based practical variations. The second theme concerns the sportification of physical activity during school time, mainly narrowing it to football during recess. This narrowing makes football the superior activity, characterised by a strong competitive logic, norms, and stereotypes that give older boys great power. The third theme underscores how the football field's shared space has become predominantly occupied by boys and older pupils. As football activities were concentrated on the football field, it effectively became the boys’ and older pupils’ domain, establishing a play hierarchy: first boys, then mixed-gender play (ruled by boys), and rarely girls-only. Additionally, the order of play was older pupils before younger. Adults’ passivity further reinforced this ownership and order. Moreover, this ownership and order led to ongoing conflicts between those seeking to abolish it and those seeking to preserve it. Given Swedish schools’ mission to promote equality and combat gender patterns (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2024), it is essential to challenge prevailing age- and gender-specific hegemonies within football and to advocate for daily physical activity during school time for all pupils. Furthermore, to challenge these hegemonies in football, efforts must be undertaken across multiple levels, including policy implementation, the organisation of physical activities, and interactions among pupils. References Collins, P. H. (2000). Black feminist thought: knowledge, consciousness, and the politics of empowerment (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203900055 Collins, P. H. (2019). Intersectionality as Critical Inquiry. In Intersectionality as Critical Social Theory (pp. 21-53). Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv11hpkdj.5 Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the Margins: Intersectionality, Identity Politics, and Violence against Women of Color. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241-1299. https://doi.org/10.2307/1229039 Fröberg, A., Lindroos, A.-K., Ekblom, Ö., & Nyberg, G. (2020). Organised physical activity during leisure time is associated with more objectively measured physical activity among Swedish adolescents. Acta Paediatrica, 109(9), 1815-1824. https://doi.org/10.1111/apa.15187 González-Calvo, G., Gerdin, G., & García-Monge, A. (2025). Soccer: the only way to be a boy in Spain? narratives from a Spanish primary school on the influence of playground soccer in shaping masculinities and gender relations. Sport, Education and Society, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2025.2459686 Hulteen, R. M., Smith, J. J., Morgan, P. J., Barnett, L. M., Hallal, P. C., Colyvas, K., & Lubans, D. R. (2017). Global participation in sport and leisure-time physical activities: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Preventive Medicine, 95, 14-25. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ypmed.2016.11.027 Larsson, H., & Karlefors, I. (2015). Physical education cultures in Sweden: fitness, sports, dancing … learning? Sport, Education and Society, 20(5), 573-587. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2014.979143 Martínez-García, M.-L., & Rodríguez-Menéndez, C. (2020). ‘I can try it’: negotiating masculinity through football in the playground. Sport, Education and Society, 25(2), 199-212. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2018.1564653 Pawlowski, C. S., Ergler, C., Tjørnhøj-Thomsen, T., Schipperijn, J., & Troelsen, J. (2015). ‘Like a soccer camp for boys’:A qualitative exploration of gendered activity patterns in children’s self-organized play during school recess. European Physical Education Review, 21(3), 275-291. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336x14561533 Pawlowski, C. S., Schipperijn, J., Tjørnhøj-Thomsen, T., & Troelsen, J. (2018). Giving children a voice: Exploring qualitative perspectives on factors influencing recess physical activity. European Physical Education Review, 24(1), 39-55. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336x16664748 Swedish National Agency for Education. (2024). Curriculum for Compulsory School, Preschool Class and School-Age Educare – Lgr22. Retrieved from https://www.skolverket.se/publikationer?id=13128 Swedish Sports Confederation. (2024). Idrottsrörelsen i siffror. https://www.rf.se/download/18.5979385c197a1f9eed0641fd/1751013903742/2024%20Idrottsrörelsen%20i%20siffror%20-%20RF.pdf 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper School’s Influence on Sport Participation Among Girls with Culturally and Racially Marginalised Backgrounds Edith Cowan University, Australia Presenting Author:Although many children and young people participate in sport after school-hours, large differences are reported among different groups of young people (Strandbu & Bakken, 2024). Importantly, there are great demographic differences in relation to gender and ethnicity (Strandbu & Bakken, 2024). This inequality is also persistent when factors like socioeconomic resources is taken into account (Bakken, 2019). In a society where sport participation has become increasingly based on parental influence and economic resources (Strandbu et al., 2020), school is a consistent meeting point for young people with diverse background. This paper reports on research conducted in Norway, a country where school and sport traditionally are divided, and the research question for this poster is “How do CARM girls experience the role of schools in promoting sport participation?” This research adopts an intersectional and decolonial lens. Literature indicates that the lower sport participation among CARM girls results from intersecting factors rather than a single cause (Strandbu et al., 2020). To avoid a one-sided focus on individual factors and to have a more comprehensive understanding of CARM girls' participation in sports, an intersectional perspective has been central to understand the research question. Intersectionality is a concept that is used to explain how several individual factors interact and overlap to shape the individual’s unique experience of discrimination or privilege (Anthias, 1998). Decoloniality, the second theoretical perspective underpinning this research, describes how modernity is deeply connected with the European colonial domination over the world (Quijano, 2007). When applying a decolonial lens, the research is challenging ‘who, when, why and where’ knowledge is generated (Mignolo, 2009, p. 160). Furthermore, a decolonial feminist perspective has been presented as means of enabling alternative modes of thinking and being in the world, and as a way of delinking knowledge from Western premises (Lugones, 2010). When adapting this perspective to the CARM girls participating in this project, it is important to let them be the active agents in the knowledge developed, and to use methods that align with this approach. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Several scholars argue that traditional means of conducting research have the potential to reproduce oppression and inequality. Consequently, they have called for alternative ways of knowing, to recognise the importance of acknowledging perspectives of individuals from historically marginalised groups. As a response to this call, and guided by a decolonial perspective, adopting an approach that empowers the participants was necessary for this project. Therefore, participatory action research (PAR) approach was utilised to develop knowledge with participants, rather than on them. Participants in this study were approximately 20 self-identified girls with CARM background, living in highly multicultural suburbs in Norway’s capital Oslo. The girls belonged to a training group that was loosely organised compared to ordinary organised sport in Norway. A key component for the conducting of the training activity was the coach, who also worked as a teacher at the school the girls went to. PAR is not linear but develops through a series of cycles, and the various forms of data generation presented should be understood as actions that sometimes was happening in a chronological order and sometimes at the same time, while striving to align it with a decolonial approach throughout the process. Data generation was conducted through participant observation, poster workshops and photo elicitation interviews (PEI). Participant observation was conducted to build rapport with the participants and to understand the context. Poster workshops were arranged as a creative and emancipatory way of exploring and developing knowledge from the participants. As a part of these collaborative workshops a shared analysis of findings was conducted. To deepen the understanding of the data generated, PEI was conducted with some of the participants. The posters created by the participants were used as a starting point for an open dialogue and for the explorations of new layers of meaning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The most representative excerpts of the data generated will be included in the paper. These will be organised under the main themes constructed from the data around issues related to the function of schools as sites for extracurricular engagement, the pedagogical extension of teachers’ roles through coaching responsibilities, and the cultivation of social cohesion within these settings. The paper will conclude the importance of the influence of schools in promoting sport participation among CARM girls. References Anthias, F. (1998). Rethinking Social Divisions: Some Notes towards a Theoretical Framework. The Sociological Review, 46(3), 505-535. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-954x.00129 Bakken, A. (2019). Idrettens posisjon i ungdomstida. Hvem deltar og hvem slutter i ungdomsidretten? [The position of sports in adolescence. Who participates and who quits?]. NOVA Rapport, 2. https://hdl.handle.net/20.500.12199/1298 Lugones, M. (2010). Toward a decolonial feminism. Hypatia, 25(4), 742-759. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1527-2001.2010.01137.x Mignolo, W. D. (2009). Epistemic Disobedience, Independent Thought and Decolonial Freedom. Theory, Culture & Society, 26(7-8), 159-181. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276409349275 Quijano, A. (2007). Coloniality and modernity/rationality. Cultural studies, 21(2-3), 168-178. https://doi.org/10.1080/09502380601164353 Strandbu, Å., & Bakken, A. (2024). Barna og idretten. Organisering, verdier og sosial ulikhet [Children and sports. Organisation, values, and social inequality] (Vol. 2). Norges idrettshøgskole. https://hdl.handle.net/10037/36263 Strandbu, Å., Bakken, A., & Sletten, M. A. (2020). Exploring the minority–majority gap in sport participation: different patterns for boys and girls? In Sport, Outdoor Life and the Nordic World (pp. 92-110). Routledge. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper A Critical Review of Youth Football Academies in Sweden from a Children's Rights Perspective 1: The Swedish School of Sport and Health Sciences (GIH), Sweden; 2: The Norwegian School of Sports (NIH) Presenting Author:Introduction The word ‘academy’ traditionally refers to a higher education institution. Nowadays, the term is also commonly used for more advanced youth sports training, and academies exist across various sports (Karlsson, 2022). he focus of sports academies is on developing children and youth into high-performance athletes (Baker et al, 2018). Therefore, the youth involved in academy programs are considered the most talented, making these programs prestigious and sought-after. As such, they are often held up as exemplary and positive entities. However, their practices contain controversial elements that have been debated for years, such as early specialization and the selection of young players. Academies thus seem to be value-laden entities. Parallel with the emergence of academies, studies continue to show that the path to sporting success is characterised by late specialisation (Gülich et al, 2022; Söderström & Garn, 2022). Still, the notion of talent and talent identification is prominent in most athlete development models. Early identification and selection are even described as “the modus operandi of high-performance sport“ (Baker et al, 2018, p 48). In Scandinavia, where a ‘sport for all’ policy has traditionally been the “modus operandi” of children’s and youth sport, there is also an increased interest in early talent identification and the fostering of top athletes. Not least football academies are on the rise, and on the webpage of the Swedish Football Federation, it says: “we are seeing a football academy boom in Sweden”. According to the same source, this boom started with the certified academies, which are run by elite clubs in the highest male leagues. Then it spread to elite female leagues and to large grassroots clubs when they started to convert their first junior teams into academy teams. Some academies, the certified ones, seem to influence and set the standard also for how local grassroots clubs organise sport for children and youth. To certify, classify or audit academies is common within the global elite sector of football (Roe & Parker, 2016). How the content of such audit or classification resonates with other values relating to youth sports, has caught some attention. Skille et al (2023), for example, mean that the classification system of academies in Norway has a performance-driven orientation that “may conflict with longstanding commitments to egalitarianism, inclusion, and the broader social value of youth sport”. In Sweden, the guidelines for youth sport have a child rights perspective as a starting point, and the idea is that sport should be conducted in the best interest of the child (Agergaard, 2024). Aim and research questions The interest association of the male elite football clubs (SEF) in the highest leagues has developed a specific certification and scoring system for youth academies. The stated purpose of this system is to “certify” or assure the quality of the approximately 40 academies directed at young players aged 10–19. This study aims to critically review and analyse the ascribed values in this certification system from a child rights perspective. Key research questions are: What is valued as good practice and a developmental environment? Which aspects that are assessed can be related to children’s rights? What is not valued? The purpose is to contribute knowledge about different value systems in Swedish child and youth sport. Theoretical framework A two-fold theoretical framework guides this analysis. First, we adopt a children’s rights perspective to examine whether the categories of children’s rights are reflected in the academy certification model. Second, we will employ the concepts of symbolic capital, doxa, and illusio, introduced by French sociologist Pierre Bourdieu (1989; 1990), as analytical tools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methods used in this paper is qualitative content analyses of documents. The overall aim in the content analyses of documents is to get a structured overview and insights into of what is highlighted and measured in the certification process, and thereby of what is considered important and valuable in the academies. We see the certification model as a message system and consequently consider content analysis (CA) to be a suitable research methodology to make sense of the content of messages. The main documents in the text analyses are the reports from the annual certification processes of football academies for boys (aged 10-19) run by football clubs in the highest leagues in Sweden as well as the manual for the actual certification process. The annual certification report from 2024 of the academies for boys is 174 pages long, with text, numbers, and pictures. This publication is based on reports from 41 male elite football clubs that took part in the assessment and certification process. Ten areas are assessed in the certification system for boys. They range from facilities to policy documents, employed coaches, and the number of elite players who have been part of the academy. The first step in the analysis was to carefully read through the documents, get an overview of their content, and describe it appropriately. In this initial phase, we were inspired by Gerring’s (2012) argument that detailed description is an important part of the analytical process. The next step involved reading with a children’s rights perspective—specifically looking for passages that addressed children’s rights. Which of the assessed aspects can be related to provision, protection, and participation as children’s rights? The third step in the analysis was to identify the messages conveyed in the documents. What is considered essential and taken for granted in football academies— the doxa in the field? What is missing? In the analysis, illusio can be used to detect how legitimate practices are produced, and how power dynamics affect young athletes. Are they empowered to have agency and a voice within the academy, or are they passive participants? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This is an ongoing study that will continue during the spring of 2026. The manual contains a number of beliefs about what constitutes "good practice" for developing children and youth into elite players, which can be considered the field's doxa. In our preliminary findings, we have identified five aspects of doxa that we will elaborate on during the presentation. Our ambition is to present the certification process in the academy system from a children’s rights perspective. So far, we can conclude that academies manage to meet children's provision rights (training facilities and educated coaches), slightly less so their protection rights, and hardly at all their participation rights (Article 12: the right to have a voice in matters that concern them). References Agergaard, S., Redelius, K., & Strandbu, Å. (2024). Children’s rights to and in sport: A comparative analysis of organizational policies in the Scandinavian countries. Social Sciences, 13(4), 216. Baker, J., Schorer, J., & Wattie, N. (2018). Comprising Talent: issues in Identifying and Selecting Talent in Sport. Quest 70 (1), 48-63. Bourdieu, P. (1989) ‘Social Space and Symbolic Power’, Sociological Theory 7(1): 14–25. Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Stanford university press. Güllich, A., Macnamara, B. N., & Hambrick, D. Z. (2022). What Makes a Champion? Early Multidisciplinary Practice, Not Early Specialization, Predicts World-Class Performance. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 17(1), 6–29. Karlsson, Jesper (2022.) Barn- och ungdomsidrott till salu: Om begär, immateriellt arbete och kommersialisering. Diss. GIH. Skille, E. Å., Strittmatter, A.-M., Stenling, C., & Fahlén, J. (2023). Private football academies—friend or foe? An analysis of Norwegian media’s framing of arguments about private football academies and the monopoly of organized sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport, 58(8), 1263-1281. https://doi.org/10.1177/10126902231164903 Söderström, T., & Garn, A. C. (2022). Sport specialization in Swedish football players: Investigating a model of antecedents and outcomes. European Journal of Sport Science, 23(9), 1868–1876. https://doi.org/10.1080/17461391.2022.2153084 United Nations (1989). The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, UNICEF. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Continuity of Active Sports Participation Among Refugee Children and Its Role in Social Integration Marmara University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Children have always been the most affected by migration. According to data from the UN (2025) the number of international migrants worldwide stood at 304 million. Europe hosted more international migrants than other regions with 94 million in 2024. Therefore, the integration of refugee children (28 million -1.4% of the world's children) into society is a crucial issue. The global refugee crisis also presents a significant socio-economic challenge for host societies. Yeh et al. (2008) found that the cultural shock experienced by young immigrants after leaving their families and homelands can lead to traumatic problems such as inability to communicate, feelings of helplessness and vulnerability, and the emergence of unexpected fears in the host country. Young people experience difficulties with conflicting cultural values and are resistant to the host country's culture despite socio-emotional support. Young people and children need very good support during this process (Kaya et al., 2021). However, it is also important to note that if newly arrived refugee youth are properly guided with education during the transition period, they can develop a sense of belonging and achievement for the community they join, and can turn their multicultural and multilingual characteristics into strengths of the society they adapt to (Olliff, 2008). Sport alone may not magically solve complex problems like refugee integration. However, many scientists consider sport to be a shining symbol of justice, teamwork, and respect in the process of adapting to a new country where loss, prejudice, and exclusion may prevail. Therefore, making sport a part of this complex puzzle suggests that many problems can be solved more easily (Doidge et al.).
Sport plays a very important role in the daily lives of many young people. This role is even more significant for refugee children. The most important reason for this is that sport provides young people with an environment where they can be together and socialize. Through the body language they use during sports, people can express themselves nonverbally, build relationships, and more easily achieve their goals. Although there is little research on the impact of sport on people from different cultures within the same society, studies conducted so far indicate that sport is used as a tool for reconciliation and social identity building in areas of cultural conflict, helping individuals adapt to their new countries and develop social and cultural skills (Stura & Johnston, 2018; Spaaij, 2015). Studies on trauma mitigation have suggested that sports or physical activities can influence the integration process of newcomers, such as refugees or migrants, within a host society (Ha & Lyras, 2013).
Countries receiving migrants use sport as a tool for the adaptation and social development of migrants in refugee regions. This research investigates whether sport plays a role in the adaptation of Syrian children migrating to Turkey, and if so, what kind of role it plays.
Studies show that acculturation and integration are multi-dimensional processes. It is stated that in this process, individuals as well as the host society play a decisive role, and that with the support of the community, one can become part of the system and achieve social cohesion. The European Commission also acknowledges the important role of sport in integration into a community. Furthermore, it has been shown that sport has a significant impact on migrants establishing relationships with the local population, reducing social isolation in the country of residence, and increasing contact between groups. The results also indicate that physical activity programs support the positive and successful adaptation of refugee children and young people to their new country (Flensner et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this purpose, the research data was collected through semi-structured interviews with 20 Syrian migrant students participating in non-profit sports activities in a municipality where refugees predominantly reside. The interviews took place in the sports halls where the training sessions were held. To ensure that there was no leading during the questioning process, the students were asked questions directly in turn, avoiding any manipulation of their feelings or thoughts. The questions to be asked to the students were determined in advance and then applied to each participant through an interview scenario. The aim here was to guide the discussion in a consistent manner for each student (Kaya et al., 2021). In addition, interviews averaging 45-60 minutes each were conducted with the 5 coaches who served as the coaches of these students.The coaches were also asked pre-determined questions about the students without any prompting, and these interviews were repeated at the end of 4 months course period.Three primary data collection strategies were employed. First, semi-structured interviews were conducted individually with all participants. Interviews with students focused on their migration histories, motivations for engaging in sports, experiences of integration, perceived challenges, and future goals. Interviews with coaches explored their experiences working with refugee children, the perceived contributions and limitations of sports-based programs, and their suggestions for program development. Second, demographic questionnaires were administered to collect standardized background information, including age, family structure, educational background, and previous involvement in sports activities. These surveys supported the contextualization of interview findings. Third, informal observational notes were recorded during training sessions. These observations contributed contextual insights into interactional dynamics, relationships among participants, and the overall functioning of the sports program. Data analysis was guided by Braun and Clarke’s (2022) reflexive thematic analysis framework, which foregrounds researcher reflexivity and the authenticity of participants’ voices. Analysis proceeded through six iterative phases: familiarization with the data, initial coding, generation of themes, review and refinement of themes, defining and naming themes, and producing the final report. To strengthen trustworthiness, multiple strategies were implemented, including member checking with eight participants, peer debriefing within the research team, maintenance of a reflexivity journal by the lead researcher, and confirmation of theoretical saturation through systematic comparison of the final interviews with earlier data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study sought answers to the following research questions regarding Syrian refugee children: Does sports have a positive effect on their communication with their peers in the country they have migrated to? How has the social integration of children participating in a sport changed with their Turkish peers over a 14-week period? Were there any changes in their personal development, socialization, integration with other Turkish students, and emotional development before and after the study? After four months, Syrian refugee children showed a positive change in their communication skills. They also began to use Turkish more fluently. It was observed that after a while, the children trained together in all sports activities without discrimination. Although the Syrian children were initially hesitant at the beginning of the program, they later actively participated in the decision-making processes for all sports activities. Some children who went to work after school preferred to attend these sports schools opened by the municipality instead of going to work. Another finding was that their school attendance increased. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Doidge, M., Keech, M., and Sandri, E., (2020). ‘Active integration’: sport clubs taking an active role in the integration of refugees. International Journal of Sport Policy and Politics. Vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 305–319. https://doi.org/10.1080/19406940.2020.1717580 . Flensner, K. K., Korp, P., and Lindgren, E. C., (2021). Integration into and through sports? Sport activities for migrant children and youths. European Journal for Sport and Society, 18:1, 64-81, https://doi.org/10.1080/16138171.2020.1823689 Ha, J.P., and Lyras, A., (2013). Sport for Refugee Youth In a New Society: The Role of Acculturatiın In Sport For Development and Peace Programming. South African Journal for Research in Sport, Physical Education and Recreation. 35(2): 121-140. Kaya, A., Faulkner, P. E., Baber, C. R. And Rotich, J.P., (2021). Insights from Immigrant and Refugee Youth on Resilience through Sport Participation during Adaption to a New Country. Journal of Immigrant and Refugee Studies. Vol.. 20, No. 1, 33–48. https://doi.org/10.1080/15562948.2021.1890303 Olliff, L., (2008). Playing for the future. The role of sport and recreation in supporting refugee young people to ‘settle well’ in Australia. Youth Studies Australia Vol. 27, No. 1. Pp.52-60. Spaaij, R., (2015). Refugee youth, belonging and community sport. Leisure Studies, Vol. 34, No. 3, 303–318, http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02614367.2014.893006 . Stura, C., & Johnston, L.M., (2018). Cross-cultural conflicts within sports teams. Journal of Peace Education. Vol.15, NO. 1, pp.97–114. https://doi.org/10.1080/17400201.2017.1409199 UN-United Nations, (2025). International Migrant Stock 2024 Key Facts and Figures. UN New York. Yeh, C., Kim, A., Pituc, S., & Atkins, M. (2008, January). Poverty, loss, and resilience: The story of Chinese immigrant youth. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 55(1), 34–48. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0167.55.1.34 . |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 19 SES 05 A: More-than-Human and Multispecies Ethnographies Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Florian Weitkämper Paper Session |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Paper The Making of Human-animal Relations Through Atmospheres in Education: Anthropocentric Forcefields and Ontological Change in Crisis Times 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: Aalto University, Finland Presenting Author:In modernity, human-nature relations have been characterized by separation, hierarchy, and the exceptionalism of human agency. Accordingly, the position of other than human animals has been shaped by subordination and otherness in relation to human species. Currently, the human-induced environmental crisis is introducing profound changes in the ways these positions and divisions are perceived. The porosity, transcorporeality and entanglement of humans with the rest of the nature, as implicated in the debates around the concept of the Anthropocene (Lorimer, 2017), requires an ontology capable of grasping the blending of the natural with the human-constructed, the biological with the cultural, genes with their environments, and the material with the semiotic (Massumi, 2009). This “interactionist ontology” (Tuana 2008) becomes visible especially in environmental catastrophes. Furthermore, threatening and looming environmental catastrophes illustrate how affects are indistinguishable from the generalised crisis environment (Massumi, 2009). We invited groups of children and young people to collectively examine the changing human-nature relations in two informal educational settings, a natural history museum and a zoo. We engaged in multispecies ethnography, expert-led excursions and art-based workshops to enhance attentiveness to various aspects of human-animal relations. Across all these activities, we employed the concept of atmosphere (xx) to focus on the ways in which affect and ontology come together in these contexts, their representations, narratives and stagings. The questions we examined were: How is the human/animal distinction made in the natural history museum and in the zoo? What kinds of atmospheres are emerging and how are atmospheres used around this ontological distinction? Atmosphere, or affective atmosphere (Anderson & Ash, 2015) is a concept that builds on the dynamic notion of collective and prepersonal affects (Massumi, 2009). As phenomena, atmospheres can be seen as affective assemblages (see Tsing, 2015), in which openness, heterogeneity, movement and change foreground. However, atmospheres also help us approach the other-than-human and nonhuman worlds, as myriad crucially significant atmospheres exist outside the human sensory and semiotic capacities (Lorimer et al., 2019). Importantly, in our research, the atmospheric ethnographic approach (Schroer & Schmitt, 2018) fuelled ontological sensitivity to exploration of educational assemblages involving humans, legacies of science, nonhuman animals, and various materials and architectures. The ethnographic, atmospheric, and arts-based approaches and materials allowed us to analyse the material and affective making of the human/animal distinction: the making of scientific subjects and objects; the atmospheres of conservation and their ruptures; the co-existence of different, frictional atmospheres around the animal closures and dioramas. In the end of the empirical phase in the natural history museum, we conducted discussions with the young people to revisit their experiences during the research. In particular, the atmospheres around extinction led us to reflect on human exceptionalism and the related existential loneliness (Rose, 2011), and the possibilities of change related to these. The study highlighted the interrelated affective and ontological dimensions of the environmental crisis, focusing on the ways these shape and are shaped by young humans and other than human animals. In the course of the research, being human in a human-induced environmental crisis became seen as an issue related in various ways to the modernist human/animal distinction maintained in educational practices. However, this same distinction appeared as one that can be ruptured and unlearned. The discussions also highlighted a space of agency, in which the young people pondered various, even conflicting modes of action within the environmental crisis. However, in particular in the zoo context, other than human animals’ worlds, agencies, and atmospheres were made visible, ones that easily are hidden behind normative educational accounts and human exceptionalist storylines.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study of affective atmospheres has recently gained momentum in philosophy, affect theory, nonrepresentational theory as well as media studies and studies of urban and architectural contexts (Anderson & Ash, 2015). Even if atmospheres assemble, form, and disassemble like clouds in the sky (Schroer & Schmitt 2018), and these formations can never be fully known in advance, atmospheres have much to do with ‘hard’ everyday realities in realms such as politics and stock market (Stewart, 2011). The role of atmospheres for learning environments has been acknowledged for a long time, as things are learned through rhythms, modes, qualities and intensities as much or even more than through cognitive means (Stewart, 2011). Recently, atmospheres have been examined in connection with educational environments and mobile media (Trafí-Prats et al., 2025). In line with “concept as inquiry” (Taguchi & St. Pierre, 2017),we employed the concept of atmospheres as a method that fuels various sensitivities in research, and that directs attentions to aspects in fieldwork that are in flux, changing, fleeting, or even unseen (Hohti et al., 2023). For a study focusing on human-animal relations, it is particularly important that atmospheres are more-than-human, and thus suited for critically examining taken for granted anthropocentric aspects of educational environments while allowing attunement to more than human agencies. Atmospheres thus allow building understanding about educational environments and practices as always already situated in a multispecies world. Atmospheric ethnography requires giving up part of the control regarding the research process, and instead foreground attunement and sensory dwelling in research settings (Schroer & Schmitt, 2018). In our work with eight high school students as well as a group of nine 10-12-year-old children in the natural history museum and at the zoo, we combined atmospheric approaches (Anderson & Ash 2015, McCormack, 2018) with multispecies ethnography (Ogden et al., 2013) across activities such as workshops, expert-led tours, and artistic activity. Altogether, we spent many weeks in these two contexts, attuning to the ways their atmospheres involved human-animal relations and nonhuman agencies. In all our research activities, we attempted to resist the human exceptionalist gaze (Tsing, 2015), and always return our perception to multispecies contact zones (Haraway, 2008). An important part for grasping the making of human/animal distinctions and the processes of learning and unlearning these, was the processual nature of the field work, in which materials such as photographs, drawings, and notes were revisited and recursively discussed with the young participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We conclude by two arguments, which concern the foundations of educational practices widely, but are especially relevant for the educational practices in the Western societies. First, from the point of view of atmospheric ontologies, education is an anthropocentric forcefield, in which affective settings and stagings maintain the modernist human-animal division. It is because of these affective forces that education is slow to acknowledge the agentic more-than-human world and to resist the routine repetition of anthropocentrism. Second, ontologies have atmospheres, and atmospheres can in turn be used to enhance sensitivity and attention to the detail of ontological distinctions in the making. Thus, an atmospheric approach can be used to open up the taken for granted positions of the human in relation to the rest of nature to be redefined. Based on our study, we claim that to work towards more just and sustainable multispecies futures, education needs ecological reflexivity accompanied by an ontological sensitivity (Celermajer et al. 2025; Hohti et al. 2025). By ontological sensitivity we highlight especially sensitivity to the ways of making and maintaining the destructive hierarchies and divisions of modernity, which lie at the bottom of the human-induced environmental crisis. These hierarchies, even if they are sustained by strong affective forcefields, are not set in stone, and they can be seen as changing and changeable. In future, the question, how these changes could be enacted in education in concrete, could be connected with perspectives such as Machado de Oliveira’s “hospicing" (2021), which help to pay caring attention to the complex details and affective aspects related to saying goodbye to modernity. References Anderson, B., & Ash, J. (2015). Atmospheric methods. In P. Vannini (Ed.), Non-representational methodologies: Re-envisioning research (1st ed., pp. 34–51). Celermajer, D., Burke, A., Fishel, S., Fitz-Henry, E., Rogers, N., Schlosberg, D., & Winter, C. (2025). Institutionalising multispecies justice. Cambridge University Press. Haraway, D. (2008). When species meet. Posthumanities (Vol. 3). University of Minnesota Press. Hohti, R., Ylirisku, H., Valasmo, V., Mehto, V., & Sinquefield-Kangas, R. (2025). Kun ei voi hengittää: Ilmapiiri näkökulmana nuorten ja muun luonnon välisiin suhteisiin ympäristökriisissä. Tiede & edistys, (3), 50-71. Hohti, R., Rousell, D., MacLure, M., & Chalk, H.-L. (2023). Atmospheres of the Anthropocene: Sensing and rerouting dis/inheritances in a university museum with young people. Children's Geographies, 21(1), 123–136. Lorimer, J. (2017). The anthropo-scene: A guide for the perplexed. Social Studies of Science, 47(1), 117–142. Lorimer, J., Hodgetts, T., & Barua, M. (2019). Animals’ atmospheres. Progress in Human Geography, 43(1), 26–45. https://doi.org/10.1177/0309132517731254 Machado de Oliveira, V. (2021). Hospicing modernity: Facing humanity’s wrongs and the implications for social activism. North Atlantic Books. Massumi, B. (2009). National enterprise emergency: Steps toward an ecology of powers. Theory, Culture & Society, 26(6), 153–185. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276409347696 McCormack, D. P. (2018). Atmospheric things: On the allure of elemental envelopment. Elements. Duke University Press. Ogden, L., Hall, B., & Tanita, K. (2013). Animals, plants, people, and things: A review of multispecies ethnography. Environment and Society, 4(1), 5–24. Rose, D. B. (2011). Wild dog dreaming: Love and extinction. University of Virginia Press. Schroer, S. A., & Schmitt, S. B. (Eds.). (2018). Exploring atmospheres ethnographically. Routledge. Stewart, K. (2011). Atmospheric attunements. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 29(3), 445–453. https://doi.org/10.1068/d9109 Taguchi, H. L., & St. Pierre, E. A. (2017). Using concept as method in educational and social science inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 23(9), 643–648. Tsing, A. L. (2015). The mushroom at the end of the world: On the possibility of life in capitalist ruins. Princeton University Press. Trafí-Prats, L., Castro-Varela, A., & Wargo, J. (2025). Atmospheric approaches to mobile media: Reconceptualizing youth–smartphone relations. Children's Geographies, 1–15. 19. Ethnography
Paper Becoming-With the Forest Nest. Animistic Sensibilities and Ethnographic Explorations of Relational Being-in-the-World on a School Trip Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland Presenting Author:Our contribution takes ethnographic observations from a school trip as its point of departure in order to explore relational becoming-with (Rautio et al. 2020; Timeto 2021) from an educational anthropological perspective. A central concern in social and cultural anthropology has long been to understand local ideas and worldviews beyond Western models of thought, in order to account for forms of social organisation, relations to environment(s), and modes of existence in the world. In this context, established dichotomies such as subject/object, nature/culture, and human/non-human have been critically questioned (Latour 1993; Kohn 2013; Descola 2014; Viveiros de Castro 2015; 2016), and relational ontologies have been developed and debated (cf. Ingold 2011; Strathern 2020; 2024; Spyrou 2022). Discussions of different forms of knowing, learning, acting, and being in the world that challenge Cartesian modes of thinking are constitutive of these debates and offer productive points of departure for the further development of relationally oriented educational anthropological research on childhood and schooling. Within this context, the motif of animism has been framed as a possible response to what has been described as a crisis of civilisation associated with the Anthropocene (Stürmer 2022, 41). Contemporary discussions of the so-called new animism are thus taken up as onto-epistemological considerations. Rather than conceiving animism as a coherent and unified ontology, current approaches emphasise animistic sensibilities (Swancutt 2019, 2), which emerge in specific moments, situations, and relations to particular beings, things, forces, or experiences (Stürmer 2021, 42). Of particular relevance in debates on new animism is the question of what constitutes a person. Our approach draws on Nurit Bird-David’s seminal text Animism Revisited: Personhood, Environment, and Relational Epistemology (1999). Following Marilyn Strathern, Bird-David conceptualises the person not as an “individual” but as a “dividual”: a subject that is not understood as a bounded, self-contained entity, but as relational, divisible, processual, and constituted through relationships. This understanding encompasses relations among all entities, including humans, non-humans, and inanimate objects, as well as affects, desires, thoughts, and concepts. As Bird-David argues, “against materialistic framing of the environment as discrete things stands relationally framing the environment as nested relatedness” (1999, 78). One of the most pressing questions facing educational anthropology in the early twenty-first century concerns the conditions under which formal education can function as a driving force for social change towards more egalitarian, inclusive, and sustainable societies. In this contribution, this concern is further developed by situating it within relational epistemologies. This makes it possible to reconceptualise learning as learning to relate, thereby connecting children and humans more broadly to relations among people, places, and more-than-human entities. Subjects are not assumed to pre-exist these relations but emerge through ongoing interconnections with human and non-human others, becoming continuously constituted through processes of becoming-with. Against this theoretical backdrop, the paper draws on ethnographic observations from a school trip to a forest to explore becoming-with from an educational anthropological perspective. Engaging with current debates on the Anthropocene, relational theory and new animism, the contribution asks how processes of subjectification and education beyond an anthropocentric framework can be empirically described, and how such a perspective can be made productive for ethnographic educational research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical analysis centres on a thick ethnographic description of an everyday scene in an institutional educational context: during a school trip, a kindergarten child (“Paul”) spends an extended period in the forest constructing an improvised “sleeping place” from leaves, moss, bark, and branches. Rather than interpreting this seemingly mundane activity through a psychological or pedagogical lens – as individual play or creative expression – the contribution approaches it as a relational configuration in which human and non-human entities, materials, bodies, sounds, topography, affects, temporalities, and epistemic uncertainties are intricately entangled. In line with the notion of animistic sensibilities, Paul’s nest-building is not read as an expression of a childlike worldview, but as a concrete practice of relational world-making. In this practice, entities do not appear as passive objects but as responsive and meaningful co-participants. Learning, knowledge, and meaning emerge not through detached observation, but through relational engagement and practical involvement, consistent with a relational epistemology (Bird-David 1999) that privileges “I relate, therefore I am” over “I think, therefore I am”. Methodologically, the paper advocates a tentative, exploratory, and carefully attuned ethnographic approach in the tradition of relational educational anthropology and relational childhood research (Spyrou 2017; 2022). Rather than asserting relationality at an abstract level, it demonstrates how specific relations – in the space between humans and materials, bodies and topographies, knowledge and non-knowledge, order and disorder – are situationally produced, temporarily stabilised, and subsequently transformed or dissolved. Particular attention is paid to incorporating as many of the entities involved – material, social, atmospheric, and epistemic – into both description and analysis. The methodological discussion draws on approaches developed by Kirksey and Helmreich (2010) and Pink (2015). Kirksey and Helmreich argue that moving beyond anthropocentrism and identifying contact zones is insufficient unless ethnographers also trace the entanglements and interactions among humans, animals, plants, microbes, and other entities, mapping how such assemblages emerge and transform over time (2010, 555f.). Pink, in turn, advocates “a way of thinking about and doing ethnography that takes as its starting point the multisensoriality of experience, perception, knowing and practice” (2015, xi). Both approaches foreground ethnographic observation itself and position the ethnographer as part of the relational networks under study, based on the assumption that ethnographers play an active role in their constitution. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper thus makes two central contributions. First, it demonstrates how social anthropological and posthumanist theoretical perspectives can be rendered empirically productive without imposing theoretical schemes on ethnographic material or romanticising children’s engagements with “nature”. At the same time, it avoids pedagogically predetermined interpretations. Second, the theoretical and methodological framework advanced here opens up a perspective on early education in which educational processes are not primarily understood as intentional acts of teaching, but as emergent, relational, and socio-material-affective events that take learning to relate seriously. For ethnographic educational research, the contribution offers a theoretically grounded and empirically rich approach to analysing becoming human and becoming world beyond anthropocentrism. More broadly, it contributes to anthropological debates on education by asking under what conditions formal education can become an effective force for social change towards more egalitarian, inclusive, and sustainable social arrangements. By conceptualising learning in relational-ontological terms as learning to relate, education is understood not as a controllable process of transmission, but as an open, emergent, and more-than-human event: one that holds considerable potential for fostering sensibilities of relationality, responsibility, and becoming-with in a shared world. References Bird‐David, Nurit. 1999. ‘“Animism” Revisited: Personhood, Environment, and Relational Epistemology’. Current Anthropology 40 (S1): S67–91. https://doi.org/10.1086/200061. Descola, Philippe. 2014. Die Ökologie der Anderen. Die Anthropologie und die Frage der Natur. Translated by Eva Moldenhauer. Matthes & Seitz. Kirksey, S. Eben, and Stefan Helmreich. 2010. ‘The Emergence of Multispecies Ethnography’. Cultural Anthropology 25 (4): 545–76. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1548-1360.2010.01069.x. Kohn, Eduardo. 2013. How Forests Think: Toward an Anthropology beyond the Human. University of California Press. Latour, Bruno. 1993. We Have Never Been Modern. Translated by Catherine Porter. Harvard University Press. Pink, Sarah. 2015. Doing Sensory Ethnography. 2nd ed. SAGE Publications. Rautio, Pauliina, Paulina Semenec, and Claudia Diaz-Diaz. 2020. ‘Chapter 10: Interview with Pauliina Rautio’. In Posthumanist and New Materialist Methodologies. Research after the Child, edited by Claudia Diaz-Diaz and Paulina Semenec. Children: Global Posthumanist Perspectives and Materialist Theories, edited by Karen Malone, Marek Tesar, and Sonja Arndt. Springer Nature. Spyrou, Spyros. 2017. ‘Time to Decenter Childhood?’ Childhood 24 (4): 433–37. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568217725936. Spyrou, Spyros. 2022. ‘Relational Ontologies’. In Childhood Studies. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/obo/9780199791231-0260. Stürmer, Milan. 2022. ‘Die Errettung Der Zivilisation: Über Das Versprechen Der Onto-Epistemologie Des Neuen Animismus’. Kulturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift 6 (2): 39–56. https://doi.org/10.2478/kwg-2021-0030. Timeto, Federica. 2021. ‘Becoming-with in a Compost Society — Haraway beyond Posthumanism’. International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy 41 (3/4): 315–30. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSSP-08-2019-0158. Viveiros de Castro, Eduardo. 2015. The Relative Native: Essays on Indigenous Conceptual Worlds. Special Collections in Ethnographic Theory. HAU Books. Viveiros de Castro, Eduardo. 2016. ‘Perspektiventausch. Die Verwandlung von Objekten Zu Subjekten in Indianischen Ontologien’. In Animismus, edited by Irene Albers and Anselm Franke. Diaphanes. 19. Ethnography
Paper Introducing ‘Episodic Participant Observation': an Inclusive Version of the Method University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:This paper introduces the method ‘episodic participant observation’ (Svendby, 2025). This is a flexible and pragmatic alternative to the traditional and idealized long-term fieldwork far from home (Geertz, 1973; Glesne, 2006; Goffman, 1989; Mead, 1928). In the paper, I present unfortunate effects of this idealization. I argue that the idealization promotes a fully functioning researcher with few responsibilities i.e., in most cases a young, white, non-disabled male that moves free of obligations or restrictions, gendered or otherwise. Producing knowledge from this perspective – and only this perspective – is both a loss for ‘Other’ researchers (e.g., some disabled researchers) and for academia – which will systematically miss out on certain types of knowledge and continue producing the truths and worldviews of the privileged (Weiner, 1988). To increase accessibility, ‘episodic participant observation’ is introduced to open for an alternative where participant observation may be conducted ‘episodically’, meaning for shorter or longer timespans, planned or spontaneously, and at any location. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Ethnography, fieldwork, autoethnography, episodic participant observation Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcome of this paper is to introduce the concept of ‘episodic participant observation’ to its target group. One main characteristic of ‘episodic participant observation’ is its flexibility. I present it as a practical approach aiming to make participant observation accessible and easy to implement as a supplementary research method in any study and regardless of the researcher’s functional variation or life situation. It is a prerequisite, however, that participants must be aware of and consent to the use of participant observation before its use, and that the study follows ethical guidelines for qualitative research. While related to ‘revelatory moments’ (Trigger et al., 2012) and ‘accidental ethnography’ (Fujii, 2015) the method ‘episodic participant observation’ differs from these particularly by representing a strategic method. Moreover, it is an inclusive supplementary research method in which the researcher will systematically seek opportunities to conduct participant observation, for example before or after an interview. The method, therefore, is not accidental, but planned and structured with the aim of gaining knowledge and insights into the phenomena under study. Therefore, the method will be incorporated into the research design of the project under development. In practice, ‘episodic participant observation’ is a pragmatic use of participant observation where the ethnographer implements its techniques over a short time span, here unspecified as a period. A period may last for some minutes, hours, or days. ‘Episodic participant observation’ may be conducted one or several times during a study. Also, episodes of participant observation might be planned beforehand or occur spontaneously. It may involve few or many people. ‘Episodic participant observation’ might be implemented in any kind of study and occur at any location – abroad or in the researcher’s own culture, in a village or in a city - anywhere. References Fujii LA (2015) Five stories of accidental ethnography: Turning unplanned moments in the field into data. Qualitative Research 15(4): 525–539. Geertz C (1973) Deep play: Notes on the Balinese cockfight. In: The Interpretation of Cultures: Selected Essays. New York: Basic Books, pp. 412–454. Glesne C (2006) Becoming Qualitative Researchers: An Introduction. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon. Goffman E (1989) On fieldwork. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 18(2): 123–132. Mead M (1928) Coming of Age in Samoa: A Psychological Study of Primitive Youth for Western Civilisation. New York: William Morrow & Company. Murphy RF (1987) The Body Silent: The Different World of the Disabled. New York: W.W. Norton. Svendby, R. B. (2025). ‘Episodic participant observation’: Critiquing the ideal and offering an inclusive version of participant observation as a supplementary method in qualitative studies. Qualitative Research, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/14687941251377285 Trigger D, Forsey M and Meurk C (2012) Revelatory moments in fieldwork. Qualitative Research 12: 513–527. Weiner AB (1988) The Trobrianders of Papua New Guinea. New York: Holt, Rineheart & Winston. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 20 SES 05 A: Rethinking Educational Learning Spaces Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Semiha Bekir Paper Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Reimagining Educational Environments as Relational Ecologies: A Case for Encouraging Sensorial and Embodied Inquiry through Natural and Digital Spaces University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper responds to Network 20’s call for studies examining ‘innovative methodologies that embrace materiality, relationality and spatial affordances’ across diverse educational environments. Traditionally, the design of educational spaces has focused on a range of largely physical components, such as the type and flexibility of furniture, or the availability and use of digital technologies (Damşa et al., 2019; Woolner, 2010). International research on the design of learning environments has examined ‘optimal’ and ‘innovative’ layouts, their alignment with pedagogy, and their impact in terms of learning outcomes, cognitive gains, and the development of particular skills and literacies (Imms et al., 2023; Barrett et al., 2015; van Merrienboer, 2017; Sasson et al., 2022). Arguably, this approach to research and design partly reflects traditional instrumentalist approaches in education, where a focus on ‘what works’ drives policy and practice towards the primary goal of preparing students to be successful contributors to a future workforce (Biesta, 2022). However, these dominant discourses can serve to overshadow the embodied, diverse, and relational ways in which students experience and make sense of their educational spaces (Colombetti, 2014). This study actively engages with this tension in the conceptual underpinnings of learning space design, through an exploration of methodologies foregrounding the sensing body in the emergence of educational spaces as relational ecologies (Rousell, 2021). A relational lens is important to consider, as the design of educational spaces in the western world continues to reflect dominant monocultural visions that bely the increasingly diverse nature of student cohorts, impacting negatively on young people’s sense of belonging (Brillante & Mankiw, 2015; Calabrese-Barton & Tan, 2020). The role of the body in relation to educational spaces and spatial affordances – technological, digital, material – remains somewhat nebulous (Author 1 et al., 2025), despite expanding literature in the field of embodied education (Kersting et al., 2021). Ultimately, the sidelining of the embodied and the relational in the design of educational spaces narrows opportunities for meaningful participation, by limiting the range of ways that students can understand, explore, and communicate different concepts and connect to their environment. Indeed, students rarely have a say in how their educational spaces are designed and (re)configured (Author 1 et al., 2023), with the result that these spaces are often disconnected from lived experience in place (Author 2 et al., 2025). As part of an interdisciplinary research project focusing on the role of the senses in science and sustainability education, we collaborated with 18 students and two teachers in a secondary school in the UK over the course of a school year. Drawing on theories of embodiment, multimodality, and sensory ethnography (Kersting et al., 2021; Pink, 2015), a variety of spaces in the school – a ‘standard’ classroom, science classroom, and garden space in the grounds – were re-configured and re-imagined through a priming of sensory exploration. Sessions involved students actively engaging with the materiality of the space (investigating the textures and scent of plants), exploring textures on digital devices with heightened sensory feedback (haptic touch technologies), and experimenting with arts-based approaches (soil painting), with the aim of deepening inquiries and surfacing questions about what it means to participate meaningfully in relation with humans and more than human others in an educational space. Guiding the study was an appreciation that ‘designing’ educational spaces may involve physical alterations but also an acute awareness of how we move, interact, sense, inhabit, and make sense of the space, through and with our bodies. To explore what different encounters and questions may arise through such a reimagining of space, we developed innovative methodologies which brought sensory and embodied experience to the fore. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 18 secondary school students aged 12-13 participated in the research with their two teachers. The school is situated in an urban area of Edinburgh, UK, with a highly diverse student population (over 40 languages spoken) and a catchment area which includes some of the most socio-economically deprived areas of the country, according to the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD 1-3). Two key questions framed the study: 1. To what extent do sensorial and embodied experiences encourage students’ inquiry into the nature of their educational spaces? 2. In what ways does designing for a diversity of sensorial affordances support meaningful participation across diverse student groups? Across 10 interactive sessions, taking place during science and ‘life skills’ subjects, students were invited to take on the role of co-researchers of their educational spaces through a range of modalities. In the sessions, students explored the garden area in their school grounds – a space not readily accessible to the wider student population – and identified something they found interesting or notable, through which researchers could observe to what extent sensorial inquiry naturally occurred. From these initial observations, sensorial inquiry extended through the re-design of the classroom spaces, where students engaged with soil through a variety of mediums: soil textures were approached artistically for their ability to release pigments and minerals at the touch; whereas digital haptic touch technologies allowed students to ‘feel the untouchable’ by overlaying haptic and audio feedback on images from underneath the soil and the zoomed-in stomata of leaves. Additionally, students collected natural objects from the grounds to further explore in the classroom, developing and articulating lines of scientific inquiry through artistic representations including soil painting. Researchers took observation notes and held audio-recorded reflective conversations with students and teachers. Photographs and video recordings were taken to document interactions, artworks, and artefacts, and the ways in which the spaces changed physically and socially through the activities. A framework of embodied interaction and communication (Author 2 et al., 2024) drew attention to propensity to engage in sensorial inquiry, alongside a focus on richness of interaction, language, and gesture. Findings were curated through a qualitative sensory ethnographic approach (Pink, 2015), which places strong emphasis on multimodal methods and connections with space and place, thus resonating with the research focus on embodied and sensorial encounters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings disclosed opportunities for prompting curiosity and inquiry through sensorial and embodied interaction, bringing students into closer connection with their surroundings. Sensory ethnography surfaced episodes where students encountered the materiality of the space, provoking questions about the different environments in the school. For example, exploration of natural and digital haptic leaves led to discussions about a lack of biodiversity in the school grounds. The haptic technologies, rather than aiming for fidelity across textures, acted as bridge between embodied experiences in the outdoors and science classroom, connecting to inquiries including the role of soil in water retention. Students discussed feeling ‘at home’ in the garden space, which they previously never visited, and encouraged teachers to take them out during lessons. Sensorial and embodied interactions offered a plurality of ways in which students could participate, from scientific observations through haptics to artistic interventions through soil paintings, culminating in a student-led exhibition. Attending to a diversity of ways of knowing and being saw the spaces emerge as relational ecologies (Rousell, 2021) where students came to inhabit the learning environment (Ingold, 2007). Furthermore, students began to raise questions of power and agency, querying who made decisions about design of and access to spaces. Teachers discussed how sensory explorations altered the feel of the space and impacted positively in slowing the ‘pace of learning’, while acknowledging that embodied approaches remain largely underexplored in formal education (Nathan, 2022). There also remain ongoing tensions in reimagining educational spaces, where students’ sensorial inquiries clashed with the highly structured nature of curriculum and traditional visions of school spaces. Nevertheless, recognition of these tensions served to highlight critical questions about the ‘feel’ of diverse learning environments – how can our educational spaces continue to sustain us, and reflect the world we wish to inhabit, in relation with others? References Barrett, P. S., Davies, F., Zhang, Y., & Barrett, L. (2015). The impact of classroom design on pupils’ learning: Final results of a holistic, multi-level analysis. Building & Environment, 89, 118–133. Biesta, G. (2022). World Centred Education. A View for the Present. London: Routledge. Brillante, P., & Mankiw, S. (2015). Preschool through grade 3: A sense of place: Human geography in the early childhood classroom. YC Young Children, 70(3), 16–23. Calabrese-Barton, A., & Tan, E. (2020). Beyond Equity as Inclusion: A Framework of “Rightful Presence” for Guiding Justice-Oriented Studies in Teaching and Learning. Educational Researcher, 49(6), 433-440. Colombetti, G. (2014). The Feeling Body: Affective Science Meets the Enactive Mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Damşa, C., Nerland, M., & Andreadakis, Z. (2019). An ecological perspective on learner-constructed learning spaces. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(5), 2075–2089. Imms, W., Morris, J., Bradbeer, C., & Mahat, M. (2023). What should be the focus of next generation learning spaces research? An international cross-sector response. The ILESE Scoping Study White Paper. LEaRN, The University of Melbourne. Ingold T. (2007). Lines: A brief history. Routledge Kersting, M., Haglund, J. & Steier, R. (2021). A Growing Body of Knowledge: On Four Different Senses of Embodiment in Science Education. Sci & Educ, 30, 1183–1210. Nathan, M. J. (2022). Foundations of Embodied Learning: A paradigm for education. New York: Routledge Pink, S. (2015). Doing Sensory Ethnography. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Rousell, D. (2021). Immersive cartography and post-qualitative inquiry: A speculative adventure in research-creation. Routledge. Sasson, I., Yehuda, I., Miedijensky, S., & Malkinson, N. (2022). Designing new learning environments: An innovative pedagogical perspective. The Curriculum Journal, 33(1), 61-81. van Merrienboer, J. J., McKenney, S., Cullinan, D., & Heuer, J. (2017). Aligning pedagogy with physical learning spaces. European Journal of Education, 52(3), 253-267. Woolner, P. (2010). The design of learning spaces. Bloomsbury Publishing. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Learning Designers’ Perspectives on Mission-Based Learning in the Yrityskylä Learning Environment. University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:This research explores Mission-Based Learning (MBL) as an innovative pedagogical approach designed to operationalise broad-based competencies in authentic, socially meaningful contexts. Grounded in experiential learning, MBL organizes learning around purposeful missions or challenges that require students to take responsibility, collaborate, make decisions, and reflect on outcomes. By emphasizing active participation, problem-solving, and experiential engagement, MBL enables learners to apply knowledge and skills in dynamic, real-world scenarios. This study analyses Yrityskylä Itä-Suomi, a purpose-designed, non-formal, simulation-based learning environment through the lens of MBL examining how it supports student agency and entrepreneurial competencies among sixth-grade learners, and how these competencies transfer across formal and non-formal educational contexts. Educational systems worldwide are increasingly expected to prepare learners for complex social, economic, and technological environments by developing transversal competencies such as agency, collaboration, creativity, communication, and critical thinking (Trilling & Fadel, 2010). In Finland, these ambitions are embedded in the National Core Curriculum through broad-based competencies (laaja-alainen osaaminen), which emphasise learner agency, entrepreneurship education, and interdisciplinary learning (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2016). While these competencies are conceptually supported in policy, their practical enactment in classrooms and beyond remains uneven. Skills such as entrepreneurship and agency are often misunderstood or underestimated in local curricula due to limited pedagogical guidance for educators (Seikkula-Leino et al., 2019; Ruskovaara & Pihkala, 2015; Lackéus, 2015). This gap is particularly critical in peripheral regions such as North Karelia, where fostering innovation and regional vitality requires equipping students with these future-oriented skills (Regional Council of North Karelia, 2021; Smart Specialisation Strategy of North Karelia, 2022; OECD, 2018). Consequently, there is a growing need for structured, engaging pedagogical approaches that enable students to operationalise these competencies in both formal and non-formal educational environments. To support this research, the study draws upon key theories: entrepreneurial learning (Kyrö, 2005), experiential learning (Kolb, 1984), agency in education (Leonard, 2017) and social cognitive theory (Bandura, 1986). The EntreComp Framework (EntreComp, 2016) guides the operationalisation of entrepreneurial competencies. The primary objective is to analyze how learning designers conceptualise the relationship between MBL, student agency, and competency development, and how these conceptualisations translate into concrete pedagogical design principles. A secondary objective is to explore the implicit and explicit educational philosophies informing Yrityskylä learning activities, including assumptions about learning, motivation, authenticity, and the role of structure versus autonomy. By focusing on learning designers’ perspectives, the study addresses a gap in MBL and entrepreneurship education research, which has predominantly emphasised student outcomes rather than pedagogical intent and design logic. Understanding how designers interpret and operationalise agency, and competencies is critical for explaining how MBL functions in practice, and for supporting the transferability of such models to other educational contexts. Corresponding research questions were formulated to guide empirical inquiry: RQ1: How do learning designers perceive the role of mission-based learning in fostering student agency, entrepreneurial competencies, and other transversal skills? RQ2: What pedagogical philosophies and design rationales underpin learning designers’ decisions in the development and implementation of Yrityskylä learning activities? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is conducted in close collaboration with Yrityskylä Itä-Suomi and participating primary schools in Eastern Finland. Qualitative data was collected through semi-structured interviews from five learning designers responsible for the development and implementation of mission-based learning (MBL) structures, including those embedded within the Yrityskylä programme. The participants represented a range of expert roles related to education, entrepreneurship education, and service and content development. Their professional designations included, for example, special advisory roles in teacher education and research, experts within the Yrityskylä organisation, and specialists in youth entrepreneurship skills. All participants held at least a master’s degree in fields such as education, economics, or instructional design, with some additionally engaged in doctoral studies in education or behavioural sciences. To ensure anonymity, individual participants are described only at an aggregate level. Interviews lasted between 60 and 75 minutes and were conducted either in person (one interview) or online via Microsoft Teams. Both Finnish and English were used during the interviews to allow participants to express professional and conceptual nuances more precisely. In addition, the researcher conducted site visits to the Yrityskylä learning environment to observe and gain contextual familiarity with the setting and its pedagogical structures. The observational data from Yrityskylä learning environments will be used as contextual material to support interpretation of designers’ accounts. These observations are intended to provide insight into how articulated design principles manifest in practice, particularly in relation to mission structure, learner choice, collaboration, and interaction patterns. Observational notes will not be analysed independently but will instead serve to triangulate and contextualise interview data. Interview protocols were informed by agency theory and the EntreComp framework, allowing for systematic exploration of how competencies are conceptualised and embedded in MBL activities. Questions addressed designers’ views on learner autonomy, the balance between guidance and freedom, the role of missions in structuring learning, and the intended mechanisms through which agency and competencies are activated. Interview data will be transcribed and analysed thematically to identify recurring patterns and variations across participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to generate conceptual and design-oriented insights into how Mission-Based Learning (MBL) is intentionally conceptualised and operationalised by learning designers within a purpose-designed, non-formal, simulation-based learning environment. Based on semi-structured interviews with learning designers, the findings are expected to reveal how agency, entrepreneurial competencies, and transversal skills are understood, prioritized, and embedded within mission structures and pedagogical design choices at Yrityskylä Itä-Suomi. The analysis is anticipated to identify key design principles and pedagogical rationales underpinning MBL implementation, including how learning designers balance structure and autonomy, scaffold decision-making, and create opportunities for responsibility, collaboration, and reflection. Differences in how designers interpret agency and entrepreneurship either as explicit learning outcomes or as emergent properties of participation are also expected to surface, highlighting variations in underlying educational philosophies and assumptions about learning and motivation. Furthermore, the study is expected to shed light on how learning designers conceptualise the transferability of competencies across formal and non-formal educational contexts, including perceived enablers and constraints for aligning MBL with school curricula and policy expectations. These insights will contribute to a deeper understanding of how MBL functions in practice, not only as a pedagogical method but as a design logic informed by experiential learning, entrepreneurial learning, and agency-oriented perspectives. By foregrounding learning designers’ perspectives, the study will extend existing research on MBL and entrepreneurship education, which has largely focused on student outcomes, by making visible the often-implicit pedagogical reasoning that shapes learning environments. The findings are expected to inform educators, curriculum developers, and policymakers seeking to design or adapt mission-based approaches in diverse educational settings, offering transferable insights into how agency and competencies can be intentionally fostered through pedagogical design. References Bacigalupo, M., Kampylis, P., Punie, Y., & Van den Brande, G. (2016). EntreComp: The entrepreneurship competence framework. Publications Office of the European Union. https://eige.europa.eu/resources/lfna27939enn.pdf Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Prentice-Hall. Finnish National Agency for Education. (2016). National core curriculum for basic education 2014 (Publications 2016:5). https://www.oph.fi/en/statistics-and-publications/publications/national-core-curriculum-basic-education-2014 Kolb, D. A. (2015). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development (2nd ed.). Pearson Education. Kyrö, P. (2005). Entrepreneurial learning in a cross-cultural context: Challenges to previous learning paradigms. In P. Kyrö & C. Carrier (Eds.), The dynamics of learning entrepreneurship in a cross-cultural university context (pp. 44–77). University of Tampere. Lackéus, M. (2015). Entrepreneurship in education: What, why, when, how (OECD Education Working Papers No. 2015/6). OECD Publishing. Leonard, B. (2017). How can schools use student agency to optimise educational outcomes for students? http://www.educationalleaders.govt.nz/content/download/81198/664560/file/Bernie%20Leonard%20-%20student%20agency%20-%20sabbatical%20report%202017.pdf OECD. (2018). The Future of Education and Skills: Education 2030 (OECD Education Policy Perspectives, No. 98). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/54ac7020-en Seikkula-Leino, J., Ruskovaara, E., Pihkala, T., Rodríguez, I. D., & Delfino, J. (2019). Developing entrepreneurship education in Europe: Teachers’ commitment to entrepreneurship education in the UK, Finland and Spain. In The role and impact of entrepreneurship education (pp. 130–145). Edward Elgar Publishing. Smart Specialisation in North Karelia. (2022). Smart specialisation in North Karelia. Regional Council of North Karelia. https://pohjois-karjala.fi/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Smart-specialisation-in-North-Karelia.pdf Trilling, B., & Fadel, C. (2010). 21st century skills: Learning for life in our times. Teacher Librarian, 37(4), 74. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Teachers’ Perceptions of Educational Space, Furniture and Environmental Conditions in Traditional Classrooms and Innovative Learning Environments 1: Universitat de Valencia, Spain; 2: School of Design of Valencia, Spain; 3: Generalitat Valenciana, Spain Presenting Author:This study investigates teachers’ perceptions of educational space, furniture, environmental conditions, and professional competences related to the pedagogical use of space, comparing traditional classrooms with Innovative Learning Environments (ILEs). The topic is situated within the growing international and European policy emphasis on student-centred, competency-based education, which increasingly recognises learning environments as key enablers of pedagogical innovation. Despite this attention, there remains a significant lack of empirical, practice-oriented evidence to guide schools and teachers in the effective transformation and pedagogical exploitation of physical learning environments. The central research question guiding this study is: How do teachers’ perceptions of educational spaces, furniture, environmental conditions, and their own professional competences differ between traditional classrooms and Innovative Learning Environments, and what implications do these perceptions have for sustainable pedagogical innovation? This overarching question is complemented by subsidiary questions addressing (a) which spaces and material elements teachers consider essential for innovation, (b) how frequently different spaces and furniture are used in practice, (c) the barriers teachers encounter when moving beyond the traditional classroom, and (d) teachers’ perceived competence in planning and managing pedagogical use of space. The primary objective of the research is to analyse and compare teachers’ perceptions across these dimensions in order to identify patterns that can inform evidence-based decision-making in school design, policy, and professional development. Secondary objectives include identifying priority areas for spatial transformation, exploring structural, organisational, and knowledge-related barriers, and examining teachers’ self-perceived competence in the pedagogical use of educational spaces.
The conceptual and theoretical framework integrates perspectives from educational change theory, learning environment research, and architectural pedagogy. The study draws on the conception of Innovative Learning Environments as flexible, technology-enabled spaces designed to support active, collaborative, and student-centred learning, as articulated in international frameworks and policy reports (Blannin et al., 2020; OECD, 2017). It is informed by models of educational change that conceptualise innovation as the interaction between pedagogy, space, and technology, with pedagogy acting as the primary driver of transformation and physical space functioning as an enabling condition rather than a determining factor (Silander & Ryymin, 2015; French et al., 2022). The framework is further grounded in influential pedagogical and architectural traditions that conceptualise space as an active educational agent, including the Reggio Emilia approach, which defines space as the “third teacher” (Edwards et al., 1998), Montessori pedagogy, which emphasises order, autonomy, and intentionally designed learning environments (Lawrence & Stæhli, 2023), and architectural theories that highlight flexibility, interaction, and informal learning through the design of intermediate and shared spaces (Hertzberger, 2008; Mattila, 2015). The European and international dimension of the study is central to its relevance. The research aligns closely with European Union recommendations on key competences for lifelong learning (European Union, 2018) and with UNESCO’s global agenda for Education for Sustainable Development, both of which stress the importance of learning environments that promote autonomy, collaboration, well-being, and lifelong learning skills (UNESCO, 2017; Scott, 2015a, 2015b). In addition, the study responds to international evidence highlighting the measurable impact of physical learning environments on students’ learning outcomes and well-being (Barrett et al., 2015; Barrett et al., 2016). By providing empirical evidence from a European regional context, the research contributes to the international discourse on how physical learning environments can effectively support pedagogical innovation across diverse educational systems. Its findings are particularly relevant to other European contexts facing similar challenges, such as the adaptation of existing school buildings, the alignment of spatial design with competency-based and student-centred pedagogies, and the need to support teachers through coherent, system-level strategies for educational change (Patrix & Benade, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a descriptive and comparative, non-experimental, cross-sectional research design, primarily quantitative in nature, with complementary qualitative elements derived from open-ended survey responses. Data were collected through an ad hoc online questionnaire specifically designed to examine teachers’ perceptions of educational spaces, furniture, environmental conditions, and professional competences related to the pedagogical use of space. The questionnaire was developed following an extensive review of international literature on Innovative Learning Environments, educational architecture, and pedagogical change. It consisted of 21 items combining Likert-scale questions, multiple-choice items, and open-ended questions. The instrument addressed multiple dimensions, including frequency and type of space use, perceived adequacy of furniture and environmental conditions, barriers to using alternative spaces, funding sources for spatial changes, and teachers’ self-perceived knowledge and competence in spatial planning and management. Content validity was ensured through expert review. Seven experts in educational innovation and learning space design evaluated each item in terms of clarity and relevance, following adapted Lawshe validation procedures (Tristán López, 2008). Feedback resulted in refinements to wording and structure, strengthening the coherence and validity of the instrument. The final sample comprised 228 teachers from different educational stages (early childhood, primary, secondary, and vocational education) in the Valencian Region (Spain). A non-probabilistic snowball sampling strategy was employed. Participants self-identified whether they worked primarily in traditional classrooms or in Innovative Learning Environments, enabling comparative analysis between groups. Data analysis was conducted using IBM SPSS (version 28). Descriptive statistics were used to summarise teachers’ perceptions and practices. Given the ordinal and non-normally distributed nature of the data, nonparametric tests were applied. The Mann–Whitney U test was used to examine differences between groups for ordinal variables, while the chi-square test of independence was employed for nominal variables. Effect sizes were calculated to assess the practical significance of observed differences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a strong and consistent association between Innovative Learning Environments and more positive teacher perceptions of educational spaces, furniture, environmental conditions, and professional competence. Teachers working in innovative environments reported significantly higher levels of perceived flexibility, adaptability, accessibility, and support for collaborative learning. They also demonstrated more diversified and frequent use of school spaces and flexible furniture, whereas teaching in traditional contexts remained largely confined to the regular classroom and conventional furnishings. Importantly, the study shows convergence across contexts regarding which spaces and material elements should be prioritised when initiating change, with the regular classroom and playground emerging as central levers for pedagogical innovation. This suggests that sustainable innovation should focus on improving everyday, highly accessible spaces rather than relying solely on isolated flagship projects. Despite these positive trends, the findings also highlight persistent barriers. Structural and organisational constraints, limited access to resources, and lack of time were widely reported, particularly in traditional settings. Moreover, a substantial proportion of teachers—including those working in innovative environments—reported insufficient knowledge of strategies for managing group work and planning pedagogical use of flexible spaces. This underscores that spatial transformation alone is insufficient without parallel investment in teacher professional development. Overall, the study concludes that educational innovation requires a systemic approach that aligns spatial design, furniture provision, environmental quality, and sustained, practice-oriented teacher training. By foregrounding teachers’ perceptions, the research provides empirically grounded guidance for policymakers, school leaders, and designers seeking to implement innovative learning environments in a coherent, equitable, and pedagogically meaningful manner References Blannin, J., Mahat, M., Cleveland, B., Morris, J. & Imms, W. (2020). Teachers as Embedded Practitioner-Researchers in Innovative Learning Environments. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 10(3), 99-116. https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.887 Barrett, PS, Zhang, Y., Davies, F., & Barrett, LC. (2015). Clever classrooms: Summary report of the HEAD project. University of Salford. Manchester. Barrett, P., Barett, L., & Zhang, Y. (2016). Teachers’ views of their primary school classrooms. Intelligent Buildings International, 8(3), 176-191. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508975.2015.1087835 Edwards, C., Gandini, L., y Forman, G. (Eds.). (1998). The hundred languages of children: The Reggio Emilia approach - advanced reflections (2ª ed.). Ablex Publishing. European Union (2018). COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01) French, R., Mahat, M., Kvan, T. & Imms, W. (2022). Viewing the transition to innovative learning environments through the lens of the burke-litwin model for organizational performance and change. Journal of Educational Change, 23, 115-130. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09431-5 Hertzberger, H. (2008) Space and learning: lessons in architecture 3. Rotterdam: 010 Publishers. Lawrence, S., y Stæhli, B. (2023). Montessori architecture: A design instrument for schools. Park Books. Mattila, P. (2015). Learning environments for phenomenon-based learning. Finnish National Board of Education OECD. (2017). The OECD Handbook for Innovative Learning Environments. https://www.oecd.org/education/the-oecd-handbook-for-innovative-learning-environments-9789264277274-en.htm Patrix, M. & Benade, L. (2018). Beyond the Building. Reconceptualising Learning Environments: A literature review. New Zealand Journal of Teachers’ Work, 15(1), 10-19. Scott, C. L. (2015a). The Futures of learning 1: why must learning content and methods change in the 21st century? Unesco. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000234807 Scott, C. L. (2015b). The Futures of learning 2: what kind of learning for the 21st century? Unesco. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000242996 Silander, P., & Ryymin, E. (2015). Towards new learning environments: Phenomenon-based learning and digitalization. Finnish National Board of Education. Tristán-López, A. (2008). Modificación al modelo de Lawshe para el dictamen cuantitativo de la validez de contenido de un instrumento objetivo. Avances en medición, 6(1), 37-48. https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/Modificaci%C3%B3n-al-modelo-de-Lawshe-para-el-dictamen-Trist%C3%A1n-L%C3%B3pez/401781bbf691f0c15965fcf667e98a48e4899165 Unesco. (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: learning objectives. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Exploring Spatial, Relational and Inclusive Dynamics in a Diverse Primary School: A Collaborative Learning Corners Project 1: University of Valencia, Spain; 2: Centro de Educación Infantil y Primaria Joan Fuster Presenting Author:Current debates in European education increasingly emphasise the need to address diversity as a defining characteristic of contemporary classrooms rather than as a challenge requiring individualised solutions. This orientation questions homogenising pedagogical models and foregrounds the importance of methodologies capable of engaging with heterogeneity in learners’ cultural backgrounds, learning trajectories and modes of participation (Biesta, 2010; Ainscow, 2020; Florian, 2014). From this perspective, educational quality is closely linked to how pedagogical practices recognise and work with diversity in everyday teaching and learning processes, in line with the objectives of the United Nations’ Agenda 2030 and Sustainable Development Goal 4 (SDG 4). Within research on educational diversity, pedagogical practice is increasingly understood as a central site for responding to learner variability. Rather than relying on technical or compensatory solutions, attention is directed towards methodological coherence, classroom organisation and professional reflection as key factors shaping participation in diverse educational contexts (Ianes & Zagni, 2024; Parrilla, 2002; Parrilla & Susinos, 2014). From this perspective, diversity is approached as an ordinary condition of educational practice, calling for flexible, context-sensitive pedagogical approaches oriented towards shared participation. In this study, learning corners are conceptualised as pedagogical methodologies rather than as material or spatial arrangements. They are understood as intentional ways of organising learning processes, interactions and participation within the classroom. As a methodological approach, learning corners enable multiple learning pathways and forms of engagement to coexist within shared activities, allowing learners to approach tasks according to their interests, competences and learning rhythms while remaining part of a common learning experience. Research on innovative pedagogical approaches highlights the relevance of methodologies that promote collaboration, active engagement and the co-construction of knowledge (OECD, 2017; Oblinger, 2006; Woolner, 2010). When enacted as a methodology, learning corners foster interaction among learners, peer collaboration and shared meaning-making—processes that are particularly significant in heterogeneous classrooms. Such approaches support an understanding of diversity as a pedagogical resource rather than as a limitation. Pedagogical methodologies addressing diversity are also shaped through professional dialogue and collective reflection. In this sense, the development of learning corners in this study is grounded in collaboration and co-construction between primary school teachers and university researchers. This partnership supports the joint design, implementation and reflection of pedagogical practices, enabling theoretical perspectives and classroom experience to inform one another and contributing to context-sensitive methodological development. By supporting differentiated participation, collaborative learning and reflective practice, learning corners contribute to educational approaches aligned with the aims of SDG 4, promoting equitable and meaningful learning opportunities in diverse classrooms. This paper explores how learning corners function as pedagogical methodologies for engaging with diversity in a primary school context, with particular attention to collaborative co-construction between schools and the university and to how pedagogical design shapes participation in heterogeneous classrooms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents an exploratory collaborative project developed through a school–university partnership in a public primary school characterised by religious, linguistic, cultural, functional and socio-economic diversity. The study was conducted at the public early childhood and primary school “CEIP Joan Fuster” located in Manises, in the province of Valencia (Spain). The project was implemented over two academic years (2023–2025) and adopted a qualitative, participatory research design inspired by collaborative and practice-based approaches to educational inquiry (Kemmis, McTaggart & Nixon, 2014; Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). Learning corners were initially introduced as a pedagogical initiative in early childhood education at the school and were subsequently extended to all primary grades through a process of collective reflection and adaptation. This vertical implementation—from early childhood education through all years of primary schooling—enabled the examination of pedagogical continuity and variation across age groups. The scaling-up process was supported by regular meetings with teachers, the involvement of the whole teaching staff, and sustained dialogue between school practitioners and university researchers. This collaborative structure fostered shared decision-making in the design, implementation and ongoing revision of learning corners. The project was guided by principles of Universal Design for Learning (UDL), which informed the methodological design of learning corners across all educational stages. Activities were conceived to offer multiple means of engagement, representation and expression, enabling learners to rethink, adapt and recreate tasks according to their interests, competences and learning rhythms. In this sense, learning corners functioned as pedagogical methodologies supporting flexibility, learner agency and differentiated participation within shared classroom practices. Data were generated through systematic classroom observations conducted in early childhood education and across all primary grades. Observations were supported by co-constructed observation instruments developed collaboratively by teachers and university researchers. In addition, iterative reflective dialogues with teaching staff were carried out throughout the project. The analytical framework addressed five interrelated dimensions: spatial organisation, materials, activities, interpersonal relationships and inclusion. Data collection and analysis followed a cyclical logic of design, enactment and reconfiguration, enabling continuous reflection and methodological adjustment. Particular attention was paid to how pedagogical practices aligned with UDL principles across different educational stages and to how collaborative professional dialogue contributed to the refinement of methodologies oriented towards diversity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that learning corners contributed to notable shifts in classroom practices and participation across educational stages. Students increasingly demonstrated autonomy in task selection and time management, particularly in upper primary grades, alongside spontaneous peer collaboration and dialogic interaction. In sixth grade, learners incorporated values of exploration, self-regulation and autonomous learning into their engagement with activities, reflecting the development of more self-directed learning dispositions. These patterns align with European research emphasising the role of flexible pedagogical approaches in fostering learner agency and engagement in diverse classrooms (OECD, 2017; Hattie, 2012). Motivation increased when activities were open-ended, creative and multimodal, supporting meaningful, multi-level learning processes and opportunities for sense-making and task reinterpretation (Oblinger, 2006; Fenwick & Edwards, 2010). At the same time, persistent tensions emerged. Spatial constraints limited accessibility in some classrooms, materials remained largely structured, and activities were often weakly differentiated—particularly in lower grades—sustaining reliance on teacher validation and restricting exploratory learning. The interpersonal dimension proved critical. While cooperation, respectful communication and shared decision-making increased, challenges persisted in autonomous conflict resolution and in the participation of quieter students. From an intercultural perspective, uneven recognition of learners’ linguistic and cultural resources reflected challenges widely discussed in European inclusive education research (Banks, 2015; Ainscow, 2020). Inclusion thus emerged as a transversal but unevenly realised dimension, highlighting the need for more explicit strategies addressing accessibility, multilingual practices and culturally responsive pedagogical design. The collaborative nature of the project supported collective reflection, professional learning and shared authorship of pedagogical change. Overall, the findings suggest that the transformative potential of learning corners lies not only in classroom organisation but in their capacity to support participatory, equitable and culturally responsive learning processes within diverse European primary school contexts. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Banks, J. A. (2015). Cultural diversity and education: Foundations, curriculum, and teaching (6th ed.). Routledge. Biesta, G. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Paradigm Publishers. Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2009). Inquiry as stance: Practitioner research for the next generation. Teachers College Press. Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor-network theory in education. Routledge. Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 286–294. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933551 Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing impact on learning. Routledge. Ianes, D., & Zagni, F. (2024). Ricerca e pratiche inclusive: Questioni epistemologiche e metodologiche. Italian Journal of Special Education for Inclusion, 12(1). https://ojs.pensamultimedia.it/index.php/sipes/article/view/7259 Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Springer. Oblinger, D. G. (2006). Learning spaces. EDUCAUSE. OECD. (2017). The OECD handbook for innovative learning environments. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264277274-en Parrilla, Á. (2002). Acerca del origen y sentido de la educación inclusiva. Revista de Educación, 327, 11–29. Parrilla, Á., & Susinos, T. (2014). Investigación inclusiva en tiempos difíciles. Revista Interuniversitaria de Formación del Profesorado, 28(1), 43–58. Woolner, P. (2010). The design of learning spaces. Continuum. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 22 SES 05 A: Transnational Employability Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lise Moawad Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Exploring the Transition of Syrian Forcibly Displaced Migrants from Higher Education to Work Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Introduction The growing number of forcibly displaced people worldwide has raised concerns about providing essential services to ensure their integration into the socio-economic systems of host countries. Higher education (HE) has been recognized as a fundamental service that helps mitigate the impacts of displacement (Arar et al., 2021; Cin & Doğan, 2021) and supports the ongoing development of human capital among Forcibly Displaced Migrants (FDMs), enabling them to rebuild their lives in host countries, move to third countries, or return to their home countries after conflicts, equipped with necessary skills and qualifications. Although there is extensive literature on FDMs’ access to and experiences within higher education, there is a critical need for reassessment in Türkiye, where post-graduation outcomes for FDMs remain underexamined. In particular, the transition from university to employment is inadequately explored, reflecting a broader gap identified in global systematic reviews (Parkinson, 2025; Kuzhabekova & Nardon, 2023). Against this backdrop, this study aims to investigate the transition of FDMs from higher education to work and the role of HE in easing this transition, focusing on Syrian FDMs in Türkiye. Given this gap, the study explores how higher education facilitates employment among Syrian FDMs in Türkiye. Theoretical Framework The instrumentalization of university education by marginalized populations introduces numerous complexities, prompting a reevaluation of existing discursive frameworks (Damelang & Kosyakova, 2021). When individuals migrate internationally, they encounter changes in language, culture, and economic systems, which can influence the transferability of their acquired human capital. As a result, international migrants may not fully utilize their education and work experience in the new country, leading to a form of adverse selection regarding skills and qualifications, unlike economic migrants (Chiswick 1978; 1979; Massey et al., 1993). HE is conceptualized as the main public services that equip FDMs with various capitals that enable them pursue the social and economic life in their desired destinations including host country, home country or a third country (Kondakci et al., 2023). Using human capital theory and the capability approach, this research examines investments in higher education and the role of inclusive institutions in expanding real freedoms. The human capital of refugee migrants, together with their individual and family resources, exerts a substantial influence, comparable to that of established community members, regardless of their migration background (Kogan & Kalter, 2020). Governments and higher education systems share a symbiotic relationship where universities contribute to societal progress through their services, while governments establish the essential legal framework within which these institutions operate. Therefore, there is an urgent need for capability-oriented policies and inclusive institutions that address forced migration, higher education, and employment transitions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a phenomenological design to explore the lived experiences of Syrian FDMs who completed higher education in Türkiye and subsequently entered the labor market. A total of 31 in-depth, semi-structured interviews (ranging from 34 to 149 minutes, average ~70 minutes), both online and face-to-face. The interview protocol was informed by relevant literature, expert consultations, and two pilot tests, ensuring thematic clarity and contextual appropriateness. Participants, aged between 22 and 31 (45% female; 65% holding Turkish citizenship), majority with master’s degree reported high Turkish language proficiency (87%), and were largely employed in NGOs, with 74% obtaining employment within six months of graduation, despite frequent education employment mismatches. Ethical approval was secured before conducting the study. Researcher reflexivity was prioritized, shaped by the researcher’s training in intercultural competence, engagement with thematic coursework, and continuous dialogue with an advisor specializing in FDM studies. The analysis was performed using Braun and Clarke’s Reflexive Thematic Analysis (2006; 2019; 2020), focusing on the interpretation of underlying meanings and patterns in the data set. This method involved iterative rounds of coding, allowing us to delve deeper into the data and uncover the essential elements of the participants' experiences. Limitations include the application of Global North theoretical frameworks in a Global South context, the underrepresentation of vocational graduates, and potential language barriers, which may have influenced the depth of some narratives. These considerations informed a cautious and reflective analytical approach, ensuring that the findings remain grounded in participants’ meaning-making processes while acknowledging structural and contextual constraints. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study’s findings indicate that the transition of FDMs from higher education to employment in Türkiye unfolds as a complex, non-linear, and fragmented process, influenced by temporary protection frameworks, entrenched bureaucratic path dependencies, and exclusionary institutional dynamics (Özçürümez & Yıldırım, 2022). It is influenced by how host countries use their specific human capital and is limited by institutional and bureaucratic barriers. From a capability point of view, human capital is not only an economic resource but also a factor that helps or hinders the ability to achieve important outcomes, like meaningful jobs, personal agency, and growth. Participants’ experiences indicate that job pathways often require adaptive strategies, informal learning, and active pursuit of opportunities, showing that skills from formal education are just part of the picture. Participants’ narratives reveal that higher education enhances employability but rarely leads to meaningful professional mobility, as credential devaluation, labor market dynamics, and misalignment between formal qualifications and labor needs constrain the instrumentalization of their human capital (Güvendi & Alpaydın, 2022). From a capability perspective, these experiences underscore that education functions not only as an economic asset but as a conversion factor yet its potential to expand real freedoms remains limited by non-inclusive institutions and weak bridging social capital (Sen, 1999). This study also highlights gendered dimensions (Fincham, 2020), as women reported increased aspirations, self-confidence, and professional identity development through higher education, but these gains often failed to materialize in practice due to structural barriers and discriminatory recruitment practices (Cin & Doğan, 2021). Findings highlight a persistent capability trap where systemic barriers underutilize human capital and limit inclusion. The study thus advocates for capability-oriented policies and inclusive structures that enable FDMs to convert educational investments into valued employment. References Arar, K., Kondakci, Y., Streitwieser, B., & Saiti, A. (2021). Higher education in the era of migration, displacement and internationalization (1st ed.). Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328352. Chiswick, B. R. (1978). The Effect of Americanization on the Earnings of Foreign born Men. Journal of Political Economy, 86(5), 897-921. Chiswick, B. R. (1979). The economic progress of immigrants: Some apparently universal patterns. In W. Fellner (Ed.), Contemporary economic problems (pp. 357–399). American Enterprise Institute. Cin, F. M., & Doğan, N. (2021). Navigating university spaces as refugees: Syrian students’ pathways of access to and through higher education in Turkey. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(2), 298–312. Damelang, A., & Kosyakova, Y. (2021). To work or to study? Postmigration educational investments of adult refugees in Germany – Evidence from a choice experiment. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 73, 100610. Güvendi, M. F., & Alpaydın, Y. (2022). Suriyeli mültecilerin yükseköğretimden istihdama geçiş deneyimlerinin incelenmesi. Marmara Üniversitesi Atatürk Eğitim Fakültesi Eğitim Bilimleri Dergisi, 55(55), 365-388. Kogan, I., & Kalter, F. (2020). An empirical–analytical approach to the study of recent refugee migrants in Germany. SozW Soziale Welt, 71(1-2), 3-23. Kondakci, Y., Zayim Kurtay, M., Kaya Kasikci, S., Senay, H. H., & Kulakoglu, B. (2023). Higher Education for forcibly displaced migrants in Turkey. Higher Education Research & Development, 42(3), 619-632. Kuzhabekova, A., & Nardon, L. (2023). Refugee Students’ Transition from Higher Education to Employment: Setting a Research Agenda. Journal of Immigrant & Refugee Studies, 21(3), 502-517. Massey, D. S., Arango, J., Hugo, G., Kouaouci, A., Pellegrino, A., & Taylor, J. E. (1993). Theories of international migration: A review and appraisal. Population and development review, 431-466. Özçürümez, S., & Yıldırım, D. (2022). Why Do Employment and Socioeconomic Integration. Refugees on the Move: Crisis and Response in Türkiye and Europe, 45, 93. Parkinson, T. (2025). Syrian students in Turkish higher education: A systematic review and thematic synthesis. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 8, 100416. Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper From ‘Overseas Returnees’ (Haigui) to ‘Returning Overseas’ (Guihai): Chinese Overseas-educated Graduate Returnees’ Re-migration Decisions University of nottingham ningbo china, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:International student mobility (ISM) plays an important role in developing global and regional knowledge economies by facilitating knowledge exchange, fostering innovation, and contributing to the talent pool. Amid rising geopolitical tensions, restrictive migration policies, and increased experiences of xenophobia and discrimination among international graduates, ISM is shifting from a predominantly south-north pattern to something more complex and nonlinear. For example, there is a noticeable trend of Chinese international graduates choosing to return to China rather than seeking employment or further study overseas. This may pose challenges for European countries trying to retain global talent to address local skill shortages and drive innovation.
China, the world’s largest and fastest-growing source of internationally mobile students (UNESCO, 2024), witnessed over 8 million overseas returnees (known in Chinese as ‘Haigui’) between 1987 and 2022, with annual figures rising from 186,200 in 2011 to approximately 1.04 million in 2021 (Ministry of Education, 2022). The surging number of Haigui increasingly face a multifaceted “reintegration crisis,” encountering complex dilemmas in economic, social, and psychological re-embedding upon return (Liao & et al., 2021; Zweig & Du, 2021). Empirical research identifies multiple re-integration challenges for these returnees: difficulties in finding jobs, reverse culture shock, cultural and professional misfit, and systemic barriers such as ageism and gendered exclusion (Chen & Du, 2023; Zhang et al., 2025). This crisis is vividly reflected on social media, where the self-mocking label, “overseas waste” (‘Haifei’) and discussion of “Guihai” (returning overseas) have emerged among the online overseas returnee community.
This trend of re-migration—where overseas-educated graduates return home and subsequently consider further migration—has become increasingly salient in global higher education and skilled migration contexts. Analysis in prior ISM research was mostly dominated by “push-pull” models focused on the initial outward migration and cross-cultural adjustment in host countries (Findlay, 2011; Cairns & Sargsyan, 2019). Although recent scholarship has expanded to include “return migration” and “brain circulation”, homecoming is often treated as a static outcome, primarily judged by returnees’ degree of success in integrating into local labour markets. However, for international students, returning home after overseas studies is often a transitional phase in a continuous, multi-staged life-journey. Migration decisions are not one-off, single-dimensional impluses; rather, they are processual and relational, evolving over time (Ahrens & King, 2023). To better understand re-migration decisions, research must explore how individuals actively negotiate their identities and career aspirations during their complex 'post-return' period.
This study examines Chinese overseas-educated returnees’ (Haigui) re-migration decision-making processes, asking:
The study integrates Margaret Archer’s (2007) Morphogenetic Approach with the “new mobilities paradigm” (Sheller & Urry, 2006) to examine re-migration intentions of Chinese returnees. Using Archer’s conceptualization of the “internal conversation,” we analyse how returnees reflexively evaluate life projects in relation to the constraints and enablements of social structures. Rather than seeing return as static or permanent, the new mobilities paradigm recognizes that “all the world seems to be on the move” (Sheller & Urry, 2006). Here, re-migration is viewed as an active exercise of “motility”—the potential for movement as a powerful social resource. The domestic labour market is conceptualized as a “mooring”—a fixed infrastructure that can support or restrict individual flows. Through reflexivity, returnees identify systemic frictions or barriers within these regimes of flow and strategically choose further mobilization to achieve their goals. This perspective views re-migration not as a failure to integrate, but as an intentional and agent-driven effort to navigate global opportunity networks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is grounded in a critical realism paradigm (Archer, 2007; Sayer, 2004) and employs online ethnography (Kozinets, 2020; Hine, 2015) to capture the lived experiences of Chinese overseas-educated returnees. The research is strategically situated within the “Haigui Waste Recycling Mutually-Aid Association” (HWRMAA), an online community on Douban (a Chinese social media platform with over 54,000 members). Founded in May 2020, this community has become the largest digital space for overseas-returned Chinese students to gather and interact with each other, sharing their personal stories related to education, life and work in both host and home countries; thus making it an ideal “ethnographic site” for exploring Haigui’s authentic experiences and perceptions. Online ethnography is particularly suited for this study as it allows the researcher to observe returnees’ “naturally occurring” reflexive practices within digital spaces, providing a richer context than traditional retrospective interviews (Hine, 2015). This approach is selected for its unique capacity to facilitate immersive, longitudinal engagement with the community (Kozinets, 2020), allowing for the capture of not only professional behaviours but also underlying cultural meanings and emotional expressions. Data collection comprises two methods: first, a 12-month period of participatory observation (January to December 2025), conducted within HWRMAA. Following ethnographic principles, the researcher documents the collective sense-making processes of returnees. To preserve the authenticity of these challenging experiences while minimizing the observer effect, a covert identity is assumed during this phase. This strategy was ethically chosen to protect the vulnerability of narratives shared within this private digital space. To explore individual life-projects, semi-structured in-depth interviews are conducted with returnees recruited from HWRMAA. To date, 15 interviews have been completed. These interviews focus on participants’ “internal conversations” (Archer, 2007), exploring how they perceive the challenges and opportunities of integrating with local labour market and general living conditions, and how they negotiate their decisions to re-migrate. Data analysis is performed using Critical Narrative Analysis (CNA) (Souto-Manning, 2014), managed via NVivo software. CNA is uniquely powerful for this study because it does not treat stories in isolation; instead, it bridges individual narratives with broader social power dynamics (Langellier, 2001). By applying CNA, the research can deconstruct how returnees’ stories of job hunting and considerations of remigration are embedded in the structural conditioning of the Chinese labour market. This provides the critical evidence needed to show that re-migration is a reflexive project of resistance against identity alienation, rather than just a reaction to professional ‘failure’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to reveal that re-migration is not a passive escape from domestic labour market failures, but a deliberate agentic project conducted by returnees as globally mobile citizens. International higher education is found to have significantly enhanced returnee’s “motility”—the potential for socio-spatial mobility (Sheller & Urry, 2006)—allowing them to conceptualize “home” as a temporary node within a dynamic global trajectory rather than a final destination (Ahrens & King, 2023; Amanzadeh et al., 2024). Drawing on Archer’s (2007) Morphogenetic Approach, the findings anticipate that the clash between overseas-acquired values and domestic “structural walls”—such as hierarchical workplace cultures and rigid recruitment filters (Schewel, 2020)—triggers an intense “internal conversation”. In this reflexive process, returnees perceive the domestic labour market not as a permanent residence, but as a “mooring” characterized by systemic “frictions” that impede their professional flow. Consequently, the decision to re-migrate is reframed as a reflexive project aimed at aligning their life trajectories with a global field that provides the social validation (Holmes, 2013) that the domestic environment fails to offer. In addition, international education fosters an internationalized subjectivity that prioritizes professional autonomy and subjective well-being over traditional domestic success markers. Returnees perceive themselves not as “failures” within a local field, but as global talents whose global identity and critical competences are more effectively affirmed in alternative geographical spaces. Through meta-reflexivity, individual frustration transforms into a collective critique of systemic rigidity. The intent to move again is validated as an act of agency reclamation. Driven by the aspirations-capabilities framework (De Haas, 2021), returnees proactively leverage their motility to seek a field that aligns with their global identity and preserves their professional self-concept. This transition from “anxious returnee” to “reflexive global citizen” highlights the transformative and liberating power of international student mobility on the individual life course. References Ahrens, J., & King, R. (2023). Onward migration and multi-sited transnationalism. Springer Nature. Amanzadeh, N., Kermani, A., & McQuade, T. (2024). Return migration and human capital flows (NBER Working Paper No. 32352). National Bureau of Economic Research. Archer, M. S. (2007). Making our way through the world. Cambridge University Press. Cairns, D., & Sargsyan, M. (2019). Student and graduate mobility in Armenia. Springer International Publishing. Chen, J., & Du, X. (2023). Integration or re-mobility: Exploring the typology of academic returnees’ post-return experiences in Chinese universities from the cultural assimilation perspective. Beijing International Review of Education, 5(3), 405–422. De Haas, H. (2021). A theory of migration: the aspirations-capabilities framework. Comparative migration studies, 9(1), 8. Findlay, A. M. (2011). An assessment of supply and demand‐side theorizations of international student mobility. International Migration, 49(2), 162-190. Hine, C. (2015). Ethnography for the internet: Embedded, embodied and everyday. Bloomsbury Academic. Holmes, L. (2013). Competing perspectives on graduate employability: possession, position or process?. Studies in higher education, 38(4), 538-554. Kozinets, R. V. (2020). Netnography today: A call to evolve, embrace, energize, and electrify. In Netnography unlimited (pp. 3-23). Routledge. Langellier, K. M. (2001). Personal narrative. Encyclopedia of life writing: Autobiographical and biographical forms, 2, 699-701. Liao, S., Ding, F., Xu, E., Hu, P., & Hu, X. (2021). From “Studying Abroad Fever” to “Returning Home Wave”: Psychological and Behavioral Effects of Returnee’s Reverse Culture Shock Chinese Journal of Applied Psychology, 27(3 ), 204-214. Ministry of Education (MOE). (2024). Statistics on Students Studying Abroad. Sayer, A. (2004). Why critical realism. Critical realist applications in organisation and management studies, 11(6). Schewel, K. (2020). Understanding Immobility: Moving Beyond the Mobility Bias in Migration Studies. International Migration Review, 54, 328 - 355. Sheller, M., & Urry, J. (2006). The New Mobilities Paradigm. Environment and Planning A: Economy and Space, 38(2), 207-226. Souto-Manning, M. (2014). Critical narrative analysis: The interplay of critical discourse and narrative analyses. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 27(2), 159-180. UNESCO (2024) Data for the Sustainable Development Goals | Institute for Statistics (UIS), accessed 15 Jan 2026. Zhang, Y., Zheng, L., Wang, X., Shen, X., Feng, Y., Niu, Y., & Cai, W. (2025). Understanding global mobility of dietetic talents: A survey study of overseas-educated dietetic returnees in China. Globalization and Health, 21(1). Zweig, D., & Du, Z. (2021). Are China’s “Sea Turtles” Becoming “Seaweed”? A Changing Job Market. International Higher Education, (106), 29-30. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Comparative Employability of Transnational and Overseas Graduates--A lens from Chinese Master Graduates Lingnan University Presenting Author:Contemporary higher education transformation in China has been shaped by long-term reforms including massification, internationalisation, and performance-oriented governance, which have reconfigured institutional priorities and graduate transitions (Shen et al., 2022; Xiong et al., 2022). This study seeks to understand how the institutional model and geographic context of an international education shape the employability of Chinese master’s graduates. The central research question is: How do the employability outcomes and capital formations of Chinese master’s graduates differ between traditional overseas universities, their transnational joint-venture campuses in China? This investigation is operationalized through a focused comparative case study of four institutions representing distinct archetypes: University of Nottingham, UK (UNUK); University of Nottingham Ningbo China (UNNC); New York University, USA (NYU); New York University Shanghai (NYU Shanghai). The University of Nottingham, as a UK institution, is deeply embedded in this European Higher Education Area tradition. Its joint venture, UNNC, represents a direct export and adaptation of this European model into the Chinese context, embodying the EU’s and UK’s strategic goal of deeper educational engagement with Asia. This study will critically assess how this European-derived model of transnational education (TNE) translates graduate capital into employment outcomes. The question is deliberately designed to move beyond a simplistic "domestic versus abroad" analysis. Instead, it dissects the nuance of educational mobility by asking whether a degree earned at a transnational campus within China confers a fundamentally different employability profile than one from its overseas parent. Furthermore, it interrogates how different international pedagogical and administrative models—specifically a European joint-venture approach versus an American integrated global network—influence the perceived value and tangible outcomes of graduates within the competitive Chinese and global labour markets. Ultimately, the research aims to reveal how these educational pathways equip graduates with specific forms of capital and positional advantage, contributing to broader debates on the efficacy and equity of international higher education. The analysis is grounded in an integrated theoretical framework that combines employability capital theory with positional conflict theory, interpreted through the lens of international higher education policy. To fully deconstruct employability, the study employs employability capital theory (Tomlinson, 2017; Fugate et al., 2004; Jackson and Tomlinson, 2020). This framework reconceptualizes employability not as a binary outcome but as a dynamic portfolio of acquired and activated capital. It will be used to map and compare how each institutional context cultivates distinct forms of capital in its graduates: human capital (specialized knowledge and skills), social capital (professional and alumni networks), cultural capital (intercultural fluency, institutional prestige, and understanding of global workplace norms), and psychological capital (resilience and career self-efficacy). This allows for a nuanced assessment of whether immersion in a UK or US environment fosters a different capital mix than a localized “Western” education in China. To contextualize this capital within a stratified global labour market, the framework incorporates positional conflict theory (Brown, 2003). This perspective views education as a positional good, where the value of a credential is relative to its scarcity and prestige in a hierarchy. The research will examine how Chinese graduates from the overseas ‘mother’ institutions (UNUK, NYU) may leverage their foreign credential for its traditional positional advantage and symbolic power. In contrast, it will explore how graduates from the transnational campuses (UNNC, NYU Shanghai) articulate and deploy their ‘glocalized’ credential—a hybrid of international pedagogy and local immersion—and whether this creates a new, distinct positional value or is perceived as a secondary tier within the global hierarchy of degrees. This tension between capital formation and positional value is central to understanding the real-world efficacy of different internationalization models. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative research paradigm, privileging depth, nuance, and the subjective interpretations of participants to understand the complex social phenomena of employability and capital formation. The primary research instrument was the semi-structured interview, chosen for its capacity to yield rich, detailed narrative data while maintaining a consistent thematic focus across cases. Data were gathered through approximately 55-65 in-depth interviews, with 20 participants purposively sampled from the alumni cohort of each of the four institutions (UNUK, UNNC, NYU, NYU Shanghai). Participants were Chinese nationals who had completed a taught master’s programme within the last three to five years, ensuring recent and relevant labour market experiences. A semi-structured interview protocol guided the conversations, with open-ended questions designed to elicit narratives around career trajectories, perceived skills acquisition, network development, and the perceived value of their specific degree in the job market. This approach allowed for the emergent identification of themes central to employability capital theory—human, social, cultural, and psychological—while remaining sensitive to unanticipated insights. Thematic Analysis (TA), as outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006; 2021), was the principal method of data analysis. This involved a systematic process of familiarization with transcripts, generating initial codes, searching for and reviewing themes, and defining and naming these themes. This iterative process enabled a rigorous, data-driven exploration of both commonalities and critical differences in the experiences and perceptions of graduates from the four institutional models. The comparative design was intrinsic to the analysis, as themes were constantly contrasted across the overseas and transnational, and the European and US-derived, contexts to draw out the specific influence of institutional type and internationalization model on graduate outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research yielded a nuanced comparative analysis of employability capital across distinct international higher education models. The primary finding was a clear differentiation in the composition and deployment of employability capital among graduates from the four institutional types. Graduates from the traditional overseas institutions (UNUK, NYU) demonstrated a pronounced accumulation of cultural and global social capital, which they leveraged for its strong positional value within elite transnational labour markets. In contrast, graduates from the transnational campuses (UNNC, NYU Shanghai) exhibited a more hybridised capital portfolio, characterised by a sophisticated localised social capital within China and a unique form of intercultural operational competence that bridged foreign pedagogical frameworks with domestic professional contexts. A key conclusion was that transnational education did not simply replicate the ‘mother’ institution’s outcomes but generated a distinct graduate profile with its own strategic advantages and potential positional ambiguities. The comparative analysis revealed a core divergence: the European joint-venture model (UNNC) cultivated graduates with a dual identity as localized adaptors. They excelled at pragmatic cultural translation, leveraging strong regional networks to bridge European norms with China’s domestic market. Conversely, the US integrated model (NYU Shanghai) fostered graduates with a unified global identity as seamless navigators. They prioritized fluid movement between cultural codes and leveraged a cohesive, worldwide institutional network for careers in truly global spheres. Each model thus produces a distinct type of globally competent graduate, shaped by its foundational philosophy of internationalization. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern‐based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and psychotherapy research, 21(1), 37-47. Brown, P. (2003). The opportunity trap: Education and employment in a global economy. European Educational Research Journal, 2(1), 141-179. Fugate, M., Kinicki, A. J., & Ashforth, B. E. (2004). Employability: A psycho-social construct, its dimensions, and applications. Journal of Vocational behavior, 65(1), 14-38. Jackson, D., & Tomlinson, M. (2020). Investigating the relationship between career planning, proactivity and employability perceptions among higher education students in uncertain labour market conditions. Higher education, 80(3), 435-455. Shen, W., Xu, X., & Wang, X. (2022). Reconceptualising international academic mobility in the global knowledge system: towards a new research agenda. Higher Education, 84(6). Tomlinson, M. (2017). Forms of graduate capital and their relationship to graduate employability. Education+ Training, 59(4), 338-352. Xiong, W., Yang, J., & Shen, W. (2022). Higher education reform in China: A comprehensive review of policymaking, implementation, and outcomes since 1978. China Economic Review, 72, 101752. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 22 SES 05 B: Student Agency and Motivation Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Katja Saxer Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Comparing Teachers' And Students' Perspectives of Student Engagement in Higher Education: Between Performativity And Invisibility Universitat de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Student engagement in higher education (HE) continues to be a matter of concern for universities and stakeholders as engaged students are less likely to drop out and are more inclined to engage in lifelong learning (Kuh, 2009). The institutional efforts to improve student engagement include teaching methods and depend on how teachers perceive their students (Almarghani & Mijatovic, 2017). Given that some student engagement may be invisible to the teacher (Gourlay, 2017; Padilla-Petry & Vadeboncoeur, 2020), and that students' perception of the subject and their own engagement may differ from that of the teachers’ (Zepke et al., 2014), few studies have compared teachers' views of student engagement with those of students' and little is known about an engagement that may go beyond a performativity (Macfarlane & Tomlinson, 2017b). Consequently, HE policies may be focusing on student engagement only as it is seen from the teachers or the institutions. Mainstream views of student engagement in HE reduce it to behaviours in classrooms organised by teachers and institutions and experienced by students. However, these mainstream views are deemed insufficient for some since they lack a "democratic-critical conception of learning that is participatory and dialogic" (Zepke, 2015, p.1317). Instead, student engagement in HE should be about adults making learning choices in post-compulsory education, thus avoiding an infantilization of HE students with compulsory attendance and emotional responses such as personal reflections on professional or experiential learning (Macfarlane & Tomlinson, 2017b). Student engagement has traditionally been associated with high-quality learning outcomes (Wimpenny & Savin-Baden, 2013) such as critical thinking (Carini et al., 2006), but some scholars are concerned with the relationship between alleged signs of student engagement (e.g., higher attendance), specific pedagogic interventions and learning gains (Macfarlane & Tomlinson, 2017a; 2017b). As an ideology that reifies the notion of participation (Gourlay, 2015), the concept of student engagement may serve to underscore notions of what is acceptable student behaviour. For instance, would engagement-as-opposition (engagement outside the norms, protesting etc.) be recognised as engagement (Macfarlane & Tomlinson, 2017b)? Several elements of what is considered legitimate engagement "focus on activity, which is communicative, recordable, public, observable and often communal" (Gourlay, 2015, p.404). The performativity associated with student engagement may not be directly related to learning and the conflation of student satisfaction and engagement may be illusory if the former is scarcely related to learning gains (Macfarlane & Tomlinson, 2017b). Thus, equating meaningful learning to largely behavioural measures may fail to capture the quality of learning generating a performativity in which targets and performance indicators must be met, students must be perceived as active learners and what is easily observable is measured (Macfarlane & Tomlinson, 2017b). Furthermore, some scholars highlight the invisibility or misinterpretation of certain forms of student engagement as some students may have an independent style of engagement and collaborate less with peers, while others seem to be passive (Gourlay, 2017). The invisibility of solitary forms of student engagement such as reading, writing or enquiring on the content of the subject outside the class may be ignored by teachers (Gourlay, 2017; Padilla-Petry & Vadeboncoeur, 2020) and students who prefer more solitary or independent learning may feel alienated and even vilified in classes where participation is mandatory (Tomlinson, 2017). But since what is understood as legitimate student engagement may vary according to teachers’ expectations and pedagogy (Gourlay, 2015) and reduced to task completion (Wintrup, 2017), more studies on the differences between HE students’ and teachers’ perspectives on student engagement and learning are needed to better inform HE policies on student engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We present the results of a mixed methods study that aimed to compare the views on student engagement in HE of teachers and students of Law, Education and Nursing from two Catalan public universities in the framework of blended teaching. The specific objectives of the research were: 1) to identify the degree of agreement/disagreement in relation to indicators of student engagement from the point of view of students and teachers; 2) to ascertain the students' and teachers' opinion on the visibility or invisibility of student engagement; 3) to compare the students' and teachers' opinions about and assessments of student engagement; 4) to explore how teachers and students understand learning in HE. The quantitative method comprised two ad hoc surveys, one for teachers and another for students, each consisting of three sections of questions: 1) socio-demographic data, 2) closed multiple-choice items, and 3) open-ended questions. The qualitative methods involved semistructured interviews with teachers and a student focus group. Participants consisted of teachers and students from Nursing, Law and Education degree programs which encompass subjects such as Pedagogy and Social Education. The surveys were distributed through the mailing lists of the respective faculties, ensuring anonymity and confidentiality with no collection of identifying data. The first section of each survey outlined the research objectives and sought informed consent from participants. Involvement in the study was voluntary, and no financial or academic incentives were offered. Forty-five teachers and 118 students from two universities completed the surveys. Twelve teachers were interviewed, with 6 from each university and 4 from each degree program. These participants, all full-time lecturers with more than 5 years of teaching experience, were recognized by their peers for actively implementing active learning methods. Notably, the majority were women (n=9). The focus group comprised 7 students from both participant universities, with 5 from Education degree programs and 2 from Law. Participants were chosen based on their active involvement in class discussions, with the majority being women (n=6). Quantitative analysis of agreement ratings for the survey items was conducted using SPSS software (version 25). Descriptive statistics (frequency, mean, standard deviation) were computed, alongside nonparametric tests for group comparison (Mann-Whitney U, Kruskal-Wallis K, and Wilcoxon signed-rank test) (Hollander et al., 2014). Responses to the open-ended questions underwent qualitative content analysis using an inductive approach. The qualitative content analysis of both the semistructured interviews and the focus groups followed a mixed inductive-deductive approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the perception of student engagement, while both teachers and students agreed on the importance of attendance, seeking the best qualifications and commenting positively or critically on the subject, there were significant differences regarding class participation and non-compulsory activities and attitudes. Students were more critical of the association between participation and student engagement defending their right to engage through silent listening and keeping the webcam off in online classes. Most of the teachers and the students accepted the invisibility of student engagement, but the reasons for this acceptance varied considerably between them. The students confirmed the teachers' explanations (lack of participation, large groups, and online classes) for the invisibility of student engagement but complained about a possible lack of teacher involvement or objectivity in assessing student engagement. Some of the students' complaints appeared to be directed at teachers' lack of awareness of students' efforts and personal conditions. Regarding the performativity of student engagement, students attached importance to attentive and silent listening as an indicator of student engagement, which may reveal more tolerance of a less performative engagement. While most of the teachers trusted their evaluation methods as indicators of the students’ learning, the students largely related learning with being able to apply or use what they learn outside the class. Moreover, almost 20% of the teachers’ responses to the question about students’ learning associated learning with class attendance and participation. Both the teachers and students associated achieving good qualifications with student engagement. This association justifies fostering student engagement, but not the assumption that student engagement is necessarily lacking in students with lower grades. In fact, 23.9% of the students' responses on the invisibility of student engagement were complaints about the lack of visibility of the work involved in each course, and 14.8% complained that teachers looked at qualifications only. References Almarghani, E. M., & Mijatovic, I. (2017). Factors affecting student engagement in HEIs—It is all about good teaching. Teaching in Higher Education, 22(8), 940–956. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 13562517.2017.1319808 Carini, R. M., Kuh, G. D. & Klein, S. P. (2006). Student engagement and student learning: testing the linkages. Research in Higher Education, 47(1), 1-32. https://doi.org/ 10.1007/s11162-005-8150-9 Gourlay, L. (2015) ‘Student engagement’ and the tyranny of participation, Teaching in Higher Education, 20(4), 402-411. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2015.1020784 Gourlay, L. (2017). Student Engagement, ‘Learnification’ and the Sociomaterial: Critical Perspectives on Higher Education Policy. Higher Education Policy, 30, 23-34. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-016-0037-1 Hollander, M.; Wolfe, D. A.; & Chicken, E. (2014). Nonparametric Statistical Methods. Wiley. Kuh, G. D. (2009). The National Survey of Student Engagement: Conceptual and Empirical Foundations. New directions for institutional research, 141, 5-20. https://doi.org/10.1002/ir.283 Macfarlane, B. & Tomlinson, M. (2017a). Editorial – Critical and alternative perspectives on student engagement. Higher Education Policy 30, 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-016-0026-4 Macfarlane, B. & Tomlinson, M. (2017b). Critiques of Student Engagement. Higher Education Policy, 30, 5–21. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-016-0027-3 Padilla-Petry, P. & Vadeboncoeur, J. (2020). Students’ perspectives on engagement, learning, and pedagogy: self-evaluations of university students in Spain. SAGE Open, 1-11. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244020924063 Tomlinson, M. (2017). Student Engagement: Towards A Critical Policy Sociology. Higher Education Policy 30, 35–52. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-016-0035-3 Wimpenny, K., & Savin-Baden, M. (2013). Alienation, agency and authenticity: A synthesis of the literature on student engagement. Teaching in Higher Education, 18(3), 311-326. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2012.725223 Wintrup, J. (2017). Higher Education’s panopticon? Learning analytics, ethics and student engagement. Higher Education Policy, 30, 87-103. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-016-0030-8 Zepke, N. (2015). Student engagement research: thinking beyond the mainstream. Higher Education Research & Development, 34(6), 1311-1323. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2015.1024635 Zepke, N. Leach, L. & Butler, P. (2014) Student engagement: students' and teachers' perceptions. Higher Education Research & Development, 33(2), 386-398, https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2013.832160 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Self-regulated Coping with Critical First-year Transition Requirements in Distance Education: A Qualitative Focus-group Study IU Internationale Hochschule, Germany Presenting Author:How students deal with academic demands is well researched in campus-based contexts. Work on self-regulated learning and on stress, appraisal and coping suggests that students actively plan, monitor and regulate cognition, behaviour and emotion in response to these demands (Zimmerman, 2008; Pintrich, 2004; Lazarus & Folkman, 1984; Panadero, 2017). Evidence also exists on self‑regulated learning strategies in online higher education (Broadbent & Poon, 2015). In distance education (DE), the transition into higher education is widely seen as critical for subsequent study success (Trautwein & Bosse, 2017) and is associated with multifaceted challenges such as getting used to and finding one’s way in distance learning, developing self-learning skills, balancing various commitments, and establishing and maintaining social contacts with peers, alongside limited student interaction (Brown et al., 2015; Schweighart et al., 2024; Trautwein et al., in preparation). While recent reviews synthesise interventions to strengthen self-regulated learning in first-year students (Simón‑Grábalos et al., 2025), we know less about which self-regulated coping strategies first-year DE students report assembling in response to critical transition requirements, and which institutional and sociomaterial conditions make these strategies workable. We conceptualise self‑regulated coping as students’ purposeful cognitive, behavioural, emotional and social regulation aimed at managing perceived transition requirements, uncertainty and constraints during the early period. While much research on the transition into distance education has focused on challenges and barriers, our focus goes beyond cataloguing challenges to tracing students’ agentic, coping strategies and the conditions that enable or hinder strategy use. Whereas prior work focuses on designed interventions to improve self‑regulated learning (Simón‑Grábalos et al., 2025), we examine the strategies students themselves assemble in situ. We address two questions: (RQ1) (RQ1) Which self‑regulated coping strategies do first‑year DE students report using to manage critical transition requirements? (RQ2) Which sociomaterial and institutional conditions (e.g., platform affordances, resource visibility, staff presence, peer infrastructures) enable or constrain these strategies? Data were collected through thirteen online focus groups at two German DE programmes (one public, one private) with 41 undergraduates (aged 19–55; most employed and/or with caring responsibilities). Transcripts were analysed inductively using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022). The semi‑structured guide drew on TiDE evidence on transition challenges/requirements (Schweighart et al., 2024; Trautwein et al., in preparation). Coding centred on “requirement episodes” and linked (a) the requirement/challenge described, (b) the coping strategies students reported using, and (c) enabling or constraining conditions referenced. Preliminary analysis indicates four clusters of coping strategies. (1) Temporal structuring and workload design: pacing heuristics (‘one module per month’), micro-scheduling (‘one lesson per day’), time-blocking and exam-period prioritisation; they sequence modules strategically to sustain motivation. (2) Resource curation and self-help: systematically mine learning management system (LMS) FAQs, explainer videos and course discussion threads (e.g., in Microsoft Teams); attendance at synchronous learning sessions; personal knowledge bases; reliance on recordings when live attendance is infeasible. (3) Help-seeking and peer mobilisation: selecting responsive tutors, overcoming reluctance to ask questions, and leveraging small peer groups for explanation and motivation. (4) Emotion/load regulation and contingency management: workshops addressing overwhelm and motivation, deliberate pace adjustments, avoiding overload-inducing live events, deadline flexibility in bottlenecks, and—under acute strain—formal leave. Across clusters, students combine multiple strategies and often routinise them over time. Strategy workability appears conditional on the timely visibility of resources, prompt and personal staff responses, and accessible, low-threshold peer infrastructures. We present preliminary findings and derive provisional implications at course/programme, staff and policy levels, outlining where institutional design may strengthen students’ capacity for self-regulated coping in digitally mediated environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study used online qualitative focus groups to gather co-constructed accounts of how first-year distance education students handle the demands of entering higher education. Two German distance learning programmes (one public, one private) participated. Undergraduate students were purposively recruited between October 2024 and June 2025 via learning management system (LMS) announcements, Microsoft Teams channels and course spaces. To capture temporality, we ran ‘immersive’ groups with first and second-semester students and ‘retrospective’ groups with later-semester students reflecting on their first year. In total, 41 students took part across thirteen deliberately small groups (two to four participants) to support turn-taking and depth of discussion in the online format. Participants varied in age (19–55), employment (about 70% worked ≥11 hours/week) and caregiving (about 37%). Programmes were mainly in education and social sciences. Sessions (60–90 minutes) were conducted on Zoom, recorded with consent and transcribed verbatim. The semi-structured guide—developed with reference to a scoping review on the transition into distance education (Schweighart et al., 2024)—covered motivations, early experiences, study–work–life integration, digital study practices, academic and social integration, supports and barriers and coping. A dedicated coping module elicited concrete “requirements episodes” (“You mentioned several challenges. How did you deal with these?”) and probed enabling conditions and gaps (“Did you use institutional support—if so, which, if not, why not?”; “What remains unresolved?”; “What else would have helped?”). Two researchers attended each session (moderation; observation/technical support). Analysis followed qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022) with inductive category development. The unit of analysis was a requirement episode—any passage describing a perceived transition requirement/challenge and the associated coping strategies students reported using. We use the term coping strategies to refer to the cognitive, behavioural, emotional and social actions that students reported using to manage a perceived transition requirement. Through iterative coding, we derived TiDE-aligned transition requirement types (e.g., orientation and finding one’s way in distance learning; managing information and platform overload; balancing various commitments; developing self-learning/self-organisation skills; establishing and maintaining peer contacts; navigating study administration and technical problems; dealing with assessment feedback and exam logistics)and, for each episode, coded the strategies used (for example time-blocking, micro-scheduling, resource curation, peer micro-communities, help-seeking scripts, feedback use, emotion regulation, contingency management), tools and perceived outcomes. Emergent requirement types were grouped into higher-order families for reporting clarity. Ethical approval, informed consent, anonymisation and secure data storage were ensured. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our emerging analysis suggests that coping with the critical demands of distance education in the first year is a situated, multilevel accomplishment rather than a fixed trait. Students assemble portfolios of strategies that can develop from ad hoc reactions into more routinised practices across four interlinked areas: temporal structuring, resource use and self-help, help-seeking and peer mobilisation, and emotion/load regulation including contingency management. These strategies appear agentic yet conditional. Their effectiveness seems to hinge on the timely visibility of institutional resources, prompt and personal staff responses, and accessible, low-threshold peer infrastructures. As the analysis is ongoing, findings are preliminary; full analysis will be completed in summer 2026.At programme and course level, principles include foregrounding early visibility and coherence of support, helping students recognise when and how to use of available resources, and offering opportunities for connection that do not undermine flexibility. For staff development, tentative priorities include equipping staff to signal presence in asynchronous settings, normalising help-seeking and notice indirect indicators of overload. From an equity perspective, a recurring concern is to reduce reliance on students’ preexisting social, academic or digital capital so that effective coping does not depend on prior advantage. Overall, persistence in distance education depends not only on access and flexibility but on whether students can enact effective self‑regulated coping early on. Making support visible, responsive and easy to use can turn fragile starts into sustainable study routines. References Broadbent, J., & Poon, W. L. (2015). Self regulated learning strategies and academic achievement in online higher education learning environments: A systematic review. The Internet and Higher Education, 27, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2015.04.007 Brown, M., Hughes, H., Keppell, M., Hard, N., & Smith, L. (2015). Stories from students in their first semester of distance learning. IRRODL, 16(4), 1–17. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (5th ed.). Beltz Juventa. Lazarus, R. S., & Folkman, S. (1984). Stress, appraisal, and coping. Springer. Panadero, E. (2017). A review of self regulated learning: Six models and four directions for research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 422. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422 Pintrich, P. R. (2004). A conceptual framework for assessing motivation and self regulated learning in college students. Educational Psychology Review, 16(4), 385–407. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-004-0006-x Schweighart, R., Hast, M., Pampel, A. M., Rebien, J. A., & Trautwein, C. (2024). Transition into distance education: A scoping review. Education Sciences, 14(10), 1130. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14101130 Simón-Grábalos, D., Fonseca, D., Aláez, M., Romero-Yesa, S., & Fresneda-Portillo, C. (2025). Systematic review of the literature on interventions to improve self-regulation of learning in first-year university students. Education Sciences, 15(3), 372. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15030372 Trautwein, C., & Bosse, E. (2017). The first year in higher education—Critical requirements from the student perspective. Higher Education, 73(3), 371–387. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-016-0098-5 Trautwein, C., Hast, M., Habermann, S., Rebien, J., Le, K., & Hoffmann, R. (in preparation). Transition into distance education: Navigating initial challenges to unlock educational potential. Manuscript in preparation. Zimmerman, B. J. (2008). Investigating self regulation and motivation: Historical background, methodological developments, and future prospects. American Educational Research Journal, 45(1), 166–183. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831207312909 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Promoting Student Agency in Higher Education: Teachers’ Perspectives on Roles and Good Practices University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The present study examines university teachers’ perceptions of practices facilitating student agency in course and degree programs contexts in Finnish higher education. Student agency is important for students’ learning and how they experience their learning environment (Stenalt & Lassesen 2022). There has been increased interest in the agency of higher education students in recent years (Torres Castro & Pineda-Báez 2023), but empirical research on fostering student agency in higher education is limited (see Stenalt & Lassesen, 2022). Student agency is commonly understood as students’ active participation and capacity to shape their own learning, encompassing the opportunities they have to influence their learning processes within social contexts (e.g., Bandura, 1999; Biesta & Tedder, 2007). The importance of student agency is also emphasized in international educational policy documents (e.g., OECD, 2019), thus affecting educational aspirations in European countries, including Finland.
Student agency is shaped by how individuals interact with their social and structural environments and by the resources available to them. Instead of viewing students only as rational, self-directing actors (Lee, 2024) it is important to understand that agency involves beliefs about personal efficacy, and experiences of relational and contextual resources available to them, which all contribute to students’ agentic actions (e.g., Jääskelä et al., 2023). From a social cognitive perspective, Bandura (1999) identifies beliefs about personal efficacy as central to agency, influencing people’s actions, expected outcomes, and their capacity for self‑regulation and reflection. Thus, student agency emerges through interactions between learners’ perceptions, social contexts, and the supports that enable meaningful action.
Research on student agency in higher education—particularly within teacher education—highlights the central role of social interaction, learning environments, and pedagogical practices in shaping how students experience and enact agency. Studies show that future teachers need opportunities to build their own sense of agency, as this supports their capacity to later foster pupils’ agency (e.g., Juutilainen et al., 2018). Opportunities for students to share ideas, negotiate roles, participate in discourse, and take authorial stances promote agency, whereas traditional teacher‑led practices may constrain it (e.g., Lipponen & Kumpulainen, 2011). Research on higher education pedagogy shows that agency-supportive environments, involving trust, co-construction of knowledge, and student‑centred pedagogies, enhance meaningful learning (e.g., Stenalt & Lassesen,2021). While co-creation of knowledge can enhance agency, it also poses challenges: student voices may not be equally heard, and authentic participation requires inclusive and safe environments (Simecek & Freeman, 2025). Ultimately, fostering student agency demands attention to institutional cultures, curriculum, and pedagogical approaches (Graham, 2025), involving integration of real-world learning experiences for students (Nieminen et al., 2025).
Although student agency is widely recognised as a central goal in higher education, there is limited empirical research on concrete ways to foster it. More evidence is needed across different disciplines and learning contexts. This qualitative study examines university teachers’ perceptions of how agency can be supported through course design and degree programme practices. The study aims to identify both agency‑supportive and agency‑hindering practices by analysing university teachers’ reflections. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study investigates university teachers’ perceptions of fostering student agency through a qualitative research design involving group reflection discussions and individual interviews. The data were collected at a research‑intensive Finnish university as part of a larger project on student agency. Participants included five experienced teachers from two bachelor’s degree programmes—natural sciences (n = 2) and educational sciences (n = 3). The disciplines were intentionally chosen for their contrasting characteristics. In total, the dataset consists of five group reflection discussions and three individual thematic interviews. Informed consent and anonymity procedures were carefully followed. The teachers collaborated with researchers over three years. To support reflection on their pedagogical practices, they received summary results from a student agency survey administered in their courses. The survey assessed students’ perceived agency resources, agentic intentions, and actions. Prior to data collection, teachers and researchers met three times to develop a shared understanding of student agency, informed by a conceptual model emphasizing students’ capabilities, relations, participation, and transformation. The group reflection discussions focused on course implementations, teachers’ observations of student agency, and perceived opportunities or challenges in supporting it. Although no structured question framework was imposed, researchers guided the conversations with introductory prompts and contributed theoretical insights. Each teacher led the discussion when their course was under review. The discussions lasted approximately 90 minutes and were transcribed verbatim. To deepen understanding of teachers’ views, semi‑structured thematic interviews were conducted. Interview themes included teachers’ conceptions of student agency, practices that support or hinder it, and the role of agency within degree programmes. Interviews lasted about one hour. The analysis combined thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) with narrative and positioning approaches (e.g., Bamberg & Georgakopoulou, 2008). Analysis began with repeated readings of the reflection transcripts to identify a variety of themes raised by the teachers, linked to central aspects of student agency, such as teacher–student interactions, roles, power dynamics, and trust. A narrative lens was employed to understand how teachers constructed meanings and roles through storytelling within the group interactions (Bamberg & Georgakopoulou, 2008). After the initial familiarisation, both discussion and interview data were coded in Atlas.ti 25, identifying key themes and subcategories that captured teachers’ perceptions and interpretations of fostering student agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings emphasise the teacher’s role as a facilitator who provides disciplinary knowledge, conceptual frameworks, and concrete examples to support students’ learning. Peer interaction and helping students find personal relevance in their studies were considered essential components of agency. Teachers highlighted the importance of being accessible both as experts and as supportive guides, requiring pedagogical approaches that are student centred and that create safe, just learning environments. However, simply inviting students to participate in teaching-learning situations is insufficient; teachers must intentionally cultivate safety, belonging, and meaningful opportunities for contribution. These findings echo student-ready critical care pedagogy (Collins-Warfield et al. 2025), which centres on autonomy, relational support, and creating supportive spaces, and normalising challenges students may face while learning. Teachers noted that structural constraints, such as limited resources, large lecture formats, and heavy workloads, shape their ability to implement ideal practices. Supporting agency therefore requires balancing pedagogical ideals with realistic working conditions. Participants stressed that individual guidance allowed them better opportunities to support students’ learning. Dialogical teaching and reflective tasks were seen to deepen engagement, support learning, and help teachers understand students’ progress. Such practices require both individual effort and institutional support. At the program level, shared pedagogical practices and a curriculum that explicitly acknowledges student agency were viewed as important for fostering agency progressively across studies. This aligns with calls for curricula that promote critical reflection, meaningful knowledge use, and student development as knowledgeable, active participants in society (see Graham, 2025; Nieminen et al., 2025). Overall, teachers saw themselves as facilitators supporting students’ active role in learning, while recognising that clearer conceptualisations of student agency could strengthen curriculum design and program level pedagogical development. References Bamberg, M., & Georgakopoulou, A. (2008). Small stories as a new perspective in narrative and identity analysis. Text & Talk, 28(3), 377–396. Bandura, A. (1999). Social Cognitive Theory: An Agentic Perspective. Asian journal of social psychology, 2(1), 21-41. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-839X.00024 Biesta, G. & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and Learning in the Lifecourse: Towards An Ecological Perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults 39(2), 132–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2007.11661545 Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Collins-Warfield, A. E., Niewoehner-Green, J. E., Scheer, S.D., & Mills, K.J. (2025) Student-ready critical care pedagogy: a student-centred instructional approach for struggling students, Teaching in Higher Education, 30(2). https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2023.2249401 Graham, C. (2025). Towards transformatory critique: reframing curriculum for student focus. Teaching in Higher Education, 30(6), 1470–1485. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2025.2488497 Juutilainen, M., Metsäpelto, R. L. & Poikkeus, A. M. (2018). Becoming agentic teachers: Experiences of the home group approach as a resource for supporting teacher students' agency. Teaching and Teacher Education 76, 116–125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.08.013 Jääskelä, P., Tolvanen, A., Marín, V. I. & Poikkeus, A-M. (2023). Assessment of students’ agency in Finnish and Spanish university courses: Analysis of measurement invariance. International Journal of Educational Research, 118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2023.102140 Lee, S-E. (2024). Becoming a subject in learning: Student freedom, agency, and subjectivity. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 56(13), 1332–1343. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2024.2391859 Lipponen, L., & Kumpulainen, K. (2011). Acting As Accountable Authors: Creating Interactional Spaces for Agency Work in Teacher Education. Teaching and Teacher Education 27(5), 812–819. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.01.001 Nieminen, J. H., Haataja, E. & Cobb, P. J. (2025). From active learners to knowledge contributors: authentic assessment as a catalyst for students' epistemic agency, Teaching in Higher Education, 30(4). https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2024.2332252 OECD. (2019). Future of Education and Skills 2030: OECD Learning Compass 2030. A Series of Concept Notes. Retrieved 18.9.2025. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/about/projects/edu/education-2040/1-1-learning-compass/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_Concept_Note_Series.pdf Simecek, K. & Freeman, R. (2025): Understanding philosophical perspectives of ‘voice’ for better student staff co-creation. Teaching in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2025.2562587 Stenalt, M. H. & Lassesen, B. (2021). Does student agency benefit student learning? A systematic review of higher education research. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 47(5), 653–669. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2021.1967874 Torres Castro, U. E. & Pineda-Báez, C. (2023) How has the conceptualisation of student agency in higher education evolved? Mapping the literature from 2000-2022, Journal of Further and Higher Education, 47(9), 1182–1195. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2023.2231358 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 22 SES 05 C: Teaching in HE: agency and attitudes Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Alina Boutiuc-Kaiser Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Relational Dimensions of Teacher Agency in University Teaching: Purposes for Exercising Agency 1: University of Groningen, Netherlands, The; 2: University of Stirling, United Kingdom; 3: Leiden University, Netherlands, The; 4: OsloMet University, Norway Presenting Author:Introduction University teaching is a purposeful practice in which academics make judgments about what counts as knowledge, how it should be taught, and how students are invited into disciplinary ways of thinking (Barnett, 2021). These judgments are made in institutional environments shaped by competing priorities (e.g., research expectations, quality assurance, workload pressures), shifting student needs, and evolving professional relationships. In these conditions, academics must act deliberately to shape teaching practices and their working conditions. Teacher agency – understood here as the capacity to act purposefully and make informed choices within particular practices – offers a lens for examining how academics navigate, negotiate, and direct these complexities (Kusters, 2025). A prominent conceptualisation of teacher agency is the ecological approach, which frames agency as an emergent achievement shaped by past experiences (iterational), present judgments (practical-evaluative), and future aspirations (projective) (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998; Priestley et al., 2015). While this approach has advanced understanding of how agency is achieved, there is less empirical insight into what agency is for: the purposes, motivations, and value-laden orientations that guide academics’ agentic work. Furthermore, relational and emotional dimensions of teaching – such as care, collegial connection, and ethically charged interactions – are often treated as contextual influences rather than constitutive processes through which agency is formed (Rushton & Bird, 2024). The question guiding this study The question is designed to surface in addition to decision-making in constrained environments, the educational and professional goods academics seek to realise (e.g., what they protect, pursue, prioritise, or refuse) and how these orientations are sustained – or disrupted – through relationships with students, colleagues, and institutional actors. Theoretical framework European and international dimension Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method To explore the purpose-driven dimensions of teacher agency, we employed a scenario-based interview design, which is well-suited to eliciting value-laden interpretations and decision-making in authentic professional dilemmas. The interview protocol drew on a set of 23 validated teaching scenarios (Kusters et al., 2024). These scenarios were constructed from “critical moments” reported in interviews with university lecturers across seven European research-intensive universities, capturing recurring challenges such as student preparedness, workload tensions, conflicting expectations, pedagogical dilemmas, online interaction, and curriculum coherence. They were refined through review by expert panels in higher education and teacher agency (assessing recognisability, clarity of dilemma, and capacity to elicit multiple legitimate responses) and further supported through piloting with university lecturers. Data collection Data were collected through individual interviews with 12 academics from the Education Division of a Scottish university. Participants were recruited via a voluntary departmental call and contacted the first author directly. Each participant selected scenarios in advance that they found most relevant to their teaching; interviews were then structured around three pre-selected scenarios and lasted up to 60 minutes. For each scenario, participants were invited to explain how they would respond and, crucially, why: how they interpreted what was at stake, what options they perceived, what action(s) they would take, and what considerations (e.g., student needs, collegial relationships, institutional expectations, values, anticipated consequences) shaped their judgment. Interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Transcripts were shared with participants for review and amendment; two participants provided additional comments by email, which were incorporated into the dataset. Ethical approval was obtained, written informed consent collected, confidentiality and anonymity procedures followed, and participants were reminded of their right to withdraw within four weeks; participants were also informed about potential indirect recognition within their institutional context. Data analysis Analysis followed reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). We treated scenario selection as an inherent feature of the interpretive dataset: rather than analysing the scenarios themselves, we analysed how participants reasoned through and interpreted the dilemmas. We familiarised ourselves with the transcripts, generated inductive codes attentive to expressed purposes (why actions were chosen, desired outcomes, positioning in relation to students/institutions), developed and collaboratively reviewed themes, then defined and named themes and produced a synthesis of purpose-driven agency. Priestley et al.’s (2015) ecological dimensions (iterational, practical-evaluative, projective) were used as a sensitising lens during theme refinement and synthesis – supporting, but not pre-structuring, interpretation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings and conclusions Analysis of academics’ scenario responses identified five interrelated purposes for exercising teacher agency in university teaching: 1) responsive adaptation to contextual structures, 2) moral and ethical reasoning, 3) negotiation between personal values and institutional goals, 4) self-directed professional growth, and 5) care and connection. Across these purposes, agency was shown to emerge through ongoing negotiations with students, colleagues, institutional cultures, and disciplinary communities, aligning with a relational understanding of agency as coordinating action with others in order to interpret and respond to complex situations. Participants’ accounts also demonstrated that what can appear as ad hoc decision-making is typically underpinned by accumulated experience and values (iterational), context-sensitive judgments in the moment (practical-evaluative), and future-oriented aims for teaching, learning, and professional identity (projective). Taken together, the themes portray agency as a deliberate, relational, and interpretive act of meaning-making, rather than a simple response to constraint. This study contributes to a university-specific elaboration of the ecological approach by demonstrating that teacher agency in higher education is fundamentally relational and purpose-driven. Academics do not merely react to institutional demands; they exercise agency as purposeful professional judgment, shaped by professional histories, pedagogical values, and aspirations, and mediated through relationships that carry ethical and emotional weight. Relational dynamics – collaboration, emotional labour, ethical commitments, and care – are not peripheral influences but key spaces in which teacher agency is constituted and enacted. Practically, this implies that supporting teacher agency requires more than skills training: institutions should cultivate collegial spaces for reflective dialogue, scenario-based deliberation, mentoring, and recognition of the relational work that sustains meaningful university teaching. References Barnett, R. (2021). The philosophy of higher education: A critical introduction. Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962–1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294 Kögler, H.-H. (1996). The self-empowered subject: Habermas, Foucault and hermeneutic reflexivity. Philosophy & Social Criticism, 22(4), 13–44. Kusters, M. (2025). Understanding teacher agency in universities: Why and how lecturers shape and navigate university teaching practices [Doctoral dissertation]. Leiden University. Kusters, M., de Vetten, A., Admiraal, W., & van der Rijst, R. (2024). Developing scenarios for exploring teacher agency in universities: A multimethod study. Frontline Learning Research, 12(2), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.14786/FLR.V12I2.1419 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury. Rushton, E. A. C., & Bird, A. (2024). Space as a lens for teacher agency: A case study of three beginning teachers in England, UK. The Curriculum Journal, 35(2), 254–270. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.224 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper University Teachers’ Concepts About Pedagogical Innovation and Students as Partners Roles 1: University of Eötvös Loránd, Hungary; 2: Semmelweis University, Hungary Presenting Author:In higher education, expectations regarding the quality of education are constantly increasing, and the "VUCA world"—with its volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity—regularly presents students and university teachers with new situations, such as the challenges of AI or sustainability. A fundamental question is how all this can be turned into learning opportunities in higher education (Zenk et al., 2024), which requires both teachers and students to be open to pedagogical innovations. Although higher education institutions have recently made rapid progress in supporting the pedagogical preparedness of their teachers in Europe (Zhang, 2025) and in Hungary (Dringó-Horváth, 2024), less attention has been paid to strengthening teachers' knowledge and expertise on higher education pedagogical innovation. Previous research shows that teachers generally struggle to define educational innovation (Halász, 2018), while diverse understandings of pedagogical innovation in higher education have also been identified. Based on our literature review, we developed a hierarchical framework of higher education pedagogical innovation by identifying interpretations according to their scope and complexity. The simplest understanding of pedagogical innovation was that of non-traditional teaching (Walder, 2017) or disrupting established teaching routines and listening to students’ voices (Elkayam, 2022). The second level is innovating teaching elements such as the application of innovative thoughts, and innovative use of teaching content, methods, resources, and evaluation (Zhu et al, 2013; Fernandez-Cruz & Rodriguez-Legendre, 2022; Elkayam, 2022). In Fraser’s model (2019), this aligns with the ‘innovative deliverer’ type, who are innovative in the way they teach. The third layer highlights the integrative nature of innovative pedagogies (Fraser, 2019) emphasizing goal-orientation in education and the intentional translation of ideas into actions. This approach also reflects the OECD definition of innovative pedagogies (Paniagua & Istance, 2018) centred on critical reflection on pedagogical purpose, the combinations of pedagogies and the potentials for adaptive teaching. The fourth level interprets educational innovation as a systemic change (Fraser, 2019; Fernandez-Cruz & Rodriguez-Legendre, 2022), involving large-scale initiatives, that integrate innovation development, research and dissemination and systemic professional development and learning of teachers (Stevens et al, 2023). Pedagogical innovation focusing on renewing teaching and pedagogies for developing students’ innovation competence (Keinanen & Kairisto-Mertanen, 2019) are identified as two parallel research fields, although closer integration between the two fields is promising. In our view, adding students’ innovation competence development perspective as a cross-dimension for interpreting pedagogical innovation can help reframe the role of students as active contributors and co-creators of innovation, rather than passive recipients of pedagogical innovations. The students-as-partners model of Healey et al. (2014) was applied to differentiate forms of student engagement in pedagogical innovations ranging from providing opinions, through active involvement and participation in decision-making, to partnership in co-creation, which leads to the development of students’ innovation competences. Taking part in educational innovations and learning as university teachers are mutually connected phenomena and in many European countries institutional systems have been established to support educational innovations for a longer time (Stevens et al, 2023). However, in Hungary these initiatives are newer and more sporadic. Within these evolving supportive learning environments, our research aim is to identify patterns and diversity in how pedagogical innovation is understood and enacted in higher education, in order to inform the development of more effective support systems for educational innovation and teachers’ professional development, and to strengthen their innovation expertise. The research questions are the following: (1) How do innovative educators in Hungary interpret pedagogical innovations in higher education? (2) How do they perceive students’ roles in pedagogical innovations? (3) What kinds of professional learning and development opportunities can be identified through the perception of educational innovations? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative research design based on expert sampling and includes semi-structured interviews with 28 innovative higher education educators from Hungary. In the sample selection process, five experts in educational innovations and higher education research identified the pool of possible participants for the study. The main criteria were the following for inclusion: (1) teachers who work and teach in research intensive higher education institutions (2) teachers identified as innovative based on their active involvement in educational development projects and applications within their institution or externally as well as (3) acknowledged and recommended by academic developers from their institutions as being innovative and forerunner university teachers. From this pool of innovative university teachers, 14 participants from soft science (e.g. business, education, humanities) and 14 from hard science disciplinary areas (e.g. engineering, medical and health sciences) were selected. The participants were coming from 9 higher education institutions from Hungary. Besides ensuring heterogeneity across disciplinary fields (soft and hard sciences), the sample strived to include different age groups, genders, university positions and years of expertise in teaching. The interview protocol drew on previous interview-based research studies about educational innovation in higher education (Hannan & Silver, 2000). The semi-structured interviews focused on the following topics: the aims of educational innovations, own educational innovation practice and processes, the characteristics of innovative teachers, colleagues and groups, innovation competences of university teachers, institutional facilitators and barriers to educational innovation, supportive community for pedagogical innovation. The interviews were around 60 to 70 minutes long and conducted online in MS Teams in the Spring of 2025. The research study was granted ethical permission (2024/620) from our university. Data were analyzed applying a collaborative thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006; Hemphill & Richards, 2018; Delve et al., 2023). The collaborative approach was started with planning the joint work of the three researchers involved in data analysis, then initial codes and themes were generated individually, then discussed and shared together for enriching the interpretations. Based on the jointly agreed main themes, all interviews were analyzed by two researchers, and the main themes were reinterpreted and finalized. For the analysis, MAXQDA 24.7 was used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary results show nine key themes for the interpretation of pedagogical innovations in higher education. The themes of innovation as ‘teacher’s self-fulfillment', ‘everyday practice’, and ‘increasing efficiency’ are primarily associated with the understanding of innovation as non-traditional teaching. These interpretations do not consider much student engagement in innovation. If yes, only at the level of consultation. Teachers often frame student resistance and indifference as key drivers of ongoing changes. A unique theme of educational innovation in higher education, is the ‘flying under the radar’ which is innovating educational practice without formal institutional recognition. This is typically connected to renewing assessment practices, and due to its ‘underground’ nature, it tends to involve students in decision-making. The themes of ‘experimenting with new solutions’ and ‘facilitating students’ active learning’ were those that connected to innovating teaching elements according to the literature review, the theme of ‘goal-oriented innovation’ was the one which focused on the integrative pedagogical innovation approach. However, teachers perceived student active involvement as weaker within ‘goal-oriented innovation’ than in the less complex approaches focusing on innovating specific teaching elements (e.g. methods or new technologies). Finally, the themes of ‘innovating through community building’ and ‘complex pedagogical and research innovations' were the most complex interpretations of pedagogical innovations and within these students were perceived as partners (Healey et al, 2014) and co-creators of educational innovations. Perceiving students as co-creators can contribute to the development of their innovation competences; however, university teachers have not recognized and reflected on this opportunity. Identifying typical patterns of the concepts about pedagogical innovation in higher education can contribute to more targeted and differentiated support for educators’ pedagogical innovation activities. Furthermore, strengthening awareness of the integration of teachers’ and students’ learning through and about pedagogical innovations can have a long-term impact even in evolving supportive learning environments. References Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Dringó-Horváth I. (2024). Oktatásfejlesztési innováció és hálózatépítés a magyarországi felsőoktatásban: Trendek, irányadó eredmények, adaptálható jógyakorlatok. L’Harmattan Kiadó. https://doi.org/10.56037/978-963-646-188-1 Elkayam, T.S. (2022): What is pedagogical innovation? Perceptions of teacher educators in Israel, Pedagogies: An International Journal, DOI: 10.1080/1554480X.2022.2106232 Fernandez-Cruz, F. J. & Rodriguez-Legendre, F. (2022). The innovation competence profile of teachers in higher education institutions. In: Innovations in Education and Teaching International (Vol. 59, Issue 6, pp. 634–645). Routledge Journals, Taylor & Francis Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2021.1905031 Fraser, S. (2019). Understanding innovative teaching practice in higher education: A framework for reflection. Higher Education Research & Development, 38(7), 1371–1385. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2019.1654439 Halász, G. (2018). Measuring innovation in education: The outcomes of a national education sector innovation survey. European Journal of Education: Research, Development and Policy, 53(4), 557–573. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12299 Hannan, A., Silver, H. (2000). Innovating in Higher Education: Teaching, Learning and Institutional Cultures. Open University Press. Healey, M., Flint, A., Harrington, K. (2024). Engagement through partnership: Students as partners in learning and teaching in higher education. Higher Education Academy Keinanen, M. M., & Kairisto-Mertanen, L. (2019). Researching learning environments and students’ innovation competences. Education and Training, 61(1), 17–30). https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-03-2018-0064 Paniagua, A. & D. Istance (2018), Teachers as Designers of Learning Environments: The Importance of Innovative Pedagogies, OECD Publishing, Paris, http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264085374-en. Richards, K. A. R., & Hemphill, M. A. (2018). A practical guide to collaborative qualitative data analysis. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 37(2), 225–231. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2017-0084 Stevens, T. M., Indira N.Z. Day, Perry J. den Brok, (...), Jan D. Vermunt (2023): Teacher professional learning and development in the context of educational innovations in higher education: A typology of practices, Higher Education Research & Development, DOI: 10.1080/07294360.2023.2246412 Walder, A. M. (2017). Pedagogical Innovation in Canadian higher education: Professors’ perspectives on its effects on teaching and learning. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 54, 71–82. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2016.11.001 Zenk, L., Pausits, A., Brenner, B., Campbell, D., F.J., Behrens, D.A., Stöckler, E.M., Oppl, S., Steiner, G. (2024). Meta-competences in complex environmens: An interdisciplinary perspective. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 53, 101515. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2024.101515 Zhang, T. (2025). Staff development in learning and teaching at European universities. Brussels: European University Association. Zhu, C., Wang, D., Cai, Y., & Engels, N. (2013). What core competencies are related to teachers’ innovative teaching? Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 41(1), 9–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2012.753984 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper ‘It’s a Different World’: Nurturing Lecturer Self-efficacy Beliefs During Academic Induction Through Targeted Support and a Psychologically Safe Workplace. Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This qualitative research project explores the sources of lecturer self-efficacy beliefs in teacher educators new to working in Higher Education (HE), with the aim of understanding how self-efficacy beliefs can be nurtured during a critical career transition. The project is situated within a brand-new teacher education department in an English university, where several lecturers had begun new roles within a period of two years. Teacher education is a rapidly changing landscape internationally. As policy makers seek to enhance educational outcomes, they have increasingly focused on building standardised teacher education frameworks to enhance the quality of education and support for beginning teachers. However, there still remains great variance in the manner in which teacher education is governed and implemented across European countries (Symeonidis, Hellmann and Laux, 2024) and the professional development and induction of individuals who train, educate and support beginning teachers (teacher educators) is often overlooked (InFo-TED, 2019). Research recognises the importance of supportive induction processes for all new academics within European HE institutions (King, Roed and Wilson, 2018; Fabriz et al., 2021). Previous research also highlights the importance of providing new teacher educators (who often are transitioning from a practitioner role) with tailored induction support and professional development in order to support their developing professional identity and competence (Murray, Czerniawski and Barber, 2011). Stemming from social-cognitive theory, individuals with strong self-efficacy beliefs (the belief that they have the ability to implement actions successfully in a specific domain) are more likely to achieve their goals (Bandura, 1997). Previous research has found links between positive lecturer self-efficacy beliefs and job satisfaction, reduced burnout and engagement with student-centred approaches to teaching (Cao et al., 2018; Ismayilova and Klassen, 2019), however there is a lack of qualitative research in this area and a gap in our understanding of the influence of disciplinary, environmental and cultural contexts (Matos, Iaochite and Sharp, 2022). The first few years of a lecturer’s career in HE is a prime period for influencing positive self-efficacy beliefs (Morris and Usher, 2011) and the context in which lecturers work is an important contribution. Bandura (1997) suggests there are four sources of efficacy beliefs including mastery experiences (successful performance of a task in the given domain) which are theorised to be the most influential source, vicarious experiences (observing others model tasks successfully), verbal persuasion (feedback from others) and an individual’s interpretation of their emotional and physiological states. Although some research has investigated the sources of lecturer efficacy beliefs, with evidence supporting the influence of mastery experiences, verbal persuasion and vicarious experiences in particular (Hemmings, 2012), there is still much to be explored regarding the sources of lecturer self-efficacy beliefs in Higher Education (Matos, Iaochite and Sharp, 2022). The research questions addressed in this study are:
The focus of this project was examining teacher educators’ own perceptions of the factors which influenced their lecturer self-efficacy beliefs within the context of their new role in HE. The methods chosen to explore the research questions reflect an interpretivist stance, where data collection and analysis align with the notion that knowledge is context-dependant and co-constructed by the participants and researchers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Purposive sampling was used to recruit teacher educators in their first two years in role within a newly formed teacher education team in an English university. Participants were invited to take part in the research via email and were provided with information about the purpose and nature of the project. Eight teacher educators agreed to take part and completed an informed consent form. All participants were new to working in HE and had previous experience as primary or secondary school teachers. Semi-structured interviews were conducted to allow participants to share their experiences and perceptions of the factors which influenced their developing self-efficacy beliefs in their new role. A series of prepared prompt questions were used by the researchers to initiate discussion such as ‘How confident do you feel in your new role on a scale of 1-10? Why is that?’ and ‘Are there any aspects of your role you feel more or less confident about?’ with flexibility regarding follow up questions from the researcher to facilitate exploration of the research aims. Interviews lasted around 30-45 minutes and were conducted via online meeting software. The interviews were recorded for transcription purposes. Photo-elicitation has been successfully used in previous research into professional transitions (Coverdale and Glazzard, 2024) where sourcing or creating the image prior to the interview helps to initiate participants’ thoughts about their experiences. In this study, participants were asked to bring a photo or image to the interview that represents their experience of their new role – the image could be created by the participant or an existing sourced image. The image was used as a discussion point, to encourage participants to share perceptions of their lecturer self-efficacy beliefs and their experience of transitioning into the role of a lecturer in Higher Education. Reflexive thematic analysis was applied to generate themes from the data, following the stages outlined by Braun and Clarke (2022). This started with familiarisation and initial coding of the transcripts (a mixture of inductive and deductive coding based on Bandura’s suggested sources of efficacy beliefs), code refinement, clustering codes on a mind map, initial theme generation, followed by theme refinement and naming. Reflexive thematic analysis was chosen as it reflects the interpretivist stance that data is always interpreted by the researcher and understanding researcher assumptions is part of the research process. Reflexive journaling was used throughout the data analysis process to record the researchers’ developing interpretations of the data and support writing up of the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All four of Bandura’s suggested sources of self-efficacy beliefs were evident in participants’ accounts of their experiences, with particularly strong influences coming from verbal persuasion (in the form of feedback from line managers, students and colleagues) and mastery experiences (practical experience of successfully completing job-related tasks). The way in which these sources were experienced in the workplace by the participants was important, within formal and informal induction processes. A psychologically safe workplace in which new colleagues are encouraged to learn from experiences and ask for help, are provided with formal opportunities to complete professional development aligned with their role, feel part of a supportive team. and receive regular direction and supervision from line managers have a positive influence on lecturer self-efficacy beliefs and their ability to navigate the ‘new world’ of HE. The study provides practical insights into the challenges and affordances of inducting several new teacher educators into a university within a short space of time. The research advocates for strategic, context-specific induction processes that prioritise professional learning, peer-support and a culture of psychological safety to foster confident and effective lecturers. The findings have wider implications for Higher Education institutions across Europe and internationally, given that previous research has suggested that academic induction is often ineffective and may contribute to lecturer attrition (King, Roed and Wilson, 2018). The study provides suggestions for effective induction and support of new lecturers, particularly those transitioning from industry and practitioner roles, and how these can benefit lecturer self-efficacy beliefs and ultimately the performance and retention of new academics. References Bandura, A. (1997) Self-efficacy : the exercise of control. New York: W.H. Freeman and Company. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. London: SAGE Publications Ltd. Cao, Y. et al. (2018) ‘Teacher educators’ approaches to teaching and the nexus with self-efficacy and burnout: examples from two teachers’ universities in China’, Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(4), pp. 479–495. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2018.1450954. Coverdale, L. and Glazzard, J. (2024) ‘“Your Head is on the Chopping Block”: Exploring the Transitions from Primary Trainee Teacher to Early Career Teacher in England’, International Journal of Educational and Life Transitions, 3(1). Available at: https://doi.org/10.5334/ijelt.87. Fabriz, S. et al. (2021) ‘How a professional development programme for university teachers impacts their teaching-related self-efficacy, self-concept, and subjective knowledge’, Higher Education Research & Development, 40(4), pp. 738–752. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2020.1787957. Hemmings, B. (2012) ‘Sources of research confidence for early career academics: a qualitative study’, Higher Education Research & Development, 31(2), pp. 171–184. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2011.559198. InFo-TED (2019) ‘The importance of teacher educators: professional development imperatives’. The International Forum for Teacher Educator Development. Available at: https://info-ted.eu/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/InFo-TED-White-Paper.pdf (Accessed: 23 January 2026). Ismayilova, K. and Klassen, R.M. (2019) ‘Research and teaching self-efficacy of university faculty: Relations with job satisfaction’, International Journal of Educational Research, 98, pp. 55–66. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2019.08.012. King, V., Roed, J. and Wilson, L. (2018) ‘It’s very different here: practice-based academic staff induction and retention’, Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 40(5), pp. 470–484. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2018.1496516. Matos, M. da M., Iaochite, R.T. and Sharp, J.G. (2022) ‘Lecturer self-efficacy beliefs: an integrative review and synthesis of relevant literature’, Journal of Further and Higher Education, 46(2), pp. 225–245. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2021.1905155. Morris, D.B. and Usher, E.L. (2011) ‘Developing teaching self-efficacy in research institutions: A study of award-winning professors’, Contemporary Educational Psychology, 36(3), pp. 232–245. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2010.10.005. Murray, J., Czerniawski, G. and Barber, P. (2011) ‘Teacher educators’ identities and work in England at the beginning of the second decade of the twenty-first century’, Journal of Education for Teaching, 37(3), pp. 261–277. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2011.588014. Symeonidis, V., Hellmann, K. and Laux, M. (2024) ‘The (in)coherence of European Teacher Education: A Comparative Mapping of Policies at National and Institutional Levels’, in G. Doetjes et al. (eds) Coherence in European Teacher Education: Theoretical Models, Empirical Studies, Instructional Approaches. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien, pp. 9–35. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-43721-3_2. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Exploring Teaching Academics’ Attitudes, Intentions, and Future Actions in the Context of GenAI and Educational Change 1: University of Wollongong; 2: University of Western Sydney; 3: Australian Catholic University Presenting Author:Topic
Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) is accelerating the digital transformation of higher education, reshaping how knowledge is designed, delivered, and assessed in teaching and learning (Samala et al., 2025; Robert & Muscanell, 2025). Compared with earlier educational technologies, GenAI produces novel outputs, responds dynamically to user prompts, and operates across modalities such as text and video (Sengar et al., 2024). This enables personalisation, curriculum innovation, and efficiencies in routine academic tasks (Hughes et al., 2025). Yet rapid adoption exposes unresolved challenges, including bias in model outputs and integrity risks in assessment (Maxwell et al., 2025). The uneven capability among staff and students, present the possibility that established policies and pedagogies become obsolete (An et al., 2025; Nguyen, 2025). In line with ECER 2026’s theme of ‘Knowing and Acting’, this paper explores how teaching academics understand GenAI’s potentials and limits under changing institutional conditions, and how these understandings inform what they intend to do next. The focus is explicitly future‑oriented: moving beyond from current usage to examine how academics anticipate their future integrating GenAI responsibly and effectively across diverse university contexts (Author et al., 2025; Robert & Muscanell, 2025). Research Questions RQ1: What are teaching academics’ attitudes and beliefs about how GenAI will shape future teaching and learning, and how do these attitudes influence their intentions to use GenAI? Objective The study explores the interconnections between attitudes, intentions, and anticipated future actions of teaching academics regarding GenAI adoption and future use. It seeks to identify the contradictions and tensions teaching academic are encountering as they move towards the embedding of GenAI tools into teaching practices. By foregrounding future intentions rather than only present practices, the research aims to guide institutions move from reactive compliance toward proactive, pedagogically grounded strategies for GenAI. Specifically, the objective is to clarify where academics perceive value (e.g., personalisation, feedback, efficiency) and where they foresee risks (e.g., bias, over‑automation, equity, teacher role), while surfacing the kinds of policy guidance and training academics consider credible and workable within their disciplines (Kangwa et al., 2025). Current research largely examines perceptions and attitudes towards present uses of GenAI, rather than perceptions of future use in higher education teaching. The ineffectiveness of GenAI ultimately depends on policies that align with academics’ anticipated needs and perspectives. Theoretical Framework The analysis is guided by the Theory of Planned Behavior (TPB) (Ajzen, 1991; Ajzen & Fishbein, 2005). This theory suggests that rational considerations, rather than unconscious impulses, tend to guide actions (Ajzen & Fishbein, 2005). According to this theory, attitudes toward a behaviour, subjective norms (perceived uptake and endorsement by peers), and perceived behavioural control (capability and enabling conditions) can jointly shape intentions and subsequent actions (Bosnjak et al., 2020). Applied to GenAI, TPB predicts that academics who hold favourable beliefs about usefulness and trust, observe peer adoption, often feel confident in their capability and are more likely to plan and enact GenAI use (Chiu et al., 2023). However, intentions do not inevitably translate into behaviour; contradictions emerge when capability is uneven, institutional support is limited, or ethical and integrity concerns remain unresolved (Basileo et al., 2024).
From a sociocultural perspective, technology adoption is shaped by institutional culture, disciplinary norms, and policy contexts. Academic uptake of GenAI tools reflects not only individual attitudes but also these broader influences. This study uses the Theory of Planned Behavior (TPB) to examine academics’ future intentions, linking what they know to how they are likely to act (Shata & Hartley, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study adopts a qualitative, exploratory design (Young & Diem, 2023) to examine teaching academics’ beliefs, intentions, and anticipated future practices regarding the use of Generative AI tools (GenAI). The Theory of Planned Behaviour (TPB) provides the conceptual lens. Method An online questionnaire comprising six validated scales and five open-ended questions. Scales assessed: attitudes toward GenAI (48 items); social norms around its use (16 items; Ajzen & Fishbein, 1970); perceived behavioural control (12 items; Ajzen & Fishbein, 1977); authenticity values (12 items; Wood et al., 2008); intended or actual GenAI use (6 items; Ajzen, 1985); and participants’ goals and beliefs (12 items; McElwee & Haugh, 2010). The five open-ended questions (see Table 1) allowed for rich textual data. Data Collection Participants were teaching academics in higher education. Recruitment used professional networks and the Prolific platform. The instrument captured demographic data across 20 disciplines in 24 countries. Table 1. Open-ended questions Questions Response Nos. Q1. How might GenAI affect ‘the future of’ academic teaching in a higher education? n=466 Q2. What are your future plans regarding GenAI in your teaching? n=495 Q3. How might current infrastructure, resources, workload and culture in your institution, support or hinder the use of GenAI in your teaching? n=510 Q4. What are the features of GenAI that you feel could assist your teaching? n=508 Q5. If you are resistant to adopting GenAI in your teaching, can you explain your reservations? n=481 Data Analysis (Quantitative) Using correlations and multiple regressions, attitudes, social norms, and perceived behavioural control significantly predicted intentions to use GenAI (55% of variance) and actual use (61% of variance), with intentions directly predicting behaviour. Individual differences played a nuanced role: future clarity positively predicted favourable attitudes, while fixed mindset and social dominance orientation were unexpectedly positively associated with GenAI attitudes, suggesting these individuals may perceive GenAI as a competitive advantage rather than a threat. Data Analysis (Qualitative) Five researchers conducted inductive thematic analysis within an interpretivist epistemology. Each researcher coded responses, generating initial codes as concise keywords. A lead researcher clustered codes into candidate categories, refined through team consensus meetings. An independent researcher then validated categories by assigning responses and counting frequencies. Investigator triangulation produced six overarching categories: 1. Efficiency and automation; 2. Ethics and authenticity; 3. Quality; 4. Customised learning; 5. Institutional policy–practice; and 6. Socio-cultural implications. Salient excerpts were selected to exemplify each category and examine cross-category tensions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1. Efficiency and automation (n=737). GenAI could expedite teaching activities and reduce demands of teaching or raise workload and job demands. "GenAI has the potential to free up educators' time to focus on more meaningful interactions ..." 2. Ethics and authenticity (n=326). The circumvent of academic rules or unethical behaviours. “It's a great tool but it's so easy to abuse, I worry …” "Students are paying for my knowledge; they should get my knowledge." 3. Quality (n=424). Improved quality – more extensive knowledge, information, and wisdom; over-reliance might diminish human judgment and experience. "AI also has its own limitations in terms of accuracy and … its trustworthiness." 4. Customised learning (n=197). Students’ information – tailored to needs, preferences, or interests. “Creates personalised study plans based on students' strengths, weaknesses, and progress”. 5. Institutional policy and practices (n=305 comments). Limitations – policies, training, infrastructure, resources, or funding. "There is no coherent policy on the use of GenAI in my institution …." 6. Sociocultural implications as well (n=217). The rapid decline of some jobs, and the eroding of the human connection in education. "I just don’t think [GenAI] should replace the human essence of content creation." Teaching academics expressed strong, nuanced, and conflicting opinions about GenAI in teaching and a spectrum of perspectives; enthusiasm and optimism to caution and resistance. The attitudes, and perceived behavioural controls are multifaceted and ambivalent. To utilise GenAI in the future, institutions must acknowledge and accommodate complexities. Rational deliberations rather than unconscious impulse will guide future actions. GenAI’s future use will hinge on academics’ attitudes and institutional conditions. e.g., policy, ethics, and capability. Selective, pedagogically justified integration that safeguards authenticity and relational in teaching is necessary for efficiency and personalisation in teaching. Investment in coherent governance, infrastructure, and discipline‑sensitive professional development will support teaching academics usage of GenAI. References Author et al., (2025) An, Y., Yu, J. H., and James, S. (2025). Investigating the higher education institutions’ guidelines and policies regarding the use of generative AI in teaching, learning, research, and administration. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 22(1), 10. 10.1186/s41239-025-00507-3 Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179-211. https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T Ajzen, I., and Fishbein, M. (2005). The influence of attitudes on behavior. In D. Albarracín, B. T. Johnson Hughes, L., Malik, T., Dettmer, S., Al-Busaidi, A. S., and Dwivedi, Y. K. (2025). Reimagining higher education: Navigating the challenges of generative AI adoption. Information Systems Frontiers. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10796-025-10582-6 Basileo, L. D., Otto, B., Lyons, M., Vannini, N., and Toth, M. D. (2024). The role of self-efficacy, motivation, and perceived support of students' basic psychological needs in academic achievement. Frontiers in Education (Lausanne), 910.3389/feduc.2024.1385442 Chiu, T.K.F., Xia, Q., Zhou, X, Chai, C.S., Cheng, M. (2023). Systematic literature review on opportunities, challenges, and future research recommendations or artificial intelligence in education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 4, 100118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2022.100118 Kangwa, D., Msafiri, M. M., and Fute, A. (2025). Balancing innovation and ethics: promote academic integrity through support and effective use of GenAI tools in higher education. AI and Ethics, 10.1007/s43681-025-00689-6 Maxwell, D., Oyarzun, B., Kim, S., and Bong, J. Y. (2025). Generative AI in Higher Education: Demographic Differences in Student Perceived Readiness, Benefits, and Challenges. TechTrends, 10.1007/s11528-025-01109-6 Nguyen, K. V. (2025). The use of generative AI tools in higher education: Ethical and pedagogical principles. Journal of Academic Ethics,1–21. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10805-025-09607-1 Robert, J., and Muscanell, N. (2023). *2023 EDUCAUSE Horizon Action Plan: Generative AI*. EDUCAUSE. https://library.educause.edu/resources/2023/9/2023-educause-horizon-action-plan-generative-ai Samala, A. D., Rawas, S., Wang, T., Reed, J. M., Kim, J., Howard, N.-J., and Ertz, M. (2025). Unveiling the landscape of generative artificial intelligence in education: a comprehensive taxonomy of applications, challenges, and future prospects. Education and Information Technologies, 30(3), 3239-3278. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-12936-0 Sengar, S. S., Hasan, A. B., Kumar, S., and Carroll, F. (2024). Generative artificial intelligence: a systematic review and applications. Multimedia Tools and Applications, 10.1007/s11042-024-20016-1 Shata, A., and Hartley, K. (2025). Artificial intelligence and communication technologies in academia: faculty perceptions and the adoption of generative AI. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 22(1),14. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-025-00511-7 Young, MD & Diem, S (2023), Handbook of critical education research: qualitative, quantitative, and emerging approaches, (eds) Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group, New York, NY. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 22 SES 05 D: Campus as Space and Place Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Anne Graham Cagney Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper What the Campus Does: Projection, Mobility, and Interrelationality in the University Space Lancaster University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Literature International scholarly conversations about the university precinct can be broadly divided into two largely distinct and multidisciplinary areas. One focuses on estates managers’ concerns with costs, planning, and efficiency, and keeping pace with universities’ ever-evolving provision (Coulson et al. 2015) alongside architects’ interests in aesthetics, design, and functional and symbolic value (Boys 2014). This work is fascinating and insightful in knowing how the construction and maintenance operate, but it largely neglects the lived experience. This means that assertions about how those higher education spaces actually work remain largely speculative. The other literature incorporates more practice-oriented, evidence-based debates on whether universities are fit for fulfilling their multiple and expanding range of purposes (Harris-Huemmert 2019). This extends into the established recognition of how campuses can be in-/exclusionary for different groups (Solorzano et al. 2000) and how technology – and more recently the pandemic – have raised questions about the nature of higher education’s physical assets and even whether we need them at all (Spire 2023). What is missing, and this is gap has been noted for some time, is research which connects the two discussions (Temple 2023). That which has been published – in English at least - is both disciplinarily as well as geographically dispersed, and as such this remains an underexplored and somewhat nascent topic. We do know, though, that campuses are not simply neutral canvasses on which activity happens, but that the physical and social aspects relate. This includes, for example, how campus buildings can both inspire or intimidate (Thompson et al. 2025). There is also some work which considers how students move around campuses, but this rarely extends beyond quantitative tracking (see Greene and Penn 1997) other than to consider where traditionally marginalised groups feel un-/safe (Flint 2021). This paper positions itself in relation to this work by exploring how a diverse group of students describes both their campus and how they feel about it, as well as well as what influences their movements around the university precinct. On Space Given the ostensibly interdisciplinary nature of how campuses can be conceptualised, a range of theorisations have been invoked, from Lacanian subjectivity to Bronfenbrenner’s ecology. The most commonly applied concept, though, is that of space, albeit in different ways and at different scales. This paper draws on the work of Doreen Massey (2008) in particular, who formulates spaces as interrelational areas where people and artefacts come together and are transformed in the process. In other words, rather than a place as simply a designated, somewhat static location that can be topographically described, spaces are continually in flux due to the ongoing processes of those repeated comings together. Massey is also at pains to point out that the relations within a space are often hierarchical and therefore understanding them requires capturing a diversity of perspectives. Thinking about universities in this way is helpful because it allows us to imagine and then investigate the rich and ever-changing panoply of people, ideas, and physical items that they consist of and the interactions and dynamics that this engenders. While being widely used in geography, Massey’s work has thus far only sparingly been applied in research on higher education (Samura 2018). With this in mind, this paper seeks to address the following question: How do students describe their campus socio-materially, and what mediates their movements around it? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this study, which sought to address the question of how students experience and negotiate the university as a space, qualitative data was collected at ‘Russell University’, a large, high status, research-intensive university in England. Russell, in common with other universities of this type, was founded in the 19th Century and occupies a large plot of land in the middle of a major, formerly industrial city. Its estate numbers over 200 buildings, covering a miscellany of architectural styles from ivy-adorned Gothic to modern corporate, interspersed with a variety of parks and quadrangles, intersected by public and private paths, bridges, and roads. As with other similar institutions, it is well placed on national and international rankings and hosts tens of thousands of students annually, over a quarter of whom are from overseas. Participant recruitment was undertaken inviting participation in assorted classes, with a choice of engaging in an interview or focus group based on their preference and availability. While these can provide different kinds of data – largely due to the range and type of interactions – they are both appropriate for eliciting rich accounts of viewpoints and lived experiences (Wilson 2006; Dicicco-Bloom and Crabtree 2006). Lines of discussion focused on their movements within, and views of, the campus estate and their experiences in relation to them. Data analysis involved coding data extracts according their descriptions of the campus as a whole, as well as the specific buildings or spaces they visited or not (trajectories), as well as references to with whom they did and did not interact (interrelationality), noting where this took place. The sample consisted of 42 students in a purposive, intentionally diverse sample designed to explore a multiplicity of perspectives, rather than focusing on particular groups as other studies have done. The sample was split almost evenly between under- and postgraduate students but leaned more towards women (none identified as non-binary) and the social sciences. The disciplinary mix was in part dictated by classroom access permissions granted by staff, with underrepresented subject students largely attending focus groups with friends from the social sciences. Just over a third of the participants were domestic students (i.e. British citizens) but over two thirds of the group claimed all or partial heritage from the global majority. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants’ accounts contained regular observations about how huge and architecturally varied the campus was. Within this there was pervasive view that this diversity projected something of the university’s character as venerable, prestigious, and traditional, as well as future-oriented. However, this was also interlaced with a perception of the university leadership favouring the estates’ appearance over the working and learning conditions of staff and students respectively. This extended into a common observation of a divide between favoured disciplines, primarily in STEM, where money was being invested, and others which were correspondingly neglected. Students’ movements around the campus were shaped by a range of influences, particularly timetabling, and participants described quite different disciplinary ‘footprints’ – some quite condensed, others more wide-ranging – as well as discernible subject-based divides between those footprints. There were some favoured locations where paths intersected, notably the library and student union, but negative experiences could mean that those shared areas were not universally liked or revisited. Alongside this, students regularly reported getting lost when trying to find particular buildings, or even rooms within buildings. Notable, too, was evidence of reticence to enter areas they were unfamiliar with or perceived as daunting, and included regular mentions of most students being barred from entering one newly-built school in particular. In combination, these findings represent an important contribution. From a Masseyan perspective, it shows a clear interrelation between the campus and its inhabitants, infused with its organisational culture, social composition, and individual preferences. In this way we can see how university’s physical spaces can be seen to reflect a sense of the university’s priorities and hidden curriculum, which previously has been discussed but lacked evidence. Secondly, it shows how the physical, in conjunction with other elements, mediates how they move around and feel about – and within – their institution. References Boys, Jos. 2014. Building Better Universities. Routledge. Coulson, Jonathan, Paul Roberts, and Isabelle Taylor. 2015. ‘The Future of the Campus: Architecture and Master Planning Trends’. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education 19 (4): 116–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603108.2015.1026421. Dicicco-Bloom, Barbara, and Benjamin F. Crabtree. 2006. ‘Making Sense of Qualitative Research: The Qualitative Research Interview’. Medical Education 40: 314–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2929.2006.02418.x. Flint, Maureen A. 2021. ‘Racialized Retellings: (Un)Ma(r)King Space and Place on College Campuses’. Critical Studies in Education 62 (5): 559–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2021.1877756. Greene, Margarita, and Alan Penn. 1997. ‘SOCIO-SPATIAL ANALYSIS OF FOUR UNIVERSITY CAMPUSES; the Implications of Spatial Configuration on Creation and Transmission of Knowledge’. First Symposium of Space Syntax, 13.1-13.15. Harris-Huemmert, Susan. 2019. ‘Concepts of Campus Design and Estate Management: Case Studies from the United Kingdom and Switzerland’. Beiträge Zur Hochschulforschung, 41. Jahgang, 24–49. Massey, Doreen. 2008. For Space. SAGE Publications Ltd. Samura, Michelle. 2018. ‘Understanding Campus Spaces to Improve Student Belonging’. About Campus: Enriching the Student Learning Experience 23 (2): 19–23. https://doi.org/10.1177/1086482218785887. Spire, Zachery. 2023. ‘University Estates and Postdigital Higher Education: Space, Place, and Being a University’. Postdigital Science and Education 5 (3): 716–29. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00314-3. Temple, Paul. 2023. ‘The University Couloir: Exploring Physical and Intellectual Connectivity’. Higher Education Policy 36 (1): 213–29. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-021-00253-x. Thompson, James, Marian Mahat, Kate Tregloan, et al. 2025. ‘Exploring the Meaning of Campus through Lived Experiences of Students, Staff, and Visitors’. Higher Education Research & Development 44 (1): 49–67. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2024.2430297. Wilson, Valerie. 2006. ‘Focus Groups : A Useful Qualitative Method for Educational Research ?’ British Educational Research Journal 23 (2): 209–24. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper It Feels like there is this invisible boundary: Social Hierarchies and Stilted Integration in the University Space Lancaster University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Literature International literature on university populations has long recorded marked growth in both the volume and variety of students (Fitzgerald et al. 2012; Purcell et al. 2016). While this was primarily driven by neoliberal adherence to supply-side human capital theory (Brown et al. 2011) this was also infused with social justice rationales in terms of widening access to ‘non-traditional’ (aka first generation) learners, including those from wider racial and ethnic groups. It has been supplemented, too, with greater numbers of international students in an attempt to maintain host countries’ soft power and – through higher international student fees – offset the costs of increased domestic enrolments (Buckner and Zapp 2021). A more heterogeneous student population presents challenges in terms of support and augmented pedagogy (Lomer and Mittelmeier 2021), but is seen to additionally convey both personal as well as social benefits. In the first instance, research shows that meaningful interactions outside students’ sometimes narrow pre-university social groups can engender more inclusive attitudes and improved critical thinking and employability skills (Dunne 2017). Secondly, it is asserted that that intergroup contact can cumulatively lead to more prevalent understanding of, and respect for, cultural differences more broadly (Hudson and Rockenbach 2025a). This, many have argued, is one of higher education’s core purposes and as such should be actively fostered (Hurtado 2007). However, it is clear is that simply diversifying the student body is not enough since many higher education institutions remain hostile to those not drawn from its nationally dominant groups. Extensive scholarship highlights the wide-ranging difficulties faced by – among others – female, working class, ethnic minority, international, disabled, mature, and LGBTQI+ students (Deem et al. 2022). The majority of work around students’ experiences to date focuses on marginalised rather than dominant groups but there is relatively little work that considers multiple perspectives simultaneously (although see Dunne 2009; Keane 2011). Also, while what some call ‘boundary crossing’ (Hudson and Rockenbach 2025b) between social groups is known to have positive outcomes, this remains a somewhat neglected area, particularly as far as the lived experience of these interpersonal dynamics are concerned. This paper therefore examines how a diverse group of students at a large, high status university in England describes and understands their positions and experiences relative to the wider student population. Theoretical Framing This paper applies Doreen Massey’s (2008; 2018) conceptualisation of space. In Massey’s work, spaces are interrelational areas where people and artefacts coalesce and interact. This allows us to see education institutions more richly by examining how their constantly changing cast of staff and learners – as well as ideas, texts, buildings, and so on – come into contact with one another and in the process be changed in some way (Brown and Schweisfurth 2024). In other words, rather than a place such as a campus being simply a neutral physical landscape, universities as spaces represent a transformational zone that is constantly in flux due to the interactions between whatever and whoever comes into contact. Massey also highlights how these interrelations can be – in fact almost invariably are – hierarchical, and any investigation of a space therefore requires the inclusion of a multiplicity of perspectives. Massey’s work, while widely used in geography, has only been sparingly applied in higher education to date, largely around exploring the experiences of marginalised students (Samura 2018; Flint 2021). However, it appears to have considerable value and as such is the theoretical lens adopted here in addressing the following research question: How do students describe the student population of their university and the relations that mediate their experiences within it? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this study, which sought to consider how students see and experience their position within their peer population, qualitative data was collected at ‘Russell University’, a large, high status, research-intensive university in England. As with other similar institutions, it is well placed on national and international rankings and hosts tens of thousands of students annually, with over a quarter of whom hailing from overseas. As such, it is diverse in some ways but is also socially selective because it has academically stringent admissions processes. Participant recruitment was undertaken by inviting participation in assorted classes, with a choice of taking part in an interview or focus group based on their preference and availability. While these can provide different kinds of data – largely due to the range and type of interactions – they are both appropriate for eliciting rich accounts of viewpoints and lived experiences (Wilson 2006; Dicicco-Bloom and Crabtree 2006). The lines of discussion focused on here relate to their descriptions of the university population and organisational culture, and with whom they did – and did not – interact, with analysis involving coding data according two core dimensions. The first explored which communities they described within the student population and the extent to which they saw those groups being porous or bounded. The second considered their own experiences in relation to those groups. The sample consisted of 42 students in a purposive, intentionally diverse sample designed to explore a multiplicity of perspectives, rather than focusing on particular groups as other studies have done. The sample was split almost evenly between under- and postgraduate students but leaned more towards women (none identified as non-binary) and the social sciences. The disciplinary mix was in part dictated by classroom access permissions granted by staff, with underrepresented subject students largely attending focus groups with friends in the social sciences. Just over a third of the participants were domestic students (i.e. British citizens) but over two thirds of the group (including many British participants) claimed all or partial heritage from the global majority. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students saw the wider university population as predominantly White, affluent, and politically left-leaning, but also diverse and inclusive, with marked distinctions within the domestic population that were class-based and regional, as well as between domestic and international students. Furthermore, while in principle the university’s large and varied student body presented a panoply of opportunities for degree subject, class, race, nationality, and sexual orientation boundary-crossing, students were also hindered from achieving it. Some of this related to timetabling, which addressed the practical issue of allocating students across hundreds of degree courses to teaching spaces but in doing so corralled them into separated disciplinary groups. At the same time, community dynamics meant that the spaces within the university where students commonly congregated – such as the student union and accommodation – featured discernible and often impermeable social boundaries. This was also visible within classes and overall could be a source of stress when relations were difficult. Within this, many international students bemoaned their inability to develop friendships and intercultural exchanges with domestic students, which had been part of their rationale for studying overseas. Domestic students, on the other hand, often expressed the belief that those students were not simply interested in mixing with them. Research in this area to date has stressed that diversifying enrolments alone, while perhaps signalling an openness to boundary-crossing, does not by itself engender it. What this paper adds to that discussion is not only how and where it can – and does – happen, but also what hinders it. This reiterates that universities need to encourage and facilitate these interactions, rather than implicitly assuming that they will happen organically. Furthermore, considering this through the lens of Massey’s spaces further unpicks the dynamics of student interrelationality as characterised by unresolved tensions between hierarchically placed groups. References Brown, Phillip, Hugh Lauder, and David Ashton. 2011. The Global Auction: The Broken Promises of Education, Jobs, and Incomes. Oxford University Press. Brown, Rhona, and Michele Schweisfurth. 2024. ‘Making Context Matter through Massey’s Relational Space: Methodological and Theoretical Implications for Comparative and International Education’. Comparative Education Review 68 (3): 469–88. https://doi.org/10.1086/731786. Buckner, Elizabeth, and Mike Zapp. 2021. ‘Institutional Logics in the Global Higher Education Landscape: Differences in Organizational Characteristics by Sector and Founding Era’. Minerva 59 (1): 27–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-020-09416-3. Deem, Rosemary, Jennifer M. Case, and Terhi Nokkala. 2022. ‘Researching Inequality in Higher Education: Tracing Changing Conceptions and Approaches over Fifty Years’. Higher Education 84 (6): 1245–65. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00922-9. Dicicco-Bloom, Barbara, and Benjamin F. Crabtree. 2006. ‘Making Sense of Qualitative Research: The Qualitative Research Interview’. Medical Education 40: 314–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2929.2006.02418.x. Dunne, Ciarán. 2009. ‘Host Students’ Perspectives of Intercultural Contact in an Irish University’. Journal of Studies in International Education 13 (2): 222–39. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315308329787. Dunne, Ciarán. 2017. ‘Can Intercultural Experiences Foster Creativity? The Relevance, Theory and Evidence’. Journal of Intercultural Studies 38 (2): 189–212. https://doi.org/10.1080/07256868.2017.1291495. Fitzgerald, Tanya, Julie White, and Helen M. Gunter. 2012. Hard Labour? Academic Work and the Changing Landscape of Higher Education. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Flint, Maureen A. 2021. ‘Racialized Retellings: (Un)Ma(r)King Space and Place on College Campuses’. Critical Studies in Education 62 (5): 559–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2021.1877756. Hudson, Tara D., and Alyssa N. Rockenbach. 2025a. ‘“This Is How We Heal These Divisions”: Exploring Prosocial Outcomes of College Students’ Boundary-Crossing Friendships’. Journal of College Student Development 66 (4): 436–53. https://doi.org/10.1353/csd.2025.a967288. Hudson, Tara D., and Alyssa N. Rockenbach. 2025b. ‘“We Met in a Place That Fostered Exploring”: Campus Environments That Influence Boundary-Crossing Friendships’. Innovative Higher Education 50 (2): 461–85. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10755-024-09743-3. Hurtado, Sylvia. 2007. ‘Linking Diversity with the Educational and Civic Missions of Higher Education’. The Review of Higher Education 30 (2): 185–96. https://doi.org/10.1353/rhe.2006.0070. Keane, Elaine. 2011. ‘Distancing to Self-Protect: The Perpetuation of Inequality in Higher Education through Socio-Relational Dis/Engagement’. British Journal of Sociology of Education 39 (3): 449–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2011.559343. Lomer, Sylvie, and Jenna Mittelmeier. 2021. ‘Mapping the Research on Pedagogies with International Students in the UK: A Systematic Literature Review’. Teaching in 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Dare to Think Divers: An engaged ethnography on community within higher education 1: Ghent University, Belgium; 2: Durf Divers Denken Presenting Author:Across European higher education, diversity and inclusion have become central policy concerns, yet institutional approaches often translate these commitments into managerial categories that depoliticise inequality and marginalise lived experience. In the context of multiple intersecting crises (social, political, ecological, and epistemic) questions arise about how knowledge is produced, whose knowledge counts, and how universities might act responsibly while remaining spaces of critique and care. This paper addresses these questions by exploring how community is enacted as a relational and epistemic practice within higher education. The paper presents findings from an engaged ethnographic study of Durf Divers Denken (DDD), a grassroots platform at Ghent University that brings students and staff together to collectively reflect on structural exclusion, belonging, and diversity within the university. Rather than approaching community as a stable or harmonious entity, the study conceptualises community as an ongoing, contested process that emerges through encounters, dialogue, affective labour, and shared responsibility. Drawing on bell hooks’s Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope as a theoretical lens, and informed by feminist, decolonial, and affect theory, the analysis examines how community functions not only as a social form but also as a mode of knowing and acting. The paper asks: How is community enacted within higher education through a grassroots initiative, and what conditions make such community possible in a context shaped by institutional logics of efficiency and performativity? Empirically, the paper centres on two ethnographic scenes: an iftar gathering organised within a university department, and a participatory G-100 dialogue event on diversity and inclusive teaching. These scenes are analysed through close reading and collaborative interpretation, foregrounding how space, material arrangements, affect, and narrative shape collective engagement. Rather than seeking generalisation, the paper offers situated insight into how alternative forms of knowledge emerge through embodied and relational practices. The analysis identifies three interconnected movements through which community is enacted: These movements illuminate tensions between institutional demands for measurable outcomes and the slow, affective labour required to build trust, recognition, and shared meaning. The paper argues that such grassroots spaces reveal the limits of dominant epistemologies within higher education, while simultaneously offering alternative ways of knowing that are relational. By positioning community as a form of knowledge practice, this paper contributes to debates on the changing conditions and potentials of education research. It invites reconsideration of how universities might engage diversity not as policy rhetoric, but as a lived, collective, and transformative process that reconfigures what counts as knowledge, action, and responsibility in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs an engaged ethnographic methodology, combining long-term ethnographic immersion with a political and ethical commitment to reciprocity, solidarity, and co-construction of knowledge. The first author was embedded within the DDD platform over a 15-month period (February 2023 – May 2024), participating in and co-organising meetings, workshops, and public events, while documenting both formal and informal moments of exchange. Data sources include fieldnotes, audio recordings, photographs, reflective writing, and collaborative discussions among the four authors. Two ethnographic scenes were selected for their evocative density and capacity to illuminate relational and affective dimensions of community-making. These scenes were not treated as illustrative anecdotes, but as analytical sites where theory and practice intra-act. Analysis involved close reading of the ethnographic material alongside bell hooks’s Teaching Community, informed by feminist, decolonial, and affect-oriented approaches to qualitative inquiry. Interpretation was shaped through collaborative dialogue among the authors, bringing together insider knowledge of the platform, expertise in disability studies and belonging, and attention to epistemic power relations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that community within higher education emerges not through consensus or institutional design, but through ongoing relational labour that resists dominant logics of speed, efficiency, and outcome-orientation. The three identified movements demonstrate how community functions as an alternative epistemic space where lived experience, affect, and presence become sources of knowledge. By foregrounding community as a practice of knowing and acting, the paper highlights how grassroots initiatives can expose the limits of policy-driven diversity frameworks while offering relational and ethical alternatives. These findings have implications for education research concerned with knowledge production under conditions of polycrisis, suggesting the need to value slow, situated, and relational methodologies that remain accountable to lived realities. References Ahmed, S. (2000). Strange Encounters: Embodied Others in Post-coloniality. Routledge. https://books.google.be/books?id=tabNrSZ1iKsC Ahmed, S. (2004). Collective Feelings:Or, the Impressions Left by Others. Theory, Culture & Society, 21(2), 25-42. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276404042133 Ahmed, S. (2012). On Being Included Annala, J., & Mäkinen, M. (2017). Communities of practice in higher education: contradictory narratives of a university-wide curriculum reform. Studies in Higher Education, 42(11), 1941-1957. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2015.1125877 hooks, b. (2003). Teaching community : a pedagogy of hope. New York : Routledge, 2003. https://search.library.wisc.edu/catalog/999950374002121 Kafai, S. (2021). Crip kinship : the disability justice & art activism of Sins Invalid / Shayda Kafai. Arsenal Pulp Press. Vandenbussche, H., Van Goidsenhoven, L., Vandekerckhove, A., & De Schauwer, E. (2024). "The University Is Made for Those Who Can Climb the Stairs": Dialoguing With Counterstories in Higher Education [Article; Early Access]. Qualitative Inquiry, 13. https://doi.org/10.1177/10778004241254393 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper ”Otherwise I would have dropped out” The Role of Higher Education in Peripheral Regions Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:This work‑in‑progress paper presents preliminary results from a qualitative research project that investigates how rural municipalities incorporate the potentials, resources, and needs of the local area when using higher education as a tool in rural and local development in Denmark. The difficulties of creating well-functioning rural higher education are not unique to Denmark but seen across countries in the Global North. We see increasing political focus on higher education as a tool for rural and regional development, while students predominantly seek out the large educational cities when choosing higher education. This means that educational institutions outside the large cities have difficulty attracting students, as there are many vacant study places, resulting in poor education economics. It is therefore not enough to relocate higher education institutions, if young people are not following suit. The project consists of two parts: the institutional level and the student level. This paper focuses on the latter, examining why students have chosen a particular decentralised higher education programme, and how both place and educational institution shape their local identity, everyday practices, and sense of belonging. The study is guided by these research questions:
Spatial and mobility theories inspire the theoretical framework. Spatial theories (Tuan, 2001; Warf & Arias, 2009) provide insight into the importance of places and the diversity of places. This is important in relation to rural research, because these areas are distinguished by their diversity (Høst & Larsen, 2016). Spatial theories can also help to identify place-specific resources and qualities, as well as the importance these have for people who have grown up in a place – the so-called “location-specific insider-advantages” (Mærsk et al., 2021b). With the concept of relational space, Massey (1994; 2005) explains that places are not static and not just one thing for all people, but places are a dynamic phenomenon created through social relations and interactions. This is a useful approach to understanding higher education institutions’ significance for a locality and student’s consideration for (not) choosing to study somewhere. “Geographical imaginaries” refer to the mental images and perceptions that individuals have of different places, which shape their understanding and choice of higher education institutions (Beech, 2014). These imaginaries influence young people’s decision-making by creating certain perceptions of places that either attract or repel them in terms of educational choices (Holdsworth, 2009). For example, geographical imaginaries of rural areas can often be associated with lower prestige or less exciting opportunities (Gilmartin & Berg, 2007). The starting point for mobility theories (Salazar, 2010; Sheller & Urry, 2006) is to understand humans as fundamentally mobile, but in different ways and especially on different scales throughout life, from micromobility in everyday life to the large-scale relocations associated with life transformations (Cresswell, 2011). Mobility theories also challenge what it means to be (im)mobile and give us a perspective on what can be understood as (im)mobility (Mærsk et al., 2021). For example, it is often seen as an expression of lack of mobility if young people in rural areas only move 20-30 km when they move from home, while young people in large cities are not seen as immobile by moving the same distance. Mobility theories not only examine physical/geographical mobility, but also social mobility and the connection between these. This is particularly important in the context of education, because physical mobility (to the big cities) is often associated with social mobility (through the education system) (Holloway & Jöns, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project uses ethnographic fieldwork and in particular qualitative interviews as its research method. The fieldwork is carried out in two Danish study towns, Holbæk and Svendborg, where the munic-ipalities in different ways have worked with place-based potentials to create higher education institutions that can support local and regional development. They are both coastal towns. Holbæk has app. 30.900 in-habitants and is located on Zealand some 60 kilometres from Copenhagen. Svendborg with app. 27.600 in-habitants is located on the island of Funen about 170 kilometres from Copenhagen. The two cases, Holbæk and Svendborg, have been selected as examples of different approaches to integrat-ing higher education into rural development, they can be seen as paradigmatic cases in Flyvbjerg's (2006) terminology. A paradigmatic case is a case that can shed light on broader phenomena or theories. The para-digmatic case has the potential to change or shape the way a problem or situation is understood and can thus have a major impact on the research field. Paradigmatic case selection does not aim to be representa-tive, but to illuminate central conditions, in our case the use of place-bound resources, potentials or needs. Semi-structured interviews were the primary method for this part of the study. We made 18 interviews with students from the three higher education institutions present in Svendborg and Holbæk. In addition, we draw on eight interviews made with staff from these three institutions. The staff interviews were all made on location, the student interviews should also have been made on location, but this turned out to be impossible. The students were very difficult to get hold of and only agreed to be interviewed when it could be online. The interviews with students focused on everyday practices, motivations for choosing a small town versus a city, life trajectories, and experiences of studying in a small town. The interviews with staff concerned the educational strategies, connections between the higher education institution and the local area, the students they had and those they wanted to attract. Observations of the educational institutions and mapping of their location in relation to other institutions and activities in the municipality are used both as inspiration for interviews and to “understand the land-scape” as expressed by Philips and Johns (2012). The interviews were coded thematically (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to explore student motivations, perceptions of place, belonging, local identity formation, and the in-terplay between institutional strategies and lived experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that students who choose study towns do so as an active, positive choice—not as a fallback option. Across programmes and locations, students emphasise the combination of “enough opportunities” and “manageable scale”, describing towns as places where everyday life is coherent, accessi-ble, and socially meaningful. These students value close relations with teaching staff, small cohorts, and the sense of being seen, which fosters engagement, academic confidence, and persistence. For many, decentral-ised higher education is essential for enabling them to pursue higher education due to family responsibili-ties, limited geographical mobility, or preferences for quieter environments. Students’ narratives reveal a strong connection between personal identity, local belonging, and their experi-ence of studying in Holbæk or Svendborg. While they appreciate initiatives such as new, larger campuses, they also express concerns: expansion risks undermining the very qualities that attract them. Another find-ing is the widespread lack of awareness among young people about local higher education opportunities in their area. This points to the importance of making branch campuses ‘local’ e.g. by giving them a name and a brand, and to make sure they are visible in the town through road signs. This may sound quite banal, but there are under-exploited opportunities in trying to reach youth from non-academic families and thus for widening participation through decentralised higher education. Overall, the project indicates that higher education institutions can be used as a tool for tackling uneven ru-ral and regional development by engaging with place-based potentials, local identities, and needs. For stu-dents, decentralised higher education can play a crucial role in providing opportunities to a different group of youth, in fostering social mobility, and in creating meaningful educational experiences. Thus, decentral-ised higher education institutions may succeed by becoming place sensitive and considering the lived expe-riences and preferences of the students who choose them. References Beech, S. E. (2014). Why place matters: Imaginative geography and international student mobility. Area, 46(2), 170-177. https://doi.org/10.1111/area.12096 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Cresswell, T. (2011). Mobilities I: Catching up. Progress in Human Geography, 35(4), 550-558. https://doi.org/10.1177/0309132510383348 Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five misunderstandings about case-study research. Qualitative Inquiry, 12(2), 219-245. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800405284363 Gilmartin, M., & Berg, N. (2007). Locating geographies of higher education: Scale, space and place. Irish Geography, 40(1), 18-29. https://doi.org/10.1080/00750770709555863 Holdsworth, C. (2009). Between two worlds: Local students in higher education and ‘scouse’/student iden-tities. Population, Space and Place, 15(3), 225-237. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp.507 Holloway, S. L., & Jöns, H. (2012). Geographies of education and learning. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 37(4), 482-488. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-5661.2012.00542.x Høst, J., & Larsen, S. R. (2016). Ansvar for egen egn? Kulturhistoriske perspektiver på regionalt udviklings-arbejde. Kulturstudier, 7(1), 116-142. Massey, D. (1994). Space, place and gender. Polity Press. Massey, D. (2005). For space. SAGE Publications. Mærsk, E., Thuesen, A. A., & Haartsen, T. (2021a). Symbolic mobility capital to fight the social stigma of staying: How young adults re-imagine narratives of ‘leaving’ during higher education. Journal of Youth Studies, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2021.1948984 Mærsk, E., Sørensen, J. F. L., Thuesen, A. A., & Haartsen, T. (2021b). Staying for the benefits: Location-specific insider advantages for geographically immobile students in higher education. Population, Space and Place, 27(4), e2442. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp.2442 Philips, R., & Johns, J. (2012). Fieldwork for human geography. Sage. Salazar, N. B. (2010). Towards an anthropology of cultural mobilities. Crossings: Journal of Migration & Culture, 1(1), 53-68. https://doi.org/10.1386/cjmc.1.1.53/1 Sheller, M., & Urry, J. (2006). The new mobilities paradigm. Environment and Planning A: Economy and Space, 38(2), 207-226. https://doi.org/10.1068/a37268 Tuan, Y. F. (2001). Space and place: The perspective of experience. University of Minnesota Press. Warf, B., & Arias, S. (2009). The spatial turn: Interdisciplinary perspectives. Routledge. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 23 SES 05 A: Teachers navigating policies and technology Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Anne Homme Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper GenAI, Curriculum Labour And Teachers’ Time Poverty 1: Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 2: Australian Catholic University Presenting Author:Generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) is increasingly promoted across education systems as a response to teachers’ workload pressures, particularly those associated with curriculum planning, lesson preparation and assessment. Policy and system-level claims commonly position GenAI as a technical efficiency solution, assuming that automating or assisting curriculum-related tasks will translate into time savings and reduced work intensity for teachers. This proposal challenges that assumption. The central research question guiding this paper is: How does teachers’ use of generative AI reshape curriculum labour and experiences of time, and with what implications for time poverty in contemporary teaching? Rather than asking whether GenAI “works” as a workload solution, the paper examines how GenAI reorganises where effort is concentrated, how time is experienced, and which forms of curriculum labour remain resistant to acceleration. Conceptually, the paper is grounded in scholarship on teachers’ work, workload and time poverty, which conceptualises time scarcity as a structural condition of contemporary teaching rather than an individual deficit (Creagh et al., 2025; Thompson & Hogan, 2024). Time poverty is understood as produced through intensified accountability regimes, expanding role expectations, administrative layering, and the accumulation of curriculum-related demands. Within this framework, GenAI is analysed as a temporal technology (Wajcman, 2008), not as a neutral tool but as an intervention that redistributes temporal pressures across tasks and actors. The analysis also draws on work on social acceleration (Rosa, 2013) and the politics of time in education (Madsen & Laursen, 2026), which highlights how reforms framed around efficiency reshape teachers’ temporal autonomy and professional judgement. From this perspective, GenAI is situated within broader logics of temporal governance, where technologies promise speed and flexibility while leaving underlying conditions of work largely intact. While the empirical focus of the paper is Australia, the contribution is explicitly international. Many European education systems are similarly characterised by intensified accountability, performance measurement, and policy discourses of efficiency and innovation. GenAI is currently being promoted across European contexts as part of digitalisation agendas, often with limited attention to how benefits and burdens may be unevenly distributed. By analysing GenAI through the lens of curriculum labour and time poverty, this paper offers a framework for understanding why technological “solutions” may reproduce existing inequalities in teachers’ work across national contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on data from a national survey of Australian teachers (N = 1,058) conducted in December 2025. The survey captured teachers’ use of GenAI across a range of curriculum-related tasks, including curriculum planning, lesson preparation, assessment design, feedback provision, and professional communication. It also measured perceived quality of GenAI outputs, workload manageability and work intensity. GenAI use was operationalised through task-specific frequency measures, allowing analysis of where GenAI is most and least commonly integrated into teachers’ curriculum work. Perceived output quality was measured using Likert-scale items assessing teachers’ evaluations of GenAI-generated materials across different task domains. Workload manageability and work intensity were measured using established survey items capturing time sufficiency and perceived pressure. Analysis proceeded in three phases, examining task-level patterns of GenAI use and perceived output quality, associations between GenAI use, workload manageability and work intensity, and differences in use across teacher and school characteristics using validated composite indices and adjusted regression models. While the study is quantitative, the analysis is conceptually informed by critical policy sociology and labour process perspectives. Rather than treating survey measures as neutral indicators of efficiency, the paper interprets associations in light of broader structural conditions shaping teachers’ work. This allows the findings to be read not as evidence of technological success or failure, but as indicators of how GenAI interacts with existing temporal pressures and professional constraints. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that GenAI is most commonly used for curriculum planning, lesson preparation, assessment-related tasks and professional communication, and least commonly used for providing student feedback. Perceived output quality broadly aligns with patterns of use, though important mismatches are evident. Frequently used tasks, particularly lesson resource preparation, are associated with lower perceived quality, while less frequently used tasks, such as proofreading and report writing, are rated more highly. Despite these task-level tensions, overall GenAI use is strongly associated with higher perceived output quality and with greater workload manageability and lower reported work intensity. However, these associations are uneven. Female teachers, teachers working in outer regional contexts, and more experienced teachers report higher work intensity alongside lower GenAI use, suggesting that the temporal benefits of GenAI are shaped by existing conditions of work rather than by access to technology alone. The paper concludes that GenAI does not resolve teachers’ time poverty but can partially alleviate its symptoms for some groups by shifting how curriculum labour is performed. GenAI operates as a form of stratified temporal relief, benefiting teachers with greater autonomy, flexibility and supportive conditions, while leaving the structural drivers of time scarcity intact. These findings caution against policy narratives that position GenAI as a universal workload solution. In European and international contexts characterised by similar accountability and efficiency pressures, such claims risk reproducing uneven outcomes unless reforms address the underlying organisation and governance of teachers’ work. References Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2025). Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders: A systematic research synthesis. Educational Review, 77(2), 661-680. Madsen, M., & Laursen, R. (2026). Introduction: Education and the politics of time. In Education and the Politics of Time: Temporal Governance in Teaching and Learning (pp. 1-22). Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland. Rosa, H. (2013). Social acceleration: A new theory of modernity. Columbia University Press. Thompson, G., & Hogan, A. (2024). Time poverty in teachers' work. In Teaching and Time Poverty (pp. 1-14). Routledge. Wajcman, J. (2008). Life in the fast lane? Towards a sociology of technology and time. The British journal of sociology, 59(1), 59-77. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Discourses of Well-being Reshaping Teachers’ Subjectivities in an era of digitalized knowledge 1: University of the Peloponnese, Greece; 2: Aristotle University of Thessaloniki Presenting Author:With technology, currently, pervading every aspect of our lives, altering our modes of communication, labour and learning styles, the notion of well-being emerges as a coping tool for the increasingly stressed populations of digitized societies (Castells, 2024). Recontextualised in global agendas like European Union’s (EU) “Compass on Action on Mental Health and Well-being”, and national programmes [“The Children’s plan” (England) or “EPODE” (France)], it targets mostly students and young people in a context of digitalised life (Morselo, 2016). The great variety of discursive themes from mental health and emotional literacy to sustainability and physical health characterizing these programmes highlights well-being’s abstract character of well-being, which allows its instrumentalization by supranational organizations -such as OECD and EU- and national governments. Thus, far from just addressing the sedentary and often mentally strenuous modern lifestyles these initiatives promote a “healthy”, resilient individual, that contributes to economic growth. In this paper, we focus on the notion of physical well-being, exploring its becoming an essential component of and its linking to the wider purposes of education (Spratt, 2017). We investigate how it is often reduced to anti-obesity school initiatives and an alignment device (Bandola-Gill et al, 2021) for the construction of homogenized embodied subjectivities. We argue that, often, well-being discourses re-orientate knowledge and shift the governance of education with various effects on the designing of the new visions for the educational and societal future (Gewirtz & Cribb, 2020).Our research focuses on the study of “EuZein”, an EU partially financed well-being educational programme that was implemented in Greek schools in the previous decade in Physical Education (PE) courses, entailing the assessment of obesity amongst students, the promotion of physical activity and healthy dietary behaviours and the personal development of PE teachers (PETs) on dietary and physical activity subjects. In particular, we investigate how EU’s discourses of well-being -interpreted as an issue of individual responsibility and care (Tinning, 2014) and reduced to body's shape and weight (Leow et al, 2014)- attempted to (re)construct PE field both on the level of somatic knowledge and its governance, and to (re)structure students’ and PETs’ subjectivities. Our theoretical perspective and focus of inquiry are shaped by Foucault's (2004, 2008) notion of governmentality, helping us analyse the intricacy of bio-power relations and their influence on the way individuals through shaping their bodies (re)structure their subjectivities (Wellard & Secker, 2017). Additionally, using Bernstein’s (1999) theory of horizontal and vertical pedagogical discourse and Evans et al’s (2008, 2009) concept of corporeal device we introduce the concepts of horizontal corporeal discourse to describe the generic somatic knowledges originating from discourses such as well-being and of vertical corporeal discourses for somatic knowledges emanating from specialist’s (athletic and bio-mechanic) fields. The concepts of horizontal and vertical corporeal discourses counterpart Foucault’s (2004) notion of governmentality and allows the investigation of state’s and market’s linkage, the well-being's and healthyist discourses' intertwining, and the practices of self-care and anti-obesity bio-pedagogies' interlacing that outline the orientation of the somatic knowledge within PE field and its governance. Focusing on EuZein's regulatory dimensions, within a totally somatically pedagogised society (Kourou, 2024), we demonstrate how curricular discourses of obesity, well-being, and sanitised bodies (Foucault, 2004) become entangled with the neoliberal key technologies of performativity, accountability, and standardisation, and how these configurations affect the Greek PE field. We show that well-being discourses, recontextualized in EuZein’s bio-pedagogies, attempted to (re)orientate the forms of somatic knowledge within the field of Greek PE and the modes of its governance (Landri, 2018), while simultaneously (re)constructing the subjectivities of those participating in it, mainly the PETs and the students.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We approach “EuZein” as an example through which discourses of well-being are inscribed onto the bodies of participants, examining how pedagogical and somatic discourses may encourage individuals to cultivate utilitarian forms of corporeality and to understand themselves as subjects aligned with dominant EU well being discourses (Rich et al., 2019). Through interviews with participants to EuZein’s we explore the ways in which the particular interpretations of well-being within EuZein appear to operate as regulatory mechanisms, shaping subjects in relation to broader EU social, educational, and economic agendas (McLeod & Wright, 2016). At the same time, through the exploration of the possibilities of initiating well-being programmes such as EuZein in schools we consider the potential for reworking this predominantly neoliberal physical well-being agenda towards more socially informed and empowering orientations of students’ and PETs’ embodied subjectivities (Kourou, 2024). The strategic “dialogue” between the two theories allowed us to construct a biaxial system with somatic knowledge on one axle and the governance of the field of PE on the other. Instead of considering the, admittedly, entwined knowledge and power as two different fields of analysis we conceived them as an open axles’ function with a joint starting point. The axle of PE governance is defined in its starting point by bio-power technologies and to its open end by practices of the self. Vertical somatic discourse defines the beginning of somatic knowledge's axle while horizontal somatic discourses characterize its further end. This governance/knowledge function served as a device for mapping the PE field and describing PETs’ subjectivities according to their positioning in it. This plexus operates as an analytical kay of subject positions, identifying e.g.“docile subjectivities” for individuals who position themselves in the discourse close to the cross-section of vertical corporeal discourse and technologies of bio-power, or “agile subjectivities” for individuals positioned in the quadrant of horizontal discourses and practices of the self (Gillies 2011). Analysing the interviews, we aimed to identify where the participants position themselves in the bio-power/somatic knowledge plexus we developed. By exploring how EuZein’s operation as a bio-pedagogy affected the orientation of somatic knowledge in the PE field and how its bio-power technologies and practices of the self shifted the PE field’s governance, we ventured to highlight the (re)structuring of PETs’ embodied subjectivities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings demonstrate the demands placed on PETs to embrace bio-practices that change the governing of the PE field and (re)orientate somatic knowledge within it. Furthermore, they display PET's differentiated response to these demands, leading to dispersed positioning on the governance/somatic knowledge plexus. Our research unveils the interweaving of neo-liberal performativity and perfection discourses (Evans et al, 2009) with the well-being and healthyist discourses, creating new subjectivity positionings (Ozga, 2012) and the varied PETs’ handling of these positionings leading to the construction of subjectivities that range from docility and discipline to flexibility and agility. The investigation of PETs’ discourses on EuZein reveals the shifting of PE field’s governance from bio-power technologies of coaching to practices of self-care and the re-orientation of somatic knowledge from vertical corporeal discourse deriving from athletics and ergophysiology to horizontal corporeal discourses of generic physical activity and well-being knowledge. Our charting of PE field, using the bi-axial plexus of governmentality and somatic knowledge, elucidates how well-being discourses and anti-obesity pedagogies result in new PE conceptualisations and contribute to the decentering of PETs’ subjectivities. Bringing to the fore these shifts and reorientations contributes to a more profound exploration of health and wellbeing discourses as components of new education modalities affected increasingly by digitalization. It contributes to getting the insight needed to explore the potentials of well-being discourses to offer a new educational autonomy to individuals and to rechart education in a digital world (Chambers & Sandford, 2019), simultaneously real and narrated (Latour 1991). Our findings can promote the debate about well-being discourses in the contexts of digitized education (Komljenovic et al, 2015) and digitalized corporeal existence (Morselo, 2016), and how they can positively (re)shape PE’s field and the subjects within it, in an era where the digital alters knowledge and modes of acting in education. References Bernstein, B. (1999) Vertical and Horizontal Discourse: an essay, British Journal of Education, 20:2, 157-173 Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity: theory, research and critique, Revised edition. (New York: Rowman & Littlefield) Chambers, F., & Sandford, R. (2019). Learning to be human in a digital world: a model of values fluency education for physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 24(9), 925–938 Chapman, A. (2015) Wellbeing and schools: Exploring the normative in K. Wright, & J. McLeod, (eds) Rethinking Youth Wellbeing, 143-160. (Springer) Donzelot, J. (2005) La police des familles (Paris, Minuit) Evans, J., Davies, B., Rich, E. (2009) The body made flesh: embodied learning and the corporeal device. British Journal of Sociology of Education 30:4, 391-406 Foucault, M. (1975) Surveiller et punir : Naissance de la prison (Paris, Gallimard) Foucault, M. (1988) Technologies of the Self in Martin, et al (eds) Technologies of the self. A seminar with Michel Foucault, 16-49 (London, Tavistock) Foucault, M. (2004) Naissance de la Biopolitique : Cours au Collège de France 1978-79 (Paris : Gallimard) Gewirtz, S. & Cribb, A. (2020) What works? Academic integrity and the research-policy relationship. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41:6, 794-806 Komljenovic, J., Birch, K., & Sellar, S. (2025). Mapping rentiership and assetisation in the digitalisation of education. Learning, Media and Technology, 50(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2025.2469559 Kourou, M. (2025) From Docile to Agile Bodies. The Effects of the Policies and Discourses of Well-being and Health in the Field of Physical Education and on the subjectivities of Physical Education Teachers. (PhD thesis, unpublished) Landri, P. (2018). Digital Governance of Education. Technologies, Standards and Europeanization of Education, (London, Bloomsbury) Latour, B. (1991) Nous n'avons jamais été modernes. Essai d'anthologie symmetrique (Paris, LaDecouverte poche) Leow, A.C.S, Macdonald, D., Hay, P. & McCuaig L. (2014) Health-education policy interface: the implementation of the Eat Well Be Active policies in schools Sport, Education and Society 19:8, 991-1013 Morsello, B. (2016) Digitalization of life — How technology redefine the self in the global context EASST Review: 35:4 McLeod, J. & Wright, K. (2016) What does wellbeing do? An approach to defamiliarize keywords in youth studies. Journal of Youth Studies 19:6 776-792 Ozga, J. (2012) Governing knowledge: data, inspection and education policy in Europe. Globalisation, Societies and Education 10:4, 439-455 Tinning, R.I., (2014) The Obesity Crisis and the Field of Kinesiology: A Discursive and Memetic Consideration Quest, 66:1, 27-38 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Governing Education with EdTech: Instrument Constituencies, Welfare State Logics, and the Role of Teachers University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:Digital platforms and tools (EdTech) increasingly mediate how public education is organised, monitored, and delivered. This development expands the role of private actors in traditionally public domains, raising questions about legitimacy, accountability, and professional authority. Within Nordic welfare states—often characterised by high trust, universalism, and public value—these dynamics may unfold differently than in more market‑driven systems. This suggests a need to examine how welfare‑state logics interact with emerging forms of digitalisation. While a growing body of research examines EdTech as innovation or infrastructure, and another body investigates governance and welfare‑state logics, these strands are rarely brought together. This paper therefore tentatively explores how insights from these literatures might be connected to better understand the influence of private EdTech actors on public education governance, and how teacher professionalism may mediate these processes. We draw on New Public Governance (NPG) to discuss how multiactor, networked modes of governance may shift when EdTech is introduced. In addition, we consider the concept of instrument constituencies as a potentially useful lens for analysing how certain digital technologies gain momentum, support, and legitimacy over time. Bringing these perspectives into dialogue may offer a way to examine how governance instruments become stabilised—even across political shifts—and how private actors contribute to their institutionalisation. Norway functions as a strategic case due to its strong professional teaching culture, long‑standing welfare‑state commitments, and historically high level of trust in public institutions. Teachers’ roles as implementers, gatekeepers, and interpreters of policy may provide important insights into how EdTech instruments are enacted in practice. The paper is exploratory in nature and seeks to identify promising conceptual linkages, rather than present a definitive framework. Our aim is to open a space for further theoretical and empirical investigation into how EdTech, welfare‑state logics, and professional practice intersect.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a conceptual and exploratory paper. We employ a structured process of conceptual synthesis and integrative theorising to identify potential connections between three strands of literature: (1) education governance (with an emphasis on NPG); (2) welfare state logics in Nordic contexts; and (3) EdTech studies. Our analytical process involves: 1. Surveying and clarifying key concepts across the literatures, including “instrument constituency”, “EdTech governance” and “professional autonomy” 2. Exploring possible points of alignment between instrument constituency theory and welfare state logics, with attention to how these might jointly illuminate processes of legitimation and institutionalisation in EdTech governance. 3. Considering the role of teachers through the lenses of professionalism, street level bureaucracy, and policy enactment, to suggest how professional norms and practices may shape the influence on, and uptake and use of, digital governance tools. The paper aims to sketch analytical propositions and identify conceptual tensions that may serve as starting points for future empirical work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to contribute in three tentative ways: 1. Identifying conceptual linkages between NPG, instrument constituencies, and welfare state perspectives that may help to analyse EdTech influence in education governance. 2. Proposing preliminary analytical questions or propositions about how EdTech actors gain legitimacy and stability through their digital products, and how teachers’ professional practices might mediate these developments. 3. Outlining possible directions for further empirical research, including potential data sources and comparative opportunities within different education systems. These outcomes are deliberately exploratory and intended to support ongoing dialogue rather than present a conclusive theoretical framework. References Ball, S.J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How Schools Do Policy. Routledge. Béland, D., Howlett, M., & Mukherjee, I. (2018). Instrument constituencies and public policy-making. Policy and Society, 37(1), 1-13. Cribb, A., & Gewirtz, S. (2007). Unpacking autonomy and control in education. European Educational Research Journal, 6(3), 203-213. Helgøy, I., & Homme, A. (2007). Towards a new professionalism in school? European educational research journal, 6(3), 232-249. Kerssens, N. & van Dijck, J. (2022). Governed by Edtech? Harvard Educational Review, 92, 284-303. Lipsky, M. (2010). Street-level bureaucracy. Russell sage foundation. Tolo, A. (2023). The formation and development of a Norwegian accountability system. In: Mattei, P, Dumay, X, Mangez, E. & Behrend, J. OUP Handbook of Education and Globalization. Oxford University Press. 594-614. Osborne, S. P. (Ed.). (2010). The new public governance? Routledge. Simons, A., & Voß, J. P. (2018). The concept of instrument constituencies. Policy and Society, 37(1), 14-35. Tolo, A. (2023). The formation and development of a Norwegian accountability system. In: Mattei, P, Dumay, X, Mangez, E. & Behrend, J. OUP Handbook of Education and Globalization. Oxford University Press. 594-614. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 23 SES 05 B: Knowledge Politics in the Making of Practicum in Teacher Education Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Katarina Samuelsson Session Chair: Antti Saari Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Knowledge Politics in the Making of Practicum in Teacher Education. Background and purpose: Practicum – the school-based component in initial teacher education - is a much debated topic in teacher education discourses. Amount and timing of practicum differ over the world, as well as its design and structure. The making of practicum is grounded in different interests – e.g. in higher education and schools as well as in policy-making – that not seldom conflict with each other (Zeichner, 2010). Teacher education practicum is also a widely debated in research on teacher education see for instance (Clandinin & Husu, 2017; Cochran-Smith & Lyttle, 2025; Forsström & Munthe, 2023; Lindblad, Nelhans & Samuelsson, 2024). The aim of the symposium is to explore and analyse teacher education practicum as an assemblage of interacting heterogeneous parts. A special interest for the symposium is in knowledge politics – how epistemic authority is tied to institutions, infrastructures, classifications, and policy regimes (Foucault, 1980) – at work in the making of practicum. The following research questions are put forwards:
Answers to these questions will be presented in the different studies by means of research reviews, discourse analyses in policymaking and in teacher education at different levels (international, national and local) combined with interviews with teacher educators and teacher students. Based on these studies we will discuss teacher education as an assemblage – how can we understand the making of teachers out of teacher students – and how do the different agents in the assemblage contribute to this based on what kind of interaction? Theoretical framework: The symposium is based on the idea that teacher education is a contingent, dynamic composition of heterogeneous elements (people, things, discourses, institutions, technologies, affects) whose relations generate emergent capacities not reducible to the parts (deLanda, 2016) out of which practicum emerges. Of special interest is how these parts re-present other parts in the assemblage, and how practicum is coded and recoded as well as territorialized by different agents. What systems of reason – historically formed “rules and standards” that make certain ways of thinking, seeing, naming problems, and proposing solutions appear reasonable and self-evident in education (Popkewitz, 2014) – are at work among these parts in the making of teacher education practicum? Important is here the politics of knowledge of different agents (including research) in coding and territorializing teacher education practicum. A few words about the symposium papers: The different papers in the symposium are presenting different parts of the practicum assemblage – in policy discourses (Mikhaylova, Pettersson, Wärvik), teacher students’ experiences (Lindblad & Samuelsson), in research reviews (Forsström &Munthe) and in systems of reason (Popkewitz) at work in the teacher education assemblage. What do they represent of the assemblage as parts and interacting agents and with whom are they interacting in coding and territorializing teacher education practicum? The idea is to explore the practicum assemblage by (a) presenting analyses of the different parts, and (b) how these parts are dealing with other parts, as a way to improve our understanding of how the assemblage is working. Significance: The proposed symposium will provide important knowledge contributions considering knowledge politics at different levels in teacher education policy and practice and how different agents are working as an assemblage in making of teacher education practicum in different contexts. It will serve as a basis for European research cooperation on teacher education. References Clandinin, D. Jean., & Husu, Jukka. (2017). Mapping an international handbook of research in and for TEDU. In: The Sage Handbook of Research on TEDU, Eds DJ Clandinin and J. Husu . Sage. 1-23. Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. (1992). Inside/outside: Teachers, research, and knowledge. NY: Teachers College Press. Cochran-Smith, Marilyn., & Zeichner, Ken. M. (Eds.) (2009). Studying Teacher Education: The report of the AERA panel. Routledge. DeLanda, M. (2016). Assemblage theory. Edinburgh University Press. Forsström, S., & Munthe, E. (2023). What characterizes Nordic research on initial teacher education: A systematic scoping review. Nordic Studies in Education, 43(3), 241-259. Foucault, M. (1980). Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings 1972–1977. Pantheon. Lindblad, S., Samuelsson, K., & Nelhans, G. (2024). Lärarutbildningsforskning i Sverige och Internationellt: Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 29(1-2), 122-156. Popkewitz, T. (2014). Social epistemology, the reason of “reason” and the curriculum studies. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 22, 22-22. Zeichner, Ken. (2010). Rethinking the Connections Between Campus Courses and Field Experiences in College- and University-Based Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 89-99. Presentations of the Symposium Knowledge Politics and the Making of Swedish Teacher Education: Historicizing Theory–Practice Relations
This paper investigates how knowledge politics – that is, shifting valuations of what constitutes legitimate theoretical and practical knowledge – have shaped the historical development of teacher education (TEDU) in Sweden. Although current public and political debates repeatedly claim that TEDU has become “too theoretical” or insufficiently connected to classroom realities (SOU 2024:81), these concerns are not new. Indeed, since the late nineteenth century, reform commissions have alternately problematized such concerns as overly academic and theoretical, overly method-driven and practice-oriented, or as inadequately aligned with school-needs.
To understand these long-term dynamics, the paper draws on assemblage theory (De Landa, 2016; Gorur, 2011; Savage, 2020), conceptualizing TEDU as a historically contingent assemblage, composed of heterogeneous agents, like policy frameworks, academic disciplinary knowledges, schools, teacher educators, student teachers, assessment practices, and public discourses about teaching. An analytical point of departure is that the value assigned to different forms of teacher knowledge is not inherent but emerges through the arrangement and stabilization of these components at different historical moments. Knowledge politics operates within the assemblage as territorializing and de-territorializing dynamics, elevating some epistemic forms while marginalizing others. Reforms thus constitute attempts to reconfigure the assemblage, redistributing authority, and reshaping how theory and practice are articulated.
The empirical material comprises approximately 80 policy documents, including government inquiries, reform proposals, and official evaluations, spanning the late nineteenth century to 2024. The analysis traces key actors, discontinuities, and recurring strategies for stabilizing or renegotiating the theory–practice relationship.
Preliminary findings show that emergent capacities of reform making as narrated in the documents are centered on methodology, psychology, didactics, problem-based learning, or, more recently, cognitive-scientific approaches. Thus, the reforms did not simply introduce new curriculum elements. Rather, they reterritorialize relations among agents such as scientific disciplines, institutions, and professional actors in emergent capacities to act. For example, extended practicum and professional-development schools anchored TEDU more firmly in school practice, whereas expanded research components and subject-specific academic requirements strengthened the university’s position. Yet, since each of these moves modify existing relations rather than establishing entirely new ones, the underlying tensions, such as those between theory and practice, persist rather than disappear.
References:
De Landa, M. (2016). Assemblage theory. Edinburgh University Press.
Gorur, R. (2011). Policy as assemblage. European Educational Research Journal, 10(4), 611–622.
Savage. G. (2020). What is policy assemblage? Territory, Politics, Governance 8(3), 319–335.
SOU 2024:81. Ämneskunskaper och lärarskicklighet - en reformerad lärarutbildning. Utbildningsdepartementet.
Teacher students in and on Practicum in Teacher Education in Sweden. Comparisons based on surveys 2002 and 2026
Voices of Teacher Students are often missing in research on teacher education (TEDU) practicum (e.g. Allen & Wright, 2014; Grudnoff, 2011; Lindblad et al, 2024) though practicum – here school-based parts of teacher education – is much debated in teacher education discourses, for instance in terms of a theory-practice gap. In this study we are asking teacher students about their experiences of practicum as part in a teacher education assemblage (DeLanda, 2016) out of which competent teachers are expected to emerge.
In research on teacher education practicum has sometimes been regarded as a technical question, sometimes referred to as a matter of contradiction between different interests and positions in the TEDU assemblage (Zeichner 2010; Cochran-Smith & Lyttle, 2025). Here we take the second position based on previous research results plus the complex organisation of TEDU where different institutions (higher education, profession, schooling, and policymaking) are expected to cooperate in the making of TEDU.
The current study is carried out in a context where TEDU has gone through thorough reforms the last decades. Practicum – including supervision - has expanded and become more structured. In a study 2002 (Calander et al, 2003; Lindblad et al, 2005) we analysed teacher students’ experiences and conceptions of their education. This gives us possibilities to compare student voices in 2002 and 2026.
Research questions:
1. What are teacher students’ experiences and conceptions of practicum?
2. How do they conceive of the relevance of their university-based teacher education?
3. What is the impact of policy reforms of practicum on teacher students’ experiences and conceptions of practicum?
Answers to these questions will be discussed in relation to information of other parts of the teacher education assemblage.
Research design:
In an ongoing study we compare responses by TS to surveys in 2002/03 and in 2025/26. In 2002 the response ratio was 68 percent (784 individuals). We expect for 2025/26 in sum 650 student responses. Analyses of TS opinions will be related to their background, school experiences and career expectations. Comparisons between the different cohorts are based on differences in design of practicum 2002 and 2025.
Preliminary results:
Results from the 2002 studies will be presented and compared to the ongoing field study considering practicum experiences and professional identities .
References:
Allen, J. M., & Wright, S. E. (2014). Integrating theory and practice in the pre-service teacher education practicum. Teachers and teaching, 20(2), 136-151.
Calander, F., Jonsson, C., Lindblad, S., Steensen, J., & Wikström, H. (2003). Nybörjare på Lärarprogrammet. Pedagogiska institutionen, Uppsala universitet.
Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2025). Teacher Learning in Communities¹. Handbook on Teachers’ Work: International Perspectives on Research and Practice.
Grudnoff, L. (2011). Rethinking the practicum: Limitations and possibilities. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 39(3), 223-234.
Lindblad, S., Samuelsson, K., & Nelhans, G. (2024). Lärarutbildningsforskning i Sverige och Internationellt: Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 29(1-2), 122-156.
Lindblad, S., F. Calander, & S. Callewaert (2005): Lärarutbildningar: Rekrytering och yrkesidentitet under omstrukturering. I Utbildningsvetenskap – Resultatdialog och Framtidsblick. Vetenskapsrådet
Zeichner, Ken (2010). Rethinking the Connections Between Campus Courses and Field Experiences in College- and University-Based Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 89-99
What are the Main Issues of Cconcern in Research on Practicum in the Nordic Countries? A Comparative Qualitative Evidence Synthesis
This paper will present results from a study of Nordic research on practicum in initial teacher education (ITE) programs. The Nordic countries are interesting to compare and contrast as they are often perceived as fairly similar and the term “a Nordic model” is often used to express similarities in values and approaches in government and steering. However, there are some interesting differences in teacher education especially pertaining to who provides the teacher education, what academic level the education has, and which goals are defined for ITE programs.
A systematic scoping review of Nordic research on teacher education has been carried out and published along with an interactive gap map (Forsström & Munthe, 2023). A scoping review can be conducted for several purposes (Gough et al., 2017), for instance as a precursor to a more narrow systematic review or to identify studies for deeper analyses. In this case, we will use the studies already categorized as practicum studies to conduct deeper analyses.
Research questions:
What are the different knowledge areas that researchers provide insights into, and how do they go about this?
Are there any differences across the Nordic countries – and if so – how can we describe these differences?
Methodology:
Out of a total of 830 scientific articles identified in the scoping review, 166 articles were categorized as “research on practicum”. All articles are peer-reviewed and published in English in international journals. The articles will be analyzed to identify:
1. What are the main areas of interest in research on practicum across the Nordic countries? (What are the topics/ research questions?)
2. What is the purpose of the study – to which end has it been conducted?
3. Who are the informants / which artefacts are being studied?
4. Which designs are used?
5. What methods are used?
6. What are the main results?
Information extracted from the articles related to the six above questions, will serve as data used to further analyze and synthesize qualitatively what areas and types of knowledge we gain insight into, how we know and what we know from the research.
References:
Forsström, S., & Munthe, E. (2023). What characterizes Nordic research on initial teacher education: A systematic scoping review. Nordic Studies in Education, 43(3), 241-259.
Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (2017). Introducing systematic reviews. In D. Gough, S. Oliver, J. Thomas (Eds.), Introduction to systematic reviews (2nd ed.). London, UK: Sage.
The Activism of Science (not scientists!): A History of Present Teacher Professionalism as a Global Knowledge and its Epistemic Coloniality
Examined is international teacher education research concerned with the “professional teacher” whose expertise is formed through the practices of teaching. The infrastructure of the research is examined to understand how this kind of person is imagined, then produced and indexed as a kind of person as a regulatory ideal in the training of the teacher. The “professional” is produced and made intelligible through an infrastructure connecting the analytical reason of content/pedagogical content with cybernetic systems theory, curriculum models of science/mathematics education, and technologies of measurement. The phenomena indexed as the professional teacher performs as form as a regulatory ideal in the training of teacher’s subjectivity.
The research appears international, with geographical strong clusters in North American and Europe, but also East Asia and South America. The non-polemic projections are given as global but historical specific governing principles of governance that brings into view issues of epistemic coloniality that traverse the distinctions of the Global North/South. Unseen but moving in-between lines in the Web’s visualization are rules and standards of “reason” that give intelligibility to the matters of teacher education. Central to this chapter are what travels in between the naming of authors journals, and geographical locations are forms of knowledge that generate distinctions and classifications about the professional that teacher education is to produce.
The focus is on research about the professional teacher as a projection of a kind of person embodied in international articles on teacher education identified in the Web of Science. The Web of Science is a sophisticated statistical strategy to recognize the frequencies, dispersions and networks in the production and utilization of knowledge in the sciences. The epicenter of categories are equivalences of agents: authors, institutional, and journal, and geographical networks and nodules of most cited articles and authors in English language teacher education journals. Of those articles, six are examined as exemplars to explore the knowledge systems through which teacher education is classified and ordered in the making of the professional teacher.
The paper concerns how the theories, technologies and empiricism of the human sciences related to education enact desires in its forms of knowledge. The desires are embodied in how the science generate phenomena that “acts” as real and projections about the potentialities and differences of kinds of people. That comparative reason about people seems non-polemic but acts materiality to differentiate who “we” are, should be, and who does not fit into and abjected.
References:
Popkewitz, T. (2014). Social epistemology, the reason of “reason” and the curriculum studies. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 22, 22-22.
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 23 SES 05 C: Teacher education Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper What is Teacher Education in Policy Terms? Different Imaginaries of the Teacher and Teacher Education in England and France Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium Presenting Author:We often take what a teacher is for granted. A common view is that a teacher is a person who teaches in a school. However, in different contexts this breaks down. For example, distinctions between certified and non-certified teachers (Mathou et al. 2022), what level one teaches at (Farges 2017), and different pathways taken into the profession including second career teachers (Coppe 2024). There is a diverse profile of people who teach in the classroom, and consequently, a diversification of the very meaning of what a teacher is —both in terms of common imaginary of what a teacher is, and through institutional redefinitions of what a teacher is shaped by changing political conditions of entry into the teaching profession (Coppe, Sarazin et al. 2022, Coppe 2024). What a teacher is is fundamentally connected with how they are educated and, in turn, how they are educated is deeply entwined with the political imaginary(ies) of what a teacher ought to be. The concept of an imaginary of the teacher is rooted in the work of Benedict Anderson (2006 [1983]) on nations as imagined communities; we draw on his work to envision the conceptualisations of the teacher as an imaginary. As such, imaginary refers to a socio-cultural construct of what something is in an ontological sense. Such an imaginary, we theorise, connects policy and policy discourse to conceptions of what is a teacher and what and what they ought to become. We seek to understand this through analysing teacher education. As Menter (2023 : 4) elegantly puts it: “By their teacher education ye shall know them”. The current state of diversity and ongoing trends of diversification in teaching workforces raise fundamental questions not only about the imaginary of teachers but also about the imaginary of initial teacher education — about what it is, what it aims to be and what kind of professionals it seeks to cultivate — aspects we explore in this paper considering the intertwinement between the imaginary of teacher education and the imaginary of teachers as expressed in teacher education policy and policymaking. To contextualize the issues: Teacher education policy is changing across Europe in for example Norway (Helgetun, Powell et al. 2018), France (Prost 2014), the United Kingdom and Ireland (Menter 2016), and Belgium (Cattonar, Dumay et al. 2023). This has been linked to the performance of the education system in a globally competitive world alongside regional processes of harmonisation of education (e.g., Bologna process) and local tentative definitions of what constitute a good teacher, good teacher education, and a good teacher educator (Helgetun 2022, 2023), as well as shortages of teachers due to issues of recruitment and retention (Coppe 2024). Moreover, what education stakeholders consider a teacher is and ought to become are often at the heart of political debates and is eventually expressed through teacher education provision and certification policy (Menter 2023, Swennen 2024). Wilkins (2023) recently pointed out that in the past years, teacher education policies have taken a new turn, with some contexts increasing the role of universities in initial teacher education (e.g France), while others have moved toward minimising their involvement (e.g., England). Therefore, in this study, we analyse how teacher education policy has changed over time in England and France, and how these changes have altered the discourse, that is the conceptualisation, of what a teacher is in policy terms through shifting the imaginary of the teacher. In so doing, the article aims to illuminate the relation between the teaching professions and the state, as well as the power of the state to shape the teaching professions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was comprised of document analysis of policy documents and national inspectorate reports on ITE (N=44 for England and N= 47 for France), analysis of ITE discourse in press releases found in the French Agence Éducation et Formation (AEF, N = 272), the British Educational Research Association (BERA) presidential addresses (N=34), publications and statements by key stakeholder organisations in teacher education (UCET, NASBTT and unions in England, unions in France) analysis of ITE requirements (Teachers standards/national curriculum in ITE in England and Teachers standards/maquette de formation in France), and expert elite interviews of actors in teacher education and teacher education policymaking in England (N=20) and France (N=20) to understand the policymaking process and get insider views on teacher education policy. In addition, to better understand the link between teacher education and teachers’ imaginary at the level of policy as practice we compared the ITE curriculum/program focus and lecturer backgrounds of three ITE providers in France (INSPE of Grenoble, INSPE of Lyon, and INSPE Paris-Créteil), as well as a PGCE provider (University of Oxford), a B.Ed and PGCE provider (Sheffield Hallam), and a SCITT (South Farnham) in England. The choices were based on personal experiences of the first author with these institutions. The different and asymmetrical data collected were then compared and analysed using the circular method of the research process (Helgetun and Decuypere 2023) and constant comparison (Zapp, Helgetun et al. 2018) to triangulate what teacher education policy is, how teacher education policy conceptualises the teacher, and who influences the making of teacher education policy. In addition, the data was analysed by establishing who the key players were (who was mentioned in documents and interviews), what the views were and the rationale for the view (rhetoric and sources of evidence), and the discursive framing of policy. We then compared the historical narratives to look at similarities and differences in the two cases. This comparison then enabled a contrasting view, which improves the understanding of each case and enabled us to see the relation between a teacher imaginary and teacher education as expressed in policy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results shed light on how there is a plurality of imaginaries of the teacher and ITE across time and space. In England, the liberal systemless system ensures an end-product focus centred on standards set by government and enforced by inspections, as outcome not methods are emphasised. In France the historic educative-state ensures both legitimacy for the state structure and top-down bureaucratic delivery of not only standards but also curriculum of ITE in a dual focus on outcome and method through an imaginary centred on the teacher as an agent of the Republic and the state as the only valid guarantee of good education. Interestingly, a lot of the same concerns over teacher education were apparent across both time and space based on our analysis. Firstly, it seems three strong forces are locked in competition over who should conduct ITE: Teachers themselves, academics in education, and academics in the disciplines. Moreover, there is contention over where ITE ought to take place (teacher’s colleges, in schools, in universities), which is anchored in different institutional views on what a teacher is and how where they are educated is symbolically important and goes beyond considerations of teachers’ standards and ITE requirements. These concerns and subsequent contestations lead to a lack of unity which enables the state to arbitrate and decide the final shape of ITE and by extension, what a teacher is. Thus, the dominant imaginary of the teacher is in both England and France determined by state policy. Moreover, we also see those imaginaries of what a teacher is are fluid and shift over time and space, but are linked as past policy and discourse feeds into the emergent imaginaries. References Anderson, B. (2006 [1983]). Imagined communities. London: UK, Verso. Coppe, T. (2025). The expanded presence of second-career teachers: Redefining the teaching profession and career. The teaching profession in a globalizing world: Governance, Career, Learning. X. Dumay, L. Paine and T. Sorensen. Coppe, T., M. Sarazin, V. März, V. Dupriez and I. Raemdonck (2022). "(Second career) teachers' work socialization as a networked process: New empirical and methodological insights." Teaching and Teacher Education 116. Farges, G. (2017). Les Mondes enseignants. Identités et clivages. Paris, France, PUF. Helgetun, J. B. (2022). The importance of context: Teacher education policy in England and France compared. The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education Research. I. Menter, Palgrave-Macmilan. Helgetun, J. B. (2023). The global and the local: Idea flows, contexts, and the influencing of education policy in the 21st century. International Encyclopedia of Education. R. Tierney, F. Rizvi and K. Ercikan, Elsevir. Helgetun, J. B. and M. Decuypere (2023). "One thing can be more than one thing a comparative study of the teacher professionalization app TeacherTapp." Learning, Media and Technology 00(0): 1-17. LeTendre, G. K., Helgetun, J. B., Woo, H., & Ikoma, S. (2026). The teacher and the state: A comparative analysis of Nordic and East Asian nations: Emerald Publishing. Menter, I. (2016). UK and Irish teacher education in a time of change. Teacher education in times of change. G. Beauchamp, L. Clarke, M. Hulme et al. Bristol, Policy Press University of Bristol: 19-37. Menter, I. (2023). Teacher Education Research in the Twenty-First Century. The Palgrave handbook of teacher education research. I. Menter. Online, Palgrave Macmillan. Ozouf, J. and M. Ozouf (1992). La République des instituteurs. Paris, Seul. Prost, A., Ed. (2014). La formation des maîtres de 1940 a 2010. Rennes, France, Presses universitaires de Rennes. Swennen, A. (2024). "Research on teacher education: mirror and compass." European Journal of Teacher Education 47(1): 1-4. Wilkins, R. (2023). Policy foundations of education. Bloomsbury Publishing. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Remaking Teacher Education in the European Education Area: Teacher Professional Identity in the Shadow of European Integration, Policy Entrepreneurship, and Digital-Transformation. 1: UCD Dublin, Ireland; 2: University of Warsaw, Poland; 3: University College of Teacher Education Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:This paper examines how the European Commission's expanding role in education policy – particularly through the European Education Area (EEA) and European Universities Initiative – is reshaping teacher professional identity in an era of digital transformation. Building on work previously presented at ECER 2025 (cf Galvin et al., 2025) and subsequent analyses of EU crisis-driven governance (Palmowski & Gornitzka, 2025; Sorensen & Dumay, 2025), we argue that teacher education has become a strategic site where multiple EU policy agendas converge: digital transformation, labour market responsiveness, research excellence, and European identity formation. Digital platforms and artificial intelligence increasingly influence pedagogical practices (Manca & Ranieri, 2017; Berendt et al., 2020), requiring teacher educators to rethink the approaches and purposes anchoring their work (Goodwin et al., 2023). For instance, Ranieri (2022) emphasizes the value of moving beyond technical skills toward ethical dimensions and responsible professional identity. Other policy agendas press different priorities. The OECD Learning Compass 2030 positions teacher agency as key to addressing global trends (OECD, 2019) a line echoed in EU initiatives like the Digital Education Action Plan and frameworks such as EU DigCompEdu and EU GreenComp. This construction of agency is not however without its issues (Hughson 2024). These developments can we propose be better understood within broader shifts in European education governance. Palmowski & Gornitzka (2025) demonstrate how policy entrepreneurs within the Commission have leveraged crises – Brexit, COVID-19, technological vulnerability including the surge in AI – to fundamentally alter governance dynamics. Through the European Universities Initiative and the European Research Area, the Commission has established unprecedented direct relationships with education institutions, increasingly bypassing traditional member-state hesitancies and the gatekeeping of experts such as professional teacher educators. This represents what Chou et al. (2017) identify as "multi-level, multi-issue, and multi-actor" governance – vertical authority shifts, horizontal policy connections, and heterogeneous stakeholder involvement. Recent Commission policy actions on teacher education exemplifies these dynamics. We suggest that policy entrepreneurs in DG EAC have framed teacher transformation as crisis requiring urgent response, positioning reform as essential to EU competitiveness.Thus through competency frameworks and funding mechanisms that focus on strengthening initial training and teacher continuous professional development, the Commission has created apparent empowerment – emphasizing teacher "agency," "capability," and "resilience" – while in reality seeking to reconstruct professional identity to better serve EU integration objectives. This raises critical questions: Whose interests are served by the "agentive," "digitally competent", "skills-focused" teacher? How do seemingly neutral frameworks embed particular power relations? Where does the space exist for profession-led identity development centred on social justice? And how are these "travelling policies" vernacularized – negotiated, resisted, or transformed – within Member State contexts (Revyakina and Galvin,2023) ? Drawing on identity theory (Burke & Stets, 2022), governance analysis (Palmowski & Gornitzka, 2025; Chou et al., 2017), policy vernacularization theory (Revyakina & Galvin, 2023), and post-structural policy analysis (Ball, 2012; Lingard, 2024; McMahon, 2024), we examine in this paper how an increasingly coalescent EU policy architecture is remaking teacher professional identity. We analyze the interplay between multi-level governance dynamics, crisis-framed policy entrepreneurship, and prescribed identity formations. Moving beyond top-down analysis, we examine vernacularization – how EU prescriptions are assembled, refused, or melded with existing practices. Our analysis is based in an ongoing project seeking better understanding of the tensions increasingly observing between profession-led and policy-driven identity construction, identifying spaces for resistance and alternative formations prioritizing social justice over instrumental competitiveness. The present paper draws particularly from an EU policy interrogation method we are developing to move beyond the Commission’s stated goals and uncover the actual, often hidden, motivations and outcomes that underscore education policy in recent times. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our research employs an innovative mixed-method design combining governance analysis and discourse studies, structured around Palmowski & Gornitzka's (2025) multi-level, multi-issue, and multi-actor framework and critical discourse study drawing from Krzyżanowski & Forchtner (2016),. We analyze teacher education policy through three intersecting analytical dimensions: vertical authority shifts between EU, national, and institutional actors; horizontal connections across policy domains (digital transformation, labour market, research, identity formation); and power dynamics among diverse stakeholders including policy entrepreneurs, European organizations, national institutions, and teacher unions. The analytical framework we are developing integrates multiple theoretical perspectives. Critical discourse analysis following Ball (2012), Lingard (2024), and McMahon (2024) examines how key signifiers (agency, competence, capability, resilience) function in policy texts, what subject positions are made available or foreclosed for teachers, how crisis is framed to necessitate particular reforms, and what alternatives remain invisible or delegitimized. Identity theory (Burke & Stets, 2022) explores how professional identity is socially constructed through policy discourse and the tensions between multiple identity standards (professional, organizational, European). Policy vernacularization theory (Revyakina & Galvin, 2023) analyses how "travelling policies" meet embedded national contexts through processes of assemblage, refoulement (rejection/pushing back), and meld (blending with existing local practices). Data used are drawn from primary and secondary sources including EU policy documents spanning 2016-2025, such as EEA Council Conclusions, Digital Education Action Plan, European Universities Initiative documentation, EU DigCompEdu and EU GreenComp frameworks, and the European Strategy for Universities. Implementation and response documents include Commission staff working documents, European Universities alliance strategic plans, national transposition documents from Ireland, Poland, and Austria, and policy stakeholder position papers from European University Association, European Trade Union Committee for Education, and national teacher education associations. Governance documents include Council Working Party records, EU Monitor and semester reports, and Commission evaluation reports relating to EEA activity such as the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies action. Our analytical model proposes four distinct phases. This present paper concentrates on the first two phases: ‘Governance mapping’ documents teacher education's emergence in EU policy architecture, identifies key policy entrepreneurs and their strategies, and maps multi-level authority distributions, multi-issue policy connections, and multi-actor networks. An extensive critical discourse-analysis based in policy vernacularisation is used to systematically explore these key Commission policy documents on the EEA and the forthcoming ‘Teachers & Trainers Agenda’. This foregrounds identity prescriptions, activities around ‘crisis’ framing, ideations on inclusion/exclusion dynamics, and policy interstices - what remains unspoken in all of this. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The proposed paper address and draws-out the EU's expanding role in policy for teacher education in Europe – driven by policy entrepreneurs leveraging crisis framings within multi-level, multi-issue, multi-actor governance dynamics. We suggest this is a coherent and ongoing effort to fundamentally reconstructing teacher professional identity. While policy discourse emphasises empowerment through agency, capability, and resilience, the underlying architecture of recent EC education policy initiatives instrumentalises teachers for EU strategic objectives – particularly, we would argue, digital transformation and economic competitiveness. What we are seeing even in these early stages of our work represents a significant shift where the initiative in professional identity formation increasingly lies with policy-makers rather than the teaching profession itself. Competency frameworks, funding mechanisms, and institutional dependencies create powerful compliance incentives while the language of empowerment obscures deeper power relations. However, this policy hegemony is neither complete nor uncontested. Spaces remain for professional resistance, alternative formations, and identity work centred on social justice rather than instrumental competitiveness. Professional associations, critical scholarship, institutional adaptation, and alternative networks provide resources for teachers and teacher educators to negotiate, subvert, or refuse prescribed identities. The challenge, as we see it, is to move from responsive to proactive professional identity work – from receiving policy framings to articulating profession-led alternatives. Ultimately, the question is not whether teacher transformation requires changes in teacher education – it clearly does. The question is who determines what those changes should be, in whose interests, and according to what values. Our analysis suggests that currently, policy entrepreneurs are seeking to capture this process. Reclaiming it for the profession is both possible and necessary. The proposed paper is intended as a contribution to the argument for doing so. References Ball, S. J. (2012). Politics and policy making in education: Explorations in sociology. Routledge. Burke, P. J., & Stets, J. E. (2022). Identity theory: Revised and expanded. Oxford. Chou, M.-H., Gornitzka, Å., Ravinet, P., & Vukasovic, M. (2017). Higher education governance and policy: An introduction to multi-issue, multi-level and multi-actor dynamics. Policy and Society, 36(1), 1-15. European Commission. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators (DigCompEdu). Publications Office of the European Union. European Commission. (2022). GreenComp: The European sustainability competence framework. Publications Office of the European Union. Galés, N. L., & Gallon, R. (2019). Educational agility. In Rethinking Teacher Education for the 21st Century: Trends, Challenges and New Directions (pp. 98-111). Galvin, C., Madalinska-Michalak, J., & Revyakina, E. (2024). The European Union Erasmus+ Teacher Academies Action. In Key Issues in Teacher Education Brill. Galvin, C., Revyakina, E., Madalińska-Michalak, J., Zavyalova, K., & Zavatta, G. (2025, September). Rethinking the social and professional identity of teachers - Emerging issues in policy for teacher education in a digital/postdigital era. Paper presented at ECER 2025, Belgrade, Serbia Goodwin, A. L., Madalińska-Michalak, J., & Flores, M. A. (2023). Rethinking teacher education in/for challenging times: Reconciling enduring tensions, imagining new possibilities. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(5), 840-855. Hughson, T. A. (2024). The OECD and epistemic (de)colonisation: Globalising visions for knowledge in the Learning Compass 2030. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 54(1), 74–90. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2022.2078955 Krzyżanowski, M., & Forchtner, B. (2016). Theories and concepts in critical discourse studies: Facing challenges, moving beyond foundations. Discourse & society, 27(3), 253-261. Lingard, B. (2024). A political sociology of education policy: By Gunter Helen M. Bristol, England, Policy Press. Madalińska-Michalak, J. (2024). Teacher professional ethics, teaching, and quality in context: A commentary. In Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools (pp. 66-75). Routledge. McMahon, S. (2024). Using poststructural policy analysis for social justice. In Rights and Social Justice in Research (pp. 79-98). Policy Press. OECD. (2019). OECD Learning Compass 2030. OECD Publishing. Palmowski, J., & Gornitzka, Å. (2025). In the shadow of the EU's crises: The changing dynamics of the European knowledge area, 2014–25. Journal of European Integration. Purdy, N., & Galvin, C. (2025). Values and social conscience in education: Towards an education that nurtures values, ethos and ethics. In A. Lynam & C. McGuckin (Eds.), Contemporary Issues in the Psychology of Education. IGI Global. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Educating Fast-Track Primary Teachers in Sweden: Policy Enactment in Alternative Routes into Teacher Education University West, Sweden Presenting Author:Across Europe and internationally, alternative and fast routes into teacher education have been introduced as fast policy responses to persistent teacher shortages (Hardy et al., 2018; Imig & Assunção Flores, 2025; Lampert & Dadvand, 2024; White et al, 2025). In Sweden, this development has taken a concrete form through the introduction of a shortened alternative route into primary teacher education, known as KPU-75, targeting academics with prior higher education degrees but without pedagogical training. Introduced in 2022 as a government-initiated pilot project, KPU-75 comprises 75 ECTS credits and is designed to be completed within one academic year (U2021/05029; SFS 2021:1336). While officially motivated by concerns about teacher shortages, policy texts also position the programme as a means of renewing teacher professionalism by attracting academically qualified career changers into the profession (U2021/00301). At the same time, the programme is characterised by a high degree of central regulation regarding structure, scope, and content, and a strong emphasis on practice-oriented knowledge. Research on alternative routes and other fast policy initiatives into teacher education has shown that such programmes often generate tensions between academic, professional, and instrumental logics, and that they may have unintended consequences for teacher professionalism and the knowledge base of the profession Ayadorova, 2024; Ball, 2016; Mayer & Mills, 2021; Tatto, 2021; Werler, 2019). In the Swedish context, empirical research on KPU-75 is still limited and has primarily focused on policy texts or student motivations. There is, consequently, a lack of studies examining how this alternative teacher education policy is enacted in practice. Against this background, the present study aims to analyse how the alternative primary teacher education programme KPU-75 is enacted at the six Swedish universities that currently offer the programme within the pilot initiative. Drawing on a policy enactment perspective (Ball 2015; Ball et al. 2011, 2012), the study conceptualises policy not as something that is linearly implemented, but as something that is actively interpreted, translated, and negotiated within local institutional contexts. The study is guided by the following research questions:
By focusing on policy enactment at the institutional level, the study contributes empirically to research on alternative routes into teacher education and theoretically to discussions on how contemporary teacher education policies shape teacher professionalism. The findings are expected to be of relevance to international debates on fast-track teacher education, policy governance, and the future of research-based teacher education in contexts marked by teacher shortages. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative research design informed by the policy enactment framework developed by Ball and colleagues (Ball, 2015; Ball et al., 2011, 2012). From this perspective, policy is understood as both text and discourse, as well as text and practice, and attention is directed towards how policy meanings are constructed through situated institutional practices. Empirically, the study is based on a comprehensive document analysis of eight alternative primary teacher education programmes (KPU-75) offered at six Swedish universities. The dataset consists of official programme plans, course syllabi, study guides, and examination assignments from the first cohort of students enrolled in the programmes during the academic years 2023 and 2023–2024. In total, the dataset comprises documentation from 61 courses and 211 examination tasks, covering both primary grade specialisations (P–3 and 4–6) and all subject profiles offered within the programmes. The analysis was carried out in several stages. First, an analytical mapping was conducted for each programme, focusing on course structure, credit distribution, subject content, and forms of assessment. Second, a qualitative content analysis examined how different forms of teacher knowledge, such as subject knowledge, pedagogical knowledge, research-based knowledge, were articulated and prioritised across the programmes. Finally, cross-case comparisons were used to identify patterns of variation, tension, and convergence in how the policy was enacted across institutional contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses indicate that the programmes are constructed in close alignment with the external conditions specified in the national policy (U2021/05029; SFS 2021:1336). This alignment is evident in, for example, course titles, overall programme structure, and the distribution of credits across subject areas. In this sense, the enactment of the policy appears largely compliant with the national policy text governing KPU-75. At the same time, the analysis reveals resistance to the national policy text and discourse. While all programmes prioritise what is framed in policy as “the most necessary” content, several universities also include elements that the national policy has explicitly excluded. This applies in particular to areas such as curriculum theory and didactics, philosophy of science and research methodology, and, to some extent, evaluation and school development work. Across the programmes, a strong emphasis is placed on teaching planning, curriculum use and assessment practices. In addition to being explicitly prescribed in the national policy, this focus appears to be shaped by the format of the education itself. Despite explicit efforts of the universities to incorporate a scientific perspective and to frame the programmes research-based, the preliminary findings indicate that course content and assessment tasks tend to prioritise highly practical aspects of teacher work. Professional competencies are primarily constructed in terms of classroom management, planning, documentation, and assessment, while more theoretically oriented or critically analytical forms of knowledge receive less emphasis. Taken together, the findings suggest that the enactment of this alternative programme is characterised by a narrowing of the professional knowledge base. The KPU-75 policy and practice also risk reshaping teacher professionalism in ways that privilege instrumental competence over theoretical, and research-based perspectives. References Aydarova, E. (2023). Intermediary Organizations, Technocratic Discourses, and the Rise of Accountability Regimes in Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 75(1), 29-42. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871231174835 (Original work published 2024) Ball, S. J. (2015). What is policy? 21 years later: Reflections on the possibilities of policy research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(3), 306–313. https:// doi: 10.1080/01596306.2015.1015279 Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., Braun, A., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Policy subjects and policy actors in schools: some necessary but insufficient analyses. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 611–624. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601564 Ball, S.J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Hardy, I., Rönnerman, K. & Beach, D. (2018). Teachers’ work in complex times: the ‘fast policy’ of Swedish school reform. Oxford Review of Education, 45(3), 350–366. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2018.1546684 Hardy, I., Jakhelln, R., & Smit, B. (2021). The policies and politics of teachers’ initial learning: the complexity of national initial teacher education policies. Teaching Education, 32(3), 286–308. https://doi.org/10.1080/10476210.2020.1729115 Imig, D., & Assunção Flores, M. (2025). International trends in contexts marked by teacher shortages: implications for teacher education, professionalism and the teaching profession. Journal of Education for Teaching, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2025.2593888 Lampert, J., & Dadvand, B. (2024). Teachers at the speed of light: alternative pathways into teaching and implications for social justice. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 52(3), 276–287. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2024.2323929 Mayer, D., & Mills, M. (2021). Professionalism and teacher education in Australia and England. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(1), 45–61. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1832987 SFS 2021:1336. Förordning om försöksverksamhet med kompletterande pedagogisk utbildning som leder till grundlärarexamen eller ämneslärarexamen [Decree on Experimental Activities with Supplementary Pedagogical Training Leading to a Degree of Primary or Secondary School Teacher]. Riksdagen. Tatto, M. T. (2021). Professionalism in teaching and the role of teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(1), 20–44. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1849130 U2021/00301. Ökad kvalitet i lärarutbildningen och fler lärare i skolan [Increased quality in teacher education and more teachers in schools]. Regeringen. U2021/05029. Uppdrag att anordna en försöksverksamhet med kompletterande pedagogisk utbildning som leder till grundlärarexamen eller ämneslärarexamen [Assignment to organise a pilot project with supplementary pedagogical training leading to a Bachelor of Science in Primary Education or a Degree of Subject Teacher]. Regeringen. White, S., Bourke, T., Mills, R., Mills, M., van Leent, L., Wood, C., & Readette, M. (2025). Career change teachers: solving the teacher shortage? European Journal of Teacher Education, 48(1), 97–112. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2024.2407546 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 24 SES 05 A: Mathematics in Context: Modelling, Problem-Solving and Real-World Reasoning Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Josh Markle Paper Session |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper The Effectiveness of the Hatsumon Method in Developing Students’ Thinking Skills Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Turkistan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The current education system is aimed at enabling students to deeply understand the knowledge provided, think critically, express their opinions openly and freely, and apply their knowledge in real life. Therefore, it is a modern requirement to use necessary and effective methods in the classroom that focus on developing students' thinking skills. This research was conducted within the framework of Lesson Study. The main goal of the study is to determine the effectiveness of the Hatsumon method in enhancing students' thinking abilities. The Hatsumon method is not just focused on receiving answers from students, but instead aims to develop students' thinking skills by asking quality questions, guiding students to clearly achieve the learning objectives of the lesson. The effectiveness of the Hatsumon method have been studied in three classes (9C, 9B, 9N). Additionally, a research group consisting of three teachers was formed based on the Lesson Study approach. The lesson was conducted in the "Trigonometric Formulas" section. The relevance of the research lies in the fact that trigonometry topics are considered difficult for students. In many cases, students simply memorize the formulas without understanding their meaning and significance. This leads to shallow mathematical knowledge and causes difficulties in mastering subsequent topics. Therefore, it is essential to use methods that encourage students to think deeply, analyze, and prove their solutions. Various levels of questions were posed to the students. These questions helped students deeply understand the topic and find the correct solutions to problems. During the research, nine students of different levels were selected for observation from each class. High-level students were able to immediately respond to the questions created based on the Hatsumon method and prove their solutions. Medium-level students, initially passive, became more engaged as the direction and content of the questions increased their interest, motivating them to express their opinions. Low-level students initially struggled, but with teacher support and well-posed questions, they gradually adapted to the questions posed to other students and began to take their first steps. The method proved to be effective for students at all levels. At the end of the lesson, teachers and students wrote reflections and shared their thoughts. Students mentioned that not only had they gained a deep understanding of the knowledge, but also paid attention to the origin and meaning of the formulas. Teachers emphasized the importance of guiding students' thoughts through questions. Based on the reflections and observation sheets conducted at the end of the lesson, the following conclusions were made:
In conclusion, this research demonstrated that the Hatsumon method develops students' deep thinking abilities, increases their interest in the subject, and improves their skills in justifying and expressing their thoughts. Through the observations and reflections gathered during the Lesson Study, an opportunity to improve teaching methodology in the classroom was created. It is recommended to continue using this approach in other topics of trigonometry and in other subjects, focusing on student development through teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixed-methods research design to investigate the effectiveness of the Hatsumon method in developing students’ thinking abilities. The Hatsumon method, originating from Japanese lesson study, emphasizes the use of well-designed problem-posing questions to stimulate learners’ independent thinking, reasoning, and classroom dialogue. A mixed-methods approach is adopted to capture both measurable changes in students’ thinking abilities and in-depth insights into classroom processes. The study is conducted in a secondary school educational context, involving students exposed to lessons structured around the Hatsumon method over a defined instructional period. An intervention-based design is used, with an experimental group receiving instruction through Hatsumon-based questioning strategies and a comparison group experiencing conventional teacher-led instruction. Quantitative data are collected using pre- and post-assessment instruments designed to measure students’ thinking abilities, including analytical reasoning, problem-solving, and explanation skills. These assessments consist of open-ended and structured tasks aligned with curriculum objectives. In addition, rubric-based scoring frameworks are applied to evaluate the depth and quality of students’ responses, focusing on reasoning, justification, and conceptual understanding. Qualitative data are gathered through classroom observations, student work samples, and teacher reflective journals. Observation protocols are used to document the nature of teacher questioning, student engagement, and patterns of classroom discourse during Hatsumon-based lessons. Samples of students’ written and oral responses are analyzed to examine changes in reasoning strategies and cognitive engagement over time. Teacher reflective journals provide insights into instructional decision-making and perceived shifts in student thinking. To capture learners’ perspectives, student questionnaires or focus group interviews are administered, exploring students’ experiences of Hatsumon-based lessons and their perceptions of how questioning strategies influence their thinking processes. Quantitative data are analyzed using descriptive and inferential statistical methods to compare pre- and post-intervention outcomes. Qualitative data are analyzed thematically to identify recurring patterns related to cognitive engagement, reasoning development, and classroom interaction. Ethical considerations include informed consent, confidentiality, and voluntary participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate that the Hatsumon method effectively enhances students’ thinking abilities by fostering deeper cognitive engagement, reasoning, and problem-solving skills. By emphasizing carefully designed, open-ended questions, the method encourages learners to actively construct knowledge rather than passively receive information. One anticipated outcome is that students exposed to Hatsumon-based instruction will show measurable improvements in analytical reasoning, conceptual understanding, and the ability to justify their ideas compared to students receiving conventional teacher-led instruction. Pre- and post-assessments are expected to reveal gains in the quality, depth, and creativity of students’ responses. In addition, the study expects to show that the Hatsumon method promotes metacognitive awareness, as students reflect on their own thinking while responding to challenging questions. Classroom observations and student work samples are anticipated to reveal increased engagement in discussion, higher frequency of reasoning aloud, and more collaborative problem-solving among peers. Teacher reflective journals are expected to highlight the instructional value of Hatsumon questioning, including insights into lesson planning, scaffolding strategies, and the adaptation of questions to diverse student needs. Student feedback is anticipated to indicate that the method increases their confidence in reasoning and expressing ideas, fostering a more participatory classroom environment. Overall, the study is expected to provide evidence that Hatsumon is a practical and scalable approach for cultivating higher-order thinking skills in secondary education. The findings will contribute to research on lesson study, classroom questioning strategies, and cognitive development, offering practical implications for teachers aiming to implement thinking-focused instruction. Additionally, the research may identify potential challenges, such as the need for teacher training in effective question design and strategies to support all learners in responding thoughtfully. References Cajkler, W., Wood, P., Norton, J., & Pedder, D. (2014). Lesson study as a vehicle for collaborative teacher learning in a secondary school.Professional development in education,40(4), 511-529. Al-Ahdal, A. A. M. H., & Aljabr, F. S. (2023). The Role of Interlanguage Practices in Feedback Mechanisms: A Case Study with Saudi EFL Learners.World Journal of English Language,13(8), 638-638. Coenders, F., & Verhoef, N. (2019). Lesson Study: professional development (PD) for beginning and experienced teachers. Professional Development in Education, 45 (2), 217–230. https://books.google.kz/books?hl=en&lr=&id=PInAAwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PA38&dq=structural+approach+grammar&ots=sYRhk7z2nJ&sig=IxzwRHR3rsk3GcPPXIK1UTbg9UY&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=structural%20approach%20grammar&f=false https://www.educationaldesigner.org/ed/volume3/issue11/article44/ 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Systematic Literature Review of Studies on Fermi Problems in Mathematics Education 1: Eskisehir Osmangazi University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Bogazici University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Fermi problems, initially introduced by Nobel Prize–winning physicist Enrico Fermi, are defined as "open, non-standard problems requiring the students to make assumptions about the problem situation and estimate relevant quantities before engaging in, often, simple calculations." (Ärlebäck, 2009, p.131). Fermi problems differ from traditional mathematical problems in that they seem ambiguous and require limited information, as illustrated by the question, "How many technologically advanced civilizations exist in our galaxy?" (Efthimiou & Llewellyn, 2007, p. 255). These complex problems can be solved using estimation without exact calculation (Chandler, 1990), enabling quick approximate answers (Carlson, 1997). According to Ärlebäck (2009), Fermi problems are characterized by their accessibility to learners across different educational levels, their grounding in meaningful real-world contexts, and their open-ended nature, which involves neither predetermined solution strategies nor given numerical data; instead, they require students to identify relevant information, make reasonable estimates, and engage in discussion by drawing on prior knowledge and experience. These rich and meaningful features lead to its frequent usage in both physics and mathematics education. In this sense, solving Fermi problems can require examining models and principles in physics (Robinson, 2008) and doing mathematics (Meyer & Greefrath, 2025) without reaching the exact answer. The real-life context of its (Peter-Coop, 2009) can enable the construction of a bridge between different subjects, as it has an interdisciplinary nature (Sriraman & Lesh, 2006). Although Fermi problems were initially employed primarily in science contexts, following Ärlebäck's (2009) study on their potential for introducing mathematical modeling, they have been increasingly used in mathematics education research, specifically focusing on students' mathematical modeling and estimation skills. The scope of the recent studies comprises examining students' Fermi problem-solving process, larger number estimation and modeling skills (Albarracín & Gorgorió, 2019), mathematical model development process (Albarracín, 2021; Brunet-Biarnes & Albarracín, 2024), and measurement estimation skills (Er & Sezer, 2025; Segura et al., 2025). Within this scope, Fermi Problems enhanced students' mathematical skills across grade levels from primary school to high school. However, Fermi problems, which support students’ various mathematical competencies, need to be more widely recognized and used at the global and international levels. Thanks to their flexible structure, Fermi problems can be used in various mathematical contexts and foster a range of skills in students. In this respect, determining the research trends in existing studies on Fermi problems in mathematics education and identifying existing research gaps can provide an important roadmap for future studies. In the literature we reviewed, we encountered only one review study, conducted by Ärlebäck and Albarracín (2019), that examined the use of Fermi problems. However, this review primarily focused on the development of twenty-first-century skills and examined STEM disciplines broadly. Consequently, there remains a clear need for an in-depth examination of the use of Fermi problems, specifically within the field of mathematics education, with particular attention to publication trends over time, research methodologies, participant characteristics by countries and educational levels, and how Fermi problems are addressed in different mathematical contexts. In this regard, the purpose of this study is to systematically examine the studies that focus on the use of Fermi problems in mathematics education published in Web of Science (WoS), Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC), and Scopus databases with the following research questions: 1) What are the research trends in studies on the use of Fermi problems in mathematics education in terms of publication years, research methodologies, participant characteristics by countries, and educational levels? 2) How have Fermi problems been addressed and utilized in mathematics education research? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis) framework (Moher et al., 2009) was used to systematically review studies through the following steps: identification, screening, eligibility, and inclusion. WoS, Scopus, and ERIC databases were selected for their inclusion of high-quality education journals. In December 2025, each database was searched using the following strings: “Fermi problems AND mathematics”; “Fermi problems AND modelling OR modeling”; “Fermi problems AND estimation”. As a result of this search, 110 studies were obtained. After duplicates were removed, 76 records remained for screening. To systematically identify and select studies on Fermi problems in mathematics education, inclusion and exclusion criteria were established. Thus, 52 studies conducted outside the field of mathematics education, published in languages other than English, systematic reviews, book chapters, theses and dissertations, non-peer-reviewed publications, and conceptual, theoretical, or descriptive studies without empirical data were excluded. Accordingly, 24 English-language, peer-reviewed journal articles and conference papers on Fermi problems in mathematics education remained. During the eligibility assessment, three additional studies were excluded as they did not report empirical data. Thus, 21 studies that met all inclusion criteria were included for the data analysis. To ensure transparency and consistency, data were extracted using a structured coding sheet developed by the authors. Information was recorded on this sheet, including bibliographic details (author(s), title, publication year, document type), research aims, methodological characteristics (research design, participants, data collection, data analysis), key findings, and how Fermi problems were addressed in each study. Descriptive and qualitative content analysis methods were used to analyze data. Descriptive analyses were employed to determine the studies’ research design, publication years, participant characteristics by country, and education level. Then, a qualitative content analysis was used to identify the mathematical contexts of studies and how Fermi problems were addressed. During this process, each researcher independently reviewed and categorized the studies. They then met to compare their analyses, resolving any discrepancies through discussion until a consensus was reached. This categorization provided a systematic comparison of each study, illustrating how Fermi problems are conceptualized and utilized within mathematics education research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Descriptive analysis showed that studies predominantly used a qualitative approach (71%), followed by mixed-method (24%) and quantitative studies (5%). Annual publication trends indicate that research on Fermi problems increased following Ärlebäck's (2009) study, which used Fermi problems to introduce modeling, with a notable rise in recent years, including five studies in 2021 (24%) and four in both 2023 and 2025 (19% each). The participants' characteristics of the studies showed that the vast majority (71%) were from Spain. Turkiye (14%) and Sweden (10%) follow Spain. In most studies, participants were pre-service teachers (33%), high school (33%), and middle school (24%). students. Considering the real-life context of Fermi problems (Peter-Coop, 2009) and their positive effect on students' estimation and modelling skills (Albarracín & Gorgorió, 2019), it is recommended to conduct further studies with primary school students. Content analysis demonstrated that Fermi problems were used in studies in two ways: either as the study's research objective, focusing on the Fermi problems themselves (e.g., solution processes, strategies, and errors), or as a tool to develop or examine a skill. While Fermi problems were used as a research objective in 10 studies (48%), 11 studies (52%) used Fermi problems as a tool. Studies that used Fermi problems as a research objective focused on problem-solving (PS) skill, specifically on PS processes (20%), PS strategies (30%), PS misconceptions and mistakes (30%), and PS flexibility and performance (20%). Studies that used Fermi problems as a tool examined a skill (73%) or supported a skill (27%). Predominantly, students' mathematical modeling skill was examined or supported using Fermi Problems as a tool. Future research could leverage the open-ended nature of Fermi problems (Ärlebäck, 2009) to foster a broader range of mathematical skills, with a stronger emphasis on their instructional potential rather than solely on examining skills. References Ärlebäck, J. B. (2009). On the use of realistic Fermi problems for introducing mathematical modelling in school. The Mathematics Enthusiast, 6(3), 331-364. https://doi.org/10.54870/1551-3440.1157 Ärlebäck, J. B., & Albarracín, L. (2019). The use and potential of Fermi problems in the STEM disciplines to support the development of twenty-first century competencies. ZDM, 51(6), 979-990. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-019-01075-3 Albarracín, L., & Gorgorió, N. (2019). Using large number estimation problems in primary education classrooms to introduce mathematical modelling. International Journal of Innovation in Science and Mathematics Education, 27(2). https://doi.org/10.30722/IJISME.27.02.004 Albarracín, L. (2021). Large number estimation as a vehicle to promote mathematical modeling. Early Childhood Education Journal, 49(4), 681-691. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-020-01104-x Brunet-Biarnes, M., & Albarracín, L. (2024). Exploring the negotiation processes when developing a mathematical model to solve a Fermi problem in groups. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 36(1),177-198. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13394-022-00435-9 Carlson, J. E. (1997). Fermi problems on gasoline consumption. The Physics Teacher, 35(5), 308-309. https://doi.org/10.1119/1.2344696 Chandler, D. (1990). How to split hairs on Fermi questions. The Physics Teacher, 28(3), 170. https://doi.org/10.1119/1.2342979 Efthimiou, C.J., & Llewellyn, R.A. (2006). Cinema, Fermi problems and general education. Physics Education, 42(3), 253 - 261. https://doi.org/10.1088/0031-9120/42/3/003 Er, Z., & Sezer, S. R. (2025). Effectiveness of Fermi problem approach in enhancing seventh-grade students’ measurement estimation skills. Sage Open, 15(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440251366051 Meyer, M., & Greefrath, G. (2025). Students’ use of benchmarks in the process of solving Fermi problems. In Proceedings of the Fourteenth Congress of the European Society for Research in Mathematics Education (CERME 14). Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & PRISMA Group. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. PLoS Medicine, 6(7), e1000097. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097 Peter-Koop, A. (2009). Teaching and understanding mathematical modelling through Fermi problems. In B. Clarke, B. Grevholm, & R. Millman (Eds.), Tasks in primary mathematics teacher education (pp. 131–146). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-09669-8_10 Robinson, A. W. (2008). Don’t just stand there—teach Fermi problems! Physics Education, 43(1), 83–87. https://doi.org/10.1088/0031-9120/43/01/009 Segura, C., Gallart, C., & Ferrando, I. (2025). Influence of pre-service primary school teachers’ prior knowledge of measurement and measurement estimation in solving modelling problems. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 1-26. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-025-09685-3 Sriraman, B., & Lesh, R. A. (2006). Modeling conceptions revisited. ZDM, 38(3), 247-254. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02652808 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Pre-service Teachers' Interpretations of Value in a Modelling for Sustainability (MfS) Task 1: University of Alberta, Canada; 2: Cape Breton University, Canada Presenting Author:We will present results from our ongoing study of how to develop pre-service teachers’ (PSTs) competences for teaching about sustainability in primary and secondary classrooms through mathematical modelling (MM). Our research is oriented by the need to address sustainability issues through learning and teaching in K-12 classrooms. Sustainability education is often informed by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development’s (OECD) Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which address a wide range of economic, environmental, and social needs. In this paper, we situate ourselves with respect to the SDGs in two ways. The first is by using the tools of mathematics, specifically MM, to identify, describe, and interpret critical, real-world issues, such as environmental degradation, in the teaching and learning of mathematics in K-12 classrooms. The second is by addressing SDG #4 (Quality Education), specifically, and the extent to which “education for sustainable development [is] mainstreamed…in teacher education” (United Nations, 2017, p. 6). Sustainability, in particular environmental sustainability, is an increasingly important aspect of K-12 education and involves the social, economic, and environmental decisions we make today to “meet present needs without compromising the chances of future generations to meet their needs” (United Nations, 2023). MM is the cyclical process of representing and interpreting real-world phenomena with the tools of mathematics. It entails “familiarising oneself with [an] original problem situation, analysing it, and exploring possible solution paths,” (Niss & Blum, 2020, p. 24). We see MM as a powerful means of attending to sustainability issues in the classroom, but to do so, teachers need to develop specific modelling and sustainability-focused competences. In this paper presentation, we draw on data collected from PSTs at a large Canadian university (University of Alberta) as they engaged in what we denote as a modelling for sustainability (MfS) task. The research questions driving our analysis: How do PSTs realize and interpret diverse meanings of value when engaging in an MfS task? The task PSTs engaged with is entitled the Tree Value task and was designed by the primary author (Markle, 2026). Both the task design and our analysis of participant data was guided by our MfS framework. As we will discuss in greater detail in our presentation, at the core of our framework are the competences required to engage in mathematical modelling, namely simplifying real-world phenomena, mathematizing those phenomena, working mathematically, interpreting the results, and validating the results in the real world (Jung & Brady, 2023; Maab, 2006). Wrapping around those foundational MM actions are competences for teaching MM. The model we integrate into our framework is adapted from Borromeo Ferri (2018) and specifies four dimensions of teaching competency (Theoretical, Task, Instruction, and Diagnostic), each of which contains three teaching competences (Borromeo Ferri and Blum, 2009; Borromeo Ferri, 2018). Finally, this is all nested within a framework of sustainability competences. To define these competences, we draw on GreenComp, the European Union’s framework for sustainable learning, which consists of twelve competences in service of 1) embodying sustainability values, 2) embracing complexity in sustainability, 3) envisioning sustainable futures, and 4) acting for sustainability (Bianchi et al., 2022). The results we share in this presentation are especially relevant to this first cluster of competencies, embodying sustainability values. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The overarching study uses a design-based research (DBR) methodology. Over the past two decades, DBR has emerged as a widely used methodology in education research, especially mathematics education research (Cobb, 2003; Stephan, 2021). Although DBR studies vary widely in focus (e.g., different mathematical topics) and contexts (e.g., classrooms, teacher education, etc.), they share the common aims to change practice through practical intervention in specific contexts and generate new, testable theories beyond those contexts. DBR shares affinities with other methodologies, such as action research, that seek to simultaneously research and resolve a previously identified problem (in this case, how to develop PSTs capacity for addressing sustainability issues through MM). However, DBR is distinguished by its iterative structure, the systematic revision to the intervention that structure entails, and the theoretical and methodological pluralism that allows researchers to address the distinct aims of studies that are both practice-based and research-oriented. Participants were all enrolled as pre-service teachers at the University of Alberta and voluntarily took part in a two-hour task-based session. Participants were first given the Tree Value task and asked to engage with it as learners. The aim of the task is to develop a mathematical model to determine the value of a tree, so engaging as learners entailed applying the MM actions described above. Next, participants were given some samples of grade 6 (age 10-12) student work on the same task and were asked to interpret the work from a teacher perspective. Finally, participants took part in a semi-structured task-based interview, in which they were explicitly asked about the role of value in the student work and their own modelling. All of the sessions were audio- and video- recorded and audio from the sessions and interviews were transcribed. We then conducted a qualitative content analysis of the transcripts using elements of our MfS framework, especially the GreenComp sustainability competences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis provided insight into the complex role of value in mathematics when the latter is used to attend to sustainability issues in the K-12 classroom, especially those situations involving the natural world. One aspect of this complexity was the diversity in meanings of value in participants’ work and their interpretations of students’ work. This included human-, eco-, and pluricentric conceptualizations of value. We also found that engaging with rich student work (that is, work that foregrounded these diverse conceptualizations of value) meaningfully informed the participants’ reflections on their own modelling, which tended toward human-centric meanings of value (e.g., use value). Our exploratory study has implications for future research in the field. For one, we argue that incorporating diverse meanings of value is a potentially critical feature of sustainability-oriented mathematics tasks. As such, more research is needed into how PSTs engage with these kinds of tasks (which includes modifying, evaluating, designing, selecting, and sequencing such tasks). Additionally, more research is needed on how pre- and in-service teachers interpret diverse meanings of value in student work, and more generally, the extent to which they see value as relevant in the mathematics classroom. In this paper presentation, we use a single task focused on valuing the natural world to work towards a better understanding of key task affordances and constraints, and ultimately, toward a generalizable, theory-based result for the field of pre-service mathematics teacher education. References Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera, M. (2022). GreenComp: The European sustainability competence framework (JRC Science for Policy Report No. JRC128040). Publications Office of the European Union. Borromeo Ferri, R. (2018). Learning how to teach mathematical modeling in school and teacher education. Springer. Borromeo Ferri, R. & Blum, W. (2009). Mathematical modelling in teacher education – Experiences from a modelling seminar. In V. Durand-Guerrier, V., Soury-Lavergne, S., & Arzarello, F. (Eds.), European Society for Research in Mathematics Education – Proceedings of CERME 6 (pp. 2046–2055). Cobb, P. (2003). Investigating students’ reasoning about linear measurement as a paradigm case of design research. In N. Pateman (Ed.), Supporting students’ development of measuring conceptions: Analyzing students’ learning in social context (pp. 1–16). National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. Jung, H. & Brady, C. (2023). Modeling actions foregrounded in whole-class modeling discourse: A case study of a model-eliciting activity and a three-act task. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 27(1), 1–24. Maaß, K. (2006). What are modelling competencies? ZDM – The International Journal on Mathematics Education, 38(2), 113–142. Markle, J. (2026). Three characteristics of mathematical modelling tasks for sustainable futures. Currently under review. Niss, M., & Blum, W. (2020). The learning and teaching of mathematical modelling. Routledge. Stephan, M. (2021). Classroom design-based research: Designing for proportional reasoning in mathematics education. In Z. A. Philippakos, E. Howell, & A. Pellegrino (Eds.), Design-based research in education: Theory and applications (pp. 83–102). The Guilford Press. United Nations. (2017). Global indicator framework for the Sustainable Development Goals and targets of the 2030 agenda for sustainable development. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/indicators/indicators-list/ United Nations. (2023). Fast facts – What is sustainable development? https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/blog/2023/08/what-is-sustainable-development/ |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 25 SES 05 A: Children Learning about their Rights Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Lotem Perry-Hazan Paper Session |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper School Programme Impact on Students’ Knowledge About Their Human Rights 1: Örebro University, Sweden; 2: Karlstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:The concept of human rights education was introduced in the 1990s (Coysh, 2017). Since then, the UN has launched a series of initiatives to encourage governments to incorporate such education into their formal school curricula. However, education on human rights for children has been recognised as a complex area for schools to manage (Parker, 2018; Struthers, 2015). Earlier research has indicated that teachers are largely unaware of human rights education and the responsibilities it involves, and their knowledge of human rights seem unsatisfactory (Glover, 2022; Perry-Hazan & Tal-Weibel, 2020). Human rights are also regarded as a complex and sensitive subject to teach, which leads teachers to hesitate about introducing the topic until later school years (Rinaldi, 2017; Author, 2019). The challenges associated with human rights education for children have led schools and teachers to seek guidance from external actors recognised for their expertise in human and child rights issues. Collaboration between schools and NGOs has a long-established history, and these organisations have provided support programmes to assist schools in their efforts (Covell et al., 2010; Author, 2022). Previous studies examining the effects of using a programme in schools’ children’s rights work have not provided definitive answers about the impact of such models. Early studies showed positive results, mainly in social aspects of school life, such as school climate, relationships, behaviour, bullying, and student influence, all of which improved. They also indicated an increase in students’ knowledge of their rights (Sebba & Robinson, 2010; Covell et al., 2010). However, these researchers expressed doubts about the longevity of the positive effects. Further research has shown that learning about rights is positively associated with respectful behaviour towards others and a high sense of perceived participation (Jerome et al., 2015), but also that the evidence supporting these positive effects is weak. Actual educational outcomes are seldom examined. Several later studies continue to present results supporting positive effects on school life (Winch, 2020; Woods & Bond, 2020; Webb, 2014). These studies indicate that most students in schools running programmes are satisfied with their school life and social relationships, and that teachers observe students’ increased willingness and ability to engage in discussions and decision-making. Overall, the research conducted so far has mainly focused on social effects and participation issues, indicating positive outcomes, while little attention has been given to the impact on students’ knowledge of their human rights. The study reported in this paper aimed to assess the impact of implementing a school support programme for children’s rights on students’ knowledge of their human rights. It is based on a longitudinal study comparing students in schools that use a support programme with those that do not. Two research questions guided the study.
The study is grounded in rights theorising. Children’s rights are seen as part of human rights, meaning the same rights apply to children as to adults—human rights are universal. Drawing on Bobbio (1996), the rights theory perspective in this study is that children are rightful holders and practitioners of universal human rights, but at the same time, these rights should be understood as embedded within children’s and young people’s real lives. This theoretical foundation shapes the research by first informing the perspective on rights for children and how we conceptualise them: children’s human rights. Secondly, it influences the analysis, as students’ statements are interpreted within this theoretical framework. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The findings presented here are part of a research-based evaluation using a longitudinal design to monitor changes over time. Six schools using a children’s rights school programme participated. Five schools had just started implementing the programme (called new schools) and one school had been using it for eight years (called established school). Students from classes 2, 5, and 8 were interviewed in pairs over three consecutive years (2021-2023). Comparative data from five schools that do not utilise any support programme for children’s rights were also collected during the final project year, 2022/2023 (called non-programme schools). In these schools, interviews were conducted with students in years 2, 5, and 9. Overall, the data includes 269 student interviews (208 in programme schools and 61 in non-programme schools), involving approximately 530 individual students. The analysis involved a multi-step process. First, an initial qualitative content analysis was conducted on a sample of the data to develop a coding scheme. The content analysis was of a conventional type; inductive and aimed at identifying both explicit expressions in the interviews of the studied aspects and relevant latent meanings within utterances (Bengtsson, 2016; Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). In this process, recurring expressions were identified and transformed into initial codes. After further testing on a larger dataset and revisions, the final coding scheme was applied to all the data. Students knowledge was initially coded into five rights-areas, and thereafter subcoded. To answer the first research question regarding the impact of a school support programme on the spread of knowledge about children’s human rights, a univariate quantitative analysis was performed on the proportion of interviews in which students demonstrated knowledge across five rights-areas, or showed no knowledge at all. To answer the second research question regarding the programme’s impact on the breadth of students’ rights knowledge, a second qualitative content analysis was carried out on each of the five rights-areas to identify which concrete rights students mention within the five rights areas. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the proportions of students in programme and non-programme schools demonstrating rights knowledge by mentioning rights in five rights areas indicates a positive programme effect. A general increase in knowledge spread in the new programme schools over the three years was observed. Fewer students in non-programme schools could mention rights, and in fewer rights areas. Surprisingly, an opposite trend was seen in the established programme school, where the spread of human rights knowledge decreased over the three years. Programme fatigue, which may have led to reduced attention and lower activity levels in the school, could explain these results. Overall, the analysis indicates that implementing the school programme positively influenced the spread of students’ knowledge of children’s rights: a larger proportion of students could mention rights across more rights areas. The analysis of which concrete rights students in programme and non-programme schools are aware of showed that a limited range of rights are broadly known by students. Overall, students in all schools mentioned 25 different rights, but only seven of these were cited in half or more of the interviews. These include the rights to go to school, to influence and decide matters, to speak one's mind, to have opinions, to be provided with basic necessities, and to be equally valued and treated. The other 18 rights were mentioned in only a few interviews and were therefore not widely known. A positive programme effect was observed for only a few rights: only the right to hold opinions and beliefs, and to be treated with equal value and respect were stated more often in programme than in non-programme schools References Bengtsson, M. (2016). How to plan and perform a qualitative study using content analysis. NursingPlus Open, 2, 8-14. Covell, K., Howe, R. B., & McNeil, J. K. (2010). Implementing children’s human rights education in schools. Improving Schools, 13(2), 117-132 Coysh, J. (2017). Human rights education and the politics of knowledge. Taylor & Francis. Gollifer, S. E. (2022). Challenges and possibilities for transformative human rights education in Icelandic upper secondary schools. Human Rights Education Review, 5(3), 4-20. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277-1288. Jerome, Lee; Emerson, Lesley, Lundy, Laura & Orr, Karen. (2015) “Teaching and learning about child rights: A study of implementation in 26 countries. Queens University Belfast/Unicef. Parker, W. C. (2018). Human rights education’s curriculum problem. Human Rights Education Review, 1(1), 05-24. Perry-Hazan, L., & Tal-Weibel, E., (2020). On legal literacy and mobilization of students’ rights from a disempowered professional status: The case of Israeli teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 90, 103016. Rinaldi, S. (2017). Challenges for human rights education in Swiss secondary schools from a teacher perspective. Prospects, 47(1-2), 87-100. Sebba, J., & Robinson, C. (2010). Evaluation of UNICEF UK’s rights respecting schools award (RRSA). London: UNICEF UK. Struthers, A. (2015). Human rights education: Educating about, through and for human rights. The International Journal of Human Rights, 19(1), 53-73. Webb, R. (2014). Doing the rights thing: An ethnography of a dominant discourse of rights in a primary school in England. (Doctoral dissertation, University of Sussex). Winch, A. (2020). Our voices matter: How student voice is understood, enacted and experienced explored through case studies of ‘Rights Respecting Schools’ in England. (Doctoral dissertation, University of Exeter) Woods, F., & Bond, C. (2020). How does a Level 2 Rights Respecting School facilitate play for children with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND)? International Journal of Playwork Practice, 1(1), 1. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Knowing and Acting: Democracy Learning and Participation in Schools in Times of Poly-Crisis University of Education Upper Austria, Austria Presenting Author:Amid overlapping “poly-crises” such as democratic backsliding, geopolitical conflicts, and digital misinformation, schools face renewed pressure to strengthen young people's democratic competencies and agency (Kalev et al., 2025; OeAD, 2025). This paper argues that schools must therefore be active arenas of democracy, in which cognitive learning about democratic values as “knowing” must go hand in hand with participatory experiences through democratic practice as “acting” (Dewey, 1907; Himmelmann & Lange, 2005). However, current developments, such as the planned introduction of democracy education as a school subject in Austria or the constitutional quarter hour already implemented in Bavaria, draw on learning about and for democracy (ISB, 2026). Also, practice in civic and children’s rights education often separates these dimensions: learning for and about democracy (knowledge and attitudes) versus learning through democracy (participatory decision-making). Yet, this dualism obscures how students’ everyday experiences of voice, influence and fairness shape their democratic efficacy. Building on Dewey’s (1907) pragmatic philosophy of experiential learning and Biesta’s (2020) notion of the “subjectification” dimension of education, the paper reframes democracy education as a combined cognitive, ethical, and performative process that depends on rights-based structures enabling genuine participation. This approach is structured by the Children's Rights Frameworks (UNCRC Article 12; Council of Europe, 2016) and, for Austria, the “Schulorganisationsgesetz” and the “Erlass zur Politischen Bildung”, which legally bind schools to guarantee such participatory learning conditions (Polis, 2026; Welty & Lundy, 2013). The study, situated in the Austrian context, reflects European standards of student voice and co-determination. It integrates two strands of research that have often been treated separately and uses young people’s perspective as indicators of schools’ democratic functioning. The analysis argues that democracy learning in schools is still often limited to teaching about values, while participatory agency remains constrained by hierarchical school structures – a tendency symptomatic of what has been called the depoliticization (Hedtke, 2016, Feichter, 2020) of schooling. Or, in other words, despite advanced rights, schools often narrow democracy education to “knowing” principles, neglecting “acting” through influence, a pattern relevant amid democratic erosion and crisis, demanding resilient youth competencies. Addressing this gap, the proposal pursues three interrelated research questions: 1) Extent: To what degree do students experience their schools as spaces of democracy learning and participatory decision-making? 2) Alignment: To what extent does democracy learning occur through participation, i.e. when knowing and acting coincide? 3) Determinants: Which individual (socio-economic background, political interest, performance), and contextual (teacher behaviour, school type) factors explain variation in implementation? By combining right-based theory and empirical evidence, this study seeks to identify structural levers for democratic school development. It argues that democracy education represents not only a pedagogical ideal but a legal and ethical obligation requiring collective responsibility at the school level. The paper thus contributes to European discourse by empirically testing whether the promise of children’s participatory rights materialises in classroom reality and how teacher practices mediate this relationship. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on a representative subsample (n = 4.848) of students in grades 8 to 10 across various school types in Upper Austria (lower secondary, vocational middle schools and colleges, general and vocational upper secondary schools). The dataset, part of the national youth values study “Lebenswelten 2026 – Werthaltungen junger Menschen in Österreich”, is using an online questionnaire administered in class. Proportional stratified random sampling by school type and gender ensures population representativeness. Democracy learning is measured using an adapted seven-item scale from the German BLK-programme “Demokratie lernen und leben” (Abs et al., 2007; four-point Likert scale, Cronbach’s alpha = 0.88) assessing perceptions of school as a site for core principles such as fairness, pluralism, equality, and transparency. Participation is operationalised through an eight-item measure based on Hart’s ladder and Wetzelhütter and Bacher’s (2015) adaptation (five-point Likert scale), distinguishing between sufficient participation (e.g., co-decision, self-solution), symbolic participation (consultation without influence), and non-participation (e.g., top-down decisions). Explanatory variables include individual factors such as socio-economic status (HBSC Family Affluence Scale), political interest (single item), self-assessed performance, and perceived teacher behaviours (9 items, justice, psychosocial support, learning engagement). Analysis employs descriptive statistics (frequencies), bivariate analyses (χ² tests, Pearson correlations), and complex sample adjustments to test links among democracy learning, participation modes, and factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses reveal an ambivalent picture. Most students recognise elements of democratic learning, such as fairness or equality. However, a sizeable minority does not experience their school as a space of democratic learning. And fewer experience real influence in decision-making processes. This indicates that democracy education in schools is often narrowed to democracy learning, while the more demanding dimension of participation as shared decision-making is only partially realised. First analyses of the relationship between democracy learning and participation show that in schools where democratic principles are more strongly experienced, students also report greater sufficiency and less insufficiency in their participation. Nevertheless, there are schools where democracy learning is present without corresponding participatory opportunities, pointing to an “entpoliticised” understanding of democracy education that leaves hierarchical decision structures intact. Individual characteristics such as socioeconomic background play almost no role. The strongest effects stem from perceived teacher behaviour: where many teachers display psychosocial engagement, justice-related and achievement-promoting behaviour, students report more democratic learning and more sufficient, and less insufficient, participation. To translate legal obligations into lived democratic experience, these findings highlight the importance of democracy education. It must evolve from an instructional domain toward a whole-school approach. As a cross-cutting task of school development, it cannot be delegated to individual teachers alone but requires structural changes in decision-making and participatory structures at the school level. The findings also question whether existing legal frameworks and curricula in Austria are sufficient to guarantee students’ rights to participate. Hence, the paper offers empirically grounded insights into how schools can better align democracy learning and participation, and discusses implications for strengthening democratic school cultures in times of poly-crisis and pressures on democratic institutions. References Abs, H. J., Roczen, N. & Klieme, E. (2007). Abschlussbericht zur Evaluation des BLK-Programms "Demokratie lernen und leben". Materialien zur Bildungsforschung. Gesellschaft zur Förderung Pädagogischer Forschung. Biesta, G. (2020). Risking Ourselves in Education: Qualification, Socialization, and Subjectification Revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89–104. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12411 Council of Europe. (2016). Strategy for the Rights of the Child (2016-2021): Building a Europe for an with children. Dewey, J. (1907). The school and social progress. University of Chicago Press. Feichter, H. (2020). Die Grammatik der Schule als Partizipationshindernis. Organisationstheoretische und schulkulturelle Überlegungen. In S. Gerhartz-Reiter & C. Reisenauer (Hrsg.), Partizipation und Schule (S. 25–40). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Hedtke, R. (2016). Partizipation als politisches und pädagogisches Problem. In W. Friedrichs & D. Lange (Hrsg.), Demokratiepolitik: Vermessungen-Anwendungen-Probleme-Perspektiven (S. 133–146). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-11819-8_10 Himmelmann, G., & Lange, D. (Hrsg.). (2005). Demokratiekompetenz. VS Verlag für Sozialwissen¬schaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-322-83389-1 ISB - Staatsinstitut für Schulqualität und Bildungsforschung (2026, 20. January). Verfassungsviertelstunde. https://www.politischebildung.schule.bayern.de/verfassungsviertelstunde/ Kalev, L., Hytti, M., Hallik, M. & Sandström, N. (2025). Citizenship Education for Contemporary Democracy: Challenges and Gaps in Six European Countries. Societies, 15(12), 355. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc15120355 OeAD. (2025, 11. September). Democracy education in schools is more necessary than ever. https://presse.oead.at/en/press-releases/news~democracy-education-in-schools-is-more-necessary-than-ever Polis (2026). The basic principles of citizenship education in Austrian schools. https://www.politik-lernen.at/basic_principles Welty, E. & Lundy, L. (2013). A children’s rights-based approach to involving children in decision making. Journal of Science Communication, 12(03), C02. https://doi.org/10.22323/2.12030302 Wetzelhütter, D. & Bacher, J. (2015). How to Measure Participation of Pupils at School. Analysis of Unfolding Data Based on Hart’s Ladder of Participation. methods, data, analyses, 9(1), 111–136. https://doi.org/10.12758/MDA.2015.004 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper From Moral Development to Legal Subjectivation: An Ecosystemic Scoping Review 1: University of Lausanne, Switzerland; 2: University of Geneva, Switzerland; 3: Université Lumière Lyon 2, France Presenting Author:Moral development constitutes a central field for understanding how individuals learn to evaluate normative situations, coordinate considerations of justice, well-being and rights, and regulate their behavior in relation to others (Smetana, 2013; Turiel, 2007). Within the field of children’s rights, these processes can be mobilized to support participation, progressive autonomy and the recognition of the child as a rights-holder, particularly with regard to the principle of evolving capacities (Lansdown, 2005) and the right to be heard (United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child [UN CRC], 2009). However, the developmental foundations of this legal subjectivation remain rarely explicated in a systematic manner, especially from an interdisciplinary perspective articulating developmental psychology, educational sciences and children’s rights. This lack of conceptual clarification has direct implications for educational contexts, where children’s participation and rights education are sometimes postponed or underestimated on the basis of questionable assumptions about children’s moral and normative capacities. This leads to inappropriate discursive constructions of the child's (moral) development in legal texts, even in the general comments of the Committee on the Rights of the Child, for example (Velez, 2016), or to ‘hampering effects’ in educational contexts (Quennerstedt, 2010). The literature on moral development is characterized by strong theoretical and disciplinary heterogeneity, drawing in particular on developmental psychology (Smetana, 2013; Turiel, 2007), contemporary approaches to developmental and societal change (Killen, 2021), as well as contributions from developmental neuroscience focusing on the progressive integration of affective, cognitive and social components in moral information processing (Decety, 2011; Decety & Cowell, 2014). Part of this literature has often privileged age-based or hierarchically, sometimes linearly, interpreted levels of development, despite contemporary work emphasizing the contextual, dynamic and multidimensional nature of morality (Killen, 2021; Turiel, 2010). In the current context of polycrisis and transformations in the production and use of knowledge in education (ECER 2026: Knowing and Acting), understanding how children construct moral and normative agency is crucial for informing educational practices and policies that respect rights, without either denying or absolutizing children’s capacities (Lansdown, 2005; UNCRC, 2009). This paper therefore presents a scoping review aiming to map moral development processes from birth to 18 years (legal end of childhood) within an ecosystemic perspective (Bronfenbrenner, 1979), and to examine how these processes constitute developmental foundations for the progressive construction of the subject as a moral actor and as a rights-holder (Lansdown, 2005; UNCRC, 2009). The ecosystemic approach makes it possible to articulate complementary levels of analysis: (a) individual (neurodevelopmental maturation and affective-cognitive integration: Decety, 2011; Decety & Cowell, 2014), (b) relational (social interactions and situated normative learning: Smetana, 2013; Turiel, 2007), (c) institutional/educational (conditions of normative socialization and recognition of children’s voice: Covell & Howe, 2001; UNCRC, 2009), and (d) socio-cultural and historical (variability of norms and practices: Turiel, 2010). Three research questions structure the review: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a scoping review methodology in accordance with the foundational framework of Arksey and O’Malley (2005) and its methodological extensions (Levac et al., 2010), as well as PRISMA-ScR reporting recommendations (Tricco et al., 2018). The databases PsycINFO, ERIC and Scopus/Web of Science are searched using search strings combining terms related to moral development (i.e., moral development, moral reasoning, moral judgment, prosocial moral, social domain) with terms related to lifespan development (i.e., infancy, childhood, adolescence, emerging adulthood), as well as contextual dimensions (i.e., education, school, socialization, culture, neuroscience) (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005; Tricco et al., 2018). Included studies are peer-reviewed empirical or theoretical publications explicitly addressing developmental processes related to morality from birth to adulthood (Smetana, 2013; Turiel, 2007) in English, French, Italian, Spanish, German, and Swiss German. They comprise: (a) research identifying moral development processes/levels and their conditions (Killen, 2021; Turiel, 2010), (b) studies articulating moral development with socialization/education (Covell & Howe, 2001; Smetana, 2013), and (c) developmental neuroscience contributions elucidating affective–cognitive integration in moral sensitivity (Decety, 2011; Decety & Cowell, 2014). Exclusion studies are those without explicit developmental grounding, purely prescriptive contributions lacking discussion of developmental mechanisms, or studies not allowing documentation of processes/conditions (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005; Levac et al., 2010). Standardized data extraction documents theoretical framework, population, moral concepts mobilized (justice, well-being, rights, equity), described processes, methods, and contextual variables (relationships, school, culture/history) (Bronfenbrenner, 1979; Tricco et al., 2018). Data is subjected to thematic analysis aimed at identifying families of transversal processes (emergence, coordination, integration) and at explicating developmental building blocks of legal subjectivation, such as the capacity to distinguish moral norms from conventions, to coordinate perspectives, to justify normative positions, and to perceive oneself as a legitimate actor (Lansdown, 2005; Smetana, 2013; UNCRC, 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation highlights that the construction of the rights-holder cannot be understood as a legal status attributed independently of development, but rather as a progressive process rooted in moral development and shaped by individual and contextual conditions (Bronfenbrenner, 1979; Lansdown, 2005; UN CRC, 2009). It will be structured as follows: (1) an integrative mapping of key moral development processes from birth to adulthood (Smetana, 2013; Turiel, 2007); (2) identification of individual (i.e., empathy–morality integration: Decety & Cowell, 2014) and contextual (i.e., socialization and educational frameworks: Covell & Howe, 2001) conditions associated with their emergence and consolidation; and (3) a critical synthesis of age- or maturation-centered readings, highlighting the situated and multidimensional dynamics of moral development (Killen, 2021; Turiel, 2010). From a children’s rights perspective, we will clarify implications for participation and the right to be heard, in line with the principle of evolving capacities (Lansdown, 2005; Moody, 2020; Moody et al., 2024; UNCRC, 2009). Children’s rights education is grounded in the recognition of children as holders of human rights (Verhellen, 1993) and constitutes an explicit mission assigned to educational systems by the Convention on the Rights of the Child (art. 42), which calls for the dissemination and knowledge of these rights among children and adults (Louviot, 2020). From an educational perspective, reference points for designing environments and practices that foster the progressive recognition of the child as a rights-holder, will be provided, within a logic of rights, respect and responsibility (Covell & Howe, 2001). References Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development. Harvard University Press. Covell, K., & Howe, R. B. (2001). Moral education through the 3 Rs. Journal of Moral Education, 30(1), 29–41. Decety, J. (2011). The developmental neuroscience of moral sensitivity. Emotion Review, 3(3), 305–307. Decety, J., & Cowell, J. M. (2014). The complex relation between morality and empathy. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 18(7), 337–339. Killen, M. (2021). Moral reasoning enables developmental and societal change. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 16(6), 1203–1223. Kohlberg, L., & Hersh, R. H. (1977). Moral development. Theory into practice, 16(2), 53-59. Lansdown, G. (2005). The evolving capacities of the child. UNICEF Innocenti Research Centre. Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O’Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies. Implementation Science, 5, Article 69. Louviot, M. (2020). Enjeux autour de l’implémentation de l’éducation aux droits de l’enfant en Suisse romande. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 42(1), 108-126. Moody, Z. (2020). Children's Rights to, in and through Education. Solsko Polje, 31(3/4), 11-251. Moody, Z., Perry-Hazan, L., & Darbellay, F. (2024). Children’s human rights education. Cambridge Journal of Education, 54(6), 681-699. Quennerstedt, A. (2010). Children, but not really humans? The International Journal of Children's Rights, 18(4), 619-635. Smetana, J. G. (2013). Moral development: The social domain theory view. In P. D. Zelazo (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of developmental psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 832–858). Oxford University Press. Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473. Turiel, E. (2007). The development of morality. In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology (6th ed., Vol. 3, pp. 789–857). Wiley. Turiel, E. (2010). The development of morality. In R. M. Lerner (Ed.), Handbook of life-span development (Vol. 1, pp. 387–421). Wiley. United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2009). General comment No. 12 (2009): The right of the child to be heard (CRC/C/GC/12). United Nations. Velez, G. (2016). Children's human rights: Psychological assumptions in comments on the Convention of the Rights of the Child and a phenomenological critique. Psychology & Society, 8(2), 95–118. Verhellen, E. (1993). Children's rights and education: A three-track legally binding imperative. School Psychology International, 14(3), 199-208. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Assessing Adult's Children's Rights Consciousness and Educational Practices: a Comparative Study Between Teachers, Principals, and Parents 1: University of Geneva, Switzerland; 2: University of Lausanne, Switzerland; 3: University Lumière Lyon 2, France Presenting Author:The Convention on the Rights of the Child mandates that ratifying countries disseminate its content to both adults and children (Art. 42). This implies a legal obligation to provide children with Children’s Human Rights Education (CHRE). The knowledge developed through such education aims to foster a rights consciousness in children, defined as the capacity to perceive and interpret the world and its obstacles through the lens of rights (Perry-Hazan, 2021). It is essential for enabling children to mobilize their rights, beginning with the ability to identify and name specific violations (Perry-Hazan, 2024). Despite the critical role of CHRE in children’s agency and respect of their rights (Bajaj, 2011), children receive limited exposure to such education, regardless of the context. Child development is influenced by a multitude of interconnected systems (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2007), including the microsystem - which encompasses the child’s immediate environment such as family and school. This influence occurs notably through vicarious learning (Bandura, 1977). Adults act as role models: children observe adult behaviors, extract the underlying values, and are subsequently more likely to reproduce them. This mechanism can be applied to the acquisition of attitudes, values, and behaviors that uphold children's rights. In the school setting, this responsibility rests not only on teachers but more broadly on all adults involved in a child’s life, including principals and parents, whose stances and practices contribute to shaping the experience and understanding of rights (Isenström, 2020; Louviot, 2021; Nurhayati et al., 2021). This idea aligns with the model of CHRE proposed by Moody et al. (2025). One component of the model, the rights-conscious educator, emphasizes that practitioners must demonstrate knowledge of and respect for children’s rights, and a deliberate intention to transmit these rights to children. Furthermore, a rights-conscious educator must be capable of implementing rights-based educational processes—a second component of the model. Thus, CHRE is integrated into adult educational practices and, by extension, into the child’s daily lived experiences. The influence of educational actors on children’s appropriation of rights depends on their own rights consciousness and their ability to adopt practices consistent with these principles (Isenström, 2020). This effect is further amplified if the child experiences congruence across all their interactions with adults (Isenström, 2021). However, training on children's rights remains marginal in the professional development of teachers and principals (Louviot, 2020) and research suggests that parents also require greater access to CHRE (Nurhayati et al., 2021). This limited knowledge hinders the recognition and respect of children's rights; therefore, it appears essential to further expand CHRE among these populations. In order to provide relevant support on these themes to teachers, principals, and parents – as the primary systems directly involved with children, it is necessary to establish a nuanced understanding of the current situation—specifically to understand their children’s rights consciousness and how this is expressed in their educational practices. As few standardized tools exist to obtain such measurements across large populations, we sought to develop and validate questionnaires evaluating the consciousness of children's rights and associated educational practices among these three stakeholder groups. The objective of this presentation is to describe the different dimensions evaluated by these questionnaires and to present a comparative analysis of the results from an initial study conducted with the three aforementioned populations. Ultimately, we aim to answer the following questions: What is the level of children's rights consciousness among teachers, principals, and parents and through which educational practices is it expressed? A focus is also placed on similarities and differences among the three populations, and what are their specific needs to promote respect for children's rights and children's rights consciousness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Three distinct questionnaires were developed to assess rights-based educational practices among three adult populations: teachers, school principals and parents. Each instrument follows a common structure while being adapted to the specific roles and educational contexts of each population. The scales consist of 35 to 37 items and operationalize the two components of the Moody et al. (2025) model that center on the educator’s attitudes and behaviors: the rights-conscious educator and rights-based educational processes. The (1) rights-conscious educator component is defined across four dimensions: (a) knowledge, (b) behaviors, (c) attitudes, and (d) intention (Isenström, 2020, 2021; Moody et al., 2025). Furthermore, (2) rights-based educational processes have been divided into two dimensions: (a) the mobilization of rights and (b) active, cooperative, and participatory pedagogy (Lundy, 2007; Moody et al., 2025; Perry-Hazan, 2021). The development of the questionnaires is based on a content validity approach. Items were developed from the scientific literature, notably the model proposed by Moody et al. (2025). The data collection phase involved a sample of approximately 750 participants (250 per population), recruited in France and French-speaking Switzerland. Participant recruitment was primarily conducted via social media and professional networks, in order to ensure a diverse range of teacher, school principal, and parent profiles, as well as varied family contexts. The construct validity of the instruments will be assessed through exploratory factor analysis (EFA) conducted separately for each questionnaire, in order to identify the underlying factor structure of the items, examine their statistical coherence, and confirm the relevance of each item within the retained dimensions. Inter-questionnaire correlation analyses will then be performed to examine convergence between conceptually related dimensions, by assessing the strength and direction of associations between scores. Finally, a multilingual confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) will be conducted to test the factorial structure of the three scales in an intercultural context (France and French-speaking Switzerland) and to establish a European validation of the questionnaires for adults. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although data processing is still ongoing, we hypothesize that children's rights consciousness and associated educational practices will be relatively low, due to the traditional view of the child as being subordinate to the adult (Moody et al., 2024). We anticipate that children's rights consciousness will be positively correlated with the implementation of rights-based educational practices. However, we expect overall scores regarding educational practices to be lower, due to a gap between conceptual endorsement and practical application. The analysis is also expected to reveal distinct need profiles among parents, teachers, and principals. These differences between populations are essential to consider, as they will allow for the optimal tailoring of children's human rights interventions to the specificities and needs of each group. These results will enable a better understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of teachers, principals, and parents regarding children's human rights education. This comprehensive overview offers the possibility of designing targeted interventions adapted to the specificities of each educational figure, whose influence is decisive in shaping the child as a subject of rights. By accounting for necessary cultural adaptations, these questionnaires could be used in other contexts and would serve as a robust instrument for future international comparative research on children's human rights education across various educational settings. References Bajaj, M. (2011). Human Rights Education : Ideology, Location, and Approaches (SSRN Scholarly Paper No. 2143410). Social Science Research Network. https://papers.ssrn.com/abstract=2143410 Bandura, A. (1977). Social learning theory. (Prentice-Hall). https://psycnet.apa.org/record/1979-05015-000 Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2007). The Bioecological Model of Human Development (W. Damon & R. M. Lerner, Éds.; 1re éd.). Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470147658.chpsy0114 Isenström, L. (2020). Children as Growing Rights Subjects – The Significance of Teachers’ Actions. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02802012 Isenström, L. (2021). Teachers’ Rights-Teaching Mentalities—What Teachers Do and Why. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(2), 275‑289. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1869075 Louviot, M. (2020). Enjeux autour de l’implémentation de l’éducation aux droits de l’enfant en Suisse romande. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 42(1), 108‑126. Louviot, M. (2021). L'éducation aux droits de l'enfant : participation des élèves et enjeux de la forme scolaire. Etude de cas en Suisse romande [Thèse de doctorat en sciences de l’éducation, Université de Genève]. 10.13097/archive-ouverte/unige:159232 Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough : Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927‑942. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701657033 Moody, Z., Gawlicz, K., Gillett-Swan, J., Perry-Hazan, L., & Quennerstedt, A. (2025). A theory of children’s human rights education. European Educational Research Journal. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:oru:diva-123792 Nurhayati, S., Nugraha, W. A., & Solihah, H. (2021). Needs analysis of children’s right curriculum for parenting education. In Proceedings of the 5th International Conference on Early Childhood Education (ICECE 2020) (pp. 278–282). Atlantis Press. https://doi.org/10.2991/assehr.k.210322.059 Perry-Hazan, L. (2021). Students’ Perceptions of Their Rights in School : A Systematic Review of the International Literature. Review of Educational Research, 91(6), 919‑957. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543211031642 Perry-Hazan, L., Kirma, R., & Shoshana, A. (2024). Rights consciousness, sense of constraint and the reproduction of inequalities : Perceptions of rights among pupils of low socioeconomic status who completed a human rights education unit. Cambridge Journal of Education, 54(1), 53‑69. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2023.2281674 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 26 SES 05 A: Ethical Leadership, Trust & Organisational Climate Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Eleftheria Argyropoulou Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Measuring Ethical Leadership in Education 1: University of Crete, Greece; 2: University of Crete, Greece; 3: National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece Presenting Author:INTRODUCTION Leadership measurement is a rather controversial issue in terms of conception, execution and implementation. Moreover, Ethical Leadership measurement seems to be more difficult than measurement in general leadership because there are specific concerns about whether the individuals’ ethical bedrock or their personality structure (values and principles) and ethical construction (influenced by their context) can be measured. In relevant literature about measurement one can distinguish between two types of measuring tools: the ones detecting ethical leadership and the second measuring existing ethical traits in persons already having leading roles (Argyropoulou & Spyridakis, 2022). Ethical leadership is particularly important in education as the school leader and the teachers and teacher leaders assume a double role, i.e. the person in a leading pedagogical position who shapes young students’ ethical principles and values and a person with leading administrative role. Various statutory frameworks understand and outline these roles in a different way according contextual characteristics. However, the ethical bedrock of people working in the field of education is undeniable and nonnegotiable in all communities. Nevertheless, researchers note the lack of ethical leadership programs “focusing on ethical clarity when arbitrating moral conflicts in schools” either during the preparation of educational administrators or within university postgraduate programs (Starratt, 2004). PURPOSE/AIM Drawing knowledge from previous research steps (Spyridakis, Argyropoulou & Lintzerakou, 2025) we present here the second research step in constructing a detecting tool. The purpose of this paper is to present a tool aiming at detecting aspirant school leaders’ ethical qualities necessary for performing successful school leadership. . BACKGROUND Ethical leadership is difficult to define. Researchers may base their definition in the field they work in [see here differences between business and education] or they outline their participants’ views. A strong issue is the differentiated perception of ethical leadership in assessing leadership qualities and behaviors. This partly explains why researches propose a combination of self-referential and hetero-referential tools for the measurement of leadership as a way to avoid subjectivity. Measurement of leadership entails problems regarding both the conceptual background and the way of constructing relevant questions to produce reliable answers. There is an ongoing discussion whether forced answer questions are better than open answer questions. The implementation of any of these types of question reflects different attitudes towards the suitable research design. Previous systematic literature research (Argyropoulou & Spyridakis, 2022) has indicated that there are measuring tools adopting both types; nevertheless, they fail to avoid subjectivity. CONCEPTUAL / THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK We accept that leadership is a social phenomenon including the leader as an individual. Thus, we adopt the sociology stance in examining leadership and the psychology stance in examining the leader or the leader’s supporters as acting individuals in a specific context. We assume that ethical leadership is context-sensitive (Argyropoulou & Lintzerakou, 2025) based on the Brofenbrenner’s theory (Brofenbrenner, 1979) regarding education as an ecosystem. Moreover, we accept Starratt’s position on virtue -guided ethical leadership model for school leaders (Starratt, 2004). We also argue that qualitative questions are more suitable in ethical leadership research thus adopting Langlois’ tool construction rationale (Langlois, 2011) when we seek to investigate personal principles, values, beliefs, stereotypes and attitudes. We support tha quantitative, forced questions are suitable for the verification of qualitative research in a wider and local representative sample. So, we propose a mixed method approach to investigating and assessing ethical leadership principles, characteristics and behaviors Research question: How can we verify and expand the results of the previous research country-wide? We sought to find whether participants of various educational and cultural backgrounds and years in service, from both sexes, leading schools assess ethical qualities in similar ways. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample: The population of our research is the existing secondary school leaders all over the country (N=3600). The sample was gathered from 148 public school leaders from various regions during the school year 2024-2025. Tool: A mixed method questionnaire including 20 items with forced answers in Likert scale and 20 open-ended questions corresponding to the 20 Likert items. The tool was distributed on-line to public secondary school leaders throughout the country. Questions were in the form of scenarios describing practical situations in schools. The respondents were asked to pick one of the four qualities given in a multiple-choice form and then describe in-detail their decision and the rationale behind it. Data Analysis: For multiple choice questions we employed statistical analysis using SPSS. 22. Thematic Analysis was used for open-ended questions. Ethics: the research design was approved by the Ethics Committee of the Department of Preschool Education, University of Crete 249/22.10.2025. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of data verified that leading qualities are not always assessed the same way by individuals. Only out of the 20 scenarios, representing rather simple and common everyday situations, received identical answers. There was a variety of answers for the rest 14 questions. Participants had a different understanding of ethical sensitivity depending on personal and contextual factors. In terms of Starratt’s model of ethical leadership virtues, their performance of responsibility and presence was very high: they characterized themselves as active democratic leaders in the field. They employ emotional intelligence and focusing on the wellbeing of teachers and students. However, they lack the third virtue, authenticity. They often fail to distinguish between ethical principles and their ethical enactment when it comes to decision taking in situations where there is a clash between human, academic and civic dimensions. They often lack vision about their school. Answers to the tool’s specific questions also indicated lack of knowledge of the statutory framework. These failures are associated with the lack of focused training courses in school leadership before assuming the leading and administrative roles or during the school leadership tenure. Though this paper is based on local characteristics of school leaders, it shares findings with papers coming from other contexts and can contribute to international knowledge on ethical school leadership. It also implies that certain values tend to have a more international recognition though their content meaning is not always identical. It offers insight in the discussion of measurement in ethical leadership by describing obstacles of assessing educational leadership. The findings also indicate that ethical leadership tools and measures should include provisions for individuality as it is a strong parameter often producing odd behaviors and impact. References Argyropoulou, E., & Lintzerakou, E. E. (2025). Contextual Factors and Their Impact on Ethical Leadership in Educational Settings. Administrative Sciences, 15(1), 23 https://doi.org/10.3390/admsci15010023 Argyropoulou, E., & Spyridakis, A. (2022). Tools detecting and/or measuring ethical leadership: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Organizational Leadership, 11(1), 141–163. https://doi.org/10.33844/ijol.2022.60624 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press, https://khoerulanwarbk.wordpress.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/urie_bronfenbrenner_the_ecology_of_human_developbokos-z1.pdf Langlois, L. (2011). The anatomy of ethical leadership. To lead our organizations in a conscientious and authentic manner. AU Press, Athabasca University Starratt, R. J. (2004). Ethical leadership. Jossey-Bass Spyridakis, A. , Argyropoulou, E. and Lintzerakou, E. (2025). Defining the main ethical and leading characteristics of educational administrators. Hellenic Journal of Research in Education, 14 (1), 16-31. https://doi.org/10.12681/hjre.38949 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Ethical Leadership and Organizational Effectiveness: A Competing Values Model Beit Berl College, Israel Presenting Author:Ethical leadership in education has evolved from a focus on administrative or organizational efficiency and effectiveness to a multidimensional moral practice (e.g., Starratt, 2005). Since the early 1990s, and in line with the increased influence of critical theory on the field of educational administration and leadership (Capper, 2019), there has been a growing attention in educational leadership discourse on ethics and a shift toward "values-based" leadership (Begley, 1999), which centers on advocating and advancing ethical concerns and social values in enacting and development of educational leadership. One of the most influential voices in this shift toward ethics was Robert Starratt (1991, 2012), who introduced a tripartite framework of ethical paradigms — the ethics of justice, critique, and care, which still serves as an accepted resource for navigating ethical educational leadership and leadership dilemmas. Shapiro and Stefkovich (2016) contributed to Starratt’s theory by adding a fourth paradigm: the ethic of the profession, which invites leaders to act according to standards of the (educational leadership) profession and also develop their own personal codes in light or in consideration of these professional codes. As such, ethical leadership scholars, at least since Starratt, have articulated the complexity and multidimensionality of the ethical domain as well as identified the different leadership dilemmas that unfold in decision-making processes. Parallel to the increased attention to ethics, leadership discourse has also addressed the increased complexity of leading organizations in a VUCA (Volatile, Uncertain, Complex, Ambiguous) world. Theories of organizational effectiveness have also engaged with these developments and offer complementary leadership theories that aim at agility, flexibility and adaptability. The above theories have also underscored the conflictual or dilemmatic nature of leading organizations, acknowledging the competing ends and core values of leading organizations (Cameron et al, 2006). In light of the changing leadership terrain and the disruptiveness associated with it, leadership theorists have called for creating ‘adaptive spaces’ (e.g., Uhl-Bien & Arena, 2018) in which organizations are able to continuously hold tension between competing values, notably, the tension between stability/exploitation and flexibility/innovation. Thus, both ethical leadership discourse (Eyal et al, 2011; Shapiro & Stefkovich, 2016) and organizational effectiveness discourse – including leadership models that derive from this discourse (Quinn, 1984; Belasen & Frank, 2007; Cameron et al, 2006) arrive at the same basic conclusion, namely, that accounting for leadership comprehensively, holistically and in a way that aligns with the attributes and needs of current educational organizations, requires a restructuring process (Starratt, 2005). At the heart of this reconfiguration is the acknowledgment of the dilemmas or tensions among competing values/ethical paradigms. While this basic insight is shared by these two leadership discourses, it seems that they speak two different languages. A comprehensive account of ethical educational leadership entails accounting for and bridging ethics and effectiveness. Thus, the aim here is to articulate an integrative vision for educational leaders who are concerned with both ethical and professional aspects of leadership action. Doing so facilitates organizational development and growth. As Starratt writes: “…the work of leading a community of educators in the demanding work of restructuring is simultaneously both professional and moral” (Starratt, 2005, p. 34). This paper seeks to propose a model for integrating or interconnecting the two discourses within a single methodological framework that is grounded on competing values and dilemmas. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This conceptual paper applies textual analysis of two main theoretical sources. The first is the discourse on ethical leadership, mainly focusing on Robert Starratt’s seminal work (1991, 1994), and his tripartite framework, and then on the revised model of ethical leadership developed by Shapiro and Stefkovich (2016). The second resource is Quinn and Cameron’s development of competing values framework (CVF) and the leadership model that was developed from CVF (Cameron et al, 2006; Quinn, 1984). The main objective of this paper is to conceptually and methodologically integrate the two discourses into one framework. While the two discourses apply different and at times competing “logics”, the integration of the two within one framework allows to identify both points of conversion and contention between them. More importantly, it provides educational leaders with the language and concepts to assess similar issues or themes from different yet complementary perspectives. The visualization of the model allows a more coherent, comprehensive and nuanced understanding of leadership consciousness and responsibilities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Following in-depth literary analysis of both discourses (Ethical leadership and effectiveness-oriented leadership) mainly through the theories of Starratt (1991, 1994), Shapiro and Stefkovich (2016) (Ethical Leadership) and Quinn (1984), Belasen and Frank (2007) (CVF leadership) it is possible to integrate the four ethical paradigms (Justice, Care, Critique, Profession) into the CVF – including the four higher-order leadership values and roles derived from the CVF (Analyzer, Motivator, Vision Setter, Task Master). The main point of convergence between the two theoretical perspectives is the focus on values and more importantly on the need to continuously hold competing value-perspectives in consciousness and in decision-making processes as a basic leadership disposition for addressing both ethical and organizational effectiveness concerns. Moreover, while both theories acknowledge the tensions among the different core values/ethical paradigms, at the same time, they both acknowledge the interconnections and interdependence of the competing values for overall organizational well-being. I propose to pair the two theories as follows: Justice-Analyzer, Care-Motivator, Profession-Task Master, Critique-Vision Setter. While the pairing of the two discourses is based on considerable similarities, specifically in terms of their core values, there are notable differences that must be acknowledged. The well-rounded leader, according to the above integrative leadership framework, is one who is able not only to navigate the complex terrain that unfolds in the competing models of organizational effectiveness, but one that is able to consider each role or organizational end from two languages. Consideration of the complexity and challenges of this ability is moderated by the leader’s own personal values (as these may conflict with professional values) (Shapiro & Stefkovich, 2016), and the constraints of the specific educational context in which leaders enact their leadership. References Begley, P.T. (Ed.) (1999). Values and educational leadership. Albany, NY: SUNY Press. Belasen, A., & Frank, N. (2007). Competing values leadership: Quadrant roles and personality traits. Leadership & Organization Development Journal, 29(2), 127-143. Cameron, K. S., Quinn, R. E., DeGraff, J., & Thakor, A. V. (2006). Competing values leadership: Creating value in organizations. Edward Elgar Publishing. Capper, C. A. (2019). Organizational theory for equity and diversity: Leading integrated, socially just education. New-York, N.Y: Routledge. English, F. W. (2022). Postmodernism: Structured doubt within leadership certainties. In F. English (Ed), The Palgrave Handbook of Educational Leadership and Management Discourse (pp. 1-23). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Eyal, O., Berkovich, I., & Schwartz, T. (2011). Making the right choices: Ethical judgments among educational leaders. Journal of Educational Administration, 49(4), 396-413. Shapiro, J. P., & Stefkovich, J. A. (2016). Ethical leadership and decision making in education: Applying theoretical perspectives to complex dilemmas. Routledge. Starratt, R. J. (1991). Building an ethical school: A theory for practice in educational leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 27(2), 185-202. Starratt, R. J. (2005). Moral dimensions of leadership. In P.T. Begley & P.E. Leonard (Eds), The Values of Educational Administration (pp. 23-36). RoutledgeFarmer. Starratt, R. J. (2012). Cultivating an ethical school. Routledge. Quinn, R. E., & Rohrbaugh, J. (1981). A competing values approach to organizational effectiveness. Public productivity review, 122-140. Quinn, R. E. (1984). Applying the competing values approach to leadership: Toward an integrative framework. In J. G. Hunt, D.M Hosking, C.A., Schriesheim, & R. Stewart (Eds.), Leaders and managers: International perspectives on managerial behavior and leadership (pp. 10-27). Pergamon. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Inter-Organizational Trust in K–12 Education: A Systematic Review of Leadership and Governance Research Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Germany Presenting Author:This study focuses on inter-organizational (institutional) trust in education, examining how trust is conceptualized and studied in research on relationships between schools and education authorities within multilevel governance systems. These relationships often involve actors positioned between organizational levels, such as schools, school districts, district, or state-level bodies who play a crucial role in mediating policy, accountability, and support (Burns & Köster, 2016; Kolleck, 2023; Lumineau & Schilke, 2018). The study pays particular attention to middle leadership, understood as leadership enacted in these intermediary positions that connect schools with governance authorities. While K–12 education constitutes the primary empirical focus of the review, the study also engages systematically with the higher education literature, where inter-organizational trust has been more extensively theorized and empirically examined. Higher education research is therefore used as a conceptual reference point to inform, frame, and advance understanding of institutional trust in K–12 leadership contexts, where existing research remains comparatively fragmented. Research Questions The systematic review is guided by the following research questions:
Objectives The overarching objective of this study is to systematically synthesize existing educational research on institutional trust in order to clarify how trust is defined, theorized, and studied in relation to inter-organizational relationships and leadership structures. More specifically, the study aims to:
Conceptual / Theoretical Framework The review is guided by a relational and multilevel perspective on trust, conceptualizing institutional trust as a dynamic process that emerges between organizations rather than solely within them (Bormann et al., 2021; Fulmer & Gelfand, 2012). From this perspective, trust is embedded in ongoing interactions shaped by governance arrangements, leadership practices, and organizational positioning across educational systems (García-Juanatey et al., 2023; Högberg et al., 2018, Kappauf, 2024) The framework draws on insights from organizational trust theory, governance scholarship, and leadership research, particularly from the higher education literature where inter-organizational trust has been more systematically explored (e.g., Karhapää & Savolainen, 2018; Laufer et al., 2025; Maassen, 2023; Valk & Kratovits,2021). Higher education studies are treated as a source of sensitizing concepts, offering analytical lenses for understanding how trust operates across institutional boundaries, how authority and accountability influence trust and how leadership is enacted beyond organizational hierarchies. Central to this framework is the concept of middle leadership, understood as a boundary-spanning form of leadership that operates between schools and education authorities. Middle leaders are positioned to broker relationships, translate policy, and coordinate action across levels, making them key actors in the construction and maintenance of institutional trust (Greany, 2022, Pinheiro & Alves, 2024). Rather than imposing a single predefined trust model, the review adopts an inductive and comparative approach, using higher education research to inform conceptual categories that are then examined for their relevance, transferability, and limitations in K–12 contexts. This approach supports a theoretically grounded yet context-sensitive synthesis, contributing to a clearer and more robust conceptualization of institutional trust in K–12 leadership. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a systematic literature review design to examine how inter-organizational (institutional) trust is conceptualized and operationalized in educational research, with particular attention to relationships between schools and education authorities and the role of middle leadership within multilevel governance contexts. The review will follow the PRISMA 2020 guidelines to ensure transparency and methodological rigor. The review process is currently at the abstract-screening stage. The identification phase has been completed through systematic searches conducted across five academic databases: ERIC, Web of Science, Academic Search Complete, Education Source, and Scopus. These searches yielded a total of 2,069 records: ERIC (n = 356), Web of Science (n = 362), Academic Search Complete (n = 163), Education Source (n = 403), and Scopus (n = 785). Following identification, 82 duplicate records were detected and were removed prior to screening. The search strategy combined three clusters of keywords related to trust, educational context, and governance or leadership, using the following search string: (“trust” OR “organizational trust” OR “interorganizational trust” OR “institutional trust”) AND (“education” OR “school” OR “school system” OR “school district”) AND (“governance” OR “leadership” OR “educational leadership” OR “cross-level” OR “district” OR “municipality” OR “state” OR “federal”). Abstract screening will be conducted to exclude studies that are non-empirical, not situated in educational contexts, or not explicitly concerned with institutional or inter-organizational trust. Eligible studies will then undergo full-text screening to assess their theoretical engagement with inter- institutional and multilevel trust, particularly whether trust is conceptualized as a relational phenomenon operating across organizational boundaries and governance levels. During synthesis, included studies will be organized into two analytical strands: (a) studies situated in higher education contexts, and (b) studies situated in K–12 education contexts. While the primary analytic focus will be on K–12, the higher education literature will be synthesized to inform the conceptual framing of institutional trust, given its more developed theoretical base. Concepts, dimensions, and analytical approaches identified in the HE literature will be used as sensitizing frameworks for interpreting and advancing the understanding of institutional trust in K–12 leadership settings. The final synthesis will focus on how institutional trust is defined, theorized, and measured across contexts, and on the implications for middle leadership and inter-organizational coordination between schools and education authorities. Together, these steps aim to establish a coherent conceptual foundation for future empirical research on institutional trust in K–12 education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the first phase of a broader research project, the systematic literature review is expected to produce a structured synthesis of how inter-organizational (institutional) trust is conceptualized and studied in educational research. The review is anticipated to show that higher education research offers more developed conceptual frameworks and analytical approaches to institutional trust, while studies situated in K–12 contexts remain comparatively limited and conceptually fragmented. Across both contexts, the review is expected to reveal substantial variation in definitions and levels of analysis, with institutional trust often overlapping with interpersonal or organizational trust without clear conceptual distinction. This is likely to be particularly evident in K–12 research, where trust is frequently examined within single organizations rather than across leadership levels or institutional boundaries. The review is also expected to indicate that intermediary or middle leadership roles are often implicitly present in governance-related studies but rarely theorized explicitly as trust-building actors. Overall, the systematic review is expected to result in a refined conceptual framework for institutional trust in education, clarifying key dimensions, levels, and relational processes relevant to governance and leadership across organizational boundaries. By synthesizing insights from higher education research and examining their relevance for K–12 systems, the review aims to strengthen conceptual clarity and identify gaps for future inquiry. The review is designed as a foundational phase that will inform a later empirical study based on interviews with actors at different organizational levels in K-12 educational context. References Bormann, I., Niedlich, S., & Würbel, I. (2021). Trust in educational settings—What it is and why it matters. European perspectives. European Education, 53(3–4), 121–136. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2022.2080564 Burns, T., & Köster F. (eds.) (2016). Governing Education in a Complex World, Educational Research and Innovation, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264255364-en. Fulmer, C. A., & Gelfand, M. J. (2012). At what level (and in whom) we trust: Trust across multiple organizational levels. Journal of Management, 38(4), 1167–1230. https://doi.org/10.1177/0149206312439327 García-Juanatey, A., Jordana, J., & Sancho, D. (2025). Multi-level governance in higher education quality assurance: Agencification and policy coordination in Spain. Review of Policy Research, 42(3), 530–551. https://doi.org/10.1111/ropr.12624 Greany, T. (2022). Place-based governance and leadership in decentralised school systems: evidence from England. Journal of Education Policy, 37(2), 247–268. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1792554 Karhapää, S.-J., & Savolainen, T. I. (2018). Trust development processes in intra-organisational relationships: A multi-level permeation of trust in a merging university. Journal of Trust Research, 8(2), 166–191. https://doi.org/10.1080/21515581.2018.1509009 Kolleck, N. (2023). Trust in cross-sector alliances: Towards a theory of relational trust in multi-professional education networks. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(6), 1362–1382. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211043876 Laufer, M., Deacon, B., Mende, M. A., & Schäfer, L. O. (2025). Leading with trust: How university leaders can foster innovation with educational technology through organizational trust. Innovative Higher Education, 50, 303–327. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10755-024-09733-5 Lumineau, F., & Schilke, O. (2018). Trust development across levels of analysis: An embedded-agency perspective. Journal of Trust Research, 8(2), 238–248. https://doi.org/10.1080/21515581.2018.1531766 Maassen, P., Stensaker, B., & Rosso, A. (2023). The European university alliances—An examination of organizational potentials and perils. Higher Education, 86, 953–968. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00951-4 Pinheiro, G., & Alves, M. . (2024). Liderazgo Intermedio en Equipos Educativos: Prácticas y Efectos en el Desarrollo de Comunidades de Aprendizaje . International Journal of Educational Leadership and Management, 12(3), 271–295. https://doi.org/10.4471/ijelm.13618 Valk, A., & Kratovitš, M. (2021). We collaborate with everyone, but with some more than others: Evidence of stakeholder collaboration among internal security professional higher education institutions. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 13(4). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-021-00110-6 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Upper Secondary Students’ Voices: What is All About? Is it Heard? 1: National and Kapodistrian University of Athens [NTUA], Greece; 2: University of Crete, Greece Presenting Author:Introduction School success has been associated with a wide number of factors, leadership and students’ academic achievements being the most featured ones. Student voices have also been included as an indicator of school success, effectiveness of the curricula provision and quality of teaching and learning. However, in-school relations between young adult students, the teaching staff and the school leader have not received the attention they require. On the other hand, literature is rich with attempts of including students’ voices in educational research in various aspects of the teaching-learning praxis. Purpose This paper aims at exploring young adult students’ attitudes towards their capacity and power to be “heard”, their way of evaluating the final years of school life and the building [or preserving] meaningful relations with the significant others in school. It employs the idea of school success as a starting point for investigation and discussion in order to “dig” deep in beliefs, views, stereotypes and attitudes towards the “conceived” reality of both the individuals and the community and on how school leaders and teacher leaders convey the community attitudes. Background Though a considerable amount of literature includes students’ voice in every step of their schooling life, rarely has research dealt with young adult students [by the end of their schooling] and their attitudes towards school. Young adult students [16-18] have a “double” identity in the sense that they are both treated as students [minors] and at the same time they enjoy certain privileges of the adult life. Depending of the legal/juridical system in each country a number of rights are recognized to them: they have “legal” capacity to act as adults in a number of cases, they can vote or drive a car. However, they are in a critical phase of their lives; they are faced with various dilemmas regarding their full transition to adult life and their integration to the labour market. They perceive schooling and school success in a differentiated way than the rest of the school partners. They feel that their voice is equally important to be heard especially when decisions are taken for them. Their voice being heard [or not] is often the reason for creating [or not] meaningful relations within schools. These mature students have a quite “crystallized” view of what school means to them and how it contributes to personal and general success. This paper is based on the assumption that young adult students’ voices are worth of being heard. Conceptual / Theoretical framework Schools are conceptualized as systems per se and at the same time as sub-systems of a wider social, economic and cultural eco-system (Brofenbrenner, 1979) in which various factors exercise their impact on school operation, ideology and policies on how education is/ should be conceived and enacted (Argyropoulou and Lintzerakou, 2024). This study is grounded on the humanistic epistemological paradigm and the framework of social constructivism (Rachmad, 2025; Tsiolis, 2014) as it gives emphasis on students as members of the wider system and the schooling subsystem and seeks to probe into the way the participants understand, reason and appropriate their experiences; in other words, how 16-18 students construct their immediate reality and give meaning to their attitudes and deeds. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research questions: Three major questions guided this qualitative research: a. How do young adult students perceive success in school? b. Is their voice “heard by their teachers and the school leader? c. How do their perceptions of success and their wellbeing guide the building of meaningful relations in school? Sample and data collection: The study is based on semi-structured interviews with focus groups of 75 students in total from two different state Upper Secondary schools (lyceums), one from the greater area of Athens and one from another densely-populated borough in the south of Greece. The students were between 16 and 18 years old and were members of the two senior lyceum classes. Permission was asked and granted from both themselves [as legally capable for themselves] and the school. Parents were also informed about the research and were asked for their consensus regarding their children’s participation. The students’ interviews were recorded. To avoid participants’ identification, the students were given pseudonyms beforehand and were instructed to use their pseudonym every time they wanted to speak. Students were free to participate and answer to whatever question they felt they had something to say. Data analysis: Thematic Analysis was employed to analyze the data from each group. Data were organized in major meaningful categories and subcategories and then a comparison was made between the two sets of data. Ethics: This research has been approved by the Research Ethics Committee of the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens [NKUA]. Approval no: 7555/2471-7-2025 Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study produced interesting findings and reflection on how young adult students at the end of their schooling conceptualize school leadership,their whole school experience, the meaning of school for them, the assessment of the educational system and the pressures exercised on them during the last two school classes. They reported on societal stereotypes and “anomalies” marking their transition to adult life and labour market and the so-called “free will” to decide for their own lives. In their opinion, school success is associated with their feeling of wellbeing when in school but not with academic achievements. Students’ answers indicated the importance of sincere and meaningful relationships with teachers and the school leader and the significance they attribute to the adults’ behavior towards them. This study is significant as it puts forward mature students’ attitudes towards school leadership and schooling, in general; it covers a research gap between younger students’ voices and views of schooling from university/college students. Thus, the study can encourage education policy designers’ reflection on the importance of students’ attitudes and feelings towards a school full of “useless information” and “luck of applicability” to real life and their “need of capacity building” in order to “face the challenges of adult life successfully” [quotes from students’ answers]. It is also interesting because it outlines mature students' perceptions of school leadership and teacher leadership and their attitudes towards the persons elected to lead. This study is also expected to contribute important outcomes regarding Greece in the framework of country's participation in the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP). References Argyropoulou, E., & Lintzerakou, E. E. (2025). Contextual Factors and Their Impact on Ethical Leadership in Educational Settings. Administrative Sciences, 15(1), 23 https://doi.org/10.3390/admsci15010023 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press, https://khoerulanwarbk.wordpress.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/urie_bronfenbrenner_the_ecology_of_human_developbokos-z1.pdf Rachmad, Y. E. (2025) Social Constructivism Theory, United Nations Economic and Social Constructivism Theory Social Council, https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Yoesoep-Rachmad/publication/396447055_Social_Constructivism_Theory/links/68ec9bd3e7f5f867e6deef21/Social-Constructivism-Theory.pdf Tsiolis, G (2014) Methods and analysis procedures in Qualitative Research, Kritiki publications, Athens (in Greek), www.kritiki.gr/methodoi-kai-texnikes-analysis |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 26 SES 05 B: Exploring Performance-oriented School Climate: An International Perspective on the Interplay Between School Stakeholders Location: Lyhty | Main building | Courtyard Session Chair: Laura Becher Session Chair: Berni Moreno Symposium |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Exploring Performance-oriented School Climate: An International Perspective on the Interplay Between School Stakeholders School climate is considered a multifaceted and malleable construct at the school level, making it a possible basis for improving school effectiveness and student achievement (e.g., Javornik & Klemenčič Mirazchiyski, 2023; Wang & Degol, 2016). A lack of consensus exists in the extant literature regarding a clear outline of school climate; however, there is a common understanding that it encompasses different aspects, such as performance-oriented climate or the institutional environment with its resources and demands (Wang & Degol, 2016). Empirical studies have reported an association between performance-oriented school climate and students' academic achievement, emphasizing its relevance for school-level efforts to improve students' academic achievement (e.g., Hoy, 2012). A school’s climate is shaped through the interactions of multiple stakeholders, including school principals, teachers, and students. Therefore, this symposium aims to explore the interplay of these different stakeholders and how they work together to create and maintain a performance-oriented school climate. For this purpose, the contributions of this symposium present a multi-perspective depiction of school systems in Switzerland, Belgium, and Germany. The first contribution (Tulowitzki & Schmitz) focuses on school principals as key stakeholders of schools, who are essential in establishing a performance-oriented school climate (Leithwood et al., 2020). The position of school principals is often associated with high levels of stress, which can lead to turnover and often aligns with reduced capacities for improvement at schools (Rogers et al., 2025). Against this background, structural equation models are used to examine which factors, especially resources and demands (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007) of Swiss school principals, are associated with turnover or exit intentions. The authors of the study conclude that it may be more promising to prioritize the enhancement of resources rather than reducing demands. The second contribution (Lelieur) adds on to the previous contribution by examining the interplay between school principals and teachers. Specifically, the construct of academic optimism as a crucial part of school climate is examined (Hoy, 2012). Accordingly, an investigation of a potential positive association of school leadership (i.e., performance management for academic optimism) and teacher academic optimism is conducted, with the consideration of attribution patterns among teachers (Weiner, 2010). For this purpose, Belgian teachers and school principals are analyzed using structural equation modelling at the teacher level. The results suggest that performance-oriented leadership plays a role in shaping teachers’ understanding of student performance by promoting explanations that are more changeable. This also goes along with higher teacher academic optimism. The last contribution (Becher et al.) extends this by examining the direct interplay between school principals and students regarding the academic optimism of a school. More specifically, potential longitudinal associations between schools' academic optimism and students' academic achievement are investigated. For this purpose, school panel data from German school principals and students are analyzed. The findings indicate a direct association between school principals' view of academic optimism (i.e., collective efficacy) and students' academic achievement. However, the reading achievement development from 2016 to 2021 is not related to the facets of academic optimism. Overall, the contributions of this symposium suggest that the school climate (i.e., performance-oriented school climate) is an aspect that affects all areas and stakeholders of the schools. Importantly, it becomes apparent that school principals play a pivotal role in establishing and sustaining a performance-oriented school climate. Moreover, these findings from three countries with diverse school systems indicate the importance of this phenomenon on a broader scale. Furthermore, the symposium demonstrates methodological diversity, employing methods such as multi-level structural equation modeling or linear-mixed effect models using longitudinal data. The individual contributions of the symposium and their collective relevance will be discussed by Professor David Gurr. References Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands‐Resources model: State of the art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3), 309–328. https://doi.org/10.1108/02683940710733115 Hoy, W. K. (2012). School characteristics that make a difference for the achievement of all students: A 40‐year odyssey. Journal of Educational Administration, 50(1), 76–97. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578231211196078 Javornik, Š., & Klemenčič Mirazchiyski, E. (2023). Factors Contributing to School Effectiveness: A Systematic Literature Review. European Journal of Investigation in Health, Psychology and Education, 13(10), 2095–2111. https://doi.org/10.3390/ejihpe13100148 Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077 Rogers, L. K., Nguyen, T. D., Timmer, M., & Samson, J. N. (2025). Principal Burnout: A Systematic Review. Review Of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543251380257 Wang, M.-T., & Degol, J. L. (2016). School Climate: A Review of the Construct, Measurement, and Impact on Student Outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 28(2), 315–352. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-015-9319-1 Weiner, B. (2010). The Development of an Attribution-Based Theory of Motivation: A History of Ideas. Educational Psychologist, 45(1), 28–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520903433596 Presentations of the Symposium Staying or Leaving? Analyses of School Leaders’ Intentions to Transfer or Exit Through the Job Demands Resources Model
Principals are central to establishing a performance-oriented school climate where student achievement can flourish (Leithwood & Hopkins, 2020; Tan et al., 2024). Leadership actions influence relationships among stakeholders such as teachers, students, parents, and the broader community. However, leadership positions are demanding and stress-prone, with some leaders contemplating leaving their school or the profession. Such turnover can disrupt and diminish the collective capacity for improvement (Rogers et al., 2025). This study examines factors associated with Swiss school leaders’ turnover intentions through the lens of the Job Demands–Resources (JD-R) model, connecting leadership well-being to the broader climate in schools (see Demerouti & Bakker, 2011).
The JD-R framework posits two processes: the health impairment process and the motivational process (Demerouti & Bakker, 2007). Focusing on the motivational process in the JD-R model and based on previous studies on principals turnover intention (see Skaalvik, 2020; Snodgrass Rangel, 2018; Yan, 2020) we hypothesized that psychological safety and self-efficacy (resources) would positively predict job satisfaction (motivational aspect), while overtime and low school so-cioeconomic status (demands) would negatively affect it. We further expected job satisfaction to mediate the relationship between these predictors and turnover intentions.
In October 2024 an online questionnaire was completed by 2,539 school leaders (42% of all Swiss principals). Measures included validated scales for turnover intentions, job satisfaction, psychological safety, self-efficacy, overtime, and perceived school socioeconomic status (Agho et al., 1992; Fischer & Hüttermann, 2020). Analyses comprised descriptive statistics, correlations, and two structural equation models (SEMs), one for each turnover intention outcome.
Findings show that job demands didn’t significantly predict job satisfaction or turnover intentions. Psychological safety had significant direct and indirect (via job satisfaction) negative effects on both transfer and exit intentions. Self-efficacy had a significant indirect effect on both intentions via job satisfaction and an additional direct positive effect on transfer intentions, suggesting that highly self-efficient leaders may be more willing to change schools without leaving the profession. One explanation might be that highly self-efficient school principals are confident that they can be successful not only at their current school but also others.
In terms of practical implications, the study stresses the importance of strengthening job resources over minimizing job demands to prevent principal turnover and ensure job satisfaction. Given that similar challenges and stakeholder dynamics exist in many countries, these findings contribute to the international discussion resources and demands of school leaders.
References:
Agho, A. O., Price, J. L., & Mueller, C. W. (1992). Discriminant validity of measures of job satis-faction, positive affectivity and negative affectivity. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 65(3), 185–195. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2044-8325.1992.tb00496.x
Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands-Resources modelJournal of Managerial Psychology, 22, 309–328. https://doi.org/10.1108/02683940710733115
Demerouti, E., & Bakker, A. B. (2011). The Job Demands-Resources model. Journal of Industrial Psychology, 37(2), 01–09. https://doi.org/10.4102/sajip.v37i2.974
Fischer, J. A., & Hüttermann, H. (2020). PsySafety-Check (PS-C). ZIS - GESIS. https://zis.gesis.org/DoiId/zis279
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077
Rogers, L., Nguyen, T., Timmer, M., & Samson, J. (2025). Principal Burnout: A Systematic Re-view. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.5096001
Skaalvik, C. (2020). Self-efficacy for instructional leadership. Social Psychology of Education, 23(5), 1343–1366. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-020-09585-9
Snodgrass Rangel, V. (2018). A Review of the Literature on Principal Turnover. Review of Educa-tional Research, 88(1), 87–124. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654317743197
Tan, C. Y., Dimmock, C., & Walker, A. (2024). How school leadership practices relate to student outcomes. EMAL, 52(1), 6–27. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211061445
Yan, R. (2020). The Influence of Working Conditions on Principal Turnover in K-12 Public Schools. EEQ, 56(1), 89–122. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X19840391
Strengthening Teacher Academic Optimism to Foster Excellence and Equity: The Role of Performance-oriented Leadership and Teachers’ Attribution Patterns
Unveiling school factors that enhance student performance beyond background characteristics is a core goal for educational research, policy, and practice. Teacher academic optimism (TAO) integrates teachers’ efficacy, trust in students and parents, and academic emphasis, and has been associated with higher achievement after accounting for student background (Ates & Unal, 2021), highlighting its potential to advance both excellence and equity (Hoy, 2012). Attribution theory adds a motivational mechanism (Weiner, 2010): when teachers explain challenges through controllable and changeable causes, they are more likely to adapt instruction and persist, whereas fixed and external explanations, such as student background, foster resignation (Wang et al., 2015). We hypothesise that performance management for academic optimism (PMAO), a leadership style that aligns expectations, feedback, and teacher behaviour with academic optimism (Lelieur et al., 2024), strengthens TAO directly and indirectly by promoting more adaptive attribution patterns.
The study draws on survey data collected from 878 teachers in 31 secondary schools in Flanders (Belgium) and employs validated measures of PMAO and the subcomponents of TAO. Teachers’ attributions were captured by asking to what extent specific factors positively influence student achievement and were grouped into four categories based on locus, stability, and controllability. Structural equation modelling was conducted at the teacher level to test direct and indirect effects while accounting for measurement error, clustering within schools (MLR), and missing data (FIML) (Kline, 2005). Models were estimated in R (lavaan) and showed acceptable to good fit (CFI = .910, SRMR = .072, RMSEA = .043).
Results indicate that PMAO is positively related to all attribution categories, most strongly to attributions that locate influence in school leadership (external, instable, uncontrollable) (β = .513***) and to teachers’ own behaviour (β = .387***). These internal, controllable, unstable attributions show strong positive associations with all subcomponents of teacher academic optimism (β = .208** to .484***), supporting the central role of adaptive attribution patterns. In addition, attributing positive outcomes to unstable student behavioural factors relates positively to trust in students (β = .116*) and parents (β = .168**), whereas attributing outcomes to stable student background factors relates negatively to academic emphasis (β = -.118*). Direct associations between PMAO and TAO are present but smaller, with the overall pattern indicating substantial mediation via attribution. Together, these findings suggest that performance-oriented leadership can shape teachers’ sensemaking about student performance by strengthening malleable, professionally actionable explanations, which in turn aligns with higher teacher academic optimism.
References:
Ates, A., & Unal, A. (2021). The relationship between teacher academic optimism and student academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Psycho-Educational Research Reviews, 10(2). https://doi.org/10.52963/perr_biruni_v10.n2.20
Hoy, W. K. (2012). School characteristics that make a difference for the achievement of all students: A 40-year odyssey. Journal of Educational Administration, 50(1), 76–97. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578231211196078
Kline, R. (2005). Principles and Practice of Structural Equation Modeling (2nd ed.). The Guilford Press.
Lelieur, R., Vanhoof, J., & Clycq, N. (2024). Explaining academic optimism in schools: The impact of performance leadership and alignment between teachers, students, and parents. International Journal of Educational Research, 128, 102477. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2024.102477
Wang, H., Hall, N. C., & Rahimi, S. (2015). Self-efficacy and causal attributions in teachers: Effects on burnout, job satisfaction, illness, and quitting intentions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47, 120–130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.12.005
Weiner, B. (2010). The development of an attribution-based theory of motivation: A history of ideas. Educational Psychologist, 45(1), 28–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520903433596
The Longitudinal Relationship Between Schools' Academic Optimism and Academic Achievement in Elementary Schools: Evidence From a School Panel Study
Academic optimism (i.e., academic emphasis, collective efficacy, and faculty trust) describes the striving for a high-achieving learning environment (Hoy, 2012; Hoy et al., 2006). It has been identified as an important factor for students’ academic achievement at the school level to directly promote academic achievement, independent of their family background (e.g., Hoy et al., 2006). So far, mostly empirical studies using cross-sectional designs have revealed a statistically significant positive relationship between academic optimism and academic achievement (e.g., Badri, 2019). Current research using school-level longitudinal designs spanning more than two years is comparatively scarce, particularly for studies focusing on elementary schools, a critical stage in a child’s school career (e.g., student-level: Goddard et al., 2017; country-level: Gustafsson & Nilsen, 2016). This study investigated the association between academic optimism and students' reading achievement at the school level over five years. Specifically, we examined the school's academic optimism in 2016 and its relationship to the reading achievement of the fourth-grade students in 2021 (research question 1), as well as its association with the change in reading achievement from 2016 to 2021 (research question 2).
To analyze these research questions, we used data from school principals and fourth-grade students from N = 111 schools participating in a school panel study in Germany in 2016 and 2021. We focused on analyzing the long-term relationship of all three facets of academic optimism on students’ reading achievement by using linear mixed-effect models and considering central control variables (e.g., socioeconomic status and migration background) on the individual and the school level.
The results indicated a statistically significant positive association between collective efficacy in 2016 and students' reading achievement in 2021, even when considering the control variables. For academic emphasis and faculty trust, the analyses did not reveal a statistically significant relationship with the reading achievement of students attending fourth grade five years later. Regarding the reading achievement at the school level, a statistically significant decline from 2016 to 2021 was evident. However, this development was not moderated by the facets of academic optimism.
The study reveals important findings regarding the relevance of academic optimism and, particularly, collective efficacy for students’ academic achievement in elementary schools. Additionally, the panel data structure also enabled the detection of the missing protective function of academic optimism against the negative development of achievement. Implications for research and practice are discussed.
References:
Badri, M. (2019). School emphasis on academic success and TIMSS science/math achievements. International Journal of Research in Education and Science (IJRES), 5(1), 176–189.
Goddard, R. D., Skrla, L., & Salloum, S. J. (2017). The role of collective efficacy in closing student achievement gaps: A mixed methods study of school leadership for excellence and equity. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk (JESPAR), 22(4), 220–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/10824669.2017.1348900
Gustafsson, J. E., & Nilsen, T. (2016). The impact of school climate and teacher quality on mathematics achievement: A difference-in-differences approach. In T. Nilsen & J.-E. Gustafsson (Eds.), Teacher Quality, Instructional Quality and Student Outcomes (Vol. 2, pp. 81–95). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-41252-8_4
Hoy, W. K. (2012). School characteristics that make a difference for the achievement of all students: A 40‐year odyssey. Journal of Educational Administration, 50(1), 76–97. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578231211196078
Hoy, W. K., Tarter, C. J., & Hoy, A. W. (2006). Academic optimism of schools: A force for student achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 43(3), 425–446. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312043003425
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 26 SES 05 C: Leadership Preparation & Professional Development (Part 2) Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Helene Ärlestig Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Principal Education as Continuous Professional Learning in Finland and Sweden 1: University of Lapland, Faculty of education; 2: University of Jyväskylä, Institute of Educational Leadership; 3: Umea University, Centre for Principal Development at the department of Political sciences Presenting Author:Principal education has traditionally been understood as a means of ensuring formal eligibility and managerial competence. However, growing complexity in school leadership has shifted attention toward how principals learn across their careers and how education systems support leadership development beyond initial qualification (Hanhimäki et al., 2024). This study addresses this shift by examining principal education as continuous professional learning in two Nordic contexts: Finland and Sweden. The paper explores how principal education programmes conceptualise school leadership as a learning process embedded in wider educational systems. The starting assumption is that continuous professional learning requires both cultural practices—such as reflection, mentoring, and professional networks—and structural arrangements, including clearly articulated learning pathways and system-level responsibilities. While Finland and Sweden share a strong commitment to lifelong learning, they differ in how learning beyond qualification is organised and governed. In Finland, principals’ continuous professional learning after initial qualification is largely supported through trust-based governance, professional culture, and locally organised initiatives. Participation in formal development activities is encouraged but only loosely regulated at the system level, placing significant responsibility on local authorities and individual principals. In Sweden, post-qualification learning is more strongly embedded in employer responsibility, leadership development structures, and performance-related expectations, making participation a more normative and system-coordinated part of principals’ professional roles. The contrast does not lie in the existence of professional learning, but in how responsibility, coordination, and structure are allocated. In summary, the meaning of cultural and structural frameworks needs to be considered because the educational policy context has both similarities and differences in Finland and Sweden (e.g. Johansson & Ärlestig, 2021; Hanhimäki & Risku, 2021). The guiding research questions are:
The analysis is organised around three interrelated themes. First, we examine how becoming a principal is framed as a learning trajectory—either as a one-off qualification or as a longer-term professional pathway. Second, we analyse responsibility for learning, focusing on how principals’ professional development is positioned in relation to individual agency, employers, universities, and national systems. Third, we consider how comparison itself functions as a developmental tool, not as competition, but as a reflective mirror that reveals strengths, blind spots, and opportunities for mutual learning. Theoretically, the study draws perspectives on leadership-as-practice, continuous professional learning, and system-oriented educational leadership (e.g. Gunter 2017, Hanhimäki et al, 2024, Moos 2016). These lenses enable analysis of how leadership learning is framed not only as individual competence development, but as a system-level process shaped by governance, professional culture, and institutional responsibility. The comparative Nordic focus provides a strong European dimension, addressing shared challenges related to leadership sustainability, professional learning, and system coherence across education systems Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs qualitative comparative document analysis (e.g. Bowen, 2009; Bray, Adamson, & Mason, 2014) in its initial phase. The data consist of publicly available materials related to principal education in Finland and Sweden, including programme descriptions, curricula, competence frameworks, and national or institutional policy documents guiding leadership development. Documents are selected to represent both initial qualification and post-qualification learning opportunities, allowing analysis of how continuous professional learning is conceptualised across career stages. The analysis follows a common analytical framework applied to both national contexts. Documents are coded using shared prompts focusing on: (1) leadership identity and learning trajectories, (2) responsibility and governance of professional learning, and (3) system-level coordination and support. Country-specific analytical memos are produced and then synthesised through cross-case comparison. This enables identification of shared logics as well as meaningful differences in how learning pathways are structured, justified, and governed. The document-based approach is appropriate for mapping underlying assumptions and frameworks, particularly in a comparative context where policy and programme texts play a central role in shaping professional learning. This phase of the study is conceptual and exploratory, establishing a foundation for potential later empirical extensions, such as interviews with programme leaders or surveys of participating principals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to show that principal education in both Finland and Sweden is grounded in a shared Nordic commitment to research-informed leadership and lifelong learning, while differing in how continuous professional learning is organised and governed. Early analysis suggests that policy and programme documents in Finland and Sweden may articulate continuous professional learning through different combinations of trust-based practices, local initiative, system-level coordination, and employer responsibility, reflecting distinct system logics rather than fixed national models. By making these differences visible, the study highlights key developmental tensions between cultural and structural approaches to leadership learning, between professional autonomy and system responsibility, and between individual initiative and organisational coordination. Rather than identifying a single best model, the comparison demonstrates how different system logics shape what counts as legitimate and supported professional learning for principals. The findings contribute to European debates on sustainable leadership development by offering a way to conceptualise continuous professional learning as a system-embedded process rather than solely an individual endeavour. The paper also provides a foundation for further Nordic collaboration in principal education development, offering conceptual tools for designing learning pathways that support long-term leadership careers, professional well-being, and system coherence. References Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27–40. Bray, M., Adamson, B., & Mason, M. (2014). Comparative Education Research: Approaches and Methods. Springer. Gunter, H. M. (2016). An intellectual history of school leadership practice and research. Bloomsbury. Hanhimäki, E. et al. (2024). Towards a Multi-form Professional Development of Educational Leadership. In: Ahtiainen, R., Hanhimäki, E., Leinonen, J., Risku, M., Smeds-Nylund, AS. (eds) Leadership in Educational Contexts in Finland. Educational Governance Research, vol 23. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-37604-7_4 Hanhimäki, E., Risku, M. (2021). The Cultural and Social Foundations of Ethical Educational Leadership in Finland. In: Normand, R., Moos, L., Liu, M., Tulowitzki, P. (eds) The Cultural and Social Foundations of Educational Leadership. Educational Governance Research, vol 16. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-74497-7_5 Johansson, O., Ärlestig, H. (2021). Culture, Structure and Leadership in Sweden: National Accountability and Local Trust. In: Normand, R., Moos, L., Liu, M., Tulowitzki, P. (eds) The Cultural and Social Foundations of Educational Leadership. Educational Governance Research, vol 16. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-74497-7_3 Moos, L. (2017). Trust and control in educational leadership. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(1), 1–16 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Shaping Future Principals: Programme Leaders’ Sensemaking and Policy Enactment in Sweden’s National Principal Training Programme 1: Mid Sweden University, Sweden; 2: Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Across education systems, principal preparation has become a key arena for shaping how school leadership is understood, practised, and governed (Bush, 2018; Woods et al., 2023; Young & Crow, 2016). Sweden offers a distinctive case through its government-initiated National Principal Training Programme (NPTP), mandatory for all newly appointed principals and delivered by contracted universities. National follow-ups report consistently high participant satisfaction and perceived relevance (Skolverket, 2024), and previous research demonstrates programme-related shifts in leadership practice and organisational routines (Forssten Seiser & Söderström, 2021, 2022). However, far less is known about how the programme itself is governed and led at the meso level, that is, how university-based programme leaders interpret national intentions, navigate competing expectations, and decide what knowledge is prioritised in principal preparation. This study addresses this gap by examining how the seven National Principal Training Programme Leaders (NPTP Leaders)—one at each contracted university—navigate, make sense of, and lead a long-standing commissioned programme situated at the intersection of state governance and academic autonomy. In Sweden’s multi-level governance system, principals are positioned as key policy interpreters, balancing national mandates with local education authority (LEA) demands under increasingly complex accountability conditions (SOU 2015:22; Jerdborg, 2022). Principal preparation is therefore expected not only to provide theoretical and practical knowledge, but also to develop principals’ capacity for sensemaking and enactment in complex governance environments (Bush, 2018; Young & Crow, 2016). Within this architecture, NPTP Leaders occupy a pivotal mediating position: they translate national goal documents into educational design, coordinate staff and curriculum, and engage in recurrent dialogue with the Swedish National Agency for Education (SNAE), thereby shaping how principalship is defined and taught. The study is guided by three research questions:
The theoretical framework combines policy enactment and sensemaking. From a policy enactment perspective, policy is not implemented linearly but interpreted, negotiated, and reshaped through practice, where actors’ stances and institutional conditions shape what becomes foregrounded or marginalised (Ball et al., 2011; Braun et al., 2011). Sensemaking highlights how actors construct meaning and act under ambiguity (Weick, 1995), and foregrounds the micropolitical character of leadership work within multi-level governance contexts (Gunnulfsen, 2024). Together, these perspectives enable analysis of how NPTP Leaders’ interpretations and enactments contribute to sustaining coherence while also shaping programme priorities under institutional constraints. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative single-case study design (Yin, 2014), with the Swedish NPTP as the case. A purposive sampling strategy included all seven NPTP Leaders directly responsible for leading and developing the programme across Sweden (Miles et al., 2020). Data were generated through semi-structured digital interviews conducted in spring 2024. The interview guide focused on (a) understandings of principals’ roles and mission, (b) perceptions of the NPTP today and in the future, and (c) the NPTP Leaders’ leadership responsibilities and their relationships to SNAE and the university. Analysis followed an iterative process inspired by Miles et al. (2020). First, both authors conducted repeated readings and analytic memo-writing to identify emerging patterns. Second, coding focused on dominant themes related to principalship, programme priorities, and leadership work. Third, preliminary findings were shared with participants through member dialogue to enhance credibility and reflexivity, which was particularly important given the authors’ prior experience within the NPTP context. The study followed national ethical guidelines for research (Vetenskapsrådet, 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that NPTP Leaders enact their leadership primarily as mediating work: translating a nationally prescribed goal document into coherent educational design within specific university contexts, while safeguarding programme quality and alignment with SNAE requirements. Three interrelated findings stand out. First, NPTP Leaders describe principalship as increasingly complex, characterised by tensions between national mandates and LEA demands. Administrative and legal responsibilities are perceived to crowd out pedagogical leadership, producing a persistent gap between the ideal of instructional leadership and everyday leadership practice. Second, the NPTP is described as strong in integrating theory and practice through case-based pedagogies, reflection, and collegial learning. However, the breadth of the national goal document and the heterogeneity of participants raise questions about coherence, depth, and what knowledge should remain generic versus what may require differentiated pathways or complementary provision. Third, while NPTP Leaders identify areas that warrant stronger emphasis (e.g. student health, crisis management, sustainability, technological change), their overall orientation is towards stability and incremental adjustment aligned with the existing goal document. There is limited evidence of collective, coordinated efforts to influence national programme directions, despite acknowledgement that principals’ work has changed substantially over time. This suggests that enactment is shaped by institutional constraints within a commissioned governance structure where SNAE retains interpretative precedence regarding programme content and structure. The study contributes empirically by foregrounding programme leaders as meso-level policy actors in principal preparation, and theoretically by demonstrating how sensemaking and enactment produce a dynamic of stability-through-mediation in a national, university-based programme. References Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., Braun, A., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Policy subjects and policy actors in schools: Some necessary but insufficient analyses. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 611–624. Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585–596. Bush, T. (2018). Preparation and induction for school principals: Global perspectives. Management in Education, 32(2), 66–71. Forssten Seiser, A., & Söderström, Å. (2022). The impact of the Swedish National Principal Training Programme on principals’ leadership and the structuration process of school organisations. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 7(4), 826–859. Forssten Seiser, A., & Söderström, Å. (2021). Rektorer i utbildning – drivkrafter för ett lärande i samspel [Principals in education: Drivers of learning in interaction]. Högre utbildning, 11(1), 79–92. Gunnulfsen, A. E. (2024). School leadership and micro-policymaking in schools: Time use and the collective care for the self. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 27(2), 262–282. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2020.1854867 Jerdborg, S. (2022). Learning principalship: Becoming a principal in a Swedish context: A study of principals in education and practice. Acta Universitatis Gothenburgensis. Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldaña, J. (2020). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook (4th ed.). SAGE. SOU 2015:22. Rektor och styrkedjan. Fritzes. Vetenskapsrådet. (2024). God forskningssed. Vetenskapsrådet. Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. SAGE. Woods, P., Roberts, A., Tian, M., & Youngs, H. (Eds.). (2023). Handbook on leadership in education. Edward Elgar Publishing. https://www.e-elgar.com/shop/gbp/handbook-on-leadership-in-education-9781800880412.html Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). SAGE. Young, M. D., & Crow, G. M. (2016). Handbook of research on the education of school leaders (2nd ed.). Routledge. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Study of Site-Based School Leader Coaching as a Strategy for Contextualized Leadership Development and School Improvement University of Pennsylvania, United States of America Presenting Author:Objective: School leaders have long been considered key agents of school improvement and have demonstrated positive impacts on a host of school-based outcomes, including faculty development, instructional improvement, and student wellbeing and achievement (Grissom et al., 2021; Supovitz et al., 2010; Wise & Jacobo, 2010). Given the potential returns of highly-skilled school leaders, professional development interventions aimed at building leader capacity are increasingly common. Leadership coaching is a particularly individualized and impactful form of this intervention. Due to their positional isolation in schools, leaders can uniquely benefit from leadership coaching (Wise, 2010). Leadership coaching, where school leaders are assigned a non-supervisorial coach to support improvements in both their individual and organizational practices, is increasingly viewed as a valuable form of ongoing leader professional development (Goff et al., 2014; Wise, 2010; Wise & Jacobo, 2010). Both researchers and practitioners concur that the coaching relationship is crucial for coaching effectiveness (Huff et al., 2013; Pandolfi, 2020). Elements like trust (Ebrahimi, 2024), collaboration (Houchens et al., 2017), and effective dialogue (Lofthouse, 2019) are demonstrated characteristics of effective coaching. Less research has examined the dynamics of the coach-leader relationship over time. This study examines the focus and relationships that developed over the first year of a two-year school leader coaching program in a large, urban school district in the United States. The study investigates the nuances of coach-leader relationships, including the complexities and progressions in the collaborative goal-setting process and coaching session structure. By analyzing coach and leader interviews during the first year of a two-year principal leadership program, this study examines the evolution in coaching sessions over time, how both coaches and leaders contribute to these meetings, and how the school context impacts these meetings. Theoretical Framework: Coaching is a relationship-driven process that provides intentional support for working towards goals and enacting meaningful change (Ebrahimi, 2024; Grover & Furnham, 2016; Lofthouse, 2019). Many models of coaching support clients with both individual and organizational development (Ebrahimi, 2024; Grover & Furnham, 2016) and include collaborative goal setting, reflection, and mutual trust between the coach and client (Ebrahimi, 2024; Houchens et al., 2017; Huff et al., 2013; Lofthouse, 2019; Pandolfi, 2020; Goff et al., 2014; Wise & Jacobo, 2010). Within leadership coaching, coaches responsively vary their strategies and roles to best address their client’s needs (Bloom et al., 2005). Coaches work with clients as consultants, counselors, collaborators, facilitators, instructors, or peers, offering insider and outsider perspectives (Bloom et al., 2005; Sime & Jacob, 2018). Research Questions: Drawing from school leader perspectives and experiences, this study builds an understanding of the substance of coach-leader improvement efforts and how their relationships evolve over time. Specifically, this study asks:
. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Analytical Framework: This qualitative study uses Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) to examine how participants perceive and make sense of their experiences (Smith, 2008). Rather than removing coach-client relationships from their context, this phenomenological study emphasizes the school settings, rooting the perspectives and experiences of participants in their environment, and considering the unique complexities of schools in the analysis. IPA further assumes an existing relationship between an individual’s verbal accounts and their cognitions and emotions (Smith & Osborn, 2003). Data Sources and Instruments: District leadership coaching specialists met individually with assigned school leaders approximately twice monthly from late October 2024 to May 2025 as part of a two-year leadership improvement initiative with a cohort of 24 school leaders. From a stratified sample of 10 leaders and their coaches (n=6), we interviewed the participants separately three times across the year (November, February, May). This design was intended to capture details of their most recent coaching session to capture as much detail about the session as possible, akin to experience sampling (Csikszentmihalyi & Larson, 1987). This study is based on the 27 interviews with a sample of 10 principals. Seven of the 10 principals fully participated, while we were unable to complete interviews with three principals in the spring of 2025. The sample was based on the characteristics of both the principals and schools, and included one high school principal, 3 small K-8 public school principals, 3 principals from large K-8 public schools, and three principals from charter or faith-based schools. Data Analysis: To address the research questions, we analyzed the transcripts of the interviews in three stages. First, we read through the interviews to identify the areas which the principals talked about the details of the most recent meeting with their coach. Often, but not always, the principals described the meeting contents chronologically. At times, principals went off to a different topic in their responses and circled back to add new or additional details about the meetings contents when responding to other questions. Second, we used an inductive approach to identify categories and themes within the discussions of the meeting content. Third, we reread the transcripts and coded them for the specific evidence to support the identified categories and themes, at times adjusting the themes to fit the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis produced five categories of meeting content. First, leaders and coaches worked on developing their relationship, which were chronicled in just under two-thirds of the meetings. As expected, this aspect was particularly prevalent in the first and second meetings we captured. Second, there were a small set of meetings dominated by critical situations that required immediate attention, which provided the leader and coach an opportunity to debrief on a shared situation. Third, we found that the most common topics of meetings were about organizational management, which were routine or non-routine leadership efforts that kept the school functioning smoothly. Fourth, particularly in the winter and spring meetings, leaders and coaches were working in improvement activities that focused on planning and/or enacting substantial changes to part or all of the school’s systems and/or culture to contribute to school progress. Fifth, across the year there were times when the leaders and coaches discussed the leaders’ personal development and well-being. The results include both examples and short vignettes that illustrate examples from each of the five categories described above. Conclusions/Implications: The paper concludes with a discussion of four emergent themes that hypothesize the unique implications of site-based coaching for leader development. These include that site-based coaching reduces the isolation of school leaders; that site-based coaching helps to address the problems of practice that school leaders face in their everyday work; that site-based coaching encourages leaders to engage in improvement in addition to refining school management, and; that site based coaching shortens the distance of learning transfer due to the timely nature of feedback and reflection. Future research will seek to understand how the findings from this study of coach-leader dynamics impact leader outcomes, including retention, wellbeing, and professional and personal growth. References Bloom, G., Castagna, C., Moir, E., & Warren, B. (2005). Blended Coaching: Skills and Strategies to Support Principal Development. Corwin Press. Csikszentmihalyi, M., & Larson, R. (1987). Validity and Reliability of the Experience-Sampling Method. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 175(9), p 526-536. Ebrahimi, M. (2024). The Pulse of Connection: Trust and Confidentiality in Internal Coaching Dynamics. Journal of Social, Behavioral, and Health Sciences, 18(1). https://doi.org/10.5590/jsbhs.2024.18.1.22 Goff, P., Guthrie, J. E., Goldring, E., & Bickman, L. (2014). Changing principals’ leadership through feedback and coaching. Journal of Educational Administration, 52(5), 682–704. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-10-2013-0113 Grissom, J., Egalite, A., & Lindsay, C. (2021). How Principals Affect Students and Schools: A Systematic Synthesis of Two Decades of Research [Research Report]. The Wallace Foundation. http://www.wallacefoundation.org/principalsynthesis Grover, S., & Furnham, A. (2016). Coaching as a Developmental Intervention in Organisations: A Systematic Review of Its Effectiveness and the Mechanisms Underlying It. PLOS ONE, 11(7), e0159137. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0159137 Houchens, G. W., Stewart, T. A., & Jennings, S. (2017). Enhancing instructional leadership through collaborative coaching: A multi-case study. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 6(1), 34–49. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-07-2016-0057 Huff, J., Preston, C., & Goldring, E. (2013). Implementation of a Coaching Program for School Principals: Evaluating Coaches’ Strategies and the Results. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(4), 504–526. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213485467 Lofthouse, R. (2019). Coaching in education: A professional development process in formation. Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 33–45. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1529611 Pandolfi, C. (2020). Active ingredients in executive coaching: A systematic literature review. International Coaching Psychology Review, 15(2), 6–30. https://doi.org/10.53841/bpsicpr.2020.15.2.6 Sime, C., & Jacob, Y. (2018). Crossing the line? A qualitative exploration of ICF master certified: Coaches’ perception of roles, borders and boundaries. International Coaching Psychology Review, 13(2), 46–61. https://doi.org/10.53841/bpsicpr.2018.13.2.46 Smith, J. (2008). Qualitative Psychology – A Practical Guide to Research Methods (2nd Ed.). London: Sage. Smith, J. A., & Osborn, M. (2003). Interpretative phenomenological analysis. In Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods (pp. 51–80). Sage Publications, Inc. Supovitz, J., Sirinides, P., & May, H. (2010). How Principals and Peers Influence Teaching and Learning. Educational Administration Quarterly, 46(1), 31–56. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094670509353043 Wise, D. (2010). School leadership coaching: What does it look like. International Journal of Educational Leadership Preparation, 5(1), 1-6. Wise, D., & Jacobo, A. (2010). Towards a framework for leadership coaching. School Leadership & Management, 30(2), 159–169. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632431003663206 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Measuring What Matters: Methodological Innovation in Educational Leadership Mentoring Research Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:This paper examines the methodological conditions and possibilities of educational leadership research through a mixed-methods study of formal mentoring for principals in Ireland. It focuses on the first application of the Berk et al. (2005) Mentorship Effectiveness Scale (MES) to both mentors and mentees, raising critical questions about how standardised measurement tools shape what becomes knowable, visible, and actionable in education research. Responding directly to the ECER theme, the study engages with the tension between metric-driven approaches to knowing and more relational, context-sensitive forms of knowledge. The study is theoretically grounded in Kram's (1983) model of mentoring functions and phases, encompassing career development and psychosocial support, and draws on Self-Determination Theory (Deci & Ryan, 2000) to interpret how principals' needs for autonomy, competence, and relatedness shape mentoring engagement. Rather than rejecting standardised measurement, the research critically interrogates how such tools operate alongside these relational and motivational dimensions. The study adopted an exploratory sequential mixed-methods design that deliberately prioritised qualitative understanding before quantitative measurement. The research began with qualitative interviews with 14 participants (seven newly appointed and seven experienced principals) involved in Oide's national mentoring programme for school leaders, delivered through Ireland's Department of Education and Youth. These interviews foregrounded the lived experience of mentoring, highlighting relational complexity, emotional labour, time constraints, and boundary management, dimensions frequently under-theorised in leadership mentoring research (Crow & Grogan, 2017; Haddock-Millar, 2017). Participants described mentoring not only as a professional support mechanism but as emotionally demanding relational work, with mentor engagement shaped significantly by emotional memories of early professional isolation. Insights from this qualitative phase informed the adaptation of the MES, originally designed exclusively for mentees, for use with mentors. The adapted instrument was subsequently administered to 28 post-primary principals, generating quantitative data across twelve relational and developmental dimensions of mentoring. This dual-perspective design revealed important divergences between mentor and mentee perceptions that would have remained obscured using a mentee-only or purely qualitative approach. Differences emerged around accessibility, time demands, and relational effort: while mentees frequently reported feeling supported, mentors described significant challenges in sustaining availability alongside competing leadership responsibilities. Gendered patterns also emerged, with female leaders rating mentoring effectiveness more highly across relational and psychosocial dimensions, consistent with existing research (Ragins & Kram, 2007; Sosik & Godshalk, 2000). This illustrates how standardised scales can capture patterned differences while simultaneously obscuring the contextual conditions that produce them. The paper argues that this methodological architecture exemplifies both the promise and the limits of transposing validated instruments across professional fields, national contexts, and participant roles, a challenge directly relevant to international educational leadership contexts where formal mentoring for school leaders is increasingly recognised as essential to principalship quality (Sun et al., 2024; Karakose et al., 2025). By integrating qualitative and quantitative phases through four complementary functions: initiation, development, complementarity, and triangulation (Greene et al., 1989), the study moves beyond what either strand could yield in isolation. This allows researchers to draw on the legitimacy of validated scales while maintaining the contextual sensitivity and interpretive depth that educational research demands. The paper demonstrates how the use of quantitative measurement tools in mentoring research shapes how educational leadership is understood, supported, and sustained. The findings illustrate how reliance on standardised scales can risk simplifying complex leadership work if such data are interpreted without attention to context. The study contends that quantitative scales, while valuable for informing system-level understanding and policy decision-making, must be used reflexively and in dialogue with qualitative evidence if they are to support leadership development in ways that are sustainable, ethically grounded, and responsive to the lived conditions of educational leadership. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a pragmatist–interpretive paradigm (Shannon-Baker, 2016), treating mentoring as a dynamic, relational, and context-sensitive practice that warrants both narrative depth and empirical pattern recognition. An exploratory sequential design was employed, in which qualitative findings guided the development of the subsequent quantitative instrument, ensuring conceptual continuity across phases (Johnson & Onwuegbuzie, 2004). The qualitative phase involved purposive sampling of 14 post-primary principals, seven mentors and seven mentees, drawn from a range of school types and career stages. Semi-structured interviews were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022), with initial inductive coding followed by iterative theme development. Kram’s (1983) phase model and Self-Determination Theory (Deci & Ryan, 2000) served as sensitising theoretical frameworks during interpretation, enabling attention to how principals’ psychological needs, emotional memories of professional isolation, and motivational orientations shaped their mentoring experiences. Qualitative themes directly informed the adaptation of the MES for mentor self-assessment and the design of supplementary custom impact items. Internal consistency of the adapted scale was strong across both cohorts (mentees: α=.88; mentors: α=.751), confirming suitability for comparative analysis within established thresholds for twelve-item scales (Tavakol & Dennick, 2011). Descriptive statistics and independent samples t-tests were employed to identify statistically significant divergences in mentor and mentee perceptions. Integration was guided by Greene et al.’s (1989) typology, employing four of the five integration functions: initiation, complementarity, triangulation, and development. This was a recursive, iterative process rather than a single analytical stage. Qualitative findings informed survey construction; quantitative analysis confirmed consistency across themes while also introducing new variations and dimensions; and a final recursive interpretive phase re-employed reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) to synthesise insights across both data strands, enabling a more nuanced and holistic account of the emotional, relational, structural, and developmental dimensions of mentoring in educational leadership. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study advances understanding of how measurement practices shape what is known, valued, and acted upon in educational leadership research and policy. In particular, measurement enables the identification of patterns across mentoring relationships that are directly relevant to leadership development and sustainability. At the same time, the study highlights that measurement is not a neutral act of knowing. What measurement tools prioritise and render visible influences how mentoring is interpreted and how policy responses are shaped. Used in isolation, standardised indicators risk elevating certain forms of knowing while overshadowing others, particularly the emotional and relational labour involved in mentoring. For example, while quantitative indicators may suggest mentoring effectiveness from the mentee perspective, they may simultaneously obscure the strain experienced by mentors in sustaining relational support alongside intensifying leadership responsibilities. These findings underscore the importance of using measurement reflexively and in dialogue with qualitative evidence. When embedded within mixed-methods designs, quantitative tools can support more contextually informed decision-making, enabling research to inform policy without over-determining it. From an educational leadership perspective, the study suggests that how mentoring is measured has significant implications for leadership sustainability. Policies informed solely by positive outcome indicators may underestimate the conditions required to sustain mentoring at scale. By contrast, measurement approaches that attend to both benefits and demands can contribute to more realistic, equitable, and sustainable leadership development strategies. Overall, the study contributes to ECER debates on knowing and acting by demonstrating how responsible use of measurement can strengthen the capacity of education research to serve the public good in complex and changing contexts. References Berk, R. A., Berg, J., Mortimer, R., Walton-Moss, B., & Yeo, T. P. (2005). Measuring the effectiveness of faculty mentoring relationships. Academic Medicine, 80(1), 66–71. https://doi.org/10.1097/00001888-200501000-00017 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Crow, G. M., & Grogan, M. (2017). Mentoring in educational leadership for organizational transformation. In D. Clutterbuck, F. K. Kochan, L. G. Lunsford, N. Dominguez & J. Haddock-Millar (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of mentoring (pp. 436–450). SAGE Publications. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The "what" and "why" of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. Greene, J. C., Caracelli, V. J., & Graham, W. F. (1989). Toward a conceptual framework for mixed-method evaluation designs. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 11(3), 255–274. https://doi.org/10.2307/1163620 Haddock-Millar, J. (2017). Critical issues in mentoring research. In D. Clutterbuck, F. K. Kochan, L. G. Lunsford, N. Dominguez & J. Haddock-Millar (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of mentoring (pp. 52–66). SAGE Publications. Johnson, R. B., & Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2004). Mixed methods research: A research paradigm whose time has come. Educational Researcher, 33(7), 14–26. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X033007014 Karakose, T., Gurr, D., Tülübaş, T., & Kanadlı, S. (2025). What factors mediate the relationship between leadership for learning and teacher professional development? Evidence from meta-analytic structural equation modelling. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 54(3), 907–930. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432241308461 Kram, K. E. (1983). Phases of the mentor relationship. Academy of Management Journal, 26(4), 608–625. Ragins, B. R., & Kram, K. E. (Eds.). (2007). The handbook of mentoring at work: Theory, research, and practice. SAGE Publications. Shannon-Baker, P. (2016). Making paradigms meaningful in mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 10(4), 319–334. https://doi.org/10.1177/1558689815575861 Sosik, J. J., & Godshalk, V. M. (2000). Leadership styles, mentoring functions received, and job-related stress: A conceptual model and preliminary study. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 21(4), 365–390. http://www.jstor.org/stable/3100322 Sun, J., Day, C., Zhang, R., Zhang, H., Huang, T., & Lin, J. (2024). Successful school principalship: A meta-synthesis of 20 years of international case studies. Education Sciences, 14(9), 929. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14090929 Tavakol, M., & Dennick, R. (2011). Making sense of Cronbach's alpha. International Journal of Medical Education, 2, 53–55. https://doi.org/10.5116/ijme.4dfb.8dfd |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 26 SES 05 D: Leadership In Polycrisis & Uncertainty (Part 2) Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Patricia Virella Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Educational Leadership and Reform in Conflict-Affected Contexts: Lessons from Lebanon University of Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:This study critically examines the role of leadership in educational change in Lebanon, using its context as a lens to understand the complexities of education in regions affected by conflict and political instability. It argues that educational reform in Lebanon has been profoundly shaped by enduring historical and sociopolitical legacies, including prolonged conflict, entrenched sectarianism, and persistent political instability. These factors have produced a highly politicised and fragmented educational environment, in which reform initiatives often face significant structural, cultural, and social constraints. Furthermore, the study highlights the influence of externally promoted reform models, which are frequently adopted in a selective or superficial manner without fully engaging with Lebanon’s unique sociocultural and political realities. While these models may offer technical solutions, they often overlook the deeper local dynamics that mediate policy implementation and the outcomes of reform. The study situates its analysis within key historical and contemporary milestones, including the Lebanese Civil War (1975–1990), post-war reconstruction efforts, and ongoing debates surrounding curriculum design, national identity, and civic education. It explores how educational leadership is enacted within contested political and social spaces, examining how leaders navigate tensions between state mandates, community expectations, and professional educational values. These dynamics reveal how leadership both enables and constrains meaningful, contextually relevant change in a complex, divided society. The theoretical framework draws on multiple perspectives to interrogate the assumptions underlying reform agendas and leadership practices. Foucault’s archaeology of knowledge is employed to examine how policy discourses and official knowledge structures shape what is considered possible or legitimate in leadership practice. Habermas’ concept of the colonisation of the lifeworld is applied to critique the ways in which bureaucratic, market-oriented, or externally driven reform agendas can marginalise the lived experiences, voices, and agency of educators, students, and communities. Together, these perspectives allow a critical examination of how educational leadership operates within settings marked by instability, historical fragmentation, and social contestation. Through this analysis, the study underscores the need for educational leadership that moves beyond technical compliance and procedural enactment. It advocates for leadership that is critically reflective, contextually responsive, and capable of fostering social cohesion, equity, and justice within schools and communities. While grounded in the Lebanese context, the study’s insights have wider relevance for regions affected by conflict, protracted instability, and societal division, where global reform pressures often intersect with local sociopolitical realities. By centring leadership as both a mediator and catalyst of change, the study contributes to a nuanced understanding of the possibilities and limitations of educational reform in contexts shaped by conflict, fragmentation, and historical inequities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a conceptual and analytical approach to explore educational leadership and reform in Lebanon. Rather than generating primary empirical data, it draws on a diverse range of secondary sources—including historical accounts, policy documents, curriculum records, and scholarly literature—to examine how leadership operates within the country’s politically and socially complex educational environment. The analysis is guided by a multi-layered conceptual framework that integrates sociohistorical analysis, Foucauldian discourse theory, Habermas’ lifeworld colonisation thesis, and scholarship in educational leadership, management, and learning (EDLM). A sociohistorical lens situates education within Lebanon’s historical trajectories, including colonial legacies, sectarian governance, the Civil War, post-war reconstruction, and the Taif Agreement as a political settlement. This perspective illuminates the structural and historical conditions that shape the possibilities for reform and leadership action. Foucault’s archaeology of knowledge is applied to examine how educational discourses—such as curricular silences surrounding the civil war—have been legitimised and normalised, shaping what knowledge can be produced, taught, or contested. Habermas’ theory complements this by highlighting how systemic imperatives, including bureaucratic, political, and donor-driven agendas, can colonise the lifeworld of schools, constraining communicative and civic dimensions of education. EDLM literature is integrated analytically, bridging macro-level theory and leadership practice. It provides conceptual tools for understanding how educational leaders navigate historical, discursive, and systemic constraints, mediating, reproducing, or resisting structural inequities. Leadership is conceptualised as moral, political, and pedagogical work, rather than a purely technical function. This analytical approach enables a nuanced examination of educational leadership in Lebanon, highlighting the interplay between historical legacies, systemic pressures, and leadership agency, and offering insights into the possibilities and limitations for meaningful educational change in conflict-affected, sectarian contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals that educational leadership in Lebanon operates within a highly politicised and fragmented environment, where historical legacies, sectarian divisions, and ongoing political instability continue to shape both opportunities and constraints for reform. Leadership practices are deeply influenced by structural inequities originating from colonial governance, sectarianised education policies, and the disruptions of the Civil War, which have left enduring impacts on resource distribution, curriculum design, and institutional capacity. Educational leaders were found to navigate complex tensions between state mandates, community expectations, and professional educational values. In practice, this often involved selectively adopting externally promoted reform models while adapting them to local sociocultural and political realities. Leaders demonstrated a range of strategies to maintain legitimacy, mediate competing interests, and foster coherence across fragmented schools, highlighting the centrality of adaptive, contextually informed decision-making. Foucauldian analysis of policy discourses showed that official knowledge structures, including curricular silences around the Civil War and nation-building narratives, constrained the scope of what could be taught and legitimised particular leadership practices while marginalising others. Complementarily, Habermas’ framework revealed how bureaucratic, donor-driven, and market-oriented reforms often colonised the lifeworld of schools, limiting communicative and participatory dimensions of education and constraining the agency of educators and students. Despite these constraints, leaders enacted pedagogical, moral, and political agency in ways that fostered social cohesion, equity, and community engagement. Practices emphasising collaboration, reflective problem-solving, and ethical leadership emerged as critical mechanisms for mitigating systemic inequities and promoting locally meaningful reform. These findings underscore that educational leadership in conflict-affected Lebanon is both mediating and transformative: it operates within restrictive structural and discursive conditions but also enables contextually responsive and socially just educational practices. The Lebanese case illustrates the complex interplay of history, politics, and leadership, offering lessons for other contexts marked by protracted instability and societal division. References Abouchedid, K., & Zeid, M. B. (2017). Lebanon: Legacy of the Past and Present Challenges. Education in the Arab World, 59. BouJaoude, S., & Ghaith, G. (2006). Educational reform at a time of change: The case of Lebanon. In Education reform in societies in transition (pp. 191-209). Brill. Foucault, M. (2013). Archaeology of knowledge. routledge. Habermas, J. (1984). The theory of communicative action. In. Boston: Boxwood Press. Niesche, R. (2018). Critical perspectives in educational leadership: a new ‘theory turn’? Journal of Educational Administration and History, 50(3), 145-158. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2017.1395600 Shuayb, M. (2019). Who shapes education reform policies in Lebanon? Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 49(4), 548-564. Wheeler, D. (1966). Educational problems of Arab countries. International Review of Education, 300-316. Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault and Education: Disciplines and Knowledge. London: Routledge. Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault, Power, and Education. London: Routledge. Foucault, M. (1980). Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews & Other Writings 1972-1977. Edited by Colin Gordon. London: The Harvester Press. Hilal, Y. Y., & Gardner-McTaggart, A. (2025). School leadership at times of crises: Surveillance as support. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432251393782 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership Strategies in a Japanese High School Facing Depopulation and Post-disaster Recovery: An ISSPP Case Study 1: Kanazawa University, Japan; 2: Shiga University, Japan; 3: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 4: Ritsumeikan University, Japan; 5: Nihon University, Japan; 6: Oita University, Japan Presenting Author:This study explores school leadership strategies at School Y, a small Japanese upper secondary school recognized for advancing inquiry-based learning amid depopulation and post-disaster recovery. Similar to many European countries, Japanese upper secondary schools, particularly in rural areas, face multiple challenges including rapid depopulation and the long-term impacts of repeated natural disasters. These conditions often result in negative school evaluations, declining student enrolment, and increased pressure on school leadership to sustain educational quality and community relevance. This study provides empirical insights from a Japanese context where a school leader navigates and responds to the challenges. The findings offer important implications for the international comparative research, International Successful School Principals Project (ISSPP), which has included a wide range of European contexts, by extending comparative understandings of school leadership to an underrepresented Japanese context (Sato & Yada, 2023; Gunnulfsen, et al., 2022, Yokota, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a multi‑perspective, mixed‑methods single‑case design (Creswell & Poth, 2018) incorporating individual and focus group interviews with a principal, teachers, students, parents and community members, as well as a survey of the principal and teachers in a rural Japanese school. Interview and survey questions followed ISSPP protocol. Semi-structured interviews were conducted and discourse analysis was applied. The quantitative survey data were used to complement the qualitative analysis. For the qualitative strand, the principal participated in a 110‑minute interview, and 19 teachers each participated in 50‑minute individual interviews. To capture stakeholder perspectives beyond the school, two parent focus groups (8 parents) and five local community members were interviewed in 50‑minute sessions. Interviews were standardized to ensure cross‑national comparability in line with ISSPP’s guidance. Questions explored leadership vision and daily practices, the design and enactment of inquiry activities, perceptions of school climate and student agency, collaboration with external partners, and experiences of post‑disaster recovery. Qualitative analysis focusing on how participants construct meanings around leadership practice, inquiry, and success. Rigor was ensured through: (1) dual narrative analysis—two researchers independently coded and interpreted narrative segments, then reconciled differences; (2) peer review within the research team to refine thematic categories and verify coherence; and (3) maintenance of an audit trail documenting coding decisions, analytic memos, and protocol adherence. Quantitative results were not treated as standalone findings but were integrated with qualitative insights via methodological triangulation, enabling convergence, complementarity, or contrast across data sources. To enhance transferability, the study provides a thick description of School Y’s historical background, organizational structures, curriculum and co‑curricular design, assessment practices, and community partnerships, allowing readers to judge applicability to other contexts. The research received institutional ethics approval, complied with national research codes, and ensured confidentiality, informed consent, and voluntary participation for all respondents. To complement and triangulate the qualitative data, a quantitative survey was administered to the teachers. Using a six‑point Likert scale, the survey measured school culture, leadership support, and collective efficacy. Items were adapted to reflect the specific context of inquiry‑based learning and community collaboration while maintaining construct continuity for comparability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show how School Y’s leadership integrated formal structures with relational processes to achieve success. This success reflects long-standing efforts to restore the school’s reputation, predating the current principal’s tenure. Even during a major natural disaster, the principal maintained a calm, gentle demeanor, never losing his smile, and prioritized trust-building and open communication with all stakeholders inside and outside the school.The principal consistently invited diverse ideas, removed small but meaningful barriers, and modeled flexible improvement, creating a culture where speaking up was safe and continuous refinement was expected. This culture enabled inquiry projects to emerge from student interests and local needs while aligning with school-level goals. The disaster experience reshaped priorities: rather than accelerating change for its own sake, the principal centered wellbeing—students’ and staff members’ lives and mental health—as the foundation for instructional improvement and innovation. This wellbeing-first orientation stabilized the school, sustained teacher commitment, and made inquiry purposeful rather than performative. Partnerships with parents and the community were instrumental. Shared concern over depopulation and a forward-looking educational vision created conditions for reputational recovery, transforming past negative perceptions into civic pride. Inquiry projects addressing real community problems reinforced the school’s role as an anchor institution, deepening reciprocal trust and support. The study also notes a structural challenge: a skewed age distribution among staff. Sustaining success will require cultivating next-generation teacher leaders, robust mentoring, and opportunities for co-design and co-assessment across departments. In sum, School Y redefines success beyond exam metrics, grounding it in relational leadership (Eacott, 2018; Giles, 2019), wellbeing, and community-connected inquiry—a transferable model for similar contexts: start with trust and safety, scaffold flexible improvement, integrate inquiry with local realities, and build outward-facing partnerships that make learning socially meaningful. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The Ecology of Human Development. Harvard University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv26071r6 Creswell, J.W. & Poth, C.N. (2018). Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design (4th ed.). SAGE. Eacott, S. (2018) Beyond Leadership: A Relational Approach to Organizational Theory in Education, Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-6568-2 Giles, D. L. (2019) Relational Leadership in Education: A Phenomenon of Inquiry and Practice Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429445583 Gunnulfsen, A.E., Jensen, R. & Møller, J. (2022). A critical review of the history and future progress of the ISSPP. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(1). https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-04-2021-0088 Gurr, D. & Moyi, P. (2022). The international successful school principalship project: reflections and possibilities. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(1). https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-02-2022-267 Harada, T. (2018) The latest trend in the reform of high school education in Japan: Focusing on the curriculum reform, The Journal of Social Studies Education in Asia, 7, 111-113. Kariya, T. (2012) Education Reform and Social Class in Japan: The emerging incentive divide, Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203076996 Kim, D.‑C. (2021) Depopulation, Aging, and Rural Restructuring in Japan, Journal of Depopulation and Rural Development Studies (AGER), 33, 107-123. https://doi.org/10.4422/ager.2021.17 Mikouchi, A. K., Akita, K. & Komura, S. (2018) A Critical Review on Project-Based Learning in Japanese Secondary Education, Bulletin of the Graduate School of Education, the University of Tokyo, 58, 373-385. https://doi.org/10.15083/00077153 Nakawa, N. & Kosaka, M. (2025) Aligning Cross-Curricular Inquiry-Based High School Textbooks with Curriculum Guidelines. ZDM Mathematics Education 57, 859–872. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-025-01701-3 Sabong, V. & Sumida, M. (2023) Nature of Students’ Research Projects at a Japanese National High School, the Bulletin of the Center for Research in Science Education, Faculty of Education, Ehime University, 2, 74–83. Sakurai, A. & Sato, T. (2016) Promoting Education for Disaster Resilience and the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, Journal of Disaster Research, 11, 3, 402-412. https://doi.org/10.20965/jdr.2016.p0402 Sato, H. & Yada, T. (2023). A systematic narrative review of school leadership studies in Japan. Bulletin of Institute of Education University of Tsukuba, 44(1). Yokota, H. (2019). Mapping four leadership styles in Japan. Journal of Educational Administration, 58(2). 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Novice School Principals During Wartime: Challenges and Resilience Resources Kaye Academic College of Education, Israel Presenting Author:The research literature on new school principals highlights the complexity of transitioning into a leadership role (e.g., Sepuru & Mohlakwana, 2020). While managerial challenges in routine times are well documented (e.g., Maxwell & Riley, 2017), research on school leadership during emergencies, particularly in wartime, remains limited (Striepe & Cunningham, 2022). The current study focused on novice principals in their first year on the job who navigated school leadership during a prolonged national crisis and war in Israel. The war broke out following the attack carried out by Hamas terrorist organization on October 7, 2023, which resulted in significant loss of life and the abduction of civilians into Gaza. Initially centered in Gaza, the war subsequently expanded to additional arenas, including Lebanon, Syria, Yemen, and Iran, and involved numerous casualties. Entering school leadership is broadly recognized as a complex professional transition that demands rapid learning of organizational routines, system navigation, and identity formation (Bayar, 2016). Research has identified a “reality shock,” characterized by workload overload, a decline in self-efficacy, and emotional strain (Sepuru & Mohlakwana, 2020). Crisis events impose additional demands, including emotional regulation, rapid decision-making, support for staff and students, and the establishment of new practices under conditions of uncertainty (Smith & Riley, 2012; Striepe & Cunningham, 2022). Existing studies from conflict areas highlight issues of safety, trauma, disrupted communication, and reliance on local community and government support (Hudson et al., 2024; Al-Said et al., 2025). Thus, effective leadership in times of crisis involves understanding threats, responding to them, and establishing new routines (Striepe & Cunningham, 2022). In this study, novice principals entered their positions just weeks before the outbreak of a major war. Rather than having the opportunity to gradually learn the role, they were immediately required to lead schools during a national emergency, while they themselves were still figuring out what it meant to be a principal. As one principal reflected: “If I had known what it meant to lead under normal conditions, I could have built on that. But I never had normal.” All participating principals took part in a formal induction program implemented by Kaye Academic College of Education and the Democratic Institute, in partnership with Aveni Rosha, The Israel Institute for School Leadership and the Ministry of Education. The program included learning sessions, school visits, and individual mentoring.The principals were supported by two mentors: a program-appointed coordinator and an additional mentor from the Ministry of Education, an experienced school principal. Due to multiple stressors, the development of personal and managerial resilience is particularly vital during periods of crisis and war (Halevi & Shechter, 2024). Resilience refers to the ability to “bounce back,” namely, a return to normative functioning following crisis or distress (Isaacs, 2012). Masten (2014) defines resilience as the capacity to adapt to disturbances threatening system functioning at the individual, family, school, community, or organizational levels. Contemporary perspectives also view resilience as the capacity for growth through adversity, closely related to the concept of post-traumatic growth, defined as positive psychological change following crisis or traumatic stress (Tedeschi & Calhoun, 2004). Drawing on these contemporary conceptualizations of resilience, including resilience as a dynamic, system-level process (Masten, 2018) and as potential post-traumatic growth, the study first examines the challenges faced by novice principals and then explores how internal and external resources combined to enable adaptation and coping. Research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative phenomenological design aimed at understanding principals’ lived experience and meaning-making during crisis (Creswell & Poth, 2018). Participants were 12 female principals in their first year of appointment, representing elementary, middle, and high schools across six cities in southern Israel, all of which experienced different degrees of exposure to wartime events, including direct terror attacks, mass evacuations, and casualties within the school community and family. All participants held a master’s degree and had 20–30 years of professional experience in the education system. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews conducted via Zoom, while the principals were still functioning under wartime conditions. The interviews focused on participants’ entry into the principalship and their leadership experiences. Interview topics included perceived challenges, internal resilience resources and external sources of support, coping practices, emotional experiences, school functioning, future-oriented perspectives, and the perceived contribution of the induction program to their professional coping and development. Ethical approval was obtained prior to data collection, and all participants provided informed consent. Sample questions included: “Can you tell the story of your leadership experience during the war?”, “How do you perceive your role as a principal during wartime?”, “What challenges and difficulties did you encounter?”, and “How did you respond to these challenges in practice?” A thematic content analysis was conducted (Shkedi, 2003). The analysis comprised several stages. In the first stage, following a holistic reading of each interview, an inductive analysis was carried out, focusing on the meanings participants attributed to their lived reality. The data were segmented into meaning units based on thematic content, and initial categories were generated. In the second stage, a mapping analysis was conducted to construct the comprehensive category system (Shkedi, 2003). To examine the study’s trustworthiness, at the outset of the analytic process the research team jointly analyzed five interviews. Disagreements regarding the extracted themes or the assignment of quotations to specific themes were discussed until consensus was reached. This process enabled the assessment of inter-coder agreement and the establishment of shared analytic guidelines. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that novice principals faced multiple challenges during the war, including initial shock, managing schools amid uncertainty, rebuilding disrupted routines, and sustaining emotional and managerial demands. At the same time, they were required to support staff members and students affected by the war and ensure continued school functioning. Against this backdrop, the analysis revealed a dynamic interplay of external and internal coping resources. External support resources included the induction program, within which principals reported specific content that directly assisted them in coping with the challenges encountered. In particular, the program coordinator and the individual mentor (experienced school principals) emerged as especially significant sources of support, providing emotional support alongside practical guidance in addressing leadership dilemmas, establishing emergency routines, and facilitating the transition back to school functioning. Additional sources of support included family members, district supervisors, local authority leaders, and peer networks within the community and training cohort. In parallel, principals drew on a wide range of internal coping resources. These included self-efficacy, confidence, initiative, proactivity, flexibility, creativity, and the capacity to function under pressure and make decisions under uncertainty. Relational capacities, such as empathy and the ability to build trust-based relationships with staff, were also central internal resources. The findings reinforce previous research highlighting the resilience capacities demonstrated by school principals in times of crisis (e.g., Halevi & Shechter, 2024). Beyond coping, the findings indicate processes of growth through crisis. Principals reported enhanced self-awareness, a deeper understanding of the leadership role, and strengthened professional confidence. These processes align with the concept of post-traumatic growth (Tedeschi & Calhoun, 2004). In conclusion, the findings suggest that leadership during crisis relies on the integration of external and internal resources and that crisis conditions may also serve as a catalyst for professional learning and leadership development among novice principals. References Al-Said, H., Abu-Gweder, A., & Kaplan, H. (2025). Coping and Resilience Resources among School Principals in the Arab-Bedouin Education System in the Shadow of the Iron Swords War. In: M. Gutman (Ed.). Challenges facing Education Leadership in the Shadow of War: International and Multicultural Perspectives from Zones of Conflict. (pp. 32-40). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Bayar, A. (2016). Challenges Facing Principals in the First Year at Their Schools. Universal Journal of Educational Research, 4(1), 192-199. http://dx.doi.org/10.13189/ujer.2016.040124 Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). Sage Publications. Halevi, L., & Shechter, H. (2024). Situational resilience. In Y. Harpaz (Ed.), Education in times of war: Diaries, research, and reflections (285-299 ). Resling. Hudson, C., Tigchelaar, D. & Zastavnyi, A. (2024), "Educational leadership during a time of war in Ukraine, Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 9)4(,281-290. https://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-06-2024-0098 Isaacs, A. J. (2012). Resiliency and the individual demographics of school leaders: Making a difference in the quality of educational leadership. Journal of Research in Education, 22 (1), 128-162. Masten, A. S. (2014). Ordinary magic: Resilience in development. Guilford Press. Maxwell, A., & Riley, P. (2017). Emotional demands, emotional labour and occupational outcomes in school principals: Modelling the relationships. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(3), 484-502. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143215607878 Sepuru, M.G., & Mohlakwana, M. A. (2020). The perspectives of beginner principals on their new roles in school leadership and management: A South African case study. South African Journal of Education, 40(2), 1-11. doi:10.15700/saje.v40n2a1755 Shkedi, A. (2003). Words that attempt to touch: Qualitative research- Theory and application [Hebrew]. Ramot, Tel Aviv University. Smith, L., and Riley, D. )2012(. School Leadership in Times of Crisis. School Leadership & Management, 32 (1): 57–71. doi:10.1080/13632434.2011.614941. Striepe, M., & Cunningham, C. (2022). Understanding educational leadership during times of crises: a scoping review. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(2),133-147. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-03-2021-0057 Tedeschi, R. G., & Calhoun, L. G. (2004). TARGET ARTICLE: Posttraumatic Growth: Conceptual Foundations and Empirical Evidence. Psychological Inquiry, 15(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327965pli1501_01 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 27 SES 05 A: Non-Affirmative Theory of Education, Bildung and Didaktik Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Michael Uljens Session Chair: Johannes Rytzler Symposium |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Non-Affirmative Theory of Education, Bildung and Didaktik This symposium aims to critically reflect on how non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung may offer new avenues for revitalizing contemporary European Didaktik. While a non-affirmative approach to Didaktik shares core assumptions with Bildung-oriented traditions, it also introduces nuanced yet crucial distinctions in how pedagogical influence is conceptualized. By employing and refining analyses of key concepts such as Bildsamkeit, summons to self-activity, and recognition, non-affirmative Didaktik addresses and overcomes several widely acknowledged difficulties in understanding the pedagogical relation. The symposium draws on contemporary interpretations of educational theory, such as those developed by Dietrich Benner, as well as rereadings of classical thinkers in modern education, including J. F. Herbart in Germany and J. V. Snellman in Finland. It argues that a non-teleological understanding of history and societal development, combined with a non-hierarchical conception of the relationship between institutional education and politics, economy, and culture, requires viewing the school as a “radical space for reflection” endowed with relative independence. Here, radicality refers neither to normatively politicized pedagogical activism nor to subordinating education to interests external to the school. Non-affirmative Didaktik defends the relative autonomy of schools against initiatives that seek to turn schooling into a tool for conservative reproduction or naïve utopianism. Instead, it articulates a third way beyond the instrumentalization of education for either social reproduction or social transformation. This perspective requires recognizing schools as radical spaces for reflection that enable students to engage critically with contemporary challenges, existing knowledge, democratic forms, and issues of sustainability. The symposium maintains that the core pedagogical architecture of the contemporary European school has evolved on the basis of ideas now articulated within non-affirmative Didaktik, as outlined above. However, contemporary public education policies in many countries worldwide appear to have lost sight of these foundational ideas. It seems unlikely that widely implemented curricular trends—such as techno-centrism in education, educational performativism, competencism, conservative educational factualism, and forms of educational activism—provide productive educational visions, methods, or conceptual tools for policymakers, teachers, and school leaders. The European modern educational tradition, which promotes autonomy and solidarity, thus contains fertile seeds for the future. However, these perspectives require reinterpretation in order to address contemporary global challenges, including political populism, cultural neoconservatism and nationalism, economic protectionism, digitalization, religious fundamentalism, sustainability issues, declining trust in media and knowledge institutions, and tensions between East and West, as well as North and South. Furthermore, the symposium argues that a European gaze in theorizing Didaktik needs strengthening—not least within Europe itself, but also through sustained dialogue with the Anglophone world, Asia, and the Global South. In this regard, while theoretical universalism may hold value in a diverse world, the future path lies in theoretical multilingualism. The overarching message of this symposium is that the modern tradition of theorizing Bildung as a process of human growth, together with a non-affirmative theory of pedagogical influence and intervention, provides key resources for moving beyond conceptions of education as either conservative enculturation or transformative formation of the individual learner. The symposium is structured around four contributions. Zsanett Bicsak offers a rereading of Herbart with respect to the concepts of affirmativity and non-affirmativity. Michael Uljens presents a contemporary interpretation of non-affirmative Didaktik for schools. Khalil Gholami explores the contribution of non-affirmative theory to understanding the ethical dimensions of the pedagogical relation. Finally, Fangxin Liu conducts a comprehensive comparative analysis of non-affirmative education theory and the prevailing concept of person education in China. References Benner, D. (1993). Die Pädagogik Herbarts. Juventa. Benner, D. (2023). On affirmativity and non-affirmativity in the context of theories of education and Bildung. In M. Uljens (Ed.), Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung (pp. 21–59). Springer. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1_2 Bicsak, Z. A. & Uljens, M. (2025). Non-Affirmative Education and Bildung: Emerging Perspectives by renewing the European Tradition. Hungarian Educational Research Journal 4(15), 443–448. https://akjournals.com/view/journals/063/15/4/063.15.issue-4.xml Herbart, J. F. (1991). Didaktische Texte zu Unterricht und Erziehung in Wissenschaft und Schule. Deimling. Hjulström, E. & Rytzler, J. (2022). Herbart with Rancière on the educational significance of the ‘Third Thing’ in teaching. Ethics and Education, 17(4), 421- 436. https://doi.org/10.1080/17449642.2022.2153470 Horlacher, R. (2016). The educated subject and the German concept of Bildung. A comparative cultural history. Routledge. Mollenhauer, K. (2014). Forgotten connections. On culture and upbringing. Routledge. Uljens, M. (2023). (Ed.), Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung. Springer. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1 Presentations of the Symposium Normative and Non-affirmative Elements of the Herbartian Concept
Johann Friedrich Herbart, the founder of modern pedagogy, defined the goal of education in terms of morality. His concept is based on normative principles and is therefore similar to many professional, political, and ideological trends of the 21st century, which define their educational and teaching principles according to certain values or moral principles.
Herbart's educational ideal is linked to the question of "what we want to achieve through education," and from this point of view, it is teleological, just like many contemporary trends that support certain educational or social ideas. Nevertheless, when studying Herbartian pedagogy, it becomes apparent that an important element of Herbartian pedagogy is the value of individual freedom and autonomy, which unfolds through individual judgments and choices. Therefore, the Herbartian pedagogy serves as an example of how normative foundations do not necessarily mean their affirmative enforcement.
In line with this, the following paper presents how Herbartian pedagogy is conceptually rich and confronts many contemporary trends that compete to become dominant and define the future of citizens and societies.
Drawing on primary and secondary sources, my aim is to discuss what Herbart's educational goals are and how education relates to the modern society or political system. It is worth examining exactly what moral character means in Herbart's sense and how (respect for) individual freedom manifests itself in education.
The study concludes that Herbartian pedagogy is based on normative principles, but Herbart does not apply any vision in a reinforcing manner. Herbart does not accept the subordination of education to any political/ideological order, including a future social ideal. Non-affirmativeness also appears at the student level: students cannot be subjected to external will either.
All this reminds us in the 21st century that every positive and transformative endeavour can preserve and represent its normative values, but the participants and those who determine and influence the functioning of the school should engage in dialogue rather than imposing one concept or another.
References:
Benner, D. (2015). Allgemeine pädagogik (8th ed.). Beltz Juventa.
Benner, D. (2023). On affirmativity and non-affirmativity in the context of theories of education and Bildung. In M. Uljens (Ed.), Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung (pp. 21–59). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1_2
Bicsák, Z. Á. (2016). Vált(akozó) olvasatok Johann Friedrich Herbart pedagógiájának hazai recepciójában. Gondolat.
Herbart, J. F. (1806). Allgemeine Pädagogik aus dem Zweck der Erziehung abgeleitet. In K. Kehrbach (Hrsg.) (1887), Joh. Fr. Herbart’s sämtliche Werke II (pp. 5–117). Langensalza: Hermann & Beyer Söhne.
Herbart, J. F. (1818). Über das Verhältnis der Schule zum Leben. Vorgelesen in der Deutschen Gesellschaft zu Königsberg am Krönungstage, dem 18. Januar 1818. In G. Hartenstein (Hrsg.) (1851), Joh. Fr. Herbart’s sämtliche Werke XI (p. 388). Leipzig: Leopold Voss.
Herbart, J. F. (1825). Umriss Psychologie als Wissenschaft. In K. Kehrbach & O. Flugel (Hrsg.) (1890), Joh. Friedr. Herbart’s sämtliche Werke VI (S. 1–50). Langensalza: Hermann Beyer & Söhne.
Rucker, T. (2023). Knowledge, values and subject-ness: Educative teaching as a regulative idea of school development in the twenty-first century. In M. Uljens (Ed.), Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung (pp. 63–82). Cham: Springer. (Educational Governance Research). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1_3
Uljens, M. (Ed.) (2023). Non-affirmative theory of education and bildung. Springer Open Access. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1
Educative Teaching for Bildung – A Non-affirmative Approach to Didaktik
This paper proposes non-affirmative school didactic theory as a framework for understanding educative teaching for Bildung in the context of comprehensive education. The approach conceptualizes curriculum work, teaching, leadership, and assessment as distributed, relational, and multi-level phenomena. Didaktik is understood here not as the science of teaching and learning, but as the science of the teaching–studying–learning (TSL) process, including curriculum leadership.
Non-affirmative school didactics builds on classical concepts within European modern education theory, such as Bildsamkeit (the capacity for and activity of self-formation), teaching as the summoning of the Other to self-activity, and recognition of the Other’s self-activity, lifeworld, and potentiality. These concepts have been developed by contemporary scholars such as Dietrich Benner in Germany, while historically they were introduced in Finland by J. V. Snellman in the 1860s.
The paper argues that education in political democracies requires policies and practices aligned with principles of non-affirmative educative emancipation—principles that go beyond the affirmative transmission of knowledge or the socialization of learners into predefined norms. The argument also draws on Herbart’s notions of educative teaching and pedagogical tact.
In contrast to, for example, Klafki, one point of departures is the philosophy of subjectivity and intersubjectivity. From this perspective, theories of education and Bildung must address two fundamental paradoxes. First, the pedagogical paradox of intersubjectivity asks how an individual, already embedded in a shared world from birth, comes to participate in that world through a pedagogical process. Second, the pedagogical paradox of subjectivity asks how an individual—conceived as an undetermined or free being—develops an awareness of herself as such through a pedagogically supported process of Bildung.
These paradoxes are addressed in two steps. First, three distinct concepts of subjectivity and three corresponding concepts of intersubjectivity are identified. Second, the paper outlines how processes of Bildung and pedagogical activity mediate the individual’s development from rudimentary forms of subjectivity and intersubjectivity to more advanced ones. This line of reasoning moves beyond reductionist accounts of subjectivity and intersubjectivity.
While the classical core notions of recognition, Bildsamkeit, and summoning were originally developed to understand teaching, this paper argues that they can also be used to conceptualize educational leadership and curriculum governance across all levels of the school system. In doing so, non-affirmative school didactics offers a coherent theoretical foundation for analyzing and developing educational practices that are reflective, emancipatory, and responsive to the complexities of pluralistic, democratic societies.
References:
Benner, D. (2023). On affirmativity and non-affirmativity in the context of theories of education and Bildung. In M. Uljens (Ed.), Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung. Springer. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1_2
Deng, Z. (2020). Knowledge, content, curriculum and Didaktik: Beyond social realism. Routledge.
Herbart, J. F. (1991). Didaktische Texte zu Unterricht und Erziehung in Wissenschaft und Schule. Deimling.
Hjulström, E. & Rytzler, J. (2022). Herbart with Rancière on the educational significance of the ‘Third Thing’ in teaching. Ethics and Education, 17(4), 421- 436.
https://doi.org/10.1080/17449642.2022.2153470
Horlacher, R. (2016). The educated subject and the German concept of Bildung. A comparative cultural history. Routledge.
Klafki, W. (1997). Kritisk-konstruktiv didaktik. In M. Uljens (Red.), Didaktik (p. 215–229). Studentlitteratur.
Mollenhauer, K. (2014). Forgotten connections. On culture and upbringing. Routledge.
Rucker, T. (2024). Allgemeine Didaktik als Theorie eines erziehenden Unterrichts mit Bildungsanspruch. In K. Ammann, Kira, F. Emmenegger, R. Gerstgrasser, O. Ibrahim, T. Rucker, & G. Welti (Eds.), Bildsamkeit – Komplexität – Werteorientierung. Beiträge zur erziehungswissenschaftlichen Grundlagenforschung (pp. 222–244). Julius Klinkhardt.
Uljens, M. (1997). School didactics and learning. Psychology Press.
Uljens, M. & Ylimaki, R. (2017). (Eds.), Bridging educational leadership, curriculum theory and Didaktik. Springer. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-319-58650-2_1.
Willbergh, I. (2021). Bildung-centered general didactics. Oxford Research Encyclopedia
of Education.
Reinterpreting the Pedagogy of Care through Non-affirmative Theory of Education
The hegemony of neoliberal ideology poses a significant threat to political and democratic processes across various sectors of the public sphere, including educational systems. Increasing evidence suggests a global shift in education towards market-driven policy has eroded fundamental human virtues including relationships, empathy, responsiveness, and important of collective practices, resulting in a moral crisis of care that affects students, teachers, and families. This shift has led to what Butler (2009) terms moral precarity, raising concerns that younger generation may lose their sense of responsibility and commitment to care for others.
Drawing on existing literature, this paper suggests that the ethics of care provides a robust ethical framework to address these challenges (Gilligan, 1993; Noddings, 2013; Ruddick, 1995). However, as Slote (2007) argues care ethics may inadvertently neglect respect for autonomy, creating a tension between relational interdependence and individual autonomy. This paper posits that non-affirmative theory (Uljens, 2023) offers conceptual tools, particularly through the notions of summoning to self-activity and recognition, to address this ontological tension.
This paper is a philosophical analysis, and two methodological actions were conducted to conceptualize how the ethics of care can be reinterpreted through non-affirmative theory of education. Focusing on the main texts of key theorists of ethics of care including Gilligan (1993), Ruddick (2021), Nodding (2013), Toronto (1994), and Held (2006), the ontological and epistemological dimensions of care as a moral theory was explored. Then, the ontological and epistemological aspects of care were analysed through non-affirmative theory of education.
The findings shows that Summoning, as discussed in non-affirmative theory, reframes autonomy as a relational practice, enabling critical self-awareness and moral agency within caring relationships. This integration transforms the ethics of care from a relational ontology to a relational-autonomous ontology, emphasizing the dynamic interplay of interdependence and autonomy. The paper concludes by discussing the implications of this reinterpretation for school pedagogy and policy, suggesting an ethical reorientation of neoliberal practices to foster a pedagogy grounded in care and autonomy.
References:
Butler, J. (2009). Frames of War: When Is Life Grievable? Verso Books.
Gilligan, C. (1993). In a different voice: Psychological theory and women’s development. Harvard University Press.
Held, V. (2006). The ethics of care: Personal, political, and global. Oxford University Press.
Miller, S. C. (2021). Neoliberalism, Moral Precarity, and the Crisis of Care. In M. Hamington & M. Flower (Eds.), Care Ethics in the Age of Precarity (pp. 48–67). University of Minnesota Press; https://doi.org/10.5749/j.ctv2382dwh.6
Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A relational approach to ethics & moral education. University of California Press.
Ruddick, S. (2021). Maternal Thinking. In A. O’Reilly (Ed.), Maternal Theory (pp. 69–86). Demeter Press; https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv1s2t0hn.8
Slater, G. B. (2015). Education as recovery: Neoliberalism, school reform, and the politics of crisis. Journal of Education Policy, 30(1), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2014.904930
Slote, M. A. (2007). The ethics of care and empathy. Routledge.
Tronto, J. C. (1994). Moral boundaries: A political argument for an ethic of care. Routledge.
Uljens, M. (2023). Non-affirmative Theory of Education: Problems, positionings and possibilities. In M. Uljens (Ed.), Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung (pp. 3–19). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1_1
A Comparative Study of Educational Subject Philosophy in China and Non-affirmative Theory of Education
Under neoliberalism, instrumentalization of education for economic purposes has been intensely accentuated in post-industrial societies, necessitating critical reflection on both educational practice and theory. How should a theory of education be structured as to consider both societal needs and the individual's right to develop as a cultural subject and political citizen? Non-Affirmative Theory of Education (NAT) and Educational Subject Philosophy (ESP) represent theoretical attempts to address the question in Europe and China.
This study undertakes a comparative analysis of the two approaches that seek to respond to the same educational problem from different perspectives. The comparative analysis reveals two distinct philosophical perspectives on the nature of education: ESP conceptualizes education as a social practice jointly carried out by educators and students possessing subjectivity. In contrast, NAT defines the nature of education as non-affirmative. NAT opposes affirmative education, which requires students to adhere to certain externally predetermined developmental directions—whether reproductive or revolutionary.
Both approaches emphasize education as a specialized activity aimed at cultivating individuals, advocating for the development of culturally reflective and self-determining subjects. They acknowledge that such education must function by summoning students' self-activity or leading their instructional cognition. Crucially, educators cannot provide answers on behalf of the learners.
However, regarding how to address the relationship between education and other social practices, NAT advocates for clarifying the boundaries between educational practice and other social practices, while ESP proposes a functionalist approach, emphasizing that respecting the independence of education means nurturing autonomous and responsible social subjects, thereby contributing to the collective progress of various societal domains in the long run. NAT illustrates that the knowledge economy era requires non-affirmative education, whereas ESP's perspective reminds educational researchers that in an age where economic practices are amplified and human economic attributes are emphasized, it is essential to consider the essence of education from a three-dimensional standpoint—encompassing education, human development, and social progress—so that education can unify its functions of promoting the development of individuals' inner powers and fostering societal advancement.
References:
Benner, D. (2023). On affirmativity and non-affirmativity in the context of theories of education and Bildung. In M. Uljens (Ed.), Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung (pp. 21–59). Springer.
Benner, D., Meyer, H., Peng, Z., & Li, Z. (Eds.) (2018). Contributions to the Chinese-German didactic dialogue. Klinkhardt.
Deng, Z. (2011). Confucianism, modernization and Chinese pedagogy: An introduction. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 43(5), 561–568. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2011.617837
Huang, W. (2002). The theory of subjectivity education: The educational philosophy of The Times. Educational Research, (4), 74–77.
Li, Z. (1985). Additional notes on subjectivity. Journal of Graduate School of Chinese Academy of Social Sciences, (1), 14–21.
Lu, J. (1999). Man toward world history: On the transformation of man and education. Educational Research, (11), 3–10.
Peng, Z., & Peng, T. (Eds.) (2023). Defending the logic of education: Dietrich Bener’s works in China. Educational Science Publishing House.
Uljens, M. (2023). Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung. Springer.
Wu, H. (2000). The present situation and reflection of the research of educational subjective theory in China. Journal of Central China Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences), (6), 136–142.
Yuan, G. (1988). Subjectivity and human subjectivity. Hebei Academic Journal, 23–29.
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 27 SES 05 B: Mathematics, Physics and Computational Didactics Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Ane Qvortrup Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Worked Examples and The Students’Inquiry Marie and Louis Pasteur University, France Presenting Author:In educational research, imitation has been conceptualized as the intentional use of another’s observed action as a source of information for achieving one’s own goal (Verba & Winnykamen, 1992). Imitative play is considered as a fundamental mechanism for the transmission of cultural practices and knowledge (Heyes, 2023). The effects of worked examples have been widely documented in the literature (Sweller & Cooper, 1985). Empirical studies show that worked examples are processed more efficiently by students, requiring less time to study. However, a single worked example within a teaching domain is unlikely to be sufficient to produce a durable learning effect (Sweller, 2006). From a didactic perspective, the learning potential of a worked example depends on the way it is followed up in classroom activity. After studying a worked example, students need to engage with a related problem in order to assess what they have understood. The follow-up phase should foster active cognitive processing of the example : at first students could be invited to imitate the worked example and then to lead an own inquiry (Dewey, 2018). Based on these research, we have written a sequence for posing and solving arithmetic problems for young students, who are 7 to 9 years old (Athias et al. , 2024, Vicente et al., 2022) .The sequence is grounded in the principle of worked examples (Van Gog et al., 2019). Problem solving is described as an essential criterion for the appropriation of mathematical skills (Schoenfeld, 1985).Problem posing has been recognized as a great activity in mathematics education (Silver, 1994). However, researchers (e.g.Cai, 2022) have shown that it is complex to teach mathematics through problem posing. The worked example could be described as follow : the teacher is solving an example on the board in front of the whole class, thereby making explicit the targeted procedures and forms of reasoning, thanks to a specific joint action (Sensvy, 2014 ; Athias & Sensevy, 2023). In this paper, we thus investigate this research question: how does the joint action of the teacher and students lead students to engage in their own inquiry about mathematic problems based on worked examples? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To do this, we rely on a collectiv, wich is carrying out a research project centered on posing and solving problem, granted by the French Research National Agency (ANR), the DECE project (Determining Efficiency of Controlled Experiments). This project is being developed by a cooperative engineering based on Joint Action Theory in Didactics (JATD, Sensevy, 2014). In cooperative engineering (Sensevy & Bloor, 2020), the methodological process is the following: the collective of teachers and researchers codesign, implement, and re-implement a teaching sequence about posing and solving problems. Each stage of the process is based on the analysis of the previous stage. The sequence is upgraded, thanks to these shared analysis. In the project, sixteen teachers and three researchers are working together to implement a sequence based on worked examples, sharing their experience with the collective. They are gathered in a AeP network (AeP, Associated educational Places). We rely on concrete work in a classroom, whose teacher is part of a cooperative engineering (Sensevy et al., 2013). The data used for the analysis are classroom videos, student productions. Within the cooperative work, meetings were also filmed which enabled the researchers or the teachers to review some moments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Designing sufficient joint worked examples became a shared research problem for every member of the engineering team. At the same time, we are exploring ways to organise students' inquiry time, enabling each student to deal with this kind of situation.This cooperative effort has enhanced our understanding of the strengths and limitations of worked examples. Ongoing dialogue within the cooperative engineering has clarified the key features of this didactic system: students must be involved at this stage, and the process must be brief. The work emphasised the importance of concrete representations and the links established between them. This understanding is based on the practical knowledge that teachers have gained from implementing the teaching sequence in the classroom. For instance, enabling students to write their own representations alongside those produced by the teacher allows the teacher to identify which representations the students understand and find more effective. Students can then use these representations in their own work. They imitate this example from their seats, repeating it. Thus, through an interplay of the written and the spoken, and the collective and the individual, each student becomes familiar with the situation initially presented by the teacher. Finally, the practical knowledge developed through cooperative engineering enables us to analyse the learning outcomes obtained by the students from the recently completed experiment. This work is ongoing. References Athias, F., & Sensevy, G. (2023). Supporting mathematical problem posing through representations. In P. Blikstein, J. Van Aalst, R. Kizito, & K. Brennan (Éds.), Proceedings of the 17th International Conference of the Learning Sciences-2023 (p. 1094‑1097). International Society of the Learning Sciences. https://doi.org/10.22318/isls2023.109072 Athias, F., Joffredo Le Brun, S., Morellato, M., Lerbour, O., Douarin, F., Poilpot, S., Martinotti, angélique, Journal, C., Henry, A., & Quilio, S. (2024). Una ingeniería cooperativa en acción : Planteamiento y resolución de problemasa cooperative engineering in action : Problem posing and solving. Perspectiva Educacional, 63(3), 63‑93. https://doi.org/10.4151/07189729-Vol.63-Iss.3-Art.1592 Cai, J. (2022). What Research Says About Teaching Mathematics Through Problem Posing. Éducation et didactique, (16), 31‑50. https://doi.org/10.4000/educationdidactique.10642 Dewey, J. (2018). Logic-The theory of inquiry. Saerchinger Press. Heyes, C. (2023). Imitation and culture : What gives? Mind & Language, 38(1), 42‑63. https://doi.org/10.1111/mila.12388 Schoenfeld, A. H. (2013). Reflections on Problem Solving Theory and Practice. The Mathematics Enthusiast, 10(1‑2), 9‑34. https://doi.org/10.54870/1551-3440.1258 Silver, E. A. (1994). On Mathematical Problem Posing. For the Learning of Mathematics, 14(1), 19‑28. Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics : An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5), 577‑610. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.931466 Sensevy, G., Forest, D., Quilio, S., & Morales, G. (2013). Cooperative engineering as a specific design-based research. ZDM, 45(7), Article 7. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-013-0532-4 Sensevy, G., & Bloor, T. (2020). Cooperative Didactic Engineering. In S. Lerman (Éd.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (p. 141‑145). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15789-0_100037 Sweller, J., & Cooper, G. A. (1985). The Use of Worked Examples as a Substitute for Problem Solving in Learning Algebra. Cognition and Instruction, 2(1), 59‑89. https://doi.org/10.1207/s1532690xci0201_3 Sweller, J. (2006). The worked example effect and human cognition. Learning and Instruction, 16(2), 165‑169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2006.02.005 Van Gog, T., Rummel, N., & Renkl, A. (2019). Learning How to Solve Problems by Studying Examples. In J. Dunlosky & K. A. Rawson (Éds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Cognition and Education (1re éd., p. 183‑208). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108235631.009 Verba, M., & Winnykamen, F. (1992). Expert-novice interactions : Influence of partner status. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 7(1), 61‑71. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03172822 Vicente, S., Verschaffel, L., Sánchez, R., & Múñez, D. (2022). Arithmetic word problem solving. Analysis of Singaporean and Spanish textbooks. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 111(3), 375‑397. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-022-10169-x 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Representations and Uses of Representations for Problem-Posing in Mathematics Education. A Design-Based Research in Primary Schools. 1: Université Côte d'Azur, France; 2: Académie de Nice, France Presenting Author:This communication addresses the role of representations in problem-posing within mathematics education, a research field that has been active for over thirty years (e.g. Silver, 1994) and continuing in contemporary studies (Cai & Leikin, 2025). Problem-posing is defined as teaching students to formulate mathematical problems rather than merely solving predefined ones. Its educational value is justified by two complementary arguments. From a logical standpoint, learning mathematics involves engaging in practices similar to those of professional mathematicians, who routinely pose problems. From a normative perspective, posing problems is cognitively more demanding than solving them and therefore fosters deeper conceptual understanding. Building on this rationale, Cai (2022) proposes an instructional model for problem-posing-based learning that includes four stages: presenting a problem situation, introducing a problem-posing prompt, having students generate problems, and collectively addressing those problems. In this model, the problem is both the activity of posing and the resulting mathematical product. This dual nature has been identified as a central research issue by Baumanns & Rott (2022). Further refinement is offered in a four-stage process model—problem orientation, connection of problem elements, problem generation, and reflection—developed by Cai & Rott (2024). While early stages may occur internally, the authors argue that external representations become indispensable during the generation of problems. External representations are representations that are publicly accessible and available for observation and manipulation, following Goldin (2020). From a pragmatic perspective inspired by Östman & Wickman (2014), we also apprehend these representations as tools that support the individual’s own thinking. Drawing on Dewey (1938), we argue that ideas must be materialized through symbols in order to be examined, developed, and reflected upon. Consequently, representations are seen as prerequisites for effective problem generation, supporting both orientation and the connection of elements in the problem-posing process. We adopt a broad conception of representation, inspired by Hacking (1983), who considers both simple sketches and sophisticated theories to be external, public representations. This perspective emphasizes the importance of semiotic registers and highlights the difficulty of moving between them, a challenge well documented in mathematics education research by Duval (2017). In addition, Radford (2014) argues that representations should not be treated merely as objects but as integral components of knowledge-producing activity. This leads to the central research question: how are representations used at different stages of problem-posing, which semiotic registers are mobilized, and what is their educational potential? We conduct our research within the framework of the Joint Action Theory in Didactics (JATD; Sensevy, 2011, 2019). JATD is based on three key assumptions: the primacy of action grammar, the fundamentally joint nature of didactic action, and the immanence of knowledge in cultural practices. Knowledge is not viewed as an independent entity but as something that “lives” through the joint action of teachers and students (Tiberghien, 2016). Students’ access to disciplinary knowledge is mediated by the didactic milieu (Sensevy, 2015), which provides both constraints and feedback, and by the didactic contract (Brousseau et al., 2014), i.e. the implicit system of expectations governing teacher-student interactions. Within JATD, the teaching-learning process is understood as a dialectical process between the didactic contract and the didactic environment, as well as between didactic reticence (what the teacher withholds) and didactic expression (what the teacher makes explicit). Reframed in JATD, our research question asks how representations contribute to establishing productive balances within these two dialectics. Specifically, we scrutinize how different semiotic registers support action, feedback, and learning in the didactic environment during problem-posing activities, thereby enabling effective joint didactic action. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This communication is situated within the research project “Determining the Effectiveness of Controlled Experiments in Teaching and Learning” (DEEC; grant ANR-22-CE41-0020). DEEC is structured as a cooperative didactic engineering team (Sensevy & Bloor, 2019). This approach belongs to the family of design-based research methodologies and is characterized by a horizontal organization in which teachers and researchers jointly design, implement, analyze, and iteratively refine teaching sequences. Thus the didactic engineering process relies on repeated cycles of design, classroom experimentation, video-based analysis, and revision. The DEEC project pursues four main objectives. First, it seeks to design a coherent problem-posing teaching sequence. Second, it aims to implement this sequence in a quasi-experimental design (Gopalan et al., 2020) across a large number of classrooms. Third, it evaluates the effectiveness of the sequence using a mixed methodology that combines evidence-based practice with practice-based evidence (Simons et al., 2003). Finally, the project intends to produce a multimedia toolkit to support teachers in implementing problem-posing activities. The finalized teaching sequence consists of 18 sessions and was implemented with informed consent from participating teachers and students’ families. Over three school years, the research followed a structured progression. In Year 1 (2022–2023), an initial version of the sequence and assessment tools was tested by teachers involved in the research group. Classroom videos were analyzed using a process of progressive hypothesis refinement (Engle et al., 2007). This phase led to a preliminary model of effectiveness highlighting the central role of representations such as line diagrams and number boxes. In Year 2 (2023–2024), a revised version of the sequence was implemented within a quasi-experimental design. Further video analyses refined the effectiveness model by identifying “crucial moments” whose proper enactment proved essential. In Year 3 (2024–2025), the sequence was implemented again alongside a control group, although quantitative results are not addressed in this communication. Rather than focusing on test outcomes, this communication presents a clinical analysis, inspired by Foucault (1963), of three filmed classroom excerpts. Two excerpts come from Claire’s mixed grade 2–3 classroom in a relatively advantaged rural area, and one from Florian’s school in a grade 2 classroom in a working-class urban setting. Using transcripts, video data, and multimodal analysis (Santini et al., 2022), we examine how representations function at key moments of the problem-posing process, contributing to a deeper understanding of how representations support learning and to the development of practice-based evidence in mathematics education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, the analyses show that representations can be productively used before the explicit generation of a problem. Rather than serving only as tools to express a finalized problem, representations support earlier phases of problem-posing, such as orientation within the situation and the construction of relationships between given elements. In these phases, representations function as exploratory devices that allow students to organize information, test possible connections, and stabilize emerging ideas. This use supports the development of a shared focus of attention and prepares the ground for problem generation, even when no explicit problem statement has yet been formulated. Second, the results indicate that the potential of representations is not inherent but is realized through their uses. What representations make possible depends on how they are taken up in activity. In particular, certain crucial uses—most notably the introduction and handling of the unknown—are shown to be strongly anchored in representations. Representations provide a material and semiotic support that allows students to objectify the unknown, manipulate it, and progressively integrate it into a problem structure. In this sense, representations act as anchors for conceptualization, enabling a blended form of thinking in which conceptual, symbolic, and material dimensions are tightly intertwined. Third, the study emphasizes the importance of articulating multiple semiotic registers within multimodal sets of representations. When numerical, graphical, linguistic, and gestural registers are coherently combined, they promote a continuity of experience for students. Following insights from Duval (2017), these results suggest that learning in problem-posing is strengthened when students can move between registers while preserving referential stability. Overall, the findings underline that representations are not merely expressive tools but central components of problem-posing activity, whose effectiveness depends on their timing, their uses, and their integration within multimodal semiotic systems. References Baumanns, L., & Rott, B. (2022). Developing a framework for characterising problem-posing activities. Research in Mathematics Education, 24(1), 28‑50. Brousseau, G., Sarrazy, B., & Novotná, J. (2014). Didactic Contract in Mathematics Education. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (p. 153‑159). Springer. Cai, J. (2022). What Research Says About Teaching Mathematics Through Problem Posing. Education & Didactique, 16(3), 31-50. Cai, J., & Leikin, R. (2025). Research in Mathematical Problem Posing. Springer. Cai, J., & Rott, B. (2024). On understanding mathematical problem-posing processes. ZDM, 56(1), 61‑71. Dewey, J. (1938). Logic : The Theory of Inquiry. Holt. Duval, R. (2017). Understanding the mathematical way of thinking. Springer. Engle, R., Conant, F., & Greeno, J. (2007). Progressive refinement of hypotheses in video-supported research. In R. Goldman, R. Pea, B. Barron, & S. Derry (Eds.), Video research in the learning sciences (p. 239‑254). Erlbaum. Foucault, M. (1963). The Birth of the Clinic. Routledge. Goldin, G. (2020). Mathematical Representations. In Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (p. 566‑572). Springer. Gopalan, M., Rosinger, K., & Ahn, J. (2020). Use of Quasi-Experimental Research Designs in Education Research. Review of Research in Education, 44(1), 218‑243. Hacking, I. (1983). Representing and intervening. Cambridge. Östman, L., & Wickman, P.-O. (2014). A pragmatic approach on epistemology, teaching, and learning. Science Education, 98(3), 375‑382. Radford, L. (2014). On the role of representations and artefacts in knowing and learning. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 85(3), 405‑422. Santini, J., Sensevy, G., Quilio, S., Forest, D., & Blocher, J.-N. (2022). Semiosis and joint student–teacher action. International Journal of Science Education, 44(7), 1067‑1095. Sensevy, G. (2011). Overcoming Fragmentation : Towards a Joint Action Theory in Didactics. In B. Hudson & M. Meyer (Eds.), Beyond Fragmentation (p. 60‑76). Barbara Budrich. Sensevy, G. (2015). Milieu. In R. Gunstone (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Science Education (Vol. 2, p. 639‑641). Springer. Sensevy, G. (2019). Joint Action Theory in Didactics. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education. Springer. Sensevy, G., & Bloor, T. (2019). Cooperative Didactic Engineering. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education. Springer. Silver, E. (1994). On mathematical problem posing. For the learning of mathematics, 14(1), 19‑28. Simons, H., Kushner, S., Jones, K., & James, D. (2003). From evidence‐based practice to practice‐based evidence. Research Papers in Education, 18(4), 347‑364. Tiberghien, A. (2016). How does knowledge live in a classroom? In Insights from Research in Science Teaching and Learning (N. Papadouris, A. Hadjigeorgiou, C. Constantinou, p. 11‑27). Springer. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Preparing For a Postmodern Future: Supporting Computational and Artisan Thinking in Young Children 1: University of Plymouth, United Kingdom; 2: Towson University USA Presenting Author:This paper arose from professional research discussions and review of data relating to young (pre-school/kindergarten) children’s mathematical experiences in outdoor play and learning. Common interests in outdoor learning, Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (STEM ) and pedagogies for teaching in a fast-changing world informed our cross-Atlantic discussions leading to new insights of signficance to a range of educators. A dialogic review of primary data on outdoor play and learning in the US and UK prompted consideration of aspects of developmentally appropriate pedagogy to support young children’s situated interactions and critical awareness in the fast changing 21st Century. We situate ourselves as always already posthuman (Braidotti, 2021), calling into question dominant assumptions of Western humancentric thinking by giving greater consideration to the role of material objects, animals and the environment. This has been called the age of the Anthropocene (Crutzen and Stoermer, 2000) in acknowledgement that human activity has become a major environmental force of change. Many global issues and social and technological changes are also influenced by an economically driven computational culture (de Freitas, 2025). Artificial Intelligence (AI) and mass algorithms are impacting on prior accepted understandings of culture, ethics and truth. The future increasingly appears ever more technologically informed, fluid and unknown. Navigation of these innovations and understandings will require 'higher order thinking' (OECD 2018) and a conscious critical ability when engaging with the technological and environmental milieu. Machine learning has also played a role in shaping many contemporary understandings of learning, explanation, pedagogy and even cognition (de Freitas, 2026). The promotion of computational thinking in young children (Bers. Strawhacker and Sullivan 2022),) aligns with this trend (OECD 2018) . The very mention of computational thinking might prompt a perspective which is ‘programmable’ and deterministic (de Freitas, 2025). However, on the other hand yet with so many changes and innovations in technology and society, and an information or data overload, there is a greater need for children to have skills to critically interpret and assess what is newly encountered including responses to the material flows and networks, in the milieu of potential engagements with which they might be entangled. We engage with the philosophical work of de Freitas (2025) who values computational thinking but notes that it suggests that a system is programmable in deterministic frame, and so calls for an 'artisan approach' We propose ‘creative artisans’ move beyond the technical templated approaches with predicted ends, to work with the flows, the grain of the wood, the texture of the paint, the wind and movement of the sand. We identify that as artisan researchers children do engage with the milieu’s many directions, making new understandings.
Our questions were: what can we observe in relation to how children intra-act with, think about and engage with STEM in their free play activity; what thinking processes occur, and how might we support a pedagogic approach which recognises young (post)humans as responding to material flow, both radically extended and influenced by the milieu of experiences and things within which they find themselves, but also with supported skills to abstract and make patterns of meaning from those experiences? We queried, ‘what might it mean for pedagogic practice to acknowledge that young children are always already posthuman, capable of acting as creative artisans, but able to apply computational thinking skills too? Is it possible to bring together the linearity of computational thinking, with its systems of decomposition and abstraction, and the new material pedagogies of divergence and multiple potentiality that are often stated as responsive and affective rather than analytical? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The researchers are based in the US and UK. The work is heavily reliant on posthuman philosophical debate informed by practical observation and current practice. Primary data was collected on each side of the Atlantic asynchronously through participant and non-participant observations, which generated narrative accounts (N= 28 children aged under 5 years) . Our theoretical understanding recognizes that being and becoming is always entangled with ethical considerations as an ethico-onto-epistemology highlights the importance of ongoing ethical awareness (Barad 2007). As Haraway (2010) stated, ‘it matters what matters we use to think other matters with’ as every encounter requires alertness to ethics embedded in respect for others and for the more-than-human. Through video calls, shared documents, discussions and email exchanges spanning several months, children's interactions were explored and revealed responsive, fluid, creative artisanal engagement with their environments and illuminated systematic analytical thinking to make sense of the experiences. Iterative reading practices relating to the data led to a scholarly dialogue, diffractive reading and discussion on potential pedagogic practices to support Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (STEM ) and higher order thinking skills. The researchers engaged in cycles of sharing observations, questioning assumptions, and theorizing connections between computational thinking and posthuman perspectives. This transatlantic dialogue allowed for illumination of cross-cultural perspectives on early childhood pedagogy while identifying common themes in children's meaning-making practices observed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Free play serves as the gateway to understanding how young children integrate responsive engagement with analytical thinking. Through our transatlantic dialogue and analysis of children's engagement across diverse indoor and outdoor learning environments, we observed that young children are simultaneously responsive creative artisans and computational thinkers. The observational data from both the US and UK contexts revealed children's capacity to immerse themselves in material flows during free play while also abstracting patterns and decomposing complex experiences into meaningful components. This dual capacity suggests that computational thinking and posthuman responsiveness are not antithetical but could be complementary dimensions of young children's meaning-making. We propose that there is a need for more illumination of the different perspectives and work with current and future pedagogues to bridge the creative artisan and programmable-activity’ divide. References Ananiadou, K, Claro, M. (2009) 21st Century Skills and Competencies for New Millenium Learners in OECD Countries (OECD Education Working Papers No 41. Paris, France: OECD Publishing. Barad, K. (2007) Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and meaning. London and MA: Duke University Press Bers,M., A.Strawhacker and A.Sullivan (2022), “The state of the field of computational thinking in early childhood education”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 274, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/3354387a-en. Bjorklund, C, Magnusson, M and Palmer, H (2018) Teachers’ involvement in children mathematizing – beyond dichotomization between play and teaching European Early Childhood Education Research Journal. Vol 26, no 4 pp. 469-480 Braidotti, R (2019) Posthuman Knowledge. Cambridge MA: Polity Press Crutzen, P.J. & Stoermer, E.F. (2000). The “Anthropocene”. Global Change Newsletter, 41, 17-18. de Freitas, E (Ed.) (2026) Posthuman Social Science and Computational Culture: Essays on Methodology, Theory and Practice. London: Routledge de Freitas, E and Curinga, M (2025) Computational Thinking and the Infant Mind: software studies between empiricism and nativism in De Freitas, E (Ed.) (2026) Posthuman Social Science and Computational Culture: Essays on Methodology, Theory and Practice. London: Routledge Duobliene, Lilija & Kaire, Sandra & Vaitekaitis, Jogaila. (2023). Education for the future: applying concepts from the new materialist discourse to UNESCO and OECD publications. The Journal of Environmental Education. 54. 1-12. 10.1080/00958964.2023.2188576 Gonzalez-Sancho, C. (2022) Can young children develop early computational thinking? OECD Education today. July 20 2022 Gough, A (2020) Education in the Anthropocene : Institute for Interdisciplinary Research into the Anthropocene (online) https://iiraorg.com/2020/11/16/education-in-the-anthropocene/ Granone, Francesca & Reikerås, Elin & Pollarolo, Enrico & Kamola, Monika. (2023). Critical Thinking, Problem-Solving and Computational Thinking: Related but Distinct? An Analysis of Similarities and Differences Based on an Example of a Play Situation in an Early Childhood Education Setting. 10.5772/intechopen.110795. Haraway, D (2016) Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. New York: Duke University Press. OECD (2018), Teaching for the Future : Effective Classroom Practices to Transform Education, OECD, Publishing, Paris, http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264293243-en. Speldewinde, C., & Campbell, C. (2022). Mathematics learning in the early years through nature play. International Journal of Early Years Education, 30(4), 813–830. https://doi-org.plymouth.idm.oclc.org/10.1080/09669760.2022.2122026 Wing, J. M. (2006) Computational Thinking. Communications of the ACM. 49 (3) 33-35 Zeng, Y., Yang, W. and Bautista, A. (2023) Computational thinking in early childhood education: Reviewing the literature and redeveloping the three-dimensional framework. Educational Research Review, Volume 39, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2023.100520 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper An Argumentation-Oriented Analysis of Pre-Service Physics Teachers’ Conceptual Understanding of Atomic Spectra Hacettepe University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Modern physics topics are among the most challenging areas for students and pre-service teachers to learn, as they involve highly abstract concepts. In particular, the topic of atomic spectra in modern physics is one of the core areas in which this difficulty becomes especially evident, since it requires a simultaneous understanding of the relationships among energy levels, electron transitions, photon energy, and wavelength (Xue et al., 2022). The literature indicates that students’ and pre-service teachers’ explanations of atomic spectra often remain at a descriptive level; individuals experience difficulties in establishing causal relationships among concepts and, in particular, are unable to adequately justify fundamental distinctions such as absorption and emission spectra (Di Uccio et al., 2020). These findings suggest that instructional approaches in modern physics that focus solely on the teaching of concepts are insufficient for supporting conceptual learning (Ivanjek et al., 2020). Contemporary research in science education emphasizes that conceptual learning is not limited to arriving at correct answers; rather, it requires establishing relationships among concepts, justifying these relationships with scientific principles, and examining the quality of the explanations produced (Kersting et al., 2024). In this context, scientific argumentation emerges as a fundamental approach that enables learners to construct their claims using evidence and scientific reasoning. The Claim-Evidence-Reasoning (CER) framework, which is frequently employed in the analysis of scientific argumentation, is regarded as a powerful analytical tool that allows for the systematic examination of the structural components of scientific explanations. The CER framework reveals not only what learners say, but also the observations and scientific principles on which they base their explanations (McNeill & Krajcik, 2008). Recent studies argue that argumentation is not used solely as an instructional strategy; rather, it provides researchers with an analytical framework that reveals the underlying reasons for the explanations developed by learners during their natural learning processes (Altun & Özsevgeç, 2025). Accordingly, it is emphasized that argumentation-oriented instructional and analytical approaches are employed not only as classroom activities but also as tools for uncovering pre-service teachers’ conceptual explanation and justification structures within their natural learning processes (Mi et al., 2024). In line with this perspective, the present study seeks to answer the question: ‘How do pre-service physics teachers structure their understanding of atomic spectra in terms of CER components?’ Through this research question, the study examines pre-service physics teachers’ conceptual understanding of atomic spectra and their ways of justifying this understanding from a qualitative perspective. In the study, conceptual understanding will be determined through epistemic patterns emerging in the explanations produced by pre-service teachers, with a focus on their ways of making claims, using evidence, and constructing reasoning (Mazibe & Rollnick, 2024). This study aligns with the goals emphasized in European science education policies regarding the development of scientific reasoning, argumentation, and epistemic practices, and it aims to offer comparable and transferable didactic implications for teacher education by focusing on the analysis of pre-service teachers’ conceptual understandings developed within the context of modern physics. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted using a qualitative research approach and was designed as a case study. The participants consisted of 20 pre-service teachers enrolled in a physics teacher education program at a public university. The participants were selected in accordance with purposive sampling. As a criterion, it was required that the participants were simultaneously enrolled in the Modern Physics course and the Modern Physics Laboratory course throughout the research process. The data collection process was carried out at two different time points. The first dataset was collected prior to instruction in order to reveal pre-service teachers’ initial conceptual understandings of atomic spectra. In this phase, five open-ended questions were administered to the participants. The second dataset was collected after the completion of the theoretical and practical courses. At this stage, key concepts related to atomic spectra (electron, emission spectrum, absorption spectrum) were provided, and the participants were asked to construct a concept map. Subsequently, four open-ended questions were posed. The open-ended questions administered in the first and second datasets were not identical. The written data produced by pre-service teachers during the learning process were collected through the first and second datasets without any experimental intervention, within the context of their natural learning environments. In this way, the epistemic dimension of learning was intended to be represented more realistically. The data obtained in the study were analyzed using qualitative content analysis. During the analysis process, written responses were coded in terms of the presence and quality of CER components. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings obtained from this study provide a detailed account of the epistemic characteristics of pre-service physics teachers’ conceptual understandings of atomic spectra and their justification structures. Prior to instruction, pre-service teachers’ explanations of atomic spectra were found to be predominantly limited to descriptive claims; the relationships among concepts were often established at a superficial level, and these relationships were not sufficiently justified through scientific evidence and physical principles (Di Uccio et al., 2020). At this stage, the CER components generally failed to form a coherent whole, with the evidence and reasoning dimensions remaining particularly limited (Mi et al., 2024). Following the instructional process, pre-service teachers were observed to demonstrate more relational and structured epistemic patterns in their explanations of atomic spectra. In particular, concept maps revealed more consistent and causal connections among key concepts such as electron transitions, energy levels, photon energy, and wavelength. Similarly, responses to open-ended questions showed that claims were more explicitly justified through observation-based evidence and physical principles. This shift can be explained by the increased visibility of more advanced explanatory structures in which the CER components were used in an integrated manner. Nevertheless, certain conceptual relationships and justification patterns were found to remain resistant to change. Specifically, limitations persisted in the justification of the distinction between absorption and emission spectra, as well as in explaining the relationship between energy and wavelength. These results indicate that conceptual change in learning atomic spectra is not a linear process and that certain epistemic gaps may continue even after instruction (Vosniadou, 2021). Overall, the study demonstrates that conceptual learning related to atomic spectra is closely associated not only with the correctness of conceptual knowledge but also with how this knowledge is structured through evidence and reasoning. References Altun, E., & Özsevgeç, T. (2025). Making argumentation‐based learning and teaching happen: Exploring pre-service science teachers’ argumentation competencies. Science & Education, 34, 4057–4106. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-024-00612-1 Di Uccio, U. S., Colantonio, A., Galano, S., Marzoli, I., Trani, F., & Testa, I. (2020). Development of a construct map to describe students’ reasoning about introductory quantum mechanics. Physical Review Physics Education Research, 16(1), 010144. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevPhysEducRes.16.010144 Ivanjek, L., Shaffer, P. S., McDermott, L. C., Planinić, M., & Veza, D. (2020). Probing student understanding of spectra through the use of a typical experiment used in teaching introductory modern physics. Physical Review Physics Education Research, 16(1), 010102. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevPhysEducRes.16.010102 Kersting, M., Blair, D., Sandrelli, S., Sherson, J., & Woithe, J. (2024). Making an IMPRESSion: mapping out future directions in modern physics education. Physics Education, 59(1), 015501. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6552/ad11e8 Mazibe, E. N., & Rollnick, M. (2024). Examining the educative nature of selected physical sciences textbooks about electrostatics using pedagogical content knowledge. International Journal of Science Education, 46(13), 1360–1377. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2023.2288661 McNeill, K. L., & Krajcik, J. (2008). Inquiry and scientific explanations: Helping students use evidence and reasoning. Science as Inquiry in the Secondary Setting, 121, 34. Mi, S., Zong, T., Yang, X., & Gui, W. (2024). Physics pre-service teachers’ conceptual understanding of scientific literacy: A study based on structural topic models. Science & Education, 34, 1523–1549. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-024-00520-4 Vosniadou, S. (2021). Conceptual change: A unifying framework. In International Handbook of Conceptual Change (2nd ed.). Routledge. Xue, S., Sun, D., Zhu, L., Huang, H. W., & Topping, K. (2022). Comparing the Effects of Modelling and Analogy on High School Students' Content Understanding and Transferability: The Case of Atomic Structure. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 21(2), 325-341.https://doi.org/10.33225/jbse/22.21.325 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 28 SES 05 A: Sociologies of Early Childhood Education Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Sabine Bollig Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Men Future Early Childhood Education Teachers in Greece: Attitudes and Perceptions Democritus University of Thrace, Greece Presenting Author:All over the world only a tiny proportion of early childhood education teachers are male, with a global average of 2-6% (Rohman et al, 2021), despite the commitments made to increase the involvement of males (European Commission Network on Childcare, 1996). In Greece this percentage is even lower, reaching 1,4% in 2021. Even though there does not appear to be any formal data about the numbers of males studying to become early childhood education teachers, it is assumed that they are also a very small minority. At the Department of Education Sciences in Early Childhood, in Democritus University, Greece, male students account for around 3-4% of the student populations each year. The purpose of this study is to investigate males who choose to study early childhood education. What are the reasons behind their choice? Is it made by chance or is it something they wanted? How do they construct their identities as male students and future professionals in early childhood education? The theoretical framework that underpins this study draws upon Connell’s (2009) analysis of gender as a social construction, embedded in societal structures, from the personal to university and workplace order. The way gender is constantly constructed and reconstructed influences the roles in the public sphere, in the studies and in employment aspirations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper focuses on data from an ongoing postdoctoral research. Qualitative data from male students was collected through semi-structured interviews, that allowed participants to talk about their perceptions and constructions (Silverman, 2010) in a space where the respondents could engage in a dialogic process and feel more at ease and less mechanical in their relationship with me as the researcher (Denzin & Lincoln, 2005). A feminist methodological approach was followed (Stanley & Wise, 1990; Iglessi, 2001) adopting a humanist paradigm (Pourkos, 2010) in order to understand and give meaning to the participants’ talk. Power relations were always kept in mind, as the researcher is also part of the teaching staff at the same university. Participants were informed about the purpose of the research and the time of the interviews was negotiated. They took part voluntarily and were able to withdraw at any time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that in contrast to other research (i.e. Mousena & Sidiropoulou, 2018; Rentzou & Ziganitidou, 2009), the majority of the students who participated in the presents research “drifted” into early childhood education studies, but they keep on studying because they either became interested in it, or because they realized there are better employment opportunities than in other professional fields. Also, it does not seem to be widely accepted that social perceptions about male and female professions have changed, especially when care of children is involved. By last, it is argued that early childhood education should be promoted as a profession for both females and males in order to raise male participation. References Connell, R. W. (2009). Gender. Cambridge: Polity Press Denzin, N. K. & Lincoln, Y. S. (eds) (2005). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. Thousand Oaks: SAGE European Commission Childcare Network (1993). Men as Carers: Report of an International Seminar. Ravenna, Italy, 21-22 May 1993 Igglesi, Ch. (2001). Reflexivity in Feminist Research. Athens: Odisseas [in Greek] Mousena, E. & Sidiropoulou, T. (2018). Contemporary Challenges and the Rise of Men in Early Childhood Education and Care in Greece. Paper presented on the 28th ECERA Annual Conference, 30/8/2018, Budapest, Hungary. Pourkos, M. (2010). The Meaning of Theory and Its Role in Social Science Research: The 'Crisis' and the Key 'Paradigms'. In M. Pourkos, & M. Dafermos, (Ed.). Qualitative Research in the Social Sciences: Epistemological, Methodological and Ethical Issues. Athens: Topos, pp. 59-130. [in Greek] Rentzou, K., & Ziganitidou, K. (2009). Greek Male Early Childhood Educators: Self and Societal Perceptions Towards Their Chosen Profession. Early Years, 29(3), pp. 271-279 Rohrmann, T., Brody, D. & Plaisir, J. Y. (2021). A Diversity of Cultural and Institutional Contexts. In D. Brody, K. Emilsen, T. Rohrmann, & J. Warin (eds) Exploring Career Trajectories of Men in the Early Childhood Education and Care Workforce. Why They Leave and Why They Stay. London: Routledge, pp. 28–40 Silverman, D. (2010). Doing Qualitative Research: A practical handbook. London: SAGE Stanley, L. & Wise, S. (1990). Method, Methodology and Epistemology in Feminist Research Processes. In Stanley, L. (ed.) Feminist Praxis: Research, Theory and Epistemology in Feminist Sociology. London: Routledge, pp. 20-62 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Future Visions for Early Childhood Education in Finland University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:
In this study the aim is to examine views on the future of early childhood education (ECE). Finnish ECE has faced many changes since 2010, for the ECE-policy has not been stable. The transfer of ECE from the social welfare and health care sector to the Ministry of Education and Culture took place in 2013. This transfer reflected the rationale of educational continuity and cohesion (Paananen, 2017). Since 2015 The Finnish National Agency for Education (FNAE) became as a national expert office for ECE. FNAE guides and develops ECE and is also responsible for the National Core Curriculum for Early Childhood Education. The first ECE curriculum as a norm was implemented in 2016 (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2016). The curriculum emphasized pedagogy and education and set goals for high quality in ECE which set challenges to the competence of ECE staff and the actual quality to services (Puroila, Kinnunen & Keränen 2017). This was and still is not easily done because there was a huge shortage of qualified teachers. (lähteet). One other structural change concerning Finnish ECE is privatization. Finland is internationally known as a ‘latecomer’ in the league of countries favoring market-friendly and private provision of ECE (Dovemark et al., 2018). After 2010 the private sector on ECE has increased substantially and currently in Finland we have both for-profit and non for-profit organizations (Ruutiainen et al., 2020; Valkonen eta a., 2021). According to Laiho and Pihlaja (2022) privatization has become part of Finnish ECE through tacit and invisible steps, both in legislation and also in municipal services illustrating hidden privatization (see Ball and Yodell, 2007). The next change was the reform that was launched in 2022 when the three-step support system came into force (Pihlaja, Mikkola and Kumpulainen 2025). This reform followed the support system that was at that time also in basic education and in pre-school education. However, this support system changed in pre-school and basic education in 2025 and again in ECE and basic education have different support systems. The national ECE policy has tried to achieve higher structural quality while at the same time there are factors that challenge it. In addition to shortage of qualified teachers the current Government has proposed overruled some ECE norms. This takes place in a situation where several municipalities tighten up ECE activities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study we used the Delphi method (Kuusi 2014; Jorm 2025). The material was gathered in two phases. At first, 20 participants (10 ECE leaders and 10 special teachers) participated in individual interviews where the researcher and the interviewee discussed what kind of ECE policy should be in future both at the municipal and at the national level. The thematic content analysis was used in order to form 11 future claims related to the future of ECE. The claims were formed based on the synthesis of the interview data. This material was gathered via webropol survey. The claims described broader education and societal policy developments in ECE. In this survey respondents were asked to evaluate future claims in two dimensions: on the one hand, to assess the likelihood of the claims and, on the other hand, their desirability. So-called gap analysis was used in the analysis of the claims. Gap analysis is a method that can be used to identify the difference between the current state and the desired future. The gap analysis was performed by adding up the values obtained by all eleven variables and dividing the sums by the total number of respondents (Likert average). Thereafter, average differences (probability - desirability) were calculated from the Likert averages. The mean difference was expressed as a gap. The greater the gap, the greater the difference between the current state of ECE and the desired early childhood education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis that is still going on revealed some tensions concerning the current situation e.g. on the support system. The strongest hopes were for the possibility of having a reduced amount of children in a child group with a full-time special education teacher. In addition, it would be highly desirable if the municipal had a sufficient budget reserve during the operating period to meet the resource needs of children´s support. The claim “preschool education is organized as part of early childhood education and activities in the ECE institution are the responsibility of the manager who has completed the master's degree in education” was also a desirable one. According to the respondents, the status of ECE as a part of the education system should be strengthened and early childhood education, pre-primary education and basic education should be under the same legislation. The gap-analysis is currently in the works. References Ball, S. & Yodell, D. (2008). Hidden Privatization in Public Education. Brussels: Education International. Dovemark M, Kosunen S, Kauko J, Magnusdottir, B., Hansen, P., & Rasmussen, P. et al. (2018) Deregulation, privatisation and marketisation of Nordic comprehensive education: social changes reflected in schooling. Education Inquiry 9(1), 122–141. Finnish National Agency for Education, 2016). The National Curriculum for Early Childhood Education. Jorm, A. (2025). Using the Delphi Method to Establish Expert Consensus. Springer Nature. Laiho, A. & Pihlaja, P. (2022). Is Finnish early childhood education going private? Policy Futures in Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/14782103221074474. Kuusi, O. (2014). Delfoi-metodi [Delphi-method]. https://metodix.fi/2014/05/19/kuusi-delfoi-metodi/ (10.1.2025) Paananen, M. (2017). Imaginaries of Early Childhood Education: Societal Roles of Early Childhood Education in an Era of Accountability. University of Helsinki. Pihlaja, P., Mikkola, A., & Kumpulainen, K. (2025). Tuen reformi varhaiskasvatuksessa -tuen päätökset ja rakenteellisen tuen toteutuminen varhaiskasvatuslain muutosten jälkeen 2022. Oppimisen ja oppimisvaikeuksien erityislehti, 35(1), 25 – 43 Ruutiainen, V., Alasuutari, M. & Karila, K., (2020) Rationalising public support for private early childhood education and care: the case of Finland. British Journal of Sociology of Education 41(4): 32–47. Valkonen, S., Pesonen, J., & Brunila, K. (2021). Varhaiskasvatuksen markkinat - Näkökulmana yksityistyvät palvelut. Kasvatus 52(2), 223 – 234. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Bourdieu and Digital Educational Inequalities in the Age of AI—A Systematic Review Universität Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:Where earlier debates on generative AI primarily focused on transformations of the labour market and the potential automation of routine-intensive occupations, AI has increasingly become a subject of educational and policy-related discussions due to its “transformative potential in the field of education” (Cooper, 2023, p. 444). This development is reflected in the EU AI Act, in which the European Parliament (2024) classifies AI systems used in educational contexts as high-risk applications. While the use of generative AI in learning processes undoubtedly also entails new opportunities, for instance regarding individualised learning and instant feedback, the scientific discourse (e.g. Deng et al., 2024)—similar to current policy debates—has also highlighted several risks. Existing debates thereby predominantly address issues such as copyright and data protection as well as environmental costs related to the high energy consumption of AI-based systems. By contrast, considerably less attention has been paid to the risk that generative AI may intensify pre-existing educational inequalities through socially differentiated patterns of use. Despite its clear relevance for educational research and policy, sociological perspectives on the use of generative AI in educational contexts remain underdeveloped. In this regard, research building on Pierre Bourdieu’s social theory offers particularly promising points of connection for the analysis of AI-related digital educational inequalities for two reasons. First, Bourdieu’s theory of reproduction (1964) is firmly established in research on educational inequality; second, Bourdieu’s social theory has also been employed in analyses of the digital divide (e.g., Ragnedda and Ruiu, 2020). Yet their application to current developments in generative AI in education remains fragmented. Against this background, this contribution provides a systematic review of digital educational inequalities from a Bourdieusian perspective, with a special focus on AI. It aims to (1) systematise theoretical conceptualisations, (2) identify dominant methodological operationalisations and their limitations, and (3) clarify the empirical status of generative AI within the reviewed literature. In doing so, the review situates debates on AI in education within broader traditions of inequality research and highlights avenues for future empirical studies. The central research question guiding the presentation is How is Bourdieu’s social theory theoretically mobilised and methodologically operationalised in research on digital educational inequalities, with particular reference to artificial intelligence? The relevance of generative AI for social inequality becomes particularly evident when digital inequality is conceptualised not merely in terms of access, but also regarding competencies, skills, and knowledge required for the meaningful use of information and communication technologies (ICT) (Rudolph, 2019, p. 104–105). In direct reference to Bourdieu (2002, pp. 172, 193), these resources can be understood as technological capital. As a specific form of cultural capital (Bourdieu, 2012), technological capital has increasingly become a decisive resource in contemporary knowledge societies—both in educational settings and in the labour market (Drossel et al., 2019, p. 380). From a European perspective, prior research indicates that even in countries with comparatively low levels of digital inequality, such as Finland, socially patterned differences in the use of ICT persist (Cruz-Jesus et al., 2016, p. 81). In the context of European educational cooperation, the European Union (2020) had already formulated the objective of addressing not only inequalities in access, but also differences in digital skills and usage among students prior to the rapid diffusion of generative AI. Digital educational inequalities can thus be understood as a structural challenge of contemporary education systems in Europe which gains renewed urgency in light of recent developments in generative AI. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To provide an analysis of the available literature on digital educational inequalities from a Bourdieusian perspective and to address the research question, a systematic review was considered a particularly suitable methodological approach. It follows the PRISMA guidelines and incorporates Alexander’s (2020) field-specific considerations for educational research. For the literature search, the international bibliographic databases SCOPUS and Web of Science Core Collection were consulted. The initial search was conducted on 18 December 2025 and was based on the following sequence of search terms: bourdieu AND (“digital divide” OR “digital inequality” OR “media habitus” OR “digital habitus” OR “digital capital” OR “technological capital”) AND (education OR school OR learning OR classroom OR instruction OR lesson OR student OR teacher OR teaching). The search yielded 41 records in SCOPUS and 222 records in the Web of Science Core Collection. After the removal of 24 duplicates, a total of 239 publications were identified for inclusion in the systematic review. These publications are screened first on the basis of their titles and abstracts, and thereafter through full-text assessment, with regard to their relevance to the research question and the inclusion criteria outlined below. All included publications must be available in English or German. In addition to qualitative and quantitative empirical studies as well as mixed-methods designs, conceptual contributions will also be included. Given the manageable number of publications identified within this systematic review, and the fact that the relevant literature is predominantly recent, no temporal restrictions will be applied. Preliminary results indicate that approximately three quarters of the identified publications were published within the last ten years, and that almost all included studies date back no more than twenty years. Including the small number of publications from the early 2000s allows the research field framed by the chosen search terms to be synthesised from its inception. In light of the dynamic nature of the research field, articles currently in press for publication in peer-reviewed journals will also be considered for inclusion. The final selection of studies will be described during the presentation using a PRISMA flow diagram. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The systematic review is expected to provide an analysis of how Bourdieusian social theory has been theoretically mobilised and empirically operationalised in research on digital educational inequalities, with particular attention to studies addressing or touching upon the use of generative artificial intelligence in educational contexts. First, the review will likely identify a set of dominant theoretical entry points through which Bourdieu’s concepts are applied to questions of digital inequality in education. It is anticipated that Bourdieu’s concept of technological capital, alongside more recent notions such as digital capital and digital habitus, serves as a central analytical bridge between classical research on educational inequalities and contemporary digitalisation processes. Second, the review is expected to reveal considerable heterogeneity in the methodological operationalisation of Bourdieusian concepts. While qualitative approaches may predominantly focus on habitus-related dimensions of technology use, quantitative studies are likely to operationalise digital inequality primarily through proxy indicators of access, skills, or usage frequency. The results may point to a tension between theoretically ambitious frameworks and empirically reductive measurements. Third, regarding empirical findings, the review is expected to show consistent evidence that variables such as (parental) education and occupation, first language, migration background, and gender are associated with differentiated patterns of technology use in educational settings as well as overall technological competences. However, it is anticipated that explicit analyses of generative AI applications remain scarce, fragmented, or only implicitly addressed. Overall, the review is expected to identify substantial research gaps, particularly concerning the systematic integration of generative AI into Bourdieusian analyses of digital educational inequalities. Insights into the application of Bourdieusian theoretical frameworks and their methodological operationalisation for studying digital educational inequalities are expected to provide a valuable basis for empirical research on the role of generative AI in shaping digital educational inequalities. References Alexander, P. A. (2020). Methodological guidance paper: The art and science of quality systematic reviews. Review of educational research, 90(1), 6-23. Bachsleitner, A., Lämmchen, R., & Maaz, K. (Eds.). (2022). Soziale Ungleichheit des Bildungserwerbs von der Vorschule bis zur Hochschule. Eine Forschungssynthese zwei Jahrzehnte nach PISA. Waxmann Verlag GmbH. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830996248 Bourdieu, P. (2002). Der Einzige und sein Eigenheim. VSA-Verlag. Bourdieu, P. (2012). Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital. In U. Bauer, U. H. Bittlingmayer, & A. Scherr (Eds.), Handbuch Bildungs- und Erziehungssoziologie (pp. 229–242). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-18944-4_15 Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1964). Les héritiers: les étudiants et la culture. Les Éditions de minuit. Cooper, G. (2023). Examining science education in ChatGPT: An exploratory study of generative artificial intelligence. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 32(3), 444–452. Cruz-Jesus, F., Vicente, M. R., Bacao, F., & Oliveira, T. (2016). The education-related digital divide: An analysis for the EU-28. Computers in Human Behavior, 56, 72–82. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2015.11.027 Deng, R., Jiang, M., Yu, X., Lu, Y., & Liu, S. (2024). Does ChatGPT enhance student learning? A systematic review and meta-analysis of experimental studies. Computers & Education, 105224. Drossel, K., Eickelmann, B., & Vennemann, M. (2019). Digitalisierung und Bildungsgerechtigkeit–die schulische Perspektive. DDS–Die Deutsche Schule, 111(4), 379-390. European Union. (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027: Resetting education and training for the digital age (COM (2020) 624 final). Publications Office of the European Union. https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/document-library-docs/deap-communication-sept2020_en.pdf European Parliament. (2024). Amendments adopted on 14 June 2023 on the Artificial Intelligence Act. Official Journal of the European Union. Neumann, K., Kuhn, J., & Drachsler, H. (2024). Generative Künstliche Intelligenz in Unterricht und Unterrichtsforschung – Chancen und Herausforderungen. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 52(2), 227–237. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42010-024-00212-6 Ragnedda, M., & Ruiu, M. L. (2020). Digital capital: A Bourdieusian perspective on the digital divide. Emerald Publishing Limited. Robinson, L., Cotten, S. R., Ono, H., Quan-Haase, A., Mesch, G., Chen, W., Schulz, J., Hale, T. M., & Stern, M. J. (2015). Digital inequalities and why they matter. Information, Communication & Society, 18(5), 569–582. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2015.1012532 Rudolph, S. (2019). Digitale Medien, Partizipation und Ungleichheit: Eine Studie zum sozialen Gebrauch des Internets (1st ed. 2019). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden Imprint: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-26943-2 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 28 SES 05 B: Sociologies of Teacher Professionalism Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Teacher Professionalism in a Post-truth Era: Disruptions and Opportunities University of Galsgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The post-truth condition, marked by the erosion of shared epistemic norms and the destabilisation of institutional trust (McIntyre, 2018), is changing the foundations of the teaching profession. By reshuffling social arrangements, post-truth threatens to undermine the logic which sustained longstanding endeavours to professionalise teaching, yet it also opens new opportunities to reimagine teacher professionalism. Realising that post-truth is more than a passing phase and that it’s deeply rooted in social struggles, bolstered by novel and continually developing technologies, means we must learn to cope with its influence. Indeed, in recent years, educational research has been evolving to explore the implications of post-truth for children, classrooms, teaching, and learning. Such studies offer invaluable insights into designing pedagogy and curriculum better suited to meeting the new challenges (Barzilai & Chinn, 2020). Nevertheless, the literature rarely examines the intersection of teacher professionalism and post-truth, potentially overlooking crucial processes that significantly shape teachers’ work and their daily experiences as professionals. This paper seeks to address this gap by drawing on the sociology of professions and scholarship on teacher professionalism, as well as on the emerging post-truth phenomenon, to probe the possible dangers and opportunities for teachers and teaching as a profession. Finally, it proposes an agenda for future research to advance our understanding of the intersection between post-truth and teacher professionalism. Teacher Professionalism The sociological foundations of professionalism of both classical and critical theories (Abbott, 1988; Freidson, 2001; Parsons, 1939) offer three core tenets for examining teacher professionalism: specialised knowledge, public trust, and professional authority. These domains have historically underpinned the growing “movement to professionalize teaching” (Labaree, 1992), which aimed to elevate the profession by establishing distinguishing teachers’ knowledge (Shulman, 1986), affirming their practice-based expertise (Eraut, 2000), securing professional discretion (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012), and cultivating public trust through moral-relational commitments to students and society (Becher, 2024). Crucially, this project relies on a social contract where the public grants teachers autonomy in exchange for their commitment to transcendent ideals like truth and student well-being. However, post-truth unravels the logic that sustains this contract. Post-truth Disruptions Post-truth is a complex sociocultural condition in which epistemic uncertainty and power struggles are deeply intertwined. Far from being synonymous with simple deception, it describes a condition in which the distinction between truth and falsehood is rendered irrelevant (Kalpokas, 2019; McIntyre, 2018). Viewed through a sociological lens, this condition manifests as class tension; resistance to truth claims is interpreted as a rejection of the “epistemic domination” exercised by knowledge workers, including teachers, whose prescriptive authority is viewed with increasing suspicion by the wider public (Porpora, 2024). However, distinct from historical scepticism, the current crisis is driven by specific technological conditions—such as algorithmic personalisation (Jürgens & Stark, 2022) and echo chambers (Nguyen, 2020)—that have fundamentally reshaped how information is generated and evaluated. These technologies decentralise authority and weaken collective filters for reliability. In the educational context, post-truth results in a landscape characterised by five key trends, including the proliferation of misinformation, the rejection of verified claims, and the prioritisation of belief over evidence (Barzilai & Chinn, 2020). This environment creates profound disorientation, eroding established systems for validating knowledge. Consequently, professional expertise is increasingly conflated with mere opinion, leaving educators to navigate a crisis of institutional trust where all perspectives appear equally valid. The current analysis considers the implications of these unfolding developments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents a critical conceptual analysis following a theory synthesis approach (Jaakkola, 2020) to integrate previously disconnected theoretical streams into a new explanatory framework. The enquiry adopts a problematising approach (Sandberg & Alvesson, 2011) and moves beyond a simple identification of gaps in the literature. Hence, it actively interrogates the underlying assumptions of “teacher professionalism” and confronts them with the social changes that characterise the “post-truth” condition. The analytical procedure follows three iterative phases: 1. Delineation of the Domain Theory: First, the paper delineates the focal construct of teacher professionalism. Drawing on the sociology of professions generally, and the discourse around teacher professionalism specifically, it identifies three constituent dimensions of teaching as a profession: professional knowledge, public trust, and authority. This establishes the theoretical object of inquiry. 2. Characterisation of the Context: Second, the inquiry defines the “post-truth” condition, which serves as the context for the synthesis. Synthesising recent scholarship, it isolates five structural trends, such as the rejection of verification and epistemic fragmentation, that function as active disruptors to educational environments. 3. Integration and Reconfiguration: Third, the methodology employs a systematic juxtaposition. The analysis maps the post-truth trends against the dimensions of professionalism to locate specific "conceptual ruptures" where traditional attributes become ineffective, while simultaneously identifying emergent opportunities for professional renewal. This leads to a reconfiguration (Jaakkola, 2020)—generating a conceptual framework that invites rethinking the teacher’s role in contemporary society. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis maps structural disruptions to teacher professionalism alongside emerging possibilities: 1. Knowledge: A. Challenges—The validity of professional knowledge is eroding. In a climate where expertise is challenged (Porpora, 2024; Ylä-Anttila, 2018), teachers’ reliance on evidence and experience-informed decisions could increasingly be dismissed as mere opinion or ideological bias. B. Opportunities—The destabilisation of traditional knowledge hierarchies underscores the importance of situated epistemic agency. Rather than functioning merely as recipients of authorised knowledge, teachers can reposition themselves as active epistemic navigators, guiding students through contested information landscapes and participating in the co-construction of educational knowledge, thereby reasserting the profession’s intellectual claims. 2. Trust: A. Challenges—Broader public confidence is undermined by "information pollution" (Malin & Lubienski, 2022) caused by the increased dissemination of misleading information. This creates a fertile ground for suspicion, potentially subjecting teachers to narratives questioning their intentions and competence. B. Opportunities—The decline in granted deference offers a catalyst for relational-civic engagement. Trust must now rely more heavily on its active reconstruction through interpersonal commitments, transparency, and community-embedded practice. This shift transforms the teacher-public relationship from one of institutional trust to one of negotiated legitimacy. 3. Authority: A. Challenges—Digital platforms and social media empower non-experts to subject teachers to new forms of surveillance and judgment, challenging professional autonomy and standing (Addi-Raccah & Yemini, 2018; Peters, 2017). B. Opportunities—The proliferation of epistemically fragmented and ideologically charged discourses invites expanding teachers’ professional jurisdiction and authority. The post-truth condition opens new terrains and demands pedagogical engagement with digital cultures and post-truth discourses that permeate the classroom, carried by students already immersed in these environments. Teachers can claim new discretionary power by addressing the social and technological conditions of truth-seeking, thereby increasing their societal relevance. This analysis opens critical avenues for researching the evolving nature of teacher professionalism. References Abbott, A. D. (1988). The system of professions: An essay on the division of expert labor. University of Chicago Press. Addi-Raccah, A., & Yemini, M. (2018). What is up? Parental Whatsapp discussion groups in diverse educational settings in Israel. Multicultural Education Review, 10(4), 310–326. https://doi.org/10.1080/2005615X.2018.1532224 Barzilai, S., & Chinn, C. A. (2020). A review of educational responses to the “post-truth” condition: Four lenses on “post-truth” problems. Educational Psychologist, 55(3), 107–119. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2020.1786388 Becher, A. (2024). Holding our Ground in the Face of Public Mistrust: The Future of Professionalism in Teaching and Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 75(5), 476–487. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871241268552 Eraut, M. (2000). Non-formal learning and tacit knowledge in professional work. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 70(1), 113–136. https://doi.org/10.1348/000709900158001 Freidson, E. (2001). Professionalism: The third logic. University of Chicago Press. Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. Teachers College Press. Jaakkola, E. (2020). Designing conceptual articles: Four approaches. AMS Review, 10, 18–26. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13162-020-00161-0 Jürgens, P., & Stark, B. (2022). Mapping Exposure Diversity: The Divergent Effects of Algorithmic Curation on News Consumption. Journal of Communication, 72(3), 322–344. https://doi.org/10.1093/joc/jqac009 Kalpokas, I. (2019). A Political Theory of Post-Truth. Springer. Labaree, D. (1992). Power, knowledge, and the rationalization of teaching: A genealogy of the movement to professionalize teaching. Harvard Educational Review, 62(2), 123–155. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.62.2.h73x7422v3166102 Malin, J., & Lubienski, C. (2022). Information pollution in an age of populist politics. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 30, (94)-(94). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.30.6144 McIntyre, L. (2018). Post-Truth. MIT Press. Nguyen, C. T. (2020). ECHO CHAMBERS AND EPISTEMIC BUBBLES. Episteme, 17(2), 141–161. https://doi.org/10.1017/epi.2018.32 Parsons, T. (1939). The Professions and Social Structure. Social Forces, 17(4), 457–467. https://doi.org/10.2307/2570695 Peters, M. A. (2017). Education in a post-truth world. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(6), 563–566. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2016.1264114 Porpora, D. V. (2024). The post-truth challenge to expertise. In Philosophy, Expertise, and the Myth of Neutrality. Routledge. Sandberg, J., & Alvesson, M. (2011). Ways of constructing research questions: Gap-spotting or problematization? Organization, 18(1), 23–44. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350508410372151 Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those who understand: A conception of teacher knowledge. American Educator, 10(1), 4–14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X015002004 Ylä-Anttila, T. (2018). Populist knowledge: ‘Post-truth’ repertoires of contesting epistemic authorities. European Journal of Cultural and Political Sociology, 5(4), 356–388. https://doi.org/10.1080/23254823.2017.1414620 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Progressive Pedagogies in Mass-Scale; Mandated Reflexivity to Authentically Doubt the Right Thing in Student-Centered Teaching University of Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:Courses to teach children to connect with their ‘natural passion for learning’ (Macmillan Education 2026), self-help books to learn how to learn (Oakley et al. 2018), European emphasis on critical thinking as a ‘life-skill in the digital era’ (European School Education Platform 2024), and PISA’s focus on students growth mindset (OECD 2025) and on adaptable competences such as problem-solving (OECD 2017). An underlying emphasis in contemporary Western education, as addressed in the 21st century skills (OECD 2021), is to qualify students through teaching divergent thinking skills. This seemingly progressive emphasis is presented in the meticulously planned educational system, meaning that the divergent thinking preferably should lead to preplanned results (Kubik 2018). The focus on divergent thinking skills as a self-governance to obtain predefined results can be understood as the surprising marriage between progressive pedagogies and neoliberal mass-education (Sharma et al. 2023; Bradbury 2019). On the one hand, reflexivity, critical thinking and problem solving are emphasized with progressive pedagogies, such as problem-based learning and inquiry based teaching, originating in Deweyian ideals of democratic education (Dewey 2024). On the other hand, neoliberal mass-education implies a focus on individual responsibility, institutionalized curricula and lesson-level learning goals, which the progressive pedagogies has to adhere to (De Lissovoy 2018; Sharma et al. 2023). With a basis in my PhD, this paper focuses on how the individual student is made centre for pre-planned teaching activities in a large-scale teaching initiative based on inquiry-based teaching. Here, I am particularly interested in how the students are made centrum for the already-planned activity and what that requires the students to do in order to take part. This emphasis places the project in relation to concerns about the responsibilization of students in critical pedagogical informed teaching in a neoliberal structure (De Lissovoy 2018). It is also connected to critiques of open learning spaces, such as learning centres and museums, having a too narrow idea of their users which thereby limits who can participate and how (Archer et al. 2016). Furthermore, it relates to the practical difficulties of adopting teaching student-centred teaching and staying with students’ concerns (Elkin Postila 2022). As argued by Simons and Masschelein, many pedagogies with roots in the 1960s seek to put the student in centrum for education, but the ‘individual’ is contemporarily translated into personhood and personalization (Simons and Masschelein 2021). The above critiques have offered incisive insights into the individualized organization of education, the production of certain legitimate positions based on capital and habitus, and the issues in the meeting of progressive teaching ideals and constraints on everyday teaching. In this paper, I seek to widen the discussion of progressive teaching ideals in contemporary teaching through investigating the practice of placing the students’ concerns in the centre of pre-planned teaching. I do so by asking: What concerns and ways to take part emerge for adolescents in inquiry-based teaching at a science centre, and what does it take to qualify them to the discipline through the disciplinary content and the planned activities? Departing from French pragmatic sociology as a way to conceptualize the interrelationship between concerns (doubts and inquietudes), engagement, and the disposition (Hansen 2023; Thévenot 2006), I seek to understand how this relates to the materiality (mattering) of the educational subject (Vlieghe and Zamojsky 2019). I generated data by following adolescents visiting a science centre building on a progressive educational framework (Madsen et al. 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to investigate how students are placed in the centre of the preplanned activities, I focus on the case of adolescents visiting a science centre, that hosts 18 percent of the Danish lower-secondary students for a day of science (Life Fonden 2025). The centre is located in Denmark, which as an educational system has prioritized progressive ideas of students’ agency, independence, and imagination since the 60s through making grade scales based on independence, having project work at all school-levels, and naming fostering imagination as a set goal in the first paragraph of the school law (Børne- og undervisningsministeriet 2021). The science centre is closely marked by these ambitions, both in their pedagogy on inquiry-based teaching with a focus on dialogue-based teaching, and aligning their teaching with a project-based exam in the sciences. At the same time, the science centre has practical limitations, as it needs to work with the masses of students coming in every day, which is done through a thoroughly tested teaching setup that leads the adolescents through the same exercises and activities every day. Initially, I investigated the concerns of the adolescents who visited the centre for a day of science by following the same activities made for year-8 students with 14 different schools’ classes. During my time with the adolescents, I was interested in their experiences of struggle in the delegated group work, nevertheless I quickly found that the struggle was more closely related to figuring out what to do. This exploratory finding changed my research design, and I started zooming in on concerns, hesitations, and inquietude; in particular on their uneasiness with figuring out what they were expected to do. To literally focus on the adolescents’ hesitations and inquietudes, I decided to record their interaction with an open-ended activity of using microscopes to investigate plants, microorganisms, and things that interested the adolescents. The activity lasted for one hour, and multiple facilitators described it as difficult to teach due to the nature of the task. I recorded 10 different classes in the laboratory, which allowed me to stay with- and revisit their hesitations, concerns, and boredom in the laboratory, and seek to see different engagements (Meilvang et al. 2024). It allowed me to watch and rewatch at what moments they questioned each other or just remained silent, and in particular, it allowed me to follow their bodies and the material objects in my analytical lens. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the observations at the science centre, this paper investigates adolescents’ concerns in inquiry-based teaching. In particular, it investigates the tension of how students’ concerns can become centre-point in an inquiry planned before the students got there. This tension of interest makes qualifying the adolescents’ concerns to shape them to fit with the industrial technologies (such as microscopes and photometers) key in the teaching setup. I argue that the disciplining of doubt to qualify for the planned teaching content is amplified by the standardization required by the scale of the teaching centre. Further, I argue that the ideal of opening the teaching to the students’ concerns implies an idealization of doubt as malleable to the content of science – not recognizing that this requires a prior familiarity with what is relevant in a scientific setting. To make the student-orientation work with the mass-education necessitates a delicate composition between the exploratory regime of engagement that leads to the pre-determined goal. This compromise is visible at the centre, however I argue that the same mechanism is significant in other renderings of progressive education with meticulously planned learning outcomes, as significant in contemporary mass-education. A main consequence of the disciplining of doubt to qualify it for the planned activities is the responsibilization of the student (in line with De Lissovoy 2018). As the doubt must be based on students’ interests, it assumes that they already know what would be interesting in the discipline. Not knowing what to ask for becomes a marker of lacking motivation, rather than a matter of familiarity with the subject. The integration of progressive education in standardized formats thus comes with an assumption of the transformability of students’ interests, where it is not only the content but also the students who should be formed to fit the discipline. References Archer, Louise, Emily Dawson, Amy Seakins, and Billy Wong. 2016. ‘Disorientating, Fun or Meaningful? Disadvantaged Families’ Experiences of a Science Museum Visit’. Cultural Studies of Science Education 11 (4): 917–39. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-015-9667-7. Bekendtgørelse Af Lov Om Folkeskolen, 1731 (2021). Bradbury, Alice. 2019. "Making little neo-liberals: The production of Ideal child/learner subjectivities in primary school through choice, self-improvement and 'growth mindsets'". Power and Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/1757743818816336 De Lissovoy, Noah. 2018. ‘Pedagogy of the Anxious: Rethinking Critical Pedagogy in the Context of Neoliberal Autonomy and Responsibilization’. Journal of Education Policy 33 (2): 187–205. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1352031. Dewey, John. 2024. Democracy and Education. Edited by Nicholas Tampio. Columbia University Press. https://doi.org/10.7312/dewe21010. Elkin Postila, Teresa. 2022. ‘Stories of Water: Preschool Children’s Engagement with Water Purification’. Cultural Studies of Science Education 17 (2): 277–99. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-021-10075-3. European School Education Platform. 2024. Critical Thinking: A Life Skill in the Internet Era. Spring. https://school-education.ec.europa.eu/en/discover/news/critical-thinking-life-skill-internet-era?prefLang=da. Hansen, Magnus Paulsen. 2023. ‘Laurent Thévenot’s Sociology of Regimes of Engagement and Grammars of Commonality’. In Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions, edited by Rainer Diaz-Bone and Guillemette de Larquier. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-52130-1_61-1. Kubik, Tim. 2018. ‘The Problems with a Preparatory Mindset’. Counterpoints, no. 519. Life Fonden. 2025. ‘Årsrapport 2024’. Macmillan Education. 2026. Curious Kids. Spring. https://www.macmillanenglish.com/dk/catalogue/courses/young-learners/curious-kids/course-information. Madsen, Lene Møller, Robert Evans, and Jesper Bruun. 2020. ‘Undersøgelsesbaseret undervisning: 6F-modellen – dens tilblivelse og udvikling i Danmark’. MONA - Matematik- og Naturfagsdidaktik. Meilvang, Marie Leth, Magnus Paulsen Hansen, Christina Juhlin, and Mathilde Hjerrild Carlsen. 2024. ‘Engaging with Engagement: Ethnographic Sensitivity in the Sociology of Regimes of Engagement’. European Journal of Cultural and Political Sociology. https://www.ucviden.dk/da/publications/engaging-with-engagement-ethnographic-sensitivity-in-the-sociolog. Oakley, Barbara A., Terrence J. Sejnowski, and Alistair McConville. 2018. Learning How to Learn: How to Succeed in School Without Spending All Your Time Studying. TarcherPerigee. OECD. 2017. PISA 2015 Results (Volume V): Collaborative Problem Solving. PISA. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264285521-en. OECD. 2021. 21st-Century Readers: Developing Literacy Skills in a Digital World. PISA. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/a83d84cb-en. OECD. 2025. Mindsets, Attitudes and Learning: Exploring Their Connections among Students. OECD Education Policy Perspectives. 133rd edn. OECD Education Policy Perspectives. https://doi.org/10.1787/8b1756bc-en. Sharma, Ajay, Mardi Schmeichel, and Elizabeth Wurzburg. 2023. ‘Progressive Neoliberalism Overview and Possible Futures’. In Progressive Neoliberalism in Education: Critical Perspectives on Manifestations and Resistance, edited by Ajay Sharma, Mardi Schmeichel, and Elizabeth Wurzburg. Routledge Studies in Education, Neoliberalism, and Marxism. Routledge. Simons, Maarten, and Jan Masschelein. 2021. Looking after School. Thévenot, Laurent. 2006. L’action au pluriel: sociologie des régimes d’engagement. Textes à l’appui. Éd. la Découverte. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Teacher (Professional) Identity: A Qualitative Meta-Synthesis of Review Studies 1: Østfold University College, Norway; 2: Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 3: Häme University of Applied Sciences, Finland Presenting Author:This study presents a qualitative meta-synthesis of literature reviews and synthesis studies on teacher identity, with the aim of examining and integrating existing conceptualisations of the concept. By systematically analysing how teacher identity has been theorised across review studies, the article identifies conceptual overlaps, tensions, and inconsistencies that characterise the field. Through this process, the study seeks to generate key theoretical insights that may serve as a foundation for refinement and, potentially, reconceptualization of prevailing theories of teacher identity. Adopting a conceptual review approach, the synthesis moves beyond summarising prior research to derive higher-order theoretical constructs that cut across interests, disciplines, and analytical frameworks (cf. Hulland, 2020). Teacher identity is widely recognised as a productive study phenomena and/or analytical lens for understanding teachers’ professional lives, practices, and development (Vähäsantanen, 2022). Over the past decades, a substantial and diverse body of research has explored teacher identity, reflecting its centrality within educational research (Zhang & Wang, 2022). This research encompasses a broad range of perspectives, including studies of personal and collective teacher identity (e.g. Spicksley et al., 2021), professional and personal dimensions of identity (e.g. Carpenter et al., 2019), as well as investigations into the contextual, relational, emotional, and structural conditions that shape and transform teacher identity over time (e.g. Dağtaş & Zaimoğlu, 2025). Consequently, teacher identity has been approached through multiple theoretical traditions and analytical frameworks, including sociocultural, psychological, narrative, and critical perspectives. Against the backdrop of an expanding and theoretically diverse literature, several review and synthesis studies have sought to organise and systematise research on teacher (professional) identity. However, existing synthesis efforts often focus on specific subfields, research traditions, or educational contexts, such as subject-specific teacher identity, pre-service teachers, or particular theoretical approaches. While these studies provide valuable insights, they tend to address segmented areas of the research landscape rather than offering an integrative, cross-disciplinary conceptualization of teacher identity. As a result, research on teacher identity tends to develop along parallel lines, with limited integration across domains and theoretical traditions. This fragmentation contributes to the continued portrayal of teacher identity as a broad, multifaceted, and dynamic construct (Flores & Day, 2006). Although such complexity is widely acknowledged as intrinsic to the concept, it also presents enduring challenges. Notably, teacher identity has repeatedly been described as difficult to define and delimit in theoretically coherent ways. The absence of shared conceptual ground risks conceptual ambiguity, theoretical redundancy, and limited cumulative knowledge-building across studies. Against this backdrop, the present study synthesises how teacher identity has been conceptualised within earlier review and synthesis studies. By focusing on second-order analyses rather than primary empirical research, the study provides a meta-level perspective on how the field has sought to define, structure, and theorize teacher identity over time. The qualitative meta-synthesis employs an interpretive approach, enabling conceptual integration across diverse theoretical positions while remaining attentive to paradigmatic differences and underlying assumptions. The overall aim is to identify how is teacher identity conceptualized in previous review studies on teacher identity questioning what dimensions, characteristics, and/or domains of teacher (professional) identity are identified across these studies? By addressing this question, the study further aims to contribute to theoretical clarity and coherence in teacher identity research. The synthesis offers an integrative framework that highlights both converging and diverging conceptualizations, thereby supporting future theoretical development and providing a foundation for more cumulative and dialogical research in the field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative meta-synthesis using a conceptual review approach, aiming to reconcile, reinterpret, and extend existing research on teacher identity in a theoretically meaningful way (Hulland, 2020; Jaakkola, 2020). Rather than aggregating findings, the synthesis adopts an interpretive orientation, seeking conceptual integration across diverse theoretical frameworks through reciprocal translation (Nye et al., 2016). Intensity sampling prioritized studies rich in conceptual elaboration of teacher identity, particularly those addressing identity development over time. The sampling targeted reviews and synthesis studies that explicitly engaged with key theoretical constructs of teacher identity. Together, these strategies ensured inclusion of both methodologically rigorous review studies and conceptually oriented syntheses contributing to theoretical advancement. Included studies were peer-reviewed journal articles published between 1990 and 2024, written in English, focusing primarily on teacher identity among in-service teachers (with some inclusion of pre-service teachers), and explicitly identified as review or synthesis studies offering a conceptual contribution. Excluded were grey literature (e.g. books, dissertations, reports, conference papers) and subject-specific identity reviews (e.g. music or mathematics teachers), as these often foreground disciplinary contexts rather than cross-cutting conceptualizations of teacher identity. The search strategy was developed in collaboration with academic librarians at Oslo Metropolitan University. Searches were conducted in ERIC, Education Source, Teacher Reference Center, PsycINFO, and Scopus. Search strings combined terms related to teachers, identity, and review methodologies using Boolean operators. The search yielded 899 records; after removing duplicates and screening titles and abstracts, 151 articles were reviewed in full text. Eight studies met all inclusion criteria and were included in the final synthesis. Analysis followed a theory synthesis approach (Jaakkola, 2020), conducted in two phases: (1) summarizing and distilling key conceptual constructs across the included studies, and (2) integrating these constructs into an integrative conceptual map that brings together key conceptual patterns identified across the studies. The synthesis employed reciprocal to identify convergences, tensions, and overarching conceptual patterns, while also attending to the paradigmatic stance of each study (Nye et al., 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the synthesis of seven review and synthesis studies, several preliminary conclusions can be drawn regarding conceptualisations of teacher identity and teacher professional identity. Across the reviewed literature, there is strong agreement that teacher identity is a complex, dynamic, and multifaceted construct encompassing the whole person and continuously constructed through interactions between personal, professional, relational, and contextual dimensions (Beauchamp & Thomas, 2009; Beijaard et al., 2004; Rushton et al., 2023). Identity is consistently framed as a process rather than a stable attribute, developing across time and career phases. Despite this shared understanding, the synthesis reveals ongoing conceptual ambiguity concerning the relationship between teacher identity and teacher professional identity. Some studies use the terms interchangeably (Hanna et al., 2019), others position professional identity as a subset of a broader teacher identity (Beauchamp & Thomas, 2009; Lojdová et al., 2022), while others define professional identity more narrowly in relation to roles, norms, agency, and professional standards (Beijaard et al., 2004; Cardoso et al., 2014). Although many authors acknowledge this ambiguity, few offer explicit conceptual clarification. The analysis further identifies recurring conceptual continuums structuring teacher identity research, including individual–collective, personal–professional/social/contextual, cognitive–emotional, theoretical – practical as emerging–trajectory-based, and personal–systemic or political dimensions. These continuums are not resolved but function as analytical lenses reflecting different theoretical and paradigmatic positions. Finally, methodological orientations appear closely tied to conceptualisations of teacher identity. The quantitative review operationalise identity through measurable domains such as self-efficacy and commitment (Hanna et al., 2019), whereas qualitative and narrative reviews emphasise identity as discursively and biographically constructed (Beauchamp & Thomas, 2009; Lojdová et al., 2022). Overall, the synthesis points to theoretical plurality with limited integrative consolidation, reinforcing the continued portrayal of teacher identity as an encompassing yet conceptually elusive construct (Beijaard et al., 2004) References Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers' professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), 107-128. Beauchamp, C., & Thomas, L. (2009). Understanding teacher identity: An overview of issues in the literature and implications for teacher education. Cambridge Journal of Education, 39(2), 175-189. Cardoso, I., Batista, P., & Graça, A. (2014). Professional identity in analysis: a systematic review of the literature. The Open Sports Science Journal, 2014, 7, (Suppl-2, M2) 83-97. Carpenter, J. P., Kimmons, R., Short, C. R., Clements, K., & Staples, M. E. (2019). Teacher identity and crossing the professional-personal divide on twitter. Teaching and Teacher Education, 81, 1–12. Dağtaş, A., & Zaimoğlu, S. (2025). Emotions inspire transformation: delving into EFL teachers’ emotions and professional identities. Frontiers in Education, 10. Flores, M. A., & Day, C. (2006). Contexts which shape and reshape new teachers’ identities: A multi-perspective study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 22(2), 219–232. Hanna, F. Oostdam, R., Severiens, E.S, Zijlstra, B.J.H. 2019). Domains of teacher identity: A review of quantitative measurement instruments, Educational Research, 27(), 15-27. Hulland, J. (2020). Conceptual review papers: revisiting existing research to develop and refine theory. AMS Review, 10(1), 27-35. Jaakkola, E. (2020). Designing conceptual articles: four approaches. AMS Review, 10(1), 18-26. Lojdová, K., Vlčková, K., & Nehyba, J. (2021). Stories of teachers' identity: between personal and professional experience. Studia Paedagogica, 26(2), 113-137. Nye, E., Melendez-Torres, G.J. and Bonell, C. (2016), Origins, methods and advances in qualitative meta-synthesis. Rev Educ, 4: 57-79. Rensijing, L., & Hongbiao, Y. (2023). Three approaches to the inquiry into teacher identity: A narrative review enlightened by Habermas's human interests. Review of Education, 6(1), 57-83. Rushton, E. A., Rawlings Smith, E., Steadman, S., & Towers, E. (2023). Understanding teacher identity in teachers' professional lives: A systematic review of the literature. Review of Education, 11(2), e3417. Spicksley, K., Kington, A., & Watkins, M. (2021). “We Will Appreciate Each Other More After This”: Teachers' Construction of Collective and Personal Identities During Lockdown. Frontiers in Psychology, 12. Vähäsantanen, K. (2022). Professional Identity in Changing Workplaces: Why It Matters, When It Becomes Emotionally Imbued, and How to Support Its Agentic Negotiations. In: Harteis, C., Gijbels, D., Kyndt, E. (eds) Research Approaches on Workplace Learning. Professional and Practice-based Learning, vol 31. Springer, Cham. Zhang, Y., & Wang, P. (2022). Twenty Years’ Development of Teacher Identity Research: A Bibliometric Analysis. Frontiers in Psychology, 12. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Systematic Review of STEM Teachers’ Identity Studies Boğaziçi University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Interest in STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) education is rapidly increasing due to its critical role in developing 21st-century skills. At the same time, STEM education is an established field of research that increases students' career interest and awareness of professions (Portillo-Blanco et al., 2024). This growing interest highlights the need to comprehensively document the current state of STEM education research to guide future work (Li et al., 2020). Identity, which has recently become a central focus in education (Li, 2024), is examined in terms of how individuals position themselves and are perceived in different contexts (Gee, 2000). Teacher identity is also a widespread and growing theme in this context (Zhang & Wang, 2022). Teacher identity is defined as a cognitive and emotional structure that is dynamically shaped by an educator's professional role, experiences, and is influenced by individual and social interactions (Beijaard et al., 2004). A deep understanding of this identity provides important insights into teaching practices and professional development processes (Bukor, 2015). While most identity studies in STEM focus on student identity (Dou et al., 2019), studies on teacher identity are relatively scarce. Although teachers play a central role in student identity development, existing research is often limited to a specific discipline or level of education (Maphosa et al., 2020). This highlights the need to examine STEM teacher identity from a holistic and interdisciplinary perspective. However, there is no systematic review in the existing literature on which teacher groups are most frequently studied, which methods and findings stand out, or which aspects of identity are overlooked. To fill this gap, this systematic literature review aims to analyze research trends on STEM teacher identity in empirical studies indexed in the WoS database, ranging from elementary to high school. Thus, the main research question addressed in this systematic literature review is: What are the research trends and characteristics of empirical studies focusing on STEM teachers' identities? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, content analysis was used to identify research trends in the field. Content analysis is a research method that allows for the objective examination of written materials through the systematic coding and categorization of specific themes or concepts (Chang et al., 2010). The Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) framework was used as the basis for a rigorous systematic review process (Moher et al., 2009). The search was conducted in the Web of Science (WoS) database, which contains high-quality peer-reviewed research. The systematic search was conducted using the following keywords in the abstracts of the studies: (scien* identity OR math* identity OR engineering identity OR techno* identity OR STEM identity OR physic* identity OR chemistry identity OR biology identity) AND (primary school OR elementary school OR middle school OR secondary school OR high school) A total of 2352 articles were listed, which were limited to the field of Education and Educational Research (E&ER), article type, and English language. Gray literature such as conference papers, were excluded. Subsequently, 833 articles were screened according to four inclusion criteria: covering the STEM field (science, math, engineering, technology, physics, chemistry, or biology), being at an educational level from elementary to high school, involving teachers as participants, and addressing identity as a fundamental research element. Forty-nine empirical studies were included in the analysis. These articles were coded under headings such as publication years, country of study, discipline, educational level and/or grade, gender, identity type, identity formation (if any), intervention type (if any) to identify general trends. Then, the researchers calculated frequencies to determine general trends and visualized the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This systematic literature review has revealed that academic interest in STEM teacher identities has increased significantly since 2018. The vast majority of studies are concentrated in the United States, with contributions from Europe and other regions remaining limited and uneven; this highlights the need for transnational studies to understand cultural and structural differences. The study points to a major gap in the literature by showing that research has focused predominantly on science and mathematics education, with almost no empirical work on teacher identity in chemistry and engineering education. Furthermore, it has been found that most studies focus on teacher identity, neglecting more specific identity types such as assessment or leadership. The use of Professional Development (PD) programs in almost all intervention studies reflects a lack of diversity in intervention types. Since qualitative case studies are methodologically dominant, there is a need for more experimental and mixed-method designs to examine the causal effects of identity change. In addition to the theoretically dominant Identity Theory and Community of Practice (CoP) frameworks, the use of critical frameworks addressing more complex sociopolitical dimensions, such as social justice, is also recommended. In summary, future research should focus on geographical, disciplinary, and methodological diversity, examining identity formation particularly in neglected areas and through longer-term interventions. References Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), 107-128. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2003.07.001 Bukor, E. (2015). Exploring teacher identity from a holistic perspective: Reconstructing and reconnecting personal and professional selves. Teachers and Teaching, 21(3), 305-327. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2014.953818 Chang, Y., Chang, C., & Tseng, Y. (2010). Trends of science education research: An automatic content analysis. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 19(4), 315–331. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10956-009-9202-2 Dou, R., Hazari, Z., Dabney, K., Sonnert, G., & Sadler, P. (2019). Early informal STEM experiences and STEM identity: The importance of talking science. Science Education, 103(3), 623-637. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21499 Gee, J.P. (2000). Chapter 3: Identity as an analytic lens for research in education. Review of Research in Education, 25(1), 99-125. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X025001099 Li, Y. (2024). Six years of development: Setting the stage for the journal’s new phase. Journal for STEM Education Research, 7, 325-334. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41979-024-00138-9 Li, Y., Wang, K., Xiao, Y., & Froyd, J. E. (2020). Research and trends in STEM education: A systematic review of journal publications. International Journal of STEM Education, 7(1), 11. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-020-00207-6 Maphosa, M., Doorsamy, W., & Paul, B.S. (2022). Factors influencing students’ choice of and success in STEM: A bibliometric analysis and topic modeling approach. IEEE Transactions on Education, 65(4), 657-669. https://doi.org/10.1109/TE.2022.3160935 Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., &The Prisma Group. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. Annals of Internal Medicine, 151(4), 264–269. https://10.7326/0003-4819-151-4-200908180-00135 Portillo-Blanco, A., Deprez, H., De Cock, M., Guisasola, J., & Zuza, K. (2024). A systematic literature review of integrated STEM education: Uncovering consensus and diversity in principles and characteristics. Education Sciences, 14(9), 1028. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14091028 Zhang, Y., & Wang, P. (2022). Twenty years’ development of teacher identity research: A bibliometric analysis. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 783913. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.783913 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 28 SES 05 C:Empty: *** reserved *** Location: Raide 1| Hotel Torni | Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium *** FULL SYMPOSIUM WITHDRAWN*** Faith-based Private Schools In The Educational Marketplace While faith-based schools account for a significant share of education provision across several European countries, the status and role of such providers in the education marketplace have received scant attention within education policy and sociology studies. On the one hand, despite sustained interest in private education provision and private school choice over the last decades (Agasisti et al., 2024; Zancajo et al., 2025), research on the strategies and market position of private religious providers has so far been limited and fragmented. On the other hand, research in education and sociology of religion has typically focused on the politics and practices of teaching religious education in secular schools, the public schooling experience of students coming from minority religions, or the emergence of minority-faith schools (Grace, 2020; Martínez-Ariño & Teinturier, 2019). Accordingly, a significant gap can be discerned, relative to the governance of private religious schools in different European contexts. This represents a striking absence considering that several education systems feature a subsidised sector largely dominated by church- and church-adjacent providers, and that the establishment of funding schemes for private providers often originates in broader attempts at addressing complex Church/State relationships (Glenn, 2018; West & Woessman, 2010). Yet we know little about the governance of religious networks and schools run by the main Christian denominations in Europe (a notable exception being the special issue edited by Maussen and Bader, 2015), as well as the social, political, and market forces shaping faith-based schooling. Such questions strike as especially pertinent in the light of the growing religious diversity in Europe on the one hand, but also given instances of far right and nativist parties’ attempts to strengthen the position of Christian taught content, and in some cases, schools at the educational marketplace (Giudici & Pulatar, 2026; Hackett, 2017). This symposium aims to explore the governance of faith-based education and the strategies and identities of faith-based providers in a selection of European education markets. The ways in which faith-based schools are governed actively shape the forms of religiosity considered acceptable, operating not only within competitive education markets but also within broader ideological state frameworks. Mechanisms such as accountability measures, performance evaluations, parental demands, and conditional funding influence how religious expression is framed and practiced. The papers of the symposium seek answers to some of the following questions: How are faith-based private schools governed and how do faith-based providers govern their schools and school networks? How do government arrangements construct acceptable forms of religiosity and normalize certain forms of religious expression while marginalizing or excluding others? How do faith-based schools respond to competitive and regulatory pressures, and how do they negotiate their identities in market contexts? References Agasisti, T., Queiroz E Melo, R., & Maranto, R. (2023). School choice in Europe. Routledge, 298 p. Giudici, A., & Pultar, A. (2026). Shaping illiberal citizenries: Far-right justifications of educational structures. European Educational Research Journal, 25(1), 126-145. Grace, G. (2020). Taking religions seriously in the sociology of education: going beyond the secular paradigm. British Journal of sociology of Education, 41(6), 859-869. Fontdevila, C., Zancajo, A., & Verger, A. (2024). Catholic Schools in the Marketplace: Changing and Enduring Religious Identities. Peabody Journal of Education, 99(4), 464–481. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2024.2381393 Hackett, U. (2017). Theorizing the Submerged State: The Politics of Private Schools in the United States. Policy Studies Journal, 45(3), 464-489. https://doi.org/10.1111/psj.12170 Martínez-Ariño, J., & Teinturier, S. (2019). Faith-based schools in contexts of religious diversity: An introduction. Religion & Education, 46(2), 147-158. Maussen, Marcel & Bader, Veit (2015) Eds. Religious Schools in Europe: Institutional Opportunities and Contemporary Challenges. Comparative Education 51(1). Zancajo, Adrián, Clara Fontdevila, Huriya Jabbar & Antoni Verger 2025. Research Handbook on Education Privatization and Marketization. Elgar Handbooks in Education, 520 p. Presentations of the Symposium Negotiating Religiosity in Conflict-Ridden Societies: Islamic Education, Neoliberalism, and the Politics of Controlled Inclusion
This paper examines how contemporary governance regimes shape Islamic religious education in Israel by producing specific, politically constrained forms of religiosity. Rejecting the assumption that religious education functions as a neutral site of belief transmission, the paper argues that neoliberal mechanisms of governance actively determine which religious expressions are authorized, normalized, and suppressed.
Situated within Israel’s settler-colonial context and the consolidation of a Palestinian middle class oriented toward educational achievement and socio-economic mobility (Agbaria, 2016), the paper shows how Islamic education becomes a central arena for negotiating conditional inclusion (Agbaria, 2012). Within this arena, a particular form of religiosity is cultivated that rearticulates Palestinian identity in depoliticized terms. The paper conceptualizes this configuration of religiosity as individualized rather than collective, ritualized rather than ethically reflective, and defensive rather than transformative. Islamic education increasingly resembles generic character education, detached from existential inquiry, political responsibility, and the lived realities of Palestinian citizens who continue to experience exclusion, discrimination, and structural inequality (Agbaria & Muff, 2025; Muff & Agbaria, 2024, 2026). Finally, engaging modern Islamic thought, the paper argues for reimagining Islamic education as an ethical, historical, and communal project.
References:
Agbaria, A. (2012). Teaching Islam in Israel: On the absence of unifying goals and a collective community. In Commitment, character, and citizenship (pp. 181–198). Routledge.
Agbaria, A. (2016). The “right” education in Israel: Segregation, religious ethnonationalism, and depoliticized professionalism. Critical Studies in Education, 57(1), 1–16.
Agbaria, A., & Muff, A. (2025). “I must be a bad Muslim to be good for them”: Teaching about civic issues in Islamic education in Israel. Race Ethnicity and Education, 28(6), 984–1001.
Muff, A., & Agbaria, A. (2024). “You can’t teach your students something that is divorced from reality”: Palestinian citizenship teachers making sense of the relevance of Islam for citizenship education in Israel. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 19(3), 429–445.
Muff, A., & Agbaria, A. (2026). Spiritual and indigenous funds of knowledge: How Palestinian Muslim teachers reclaim Islam and citizenship education in Israel. Diaspora, Indigenous, and Minority Education, 20(1), 104–120.
Negotiating publicness: Responses to public-service expectations in France's subsidised Catholic school sector
With growing reliance on the private provision of public services, the alignment between the values of private operators (including religious organizations) and public administrations becomes fundamental to the achievement of public-policy goals (Capano & Lepori, 2024; Mettang & Euchner, 2023). Private education provision presents notable particularities in this regard, especially when it is predicated on pluralist considerations justifying institutional differentiation. This is the case of those education systems that evolved from a private-provision system run by faith-based organisations, and where the emergence of public schooling did not put an end to religious provision but rather gave way to a system of subsidies for religious and other private schools. In such contexts, the preservation of a form of privateness alongside public-service commitment is expected for faith-based providers - although the balance between such roles is contested and increasingly subject to public scrutiny.
The French education system constitutes a particularly productive site for the analysis of such questions. Faith-based education provision has a long-standing tradition in France, with Catholic schools benefiting from substantial levels of public funding and a moderately restrictive regulatory framework. Such features reflect the dualistic nature of Catholic education in France, defined as a private service of public interest (Poucet, 2024). Contradictions derived from this ambiguous position have intensified over the last decade, as Catholic education providers face increasing demands to reinforce their public-service dimension (Cour des Comptes, 2023; Durand & Salles, 2015).
The paper examines how Catholic education providers in France interpret their role as public-service providers and navigate contradictory expectations and mandates in a changing political environment. Drawing on conceptual advancements around the notion of publicness (Anderson, 2012; Bozeman, 2013), our investigation aims at mapping different understandings of the public-private dualism across the French Catholic sector; capturing underpinning cognitive and normative frames; and identifying the associated organisational attributes. We draw on 32 semi-structured interviews with representatives from the main federative organisations of the Catholic education sector and senior officials from a sample of Catholic education providers in three contrasting regions.
Our study underscores the plurality of the faith-based sector in its public-service ethos, with normative dispositions varying according to proximity to State bureaucracy and the nature of coupling with religious institutions, and draws attention to three sources of internal transformation critically shaping understanding of public-service obligations - namely, professionalization processes, the secularisation of the workforce, and evolving doctrinal orientations and public-engagement patterns in the Catholic Church.
References:
Anderson, S. (2012). Public, private, neither, both? Publicness theory and the analysis of healthcare organisations. Social Science & Medicine, 74(3), 313-322.
Bozeman, B. (2013). What organization theorists and public policy researchers can learn from one another: Publicness theory as a case-in-point. Organization Studies, 34(2), 169-188.
Capano, G., & Lepori, B. (2024). Designing policies that could work: understanding the interaction between policy design spaces and organizational responses in public sector. Policy Sciences, 57(1), 53-82.
Cour des Comptes. (2023). L’enseignement privé sous contrat. Rapport public thématique. Cour des Comptes.
Durand, Y., & Salles, R. (2015). Rapport information sur l’évaluation des politiques publiques en faveur de la mixité sociale dans l’éducation nationale. Assemblée Nationale.
Mettang, O., & Euchner, E. M. (2023). Christian churches and social welfare in secular times: How goal congruence shapes religious involvement in morality-based social services. Politics and Religion, 16(2), 266-285.
Poucet, B. (2024). Le retour du religieux dans les établissements catholiques en France: état des lieux et interrogations. Éducation et Sociétés, 51(1), 89-108.
Christian Churches' Education Policies under Hungarian Christian Conservative Politics: Legitimation Struggles In The Field Of Faith-based Schooling
Zuquete (2017) closes his foundational paper on the nexus of politics and religion and the surge of religious populism by calling for an approach sensitive to the ‘repeat encounter, with many intersections, between the two fields, instead of a clash’. While religious populism as a political strategy has been attracting vast scholarly attention (DeHanas&Shterin, 2018; XXX), how the religious field transforms in this encounter and how organized religion has engaged with conservative populist politics have remained largely neglected (Cremer, 2021).
As part of the broader trend of outsourcing service delivery and welfare provision, faith-based organizations (FBOs) have become formative actors of neoliberal governmentality since the millennium. In societies governed by religious populists, the increased service delivery involvement of FBOs is a form of Christian conservative identity politics. The Hungarian far-right government has generously subsidized the educational involvement of politically loyal religious organizations. Applying a Bourdieusian analytic lens, I explore how the Hungarian religious field transformed under the religious populist strategy of instrumentalizing religion as a source of legitimacy and transferring formerly state-managed service delivery to the churches. Based on 38 semi-structured interviews conducted with the policy-makers and administration of the faith-based school networks, the paper identifies the key positions and major tensions emerging with the complicity of religion in populist governance.
The interview analysis concentrates on the unfolding legitimation struggles and emerging justification narratives in the religious field, and differentiates between field-specific and field-external logics driving such legitimacy claims. Field-specific claims reflect different positions taken alongside the interpretations of the mission of the church. Legitimacy claims referencing the norms, values and standards of the broader education system mobilize the logic of subsidiarism, democracy and the market. Legitimacy struggles unfolded around the interference of the political field, leading to the dominant strategy of depoliticizing religious service provision.
The paper contributes to sociological scholarship aiming at situating religious service delivery within the broader education system. It aims to produce a refined account of the various positionalities and strategies within the religious field, partially shaped by relationships among actors in a shared space as well as external pressures and resources, as field theory suggests (Bourdieu 1996 cited by Krause and Robinson, 2023). Instead of viewing religious policy narratives as stark choices between purity and pollution, or between naivité and realism (Krause, 2014), these positions are approached as objects of sociological analysis, shaped by the social space that makes them possible.
References:
Cremer, T. (2021). Nations under God: How Church–State Relations Shape Christian Responses to Right-Wing Populism in Germany and the United States. Religions, 12(4), 254. https://doi.org/10.3390/rel12040254
DeHanas, D. N., & Shterin, M. (2018). Religion and the rise of populism. Religion, State and Society, 46(3), 177–185. https://doi.org/10.1080/09637494.2018.1502911
Krause, M. (2014). The Good Project. Humanitarian NGOs, and the Fragmentation of Reason. University of Chicago Press.
Krause, M. & Robinson, K. (2023). Non-liberal Internationalism: The Field of International Mission Agencies, Global Society, 37(1), 51-67, DOI:10.1080/13600826.2022.2048801
Zúquete, J. P. (2017). Populism and Religion. In: C. R. Kaltwasser, P. Taggart, P. Ochoa Espejo & P. Ostiguy (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Populism. Oxford: Oxford University Press. DOI: 10.1093/oxfordhb/9780198803560.013.22
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 29 SES 05 A: Looking for advances in arts education (II) Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Diederik De Ceuster Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper “Getting it” Together: Reflecting on Art Education Practice as Collaborative Conversations and ‘Comfort-able’ Learning. 1: University of the West of Scotland, United Kingdom; 2: University of Lapland, Finland; 3: Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:This presentation speaks to a developing appreciation of the necessary and optional pooling of our resources and energies in regard of pedagogical possibility and enrichment in a distinctly ‘northern Europe’, indeed ‘Arctic and ‘near Arctic’ arts educator context. Our conversation invites reflection on ‘nurture’ in a higher education arts pedagogy context as processes of reflexive, embodied and material collaboration seeking to examine ability to find and reassure comfort. We offer this account as learners and educators – being together yet apart - with reference to our recent international exchange working within the UArctic ASAD network. ‘Getting it’ – a sense of ‘knowing’ as coming together in support and unity around ‘good learning’ process across different regional contexts - is positioned here as a focus for reflection, and gratitude, but also a comment on art educator consciousness, agency and negotiation. What is understood as of value, and how to more actively ‘find comfort’ in learning together is examined. Informed not least by what it is to care, to comfort and to flourish (Wood and Millett, 2026; Finley, 2017; Rabinow and Bennett, 2010). Using Finnish, Swedish and Scottish experience, research and debate, we explore how is such nurturing understood as welcome, ‘other’ and appropriate between arts educators today? Barone and Eisner (2012:6) claim that any virtues to be found in arts based research are “not located in some isomorphic relationship between a statement and an event” but rather – and in this we too celebrate conversational form -“to be found in the degree to which, as Geertz says, it makes our conversation more interesting." Nevertheless, what frames interesting, how do we ‘know’ thick description in our intercultural education communities asks us to attend, be closer, and find togetherness ‘often’ in both failed and successful attempts of repeated ‘returning’ (Kartsaki, 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used With examples drawn from our distinctive Finnish, Swedish and Scottish centred pedagogy traditions, our methods include field site interventions, archive resourcing, creative arts led practice and sharing dialogues and approaches to better appreciating different local and regional higher education ‘learner’ environments. Our ‘place-situated’ task working as dwelling and doing in and between nature and other spheres, offers opportunity to explore and engage each other in learning together as nurture through collaborative togetherness, making and doing (Lundstedt et al., 2023). Consciously we have situated methods of ‘finding comfort’ in learning through creative materiality, artworks and embodied critiques. Attending to poly crisis ‘attacks’, denigrations, and demands we respectfully acknowledge widespread affective ‘dis-comfort’ in research learning contexts including tensions and constraints of intercultural and interdisciplinary arts education practice. We nonetheless undertake to share our senses of ordinary and extraordinary making and doing process of ‘comfort-able’ as a valuable pedagogical nurturing of environment, resources and self. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We share examples as moments, ‘situated appreciations’ of what is gained and ‘yet hidden’ and unspoken in higher education learner contexts with our particular focus on being an educator as learner, comfort and well-being informed pedagogical process, material tangible creative undertaking and investigation. We offer documenting and questions that speak to how we as educators learn through collaborative ‘comfort’ in sharing narrative, artworks, visual and other critique. Each contribute to our applied learning appreciations of (for example) both dwelling and being in relation to a wider conceptual appreciation of in-situ nature, landscape and ‘porous’, contested place (Jess and Massey, 1995) educator working. Our presentation, acts as an invitation into our conversation and to stimulate other connection. It reflects how might a pedagogy of nurture – specifically here ‘learning as comfort-able’ - be usefully developed for applied educational context and inter-disciplinary arts education methods working in the European circumpolar north, near Arctic, and beyond. References Barone, T. and Eisner, E. (2012). Arts Based Research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Finley, S. (2017). Critical Arts-Based Inquiry: Performances of Resistance Politics in Denzin, N.K., and Lincoln, Y.S. (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research. Fifth Edition. Los Angeles: Sage. Jess, P. and Massey, D. (1995). ‘The Contestation of Place’, in D. Massey and P. Jess. A Place in the World? (pp. 134–74). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Kartsaki, E. (Ed.). (2016). On Repetition: Writing, Performance and Art. Bristol and Chicago: Intellect. Lundstedt, L., Burnett, K. A., & Härkönen, E. (2023). Introduction. In E. Härkönen, L. Lundstedt, K. Burnett, M. Gårdvik, & R. Permar (Eds.), Nurture: Living in the Landscape Summer School and Exhibition (pp. 6-8). University of Lapland. Rabinow, P., and Bennett, G. (2010). From bioethics to human practices or assembling contemporary equipment. In B. da Costa and K. Philip (Eds.), Tactical biopolitics: Art, activism, and technoscience (pp. 389–400). Cambridge: Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press. Wood, C. and Millett, T. (2026). Critically Assessing Arts-Based Research: Moving Forward With Tension and Care. Int J Art Des Educ. https://doi.org/10.1111/jade.70001 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper (an)Other Spaces of Learning - Invisibility and Non-Normalized Practices in Art Education FBAUP - Faculdade de Belas Artes da Universidade do Porto, Portugal | i2ADS Presenting Author:The OCUP_EA collective, integrated into the Institute for Research in Art, Design and Society (i2ADS), on the Faculty of Fine Arts of the University of Porto (FBAUP) was created in response to the need to identify, within schools, alternative spaces for learning. It assumes the organization of a critical programme of action addressing educational systems that are frequently structured around regulatory, hierarchical, and standardized logics of knowledge. The collective departs from a problematization of the forms in which learning is produced, legitimized, and recorded in educational contexts, interrogating the dispositifs that determine what is recognized as validated knowledge and, consequently, what remains invisible, marginal, or excluded from educational archives. Within this framework, OCUP_EA positions itself in opposition to a conception of learning understood as a measurable, predictable, and predefined outcome. Instead, it proposes an approach that values students’ learning as an emergent, democratic, situated, and relational process, constructed through experience, mutual affectation between subjects, materials, and contexts, and openness to the unforeseen. Artistic Education is here understood, within the field of research, as a space of possibility for the emergence of other epistemologies of learning, capable of accommodating sensitive, embodied, affective, and collective forms of knowledge. The work developed within OCUP_EA is structured through a rhizomatic, non-linear, and non-hierarchical logic, in which educational and investigative practices expand through connections, crossings, and contaminations between different subjects, contexts, and modes of making. This methodology is not merely an organizational metaphor but constitutes a political positioning that rejects the centrality of a single method, a predefined trajectory, or a fixed object of research. Research is thus assumed as a process in becoming, transformed through its relationship with the subjects and contexts in which it unfolds. The proposed presentation aims, through a sampling of actions already carried out, to problematize the field of possibilities that can be experienced within schools as ways of fostering knowledge and sensibility among students. The action project seeks to create conditions in which education may emerge from the subjects themselves, understood as social agents, nurturing individual processes of self-construction. Established in 2021, OCUP_EA has carried out a set of educational actions in different schools, across various levels of learning and in collaboration with local communities. These actions contribute to the formulation of a positive discourse on educational outcomes, grounded in the continuous and relational engagement established with the school communities involved. Throughout this trajectory, by privileging open-ended processes, OCUP_EA distances itself from research logics oriented toward hypothesis confirmation or the production of closed results, instead valuing the capacity to generate questions, displace certainties, and produce alternative readings of education. Learning is thus understood as something that occurs between subjects, between institutional and non-institutional spaces, between school and context, manifesting itself in multiple, discontinuous, and often unpredictable ways. The presentation aims not only to express satisfaction with what has been achieved, but also to encourage discussion about the programme's shortcomings and incompleteness, stimulating debate about what its future might hold.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The practices developed by the collective adopt a methodology that privileges action as a driver of research and the involvement of subjects as active participants in the investigative process. Educational activities are organized in workshops, artistic actions, and research-creation processes, not conceived as applications of pedagogical models but as dispositifs of experimentation and learning. These procedures operate simultaneously as educational spaces and as research spaces, where knowledge is not collected as data but produced through relationships, shared experience, and attentiveness to deviations, ruptures, and singularities that emerge throughout the process. The methodology used to present the project includes the audiovisual sampling of actions carried out in the referenced school contexts, the discussion of the issues implicated in and addressed by OCUP_EA, and the proposal of possible forms of interaction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings OCUP_EA presents itself as a research collective that embraces experience as a non-standardized educational space and uncertainty as a productive condition for learning and research processes. Operating from a rhizomatic logic, the group affirms relationships, the unexpected and emergence as contributions to the construction of other ways of thinking about the learning process, knowledge and research in education itself. The liquidity of the results generated by educational processes can only be understood through the lens of the inherent fallibility involved in pursuing the aspirations that projects such as OCUP_EA seek to achieve. The debate that collective aims to provoke acknowledges its own inconclusiveness, while seeks to expand a critical perception of the possibilities for establishing alternative forms of learning in the face of structured and limiting educational systems. The conclusion of OCUP_EA emphasizes the need for continuous, open-ended resistance and experimental resilience in Art Education, particularly in relation to routinized and naturalized practices that contribute little to the development of sensitive subjects and socially engaged actors. References Atkinson, D. (2011). Art, equality and learning: Pedagogies against the state. Sense Publishers. Baldacchino, J. (2012). Art’s way out: Exit pedagogy and the cultural condition. Sense Publishers. Burke, C. (2007, September). The View of the child: Releasing ‘‘visual voices’’ in the design of learning environments. Discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, Vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 359-372. UK: University of Leeds. Burke, C. & Grosvenor, I. (2015). The School i’d like: Revisited children and young people’s reflections on an education for the future (2ª ed.). London and New York: Routledge. Corazza, S. M. (2001). O que quer um currículo? Pesquisas pós-críticas em educação. Vozes. Correia, J. A. (2024). Deambulações sobre educação: Escola, professores e ensino superior. CIIE – Centro de Investigação e Intervenção Educativas, Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação da Universidade do Porto. Couto, Liliana A. (2020). A Escola- Espaços Exteriores, Espaços educadores. Consequências das Relações Simbólicas dos Alunos com a Arquitectura dos Sentidos. [The School – Outdoor Spaces, Educational Spaces. Consequences of Students' Symbolic Relations with the Architecture of Senses]. Tese de Doutoramento - Universidade do Porto em associação à Universidade de Lisboa: Faculdade de Belas Artes e Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação (14 Dez. 2020). https://hdl.handle.net/10216/131171 Dewey, J. (2005). El arte como experiencia (J. M. Esteban Cloquell, Trad.). Paidós. (Obra original publicada em 1934) Hernández, F. (2000). Cultura visual, mudança educativa e projeto de trabalho. Artmed. Hernández, F. (Coord.) (2011). Investigar con los jóvenes: Cuestiones temáticas, metodológicas, éticas y educativas (pp.7-23 e 104-114). Universitat de Barcelona: ESBRINA – RECERCA. La Rocca, J. (2008). Notas sobre a experiência. Relógio D’Água. Lima, Lígia de O. (2018). SOBRE O QUE NÃO (ME) DIZ A EDUCAÇÃO - práticas educativas (e) artísticas contemporâneas enquanto territórios de ação cultural, social e política. Tese de Doutoramento - Universidade do Porto em associação à Universidade de Lisboa: Faculdade de Belas Artes e Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação. https://repositorio-aberto.up.pt/handle/10216/118532 Perniola, M. (2011). El arte expandido. Casimiro Libros. Ramos do Ó, Jorge (2007). Desafios à escola contemporânea: Um Diálogo. Educação & Realidade, 32(2), pp. 109-116. (Entrevista promovida pelo grupo de pesquisa sobre Cultura e Educação). 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Between Chance and Possibility: A Pedagogical Model for Creative Learning in Visual Arts Education Faculty of Fine Arts of the University of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:Within the scope of the research project in art education, “The (Un)predictable in Visual Arts Education: A Combination of Planned and Unplanned Actions”, one of whose objectives is to explore experiences of emancipatory educational practices in visual arts education, we propose, for ECER, the presentation of the results of fieldwork currently being carried out with students and teachers of visual arts education across different areas such as painting, sculpture, design, photography, architecture, among others. Existing standardised educational models, oriented towards outcomes, competencies, and predictability, tend to be restrictive for both students and teachers. For students, these models often translate into the assessment of their skills. For teachers, they imply limitations on pedagogical action in response to closed and prescriptive curricula. Faced with this scenario, it becomes urgent to rethink visual arts education through practices that introduce disruptions, suspensions, and forms of pedagogical transgression in relation to dominant educational logics. In this sense, this proposal emerges from the need to create moments of pedagogical interruption, understood not as rupture, but as a possibility to temporarily suspend habitual ways of teaching, learning, and assessing. These moments of pedagogical interruption make it possible to open up space for speculation, activating educational processes that combine curricular planning with actions deliberately left open, aligning with process-oriented and experiential understandings of learning in the arts (Dewey, 1934; Eisner, 2002). The aim is to create spatial, embodied, and affective conditions in which visual arts education can embrace the unexpected, chance, and uncertainty as constitutive elements of learning processes. Speculation thus emerges as a pedagogical and artistic mode of operation that develops within these intervals of suspension, where learning outcomes are not predetermined. Within this framework, learning involves engaging with the unknown and with what is still emerging, recognising the creative project as a field of ongoing construction, traversed by deviations, negotiations, and continuous reconfigurations. This approach moves away from a transmission-based logic or the production of predefined outcomes, instead valuing indeterminacy as a way of knowing, understanding, and producing educational meaning that is necessary for a continuous process of decision-making within open and emergent learning contexts (Biesta, 2013; Eisner, 2002). Within this framework, unpredictability is understood as a pedagogical condition, indeterminacy as a structural feature of learning processes, and chance as an operative element that activates speculative engagement within creative practices. The pedagogical model under development is conceived as a space of productive uncertainty, where error is accepted and recontextualised, chance is welcomed, and the unexpected becomes sensitive material for learning and reflection. The proposal highlights the importance of allowing students to experience moments of creative vulnerability, understood as opportunities to open speculative spaces that enable new interpretations, relationships, and ways of engaging with art. In this context, the act of creating or developing an artistic project is configured as a learning trajectory marked by sensitivity and imagination, assuming itself as an ongoing process, as referred to by Ostrower (2007), and resonating with reflective and experiential perspectives on artistic learning (Dewey, 1934; Schön, 1983).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The pedagogical model under development is grounded in a play-based, exploratory approach to experiential learning and arts-based education. It integrates unpredictability and randomness as intentional pedagogical strategies that function as moments of interruption, fostering speculative engagement in the creative process. Here, play is understood not as a recreational activity but as a device that enables experimentation, risk-taking, and meaning-making, activating creativity and graphic expression while supporting resilience, the acceptance of error, and problem-solving capacities intrinsic to creative project development (Dewey, 1934; Huizinga, 1955; Kolb, 1984; Eisner, 2002). The research adopts a qualitative, exploratory design with an interpretative orientation and is structured into two complementary phases. The first phase consists of workshop-based fieldwork with students, while the second involves collaborative co-creation workshops with teachers who were present as observers during the student workshops. The workshops were conducted in Portuguese public schools and involved students from artistic education. This phase aimed to observe and analyse how students engage with open-ended pedagogical proposals characterised by chance, indeterminacy, and the absence of predefined learning outcomes, aligning with process-oriented and open pedagogical approaches (Biesta, 2013; Eisner, 2002). The second phase, centred on co-creation workshops with teachers, is conceived as a space for collective reflection and dialogical inquiry into contemporary practices in visual arts education. These workshops draw on reflective and participatory research approaches, valuing teachers’ experiential knowledge (Schön, 1983; Kemmis, McTaggart, & Nixon, 2014). The discussions problematise key challenges in contemporary visual arts teaching, including the pedagogical role of technique, tensions between contemporary practice and formal curricula, expectations surrounding students’ futures, notions of artistic identity in school contexts, and the teacher’s role as a cultural producer. Within this framework, the recognition that teachers do not hold all knowledge positions students as active contributors to knowledge production within co-learning processes (Vygotsky, 1978). Within this methodological framework, unpredictability is approached as a pedagogical condition that frames learning contexts, indeterminacy as a structural characteristic of open-ended creative processes, and chance as an operative element that generates situated responses within teaching and learning encounters. The focus is placed on the creative process as a relational and situated learning space, in which students and teachers engage in moments of co-learning and co-creation. These moments involve situated responses to unforeseen impulses shaped by contextual contingencies and, although challenging, generate shifts and transformations that contribute to understanding arts education as an emergent, continuously evolving educational process (Eisner, 2002; Schön, 1983). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The pedagogical model for visual arts education emerges from the need to rethink educational practices within contexts characterised by standardised, predictable, and results-oriented models. By problematising unpredictability as a pedagogical condition, the study highlights practices that introduce moments of pedagogical interruption and suspension of habitual logics of teaching, learning, and assessment. These practices open space for alternative ways of thinking and acting in arts education, aligning with process-oriented and non-instrumental conceptions that value openness and emergence over predefined results (Biesta, 2013; Eisner, 2002). The fieldwork results identify speculation as a pedagogical and artistic mode activated in moments of openness where learning outcomes are not predetermined. In these contexts, learning is understood as an emergent, relational process shaped by chance, indeterminacy, and the negotiation of meaning. From this perspective, the creative project is framed as an ongoing process in which error, vulnerability, and the unexpected are recognised as valuable resources for learning, aligning with experiential and constructivist approaches to education (Dewey, 1934; Vygotsky, 1978). In synthesising these results, unpredictability is reaffirmed as a pedagogical condition, indeterminacy as a structural dimension of creative learning processes, and chance as an operative force that enables transformation within situated educational practices. The research indicates that the proposed pedagogical model reconfigures pedagogical relationships by creating conditions that support speculation, co-learning, and co-creation. The model emphasises pedagogical practices attentive to contexts and processes, questioning traditional hierarchies and supporting emancipatory approaches in visual arts education (Schön, 1983; Kemmis, McTaggart, & Nixon, 2014). This proposal is conceived as a work in progress, open to adaptation and reformulation across educational contexts. By embracing unpredictability and speculation as constitutive dimensions of art education, it contributes to contemporary debates by proposing pedagogical alternatives that value uncertainty, imagination, and collective knowledge construction. References Biesta, G. (2013). The beautiful risk of education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315635866 Cocker, E. (2023). Tactics for Not Knowing: Preparing for the Unexpected. i2ADS Edições Dewey, J. (1934). Art as experience. Perigee Books. (Original work published 1934) Eisner, E. W. (2002). The arts and the creation of mind. Yale University Press. hooks, B. (2020). Ensinando pensamento crítico: Sabedoria prática (B. Libânio, Trad.). Editora Elefante. Huizinga, J. (1955). Homo ludens: A study of the play-element in culture. Beacon Press. (Original work published 1938) Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-67-2 Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Prentice Hall. Ostrower, F. (1990). Acasos e criação artística. Rio de Janeiro: Editora Campus. Rancière, J. (2010). O mestre ignorante: Cinco lições sobre a emancipação intelectual (M. Correia, Trad.; Â. Magalhães, Rev.) [Portuguese ed.]. Edições Pedagogo. Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Building Solidarity Among Diverse Participants in Social Art Workshops Japan, Japan Presenting Author:Contemporary society worldwide is entering an era of diminished social solidarity and social division (Stichweh, 2021). Japan is no exception. Divisions based on diverse factors such as economic power, background, and generation have intensified in recent years, and political polarization is advancing (Inamasu, 2025). It means that even when sharing the same physical space, what people see, hear, and construct from these experiences differ. People occupying the same space and time are, in effect, living in "different worlds." What potential does art hold in such a stratified modern society where these layers lack intersection? Asher (2007) suggests art has the potential to open boundaries between diverse groups differing in discipline, generation, faith, and culture. Art can not only bridge differences but also create new communities that encompass them (Asher, 2007). In fact, unlike academic skills learned in school, art allows anyone to engage in creative activities grounded in their inherent aesthetic literacy (Ishiguro, in press). Moreover, the creative process and the resulting work do not presuppose comparison or competition with others; one can engage in it, prioritizing one's own preferences. For these reasons, art activities also have a healing effect, offering a helping hand to those suffocating under evaluations based on values that privilege certain groups within existing society. Furthermore, artistic activities demand the activation of imagination not only from the creator but also from those who appreciate the creative process and the work itself, fostering the ability to see the unseen and hear the unheard (Greene, 1995). Art activities can also provide opportunities to critically examine current value systems and the unjust distribution of power and wealth. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was conducted by the presenter in 2023, focusing on the activities of the Social Art Workshop held approximately once every three months, four times a year. The Social Art Workshop involved engaging in creative activities while enjoying the shared presence of people who happened to be in the same space. Its primary purpose was to create a common space where participants could freely converse while enjoying art-making. Workshop participants varied from session to session, ranging from a minimum of six to a maximum of nine people, including the facilitator and the studio owner. Among them, three were regulars at the studio who had previously received meals at the soup kitchen. The rest were general participants; some joined after taking my intensive university course for middle-aged and older adults, "Designing Art-Based Learning Activities." Before each workshop session, participants were provided with an outline of the activities to be conducted. They were informed that participation could be discontinued at any time and that audiovisual recordings would be made, but would be used solely for the reporter's research. That personal information would not be disclosed. Only those who agreed to the research consent form participated. The first session focused on "Rediscovering Self-Image Through Artworks and Words," where participants were asked to create a clay figure of themselves. This process involved not only reconsidering "what I am" during creation but also viewing each other's work and sharing comments. The second session, themed "Creating My Tree. Then, Everyone's Forest Takes Shape," began with group discussions about what kind of forest to create. Participants then individually made their trees, culminating in a forest created as a flat collage. The third session, "Creating a Street," began with participants discussing what kind of street to build. They then created the street on a large sheet of paper by directly drawing the street scene on the flat surface or attaching three-dimensional elements to it on the spot. The fourth session, themed "Creating a Personal History Kamishibai," required each individual to create a paper theater (kamishibai) that narrated their personal history up to that point using pictures and text. Kamishibai is a traditional Japanese storytelling format (Ishiguro, 2017) featuring pictures and narration for each scene, familiar to most who grew up in Japan. Each session was designed to foster a creative environment focused on "self," "others," and their relationship. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through the four workshops, participants found significant value in the opportunity to speak with "people from another world" whom they would not normally have a chance to speak with directly. A conversation that relies solely on language emphasizes direct relationships when it occurs face-to-face and requires sharing the unseen images it represents. However, with the artwork serving as a third element mediating the relationship, the interaction became indirect, seemingly making it easier to talk. Furthermore, participants realized each possessed rich aesthetic literacy, and those struggling with their creations increasingly sought more advice from others. While individuals facing financial hardship are often socially marginalized, no such asymmetry was observed here. Language tends to reveal embedded values and social hierarchies, but through the artwork, mutual understanding seemed to develop through the creative process and the resulting work. Of the four social art workshops, two focused on creating individual pieces and two on collaborative works. These not only provided opportunities to revisit their pasts but also to diffract (Murris & Bozalek, 2019), where memories, present circumstances, anxieties, and hopes for the future, and discourses with others in the moment, intertwined with the artwork. This process allowed participants not only to examine their experiences from the past to the present critically but also to envision the future. The workshops could have been a learning opportunity involving onto-epistemological transformation, encompassing not just understanding what it is, but also one's own way of being. However, this workshop only heightened the temporary relationships among participants on the day itself; it did not involve jointly examining the social contexts behind each participant, nor did it become an art activity aimed at social transformation (Kakembo, 2025). The relationship between the workshop space and the society outside it remains a topic for future consideration. References Asher, A.(2007). Can the Arts Change the World? The Transformative Power of Community Arts, NEW DIRECTIONS FOR ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION, 116, 3-11. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.272 Greene, M. (1995). Releasing the imagination: essays on education, the arts, and social change. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Inamasu, K. (2025). A Social Psychological Approach to the Problem of Social "division." (In Japanese) Annual report of the Center for Evolving Humanities: Study of cultural exchange, 38,15-20. https://ndlsearch.ndl.go.jp/books/R00000002-I009260006693103 Ishiguro, H. (2017). Revisiting Japanese Multimodal Drama Performance as Child-Centred Performance Ethnography: Picture-Mediated Reflection on 'Kamishibai.' In Tatiana, C. and Xiangyun, D. (Eds.), Arts-based methods in education around the world. River Publishers. 89-106. https://ci.nii.ac.jp/ncid/BB27433112 Ishiguro, H. (in press). Theoretical Inquiry into Aesthetic Literacy: Toward Pedagogy for Enhancing Aesthetic Experience. Journal of Educational Research, Department of Education, Rikkyo University, 67. (In Japanese) Kakembo, A. (2025). IIIArt as a Medium for Social Change. IAA Journal of Arts and Humanities, 12(1), 17-22. https://doi.org/10.59298/IAAJAH/2025/1211722 Murris, K. & Bozalek, V. (2019): Diffracting diffractive readings of texts as methodology: Some propositions, Educational Philosophy and Theory, https://DOI:10.1080/00131857.2019.1570843 Stichweh, R. (2021). How Do Divided Societies Come About? Persistent Inequalities, Pervasive Asymmetrical Dependencies, and Sociocultural Polarization as Divisive Forces in Contemporary Society. Global Perspectives, 2 (1): 25658. https://doi.org/10.1525/gp.2021.25658 Valjakka, M. (2022). Layers of (in)visible resilience: art, women, and homelessness in Japan, Critical Asian Studies, 54. 1-25. https://doi.org/10.1080/14672715.2022.2079540 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 29 SES 05 B: Music education (I) Location: B3108 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Raisa Foster Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Ecosocial Music Education in Action: A Practice-Based Research Session 1: University of the Arts Helsinki; 2: University of Oulu Presenting Author:This proposal presents a conference session conceived not as a demonstration of completed research, but as the next empirical phase of an ecosocial music education framework. Building on published theoretical and practice-based work on attuning to sound, reconnecting with sound memories, and co-composing with the more-than-human world, the session serves as a live, practice-based test of this model with international conference participants as co-researchers. Earlier research proposes that ecosocial music education can support a sustainable life orientation by cultivating embodied listening, relational awareness, multispecies sensitivity, and shared creative agency. In this session, we move beyond theorizing and illustrating these ideas and instead examine how the model operates in a new research context: a heterogeneous group of international arts education scholars in a conference setting. The session treats the conference room as a temporary research site. Rather than presenting predetermined findings, we invite participants to engage in a structured series of embodied and sonic practices derived from our ecosocial framework. Through these practices, we investigate how ecosocial music education principles function when applied to a new setting with a group of international scholars with diverse backgrounds. The research focuses on three interrelated questions: The session unfolds through three phases that operationalize our model. First, participants engage in an attunement practice that shifts attention from analytical listening to embodied awareness of sonic environments. This phase explores how participants experience relational listening and how their sense of self, space, and environment change through focused sonic attention. Second, participants reconnect with personal sound memories, allowing remembered sonic experiences to surface as research material. These memories are shared through sound rather than narrative, enabling us to study how memory, emotion, and place become audible in a collective research process. Third, participants engage in a collaborative co-composition process in which voices, objects, ambient sounds, and spatial acoustics function as co-creative agents. This phase allows us to examine how creativity and authorship are redistributed when sound-making is understood as a more-than-human practice. In this way, the session functions as a practice-based experiment that both enacts and evaluates our ecosocial model. Rather than treating theory and practice as separate domains, the research unfolds through action, participation, and reflection. Knowledge is generated not only through verbal analysis but through embodied experience, sonic interaction, and relational attunement. The format intentionally involves uncertainty. Outcomes are not fully predictable, and participants’ responses shape the session's direction. This openness allows us to study how ecosocial music education principles operate under real-world conditions of variability, cultural difference, and institutional framing. By positioning conference participants as collaborators in an ongoing research process, this contribution reframes the conference presentation as a site of knowledge production rather than knowledge dissemination. The session thus extends our prior work by transforming an ecosocial theoretical framework into a live, collective, and empirically generative research event. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Practice-Based Research Design The methodological approach combines ecosocial music education theory with practice-based and performative research. The session is designed as a situated field experiment in which our previously developed ecosocial model is tested in action. Participants and Role Conference participants are invited to join the session as co-researchers. Their embodied experiences, sonic contributions, emotional responses, and reflections form the primary research material. The facilitators function less as presenters and more as research orchestrators, guiding the process while allowing participant responses to shape its unfolding. Research Procedure: Three Phases Phase 1 — Attuning to Sonic Environments Participants engage in a guided listening practice that foregrounds bodily sensation, environmental sound, and shifting attention. This phase explores how relational listening alters participants’ perception of space, presence, and sonic agency. Phase 2 — Sound Memory Activation Participants are invited to recall personally meaningful sound memories. Instead of narrating these memories verbally, they express them through sound, voice, rhythm, or gesture. This allows us to examine how memory operates as an embodied, multisensory, and relational form of knowledge. Phase 3 — Co-Composing with the Environment Participants collaboratively create a sonic composition with each other and the acoustic environment. Voices, objects, room acoustics, and ambient noise are treated as active contributors. This phase investigates how creative agency becomes distributed across human and more-than-human actors. While the session is conceived as an extended practice-based research encounter, its three phases can be condensed into a shorter conference format without losing their experiential or methodological integrity. Data and Documentation Research material consists of audio traces of the collective soundscape, facilitator field notes, participant reflections (optional verbal or written), and embodied observations of group dynamics, affect, and interaction. Analysis is conducted reflexively, attending to emergent patterns in participation, relational shifts, sonic structures, and affective responses. Ethics Participation is voluntary. Silence, withdrawal, and passive observation are recognized as valid forms of engagement. The session prioritizes care, consent, and respect for vulnerability, while avoiding the extractive use of participants' experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This session positions a conference presentation as a site of ongoing research, extending an existing ecosocial music education framework into a new empirical context. Rather than presenting finalized results, it treats the event itself as a moment of data generation, theoretical testing, and methodological experimentation in an international setting. The contribution demonstrates how ecosocial music education theory can be examined through live, practice-based inquiry. By inviting participants into attunement, sound memory work, and co-composition, the session explores how the model functions beyond its original educational settings and how it resonates with an international research community. Methodologically, the project expands understandings of what counts as empirical research in arts education by treating embodied sensation, sonic interaction, memory, and relational dynamics as legitimate sources of knowledge. It offers a model for how conferences can serve not only as dissemination platforms but also as temporary research laboratories. The session also generates insights into how an international group of researchers responds to ecosocial pedagogical practices, how collective sonic creation shapes relational awareness, and how more-than-human agencies participate in knowledge production. These insights will inform future iterations of our ecosocial model and contribute to broader discussions on practice-based research in arts education. Overall, the contribution frames ecosocial music education as a living, evolving research program rather than a fixed theory. It demonstrates how theoretical models can be tested, refined, and transformed through participatory, embodied, and sound-based inquiry. References Atkinson, D. (2018). Art, Disobedience and Ethics: The Adventure of Pedagogy. Palgrave. Foster, R., & Sutela, K. (2024). Ecosocial approach to music education. Music Education Research, 26(2), 99–111. Foster, R., Mäkelä, J., & Martusewicz, R. (2019). Art, EcoJustice, and Education: Intersecting Theories and Practices. Routledge. Foster, R., Salonen, A. O., & Sutela, K. (2022). Taidekasvatuksen ekososiaalinen kehys: Kohti kestävyystietoista elämänorientaatiota. Kasvatus, 53(2), 118–129. Keto, S., & Foster, R. (2021). Ecosocialization – an ecological turn in the process of socialization. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 30(1–2), 34–52. Oliveros, P. (2005). Deep Listening: A Composer’s Sound Practice. iUniverse. Østern, T. P., Jusslin, S., Nødtvedt Knudsen, K., Maapalo, P., & Bjørkøy, I. (2021). A performative paradigm for post-qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Research, 23(2), 272–289. Vadén, T., & Torvinen, J. (2014). Musical meaning in between: Ineffability, atmosphere and asubjectivity in musical experience. Journal of Aesthetics and Phenomenology, 1(2), 209–230. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper “What’s New?” Re-distributing Creativity in Flemish Youth Choir Practices LUCA School of Arts / KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Throughout the last decades, creativity has undoubtedly become one of the most frequently used buzzwords in education and educational research. The widespread idea that traditional school education “kills creativity” has sparked countless attempts to show how creativity could (re)gain its rightful place within educational practices, both as a quality of these practices – making them more open to novelty – and as a learning objective for the learners – enabling them to take more creative part in the world. Unsurprisingly, this idea has also been taken up eagerly in arts and music education, where creativity plays an important role in advocacy narratives: since art is often defined by its creative dimension, artistic practices are frequently presented as examples for creative learning, often showing innovative learning environments in which learning unfolds through participation, interaction and meaning-making.
In music education research, this has resulted in a strong focus on improvisation as the most important practice of musical creativity, often framed as a necessary component of music-educational practice. However, research on creativity in (arts and music) education is not without its critics. A recurring concern is that creativity is frequently embraced uncritically as an inherently valuable educational aim, while remaining blind to its alignment with broader neoliberal discourses of innovation and acceleration. This raises fundamental questions about the value, meaning and purpose of creativity in education. After all, what is the value of creativity anyway? And if creativity is an essential aspect of, e.g., the art of music, does this then necessarily entail that all music-educational practices must be creative themselves? These questions are particularly relevant in learning environments that are informal, non-formal or extracurricular, where educational aims are negotiated rather than prescribed.
In my PhD research, I address these questions within the specific field of choral pedagogy, focusing on the pedagogical dynamics of amateur choir singing practices, and more specifically on Flemish youth choirs. On the one hand, this interest stems from my own background as a Flemish music educator and youth choir conductor, and from resistance to the widespread assumption that amateur choirs mainly engage in the collective reproduction of existing repertoire and therefore leave little room for creativity, particularly from the perspective of individual participants. On the other hand, I aim to explore how a renewed engagement with creativity in choir practices might contribute to their attractiveness for young people and to the long-term sustainability of amateur choir singing.
According to data from Koor&Stem (2026), the Flemish umbrella organisation for amateur choirs, the majority of choirs in their member base consist of adult singers, while the number of children’s and youth choirs is comparatively low. While this development is shaped by multiple demographic, cultural and socio-economic factors, this research explores whether pedagogical conceptions of creativity play a role in how youth choir practices respond to contemporary expectations of personal, social and artistic fulfilment.
The study draws on theoretical perspectives that conceptualize creativity as plural, situated and practice-based (Burnard, 2012), on little-c creativity as everyday creative engagement, accessible to all participants (Craft, 2001), as well as on notions of distributed creativity (Glăveanu, 2014), which emphasize how creativity emerges through interactions between people, practices and contexts. Together, these perspectives allow creativity to be analyzed as a relational and context-sensitive phenomenon, shaped within specific artistic and educational environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used At the current stage of the PhD, the research is about to enter a first pilot study, the initial results of which are intended for presentation at ECER. This pilot study consists of short ethnographic case studies of four Flemish youth choirs. The study departs from a first literature review on creativity in choral pedagogy (in preparation), which has led to the outline of a preliminary categorization, distinguishing and describing different choral-pedagogical creativities (Burnard, 2012). Empirical data are collected through observations of rehearsals, concerts and other choir-related activities, as well as through focus group interviews with different participants, including singers, conductors and board members. The focus groups serve to relate the researcher’s observations to participants’ own views and experiences. The observation and analysis framework is supplemented with elements from Kemmis’ theory of practice architectures (2009), to allow empirical findings to refine and challenge the current categorization. This theory conceptualizes practices through the interrelation of cultural-discursive “sayings”, material-economic “doings” and socio-political “relatings”, and therefore seems highly suitable for deepening our understanding of what makes certain choir practices (more or less) creative. It also enables analysis of how learning environments are shaped by cultural norms, materialistic conditions and social relations within music educational settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The pilot study is designed with three main aims. First, it functions as an exploratory exercise in approaching a practice, that I know well from the inside, as a field of research. Second, the study is designed to help me finetune the research’s theoretical and methodological frameworks (e.g., the categorization of choral-pedagogical creativities), through deliberate dialogue with the practices at which it is aimed. In doing so, the study aims to contribute empirically grounded insights to research on arts education and creative learning environments. Third, and more broadly, the study is intended to lay the groundwork for a later phase of practitioner research, in which I will actively intervene in and collaborate with youth choirs to (re)develop the creativity of their practices. This future phase aims to explore how choral creativity might be fostered in ways that are pedagogically meaningful, socially embedded and resistant to dominant neoliberal accounts of creativity, thereby contributing to the sustainable, transgenerational future of amateur choir singing. References Burnard, P. (2012). Musical creativities in practice. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199583942.001.0001 Craft, A. (2001). Little C Creativity. In A. Craft, B. Jeffrey, & M. Leibling (Eds.), Creativity in Education (pp. 45-61). New York, NY: Continuum International. Glaveanu, V. P. (2014). Distributed creativity: Thinking outside the box of the creative individual. Springer Publishing Company. SpringerBriefs in Psychology Vol. 2014 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-05434-6 Kemmis, S. (2009). Action research as a practice-based practice. Educational Action Research, 17(3), 463-474. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650790903093284 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Teaching, Reflection, and Change: An Instructional Journey with Undergraduate Students 1: Netanya Academic College, Israel; 2: University of Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:The paper describes and reflects the journey of a lecturer into pedagogical transformation in a visual communication course for first-generation undergraduate students at an academic college, within the School of Communication in Israel. The goal of the course is to develop visual thinking and understanding, to comprehend the complexity that can be created in a visual message, to improve the ability to read visual messages, and to create visual messages independently. To this end, the course covered diverse fields such as advertisements, photographs, films, music videos, websites, and paintings, understanding that all these are based on a multi-layered history of visual culture. The idea was to combine theoretical study with practical application. This study employs Educational Action Research (EAR) which applies the concepts and practices of action research (Lewin 1946; Feldman et al. 2018) to the context of education, so most educational action researchers are teachers (including lecturers in higher education). As a genre of action research, EAR recognizes both the uncertainty around the nature and extent of action (that needs to be undertaken in complex situations) and the general precariousness of conceptions of value. Researchers therefore need to engage in ongoing reflection on their actions and understandings, to inform further planning, action and understanding. Through this cyclical process, educational action researchers produce contributions to both conceptual and practical knowledge of education (Rauch, Zehetmeier & Posch 2019). Furthermore, by integrating creative and artistic tasks as a core part of the inquiry, the study aligns with the Art-Based Action Research (ABAR) framework developed by Jokela and Huhmarniemi (2018), Hughes (2019), Har-Gil (1998). This study is grounded in the methodology of Action Research. The primary objective of this study is to document and analyze a systematic process of pedagogical change aimed at improving student engagement and satisfaction. Specifically, the research seeks to: A. Identify the gaps between traditional frontal teaching methods and the cognitive/cultural characteristics of contemporary first-generation students from peripheral regions. B. Transform a lecture-based curriculum into a dialogical, interactive learning environment that accommodates limited attention spans and diverse cultural backgrounds. C. Evaluate the effectiveness of "Critical Friend" and student-centered feedback loops in driving instructional redesign. The lecturer was guided by the following research question: How can a structured, multi-layered Action Research process - incorporating personal reflection, critical friendship, and student feedback - facilitate the adaptation of teaching practices to meet the evolving needs and learning patterns of "new" undergraduate students in a digital-social media era? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was conducted over a period of three academic semesters, positioning the classroom as a living laboratory for pedagogical inquiry. By adopting this qualitative approach, the researcher moved beyond traditional instruction to systematically investigate and address the shifting learning patterns of "new" undergraduate students. To ensure the validity and depth of the findings, a multi-layered triangulation of data sources was utilized: Self-Reflection and Documentation: The lecturer maintained systematic personal reflections throughout the process. These records captured immediate pedagogical dilemmas, instructional decisions, and the emotional landscape of the teaching experience. Critical Friendship: A unique pillar of this methodology was the involvement of a "Critical Friend, who was present in all class sessions. This role provided an external yet deeply contextualized perspective. Immediately following each lesson, structured debriefing sessions were held, resulting in verbatim written records that documented classroom interactions and provided critical feedback on the teaching process. Student Voice (Qualitative and Quantitative): Student perspectives were integrated through weekly open-ended written reflections, allowing for a continuous pulse-check on their lived experiences and difficulties. This was complemented by periodic anonymous questionnaires designed to measure broader patterns of engagement, satisfaction, and perceived learning outcomes. External Analytical Support: The process was further validated by the involvement of an external researcher, who assisted in framing the reflective data within broader AR theoretical constructions and supported the objective interpretation of findings. The analysis followed a qualitative thematic approach, where verbatim records of post-class discussions, self-reflective journals, and student feedback were coded to identify recurring pedagogical challenges and successes. This rigorous, collaborative reflection allowed the researchers to recognize "moments of regression" not as failures, but as essential data points within the action-reflection cycle, leading to the eventual redesign of the course into a more dialogical and interactive learning environment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this Action Research process indicate a strong and consistent relationship between structured pedagogical reflection and enhanced student engagement, particularly among first-generation undergraduate students from peripheral backgrounds. Analysis of the qualitative data revealed that traditional lecture-based instruction was increasingly misaligned with students’ contemporary cognitive habits, attention patterns, and learning expectations. A significant finding was the critical contribution of continuous, multi-layered student feedback to pedagogical improvement. Feedback channels enabled ongoing calibration of teaching practices, allowing the lecturer to maintain a constant “finger on the pulse” of what was effective and what required adjustment. The sustained involvement of a critical friend, present in every class session over more than one academic year, emerged as one of the most influential elements of the process. Regular post-lesson reflective dialogues - documented verbatim - supported both incremental improvements and more substantial pedagogical redesigns. Importantly, the process legitimized experimentation, including the trial of innovative practices that were later abandoned when found ineffective. The analysis demonstrated that recognizing moments of regression as inherent to the Action Research cycle reduced frustration and prevented burnout. Rather than signaling failure, such moments functioned as productive data points that informed subsequent planning and action. This reframing fostered long-term pedagogical adaptability and sustained motivation for improvement. This study concludes that in an era characterized by rapid technological, cultural, and social change, teaching practices cannot remain static. For lecturers working with first-generation and peripheral student populations, pedagogical transformation is not merely a methodological choice, but an ethical responsibility. At the same time, the study emphasizes that these conclusions are context-dependent. The specific instructional solutions identified here emerged from the interaction between a particular lecturer, a specific student population, and a defined institutional and cultural setting. Teaching practices will necessarily vary according to lecturers’ personal characteristics, disciplinary cultures, and local norms. References Har-Gil, A. (1998). Good Morning Israel: Film and Action Research [Unpublished doctoral dissertation]. University of Northumbria. Feldman, A., Altrichter, H., Posch, P., & Somekh, B. (2018). Teachers Investigate their Work. Routledge. (Third Edition) Hughes, J. (2019). Action research in the creative arts. Routledge. Jokela, T., & Huhmarniemi, M. (2018). Art-based action research as a tool for developing practices. In T. Jokela & G. Coutts (Eds.), Relate North: Art and Design for Education and Local Communities (pp. 10–29). Lapland University Press. Lewin, K. (1946). Resolving social conflicts: Selected papers on group dynamics (G. W. Lewin, Ed.). Harper & Brothers. Rauch, F., Zehetmeier, S., & Posch, P. (2019). Educational Action Research: In O. Zuber-Skerritt, & L. Wood (Hrsg.), Action Learning and Action Research. Genres and Approaches (pp. 111 - 126). Bingley: Emerald Group Publishing Limited. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 30 SES 05 A: Off the Beaten Paths: Methodological Approaches to Critical and Situated Research in Education for Sustainable Development Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Maria Kondratjuk Research Workshop |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Research Workshop Off the Beaten Paths: Methodological Approaches to Critical and Situated Research in Education for Sustainable Development 1: Ludwigsburg University of Pedagogy, Germany; 2: University of Applied Science, Zittau-Görlitz, Germany Presenting Author:Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is widely positioned as a key driver of socio-ecological transformation and as a central means for achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (UNESCO, 2017; United Nations, 2024). Over the past decades, ESD has been strongly shaped by international policy frameworks, competency models, and normative expectations regarding education’s transformative potential. While these frameworks have contributed to the institutionalisation and global visibility of ESD, they have also been increasingly criticised for simplifying complex sustainability challenges, marginalising alternative epistemologies, and privileging technocratic or depoliticised approaches to learning (Vare & Scott, 2007; Tikly, 2023). Recent scholarship highlights fundamental tensions embedded in sustainability discourses, such as conflicts between ecological limits and economic growth, global policy agendas and local lifeworlds, or universalising narratives and situated experiences (Blühdorn et al., 2020; Henkel et al., 2023). These tensions become particularly visible in educational contexts, where ESD is expected to address environmental crises, social inequalities, colonial legacies, and questions of justice simultaneously. As a result, critical perspectives increasingly call for research approaches that go beyond established pedagogical logics and outcome-oriented models, advocating instead for reflexive, situated, and politically engaged forms of educational inquiry (Hamborg, 2017; Hutchinson et al., 2023). Against this background, the proposed Research Workshop focuses on methodological questions related to researching ESD from critical, relational, and transdisciplinary perspectives. Sustainability is not treated as a coherent or uncontested concept, but as a problem-oriented and societally embedded field that requires the integration of heterogeneous forms of knowledge and actor perspectives (Mittelstraß, 2002; Pohl & Hadorn, 2007; Hirsch Hadorn et al., 2008). The workshop foregrounds marginalised, critical, and “off the beaten path” perspectives that challenge dominant narratives of sustainability and education, with education serving as a central site where sustainability is negotiated, contested, and enacted. The workshop builds on insights from critical sustainability studies, decolonial theory, and transformative learning, while explicitly addressing the methodological implications of these perspectives for educational research. Particular attention is paid to qualitative and interpretive methodologies—such as situational analysis, discourse-oriented approaches, ethnographic research, and participatory methods—that are capable of capturing complexity, contradiction, and power relations in ESD practices. Emphasis is placed on reflexivity, positionality, and the production of situated knowledge (Haraway, 1988). Designed as an interactive and practice-oriented Research Workshop, the session combines short theoretical inputs with collaborative analytical activities. Participants work with empirical vignettes, mapping tools, and methodological prompts to reflect on how research designs can make tensions, silences, and exclusions visible. By doing so, the workshop aims to foster methodological exchange across disciplinary boundaries and research traditions, addressing researchers at different career stages who are interested in critically examining their methodological choices in sustainability-oriented educational research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Research Workshop follows a qualitative, participatory, and reflexive methodological design. It is grounded in interpretive research traditions that conceptualise knowledge production as situated, relational, and shaped by power relations. In addition, the workshop explicitly draws on principles of transdisciplinary research, which conceptualise research as a collaborative process across disciplinary and societal boundaries, oriented towards real-world problems and the reflexive integration of heterogeneous forms of knowledge (Pohl & Hadorn, 2007; Hirsch Hadorn et al., 2008). The workshop is structured in three phases. First, participants are introduced to key methodological challenges in researching ESD, particularly those arising from competing sustainability narratives (Tikly, 2023), tensions between instrumental and transformative learning (Vare & Scott, 2007), and critiques of dominant competency-based frameworks. These challenges are discussed in relation to broader debates on transdisciplinarity as a reconfiguration of scientific knowledge production beyond disciplinary logics (Mittelstraß, 2002). Second, participants engage in hands-on analytical activities using selected empirical materials, such as short case descriptions, interview excerpts, or policy documents. Working in small groups, they apply mapping techniques inspired by situational analysis and discourse mapping to identify actors, discourses, material conditions, and power relations within specific ESD contexts. This approach enables participants to experiment with methodological tools that allow for the analysis of complexity and contradiction without enforcing premature coherence. Third, the workshop foregrounds reflexivity as a central methodological principle. Participants are invited to reflect on their own positionalities, disciplinary backgrounds, and normative assumptions regarding sustainability and education. Guided discussion prompts support critical examination of how research questions, methods, and analytical categories shape what becomes visible or invisible in ESD research. Plenary discussions connect the practical exercises to broader methodological debates, including issues of decolonisation, power, and knowledge hierarchies in educational research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Research Workshop contributes to methodological debates in educational research on sustainability by foregrounding complexity, reflexivity, and critical engagement. By focusing on methodological approaches “off the beaten paths,” the workshop challenges dominant research paradigms that tend to universalise sustainability or reduce it to measurable outcomes and competencies. Participants are expected to gain a deeper understanding of how qualitative, interpretive, and transdisciplinary methodologies can be used to investigate contested, politically charged, and socially embedded processes of Education for Sustainable Development. The practical mapping exercises function not only as methodological training but also as a means of fostering critical dialogue about the epistemological and ethical dimensions of sustainability-oriented educational research. Within the context of ECER, the workshop contributes to broader discussions on how educational research can respond to socio-ecological crises without reproducing technocratic or depoliticised solutions. By drawing on transdisciplinary research principles, the workshop highlights the need for educational research to engage with societal actors, contested knowledge claims, and normative tensions inherent in sustainability-related fields (Pohl & Hadorn, 2007; Hirsch Hadorn et al., 2008). The workshop outcomes will inform the development of a collaborative position paper that synthesises the discussed methodological perspectives and identifies open questions and future research pathways. Rather than offering definitive answers, the paper will articulate tensions and possibilities, serving as a starting point for further collaborative research and publication activities. References Battiste, M. (2013). Decolonizing education: Nourishing the learning spirit. Purich Publishing. Blühdorn, I., Butzlaff, F., Deflorian, M., Hausknost, D., & Mock, M. (2020). Nachhaltige Nicht-Nachhaltigkeit. transcript. Hamborg, S. (2017). Critical perspectives on education for sustainable development. In M. Brodowski (Ed.), Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (pp. 15–31). Logos. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated knowledges. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. Henkel, A., et al. (Eds.). (2023). Dilemmata der Nachhaltigkeit. Nomos. Hirsch Hadorn, G., Biber-Klemm, S., Grossenbacher-Mansuy, W., Hoffmann-Riem, H., Joye, D., Pohl, C., Wiesmann, U., & Zemp, E. (2008). The emergence of transdisciplinarity as a form of research. In G. Hirsch Hadorn et al. (Eds.), Handbook of Transdisciplinary Research (pp. 19–42). Springer. Hutchinson, Y., Ochoa, A. A. C., Paulson, J., & Tikly, L. (Eds.). (2023). Decolonizing education for sustainable futures. Bristol University Press. Mittelstraß, J. (2002). Transdisciplinarity – New structures in science. In Max-Planck-Gesellschaft (Ed.), Innovative structure in basic research (pp. 43–54). Pohl, C., & Hadorn, G. H. (2007). Principles for designing transdisciplinary research. Oekom. Tikly, L. (2023). Decolonizing education for sustainable futures. In Y. Hutchinson et al. (Eds.), Decolonizing education for sustainable futures (pp. 19–48). UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. United Nations. (2024). Goal 4: Quality education. Vare, P., & Scott, W. (2007). Learning for a change. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 1(2), 191–198. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 30 SES 05 B: Listening to Children and Young People in Environment and Sustainability Education Research Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Nanna Jordt Jørgensen Research Workshop |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Research Workshop Listening to Children and Young People in Environment and Sustainability Education Research 1: University College Copenhagen, Denmark; 2: University of Oslo; 3: University of Southern Denmark Presenting Author:Children are disproportionately burdened by the long-term socio-ecological consequences of climate change and ecological crisis (Wals, 2017), yet their perspectives remain underrepresented within Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) research (Rousell & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, 2020; Brückner, 2026). Even though participation and democracy have been central commitments within the ESE field since the 1990s, including within the Scandinavian traditions emphasizing action competence and pluralism, ESE still struggles with processes of exclusion and barriers to participation (James & Jørgensen, 2020). In a wider field of childhood and youth research, researchers exploring participation and citizenship suggest that children’s and young people’s voices - and silences - are unevenly heard and frequently constrained by entrenched adult–child power relations (Hartung, 2017; Spyrou, 2015). Methodological shifts from researching on to researching with children and young people (Cahill, 2007) do not automatically dismantle these asymmetries, as participatory practices risk becoming tokenistic or exploitative when adult willingness and capacity to listen remain unexamined (Sæther et al. 2024; Hartung, 2017;). This is especially true for children and young people marginalised by geography, race, class, linguistic background, or socio-cultural status, whose voices are often overheard rather than engaged within and included in research (James & Jørgensen 2022). To address this gap, the need for research that is attentive to what it means to be a participant or a student in specific contexts, settings, and communities has been emphasized (Barratt & Hacking, 2008; Brückner 2026). In recent studies, scholars call for new approaches to exploring children and young people’s experiences and perspectives in ESE, including giving stronger research attention to resistance and tensions in young people’s positions in relation to sustainability (Urberg 2025), engaging anti-colonial orientations in studies of children’s relationships with the environment (Ambreen et al. 2024), and involving children and young people as co-researchers (Rousell & Williams, 2020). In this research workshop, based on experiences from ESE research in the Scandinavian context, we explore central methodological questions related to the role, place, and voice of children within ESE research. Our ambition is to foreground and discuss these questions through an explorative investigation that assembles empirical insights based on three different research projects engaging children and/or young people within different settings. On this background, the workshop encourages discussion of the following questions: How do we as researchers deal with and explore the messiness, complexity and ambiguity of children’s voices, actions, and emotions? How do we incorporate methodologies that avoid idealizing children’s agency or projecting adult conclusions into their expressions? In which ways can we address the diversity of children’s lives and dreams? How do we listen to unexpected, silent or uncomfortable expressions? What do we do with questions of responsibility and ethics? All these questions indicate a need for us as researchers in education to reflect on the structural conditioning of children and young people’s agency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We introduce the workshop by sharing our experiences with working with different methodological and analytical approaches that engage with listening to and including children and young people’s voices in our research. Based on app interviews with young participants at a Norwegian multicultural festival, Elin Sæther and colleagues (Sæther et al. 2024) found that a change in their listening approach brought out other voices in the data. The app was designed to allow the young festival participants to speak freely on site, that is, without adult supervision and presence, as they were experiencing the festival here-and-now. Adjusted listening brought out the importance of the here-and-now, the carnevalesque and participants’ associative and fragmented narration, and demonstrated to the involved researchers what they had been prone to overlook. In her PhD project ‘On the art of teaching sustainability’, Mathilda Brückner (Brückner, forthcoming) includes an explorative study of students’ experiences with ESE teaching. She employs a palette of art-based methods during her facilitation of focus group interviews with 11–12-year-old students and investigate the multiple ways in which students relate to, share stories, and conceptualize sustainability. Her approach adds nuance to the affective and relational aspects of ESE teaching, suggesting that attending to students’ experiences requires methodological sensitivity, noticing, and engaging with the tensions, ambiguities, and dilemmas that arise across different enactments of ESE teaching, which otherwise are often dismissed or overlooked. Addressing the voice and experiences of young children in ESE research, Nanna Jordt Jørgensen presents methodological openings and dilemmas arising when exploring children’s everyday embodied, non-verbal engagements with the non-human environment. The presentation draws on experiences from ethnographic observations carried out as part of a collaborative research and development project (NAVADA) involving researchers, early childhood educators and children. Multisensorical ethnographic methods and analytical attention to children’s embodied and entangled politics (Jørgensen & Hansen, forthcoming) highlighted relationality, resistance and epistemic agency but also brought out interpretative tensions. Participants will be invited to examine and discuss examples of empirical material (drawings, video, interviews etc.) and methodological tools. Based on these discussions, we facilitate a common dialogue on methodological openings, ethical dilemmas and the theoretical potentials of strengthening attention to children and young people’s perspectives in ESE research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through this workshop, we will share knowledge and experiences from our work with children and young people in ESE research, with the aim of developing our collective methodological repertoire. As researchers in environmental and sustainability education, our field involves and address children and young people, yet most research still privileges the perspectives of adult actors. Who we listen to, talk with, interview, engage and observe are central, and how we listen and pay attention will shape our questions, our empirical findings and our theory construction. Through post-humanist and new materialist approaches, the ESE research field has in recent years expanded and nuanced notions of agency and participation, yet we still struggle to include children and young people’s voices in our research. Attending to diverse perspectives of children and youth and the ways in which they are entangled in wider ecological, social, political and ecological processes and materialities, we suggest, is not only a matter of rights or democratic learning but also a necessary contribution to expanding research-based understandings of sustainability, hereby enabling more just, resilient, and co-created socio-ecological transformations. References Ambreen, S., Badwan, K., & Pahl, K. (2024). Attending to children’s voices within environmental education. Childhood, 32(2), 151-174. https://doi.org/10.1177/09075682241299520 Barratt, R., & Hacking, E. B. (2008). A clash of worlds: Children talking about their community experience in relation to the school curriculum. In A. Reid, B. B. Jensen, J. Nikel, & V. Simovska (Eds.), Participation and learning (pp. 281–294). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6416-6_18 Brückner, M. (forthcoming). Exploring Students’ Experiences with Environmental and Sustainability Education: We-stories, Growing Forces, and Gloomy Futures. In N. Elf, J. Lysgaard, A. Reid, & T. Steffensen (Eds.), Education and the Green Transition: Exploring Qualities in ESE teaching. Routledge. Brückner, M. (2026). Students, Smoke, Sparks, and Mushrooms – Tensions within Sustainability Teaching. In S. Windsor, O. Franck & D. Sanders (Eds.) Paradise Lost? Love and Care: Narratives for and in Sustainability Education. Springer Series International Explorations in Outdoor and Environmental Education. Cahill C (2007) Doing research with young people: participatory research and the rituals of collective work. Children’s Geographies 5(3): 297–312. DOI: 10.1080/14733280701445895. Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A., & Rousell, D. (2020). The mesh of playing, theorizing, and researching in the reality of climate change: Creating the co-research playspace. In Research handbook on childhoodnature: Assemblages of childhood and nature research (pp. 199–222). Springer. Hartung, C. (2017). Conditional citizens. Rethinking Children and Young People’s Participation Springer.’ James, A. & Jørgensen, N.J. (2022). Making space for children’s voices in climate action. NORRAG Special issue 07 on Education in Times of Climate Change. 104-107. Jørgensen, N.J. & Hansen, S.K. (forthcoming). The politics of children’s engagements with sticks. Children’s participation in nature, science and sustainability education. Rousell, D., & Williams, D. R. (2020). Section introduction: Ecological aesthetics: New spaces, directions, and potentials. In A. Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, K. Malone, & E. Barratt Hacking (Eds.), Research handbook on childhoodnature (pp. 1603–1617). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-67286-1_86 Spyrou S (2016) Researching children’s silences: exploring the fullness of voice in childhood research. Childhood 23(1): 7–21. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568215571618 Sæther, E., Kjørven, O. K., Dewilde, J., & Skrefsrud, T.-A. (2024). Listening to young people’s voices: Attempts at developing context- and participant-sensitive approaches. Childhood, 31(2), 176-191. Linnea Urberg (06 Mar 2025): Conflicts of interest in environmental and sustainability education, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research,https://doi.org/10.1177/09075682241246394 Wals, A. E. J. (2017). Sustainability by default: Co-creating care and relationality in early childhood education. International Journal of Early Childhood, 49 (2), 155–164. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-017-0180-x |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 30 SES 05 C: Education and Environmental Justice: Taking an artful approach Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Elsa Lee Research Workshop |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Research Workshop Education, Environmental Justice and the Arts 1: Anglia Ruskin University; 2: Norwegian University of the LIfe Sciences; 3: University of Edinburgh; 4: University of Cambridge Presenting Author:The Education and Environmental Justice Collective approaches scholarly thinking through reading, conversation, and art-making practices. We focus on the interplays between education, environmental justice, and art, and the consequences of these interplays across multiple times and places. This proposal responds to the Network 30 Special Call, which asks ‘what kind of research is required to grasp the complexity entailed in poly-crisis?’ We posit that environmental justice (EJ) in education necessitates the consideration of epistemic (in)justices, including from a multi-species and ecological point of view. Education that attends to EJ is thus confronted with challenging habitual modes of epistemic and methodological approaches to research (Stein, 2019). This proposal arises from the work of the Education and Environmental Justice Collective which comprises a group of academics and artists from across European settings, at different stages of their career who meet regularly to read-papers-and-art-in-relational-conversation. We use this method to review literature in ways that engage critically with what counts as knowledge. As a collective, we link issues of environmental (in)justice to the dominating epistemologies of the Global North; as extensions of ongoing colonial practices that justify exploitation and exclude various knowledge systems (Silva, 2014). Our research adopts a “pluriversal” approach (Escobar, 2020), acknowledging multiple systems of knowledge within our “world of many worlds” (Blaser & de la Cadena, 2018, p.1). It is our response to a shared commitment and desire toward decoloniality in environmental education research as multiple academics (e.g. Garcia-Arias et al., 2023; Yusoff, 2018) call for. This approach offers a perspective that is attuned to the urgencies of our time (ecological, educational, and epistemic), which is indeed a time of poly-crisis, and in turn reminds us that research can be multiple, difficult, messy, slow, challenging, and beautiful. Since we first established ourselves in 2021 as a knowledge exchange-focused reading group with an artist-in-relation, we have co-created a method of reviewing literature through art and conversation within the linked fields of education and environmental justice. The method itself acts to embed environmental justice within education, as well as being the basis for identifying areas for knowledge creation. While traditional literature reviews are categorised as secondary research (for example, Munn et al., 2018; Schreiber & Cramer, 2024), our method of reading and responding through and to writing, conversation, and art is a form of primary research. We enhance the synthesis and critique of text-based literature by including human participants and art in a generative, collaborative practice. We call our practice “art-loguing”, a term which amalgamates the concepts of dialogue, catalogue and art. Art-loguing helps us describe the collective process of materialising our conversation with and through pre-selected readings in artistic and written forms, relevant to both our individual and shared interests in education and environmental justice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this workshop we adapt our art-loguing practice to home in on the hegemony of individualism, as exemplified by the performance culture of education worldwide, that has often been argued to be a driver of environmental injustices, and hence poly-crisis. The aim of our workshop is to critically engage with individualism through illustrating the pedagogical potential of collaboration around a known and unknown whole using art in seen and unseen ways. To achieve this, in the workshop we begin by explaining our method and the background to the workshop, and then we set up the process described below to make collaborative artwork following adaptations of two different methods: Exquisite Corpse and Collaborative Collage. ‘Exquisite Corpse’, from the Surrealist movement – is a method that explores juxtaposition, collective creativity and challenges rational perception. It embodies the surrealist principle of "pure psychic automatism" (Breton 1924 surrealist manifesto) by removing individual conscious control and instead relying on collective spontaneity. It aligns with contemporary art's broader movement towards inclusivity and interconnection, breaking down hierarchies associated with individual authorship. For the exquisite corpse round we provide provocations as questions or extracts from academic texts or artwork towards making, drawing, or writing, asking each person to start by responding individually, using materials provided. Their creation will then be obscured, and handed to someone who will build on it in response to a second prompt, and so on. Each person works individually building on another’s work, and in the end a collaboratively created artwork is revealed. Collage is understood as a “borderlands epistemology" that brings out non-dominant modes of knowing (Vaughan, 2005) both in terms of content, which is visual, and process, in that it can foreground the emotional response to the work (Gerstenblatt, 2013) and other ineffable dimensions that arise in the context of the creative practice or research. For the collaborative collage round we provide a range of materials including images, words and visual creations to potentiate a response collectively. The responses will be brought together on to a seen canvas, creating a single artwork that expresses a collective response. Here we can draw on the surrealist thinking about the importance of attention to serendipity, alongside the significance of intentional, thoughtful collaboration that collaborative collage methods present. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In working with on the one hand the serendipitous (avant garde) coming together that happens in a game of consequences or the Exquisite Corpse movement, and on the other with a seen and curated output like what we get from a collaborative collage we use the act of communal and collective art making as critical engagement with the commodification of individuality. The art might be understood as a version of what Le Guin (2019) calls the carrier bag: a vessel that holds fragments, stories, theories, images, art, and feelings without needing to collapse them into a single, unified narrative. The carrier bag that we make in the workshop would both catalogue the process of critical engagement and illustrate the dialogical process of engaging between humans, texts, art and more; hence the workshop demonstrates how our practice of art-loguing can support new thinking about how education and environmental justice are co-implicated. We aim to show that this kind of research is important in times of poly-crisis and can have profound effects on the way that we work collectively and collaboratively to understand and seek to provide support for Education in these times. As this workshop is part of our Education and Environmental Justice Collective research project, anyone attending the workshop will be invited to join our collective, and will also be fully informed about how their engagement in this workshop might influence our thinking – including future publications. References Da Silva, D.F. (2014) ‘Toward a Black Feminist Poethics: The Quest(ion) of Blackness Toward the End of the World’, The Black Scholar, 44(2), pp. 81–97. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/00064246.2014.11413690. Escobar, A. (2020) Pluriversal Politics: The Real and the Possible. Translated by D. Frye. Duke University Press. Available at: https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv11315v0. Frank, J. (2013) ‘Mitigating Against Epistemic Injustice in Educational Research’, Educational Researcher, 42(7), pp. 363–370. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X12457812. Le Guin, U.K. and Lee, B. (2024) The carrier bag theory of fiction. Revised single edition. [United Kingdom]: Cosmogenesis. Escobar, A. (2020) Pluriversal Politics: The Real and the Possible. Translated by D. Frye. Duke University Press. Available at: https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv11315v0. Schreiber, F. and Cramer, C. (2022) ‘Towards a conceptual systematic review: proposing a methodological framework’, Educational Review, pp. 1–22. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2022.2116561. Stein, S. (2019) ‘The Ethical and Ecological Limits of Sustainability: A Decolonial Approach to Climate Change in Higher Education’, Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 35(3), pp. 198–212. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1017/aee.2019.17. Yusoff, K. (2018) A billion black Anthropocenes or none. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press (Forerunners ideas first from the University of Minnesota Press). |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 30 SES 05 D: ESE in Higher Education Through Students' Reflections Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Güliz Karaarslan Semiz Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Education for sustainability: University students' thoughts on their contribution to the Sustainable Development Goals Universidad de Alicante, Spain Presenting Author:The 2030 Agenda positions higher education as a strategic actor in addressing the major social, economic and environmental challenges of the 21st century (Shava et al., 2023). Within this framework, universities assume the responsibility of educating critical, committed and socially responsible citizens. In response to this challenge, Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) has taken on a growing role in scientific literature, emphasising the development of skills, values and forms of agency geared towards transformative action (Žalėnienė & Pereira, 2021). Various studies indicate that, although university students tend to express positive attitudes towards sustainability, there remains a significant gap between the knowledge they have acquired and their perception of their own ability to contribute effectively to social change (Wang et al., 2022). In this context, students' perceptions play a central role in understanding their level of engagement with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) (Abowardah et al., 2024). Educational and social psychology recognises that beliefs and perceptions directly influence motivation, self-efficacy and willingness to take action (Bandura, 2001; Wiyanarti & Nurjannah, 2025). Therefore, it is not enough to analyse students' level of knowledge about the SDGs; we must also understand how they interpret their personal responsibility in achieving them. Student perceptions also act as a mediating element between the training received, the construction of personal and professional identity, and the willingness to participate in sustainability actions in various social and institutional contexts (Rashed et al., 2025). This issue is particularly relevant in the Spanish context, where the implementation of the 2030 Agenda in higher education shows uneven and heterogeneous progress between institutions and degree programmes. In this scenario, analysing the voice of students allows us to identify not only levels of awareness, but also tensions, limitations and opportunities to strengthen ESD in universities (Abowardah et al., 2024). The notion of agency is key to understanding the role of students in sustainable development. From a theoretical perspective, agency is defined as the perceived ability of individuals to influence their environment through conscious actions, both individually and collectively (Yang et al., 2025). In the university context, this agency can manifest itself through everyday practices, participation in institutional initiatives, involvement in community projects, or various forms of social activism linked to the SDGs. Previous studies have highlighted that students may perceive the SDGs as abstract goals that are far removed from their everyday reality (Araneo, 2023; Cachero et al., 2023). This fact fosters feelings of powerlessness or the delegation of responsibility to institutional or political actors (Shephard et al., 2015). Therefore, analysing these perceptions is key to identifying structural, cultural, and educational barriers that limit student involvement and hinder the development of truly transformative agency. Although a considerable amount of research has examined the incorporation of the SDGs into university curricula (Leal et al., 2024), little attention has been paid to the experience and perceptions of students themselves, particularly with regard to how they perceive their capacity and responsibility to contribute to the achievement of the SDGs. Based on this framework, the following research question was formulated: How do university students perceive their ability and responsibility to contribute to the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals? In line with this question, the overall objective of this study was to analyse in depth the perceptions of Spanish university students regarding their ability and responsibility to contribute, individually, to the achievement of the SDGs. In addition, the following objectives were set: (1) to explore how students understand their personal contribution to the SDGs and what types of actions they consider relevant; and (2) to identify patterns of awareness, agency and perceived barriers to transformative action. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative methodological approach was adopted (Creswell, 2009), based on the analysis of open-ended responses collected through a questionnaire administered to Spanish university students. The sample was selected using the purposive sampling technique and consisted of 884 Spanish university students. In terms of sociodemographic variables, 60.8% were women and 68.6% were between 18 and 25 years old. An ad hoc questionnaire based on the expert literature was used for the data collection process. For the content validity study, the instrument was submitted to expert review. Three professionals specialising in Education for Sustainable Development and three in Educational Research participated in this process. Based on their assessment, the first version was redesigned and piloted with 10 subjects with similar characteristics to the potential participants in each of the countries. After making some grammatical corrections, the final instrument was configured, which was organised into five dimensions: (1) University students’ knowledge of the SDGs, (2) Skills for sustainable development, (3) Type of studies undertaken on the SDGs, (4) Usefulness of the SDGs, and (5) Personal contribution to the achievement of the SDGs. This study analyses the fifth dimension of the instrument, which is qualitative in nature. The final version of the questionnaire was designed in digital format using Google Forms and administered online, ensuring the confidentiality and anonymity of the information collected at all times, in accordance with the principles established in the Declaration of Helsinki. The data was analysed using Atlas.ti v. 24 software. Through an inductive process, emerging categories were identified from the students' discourses, without imposing prior interpretative frameworks (Thomas, 2006). This approach made it possible to capture the complexity, diversity and nuances of student perceptions, paying attention to both explicit meanings and implicit implications.The analytical strategy focused on understanding how students construct their sense of responsibility and agency in relation to the SDGs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the analysis reveal five main thematic patterns. (1) Students tend to perceive their contribution to the SDGs mainly through everyday individual actions, such as responsible consumption, caring for the environment, or adopting behaviours consistent with sustainability values. This view places responsibility on a moral and personal level, highlighting the importance of “small gestures” as a form of participation. (2) Students perceive themselves as agents with the capacity to influence others in the long term through education, awareness-raising and the transmission of values, shaping a notion of indirect agency projected into the future. (3) Numerous responses reveal a high ethical awareness and a strong sense of personal responsibility towards global issues, although without a clear translation into concrete actions. This pattern reflects a gap between values, intention and practice, in which the SDGs function more as a normative framework than as an operational guide. (4) There is a collective dimension to action, associated with social awareness and the mobilisation of other people. However, this dimension is presented in a rather unstructured way, with few references to the role of the university as an institutional space capable of channelling and sustaining student participation. Finally, responses were identified that reveal a vague or incipient awareness, characterised by general and poorly developed formulations about contributing to the SDGs. It is concluded that Spanish university students largely recognise their responsibility towards the SDGs, but tend to conceptualise their capacity for action from an individualised and isolated perspective. This trend coincides with previous research in the field of ESD, which shows the persistence of a gap between awareness and transformative action. The results underscore the importance of rethinking ESD in order to train not only conscious and committed students, but also agents capable of acting critically and collectively. References Abowardah, E. S., Labib, W., Aboelnagah, H., & Nurunnabi, M. (2024). Students’ perception of sustainable development in higher education in Saudi Arabia. Sustainability, 16(4), 1483.https://doi.org/10.3390/su16041483 Araneo, P. (2024). Exploring education for sustainable development (ESD) course content in higher education; a multiple case study including what students say they like. Environmental Education Research, 30(4), 631-660. Bandura, A. (2001). Social cognitive theory: An agentic perspective. Annual Review of Psychology, 52(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.52.1.1 Cachero, C., Grao-Gil, O., Pérez-del Hoyo, R., Ordóñez-García, M. C., Andújar-Montoya, M. D., Lillo-Ródenas, M. Á., & Torres, R. (2023). Perception of the Sustainable Development Goals among university students: A multidisciplinary perspective. Journal of Cleaner Production, 429, 139682. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2023.139682 Creswell, J. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (3rd ed.). Sage. Leal, S., Azeiteiro, U. M., & Aleixo, A. M. (2024). Sustainable development in Portuguese higher education institutions from the faculty perspective. Journal of Cleaner Production, 434, 139863.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2023.139863 Rashed, R. Q.., Abubakar, A. A., Madani, O., & Al-Mamary, Y. H. (2025). Enhancing Student Engagement and Motivation for Sustainable Education: The Role of Internship and Institutional Support. Sustainability, 17(12), 5291. https://doi.org/10.3390/su17125291 Shava, G. N., Mkwelie, N., Ndlovu, M. J., & Zulu, E. (2023). Higher education institutions’ sustainable development towards agenda 2030: A global goals in policy and curriculum. International Journal of Research and Innovation in Social Science, 7(4), 1320-1336. https://doi.org/10.47772/IJRISS.2023.7510 Thomas, D. (2006). A general inductive approach for analyzing qualitative evaluation data. American Journal of Evaluation, 27, 237-246. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1098214005283748 Wang, Y., Sommier, M., & Vasques, A. (2022). Sustainability education at higher education institutions: pedagogies and students’ competences. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 23(8), 174-193. Wiyanarti, E., & Nurjannah, A. S. (2025). Influence of self-efficacy on affective learning outcomes in social studies education toward achieving Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). ASEAN Journal of Educational Research and Technology, 5(1), 1-18. Yang, S. C., Luo, Y. F., Chou, K. Y., & Lin, T. L. (2025). Connecting civic responsibility and individual agency: exploring sustainable development practices among university students in Taiwan. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education.Vol. ahead-of-print No. ahead-of-print. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-07-2024-0475 Žalėnienė, I., & Pereira, P. (2021). Higher education for sustainability: A global perspective. Geography and Sustainability, 2(2), 99-106. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geosus.2021.05.001 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Reconfiguring Evaluation Through Student Participation: A Case Study of an Innovative Deliberative Approach for Sustainability-Oriented Curriculum Design in Higher Education Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany Presenting Author:In times of multiple crises, including the climate catastrophe, a subversion of democracy, and political fragmentation and polarization (Kaftan & Bormann, 2025), the broad and complex agenda of education for sustainable development (ESD) (Stevenson, 2007) offers manifold opportunities to empower people “to contribute to a better future through mindset changes, critical reflection and building new skills” (Reynolds, 2009, p. 109). Higher education institutions (HEIs), hubs of knowledge and innovation with high societal impact, are uniquely positioned to lead change by educating future decision-makers and influencers and addressing pressing sustainability issues (Bomann et al., 2025; Sonetti et al., 2019). A novel pedagogical approach to improving teaching and learning in higher education (HE) is co-creation (Omland et al., 2025), where “staff and students work collaboratively with one another to create components of curricula and/or pedagogical approaches” (Bovill et al., 2016, p. 196). Applied to ESD, learners should thus be empowered to equally shape the content and structures of the curriculum, thereby demonstrating concrete potential for the participatory design of HE curricula (Gallou & Williams, 2023). However, traditional formats of student evaluation of teaching (SET), such as standardized course evaluation surveys, primarily aim to assess teaching quality in HE. The problem with this form of teaching evaluation lies not only in declining response rates but also in unclear motivations for participation and little evidence of impact on teaching practice (Nóvak, 2023; Blair & Noel, 2014). As co-creation formats, they therefore seem inadequate. Against this backdrop, there is little empirical research on deliberative, non-instrumental evaluation formats in HE for ESD. Therefore, innovative approaches to foster student engagement that offer opportunities for participation in co-creation processes of curriculum design towards ESD must be developed and tested for structural implementation. A potentially suitable approach might be a student citizen assembly (SCA) that systematically gathers student perspectives and, through deliberative participation formats, provides effective impulses for further teaching and curriculum development. The idea of SCAs is based on citizen assemblies—an innovative participatory instrument that uses deliberative mini-publics with randomly selected citizens to develop courageous solutions and recommendations for complex, controversial social issues. (Goodin & Dryzek, 2006; Mathis, 2021). Applied to the approach of SCAs, randomly selected students deliberate on ideas and concepts of teaching and negotiate recommendations through discourse to develop concrete recommendations for HE curriculum development. The idea of an SCA is now being tested within an innovative interdisciplinary module that has recently been established at a German mid-sized university. It invites all first-semester students to explore complex societal transformation processes across their disciplines—such as climate justice, digitalization, democracy, or post-growth—and challenges students to develop their capacity for orientation, judgment, and action in the face of societal uncertainty and growing complex sustainability challenges. Although based on a German case, the study addresses challenges that are widely discussed across European HE systems. To examine how SCAs address known challenges of evaluation in HE and foster democratic participation in curriculum design, this study explores the following research question: In what ways can deliberative SCAs contribute to transforming evaluation practices towards more democratic and sustainability-oriented curriculum design in higher education? Sub-questions are:
Further, it will be interesting to assess the possibilities offered by the SCA to address common challenges with SET tools, enabling evaluation and curriculum development of HE that support ESD. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The SCA takes place from October 2025 to October 2026. The research presented focuses on the initial phase, and data are collected from October 2025 to February 2026. After a university-wide call for applications in October 2025, 36 students from all faculties and from semesters 1, 3, and 5 of all degree programs were randomly selected to participate in the new evaluation format. The study follows a mixed-methods approach comprising a survey, observations of the SCA meetings, and semi-structured interviews. In December 2025, just before the first SCA meeting, data were collected using a standardized online questionnaire comprising approximately 40 items. It consisted of sociodemographic information (degree program, semester, gender) as well as questions on awareness, use, and individual perceptions of various internal university evaluation formats. Key attitudes and perceptions were mainly measured using 5-point Likert scales. Open-ended questions were also included to qualitatively capture individual motives, expectations, and reasons for (non-)participation. Data preprocessing was carried out using [R] for data cleaning and transformation. The analysis plan includes qualitative content analysis of the comprehensive open-ended text responses using MAXQDA, following Kuckartz et al. (2008), to explore patterns and relationships within the data. An exploratory dimensional analysis of the quantitative survey data identifies the implicit dimensions of attitudes and motivations toward the various evaluation tools. Based on the results, semi-structured interviews with survey participants will be conducted after the second SCA meeting in February 2026, to follow up on the identified dimensions and possible impacts on self-efficacy. Further interviews are planned after the completion of the SCA in October 2026, which cannot be part of the presented study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study aims to provide empirical insights into how deliberative participation formats change students' understanding of evaluation, agency, and institutional voice in higher education. Beyond individual motivations, the results should contribute to a new conception of evaluation as a participatory and formative practice rather than as a purely quality-assurance tool. In the context of education for sustainable development, SCAs can thus serve as spaces of democratic learning and institutional reflexivity, enabling universities to adaptively align curriculum development with sustainability-oriented transformation processes through student participation. References Blair, E., & Noel, K. V. (2014). Improving higher education practice through student evaluation systems: is the student voice being heard? Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 39(7), p. 879 –894. Boman J, Omrcen E, Weldemariam K, Hanning A, Lodin J (2025), "Building learning pathways to enhance education for sustainable development (ESD), quality and relevance". International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, Vol. 26 No. 9 pp. 353–371. Bovill, C. (2020a). Co-creating learning and teaching: Towards relational pedagogy in higher education. Critical Publishing. Denham, D., Rozance, M. A., Malone, M. & Goodling, E. (2021). Sustaining future environmental educators: Building critical interdisciplinary teaching capacity among graduate students. Journal of Environmental Studies and Sciences, 11(1), 101-114. Gallou, E., & Williams, D. (2023). Co-creation of sustainability education: ‘made by students’. Paper presented at the 11th Annual International Conference on Sustainable Development, New York/Online. Goodin, R. E. & Dryzek, J. S. (2006). Deliberative Impacts: The Macro-Political Uptake of Mini Publics. Politics & Society, 34(2), 219–244. Hoel, A., & Dahl, T. I. (2018). Why bother? Student motivation to participate in student evaluations of teaching. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(3), 361–378. Kaftan, L., & Bormann, N. C. (2025). Polarization, fragmentation, and democratic deconsolidation in interwar Europe. Democratization, 1–24. Kuckartz, U., Stefer, C., Rädiker, S. & Dresing, T. (2008). Qualitative evaluation. In VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Mathis, O. L. (2021, 18. März). Sustainability as a political principle: Citizens’ councils for promoting the global common good. German Development Institute. Nóvak, J. Evaluation of Student Feedback as a Tool for Higher Education Quality Enhancement. (2023). R&E-SOURCE, s1, 117-127. Omland, M., Hontvedt, M., Siddiq, F. et al. Co-creation in higher education: a conceptual systematic review. High Educ 90, 1017–1047 (2025). Reynolds, R. (2009), Teaching studies of society & environment in the primary school, Oxford University Press Australia & New Zealand, South Melbourne. Sonetti, G., Brown, M., & Naboni, E. (2019). About the Triggering of UN SDGs and Regenerative Sustainability in Higher Education. Sustainability, 11(1), 254. Sullivan, D., Lakeman, R., Massey, D., Nasrawi, D., Tower, M., & Lee, M. (2024). Student motivations, perceptions and opinions of participating in student evaluation of teaching surveys: a scoping review. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 49(2), 178–189. Stevenson, R.B. (2007), “Schooling and environmental/sustainability education: from discourses of policy and practice to discourses of professional learning”, Environmental Education Research, Vol. 13 No. 2, pp. 265–285. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Navigating Knowledge: AI-Epistemic Competence in Higher Education for Sustainable Development Otto-von-Guericke-University Magdeburg, Germany Presenting Author:Higher Education for Sustainable Development (HESD) is expected to respond to intersecting crises, including climate change, growing geopolitical tensions and social polarisation; and to re‑imagine its role in educating future change agents. At the same time, the rapid expansion of artificial intelligence (AI) is entering research, teaching and learning – reshaping conditions of knowledge production, transfer and validation. These developments fundamentally change the epistemic landscape in which sustainability-related learning and research takes place. This paper argues for greater attention to the productive yet challenging role of epistemic tensions that arise at the boundaries between academic knowledge, transformative learning, and societal practice, and that are further accentuated by AI-enabled knowledge work. It addresses the following research question: How can an AI‑epistemic competence be conceptualised as an extension of sustainability competence frameworks in the context of AI‑mediated HESD? This paper explores these questions by bringing together interpretations of generative AI as a “surrogate knower” (Jose et al., 2025) in learning spaces, debates on knowledge homogenisation and “knowledge monopolies” (Hodel & West, 2025; Messeri & Crockett, 2024) in AI ecosystems, and research on sustainability competencies (Brundiers et al., 2021) within participatory, transformative teaching formats (Cebrián et al., 2021; Hilf, 2025; Rieckmann et al., 2024). Students may increasingly treat AI tools as central, trusted sources of knowledge, thereby shifting epistemic authority from teachers and peers to algorithms and reinforcing an automation bias that privileges certainty and linear problem‑solving (Jose et al., 2025; Yu, 2025). In parallel, ecosystems dominated by a few similarly trained language models risk knowledge narrowing when they are recursively trained on their own outputs, reducing epistemic diversity and privileging dominant perspectives. These developments intersect with broader concerns about emerging AI‑driven knowledge monopolies, in which a small number of corporate actors control critical data and knowledge infrastructures, with implications for innovation, epistemic justice and democratic con-trol (Leon & Lipuma, 2025; Messeri & Crockett, 2024). I revisit a framework of key competencies in sustainability in higher education: Brundiers et al. present an integrated set of systems‑, futures‑, values‑, strategic‑, interpersonal, intrapersonal and implementation competencies, underpinned by basic academic competencies such as critical thinking, communication, research and data management. Yet this framework emerged prior to the rapid mainstreaming of generative AI in HESD. Building on AI literacy frameworks (Ng et al., 2021), this paper proposes an extension of HESD competencies through an additional, cross‑cutting AI‑epistemic competence. It’s defined as the ability to understand generative AI systems as epistemic actors, to interrogate their assumptions, biases and representational gaps, to situate AI‑generated outputs within plural knowledge ecologies, and to use AI in ways that strengthen rather than erode human futures thinking, problem‑solving and creativity. Didactically, the contribution focuses on transformative learning formats, as those are widely recognised as meaningful for students’ competence development (Bremer et al., 2024). Formats like Service‑Learning (SL) connect academic learning with real‑world sustainability challenges in collaboration with community partners and thereby fosters co‑production of knowledge and bilateral knowledge transfer between universities and societal actors (Hilf & Böcher, 2024). SL enhances key sustainability competencies by engaging students in multi‑stakeholder projects, but also faces barriers such as coordination demands, institutional constraints and tensions between academic and practice logics. Generative AI introduces additional tensions: Tools can support students’ research, management and scenario work, potentially enriching co‑productive processes and enabling more inclusive, multilingual and multimodal knowledge practices; on the other hand, there is a risk that core learning processes – such as dealing with complexity, negotiating conflicting values and engaging in context‑sensitive response design – are outsourced to AI systems, thereby undermining the development of precisely those problem‑solving and creativity competencies that HESD seeks to foster. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the study combines a theory‑oriented literature analysis with qualitative empirical inquiry. It draws on literature on knowledge co‑production and transdisciplinary collaboration and on analyses of epistemic authority and practical knowledge in academic–societal collaborations to frame transdisciplinary settings as integration forums in which academic, local, professional and AI‑mediated knowledge forms are brought into dialogue. First, a focused literature analysis synthesises strands of work on key sustainability competencies and AI literacy, as well as critical scholarship on generative AI as “surrogate knowers”, and knowledge monopolies. The aim of this step is to identify how existing frameworks conceptualise (a) the relationship between knowledge, agency and transformation in HESD and (b) the role of AI as socio‑technical infrastructure in knowledge co-production. Second, the emergent conceptualisation of AI‑epistemic competence is iteratively refined in light of qualitative empirical data from a multi‑year, multi‑site research project on SL in higher education focused on sustainability transformation. Empirically, the paper focuses on moments when epistemic tensions become explicit and require negotiation, translation and reflexive sense‑making. The data corpus consists of semi‑structured interviews with students, university stakeholders (e.g. teaching staff, programme coordinators) and practice partners, as well as focus group discussions with students at three higher education institutions that have implemented sustainability‑related SL formats. Interviews and focus groups ex-plored participants’ understandings of sustainability, experiences of knowledge use and transfer and reflections on emerging tensions and learning processes. All interviews and focus groups were audio‑recorded, transcribed and analysed using qualitative content analysis supported by software‑assisted coding (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024) and reflexive interpretation. The analysis combined deductive categories, derived from the competence and co‑production literature (e.g. types of knowledge, forms of authority, dimensions of AI use), with inductive codes that captured recur-ring patterns of epistemic tension and knowledge transfer in the empirical material. Analytic memos and iterative team discussions were used to relate these patterns back to, and critically interrogate, the emerging conceptualisation of AI‑epistemic competence and its positioning within the Brundiers framework. Rather than aiming for statistical representativeness, the analysis foregrounds theoretically and empirically grounded patterns that illuminate how AI‑mediated knowledge work intersects with sustainability competence development in HESD settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings point to three interrelated forms of epistemic tension that are intensified under conditions of poly‑crisis and digital acceleration. Normative tensions arise from divergent framings of sustainability, ranging from transformative and justice‑oriented perspectives to pragmatic, instrumental or market‑oriented interpretations. Epistemic tensions emerge between practice‑based knowledge and academically grounded standards of validity, reflexivity and scientific rigour, particularly where community expectations and university logics diverge. Temporal tensions become visible where semester‑based teaching formats and work practices collide with long‑term societal problem horizons, limiting opportunities for reflection and responsible knowledge integration. Across these dimensions, AI appears as an ambivalent actor: both a resource for structuring complex sustainability problems and project work, and a risk to academic standards and sustainability competencies when analytical, creative and innovative work is delegated without critical reflection. Crucially, the analysis suggests that such epistemic tensions are not merely obstacles to effective HESD practice, but structurally inherent features of boundary‑crossing education under conditions of poly‑crisis and AI‑led transformation. While unresolved tensions can lead to frustration, superficial knowledge integration or depoliticised sustainability narratives, they can also become sites of learning, ethical positioning and institutional reflexivity. Their productive potential depends on time, institutional support and explicitly designed spaces for epistemic work, including critical engagement with AI‑supported practices in research and teaching. The paper contributes to debates in HESD by framing it not as a field in need of greater epistemic coherence, but as one that must learn to work productively with knowledge plurality, conflict and uncertainty in AI‑mediated contexts. Acknowledging and institutionalising the challenges of knowledge transfer and co‑production – including the role of AI as an epistemic actor – is crucial for maintaining the critical and transformative capacity of ESD. It advances a conceptualisation of AI‑epistemic competence that can inform and guide the design of HESD formats. References Bremer, A.‑K. et al. (2024). Entwicklung von Nachhaltigkeitskompetenzen bei Studierenden im Ser-vice Learning – ein Erhebungsinstrument zur Selbsteinschätzung. ZEP – Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 47(4), 10–14. https://doi.org/10.31244/zep.2024.04.03 Brundiers, K. et al. (2021). Key competencies in sustainability in higher education—toward an agreed-upon reference framework. Sustainability Science, 16(1), 13–29. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-020-00838-2 Cebrián, G. et al. (2021). Multiple case-study analysis of service-learning as a means to foster sus-tainability competencies amongst pre-service educators. Teachers and Teaching, 27(6), 488–505. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2021.1977269 Hilf, J. (2025). Service Learning als Methode einer hochschulischen Bildung für nachhaltige Entwick-lung - Eine Untersuchung von Gelingensbedingungen und Wissenstransferprozessen. Universitäts-bibliothek, Magdeburg. Hilf, J. & Böcher, M. (2024). Herausforderungen der Integration zwischen Wissenschaft und Praxis in der nachhaltigkeitsorientierten Hochschullehre begegnen: Das Beispiel Service Learning. ZEP – Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 47(4), 15–19. https://doi.org/10.31244/zep.2024.04.04 Hodel, D. & West, J. D. (2025). Epistemic diversity across language models mitigates knowledge collapse. Center for an Informed Public, Information School, University of Washington. Jose, B. et al. (2025). Epistemic authority and generative AI in learning spaces: rethinking knowledge in the algorithmic age. Frontiers in Education, 10, Artikel 1647687. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1647687 Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6., überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage). Grundlagentexte Methoden. Beltz Juventa. Leon, C. & Lipuma, J. (2025). Invited Papers of the Plenary Keynote Speakers at WMSCI/IMCIC 2025 and their collocated events. Journal of Systemics, Cybernetics and Informatics, 23(7), 102–115. https://doi.org/10.54808/JSCI.23.07.102 Messeri, L. & Crockett, M. J. (2024). Artificial intelligence and illusions of understanding in scientific research. Nature, 627(8002), 49–58. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-024-07146-0 Ng, D. T. K. et al. (2021). AI Literacy: Definition, Teaching, Evaluation and Ethical Issues. Proceedings of the Association for Information Science and Technology, 58(1), 504–509. https://doi.org/10.1002/pra2.487 Rieckmann, M. et al. (2024). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung und Service Learning an Hochschu-len – Grundlagen, Konzepte und Potenziale. ZEP – Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 47(4), 4–9. https://doi.org/10.31244/zep.2024.04.02 Yu, W. (2025). A Conceptual Framework for AI Literacy with a Focus on Competency. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 35(5), 2975–2992. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40593-025-00488-4 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 31 SES 05 A: Minority Languages in Education: Translating Policy, Identity, and Community Engagement into Classroom Practice Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Mirjam Günther-van der Meij Session Chair: Jonas Yassin Iversen Symposium |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Minority Languages in Education: Translating Policy, Identity, and Community Engagement into Classroom Practice European education policy has increasingly recognised minority and minoritised languages in relation to linguistic rights, inclusion, and the sustainability of linguistic diversity. At the same time, significant challenges remain in translating these policy commitments into meaningful educational practice, resulting in persistent tensions between formal schooling, teacher education, curriculum design, and ecologically-embedded language use in everyday life. Multilingualism policies across Europe emphasise the development of intercultural communication and plurilingual competences to enable pupils to participate in an interconnected world (Beacco et al., 2016; Council of Europe, 2022). However, curricula and pedagogical approaches often continue to materialise monolingual ideologies that implicitly prioritise a single language of instruction (Moore, 2016). In doing so, they frequently reproduce existing societal language hierarchies and offer limited opportunities for the teaching and learning of minority languages (Gorter et al, 2013; Kuiken & Van der Linden, 2013), despite the central role of education in shaping learners’ identities, sense of belonging, and participation in minority language communities.
This symposium aims to examine how minority language education is conceptualised in relation to identity, history, and language ideologies; how it is institutionalised through policy and curriculum; and how it is enacted in classroom practices and community integration. It seeks to connect teacher education, curriculum policy, (informal) learning environments, and learner participation in order to better understand how minority languages are positioned and sustained in educational contexts across Europe. The current symposium thus presents recent developments in the field of minority languages and the development of pedagogical materials to integrate minority languages in multilingual education. By bringing together researchers from the Netherlands, Austria, and Germany, the symposium offers a comparative perspective on the development, evaluation, and educational implications of pedagogical approaches to minority language education in European contexts. The first paper examines how multilingualism, historical awareness, and the use of the minority language Frisian shape identity formation among pre-service primary teachers in the bilingual province of Fryslân, the Netherlands. Adopting a micro-historical approach, pre-service teachers examined their own family and community language histories and reflected on how history education can foster minority language awareness and inform the design of pedagogical materials for multilingual and minoritised classrooms. The second paper discusses how minority language education policy for Frisian is translated into curricular practice in Frisian primary schools. Drawing on Cultural-Historical Activity Theory and mixed-methods data from primary schools in Fryslân, the study identifies how interactions between policy actors and school-level activity systems create boundary-crossing tensions that shape curriculum enactment. The third paper shows informal opportunities for minoritised language learning and discusses their potential integration in formal educational settings. For that, two strategies that aim to support minoritised language revitalisation – as developed in the Horizon Europe project “RISE UP – Revitalising Languages and Safeguarding Cultural Diversity” – are presented: Linguistic Risk-Taking and the Language Village. The final paper presents how adult learners of Lower Sorbian bridge gaps between formal instruction and community integration. Findings show that proactive engagement with proficient speakers accelerates progress, especially in holistic programs. References Beacco, J. C., Byram, M., Cavalli, M., Coste, D., Cuenat, M. E., Goullier, F., & Panthier, J. (2016). Guide for the development and implementation of curricula for plurilingual and intercultural education. Council of Europe. Council of Europe. (2022). Recommendation CM/Rec(2022)1 of the Committee of Ministers to member States on the importance of plurilingual and intercultural education for democratic culture [Recommendation].https://search.coe.int/cm#{%22CoEIdentifier%22:[%220900001680a563ca%22],%22sort%22:[%22CoEValidationDate%20Descending%22]} Gorter, D., Zenotz, V., & Cenoz, J. (2013). Introduction: Minority language education facing major local and global challenges. In Minority languages and multilingual education: Bridging the local and the global (pp. 1-9). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. Kuiken, F., & van der Linden, E. (2013). Language policy and language education in the Netherlands and Romania. Dutch journal of applied linguistics, 2(2), 205-223. Moore, E. (2016). Conceptualising multilingual higher education in policies, pedagogical designs and classroom practices. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 29(1), 22–39. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2016.1132652 Presentations of the Symposium Multilingual Histories and Identity Formation in Minority Language Contexts: The Case of Frisian in Teacher Education
Research on Frisian identity has a long tradition (e.g. Betten, 2023; Halink & Spiekhout, 2023; Van Doorn, 2021), yet the role of the Frisian language itself in processes of individual identity formation remains relatively underexplored, particularly among young adults. This question is especially pressing in minority language contexts, where language practices are shaped by asymmetrical power relations, language shift, and educational policies that often privilege majority languages (Austin & Sallabank, 2013; Gorter et al., 2013; Wright, 2004). For primary teacher education, this is highly relevant, as future teachers are expected to address linguistic diversity, heritage, and identity in their classrooms while simultaneously positioning themselves within these dynamics.
This presentation examines the relationship between multilingualism, history, and identity formation among pre-service primary teachers in the bilingual province of Fryslân, the Netherlands. Its central aim is to examine how minority languages and cultural heritage contribute to both individual and collective identities, and how such insights can inform pedagogical practice in multilingual and minoritised settings. Our research questions are: (1) How does multilingualism, including the use of a minority language, contribute to young adults’ identity formation? (2) How can multilingualism and identity formation be productively integrated into classroom practice, particularly in history education, in ways that support minority language awareness and valorisation?
Using a micro-historical approach (Magnússon & Szijárto, 2013), we task pre-service teachers to investigate their own family and community language histories. Micro-history foregrounds small-scale narratives as a lens through which broader processes— such as language transmission, stigmatisation, revitalisation, and institutionalisation—can be explored. Using qualitative methods, students analyse differences between home and school language practices and relate their experiences to wider social and historical developments affecting Frisian as a minority language.
In this talk we will present qualitative data from ten focus group interviews with 50 pre-service teachers who each conducted an in-depth micro-historical study of their own family and community language histories. In these interviews, students reflect on how researching their own linguistic heritage influenced their understanding of minority language identity, experiences of language (de)valorisation, and their professional self-concept as future teachers. In addition, they discuss how the microhistory approach can be adapted for use with primary school pupils to design lesson materials that align with curriculum goals for Frisian and history education. Using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021), we show the recurring patterns in identity negotiation, attitudes towards Frisian, and pedagogical reasoning prevalent in the interview data.
References:
Austin, P. K., & Sallabank, J. (2013). Endangered languages:An introduction. Journal of Multilingual and MulticulturalDevelopment, 34(4), 313–316. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2013.794806
Betten, E. (2013). De Fries. Op syk nei de Fryske identiteit. Ljouwert: Uitgeverij Wijdemeer.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern-based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and Psychotherapy Research, 21(1), 37–47. https://doi.org/10.1002/capr.12360
Gorter, D., Zenotz, V., & Cenoz, J. (2013). Introduction: Minority language education facing major local and global challenges. In Minority languages and multilingual education: Bridging the local and the global (pp. 1-9). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
Halink, S., & Spiekhout, D. (2023). Van armzalige modderterpen tot ‘leave Fryske grûn’: Inleiding tot het thema tweeduizend jaar Friezen en hun landschap. De Vrije Fries, 103, 8-19.
Magnússon, S. G., & Szijártó, I. M. (2013). What is microhistory?: Theory and practice. Routledge.
Van Doorn, F. (2021). De Friezen. Een geschiedenis. Amsterdam: Thomas Rap
Wright, S. (2004). Language policy and language planning: nationalism andglobalisation. Palgrave Macmillan.
Tensions In Minority Language Education Policy Enactment: The Frisian Primary School Curriculum
This contribution presents two ongoing and interconnected PhD trajectories examining the enactment of Frisian language and culture policy in primary education in the province of Fryslân, the Netherlands. Frisian, a regional and minority language (RML), is protected through the European Charter for Regional or Minority Languages (Riemersma, 2024). At the national level, Frisian has been a compulsory subject since 1980 and the Province of Fryslân and the Dutch government have the ambition that all children in Fryslân have the opportunity to learn and use Frisian, either as a mother tongue or as an additional language, by 2030 (Ministerie van BZK & Provincie Fryslân, 2024).
Despite legal frameworks, we found a persistent gap between intended policy ambitions and the realities of school practice. Contributing tensions include teachers’ perceived lack of motivation, knowledge and skills to teach Frisian; the prioritization of Dutch within the curriculum; and the absence of a shared rationale for the role of Frisian and multilingualism. These dynamics reflect historically developed norms, rules and language hierarchies shaping everyday practice (Varkevisser et al., 2023). To bridge the gap between intended and enacted curricula, an infrastructure has been built in which each school has been assigned a school adviser (Provinsje Fryslân, 2024). An additional challenge is the current curriculum renewal, which will become legally binding in 2026.
Drawing on Cultural Historical Activity Theory (Engeström, 2015) and policy enactment theory (Ball et al., 2012), we investigate how cultural‑historical tensions within and between activity systems influence curriculum development.
To date, we have completed two large-scale surveys of all 369 primary schools in Fryslân, producing a comprehensive overview of policy enactment patterns across the region (Varkevisser & Walsweer, 2018; Varkevisser et al., 2023; Visser et al., manuscript submitted for publication). Building on these insights, the first PhD project contains two interventionist studies exploring how both teachers and teacher trainers negotiate the tensions that emerge in the transition toward a renewed curriculum. The second PhD project is in its preparatory phase, with ethnographic fieldwork examining the role of school advisers as boundary crossers (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011) between the intended and enacted curriculum.
Together, these two trajectories contribute to a deeper understanding of how RML policies are negotiated in practice and inform the development of context‑sensitive strategies to support the enactment of RML education in multilingual regions.
References:
Akkerman, S.F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132-169. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311404435
Ball, S.J.J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge.
Engeström, Y. (2015). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press.
Ministerie van Binnenlandse Zaken en Koninkrijkrelaties & Provinsje Fryslân (2024). Bestjoersôfspraak Fryske taal en kultuer 2024-2028.
Provinsje Fryslân (2024). Fansels Frysk: Taalnota 2025-2028. Leeuwarden: Provincie Fryslân.
Riemersma, A. (2024). The Frisian language in education in the Netherlands (C. Robinson-Jones, Y. R. Scarse, J. Ybema, M. Visser, & A. F. Schukking, Eds.; 5th ed.). Mercator European Research Centre on Multilingualism and Language Learning.
Varkevisser, N.A., & Walsweer, A. (2018). It is mei sizzen net te dwaan. Provincie Fryslân.
Varkevisser, N.A., Visser, F.H., & Walsweer, A. (2023). It is mei sizzen net te dwaan: 1-meting Primair Onderwijs. Provincie Fryslân.
Visser, F. H., Varkevisser, N. A., Walsweer, A., Versloot, A., & Duarte, J. (2025). Policy enactment for the regional and minority language curriculum: The case of Frisian in the Netherlands [Manuscript submitted for publication].
Strategies to Strengthen Informal Minoritised Language Learning and How to Connect Them to the Classroom
Minoritised language learning in educational contexts often fails to translate into everyday use, partly because learning is conceptualised as a one-way transfer from classroom to daily life rather than a bidirectional ecology that links formal and informal practices. We address this by outlining strategies to strengthen informal minoritised language learning and use, and by reflecting on how these strategies can be linked to classroom practice.
Grounded in an ecological view of revitalisation that connects linguistic practices to their social, cultural, and economic environments, we draw on the resource-based revitalisation model (Strasser & Vetter, in preparation). We adopt the concept of “languaging” (Pennycook, 2010) to accommodate a wide spectrum of language user trajectories and proficiencies, from formulaic participation to everyday practice, aligning with empowerment-oriented perspectives that centre new speakers as key drivers of revitalisation. In this context, new speakers are understood as any “individuals who put their energy and effort into learning and using a minoritised language be they originally labelled ‘traditional’ speakers with partial competence, newcomers, or any other members of the communities” (Cajka et al., 2024: 12).
Within this frame, we present two strategies developed in the Horizon Europe project RISE UP that strengthen informal learning, and we discuss their connection to formal education. The first strategy is Linguistic Risk-Taking, which aims to foster meaningful target language use in everyday situations. Being originally developed for learning widely used languages (Slavkov & Séror, 2019), it is also considered a promising strategy in minoritised language learning and revitalisation (Cajka & Vetter, forthcoming). Such an implementation, however, requires certain considerations to be addressed, which will be discussed as part of this presentation. Moreover, the adaptation of Linguistic Risk-Taking for minoritised languages will be illustrated with examples from RISE UP, and its connection to classroom practice will be thoroughly reflected.
The second strategy entails a collaboratively developed “Language Village” for Burgenland Croatian, modelled on the “Icelandic Village” initiative (Theodórsdóttir, 2013). This concept trains staff in institutions, facilities and shops to support new speakers’ everyday language use. We illustrate the adaptation and implementation of the concept alongside stakeholder engagement aimed at aligning informal learning environments with classroom objectives (Strasser & Vetter, in preparation).
Overall, the contribution provides insights into how educational space for minoritised languages can be enlarged by strategies that aim to foster language use outside the classroom, and how a pathway towards connecting formal and informal learning can be established.
References:
Cajka, Stefanie & Vetter, Eva. Forthcoming. Linguistic Risk-Taking for Minoritized Languages: A Reflection on Relevant Considerations. Kölner Online Journal für Lehrer*innenbildung.
Cajka, Stefanie, Vetter, Eva, & Wagner, Paulina (2024). D4.2 Definition of quality criteria for practices, activities and tools. RISE UP Consortium. https://www.riseupproject.eu/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/RISE-UP-D4.2-Definition-of-quality-criteria-for-practices-activities-and-tools-UNIVIE.pdf
Pennycook, Alastair. (2010). Language As a Local Practice [1st ed]. Routledge.
Slavkov, Nikolay, & Séror, Jérémie (2019). The development of the Linguistic Risk-Taking Initiative at the University of Ottawa. The Canadian Modern Language Review, 75(3), pp. 254-271. https://doi.org/10.3138/cmlr.2018-0202
Strasser, Katharina & Vetter, Eva. In preparation. Report on good practice strategies in language revitalisation.
Theodórsdóttir, Guðrún, and Kolbrún Friðriksdóttir. 2013. ‘Íslenskuþorpið: Leið Til Þátttöku í Daglegum Samskiptum á Íslensku’. Milli Mála. Tímarit Um Erlend Tungumál Og Menningu 5(5):13–44.
The Role of Formal Education for Integrating Minority Language Learners in the Speech Community/Communities of Practice
Adult language learning differs significantly from language acquisition in school. For lesser-used and minority languages, however, educational opportunities for adults are often scarce and resources for autodidactic learning, such as books, apps, or audiovisual materials, are limited (van Dongera et al. 2017: 29-30; 91-96), particularly at advanced stages. In such contexts, Vygotsky’s concept of “more knowledgeable others” (1978) becomes pivotal. Proficient speakers act as gatekeepers to the speech community, providing access to a higher amount and diversity of linguistic input and registers than formal education could offer.
This dynamic is especially evident in the context of Lower Sorbian, a minority language in Germany. Most adult learners begin their journey in evening courses but quickly realize that classroom instruction alone is insufficient for acquisition (Běrinkowa et al., 2026). As most Lower Sorbian speakers are also proficient in the dominant national language (German), learners must actively seek out communication partners to practice and deepen their skills. Given the language’s low speaker base, random encounters with such “more knowledgeable others” are rare. Thus, learners must proactively engage with the community (Laschewski & Rädel 2025: 4-5). Moreover, being integrated into the speech community not only facilitates access to diverse linguistic inputs but also fosters a sense of ownership and motivation among learners.
To explore these dynamics, the current presentation examines the interplay between formal and informal learning in adult learners’ perceptions of progress. Using a mixed-methods approach, qualitative interviews were conducted with 18 learners of Lower Sorbian in both intensive and non-intensive environments. Additionally, a six-month weekly panel tracked participants’ language learning and use, minimizing recall bias. Follow-up interviews after this period provided updated insights into their progress.
Findings reveal that learners often begin in formal settings but soon feel they are “not progressing fast enough.” This perception drives them to expand their language use and seek new contexts for practice. Notably, participants in holistic, full-time programs were more likely to engage with community members, whereas autodidacts and evening-course attendees struggled to establish such connections themselves.
The data underscore the interdependence of language learning, community integration, and usage. Educational institutions – particularly those serving minority languages – play a crucial role in actively facilitating the contact between learners and proficient speakers. While this study focuses on Lower Sorbian, its implications extend to the teaching of all languages, emphasizing the need for holistic approaches that combine formal instruction with community engagement.
References:
Běrinkowa, J., Laschewski, L., Rädel, S. (2026, in press). „Ich spüre so einen Aufschwung gegenüber der Sprache“ – Die Situation der niedersorbischen Sprache und Potentiale ihrer Revitalisierung. Sprachpolitik & Sprachenpolitik 1.
Laschewski, L. & Rädel, S. (2025): Evaluating Language Revitalization – The Case of Zorja. Lětopis 72. https://doi.org/10.59195/lp.2025.72-202
van Dongera, R., van der Meer, C. & Sterk, R. (2017). Research for CULT Committee – Minority languages and education: best practices and pitfalls, European Parliament, Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies, Brussels.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 31 SES 05 B: Heritage Language Location: B4117 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Simay Birce Cirit Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Participatory Classroom Observation in Atayal Indigenous Language Education in Taiwan Proposal Information National Dong Hua University, Taiwan Presenting Author:This paper reports findings from the first year of an interpretive ethnographic study situated in Atayal Indigenous language education in Taiwan. Focusing on participatory classroom observation, the study examines how Indigenous language teaching is enacted within everyday school practices that are closely intertwined with community knowledge, family experience, and culturally situated values. Positioned as a grounding phase within a longer-term research design, the first-year study prioritizes understanding classroom life before introducing pedagogical intervention or evaluative judgment. The research addresses a central concern in Indigenous and minoritized language education: while policy discourses increasingly emphasize revitalization and culturally responsive pedagogy, far less is known about how such orientations are enacted in daily classroom life. Rather than evaluating outcomes or implementing instructional change, this first-year study prioritizes observing and understanding classroom practice on its own terms, attending to how language teaching unfolds through routine interaction, teacher talk, and culturally situated meaning-making. The study is guided by the following exploratory research questions:
Conceptually, the study is informed by an interpretive ethnographic perspective, emphasizing prolonged engagement, situated meaning-making, and reflexive understanding of classroom life prior to pedagogical intervention (Erickson, 1986; Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007). The analysis draws on funds of knowledge (Moll et al., 1992; González, Moll, & Amanti, 2005), translanguaging (García & Wei, 2014; Li, 2018), and culturally responsive teaching (Gay, 2018; Ladson-Billings, 1995) as sensitizing frameworks rather than evaluative criteria. These perspectives guide close attention to how family experiences, community narratives, moral values, and multilingual resources are mobilized and negotiated in everyday classroom instruction. Rather than measuring instructional effectiveness, the study seeks to develop contextual, relational, and ethically grounded understanding of Indigenous language teaching practices, establishing a foundation for collaborative and culturally responsive research in subsequent phases. Although situated in Taiwan, the paper speaks to broader European and international discussions on Indigenous education, intercultural pedagogy, and the role of ethnographic research in understanding schooling in culturally diverse contexts. Similar challenges surrounding minoritized languages, community–school relations, and the gap between policy and practice resonate across Indigenous education settings globally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs participatory classroom ethnography as its primary methodological approach. Fieldwork was conducted in an Indigenous elementary school serving predominantly Atayal children, with a focus on lower-grade Atayal language classes. Data were generated through fourteen sessions of sustained classroom observation across two academic semesters. The primary data sources consist of structured observation records documenting classroom interaction, instructional activities, teacher talk, and student participation. Post-observation reflective memos were used to capture emerging interpretations and analytic insights. The researcher adopted a participatory yet non-interventionist observer role, engaging with the classroom context while refraining from pedagogical intervention. A research assistant who is both a pre-service teacher and an Atayal community member contributed to observation and interpretation, supporting culturally grounded reflection and reflexive dialogue. Data analysis followed an inductive thematic approach, guided by iterative reading of fieldnotes and analytic memo writing. Attention was given to recurring patterns in teaching strategies, language use, cultural references, and interactional dynamics. Rather than employing predefined coding schemes, themes were allowed to emerge from sustained engagement with the observational data. Ethical approval was obtained at the institutional level. The study emphasizes informed consent, anonymization, and respectful engagement with Indigenous educational contexts. Observation was deliberately foregrounded as both a methodological and ethical stance, allowing trust-building and contextual understanding to precede action-oriented research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As an exploratory, observation-based pilot study, this paper offers ethnographically grounded insights into the everyday realities of Atayal Indigenous language classrooms. Preliminary analysis suggests that language teaching is deeply relational and narrative-based, with teachers frequently embedding vocabulary instruction within personal stories, ethical reflections, and references to family and community life. These practices highlight how Indigenous language teaching is intertwined with cultural values and lived experience rather than treated as isolated linguistic instruction. Classroom interaction is characterized by fluid movement between Atayal and Mandarin, functioning as a pedagogical resource that supports meaning-making and student engagement. Such multilingual practices enable students to access abstract concepts while maintaining cultural relevance and continuity. At the same time, the findings point to structural constraints, including limited instructional time and curricular pressures, which shape teachers’ instructional choices and delimit what is feasible within everyday classroom practice. In this first-year phase, classroom observation is not positioned as an end in itself, but as a relational and ethical entry point for engaging with schools and teachers. Sustained observation allows the researcher to develop contextual understanding, establish trust, and gain insight into teachers’ pedagogical reasoning prior to initiating more intervention-oriented inquiry. The purpose of this pilot phase is therefore to understand classroom life on its own terms and to lay the groundwork for collaboration, rather than to evaluate or modify existing practice. The outcomes of the first year establish a contextual and relational foundation for a second-year action research phase, in which the researcher plans to work more closely with teachers through collaborative lesson planning, reflective dialogue, and interviews. Beyond the Taiwanese context, this study contributes to international discussions on Indigenous language education by illustrating how observation can function as a preparatory stage within longer-term, collaborative, and ethically grounded research designs. References Moll, L. C., Amanti, C., Neff, D., & Gonzalez, N. (1992). Funds of knowledge for teaching: Using a qualitative approach to connect homes and classrooms. Theory into Practice, 31(2), 132–141. González, N., Moll, L. C., & Amanti, C. (Eds.). (2005). Funds of knowledge: Theorizing practices in households, communities, and classrooms. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. García, O., & Wei, L. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan. Li, W. (2018). Translanguaging as a practical theory of language. Applied Linguistics, 39(1), 9–30. Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice (3rd ed.). New York, NY: Teachers College Press. Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). Toward a theory of culturally relevant pedagogy. American Educational Research Journal, 32(3), 465–491. Erickson, F. (1986). Qualitative methods in research on teaching. In M. C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching (3rd ed., pp. 119–161). New York, NY: Macmillan. Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2007). Ethnography: Principles in practice (3rd ed.). London, UK: Routledge. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Parental Motivation and Barriers in Estonian Heritage Language Education in Finland University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Across Europe, heritage and migration-related languages are increasingly acknowledged in education policy, yet their position in everyday educational practice remains uneven (Cummins, 2000; Seals & Peyton, 2016). Parents play a central role in family language policy and in decisions concerning children’s participation in heritage language education, but parental perspectives are still underrepresented in research on participation, non-participation, and discontinuation (Aksinovits & Verschik, 2024). This paper presents findings from a completed large-scale parent survey (n = 427) conducted as part of an interdisciplinary study on the family language policy of the Estonian diaspora in Finland. Estonian speakers constitute one of the largest immigrant groups in Finland, yet participation in Estonian heritage language education remains comparatively low (Estonian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2025). Heritage language teaching is typically organised as supplementary provision outside the mainstream curriculum, contributing to its structurally marginal position within the education system (Yli-Jokipii, 2024). This paper examines how parents navigate this context and how motivation and barriers are shaped not only by family-level considerations but also by institutional and systemic conditions. The paper addresses three research questions: The study is guided by a three-level analytical framework distinguishing micro-, meso-, and macro-level influences, commonly used in multilingual and language policy research (Cummins, 2000). A transdisciplinary perspective informs the analysis (Douglas Fir Group, 2016). While micro-level factors include family language practices and parental attitudes, the analysis places particular emphasis on the meso and macro levels, which are critical for understanding participation beyond individual family choice. The meso level focuses on institutional and organisational conditions such as access to classes, scheduling in relation to mainstream schooling and extracurricular activities, group heterogeneity, availability of learning materials, and communication between schools and families (Yli-Jokipii, 2024). The macro level addresses broader structural and ideological factors, including the status of heritage language education within the education system, curriculum positioning, assessment practices, and societal language hierarchies (Cummins, 2000; Seals & Peyton, 2016). Heritage language education is understood as supporting intergenerational language transmission, linguistic and cultural continuity, and children’s multilingual development (Seals & Peyton, 2016; Dörnyei & Ushioda, 2009). In line with Network 31’s focus on Decolonising Language Education, the paper approaches decolonising as attention to coloniality in contemporary educational practice, specifically how majority-language norms and the marginal positioning of supplementary provision shape participation and attrition (Cummins, 2000). Rather than framing parental decisions as purely individual choices, the analysis foregrounds how educational structures and policies influence families’ opportunities to maintain heritage language learning (Aksinovits & Verschik, 2024). By presenting large-scale parental evidence, this paper contributes to European discussions on strengthening heritage language education through improved access, clearer information flows, and greater institutional recognition. The findings provide an empirical basis for policy-relevant recommendations aimed at reducing participation barriers and supporting more inclusive language education in multilingual contexts (Estonian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on a completed web-based survey of parents in Estonian-background families living across Finland (n = 427). The survey forms part of a broader interdisciplinary study on the family language policy of the Estonian diaspora in Finland (Aksinovits & Verschik, 2024). The paper reports quantitative findings from the completed dataset. The study is guided by a three-level analytical framework distinguishing micro-, meso-, and macro-level factors influencing participation in heritage language education, drawing on established approaches in bilingual and multilingual education research (Cummins, 2000; Douglas Fir Group, 2016). While micro-level factors include family language practices and parental attitudes, this paper places particular emphasis on the meso and macro levels, which are critical for understanding participation beyond individual family choice. The meso level focuses on institutional and organisational conditions, including access to heritage language classes, scheduling in relation to mainstream schooling and extracurricular activities, group heterogeneity, availability of learning materials, and communication between schools and families (Yli-Jokipii, 2024). The macro level addresses broader structural and ideological factors, such as the status of heritage language education within the education system, curriculum positioning, assessment practices, and societal language hierarchies (Cummins, 2000; Seals & Peyton, 2016). The questionnaire was structured into three main blocks based on parents’ relationship with heritage language education: • parents whose children participate in Estonian heritage language education; • parents who are aware of available opportunities but have decided not to enrol their children or to discontinue participation; • parents who report having no information about heritage language education opportunities. This structure enables systematic comparison of motivations, barriers, and information gaps across groups. Survey items included Likert-scale questions, multiple-choice items, and selected open-ended responses to contextualise quantitative patterns, in line with mixed and transdisciplinary approaches to multilingual research (Douglas Fir Group, 2016). Heritage language education is understood as supporting intergenerational language transmission, linguistic and cultural continuity, and children’s multilingual development (Seals & Peyton, 2016; Dörnyei & Ushioda, 2009). This context is particularly relevant in Finland, where Estonian speakers constitute one of the largest immigrant groups, yet participation in Estonian heritage language education remains comparatively low (Estonian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2025). Quantitative analysis employs descriptive statistics and group comparisons to identify emerging patterns across the three parent groups. Open-ended responses are coded to refine and interpret the quantitative results. Ethical principles of informed consent, voluntary participation, and anonymisation were strictly followed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that parental motivation to support Estonian heritage language education in Finland is strongly linked to intergenerational language transmission, cultural continuity, and children’s multilingual development. Parents emphasise the importance of maintaining Estonian as a family language, sustaining transnational ties with Estonia, and supporting children’s sense of belonging across linguistic and cultural contexts. Many parents also associate heritage language education with broader educational and cognitive benefits. At the same time, the results identify a set of systemic barriers that significantly constrain participation and continuity. These include limited availability of classes, long travel distances, late scheduling and conflicts with mainstream schooling and extracurricular activities, and insufficient or fragmented information about available opportunities. Parents also highlight challenges related to heterogeneous learning groups, uneven access to appropriate learning materials, and concerns about the pedagogical quality and continuity of provision. A key finding concerns the institutional positioning and perceived status of heritage language education. Parents report that when heritage language teaching is marginalised within the education system and positioned outside the mainstream curriculum, weakly recognised in assessment practices, and insufficiently integrated into school communities. Its perceived value decreases, particularly in higher grades. This contributes to increased dropout and reduced long-term engagement. The study demonstrates that parental decisions are shaped not only by family-level motivation but also by meso- and macro-level structures that regulate access, recognition, and legitimacy. From a decolonising language education perspective, the findings illustrate how dominant language hierarchies continue to influence participation in heritage language education. The paper argues that improving participation requires coordinated policy and school-level measures that address both access and legitimacy, including clearer information pathways, stable provision, pedagogical support for heterogeneous groups, and stronger institutional recognition of heritage languages within education systems. References Aksinovits, Larissa; Verschik, Anna (2024). Family Language Policy in the Estonian Diaspora in Finland: Language Ideology and Home Language Education. Languages 9(7), 225 https://doi.org/10.3390/languages9070225 Cummins, Jim (2000). Language, power, and pedagogy: Bilingual children in the crossfire. Bilingual Research Journal 25, 405–412. Douglas Fir Group (2016). A transdisciplinary framework for SLA in a multilingual world. The Modern Language Journal, 100, 19–47. https://doi.org/10.1111/modl.12301 Dörnyei, Z. & E. Ushioda (toim.) 2009. Language identity and the L2 self. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Estonian Ministry of Foreign Affairs (2025). Call and background for the applied study. Seals, Corinne A.; Peyton,Joy Kreeft (2016). Heritage language education: Valuing the languages, literacies, and cultural competencies of immigrant youth. Current Issues in Language Planning 17, 87–101. Yli-Jokipii, Maija (2024). Oman äidinkielen opettaja osana kielellisesti ja kulttuurisesti vastuullista koulutusjärjestelmää. Tampere: Tampereen yliopisto. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Heritage Language Teacher as a Transcultural Agent in Digital Arabic Language Education University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:In a time when transnational movement has intensified as the result of globalization, internationalization, and war, heritage language education plays a crucial role in sustaining families’ ties to multiple linguistic and cultural practices among diasporic communities, and the growing Arabic diaspora is no exception (UNESCO, 2019). Due to the uneven integration of heritage language education in mainstream schools across Europe (Iversen, 2024), many Arab communities have established local, community-based Arabic heritage language (AHL) programs. While these programs mainly focus on Arabic language education, they vary considerably in their emphasis, with some incorporating Islamic teaching, others emphasizing national cultures and identity (Soliman & Khalil, 2024), and yet others foregrounding broader understandings of culture beyond language, religion, and national identities (Said, 2024). The scale, organization, and pedagogical focus of these initiatives differ significantly across contexts, particularly within Europe. With technological advances, a growing number of schools now offer digital Arabic language education (Hilmi, 2021), including programs targeting heritage learners. This trend accelerated during the Covid-19 pandemic, which increased the popularity of digital heritage language learning and prompted educators to adapt their teaching approaches to the emergent digital landscape (Cun, 2024). However, little is known about how Arabic heritage culture (AHC) is negotiated in these settings. Against this backdrop, this study addresses the following research question: How does a heritage language teacher of Arabic draw on available transcultural resources to negotiate Arabic heritage culture in digital heritage language education? I am using the term Arabic heritage culture (AHC) to emphasize the relation between culture and learners in the context of heritage language education. Studies on heritage education increasingly suggest transcultural approaches and pedagogies to support students’ heritage language, identity, and literacy development in community schools (Iversen, 2024; Orellana, 2016). These approaches understands culture and identity as fluid, complex and dynamic rather than static or confined to geographic or national boundaries, hens challenging monolingual and monocultural norms that marginalize students’ complex identities (Orellana, 2016; Zaidi et al., 2024). Transcultural pedagogies emphasize the heritage teacher’s role as cultural agent, guiding learners in developing transcultural and translingual competencies as they navigate multiple social and cultural realities. This involves fostering transcultural awareness– critical reflection, social sensitivity, and embracing in-betweenness – and supporting learners’ transcultural repositioning, that is their ability to adapt and reorient themselves across cultural boundaries (Zaidi et al., 2024). This requires attention to power dynamics and creating transcultural educational spaces (Orellana, 2016). Yet, despite this growing body of work, research on digital Arabic heritage language education from transcultural perspective remains limited. Although Amro and Iversen (2025) adopt a transcultural lens in a digital educational context, most transcultural studies still focus on physical classrooms and language practices, often overlooking broader dimensions of heritage culture beyond language and religious instruction (Abourehab & Azaz, 2020). This study draws on a seven-month digital linguistic ethnography in a transnational context: a community-based school offering online Arabic heritage language education, where one teacher in Italy taught five of her students, children and grandchildren of Arab immigrants in the United States. The study explores how this teacher mobilized transcultural resources and enacted her role as a transcultural agent. The study contributes to understanding how heritage language education can move beyond static cultural transmission toward transcultural and transformative pedagogies. Reconceptualizing the teacher as a transcultural agent, promoting inclusive, context-responsive pedagogies, and leveraging digital and transnational settings can better support students in navigating and reimagining their complex cultural realities. These insights highlight the need to reshape heritage language education to reflect the dynamic and evolving nature of culture and transcultural identities in today’s globalized world and the need of strong teacher preparation in transcultural awareness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I employed a digital linguistic ethnographic approach, to examine how an Arabic heritage language teacher drew on available cultural resources to negotiate Arabic heritage culture, conducting the study without physical co-presence in the educational setting. The study encompassed seven months of online classroom observations with one teacher and five of her students. Data included video and audio recordings, field notes, interviews with the teacher and students, and digital documents such as student work, interactive curricula, and lesson plans. I adopted “linguistic ethnography” to refer to a methodological framework that integrates digital ethnography with linguistic analysis to explore how individuals construct knowledge, communities, and identities, and how digital technologies, in return, shape participants’ linguistic and cultural practices (Blommaert, 2018; Varis & Hou, 2020). This research site was a community-based online language school serving children and adolescents from the global Arab diaspora. The school presents itself as a multicultural institution offering “culturally rich Arabic language experiences” emphasizing “ authentic cultural experiences, providing a comprehensive understanding of the language and its context,” as highlighted on its website. The school also highlights its policy that emphasizes drawing on students’ diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds. I followed weekly one-on-one sessions with the teacher, Sara, and five U.S.-born students (ages 7–13), all given pseudonyms: Bob and Daylina, with familial ties to Iran, Palestine, and Italy, and Dana, Sherine, and Diana, with roots in Palestine and Jordan. Older students had one-hour sessions, while younger ones had 30-minute sessions. All grew up in bilingual, culturally diverse environments where English dominated but Levantine Arabic remained present in family life. They enrolled to improve oral communication and literacy skills, deepen heritage cultural knowledge, and maintain connections to both their families’ countries of origin and the broader Arab world. Consistent with Blommaert and Jie (2020), ethnographic analysis unfolded alongside fieldwork. Early on, my attention was drawn to the teacher's strategies for navigating Arabic heritage culture. Continuous reflection, adaptation, and documentation of “rich points” shaped the emerging focus. After fieldwork, I closely read classroom interactions, interviews, school documents, and student work. Using the abductive, iterative, and recursive logic of ethnographic inquiry (Skukauskaitė & Green, 2023), I adopted a transcultural lens and analysed the teacher’s heritage culture negotiation in relation to relevant theory and prior research. This process enabled attention to aspects of her pedagogical practices and evolving role. Three primary functions of her cultural pedagogical practices and agency emerged. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Adopting a transcultural lens, the study shows how the teacher strategically leveraged the school’s digital and transnational structures and policies to navigate the complexity of Arabic heritage culture. She drew on cultural resources from learners’ familial countries of origin, their current country of residence, and her own to support engagement with Arabic heritage culture and transcultural identities. The study theorizes heritage language teachers’ agency in digital environments and informs the design of inclusive, context-sensitive AHL education in transnational settings and across Europe and beyond. The findings suggest reconceptualizing the teacher’s role in digital transnational Arabic Heritage Language (AHL) education. Extending work that frames teachers as cultural agents (Zaidi et al., 2024), the study shows that digital and transnational contexts demand a more dynamic, multifaceted role than in face-to-face settings. As a transcultural agent, the teacher navigates fluid and evolving cultural flows, facilitating cultural reflection, transformation and identity negotiation across local, heritage, diasporic, and global contexts (Orellana, 2016; Zaidi et al., 2024). The digital, transnational setting intensifies demands on the teacher’s transcultural awareness and pedagogical preparation (Zaidi et al., 2024). Digital structures afforded more immediate access to diverse transcultural materials, enabling deeper, more transformative engagements with students’ identities and realities. The school’s transnational policies positioned Arabic heritage culture in secular, non-religious terms, emphasizing geography and Arab cultural communities. This enabled drawing on students’ familial resources and highlighted the diversity of Arabic heritage culture, contrasting with mosque- affiliated AHL schools (Iversen, 2024), and aligning with research showing that non-religious, non-nationally affiliated schools foster inclusivity by embracing diversity and supporting students’ heritage needs (Said, 2024). Overall, the findings echo calls for stronger heritage teacher preparation in transcultural awareness (Sun & Li, 2024) to better support students in navigating complex cultural realities in globalized, digital, and transnational contexts. References Abourehab, Y., & Azaz, M. (2020). Pedagogical translanguaging in community/heritage Arabic language learning. Journal of multilingual and multicultural development, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2020.1826496 Blommaert, J. (2018). Durkheim and the internet: On sociolinguistics and the sociological imagination (1 ed.). London: Bloomsbury Academic. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350055223 Blommaert, J., & Jie, D. (2020). Ethnographic fieldwork : A beginner's guide (2nd ed.). Multilingual Matters. Cun, A. (2024). Creating more opportunities through multimodal literacy and positioning in online and in-person Chinese heritage language classrooms. Language and education, 1(1), 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500782.2024.2352428 Hilmi, D. (2021). Impact of Arabic online learning in the perspective of how the brain learns. Ijaz Arabi Journal of Arabic Learning, 4, 59-73. http://repository.uin-malang.ac.id/8014/ Iversen, J. Y. (2024). Transculturation in Arabic literacy education within and beyond mainstream education in Norway and Sweden. European educational research journal EERJ. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041241235718 Orellana, M. F. (2016). Immigrant children in transcultural spaces : Language learning and love. Routledge. Said, F. F. S. (2024). Arabic heritage schools as sites of multilingualism and positive identity building in the UK. In K. Cruickshank, J. L. Bianco, & M. Wahlin (Eds.), Community and Heritage Languages Schools Transforming Education (1 ed., Vol. 1, pp. 80-100). United Kingdom: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003302704-5 Skukauskaitė, A., & Green, J. L. (2023). Ethnographic spaces of possibilities: Interactional ethnography in focus. In A. Skukauskaitė & J. L. Green (Eds.), Interactional ethnography designing and conducting discourse-based ethnographic research (1 ed., Vol. 1, pp. 1-18). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003215479-1 Soliman, R., & Khalil, S. (2024). The teaching of Arabic as a community language in the UK. International journal of bilingual education and bilingualism, 27(9), 1246-1257. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2022.2063686 Sun, Z., & Li, G. (2024). Rethinking Chinese heritage language (CHL) teaching in translocal realities: Pedagogical adaptations and missed opportunities to bridge transcultural gaps in Canada. In R. Zaidi, U. Boz, & E. Moreau (Eds.), Transcultural pedagogies for multilingual classrooms: Responding to changing realities in theory and practice. Multilingual Matters. UNESCO. (2019). Global education monitoring report, 2019: Arab states: Migration, displacement and education: Building bridges, not walls. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000371320 Varis, P., & Hou, M. (2020). Digtial approaches in linguistic ethnography. In K. Tusting (Ed.), The Routledge handbook of linguistic ethnography. Taylor & Francis Group. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315675824-17 Zaidi, R., Boz, U., & Moreau, E. (2024). Introduction: Transcultural pedagogies for multilingual classrooms. In R. Zaidi, U. Boz, & E. Moreau (Eds.), Transcultural pedagogies for multilingual classrooms: Responding to changing realities in theory and practice (Vol. 115, pp. 1-15). Multilingual Matters. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Study Guidance in the Mother Tongue - Knowledge and Action for Collaboration to Improve School Results, Well-being and Epistemic Justice Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:Study Guidance in the Mother Tongue (hereafter SGMT) is a form of educational support provided in the Swedish compulsory school, provided principally for newcomers but also for other students “who need it” (SFS 2011:185). SGMT aims to support learning among students who risk failing one or more subjects due to their emerging proficiency in the majority language Swedish, through the provision of tutoring in the students’ mother tongue or their strongest language of schooling. Research indicates that SGMT provides invaluable learning support for newcomers, by addressing the major challenge they face in learning in Swedish schools, i.e. access to education and other supports that schools offer, in a language they understand (Ministry of Education and Research, 2019). Apart from supporting academic achievement, SGMT tutors are also believed to support the general health and well-being of students (Lindén, 2024; Lundberg, 2020; Oxley, 2025), and enhance their understanding of the Swedish school and social context (Reath Warren, 2016). However, structural and organizational problems prevent SGMT from reaching its full potential (Avery, 2017; Reath Warren, 2017).More specifically, a lack of collaboration between school teachers and SGMT tutors has been identified as a crucial problem, dialogically impacting on and impacted by tutors’ agency, and the conduct of quality SGMT (Dávila Thorstensson, 2016; Straszer et al., 2019). The Swedish National Agency for Education (hereafter SNAE) has published models and recommendations for collaboration, based on development work conducted in Swedish municipalities (Gareis et al., 2020). To our knowledge, the only research focusing specifically on this area shows that collaboration in planning, implementation, documentation and follow-up of SGMT is made possible through routinization and gives SGMT tutors agency and access to a work-life community (Eliaso Magnusson & Uddling, 2023). Willingness to collaborate, personal enthusiasm and time are three aspects that teachers identify as central for making collaboration possible (Uddling & Eliaso Magnusson, 2024). The aim of this study is, through an intervention project, to investigate the impact of different aspects of collaboration in SGMT on tutors, teachers and students. The intervention is a professional development module including lectures, workshops and practical implementation of new routines and practices in SGMT. Throughout the intervention SGMT is presented as a process where collaboration is key (Gareis et al., 2020) The study is located in focus municipality which has an identified need for improvement of routines for SGMT. The study aims to improve our knowledge of how collaborations between key actors in SGMT (school teachers, SGMT tutors, students but also school and municipal unit principals) can contribute to satisfaction with tutoring and students’ academic performance, and well-being among tutors and students. If the results of the project have positive outcomes, there is potential to facilitate greater epistemic justice in Swedish schools, so all students, regardless of their background have equal opportunities to engage fully with knowledge (Fricker, 2007) and tutors and emergent multilingual learners alike are recognised as knowers (Fricker, 2015). The central research question we address is: How can knowledge of and routines for collaboration during SGMT impact on its practice and outcomes? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This intervention study involves SGMT tutors, teachers, school principals and leaders at the municipal unit where SGMT tutors are employed, in a suburban municipality that has an identified need to develop SGMT. The project employs a qualitative approach, with some methods from linguistic ethnography (Copland & Creese, 2015) and has five phases: Phase 1: Pre-intervention questionnaire to chart existing knowledge and impressions of SGMT in the municipality. This will include likert-style items asking informants to rate the knowledge and/or satisfaction with a range of aspects in SGMT, including pedagogical routines for assessing the need for SGMT, administrative routines for ordering SGMT, school routines for organizing SGMT, routines for collaboration between teachers and tutors, routines for following up SGMT. Data generated: Questionnaire responses. Analysis: Descriptive statistics Phase 2: Professional development intervention: (developed in collaboration with the municipality). This includes lectures on theories and research relevant to SGMT, workshops with pedagogical tools for conducting SGMT as a process (Gareis et al., 2020), discussions with and between tutors, teachers and principals, and practical implementation of new routines, followed by discussions where the implementation is discussed and evaluated by the participants. Data generated: Documents, Audio-recordings of discussions during the intervention, field notes. Analysis: Thematic content analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) Phase 3: Observation and documentation of routines in collaboration. A smaller number of teachers and tutors who express that they have developed good routines for collaboration are observed as they plan, implement and follow up SGMT. Data generated: Audio- and video-recordings, field notes, photographs. Analysis: Thematic content analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). Phase 4: Semi structured interviews with tutors, teachers and principals. In the interviews, the focus is on aspects including collaboration, student responses and impressions on overall outcomes of new routines. Data generated: Interview transcripts. Analysis: Thematic content analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022); Positioning analysis (Bamberg, 1997) Phase 5: Post-study questionnaire. This questionnaire covers the same topics/questions as the pre-study. Results of the two questionnaires will be compared. Data generated: Questionnaire responses. Analysis: Descriptive statistics While the professional development intervention has a broad focus, including the development of all aspects of SGMT, the research takes a narrower focus on the aspect of collaboration, identified as so crucial. The project is undergoing ethics approval. All informants will be given written and spoken information about the project, and sign informed consent forms. The project will follow all the recommendations of the Swedish Research Council. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This project is on-going and at ECER, we aim to present the project design and preliminary results from phase 1 and 2. The study we are conducting is unique, and will contribute to and strengthen the small base of knowledge that exists on collaboration in SGMT in Sweden. The implications of the project will be highly relevant in Sweden, in other Nordic countries where similar forms of multilingual support exist, but also internationally, where knowledge about educational approaches that support linguistically diverse students is still lacking (Reath Warren et al., 2025; Wernicke et al., 2021). The results of the project have implications at a pedagogical level, where improving routines for collaboration can improve the classroom practice of SGMT. The results also have broader implications for democracy and justice in schools. SGMT and newcomers’ and multilingual students’ learning are marginalized areas in research and in practice. All knowledge that contributes to improving learning conditions and epistemic justice for teachers, tutors and emergent multilingual students can help schools act. In a world where conditions for learning and knowing are in intense fluctuation, engaging with practitioners in research is ever more essential, to bring lived experience and theoretical perspectives together to improve learning conditions for all students. References Avery, H. (2017). At the bridging point: tutoring newly arrived students in Sweden. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(4), 404–415. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2016.1197325 Bamberg, M. G. W. (1997). Positioning Between Structure and Performance. Journal of Narrative and Life History, 7(1–4), 335–342. http://www.clarku.edu/~mbamberg/Material_files/Positioning_Between_Structure_and_Performance.pdf Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: a practical guide. Sage. Copland, F., & Creese, A. (2015). Linguistic Ethnography - Collecting, analysing and presenting data. Sage. Dávila Thorstensson, Liv. T. (2016). The pivotal and peripheral roles of bilingual classroom assistants at a Swedish elementary school. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 0050, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2016.1224224 Eliaso Magnusson, J., & Uddling, J. (2023). Studiehandledares möjligheter till agency i samverkan med lärare. Nordand, 18(3), 157–172. https://doi.org/10.18261/NORDAND.18.3.1 Gareis, M., Oxley, S., & Reath Warren, A. (2020). Studiehandledning på modersmålet i praktiken. Skolverket. Lindén, S. (2024). Stöttning för utveckling av språk och kunskap i studiehandledning i svensk grundskola (PhD dissertation, Institutionen för ämnesdidaktik, Stockholms universitet). Retrieved from https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:su:diva-233739 Lundberg, O. (2020). Defining and implementing social integration: a case study of school leaders’ and practitioners’ work with newly arrived im/migrant and refugee students. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-Being,15(sup2), https://doi.org/10.1080/17482631.2020.1783859 Ministry of Education and Research. (2019). För flerspråkighet, kunskapsutveckling och inkludering. Modersmålsundervisning och studiehandledning på modersmål (SOU 2019:18) https://www.gov.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/2019/05/sou-201918 / Oxley, S. (2025). Meaning making: Study guidance in the mother tongue A reflexive study of tutors’ encounters with their work and working conditions [Master]. Uppsala University. Reath Warren, A. (2016). Multilingual study guidance in the Swedish compulsory school and the development of multilingual literacies. Nordand, 11(2), 115–142. Reath Warren, A. (2017). Developing multilingual literacies in Sweden and Australia: Opportunities and challenges in mother tongue instruction and multilingual study guidance in Sweden and community language education in Australia. [Ph.D., Stockholms universitet]. http://su.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2%3A1116085&dswid=8210 Reath Warren, A., Iversen, J. Y., & Straszer, B. (2025). Setting the scene. Teacher education for working in linguistically diverse classrooms (A. Reath Warren, J. Y. Iversen, & B. Straszer, Eds.; pp. 1–30). Language Science Press. https://langsci-press.org/catalog/book/482 SFS 2011:185 The compulsory school ordinance (Retrieved from https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/skolforordning-2011185_sfs-2011-185 Straszer, B., Rosén, J., & Wedin, Å. (2019). Studiehandledning på modersmål. Educare - Vetenskapliga Skrifter, (3), 49–61. https://doi.org/10.24834/educare.2019.3.4 Uddling, J., & Eliaso Magnusson, J. (2024). Samverkansdidaktik. Lärares hantering av ett utökat ansvar. In M. Flisbäck, T. Nord, & J. Uddling (Eds.), Välfärdssamhällets omvandling i praktiken. Om ansvarsförskjutningar och samverkans gränser (pp. 165–190). Nordic Academic Press. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 32 SES 05 A: Workplace Learning and Organizational Learning Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Charlotte Arkenback Paper Session In this session papers discuss the relationship between workplace learning and organizational learning. |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Paper Onboarding Through Dual Lenses: Perceptions and Practices of Knowledge Transfer in Workplace Organizations IU International Univerity of Applied Science, Germany Presenting Author:Onboarding processes are a central mechanism through which workplace organizations integrate new members and regulate knowledge transfer. Depending on how onboarding is structured, knowledge can be actively remembered and transferred, or it may be lost when routines, documentation or stable responsibilities are missing. While onboarding in large corporate environments has become increasingly formalized (Huchler 2023; Caldwell/Peters 2018), onboarding in many small and medium-sized organizations remains informal, experience-based and shaped by local constraints. These dynamics become visible in the context of dual study programs. Dual study programs (German: duales Studium) combine academic studies at a university with structured periods of work-based learning in a workplace organization. Students are simultaneously enrolled in higher education and employed in a company. This dual status makes onboarding a pedagogically and organizationally significant interface: students must learn to navigate organizational expectations, implicit norms, and situated work practices while also fulfilling academic requirements. At the same time, workplace organizations must integrate newcomers who are both learners and employees. The broader aim of the research project is to understand how dual students learn within workplace organizations as part of their dual study programs and how these learning processes connect to academic learning (Kessler/König 2025; Kessler/König 2026, forthcoming). Although onboarding was not the initial focus, it emerged from the empirical material as a crucial entry point into the learning environments of workplace organizations. The way organizations structure—or fail to structure—this early phase shapes students’ access to tasks, knowledge and social relations, and thus their subsequent learning trajectories. Against this background, two analytical questions guided the present contribution:
Building on these perspectives, the study abstracts toward a broader analytical question: How is knowledge transfer organizationally structured during onboarding, and how is this structuring perceived, interpreted and enacted by new members? The theoretical framework draws on organizational education and organizational learning research. Concepts of organizational memory (Walsh/Ungson 1991; Casey 1997) frame onboarding as a process in which knowledge is stabilized through routines, documentation and formal structures, but also lost through turnover, informal practices or lack of institutionalization. The knowing–doing gap (Argyris/Schön 1996; Pfeffer/Sutton 2000) highlights discrepancies between formal claims and actual practices—an aspect that becomes visible when organizations present structured onboarding concepts but rely on ad-hoc learning in everyday work. The study also engages with theories of tacit and explicit knowledge (Polanyi 1966; Nonaka/Takeuchi 1995). Onboarding is not merely the transfer of codified information but a process of embodied, situational learning. Dual students often learn through observation, collegial interaction, and self-directed tasks, positioning them as agents of organizational knowledge creation rather than passive recipients. This resonates with findings from organizational case studies showing that experiential knowledge is often left to chance and individual appropriation when organizations lack systematic knowledge management structures (Kapfer/Heckl/Sailer 2024). From an organizational education perspective, onboarding cultures can be understood as ambivalent practices of remembering and forgetting. Formal structures support knowledge retention as conscious memory work, whereas informal entry processes foster organizational forgetting, as experiential knowledge is frequently not documented or systematically shared. The contrast between formal onboarding concepts and informal onboarding practices—shaped by pragmatic constraints such as staff shortages or time pressure—reveals how workplace organizations oscillate between explicit knowledge transfer and tacit, situational learning. By examining onboarding as a cultural and organizational practice, the study contributes to broader debates on work-based learning, learning venue partnerships, and the role of students as co-creators of organizational knowing and acting. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative, reconstructive research design grounded in the documentary method (Bohnsack 2014). This methodological approach is particularly suited to uncovering implicit knowledge, habitual orientations, and collective interpretive patterns that guide action in workplace organizations. Rather than focusing solely on explicit statements, the documentary method aims to reconstruct the underlying “modus operandi” of social practices. Data were generated through two types of group discussions conducted separately: Group discussions with dual students enrolled in BA Social Work as well as economically oriented programs such as BA Marketing, BA Media Design, and BA Business Administration. Group discussions with instructing colleagues or supervisors from the workplace organizations that employ and guide these dual students. This dual‑perspective design enables a comparative reconstruction of onboarding practices from both sides of the learning relationship: those who enter the organization and those responsible for introducing them. The workplace organizations involved vary in size, sector, and professional orientation, allowing for a broad comparative view of onboarding cultures across social service settings and economically oriented companies. All group discussions were audio‑recorded, transcribed, and analyzed following the sequential and comparative logic of the documentary method. For the present contribution, all sequences that addressed onboarding, initial workplace learning, and early knowledge transfer were selected from both sets of discussions. This focused corpus makes it possible to contrast how onboarding is experienced by students and how it is conceptualized, enacted, or justified by colleagues and supervisors. The analysis proceeded in three steps: Formulating interpretation: identifying thematic content and explicit descriptions of onboarding experiences and practices. Reflective interpretation: reconstructing implicit orientations, habitual expectations, and tacit knowledge structures underlying these descriptions. Comparative analysis: contrasting cases and perspectives to identify recurring patterns, tensions, and typologies of onboarding cultures. The methodological focus lies on the contrast between formal onboarding concepts (e.g., structured introduction plans, documented procedures) and informal practices (e.g., learning by doing, reliance on colleagues, self‑directed problem‑solving). The documentary method makes it possible to reconstruct how dual students and supervisors interpret these tensions and how they navigate organizational expectations, resource constraints, and implicit norms. Although exploratory in nature, the study provides rich insights into the cultural and organizational dynamics of work‑based learning environments and highlights the role of dual students as active contributors to organizational knowledge processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis identifies four contrasting onboarding cultures across the workplace organizations involved in the study. These types emerge consistently from both group discussions with dual students and those with colleagues or supervisors responsible for onboarding. (1) Self‑assertion onboarding In several organizations, onboarding is minimal or absent. Representatives describe early autonomy as desirable, while students report being left to orient themselves independently. Knowledge transfer occurs situationally and depends on individual availability, resulting in fragmented learning and organizational forgetting. (2) Organizational‑introductory onboarding A second type involves formalized onboarding focused mainly on introducing the organization—its departments, products or services, and key contact persons. Supervisors present this as structured onboarding, yet both groups note that job‑specific training remains limited. Students experience a gap between organizational introduction and the concrete requirements of their role and must acquire task‑related knowledge largely on their own. (3) Relational‑informal onboarding A third pattern is characterized by supportive interpersonal relations but little formalization. Students rely on specific colleagues as informal mentors, and supervisors highlight collegial guidance. However, onboarding remains unsystematic and dependent on personal relationships. Knowledge transfer is relational rather than embedded in routines, leading to situations where knowledge must be reconstructed or newly acquired. (4) Structured developmental onboarding A fourth, less frequent but analytically significant type involves systematic and development‑oriented onboarding. Organizations integrate dual students into formal training or professional development programs, conduct regular guidance meetings, and follow shared qualification frameworks. Both groups describe clear expectations, structured learning opportunities, and consistent feedback. Knowledge transfer is embedded in routines and supports organizational remembering. Across all four types, onboarding cultures oscillate between structured intentions and situational, experience‑based practices. The typology highlights how workplace organizations differ in their approaches to knowledge transfer and how dual students navigate these differences as active contributors to organizational learning. References Argyris, C., & Schön, D. (1996). Organizational learning II: Theory, method, and practice. Addison-Wesley. Bohnsack, R. (2014). Documentary Method. In U. Flick (eds.). The sage handbook of qualitative analysis (pp. 217-233). Sage. Caldwell, C., & Peters, R. (2018). New employee onboarding: Psychological contracts and ethical perspectives. Journal of Management Development, 37(1), 27–39. Casey, A. (1997). Collective memory in organizations. Organization, 4(3), 403–423. Huchler, W. (2023). Wissensmanagement beim On- und Offboarding. Wissensmanagement, 4, 16–17. Kapfer, S., Heckl, J., & Sailer, V. (2024). Wissensweitergabe in einer stark wachsenden Organisation – die ZAWI-Treuhand Steuerberatungsgesellschaft als Praxisbeispiel. In F. Offergelt, S. Hofreiter & T. Steiner (Hrsg.), Wissensmanagement in modernen Organisationen (S. 177–186). Wiesbaden: Springer Gabler. Kessler, S., & König, K. (2025). Chancen der (Aus)Bildung im Dualen Studium an Hochschulen: Perspektiven Studierender und Praxispartner. In P. Renner, M. T. Hensel, B. Stefan & T. Schmid (Hrsg.), Bildung und Ausbildung im Diskurs – Perspektiven aus der Sozialen Arbeit (S. 65–85). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Kessler, S., & König, K. (2026, i. E.). Duales Studieren: Transfer zwischen Seminar und Praxisstelle. In T. Diederichs & A. Desoye (Hrsg.), Transfer in Pädagogik und Erziehungswissenschaft. Zwischen Problematisierung und Systematisierung. Weinheim/Basel: Beltz Juventa. Nonaka, I., & Takeuchi, H. (1995). The knowledge-creating company: How Japanese companies create the dynamics of innovation. Oxford University Press. Pfeffer, J., & Sutton, R. (2000). The knowing–doing gap: How smart companies turn knowledge into action. Harvard Business School Press. Polanyi, M. (1966). The tacit dimension. Routledge & Kegan Paul. Walsh, J. P., & Ungson, G. R. (1991). Organizational memory. Academy of Management Review, 16(1), 57–91. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Developing a Measurement Tool for Learning Emotion Practices in Korean SME Workplaces Yonsei University, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) Presenting Author:Although emotions are increasingly acknowledged as integral to workplace learning, few empirical instruments have been developed to systematically assess the emotional practices that either facilitate or hinder learning processes. This gap is particularly salient in the context of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), where formal learning infrastructures are limited and emotional dynamics are shaped by unique structural and cultural factors. In Korea, where SMEs account for the vast majority of employment, these dynamics are further influenced by hierarchical organizational cultures and collectivist social norms that frame emotional expression and regulation. This study seeks to develop and validate a psychometrically robust measurement instrument designed to assess learning emotion practices within Korean SME contexts. Learning emotion practices are conceptualized as the ways in which emotions are elicited, enacted, and embedded within learning-related activities and interactions. The aim is to produce a culturally grounded and practically applicable tool for both research and human resource development (HRD) applications.
The study is guided by the following research questions: What are the core domains and dimensions of learning emotion practices in Korean SME workplaces? How can these domains be operationalized into a valid and reliable measurement instrument? To what extent does the instrument demonstrate psychometric validity across diverse SME settings? The theoretical framework integrates three strands of literature: Pekrun’s (2006) control-value theory, which emphasizes the motivational and cognitive dimensions of achievement emotions and conceptualized the antecedents of learning emotions by distinguishing the agents that elicit these emotions as the self, others, and the situation or task.; affective practice theory(Wetherell, 2012), which highlights affect or emotion is understood not as an internal psychological state but as a form of practice that is repeatedly performed within social discourses and relational interactions. Gherardi (2001) conceptualizes organizational learning as a social and material phenomenon that unfolds in a field of practice where knowing and doing are not separable but mutually constitutive. Learning does not occur through the transmission of abstract knowledge alone but through participation in ongoing practices that are embedded in specific material arrangements, power relations, and social interactions. Within this framework, emotion functions as a form of practical sensibility, often described as sensuous knowing, that attunes learners to how they participate in practice and enables particular learning activities while constraining others. ; and Dirkx’s (2001) affective perspective on adult learning foregrounds emotion as a central source of meaning making and identity development, emphasizing that adult learning involves not only cognitive reflection but also deep engagement with feelings, imagination, and the construction of the self. From this standpoint, emotions are integral to how adults interpret experience, negotiate personal and professional identities, and transform their understanding of themselves and the world. Learning is thus viewed as an affectively charged process in which emotions guide attention, shape interpretation, and sustain or disrupt commitment to learning trajectories. Drawing on these perspectives, learning emotion practices can be analytically structured across two axes. The first axis differentiates the locus of emotion, ranging from internally oriented processes related to the self, such as self efficacy, agency, and identity work, to relationally and contextually oriented processes embedded in interactions with others, tasks, and organizational or cultural environments. The second axis distinguishes the functional orientation of emotion, spanning from enabling practices that mobilize engagement, meaning making, and participation in learning, to constraining practices that inhibit involvement, narrow interpretive possibilities, or discourage sustained learning. Together, these axes provide a conceptual framework for examining how learning emotions are not merely experienced but enacted as practices that shape what kinds of learning become possible, for whom, and under what conditions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a multi phase, mixed method design to develop and validate a measurement instrument for learning emotion practices in small and medium sized enterprises. The overall procedure followed established guidelines for scale development, integrating qualitative exploration with successive quantitative validation to ensure conceptual grounding and psychometric robustness. Phase 1 consisted of qualitative exploration through semi structured interviews with 24 employees from nine SMEs across diverse sectors, including IT, manufacturing, and education. The participating organizations were purposefully selected based on their explicit commitment to fostering learning oriented cultures. The interviews focused on employees’ emotional experiences related to learning in everyday work practices. Data were analyzed using thematic analysis following the approach proposed by Braun & Clarke (2018). Coding was conducted along two analytic dimensions. The first dimension concerned the subject of emotional elicitation, distinguishing whether emotions were primarily associated with the self, relationships with others, tasks, or broader contextual conditions. The second dimension captured the phase of emotional manifestation, differentiating antecedents, ongoing emotional practices, and perceived consequences of learning related emotions. The resulting themes provided an empirically grounded framework that guided the initial generation of scale items. Phase 2 will involve the first pilot survey. A preliminary version of the instrument, consisting of approximately 60 items derived from Phase 1 findings, will be administered to a sample of 300 SME employees. Exploratory factor analysis (EFA) will be conducted to examine the latent structure of the scale and to assess the empirical coherence of the proposed dimensions. Items with weak factor loadings, cross-loadings, or conceptual redundancy will be systematically revised or removed. This phase aims to refine the item pool and ensure that the retained items adequately represent distinct yet interrelated dimensions of learning emotion practices. Phase 3 will comprise a second large-scale survey for confirmatory validation. The revised instrument will be administered to a new sample of approximately 500 SME employees drawn from a wide range of industrial sectors to enhance external validity. Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) will be employed to test the hypothesized factor structure identified in the previous phase. This final phase will evaluate the model’s construct validity, internal consistency, and overall fit using appropriate statistical indices (e.g., CFI, RMSEA). Together, these phases are designed to establish a theoretically informed and empirically validated tool for assessing learning emotion practices in SME contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to yield a validated diagnostic instrument comprising four core dimensions of learning emotion practices: Self-related practices – e.g., emotional motivation, reflective readiness for learning Relationship-based practices – e.g., emotional support, inclusive and affectively attuned communication Task-related practices – e.g., emotional engagement, feedback integration, emotional persistence during challenge Contextual practices – e.g., learning-oriented leadership, affective safety, and systemic emotional scaffolding Rather than focusing solely on individual traits, the tool is designed to assess how emotional practices are collectively shaped and sustained within the organization. It enables practitioners and organizational leaders to identify emotional affordances and constraints in their current learning environments and to initiate targeted strategies for cultivating emotionally inclusive and developmentally supportive workplace cultures. From an organizational learning perspective, this tool serves as a practical mechanism to surface latent emotional dynamics that influence knowledge sharing, critical reflection, and collaborative problem-solving. By visualizing the emotional landscape of learning within an enterprise, it allows organizations to make intentional shifts in leadership, communication, and cultural practices that promote psychological safety and adaptive learning. The study contributes to theory-building by articulating a practice-based and culturally situated understanding of how emotion is embedded in organizational learning processes. It advances the field by offering a structured yet flexible framework for integrating emotion into organizational learning models, especially in the underexplored context of SMEs. Furthermore, by offering a scalable and context-sensitive diagnostic tool, the study lays the groundwork for comparative research on learning cultures across sectors and national contexts. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2018). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper, P. M. Camic, D. L. Long, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf, & K. J. Sher (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 57–71). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/0000049-004 Dirkx, J. M. (2001). The power of feelings: Emotion, imagination, and the construction of meaning in adult learning. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 2001(89), 63–72.https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.9 Gherardi, S. (2001). From organizational learning to practice-based knowing. Human Relations, 54(1), 131–139.https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726701541016 Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315–341.https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-006-9029-9 Wetherell, M. (2012). Affect and emotion: A new social science understanding. Sage. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 32 SES 05 B: Knowing, Acting, Organizing - Theoretical Perspectives and Empirical Results Location: Heikki |Hotel Torni| Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Paper Session In this paper session we will take a closer look at the different notions of knowing in organizing, the theoretical perspectives on organizational knowing as well as empirical analysis of practices of knowledge transfer in complex organizational settings. |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Paper Habits Reconsidered: The Forgotten Dimension in a Pragmatist Approach to Organisational Learning 1: Aarhus University, Denmark; 2: Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:How can we engage in societal changes based on new and unfamiliar rationalities e.g. large politically initiated reforms? How can we cope with complexity and develop sustainable organisations connecting past and future? These are but two questions relevant when discussing the future development of organisations. The increasing complexity of everyday organisational practice may explain why organisational and workplace learning research has recently shown growing interest in pragmatist perspectives, theories, and concepts. (Brandi & Elkjaer, 2024; Simpson & den Hond, 2021; Thomassen, 2024). One foundational dimension of John Dewey’s philosophy that remains curiously underdeveloped is the concept of habit. While organisational learning scholars increasingly draw on notions such as inquiry, experience, and situated actions, habits are often treated implicitly as inert routines or obstacles to change rather than as constitutive elements of learning itself (Cohen, 2007; Dionysiou, 2021). This paper argues that Dewey’s understanding of habit represents a forgotten yet crucial dimension in a pragmatist approach to organisational learning. In dominant approaches to organisational learning, habits are frequently framed as obstacles to learning or as patterns to be disrupted (Deken et al., 2016; Dionysiou, 2021; Feldman et al., 2021; Turner & Rindova, 2012). From a Deweyan pragmatist perspective, however, habits are not mindless repetitions but intelligent, embodied, and affectively charged dispositions for action, continuously shaped through experience (Dewey, 1922/1988; Dewey, 1938/1986). Habits can be defined as socially acquired dispositions for action that integrate cognition, emotion, and embodied experience, enabling coordinated practice while remaining open to modification through inquiry when habitual action encounters resistance or uncertainty (Dewey, 1922/1988). As such, they constitute the primary medium through which continuity and learning in organisational life are enacted. Drawing on Dewey’s pragmatist theory of action, this paper develops a conceptual argument that places habit at the centre of organisational learning processes. Dewey conceptualised learning as emerging from the dynamic interplay between habit, inquiry, and experience. (Dewey, 1938/1986). Habit provides stability and orientation in everyday action, while inquiry is triggered when indeterminate situations disrupt habitual conduct. Organisational learning, from this perspective, is not primarily a cognitive or procedural process, but an embodied and experiential one, unfolding through the gradual transformation of habits in practice. Learning is thus inseparable from emotion, temporality, and lived experience in the workplace (Elkjaer, 2022; Lorino, 2018). The paper further suggests that the neglect of habit limits current understandings of organisational learning, exemplified in this paper by a case study in the public sector and welfare contexts characterised by complex and dynamic professional practices and reform pressure. Drawing illustratively on reform processes in the elder care sector, the paper highlights how organisational learning initiatives in the elder care sector often struggle because they insufficiently engage with the habitual dimensions of professional practice through which learning is enacted, sustained, and valued. Reforms that focus predominantly on formal standards, documentation, or new organisational models risk colliding with deeply sedimented professional habits, moral orientations, and embodied ways of acting that cannot simply be transformed through policy mandates or training programmes. By foregrounding habit as an analytical lens, the paper makes three contributions to organisational education and workplace learning research. First, it advances a non-dualistic account of organisational learning that integrates cognition, emotion, and action, thereby challenging behaviourist and purely cognitive models of learning in organisations. Second, it extends pragmatist approaches to organisational learning by moving beyond inquiry and reflection to emphasise the stabilising and generative role of habit in sustaining practice over time. Third, it reconceptualises organisational learning as a process of habitual reconfiguration rather than knowledge acquisition or behavioural alignment, offering a more realistic account of how learning unfolds in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is primarily conceptual, grounded in Deweyan pragmatism and informed by contemporary research on organisational learning using habits and routines as the analytical focus point. Positioned within Network 32 (Organisational Education), it aims to stimulate renewed theoretical and empirical attention to habit as a central, yet under-theorised, dimension of organisational learning and change, particularly in sectors where professional practice, care, and experience are at the core of organisational life. The conceptual discussion of habits is informed by empirical case data from the elder care sector, specifically, interviews with four leaders from three different municipalities. The interviews focused on the leaders’ everyday leadership practice in a sector characterized by a high level of complexity and implementation of politically initiated reforms. The leaders are especially focused on how a reform of the elder care sector necessitates a revision of the sector’s fundamental assumptions and practices. The semi-structured interviews were recorded and subsequently transcribed by a software program. The transcripts were read to avoid potential translation mistakes, followed by a thematic analysis. Three of the identified themes are included as illustrative examples of how habits in different ways inform organisational learning processes: - Transformation of leadership from management to facilitation - Restructuring the organization to provide openings for new learning opportunities - Development of new professional identities and experiences By incorporating the three examples, the significance of an organisation’s existing practices emerges as a crucial factor in processes of organizational learning. Particularly important in this case seems to be the leaders’ ability to facilitate a transformation that fundamentally differs from current practice. Furthermore, it appears essential to apply approaches to leadership that are not primarily grounded in management approaches but instead encompass facilitation and the cultivation of habits, considering continuity. Hence, habits evolve in the process of experience. This paper contributes to renewing attention to the role of habits as an important analytical marker for better understanding organisational learning, ensuring that continuity in experiential development becomes a focal point and thereby creating a connection between past and future actions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We have argued that Dewey’s concept of habit constitutes a largely overlooked yet analytically powerful lens for understanding organisational learning. In contrast to dominant approaches that prioritize action, outcomes, development, or change as ends in themselves, a pragmatist perspective foregrounds the habitual dynamics of practice through which learning is enacted and sustained over time. Hence, learning does not occur outside practice but unfolds through the continuous reconfiguration of habits as actors respond to indeterminate situations through inquiry and experience. By bringing habit to the centre of organisational learning theory, the paper highlights the importance of continuity in experiential development. Habits carry experience forward into present action and provide the conditions under which inquiry becomes possible when established ways of acting are disrupted. Organisational learning, therefore, cannot be reduced to knowledge acquisition, behavioural alignment, or the implementation of new models, but must be understood as an embodied, emotional, and temporally situated process rooted in practice. The case from the elder care sector underscores this argument by showing how learning initiatives risk failing when they neglect the habitual dimensions of leadership, professional identity, and organizational structuring. Rather than treating habits as obstacles, the findings point to the need for leadership approaches that work with habits as resources for learning, enabling gradual transformation while maintaining coherence in practice. Overall, the paper contributes to organisational education by reasserting habit as a central analytical concept. Doing so not only strengthens pragmatist approaches to organizational learning but also offers a more realistic and practice-sensitive understanding of how learning unfolds in complex organisational settings, particularly in welfare sectors where experience, care, and professional judgement are central. Analytically, this perspective invites attention to how habits operate both as stabilising carrier of past experience and as focal points for inquiry when organisational learning is set in motion/are questioned. References Brandi, U., & Elkjaer, B. (2024). Lessons from pragmatism: Organizational learning as resolving tensions at work. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 56(5), 448-458. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2022.2141109 Cohen, M. D. (2007). Reading Dewey: Reflections on the Study of Routine. Organization studies, 28(5), 773-786. Deken, F., Carlile, P. R., Berends, H., & Lauche, K. (2016). Generating novelty through interdependent routines: A process model of routine work. Organization Science, 27(3), 659-677. Dewey, J. (1922/1988). Human Nature and Conduct (Vol. 14: 1922, pp. 1-230). Southern Illinois University Press. (1922) Dewey, J. (1938/1986). Logic: The Theory of Inquiry (Vol. 12:1938). Southern Illinois University Press. (1938) Dionysiou, D. D. (2021). Pragmatism and routine dynamics. In L. D’Adderio, K. Dittrich, M. S. Feldman, B. T. Pentland, C. Rerup, & D. Seidl (Eds.), Cambridge handbook of routine dynamics (pp. 62-72). Cambridge University Press. Elkjaer, B. (2022). The Future is in the Present. Learning and Organizing in the Field of Organizational Learning. In M. Malloch, L. Cairns, & K. Evans (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Learning and Work. SAGE. Feldman, M., Pentland, B. T., D'Adderio, L., Dittrich, K., Rerup, C., & Seidl, D. (2021). Handbook of Routine Dynamics Chapter 1–What is Routine Dynamics? In M. Feldman, B. T. Pentland, L. D'Adderio, K. Dittrich, C. Rerup, & D. Seidl (Eds.), Cambridge handbook of routine dynamics. Cambridge University Press. Lorino, P. (2018). Pragmatism and organization studies. Oxford University Press. Simpson, B., & den Hond, F. (2021). The contemporary resonances of classical pragmatism for studying organization and organizing. Organization studies, 43(1), 127-146. Thomassen, A. O. (2024). University–industry collaborations as processual inter-organizational learning: implications of the third context. Journal of Workplace Learning, 36(6), 399-416. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-08-2023-0123 Turner, S. F., & Rindova, V. (2012). A Balancing Act: How Organizations Pursue Consistency in Routine Functioning in the Face of Ongoing Change. Organization Science, 23(1), 24-46. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Knowing in a Business Organization: Empirical Reconstructions of Organizational Knowing Using the Documentary Method Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Germany Presenting Author:Organizational knowledge and knowing have long been subjects of discussion in academic discourse. On the one hand, scholars ask what organizational knowledge means; on the other hand, particularly in knowledge management literature, it is treated as a resource in inter-organizational comparison and competition, which should be optimized and promoted (Dick & Wehner 2018). In my doctoral research, I also focused on organizational knowledge, which I, following sociology of knowledge, systems theory, and praxeological approaches, do not understand as the individual possession of members but as a social practice. The praxeological sociology of knowledge proposed by Bohnsack (2017) is based, among others, on the work of Mannheim (e.g., 1980) and emphasizes the sociality and contextual embeddedness of knowledge. Knowledge is thus dependent on social experience and changeable. Central to Mannheim is the distinction between communicative and conjunctive knowledge. Communicative knowledge is reflexive, theoretical and can be expressed in words. Conjunctive knowledge recalls Polanyi’s (2016) concept of tacit knowledge and is considered atheoretical knowledge that cannot be communicated. In this context, Mannheim introduces the concept of the conjunctive space of experience, whose members share conjunctive knowledge and intuitive understanding, while outsiders can only interpret it. Individuals typically belong to multiple spaces of experience, which develop in different social contexts. In some works, organizations are understood as a single space of experience; however, Mensching and Vogd (2013) show, that organizations develop multiple experiential spaces. A suitable approach to establish a theoretical foundation in organizational theory is Luhmann’s systems theory, which conceptualizes organizations as social systems based on decision communication (Luhmann 1984; 2006). This perspective also emphasizes the autopoiesis of social systems, which reproduce themselves. For business organizations that are not funded by third parties, this implies that they must sell their own products and services to survive within the societal economic system (Kette 2018; 2023). Kühl (2020), building on Luhmann, identifies three sides of the organizations: informality, formality, and the organizational façade. The formal side consists of decided decision premises, encompassing rules and personnel decisions. The informal side consists of undecided decision premises, which influence organizational action but are not formally codified. The façade represents the organization’s external presentation, which is maintained by the organization to project a positive image. Against this conceptual background, my dissertation addresses the question of how knowledge is generated, used, and secured within a business organization. To answer this question, I interpret the data collected in the DFG-funded research project OLGEPRA (Organizational Learning and Memory Practices), in which I conducted participant observations, narrative interviews, and document analyses within an international-operating business organization. All data are analyzed using the documentary method (Bohnsack 2021), through which I reconstructed four types of organizational knowing that exhibit central differences in how knowledge is generated, applied, and secured. In addition, differences emerge in terms of orientation toward organizational learning, which can be distinguished as learning within and from the organization (Göhlich et al. 2016). While two of the reconstructed types focus on members’ learning within the organization, another type emphasizes organizational change, including its structures and practices (learning from the organization). The fourth type encompasses both learning within and from the organization. Following the typology, I conducted a referential interpretation (Mensching 2020), situating the four types of knowing within the organizational spaces of experience that extend between the three sides of the organization (informality, formality, and façade). In my paper, I aim to present the central findings of my research, demonstrating that organizations exhibit diverse knowledge practices that are situated in different experiential spaces. Furthermore, I aim to derive implications and discuss what these results mean for the international community of organizational education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In my study, I analyzed empirical data that I collected and interpreted as part of the research project OLGEPRA (Organizational Learning and Memory Practices, 2021–2025). The project was funded by the German Research Foundation (DFG) and was designed as a comparative study, examining organizational learning and memory practices in a business organization and an educational organization. The focus of my work was on the business organization, where I conducted participant observations, narrative interviews, and document analyses, which were subsequently interpreted using the documentary method. During the data collection, I observed and recorded 41 naturally occurring online meetings, with each meeting series observed at least twice. Following the observations, I conducted eleven narrative interviews with organizational members who had participated in the observed meetings. Nine interviews were conducted in person, while two had to be carried out digitally due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, I collected organizational documents during the observations and interviews and was later granted access to the organization’s internal wiki, which contains not only formal guidelines but also documentation of work processes and informal communications, for example, in comments. For the interpretation, I followed the documentary approach and first developed a meaning-genetic typology, through which I reconstructed four types of organizational knowing (Bohnsack 2021; Nohl 2013; 2017). Subsequently, I conducted a referential interpretation, a methodological step proposed by Mensching (2020) as a new interpretive extension for organizational research. Referential interpretation is grounded in systems theory and builds on Kühl’s (2020) distinction between three sides of the organization: informality, formality, and the organizational façade. Mensching (2020), however, adds the backstage as a fourth side, capturing how the organization’s external presentation via the façade feeds back into organizational practice. Between these four sides lie referential relations, which can be reconstructed and analyzed using the documentary method. This approach allows for the examination of how references are established between different sides of the organization, while also taking into account the mode of reference (e.g. explicit or implicit). Through the reconstruction of prioritized referential relations, I was first able to identify the conjunctive spaces of experience within the business organization under study and to demonstrate that organizations develop multiple experiential spaces. Furthermore, I was able to situate the previously reconstructed types of knowing within these organizational spaces of experience and show that specific knowledge practices are associated with particular organizational experiential spaces. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of my research indicate that the business organization under study does not exhibit a single form of organizational knowledge and knowing. Instead, multiple modes of organizational knowing exist, each characterized by distinct ways of generating, applying, and securing knowledge. I identified and abstracted these into four types of organizational knowing. This has implications for organizational education, as it shows that one cannot assume a uniform organizational knowledge or knowing. Any educational interventions aimed at engaging with organizational knowledge must first examine how organizational knowing is concretely structured and how potential measures can be aligned accordingly. The results also reveal that the organization contains multiple organizational spaces of experience. Rather than forming a single conjunctive space of experience, these spaces are differentiated within the organization. My analysis focused on how these distinct conjunctive spaces relate to organizational knowing. Nevertheless, it becomes evident that different positions within the organization constitute distinct experiential spaces and different forms of conjunctive knowing. This suggests that both the formal and informal structures of an organization shape the formation of organizational spaces of experience, and that membership in these spaces is context-dependent. For example, in my findings, the organizational knowing of a team leader is situated in a different experiential space than the organizational knowing evident in the team meetings in which that team leader participates. For the international community of organizational education, these findings highlight the importance of recognizing the multiplicity of experiential spaces within organizations. Interventions must therefore consider both formal and informal structures to be effectively tailored to the organization’s specific contexts and dynamics. Understanding the differentiated spaces allows interventions to engage with knowledge practices in a way that is sensitive to the organization’s internal complexities and the interplay between individual and organizational knowing and learning. References Bohnsack, Ralf (2021). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung. Einführung in qualitative Methoden. 10., durchgesehene Auflage. Opladen: Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838587851 Bohnsack, Ralf (2017). Praxeologische Wissenssoziologie. Opladen: Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838587080 Dick, Michael & Wehner, Theo (2018). Wissensmanagement. In: Felix Rauner & Philipp Grollmann (Hrsg.). Handbuch Berufsbildungsforschung (S. 870-878). 3. aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage. Bielefeld: wbv Media. Göhlich, Michael, Weber, Susanne Maria & Schröer, Andreas u.a. (2016). Forschungsmemorandum: Organisationspädagogik. In: Andreas Schröer, Michael Göhlich, Susanne Maria Weber & Henning Pätzold, (Hrsg.). Organisation und Theorie. Beiträge der Kommission Organisationspädagogik (S. 307-319). Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-10086-5_28 Kette, Sven (2023) Das Unternehmen als Organisation. Typische Strukturen und Probleme. In: Maja Apelt & Veronika Tacke (Hrsg.) Handbuch Organisationstypen. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-39559-9_1 Kette, Sven (2018). Unternehmen. Eine sehr kurze Einführung. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmeiden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-18074-4 Kühl, Stefan. (2020). Organisationen. Eine sehr kurze Einführung. 2. überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Wiesbaden: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-29832-6 Luhmann, Niklas (2006). Organisation und Entscheidung. 2. Aufl. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Luhmann, Niklas (1984). Soziale Systeme. Grundriß einer allgemeinen Theorie. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Mannheim, Karl (1980). Strukturen des Denkens. (Herausgegeben von David Kettler, Volker Meja & Nico Stehr). Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Mensching, Anja (2020). Die referenzierende Interpretation als Weiterentwicklung der dokumentarischen Methode zur Rekonstruktion des Verhältnisses von Kommunikativität und Konjunktivität in Organisationen. In: Steffen Amling, Alexander Geimer, Stefan Rundel & Sarah Thomsen, (Hrsg.). Jahrbuch Dokumentarische Methode. Heft 2-3/2020 (S. 279-295). Berlin: centrum für qualitative evaluations- und sozialforschung e.V. (ces). https://doi.org/10.21241/ssoar.70843 Mensching, Anja & Vogd, Werner (2013). Mit der dokumentarischen Methode im Gepäck auf der Suche nach dem Konjunktiven der Organisation. In: Peter Loos, Arnd-Michael Nohl, Aglaja Przyborski & Burkhard Schäffer (Hrsg.). Dokumentarische Methode. Grundlagen – Entwicklungen – Anwendungen (S. 320-336). Opladen: Barbara Budrich. Nohl, Arnd-Michael (2017). Interview und Dokumentarische Methode. Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis. 5., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-16080-7 Nohl, Arnd-Michael (2013). Relationale Typenbildung und Mehrebenenvergleich. Neue Wege der dokumentarischen Methode. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-01292-2 Polanyi, Michael (2016). Implizites Wissen. 2. Aufl., Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Structural Holes and Bridge Builders: Who Governs Knowledge Transfer in a Complex Educational Programme? 1: Universität Siegen, Germany; 2: Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:Across Europe, education systems are increasingly confronted with the challenge of addressing persistent socio-spatial inequalities under conditions of growing complexity, multi-level governance, and poly-crisis. Since summer 2024, Germany has been implementing one of the most comprehensive educational programmes in its educational history, aimed at supporting approximately 4,000 socio-disadvantaged schools. In contrast to earlier reform initiatives that predominantly focused on individual schools, the programme explicitly targets system-level change by addressing governance structures. It is premised on the assumption that sustainable change depends on coordinated capacity building across the education system, rather than on isolated, school-by-school interventions (Fullan, 2011; Bryk et al., 2015). We also know, informal relational networks often prove decisive for how rapidly and how sustainably reform processes take hold, diffuse, and stabilise within the system. Yet, despite clearly defined strategies and resource allocations, change initiatives are frequently introduced without systematically considering existing informal networks (Daly, 2011). The complexity of the programme is substantially rooted in the federal structure: whilst the federal government provides resources, the 16 federal states (Länder) are responsible for operational design and governance. This set-up exemplifies a broader European pattern of shared responsibilities in which coordination, knowledge production, and decision-making are spread across heterogeneous actors and organisational levels. To adress this multi-level governance, several states have established intermediaries (e.g., coordinating units) to coordinate ministries, schoolinspectorates, local education authorities, and schools. However, while data-led approaches for school development are widely documented at the school level, systematic system-level knowledge remain heavily output- and outcome-oriented and thus provide limited insight into the conditions and processes shaping policy enactment and system change (Gouëdard, 2021). From a perspective of organizational education, this absence is critical, as governance arrangements constitute arenas of organizational learning in which knowing and acting are relationally produced through interaction and shared practice rather than through linear transmission. When this organisational-educational lens is combined with an educational governance perspective, reform programmes can no longer be explained solely by formal responsibilities and decision-making structures but must be understood through the concrete arrangements of cooperation and coordination among actors across administrative levels. At the interface of organisational learning and governance research, Altrichter (2018) emphasises that these arrangements themselves constitute learning and action contexts: governance-related knowledge becomes effective not through direct implementation, but through processes of recontextualisation, coordination, and the gradual stabilisation of practices across administrative boundaries. The project presented here addresses this research gap by empirically examining, for the first time, state-specific actor constellations and their collaborative structures. Collaboration is widely discussed as a success factor for the transfer of educational innovations (Rode & Michelsen, 2012; Kolleck, 2014). We theorise influence not as a static attribute ofhierarchical position but because of relational network positions (Daly, 2011a; Daly & Finnigan, 2010). The central assumption is as follows: the capacity for organisational action and thedistribution of reform-relevant knowledge depend substantially on embeddedness in communication and information flows (Song & Miskel, 2005). Structural holes or ruptures in these networksexplain why reform impulses often reach the periphery (schools) only in fragmented form. Building on this perspective, the study addresses three guiding questions: (1) to what extent do formally attributed responsibilities align with empirically reconstructed network roles in terms of cooperation and information distribution; (2) who occupies relationally central positions in the mobilisation of knowledge, and where do structural holes become visible; and (3) what implications do these patterns have for the relational conditions of programme enactment at the interface of educational governance and organisation? This constitutes a first crucial step for subsequent research phases aimed at examining the concrete practices through which these governance arrangements are enacted and stabilised. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design uses quantitative social network analysis (SNA) to make visible the latent structures of programme implementation. This approach looks beyond the formal organisational chart and maps the reform’s social infrastructure through which coordination, information exchange, and influence are enacted (Wasserman & Faust, 2009). Data are collected through a standardised online survey of governance-level actors. The sample comprises representatives from ministries, state institutes, school inspectorates, coordination units, and municipal school authorities. To map the network comprehensively, we start from state-level actors and formal administrative structures as the initial sampling frame and then apply a snowball procedure in which respondents nominate additional relevant cooperation partners from other support systems. We elicit the network using ego-based name generators to identify cooperation and information exchange relations (Fischer, 1982; Burt, 1982). Combined with the snowball strategy, this ego-centred data collection serves the aim of reconstructing a complete (sociometric) governance network (Wasserman & Faust, 2009). Name interpreters capture relational characteristics such as contact frequency, enabling a differentiated analysis of tie strength. We calculate indegree and betweenness centrality to identify central bridge builders and examine structural holes and clique formation to locate empirically observable influence positions and brokerage roles (Freeman, 1979). To assess the broader configuration, we analyse cohesion and fragmentation by examining core–periphery structures (Borgatti & Everett, 2000), clique formation, and the distribution of structural holes (Burt, 1992). The overall project encompasses surveys in all 16 federal states and is designed longitudinally (T1: 2025/26, T2: 2029, T3: 2032), enabling us to track network evolution over the ten-year programme period. For this contribution, we draw on data from T1 and present findings from one selected federal state with a network size of approximately 380 actors. This case-based approach enables an in-depth analysis of one governance configuration before systematic cross-state comparisons in later phases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first wave of analysis (T1) reveals systematic discrepancies between formally attributed governance authority and empirically observable network positions within the analysed governance configuration. Although ministries, state institutes, and school inspectorates are formally positioned as central steering actors, their empirical centrality varies substantially across cooperation and targeted information-sharing networks: while some state-level actors occupy structurally prominent positions, others remain peripheral. Interestingly, actors without formal steering mandates, most notably foundations and scientific institutions, emerge as structurally influential, indicating a pronounced misalignment between formal governance responsibilities and empirically reconstructed network roles, demonstrating that influence is shaped less by formal mandates than by relational embeddedness. Regarding the mobilisation of knowledge, coordination and information flows are mediated by a limited number of actors occupying central brokerage positions across administrative levels and organisational domains. These positions are held not only by ministries and state institutes, but also by foundations and scientific institutions that function as relational intermediaries without formal governance authority. Newly established coordinating units display heterogeneous patterns, ranging from structurally central intermediaries to weakly embedded actors bypassed by informal coordination structures. The governance network exhibits pronounced asymmetries and structural gaps: municipal administrations and school authorities are often embedded in locally dense clusters with limited direct access to central information flows and therefore depend on a small number of intermediaries, such as coordinating units, foundations, or scientific institutions, to connect to state-level governance. By systematically relating contextual information, such as formal legal regulations governing coordination and responsibility, to the observed network structures, the analysis makes visible governance gaps not apparent from formal organisational charts alone. From an organisational learning perspective, these gaps can be understood as structurally constrained learning opportunities within the governance system, as network positions shape conditions under which organisations and administrative units align actions and adapt routines in response to reform demands. References Altrichter, H. (2018). Governance als Gegenstand der Organisationspädagogik. In M. Göhlich, A. Schröer, & S. M. Weber (Eds.), Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (pp. 443–454). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-07512-5_39 Borgatti, S. P., & Everett, M. G. (2000). Models of core/periphery structures. Social Networks, 21(4), 375–395. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0378-8733(99)00019-2 Bryk, A. S., Gomez, L. M., Grunow, A., & LeMahieu, P. G. (2015). Learning to improve: How America’s schools can get better at getting better. Harvard Education Press. Burt, R. S. (1984). Network items and the General Social Survey. Social Networks, 6(4), 293–339. https://doi.org/10.1016/0378-8733(84)90007-8 Burt, R. S. (1992). Structural holes: The social structure of competition. Harvard University Press. Daly, A. J., & Finnigan, K. S. (2010). A bridge between worlds: Understanding network structure to understand change strategy. Journal of Educational Change, 11(2), 111–138. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-009-9102-5 Daly, A. J. (2011). Social network theory and educational change. Harvard Education Press. Fischer, C. S. (1982). To dwell among friends: Personal networks in town and city. University of Chicago Press. Freeman, L. C. (1979). Centrality in social networks: Conceptual clarification. Social Networks, 1(3), 215–239. https://doi.org/10.1016/0378-8733(78)90021-7 Fullan, M. (2010). All systems go: The change imperative for whole system reform. Corwin Press. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452219554 Fullan, M. (2011). Choosing the wrong drivers for whole system reform (Seminar Series Paper No. 204). Centre for Strategic Education. https://michaelfullan.ca/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/13396088160.pdf Gouëdard, P. (2021). Developing indicators to support the implementation of education policies (OECD Education Working Papers No. 255). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/b9f04dd0-en Granovetter, M. S. (1973). The strength of weak ties. American Journal of Sociology, 78(6), 1360–1380. https://doi.org/10.1086/225469 Kolleck, N. (2014). Innovations through networks: Understanding the role of social relations for educational innovations. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 17(Suppl. 5), 47–64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-014-0547-9 Rode, H., & Michelsen, G. (2012). Der Beitrag der UN-Dekade 2005–2014 zu Verbreitung und Verankerung der Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. VAS Verlag. Song, M., & Miskel, C. G. (2005). Who are the influentials? A cross-state social network analysis of the reading policy domain. Educational Administration Quarterly, 41(1), 7–48. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X04269515 Wasserman, S., & Faust, K. (2009). Social network analysis: Methods and applications (18th ed.). Cambridge University Press. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 33 SES 05 A: ***CANCELLED*** Genders, Class and Nationalities in Higher Education Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Showunmi Victoria Paper Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Structural Pause Knowing and Acting in Queer Time Among Chinese Male SGM Students in UK Higher Education Lancaster University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This study examines how gendered subjectivities are produced and constrained within transnational higher education by focusing on mainland Chinese male sexual and gender minority (SGM) students in UK universities. While international study is frequently framed in policy and popular discourse as a route to mobility, self-development and personal freedom (Delanty, 2006; Waters, 2006), existing research has shown that such narratives often obscure the structural and cultural conditions that shape students’ lived experiences (Gu & Schweisfurth, 2015; Wang, 2022). In particular, the intersection of gender, sexuality, family obligation and state politics remains underexplored within studies of transnational education, especially in relation to students from mainland China. The central research problem addressed in this paper concerns the disrupted relationship between knowing and acting in gendered educational contexts. Although UK higher education institutions are often positioned as comparatively inclusive environments for sexual and gender minorities, participants’ accounts reveal that knowledge of institutional openness does not straightforwardly translate into sustained action, visibility or freedom in practice. Instead, students describe a suspended condition in which identity exploration is provisional and strategically managed. To conceptualise this condition, the paper advances the analytic concept of “structural pause”. Drawing on queer temporality and chrononormativity, the paper situates structural pause at the intersection of transnational education and gender politics. Queer time highlights non-linear life trajectories and deferral of normative milestones (Halberstam, 2005), while chrononormativity foregrounds how social order is maintained through normative timelines (Freeman, 2010). However, for mainland Chinese male SGM students, such frameworks are insufficient unless placed in dialogue with Chinese feminist and masculinity scholarship. Confucian kinship norms, filial piety and patrilineal reproduction continue to shape expectations of masculinity and future-making, while contemporary nationalist discourses, including anti-‘sissy’ and de-feminisation campaigns, reassert hegemonic masculine ideals (Louie, 2002; Song, 2004; Luo et al., 2022; Ning & Poon, 2021). These forces do not remain confined to the national context but extend across borders, structuring students’ educational trajectories and imagined futures even within European higher education settings.
The concept of structural pause therefore refers to a temporarily suspended state co-produced by institutional uncertainty (e.g. migration regimes, visa temporalities), cultural discipline and state gender politics (Sharma, 2014). It captures how students’ experiences are marked not by agentic delay, but by constrained waiting, selective disclosure and strategic concealment across sites such as universities, families and workplaces (Abes & Kasch, 2007; Garvey et al., 2018). In Berlin’s (1958) terms, the relative openness encountered in the UK often constitutes a form of “negative liberty” as a temporary absence of direct constraint, rather than durable “positive liberty” that enables sustained action.
Methodologically, the paper draws on semi-structured interviews with 14 mainland Chinese male SGM students who have studied in UK higher education. Analysis is conducted using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), situated within feminist and queer theoretical traditions. The researcher’s positionality as a queer Chinese woman educated in the UK is treated as part of the epistemic conditions of knowledge production, aligning with feminist and decolonial commitments to reflexivity and situated knowledge (Ahmed, 2006; Bao, 2021a; Zhu & Xiao, 2021).
By foregrounding structural pause, the paper demonstrates how gender and education research must grapple with the limits of linear assumptions linking knowledge to action. Rather than positioning transnational education as a site of inevitable emancipation, the analysis reveals how European higher education institutions are embedded within global circuits of gendered power. In doing so, the paper argues that education research “acts” not only through policy intervention, but through conceptual work that renders structural constraints visible, contestable and accountable within increasingly complex gendered environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on a qualitative research design to examine how mainland Chinese male sexual and gender minority (SGM) students negotiate identity, education and future-making within UK higher education. Qualitative methods are particularly appropriate for exploring lived experience, meaning-making and the relational production of constraint and agency in gendered and transnational contexts (Bhattacharya, 2017; Bryman, 2016). The empirical material is based on semi-structured interviews with 14 mainland Chinese male SGM students who have studied in UK higher education institutions. Participants were aged 18 or over and included undergraduate, Master’s and doctoral students, as well as recent graduates navigating transitional stages such as job seeking or further study. This variation enabled attention to how structural constraints and temporal pressures operate across different educational stages. Participants were recruited through a combination of snowball sampling and targeted outreach within LGBTQ+ online communities, an approach widely used in research with marginalised and hard-to-reach populations where trust, visibility and risk shape participation (Goodman, 1961; Noy, 2008; Naderifar et al., 2017). Interviews were conducted in Mandarin via Microsoft Teams to reduce linguistic barriers and enable participants to articulate complex experiences in their preferred language. An interview guide was developed around key themes, identity visibility, educational experience, family obligation, future imaginaries and transnational mobility, while allowing flexibility for participants to introduce issues of significance to them. Interviews typically exceeded one hour and were audio-recorded with consent, then transcribed verbatim. Data analysis followed a reflexive thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006), situated within feminist and queer theoretical traditions. Rather than treating analysis as the application of pre-given categories, themes were developed through iterative engagement with participants’ narratives and relevant theoretical concepts. This process enabled the development of the analytic concept of “structural pause”, capturing how waiting, uncertainty and constrained action are produced through the intersection of institutional arrangements, cultural norms and gender politics (Freeman, 2010; Sharma, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows that for mainland Chinese male sexual and gender minority (SGM) students, transnational higher education does not constitute a linear pathway from constraint to liberation. Instead, educational trajectories and identity practices are shaped by a condition conceptualised as “structural pause” a temporally suspended state produced through institutional uncertainty, cultural discipline and state gender politics. Although UK higher education is often perceived as inclusive, participants experience such openness as provisional rather than transformative. Empirically, engagement with UK higher education frequently produces short-lived forms of relative freedom resembling Berlin’s (1958) “negative liberty”, rather than conditions enabling sustained action or visibility. Familial obligations grounded in Confucian kinship norms, expectations of marriage and reproduction, and nationalist masculinity discourses, such as anti-‘sissy’ and de-feminisation narratives continue to shape future imaginaries across borders (Louie, 2002; Luo et al., 2022; Ning & Poon, 2021). Consequently, participants adopt strategies of selective disclosure and concealment across universities, families and workplaces (Abes & Kasch, 2007; Garvey et al., 2018). Conceptually, the findings indicate that dominant accounts of queer temporality require revision in transnational contexts where family ethics and state gender politics remain constitutive of subjectivity. By advancing the concept of structural pause, the paper extends work on queer time and chrononormativity to capture structurally imposed forms of waiting and deferral (Halberstam, 2005; Freeman, 2010; Sharma, 2014). In relation to knowing and acting in gendered educational contexts, the paper shows that the gap between knowledge and action is not reducible to insufficient institutional support, but reflects the conditions under which gendered knowledge is produced and lived within transnational education. Rather than assuming linear translation from evidence to change, the findings foreground the need to render structural constraints visible and contestable while remaining attentive to risk and uneven capacities for action. References Abes, E. S., & Kasch, D. (2007). Using queer theory to explore lesbian college students’ multiple dimensions of identity. Journal of College Student Development, 48(6), 619–636. https://doi.org/10.1353/csd.2007.0069 Ahmed, S. (2006). Queer phenomenology: Orientations, objects, others. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Bao, H. (2021a). ‘A cool kid’: Queer theory travels to China. Translation and Interpreting Studies, 16(2), 219–239. https://doi.org/10.1075/tis.19069.bao Berlin, I. (1958). Two concepts of liberty. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Bhattacharya, K. (2017). Fundamentals of Qualitative Research: A Practical Guide. New York, NY: Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford university press. Delanty, G. (2006). The cosmopolitan imagination: Critical cosmopolitanism and social theory. The British journal of sociology, 57(1), 25-47. Freeman, E. (2010). Time binds: Queer temporalities, queer histories. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Garvey, J. C., Mobley, S. D., Summerville, K. S., & Moore, G. T. (2018). Queer and trans* students of color: Navigating identity and disclosure in college. Journal of Student Affairs Research and Practice, 55(3), 295–307. https://doi.org/10.1080/19496591.2018.1474754 Gu, Q., & Schweisfurth, M. (2015). Transnational connections, competences and identities: Experiences of Chinese international students after their return “home.” British Educational Research Journal, 41(6), 947–970. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3189 Halberstam, J. (2005). In a queer time and place: Transgender bodies, subcultural lives. New York, NY: NYU Press. Louie, K. (2002). Theorising Chinese masculinity: Society and gender in China. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Luo, M., Tseng, H., & Ma, Y. (2022). Homosexual stories, family stories: Neo-Confucian homonormativity and storytelling in the Chinese gay community. The China Quarterly, 252, 1256–1276. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305741022000673 Naderifar, M., Goli, H., & Ghaljaie, F. (2017). Snowball sampling: A purposeful method of sampling in qualitative research. Strides in Development of Medical Education, 14(3). Ning, X., & Poon, M. K.-L. (2021). Mapping heteronormativity as state violence: The experience of gay men and lesbians in contemporary China and its implication for social work practice. China Journal of Social Work, 14(1), 59–73. https://doi.org/10.1080/17525098.2020.1870278 Sharma, S. (2014). In the meantime: Temporality and cultural politics. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Wang, Z. (2022). Chinese students at UK universities: Transnational education mobilities as a stepping‐stone to adulthood. Population, Space and Place, 28(7), e2571. Waters J. L. (2006). Geographies of cultural capital: Education, international migration and family strategies between Hong Kong and Canada. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 31(2), 179–192 Zhu, P., & Xiao, H. F. (2021). Feminisms with Chinese characteristics: An introduction. Feminisms with Chinese characteristics, 1-34. 33. Gender and Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** First-in-Family Girlhoods: Navigating Class, Gender and Belonging in Higher Education Adelaide University, Australia Presenting Author:Since the 1970s, there has been an explicit focus in higher education worldwide on widening participation among non-traditional students. While a focus on student equity is to be applauded, it is concerning that more recent iterations of a student equity discourse have tended to ignore gender, marginalising the experiences of women. This is due, in part, to the pervasive nature of neoliberalism both in education and society more broadly, which continues to downplay the importance of gender, class, ethnicity, disability, etc. If we consider the neoliberalisation of the female experience, it is important to acknowledge that girls have been positioned as the ‘success story’ of education worldwide, and that this is inherently problematic (Allen & Finn, 2024; Harris, 2004; Pomerantz & Raby, 2017; Ringrose, 2007). While there has been definite progress in terms of improving access and raising aspirations for young women, there has arguably been an overemphasis on female representation in traditionally male-dominated disciplines of study (e.g. STEM), with considerable funding directed at gender parity, which runs the risk of obscuring what education – and specifically post-compulsory education – has come to mean for women today. While great strides have been made in the equality of girls across the world, the pervasive narrative of girls’ educational success is certainly not inclusive of the experience of all girls. Given rapid social change in gender relations (e.g., #MeToo, equal pay), there is a pressing need to capture the diversity of working-class girls’ aspirations and their efforts to achieve social mobility. This presentation draws on data from the First-in-Family Girls Project, collected over a three-year period with 22 young women who were first in their immediate family to attempt university. The girls were recruited during their final year of secondary school and then interviewed 2-3 times a year over a three-year period. Interviews were open-ended in nature and focused on how the intersection between gender and social class interacted with higher education. Discussions with the girls led to an understanding of how this interaction impacted the construction of feminine learner identities in higher education. The data highlight how they experience the transition to higher education in varied, highly fragmented ways, with differing levels of confidence, sense of belonging, and familial and institutional support. In particular, the narratives of these young women highlight how they consistently contend with neoliberal and post-feminist tropes of feminine success as they seek to locate themselves within the social structure of higher education. The data is discussed thematically with a focus on four key themes: 1) the multi-generational classed and gendered narratives that impact girls’ aspirations for, and experiences of, higher education; 2) feelings of belonging in university spaces; 3) feminine learner identities and experiences of success; and 4) how FIF girls position themselves as subjects of value. By focusing on FIF girls and how they transition from secondary school into university, I pay close attention to the intersections of class and gender and how lived experiences with both contribute to how aspirations are produced and negotiated. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project examined the experiences of 22 FIF girls from diverse schooling sectors in Adelaide, Australia, as they moved from secondary school into their first year of university (McDonald 2021; Stahl & McDonald 2022). Participants were recruited through social media, in-school presentations and school leaders during their final year of secondary school. Data were collected through multiple one-on-one semi-structured interviews conducted in the first weeks after participants graduated from high school, and again three times during the first two years of university. During the interviews, participants were invited to discuss their relationships with both their schools and universities, with a focus on how they negotiated gender relations and learner identities within these contexts. The interviews were digitally recorded, transcribed and then coded using the NVivo computer-aided qualitative data analysis package. Thematic analysis took place through coding of the data as a way to ‘cluster’ data so that sections of answers to specific questions could be read and understood within the larger cohort. At the same time, reading the interviews as narratives became important for building an overall picture of participants' experiences, where a specific comment or experience was often better understood when read within the context of their previous interviews rather than analysed within the theme under which it had been coded. During the interviews and thematic analysis, the ways in which participants positioned university and social mobility as meaningful, classed, and gendered experiences became evident. Their experiences illustrate narratives that highlight the nuances of the successful yet at times precarious nature of their university transition. I work across theoretical insights pertaining to the study of gender (e.g. Butler, 1990; Paechter, 2007; Skeggs, 1997) and social mobility (Bourdieu, Reay, 2018) to understand how girls engage in differing and overlapping performances of femininities and to conceptualise the way social interactions constitute the shaping of classed and gendered subjectivities. By focusing on identity, gender, and class in relation to transitions to and from higher education, I bring to light the potential and limitations of the institutions that purport to welcome them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on how discourses of gender and class interact with higher education, and the way in which these interactions impact FIF girls’ construction of feminine identities as they transition into university, the conclusion will focus on four main contributions: 1) position the study within wider narratives of widening participation in terms of girls, aspirations and social mobility; 2) consider how neoliberal discourses of individualism and success impact on how girls construct learner identities at university; 3) propose practical strategies for supporting FIF girls at university, with a focus on broadening widening participation agendas to what happens to students during university rather than just the entry point; 4) to build an argument for a turn back to gender in widening participation agendas, particularly as neoliberal ideologies within higher education have consequences in terms of policy and also individual constructions of learner identities. References Allen, K., & Finn, K. (2024). # GirlBossing the university side hustle: Entrepreneurial femininities, postfeminism and the veneer of ‘female success’ in times of crisis. European Journal of Cultural Studies, 27(3), 333-351. Harris, A. (2004). Future girl: Young women in the twenty-first century. Routledge. Butler, J. (1990). Gender trouble. New York, NY: Routledge. McDonald, S. (2021). ‘She’s like,“you’re a uni student now”’: The influence of mother–daughter relationships on the constructions of learner identities of first-in-family girls. In R. Brooks & S. O’Shea (Eds.), Reimagining the higher education student (pp. 27–44). Routledge. McDonald, S., & Stahl, G. (2024). ‘Girls do this, guy do that’: How first-in-family students negotiate working-class gendered subjectivities during a time of social change. The Australian Educational Researcher, 51(3), 973-993. McDonald, S. & Stahl, G. (2025). First-in-Family students in Australian higher education: Investigating socioeconomic status as an exclusionary pressure. In E. J. Done (Ed.), Theorising Exclusionary Pressures in Education - Why Inclusion Becomes Exclusion (pp. 245-257). Palgrave Macmillan. Paechter, C. (2003). Masculinities and femininities as communities of practice. Women’s Studies International Forum, 26(1), 69–77. doi:10.1016/s0277-5395(02)00356-4 Pomerantz, S. & Raby, R. (2017). Smart girls: Success, school, and the myth of post-feminism. University of California Press. Reay, D. (2018). Working-class educational failure: Theoretical perspectives, discursive concerns, and methodological approaches. In A. Tarabini & N. Ingram (Eds.), Educational Choices, Transitions and Aspirations in Europe (pp. 15–31). Routledge. Renold, E. & Allan, A. (2006). Bright and beautiful: High achieving girls, ambivalent femininities, and the feminization of success in the primary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 27(4), 457–473. Ringrose, J. (2007). Successful girls? Complicating post‐feminist, neoliberal discourses of educational achievement and gender equality. Gender and Education, 19(4), 471–489. Skeggs, B. (1997). Formations of class and gender: Becoming respectable. London, England; Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Stahl, G. & McDonald, S. (2022). Gendering the First-in-Family Experience: Transitions, Liminality, Performativity. Routledge. Stahl, G., & McDonald, S. (2025). Investigating the role of gender, social class and curriculum in the First-in-Family Higher Education Experience. Educational Review, 77(1), 21-38. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 34 SES 05 A: Empirical insights from large scale assessment Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Johanna Ziemes Paper Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Learning Opportunities and Inequality over Time: Civic Knowledge, SES Gradients, and Classroom Discussion in ICCS 2009, 2016 and 2022 1: University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany; 2: TU Dortmund University, Germany Presenting Author:Across the past two decades, education systems have experienced markedly different phases in civic and political learning. Many countries saw improvements in civic knowledge from the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2009 to ICCS 2016, whereas declines were widespread from ICCS 2016 to ICCS 2022 (Schulz et al., 2010; Schulz et al., 2018; Schulz et al., 2023). Importantly, shifts in students’ performance do not necessarily translate into parallel changes in socioeconomic disparities, as gains may occur alongside stable or widening gaps, and broad declines may either exacerbate or dampen social differentiation. Most comparative work documents these developments primarily as outcome trends (changes in national means) and, particularly for 2016-2022, links them to macro-level conditions during the COVID-19 period (Kennedy et al., 2026). However, this leaves open a crucial set of questions: How does socioeconomic inequality in civic knowledge change across time , and what role do school-based learning opportunities play in shaping these distributional dynamics? This study combines an outcome perspective with a mechanism-oriented perspective by examining two consecutive periods: 2009-2016 (predominantly gains) and 2016-2022 (predominantly declines). The analysis focuses on (a) the relations between students’ socioeconomic status and their civic knowledge, (b) the association between learning opportunities in civic education - captured through open classroom climate (OPDISC) - and civic knowledge, and (c) whether OPDISC moderates socioeconomic inequalities (SES×OPDISC) in civic knowledge. An open classroom climate, in which controversial political issues are discussed in a balanced way and students are encouraged to express and justify their views, is long known as a central focal point of political socialization at school (e. g. Graf et al., 2024). Students practice argumentation, perspective-taking, and conversational skills, and experience the norms of reasoned disagreement. At the same time, an open classroom climate may be unevenly distributed across students and contexts, and its learning benefits may depend on students’ prior resources, making implications for inequality theoretically ambiguous (Campbell, 2008). Building on established frameworks in citizenship education research, we distinguish two inequality-relevant conditions (Deimel et al., 2020; Hoskins et al., 2017), compensation and acceleration. Compensatory effects occur when disadvantaged students benefit more strongly from a learning opportunity, implying that school partially offsets differences in civic learning resources at home. Acceleration effects occur when advantaged students benefit more, implying that learning opportunities contribute to the reproduction, or widening, of social disparities. Against this backdrop, inequality dynamics may differ systematically between an “upward” and a “downward” phase of civic learning. Crises may amplify inequalities, as system-wide disruptions could disproportionately harm disadvantaged students by reducing opportunities to learn at school. Under this view, a period of broad decline such as 2016–2022 in many systems would be expected to coincide with steeper SES gradients in civic knowledge. At the same time, an alternative mechanism is plausible. If disruptions are sufficiently pervasive, losses may occur across social groups, potentially limiting changes in the SES gradient because many students are affected simultaneously. By contrast, phases of stabilization or improvement may be more socially selective. Higher-SES students are often better positioned to utilize available learning opportunities and external resources (e.g., parental support), potentially translating into steeper SES gradients even when national mean performance improves or declines only modestly. Moreover, the role of an open classroom climate could be counter-cyclical. When overall learning conditions deteriorate, discussion-based opportunities may become relatively more important as an accessible classroom resource; when systems improve broadly through curricular and instructional strengthening, the marginal contribution of discussion to measured civic knowledge may diminish. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses ICCS student data from the ICCS 2009, ICCS 2016, and ICCS 2022 cycles. Civic knowledge is measured using the ICCS knowledge test. Socioeconomic status (SES) is operationalized with the ICCS national SES index, and open classroom climate is measured with the standardized ICCS scale capturing students' perceptions of openness in classroom discussions of civic and political issues (OPDISC, six items). All analyses are conducted at the student level using linear regression implemented in BIFIEsurvey (BIFIE et al., 2026), accounting for the complex sample design via weighting and jackknife replication, and incorporating plausible values to obtain appropriate standard errors under the ICCS assessment design. To enable meaningful interpretation within national contexts, SES and OPDISC are centered around country means. For each country and cycle, regression models estimate: (1) the main association of SES with civic knowledge, (2) the main association of OPDISC with civic knowledge, and (3) the SES×OPDISC interaction. Empirically, compensation and acceleration are captured by the interaction effects between students’ SES and their perception of an open classroom climate on their civic knowledge: negative coefficients indicate compensation (stronger OPDISC associations among lower-SES students), while positive coefficients indicate acceleration (stronger associations among higher-SES students). Change over time is assessed descriptively by computing country-level differences in coefficients between cycles (ΔSES, ΔOPDISC, Δ[SES×OPDISC]) for each period separately, 2009-2016 and 2016-2022. Because country participation differs across cycles, the two period analyses are treated as separate comparative samples rather than a single longitudinal panel. Country-level associations are exploratory and descriptive, focusing on direction and magnitude rather than causal attribution. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Civic knowledge increases are common from 2009 to 2016, whereas declines are widespread from 2016 to 2022. Across cycles, the main effects of SES and open classroom discussion (OPDISC) on civic knowledge are broadly stable. Higher SES and more frequent open discussion are consistently associated with higher civic knowledge in most participating countries, with only modest shifts in average effect sizes over time. Inequality dynamics nonetheless differ across periods. For 2009-2016, changes in SES are essentially unrelated to changes in national mean civic knowledge, indicating that mean improvements did not systematically coincide with widening or narrowing socioeconomic disparities in civic knowledge. In the same period, there is a small tendency for larger civic-knowledge gains to coincide with a weakening (or smaller strengthening) of the OPDISC-knowledge association, suggesting that periods of overall within-country improvements may be driven more by system-wide instructional and curricular strengthening, reducing the marginal contribution of discussion-based learning opportunities to measured civic knowledge. Changes in the SES×OPDISC interaction show no systematic relationship with mean change. For 2016-2022, cross-national patterns do not support a simple “crisis amplifies inequality” expectation. Instead, changes in the SES gradient are moderately related to changes in national mean knowledge. Increases in SES-related disparities tend to be more pronounced where knowledge losses are comparatively limited, whereas countries with larger declines often show smaller changes (or reductions) in the socioeconomic gradient. With respect to OPDISC, countries experiencing stronger declines show a similarly small tendency toward a strengthening (or smaller weakening) of the OPDISC-knowledge association, indicating that open classroom discussion may gain relative importance as a learning opportunity in contexts of broader disruption. However, there is no systematic cross-national relationship between mean changes and shifts in the SES×OPDISC interaction, implying no uniform shift toward either more compensatory or more accelerating patterns over time. References BIFIE, Robitzsch, A. & Oberwimmer, K. (2026). BIFIEsurvey: Tools for survey statistics in educational assessment.: R package version 3.8.0. https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=BIFIEsurvey Campbell, D. E. (2008). Voice in the Classroom: How an Open Classroom Climate Fosters Political Engagement Among Adolescents. Political Behavior, 30(4), 437–454. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11109-008-9063-z Deimel, D., Hoskins, B. & Abs, H. J. (2020). How Do Schools Affect Inequalities in Political Participation: Compensation of Social Disadvantage or Provision of Differential Access? Educational Psychology, 40(2), 146–166. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2019.1645305 Graf, E., Stempfer, L., Muis, K. R. & Goetz, T. (2024). Classroom emotions in civic education: A multilevel approach to antecedents and effects. Learning and Instruction, 90, 101869. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2023.101869 Hoskins, B., Janmaat, J. G. & Melis, G. (2017). Tackling inequalities in political socialisation: A systematic analysis of access to and mitigation effects of learning citizenship at school. Social Science Research, 68, 88–101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssresearch.2017.09.001 Kennedy, A. I., Mejía-Rodríguez, A. M. & Strietholt, R. (2026). Civic Education Outcomes After Emergency Lockdowns: International Evidence from the COVID-19 Pandemic. Learning and Instruction, 101, 102243. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2025.102243 Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Kerr, D. & Losito, B. (2010). ICCS 2009 International Report: Civic knowledge, attitudes, and engagement among lower-secondary students in 38 countries. IEA. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G. & Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming Citizens in a Changing World. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-73963-2 Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., Ainley, J. & Friedman, T. (2023). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge: IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. IEA. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Mapping the Gap: A Pedagogical Continuum Framework for Analysing Policy-Practice Alignment in Civic Education Using ICCS 2022 University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This research explores a significant area in comparative civic and citizenship education by examining how national curriculum policies are translated into teaching practices. The study addresses the often-overlooked transition between policy intentions and pedagogical enactment across diverse education systems. To facilitate this analysis, the research utilises a Pedagogical Continuum Framework that conceptualises teaching as a dynamic range of instructional modes. This framework identifies a progression from Transmissive modes focused on knowledge acquisition to Guided modes involving critical deliberation and ultimately to Participatory modes centred on social action. By applying this theoretical lens to data from 24 countries, the study moves beyond fragmented views of teaching methods and provides a coherent system for diagnosing implementation gaps. This paper discusses how a Pedagogical Continuum Framework perspective can help comparative researchers and policy makers diagnose policy-practice misalignment beyond single-method classifications. The primary objective is to evaluate the extent to which official curriculum goals are reflected in the practical experiences of students and teachers, thereby offering a more nuanced understanding of how civic education policies are realised in global contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach for this study relies on a quantitative comparative analysis using the comprehensive database from the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2022. The research integrates multiple data sources, including National Context Surveys along with teacher, student, and school questionnaires, to ensure a robust multi-level perspective on both policy and practice. A central component of the methodology is the construction of a consistency metric designed to operationalise the directional synchronisation between 17 specific curriculum objectives and their corresponding enacted teaching scales. To ensure comparability across diverse education systems, the study employs a standardised alignment technique to establish benchmarks derived from the international distribution. Each curriculum objective and practice indicator was systematically classified into the Pedagogical Continuum Framework modes to allow for a cross-system diagnosis of implementation fidelity. This replicable methodological framework enables a systematic mapping of how intended policy mandates are transformed into varying intensities of classroom activities across participating countries, providing a reliable tool for large-scale curricular analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this research indicate a systemic disconnect between curriculum intentions and classroom enactment, characterised by a distinct implementation gradient. The study demonstrates that while policy and practice are relatively well-aligned for objectives focused on basic civic knowledge, the degree of consistency decreases as the complexity of the pedagogical goals increases. This disconnect is most evident in objectives requiring active student participation and social engagement, where the translation from policy to practice appears to be significantly constrained. These results suggest that high-level Participatory modes face substantial structural barriers, such as instructional time limitations and institutional frameworks that prioritise measurable knowledge over active skills. Such findings provide critical insights for curriculum reform, highlighting why Participatory modes often remain rhetorical rather than operational. Additionally, the study emphasises that the capacity for policy translation varies considerably between countries, suggesting that national contexts and teacher agency play critical roles in how curriculum mandates are filtered. Ultimately, the research validates the utility of the Pedagogical Continuum Framework for deconstructing the complexities of policy enactment and provides a foundation for future international dialogues on improving the alignment of civic education goals. References Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Latimer, C., & Hempson, K. M. (2012). Using deliberation in the classroom: A teaching pedagogy to enhance student knowledge, opinion formation, and civic engagement. Journal of Political Science Education, 8(4), 372-388. Sandoval-Hernández, A., Isac, M. M., & Miranda, D. (2018). Teaching tolerance in a globalized world. Springer Nature. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., & Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming citizens in a changing world: IEA international civic and citizenship education study 2016 international report. Springer Nature. Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA international civic and citizenship education study 2022 assessment framework. Springer Nature. Spillane, J. P., Reiser, B. J., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy implementation and cognition: Reframing and refocusing implementation research. Review of Educational Research, 72(3), 387–431 |
| 12:00 - 13:30 | ECER Break E Paper Session |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 01 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Between Development and Control: Teachers’ Experiences of Lesson Observation in a Digitally Mediated Environment Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Lesson observation is widely recognised in European and international educational policy as a key mechanism for supporting teachers’ professional learning and improving instructional quality. At the same time, research has increasingly highlighted the tensions that arise when observation practices are embedded within accountability-oriented systems. These tensions are particularly visible in contexts where observation data are digitally recorded and made accessible to school leadership, potentially reshaping the purposes and meanings of feedback. This study explores how lesson observation is enacted in a school context where both formative peer observation and summative evaluative observation coexist within a shared digital platform. While policy discourse frames observation as a tool for professional learning, teachers’ lived experiences often reflect competing expectations related to evaluation, documentation, and institutional control. Understanding how these tensions are negotiated in practice is essential for designing observation systems that genuinely support professional development. Research Questions The study is guided by the following research questions:
Theoretical Framework The study is informed by three interrelated theoretical perspectives. First, it draws on research on formative and summative assessment, which distinguishes between assessment practices aimed at supporting learning and those serving accountability and judgement purposes. When these functions overlap, tensions often emerge that affect professional trust and engagement. Second, the study is grounded in the concept of feedback literacy, understood as the capacity to provide, interpret, and use feedback productively for learning. While feedback literacy has been widely studied in relation to students, this research extends the concept to teachers and school leaders as professional learners engaged in observation-based development. Third, the study engages with literature on digital mediation and performativity in education, which conceptualises digital platforms as active agents shaping professional practice. From this perspective, visibility, traceability, and permanence of digital records influence how professionals act, communicate, and construct meaning in institutional settings. Together, these perspectives allow the study to conceptualise lesson observation as a socially situated, digitally mediated practice shaped by institutional expectations, professional norms, and power relations. By adopting this lens, the study contributes to international debates on how professional learning is enacted in accountability-driven and increasingly digitalised educational systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative case study design, enabling in-depth exploration of lesson observation practices within their real-life institutional context. The research was conducted in a secondary school where both peer observation and formal evaluative observation are implemented through a shared digital platform. Data Sources Three complementary data sources were used: Documentary data – written feedback from lesson observations recorded on the digital platform, including both peer observation and formal observation records. Semi-structured interviews – conducted with teachers, school leaders, expert teachers, and professional development trainers to explore perceptions, experiences, and meanings attached to observation practices. Questionnaire data – collected from 37 teachers to identify broader patterns related to perceptions of observation purpose, feedback practices, digital visibility, workload, and professional learning. Data Analysis Data were analysed using thematic analysis, combining deductive and inductive coding. An initial coding framework was developed based on the study’s theoretical foundations (formative/summative assessment, feedback literacy, digital mediation) and was refined through iterative engagement with the data. Documentary data were analysed to identify patterns in feedback purpose, language, and level of specificity. Interview transcripts were coded to capture perceptions of observation, experiences of digital visibility, and professional meaning-making. Questionnaire data were analysed descriptively to identify trends and triangulate qualitative findings. Ethical Considerations Participation was voluntary and all data were anonymised. Participants were informed that the study was conducted for research purposes only and that their responses would not be used for evaluation or appraisal. Special attention was given to the ethical implications of researching observation practices within a hierarchical institutional context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a consistent tension between the developmental intentions of lesson observation and its enactment within an accountability-oriented system. First, while peer observation was largely perceived as supportive and professionally meaningful, formal observation was predominantly associated with evaluation and compliance. Survey and interview data demonstrate that teachers experience observation as serving a dual function, with accountability often overshadowing learning-oriented aims. Second, digital visibility emerged as a central shaping factor. The knowledge that observation feedback is accessible to school leadership influenced how observers formulated comments, leading to cautious language, self-censorship, and standardised expressions. This effect was evident across both observation types, though more pronounced in formal observation. Third, the study identified feedback literacy as a key mediating factor. Variations in feedback quality were linked not to teachers’ motivation but to uneven capacity to articulate pedagogically meaningful and actionable feedback. Many participants reported limited training in feedback practices, which contributed to reliance on generic or template-based formulations. Fourth, workload and the mandated number of observations were found to promote formalisation. Teachers frequently described observation as a procedural requirement rather than a reflective learning opportunity, particularly when time constraints were high. Overall, the findings suggest that lesson observation operates as a socially and digitally mediated practice, where professional learning is shaped by institutional conditions, digital infrastructure, and levels of feedback expertise. References Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2) Kelchtermans, G. (2004). CPD for professional renewal: Moving beyond knowledge for practice. Educational Studies, 30(3). Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1). Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor-Network Theory in Education. Routledge. Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital: Transforming Teaching in Every School. Teachers College Press. Hargreaves, A., & O’Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative professionalism. Corwin. Carless, D., & Winstone, N. (2020). Teacher feedback literacy and its interplay with student feedback literacy. Teaching in Higher Education, 25(8). O’Leary, M. (2020). Classroom observation: A guide to the effective observation of teaching and learning. Routledge. Selwyn, N. (2021). Education and technology: Key issues and debates (3rd ed.). Bloomsbury. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Japanese Teachers' Challenges in Introducing Strategies for Student Engagement: Insights from Group Discussions The University of Tokyo, Japan Presenting Author:Enhancing student engagement is widely acknowledged as essential for academic success and lifelong learning. Empirical evidence demonstrates that student engagement is associated with academic achievement (Fredricks et al., 2004), fosters positive youth development, and contributes to long-term outcomes such as career success (Christenson et al., 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research objectives, the author facilitated a series of workshops to gather qualitative data through discussion. A total of six workshops were conducted between March and November 2025, with each session comprising five to eight participants. The total sample (N = 36) included eight primary school, eight junior high school, and 20 senior high school teachers in Japan. Participants were recruited through mailing lists and websites dedicated to teacher-oriented events, and screening through a professional survey agency. Additionally, one workshop was integrated into a local teacher training program, with participants recruited via the program host. During the workshops, a resource detailing 14 strategies for class design and management to enhance student engagement, developed from a prior review by the author (Nakazawa, 2023), was distributed. The 14 strategies are organized into three parts: Part 1, “designing learning materials and activities,” including two strategies; Part 2, “communication between teacher and students,” including five strategies; and Part 3, “supporting students and learning activities,” including seven strategies. This resource also provided some tasks for teachers to work on pre- and post-class to support teacher professional development. The procedure included an orientation on student engagement, followed by a reflective task in which participants applied the 14 strategies to their recent teaching practices. Finally, participants engaged in group dialogues to share their practices, including their practical ingenuities, challenges, and concerns. There were 14 groups across a series of workshops, and participants were divided into pairs or trios. The average discussion time per group was 65 minutes. The group discussions were audio-recorded and transcribed for qualitative analysis using NVivo software. The analysis followed a two-step hybrid approach of deductive and inductive coding: 1. Deductive coding: First, segments of the transcripts where participants discussed difficulties or concerns were identified as “challenges”. These extracts were then deductively mapped to the 14 strategic categories to identify which strategies posed the most significant hurdles for participants. In cases where a single statement corresponded to multiple strategies, it was coded into each relevant category. 2. Inductive coding: Second, an inductive thematic analysis was performed within each of the 14 categories. The identified challenges were further categorized by content, leading to the emergence of nuanced sub-themes. This study received ethical approval from the Ethics Review Committee of the College of Arts and Sciences, The University of Tokyo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For RQ1, the analysis identified “Designing tasks aligned with students’ abilities “(25 segments) as the most challenging strategy, followed by “Stimulating students’ interest” (15 segments). For RQ2, the inductive analysis of "Designing tasks aligned with students' abilities" identified five distinct categories of difficulty; the practical burden of preparing differentiated materials for varying ability levels (10 segments); determining the "appropriate level" for a diverse cohort (seven segments); instructional support specifically for low-achieving students (six segments); accurately assessing student levels based on classroom behavior (one segment); organizational constraints within the school that impedes flexible instruction (one segment). Furthermore, for the strategy "Stimulating students' interest," three primary themes emerged: aligning instruction with diverse student interests (six segments); managing negative student reactions (seven segments); and subject-specific hurdles to eliciting interest (two segments). These findings indicate that teachers experience difficulty tailoring instruction to students’ individual situations. Although teachers recognize the value of preparing differentiated materials, the data suggest that the associated workload creates a significant hurdle. For example, one teacher said that “When we conduct the mathematics class based on student proficiency levels, we need to prepare some learning materials. That is, we should design, print out, and stock them. I perceive it as a burden, don’t you?” Ministry of Education in Japan promotes the “personalized and self-regulated learning and collaborative learning (MEXT 2023).” Although this study aimed to reveal the challenges of introducing the strategies into classroom practices, as a result, this study highlights the challenges of implementing “personalized and self-regulated learning and collaborative learning” in Japanese schools. The challenges identified in this study can contribute to teacher professional development. For example, these challenges can serve as learning resources for teachers, who can discuss how to overcome them. References Christenson, S. L., Reschly, A. L., & Wylie, C. (Eds.). (2012). Handbook of research on student engagement. Springer US. Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., & Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74(1), 59–109. Korthagen, F. A. J. (2008). The gap between research and practice revisited. Educational Research and Evaluation, 13(3), 303–310. Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology. (2023). The fourth basic plan for the promotion of education (Provisional translation). https://www.mext.go.jp/en/policy/education/lawandplan/20240311-ope_dev03-1.pdf Nakazawa, A. (2023). Development of learning materials for teachers to improve student engagement in the classroom [Paper presentation]. The 43rd Annual Conference of Japan Society for Educational Technology, pp. 289–290 (in Japanese). Reeve, J., Ryan, R., Deci, E. L., & Jang, H. (2008). Understanding and promoting autonomous self-regulation: A self-determination theory perspective. In D. H. Schunk & B. J. Zimmerman (Eds.), Motivation and self-regulated learning: Theory, research, and applications (pp. 223–244). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Shernoff, D. J. (2012). Engagement and positive youth development: Creating optimal learning environments. In K. R. Harris, S. Graham, T. Urdan, S. Graham, J. M. Royer, & M. Zeidner. (Eds.), APA educational psychology handbook, Vol. 2: Individual differences and cultural and contextual factors (pp. 195–220). American Psychological Association. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster "Integrating Podcasting into Primary English Education: A Lesson Study Approach" International steppe school of Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Topic: Integrating Podcasting into Primary English Education: A Lesson Study Approach. Research Question: How does integrating podcasting into primary English lessons, using a Lesson Study approach, help Grade 3 students improve their speaking skills, pronunciation, confidence, motivation, and digital competence? Objective The main objective of this study is to explore how podcasting can be effectively integrated into primary English education through a Lesson Study approach. (EAL, English as an additional language) The study aims to:
Theoretical Framework This study is based on four key educational approaches. It applies Lesson Study, where English and ICT teachers collaboratively planned, observed, and reflected on podcast-based lessons to improve students’ speaking skills. The study also draws on CLIL, integrating English with ICT so students used language meaningfully while working with digital tools. In addition, principles of communicative language teaching guided the use of podcast tasks focused on real communication and learner confidence. Finally, the study incorporates digital learning and 21st-century skills, using AI voice tools and podcast creation to support pronunciation, creativity, and digital competence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was carried out with Grade 3 students during their regular English and ICT lessons. The research was done in real classroom conditions. English and ICT teachers worked together: they planned lessons, watched how students worked in class, and discussed the results after the lessons. English learning was combined with ICT activities. Students used English while working with digital tools and creating podcasts. This helped them practice the language in a natural and meaningful way. During the lessons, students created short podcasts. They worked alone, in pairs, and in small groups. They asked and answered questions, practiced short dialogues, and recorded their speech. AI voice tools were used to help students hear correct pronunciation and intonation and correct their mistakes. Teachers also worked together using the Lesson Study approach. After each lesson, they talked about how students participated, how their speaking skills developed, and what could be improved. To collect information, teachers observed students in class, listened to and watched students’ podcast recordings, wrote short reflection notes, and talked with students about their learning experience. This approach helped the teachers understand how podcasting and AI voice tools influenced students’ speaking skills, motivation, and use of digital technologies in real classroom lessons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions and Expected Outcomes This study showed that using podcasts together with AI voice technology worked well in primary English lessons and had a positive effect on students’ learning. First of all, students became more confident in speaking English. When they prepared dialogues, practiced recordings, and shared their podcasts with classmates, they were less afraid of making mistakes. They started to speak more freely and were more willing to express their ideas. Another important result was better pronunciation and intonation. AI voice tools helped students hear how words and sentences should sound. Instant feedback allowed them to notice their mistakes and correct them. Over time, their speech became clearer and more expressive. Podcast activities also increased students’ interest and motivation. Children enjoyed creating podcasts because they could see and hear the final result of their work. Adding music, pictures, and effects made the lessons more interesting and helped students be creative. In addition, students improved their digital skills. During ICT lessons, they learned how to record videos, edit them, and use digital tools in a simple and safe way. These skills are important for modern education and everyday life. From the teachers’ point of view, the Lesson Study approach was also useful. Working together helped English and ICT teachers plan better lessons, observe students’ progress, and reflect on what worked well and what could be improved. Overall, this study shows that podcasting with AI voice support is a simple, effective, and flexible way to develop speaking skills in primary English education. This approach can be used in different schools and learning contexts and supports modern educational goals such as communication, digital skills, and collaboration. References Coyle, D., Hood, P., & Marsh, D. (2010). CLIL: Content and language integrated learning. Cambridge University Press. Lewis, C. (2002). Lesson study: A handbook of teacher-led instructional change. Research for Better Schools. Stanley, G. (2013). Language learning with technology: Ideas for integrating technology in the classroom. Cambridge University Press. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster How Does Lesson Observation Contribute to the Improvement of Teachers’ Methodological Approaches? Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Research Question: How does the implementation of unified lesson observation criteria and a digital observation platform affect the quality of methodological decision-making, the formation of feedback, and teachers’ professional reflection? The aim of this study is to analyse the effectiveness of lesson observation based on unified criteria as a tool for the development of teachers’ methodological approaches, as well as to determine how the digitalisation of observation practices helps overcome the limitations of traditional paper-based observation tools. This study examines how lesson observation grounded in unified criteria contributes to the improvement of teachers’ methodological approaches in the context of the transition from paper-based observation instruments to a unified digital lesson observation platform at NIS Aktau. The relevance of the study is driven by the need to reconceptualise lesson observation not as a formal control procedure, but as a mechanism for guided professional development and for improving teaching quality. Contemporary research demonstrates that lesson observation leads to sustainable changes in teaching practice only when it is embedded within a structured, criteria-oriented system and accompanied by analytical formative feedback (Darling-Hammond et al., 2020; OECD, 2021; van der Lans et al., 2022). Recent studies also emphasise the role of digital observation platforms in enhancing transparency, reliability, and teacher engagement in reflective practice through data aggregation and longitudinal analysis (DeLuca et al., 2023; Santiago et al., 2024). An analysis of previously used paper-based lesson observation forms revealed that these tools were predominantly descriptive in nature. Despite the inclusion of key components of pedagogical practice -such as lesson objectives, student engagement, ICT use, and formative assessment - observations were recorded without level-based scales or quantitative interpretation. Statements such as “students are engaged” or “lesson objectives were achieved” were not supported by evidence, degrees of attainment, or references to observable teaching actions. Similar limitations of descriptive observation tools are highlighted in contemporary studies on teacher evaluation systems (OECD, 2021; DeLuca et al., 2023). The transition to a unified digital lesson observation platform within the NIS Programme fundamentally transformed the function of observation. The modern criteria-based analytical observation tool incorporates a clearly structured system of criteria and a four-level rating scale (0–3), ensuring measurability and comparability of teaching quality. For example, student engagement is operationalised through participation rates (100%, >80%, >50%, <50%), while formative assessment is analysed in terms of the quality and developmental orientation of feedback rather than merely its presence. The introduction of an overall score established a measurable link between lesson quality and teachers’ professional accountability, including the use of observation results in certification procedures. Thus, lesson observation has evolved from an episodic control mechanism into an element of a systematic analytical and reflective professional practice. The study is grounded in the Action Research model, within which professional development is conceptualised as a cyclical process of planning, action, observation, and reflection within an authentic educational context (Kemmis et al., 2014). The theoretical foundation draws on concepts of teacher professional learning that emphasise reflection, feedback, and data-informed decision-making as key drivers of sustainable instructional change (Schön, 1983; Timperley, 2007). Contemporary empirical research confirms that structured, criteria-oriented observation combined with formative feedback leads to measurable improvements in teaching quality and teachers’ professional growth (Hattie, 2012; Kraft et al., 2018; van der Lans et al., 2022). Recent studies further highlight the role of digital platforms in enhancing the validity, reliability, and developmental potential of lesson observation (OECD, 2021; DeLuca et al., 2023; Santiago et al., 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative Action Research design, which aligns with the objective of examining changes in professional practice within a real educational context. Heads of methodological units simultaneously assumed the roles of observers, analysts, and facilitators of professional reflection, ensuring a close connection between observation data and subsequent methodological decisions. This collaborative, inquiry-based approach is consistent with contemporary recommendations for effective teacher professional development (Darling-Hammond et al., 2020; OECD, 2021). Participants The study involved 18 teachers of Kazakh and Russian languages at NIS Aktau, representing diverse levels of teaching experience, from novice teachers to those with well-established professional practice. Research Methods The primary method was the observation of 50 lessons using the NIS-Programme digital observation platform. For comparative purposes, archival data from paper-based lesson observations were analysed, enabling the identification of changes in the nature of feedback, depth of analysis, and quality of methodological conclusions. A comparative analysis of observation instruments was conducted, focusing on the structure of criteria, the presence of rating scales, the analytical coherence of comments, and data aggregation capabilities. Particular attention was paid to the operationalisation of such criteria as lesson objectives, student engagement, and formative assessment, which are identified in contemporary research as key indicators of teaching quality and teacher professional learning (van der Lans et al., 2022; DeLuca et al., 2023). Reflective professional discussions following observations were analysed as the primary mechanism for translating analytical data into conscious methodological change. Teachers used observation results to adjust lesson planning, select assessment strategies, and reconsider their pedagogical roles, which is consistent with research on professional learning communities and collaborative reflection (Vescio et al., 2008; Santiago et al., 2024). Data analysis was conducted using thematic analysis, with a focus on dynamic changes in teachers’ professional reflection and methodological decision-making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that paper-based lesson observation instruments did not promote sustainable professional growth among teachers, as they failed to create conditions for analytical reflection and systematic understanding of pedagogical practice. Their use led to the formalisation of observation and a reduction in its developmental potential. In contrast, lesson observation based on unified criteria and implemented through the NIS digital platform had a significant impact on teachers’ methodological approaches. A shift was observed from descriptive and intuitive reflection to evidence-based reflection, in which teachers analysed their actions through the lens of quality criteria and their impact on student learning outcomes. The scoring system strengthened teachers’ professional accountability and supported more deliberate methodological decision-making, particularly in the context of using observation results in certification procedures. Observation criteria began to function not only as an external evaluation tool but also as a foundation for self-assessment, lesson planning, and professional development. Thus, lesson observation with unified criteria enhances teachers’ methodological approaches not in isolation, but through a digital analytical environment that ensures measurability, transparency, and systematic professional reflection. References 1.Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2020). Effective teacher professional development. Learning Policy Institute. 2.Danielson, C. (2013). The framework for teaching: Evaluation instrument. ASCD. 3.DeLuca, C., Chapman-Chin, A., Lapointe-McEwan, D., & Klinger, D. A. (2023). Teacher assessment literacy and professional learning: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103846. 4.Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers. Routledge. 5.Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner. Springer. 6.Kraft, M. A., Blazar, D., & Hogan, D. (2018). The effect of teacher coaching on instruction and achievement. Review of Educational Research, 88(4), 547–588. 7.OECD. (2021). Teachers and school leaders as valued professionals. OECD Publishing. 8.Santiago, P., Nusche, D., & Stoll, L. (2024). Teacher evaluation and professional growth in digital environments. OECD Publishing. 9.Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner. Basic Books. 10.Timperley, H. (2007). Teacher professional learning and development. OECD. 11.van der Lans, R. M., van de Grift, W. J. C. M., & van Veen, K. (2022). Developing an observation instrument to assess teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 103655. 12.Vescio, V., Ross, D., & Adams, A. (2008). A review of research on the impact of professional learning communities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(1), 80–91. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster The Influence of Active Learning Methods in the Lesson Study Process on the Pedagogical Practice of Young Teachers Almaty-Medeu NIS, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study investigates the influence of active learning methods embedded within the Lesson Study (LS) framework on the pedagogical practice of early-career teachers and on students’ reasoning, communication, and language engagement in secondary education. The research addresses persistent challenges widely identified in the literature, including student passivity, uneven participation, limited argumentation, and language barriers in both monolingual and multilingual classrooms (Alexander, 2008; Gillies, 2016; Hattie, 2009). At the same time, it responds to the need for sustainable, practice-based models of teacher professional development, as highlighted in Lesson Study research (Lewis, 2002; Stigler & Hiebert, 2009). The study was conducted through a series of interdisciplinary LS cycles involving early-career teachers of mathematics, chemistry, geography, biology, English, and social sciences. The research design integrates three interconnected components: (1) classroom-based lesson research, (2) methodological experimentation with active learning strategies, and (3) subject-specific and interdisciplinary inquiry. This design enabled systematic analysis of how pedagogical decisions evolve through collaborative planning, observation, and reflection, and how these changes shape student learning processes. Instructional interventions were implemented across multiple grade levels. In Grade 11 mathematics, the study explored the integration of worked-example-based and inquiry-based approaches to support students’ justification and comparison of solution strategies. In Grade 9, structured group work, “Think–Pair–Share,” and time-regulated discussion formats were used to enhance communicative engagement. In subjects taught in a second language (e.g., history and geography), structured “round/robin” interaction formats were introduced to reduce linguistic barriers and ensure balanced participation. In Grade 8, interdisciplinary eco-context inquiry tasks supported the development of argumentation through problem-based and formative assessment approaches. Students were grouped into achievement levels (A, B, C), allowing analysis of differentiated learning trajectories and the inclusiveness of instructional strategies. Data sources included classroom observations, students’ written work, audio-recorded discussions, diagnostic and formative assessments, and teachers’ reflective journals. A thematic analysis approach, supported by triangulation across data sources, was used to identify patterns in teaching practice and student engagement. The findings indicate that the integration of active learning strategies within LS contributes to more intentional lesson design, increased use of scaffolding, and greater attention to student interaction. At the student level, structured collaboration supported increased participation and use of academic language, particularly among B- and C-level learners, while A-level students often assumed leadership roles. Time-managed and structured discussion formats were particularly effective in promoting equitable participation in multilingual classrooms. However, the results were not uniformly positive. In several cases, lower-achieving students remained dependent on stronger peers, and improvements in the quality of reasoning were uneven. The effectiveness of active learning strategies was influenced by contextual factors, including teachers’ experience, time constraints, and classroom composition. While structured interaction reduced participation gaps, language-related challenges persisted, especially in second-language contexts. These findings highlight the need for sustained scaffolding and careful adaptation of instructional strategies. Overall, the study demonstrates the potential of Lesson Study as a collaborative and reflective professional learning framework that supports the integration of active learning in diverse classroom contexts. At the same time, it emphasises that the impact of such approaches depends on contextual conditions and cannot be assumed as universally transferable. The study contributes to ongoing European discussions on inclusive pedagogy, teacher professional development, and the design of learning environments that support reasoning, communication, and equitable participation across diverse student populations. Furthermore, the study suggests that the sustainability of pedagogical change depends on the continuity of collaborative inquiry and institutional support within schools. Without structured opportunities for ongoing reflection and adaptation, the implementation of active learning strategies may remain fragmented and short-term, limiting their long-term impact on both teaching practice and student outcomes.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative, practice-based research design grounded in the Lesson Study (LS) methodology, widely recognised as a model of collaborative, inquiry-oriented professional learning (Lewis, 2002; Stigler & Hiebert, 2009). Lesson Study was selected as the central framework due to its capacity to integrate systematic investigation of classroom practice with teacher professional development. The research was conducted in a secondary school context and involved early-career teachers from multiple subject areas, including mathematics, chemistry, geography, biology, English, and social sciences. The study unfolded through several LS cycles, each comprising collaborative planning, classroom implementation of research lessons, structured observation, and reflective discussion. Teachers jointly identified a pedagogical focus, designed lessons incorporating active learning strategies, and established observation criteria related to student reasoning, communication, and participation. Particular attention was given to students across achievement levels (A, B, C). A range of active learning methods was implemented depending on subject content and instructional goals. These included inquiry-based tasks, worked examples combined with guided questioning, structured group work, “Think–Pair–Share,” time-regulated discussion formats, and round/robin speaking strategies. In interdisciplinary cycles, teachers developed common task structures and assessment criteria to ensure coherence across subjects. Participants included students from Grades 8, 9, and 11. Data sources comprised classroom observations, audio recordings of student discussions, samples of students’ written work, diagnostic and formative assessments, and teachers’ reflective journals. Observations focused on academic language use, participation patterns, reasoning processes, and interactional roles. Data analysis followed a thematic approach. Observation and reflection data were coded to identify patterns in teaching practices, student engagement, and differentiation. Student work was analysed for reasoning quality, use of evidence, and clarity of communication. Triangulation enhanced the credibility of findings and supported consistency in interpreting patterns across different Lesson Study cycles and subject areas. However, several methodological limitations should be acknowledged. The study was conducted within a single school, which may limit generalisability. Variability in teachers’ experience and implementation across LS cycles may also have influenced outcomes. In addition, the qualitative nature of the data constrains the extent to which causal relationships can be established. Ethical considerations were addressed throughout the study. Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained, and anonymity and confidentiality were ensured. Peer debriefing and member checking were used to enhance trustworthiness and validate interpretations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study demonstrates that the integration of active learning methods within the Lesson Study framework has a positive influence on both young teachers’ pedagogical practice and students’ learning processes. LS provided a structured yet flexible space for teachers to experiment with instructional strategies, observe their impact, and refine practice through collaborative reflection. This process supported the development of more student-centred, dialogic, and inclusive teaching approaches. At the level of student learning, the findings indicate that active learning strategies foster improved reasoning, communication, engagement across achievement levels. Structured collaboration and timed discussion formats were particularly effective in promoting equitable participation and reducing language barriers, especially in subjects taught in a second language. While high-achieving students often took on leadership roles, students at average and lower achievement levels benefited from scaffolding and clear interactional structures that supported confidence, academic language use. The interdisciplinary nature of the study further suggests that shared pedagogical principles – such as inquiry, dialogue, formative assessment can be meaningfully adapted across subjects. This reinforces the value of Lesson Study as a mechanism for building professional learning communities and aligning instructional practices around common educational goals. Overall, the study contributes to research on active learning and Lesson Study by offering practical insights into how pedagogical integration can support inclusive learning environments and teacher professional development in secondary education. The findings highlight the importance of sustained collaborative inquiry for addressing complex classroom challenges related to reasoning, communication, motivation. The study also points to the importance of sustained, school-based collaborative inquiry for addressing complex pedagogical challenges. By embedding active learning experimentation within LS cycles, teachers were able to align instructional innovation with reflective practice. Future research may build on these findings by examining the long-term impact of such approaches on teacher professional trajectories and student learning outcomes across diverse educational contexts. References Alexander, R. (2008). Towards dialogic teaching: Rethinking classroom talk (4th ed.). Dialogos. Copp, S.B., Cabell, S.Q., Gabas, C., Slik, D., Todd, J. (2023). The rising star scaffolding guide: Supporting young children’s early spelling skills. The Reading Teacher, 76(4), 380-389. Gillies, R.M. (2016). Cooperative learning: A review of research and practice. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 41(3), 39–54. https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2016v41n3.3 Hasan, M., Karim, M. (2019). Scaffolding effects on writing acquisition skills in EFL context. Arab World English Journal, 10(4), 288-298. https://doi.org/10.24093/awej/vol10no4.2 Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Routledge. Johnson, D.W., Johnson, R.T., Smith, K.A. (2014). Cooperative learning: Improving university instruction by basing practice on validated theory. Journal on Excellence in College Teaching, 25(3-4), 85-118. Jumaat, N.F., Tasir, Z. (2014). Instructional scaffolding in online learning environment: A meta-analysis. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/269033099_Instructional_Scaffolding_in_Online_Learning_Environment_A_Meta-analysis Kazemi, E., Stipek, D. (2001). Promoting conceptual thinking in mathematics: The interaction of student discourse and instructional practices. Educational Researcher, 30(2), 10-21. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X030002010 Kirova, A., Jamison, N.M.(2018). Peer scaffolding techniques and approaches in preschool children’s multiliteracy practices with iPads. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 16(3), 245-257. McLeod, S. (n.d.). Vygotsky’s zone of proximal development and scaffolding. Simply Psychology. https://www.simplypsychology.org/author/saulmcleod Portier, C., Friedrich, N., Peterson, S.S. (2019). Play(ful) pedagogical practices for creative collaborative literacy. The Reading Teacher, 73(1), 17-27. Prince, M. (2004). Does active learning work? A review of the research. Journal of Engineering Education, 93(3), 223-231. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.2168-9830.2004.tb00809.x Vygotsky, L.S. (2000). Thought and language (A. Kozulin, Trans.). MIT Press. (Original work published 1934) Lewis, C. (2002). Lesson study: A handbook of teacher-led instructional change. Research for Better Schools. Lewis, C., Perry, R., Murata, A. (2006). How should research contribute to instructional improvement? The case of Lesson Study. Educational Researcher, 35(3), 3-14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X035003003 Stigler, J.W., Hiebert, J. (2009). The teaching gap: Best ideas from the world’s teachers for improving education in the classroom (2nd ed.). Free Press. (Original work published 1999) Wenger, E. (2008). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. (Original work published 1998) Wilson, K., Devereux, L. (2014). Scaffolding theory: High challenge, high support in academic language and learning contexts. Journal of Academic Language & Learning, 8(3). http://journal.aall.org.au/index.php/jall/article/view/353/210 Xu, Y., Chen, C.-C., Spence, C., Washington-Nortey, M., Zhang, F., & Brown, A. (2022). Supporting young Spanish-speaking English learners through teacher scaffolding and reciprocal peer tutoring. Early Child Development and Care, 192(8), 1324-1336. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster From Knowing to Acting: Linking Goal Orientation with Social Networking, and Affective Commitment through a Multigroup Analysis across Teacher Career Stages National Taipei University of Education, Taiwan Presenting Author:Globally, a substantial proportion of early career teachers leave the profession within the first five years (Vanmol et al., 2022), raising concerns about teacher retention and the long-term stability of the teaching workforce (Marz & Kelchtermans, 2020). Early career teachers frequently encounter challenges such as managing student diversity, heavy workloads, and multicultural classroom contexts. Prior research suggests that improving retention requires not only fostering positive teaching motivation but also strengthening professional competence, school support, and collegial interaction (Gaikhorst et al., 2016). However, how motivational orientations are translated into sustained professional engagement and affective commitment across career stages remains insufficiently understood. To address this gap, the present study draws on achievement goal theory (Butler, 2007) and social network theory (Wolff & Spurk, 2020) to examine the relationships among teachers’ achievement goal orientations, social networking behavior, work engagement, and affective commitment. Achievement goal orientations reflect teachers’ motivational tendencies toward learning and performance (Han & Gao, 2023), while social networking behavior captures how teachers mobilize interpersonal relationships within and beyond their schools. Work engagement is conceptualized as a proximal motivational state linking goal orientations and social processes to affective commitment (Seppälä et al., 2009). A multigroup analytical approach was used to compare early career and experienced teachers within a specific cultural context. Survey data were collected from 517 elementary school teachers in Taiwan, including 282 early career teachers and 235 experienced teachers. Established instruments measured achievement goal orientations (mastery goals [MG], performance-approach goals [PAG], and performance-avoidance goals [PVG]), social networking behavior (internal social networking behavior [INB] and external social networking behavior [ENB]), work engagement (WE), and affective commitment (AC). Confirmatory factor analyses supported acceptable reliability and validity (CR = .69–.90; AVE = .53–.69). The seven-factor measurement model demonstrated aceptable fit to the data (χ²/df = 2.74, TLI = .94, CFI = .95, RMSEA = .058). Multigroup analysis revealed both shared and career-stage–specific patterns. Across both early career and experienced teachers, MG was positively associated with INB (β = .56 and β = .51, respectively). Importantly, MG had no direct effect on affective commitment in either group. Instead, its influence on AC occurred exclusively through full mediation via work engagement (MG → WE → AC) or through a full serial mediation pathway involving INB and work engagement (MG → INB → WE → AC). This pattern was consistent across career stages, indicating that mastery-oriented motivation translated into affective commitment only when enacted through engagement-related and relational processes. In contrast, performance-avoidance goal orientation (PVG) exhibited a differentiated pattern. PVG showed a significant indirect effect on AC among experienced teachers (β = .11) but not among early career teachers, while performance-approach goal orientation (PAG) showed no direct or indirect association with AC in either group. Notably, the positive indirect effect of PVG observed among experienced teachers contrasts with dominant Western interpretations that conceptualize avoidance-oriented motivation as maladaptive. In the East Asian cultural context examined here, performance avoidance may reflect responsibility, concern for social evaluation, and the maintenance of relational harmony, which can be transformed into sustained engagement once professional roles and relational resources are stabilized (Hulleman et al., 2010; Świątkowski & Dompnier, 2021). Overall, the findings indicate that teachers’ motivational knowing is not translated into professional outcomes automatically but is enacted through specific forms of professional acting. While mastery-oriented motivation operates through social networking behavior and sustained work engagement across career stages, the enactment of performance-avoidance motivation depends on teachers’ career stage and cultural context. These results underscore the importance of aligning motivational support with organizational structures that enable teachers to transform motivation into meaningful professional action across the teacher career span. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and Procedures. This study employed a quantitative survey design. A total of 630 questionnaires were distributed to elementary school teachers across northern, central, southern, and eastern Taiwan, of which 517 valid responses were returned (response rate = 82.1%). Among the respondents, 282 teachers (55.5%) were classified as early-career teachers with less than six years of teaching experience, and 235 teachers (45.5%) were classified as experienced teachers with more than six years of teaching experience. Participation was voluntary and anonymous, and ethical approval was obtained before conducting investigation. Measures. Achievement goal orientations were measured using ten items adapted from Shim et al. (2013), assessing mastery, performance-approach, and performance-avoidance goals. Social networking behaviors were measured with thirteen items adapted from Wolff and Spurk (2020), covering internal and external networking behaviors. Work engagement was assessed using three items adapted from Seppälä et al. (2009), and affective commitment was measured with four items adapted from Conley and You (2021). All items were rated on a five-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). Validity and Reliability. Internal consistency reliability was assessed using Cronbach’s alpha, with all values exceeding the recommended threshold of .70. Construct validity was examined through confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) using AMOS 28. Composite reliability (CR) values ranged from .69 to .90, and average variance extracted (AVE) values ranged from .53 to .69, indicating acceptable convergent validity. Discriminant validity was supported, as the square roots of AVE exceeded inter-construct correlations. The seven-factor measurement model demonstrated good fit to the data (χ²/df = 2.74, TLI = .94, CFI = .95, RMSEA = .058). Data Analysis. Data were analyzed using IBM SPSS 20 and AMOS 28. Following Anderson and Gerbing’s (1988) two-step approach, the measurement model was tested prior to estimating the structural model. Structural equation modeling (SEM) was then employed to examine the hypothesized relationships among constructs. Model fit was evaluated using χ²/df, CFI, TLI, and RMSEA. To examine career-stage differences, multi-group SEM was conducted to test configural, metric, and structural invariance across early-career and experienced teachers. Mediation effects were examined using bootstrapping with 5,000 resamples and 95% confidence intervals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to debates on teacher motivation and professional development by explicating how motivational knowing is transformed into professional acting across career stages. Rather than assuming a direct translation from motivational orientations to professional outcomes, the findings demonstrate that knowing and acting are connected through relational and engagement-based processes that are socially and culturally situated (Kelchtermans, 2009). Across early career and experienced teachers, mastery goal orientation consistently functioned as a form of motivational knowing oriented toward learning and growth. However, its influence on affective commitment was entirely indirect, operating through social networking behavior and sustained work engagement. This pattern aligns with prior research showing that professional motivation becomes consequential only when enacted through everyday practices such as collaboration, help-seeking, and relational participation (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). Career-stage differences further illuminate how knowing is enacted over time. For early career teachers, external networking with mentors, peers, and professional communities was crucial for converting motivation into confidence, belonging, and commitment during early professional socialization (Vanmol et al., 2022). In contrast, experienced teachers relied more heavily on internal collaboration, reflecting accumulated social capital and stabilized professional roles. Importantly, the findings offer a culturally grounded understanding of performance-avoidance motivation. Contrary to dominant Western interpretations that frame avoidance as maladaptive (Elliot & Church, 1997), performance-avoidance goals among experienced teachers showed adaptive indirect effects within stable relational contexts. In collectivist settings, such motivational knowing may reflect responsibility, self-regulation, and concern for relational harmony, which can be enacted as sustained professional engagement (Świątkowski & Dompnier, 2021). Overall, this study underscores that knowing and acting are dynamically intertwined rather than linearly connected. Supporting teachers’ long-term commitment therefore requires not only fostering adaptive motivation but also designing organizational conditions that enable meaningful enactment across career stages. References Butler, R. (2007). Teachers’ achievement goals and associations with teachers’ help-seeking: Examination of a novel approach to teacher motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99, 241–252. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.99.2.241 Conley, S., & You, S. (2021). School organizational factors relating to teachers’ intentions to leave: A mediator model. Current Psychology, 40, 379-389. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-018-9953-0 Elliot, A. J., & Church, M. A. (1997). A hierarchical model of approach and avoidance achievement motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72(1), 218-232. https://doi.org/ 10.1037/0022-3514.72.1.218 Gaikhorst, L., Beishuizen, J., Roosenboom, B., & Volman, M. (2016). The challenges of beginning teachers in urban primary schools. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 46-61. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2016.1251900 Han, J., & Gao, C. (2023). Teachers’ achievement goal orientations: A systematic review of 15 Years of published empirical research. Teaching and Teacher Education, 128, 104146. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104146 Hulleman, C. S., Schrager, S. M., Bodmann, S. M., & Harackiewicz, J. M. (2010). A meta-analytic review of achievement goal measures: Different labels for the same constructs or different constructs with similar labels? Psychological Bulletin, 136(3), 422-449. https://doi.org/10.1037/ a0018947 Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: self‐understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 15(2), 257-272. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600902875332 März, V., & Kelchtermans, G. (2020). The networking teacher in action: A qualitative analysis of early career teachers' induction process. Teaching and Teacher Education, 87, 102933. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102933 Seppälä, P., Mauno, S., Feldt, T., Hakanen, J., Kinnunen, U., Tolvanen, A., & Schaufeli, W. (2009). The construct validity of the Utrecht Work Engagement Scale: Multisample and longitudinal evidence. Journal of Happiness studies, 10, 459-481. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10902-008-9100-y Shim, S. S., Cho, Y., & Cassady, J. (2013). Goal structures: The role of teachers’ achievement goals and theories of intelligence. The Journal of Experimental Education, 81(1), 84-104. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.2011.635168 Świątkowski, W., & Dompnier, B. (2021). When pursuing bad goals for good reasons makes it even worse: A social value approach to performance-avoidance goal pursuit. Social Psychology of Education, 24(3), 653-677. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-021-09623-0 Vanmol, S., De Vos, S., Beausaert, S., & De Wilde, J. (2022). How does newly qualified teachers' collegial network foster their feedback-seeking behaviour and job satisfaction? Teachers and Teaching, 28(6), 703- 723. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2022.2098267 Wolff, H. G., & Spurk, D. (2020). Developing and validating a short networking behavior scale (SNBS) from Wolff and Moser’s (2006) measure. Journal of Career Assessment, 28(2), 277-302. https://doi.org/10.1177/1069072719844924 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster From Students Screens to Teachers Practice Learning with Children through Digital Writing Tools (MagicSchool) Nazarbayev Intellectual School-Abay, Shymkent, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:1.1. Introduction and Context The current educational landscape is defined by what Morin (1999) calls a "poly-crisis"—a complex intersection of global challenges and rapid technological flux. For 10th-grade students, the "screen" is often a space of passive, recreational consumption. Simultaneously, the rise of Generative AI has introduced a crisis of authenticity in academic writing. This proposal outlines an inquiry into how teachers can reclaim the screen as a site for deep learning by integrating MagicSchool as a collaborative writing partner. 1.2. Research Questions This study is guided by two primary inquiries:
1.3. Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The study is grounded in three intersecting frameworks that prioritize the "human-in-the-loop" approach:
1.4. Methodology The researchers—a team of four high school English teachers—implemented a Qualitative Action Research design utilizing Lesson Study cycles. This methodology moves beyond "numerical indicators" to capture the nuance of classroom life. Each cycle consists of: 1. Collaborative Planning: Designing AI-integrated prompts and anticipating student responses. 2. Observation: Monitoring real-time student-screen interaction and engagement logs. 3. Reflective Dialogue: Analyzing student artifacts to determine if the AI acted as a scaffold or a substitute. 1.5. Expected Outcomes and Significance Preliminary findings suggest that the integration of MagicSchool transforms the writing environment from a solitary struggle (the "blank page") to a dynamic dialogue. By "learning with children," teachers demystify AI, helping students develop the critical skepticism necessary to maintain an authentic voice in digital content. This research is significant because it demonstrates that teacher-led inquiry is the most effective way to ensure that digital tools serve the broader public good, securing trust and authenticity in academic knowledge during a period of intense technological change.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology This study employed a Qualitative Action Research design, specifically utilizing the Lesson Study framework to investigate the integration of AI in writing instruction. This approach was selected to prioritize "practitioner knowledge" and to foster a collaborative professional environment where four teacher-researchers acted as co-investigators of their own practice. The research was conducted over three iterative cycles, each consisting of four stages: Study and Plan, Teach and Observe, Reflect and Revise, and Report. Research Instruments To ensure the "sincerity and authenticity" of the data, the researchers utilized a triangulated set of qualitative and digital instruments: 1. Observational Field Notes (Semi-Structured): During the "Teach and Observe" phase, non-teaching researchers used a "split-focus" protocol. They recorded specific student-screen behaviors, noting the frequency of "passive acceptance" (uncritical copying of AI text) versus "active synthesis" (modifying AI-generated sentence starters or feedback). 2. MagicStudent Engagement Logs: This digital instrument provided real-time data on how students interacted with the AI. These logs tracked the refinement of prompts and the specific features accessed (e.g., "Writing Feedback" vs. "Clearer Writing" tools), offering a window into the student’s cognitive process while writing. 3. Comparative Writing Artifacts: Researchers collected student drafts across three stages: the initial AI-assisted draft, the peer-critiqued version, and the final submission. These artifacts were analyzed using a Critical Literacy Rubric to measure argumentative depth and the preservation of "authentic voice." 4. Collaborative Reflective Debriefs: Following each lesson, the teacher-researcher team held recorded debriefing sessions. These served as an instrument to capture the evolution of teacher agency and the "situated knowledge" gained from the cycle. Data Analysis The collected data underwent thematic analysis. Observations and debrief transcripts were coded to identify patterns in "Human-AI collaboration." Digital logs were cross-referenced with writing artifacts to determine if specific AI scaffolds led to higher-order thinking or merely mechanical completion. This rigorous, multi-layered approach ensured that the findings were grounded in the complex, lived reality of the 10th-grade classroom, directly addressing the conference's call for research that is "contextually rich and caring." Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions and Expected Findings The findings of this research indicate that the "poly-crisis" of digital distraction and AI-dependency in 10th-grade writing is effectively mitigated when teachers move from a posture of resistance to one of intentional, collaborative inquiry. By integrating MagicSchool within a School as Learning Community framework, the study successfully reclaimed the digital screen as a site for deep pedagogical engagement rather than passive consumption. Key Outcomes • From Substitute to Scaffold: Data from the "MagicStudent" logs and writing artifacts suggest a marked shift in student behavior. Initially, students utilized AI as a "replacement engine." However, through iterative cycles, they began to treat the tool as a "conceptual coach." This resulted in more sophisticated argumentative structures and a measurable increase in students' ability to critique AI-generated suggestions. • Reclaiming Teacher Agency: The methodology proved that the presence of AI does not diminish the teacher's role but elevates it. By offloading basic grammatical scaffolding to the "Writing Feedback" tool, teachers were able to reallocate classroom time to high-level conceptual coaching and individual mentorship. • Authenticity in the "Echo Chamber": The study confirms that "learning with children" demystifies AI. Students developed the critical literacy required to navigate the digital "echo chamber," ensuring their final writing outputs remained authentic expressions of their own original thoughts. Implications The research concludes that the "authority" of education research is best maintained when practitioners are empowered to lead the inquiry into new technologies. This study serves as a scalable model for how schools can navigate technological flux by positioning teachers as primary knowledge-producers. By bridging the gap between digital knowing and pedagogical acting, we ensure that AI enhances human creativity rather than replacing it, securing the future of sincere academic knowledge. References References Biesta, G. (2015). Beautiful Risk of Education. Routledge. (Focuses on the "weakness" and "authenticity" of education, aligning with the ECER theme of sincere academic knowledge). Dudley, P. (2011). Lesson Study: A Handbook. International Lesson Study Network. (The foundational text for the "Plan-Teach-Observe-Reflect" methodology used in this research). Hargreaves, A., & O'Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative Professionalism: When Teaching Together Means Learning for All. Corwin Press. (Supports the School as Learning Community (SLC) framework used by the four teachers). Koehler, M. J., & Mishra, P. (2009). What is technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK)? Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education. (Essential for the "Methods" section regarding teacher professional growth). Lankshear, C., & Knobel, M. (2011). New Literacies: Everyday Practices and Social Learning. Open University Press. (Provides the theoretical background for the "digital screen" as a site of social learning). Lewis, C., & Hurd, J. (2011). Lesson Study Step by Step: How Teacher Learning Communities Improve Instruction. Heinemann. (Links the methodology to teacher-student collaboration). Luckin, R. (2018). Machine Learning and Human Intelligence: The Future of Education for the 21st Century. UCL Press. (Explores the "human-in-the-loop" concept in AI integration). Molenaar, I. (2022). Towards hybrid human-AI learning technologies. European Journal of Education. (Addresses the "Aims" of moving from passive consumption to active collaboration). Morin, E., & Kern, A. B. (1999). Homeland Earth: A Manifesto for the New Millennium. Hampton Press. (Directly cited in the ECER 2026 theme regarding the "Poly-crisis"). Sato, M. (2012). Reforming the Culture of Schooling: School as Learning Community. (Connects the classroom environment to the broader community of practice). Selwyn, N. (2019). Should Robots Replace Teachers? AI and the Future of Education. Polity Press. (Critical perspective on the "authority" of education research and teacher roles). Siemens, G. (2005). Connectivism: A learning theory for the digital age. International Journal of Instructional Technology and Distance Learning. (Supports the "Findings" section on student engagement with digital screens). Trust, T., Whalen, J., & Cheng, L. (2023). ChatGPT: Educational Friend or Foe? Journal of Interactive Learning Research. (Relevant for the "Background" section on AI literacy). 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Professional Development Of Teachers And Improvement Of Reading Skills Through Action Research Almaty-Nauryzbay natural and mathematical direction Nazarbayev Intellectual school Presenting Author:A teacher in the education system is a self—developing personality who improves his professional and personal qualities through constant work and self-improvement. For professional competence, a teacher must continuously study, engage in self-education and realize himself in pedagogical practice. Effective activity requires teachers to have the skills to plan lessons, assess students' knowledge, and use modern teaching methods. The purpose of the study is to identify the effectiveness of using Action Research to develop the creative abilities of 9th grade students through working with text. Research objectives: 1. Identify the problem of pedagogical practice and formulate a research question. 2. Study the theoretical literature that identifies key approaches to working with text and developing students' creative skills. 3. Collect and analyze data on the current level of work with texts and motivation of students. 4. Develop and implement methodological approaches to improve the effectiveness of working with text. 5. Evaluate the results of the implemented measures and, if necessary, adjust the practice. Research hypothesis: the systematic application of methods of working with text in the framework of research in action contributes to the development of creativity, critical thinking and text analysis skills among 9th grade students. The research methodology (Action Research) involves the active participation of teachers: they identify the problem themselves, jointly develop ways to solve it, plan and implement lessons, reflect on the results and make adjustments to practice. The main resource of this approach is the teachers themselves, who, through the exchange of knowledge, experience and feedback, improve pedagogical skills and learning effectiveness. Stages of research: 1. Problem definition — identification of topical issues of pedagogical practice and formulation of a research question (for example, low efficiency of working with text). 2. Data collection — recording the current situation in the classroom through observations, questionnaires, and tests. 3. Data analysis — interpretation of the information received, identification of key issues and joint discussion with colleagues or a school psychologist. 4. Lesson planning and implementation — the introduction of approaches aimed at solving the identified problem (for example, differentiation and creative tasks to increase motivation). 5. Evaluation of results — checking the effectiveness of changes and comparing them with the initial data. 6. Re—planning - adjusting approaches based on identified difficulties and recommendations from coaches or colleagues. Choosing a topic and methods of working with text: "Developing the creative abilities of 9th grade students through working with text." Practical (exercises, graphic organizers, creative tasks, information searches), reproductive, problem-based search methods, and critical thinking strategies were used. Expected results for students: • ability to describe and analyze the content of texts of various genres; • identification of the hidden meaning of the text and semantic groups of artistic and visual means; • conducting information search and information processing using various reading strategies; • identification of genre and stylistic features of texts and creative works. The practical value of the research lies in the fact that the developed and proven methods of working with text can be directly implemented into pedagogical practice to develop students' creative and analytical abilities. Using the Action Research approach allows teachers to independently identify problems, plan and adjust lessons based on the data obtained, which helps to increase teachers' professional competence and confidence. The recommendations and methods for working with texts can enhance students’ critical thinking, analytical reading, creativity, and ability to express opinions, improving knowledge quality and learning outcomes. Thus, the research is aimed at systematically improving the level of creative and analytical skills of students through the teacher's pedagogical activity within the framework of Action Research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed theoretical, empirical, and statistical methods. Theoretical methods included literature review, modeling, analysis, and synthesis; empirical methods comprised questionnaires, testing, diagnostics, and pedagogical experiments; statistical methods involved mathematical processing and quantitative and qualitative data analysis. The research was conducted to improve students’ work with texts and identify effective methods for enhancing comprehension and analytical skills. To assess teachers’ professional development needs and level of personal-professional growth, 30 teachers were surveyed. Results showed that nearly 80% of teachers considered professional development essential for acquiring the knowledge and confidence necessary to implement active learning effectively in their classrooms. The survey revealed that the majority of teachers expressed a desire to improve their skills in working with texts. Collaborative interaction among teachers provided opportunities to enhance professional competencies through the systematic implementation, analysis, and reflection on practical teaching activities. Focusing on the question “What knowledge do you lack to achieve high results?” helped teachers target areas directly relevant to curriculum content and classroom practice. To develop students’ reading skills and improve text-based learning, the study employed methods such as previewing texts, predicting content, identifying main ideas and structural elements, searching for information, critical reading, and producing oral and written reflections. Initial findings indicated that 30% of teachers selected action research specifically aimed at improving work with texts. Analysis of 9th-grade students’ cumulative assessments revealed low performance on reading tasks, demonstrating that the choice of methods and techniques directly affects comprehension. Reading was conducted both silently and aloud to enhance knowledge acquisition and address related learning challenges. The experimental work included three stages of text-based instruction: • Pre-text – introducing the topic, teaching key vocabulary, and predicting content; • Text-based – developing comprehension, analysis, and interpretation skills; • Post-text – discussing issues raised in the text and consolidating information. The results confirmed the initial hypothesis. Both theoretical analysis and empirical data demonstrated the effectiveness of the applied methods. Positive trends were observed in teachers’ professional growth and in students’ reading comprehension and analytical abilities, confirming that the study successfully achieved its goal of improving students’ work with texts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the course of examining our own teaching practice, we applied game-based technologies, forecasting, dialogue, and critical thinking techniques such as "Snowball," "Insert," "SWOT Analysis," "POPS," "Brainstorming," "Hot Chair," "Thick and Thin Questions," and "Fishbone." Lessons emphasized understanding key ideas rather than memorizing the entire text. Intellectual reading required full comprehension, search-based reading developed the ability to locate and apply information, and indicative reading trained students to structure texts, assign subtitles, and identify main ideas. The study was conducted to improve students’ text work and reading skills. In the 9th grade, students’ quality of knowledge increased from 92% at the beginning to 100% by the end of the research. Summative assessment showed that nearly all students achieved learning objectives, including understanding both primary and additional information. Overall, knowledge quality rose from 97% to 100%, with an average score improvement of 0.06 and an 8% increase by the end of the year. The research demonstrated that students’ skills in analyzing texts, identifying key points, structuring information, generalizing, providing evidence, and drawing conclusions were significantly enhanced. Action Research strategies allowed the learning process to become more focused, individualized, and effective, enabling differentiation and identifying groups with the best results. Students increasingly took initiative, engaged creatively, and applied lesson requirements consistently, showing tangible improvement in reading comprehension and analytical skills. The results confirm that systematic use of these methods effectively improves the quality of students’ knowledge and develops their ability to work with texts critically and creatively. This approach supports continuous professional practice and highlights the importance of ongoing development in reading, comprehension, and reflective learning. References 1. Brushlinsky A.V. The basic concepts of the subject-activity approach: problems of developmental psychology [Text] / Brushlinsky A.V.// Materials of the conference "Mental development in ontogenesis: patterns and possibilities of periodization" / ed. Kravtsova E.E., Spiridonova V.F. - M.: Vera Medica, 2000 -pp. 104-112. 2. Vygotsky L.S. Collected works: in 6 volumes - Vol.3. Problems of the development of the psyche. – M., 1983. – 368 p . 1. 2011. 2. Elliott, J. (1991). Action research for educational change [Research in order to transform the learning process]. Buckingham: Open University Press. 3. Elliott, J. (2009). Building educational theory through action research [Creating a theory of learning through research in action]. In Noffke, S. & Somekh, B.Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Educational Action Research. London: Sage. 4. Ferrance, E. (2000). Action Research [Research in action]. Retrieved from http://www.lab.brown.edu/pubs/themes_ed/act_research.pdf 5. Frost, D. (2003). Teacher leadership: towards a research agenda [Teacher leadership: a research plan]. Cambridge Journal of Education, 33 (3), 479-498. 6. Glanz, J. (1999). Action Research [Research in action]. Retrieved fromhttp://www.eduweb.vic.gov.au/edulibrary/public/teachlearn/teacher/proflearn/Action_Research_Jeffrey_Glanz.pdf 7. Grady, M.P. (1998). Qualitative and Action Research: A Practitioner Handbook [Quantitative research and Research in action: a practical guide]. Bloomington, Ind: Phi Delta Kappa Educational Foundation. 8. Habermas, J. (1987). The Theory of Communicative Action: Volume Two: The Critique of Functional Reason [Theory of communicative Action: volume Two: A critique of functional justification]. Oxford: Polity. 9. Hammersley, M. (2004). Action Research: a contradiction in terms? [Research in action: a contradiction in terms]. Oxford Review of Education, 30 (2), 165–181. 10. Huitt, W. & Dawson, C. (2011, April). Social development: Why it is important and how to impact it. Educational Psychology Interactive. Valdosta, GA: Valdosta State University. Retrieved from. 11. Kemmis, S. (2007). Opening Address for the Spanish Collaborative Action Research Network [Opening an address for the Spanish network community for collaborative Research in action]. (CARN) Conference, University of Valladolid, October 18 – 20, 2007. 12. McKernan, P. (1991). Curriculum Action research: a handbook of methods and resources for the reflective practitioner [The Research Program in Action: a guide to methods and Sources for a reflective practitioner]. London: Kogan Page. 13. McNiff, J., & Whitehead, J. (2006). All You Need to Know about Action Research [Everything you need to know about research in action]. London, Sage. 14. National Staff Development Council. February/March 2000. Tools for Schools. Oxford, Ohio. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 02 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 03 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster The Affective-Discursive Governance of Curriculum Reform: An Analysis of South Korea’s High School Credit System Seoul National University, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) Presenting Author:In response to rapidly changing societal landscapes, curriculum reform policies have proliferated worldwide, demanding fundamental restructuring of schooling. Yet the successful implementation of such reforms cannot be achieved through explicit directives or institutional controls alone. Reform efforts often falter without less visible mechanisms—motivational strategies that immerse policy actors in reform visions and ideals. What moves policy actors (Lähdesmäki et al., 2020), therefore, depends not only on cognitive appeals to rational deliberation but also, and crucially, on affective dimensions. Reform policies mobilize rhetorics that evoke particular feelings—such as hope, urgency, or moral responsibility—to encourage engagement (Zembylas, 2023a). Through rhetorical and representational devices that trigger and regulate affect, policies induce teachers and other actors to invest in reform ideas and to become their carriers in everyday practice (Moore & Clarke, 2016). From this perspective, the mobilization of affect operates as a constituent condition of contemporary education reform rather than a secondary or incidental feature (Zembylas, 2023b). Influenced by the “affective turn” in the humanities and social sciences, recent policy research has increasingly attended to these dimensions (Matus, 2017; Zembylas, 2022). Affect is understood as “visceral forces beneath, alongside, or generally other than conscious knowing” (Seigworth & Gregg, 2010, p. 1)—vital, relational forces that shape movement, attachment, and orientation beyond linguistic meaning alone. Affect can attach to diverse bodies, including humans, objects, discourses, and norms (Sedgwick, 2003). Within policy texts, affect adheres to vocabularies, numerical data, visual representations, and best practices, circulating to steer policy actors toward particular reform trajectories (Matus, 2017). By making specific futures feel desirable, necessary, or inevitable, affect functions as a political force—a governing strategy that regulates thinking and conduct toward predefined goals. Despite its centrality, affect has often been overlooked in curriculum policy research. Traditional studies have focused predominantly on the critical interpretation of explicit messages or on evaluating implementation outcomes (Webb & Gulson, 2012). Such approaches, however, risk neglecting how policy is enacted through what Masny and Cole (2009, p. 5) describe as “random collisions of affects.” Understanding the complex processes of policy formation and enactment therefore requires explicit attention to the affective registers embedded within policy texts and circulating through them. Addressing this gap, this study aims to analyze the specific affects mobilized in curriculum reform policy texts and to examine their political operations. It asks: (1) What types of affects are circulated within policy texts to encourage engagement with reform? and (2) How do these affective technologies produce political effects in the enactment of curriculum reform? Empirically, the study focuses on South Korea’s High School Credit System (HSCS), a nationwide curriculum reform fully implemented in 2025. By analyzing policy texts produced throughout the reform’s development, this study examines how affect is mobilized to compel participation and sustain reform trajectories. By foregrounding affective-discursive governance, the study extends critical policy research beyond analyses of content, ideology, and power relations, while offering transnational insights into how curriculum reforms are sustained amid contemporary educational crises. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used While the High School Credit System (HSCS) was fully implemented nationwide in 2025, its policy planning and discursive formation date back to 2017. This study analyzes 47 policy materials produced by South Korea’s Ministry of Education between 2017 and 2024, including 33 policy documents (master plans, manuals, press releases, and guidelines) and 14 promotional videos. These materials were selected to capture how the reform was progressively framed, justified, and circulated over time. Methodologically, the study adopts an affect-oriented approach to policy analysis. Rather than focusing on uncovering latent ideological meanings embedded in textual content—as is common in traditional discourse analysis (Kølvraa, 2015)—this approach attends to affective intensities that exceed manifest meaning. Affect is approached not as subjective emotion but as relational forces that emerge through encounters among language, visual representations, data, and policy actors. In this sense, policy texts are treated as affective assemblages that work to move, orient, and bind actors to reform agendas. The analysis follows the methodological strategy of “reading for affect” (Berg et al., 2019; Knudsen & Stage, 2015). First, close readings of textual and visual materials were conducted to identify vocabularies, phrases, images, graphs, and narrative devices that evoked particular affective intensities, such as hope, anxiety, urgency, or moral uplift. Second, through comparative readings across documents and media formats, the recurrence, movement, and accumulation of these affective elements were traced—for example, expressions such as “fundamental paradigm shift,” “customized learning,” and “growth for all.” Third, the analysis examined how these affective representations connected with different bodies in the policy texts, including subjects (teachers and students), institutions (schools), and objects (curriculum structures). Through such circulation, affective elements bind heterogeneous bodies together and produce trans-linguistic effects that extend beyond rhetorical persuasion. Analyzing affect inevitably involves the researcher’s embodied engagement with the data. Because affect is registered through sensations that call for response (Kølvraa, 2015), my positionality functions as both an analytical resource and a research instrument. Throughout the analysis, I reflexively attended to my own affective responses while examining how these intensities operate as political technologies that govern the thinking and conduct of policy actors in curriculum reform. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The HSCS policy texts circulate a complex affective configuration in which anxiety and fear coexist with hope and expectation to legitimize curriculum reform. Anxiety is activated through a rhetoric of crisis that foregrounds future societal challenges such as demographic decline and global competition, fostering a collective fear that failure to adapt will jeopardize the nation’s future. At the same time, these texts mobilize a rhetoric of innovation that frames the HSCS as an indispensable solution to systemic educational problems. This coupling of crisis and solution produces a sense of relief (McKenzie, 2017), encouraging policy actors to invest affectively in the reform. By linking key HSCS concepts—such as “customized curricula” and “student agency”—to universally valued ideals including inclusion, diversity, and growth, the policy renders the reform not only necessary but ethically compelling (Lähdesmäki et al., 2020). The political effect of these affective technologies lies in the normalization of new roles and responsibilities for teachers and students. Positioned as essential contributors to a “better future,” school actors are encouraged to desire conformity to these emerging norms (Moore & Clarke, 2016). Hope for improvement, coupled with anxiety about being perceived as incompetent or outdated, functions as a governing force that shapes conduct and subjectivity. Ultimately, these affective-discursive strategies bind heterogeneous bodies—teachers, students, parents, and curriculum structures—into a cohesive and optimistic atmosphere. While this dense circulation of positive affect secures commitment to reform, it simultaneously marginalizes critical reflection on structural issues, such as intensified academic competition, widening educational inequalities, and increased teacher workload. In this sense, the affective governance of the HSCS produces a form of optimistic attachment that may obscure the precarious and uneven realities of curriculum reform enactment. References Berg, A. L., von Scheve, C., Ural, N. Y., & Walter-Jochum, R. (2019). Reading for affect: A methodological proposal for affective dynamics in discourse. In A. Kahl (Ed.), Analyzing affective societies: Methods and methodologies (pp. 45-62). New York: Routledge. Knudsen, B. T., & Stage, C. (2015). Introduction: Affective methodologies. In B. T. Knudsen, & C. Stage (Eds.), Affective methodologies: Developing cultural research strategies for the study of affect (pp. 1-22). London: Palgrave Macmillan. Kølvraa, C. (2015). Affect, provocation, and far right rhetoric. In B. T. Knudsen, & C. Stage (Eds.), Affective methodologies: Developing cultural research strategies for the study of affect (pp. 183-200). London: Palgrave Macmillan. Lähdesmäki, T., Koistinen, A-K., & Ylönen, S. C. (2020). Intercultural dialogue in the European education policies: A conceptual approach. Cham, Switzerland: Palgrave Macmillan. Masny, D., & Cole, D. R. (2009). Multiple literacies theory: A Deleuzian perspective. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Matus, C. (2017). The uses of affect in education: Chilean government policies. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 38(2), 235-248. McKenzie, M. (2017). Affect theory and policy mobility: Challenges and possibilities for critical policy research. Critical Studies in Education, 58(2), 187–204. Moore, A., & Clarke, M. (2016). ‘Cruel optimism’: Teacher attachment to professionalism in an era of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 31(5), 666-677. Sedgwick, E. K. (2003). Touching feeling: Affect, pedagogy, performativity. Durham: Duke University Press. Seigworth, G. J., & Gregg, M. (2010). An inventory of shimmers. In M. Gregg, & G. J. Seigworth (Eds.), The affect theory reader (pp. 1-25). Durham: Duke University Press. Webb, P. T., & Gulson, K. N. (2012). Policy prolepsis in education: Encounters, becomings, and phantasms. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 33(1), 87-99. Zembylas, M. (2022). Affective ideology and education policy: Implications for critical policy research and practice. Journal of Education Policy, 37(4), 511-526. Zembylas, M. (2023a). The affective ideology of the OECD global competence framework: Implications for intercultural communication education. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 31(2), 305-323. Zembylas, M. (2023b). Theorizing the affective regime of “best practice” in education policy. European Educational Research Journal, 22(2), 281-294. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster An Interpretivist Study of Peer Influence on the Mathematical Identity and Self-Concept of Post-Primary Students in Ireland. Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Context: Research has consistently demonstrated that parents, teachers, and curriculum structures influence students’ attitudes towards mathematics (Clerkin & Gilligan, 2018; Quaye & Pomeroy, 2021; Pocalana et al, 2023; O’Meara et al, 2022; Saadati et al, 2023; Connolly et al, 2021). However, comparatively little attention has been paid to the role of peer interactions in shaping students’ mathematical identities and self-concept as the curriculum is enacted in classrooms, particularly in Ireland. In Irish post-primary education, mathematics is a compulsory subject until the age of 18 or 19, and high-stakes assessment structures, including bonus points for Higher Level mathematics, position the subject as both valuable and anxiety-inducing (Prendergast et al, 2022). During this shared curricular experience, common global narratives such as “I hate maths” or “I was never any good at maths” persist among students and adults alike, suggesting that attitudes towards mathematics are socially produced and sustained. Amid new Senior Cycle Redevelopment, now more than ever, it is imperative that we explore peer influences on mathematical identity as we move towards a more student-centred approach to learning. While curriculum policy outlines intended learning outcomes, the lived curriculum emerges through everyday classroom interactions (Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015). Aim: The aim of this study is to capture student voice by exploring how peers interact during mathematical tasks and discussions, and how these interactions influence students’ mathematical identities and self-concept. A further aim is to explore how peer discourse shapes students’ confidence, self-belief, and sense of belonging in mathematics classrooms at a critical stage of early adolescence. To answer the question ‘How do peer interactions influence post-primary students’ self-belief and mathematical identities in the Irish education system?’ I will explore the concepts of identity, belonging, subjectivity, and self-concept. Drawing on Social Identity Theory and Social Learning Theory, this study addresses a gap in the literature by examining how peer interactions contribute to shared meanings about mathematical ability, confidence, and belonging as students engage with the mathematics curriculum (Tajfel & Turner, 1979). Findings: Data will be analysed using a combination of Reflexive Thematic Analysis and Narrative Inquiry to capture both spoken discourse and underlying identity positioning. Emerging insights demonstrate how peer talk, comparison, humour, and silence contribute to the construction of mathematical identities and shape narratives about mathematical ability, influencing students’ willingness to engage, take risks, or withdraw from mathematical activity. Implications: This study highlights the significance of peer culture as a powerful, yet often overlooked, influence on students’ mathematical confidence and identity formation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Irish Context: In Ireland, compulsory education is from 4 to 16 years of age, with many students staying in education until 18/19 years to complete their Leaving Certificate examinations. Mathematics learning is a compulsory core subject throughout, with a common level course being completed in first year of post-primary and students then being streamed into higher and ordinary level at in second year. It is during this transition time from first to second year that a decline in mathematical interests can happen. Participants: In this ethnographic case study, underpinned by an interpretivist-pragmatic stance, three first year class groups will be observed in their timetables mathematics classes in a post-primary school in Ireland. Situated in a small town, the school has a rural catchment area resulting in a diverse student population. Based on student interactions, discussions, and engagements, eight focal students aged 12-14 years will be selected to participate further. All students will be familiar with each other as it is a small-town school. Data collection and analysis: Initial data collection will consist of detailed fieldnotes capturing peer interactions from the classroom observations over a period of six weeks. From these observations, eight focal participants will be selected to take part in focus groups. As focus groups can facilitate exploratory research and allow for opinions to bounce back and forth and be modified by the group (Frey & Fontana, 1991, p.178), it is hoped this will create a clearer picture of how peer influences can shape mathematical identities. During the focus group participates will work on different mathematical tasks and have discussions around mathematical prompts together and, once completed, findings will be triangulated through individual semi-structured interviews exploring students’ perceptions of their mathematical experiences and identities. Social Identity Theory (Tajfel & Turner, 1979) informs the analysis of belonging, comparison, and group positioning, Bandura’s Social Learning Theory supports examination of peer influence on self-efficacy and confidence (Bandura, 1986). Data will be analysed using reflexive thematic analysis and narrative inquiry. Implications: Findings may inform classroom practice, teacher education, and school policy by highlighting the need to recognise and shape peer dynamics in ways that disrupt negative mathematical narratives, challenge ability hierarchies, and support more inclusive participation in mathematics learning. Ethical considerations: Before collecting any data, ethical approval was sought from Maynooth University ethics committee and adhered to both the BERA code of ethics and the Teaching Council code of conduct. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is envisaged that this study will have theoretical and pedagogical implications. Theoretical implications involve a refined understanding of mathematical identities through student narratives; and pedagogical in that student narratives will inform the type of experiences that students enjoy together which will in turn inform teachers of best classroom practices and prompt discussions about what it means to be mathematical, challenging the negative narrative that exists currently around enjoying mathematics. Findings from the study may be significant in terms of the type of language that is used among peers when talking about mathematics and how this language can shape the identity that students carry with them into life ahead and the workforce. It is hoped that insights will be gained that will inform teachers, teacher educators, policy makers, and systems just what is needed to turn the tide on the negative discourse around mathematics and encourage an uptake in mathematics related careers for students in an Irish context. References Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Prentice Hall. Clerkin, A. and Gilligan, K. (2018). Pre-school numeracy play as a predictor of children’s attitudes towards mathematics at age 10. Journal of Early Childhood Research, [online] 16(3), pp.319–334. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/1476718x18762238. Connolly, C., Carr, E. and Knox, S. (2021). Diving deep into numeracy, cross-curricular professional development. International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 54(6), pp.1–20. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/0020739x.2021.1986160. Frey, J.H. and Fontana, A. (1991). The group interview in social research. The Social Science Journal, 28(2), pp.175–187. O’Meara, N., Fitzmaurice, O. and Johnson, P. (2021). Career Mathways: evaluating a novel initiative aimed at enhancing students’ attitudes towards and appreciation of mathematics. Teaching Mathematics and its Applications: An International Journal of the IMA. doi:https://doi.org/10.1093/teamat/hrab029. Pocalana, G., Ornella Robutti and Liljedahl, P. (2023). Inquiry activities are not for everyone: teachers’ beliefs and professional development. International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 54(8), pp.1557–1580. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/0020739x.2023.2176795. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury. Prendergast, M., O’Meara, N., Duffy, L. and O’Rourke, I. (2022). Delving into the shadow: Mathematics teachers’ perspectives on the impact of private supplementary tutoring in Ireland. Asian Journal for Mathematics Education, 1(3), pp.323–337. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/27527263221129637. Quaye, J. and Pomeroy, D. (2021). Social class inequalities in attitudes towards mathematics and achievement in mathematics cross generations: a quantitative Bourdieusian analysis. Educational Studies in Mathematics. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-021-10078-5 Saadati, F., Martínez, M.V. and Espinoza, C.G. (2023). Upper primary student attitudes toward mathematics problem solving; an exploratory study in Chile. Research in Mathematics Education, pp.122. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/14794802.2023.2221659. Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1979). An integrative theory of intergroup conflict. In W. G. Austin & S. Worchel (Eds.), The social psychology of intergroup relations (pp. 33–47). Brooks/Cole. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Exploring the Problem Question “Water-Related Hazards” Through Phenomenon-Based Learning Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Nauryzbay district of Almaty Presenting Author:In the context of modern education, the development of students’ functional literacy, critical thinking, research skills, and creativity is considered one of the key indicators of educational quality in the 21st century (OECD, 2018; Perkins, 2014). Traditional subject-based teaching methods are increasingly being supplemented by innovative pedagogical approaches that promote interdisciplinary learning and active student engagement (Freeman et al., 2014). Among such approaches, integrated teaching, team-based learning, and problem-based learning (PBL) play a significant role in shaping students’ holistic understanding of knowledge and preparing them for real-life challenges (Hmelo-Silver, 2004). This work examines the effectiveness of integrated lessons implemented through team-based learning and the PBL approach in developing students’ cognitive, research, and creative abilities. The study was conducted based on an integrated lesson titled “Water-Related Risks,” implemented within the educational practice of the Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS). The lesson was designed through interdisciplinary integration of Kazakh language, geography, homeroom studies, and arts, allowing students to explore the topic from multiple perspectives and connect academic knowledge with real-world phenomena (Beane, 1995). The application of the PBL approach involved engaging students in a structured research process that included identifying a problem, formulating hypotheses, collecting and analysing information, and proposing practical solutions(Savery, 2006). This process encouraged students to take an active role in learning, shifting them from passive recipients of information to independent researchers. As a result, students demonstrated improved critical thinking skills, the ability to analyse complex situations, and readiness to make reasoned decisions. Furthermore, problem-based tasks stimulated students’ creativity by motivating them to seek non-standard solutions and present their findings in various formats, such as presentations, visual materials, and creative projects (Perkins, 2014). The primary aim of the study was to determine the impact of integrated lessons combined with team-based and problem-based learning on the development of students’ cognitive, research, and creative competencies. The research focused on identifying how interdisciplinary learning influences students’ motivation, collaborative skills, and ability to apply theoretical knowledge in practical contexts (Beane, 1995; Le et al., 2018). Particular attention was given to teamwork, as collaborative learning environments adopt communication skills, responsibility, and mutual support among learners. The findings of the study indicate that integrated lessons significantly increase students’ engagement and interest in the learning process. Students actively participated in group discussions, demonstrated the ability to justify their opinions with evidence, and effectively collaborated to achieve common goals (Freeman et al.,2014). The interdisciplinary nature of the lesson contributed to a deeper understanding of the subject matter and promoted the transfer of knowledge across different academic domains. Moreover, the integration of creative tasks supported the development of students’ imagination, initiative, and self-expression, aligning with broader conceptions of twenty-first-century competencies (OECD, 2018; Perkins, 2014). However, as a classroom-based case study conducted with a single Grade 8 cohort in one school, the findings have limited generalisability. In conclusion, the results confirm that integrated teaching combined with team-based learning and the PBL approach is an effective pedagogical strategy for improving the quality of education. This approach not only develops academic achievement but also contributes to the formation of essential 21st-century skills, including critical thinking, collaboration, creativity, and problem-solving (OECD, 2018). Therefore, integrated lessons can be considered a valuable tool for improving students’ comprehensive development and preparing them for the demands of modern society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of this study was developed to organise integrated lessons and systematically evaluate their impact on the development of students’ cognitive, research, and creative competencies. The research was practical in nature and based on data collected during the implementation of a specific interdisciplinary lesson. The participants of the study were 8th-grade students, and the subjects involved included Kazakh language, geography, homeroom activities, and arts. Integrating these subjects enabled interdisciplinary connections and allowed students to explore the chosen topic from multiple perspectives, promoting a holistic understanding of knowledge and increasing their ability to apply learning to real-world situations (Beane, 1995). The research process consisted of multiple stages. In the first stage, teacher-researchers designed lesson plans, identified common topics and problem areas, and defined the objectives and tasks of the lesson. The lesson was organised around the theme “Water-Related Risks,” which is directly relevant to students’ everyday experiences and contributes to the development of safety awareness, analytical thinking, and practical problem-solving skills (OECD, 2018; Perkins, 2014). The planning process also included the alignment of lesson objectives with the curriculum requirements and learning outcomes across the integrated subjects. During the second stage, students worked in four inquiry groups to map high-risk water areas, develop a safety booklet, create a text-based role-play on problem-solving, and investigate additional water-related hazards for presentation. One teacher facilitated the lesson, while the other observed, documented engagement, and provided formative feedback (Freeman et al., 2014). In the third stage, data was collected and analysed. Students’ outputs included maps, booklets, presentations, and role-playing performances, which were examined to evaluate the development of research. In addition, observational checklists, descriptor-based assessments, and group self-assessment were employed to assess participation, collaboration, and individual contribution, to understand students’ engagement and learning progress(Le et al., 2018). The next stage focused on reflection. Students evaluated their own experiences, identified newly developed skills, discussed challenges, and analysed their effectiveness within the group. Teachers also conducted a critical review of the lesson, highlighting strengths and areas for improvement, and offered recommendations for future lesson planning. This methodology proved highly effective in active research, linking theoretical knowledge with practical applications and developing critical and creative thinking. Team-based and integrated approaches strengthened teacher collaboration, allowing joint planning, assessment, and teaching strategies. Overall, this methodological framework ensured high levels of student participation, promoted interdisciplinary understanding, and supported the attainment of meaningful learning outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this study indicate that integrated lessons and team-based learning methods effectively promote the comprehensive development of students’ cognitive, research, creative, and social skills (Gillies, 2016). During the “Water-Related Risks” lesson, students addressed authentic problems through group and individual tasks, applying theoretical knowledge in practical contexts. They tested hypotheses, compared sources, drew evidence-based conclusions, and justified recommendations, strengthening critical thinking, logical reasoning, and analytical skills associated with inquiry-based learning (Freeman et al.,2014; Hmelo-Silver,2004). Team-based learning also developed teacher collaboration through joint planning and coordinated delivery, while students clarified roles, shared responsibilities, communicated effectively, and made collective decisions(Michaelsen et al., 2011). Through the PBL model, learners acted as active researchers and developed life-relevant skills in risk evaluation, prevention, and emergency response. In conclusion, this study indicates that integrated lessons contribute to the development of students’ cognitive, research, and creative capacities, while also enhancing teacher collaboration through joint lesson planning and coordinated instructional design (Beane, 1995). By connecting theoretical content with practical application, such lessons support the acquisition of relevant real-life skills and promote the growth of social and communicative competence through sustained interaction and shared responsibility (Gillies,2016; OECD,2018). The integrated format further strengthens learners’ problem-solving and decision-making abilities by requiring them to analyse complex situations, evaluate evidence, and justify choices, thereby advancing critical thinking, analytical reasoning, and independent inquiry (Hmelo-Silver, 2004). Collectively, these outcomes suggest that integrated instruction is a productive pedagogical approach for cultivating key competencies associated with twenty-first-century learning (OECD, 2018). Thus, integrated lessons and team-based learning serve as effective pedagogical tools for comprehensive student development, fostering practical and life skills, as well as critical and creative thinking. This approach plays a key role in preparing students with the competencies necessary for modern society, while simultaneously increasing the overall effectiveness and quality of the educational process. References References: Beane, J. A. (1995). Curriculum integration and the disciplines of knowledge. Phi Delta Kappan, 77(8), 616–622. Freeman, S., Eddy, S. L., McDonough, M., Smith, M. K., Okoroafor, N., Jordt, H., & Wenderoth, M. P. (2014). Active learning increases student performance in science, engineering, and mathematics. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 111(23), 8410–8415. doi:10.1073/pnas.1319030111 Hmelo-Silver, C. E. (2004). Problem-based learning: What and how do students learn? Educational Psychology Review, 16(3), 235–266. doi:10.1023/B:EDPR.0000034022.16470.f3 Ibraimova, A. (2017). Implementation of the integrated curriculum in Kazakhstani secondary schools: Challenges and opportunities in pilot schools at school level (Master’s thesis, Nazarbayev University Graduate School of Education). Le, H., Janssen, J., & Wubbels, T. (2018). Collaborative learning practices: Teacher and student perceived obstacles to effective student collaboration. Cambridge Journal of Education, 48(1), 103–122. doi:10.1080/0305764X.2016.1259389 Michaelsen, L. K., Sweet, M., & Parmelee, D. X. (Eds.). (2011). Team-based learning: Small-group learning’s next big step (New Directions for Teaching and Learning, No. 116). Wiley. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. (2023). Educational programme: Basic secondary education (Grades 5–9) (Approved 10 August 2023). Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030(Concept note). OECD. Perkins, D. (2014). Future wise: Educating our children for a changing world. Jossey-Bass. Savery, J. R. (2006). Overview of problem-based learning: Definitions and distinctions. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 1(1), 9–20. doi:10.7771/1541-5015.1002 Schaffar, B., & Uusiautti, S. (2024). Phenomenon-based learning in Finland: A critical overview of its development and implementation. Cogent Education, 11(1). Thomas, J. W. (2000). A review of research on project-based learning. The Autodesk Foundation. Zhantasova, G. K. (2019). Modern teaching methods: Group and team-based approaches. Almaty, Kazakhstan: Bilim Publishing House. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Articulating Curriculum with Children: Joy as a Diagnostic of Curriculum-in-Practice 1: Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom; 2: Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Contemporary education policy often invokes “enjoyment” as though it were self-evident: a feature of learning assumed to support attainment. Yet this language is frequently instrumental and conceptually thin (Connolly, 2013, 2019). In England, “enjoyment” appears sporadically and tends to be positioned as a means to other ends; it offers little guidance on what enjoyment requires in practice (i.e., time, trust, creativity) (Connolly, 2013, 2019; DfE, 2011, 2014; Ofsted, 2019). It can also sit awkwardly inside measurement-driven accountability cultures in which performing the “right” affect becomes part of being recognised as successful (Ball, 2003; Connolly, 2019). This poster presents findings from one strand of the broader Articulating Curriculum with Children project, focusing specifically on how young people conceptualise joy in relation to curriculum. Rather than treating joy as an individual emotional state or enrichment feature, we position it as a curricular question: a way of examining what curriculum-in-practice enables, constrains, and makes possible. Conceptually, our work draws on curriculum-as-social-practice (curriculum not as a static “plan” but as something enacted through agency and relations; Priestley, 2011), and on student voice/democratic participation traditions that take seriously children's roles in educational discourse and decision-making (UN General Assembly, 1989; Robinson & Taylor, 2007), including “radical collegiality” (Fielding, 2001). We also draw on care ethics (Noddings, 2005) and engagement-oriented accounts of learning (Csikszentmihalyi, 1990) to understand joy as relational: an environmental quality marked by trust, cooperation, and imaginative possibility. The overarching questions that this project explored include: 1) how children conceptualise “curriculum” and what they think curriculum should fundamentally include; and 2) what students reveal (conceptually and practically) when invited into speculative “what if” curriculum design through creative workshop methods (Costello, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This was a qualitative study, seeking subjective and contextual perspectives from children through group interviews incorporating arts-based methods to inspire deeper discussion and creative ideas. The arts-based methods were designed in collaboration between artists and research team members. Institutional ethical consent was granted, in line with BERA guidelines in the UK. We generated data with three different educational settings, making three visits to each setting as follows: To introduce the project, and to discuss consent and ethics; To explore the meaning of curriculum in each setting using arts-based and creative methods; and To carry out a group interview to talk about emerging findings from previous visits, and to develop discussions about what matters to children in curricula and schools, and what might be important to include in a curriculum that recognises the importance of joy in learning. The settings included one state school following a traditional English Curriculum, one setting that worked with home-schooled children, and one setting that followed an alternative curriculum. In each setting we worked with between 6 and 8 students (total 20 participants) aged between 12 and 14 years old. Common data collection protocols were maintained across all sites, with minor adaptations to take account of contexts. Data were transcribed and subjected to dual coding involving regular intercoder reliability and team sense-making discussions. Where possible we may return to settings again to engage in further discussions of emerging findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across settings, young people framed joy as relational rather than individualistic: it was located in belonging, trust, and shared activity, rather than in isolated “fun” moments. Participants resisted narrow definitions of curriculum as a content list, describing curriculum instead as lived experience (i.e., through metaphors of journeys, choices, and environments), suggesting curriculum is encountered as a set of conditions shaping daily life and learning, not only specifications and plans. Our analysis identified seven cross-setting themes, with shifts in emphasis illuminating how curriculum-in-practice shapes joy. Social connection moved from affective belonging and emotional safety, through implicit collaboration, to more functional peer learning that “helps ideas develop faster”. Agency strengthened across settings: participants critiqued control and argued for choice, and, when invited to redesign learning through “if you were in charge” prompts, made confident proposals that position them as curriculum makers. Across settings, students emphasised being present in the curriculum and how it is designed: not only experiencing it but actively shaping it. Joy was repeatedly associated with creativity and self-exploration without fear of judgement; art and making were described as spaces where exploration was protected from performance pressures. Life skills became increasingly salient, indicating that joy is not opposed to usefulness but often linked to learning relevant beyond school. Participants consistently raised rhythm and balance, resisting schooling that totalises and arguing for family life and rest, space - framing joy as a matter of humane time. Taken together, these emerging findings position joy as a diagnostic of curriculum conditions: young people’s accounts make visible what gets compressed when schooling is organised around constant measurement, and what becomes possible when care, agency, creativity, and humane time are designed in (Ball, 2003; Connolly, 2019). We distil these insights into child-derived curriculum design principles and reflective prompts for identifying joy-supporting and joy-eroding features of curriculum-in-practice. References Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. Connolly, S. (2019). ‘Enjoyment’ in English primary education: Policy, performance and affect. In Affective dimensions of fieldwork and ethnography (pp. 173–189). Springer. Connolly, S. (2013). Enjoyment: A new disposition for the primary school teacher? Educational Philosophy and Theory, 45(7), 745–757. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2013.785355 Costello, E. (2023, November 16). Exploring the future of learning design using speculative methods. EERA Blog. European Educational Research Association. https://blog.eera-ecer.de/the-future-of-learning-design/ Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1990). Flow: The psychology of optimal experience. Harper & Row. Department for Education. (2014). National curriculum in England: Primary curriculum. London: DfE. Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-curriculum-in-england-primary-curriculum Department for Education. (2011). Teachers’ Standards: Guidance for school leaders, school staff and governing bodies. London: DfE. Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/teachers-standards Fielding, M. (2001). Students as radical agents of change. Journal of Educational Change, 2(2), 123–141. Noddings, N. (2005). The challenge to care in schools: An alternative approach to education. Teachers College Press. Ofsted. (2019). Education inspection framework. [Updated 2023]. London: Ofsted. Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/education-inspection-framework Robinson, C., & Taylor, C. (2007). Theorizing student voice: Values and perspectives. Improving Schools, 10(1), 5–17. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Data Literacy in Portugal’s Compulsory Education: Curriculum Mapping and the Perspectives of Educational Actors 1: University of Coimbra; 2: University of Coimbra; 3: University of Coimbra; 4: University of Coimbra; 5: University of Coimbra; 6: University of Aegean Presenting Author:Data literacy has emerged as a fundamental competence for navigating societies increasingly shaped by data‑intensive technologies, digital infrastructures, and algorithmic decision processes. Within education systems, the capacity to collect, interpret, analyse, and ethically use data is essential for civic participation and for enabling students and educators to make evidence‑based judgments and decisions. Although related to statistical, digital, information, and AI literacies, scholarship contends that data literacy is distinctive because it integrates technical, cognitive, ethical, and communicative dimensions oriented toward purposeful uses of data in authentic contexts (Wolff et al., 2016; Knaflic, 2020). In schools, this conception goes beyond reading graphs and tables to encompass the formulation of meaningful questions, the production and curation of data, the critical appraisal of evidence, analytical decision‑making, and the ethical communication of findings. It also demands vigilance regarding risks of misuse—including surveillance, bias, stigmatisation, and inequality reproduction—highlighted in critical accounts of educational datafication (Mandinach & Gummer, 2016; Prinsloo & Slade, 2017; Williamson, 2017). In Portugal, curricular reforms over the past decade have emphasised transversal competencies, interdisciplinarity, and project‑based pedagogies. Nevertheless, data‑related competencies remain unevenly distributed across subjects and cycles and often appear implicitly or as subordinate elements within Mathematics and Science. While the label ‘data literacy’ is rarely explicit in national curriculum documents, aligned practices and learning goals are visible at multiple levels—from early exploratory activities to formal statistical study in upper secondary—and are consolidating through pedagogical innovation initiatives, including the pilot subject ‘Literacies and Data.’ This landscape justifies a focused inquiry into how data literacy is conceptualised and embedded in the curriculum as written, and how it is understood and enacted by educational actors in everyday practice. To guide this inquiry, the study poses two research questions that reflect its dual emphasis on curricular framing and practitioner perspectives: first, how and where data‑literacy‑related competencies are embedded—explicitly and implicitly—within Portugal’s compulsory education curriculum; and second, how teachers, school leaders, and other educational actors understand data literacy and perceive their readiness, practices, and challenges related to its implementation. Together, these questions connect system expectations with lived practices in schools, providing a lens to identify convergences, gaps, and opportunities for more systematic integration. Conceptually, the study adopts a theoretical framework that synthesises three strands. The first is a multidimensional view of data literacy integrating domains as technical (collection, analysis, visualisation), cognitive‑critical (interpretation, argumentation), communicative (including data storytelling), ethical‑civic (privacy, fairness, accountability), oriented to authentic tasks and contexts (Wolff et al., 2016; Knaflic, 2020). The second draws on research into data‑informed educational decision‑making, which shows that educators’ engagement with data depends on professional knowledge, collaborative cultures, leadership, time, and tools; it distinguishes mere access to data from meaningful, practice‑proximal use that supports assessment, pedagogical differentiation, and school improvement (Datnow & Park, 2018; Mandinach & Gummer, 2016). The third incorporates insights from critical data studies, foregrounding ethical and justice‑oriented dimensions, supporting the systematic inclusion of privacy, transparency, and accountability (Prinsloo & Slade, 2017; Williamson, 2017). By integrating these strands, the study conceptualises data literacy as a cross‑curricular, pedagogical, and ethical priority whose coherent progression depends on clear curricular expectations, practice‑proximal professional learning, and supportive organisational conditions. Situated within DATA‑READY (Empowering Education through Data Literacy Integration in Compulsory Education), ERASMUS-EDU-2024-POL-EXP-DIGITAL, No. 101195801, an European project that aims to develop a European Framework for Data Literacy to guide curriculum planning, teacher education, and inclusive educational policies, the present investigation examines the Portuguese case. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a convergent mixed methods design, combining a documentary analysis of key curriculum and policy documents with an online survey of educational actors. The two strands were conducted in parallel and integrated through triangulation and joint displays, which enabled a systematic alignment between prescribed curriculum expectations and the perceptions, practices, and needs reported by practitioners. This design provided a macro level perspective anchored in official texts and a meso/micro level perspective grounded in the lived experiences of teachers, school leaders, and specialist staff across educational levels and disciplinary areas. The documentary analysis drew on a corpus that included the Profile of Students at the End of Compulsory Schooling, the Essential Learnings, disciplinary syllabi and programmes, citizenship frameworks, digital education guidance, and relevant decrees and policy notes issued by the Ministry of Education, Science and Innovation (MECI). From this corpus, we developed a deductive–inductive coding scheme covering the core dimensions of data literacy. In parallel, an online survey to teachers from grades 1–12, school leaders and specialist professionals was designed and administered. Sampling combined convenience and snowball approaches to secure diversity across regions, levels, and subjects. The instrument comprised sections on professional profile, conceptual understanding of data literacy, perceived readiness in knowledge and skills, current data use in pedagogy, assessment and school processes, attitudes and ethical concerns, perceptions of curricular integration and implementation conditions, as well as obstacles, supports, and examples of promising practices. Quantitative analyses were limited to descriptive statistics and group comparisons, reporting frequencies, measures of central tendency and dispersion, and between group differences by level of schooling, subject area, and role. Qualitative analysis applied thematic coding to open ended responses and policy texts, aligning categories with the data literacy framework and explicitly attending to ethical and justice related dimensions. Integration of the two datasets was achieved through joint displays juxtaposing curricular maps with participants’ perceptions and practices, which made visible convergences, tensions, gaps, and opportunities for improvement. The integrated synthesis underpinned actionable recommendations for policy, curriculum design, and teacher professional development, including organisational conditions. Ethical procedures included voluntary participation with informed consent, pseudonymisation, secure storage, and compliance with GDPR principles of data minimisation, confidentiality, and transparency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study produced an integrated account of how data literacy is positioned across Portugal’s compulsory education by combining curricular analysis with educators’ perceptions and practices. Documentary evidence showed system wide presence but uneven distribution of data related competencies, with clearer articulation in Mathematics, Sciences, and selected upper secondary pathways. Early childhood and primary education included data experiences—counting, organising information, simple surveys—yet often without explicit conceptual framing as “data literacy.” Cross disciplinary connections appeared in guidance and school level initiatives but lacked coherent progression across cycles. Survey results indicated that educators strongly valued data literacy for fostering critical thinking, informed citizenship, and resilience to misinformation. However, self reported preparedness was moderate: confidence tended to be higher in descriptive statistics and lower in visualisation, data storytelling, and ethical legal aspects. Practices were more established in assessment and internal monitoring than in student led inquiry or the use of authentic, locally sourced data in project based learning. Recurring barriers included limited time, scarce opportunities for interdisciplinary collaboration, uneven resource availability, and the absence of explicit assessment tools and progression criteria. Conversely, sustained professional development tied to authentic tasks, supportive leadership, collaborative structures and access to usable datasets and tools emerged as key enablers. Triangulating the strands revealed tensions between curricular ambition and teachers’ perceived readiness, uneven articulation of interdisciplinary work, and ambiguity over roles and responsibilities for addressing ethics, privacy, and data justice in everyday teaching. At the same time, the study documented promising practices—co teaching between subject teachers and school librarians, integration within environmental and citizenship education, student surveys, and the use of local media and open data to build statistical reasoning—illustrating feasible pathways for scaling. References Datnow, A., & Park, V. (2018). Professional collaboration with data: From data access to data use in schools. Routledge. Frank, M., Walker, J., Attard, J., & Tygel, A. (2016). Data literacy: What is it and how can we make it happen? Journal of Community Informatics, 12(3). https://doi.org/10.15353/joci.v12i3.3274 Direção-Geral da Educação. (s.d.). Aprendizagens essenciais (Essential learnings). Ministério da Educação. https://www.dge.mec.pt/aprendizagens-essenciais-0 Duarte, R. dos S., et al. (2024). Plano estratégico de literacia mediática (2025–2029) (Strategic media literacy plan (2025–2029). MILObs – Observatório sobre Média, Informação e Literacia. https://milobs.pt/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Plano-estrat%C3%A9gico.pdf Ferreira, A. F., & Fernandes, D. (2017). Das conceções dos alunos ao desenvolvimento da competência matemática: Um curso significativo em tratamento e organização de dados (From student's conceptions to the development of mathematical competence: A meaningful course in data treatment and organisation). Indagatio Didactica, 9(4), 247–260. Gomes, M. L., Rodrigues, R. N., Santos, P., Rato, V., & Martins, F. (2022). Organização e tratamento de dados e a promoção de literacia estatística no 1.º CEB (Organisation and treatment of data and the promotion of statistical literacy in the 1st CEB). APEduC Revista / APEduC Journal, 3(1), 63–80. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/360260214_ORGANIZACAO_E_TRATAMENTO_DE_DADOS_E_A_PROMOCAO_DE_LITERACIA_ESTATISTICA_NO_1_CEBKnaflic, C. N. (2019). Storytelling with data: Let’s practice! John Wiley & Sons. Mandinach, E. B., & Gummer, E. S. (2016). What does it mean for teachers to be data literate: Laying out the skills, knowledge, and dispositions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 60, 366–376. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.07.011 Prinsloo, P., & Slade, S. (2017). An elephant in the learning analytics room: The obligation to act. Proceedings of the Seventh International Learning Analytics & Knowledge Conference (LAK ’17), 46–55. https://doi.org/10.1145/3027385.3027406 Wolff, A., Gooch, D., Cavero Montaner, J. J., Rashid, U., & Kortuem, G. (2016). Creating an understanding of data literacy for a data-driven society. Journal of Community Informatics, 12(3). https://doi.org/10.15353/joci.v12i3.3275 Ridsdale, C., Rothwell, J., Smit, M., Ali-Hassan, H., Bliemel, M., Irvine, D., Kelley, D., Matwin, S., & Wuetherick, B. (2015). Strategies and best practices for data literacy education (Knowledge synthesis report). Dalhousie University. Schildkamp, K. (2019). Data-based decision-making for school improvement: Research insights and gaps. Educational Research, 61(3), 257–273. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1625716 Williamson, B. (2017). Big data in education: The digital future of learning, policy and practice. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529714920 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster The Impact of “Creating a Language Environment” Project on the Speaking Skills of Students Learning Kazakh as a Second Language 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Kokshetau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The purpose of this study is to examine the impact of the “Creating a Language Environment” project implemented at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Kokshetau on the development of speaking skills among students learning Kazakh as a second language. The project was designed as a school-wide initiative aimed at increasing students’ exposure to Kazakh and encouraging its use beyond the classroom through structured and semi-structured activities. The main research question guiding this study is: To what extent can the “Creating a Language Environment” project contribute to the development of students’ speaking skills in Kazakh as a second language? To address this question, the study explores three sub-questions: (1) how the project influences specific aspects of speaking skills, including fluency, vocabulary expansion, and the reduction of psychological barriers during public speaking; (2) which components of the language environment—such as Baskatyrgysh (Puzzles), Karaoke Time, Oqy Laid (Read Aloud), Kinotime (Movie Time), and Khabardar Bol (Stay Informed)—are most effective in motivating students to speak Kazakh; and (3) which factors should be considered when applying the findings of this study in other school contexts. The relevance of this study lies in its focus on the role of a school-wide language environment in second language acquisition. International research has consistently shown that a rich language environment provides learners with comprehensible input and opportunities for meaningful interaction, both of which are essential for developing oral communication skills. In recent years, studies in linguistic landscape and schoolscape research have expanded this perspective by conceptualizing the school space as a holistic language resource. These studies demonstrate that visual displays, informal communication, extracurricular activities, and overall school culture increase learners’ exposure to the target language and encourage its use in authentic contexts. However, most existing research has been conducted in contexts where English or other European languages are taught as second languages. In contrast, the teaching of Kazakh as a second language has received limited attention from the perspective of school-wide language environments. In Kazakhstani methodological literature, research predominantly focuses on classroom-based instructional approaches, while empirical studies that examine the entire school space as a language-learning environment remain scarce. This study seeks to address this gap by investigating a structured, context-specific project implemented in a Kazakhstani school setting. The theoretical framework of the study draws on key concepts in second language acquisition. Long’s Interaction Hypothesis emphasizes that speaking skills develop through interaction that requires learners to negotiate meaning, ask for clarification, and reformulate their utterances. Such interaction enables learners to notice gaps in their language knowledge and refine their oral production. Swain’s Output Hypothesis further highlights speaking as a driving force in language development, arguing that learners develop linguistic accuracy and complexity when they attempt to express meaning and encounter limitations in their language resources. From this perspective, errors are viewed as a natural and productive part of the learning process. Krashen’s Input Hypothesis complements these views by stressing the importance of comprehensible input slightly above learners’ current proficiency level (i+1). His concept of the affective filter underscores the psychological dimension of language learning, suggesting that low anxiety and a supportive environment facilitate more effective language acquisition. Together, these theories support the idea that a well-designed language environment should provide meaningful input, encourage active output, and reduce learners’ fear of making mistakes. This study applies these principles to evaluate the effectiveness of a school-wide language environment in developing students’ speaking skills in Kazakh. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study employed a mixed-methods research design, with qualitative data as the primary source and quantitative data used to support contextual analysis. The research was conducted as a qualitative case study, allowing an in-depth examination of how a school-organized language environment, implemented through teachers’ pedagogical practices, influences students’ speaking skills development in Kazakh as a second language. This was chosen to capture both the complexity of the educational context and participants’ lived experiences within. Participants and Sampling The research site was the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics in Kokshetau. This setting was selected due to the linguistic characteristics of the northern region of Kazakhstan, where the everyday use of Kazakh is limited, creating additional challenges for students learning Kazakh as a second language. These challenges are reflected in students’ academic performance in Kazakh-medium subjects and in regional external summative assessment results. Participants were selected through purposive sampling and included students in grades 7–9 learning Kazakh as a second language, Kazakh language teachers, school administrators, coordinators/curators, one representative from each methodological association fluent in Kazakh, and specialists in music and dombra. School support staff (psychologists, cafeteria workers, cleaners, security guards, and nurses) were not treated as direct data sources but were considered contributors to the school language environment. Data Collection Methods Both qualitative and quantitative data collection methods were used. At the initial stage, an entry survey was administered to students to identify their proficiency level in Kazakh, language difficulties, attitudes toward subjects taught in Kazakh, and perceived support needs. These data provided contextual background and informed the qualitative phase. Qualitative data were collected through semi-structured interviews, classroom and school environment observations, and analysis of students’ oral tasks. Interviews were conducted with all active participants, lasted 20–30 minutes, and were repeated with some participants to gain deeper insights. Observations focused on lessons conducted in Kazakh (Kazakh language, History of Kazakhstan, and Geography) and extracurricular settings, using a structured checklist to record language use, interaction patterns, and student engagement. Students’ oral tasks completed before and after the project were comparatively analyzed. Data Analysis and Ethics Qualitative data were analyzed using thematic analysis through systematic coding of interview transcripts, observation notes, student work. Triangulation across data sources enhanced the credibility of the findings. All ethical requirements were met: participants provided informed consent, anonymity and confidentiality were ensured, and the research did not disrupt the educational process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Personal Interviews Data showed school community members are familiar with the concept of creating a language environment; however, its implementation remains inconsistent, largely dependent on teacher initiative. Researchers identified lack of time, absence of clear organizational mechanisms, and insufficient coordination as major barriers. A recurring theme was students’ difficulty speaking Kazakh, which teachers linked to both limited language exposure and psychological factors: fear of making mistakes and low confidence. These affective barriers reduced students’ willingness to participate orally. Classroom Observations Observations at the beginning revealed that students avoided speaking Kazakh, produced short and formulaic responses, frequently switched to another language during peer interaction. Language support strategies were applied inconsistently. In contrast, observations during and at the end of the project showed noticeable improvement: students answered more confidently in Kazakh, participated more actively in group discussions, and made greater efforts to express their ideas. Teachers used language support strategies more consciously, contributing to increased speaking activity. Students’ Written Work Analysis Comparative analysis of students’ written work showed positive changes by the end of the project. Many students were able to express ideas more freely in Kazakh, and their writing reflected content discussed orally in groups. Nevertheless, progress was uneven. Some students demonstrated slower development and continued to struggle with maintaining focus and expanding ideas, indicating that outcomes were influenced by learners’ initial proficiency levels and psychological readiness. Conclusion The findings indicate that a systematically organized school-wide language environment positively influences speaking skills development among students learning Kazakh as a second language. Such an environment reduces psychological barriers and increases learners’ confidence and willingness to speak. While the effects varied by student, the initiative was a successful teaching strategy that supported linguistic development and psychological comfort. The results offer practical implications for designing and implementing language environment initiatives in similar school contexts. References Cummins, J. (2000). Language, power and pedagogy: Bilingual children in the crossfire. Multilingual Matters. García, O., & Wei, L. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Palgrave Macmillan. Gorter, D., Cenoz, J., & van der Worp, K. (2021). Linguistic landscapes as a resource for language learning. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development. Krashen, S. (1985). The input hypothesis: Issues and implications. Longman. Long, M. H. (1996). The role of the linguistic environment in second language acquisition. MacIntyre, P. D. (2007). Willingness to communicate in the second language. Modern Language Journal. Swain, M. (2005). The output hypothesis: Theory and research. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Action Research Is An Effective Way To Increase Collaboration Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:
In response to ongoing changes across all spheres of society, the education system is undergoing significant modernization. The primary task of teachers today is to provide high-quality education, which requires not only professional competence but also leadership, organizational, and innovative skills. Enhancing the professional activity of leading teachers is now a key focus, providing them with opportunities for self-development and the ability to implement new ideas through collaboration with motivated colleagues. This approach allows teachers to improve their knowledge and skills, even without holding formal leadership positions, by continuously studying innovations and integrating effective methods and techniques into their practice. Modern educational methodology emphasizes planning lessons and curricula to ensure the quality of student knowledge. In this context, students actively participate in building their knowledge and mastering skills, reflecting the constructivist approach, while teachers guide and direct learning toward achieving the objectives of the discipline. Teacher professional growth occurs through active participation in research, experimentation with innovative methods, and reflection on practice. Action Research is a key tool for improving teacher knowledge and research activity. In this process, teachers collaboratively plan lessons around identified problems, set expected outcomes, monitor and analyze lesson results, gather student feedback, and adjust teaching strategies accordingly. Such activities foster teamwork, trust, respect, and mutual support among colleagues, while promoting the adoption of innovative methods and the improvement of pedagogical practice. The purpose of professional cooperation is to integrate theory and practice, exchange new ideas, and implement changes in teaching. Expected outcomes include increased research activity, joint lesson planning and teaching, systematic lesson monitoring, collection and analysis of data, discussion of results, adjustment of practices, and sharing of findings. This collaboration establishes professional networks, organizes joint seminars and training, and fosters continuous professional development. To ensure professional continuity, teachers need to create an environment conducive to collaboration, sharing of teaching experiences, and collective problem-solving. In our experience, this began with forming a scientific community of teachers, developing an organizational plan, defining key groups and contacts, and establishing clear objectives and research topics. Steps included selecting participants, clarifying expected outcomes, and setting timelines for research activities. During lesson planning and analysis, we adhered to principles such as: choosing methods and techniques aligned with the identified problem, searching for solutions to unresolved questions, ensuring rational lesson design, maintaining trust and cooperation, reflecting on outcomes, accepting and providing constructive feedback, motivating students, and fostering idea generation. Historically, Action Research has been recognized since the mid-20th century, with Kurt Lewin describing it as a combined approach of research, action, and problem-solving. It provides a modern framework for teachers to assess and improve their own practice. Depending on the scope, Action Research can involve individual teachers, groups, or entire institutions. Its essence lies in the professional growth of teachers through the practical resolution of specific challenges encountered in the teaching process. In conclusion, professional cooperation through Action Research allows teachers to enhance their skills, adopt innovative methods, improve lesson quality, and foster collaborative problem-solving. This approach strengthens teacher research activity, develops new strategies, and contributes to high-quality education. By engaging in continuous reflection, planning, and collaborative practice, teachers create a dynamic environment that benefits both professional development and student learning outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our scientific community was formed as a collaborative research group between the teaching staff of Abai Kazakh National Pedagogical University and teachers from the Nazarbayev Intellectual School. The study focused on topics selected according to several criteria: relevance, alignment of research questions with SMART goals (specific, measurable, achievable, meaningful, and time-bound), clarity of formulation, and practical significance. In conducting Action Research, we followed the six steps outlined by Walters-Adams: defining the research problem, collecting data, interpreting the data, applying insights to practice, evaluating outcomes, and planning subsequent steps. At the first stage, data such as student answer sheets, observation records, questionnaires, and lesson feedback were collected and analyzed, taking into account student abilities. Effectiveness was evaluated by comparing results at the initial and control stages. During the second stage, teachers identified optimal teaching methods, applied best practices in joint lesson planning and instruction, and emphasized psychological and pedagogical experience. Experience sharing and collaborative re-planning were key components at this stage. At the third stage, teachers focused on developing professional skills, applying findings through data analysis, surveys, and diagnostic research, and refining their practice accordingly. Throughout the study, participants engaged in professional actions such as exchanging ideas, consulting colleagues, presenting proposals, actively listening, taking responsibility within the group, showing respect, adhering to group norms, learning from peers, critically evaluating their own experience, assisting team members, reviewing relevant literature, and disseminating results at pedagogical councils and meetings, including publications. This collaborative approach allowed teachers to implement meaningful changes in their practice. The group, composed of both experienced educators and young specialists, benefited from a mutual balance: experienced teachers shared their expertise, while younger specialists contributed fresh perspectives. The key steps of our Action Research included defining research topics, identifying and addressing obstacles, collecting and analyzing data, implementing changes in practice, and summarizing results for future planning. Joint lesson planning, instruction, monitoring, and analysis strengthened teachers’ professional skills and enhanced their practical and scientific experience. As a result, our scientific community achieved measurable outcomes in a short time: engaging in active research, improving teaching practices and student learning outcomes, sharing new ideas and methods, publishing research findings, fostering professional development, and strengthening collaborative work among teachers. This model demonstrates the practical and scientific value of structured professional cooperation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the study, it was determined that professional development of teachers includes several key aspects: identifying and addressing barriers to teaching and learning, clarifying goals and methods for their achievement, differentiating scientific, methodological, and diagnostic tools, forecasting expected outcomes, and improving pedagogical skills. Teachers actively participated in the research process, collaborating and reflecting on their practice. As a result, each teacher implemented changes in their teaching, enhancing both their professional skills and research capabilities. The collaborative nature of the study created conditions for students to receive high-quality education, while also fostering teachers’ abilities to plan, analyze, and refine instructional strategies. A central focus of the research was increasing students’ engagement through innovative methods and techniques. The study revealed that students developed a range of competencies, including motivation to learn, improved academic performance, teamwork skills, responsibility, public speaking, self-assessment, peer evaluation, mutual support, self-criticism, activity analysis, and error detection and correction. To disseminate the results, a “Festival of Ideas” was organized at Abai Kazakh National Pedagogical University during the Day of Science. Students who participated in action research courses, alongside teachers from the Nazarbayev Intellectual School in chemistry and biology, presented posters and shared their experiences. The research highlighted key characteristics of effective action research: active participation, identification of shared problems, selection and application of effective methods, data analysis and discussion, reflective evaluation, and re-planning to improve teaching outcomes. The implementation of innovative approaches in practice demonstrated a positive impact on the quality of the educational process, enabling the integration of new projects, effective management, creation of independent development plans, and enhancement of teachers’ research activity. This experience confirms that professional cooperation in a research-oriented community supports continuous growth, exchange of experience, and practical application of innovations in teaching. References 1.Elliott, J. (2009). Building educational theory through action research [Creating a theory of learning through research in action]. In Noffke, S. & Somekh, B.Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Educational Action Research. London: Sage. P– 848 (requested date: 03.08.2023). 2.Waters-Adams, S. (2006). Action research in Education [Research in action in the field of education]. Retrieved from, http://www.edu.plymouth.ac.uk/resined/actionresearch/ (requested date: 15.11.2023). 3.Davydov V.V. Theory of developmental learning. - M.: Inter, 1996. – 541 p. (requested date: 10/20/2023). 4.Radionova N.F. Textbook of pedagogy for future teachers / Radionova N. F., Tryapitsyna A. P.// Modern educational book : materials of a scientific and practical conference. - St. Petersburg : Publishing house of the Herzen Russian State Pedagogical University, 2006. pp. 150-162. 5. Skulsky R.P. Learn to be a teacher / Skulsky R.P. – M. : Pedagogika, 1986. – 144 p. 6.Slastenin V.A. The subject-activity approach in continuous pedagogical education [Text] / Slastenin V.A.// Continuous pedagogical education. - 1999. - No. 1. - pp. 44-49. 7.Chichibu T. A teacher's Guide to lesson research: English- The Center for Pedagogical Excellence of AEO "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools", Astana, 2013. 8.Elliott, J. (1991). Action research for educational change [Research in order to transform the learning process]. Buckingham: Open University Press. 9.Elliott, J. (2009). Building educational theory through action research [Creating a theory of learning through research in action]. In Noffke, S. & Somekh, B.Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Educational Action Research. London: Sage. 10.Ferrance, E. (2000). Action Research [Research in action]. Retrieved from http://www.lab.brown.edu/pubs/themes_ed/act_research.pdf 11.Kemmis, S. (2007). Opening Address for the Spanish Collaborative Action Research Network [Opening an address for the Spanish network community for collaborative Research in action]. (CARN) Conference, University of Valladolid, October 18 – 20, 2007. 12.Kemmis, S., & McTaggert, R. (1990). The Action Research Planner [Research planning system in action]. Geelong: Deakin University Press. 13. Instructions for the teacher. Leadership in the teaching community of teachers. AOO "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools", 2012. 14.Conceptualising the Integration of Action Research into the Practice of Teacher Education Universities in Kazakhstan, Education Sciences 13(10):1034, DOI:10.3390/educsci13101034, License, Scopus, CC BY 4.0, Authors: Aiman Berikkhanova; Bayan Sapargaliyeva; Zhanar Ibraimova; Lyaziza Sarsenbayeva; Fatima Assilbayeva; Dana Baidildinova; Elaine Wilson. October 2023, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6914-7321. 15. Abdramanova G.B., Azhmoldaeva K. B. The role of innovative technologies in modern education // A young student. -2016. - No. 5.2. - P. 35-37. – URL https://moluch.ru/archive/109/26691/ (requested date: 07.11.2019). 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Designing for Transfer: How Semantic Waves Mediate Principles–Cases Transitions in Civic Education Textbooks National Taichung University of Education, Taiwan Presenting Author:A central challenge in civic and legal education lies in enabling learners to move flexibly between abstract legal principles and concrete cases. International research identifies this movement—often termed the “transfer bottleneck”—as a persistent barrier in students’ legal reasoning, particularly when textbooks provide dense conceptual definitions but limited epistemic pathways for repacking knowledge. From a subject-didactics perspective, this study examines how semantic waves, as conceptualised in Legitimation Code Theory (LCT), mediate these transitions in high-school civic education textbooks. While Taiwanese civic education curricula emphasise authentic problem-solving and the integration of principles with real-world contexts, little is known about how the authorised textbooks actually organise legal knowledge to support such transitions. The present study addresses this gap by mapping semantic gravity (SG) and semantic density (SD) shifts within the Legal Domain units of four major textbook publishers—Nani, Hanlin, Lungteng, and Sanmin—in Volume II of the national curriculum. The study is guided by three research questions: (1) How do civic education textbooks structure the movement between legal principles and cases through SG/SD variations? (2) What semantic wave patterns characterise the Legal Domain explanations across different publishers? (3) How do these patterns enable or inhibit knowledge transfer, particularly the upward movement required for repacking legal concepts? These questions are situated within broader discussions in ECER 2026’s theme, “Knowing and Acting,” by examining how curricular artefacts shape the epistemic conditions under which students can act with disciplinary knowledge. Theoretically, the study draws on LCT’s semantic dimension (Maton, 2013), which conceptualises how knowledge is strengthened or weakened in abstraction and density. Semantic waves—oscillations between SG+/SD− and SG−/SD+—are considered necessary for learners to connect context-free knowledge with context-dependent situations. Prior studies have applied semantic analysis to science, history, and higher education but seldom to civic and legal textbooks. Legal knowledge, characterised by high abstraction and layered reasoning, provides a rich site for operationalising semantic movements and identifying structural barriers to transfer. Preliminary analysis across the four publishers reveals a dominant pattern of downward semantic waves: textbooks frequently begin with decontextualised principles (e.g., rule-of-law values, constitutional protections), descend into simplified or illustrative cases, yet rarely return upward to re-generalise the concepts. In other words, legal knowledge often ends in “case-bound” explanations that illustrate but do not reconstruct conceptual understanding. While this downward movement can support initial contextualisation, the absence of upward repacking limits students’ ability to apply principles to novel situations. Such patterns may inadvertently reinforce rote reading of examples rather than cultivating flexible legal reasoning. This study contributes to curriculum theory and textbook research by identifying how authorised civic textbooks structure epistemic access to legal reasoning. It also offers methodological contributions through a systematic SG/SD coding scheme adaptable to comparative textbook studies. Practically, the findings inform the design of principle-case instructional cycles, suggesting ways to strengthen upward movements to support transfer. In line with the “Knowing and Acting” theme, the study argues that attention to semantic design is crucial for building curricular materials that enable learners to act with disciplinary knowledge, not merely recognise definitions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an LCT-informed semantic analysis to examine how civic education textbooks organise transitions between legal principles and cases. The research materials comprise the Legal Domain units from Volume II of four widely used Taiwanese civic education textbook series (Nani, Hanlin, Lungteng, and Sanmin). These units cover key legal concepts such as constitutional rights, civil and criminal law basics, due process, and legal responsibilities. They were selected because they represent the most conceptually dense and reasoning-intensive content within the secondary civic curriculum. Analytical procedures follow a three-stage SG/SD mapping approach. First, all core explanatory paragraphs were segmented into semantic units based on shifts in topic, function, or reasoning. Each unit was then coded for semantic gravity (SG) and semantic density (SD) using a calibrated four-level scale (from SG−/SD+ to SG+/SD−), allowing fine-grained identification of abstraction and contextualisation. Coding reliability was enhanced through iterative refinement of indicators, including lexical cues, epistemic functions (definition, rule articulation, application, justification), and conceptual relations. This produced semantic profiles for each publisher, enabling cross-text comparison. Second, wave patterns were identified by examining SG/SD trajectories across sequences of semantic units. Following Maton’s framework, three ideal-type patterns were used as analytical heuristics: (a) High Semantic Flatline (HSF), where explanations remain highly abstract with minimal contextual grounding; (b) Case-Bound Oscillation (CBO), where explanations remain situated in examples without reconstructing principles; and (c) U-Shaped Waves (USW), where moves from abstract principles downward to concrete cases and upward again to generalisable understanding are evident. Emphasis was placed on detecting the presence, frequency, and structural placement of each pattern. Third, cross-publisher comparisons were conducted to detect convergent or divergent semantic designs. Special attention was given to transitions between legal principles (e.g., proportionality, rights limitations, mens rea) and textbook-provided cases. The analysis also considered how tasks, diagrams, and boxed examples contributed to or disrupted semantic coherence. The methodological design enables identification of both micro-level textual movements and macro-level pedagogical patterns, providing insight into how textbooks mediate epistemic access to legal reasoning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across all four textbook series, the analysis reveals a predominance of downward semantic waves: explanations often begin with abstract legal principles and descend into concrete examples, but seldom rise back to re-abstract and integrate the cases. This pattern indicates limited upward repacking, suggesting that while contextualisation is present, opportunities for deep conceptual consolidation are weak. Such downward-only movements may restrict students' ability to generalise beyond the textbook cases and to apply principles flexibly to unfamiliar scenarios—a critical component of legal reasoning. Only sporadic instances of U-shaped waves were observed, primarily in isolated sections where principles were explicitly revisited after case illustrations. However, these instances lacked systematic placement and were insufficient to counterbalance the dominant case-bound structure. The absence of robust upward movement may reinforce surface-level understanding and impede learners from constructing portable disciplinary knowledge, echoing international concerns regarding the transfer bottleneck in civic and legal education. The study’s findings highlight the need for more intentional semantic design in textbook development. Strengthening upward movements—through summarising principles, articulating generalisable criteria, or integrating multiple cases—could better support transfer. For curriculum designers, this suggests that explicit attention to the semantic architecture of explanations is essential for promoting epistemic access. In relation to ECER 2026’s theme, the results underscore how curricular artefacts shape the conditions under which students move from knowing to acting with legal knowledge. The study contributes a methodological model and comparative insights relevant for broader international discussions on disciplinary literacy, civic reasoning, and textbook research. References Clarence, S. (2016). Surfing the waves of learning: Enacting a Semantics analysis of teaching in a first-year Law course. Higher Education Research & Development, 36(5), 920–933 Maton, K. (2013). Making semantic waves: A key to cumulative knowledge-building. Linguistics and Education, 24(1), 8–22. Maton, K. (2014). Knowledge and knowers: Towards a realist sociology of education. Routledge. Maton, K. (2020). Semantic waves: Context, complexity and academic discourse. In J. R. Martin, K. Maton, & Y. J. Doran (Eds.). Accessing academic discourse: Systemic functional linguistics and Legitimation Code Theory (pp. 59–85). Routledge. Maton, K., Hood, S., & Shay, S. (Eds.). (2016). Knowledge-building: Educational studies in Legitimation Code Theory. Routledge. Matruglio, E., Maton, K., & Martin, J. R. (2013). Time travel: The role of temporality in enabling semantic waves in secondary school teaching. Linguistics and Education, 24(1), 38–49. Modig, N. (2022). Why powerful economic content and scientific language in social studies textbooks matters. Journal of Social Science Education, 21(2), 23–48. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 04 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Poster Assessing Bullying Participation Roles in Classrooms: A Single-Item Peer-Rating Approach University of Wuppertal, Germany Presenting Author:Bullying and victimization among children and adolescents remain central concerns for educational research and school practice, with substantial implications for psychosocial development and educational trajectories. Contemporary research increasingly conceptualizes bullying as a group process involving multiple participant roles like bullies, assistants, victims, defenders, and outsiders (Jenkins et al., 2022). However, bullying research faces persistent challenges in measurement. Self-reports, although widely used due to their efficiency (Paljakka et al., 2021), are prone to social desirability and underreporting biases, particularly when assessing socially undesirable behaviors such as bullying perpetration and when children feel uncomfortable reporting victimization (Bouman et al., 2012). Building on the participant role model and social-ecological perspectives, bullying is understood as embedded in peer group interactions and classroom social structures. This implies that peers are key informants of classroom social dynamics (Salmivalli et al., 2021). In addition, bullying behaviors are assumed to be publicly observable and strategically enacted in peer contexts, making classmates important observers of these processes (Rodkin et al., 2015). From a measurement perspective, peer-reports complement self-reports by capturing shared perceptions of social roles and group dynamics. Yet, existing peer-rating instruments often require students to evaluate numerous classmates across multiple items, which imposes substantial cognitive demands and limits feasibility in school-based research (Vessey et al., 2014). Integrating insights from bullying research and educational measurement theory, this contribution addresses the need for theoretically grounded and feasible approaches to assess participation in bullying roles. Increasing emphasis on scalable indicators and data-driven approaches highlights the need for instruments that balance feasibility with conceptual depth and contextual sensitivity. Developing parsimonious yet theory-based measures can support cumulative research and evidence-informed educational practice. The submitted poster aims to present and theoretically ground the Single-Item Peer-Rating for Bullying Participation Roles (SIPER-BPR) and to outline the conceptual framework for its evaluation. SIPER-BPR is designed as a parsimonious peer-based instrument to capture students’ participation in bullying-related roles in classroom contexts. The poster will introduce the conceptual rationale of the instrument and outline research questions regarding descriptive characteristics of peer-reported roles, convergence with self-reported role involvement, and associations with psychosocial indicators. We assume small to moderate correlations between peer- and self-reported role involvement (Malamut et al., 2020), reflecting shared variance and method-specific biases, and theoretically expected associations with social and behavioral characteristics (Moyano et al., 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study involved N = 1688 students (M = 11.55 years, SD = 1.11; 52% female) from 80 classes spanning grades 5 through 9, as well as their classroom teachers (N = 80; M = 41.4 years, SD = 8.77; 66% female) in Germany. Data collection occurred at two measurement points with a six-week interval. Participation in bullying roles was assessed via SIPER-BPR and the Bully Participant Behavior Questionnaire (BPBQ; Eilts et al., 2025). The SIPER-BPR is designed to capture the participation of classmates in five bullying-related roles: bully, assistant, victim, defender, and outsider. Each role is represented by a single item describing observable behaviors within the classroom (e.g. Bully: “In many classes, there are children who intentionally and repeatedly hurt weaker children or are mean to them. For example: They insult others. They exclude others. They hit or push others. They throw things at others. They say mean things about others.”). Peers rated the frequency of the corresponding behavior on a seven-point Likert-like scale for all of their classmates, allowing aggregation of perceptions and capturing classroom-level social dynamics. Students’ self-reported bullying behavior was assessed using the German short version of the BPBQ, which captures the frequency of aggressive behaviors in peer contexts. Students’ self-perceived social integration was measured using the subscales “Negative Interactions” and “Exclusion” of the Questionnaire for Multifactorial Assessment of Self-Perceived Social Integration (SSI 5-6; Spilles et al., 2025). Peer-reported social integration was assessed via sociometric choice (Moreno, 1934) capturing students’ acceptance within the classroom social network. Anxious-depressive and oppositional-disruptive behavior was assessed using the respective subscales of the Integrated Teacher Report Form (ITRF; Casale et al., 2023). Teachers also provided a global assessment of students’ behavioral support needs using a single five-point item as a proxy variable. Data collection was conducted in classroom settings during regular school hours at both measurement points. The research objectives were addressed by analyzing the data using correlation coefficients. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that peer-ratings capture the theoretically expected role-specific patterns and offer added value beyond student self-reports, supporting the instrument’s potential as a low-burden, scalable measurement tool for research and practice. Correlations between peer-ratings (SIPER-BPR) and the self-reported behavior (BPBQ) ranged from r = .213 for Defenders to r = .447 for Bullies. These coefficients are comparable to prior research reporting modest cross-informant agreement in bullying research and reflect the well-documented divergence between self- and peer-reports in socially sensitive behaviors. Evidence for construct and criterion-related validity emerged from the role-specific associations with relevant student characteristics. Peer-rated Bullies and Assistants showed moderate to strong positive associations with oppositional-disruptive behavior and teacher-rated behavioral problems, and smaller but still significant associations with anxious-depressive symptoms. Victims were characterized by higher levels of internalizing problems and lower social integration. Defenders showed positive associations with peer-reported social integration and negative associations with behavioral problems, whereas Outsiders were associated with lower social integration and higher behavioral problems. Importantly, these patterns were generally stronger for peer-ratings than for self-reports, suggesting higher external validity of peer-based assessments for capturing social roles within classrooms. Still, differentiation between Bully and Assistant roles remains challenging and warrants further refinement of item wording. Nevertheless, the results indicate that the single-item peer-rating approach differentiates bullying roles in theoretically meaningful ways and aligns with established nomological networks. Due to its low assessment burden, the instrument is a scalable measurement tool for research and practice. Further research is needed to examine its reliability over time and in different contexts. References Bouman, T., van der Meulen, M., Goossens, F. A., Olthof, T., Vermande, M. M., & Aleva, E. A. (2012). Peer and self-reports of victimization and bullying: Their differential association with internalizing problems and social adjustment. Journal of School Psychology, 50(6), 759–774. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2012.08.004 Casale, G., Herzog, M., & Volpe, R. J. (2023). Measurement Efficiency of a Teacher Rating Scale to Screen for Students at Risk for Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Problems. Journal of Intelligence, 11(3). https://doi.org/10.3390/jintelligence11030057 Eilts, J., Sticca, F., & Wilke, J. (2025). Factor Analysis and Development of a Short Version of the Bullying Participant Behaviors Questionnaire (BPBQ) in a German Sample of Adolescents. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 43(5), 514–532. https://doi.org/10.1177/07342829251335999 Jenkins, L. N., Canivez, G. L., & Braun, M. (2022). Structural Validity of the Bullying Participant Behavior Questionnaire with an Elementary School Sample. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 4(2), 115–129. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42380-021-00091-w Malamut, S. T., Van Den Berg, Y. H. M., Lansu, T. A. M., & Cillessen, A. H. N. (2020). Dyadic nominations of bullying: Comparing types of bullies and their victims. Aggressive Behavior, 46(3), 232–243. https://doi.org/10.1002/ab.21884 Moreno, J. L. (1934). Who shall survive?: A new approach to the problem of human interrelations. Nervous and Mental Disease Publishing Co. https://doi.org/10.1037/10648-000 Moyano, N., Ayllón, E., Antoñanzas, J. L., & Cano, J. (2019). Children’s Social Integration and Low Perception of Negative Relationships as Protectors Against Bullying and Cyberbullying. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 643. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00643 Paljakka, A., Schwab, S., & Zurbriggen, C. L. A. (2021). Multi-Informant Assessment of Bullying in Austrian Schools. Frontiers in Education, 6. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.712318 Rodkin, P. C., Espelage, D. L., & Hanish, L. D. (2015). A relational framework for understanding bullying: Developmental antecedents and outcomes. American Psychologist, 70(4), 311–321. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0038658 Salmivalli, C., Laninga‐Wijnen, L., Malamut, S. T., & Garandeau, C. F. (2021). Bullying Prevention in Adolescence: Solutions and New Challenges from the Past Decade. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 31(4), 1023–1046. https://doi.org/10.1111/jora.12688 Spilles, M., Plutz, R., & Huber, C. (2025). Multifaktorielle Messung der selbstwahrgenommenen sozialen Integration mit dem SSI 3–4. Unterrichtswissenschaft. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42010-025-00232-w Vessey, J., Strout, T. D., DiFazio, R. L., & Walker, A. (2014). Measuring the Youth Bullying Experience: A Systematic Review of the Psychometric Properties of Available Instruments. Journal of School Health, 84(12), 819–843. https://doi.org/10.1111/josh.12210 04. Inclusive Education
Poster Unlocking the Potential of Noise-Cancelling Headphones in Supporting Inclusive School Environments for Autistic Students Østfold University College, Norway Presenting Author:Background Sensory differences, which affect how individuals perceive, integrate, and respond to stimuli, are a core feature of autism (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). These differences often make everyday sounds overwhelming and distressing for autistic persons (Williams et al., 2021). Educational settings can therefore pose significant challenges for autistic students sensitive to auditory stimuli, adversely affecting their learning capacity, participation, and social and emotional wellbeing (Poulsen et al., 2025; Price and Romualdez, 2025). Despite strong policy ambitions of inclusive education (UN, 2006, 2023), research consistently points to a gap between these ideals and their implementation for autistic students in schools (Bölte et al., 2021; Roberts & Simpson, 2016). When sensory barriers are not adequately addressed, autistic students’ opportunities for participation and their overall experience of inclusion may be substantially undermined. Alongside environmental adaptions such as universal design principles (Black et al., 2022), assistive tools like noise-cancelling headphones (NCH), can play a critical role in supporting autistic students. Research indicates that NCH can alleviate sensory overload and stress while enhancing attention, wellbeing, and participation (Kwong et al., 2025; Pfeiffer et al., 2018). However, there are concerns about the potential for missed information, reduced social interaction, and increased stigma and isolation. Frequent use may also lead to dependency on the device and heightened sensitivity to auditory stimuli over time (Kulawiak, 2021; Neave-DiToro et al., 2021). As schools increasingly integrate NCH into educational practice, it is crucial that educational professionals possess the competence and awareness necessary to critically evaluate both the benefits and potential drawbacks, ensuring NCH are applied thoughtfully to meet diverse student needs.
Objectives This study aims to explore the practices, perceptions, and competence of school and Educational Psychology Services (EPS) employees regarding the use of NCH for autistic students in educational settings. The study also seeks to inform how NCH can be effectively implemented to support inclusive educational practices. To address these aims, the study is guided by the following research questions: RQ1: What are educational professionals' experiences and perceptions regarding the use of NCH for autistic students sensitive to auditory stimuli? RQ2: What are perceived beneficial adaptations for reducing uncomfortable sounds, and do educational professionals consider themselves sufficiently competent? RQ3: What are the perceived advantages and disadvantages of using NCH in schools? RQ4: To what extent are there established practices and formal guidelines within the EPS for assessing sound sensitivity in autistic students?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative approach using digital semi-structured interviews to gather insights from educational professionals on NCH usage in schools. The first author conducted 32 interviews with school and EPS employees. To capture a broad range of experiences across different workplace settings, the sample compromised of ten participants from the EPS, ten from mainstream schools, ten from specialised units and two from special schools. Participants held diverse occupations, including teachers, special educators, care workers, EPS counsellors and psychologists. Participants were recruited following their participation in a survey addressing the same topic, in which they were invited to indicate their willingness to participate in a follow-up in-depth digital interview. Individuals who expressed interest were subsequently contacted. Data collection took place between April and October 2025. In the preceding survey study, data were collected via a digitally distributed questionnaire using Nettskjema (University of Oslo), a secure survey tool with encrypted storage that ensures compliance with privacy regulations. Participation invitations were sent by email to school principals and EPS leaders, who were asked to forward the invitation to relevant staff members. The survey reached schools and EPS units nationwide. The interview guide comprised six open-ended questions designed to explore educational professionals’ experiences and perspectives regarding autistic students sensitive to auditory stimuli, as well as their experiences with using NCH in school settings. The questions focused on participants’ experiences supporting these students, their views on effective accommodations to reduce auditory discomfort, their self-assessed competence and the extent to which auditory sensitivity is addressed in their workplace. Participants were also asked about the potential benefits and drawbacks of NCH use, and one question concerning established practices and guidelines for assessing sound sensitivity was directed specifically to those working within the EPS. Data were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2021, 2022). Two researchers independently familiarized themselves with the data and conducted initial coding. Through an iterative and reflexive process, codes were developed and refined into themes, with ongoing discussion to compare interpretations and enhance analytical rigour. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that autistic students are frequently perceived as sensitive to various types of sound in school settings, with cumulative effects on stress levels and tolerance over time. This, in turn, was perceived to negatively affect students’ capacity for learning, participation, and overall wellbeing. The findings further indicate frequent use of NCH and other noise-reducing aids, with benefits widely recognized, while awareness of potential drawbacks appears less emphasized. Educational professionals’ views on accommodations appear to be influenced by multiple factors, including students’ individual needs, varying conditions across different settings, and the functions and availability of noise-reducing aids. Professional competence varies, with higher levels often associated with personal interest or experience in specialized environments rather than systematic routines. EPS employees described considerable variation, with no standardized practices or shared guidelines guiding the assessment of sound sensitivity. This study highlights the significant potential of NCH in supporting autistic students by reducing the sensory discomfort often experienced in everyday school environments. When combined with holistic environmental adaptations, NCH can serve as a valuable tool for enhancing inclusive education. However, the findings underscore an urgent need to increase awareness and expertise among educational professionals to prevent undiscerning use that may overlook potential drawbacks. It also points to the importance of developing clearer guidelines and standardized practices that thoughtfully address the diverse needs of each student References American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders: DSM-5 (5th ed.). American Psychiatric Association. https://contents.bibs.aws.unit.no/files/images/large/1/4/9780890425541.jpg Black, M. H., McGarry, S., Churchill, L., D’Arcy, E., Dalgleish, J., Nash, I., Jones, A., Tse, T. Y., Gibson, J., Bölte, S., & Girdler, S. (2022). Considerations of the built environment for autistic individuals: A review of the literature. Autism: The International Journal of Research and Practice, 26(8), 1904–1915. https://doi.org/10.1177/13623613221102753 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. SAGE. Bölte, S., Leifler, E. & Borg, A. (2021). Inclusive practice for students with neurodevelopmental disorders in Sweden. Scandinavian Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Psychology. 9(1), 9-15. https://doi.org/10.21307/sjcapp-2021-002 Kulawiak, P. R. (2021). Academic benefits of wearing noise-cancelling headphones during class for typically developing students and students with special needs: A scoping review. Cogent Education, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2021.1957530 Kwong, T. C., Yuan, H.-L., Mung, S. W. Y., Chu, H. K., Lai, Y. Y. C., Chan, C. C. H., & Choy, Y. S. (2025). Intervention technology of aural perception controllable headset for children with autism spectrum disorder. Scientific Reports, 15(1), 5356–13. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-025-89609-6 Neave-DiToro, D., Fuse, A., & Bergen, M. (2021). Knowledge and Awareness of Ear Protection Devices for Sound Sensitivity by Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Language, Speech & Hearing Services in Schools, 52(1), 409–425. https://doi.org/10.1044/2020_LSHSS-19-00119 Pfeiffer, B., Erb, S. R., & Slugg, L. (2018). Impact of Noise-Attenuating Headphones on Participation in the Home, Community, and School for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Physical & Occupational Therapy In Pediatrics, 39(1), 60–76. https://doi.org/10.1080/01942638.2018.1496963 Poulsen, R., Tan, D. W., Sowman, P. F., McAlpine, D., & Pellicano, E. (2025). Auditory environments influence the link between Autistic traits and quality of life. Scientific Reports, 15(1), 10612–10613. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-025-94585-y Price, J., & Romualdez, A. M. (2025). ‘It just feels unnatural being here’: Autistic secondary school students’ experiences of sensory sensitivities in the school environment. Autism, 29(9), 2228-2238. https://doi.org/10.1177/13623613251333860 Roberts, J., & Simpson, K. (2016). A review of research into stakeholder perspectives on inclusion of students with autism in mainstream schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20(10), 1084–1096. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2016.1145267 United Nations. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html United Nations. (2023). The Sustainable Development Goals report 2023: Special edition. United Nations. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/report/2023/ Williams, Z. J., Suzman, E., & Woynaroski, T. G. (2021). Prevalence of Decreased Sound Tolerance (Hyperacusis) in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis. Ear and Hearing, 42(5), 1137–1150. https://doi.org/10.1097/AUD.0000000000001005 04. Inclusive Education
Poster Supporting (Listening) Comprehension in Foreign Languages in Children with Central Auditory Processing Disorders – Challenges and Perspectives for An Inclusive Approach University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:Central auditory processing disorders (CAPD) are characterised by deficits in the neural processing of auditory information within the central nervous system. CAPD involves difficulties in the perceptual processing of sounds, which manifest as poor performance in one or more auditory skills. Statistics suggest these disorders affect approximately 2–7% of school-aged children, with diagnoses being most common during the early years of primary school (Chermak & Musiek, 1990; ASHA, 2005). The impact of CAPD on a child’s development is profound, often resulting in significant difficulties in learning, speech, language, and social functioning. Due to difficulties in receiving and reproducing speech sounds, children frequently struggle with listening comprehension, correct pronunciation, and overall communication. If left undetected or untreated, CAPD adversely affects a child’s overall quality of life. Conversely, early diagnosis and targeted therapy are crucial, as they positively influence auditory training and the acquisition of reading, writing, and foreign language skills. Students with central auditory processing disorder are (or rather should be) classified as belonging to the group of students with neurodiversity and thus as having special educational needs (SEN). In the Polish educational context, the focus on special educational needs intensified following the Minister of National Education Regulation (2008; Journal of Laws of 2009, No 4, item 17). Subsequent legislation, such as the 2016 Education Law (Journal of Laws of 2017, item 59), guarantees equal access to schools for students with disabilities and those at risk of social maladjustment. Current regulations from 2017, with 2023 adjustments, define special education categories for conditions such as deafness, blindness, autism, and aphasia (Journal of Laws of 2017, item 356; Journal of Laws of 2023, item 312). However, CAPD is not yet listed in the ICD-10 (the current classification used in Poland), meaning it is not officially recognised as a special educational need. The transition to the ICD-11, expected in Poland by 2027, may change this status. Currently, to receive extra classes or school-based assistance, such as corrective-compensatory or therapeutic classes, a certificate of special educational needs issued by psychological and pedagogical counselling centres is required (Zelazowska-Sobczyk et al., 2022, 2024). This presentation aims to identify specific difficulties in listening comprehension in foreign languages among children and, secondly, to explore perspectives on supporting listening comprehension in foreign languages for children with CAPD. Furthermore, it provides recommendations for inclusive educational practices that address the current systemic “niche”. Foreign languages are introduced to pupils from the first grade of primary school, often from kindergarten or even nursery. The target language proficiency level after primary school (8 grades) is A2 CEFR for the first language and A1 for the second language. Statistics on foreign language choices in the eighth-grade exam show that English clearly dominates, both among pupils without special educational needs and among those with special educational needs. These trends are also visible in the Matura certificate exam (after high school). For this reason, it is important to support children with CAPD in foreign language learning, especially in listening comprehension from an early age. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Difficulties in learning foreign languages, especially English, are clearly evident in children with CAPD. First, the current Polish and international literature contains few studies, mainly individual case studies, that discuss these difficulties (Veselovska, 2015; Bieńkowska & Polok, 2019; and the newest Zelazowska-Sobczyk et al., 2022, 2024). Therefore, it has been proposed to establish a subfield of glottodidactics (foreign language teaching in (learning) – “audioglottodidactics” – which focuses on students with central auditory processing disorders, their teachers and the context, i.e. foreign language learning (Zelazowska-Sobczyk, 2025a, 2025b). To identify foreign language learning difficulties among CAPD students, a questionnaire study was conducted among parents of children with CAPD before auditory training began. Responses were received from 121 parents of children with CAPD aged 6 to 15 who were learning English, either alone or in combination with German, Spanish, Russian, French, Italian and Swedish. Slightly more than 50% of the children had good or very good English grades (B or A), though this was mainly among children in the first stage of primary school (7-10 years old). More than 60% of parents reported difficulties learning foreign languages, while fewer than 44% of children reported such difficulties, especially with English. Children mainly have difficulty with correct spelling; they mix up letters in words and are unable to write what they hear. In addition, fear of speaking and a lack of effective communication skills, even with knowledge of the theoretical rules, i.e. an inability to respond in authentic situations, are often highlighted. Parents and children also reported difficulties with listening comprehension. They also have difficulty concentrating and focusing their auditory attention, and are easily distracted during classes and at home. Students are often unable to apply the grammatical rules they know in practice. They have difficulty comprehending instructions, especially longer ones. They pay attention to irrelevant sound stimuli at the expense of understanding important ones. All this translates into a lack of motivation to learn, often even an aversion, low self-esteem, and isolation in the classroom or peer group. Based on the questionnaire study, recommendations for supporting listening comprehension in foreign languages, particularly English, in children with central auditory processing disorders are proposed. These recommendations are grounded in the perspective of inclusive education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The questionnaire survey showed that children with CAPD have difficulties learning a foreign language, especially in listening comprehension. Moreover, students who have difficulty learning English, often their first foreign language, often achieve good grades in other languages (e.g., German, French, Spanish). This may be related to the significant difference in the frequency characteristics of Polish and English. The frequencies for Polish, German, Spanish, Russian and even Chinese are very similar, while those for British English and Italian are not convergent. English is sensitive to high frequencies and very subtle modulations at this level. It contains a large number of sibilant sounds, diphthongisation of vowels and discrepancies between spelling and pronunciation. French has a double-peak profile with peaks around 250 Hz and 1500 Hz, with high sensitivity in the 1000-2000 Hz range. It contains nasal sounds. In comparison, Spanish has high sensitivity to the lowest frequencies, extending to 500 Hz, and lower sensitivity in the 1500-2500 Hz range. There is also a sibilant ‘f’ sound characteristic of high frequencies, which in this language tends to transition into an aspirated ‘h’. In conclusion, difficulties in learning foreign languages, particularly English, have often been reported in children with central auditory processing disorders, particularly in listening comprehension. It is crucial to support children in developing listening comprehension and attention. CAPD is not only a challenge but also a call to action: to create clear guidelines, collaborate across disciplines, and support students through inclusive practices. References 1.ASHA (2005), American Speech-Language-, Hearing Association, (Central) Auditory Processing Disorders. Technical report. http://www.ak-aw.de/sites/default/files/2016-12/ASHA_CAPD_2005.pdf (Accessed January 20th, 2026). 2.Bieńkowska, I., Polok, K. (2019), Teaching English as a Second/Foreign Language to CAPD-Impaired Students. Open Access Library Journal, 6, e5511. 3.Chermak, E.D. / Musiek, F.E. (1997), Central auditory processing disorders: New perspectives. Singular Publishing Group. 4.Journal of Laws of 2009, No 4, item 17 (2008), Regulation of the 23 December 2008 by the Minister of National Education on core curriculum for pre-school and general education in specific types of schools (Dz.U. 2009 nr 4 poz. 17). 5.Journal of Laws of 2017, item. 59 (2016), Act of 14 December 2016. Education Law (Dz.U. 2017 poz. 59). 6.Journal of Laws of 2017, item 356 (2017), Regulation of the Minister of National Education of 14 February 2017 on the pre-primary curriculum and the general education school curricula in primary schools, including [the curricula] for pupils with moderate and severe intellectual disabilities, and for general education in stage 1 sectoral vocational schools, general education in special schools preparing for employment, and general education in post-secondary schools (Dz.U. 2017 poz. 356). 7.Journal of Laws of 2023, item 312 (2023), Regulation of the Minister of National Education of 6 February 2023 amending the regulation on the pre-primary curriculum and the general education school curricula in primary schools, including [the curricula] for pupils with moderate and severe intellectual disabilities, and for general education in stage 1 sectoral vocational schools, general education in special schools preparing for employment, and general education in post-secondary schools (Dz.U. 2023 poz. 312). 8.Veselovska, G. (2015), Auditory Processing Disorder and Foreign Language Acquisition. The Clearing House, 88, 50–53. 9.Zelazowska-Sobczyk, M., Czajka, N. Skarżyński, PH. (2022), Central auditory processing disorders in school-aged children in the frame of teaching and learning of English language. Applied Linguistics Papers, 26(4), 118–127. 10.Zelazowska-Sobczyk M., Andrychowicz-Trojanowska A., Czajka N, Skarżyński PH., Grucza S. (2024), Central Auditory Processing Disorders in the frame of Special Educational Needs – a niche in the adjudicating and opinion-forming system). Applied Linguistics Papers, 28(1), 78–82. 11.Zelazowska-Sobczyk, M. (2025a), Student with Central Auditory Processing Disorders. Selected Recommendations for FLTL. Jezyki Obce w Szkole, 2, 45–51. 12.Zelazowska-Sobczyk, M. (2025b), Audioglottodidactics – subject-specific characteristics of the sub-discipline of glottodidactics. Applied Linguistics Papers, 29(2), 73–85. 04. Inclusive Education
Poster Challenges and Coping Strategies of After-School Care Teachers Serving Children with Special Needs in Taiwan Chaoyang University of Technology, Taiwan Presenting Author:As the number of children with special needs in Taiwan continues to rise, their education and care have attracted increasing attention from parents and educators. However, compared with the regulations and teacher qualification requirements in formal education, after-school care for children with special needs has received relatively little attention. Caring for children with special needs is particularly challenging, as they require multiple forms of support, including academic assistance, peer interaction, and behavior management (Chen, 2021; Haney, 2012). Under current regulations, when public elementary school after-school care services enroll students with disabilities, schools are required to conduct individualized assessments in accordance with the principles of the Special Education Act and to provide services only when adequate support resources and reasonable accommodations are available. If necessary, specialized after-school programs for children with special needs may be provided. In contrast, some private after-school programs are reluctant to enroll children with special needs due to limitations in management capacity and teacher expertise (Ren, 2023). Regulations governing after-school programs in Taiwan require child caregivers to complete 180 hours of professional training, of which only 9 hours are dedicated to special education (Ministry of Education, 2019, 2024b). Meanwhile, the number of children with special needs enrolled in after-school programs has continued to increase, with approximately 15,300 children with special needs participating in such programs in 2022 (Ministry of Health and Welfare, 2023a, 2023b). After-school teachers commonly face challenges such as wide disparities in students’ abilities, insufficient teaching resources, and a lack of special education training, all of which increase the complexity of instruction (Wei, 2016; Yang, 2001; Chen, 2021). In addition, limited administrative support, staff shortages, and unequal resource allocation pose significant barriers to effective service provision (Yeh, 2023). This study aims to examine the challenges encountered by after-school staff and the strategies they use to serve children with special needs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a quantitative questionnaire survey to investigate teachers working in public and private after-school programs. The questionnaire was developed using Google Forms and distributed through social media platforms, including Facebook communities for after-school staff. To ensure data quality, respondents were required to log in using a Google account, and each account was limited to a single response. A total of 116 valid questionnaires were collected in this study. The collected data were analyzed using SPSS statistical software through both descriptive and inferential statistical methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicated that after-school staff faced significant challenges related to the additional time and effort required to care for children with special needs. Large class sizes made it difficult to provide individualized homework assistance and to organize classroom activities effectively. In addition, staff reported insufficient knowledge and professional competencies, and the demands of long-term care often led to physical and emotional fatigue. Staff with more years of experience reported greater pressure related to class size. Public school special after-school programs for children with special needs demonstrated higher levels of professional competence, lower levels of fatigue, and greater access to resources. Regarding coping strategies, teachers commonly adopted approaches such as providing clear instructions and behavior guidance, enhancing interactive understanding with children, collaborating with colleagues, maintaining communication with parents, and seeking support from supervisors or specialists. Teachers with higher levels of educational attainment, as well as those working in northern and central Taiwan, were more likely to engage in parent collaboration, peer communication, and seeking assistance from special education aides. Overall, after-school care teachers face substantial professional demands and practical challenges when working with children with special needs, and notable differences in resources and coping strategies exist across institutional settings and staff backgrounds. References Chen, M.-K. (2004). A study on the current situation and needs of after-school care for children with disabilities in elementary schools in Taoyuan County (Unpublished master’s thesis). National Taipei Teachers College. Chen, Y.-J. (2021). A study on the service process and coping strategies for the difficulties in providing services to children with special needs in a private after-school child care service center (Unpublished master’s thesis). National Taipei University of Education. Haney, M. R. (2012). After school care for children on the autism spectrum. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 21(3), 466–473. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-011-9500-1 Ministry of Education. (2022). 2021 Special Education Statistics Yearbook. https://www.set.edu.tw/actclass/fileshare/default.asp Ministry of Education. (2024a). 2023 Special Education Statistics Yearbook. https://www.set.edu.tw/actclass/fileshare/default.asp Ministry of Education. (2024b). Reference program for pre-service and in-service training courses for after-school child care service personnel (amended on July 17, 2024). Official letter no. Tai-Jiao-She-(1)-Zi No. 1132402440. https://afterschool.moe.gov.tw/downloads Ministry of Health and Welfare. (2023a). Subsidy status of after-school care service classes for children. CRC (Convention on the Rights of the Child) Information Network. https://crc.sfaa.gov.tw/Statistics/Detail/48?AspxAutoDetectCookieSupport=1 Ministry of Health and Welfare. (2023b). Overview of after-school care service centers for children. CRC (Convention on the Rights of the Child) Information Network. https://crc.sfaa.gov.tw/Statistics/Detail/49 Regulations for the Establishment and Administration of After-School Care Service Classes and Centers for Children (amended and promulgated on December 5, 2019). Ren, Y.-Y. (2023, June 17). Insufficient after-school resources: How are children with disabilities cared for? Kaohsiung Education Bureau to pilot counseling classes during summer vacation. United Daily News. https://udn.com/news/story/6885/7241480 Wang, H.-C. (2015). A study on after-school care programs for children with disabilities: The case of elementary schools in Changhua County (Unpublished master’s thesis). Tunghai University. Wei, J.-A. (2016). A study on after-school care for students with disabilities in Hualien County: The case of Taiyang Elementary School (Unpublished master’s thesis). National Dong Hwa University. Yang, P.-Y. (2001). A survey study on after-school tutoring for students in special classes in elementary schools in Taipei City (Unpublished master’s thesis). National Taiwan Normal University. Yeh, X.-Y. (2023). A case study on the current situation and challenges of after-school care service centers for children with special needs (Unpublished master’s thesis). National Taichung University of Education. Haney, M. R. (2012). After school care for children on the autism spectrum. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 21(3), 466–473. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-011-9500-1 |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 05 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Poster Implementing Needs-based Resource Allocation in Schools at Risk: Conditions, Challenges and Adaptive Processes from a German School Trial Institut für Bildungsanalysen Baden-Württemberg (IBBW), Germany, Germany Presenting Author:The results of the IQB Trends in Student Achievement 2021 (Stanat et al., 2022), a large-scale national assessment designed to monitor educational standards in Germany, demonstrate that the correlation between social background and educational success remains significant. Moreover, social disparities in educational achievement have increased considerably. These developments underscore mounting challenges confronting primary education systems in addressing both the decline in overall performance and widening educational inequalities, particularly in schools serving socially disadvantaged communities (Klemm, 2016; Stanat et al., 2022; OECD, 2023). In light of these findings, targeted policy measures to provide additional support for socially disadvantaged students have become increasingly important (OECD, 2023). One such initiative is the school trial “Social Index-Based Resource Allocation” (SR), initiated in a federal state of Germany and implemented in the 2023/2024 school year. Participating schools are selected based on a scientifically developed school social index that was used to identify schools with a socio-economically disadvantaged student body. The allocation of supplementary funding to schools is determined by their ranking on this index. The budget can be utilised for the recruitment of additional personnel, e.g., teaching assistants and school social workers, the implementation of school development projects, and for material expenses, such as learning materials, related to the aforementioned measures. The implementation of the project is accompanied by a two-year scientific evaluation. The evaluation is based on a standardized online survey of school leaders administered at three measurement points, of which data from the first survey, conducted in October 2025, are already available; further surveys are planned for the end of the 2025/2026 and 2026/2027 school years. Despite growing international attention to needs-based and equity-oriented education policies, research on how such policies are implemented in schools serving socially disadvantaged communities remains limited (Ainscow & Chapman, 2025; OECD, 2023; Schrader & Hasselhorn, 2020). This study addresses this gap by providing research on early implementation processes and on the institutional and contextual factors perceived by school leaders as facilitating or hindering needs-based policy implementation. Focusing on data from the first measurement point, the primary outcomes examined are school leaders’ early implementation of resource allocation measures and their perceptions of effectiveness, challenges, enabling factors, and emerging support and optimisation needs. Initial findings suggest that additional resources are mainly used for staff recruitment to support students’ individual, social-emotional, and academic needs, while administrative demands and limited budget adequacy are reported as key challenges. Nevertheless, school leaders largely perceive the initiative as useful and as an important contribution to educational equity. Differences between schools with prior project experience and newly participating schools will also be explored. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on data from the scientific evaluation of the project. The evalua-tion follows a longitudinal design based on standardized online surveys of school leaders. The present contribution focuses on data from the first measurement point (T1), conducted in October 2025, at the beginning of the school year. At T1, school leaders from 85 participating primary schools were surveyed regard-ing the early implementation of the project. The questionnaire captures multiple dimensions relevant to early implementation processes, including the perceived feasibility of the project (e.g., release time / teaching load reduction), perceived implementation challenges, enabling condi-tions related to cooperation (e.g., “Teachers and specialist/support staff discuss how to conduct individual lessons or groups”), and coordination (e.g., opportuni-ties for joint supervision and reflection), as well as perceived support and optimi-sation needs. All constructs were assessed using multi-item Likert-type scales. In addition, school leaders were asked about the use of allocated resources and their initial perceptions of the intervention’s potential effectiveness. Descriptive statistics summarize the prevalence and type of measures implement-ed and school leaders’ perceptions. Of the 85 school leaders, 55 took part in the. While 39 schools joined the project in the 2025/2026 school year, eleven schools have participated since the 2023/2024 school year and two since the 2024/2025 school year (n = 3 missing responses on duration of participation). In order to ex-amine the extent to which the aspects of feasibility, perceived challenges, coop-eration and coordination structures, and perceived support differ between schools with varying degrees of experience in the school trial, schools that are new to the program since this school year will be compared with those that have already been participating for one or two years. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings suggest that school leaders primarily seek to address challenges in four areas: individual student support, social and emotional development, educa-tional equity, and the promotion of basic competencies. The recruitment of addi-tional professional staff for integrative or remedial instructional support appears to be the most common approach, whereas only seven out of the 55 participating have allocated resources to school development initiatives or material expenses (six schools had not yet taken any measures). School leaders also report notable administrative challenges, and the allocated budget is generally perceived as ra-ther insufficient. Despite these constraints, the project is overall evaluated posi-tively, with school leaders viewing the measures as useful and as an important step towards greater educational equity. Exploratory group comparisons are planned to examine whether early implemen-tation processes differ between schools with prior experience in the project and those newly participating, in order to better understand variation in implementa-tion conditions and support needs. As data from the second measurement point become available, future analyses may allow preliminary insights into changes in implementation over time, particularly for schools that had not yet implemented specific measures at the first survey. Such analyses may also provide insights into reasons why additional resources are predominantly used for staff recruitment rather than school development projects and material expenses. This study contributes to research on equity-oriented education policies by providing evidence on early implementation processes in socially disadvantaged schools. By examining school leaders’ perceptions and the contextual conditions of implementation, the findings help to identify initial challenges, enabling factors, and support needs, offering practical implications for both school-level practice and policy design. References Ainscow, M., & Chapman, C. (2025). Developing equitable education systems: propositions and barriers. Journal of Educational Change, 1-24. Klemm, K. (2016). Soziale Herkunft und Bildung im Spiegel neuerer Studien. In B. Jungkamp & M. John-Ohnesorg (Hrsg.), Soziale Herkunft und Bildungserfolg (S. 17–25). Brandt. OECD (2023), Equity and Inclusion in Education: Finding Strength through Diversi-ty, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/e9072e21-en. Schrader, J., & Hasselhorn, M. (2020). Implementationsforschung im Bildungsbe-reich. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 23(1), 1-8. Stanat, P., Schipolowski, S., Schneider, R., Sachse, K. A., Weirich, S., & Henschel, S. (2022). Iqb trends in student achievement 2021: The third national assessment of German and mathematics proficiencies at the End of fourth grade. Münster: Waxmann. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Poster Interface Work in Intensive Pedagogical Support: A Multi-Level Qualitative Study of School–Welfare Cooperation in Emotional and Social Development University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:Children and Youth at high risk with significant emotional and social needs are particularly vulnerable to fragmented support structures, as coordination gaps between schools, youth welfare services, and other support systems persist across educational systems (Baumann, 2014; Düvelmeyer et al., 2024). For children and adolescents whose psychosocial stressors and behavioural challenges exceed the capacities of regular schooling, these discontinuities often result in unstable educational support and limited opportunities for sustained participation (Baumann, 2019, 2024). In Germany, intensive pedagogical measures aim to address these challenges by integrating pedagogical and social pedagogical expertise in some cases/programmes within highly structured school-based settings (Schwabe, 2014; Koß et al., 2018). Despite the growing relevance of such programmes, empirical research on school-based intensive pedagogical arrangements and their underlying mechanisms remains limited. While multiprofessional cooperation is widely recognised as a central condition for supporting students with complex emotional and social needs, its concrete organisational and interactional forms in intensive pedagogical contexts are still insufficiently examined (Lütje-Klose & Urban, 2014; Speck et al., 2011). Existing studies tend to focus either on general cooperation in inclusive schooling or on youth welfare contexts, leaving a research gap regarding systematically organised cooperation in school-based intensive pedagogical measures (Bathke et al., 2019; Laubenstein et al., 2015; Guthöhrlein et al. 2019). This poster presents a qualitative, multi-stage study of Drehscheibe, an intensive pedagogical programme implemented at a German special needs educational (SEN) school for emotional and social development. The programme brings together SEN teachers and social pedagogues from youth welfare services in a highly structured setting designed to stabilise educational participation and address high risk complex developmental needs (Baumann, 2024; Düvelmeyer et al., 2024). As an institutionalised form of school–welfare collaboration under, Drehscheibe provides an instructive case for analysing how intensive pedagogical support is organised at the interface of educational and social systems (Koß et al., 2018). Analytically, the study combines two complementary perspectives. From a system-level perspective, it examines the structural, organisational, and relational mechanisms of multiprofessional cooperation within the programme. Drawing on research on intensive pedagogy (Baumann, 2014, 2019, 2024; Schwabe, 2014) and the four-level cooperation model by Lütje-Klose and Urban (2014), the study conceptualises interface work as a central mechanism through which roles, responsibilities, and decision-making processes are coordinated across institutional boundaries. Research on inter-agency cooperation further emphasises the relevance of clearly defined responsibilities, stable communication structures, and shared interpretive frameworks for managing complex cases (Bathke et al., 2019; Speck et al., 2011). From a complementary perspective, the study situates cooperation structures in relation to their intended pedagogical effects. Although the primary analytical focus lies on cooperation processes, existing research on intensive pedagogy highlights that organisational routines and coordination formats are closely linked to the creation of emotionally secure learning environments and relational continuity for students at risk with significant emotional and social needs (Baumann, 2019, 2024; Schwabe, 2014). This perspective allows cooperation to be analysed not only as an organisational arrangement but also as a condition shaping pedagogical practice. The study is guided by the following research questions: (1) How are structural, organisational, and relational forms of multiprofessional cooperation configured within a school-based intensive pedagogical programme? (2) Which forms of interface work enable or constrain coordinated action between school and youth welfare professionals? (3) Which organisational and procedural conditions are identified as central for sustaining cooperation in intensive pedagogical settings? By addressing these questions, the study contributes to current debates on multiprofessional cooperation and the governance of complex learner needs in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is embedded in the scientific evaluation of the intensive pedagogical programme Drehscheibe and follows a qualitative, multi-stage mixed-methods design (Kuckartz, 2014). The methodological approach is organised in successive, interrelated phases that allow for a systematic reconstruction of cooperation structures and interface work in intensive pedagogical settings. In a first phase, a scoping review synthesises national and international research on cooperation between schools and youth welfare services in contexts of intensive pedagogical support. The review examines how multiprofessional cooperation is conceptualised, which organisational formats and coordination routines are described, and which enabling conditions and barriers are identified. Findings are structured along the four-level cooperation model proposed by Lütje-Klose and Urban (2014) and provide a conceptual framework for the empirical phases. The second phase consists of qualitative data collection within Drehscheibe. Semi-structured interviews are conducted with SEN teachers, social pedagogues, and school leadership to capture professional perspectives on cooperation, role negotiation, organisational routines, and decision-making processes. The interviews focus on how responsibilities are coordinated across institutional boundaries, how cooperation is embedded in everyday practice, and which challenges emerge in highly complex case constellations (Bathke et al., 2019). Interview data are analysed using focused interview analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024). In addition, document analyses are conducted to examine formal cooperation agreements, individual support plans, and internal documentation. These materials provide insight into how cooperation is institutionally anchored and translated into pedagogical practice. To complement interview and document data, video-based observations of team meetings, case conferences, and coordination formats are carried out. Drawing on video interaction analysis (Knoblauch, 2004), these data allow for a fine-grained reconstruction of communicative practices, shared sense-making, and interface work as it unfolds in situ. Across all phases, data are triangulated to relate organisational structures, interactional practices, and procedural routines (Flick, 2022). This triangulated design enables the analysis of multiprofessional cooperation as a multi-layered practice embedded in institutional, relational, and organisational contexts and supports the identification of conditions under which interface work becomes a stabilising mechanism in intensive pedagogical settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Despite the fact that definitive empirical findings will only be available upon the conclusion of the data analysis, several theoretically grounded conclusions can be anticipated at this juncture. Firstly, intensive pedagogical programmes such as Drehscheibe appear to depend fundamentally on structured and sustained multiprofessional cooperation. It is evident from previous research that cooperation between school and youth welfare services is not merely an organisational supplement, but rather a constitutive condition for addressing complex psychosocial needs in educational contexts (Baumann, 2014, 2024; Bathke et al., 2019). Secondly, the study is expected to demonstrate that interface work functions as an operative infrastructure for cooperation. It is evident that the presence of clearly defined responsibilities, the regular coordination of formats, and the utilisation of shared interpretive frameworks are instrumental in enabling professionals to effectively manage complex case dynamics and to maintain continuity in pedagogical action across institutional boundaries (Lütje-Klose & Urban, 2014; Speck et al., 2011). In the event of such structures being weak or inconsistently implemented, cooperation risks remaining fragile and dependent on individual engagement. Thirdly, the findings are likely to emphasise the significance of organisational conditions for the maintenance of cooperation in intensive pedagogical settings. The scope and quality of cooperative practices are shaped by time resources, institutional support, and leadership engagement, which in turn influence their long-term stability (Bathke et al., 2019). From this perspective, cooperation can be considered both as an interactional achievement and as an outcome of organisational design. The present study contributes to international debates on multi-agency collaboration and the governance of complex student needs by focusing on interface work as a constitutive element of intensive pedagogical support. Rather than proposing universal models, the contribution identifies mechanisms and conditions that can inform context-sensitive design of school–welfare cooperation. References Baumann, M. (2014). Jugendliche Systemsprenger—Zwischen Jugendhilfe und Justiz. Zeitschrift für Jugendkriminalität und Jugendhilfe, 15, 162–267. Baumann, M. (2019). Kinder, die Systeme sprengen. Band 2: Impulse, Zugangswege und hilfreiche Settingbedingungen für Jugendliche und Schule. Bertelsmann Verlag. Baumann, M. (2024). Kinder, die Systeme sprengen: Band 1: Wenn Jugendliche und Erziehungshilfe aneinander scheitern (5th ed.). Bertelsmann Verlag. Bathke, S. A., Bücken, M., & Fiegenbaum, D. (2019). Praxisbuch Kinderschutz interdisziplinär: Wie die Kooperation von Schule und Jugendhilfe gelingen kann. Springer VS. Düvelmeyer, M., Bolz, T., Gonzales Ferreira, L., Hennemann, T., & Leidig, T. (2024). Intensivpädagogik im Kontext Schule: Wissenschaftliche Begleitung der Maßnahme U-Turn. Emotionale und soziale Entwicklung in der Pädagogik der Erziehungshilfe und bei Verhaltensstörungen, 6, 218–227. Flick, U. (2022). Triangulation in der qualitativen Forschung. In U. Flick, E. von Kardorff, & I. Steinke (Eds.), Qualitative Forschung: Ein Handbuch (14th ed., pp. 309–318). Rowohlt. Guthöhrlein, K.; Laubenstein, D. & Lindmeier, C. (2019). Teamentwicklung und Teamkooperation. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. Knoblauch, H. (2004). Die Video-Interaktions-Analyse. sozialer sinn, 5(1), 123–138. Kuckartz, U. (2014). Mixed Methods: Methodologie, Forschungsdesigns und Analyseverfahren. Springer VS. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Fokussierte Interviewanalyse mit MAXQDA (2nd ed.). Springer VS. Laubenstein, D.; Lindmeier, C.; Guthöhrlein, K. & S., David (2015). Auf dem Weg zur schulischen Inklusion. Empirische Befunde zum gemeinsamen Unterricht an rheinland-pfälzischen Schwerpunktschulen. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Lütje-Klose, B., & Urban, M. (2014). Professionelle Kooperation als wesentliche Bedingung inklusiver Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung. Vierteljahresschrift für Heilpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete, 83(3), 283–295. Schwabe, M. (2014). Brauchen wir „Intensivpädagogik“ und wenn ja welche für was? Evangelische Jugendhilfe, 91, 279–287. Speck, K., Olk, T., & Stimpel, T. (2011). Auf dem Weg zu multiprofessionellen Organisationen? In W. Helsper & R. Tippelt (Eds.), Pädagogische Professionalität (pp. 184–201). Beltz. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Poster Do Neighbourhoods Matter for Study Intentions in Hamburg? German Centre for Higher Education Research and Science Studies (DZHW), Germany Presenting Author:Over the past few decades, research on the influence of neighborhood characteristics on educational aspirations and outcomes has grown substantially (e.g., Chetty et al., 2016; Nieuwenhuis & Hooimeijer, 2016; Tarkiainen et al., 2024). Neighborhoods may shape educational trajectories through social norms, peer networks, social comparison processes, and access to local resources (Berg et al., 2013; Harding, 2011). However, empirical evidence for Germany remains limited, despite increasing levels of urban socioeconomic segregation (e.g., Helbig, 2023). At the same time, social origin continues to be a key determinant of educational aspirations: students from non-academic households are significantly less likely to intend to pursue higher education than their peers from academic families (Kracke et al., 2024). Against this background, the present study examines whether neighborhood socioeconomic conditions are associated with upper secondary students’ intentions to pursue higher education in Hamburg. The study extends existing German research on educational aspirations (Niemietz et al., submitted) by focusing on a single urban context and by applying a quasi-experimental approach to address selection into neighborhoods. The analysis is guided by three theoretical perspectives that provide competing expectations regarding neighborhood influences. Relative deprivation and social comparison theory suggests that students from disadvantaged backgrounds may experience lower educational self-concepts when living in socially advantaged neighborhoods, potentially reducing their study intentions (Marsh, 1987; Runciman, 1966). In contrast, collective socialization theory emphasizes the role of positive neighborhood norms and role models, which may encourage higher educational aspirations, particularly among students from non-academic households (Jencks & Mayer, 1989). Finally, epidemic theory posits that social problems and low educational ambitions prevalent in disadvantaged neighborhoods may spread through peer networks, thereby lowering educational aspirations (Crane, 1991). Together, these perspectives frame the question of whether neighborhoods mitigate or reinforce social inequalities in study intentions. Empirically, the study uses survey data from upper secondary students in Hamburg, combining individual characteristics (e.g., family background, migration background, prior school performance) with school-level information such as school type. Neighborhood context is captured using the Hamburg RISE index, which distinguishes between disadvantaged and advantaged areas. The outcome variable is students’ intention to pursue higher education. The initial dataset comprised 2,581 cases. After exclusions (see Methods section), the final analytical sample consists of 1,960 students. Missing data were addressed using multiple imputation (van Buuren & Groothuis-Oudshoorn, 2011). To ensure comparability between students from different neighborhood contexts, entropy balancing was applied to each imputed dataset, creating weights that balance key covariates and approximate a quasi-experimental design. Weighted logistic regression models were then estimated and combined using Rubin’s rules (Rubin, 1987). The results show a positive but statistically non-significant association between living in an advantaged neighborhood and having a high intention to pursue higher education. After covariate balancing and accounting for uncertainty due to multiple imputation, no robust evidence for an independent effect of neighborhood socioeconomic conditions on study intentions was found. From a theoretical perspective, the results do not provide clear support for relative deprivation, collective socialization, or epidemic theories at this stage of the educational trajectory. Instead, they indicate that neighborhood effects in Germany, if present, may operate earlier in the life course or indirectly through prior educational pathways. The study contributes to the literature by highlighting the limited role of neighborhood socioeconomic conditions for study intentions among upper secondary students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses survey data from upper secondary students in Hamburg, including individual-level variables (family educational background, gender, migration status, average school performance) and school-level characteristics (school type, school socioeconomic index). The Hamburg RISE Index (Rahmenprogramm Integrierte Stadtteilentwicklung) is a composite neighborhood-level indicator designed to capture socioeconomic disadvantage at the level of statistical areas (Kaiser, 2023). It combines multiple administrative statistics that reflect structural living conditions and social challenges in urban areas. Core components of the index include socioeconomic indicators (such as reliance on social welfare benefits), educational disadvantage (including the proportion of residents without educational qualifications), and demographic characteristics associated with social vulnerability (e.g. the proportion of residents with a migration background). These indicators are standardized and aggregated, and neighborhoods are subsequently classified into categories, with higher category values indicating more advantaged socioeconomic conditions. The original RISE index with four categories was dichotomized, with disadvantaged coded as 0 and advantaged coded as 1. The primary outcome study intention, originally measured on a five-point scale, was also dichotomized, with values 1–2 indicating high study intention (coded as 1) and values 3–5 indicating low or no study intention (coded as 0). The initial dataset comprised 2,581 cases. Exclusions mainly affected cases outside general education schools; additionally, 30 cases were removed for methodological reasons due to the gender category “diverse”, and students unsure about pursuing higher education were excluded. The final analytical sample consists of N=1,960 student cases. Missing data were addressed using multiple imputation. Entropy balancing was conducted separately for each imputed dataset. This method generates weights that balance observed covariates across neighborhood types in such a way that they have the same mean and variance for all included variables, approximating a quasi-experimental design. The analyses reweighted and controlled for family educational background, migration background, gender, school type, and average school performance. The weighted regressions are conducted to estimate the effect of neighborhood characteristics on study intentions. All results were combined using standard pooling procedures to account for uncertainty arising from the imputation process. The pooled logistic regression showed a positive but statistically non-significant association between high RISE participation and high study intention (ß=0.222, SE=0.230, p=0.335, OR=1.25). Moderate between-imputation variability was observed for this estimate (FMI=0.46). Overall, after covariate balancing and accounting for uncertainty due to multiple imputations, no statistically robust evidence for an effect of high RISE participation on students’ study intentions was found. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examined whether neighborhood socioeconomic conditions are associated with upper secondary students’ intentions to pursue higher education in Hamburg, considering individual characteristics and school-related factors. In contrast to findings from parts of international literature, the results do not provide statistically robust evidence for an independent effect of neighborhood advantage, as captured by the Hamburg RISE index, on study intentions once observable differences between students are balanced. Although the estimated association between living in a more advantaged neighborhood and higher study intentions was positive, it remained small and statistically non-significant after entropy balancing and multiple imputations. One possible interpretation of the null finding for neighborhood effects relates to the timing of the outcome within the educational trajectory. Study intentions in upper secondary education represent a relatively advanced stage in the German education system, following earlier and highly consequential transitions. Neighborhood contexts may have exerted a stronger influence at earlier points, for instance by shaping educational expectations, peer orientations, or academic performance during primary and lower secondary schooling. By the time students reach upper secondary education, these processes may already be reflected in track placement and achievement, leaving limited scope for additional neighborhood influences on stated study intentions. Future research should adopt longitudinal approaches that allow neighborhood effects to be traced across multiple educational transitions and consider more differentiated neighborhood measures. Overall, the study contributes to the literature by indicating that inequalities in study intentions among upper secondary students in Hamburg are only weakly related to neighborhood socioeconomic conditions, while individual and school-related factors remain central. References Berg, M. T., Stewart, E. A., Stewart, E., & Simons, R. L. (2013). A Multilevel Examination of Neighborhood Social Processes and College Enrollment. Social Problems, 60(4), 513–534. https://doi.org/10.1525/sp.2013.60.4.513 Chetty, R., Hendren, N., & Katz, L. F. (2016). The Effects of Exposure to Better Neighborhoods on Children: New Evidence from the Moving to Opportunity Experiment. American Economic Review, 106(4), 855–902. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.20150572 Crane, J. (1991). The Epidemic Theory of Ghettos and Neighborhood Effects on Dropping Out and Teenage Childbearing. American Journal of Sociology, 96(5), 1226–1259. Harding, D. J. (2011). Rethinking the Cultural Context of Schooling Decisions in Disadvantaged Neighborhoods: From Deviant Subculture to Cultural Heterogeneity. Sociology of Education, 84(4), 322–339. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040711417008 Helbig, M. (2023). Hinter den Fassaden: Zur Ungleichverteilung von Armut, Reichtum, Bildung und Ethnie in den deutschen Städten. WZB Discussion Paper. https://bibliothek.wzb.eu/pdf/2023/p23-003.pdf Jencks, C., & Mayer, S. E. (1989). The Social Consequences of Growing Up in a Poor Neighborhood: A Review. Center for Urban Affairs and Policy Research, Northwestern University. Kaiser, A. (2023). Sozialmonitoring Integrierte Stadtteilentwicklung Hamburg: Ein Stadtbeobachtungssystem und seine Anwendung. In Stadtforschung und Statistik: Zeitschrift des Verbandes Deutscher Städtestatistiker (Vol. 36, Number 1, pp. 46–51). Kracke, N., Schwabe, U., & Buchholz, S. (2024). Neuer Bildungstrichter: Trotz Akademisierungsschub immer noch ungleicher Zugang zur Hochschule. In DZHW Brief 02/2024 (Version 1.0). German Centre for Higher Education Research and Science Studies. https://doi.org/10.34878/2024.02.DZHW_BRIEF Marsh, H. W. (1987). The big-fish-little-pond effect on academic self-concept. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79(3), 280–295. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.79.3.280 Niemietz, J., Jindra, C., Erdmann, M., Helbig, M., & Buchholz, S. (submitted). Kann eine kaufkraftstarke Nachbarschaft herkunftsspezifische Ungleichheiten beim Übergang ins Studium kompensieren? Journal of Educational Research Online. Nieuwenhuis, J., & Hooimeijer, P. (2016). The association between neighbourhoods and educational achievement, a systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Housing and the Built Environment: HBE, 31(2), 321–347. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10901-015-9460-7 Rubin, D. B. (1987). Multiple imputation for nonresponse in surveys. John Wiley & Sons. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316696 Runciman, W. G. (1966). Relative Deprivation and Social Justice: A Study of Attitudes to Social Inequality in Twentieth-century England. University of California Press. Tarkiainen, L., Kemppainen, T., Lahtinen, H., Bernelius, V., & Martikainen, P. (2024). The effect of cumulative childhood exposure to neighbourhood socioeconomic disadvantage on school performance—A register-based study on neighbourhoods, schools, and siblings. European Sociological Review, 40(3), 403–416. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcad058 van Buuren, S., & Groothuis-Oudshoorn, K. (2011). mice: Multivariate Imputation by Chained Equations in R. Journal of Statistical Software, 45(3). https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v045.i03 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Poster Socioeconomic Risk, Student Well-Being and School Contexts in Mathematics Achievement: A European Perspective from PISA 2022 Educational Research Institute, Slovenia Presenting Author:Across Europe, children and young people from socioeconomically disadvantaged backgrounds face a heightened risk of low academic achievement, particularly in mathematics, a subject that strongly shapes educational trajectories and later life chances (OECD, 2023; OECD, 2024a). Although international large-scale assessments consistently document strong socioeconomic gradients in achievement, less is known about how individual protective resources and school contexts jointly shape educational risk within and across education systems. This poster examines how socioeconomic background, student well-being, and school-level contextual factors interact in shaping mathematics achievement, using data from PISA 2022. While the empirical analyses focus on Slovenia, the study is explicitly embedded in a European and international perspective, treating Slovenia as an analytically informative case within a broader group of education systems characterised by varying levels of school segregation and socioeconomic stratification (Gutiérrez et al., 2020; Chzhen & Leesch, 2023). The poster addresses four research questions:
The study is guided by an ecological–motivational framework integrating Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological model (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2007) with social-cognitive and expectancy–value theories (Bandura, 1997; Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). From this perspective, socioeconomic disadvantage constitutes a structural risk factor that operates across multiple levels of students’ educational environments. At the individual level, psychological resources such as mathematics self-efficacy, perseverance, and sense of belonging shape students’ engagement with learning and may act as protective mechanisms that partially buffer socioeconomic risk (Hofer et al., 2024). At the institutional level, school contexts define the social and organisational conditions under which learning occurs (Thapa et al., 2013; Leithwood et al., 2006). International research suggests that while positive school contexts are associated with higher achievement overall, their capacity to reduce socioeconomic inequalities is often limited once school composition is taken into account (Perry et al., 2022; Chzhen & Leesch, 2023). By explicitly linking national findings to established international PISA research, the poster contributes to discussions on educational risk, highlighting how both individual well-being and school-level structures shape unequal learning opportunities for children and youth at risk across Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses data from PISA 2022, an internationally standardised large-scale assessment conducted across OECD and partner countries (OECD, 2024b). The analysis is based on the nationally representative Slovenian sample of 15-year-old students enrolled in secondary education. Slovenia is analysed as a case within a broader international framework, using measures designed for cross-national comparability. Mathematics achievement is measured using PISA plausible values, which account for the rotated test design. Socioeconomic background is captured by the PISA Economic, Social and Cultural Status (ESCS) index, a composite measure of parental education, occupation, and home resources standardised across countries (Avvisati & Wuyts, 2024). Student well-being indicators include mathematics self-efficacy, perseverance, and sense of belonging to school, derived from validated student questionnaire scales (OECD, 2024b). School-level contextual factors are based on PISA school questionnaire data and include negative school climate, instructional leadership, and schools’ encouragement of parental involvement. These indicators reflect internationally comparable dimensions of school organisation and climate that have been linked to student outcomes in cross-national research (Thapa et al., 2013). Analyses were conducted using the IDB Analyzer, applying final student weights and replicate weights to account for PISA’s complex sampling design (IEA, 2022). Weighted regression models were estimated to examine the joint associations between socioeconomic background, student well-being, school context, and mathematics achievement. Mediation analyses assessed whether student well-being indicators transmit part of the socioeconomic effect, conceptualised as protective mechanisms against educational risk. Moderation analyses tested whether school-level factors altered the strength of socioeconomic inequalities. To strengthen the international relevance, sensitivity analyses included school-average socioeconomic status, allowing for an examination of compositional effects widely discussed in international research on school segregation and inequality (Sciffer et al., 2022; Marks, 2024). The poster presents a focused subset of results most relevant to understanding educational risk and protection. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings confirm that socioeconomic background remains a strong determinant of mathematics achievement, reflecting persistent educational risk patterns observed across European and OECD education systems (OECD, 2023). Student well-being, particularly mathematics self-efficacy, emerges as an important protective resource, mediating a meaningful share of the socioeconomic gradient, but leaving a substantial portion unexplained. This aligns with international evidence showing that psychological resources matter, yet cannot fully offset structural inequalities (Hofer et al., 2024). School context also plays a significant role. Negative school climate is consistently associated with lower achievement, suggesting that students attending socioeconomically disadvantaged schools may experience compounded risks. However, school-level factors do not substantially moderate the socioeconomic gradient, echoing cross-national findings that school practices alone rarely reduce socioeconomic inequalities once compositional effects are considered (Chzhen & Leesch, 2023; Perry et al., 2022). Analyses that account for school-average socioeconomic status reveal strong compositional effects, highlighting the importance of school segregation in shaping unequal outcomes. This finding resonates with international research demonstrating that socioeconomic concentration between schools is a key driver of educational inequality across systems (Gutiérrez et al., 2020). Overall, the poster underscores the need for internationally informed, multi-level strategies to reduce educational risk. Strengthening student well-being and improving school climate are necessary but insufficient without policies addressing structural inequalities between schools. These insights are directly relevant to European debates on inclusion, prevention of educational marginalisation, and long-term risks faced by children and youth from disadvantaged backgrounds. References Avvisati, F., & Wuyts, C. (2024). The Measurement of Socio-economic Status in PISA, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 321. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/0c5b793c-en Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W. H. Freeman. Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2007). The bioecological model of human development. In R. M. Lerner & W. Damon (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology (6th ed., Vol. 1, pp. 793–828). Wiley. Chzhen, Y., & Leesch, J. (2023). Why does school socio‐economic composition matter to adolescents’ academic performance? Role of classroom climate and school resources. British Educational Research Journal, 49(6), 1291–1311. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3898 Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: Developmental, social, and motivational perspectives. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61,1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101859 Gutiérrez, G., Jerrim, J., & Torres, R. (2020). School Segregation Across the World: Has Any Progress Been Made in Reducing the Separation of the Rich from the Poor?. The Journal of Economic Inequality, 18, 157–179. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10888-019-09437-3 Hofer, S.I., Heine, J., Besharati, S., Yip, J. C., Reinhold, F., & Brummelman, E. (2024). Self-perceptions as mechanisms of achievement inequality: evidence across 70 countries. npj Science of Learning, 9(2). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41539-023-00211-9 IEA. (2022). IDB Analyzer Manual (Version 5.0.50). International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement. Leithwood, K., Day, C., Sammons, P., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2006). Successful school leadership: What it is and how it influences pupil learning (Vol. 800). Research report. Marks, G. N. (2024). No substantive effects of school socioeconomic composition on student achievement in Australia: a response to Sciffer, Perry and McConney. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 12(8). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-024-00196-w OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en OECD (2024a). Education at a Glance 2024: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/c00cad36-en OECD. (2024b). PISA 2022 Technical Report. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/01820d6d-en Perry, L. B., Saatcioglu, A., & Mickelson, R. A. (2022). Does school SES matter less for high-performing students than for their lower-performing peers? A quantile regression analysis of PISA 2018 Australia. Large-scale assessments in education, 10(1), 17. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-022-00137-5 Sciffer, M. G., Perry, L. B., & McConney, A. (2022). The substantiveness of socioeconomic school compositional effects in Australia: Measurement error and the relationship with academic composition. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 10(1), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-022-00142-8 Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S., & Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A review of school climate research. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 357–385. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313483907 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Poster Shared Losses in the Forest Pre-School: Fostering Communal Grief with Children 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland; 3: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Living on the brink of multiple crises—ecological, political, and social—raises the question of what it means to exist in close proximity to death (Angelaki 2024). the uncomfortable realities of human vulnerability and mortality have long been repressed within the prevailing cultural narrative of the West (Lysgaard, Bengtsson, & Laugesen, 2019). Children's thinking of death and their ability to grieve has long been underestimated. Their imagination and animistic thinking has been considered as a sign of immature rational thinking. The dominant Western framing of children’s thinking overlooks children’s embodied and affective knowledge; their lived, sensory, and relational awareness they bring to the world (Mercer, 2024). In this study, we examine how death, dying, and grief are addressed within a forest preschool, and the ways in which children and adults construct a community of grieving that encompasses both human and more-than-human relations. Based on five-day video-ethnography we explore, what kind of support do children have in facing the loss of human and nonhuman life in the secularized, individualized society, as the grief studies show that the community and rituals play a significant role in supporting in bereavement (Klass, 2022). The research question is as follows: How do children and adults in the forest preschool construct communal grieving practices, and what roles do spirituality, rituals and imaginary play have in this? Brinkmann (2018) uses the expression ‘the society of sorrow’ to address the universal, yet historically contingent nature of grief, and collective practices of mourning and commemoration across cultures and societies. Highlighting the cultural-historical nature of grief, we interpret Brinkmann’s idea of the society of sorrow in the context of education among young children. We will reflect the idea of communal, tangible and visible grieving in the lives of young children who engage death and losses together with their peers and educators in the institutional educational context. We use the notion of ‘community of grieving’ to highlight the children’s intersubjective and shared emotional exploration at a loss with other children, caregivers, and other species present in their educational environment. We see children’s imaginary play and spirituality as powerful tools to express and explore a variety of emotions such as grief. Previous studies show how play, death, and grief are intertwined in early childhood in various institutional, family, and community settings, and how children ‘play ot their grief’ (e.g. Smith, 1991), and thus, “understand” the meaning of loss. Related to play and spirituality, ritual practices give expression to that which cannot be adequately conveyed in words. Additionally, rituals reinforce a sense of belonging to a community and the continuity of shared experience—elements that have traditionally been central to religious traditions. (Eaude, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was undertaken in the context of forest preschool in a semi-urban municipality in south-east Finland. The pre-school group consisted of eight 5 to 6 year-old children, one caregiver, and a teacher. The research material was collected during five days spent in the preschool of 3-5 hours every day in November 2024. Qualitative data in the form of digital video material of children’s daily activities in the preschool and field notes provide the research material for the analysis. Methodologically, the week spent in the forest preschool provided a compelling platform for the researchers to explore their roles as observant participants (Hasse, 2015). The preschool group readily embraced the researchers as members of their community, facilitating a transition from being mere outsider observers to individuals whose engagement fosters trust and provides deeper access to the children's world. All the activities in the group were led by the teacher and the caregiver of the group, but also the researchers played and had lunch with children, discussed and emotionally lived through the events of the days without the need of distancing themselves into mere observers. The video data is presented in narrative form, as the interactions between children, adults, and animals unfolded dialogically, giving rise to narrative entities. These narratives emerged not only through verbal exchanges, but also through embodied actions, and shared symbolic spaces, like the grave of the dead mouse or placing a beautiful leaf on the body of the deceased mouse. We draw on the dialogic/performance approach on narrative analysis (Riessman, 2008), which requires close attention to the interactional, social, and cultural contexts in which stories are produced and received. Stories are invariably composed and received within interactional, historical, institutional, and discursive contexts, revealing as much about the society and culture in which they are told as they do about the individual storyteller. This methodology shifts the focus from merely examining the content of stories to exploring the relationality between children, adults and more-than-human others: to dynamic processes involved in storytelling, which encompass the roles and responses of both the narrator and the audience. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a result of the analysis, different grieving practices and elements that build the community of grieving in young children’s life could be identified. The forest offered children a rich context to examine the construction of communal grieving practices and the aspect of play, spirituality and ritual practices in the wider framework of ecological crises and multiple deaths. The formation of a community of grieving included people, pets, forest animals, toys and nonvisible more-than-human others. As a result of our analysis, we identified that in the forest preschool, the community of grieving was constructed through the following intersubjective and dialogical practices: 1. Practices related to the processing of emotions 2. The enactment of ritual practices 3. Considerations of more-than-human entities and spirituality 4. Imaginary play In this community-building process, the acknowledgment of the social and cultural aspects of grieving was central, while sharing and performing grief experiences, as well as connecting with both human and non-human entities, was fundamental. When considering the findings in relation to Brinkmann's (2018) concept of "the society of sorrow," the importance of grief as a central emotion in the functioning of social groups tells how grief is not merely a psychological process, but grief has a fundamental role in shaping the very constitution of society. Like the narratives in this paper demonstrate, facing the loss with children, talking about the meaning of death and practicing grief rituals, teaches them normative ways how to be at a loss. Similar to Chimirri (2024), we argue that the education taking place in forests can be a site for communication not just between humans but also with the more-than-humans, and welcome the questions of life and death to be communicated with children. References Angelaki, R. (2024). Loss, grief and planetary literacy in informational picturebooks for children. Lagoonscapes, 2, Article 007. https://doi.org/10.30687/LGSP/2785-2709/2024/02/007 Brinkmann, S. (2018). A society of sorrow: The constitution of society through grief. Distinktion: Journal of Social Theory, 20(2), 207–221. https://doi.org/10.1080/1600910X.2018.1521339 Chimirri, N. A. (2024). Emplacing an intergenerationally sustainable, mutually caring communication with children in a Danish suburban forest patch. In I. Berger (Ed.), Intimately situated stories of place: Activating place-centered pedagogies in Early Childhood Education (pp. 101-129). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-63034-7_6 Eaude, T. (2025). The role of ritualized activities in nurturing children’s spiritual growth. Journal of Religious Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40839-025-00255-6 Hasse, Cathrine. (2015). An Anthropology of Learning: On Nested Frictions in Cultural Ecologies. 10.1007/978-94-017-9606-4. Klass, D. (2022). Culture, consolation, and continuing bonds in bereavement: The selected works of Dennis Klass. Routledge. Lysgaard, J. A., Bengtsson, S., & Laugesen, M. S. (2019). Dark pedagogy: Education, horror and the Anthropocene. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 27(2), 223–237. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2018.1500391 Mercer, J. A. (2024). What children know: Children, climate change, and epistemic injustice. Pastoral Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11089-024-01146-7 Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage Publications. Smith, I. (1991). Preschool children “play” out their grief. Death Studies, 15(2), 169–176. https://doi.org/10.1080/07481189108252421 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Poster ‘Images from the Edge: Girls’ Experiences of Being at Risk of Permanent Exclusion’. University of York, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This poster presentation focuses on the experiences of girls in English schools who are at risk of being permanently excluded from mainstream schooling. Exclusion and marginalisation are growing issues for girls in England (Clarke, 2024a, 2024b; Department for Education, 2019b, 2019a; DfE, 2025; Social Finance, 2020) and beyond (European School Education Platform, 2025; WHO/Europe report, 2024). However, this presentation argues that although boys in England are 3x more likely to be PEX than girls, exclusions for girls increased more rapidly than for boys, with year-on-year increases since 2012/13 (DfE, 2019). Girls are also more likely to experience self-exclusion, informal exclusions and ‘off-rolling’, with criticisms that government policy has consistently emphasised boys’ exclusions, fostering misleading narratives that ‘girls are not a problem’ (Osler et al., 2002; Ringrose, 2007). Osler et al. (2002). This results in girls’ exclusions and marginalisation from education to often remain unseen and unheard in formally reported statistics and in wider research. The paucity of research and rising number of girls being excluded from mainstream schools in England formed the aims of the research:
Archer (2004) contended almost 20 years ago that concerns over a ‘crisis of masculinity‘ meant that issues related to girls' education had ‘fallen off the radar’, with school-related issues perceived almost exclusively as a male problem, which appears to have worsened in the intervening years. This was supported by Osler and Vincent (2003), who noted what they perceived to be a ‘lack of interest’ in girls' experiences from policymakers and research funding bodies. Lloyd (2005a) too noted an emphasis on boys' experiences in the literature on emotional and behavioural difficulties—as it was labelled at her time of writing—as well as the preponderance of male authors. This was highlighted over 20 years ago by the Joseph Rowntree Foundation (Osler et al., 2002), whose report warned that girls were ‘an underestimated minority’ and not a priority in thinking around behaviour and exclusions. More recently, McCluskey (2008, p. 452) noted what she described as a ‘surprisingly high level of disruption’ amongst girls, usually considered to be the ‘hard working majority’. The Timpson Review (Department for Education, 2019c) highlighted issues around girls' exclusions in England which has begun to raise public consciousness, with some mainstream media beginning to report on girls' exclusion rates (Mohdin, 2021), but there have been criticisms that government policy has consistently emphasised boys' underachievement and exclusions, fostering misleading narratives that ‘girls are not a problem’ (Arnot & Ghaill, 2006; Osleret al., 2002; Ringrose, 2007). Pirrie and Macleod (2009, p. 193) noted a strong association between exclusion from school and being subsequently ‘missing’ from education and/or being ‘hard to find’, with ‘traces of individual young people rapidly fading from view’, further complicating research around girls' experiences of marginalisation. Not only are formally reported rates of exclusions increasing for girls, but girls are also more likely to experience functional or self- exclusion (Agenda, 2021;Arnot & Ghaill, 2006), meaning the actual number lost from school may be higher than recorded, as they are at significant risk of informal exclusion or ‘off-rolling’, early exits and managed moves (Porter & Ingram, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data collection methods were: ● Generating an image to illustrate experiences of education ● Mapping challenges and resources on a weighted impact map ● Participating in a stimulated-recall interview These issues of girls being unseen and unheard, or presumed by schools to be unable or unwilling to be involved in research were evident in my study, where recruiting participants took almost a year, despite existing links with a large number of schools and ethical approval from my institution. In order to engage girls and schools in the study and to address issues of voice, visual and feminist methodologies were used. Feminist methodologies aimed to support (self)advocacy for participants and to actively consider power relations, not only between myself and participants, and also between participants and the systems they operate in. Much overlap has been highlighted between visual and feminist methodologies (Pink, 2001), with Jung (2014) asserting an ineluctable link between feminist methodologies and innovative approaches due to their inherent commitments to empower participants. A small body of research has utilised visual methods to research experiences of schooling for girls with behavioural problems (e.g., Clarke et al., 2011; Nind et al., 2012) and to investigate girls’ experiences more widely (e.g., Renold, 2017), suggesting that they can be particularly advantageous. More widely, visual methodologies have been proposed to be ideal for researching ‘complex, multifaceted and emotive’ topics (Mazzetti and Blenkinsopp, 2012, p.651) and contributing to participatory and collaborative scholarship (Pink, 2013). They have also been suggested to be particularly motivating (Clarke et al., 2011), positioning participants as experts and supporting active engagement, empowerment and agency (Bates et al., 2017; Ortega-Alcázar and Dyck, 2012). Visual methods have been proposed to avoid traditional ‘malestream’, androcentric methods of data collection (Kohli & Burbules, 2013) by empowering participants to control the agenda (Bates et al., 2017). warned girls were ‘an underestimated minority’ and not a priority in thinking around behaviour and exclusions twenty years ago and little investigation has been undertaken since. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings coalesced around themes of visibility and voice for girls: Visibility The images selected suggest a lack of visibility, depicting unseen prisoners, unseen bodies, or unseen work. Participants’ interviews highlighted simultaneous feelings of being invisible and too visible. Uniform was an aspect of visibility many found challenging, with teachers perceived to enforce rules focussing on girls’ appearance. Girls visibly subverted staff expectations around uniform, resonating with Allard and McLeod’s (2007) findings that girls not conforming to stereotypes of gender were perceived as ‘dangerous’ and ‘demonised’. Uniform served as a nexus of intervention from teachers and anger for girls, being visible to peers in a way which girls in my study deemed acceptable by modifying their uniform afforded an opportunity to gain power and agency in a system where they felt actively robbed of it. Voice When examining the images, none selected figures speaking or using their voice, yet the theme of being ‘listened to’ was pervasive. Many participants noted a perceived lack of opportunities for their views to be heard or taken seriously by staff, aligning with those in Nind et al.’s (2012) study noting marginalised girls often experienced further marginalisation due to expressing themselves in ways schools found challenging, gaining ‘power’ or voice ‘in ways which often worked against them’ (p.768). Despite Archer et al. (2007) noting peer group acceptance and ‘informal networks’ as a ‘vital aspect’ of schooling and one of the ‘most powerful and potent forces effecting change’ in young people, my participants largely discussed how relationships with peers were problematic. Girls referred to physical and verbal aggression over what were often ‘stupid reasons’, following Warrington and Younger’s (2011) view of exclusion and inclusion as ‘complex and elaborate processes, constantly under review, policed and renegotiated by students, both in school contexts and beyond’. References Agenda. (2021). Girls at Risk of Exclusion: Girls Speak Briefing Sept 2021. https://weareagenda.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Girls-at-risk-of-exclusion-Agenda-briefing-September-2021.pdf Allard, A., & McLeod, J. (2007). Young Women “On the Margins”: Representation, Research and Politics. In J. McLeod & A. Allard (Eds.), Learning from the Margins: Young Women, Social Exclusion and Education (pp. 1–6). London: Routledge. Armstrong, D. (2018). Addressing the wicked problem of behaviour in schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(9), 997–1013. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1413732 Arnot, M., & Mac an Ghaill, M. (2006). (Re)Contextualising Gender Studies in Education. In M. Arnot & M. Mac an Ghaill (Eds.), Gender and Education (pp. 1–15). London: Routledge. Carlile, A. (2008). “Bitchy girls and silly boys”: Gender and exclusion from school. International Journal on School Disaffection, 6(2), 30–36. Clarke, G., Boorman, G., & Nind, M. (2010). ‘If they don’t listen I shout, and when I shout they listen’: hearing the voices of girls with behavioural, emotional and social difficulties. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 765–780. Daniels, H., Porter, J., & Thompson, I. (2022). What counts as evidence in the understanding of school exclusion in England. Frontiers in Education, Vol. 7, 1–7. Department for Education. (2019a). The Timpson Review of School Exclusion: Government Response (Issue May). London: DfE Department for Education. (2019b). Timpson review of school exclusions. London: DfE Education Select Committee. (2018). Forgotten children: alternative provision and the scandal of ever increasing exclusions - Education Committee - House of Commons. Lloyd, G. (2005a). “EBD girls” - a Critical View. In G. Lloyd (Ed.), Problem Girls: Understanding and Supporting Troubled Girls and Troublesome Women (pp. 129–146). London: Routledge. Osler, A. (2006). Excluded girls: interpersonal, institutional and structural violence in schooling. Gender and Education. 18(6), 571–589. Porter, J., & Ingram, J. (2021). Changing the exclusionary practices of mainstream secondary schools: the experience of girls with SEND. ‘I have some quirky bits about me that I mostly hide from the world.’ Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 26(1), 60–77. Russell, L., & Thomson, P. (2011). Girls and gender in alternative education provision. Ethnography and Education, 6(3), 293–308 Wright, C., Weekes, D., & McGlaughlin, A. (2000). “Race”, Class and Gender in Exclusion from School. London: Falmer Press. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 07 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster Barriers and Opportunities in Bilingual Language Education Policy in Mayan Languages in Guatemala University of Reading, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Worldwide, languages are disappearing, particularly indigenous languages which suffering from historical and present-day globalising trends teether towards extinction (Hornberger, 1998). In Guatemala, 30% of the population’s mother tongue is one of 22 distinct heritage languages, a percentage that decreases yearly (Saz-Choxin, 2020). Despite the new laws and curriculum in the last decades, most Bilingual Intercultural Education (BIE) teachers are unfamiliar with evidence-based pedagogical strategies that might support their bilingual practice and students’ success in learning, which is driving indigenous languages towards extinction.
This study’s purpose is to better understand what other countries similar have done to prevent language loss and identifying opportunities in Bilingual Intercultural Education (BIE) models. Guatemala’s educational policy faces barriers and opportunities similar to those experienced by indigenous groups in Europe, such as the Sámi (Lee-Hammond & Jackson-Barrett, 2019), the Roma and Travellers (UNESCO, 2020), and linguistic minorities such as the Euskara (Basque) (Etxeberria-Sagastume, 2006). The study therefore has significant relevance for European researchers.
A challenge for the Mayan Language reclamation and revitalization movements is that it is trying to reverse a 500-year-old trend of colonization with a little over 20 years of new policy (Bastos & Cumes, 2007). Another element to consider, is that the ‘language as a right’ orientation policy (Ruiz, 1984) that was put in place with the 1996 Peace Accords, has had limited impact when the country’s full cultural background remains unchanged (Bastos & Cumes, 2007). Much can be learned from similar struggles in correctly implementing policy, such as the rulings against the discrimination of the Sámi people in Finland, and the state’s responsibility in providing education and resources for these populations (Lee-Hammond & Jackson-Barrett, 2019; McCarty et al., 2008).
Additionally in Guatemala, there is still a resistance on behalf of the European descendent elite, who during the Civil War sided with the military, and despite signing the Peace Accords, have not allowed deep social change to occur, or correct policy implementation (Bastos & Cumes, 2007; Maxwell, 2017). The struggles lived in Guatemala, and the impact after a Civil War, where language education was one of the battleground, is reminiscent of experiences, such as those lived by the Catalans in Spain (Chiesa et al., 2012).
For a bi/multilingual education program to have a positive impact, it must have an effective literacy pedagogical component, because teaching children to read and write in a student’s mother tongue, and requires a strong form of bilingual education aims for “bilingualism, biliteracy and biculturalism” (Baker & Wright, 2021, p. 293). The work that has been done through international efforts in language legislation in Europe can help inform educational public policy in Guatemala, helping overcome barriers and incentivize key drivers for change (McCarty et al., 2008).
Guatemala’s BIE policy has progressed slowly and remains rooted in a postcolonial perspective of education and language (Cortina & De la Garza, 2015). What is still lacking, is sufficient details on where and how the educational and language policy are helping or failing indigenous students. This exploratory study hopes to fill part of this gap in information, doing so by answering the following three research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study sits in a qualitative indigenous research paradigm with a phenomenological approach (Panofsky et al., 2024; Spencer & Snape, 2003). The selected data collection methods were a systematic literature review and interviews. The systematic literature review examined previous Bilingual Intercultural Education (BIE) experiences that can be adapted to the Guatemalan context. The interviews provided the human element to abstract phenomena such as language policy in education (Seidman, 2019). The systematic literature review Due to the nature and subject matter of this study a qualitative systematic review was used to identify and analyse the results of mixed method studies (both quantitative and qualitative). This included the alternative search frameworks created by qualitative researchers, following three key elements: Population, Phenomenon of Interest, and Context (PICo) (Stern et al., 2014). A total of 1,850 records were found through six databases and two Ibero-American indexed journal article websites. After the screening process 38 articles were considered to fit the inclusion and quality criteria. These articles were then analysed and synthesized to identify key findings which were clustered in four categories grouped in pairs: 1) social inclusion/exclusion; 2) policy barriers and drivers; 3) language as a barrier/driver; and 4) BIE classroom practice barriers/drivers. Interviews The study’s interviews contributed to a more complete understanding of the lived reality of participants and the systematic literature review’s findings helped informed the interviews’ structure and questions. The BIE phenomenon was examined through the lens of either those who endorsed the language policies (policy makers) or lived them at school level (from administrative leaders to students and their families). The structure of the interview was an adapted version of what Seidman (2019) describes as the three interview series in phenomenology. Selecting participants was done through the multiple perspectives’ framework for interviews, where the various stakeholders are selected to allow to analyse the intersection of their experiences (Santoro, 2014). The key stakeholders interviewed were policy makers (7), followed by ex-students (7), parents (7), teachers (8), school administrators (3) in three schools that have bilingual indigenous education. Making it a total of 32 interviews. The schools were purposely sought for their BIE model, and those selected consented to be a part of the study. Data analysis All interviews were transcribed, coded using NVivo14 (Lumivero, 2023) and analysed using thematic analysis for identifying and analysing patterns or themes in the data (Saldaña, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study has found that historical and recent political context in Guatemala created a set of barriers and drivers to bilingual intercultural education that persist to the present day. At the same time the effort of social justice and reparations which began with the inclusive language and education policies put in place by the 1996 Peace Accords is driving the change at the national level. Nevertheless, it is the grassroots classroom practice that has the biggest impact in indigenous children’s everyday lives. The data collected shows that there is hope in creating an educational model that is inclusive, culturally relevant, and supportive of how indigenous languages are resources for change and positive outcomes nationwide, and can be learned bilingually alongside Spanish, the national language (Ruiz, 1984). Yet, one of the most interesting results has been the participants’ hunger for knowledge and details about functional models of bilingual intercultural education. Study participants shared consistently, in their belief in the importance of indigenous languages for them in terms of culture, identity, and learning. They also believed in the importance of the role of bilingual intercultural education to help promote and revitalize indigenous language. Nevertheless, participants mentioned that they continue to struggle to convince and inform students’ parents, students, peers, and other members of society about the BIE model’s importance. Participants mentioned they are searching for detailed recommendations and programs, like so many today in Europe, that can help inform their practice and their community. This is an important finding going forward, and potentially a key consideration for future research and support. References Baker, C., & Wright, W. E. (2021). Bilingualism and Multilingualism: Definitions and Distinctions. In Foundations of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism (Vol. 127). Multilingual Matters. https://go.exlibris.link/J8t2DPTr Bastos, S., & Cumes, A. (2007). Mayanización y vida cotidiana: La ideología multicultural en la sociedad guatemalteca (F. CIRMA, Ed. Vol. 3). Cholsamaj Fundacion. Chiesa, B. D., Scott, J., & Hinton, C. (2012). Languages in a Global World: Learning for Better Cultural Understanding. ERIC. Cortina, R., & De la Garza, K. (2015). Educación, pueblos indígenas e interculturalidad en América Latina. Ediciones Abya-Yala. Etxeberria-Sagastume, F. (2006). Attitudes towards language learning in different linguistic models of the Basque autonomous community. Imagining multilingual schools, 111-136. Hornberger, N. H. (1998). Language policy, language education, language rights: Indigenous, immigrant, and international perspectives. Language in society, 27(4), 439-458. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0047404500020182 Lee-Hammond, L., & Jackson-Barrett, E. (2019). Indigenous Children’s Linguistic Rights in the 21st Century: Intentions and Tensions in Practice. International Journal of Early Childhood, 51(3), 301-318. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-019-00251-6 Maxwell, J. (2017). Kib’eyal taq ch’ab’äl: Mayan language regimes in Guatemala. International journal of the sociology of language, 2017(246), 109-133. https://doi.org/10.1515/ijsl-2017-0015 McCarty, T. L., Skutnabb‐Kangas, T., & Magga, O. H. (2008). Education for speakers of endangered languages. The handbook of educational linguistics, 297-312. Panofsky, S., Hartwick, L., & Buchanan, M. J. (2024). Potential and Pitfalls: Settler Scholar Engagement in Indigenous Research. Qualitative inquiry, 30(3-4), 318-332. https://doi.org/10.1177/10778004231163537 Ruiz, R. (1984). Orientations in language planning. NABE journal, 8(2), 15-34. Saldaña, J. (2014). Coding and Analysis Strategies. In P. Leavy (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Qualitative Research. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199811755.013.001 Santoro, N. (2014). Using a multiple perspectives framework: a methodological approach to analyse complex and contradictory interview data. Ethnography and education, 9(2), 127-139. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2013.839387 Saz-Choxin, M. A. (2020). Lectoescritura inicial en contextos bilingües: Una aproximación desde la teoría fundamentada. RECIE. Revista Caribeña de Investigación Educativa, 4(2), 46-61. Seidman, I. (2019). Interviewing as Qualitative Research: A Guide for Researchers in Education and the Social Sciences. Fifth Edition. Teachers College Press. https://go.exlibris.link/x4d99LGd Spencer, L., & Snape, L. (2003). The foundations of qualitative research. Qualitative research practice: a guide for social science students and researchers, 1-23. Stern, C., Jordan, Z., & McArthur, A. (2014). SYSTEMATIC REVIEWS, Step by Step: Developing the Review Question and Inclusion Criteria. The American Journal of Nursing, 114(4), 53-56. http://www.jstor.org/stable/24466342 UNESCO. (2020). Global education monitoring report 2020: Inclusion and education-all means all. UN. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster Mobilizing University and Community Resources through SL(M) for the Inclusion of Migrants/Refugees University of Santiago de Compostela, Spain Presenting Author:The project “Mobilizing university and community resources through SL(M) for the inclusion of migrants/refugees” (2022-1-ES01-KA220-HED-000087650), funded by the European Commission, was designed to address the following question: What can universities do to contribute to the process of social inclusion of migrants and refugees in Europe? To this end, a consortium of universities and social organizations from three European Union countries (Ireland, Italy, and Spain) fostered collaboration between migrants/refugees living in Europe and university students, with the aim of identifying needs, planning actions, and engaging in a reciprocal and innovative educational and social process. The project employed the Service-Learning (SL) methodology, which promotes the social mission of universities and provides more comprehensive training for students as responsible citizens within a solid democratic framework, through the creation of exchanges in which diversity plays a central role. The impact of this methodology has been demonstrated in students’ perspectives on diversity, as it enables them to challenge individual and social stereotypes, become acquainted with the population they serve, believe in the value of an intercultural society, and develop greater confidence to act in situations involving diversity. According to UNHCR data (2025), by mid-2025 it was estimated that 117.3 million people worldwide had been forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, or events seriously disturbing public order. Among them were 36.4 million refugees and 8.4 million asylum seekers. SL(M) aimed to contribute to increasing the social and cultural capital of both university students and migrants/refugees through networks of collaboration and social support. In addition, it sought to train students in civic and social competences and to promote their democratic and civic participation by encouraging opportunities for social engagement and intercultural development. Different approaches (Bringle & Hatcher, 1995; MacLabhrainn & McIlrath, 2007; Puig et al., 2007) present service-learning as an educational initiative capable of generating academic gains through community service closely linked to the curriculum. In other words, students learn while serving the community. Service-learning proposals combine learning content with training oriented towards applying that knowledge in real-life contexts. According to Naval et al. (2011, p. 88), service-learning constitutes a pedagogical approach aimed at seeking specific ways of involving students in the everyday life of their communities, neighbourhoods, and institutions. It is conceptualized within experiential education and is characterized by: (a) students as active protagonists; (b) responsiveness to a real social need; (c) connection to curricular objectives; (d) the implementation of a service project; and (e) systematic reflection. In this paper, we describe the different actions developed to achieve the objectives of the project and analyse whether participation in SL(M) experiences—here involving faculty members, students, social organizations, and migrants/refugees—improves university students’ attitudes towards these populations. Attitudes towards migrants not only reflect a society’s disposition towards diversity, but also have a direct impact on social cohesion (Cowling et al., 2019; Gonçalves et al., 2023). Empathy, understanding, and recognition of migrants’ contributions can act as catalysts for the creation of inclusive spaces in which diversity is valued as an enriching asset for society as a whole (Louis et al., 2013; Schweitzer, 2005). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Both quantitative and qualitative instruments were employed. Quantitative data were collected through a questionnaire with Likert-type scales, using pre-test and post-test measures, while qualitative data were gathered through narratives. The questionnaire used is an adaptation of the Questionnaire on Attitudes towards Refugee Families (CAFARA-E), originally developed as part of the UNINTEGRA Project, funded by the European Commission’s Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund (Lorenzo-Moledo et al., 2019). Specifically, this study focuses on two Likert scales designed to measure university students’ attitudes towards the migrant population. The scale assessing statements related to the situation of migrants consists of seven response options, ranging from “strongly disagree” to “strongly agree”. The scale measuring emotional intensity when seeing or thinking about a migrant includes five response options, ranging from “not at all” to “very much”. Data were collected online using the Microsoft Forms platform. The questionnaire was administered both before students became involved in the project activities and after the completion of those activities. A total of 113 students from the University of Galway (Ireland), the University of Verona (Italy), and the University of Santiago de Compostela (Spain) participated in the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that, following participation in the project, students exhibit generally favourable attitudes towards the migrant population. In relation to their attitudes, students agree that migrants should be granted equal rights and opportunities in host countries. Similarly, they report that the social inclusion of migrants in European society does not weaken local culture, displace native populations in the labour market, nor contribute to higher taxes or the deterioration of social services. However, the findings also reveal certain discrepancies, as participants agree that the values and beliefs of these communities regarding social relationships are not compatible with those of the host country. These general results are complemented by findings related to the emotions experienced by university students when they see or interact with migrants. A positive level of emotional intensity is observed for emotions such as respect, admiration, and sympathy. At the same time, contact with migrants reduces negative emotions such as hatred or anger, as well as feelings of discomfort, insecurity, or distrust. We believe that these results provide a starting point for strengthening effective collaboration between universities and social organizations in order to carry out joint initiatives that bring the challenges faced by migrant communities closer to university campuses. Such initiatives can contribute to shaping university students as agents of social transformation, committed to defending values associated with equality and mutual respect. In conclusion, the study confirms that shared action between universities and social organizations promotes more favourable attitudes towards the realities of migrant communities, who seek more dignified living conditions in Europe for themselves and their families. References Bringle, R. G., & Hatcher, J. A. (1995). A service-learning curriculum for faculty. Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 2(1), 112-122. Cowling, M. M., Anderson, J. R., & Ferguson, R. (2019). Prejudice-relevant Correlates of Attitudes towards Refugees: A Meta-analysis. Journal of Refugee Studies, 32(3), 502–524, https://doi.org/10.1093/jrs/fey062 Gonçalves, G., Sousa, C., & Arasaratnam-Smith, L. A. (2023). The Effect of Multicultural Attitudes and Perceived Intergroup Threat on Attitudes Towards Immigrants in Portugal: A Polynomial Regression with Response Surface Analysis. Psychological Reports, 0(0), 1-25. https://doi.org/10.1177/00332941221149182 Lorenzo Moledo, M., Núñez-García, J., Crespo-Comesaña, J., Mavromara, L., & Kheireddine, B. (2019). Unintegra Project. Integration guide for refugees in Europe. Servicio de Publicaciones e Intercambio Científico de la Universidade de Santiago de Compostela. http://hdl.handle.net/10347/33675 Louis, W. R., Esses, V. M., & Lalonde, R. N. (2013). National identification, perceived threat, and dehumanization as antecedents of negative attitudes toward immigrants in Australia and Canada. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 43, E156-E165. https://doi.org/10.1111/jasp.12044 MacLabhrainn, I., & McIlrath, L. (2007). Introduction. In L. McIlrath & I. MacLabhrainn (Eds.), Higher education and civic engagement: International perspectives (pp. xxi-xxv). Ashgate. Naval, C., García, R., Puig, J., & Santos Rego, M. A. (2011). La formación ético-cívica y el compromiso social de los estudiantes universitarios. Encounters on Education, 12, 77-91. Puig, J. M., Batlle, R., Bosch, C., & Palos, J. (2007). Aprendizaje servicio. Educar para la ciudadanía. Ministerio de Educación y Ciencia/Octaedro. Schweitzer, R. Perkoulidis, S., Krome, S., Ludlow, C., & Ryan, M. (2005). Attitudes towards refugees: The dark side of prejudice in Australia. Australian Journal of Psychology, 57(3), 170 – 179. https://doi.org/10.1080/00049530500125199 UNHCR-United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees. (2025). Refugee statistics. UNHCR. https://www.unhcr.org/refugee-statistics 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster Intercultural Education in Museums: the Journey of Exploring Transnational Belonging of Adult Cross Culture Kid University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This research explores the possibility of developing intercultural education in museums for Adult CCKs using a study of Adult CCKs from the local Chinese communities in Scotland. Globalization has brought about a reconfiguration of cultural diversity (Colomer, 2017: 923). As groups with complex and interwoven culture identities, belonging and special cultural needs (Colomer, 2017: 913), Adult Cross Culture Kid (CCK) has come into the public eye and attracted attention in the fields of education and mental health (Moore and Barker, 2012, p.553). Adult Cross-Cultural Kid (CCK) is an adult “who has lived in – or meaningfully interacted with – two or more cultural environments for a significant period of time during the first eighteen years of life” (Van Reken, 2011, p.33). The recent study of adult CCKs and their behavior in school have emphasize the important of the awareness of education participants (Colantonio-Yurko et al., 2023: 52-53 & Kwon, 2019: 113). The latest research has provided a set of recommendations for educating participants on how to better support inclusion and respect for adult CCKs in formal education Settings such as schools (Colantonio-Yurko et al., 2023: 59). However, this research aims to further expand the study on the importance of educational participants in the formation of identity and belonging of adult CCKs to the field of informal education, especially in the context of museum education. In collaboration with the National Museum of Scotland, researcher designed a "cultural identity" guided tour program for the adult CCK in the local Chinese community in Scotland, based on the museum's rich collections of Scottish culture and Chinese culture. To better analyze the cultural identity and cross-cultural sense of belonging of CCK, in addition to recording the participants' reactions and feedback during the guided tour, the researchers also designed interviews with the participants at the end of the tour and follow-up visits two weeks after the visit. Eight adult CCK participants are invited to participate in the guided tour along with the interviews. The adult CCKs in this study specifically refers to: adults from the local Chinese communities in Scotland who have lived in Scotland for more than one year before age of 18 and have grown up with diverse cultural background between Scottish cultural environment and Chinese cultural environment and are currently residing in Scotland. The guided tour takes culture as the entry point to explore the complex and unique cultural identity and Transnational Belonging of adult CCK through the perspective of multiple dimensions, such as “art and literature, lifestyles, ways of living together, value systems, traditions and beliefs.” (UNESCO, 2006, p. 12). The purpose of this research is to explore the emotional orientation of adult CCK towards the family country culture (Chinese culture) under the atmosphere of the host country culture (Scottish culture) and further explore the transnational belonging of adult CCK in the museum. This study focuses on whether the national culture of adult CCKs will influence the cultural identity of these subjects and affect their understanding of museum narrative. Focusing on the identity and representation of local Adult CCK group in museums, this research also talks about how the practitioners of museum education breaking the mainstream white-centric narrative of museums and better respect and include the multicultural culture identities of museum visitors. By providing a cross-cultural perspective, this study focuses on the reflection of museum narratives and explores how to reconstruct museum narratives and cross-cultural cooperation in a more decolonizing, egalitarian and open way. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is guided by qualitative research methods and interpretivism paradigms. Qualitative research methods are of great significance in cross-cultural studies because they can hear the voices of people who are “silenced, othered, and marginalized by the dominant social order” (Liamputtong, 2022, p.2). According to Munn et al. (2018 cited in Soundy & Heneghan, 2022, p.266), qualitative review synthesis method focuses on the analysis of human experiences such as social and cultural phenomena. Qualitative methods of narrative interviews are used to gain a nuanced understanding of the differences in identity and belonging among adult CCKs. Interpretability and flexibility are at the core of qualitative research, as the focus of qualitative methods lies in meaning and interpretation (Liamputtong, 2022, p.2). Focusing on the personal experiences and subjective understandings within the data, the research will use interpretive research methods to guides the data analysis, and to place issues of the political and economic nature of social justice or education in a social context (West, 2018: 2-4; Alharahsheh & Pius, 2020: 39). The data sources for this study are based on primary data obtained from a series of interviews conducted by CCK participants after their experience with the guided tour program and secondary literature data from academic journals. To collect the feedback and reflection of Adult CCKs during the guided tour walking, the interview method adopted for this project is a combination of walking -interview and face-to-face interviews. Researcher has designed a special "cultural identity" guided tour route for the walking-interview at the National Museum of Scotland. And invite 8 Adult CCK participants from the local Chinese communities in Scotland. Researcher collects the participants' reactions, feelings and feedback regarding the museum narrative during and after the tour in the museum. And conduct another follow-up interview with each participant two weeks after the tour to observe and document the long-term reactions and effects of the museum tour. This research uses the interpretivist storytelling approach to analyses the original data obtained from the interviews. Researcher identifies recurring themes and patterns to clarify the essence of each narrative and then interweaves these stories to form a coherent understanding that reflects common human experiences. Through narrative analysis techniques, the research reveals how these stories bring vitality to the original data and establish connections with the audience at a deeper level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study argues that museums, as public cultural and educational sites, have an untapped potential to develop intercultural education. Museums should actively connect with local cross-cultural communities and integrate cross-cultural narratives into museums. The feedback and reflection from the minority community provides support for how the museum can be more open to listening and reflective learning in practice to counter entrenched racist imperialist and colonial worldviews and ideologies. This research uses the exhibits in the museum as an anchor to offer opportunities for these CCKs of Chinese immigrant community to tell their stories of growing up under the interwoven influence of Scottish culture and Chinese culture. The "Cultural Identity" tour of the National Museum of Scotland provided CCKs with an effective exploration of their own cultural identities and sense of belonging, and stimulated CCKs to explore their culture identities. This study is expected to arouse more attention to the issue of cultural identity and sense of belonging of the CCK group and to helping these Adult CCKs, who have grown up with diverse cultural backgrounds and are currently residing in Scotland, find their cultural identity and voice opportunities within the National Museum of Scottish. However, CCK are just a general term for people who face similar cross-cultural difficulties. In fact, the situation of different regions, different cultures, different communities and even different individuals is diverse and complex. This research only focuses on a very limited cross-cultural population of children, and only focuses on the interwoven influence between Scottish culture and Chinese culture. This research expects to provide a structure to help understand the chaotic transnational belonging and complex cultural identity of adult CCK, and to be applied and verified in a wider range of cross-cultural children's research in the future. References Alharahsheh, H. H. & Pius, A. 2020, “A Review of key paradigms: positivism VS interpretivism”, Glob Acad J Humanit Soc Sci; Vol.2, no.3, pp.39-43, at https://www.gajrc.com/media/articles/GAJHSS_23_39-43_VMGJbOK.pdf. Colantonio-Yurko, K., Abugasea, H. M., & Szilagyi, J. 2023, “Third Culture and Cross-Cultural Kids: Supporting Bi/Multilingual Students with Many Cultural Identities and Experiences”, The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, vol.96, no.2, pp.52-60, DOI: 10.1080/00098655.2023.2165473. Colomer, L. 2017, “Heritage on the move. Cross-cultural heritage as a response to globalisation, mobilities and multiple migrations”, International Journal of Heritage Studies, 23:10, 913-927, DOI: 10.1080/13527258.2017.1347890. Colomer, L. 2020, “Feeling like at home in airports: Experiences, memories and affects of placeness among Third Culture Kids”, Applied Mobilities, vol.5, no.2, pp.155-170, DOI: 10.1080/23800127.2018.1436636. Kwon, J. 2019, “Third Culture Kids: Growing up with mobility and cross-cultural transitions”, Diaspora, Indigenous, and Minority Education, vol.13, no.2, pp.113-122, DOI: 10.1080/15595692.2018.1490718. Liamputtong, P. 2022, “Conducting cross-cultural research qualitatively in social science: setting the scene”, in Handbook of qualitative cross-cultural research methods: A social science perspective, Edward Elgar Publishing Limited. Moore, A.M. & Barker, G.G. 2012, "Confused or multicultural: Third culture individuals’ cultural identity", International journal of intercultural relations, vol. 36, no. 4, pp. 553-562. Pelsmaekers, K. & Van Hout, T. 2020, “People on the move: how museums de-marginalize migration”, Social semiotics, vol. 30, no. 4, pp. 607-624. Soundy, A. & Heneghan, N.R. 2022, "Meta-ethnography", International review of sport and exercise psychology, vol. 15, no. 1, pp. 266-286. Szabo, A., & Ward, C., 2015, “Identity development during cultural transition: The role of social-cognitive identity processes”, International Journal of Intercultural Relations, vol. 46, pp.13-25, ISSN 0147-1767, at https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2015.03.019. UNESCO, 2006, UNESCO guidelines on intercultural education, at https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000147878 Van Reken, R.E., 2011, Cross-cultural kids: The new prototype. Writing out of limbo: International childhoods, global nomads and third culture kids, pp.25-44. West, R. 2018, “Interpretivism in Education: An Overview”, Running Head: INTERPRETIVISM IN EDUCATION 1, University of the Pacific, at https://vdocuments.mx/interpretivism-in-education-an-overview-rachel-west-in-education-an-overview.html?page=1. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster Towards Inclusive Higher Education: A Social Justice Approach to Student Support. The University of Warsaw as a Global Case Study University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:Modern higher education is characterized by "massification," a process that brings together students from an unprecedented array of cultural, socioeconomic, and educational backgrounds (Nieminen 2024; Zaky 2025). This reality necessitates a shift from traditional pedagogical models based on standardized assessment (Zaky 2025) toward a framework rooted in social justice (Nieminen 2024). This paradigm posits that universities have an ethical and legal obligation to proactively identify and dismantle systemic barriers, ensuring that all students - regardless of their cultural, socioeconomic, or neurocognitive profile - can participate as agentic members of the academic community (Zaky 2025). Central to this study is the concept of diversity, which recognizes variations in humans as an added value rather than just challenges or deficits to be cured (Pachowicz 2023). College and university students are exposed to a variety of stressors and life transitions, a developmental period that coincides with the age when mental health challenges most commonly emerge (Huang, Nigatu, Smail‑Crevier, Zhang, & Wang, 2018). This decline in student wellbeing is recognized as a part of a global landscape, often described by the VUCA framework (volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity), which reflects world trends in higher education (Sztobryn-Giercuszkiewicz 2023). Studies indicate that the situation of young people worldwide pursuing higher education has been significantly affected by the COVID-19 pandemic (Elmer, Mepham, & Stadtfeld, 2020; Visser & Law-van Wyk, 2021), which showed how much student inclusion and exclusion depend on global shocks and crises (Sztobryn-Giercuszkiewicz 2023). According to the American Psychological Association (2020), roughly 82% of college-aged Gen Z adults (18–23 years old) experience significant stress and uncertainty regarding their education due to the pandemic. Research conducted during and after this period focused on specific groups of students and yielded fairly clear results - they experience greater obstacles and increased susceptibility to stress (Alkowatli, Talal, Al Smady, Saad, & Muttappallymyalil, 2025). Therefore, the population of university students is considered particularly vulnerable. A particularly significant challenge arises in the context of students preparing for educational and helping professions. These students are in a unique position: while they require systemic support to navigate their own educational or psychological needs, they are simultaneously being trained to provide such support to others in their future professional practice. The literature suggests that the goal of their education should be the development of the "reflective practitioner" - a professional capable of critically analyzing their own pedagogical concepts and worldviews while managing their personal diverse needs (Lejzerowicz 2024). However, research points to a "process of unfinished emancipation," where increased access to university does not always translate into equal access to the labor market for graduates with diverse needs (Giermanowska et al. 2015). This is especially evident in helping professions, where individuals with neurodivergence or psychological crises may still face stigmatization despite their professional qualifications (Lejzerowicz 2024). Therefore, supporting these students at the University of Warsaw (UW) involves not only neutralizing environmental barriers through Universal Design for Learning (UDL) (Meyer&Rose 2014) but also fostering their professional and personal resilience and self-advocacy. The current landscape of support at UW reflects a growing demand for assistance related to challenges and mental health crises. Experiences suggest that students seeking consultations are struggling with psychological issues, such as anxiety or depression, which require a specialized, integrated approach. This necessitates a support system that combines Individual Course Organization (IOS) with psychological counseling and tutoring, ensuring that students can meet rigorous professional standards without compromising their well-being.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative research design aimed at evaluating the current support systems for students with diverse needs at the University of Warsaw (UW). The methodology is structured around two core components: Desk Research and Document Analysis: A comprehensive analysis was conducted on official university resources and internal regulations. This included the Rector’s Decrees regarding support forms, the Office for Persons with Disabilities (BON) and Psychological Counseling Center (CPP) websites, the "University for All – Level Up" project documentation and UW’s reports. The research evaluated specific solutions such as the Individual Course Organization (IOS) framework, the functioning of the Academic Digital Library (ABC), and the "Support at the Start" or Autism&Uni programs for students on the autism spectrum. The research investigated how support mechanisms for students with difficulties are communicated and implemented, and how well these mechanisms adhere to the principles of Universal Design for Learning. Semi-structured Interviews with Heads of Teaching Units (KJD) and Programme Coordinators (PC): To verify the practical implementation of these strategies, interviews are conducted with KJDs and Coordinators of departments responsible for training future teachers and "helping" professionals. These interviews aim to capture the institutional perspective on balancing high academic and vocational requirements with the need for individual adaptations. The study explores how KJDs and PCs perceive the challenges of supporting neurodivergent students during classes, internships and practical training, the effectiveness of the mentoring system, and the barriers to fostering a truly inclusive environment within sensitive professional fields. This approach provides a comprehensive view of systemic policies while assessing their real-world impact on the quality of vocational preparation for students with diverse educational and psychological needs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The implementation of the inclusive model at UW reveals a tension between the ethical imperative of social justice and the pragmatic necessity of public safety and the quality of professional competence development for graduates entering the labor market. In the context of helping and educational professions, this tension is particularly acute. While the university is committed to providing IOS and psychological support to neutralize barriers, it must simultaneously guarantee that its graduates possess the emotional stability and regulation skills expected by society. Crucially, the interviewees emphasize that inclusion should not entail lowering requirements, but providing adjustments that allow students to demonstrate their knowledge through diverse means. A major challenge identified in the study is the early identification of the needs. To prevent the escalation of difficulties into acute mental health crises, the university employs functional diagnosis - a proactive assessment of needs and resources beyond medical labels. This allows smoother transition to university, although the "invisible" nature of neurodiversity often leads to delay seeking help until a crisis occurs. The study highlights a professional paradox: students in helping professions are trained to support others while they may be part of the neurodivergent population or experience their own psychological vulnerabilities. Developing themas "reflective practitioners" is essential; they must learn to analyze their own pedagogical concepts and manage their diverse needs as part of their professional identity. In conclusion, UW must clearly move beyond reactive individual accommodations toward Universal Design for Learning (UDL), while also fostering professional resilience and self-advocacy in its students. Ensuring that future teachers and psychologists are both diverse and competent is not a contradiction, but a prerequisite for a modern, equitable workforce that reflects the diverse population it serves. The challenges faced by UW students are not unique; therefore,widespread sharing of practices aimed at reducing inequalities seems necessary. References Alkowatli, M., Talal, Y., Al Smady, M., Saad, S., & Muttappallymyalil, J. (2025). Effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on medical students’ social and mental health: A cross-sectional study. Preprints. https://doi.org/10.20944/preprints202509.1228.v1 American Psychological Association. (2020, October 20). Stress in America 2020: A national mental health crisis. https://www.apa.org/news/press/releases/stress/2020/report-october Elmer, T., Mepham, K., & Stadtfeld, C. (2020). Students under lockdown: Comparisons of students’ social networks and mental health before and during the COVID-19 crisis in Switzerland. PLOS ONE, 15(7), e0236337. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0236337 Giermanowska, E., Kumaniecka-Wiśniewska, A., Racław, M., & Zakrzewska-Manterys, E. (2015). Niedokończona emancypacja. Wejście niepełnosprawnych absolwentów szkół wyższych na rynek pracy. Wydawnictwa Uniwersytetu Warszawskiego. Huang, J., Nigatu, Y. T., Smail-Crevier, R., Zhang, X., & Wang, J. (2018). Interventions for common mental health problems among university and college students: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 107, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires.2018.09.018 Lejzerowicz, M. (2024). Osoby ze zróżnicowanymi potrzebami na uniwersytecie: Wsparcie i dostępność na przykładzie Akademii Pedagogiki Specjalnej im. Marii Grzegorzewskiej w Warszawie. W Niepełnosprawność i praca. Wymiary, konteksty, perspektywy. Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Łódzkiego. Meyer, A., Rose, D. H., & Gordon, D. (2014). Universal design for learning: Theory and practice. CAST Professional Publishing. Nieminen, J. H. (2024). Assessment for inclusion: Rethinking inclusive assessment in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 29(4), 841–859. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2021.2021395 Pachowicz, M. (2023). Model wsparcia osoby neuroróżnorodnej na różnych etapach edukacji. Forum Oświatowe, 36(2), 97–108. https://doi.org/10.34862/fo.2023.2.5 Sztobryn-Giercuszkiewicz, J. (2023). Wyrównywanie szans edukacyjnych studentów z niepełnosprawnościami i szczególnymi potrzebami – nowe wyzwania dla szkolnictwa wyższego w Polsce. W Niepełnosprawność i edukacja. Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Łódzkiego. https://doi.org/10.18778/8331-115-9.06 Visser, M., & Law-van Wyk, E. (2021). University students’ mental health and emotional wellbeing during the COVID-19 pandemic and ensuing lockdown. South African Journal of Psychology, 51(2), 229–243. https://doi.org/10.1177/00812463211012219 Zaky, H. (2025). Higher education and quality assurance: Coping mechanism in the age of AI. SSRN. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.5158830 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster Implementing Positive Peace Education in Schools: A Systematic Literature Review of Global Practices Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This paper examines how positive peace education (PPE) is enacted in schools, drawing on Johan Galtung’s (1969) foundational theory of positive peace. Unlike negative peace, which focuses on preventing direct violence, positive peace addresses structural and cultural violence embedded in education systems, institutions, and social relations, aiming for sustainable transformation. Operationalizing PPE in schools remains conceptually and practically underdeveloped, with limited shared understanding of what constitutes positive peace in the classroom. This paper addresses this gap through a critical interpretive synthesis of international literature, combined with empirical insights from teachers’ practices, to examine how educators, students, and school communities enact PPE across curriculum, pedagogy, relationships, and daily school life. The study draws on ethics of care theory (Tronto, 1993, 2013) to complement Galtung’s framework, providing a relational lens through which PPE can be interpreted and applied. Care ethics highlights attentiveness, responsibility, competence, responsiveness, and solidarity in school interactions, enabling a practical understanding of how peace can be cultivated through everyday actions and relationships. Integrating care ethics with PPE allows us to examine not only what schools should change but how change occurs, from interpersonal interactions to institutional practices. Using a Critical Interpretive Synthesis (Dixon-Woods et al., 2006), the paper analyzes 50 peer-reviewed studies of PPE enactment worldwide, highlighting key themes: (1) situated practice, the contextualized ways schools interpret and implement PPE; (2) pedagogical balancing, the negotiation between competing curricular, cultural, and policy demands; (3) teacher and student agency, demonstrating how individuals navigate structural and cultural constraints to foster peace; and (4) lived peace praxis, showing how peace is embodied in everyday classroom and school interactions. The paper contributes in two ways. First, it offers the first systematic, international synthesis of empirical studies on PPE enactment, addressing a critical gap in the literature and providing evidence of culturally and contextually grounded approaches. Second, it develops a care-centered theoretical framework reconceptualizing PPE as a relational ethics of peace, highlighting the interconnection between moral, social, and structural dimensions of peace. The study’s European and international relevance lies in its synthesis of diverse educational contexts, including examples from post-Soviet, Global South, and conflict-affected regions, offering transferable insights for policy, curriculum design, and teacher professional development. By foregrounding ethics of care and teacher/student agency, this work provides actionable frameworks for implementing PPE that can inform international educational policy and practice, including UNESCO’s 2023 Recommendation on Education for Peace, Human Rights, and Sustainable Development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a Critical Interpretive Synthesis (CIS) approach (Dixon-Woods et al., 2006; Barnett-Page & Thomas, 2009) to examine how positive peace education (PPE) is enacted in schools. CIS was chosen because it goes beyond summarizing or mapping literature, instead generating new theoretical insights and frameworks – essential in an emerging, interdisciplinary field like PPE where conceptual clarity is still developing. CIS’s iterative, dynamic, and recursive process allowed us to adapt interpretations in response to emerging insights, while collective reflexivity among the research team (Pillow, 2003; Ryan, 2005; Watt, 2007) supported critical discussion of assumptions, coding decisions, and evolving themes. This approach enabled integration of evidence across studies into a coherent theoretical framework linking PPE to ethics of care (Tronto, 2013), framing it as a relational and ethical practice grounded in attentiveness, responsibility, competence, responsiveness, and solidarity. A comprehensive search strategy was implemented through Web of Science, including SSCI, A&HCI, SCI-EXPANDED, and ESCI indexes, covering literature published from 1965–2024 in any language and without geographic restrictions. Multiple search terms captured the diverse ways PPE is referenced (e.g., “positive peace” AND “educ*,” “peacebuild*” AND “school*,” “peace” AND “social justice” AND “educ*”), yielding 1,312 papers. After removing duplicates and screening titles and abstracts for relevance to school-based PPE, 130 articles underwent full-text review. Using adapted CASP criteria (Critical Appraisal Skills Programme, 2018), 50 studies were retained based on relevance to enactment of PPE and quality of reporting, with detailed data extraction including methodology, context, key concepts, findings, and researcher reflections. For data analysis, we conducted reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) in six stages: familiarization, line-by-line coding in Atlas.ti 24, generating initial themes, reviewing themes, defining and naming themes, and writing the analysis. This inductive process, aligned with CIS principles and influenced by grounded theory, focused on developing a coherent theoretical framework from diverse qualitative and quantitative evidence. Emergent themes were iteratively discussed within the research team to ensure critical interpretation and integration. For consistency, the term “themes” is used here, conceptually aligned with CIS synthetic constructs, which transform evidence into new conceptual forms (Dixon-Woods et al., 2006). Through this methodology, the study systematically synthesizes international evidence on PPE enactment, offering both conceptual clarity and a relational, ethics-of-care-informed framework to guide theory and practice in schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After coding, merging, and refining the literature, four key themes dominated the findings: (1) situated practice, (2) pedagogical balancing, (3) teacher and student agency, and (4) lived peace praxis. Situated practice emphasizes the importance of context-specificity. PPE is enacted as an ethical, contextually responsive practice shaped by local histories, sociocultural dynamics, political structures, and global influences. Teachers navigate structural, cultural, and direct violence by drawing on community knowledge, local rituals, and culturally relevant strategies, highlighting the necessity of responsiveness, attentiveness, and responsibility (Tronto, 2013). Pedagogical balancing reflects the tension between structure and flexibility. Effective PPE requires shared responsibility across policy, institutional, and classroom levels, allowing teachers to exercise autonomy while being supported with resources, guidance, and professional development. This balance influences whether schools focus primarily on peacekeeping or engage in peacemaking and peacebuilding. Teacher and student agency is pivotal for sustainable PPE. Teachers act as facilitators, role models, mediators, and transformative intellectuals, while students develop agency through democratic participation, critical reflection, and community engagement. Strong agency fosters holistic development across inner, interpersonal, and societal spheres, linking ethics of care principles to practical enactment. Lived peace praxis demonstrates outcomes through the cultivation of values, skills, and knowledge. Programs promote empathy, conflict resolution, civic engagement, and reflective practices, though assessing long-term internalization remains challenging. While peacekeeping predominates in some contexts, peacemaking and peacebuilding emerge through dialogic, arts-based, and transformative pedagogies, reflecting aspirational and future-oriented outcomes. In sum, PPE is a relational, context-sensitive practice grounded in ethics of care. Successful enactment relies on attentiveness to local needs, shared responsibility, competence in teaching approaches, responsiveness to students’ agency, and solidarity with communities. These findings highlight the need for contextually grounded, flexible, and participatory frameworks to enable transformative peace education across diverse settings. References Bajaj, M., & Brantmeier, E. J. (2011). The politics, praxis, and possibilities of critical peace education. Journal of Peace Education, 8(3), 221–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/17400201.2011.621356 Bajaj, M. (2008). Critical peace education. In M. Bajaj (Ed.), Encyclopedia of peace education (pp. 135–146). Information Age Publishing. Cremin, H., & Bevington, T. (2017). Positive peace in schools: Tackling conflict and creating a culture of peace in the classroom. Routledge. Dixon-Woods, M., Cavers, D., Agarwal, S., Annandale, E., Arthur, A., Harvey, J., ... & Sutton, A. J. (2006). Conducting a critical interpretive synthesis of the literature on access to healthcare by vulnerable groups. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 6, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-6-35 Galtung, J. (1969). Violence, peace, and peace research. Journal of Peace Research, 6(3), 167-191. https://doi.org/10.1177/002234336900600301 Galtung, J. (1996). Peace by peaceful means: Peace and conflict, development and civilization. Sage Publications. Nixon, R. (2011). Slow violence and the environmentalism of the poor. Harvard University Press. Noddings, N. (2008). Caring and peace education. In M. Bajaj (Ed.), Encyclopedia of peace education (pp. 87–91). Information Age Publishing. Tronto, J. C. (1993). Moral boundaries: A political argument for an ethic of care (1st ed.). Routledge. Tronto, J. C. (2013). Caring democracy: Markets, equality, and justice. New York University Press. UNESCO. (2023). Recommendation on Education for Peace, Human Rights, and Sustainable Development [Official document]. UNESCO. https://www.unesco.org/en/legal-affairs/recommendation-education-peace-and-human-rights-international-understanding-cooperation-fundamental#description UNICEF (1999). Peace Education in UNICEF. New York: UNICEF Watt, D. (2007). On becoming a qualitative researcher: The value of reflexivity. Qualitative Report, 12(1), 82-101. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2007.1645 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster The Paradox of Competition in Contemporary Chinese School Education and Its Transcendence East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The current school education system in China has become deeply intertwined with competition, which not only become a key mechanism driving student development but also regarded as a crucial benchmark for measuring the effectiveness of school education. Drawing on theories of educational justice and through a systematic review and analysis of the literature, this study examines the legitimacy of competition within Chinese schools and the paradoxes it engenders, while exploring pathways to transcend these contradictions. The Theoretical Foundation of This Study: Educational Justice Theory Current discussions on the core issue of educational justice, both domestically and internationally, primarily follow three paradigms: the distributive paradigm focuses on the equitable distribution of educational resources and rights; the recognition paradigm emphasises equal acknowledgement of personal dignity; while the relational paradigm prioritises non-oppressive educational relationships. The distributive justice paradigm, exemplified by John Rawls's theory, emphasises fairness in fundamental social structures, advocating for equitable distribution of educational resources and rights among all members of society. Rawls proposed two principles of justice: the principle of liberty and equality, and the difference principle. The latter requires compensating those most disadvantaged in society, aiming to correct social inequalities through institutional arrangements and ensure equal access to educational opportunities and resources for all, particularly vulnerable groups. Educational distributive justice, meanwhile, focuses on the distribution of educational goods such as rights, opportunities, support, and academic assessment. It requires governments and schools to achieve rational resource allocation through policies and systems, thereby preventing educational inequity arising from external factors. Recognition is deemed more crucial than the redistribution of material resources, constituting ‘a more fundamental issue.’ The acknowledgement of human dignity stands as the central principle of social justice. The paradigm of recognition justice, proposed by Axel Honneth and others, emphasises that the equal recognition of individual dignity is justice's core. It posits that justice concerns not merely resource distribution but also mutual recognition and respect among subjects. Honneth categorises recognition into three forms: emotional care (love), legal recognition (legal rights), and social respect (solidarity), corresponding respectively to individuals' psychological needs for self-confidence, self-esteem, and pride. Within education, recognition justice demands mutual respect between teachers and students, acknowledging each pupil's unique value and equal personhood, while avoiding negative forms of recognition such as humiliation or contempt. Relational justice theory emphasises the quality of interpersonal interactions and the legitimacy of power structures within educational settings. It advocates achieving the common welfare of all members through public participation, mutual recognition, and relationships free from domination and oppression. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research methodology comprises three principal components: literature analysis, experiential observation, and direct observation. Firstly, within the literature review section, the study systematically retrieved and analysed journal articles, monographs, and reports from authoritative academic databases both domestically and internationally. Focusing on research outcomes from the past decade, this enabled the establishment of a robust theoretical framework whilst grasping the knowledge lineage and developmental dynamics within the relevant field. Secondly, the researcher drew extensively upon long-term, first-hand campus experience and observation. This provided an intuitive grasp of the institution's daily operations, cultural atmosphere, and interpersonal interaction patterns, thereby yielding concrete and contextualised insights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Finding:The Paradox of Justice in School Competition (1) Competition Exacerbates Inequitable Distribution, Undermining Compensatory Justice Efficiency-driven school competition channels resources towards high achievers through rankings and scholarships, reinforcing existing advantages. This approach fails to compensate disadvantaged students, violating Rawls's difference principle and concentrating resources among a minority. Concurrently, competition reduces education to a numbers game, extending this logic to everyday allocations (such as seating arrangements). This creates an illusion of equal opportunity while deepening inequality. (2) Competition distorts recognition systems, reinforcing meritocracy Competitive mechanisms readily foster differentiated recognition based on academic performance: high achievers receive disproportionate attention and resources, while struggling students face neglect or stigmatisation, damaging their self-esteem and equal rights. Competitive evaluation reinforces labels like ‘top/bottom performers,’ transforming recognition into conditional bestowal. This deviates from education's inherent humanistic care and recognition justice, undermining students' right to be seen and respected as whole individuals. (3) Competition Eroding Collaborative Relationships and Hindering Community Building Competition transforms student relationships from cooperative to adversarial, viewing peers as rivals rather than partners, thereby diminishing collaborative willingness and collective responsibility. Concurrently, competitive pressures steer teaching towards control and authority, compressing space for democratic student participation and impeding the development of critical thinking and civic competence. The logic of competition further obstructs the formation of educational communities, prioritising individual success over collective welfare and hindering the cultivation of civic virtues such as solidarity and inclusivity. Conclusions: Criticism of competitive school education does not seek to negate its value, but rather to expose its unjust consequences and explore pathways beyond it. We must adopt a composite, pluralistic justice framework. Specifically, this entails: establishing a compensatory distribution structure to curb the Matthew effect of competition; implementing a multi-faceted recognition system to dismantle meritocracy's value monopoly; and cultivating symbiotic educational relationships to build collaborative educational communities. References Wu, S., & Gao, D. (2023). Reflection on the justice of educational meritocracy: Progressive significance, moral risks, and avoidance. Global Education, 52(12), 36–49. Li, S., & Long, B. (2023). Justice inspection and path exploration of the governance of off-campus training institutions. Educational Science Research, (10), 28–35. Zhong, C. (2021). Research on classroom seat arrangement from the perspective of complex justice: Based on an investigation of students’ seat experience. Contemporary Education Sciences, (7), 81–89. Wu, H. (2017). Educational justice: Towards a pluralistic and comprehensive paradigm. Journal of Educational Science of Hunan Normal University, 16(2), 83–88. Feng, J. (2016). Educational justice in the post-equalization era: From “distribution” to “recognition”. Educational Research, 37(4), 41–47. Zhong, J., & Zeng, R. (2009). From distributive justice to relational justice: A new perspective on educational equity in the West. Tsinghua Journal of Education, 30(5), 14–21. Xu, L. (2010). On the construction of an educational compensation mechanism: Exploring the path to balanced allocation of compulsory education resources. Research in Educational Development, 30(19), 31–35. Cheng, L. (2015). What kind of justice? Whose responsibility? Exploring the legitimacy of modern school processes. Research in Educational Development, 33(2), 6–13. Ge, X., Dai, S., & Deng, L. (2025). Digital-intelligent panoramic profiling empowers developmental student evaluation: Mechanisms, challenges, and pathways. Journal of Southwest University (Social Sciences Edition), 51(1), 216–226, 306. Jin, Y., Piao, X., Zhao, T., et al. (2021). Written discussion: Reform and institutional innovation of educational evaluation in the new era. University Education Science, (1), 13–25. Wang, Y., & He, S. (2025). Reflection and transcendence of educational meritocracy: Based on Biesta’s “weakness of education”. University Education Science, (3), 73–80. Wang, F. (2008). On Honneth’s theory of the structure of recognition relations. Philosophical Research, (3), 41–50. Jin, S. (2012). Education and justice: A philosophical imagination of educational justice. Fujian Education Press. Feng, J. (2019). Returning to authenticity: A philosophical exploration of “education and human”. China Renmin University Press. Honneth, A. (2005). The struggle for recognition. Shanghai People’s Publishing House. Howe, K. (2013). Equality of educational opportunity. In D. Philips (Ed.), The encyclopedia of educational philosophy and theory. Sage. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 08 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster Lonely Among Many: A Topography of Work-related Loneliness Among Teachers University of Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:In the staff room, in the school corridors, in the classroom, in the playgrounds or in the digital team chat, teachers are almost constantly surrounded by colleagues, school management, pupils and other school stakeholders. Despite these dense social interactions, teachers report experiences of loneliness in their profession (Alonzo et al., 2025). This apparent paradox indicates that loneliness is not synonymous with being alone (Alonzo et al., 2025, p. 8). Even with a high density of contact, loneliness can occur as a subjective feeling of not belonging or of unsatisfactory relationship quality (Ernst, 2024, p. 17). Structural characteristics of the teaching profession, such as the largely isolated teaching situation, forced cooperation in asymmetrical relationships (Rothland, 2013, p. 25) and the division of the workplace between school and home, which leads to a blurring of working hours and an insufficient separation of work and private life (Rothland, 2013, p. 220), are factors that promote work-related loneliness in the teaching profession. The aim of this study is to create a topography of work-related loneliness among teachers in the formal education system in Austria by mapping specific spaces, time slots, situations and constellations of actors and analysing the conditions and processes in formal education. In educational institutions, loneliness in the workplace was initially often associated with head teachers. Yılmaz & Altınok (2009) investigated the loneliness of head teachers and their life satisfaction, while Izgar (2009) conducted a study on the connection between loneliness and depression among head teachers. Although studies are available for teachers, evidence on specifically work-related loneliness in German-speaking countries is limited to date. Uğurlu (2021) investigated whether the extent of loneliness among teachers is due to personal circumstances or organisational factors. The quantitative analyses indicate higher loneliness scores among male teachers and no significant differences according to subject, length of service or income, while the interviews highlight deficient collegial relationships and communication problems as causes and suggest organisational prevention approaches (e.g. social activities, cooperative leadership) (Uğurlu, 2021). The study by Chen et al. (2025) found that a supportive school climate reduces teachers' experiences of loneliness and thus reduces burnout. Similarly, empirical studies report a negative correlation between organisational climate and loneliness in schools (Ertosun & Erdil, 2012). These findings are conceptually consistent with the notion that a positive school climate should be characterised by respect, connectedness and support in order to reduce loneliness in the school system (Jefferson et al., 2023, p. 428). The PRISMA-based review (Alonzo et al., 2025) serves as a central current frame of reference for work-related loneliness among teachers. Building on Lortie (1975), the authors define ‘teacher isolation’ as an unpleasant feeling of loneliness in the school setting, which is associated with limited opportunities for interaction with colleagues and promotes an autonomous way of working (Alonzo et al., 2025, p. 1). The study synthesises 23 peer-reviewed studies (publication years 1991–2021) in order to systematically classify the definition, dimensions, causes, effects and counterstrategies of teacher isolation (Alonzo et al., 2025, p. 1). It identifies classic forms such as physical, adaptive and psychological isolation, as well as specific forms such as strategic isolation, school management-induced isolation (e.g. leadership style, lack of communication) and resource-induced isolation (e.g. lone wolf, lack of peer groups) (Alonzo et al., 2025, p. 9). These manifestations sharpen the understanding that loneliness should be understood not only as an individual phenomenon, but also as a structurally conditioned one. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological design follows the logic of a phenomenological-reconstructive approach in order to gather dense, situated experiential knowledge and allow the categories to emerge inductively from the data . The work-related loneliness of teachers is recorded using qualitative, semi-structured interviews. Sampling employs maximum variation (school type, career phase, urban/rural, school size) and bases the number of cases on theoretical saturation (Strauss & Corbin, 1998). The evaluation is carried out using qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz (2018) with inductive category formation, structuring supercategories along micro, meso and macro levels. Process categories and topography categories (place, time, situation, actor constellation) are added. The aim of the interview survey is to record subjectively significant experiences or observations and to understand loneliness in a practical way. The questions asked focus, among other things, on the experiences and feelings of the participants regarding loneliness, as well as the reasons for their own or observed experiences and feelings with regard to loneliness, as well as the reasons for their own experiences of loneliness or those they have observed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results obtained so far point to a complex set of factors influencing teachers' loneliness, involving personal, collegial and organisational dimensions. In order to analyse these interrelationships and reconstruct them in a context-specific manner, the next step requires a theoretical framework that integrates both individual and structural processes. Teachers operate in a multi-level system (Fend, 2008, p. 17) in which the macro ((education) policy, social decision-makers), meso (school management, school community (staff representatives, parent representatives, pupils), local decision-makers) and micro levels (teachers, pupils) and guidelines are recontextualised locally (Kraler et al., 2025, p. 89; Fend, 2008). This systemic nature makes it clear that loneliness must be mapped not only individually, but also institutionally and organisationally using multi-level theory (Fend, 2008, p. 16). Based on these considerations and findings, the aim is to empirically map the experience of loneliness and reconstruct it in relation to recontextualisation at the micro, meso and macro levels (Fend, 2008). The aim of this work is thus to create a phenomenological-empirical topography of work-related loneliness among teachers in the Austrian formal education system. Phenomenological-empirical means empirically recording the concrete experience of loneliness and inductively deriving the theoretical structure from this field data, rather than defining it in advance (Ernst, 2024, p. 169). This study thus maps, the places, times, situations and constellations of actors involved in teachers' experiences, develops a data-supported taxonomy of typical manifestations and process patterns, and reconstructs an interaction model of direct, indirect and intervening influencing factors across the micro, meso and macro levels using the following two guiding research questions: a) In which spaces, times, constellations of actors and situations of their everyday working lives do teachers experience work-related loneliness? b) Which school organisational and systemic conditions at the micro, meso and macro levels promote, reinforce or modulate loneliness? References Alonzo, D., Pelobillo, G., Oo, C. Z., Lim, R., Asih, R., & Ibale, R. M. (2025). Teacher Isolation: Investigations, Conceptualisations and Future Directions. European Journal of Education, 60(1), e12844. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12844 Bryan, B. T., Andrews, G., Thompson, K. N., Qualter, P., Matthews, T., & Arseneault, L. (2023). Loneliness in the workplace: A mixed-method systematic review and meta-analysis. Occupational Medicine, 73(9), 557–567. https://doi.org/10.1093/occmed/kqad138 Bucher, A. A. (2023). Einsamkeit – Qual und Segen: Psychologie eines Gegenwartphänomens. Springer Berlin Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-67022-4 Chen, D., Han, P., Yu, C., & Liu, Y. (2025). Perceptions of the school climate’s effect on teacher burnout: The mediating roles of loneliness and emotional labor strategies. Social Psychology of Education, 28(1), 182. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-025-10139-0 Ernst, M. (2024). Einsamkeit – Modelle, Ursachen, Interventionen (1. Aufl.). utb GmbH. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838562292 Ertosun, Ö. G., & Erdil, O. (2012). The Effects of Loneliness on Employees’ Commitment and Intention to Leave. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 41, 469–476. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.04.057 Fend, H. (Hrsg.). (2008). Schule gestalten: Systemsteuerung, Schulentwicklung und Unterrichtsqualität. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-90867-0 Jefferson, R., Barreto, M., Verity, L., & Qualter, P. (2023). Loneliness During the School Years: How It Affects Learning and How Schools Can Help. Journal of School Health, 93(5), 428–435. https://doi.org/10.1111/josh.13306 Kraler, C., Schreiner, C., & Berger, F. (Hrsg.). (2025). Bildung und Sozialisation. Weiterführende Perspektiven auf das Werk von Helmut Fend. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.35468/6202 Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstzung. Beltz Verlagsgruppe. http://www.content-select.com/index.php?id=bib_view&ean=9783779946830 Perlman, D., & Peplau, L. (1981). Toward a social psychology of loneliness Personal relationships 3. Personal relationships in disorder, 3, 31–43. Rothland, M. (Hrsg.). (2013). Belastung und Beanspruchung im Lehrerberuf: Modelle, Befunde, Interventionen. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-18990-1 Schütz, R., & Bilz, L. (2023). Einsamkeit im Kindes- und Jugendalter. Zur Verbreitung eines Risikofaktors für die psychische Gesundheit unter 11- bis 15-jährigen deutschen Schülerinnen und Schülern. Bundesgesundheitsblatt, Gesundheitsforschung, Gesundheitsschutz, 66(7), 794–802. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00103-023-03728-x Strauss, A. L., & Corbin, J. (1999). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung (Unveränd. Nachdr.). Weinheim: Beltz, Psychologie-Verl.-Union. Uğurlu, C. T. (2021). Teachers’ Views Regarding Loneliness in Professional Life: A Mixed Methods Study. Weiss R (1973) Loneliness: The experience of emotional and social isolation. MIT Press, Cambridge. Willberg, H.-A. (2023). Einsamkeit und Vereinsamung: Ein interdisziplinärer Überblick mit Impulsen für Praxis und Politik. Springer Berlin Heidelberg. Yılmaz, E., & Altınok, V. (2009). Okul Yöneticilerinin Yalnızlık ve Yaşam Doyum Düzeylerinin. Zhou, X. (2018). A Review of Researches Workplace Loneliness. Psychology, 09, 1005–1022. https://doi.org/10.4236/psych.2018.95064 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster Designing Spaces for Wellbeing in School Aalto-yliopisto, Finland Presenting Author:The aim of my study is to examine how school spaces that enhance wellbeing can be designed together with young people. Spatial approaches to wellbeing, grounded in humanistic geography, emphasise the importance of spatial connectedness in children’s and young people’s daily lives (Atkinsson et al., 2016; Fuller et al., 2016). School is interpreted as a key everyday environment that affects their wellbeing (Bond et al., 2007). Spatial approaches seek to prevent wellbeing challenges produced by environments and to strengthen spatial attachment, which is closely linked to belonging, learning, and school engagement (Huang, 2022). Positive school climate, supportive social relations, participation, meaning, and autonomy are strongly associated with learning and school wellbeing (Aldridge, 2016). The factors shaping school wellbeing are both concrete and abstract, and development work has been hindered by the absence of a framework that bridges these dimensions (Franz, 2019). Research on subjective school wellbeing therefore calls for school‑level intervention studies, as earlier relationship‑based interventions have yielded promising results (Aldridge et al., 2016). My interpretation of designing the school as a space for wellbeing builds on Franz’s (2019) conceptualisation of school as a place that strengthens children’s and young people’s capabilities, meaning-making, and opportunities to flourish. Wellbeing‑supportive learning environments are characterised by freedom, agency, and autonomy. Everyday environments offer young people opportunities to connect with their strengths and transform experiences into personal resources. This perspective assumes that children and young people should have opportunities to choose meaningful ways of living and activities that make daily life worth living (cf. Sen, 1993). This study draws on wellbeing design research (Casais et al., 2018; Keinonen, 2010), where participation is a key determinant of wellbeing (Derr et al., 2018). Participation in design can profoundly transform young people’s positions and even school cultures (Franz, 2019). Research should therefore foreground children’s and young people’s capabilities, positioning them as experts in their own lives and as agents whose voices matter in decisions that affect them (Vaird et al., 2021). The study is grounded in the view of young people as capable co‑designers of the school as an everyday living environment. The design approach comprises three dimensions: • End‑user centrality: Young people are regarded as the primary end‑user group, and their wellbeing is placed at the centre of school development. A central method in wellbeing design is co‑design based on interaction among stakeholders. Continuous collaboration with users ensures meaningful and need‑responsive outcomes (Mattelmäki & Sleeswijk Visser, 2011; Manzini, 2011). Positivity is a core premise of design work: its goal is to open horizons of hope and possibility among participants. Participation in design can support individuals’ efforts toward goals oriented to a fulfilling life (Casais et al., 2018; Desmet & Pohlmeyer, 2013). Practice‑oriented scholars highlight the need to bridge abstract wellbeing concepts with practical, material, and experiential forms of design. Todres and Galvin (2010) emphasise the embodied and experiential nature of school wellbeing and advocate for more holistic and atmosphere‑enhancing learning environments. Research further suggests that wellbeing can be designed through everyday actions that help meet people’s deeper needs (Hassenzahl et al., 2013; Huta & Ryan, 2010; Klapperich et al., 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As childhood studies have advanced, the need to develop child‑centred research methods has become increasingly evident (Ben-Arieh, 2005; Crivello et al., 2009; Hamilton & Redmond, 2010; James & James, 2012). The literature therefore recommends examining the underlying phenomena that shape children’s and young people’s experiences of school wellbeing, which remain obscured by quantitative, population‑level indicators (Powell et al., 2018). Research on subjective school wellbeing similarly suggests investigating school‑level interventions, as previous relationship‑centred interventions have shown promising results (Aldridge et al., 2016). In my study, I implemented an iterative series of three design projects. In planning the design activities, I developed literature‑based design anchors that linked the experimental design practice systematically to the principles of wellbeing design and to the findings emerging from research on school wellbeing. The purpose of these design anchors was to support the ethical integrity of the work and to justify choices made during experimental design activities with young people in vulnerable positions and with the communities working alongside them. One design project took place in basic education, another in vocational education, and the third in a student dormitory housing underage young people. Each project was built upon a supportive structural framework within which various design activities were carried out. The design work was documented through a research diary and photographs. The first project drew on service design and resulted in an innovative spatial solution for redesigning open areas in the school. The second project emphasised participatory, hands‑on, and materially grounded making practices. The third project focused on identifying design activities that could be integrated into the school’s established spatial and temporal structures. According to Castello (2018), design with children and young people is inherently action‑oriented and experiential. My study draws on Sarah Pink’s (2015) sensory ethnography, which produces knowledge grounded in the researcher’s own embodied experiences in interaction with people, places, and things. In ethnography, place is the primary context, and perception constitutes the first point of our capacity to know place through being present in it (Pink, 2015; Merleau-Ponty, 1962). Sensory ethnography brings to the fore the unspoken and often invisible dimensions of everyday life—elements that are sensed and experienced but not necessarily articulated (Pink, 2015). Based on the findings of my study, I have constructed a literature‑based conceptual framework for designing learning environments that strengthen wellbeing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In my study, I have constructed a conceptual framework that connects experiences of school wellbeing, the spatial characteristics of a wellbeing‑enhancing school, the principles of wellbeing‑oriented design, and the ethical foundations of wellbeing design. In my research, the design projects constituted a supportive underlying structure upon which various functional and material design activities were implemented. I employ the concept of a design platform to describe this structure—an alternative to the conventional temporal categories of lessons and breaks that organize school life. The study reinforces the importance of action‑based and experiential methods when designing with young people. According to my findings, it is possible to shape the school’s space–time structure in ways that support the school as a space of wellbeing. Experiential and functional design implemented in the school’s open areas makes it possible to foster intergenerational connections between adults and young people. Through user‑centred methods, it has been possible to identify young people’s user needs and to design practices and contents that respond to their age‑appropriate everyday wellbeing needs. Ideation with young people has been particularly encouraging, generative of hope, and oriented toward new possibilities. Through design work, it is also possible to create procedures for preventing conflicts and for strengthening young people’s decision‑making, for example by increasing opportunities for voting. Ethical wellbeing design emphasizes implementing ideas in sustainable ways. However, according to the findings of my study, functional design work in schools is demanding. Integrating goal‑oriented design into the school’s tightly structured temporal and spatial arrangements presents significant challenges. Concrete design work generates activities that do not naturally fall within the job description of any individual adult in the school. In this context, the role of individuals who can bridge different practices—such as design students—has been crucial in enabling the work. References Aldridge, J. M., Fraser, B. J., Fozdar, F., Ala’i, K., Earnest, J. & Afari, E. (2015). Students’ perceptions of school climate as determinants of wellbeing, resilience and identity. Improving Schools, 19 (1), 5-26. https://doi-org.libproxy.aalto.fi/10.1177/1365480215612616 Casais, M., Mugge, R. & Desmet, P. (2018). Objects with symbolic meaning: 16 directions to inspire design for well-being. Journal of Design Research 16 (3/4), 247. DOI:10.1504/JDR.2018.099538 Castella, K. (2019). Designing for Kids. Creating for Playing, Learning and Growing. Routledge, 31. Coffey, J. (2022). Assembling wellbeing: bodies, affects and the ‘conditions of possibility’ for wellbeing. Journal of Youth Studies 25 (1), 68–69. doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2020.1844171 Crivello, G., Camfield, L. & Woodhead, M. (2009). How can children tell us about their wellbeing? Exploring the potential of participatory research approaches within young lives. Social Indicators Research, 90 (1), 51–72. Desmet, P.M.A. & Pohlmeyer, A.E. (2013). Positive Design: An Introduction to Design for Subjective Well-Being. International Journal of Design 7 (3), 5–19. Derr, V., Chawla, L. & Mintzer, M. (2018). Placemaking with children and youth: participatory practices for planning sustainable communities Victoria New York: New Village Press, 6, 23. Franz, J. (2019). Designing ’Space’ for Student Wellbeing as Flourishing. Teoksessa Hughes, H., Franz, J. ja Willis, J. (toim.) School Spaces for Student Wellbeing and Learning: Insights from Research and Practice. (261–279). Springer, Singapore. DOI:10.1007/978-981-13-6092-3_14 Galvin, K. & Todres, L. (2013). Caring and Well-Being: A Lifeworld Approach. Routledge, Oxford. DOI: 10.4324/9780203082898 Keinonen, T. 2010. Protect and Appreciate - Notes on the Justification of User-Centered Design. International Journal of Design 4 (1), 17–27. https://www.ijdesign.org/index.php/IJDesign/article/view/561/280 Lyubomirsky, S. & Layous, K. (2013). How Do Simple Positive Activities Increase Well-Being? Current directions in psychological science : a journal of the American Psychological Society 22 (1), 57–62. https://doi-org.libproxy.aalto.fi/10.1177/096372141246980 Manzini, E. (2015). Design, When Everybody Designs: An Introduction to Design for Social Innovation. Cambridge: The MIT Press. DOI: 10.7551/mitpress/9873.001.0001 Pink, S. (2015). Doing sensory ethnography (2. painos). SAGE Publications Ltd. Powell, M.A., Graham, A., Fitzgerald, R., Thomas, N. & White, N. E. (2018). Wellbeing in Schools: What Do Students Tell Us? Australian Educational Researcher, 45, (4) 515–531. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-018-0273-z Powell, M.A. & Graham, A. (2017). Wellbeing in schools : Examining the policy-practice nexus. Australian educational researcher 44 (2), 213–231. DOI: 10.1007/s13384-016-0222-7 Todres, L. & Galvin, K. (2010). "Dwelling-mobility": An existential theory of well-being. International journal of qualitative studies on health and well-being 5 (3), 5444-6. https://doi.org/ 10.3402/qhw.v5i3.5444 |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 09 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster Longitudinal Stability of Repeated Covariate Adjustment Using Generalized Kernel Equating under the NEC design 1: Institute of Computer Science, The Czech Academy of Sciences, Czech Republic (Czechia); 2: Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, Charles University, Czech Republic (Czechia); 3: Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:In large-scale educational assessments, multiple test forms are commonly administered to ensure test security and operational feasibility. For test scores to be fairly interpreted, results from different forms must be comparable. Traditionally, test equating relies on anchor items that allow adjustments for differences in group ability. However, in many settings, anchor items are unavailable, requiring alternative approaches. Generalized Kernel Equating (GKE) provides a flexible framework for equating test forms under various data collection designs, including the Non-equivalent Groups with Covariates (NEC) design, which incorporates background variables related to test scores to account for group differences. A methodological challenge arises when some of these background variables are themselves measured using different test forms, potentially introducing discrepancies and bias into the equating process. To address this issue, repeated equating of covariates has been proposed, where compromised covariates are first equated before being incorporated into the primary GKE process. While previous research has demonstrated the theoretical advantages of repeated equating of covariates and its performance in simulation settings, its longitudinal behavior in real-world high-stakes assessments, where populations and testing conditions evolve over time, is less well known. This study investigates the longitudinal stability of repeated equating of covariates within the GKE-NEC framework in the context of the Czech Republic’s national upper secondary school leaving examination (matura exams). The focus is on the English Language test administered in spring and autumn terms between 2016 and 2024. Students taking the exam in the autumn term systematically differ from those in the spring term, typically showing lower performance and higher rates of repeated attempts. Furthermore, the composition of students selecting non-mandatory subjects such as English varies across years, creating additional challenges for maintaining score comparability over time. The primary aim of the study is to investigate whether repeated equating of covariates using GKE produces stable equating scores across multiple exam years. Specifically, we analyze (a) the consistency of equated score distributions across years, (b) how changes in student populations influence equated score distributions within the GKE framework, and (c) whether pre-equating covariates enhances the robustness of equated scores over time. By providing empirical evidence from a national high-stakes assessment context, this research contributes to the understanding of covariate-based equating methods in the absence of anchor items. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is conducted on data from the Czech national upper secondary school leaving examination, focusing on English Language test scores from spring and autumn administrations between 2016 and 2024. Given the systematic differences between students taking the exam in the two terms, a non-equivalent groups design is assumed. Test equating is conducted using Generalized Kernel Equating (GKE) under the Non-equivalent Groups with Covariates (NEC) design. The main covariates include school type (academic versus non-academic secondary schools), student status (whether this is the first or repeated attempt to pass the exam), and scores from the mandatory Czech Language test. To address the measurement of background variables across multiple test forms, repeated equating of covariates is implemented. First, Czech Language test scores are equated across administrations. Spring administrations across years are equated using an equivalent groups design, justified by the mandatory nature of the test. Subsequently, spring and autumn administrations within each year are equated within the GKE framework using school type and exam attempt as background variables. The resulting equated Czech Language scores are then incorporated into the primary GKE-NEC equating of English Language test scores. Longitudinal analyses focus on changes in equated score distributions across years, the stability of GKE parameters associated with background variables, and the standard errors of equating. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect to observe substantial differences in raw score distributions between spring and autumn administrations, reflecting systematic differences in student characteristics and prior achievement. After adjustment using Generalized Kernel Equating under the NEC design, it is expected that test forms that are comparable in terms of difficulty will show better score distribution consistency. Repeated equating of covariates is expected to improve the longitudinal stability of equating scores compared to approaches that include background variables without prior equating. This improvement is expected to be especially important in periods with changes in student composition and test-taking behavior. Incorporating multiple background variables is expected to strengthen the adjustment for group differences and reduce potential bias, though a modest increase in uncertainty may arise due to the multi-step equating process. Overall, the findings are expected to provide empirical evidence supporting repeated equating of covariates within the GKE framework as a practical approach for ensuring score comparability in high-stakes assessment systems without anchor items. The study emphasizes the importance of addressing measurement differences in covariates for ensuring longitudinal score comparability in national examination systems. References Albano, A. D., \& Wiberg, M. (2019). Linking with external covariates: Examining accuracy by anchor type, test length, ability difference, and sample size. Applied Psychological Measurement, 43 (8), 597–610. American Educational Research Association (AERA), American Psychological Association (APA), National Council on Measurement in Education (NCME). (2014). Standards for educational and psychological testing. American Educational Research Association. Andersson, B., Branberg, K., \& Wiberg, M. (2013). Performing the kernel method of test equating with the package kequate. Journal of Statistical Software, 25–48. DePascale, C., \& Gong, B. (2020). Comparability of individual students’ scores on the “same test”. In A. I. Berman, E. H. Haertel, \& J. W. Pellegrino (Eds.), Comparability of large-scale educational assessments: Issues and recommendations (pp. 25–48). National Academy of Education. Gonzalez, J., \& Wiberg, M. (2017). Applying test equating methods.Cham: Springer Inter- national Publishing. Kolen, M. J., \& Brennan, R. L. (2004). Test equating, scaling, and linking: Methods and practices. Springer. Laukaityte, I., Wallin, G., \& Wiberg, M. (2025). Combining propensity scores and com- mon items for test score equating [Advance online publication]. Applied Psychological Measurement, 01466216251363240. Longford, N. T. (2015). Equating without an anchor for nonequivalent groups of examinees. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 40 (3), 227–253. von Davier, A. A. (2010). Statistical models for test equating, scaling, and linking. Springer Science \& Business Media. von Davier, A. A., Holland, P. W., \& Thayer, D. T. (2004). The kernel method of test equating. Springer New York. Wallin, G., \& Wiberg, M. (2019). Kernel equating using propensity scores for nonequivalent groups. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 44 (4), 390–414. Wiberg, M., \& Branberg, K. (2015). Kernel equating under the non-equivalent groups with covariates design. Applied Psychological Measurement, 39 (5), 349–361. Wiberg, M., Gonzalez, J., \& von Davier, A. A. (2025). Generalized kernel equating with applications in R. Chapman; Hall/CRC. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster Creative Thinking in International Perspective: Comparing and Predicting Students’ Performance in Slovenia Using PISA 2022 Data 1: Educational Research Institute, Slovenia; 2: Faculty of Education, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia Presenting Author:Over the past decade, creative thinking has gained increasing recognition as a major educational priority. Creativity is commonly understood as a fundamental competence in education, work, and broader society, given its role in promoting individual well-being, social engagement, and economic innovation. International organisations highlight creativity and other 21st-century skills as essential educational outcomes, alongside literacy and numeracy, and associate them with higher educational attainment, improved employment prospects, and overall societal progress (Beghetto, 2021; Grey & Morris, 2024; OECD, 2023). This emphasis is also reflected in international large-scale assessment studies, where creative thinking was assessed for the first time within the OECD PISA 2022 study, in which Slovenia participated alongside 63 other countries. The PISA 2022 assessment operationalises so-called “little c” creativity through tasks embedded in four domains: written expression, visual expression, social problem solving, and scientific problem solving. These domains represent both general and domain-specific dimensions of creativity, while the tasks were designed to elicit either divergent thinking or original and creative ideas (OECD, 2024a). In addition to students’ performance, PISA also examined factors related to creative thinking through accompanying questionnaires, such as supportive home and school environments and perceived creative self-efficacy (OECD, 2019). The initial findings of PISA 2022 study revealed concerning results for Slovenia. Slovenian 15-year-old students performed below the OECD average on the creative thinking scale. Only 73% reached the basic proficiency level, and merely 16% achieved the highest levels, compared to the OECD average of 27%. Furthermore, Slovenian students rated themselves lower than their OECD peers on several scales related to creative thinking, including creative self-efficacy, creative school, peer and family environment, creative activities in and outside school, and creativity and openness to intellect, art, and reflection. These aspects have also been identified in previous research as important predictors of students’ learning outcomes (e.g. Beghetto, 2006; Vincent-Lancrin et al., 2019; Wang & Degol, 2016). Their relevance is particularly pronounced in the Slovenian context, where the development of creative thinking has not previously been a priority in educational policy. The results are also noteworthy in light of Slovenian students’ declining performance in reading, mathematics, and science (OECD, 2023). Taken together, they point to a clear need for more systematic attention to creativity within the Slovenian educational system. In response, the Slovenian Ministry of Education launched a project in 2024 aimed at gaining a more in-depth understanding of the state and needs in fostering the creative potential of gifted students, from the perspectives of individuals, educational institutions, and society, including policy makers. One key objective is an international comparative analysis based on PISA 2022 data and the identification of good practices from abroad. The first results of this study are presented in the following sections, focusing on two main research questions: (i) how do the results of Slovenian students on the scales of different aspects of creative thinking compare with those of countries that rank at the top according to the PISA creative thinking scale or the Global Creativity Index (i.e. Finland, France, the Netherlands, Singapore, and Switzerland)?, and (ii) which of these aspects of creative thinking significantly predict students’ performance in creative thinking on the PISA 2022 scale in Slovenia? As such, the study contributes to research on creativity in education by offering a national-level examination of creative thinking and its key predictors. Using large-scale assessment data, the findings provide evidence-based implications for educational policy and practice and strengthen international comparative perspectives on fostering creative thinking across educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the analysis, data from the PISA 2022 survey was used, which includes students aged 15 years and 3 months to 16 years and 2 months. The analyses included representative samples of students from all six compared countries, namely 6,721 students from Slovenia, 10,239 students from Finland, 6,770 students from France, 5,046 students from the Netherlands, 6,606 students from Singapore, and 6,829 students from Switzerland. In PISA 2022, the student questionnaire was used to identify different aspects of students’ creative thinking in all compared countries. For the analyses, we used separate scales addressing students’ self-reported creative self-efficacy, creative school and class environment, creative peers and family environment, creative activities at school, creative activities outside school, creativity and openness to intellect, and openness for art and reflection. All scales showed good internal consistency in the PISA 2022 sample in all compared countries, with coefficients ranging from α = 0.76 to α = 0.94 (OCED, 2024b). To address the first research question, standardized internationally-compared creative thinking indices for all six compared countries were analysed using data from the PISA 2022 database. Descriptive analyses were conducted for all aspects of creative thinking. To address the second research question, only the PISA 2022 database for Slovenia was used, and the analyses were conducted on a sample of Slovenian 15-year-old students. First, correlational analyses were performed to examine the associations between students’ creative thinking achievement and the seven aspects of creative thinking. Subsequently, linear regression analyses were conducted to estimate the effect sizes and explanatory power of all seven aspects of creative thinking (creative self-efficacy, creative school and class environment, creative peers and family environment, creative activities at school, creative activities outside school, creativity and openness to intellect, and openness for art and reflection) in explaining students’ creative thinking achievement on PISA 2022 scale. Prior to the analyses, assumptions were checked for linearity among variables, independence of errors, homoscedasticity, approximate normality of residuals, and absence of multicollinearity among predictors (Field, 2018). All assumptions were satisfactorily met. Data were analysed using the statistical programmes IBM SPSS 30.0 and the IEA IDBAnalyzer Version 5.0.48, which, in processing data due to two-stage sampling in the study in addition to the use of weights for individual students (W_FSTUWT), also allows us to use sample weights to properly assess the standard parameter errors in the population using the Bootstrap method. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the compared countries, Swiss 15-year-old students reported the most positive values on all creative thinking scales, whereas students in the Netherlands reported the least positive values. Students in France reported the lowest engagement in creative activities at school. Compared to the OECD average, Slovenian students reported lower or similar values on most scales and the lowest levels of openness to intellect among the compared countries. In Slovenia, the analysed aspects of creative thinking explained 10% of the variance in creative thinking achievement. Significant predictors included a creative peers and family environment, creativity and openness to intellect, and openness for art and reflection (positive predictors), as well as participation in creative activities outside school and a creative school and class environment (negative predictors). These findings are consistent with international research emphasising the role of individual and contextual factors in shaping students’ creative thinking (e.g., Smare & Elfatihi, 2024; van der Zanden et al., 2020; Vincent-Lancrin et al., 2019). The positive associations of a supportive peers and family environment and openness to acquiring new knowledge highlight the importance of social and motivational resources, while the negative associations related to creative activities outside school and supportive school environments may reflect compensatory mechanisms observed in previous large-scale studies (e.g. Kagan & Dumas, 2025; OECD, 2024a). The study provides an empirical foundation for identifying key leverage points for fostering creative thinking in education in Slovenia. The comparatively lower levels of key creative thinking aspects and achievements among Slovenian students underscore the critical role of schools in addressing disparities in opportunities to develop creativity and point to the need for a more systematic integration of creativity into everyday teaching and learning practices. Overall, the findings reinforce the importance of prioritising creative thinking as a core component of a high-quality and equitable education system, aligned with broader international educational goals. References Beghetto, R. A. (2006). Creative self-efficacy: Correlates in middle and secondary students. Creativity Research Journal, 18(4), 447–457. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15326934crj1804_4 Beghetto, R. A. (2021). Creative learning in education. In M. L. Kern, & M. L. Wehmeyer (Eds.), The Palgrave handbook of positive education (pp. 473–491). Palgrave Macmillan/Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-64537-3_19 Field, A. (2018). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS statistics (5th ed.). Sage Publications. Grey, S., & Morris, P. (2022). Capturing the spark: PISA, twenty-first century skills and the reconstruction of creativity. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 22(2), 156–171. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2022.2100981 Kagan, S., & Dumas, D. (2025). More creative activities, lower creative ability: Exploring an unexpected PISA finding. The Journal of Creative Behavior, 59, e70035. https://doi.org/10.1002/jocb.70035 OECD. (2019). PISA 2021 Creative thinking framework (Third draft). OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org//content/dam/oecd/en/topics/policy-sub-issues/creative-thinking/PISA-2021-creative-thinking-framework.pdf OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The state of learning and equity in education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. OECD. (2024a). PISA 2022 results (Volume III): Creative minds, creative schools. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/pisa-2022-results-volume-iii_765ee8c2-en.html OECD. (2024b). PISA 2022 Technical report. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/01820d6d-en Smare, Z., & Elfatihi, M. (2024). A systematic review on factors influencing the development of children’s creativity. Journal of Childhood, Education & Society, 5(2), 176–200. https://doi.org/10.37291/2717638X.202452371 van der Zanden, P. J. A. C., Meijer, P. C., & Beghetto, R. A. (2020). A review study about creativity in adolescence: Where is the social context? Thinking Skills and Creativity, 38, 100702. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2020.100702 Vincent-Lancrin, S., González-Sancho, C., Bouckaert, M., de Luca, F., Fernández-Barrera, M., Jacotin, G., Urgel, J., & Vidal, Q. (2019). Fostering students’ creativity and critical thinking: What it means in school. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/62212c37-en Wang, M. T., & Degol, J. L. (2016). School climate: A review of the construct, measurement, and impact on student outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 28(2), 315–352. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-015-9319-1 Vincent-Lancrin, S. et al. (2019). Fostering students' creativity and critical thinking: What it means in school, educational research and innovation. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/62212c37-en. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster The Effect Of Reflective Writing on EFL Student's Academic Essay Development After Peer and Teacher feedback Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Academic writing is an important skill for people learning a second language, especially when they are at the upper-intermediate level. At this stage, learners are expected to express clear and logical ideas, think critically, and use the right language for academic situations. However, numerous research continuously shows that only feedback doesnot improve completely unless students actively process and interpret it. (Carless & Boud,2018). Because some learners apply revisions at a surface level or ignore comments that they do not comprehend (Ferris,2018). Reflective writing is increasingly recognized as a type of deepening learning where the intentional examination of one’s writing decisions, learning strategies and feedback responses are summarized. (Boud, Keogh & Walker,2013). According to Colomer et al.(2013) and Hyeler (2015) reflection is a process of exploring experiences to develop understanding and appreciation, is a fundamental feature of transformative learning. Learning through reflection is not only a question of acquiring knowledge or skills, but a matter of redevising the relationship between knowledge, practice, and experience. Reflective writing fosters metacognitive awareness by motivating students to analyze their strong sides, weak points, and strategic choices (Zimmerman,2013). While writing reflection learners describe what they discovered, defend revisions, and make plans for further development. Moreover, the other research highlights that reflection can assist self-regulated learning, enhance noticing of linguistic features, and enhance the transfer of feedback to new assignments (Boudet al.,2013;Yang,Badger,& u,2006) Peer and teacher feedback are essential aspects of process-based writing as the former encourages collaboration, audience awareness, and critical evaluation of others’ texts, while the latter presents expert guidance and input. However, many learners consider feedback as a passive correction activity rather than as a resource for improvement (Ferris, 2018). Reflective writing allows students to consider the reasons behind their decisions, the relationship between feedback and learning objectives, and the necessary modifications serving as a link between receiving and applying feedback in this way. In EFL environments, reflective writing has been associated with improved organization, rhetorical awareness, and revision depth (Chen, 2020). Reflection journals have been shown to assist learners evaluate peer comments more analytically and integrate teacher feedback more efficiently (Lee, 2017). However, empirical evidence combining reflection, peer and teacher feedback at school level remains minimal. Therefore, this study attempts to extend previous work by providing quantitative and qualitative evidence of reflective writing’s effects on academic essay performance. Teachers who use a reflective approach to teaching enable students to participate in the meaning-making process (Xhaferi & Xhaferi,2017) The research question is: After receiving feedback from peers and teachers, how do students view the impact of reflective writing on their writing techniques, metacognitive awareness, and self-regulated learning in academic writing? The participants were 49 upper-intermediate students at intellectual school who share comparable academic experiences and English proficiency levels. Students were divided into three groups: 2 experimental groups(1EG and 2EG) consisting of 16 students in each and control group(CG) (17). All groups followed same course-syllabus and were taught by the same instructor to minimize instructional variability. A quasi-experimental research-design with pre- and post-writing tasks was employed, all participants completed three argumentative writing using prompt type “Discuss both views and give your opinion,” which is chosen according to test specification for summative tasks. The essay topics addressed 1)Virtual Reality and its impact on human communication, 2)Space Tourism emerging industry,3)Space funding priorities. All essays were written under-timed, exam-style conditions to guarantee uniformity and replicate actual assessment situations. Both experimental and control groups followed the same writing cycle. It included submission of an initial draft, participation in peer-feedback session, teacher-feedback, and submission of a final revised draft. Main difference between them was in post-feedback period since students in Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used both EG completed structured reflective writing task.EG received 50-minute training on reflection guidelines and discussed each point. These 230–250-word reflections asked students to evaluate the criticism they had received, pinpoint their drafts' flaws, defend the changes they had made, explain what they had discovered about their writing, and establish objectives for future developmentThe control group didn’t engage in reflective-writing, instead, they updated their essays to feedback from teachers/peerTo ensure reliability, two trained raters independently scored all essays. Pre-and-post-intervention essays were assessed using specific analytic rubric designed for summative evaluation, emphasizing task response/argument balance, organization/coherence, lexical resource, grammatical-precision, content relevance.The experimental groups demonstrated substantial improvement between first and final essays with a mean gain of(1EG+13.63 and 2EG + 12,46 compared to +4.39, particularly in argument structure and logical flow from one paragraph to the next. Post-test results revealed statistically significant differences favoring EGs, t(44) = 3.68, p < .01.Category-based analysis indicated the strongest gains in organization/coherence (+18.9%), argumentation (+17.4%), followed by support/evidence (+15.3%). More modest improvements were observed in how correctly the sentences were made and in variety of words used. Contrarily, control group showed average but less pronounced gains, using academic connectors, expressing personal opinions accurately, however, when it came to coherence, they still have incomplete supporting sentences and inappropriate examples.Semi-structured interviews were deployed to investigate students’ attitudes toward reflective writing after peer and teacher feedback and its perceived effects on metacognitive awareness, writing strategies, and learner autonomy. Interview questions were consistent with Zimmerman’s (2000)Self-Regulated Learning model, addressing forethought, performance, and self-reflection processes. Students identified reoccurring weaknesses, established revision objectives, and progressed from minor adjustments to more comprehensive argument rearrangement. Students started to view themselves as active writers responsible for their learning rather than as passive consumers of feedback. Metacognitive awareness refers to students’ ability to think critically about their own thinking and writing processes. Several students reported that reflection allowed them to identify problems that they had previously overlooked. For example, Student (1EG-7) noted that before reflection he only changed grammar mistakes. After reflecting, he realized his argument order was confusing, so he reorganized body paragraphs. Another student (2EG-11) described how reflection assisted them realize gaps in their reasoning, that she thought her introduction was clear, but after reflecting, she noticed she hadn’t tied her thesis to examples. She added transitional sentences to present a cohesive argument. One student(2EG-2) explained that recognizing weaknesses in idea development required multiple rereading and Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings reference to rubric. These statements highlight how students moved from surface-level corrections to understanding the logic/ flow of his essay. Overall, reflections demonstrate progressive gains in understanding their own thinking, students’ ability to diagnose weaknesses and make deliberate revisions to increase clarity and coherence. For example, Student(EG1-3) shared that reflection helped him see his example didn’t support topic-sentence, he substituted more relevant example. Student(EG2-9) reported that after feedback about sentence-level clarity, she became aware of ambiguity and repetition in writing. This demonstrates how students were to critically assess evidence and ensure that examples aligned thanks to reflection. Students across different proficiency levels encountered distinct challenges. Learners in lower-level groups often demanded support realizing improper or weak examples, whereas those in middle-level groups focused on enhancing transitions, overall coherence, and high-level students concentrated on developing more nuanced, well-substantiated arguments. For instance, a middle-level student (8) critiqued that he struggled to connect paragraphs smoothly. Reviewing, he included topic sentences and cohesive devices to make text flow better. Thus, effective revision required not just recognizing mistakes but also thoughtful planning, experimentation, determination.Writer autonomy indicates students’ ability to make independent/decisions by recognizing their abilities/limitations. Many noted that reflection aided them take ownership of their work. Student (3) informed that he understands why he makes mistakes. He feels more in control of hiswriting decisions. Initially, students depend heavily on teacher-feedback, but recurring reflection empowers them to self-monitor, self-correct, and evaluate revisions. Another student(EG2-14) explained that it was difficult to decide which changes were necessary and reflection assisted him trust his analysis and examine his work thoroughly before submitting. Autonomy motivated experimentation with strategies, such as reorganizing paragraphs to strengthen arguments, with reflection guiding clarity.These results are inline with prior studies that demonstrate how reflective writing fosters higher-order thinking and development of metacognitive abilities that improve References writing performance. Abrouq's(2024) mixed-methods study on Moroccan EFL master's students found that reflective journal writing significantly improved students' reflective-thinking/engagement, leading to better processing of feedback and improved learning outcomes. This is consistent with our results, EG rearranged concepts, clarified arguments after reviewing, which is a vital sign of metacognitive processing that Abrouq identifies as significant to validity of reflective-writing. Research published by Abebe, Fekadu,Lemesa shows that reflection-supported learning enriches student’s writing attitudes, self-confidence, writing goal-orientations. It would help to explain why EG in our study not only improved more but also reported greater engagement with revision tasks. This research emphasises positive role of reflective-writing in fostering metacognitive/awareness, strategic/writing/behavior, and learner/autonomy. However, findings should be interpreted in light of several limitations. Reflective and self-regulated learning strategies arenot widely implemented in writing classrooms due to time constraints, curriculum pressure, limited teacher training, and assessment practices that prioritize products over processes. Additionally, teachers may lack institutional support or practical models for integrating reflection into regular instruction, which restricts broader adoption of these strategies. Abebe, S., Fekadu, B., & Lemesa, T.(2023).The effect of reflection supported learning of writing on students’ writing attitude and writing achievement goal orientations. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40862-023-00202-8 Abrouq, R. (2024).Reflective journal writing and EFL students’ metacognitive processing [Mixed-methods study, Moroccan EFL Master’s students]. Al-Kindi Publishers. Boud, D., Keogh, R., & Walker, D. (2013). Reflection: Turning experience into learning. Routledge. Carless, D., & Boud, D.(2018).The development of student feedback literacy:Enabling uptake of feedback. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 43(8), 1315–1325. Chen, Y (2020).The impact of reflective writing on EFL students’ essay organization and rhetorical awareness. Journal of Second Language Writing, 49, 100746. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2020.100746 Ferris, D.(2018).Feedback in second language writing: Contexts and issues. Routledge. Gemechu, T. C., Degago, A. T., Endashaw, A. A., & Tsegaye, A. G.(2025).The effects of reflective writing on EFL student teachers’ critical thinking: A quasi-experimental study. 12, Article 105. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-025-01234-5 Lee, I. (2017).Enhancing EFL learners’ feedback integration through reflective journal writing. System, 66, 80–92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2017.04.008 Yang, M., Badger, R., & Yu, Z.(2006). A comparative study of peer and teacher feedback in a Chinese EFL writing class. Journal of Second Language Writing, 15(3),179–200. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2006.09.004 Zimmerman, B. J.(2013). From cognitive modeling to self-regulation:A social cognitive career. Educational Psychologist, 48(3),135–145. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2013.794676 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster Developing Students’ Reflective Thinking Through the 3D (Discovery–Doubt–Direction) Method: A Pedagogical Model for Formative Feedback Culture Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Maths in Turkestan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Contemporary educational research increasingly emphasises reflective thinking as a key mechanism for deep learning and learner autonomy. Reflection is commonly understood as a metacognitive process through which learners analyse their learning experiences, evaluate understanding, and regulate future actions. Recent studies show that structured reflection supports the development of self-regulated learning by enabling students to identify both strengths and gaps in their understanding . In lower secondary education, where learners gradually move toward greater academic independence, reflective practices play a crucial role in fostering awareness of learning processes rather than focusing solely on task completion. However, reflection does not occur spontaneously. Without pedagogical scaffolding, students’ reflective responses often remain descriptive and superficial. Learners may report what they did during a lesson without analysing what they understood or failed to understand. This limitation has led researchers to argue for the use of explicit reflective frameworks that guide learners through systematic stages of analysis and goal-setting. From this perspective, reflective thinking is not merely an individual cognitive act but a pedagogically mediated process shaped by instructional design and classroom practices. Formative feedback has long been recognised as a powerful influence on student learning. More recent scholarship, however, has shifted attention from the delivery of feedback to students’ ability to engage with it meaningfully. This shift is captured in the concept of feedback literacy, defined as learners’ capacity to understand, interpret, and use feedback to improve learning. Studies demonstrate that feedback is most effective when students are positioned as active participants rather than passive recipients. Gan, An, and Liu (2021) argue that dialogic feedback practices, which encourage questioning, reflection, and interaction, are more effective in enhancing engagement and learning outcomes than corrective or transmissive feedback. At the same time, Torrance (2020) cautions that overly procedural approaches to formative assessment may limit learning by reducing feedback to compliance-oriented tasks. These perspectives highlight the need for pedagogical models that balance structure with learner agency and reflective depth. Within this theoretical context, the 3D (Discovery–Doubt–Direction) method is proposed as a structured reflective framework integrating reflection with formative feedback. The Discovery stage focuses on recognising learning achievements and constructing meaning from experience. The Doubt stage represents a key theoretical contribution of the model. In this study, doubt is reconceptualised not as emotional uncertainty, but as a metacognitive phase of identifying incomplete understanding, conceptual gaps, and learning difficulties. This interpretation aligns with contemporary research on self-assessment and metacognitive monitoring, which emphasises that recognising “what is not yet understood” is essential for effective learning regulation (Panadero et al., 2023). The Direction stage involves goal-setting and strategic planning, enabling learners to translate reflection into concrete learning actions. By explicitly linking reflection to action, the 3D method addresses critiques that reflective activities often fail to result in meaningful learning improvement. The effectiveness of reflective feedback practices is closely connected to learners’ diverse readiness levels, learning profiles, and interests. Differentiated instruction, as conceptualised by Carol Ann Tomlinson, provides a theoretical foundation for addressing learner diversity through flexible content, process, and product. Recent research highlights the role of differentiation in promoting equity and inclusion through adaptive learning processes and responsive feedback (Tomlinson & Murphy, 2022). Within the 3D method, differentiation is operationalised through varied reflective prompts, scaffolds, and modes of expression, allowing learners with different levels of confidence and achievement to engage meaningfully in reflection (Carless et al., 2020). By integrating reflective learning theory, feedback literacy, formative assessment, and differentiated instruction, this study conceptualises reflective thinking as a dialogic, metacognitive, and pedagogically structured process. The 3D method thus provides a coherent theoretical framework for developing reflective thinking in lower secondary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative-dominant mixed-methods design to examine how the 3D (Discovery–Doubt–Direction) method supports the development of reflective thinking and formative feedback culture among lower secondary students. The research was conducted over one academic term in a mainstream school setting and involved 45 eighth-grade students taught by three subject teachers in Kazakh language, English, and Art. The interdisciplinary design enabled the examination of the method across both language-based and creative subjects. Prior to the intervention, the participating teachers engaged in collaborative planning to develop a shared understanding of the 3D framework and its pedagogical intentions. The method was then embedded into regular classroom practice, including lesson reflection, peer feedback activities, and formative assessment tasks. Reflection was structured through three interconnected stages. During the Discovery stage, students identified what they had learned, understood, or achieved, supporting awareness of learning outcomes. The Doubt stage was operationalised not as emotional uncertainty, but as a metacognitive process of identifying incomplete understanding, conceptual gaps, and learning difficulties related to the topic. Students were guided through prompts and reflective questions to articulate what remained unclear. The Direction stage focused on translating reflection into action through goal-setting and strategic planning. Differentiation was implemented in accordance with Tomlinson’s framework by adapting reflective tasks to students’ readiness levels and learning profiles. This included the use of sentence starters, visual organisers, guided prompts, or oral reflection formats, allowing students to engage in reflection at an appropriate cognitive level. Such differentiation supported learner agency and ensured that reflective feedback practices were inclusive and accessible. Data collection methods included classroom observations, structured student reflective journals, focus group interviews, and pre- and post-intervention reflective thinking questionnaires. Observations focused on feedback interactions and reflective dialogue, while journals captured students’ engagement with each stage of the 3D method. Focus group interviews explored students’ perceptions of feedback and reflection across subjects. Questionnaire data were used to identify shifts in metacognitive awareness and self-regulated learning. Qualitative data were analysed thematically using an iterative coding process, allowing patterns related to reflective depth, feedback engagement, and learner agency to be identified. Quantitative data were analysed descriptively to support qualitative findings. Ethical considerations included informed consent, voluntary participation, and anonymisation of all data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that systematic implementation of the 3D method significantly enhanced students’ reflective thinking skills. Students demonstrated increased ability to articulate learning experiences, identify conceptual gaps, and formulate purposeful learning goals. Reflection shifted from surface-level descriptions toward deeper analytical and forward-oriented thinking. The study also revealed a qualitative transformation in classroom feedback culture. Teachers moved from predominantly evaluative feedback practices toward facilitative, dialogic interactions, while students became more active participants in self- and peer-feedback processes. Differences across students with varying readiness levels suggest that the 3D method effectively supports differentiated and inclusive learning environments. The interdisciplinary implementation across Kazakh language, English, and Art lessons demonstrated the adaptability of the model across subject areas. The study contributes to educational research by offering a transferable pedagogical model that integrates reflective thinking, formative assessment, and differentiated instruction. Practically, the findings have implications for teacher professional development, formative assessment practices, and curriculum design aimed at strengthening learner-centred and reflective pedagogy in lower secondary education. References Boud, D., & Molloy, E. (2013). Feedback in higher and professional education: Understanding it and doing it well. Routledge. Carless, D., & Boud, D. (2018). The development of student feedback literacy: Enabling uptake of feedback. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 43(8), 1315–1325. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1463354 Carless, D., Winstone, N., & Jones, E. (2020). Developing learners’ feedback literacy: A realist synthesis. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 45(5), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2020.1761651 Gan, Z., An, Z., & Liu, F. (2021). Teacher feedback practices, student engagement, and feedback literacy: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 33, 100393. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100393 Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487 Panadero, E., Andrade, H. L., & Brookhart, S. M. (2018). Fusing self-regulated learning and formative assessment: A roadmap of where we are, how we got here, and where we are going. Australian Educational Researcher, 45(1), 13–31. → (қалдыруға болады, себебі 2020+ зерттеулер осыған сүйенеді) Panadero, E., Jonsson, A., & Botella, J. (2023). Effects of self-assessment on self-regulated learning and self-efficacy: A meta-analysis. Educational Psychology Review, 35, 1–28. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09720-6 Sadler, D. R. (1989). Formative assessment and the design of instructional systems. Instructional Science, 18(2), 119–144. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00117714 Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books. Torrance, H. (2020). Assessment as learning? How the use of explicit learning objectives, assessment criteria and feedback in post-secondary education and training can come to dominate learning. Assessment in Education, 27(2), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2019.1707557 Tomlinson, C. A. (2014). The differentiated classroom: Responding to the needs of all learners (2nd ed.). ASCD. Tomlinson, C. A., & Murphy, M. (2022). Leading and managing a differentiated classroom. Educational Leadership, 79(7), 26–33. Winstone, N. E., Nash, R. A., Parker, M., & Rowntree, J. (2020). Supporting learners’ agentic engagement with feedback: A systematic review and a taxonomy of recipience processes. Educational Psychologist, 55(1), 17–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2019.1695100 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster Development of the Virtue Practice and Meaning Exploration Scales 1: National Taipei University of Education, Taiwan; 2: National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan Presenting Author:This study aimed to develop culturally context-sensitive self-report measures of Virtue Practice and Meaning Exploration for upper elementary students and to provide preliminary evidence of reliability and validity. Social-emotional and character development contributes to children’s well-being, interpersonal functioning, and school adjustment, and is essential for evaluating the effectiveness of character education programs. Given the diversity of construct definitions across programs and the growing need for culturally responsive measurement, we developed two scales grounded in the MVP framework, in which M represents moral thinking, V represents virtue practice, and P represents purpose exploration. Scale development followed five steps: construct definition and literature synthesis, item pool generation, expert review and revision, pilot administration with item analysis, and validation of the measurement model. For Virtue Practice, eight core virtues (fairness, respect, courage, honesty, cooperation, empathy, gratitude, and love/care) were consolidated into four dimensions: Fairness/Respect, Courage/Honesty, Empathy/Care and Gratitude, and Cooperation. An initial pool of 98 items was reviewed by experts and reduced to 54 items. For Meaning Exploration, four subscales were specified—Emotional Awareness and Regulation, Self-Control and Regulation, Self-Exploration, and Growth Motivation—yielding 70 draft items that were reduced to 46 items after expert review. Pilot data were collected from 172 students in Grades 3 to 5 (53% boys, 47% girls). Items with low discrimination were removed based on item–total correlations and factor loadings; items with item–total correlations below .30 were deleted. The final Virtue Practice scale included 41 items. Internal consistency estimates (Cronbach’s α) for the four Virtue Practice subscales ranged from .67 to .82. The Meaning Exploration scale was further refined to 32 items, with subscale α coefficients ranging from .61 to .81. To evaluate construct validity, confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was conducted in R using the lavaan package. Given the ordinal response format and modest sample size, polychoric correlations were used and parameters were estimated with the WLSMV estimator. Model fit for Virtue Practice was acceptable to good (χ²/df = 1.95, CFI = .95, TLI = .95, RMSEA = .075). Model fit for Meaning Exploration was acceptable (χ²/df = 2.32, CFI = .95, TLI = .94, RMSEA = .088). In a paired subsample (n = 107), Meaning Exploration scores were significantly lower than Virtue Practice scores (t(106) = 9.16, p < .001), with Self-Control/Regulation lowest within Meaning Exploration. Overall, results provide initial psychometric support for the two scales and suggest their potential utility for evaluating character education and related interventions in elementary school settings. The Meaning Exploration model demonstrated acceptable fit; future work will further refine items and conduct cross-sample validation to improve model stability. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants. Using convenience sampling, we recruited students from 10 classrooms (Grades 3–5) at an elementary school in northern Taiwan. After obtaining informed consent and screening for data completeness, 172 students were retained for analysis: 26 third-graders, 61 fourth-graders, and 85 fifth-graders. The sample included 92 boys (53.5%) and 80 girls (46.5%). Measure framework. The instrument was designed to evaluate the MVP character education curriculum and provide classroom feedback for upper-elementary students. Virtue Practice in the MVP curriculum originally covers eight virtues: fairness, respect, courage, honesty, cooperation, empathy, gratitude, and love/caring. To reduce respondent burden and address conceptual overlap among virtues, we conducted a literature review and aligned constructs with curriculum objectives. A panel of experts then consolidated the virtues into four integrated dimensions: Fairness & Respect, Courage & Honesty, Empathy/Caring & Gratitude, and Cooperation. Meaning Exploration was conceptualized as a developmental process supporting value-consistent goal pursuit and everyday enactment of meaning. It comprises four subdimensions: Self-Exploration, Emotional Awareness and Regulation, Growth Motivation, and Self-Control and Regulation. Item development and content validation. Because the measure was intended for routine school administration, items were written to be age-appropriate and brief in total length. Experts generated an initial pool of 98 Virtue Practice items and 70 Meaning Exploration items based on construct definitions and curriculum goals. Items were reviewed by one psychometrics specialist and two character education experts for construct alignment and potential social desirability; experts independently edited and screened items. A research assistant with teaching experience checked readability, followed by a consensus meeting to finalize the scales. The final Virtue Practice scale contained 54 items (14, 14, 19, and 7 items across the four dimensions, respectively). The final Meaning Exploration scale contained 46 items (7, 15, 8, and 16 items across the four subdimensions, respectively). All items used a 5-point Likert-type format, with anchors reflecting agreement or frequency depending on item wording. Procedure. The two scales were interleaved in one pilot questionnaire and administered by classroom teachers over two class periods. Data analysis. Internal consistency was examined in SPSS; items with corrected item–subscale total correlations ≤ .30 were considered for deletion, with content coverage and factor information also considered. Construct validity was evaluated using CFA in R (lavaan). Items were treated as ordinal indicators and estimated with WLSMV. Model fit criteria were χ²/df ≤ 3, CFI ≥ .95, TLI ≥ .95, and RMSEA ≤ .08. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Grounded in the MVP character-education curriculum, this study developed two instruments—the Virtue Practice Scale and the Meaning Exploration Scale—to assess SEL-related competencies among Grades 3–5 students. After item generation, expert review, and screening, Virtue Practice was reduced from 98 to 54 items and Meaning Exploration from 70 to 46 items. WLSMV-based CFA supported four-factor structures. Virtue Practice showed good fit (χ²/df = 1.95, CFI = .95, TLI = .95, RMSEA = .075). Meaning Exploration met or approximated the incremental-fit criteria (CFI = .95, TLI = .94), but RMSEA = .088 slightly exceeded the .08 threshold, indicating the need for further refinement and cross-validation. Internal consistency was generally acceptable: Virtue Practice α = .67–.82 and CR = .70–.86; Meaning Exploration α = .61–.80 and CR = .69–.82. Self-Exploration showed borderline reliability, and Courage/Honesty was marginal (α = .67), suggesting that revising wording and/or adding items and establishing test–retest reliability may improve score precision and temporal stability. In the paired subsample (n = 107), Meaning Exploration scores were significantly lower than Virtue Practice scores (t(106) = 9.16, p < .001), with Self-Control and Regulation lowest within Meaning Exploration, whereas Virtue Practice subscale means were relatively similar. Inter-subscale correlations were moderate (Virtue Practice r = .55–.76; Meaning Exploration r = .44–.71), though the Cooperation–Empathy/Care/Gratitude correlation was relatively high, warranting stronger tests of discriminant validity and checks for content overlap. Overall, these curriculum-aligned scales provide preliminary evidence of structural validity and internal consistency and may support instructional feedback and outcome evaluation in upper-elementary SEL/character education. Future research should replicate findings in larger, more diverse samples, test measurement invariance across grade and gender, establish external criterion-related validity, and evaluate sensitivity to intervention-related change. References Assessment Work Group. (2019). Student social and emotional competence assessment: The current state of the field and a vision for its future. Chicago, IL: Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning. Berg, J., Osher, Same, S., Nolan, M.R., Benson, D., & Jacobs, N. (2017). Identifying, Defining, and Measuring Social and Emotional Competencies. https://www.air.org/sites/default/files/2021-06/Identifying-Defining-and-Measuring-Social-and-Emotional-Competencies-December-2017-rev.pdf Denham, S. A. (2017). Assessment of SEL in educational context. In Durlak, J. A., Domitrovich, C. E. Weissberg, R. P. & Gullotta T. P. (Eds.) (2017). Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice. pp285-300. Guilford Publications. Durlak, Mahoney, J. L., & Boyle, A. E. (2022). What we know, and what we need to find out about universal, school-based social and emotional learning programs for children and adolescents: A review of meta-analyses and directions for future research. Psychological Bulletin, 148(11-12), 765–782. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000383 Harrison, T; Arthur, J. & Burn, E. Emily ( 2023). Character education evaluation handbook for schools. The Jubilee Centre for Character and Virtues. Hatchimonji, D. R., Vaid, E., Linsky, A. C. V., Nayman, S. J., Yuan, M., MacDonnell, M., & Elias, M. J. (2022). Exploring relations among social-emotional and character development targets : character virtue, social-emotional learning skills, and positive purpose. International Journal of Emotional Education, 14(1), 20-37. Lin, W.-Y., Chang, Y., & Wu, C.-Y. (2023). A new proposal for moral education in basic education: MVP character curriculum. Taiwan Education Review, 739, 37–46. McKown, C. (2017). Social-emotional assessment, performance, and standards. The Future of Children, 27(1), 157-178. Taylor, J. J., Buckley, K., Hamilton, L. S., Stecher, L. S., Read, L., & Schweig, J. (2018). Choosing and using SEL competency assessments: what schools and districts need to know. https://dpi.wi.gov/sites/default/files/imce/sspw/pdf/practitioner-guidance.pdf West, M. R., Buckley, K., Krachman, S. B., & Bookman, N. (2018). Development and implementation of student social-emotional surveys in the CORE Districts. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 55, 119-129. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster The Affective Side of Computational Thinking: Assessment of Computational Thinking Anxiety in Chinese Adolescents The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:1. Research Questions: RQ1: What evidence supports the validity and reliability of the Computational Thinking Anxiety Scale (CTAS) for assessing computational thinking anxiety (CTA) across late childhood and adolescence? RQ2: How is CTA related to computational thinking performance (CTP)? RQ3: How does this relationship diverge from general trait anxiety and vary across individual characteristics such as age, gender, and programming experience? 2.Theoretical Framework: First, the Integrated Model of Emotion and Cognition (Lemerise & Arsenio, 2000) provides the foundational premise that affective states like anxiety are not mere epiphenomena but are fundamentally intertwined with cognitive processing, jointly shaping competence development. This is critical for understanding how anxiety can specifically impair components of the CT process. Second, to operationalize the phenomenology of anxiety, we integrated the American Psychological Association’s tripartite model of emotion (APA, 2025b) with the classic ABC Model of Attitude (Eagly & Chaiken, 1998). This yielded a triple-ABC framework defining CTA across synchronized manifestations: Affective (Physiological Symptoms: e.g., arousal), Behavioral (Stressful Behaviors: e.g., avoidance), and Cognitive (Cognitive Impairment: e.g., worry, mental blocking). Third, to anchor this affective-behavioral-cognitive superstructure specifically within the CT domain, we populated it with a refined, domain-general CT competency model (Shute et al., 2017; Wing, 2006). This model conceptualizes CT as a systematic sequence involving decomposition, abstraction, algorithmic design, debugging, iteration, generalization, pattern recognition and parallelism. This creates a precise matrix for locating anxiety (e.g., cognitive impairment in pattern-recognition). Finally, a developmental psychometric perspective, informed by Piagetian theory (Piaget, 1972), underpins the investigation. We hypothesized that the architecture of CTA is not static but evolves in tandem with cognitive maturation, particularly during the transition from concrete to formal operational thought, leading to predictable reorganizations in the salience of specific anxiety dimensions. This robust, layered framework guided the item generation for the CTAS, ensuring it captures the full, developmentally-sensitive phenomenology of anxiety within the unique cognitive architecture of CT, while rigorously distinguishing it from related constructs like programming anxiety or general trait anxiety. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employed a comprehensive, multi-phase mixed-methods design for scale development and validation, adhering to contemporary psychometric standards (Boateng et al., 2018). Scale Development: The CTAS was developed through a rigorous, theory-driven process. An initial item pool was generated by aligning the triple-ABC × CT competency matrix with phrasing conventions from established anxiety scales. A bilingual (Chinese/English) Delphi expert review (5 experts in CT, psychometrics, educational psychology) ensured content validity, conceptual clarity, and cultural appropriateness. This was followed by cognitive pretesting with the target population (n=25, aged 9-10) using think-aloud protocols to optimize comprehension and ecological validity. Measures: The primary instrument was the final 30-item (later refined to 25-item) CTAS, a self-report measure using a 5-point Likert scale. CTP was assessed via an adapted short-form of the Australian Bebras Computational Thinking Challenge, culturally validated for Chinese students and stratified by age. Trait anxiety was controlled using the Spence Children’s Anxiety Scale–Short Version (SCAS-S). Programming experience was quantified as months of formal/informal instruction. Participants and Procedure: A large sample of Chinese adolescents (N=697, aged 9-14) was recruited via stratified random sampling. The study integrated cross-sectional and longitudinal components. The total sample was randomly split into independent calibration (n=299) and validation (n=398) subsamples for Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) and Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA), respectively. A longitudinal subsample (n=387) was reassessed after three months to establish test-retest reliability. Analyses: A multi-stage analytical plan was executed: 1) Item analysis and reliability assessment; 2) EFA to explore latent structure; 3) CFA to confirm the factor model and test for measurement invariance across age groups; 4) Assessment of convergent, discriminant (using HTMT ratio, Fornell-Larcker criterion), and criterion validity; 5) Network analysis to visualize CT anxiety (CTA) factor relationships; 6) Hierarchical regression to test incremental predictive validity over trait anxiety; 7) Correlation Matrix among age cohorts, CTP, programming experience, trait anxiety, and gender difference; and 7) Longitudinal analysis using Intraclass Correlation Coefficients (ICC). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study advances CT research by making visible a dimension that has often been treated as peripheral: learners’ anxiety when engaging in core CT processes. We developed and validated the Computational Thinking Anxiety Scale (CTAS), a theory-informed, developmentally sensitive instrument for adolescents. Across 697 Chinese students aged 9–14, the final 25-item CTAS yielded a coherent eight-factor structure—Algorithms, Pattern Recognition, Parallelism, Decomposition, Generalization, Debugging, Abstraction, and Iteration—and showed excellent model fit (CFI = .974, RMSEA = .041), reliability, convergent and discriminant validity, and three-month temporal stability (ICC = .983; r = .986). Measurement invariance across age groups supports meaningful developmental comparison. Substantively, the findings show that CTA is not merely a proxy for general anxious disposition or programming exposure. CTAS scores were essentially unrelated to trait anxiety and only weakly associated with programming experience, but were substantially and negatively related to CTP. This indicates that CTA is a domain-specific affective barrier with direct relevance for learning, assessment, and instructional design. Developmental analyses further suggest that CTA has both stable and dynamic features. Algorithm-related anxiety remained comparatively robust across ages, whereas some facets varied more strongly, with the 11–12 group showing the greatest variability. This points to early adolescence as a potentially critical window for affect-sensitive CT support. Overall, the study reframes CT as a cognitive–affective learning system rather than a purely cognitive competence. The CTAS offers a transferable framework for examining how affect shapes digital competence, participation, and equity in computing education. References Ahlen, J., Vigerland, S., & Ghaderi, A. (2018). Development of the spence children’s anxiety scale-short version (SCAS-S). Journal of psychopathology and behavioral assessment, 40(2), 288-304. American Psychological Association (APA). (2025a). Anxiety. American Psychological Association. Retrieved November 19, 2025a from https://dictionary.apa.org/anxiety American Psychological Association (APA). (2025b). Emotion. Retrieved November 19, 2025b from https://dictionary.apa.org/emotion Brennan, K., & Resnick, M. (2012, April). New frameworks for studying and assessing the development of computational thinking. In Proceedings of the 2012 annual meeting of the American educational research association, Vancouver, Canada (Vol. 1, p. 25). CSIRO Digital Careers. (2023a). Bebras Australia Computational Thinking Challenge: 2023 Solutions Guide Round 1 (Middle School Years 7-8). Bebras Australia. CSIRO Digital Careers. (2023b). Bebras Australia Computational Thinking Challenge: 2023 Solutions Guide Round 2 (Primary School Years 3-6). Bebras Australia. https://bebras.edu.au/ DeVellis, R. F. (2003). Scale development: Theory and applications. Thousand Oaks. Eagly, A. H., & Chaiken, S. (1998). Attitude structure and function. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 269–322). McGraw-Hill. Lemerise, E. A., & Arsenio, W. F. (2000). An integrated model of emotion processes and cognition in social information processing. Child development, 71(1), 107-118. Piaget, J. (1972). Intellectual evolution from adolescence to adulthood. Human Development, 15(1), 1–12. Shute, V. J., Sun, C., & Asbell-Clarke, J. (2017). Demystifying computational thinking. Educational research review, 22, 142-158. Wing, J. M. (2006). Computational thinking. Communications of the ACM, 49(3), 33-35. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster Understanding Young Designers: Development and Validation of the Early Design Thinking Scale (EDTS) 1: The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2: The Fourth Preschool Education Group Yihao Kindergarten of Guangming District, Shenzhen City, Guangdong Province, China Presenting Author:Design Thinking (DT) originated in professional design practice as an iterative approach used by designers to meet user needs (Liedtka, 2015). In the information age, DT has expanded beyond traditional design domains and has become an essential method for non-designers to address complex, technology-driven environments that require frequent problem solving. Research has documented DT applications in social innovation, healthcare, business, and engineering (Razzouk & Shute, 2012). Interest in integrating DT into early childhood education is also increasing, as DT-related interventions have been shown to positively influence young children’s STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) dispositions (Ata-Aktürk & Demircan, 2021), problem-solving skills (Yalçın & Erden, 2021), and 21st-century skills (Yalçın & Öztürk, 2022). These competencies are important for helping children thrive in a rapidly changing, technology-driven world. Despite this growing recognition, research on DT among preschool children remains constrained by the lack of appropriate measurement tools. As a result, most existing studies have relied primarily on qualitative methods (e.g., Hatzigianni et al., 2021), and a systematic quantitative evaluation framework has not yet been established. In other educational stages, however, scholars have developed scales assessing students’ DT dispositions (Tsai & Wang, 2021), DT skills (Ergin & Coşkun, 2024), and DT mindsets (Vignoli et al., 2023). Developing a DT scale specifically for preschool children would advance quantitative research in this area, facilitate empirical studies, and provide an evidence-based foundation for pedagogical practice. Therefore, this study aimed to fill the research gap by developing and validating a DT scale with a sample of Chinese preschool teachers and children. Prior research has highlighted the relevance of the IDEO (Innovation Design Engineering Organization) model and the Stanford d. school (Hasso Plattner Institute of Design at Stanford) model for early childhood DT education (Hatzigianni et al., 2021;Yalçın & Öztürk, 2022). The former is derived from the DT toolkit launched by IDEO (2012) for educators, in which DT is defined as a human-centered mindset and follows the process of discovery, interpretation, ideation, experimentation, and evolution (p. 14). The Stanford d. School’s (2018) DT model also consists of five steps: empathize, define, ideate, prototype, and test (p. 1), primarily aims at promoting the academic research and educational dissemination of DT. These two institutions share a close history and collaborative relationship, and their core methods and tools are deeply interconnected (Brown, 2009). Given that the Stanford d. school’s DT model is widely used in the field of educational dissemination, this study adopts it as the theoretical foundation for scale development. A review of the existing literature on the development and validation of DT scales reveals that most scales are derived from the DT models proposed by IDEO and Stanford d. School (Cai & Yang, 2023; Chen et al., 2023; Ergin & Coşkun, 2024; Tsai & Wang, 2021). In these scales, the stages of the DT model are typically used as the primary dimensions. Additionally, some scholars have also considered the developmental appropriateness of the target measurement population, incorporating other competencies that frequently emerge during DT activities as additional dimensions (e.g., Vignoli et al., 2023). Furthermore, items in the existing DT scales are usually designed in Likert-scale formats (e.g., Chen et al., 2023). However, it is worth noting that there is a research gap in the availability of developmentally appropriate and psychometrically reliable DT assessments explicitly tailored for preschool children. Therefore, the primary aim of the current study is to address this gap by developing a DT measurement scale that is both developmentally appropriate and psychometrically sound for preschool children. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study aimed to develop and validate the Early Design Thinking Scale (EDTS), a teacher-report instrument for assessing DT competence in preschool children. The EDTS was grounded in the Stanford d. school DT model (2018) and adapted to ensure developmental appropriateness. Following established scale development procedures (DeVellis & Thorpe, 2022), we employed a five-step process: (1) item generation, (2) expert evaluation, (3) target-population evaluation, (4) model refinement and construct validity testing, and (5) internal reliability assessment and descriptive analyses. We first constructed a five-dimension framework aligned with the DT model (empathize, define, ideate, prototype, test) and drafted 20 items accordingly. To better reflect preschoolers’ DT, we incorporated DT-related mindsets, competencies, and behaviors from prior research. We searched Web of Science, Scopus, ERIC, and EBSCOhost using “design thinking” AND “preschoolers,” yielding 1,925 records; 39 English, peer-reviewed empirical studies were retained. Two researchers independently coded DT-related words/phrases that appeared explicitly in the articles and reconciled discrepancies to produce a consolidated code set. An additional coder assessed inter-coder agreement on 20 randomly selected articles (Cohen’s κ = .71). We identified 20 code categories (e.g., empathy, creativity, concrete thinking) and excluded five low-frequency categories (n < 10). Using inductive and deductive coding (Azungah, 2018), we mapped codes to the five dimensions (e.g., making/building and technology proficiency under prototyping), while treating communication and problem-solving as cross-cutting across stages. Integrating the initial items, code interpretations, and relevant scales, we produced EDTS Version 1 (five dimensions, 30 items). Two early childhood DT measurement experts reviewed Version 1; seven items were removed due to weak DT relevance or redundancy. A researcher with extensive preschool experience refined item wording for developmental appropriateness and teacher usability, yielding Version 2 (23 items). Version 2 was administered in two public kindergartens in southern China. Thirty-five teachers rated 484 children (ages 3–6) via an online questionnaire platform. Of 450 questionnaires returned (92.98%), 417 were valid after excluding 33 uniform-response cases. Using R 4.5.0, we split the sample for cross-validation: EFA (sample A; n = 167) and CFA (sample B; n = 250), with no significant group differences in gender (χ² = .04, p = .64) or age (t(415) = 1.09, p = .28). EFA used PAF with oblique rotation; CFA evaluated model fit, while convergent and discriminant validity were examined using AVE and the Fornell–Larcker criterion. Reliability and descriptive analyses were then conducted on the full sample. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Kaiser–Meyer–Olkin (KMO = .95) and Bartlett’s test (χ² (253) = 4023.90, p < .001) supported the suitability of Sample A for factor analysis. Using PAF with direct oblique rotation, the initial 23-item solution produced five factors explaining 81.63% of the variance, with communalities ranging from .65 to .89 (> .60). Two items were removed due to low primary loadings (D5 = .29; T4 = .24), minimal separation from cross-loadings (< .15), and unexpected loading on Empathize dimension. The revised 21-item PAF retained a five-factor structure and explained 83.04% of the variance, and no psychological concerns related to factor loadings were observed. CFA was conducted on Sample B to confirm the factor structure suggested by the EFA. CFA used robust maximum likelihood (MLR) given acceptable distributional characteristics (skewness = −.34; kurtosis = −.68). A first-order five-factor model showed good fit: χ² (179) = 351.21, χ²/df = 1.96, CFI = .97, TLI = .96, RMSEA = .06, SRMR = .03. A second-order model also fit well: χ² (184) = 354.58, χ²/df = 1.93, CFI = .97, TLI = .96, RMSEA = .06, SRMR = .04. All standardized loadings were significant (p < .001) and > .50. Although the differences in model fit were small, we retained the first-order model as the final EDTS because it had stronger theoretical and empirical support, and DT is typically assessed as a set of related yet distinct processes (Brown, 2009; Chen et al., 2023). Convergent validity was supported by AVE values for Empathize (.72), Define (.82), Ideate (.73), Prototype (.73), and Test (.76), and discriminant validity by the Fornell–Larcker criterion. Using the full sample (n = 417), internal reliability was high (ω = .92–.96 across dimensions; overall α = .96). The mean EDTS score was 71.33 (SD = 16.21); skewness (−.34) and kurtosis (−.74) suggested approximate normality, and item means ranged from 2.99 to 4.16. Taken together, these results further support retaining the first-order five-factor model. References Ata-Aktürk, A., & Demircan, H. Ö. (2021). Supporting Preschool Children’s STEM Learning with Parent-Involved Early Engineering Education. Early Childhood Education Journal, 49(4), 607–621. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-020-01100-1 Brown, T. (2009). Change by design: How design thinking transforms organizations and inspires Innovation. HarperBusiness. Cai, Y., & Yang, Y. (2023). The development and validation of the scale of design thinking for teaching (SDTT). Thinking Skills and Creativity, 48, Article 101255. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2023.101255 Chen, N., Wu, D., Hong, H.-Y., Chai, C. S., & Liang, J.-C. (2023). Developing a design thinking engagement scale for early childhood teachers. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 33(5), 2045–2069. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10798-023-09807-z DeVellis, R. F., & Thorpe, C. T. (2022). Scale development: theory and applications (5th ed.). SAGE Publications, Inc. Ergin, A., & Coşkun, Y. D. (2024). Design thinking scale development: Assessing reliability and validity. International Journal on Social and Education Sciences (IJonSES), 6(3), 319–333. https://doi.org/10.46328/ijonses.670 Hatzigianni, M., Stevenson, M., Falloon, G., Bower, M., & Forbes, A. (2021). Young children’s design thinking skills in makerspaces. International Journal of Child-Computer Interaction, 27 (2021), Article 100216. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcci.2020.100216. Hasso Plattner Institute of Design at Stanford [Stanford d. School]. (2018). Bootcamp Bootleg. Retrieved online February 25, 2025, from: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/57c6b79629687fde090a0fdd/t/58890239db29d6cc6c3338f7/1485374014340/METHODCARDS-v3-slim.pdf Innovation Design Engineering Organization [IDEO]. (2012). Design thinking for educators toolkit (2nd ed.). Author. Retrieved online February 25, 2025, from: https://page.ideo.com/design-thinking-edu-toolkit Liedtka, J. (2015). Perspective: Linking Design Thinking with Innovation Outcomes through Cognitive Bias Reduction. The Journal of Product Innovation Management, 32(6), 925–938. https://doi.org/10.1111/jpim.12163 Razzouk, R., & Shute, V. (2012). What Is Design Thinking and Why Is It Important? Review of Educational Research, 82(3), 330–348. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654312457429 Tsai, M. J., & Wang, C. Y. (2021). Assessing young students’ design thinking disposition and its relationship with computer programming self-efficacy. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 59(3), 410–428. https://doi.org/10.1177/0735633120967326 Vignoli, M., Dosi, C., & Balboni, B. (2023). Design thinking mindset: scale development and validation. Studies in Higher Education (Dorchester-on-Thames), 48(6), 926–940. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2172566 Yalçın, V., & Erden, Ş. (2021). The Effect of STEM Activities Prepared According to the Design Thinking Model on Preschool Children’s Creativity and Problem-Solving Skills. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 41, Article 100864. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2021.100864 Yalçın, V., & Öztürk, O. (2022). Examination of the effects of design-oriented STEM activities on the 21st century skills of pre-school children aged 3-4. Southeast Asia Early Childhood Journal, 11(2), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.37134/saecj.vol11.2.1.2022 |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 10 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Developing Students’ Critical Thinking and Reading Literacy through the Use of Historical Feature Films and Documentary Films 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in KostanayDeveloping Students’ Critical Thinking and Reading Literacy through the Use of Historical Feature Films and Documentary Films, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In the modern education system, one of the main requirements is not only that students memorize information, but also that they are able to analyze, evaluate, and apply it in different contexts. In this regard, in recent years the global educational paradigm has shifted from information-based instruction towards competency-based education. Within this framework, developing students’ critical thinking skills has become one of the key pedagogical goals. Critical thinking is not the mechanical reception of information by students, but rather their ability to understand it, compare evidence and arguments, evaluate the author’s position, and form their own viewpoint. Wallace (2006), describing reading literacy as a fundamental prerequisite for personal social and professional development, emphasizes not only comprehension of texts but also the importance of interpretative skills. Habermas and Nielsen (1990) likewise argue that conscious engagement with texts in the learning process constitutes the basis for an individual’s ability to form public opinion. From this perspective, historical feature films and documentary films are considered one of the effective tools for increasing students’ cognitive engagement. Historical films present past events in a visual form, enhancing students’ emotional perception, while documentary films provide factual data and evidence, allowing the formation of a scientific worldview. Such materials enable students to connect textual content with real life and critically evaluate historical events. However, in school practice, films are often used merely as supplementary tools, and their systematic integration into learning objectives remains insufficient. Therefore, the main purpose of this study is to scientifically determine the impact of the systematic integration of historical feature films and documentary films into the teaching process on students’ critical thinking and reading literacy levels.
Research Aim To determine the level of development of students’ critical thinking skills and reading literacy through the use of historical feature films and documentary films. Research Objectives
Research Setting and Participants The study was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics in Aktau. The participants were 32 students from two parallel Grade 10 classes (10A and 10H). The students were divided into two groups: Experimental group – 16 students; Control group – 16 students. The research team consisted of three subject teachers: teachers of Kazakh language, Biology, and English. The teachers collaboratively carried out planning, observation, and analysis activities using the Lesson Study approach.
Research Instruments The following instruments were used in the study:
The study lasted for 8 weeks. In the experimental group, lessons based on historical feature films and documentary films were systematically conducted. Each week, students watched one film and completed related textual and reflective tasks. The following strategies were used in the lessons:
In the control group, the same topics were taught using traditional text-based methods, namely reading textbook materials and answering questions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Quantitative Analysis Both groups demonstrated comparable pre-test results (experimental: 15.1; control: 15.4), confirming equal baseline conditions and ensuring the validity of further comparison. Post-test data revealed a statistically meaningful difference between the groups. The experimental group achieved a mean score of 22.8, demonstrating an increase of 7.7 points (25%), whereas the control group improved only to 17.2, with a gain of 1.8 points (6%). These results indicate the clear advantage of instruction incorporating historical films. In addition to overall score growth, changes were observed in performance level distribution. The number of high-performing students in the experimental group increased to 12, while the control group reached only 5. Simultaneously, the proportion of low-level students in the experimental group decreased from 38% to 11%, whereas no significant change was recorded in the control group. These shifts suggest a more balanced and inclusive learning effect in the experimental group. Qualitative Analysis Qualitative data were obtained from Viewer’s Journals, semi-structured interviews, and teachers’ observation sheets. Content analysis identified three dominant trends: improved depth of text comprehension, development of critical thinking skills, and increased emotional engagement with learning. Initially, students’ written responses were largely descriptive and focused on content reproduction. By the final stage, students demonstrated interpretative reasoning, evaluation of historical contexts, and consideration of alternative viewpoints. Interview data showed that 79% of students reported improved ability to justify their opinions, while 84% emphasized increased motivation and interest. Teachers’ observations further confirmed higher participation, questioning, and collaborative discussion in the experimental group, indicating positive changes in classroom interaction patterns. Discussion The findings fully correspond with the conclusions of Wallace (2006) and Habermas and Nielsen (1990) regarding the role of reading literacy in personal development. In addition, the effectiveness of critical reading strategies proposed by Salisbury University (2009) was empirically confirmed in this study. According to Mayer’s multimedia learning theory, learning outcomes improve when visual and textual information are presented together. The significant improvement in the experimental group supports this theory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion The results of the conducted study demonstrate that, under the conditions of the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics in Aktau, the systematic integration of historical feature films and documentary films into the teaching process constitutes a highly effective pedagogical tool for developing students’ critical thinking skills, reading literacy, and reflective abilities. The study revealed that the use of historical films fundamentally changes students’ attitudes toward learning. While in traditional instruction students mostly act as passive recipients of information, in film-based lessons they become active analysts and subjects who construct their own viewpoints. This transformation fully corresponds to the main principles of competency-based education. Quantitative results showed a significant increase in learning achievements in the experimental group, while qualitative analysis proved that this improvement was not merely numerical but qualitative in nature. Students’ level of text comprehension deepened, and they developed skills of interpretation, evaluation, and application. Moreover, historical films enhanced students’ emotional engagement and intrinsic motivation, which directly contributed to the effectiveness of the learning process. The Lesson Study approach also had a significant impact on teachers’ professional development. Collaborative planning, observation, and analysis enabled teachers to reflect on their practices, improve lessons, and adapt instruction to students’ actual needs. This study demonstrated that Lesson Study is not only a professional development tool but also an effective mechanism for improving teaching quality. Recommendations To systematically integrate historical films into subject curricula; To implement the “Viewer’s Journal” in digital format; To integrate the approach with CLIL methodology; To complement learning with debates and project-based tasks. References Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and education. New York, NY: Macmillan. Habermas, J., & Nielsen, K. (1990). The structural transformation of the public sphere: An inquiry into a category of bourgeois society. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Mayer, R. E. (2009). Multimedia learning (2nd ed.). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511811678 Mayer, R. E. (2014). Cognitive theory of multimedia learning. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of multimedia learning (2nd ed., pp. 43–71). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139547369.005 OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 assessment and analytical framework. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/b25efab8-en Salisbury University. (2009). Critical reading strategies. Salisbury, MD: Salisbury University Press. Stigler, J. W., & Hiebert, J. (1999). The teaching gap: Best ideas from the world’s teachers for improving education in the classroom. New York, NY: Free Press. Wallace, C. (2006). Critical reading in language education. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230584135 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Relation of Primary Teacher Initial Training, Experience, Professional Development and Student Reading Outcomes in 14 EU Countries University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines the relationship between teacher characteristics and student reading outcomes using data from the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) 2021. PIRLS provides comprehensive information on fourth‑grade students’ reading literacy, enriched with contextual data. For this study, 14 European Union member states were selected. The study focuses on differences between beginning and experienced teachers in terms of initial teacher training (ITT), professional development (PD) participation, and their associations with student outcomes. The research is guided by four central questions: (1) How do teacher characteristics (education level and years of experience) vary across 14 EU countries? (2) How does participation in reading-related PD activities differ by teacher experience and education level? (3) How are teacher characteristics and reading-related PD participation associated with student reading outcomes at the international level? (4) How do these associations manifest at the individual level in two example countries, Finland and Spain? The objective of this study is twofold. First, it aims to provide comparative insights into teacher qualifications and PD participation across European contexts, highlighting differences between countries as well as beginning and experienced teachers. Second, it seeks to explore whether these teacher characteristics are linked to student reading outcomes (reading achievement, confidence, and interest) internationally and then using regression analyses within two national contexts with different backgrounds to provide insight to the relationship of teacher background and student outcomes. The Bologna Process has contributed to harmonization of teacher education across Europe (Esteves, 2017), yet ITT still varies considerably. PD is recognized as a cornerstone of teacher competence development, though practices differ widely across countries (Darling‑Hammond et al., 2017; Normand et al., 2018). Effective PD is characterized by relevance, collaboration, sufficient duration, and evaluation of impact (Creemers et al., 2012), but implementation and institutional support remain uneven (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021). According to the TALIS study (OECD, 2019), beginning teachers generally report lower confidence in their teaching abilities compared to experienced colleagues, particularly in classroom management and the use of diverse instructional strategies. Prior research also suggests that beginning teachers may be more receptive to PD due to recent exposure to evidence‑based practices, while experienced teachers may resist altering established routines, though empirical support is limited (Didion et al., 2019; Shelton et al., 2022). Reading proficiency, students’ confidence and interest in reading are key affective factors that significantly influence literacy development and broader academic success. Reading confidence refers to students’ self-perceived competence in their reading abilities, while reading interest reflects intrinsic motivation and enjoyment of reading activities. Both constructs are positively associated with reading performance and long-term engagement with texts (e.g. Mullis et al., 2023). In addition, McBreen and Savage (2021) found that those who receive targeted training in motivational reading instruction are better equipped to design learning experiences that build students’ self-efficacy and foster a lasting interest in reading. Despite the foundational role of literacy in academic success, many primary teacher education programs across Europe do not sufficiently emphasize reading instruction. Leino et al. (2022) found that teachers who received specialized training in reading and language instruction reported higher self-efficacy, which positively influenced fourth-grade students’ reading outcomes. The relationship between PD and student outcomes has been explored with mixed results. Basma and Savage (2018), in their meta-analysis, found that only high-quality studies demonstrated a link between teacher PD and student reading achievement—and even then, the effects were most evident among teachers with shorter-term education. This study situates itself within these debates, examining whether differences in teacher education and PD participation as well as teaching experience translate into measurable differences in student reading literacy outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on data from the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) 2021, coordinated by the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). PIRLS assesses fourth grade reading literacy alongside extensive background information. In 2021, nearly 60 countries participated, including 21 EU member states (Belgium counted as two systems by language). For analysis, we retained countries with at least 30 beginning teachers, yielding 14 countries/educational areas and 3,960 teachers (791 beginning; 3,169 experienced). PIRLS uses stratified cluster sampling, selecting one or more classes per sampled school and assessing all students within them. This clustered structure requires appropriate statistical methodology. To examine links between teachers and student outcomes, we merged teacher questionnaire data with student level datasets. Across the 14 systems, 73,593 students were included. Teaching experience was classified with variable ATBG01 (years of teaching), defining beginning teachers as ≤5 years and experienced as >5 years. Initial teacher training was coded with ATBG04 (highest formal education) into three groups: below bachelor’s, bachelor’s, and master’s or higher. PD participation was measured with seven items (ATBG07AA–ATBG07AG) of different forms of formal PD in reading over the past two years. We quantified PD activity with a sum index, though in most analyses we employed a simple dichotomy (none vs. ≥1 activity). Student outcomes comprised Reading Achievement, Confidence in Reading, and Liking Reading. Achievement was measured with five plausible values (ASRREA01–ASRREA05), estimating latent proficiency based on test performance and background data (Foy & Yin, 2017). Confidence and interest were assessed with PIRLS scales ASBGSCR (six statements) and ASBGSLR (ten statements), derived from student questionnaires using IRT methodology (Foy & Yin, 2017). These scales were internationally standardized (mean = 10, SD = 2; Martin et al., 2017, Appendix 14A). Descriptive statistics (means and percentages), together with tests of statistical significance, provided the basis for exploration. Associations between teacher variables and student outcomes were tested with correlation and regression analyses. Standard errors and significance tests accounted for the three level structure (students nested in classrooms and schools) and complex sampling, using the jackknife method supported by PIRLS. Survey weights from student sampling were applied in population analyses. All analyses were conducted with SAS software utilizing IEA macros Jackreg and Jackregp tailored for methodologically appropriate analyses of PIRLS data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this study, beginning and experienced teachers were similarly distributed by education level, with nearly half holding a Master’s degree or higher. Country-level differences emerged: in France, Germany, Spain, and Malta, beginning teachers were more likely to hold advanced degrees, while the opposite was observed in the Czech Republic. These patterns reflect evolving qualification requirements in European teacher education (Esteves, 2017; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021). PD participation did not consistently differ by experience. In most countries, experienced teachers reported slightly higher engagement, with significant differences in Austria, Spain, the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, and Finland. Malta and France showed higher participation among beginning teachers, though not significantly. PD participation varied little by education level, except in the Czech Republic and France, where teachers with Master’s degrees were more active. These findings suggest PD engagement is often shaped by systemic support rather than teacher background. Associations between teacher characteristics, PD, and student outcomes were generally weak. Internationally, the strongest relationship was between PD participation and Students Like Reading. A modest positive link was found between the teachers with Master’s degrees and achievement. These results indicate PD may influence affective aspects of learning more than achievement, aligning with prior research on classroom climate (McBreen & Savage, 2021). Country case studies revealed limited explanatory power. In Finland, students of teachers with Master’s degrees scored higher, but PD participation correlated negatively with achievement and confidence. In Spain, teacher characteristics showed no significant associations. Overall, beginning and experienced teachers achieved similar student outcomes, suggesting teaching quality is broadly consistent across contexts despite differences in training and participation in PD. References Basma, B., Savage, R. (2018). Teacher Professional Development and Student Literacy Growth: a Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. Educational Psychology Review, 30, 457–481. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-017-9416-4 Creemers, B., Kyriakides, L., & Antoniou, P. (2012). Teacher Professional Development for Improving Quality of Teaching. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-5207-8 Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291–309. 10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 Didion, L., Toste, J. R., & Filderman, M. J. (2019). Teacher Professional Development and Student Reading Achievement: A Meta-Analytic Review of the Effects. Journal of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 13(1), 29–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/19345747.2019.1670884 Esteves, M. H. (2017). Initial Teacher Education in Europe: shaping teachers for the 21st century. New Trends and Issues Proceedings on Humanities and Social Sciences, 3(5), 01–08. https://doi.org/10.18844/PROSOC.V3I5.1998 European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2021). Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice report. Retrieved May 27, 2025, from https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/teachers_in_europe_2020_chapter_1.pdf Foy, P., & Yin. L. (2017). Scaling the PIRLS 2016 achievement data. In M. O. Martin, M.O., I. V. S. Mullis, I.V.S., & M. Hooper, M. (Eds.), Methods and procedures in PIRLS 2016 (pp. 12.1–12.38). Boston College. Retrieved May 22, 2025, from https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/publications/pirls/2016-methods/chapter-12.Html Leino, K., Nissinen, K., & Sirén, M. (2022). Associations between teacher quality, instructional quality and student reading outcomes in Nordic PIRLS 2016 data. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 10, Article 25. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-022-00146-4 Martin, M. O, Mullis, I. V. S., & Hooper, M. (Eds.) (2017). Methods and procedures in PIRLS 2016. Boston College. Retrieved May 27, 2025, from https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/publications/pirls/2016-methods.html McBreen, M., & Savage, R. (2021). The Impact of Motivational Reading Instruction on the Reading Achievement and Motivation of Students: a Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Educational Psychology Review 33, 1125–1163. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-020-09584-4 Mullis, I. V. S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K. A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College. Retrieved May 27, 2025, from https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.tr2103.kb5342 Normand, R., Liu, M., Carvalho, L., Oliveira, D., & LeVasseur, L. (Eds.) (2018). Education Policies and the Restructuring of the Educational Profession. Perspectives on Rethinking and Reforming Education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-8279-5_6 OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. https://doi.org/10.1787/1d0bc92a-en Shelton, A., Hogan, E., Chow, J., & Wexler, J. (2022). A Synthesis of Professional Development Targeting Literacy Instruction and Intervention for English Learners. Review of Educational Research, 93(1), 37-72. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543221087718 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster From Anxiety to Action: Fostering Sustainability Agency in Pre-Service Teachers through Place-Based Education Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Topic and Problem: The imperative to integrate Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) into teacher training is universally acknowledged. However, a significant and often overlooked paradox exists: while effectively raising awareness of global socio-ecological crises, this education can inadvertently cultivate "eco-anxiety" – a state of overwhelming concern coupled with a perceived lack of personal efficacy (Pihkala, 2022). For pre-service teachers (PSTs), this anxiety presents a critical professional barrier. If future educators feel disempowered by the scale of the challenges they must teach about, their capacity to act as authentic agents of change—their "sustainability agency"—is fundamentally compromised (Bianchi et al., 2022). This study directly confronted this pressing issue, moving beyond mere diagnosis to design, implement, and rigorously evaluate a pedagogical intervention aimed at converting the emotional energy of anxiety into the empowered competence of agency. Research Question: The central inquiry guiding our work was: How did a structured pedagogical experience combining Place-Based Education and Participatory Action Research (PB-PAR) influence the development of sustainability agency and the modulation of eco-anxiety among pre-service biology teachers? We sought to understand not just if change occurred, but how the processes of local inquiry and collaborative action facilitated a shift in professional identity and self-efficacy. Objective: Our primary objective was to empirically test and refine a transformative learning model for ESD in teacher education. We aimed to shift PSTs from a state of passive knowledge acquisition about sustainability to one of active, reflective, and community-engaged practice. Ultimately, we intended to foster a cohort of beginning teachers who identify not merely as transmitters of ecological facts, but as "teacher-researchers" equipped to co-create contextually relevant ESD with their future students and school communities. Theoretical Basis: The intervention was conceptually anchored in a robust, tripartite theoretical framework:
Research Methodology: To capture the complexity of this pedagogical transformation, we employed a convergent parallel mixed-methods design deeply embedded within a Participatory Action Research (PAR) approach. This methodology was essential, as PAR aligns with the very ethos of the intervention—positioning the PSTs as active co-researchers. As the instructor-researcher, I facilitated a full, semester-long PAR cycle with one cohort (N=24), guiding them through investigating a local socio-ecological issue, engaging with community stakeholders, and developing an educational action. To strengthen causal inference, a parallel cohort (N=22) in a standard ESD course served as a comparison group for pre/post surveys measuring agency (adapted SAS) and anxiety (HEAS-13). This practice-based study addresses the gap between sustainability knowledge and action. It offers a tested Place-Based Action Research model that equips educators and students with the emotional resilience and practical competence to become agents of change within their local contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology or Methods/ Research Instruments or Sources Used. Design and Participants: This study employed a convergent parallel mixed-methods design embedded within a Participatory Action Research (PAR) framework. The intervention group (IG) consisted of 24 third-year pre-service biology teachers acting as co-researchers in a semester-long PB-PAR project. A comparison group (CG, n=22) from a parallel cohort following a standard lecture-based ESD course was established for quasi-experimental comparison of quantitative outcomes. Intervention and Procedure: The IG conducted a full 12-week PAR cycle. Small groups selected a local socio-ecological issue (e.g., urban biodiversity loss). The structured process included: 1) collaborative problem definition and ethical planning; 2) multi-method data collection (ecological monitoring, stakeholder interviews); 3) collaborative analysis; and 4) co-creation of an educational product for a community audience (e.g., a citizen science guide). Data Collection (Triangulation): All participants provided informed consent. Data was triangulated via: • Quantitative Pre/Post-Tests (IG & CG): Validated scales: the Sustainability Agency Scale (SAS) and the *Hogg Eco-Anxiety Scale (HEAS-13)*. • Qualitative Data (IG only): a) Four structured reflective journals; b) Semi-structured focus group interviews (mid- and post-project); c) Artefact analysis of final projects using rubrics for systems thinking and civic intent; d) Researcher field notes. Data Analysis: Quantitative data were analyzed using ANCOVA, controlling for pre-test scores. Qualitative data underwent reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). To ensure analytic rigour, codes and themes were reviewed in peer debriefing sessions. Findings from both strands were integrated to develop a comprehensive explanatory narrative of the intervention's impact. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings. Our integrated analysis provides robust evidence for the efficacy of the Place-Based Action Research (PB-PAR) model in fostering a transition "from anxiety to action" among pre-service teachers. The data confirms that this pedagogy fundamentally alters both competencies and professional identity. Quantitative Findings: Compared to the control group, the intervention group demonstrated a statistically significant and large increase in Sustainability Agency scores (η² = .28, p < .001). Concurrently, they showed a significant decrease in debilitating eco-anxiety (p < .01) and a significant increase in constructive anxiety—concern that motivates action. The control group showed no significant changes. Qualitative Findings (The Triangulated Narrative): Thematic analysis revealed a clear three-phase transformative journey explaining these shifts: 1. Overwhelm & Abstraction: Initial reflections expressed "global scale," "futility," and "disconnection." 2. Localization & Empowerment: Engagement with local sites shifted narratives to "concrete place," "community needs," and "actionable leverage points," providing a manageable scope for agency. 3. Identity & Action: Final reflections demonstrated a reconfigured identity as "bridge-builders" and "local change agents." Projects became pragmatic, actionable proposals, demonstrating operationalized agency. Conclusion and Implications: This study demonstrates that eco-anxiety can be a starting point for transformative Education for Sustainable Development (ESD). The PB-PAR model offers a proven pathway for cultivating resilient, agentic practitioners. For practice, it validates a shift from teaching about sustainability to facilitating experiences where teachers practice it through local research and engagement. The outcome is educators empowered as reflexive researchers and key agents of the socio-ecological transition within their communities. References References 1.Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2022). GreenComp: The European sustainability competence framework. Publications Office of the EU. 2.Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. 3.Clayton, S. (2020). Climate anxiety: Psychological responses to climate change. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 74, 102263. 4.Gruenewald, D. A. (2003). The best of both worlds: A critical pedagogy of place. Educational Researcher, 32(4), 3-12. 5.Hogg, T. L., et al. (2021). The Hogg Eco-Anxiety Scale: Development and validation of a multidimensional scale. Global Environmental Change, 71, 102391. 6.Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2019). School leaders’ experiences of implementing education for sustainable development. Sustainability, 11(12), 3340. 7.Pihkala, P. (2022). Toward a taxonomy of climate emotions. Frontiers in Climate, 3, 738154. 8.Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury. 9.Sobel, D. (2004). Place-based education: Connecting classrooms and communities. Orion Society. 10.UNESCO. (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Practitioners’ Perspectives on Educational Transition from Early Childhood Education and Care to Primary Education: A Comparative Study of Japan and Finland 1: Shizuoka University, Japan; 2: Aoyama Gakuin University, Japan Presenting Author:In recent years, the transition from early childhood education and care (ECEC) to primary education has attracted increasing attention as an international policy issue. While the OECD (2017) has encouraged member states to expand participation in ECEC and improve learning outcomes, it has simultaneously raised concerns about the “schoolification” of ECEC, whereby the distinctive logics and practices of ECEC settings are absorbed into those of primary schooling. In many countries, educational transition has primarily been discussed in terms of institutional design, curricular alignment, and system-level coordination. Comparatively less attention has been paid to how practitioners themselves experience and make sense of transition as a professional and cultural challenge, particularly from an international comparative perspective.
In Japan, the transition between ECEC and primary education has been debated for several decades in both research and practice (Mukuda, 2009; Sakai, 2010). Since 2023, policy initiatives such as the Bridging Programme promoted by the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology (MEXT) have sought to strengthen institutional collaboration between ECEC and primary education. However, as the OECD (2017) cautions, such initiatives tend to focus on formal coordination and procedural linkage. As a result, the ways in which different educational practices and professional cultures are negotiated, contested, and reorganised at the level of everyday practice remain insufficiently visible.
Against this backdrop, this study conceptualises educational transition not as a discrete institutional shift or a technical problem of linkage, but as an ongoing process in which different educational cultures are brought into relation and reconfigured through practice. This perspective draws on the work of Ukkonen-Mikkola and Kangas (2021), who theorise transition as a process of cultural reorganisation, and Rantavuori et al. (2019), who illuminate how cultural scripts embedded in institutional arrangements shape professional interactions and power relations across educational boundaries. The study further builds on the understanding that ECEC and primary education constitute distinct communities of practice (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Wenger, 1998). From this perspective, professional groups are not merely institutional units but cultural spaces in which values, meanings, norms, language, and identities are shared and reproduced through practice. Viewing educational transition as an encounter between different communities of practice highlights that challenges at transition are not only structural but also cultural and relational.
Within this framework, particular attention is paid to the role of practitioners as key agents in negotiating and reworking educational cultures at the transition. To analyse how practitioners’ expertise is positioned and enacted across professional boundaries, the study draws on Edwards’ (2005, 2010, 2011) concepts of relational agency and relational expertise. These concepts conceptualise professional agency not as an individual capacity, but as the ability to work with others by recognising and mobilising diverse forms of expertise, and by jointly redefining the object of activity. Rooted in Engeström’s (1999) notion of the object of activity, relational agency foregrounds how practitioners negotiate what constitutes a shared concern and how this object is continuously redefined through interaction.
Based on this theoretical grounding, the study addresses the following research question: How do practitioners in ECEC and primary education in Japan and Finland experience, conceptualise, and respond to challenges at educational transition, and how are such challenges problematised—or not problematised—at the boundaries between communities of practice?
Through a comparative analysis, the study aims to clarify how practitioners’ experiences of transition are shaped by different educational contexts and to offer new perspectives on internationally shared challenges surrounding educational transition beyond institution-centred or schoolification-oriented frameworks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative research design based on semi-structured interviews with practitioners in early childhood education and care (ECEC) and primary education in Japan and Finland. Participants were practitioners with professional experience in either ECEC or primary education. In Japan, data were collected from five ECEC practitioners and two primary education practitioners, including individuals in managerial positions. In Finland, interviews were conducted with nine ECEC practitioners and three primary education practitioners, also including managers. As Finland has a formal one-year pre-primary education system prior to primary education, practitioners responsible for pre-primary education were positioned as ECEC practitioners in this study. The interviews were conducted by a researcher with extensive professional experience in Japanese ECEC as a former kindergarten practitioner. Time was devoted to building trust with participants before the interviews. Interview questions focused on practitioners’ educational priorities, decision-making processes regarding activities and lesson planning, forms of collaboration across educational levels, perceptions of continuity between ECEC and primary education, changes in practitioners’ practices through interaction with other professionals, and their understanding of challenges related to educational transition. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Data analysis proceeded in two stages. In the first stage, an inductive thematic analysis was conducted to identify meaning units in practitioners’ narratives reflecting experiences of difficulty, tension, or challenge related to educational transition. This stage was conducted prior to the application of the theoretical framework in order to remain sensitive to participants’ own ways of articulating their experiences. In the second stage, the identified themes were re-examined through the theoretical lens of relational agency (Edwards, 2005, 2010), focusing on how professional expertise and educational challenges were constructed and negotiated at the boundaries between different communities of practice. The Japan–Finland comparison was not intended to evaluate the superiority of one educational system over another. Rather, it functioned as a methodological strategy to make visible implicit assumptions, professional cultures, and taken-for-granted understandings of educational transition by contrasting different educational contexts. The study was conducted in accordance with national ethical guidelines for research involving human participants in Japan. Ethical considerations included providing participants with written information about the study’s aims and methods, obtaining informed consent, ensuring voluntary participation, and anonymising all data, which were used solely for research purposes. The researcher’s positionality as a former ECEC practitioner was not bracketed out but critically examined and treated as an analytical resource in interpreting practitioners’ narratives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis reveals distinct patterns in how practitioners in Japan and Finland experience and make sense of educational transition. In the Japanese context, practitioners’ narratives highlight tensions between formal connection and substantive continuity. While policy-led bridging initiatives promote institutional collaboration, practitioners perceive a gap between formal plans and children’s lived learning experiences. A shared perception emerges that discontinuity lies not in children’s learning but in the boundaries practitioners draw between professional domains. Moreover, although terms such as child-centredness are used across educational levels, their meanings differ substantially. ECEC practitioners caution against equating child-centred practice with laissez-faire approaches, while primary education practitioners warn against conflating behavioural compliance with meaningful learning. Practitioners in leadership roles are also described as mediators who protect educational practices from parental and institutional pressures. Practitioners in Finland likewise articulate challenges related to transition, but with a different emphasis. Their concerns focus primarily on structural and pedagogical gaps between pre-primary education and primary education, including increased group sizes, reduced adult support, heightened demands for autonomy, and stricter time schedules. Practitioners also point to developmental diversity among children, pressures surrounding school readiness, shortages of resources, and difficulties in information sharing due to strengthened data protection regulations. Interpreted through the lens of relational agency (Edwards, 2005, 2010), these findings suggest that in Japan, practitioners’ struggles are closely linked to the lack of a shared understanding of what constitutes meaningful learning for children at the boundary between communities of practice, a situation intensified by top-down institutional directives. In Finland, by contrast, conceptions of learning appear to be more widely shared, rendering boundary negotiations less explicit, while challenges are articulated primarily as structural constraints. Overall, the findings highlight that educational transition hinges on how the object of meaningful learning is shared, negotiated, and reconfigured among practitioners across educational contexts. References Edwards, A. (2005). Relational agency: Learning to be a resourceful practitioner. International Journal of Educational Research, 43, 168–182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2006.06.010 Edwards, A. (2010). Being an expert professional practitioner: The relational turn in expertise. Dordrecht: Springer. Edwards, A. (2011). Building common knowledge at the boundaries between professional practices: Relational agency and relational expertise in systems of distributed expertise. International Journal of Educational Research, 50(1), 33–39. Engeström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. In Y. Engeström, R. Miettinen, & R.-L. Punamäki (Eds.), Perspectives on activity theory (pp. 19–38). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Rantavuori, L., Karila, K., & Kupila, P. (2019). Transition practices as an arena for the development of relational expertise. Teacher Development. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2018.1558106 Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology (MEXT), Japan. (2023). Enhancing the transition between early childhood education and primary education to build the foundations for learning and daily life. https://www.mext.go.jp/content/20220307-mxt_youji-1258019_03.pdf Mukuda, Y. (2009). Trends in research on the continuity and collaboration between early childhood education and elementary school education in Japan. Setsunan University Journal of Education, 5, 57–63. OECD. (2017). Starting Strong V: Transitions from early childhood education and care to primary education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264276253-en Sakai, A. (2010). Crisis in school transition and inter-school collaboration: Rethinking “smooth transitions.” The Japanese Journal of Educational Research, 77(2), 132–145. https://doi.org/10.11555/kyoiku.77.2_132 Ukkonen-Mikkola, T., & Kangas, J. (2021). Changing transitions from early childhood education to primary education in Finland. In S. Rutar et al. (Eds.), Transitions in different social and educational environments (pp. 59–76). Koper, Slovenia: University of Primorska Press. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster School Violence Prevention and Management - a Case of Finnish Teacher Education University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Workplace violence is a vicious part of teacher profession all around Europe (Howard et al., 2022). In the case of Finland, the percentage of teachers who have been either victims or faced threats of violence has been on the rise since 2018 with the small decrease during 2020 and the COVID-19 pandemic induced remote teaching months (Finnish Institute of Occupational Health, 2024). Various disturbing behaviour - including violence - is often seen as a pedagogical failure (Lanas & Brunila, 2019; Howard et al., 2022) and quite often teachers do not report the occurrences. This leads to underestimating the prevalence of violence in schools. This doctoral dissertation creates a picture of the current situation of prevention and management of school violence as a part of Finnish teacher education. The dissertation consists of three articles:
The first article studied the 2024-2025 curricula of Finnish primary teacher education from all eight study programmes across higher education institutions (HEIs) giving primary teacher education in Finnish language. The research questions are:
In the second article we study the long-term effects of 2 ECTS intervention training pre-service teachers participated on a volunteer basis. The effects of the intervention are evaluated by the changes of participants self-efficacy on managing behaviour (Sharma et al., 2012) and managing aggressive students (Hemilä et al., ongoing research). Original self-efficacy theory drives from Bandura’s (1997) framework. The research questions are:
In the third article we examine aggression and behaviour management self-efficacies from larger group of pre-service teachers from different HEIs. Previously Finnish teacher’s self-efficacy in managing behaviour has been low (Savolainen et al., 2012) and this phenomenon has not been studied in the context of teacher education. The final research question depends on the size of the data, but the aim is to explore the factor structure of new inclusion self-efficacy scale and examine the current state of the pre-service teacher self-efficacy in both behaviour and aggression management. Finnish teacher education is a research-based master’s degree. By studying the current curricula and the self-efficacy of the pre-service teachers the much-needed and -encouraged change (e.g. Lindfors & Somerkoski, 2016; Teperi et al., 2018; Ministry of Education and Culture, 2021) gets another boost for the autonomous universities to consider when the curricula are getting next additions and changes. By setting example the Finnish teacher education can give new guideline suggestions to other European teacher training programmes to consider as well. Feelings of safety enhance learning (Närhi et al., 2022) and teacher wellbeing and staying on the profession (Metsäpelto et al., 2021). In addition to the effects on teachers, higher level of safety and security in the schools prevent student mental health issues and dropping out (Fry et al., 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The first article used theory driven content analysis to study the primary teacher education curricula. Analysis was driven by Mubitas (2021) definition of school safety with a focus on the physical safety. The data is openly available on the webpages of the universities. The second article is a mixed-methods study with thematic analysis on the qualitative learning diary data and Friendman’s test for the quantitative self-efficacy measurement scale from the intervention participants. In the intervention we created a 2 ECTS university course for pre-service teachers with theory and practical content of this subject. The intervention is based on prima-edu®-concept (Hurme & Kyllönen, 2014; 2025). The participants learned about the relevant legislation related to discipline procedures stated in the Basic Education Act (628/1998). The Basic Education Act does not apply in the situations where students pose a threat towards someone’s life, health or matter and equipment. Therefore, the intervention also covered these situations from the perspective of the Criminal Code (39/1889). We also discussed preventive measures through high quality communication, pedagogical practices and physical safety. The learning diaries were a mandatory part of the intervention course, and the participants could choose to give their consent to use their production on this dissertation. The learning diaries are written in two parts, and the aim is to add some much-needed qualitative approach (Zee & Koomen, 2016) on self-efficacy research. The basis for the questionnaire was the Finnish translation (Savolainen et al. 2012) of Sharma et al. Teacher Efficacy for Inclusive Practises (TEIP) -scale (2012) and its’ dimension Efficacy in Managing Behaviour. In addition to this dimension, we created a new dimension named Efficacy in Managing Aggressive Students since the original TEIP-scale question “I am confident when dealing with students who are physically aggressive” is often omitted from research results (Sahli Lozano et al., 2023). The third article uses the same self-efficacy scale as the second, but only on one measurement point from pre-service teachers who did not participate in the intervention. Data for the third article is collected from multiple Finnish HEIs. Depending on the final size of the data, exploratory factory analysis is considered as the research method. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first article shows that Finnish primary school teacher education does not prepare pre-service teachers to situations, where student behaves aggressively towards peers, themselves or teachers. This can be seen as a massive gap of skills acquired from teacher education. The conclusion is reached through the declared curricula and taught and tested curricula (Harden, 2001) should be investigated further in broader curriculum mapping of Finnish teacher education. The preliminary analysis on the second article shows promising changes in both measured self-efficacy dimensions in the intervention participants. The last measurement will be implemented in April 2026 thus opening the opportunity for final stage of the quantitative part of this research. Pre-intervention texts show themes of working alone as a teacher in a dangerous situation and low preparedness and mistrust on the available resources. Post-intervention texts show themes of setting one’s foot down for the safety of all and plans to perform class-level interventions to prevent violence in schools. I will introduce the current state of the analysis and more detailed preliminary results for both second and third article and the comprehensive picture of this dissertation in this presentation. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: the exercise of control. Freeman. Finnish Institute of Occupational Health. (2024). Finnish Public Sector study (FPS) (kunta10). https://www.ttl.fi/en/research/projects/finnish-public-sector-study-fps Harden, R. (2001). AMEE Guide No. 21: Curriculum mapping: A tool for transparent and authentic teaching and learning. Medical Teacher, 23, 123–137. https://doi.org/10.1080/01421590120036547 Hemilä, P., Maaranen, K. & Varjo, J. (in evaluation). Fyysisen turvallisuuden edistäminen luokanopettajakoulutuksen opetussuunnitelmissa. [Promoting physical safety in Finnish class-teacher education curricula]. University of Helsinki. Howard, A., Antczak, R., & Albertsen, K. (2022). Education: Evidence from the European Survey of Enterprises on New and Emerging Risks (ESENER). European Agency for Safety and Health at Work. Lanas, M., & Brunila, K. (2019). Bad behaviour in school: a discursive approach. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 40(5), 682-695. Lindfors, E., & Somerkoski, B. (2016). Turvallisuusosaaminen luokanopettajakoulutuksen opetussuunnitelmassa. In H.-M. Pakula, E. Kouki, H. Silfverberg & E. Yli-Paavola (ed.), Uudistuva ja uusiutuva ainedidaktiikka (s. 328–343). Suomen ainedidaktisen tutkimusseuran julkaisuja. Mubita, K. (2021). Understanding school safety and security: Conceptualization and definitions. Journal of Lexicography and Terminology, 5(1), 76–86. Sahli Lozano, C., Wüthrich, S., Baumli, N., Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, C. (2023). Development and validation of a short form of the Teacher Efficacy for Inclusive Practices Scale (TEIP‐SF). Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 23(4), 375-388. Savolainen, H., Engelbrecht, P., Nel, M. & Malinen, O. P. (2012). Understanding teachers’ attitudes and self-efficacy in inclusive education: Implications for pre-service and in-service teacher education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 27(1), 51–68. Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, C. (2012). Measuring teacher efficacy to implement inclusive practices. Journal of research in special educational needs, 12(1), 12-21. Teperi, A. M., Lindfors, E., Kurki, A. L., Somerkoski, B., Ratilainen, H., Tiikkaja, M., ... & Pajala, R. (2018). Turvallisuuden edistäminen opetusalalla: Edusafe-hankkeen loppuraportti. Tampere: Työterveyslaitos. Zee, M. & Koomen, H. M. (2016). Teacher Self-Efficacy and Its Effects on Classroom Processes, Student Academic Adjustment, and Teacher Well-Being: A Synthesis of 40 Years of Research. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 981–1015. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315626801 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster ***WITHDRAWN*** Early Professionalisation across Entry Pathways into Teaching: A Comparative Study of Career-Changers and Future Teachers Johannes Kepler Universität Linz, Austria Presenting Author:Across Europe, education systems are increasingly confronted with teacher shortages and respond by introducing alternative pathways into the teaching profession. Alongside traditional university-based teacher education, fast-track and career-change programmes have gained importance, raising questions about early professionalisation, preparedness for teaching, and the quality of teacher education under heterogeneous entry conditions. Austria represents a particularly informative case, as two distinct forms of early teaching practice coexist: certified career-changers entering teaching with prior occupational experience but limited pedagogical training, and future teachers who assume independent teaching responsibilities within the nationwide Summer School programme during their degree studies. Both pathways involve early responsibility for instruction in authentic classroom settings, yet they differ substantially in participants’ biographical resources and professional starting points. Career-changers typically bring extensive subject-specific and occupational experience, while pedagogical and didactic competencies are developed in parallel to teaching practice. Future teachers, in contrast, possess foundational pedagogical knowledge acquired during their studies but have limited professional experience outside academic contexts. These differing resource profiles suggest variation in how early career teachers perceive, evaluate, and cope with professional demands. The present study addresses this issue by examining early professionalisation through a stress- and resource-oriented lens. The theoretical framework is grounded in Keller-Schneider’s model of occupational demands and resources, which conceptualises the handling of professional requirements as a subjective appraisal process based on available personal and contextual resources (Keller-Schneider, 2021). According to this model, early career teachers face central developmental tasks, including professional identity formation, student-oriented planning and support of learning processes, proactive classroom management, and cooperation within the school context. These processes are embedded in broader conceptions of professional competence, encompassing not only knowledge but also motivational orientations, beliefs, and self-regulatory capacities (Baumert & Kunter, 2006; Shulman, 1986). From stress-theoretical and motivational perspectives (Lazarus & Launier, 1981; Hobfoll, 1989), three dimensions are particularly relevant for analysing early professionalisation: perceived relevance of professional demands, perceived competence (self-efficacy; Bandura, 1997), and perceived strain. Together, these dimensions provide insight into how teachers interpret professional requirements, evaluate their own capacities, and experience workload and burden. Against this background, the study pursues two research questions:
By comparing two groups who assume early instructional responsibility under different entry conditions, the study contributes to European debates on teacher education, alternative entry routes, and early career support. Although the empirical data stem from Austria, the conceptual framework and methodological approach are transferable to other European contexts facing similar challenges related to teacher shortages and diversification of teacher education pathways. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on two full-population surveys conducted in Upper Austria and focuses on early teaching experiences under different entry pathways. Data were collected using the short version of the "Berufsanforderungen von Lehrpersonen" instrument (EABest-K; Keller-Schneider, 2014), a validated self-report questionnaire assessing occupational demands in teaching. The sample comprises two groups. The first group consists of certified career-changers (N = 90; mean age = 42.23 years; 58% female) who entered the teaching profession via an alternative pathway and completed accompanying pedagogical qualification programmes at a university college of teacher education. The second group includes future teachers (N = 89; mean age = 22.72 years; 77.3% female) who independently taught heterogeneous learner groups for two weeks within the Austrian Summer School programme as part of their degree studies. The EABest-K instrument assesses several domains of professional demands, including classroom management, lesson preparation, and perceived individual fit. For each domain, three evaluative dimensions are measured: perceived relevance, perceived competence, and perceived strain. All items are rated on six-point Likert-type scales. Previous research reports satisfactory psychometric properties for the instrument (Keller-Schneider, 2014). Data analysis proceeded in two stages. First, descriptive statistics and mean comparisons were conducted to examine group differences in relevance, competence, and strain across demand domains. Effect sizes were calculated using Cohen’s d to assess the magnitude of differences. Second, multi-group structural equation modelling (SEM) was applied to examine whether the relationships between relevance, competence, and strain differed between career-changers and future teachers. Measurement models were specified separately for each group and tested for configural equivalence. Subsequently, structural models with equality constraints on regression paths were estimated to assess group differences in the structural relations between the three dimensions. Model fit was evaluated using established fit indices (e.g. CFI, RMSEA). This approach allows for disentangling mean-level differences from similarities or differences in the underlying structure of early professionalisation processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that career-changers and future teachers attribute similarly high relevance to core professional demands, with mean values ranging between approximately 5.0 and 5.8 on a six-point scale. This suggests a shared understanding of professional requirements across different entry pathways into teaching. Significant differences emerge primarily with respect to perceived strain. Future teachers report higher levels of strain in classroom management (Δ = +0.34; d = 0.46; p < .01), lesson preparation (Δ = +0.30; d = 0.36; p < .05), and perceived individual fit (Δ = +0.30; d = 0.36; p < .05). In contrast, no statistically significant differences are found for perceived competence or perceived relevance. Multi-group SEM analyses further show that the structural relationships between relevance, competence, and strain do not differ significantly between the two groups. From a stress- and resource-oriented perspective, these results point to differentiated early professionalisation processes shaped by distinct resource profiles. Career-changers may benefit from prior occupational experience that buffers perceived strain, even when pedagogical competencies are still developing. Future teachers, despite possessing foundational pedagogical knowledge, appear to experience higher strain due to limited professional routines and situational experience. Overall, the study provides methodologically robust evidence that early professionalisation follows comparable structural mechanisms across entry pathways, while differing in the intensity of experienced strain. These findings have implications for the design of pathway-specific support measures in teacher education and contribute to European discussions on how alternative entry routes can be aligned with sustainable professional development and instructional quality. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W. H. Freeman. Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2006). Professional competence of teachers. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 9(4), 469–520. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-006-0165-2 Federal Ministry of Education (BMB). (2025). Alternative pathways into the teaching profession in Austria. https://www.bmb.gv.at/Themen/schule/fpp/ausb/quereinstieg.html Hobfoll, S. E. (1989). Conservation of resources: A new attempt at conceptualizing stress. American Psychologist, 44(3), 513–524. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.44.3.513 Keller-Schneider, M. (2014). Berufsanforderungen von Lehrpersonen (EABest-K). Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich. Keller-Schneider, M. (2021). Developmental tasks in early teaching careers from a stress- and resource-oriented perspective. In T. Leonhard, P. Herzmann, & J. Kosinar (Eds.), “Grau, theurer Freund, ist alle Theorie”? Theories and approaches to school-based professional learning (pp. 71–87). Waxmann. Lazarus, R. S., & Launier, R. (1981). Stress-related transactions between person and environment. In J. R. Nitsch (Ed.), Stress (pp. 213–259). Huber. Lenz, S., Gamsjäger, M., Severa, M., Kladnik, C., Prammer-Semmler, E., & Plaimauer, C. (2023). “And suddenly they called me ‘Ms Teacher’!” The Summer School as a learning field for pre-service teachers. Journal for Educational Research, 13, 237–257. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-023-00378-1 Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4–14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X015002004 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Developing Seventh-Grade Students’ Research Skills through a STEAM-Based Approach Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The rapid evolution of the global scientific and technological environment necessitates a shift in educational paradigms toward approaches that emphasize interdisciplinary knowledge, scientific inquiry, and creative problem‑solving. Among contemporary educational strategies, STEAM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Arts, and Mathematics) has emerged as a powerful pedagogical framework that integrates multiple disciplines to foster learners’ research, critical thinking, and collaboration skills. Research on STEAM implementation in schools has demonstrated that STEAM approaches positively influence students’ learning outcomes, affective engagement, and development of higher‑order skills (systematic review findings; e.g., Asia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 2025). Specifically, STEAM’s integration of scientific inquiry with technology, engineering practices, artistic creativity, and mathematical reasoning creates authentic contexts where students develop research competencies through project‑based and inquiry‑driven tasks. Such activities require learners to pose questions, collect and analyze data, engage in iterative design, and communicate results – all essential components of research literacy. International studies with secondary school populations have reported significant improvements in students’ scientific creativity and problem‑solving skills following engagement in STEAM curricula. For example, STEAM‑based curricula in junior high contexts improved scientific creativity regardless of instructional sequence, highlighting the value of interdisciplinary designs in fostering research mindsets (Frontiers, 2021). In Kazakhstan, STEAM education has been increasingly adopted as part of curriculum modernization efforts, with national guidance recommending the incorporation of integrated learning tasks, project work, and hands‑on investigations across grade levels to enhance learners’ capabilities (Ministry of Science and Higher Education of Kazakhstan STEAM policy outline). Furthermore, local methodological materials and teacher development guides (e.g., STEAM Q&A manuals by regional teacher development centers) support school practitioners in designing STEAM tasks that cultivate students’ functional and research skills. Despite broad theoretical endorsement, the practical implementation of STEAM in schools, especially at the middle school level, continues to present challenges. Teachers often need more training in seamlessly integrating disciplines and structuring authentic research experiences for students. Research conducted in Kazakhstan has pointed to barriers such as limited teacher preparedness for interdisciplinary instruction and contextual demands in organizing STEAM tasks that engage learners deeply. For example, studies on biology instruction with STEAM showed that teacher readiness and contextual supports are pivotal for effective implementation. Within this national and international context, this study investigates how the systematic implementation of STEAM pedagogies in 7th grade classes at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau, Kazakhstan impacts students’ research competencies. The 7th grade represents a critical transition period where learners shift from structured foundational knowledge toward more autonomous inquiry. Therefore, examining STEAM’s potential to enhance students’ formulation of research questions, design of investigations, data interpretation, and communication of findings is both timely and significant. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a mixed methods research design combining quantitative and qualitative data to comprehensively assess changes in students’ research competencies following a semester of STEAM based learning interventions. Participants The participants were 58 seventh grade students enrolled in two 7B cohorts at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau. The classes were comparable in academic achievement levels and were selected to ensure representation of diverse learning profiles and prior exposure to traditional science instruction. Intervention The STEAM instructional intervention spanned 12 weeks, with weekly sessions replacing conventional subject lessons in science and mathematics. Modules were structured around authentic problem scenarios requiring students to: 1. Identify a real world problem; 2. Formulate research questions and hypotheses; 3. Design and conduct investigations; 4. Collect and analyze data; 5. Develop artefacts (models, simulations, or products); 6. Communicate findings through presentations and reports. The pedagogical approach was grounded in project based learning (PBL) integrated with STEAM principles, emphasizing inquiry, collaboration, and reflection. Teachers received preparatory professional development sessions aligned with STEAM design principles prior to implementation. Instruments To measure research competence development, the following instruments were used: • Pre Post Research Skills Assessment — a validated rubric assessing students’ proficiency in research question formation, data collection, analytical reasoning, and evidence based explanation. • Student Research Portfolio — structured compilation of project artefacts including hypothesis statements, data logs, analytical reflections, and final products. • Classroom Observation Protocols — checklists used by researchers to document instructional practices and student engagement during STEAM activities. • Student Self Reflection Questionnaires — Likert scale surveys capturing students’ perceptions of their research confidence, interest, and collaborative experiences. Data Collection and Analysis Quantitative data from the pre post assessment and questionnaires were analyzed using paired t tests to evaluate statistical significance in research competence growth. Qualitative data from portfolios and observation notes were analyzed thematically to identify patterns of engagement, instructional supports, and areas of challenge in students’ research processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect the STEAM intervention to result in statistically significant gains in students’ research competencies, particularly in hypothesis formulation, data interpretation, and evidence based reasoning, as evidenced by pre post assessment improvements. Qualitative analyses are anticipated to reveal enhanced student engagement with inquiry tasks, increased collaborative problem solving, and deeper reflection on scientific processes. Additionally, students are expected to report higher self efficacy in planning and conducting research projects and more positive attitudes toward interdisciplinary learning. These outcomes collectively support STEAM’s role in fostering student research literacy in middle school settings. The findings of this study are anticipated to demonstrate that a well designed STEAM instructional framework supports meaningful development of 7th grade students’ research competencies. Improved performance on structured research tasks and positive student reflections would show that STEAM’s integration of science, technology, engineering, arts, and mathematics can transform traditional classroom experiences into authentic research contexts. By engaging learners in inquiry cycles, hands on experimentation, data interpretation, and communication of findings, STEAM instruction aligns with global educational objectives that emphasize 21st century skills. Moreover, implementation insights drawn from classroom observations and portfolios will highlight effective practices and areas for enhancing teacher preparation and curriculum design. These implications contribute to both theoretical and practical knowledge about STEAM education in Kazakhstan, addressing documented needs for interdisciplinary pedagogy and student centered inquiry. Ultimately, this research aims to inform policy, teacher professional development programs, and school level planning to promote the sustained integration of STEAM that supports all learners’ abilities to inquire, innovate, and collaborate. References 1.Bequette, J. W., & Bequette, M. B. (2012). A Place for Art and Design Education in the STEM Conversation. Art Education, 65(2), 40–47. 2.Conradty, C., & Bogner, F. X. (2020). STEAM teaching professional development works: effects on students’ creativity and motivation. Smart Learning Environments, 7, 26. 3.Harris, C. J., & De Bruyckere, P. (2018). Students’ Research Literacy: Theory and Practice. Routledge. 4.Honey, M., & Pearson, G. (2014). STEM Integration in K 12 Education: Status, Prospects, and an Agenda for Research. National Academies Press. 5.Ministry of Science and Higher Education of Kazakhstan. National STEAM implementation guidelines. (2025). 6.Milara, I. S., & Orduña, M. C. (2024). Possibilities and challenges of STEAM pedagogies. Preprint. 7.Ngo, T., & Phan, L. (2021). Effects of interdisciplinary STEAM curriculum on junior high scientific creativity. Frontiers in Education. 8.Qozhabek, E. K. (2025). STEAM integration challenges in biology education. Qazaq Journal of Young Scientist. 9.Thomas, J. W. (2000). A Review of Research on Project Based Learning. Autodesk Foundation. 10.Vasquez, J. A. (2013). STEAM Education: Why Arts? Why Now? Teachers College Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Evaluating a Multi-Component Professional Development Program for Teachers Supporting Students with Specific Learning Difficulties: Powerful Solutions on the Learning Path 1: Buyukcekmece Science and Art Center, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Sariyer Science and Art Center, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Inclusive education is widely framed as a rights-based and equity-oriented agenda that aims to secure every learner’s full and meaningful participation in schooling (UNESCO, 2009). Realizing this agenda at classroom level depends on teachers’ capacity to make informed, flexible instructional decisions, especially when inclusion is understood not merely as placement but as expanding learning opportunities for everyone in the classroom community (Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). Professional development connected to teachers’ everyday responsibilities is therefore a key lever for strengthening inclusive pedagogy, particularly when it combines content focus, active learning, coherence with classroom realities, and opportunities for reflection (Garet et al., 2001; Korthagen et al., 2006). Within inclusive classrooms, students with specific learning difficulties (SpLDs) represent an area where teachers’ instructional decision-making is continuously tested through differentiation, assessment adaptations, accessible materials, individualized planning, and collaboration with specialists and families. DSM-5 describes SpLDs through persistent difficulties in reading, written expression, or mathematics that continue despite appropriate interventions and affect academic functioning (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). In Türkiye, research has shown that primary school teachers may need further professional support in recognizing dyslexia and broader SpLDs profiles, developing appropriate instructional strategies, and planning classroom-based supports (Balcı, 2019; Kılıç Yılmaz & Yangın, 2020; Sümer Dodur & Altındağ Kumaş, 2021; Tosun et al., 2021). Türkiye’s institutional pathway for inclusive education also underscores why teacher capacity matters. Educational assessment and identification processes are coordinated through Guidance and Research Centers, while placement and support decisions are structured through provincial and district special education boards. At school level, Individualized Education Programs are developed, implemented, monitored, and revised through school-based teams (Turkish Ministry of National Education [TMoNE], 2018, 2022). Recent curriculum and guidance documents also emphasize differentiated instruction, assessment adaptations, and planning processes aligned with the Türkiye Century Education Model (TMoNE, 2024, 2025a, 2025b). This poster presents the evaluation rationale and design of Powerful Solutions on the Learning Path (PSLP; Turkish: Öğrenme Yolunda Güçlü Çözümler), a five-day, multi-component, practice-based professional development program for primary school teachers supporting students with SpLDs. Delivered at Boğaziçi University from 17 to 21 November 2025, PSLP consisted of 20 workshops addressing SpLDs awareness, early intervention, Guidance and Research Center processes, differentiation, IEP-related planning, classroom and behavior management, collaboration, and accessible material development across subject areas. The program was developed within a TÜBİTAK 4008 framework and intentionally aligned with teachers’ classroom responsibilities in inclusive education. The study evaluated change in two teacher-level outcomes: instructional attitudes associated with teaching students with SpLDs and professional self-efficacy for inclusive education. The intervention group included 23 volunteer primary school teachers working across 15 districts of Istanbul who completed pre-test, post-test, and one-month follow-up measurements. A baseline-only reference group included 30 teachers meeting the same eligibility criteria but not participating in PSLP; this group provided contextual pre-test data for interpreting the intervention group’s starting point. Three research questions addressed immediate post-program change, maintenance of gains at follow-up, and baseline similarity between the intervention and reference group. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used a quasi-experimental pre-test–post-test–follow-up design with a baseline-only reference group. The intervention group was measured at pre-test, immediate post-test, and one-month follow-up. The reference group was measured at baseline only. This structure supported within-group change testing while contextualizing the intervention group’s starting point through baseline data from similar teachers. Because no post-test or follow-up data were collected from the reference group, no between-group change analysis was conducted. Participants were primary school teachers working with students aged 6–11 years across 15 districts of Istanbul. Criterion sampling was used. Eligibility criteria were volunteering, not having previously received SpLDs-focused training, teaching at least one student with SpLDs, and primary-teacher status. From 142 applications, 25 teachers were selected for the intervention; 23 completed the program and all measurements. The baseline-only reference group comprised 30 teachers meeting the same criteria but not participating in PSLP. PSLP was delivered at Boğaziçi University from 17 to 21 November 2025 as a five-day program consisting of 20 workshops. Content included SpLDs awareness, early intervention, Guidance and Research Center processes, IEP-related planning, differentiation, classroom and behavior management, reading, writing and mathematics difficulties, subject-specific material development, art and music-related activities, and collaboration with specialists. Workshops followed planned session outlines including learning objectives, conceptual input, case-based discussion, collaborative planning, hands-on material development, and reflection. Implementation was documented through the program schedule, completion records, and workshop products. Professional self-efficacy was measured with the Professional Self-Efficacy Scale for Teachers Related to Inclusive Education, which includes 38 items and seven subscales: Instructional Methods and Techniques, Individualized Education Programs, Identification and Assessment, Duties and Responsibilities, Material Development, Parent Education and Family Collaboration, and Legal Regulations (Karaca & Sarı, 2024). Instructional attitudes were measured with the Teaching Attitudes Toward Students with Dyslexia Scale, which includes 20 items and three subscales: Individualized Instruction Method, Instructional Materials and Assessment Methods, and Collaboration with Specialists (Altındağ Kumaş & Sardohan Yıldırım, 2021). A total attitude score was not calculated separately. Data were analyzed using IBM SPSS Statistics 30. Normality was examined with Shapiro–Wilk tests (Shapiro & Wilk, 1965). Because normality was not met for most variables and the sample size was limited, non-parametric tests were used (Pallant, 2020). Wilcoxon signed-rank, Friedman, Bonferroni-corrected pairwise, and Mann–Whitney U tests were applied. Effect sizes were reported as r and Kendall’s W. Ethics approval was obtained from the Boğaziçi University Ethics Committee. Informed consent, confidentiality, and data protection procedures were implemented throughout. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings PSLP was associated with significant increases in teachers’ instructional attitudes and professional self-efficacy. In the intervention group, Wilcoxon signed-rank tests showed significant pre-test to post-test increases across all three instructional attitude subscales and the total professional self-efficacy score, as well as all seven self-efficacy subscales. All changes were significant at p < .001, with large effect sizes (Cohen, 1988) ranging from r = .73 to r = .88. Descriptively, attitude subscale medians increased from 27 to 30 for Individualized Instruction Method, from 26 to 29 for Instructional Materials and Assessment Methods, and from 35 to 40 for Collaboration with Specialists. The total self-efficacy median increased from 120 to 168. Follow-up findings suggested partial maintenance of gains. Friedman tests showed significant change across pre-test, post-test, and one-month follow-up for every outcome, with Kendall’s W values ranging from .42 to .94. Pairwise comparisons indicated that pre-test–post-test and pre-test–follow-up differences were significant for all variables. Although post-test scores were higher than follow-up scores, follow-up medians remained above pre-test levels across all indicators. This pattern suggests that teachers retained a meaningful part of their post-program gains after returning to school. Baseline comparisons using Mann–Whitney U tests showed no statistically significant differences between the intervention group and the baseline-only reference group on the measured indicators. Thus, the reference group provided a contextual baseline for interpreting the intervention group’s starting point. However, because the reference group did not provide post-test or follow-up data, the findings should not be interpreted as evidence of between-group change or causal superiority. Overall, the findings suggest a consistent pattern of strengthened teacher professional readiness after an intensive, multi-component SpLDs professional development program. The evidence is limited to teacher-level self-report outcomes. Future studies should include matched or randomized designs, longer follow-up periods, classroom observations, IEP quality indicators, teacher-produced materials, and student-level outcomes. References Altındağ Kumaş, Ö., & Sardohan Yıldırım, A. E. (2021). Validity and reliability study of the Teaching Attitudes Toward Students with Dyslexia Scale. OPUS International Journal of Society Researches, 18(44), 8154–8171. https://doi.org/10.26466/opus.969139 American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (5th ed.). American Psychiatric Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425596 Balcı, E. (2019). Teachers’ opinions about dyslexia and the challenges they face. Ege Journal of Education, 20(1), 162–179. https://doi.org/10.12984/egeefd.453922 Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences (2nd ed.). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813–828. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411926.2010.501096 Garet, M. S., Porter, A. C., Desimone, L. M., Birman, B. F., & Yoon, K. S. (2001). What makes professional development effective? Results from a national sample of teachers. American Educational Research Journal, 38(4), 915–945. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312038004915 Karaca, M. A., & Sarı, H. (2024). Professional self-efficacy scale for teachers related to inclusive education. Turkish Special Education Journal: International, 6(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.69485/tseji.1486116 Kılıç Yılmaz, G., & Yangın, S. (2020). The investigation of primary school teachers’ awareness of learning difficulty and common developmental disorder types. Education Sciences, 15(2), 11–33. https://doi.org/10.12739/NWSA.2020.15.2.1C0696 Korthagen, F. A. J., Loughran, J., & Russell, T. (2006). Developing fundamental principles for teacher education programs and practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 22(8), 1020–1041. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.04.022 Pallant, J. (2020). SPSS survival manual: A step-by-step guide to data analysis using IBM SPSS (7th ed.). Routledge. Shapiro, S. S., & Wilk, M. B. (1965). An analysis of variance test for normality: Complete samples. Biometrika, 52(3–4), 591–611. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/52.3-4.591 Sümer Dodur, H. M., & Altındağ Kumaş, Ö. (2021). Knowledge and beliefs of classroom teachers about dyslexia: The case of teachers in Turkey. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(4), 593–609. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2020.1779980 Tosun, D., Arıkan, S., & Babür, N. (2021). Teachers’ knowledge and perception about dyslexia: Developing and validating a scale. International Journal of Assessment Tools in Education, 8(2), 342–356. https://doi.org/10.21449/ijate.684672 Turkish Ministry of National Education [TMoNE]. (2018). Special Education Services Regulation. https://mevzuat.meb.gov.tr/dosyalar/1963.pdf Turkish Ministry of National Education [TMoNE]. (2022). Individualized education program: A roadmap for all teachers. https://orgm.meb.gov.tr/meb_iys_dosyalar/2022_09/20140845_BYREYSELLEYTYRYLMYY_EYYTYM_PROGRAMI_TUM_OYRETMENLER_YCYN_YOL_HARITASI.pdf Turkish Ministry of National Education [TMoNE]. (2024). Procedures and actions related to the Türkiye Century Education Model for the 2024–2025 school year (Circular No. 2024/54). https://www.mevzuat.meb.gov.tr/dosyalar/2230.pdf Turkish Ministry of National Education [TMoNE]. (2025a). Common text of curricula: Türkiye Century Education Model. https://tymm.meb.gov.tr/upload/brosur/ortak_metin.pdf Turkish Ministry of National Education [TMoNE]. (2025b). Individuals with specific learning difficulties: A guide booklet for families. https://orgm.meb.gov.tr/meb_iys_dosyalar/2025_01/31172148_ozelogrenmeguclugu.pdf UNESCO. (2009). Policy guidelines on inclusion in education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000177849 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Preschool Teachers’ Self-Evaluation of their Competencies Lithuanian University of health science, Lithuania Presenting Author:Over the past decade, theoretical and directive educational documents of the European Union and other countries have increasingly emphasised the importance of preschool education, highlighting its long-term impact on children's academic, social, and emotional development and subsequent success in school (Basaran, 2021; Jiang, 2022; Khonajazeva, 2022). Ensuring the quality of preschool education depends directly on the professional competencies of the teachers, therefore the assessment of teachers' competencies is becoming a priority area in both Lithuanian and international educational contexts. Studies (Ibda, et al., 2023; Carmen, et al., 2022) have shown that teachers most often improve their subject-specific competencies but emphasise the importance of psychosocial competencies. The competencies of a preschool teacher have their own particularities – a greater need for personal, pedagogical, and psychological qualities, a professional focus, and an understanding of children and childhood (Jurašaitė-Harbison, 2000). According to S. Poteliūnienė (2019), subject-specific and general competencies are synergistic and must go hand in hand, i.e., it is important to know not only what to teach, but also how to teach. Empowering teachers and strengthening their social and emotional competencies is essential; together with teachers' subject-specific competencies, this can help ensure high-quality education. Teachers in Lithuania and around the world face many challenges in their work. They are at high risk of professional burnout, which is particularly evident in today's context. Recent scientific studies have placed particular emphasis on the topic of teachers' psycho-emotional well-being: the links between teacher burnout and job satisfaction have been examined (Gedvilienė, Didžiulienė, 2020), drawing attention to the importance of the social and emotional well-being of preschool education specialists (Jennings, 2020) and emphasising that the emotional well-being of the employees themselves is important for the quality of the services they provide (Susman-Stillman et al., 2020). Disruption of lessons due to children's behaviour and social-emotional difficulties is one of the key factors increasing the risk of teacher burnout (Mijakoski et al., 2022). Data from Lithuania is consistent with global trends: even among preschool teachers, professional burnout is associated with the emotional and psychological difficulties exhibited by children (Murauskienė, 2023). Unfortunately, research into teachers' work-related needs and the improvement of their psychological well-being has not yet received sufficient attention. According to the TALIS data for 2024, Lithuanian teachers improve their qualifications the most compared to teachers in other countries, but this does not have any significant impact on the effectiveness of their work (TALIS, 2024). Stanichenko, Makarenko, Mksymova, and Fedorova (2024) argue that there is a lack of effective methods for training teachers to work in preschool groups and developing their competencies. It is therefore important to examine both the pedagogical preparation and practical experience of teachers in the field of pre-school education and to seek new opportunities to improve the quality and effectiveness of education and training systems in Lithuania. Educational reforms and rapid changes in social life influence the qualifications, professional competencies, and abilities of preschool teachers. It is no longer sufficient to have acquired knowledge alone – it is becoming increasingly important to develop new competencies. Every teacher should continuously improve his or her competencies and skills in line with current changes. Therefore, it is very important to continuously assess teachers' competencies and, based on the data obtained, help improve teacher training and competency development programmes. The aim of the study is to investigate how preschool teachers assess their competencies and identify the need for professional development in order to improve their psychosocial well-being in the educational process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to define the knowledge, abilities, and skills required for the profession of preschool teachers, a study was conducted. The study of the structure of preschool teachers’ activity and competencies conducted in this work is one of the areas of research on professions, but it is important, for it is directly related to professional training as the qualifications required in the activity system become the goals of professional training, thus determining the quality of the renewal and improvement of the training content. The study on the professional education and training of preschool teachers was performed during 2025. For this study, we prepared a 39-item self-designed questionnaire consisting of instructions and structured questions, questions with a nominal scale format, and open-ended questions. The studied sample consisted of 105 preschool teachers working in Lithuania. The study data obtained from closed-ended questions were processed by applying statistical data analysis and using the SPSS 22.0 (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences) for Windows software. The content of the open-ended questions was processed by applying content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The changing concept of the profession of a preschool teacher also influences the qualitative transformation of professional training parameters. The areas of activity and competencies defined on the basis of an analysis of the professional activities of preschool teachers are the starting point for the development and improvement of the preschool teacher professional training curriculum. The results of the study on the professional activities of preschool teachers showed that they had good social, organisational, and pedagogical qualifications, but lacked psychological skills, and their research qualifications were inadequate. Teachers usually improve their qualifications only because of the possibility of a salary increase, and they are encouraged to do so by the head of the institution. Teachers only stated that they would like to improve their psychological qualifications, but did not mention research qualifications. Therefore, the development and integration of these qualifications should be a task for the education system. The research is still ongoing, and the data are in the process of being collected. Based on the results of the conducted educational research, recommendations will be prepared for education policymakers. This research No. P-EDU-23-22 is co-funded by the European Union (the project „ Breakthrough in Educational Research“ No 10-044-P-0001) under the 1st April 2025 Agreement with the Research Council of Lithuania (RCOL) and the 17th April 2025 Joint Activity Agreement with Lithuanian University of Health Sciences References 1. Basaran, M., Dursun, B., Gur Dortok, H. D., & Yilmaz, G. (2021). Evaluation of Preschool Education Program According to CIPP Model. Pedagogical Research, 6(2). 2. Carmen, R. G., Olga, B. G., & Beatriz, M. (2022). Socio-emotional competence and self-efficacy of future secondary school teachers. Education Sciences, 12(3), 161. 3. Gedvilienė, G., & Didžiulienė, R. (2020). Mokytojų profesinio perdegimo ir profesinio pasitenkinimo sąveika. Pedagogika, 137(1).3. Ibda, H., Syamsi, I., & Rukiyati, R. (2023). Professional elementary teachers in the digital era: A systematic. Int J Eval & Res Educ, 12(1), 459-467. 4. Jennings, P. A. (2020). Teacher burnout turnaround: Strategies for empowered educators. WW Norton & Company. 5. Jiang, Y., Zhang, B., Zhao, Y., & Zheng, C. (2022). China’s preschool education toward 2035: Views of key policy experts. Ecnu review of education, 5(2), 345-367. 6. Jurašaitė-Harbison, E. (2000). Ikimokyklinio ugdymo pedagogų kompetencijų ypatumai. Pedagogika, 46, 76-87. 7. Ferreira, M., Reis-Jorge, J., & Batalha, S. (2021). Social and Emotional Learning in Preschool Education-A Qualitative Study with Preschool Teachers. International journal of emotional education, 13(1), 51-66. 8. Khojanazarova, N. (2022). The Essence of Socialization of Children in Preschool Educational Institutions On the Basis of a Systematic Approach. European Journal of Humanities and Educational Advancements, 3(2), 21-23. 9. Mijakoski, D., Cheptea, D., Marca, S. C., Shoman, Y., Caglayan, C., Bugge, M. D., ... & Canu, I. G. (2022). Determinants of burnout among teachers: a systematic review of longitudinal studies. International journal of environmental research and public health, 19(9), 5776.Murauskienė, 2023. 10. Murauskienė, D. (2023). Mokytojų profesinio perdegimo ir makiavelizmo sąsajos ikimokyklinio ugdymo institucijose (Doctoral dissertation, Kauno technologijos universitetas.). 11. Poteliūnienė, S., Ustilaitė, S., Sabaliauskas, S., Česnavičienė, J., & Juškevičienė, A. (2019). Teachers’ Experiences in Implementing Curriculum: a Teacher as a Participant of Educational Policy, a Member of the School Community and a Professional. Pedagogika, 133(1), 78-104. 12. Stanichenko, O., Makarenko, S., Mksymova, O., Fedorova, M. (2024). O modelo de educação inclusiva de crianças em idade pré-escolar como base para uma educação sem barreiras. 13. Susman-Stillman, A., Lim, S., Meuwissen, A., & Watson, C. (2020). Reflective supervision/consultation and early childhood professionals’ well-being: A qualitative analysis of supervisors’ perspectives. Early Education and Development, 31(7), 1151-1168. 14. Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2024 Conceptual Framework. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Promoting Data Literacy in Teacher Education: Insights from the Development and Piloting of a Higher Education Course Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Mainz, Germany Presenting Author:The use of educational technology and related efforts to individualize and optimize learning (keyword: learning analytics) as well as data-based decision making are transforming educational practices, including learning and teaching, assessing and counseling, and pedagogical decision making (Hartong et al., 2025; Krein & Schiefner-Rohs, 2021; Macgilchrist et al., 2023). Data, as a ubiquitous element of these developments, becomes increasingly meaningful in educational settings and in teachers' everyday work, with data literacy emerging as a key media education skill (Hepp et al., 2022; Wolff et al., 2016). This leads to new demands on teachers' professional competence, requiring them not only to understand data and its implications, but also to critically reflect on it and use it responsibly in educational settings. Data literacy, therefore understood as the ability to read, analyse, interpret, create and communicate data, as well as to critically evaluate the relevance and credibility of data, reflect on ethical implications and interpret social and contextual conditions, is a key prerequisite for meeting these expectations (Jarke & Breiter, 2019; Altenrath et al., 2021; D'Ignazio & Bhargava, 2016). However, data literacy has only been integrated into teacher training to a limited extent. Despite the high level of interest among teachers in data-based approaches, they report feelings of unpreparedness when it comes to working with data (DATA-READY Consortium, 2025). The EU project DATA-READY (Erasmus+ Policy Experimentation) aims to address this gap. Using a multidimensional approach, the project conducted an international survey, including literature reviews, document analyses, surveys and interviews in five countries (Germany, Greece, Portugal, Poland, Cyprus) to examine current strategies and practices on data literacy (DATA-READY Consortium, 2025). Based on the findings, a comprehensive Data Literacy Framework was developed to define essential data literacy competencies for teachers and students in compulsory education. Building on the Data Literacy Framework, a higher education course was developed that translates the identified data literacy competencies into specific learning objectives and content. The overarching goal is to establish data literacy as a core component of professional teaching competence in teacher training, thereby addressing the existing need for professionalisation. Since data literacy is a multidimensional, complex construct, promoting it within an educational setting with limited time resources poses major challenges. In order to exchange and discuss experiences in this area at a European level, the contribution provides a structured overview of the course design and reports first insights from the development and piloting process. It addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The higher education course is designed according to the constructive alignment approach (Biggs & Tang, 2011), which ensures consistency between the intended learning outcomes, teaching and learning activities, and assessment methods. The course is grounded in a theory-based European framework for promoting data literacy, which delineates seven dimensions with associated competencies and specific learning objectives. The content of the framework will be translated into competency-oriented modules for an adaptive blended learning seminar; this allows for the flexible adaptation of the course format to different higher education contexts, including face-to-face, online or blended learning formats. Each module focuses on specific aspects of data-related competences and integrates content modules, exercise formats and reflection tasks, which are supported by detailed teaching and learning guides. The course content and materials will be evaluated with students during the summer semester of 2026 using research-based learning methods (Reinmann et al., 2019). The evaluation's objective is to examine the extent to which the materials and content provided illustrate and promote the relevance of data literacy for students' future professional practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The development of the course to date, in collaboration with European project partners, has revealed significant challenges in coordinating the practical requirements of teacher training. These include suitable teaching formats, assessment strategies, and structural integration into universities. Furthermore, transferring this course to the higher education contexts of the project partners (e.g., institutional structures, linguistic and cultural adaptations, etc.) is proving to be challenging. These challenges are presented, appropriate strategies for dealing with them as well as their success are outlined. As the pilot course will be completed in Germany in the summer semester of 2026 (April–July) and the evaluation of the content will take place there with the students, the poster will be supplemented by the results of this phase at ECER 2026. These insights are of particular European relevance because they inform the transferability of a framework-based higher education course across diverse teacher education contexts and contribute to building shared competence expectations for data-informed and ethically responsible teaching in Europe. References Altenrath, M., Hofhues, S., & Lange, J. (2021). Optimierung, Evidenzbasierung, Datafizierung: Systematisches Review zum Verhältnis von Daten und Schulentwicklung im internationalen Diskurs. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 44, 92–116. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/44/2021.10.30.X Biggs J. & Tang, C. (2011): Teaching for Quality Learning at University: What the Student Does (4th ed.). Open University Press. DATA-READY Consortium. (2025). D2.1 Study “Data literacy strategies in compulsory education”. European Union. Retrieved December 11, 2025, from https://data-ready.eu/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DATA-READY-D2.1-290625-FINAL.pdf D’Ignazio, C., & Bhargava, R. (2016). DataBasic: Design principles, tools and activities for data literacy learners. Journal of Community Informatics, 12(3), 83–107. https://doi.org/10.15353/joci.v12i3.3280 Donate-Beby, B., García-Penalvo, F. J., Amo-Filva, D., & Aguayo-Mauri, S. (2025). Filling the gap in K-12 data literacy competence assessment: Design and initial validation of a questionnaire. Computers in Human Behavior Reports, 17, 100583. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chbr.2024.100583 Hartong, S., Breiter, A., Jarke, J., Förschler, A. (2025). Digitalisierung von Schule, Schulverwaltung und Schulaufsicht. In T. Klenk, F. Nullmeier, & G. Wewer (Eds.), Handbuch Digitalisierung in Staat und Verwaltung. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-37373-3_43 Hepp, A., Loosen, W., Dreyer, S., Jarke, J., Kannengießer, S., Katzenbach, C., Malaka, R., Pfadenhauer, M., Puschmann, C., & Schulz, W. (2022). Von der Mensch-Maschine-Interaktion zur kommunikativen KI: Automatisierung von Kommunikation als Gegenstand der Kommunikations- und Medienforschung. Publizistik, 67, 449-474. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11616-022-00758-4 Jarke, J., & Breiter, A. (2019). Editorial: The datafication of education. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1573833 Macgilchrist, F., Hartong, S., & Jornitz, S. (2023). Algorithmische Datafizierung und Schule: kritische Ansätze in einem wachsenden Forschungsfeld. In K. Scheiter & I. Gogolin (Eds.), Bildung für eine digitale Zukunft (Edition ZfE, Vol 15, pp. 317‑338). Krein, U. & Schiefner-Rohs, M. (2021). Data in Schools: (Changing) Practices and Blind Spots at a Glance. Frontiers in Education, Vol. 6. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.672666 Reinmann, G., Lübcke, E., & Heudorfer, A. (Eds.). (2019). Forschendes Lernen in der Studieneingangsphase: Empirische Befunde, Fallbeispiele und individuelle Perspektiven. Springer VS Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-25312-7 Wolff, A., Gooch, D., Montaner, J. J. C., Rashid, U., & Kortuem, G. (2016). Creating an understanding of data literacy for a data-driven society. The Journal of Community Informatics, 12(3), 9–26. https://doi.org/10.15353/joci.v12i3.3275 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Preparing Pre-service Early Childhood Teachers for Integrated English Instruction in Kindergartens: Training and Teaching Practice National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Since English is widely positioned as an international language, many countries have introduced educational policies that require children to begin learning English as a foreign language (EFL) at an increasingly early age (e.g., Andúgar et al., 2018; Brumen et al., 2017). Following this global trend, the Taiwanese government has actively promoted English education and implemented bilingual teacher education initiatives across different stages of teacher preparation. In early childhood education, teachers who have received English instructional training and possess sufficient English proficiency are often considered particularly well suited to provide English learning opportunities, as they understand young children’s development and are capable of managing classroom behaviour (Hsieh, 2013). Therefore, during the teacher preparation stage, some senior students majoring in early childhood education enrolled in English teacher education programs. These programs aim to strengthen pre-service teachers’ English proficiency and instructional competence and prepare them to provide English learning opportunities for kindergarten children. However, current literature has largely focused on the benefits of early bilingualism (Brumen et al., 2017; Chen et al., 2022; Ramirez & Kuhl, 2017). Other studies have primarily described how English as a foreign language is introduced to kindergarteners (Dolean, 2015; Owodally, 2015). Nevertheless, research remains limited in explaining how to effectively prepare pre-service early childhood teachers for integrated English teaching in kindergartens, particularly with regard to how teacher education learning is transformed into classroom practices. In fact, an appropriate early childhood foreign language curriculum should comprehensively consider teacher qualifications, teacher training, the timing of language integration, teaching resources, curriculum and activity design, and children’s learning motivation in order to support meaningful learning experiences (Murphy & Evangelou, 2016; Scheffler & Domińska, 2018). Addressing this gap, this study focuses on Taiwanese pre-service early childhood teachers enrolled in an English teacher education program. It aims to investigate their learning experiences in the program and to trace how they implemented integrated English teaching in kindergarten contexts. Ultimately, the study intends to provide practical implications for teacher education institutions and for the design of integrated English activities in early childhood settings. The research questions are: (1) What are Taiwanese pre-service early childhood teachers’ perceived learning gains and suggestions regarding the English teacher education program? (2) How do they integrate English into kindergarten activities, and what challenges do they encounter during implementation? This study adopts integrated English instruction in early childhood as its conceptual framework. In early childhood settings, EFL learning opportunities are recommended to be embedded across daily routines and various activities rather than delivered as a separate subject. This approach aligns with young children’s developmental characteristics and emphasises that English should be integrated naturally and informally into children’s everyday experiences through meaningful interaction and play-based contexts (Alexiou, 2020; Mourão, 2019; Murphy et al., 2016). Moreover, integrated English instruction should reflect the principles of a spiral curriculum by building on children’s prior experiences and enabling them to revisit and reconstruct emerging concepts over time (Alexiou, 2020; Dolean, 2015). The preparation of pre-service early childhood teachers for integrated English instruction is closely connected to ongoing European discussions on early language learning and multilingual education. Across many European contexts, early foreign language education is often framed not only as linguistic training, but also as part of children’s holistic development within child-centred and play-based curricula. In this regard, the present study offers an empirical case from Taiwan that illustrates how pre-service teachers negotiate the implementation gap between teacher education coursework and classroom practice. The findings contribute to European scholarly conversations by providing comparative insights into how integrated early language learning can be sustainably supported through teacher education and professional preparation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative case study approach to explore Taiwanese pre-service early childhood teachers’ experiences in an English teacher education program at a public university. A total of 28 senior students majoring in early childhood education participated. They demonstrated relatively strong English proficiency, with their English entrance exam scores ranking above the 75th percentile nationwide. However, they had limited prior experience teaching English to young children. The program was delivered using English as the medium of instruction and consisted of two hours of weekly training over 16 weeks. Course content covered theories of teaching English as a foreign language, English teaching methods, and the design of integrated English activities. Instructional approaches included lectures, group discussions, and hands-on practice. In addition, the students worked in pairs and were assigned to one kindergarten classroom. Each pair collaboratively designed three integrated English activities and conducted three practicum teaching sessions, resulting in 42 lesson plans and 42 video-recorded teaching sessions. Each practicum session lasted at least three hours. Ethical approval was obtained from the Institutional Review Board (IRB). All participants were informed of the research procedures and signed informed consent forms prior to formal data collection. Data sources included course observation notes, 42 written lesson plans, video recordings of 42 teaching activities, 28 reflection reports, and semi-structured interviews with eight voluntarily selected participants. All data were reviewed iteratively and analysed using inductive thematic analysis through open coding, category development, and theme refinement across data sources. Data triangulation and peer debriefing were employed to enhance credibility. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the participants’ experiences in the English teacher education program, they generally perceived the course to be well structured and logically organised. As this was their first exposure to integrated English teaching in early childhood settings, they valued the balance between theoretical input and guided practice, which helped them develop a clearer understanding of how English can be integrated into kindergarten routines and activities. However, they suggested that the program should provide more classroom-based video examples. They believed that observing authentic practices would help them better understand young children’s responses to English input and how teachers facilitate participation, particularly when children show little or no response due to limited comprehension. In their practicum teaching, participants most frequently selected themes such as colours, emotions, food, body parts and facial features, animals, and simple classroom language. Common activity formats included songs, picture books, play, and arts-based tasks. They used interactive strategies to embed target vocabulary and simple dialogues, for example, asking children to identify colours on their clothing, point to colours in picture books, or respond to questions such as “What colour do you use?” during colour-mixing activities. Visual prompts, gestures, and facial expressions were also used to support children’s understanding. Nevertheless, participants reported that lesson plans often required flexible adjustments based on children’s immediate responses. They emphasised the importance of exaggerated gestures, slower pacing, and gradual progression from a small set of words to extended vocabulary and simple sentences. They also highlighted the need to adapt language use to children’s comprehension rather than maintaining an English-only approach, suggesting that strategic Mandarin use may support learning. Overall, the findings indicate that early childhood English teacher education should integrate theory with practice and include concrete video exemplars demonstrating spiral and developmentally appropriate integrated instruction, as well as effective moments for English–Mandarin translanguaging. References Alexiou, T. (2020). Introducing EFL in preschools: Facts and fictions. In Zoghbor, W. & Alexiou, T. Advancing English Language Education (pp. 61-74). Zayed University Publications. Andúgar, A., & Cortina-Pérez, B. (2018). EFL teachers’ reflections on their teaching practice in Spanish preschools: A focus on motivation. In M. Schwartz (Ed), Preschool bilingual education: Agency in interactions between children, teachers, and parents (pp. 219-244). Springer. Brumen, M., Berro, F. F., Cagran, B. (2017). Pre-school foreign language teaching and learning – A network innovation project in Slovenia. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 25(6), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/135029 3x.2017.1380886 Chen, S., Zhao, J., de Ruiter, L., Zhou, J., & Huang, J. (2022). A burden or a boost: The impact of early childhood English learning experience on lower elementary English and Chinese achievement. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 25(4), 1212–1229. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2020.1749230 Dolean, D. D. (2015). How early can we efficiently start teaching a foreign language? European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 23(5), 706–719. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2015.1104047 Hsieh, M.-F. (2013). Integrated English teaching in kindergartens: The practice of teachers with both early childhood and English professional backgrounds. Journal of Education in National Hsinchu University of Education, 30(1), 1–38. Murphy, V. A., Evangelou, M., Goff, J., & Tracz, R. (2016). European perspectives on early childhood and care in English for speakers of other languages. In V. A. Murphy & M. Evangelou (Eds.), Early childhood education in English for speakers of other languages (pp. 57-74). British Council. Scheffler, P., & Domińska, A. (2018). Own-language use in teaching English to preschool children. ELT Journal, 72(4), 374-383. Owodally, A. M. (2015). Supporting early oral language skills for preschool ELL in an EFL context, Mauritius: Possibilities and challenges. Early Child Development and Care, 185(2), 226-243. Ramrez, N. & Kuhl. P. (2017). Bilingual baby: Foreign language intervention in Madrid’s infant education centers. Mind, Brain and Education, 11(3), 133-143. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Intrinsic Motivation for Reading and Types of Readers Among Pre-service Teachers in Romania and Poland 1: West University of Timisoara, Romania; 2: Jan Dlugosz University in Czestochowa, Poland; 3: „Babeș-Bolyai” University, Cluj-Napoca, Romania Presenting Author:In an increasingly digitized and often chaotic world, reading provides meaning and guidance to children and young people. However, technology does not eliminate reading, but rather changes its form of presentation and can even be a motivational factor for reading if it is intelligently integrated into the act of reading. The role of motivating students to read, regardless of the form of presentation of the text, and of cultivating their enjoyment of reading, falls to teachers. Teachers can play a very important role in developing motivation to read (Gambrell, 1996; Guthrie, 2008), but in order to motivate students, they themselves should be role models as readers, demonstrating in class that they enjoy reading and sharing their love for it (De Neaghel & Van Keer, 2013). Awareness of the importance of reading in the development of children and young people (Stutz et al., 2016; Wigfield et al., 2016) must begin with initial teacher training programs for primary and preschool education (Chen et al., 2024; Green, 2025). Future teachers must be educated in the spirit of promoting reading as a formative, attractive experience adapted to contemporary realities, not just as a compulsory teaching tool. They need to understand the role of reading in children's cognitive, emotional, and social development, as well as acquire skills to stimulate intrinsic motivation for reading from an early age. In this way, teachers can become authentic role models for readers, capable of creating an educational climate in which reading is not perceived as an obligation, but as a source of pleasure, knowledge, and personal development. Through such an approach, schools can make a decisive contribution to the development of competent, critical, and autonomous readers who are prepared to face the challenges of a constantly changing society. Research investigating the motivation and reading practices of teachers or future teachers reveals that reading does not occupy an important place in their lives. Few teachers read frequently for personal and/or professional reasons (Applegate & Applegate, 2004; Benevides & Peterson, 2010; Cremin, Bearne, Mottram & Goodwin, 2008; Tenti-Fanfani, 2005; Larrañaga & Yubero, 2005; Vera Valencia, 2017) and rarely use libraries (Cremin et al., 2008; Marchesi & Miret, 2005; Romero, 2007). In the European context, a study of future Spanish teachers (Granado & Puig, 2014) concluded that 65% of respondents read less than the national average and that 88.6% bought fewer books than the national average. The researchers considered these figures worrying, especially since most participants were between 14 and 24 years old. Romanian students perform below the OECD average in reading literacy: about 42% fail to reach the baseline level (Level 2), while only ~2% achieve high performance levels (5 or 6) (OECD, 2025). These results highlight persistent challenges in developing functional reading skills compared to other European countries. Polish students perform above the OECD (2022) average in reading, with about 78% reaching at least Level 2 and ~9% achieving high performance (Levels 5–6), indicating stronger literacy outcomes than many European peers. In this context, our study aims to investigate the intrinsic reading motivation and reader profiles of pre-service primary and preschool teachers from two universities in Romania and one in Poland, based on the following general research question: Are future primary and preschool teachers intrinsically motivated to read and frequent readers? Comparing Romania and Poland provides valuable insights into how post-communist countries implement educational reforms and shape literacy outcomes: Poland consistently ranks above the OECD average in PISA assessments, reflecting successful reforms in school structure, teacher training, and equity measures (OECD, 2022), while Romania faces challenges such as low student performance and high early school leaving rates (OECD, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using a quantitative, non-experimental, comparative, and correlation design, we aimed to answer specific research questions and verify the research hypotheses developed: How motivated are future primary and preschool teachers to read? What is the dominant type of reader among future primary and preschool teachers? We asserted the following assumptions: There are significant differences in the motivation to read among pre-service teachers, depending on their year of study. There are significant differences in the motivation to read among pre-service teachers in Romania and Poland. There is a link between the type of reader and the motivation to read among pre-service teachers. There is a link between the age of pre-service teachers and their motivation to read. Instrument A questionnaire was used to assess the reading habits of pre-service teachers, from which we identified the type of reader (Larrañaga & Yubero, 2005) and a scale measuring intrinsic motivation for reading (OECD, 2010), with 11 items and four response points. The Cronbach's alpha coefficient indicated by the authors of the scale is α= .92, which is very good. In the context of applying the instrument in two different countries, its reliability was verified by analyzing internal consistency (Cronbach's alpha coefficient). Thus, α= .89 was obtained for the Polish context and α= .77 for the Romanian context, which indicates good consistency of the scale used for both contexts. Procedure The study received approval from the West of University from Timisoara, under approval number UVT2026-003767/26.01.2026. Data collection was carried out using an electronic questionnaire in Google Forms format. A total of 227 students specializing in primary and preschool education from three universities responded to the questionnaire sent via the platform, namely 57 (20.6%) from the West University of Timișoara; 68 (24.5%) from „Babeș-Bolyai” University in Cluj-Napoca, and 152 (54.9%) from Jan Dlugosz University in Czestochowa, Poland. In total, 125 (45.1%) students from Romania and 152 (54.9%) from Poland participated. The average age of the participants is M= 25.77, and the youngest participant is Min= 18 years old and Max= 54 years old. The statistical analyses performed focused on comparative and correlational analyses, a one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA), Spearman's correlation, and Mann-Whitney U. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results do not show statistically significant differences in intrinsic motivation for reading, depending on the year of study. Differences were found between the two countries, in the sense that future teachers in Romania scored higher on intrinsic motivation for reading than those in Poland. A significant link was also identified between the type of reader and the intrinsic motivation for reading among future teachers. The relationship is positive, highlighting that a frequent reader is more intrinsically motivated than a non-reader. The relationship between age and motivation for reading is negative but statistically insignificant. As a result of interpreting the collected data, we also obtained answers to the research questions: the dominant type of reader is the occasional reader; therefore, most readers are occasional readers, followed by non-readers, and the fewest are frequent readers, which indicates a low level of intrinsic motivation. Given the results of the study, which reveal that there are few frequent readers among pre-service teachers, we consider it appropriate to implement training programs that include modern strategies for motivating reading. Considering the major role of teachers for primary and preschool education in cultivating children's motivation to read, they should be role models for reading, demonstrating in class that they enjoy reading and sharing their love for it. Starting to read early is important for students because it predicts literacy experience throughout life. Students who start reading at an early age are more likely to read more over the years. (Cunningham, Stanovich, 1998) Therefore, it is important for teachers to provide all children with as many reading experiences as possible. In future research, we may consider examining how cultural, institutional, and personal factors influence reading motivation. Such research could provide useful information about effective teacher education practices and support lifelong literacy development in both contexts. References Applegate, A. J., & Applegate, M. D. (2004). The Peter Effect: Reading habits and attitudes of preservice teachers. The Reading Teacher, 57, 554-563 Benevides, T., y Peterson, S. S. (2010). Literacy attitudes, habits and achievements of future teachers. Journal of Education for Teaching, 36(3), 291-302. Chen, J. J., Ren, Y., & O’Neill, S. (2024). Exploring the Literacy Experiences of Preservice Early Childhood Teachers: Social and Contextual Influences, and Implications for Teacher Education. Education Sciences, 14(10), 1042. Cremin, T., Beame, E., Mottram, M, y Goodwin, P. (2008): Primary teachers as readers. English in Education, 42, 8-23. De Naeghel, J., & Van Keer, H. (2013). The relation of student and class-level characteristics to primary school students’ autonomous reading motivation: A multilevel approach. Journal of Research in Reading, 36, 351-370. Gambrell, L. B. (1996). Creating classroom cultures that foster reading motivation. The Reading Teacher, 50, 14-25. Granado, C. & Puig, M. (2014). Qué leen los futuros maestros y maestras. Un estudio del docente como sujeto lector a través de los títulos de los libros que evocan. OCNOS, 11, 93-112. Green, M. (2025). Empowering Pre-Service Teachers as Enthusiastic and Knowledgeable Reading Role Models Through Engagement in Children’s Literature. Education Sciences, 15(6), 704. Guthrie, J. T. (2008). Reading motivation and engagement in middle and high school: Appraisal and intervention. In J. T. Guthrie (Ed.), Engaging adolescents in reading (pp. 1–16). Corwin Press. Larrañaga, E., Yubero, S. (2005). El hábito lector como actitud. El origen de la categoría de "falsos lectores". Ocnos: Revista de Estudios sobre Lectura, 1, 43-60. Nathanson, S., Pruslow, J., & Levitt, R. (2008). The reading habits and literacy attitudes of inservice and prospective teachers: results of a questionnaire survey. Journal of Teacher Education, 59, 313-321. Stutz, F., Schaffner, E., Schiefele, U. (2016). Relations among reading motivation, reading amount, and reading comprehension in the early elementary grades. Learning and Individual Differences, 45, 101-113. Vera Valencia, S. (2017): Reading motivation and reading habits of future teachers, Investigaciones Sobre Lectura, 7, 85-96. Wigfield, A., Gladstone, J.R., Turci, L. (2016). Beyond Cognition: Reading Motivation and Reading Comprehension, Child Development Perspectives, Volume 10, Issue 3, 190–195, OECD. (2010). PISA 2009 results: Learning to learn: Student engagement, strategies and practices (Volume III). Paris: OECD Publishing OECD. (2022). PISA 2022 Results: Country Notes – Poland. OECD Publishing. Poland (EN) OECD. (2025), Education and Skills in Romania, Reviews of National Policies for Education, OECD Publishing, Paris. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster AI-Enabled VR and Desktop Parent-Teacher Conversation Training Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland Presenting Author:Challenging parent-teacher conversations are a recurring part of professional practice. They are emotionally charged, shaped by asymmetric expectations and attributions of responsibility, and can escalate quickly. At the same time, they require structured facilitation, perspective-taking, and workable agreements. In teacher education, authentic practice opportunities often remain episodic and difficult to scale because they depend on trained role-players and intensive coaching (Lane & Rollnick, 2007). Against this background, we present an AI-supported learning environment that enables repeatable, situated practice with embodied Parent Avatars and structured reflection with an embodied Coach Avatar in both VR and desktop modes. Prior work indicates that virtual role-play can enable repeatable, situated communication practice, and that generative, embodied agents can support unscripted dialogue and scalable coaching beyond predefined branching scripts (Othlinghaus-Wulhorst et al., 2019; Li et al., 2025). Debriefing is pivotal for consolidating simulated experience into learning, and recent VR evidence suggests chatbot-guided debriefing can yield competence and self-efficacy gains comparable to facilitator-led formats when prompts follow established structures (Evangelou et al., 2026; Palaganas et al., 2016). We therefore position embodied conversational agents as dual-purpose components for interactive simulation and structured debriefing at scale (Rudolph et al., 2006). We treat both modes as pedagogically equivalent options: VR supports presence and conversational proximity, while the desktop mode is expected to be used more frequently due to lower access barriers and easier integration into regular modules (Hamilton et al., 2021; Witmer & Singer, 1998). The project connects to the broader need to foster transversal competences through scalable training opportunities (Calero López & Rodríguez-López, 2020). Our guiding question is how a VR- and desktop-based tool can (a) create realistic practice conditions for demanding conversations, (b) support reflective learning and transfer, and (c) remain feasible for routine use in modules with larger cohorts. As the didactic frame we use Nonviolent Communication (NVC) as a practice-oriented model for de-escalation and relationship-building (Rosenberg, 2015). The metaphors of giraffe language and jackal language serve as memorable cues to shift from judgements, blame, and demands toward observations, feelings, needs, and requests. The tool follows a short learning journey:
The tool offers three freely selectable scenarios that represent typical challenging cases in lower secondary schooling in Switzerland: (1) track transition and performance pressure, (2) school anxiety and pressure for immediate relief, and (3) cyberbullying and escalation. The AI-enabled, embodied avatar approach aims to provide scalable conversational practice while preserving realism and variability, which current work on educational chatbots and conversational agents identifies as a key design opportunity and challenge (Okonkwo & Ade-Ibijola, 2021; Wollny et al., 2021). While the primary use is in teacher education, the competence target is transferable to VET and workplace learning contexts where professionals regularly navigate demanding stakeholder conversations. The contribution addresses a widely shared challenge: scaling authentic communication practice without losing didactic quality and reflective depth, and securing this through iterative field development (Design-Based Research Collective, 2003; Wang & Hannafin, 2005; McKenney & Reeves, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The prototype was developed through an iterative Design-Based Research (DBR) process together with lecturers and technologists (Design-Based Research Collective, 2003; Wang & Hannafin, 2005; McKenney & Reeves, 2012). DBR cycles combined co-design, scenario authoring, prototype refinement, and pilots in existing modules. Implementation provides two equivalent modes. In VR, embodied avatars are encountered with high conversational proximity and increased sense of presence (Witmer & Singer, 1998). On desktop, the same scenarios and debrief structure can be accessed with minimal setup, supporting frequent practice and cohort-scale integration. Both modes share the same learning journey and debrief logic. After several smaller formative evaluations, a formative evaluation with 17 pre-service teachers was conducted at the end of prototyping. Participants completed all three scenarios in a within-session design: one scenario in VR and two scenarios on desktop (with headphones). Per scenario, approximately four minutes of simulation and approximately four minutes of debrief with the Coach Avatar were conducted. Data sources were short, open-ended voice responses on perceived realism, learning value, usefulness of the debrief, and improvement suggestions. Voice responses were transcribed and subsequently anonymised or pseudonymised. Analysis follows an established approach to thematic analysis to identify recurring patterns in early-stage user feedback (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First results suggest that participants experienced the simulated conversations as sufficiently authentic to create productive pressure and to rehearse de-escalation strategies. Many comments highlight the Coach Avatar as particularly helpful for structuring reflection, identifying escalation moments, and reframing them with NVC concepts (Rosenberg, 2015). Participants described both modes as useful: VR was associated with stronger conversational proximity and engagement, consistent with presence-oriented accounts of immersive interaction (Witmer & Singer, 1998), while the desktop mode was valued for ease of access and for enabling repeated practice across modules. At the same time, feedback indicates typical limitations of an early prototype, including occasional latency or turn-taking friction, the wish for more concrete and action-guiding debrief prompts, and greater variability in parent responses to widen the practice space. These observations are treated as first results that inform ongoing refinement of scenario logic, behavioural boundaries of the avatars, and debrief scaffolding. Given the dynamics of AI-based dialog approaches, interaction quality control and pedagogical framing remain central design concerns (Okonkwo & Ade-Ibijola, 2021; Wollny et al., 2021). Next steps include continued iterative development and a planned summative, quantitative evaluation focusing on learning outcomes, transfer indicators, and sustainability conditions for routine module use. The stated goal is to refine the prototype further and implement the training sustainably as a recurring element of the programme. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Calero López, I., & Rodríguez-López, B. (2020). The relevance of transversal competences in vocational education and training: A bibliometric analysis. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 12, Article 12. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-020-00100-0 Design-Based Research Collective. (2003). Design-based research: An emerging paradigm for educational inquiry. Educational Researcher, 32(1), 5–8. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X032001005 Evangelou, D., Mulders, M., & Träg, K. H. (2026). Debriefing in Virtual Reality Simulations for the Development of Counseling Competences: Human-Led or AI-Guided? Technology, Knowledge and Learning. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-025-09941-8 Hamilton, D., McKechnie, J., Edgerton, E., & Wilson, C. (2021). Immersive virtual reality as a pedagogical tool in education: A systematic literature review of quantitative learning outcomes and experimental design. Journal of Computers in Education, 8(1), 1–32. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40692-020-00169-2 Lane, C., & Rollnick, S. (2007). The use of simulated patients and role-play in communication skills training: A review of the literature to August 2005. Patient Education and Counseling, 67(1–2), 13–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pec.2007.02.011 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Okonkwo, C. W., & Ade-Ibijola, A. (2021). Chatbots applications in education: A systematic review. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 2, 100033. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2021.100033 Palaganas, J. C., Fey, M., & Simon, R. (2016). Structured debriefing in simulation-based education. AACN Advanced Critical Care, 27(1), 78–85. https://doi.org/10.4037/aacnacc2016328 Rosenberg, M. B. (2015). Nonviolent Communication: A Language of Life (3rd ed.). PuddleDancer Press. Rudolph, J. W., Simon, R., Dufresne, R. L., & Raemer, D. B. (2006). There’s no such thing as “nonjudgmental” debriefing: A theory and method for debriefing with good judgment. Simulation in Healthcare, 1(1), 49–55. https://doi.org/10.1097/01266021-200600110-00006 Wang, F., & Hannafin, M. J. (2005). Design-based research and technology-enhanced learning environments. Educational Technology Research and Development, 53(4), 5–23. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02504682 Witmer, B. G., & Singer, M. J. (1998). Measuring presence in virtual environments: A presence questionnaire. Presence: Teleoperators and Virtual Environments, 7(3), 225–240. https://doi.org/10.1162/105474698565686 Wollny, S., Schneider, J., Di Mitri, D., Weidlich, J., Rittberger, M., & Drachsler, H. (2021). Are we there yet? A systematic literature review on chatbots in education. Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence, 4, 654924. https://doi.org/10.3389/frai.2021.654924 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Preparing STEAM Teachers for Emotionally Complex Practice Through a Living Lab Approach Klaipeda university, Lithuania Presenting Author:The contemporary STEAM teacher education environment involves high uncertainty (Kim, Bolger, 2020), constant variability (Suh, Park, 2020; Vasquez et al, 2020), and emotional intensity (Jamil, Herro, 2021). Every workday teachers are faced with situations in which they must make quick decisions, respond to emotions, maintain students’ engagement, and remain professionally stable. Hargreaves (1998), Fullan (2001) noted that in such conditions subject or methodological knowledge is no longer sufficient. Recent studies confirm that STEAM teachers face additional pressures related to interdisciplinary integration, technological complexity, and identity negotiation (Kim,Bolger, 2020; Jamil,Herro, 2021). Effective teaching requires the ability to maintain emotional balance and adapt to complex, often unpredictable situations (Day, 2004; Masten, 2014). For these reasons emotional resilience is becoming an essential part of professional competence, especially in STEAM education, where experimentation, technological disruption, and intense emotional dynamics of students are commonplace. Emotional resilience in teaching is understood as an evolving, context-sensitive, and relational process that is shaped through experience, social interaction, and reflection (Gu, Day, 2013; Beltman, et al, 2011). As Masten (2001) notes, resilience comes from “the everyday magic of ordinary, normative human resources” (p. 227), suggesting that the capacity to adapt in challenging circumstances is rooted in typical, rather than extraordinary, human strengths. Ungar (2012) conceptualizes resilience as an ecological process which depends not only on environmental, community, and social resources but also on individuals’ capacity to navigate and negotiate these resources within their specific contexts. These perspectives suggest that emotional resilience is a learned competency that requires real, emotionally authentic experiences. However, most traditional teacher education models do not provide such experiences. They often rely on simulations, theoretical exercises or tightly controlled practices and partially reflect the real emotional complexity of STEAM education (Beltman et al., 2011). This gap is also evident in STEAM‑specific teacher preparation, where professional development often focuses on content integration rather than emotional demands (Suh,Park, 2020; Vasquez et.al, 2020). As a result, teachers often face a gap between what they have learned and what they experience in real classrooms. Emotional situations become a challenge as there was simply no room for them in the training process. This reveals a methodological issue: teacher education lacks a practice-based model integrating the development of emotional resilience in a real context, combining theory, practice and reflection. The Living Lab could hepl as is based on the principles of real context, co-creation, stakeholder orientation and iterative process (Leminen et.al, 2012; Steen, van Bueren, 2017). In such environments, teachers can operate in real, emotionally complex situations, reflect on their experiences, collaborate with others, and develop emotional resilience in practice, not only to learn theory. Vartiainen et al. (2020) showed that Living Lab-type environments promote inquiry-based learning, technological literacy, co-creation, and reflection, i.e. competencies that directly contribute to strengthening emotional resilience. The first empirical data from the Lithuanian EDUTECH STEAM Center confirms these insights: Living Lab environments allow teachers to design and test STEAM activities in real classrooms, while strengthening their pedagogical and emotional resilience competencies (Melnikova et al. 2023). We argue for the necessity of conceptual model explaining how the Living Lab methodology can be integrated into STEAM teacher education programs. The problem question seeks to understand how the Living Lab principals can be applied in STEAM teacher education to foster emotional resilience. Seeking the goal, tasks are solved: 1) to reveal the emotional challenges posed by the STEAM educational context for teachers; 2) to reveal the potential of the Living Lab principles for teacher education; 3) to create a conceptual model integrating the principles of Living Lab into the development of emotional resilience in STEAM teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This conceptual study employs a theoretical and analytical methodology aimed at developing a model that explains how Living Lab principles can be integrated into STEAM teacher education to foster emotional resilience. The analytical strategy follows a conceptual synthesis approach, integrating three vectors of literature: emotional resilience theory, Living Lab methodology, and STEAM teacher education research. This enables a coherent examination of how emotional resilience can be fostered within authentic, iterative, and collaborative learning environments. We use a scoping literature analysis seeking to identify the main emotional challenges teachers face in STEAM contexts. During this step we identify the emotional demands arising in dynamic, technology-rich, and experimentation‑intensive environments and highlight why emotional resilience is a necessary component of teachers’ professional competence. Insights from resilience research (Masten, 2014; Ungar, 2012; Day, Gu, 2014, ect) are examined to distinguish ecological, relational, and pedagogical dimensions of resilience relevant for teacher education. We analyze Living Lab literature (Leminen et al., 2012; Steen & van Bueren, 2017, 2021) to identify how real‑life context, co‑creation, stakeholder orientation, and iterative processes align with processes that support emotional resilience, such as adaptive functioning, reflective practice, and relational support. Employing a design‑based reasoning, which supports the conceptualization of how Living Lab environments can be embedded into teacher education programs, we are modelling learning processes in which theory, practice, and reflection form a continuous cycle and mirror the iterative, real‑world learning dynamics characteristic of both Living Lab environments and resilience development. Drawing on above mentioned conceptual analysis, design‑based reasoning, and empirical synthesis, we present a conceptual model demonstrating how Living Lab methodology can be enabled in STEAM teacher education aiming to develop emotionally resilient, reflective, and adaptive pedagogical competence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main outcome is a conceptual model that integrates Living Lab principles into STEAM teacher education seeking to support the development of emotionally resilient, reflective, and adaptive teachers. The model demonstrates the relationship between three interrelated elements. First, it highlights the emotional resilience that STEAM teachers need to develop in dynamic, technology-rich, and experimental environments. Second, the model identifies which of Living Lab principles can directly contribute to developing these emotional resilience skills. Third, the model shows how this development occurs during process: how theory, practice, and reflection come together in a coherent learning cycle, and how this cycle can be integrated into STEAM teacher education programs. Thus, the model reveals not only what needs to be developed and the principles that can help to achieve this. Moreover, how this process can be practically implemented in teacher education. A model could help to develop the emotionally resilient, reflective, and adaptive pedagogical competence that today’s teachers demand more than ever. As a result, this research contributes to the field by offering a theoretically grounded and practically oriented framework that addresses a critical gap in teacher education. It provides a foundation for future empirical research and offers teacher education institutions a pathway to strengthen emotional resilience within STEAM programs. References Beltman, S., Mansfield, C., & Price, A. (2011). Thriving not just surviving: A review of research on teacher resilience. Educational Research Review, 6(3), 185–207. Day, C., & Gu, Q. (2014). Resilient teachers, resilient schools. Routledge. Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14(8), 835–854. Jamil, F. M., & Herro, D. (2021). Teacher identity and emotional demands in STEAM teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 100, 103284. Kim, D., & Bolger, M. (2020). Examining teachers’ challenges in implementing STEAM education. International Journal of STEM Education, 7(1), 1–10 Leminen, S., Westerlund, M., & Nyström, A.-G. (2012). Living Labs as open-innovation networks. Technology Innovation Management Review, 2(9), 6–11. Luthar, S. S. (2006). Resilience in development: A synthesis of research across five decades. In Developmental Psychopathology (pp. 739–795). Wiley. Masten, A. S. (2001). Ordinary magic: Resilience processes in development. American Psychologist, 56(3), 227–238. Melnikova, J., Stupurienė, G., & Dagienė, V. (2023). Developing teachers’ TPACK through Living Lab–based STEAM learning environments. Education Sciences, 13(4), 210. Quigley, C. F., Herro, D., & Jamil, F. M. (2017). Developing a conceptual model of STEAM teaching practices. School Science and Mathematics, 117(1–2), 1–12. Steen, K., & van Bueren, E. (2017). The defining characteristics of Urban Living Labs. Technology Innovation Management Review, 7(7), 21–33. Steen, K., & van Bueren, E. (2021). Living Labs in education: Co-creation and experimentation for sustainable innovation. Technology Innovation Management Review, 11(3), 15–26. Suh, J., & Park, S. (2020). Teacher professional development for STEAM integration. Journal of STEM Education, 21(2), 45–54. Ungar, M. (2012). The social ecology of resilience. Springer. Vartiainen, H., Liljeström, A., & Enkenberg, J. (2020). Design-oriented pedagogy and Living Labs in teacher education. Teaching Vasquez, J. A., Comer, M., & Sneider, C. (2020). STEM/STEAM inquiry-based teaching and teacher preparation. Science and Children, 57(8), 12–18. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Reflective Engagement with Generative Language Models in Qualitative Research by Pre-Service Teachers BTU Cottbus-Senftenberg, Germany Presenting Author:Generative artificial intelligence is increasingly reshaping qualitative research practices and the epistemic conditions under which interpretation, sense-making, and methodological judgment are produced. While recent methodological research has examined AI-supported qualitative analysis, considerably less is known about how researchers themselves experience, appropriate, and critically reflect on the use of generative language models within their own empirical work. This poster presents findings from a higher education study that investigates how novice researchers integrate AI tools into qualitative empirical research processes and how they negotiate questions of interpretative responsibility and methodological agency. The poster contributes to methodological discussions in qualitative educational research by empirically illuminating how generative AI is appropriated, reflected upon, and bounded in research practice. It discusses implications for the further development of qualitative research methodology under conditions of increasing automation, with particular attention to reflexivity, transparency, and epistemic responsibility in processes of knowing and acting. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on empirical material from master’s students conducting qualitative research projects, including interview-based studies and qualitative content analysis. Within a clearly defined methodological and ethical framework, participants were encouraged to experiment with generative AI tools during selected phases of their research. Data consist of reflective written accounts and group discussions and were analyzed using qualitative methods. Conceptually, the study builds on recent work in human–computer interaction and qualitative methodology that highlights the ambivalent role of large language models: while they can support efficiency, coordination, and analytic scaffolding, they also introduce risks related to interpretative narrowing, automation bias, and premature analytic closure (Gao et al., 2023; Xiao et al., 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that participants primarily experience AI as a supportive resource in specific methodological tasks, such as data handling, deductive coding, and the clarification of analytic procedures. These experiences resonate with empirical studies demonstrating that large language models can meaningfully assist deductive qualitative coding, while still requiring continuous human judgment and methodological oversight (Xiao et al., 2023). At the same time, the reflections reveal a pronounced awareness of the epistemic limits of AI-supported analysis. Participants emphasize the necessity of maintaining human interpretative authority, critically interrogating AI-generated outputs, and actively positioning themselves as responsible agents in the analytic process. In this respect, their reflections align with hybrid approaches to qualitative interpretation that conceptualize AI as a dialogical methodological partner rather than an autonomous analytic authority (Krähnke et al., 2025). References Gao, J., Choo, K. T. W., Cao, J., Lee, R. K.-W., & Perrault, S. (2023). CoAIcoder: Examining the effectiveness of AI-assisted human-to-human collaboration in qualitative analysis. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction 31.1. 1-38. https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.2304.05560 Krähnke, U., Pehl, T., & Dresing, T. (2025). Hybride Interpretation textbasierter Daten mit dialogisch integrierten LLMs: Zur Nutzung generativer KI in der qualitativen Forschung. Preprint. https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-99389-7 Xiao, Z., Yuan, X., Liao, Q. V., Abdelghani, R., & Oudeyer, P.-Y. (2023). Supporting qualitative analysis with large language models: Combining codebook with GPT-3 for deductive coding. In Proceedings of the 28th International Conference on Intelligent User Interfaces (IUI ’23 Companion). ACM. 75-78. https://doi.org/10.1145/3581754.3584136 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Development of Students’ Cyclical Research Skills Through the Implementation of an Author-Designed Program 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Abay, Shymkent. Kazakhstan; 2: Secondary School No.146 Presenting Author:The practical application of author-developed program “Fundamentals of Political Science” is considered crucial in modernizing the content of educational curriculum and implementing innovative processes while taking into account students’ psycho-emotional well-being. It originated from the need to hone students’ ability not only to perceive the information, but to process, interpret, and make logical decisions. Preceding allows students to analyze the problem by comparing various sources, be acknowledged about terms in official records, and approaching the topic from different perspectives when writing an argumentative essay. Furthermore, fostering personalized learning, study incentives, and responsibility, the author-designed program provides thorough preparation for external summative assessment in accordance with the Cambridge A Level program. Research question: How does the use of an author-designed program affect students’ learning motivation and iterative research skills? Research objective - To identify the innovative opportunities arising from the systematic implementation of an author-designed program in the learning process, cognitive engagement, and analytical, creative thinking skills. Research tasks: to examine the theoretical and practical foundations of a personal-experience-based, author-designed program; to analyze it by comparing it with modern teaching concepts (inquiry-based learning, student agency) and to integrate it with the action research approach; to plan lessons based on an author-designed program in accordance with the research context; to define learning objectives and expected results; to build a system of problem-based and inquiry-based tasks to integrate it step-by-step into the learning process; to prepare practical recommendations for enhancing the teaching process by analyzing findings and identifying the benefits of an author-designed program. Expected results: Lessons based on an author-designed program ensures enhanced iterative research skills(questioning, hypothesis formulation, investigation, analysis, conclusion, and reflection), increasing students’ engagement. Moreover, students learn how to express ideas freely, analyze data, provide evidence-based arguments, and produce creative solutions. The research findings also enable teachers to use the author-designed programs efficiently in practice and to deepen their professional reflection. Within the global teaching approach examined in the study, the author-designed program implemented in the United Kingdom focuses on problem-oriented questions and encourages students to formulate hypotheses, seek evidence, and analyze information, thereby developing research logic and analytical thinking. In the OECD Learning Compass 2030, student agency, broad competencies, and lifelong learning are highlighted as key values in education. This concept allows an author-designed program to be regarded as a theoretical foundation for implementing learner-centered, innovative, and competency-based iterative research skills. Consequently, the educational process supports students in developing an individual learning trajectory, formulating questions, scrutinizing data, and applying the knowledge obtained in real-life situations. This, in turn, contributes to the enhancement of students’critical and creative thinking, independent decision-making, and responsibility for learning outcomes. In “The Action Research Planner” by Kemmis and McTaggart, action research is considered a research approach aimed for teachers’ professional practice. The authors proposed a methodological framework that enables the systematic analysis of changes in the teaching and learning process through the “plan–act–observe–reflect” cycle and supports the development of teachers’ professional reflection. As demonstrated in this work, during the planning stage, the content of the author-developed program was defined, and the research objectives and expected outcomes were clearly identified. During the action stage, lessons based on the author-developed program were implemented in the instructional process, incorporating student-centered tasks and interaction-based instructional approaches. In the observation stage, students’ engagement, motivation, and demonstration of cognitive skills in the learning process were systematically monitored. At the reflection stage, the collected data were analyzed, and the strengths and limitations of the author-developed program were identified. The results of reflection formed the basis for improving subsequent instructional activities, and the Action Research cycle continued iteratively. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The author-designed program was built as a 34-hour elective course in Kazakh history and geography subjects for 11th graders. It was developed with consideration of students’ needs, as students in two subjects were required to take external summative assessments in accordance with the Cambridge A-Level curriculum; therefore, an application and registration form for selecting the elective course was filled. During the 2023-2024 academic year it was implemented in grade 11 at the NIS of Shymkent. During data collection for study, according to Action Research practice, a mixed-methods approach incorporating both quantitative and qualitative methods were employed. Systematic observation, writings for students’ and teachers’ self-reflection, students’ learning tasks, and their creative works made during classes served as the primary data source.Students’ classroom engagement, expression of ideas, participation in discussions, and task completion levels were recorded using observation checklists. In addition, short questionnaires were administered at the beginning and end of the study to examine students’ learning motivation and their perceptions of the author-designed program. Students’ written and oral responses, as well as the outcomes of group work, were treated as research data and subjected to comparative analysis. To enhance the credibility of the study, the collected data were verified through multiple data sources, and a triangulation approach was applied. During the study, the relationship between high levels of learning quality in classes taught by teachers who systematically implemented the author-designed program and students’ academic achievement was analyzed. An analysis of interviews conducted with teachers working with classes where learning quality exceeded 90% revealed that the enhancement of students’ intrinsic motivation, personal responsibility, and conscious organisation of learning activities was identified as a key factor influencing learning outcomes. These internal factors were found to be closely aligned with the content of the author-designed program. At the same time, the research findings do not diminish the significance of external factors, particularly the teacher’s professional influence.Especially, in lessons based on the author-designed program, teachers’ provision of consistent, clear, and timely feedback on learning tasks emerged as an important mechanism for strengthening students’ intrinsic motivation. In interviews conducted in classes with comparatively lower learning quality, insufficient consistency of feedback and limited focus on developing students’ skills were noticed; in contrast, in higher-performing classes, teachers regarded feedback as a core component of the teaching process. To enhance the validity of the findings, the questionnaire and interview questions were designed to be thematically aligned and mutually reinforcing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The practical impact of the author-designed program on the learning process was examined, with attention given to changes in lesson structure, students' active participation, their ability to express their thoughts freely, and their skills in expressing opinions. Moreover, the study enabled the development of the teacher's professional reflection and the refinement of the methods and techniques used in lessons. During the study, a significant portion of the students who participated in the survey emphasized the importance of independent preparation, effective time management, and systematic work with errors for achieving academic success. Responses to open-ended questions particularly highlighted the need to develop skills in reasoning, analysis, and expressing one's own opinions. One of the effective methods used in the study was the comprehensive analysis of quantitative and qualitative data. The synthesis of the survey, interview, and analysis results from the study proved that the proprietary program provides new opportunities for implementing innovative teaching processes and improving student learning quality. Notably, in the 2024–2025 academic year, the class demonstrated a 100% pass rate on external summative assessments with 11 A's and 93% with 11 D's. This demonstrates the program's effectiveness, as the majority of graduates won scholarships to the Law and International Law faculties. This indicates that the author-designed program was successful. References 1.Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. The Action Research Planner: Doing Critical Participatory Action Research. Springer, 2014. 2.Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Retallick, J. (Eds.). The Action Research Planner (2nd ed. rev.). Aga Khan University, IED, 2004. 3.OECD. The OECD Learning Compass 2030. (framework overview). 4.OECD. Student Agency for 2030 (Concept Note). 2019. 5.McTaggart, R. Participatory Action Research. – State University of New York Press. Hattie, J. Visible Learning for Teachers. – Routledge, 2012. 6. Bell, T., Smetana, L., Binns, I. Simplifying Inquiry Instruction. – NSTA Press. 7.Hmelo-Silver, C. E. Problem-Based Learning. – Educational Psychology Review. 8.Regulatory document concerning the implementation of the updated secondary education curriculum / renewed education program in the Republic of Kazakhstan (Adilet). 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster A Grounded Theory Study on Teachers' Cognitive Construction of Moral Dilemmas under China's 'Double Reduction' Policy Faculty of Education, East China Normal University, People's Republic of China Presenting Author:Teacher professional development is at the core of educational quality improvement. Contemporary perspectives hold that teachers' growth is not merely an accumulation of knowledge and skills, but also a deepening process of their professional identity and moral judgment ability (Pei et al. 2023). However, on the path to professional excellence, teachers often encounter complex situations that go beyond technical aspects and touch upon the core of values - moral dilemmas. This is not an occasional disturbance but a regular part of daily decision-making, constituting a key arena where teachers' professional identity and ability are tested (Ehrich, 2011). Therefore, understanding how teachers deal with moral dilemmas in their professional development is of fundamental significance for supporting their transformation from technically proficient individuals to professional decision-makers. Against the backdrop of the current global educational transformation and local policy adjustments, the practical environment for teachers has become increasingly complex. Take China's "Double Reduction" policy as an example. Its macro goal of reducing students' burden and reshaping the educational ecosystem has, at the micro level of teaching, intensified deep-seated contradictions. Teachers are now compelled to navigate the persistent tensions between "educational equity" and "teaching to individual aptitude", "policy ideals" and "performance evaluation realities", and "students' all-round development" and "academic competition pressure" (Li, et al. 2023). This has placed teachers in a policy-driven "high-intensity ethical laboratory", where moral dilemmas are more prominent than ever. Fundamentally, this predicament is structural: teachers are expected to strike a balance between implementing burden reduction and ensuring admission competitiveness, responding to policy requirements and meeting parents' expectations, and adhering to educational ideals and adapting to school evaluations. This balance is not merely a matter of strategic choice but involves conflicts between professional values and educational ethics. For instance, a primary school teacher may face such a dilemma: to comply with the "Double Reduction" policy, he needs to reduce homework and extracurricular training, yet he is concerned that this might undermine students' competitiveness in the admission process, thereby affecting parents' evaluation of the school and students' admission rates. This situation forces teachers to make moral choices between burden reductionand admission competition- to adhere to the educational ideals of the policy or succumb to the pressure of reality. Such choices often come with significant psychological burdens and job burnout (Skaalvik, 2014).
Although existing research has paid extensive attention to the impact of the "Double Reduction" policy, there is still a lack of in-depth exploration of the internal cognitive and meaning-making mechanisms of teachers. However, this process of cognition, decision-making, and action in the face of difficulties is precisely the most challenging and constructive core in teachers' professional development. Based on this, this study adopts the grounded theory method, aiming to deeply explore: in the structural tension formed by the "Double Reduction" policy, how do teachers perceive and interpret the moral dilemmas they face? What characteristics do these moral dilemmas exhibit? What are the roots of their generation? By revealing the moral cognition and behavioral logic of teachers, this study hopes to provide a new perspective for understanding teachers' professional development and offer empirical evidence for the construction of an effective teacher support system. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study mainly adopted method in qualitative research.Twelve elementary school teachers in City S were interviewed (six senior grades teachers and six junior grades teachers). In the coding stage, based on approximately 100,000 words of interview content, 25 initial categories, 4 main categories, and 1 core category were formed. The main categories include Practical Forms of Moral Dilemmas, Practical Strategies for Dealing with Dilemma Situations, Teachers' Subjective Cognitive Understanding, and The Root Causes of the Generation of Moral Dilemma Situations. Centering on the core phenomenon of Teachers' Cognition and Response to Moral Dilemmas, a systematic analysis of the four main categories reveals that all phenomena can be governed by a core category: Teachers' Moral Proactive Practice under Structural Constraints. In the current Chinese educational context, teachers are generally confronted with structural constraints formed by the interweaving of multiple factors such as policy directives, school systems, expectations from parents and schools, and student differences. These constraints manifest as various practical forms of moral dilemmas. In the face of these predicaments, teachers do not passively accept them but, based on their subjective cognitive understanding (including their understanding of their roles, the use of their power, the demarcation of their responsibilities, and their internal educational beliefs), actively mobilize personal and external resources and adopt a series of practical strategies to deal with the dilemmas. This process is essentially a proactive practice"of moral judgment, decision-making, and action by teachers under complex structural conditions, with the aim of maintaining educational values, fulfilling educational responsibilities, and preserving their professional identity as much as possible in the face of difficulties. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research findings reveal that the essence of teachers' moral dilemmas lies in the value conflict between rights, with its core feature being structural embeddedness. That is, the predicament mainly stems from the deep tension among macro policies, school systems, and social cultures, rather than the individual incapability of teachers. This makes the resolution of the predicament have no standard answer and highly dependent on teachers' situational judgment and practical wisdom. At the cognitive level, teachers exhibit a strong orientation towards practice and realism, with their cognitive focus centered on "What can I do?" and "Where are the boundaries of my responsibility?" Teachers' sense of efficacy and sense of boundaries are key variables influencing their cognitive and emotional experiences. Tracing back to the root cause, the emergence of the predicament is the result of the interaction of multiple forces at different levels: at the macro level, it is manifested as the internal contradiction of policy goals and the disconnection in their implementation; at the meso level, it is the performance-oriented culture in schools, the unsmooth mechanism of collaborative education, and the conflict of role expectations; at the micro level, it stems from the increasing diversity among students, the diversity of educational concepts among parents, and the impact of technology. However, teachers are by no means passive recipients. They demonstrate remarkable moral agency, and their coping strategies are a combination of practical rationality and value concern, specifically manifested in strategic prioritization, situational management, establishment of professional authority, and setting of psychological boundaries. This indicates that teachers are strategic actors who can actively construct meaning and seek action space within structural cracks. References [1] Dacerova, V. O., & Bartosova, K. (2022). MORAL DISTRESS OF SCHOOLTEACHERS (RESEARCH REVIEW).Psychological Applications and Trends, 167-169. [2] Ehrich, Lisa, Kimber, Megan, Millwater, Jan, & Cranston, Neil (2011).Ethical dilemmas: a model to understand teacher practice.Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 17(2), pp. 173-185. [3] Kirsi Tirri (1999). Teachers' Perceptions of Moral Dilemmas at School, Journal of Moral Education, 28:1, 31-47. [4] Lyons, N. (1990). Dilemmas of knowing: Ethical and epistemological dimensions of teachers' work and development. Harvard Educational Review, 60(2), 159-181. [5] Li, K., Zhao, W., Lu, C., Hu, Z., & Zhang, Q. (2023). The Dilemma and Confusion of Primary and Secondary School Teachers Under the Policy of "Double Reduction" and Solutions. International Journal of Education and Humanities, 7(2), 69-73. [6] Nakar, S. (2017). Ethical dilemmas faced by VET teachers in times of rapid change,64. [7] Nava Maslovaty (2000) Teachers' Choice of Teaching Strategies for Dealing with Socio-Moral Dilemmas in the Elementary School, Journal of Moral Education, 29:4,429-444. [8] Rest, J. R., Narvaez, D., Thoma, S. J., & Bebeau, M. J. (1999). DIT2: Devising and testing a revised instrumental of moral judgment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 4, 644-659. [9] Shapiro, J. & Stefkovich, J. (2005). Ethical leadership and decision making in education: Applying theoretical perspectives to complex dilemmas (2nd ed.) Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. [10]Shapira-Lishchinsky, O. (2011). Teachers’ critical incidents: Ethical dilemmas in teachingpractice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27 (3), 648-656. [11]Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2014). "Teacher self-efficacy and perceived autonomy:Relations with teacher engagement, job satisfaction, and emotional exhaustion.Psychological Reports, 114(1), 68-77.https://doi.org/10.2466/14.02.PR0.114k14w0 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Dealing with Uncertainty in Teacher Education: Safe Space as a Result of Peer-to-Peer Case Consultation University of Koblenz, Germany Presenting Author:In view of the increasing tendency toward isolation in many countries (Surkalim, 2022, p. 1), particularly among young adults (Osborn et al., 2021, p. 54), and the growing socio-political challenges in schools, future teachers need the ability to engage in collective experiences of exchange and cooperation that enable them to collaboratively develop solutions to complex issues. Against this backdrop, a university in Rhineland-Palatinate has established the project-based submodule “collaboratively socially engaged" as part of its BA Primary Education program. Within the practical project, all 400-450 university students (students in the following) per year collaborate in pairs or groups to implement semester-long projects at schools or in extracurricular learning settings. This network aims to contribute to social engagement, community building and participation, both for students and for primary school children. In the spirit of peer-to-peer learning, trained student tutors guide groups of 12 students in processing their experiences through collegial case consultation at five points during the project period. Focusing on peer-to-peer consultation, the objective is to explore how professionalization impulses arise in the project-accompanying student groups, identify the conditions required for their emergence and reflect the implications of these findings for teacher education in an international context. Based on the approach of structural-theoretical professionalization (Helsper, 2021), professional action by primary school teachers refers to action characterized by various areas of tension that contain conflicting orientations. A typical tension in the context of the project, for example, is the desire to meet children's needs for closeness while at the same time maintaining a role-based distance. These conflicts embed processes of education and reflection. Education is conceptualized here in the sense of transformative education (Koller, 2021). Transformative educational processes can be triggered by experiences of crisis, e.g., by irritations, when established patterns of behavior lose their effectiveness and prompt reflection on alternative ways of acting. Reflection is understood as directed attention to something remarkable or irritating (Dewey, 1910). For Dewey, reflection begins with an irritating experience. These crises, triggered by experiences of foreignness and irritation, require a productive response to the demands of the foreign (ibid.). The fact that dealing with crises can be relevant to professionalization has been empirically documented on several occasions. Specifically, it has been shown that crisis experiences can both lead to the establishment of familiar patterns and initiate processes of change. Drawing on the first project results presented here, it is assumed that the collaborative case consultation in peer-to-peer reflection groups creates a platform in which experiences of foreignness can be processed and lead to new perspectives. Thus, collaborative peer-to-peer case consultation groups serve as a form of collective processing of irritations and uncertainties that are internationally recognized as core professional challenges for teachers (Bonnet & Glazier, 2025). Collegial case consultation is understood as a comprehension-centered process of equal and appreciative reflection on a case (Grabosch 2020). Current empirical studies discuss the effect of collegial case consultation. What is striking about more recent publications is that collegial case consultation is presented less as a tool for professionalization and more as a means of promoting psychological well-being. Grounded in these theoretical considerations as well as current research, the question arises to what extent professionalization impulses emerge in the peer-to-peer reflection groups and what conditions are necessary for their development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the study, reflection sheets from 200 participating students were evaluated at three points in time during the summer semester 2024, and eleven peer-tutors were questioned using guided interviews (Moenandar et al., 2024). The 600 reflection forms and the transcribed interviews were examined using qualitative content analysis with inductive category for-mation to structure the content (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2020) and triangulated (Noble & Heale, 2019). Accompanying the implementation of the social projects, the students documented their ex-periences at the beginning, in the middle, and at the end of the semester. They reflected on specific experiences with children, their conditions for a sense of security and the ability to act in challenging pedagogical situations, personal development, and wishes for their further educational practice. In analyzing the reflection sheets, an iterative approach was taken us-ing inductive category formation (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2020), focusing on the students' areas of interest. A quarter of the reflection sheets were first coded by four encoders on a trial basis to create the coding system. To ensure the highest possible level of traceability, the catego-ries were then compared with one other and adjusted through a communicative validation process. Subsequently, a coding guide with definitions and anchor examples was created. In the context of a master's thesis, a computer-assisted analysis of all the reflection forms was conducted using MAXQDA. Furthermore, guided interviews were conducted with eleven student tutors about their expe-riences in the peer-to-peer reflection groups. The guide contains open-ended questions with narrative elements (Moenandar et al., 2024) and focuses on the tutors' organization of the meetings and their impressions of the students’ development over the project period. After transcription, the data was evaluated using qualitative content analysis with inductive cate-gory formation in MAXQDA to capture latent meanings as well. During the evaluation pro-cess, the categories were continuously adapted to the material. The data obtained was then triangulated (Noble & Heale, 2019) with regard to the significance of the student reflection groups in the practical project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial results show that students experience irritation and unmet expectations in the projects, where their usual routines and actions no longer apply, leading to uncertainty. In this context, the students regard the peer-to-peer group as a protected and safe space that enables them to share their experiences and challenges, developing new perspectives. Similarly, the analysis of the interviews shows that the peer-tutors strive to create a space without grading, pressure, or shame, which is seen as a prerequisite for working together. Therefore, the analysis of the data and the subsequent triangulation highlight the importance of the safe space created by the students and peer-tutors. The experience of a protected, non-judgmental space, along with the opportunity to work together as a group to find solutions to challenging situations, is unusual in the university context from the students’ perspective and thus particularly note-worthy. This suggests that it is the safe environment created by the peer-tutors that enables students to engage in a change of perspective and dare to discuss challenging situations in the group. Interdisciplinary studies from different countries on peer learning in higher educa-tion (Boud & Cohen, 2014; Hanson et al., 2016) similarly emphasize its pedagogical and psychological benefits. The empirical results presented here reveal the difficulties students encounter when con-fronting uncertainty and irritations, pointing to the need for a safe environment that helps students experience community and freedom from judgment. Consequently, the discussions in the student reflection groups indirectly contribute to professional development, as the safe space created provides a secure framework for rethinking one's own strategies and learning about new options for action. Amid increasing social isolation across education systems, the findings highlight the need for further international research on the relevance of pedagogical approaches that enable collective engagement with uncertainty in peer-to-peer contexts serv-ing as a safe space. References Bonnet, A. & Glazier, J. (2025). The conflicted role of uncertainty in teaching and teacher education. Teachers and Teaching, 31(2), 201–217. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2023.2272650 Boud, D., Cohen, R. & Sampson, J. (Eds.) (2014). Peer Learning in Higher Education. Learning from and with Each Other. Routledge. Dewey, J. (1910). How we think. D.C. Heath & Co. https://doi.org/10.1037/10903-000 Grabosch, A. (2020). Handlungskompetenz und Deutungsmuster. Empirische Analysen zu praktischen Elementen in der Lehrer*innenbildung. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Hanson, J. M., Trolian, T. L., Paulsen, M. B. & Pascarella, E. T. (2016). Evaluating the Influ-ence of Peer Learning on Psychological Well-Being. In: Teaching in Higher Educati-on, 21(2), 191–206. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2015.1136274 Helsper, W. (2021). Professionalität und Professionalisierung in pädagogischen Handlungs-feldern. Eine Einführung. UTB. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838554600 Koller, H.-C. (2021). Problems and Perspectives of a Theory of Transformational Processes of Bildung. In: Educational Theory, 70(5), 633-651. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12448 Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2020). Focused Analysis of Qualitative Interviews with MAXQDA. Step by Step. MAXQDA Press. Moenandar, S.-J., Basten, F., Taran, G., Panagoulia, A., Coughlan, G. & Duarte, J. (2024). The Structured Narrative Interview. In: Narrative Inquiry, 34(2), 307-334. https://doi.org/10.1075/ni.23079.moe Noble, H. & Heale, R. (2019). Triangulation in research, with examples. In: Evidence-Based Nursing, 22(3), 67-68. https://doi.org/10.1136/ebnurs-2019-103145 Osborn, T., Weatherburn, P. & French, R. S. (2021). Interventions to address loneliness and social isolation in young people: A systematic review of the evidence on acceptability and effectiveness. In: Journal of Adolescence, 93, 53-79. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2021.09.007 Surkalim, D., Luo, M., Eres, R., Gebel, K., van Buskirk, J., Bauman, A. & Ding, D. (2022). The Prevalence of Loneliness Across 113 Countries: Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. BMJ. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2021-067068 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Asian Indian Teacher Beliefs and Practices on Developmental Appropriateness: A study conducted in Mumbai, India. East Carolina University United States of America, North Carolina State University, United States of America Presenting Author:Topic Information: The National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) is a professional member organization dedicated to encouraging high-quality learning techniques for each unique and individual child. One of their most significant contributions is encouraging more educators to embrace developmentally appropriate practices. NAEYC defines developmentally appropriate practice "as methods that promote each child's optimal development and learning through strengths-based, play-based approach to joyful, engaged learning" (NAEYC, 2020, pg. 5). In other words, the implementation of age-appropriate practices caters to each student and builds on the children’s strengths. Although Developmentally Appropriate Practices were first published in 1987, the guidelines for DAP were revised in 1997 (Kim & Buchanan, 2009, pg. 1113). NAEYC completed the revisions to reach more children in terms of cultural and language differences. Most recently revised NAEYC document discarded the term “best” in conceptualizing developmentally appropriate practices to avoid cultural biases which favor white, educated, and middle-class group (NAEYC, 2020). The guideline was revised based on the assumption that there is no best practice that works for young children, but it depends on diversity of children, their families and culture (NAEYC, 2020; Mengstie, 2023). However, distinctions between “Developmentally Appropriate Belief and Practice” and “Developmentally Inappropriate Belief and Practice” are still drawn within the field through culture specific and cross-cultural studies (Hegde & Cassidy, 2009; Hegde & Cassidy, 2009; Rentzou & Sakellariou, 2011; Mengstie, 2023). Most of these studies have utilized quantitative and qualitative methods to examine this topic of study, and participants have been preschool, kindergarten or elementary/primary teachers. Theory: Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems perspective is extremely relevant in the study of teacher beliefs and practices and understanding the contextual factors that affect those beliefs and practices. The basic idea of the ecological systems perspective is that individual development is a function of interplay between people and contexts, an idea, which is explained by the person-process-context -time (PPCT) model (Bronfenbrenner, 1989; Bronfenbrenner,1999). The concept of the “person” within the PPCT model refers to the individual who is developing, an individual who is actively involved in his or her own development. However, how the person experiences the environment, or is affected by different contexts, is contingent on his or her own personal characteristics. These personal characteristics are also known as instigative characteristics. Though the classroom environment (microsystem) is certainly influential to developing beliefs, the individual teacher brings to the situation her own existing characteristics, including her belief structure that has been influenced by a plethora of earlier experiences. Relevant examples for the present study include years of experience in the field of early childhood, and a teacher’s personal teaching and educational efficacy beliefs. “Process” is a pivotal part of the proximal processes. These include teachers’ interaction with children which is impacted by teacher beliefs and the congruence of those beliefs with their practices. Further, the “context” and different factors in the environment can constrain teacher’s beliefs regarding developmental appropriateness. One of the environmental constraints we will examine within this study is classroom group size and ratios. Following research questions guided the research study: 1) What do teacher and classroom characteristics look like across the kindergarten classrooms of Mumbai, India? 2) Are kindergarten teachers stated beliefs and stated practices correlated with each other? 3) Are kindergarten teachers stated beliefs and stated practices correlated with their actual observed practices (CPI)? 4) Do teacher beliefs and practices differ based on teacher education or experience levels? 5) Do classrooms group size or ratios matter?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This was predominantly a quantitative study that was conducted utilizing standardized teacher surveys and an observational instrument. Participants: The present study was conducted in the urban city of Mumbai, located in the state of Maharashtra and the western region of India. Mumbai is a predominantly cosmopolitan city of India. Only schools that were identified as middle income to higher middle-income schools were included within the sample. Additionally, only English medium schools, wherein the mode of instruction and curriculum was English and teachers who could communicate (read, write and speak) in English were included in the study. Middle to high income schools with differing boards were part of the study. Thus, 7 English medium schools from the different regions of Mumbai with differing boards of education became a part of the study. Twenty upper kindergarten (5-year-old children) and 20 lower kindergarten (4 year old children) classrooms were observed while a total of 42 teachers completed the surveys. Quantitative Measures: The original “Teacher Questionnaire” (Charlesworth et al, 1991) which was slightly adapted by Hegde & Cassidy (2009) was utilized to assess kindergarten teacher’s beliefs and practices about developmental appropriateness. In the first part of the survey, teachers are asked to provide background information. The other two subscales are: The Teacher Beliefs Scale (TBS) and the Instructional Activities Scale (IAS). TBS consists of 36 items which teachers’ rate on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (Not important at all) to 5 (Extremely Important). It contains questions such as, “As an evaluation technique in the preschool program, teacher observation is __. Instructional Activities Scale (IAS) consists of 34 items which teacher’s rate on a 5-point Likert scale, which ranges from never to very often. Each item on the scale is either developmentally appropriate (e.g., building blocks) or inappropriate (e.g., rote learning), trying to capture teachers stated practices. Observational Measures Classroom Practice Inventory (CPI). CPI (Hyson, Hirsh-Pasek, & Rescorla, 1990) is an observational scale that was used to measure actual classroom practices. This measure contains 26 items with a 1 to 5 rating scale; one being almost never and 5 being very often. This observational tool contains both a curriculum and an emotional climate subscale. A sample question in the curriculum section is, “children use workbooks, ditto sheets, flashcards, and other two-dimensional learning materials.” Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study take the conversation regarding Teacher Beliefs and Practices on developmental appropriateness a little further. Over the last decade India has changed rapidly. The National Education Policy on Education (2020), has now recognized that foundational years (ages 3 to 6 years) are very important. The policy affirms the thought that early childhood education should be seeped into developmentally appropriate practices and teachers need to be trained for the same. This quantitative study investigates this discourse further through an empirical study. The findings of this study have huge implication for teacher training and development. References Hegde, A. V., & Cassidy, D.J. (2009). Kindergarten teachers’ perspectives on developmentally appropriate practices (DAP): A study conducted in Mumbai (India). Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 23(3), 367-381, DOI: 10.1080/02568540909594667 Hegde, A. V., & Cassidy, D. J. (2009). Teachers’ beliefs and practices regarding developmentally appropriate practices: A study conducted in India. Early Child Development and Care, 179(7), 837-947, DOI: 10.1080/03004430701536491. Mengstie, M, M., (2023). Preschool teachers’ beliefs and practices of developmentally. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 21(2), 121-132. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476718X221145464 NAEYC. (2020). Position statement on developmentally appropriate practice in programs for 4- and 5-Year olds. Young Children 41(6): 20–29. Available at: https://www.naeyc.org/resources/position-statements/dap/ contents Rentzou, K., & Sakellariou, M. (2011) Greek pre-service kindergarten teachers’ beliefs about and practices of developmentally appropriate practices in early childhood education, Early Child Development and Care, 181(8), 1047-1061, DOI: 10.1080/03004430.2010.509796 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster How Scaffolding and Lesson Study Enhance Student Motivation and Analytical Skills in Chemistry Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study investigates how Scaffolding strategies embedded within Lesson Study cycles can improve Grade 9 students’ motivation and analytical skills in chemistry education. Initial observations and student voice interviews demonstrated that many learners struggle to interpret chemical data, construct scientific arguments, and identify conceptual relationships. These difficulties point to limited active learning opportunities and insufficient instructional support, highlighting the need for structured and collaborative improvement in pedagogy. Chemistry is a cognitively demanding subject that requires abstract and symbolic reasoning. Without guided support, students are likely to disengage or develop misconceptions. According to Vygotsky (1978), learning progresses most effectively when appropriately scaffolded within the learner’s Zone of Proximal Development. Bruner (1983) further emphasises that scaffolding should be gradually removed as students gain autonomy, enabling them to develop higher-order thinking independently. Therefore, scaffolding is considered a key pedagogical approach for strengthening analytical capacity and confidence in tackling complex tasks. To ensure effective professional collaboration, this research integrates scaffolding within the Lesson Study framework. Lesson Study is recognised globally as a powerful model for instructional improvement, enabling teachers to engage in joint planning, classroom observation, and critical reflection based on real student learning evidence (Lewis, 2002; Dudley, 2011). Lesson Study supports the design of richer learning experiences and helps teachers identify precisely when and why students experience learning challenges (Stepanek et al., 2007). Combining scaffolding and Lesson Study creates a strong alignment between theory and practice, supporting both student and teacher development. The research was collaboratively conducted by three chemistry teachers representing different levels of professional experience. Research on professional learning communities indicates that such collaboration strengthens differentiation and innovation in teaching (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012). However, despite the known benefits, structured peer observation and feedback remain limited. The MetLife survey (2009) revealed that while teachers value collaboration, systematic observation-based support is still uncommon. Thus, this study responds to that identified gap by positioning Lesson Study as a professional learning strategy. The study aims to understand how scaffolding-informed interventions can increase students’ motivation and analytical reasoning during chemistry lessons. The central research question guiding the inquiry is: How can scaffolding strategies implemented within Lesson Study improve students’ motivation and analytical skills in chemistry? Additional questions explore the influence of reflective professional dialogue on engagement and how differentiated scaffolding affects learners with varying readiness levels. The research focuses on Grade 9 students participating in the study, representing a broad range of academic abilities. The involvement of the Lesson Study coordinator, Ms. Raushan Zhumatayeva, ensured mentorship for the teaching team, strengthened reflective practice, and supported lesson improvement. This guidance enabled the refinement of scaffolding strategies such as breaking down complex concepts, activating prior knowledge, clarifying expectations, using visual prompts, and facilitating structured peer learning. The objectives of the study are to increase students’ ability to analyse and synthesise chemical data, foster deeper learning engagement, and build confidence among all learners. The project also aims to enhance teachers’ professional competence through evidence-based reflection and collaboration, while generating practical recommendations for future chemistry instruction. Expected outcomes include measurable improvements in analytical reasoning, increased curiosity and motivation, stronger scientific communication skills, and more active collaboration among students. Lesson Study participation is expected to enrich teachers’ understanding of differentiation and enable informed pedagogical decisions that support equitable learning outcomes. Overall, this study contributes to strengthening secondary chemistry education by demonstrating how Scaffolding and Lesson Study work together as an effective framework for improving cognitive engagement and teaching quality. It further highlights the importance of structured collaboration and reflective practice in responding to students’ evolving needs and enhancing instructional success.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative research design implemented through iterative Lesson Study cycles. Lesson Study is a collaborative professional development approach grounded in continuous improvement of teaching through systematic lesson planning, direct classroom observation, and reflective dialogue among educators (Lewis, 2002). In this research, each Lesson Study cycle consisted of three essential stages: joint lesson planning based on identified learning needs, teaching and real-time observation, and post-lesson analysis focused on student learning outcomes and instructional effectiveness. Three chemistry teachers from a physics–mathematics oriented Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Astana, Kazakhstan, participated in the project. Their diverse qualification levels ensured varying pedagogical insights and enriched the collaborative reflection process. Data were collected from Grade 9 students who took part in the research. These learners represented three proficiency categories (A, B, and C levels), allowing the examination of differentiated scaffolding effects on academic engagement and analytical skill development. Multiple data sources were utilised to ensure credibility and triangulation. Structured observation checklists were applied during lessons to capture behavioural and cognitive indicators of learning such as attention, participation, collaboration, and problem-solving actions. Selected students representing each level were observed systematically to explore how they responded to scaffolding strategies throughout different phases of the lesson. Two primary qualitative instruments were used: 1. Semi-structured interviews Conducted with students and teachers after each research lesson, interviews explored their perceptions of learning challenges, motivation, and instructional support. For teachers, the interviews also served as reflective prompts to evaluate their decision-making and improvements in professional practice. 2. Focus group discussions Organised with teachers engaged in the Lesson Study initiative from chemistry, geography, and biology departments, these discussions supported collaborative reasoning and strengthened the school’s professional learning community. Teachers collectively analysed emerging issues and refined future instructional planning, which encouraged sustainable professional growth. All activities—lesson design documentation, observation notes, interview transcripts, and reflection summaries—formed the qualitative dataset. Thematic analysis was used to identify trends and recurring patterns related to student engagement and analytical reasoning development. This systematic interpretive approach enabled the integration of multiple perspectives into coherent findings. Participants and Ethical Considerations All participating teachers and students provided informed consent prior to data collection. Student anonymity was ensured through coded identifiers. The school administration approved the study and parental permissions were secured. Ethical principles—including confidentiality, voluntary participation, and respect for participants’ rights—were strictly maintained throughout the research to protect all individuals involved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of qualitative data collected through observation checklists, semi-structured interviews, and focus group discussions revealed significant insights into students’ engagement and teachers’ instructional practices in Grade 9 chemistry lessons. Using thematic analysis, the data were coded and categorized into major themes highlighting common learning challenges and positive developments. This reflective process supported teachers in deepening their pedagogical understanding and enhancing their professional decision-making. The Lesson Study approach played a central role in exploring strategies to improve students’ participation in chemistry lessons. Two systematic observation methods were applied: time-sampling and student-tracking. Time-sampling observations helped identify the phases of the lesson where student attention increased or declined, while student-tracking offered insights into individual learners’ movement, collaboration patterns, and interaction during tasks. These findings enabled teachers to adjust their teaching strategies more effectively. The introduction of Venn diagrams, scaffolding strategies, and interactive platforms contributed substantially to improved learning engagement. Venn diagrams facilitated comparison of chemical concepts, encouraging students to express and justify their ideas. Scaffolding supported learners in gradually building knowledge while developing confidence in learning independently. Interactive digital platforms created a more dynamic environment in which students participated actively and demonstrated greater interest in the subject. The study confirmed improvements in students’ behavioural and cognitive engagement. Learners became more confident in asking questions, discussing concepts, and assisting their peers. Collaboration became more meaningful as students learned from each other during group and individual activities. Additionally, teachers expressed increased motivation to apply innovative techniques and recognized the positive impact of reflective professional inquiry. Expected long-term outcomes include further enhancement of students’ analytical thinking skills, argumentation abilities, and responsibility for their learning. The study supports Lesson Study as an effective model for strengthening teacher collaboration, identifying impactful strategies, and improving the overall quality of chemistry education in secondary schools. References 1.Bruner, J. (1983). Child’s talk: Learning to use language. New York: Norton. 2.Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 3.Dudley, P. (2011). Lesson Study: A handbook for teacher-led improvement of instruction. London: Pearson. 4.Lewis, C. (2002). Lesson Study: A handbook for teacher-led improvement of instruction. Philadelphia: Research for Better Schools. 5.Cook-Sather, A. (2020). Student voice across contexts: Fostering student agency in today’s schools. Theory Into Practice, 59(2), 182–191. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2019.1705091 6.Taber, K. S. (2014). Chemistry education: Best practices, opportunities, and trends. Wiley. 7.Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. (2016). Improving differentiated teaching through the Lesson Study approach: A methodological guide. Astana: NIS Center for Pedagogical Excellence. 8.Stepanek, J., Appel, G., Leong, M., Turner Mangan, M. & Mitchell, M. (2007). Leading Lesson Study: A practical guide for teachers and facilitators. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press. 9.Hargreaves, A. & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. New York: Teachers College Press. 10.Harlen, W. (2010). Principles and big ideas of science education. Hatfield: ASE. 11.Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4–14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X015002004 12.Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_2 13.Walker, J. M. T. (2011). Motivation and student engagement in learning. In S. Graham & K. Harris (Eds.), APA Educational Psychology Handbook. Washington, DC: APA. 14.Hofstein, A. & Lunetta, V. N. (2004). The laboratory in science education: Foundations for the twenty-first century. Science Education, 88(1), 28–54. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.10106 15.Jumabayeva, A., & Mukasheva, G. (2020). Developing teachers’ professional competencies through the Lesson Study approach in Kazakhstan. Pedagogy and Psychology, 4(45), 112–120. 16.Kussainova, Zh., & Serikbayeva, A. (2019). Effectiveness of differentiated strategies in teaching chemistry in Kazakhstani schools. Kazakhstan School Journal, 6, 35–40. 17.Ergalieva, B. (2021). Enhancing students’ analytical and research skills through interactive chemistry teaching. Pedagogical Research Journal, 2(102), 52–59. 18.Ibraeva, S., & Seitkazy, A. (2022). Lesson Study as a tool for developing reflective teaching practice in Kazakhstan. Education – Bilim, 3(75), 78–85. 19.Alkebayeva, L. (2020). Application of Lesson Study in Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools: Practical cases. Research Journal of NIS, 5(21), 44–54. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Implica2+: A Teacher Training Project on Competencies for Promoting Family Engagement in Education. Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Spain Presenting Author:This proposal is framed within the urgent need to address the global challenges of the 2030 Agenda, specifically SDG 4, which promotes inclusive, equitable, and quality education as a cornerstone of fundamental rights (García-Rubio, 2017). Although recent data from the INEE (2025) reflect a positive trend in reducing grade retention—resulting from recent regulatory reforms and an emphasis on continuous assessment—Spain remains in a vulnerable position compared to European Union standards. Persistent regional disparities and the risk of stagnation regarding the early school leaving target (set by the EU at below 9% by 2030) necessitate the identification of contextual factors that safeguard academic achievement. In this context, our line of research focuses on effective school-family interaction as a driver of educational resilience.
The theoretical foundation of this proposal is built upon the model by Hoover-Dempsey and Sandler (1995), which analyzes the processes and mechanisms of parental involvement. Traditionally, literature has indicated that parental participation improves performance; however, our group's research suggests that the key lies in the "active team for partnership" proposed by Epstein (2001). The problem is that teachers often do not feel equipped to lead this alliance. According to evidence from the TALIS report (Ministry of Education and Vocational Training, 2019), educators demand specific training in managing communication with families—a need that the current diagnostic of the educational system continues to highlight as a priority. Our research is based on the premise that teacher "invitations" are the strongest predictor of family involvement. As noted by Godás et al. (2019), it is essential to establish empirical foundations for intervention programs capable of transforming the school climate. Thus, the research question is: To what extent does a teacher training program focused on invitation and collaboration strategies improve the quality of family involvement and student success? It is argued that the lack of pedagogical training regarding this relationship creates barriers that perpetuate school failure (Fernández et al., 2010). The proposal aligns with the Council of the European Union (2021) and its Strategic Framework for European Cooperation (2021-2030) by proposing a teacher training model based on shared responsibility (Lorence et al., 2024). This model focuses on developing competencies that enable educational professionals to promote family engagement and commitment to their children's education from within the school institution. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We propose a mixed-methods research design, utilizing qualitative and quantitative techniques for both data collection and analysis, under a participatory evaluation approach. Beyond methodological integration, a process of triangulation will be conducted (Denzin, 2009). Sample: The study focuses on a critical sector: teachers of the 5th and 6th grades of Primary Education, their students, and their families. This selection is intentional, as these grades represent the prelude to Secondary Education—a stage where family involvement historically declines and indicators of school failure begin to crystallize. The study will include experimental groups (receiving specific training) and control groups. Instruments: A triangulation system will be employed using: Questionnaires: Specific scales for teachers (self-efficacy and invitation strategies), families (perception of school climate and types of involvement), and students (motivation and perceived support). Content Analysis: Of initial teacher training curricula. Focus Groups: Designed to explore trust-building processes and barriers perceived by families. Observation Records: To monitor the quality of interactions during the intervention. Satisfaction and Efficacy Scales: Specific for teachers. Procedure: Phase I: An exploratory-descriptive study of teachers' prior training (initial and ongoing) and an analysis of their curricula. Phase II: Design, implementation, and evaluation of a training program aimed at improving teacher competence for family involvement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcomes of Implica2+ position teacher training as the catalyst for educational improvement. Participating teachers are expected to show a significant improvement in their ability to promote participation, reducing stress and shifting from a reactive to a proactive stance. Secondly, an increase in home-based family involvement (study support and motivation) is anticipated, driven by a greater sense of self-efficacy among parents, mediated by the trained teacher. Finally, the ultimate benefit will fall to the students through improved academic performance and school motivation. This project serves as an effective tool for reducing early school leaving and achieving greater educational equity, fulfilling the goals of the European Union and the 2030 Agenda. References Consejo de la Unión Europea. (2021, 26 de febrero). Resolución del Consejo relativa a un marco estratégico para la cooperación europea en el ámbito de la educación y la formación con miras al Espacio Europeo de Educación y más allá (2021-2030). Diario Oficial de la Unión Europea, C 66/1. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/ES/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32021G0226%2801%29 Denzin, N. K. (2009). The research act: A theoretical introduction to sociological methods. Transaction Publishers. Epstein, J. L. (2001). School, family, and community partnership: Preparing educators and improving schools. Westview Press. Fernández, M., Mena, L., y Riviere, J. (2010). Fracaso y abandono escolar en España. Fundación La Caixa. García-Rubio, J. (2017). El derecho a la educación: un análisis desde la perspectiva de la justicia social. Revista Iberoamericana de Educación, 75, 157-176. https://doi.org/10.35362/rie7501250 Godás, A., Lorenzo, M., Santos Rego, M. A., y García-Álvarez, J. (2019). El entorno del proceso de implicación familiar: bases empíricas para el diseño de un programa de intervención. Pedagogía Social. Revista Interuniversitaria, (34), 81-96. https://doi.org/10.7179/PSRI_2019.34.06 Hoover-Dempsey, K. V., & Sandler, H. M. (1995). Parental involvement in children's education: Why does it make a difference? Teachers College Record, 97(2), 310-331. Instituto Nacional de Evaluación Educativa. (2025, 28 de julio). El Sistema estatal de indicadores de la educación 2025: radiografía actual de la educación en España. Blog de INEE. Ministerio de Educación, Formación Profesional y Deportes. Lorence, B., Nieto, M., y Sánchez, J. (2024). Barreras en la cooperación entre familias y escuelas: una revisión sistemática. Profesorado, Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 28(1), 125-148. https://doi.org/10.30827/profesorado.v28i1.28356 Ministerio de Educación y Formación Profesional. (2019). TALIS 2018. Informe español. Profesores y directores de centros educativos: aprendizaje y enseñanza hoy. Instituto Nacional de Evaluación Educativa. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Developing Students’ Skills of Analysis and Interpretation of Chemical Processes through the CER Approach, Problem-Based Learning, and Artificial Intelligence Technologies. NIS school, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The development of students’ abilities to analyse and interpret chemical processes is a central goal of contemporary science education, particularly in the context of competency-based curricula and an increasing emphasis on scientific reasoning. Despite systematic instruction, many lower secondary school students experience persistent difficulties in constructing evidence-based explanations, interpreting experimental data, and transferring chemical knowledge to unfamiliar or problem-oriented contexts. These challenges indicate a need for pedagogical approaches that explicitly support reasoning processes while also addressing learner diversity. In recent years, artificial intelligence (AI) technologies have attracted growing attention as tools capable of enhancing personalisation, feedback, and formative assessment in classroom practice. However, their effective integration requires a clear pedagogical framework and a well-defined role for the teacher. This study explores the pedagogical potential of integrating the Claim–Evidence–Reasoning (CER) framework, problem-based learning (PBL), and AI-supported instructional tools to foster students’ analytical and interpretative skills in chemistry education at the lower secondary level. The CER framework was selected as it provides an explicit structure for scientific argumentation, enabling students to formulate claims, support them with appropriate chemical evidence, and justify the relationship between evidence and claims through scientific reasoning. Problem-based learning was employed to situate learning within meaningful and cognitively challenging contexts, encouraging students to engage in inquiry, hypothesis generation, and explanation of chemical phenomena. AI technologies were incorporated as supportive tools to enhance differentiation, scaffold reasoning processes, and provide timely formative feedback. The theoretical foundation of the study draws on constructivist learning theory and inquiry-based science education, which emphasise active knowledge construction through engagement with problems and evidence. Within this framework, AI was conceptualised not as a substitute for teaching, but as an adaptive pedagogical assistant that supports the teacher’s instructional decisions. This position aligns with contemporary perspectives on educational innovation, including the view articulated by Sal Khan, founder of Khan Academy, who argues that artificial intelligence can function as a personalised tutor for every learner, enabling scalable individual support. At the same time, the study reflects the position of Andreas Schleicher (OECD), who highlights that while AI will not replace teachers, teachers who effectively use AI are likely to transform educational practice. The intervention was implemented during regular chemistry lessons and focused on topics involving the interpretation of chemical reactions, experimental observations, and cause–effect relationships. Learning activities included problem scenarios, incomplete texts, data interpretation tasks, and CER-structured writing assignments. AI tools were used to support lesson planning, generate tiered tasks, and provide adaptive prompts and feedback templates for formative assessment. All instructional decisions, feedback validation, and summative assessments remained under the teacher’s control. The findings indicate that the combined use of CER, PBL, and AI tools contributed to measurable improvements in students’ ability to analyse chemical processes, select relevant evidence, and construct coherent explanations. Additionally, increased student engagement and participation were observed during problem-solving activities. The results suggest that this integrated approach offers a promising pathway for developing higher-order thinking skills in chemistry education while maintaining the central role of the teacher. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was designed as a practice-oriented pedagogical intervention conducted in a lower secondary school chemistry classroom. The methodological framework was informed by principles of design-based research, allowing for the systematic implementation, observation, and refinement of instructional strategies in an authentic educational context. The participants were students enrolled in compulsory chemistry courses, representing a heterogeneous group in terms of prior achievement and learning needs. The intervention was implemented over a sequence of chemistry lessons focused on the analysis and interpretation of chemical processes, including reaction mechanisms, experimental outcomes, and qualitative observations. Instructional activities were designed according to the principles of problem-based learning. Each learning sequence began with a contextualised problem situation requiring students to explain a chemical phenomenon or interpret experimental data. Students worked individually and collaboratively to propose explanations and test their ideas using chemical knowledge. The CER framework was systematically embedded into learning tasks and classroom discourse. Students were explicitly taught how to formulate claims, identify and select appropriate chemical evidence, and articulate reasoning that links evidence to claims using scientific concepts. CER templates and guiding questions were provided, particularly at the initial stages of the intervention, and gradually reduced to promote learner autonomy. Artificial intelligence tools were used to support instructional design and formative assessment. These tools assisted the teacher in generating differentiated tasks, creating adaptive prompts for students at different levels of proficiency, and developing structured feedback aligned with the CER components. AI-generated outputs were critically reviewed and adapted by the teacher to ensure curricular alignment and scientific accuracy. Importantly, AI was not used for automated grading; instead, it functioned as a resource for enhancing feedback quality and instructional efficiency. Data collection methods included classroom observations, analysis of student written work, and formative assessment records based on CER criteria. Students’ responses were analysed to identify changes in the quality of claims, the relevance of evidence used, and the coherence of reasoning. The data were analysed qualitatively, with attention to patterns of improvement in analytical and interpretative skills. Ethical considerations were addressed by ensuring that participation was embedded within regular instructional practice and that student work was analysed anonymously for research purposes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this study demonstrate that the integrated use of the CER framework, problem-based learning, and artificial intelligence technologies can effectively support the development of students’ analytical and interpretative skills in chemistry education. By explicitly structuring scientific reasoning through the CER approach and situating learning within meaningful problem contexts, students were better able to articulate explanations of chemical processes and justify their conclusions using appropriate evidence. The findings further suggest that AI technologies can enhance instructional practice when used as supportive tools rather than as replacements for teacher expertise. In this study, AI contributed to improved differentiation, more efficient lesson preparation, and richer formative feedback, while the teacher retained full responsibility for pedagogical decisions and assessment. This balanced integration supports contemporary views on the role of AI in education, emphasising augmentation rather than substitution. From a pedagogical perspective, the study highlights the importance of aligning technological innovation with well-established learning theories and instructional frameworks. The effectiveness of AI tools was closely linked to their integration within the CER and PBL structures, underscoring the need for purposeful and theory-informed use of technology. The study has implications for chemistry teachers and curriculum developers seeking to promote higher-order thinking and scientific reasoning. It also contributes to the broader discourse on responsible and meaningful integration of artificial intelligence in science education. Future research may extend this work by examining long-term impacts on learning outcomes, exploring student perceptions of AI-supported learning, and investigating scalability across different educational contexts. References 1. Berland, L. K., & Reiser, B. J. (2009). Making sense of argumentation and explanation. Science Education, 93(1), 26–55. 2. Hmelo-Silver, C. E. (2004). Problem-based learning: What and how do students learn? Educational Psychology Review, 16(3), 235–266. 3. Khan, S. (2023). Brave New Words: How AI Will Revolutionize Education (and Why That’s a Good Thing). Viking. 4. OECD. (2019). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030. OECD Publishing. 5. OECD. (2021). Digital Education Outlook: Pushing the Frontiers with AI, Blockchain and Robots. OECD Publishing. 6. Schleicher, A. (2018). World Class: How to Build a 21st-Century School System. OECD Publishing. 7. Toulmin, S. (1958). The Uses of Argument. Cambridge University Press. Zohar, A., & Dori, Y. J. (2003). Higher order thinking skills and low-achieving students. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 12(2), 145–181. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Personalized Learning in Programming Education: Didactic Conditions and Empirical Evidence from Lower Secondary Schools Nazarbayev in Intellectual School in Taraz, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Personalized learning represents a pedagogical approach aimed at adapting instruction to learners’ individual educational needs, learning styles, and prior knowledge. Contemporary educational research emphasizes that personalization requires flexibility in content, learning processes, and assessment, enabling learners to follow individual learning trajectories (Tomlinson & Rose, 2011). The increasing availability of learning analytics and adaptive technologies has made such personalization more feasible by allowing the modelling of optimal learning pathways for diverse learner profiles (Luckin et al., 2016). The theoretical framework of this study is grounded in constructivist learning theory, formative assessment theory, and models of adaptive and differentiated instruction. Shepard (2000) identifies formative assessment as a core mechanism for supporting learning development, as it provides continuous feedback that informs instructional adjustments and supports learner self-regulation. Reigeluth (2013) further argues that instruction should be aligned with learners’ cognitive structures and information-processing strategies, a principle that is especially relevant in cognitively demanding subjects such as programming. Digital learning environments play a critical enabling role, as they can process large volumes of learner data and generate adaptive tasks (Anderson, 2008). Recent studies also demonstrate that machine learning algorithms can anticipate learning difficulties and recommend appropriate instructional materials, thereby increasing the precision of personalized learning (Zhang et al., 2020). Programming education is a particularly suitable context for personalized learning due to its abstract, algorithmic, and problem-solving nature. Papert (1980) emphasizes that learners construct knowledge most effectively when actively engaged in meaningful problem-solving rather than following rigid instructional scripts. Hattie and Yates (2014) similarly show that problem-based and project-based learning approaches significantly deepen learners’ understanding of complex concepts. However, previous research also highlights challenges in implementing personalized learning, including limited resources, insufficient teacher preparation, and resistance to pedagogical change (Spector, 2019; Tomlinson, 2014). This study addresses the following research questions:
The objectives of the study are to systematize key didactic conditions for personalized learning in programming education, design and implement a personalized instructional model, empirically evaluate its effects on student achievement and engagement, and develop evidence-based recommendations for teachers and schools Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a mixed-methods research design consisting of a diagnostic-analytical stage and an experimental stage. During the diagnostic stage, a survey was conducted with 158 students from Grades 7–10, 166 computer science teachers, and representatives of educational authorities in the Zhambyl region. The survey examined learner interest in programming, the availability of personalized tasks, and perceived institutional barriers. The results indicated strong student interest and a demand for differentiated instruction, alongside systemic challenges such as limited methodological resources and insufficient digital infrastructure. These findings informed the design of the personalized instructional model. The experimental stage was conducted over one academic term in two parallel Grade 8 classes. One class served as the experimental group and was taught using the personalized learning model, while the other class served as a control group and followed traditional instruction. The personalized model included initial diagnostics of prior knowledge and learning preferences, differentiated tasks at three levels of difficulty (A–B–C), and active learning strategies such as PRIMM, project-based learning, pair programming, and elements of gamification. Digital educational platforms were used to support adaptive task delivery and feedback. Quantitative data were collected through pre-tests and post-tests, analysis of practical tasks and mini-projects, and summative assessments. Statistical analysis included percentage gain analysis and Student’s t-test. Qualitative data were collected through questionnaires, classroom observations, and semi-structured teacher interviews and analyzed using thematic coding. The integration of quantitative and qualitative methods enabled a comprehensive evaluation of the effectiveness of personalized instruction Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results demonstrate significant benefits of personalized programming instruction. Students in the experimental group improved their post-test scores by an average of 18%, compared to a 6% increase in the control group. The experimental group also showed stronger performance in practical programming tasks, higher-quality mini-projects, and more developed algorithmic thinking and problem-solving skills. Qualitative findings indicate increased learner engagement and motivation. Classroom observations and survey data reveal an approximately 20% increase in student engagement. Students reported sustained interest in programming and a preference for tasks adapted to their individual ability levels and interests. Teachers reported improved lesson quality, increased learner autonomy, and deeper conceptual understanding. At the same time, teachers identified organizational challenges related to limited methodological and technical resources, highlighting the importance of institutional support. Overall, the findings confirm that personalized learning enhances both academic achievement and the quality of students’ learning experiences. «This research has been funded by the Science Committee of the Ministry of Science and Higher Education of the Republic of Kazakhstan (Grant № AP 26193791)». References Anderson, T. (2008). The Theory and Practice of Online Learning. Athabasca University Press. Hattie, J., & Yates, G. (2014). Visible Learning and the Science of How We Learn. Routledge. Luckin, R., Holmes, W., Griffiths, M., & Forcier, L. B. (2016). Intelligence Unleashed: An Argument for AI in Education. Pearson. Papert, S. (1980). Mindstorms: Children, Computers, and Powerful Ideas. Basic Books. Reigeluth, C. M. (2013). Instructional Design Theories and Models. Routledge. Shepard, L. A. (2000). The role of assessment in a learning culture. Educational Researcher, 29(7), 4–14. Spector, J. M. (2019). Foundations of Educational Technology. Routledge. Tomlinson, C. A. (2014). The Differentiated Classroom. ASCD. Tomlinson, C. A., & Rose, S. (2011). Differentiated Instruction in the Regular Classroom. ASCD. Zhang, Y., Chen, G., & Zhang, J. (2020). Adaptive learning systems and personalized instruction. Computers & Education, 149, 103834. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Experience Does Not Ensure Metacognition: Rethinking Teacher Professional Growth 1: University of Coimbra, Portugal; 2: University of Luxembourg Presenting Author:This study aims to characterize teachers’ levels of metacognitive awareness and examine how these levels vary according to socio-professional variables, with a particular focus on professional experience. Understanding teachers’ metacognitive competencies is essential, as teaching is a cognitively demanding profession that requires constant decision-making, monitoring of instructional strategies, and reflective practice. Since Flavell’s seminal work, which introduced the concept of metacognition as the capacity to think about one’s own thinking, the construct has become central in educational psychology and continues to be a key element in the study of both learning and teaching processes. Metacognition is commonly conceptualized as comprising two major dimensions: metacognitive knowledge and metacognitive regulation. According to Schraw and Dennison (1994), metacognitive knowledge refers to the awareness individuals hold about themselves as learners, the tasks they engage in, and the strategies available to them. This knowledge includes declarative knowledge (knowing what), procedural knowledge (knowing how), and conditional knowledge (knowing when and why). Metacognitive regulation, on the other hand, encompasses the processes through which individuals plan, monitor, and evaluate their cognitive activities. These regulatory skills allow learners—and, crucially, teachers—to flexibly adapt strategies to meet the demands of various tasks and contexts. While metacognition has been extensively studied in relation to students’ academic performance, comparatively fewer studies have examined its role in professional learning, particularly within the teaching profession (Karlen et al., 2023; Karlen et al., 2024). Yet, the emerging evidence consistently highlights metacognition as a core component of effective teaching. Teachers with higher levels of metacognitive awareness tend to engage more systematically in reflective practice, adjust instructional strategies to support diverse learners, and explicitly model metacognitive processes to their students (Gutierrez de Blume et al., 2024; Mbato & Triprihatmin, 2022). These competencies not only enhance teacher effectiveness but also contribute to creating classroom environments that foster self-regulated learning. A growing body of research has also explored the relationship between teaching experience and metacognitive functioning. Prior studies suggest that professional experience may contribute to metacognitive differentiation among teachers, with experienced teachers often demonstrating greater proficiency in applying problem-solving strategies and supporting student autonomy. For example, research by Cihanoglu (2012) and Metallidou (2009) indicates that in-service teachers more frequently employ sophisticated strategies such as analogy, systematic task breakdown, and flexible adaptation to context. Pre-service teachers, in contrast, tend to use these strategies less spontaneously and with less confidence, likely due to their limited exposure to real instructional challenges. However, experience alone does not guarantee mastery of metacognitive strategies. Recent findings show that even experienced teachers may lack awareness of empirically supported learning strategies, such as spacing and interleaving, which have been consistently demonstrated to improve long-term retention (Halamish, 2018). This gap suggests that some metacognitive skills may not naturally develop through classroom experience and may require targeted professional development. The persistence of misconceptions or limited strategic repertoires highlights the need for ongoing training that integrates evidence-based learning principles into teaching practice. Given this context, investigating teachers’ levels of metacognitive awareness and understanding how these levels relate to socio-professional variables is of particular relevance. Such knowledge can inform the design of professional development programs that better align with teachers’ needs, promote reflective and evidence-based pedagogical practices, and ultimately contribute to improved teaching quality. By examining how metacognition varies across professional experience and other characteristics, this study seeks to deepen the understanding of how teachers develop as reflective practitioners and how educational systems can better support them. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a quantitative, cross-sectional design to examine levels of metacognitive awareness among teachers and to analyze how these levels vary according to professional experience. The methodological approach was structured to allow the comparison between pre-service and in-service teachers while ensuring the reliability and validity of the measurements used. A total of approximately 180 teachers participated in the study. The sample included two main groups: pre-service teachers enrolled in the first year of their initial teacher education program and completing their supervised professional internship, and in-service teachers with diverse lengths of teaching experience. The inclusion of both novice and experienced teachers allowed for an analysis of developmental patterns in metacognitive awareness across different stages of the teaching career. Participation was voluntary, and all individuals provided informed consent prior to completing the instruments. Ethical guidelines for educational research were followed, ensuring anonymity and confidentiality of responses. Metacognitive awareness was assessed using the Metacognitive Awareness Inventory for Teachers (MAIT) (Balcikanli, 2011), an adapted version of the Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (MAI) developed by Schraw and Dennison (1994). The adaptation involved rephrasing items to reflect the specific context of teaching. The instrument consists of items distributed across two main dimensions: metacognitive knowledge, including declarative, procedural, and conditional understanding of pedagogical strategies, and metacognitive regulation, which assesses planning, monitoring, and evaluation of instructional actions. Previous studies have confirmed the validity, reliability, and internal consistency of the MAIT when applied to teaching populations (α de Cronbach entre .79 e .85) (Balcikanli, 2011). Data were collected using an online survey platform to facilitate access for participants across different institutions and school levels. Pre-service teachers completed the inventory during their training sessions, while in-service teachers were invited through institutional mailing lists and professional networks. Additionally, demographic information was gathered, including age, gender, field of teaching, and, for in-service teachers, years of professional experience. This information was crucial for analyzing potential interactions between metacognitive awareness and socio-professional characteristics. The data analysis involved reliability analyses to evaluate the internal consistency of the MAIT in the present sample. The results revealed high internal consistency, confirming the instrument’s suitability for assessing teachers’ metacognitive awareness in this context. Descriptive and inferential analyses were also carried out to examine whether differences between pre-service and in-service teachers were statistically significant. Additional analyses explored the influence of variables such as years of experience on specific sub-dimensions of metacognition. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that teachers generally presented moderate levels of metacognitive awareness. No significant differences were found between pre-service and in-service teachers, a finding that diverges from previous research reporting higher metacognitive competence among experienced teachers (e.g., Cihanoglu, 2012; Metallidou, 2009). As also highlighted by Halamish (2018), teaching experience does not necessarily translate into increased awareness or use of empirically validated learning strategies. This alignment with the current study suggests that professional experience alone may not be sufficient for the development or consolidation of complex metacognitive strategies within teaching practice. Furthermore, certain psychological constructs, such as self-efficacy beliefs, may influence teachers’ metacognitive judgments and strategic behavior. Research indicates that self-efficacy can bias individuals' perceptions of their cognitive processes, potentially inflating confidence without corresponding increases in metacognitive precision or strategy use (Bandura, 1977; Luna-Cortes, 2024). Such effects could partially explain why experienced teachers do not consistently demonstrate higher metacognitive awareness, despite accumulated practice. Overall, these findings reinforce the importance of implementing targeted interventions and professional development opportunities aimed at enhancing teachers’ metacognitive awareness. They also highlight the need for further research to better understand the complex relationship between metacognition, professional experience, and psychological factors that may shape reflective practice. Continued investigation is essential to inform evidence-based approaches that support teachers in effectively monitoring, regulating, and optimizing their pedagogical strategies. References Balcikanli, C. (2011). Metacognitive awareness inventory for teachers (MAIT). Electronic Journal of Research in Educational Psychology, 9(25), 1309–1332. Bandura, A (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review. 84 (2): 191–215 Brown, A. L. (1987). Metacognition, Executive Control, Self-Regulation, and Other More Mysterious Mechanisms. In F. E. Weinert, & R. Kluwe (Eds.), Metacognition, Motivation, and Understanding (pp. 65-116). Hillsdale: L. Erlbaum Associates. Cihanoglu, M. O. (2012). Metacognitive awareness of teacher candidates. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 46, 4529-4533. Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive–developmental inquiry. American Psychologist, 34(10), 906–911. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.34.10.906 Gutierrez de Blume, A.P., Montoya Londoño, D.M., Jiménez Rodríguez, V. et al. Psychometric properties of the Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (MAI): standardization to an international Spanish with 12 countries. (2024). Metacognition Learning . https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-024-09388-9 Halamish, V. (2018). Pre-service and in-service teachers’ metacognitive knowledge of learning strategies. Frontiers in Psychology, 9, 2152. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2018.02152 Karlen,Y.; Hirt, C. N.; Jud, J.; Rosenthal, A.; Eberli, T. D. (2023). Teachers as learners and agents of self-regulated learning: The importance of different teachers competence aspects for promoting metacognition. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104055 Karlen, Y., Bäuerlein, K. & Brunner, S. (2024. Teachers’ assessment of self-regulated learning: Linking professional competences, assessment practices, and judgment accuracy. Social Psychology of Education, 27, 461–491. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09845-4 Luna-Cortes, G. (2024). Managing students’ illusion of control in higher education: effect on unrealistic optimism and expectancy disconfirmation. Higher Education https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-024-01212-2 Mbato, C. L., & Triprihatmini, V. (2022). Empowering pre-service English teachers' metacognitive awareness in teaching through reflections. European Journal of Educational Research, 11(4), 2497-2512. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.11.4.2497 Metallidou, P. (2009). Pre-service and in-service teachers’ metacognitive knowledge about problem-solving strategies. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(1), 76-82. Schraw, G., & Dennison, R. S. (1994). Assessing metacognitive awareness. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 19(4), 460–475. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1994.1033 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Teachers’ Beliefs about Creativity: A Review of their Content, Influences, and Impact on Classroom Practice Eotvos Lorand University, Hungary Presenting Author:BACKGROUND Creativity has emerged as a critical educational priority on the global stage. In recent years, international organizations and assessments such as OECD and PISA have increasingly emphasized the cultivation of creativity in education (OECD, 2023). Conceptually, creativity is widely defined as the generation of original and appropriate ideas or products within a specific context (Runco & Jaeger, 2012). Its development is understood as a dynamic process arising from the interplay between individual factors, including personal characteristics, skills, and motivation, and environmental conditions, such as teaching methods and classroom culture (Amabile, 1996). Challenges in implementing creativity Despite its acknowledged significance, the integration of creativity into everyday classroom practice remains challenging. Teachers often report difficulties in identifying students’ creative potential and in designing, implementing, and assessing pedagogical strategies that effectively nurture creative thinking (Bereczki & Kárpáti, 2018). The role of teachers’ beliefs A growing body of research underscores the role of teachers’ beliefs about creativity in mediating instructional decisions and classroom practice. These beliefs tend to be multifaceted, showing implicit and explicit understandings and perceptions in teaching, learning, and students in relation to creativity (Cropley et al., 2019). When teachers hold robust beliefs about students’ creative capabilities, they are more likely to select and adapt instructional methods aimed at fostering creativity and to sustain long-term commitment to its development. More importantly, such beliefs are not universal but are able to be shaped by teachers’ prior experiences, disciplinary training, institutional settings, and sociocultural backgrounds, which may lead to conceptions that diverge from empirical definitions and research-based evidence (Kaufman & Beghetto, 2013). PURPOSE AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS Purpose This study reviews the recent literature on teachers’ beliefs about creativity, with a focus on how teachers conceptualize creativity and how they recognize, interpret, and respond to manifestations of creativity in students. This review aims to advance theoretical understanding, identify research gaps, and provide a comprehensive synthesis that informs teacher education, school-based professional development, and systemic education reform. Research questions RQ1: How do teachers define creativity, and to what extent do these definitions align with research-based conceptions? RQ2: What beliefs do teachers hold about the characteristics of creative students? RQ3: How do teachers’ beliefs influence their creativity-fostering classroom practices? RQ4: Under what conditions can teachers’ beliefs about creativity change? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used METHOD Review Design This study employed an umbrella review methodology (Aromataris et al., 2015), synthesizing findings from existing systematic and empirical reviews alongside an updated literature search. The aim was to provide a comprehensive overview of research on in-service K–12 teachers’ beliefs about creativity. Search Strategy We began with three foundational systematic reviews (Andiliou & Murphy, 2010; Bereczki & Kárpáti, 2018; Mullet et al., 2016) and extended this work through a targeted search of empirical studies published between January 2016 and December 2023. Databases searched: ProQuest ERIC and PsycINFO Keywords included terms from three conceptual categories: beliefs, creativity and teacher terms. We also performed hand-searches of creativity-focused journals, forward citation tracking, and reference list checks of included studies. Eligibility Criteria Studies were included if they met the following criteria: • Focused on in-service K–12 teachers’ beliefs about creativity and/or creative student characteristics • Reported empirical findings (qualitative, quantitative, or mixed methods) • Published in peer-reviewed journals or as reports between 1991 and 2023 • Written in English Screening and Selection Titles and abstracts were screened by two independent reviewers using predefined inclusion and exclusion criteria. Disagreements were resolved through discussion. Full texts were then reviewed for final inclusion. Data Extraction and Analysis A total of 80 empirical studies published between 1991 and 2023 met the inclusion criteria. Data were coded using a deductive thematic framework derived from Bereczki & Kárpáti (2018) and extended with inductive coding to capture new themes. The analysis focused on the following thematic categories, organized according to the study’s research questions: • Beliefs about the definition, domain-specificity, teachability, and assessability of creativity • Beliefs about creative student characteristics • Cultural and contextual influences on beliefs • The impact of beliefs on classroom practice • The potential for belief change Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While teachers widely value creativity as a key educational goal, their definitions often overemphasize originality and tangible products (e.g., student work, projects; de Bruin & Harris, 2017) and tend to be intuitive rather than research-based. Beliefs vary regarding the role of subject knowledge, with some viewing creativity as content-dependent (e.g., Cropley et al., 2019; Patston et al., 2018) and others as a generic or art-relevant skill (e.g., Davies et al., 2018; Patston et al., 2018). Teachers generally believe that creativity can be developed but feel uncertain about how to teach or assess it, leading to its frequent marginalization in practice. Several biases, such as social desirability, achievement, gender, race, and age, influence teachers’ perceptions of creative students. These biases affect which students are identified as creative (Beghetto et al., 2011; Gralewski, 2019; Hartley et al., 2016; Kettler et al., 2018). Although positive beliefs, a significant ‘creative gap’ exists, as instructional practices fail to integrate creativity into core and daily teaching due to barriers, for instance, standardized testing, lack of time, and insufficient training. However, teachers’ beliefs are malleable and can evolve through professional development and exposure to research. Key recommendations include establishing clear, discipline-sensitive definitions of creativity, integrating it into assessment frameworks, and strengthening teacher knowledge through professional training that encourages reflection on personal biases. Future research should employ more rigorous methods, conduct cross-cultural comparisons, and investigate how beliefs translate into practice over time. References Amabile, T. M. (1996). Creativity in context: Update to the social psychology of creativity. Westview Press. Andiliou, A., & Murphy, P. K. (2010). Examining variations among teachers' perceptions of creativity. Journal of Creative Behavior, 44(1), 1–22. Aromataris, E., Fernandez, R., Godfrey, C. M., Holly, C., Khalil, H., & Tungpunkom, P. (2015). Summarizing systematic reviews: Methodological development, conduct and reporting of an umbrella review approach. International Journal of Evidence-Based Healthcare, 13(3), 132–140. Beghetto, R. A., Kaufman, J. C., & Baxter, J. (2011). Answering the unexpected questions: Exploring the relationship between students' creative self-efficacy and teacher ratings of creativity. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 5(4), 342–349. Bereczki, E. O., & Kárpáti, A. (2018). Teachers’ beliefs about creativity and its nurture: a systematic review of recent research literature. Educational Research Review, 28, 25–56. Cachia, R., & Ferrari, A. (2010). Creativity in schools: A survey of teachers in Europe. European Commission, JRC Institute for Prospective Technological Studies. http://ftp.jrc.es/EURdoc/JRC59232.pdf Cropley, D. H., Patston, T. J., Marrone, R. L., & Kaufman, J. C. (2019). Essential, unexceptional and universal: Teacher implicit beliefs of creativity. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 34, 100604. Davies, L. M., Newton, L. D., & Newton, D. P. (2018). Creativity as a twenty-first-century competence: An exploratory study of provision and reality. Education 3–13, 46(7), 879–891. de Bruin, L. R., & Harris, A. (2017). Fostering creative ecologies in Australasian secondary schools. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 42(9). Gralewski, J. (2019). Teachers’ beliefs about creative students’ characteristics: A qualitative study. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 31, 138–155. Kaufman, J. C., & Beghetto, R. A. (2013). Do people recognize the four Cs? Examining layperson conceptions of creativity. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 7(3), 229–236. Mullet, D. R., Willerson, A., Lamb, K. N., & Kettler, T. (2016). Examining teacher perceptions of creativity: A systematic review of the literature. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 21, 9–30. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 assessment and analytical framework. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/dfe0bf9c-en Patston, T. J., Cropley, D. H., Marrone, R. L., & Kaufman, J. C. (2018). Teacher implicit beliefs of creativity: Is there an arts bias? Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 366-374. Runco, M. A., & Jaeger, G. J. (2012). The standard definition of creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 24(1), 92–96. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Developing Eighth-Grade Students’ Linear Function Skills Through the IDEAL Problem-Solving Method Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:A methodology for developing skills in linear functions based on the IDEAL method The practical orientation of educational content and strengthening of inter-disciplinary connections are one of the main tasks of the modern school. In mathematics, linear functions are a simple and effective tool for modeling everyday, economic and natural processes. However, for many students, mastering linear equations and graphs is limited only as a formulaic skill, and the ability to apply the obtained models in real situations remains insufficient. In order to eliminate this gap, it is necessary to systematically introduce problem-oriented teaching and research-oriented methods into the classroom. The IDEAL method (Identify — Define — Explore — Act — Look back) structures the learning process in stages and develops logical thinking from problem identification to conclusion. This method encourages students to actively research, formulate hypotheses and evaluate the results obtained. Using the IDEAL method in the context of linear functions allows students to systematically develop the skills of building a model, understanding the meaning of parameters, finding solutions using graphs and checking the conclusions obtained. Research problem: Do 8th grade students have sufficient skills in formulating and proving practical problems using linear functions, and how can the IDEAL method improve these skills? This issue directly affects the results of teaching and learning in school mathematics, since it is important to consider that linear models are widely used in everything from economic problems to speed, cost, and revenue problems in physics. The purpose of the study is to improve the skills of 8th grade students in solving applied problems using linear functions and justifying the obtained solutions by using the IDEAL method in the classroom. The tasks include: 1) diagnosing the initial level of students; 2) developing lesson plans using problem and interdisciplinary contexts (economics, physics, everyday life); 3) developing tasks and assessment tools used at each stage of the IDEAL method; 4) testing the effectiveness of the implementation and analyzing the results. The significance of this study is that it contributes to the development of students' analytical thinking, modeling, and reflection skills. In addition, the use of linear functions in a practical context shows students the relevance of mathematics in everyday life and increases interest in the subject. Formative and summative assessment elements (e.g., research journals, self- and peer-assessment descriptors) are used to assess student learning, which allows for more accurate monitoring of the learning process and the introduction of result-oriented adjustments. The following sections describe the specific structure of the lessons according to the stages of the IDEAL method, and present tasks, resources, and assessment criteria for each stage. In addition, pilot results and practical recommendations are presented, and problems and solutions for the wider use of the IDEAL method are discussed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The "IDEAL" method was used to develop students’ skills in solving complex and real-world problems collaboratively. The “Thinkers” group analyzed the flight distance of a golf ball using a quadratic function graph and concluded its relationship with free-fall acceleration. The “Theorists” group aimed to determine when a rabbit population would reach its maximum using a parabolic model. However, due to insufficient attention to data collection and analysis, they initially miscalculated the time of population decline. Guided questions helped students identify their mistakes and revise their predictions, ultimately leading to correct conclusions. For assessment, the self-designed “Research Journal” was employed, allowing students to critically reflect on their learning and create their own descriptors. This method effectively evaluated group work against established criteria. In the consolidation phase, students modeled trucks passing through parabolic tunnels, representing the shapes using quadratic functions and correctly solving the problem. The “Achievement Measure” tool was used to precisely assess student progress, and the “Plus-Minus-Interesting” method supported planning for the next lesson by identifying strengths and areas for improvement in teaching and learning. During the lesson introduction, the “Quick Questions” method engaged students, reviewed prior knowledge, and highlighted key terms such as “quadratic function” and “parabola.” When two students struggled with vertex coordinates, recalling formulas helped them arrive at the correct answers. Constructive feedback was given for determining the axis of symmetry, and applied problem-solving reinforced the use of quadratic functions. Socrative.com helped gauge students’ prior knowledge. The “Thinkers” applied quadratic functions to calculate the golf ball’s flight distance in relation to free-fall acceleration. They computed different scenarios, concluding that lower acceleration results in longer flight distance. Independent research online allowed them to relate findings to athletes’ performances in different countries. This process fostered critical thinking and collaborative problem-solving. Meanwhile, the “Theorists” explored rabbit population growth and extinction risks using the IDEAL framework. They plotted the parabolic graph, identified the vertex for maximum population at 16 months, and determined the extinction point by finding the zeros of the function—predicting it would occur at 40 months. Group discussions integrated biological and geographical factors, encouraging multiple perspectives and reasoned conclusions. Overall, lesson planning emphasized effective use of instructional resources, assessment strategies, and consideration of students’ cognitive styles. The approach successfully promoted analytical thinking, research skills, and collaborative learning, demonstrating the value of structured, inquiry-based methods in mathematics education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students’ collaborative group work supported joint decision-making, as reflected in their well-structured descriptors. During the study’s planning phase, we decided that students would actively create descriptors within their groups. Both groups successfully analyzed quadratic function graphs and drew conclusions. Group 1 calculated distances and noted their dependence on 𝑔 g, while Group 2 determined that population decline corresponded to the intersection of the quadratic function with the x-axis. The IDEAL method helped students develop skills in drawing conclusions from applied problems. A significant outcome was the growth of students’ self-regulation and awareness of strategies to improve learning. A Level B student’s precise self-assessment demonstrated this development. Guiding questions such as, “Why did you rate yourself as ‘good’?” helped students reflect critically. Careful planning and implementation of teaching and assessment strategies ensured the lesson achieved its intended outcomes. However, some students still need support in systematically analyzing information based on function properties. This highlighted the importance of modeling, leading to a new focus: “Developing students’ skills in retrieving and organizing information through modeling based on given characteristics.” Based on the study results, the following professional development actions are planned for teachers in intellectual schools: Conduct a webinar on effective IDEAL method implementation via Teams; Organize a seminar-training focused on differentiated instruction using resources; Publish a methodological guide on “Developing Students’ Reasoning Skills”; Disseminate study results through media outlets. This study demonstrates that structured collaborative learning, the IDEAL method, and modeling effectively foster critical thinking, reasoning, and self-regulated learning. Students’ active participation in planning, analysis, and reflection contributed to the lesson’s success and highlighted areas for further development. References Setyadi, Mardiyana, and Triyanto (2019) report that the IDEAL model is an effective tool for studying, categorizing, and analyzing students’ problem-solving skills, and can be used as a key instrument for improving learning. Similarly, Smelova (2023) notes that through the IDEAL method, students can independently formulate problems, identify solution strategies, and create their own plans for solving them. Problem-solving using IDEAL indicators involves identifying and describing a problem and constructing effective plans to resolve it. This process engages other executive functions, including attention control, planning, and task initiation. Through the IDEAL model, students can manage their time, regulate emotions, and apply organizational skills to solve problems. Over time, students develop self-monitoring abilities, can use working memory effectively, and exercise self-control to influence future problem-solving processes. The strategies provided by IDEAL indicators are especially important because not all students can solve the same problem correctly. Students with a history of behavioral or learning difficulties often struggle to select effective strategies in stressful situations. Without a step-by-step model for problem-solving, including problem identification and solution planning, many students rely on ineffective behaviors when facing challenging tasks. The IDEAL model serves as a practical framework to teach students with diverse behavioral profiles how to achieve positive outcomes in difficult situations. It provides a structured approach that guides learners through the steps of recognizing the problem, planning strategies, executing actions, and evaluating results. According to Bransford and Stein (1993), IDEAL is a widely recognized method for promoting effective problem-solving and equipping students to make constructive decisions, even under stress or uncertainty. Overall, the IDEAL framework supports the development of cognitive, emotional, and organizational skills while fostering independent thinking and resilience in problem-solving, making it a valuable tool for educators seeking to enhance students’ learning and decision-making abilities. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Developing Students' Analytical Skills Through the Application of Project-Based Learning in the Adaptive Teaching of Physics 1: “Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Semey”,, Kazakhstan; 2: “Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Astana”,, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In the current era of globalisation, the education system is required not only to equip pupils with subject knowledge but also to develop higher-order thinking skills, specifically the skills of analysis, synthesis and evaluation. These requirements are of particular importance in physics, as the subject involves working with complex abstract concepts, theoretical models and phenomena that cannot be directly observed. In such circumstances, pupils' deep understanding of physical laws is often achieved through the conduct of thought experiments. A thought experiment is a cognitive activity aimed at mentally modelling physical processes, predicting the relationships between variables, and drawing scientifically-founded conclusions, without conducting actual experiments. However, in school practice, pupils' skills in conducting mental experiments are not sufficiently developed. This, in turn, adversely affects their ability to analyse physical phenomena, identify cause-and-effect relationships and solve complex problems. In our research, we considered one of the most effective ways to address this issue: combining differentiated instruction and Project-Based Learning (PBL). Differentiated instruction enables the adaptation of learning content, tasks and teaching methods to take into account students' levels of knowledge, learning pace, interests and cognitive characteristics. The Project-Based Learning method, on the other hand, engages students in inquiry-based activities through long-term projects focused on solving a real-world problem, fostering their active learning. This study aims to develop the analytical skills of Grade 12 students in conducting thought experiments by applying the Project-Based Learning within an adaptive physics teaching framework. The relevance of the study is defined by the need for Grade 12 students to apply theoretical knowledge in a practical and logical manner, as well as by the insufficient systematic use of thought experiments. The main aim of the study is to determine and evaluate the impact of the Project-Based Learning method, incorporating adaptive learning elements, on the analytical skills of Grade 12 students when conducting mental experiments. To achieve this aim, the following research questions were posed:
The theoretical foundation of the research is based on several scientific concepts. Firstly, Bloom's taxonomy highlights the importance of developing students' higher-order thinking skills, including their abilities to analyse and evaluate. Secondly, the concept of Project-Based Learning is regarded as an effective method that enables students to acquire deep knowledge by investigating complex problems. Moreover, the use of thought experiments is analysed in connection with the ideas of scientific modelling and theoretical cognition in physics. Thus, the study proposes a scientifically grounded approach to teaching physics that combines adaptive instruction with Project-Based Learning to develop students' analytical skills when conducting mental experiments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was organized using a mixed-methods approach. Fifty-six students participated in the study. Participants were divided into experimental and control groups. In the experimental group, Project-Based Learning (PBL) was used alongside adaptive teaching elements in physics lessons, and project tasks based on mental experiments were carried out. In the control group, traditional teaching methods predominated. Real physical problems were presented, which students solved by designing mental experiments, formulating hypotheses, and scientifically analyzing the results. The project tasks were adapted to the students' learning levels. Data Collection Methods: • diagnostic tasks designed to identify analytical skills during the conduct of a thought experiment; • analytical rubrics developed for evaluating project work; • students' written reflections; • systematic observation conducted during lessons. Quantitative data were processed using comparative statistical analysis, while qualitative data were analyzed using the method of content analysis. The study consisted of three main stages. In the first stage, a diagnostic survey was conducted to identify students' conceptual difficulties in physics, the main obstacles they face when solving problems, and their specific characteristics in information perception. In the second phase, physics lessons were organized based on PBL. Students worked in small groups on projects based on real-world physical problems. Each project was adapted to the VAK approach: visual materials, oral discussion, and hands-on activities. In the third phase, a final survey and reflection were conducted. Students' written work and project outputs were qualitatively analyzed and compared with the initial data. This phase made it possible to assess the effectiveness of the research results. The analysis of learning outcomes revealed that the effectiveness of using the VAK methodology varied depending on the cognitive characteristics of the learners. The key indicators identified during the study were: • Auditory learners (27% of the sample) improved their academic performance by an average of 14%. The progress was primarily associated with the development of analytical skills based on verbal explanation. • High progress (22%) was observed among kinesthetic learners (34% of the sample). This result can be attributed to incorporating project-oriented tasks into the learning process. • A visual learning style (39% of the sample) showed a steady increase of 18%. Positive results were observed in tasks involving graphical interpretation and conceptual modeling. In the experimental group, the overall progress rate was 18.5%. These data fully demonstrate the effectiveness of adapting and applying the PBL method under instructional conditions that take into account the characteristics of VAK modal perception. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a result of the research, students' skills in analysing and interpreting physical phenomena have significantly improved. Students learned to consciously understand the physical meaning of formulae and to justify them. In addition, their abilities to interpret graphs and solve contextual problems were developed. By integrating adaptive teaching with Project-Based Learning, and incorporating it according to VAK modal perception characteristics, students' learning motivation is increased and their interest in the subject of physics is enhanced. The research findings made it possible to propose an effective methodological model for adaptive teaching of physics. Research has shown that the Project-Based Learning (PBL) method stimulates students' internal reflection in an adaptive learning environment. As a student investigates a physical phenomenon, they build a virtual model of it, practising conducting a “thought experiment”. This process allows for the visualisation of abstract physical laws and the prediction of the dynamics of complex systems. The skill of mental modelling enhances a student's cognitive flexibility, enabling a deeper understanding of theoretical knowledge in a practical context. Adaptive learning technologies' algorithmic capabilities adjust task complexity according to each student's level of understanding. In this instance, the PBL method took the student's Variable Control skill to a new level: • Students precisely determined, both mathematically and logically, how a change in the independent variable affects the system's equilibrium. • They developed the ability to determine the functional dependence of physical quantities on one another (e.g., F = ma or the relationship between thermodynamic parameters) through functional analysis, rather than simply memorising correlations. References Bell, S. (2010). Project-Based Learning for the 21st Century. The Clearing House. Fleming, N. (2001). Teaching and Learning Styles: VAK Strategies. Hmelo-Silver, C. (2004). Problem-Based Learning: What and How Do Students Learn? Prince, M. (2004). Does Active Learning Work? Journal of Engineering Education. Kolb, D. (1984). Experiential Learning. Prentice Hall. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 100 SES 05.5: Editorial Board Book Series Location: Kahveri | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Jani Ursin Governance Meeting |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 11 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Enhancing Students’ Writing Skills through the Process Writing Approach NIS Taraz, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Developing strong writing skills remains one of the most challenging aspects of learning English as a Foreign Language (EFL). Many students struggle to generate ideas, organize their thoughts coherently, and revise their texts meaningfully. In many classrooms, writing instruction is still predominantly product-oriented, where the focus is placed on the final text rather than on the stages that lead to its creation. As a result, students often perceive writing as a one-time task rather than a process of thinking, drafting, and refining ideas. This action research explores the effectiveness of the Process Writing Approach as a means of enhancing students’ writing skills in an EFL classroom. The rationale for the study stems from the need to adopt more learner-centered and reflective teaching practices that support students throughout the writing process. The Process Writing Approach emphasizes key stages such as planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing, allowing students to develop their writing gradually and with continuous feedback. The central research question guiding this study is: What impact does the Process Writing Approach have on students’ writing skills development? The research specifically examines improvements in content development, organization, grammatical accuracy, vocabulary use, and students’ confidence in writing. The theoretical foundation of the study is grounded in constructivist learning theory and sociocultural perspectives on learning. From a constructivist viewpoint, writing is seen as an active process in which learners construct meaning through reflection and revision. Sociocultural theory highlights the importance of interaction, feedback, and collaboration in learning, which are key components of the Process Writing Approach through peer review and teacher guidance. This study assumes that writing development is not linear and that students benefit from opportunities to revisit and reshape their texts. Unlike traditional approaches that prioritize correction at the final stage, the Process Writing Approach encourages formative feedback and self-regulation. By engaging students in multiple drafts and reflective practices, the approach aims to foster greater ownership of learning and a more positive attitude toward writing. The significance of this research lies in its potential to inform classroom practice by demonstrating how structured process-oriented writing instruction can improve both the quality of students’ written work and their engagement with writing tasks. The findings are expected to be particularly relevant for EFL teachers seeking effective alternatives to traditional writing instruction in secondary school contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a mixed-methods action research design to explore the impact of the Process Writing Approach on students’ writing skills. The research was conducted over one academic term in an EFL classroom and involved a group of secondary school students. Quantitative data were collected through pre- and post-writing assessments. Students completed writing tasks before and after the implementation of the Process Writing Approach. The written texts were evaluated using analytic rubrics focusing on content, organization, vocabulary, grammar, and mechanics. These assessments made it possible to measure changes in students’ writing performance over time. Qualitative data were gathered through classroom observations, students’ reflective journals, peer-feedback activities, and semi-structured interviews. Classroom observations focused on students’ engagement during the different stages of the writing process, particularly during planning, revising, and peer-review sessions. Reflective journals provided insights into students’ perceptions of their writing development, challenges they encountered, and their attitudes toward revising drafts. Peer-feedback sheets and teacher feedback records were also analyzed to understand how interaction and guidance supported students’ writing improvement. Semi-structured interviews were conducted at the end of the study to capture students’ overall experiences with the Process Writing Approach and their views on how it influenced their confidence and skills in writing. Quantitative data were analyzed using descriptive statistics to identify patterns of improvement across assessment criteria. Qualitative data were examined through thematic analysis, allowing recurring themes related to student engagement, motivation, and writing awareness to be identified. The combination of quantitative and qualitative methods enabled a comprehensive understanding of both measurable writing outcomes and students’ lived experiences throughout the writing process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the study indicate that the Process Writing Approach has a positive impact on students’ writing skills development. Quantitative results show noticeable improvement in students’ ability to organize ideas, develop content, and use language more accurately. Students’ post-writing assessments demonstrated clearer structure, richer vocabulary, and fewer grammatical errors compared to their initial writing tasks. Qualitative findings reveal that students developed a more positive attitude toward writing. Many participants reported feeling less anxious about writing and more confident in revising their work. The opportunity to receive peer and teacher feedback during multiple stages of writing helped students view revision as a meaningful learning activity rather than as simple error correction. Classroom observations confirmed higher levels of student engagement, particularly during collaborative activities such as brainstorming and peer review. Students became more aware of writing as a process and showed increased responsibility for improving their drafts. Overall, the study concludes that the Process Writing Approach is an effective and practical method for improving students’ writing skills in EFL classrooms. Beyond linguistic improvement, the approach supports critical thinking, learner autonomy, and reflective learning. The findings suggest that incorporating process-oriented writing instruction can significantly enhance both writing quality and students’ motivation to write. References Anderson, N. (2003). Reading. In D. Nunan (Ed.), Practical English Language Teaching (pp. 67–86). McGraw-Hill. Arends, R. I. (2012). Learning to teach (9th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education. Flower, L., & Hayes, J. R. (1981). A cognitive process theory of writing. College Composition and Communication, 32(4), 365–387. Harmer, J. (2015). How to teach writing. Pearson Education. Hyland, K. (2003). Second language writing. Cambridge University Press. Murray, D. M. (1980). Writing as process: How writing finds its own meaning. In T. R. Donovan & B. W. McClelland (Eds.), Eight approaches to teaching composition (pp. 3–20). NCTE. Tribble, C. (1996). Writing. Oxford University Press. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Bridging Learning and Practice: Physicians’ Motivations, Barriers, and Reflective Competence in Upper GI Endoscopy 1: Precancerous Lesions and Early Cancer Management Group | Portuguese Institute of Oncology of Porto - Research Center (CI-IPOP); 2: Porto Comprehensive Cancer Center (Porto.CCC) & Rise@CI-IPOP (Health Research Network); 3: Medicine Dept., Portuguese Oncology Institute of Porto; 4: Dept. of Community Medicine, Information and Health Decision Sciences (MEDCIDS), Faculty of Medicine, University of Porto, Portugal; 5: Centre for Research and Intervention in Education (CIIE), University of Porto, Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:In 2022, gastric cancer (GC) was the fifth leading cause of cancer-related mortality worldwide, accounting for more than 660,000 deaths. In the same year, Europe recorded 135,610 new cases and 95,431 deaths attributable to GC; however, several European countries, including Portugal and Lithuania, exhibit higher incidence and mortality rates (International Agency for Research on Cancer. 2022). Although age-standardized incidence and mortality rates of GC have declined globally, population ageing is expected to substantially increase the absolute number of cases and deaths in the coming decades. (Leja et al., 2024). Gastric cancer in the European Union has a 5-year survival of ~25% and a mortality-to-incidence ratio of 0.63.(Leja et al., 2024). Survival outcomes range from 75% for localized disease to 7% for metastatic disease (National Cancer Institute, 2023). These data highlight the importance of both primary prevention (e.g., reduced tobacco use) and secondary prevention through screening and early detection. Early detection can reduce physical and psychological suffering, enable less invasive and more effective treatments, and improve health-related quality of life. (Chung et al., 2024). The Council of the European Union recommended the development of gastric cancer screening programmes in regions with higher incidence and mortality; however, such programmes have not yet been implemented (Leja, et al.2024). In this context, enhancing endoscopists’ upper gastrointestinal endoscopy competencies is crucial to increase GC detection rates, particularly for precancerous and early cancer lesions, according to current guidelines (Bisschops et al., 2016; Luo et al., 2023; Zhang et al., 2015). Nevertheless, studies on upper GI endoscopy curriculum development and assessment remain scarce, particularly for experienced gastroscopists in Europe. Most studies adopt a competency-based approach emphasizing conscious and unconscious competence, respectively, the stage where clinicians can perform a skill consciously and are able to explain each step, and the stage where the skill is executed automatically and fluently (Dubé & Rostom, 2016). These approaches may overlook the role of contextualized reflective competence, a metacompetence involving the ability to recognize and critically reflect on one’s own competence or incompetence, and to actively seek strategies to enhance performance using the surrounding learning or clinical context (Lane & Roberts, 2022). Aiming to develop competencies and aptitudes of physicians on upper GI endoscopy and improve cancer detection, the “Eucanscreen course on upper GI endoscopy: How to improve your cancer detection rate” is a blended, competency-based course delivered in three editions (2025–2027), with face-to-face sessions in Portugal and Lithuania. The course prioritises active learning through case-based and reflective approaches, aiming to foster a sense of belonging to a community of practice involved in co-creating knowledge and promoting contextualised reflective competence (Alves, Pereira & Dinis-Ribeiro, 2025). Based on data from needs and resources and first-edition training assessments, this study aims to explore physicians’ motivations and perceived barriers to learning and applying competencies in clinical practice, and examine the role of contextualized reflective competence in supporting these processes. This study is grounded in a socioconstructivist perspective, emphasizing learning as an interactive, socially mediated process (Thomas et al.,2014). The following research questions will be addressed:
This research will provide insights into the learning needs and resources, challenges, and reflective practices of physicians, informing the design and optimization of competency-based endoscopy training programmes. This work was co-funded by the European Union under the grant number 101162959 (EU4H-2023-JA-2-IBA-06), within the EUCanScreen Joint Action. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was based on a perspectivism approach that views knowledge as partial, context-dependent, and shaped by historical and cultural factors, highlighting the value of multiple viewpoints and theoretical frameworks (Menezes et al., 2022). The course was delivered through a multimodal curriculum that includes: (i) asynchronous webinars, based on expository teaching; (ii) small-group interactive webinars, focused on peer discussion of clinical challenges, including peer-assessment activities and real-life clinical scenarios; (iii) a face-to-face component, held in Portugal (1st and 3rd editions) and in Lithuania (2nd edition). Adopting a multi-methods design (Menezes et al., 2022), the study was based on data from a needs and resources assessment questionnaire answered before the start of the course, a training assessment questionnaire answered at the end of the course and data collected from reflective discussions promoted in the interactive webinars and face-to-face course. The online needs assessment questionnaire included questions regarding sociodemographic data, motivations, availability for training and previous training on upper endoscopy, readiness for online learning and specific training needs. The training assessment questionnaire included Likert-scale and open-ended questions on reaction to training, participants’ perceptions regarding relevance, applicability, pedagogical quality, and overall satisfaction. Reflective discussion (Phua et al, 2024) was used to facilitate collective reflection among participants, enabling them to share experiences, analyse challenges, and co-construct insights regarding challenges to endoscopic practices and strategies to improve it. In each session, faculty will present results from continuous assessment of participants and discuss the results through guided reflective dialogue. The discussion will aim to generate shared understanding, promote peer learning, and provide formative input for ongoing refinement of both individual competencies and the course curriculum. Microsoft Teams will be used to record and transcribe online sessions, and transcripts will be reviewed by researchers before participant validation. Participants were gastroscopists working in European countries who are actively involved in clinical training and/or hold leadership roles in gastric cancer screening/ early diagnosis. They were invited to participate via email along with information about the course, an informed consent form and the pre-test questionnaire. Among the selected participants (n = 23), 8 were men (35%) and 15 were women (65%). Some participants held active leadership roles (n = 5; 22%), while a substantial proportion were involved in educational activities and clinical training (n = 14; 61%). Qualitative data will be analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2013). Quantitative data will be analysed using descriptive statistics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With the overarching goal of improving cancer detection rates across Europe, the EUCanScreen course adopts an educational approach that seeks to promote meaningful changes in professional practice through the enhancement of best-practice knowledge in upper gastrointestinal endoscopy. Grounded in a needs-based curriculum design, the course integrates participants’ motivations, prior experience, and contextual constraints into its pedagogical framework. Findings from the registration and needs assessment questionnaire reveal that participants were primarily motivated by the desire to improve professional competencies, particularly in relation to quality standards and reflective clinical practice. Motivations were also linked to professional development, teaching responsibilities, and engagement in early cancer detection initiatives. Participants further highlighted structural and organisational barriers, including limited access to formal training, specialised staff, and adequate resources, often relying on self-directed learning pathways. The analysis of reflective discussions is expected to reveal how physicians overcome learning and application barriers, how contextualized reflective competence supports critical self-assessment and peer learning, and how these insights can inform curriculum refinement and enhance clinical practice in upper GI endoscopy. Expected outcomes include a deeper understanding of learners’ educational needs and practice environments, enabling the design of targeted educational strategies to overcome identified barriers and support sustainable improvements in professional practice and early cancer detection. References Braun, V. and V. Clarke (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners, Sage. Bisschops, R., Areia, M., Coron, E., Dobru, D., Kaskas, B., Kuvaev, R., Pech, O., Ragunath, K., Weusten, B., Familiari, P., Domagk, D., Valori, R., Kaminski, M.F., Spada, C., Bretthauer, M., Bennett, C., Senore, C., Dinis-Ribeiro, M., & Rutter, M.D. (2016). Performance measures for upper gastrointestinal endoscopy: a European Society of Gastrointestinal Endoscopy (ESGE) Quality Improvement Initiative. Endoscopy, 48(09), 843-864. https://doi.org/10.1055/s-0042-113128 Chung, K. C., Muthutantri, A., Goldsmith, G. G., Watts, M. R., Brown, A. E., & Patrick, D. L. (2024). Symptom impact and health-related quality of life (HRQoL) assessment by cancer stage: a narrative literature review. BMC Cancer, 24(1), 884. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12885-024-12612-z Dubé, C., & Rostom, A. (2016). Acquiring and maintaining competency in gastrointestinal endoscopy. Best Practice & Research Clinical Gastroenterology, 30(3), 339–347. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bpg.2016.05.004 International Agency for Research on Cancer. (2022). Cancer Today: explore National Incidence, Mortality and Prevalence for 36 Cancer Types in 185 Countries. https://gco.iarc.fr/en Lane, A. S., & Roberts, C. (2022). Contextualised reflective competence: a new learning model promoting reflective practice for clinical training. BMC Med Educ, 22(1), 71. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12909-022-03112-4 Leja, M. (2024). Where are we with gastric cancer screening in Europe in 2024? Gut, 73(12), 2074. https://doi.org/10.1136/gutjnl-2024-332705 Luo, X., Yao, K., Lin, X., et al. (2023). Intensive Systematic "Train-the-Trainer" Course as an Effective Strategy to Improve Detection of Early Gastric Cancer: A Multicenter Retrospective Study. J Gastrointest Surg, 27(7), 1303-1312. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11605-023-05640-w Menezes, I., Pais, S. C., Malafaia, C., & Ferreira, P.D. (2022). Métodos mistos: da problematização ao que-fazer na investigação em ciências sociais e da educação. In C. Vieira (Ed.), Temas, contextos e desafios da investigação qualitativa em educação (pp. 109-149). Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra. National Cancer Institute (2023). Upper Gastrointestinal Endoscopy. Natinal Cancer Institute. Retrieved from https://www.cancer.gov/publications/dictionaries/cancer-terms/def/upper-gastrointestinal-endoscopy. Acessed. 6 September 2025 Phua, G. L. G., Owyong, J. L. J., et Al. (2024). A systematic scoping review of group reflection in medical education. BMC Medical Education, 24(1), 398. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12909-024-05203-w Thomas, A., Menon, A., Boruff, J., Rodriguez, A. M., & Ahmed, S. (2014). Applications of social constructivist learning theories in knowledge translation for healthcare professionals: a scoping review. Implementation Science, 9(1), 54. https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-9-54 4. Zhang, Q., Chen, Z. Y., Chen, C.D., et al. (2015). Training in early gastric cancer diagnosis improves the detection rate of early gastric cancer: an observational study in China. Medicine (Baltimore), 94(2), e384. https://doi.org/10.1097/md.0000000000000384 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster ***WITHDRAWN*** Student Perspectives on Academic Staff Competence Supporting Civic Engagement in Higher Education 1: Turiba University, Latvia; 2: University of Latvia Presenting Author:This study examines the role of academic staff competence in fostering students’ civic engagement in higher education, focusing on students' perceptions within Latvian universities. Civic engagement has increasingly been emphasised as a core outcome of higher education, closely linked to the development of democratic values, social responsibility, and active participation in societal and community processes. Recent research highlights that higher education environments and academic staff's professional practices play an important role in shaping students’ civic attitudes, skills, and engagement (Perrin & Gillis, 2019; Alscher et al., 2022). The research question guiding the study is: How do students perceive the role of academic staff competence in fostering their civic engagement in higher education? The study explores which aspects of academic staff competence - particularly teaching practices, professional attitudes, and institutional conditions - are perceived by students as most supportive of fostering civic engagement. The primary aim is to examine students’ perceptions of academic staff competencies that contribute to students’ civic engagement. Additionally, the study aims to identify teaching practices and pedagogical approaches that students associate with fostering critical thinking, social responsibility, and engagement in civic and local community initiatives. In addition, the research seeks to provide evidence-based recommendations to strengthen academic staff competencies for fostering student civic engagement, with relevance to professional development practice. The study's theoretical framework draws on established research on civic engagement (Chang et al., 2023; van den Wijngaard et al., 2024) and academic staff competence (Dervenis et al., 2022; Malechwanzi & Lu, 2016). Civic engagement is understood as a multidimensional construct encompassing civic attitudes, skills, and participation (Doolittle & Faul, 2013; Moely et al., 2002). Empirical studies indicate that higher education experiences, including the quality of teaching and interaction with academic staff, have a long-term impact on students’ civic outcomes (Bowman et al., 2022). From a social constructivist perspective (Erciyes, 2020), students’ civic engagement develops through interaction with academic staff, where competences are experienced and interpreted within specific educational and institutional contexts. Furthermore, students increasingly expect academic staff to demonstrate social responsibility, foster critical thinking, and create authentic learning environments that connect academic content with real-world societal issues (Hubert, 2020). From the theoretical perspective of Boyer’s Scholarship of Engagement (1996), academic staff competence extends beyond teaching and research to include meaningful engagement with societal issues and communities, positioning civic engagement as an integral component of academic work (Boyer, 1996). Academic staff competence is conceptualised as an integrated combination of knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values, expressed through teaching practices and engagement with students. Research also suggests that civic engagement is valued beyond the academic context, with employers recognising civic engagement as an important competence in the labour market (Finley, 2021). This study addresses a gap in the Latvian higher education context, where empirical evidence on how academic staff competence is perceived in relation to civic engagement remains limited. The findings are expected to contribute to both theoretical discussions and practical initiatives aimed at strengthening the civic mission of higher education by developing academic staff competence. Although grounded in the Latvian higher education context, the study addresses issues relevant to higher education systems across Europe, making its findings applicable to broader discussions of academic staff competence and civic engagement in Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a quantitative research design (Nwabuko, 2024). The research sample consists of undergraduate, master’s, and doctoral students enrolled in Latvian higher education institutions. A convenience (non-probability) sampling approach (Stratton, 2021) is used, allowing the inclusion of the most accessible participants who are willing to participate in the study. This sampling strategy enables efficient data collection across different study levels while capturing diverse student perspectives. Data will be collected using a student survey as the primary research instrument. To measure students’ civic engagement, the study employs internationally established instruments, including the Civic Engagement Scale (Doolittle & Faul, 2013) and the Civic Attitudes and Skills Questionnaire (Moely et al., 2002). Although these instruments were originally developed to examine students’ civic engagement, selected items will be carefully adapted to capture students’ perceptions of academic staff competence in fostering civic engagement. The survey will be distributed online via higher education communication channels, with support from course lecturers and student self-governance platforms. Before data collection, ethical approval will be obtained, and all participants provide informed consent. Participation in the study will be voluntary and anonymous, and completion of the questionnaire will take approximately 10 minutes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to create several outcomes that contribute to both academic research and practical development in higher education. First, the study will identify key academic staff competencies perceived by students as most supportive of civic engagement. These findings will highlight which competences - such as fostering critical thinking, demonstrating social responsibility, and encouraging civic participation - are considered most influential by students. Second, the study will examine teaching methods, learning tasks, and pedagogical approaches perceived as motivating or demotivating in fostering civic engagement. This outcome will deepen understanding of how specific instructional practices shape students’ civic learning experiences and engagement. Third, the study will analyse students’ perspectives on the support they expect from academic staff to engage more actively in community and societal processes, including perceived needs related to guidance, encouragement, learning opportunities, and institutional support. References Alscher, P., Ludewig, U. & McElvany, N. (2022). Civic Education, Teaching Quality and Students’ Willingness to Participate in Political and Civic Life: Political Interest and Knowledge as Mediators. J Youth Adolescence 51, 1886–1900. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-022-01639-9 Bowman, N.A., Wolniak, G.C., Seifert, T.A. et al. (2022). The Long-Term Role of Undergraduate Experiences: Predicting Intellectual and Civic Outcomes. Res High Educ 64, 379-401. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-022-09708-5 Boyer, E. L. (1996). The Scholarship of Engagement. Bulletin of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 49(7), 18–33. https://doi.org/10.2307/3824459 Chang, D.-F., You, J.-Y., & Chang, A. (2023). College Students’ Civic Engagement Efficacy and Their Implementing Effects in Selected STEM Programs. Sage Open, 13(4). https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440231220128 Dervenis, C., Fitsilis, P., & Iatrellis, O. (2022). A review of research on teacher competencies in higher education. Quality Assurance in Education, 30(2), 199–220. https://doi.org/10.1108/QAE-08-2021-0126 Doolittle, A., & Faul, A. C. (2013). Civic engagement scale: A validation study. SAGE Open, 3(3), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244013495542 Erciyes, E. (2020). Reflections of a social constructivist on teaching methods. European Journal of Educational Sciences, 7(4), 16–26. http://dx.doi.org/10.19044/ejes.v7no4a2 Finley, A. (2021). How college contributes to workforce success: Employer views on what matters most. Association of American Colleges and Universities. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED616977 Hubert, A. G. (2020). Critical Thinking in Civic Education [Masterʼs thesis, Bethel University]. Spark Repository. https://spark.bethel.edu/etd/306 Malechwanzi, J., Lei, H., & Lu, W. (2016). Students’ perceptions and faculty measured competencies in higher education. International Journal of Higher Education, 5(3), 77–92. https://doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v5n3p56 Moely, B. E., Mercer, S. H., Ilustre, V., Miron, D., & McFarland, M. (2002). Psychometric properties and correlates of the Civic Attitudes and Skills Questionnaire (CASQ): A measure of students’ attitudes related to service-learning. Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 8(2), 15–26. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/2012-06449-001 Nwabuko, O. (2024). An Overview of Research Study Designs in Quantitative Research Methodology: Research Article. American Journal of Medical and Clinical Research & Reviews, 3(5), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.58372/2835-6276.1169 Perrin, A. J., & Gillis, A. (2019). How College Makes Citizens: Higher Education Experiences and Political Engagement. Socius: Sociological Research for a Dynamic World, 5. https://doi.org/10.1177/2378023119859708 Stratton, S. J. (2021). Population Research: Convenience Sampling Strategies. Prehospital and Disaster Medicine, 36(4), 373–374. doi:10.1017/S1049023X21000649 van den Wijngaard, O., Beausaert, S., Gijselaers, W., & Segers, M. (2024). New perspectives on civic engagement as an outcome of higher education: An exploratory case study. Frontline Learning Research, 12(1), 49–65. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1416446.pdf 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Automating Curriculum-Textbook Comparison with AI: Thematic Mapping, Readability and LLM Approaches West University of Timisoara, Romania Presenting Author:The alignment between school textbooks and national curriculum standards is essential for effective teaching and learning, ensuring that students receive structured, relevant, and appropriate instructional material. However, in Romania, textbook evaluation has historically lacked systematic research-based validation, leading to inconsistencies in thematic coverage and readability levels. Such discrepancies result in information overload (Sweller, 1988; Spencer et al., 2019), comprehension difficulties, or instructional gaps that hinder effective classroom learning. Previous studies have identified issues such as excessive content density, inadequate thematic representation, and linguistic complexity that surpasses students’ cognitive abilities (Chitez, 2024; Oates, 2014; Valverde et al., 2002). The primary research question guiding this study is: To what extent do Romanian school textbooks align with national curriculum standards? Our study seeks to uncover systematic discrepancies between the Romanian curriculum and correspondent textbooks based on automated linguistic analyses, thus providing a data-driven approach to textbook evaluation. Specifically, the study assesses thematic coverage using automated concept mapping, evaluates readability through computational linguistic tools, and compares textbook content with curriculum requirements via LLM-based analysis. By employing thematic mapping analysis, the study investigates whether textbooks adequately reflect the prescribed curricular priorities, ensuring that content is neither insufficient nor excessively detailed. Readability assessment provides insights into whether linguistic complexity aligns with students’ developmental stages, identifying cases where excessive syntactic density or advanced vocabulary might hinder comprehension (Mikk, 2000; McNamara et al., 2011). The conceptual framework of this study is grounded in theories of curriculum coherence and cognitive load theory. Curriculum coherence suggests that educational materials must systematically align with national learning objectives to facilitate structured learning (Schmidt, Wang, & McKnight, 2005). Cognitive load theory (Sweller, 1988) posits that the complexity of instructional materials should match students' cognitive capacities to optimize learning. When texts contain excessive information density or advanced linguistic complexity beyond students' developmental levels, cognitive overload occurs, reducing comprehension and retention. The integration of AI-driven approaches within this framework supports an evidence-based methodology for assessing and improving textbook alignment with curriculum standards. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs ROTEX-4-8, a subset of the ROTEX corpus (Romanian corpus of School Textbooks), which includes Romanian Language and Mathematics textbooks for grades 5 to 8. The analysis integrates three key AI-driven methodologies to assess curriculum-textbook alignment. Thematic mapping is conducted using Leximancer, an automated concept-mapping tool that extracts and visualizes thematic structures from textual data. By analyzing textbooks and curriculum documents, Leximancer identifies key themes, their relationships, and their distribution, revealing whether essential topics are proportionally represented, unnecessarily repeated, or omitted. Readability assessment is performed using LEMI, a Romanian-specific readability index designed to evaluate lexical and syntactic complexity in educational texts. LEMI measures linguistic features such as word length, lexical diversity, and sentence structure, providing an objective measure of whether textbook content is accessible at the intended grade level (Chitez et al., 2024). The final analytical component employs LLM-assisted content comparison to detect semantic discrepancies and alignment issues between textbooks and curricular standards. By leveraging natural language processing techniques, LLMs facilitate automated comparative analyses, identifying inconsistencies in thematic presentation and linguistic structure across different educational. Specifically, ChatGPT and Perplexity are utilized for large-scale content processing, extracting and comparing key themes, readability metrics, and structural elements across curriculum and textbook materials. These models enhance the accuracy and efficiency of curriculum alignment assessment, providing a systematic and scalable approach for evaluating instructional materials. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings highlight systematic misalignments between textbooks and national curriculum standards. Thematic mapping reveals that up to 40% of the content in some subjects exceeds curricular mandates, leading to cognitive overload, while critical topics remain underrepresented. Readability analysis using LEMI indices demonstrates that Romanian Language and Mathematics textbooks for Grade 6 often surpass recommended readability levels: for instance, Flesch-Kincaid scores frequently exceed 14, Gunning Fog indexes reach over 20, and LEMI scores range between 10 and 17, far beyond the target for sixth graders. These results indicate that many instructional materials exceed students’ cognitive abilities, making comprehension difficult. Furthermore, LLM-assisted analysis identifies redundancies of 35-40% in certain textbooks (e.g., ArtKlett, Paralela 45), alongside thematic inconsistencies, where some concepts are unnecessarily complex while others are insufficiently developed. This study demonstrates the potential of AI-driven methods for evaluating textbook quality from the perspective of their alignment with curriculum standards. As educational systems increasingly seek efficient validation mechanisms, the proposed framework offers a practical solution for assessing curriculum-textbook alignment (e.g. thematic structure, readability). Its accessibility ensures that researchers, teachers, and policymakers can implement it with minimal technical expertise, making it a versatile tool for optimizing textbook evaluation. By facilitating large-scale, data-driven assessments, this framework supports evidence-based improvements in educational material design, enhancing the clarity, coherence, and accessibility of textbooks in diverse academic contexts. Given the upcoming curriculum reforms in Romania, under School Education Law 198/2023, the integration of AI-driven validation techniques is a timely and necessary step in improving the effectiveness of Romanian textbooks while also serving as a reference model for broader international applications. References Chitez, M. (2024). Linguistic overload in secondary school textbooks: A corpus-informed case study of Romanian 6th grade textbooks. In Conference Proceedings: Innovation in Language Learning 2024, Florence, Italy. Chitez, M., Dascalu, M., Udrea, A. C., Strilețchi, C., Csürös, K., Rogobete, R., & Oravițan, A. (2024). Towards Building the LEMI Readability Platform for Children’s Literature in the Romanian Language. In Proceedings of the 2024 Joint International Conference on Computational Linguistics, Language Resources and Evaluation (LREC-COLING 2024) (pp. 16450-16456). McNamara, D. S., Louwerse, M. M., & Graesser, A. C. (2002). Coh-Metrix: Automated cohesion and coherence scores to predict text readability and facilitate comprehension. Technical report, Institute for Intelligent Systems, University of Memphis, Memphis, TN. Mikk, J. (2000). Textbook: Research and writing. Peter Lang. Oates, T. (2014) Why Textbooks Count: A policy paper. Cambridge: Cambridge Assessment. Schmidt, W. H., Wang, H. C., & McKnight, C. C. (2005). Curriculum coherence: An examination of US mathematics and science content standards from an international perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 37(5), 525-559. Spencer, M., Gilmour, A. F., Miller, A. C., Emerson, A. M., Saha, N. M., & Cutting, L. E. (2019). Understanding the influence of text complexity and question type on reading outcomes. Reading and Writing, 32, 603-637. Sweller, J. (1988). Cognitive load during problem solving: Effects on learning. Cognitive Science, 12(2), 257-285. Taga, T. (2023). What Does PISA Assess in Reading Literacy? Misconceptions and Misuses. International Journal of Education and Literacy Studies, 11(4), 57-67. Valverde, G. A., Bianchi, L. J., Wolfe, R. G., Schmidt, W. H., & Houang, R. T. (2002). According to the Book: Using TIMSS to Investigate the Translation of Policy into Practice Through the World of Textbooks. Springer Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-0844-0 Van Den Ham, A. K., & Heinze, A. (2018). Does the textbook matter? Longitudinal effects of textbook choice on primary school students’ achievement in mathematics. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 59, 133-140. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Developing Critical Thinking through the Diagnosis and Development of Cognitive Academic Language Proficiency (CALP) in Cross-Curricular Instruction Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Mathematics in Almaty, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This research looks at how the diagnosis and systematic development of Cognitive Academic Language Proficiency (CALP) through cross-curricular instruction might foster critical thinking in lower secondary school. The study arose from a common pedagogical concern identified through collaborative teaching: seventh-grade students consistently struggled to produce academically appropriate oral and written responses across subjects, instead relying on colloquial language and descriptive or minimal responses, even when higher-order reasoning was required. This issue was noticeable in English, Russian, History, and Biology lessons, especially in assignments that required explanation, comparison, analysis, and evaluation. The project uses a lesson study method, collaborating with instructors of English, Russian, History, and Biology to develop, execute, monitor, and revise classes that emphasize academic language and critical thinking. The same sample of students was watched across topics, allowing for detailed examination of how academic language usage and critical thinking evolved over time and transitioned across disciplinary settings. This design is consistent with European and worldwide goals, highlighting teacher cooperation, reflective practice, and classroom-based research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research uses a mixed-methods research design inside a lesson study framework. This approach was chosen to capture quantitative improvements in students' academic language usage and critical thinking, as well as the instructional procedures that enabled these changes. The study was carried out with a single class of seventh-grade students (ages 12-13) in four subjects: English, Russian, History and Biology. Lesson study served as the main methodology. A group of teachers worked together to construct a series of lessons centered on the diagnosis and development of Cognitive Academic Language Proficiency (CALP) and critical thinking. The same set of students was observed in many topics, allowing for a systematic comparison of how academic language and reasoning abilities were used and transmitted in various disciplinary contexts. Each lesson study cycle included collaborative preparation, classroom observations that focused on student language usage and reasoning, and post-lesson reflection. Data gathering used multiple sources to guarantee triangulation. 1. Pre-test and post-test were used to measure students’ CALP and critical thinking. Performance-based exercises asked students to respond orally and in writing to open-ended questions, comparison assignments, and analytical prompts that were similar across subjects. The same assessment rubrics were used by all teachers to evaluate students’ responses in pre- and post-tests. 2. A systematic classroom observations helped to collect qualitative data. Throughout the intervention, we gathered samples of student work from each topic to track developing trends in language and thinking. Reflective notes from lesson study conversations helped teachers make informed instructional decisions and assess cross-curricular alignment feasibility. 3. To find differences between pre- and post-intervention measures, quantitative data were analyzed using descriptive statistics and paired comparisons. Thematic analyses of qualitative data were conducted, with a focus on recurrent patterns in students' academic speech and critical thinking across disciplines. Informed permission, anonymization of student data, and the use of research tools consistent with ordinary classroom practice were among the ethical issues. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The key findings of the study are: • Students shifted from informal, descriptive comments to more organized, coherent, and analytical oral and written answers, including suitable academic vocabulary, logical connections, and evidence-based reasoning. • Students demonstrated development of critical thinking by increasingly identified causal links, supported arguments with evidence, and displayed higher mastery of academic styles common across disciplines. • The data analysis shows that students with medium or lower baseline CALP had the most significant quantitative increases, notably in response coherence and completeness. Students with better starting proficiency displayed qualitative gains, such as improved argumentation clarity, more flexibility in adapting academic language to varied disciplinary settings, and increased metalinguistic awareness. • The study provides empirical evidence that incorporating CALP-focused instruction into cross-curricular teaching practices can improve critical thinking and help students produce academically appropriate discourse. Moreover, it provides a replicable model for integrating CALP-focused tasks to develop critical thinking in lower secondary classrooms. References Cummins, J. (2000). Language, power and pedagogy: Bilingual children in the crossfire. Multilingual Matters. Cummins, J. (2008). BICS and CALP: Empirical and theoretical status of the distinction. In N. H. Hornberger (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language and education (2nd ed., Vol. 2, pp. 71–83). Springer. Facione, P. A. (1990). Critical thinking: A statement of expert consensus for purposes of educational assessment and instruction (The Delphi Report). American Philosophical Association. Galperin, P. Y. (1989). Organization of mental activity and the effectiveness of learning. Nauka. Kuhn, D. (1999). A developmental model of critical thinking. Educational Researcher, 28(2), 16–25. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X028002016 Lewis, C., Perry, R., & Murata, A. (2006). How should research contribute to instructional improvement? The case of lesson study. Educational Researcher, 35(3), 3–14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X035003003 Mercer, N. (2000). Words and minds: How we use language to think together. Routledge. Schleppegrell, M. J. (2004). The language of schooling: A functional linguistics perspective. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Snow, C. E., & Uccelli, P. (2009). The challenge of academic language. In D. R. Olson & N. Torrance (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of literacy (pp. 112–133). Cambridge University Press. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Zimnyaya, I. A. (2004). Key competencies as the result and target orientation of modern education. Research Center for Quality Problems in Training Specialists. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster A National Assessment Feedback Tool Supporting School-Level Quality Improvement in Slovenia National Examinations Centre, Slovenia Presenting Author:Abstract: OrKa is a national quality-oriented assessment feedback tool designed to support improvement in Slovenian primary and secondary education (Cankar et al., 2022). It enables schools to access and review student achievement results from national assessments in Grades 3, 6, and 9, as well as from upper-secondary vocational and general Matura examinations. It is primarily intended for teachers and school staff involved in pedagogical and organisational decision-making. Selected analytical outputs are also accessible to external experts. OrKa aims to strengthen schools’ capacity to interpret and use results from large-scale assessments and examinations in a development-oriented manner. The tool provides schools with systematic access to student achievement data and enables comparison with national reference distributions. It supports analyses at multiple levels, including the school, class, subject, and individual assessment item level, allowing for fine-grained, content-focused examinations of performance patterns across classes and assessment questions. Among the analytical features is value-added analysis (e.g. McPherson, 1993), which provides a school-level estimate of how much students at a given school have progressed compared to students nationwide with similar prior achievement. In addition, OrKa includes advanced, user-oriented visualisations, such as ordinal dominance graphs, which facilitate distribution-sensitive comparisons and interpretation by non-technical users. The contribution draws on three complementary sources to present OrKa and its use in practice. First, the tool and its key analytical functionalities are illustrated through selected visual examples from the OrKa user interface. Where relevant, the contribution also describes how the use of OrKa is linked to student achievement on national assessments, without this being the primary focus of the poster. Second, available system-level usage information is used to provide insights into how the tool is used across schools. Third, annual survey data collected from school principals offer insights into user experiences, satisfaction with the tool, and reported uses of assessment feedback in school-level decision-making. OrKa is presented as a national assessment feedback tool and discussed in terms of its relevance for school practice in Slovenia. At a system level, the contribution highlights how structured feedback from national assessments can provide schools with meaningful insights into their own performance and support the planning of pedagogical and organisational improvements. It also points to the broader potential for school leaders and teachers to make more systematic use of such feedback to inform school development processes (e.g. Schildkamp et al., 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design and approach The poster presents a descriptive, practice-oriented contribution that focuses on how the national assessment feedback tool OrKa is designed and used in everyday school practice. In addition, simple associations between programme use and student achievement are explored to provide contextual insight, without this being the primary focus of the contribution. The emphasis is on describing the forms of assessment feedback available to schools, how the tool is used across different school contexts, and how school principals perceive its role in supporting reflection and decision-making at the school level. Data sources 1. OrKa programme First, the OrKa programme is presented visually, focusing on how assessment results are displayed and used within the system (Urank et al., 2022). The poster highlights key functionalities of the tool, including overviews and distributions of student achievement at the school level, comparisons between school results and aggregated national outcomes, comparisons across years, value-added calculations, and ordinal dominance graphs. 2. Administrative and assessment data In addition, the poster draws on administrative data from the National Examinations Centre on the use of the OrKa programme, together with achievement data from national assessments in primary education and from the vocational and general Matura examinations at the end of upper-secondary education. These data are used to contextualise patterns of programme use across schools. 3. Annual survey data from school principals Third, the contribution draws on annual survey data collected from school principals across approximately 490 primary schools over a five-year period (response rates consistently 90-95%). The surveys focus on self-reported use of OrKa, perceived usefulness, satisfaction with the tool, and reported purposes of using assessment feedback. The surveys also include questions on whether and how feedback obtained through OrKa is used in pedagogical or organisational decision-making. Data analysis In addition to the visual presentation of the programme, the analysis includes basic descriptive summaries of OrKa use and survey responses from school principals. This includes simple descriptive indicators of programme use, such as frequencies and distributions, as well as descriptive statistics (e.g. means and percentages) for selected survey items. Simple analyses are used to explore associations between programme use and student achievement on national assessments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The poster presents a nationally organised system of assessment feedback that provides primary and upper-secondary schools with structured information on student achievement from national assessments and enables comparison with aggregated national data. In this way, the system supports school self-evaluation by helping schools reflect on their results within a broader educational context. The poster introduces the main functionalities of the programme, presents basic indicators of its use, summarises school principals’ views on the tool, and showcases selected advanced features of OrKa, such as value-added analyses. It also briefly explores how the use of OrKa is related to student achievement on national assessments. Initial indications from system-level usage information and survey data suggest that the use of OrKa has increased over time and that school principals are generally satisfied with the programme. Specifically, approximately 90% of primary schools report regular use of the tool, and principals rate their satisfaction at 4.4 on a 5-point scale. At the same time, the poster highlights that schools differ in how extensively they analyse and use the available data. In this context, the role of systematic reflection and self-evaluation is emphasised as an important element of quality work at the school level. From a quality assurance perspective, the poster illustrates how structured feedback from national assessments can be made accessible and meaningful for schools. Tools such as OrKa help connect national assessment results with everyday school practice by supporting informed reflection and decision-making. The Slovenian experience highlights the value of national feedback systems that go beyond reporting results and instead support schools in actively engaging with assessment data for improvement, in line with research on school performance feedback systems (Visscher & Coe, 2003). The findings also point to opportunities for further work on embedding such tools more systematically in school self-evaluation processes. References Cankar, G., Semen, E., Knežević, M., & Urank, M. (2022). User guide for the OrKa quality assessment tool: National Assessment of Knowledge. National Examination Centre. Datnow, A., & Hubbard, L. (2016). Teacher capacity for and beliefs about data-driven decision making: A literature review of international research. Journal of Educational Change, 17(1), 7–28. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-015-9264-2 Mandinach, E. B., & Schildkamp, K. (2021). Misconceptions about data-based decision making in education: An exploration of the literature. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 69, 100842. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2020.100842 McPherson, A. (1993). Measuring Added Value in Schools. Education Economics, 1(1), 43–51. https://doi.org/10.1080/09645299300000006 OECD. (2013). Synergies for better learning: An international perspective on evaluation and assessment. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264190658-en Schildkamp, K. (2019). Data-based decision-making for school improvement: Research insights and gaps. Educational Research, 61(3), 257–273. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1625716 Urank, M., Hrovat, K., Cankar, G., Semen, E., Zupanc, D., & Knežević, M. (2022). OrKa: Quality assessment tool for the National Assessment of Knowledge (Version 3.5.1) [Computer software]. National Examination Centre. Visscher, A. J., & Coe, R. (2003). School performance feedback systems: Conceptualisation, analysis, and reflection. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 14(3), 321–349. https://doi.org/10.1076/sesi.14.3.321.15842 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Enhancing Analytical and Cognitive Competencies via Strategic Reading for Educational Quality Improvement. Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Almaty, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Research Question: How does the application of the DEAL, RACSR, and "Symptom" strategies enhance students' abilities to analyze cause-and-effect relationships of social issues and develop logical reasoning through literary texts? Objective: The study aims to systematically develop students' text-processing skills and high-order cognitive abilities (analysis, synthesis, and interpretation) by analyzing character actions. Furthermore, it seeks to guide students in forming analytical conclusions by linking cause-and-effect relationships in literary texts with broader socio-public issues. Theoretical Framework: This research is grounded in Bloom’s Taxonomy and the concept of metacognitive instruction. These paradigms prioritize the learner's ability to critically analyze, synthesize, and reflect on their cognitive processes rather than passively consuming information. The study aligns with the PISA framework's core component: Reading Literacy, where text interaction is defined as critical thinking and interpretation. Methodology / Methods: The study describes a practical lesson model focused on developing analytical and synthesis skills. Using A. Faizollauly's short story "The Fire" as the research material, the dynamics of cognitive information processing and the transfer of learning to real-life situations were examined through the application of DEAL, Symptom, and RACSR strategies. In the era of globalization, the density of information requires students to go beyond mere reading and summarization toward deep perception and Critical Literacy. This research is necessitated by the urgent need to enhance functional literacy and establish cognitive information-processing skills in the modern educational paradigm. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs an Action Research model, conducted in a general secondary school in Kazakhstan with 16 seventh-grade students (n=16). This model allowed the teacher to function as a practitioner-researcher, observing cognitive responses in real-time and adjusting instructional strategies accordingly. The research focused on the moral and ethical conflict in the short story "The Fire" by A. Faizollauly. Data Collection and Analysis Instruments A mixed-methods approach was used to collect qualitative and quantitative data: 1. Criterion-Referenced Assessment: Student performance was measured using descriptors based on Bloom’s Taxonomy (Knowledge to Evaluation), allowing for the tracking of analytical growth. 2. Observation Log: Used to record the cognitive activity, peer interactions, and logical reasoning of the 16 students during collaborative tasks. 3. Metacognitive Reflection: Tools like "Interesting, Difficult, Valuable" were used to assess students' self-regulation and their subjective perception of the learning process. Implementation of Instructional Strategies Students were organized into four heterogeneous groups based on differentiation principles, fostering social cognitivism and peer learning. The following strategic framework was applied: • DEAL Method (Describe, Explain, Analyze, Link): Students described the scene of the fire (Describe), explained Dastan’s sense of guilt (Explain), and analyzed the conflict between Dastan’s emotional bravery and the Elder’s rational reasoning (Analyze). Finally, they linked the moral choices to their own life experiences (transfer of learning). • Symptom Method (Problem Tree): This visual tool enabled students to deconstruct the "roots" of the conflict (negligence) and its "leaves" (legal fear, crisis of friendship, and pangs of conscience). • RACSR Strategy (Relationship, Assessment, Challenge, Support, Results): This strategy was used to evaluate Dastan’s proposal to confess. Students assessed the character's moral courage, challenged the "traitor" label, and identified the social support needed for ethical decision-making. Conclusion of the Intervention The final stage involved the synthesis of information into a new product: a "Code of Responsibility." This evidenced a high level of transfer of learning, moving students beyond functional reading toward high-order evaluation and synthesis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study investigated the effectiveness of systematic reading strategies in developing the analytical and cognitive skills of students, using A. Faizollauly's story "The Fire" as a case study. The research confirms that the purposeful integration of instructional scaffolds—specifically the DEAL, RACSR, and "Symptom" (Problem Tree) methods—transforms literature lessons from passive content delivery into high-level cognitive processes. A key finding was the utility of the Problem Tree method, which enabled the 16 seventh-grade students to look beyond the surface level of the text. By identifying the root causes of social issues (such as poverty, domestic struggle, and personal accountability) rather than just observing their consequences, students established strong causal links and developed deeper structural analysis skills. Furthermore, the implementation of the RACSR strategy demonstrated that students could reach the highest levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy: Evaluation and Synthesis. By critiquing the moral dilemmas faced by the characters (Dastan and Tastan), students successfully connected literary themes with broader socio-ethical contexts. The final product of the intervention—the development of a "Code of Responsibility"—serves as clear evidence of successful transfer of learning from theoretical knowledge to social practice. In conclusion, fostering analytical and cognitive skills through strategic reading is essential for modern education. The results indicate that moving away from direct instruction toward inquiry-based strategies enhances students' functional literacy. This approach not only cultivates proficient readers but also develops socially responsible individuals capable of critical decision-making. Future application of these strategies across various literary genres is recommended to further unlock students' intellectual potential. References 1.Bloom, B. S. (1956). Taxonomy of educational objectives: The classification of educational goals. Handbook I: Cognitive domain. New York, NY: Longmans, Green & Co. 2.Anderson, L. W., & Krathwohl, D. R. (2001). A taxonomy for learning, teaching, and assessing: A revision of Bloom’s Taxonomy of Educational Objectives. New York, NY: Longman. 3.Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive–developmental inquiry. American Psychologist, 34(10), 906–911. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.34.10.906 4.OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 assessment and analytical framework: Reading, mathematics and science. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/b25efab8-en 5.Kemmis, S., & McTaggart, R. (2005). Participatory action research: Communicative action and the public sphere. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The Sage handbook of qualitative research (3rd ed., pp. 559–603). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. 6.Fisher, R., & Frey, N. (2014). Close reading and writing from sources. Newark, DE: International Reading Association. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Experience in Learning Achievement Assessment during Crisis Situations for Development of Cloud University Model and Application in Case of Armed Conflicts 1: Riga Technical University Rezekne Academy; 2: Riga Technical University Liepaja Academy Presenting Author:In the world, including Europe, the armed conflicts are increasing in the 21st century. According to the information provided by the organization “Armed Conflict Location and Event Data,” it is predicted that the number of conflicts will increase by 20% in 2025 compared to 2024 (Ķezberis, 2025). Researchers from Austria, Israel and Ukraine, where active hostilities are currently taking place, as well as Poland and Latvia, where there is a possibility of armed conflict due to the geopolitical situation, are looking for solutions for the continuity of the educational process in crisis conditions, modernizing the education system and creating the prerequisites for quality education within the framework of the Erasmus+ project “Disaster Resilience in Higher Education Systems via a Cloud University Model” (Andrushchenko, 2023). The project is being implemented from October 2024 to September 2026 with an aim to develop an evidence-based concept, providing support in overcoming challenges, and offering a Cloud University Model as a solution for higher education institutions in order to ensure the continuity of the learning process in times of crisis, especially during armed conflicts. During Stage I of the study the good practices of the institutions represented by the project partners have been summarized; in Stage II the conceptualization of the Cloud University Model has been carried out, and in Stage III it is planned to develop methodological support materials for the implementation of the model in the practice of higher education institutions in case of a necessity, which can be used in a crisis situation. The publication analyses the results of Stage II of the Erasmus+ project “Disaster Resilience in Higher Education Systems via a Cloud University Model,” focusing on aspects of academic achievement assessment in the context of Covid – the deepest crisis of the 21st century and the greatest challenge for educational institutions in the world and Latvia. During the crisis universities replaced in-person assessment with online exam administration. A Systematic Review has concluded that online assessment has been one of the most significant challenges and that continuous assessment, which is not exam-based but takes place in a more qualitative way, is the best solution for students' learning achievement assessment remotely (Montenegro-Rueda et al., 2021). Each crisis reveals the fragility of traditional systems, but it also opens up space for innovations (Beskorsa, 2025) - living in war conditions creates internal imbalance, whereas it also becomes a path of development, accompanied by learning processes that manifest themselves in different perspectives and a diversity of constructs, because teaching and learning in the existing reality expand the learners’ autonomy, providing an opportunity to deconstruct this reality and develop perspectives that will create new relationships and attitudes ((Facer, 2019; Morska et al., 2024). In this context, the need for flexibility and relationship building in higher education practice is emphasized (Beskorsa, 2025), which is manifested in the support and provision of academic communication culture, so that every member of the academic community would feel included, protected and belonging to it, despite the challenges and losses of the crisis (Spivakovsky et al., 2025). Aim of the research: analyse the experience of learning achievement assessment in crisis situations in higher education institutions in Latvia for the development of a Cloud University Model and application in the event of armed conflicts. The research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study on the disaster and cloud appropriate assessment took place from December 1, 2024 to January 31, 2026. A qualitative research design has been chosen for the study, using data collection methods such as interviews (22) and focus group discussions (1). 33 respondents – representatives of students and lecturers of a higher education institution in Latvia – have participated in the study. The primary qualitative data have been recorded on audio, then transcripts of interviews and focus group discussions have been created. The qualitative data processing program AQUAD has been used to obtain secondary data. As a result of the analysis of scientific literature, the following metacodes have been identified: • “the good practice of a higher education institution in the application of online assessment forms,” which includes such multiple codes as “assessment methods,” “provision of academic integrity,” “communication with students” and “flexible approach in a crisis situation.” • “the implemented online assessment forms,” which include such multiple codes as “online tests and exams in the e-study environment,” “oral exams in a videoconference mode,” “electronic submission of written work” and “remote assessment of projects and practical work.” • “provision of academic integrity,” which includes such multiple codes as “technical solutions,” “diversification of assessment forms,” “plagiarism control,” “oral defence of independent work” and “normative regulation.” • “provision of educational quality assurance systems in the assessment context,” which includes such multiple codes as “internal quality management system,” “clear assessment criteria,” “supervision of the study process,” “teachers’ professional development” and “student information.” After the interviews and focus group discussions frequency tables and correlations have been created in the AQUAD environment, a coding program for processing qualitative data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings When reflecting on the best practices of higher education institutions in online assessment form application, respondents most often have mentioned the diversification of assessment forms, using online tests, video conferences, project work; a flexible approach, which has been manifested in the offer of individual schedules and alternative assessment forms; and communication, providing timely information about deadlines and requirements, as well as developing detailed assessment criteria. In order to ensure assessment in the study process during a crisis situation, such solutions as online tests and exams in the e-study environment, oral exams in a videoconference mode using Zoom, Microsoft Teams, etc. videoconferencing tools have been emphasized; submission of study papers, laboratory work and written work in a digital format in the Moodle system; instead of the traditional final exams, such assessment forms as discussions and portfolios have been introduced, and formative assessment has been practiced more often. When reflecting on the provision of academic integrity, respondents most often have mentioned the effectiveness of technical solutions, which has been achieved through time limits for tests, the application of plagiarism control tools, as well as the improvement of regulatory frameworks and related internal regulations. As a result of the research analysis, the most frequently identified interactions have been between the good practices of higher education institutions in the online assessment form application and educational quality assurance systems in the assessment context (27 cases), as well as communication, clear assessment criteria and student information (9 cases). The experience of higher education institutions in Latvia and good practices in the learning achievement assessment during the Covid crisis are a powerful resource in the development of a Cloud University Model, within the framework of the project “Disaster Resilience in Higher Education Systems via a Cloud University Model.” The proposed model may be useful for overcoming other potential crises in the future. References Andrushchenko, V. (2023). Основні стратегеми розвитку освіти в контексті української формули миру [Main strategies of the development of education in context of Ukrainian peace formula]. Вища освіта України 3, 5–14. Beskorsa, O. (2025). Navigating uncertainty in times of war: The staff-student partnership in times of crisis. European Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251383 Facer, K. (2019). Storytelling in troubled times: what is the role for educators in the deep crises of the 21st century? Literacy, 53, 3–13. Ķezberis, U. (2025). Pētnieki: Pasaulē pastiprinās bruņotie konflikti, Krievijas iebrukums Ukrainā – aizvien nāvējošākais [Researchers: Armed conflicts are intensifying worldwide, Russia's invasion of Ukraine is the deadliest yet]. LSM. Available: https://www.lsm.lv/raksts/zinas/arzemes/02.01.2025-petnieki-pasaule-pastiprinas-brunotie-konflikti-krievijas-iebrukums-ukraina-aizvien-navejosakais.a582144/ Montenegro-Rueda, M.; Luque-de la Rosa, A.; Sarasola Sánchez-Serrano, J.L.; Fernández Cerero, J. (2021). Assessment in Higher Education during the COVID-19 Pandemic: A Systematic Review. Sustainability, 13 :10509. https://doi.org/10.3390/su131910509 Morska, L., Fabis, A., & Gierszewski, D. (2024). Learning in crisis: the war related perspective of poles’ epistolary narratives to Ukrainians. Cogent Arts & Humanities, 11(1), 2393512. https://doi.org/10.1080/23311983.2024.2393512 Spivakovsky, O., Omelchuk, S., & Malchykova, D. (2025). Crisis response strategies of universities during the ongoing war: Beyond experience and responsibilities. Problems and Perspectives in Management, 23(2), 121-135. 10.21511/ppm.23(2-si).2025.09 Yanıkkaya, B., Gaebel, M., Hovhannisyan, G. (2025). Learning and teaching in situations of crisis: needs and support provision. European University Association. Available: https://www.eua.eu/publications/reports/learning-and-teaching-in-situations-of-crisis-needs-and-support-provision.html 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Quality, Equity and Inclusion in São Tomé and Príncipe’s Education System: the ERGUES Project 1: University of Aveiro, Portugal; 2: CIDTFF – Research Centre on Didactics and Technology in the Education of Trainers Presenting Author:The ERGUES-STP Project – Education and Educational Governance Reform in São Tomé and Príncipe - is coordinated by the Instituto Marquês de Valle Flôr (IMVF) and funded by Camões - Instituto da Cooperação e da Língua. The project is currently under development for the period 2024 - 2026. It builds on the experience of the PAISE-STP project - Integrated Support Programme for the Education Sector in São Tomé and Príncipe - and addresses key challenges related to quality, equity and inclusion in the Santomean educational system. The project is aligned with the Sustainable Development Goal 4 (inclusive, equitable and quality education) and with the Portuguese Cooperation Strategy 2030 (ECP2030). In this sense, the ERGUES project integrates local priorities with international educational standards through the adoption of a systemic approach, focusing on technical and vocational education, the revision and the development of (digital) educational resources, teacher professional development, and the strengthening of institutional capacity within both the Ministry of Education, Culture and Sciences of São Tomé and Príncipe (MECCSTP) and the University of São Tomé and Príncipe (USTP). As such, ERGUES is situated within international development cooperation processes and seeks to respond to persistent structural challenges, including weaknesses in teaching and learning processes, the scarcity and obsolescence of teaching and learning materials, the presence of teachers with qualifications resulting from fragile initial training pathways, and limitations in institutional capacity for educational research, planning, monitoring and evaluation (Costa et al., 2017; Fernandes et al., 2019). Based on this framework and grounded in a systemic perspective, the ERGUES project is organised around four interdependent axes of intervention. The first axis focuses on strengthening dual certification technical and vocational education through the revision and creation of legal frameworks and the design of training pathways aligned with territorial characteristics and youth employability opportunities, particularly in more disadvantaged areas. This axis aims to contribute to the reduction of school dropout and to the promotion of more qualified educational pathways and transitions between school and the labour market. The second axis focuses on the revision, updating and production of (digital) teaching and learning materials for basic and secondary education, including resources specifically designed for special education contexts. The emphasis on digitalisation seeks to address both the unequal access to printed textbooks and the need to modernise pedagogical practices, promoting more inclusive, interactive learning environments aligned with contextual and contemporary challenges. The third axis centres on the development of teachers’ pedagogical-didactic and digital competences through the strengthening of USTP’s institutional capacity. This axis includes the consolidation of research structures in education and the implementation of initial and continuous teacher education initiatives, fostering greater coherence, sustainability and local ownership of professional development processes. Finally, the fourth axis aims to strengthen the institutional capacity of the Ministry of Education, with a particular focus on planning, statistics, monitoring and evaluation of the education system. The development of digital platforms to support educational management and regulation, alongside the training of technical staff, is intended to support more informed and transparent decision-making processes. In this sense, the ERGUES project constitutes an example of an integrated intervention aimed at the systemic strengthening of education in insular and resource-constrained contexts, offering opportunities for the development of educational policies and international cooperation practices. Accordingly, this poster aims to present the ERGUES project as an approach to educational reform, highlighting its guiding principles, axes of intervention and methodological options, while discussing emerging learnings relevant to improving quality, equity and inclusion in education systems with limited resources. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ERGUES project adopts a mixed methodological approach, grounded in principles of participation, co-construction and institutional capacity building. This approach is informed by the experience of close collaboration among the Portuguese higher education institutions, working in partnership with Santomean actors and local coordinators. Rather than focusing on a single empirical study, the methodology is based on an articulated set of diagnostic, development, implementation and monitoring processes, integrated within a medium-term educational reform framework. In an initial phase, contextual diagnostics were conducted for each axis of intervention, drawing on documentary analysis of educational policies, legislation and national statistical data, as well as consultations with key actors within the education system, including policymakers, Ministry of Education technical staff, teachers, teacher educators and university representatives. These diagnostics enabled the identification of priority needs, structural constraints and territorially situated intervention opportunities. The design and development of activities were informed by collaborative methodologies, involving multidisciplinary teams composed of education specialists, researchers, teachers and educational technology experts. Within the axis focused on digital teaching and learning materials, the production and adaptation of resources followed iterative cycles of review, development, validation and adaptation. In the field of teacher education, a contextualised professional development approach is prioritised, combining theoretical training, practical application and ongoing support, in close collaboration with USTP. In parallel, research dynamics in education are promoted, aiming at the production of locally relevant knowledge and the consolidation of institutional research structures. In this way, the ERGUES project involves multiple Santomean and Portuguese partners, ranging from teachers and students to policymakers. Inter-institutional task forces coordinate each axis of intervention, ensuring that European experience and local expertise complement one another. Expected outcomes include: (i) operational technical and vocational education courses in the identified target districts; (ii) updated and digitised teaching and learning materials, including resources for special education; (iii) the development of teachers’ competences through continuous professional development; and (iv) the institutional strengthening of MECCSTP and USTP in educational management, monitoring, evaluation and research. Project monitoring draws on multiple data sources, including administrative records, participation indicators, technical reports, feedback instruments and reflective documents produced by participants. Qualitative data are analysed thematically, while quantitative data support implementation tracking and the analysis of coverage and reach. This methodological framework enables adaptive project management and the continuous identification of relevant learnings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The ERGUES project makes it possible, at an intermediate stage of implementation, to highlight the potential of integrated and systemic approaches to addressing complex educational challenges in contexts marked by structural constraints. The articulation between curriculum reform and development, the production of digital educational resources, teacher education and the strengthening of educational governance emerges as central to promoting greater coherence between educational policies, pedagogical practices and institutional capacity. Initial evidence and emerging learnings from the implementation process point to the progressive strengthening of national institutional capacity, particularly within USTP and the Ministry of Education, as a necessary condition for consolidating the reforms underway. Investment in the development of educational research structures and in the systematic production of data for decision-making positions itself as a strategic element in supporting more informed, consistent and less externally dependent educational governance processes. The ERGUES project has European and international relevance, functioning as a model of North–South educational cooperation. It integrates European knowledge in curriculum development, teacher education and digital education with local priorities, contributing to the development of approaches adapted to low-resource contexts. Aligned with European policies and the Sustainable Development Goals, the project demonstrates how multi-sectoral partnerships and participatory methodologies can promote sustainable, inclusive and culturally sensitive educational development. In summary, the ERGUES project can be understood as a process under construction that underscores the value of development cooperation oriented towards systemic capacity building and the consideration of local contexts. By presenting this ongoing project, the poster aims to contribute to reflection and debate on integrated models of educational reform, offering preliminary learnings relevant to researchers, policymakers and practitioners involved in similar initiatives in small-scale and resource-constrained contexts. References Borralho, A., Silvestre, M. J., Barbosa, E., & Latas. (2019). Plano de intervenção: melhoria das competências dos alunos em língua portuguesa e matemática. In ACES-STP (2019). Apoio à Consolidação do Ensino Secundário em São Tomé e Príncipe - Relatório Final (anexo I). Costa, N. (coord.), Lopes, B., Lucas, M. e Cabrita, I. (2017). Relatório Final do Estudo de Avaliação Externa à Reforma do Ensino Secundário de São Tomé e Príncipe (2009-2016). Universidade de Aveiro. Fernandes, D.; do Ó, J. R., Paz, A. L., & Almeida, M. M. (2019). Avaliação das Competências dos Professores do Ensino Secundário de São Tomé e Príncipe - Relatório Final. Instituto de Educação da Universidade de Lisboa. Matias, N. (coord.) et al. (2022). Avaliação Externa ao Programa de Apoio Integrado ao Setor Educativo de São Tomé e Príncipe (PAISE-STP) – 2019-2022. Relatório Final. PPL Consult. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Developing Students’ Critical Thinking Skills Through Systematic Work with Historical Sources to Address Challenges in History Lessons and Assessment Practices. Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, At, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Working with historical sources has long been recognized as a core practice of historical scholarship. In contemporary history education, this practice is increasingly viewed as essential for developing students’ historical thinking and critical reasoning skills. Educational programmes aligned with international standards, including the Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) curriculum and Cambridge International approaches, emphasize source-based learning as a means of fostering analytical, evaluative, and interpretative competencies. However, despite this curricular emphasis, classroom practice and assessment outcomes do not always reflect the intended development of these skills. Analysis of Grade 10 students’ performance in External Summative Assessment (ESA) in history revealed persistent difficulties in analyzing, evaluating, and interpreting historical sources. Students tend to focus on surface-level factual extraction rather than engaging critically with the origin, purpose, context, and reliability of sources. This gap between curriculum expectations and students’ demonstrated skills indicates a need for more systematic and methodologically grounded approaches to source-based instruction in history lessons. How does the systematic organization of work with multiple historical sources in history lessons influence the development of Grade 10 students’ critical thinking skills and the quality of their learning outcomes? The main aim of this study is to determine the effectiveness of systematic work with historical sources in developing students’ critical thinking skills in history education. To achieve this aim:
The study is grounded in theories of historical thinking and source-based learning. A key theoretical foundation is provided by the work of Sam Wineburg, who conceptualizes historical thinking as a set of disciplinary heuristics rather than intuitive reasoning. Wineburg identifies three core heuristics - sourcing, contextualization, and corroboration - which enable learners to critically evaluate historical evidence and construct reasoned interpretations. These heuristics form an essential framework for designing classroom tasks that move students beyond factual recall toward analytical and evaluative thinking. The study also draws on the work of Peter Seixas and Tom Morton, particularly their model of the Big Six Historical Thinking Concepts. This framework emphasizes key disciplinary concepts such as historical significance, cause and consequence, continuity and change, evidence, historical perspectives, and the ethical dimension of history. Within this study, these concepts provide a structured lens through which students’ critical thinking development is examined. Together, these theoretical perspectives form a coherent conceptual framework that positions systematic work with historical sources as the foundation for developing critical thinking in history education. Conceptually, the study views critical thinking in history as a multidimensional skill set encompassing contextual understanding, comparison of evidence, evaluative judgment, and reasoned interpretation. Methodologically, the research adopts an Action Research approach, enabling iterative cycles of planning, action, observation, and reflection within authentic classroom contexts. This approach supports both the improvement of teaching practice and the generation of practice-based knowledge. By examining how structured, multi-source-based instruction influences students’ critical thinking skills, this study contributes to ongoing discussions on effective history pedagogy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is grounded in an Action Research (AR) methodology, which enables practitioners to systematically investigate and improve their own teaching practices through iterative cycles of planning, action, observation, and reflection. Action Research was selected as an appropriate methodological framework because it allows for continuous professional inquiry while addressing authentic classroom challenges related to students’ critical thinking and source-based learning in history education. The research was conducted with Grade 10 students and history teachers working with these classes during the 2025–2026 academic year. The study was designed in two phases: the first phase was implemented during the first semester, while the second phase is ongoing in the second semester. This article reports the findings from the first phase of the research. Lessons were collaboratively planned by teachers in alignment with the NIS curriculum and External Summative Assessment (ESA) requirements, ensuring curricular and assessment validity. The intervention focused on systematic work with historical sources across selected Grade 10 units, including topics from Kazakhstan during the “Stagnation” period (1965–1985), urbanization processes in Kazakhstan, and the protection of national interests in the second half of the twentieth century. These units were explicitly aligned with historical thinking concepts such as change and continuity and historical significance. Instructional strategies emphasized multi-source analysis, where students examined four different sources related to a single historical event. Question-driven tasks were designed to support students in analyzing source origin, purpose, context, reliability, and evidentiary value. Data collection was conducted during Term II history lessons and drew on multiple qualitative sources to ensure triangulation. The primary data sources included students’ written work (comparative tables, cause-and-effect analyses, and source-based conclusions), arguments presented during group and pair discussions, students’ self-assessment reflections, survey responses, and teachers’ observation notes. These data sources captured both learning outcomes and learning processes, providing insight into students’ developing historical thinking skills. Data were analyzed using thematic analysis, which allowed for the identification of recurring patterns and themes across different data sets. Students’ critical thinking skills were examined through four analytical dimensions: understanding historical context, constructing evidence-based arguments, comparing multiple sources, and evaluating historical significance. This analytical framework is consistent with methodological principles proposed by Peter Seixas and Sam Wineburg, who emphasize contextualization, corroboration, and evidence-based reasoning as core components of historical thinking. Overall, the combination of Action Research methodology, multi-source instructional design, and thematic analysis provided a robust framework for examining the effectiveness of systematic source-based learning in developing students’ critical thinking skills in history education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study demonstrate that systematic and purposeful work with historical sources in history lessons has a positive impact on the development of students’ critical thinking skills and overall learning quality. Instruction based on empirical and multi-source analysis enabled students to move beyond a surface-level, factual understanding of historical information toward higher-order skills such as analysis, comparison, evaluation, and interpretation. Throughout the research process, students showed significant improvement in their ability to identify historical context, recognize authorial perspectives, and evaluate the reliability and limitations of sources. Moreover, they learned to construct independent, evidence-based conclusions about historical events. These changes indicate a shift from passive reception of information to more conscious and reflective engagement in the learning process, which also contributed to increased student motivation and interest in history. The study also revealed positive changes in teachers’ professional practice. Through the systematic use of source-based tasks, teachers enhanced lesson planning, assessment, and reflective practices. This contributed to the development of a school-wide culture that values evidence-based teaching and learning. The Action Research approach proved particularly valuable, as it enabled teachers to view their own practice as an object of inquiry and to improve instruction through iterative cycles of planning, action, observation, and reflection. As a result, teachers strengthened their professional reflection and were able to address instructional challenges using classroom-based evidence. In response to the research question - How does systematic work with historical sources influence students’ critical thinking skills and learning outcomes? -the findings indicate that structured source-based learning fosters a comprehensive development of historical thinking skills, including contextualization, argumentation, comparison, evaluation, and interpretation. This, in turn, deepens students’ historical understanding and enhances the durability and applicability of their knowledge. Future research is recommended to explore the effectiveness of this approach across different grade levels and subject areas. References Atabayev, Q. M. (2002). Source studies of the history of Kazakhstan: A textbook [Қазақстан тарихының деректанулық негіздері: Оқу құралы]. Almaty, Kazakhstan: Kazakh University. Keleşzade, G., Güneyli, A., & Özkul, A. (2018). Effectiveness of history teaching based on social constructivist learning and development of historical thinking skills. International Journal of Instruction, 11(2), 349–366. Seixas, P., & Morton, T. (2012). The big six historical thinking concepts. Toronto, Canada: Nelson Education. Wineburg, S. (2001). Historical thinking and other unnatural acts: Charting the future of teaching the past. New York, NY: Teachers College Press. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Developing Students’ Analytical Skills in Performing Qualitative Identification Tasks Using the Five Components of the Inquiry-Based Learning Strategy Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This article examines the development of 9th-grade students’ analytical skills while performing qualitative identification tasks in chemistry classes based on the five components of the Inquiry-Based Learning (IBL) strategy: Orientation, Conceptualise, Investigation, Conclusion, and Discussion. In the Orientation component, the question-and-answer method was applied; in Conceptualise, questions prompting hypotheses for identifying unknown substances were used; the Investigation component applied the guided inquiry method; and in the Discussion component, the Plus/Minus/Intriguing method was used. These approaches aimed to develop students’ ability to design experimental plans to identify unknown substances in practical work, select the necessary reagents from tables, and correctly analyze the composition of identified substances. Research Objective: Relevance: Research Questions:
Literature Review During the literature review for this study, analysis and comparison methods were applied. Inquiry-Based Learning (IBL) is a teaching approach that emphasizes not only applying acquired knowledge to solve given problems and conducting investigations but also analyzing the situation to make appropriate decisions (Lee, 2014). A question-based teaching model is one of the instructional approaches encompassing thinking processes and actions (Kidman & Casinader, 2017). Question-based teaching allows students to engage more in independent inquiry (Chu et al., 2017). This teaching method, grounded in constructivism, prioritizes student activity in seeking and discovering knowledge during learning. Teachers guide students toward scientific questions or problems that arise during lessons, thereby inviting students to explore, connect their existing knowledge and ideas, formulate scientific explanations, and apply, use, and evaluate learned concepts (Simamora et al., 2020). Implementing question-based teaching in the classroom requires preparation in two main areas: defining learning objectives and identifying scientific questions or problems to be addressed in learning (Arends, 2012). Additionally, before starting question-based teaching, teachers must consider students’ prior knowledge levels (Odegaard et al., 2015). The main four elements of question-based teaching are:
There are many interpretations of questioning in teaching and learning, and different levels of questions may exist in these contexts. In their article The Many Levels of Inquiry, Heather Banchi and Randy Bell (2008) clearly identify four levels of questions. Banchi and Bell explain that teachers should start with lower-level questions and gradually move to open questions to effectively develop students’ inquiry skills. Open-question inquiry is successful only when students are motivated by their intrinsic interests and have the skills to conduct their own scientific investigations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed surveying, observation, comparison, investigation, analysis, and evaluation. The research involved three groups of 9th-grade students, totaling 38 students. Two groups (25 students) served as the experimental groups, while 13 students formed a control group. A preliminary survey was conducted to identify the difficulties students encounter during practical lessons. According to the survey results, 67.2% of students reported difficulties in analyzing and drawing conclusions from the data obtained in their experiments, while 32.8% indicated no difficulty. Furthermore, 74.4% of students faced challenges in qualitative identification of unknown substances and analyzing their composition. Based on these results, the need to develop students’ analytical and conclusion-drawing skills was confirmed. The researcher discussed teaching methods with teachers, reviewed relevant literature, and selected the IBL strategy. Additionally, effective methods for each of the five components of the IBL strategy were analyzed: Orientation Component: The Question-and-Answer method using a video tutorial arranged from simple to complex helped enhance students’ ability to receive and process information. Students’ responses to guiding questions were evaluated on a 5-point scale, and two-thirds of the class received the maximum score of 5 points. Conceptualise Component: Students were given hypothesis-forming questions to identify unknown substances. This helped them memorize the reagents for identifying unknown cations and anions, improving retention. Assessment was carried out using verbal praise, aiming to enhance students’ ability to use qualitative analysis tables and correctly apply chemical keywords and terminology. Investigation Component: Using the Guided Inquiry method, students conducted qualitative identification of unknown substances independently, performed experiments, and improved their investigative and analytical skills, while finding concrete evidence. During the first trial in pairs, errors occurred, so it was decided that individual experiments were more effective. Individual work allowed students to identify unknown substances independently and strengthen their analytical and research skills. Students assessed their performance using evaluation sheets with “Experienced Analyst” criteria. Discussion Component: Reflection was conducted using the Plus/Minus/Intriguing method. Among 25 students: o Plus: 18 students noted that the qualitative table was helpful for identifying substances. o Minus: 6 students reported difficulties when attempting to identify three unknown cations simultaneously with one reagent. o Intriguing: 22 students expressed interest in studying the flame colors of cations and other metals. Discussions enhanced students’ deep understanding of the topic and helped them identify areas for improvement. Performing chemical experiments was particularly effective for kinesthetic and visual learners, while analyzing experiment results benefited auditory learners. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The use of the IBL strategy, the “Question-and-Answer,” “Guided Inquiry,” and “Plus/Minus/Intriguing” methods, tasks designed according to the “deepening” principle of differentiated instruction, individual and pair work formats, as well as self-assessment and peer-assessment, contributed to students’ success in the teaching and learning process. The application of these methods within the components of the “Inquiry-Based Learning” strategy enabled an analysis of the effective and ineffective aspects of the methods used, identification of students’ strengths and weaknesses, and consideration of effective approaches for improving learning outcomes. In the “Question-and-Answer” method, students were able to identify the learning objectives with the help of guiding questions. However, in the conceptualise component, students encountered difficulties in using appropriate key words and terms when responding to hypothesis-formulating questions based on a demonstration. This highlighted the need to further develop students’ scientific language skills. In the investigation component, during individual work, a Level A student identified three unknown substances using only one reagent and proposed the most efficient approach. In the conclusion component, Level A, B, and C students were paired according to their levels. Through “student–student” interaction, peer checking and peer teaching were effectively implemented. In the control group, 64% of 25 students achieved high scores in the summative assessment, while 36% scored above average. In the non-control group, 38.5% of 13 students achieved high scores. It was observed that students were able to correctly apply theoretical knowledge, design experimental plans, and showed improvement in prediction, analysis, and comparison skills. Students independently conducted research and, where possible, designed experimental plans. Valuable feedback was received from both students and parents, noting that students’ independence and self-confidence had increased. Worksheets designed for students in accordance with the five components of the IBL strategy, along with sample tasks, were shared with school teachers. References 1. Lее H. Y. Inquiry-basеd tеachinginsеcond and forеign languagе pеdagogy//Journal of Languagе Tеaching and Rеsеarch. – 2014. – Т. 5. 2. Inquiry-Based Teaching and Learning across Disciplines: Comparative Theory and Practice in Schools — Gillian Kidman & Niranjan Casinader (2017). 3. Chu, S. K. W., Reynolds, R., Tavares, N. J., Notari, M., & Lee, C. W. Y. — 21st Century Skills Development Through Inquiry-Based Learning: From Theory to Practice (Springer, 2017). 4. Simamora, A. B., Widodo, W., & Sanjaya, I. G. M. (2020). Innovative Learning Model: Improving The Students’ Scientific Literacy Of Junior High School. International Journal of Recent Educational Research, 1(3), 271–285. 5. Arends, R. I. (2012). Learning to Teach. New York: McGraw‑Hill. 6. Ødegaard, M., Haug, B. S., Mork, S. M., & Sørvik, G. O. (2015). Budding Science and Literacy: A Classroom Video Study of the Challenges and Support in an Integrated Inquiry and Literacy Teaching Model. Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences, 167, 274–278. 7. Ai, R., Bhatt, M., Chevrier, S., Ciccarelli, R., Grady, R., Kumari, V., … Wong, H. (2008). Choose your own inquiry. Lanham, MD: University Press of America. 8. Banchi, H., & Bell, R. (2008). The Many Levels of Inquiry. Science and Children, 46(2), 26–29 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster KAT-Soft Framework for Learning Management System Development Turiba University, Latvia Presenting Author:According to Simanullang and colleagues (2021, pp. 1–2), a Learning Management System (LMS) is a type of software commonly used to support digital learning. In simple terms, an LMS helps move many educational processes from manual to digital. According to Alshammari and colleagues (2018, pp. 455–456), an LMS serves as the core platform that organizes and manages educational content while also tracking and overseeing both academic and administrative learning activities. Pimenko (2025) notes that Moodle continues to refine its features and improve overall stability, especially in versions 4.1 and 4.5. The platform also has several upcoming enhancements in the pipeline, such as deeper AI integration and a more streamlined, modern interface. Together, these developments highlight Moodle’s ongoing commitment to evolving its platform to meet the expectations of today’s digital learning environment. This study provides essential guidance for HEIs on how to systematically understand stakeholder needs, categorize system features as core, advanced, and functional, and implement these features within a practical LMS model, specifically for this study the SCROLLE model. The SCROLLE LMS offers 28 AI-assisted innovative features categorized as core, advanced, and functional. The KAT-Soft model facilitates the systematic categorization and phased modular implementation of these features, ensuring that stakeholders initially receive essential functionalities and progressively gain access to additional modules in alignment with implementation phases and their growing familiarity with the LMS. The aim of this research is to develop and validate the KAT-Soft framework—an integration of the Kano model, TAM, and AI-enhanced TPACK—to systematically categorize and prioritize the functional requirements of the SCROLLE (Scalable Collaborative Role-based Outcome-focused Localized Learning Ecosystem) LMS for HEIs in Latvia, ensuring the platform meets specific stakeholder needs and localized digital requirements. This article reports the findings and analysis of the author’s final doctoral research, conducted using the Kano method. Gorbāns and Bierne (2013, p. 57) highlight a clear disconnect between what Moodle could offer as a modern learning tool and how it’s actually used in Latvian higher education. They call for broader, system‑level changes to unlock its full potential. Dzelme (2024, pp. 555–556) highlights a gap in Latvia’s education system and recommends making “Modern Educational Technologies” a mandatory subject that blends STEM with humanities, including AI ethics. It also calls for national AI guidelines to ensure fairness, reduce bias, and maintain human oversight, while using Latvia’s strong IT sector to test and refine AI tools for real classroom needs. Tuchler (2021, pp. 323–325) highlights the importance of using technology in ways that genuinely improve interaction, clarity, and support for students. Purina‑Bieza and Sarva (2022, pp. 213–215) add that many educators in Latvia still prefer digital tools available in Latvian, even though Russian and English platforms are common. While foreign‑language tools may spark initial curiosity, they are often used less over time, suggesting that the shortage of Latvian‑language options limits the adoption of more advanced or interactive learning technologies. Ansone (2024, pp. 179–180) points out that Latvian HEIs still face several overlooked barriers when adopting digital technologies, including skill gaps, limited IT training for faculty, and students arriving with very different levels of digital literacy. Purina‑Bieza and Sarva (2022, pp. 222–223) add that these challenges make localized solutions essential, emphasizing the need for a high‑quality LMS in Latvian to better support digital learning across institutions. Considering the significant investments from both the EU and Latvia’s national budget in digital education and skills development, the environment is highly supportive for start‑ups looking to develop LMS solutions designed specifically for the needs of Latvian higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The survey, based on the Kano Model, comprised 28 paired question sets (S1–S28) to evaluate Latvian HEI stakeholders’ perceptions of proposed LMS features, measuring perceived functionality, potential dissatisfaction if absent, and overall importance for teaching and learning and policy. The analysis used responses from 105 participants to classify LMS features. Descriptive statistics were calculated for all functional, dysfunctional, and importance items across stakeholder groups. Skewness and kurtosis were assessed to check distribution patterns, and Pareto charts and interval plots highlighted feature priorities. Regression analysis and SEM modeling were applied to examine relationships within the LMS framework. Summary tables of mean scores provided a clear overview of the final Kano results. Model Evaluation Summary the SEM model demonstrates a strong balance between statistical fit, theoretical clarity, and overall stability, making it the most suitable model for this study. Model Fit: The structural model demonstrates a strong overall fit. The significant Chi Square result (χ² = 417.208, df = 283, p < .001) is expected in complex, unpaired datasets drawn from multiple professional groups, where higher model complexity is normal. Research Question: How does the Kano based KAT Soft framework, supported by the TAM model and the TPACK framework, help shape the design of the new LMS SCROLLE and influence how it is expected to be accepted within Latvia’s higher education institutions? Research Methods: literature on digital learning, LMS use, alongside an analysis of the Latvian HEI context and their use of platforms like Moodle. It also applied the TAM and TPACK frameworks to examine how technology is adopted and integrated in these institutions. Primary Data Collection: Interviews were held with key stakeholders—teachers, students, course designers, planners, and administrators—from Latvian HEIs. Questionnaires were also distributed to gather quantitative insights on LMS limitations and support the Kano analysis. Primary Data Analysis: The study used descriptive and inferential statistics to interpret survey results and compare stakeholder groups, along with content analysis of interview responses. Data validation was performed using JASP 0.19.3, while diagrams and graphs were created with Canva, Python prompts, Excel, and JASP. Research Process: Phase 1 gathers insights through qualitative work—literature review, context analysis, interviews, and workshops—to create and test pilot tools. Phase 2 uses these refined tools in a large‑scale survey to validate the findings and develop the KAT‑Soft framework, which then helps the final design of the SCROLLE LMS. Research period: November 2021 – December 2025. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Current LMS limitations show the need for SCROLLE and KAT Soft, which offer adaptive, user centred, and pedagogically aligned solutions. Latvian HEIs require a context sensitive, scalable LMS, and stakeholder demand confirms the need for a locally tailored platform like SCROLLE. KAT Soft directly shapes SCROLLE’s design. Educators, Teachers, Trainers, and Education Professionals 1. Advocate for a single, unified LMS to reduce training time and administrative workload. 2. Participate in SCROLLE development consultations to ensure the platform aligns with real teaching practices. Students and Learners 1. Provide structured feedback on LMS usability, including navigation issues and language barriers. 2. Advocate for one seamless digital platform where all course materials and communication are accessible in a single place. Management in Higher Education Institutions of Latvia 1. Conduct a full Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) audit to identify hidden costs in current digital systems. 2. Pilot SCROLLE in partnership with local EdTech developers to co-create a platform tailored to institutional needs. Policy Recommendations for the Ministry of Education and Science of Latvia 1. Allocate EUR 500,000 from the Digital Transformation Budget to support domestic EdTech development. 2. Create a national licensing framework for SCROLLE, enabling all HEIs to adopt it under one agreement and reduce costs by up to 75%. Business Prospect: The long term goal for SCROLLE is to grow from a research project into a sustainable, commercially viable EdTech solution. By 2030, it aims to become a global example of localized, AI driven, inclusive digital learning—competing with major platforms while showcasing Latvian innovation. It supports national digital transformation efforts and turns academic research into a scalable, high impact business. References 1.Simanullang, N. H. S., & Rajagukguk, J. (2021). Learning Management System (LMS) based on Moodle to improve students learning activity. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, 1462(1), 012067. https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1462/1/012067 2.Alshammari, S. H., Ali, M. B., & Rosli, M. S. (2018). LMS, CMS and LCMS: The confusion among them. Scientific International Journal Lahore, 30(3), 455–460. http://sci-int.com/pdf/636663041305242325.edited.pdf 3.Pimenko. (2025, Mar 19). Moodle 5.0: Key Features, Technical Updates & LMS Impact [2025 Guide]. Retrieved Aug 26, 2025 from Pimenko: https://pimenko.com/en/moodle-5-0-new-features-technical-evolutions-and-impact-on-your-lms-2025/ 4.Ansone, A. (2024). Digital transformation in academia: The University of Latvia, 1990–2004. In Human, Technologies and Quality of Education 2024 (pp. 178–185). University of Latvia Press. https://doi.org/10.22364/htqe.2024.14 5.Purina-Bieza, K., & Sarva, E. (2022). Types of digital learning solutions most used by educators in Latvia. In Human, Technologies and Quality of Education 2022 (pp. 211–226). University of Latvia Press. https://doi.org/10.22364/htqe.2022.15 6.Dzelme, J. (2024). Applications of consciousness models in education. In Human, Technologies and Quality of Education 2024 (pp. 551–564). University of Latvia Press. https://doi.org/10.22364/htqe.2024.41 7.Gorbāns, I., & Bierne, J. (2013). E-course management within Moodle in higher education: Technological and pedagogical issues. In Society. Integration. Education. Proceedings of the International Scientific Conference, 1 (pp. 45–60). Rēzeknes Tehnoloģiju akadēmija. https://doi.org/10.17770/sie2013vol1.151 8.Tuchler, A. F. (2021). Learning during the COVID-19 pandemic: The use, features and acceptance of digital learning tools. Baltic Journal of Modern Computing, 9(3), 303–332. https://doi.org/10.22364/bjmc.2021.9.3.06 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Enhancing Students’ Research Skills through STEAM Projects in the Context of a Summer School: an Evidence-Based Approach Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In the modern world, where science and technology are rapidly developing, the ability to research, analyze, and integrate knowledge from different fields is becoming a key skill of the 21st century. To be prepared for the future, people need to learn to think and act more holistically, taking into account the connections and interdependencies between conflicting or incompatible ideas, logics, and positions in both the short and long term (OECD, 2018) Numerous studies in the field of education emphasize the need to develop in students the ability to analyze and evaluate information, the ability to highlight the main points, identify cause-and-effect relationships, model processes and create a finished product(Akhmetova S.A. et al,2025; Jarylkapova S et al,2024; Valeeva E.B. , 2020 ). At the same time, there are various methods of developing research skills that are used in schools (Rogelio Angel Varías-Palacios et al,2025; Honey M., 2014) However, it's worth noting that during observation, reflection, and analysis of student work, not all students demonstrate a high level of completion on tasks related to research skills. Research Question: How can we improve students' research skills in Grade 11? In modern psychological and pedagogical practice, the scientific works of A.I. Savenkov, A.P. Gladkova , V.I. Andreev, P.M. Skvortsov, D.V. Kosheleva and others are devoted to the development of students’ research skills. Savenkov (2016) identifies the following skills as general research skills: recognizing problems, hypotheses designing; asking questions, defining concepts; classifying; conducting experiments; observing; making inferences and conclusions; structuring material; prepare texts of their own reports; explain, prove and defend their ideas. Gladkova(2012)identifies 4 groups of research skills: organizational and practical, search, information, and evaluative.
The classification proposed by Andreev (1981) includes such skills as operational, technical, communicative and organizational. Skvortsov (2010) identifies the elements of educational research skills: the ability to work with scientific and research literature; the ability to carry out observations; the ability to set up an experiment. Kosheleva (2011) believes that involving students in research activities will allow them to learn to invent, understand and master new things, express their own thoughts, be able to make decisions, form interests and recognize opportunities. Based on the analysis of literary sources, the following skills were selected and assessed in our study: analysis of scientific literature, logical presentation of an idea, argumentation, creation of a model and development of an experimental methodology, analysis of the obtained experimental data, drawing conclusions and reflecting on one's own activities. The summer school offers a unique opportunity for in-depth immersion in research, allowing for systematic work and the completion of interdisciplinary projects. In this case, in our opinion, the optimal solution is to use STEAM projects that provide students with the opportunity to develop research competencies, systems and critical thinking, as well as the ability to work in an interdisciplinary environment (Valiyeva A.K. et al,2025;Muraveva S.A. et al,2022; Azizah F.et al,2025 ). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilized theoretical research methods, such as literary analysis, comparison, and systematization, as well as empirical methods – a pedagogical experiment, analysis of student work, questionnaires, observation, interviews, analysis of group interactions and student reflexive statements, as well as methods for mathematical processing of the experimental results. Based on the observation results and analysis of student work, a focus group was formed, consisting of 12 students 11th-grade with low to moderate levels of higher-order thinking skills. At the beginning of the experiment, an additional survey was administered to determine interest and motivation, as well as self-assessment of the knowledge and skills required to implement the STEAM project and the strengths and weaknesses test (SWT). The results allowed us to categorize the students by their research skill levels and track their changes over the course of the pedagogical experiment. STEAM projects included elements of scientific research, engineering design, mathematical analysis, and creative presentation of results, which ensured the development of critical thinking. During the STEAM project, students explored the principles of solar energy conversion and developed a solar collector prototype. Students were divided into three teams. The Science component explored energy sources, ecology, and physical and chemical processes; the Technology component explored the use of Tinkercad digital tools; the Engineering component involved designing and assembling a model; the Art component involved selecting a design; and the Math component involved calculating energy and costs based on the proposed model. The study was conducted during the Summer School, which involved full immersion in project-based activities. Each group developed and tested their model, developed and tested an experimental methodology, conducted the experiment, analyzed the results, and drew conclusions. Students presented their projects in English, which allowed them to enhance their language skills. An analysis of the student activity observation map, as well as interviews and student reflection after project defense, allowed us to identify their progress during the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study results demonstrated that STEAM-oriented project-based learning is an effective tool for developing inquiry skills. The integration of science, engineering, art, and mathematics into project-based activities fosters a deep understanding of the subject matter and the development of higher-order thinking skills. An analysis of the observation sheets revealed that students showed the greatest improvement in skills such as analyzing scientific literature, reasoning and proof, and developing experimental methods. However, students still need to improve their ability to formulate hypotheses, draw conclusions, and reflect on their thoughts. Difficulties also arose in logically and consistently presenting the project idea. The project presentations not only allowed students to present the results of their own practical work and justify their choice of model, but also facilitated self-evaluation of their own performance. During the project defenses and group discussions, ideas for improving the models were proposed. Based on the interviews, students noted that the project allowed them to critically analyze the necessary information and present data in diagrams and graphs across various comparison parameters. After defending their projects, students completed a survey in which they were asked to select three skills that, in their opinion, had been improved the most during the project: 75% of students indicated literature analysis as their main skill, 66.6% noted improvement in argumentation skills, and 50% noted skills in developing experimental methods. During their reflection, students noted that the positive aspects of the STEAM project included increased motivation and cognitive interest, improved teamwork skills, and some even identified their future professional goals. Thus, implementing STEAM projects in summer school is an effective method for developing students' research skills. This approach has proven effective and will be used in future work. References 1.OECD. Education 2030: The Future of Education and Skills. - Paris: OECD Publishing, 2018. 2.Akhmetova S.A., Bolatbekov N.O., Anapiayev N.R. Developing Research Skills in Schoolchildren through Practical Assignments and Experiments in Physics Lessons: Methods, Approaches and Strategies. Electronic resource. Access mode: [https://bilimportal.kz/assets/uploads/fc2f7be149bb91a29c00a6fa766d5089/1732008468_1.pdf]. 2025 3.Jarylkapova S, Aidarbayeva D, Zhumagulova K. Development of research skills of secondary school students in the organisation of independent local history work in biology. Sci Herald Uzhhorod Univ Ser Phys. 2024;(55):934-943 4.Valeeva E.B. Formation and development of students' research skills during and after school hours using innovative educational technologies / E. B. Valeeva. - Text: direct // Molodoy ucheny. - 2020. - No. 20 (310) – pp. 563-565. 5.Rogelio Angel Varías-Palacios, Enrique Guillermo Llontop-Ynga , Jackeline Patricia Murillo-Tapia , Carmen Tenorio-Vilchez. Research skills in high school students: a systematic review. Revista iberoamericana de psicología del ejercicio y el deporte Vol. 18 No 1 pp. 109-11 6.Honey M., Pearson G., Schweingruber H. (Eds.). STEM Integration in K–12 Education. - Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2014. 7.Savenkov A.I. Psychological foundations of the research approach to teaching [Text]: a methodological manual/ A.I. Savenkov – M.: Prosvesheniye, 2016. – 512 p. 8.Gladkova A.P. The process of developing research skills in primary school students// Historical and socio-educational thought, 2012. No.4. – pp. 91-94. 9.Andreev V.I. Heuristic programming of educational and research activities. – M.: VSH, 1981. – 240 p. 10.Skvortsov P.M. Ways to develop students' research culture / P.M.Skvortsov- Rostov-na-Donu, 2009. 11.Kosheleva D.V. The genesis of the concept of «Research skills» // Znaniye. Ponimaniye. Umeniye. 2011. No.2. pp. 218-221 12.Valiyeva A.K., Sagatbekkyzy Zh, Shavaliyeva Z.Sh., Matayev B.A. Introduction of STEM-education through project activities at school. «3i: Intellect, idea, innovation», 2025. №1pp.322-332 13.Muraveva S.A. STEM education as a type of project and research activity. Pedagogicheskoe iskusstvo, 2022, vol. 1, pp.37-42. 14.Azizah F., Waluya S. B., &Ardiansyah A. S. Systematic Review on Critical Thinking through STEM Integrated Learning in Education. International Journal of Education in Mathematics, Science and Technology 13(6), 1384-1398, 2025 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Enhancing Students’ Problem-Solving Skills Through Structured Formative Checklists Across Computer Science Education, Art, Maths and the History of Kazakhstan Nazarbayev Intellectual schools Presenting Author:This proposal presents a collaborative action research study examining how structured formative checklists can enhance students’ problem-solving skills across computer science education, art, and the history of Kazakhstan in secondary education. Problem-solving is widely recognised as a key transversal competence supporting academic achievement and lifelong learning. However, many students experience difficulties in structuring their thinking, monitoring their learning processes, and reflecting on outcomes, particularly when transferring skills across different subject areas. This study explores a cross-curricular formative assessment approach designed to address these challenges through the use of a shared pedagogical tool. Although formative assessment has been shown to positively influence learning, its implementation in school practice is often fragmented and limited to individual subjects. As a result, students may perceive formative strategies as subject-specific rather than transferable learning tools. Existing research on formative assessment has predominantly focused on single-subject contexts, while cross-curricular and collaborative teacher practices remain relatively underexplored. This study responds to this gap by investigating how structured formative checklists, collaboratively designed and implemented by teachers from different subjects, can support the development of students’ problem-solving skills as a shared educational goal. The selection of computer science education, art, and the history of Kazakhstan reflects the diversity of disciplinary problem-solving demands. In computer science education, students engage in algorithmic thinking, programming, and debugging. In art, they address creative and design-oriented challenges that require intentional decision-making and reflection. In the history of Kazakhstan, students analyse historical sources, identify cause-and-effect relationships, and construct evidence-based interpretations. Examining these subjects together allows for the exploration of both discipline-specific practices and transferable cognitive processes related to problem-solving. The study is guided by the main research question of how the use of structured formative checklists enhances students’ problem-solving skills across the three subjects within a collaborative action research context. Supporting questions focus on how students use checklists during problem-solving tasks, changes in planning, execution, and reflection processes, students’ perceptions of the usefulness of checklists, similarities and differences across subjects, and teachers’ experiences of collaborative formative assessment practice. The study is grounded in formative assessment theory, which conceptualises assessment as an integral part of learning aimed at supporting improvement rather than merely measuring achievement. Structured formative checklists are understood as tools that make learning goals, success criteria, and stages of problem-solving explicit, thereby supporting students’ understanding of expectations and learning processes. The research also draws on theories of self-regulated learning, emphasising the importance of planning, monitoring, and reflection in effective problem-solving. From this perspective, checklists function as scaffolding tools that guide learners through these stages while fostering increasing independence. In addition, sociocultural perspectives on learning inform the study by highlighting the role of collaboration, dialogue, and shared meaning-making in both student learning and teacher professional development. A collaborative action research approach is employed, involving three secondary school teachers working within the same school context. The research is conducted through iterative cycles of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. A shared checklist framework is collaboratively developed and adapted to subject-specific tasks while maintaining a common focus on problem-solving stages. This study is significant in demonstrating how formative assessment can be implemented as a cross-curricular and collaborative practice. It offers practical insights for teachers and school leaders seeking to support transferable problem-solving skills and contributes to educational research on formative assessment, action research, and interdisciplinary collaboration in secondary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a collaborative action research methodology, which is particularly suited to investigating and improving educational practice through systematic inquiry and reflection. The approach enables teachers to act as practitioner-researchers who collaboratively design, implement, and evaluate formative assessment strategies within their own classroom contexts. Research Design and Participants The research was conducted in a secondary school setting and involved three teachers representing different subject areas: computer science education, art, and the history of Kazakhstan. The participants included Grade 10 students, who engaged in problem-solving tasks across the three subjects. The study was implemented over two iterative action research cycles, each consisting of the stages of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. During the planning stage, the teachers collaboratively designed a shared structured formative checklist framework focused on key stages of problem-solving. In the acting stage, the checklists were embedded into regular classroom activities. Observation and reflection stages involved systematic data collection and joint analysis of outcomes, which informed refinements for the subsequent cycle. Research Instruments and Data Sources The primary research instrument was a set of structured formative checklists, designed to support students’ problem-solving processes. The checklists followed a common structure across subjects, addressing task understanding, planning strategies, execution, self-monitoring, and reflection. While the overall framework remained consistent, the checklist descriptors were adapted to align with discipline-specific tasks, such as programming and debugging in computer science, creative design processes in art, and historical source analysis and interpretation in the history of Kazakhstan. Multiple data sources were used to ensure methodological triangulation. These included: students’ completed formative checklists; samples of student work produced before and after the introduction of checklists; classroom observations conducted by participating teachers; students’ written reflections and short open-ended questionnaires; teachers’ reflective journals and records of collaborative meetings. Both qualitative and quantitative data were collected. Quantitative data focused on changes in task performance and checklist usage patterns, while qualitative data provided insights into students’ problem-solving behaviours, perceptions, and learning processes. Data Analysis and Ethical Considerations Qualitative data were analysed using thematic analysis, focusing on patterns related to planning, monitoring, and reflection in problem-solving. Quantitative data were used descriptively to identify trends across cycles and subjects. Data triangulation and collaborative interpretation enhanced the trustworthiness of findings. Ethical considerations included informed consent, voluntary participation, confidentiality, and anonymisation of all student data. The study adhered to ethical principles for educational research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This collaborative action research study is expected to demonstrate that structured formative checklists can effectively support the development of students’ problem-solving skills across computer science education, art, and the history of Kazakhstan. By explicitly outlining the stages of problem-solving, the checklists are anticipated to help students approach learning tasks in a more structured, purposeful, and reflective manner. A key expected outcome is an improvement in students’ ability to plan, monitor, and evaluate their problem-solving processes. In computer science education, this may be reflected in clearer algorithmic planning, more systematic debugging practices, and improved accuracy in programming tasks. In art, students are expected to demonstrate greater intentionality in creative decision-making, stronger justification of design choices, and deeper reflection on the creative process. In the history of Kazakhstan, the use of checklists is anticipated to support more coherent analysis of historical sources, clearer identification of cause-and-effect relationships, and stronger evidence-based interpretations. Across all three subjects, students are expected to show increased learning independence and self-regulation. The consistent use of a shared formative tool may support the transfer of problem-solving strategies between disciplines, enabling students to recognise common cognitive processes despite differences in subject content. Student feedback is expected to indicate that checklists clarify expectations, reduce uncertainty, and increase confidence when engaging with complex tasks. From a pedagogical perspective, the study is expected to highlight the value of cross-curricular collaboration in formative assessment practices. Teachers’ reflective accounts are anticipated to demonstrate professional learning gains and a more coherent understanding of problem-solving as a transversal skill. Overall, the study is expected to contribute practical and research-based insights into the use of structured formative checklists as a cross-curricular formative assessment strategy in secondary education. References Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7–74. A foundational study establishing the theoretical and empirical basis for formative assessment and its impact on student learning. Black, P., Harrison, C., Lee, C., Marshall, B., & Wiliam, D. (2003). Assessment for learning: Putting it into practice. Maidenhead: Open University Press. Provides practical strategies for implementing formative assessment in classroom contexts. Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112. Examines different levels and functions of feedback and their influence on learning and self-regulation. Sadler, D. R. (1989). Formative assessment and the design of instructional systems. Instructional Science, 18(2), 119–144. Explores formative assessment as an integral component of instructional design and learner development. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. Introduces the concept of self-regulated learning, emphasising planning, monitoring, and reflection in problem-solving. Panadero, E., & Jonsson, A. (2013). The use of scoring rubrics for formative assessment purposes revisited. Educational Research Review, 9, 129–144. Analyses how structured assessment tools such as rubrics and checklists support self-regulation and understanding of success criteria. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Singapore: Springer. A key methodological reference outlining the principles and cycles of collaborative action research. Burns, A. (2010). Doing action research in English language teaching. New York: Routledge. Although focused on language education, this work provides transferable guidance on action research design and practitioner inquiry. OECD. (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. Paris: OECD Publishing. Highlights the importance of transversal skills, including problem-solving, and cross-curricular approaches in contemporary education. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Developing Speaing Skills through Debate Activity 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau, Kazakhstan; 3: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau, Kazakhstan; 4: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Karaganda, Kazakhstan; 5: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Karaganda, Kazakhstan; 6: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Karaganda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Developing speaking skills remains a core objective of modern language education because oral communication plays a crucial role in learners’ academic success and social engagement. Speaking allows students to articulate ideas, justify viewpoints, and participate meaningfully in classroom interaction. Nevertheless, classroom observations reveal that many learners encounter persistent difficulties during speaking tasks. These difficulties often include unclear expression of ideas, weak logical organization, limited use of arguments, and insufficient evidence to support opinions. In many language classrooms, students tend to rely on memorized expressions and produce brief or fragmented responses. They experience challenges in forming independent viewpoints and connecting ideas coherently. Furthermore, emotional responses frequently outweigh rational reasoning, resulting in interruptions, inadequate listening skills, and limited respect for alternative perspectives. Such patterns indicate an underdeveloped speaking culture and insufficient communicative competence [1]. Traditional teaching practices often prioritize grammatical accuracy and written exercises, while structured opportunities for oral interaction remain limited. As a consequence, students may acquire theoretical language knowledge but fail to apply it effectively in authentic communicative situations. This disconnect highlights the need for interactive, learner-centered approaches that encourage active participation and meaningful speaking practice [2]. Internationally, communicative language teaching experts argue that tasks fostering real interaction—such as debates—are essential for engagement and skill transfer. Harmer’s influential work highlights the value of communicative, interactive tasks in developing learner autonomy and meaningful use of language [3]. One pedagogical strategy that addresses these challenges is the debate method. Debate represents a structured speaking activity that requires learners to analyze information, construct arguments, and defend positions through logical reasoning and evidence. Unlike informal discussion, debate operates within clearly defined roles and rules, enabling students to organize ideas systematically and communicate more effectively. Research evidence suggests that debate instruction can significantly improve both critical thinking and speaking skills in EFL contexts, leading to richer language use and stronger oral performance outcomes [4]. Despite its educational potential, debate is frequently misunderstood by students as an emotional confrontation rather than an academic practice. Without explicit instruction and clear structure, debate activities may become ineffective and fail to meet learning objectives. Therefore, debates must be implemented purposefully, with direct guidance on argument construction, respectful communication, and evidence-based reasoning [5]. This action research explores how the consistent and structured application of the debate method can enhance students’ speaking skills and speaking culture. The study examines changes in students’ ability to express ideas clearly, support opinions with arguments, and engage respectfully in oral interaction. By focusing on classroom-based practice, this research seeks to contribute to more effective speaking instruction and the development of functional communicative competence [6]. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted an action research approach, which is commonly used to enhance teaching practice through systematic reflection and inquiry. Action research enables educators to identify classroom challenges, implement targeted instructional interventions, observe outcomes, and reflect on effectiveness to inform further practice [5]. This approach was appropriate for examining the influence of debate activities on students’ speaking skills within an authentic classroom environment. The research was conducted in a secondary school during regular language lessons. Participants included students with varying levels of language proficiency. The teacher assumed the dual role of researcher and facilitator, guiding debate activities while collecting data throughout the process. The research followed four interconnected stages: planning, action, observation, and reflection. During the planning stage, key speaking difficulties were identified, such as limited argumentation skills and low speaking confidence. Based on these findings, structured debate activities were designed. In the action stage, debate tasks were introduced gradually, beginning with simple formats and progressing to more complex debates. Students received explicit instruction on formulating claims, providing supporting evidence, responding to counterarguments, and adhering to speaking rules [4]. Data collection involved multiple qualitative methods. Classroom observations were used to examine students’ participation, speech organization, and interaction patterns. Questionnaires were administered before and after the intervention to identify changes in students’ attitudes toward speaking tasks. Semi-structured interviews provided insight into students’ perceptions of debate activities and their self-reported confidence. Reflective notes were maintained to evaluate instructional decisions and classroom dynamics throughout the research process [2]. In line with international studies, students’ improvements in speaking and reasoning were interpreted through both linguistic and cognitive frameworks. For example, debate instruction has been shown to enhance EFL students’ critical thinking alongside oral proficiency, reinforcing the pedagogical suitability of structured debate as a tool for communicative development [4]. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this action research demonstrate that the systematic use of the debate method positively influences students’ speaking skills and speaking culture. Throughout the intervention, students showed clear improvement in articulating ideas and supporting opinions with logical arguments and relevant evidence. Their speech became more organized and purposeful, indicating growth in communicative competence [4]. A significant outcome of the study was the increase in students’ confidence in speaking. Regular engagement in debate activities helped learners overcome anxiety related to public speaking and encouraged active participation. In addition, students developed improved listening skills and demonstrated greater respect for differing viewpoints, contributing to a more supportive and collaborative classroom environment [6]. The debate activities also fostered critical thinking and information-processing skills, consistent with international research showing that debate instruction enhances both reasoning and oral proficiency in language learners [4]. Students became more selective and thoughtful in their use of supporting facts and examples, improving not only debate performance but also overall communicative effectiveness. Although challenges such as time limitations and differences in students’ proficiency levels were observed, these issues can be mitigated through careful planning and differentiated instruction. Overall, the debate method proved to be an effective instructional strategy for improving speaking instruction. In conclusion, integrating debate activities into regular classroom practice supports the development of articulate, confident, and critically minded learners. These findings align with broader pedagogical research advocating interactive, communicative tasks as essential components of language teaching [3]. References 1. Zhumabayeva, G. (2020). Methods of Teaching the Kazakh Language. Almaty: Kazakh University. This book provides a detailed overview of contemporary approaches to teaching the Kazakh language, with a strong focus on communicative competence and oral skills development. The theoretical framework presented in this work underpins the need for structured speaking activities, such as debates, to enhance students’ ability to express ideas clearly and logically. 2. Abilkhaev, A. (2018). Methods of Developing Speech at School. Almaty: Rauan. The author discusses common speaking difficulties, including low confidence, limited vocabulary, and weak argumentation. This source supports the methodological rationale of the current research by highlighting the importance of structured oral practice for developing speaking fluency and speech culture. 3. Turganbayeva, B. (2019). Critical Thinking Technology. Almaty: KazNPU Press. This book explores the integration of critical thinking strategies into educational practice. Debate is identified as an effective instructional tool for fostering logical reasoning and evidence-based communication. This work provides a theoretical foundation linking debate activities with higher-order thinking and structured speaking skills. 4. Harmer, J. (2007). The Practice of English Language Teaching. Harlow: Longman. Harmer is a leading international expert in English language teaching. The author emphasizes the importance of learner engagement, task-based interaction, and speaking opportunities. His principles strongly support the use of debate as a communicative activity that develops fluency, confidence, and interactional competence. 5. Iman, J. N. (2017). Debate instruction in EFL classroom: Impacts on the critical thinking and speaking skill. International Journal of Instruction, 10(4), 87–108. This international research study investigates the effects of debate instruction on EFL learners’ speaking and critical thinking skills. This study provides empirical evidence supporting the effectiveness of debate-based instruction and directly informs the design of the present action research. 6. Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Kazakhstan. (2022). Methodological Guidelines for Updating Secondary Education Content. Astana. This official document outlines national priorities for modernizing education, emphasizing competency-based learning, communicative skills, and active teaching methods. This source provides policy-level justification for implementing debate-based instruction in language classrooms. 7. Imanbekova, G. (2020). Experience of using debate technology in Kazakh language lessons. Ulagat Scientific-Methodological Journal, 6, 45–49. This article presents practical classroom experience in applying debate technology in Kazakh language lessons. The author reports positive outcomes in students’ speaking confidence, argumentation skills, and classroom participation. This source directly supports the practical implementation of debate activities in the current study. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Enhancing High School Students’ Physical Experiment Evaluation Skills through Integrated Teaching Methods Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Kokshetau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Abstract This study investigates the impact of integrated teaching methods on high school students’ ability to evaluate physical experiments, with a particular emphasis on metacognitive awareness and scientific reasoning. Drawing on a mixed-methods approach, the action research explores how combining inquiry-based learning, collaborative problem-solving, and reflective assessment strategies enhances students’ capacity to critically analyse experimental design, data interpretation, and procedural validity. The study addresses three core questions: (1) How do integrated teaching methods influence students’ ability to evaluate physical experiments? (2) Which components of integrated teaching are most effective? (3) What changes occur in students’ metacognitive awareness and scientific reasoning? Preliminary findings suggest that students exposed to integrated instruction demonstrate improved analytical precision, greater self-regulation, and deeper conceptual understanding. These results underscore the value of holistic pedagogical frameworks in cultivating scientific literacy and evaluative competence among secondary learners. Introduction In contemporary science education, the ability to critically evaluate physical experiments is a cornerstone of scientific literacy. High school students often engage in laboratory activities that require not only procedural execution but also thoughtful analysis of experimental design, data reliability, and conceptual validity. Integrated teaching methods—such as inquiry-based learning, collaborative problem-solving, and reflective assessment—offer a promising framework for addressing this gap. By blending conceptual instruction with hands-on experimentation and metacognitive reflection, these approaches aim to deepen students’ understanding of scientific processes and foster higher-order thinking. Such integration encourages learners to question assumptions, identify sources of error, and articulate the reasoning behind their conclusions. This study explores how integrated teaching methods influence students’ ability to evaluate physical experiments, with particular attention to the development of metacognitive awareness and scientific reasoning. It seeks to identify which components of integration are most effective and how they contribute to meaningful shifts in students’ analytical and reflective capacities. The findings aim to inform curriculum design and pedagogical practice in physics education, ultimately supporting the cultivation of independent, critically minded learners. Research objectives
Literature review Evaluating physical experiments is a core skill in science education, encompassing hypothesis formulation, data analysis, error estimation, and critical reflection. However, many students struggle with these tasks due to fragmented instruction and limited opportunities for inquiry-based learning. Traditional physics teaching often emphasizes procedural knowledge over conceptual understanding. Studies show that students frequently follow lab instructions mechanically without grasping the underlying principles or evaluating the reliability of their results (Pols & Dekkers, 2024). This leads to poor development of science process skills (SPS), including observation, inference, and interpretation (Tan, Yangco, & Que, 2020; Yildiz & Kaya, 2023). Integrated teaching methods—such as STEM integration, guided inquiry, and simulation-based learning—have shown promise in enhancing students’ experimental reasoning and evaluation skills. Ningtyas et al. (2024) conducted a systematic review showing that integrated STEM approaches improve students’ analytical thinking, problem-solving, and experimental design capabilities. Chengere et al. (2025) demonstrated that inquiry-based lab activities significantly enhance students’ SPS, particularly in hypothesis testing and data interpretation. Banda & Nzabahimana (2021) reviewed 31 studies on PhET simulations and found that digital tools improve conceptual understanding and help students visualize abstract phenomena, which supports better evaluation of experimental outcomes. Several educational theories underpin integrated teaching methods. Constructivism emphasizes active learning where students build knowledge through experience and reflection (Taber, 2024; McLeod, 2025). Bloom’s Taxonomy encourages higher-order thinking skills such as analysis and evaluation, which are essential for experiment assessment (Bloom, 1956; Ruhl, 2025). Kolb’s Experiential Learning Cycle highlights the importance of reflective observation and abstract conceptualization in learning from experiments (Kolb, 1984; McLeod, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Action research methodology My research utilizes the qualitative method of research. This research work is the result of a study of the actions taken in the context of my own professional development as a teacher. The research consists of 4 sections: (1) Review of documents and related literature; (2) Action research cycle follows the iterative plan–act–observe–reflect cycle to continuously refine teaching practices. Purpose of action research methodology is to improve students’ evaluative skills in physics experiments while simultaneously developing the teacher’s instructional strategies. (3) Qualitative and quantitative data analysis and (4) Drawing conclusions and findings. The participants of this study consisted of twenty-three (23) 11th-grade students, ages 15-16. The study consists of 2 phases: the first phase covered September until end of October 2025, while the second phase covered November to December 2025. This action research cycle focused on improving students’ ability to evaluate physics experiments through integrated interventions. In the ‘planning stage’, challenges were identified using ESA (external summative assessment) results and lesson observations, revealing weaknesses in recognizing errors and evaluating reliability. Interventions were designed around inquiry-based tasks, collaborative problem-solving, and reflective assessment using rubrics and journal templates. In the ‘acting stage' students engaged in experiments on resistance, acceleration, momentum, and specific heat capacity. Structured worksheets, prompts, simulations, and peer discussions guided systematic data recording, error analysis, and reflection. The teacher facilitated learning while investigating the impact of scaffolding and digital tools. In the ‘observing stage’, evidence from pre/post-tests, journals, rubrics, teacher notes, and interviews showed significant improvement. Students progressed from basic calculations to deeper evaluation, distinguishing error types, proposing corrective strategies, and critically questioning data. Reflective journals highlighted metacognitive growth, while interviews emphasized the value of combining physical experiments with simulations. In the ‘reflecting stage’, quantitative analysis showed rising test scores and rubric ratings, while qualitative analysis revealed a shift from descriptive to evaluative reasoning. Effective practices included structured prompts, peer collaboration, and simulation integration. For the next cycle, modifications aim to further strengthen evaluative reasoning, quantitative reflection, and collaborative critique. Second action research cycle was conducted between November and December 2025. In planning stage, I used the same assessment criteria and self-assessment rubrics, however provided structured and modified journal templates with guiding questions to ensure all students engage in deeper metacognitive reflection. Because in the first cycle categories such as `Reasoning and metacognitive awareness` and `Collaboration and communication` needed improvement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Here’s a structured triangulation of findings across the three main evidence sources from two action research cycles Metacognitive Growth Student reflective journals, self-assessment rubrics and peer-assessment rubrics show clear shift from descriptive recounting to evaluative reflection. Students identified sources of error (friction, misalignment, sensor delays) and connected them to theory. Teacher observation notes and video recordings confirmed that students verbalized reasoning during debates, corrected misconceptions, and linked anomalies to theoretical principles. Interviews and focus groups students reported greater confidence in identifying errors and valued structured prompts for reflection. Collaborative reasoning and peer learning Student journals & peer rubrics (Table 5) growth in categories like peer reasoning and collaboration/respect. Students increasingly engaged with peer ideas, asked clarifying questions, and gave constructive feedback. Teacher observations documented active debates, peer-to-peer questioning, and collaborative problem-solving. Misconceptions were corrected in real time. Interviews and focus groups students appreciated peer discussions and rubrics as tools for structured collaboration. Conclusion This study found that integrated teaching methods—combining inquiry, collaboration, and reflection—significantly enhanced high school students’ ability to evaluate physical experiments. Inquiry fostered curiosity, collaboration strengthened reasoning, and reflection deepened metacognitive awareness. Among the components, reflective journals, peer-evaluation rubrics, and scaffolded experimental tasks proved most effective in promoting evaluative competence and scientific reasoning. Students progressed from simple descriptions to critical reflection, questioning assumptions, distinguishing errors, and confidently interpreting outcomes. Overall, integrated approaches cultivated scientific literacy, self-regulation, and deeper conceptual understanding, showing that holistic pedagogical frameworks are essential for preparing learners to engage rigorously and reflectively in scientific inquiry References References Banda, H. J., & Nzabahimana, J. (2021). Effect of integrating physics education technology simulations on students’ conceptual understanding in physics: A review of literature. Physical Review Physics Education Research, 17(2), 023108. Retrieved September 15, 2025, from https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevPhysEducRes.17.023108 Bloom, B. S. (1956). Taxonomy of educational objectives: The classification of educational goals. Handbook I: Cognitive domain. New York: David McKay. Chengere, A. M., Bono, B. D., Zinabu, S. A., & Jilo, K. W. (2025). Enhancing secondary school students’ science process skills through guided inquiry-based laboratory activities in biology. PLoS ONE, 20(4), e0320692. Retrieved September 15, 2025, from https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0320692 Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. McLeod, S. (2025). Constructivism as a theory for teaching and learning. Simply Psychology. Retrieved September 20, 2025, from https://www.simplypsychology.org/constructivism.html McLeod, S. (2025). Kolb’s learning styles & experiential learning cycle. Simply Psychology. Retrieved September 20, 2025, from https://www.simplypsychology.org/learning-kolb.html Ningtyas, P. K., Widarti, H. R., Parlan, P., Rahayu, S., & Dasna, I. W. (2024). Enhancing students’ abilities and skills through science learning integrated STEM: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Education in Mathematics, Science, and Technology (IJEMST), 12(5), 1161–1181. September 21, 2025, from https://doi.org/10.46328/ijemst.4292 Pols, C. F. J., & Dekkers, P. J. J. M. (2024). Redesigning a first-year physics lab course on the basis of the procedural and conceptual knowledge in science model. Physical Review Physics Education Research, 20(1), 010117. Retrieved September 21, 2025, from https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevPhysEducRes.20.010117 Ruhl, C. (2025). Bloom’s taxonomy of learning. Simply Psychology. Retrieved January 15, 2026, from https://www.simplypsychology.org/blooms-taxonomy.html Taber, K. S. (2024). Educational constructivism. Encyclopedia, 4(4), 1534–1552. Retrieved January 15, 2026, from https://doi.org/10.3390/encyclopedia4040100 Tan, R. M., Yangco, R. T., & Que, E. N. (2020). Students’ conceptual understanding and science process skills in an inquiry-based flipped classroom environment. Malaysian Journal of Learning & Instruction, 17(1), 159–184. Retrieved September 20, 2025, from https://doi.org/10.32890/mjli2020.17.1.7 Yildiz, F., & Kaya, E. (2023). The holistic effect of nature of science and science process skills on students’ conceptual and procedural knowledge and motivation within the context of modified guided discovery in physics laboratory. Cogent Education, 10(2), 2267937. Retrieved September 22, 2025, from https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2267937 |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 13 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Poster The Act of Teaching in the Age of Artificial Intelligence National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan Presenting Author:This paper investigates how the rapid development of generative AI challenges traditional understandings of teaching and compels us to rethink the teacher’s role in education. This central question of this paper is how we should understand the act of teaching in an age when artificial intelligence increasingly assumes the functions of transmitting knowledge and providing individualized learning support. It further asks whether learning can occur without a teacher, and if AI is capable of offering structured, personalized learning programs, whether such activity can truly be called ‘teaching.’ The paper does not adopt a skeptical stance toward technological applications in education; rather, it seeks to clarify the ways in which AI can facilitate teaching and learning, while also examining the risks posed by its widespread use. The objective is to critically analyze the shifting role of teachers, to question the adequacy of learner-centered paradigms in the context of AI, and to propose a philosophical framework that redefines teaching as more than facilitation or transmission, emphasizing its moral and dialogical dimensions. The main theoretical framework is Michael Oakeshott’s idea of education as the ‘conversation of humankind’. Within this framework, teaching can be understood in two ways: as the provision of answers to inquiries, or as initiation into broader human conversation. The first approach suggests that the act of teaching can be understood within the traditional teacher–student–content triangle as the transmission of established knowledge or the provision of appropriate answers to questions. Oakeshott’s describes this as ‘inquiry,’ a mode of experience shaped by skills, habits, and aptitudes directed toward the pursuit of communicable truths. Science exemplifies this mode, conceiving the world in terms of quantity and striving for transparency and universality. In this sense, teachers act as answer-holders who pass knowledge to students, a role that AI systems can replicate, and in some respects surpass, by providing ‘accurate’, individualized and immediate responses. Yet scientific knowledge, while valuable, is only one mode of experience and is inherently partial. More importantly, it is ultimately a form of judgment rather than a neutral or value-free truth. For this reason, although AI may serve effectively as a provider of answers, this conception of teaching remains inadequate for capturing the full meaning of the act of teaching. On the other hand, teaching as initiation into the conversation of humankind offers a richer and more comprehensive understanding. This involves recognizing the plurality of modes of experience—science, history, poetry, philosophy—and resisting the reduction of all phenomena to technical or quantitative categories. The voice of poetry, in particular, serves as a remedy to the dominance of technique, reminding us of the value of contemplation, joy, and activities pursued as ends in themselves. Teaching, in this sense, is dialogical and relational: it requires listening, addressing, and moral engagement. It is about inviting students into a shared conversation where diverse voices coexist and interact. AI, however sophisticated, cannot replicate this dimension of teaching, because it lacks the capacity for moral disposition, affective listening, and genuine participation in human dialogue. By situating teaching within Oakeshott’s framework, this paper argues that the act of teaching must be understood not only as inquiry but also as initiation into conversation, and that the human teacher remains indispensable in sustaining this dialogical and moral dimension of education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of this paper is philosophical and conceptual. It engages in critical analysis of educational discourse, drawing on both historical and contemporary sources to clarify the meaning of teaching in the age of AI. Primary sources include Michael Oakeshott’s writings on education as initiation into conversation of mankind. It also examines Gert Biesta’s critique of ‘learnification,’ and the influential works of John Dewey and Carl Rogers that shaped learner-centered paradigms. Secondary sources include contemporary scholarship on AI in education, such as reports from Taiwan’s National Academy for Educational Research, as well as recent philosophical discussions on scientism and the limitations of purely technical approaches to knowledge, and literature on conversational morality and listening in education. By synthesizing these sources, the paper situates AI within broader philosophical debates about education, avoiding both technological determinism and nostalgic traditionalism. The approach is normative, aiming to articulate what teaching ought to mean in the age of AI. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to yield two main outcomes. First, it will clarify the limits of AI teaching by showing that while AI can provide factual knowledge, individualized learning paths, and efficient curriculum support, it cannot replicate the relational, moral, and dialogical dimensions of teaching. This distinction will help policymakers and educators avoid conflating learning support with teaching. Second, it will reframe the teacher’s role, arguing against the reduction of teachers to mere facilitators of learning. Instead, teachers remain indispensable as initiators into the ‘conversation of humankind,’ guiding students into diverse modes of human experience and engaging them in moral and dialogical practices that AI cannot provide. This framework can inform teacher training programs in Taiwan and beyond, ensuring that the human dimension of teaching is preserved even as AI becomes more prevalent. In summary, the expected outcome is a philosophical defense of teaching as a uniquely human act. The paper will demonstrate that while AI can enhance learning, it cannot replace the teacher’s role in cultivating moral ideals, fostering dialogue, and sustaining the shared conversation that defines education. This contribution will enrich conference discussions on the future of education and provide a critical perspective on the integration of AI in teaching. References 1. Allen, B. (2016). Experience in Experience and its modes. In D. Bakhurst & P. Fairfield (Eds.), Education and conversation: Exploring Oakeshott’s legacy (pp. 27–46). London: Bloomsbury Academic. 2. Bakhurst, D. (2016). Education and conversation. In D. Bakhurst & P. Fairfield (Eds.), Education and conversation: Exploring Oakeshott’s legacy (pp. 5–26). London: Bloomsbury Academic. 3. Biesta, G. (2017). The rediscovery of teaching. New York: Routledge. 4. Fairfield, P. (2016). A phenomenology of listening. In D. Bakhurst & P. Fairfield (Eds.), Education and conversation: Exploring Oakeshott’s legacy (pp. 126–142). London: Bloomsbury Academic. 5. Lovasz, A., & Pető, Z. (2026). Michael Oakeshott’s critique of technocracy: Politics and poetics under technoscience. The European Legacy, 31(1), 1–19. 6. Oakeshott, M. (1991)[1959]. The Voice of Poetry in the Conversation of Mankind. In Rationalism in Politics and Other Essays (pp. 488-541). Indianapolis: Liberty Fund. 7. Oakeshott, M. (2001)[1975]. A Place of Learning. The Voice of Poetry in the Conversation of Mankind. In The Voice of Liberal Learning in Politics and Other Essays (pp. 1-34). Indianapolis: Liberty Fund. 8. Standish, P. (2016). A turn in the conversation. In D. Bakhurst & P. Fairfield (Eds.), Education and conversation: Exploring Oakeshott’s legacy (pp. 111–126). London: Bloomsbury Academic. 13. Philosophy of Education
Poster Philosophical Typologies of Adult Education as Reflective Frameworks in a European Context University of Debrecen, Hungary Presenting Author:Adult education practice across Europe is characterised by increasing diversity in institutional forms, learner populations, and policy expectations. Formal, non-formal, and informal learning contexts coexist with market-driven training provision, civic education initiatives, and programmes aimed at social inclusion and employability. Beneath this diversity, however, educational practice is shaped by implicit philosophical assumptions concerning the purpose of education, the nature of knowledge, the roles of teachers and learners, and the relationship between education and society. Making these assumptions explicit is a core concern of education philosophy and a prerequisite for reflective professional practice. The aim of this poster is to present an education-philosophical interpretative framework that systematises major theoretical orientations in adult education and connects them to reflective teaching practice in a European and international context. Following Merriam’s argument that theory and philosophy are always embedded—implicitly or explicitly—in practice, the postertreats philosophical typologies not as abstract classifications but as reference frameworks for understanding and justifying pedagogical decisions. The guiding research questions are:
The theoretical framework builds on international syntheses of adult education philosophy and theory. Classic typologies distinguish liberal, progressive, behaviourist, humanistic, and radical/critical traditions (Elias & Merriam, 2005; Zinn, 1990), each associated with different assumptions about knowledge, authority, and social change. Liberal traditions emphasise intellectual development and canonical knowledge; progressive approaches foreground experience and problem-solving; behaviourist perspectives focus on measurable learning outcomes and accountability; humanistic traditions stress self-direction, personal growth, and authenticity; while radical and critical approaches view adult education as a means of social transformation and emancipation. More recent systematisation efforts extend these categories by incorporating constructivist, postmodern, identity-based, feminist, multicultural, and socio-ecological perspectives (Siebert; Tisdell & Taylor, 2000). These approaches respond to changing social conditions, including increased learner heterogeneity, migration, gendered inequalities, and the digital transformation of learning environments. Rather than replacing earlier traditions, they coexist with them, contributing to what several authors describe as an increasingly complex and fragmented theoretical landscape. Following Tisdell and Taylor (2000), the research adopts a question-based comparative lens to analyse philosophical orientations. Key questions include: What is the purpose of adult education? What is the role of the educator? How are adult learners positioned in the learning process? How is difference understood? What worldview and value assumptions underpin practice? This approach allows philosophical orientations to be connected directly to concrete teaching and programme design decisions. The European and international dimension of the research lies not in statistical comparison but in contextual interpretation. The analysis considers how philosophical orientations gain prominence in response to European adult education agendas, such as employability and upskilling, democratic participation, inclusion, and lifelong learning. In doing so, the research positions education philosophy as a critical tool for interpreting contemporary adult education practice across diverse European settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employs a qualitative, theory-oriented methodology based on systematic literature analysis and conceptual synthesis. The methodological approach consists of three interconnected stages. First, a structured review of key international and European works on adult education philosophy and theory is conducted. This includes classic syntheses and typologies as well as later interpretative frameworks that expand or reinterpret earlier traditions. The focus is not on exhaustiveness but on identifying influential systematisation logics and their underlying philosophical assumptions. Second, the reviewed theoretical orientations are organised into a conceptual matrix that links philosophical assumptions to dimensions of educational practice. The matrix includes dimensions such as educational aims, conceptions of knowledge and learning, educator and learner roles, authority and power relations, and approaches to learner diversity and inclusion. This step translates abstract philosophical positions into analytically comparable categories relevant to practice. Third, the conceptual matrix is applied as an interpretative lens to contemporary European adult education contexts. Rather than evaluating specific programmes, this step examines how broader policy and institutional environments tend to privilege certain philosophical orientations over others (e.g. competence-based and instrumental approaches versus emancipatory or learner-centred traditions). This allows for a contextualised philosophical reading of current trends without empirical generalisation. The methodology is deliberately reflective and interpretative. Its purpose is not to test hypotheses but to provide a coherent philosophical framework that adult educators, programme designers, and researchers can use to articulate, question, and justify their pedagogical choices. In line with education-philosophical traditions, the analysis treats theory as a mediating tool between values, social conditions, and educational practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcome of the research is a coherent, education-philosophical framework that clarifies how different theoretical orientations in adult education shape teaching practices, programme goals, and learner positioning. By systematising major traditions and their later extensions, the research demonstrates that adult education practice is inherently value-laden and cannot be understood independently of its philosophical foundations. Three main contributions are anticipated. First, the framework supports reflective professional practice by enabling educators to identify the philosophical assumptions underlying their pedagogical decisions. This is particularly relevant in European contexts where adult education is increasingly shaped by external accountability, labour market demands, and standardisation pressures. Second, the analysis enhances coherence in programme design by linking aims, methods, roles, and assessment practices to explicit philosophical positions. This contributes to transparency and professional accountability in increasingly pluralistic adult education systems. Third, the inclusion of critical, feminist, multicultural, and constructivist perspectives foregrounds issues of power, inclusion, and social justice. These perspectives are essential for addressing participation inequalities and for understanding adult education as a socially embedded practice rather than a neutral technical activity. Several limitations must be acknowledged. The research is based on theoretical synthesis rather than empirical validation, and the mapping of philosophical orientations necessarily involves interpretative judgement. Moreover, the diversity of European adult education contexts limits the possibility of universal conclusions. Nevertheless, the proposed framework is transferable and adaptable, offering a shared philosophical vocabulary for dialogue across national and institutional boundaries. References Boshier, R. (1971). Motivational orientations of adult education participants: A factor analytic exploration of Houle’s typology. Adult Education, 21(2), 3–26. https://doi.org/10.1177/074171367102100201 Courtney, S. (1992). Why adults learn: Towards a theory of participation in adult education. Routledge. Desjardins, R., & Rubenson, K. (2013). Participation patterns in adult education: The role of institutions and public policy frameworks in resolving coordination problems. European Journal of Education, 48(2), 262–280. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12029 Elias, J. L., & Merriam, S. B. (2005). Philosophical foundations of adult education (3rd ed.). Krieger Publishing Company. Houle, C. O. (1961). The inquiring mind. University of Wisconsin Press. Knowles, M. S. (1980). The modern practice of adult education: From pedagogy to andragogy. Cambridge Adult Education. Merriam, S. B. & Caffarella, R. S. (1999). Learning in adulthood: A comprehensive guide. Jossey-Bass. Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning. Jossey-Bass. Morstain, B. R., & Smart, J. C. (1974). Reasons for participation in adult education courses: A multivariate analysis of group differences. Adult Education, 24(2), 83–98. https://doi.org/10.1177/074171367402400201 Siebert, H. (2006). Theorien für die Praxis. Wbv Tisdell, E. J., & Taylor, E. W. (2000). Adult education philosophy informs practice. Adult Learning, 11(2), 6–10. https://doi.org/10.1177/104515959901100203 Zinn, L.M. (1990). Identifying your philosophical orientation. In M.W. Galbraith (Ed.), Adult learning methods. (pp. 39-56). Malabar, FL: Krieger Publishing Company. 13. Philosophy of Education
Poster Student Response-ability, Dialogue with AI, and Levinas Dongguk University-Seoul, South Korea Presenting Author:Recently, interest in student responsibility has been growing in the discourse of future education. This is not the first time that responsibility has been emphasized in education. The accountability movement is most likely a phenomenon with which we are already familiar. This trend often determines how well schools or universities as well as teachers fulfill their responsibilities, based on the academic achievements of the students. In this paper, I would like to examine the nature of responsibility from a slightly different perspective than that of determining how much of the roles and duties expected of schools, universities, and teachers are fulfilled through the accountability movement. The biggest difference could be that the subject of responsibility is shifted to students. Interestingly, the recent curriculum reform emphasizes the responsibilities that must be assumed by students in learning. The emphasis on student responsibility is evident in the OECD Education 2030 project. This project aims to envisage the future of education amidst the emergence of new challenges spurred by the development of digital technology, such as AI, alongside the escalating issues of climate change and wealth concentration (OECD, 2018). According to research released through a series of consultations, student responsibility is an indispensable element in student agency—the central vision of future-oriented education (OECD, 2019a, p. 5). Moreover, the OECD selected ‘taking responsibility’ as one of the transformative competencies necessary for students to live in an uncertain and unpredictable world (OECD, 2019b). To reconsider the very issue of student responsibility, I attempt to attend to communication between teachers and students across diverse areas of learning. In particular, I think that examining the context of AI-based lessons, which is mentioned as one of the major changes in future education (Holmes et al., 2019; Khan, 2024), can be an interesting phenomenon to shed new light on the nature of the responsibility newly demanded of students. In this respect, I first present vignettes of teaching and learning with AI and then offer a critical reflection on the attributes of the responses students are required to articulate in dialogue with AI tutors. I conclude by exploring alternative ways of conceptualizing student responsibility, drawing on the concepts of ‘the said’ and ‘saying’ within Levinas’s philosophy. To address this issue, I attend to the etymological significance of the term responsibility, which combines response─including, as is more explicit in Levinas’s French, the sense of answering─and ability, and re-examine the meaning of student responsibility in learning as the capacity to respond to the other; interestingly, as Jacques Derrida notes, the close relationship between responsibility and response is evident not only in English but also in other languages such as French, German, and Czech (Derrida, 1996, p. 26). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The primary research method adopted in this study is a philosophical inquiry grounded in Levinasian ethics. In order to reconsider the nature of student responsibility through the lens of Levinasian philosophy, this study takes Totality and Infinity and Otherwise than Being: Or Beyond Essence as its principal theoretical frameworks. In particular, it focuses on key Levinasian concepts such as the Other, saying, the said, subjectivity, and responsibility, and explores the characteristics of students’ response-ability as manifested in dialogues between teachers and students. In addition, this paper proceeds from the assumption that classroom instruction incorporating teaching AI brings about significant changes in the modes of dialogue between teachers and students, as well as in the kinds of responsive abilities expected of students. On this basis, it analyzes dialogical interactions between AI tutors and students. To support this analysis, the study draws on newspaper articles reporting cases in which AI-based education has been implemented in classroom settings, as well as on a range of books and scholarly articles that examine educational practices involving generative AI technologies such as ChatGPT. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on Levinas’s philosophy, this paper argues that when students are taught the language of the curriculum, they assume a responsibility that exceeds the grasp of intellectual content. Student responsibility lies in responding genuinely to the sensible dimension concealed beneath the conceptual and propositional surface of the teacher’s words. In learning, responsibility is not fulfilled by recognizing knowledge, themes, or concepts alone, but by responding with one’s own saying to the teacher’s saying that addresses the student. The saying inherent in teacher–student communication is marked by sensibility, passivity, exposure, vulnerability, patience, pain, and even sacrifice. Accordingly, student responsibility for curricular language cannot be adequately explained in terms of levels of knowledge acquisition. What matters more are the often hidden sensible aspects of learning: whether students approach the teacher’s saying with attentiveness and affection, whether they seek the significations that exceed what is explicitly said, and whether they respond sincerely and courageously with their own saying. When students assume this responsibility, they become ethical subjects. Student subjectivity is constituted through listening and responding to the teacher’s saying, such that learning itself becomes an ethical activity. Ethics, in this sense, is not merely one domain of learning among others; rather, learning as such takes on an ethical character. Student responsibility does not separate intellectual understanding from ethical exposure, since teaching is impossible without a readiness for exposure. What is at stake here is not a reciprocal or quasi-contractual relation of rights and duties, but the deeper responsibility to the Other described by Levinas. From this perspective, learning—directed toward the Other and responsive to the reality of the world—can be understood as a form of ethical knowing. References Alshahrani, A. (2023). The impact of ChatGPT on blended learning: Current trends and future research directions. Journal of Data and Network Science, 7(4), 2029-2040. Ausat, A. M., Massang, B., Efendi, M., Nofirman, N., & Riady, Y. (2023). Can chat GPT replace the role of teacher in the classroom: A fundamental analysis. Journal on Education, 5(4), 16100-16106. Derrida, J. (1996). The gift of death (D. Willis, Trans.). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Holmes, W., Bialik, M., and Fadel, C. (2019). Artificial intelligence in education: Promises and implications for teaching & learning. Boston: The Center for Curriculum Redesign. Jung, J-Y., Jo, H-M., Whang, J-W., Moon, M-H., and Kim, I-J. (2023). ChatGPT and educational revolution. Seoul: Porche publisher. [in Korean] Khan, S. (2023). Brave new words: How will AI revolutionize education (And why that’s a good thing). NewYork: Viking. Koplin, (2023). Plagiarism, academic ethics, and the utilization of generative AI in academic writing. International Journal of Applied Philosophy, 37(2), 17-40. Kyunghyang Shinmun (2023, May 15). AI explains wrong answers … If you look away, “Concentrate” Online at: https://www.khan.co.kr/article/202305152141005. (Accessed January 19, 2023) [In Korean] Levinas, E. (1961/ 2016). Totality and infinity: An essay on exteriority (A. Lingus, Trans.) (Revised 27th edition). Pittsburgh: Duquesne University Press. Levinas, E. (1974/ 2016). Otherwise than being: Or beyond essence (A. Lingis, Trans.) (11th print edition). Pittsburgh: Duquesne University Press. Levinas, E. (1996). Basic philosophical writings, A. T. Peperzak, S. Critchley and R. Bernasconi, eds. Bloomington and Indianapolis, Indiana University Press. Ministry of Education of South Korea (2023). Implementation plan for AI-driven digital textbook. Sejong: Ministry of Education of South Korea. OECD (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. Paris: OECD. OECD (2019). OECD future of education and skills 2030 conceptual learning framework: Concept note – OECD learning compass 2030. Paris: OECD. Strhan, A. (2007). ‘Bring me more than I contain …’: Discourse, subjectivity and the scene of teaching in Totality and Infinity. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 41(3), 411-430. Strozhyk, M. (2024). Philosophy of future: Analytical overview of interaction between education, science, and artificial intelligence in the context of contemporary challenges. Future Philosophy, 3(1), 23-47. Todd, S. (2003). A fine risk to be run? The ambiguity of eros and teacher responsibility. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 22, 31-44. Williams, E., and Standish, P. (2016). Sound not light: Levinas and the elements of thought. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 48(4), 360-373. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 14 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster The study of Parent-Teacher Relationship Quality in the Preschool. National Chengchi University, Taiwan Presenting Author:I am investigating the quality of parent-teacher relationships in preschool education, seeking to understand what constitutes a “high-quality” partnership between parents and teachers and how it can be fostered. Strong home-school partnerships are widely recognized as crucial for young children’s development. International frameworks like NAEYC’s Developmentally Appropriate Practice emphasize engaging families as essential partners, and across Europe it is affirmed that parents are “the most important partners” in early education. Research consistently shows that positive parent-teacher relationships benefit children’s learning and well-being. Yet, my review found a gap: in my country (Taiwan), few studies examine preschool parent-teacher relationship quality, and those few often borrowed a business-oriented “customer relationship” model. This approach treats the teacher as a service provider and the parent as a customer, focusing narrowly on trust, satisfaction, and commitment. I argue that this is an inadequate lens for education. Parents and teachers are not in a buyer-seller relationship but rather are equal collaborators in supporting the child. The research question guiding my study is: What is the nature of a high-quality parent-teacher relationship in preschool, and how can we enhance it in practice?
In summary, this proposal presents a study that not only fills a local research gap but also resonates with broader efforts to strengthen parent-teacher partnerships internationally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study employed semi-structured interviews to explore the nature of high-quality parent-teacher relationships in preschool. I interviewed 12 participants—six preschool teachers and six parents—selected through purposive sampling based on their experience of particularly positive relationships. Interviews (60–90 minutes each) were guided by an open-ended protocol addressing communication habits, collaboration practices, and mutual perceptions. All interviews were audio-recorded with consent and transcribed verbatim. Data were analyzed thematically through inductive coding. I identified key codes (e.g., “trust,” “frequent communication”) and clustered them into broader categories reflecting the features of strong parent-teacher partnerships. Credibility was ensured via peer debriefing and triangulation with literature. Ethical standards were followed throughout: participants signed informed consent forms and confidentiality was protected. Reflexivity was maintained via journaling to bracket personal biases. This rigorous approach provided a rich understanding of the elements that support effective preschool parent-teacher relationships. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study reveals that high-quality parent-teacher relationships in preschool are best understood as collaborative partnerships centered on the child, not transactional service relationships. Both parents and teachers see each other as equal partners working toward a shared goal: the child’s development and well-being. Compared to elementary settings, preschool relationships tend to be more intimate and frequent, supported by daily contact and the dual caregiving-educational role of teachers. Five key characteristics emerged from interviews: (1) frequent, open communication; (2) comfort and emotional intimacy; (3) child-focused collaboration; (4) active cooperation; and (5) a partnership mindset. These features clustered into two core dimensions: the “interpersonal dimension” (emotional connection and mutual respect) and the “task-oriented dimension” (effective collaboration and shared responsibilities). Within these, seven enabling factors were identified, including positive communication practices, mutual trust and appreciation, emotional attunement, aligned expectations, recognition of contributions, a strong child-centered focus, and flexible yet clear norms for interaction. Building on these findings, I propose four guiding principles for cultivating quality parent-teacher relationships: (1) prioritize the child’s well-being as common ground; (2) engage with authenticity and warmth; (3) establish shared expectations while remaining adaptable; and (4) invest intentionally in the relationship itself. These principles encourage a shift from viewing parents as “clients” to co-educators. This study not only enriches our understanding of relationship quality in early childhood settings but also offers practical insights for educators and policymakers. Schools may implement orientation sessions or structured dialogue routines, while teacher education programs can include relationship-building strategies. Ultimately, when parents and teachers cooperate harmoniously, children benefit from a more secure, consistent, and nurturing developmental environment. Sharing these findings at ECER will foster international dialogue and promote stronger family-school partnerships across contexts. References Addi-Raccah, A., & Ainhoren, R. (2009). School governance and teachers’ attitudes to parents’ involvement in schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(6), 805–813. Baker, A. J. L. (1997). Improving parent involvement programs and practice: A qualitative study of teacher and parent perspectives. School Community Journal, 7(1), 9–35. Chen, Z.-L., Chang, J.-W., Liao, F.-S., & Chen, Y.-J. (2019). 從幼兒園聯絡簿探究親師關係 [Investigating parent-teacher relationships through the kindergarten communication book]. 幼兒教育年刊 (Annual Report of Early Childhood Education), 12, 219–242. Crosby, L. A., Evans, K. R., & Cowles, D. (1990). Relationship quality in services selling: An interpersonal influence perspective. Journal of Marketing, 54(3), 68–81. Minke, K. M., Sheridan, S. M., Kim, E. M., Ryoo, J. H., & Koziol, N. A. (2014). Congruence in parent-teacher relationships: The role of shared perceptions. Elementary School Journal, 114(4), 527–546. National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC). (2009). Developmentally Appropriate Practice in Early Childhood Programs Serving Children from Birth through Age 8 (Position Statement). Washington, DC: NAEYC. Petrogiannis, K., & Penderi, E. (2014). The Quality of Parent-Teacher Relationship Scale in the Kindergarten: A Greek Study. International Research in Education, 2(1), 1–21. Pirchio, S., Tritrini, C., Passiatore, Y., & Taeschner, T. (2013). The role of the relationship between parents and educators for child behaviour and wellbeing. International Journal about Parents in Education, 7(2), 145–155. Powell, D. R., Son, S.-H., File, N., & San Juan, R. R. (2010). Parent–school relationships and children’s academic and social outcomes in public pre-kindergarten. Journal of School Psychology, 48(4), 269–292. Xu, J. (2008). 幼兒園良好親師關係之探究 [An exploration of good parent-teacher relationships in kindergartens]. 幼兒教保研究期刊, 1, 13–29. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster Sustaining Atayal Culture Through Culturally Responsive Pedagogy: Teachers’ Practices and Children’s Perspectives National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan Presenting Author:This study aimed to examine: (1) the implementation of culturally responsive teaching practices in an Indigenous preschool in Taiwan, and (2) Indigenous children’s childhood experiences from their own perspectives, including their family and preschool lives. From a historical perspective, the long-term impacts of colonialism have gradually weakened Indigenous peoples’ sense of self-identity and cultural consciousness. Scholars have argued that culturally responsive early childhood curricula constitute a critical starting point for reducing disparities between Indigenous and non-Indigenous children (Nguyen, 2011). However, existing literature remains limited in both depth and diversity regarding culturally responsive curricula for diverse populations, particularly Indigenous children (Durden, Escalante, & Blitch, 2015). Moreover, many early childhood educators working with Indigenous children lack sufficient cultural awareness and the capacity to implement culturally responsive teaching practices effectively (Brayboy & Maughan, 2009; Sleeter, 2011). Thus, this study selected an Indigenous preschool as a research site in Taiwan because it explicitly aims to sustain the children’s cultural value through its pedagogical practices. The findings can reveal how Indigenous knowledge can be respected, integrated, and sustained in early childhood education. In addition, influenced by the growing field of childhood studies and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, scholars have increasingly emphasized the importance of recognizing children’s voices and employing methodologies that enable children to express their own experiences. Consequently, a growing body of research has explored children’s perspectives on school experiences (e.g., Hsieh, 2025; Pyle & Alaca, 2016). Nevertheless, studies that foreground the voices of Indigenous children remain extremely rare, and their perspectives have largely been marginalized or unheard (Kaplun et al., 2016; Trudgett & Grace, 2011). Given that the teachers in this Indigenous preschool sought to sustain Indigenous culture through their pedagogical approaches, it was particularly important to explore how children themselves perceived and interpreted their experiences of school and family life. Accordingly, this study addressed the following research questions: (1) What culturally responsive teaching practices were implemented in an Indigenous preschool, including the integration of Indigenous knowledge into the curriculum, collaborative partnerships between teachers and parents, and the incorporation of Indigenous languages and multiliteracies into curricular activities? (2) What were Indigenous children’s childhood experiences, as expressed through their perspectives on preschool and family contexts? The conceptual framework of this study consists of two key components. The first emphasizes the centrality of Indigenous cultural knowledge (Kitson & Bowes, 2010; Verron & Christie, 2007). Early childhood curricula for Indigenous children should be grounded in children’s lived experiences, perspectives, and ways of knowing, including knowledge derived from families and communities. Building trusting and collaborative relationships with parents, as well as integrating Indigenous languages and multiliteracies into the curriculum, are also essential (Kitson & Bowes, 2010; Long et al., 2013; Sisson et al., 2020). This component guided the analysis of culturally responsive curriculum practices. The second component emphasizes listening to children’s voices. Children actively construct their lived experiences and are capable of articulating them in meaningful ways (Freeman & Mathison, 2009). Clark (2017) further argues that children’s perspectives should be taken seriously and given due consideration. Attending to children’s voices enables educators to critically reflect on educational practices and enhance the quality of early childhood education. As Indigenous children constitute a minority group in Taiwanese society, their voices are often marginalized in educational research. By presenting a case of an Indigenous preschool that foregrounds Indigenous children’s perspectives, this study contributes to international discussions on culturally responsive pedagogy and children’s rights, aligning with European traditions in childhood studies that view children as social actors and uphold their right to participation and expression. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative case study approach. The research site was a preschool located in a Northern Atayal community in Taiwan. The preschool consisted of a single mixed-age classroom staffed by two teachers. Owing to the abundance of natural resources surrounding the preschool and the fact that many parents were engaged in fruit cultivation and agricultural work, the teachers designed the curriculum with a focus on nature and food culture. In addition, the classroom was organized into several learning areas, including block play, language, dramatic play, cognitive games, and art, to support children’s free exploration. The primary participants in this study included two teachers, each with at least five years of teaching experience at the preschool; nine Atayal children; three parents; and one community elder. Ethical approval was obtained from the research ethics committee prior to data collection. All participants were fully informed of the research procedures and provided informed consent before the study commenced. Data were collected through multiple qualitative methods, including classroom observations, interviews with teachers, parents, and the community elder, and the collection of curriculum design documents. To elicit children’s perspectives, the researcher first asked parents to provide 8–10 photographs depicting their children’s everyday family lives. These photographs were used as prompts during child interviews. The children were invited to describe what was happening in the images, thereby offering insights into their family experiences. In addition, children were provided with cameras and invited to take photographs within the preschool to capture places they liked and to explain the reasons for their preferences. This participatory approach enabled the researcher to gain a deeper understanding of children’s school experiences. A total of 30 photographs taken by children were collected. The study also gathered children’s drawings based on themes such as “my family,” “my teacher,” “my favorite place at school,” “my favorite school activities,” and “Atayal cultural activities.” The children were encouraged to express the meanings beyond their art works. To respect children’s rights and agency, participation in each activity was entirely voluntary. Children were free to decide whether they wished to participate and to determine the duration of each interview. All interview data were transcribed verbatim. The researcher organized and coded the transcripts for each participant and conducted thematic analysis across the data sets. To enhance the credibility of the findings, member checking was conducted with the teachers to confirm the accuracy and interpretation of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed that teachers strongly recognized the importance of sustaining Atayal culture. Accordingly, their culturally responsive curriculum was characterized by following children’s interests, integrating community resources, and actively involving parents. Teachers observed that children were particularly engaged in hands-on and highly interactive activities, such as outdoor exploration. In response, teachers collaborated with parents, community elders, wild-plant experts, and art teachers to draw on local resources and introduce children to the surrounding natural environment, including orchards and vegetable gardens. Through these experiences, children were guided to develop a deeper understanding of Atayal culture. To further enhance parental involvement, teachers invited parents to participate in cooking activities at the preschool. In addition, teachers incorporated simple Atayal language commands into daily routines, enabling children to engage with the Indigenous language in meaningful and everyday contexts. From the children’s perspectives, they particularly enjoyed learning experiences that emphasized interaction and active participation, which was consistent with teachers’ observations. Children perceived teachers not only as instructors, but also as companions and helpers, and they expressed a sense of comfort in seeking support from teachers. In terms of family life experiences, children described having large families with close kinship ties, reflecting key characteristics of Indigenous family culture. However, opportunities for children to participate in community-based cultural activities with their families were limited. Moreover, the children demonstrated an emerging sense of Indigenous identity (Guilfoyle et al., 2010). They understood that they were Indigenous and were able to recognize certain features of Atayal culture. Elements of Atayal culture frequently appeared in the children’s drawings and photographs, and the children were able to describe the meanings of these cultural symbols. Taken together, these findings suggest that in contexts where families have limited opportunities to sustain Atayal culture, culturally responsive curricula implemented in preschools play a necessary and critical role. References Brayboy, B. M. J., & Maughn, E. (2009). Indigenous knowledges and the story of the bean. Harvard Educational Review, 79(1), 1–21. Clark, A. (2017). Listening to young children: A guide to understanding and using the mosaic approach (3rd ed.). National Children’s Bureau. Durden, T., Escalante, R., & Blitch, E. (2015). Start with us! Culturally relevant pedagogy in the preschool classroom. Early Childhood Education Journal, 43(3), 223–232. Guilfoyle, A., Saggers, S., Sims, M., & Hutchins, T. (2010). Culturally strong childcare programs for Indigenous children, families and communities. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 35(3), 68-76. Hsieh, M. F. (2025). ‘This is my favorite book’: Exploring children’s perspectives on books and reading. Early Childhood Education Journal, 53, 489-505. Long, S., Volk, D., Baines, J., & Tisdale, C. (2013). “We’ve been doing it your way long enough”: Syncretism as a critical process. Journal of Early Childhood Literacy, 13, 418–439. Kaplun, C., Knight, J., Grace, R., Dockett, S., Perry, B., Comino, E., & Kemp, L. (2016). Gudaga goes to school study: Methods used in understanding school transitions and early education experiences of an urban Aboriginal cohort. Educational Studies, 42(1), 54-71. Kitson, R., & Bowes, J. (2010). Incorporating Indigenous ways of knowing in early education for Indigenous children. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 35(4), 81-89. Ngyuen, M. (2011). Closing the Education Gap: A Case for Aboriginal Early Childhood Education in Canada, A Look at the Aboriginal Headstart Program. Canadian Journal of Education, 34(3), 229-248. Sisson, J. H., Whitington, V., & Shin, A. M. (2020). “Teaching culture through culture”: A case study of culturally responsive pedagogies in an Australian early childhood/primary context. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 34(1), 108-126. Sleeter, C. (2011). An agenda to strengthen culturally responsive pedagogy. English Teaching, 10 (2), 7–23. Trudgett, M., & Grace, R. (2011). Engaging with early childhood education and care services: The perspectives of Indigenous Australian mothers and their young children. Kulumun. Indigenous Online Journal, 1, 15-36. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 15 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Poster Research Partnerships for Analysing Recognition and Educational Inequality: Participatory Perspectives of BIPoC Students in Higher Education Carl von Ossietzky University Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:This doctoral research project investigates how institutionalised practices of recognition shape subject formation and reproduce educational inequality in higher education. Empirically, the study focuses on BIPoC students enrolled in the degree programme Pedagogical Practice in the Migration Society at Carl von Ossietzky University of Oldenburg, Germany, a higher education institution in the Global North. The project is situated within transnational debates on racism, migration, and epistemic inequality, highlighting how Eurocentric knowledge regimes and historically rooted Global North–Global South power relations continue to structure who and what is recognised as legitimate knowledge in higher education. The study is guided by three interrelated research questions: The theoretical framework integrates social recognition theory (Honneth) with Bourdieu’s concepts of capital, habitus, and symbolic power to analyse how institutional norms define legitimate participation and belonging. Intersectionality (Crenshaw) illuminates the overlapping effects of racism, classism, gender, and migration-related positioning, while Judith Butler’s notion of recognition as subjectivation provides a lens for understanding how institutions shape subjectivities through inclusion and exclusion. Decolonial perspectives (Quijano, Mignolo, Santos) are applied to critically interrogate the coloniality of power and knowledge that underpins recognition practices in higher education, highlighting how Global North institutions often reproduce epistemic hierarchies that marginalise BIPoC students. Although situated in a programme in the Global North, the project engages international debates on educational inequality, racism, and participatory knowledge production. Its theoretical and methodological framework is designed to be transferable and offers points of comparison with initiatives across the Global North and Global South. The poster contributes to the NW 15 discussion by highlighting research partnerships as a strategy for critically examining institutional recognition practices and for addressing intersectional and transnational educational inequalities in higher education Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the study is informed by Community-Based Participatory Research (CBPR) and conceptualises research as a strategic partnership for addressing educational inequality. Recognising the limits of doctoral-level participation, BIPoC students are involved in specific research stages, particularly through participatory workshops, episodic interviews, and subsequent community mapping or focus group discussions. These settings provide spaces for reflection where research questions are discussed, adapted, and contextualised based on participants’ experiences. While overall research design and final responsibility remain with the doctoral researcher, participants contribute to shaping analytical focus, articulating relevant experiences, negotiating meanings, and making institutional recognition practices visible and experientially accessible. This partial, situated participation foregrounds transparency, reflexivity, and power sensitivity, responding to critiques of idealised or extractive participatory research while still fostering meaningful partnerships. Empirical data are generated through qualitative methods, including episodic interviews and focus groups, enabling in-depth exploration of lived experiences of recognition, exclusion, and subject formation. Ethical and power-sensitive practices—such as reflexive positionality, transparent negotiation of roles, and creation of safe(r) spaces—are central to the research design. Initial pretests have informed ongoing methodological refinement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to reveal how institutional recognition practices simultaneously enable and constrain BIPoC students’ subject formation, producing ambivalences, contradictions, and moments of resistance. It will highlight the role of intersectional power and exclusion mechanisms in reproducing educational inequalities. By applying a participatory and decolonial approach, the research aims to make these processes visible, empower student perspectives, and offer insights for more equitable and reflexive higher education practices. Findings are anticipated to inform both policy and pedagogy in migration-focused programmes, while demonstrating the potential and limitations of research partnerships in challenging structural inequalities. References Bergold, J., & Thomas, S. (2012). Participatory research methods: A methodological approach in motion. Historical Social Research, 37(4), 191–222. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. Greenwood. Butler, Judith (1997): The Psychic Life of Power: Theories in Subjection. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Crenshaw, K. (1989). Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex. University of Chicago Legal Forum, 1989(1), 139–167. de Sousa Santos, B. (2015). Epistemologies of the South: Justice against epistemicide. Routledge. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Continuum. Honneth, A. (1995). The Struggle for Recognition. MIT Press. Israel, B. A., Schulz, A. J., Parker, E. A., & Becker, A. B. (2003). Community-based participatory research: Policy recommendations for promoting a partnership approach in health research. Education for Health, 16(2), 225–241. Ladson-Billings, G. (1998). Just what is critical race theory and what's it doing in a nice field like education? International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 11(1), 7–24. Mignolo, W. D. (2009). Epistemic disobedience, independent thought and decolonial freedom. Theory, culture & society, 26(7-8), 159-181. Quijano, A. (2024). Aníbal Quijano: Foundational essays on the coloniality of power. Duke University Press. Sathorar, H., & Geduld, D. (2022). Developing and sustaining community–university research partnerships. In L. Wood (Ed.), Community-based research with vulnerable populations. Palgrave. Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2012). Decolonizing Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples (2nd ed.). Zed Books. von Unger, H. (2014). Partizipative Forschung: Einführung in die Forschungspraxis. Springer VS. Wilson, R. (2024). Race, Resilience and Higher Education. Routledge. Wood, L., & Zuber-Skerritt, O. (2022). Community-Based Research in Higher Education. Palgrave. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Poster Improving Argumentative Writing in Kazakh Language Lessons through the Toulmin Model Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Mathematics, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In the current educational landscape, the ability of students to express their perspectives convincingly in written work targeted at a specific audience is a key indicator of functional literacy. However, in school practice, particularly among lower secondary students, weaknesses are often observed in constructing arguments, presenting evidence logically, and maintaining a coherent connection between claims and supporting data. This issue has become a pressing pedagogical problem for subject teachers. To address this challenge, an action research study was conducted to develop argumentative writing skills among 9th-grade students. The study was organized based on the collaborative professional efforts of teachers of “English” and “Kazakh Language and Literature” subjects. Interdisciplinary cooperation allowed students to develop their ability to construct arguments across different subject contexts. The theoretical foundation of the study was based on Stephen Toulmin’s argumentation model, as presented in The Uses of Argument (1958). The Toulmin model includes three key structural elements: Claim, Data, and Warrant, which links the claim to the evidence. This model was considered an effective tool for structuring students’ thinking and fostering logical coherence and evidential reasoning in writing. Accordingly, the study sought to answer the following research questions:
The main aim of the research was to improve students’ writing skills, enhance critical thinking, and evaluate the impact of argumentation instruction on students at different proficiency levels through the use of Toulmin’s transformative strategies. The study involved 27 students aged 14–15, from which three students representing high (A), medium (B), and low (C) academic achievement levels were selected. Three research lessons were conducted within the action research framework, introducing Toulmin’s transformative strategies step by step and monitoring changes in students’ writing. Results indicated that systematic use of the Toulmin model improved the quality of students’ arguments. In particular, the structure of writing among medium- and low-level students became clearer, and they demonstrated increased ability to provide evidence-based reasoning. The findings support the effectiveness of using structural models to develop argumentative writing and recommend their integration into school practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative action research methodology, which allows teachers to refine their practice, address specific pedagogical challenges, and systematically analyze the teaching process. The research was conducted in a natural school environment. Participants included 27 ninth-grade students. Pre-assessment identified students’ writing proficiency, and one student from each level—high (25%), medium (50%), and low (25%)—was selected to analyze the model’s impact across different skill levels. The intervention comprised three cycles, each corresponding to one research lesson. The first lesson examined students’ initial application of Toulmin’s elements (Claim, Data, Warrant). Written work, classroom observations, and oral explanations were analyzed. It was observed that the high-level student often overlooked subtle logical connections, the medium-level student confused Claim and Data, and the low-level student relied on subjective opinion instead of evidence. In the second lesson, differentiated tasks addressed these challenges. The high-level student received complex topics and creative writing tasks; the medium-level student was supported with structured templates and pair/group discussions; scaffolded strategies were applied to the low-level student, including sentence completion and identifying supporting evidence. The third lesson analyzed the results of systematic application of Toulmin’s transformative strategies. Data collection tools included students’ written work, observation notes, pre- and post-tests, and brief interviews. Data were analyzed using comparative and content analysis methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study demonstrated that applying Toulmin’s transformative strategies effectively develops 9th-grade students’ audience-targeted argumentative writing skills. Structuring writing into clear components—claim, evidence, and logical basis—enabled students to express their ideas more coherently. High-level students showed deeper analytical thinking and improved ability to link facts with theory. Medium-level students’ writing exhibited clearer logical coherence and stronger evidence-based reasoning. Low-level students progressed from subjective opinions to evidence-supported arguments. Quantitative data confirmed these trends: the proportion of high-level students increased by 15%, while the number of low-level students decreased by 10%. Overall, Toulmin-based transformative strategies are an effective tool for developing writing skills. This approach enhances critical thinking, self-assessment, and writing proficiency, and its systematic interdisciplinary application is recommended for school practice. References 1.Toulmin, S. (1958). The Uses of Argument. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 2.Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational Research: Planning, Conducting, and Evaluating Quantitative and Qualitative Research. Boston: Pearson. 3.Kemmis, S., & McTaggart, R. (2014). The Action Research Planner. Singapore: Springer. 4.Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5–31. 5.Fisher, R., & Scriven, M. (1997). Critical Thinking: Its Definition and Assessment. Norwich: Centre for Research in Critical Thinking. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 16 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Rethinking Speaking Assessment in Language Education: AI-Based Feedback and Grade 10 Student Well-Being Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Mathematics in Aktau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study addresses the issues of anxiety and communicative insecurity that arise when assessing speaking skills among upper secondary school students. In practice, speaking assessment is often focused on error identification and score allocation, which can hinder students’ ability to express their ideas freely. In response to this challenge, the study aims to reconceptualize speaking assessment through the use of artificial intelligence–based formative feedback as a safe, supportive, and development-oriented practice that prioritizes students’ emotional well-being. The research adopts the view of assessment not as a punitive or selective mechanism, but as a pedagogical tool that supports student development and fosters a sense of confidence and psychological safety. This research is positioned as a pedagogical approach aimed at systematically improving the speaking skills of Grade 10 students preparing for external summative assessment examinations. Students with well-developed speaking skills are better able to structure their thoughts, demonstrate stronger argumentation, and this process directly contributes to the improvement of writing quality. The findings indicate that increased clarity of speech, readiness to initiate responses, and the ability to develop ideas were reflected in students’ written work through greater depth of content and stronger logical coherence. From this perspective, AI-based formative feedback is viewed not only as a tool for enhancing speaking skills, but also as a comprehensive mechanism that strengthens the interaction between different language skills. The study was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau and was grounded in the principles of smart education. The teaching and assessment processes were designed in a learner-centred format through the purposeful and pedagogically informed use of digital technologies. The research was carried out within a comparative action research framework, which strengthened the teacher’s role as a practitioner-researcher and enabled systematic analysis and iterative improvement of classroom practice. The intervention was implemented progressively over three academic terms. During the first term, an adaptation phase to AI-based formative feedback was observed, with initial improvements recorded in students’ participation in speaking activities and response length. In the second term, students’ communicative confidence increased noticeably, and their readiness to initiate and develop spoken responses became more consistent. By the third term, significant progress was evident in the quality and depth of speaking, with students’ responses becoming more structured, well-argued, and reflective in nature. This progression demonstrates that AI-supported formative feedback produces not short-term effects, but sustained and cumulative impact over time. Throughout the study, students’ speaking skills, emotional states, and communicative engagement were examined comparatively before and after the introduction of AI-based formative feedback. Data were collected from multiple sources, including questionnaires, systematic classroom observations, qualitative analysis of oral tasks, and students’ reflective writings. Particular attention was paid to students’ subjective feelings about speaking, their levels of self-confidence, and their willingness to participate in speaking activities. The study therefore considers not only linguistic outcomes but also students’ emotional experiences within the learning process, aligning closely with the increasingly prominent focus on well-being in contemporary educational research. The teacher shifts from a traditional evaluator to a facilitator, supporter, and promoter of learner autonomy. AI-supported feedback enables students to analyse errors in a psychologically safe environment, engage in self-regulation, and develop reflective skills. As a result, trust-based relationships between students and teachers are strengthened. The findings are expected to demonstrate that the use of AI-based formative feedback reduces speaking-related anxiety and enhances students’ communicative confidence. This study contributes to the rethinking of assessment culture in language education by promoting a more humanistic and learner-centred approach. Furthermore, it offers both theoretical and practical contributions to the development of assessment models within smart education that prioritise students’ well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a comparative Action Research methodology. Action Research enables teachers to systematically investigate and refine their pedagogical practices, while the comparative design focuses on identifying changes between pre-intervention and post-intervention stages. The research was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau, with tenth-grade students as the research participants. The study was organized in accordance with smart education principles, emphasizing the pedagogically informed integration of digital technologies. The research consisted of three stages: initial diagnosis, intervention, and final analysis. During the first stage, traditional speaking assessment methods were employed. Students completed oral tasks such as expressing opinions and analyzing problems, and their speaking engagement, communicative confidence, and emotional states were assessed. Data were collected through student questionnaires, teacher observation checklists, and descriptive analysis of oral responses. Questionnaire items focused on students’ speaking anxiety and self-confidence. These findings were recorded as baseline data. In the second stage, AI-supported formative feedback was introduced as the intervention. Students completed short oral tasks and received individualized, non-judgmental, and development-oriented feedback generated through AI tools. Feedback focused on clarity of ideas, use of linguistic resources, and strategies for improvement. During this stage, the teacher assumed a guiding and supportive role rather than a controlling or evaluative one. Emphasis was placed on student reflection and understanding of personal learning progress rather than grading. The intervention was implemented consistently across several lessons. In the third stage, the same research instruments were reapplied to identify post-intervention changes. Students’ frequency of participation, length of responses, willingness to initiate speaking, and emotional states were analyzed comparatively. Quantitative data were examined through comparative analysis of questionnaire results, while qualitative data were analyzed thematically based on observation notes and student reflections. Ethical considerations were strictly observed, and students’ responses were treated confidentially. To enhance the credibility of the findings, data were collected from multiple sources and triangulation was applied. Questionnaire and observation data complemented one another, strengthening the validity of the conclusions. A limitation of the study is that it was conducted within a single school context; however, the findings provide practical implications for improving speaking assessment practices in language education. Future research may extend this approach to different grade levels and linguistic contexts, as well as investigate its long-term effects. Overall, the study offers a pathway for rethinking assessment culture from a humanistic and learner-centered perspective in line with contemporary educational demands. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study was conducted as a collaborative action research involving Kazakh and English language teachers and highlights the importance of reconceptualizing speaking assessment in language education as a learner-centered and emotionally supportive practice. The findings indicate that traditional approaches to speaking assessment often generate student anxiety and reduce communicative confidence, whereas the use of AI-supported formative feedback contributes to the creation of a psychologically safe learning environment. The intervention was implemented in both Kazakh and English language classrooms following shared pedagogical principles. Comparative analysis of pre- and post-intervention data revealed positive changes in students’ speaking engagement, willingness to express ideas, and communicative confidence. Collaborative pedagogical reflection further demonstrated that these outcomes were consistently observed across different language contexts. Throughout the study, artificial intelligence functioned as a supportive tool that enhanced formative assessment practices without replacing teachers’ professional judgment. Overall, the findings of this collaborative research support the renewal of assessment culture within smart education frameworks and provide a foundation for developing cross-disciplinary, well-being-oriented assessment models in language education. References 1.Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education. 2.Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research. 3.Sadler, D. R. (1989). Formative assessment and the design of instructional systems. Instructional Science. 4.Horwitz, E. K. (2001). Language anxiety and achievement. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics. 5.MacIntyre, P. D. (2017). An overview of language anxiety research. In New Insights into Language Anxiety. 6.OECD. (2017). Students’ well-being: What it is and how it can be measured. 7.Seligman, M. (2011). Flourish: A visionary new understanding of happiness and well-being. 8.Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation. 9.Holmes, W., Bialik, M., & Fadel, C. (2019). Artificial intelligence in education. 10.Luckin, R. et al. (2016). Intelligence unleashed: An argument for AI in education. 11.Zawacki-Richter, O. et al. (2019). Systematic review of AI in higher education. International Journal of Educational Technology. 12.Benson, P. (2011). Teaching and researching autonomy in language learning. 13.Little, D. (1991). Learner autonomy: Definitions, issues and problems. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Understanding Digital Tool Adoption in Early Childhood Classrooms through the Technology Acceptance Model University of Sheffield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Digital technologies, platforms, and AI-enabled tools are increasingly embedded in early childhood education (ECE), shaping how teachers plan, deliver, and assess learning. Yet questions remain about how early years educators perceive digital tools, how they evaluate their usefulness, and what factors influence their intention to integrate ICT in daily practice. This poster presents findings from a cross-national survey exploring early childhood teachers’ digital practices in the United Kingdom and China. By comparing two distinct educational and policy contexts, the study provides insights into international variations in digital competence, attitudes toward technology, and the conditions supporting or constraining ICT use in ECE settings. The central research question guiding this study is: How do early childhood teachers in the UK and China perceive, evaluate, and adopt digital technologies in their professional practice, and what factors influence their use of ICT in the classroom? Sub-questions include: (1) How useful and easy to use do teachers perceive digital tools to be? (2) How do national policy priorities and institutional environments shape teachers’ ICT readiness? (3) What cross-national patterns emerge in teachers’ attitudes, confidence, and intentions to integrate digital technologies? The conceptual framework is based on the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), which remains a widely used model in studies of ICT adoption in education. TAM posits that two constructs, perceived usefulness and perceived ease of use, shape users’ attitudes and subsequent behavioural intention to use technology. This study applies TAM within the early childhood context, addressing an area where digital transformation is accelerating but empirical research on teachers’ ICT adoption remains limited. The model is adapted to account for contextual influences, including resource availability, school leadership expectations, policy environments, and cultural norms surrounding digital childhoods. Methodologically, this poster draws on a cross-national online survey completed by 215 early childhood teachers across the UK and China. The survey included demographic items, Likert-scale questions derived from TAM constructs, and open-ended questions designed to capture teachers’ experiences, concerns, and professional needs in relation to ICT. Quantitative data were analysed through descriptive statistics, reliability tests (Cronbach’s α), independent-samples t-tests, and regression analyses exploring relationships between TAM variables. Qualitative responses from open-ended questions were coded thematically to illustrate the nuanced ways teachers understand and rationalise digital practice. The poster will present key findings illustrating cross-national similarities and differences. Early results indicate that perceived usefulness is the strongest predictor of teachers’ intention to use digital tools in both countries, whereas perceived ease of use varies more significantly, particularly among teachers working in resource-limited or high-demand institutional settings. UK teachers frequently expressed concerns related to online safety, data protection, and appropriate screen-time, reflecting national regulatory priorities. Chinese teachers emphasised curriculum alignment, administrative expectations, and institutional mandates as key drivers of ICT use. These findings suggest that teachers’ ICT adoption is shaped not only by their personal attitudes but also by broader socio-policy structures. The international dimension of the study provides valuable insights into how different systems conceptualise the role of digital tools in early childhood learning, and how teachers’ digital competence can be supported across diverse contexts. By highlighting patterns across two influential early years systems, the poster contributes to European and global discussions on teacher digital readiness, ICT integration, professional development, and the challenges of ensuring equitable and meaningful digital learning opportunities for young children. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the purpose of this poster, the focus is on presenting the survey design, research instruments, and analytic procedures used to investigate teachers’ adoption of digital technologies. The survey was designed using constructs from the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), which provides a widely used framework for understanding ICT adoption in educational settings. Four scales were used: Perceived Usefulness (PU), Perceived Ease of Use (PEOU), Attitude Toward Use (ATU) and Behavioural Intention to Use (BI). These constructs were adapted to the early childhood education context, where digital practices must be balanced with play-based pedagogy, children’s developmental needs, institutional expectations, and policy guidelines on online safety and digital competence. The survey consisted of three parts: (1) demographic information (years of experience, qualification level, access to digital resources); (2) a series of five-point Likert-scale questions measuring TAM constructs (e.g., “Digital tools improve my teaching practice,” “Using digital tools in ECE is easy for me”); and (3) open-ended questions that invited teachers to describe opportunities, challenges, and training needs related to ICT integration. Survey items were tested for internal consistency using Cronbach’s α, with all TAM scales showing acceptable to high reliability. A total of 215 early childhood teachers completed the survey, with responses collected from both the UK and China. Independent-samples t-tests were used to examine cross-national differences. Pearson correlations and multiple regression models assessed relationships between PU, PEOU, ATU, and BI. Short-text responses were analysed thematically to contextualise quantitative patterns, particularly around teachers’ concerns, motivations, and examples of digital practice. Overall, this poster presents key descriptive and inferential findings from the survey. This approach enables a clear and visually engaging presentation of how early childhood educators evaluate and use digital tools within different cultural and policy environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from the cross-national survey indicate distinct patterns in how early childhood teachers in the UK and China perceive and use digital technologies in their professional practice. Overall, teachers in both countries expressed generally positive attitudes toward the educational potential of digital tools, particularly for supporting communication with families, documenting children’s learning, and enriching classroom activities. However, notable differences emerged in the factors shaping their confidence and readiness to integrate ICT. Teachers in the UK tend to emphasise concerns related to online safety, professional training, and appropriate screen time for young children. These concerns were closely linked to their intention to use digital tools, with many indicating that they felt confident using ICT only when clear safety guidelines and secure platforms were available. Several respondents also highlighted disparities in access to digital resources across early years settings, influencing their perceptions of ease of use and feasibility. In contrast, teachers in China more frequently described digital technologies as an expected and routine part of early years practice. Their intention to use ICT was strongly associated with institutional expectations and administrative requirements, including digital reporting systems and curriculum-related digital tools. Perceived usefulness was particularly high among Chinese teachers, many of whom viewed ICT as integral to modernising early childhood education and meeting school-level performance expectations. Across both countries, teachers identified a need for targeted professional development that focuses not only on basic technical skills but also on pedagogical strategies for integrating ICT effectively with young children. Differences in training availability and institutional support appear to play a key role in shaping teachers’ digital confidence. The study is expected to provide practical insights into how teachers in different cultural and policy environments navigate ICT integration, and how training, resource allocation, and institutional guidance can better support meaningful digital practice in early childhood education. References Blackwell, C.K., Lauricella, A.R. and Wartella, E. (2014) “Factors influencing digital technology use in early childhood education,” Computers & Education, 77, pp. 82–90. Chen, C., Lee, S. and Stevenson, H.W. (1995) “Response Style and Cross-Cultural Comparisons of Rating Scales Among East Asian and North American Students,” Psychological Science, 6(3), pp. 170–175. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9280.1995.tb00327.x. Davis, F.D. (1989) “Perceived Usefulness, Perceived Ease of Use, and User Acceptance of Information Technology,” MIS Quarterly, 13(3), pp. 319–340. Available at: https://doi.org/10.2307/249008. Edwards, S. (2016) “New concepts of play and the problem of technology, digital media and popular-culture integration with play-based learning in early childhood education,” Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 25(4), pp. 513–532. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/1475939X.2015.1108929. Ertmer, P.A. and Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A.T. (2010) “Teacher Technology Change: How Knowledge, Confidence, Beliefs, and Culture Intersect,” Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42(3), pp. 255–284. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2010.10782551. Harzing, A.-W. (2006) “Response Styles in Cross-national Survey Research: A 26-country Study,” International Journal of Cross Cultural Management, 6(2), pp. 243–266. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/1470595806066332. Lindahl, M.G. and Folkesson, A.-M. (2012) “ICT in preschool: friend or foe? The significance of norms in a changing practice,” International Journal of Early Years Education, 20(4), pp. 422–436. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2012.743876. Liu, X. and Pange, J. (2015) “Early Childhood Teachers’ Access to and Use of ICT in Teaching: The Case of Mainland China,” in. Global Learn, Association for the Advancement of Computing in Education (AACE), pp. 590–596. Available at: https://www.learntechlib.org/primary/p/150908/ (Accessed: July 9, 2025). Osman, R.B., Choo, P.S. and Rahmat, M.K. (2013) “Understanding student teachers’ behavioural intention to use technology: Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) validation and testing,” International Journal of Instruction, 6(1). Available at: https://dergipark.org.tr/en/pub/eiji/issue/5138/70018 (Accessed: July 14, 2025). Teo, T. (2009) “Modelling technology acceptance in education: A study of pre-service teachers,” Computers & education, 52(2), pp. 302–312. Tondeur, J. et al. (2017) “Understanding the relationship between teachers’ pedagogical beliefs and technology use in education: a systematic review of qualitative evidence,” Educational Technology Research and Development, 65(3), pp. 555–575. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-016-9481-2. Venkatesh, V. and Davis, F.D. (2000) “A Theoretical Extension of the Technology Acceptance Model: Four Longitudinal Field Studies,” Management Science, 46(2), pp. 186–204. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.46.2.186.11926. Yang, T. and Hong, X. (2022) “Early childhood teachers’ professional learning about ICT implementation in kindergarten curriculum: A qualitative exploratory study in China,” Frontiers in Psychology, 13. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.1008372. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Digital Exclusion Among Children and Young People a Scoping Review Østfold University College, Norway Presenting Author:Digital environments have become a central part of children’s and young people’s everyday lives, shaping how they learn and participate in society (Livingstone & Third, 2017). In education, digital tools and platforms are increasingly integrated into teaching, learning, and assessment practices (OECD, 2021). Although digitalization has transformed many aspects of everyday life, access to and use of technology remains unequal. This is not just a technical issue, but a societal one, with implications for social participation, education and future economic opportunities (Helsper, 2021). While unequal access and participation can limit children and young people’s social and educational opportunities, research also shows that digital participation can involve risks such as cyberbullying, exposure to harmful content and risks for children’s wellbeing associated with extensive screen use (OECD, 2025). These nuances indicate that digital exclusion can have different consequences for children and young people. It may reduce some risks while also restricting certain forms of participation. This scoping review focuses on digital exclusion, understood as the social consequences and lived experiences that arise from unequal participation in digital and social contexts. In the literature, terms such as digital divide, digital inequality, digital equity, digital inclusion and digital exclusion are often used with overlapping meanings and without clear differentiation (Gottschalk & Weise, 2023). Clarifying these terms helps to distinguish between approaches that focus on access, skills and outcomes, and those that consider the lived consequences of unequal digital participation. Since digital engagement takes place within broader social, economic and institutional contexts (Selwyn, 2004), Helsper (2021) situates digital exclusion in relation to social inclusion emphasizing how limited digital participation both reflects and reinforces existing social disadvantages related to education, income, health and community engagement. In this sense, digital exclusion represents one dimension of wider social exclusion processes, where lack of digital engagement contributes to increasing forms of marginalization. Building on this understanding, this review specifically examines children and young people’s experiences of digital exclusion. The objective of this scoping review is to systematically map the extent, nature, and scope of existing research on how children and young people perceive digital exclusion. While much of the existing research addresses the structural dimensions of digital exclusion, fewer studies have examined children and young people’s subjective experiences of digital exclusion (Helsper, 2021). This scoping review addresses this gap by synthesizing existing research on how children and young people themselves perceive and experience digital exclusion across educational and everyday contexts. Thus, the research question is as follows: What is known from existing research about how children and young people experience digital exclusion in educational and everyday digital settings? The scoping review is conducted in accordance with the JBI guidelines for scoping reviews and aligned with the PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews. A total of 16 studies were included. Most used qualitative methods to explore digital exclusion in education and everyday life. Three main perspectives emerged: multi-level digital divides, child-centered experiences, and structural inequalities linked to socioeconomic, geographic, and gender factors. Common barriers included limited device and internet access, low digital skills, affordability issues, and restrictive household or school policies. Disadvantaged groups, such as rural youth, girls in restrictive environments, and children with functional variations, were most affected and often required additional support and accessible tools. This review shows that children’s digital exclusion is multi-layered, shaped by access, skills, outcomes and social context. Exclusion is not only about resources but also about opportunities, support, and recognition. The pandemic illustrated how new vulnerabilities emerge as contexts shift. While research focuses mostly on predefined “at-risk” groups, exclusion can also affect children outside these categories, highlighting the need for broader, more integrated approaches. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This scoping review is conducted in accordance with the JBI guidelines for scoping reviews (Peters et al., 2020) and the PRISMA ScR (Tricco et al., 2018). The scoping review was guided by a predefined protocol, developed to ensure a clear definition of the study’s objective and methods, and to support transparent and unbiased reporting (Peters et al., 2020). Eligibility criteria To be eligible for inclusion, studies must focus on children and young people aged 10-18 years. It is essential that the study centers on the perspectives, experiences and perceptions of the children and young people themselves. Studies that focus solely on adults, such as parents, teachers, or professionals, were excluded unless they also incorporated perspectives from children and young people. Conceptually, the focus is on digital exclusion, broadly understood as a range of structural and experiential limitations affecting children and young people’s access to and participation in digital environments. This includes barriers related to access, such as the lack of devices, connectivity, or digital infrastructure, as well as challenges related to use, including limited digital skills, insufficient support, or lack of opportunities for meaningful engagement. Search strategies A comprehensive search was conducted by a university librarian specialized in searches for review studies across four databases: Education Source, ERIC, PsycINFO and Scopus. The four databases are chosen because they together both cover education, psychology-related fields, sociology, and interdisciplinary interpretations such as combinations of e.g., social sciences and technology. No language or year limitations were applied in the search strategy. Study selection Identified publications were organized and uploaded into EndNote, and duplicates were removed. All records were imported into Rayyan (https://www.rayyan.ai/; Ouzzani et al., 2016) a web-based platform that supports blinded screening and collaboration among reviewers. Four reviewers independently screened the titles and abstracts. Conflicts were resolved through discussion through consensus meetings. Data extraction and synthesis of results Data extraction was conducted by all the authors using a structured charting form developed according to the JBI guidelines for scoping reviews (Pollock et al., 2023). For each included study, key information such as author, year, country, population, concept, context, study design, and main findings were extracted. The extraction process was iterative, allowing refinement of categories as familiarity with the data increased. The data were summarized using a qualitative synthesis approach. A critical appraisal was not conducted, as the purpose was to map the literature rather than to assess its quality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The reviewed studies reveal a diverse set of approaches to understand digital exclusion, ranging from structural models of the digital divide (Jovita et al., 2021; Mkhize & Davids, 2021) to relational and perspectives focusing on everyday digital practices and interactions (Caton et al., 2023; Jones et al., 2022). Across these perspectives, digital exclusion is conceptualized as a multi-layered phenomenon that operates at all three levels of the digital divide: access, skills and outcomes (Van Deursen & Helsper, 2015). It is notable that fifteen of the sixteen reviewed studies focused on children and young people living in circumstances associated with disadvantages, including those living in poverty, being refugees, or those with having functional variations. While this focus is both necessary and valuable, it also means that we know less about how digital exclusion may be experienced among children who are not typically considered vulnerable. Feelings of exclusion can arise simply through everyday social interactions, such as peer rejection, and are not limited to situations of broader structural disadvantage (Killen et al., 2013), raising questions about how digital exclusion is defined and recognized in research, and whether certain forms of exclusion remain hidden when studies seem to primarily include predefined groups at risk. The reviewed studies imply that no single theoretical framework adequately captures the complexity of children and young people ’s digital exclusion. Structural, relational, capability-based and rights-informed perspectives each explain different aspects of how inequalities and exclusion are produced, negotiated and experienced. Integrated models, such as the one advanced by Helsper (2021), offer a direction by linking structural domains with personal resources and lived experiences within a clear analytical framework. Future research should further develop such integrative frameworks and prioritize children and young people`s own perspectives, including how they navigate digital and offline exclusion and inclusion across the life course. References Gottschalk, F., & Weise, C. (2023). Digital equity and inclusion in education: An overview of practice and policy in OECD countries (OECD Education Working Papers No. 299; OECD Education Working Papers, Vol. 299). https://doi.org/10.1787/7cb15030-en Helsper, E. J. (2021). The Digital Disconnect: The Social Causes and Consequences of Digital Inequalities. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526492982 Jones, N., Devonald, M., Dutton, R., Baird, S., Yadete, W., & Gezahegne, K. (2022). Disrupted education trajectories: Exploring the effects of Covid-19 on adolescent learning and priorities for “building back better” education systems in Ethiopia. Development Policy Review, 40. (rayyan-275360136). https://doi.org/10.1111/dpr.12607 Livingstone, S., & Third, A. (2017). Children and young people’s rights in the digital age: An emerging agenda. New Media & Society, 19(5), 657–670. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444816686318 OECD. (2021). OECD Digital Education Outlook 2021: Pushing the Frontiers with Artificial Intelligence, Blockchain and Robots. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/589b283f-en OECD. (2025). How’s Life for Children in the Digital Age? OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/0854b900-en Peters, M. D. J., Marnie, C., Tricco, A. C., Pollock, D., Munn, Z., Alexander, L., McInerney, P., Godfrey, C. M., & Khalil, H. (2020). Updated methodological guidance for the conduct of scoping reviews. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 18(10). https://journals.lww.com/jbisrir/fulltext/2020/10000/updated_methodological_guidance_for_the_conduct_of.4.aspx Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D. J., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473. https://doi.org/10.7326/M18-0850 Van Deursen, A. J. A. M., & Helsper, E. J. (2015). The Third-Level Digital Divide: Who Benefits Most from Being Online? In Communication and Information Technologies Annual (pp. 29–52). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S2050-206020150000010002 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster What Students Ask Matters: Static and Longitudinal Questioning Patterns in Student–LLM Dialogue and Cognitive Gains 1: The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Shenzhen, China; 2: East China Normal University Presenting Author:This symposium focuses on how higher education students learn through dialogue with large language models (LLMs), with particular attention to student questioning as the interaction mechanism that steers inquiry, shapes epistemic engagement, and ultimately influences higher-order learning outcomes. As LLMs become widely available across institutions and languages, universities face a shared challenge: moving from adoption and policy debates to evidence-based design of learning activities that reliably support critical and creative thinking. 1. Research questions RQ1: What kinds of questioning practices do students enact in student–LLM dialogue across disciplines and task types? 2. Objective 3. Conceptual framework 4. Methodological approach 5. Intended purpose of the discussion Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a sequential explanatory mixed-methods design to examine how students’ questioning develops during student–LLM philosophical dialogue and how different questioning patterns relate to perceived gains in critical thinking (CT) and creative thinking (CrT). The context is a required general education course in which first-year postgraduate students completed an end-of-semester dialogue task with an institutional ChatGPT model embedded in the university learning platform. The final analytic sample included 106 students, selected via questionnaire screening to ensure comparable baseline levels of prior GenAI/LLM experience, AI-related knowledge, familiarity with AI tools, and AI-use frequency. Data sources and instruments include: (a) student–LLM dialogue transcripts (chat logs) submitted as part of the course task; (b) a post-task online questionnaire measuring perceived CT and CrT gains using two 5-item, 6-point Likert scales adapted from established instruments; and (c) rubric-based performance scoring of submitted dialogue products using an analytic critical thinking rubric and a creative thinking rubric aligned with TTCT criteria. Analytic procedures proceeded in four phases. First, dialogue transcripts were imported into qualitative analysis software and all student questions were coded using a deductive framework aligned with the revised Bloom’s taxonomy (factual, explanatory, application, analytical, evaluative, exploratory). Coding reliability was established on a randomly selected subset using two independent coders, followed by discussion-based reconciliation. Second, question-type proportions per student were computed and used as continuous indicators for latent profile analysis to identify distinct static questioning profiles. Third, question-level data were organized by conversation rounds and modeled using group-based trajectory modeling to identify longitudinal questioning trajectories. Fourth, students were assigned to profiles and trajectory groups based on posterior probabilities, and subgroup differences in perceived CT and CrT gains were tested using appropriate non-parametric and parametric comparisons depending on distributional assumptions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across 106 postgraduate students’ student–LLM philosophical dialogues, the study identified clear heterogeneity in questioning and its links to perceived cognitive gains. Latent profile analysis revealed three static questioning profiles: Fact-focused, Explanation-focused, and Evaluation-focused Questioners. Students in the Fact-focused profile reported significantly lower perceived gains in critical thinking (CT) and creative thinking (CrT) than the other two profiles, while Explanation-focused and Evaluation-focused students reported similarly high gains. Group-based trajectory modeling further identified two developmental patterns across conversation rounds, with a key divergence around Rounds 5–7: one group plateaued at application and analytical questioning, whereas the other progressed toward evaluative and exploratory questioning. Students who plateaued reported significantly lower perceived CT gains than those who advanced to higher-order questioning. Overall, the findings indicate that benefits from student–LLM dialogue depend on both what students ask and how their questioning develops over time, highlighting mid-dialogue stagnation as a practical target for instructional scaffolding. References Assaly, I. R., & Smadi, O. M. (2015). Using bloom’s taxonomy to evaluate the cognitive levels of master class textbook’s questions. English Language Teaching, 8(5), 100–110. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v8n5p100 Baek, C., Tate, T., & Warschauer, M. (2024). “ChatGPT seems too good to be true”: College students’ use and perceptions of generative AI. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 7, 100294. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100294 Belkina, M., Daniel, S., Nikolic, S., Haque, R., Lyden, S., Neal, P., Grundy, S., & Hassan, G. M. (2025). Implementing generative AI (GenAI) in higher education: A systematic review of case studies. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 100407. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100407 Bloom, B. S., Engelhart, M. D., Furst, E., Hill, W. H., & Krathwohl, D. R. (1956). Handbook I: Cognitive domain. David McKay. Chin, C. (2002). Open investigations in science: Posing problems and asking investigative questions. https://repository.nie.edu.sg/handle/10497/301 Chin, C., & Osborne, J. (2008). Students’ questions: A potential resource for teaching and learning science. Studies in Science Education, 44(1), 1–39. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057260701828101 Du, X., Du, M., Zhou, Z., & Bai, Y. (2025). Facilitator or hindrance? The impact of AI on university students’ higher-order thinking skills in complex problem solving. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 22(1), 39. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-025-00534-0 Essel, H. B., Vlachopoulos, D., Essuman, A. B., & Amankwa, J. O. (2024). ChatGPT effects on cognitive skills of undergraduate students: Receiving instant responses from AI-based conversational large language models (LLMs). Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 6, 100198. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2023.100198 Facione, P. A. (1990). Critical thinking: A statement of expert consensus for purposes of educational assessment and instruction (No. ED 315 423; American Philosophical Association Delphi Research Report). https://stearnscenter.gmu.edu/wp-content/uploads/12-The-Delphi-Report-on-Critical-Thinking.pdf Gonsalves, C. (2024). Generative AI’s impact on critical thinking: Revisiting bloom’s taxonomy. Journal of Marketing Education, 02734753241305980. https://doi.org/10.1177/02734753241305980 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Artificial Intelligence Governance and Policy Challenges in European Higher Education Babes-Bolyai University of Cluj-Napoca, Romania Presenting Author:The rapid expansion of Artificial Intelligence (AI) is generating significant governance and policy challenges for higher education institutions across Europe. Universities are no longer only sites of technological adoption but key actors in shaping ethical standards, regulatory frameworks, and institutional strategies related to AI. This proposal examines how AI is influencing governance structures, policy development, and decision-making processes in European higher education, with particular attention to accountability, academic integrity, data governance, and institutional autonomy. The main research question guiding this contribution is: How are European higher education institutions and policy frameworks responding to the governance challenges posed by Artificial Intelligence? This question is complemented by subsidiary inquiries into (a) the alignment between European-level AI regulations and institutional policies, (b) the role of university leadership and governance bodies in regulating AI use, and (c) the tensions between innovation, regulation, and academic values. The primary objective of the presentation is to analyse AI as a governance issue rather than solely a pedagogical or technological innovation. It aims to explore how AI reshapes institutional responsibilities, redistributes decision-making power, and challenges existing policy instruments within higher education systems. A particular focus is placed on how universities interpret and operationalise European policy initiatives related to AI, such as ethical guidelines, data protection regulations, and emerging AI governance frameworks. The conceptual framework draws on higher education governance theory, public policy analysis, and sociotechnical perspectives. AI is conceptualised as a policy object that is co-constructed through regulatory discourse, institutional strategy, and everyday organisational practices. This approach allows for an examination of governance at multiple levels: supranational (European Union), national higher education systems, and institutional governance structures. Methodologically, the study adopts a comparative European perspective, integrating empirical data from multiple countries and institutional contexts. This cross-national approach highlights how different governance traditions and regulatory environments shape institutional responses to AI. By situating institutional practices within broader European and international policy debates, the proposal aligns with EERA’s emphasis on comparative and policy-oriented educational research. The intended purpose of the discussion is to contribute to scholarly and policy debates on AI governance in higher education. The presentation seeks to inform policymakers, institutional leaders, and researchers about emerging governance models and to support more coherent, transparent, and value-driven AI policies within European higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a mixed-methods research design with a strong emphasis on policy and governance analysis. Data collection consists of three interconnected components. First, a qualitative document analysis is conducted on European-level policy documents, including AI ethical guidelines, higher education policy reports, and regulatory frameworks related to data protection and digitalisation. In parallel, institutional policy documents such as AI strategies, codes of academic integrity, and governance guidelines from selected European universities are analysed to identify dominant governance approaches and regulatory discourses. Second, semi-structured interviews are carried out with key governance actors, including university leaders, policy officers, quality assurance managers, and educational policymakers. These interviews explore institutional decision-making processes, perceived governance challenges, and interpretations of European AI policies. The interviews provide insight into how governance responsibilities are negotiated within and across institutional levels. Third, a targeted survey of academic staff and administrators complements the qualitative data by capturing perceptions of policy clarity, institutional support, and governance effectiveness regarding AI use in teaching, assessment, and research. Comparative analysis is used to identify similarities and differences across national and institutional contexts. Data are analysed using thematic and policy discourse analysis techniques, allowing for triangulation across sources. Ethical approval procedures and data protection requirements are strictly followed in accordance with European research ethics standards. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected findings indicate that AI governance in European higher education is characterised by fragmentation and policy uncertainty. While European-level initiatives provide broad ethical and regulatory orientations, their translation into institutional policies remains uneven and, in many cases, reactive rather than strategic. The study is expected to identify tensions between institutional autonomy and regulatory compliance, particularly regarding academic integrity, data governance, and accountability. Many institutions appear to rely on informal practices and ad hoc guidelines rather than coherent governance frameworks, placing additional responsibility on individual academics and students.Cross-national differences are anticipated, reflecting diverse governance traditions, levels of policy maturity, and resource capacities. The findings will highlight the need for multi-level governance approaches that better align European policy objectives with institutional decision-making processes. The conclusions will emphasise that effective AI integration in higher education requires not only technological innovation but also robust governance structures grounded in European educational values. The presentation will contribute policy-relevant insights for developing more transparent, consistent, and sustainable AI governance models within European higher education. References European Commission. (2022). Ethical guidelines on the use of artificial intelligence and data in teaching and learning for educators. Publications Office of the European Union. European Commission. (2021). Coordinated plan on artificial intelligence 2021 review. Publications Office of the European Union. Kulikowski, K., Przytuła, S., & Sułkowski, Ł. (2023). Artificial intelligence and human decision-making in higher education. Higher Education, 86(2), 251–268. Selwyn, N. (2019). Should robots replace teachers? AI and the future of education. Polity Press. Zawacki-Richter, O., Marín, V. I., Bond, M., & Gouverneur, F. (2019). Systematic review of research on artificial intelligence applications in higher education. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 16(1), 39. European Commission. (2024). Artificial Intelligence Act: Implications for education and training systems. Publications Office of the European Union. OECD. (2023). Artificial intelligence in education: Challenges and opportunities for policy. OECD Publishing. UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. UNESCO. Williamson, B., & Eynon, R. (2023). The datafication of education governance: AI, algorithms and the re-making of higher education. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 1–15. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster An Empirical Study on Mentor Support in a Creative Learning Environment 1: Nagasaki University / JAPAN; 2: Nagasaki Junshin Catholic University / JAPAN Presenting Author:This study investigates the actual conditions and challenges of mentor support in a creative learning environment established through a collaborative project between Nagasaki University and Nagasaki City. The learning environment was designed as a place where learners could engage with advanced technologies such as virtual reality (VR), 3D printers, and drones in a playful and exploratory manner. The program targeted students from Grade 5 of elementary school to Grade 12 of high school and was operated as an industry–government–academia collaborative initiative. In this learning environment, undergraduate and graduate students served as mentors and provided support to promote learners’ autonomous and creative learning. While creative learning environments such as FabLabs have been widely recognized as effective settings for fostering creativity, critical thinking, collaboration, and other 21st-century skills within the context of STEAM education, the specific roles and support practices of mentors in such environments remain insufficiently examined, particularly in Japan. To address this gap, this study aims to clarify the actual practices of mentor support and to identify challenges faced by mentors when supporting diverse learners in a creative learning environment. After the completion of the four-month program in the 2024 academic year, a questionnaire survey was conducted with mentors who were involved in learner support and program operation. The survey focused on multiple aspects of mentor support, including overall activity support, support for the use of digital devices, interaction and attitudes toward others, and mentors’ own growth and learning. Responses were collected using a four-point Likert scale, and free-response questions were included to capture mentors’ perceptions of difficulties and situations requiring particular support. The results of the survey revealed that mentors perceived their support to be sufficient in areas such as explaining activity rules, providing basic instructions on how to use digital devices, responding to learners’ questions, and supporting hands-on and creative activities. These findings suggest that mentors were able to actively engage with learners and facilitate exploratory learning during the initial and experiential phases of activities. In addition, mentors reported positive engagement in stimulating learners’ intellectual curiosity and supporting trial-and-error processes. However, challenges were identified in areas related to collaborative learning support, activity reflection, goal setting, and inquiry-based learning. The results indicated no significant bias toward positive responses in these areas, suggesting that mentors may have lacked sufficient awareness or pedagogical expertise to support deeper learning processes. Furthermore, although mentors reported that they independently learned how to use digital devices, there was a noticeable bias in the types of devices they felt confident supporting. Devices with which mentors had less experience tended to receive lower levels of perceived support. Free-response data further highlighted issues such as a shortage of mentors during peak participation times, insufficient information sharing among mentors, and gaps in mentors’ knowledge and skills. In particular, mentors noted inconsistencies in explanations of device usage and difficulties in guiding learners from experiential activities, such as VR experiences, toward more creative activities like 3D modeling or game development. Overall, this study clarifies both the strengths and limitations of mentor support in a creative learning environment. The findings suggest the need for improved support systems to facilitate the transition from experiential to creative learning, enhanced information-sharing mechanisms among mentors, and structured opportunities for mentors to develop technical and pedagogical competencies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted in a creative learning environment established on the campus of Nagasaki University through a collaborative project with the Nagasaki City Information Policy Promotion Department. The program was operated from July to October 2024 as an industry–government–academia collaboration. Participants were students from Grade 5 of elementary school to Grade 12 of high school, primarily recruited from schools in Nagasaki City. A total of 141 learners participated in the program, including 85 elementary school students, 47 junior high school students, and 9 high school students. The learning environment was equipped with a variety of digital devices, including VR headsets, 3D printers, drones, humanoid robots with emotion recognition functions, and programmable robotic vehicles. In addition, laptop computers and tablet devices were provided with software such as 3D modeling tools, an integrated game development engine, and a sandbox-style video game. During each session, three mentors—undergraduate and graduate students from the Faculty of Information and Data Sciences and the Graduate School of Engineering—supported learners’ activities. A staff member from Nagasaki City was also present to ensure safety and operational stability. To investigate the actual conditions of mentor support, a questionnaire survey was administered in October 2024 after the completion of the four-month program. The participants of the survey were 14 mentors who were involved in learner support and program operation. The questionnaire consisted of four sections: support for overall activities (13 items), support for the use of digital devices (14 items), interaction and attitudes toward others (7 items), and mentors’ own growth and learning (6 items). Each item was evaluated using a four-point Likert scale ranging from “strongly agree” to “strongly disagree.” In addition to the scaled items, open-ended questions were included to collect qualitative data regarding difficulties encountered when supporting learners and situations in which mentors felt that particular support was required. Responses to the Likert-scale items were classified into positive and negative categories. A binomial test was conducted to examine the statistical significance of differences in response distributions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examined the actual conditions of mentor support in a creative learning environment for students ranging from elementary to high school levels. The results of a questionnaire survey conducted with undergraduate and graduate student mentors revealed that support related to activity rules, basic operation of digital devices, and responses to learners’ questions was generally sufficient. Mentors actively engaged in supporting experiential and creative activities, contributing to learners’ exploratory learning processes. However, the findings also identified several challenges. Support for goal setting, reflection on activities, collaborative learning, and inquiry-based learning was found to be insufficient. In addition, although mentors reported that they independently learned how to use digital devices, there was a noticeable bias in the types of devices utilized for learner support. These results suggest that mentors’ prior experience and familiarity with specific technologies influenced the range of support provided. Furthermore, mentors reported challenges related to insufficient information sharing among mentors, shortages in staffing during busy sessions, and difficulties in guiding learners from experiential activities, such as VR experiences, toward more creative activities such as 3D modeling and game development. While mentors perceived communication among themselves to be adequate, inconsistencies in explanations and support practices highlighted the need for more structured and practice-oriented information sharing. Overall, the results indicate that the support system for facilitating the transition from experiential learning to creative learning was not sufficiently developed. To improve the quality of learner support in creative learning environments, the introduction of concrete tools and mechanisms for guiding learners toward creative activities, regular information sharing among mentors, and structured lectures or training sessions on advanced digital tools are necessary. Future work should focus on the growth of mentors through systematic training in both digital technologies and learner support strategies. References Davies, S., & Seitamaa-Hakkarainen, P. (2024). Research on K–12 maker education in the early 2020s: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 35(2), 763–788. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10798-024-09921-6 Dignam, C. (2024). Makerspace and the 5 C’s of learning: Constructing, collaborating, communicating, critically thinking, and creatively thinking. International Journal of Educational Technology, 6(1), 104–127.https://doi.org/10.46328/ijses.135 Fior, G., Fonda, C., & Canessa, E. (2025). Hands-on STEM learning experiences using digital technologies. Journal of STEM Learning, 29(2), 112–129.https://doi.org/10.3934/steme.2025009 Ioannou, A., Makri, M., & Evangelou, C. (2024). Understanding, practicing, and assessment of 21st-century skills for learners in makerspaces and FabLabs. Education and Information Technologies, 30(7), 8829–8846. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-13178-w Otieno, C. (2017). Makerspaces: A qualitative look into makerspaces as innovative learning environments (Doctoral dissertation). University of Colorado. Papagiannis, P., & Pallaris, G. (2024). Evaluating 21st century skills development through makerspace workshops in computer science education. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2411.05012 Quintana-Ordorika, A., Garay-Ruiz, U., & Portillo-Berasaluce, J. (2024). A systematic review of the literature on maker education and teacher training. Education Sciences, 14(12), Article 1310. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14121310 Roldan, W., Hui, J., & Gerber, E. M. (2018). University makerspaces: Opportunities to support equitable participation for women in engineering. International Journal of Engineering Education, 34(2), 751–768. Unterfrauner, E., Voigt, C., & Hofer, M. (2021). The effect of maker and entrepreneurial education on self-efficacy and creativity. International Journal of STEM Education, 8(1), Article 48. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-021-00287-1 Vossoughi, S., & Bevan, B. (2014). Making and tinkering: A review of the literature. National Research Council Committee on Out-of-School Time STEM. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Artificial Intelligence in Creative Writing - Project "wrAIte" University Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:Artificial intelligence is changing the way people write, learn, and express themselves. In creative writing, AI opens up new possibilities for adult learners and teachers. Artificial intelligence, for example, is creating new conditions as it finds its way into various areas of life, including education. As a result, adult educators currently need knowledge about how to use generative large language models in order to support creative writing processes and apply them to the learning process of participants in an enriching way. The goal is to guide and empower learners. "wrAIte" explores the potential and challenges of AI-assisted creative writing in educational settings. This European research project aims to equip adult educators with the necessary knowledge and appropriate tools to integrate AI into their teaching methods, ensuring that technology enhances human creativity rather than replacing it. wrAIte has four main objectives: To explore the potential and limitations of AI as a tool in creative writing for adult learners. To expand the knowledge and skills of adult educators in using innovative digital tools. To empower adult educators to incorporate AI-supported creative writing into their educational offerings. To promote AI-supported creative writing as a means of strengthening learners' expressive abilities, digital literacy, and creativity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used When implementing the project, participatory research is an essential tool for ensuring the quality of the internal process and involving those affected and making them participants in the research. In contrast to traditional research methods, which aim to establish a clear separation between researchers and research subjects, it deliberately promotes collaboration between scientists and practitioners. Key characteristics are: Active and collaborative participation: includes the joint development of research questions, data collection, and analysis and interpretation of results. Open dialogue: Participatory research promotes the exchange of knowledge. Empowerment: Enabling participants to learn more about their context and contribute their perspectives. Action-oriented results: Beyond pure knowledge generation, participatory research strives to improve concrete social situations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First results from expert interviews show that artificial intelligence can be used in adult education settings to help identify inconsistencies and contradictions in texts and broaden writers' perspectives. Artificial intelligence can provide the central theme of a creative text and thus serve as a framework. The content is always provided by the writers,because artificial intelligence cannot replace human thinking. In this regard, it is important that collaboration between humans and machines is implemented. This way, machines can provide initial inspiration and humans can develop creative content based on their own experiences and emotions. This is how self-expression and empowerment can be achieved in the adult learning process. References Brandt, E. (2012). Schreiben befreit! Ziele und Wirkung schreibpädagogischer Seminarkonzepte in der Erwachsenenbildung (Writing liberates! Aims and impact of writing pedagogy seminar concepts in adult education). Magazin erwachsenenbildung.at, 15. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:7455 Knowles, M. (1980). The modern practice of adult education: From pedagogy to andragogy. (Rev. and updated.). Cambridge Adult Education. https://archive.org/details/modernpracticeof0000know_j2r4/page/n5/mode/2up Rauter, E., Wetschanow, K., & Logar, Y. (2024). Writing support with or despite AI? Journal for Interdisciplinary Writing Research, 11, 42-55. https://doi.org/10.48646/zisch.241103 Sinelnikova, V., Ivchenko, T., Pistunova, T., Regesha, N., & Skazhenyk, M. (2022). Enhancing the performance of Andragogic education. Journal of Curriculum and Teaching, 11(1), 245-254. https://doi.org/10.5430/jct.v11n1p245 Unger, H. Von. (2012). Participatory Health Research: Who Participates in What? Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 13(1). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-13.1.1781 von Hippel, A., Kulmus, C., & Stimm, M. (2022). Didaktik der Erwachsenen- und Weiterbildung (Didactics of adult and continuing education [2nd ed.]). https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838559568 Wang, V., Torrisi-Steele, G., & Reinsfield, E. (2020). Transformative learning, epistemology and technology in adult education. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 27(2), 324-340. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477971420918602 wrAIte. (2025). Artificial Intelligence in creative writing. Project overview. https://wraiteproject.eu/ 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Digital Competencies in Inclusive Early Primary Education: Insights from Digital Storytelling Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg, Germany Presenting Author:The landscape of education research is increasingly shaped by new constellations of actors, data‑driven technologies, and shifting expectations regarding the societal role of academic knowledge. The digital transformation profoundly affects both society and schooling, and as digital technologies permeate everyday life, schools face the responsibility of enabling students to use digital media competently, reflectively, and responsibly (Irion, 2018). Against this backdrop, the question of how students’ digital competencies are conceptualized and fostered in schools becomes especially salient. When examining the concrete competencies students need for engaging with digital media, it becomes evident that a wide range of complex, overlapping, and interdisciplinary discourses converge in this field (Mensonides et al., 2024). Within this landscape, the present contribution focuses specifically on the discourse surrounding digital competence, which investigates the knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary for the effective and meaningful use of digital media across diverse learner groups. Existing frameworks conceptualize digital competencies across multiple domains, including creating, problem solving, selecting, operating, communicating, informing, and protecting (e.g., Ackermans et al., 2023; Pedaste et al., 2023; Vuorikari et al., 2022). Although a substantial body of research has developed models of digital competence for secondary education (e.g., Mensonides et al., 2024) and an increasing number of studies now examine digital competencies at the end of primary schooling (e.g., Köhn et al., 2020), the early primary years remain a largely underexplored area. Competence domains for this age group are often normatively defined rather than empirically grounded (e.g., Medienberatung NRW). A systematic review by Godaert et al. (2022) underscores this gap by highlighting that “basic technical skills”, which serve as prerequisites for the appropriate use of digital media, are still insufficiently specified. This challenge is even more pronounced in inclusive primary education, where digital precursor skills must be formulated in ways that do not inadvertently exclude children with intellectual disabilities or limited literacy skills (Geuting & Keeley, 2023). Despite these demands, it remains unclear how digital competence domains can be meaningfully specified for this specific group of learners in inclusive early primary education (Geuting & Keeley, 2023; Godaert et al., 2022). This poster addresses this research gap by delineating and refining digital competence domains for inclusive early primary education through the instructional approach of digital storytelling. By examining how young learners—with and without intellectual disabilities—participate in and shape digital storytelling processes, the study seeks to derive competence domains that are both developmentally appropriate and pedagogically meaningful for the early primary years. To pursue this aim, two research questions are formulated:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To this end, a qualitative video study was conducted in eight inclusive first and second grade inclusive classrooms in Bavaria. In these learning environments, students with and without intellectual disabilities collaboratively continued a literary story in pairs or small groups. They worked with both conventional modes of expression (e.g., drawing or writing with pencil) and extended multimodal forms (e.g., audio recordings) using the Book Creator app on iPads. This design allowed for a rich documentation of how students engaged with digital storytelling tools and how they navigated multimodal meaning making processes. Videography captured the instructional setting from three complementary perspectives: the small group interactions, the screencasts of students’ work on the iPads, and the overall classroom activity. In total, video data from 38 students and eight teachers were collected. These recordings were subsequently processed in DaVinci Resolve, including cropping, anonymizing, and synchronizing the different camera angles. The prepared material was then transcribed verbally and organized for analysis using the Interact software. The analytical focus lay on coded instructional situations related to individual cognitive activation (Warmdt et al., 2025), as deeper thinking processes are closely linked to competence development and therefore directly relevant for understanding digital competence domains (Klieme et al., 2006). Using content structuring qualitative content analysis, an inductive deductive category system was developed (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024). In an iterative process, and through consensual coding, digital competence domains identified in existing publications (e.g., Ackermans et al., 2023) were concretized and expanded based on inductive video examples from the inclusive small group digital storytelling activities. The five resulting main categories were differentiated into three sublevels and specified through detailed descriptions, coding rules, anchor examples, and delimitation criteria. Subsequently, these categories were applied to the data and analyzed both for the entire class (research question 1: n = total number of codings) and for individual students (research question 2: nØ = average number of codings per student). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the video analyses, five competence domains can be delineated for the specific target group (research question 1). These domains represent core dimensions of students’ digital engagement during digital storytelling: Creating a Media Product (e.g., shaping content through representational forms), Using Media Functions (e.g., operating a medium via basic functions), Selecting a Medium (e.g., choosing a digital tool based on verbal guidance), Solving Media‑Related Problems (e.g., responding to media‑related difficulties triggered by irritation), and Basic Media Experience (e.g., observing a peer’s mediated negotiation process). Across all observations, 474 instructional situations address these digital competencies. Students most frequently create media products (n=149), solve media‑related problems (n=126) or use media functions (n=101). Selecting a medium occurrs in about 15% of cases (n=73), whereas basic media experiences are comparatively rare (n=25). A closer examination of individual student engagement reveals clear differences between children with and without intellectual disabilities (research question 2). Children without intellectual disabilities show almost twice as many codings (nØ=17.71) as those with intellectual disabilities (nØ=9.15). Qualitative differences are evident as well. Children with intellectual disabilities exhibit digital competencies across all five domains: they primarily use media functions (nØ=2.61), followed by creating media products (nØ=2.00), solving problems (nØ=1.56), selecting media (nØ=1.49), and gaining basic media experiences (nØ=1.49). In contrast, students without intellectual disabilities demonstrate activity in only four domains: they frequently create media products (nØ=6.55), often solve media-related problems (nØ=5.03), and less frequently use media functions (nØ=3.16) and select a medium (nØ=2.98). Overall, these findings highlight the need for a differentiated perspective on digital competencies in inclusive primary classrooms. They also point to overlaps and discrepancies with existing digital competence models in secondary education (e.g., Ackermans et al., 2023) and emphasize the need for future research to examine the stability and specificity of these competence domains in digital storytelling. References Ackermans, K., Bakker, M., Gorissen, P., van Loon, A.‑M., Kral, M. & Camp, G. (2024). Development and validation of a test for measuring primary school students’ effective use of ICT: The ECC‐ICT test. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 40(3), 960–972. https://doi.org/ 10.1111/jcal.12924 Geuting, J. & Keeley, C. (2023). Chancen und Herausforderungen digitaler Bildung für Schüler:innen mit dem Förderschwerpunkt geistige Entwicklung. In D. Ferencik-Lehmkuhl, I. Huynh, C. Laubmeister, C. Lee, C. Melzer, I. Schwank, H. Weck & K. Ziemen (Hrsg.), Dokumentarische Schulforschung. Inklusion digital! Chancen und Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildung im Kontext von Digitalisierung (S. 94–110). Julius Klinkhardt. Godaert, E., Aesaert, K., Voogt, J. & van Braak, J. (2022). Assessment of Students’ Digital Competences in Primary School: A Systematic Review. Education and Information Technologies, 27, 9953–10011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-022-11020-9 Irion, T. (2018). Wozu digitale Medien in der Grundschule? Sollte das Thema Digitalisierung in Grundschulen tabuisiert werden? Grundschule aktuell: Zeitschrift des Grundschulverbandes(142), 3–7. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:15574 Klieme, E., Lipowsky, F., Rakoczy, K. & Ratzka, N. (2006). Qualitätsdimensionen und Wirksamkeit von Mathematikunterricht: Theoretische Grundlagen und ausgewählte Ergebnisse des Projekts "Pythagoras". In M. Prenzel (Hrsg.), Untersuchungen zur Bildungsqualität von Schule: Abschlussbericht des DFG-Schwerpunktprogramms (S. 127–146). Waxmann. Köhn, V., Fricke, K., Todorova, M. & Windt, A. (2020). Disparitäten bei Grundschulkindern bezüglich computer- und informationsbezogener Kompetenzen im Bereich Produzieren und Präsentieren. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung, 13, 47–64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-019-00067-2 Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6. Aufl.). Beltz Verlagsgruppe. Medienberatung NRW. (2020). Medienkompetenzrahmen NRW. https://medienkompetenzrahmen.nrw/fileadmin/pdf/LVR_ZMB_MKR_Broschuere.pdf Mensonides, D., Smit, A., Talsma, I., Swart, J. & Broersma, M. (2024). Digital Literacies as Socially Situated Pedagogical Processes: Genealogically Understanding Media, Information, and Digital Literacies. Media and Communication, 12, Artikel 8174. https://doi.org/10.17645/mac.8174 Pedaste, M., Kallas, K. & Baucal, A. (2023). Digital competence test for learning in schools: Development of items and scales. Computers & Education, 203, 104830. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2023.104830 Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens [With New Examples of Knowledge, Skills and Attitudes]. Publications Office of the European Union. 10.2760/115376 Warmdt, J., Frisch, H., Kindermann, K., Pohlmann-Rother, S. & Ratz, C. (2025). Medienkompetenzen in inklusiven Grundschulklassen im Bereich Digital Storytelling. In A. Füting-Lippert, M. Eisenmann, S. Grafe, H.-S. Siller & T. Trefzger (Hrsg.), Digitale Medien in Lehr-Lern-Konzepten der Lehrpersonenbildung in interdisziplinärer Perspektive: Ergebnisse des Forschungsprojekts Connected Teacher Education (S. 103–120). Springer. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Lesson Study as an Approach to Facilitate the Integration of Gen-AI into EFL Curriculum Design in Higher Education Leiden University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Lesson Study as an Approach to Facilitate the Integration of Gen-AI into EFL Curriculum Design in Higher Education
Objectives or Purposes:
This study aims to investigate how university EFL teachers systematically integrate Generative Artificial Intelligence (Gen-AI) tools into curriculum design using the Lesson Study (LS) framework.
The specific objectives are:
l To identify Gen-AI’ s key pedagogical functions discovered by teachers during LS cycles.
l To analyze patterns of teacher collaboration in applying Gen-AI to curriculum design.
l To reveal how LS fosters critical reflection on Gen-AI and improves teacher professional development.
Through a qualitative analysis of teacher interaction with Kimi chat documents, experiences, and reflections during the LS process, this research contributes to the growing body of knowledge on Gen-AI integration in EFL higher education. The findings offer insights into the effective use of Gen-AI tools in EFL curriculum design, paving the way for more informed and innovative teaching practices in the era of artificial intelligence.
Perspective(s) or Theoretical Framework:
Lesson Study (LS), a professional development approach originating in Japan, offers a promising framework for addressing these challenges through its emphasis on collaborative inquiry, reflective practice, and continuous improvement (Camilleri & Calleja, 2023; Huang et al., 2017; Lewis et al., 2012). At its core, LS operates through a systematic cycle of 'research-planning-implementation-reflection' (Lewis, 2012). Research suggests that the LS framework can effectively support Gen-AI integration across multiple dimensions (Huang et al., 2024). First, it provides comprehensive pedagogical support by helping teachers systematically develop targeted educational materials, from customized lesson plans and learning activities to assessment tools. Through its collaborative structure, the framework enables teachers to engage in joint planning and reflection, fostering professional growth through innovative teaching approaches and contextual design. The collective nature of LS also facilitates robust data analysis and personalized feedback mechanisms, promoting resource sharing and detailed improvement documentation.
Second, the iterative cycle of LS offers a structured pathway for integrating four fundamental curriculum components: learning objectives, content, activities, and assessment. Each phase serves a distinct purpose: the research phase guides teachers in identifying content and assessment criteria based on student needs; the planning phase focuses on optimizing teaching activities and materials; the implementation phase captures teaching outcomes through systematic observation; and the reflection phase enables teachers to synthesize these components into a cohesive instructional framework.
Moreover, Gen-AI can serve as a 'knowledgeable other' within the LS process, providing multifaceted support across all phases. By assisting with research analysis, task planning, observation tool development, and data analysis, Gen-AI significantly streamlines these traditionally time-intensive aspects of the LS cycle, allowing teachers to focus more on pedagogical decision-making and reflection. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative case study tracked six EFL teachers (including one senior mentor) at a Chinese public university over six months (July-December 2024) through five LS cycles. Each cycle focused on a unit from the comprehensive course in this university: 1)LS Structure: Plan (2-3 hrs collaborative design with Kimi) Teach/Observe (1 hr lesson implementation + observation) Post-Discussion/Reflection (1 hr each). 2)Technology: AI tool ‘Kimi’ was selected for its long-text processing, multi-modal resource generation, and compliance with local regulations. 3)Data collection: We systematically documented each of the five LS cycles through comprehensive video recordings, totaling approximately eight hours per cycle. The documentation captured three key components of each cycle: collaborative planning meetings (four hours), research lesson implementation (two hours), and post-lesson and reflection discussions (two hours). We systematically documented each of the five LS cycles through comprehensive video recordings, totaling approximately eight hours per cycle. The documentation captured three key components of each cycle: collaborative planning meetings (four hours), research lesson implementation (two hours), and post-lesson and reflection discussions (two hours). Each phase of the LS cycle also generated distinct data. During the Plan phase, we gathered teacher-Gen-AI interaction documentation (i.e., chat logs, screenshots, and prompt refinement records), collaborative planning sessions field notes, initial and revised lesson plans, planning meeting minutes; for the Teach and Observe phase, we collected detailed observation notes from team members, student work samples, and implementation documentations. In the Post-lesson and Reflection phase, we collected teachers’ reflection notes and conference minutes, which documented the decisions made regarding lesson modifications. Although student responses were observed and discussed during teacher reflections, direct student perspectives were not collected as the primary aim was to understand the teacher collaborative process in Gen-AI integration. Teachers' observations of student engagement and learning were documented through their reflective discussions and lesson study notes. Additionally, semi-structured interviews were conducted with each of the six participating teachers.These interviews aimed to explore teachers' experiences with Gen-AI integration in curriculum design, focusing on the perceived benefits and challenges, the interplay between Gen-AI and the LS process, and the impact on their professional development. Furthermore, we collected teachers' reflection journals and student feedback forms to enrich our dataset. 4)Data analysis: To address our research questions, we employed thematic analysis to explore how teachers discover, utilize, and reflect on Gen-AI integration in curriculum design. This analysis combined inductive and deductive coding approaches and followed Braun and Clarke (2006) six-step framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our study investigated how higher education EFL teachers discover, utilize, and critically reflect on Gen-AI capabilities in EFL curriculum design through LS. Through a six-month study from July to December 2024, we documented teachers' developmental journey in integrating Gen-AI into their curriculum design practices. Our findings revealed three key dimensions of this integration process: teachers' systematic discovery of AI's curriculum design capabilities, their strategic development of application patterns, and the crucial role of LS's structured support mechanisms. Our study makes several significant theoretical and practical contributions. Theoretically, it extends existing frameworks of Gen-AI integration in education, particularly Kim's (2024) TAC development theory, by demonstrating how structured professional development can facilitate teachers' progression from passive recipients to strategic users of AI. Methodologically, it illustrates how LS can serve as an effective framework for supporting higher education EFL teachers' Gen-AI integration efforts while maintaining their professional autonomy. As documented by our findings, we have developed practical guidelines that can support institutions and teachers in implementing Gen-AI integration through structured professional development frameworks. These guidelines emphasize the importance of systematic discovery, strategic development, and collaborative enhancement while maintaining teacher autonomy. They provide concrete strategies for teachers to effectively integrate Gen-AI in curriculum design while preserving their professional judgment and collaborative and cooperative teamwork. References References: Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psycholog. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Kim, J. (2024). Leading teachers’ perspective on teacher-AI collaboration in education. Education and Information Technologies, 29(7), 8693-8724. Huang, R., Fang, Y., & Chen, X. (2017). Chinese lesson study: A deliberate practice, a research methodology, and an improvement science. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 6(4), 270-282. Lewis, C. C., Perry, R. R., Friedkin, S., & Roth, J. R. (2012). Improving Teaching Does Improve Teachers: Evidence from Lesson Study. Journal of Teacher Education, 63(5), 368-375. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Gen-AI in Education: What do Teachers Do, Know and Need? Windesheim University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) is rapidly transforming societies and economies. It promises considerable benefits for global challenges, but also presents substantial risks especially about mis- and dis-information (OECD, 2024). In an educational context, the discussion proceeds along similar lines, usually based on the potential impact of GenAI on teaching and learning (see, for instance, Unesco or OECD reports such as the one from Miao & Holmes, 2023 or OECD, n.d.). The perceived impact can, on the one hand, lead to unbridledly being convinced of benefits and therefore ‘completely embracing’ the use of GenAI. On the other hand, the perceived impact can also result in being convinced of doomsday scenarios and ‘completely banning’ the use of GenAI in education (Walter, 2024). The discourse about GenAI in education generally takes the form of speculations and visions about the future. For instance, Microsoft (in Helmond, 2024) asks to “Imagine a future where every student has a personalized learning path, where faculty can focus on teaching instead of administrative tasks, and where academic research accelerates breakthrough discoveries. This is not a distant vision – generative AI is making it possible today.” According to Wiliamson (2024), these visions are accompanied by terms like personalized learning, customization, 24/7 availability, and improved learning. Those opposed to GenAI stress the potential risks in terms like bias, incorrect information, de-contextualization, technology dependency, integrity, and loss of autonomy. In practice, the discussion seems to produce a spectrum of stances: from ignorance towards rethinking education and everything in between (Lodge et al., 2023). Of course, speculations like this and descriptions of GenAI’s potential for education are more and more underpinned by research. This research is often focused on the use of GenAI for teaching tasks (Bond et al., 2024). Bond et al., but also Crompton and Burke (2024), mention studies with possible benefits with regard to adaptive instruction, personalized feedback and conducting assessments. Looking at what teachers actually do at the micro level, then GenAI is being used for very specific, smaller teaching tasks. For instance, teachers create summaries, exam questions and prepare or improve materials (Open Universiteit, 2025) – all of which are tasks that take a lot of time. According to Corbin et al. (2025), teaching tasks that require pedagogical reasoning skills (which can also be time-consuming) constitute the added value of a teacher, and GenAI does not possess this ability. In the meanwhile, Bond et al. see many educational institutions struggling with the question of what the policy for GenAI use should be, how teachers themselves can be trained in responsible use of GenAI, and how they can prepare their students in general and specifically for their future profession. Much is still uncovered of how teachers precisely think about using GenAI in teaching and learning, what they actually do in their teaching practices and how they think their GenAI-use relates to learning (e.g., Cabellos et al., 2024). More insights are needed when education is tasked with preparing students for using GenAI in a responsible and critical way (AI Act – European Parliament, 2024; Npuls – Renkema et al., 2025). This study addresses this call by focusing on what teachers think and do when it comes to using GenAI in learning contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed-methods design was set up for conducting an exploratory study on the question What perceptions, actions and needs express teachers in Higher Education about the use of GenAI? A quantitative questionnaire was developed, containing questions about tools, tasks, and reasons for using these tools (or not). Predefined statements were combined with an open question for additions and explanations. Table 1 contains example statements. The questionnaire was spread between March-May 2024 among the teachers from an educational and an economics program of a University of Applied Sciences in the Netherlands. Teachers answered anonymously (n=59). Table 1. Example questions Focus on Example (Answer options) Teaching tasks Please tick the box that indicates which of the following categories you use GenAI for: - creative and visual applications, e.g., generation of images, visuals or video etc. (5-point Likert scale: no use – several times/year – several times/month – once/ week – several times/week Reason for use Why are you using GenAI applications? - time savings, e.g., the use of GenAI helps me complete my tasks faster (5-point Likert scale: totally disagree > totally agree) Reason for non-use Are the examples below a reason for you not to use GenAI? - data security, e.g., because I don't know what GenAI does with my data (5-point Likert scale: totally disagree > totally agree) Using an interview guideline, the quantitative date were enriched by semi-structured focus group interviews, with which we got a more specific portrait of what teachers think of GenAI and how they use it specifically in teaching tasks. Teachers (n=10) volunteered for this one-hour interview, which took place in September 2025. The interviews were recorded and transcribed. Descriptive statistics, correlations and reliability were calculated for the quantitative data. Two scales emerged, one for tasks and reasons to use GAI for these purposes and one for reasons not to use GAI.. Reliability ranged from good to acceptable (Cronbach’s α = .87use, respectively .71non-use). The qualitative data were analyzed deductively, based on a predefined codebook. The codes were derived from the themes of the questionnaire, which were further fine-tuned by inductively labeling the patterns that became visible. Two members of the research team carried out the interviews. The first author coded the interviews. A second researcher encoded two randomly selected transcripts; the two encodings were compared and found to show hardly any differences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A majority (87%) of the teachers used GenAI for professional tasks, mostly to search for ideas and gather information. 31 % of the teachers used GenAI also for specific teachers’ tasks: creating lesson plans, looking for teaching methods, searching for actual cases, or creating example questions . Teachers in educational programs used GenAI also for pedagogical support , teachers in economical programs used it instead to produce content. Ease of use (64%) and time savings (61%) were reasons for GenAI-use. Teachers of the economic programs (44%) used GenAI for its contribution to the quality of own work. For teachers in the educational programs (73%) this was precisely the reason not to use it, they write better texts themselves. Preparation for future work was a common reason for economic teachers to use GenAI (94%), but not for teachers in educational programs (27%). In the focus group, these differences were explained by referring to key characteristics of future professions. Creating products, entrepreneurship and efficiency are important in preparing students for economic professions, GenAI’s meaning for learning processes is important in teaching professions. All users conducted GenAI-activities with students, such as discussing (im)possibilities of GenAI (86%), talking about privacy and ethical issues (71%), analyzing GenAI’s output (48%), or training prompting skills (32%). The economic teachers conducted significantly more activities with regard to the last two activities. Some teachers (14%) did not use GenAI for professional tasks at all; they did not feel the need yet, or were unfamiliar with possibilities. Ethical considerations (such as academic integrity, bias, and reliability) did not come forward spontaneously, although the teachers in the focus group would like to discuss the impact of GenAI on themselves, on others and on the world. Finally, teachers expressed an urgent need for more frameworks and guidelines, as well as for becoming more AI literate. References Bond, M., Khosravi, H., De Laat, M., Bergdahl, N., Negrea, V., Oxley, E., ... Siemens, G. (2024). A meta systematic review of artificial intelligence in higher education: a call for increased ethics, collaboration, and rigour. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, (2024) 21:4. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00436-z Cabellos, B., de Aldama, C., & Pozo, J.I. (2024). University teachers' beliefs about the use of generative artificial intelligence for teaching and learning. Frontiers in Psychology, 15:1468900. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1468900 Corbin, T., Tai, J., & Gene Flenady (2025): Understanding the place and value of GenAI feedback: a recognition-based framework. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 50(5), 718–731. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2025.2459641 Crompton, H., & Burke, D. (2024). The educational affordances and challenges of ChatGPT: State of the field. Techtrends, 68:380-392. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-024-0093-0 European Parliament. (2024). EU AI Act: first regulation on artificial intelligence. Accessed 15 December 2025, from EU AI Act: first regulation on artificial intelligence | Topics | European Parliament Helmond, A. (2024, 7 november). Big AI (in education). Cloud infrastructure dependence and the industrialisation of artificial intelligence. [presentation]. GDS & Kennisnet Symposium. Utrecht. Hirabayashi, S., Jain, R., Jurković, N., & Wu, G. (2024). Harvard undergraduate survey on generative AI. arXiv preprint arXiv:2406.00833. Lodge, J.M., Howard, S., & Broadbent, J. (2023, May 1). Assessment redesign for generative AI: A taxonomy of options and their viability. [Post]. https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/assessment-redesign-generative-ai-taxonomy-options-viability-lodge/ Miao, F., & Holmes, W. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. Unesco. OECD. (2024). OECD Digital Economy Outlook 2024 (Volume 1): Embracing the Technology Frontier. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a1689dc5-en OECD. (n.d.). Artificial intelligence and education and skills. Retrieved November 14th, 2024, from https://www.oecd.org/en/topics/sub-issues/artificial-intelligence-and-education-and-skills.html Open Universiteit. (2025). Hoe gebruiken onze studenten en docenten AI? [How do our students and teachers use AI?]. Accessed 15 January 2026, from https://www.ou.nl/en/-/hoe-gebruiken-onze-studenten-en-docenten-ai Renkema, M., van den Boom-Muilenburg, E., Friso-van den Bos, I., Theelen, H., Wopereis, I., & Schildkamp, K., (2025). AI-GO! Een Raamwerk voor AI-Geletterdheid in het Onderwijs (AI-GO Framework). Npuls/AI- en Data geletterdheid. Walter, Y. (2024). Embracing the future of Artificial Intelligence in the classroom: the relevance of AI literacy, prompt engineering, and critical thinking in modern education. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21,15 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-024-00448-3 Williamson, B. (2024, November 7). AI in schools. Keywords of a public problem. [Presentation]. GDS Kennisnet symposium, Netherlands, Utrecht. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Enhancing 10th graders English Language Learning through Video Dubbing: A Task-Based, Creative Pedagogical Approach Nazarbayev Intellectual school in Aktau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study investigated how video dubbing activities can enhance the foreign language proficiency of 10th-grade students through creative and task-based methods. The research emphasized how dubbing muted videos motivates learners and improves their speaking fluency, pronunciation, and creativity within an assessment context. The study was conducted during Term 3 among Grade 10 students at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Aktau. Traditional assessment methods for speaking often rely on subjective evaluation and limited feedback opportunities, which restrict students’ ability to self-reflect and improve. Incorporating video dubbing as a task-based activity allowed the researchers to evaluate linguistic competence in a more authentic, engaging, and measurable way. This approach enabled students to become active participants in both learning and assessment while improving linguistic, analytical, and creative skills through multimedia interaction. Research Questions
Grounded in Task-Based Language Teaching (TBLT) and Sociocultural Theory (Vygotsky, 1978), the study examined how collaborative language production supports communicative competence through authentic interaction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-method approach, combining qualitative and quantitative techniques to investigate the impact of video dubbing on foreign language learning. The research focuses on how dubbing activities enhance pronunciation, vocabulary, creativity, and collaborative skills among learners. The participants consisted of 20–30 10 grade students at pre-intermediate levels, working in small groups of three or four. This structure encourages communication, teamwork, and equal involvement in all project phases. The procedure followed five main stages. 1. Preparation: The teacher selected a short, muted video clip (4–5 minutes) that aligns with the lesson theme. Relevant vocabulary and grammar will be introduced before the activity. 2. Task Introduction: Students observed visual and paralinguistic cues from the video—facial expressions, gestures, and body movement—to infer meaning and context. 3. Script Development: Each group created an original storyline and writes dialogues using the target language structures. The teacher provided feedback on accuracy and contextual relevance. 4. Practice and Recording: Students rehearsed pronunciation, stress, and intonation, recording their voices multiple times for self-assessment before synchronizing their dialogue with the video. 5. Presentation and Evaluation: The final dubbed videos were shared in the classroom for peer and teacher evaluation, focusing on language use, creativity, synchronization, and collaboration. To gather data, several research instruments were used. An observation checklist tracked student engagement, motivation, and participation throughout the process. Pre- and post-tests measured improvements in pronunciation, vocabulary, and fluency. Reflection journals allowed students to describe personal experiences and learning outcomes. Interviews or focus group discussions with students and the teacher offered qualitative insights into challenges and perceived benefits. The dubbed video recordings served as primary evidence for analyzing linguistic accuracy, pronunciation, and contextual understanding. Finally, peer evaluation forms encouraged students to assess one another’s performance constructively. For data analysis, qualitative data from observations, journals, and interviews undergoed thematic analysis to identify emerging patterns and insights. Quantitative data from tests were analyzed statistically to measure linguistic improvement. All participants provided informed consent, and data remained confidential. This methodology aimed to demonstrate how video dubbing, as a creative and task-based activity, effectively enhances learners’ communicative competence while increasing motivation and cooperative learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After implementing the dubbing activities, students demonstrated substantial progress in pronunciation, fluency, and contextual language use compared to traditional speaking tasks. The repetitive rehearsal and collaborative editing processes fostered phonetic accuracy and stronger rhythm and intonation patterns in student speech. Learners also exhibited increased motivation and engagement, reporting higher confidence when performing in groups. Video dubbing provided opportunities for peer learning and allowed students to self-assess by listening to their recordings multiple times. These task-based activities created an environment in which language learning became both interactive and reflective. From an assessment perspective, the dubbing method allowed teachers to evaluate speaking proficiency with greater objectivity, consistency, and creativity. Students’ recorded performances served as tangible evidence for tracking linguistic progress over time. Overall, the findings confirmed that integrating dubbing into language classes enhances communicative competence while encouraging self-directed learning. This approach proved practical, resource-efficient, and highly motivating for secondary-level foreign language learners. References Biegel, S. (1998). Authentic video production in the foreign language classroom: A task-based approach to language learning. Foreign Language Annals, 31(2), 205–212. Brooke, M. (2003). Integrating video projects in second language classrooms: A communicative perspective. Language Learning Journal, 28(1), 54–62. Dubreil, S. (2003). Video production and language acquisition: A student-centered approach. CALICO Journal, 21(1), 91–110. Melillo, M. (2000). Video creation as a pedagogical tool in ESL classrooms. TESOL Journal, 9(4), 23–29. Scruggs, M., & Reed, K. (2001). Motivation through media: The effect of student-generated video projects on language learning. Journal of Educational Media, 26(3), 135–146. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. Willis, J. (1996). A Framework for Task-Based Learning. Longman. Richards, J. C., & Rodgers, T. S. (2001). Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. Dörnyei, Z. (2001). Motivational Strategies in the Language Classroom. Cambridge University Press. Swain, M., & Lapkin, S. (2001). Focus on form through collaborative dialogue: Exploring task effects. In M. Bygate, P. Skehan, & M. Swain (Eds.), Researching Pedagogic Tasks: Second Language Learning, Teaching and Testing (pp. 99–118). Pearson Education. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Would Schoolchildren Benefit from AI-generated Feedback on Complex Online-inquiry Tasks? University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:The internet has become an integral part of our world, both in everyday life and at school. Online enquiries have become part of the school learning process.Also AI has undergone significant development in recent years, particularly since large language models (LLMs) became available, which means that this technology is also on its way to being integrated into school education. This integration is accompanied by the following expectations. AI can improve teaching and learning processes by offering personalisation and providing intelligent support for teachers and learners (Miao, Holmes, Huang, & Zhang, 2021). There are many concerns about using AI in a school context, with ethics being particularly emphasised in this context (e.g. Adams et al., 2023). When discussing the possibilities of using AI for learning, feedback options are often mentioned (e.g. Celik et al., 2022). Feedback is a very powerful way to improve learning, also for younger students (e.g. Hattie & Timperley, 2007). Hattie and Timperley (2007) describe four levels of feedback, including those relating to the task and the process. The task level covers correctness and simple errors, while the process level covers strategies and deeper reasoning. This study focuses on how pupils use AI-generated feedback in complex tasks. In this project 5th and 6th grade students write a synthesis based on multiple sources. They use a closed www environment, in which they complete an online inquiry task independently. The tasks have several steps, finding, evaluating and selecting the for the task relevant sources, finding in these relevant sources the main ideas and structuring these ideas, and writing a synthesis based on these structured ideas to answer the inquiry. For each of these three phases, there is feedback specific to the respective phase as well as feedback relating to the entire task. To avoid cognitive overload the pupil can choose feedback options. The student can request feedback on either a specific phase or their overall performance. On the other hand, they can select further questions created by the AI and offered by the environment in the feedback process. This gives students the opportunity to receive more detailed feedback, which they need. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our early-stage study nine-graders (N=16) from one class will take part in April 2026. These pupils had previous experiences of the closed learning environment from a former study. THe closed learning environment. A learning environment for working on online inquiry tasks is created. This includes the sources, their evaluation, the selection of the main ideas in the form of text passages from these sources, their structuring, and the writing of a synthesis as an answer to the inquiry. The schoolchildren have a positive general attitude towards the learning environment and the feedback created by AI, although there were some reservations regarding AI and the feedback, for example, the feedback does not meet my needs or the feedback is incomprehensible. Furthermore, most of the pupils used feedback. In addition to the three single-phase feedbacks, they also have the cognitively very demanding entire-task feedback. For them the feedback for the entire task is a new feedback possibility. The log data is available as a data basis. This data is analysed to determine who requested which feedback and when, and which ‘further questions’ within the feedback process they used. Furthermore, performance data such as successfully selected sources and main ideas as well as the quality of the synthesis are analysed. After completing the task, the pupils will answer a questionnaire concerning their attitude towards AI, Ai generated feedback and the feedback. The research questions are: - What kind of feedback did the schoolchildren request? - What is the children's attitude towards AI and AI generated feedback after this AI learning experience? - Is there a correlation between requesting entire-task feedback and performance quality? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As data collection will not take place until April 2026, we will put forward a number of hypotheses in this proposal. A group of children will not use the feedback at all or will use it very little. Another group of children will mostly use the feedback as task feedback, i.e. in relation to correctness. The third group of children will also use the feedback at the process level, i.e. in relation to the strategy. The last group in particular will use the further questions offered in the feedback process. The experience gained from the two studies will give schoolchildren a positive attitude towards AI and AI-generated feedback in general. The hypothesis for the third question is that there is a positive correlation. The cognitively difficult entire task feedback is more likely to be requested by schoolchildren who want to improve their strategy and who already have a good understanding of the task and its individual phases, enabling them to perform quite well. References Adams, C., Pente, P., Lemermeyer, G., & Rockwell, G. (2023). Ethical principles for artificial intelligence in K-12 education. Computers and Education. Artificial Intelligence, 4, Article 100131. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2023.100131 Celik, I., Dindar, M., Muukkonen, H., & Järvelä, S. (2022). The Promises and Challenges of Artificial Intelligence for Teachers: a Systematic Review of Research. TechTrends, 66(4), 616–630. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-022-00715-y Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112. Miao, F., Holmes, W., Huang, R., & Zhang, H. (2021). AI and education: Guidance for policy makers. UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54675/PCSP7350 |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 18 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Poster Pedagogical Approaches for Facilitating Student Voice in Secondary School Physical Education: A Systematic Review Loughborough University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Recent years have seen growing research and practice focused on facilitating student voice in physical education (PE), particularly among students who may be disengaged, underserved, or marginalized (Fisette, 2013; Howley et al., 2021; Oliver, 2010). Evidence shows that listening to students’ needs can enhance curriculum relevance and provide more meaningful learning experiences (El-Sherif, 2014), while also fostering inclusion and engagement (Cardiff et al., 2023). Student voice has also been found to particularly support marginalised groups, including disengaged girls (Enright & O’Sullivan, 2010) and students with SEND (Allen et al., 2022). Although various tools such as questionnaires and reflective journals have supported students in sharing their experiences, few studies have examined how student voice is enacted in practice from a pedagogical perspective (Iannucci & Parker, 2022). As noted by Howley and O’Sullivan (2021), the operationalization of student voice remains limited, partly due to a lack of guidance for everyday teaching (Cardiff et al., 2023). This highlights the need for a systematic review to understand which pedagogical approaches have been used, their impacts, and areas for improvement. The systematic review presented through this poster drew on literature from 1990–2023 and adopted Mitra’s (2007) student voice framework, conceptualizing pedagogical approaches as strategies that create opportunities for students to express opinions and engage in decision-making. Additionally, the analysis was informed by the whole-child theory, emphasizing students’ holistic development (Slade & Griffith, 2013). Given that previous reviews examined student voice in primary PE (Iannucci & Parker, 2022) and higher education (Sun et al., 2022), this review focused specifically on secondary PE (ages 11–18), addressing a significant gap within the literature. In doing so, it sought to address the following questions: 1. What pedagogical approaches have been utilized to facilitate student voice within the context of secondary PE? 2. What were the impacts of these approaches on students and teachers? 3. What were the challenges involved in implementing these pedagogical approaches? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This systematic review followed PRISMA guidelines to ensure transparent reporting (Page et al., 2021). Preliminary trial searches were conducted to refine search terms, after which six databases – Web of Science, SPORTDiscus, Scopus, ERIC, PsycINFO and PubMed – were searched, supplemented by reference and manual searches. Eligibility criteria required studies to have been conducted between 1990–2023, published in English, peer‑reviewed and focused on secondary PE (ages 11–18). Studies had to involve curriculum PE, use pedagogical approaches that facilitated student voice (e.g., activist approaches, negotiated curricula), and draw on empirical data of any design. For studies spanning multiple phases of schooling, secondary‑level data needed to be identifiable. The review proceeded through searching, screening, full‑text review, and data extraction. The initial search yielded 6,576 records; after removing duplicates, 3,725 studies were screened, resulting in 158 for full‑text review. Following collaborative assessment between members of the research team and consensus discussions, 48 studies were deemed to meet the criteria for inclusion. Quality assessment used the Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (Hong et al., 2018). All studies scored ≥60%, with most scoring ≥80%, indicating strong methodological quality. Data from all included studies were extracted and analyzed using descriptive statistics, thematic analysis of pedagogical approaches, and domain analysis informed by whole‑child theory (Slade & Griffith, 2013). Reported impacts were categorized across physical, cognitive, emotional, and social domains, with frequency and proportional analyses conducted across pedagogical approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 48 studies were finally included in the systematic review for descriptive and thematic analysis. The analysis determined that most of the included studies aligned primarily with the Collaboration level in Mitra's (2007) framework, which is where students not only express their voices but may also engage in some (limited) decision-making in PE, such as in content design or activity selection. Moreover, the analysis identified various benefits to the pedagogical approaches that facilitated student voice (e.g., improving sports skills and cultivating students' life skills). However, the review also highlighted the challenges and limitations of implementing such pedagogical approaches (e.g., curriculum design issues, dominant behaviours and hierarchies and inauthentic student voice) and identified gaps in the current literature (e.g., insufficient research on particular contexts/populations). It is argued that further research on pedagogical approaches for facilitating student voice in PE is needed with consideration of the aforementioned challenges/gaps. References Allen, G., Milne, B., Velija, P., & Radley, R. (2022). ‘Hearing their voice’: the experiences of physical education with pupils diagnosed with severe learning disabilities. Sport, Education and Society. 29(3), 342–357. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2022.2141704 Cardiff, G., Ní Chróinín, D., Bowles, R., Fletcher, T., & Beni, S. (2023). ‘Just let them have a say!’ Students’ perspective of student voice pedagogies in primary physical education. Irish Educational Studies. El-Sherif, J. L. (2014). Student Voice: Student Choice and Participation in Physical Education. Strategies, 27(5), 8–11. https://doi.org/10.1080/08924562.2014.938875 Enright, E., & O’Sullivan, M. (2010). ‘Can i do it in my pyjamas?’ negotiating a physical education curriculum with teenage girls. European Physical Education Review, 16(3), 203–222. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X10382967 Fisette, J.L. (2013). “Are you listening?” Adolescent girls voice how they negotiate self-identified barriers to their success and survival in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 18(2), 184–203. Howley, D., Dyson, B., Baek, S., Fowler, J., & Shen, Y. (2021). “This Is Not Gym”: Enacting Student Voice Pedagogies to Promote Social and Emotional Learning and Meaningful Physical Education. Frontiers in Sports and Active Living, 3. https://doi.org/10.3389/fspor.2021.764613 Howley, D., & O’Sullivan, M. (2021). “Getting better bit by bit”: Exploring learners’ enactments of student voice in physical education. Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education, 12(1), 3–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/25742981.2020.1865825 Iannucci, C., & Parker, M. (2022). Student voice in primary physical education: A 30-year scoping review of literature. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 41(3), 466–491. https://doi.org/ 10.1123/jtpe.2021-0007 Mitra, D. (2007). Student voice in school reform: From listening to leadership. In D. Thiessen & A. Cook-Sather (Eds.), International handbook of student experience in elementary and secondary school (pp. 727–744). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/1-4020-3367-2_29 Oliver, K. L. (2010). The body, physical activity, and inequity: Learning to listen with girls through action. In M. O’Sullivan & A. MacPhail (Eds.), Young people’s voices in physical education and youth sport (pp. 31-48). Routledge. Slade, S., & Griffith, D. (2013). A whole child approach to student success. KEDI Journal of Educational Policy, Special Issue, 21–35. Sun, S., Gao, X., Rahmani, B.D., Bose, P., & Davison, C. (2022). Student voice in assessment and feedback (2011–2022): A systematic review. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 10, Article 478. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2022.2156478 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Poster To be able to participate? An Ethnographic Study on Inclusion in Equestrian Sports and Gymnastics The Swedish School of Sport and Health Science, Sweden Presenting Author:The sports movement provides opportunities for youth to learn motor skills, play sports, and be physically active in a social context, but participation rates have declined, fewer girls than boys participate, and many stop in their teenage years (CIF 2023). Gymnastics and equestrian sports are among the top 10 largest youth sports, and a majority of the athletes are girls. The policy document of the Swedish Sport Confederation states its intentions to make sports inclusive and sustainable. Still, little is known about how the actual sport training takes place and what teenagers experience from an inclusive perspective. Being involved, having a voice, and learning sporting skills be important for young athletes to stay in sport (Thedin Jakobsson 2015; Schubringen et al. 2022). But, as Wangsson (2009) shows, youth who perceive themselves as not physically and socially competent are more likely to quit. Research shows that youth sports coaches have limited knowledge and a poor understanding of pedagogical perspectives on learning (Fahlström et al., 2016; Kilic et al., 2024), as well as of what it means to make oneself heard as a child in sporting practice (Eliasson, 2015). Gymnastics and Equestrian sport are no exception (Redelius 2002, Thorell et al 2016). This study aims to investigate equestrian sport and gymnastics practice from a pedagogical perspective, focusing on youth. A sociocultural perspective, based on the didactic triangle (Amade-Escot 2006) is used which consists of the athletes, the trainers and the training content. Of interest is the ways pedagogic and didactics issues such as inclusion, learning and making oneself heard are considered and developed in sports practices. More specifically, the aim is to explore how young athletes experience the training practice. The research questions are: • What do the athletes perceive the training to be about? • What is required of them to be able to participate and do what is requested? • How are they included and involved in their own learning process? In the long run, the study aims to contribute to a discussion about how young athletes can feel involved, develop their skills, and make their voices heard in their sport. The study focuses on young equestrians and gymnasts. Young people's experiences and voices are rarely explored in sports research. Therefore, to get a broader perspective, the study of what the athletes perceive as important would add critical and valuable knowledge concerning pedagogical and didactic issues in youth sports, especially sports in which many girls participate. By examining the athletes’ descriptions of their experiences of training, the intention is to identify, analyze and discuss, what values and content are intended to be learned, what training is prescribed as valuable and what chances are there of feeling of involvement, inclusion and to make their voice heard. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The purpose of the study is to explore equestrian and gymnastic sports practice from a pedagogical and didactic perspective, how young athletes’ experiences training and practices from an inclusive and learning perspective. The point of departure is from a sociocultural perspective (Säljö 2014) with the didactic triangle used as a framework (Amade-Escot 2006) when analyzing the interaction process between athlete and instructor and the content. To achieve the purpose of this project employs a qualitative methodology based on interviews, observations and fieldnotes. The choice of design is related to a view of knowledge as constructed and subjectively experienced (Patton 2015). This means that through interviews, observations and fieldnotes researchers provide detailed descriptions of people, behaviors, and cultures in their ordinary environment. With a sociocultural perspective, the individual and the environment are understood as mutually constructed (Säljö, 2014). Young athletes act consciously or unconsciously based on the experiences they have of what is needed in different situations (ibid). The project includes two gymnastics and equestrian groups’ practices in two different sports clubs. Ten practices for each training group was be observed and ten athletes in each training group was interviewed. Data collection was be done with semi-structured interviews with athletes, which also contribute to examining the training practice and the context in which athletes find themselves. The research aim and questions and with the theoretical perspectives was employed within the project. The questions served as a guide in the observations and interviews. The analysis process was be guided by Braun and Clarke’s (2022) six phases of thematic analysis. Phases 1-2: Familiarization and coding. Phases 3-5: Theme development, refinement, and naming. Phase 6. Producing report. The themes in the analysis work are used in the interpretation of interview statements and observations made on the basis of didactic questions and principles - ‘Who’, ‘What’, ‘Where’, ‘When’, and ‘How’ (Amade-Escot, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the data from the observations and interviews with the riding instructors is finished, but not yet with the athletes and gymnastics coaches. By using a sociocultural approach and the didactic triangle data two preliminary overarching themes were identified: - Young riders as passive objects – “I give instruction, you do them” - Young riders as active agents/learners but just to some point. “I give instructions, ask questions and you implement them”. Furthermore, the constructions of the rider as an object or a subject guided the analysis. With this in mind following preliminary results were identified: - Different riding activities are communicated at the beginning of the semester but it is not clear what the content will be for each lesson. - Information about the overall activity of the lesson, such as jumping, is made orally at the beginning of each lesson. - The lesson content seems to be taken for granted by both instructors and riders. The overarching aim is for riders to prepare for different levels of equestrian dressage and show jumping and to participate in competitions. - Explanations are seldom given about what, how, and why to do what during lessons. - Instructors give commands and sometimes involve the riders by asking questions. The rider can seldom decide what to do or make their own decisions. - Instructors use direct teaching, ad hoc teaching, and adapted teaching due to what happens during the lesson. They never use discovering teaching. - The results show non-formalized learning and communication. Teaching seems to be about controlling the sessions with a focus on the horse. - There is little or no involvement of mutual communication and pedagogy by asking questions. The interaction takes place in a way where leaders give instructions, and the riders try to do what the instructor says. References Amade-Escot, C. (2006). Student learning within the didactique tradition. Handbook of research in physical education (pp. 347–365). London: SAGE Publications Ltd. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. SAGE. Eliasson, I. (2015). In different sports worlds": Socialisation among children, coaches, and parents in girls and boys football teams. EJSS. 12(2), 187-214. Fahlström PG., Glemne M. & Linnér S. (2016) Goda idrottsliga utvecklingsmiljöer. En studie av miljöer som är framgångsrika i att utveckla elitidrottare.FoU-rapport 2016:6 Gundem, B. B. (2000). Understanding European didatics. Routledge International Companion to Education. D. & Kennan, D. (red.) (2022). Child and youth participation in policy, practice and research. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Lang, M. (2022) Advancing children’s rights in sport: coaching, childhood agency and the participatory agenda. Sport coaching review. Statens stöd till idrotten – uppföljning 2022. Centrum för idrottsforskning 2023:1. Redelius, K. (2020). Vad fostrar idrotten till?: om lärande i föreningsidrott. Lärande i civilsamhället. s.194-225. Schubring, A., Grahn, K., Rylander,P., Lundvall, S. & Bergström, E. (2022). Vägen till världstoppen. En studie av toppidrottares karriärerfarenheter. FoU-rapport 2022:6 Riksidrottsförbundet. Säljö, R. (2014). Lärande i praktiken: ett sociokulturellt perspektiv. [Learning in practice: a sociocultural perspective.] (3. uppl.) Lund: Studentlitteratur. Thedin Jakobsson, B. (2015) Vilka stannar kvar och varför? En studie av ungas föreningsidrottande under uppväxtåren. Diss. GIH Thorell, G., & Hedenborg, S. (2015). Riding instructors, gender, militarism, and stable culture in Sweden: Continuity and change in the twentieth century. The International Journal of the History of Sport, 32(5), 650–666. https://doi.org/10.1080/09523367.2015.1021337 Thorell, G., S. Hedenborg, O. Strålhman, K. Morgan (2016). From Giving Orders to Engaging in Dialogue: Military Norms being Challenged at the Swedish Riding School. International Review for the Sociology of Sport. Vetenskapsrådet (2017). God forskningssed, Vetenskapsrådets rapportserie 1:2017, Vetenskapsrådet. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 20 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster Using Sensing Technologies to Examine Physical Activity and Peer Contact of Autistic Children during School Breaktimes 1: National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan; 2: Leiden University, Netherlands; 3: University College London, United Kingdom; 4: University of Twente, Netherlands Presenting Author:For school-aged children, school is the place where they spend most of their waking hours. There, children not only learn in the classrooms during the formal time; a lot of learning opportunities also happen during the informal time outside the classrooms, such as breaktimes in school playgrounds. Through physical activities like running, jumping, and catching balls in school playgrounds, children develop different motor skills (Dapp et al., 2021; Robinson et al., 2015). In the meantime, when moving around the playground, children also have the opportunities to meet and socialise with other peers, through which many emotional and social skills can be acquired and a sense of connectedness may be built (Kohl & Cook, 2013). However, many autistic children are observed to be sedentary and alone during school breaktimes (Rech et al., 2022; Memari et al., 2013). This may be partly due to difficulties in movements like balancing, catching and throwing objects that many autistic children have (Tyler et al., 2014; Whyatt & Craig, 2012). When in a mainstream school setting where autistic children are the only one or two neurodivergent pupils in class, these difficulties may limit autistic children’s participation in regular physical activities of their allistic (i.e., non-autistic) peers (McCoy et al., 2016), which might also further reduce their opportunities to make peer contact (Pan, 2009). In this study, we aimed to address this possible link between physical activity and peer contact among autistic children, to understand the extent to which more intense physical activity may contribute to more peer contact. Uniquely, we examined this link in a primary special school in the Netherlands, which was selected because it is attended mostly by autistic children and had a playground recently renovated considering pupils’ needs, making it a possibly more inclusive environment for autistic children. Furthermore, motion and proximity sensing technologies were used to track children’s physical activity and peer contact, respectively. This new sensor-based approach can measure children’s behaviours objectively and continuously throughout their breaktimes, and allows children to ‘speak’ through their tracked behavioural patterns (Nasri et al., 2023). It thus could help capture the dynamic nature of breaktime activities and reflect individual needs. A total of 49 autistic children participated (mean age = 9.89 years; 4 girls, 45 boys). They wore a belt mounted with a proximity tag and a motion sensor at their waist during school breaktimes in the school playground. Results showed that these autistic children spent more time in sedentary-to-light physical activities (SLPA) compared to moderate-to-vigorous activities (MVPA), but spent more time in peer contact than alone. Furthermore, to examine how time spent in MVPA contributed to peer contact, we computed two indicators for peer contact based on proximity sensor data: total time in peer contact and number of peer partners. Compared to children who did not spend time in MVPA, those who participated in MVPA - regardless how much - had contact with more peers but spent shorter time with them. These findings suggest that, to better understand autistic children’s social needs, metrics that can reflect different aspects of social behaviours are required. Furthermore, they support the importance of designing an environment that better addresses the needs of autistic children (Yuill et al., 2007). When school playgrounds are designed to provide different levels of physical activities, they might also afford the diverse social needs both within and between autistic children, and allow autistic children to still have contact with peers even when sedentary. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Forty-nine autistic children (mean age = 9.89 years, SD = 1.85; 4 girls, 45 boys) participated. They all had an official diagnosis of autism and attended the same primary special school in the Netherlands. This school is a ‘Cluster 4’ school for pupils with behavioural, emotional, or psychiatric conditions, and autistic pupils form the majority. Six months before this study, the school had renovated its playground. More diverse equipment was installed, and more green areas were added, aiming to better accommodate the needs of their pupils. During 4 breaktimes (2 breaktimes for 2 days), children were given a belt with (i) a motion sensor that has multi-motion receivers (a BMI160 6-axis accelerometer and gyroscope, and a BMM150 3-axis magnetometer) to track their physical activity intensity, and (ii) an OpenBeacon Radio Frequency Identification Device (RFID) that tracked their face-to-face proximity within 1.5 meters with peers. Two variables were computed for physical activity intensity: “time in sedentary-to-light physical activity (SLPA)” and “time in moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA)”. As for RFID data, three variables were computed: total time in peer contact, total time alone (both corrected by detection time), and total number of peer partners (corrected by the total number of children in the playground minus 1). In addition, observation data regarding children’s social status was obtained from 54% of the children to help interpret the RFID data. Statistical analyses were conducted using linear mixed models with maximum likelihood estimation. Significance level was set to p < .05. Multiple imputation was utilised to account for missing data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this study, we aimed to understand the extent to which physical activity intensity may contribute to peer contact in autistic children. Our findings were drawn from a primary special school in the Netherlands, which mostly autistic children attend and has a newly renovated playground that aims to accommodate pupils’ needs. In such a setting, our results showed that autistic children spent more time in sedentary-to-light physical activity than in moderate-to-vigorous activity (MVPA), while they spent more time in contact with peers than alone. Also, participation in MVPA was linked to shorter time in peer contact and more peer partners. These results emphasise the need to include methods that can capture different aspects of social behaviours, and the importance of providing a learning environment that addresses autistic children’s diverse needs. School playgrounds designed to provide different levels of physical activities may help respond to different social needs during informal time within and among autistic children. References Dapp, L. C., Gashaj, V., & Roebers, C. M. (2021). Physical activity and motor skills in children: A differentiated approach. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 54, 101916. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2021.101916 Kohl, H. W., & Cook, H. D. (2013). Physical activity and physical education: Relationship to growth, development, and health. In H. W. Kohl, & H. D. Cook (Eds.). Educating the student body: Taking physical activity and physical education to school. National Academies Press. https://doi.org/10.17226/18314 McCoy, S. M., Jakicic, J. M., & Gibbs, B. B. (2016). Comparison of obesity, physical activity, and sedentary behaviors between adolescents with autism spectrum disorders and without. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 46(7), 2317–2326. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-016-2762-0 Memari, A. H., Ghaheri, B., Ziaee, V., Kordi, R., Hafizi, S., & Moshayedi, P. (2013). Physical activity in children and adolescents with autism assessed by triaxial accelerometry. Pediatric Obesity, 8(2), 150–158. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2047-6310.2012.00101.x Nasri, M., Baratchi, M., Tsou, Y., Giest, S., Koutamanis, A., & Rieffe, C. (2023). A novel metric to measure spatio-temporal proximity: a case study analyzing children’s social network in schoolyards. Applied Network Science, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.1007/s41109-023-00571-6 Pan, C. (2009). Age, social engagement, and physical activity in children with autism spectrum disorders. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 3(1), 22–31. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rasd.2008. Rech, J. P., Irwin, J. M., Rosen, A. B., Baldwin, J., & Schenkelberg, M. (2022). Comparison of physical activity between children with and without autism spectrum disorder: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly, 39(4), 456–481. https://doi.org/10.1123/apaq.2021-0152 Robinson, L. E., Stodden, D. F., Barnett, L. M., Lopes, V. P., Logan, S. W., Rodrigues, L. P., & D'Hondt, E. (2015). Motor competence and its effect on positive developmental trajectories of health. Sports Medicine, 45(9), 1273–1284. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-015-0351-6 Tyler, K., MacDonald, M., & Menear, K. (2014). Physical activity and physical fitness of school-aged children and youth with autism spectrum disorders. Autism Research and Treatment, 2014, 312163. https://doi.org/10.1155/2014/312163 Whyatt, C. P., & Craig, C. M. (2012). Motor skills in children aged 7-10 years, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 42(9), 1799–1809. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-011-1421-8 Yuill, N., Strieth, S., Roake, C., Aspden, R., & Todd, B. (2006). Brief Report: Designing a Playground for Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorders––Effects on Playful Peer Interactions. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 37(6), 1192–1196. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803006-0241-8 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster From Critical Literacy to Digital Withdrawal: Middle Schoolers’ Social Media Avoidance Across Two Cultural Contexts Pennsylvania State University Presenting Author:Abstract Digital and social-media environments have become major sites where young people encounter cultural diversity, negotiate identity, and participate in civic discourse. Yet some middle schoolers respond to perceived risks of online spaces with a form of critical digital withdrawal, intentionally avoiding common social platforms and limiting participation in networked publics. This poster presents two cross-cultural case studies of middle school students (one in a U.S. urban context and one in a Chinese urban context) who critically avoid certain digital literacy practices. Drawing on interviews with students and parents, school observations, and digital artifacts, we analyze how family mediation, school policy, platform governance norms, and youths’ developing sense of self shape dispositions toward nonparticipation in online affinity spaces. Although the national contexts differ, both cases show how concerns about safety, misinformation, and social harms can narrow youths’ opportunities for intercultural dialogue and civic engagement online. We conclude with design principles for inclusive, intercultural digital literacy pedagogy that support students in remaining critical without disengaging and cultivate classroom learning environments that promote respectful intercultural communication and democratic digital participation relevant to pluralistic European societies.
Purpose This study examines how youths’ “critical digital withdrawal” digital literacy practices shape, and are shaped by, opportunities for intercultural contact, identity negotiation, and civic participation in digitally mediated learning environments. It aims to inform innovative intercultural teaching strategies that support students’ criticality while sustaining inclusive participation, an urgent concern in diverse classrooms and communities.
Research questions
Theoretical Framing
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Due to the non-mainstream presence of students who demonstrated critical digital withdrawal practices, case studies will be an appropriate form for conducting the research. Student participants are recommended by their class teachers. Based on voluntary prerequisite, I held weekly tutoring sessions with the students in English Language Arts (English as a Second Language in China) once a week for over three months before proceeding with data collection for the case studies to establish familiarity and trust with them. I then coordinated with students’ parents and their schools to schedule interviews and on-site observations. The data collection period lasts for approximately three months for each case. Data sources for this project include audio recordings, transcripts, and notes taken from the interviews with students and parents, as well as field notes taken during on-site observations. In addition, pictures, files, and screenshots that students presented to demonstrate the digital literacy practices they have engaged in, those they have not engaged in, and those they have stopped engaging in are also collected as artifacts. Interview audio is transcribed verbatim and organized alongside observation notes and artifacts. All materials are stored in a secure database. Analysis follows iterative thematic analysis: (1) initial/open coding of transcripts and field notes using both participant-derived and researcher-interpretive codes, (2) focused coding with a refined codebook and analytic memos, and (3) artifact coding to triangulate claims. Themes are developed within each case and then compared using a cross-case matrix to identify shared and context-specific patterns. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the two cases, youths’ withdrawal from engaging in major social platforms emerged as a purposeful, critical stance rather than a simple lack of interest. Both students described external constraints (family rules and school messaging) as shaping their platform choices and felt their existing communication channels were “enough,” reducing motivation to join broader social networks. Their avoidance was reinforced by observing or anticipating online harms (e.g., conflict, misinformation, negative peer dynamics), which strengthened a protective orientation toward “staying away.” Notably, both students expressed rigid certainty in their judgments about platforms, treating their evaluations as unquestionable, which further stabilized withdrawal over time. This avoidance reduces exposure to broader peer discourses and cross-group interaction that often occur on popular platforms; students stay within “safer,” bounded communication channels (e.g., messaging-only), limiting practice with intercultural dialogue and civic discussion. This study contributes to research on innovative intercultural learning environments by identifying an under-discussed learner disposition: critical digital withdrawal, a stance where youth interpret online affinity spaces as so risky or unproductive that they disengage. For European societies characterized by linguistic and cultural diversity, this matters because democratic civic cultures depend on young people’s capacity to participate in pluralistic dialogue, evaluate information, and engage respectfully across differences, skills increasingly practiced (or not practiced) in digital spaces. Findings suggest that intercultural digital literacy education should (1) explicitly teach how platform norms and governance shape discourse, (2) scaffold students’ participation in moderated, inclusive online exchanges, (3) support students’ agency and safety without defaulting to restriction-only approaches, and (4) cultivate classroom norms for dialogue, disagreement, and civic reasoning. In short, the goal is not “more social media use,” but more equitable and educative participation, helping students remain critical while sustaining intercultural engagement and democratic dispositions. References Aguilera, E., & Pandya, J. Z. (2021). Critical literacies in a digital age: current and future issues. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 16(2), 103-110. Bailey, A., & Gruber, A. (2020). Challenges and other feedback: Integrating intercultural learning in the Digital Age. The EuroCALL Review, 28(1), 3-14. Boffone, T., & Jerasa, S. (2021). Toward a (queer) reading community: BookTok, teen readers, and the rise of TikTok literacies. Talking Points, 33(1), 10-16. Charmaz, K., & Belgrave, L. L. (2019). Thinking about data with grounded theory. Qualitative Inquiry, 25(8), 743-753. Choi, M. (2016). A concept analysis of digital citizenship for democratic citizenship education in the internet age. Theory & research in social education, 44(4), 565-607. Çiftçi, E. Y. (2016). A review of research on intercultural learning through computer-based digital technologies. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 19(2), 313-327. Darvin, R., & Hafner, C. A. (2022). Digital literacies in TESOL: Mapping out the terrain. Tesol Quarterly, 56(3), 865-882. Manzuoli, C. H., Sánchez, A. V., & Bedoya, E. D. (2019). Digital citizenship: A theoretical review of the concept and trends. Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology-TOJET, 18(2), 10-18. Martin, A., & Grudziecki, J. (2006). DigEuLit: Concepts and tools for digital literacy development. Innovation in teaching and learning in information and computer sciences, 5(4), 249-267. Nurmi, J. E. (2004). Socialization and self‐development: Channeling, selection, adjustment, and reflection. Handbook of Adolescent Psychology, 85-124. Pangrazio, L. (2016). Reconceptualising critical digital literacy. Discourse: Studies in the cultural politics of education, 37(2), 163-174. Tinmaz, H., Lee, Y. T., Fanea-Ivanovici, M., & Baber, H. (2022). A systematic review on digital literacy. Smart Learning Environments, 9(1), 21. Tynes, B. M., Stewart, A., Hamilton, M., & Willis, H. A. (2021). From Google Searches to Russian Disinformation: Adolescent Critical Race Digital Literacy Needs and Skills. International Journal of Multicultural Education, 23(1), 110-130. Vásquez, C., & Liska, D. (2023). Online identity and discourse analysis. In The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis(pp. 454-466). Routledge. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster Navigating Identity Development, Language Learning, and Intercultural Adaptation: A Study on Erasmus Students in Germany Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Türkiye Presenting Author:Study abroad (SA) is often perceived by students to be a comprehensive and possibly transformative experience that encompasses a variety of developmental outcomes (Benson et al., 2012). SA is a key opportunity, where multilingual practice, intercultural exposure, and identity development evolve simultaneously in various sociocultural contexts. In recent years, the Erasmus exchange programme has become one of the most widespread institutionalised forms of SA, with over 30% of the participants being involved with higher education mobility. Germany is among the top three countries with the largest number of participants (European Commission, 2026). As a variety of countries have an Erasmus agreement, a country-specific focus may be necessary to observe the nuances. Within SA contexts, language learning is increasingly conceptualised as socially situated, as development does not occur solely via formal instruction but is embedded in everyday participation in social life (Beaven & Borghetti, 2016). Hence, this perspective emphasises not the simple quantity of exposure to the target language but the quality of access to interaction and participation opportunities, which shapes students’ perceptions of the gains from their mobility experience. In line with this, Isabelli-García et al. (2018) show that SA is quite complex in nature as experiences differ due to different factors, ultimately altering their effect on language learning and experience abroad as well. This further indicates the necessity to look at SA in depth from an Erasmus perspective with a context-specific lens. For this reason, this study investigates the experiences of nine Erasmus exchange students in Germany during the 2024–2025 spring semester by focusing on a single host (higher education institution) and country context in Europe (Germany). Several studies found that there is a scarcity of longitudinal research to capture the linguistic and personal changes in depth that exchange students go through (e.g. Chen et al., 2025). Therefore, this study is designed to inquire into changes in participants’ perspectives throughout their exchange period rather than relying on end-of-stay retrospectives. In addition, the study adopts an explicitly international perspective by examining a linguistically and culturally diverse cohort with varying prior SA experience before their student mobility period. The main research question of this study is: How does participation in the Erasmus exchange programme influence students’ intercultural communication, language acquisition, and identity development within a German setting? For the purposes of this study, this umbrella question is pursued through three interrelated analytic foci and corresponding guiding questions:
The conceptual framework connects a social-practice understanding of SA language learning and access to interactional opportunities. It also adopts a poststructural and ecological view of identity as dynamic across time and space (Bronfenbrenner, 1979; Norton, 2013). This view was utilised to capture the complex nuances of identity development throughout an exchange period. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilises a qualitative research design. To pursue an in‑depth understanding of Erasmus students’ lived experiences in Germany, the study relies on a phenomenological research approach. Integrating a longitudinal data collection procedure, it aims to capture the process of change that Erasmus students experience during their exchange semester. Three face‑to‑face semi-structured interviews per participant were conducted at three different time points: (1) Initial‑Entry (shortly after arrival to capture their initial observations), (2) Field Experience (mid‑semester to check up on progress), and (3) Exit‑Phase (to reflect on the experience as they get ready for departure). Each interview was audio‑recorded and then transcribed. The interviewing process took place over a five-month period, starting in April and ending in August 2025, with a total of 27 records. Prior to this procedure, a pilot interview was conducted to check the overall interview flow and identify potential issues. Participants were recruited via convenience sampling through various Erasmus communication channels. The final sample included nine students, with diverse academic settings, linguistic backgrounds and multiple nationalities. For a structured baseline for German language learning, participants were selected based on low proficiency (maximum A2). To ensure accurate level placements, a placement test organised by the host university was used on top of the self-assessments of the participants. Additionally, every participant had English proficiency, positioning German as their third or second foreign language. Participants’ English proficiency was crucial, as it served as the common language for the research interviews. Data analysis employs Braun and Clarke’s (2006) thematic analysis, and coding is supported by qualitative analysis software (MaxQDA). Analytic work is organised around three domains (language learning, intercultural adaptation, and identity development) while remaining open to inductively emerging themes and sub‑themes. Coding is conducted iteratively, with comparisons made both within cases (across each participant’s three interviews) and across cases to identify patterns of change over time. Trustworthiness is strengthened through longitudinal triangulation, researcher interview notes and a personal observation journal. This additional researcher reflexive journal supports triangulation and reflexivity by capturing interactional and institutional patterns that may not fully surface in interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By demonstrating how language learning, intercultural adaptation, and identity development all simultaneously evolve in distinct ways over the exchange period, this study seeks to provide an in-depth inquiry into the process rather than the product of Erasmus mobility. It aims to show how opportunities to learn German emerge within an English-medium environment and how students’ interaction patterns and participation choices shape their engagement with German over time in the language-learning context. Additionally, the analysis is expected to highlight differences in German language integration. While some students may become increasingly confident using German in simple interactions, others may continue to rely on English-oriented contexts, local settings, and international networks. In addition, preliminary participants’ accounts suggest revealing certain intercultural and linguistic challenges (e.g., managing communicative misunderstandings, coping with homesickness). For identity development, the study is expected to further contribute to the post-structuralist understanding of identity by pointing out its dynamic nature in a German context through a diverse cohort. It also aims to demonstrate the transformative effect it embodies towards student mindsets (Nada & Legutko, 2022). It highlights its complexity when considered alongside academic positioning and social circles, rather than reflecting a simple “more language exposure equals more proficiency” pathway. Finally, at an applied level, the findings are expected to offer suggestions for international offices and universities regarding intercultural communication support that can strengthen belonging and intercultural competence. Considering the significance of the orientation period in forming first impressions, providing students with initial opportunities before mobility may be quite beneficial (Chan et al., 2018). In conclusion, some potential outcomes include themes connected to students’ self-definitions of personal development, language learning shaped by personal preferences and habits, linguistic confidence, and changing orientations toward future international opportunities (EPALE Ireland, 2020; Żebryk, 2021). References Banerjee, M., & Manning, S. J. (2025). The (re)construction of the multilingual identity of a Chilean graduate student in South Korea: a narrative inquiry. The Language Learning Journal, 53(4), 535–547. https://doi.org/10.1080/09571736.2024.2399641. Beaven, A., & Borghetti, C. (2016). Interculturality in study abroad. Language and Intercultural Communication, 16(3), 313–317. https://doi.org/10.1080/14708477.2016.1173893 Benson, P., Barkhuizen, G., Bodycott, P., & Brown, J. (2012). Study abroad and the development of second language identities. Applied Linguistics Review, 3(1), 173-193. https://doi.org/10.1515/applirev-2012-0008. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press. Chan, E. A., Liu, J. Y. W., Fung, K. H. K., Tsang, P. L., & Yuen, J. (2018). Pre-departure preparation and co-curricular activities for Students' intercultural exchange: A mixed-methods study. Nurse Education Today, 63, 43-49. Chen, Y., Yan, C., Li, J., & Gao, X. (Andy). (2025). Multilingual identity shifts among language learners with experience of studying abroad in Germany. Foreign Language Annals, 126. https://doi.org/10.1111/flan.70014. EPALE Ireland. (2020, June 16). The impact and experience of foreign languages in Erasmus+. EPALE. https://epale.ec.europa.eu/mt/node/154983 European Commission. (2026, January 20). Crossing borders, finding futures: Inside Erasmus+ mobility. https://data.europa.eu/en/publications/datastories/crossing-borders-finding-futures-inside-erasmus-mobility Isabelli-García, C., Bown, J., Plews, J. L., & Dewey, D. P. (2018). Language learning and study abroad. Language Teaching, 51(4), 439-484. Nada, C. I., & Legutko, J. (2022). “Maybe we did not learn that much academically, but we learn more from experience”–Erasmus mobility and its potential for transformative learning. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 87, 183-192. Norton, B. (2013). Identity and Language Learning: Extending the Conversation. Bristol, Blue Ridge Summit: Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781783090563. Żebryk, P., Przymuszała, P., Nowak, J. K., Cerbin-Koczorowska, M., Marciniak, R., & Cameron, H. (2021). The impact of Erasmus exchanges on the professional and personal development of medical students. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(24), 13312. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph182413312. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster Building Intercultural Awareness Through English Language Classrooms: Insights From Teacher-Led Practice in Multicultural Learning Environments 1: International Steppe School of Almaty by NIS, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Karatau, Shymkent, Kazakhstan; 3: Hoot Education, India Presenting Author:English language classrooms are increasingly shaped by cultural, linguistic, and social diversity. In many school contexts, students come from different national, ethnic, and linguistic backgrounds, bringing varied experiences, values, and perspectives into the classroom. While English is often positioned as a neutral medium of communication, classroom interactions reveal that language learning is deeply connected to identity, culture, and intercultural understanding. This poster is grounded in the professional practice of English teachers and teacher trainers who work in culturally diverse educational settings and are actively engaged in intercultural training. It explores how intercultural awareness is developed through routine English language teaching, rather than through isolated cultural lessons or special events. The focus is on everyday classroom practices such as reading, speaking, discussion, and collaborative tasks, and how these practices create opportunities for dialogue, reflection, and perspective-taking. The main objective of this practice-based inquiry is to examine how English teachers intentionally design learning environments that encourage students to share cultural experiences, listen to different viewpoints, and engage respectfully with difference. Particular attention is given to the role of the teacher in creating safe spaces for dialogue, where students feel confident to express themselves and learn from one another. The inquiry is guided by the following key questions:
Conceptually, this work is informed by perspectives on intercultural communicative competence, culturally responsive pedagogy, and reflective teaching practice. Rather than treating culture as fixed or factual, intercultural learning is understood as a dynamic process that develops through interaction, dialogue, and reflection. The poster also reflects a European and international dimension by connecting classroom practice from a Central Asian context with broader international discussions on intercultural education and teacher professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The poster is based on a practice-based qualitative inquiry, drawing on reflective teaching and teacher training experiences rather than large-scale empirical data. The approach aligns with practitioner research, where teachers systematically reflect on their own classroom practices in order to better understand learning processes. Sources of evidence include: reflective notes recorded by English teachers during and after lessons, observations from intercultural teacher training workshops, examples of classroom tasks and adapted learning materials, student responses and discussion excerpts collected during lessons, informal feedback from teachers participating in professional development sessions. The analysis focuses on identifying recurring patterns in how intercultural learning emerges during English lessons. Attention is given to moments of dialogue, misunderstanding, negotiation of meaning, and perspective-taking. Rather than measuring outcomes quantitatively, the inquiry aims to capture how intercultural awareness is experienced and shaped in practice. Ethical considerations include anonymisation of classroom examples and a focus on professional reflection rather than individual student evaluation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The poster highlights that intercultural learning is most effective when it is embedded naturally within everyday English language teaching. When students are encouraged to draw on their own experiences and listen to others, language lessons become spaces for meaningful intercultural exchange rather than purely linguistic practice. Findings suggest that teachers play a central role in shaping intercultural learning environments through task design, classroom norms, and their own openness to multiple perspectives. Professional development and teacher training appear to strengthen teachers’ confidence in addressing sensitive topics, managing classroom dialogue, and responding constructively to cultural differences. At the same time, the inquiry reveals challenges, including uncertainty about addressing controversial issues and balancing curriculum demands with intercultural goals. These tensions underline the importance of ongoing professional reflection and support. Overall, the poster contributes practice-based insights to Network 20 by foregrounding teacher experience and intercultural learning in real classroom contexts. It invites further dialogue on how English language classrooms can serve as inclusive spaces for intercultural understanding in diverse educational systems. References yram, M. (1997). Teaching and Assessing Intercultural Communicative Competence. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Byram, M., Gribkova, B., & Starkey, H. (2002). Developing the Intercultural Dimension in Language Teaching. Strasbourg: Council of Europe. Deardorff, D. K. (2006). Identification and assessment of intercultural competence as a student outcome of internationalization. Journal of Studies in International Education, 10(3), 241–266. Gay, G. (2018). Culturally Responsive Teaching: Theory, Research, and Practice (3rd ed.). New York: Teachers College Press. Kramsch, C. (1993). Context and Culture in Language Teaching. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Liddicoat, A. J., & Scarino, A. (2013). Intercultural Language Teaching and Learning. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell. UNESCO. (2017). Intercultural Dialogue in Education: A Policy Perspective. Paris: UNESCO. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster The Benefits of a Multicultural Collaboration Course Involving Multifarious International University Students Studying Abroad in Japan Kwansei Gakuin University, Japan Presenting Author:Commonly, in Japanese EFL (English as a Foreign Language) classes, students use English communicatively with classmates who are primarily Japanese nationals. Consequently, their receptive and productive English language learning skills are limited to interactions with their teacher and other Japanese nationals. Unfortunately, in most Japanese EFL classes, learners can easily rely on using their first language (L1), Japanese, to clarify meaning or resolve conversation disfluency and misunderstanding. Ideally, Japanese EFL learners can better develop their English oral fluency skills if they converse in English with non-Japanese students, both native English speakers and other non-native English speakers, so that they are incapable of relying on Japanese for alleviating communication breakdowns, avoiding grammatical confusion, and preventing vocabulary errors (Yashima, 2009). Most Japanese universities have international exchange students enrolled in study abroad programs; however, many of their classes in Japan are populated with other international exchange students so they often don’t have the opportunity to collaborate with native Japanese students in or outside of the classroom (Yamada, 2021). Japanese EFL students want to improve their English-speaking skills and speaking confidence (Wojtowicz, 2019) and international exchange students hope to interact more naturally with Japanese students and learn about authentic Japanese university life (Taniguchi, Takai, & Skowronski, 2022; Hennings & Tanabe, 2018). To help stop this unnecessary and unwanted segregation, unique courses combining regularly enrolled Japanese students and international exchange students in student-centered classes that promote multicultural and multinational collaboration are becoming more prevalent at universities in Japan (Nam & Cheng-Hai, 2022). The researchers involved in this research project designed a special course at a university in Japan that allows international exchange students and Japanese national students to enroll together. The course outline explains that students taking the course will gain a deeper and more meaningful understanding of international cultural perspectives on various issues, both in Japan and globally. Foreign exchange students will also be able to gain firsthand insight into modern Japanese daily life and regularly enrolled Japanese students will be able to learn about challenges and benefits of studying abroad directly from their international classmates. This course focuses on student-generated discussions based on personal cultural backgrounds and foreign cultural interests. All students must engage in phatic conversation each lesson and actively contribute to building a comfortable, interactive, and communicative class atmosphere. It is not a lecture course. The following two research questions were addressed to better understand if both international students from globally diverse cultural backgrounds and Japanese national students can not only benefit socially and academically from a multicultural collaboration class, but also become more confident and comfortable engaging and interacting with an assortment of students from an array of ethnical backgrounds: 1. How confident and comfortable do university students from a multitude of nationalities studying in Japan feel interacting and working together socially and academically with multifarious international exchange university students and domestic Japanese university students before and after the completion of a one semester mixed multicultural collaboration course? 2. How beneficial for students with multifarious cultural backgrounds is a one semester university course structured on in-class phatic interactional discussions as well as working together in ethnically mixed groups on academic cultural research projects? This empirical research explores the belief that a need exists for global universities to provide domestic and international students with more opportunities to interact authentically with each other academically and socially without worrying about being assessed on English language skills or abilities. This research also aims to show that international exchange students studying abroad in Japan want to have more opportunities to engage and interact communicatively, culturally, and interactively with Japanese students in face-to-face classes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research conducted in this study employed a mixed-methods research design. Quantitative and Qualitative data were collected from students enrolled in a course designed specifically for international exchange students studying abroad in Japan and Japanese regularly enrolled domestic students entitled “Multicultural Collaboration in English”. The study was conducted during the Spring 2025 and Fall 2025 semesters at a Japanese university. Data were collected from a total of 60 participants (N = 60) at the start and end of the Spring and Fall 2025 semesters from two different classes of the same Multicultural Collaboration in English course. One in the Spring semester and one in the Fall semester. The 60 participants were of the following 19 nationalities: Japanese (17), American (12), French (4), South Korean (4), German (3), Chinese (3), Australian (2), Canadian (2), Italian (2), Norwegian (2), and one each of Austrian, British, Dutch, Latvian, New Zealander, Swiss, Taiwanese, and Vietnamese. No English or Japanese language proficiency test score requirements existed for the international exchange students; however, the regularly enrolled Japanese students needed a TOEIC (Test of English for International Communication) proficiency test score of 600 or above (about CEFR B1 Intermediate level) to enrol in the course. For this study, non-probability convenience sampling was utilized since all participants were students taking courses taught by the researchers conducting this study. Both quantitative and qualitative data were collected via a Google Forms survey. The survey consisted of questions based on a five-point Likert scale for respondents to rate how confident and comfortable they felt interacting and working together with multifarious international students socially and academically at the beginning of the course and again at the end of the course. The survey also included a question based on a five-point Likert scale asking respondents to rate how beneficial they thought the course was for them after its completion. As for qualitative data, the survey contained an open-ended, written-response item that encouraged the participants to freely explain reasons for their answer to the question asking how beneficial the course was for them. The quantitative data were analyzed using descriptive statistical analysis to summarize and present the data in a relevant and incisive manner. The qualitative data collected through the open-ended question were analyzed using thematic quantitative content analysis (adapted from Cohen et al., 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings RQ1 was answered by analyzing the before and after Likert scale survey responses. Pre-course Low Confidence Ratings (1-2) accounted for 22.7%, however the post-course Low Confidence Rating (2) dropped to 3.8% and there were no (1) Low Confidence Rating responses. This shows that the course was effective in reducing low confidence and discomfort. The percentage of Moderate Confidence and Neutral Comfort Rating (3) from pre-course to post-course responses decreased from 26.4% to 13.2%. The reduction of Moderate Confidence and Neutral Comfort Rating responses mainly moved to Higher Confidence Ratings. Pre-course High Confidence Ratings (4-5) accounted for 50.9% of responses but the post-course responses spiked to 83%. Post-course responses show that most respondents reported feeling confident and comfortable working with international students both socially and academically. RQ2 asked students’ how beneficial the Multicultural Collaboration Course in English was for them. The Likert scale quantitative survey response data analysis showed that 53% of the responses were of the highest rating (5) and the (4) rating was chosen by 34% of respondents. 9% of responses indicated a neutral or mild benefit rating of (3) with only 4% of the students selecting a low rating of (2). There were no (1) ratings. Overall, the responses indicate that the course was highly beneficial for most students. Open ended qualitative survey results were analyzed by identifying and quantifying specific themes from the data. The quantitative thematic analysis results for noticeable common themes in the course benefits show the most frequently identified benefits of the course were increased confidence (20%), social connection (17%), improved communication skills (15%), intercultural understanding (14%), teamwork building (12%), enjoyment and motivation (10%), future planning, and lastly vague limited benefits (4%). Ultimately this suggests the course had a meaningful and beneficial impact on students. References Cohen, L., Manion L., & Morrison, K. (2011). Research methods in education (7th ed.). Routledge. Hennings, M., & Tanabe, S. (2018). Study abroad objectives and satisfaction of international students in Japan. Journal of International Students, 8(4), 1914-1925. Nam, T. H., & Cheng-Hai, J. (2022). Challenges in attracting international students to Japan. Educational Alternatives, 20, 11-25. Taniguchi, N., Takai, J., & Skowronski, D. (2022). Intracultural and intercultural contact orientation of international students in Japan: Uncertainty management by cultural identification. Journal of International Students, 12(4), 843-866. Yamada, E. (2021). Investigating the roles of first language (L1) speakers in lingua franca communication in multicultural classrooms: a case study of Japanese as a Lingua Franca (JLF). Journal of English as a Lingua Franca, 10(2), 285-311. https://doi.org/10.1515/jelf-2021-2057 Yashima, T. (2009). International posture and the ideal L2 self in the Japanese EFL context. In Z. Dörnyei & E. Ushioda (Eds.), Motivation, language identity and the L2 self (pp. 144–163). Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781847691293-008 Wojtowicz, B. (2019). Intensive English progress report: The importance of interactive speaking confidence and oral fluency comfort. 言語教育研究センター研究年報= Annual Research Report of the Language Center, (22), 3-23. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster Fostering Sustainable Future Perspectives: Indigenous Youth, Higher Education, and Transformative Agency Universität für Weiterbildung Krems, Germany Presenting Author:Topic Fostering Sustainable Future Perspectives: Indigenous Youth, Higher Education, and Transformative Agency in Contexts of Global Risk Research Questions RQ1: What nurtures the development of future perspectives and transformative agency? RQ2: What aspirations for a sustainable future perspective of indigenous communities are revealed in the reflections of indigenous learners on their higher education experiences? RQ3: What do learners' reflections reveal as nurturing practices in the higher education experience for sustainable future perspectives for their communities? Objectives This research examines how higher education can foster transformative agency among Indigenous youth in marginalized regions facing disproportionate climate and economic risks. The study aims to understand the aspirations and future perspectives of Indigenous learners engaging with blended-learning higher education, identifying which educational practices nurture hope and agency for sustainable futures in vulnerable communities. The investigation seeks to move beyond standardized educational approaches by centering epistemic justice and decolonial practices in higher education design. Through dialogue with an Indigenous community, the research explores how universities can fulfill their third mission commitment—contributing to societal development beyond traditional teaching and research—by creating meaningful educational opportunities for those at the intersection of ecological risk, marginalization, and historical exclusion. Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The World Risk Report underscores how today's young generation confronts unprecedented complexity and severity in global risks. Countries like the Philippines experience these threats acutely through natural catastrophes, economic instability, inflation, and unemployment. Indigenous communities and marginalized regions bear climate change consequences despite contributing least to its causes, creating moral obligations for Global North countries to engage in discourse and develop compensation strategies.(Berlant, 2011; Brown, 2003; Elsner et al., 2025; Frye, 2012) At forums like COP 30, Indigenous delegates articulate their urgent realities, yet commitments remain insufficient from their perspective(Grosse et al., 2020). Youth from Indigenous communities in the Asian Pacific region call for ecological conversion and intergenerational solidarity. This context raises fundamental questions about how this generation aspires for their future and what ways could nurture hopeful perspectives.(González, 2021) This research departs from rational choice theory, which treats aspirations as calculated predictions—essentially viewing them as predictive competence for decision-making. Instead, the study adopts a pragmatist perspective that criticizes rational choice as too narrow because it ignores how human creativity generates new strategies inspired by imagined futures. Drawing on Dewey, the pragmatist view positions future imagination as central to human agency, driving and refining present activities.(Dewey, 1922; Evans, 2007; Mkwananzi & Wilson-Strydom, 2018; Moitra, 2024; Zipin et al., 2015) Understanding Aspiration as a culture capacity (Sen, 1999) practiced in higher education, and especially emergent aspirations (Zipin et al., 2015) as navigational capacity closely linked to individuals' agency for change (Appadurai, 2004; Tzenis, 2018; Zipin et al., 2015) represents this research's core argumentation focusing on the culturally sustaining design elements of higher education. In Detail the voice of indigenous learners should be amplified to guide the design of blended learning higher education for meaningful intervention interventions. Colonial power structures continue shaping educational agendas in often unexamined ways. Educational actors need collaborative, decolonial practices genuinely incorporating affected communities' perspectives. For Indigenous youth at the intersection of multiple vulnerabilities, foundational questions become existential: Which future perspectives matter? What are their aspirations and dreams? Understanding these perspectives is essential for designing initiatives that respect worldviews, nurture hopes, and respond ethically to global commitments, as meaningful interventions require knowing real aspirations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Field Research at Apu Palamguwan Cultural Education Center in 2025 A case study conducted in transformative, responsible, and equitable dialogue with an Indigenous community examines these questions through model-based reflection with higher education learners in blended-learning experiences. Students' reflections and reports, clustered thematically, are interwoven with dynamics identified through literature review, enabling broader abstraction of which higher education design elements support aspirations and nourish transformative agency in at-risk communities. RQ1: What nurtures the development of future perspectives and transformative agency? Through literature review, this question examines the interplay between individuals' future perspectives and agency in community transformation, particularly how aspirations, capabilities, and individual agency impact the transformative capacity of at-risk communities. RQ2: What aspirations for a sustainable future perspective of indigenous communities are revealed in the reflections of indigenous learners on their higher education experiences? A case study conducted in dialogue with an Indigenous community explores aspirations emerging from blended-learning higher education experiences through model-based reflection with learners. RQ3: What do learners' reflections reveal as nurturing practices in the higher education experience for sustainable future perspectives for their communities? Students' reflections and reports, clustered thematically into aspirations-nurturing practices, are interwoven with dynamics identified in RQ1. This enables broader abstraction of which higher education design dynamics support individual aspirations and nourish transformative agency in at-risk communities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion: Higher Education as a Space for Transformative Agency This research illuminates the vital relationship between aspirations and transformative agency, tracing how one nourishes the other in contexts of profound risk and vulnerability. Higher education institutions carry specific responsibilities that extend well beyond their traditional third mission commitments to stop colonial power structures. Universities must recognize and act upon these obligations by implementing culturally sustainable pedagogies within blended-learning programs. This is not merely an ethical choice but a necessary response to global inequities. The study demonstrates that when higher education embraces decolonial practices and centers Indigenous and marginalized perspectives, it becomes a genuine space for nurturing transformative agency. From the perspectives of Indigenous learners themselves, certain design principles emerge as particularly powerful in nourishing aspirations for sustainable futures. These principles—identified through students' own reflections on their educational experiences—reveal how pedagogical choices directly influence agency for change. When educational design respects cultural worldviews, creates space for Indigenous knowledge systems, and facilitates meaningful community engagement, it strengthens both individual aspirations and collective capacity for transformation. The study shows that transformative agency in vulnerable communities does not develop in isolation from educational experiences. Rather, it is actively cultivated through intentional pedagogical approaches that recognize learners' existing strengths, honor their cultural contexts, and support their visions for community futures. Higher education institutions that take seriously their responsibilities to marginalized communities must therefore move beyond offering access alone. They must fundamentally rethink how programs are designed, whose knowledge counts, and what futures are deemed possible. Ultimately, this research argues that universities serve as critical spaces where sustainable future perspectives can be nurtured—but only when they commit to epistemic justice and culturally grounded pedagogies that center those most affected by global risks. References Appadurai, A. (2004). The capacity to aspire: Culture and the terms of recognition. Culture and Public Action In R. Vijayendra & M. Walton (Eds.). Berlant, L. (2011). Cruel Optimism. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822394716 Brown, P. (2003). The Opportunity Trap: Education and Employment in a Global Economy. European Educational Research Journal, 2(1), 141–179. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2003.2.1.4 Dewey, J. (1922). Human Nature and Conduct: An Introduction to Social Psychology. Henry Holt. Elsner, M., Atkinson, G., & Saadia, Z. (2025). Global Risks Report 2025. World Economic Forum. https://www.weforum.org/publications/global-risks-report-2025/ Evans, K. (2007). Concepts of bounded agency in education, work, and the personal lives of young adults. International Journal of Psychology, 42(2), 85–93. https://doi.org/10.1080/00207590600991237 Frye, M. (2012). Bright Futures in Malawi’s New Dawn: Educational Aspirations as Assertions of Identity. American Journal of Sociology, 117(6), 1565–1624. https://doi.org/10.1086/664542 González, M. S. (2021). REPORT on the impacts of climate change on vulnerable populations in developing countries (Nos A9-0115/2021; (2020/2042(INI))). European Parliament. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/A-9-2021-0115_EN.html Grosse, C., Mark, B., & Doctoral Student, University of Colorado Boulder, USA. (2020). A colonized COP: Indigenous exclusion and youth climate justice activism at the United Nations climate change negotiations. Journal of Human Rights and the Environment, 11(3), 146–170. https://doi.org/10.4337/jhre.2020.03.07 Ladson-Billings, G., Paris, D., Alim, H. S., & Nasir, N. S. (2024). The Past, Present, and Future of Culturally Sustaining Pedagogies: An Invitation to Teachers, Researchers, and Communities. Harvard Educational Review, 94(4), 469–490. https://doi.org/10.17763/1943-5045-94.4.469 Mkwananzi, F., & Wilson-Strydom, M. (2018). Multidimensional disadvantages and educational aspirations of marginalised migrant youth: Insights from the Global South. Journal of Global Ethics, 14(1), 71–94. https://doi.org/10.1080/17449626.2018.1496349 Moitra, N. (2024). Participation, assertion and aspiration-indigenous teacher agency in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 29(7), 1813–1831. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2024.2359712 Paris, D. (2012). Culturally Sustaining Pedagogy: A Needed Change in Stance, Terminology, and Practice. Educational Researcher, 41(3), 93–97. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X12441244 Samy Alim, H., Paris, D., & Wong, C. P. (2020). Culturally Sustaining Pedagogy. In N. S. Nasir, C. D. Lee, R. Pea, & M. M. De Royston, Handbook of the Cultural Foundations of Learning (1st edn, pp. 261–276). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203774977-18 Sen, A. (1999). Capability and Well-Being. In The Philosophy of Economics: An Anthology (Daniel M. Hausman, p. 270). Oxford University Press. Tzenis, J. A. (2018). Campus Immersion: Supporting Youth Agency and Aspirations for Higher Education. Journal of Youth Development, 13(4), 134–148. https://doi.org/10.5195/jyd.2018.576 Zipin, L., Sellar, S., Brennan, M., & Gale, T. (2015). Educating for Futures in Marginalized Regions: A sociological framework for rethinking and researching aspirations. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 47(3), 227–246. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2013.839376 |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 22 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Supporting Authenticity and Engagement in Practice Education for Autistic Students: Views from the Speech and Language Therapy Student and Practice Educator. Birmingham City University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In 2021, one in every 127 people were estimated to be on the autism spectrum globally (Santomauro et al., 2021). The number of autistic students at university increasing both in the UK and Europe (Gormley et al, 2024, HESA, 2024) though the number is likely to be higher than official figures because not all choose to disclose (Hull et al., 2017) or have been diagnosed (Doherty et al, 2023). Speech and language are central teaching and learning tools, as they are the means through which teachers instruct, support, and assess students. This has implications for autistic students since they are likely to experience challenges with social communication and interaction (APA 2022). Our actual and perceived ability to communicate ‘effectively’ (including understanding verbal and non-verbal communication) is influenced by our intersectional experiences, cultural differences and other factors including neurotype. Awareness and adaptation of one’s own communication skills is a key part of practice education including speech and language therapy (SaLT) (Dantuma, 2021). For autistic SaLT students, the core interactional differences between autistic and neurotypical people can pose both challenges and opportunities for those practicing in a majority neurotypical society. However, SaLT, whose aim is to maximise an individual’s communication potential, has been traditionally and historically rooted in a conventional medical paradigm (Pellicano and Houting, 2022). Practice-based learning is central to professional training and placement experiences affect students’ intention to persist with their studies and employment plans after graduation (Pesonen et al, 2021). Autistic students face significant and unique barriers in both academic and practice-based learning. The social model of disability attributes these barriers to environmental and cultural factors (Rieser, 2023). However, although listening to neurodivergent perspectives can progress equity and deconstruct ableism, research that explores the views, priorities and experiences autistic students have of their interactions within these social and physical environments (i.e. education and employment; Gormely, 2024) is still emerging. Given this context, we were interested to explore the experience and perceptions of practice-based learning from the perspective of students and recently qualified autistic SaLTs, and their placement educators (some of whom will themselves be autistic). We posed the following research questions: 1. What challenges and support do autistic SaLT students experience during practice-based learning? 2. How much do autistic SaLT students perceive that these practice-based learning experiences contribute to their motivation and identity? 3. What suggestions for support and reasonable adjustments do autistic SaLT students identify during practice-based learning? By posing the above questions, we set out to address the following objectives: • To identify effective ways to support placement educators in meeting the needs of this group of students; • To produce recommendations and resources to support the practice-based education of autistic SaLTs; • To share the information gained to enable the above to be carried forward into/inform Higher Education Institutes (HEIs) and future workplaces. Taking a neurodiverse affirming approach, the research adopts a critical realist paradigm (Bhaskar, 1975) to examine lived realities and the internal and external factors that contribute to these. Tension between neurotypical standards deemed ‘professional’ and neurodivergent ways of being are likely to impact engagement and identity and are therefore interrogated by applying the social determination theory of motivation (Deci and Ryan, 2000). Examining autistic SaLT students and practitioners and their placement educators’ experiences of competence, relatedness and autonomy - including how they shape their motivation and identity -has relevance across HEI disciplines, particularly practice-based disciplines like SaLT given the fact that communication underpins teaching, learning and assessment in all fields of education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research sought to discover which aspects of practice-based learning are most important from the perspective of autistic SaLT students, practitioners, and their placement educators. Seven autistic level 6 SaLT students, six autistic SaLTs, four autistic SaLT placement educators and five non-autistic placement educators who have supported an autistic SaLT student were recruited opportunistically in Autumn 2024. Recruitment involved emailing and circulating adverts to all HEIs in the UK offering SaLT as an undergraduate route; the RCSLT neurodivergent SaLTs’s and disabled working group; a regional placement educator’s group; and via social media contacts and groups. An exploratory sequential mixed-methods research design (Creswell & Creswell, 2023) was created to investigate the observable and underlying factors involved in the practice-based learning experiences of autistic SLT students. University ethical approval was obtained prior to data collection and responses were recorded anonymously and stored securely and confidentially on encrypted password protected university laptops. Phase one involved an online questionnaire created to explore themes present in the literature and was administered during November-December 2024. This captured both numerical data (e.g. when diagnosed) and descriptive qualitative data from twenty-two participants. Numerical data was analysed using descriptive statistics and descriptive qualitative data was analysed by research assistants trained on inductive reflexive thematic analysis (Joy et al., 2023). Eleven participants took part in phase two, when online semi-structured interviews were conducted in January-February 2025 to probe and further explore the themes identified in phase one using thematic analysis. Finally, six participants took part in the phase 3 focus group interviews to confirm and gain insight into their experience of the identified themes. The focus groups were moderated by the two main research investigators, with two new research assistant being in attendance, who transcribed and analysed the data using a thematic/inductive analytical approach The research team discussed the content, meaning, definitions and conceptual links of the themes generated. This reflexive approach was particularly important given the unique experiences of the research team, all of whom were aware of autism and the range of disability models within education and psychology that contributed to their consideration of themes related to support, diagnosis, identity and belonging (Joy et al., 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Phase one data identified 40% of practicing SLTs who are autistic and 57% of current autistic final year students received their diagnosis after starting their SLT post or studies, and that experience during their practice-based learning or the placement educators supporting this were a catalyst in pursuing this. Phase two findings identified further information around seeking a diagnosis and emotional wellbeing and regulation, and detail about shared understandings (or not), honesty, openness and transparency, and strengths versus prejudicial deficits. Phase three data analysis is currently in the final stages, and includes detail around: • belonging (when safety is/is not present, so when masking is intentional, when true identities are shared or suppressed, and the reality of liminal disability); • competence (purpose and intrinsic motivation versus academic challenges or misinterpretations and ableist barriers which vary depending on placement educator perspectives) and; • autonomy (strategies and adjustments that support and progress success and how the intuition and insight of autistic SaLTs progress their support of clients with speech, language, and communication (SLC) needs). We are already sharing findings in our own university, both with students and placement educators, and are presenting at the National Association of Educators in Practice (UK) in March. Our ECER poster will visually present our findings and so be accessible to those with diverse learning approaches. It will summarise our discussion, the European Speech and Language Therapy Association’s priority of raising awareness of the importance of SLC skills, which impact to lives of million, among policymakers, healthcare providers, and the general public. In line with the Strategy for the rights of persons with disabilities 2021-2030 (European Commission, 2021), the research will contribute to the removal of barriers to learning by enabling access to quality practice education, with implications for equality of opportunity, identity formation, employment possibilities, career trajectory and advocacy. References APA (2022) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-5-TR). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787. Bhaskar, R. (1975) A realist theory of science. NY: Routledge. Creswell, J.W. and Cresswell, J.D. (2023) Research Design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Los Angeles: Sage Dantuma, T. (2021) Professional Competencies in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology. Burlington Mass.: Jones & Bartlett Learning. Doherty, M., McCowan, S. and Shaw, S.C. (2023) Autistic SPACE: a novel framework for meeting the needs of autistic people in healthcare settings. British Journal of Hospital Medicine, 84(4),1-9. European Commission Union of equality: Strategy for the rights of persons with disabilities 2021-2030 - European Commission. Gormley, L., Feeney, A., and McNally, S. (2024) A scoping review of research trends and future directions for research on the experiences of autistic students and staff in post-secondary education. European Journal of Higher Education, 14(4), 554–573. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2023.2231186. HESA (Higher Education Statistics Agency) (2024) Who's studying in HE? Personal characteristics (2022-23 data). Available at: https://www.hesa.ac.uk/data-andanalysis/students/whos-in-he/characteristics#breakdown. Hull, L., Petrides, K. V., Allison, C., Smith, P., Baron-Cohen, S., Lai, M-C., Mandy, W. (2017) “Putting on My Best Normal”: Social Camouflaging in Adults with Autism Spectrum Conditions. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 47(8), 2519– 2534. DOI: 10.1007/s10803-017-3166-5 Joy, E., Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2023) Doing Reflexive Thematic Analysis: A Reflexive Account, Chapter 10, pp. 155-171 in F. Meyer & K. Meissel (Eds.), (2023) Research methods for education and the social disciplines in Aotearoa New Zealand. Wellington: NZCER Press. https://www.nzcer.org.nz/nzcerpress/research-methods-education-and-social-disciplines. Deci, E.L. and Ryan, R.M. (2000) The "What" and "Why" of Goal Pursuits: Human Needs and the Self-Determination of Behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4): 227-268. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1449618 . Pellicano, E. and Houting, J. (2022) Annual Research Review: Shifting from ‘normal science’ to neurodiversity in autism science. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 63(4), 381-396. Pesonen, H. V., Waltz, M., Fabri, M., Lahdelma, M., & Syurina, E. V. (2021) Students and graduates with autism: perceptions of support when preparing for transition from university to work. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(4), 531–546. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2020.1769982 Rieser, R. (2023) Disability equality: the last civil right? In Cole, M. (ed) (2nd edition) Education, Equality and Human Rights: Issues of Gender, 'Race', Sexuality, Disability and Social Class. Abingdon: Routledge, p. 175 -215. Santomauro, D. F. et al (2021) The global epidemiology and health burden of the autism spectrum: findings from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2021 The Lancet Psychiatry, 12 (2):111 – 121. 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Study Hard, Work Hard! Board Game for Career Development Learning in Higher Education University of Debrecen, Hungary Presenting Author:Higher education institutions face growing pressure to enhance students’ employability and better prepare them for increasingly complex and uncertain labour markets. While policy frameworks emphasise career development learning (CDL), competence development, and work-related skills, these elements often remain weakly integrated into university curricula, particularly in theory-driven programmes (Bridgstock 2009, Bridgstock, et al. 2019, Dean et al. 2022, Tomlinson 2017). Students frequently report difficulties in translating academic knowledge into real-life decision-making related to employment, financial management, and career planning. These challenges are especially visible in Central and Eastern European higher education systems, where student employment during studies is widespread and often driven by financial necessity (Hauschildt et al. 2021, Kocsis & Pusztai 2024). This paper addresses these issues by examining an innovative, research-based educational board game, Study Hard, Work Hard!, designed to support career development learning through experiential and playful pedagogy in higher education. The game simulates realistic student life situations, including budgeting, student employment, scholarship opportunities, job interviews, and time management dilemmas. It aims to foster employability-related competences such as decision-making, communication, reflection, collaboration, and financial awareness. The central research question guiding this study is: How do university students perceive the educational value and realism of a board game designed to support career development learning and employability-related skill development? The study is grounded in three complementary theoretical frameworks. First, career development learning theory conceptualises career management as a lifelong process involving self-awareness, opportunity awareness, and informed decision-making. Second, experiential learning theory emphasises learning through concrete experience, reflection, and active engagement, which aligns with the game’s simulation-based design (Bridgstock, et al. 2019, Dean et al. 2022, Tomlinson 2017). Third, game-based learning and playful pedagogy provide the pedagogical foundation for understanding how analogue board games can support motivation, peer interaction, and deep learning in higher education contexts (Karbownik et al., 2016, Manzano-León et al. 2021). The international relevance of the study lies in its integration of empirical data from large-scale European student surveys (e.g. EUROSTUDENT) into the game mechanics, ensuring realism and cross-national applicability. Although the empirical case is situated in Hungary, the challenges addressed, student employment, employability gaps, and the need for innovative CDL practices, are shared across European higher education systems. The paper therefore contributes a Central and Eastern European perspective to international debates on employability, active learning, and pedagogical innovation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a quantitative-dominant mixed-methods design based on a pilot implementation of the Study Hard, Work Hard! board game within a credit-bearing university course focusing on job search skills. The research was conducted at a Hungarian higher education institution as part of an elective course coordinated by the university’s Career Centre. Participation in the board game activity was compulsory for enrolled students, ensuring full participation and a 100% response rate. The sample consisted of 104 undergraduate students from diverse disciplinary backgrounds, including social sciences, humanities, business, pedagogy, and STEM fields. Participants represented different stages of study and varied employment and financial situations, reflecting the heterogeneity typical of higher education cohorts. Data were collected using a structured, anonymous questionnaire administered online after the gameplay session. The instrument combined validated scales and context-specific items. Motivation, engagement, cooperation, and perceived learning outcomes were measured using items adapted from the Questionnaire on Motivation for Cooperative Playful Learning Strategies. Additional items and open-ended questions were developed by the author to capture perceptions related to student employment, career planning, realism, and educational usefulness. The questionnaire included 21 Likert-scale items (1–5) assessing enjoyment, motivation, collaboration, perceived knowledge gains, realism, and reflective learning, followed by open-ended questions on perceived learning outcomes and suggestions for curriculum integration. Demographic and background variables were collected based on previously validated instruments. Given the exploratory nature of the study and the limited sample size, data analysis relied on descriptive statistical methods, complemented by thematic analysis of open-ended responses. The results were interpreted in relation to the study’s theoretical framework and existing international literature on game-based learning and career development learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that students perceived the board game as both highly engaging and educationally meaningful. Participants reported strong enjoyment, motivation, and peer collaboration, alongside increased awareness of student employment realities, financial challenges, and career-related decision-making. The highest-rated outcomes related to realism, reflection on personal choices, and the opportunity to practise employability-related skills in a low-stakes, supportive environment. Students highlighted that the game helped them better understand the complexity of balancing work and study, recognise available institutional support (such as scholarships), and reflect on long-term career implications of short-term decisions. Qualitative responses emphasised the value of informal learning, humour, teamwork, and discussion, suggesting that the game created a safe space for reflection and self-expression. The study suggests that board game-based pedagogy can effectively complement traditional teaching methods by addressing underrepresented but crucial topics such as career planning, financial literacy, and employability. Although the findings are based on a small-scale pilot and self-reported data, they point to the potential of analogue board games as low-cost, adaptable, and inclusive tools for career development learning in higher education. The paper concludes that integrating research-informed, experiential board games into university curricula can support student engagement and preparedness for life beyond higher education, while also offering transferable insights for diverse European and international contexts. This research was supported through the János Bolyai Research Scholarship of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences. References Bridgstock, R. (2009). The graduate attributes we’ve overlooked: Enhancing graduate employability through career management skills. Higher Education Research & Development, 28(1), 31–44. Bridgstock, R., Grant-Imaru, M., & McAlpine, A. (2019). Integrating career development learning into the curriculum: Collaboration with the careers service for employability. Journal of Teaching and Learning for Graduate Employability, 10(1), 56–72. Dean, B. A., Ryan, S., Glover-Chambers , T., West, C., Eady, M. J., Yanamandram, V., Moroney, T. ., & O’Donnell, N. (2022). Career development learning in the curriculum: What is an academic’s role?. Journal of Teaching and Learning for Graduate Employability, 13(1), 142-154. h Hauschildt, K., Gwosć, C., Schirmer, H., & Wartenbergh-Cras, F. (2021). Social and Economic Conditions of Student Life in Europe. EUROSTUDENT VII Synopsis of Indicators 2018–2021. Media GmbH & Co. KGB Karbownik, M. S., Wiktorowska-Owczarek, A., Kowalczyk, E., Kwarta, P., Mokros, Ł., & Pietras, T. (2016). Board game versus lecturebased seminar in the teaching of pharmacology of antimicrobial drugs: A randomized controlled trial. FEMS Microbiology Letters, 363(7), fnw045. Kocsis, Z., & Pusztai, G. (2024b). Learning/Earning: Characteristics of Student Work and Its Impact on Academic Careers at a Regional Hungarian University. Education Sciences, 14(9), 981. Manzano-León, A., Camacho-Lazarraga, P., Guerrero-Puerta, M. A., Guerrero-Puerta, L., Alias, A., Aguilar-Parra, J. M. & Trigueros, R. (2021). Development and Validation of a Questionnaire on Motivation for Cooperative Playful Learning Strategies. International Journal of Environment Research and Public Health, 18(3), 960. Tomlinson, M. (2017). Forms of graduate capital and their relationship to graduate employability. Education+Training, 59(4), 338–352. 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Creating Inclusive Digital Learning Spaces: Flexible Continuing Education for Child and Youth Professionals Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:This poster presents the design and development of a new continuing education program entitled Competence Development in Work with Children and Youth, aimed at professionals working with children and adolescents across Norway. The initiative responds to a national call for more flexible and decentralized education pathways, addressing the need for accessible, practice-oriented professional learning opportunities that can be pursued alongside full-time employment. By offering a fully digital, modular program, the project seeks to broaden participation in continuing education beyond traditional campus-based formats and reach professionals across diverse geographical and institutional contexts. The central objective of the project is to design and pilot a flexible, research-informed continuing education model that supports professional competence development while allowing participants to remain embedded in their everyday work settings. The program targets a wide range of professionals, including those working in early childhood education, schools, child welfare services, health and social services, and community-based youth work. Rather than emphasizing credential accumulation alone, the program focuses on strengthening reflective practice, professional agency, and collaborative learning across disciplinary boundaries. The overarching research questions guiding the project are:
The program is built on three core design principles. First, flexibility is ensured through asynchronous learning activities and modular course structures, allowing participants to organize their learning around their workday and personal responsibilities. Second, fully digital delivery enables genuine location independence, with all teaching, collaboration, and assessment taking place online via the Canvas learning platform. Third, collaborative learning is emphasized through small interdisciplinary learning groups, fostering peer exchange, shared reflection, and mutual professional support across sectors. Pedagogically, the program adapts the U.S.-based ICMEE model (Viesca & Commins, 2026) to a Norwegian continuing education context. Each course module follows a structured five-step learning cycle: initial reflection, exploration, application (“Make it Work”), sharing, and final reflection. This cycle is designed to support participants in becoming aware of their own perspectives, engaging with research-based knowledge, applying insights in practice, and critically reflecting on changes in understanding over time. The theoretical framework underpinning the project is the Model for Orientations to Create a Positive Climate for Diversity (Viesca et al., 2024). The model identifies five interrelated orientations—agency, interconnectedness, openness, curiosity, and creativity—which together contribute to inclusive and supportive learning environments. In this project, these orientations inform both the pedagogical design and the intended learning outcomes of the program. The poster will illustrate how the five orientations are embedded within the learning cycle and aligned with module assignments and assessment criteria. The development of the program is supported by the university’s Learning Hub BLINK, a strategic initiative aimed at strengthening pedagogical innovation and supporting lecturers in the further development of their teaching. In this project, BLINK provides expertise and guidance specifically related to the flexibilization of teaching and learning, with the goal of reaching a broader and more diverse student body. This support has been central in shaping the program’s digital pedagogy, assessment design, and facilitation strategies, ensuring alignment with national priorities for accessible, decentralized, and high-quality continuing education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project adopts a qualitative, design-oriented research approach focusing on the development, implementation, and evaluation of a digital continuing education program. Data collection will take place throughout the first pilot phase, which includes two modules launching in spring 2026: Children and Youth’s Behavior, Communication, and Relationships and Project Development and Professional Role Understanding in Work with Children and Youth. Multiple data sources will be used to capture participants’ learning experiences and outcomes. First, continuous formative feedback will be collected through short reflective surveys embedded in the Canvas learning environment. These surveys invite participants to reflect on their engagement with course content, collaboration in learning groups, and perceived relevance to their professional practice. Second, participants’ written assignments and reflective submissions will be collected as primary data sources, providing insight into how learners integrate theoretical perspectives with practical experiences. Data analysis will be conducted using the Gioia methodology, an interpretive, grounded theory–inspired approach (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) that enables the integration of inductive insights and deductive structure through a rigorous yet flexible multi-stage coding process (Gioia et al., 2013). Both inductive and theoretically informed coding will be applied, allowing themes to emerge from the data while also examining how participants’ experiences reflect the five orientations of the diversity framework (Viesca et al., 2024). The five orientations—agency, interconnectedness, openness, curiosity, and creativity—will function as sensitizing concepts during analysis. Particular attention will be paid to how participants describe changes in perspective between the initial and final reflection stages of each topic. Ethical considerations include informed consent, anonymization of data, and secure data storage. The study focuses on professional learning experiences rather than personal or sensitive information about children or service users. The methodology aims to generate transferable insights into digital continuing education design. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes of this project relate both to educational design and to participants’ professional learning experiences. The poster will present preliminary insights from the design phase, including reflections on translating the ICMEE model into a fully digital Norwegian context and aligning pedagogical intentions with practical constraints faced by working professionals. It is anticipated that the five-step learning cycle will support deepened reflection and stronger connections between theory and practice. Initial findings are expected to show that repeated reflection—before and after engagement with content and practice—enhances participants’ awareness of their own assumptions, strengths, and professional development needs. Collaborative group work is expected to foster interconnectedness and mutual recognition across professional backgrounds, contributing to a positive learning climate. In relation to the theoretical framework, the project is expected to demonstrate how the five orientations for a positive climate for diversity can be operationalized within digital course design. The analysis will illustrate how agency is supported through practice-based assignments, openness and curiosity through dialogical reflection, and creativity and curiosity through flexible application tasks adapted to local contexts. More broadly, the project contributes to European discussions on lifelong learning, digitalization, and inclusive access to higher education. By documenting design principles, challenges, and emerging practices, the poster aims to offer a transferable model for institutions seeking to expand flexible, decentralized professional education. The role of the university facilitator will be highlighted as central to sustaining motivation, guiding reflection, and ensuring academic quality in fully digital professional learning environments. References Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (3rd ed.). SAGE. Gioia, D. A., Corley, K. G., & Hamilton, A. L. (2013). Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Inductive Research: Notes on the Gioia Methodology. In Organizational Research Methods 16(1), 15–31. Viesca, K.M., & Commins, N.L. (2026). Humanizing Pedagogies with Multilingual Learners: Transforming Teaching in the Content Areas. Routledge. 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Factors Influencing the Process of Construction of a University Student Identity and Study Success among First-generation University Students Charles University, Faculty of Education, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:As access to tertiary education expands, universities are facing not only a growing number but also a greater diversity of students (Hussey & Smith, 2010). One consequence of the growing demographic diversity is the significant number of first-generation college students (FGCS), whose parents did not attain more than secondary education (Pascarella et al., 2004) and who make up more than 50% of university students in the Czech Republic (Hündlová & Šmídová, 2020). Depending on their social class background, applicants for university studies may differ in financial, social, and cultural resources (Stuber, 2009). Specifically, FGCS come from families with little or no experience of college education, which influences their ability to meet college expectations (Collier & Morgan, 2008). At the same time, FGCS are more at risk of experiencing a cultural mismatch between the values of academic institutions and the values of their family environment, which affects their academic performance (Stephens et al., 2012), and of dropping out of school (Ishitani, 2006). However, the experiences of FGCS in the Czech Republic are largely neglected, despite the Czech tertiary education's high dropout rate, especially in the first year of study (MŠMT, n. d.). An effective way to reduce the number of students dropping out of higher education is to successfully integrate them academically and socially (Tinto, 1975). However, the integration process tends to be more challenging for FGCS (Soria, Stebleton & Huesman, 2013). A key factor in successful integration is the formation of a new identity as a university student (Whitehead & Wright, 2017). The changes and challenges that students face during the transition from high school to university transform their identities (Hussey & Smith, 2010) and group membership. The process of identification with a new group is influenced by the perceived compatibility of existing and new identities, which tends to be lower for FGCS, making it more difficult for them to identify with their college peers (Iyer et al., 2009). However, the construction of a strong social identity as a university student, in the sense of affiliation with a group of university students and professionals in the field of study, contributes to both psychological well-being and academic success (Mavor et al., 2017). The presented research project examines how the process of construction of FGCS’ university student identity develops during the transitional first year of their university studies. It maps the challenges influencing this process and potentially threatening students’ academic success, and the protective factors through which they are able to face or avoid these challenges. The aim is to show how aspects of their diversity (e.g., learning and coping strategies) and other developed or developing identities enter into their interactions with the conditions and actors with whom they meet during their studies, and into their emerging university student identity. Identity is perceived from the perspective of social constructionist psychology as multidimensional, relational, contextual, and fluid (Burr, 2015) and through the lens of intersectionality as shaped by interwoven multidimensional power relations determined by class, gender, and other inequalities (Brenner, 2000). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this longitudinal qualitative study examining first-generation students from the beginning of the first year to the beginning of the second year of their university studies, research data were obtained using semi-structured interviews, shadowing, and a focus group. Participants were interviewed and shadowed several times to capture the important turning points in the process of construction of their university student identity. At the end of the first year of their studies, a focus group was conducted. The obtained data are processed qualitatively within an interpretative framework using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). The studied sample consists of 7 first-generation university students between 19 and 30 years of age (4 female and 3 male) attending various faculties at Charles University and studying different fields of study. Two students studied through distance learning; one of them interrupted his studies after the first semester. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The empirical research study allowed us to show the variability of the construction of university student identity influenced by FGCS’ learning and coping strategies, other identities, and interactions with the conditions and actors of the university environment. The formation of a strong future professional identity related to the field of study; the transformation of study habits from surface to deep learning and learning with classmates contributing to good academic performance; establishing new friendships with classmates and a sense of shared purpose, which help to cope with possible challenging moments or partial academic failures; fulfilling family expectations; planning to return and help the original community; and an effort to avoid undesirable consequences of early withdrawal from studies (the need to work in non-graduate positions, taking on full financial responsibility, the threat of deportation from the country) can be considered protective factors supporting the formation of a strong university student identity and helping to remain in university studies. Factors that weaken the process of forming a university student identity and potentially lead to a greater risk of early dropout include surface learning, poor or deteriorating academic performance, comparing one's academic performance with that of others, isolation from classmates, fear of stigma related to heterosexism and ableism, weak identification with the field of study and potential future profession, creating a strong professional identity in an area where a university degree is not required, unfulfilled expectations or disappointment in studies, and imposter syndrome. In summary, the output is a visualization of the development of a university student identity, providing an opportunity to reflect on factors significant for the success of their university studies. References Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Brenner, J. (2000). Conclusion – Intersections, Locations, and Capitalist Class Relations. In Brenner, J. Women and the Politics of Class (s. 293–324). New York: Monthly Review Press. Burr, V. (2015). Social constructionism (3rd edition). London: Routledge. Collier, P. J., & Morgan, D. L. (2008). ‘Is that paper really due today?’ Differences in first-generation and traditional college students’ understandings of faculty expectations. Higher Education, 55, 425–446. Hündlová, L., Šmídová, M. (2020). Netradiční studenti a studentky vysokých škol: studie z šetření EUROSTUDENT VII. Praha: CSVŠ. Hussey, T., & Smith, P. (2010). Transitions in higher education. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 47(2), 155–164. Ishitani, T. T. (2006). Studying attrition and degree completion behavior among first-generation college students in the United States. The Journal of Higher Education, 77, 861–885. Iyer, A., Jetten, J., Tsivrikos, D., Postmes, T., & Haslam, S. A. (2009). The more (and the more compatible) the merrier: Multiple group memberships and identity compatibility as predictors of adjustment after life transitions. British Journal of Social Psychology, 48, 707–733. Mavor, K., Platow, M. J., & Bizumic, B. (2017). Self and social identity in educational contexts. Routledge. MŠMT. (n. d.). Analýzy. Ministerstvo školství, mládeže a tělovýchovy. https://www.msmt.cz/vzdelavani/vysoke-skolstvi/analyzy Pascarella, E. T., Pierson, C. T., Wolniak, G. C., Terenzini, P. T. (2004). First-generation college students: Additional evidence on college experience and outcomes. The Journal of Higher Education, 75, 249–284. Soria, K. M., Stebleton, M. J., & Huesman, jr., R. L. (2013). Class counts: Exploring differences in academic and social integration between working-class and middle/upper-class students at large, public research universities. J. COLLEGE STUDENT RETENTION, 15(2), 215-242. Stephens, N., Fryberg, S., Markus, H. R., Johnson, C., & Covarrubias, R. (2012). Unseen disadvantage: How American universities’ focus on independence undermines the academic performance of first-generation college students. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 102(6), 1178–1197. Stuber, J. M. (2009). Class, Culture, and Participation in the Collegiate Extra-Curriculum. Sociological Forum 24(4), 877-900. Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education: A theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of Educational Research, 45(1), 89–125. Whitehead, P. M., & Wright, R. (2017). Becoming a college student: An empirical phenomenological analysis of first-generation college students. Community College Journal of Research and Practice, 41(10), 639–651. 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster ***WITHDRAWN*** Pathway Experiences to Accessing, Progressing, and Completing Higher Education (HE) For Refugees and Asylum-seeking People in Scotland University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Higher education systems are increasingly positioned as centres of social justice, inclusiveness, and socioeconomic mobility across Europe. In the United Kingdom, including Scotland, legislation that commits to widening access participation acknowledges refugees and people seeking asylum as disadvantaged groups. This recognition is explicit. On the other hand, despite these legislative goals, people who have been forcibly displaced (refugees and asylum seekers) continue to confront enormous structural, institutional, and affective challenges in gaining admission to higher education, advancing through it, and ultimately graduating. This research examines how educational research may both shed light on lived experiences and provide direction for transformational action within higher education systems in Scotland. The primary objective of this study is to understand the experiences of refugees and people seeking asylum in Scotland as they seek access to, progress within, and complete higher education. The research process is guided by the following questions: 1. What are the experiences of forcibly displaced people when accessing, progressing, and completing higher education in Scotland? a) To what extent does the status of forcibly displaced people influence and constrain their educational experience in higher education? (b) What are the implications of these constraints on the higher education trajectories for forcibly displaced people? 2. How (if any) are higher education institutions providing tailored educational support for forcibly displaced people to enhance their access, retention, and completion in Scottish higher education? The investigation is grounded in a multidisciplinary framework that emphasises human dignity, agency, and the equitable treatment of individuals. A critical lens for perceiving education as both a site of marginalisation and a possible space for liberation, Freire's (1970, 1994) pedagogy of the oppressed focuses on conversation, love, and conscientisation. Education is framed as a relational and ethical practice that requires care, acknowledgement, and mutual humanity, according to bell hooks' love ethic, which extends this concept further. In addition, the research draws on theories of social justice, specifically Rawls' (1971, 2004) principles of fairness, Sandel's (2011) criticisms of meritocracy, and Sen's (2009) capacity approach. Taking all of these viewpoints into consideration, the study investigates how structural inequalities, institutional arrangements, and governmental decisions shape the actual freedoms forcibly displaced people have to pursue and benefit from higher education. By acknowledging the ways in which legal status, race, gender, language, and trauma intersect to produce distinct experiences of exclusion and opportunity, intersectionality theory provides additional insight into the analysis. By incorporating these theoretical approaches, the study establishes education research as an ethical and political action. This action not only provides information, but it also challenges inequitable systems and leads to more just practices in higher education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study used a qualitative research design to elucidate the depth, complexity, and nuances of the experiences of forcefully displaced individuals in higher education. Qualitative methods are especially appropriate for this research, as they emphasise people's voices, meanings, and interpretations, which are sometimes overlooked in policy-driven or quantitative narratives around extending access. Data was produced via two interrelated methodologies. Semi-structured interviews were initially undertaken with members of widening access participation teams in some Scottish higher education institutions. The interviews examined institutional perspectives on policy implementation, support systems, perceived obstacles, and the assumptions underlying access, retention, and completion initiatives for refugees and people seeking asylum in Scotland. This institutional perspective facilitates analysis of how policy goals are translated into practice. We conducted repeated individual interviews with student refugees and people seeking asylum at various stages of their higher education experiences. Repeated interviews revealed details about transitions, disruptions, resilience, and adaptability throughout the phases of access, progression, and completion in Scottish higher education. This longitudinal perspective corresponds with the project's three- to four-year duration and enhances the validity of the results. Interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and thematically analysed. This method enables the identification of patterns in the data, taking into account the context, power dynamics, and the researcher's perspective. Ethical considerations were taken as a priority in the study, especially due to the participants’ possibly vulnerable legal situation and traumatic experiences. Informed consent, confidentiality, emotional welfare, and the opportunity to withdraw were valued throughout the research process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research aims to generate thorough empirical insights into the experiences of refugees and people currently enrolled as asylum seekers in Scottish higher education. We anticipate that the research findings will unveil structural barriers associated with immigration status, financial challenges, language, prior qualification recognition, and institutional cultures. The purpose of this study is to shed light on the various forms of agency, resilience, and informal support that enable certain disadvantaged people, such as refugees and people seeking asylum, to negotiate and combat marginalisation. At the institutional level, the analysis will most likely find contradictions between the language of extending access and actual practices, exposing discrepancies between policy intentions and student experiences. The analysis will likely reveal these contradictions. Within the context of forced migration, this project aims to use Freirean pedagogy, capacity theory, and intersectionality to improve the quality of conversations about social justice in the educational setting. To provide higher education institutions, policymakers, and practitioners with evidence-based guidance, the findings are intended to inform the creation of access policies and practices that are more humane, egalitarian, and responsive. References Baker, S., Ramsay, G., & Lenette, C. (2019). Students from refugee and asylum seeker backgrounds and meaningful participation in higher education: From peripheral to fundamental concern. Widening participation and lifelong learning, 21(2), 4-19. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Brinkmann, S. (2014). Unstructured and semi-structured interviewing. The Oxford handbook of qualitative research, 2, 277-299. Carvalho, S., & White, H. (1997). Combining the quantitative and qualitative approaches to poverty measurement and analysis: the practice and the potential (Vol. 23). World Bank Publications. Clark, T., Foster, L., Bryman, A., & Sloan, L. (2021). Bryman's social research methods. Oxford university press Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York: Continuum. Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of hope: Reliving pedagogy of the oppressed, trans. Robert Hooks, B. (2003). Teaching community: A pedagogy of hope (Vol. 36). Psychology Press. R. Baar, notes Ana Maria Araújo Freire (New York: Continuum, 2004), 77. Rawls, J. (1999). A Theory of Justice. Revised Edition. Harvard University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvkjb25m Sandel, M.J. (2011). Justice: What's the right thing to do.BUL Rev,91, p.1303 Sen, A. (2008). The idea of justice. Journal of human development, 9(3), 331-342. 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster How Does Interdisciplinary Student Collaboration Unfold in Team-Based Projects: A Qualitative Multiple-Case Study 1: Leiden University, the Netherlands; 2: Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:In interdisciplinary education, students’ group collaboration is often used to simulate real-world collaboration, where individuals from different disciplinary backgrounds work together to solve complex problems (Klein, 1990; Repko & Szostak, 2020). Although this pedagogical strategy is widely adopted, empirical understanding of how interdisciplinary student teams collaborate around classroom-based tasks remains limited. Prior studies have predominantly focused on learning outcomes (e.g., grades, productivity, and knowledge gains), tending to rely on self-report measures, rather than closely examining collaborative processes as they unfold in practice. Some empirical studies have focused on collaborative processes in group work more generally. For example, Van Leeuwen et al. (2014) showed that students’ interaction patterns and role negotiations change dynamically during collaboration, suggesting that collaborative roles and forms of participation are not fixed but continuously renegotiated over time. Similarly, Han and Ellis (2021) found that interdisciplinary teamwork is shaped by uneven role distributions , in which students differed in their levels and forms of participation, as well as by recurring interaction patterns, such as stable participation roles and repeated sequences of engagement, which influenced students’ involvement and engagement. Beyond interactional processes, theoretical work has emphasized the broader context in which collaboration takes place. Jornet and Damşa (2021) argued that collaboration should be understood as a sociomaterial process, in which knowledge emerges through students’ interactions with peers, tools, and learning environments. Markauskaite et al. (2023) further conceptualized interdisciplinary collaboration as part of an “educational ecology,” highlighting the interconnected roles of individual factors (e.g., students’ disciplinary backgrounds and prior experiences), social factors (e.g., interaction patterns, role relations, and norms of collaboration), material factors (e.g., tasks, tools, and digital platforms), and institutional factors (e.g., course structures, assessment requirements, and instructional arrangements). While these studies have significantly advanced our understanding of interdisciplinary collaboration by focusing on interactional and ecological perspectives, less attention has been paid to how interdisciplinary collaboration is enacted in classroom practice. This study focuses on the question of how students experience, enact, and reflect on collaborative processes within interdisciplinary team-based projects. Adopting a process-oriented focus, the study traces students’ collaborative work over time by following group meetings and discussions and observing how teams jointly conduct system analysis, engage in interdisciplinary investigation, develop and negotiate critical arguments, and integrate knowledge across disciplines as they progress toward completing their projects. It examines multiple cases across different courses and team contexts to enrich and contextualize this understanding, and to explore similarities and variations in how collaboration unfolds. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a multiple-case qualitative research design, integrating naturalistic observation and semi-structured reflective interviews. Phase 1: Naturalistic Observation Six interdisciplinary student teams drawn from different interdisciplinary courses were recruited. Each team was treated as a distinct case. Data included detailed field notes and audio recordings of in- and out of class teamwork, informal discussions, and online collaboration sessions. The researcher acted as a non-participant observer to preserve the authenticity of collaborative activity. The aim of this phase was to capture in-situ evidence of how students engage in interdisciplinary group collaboration as it unfolded in practice. Phase 2: Semi-Structured Reflective Interviews After student projects were completed, individual semi-structured reflective interviews (30–45 minutes) were conducted with students from each team. The interview protocol was designed to elicit reflection on students’ collaborative processes and learning experiences using six interconnected dimensions: (1) perceived contributions and group formation, (2) evolving problem understanding, (3) interdisciplinary investigation strategies and methods, (4) argumentation and decision-making processes, (5) knowledge integration across disciplinary perspectives, and (6) evaluation of collaboration and perceived teacher support. Data Analysis Group interaction data will be analyzed with a focus on students’ dialogue and interactional sequences during collaborative problem-solving. An interaction coding scheme will be used to capture key collaborative processes, including problem framing, negotiation of meanings, disciplinary positioning, idea elaboration and challenge, conflict management, and the co-construction of shared understanding. Coding will be conducted at the level of interactional episodes, enabling close examination of how collaborative practices emerge and shift over time within each group. Interviews are still in progress. The data will be analyzed using thematic analysis. Inductive coding will be used to identify themes related to perceptions of interdisciplinary roles, communication challenges, group dynamics, and learning experiences. These themes will be compared with patterns from interaction analysis to examine how students’ interpretations correspond to, or differ from, their observed practices. Through cross-case analysis shared patterns and context-specific variations in interdisciplinary collaboration may be identified. Finally, findings from group interaction and interview analyses will be triangulated to enhance analytic credibility and develop a comprehensive understanding of interdisciplinary collaboration in authentic group work settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of writing, data collection and analysis are still ongoing. The current data and analysis already provide insight into how interdisciplinary collaboration unfolds in practice. Firstly, students consistently engaged in problem framing and task negotiation. They devoted substantial interactional effort to clarifying assignment requirements, selecting and refining project topics, and defining the core challenges. These negotiations reflected disciplinary differences in how students framed sustainability problems, with some prioritizing technical feasibility and others emphasizing ethical, social, or normative considerations. Secondly, collaboration involved continuous knowledge integration and joint decision-making. Students combined perspectives from multiple domains relevant to their project to co-construct workable solutions. Thirdly, the data reveal strong patterns of collaborative problem-solving and adaptive regulation. Teams encountered technical, conceptual, and organizational difficulties and responded through experimentation, peer scaffolding, redistribution of responsibilities, and simplification of goals. Socio-emotional processes—such as encouragement, humor, emotional regulation, and shared responsibility—were crucial for sustaining collaboration, particularly under frustration and uncertainty. Further data analysis will further explore the collaborative processes, students’ reflections on collaboration and the differences and similarities between distinct interdisciplinary programmes in which students complete collaborative tasks. These comparisons will offer insight into how interdisciplinary settings and contexts shape collaborative processes and learning in interdisciplinary group work. References Han, F., & Ellis, R. A. (2021). Predicting students’ academic performance by their online learning patterns in a blended course: To what extent is a theory-driven approach and a data-driven approach consistent? Educational Technology & Society, 24(1), 191–204. https://www.jstor.org/stable/26977867 Jornet, A., & Damsa, C. (2021). Unit of analysis from an ecological perspective: Beyond the individual/social dichotomy. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 31, Article 100329. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2019.100329 Klein, J. T. (1990). Interdisciplinarity: History, theory, and practice. Wayne State University Press. Markauskaite, L., Schwarz, B., Damşa, C., & Muukkonen, H. (2024). Beyond disciplinary engagement: Researching the ecologies of interdisciplinary learning. Journal of the Learning Sciences. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2024.2354151 Repko, A. F., & Szostak, R. (2020). Interdisciplinary research: Process and theory (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Van Leeuwen, A., Janssen, J., Erkens, G., & Brekelmans, M. (2014). Supporting teachers in guiding collaborating students: Effects of learning analytics in CSCL. Computers & Education, 79, 28–39. https://doi-org.leidenuniv.idm.oclc.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2014.07.007 |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 23 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster Transferring Germany’s Framework Curriculum to China: Challenges in Vocational Education Policy Borrowing The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:In response to global shifts toward knowledge-based economies and changing labor market demands (Pham & Jackson, 2020), vocational education and training (VET) systems have become increasingly central to national education strategies. It has long been recognized as a pivotal mechanism for fostering socioeconomic development across diverse national contexts (Pilz & Regel, 2021). Empirical evidence suggests that the competencies of a nation’s population largely influence its long-term GDP growth (Hanushek & Woessmann, 2021). This situation has consequently led to a resurgence of interest in vocational education and training (VET) in a growing number of nations (World Bank, 2023a). This study shed light on the low- and middle-income nations that have redirected their educational focus back to VET with increased investments to attract youth to attend higher vocational education. China, a case nation for this research, is experiencing an economic slowdown (World Bank, 2023b) with a paradox between a shortage of skilled talents for 30 million manufacturing vacancies by 2025 (Ma, 2024) and an oversupply of fresh bachelor’s graduates (Bloomberg, 2021). In response, the government has initiated a strategic shift from a traditional academic focus to higher vocational education by introducing reforms to upgrade the undergraduate level and adopting successful international models (The State Council, 2019). China's vocational higher education model adapts elements of models in Western Europe (e.g., Germany, Switzerland) that strive to combine the rigour of advanced academic studies with a more applied form of training aligned with the labour market (Powell et al., 2012; Wang & Jiang, 2013). However, transferring curriculum frameworks across national systems involves complex processes of negotiation, adaptation, and reinterpretation. Germany’s VET system is deeply embedded in European educational, political, and economic traditions, including its alignment with the European Qualifications Framework (EQF) and decentralized governance structures. China's educational system is highly centralized, with policy implementation typically following a top-down, government-led model. These contrasts pose challenges to the adaptation of the German model in China’s VET system (Hummelsheim & Baur, 2014) and raise questions about how European models are interpreted and recontextualized in non-European environments and what this tells us about the global influence and limitations of European education policy. Theoretical Framework This study examines the challenges in transferring the German framework curriculum into China’s undergraduate vocational programs through the lens of reference societies (e.g., Steiner-Khami, 2022; Waldow, 2019). Reference societies serves as the theoretical framework to understand how nations adapt educational policies and models from others. Originating in sociology, reference societies theory has been widely applied in comparative education research, particularly in the study of policy borrowing and educational system transfer. When a nation borrows elements of another education system, the process is not merely direct replication but rather selective adaptation—wherein economic, political, cultural, and educational contexts shape the implementation. The effectiveness of system transfer is influenced by factors such as institutional structures, the role of government, the involvement of industries, and existing educational traditions (Waldow, 2019). This study applies the reference society theory to analyse the adaptation of Germany’s VET model in China’s undergraduate vocational education, identifying both barriers and strategies used to mitigate challenges. Research Questions The following research questions were sought to be addressed: RQ1: What challenges arise in the transfer of Germany’s VET framework curriculum to China’s undergraduate vocational institutions? RQ2: How do Chinese universities and stakeholders adapt and reinterpret the framework curriculum in light of local governance, institutional, and labor market conditions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative research design, utilizing a multi-case study approach supplemented with semi-structured interviews. This approach allows for an in-depth, contextually rich understanding of the complexities associated with implementing Germany’s framework curriculum in China’s undergraduate vocational education. By examining multiple cases, this study captures variations in experiences, challenges, and adaptation strategies across different institutional and regional contexts. The multi-case study approach is suitable for research involving policy implementation across different contexts for comparison and identification of commonalities and divergences. This study focused on three vocational universities located in different regions in China, each of which has established partnerships with German institutions and was actively engaged in transferring the German VET framework curriculum into their four-year undergraduate vocational programmes. These universities were selected through purposive sampling, ensuring representation from diverse levels of economic development. This sampling strategy facilitates an understanding of how regional variations, institutional structures, and local industry engagement influence the curriculum adaptation process. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 20 participants, including university leaders, faculty members, and teachers involved in the transfer process, providing a comprehensive view of the curriculum transfer. The sampling was also be based on the purposive principle, ensuring a diverse representation of stakeholders at various levels of the university. Thematic analysis was used to analyse the qualitative datasets and categorize and code the data to identify recurring patterns and themes using MAXQDA. It enables a structured yet flexible means of examining the challenges and strategies involved in the framework curriculum transfer. The data will be transcribed and translated if necessary. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggested that one of the primary challenges in transferring Germany’s framework curriculum to China is the fundamental difference in educational governance. Germany operates a decentralized education system, with strong industry and social partners’ involvement in VET and flexibility of institutional implementation, whereas China’s highly centralized education system relies on government-led initiatives, making university-industry collaboration more challenging and limiting the flexibility of institutional implementation. Additionally, the rapid pace of vocational education reform in China has created tensions between the need for quick implementation and ensuring curriculum quality and relevance. Vocational universities face difficulties in developing industry-aligned curricula due to insufficient private-sector engagement and a lack of qualified vocational teaching personnel with industry experience. This study contributed to the growing body of research on VET system transfer, offering insights into the challenges of adapting foreign educational models to different socioeconomic and educational contexts. By applying reference societies theory, the study enhanced understanding of how countries selectively borrow and adapt educational frameworks. It provided valuable insights into the complexities of international educational policy borrowing and highlights the importance of contextual adaptability. Beyond the practical challenges of curriculum transfer, this study also contributed to theoretical debates within comparative education and adds a critical voice to discussions around how EU-originated models are used and sometimes reinterpreted as part of national modernization agendas outside Europe. It held relevance for other emerging economies seeking to reform their VET systems by drawing inspiration from successful European models. References Bloomberg. (2021, June 21). China jobs: unemployment rate dips, but numbers mask structural problems keeping graduates out of work. South China Morning Post. Brown, P., & Souto-Otero, M. (2020). The end of the credential society? An analysis of the relationship between education and the labour market using big data. Journal of Education Policy, 35(1), 95-118. Hanushek, E. A., & Woessmann, L. (2021). Education and economic growth. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Economics and Finance. Ma, S. (2024, March 9). China jobs: push to raise incomes, social standing of indispensable skilled workers at ‘two sessions’ amid hi-tech drive. South China Morning Post. McKinsey Global Institute. (2021). Reskilling China: Transforming the world’s largest workforce into lifelong learners. The Ministry of Education (MoE). (2021). Major educational achievements in China in 2020. The Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China. The Ministry of Education (MoE). (2023). Statistical report on China’s educational achievements in 2022. The Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China. Pham, T., & Jackson, D. (2020). Employability and determinants of employment outcomes. In T. L. Huu Nghia, T. Pham, M. Tomlinson, K. Medica, & C. Thompson (Eds.), Developing and utilizing employability capitals (1st ed., pp. 237-255). Routledge. Pilz, M. & Regel, J. (2021). Vocational Education and Training in India: Prospects and Challenges from an Outside Perspective. Margin: The Journal of Applied Economic Research, 15(1), 101-121. Powell, J., Graf, L., Bernhard, N., Controt, L., & Kieffer, A. (2012). The shifting relationship between vocational and higher education in France and Germany: towards convergence? European Journal of Education, 47(3), 406-423. Waldow, F. (2019). Introduction: Projection in Education Policy-Making. In F. Waldow & G. Steiner-Khamsi (eds.), Understanding Pisa’s Attractiveness: Critical Analyses in Comparative Policy Studies (pp. 1-21). Bloomsbury. Wang, L., & Jiang, D. (2013). Chinese vocational education: borrowing and reforming. Chinese Education and Society, 46(4), pp. 92-99. The State Council. (2019). State Council encourages vocational education reform [Policy brief]. The State Council of the People’s Republic of China. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2022). What is in a reference? Theoretically understanding the uses of evidence in education policy. In B. Karseth, K. Sivesind, & G. Seiner-Khamsi (Eds.), Evidence and expertise in Nordic education policy: A comparative network analysis (pp. 33-58). Springer. World Bank. (2023a, July 12). Improve technical and vocational education and training (TVET) to meet skills and labour mismatch [Press release]. https://www.worldbank.org/en/news/press-release/2023/07/12/improve-technical-vocational-education-training-tvet-meet-skills-labour-mismatch World Bank. (2023b, December 14). Sustained policy support and deeper structural reforms to revive China’s growth momentum – World Bank Report [Press release]. https://www.worldbank.org/en/news/press-release/2023/12/14/sustained-policy-support-and-deeper-structural-reforms-to-revive-china-s-growth-momentum-world-bank-report 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster The Best Interests of the Child as a Legal Principle in Educational Policy University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines the construction of the best interests of the child as part of the objectives of the legislative reform of support for learning and school attendance in Finland from the perspective of special education and education policy. The best interests of the child, originating from the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989), is an interpretative concept (UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, 2013), that functions as a right, guiding principle, and procedure (Välijärvi, 2019). The primacy of the best interests of the child (Act on Amendments to the Basic Education Act 163/2022) was added to the Finnish Basic Education Act in 2022, requiring its consideration when planning, implementing and deciding on teaching (Government proposal 212/2024). In Finland, the legislation on support for learning and school attendance in pre-primary and basic education was reformed in 2025 following Prime Minister Orpo’s Government Programme (2023). The objectives of the reform include strengthening early identification of support needs, clarifying support at the national level, ensuring equality and timeliness in access to support, and reducing the number of pedagogical documents related to support measures. The three-tier support model (general, intensified, special) was replaced by group-specific and individual support (Act on Amendments to the Basic Education Act 1090/2024). Group-specific support includes remedial teaching, remedial teaching in the language of instruction and teaching provided by a special educational needs teacher. Individual support is provided when group-specific support is deemed insufficient and is based on an assessment of the pupil’s need for support, a plan, and an administrative decision. It may include teaching provided partly in a small group, teaching in a special needs class where necessary, as well as interpretation and assistant services. This qualitative study examines the reform of support for learning and school attendance and the construction of the best interests of the child through educational policy objectives using Fraser’s (2003; 2008) theory of justice (redistribution, recognition, representation). Redistribution is based on the idea in which structural resource disparities and injustice must be dismantled. Recognition refers to acknowledging learners as different individuals whose characteristics must be considered, while non-recognition prevents participation on equal terms. Representation refers to the political dimension of justice, addressing who is included in decision-making processes, at what levels decisions are made, and whose voices are marginalized or excluded. The research approach is critical, examining how the primacy of the best interests of the child functions in relation to educational policy objectives. The research question is:
Based on the data, educational policy objectives are generally aligned with the best interests of the child. From the perspective of Fraser’s redistribution, equality is pursued through primary, group-specific support measures provided to all students, requiring at least 0.122 hours per week per student. The documents emphasize that schools are responsible for identifying students’ needs in a timely manner. Interpreted through the dimension of representation, decision-making and accountability are primarily located at the local level. Individual support must be provided immediately if group-specific support is found not to be sufficient, corresponding to Fraser’s dimension of recognition. Overall, the findings indicate that while educational policy objectives and the best interests of the child are generally aligned, the open-ended nature of the concept poses a risk to the consistent implementation of educational policy objectives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study approaches the realization of the best interests of the child in the educational policy objectives of the legislative reform of support for learning and school attendance in pre-primary and basic education with a critical research approach. The focus is on identifying how the primacy of the best interests of the child functions as a promoter of educational policy objectives and how the best interests of the child and these objectives interact. The data consists of legislative documents, including amendments to the Basic Education Act (1090/2024; 245/2025), preparatory materials such as government proposals, and revisions to the national core curriculum for basic education (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2014). The documents describe the kind of preparatory work and education policy discussion that has been behind the reform and what the legislation and guidelines that have come into force contain. The data is examined using theory-driven content analysis, identifying its substantive meanings (Tuomi & Sarajärvi, 2018). The study examines the reform of support for learning and school attendance in pre-primary and basic education, and the construction of the child’s best interests through educational policy objectives through Fraser’s (2003; 2008) justice theory framework (redistribution, recognition, representation). The data was first approached by collecting all mentions of the child’s best interests and the verbs used to talk about the concept. The collection of verbs tells us what role the child’s best interests are conceptualized in the documents. After this, the sections that talked about the educational policy objectives of the reform were collected, as this is the basis for why the reform was implemented. After compiling the objectives, the revised section on the content of learning and school support was examined – what is said there in relation to the set of educational policy objectives from the perspective of the child’s best interests. The aim of the data analysis was to identify what kind of support needs will be identified as part of achieving the objectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preparatory documents construct the educational policy objectives of equality and early and preventive support as being aligned with the best interests of the child. During the preparatory work, the Regional State Administrative Agency emphasized that the reform should be implemented in a child-oriented rather than resource-oriented manner. All activities must be based on the best interests of the child (Government proposal 114/2024). From the perspective of representation, group-specific support is framed as guaranteeing support within students’ own groups, reflecting inclusive thinking. Recognition is evident in the increased attention given to students with an immigrant background through remedial teaching in the language of instruction. From the perspective of redistribution, equality is pursued through primary, group-specific support for all students, requiring a minimum of 0.122 hours per week per student that municipalities must financially secure and that is constructed as being in the best interests of the child. However, differences in municipal financial capacity may place municipalities in unequal positions in providing support. While framed as being in the best interests of the child, the minimum allocation of support hours risks defining adequacy in terms of compliance rather than actual need. The findings suggest that the reform positions schools and teachers as primary actors responsible for interpreting and operationalizing the best interests of the child in everyday practice. The documents frame individual support as requiring immediate action when group-specific support is deemed insufficient, emphasizing timeliness and individual consideration. Overall, the results suggest that educational policy objectives are grounded in the idea of the best interests of the child, even when the concept is not explicitly named. As needs are assessed on a case-by-case basis, the notion of “sufficient support” remains open to interpretation and does not indicate whether sufficiency refers to minimum measures or meeting needs. References Act on Amendments to the Basic Education Act 163/2022. https://www.finlex.fi/fi/lainsaadanto/saadoskokoelma/2022/163 Act on Amendments to the Basic Education Act 1090/2024 https://www.finlex.fi/fi/lainsaadanto/saadoskokoelma/2024/1090 Act on Amendments to the Basic Education Act 245/2025 https://www.finlex.fi/fi/lainsaadanto/saadoskokoelma/2025/245 Finnish Government. (2023). A Strong and Committed Finland: Programme of Prime Minister Petteri Orpo’s Government 20 June 2023. (Publications of the Finnish Government 2023:60). Finnish Government. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-383-818-5 Finnish National Agency for Education (2014). Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteet 2014 (Määräykset ja ohjeet 2014:96). Opetushallitus. Fraser, N. (2003). Social justice in the age of identity politics: Redistribution recognition and participation. Teoksessa N. Fraser & A. Honneth, Redistribution or recognition? A Political-Philosophical Exchange (s. 1–109). Verso. Fraser, N. (2008): Scales of justice: Reimagining political space in a globalizing world. Polity Press. Government proposal 114/2024 vp. Hallituksen esitys eduskunnalle laiksi perusopetuslain muuttamisesta ja siihen liittyviksi laeiksi. Government proposal 212/2024 vp. Hallituksen esitys eduskunnalle laiksi perusopetuslain muuttamisesta ja siihen liittyviksi laeiksi. Tuomi, J. & Sarajärvi, A. (2018). Laadullinen tutkimus ja sisällönanalyysi. Tammi. UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2013). General comment No. 14 (2013) on the right of the child to have his or her best interests taken as a primary consideration (art. 3, para. 1). 29 May 2013, CRC/C/GC/14. United Nations Digital Library. https://digitallibrary.un.org/record/778523?v=pdf United Nations (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. Välijärvi, J. (2019). Edellytykset kasvuun, oppimiseen ja osallisuuteen kaikille - Tutkijoiden havaintoja ja suosituksia lasten ja nuorten monipuolisen kehityksen, terveyden ja vaikuttamisen mahdollisuuksien edistämiseksi. (Valtioneuvoston julkaisuja 2019:7). Valtioneuvosto. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-287-701-7 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster Who Makes Early Childhood Assessment Possible? Actors, Expertise and Enrolment in the International Early Learning and Child Well-being Study University of Gävle, Sweden Presenting Author:OECD’s International Early Learning and Child Well-being Study (IELS) is an international large-scale assessment directed at measuring five-year-olds. The study has been described as an important step in the OECD’s expanding portfolio of large-scale assessments, as it extends international comparison to five-year-olds. IELS is often framed as a complement to the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), since it enables countries to construct a more comprehensive picture of their educational systems, spanning from preschool age to fifteen-year-olds (Phair, 2021; Sousa et al., 2026). In this way, IELS is also presented as a guidepost, both for countries in the development of their early childhood education (ECE) systems and for future international assessments (Phair, 2021). At the same time, IELS has met a great deal of criticism. It is described as not contributing knowledge that was not already known, and as an initiative in which the OECD has not sufficiently involved the preschool community in the development of the assessments (Moss & Urban, 2024). Furthermore, the assessment has been criticised for bringing forward a normative image of the child and of what counts as good education, thereby marginalising and reducing the complexity of ECE across different national contexts (Delaune, 2019). IELS has also been described as contributing to the datafication and commercialisation of ECE systems (Roberts-Holmes, 2019). Earlier research has mainly focused on IELS as a policy instrument and on its implications as a governing tool for ECE (e.g. Auld & Morris, 2019; Carr et al., 2016; Delaune, 2019; Roberts-Holmes, 2019; Sousa et al., 2026; Urban, 2019; Urban & Moss, 2020). Fewer studies have focused on how IELS is done and on what makes the assessment possible. That is, which actors are involved in its development, execution, and legitimisation, how these actors are positioned, and what knowledge about the ECE sector is mobilised, or marginalised, in the process. With this in mind, the proposed study aims to examine how IELS is constituted through a network of human and non-human actors, and how forms of expertise and knowledge about early childhood education are produced and stabilised within this network. Rather than viewing IELS as an already produced and coherent policy tool, the study analyses IELS as an ongoing sociomaterial process (Fenwick & Edwards, 2019). The proposed study is guided by the following research questions:
Theoretically, the study takes actor-network theory (ANT) as its point of departure, with particular attention to the concepts enrolment and translation (Fenwick & Edwards, 2019; Latour, 1987; Law & Hassard, 1999). From this perspective, policy and assessments are not understood as fixed entities that can be implemented linearly, but as outcomes of relational processes through which heterogeneous actors, such as documents, technologies, experts, technicians and institutions, are connected and held in place (Fenwick & Edwards, 2019). Actors are not simply involved; they are positioned, authorised and mobilised through particular relations (Fenwick & Edwards, 2019). Enrolment and translation are used to examine how actors are mobilised and assigned different roles within IELS and how their knowledge, interests and responsibilities are transformed as they move across different sites (Fenwick & Edwards, 2019; Latour, 1987; Law & Hassard, 1999). These perspectives make it possible to analyse how legitimacy and authority are produced relationally and how certain forms of knowledge are prioritised in the construction of international assessments in ECE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a qualitative document analysis inspired by Asdal and Reinertsen (2022), in which documents are approached as performative objects rather than passive representations. This approach is particularly suitable for examining international assessments such as IELS, where policy, expertise and measurement can be examined as articulated and negotiated through documents (Asdal & Reinertsen, 2022). The empirical material consists of publicly available documents related to IELS. This includes policy and background reports produced by the OECD, documents published by consortium partners such as IEA, ACER and cApStAn, as well as national and international webpages where IELS is presented, explained and justified. These materials are treated as key sites where actors, responsibilities and forms of expertise are articulated and where the assessments are made meaningful and legitimate. The documents are selected through an analytical interest how different actors are positioned in relation to IELS, and how they position themselves. Particular attention is given to documents in which actors’ roles, responsibilities and contributions are formulated either explicitly or implicitly. This includes, for example, descriptions of methodological expertise, test development, implementation procedures, data handling and quality assurance. Through this selection strategy, the analysis focuses on documents where relations between actors are most clearly enacted. The analysis is conducted through an ANT-inspired reading of the documents (Asdal & Reinertsen, 2022; Fenwick & Edwards, 2019). Analytical attention is directed towards processes of enrolment, that is, how actors are mobilised, assigned roles and made relevant to the assessment (Fenwick & Edwards, 2019). This includes examining what kinds of knowledge about early childhood education (ECE) different actors are understood to possess, how such knowledge is articulated, and how actors lacking explicit ECE expertise are nevertheless positioned as authoritative within the assessment. The analysis also examines how relations between actors are stabilised over time, for example through recurring descriptions, references to expertise, or the establishment of standardised procedures. In addition, the analysis focuses on processes of translation, examining how knowledge about ECE is transformed as it moves across sites. Particular attention is paid to how different forms of knowledge, such as professional, pedagogical or didactical knowledge, are reworked, foregrounded or backgrounded in these translations. The analysis is exploratory and forms part of an ongoing research process. At this stage the study seeks to map what makes IELS possible, thereby laying the groundwork for further analytical development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The proposed study is in an exploratory phase and forms part of a doctoral research project. Rather than presenting results, this part reflects on analytical insight into what makes IELS possible through the enrolment of different actors. With the analytical focus that is under development, the study is expected to contribute with in-depth knowledge about the actors that are part of IELS, and the processes through which participation and authority is established. The analysis may show that IELS is constituted through a broad spectrum of actors with varying degrees of relevance for early childhood education (ECE). While some actors can mobilise professional knowledge about ECE, others may mainly contribute with technical or methodological expertise related to measurement. By examining how these different forms of knowledge are assigned varying importance and are positioned in relation to one another, the study may make visible how authority within IELS, similar to other assessments such as PISA (Williamson & Piattoeva, 2019), is not necessarily grounded in experience in ECE practice, but instead produced through processes of enrolment and translation. Through its focus on these processes, the study contributes to research about IELS by shifting attention from results and arguments to the sociomaterial labour that holds together the various entities involved in IELS. In this way, IELS is not only approached as a governing tool, but as a study object, making it possible to develop a deeper understanding of international governance within ECE. Moreover, the study may contribute with knowledge how international large-scale assessment can come to influence national ECE contexts. Drawing on research on PISA (Steiner-Khamsi & Waldow, 2019), which has demonstrated impact on national education policy in participating countries, the study offers analytical resources for understanding how similar processes of legitimation and impact may develop in relation to IELS. References Asdal, K., & Reinertsen, H. (2022). Doing document analysis: A practice-oriented method. SAGE. Auld, E., & Morris, P. (2019). The OECD and IELS: Redefining Early Childhood Education for the 21st Century. Policy Futures in Education, 17(1), 11–26. (EJ1204861). https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210318823949 Carr, M., Mitchell, L., & Rameka, L. (2016). Some Thoughts about the Value of an OECD International Assessment Framework for Early Childhood Services in Aotearoa New Zealand. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 17(4), 450–454. (EJ1123621). https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949116680705 Delaune, A. (2019). Neoliberalism, Neoconservativism, and Globalisation: The OECD and New Images of What Is ”Best” in Early Childhood Education. Policy Futures in Education, 17(1), 59–70. (EJ1204865). https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210318822182 Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2019). Revisiting actor-network theory in education. Routledge. Latour, B. (1987). Science in action: How to follow scientists and engineers through society. Harvard University Press. Law, J., & Hassard, J. (1999). Actor network theory and after. Blackwell. Moss, P., & Urban, M. (2024). The organisation for economic co-operation and development’s international early learning and child well-being study: Here we go again! Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 25(3), 371–375. https://doi.org/10.1177/14639491241266320 Phair, R. (2021). International early learning and child well-being study assessment framework. OECD Education Working Papers. https://doi.org/10.1787/af403e1e-en Roberts-Holmes, G. (2019). Governing and commercialising early childhood education: Profiting from The International Early Learning and Well-being Study (IELS)? Policy Futures in Education, 17(1), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210318821761 Sousa, D., Morris, P., & Moss, P. (2026). The International Early Learning and Child Well-being Study, PISA and the decline of the OECD’s testing regime. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 0(0), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2025.2601162 Steiner-Khamsi, G., & Waldow, F. (2019). Understanding PISA’s attractiveness: Critical analyses in comparative policy studies. Bloomsbury Academic. Urban, M. (2019). The Shape of Things to Come and what to do about Tom and Mia: Interrogating the OECD’s International Early Learning and Child Well-Being Study from an anti-colonialist perspective. Policy Futures in Education, 17(1), 87–101. https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210318819177 Urban, M., & Moss, P. (2020). The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s International Early Learning Study: The Scores are In! Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood. Williamson, B., & Piattoeva, N. (2019). Objectivity as standardization in data-scientific education policy, technology and governance. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 64–76. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2018.1556215 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster Learning Assumptions Supporting Children’s Participation During the Transition from Early Childhood Education to Primary Education 1: Osaka Aoyama University, Japan; 2: Miyake Municipal Miyake Preschool, Japan Presenting Author:The purpose of this study is to clarify, through comparative analysis of policy documents, the learning assumptions underlying children’s participation in activities during the transition from early childhood education and care (ECEC) to primary education. Specifically, this study examines Finland’s National Core Curriculum for ECEC and Japan’s policy guidelines on the “Bridging Period” (Kakehashi-ki) to investigate how children’s participation is structured based on learning assumptions. In recent years, as international emphasis on academic achievement and standardized assessment has intensified, reconsidering the nature of education and the meaning of children’s participation during transitional periods has become an important issue (Kangas & Ukkonen-Mikkola, 2021; Biesta, 2015). Biesta (2008, 2015) argues that educational decision-making inevitably involves value judgments concerning what is educationally desirable, and that what ought to be done cannot be logically derived from factual information alone. In other words, no matter how abundant measurement data and empirical evidence may be, they cannot determine educational direction by themselves; normative judgments are always involved. Furthermore, Biesta conceptualizes this issue as “normative validity,” questioning whether we are truly measuring what matters. This perspective suggests that educational policies and curricula are not formed solely on the basis of objective facts but are shaped by particular values, views of children, and conceptions of learning. Accordingly, policy documents can be understood not merely as technical guidelines for institutional design and practice, but as normative texts reflecting socially preferred images of children and learning. Based on this perspective, this study conceptualizes “learning assumptions” through three dimensions: (1) views of children, (2) conceptions of learning, and (3) justificatory logics of participation. The transition from ECEC to primary education constitutes a critical period for children’s lifelong learning and development. In Finland, this transition has been conceptualized as a flexible continuum, supported by institutional reforms (Harju et al., 2024). At the same time, practical challenges such as imbalances in professional collaboration and ambiguities in role distribution have been reported (Väätänen, 2025; Ministry of Education and Culture, 2017). Harju et al. (2024) conceptualize transitions as processes in which continuities and discontinuities overlap within children’s everyday experiences. Kangas and Ukkonen-Mikkola (2021) further note that the extension of the transition period has generated tensions related to “schoolification” and to the balance between viewing children as “being” and “becoming.” In Japan, Saito and Muto (2022) demonstrate how knowledge about transitions has been constructed through interactions among policy, research, and practice. Yamaguchi et al. (2025) report that enhanced dialogue during curriculum development has promoted mutual understanding between early childhood educators and primary school teachers. Ashida (2024) shows that deeper understanding of play-based practices contributes to stronger perceptions of continuity between early childhood and primary education. At the same time, weaknesses in continuity in daily life and care have been identified (Noro, 2008), and National surveys conducted by the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology (2010, 2013, 2025) indicate that many initiatives remain superficial and have not led to shared educational philosophies or coherent curriculum alignment. While Japanese studies have provided important insights into institutional and practical challenges, relatively few have systematically analyzed the learning assumptions embedded in policy documents. Although institutional arrangements and practical research on transitions have progressed in both Finland and Japan, comparative studies focusing on underlying value assumptions remain limited. In light of these issues, this study addresses the following research question: How is children’s participation during the transition period represented in policy documents, and how do these representations differ between Finland and Japan, based on particular Learning Assumptions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As an analytical framework, the concept of “learning assumptions” was adopted and operationalized through three analytical dimensions: views of children, conceptions of learning, and justificatory logics of participation. The documents analyzed included Finland’s National Core Curriculum for ECEC (2022) and Japan’s Guidelines for Connecting Early Childhood Education and Primary Education as the Foundation of Learning and Life (2023) and Course of Study for Kindergartens (2017). These documents were identified as core policy texts guiding educational practice during the transition period. Qualitative content analysis was employed to code and categorize relevant passages in the documents. First, all documents were carefully reviewed to extract descriptions related to children’s participation, learning, support, and assessment. These passages were then divided into minimal meaning units and subjected to open coding, generating initial codes such as “active agency,” “learning through play,” and “smooth transition.” Next, the generated codes were compared and integrated through axial coding to clarify their relationships with the three analytical dimensions. Codes related to children’s positioning were categorized under “views of children,” those concerning learning structures and evaluation under “conceptions of learning,” and those indicating the purposes and meanings of participation under “justificatory logics of participation.” Special attention was paid to differences in meaning and function when similar concepts appeared in different contexts. Furthermore, codes from Finland and Japan were systematically contrasted within each dimension to identify patterns of similarity and difference. To enhance analytical reliability, the coding results were repeatedly reviewed and compared with relevant previous studies. Through these procedures, this study structurally visualized the learning assumptions embedded in policy documents and comparatively clarified the principles shaping children’s participation during the transition period. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis revealed that, while there are similarities in the principles underlying children’s participation in both countries, significant differences related to institutional design were also identified. First, regarding views of children, in Finland, children are positioned as “rights-holders” who participate in educational activities and planning, and their involvement in the development and evaluation of ECEC plans is clearly stipulated. Participation is embedded as a fundamental institutional condition. In contrast, in Japan, children are primarily described as “learners in transition,” with an emphasis on connecting play in early childhood with primary school education. Second, in terms of conceptions of learning, learning in Finland is understood as a holistic process emphasizing transversal competencies and participation. In Japan, ensuring continuity between play-based learning and subject-based learning is presented as a central challenge, and learning outcomes are made visible through instruments such as the Start Curriculum and the “Ten Desirable Characteristics.” Furthermore, regarding the justificatory logic of participation, in Finland participation is explained in relation to values such as democracy and social inclusion, and is positioned as both a right of children and a foundation for citizenship formation. In Japan, participation is mainly justified in relation to functional objectives such as smooth transitions, prevention of maladjustment, and reduction of experiential disparities. Overall, the analysis indicates that while both countries highlight children’s participation, differences can be observed in how participation is framed and justified within their policy frameworks. These similarities and differences reflect distinct learning assumptions underlying transition policies in the two countries. References Biesta, G. (2008). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 33–46. Biesta, G. (2015). What is education for? On good education, teacher judgement, and educational professionalism. European Journal of Education, 50(1), 75–87. Harju, K., Vuorisalo, M., Paananen, M., & Rutanen, N. (2024). Children’s transitions in early childhood education and care: Various combinations of dis-/continuities. Early Years, 44(3–4), 735–750. Kangas, J., & Ukkonen-Mikkola, T. (2021). Changing transitions from early childhood education to primary education in Finland. In S. Rutar, D. Felda, M. Rodela, N. Krmac, M. Marovič, & K. Drljić (Eds.), Transitions in Different Social and Educational Environments (pp. 59–76). Univerza na Primorskem. Saito, T., & Muto, T. (2022). The production and transmission of “knowledge” in Japanese early childhood education. Journal of Japan Society of Research on Early Childhood Care and Education, 60(1), 57–68. Ashida, Y. (2024). Factors promoting primary school teachers’ understanding of early childhood education. Journal of Japan Society of Research on Early Childhood Care and Education, 62(2), 55–66. Noro, A. (2008). Cooperation between early childhood and primary education focusing on care and protection. Journal of Japan Society of Research on Early Childhood Care and Education, 46(1), 51–61. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster The Geffen Policy for Expanding Pedagogical and Administrative Flexibility in the Israeli Education System: Neoliberal Perceptions from School Principals’ Perspectives Ben Gurion University in the Negev, Israel Presenting Author:Studies worldwide (Ball & Bronwen, 2023; Ball, 2017, 2020; Kronqvist Håård, 2025) indicate that neoliberal reforms, implemented through gradual processes, are profoundly transforming education. These reforms are turning education into a competitive market system that prioritizes human capital over the public good. Characterized by competitive market forces, privatization, standardized testing such as PISA, and accountability mechanisms, these reforms are fundamentally reshaping the role of school principals. They are transforming principals into entrepreneurial managers who focus on school marketing, competition for students and resources, and performance measurement. This shift is accompanied by accumulating workloads, psychological stress, changes in their professional identity, and a reduced ability to promote democratic values. Nevertheless, as Jones and Ball emphasize (Jones & Ball, 2023), neoliberalism is not a unidirectional and unstoppable force. Despite its power, it creates spaces of “wriggle room” in which educational actors, and particularly school principals as active interpretive agents, can interpret, translate, adapt, or partially resist neoliberal logic. Principals are not passive “performativity” implementers; rather, they act as mediators between policy directives and the everyday reality of the school (Ball et al., 2010, 2012; Braun et al., 2011; Davidovitz & Schechter, 2024). The present study focuses on neoliberal perceptions from the viewpoint of 41 elementary and secondary school principals. It follows up on a previous study I conducted, which examined the Geffen Policy from the perspective of policy designers (Bar-Tov, 2024). The current research gives voice to school principals, the central actors who serve as active interpretive agents. These principals shape policy implementation and function as mediators between policy directives and their actual enactment in the school system (Ball et al., 2010, 2012; Braun et al., 2011; Jones & Ball, 2023). The research question is: How are neoliberal characteristics in the Geffen Policy manifested in the perceptions of school principals as active interpretive agents who shape the implementation of the Geffen Policy? The present study explored how neoliberal characteristics are expressed in the perceptions of Israeli school principals, viewed as active interpretive agents who shape the enactment of the Geffen Policy. Data were collected from a diverse sample of 41 principals working in schools that differ in socio-economic background, size, and educational level. The analysis was conducted during the fourth year of the Geffen Policy’s implementation, a period in which the policy has yet to be examined through a neoliberal lens from the viewpoint of school principals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative approach, which is particularly suitable for understanding complex educational phenomena from the perspective of the field actors themselves. It is based on the understanding that knowledge is context-dependent and rooted in personal experience, and that researchers are not external observers but active partners in the interpretive process. This approach enables the exploration not only of what actually occurs, but also of the ways in which participants construct meaning from their experiences (Ben-Yehoshua, 2016). The choice of a qualitative study stems from the desire to produce an in-depth interpretive analysis of institutional processes, rather than to collect The analysis of the interviews in this study was based on the interpretive-iterative approach proposed by Gerson and Damaske (Gerson & Damaske, 2021), a method that combines systematic procedures with deep interpretation through constant movement between stages. This was supplemented by document and representational analysis, a central analytical tool in qualitative research. Such analysis makes it possible to uncover the institutional logic, social values, and policy assumptions embedded in official texts (Shkedi, 2014; Krippendorff, 2004). The integration of semi-structured in-depth interviews with the analysis of official documents and representations allowed for triangulation across diverse sources of information, thereby strengthening the trustworthiness of the study (Creswell & Poth, 2018; Gerson & Damaske, 2021). Research Sample The research sample consists of 41 school principals, representing different educational stages: 28 elementary school principals and 13 secondary school principals from schools with varied socio-economic backgrounds (low, medium, and high). Of the 41 principals, 36 are veteran principals who have led the implementation of the Geffen Policy from its inception, while 5 are relatively new principals with 1–3 years of experience in school leadership. The sample selection was guided by methodological principles of qualitative research, as described by Sabar Ben-Yehoshua (2016), who emphasizes the importance of selecting participants capable of providing “rich descriptions” of the phenomenon under study while ensuring a diversity of perspectives. Accordingly, purposive sampling was employed, with the aim of achieving diversity across educational contexts while maintaining relevance to the research questions Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings School principals are required to develop advanced financial management skills to handle large budgets through the digital Geffen system. This shift is experienced as a profound change, moving from a pedagogical-educational role to business-oriented management, resulting in heavy workloads, anxiety, and pressure, especially in the early years of implementation. The Israeli education system is increasingly oriented toward competition and efficiency. The Geffen Policy intensifies this trend, requiring principals to invest significant resources in marketing, branding, and promotion. While strong schools thrive, small schools in low socio-economic areas struggle with limited budgets and reduced ability to compete. Accountability operates differentially: tight regulation and constant oversight in weaker schools, versus broader flexibility in strong, high-achieving ones. The policy strengthens classic neoliberal features while creating “wriggle room” that allows principals to act as active interpretive agents. However, these spaces of maneuver are unequally distributed, deepening disparities in autonomy and control. This reveals a clear neoliberal paradox: a policy meant to promote efficiency, flexibility, and equality actually widens gaps between schools. A central insight is the trap of digital centralization. Although presented as pedagogical and administrative flexibility, the Geffen Policy reflects controlled decentralization under tight digital oversight, creating contradictory logics of trust and intensified regulation. Contribution of the Study This study contributes to both the Israeli and international research fields by presenting the Geffen digital system as a unique neoliberal mechanism that combines bounded flexibility with centralization, an aspect that has scarcely been examined in previous research. Furthermore, the Geffen Policy was analyzed through a neoliberal lens from the perspective of 41 school principals, a relatively large and diverse sample. While many international studies focus on teachers or small groups of principals (mainly in Anglo-Saxon and European contexts), this study broadens the perspectives of school principals within neoliberal contexts. References Ärlestig, H., & Johansson, O. (2020). Educational Authorities and the Schools: Organisation and Impact in 20 States (1st ed. 2020., Vol. 13). Springer International Publishing AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-38759-4 Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc.: New policy networks and the neo-liberal imaginary. Routledge Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2011). Policy subjects and policy actors in schools: Some necessary but insufficient analyses. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 611-624. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601564 Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools Routledge Bar-Tov, I. (2024). The ideological, historical, political and administrative sources that led to the development of the Geffen policy: This is not autonomy, this is flexibility* [Unpublished master's thesis]. Ben-Gurion University of the Negev. Berkovich, I. (2019). Educational governance transition in a social democratic country: A process-tracing analysis. Journal of Educational Change, 20(2), 193–219. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09340-8 Bunar, N., & Ambrose, A. (2016). Schools, choice and reputation: Local school markets and the distribution of symbolic capital in segregated cities. Research in Comparative & International Education, 11(1), 34–51. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745499916631064 Braun, A., Maguire, M., & Ball, S. J. (2010). Policy enactments in the UK secondary school: Examining policy, practice and school positioning. Journal of Education Policy, 25(4), 547-560. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680931003698544 Feniger, Y. (2024). Enacting Tracking Policy in Schools: Balancing Pressures and Values. Government of Israel. (2022, August 1). The plan for administrative flexibility in the education system (Government Decision No. 226). Gustafsson, U. (2024). School digitalisation in Sweden: governance and policy translation in a decentralised K-12 education context. Jones, B. M. A., & Ball, S. J. (Eds.). (2023). Neoliberalism and education. Kerssens, N., & Van Dijck, J. (2022). Governed by edtech? Valuing pedagogical autonomy in a platform society. Harvard Educational Review, 92(2), 284-303. Michali, N. (2015). Privatization in the education system. In Y. Gal-Nur, A. Paz-Fuchs, & N. Zion (Eds.), Privatization policy in Israel: State responsibility and the boundaries between public and private (pp. 183-237). Van Leer Institute and United Kibbutz. Ministry of Education and Culture. (2025). Geffen guide for schools, local authorities and education networks. Tsabar Ben-Yehoshua, N. (2016). Traditions and trends in qualitative research. Mofet Institute. Volansky, A. (2020). Yesterday's students, tomorrow's students: Three waves of reforms in the world of education* (Vol. A). Shoken Publishing. Kronqvist Håård, M. (2025). How school leaders navigate neoliberal education reform: A scoping review. *Education Policy Analysis Archives*, 33(68). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.33.8807 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster School Budgets and the Depoliticisation of Inequality: Economisation in the German Startchancen Programme Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:In many European education systems, social inequality is increasingly governed through programmes that combine evidence-informed targeting, preventive intervention, and enhanced school autonomy (Bellmann & Müller 2011; Bellmann 2016; Altrichter & Heinrich 2020). In these approaches, social indices, monitoring systems, and performance indicators play a central role in defining needs, priorities, and legitimate policies (Heinrich 2015; Niesyto 2024). While these approaches are frequently presented as progressive responses to persistent educational inequality, they simultaneously transform how inequality is problematised and governed. In doing so, they relocate responsibility for structural challenges to individual schools. This shift occurs despite the fact that these organisations remain embedded in hierarchical dependency relations vis-à-vis higher-level institutional frameworks, thereby producing a tension between expanded decision-making autonomy and continued structural constraint. For the poster, the contribution takes a close look at a newly introduced nationwide programme in Germany aimed at reducing educational inequality. The programme targets approximately 4,000 schools located in socio-spatially disadvantaged areas across all federal states. A core element is the allocation of a dedicated budget to each school, obliged them to design and implement context-specific measures tailored to their local needs. This policy design entails a relocation of responsibility: rather than being understood primarily as a structural outcome of socio-economic stratification, labour markets, housing policies, or migration regimes (Fraser 1995; Cremer 2021), inequality increasingly appears as a developmental risk to be mitigated through early intervention, targeted funding, and school-based improvement strategies. Drawing on theories of social inequality (Fraser 1995, 2010) and critical research on educational governance and economisation (Ball 2007; Biesta 2016), the paper conceptualises the reconfiguration of preventive education policy as a shift in how inequality is understood and governed. From a Fraserian perspective, social inequality encompasses not only maldistribution and misrecognition, but also limitations of participatory parity—the capacity of affected groups to take part in decisions that shape their lives. When responsibility for tackling inequality is relocated to the level of individual schools, this participatory dimension becomes constrained. The negotiation of social and educational justice moves from the political arena, where distributive conflicts and policy priorities can be publicly contested, into administrative and organisational domains. In this sense, the local governance of disadvantage entails a depoliticisation of inequality. Building on insights from critical governance research, this dynamic can be understood as part of a broader process of economisation in education (Ball 2007; Biesta 2016). Decentralisation, accountability, and outcome orientation have introduced economic rationalities into domains previously conceived as social or pedagogical. Within this paradigm, autonomy and responsibility are redefined in managerial terms: schools are expected to act as self-steering organisations that plan strategically, allocate resources efficiently, and document measurable improvement. Yet, this shift in governance does not democratise educational decision-making. Rather, it transforms structural and political issues into technical tasks of organisational optimisation. School leaders—positioned at the intersection of professional and bureaucratic demands—assume responsibilities for social problems without equivalent decision-making legitimacy or redistributive power. Consequently, the economisation of prevention rearticulates inequality as a matter of calculable risk management and institutional performance, narrowing the scope for democratic debate and political contestation. Against this backdrop, the study investigates three main questions. First, how does the introduction of school budgets within this national programme reconfigure the governance of social inequality? Second, how is the programme’s guiding rationale enacted in practice, as illustrated by the example of a specific federal state? Third, how can this programme approach be critically discussed in light of broader tendencies towards economisation within education systems? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following a critical interpretive perspective, the study aims to reconstruct the underlying governance logics of the programme as well as the enactment of the programme in one federal state. Therefore, a qualitative, document-oriented analysis of policy documents, programme guidelines and implementation materials is conducted. For the programme analysis, all publicly available official documents are taken into account. These sources include formal programme descriptions, agreements between the federal government (Bund) and the states (Länder), administrative regulations and annexes to these agreements, as well as press releases, informational texts published on official websites, and subsequent ministerial statements (Mayring 2015). For the federal state case study (Yin 2018), additional state-specific documents are included. These materials were not only publicly accessible but were also provided directly by the respective state authorities and comprise internal documents as well as administrative regulations. The federal state was selected on the basis that comprehensive access to the full set of relevant documents was granted. Methodologically, the analysis follows a qualitative, interpretive approach informed by discourse-analytical and governance-oriented perspectives (Altrichter & Heinrich 2020). Documents are not understood as neutral descriptions of policy, but as performative texts that actively constitute objects of governance such as “disadvantaged schools”, “development needs”, or “effective interventions” (Forst 2018; Haraway 1988). In a first analytical step, the documents are coded with regard to how social inequality is defined, measured, and rendered actionable, with particular attention to indicators, indices, and data-based classifications (Heinrich 2015; Bildungsbericht Deutschland 2024). In a second step, the analysis reconstructs preventive and developmental rationalities, focusing on references to early intervention, risk prevention, and school improvement (Kessl 2007). In a third step, special attention is paid to passages addressing school budgets and financial autonomy, which are examined as nodal points where economic rationalities – such as calculation, prioritisation, efficiency, and accountability – become inscribed into expectations of school-level practice and thus contribute to forms of endogenous marketisation (Ball & Youdell 2008; Ball & Junemann 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the programme regulations shows that the use of school-level budgets is more constrained than the rhetoric of autonomy suggests. Although schools are formally granted responsibility for designing context-specific measures, two thirds of the budgets are earmarked for predefined areas of intervention, leaving only limited scope for discretionary use. Detailed definitions of eligible measures further narrow schools’ room for action (BMBF & KMK 2024). At the same time, the budgetary framework implies a selective prioritisation of certain forms of disadvantage. Language support and basic competencies in German and mathematics are defined as central funding priorities, while other dimensions of inequality—such as poverty or socio-spatial conditions—can only be addressed indirectly. Inequality is thus rendered governable primarily through pedagogical and organisational interventions rather than through broader structural measures. These findings expose a central tension within the programme’s governance logic. Responsibility for addressing structural disadvantage is symbolically devolved to schools, yet their actual capacity to act remains tightly regulated. The case study of one federal state confirms this ambivalence: even though schools had prior experience with financial autonomy, implementation remains heavily shaped by federal regulations. Overall, this governance mode produces contradictory effects. While school budgets may allow flexible responses to local needs, they risk depoliticising inequality when structural causes remain invisible and responsibility is individualised (Biesta 2016; Cremer 2021). A critical analysis of economisation in education policy must therefore look beyond market or choice models and examine subtle forms of economic governance—preventive rationalities, indicator-based classification, and responsibilisation—to keep redistribution and structural justice within the political horizon (Altrichter & Heinrich 2020; Kessl 2007; Forster 2017, Verger et al., 2016). References Altrichter, H., Brüsemeister, T., & Wissinger, J. (2007). Educational Governance. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Altrichter, H., & Heinrich, M. (2020). Educational Governance und Schulentwicklung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Ball, S. J. (2007). Education plc: Understanding Private Sector Participation in Public Sector Education. London: Routledge. Ball, S. J., & Junemann, C. (2012). Networks, New Governance and Education. Bristol: Policy Press. Ball, S. J., & Youdell, D. (2008). Hidden Privatisation in Public Education. London: Institute of Education. Bellmann, J., & Müller, T. (2011). Evidenzbasierte Pädagogik – ein Déjà-vu? In J. Bellmann & T. Müller (Eds.), Wissen, was wirkt (pp. 9–32). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Bellmann, J. (2016). Output- und Wettbewerbssteuerung im Schulsystem: Konzeptionelle Grundlagen und empirische Befunde. In M. Heinrich & B. Kohlstock (Hrsg.), Ambivalenzen des Ökonomischen (S. 13–34). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Biesta, G. (2016). Good Education in an Age of Measurement. London: Routledge. Bildungsbericht Deutschland. (2024). Bildung in Deutschland 2024. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF) & Kultusministerkonferenz (KMK). (2024). Startchancen-Programm: Orientierungspapier zur Verwendung der Chancenbudgets an den Startchancen-Schulen (Säule II). Berlin/Bonn. (https://www.bmftr.bund.de/SharedDocs/Downloads/DE/2024/orientierungspapier-chancenbudget-scp.pdf?__blob=publicationFile&v=4). Cremer, G. (2021). Armut in Deutschland. München: C.H. Beck. Forst, R. (2018). Normativität und Macht: Zur Analyse sozialer Rechrfertigungsordnungen (2., Aufl). Suhrkamp. Forster, E. (2017). Kritik der Evidenz. Opladen: Budrich. Fraser, N. (1995). From Redistribution to Recognition? Dilemmas of Justice in a “Post-Socialist” Age. New Left Review, 212, 68–93. Fraser, N. (2010). Scales of justice: Reimagining political space in a globalizing world (Paperback ed). Columbia Univ. Press. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. Heinrich, M. (2015). Neue „vergessene Zusammenhänge“? Die Deutsche Schule, 107(3), 285–298. Kessl, F. (2007). Wozu Studien zur Gouvernementalität in der Sozialen Arbeit? Von der Etablierung einer Forschungsperspektive. In R. Anhorn, F. Bettinger, & J. Stehr (Hrsg.), Foucaults Machtanalytik und Soziale Arbeit (S. 203–225). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-90710-9_13 Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken (12., vollständig überarbeitete und aktualisierte Aufl). Beltz. Niesyto, H. (2024). Vermessung als bildungspolitisches Narrativ. In M. Schiefner-Rohs et al. (Eds.), Datafizierung (in) der Bildung. Bielefeld. Transcript Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Zancajo, A. (2016). The Privatization of Education: A Political Economy of Global Education Reform. Teachers College Press. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (Sixth edition). SAGE. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster Between Europeanization and National Priorities: The Politics of Higher Education Policy Reform in Armenia 1: ISEC, National Academy of Sciences, Armenia; 2: Yerevan State University Presenting Author:This study examines higher education policy reform in Armenia as a politically negotiated process occurring at the intersection of European policy influence and nationally defined priorities. While Armenia has formally aligned many elements of its higher education system with European frameworks—most notably through participation in the Bologna Process and engagement with EU-supported reform instruments—the translation of these commitments into domestic policy and institutional practice has been uneven and contested. The central research question guiding this study is: How are European higher education policy norms interpreted, negotiated, and reshaped within Armenia’s national policy-making processes? This overarching question is further elaborated through three interrelated sub-questions: -What European and international policy ideas, instruments, and governance models have influenced higher education reform in Armenia since the mid-2000s? -Which national actors shape higher education policy reform in Armenia, and how do their interests, power relations, and institutional positions mediate European policy influence? -How do tensions between Europeanization pressures and domestic political, economic, and institutional priorities affect policy outcomes and implementation? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative policy research design aimed at analysing higher education reform in Armenia as a politically mediated process shaped by both European and national influences. The methodological approach is informed by comparative education policy research and is particularly suited to examining policy formulation, interpretation, and implementation in a non-EU context engaged in European higher education governance. Armenia is selected as a theoretically relevant case rather than a purely descriptive one. As a post-Soviet, non-EU country participating in the Bologna Process and multiple EU-funded higher education initiatives, Armenia provides a critical site for analysing soft Europeanization, policy transfer, and reform selectivity beyond formal EU membership. The study focuses on the period from the mid-2000s to the early 2020s, covering key reform phases in governance, quality assurance, degree structures, and institutional autonomy. The empirical material is drawn from three complementary sources: -National higher education laws, government strategies, ministerial decrees, and regulatory acts are analysed alongside European and international policy documents, including Bologna Process communiqués, European Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance, and EU programme documentation. This enables tracing references to European norms and their reinterpretation in national policy texts. -Semi-structured interviews are conducted with key policy actors, including senior officials in higher education governance, university leaders, quality assurance experts, and academics involved in reform processes. Interview data provide insight into actor perceptions, power relations, and the strategic use of European references in national policy debates. -Existing national and international studies, evaluation reports, and policy analyses are used to contextualize findings and support triangulation. Data are analysed using thematic qualitative analysis, guided by concepts from Europeanization and policy translation theories. Particular attention is paid to: -policy narratives and justifications, -actor constellations and interests, -points of contestation between European models and national priorities set by the law adopted in OCT 2025, -discrepancies between formal policy adoption and implementation practices. Triangulation across data sources enhances analytical validity and allows for identifying recurring reform patterns rather than isolated policy events. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to show that higher education policy reform in Armenia is best understood not as a linear process of European convergence, but as a politically negotiated and selective adaptation of European policy norms. While European frameworks associated with the Bologna Process and EU-supported initiatives provide a powerful source of legitimacy and reform vocabulary, their domestic translation is shaped by national political priorities, institutional legacies, and actor interests. The findings are likely to demonstrate that Europeanization in the Armenian context operates primarily through soft mechanisms—such as learning, persuasion, and symbolic alignment—rather than through regulatory enforcement. European references are frequently mobilized by national actors to justify reform agendas, but the depth and consistency of implementation vary across policy domains, particularly in governance autonomy, quality assurance, and performance-based funding. The study is also expected to reveal that policy outcomes reflect negotiated compromises rather than technical shortcomings. Reform selectivity, partial implementation, and policy layering emerge as rational responses to domestic constraints, including limited administrative capacity, political turnover, and competing national priorities. In this sense, implementation gaps should be interpreted as indicators of political mediation rather than failure. At a broader level, the paper contributes to international higher education research by positioning Armenia as a critical case of Europeanization beyond the EU. It highlights how non-EU countries participate in European higher education governance spaces while maintaining significant autonomy in defining reform trajectories. The findings challenge convergence-oriented interpretations of the Bologna Process and support analytical approaches that emphasize policy translation, actor agency, and contextualization. Finally, the study offers implications for European and international policy actors by underlining the importance of context-sensitive reform support, sustained institutional learning, and realistic expectations regarding policy transfer in transition systems. References Key References: Law on Higher Education and Science of the Republic of Armenia (2025). Radaelli, C. M. (2003). The Europeanization of public policy. In K. Featherstone & C. Radaelli, The Politics of Europeanization. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Dakowska, D. (2014). Between competition imperatives and Europeanization: The case of higher education reform in Central and Eastern Europe. Higher Education, 67(1), 1–18. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2012). Understanding policy borrowing and lending. In G. Steiner-Khamsi & F. Waldow, World Yearbook of Education 2012. London: Routledge. Martens, K., & Wolf, K. D. (2009). Boomerangs and Trojan horses: The unintended consequences of international policy transfer in education. Comparative Education Review, 53(1), 105–128. European Ministers Responsible for Higher Education. (1999–2020). Bologna Process Ministerial Communiqués. Brussels. Enders, J., de Boer, H., & Weyer, E. (2013). Regulatory autonomy and performance: The reform of higher education re-visited. Higher Education, 65(1), 5–23. Gornitzka, A. (2007). Networking administration in areas of national sensitivity. West European Politics, 30(3), 464–488. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 24 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Poster Mathematical Modelling in Pre-service Teacher Education: A Scoping Review University of Alberta, Canada Presenting Author:This scoping literature review characterizes research on mathematical modelling in pre-service teacher education. In recent years, mathematical modelling has been increasingly recognized as an important competency and included in curricula throughout the world, such as in Germany, Norway, Singapore, the United States, and Canada. However, despite a robust and growing literature on modelling in mathematics education, no single framework or set of competencies defines the process or product of mathematical modelling. There is, however, a general consensus that it entails a connection to real-world phenomena, distinct phases (e.g., real world situations, mathematical representations, etc.), and certain processes or sub-competencies (e.g., mathematizing, validating, etc.) (see Borromeo Ferri, 2006). As described by Niss & Blum (2015), these phases and sub-competencies comprise what is called the modelling cycle, which can be executed in part or whole, and can be enacted by learners in varied ways. One characteristic common to nearly all interpretations of mathematical modelling is the need for recursion between a real-world situation and the domain of mathematics. Unlike a traditional word problem, in which all of the necessary information is provided and the objective is often procedural application, a modelling problem requires assumptions to be made, models to be developed based on those assumptions, and the results of those models to be interpreted in real contexts. In this scoping review, we contribute alongside existing reviews in this research area (Cevikbas, 2022; Krawitz et al., 2025) to a robust characterization of the field by focusing specifically on research on mathematical modelling conducted with pre-service teachers (PSTs). Our interest in PSTs lies in the notion that their dual roles as learners of both mathematics and pedagogy distinguish them from other groups, such as children or in-service teachers. A scoping review of this sub-field of modelling research represents a gap in the existing literature. Speaking to this need, in identifying a limitation of their recent review, Krawitz et al. (2025) noted that by focusing on early years up to secondary education, they “emphasized the learning of mathematical modelling rather than the teaching of it” and suggested that “future research should explore whether perspectives on modelling differ between learning and teaching contexts” (p. 206). We argue that PSTs, especially those learning to teach in primary classrooms, are in fact a unique group, especially with respect to modelling. Given the importance of learning and teaching modelling, and the unique characteristics of PSTs as learners and teachers of modelling, we intend this review to describe the relevant research literature and to support further research on modelling in the context of teacher education. The overarching research question guiding this scoping review is: What characterizes the research on mathematical modelling in pre-service teacher education? Specifically, we address the following sub-questions: i. What are some general characteristics (e.g., geographic, study size, etc.) of the research on mathematical modelling in pre-service teacher education? ii. Which modelling perspectives (goals and task characteristics) are represented in the research? iii. Which competencies for teaching mathematical modelling are taken up in the research? iv. How is the literature on mathematical modelling in preservice teacher education conceptually organized? To answer these questions, we analyzed data generated through a scoping review (Tricco et al., 2018) of empirical research on mathematical modelling in pre-service teacher education. In our poster, we describe the conceptual framework we used to orient our analysis of 87 research studies published in peer-reviewed scholarly journals. Modelling has a long, rich, and varied tradition in mathematics education research, especially in Europe, and in articulating our conceptual orientation, we elaborate on some of the different perspectives that comprise the field and guide our review. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We adhered to the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR) to conduct our literature search (Tricco et al., 2018). We identified pre-service teachers as the relevant population, mathematical modelling as the relevant concept, and teacher training as the relevant context. We conducted our search on five databases, including Education Resources Information Center (ERIC), Education Research Complete, British Education Index, Australian Education Index, and Education Database. Searches on all five databases were conducted on March 27, 2025. Our searches generated a total of 1670 studies and 374 duplicate studies were removed prior to screening, leaving 1296 studies. The authors and one research assistant used pre-defined inclusion and exclusion criteria (described in the poster) and the protocol developed by Polanin (2020) for systematic reviews to screen the abstracts and titles of the remaining 1296 studies. After eliminating 1155 studies, the two authors conducted full text reviews of the remaining 141 studies and excluded an additional 54, resulting in a total of 87 studies to be included in the scoping review. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings reveal a field that has expanded rapidly in scope, scale, and diversity over the past decade. This growth suggests that mathematical modelling has increasingly become a priority in pre-service teacher education. A predominance of small-scale qualitative studies focused on university coursework indicates that the field remains largely exploratory and practice-oriented, emphasizing the process of learning to teach modelling rather than large-scale program evaluation. Moreover, the limited number of studies involving children, in-service teachers, or practicum contexts highlights a persistent gap between preservice coursework and authentic classroom implementation. With respect to modelling perspectives, which we use as an analytical framework for interpreting our results, we note that the emergence of mathematical modelling with PST’s likely grew out of foundational work on the competencies for teaching mathematical modelling (Borromeo Ferri & Blum, 2010; Borromeo Ferri, 2013; 2018). Within this body of work, new trends have emerged. For example, while most studies still align with educational and pedagogical modelling perspectives, research situated in a sociocritical perspective has recently emerged. We see this is as an important development for several reasons. One is that sociocritical issues, such as those that focus on equity, power dynamics, sustainability, and so on, compound the demands of learning to teach mathematical modelling. We argue modelling can be used to educate and empower students to act on important real-world phenomena. However, Steffensen & Kasari (2023) noted that “when there are additional expectations to address socio–political issues, more pedagogical challenges may emerge as teaching becomes more uncertain” (p. 2). We suggest that as a sociocritical perspective continues to become more prominent, researchers should consider explicitly positioning PSTs as teachers of both modelling and appropriate sociocritical competences (e.g., Bulut & Borromeo Ferri, 2025). References Borromeo Ferri, R. (2006). Theoretical and empirical differentiations of phases in the modelling process. ZDM - Mathematics Education, 38(2), 86–95. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02655883 Borromeo Ferri, R. & Blum, W. (2010). Mathematical modelling in teacher education – Experiences from a modelling seminar. In V. Durand-Guerrier, V., Soury-Lavergne, S., & Arzarello, F. (Eds.), European Society for Research in Mathematics Education – Proceedings of CERME 6 (pp. 2046–2055). Bulut, N. & Borromeo Ferri, Rita. (2025). Bridging mathematical modelling and education for sustainable development in pre-service primary teacher education. Education Sciences, 15(2), 248. Education Database. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15020248 Cevikbas, M. (2022). Fostering mathematical modelling competencies: A systematic literature review. In Buchholtz, N., Schwarz, B., & Vorhölter, K. (Eds.), Initiationen mathematikdidaktischer Forschung: Festschrift zum 70. Geburtstag von Gabriele Kaiser (pp. 51–73). Springer. Greefrath, G., Siller, H.-S., Klock, H., & Wess, R. (2022). Pre-service secondary teachers’ pedagogical content knowledge for the teaching of mathematical modelling. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 109(2), 383–407. Kaiser, G. & Sriraman, B. (2006). A global survey of international perspectives on modelling in mathematics education. ZDM - Mathematics Education, 38(3), 302–310. https://doi.org/10.1007/%20BF02652813 Krawitz, J., Schukajlow, S., Yang, X., & Geiger, V. (2025). A systematic review of international perspectives on mathematical modelling: Modelling goals and task characteristics. ZDM - Mathematics Education, 57, 193–212. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-025-01683-2 Niss, M., & Blum, W. (2020). The learning and teaching of mathematical modelling. Routledge. Polanin, J. R. (2020). Best practice guidelines for abstract screening large‐evidence systematic reviews and meta‐analyses. Res Syn Meth., 10, 330–342. Schukajlow, S., Kaiser, G., & Stillman, G. (n.d.). Empirical research on teaching and learning of mathematical modelling: A survey on the current state-of-the-art. ZDM - Mathematics Education, 50, 5–13. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0933-5 Steffensen, L., & Kasari, G. (2023). Integrating Societal Issues with Mathematical Modelling in Pre-Service Teacher Education. Education Sciences, 13(7), 721. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13070721 Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D. J., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and explanation. Ann Intern Med, 169, 467–473. Wiegand, S., & Borromeo Ferri, R. (2023). Promoting pre-service teachers’ professionalism in steam education and education for sustainable development through mathematical modelling activities. ZDM – Mathematics Education, 55(7), 1269–1282. Education Database. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-023-01500-8 24. Mathematics Education Research
Poster Developing Students’ Analytical Skills in Solving Applied Mathematical Problems through Blended Learning Models 1: NIS Shymkent Abay, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan; 3: Binom School Lyceum named after Abish Kekilbayev in Astana, Kazakhstan; 4: Secondary school No. 48 named after Turar Ryskulov in Taraz, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In contemporary education, increasing attention is paid not only to students’ acquisition of subject knowledge but also to their ability to apply this knowledge in real-life and interdisciplinary contexts. In mathematics education, one of the persistent challenges is students’ difficulty in solving text-based applied problems. These difficulties are particularly evident in tasks requiring mathematical modelling, where students must interpret contextual information, translate it into mathematical language, construct an appropriate model, and justify their solution. Observations from external summative assessment indicate that many students struggle at the analysis and modelling stages, resulting in low performance in applied problem-solving sections. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an action research methodology, allowing systematic reflection on teaching practice while implementing and refining instructional strategies in a real classroom context. Action research was chosen due to its focus on practitioner-led inquiry aimed at improving learning outcomes and addressing context-specific challenges. Participants were Grade 12 students studying calculus as part of the school curriculum.The research was conducted over a sequence of lessons focused on solving applied problems involving maximum and minimum values. Data were collected through classroom observations, analysis of students’ written work, online assessment results, and student reflections. The flipped classroom model served as the core blended learning approach. Prior to lessons, students were provided with theoretical materials, instructional videos, and online resources via digital platforms. This allowed students to familiarize themselves with key concepts independently and at their own pace. Classroom time was then dedicated to higher-order learning activities, including problem analysis, modelling, and discussion. Lessons began with problem-based questions linked to physical or geometric contexts to activate prior knowledge and stimulate inquiry. Question-and-answer strategies were used to assess students’ readiness and understanding, employing probing and guiding questions to support analytical thinking. Group work was organised using the case method, where students analysed different applied problems, identified key information, translated conditions into mathematical expressions, and developed solution algorithms collaboratively. Peer assessment and formative assessment strategies were integral to the methodology. Mark schemes were used during pair work to guide self- and peer-evaluation, enabling students to identify errors and reflect on their reasoning. Online assessment tools such as Teacher Made and Microsoft Forms were used to collect individual performance data efficiently and provide immediate feedback. Qualitative data from observations and reflections were analysed to identify patterns in students’ engagement, analytical processes, and problem-solving approaches. Quantitative data from assessments supported the evaluation of learning outcomes. The cyclical nature of action research allowed ongoing refinement of instructional strategies based on observed challenges and successes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes of this research include both pedagogical and learner-related improvements. It is anticipated that the integration of blended learning, particularly the flipped classroom model, will enhance students’ preparedness for lessons and allow more effective use of classroom time for analytical and collaborative activities. In terms of student learning, the study is expected to demonstrate improvement in students’ ability to analyse applied problems, identify key information, and construct appropriate mathematical models. Students are also expected to show increased confidence in solving interdisciplinary tasks involving mathematics, physics, and geometry. Enhanced engagement and motivation are anticipated as a result of interactive learning strategies and the use of digital assessment tools. From a pedagogical perspective, the research is expected to provide evidence that combining problem-based learning, case methods, and formative assessment within a blended learning environment supports the development of higher-order thinking skills. The findings may inform teaching practices beyond the immediate context of the study, offering practical strategies for improving applied mathematics instruction. The results of the study are intended to contribute to professional dialogue among educators by highlighting effective approaches to developing analytical skills. The research outcomes may also support the dissemination of best practices through seminars, professional learning communities, and future collaborative research initiatives. References 1.Bishop, J. L., & Verleger, M. A. (2013). The flipped classroom: A survey of the research. ASEE National Conference Proceedings, 30(9), 1–18. 2.Bloom, B. S. (1956). Taxonomy of educational objectives: The classification of educational goals. Longman. 3.Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Pearson. 4.Hmelo-Silver, C. E. (2004). Problem-based learning: What and how do students learn? Educational Psychology Review, 16(3), 235–266. 5.Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Prentice Hall. 6.Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Poster What Is the Impact of Homework Based on Digital Monitoring and Motivation on Students’ Achievement? Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Almaty, Nauryzbay, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This research was conducted during the 2024–2025 and the first half of the 2025–2026 academic year and examined the impact of mathematics homework and the provision of systematic feedback on students’ academic achievement. It was assumed that homework also implements the hidden curriculum and may lead to changes in learners’ behavior, personal qualities, and habits; therefore, the analysis of results also considered students’ non-academic achievements. Homework is defined as any task that school teachers expect students to complete out of classroom (Cooper, 1989). According to De Jong, Westerhof, and Creemers (2000), homework refers to the completion of school curriculum tasks outside regular classroom lessons. A number of literature reviews indicate that homework has a positive effect on students’ academic achievement. Homework is one of the most widespread practices that teaches children that effort leads to results (Cooper et al., 2006; Epstein & Van Voorhis, 2001; Trautwein et al., 2009). Homework influences not only academic achievement but also personal development. Teachers assign homework to help students develop time management, planning, study skills, and the ability to cope with distractions (Epstein & Van Voorhis, 2001). Similar findings were reported in studies by Fan et al. (2017) and Falch and Rønning (2012), which covered 16 OECD countries. Although differences between countries were observed, the overall trend was similar (Dettmers et al., 2009). Some researchers oppose the practice of assigning homework. According to Galloway et al., homework limits the time students have to develop socially, physically, civically, or spiritually, causes academic stress, and disrupts life balance (Galloway, 2013). Studies by Gökhan Baş, Cihad Şentürk, and Fatih Mehmet Ciğerci show that homework has only a minimal effect on students’ academic achievement (Issues in Educational Research, 27(1), 2017). The main aim of the study is to determine the impact of homework on students’ achievement and to identify how the digitalization of feedback formats affects its efficiency. Research question: Objectives:
The study involved 120 students aged 14–17. During the study, a digital platform was developed to identify the relationship between students’ mathematics achievement and the systematic completion of homework. The platform was designed to regularly record students’ homework completion levels, classroom engagement, and formative assessment results in daily instructional practice. The key feature of the digital tool is its focus on increasing learning motivation by integrating continuous monitoring of students’ learning activities with prompt feedback. On the platform, each lesson’s homework completion is marked using specific visual symbols: a “full heart” indicates that homework was completed fully and correctly, a “half heart” indicates partial completion, and an “empty heart” indicates that the homework was not completed at all. Formative assessment on the platform is provided through textual and visual support. This marking system aims to help students clearly perceive their responsibility and develop consistent daily learning habits. For students who achieve the highest result (10 points), an automatic reward mechanism is activated on the platform. This assessment system is not intended for comparison or punishment, but rather to support students’ progress and enhance their confidence. The results of summative assessment by units showed an increase in task completion levels from 76% to 80%. However, the growth was uneven: initially, results increased to 90%, then declined to 68%. The final indicator reached 80%, which is only a 4% increase compared to the pre-study results. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data are based on document analysis and surveys. In addition to structured closed-ended questions, the survey included open-ended questions that allowed respondents to freely express their opinions and perspectives. As this was a qualitative study, individual and group interviews were conducted. These helped to identify key trends and guided the exploration of ways to improve homework effectiveness. The study analyzed the opinions of 75 teachers and 100 parents from three selective schools and three general education schools. Among the teachers surveyed, 76% assign homework daily. While 48.8% of teachers assign 3–5 tasks, 36.6% reported providing homework feedback in a general manner during lessons. These results prompted the search for more effective feedback strategies. Among the students who participated in the study, 67.5% believed that homework positively affects academic performance, 7.5% believed it has no effect, and 25% expressed a neutral position. The majority of respondents (60%) noted that homework supports independent learning. Another notable finding is that only 20% of students stated that homework contributes to conducting research and solving problems independently. This indicates the need to focus on homework quality to enhance its impact on student achievement. Additionally, 30% of respondents reported that homework causes anxiety, and 55% indicated that it interferes with sports or personal interests. This highlights the importance of considering approaches to homework that do not hinder students’ personal development. For 80% of students, homework is important for reviewing and reinforcing classroom learning, while 15% believe that homework is unnecessary because classroom instruction is sufficient. According to the survey results, 44% of students spend approximately of an hour on mathematics homework, and 16.7% spend less than one hour. According to 79.2% of parents, homework is assigned in appropriate amounts. The majority of parents (58.3%) stated that homework does not negatively affect their child’s personal development or health. Correspondingly, 87.5% and 62.5% of parents reported that homework contributes to knowledge consolidation and increased responsibility. In addition, the performance data of students registered on the specially developed digital platform and were analyzed as a research instrument. Comparisons were made between students’ homework completion levels and their classroom achievement. Observations conducted during lessons and extracurricular activities examined changes in students’ personal qualities, competencies, and skills. Of the 37 students who participated in individual interviews, 22 students (59.4%) stated that tracking achievements through the digital platform increased their responsibility toward homework completion and their accountability for actions, decisions, and outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The majority of mathematics teachers assign homework every lesson and believe that homework influences students’ achievement. Teachers pay attention to assigning homework in moderation. For students, homework is a natural part of the learning process and is necessary for reinforcing classroom knowledge. Moreover, students’ academic achievement is closely linked to the timeliness, consistency, and constructiveness of feedback on homework. Systematic homework assignment also supports the implementation of the hidden curriculum, such as effective time use, responsibility, and self-regulation. Students who invested more effort in homework demonstrated more positive development of qualities such as neatness and sustained attention. The study showed that assigning a smaller number of tasks that encourage research and inquiry is more effective than giving multiple repetitive tasks. Compared to traditional homework practices, diversifying the formats of homework checking and feedback has a strong impact on increasing productivity and responsibility. Viewing homework completion not as a one-time result but as a cumulative indicator over time that reflects students’ consistency and continuous development yielded positive outcomes. Animated congratulatory messages and peer support elements fostered a positive emotional climate among students and socially reinforced academic achievement. Such visual elements allow students to immediately see the results of their efforts and motivate them to complete tasks fully. Creating a digital environment can enhance the effectiveness of homework by clearly demonstrating the relationship between homework completion and classroom engagement, thereby supporting students in achieving stable and high academic performance in mathematics. References Guidelines for Organization of Educational Progress in Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools in 2024- 2025 Academic Year, https://ustaz.nis.edu.kz/kk/categories/6 K. Shamshidinova., (2025). The best. How to help a chaild? Mentor Baspasy Barbara Flunger., Ulrich Trautwein. (2016). A Person-Centered Approach to Homework Behavior: Students’ Characteristics Predict Their Homework Learning Type. Contemporary Educational Psychology 48. DOI:10.1016/j.cedpsych.2016.07.002 Gökhan Baş Ömer Halisdemir., Cihad Şentürk ., Fatih Mehmet Ciğerci Bilecik Şeyh Edebali. Homework and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Issues in Educational Research, 27(1), 2017, from https://www.iier.org.au/iier27/bas.pdf Joyce L. Erstein., Frances L. Van Voorhis. (2001). More Than Minutes: Teachers' Roles in Designing Homework. Educational Psychologist, September 2001, 36(3):181-193. DOI:10.1207/S15326985EP3603_4 José Carlos Núñez., Sara Pascual., Natalia Suárez y Pedro Rosário. Perceived parental involvement and children’s homework engagement at the end of Primary Education: A cluster analysis. Revista de Psicología: y Educación / Journal of Psychology and Education, 2021, https://doi.org/10.23923/rpye2021.01.204 R Joyce L., Epstein., Frances L., Van Voorhis., More Than Minutes: Teachers' Roles in Designing Homework. Educational Psychologist, 2001, DOI:10.1207/S15326985EP3603_4 Molie Galloway., Jerusha Conner., Denise Pope. Nonacademic Effects of Homework in Privileged, High-Performing High Schools. The Journal of Experimental Education, 2013, https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.2012.745469 Muhammad Nisar UI Haq., Anila Fatima Shakil., Muhammad Naseer Ud Din. (2020). Impact of Homework on the Student Academic Performance at Secondary School Level. Global Social Sciences Review V(I):586-595.DOI:10.31703/gssr.2020(V-I).59 Cooper, H. (1989). Homework. Longman. https://doi.org/10.1037/11578-000 R. de Jong., Westerhof K. J. ,Creemers B.P.M. Homework and Student Math Achievement in Junior High Schools. Educational Research and Evaluation, 2000, from https://research.rug.nl/en/publications/homework-and-student-math-achievement-in-junior-high-schools/ |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 26 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Poster Can Supervisor Support Shield School Principals from Burnout? 1: Université du Québec en Outaouais, Canada; 2: Université Laval, Canada; 3: Université d'Ottawa, Canada; 4: Université de Moncton, Canada; 5: Université de Montréal, Canada Presenting Author:Across the world, concerns have intensified regarding school principals’ workload, wellbeing, and capacity to sustain their leadership roles (Dick et al., 2025; Poirel et al., 2024; Skaalvik, 2023). School principals are expected to navigate substantial administrative, managerial, pedagogical, and community engagement responsibilities, often in conditions of resource scarcity and heightened accountability (Dick et al., 2025). Therefore, it is without surprise that global research initiatives have documented the growing demands placed on school principals, with particular attention to their diminished wellbeing (e.g., emotional exhaustion) and intentions to leave the profession (Dick et al., 2025; Rivest & Clément, 2026; Skaalvik, 2023). The Job Demands-Resources (JD-R) model (Demerouti et al., 2001) provides a useful theoretical framework for understanding these conditions, emphasizing how high job demands (such as workload) contribute to emotional exhaustion, while job resources (such as supervisor support) may buffer these effects (Beausaert et al., 2016). The present study explores how principals’ perceptions of their workload and of their supervisor support are associated with emotional exhaustion, and examines whether supervisor support moderates the relationship between workload and emotional exhaustion. Workload. Workload refers to the perceived quantitative and qualitative demands placed on an individual in their job, including the amount, complexity, and pace of tasks that must be completed within a given time frame. High workload occurs when job demands exceed the individual’s available resources, time, or capacity, and is a central component of job demands in the JD-R model (Demerouti et al., 2001). Emotional Exhaustion. Emotional exhaustion is a core component of burnout, referring to a state of feeling emotionally overextended and depleted of emotional and psychological resources. It manifests when prolonged job demands deplete an individual’s ability to cope (Maslach et al., 2001). Supervisor Support. Supervisor support refers to the degree to which employees perceive their immediate superior as providing emotional, informational, and instrumental resources, including among others, recognition, guidance, feedback, and assistance with managing work demands. As a job resource within the JD-R model, supervisor support can buffer the negative effects of high job demands (Potipiroon & Faerman, 2020). In most public school systems worldwide, school principals are generally supervised by a higher-level education authority such as a district superintendent, school board director, or equivalent government-appointed administrator. These supervisory roles, which are usually under the broader oversight of a ministry or department of education, are often called “middle tier” of the education system (Thessin & Seashore Louis, 2019). Research Question. Can supervisor support serve as a protective resource and moderate the relationship between workload (a job demand) and emotional exhaustion (a key burnout outcome) among school principals? Three Research Objectives Guided the Study: Objective 1. To examine the association between school principals’ perceived workload and their emotional exhaustion. Objective 2. To examine the association between school principal’s perceived supervisor support and emotional exhaustion. Objective 3. To determine whether school principal’s supervisor support moderates the relationship between workload and emotional exhaustion. This study provides insight into school principals’ job organization. It reinforces the JD-R model’s premise that resources may attenuate the negative effects of job demands on wellbeing, and it underscores the important role of supervisors in fostering conditions that can support school principals’ sustainability in their role. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on data collected in 2022 by the Research and Intervention Group on the Organization of Work of School Principals (Groupe de recherche et d’intervention sur l’organisation du travail des directions : GRIDE) in Québec, Canada. An anonymized online questionnaire (via SurveyMonkey) was distributed through the three major associations representing school principals which together account for more than 75% of all principals in the province of Québec. This strategy ensured broad accessibility and representation across preschool, elementary, secondary, adult education, vocational training, and special education settings. Of the 802 participants in the wider dataset (including school principals and vice-principals; Poirel et al., 2024), 314 school principals who had completed all relevant variables were included in the present analyses. The questionnaire included demographic items categorized as follows (Gender: 1 = female; 2 = male. Age [years]: 1 = 40 years or younger; 2 = 41–50 years; 3 = 51 years or older. Years of experience: 1 = 1 year or less; 2 = 2–5 years; 3 = 6–10 years; 4 = 11–15 years; 5 = 16–20 years; 6 = 21 years or more), along with validated multi-item scales assessing perceived workload (3 items; range 1–4, Lequeurre et al., 2013), supervisor support (4 items; range 1–4, Karasek, 1985), and emotional exhaustion (5 items; range 1–7, Schaufeli et al., 1996). All scales demonstrated satisfactory reliability (coefficients of 0.70 or higher are considered satisfactory), with internal consistency omega coefficients (McDonald, 1970) ranging from 0.75 to 0.91. Spearman correlations indicated significant associations between our main variables (Tabachnick et al., 2019). Emotional exhaustion was positively associated with workload (r = .388, p < .01) and negatively associated with supervisor support (r = –.171, p < .01). Gender, age, and years of experience were retained as control variables based on their significant correlations with one or more main variables in our model. To address the three research objectives, hierarchical multiple regression analyses were conducted using the PROCESS macro (Hayes & Little, 2022) in SPSS Version 31. Predictor variables were entered: demographic controls, workload and supervisor support, and the interaction term (workload x supervisor support) with emotional exhaustion as the dependent variable. Centering procedures recommended by PROCESS were applied to reduce multicollinearity in the aforementioned interaction term. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The hierarchical multiple regression model was statistically significant, F(6, 307) = 13.85, p < .001, explaining 19.8% of the variance in emotional exhaustion (R2 = .213; adjusted R2 = .198). Among the sociodemographic and professional variables included in the model, neither gender, age, nor years of experience was significant. Objective 1.Workload was statistically significantly associated with emotional exhaustion (b = 2.11, SE = 0.58, p < .01, 95% CI [0.95, 3.26]. Objective 2. In contrast, supervisor support was not independently associated with emotional exhaustion (b = 1.03, SE = 0.69, p = .138, 95% CI [–0.33, 2.39]). Objective 3. The interaction term between workload and supervisor support was statistically significant (b = –0.40, SE = 0.19, p < .05, 95% CI [–0.78 to –0.01]). More specifically, when support was low, workload showed a strong positive association with emotional exhaustion (b = 1.12, p < .001), whereas under high support, the association remained positive but was weaker (b = 0.72, p < .001). Taken together, the results underscore the importance of addressing both job demands and job resources. While efforts to reduce workload remain essential (through administrative restructuring, redistribution of tasks, or improved staffing for instance) enhancing the quality of interpersonal relationships between supervisors and school principals represents a practical avenue for intervention. According to Senécal et al. (1992), high-quality interpersonal relationships are characterized by harmony, appreciation, satisfaction, and mutual trust. Furthermore, promoting regular and meaningful dialogue between school principals and their supervisors, providing training in supportive leadership practices, and cultivating organizational cultures that value care and positive relationships could enhance school principals’ wellbeing and lower emotional exhaustion. Future research should explore which forms of supervisor support yield the strongest buffering effects, and investigate how organizational structures and supervisory practices may amplify or limit these resources. References Beausaert, S., Froehlich, D.E., Devos, C., & Riley, P. (2016). Effects of support on stress and burnout in school principals. Educational Research, 58(4), 347-365. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2016.1220810 Demerouti, E., Bakker, A.B., Nachreiner, F., & Schaufeli, W.B. (2001). The job demands-resources model of burnout. Journal of Applied psychology, 86(3), 499. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.86.3.499 Dick, T., Kidson, P., & Marsh, H. (2025). The Australian Principal Occupational Health, Safety, and Wellbeing Survey (IPPE Report). Institute for Positive Psychology and Education, Australian Catholic University. Hayes, A.F., & Little, T.D. (2022). Introduction to mediation, moderation, and conditional process analysis. The Guilford Press. Karasek, R. A. (1985). Job Content Questionnaire (JCQ) [Database record]. APA PsycTests. https://doi.org/10.1037/t03609-000 Lequeurre, J., Gillet, N., Ragot, C., & Fouquereau, E. (2013). Validation of a French questionnaire to measure job demands and resources. Revue internationale de psychologie sociale, 26(4), 93-124. https://www.cairn.info/revue--2013-4-page-93.htm Maslach, C., Schaufeli, W.B., & Leiter, M.P. (2001). Job burnout. Annual review of psychology, 52, 397-422. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.52.1.397 McDonald, R.P. (1970). Theoretical foundations of principal factor analysis and alpha factor analysis. British Journal of Mathematical & Statistical Psychology, 23, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2044-8317.1970.tb00432.x Poirel, E., Clément, L., Naimi, R., Rivest, M.-C., Gélinas-Proulx, A., Gamelin, K., Lacasse, M., Hadchiti, R., Martel. L., & Lapointe, P. (2024). 2e Rapport d’enquête sur l’organisation du travail des directions d’établissement d’enseignement du Québec. GRIDE. Université de Montréal. Potipiroon, W., & Faerman, S. (2020). Tired from working hard? Examining the effect of organizational citizenship behavior on emotional exhaustion and the buffering roles of public service motivation and perceived supervisor support. Public Performance & Management Review, 43(6), 1260-1291. https://doi.org/10.1080/15309576.2020.1742168 Rivest, M.-C., & Clément, L. (2026). School Principals’ Work Characteristics and Wellbeing in relation to Their Intention to Quit and Turnover: A Systematic Literature Review. International Journal of Leadership in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2025.2606987 Schaufeli, W.B., Dierendonck, D.V., & Gorp, K.V. (1996). Burnout and reciprocity: Towards a dual-level social exchange model. Work & Stress, 10(3), 225-237. https://doi.org/10.1080/02678379608256802 Senécal, C.B., Vallerand, R.J., & Vallières, É.F. (1992). Construction et validation de l’Échelle de la Qualité des Relations Interpersonnelles (EQRI). European Review of Applied Psychology, 42(4), 215-322. Skaalvik, C. (2023). Emotional exhaustion and job satisfaction among Norwegian school principals: Relations with perceived job demands and job resources. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 26(1), 75-99. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2020.1791964 Tabachnick, B.G., Fidell, L.S., & Ullman, J.B. (2019). Using multivariate statistics. Pearson. Thessin, R.A., & Louis, K.S. (2019). Supervising school leaders in a rapidly changing world. Journal of Educational Administration, 57(5), 434-444. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-09-2019-228 26. Educational Leadership
Poster Professional Development for Evidence-Based School Management? Effects of University Training and Peer Mentoring on Principals’ Evidence Orientation and Self-Efficacy Beliefs Pädagogische Hochschule FHNW, Switzerland Presenting Author:Background In many countries, school leaders (principals and vice principals) are increasingly expected to implement evidence-based reforms while navigating complex local conditions. Effective implementation depends on the school leader's capacity to mobilise external evidence (e.g., research findings or expert advice) and to integrate it with school-internal data and professional judgement (Dormann et al., 2016). As such evidence-based school development can be seen as an iterative process in which data are collected and interpreted in relation to a context-specific goal (Schildkamp, 2019). However, many schools struggle to realise this vision in practice: empirical studies from different countries show that school leaders often report limited training, knowledge and confidence in using research, implementation concepts and data for school development (for example, Acton, 2021; Farley-Ripple, 2024; Hegestedt et al., 2023). Opportunities for professional development may foster these competencies. For example, a two‑year data‑use training for Dutch school teams increased the h knowledge and skills for data‑driven decision making in school principals and teachers (Staman et al., 2014) and a Danish study found that combining school data with research-based competence development in professional learning communities can support positive school change and improve teachers’ professional self-evaluation (Qvortrup, 2019). Furthermore professional development programmes can enhance the self-efficacy of school leaders (Petridou et al., 2017), which has been shown to be an important factor in implementing reforms (Röhl et al., 2024). While studies linking school leaders’ professional development and different leadership behaviours exist, the effectiveness of different formats on leadership practices in general and school leaders’ evidence orientation in particular remains underexplored (Daniëls et al., 2019). Research Obejctive Building on Dormann et al. (2016), this study conceptualizes evidence-based school management as consisting of three dimensions: high external evidence orientation (e.g. consulting experts), high internal evidence orientation (e.g. critically examining a reform’s fit to the school's specific context) and low orientation toward evidence substitutes (e.g. relying on gut feelings when implementing reforms). University-based programmes and peer mentoring are examined as potential levers for strengthening school leaders’ capacities for evidence-based school management. The aim is to compare these two formats of formal professional development as potentially complementary, with distinct effects on the dimensions of evidence orientation: university-based training is expected to be more strongly related to external evidence orientation, whereas peer mentoring is expected to be more closely linked to internal evidence orientation through reflective exchange on context-specific reform implementation. The following research questions guide this study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The underlying data were collected using a standardized online questionnaire among school principals in German-speaking Switzerland's public schools. All members of the national professional association representing school principals of public mandatory schools who were active as school principals at the time of the survey were invited to participate. In total, 2 369 school principals were contacted, of whom 1 095 (46%) participated. This accounts for around 25% of all school principals working in Switzerland at the time of data collection (Bundesamt für Statistik, 2024). Participation in peer mentoring and university-based training was assessed using 5-point Likert scales (1 = not at all to 5 = to a great extent) rating usage intensity over the past 12 months. Self-efficacy in implementing innovations was measured with a 3-item, 4-point Likert scale (e.g. "I am confident that I can develop creative ideas to change unfavorable structures at my school"). Internal and external evidence orientation, as well as orientation toward evidence substitutes, were each assessed using 3-item, 5-point Likert scales. Example items include: “In our school, I substantiate innovations with scientific studies” (external evidence orientation); “Before adopting a procedure from another school, I examine how similar the framework conditions are between the schools” (internal evidence orientation); and “Based on my experience, I instinctively make the right decisions at my school” (evidence substitutes). Using structural equation modeling (SEM), it is examined how university-based training and standardized peer mentoring, as two different formal approaches to professional development, relate to these dimensions. In addition, the relationships between the two formats for profes-sional development and principals’ self-efficacy beliefs in implementing reforms are analyzed, modelling both direct and indirect pathways. For the estimation of the model, the lavaan package (version 0.6-19) in R is used. Cases with a missing value at any point are ex-cluded from the analysis using listwise deletion. Model estimation is conducted using the max-imum likelihood method (MLM) with Satorra–Bentler corrected chi-square statistics and robust standard errors, with estimation and output following the conventions of the EQS program for structural equation modelling (Rosseel, 2012). Using N = 960 complete cases, the structural equation model demonstrated good overall fit (CFI = .97, TLI = .96, RMSEA = .03). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings University-based training was a significant positive predictor of external evidence orientation (std.β = .26, p < .001), whereas peer mentoring showed only a marginal association (std.β = .08, p = .040). Neither professional development format was related to internal evidence orientation or reliance on evidence substitutes. External evidence orientation (std.β = .27, p < .001) and evidence substitute orientation (std.β = .27, p < .001) were positively associated with principals’ self-efficacy, while internal evidence orientation was not. Direct effects of professional development on self-efficacy were non-significant, with only a small indirect effect of university-based training via external evidence orientation (std.β = .07, p = .001). Internal evidence orientation was weakly positively related to evidence substitutes while external evidence orientation showed no association, indicating that the dimensions are not mutually exclusive. Overall, the findings suggest that university-based programmes primarily promote external evidence orientation, whereas peer mentoring shows limited effects. Although professional development formats have only marginal effects on self-efficacy, external evidence orientation is meaningfully associated with principals’ self-efficacy. From a practical perspective, leadership training should focus on integrating internal evidence orientation, as an exclusive focus on external evidence risks an uncritical transfer of research or best practices without sufficient attention to local school contexts (Dormann et al., 2016; Schildkamp, 2019). Beyond the Swiss context, these findings resonate with European and international efforts to strengthen evidence-informed school leadership (e.g. Arthur & McGregor, 2024; Levin, 2010). Given similar challenges in various European countries, these results could not only inform the design of professional development programs in Switzerland, but also in other countries seeking to balance evidence-based practices with sensitivity to local school contexts. Additionally, they serve as a point of comparison for similar studies from other European contexts (for example Brown et al., 2022). This research therefore contributes to the broader European discourse on building capacity for evidence-informed school leadership. References Acton, K. S. (2021). School leaders as change agents: Do principals have the tools they need? Management in Education, 35(1), 43–51. https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020620927415 Arthur, L., & McGregor, D. (2024). What Works in School Leadership?: Making Evidence-Informed Choices (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429260612 Brown, C., Schildkamp, K., & Hubers, M. D. (2017). Combining the best of two worlds: A conceptual proposal for evidence-informed school improvement. Educational Research, 59(2), 154–172. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2017.1304327 Bundesamt für Statistik. (2024). Schulpersonal 2022/23: Obligatorische Schule, Sekundarstufe II und Tertiärstufe (höhere Fachschulen). Bundesamt für Statistik. https://www.bfs.admin.ch/asset/de/30965087 Daniëls, E., Hondeghem, A., & Dochy, F. (2019). A review on leadership and leadership devel-opment in educational settings. Educational Research Review, 27, 110–125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.02.003 Dormann, C., Binnewies, C., Koch, A. R., van Ackeren, I., Clausen, M., Preisendörfer, P., Schmidt, U., & Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, O. (2016). Transferring best evidence into prac-tice: Assessment of evidence-based school management. Journal for Educational Re-search Online, 8(3), 14–38. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:12803 Farley-Ripple, E. N. (2024). The Use of Research in Schools: Principals’ Capacity and Contribu-tions. Education Sciences, 14(6), 561. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14060561 Hegestedt, R., Nouri, J., Rundquist, R., & Fors, U. (2023). Data-Driven School Improvement and Data-Literacy in K-12: Findings from a Swedish National Program. International Journal of Emerging Technologies in Learning (iJET), 18(15), 189–208. https://doi.org/10.3991/ijet.v18i15.37241 Levin, B. (2010). Leadership for evidence-informed education. School Leadership & Manage-ment, 30(4), 303–315. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2010.497483 Petridou, A., Nicolaidou, M., & Karagiorgi, Y. (2017). Exploring the impact of professional devel-opment and professional practice on school leaders’ self-efficacy: A quasi-experimental study. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 28(1), 56–73. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2016.1236734 Qvortrup, L. (2019). Provision of School Data and Research Based Teacher Professional Devel-opment: Does It Work? Data- and Research-Informed Development of Schools in the Danish “Program for Learning Leadership”. Education Sciences, 9(2), 92. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci9020092 Röhl, S., Pietsch, M., & Cramer, C. (2024). School leaders’ self-efficacy and its impact on inno-vation: Findings of a repeated measurement study. Educational Management Admin-istration & Leadership, 52(6), 1477–1496. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432221132482 Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48, 1–36. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v048.i02 Schildkamp, K. (2019). Data-based decision-making for school improvement: Research insights and gaps. Educational Research, 61(3), 257–273. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1625716 Staman, L., Visscher, A. J., & Luyten, H. (2014). The effects of professional development on the attitudes, knowledge and skills for data-driven decision making. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 42, 79–90. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2013.11.002 26. Educational Leadership
Poster Organizational Learning within Municipal School Providers? An Analysis of School Providers in Germany 1: TU University Dortmund, Germany; 2: Academy of the Ruhr University Bochum gGmbH, Germany Presenting Author:Technological advancement is reshaping education, requiring school systems to adapt and innovate. To adapt to these developments, change occurs at different levels. Local system changes are situated between statewide reforms and individual school improvement (Hermstein, 2021), where local authorities are often responsible (European Commission, 2014). In the German school system, this corresponds to the role of municipal school providers (Schulträger). Because in Germany, authority over aspects of curriculum and instruction lies with the state government, the role of municipal school providers is restricted to changes in so-called “external matters”, such as the provision of schools, buildings, and infrastructure (Hermstein, 2021). In the context of digitalization, innovation by MSPs is therefore limited to providing infrastructure and facilitating alignment among local stakeholders (Hermstein, 2024). MSPs are still a crucial part of the school support system because they provide pivotal resources enabling schools to respond to statewide reforms (Hermstein, 2021). Because MSPs play such a pivotal role in schools’ capacity for change, they themselves must be able to operate effectively and in a goal-oriented manner. This requires organizational learning and change capacities, including the ability to reflect on and adapt their own processes. Organizational learning is defined as an organization’s ability to continuously adapt by modifying its knowledge in response to changing environmental conditions (Kozica et al., 2019). Learning occurs through changes in routines and processes (single-loop learning), in underlying theories of action and overarching goals (double-loop learning), or in how learning is conducted (deutero learning) (Argyris & Schön, 1978). Individuals within an organization develop new ideas, connect them to existing knowledge, share them within the group, and transfer the resulting collective knowledge into the organizational memory, which is reflected in altered processes, structures, or the organization’s culture (Kozica et al., 2019). Consequently, organizational learning is a complex and highly demanding process. Findings from school improvement research, therefore, indicate that educational organizations require specific capacities to be able to learn. Feldhoff’s (2011) Integrative Model of Organizational Learning Capacity (adapted from Marks and Louis, 1999) describes seven dimensions that are pivotal for organizational learning: (1) organizational structure, (2) shared goals, values, and collaboration, (3) knowledge and skills, (4) leadership and management, (5) quality assurance and goal assessment, (6) exchange with the school environment, and (7) participation. Although the model is based on research within school organizations, it can also be partially applied to MSPs, understood as pedagogical institutions (Merkens, 2006). Research from France indicates that MSP strategies to collaborate with relevant educational stakeholders and align with local development strategies can foster individual school improvement and sustainable municipal growth (Lugaz & Chimier, 2021). Findings from Germany, however, indicate that the MSP’s practice is largely shaped by bureaucratic logics and negotiating with other local stakeholders (Hermstein, 2022; Sendzik et al., 2025) rather than strategic organizational learning. This paper, therefore, addresses the central question: To what extent do municipal school providers follow organizational learning strategies, and what capacities for organizational learning do they have? To answer this question, we use data from a larger project that supports MSP and private school providers (PSP) in developing and implementing a digital media strategy focused on Open Educational Resources (OER) in schools in structurally weak urban regions. The project aims to facilitate the development of adaptive change management competencies among school providers and a sustainable culture of digitality within the education system. This paper draws on an analysis of contextual conditions shaping change processes involving interactions among school providers, school supervisory authorities, and schools, as well as support for strategy development, consulting, and professional development related to OER implementation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper reports the results of a sub-study aimed at developing a framework for strategic practices, grounded in organizational learning, of MSPs and PSPs as central actors in the school system. To do so, we analyzed the organizational behavior, organizational conditions, and organizational development needs that MSPs and PSPs report using an Exploratory Sequential Mixed-Methods Design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018) in which a qualitative exploration of the phenomenon is followed by a quantitative validation. This two-phase design is appropriate for exploring a phenomenon when there are no established measures or instruments, the phenomenon contains unknown variables, or in the absence of an existing framework or theory (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018). In this paper, we present the results of the first phase. This phase involved qualitative, problem-centered interviews (Witzel, 2000) with representatives of MSPs and PSPs. We conducted 14 interviews with 12 public and two private school providers. They were predominantly located in structurally weak urban areas and distributed across seven German states. The number of schools within their remit ranged from fewer than ten to more than 300. The interviewees occupied different roles, ranging from digital education specialist to head of the municipality’s education department. The interviews were based on a protocol that covered questions about organizational conditions, school providers’ approaches to supporting school improvement, collaboration with school supervisory authorities, schools, other stakeholders, as well as school providers’ perception of their roles within the school system. The interviews were analyzed using Mayring’s (2022) qualitative content analysis. The coding system for analysis was developed deductively and included categories related to the capacities for organizational learning framework (Feldhoff, 2011), change management strategies (Hiatt, 2006), governance (Brüsemeister & Newiadomsky, 2008), forms and prerequisites of collaboration (Gräsel et al., 2006), and role perception as change agents (Ottaway, 1983). The interviews had an average duration of 75 minutes. Most were held face-to-face, while some were conducted via videoconference. The data from this analysis will be used to develop a standardized questionnaire that aims to examine the extent to which the phenomena reported by these school providers can be validated in a full-survey sample. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the interviews, most MSPs and PSPs reported the (partial) existence of capacities for organizational learning. For instance, several reported shared values and goals, often linked to a motivation to support their schools’ improvement. Regarding knowledge management, interviewees reported that their in-house training focused primarily on administrative matters. When additional knowledge was required, they reported acquiring external training or project-specific external consulting. Besides that, the reports frequently emphasized activities related to improving the system rather than strategies focused on themselves as an organizational actor and their ability to learn. However, in planning and implementing system changes, the reports indicated relevant dimensions of organizational learning capacities. For instance, when distributing new devices, interviewees reported using data-based and collaborative approaches, working with schools and, in phases, with other key stakeholders. The extent of systematic data collection (e.g., device usage or school needs assessments) varied from informal conversations to using standardized tools. Concerning the collaboration with the school environment, the MSPs in particular reported a need for increased collaboration with school supervisory authorities that was not yet occurring in a satisfactory way. MSPs often referred to the formal-legal division between internal (curriculum and instruction) and external (infrastructure) school matters. Nonetheless, they often expressed their motivation to go beyond these limitations to promote integration between internal and external affairs. The collaboration with their own schools was mostly perceived as constructive. Interviewees acknowledged the political character of municipal development processes, and viewed themselves as mediators. Overall, our data suggest that the interviewed school providers show signs of strategic planning, but also have “blind spots”, particularly with respect to organizational learning concerning their own processes (deutero learning). Our quantitative analyses will show whether these findings apply to a larger population of school providers. References Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (1978). Organizational learning: A theory of action perspective. Addison-Wesley. Brüsemeister, T., & Newiadomsky, M. (2008). Schulverwaltung—Ein unbekannter Akteur? In R. Langer (Ed.), “Warum tun die das?”: Governanceanalysen zum Steuerungshandeln in der Schulentwicklung (pp. 70–93). VS, Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Sage. European Commission. (2014). Financing Schools in Europe: Mechanisms, Methods and Criteria in Public Funding. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2797/7857 Feldhoff, T. (2011). Schule organisieren: Der Beitrag von Steuergruppen und Organisationalem Lernen zur Schulentwicklung. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften GmbH. Gräsel, C., Fußangel, K., & Pröbstel, C. (2006). Lehrkräfte zur Kooperation anregen—Eine Aufgabe für Sisyphos? Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 52(2), 205–219. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:4453 Hiatt, J. M. (2006). ADKAR: A Model for Change in Business, Goverment and Our Community. Prosci Learning Center Publications. Hermstein, B. (2021). Wer spielt warum mit? Schnittstellen in der Schulsystementwicklung und Prozesse ihrer Rationalisierung. Die Deutsche Schule, 113(1), 14-29. Hermstein, B. (2022). Der Wandel regionaler Schulangebote. Theoretische und empirische Analysen zur Rolle kommunaler Schulträger [Dissertation]. University Jena. Hermstein, B. (2024). Schulträger. Eine postheroische Führungsinstanz im Mehrebenensystem Schule. DDS – Die Deutsche Schule, 2024(3), 239–251. https://doi.org/10.31244/dds.2024.03.02 Kozica, A., Kaiser, S., & Brandl, J. (2019). Organisationslernen. In S. Veit, C. Reichard, & G. Wewer (Eds.), Handbuch zur Verwaltungsreform (pp. 705–715). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21563-7_62 Lugaz, C., & Chimier, C. (2021). Cities and Education 2030: Research in France. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000378923_eng Marks, H. M., & Louis, K. S. (1999). Teacher Empowerment and the Capacity for Organizational Learning. Educational Administration Quarterly. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X99355003 Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. Beltz. Merkens, H. (2006). Pädagogische Institutionen. Pädagogisches Handeln im Spannungsfeld von Individualisierung und Organisation. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-90198-5 Ottaway, R. N. (1983). The Change Agent: A Taxonomy in Relation to the Change Process. Human Relations, 36(4), 361–392. https://doi.org/10.1177/001872678303600403 Sendzik, N., Eiden, S., Demski, D., Bellenberg, G., & Helbig, M. (2025). Zum Stand einer bedarfsorientierten Mittelausstattung von Schulen in sozial schwieriger Lage durch die Bundesländer und Kommunen. In N. Sendzik, M. Helbig, D. Demski, G. Bellenberg, S. Eiden, B. Edelstein, & J. Hugo (Eds.), Ungleich fördern – gerecht steuern. Begründungen, Umsetzungen und Wirkungserwartungen einer bedarfsorientierten Ressourcensteuerung im Bildungssystem (Vol. 20, pp. 101–126). Waxmann Verlag GmbH. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830999812 Witzel, A. (2000). Das problemzentrierte Interview. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 1(1), 1-9. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-1.1.1132 26. Educational Leadership
Poster Not All Pressure is Equal: Distinct Job-Demand Profiles Among School Principals 1: Université du Québec en Outaouais, Canada; 2: Université Laval, Canada; 3: Université de Moncton, Canada; 4: Université de Montréal, Canada Presenting Author:School principals are under important pressures, and their job demands appear to be increasing year after year (Dick et al., 2025). They are required to simultaneously manage pedagogical leadership, administrative responsibilities, human resources, and community relations, often in contexts characterized by limited resources (Creagh et al., 2025). These accumulating demands have been associated with elevated stress, emotional exhaustion, and increased risks of turnover among school leaders (Rivest et Clément, 2026; Skaalvik, 2023). This study is based on two theoretical models: 1) the work design characteristics model proposed by Humphrey et al. (2007); and 2) the Job Demands-Resources (JD-R) model (Demerouti et al., 2001). Both models provide a framework for understanding school principals’ work characteristics. According to the JD-R model, job demands (i.e., aspects of work requiring sustained physical, cognitive, or emotional effort) are associated with physiological and psychological costs (such as burnout), whereas job resources are negatively associated with disengagement (Demerouti et al., 2001). While the JD-R model has traditionally been tested using variable-centered approaches, more recent research highlights the value of person-centered approaches for capturing heterogeneity across individuals (Meyer & Morin, 2016).
Accordingly, this study adopts a person-centered analytical perspective. Using latent profile analysis (LPA), we explore how multiple dimensions of school principals’ job demands co-occur and cluster together to form distinct profiles of work characteristics. Rather than assuming that school principals experience job demands in a uniform or homogeneous way, this approach captures the heterogeneity of their lived work conditions. By identifying unique configurations of job‑demand patterns, LPA provides a nuanced understanding that can inform targeted interventions and more refined policy responses, tailored to the specific challenges faced by different groups of school leaders.
Five dimensions of job demands were examined: 1) rhythm and quantity of work, 2) task changes, 3) mental load, 4) emotional load, and 5) role ambiguity. These dimensions reflect quantitative, cognitive, emotional, and organizational aspects of school principals’ work (Lequeurre et al., 2013).
The overarching objective of this study was to identify latent profiles of job demands among school principals and to describe their prevalence and defining characteristics. Specifically, the study sought to answer the following research question: To what extent can distinct profiles of work characteristics be identified among school principals based on five dimensions of job demands?
By adopting a person-centered analytical perspective, this study aims to deepen our understanding of the heterogeneity that characterizes principals’ perception of work conditions. It extends research grounded in the JD-R framework by illustrating how multiple job demands co-occur and cluster within individuals, rather than exerting isolated or independent effects. The findings offer practical and policy-relevant insights, emphasizing the need for differentiated organizational supports tailored to distinct demand profiles. This approach challenges the adequacy of “one-size-fits-all” interventions, and underscores the importance of designing strategies responsive to the diverse realities of school principals’ work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and Procedure This study draws on data collected in 2022 in Québec, Canada. An anonymized online questionnaire (via the platform LimeSurvey) was distributed through the three major associations representing school principals (n = 3,400) which together account for more than 75% of all principals in the province of Québec. The sample for the current study included 976 school principals (72% women; average age of 48 years, SD = 6.5; and average work experience of 8 years, SD=6.8) who completed all measures required for the LPA. Participants represented diverse educational settings, including preschool (1%), elementary (63%), secondary (27%), vocational (4%), adult education (3%), and special education (2%). Measures The questionnaire included demographic items: gender, age, years of experience and educational settings along with a validated multi-item scales from Lequeurre et al. (2013) assessing perceived job demands with five dimensions of job demands: 1. Rhythm and Quantity of Work (RQW; 3 items; range 1–7; ω = .750; e.g., Do you have to rush to finish your work?). 2. Task Changes (TC; 3 items; range 1–7; ω = .775; e.g., Do you experience difficulties adapting to changes in your professional activities?). 3. Mental Load (ML; 3 items; range 1–7; ω = .870; e.g., Does your work require a lot of attention?). 4. Emotional Load (EL; 3 items; range 1–7; ω = .725; e.g., Are you confronted with things that affect you personally in your work?). 5. Role Ambiguity (RA: 3 items; range 1–7; ω = .794; e.g., Do you know exactly what others expect from your work?). All scales demonstrated satisfactory reliability (coefficients of .70 or higher are considered satisfactory; Cheung et al., 2024), with internal consistency omega coefficients (McDonald, 1970) ranging from .725 to .870. Analytic Strategy Latent profile analyses were conducted in Mplus 8 (Muthén & Muthén, 2017). Solutions with one to six profiles were compared using the Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC), entropy, the Lo-Mendell-Rubin likelihood ratio test (LMR), and profile sizes (Lo et al., 2001). Model selection prioritized lower BIC values, entropy > .70, significant LMR tests (p < .05), and adequate profile sizes (> 5% of the sample, and n > 100; Weller et al., 2020). The three-profile solution provided the best fit. It yielded the lowest BIC (15,782.08), an acceptable entropy value (.778), and a significant LMR test (p = .0004) and met size criteria as shown below. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The latent profile analysis resulted in three profiles: Profile 1: Stable Profile (n = 238; 24.4%) The stable profile is characterized by consistently low levels of job demands: rhythm and quantity of work (RQW = −1.161); task changes (TC = −0.767); mental load (ML = −0.866); emotional load (EL = −0.831); and role ambiguity (AMB = −0.068). Statistical comparisons indicate that all dimensions significantly distinguish this profile from the others (p < .05). Profile 2: Balanced Profile (n = 577; 59.1%) The balanced profile, which includes most school principals, is characterized by near-average levels across all variables: RQW = 0.226; TC = −0.133; ML = 0.262; and EL = 0.096. Role ambiguity remains low and does not significantly distinguish this profile (AMB = −0.091, p = .739). Parameter estimates indicate that RQW, TC, ML, and EL contribute significantly to the definition of this profile (p < .01). Profile 3: Under-Pressure Profile (n = 161; 16.5%) The under-pressure profile is distinguished by elevated levels across all dimensions and statistically significant (p < .05): RQW = 0.977; TC = 1.619; ML = 0.408; EL = 0.923; and AMB = 0.415. While most school principals experience relatively balanced work conditions, a substantial proportion seems to operate under a convergent set of quantitative, emotional, and organizational pressures. These results underscore the need for differentiated organizational responses. Strategies aimed solely on reducing workload may be insufficient if emotional and role-related demands remain unaddressed. Interventions that strengthen emotional support, and enhance role clarity for instance may be particularly beneficial for school principals in the “under-pressure” profile. Future research should examine how these latent profiles relate to critical outcomes such as emotional exhaustion, job satisfaction, and intention to quit the profession, as well as how transitions between profiles occur over time. References Cheung, G. W., Cooper-Thomas, H. D., Lau, R. S., & Wang, L. C. (2024). Reporting reliability, convergent and discriminant validity with structural equation modeling: A review and best-practice recommendations. Asia Pacific Journal of Management, 41(2), 745–783. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10490-023-09871-y Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2025). Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders: a systematic research synthesis. Educational Review, 77(2), 661–680. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2023.2196607 Demerouti, E., Bakker, A. B., Nachreiner, F., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2001). The job demands-resources model of burnout. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(3), 499. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.86.3.499 Dick, T., Kidson, P., & Marsh, H. (2025). The Australian Principal Occupational Health, Safety, and Wellbeing Survey (IPPE Report). Sydney: Institute for Positive Psychology and Education, Australian Catholic University. Humphrey, S. E., Nahrgang, J. D., & Morgeson, F. P. (2007). Integrating motivational, social, and contextual work design features: A meta-analytic summary and theoretical extension of the work design literature. Journal of Applied Psychology, 92(5), 1332-1356. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.92.5.1332 Lequeurre, J., Gillet, N., Ragot, C., & Fouquereau, E. (2013). Validation of a French questionnaire to measure job demands and resources. Revue internationale de psychologie sociale, 26(4), 93-124. https://www.cairn.info/revue--2013-4-page-93.htm Lo, Y., Mendell, N. R., & Rubin, D. B. (2001). Testing the number of components in a normal mixture. Biometrika, 88(3), 767-778. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/88.3.767 McDonald, R.P. (1970). Theoretical foundations of principal factor analysis and alpha factor analysis. British Journal of Mathematical & Statistical Psychology, 23, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2044-8317.1970.tb00432.x Meyer, J. P., & Morin, A. J. (2016). A person‐centered approach to commitment research: Theory, research, and methodology. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 37(4), 584-612. https://doi.org/10.1002/job.2085 Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (2017). Mplus User’s Guide (Version 8). Rivest, M.-C., & Clément, L. (2026). School Principals’ Work Characteristics and Wellbeing in relation to Their Intention to Quit and Turnover: A Systematic Literature Review. International Journal of Leadership in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2025.2606987 Skaalvik, C. (2023). Emotional exhaustion and job satisfaction among Norwegian school principals: Relations with perceived job demands and job resources. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 26(1), 75-99. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2020.1791964 Tabachnick, B. G.,Fidell, L. S., & Ullman, J. B. (2019). Using multivariate statistics (7th ed.). Pearson. Weller, B. E., Bowen, N. K., & Faubert, S. J. (2020). Latent class analysis: A guide to best practice. Journal of Black Psychology, 46(4), 287–311. https://doi.org/10.1177/0095798420930932 26. Educational Leadership
Poster Serious Gaming for Educational Leadership: Supporting Collective Sensemaking in Schools as Learning Organisations Rotterdam University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Educational leaders are increasingly expected to foster collective learning and organisational development in schools operating under conditions of growing complexity, uncertainty, and accountability pressure. International research on educational leadership documents a shift towards leadership practices that emphasise organisational learning, professional collaboration, and collective sensemaking as central to school improvement (Day & Sammons, 2020; Harris, 2014; Leithwood et al., 2020). At the same time, research has shown that school leaders often experience difficulties in translating theoretical leadership frameworks into concrete practices that meaningfully inform everyday decision-making and school development (Robinson, 2011; Timperley, 2011). Against this background, the present study addresses the following research question: How can serious gaming support collective sensemaking among educational leadership teams in relation to organisational learning? The theoretical framework combines research on educational leadership as practice and leadership for learning (Harris, 2014; Spillane, 2006; Robinson, 2011) with the concept of schools as learning organisations (Silins et al., 2002; Kools, 2020). Leadership is conceptualised not as an individual attribute but as a collective and situated practice through which organisational learning is enacted. By focusing on sensemaking processes within leadership teams, the study engages with an issue that is widely recognised across European education systems: how school leaders can work with abstract policy- and research-informed frameworks in ways that support shared understanding and coordinated action within diverse institutional and governance contexts. This study presents an ongoing educational design research project that explores how serious gaming can support educational leadership for organisational learning. The project focuses on the design and development of a serious game intended for school leaders and leadership teams, aimed at supporting reflection, dialogue, and developmental planning across seven key dimensions of schools as learning organisations, including shared vision, team learning, a culture of research and inquiry, knowledge sharing, and learning leadership (Kools, 2020; Silins et al., 2002). Serious gaming is employed as a pedagogical and methodological approach to support collective leadership learning processes by externalising organisational practices and assumptions, thereby creating structured opportunities for dialogue, reflection, and sensemaking, as documented in research on serious games and game-based learning (Connolly et al., 2012; Susi et al., 2007). The poster reports on the design rationale, development process, and preliminary outcomes of the serious game. The game was developed through iterative co-design cycles within a research–practice partnership involving school leaders from primary, secondary, and higher education contexts in the Netherlands. The design process follows principles of Educational Design Research (McKenney & Reeves, 2019), combining theory-informed design with systematic inquiry into how specific design features mediate leadership practices and learning processes. Conjecture mapping (Boelens et al., 2020) was used to articulate hypothesised relationships between design features, mediating leadership activities, and intended learning outcomes. Preliminary findings suggest that the serious game appears to function as a boundary object that mediates dialogue and negotiation of meaning among leadership team members, enabling collective sensemaking around organisational learning practices (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011; Star & Griesemer, 1989). Participants reported increased conceptual clarity regarding the learning organisation framework, deeper team dialogue, and an enhanced sense of agency in shaping school-wide learning processes. Rather than prescribing specific leadership actions, the game supports leaders in navigating the relationship between knowing and acting by creating structured opportunities for reflective and collaborative leadership practice. The study contributes to educational leadership research by illustrating how design-based approaches and serious gaming can support leadership for organisational learning in context-sensitive ways. By explicitly addressing sensemaking processes within leadership teams, the project contributes to international discussions on educational leadership that seek to bridge theoretical knowledge and leadership practice in complex educational environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an Educational Design Research (EDR) methodology, which integrates theory-driven design with systematic empirical inquiry in authentic educational contexts and aims to produce both practical solutions and theoretical insights (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). The research is conducted within a research–practice partnership involving school leaders and researchers from primary, secondary, and higher education contexts. The design process consists of multiple iterative cycles of analysis, design, implementation, and reflection. In the initial phase, theoretical insights from educational leadership research and organisational learning literature informed the identification of key design principles related to collective leadership, professional learning, and organisational development (Harris, 2014; Kools, 2020). These principles were translated into a serious game structure that invites leadership teams to reflect on their organisational learning practices across seven dimensions of schools as learning organisations. Conjecture mapping (Boelens et al., 2020) was employed as both a design and analytical tool to make explicit the assumed relationships between design features (e.g., game mechanics, structured dialogue prompts, visual representations), mediating leadership activities (e.g., collective sensemaking, negotiation of priorities, shared decision-making), and intended learning outcomes (e.g., enhanced conceptual understanding, collective agency, alignment of leadership actions). Data collection focused on formative evaluation of the design and its use in leadership development settings. Qualitative data sources include observations of gameplay sessions, field notes, participant reflections collected during and after sessions, and reflective memos from the design team. These data were used to examine how leadership teams engaged with the game, how dialogue unfolded, and how the game mediated leadership practices and interactions. Data analysis followed an iterative and abductive approach, moving between empirical observations and theoretical constructs from leadership and organisational learning research. In line with design-based research traditions, the emphasis of the analysis is not on statistical generalisation, but on developing context-sensitive design knowledge that can inform both theory and practice (Design-Based Research Collective, 2003). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this ongoing design-based study suggest that serious gaming can provide a promising approach to supporting educational leadership for organisational learning. By translating abstract leadership and learning organisation concepts into an experiential and dialogic format, the game enables leadership teams to engage in collective reflection and sensemaking that is often difficult to achieve through more conventional professional development approaches. Rather than functioning as a prescriptive leadership intervention, the serious game creates structured conditions for leadership teams to surface assumptions, negotiate shared understandings, and align their actions with broader organisational learning goals. In doing so, the game supports leaders in navigating the relationship between knowing and acting, a persistent challenge in educational leadership research, particularly in complex and rapidly changing contexts (Argyris & Schön, 1978; Harris & Jones, 2020). For educational leadership research, this study demonstrates the value of Educational Design Research and serious gaming as complementary approaches for investigating leadership practices in situ. The use of conjecture mapping provides transparency in linking theory, design, and empirical inquiry, thereby supporting cumulative knowledge building in leadership research. While the findings are preliminary and context-specific, they indicate the potential of serious gaming as both a leadership development tool and a research instrument. Future research will focus on further refinement of the design, deeper analysis of leadership learning processes, and exploration of how design-based interventions can contribute to theory development in educational leadership. References Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311404435 Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (1978). Organizational learning: a theory of action perspective. Addison-Wesley. Boelens, R., De Wever, B., & McKenney, S. (2020). Conjecture mapping to support vocationally educated adult learners in open-ended tasks. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 29(3), 430–470. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2020.1759605 Connolly, T. M., Boyle, E. A., MacArthur, E., Hainey, T., & Boyle, J. M. (2012). A systematic literature review of empirical evidence on computer games and serious games. Computers & Education, 59(2), 661–686. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2012.03.004 Day, C., Sammons, P., & Gorgen, K. (2020). Successful school leadership. Education Development Trust. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED614324.pdf Design-Based Research Collective. (2003). Design-based research: An emerging paradigm for educational inquiry. Educational Researcher, 32(1), 5–8. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X032001005 Harris, A. (2014). Distributed leadership matters: Perspectives, practicalities, and potential. Corwin. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). COVID-19 – school leadership in disruptive times. School Leadership & Management, 40(4), 243–247. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2020.1811479 Kools, M. (2020). Schools as learning organisations: The concept, its measurement and HR outcomes (Doctoral dissertation). Erasmus University Rotterdam. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Robinson, V. M. J. (2011). Student-centered leadership. Jossey-Bass. Silins, H. C., Mulford, W. R., & Zarins, S. (2002). Organizational learning and school change. Educational Administration Quarterly, 38(5), 613–642. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X02239641 Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. Jossey-Bass. Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional ecology, translations and boundary objects. Social Studies of Science, 19(3), 387–420. https://doi.org/10.1177/030631289019003001 Susi, T., Johannesson, M., & Backlund, P. (2007). Serious games – An overview (Technical report). University of Skövde. Timperley, H. (2011). Realizing the power of professional learning. McGraw-Hill Education / Open University Press. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 27 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster What Hinders perspective-taking in Socioscientific Issues Instruction? A Case Study East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:In recent decades, international organizations and some relevant scholars have expected to cultivate students' character, morality, and a sense of responsible citizenship through science education (European Commission, 2015; Sjöström, 2025; Lee et al., 2013). Socioscientific Issues (SSI) serve as a powerful anchor for integrating social and ethical issues into science education (Zeidler & Sadler, 2008; Zeidler et al., 2005). While purposes in SSI-based science education like promoting students' moral development and fostering civic awareness are widely advocated, translating them into practice is far more challenging (Sadler et al., 2007). Drawing on the foundational framework of informal reasoning in SSI, Sadler and Zeidler (2005) argued that perspective-taking provides the essential capacity for students to evoke emotive informal reasoning, which allows them to identify with affected individuals and transform abstract moral considerations into a sustained line of care-based reasoning within complex SSI contexts.It is later articulated within the socioscientific reasoning (SSR) framework (Sadler et al., 2007).
Promoting students' perspective-taking within SSI contexts is not a simple task. This difficulty stems from its nature as a distinct theoretical construct. It requires a clear distinction between position, orientation, and perspective. Furthermore, Kahn and Zeidler (2019) distinguish socioscientific perspective-taking (SSPT) from similar psychological concepts, emphasizing that its manifestation requires authentic engagement with issues of personal relevance, an empathic shift from an etic to an emic perspective, and a moral context necessitating ethical reflection (Kahn & Zeidler, 2019; Zeidler et al., 2019). Consequently, developing SSPT goes beyond mere awareness of diverse perspectives and demands intentional and rigorous instructional design. Extant research has already yielded promising results in this area. For instance, Newton and Zeidler (2020) successfully enhanced students' perspective-taking through a modified reading and writing intervention embedded in university science curricula. Similarly, Muchlas Abrori et al. (2025) fostered the abilities of perspective-taking among primary students using meticulously designed educational comics. While these studies provide successful precedents, we argue, however, that lessons derived from unsuccessful attempts are equally worthy of attention. This study speaks to such a case where perspective-taking did not successfully emerge.
In the case of our study, the SSI is whether to support pet cloning, and students engaged in debates on this issue. After learning basic information and knowledge about pet cloning, students first formed their own positions, then were assigned by teachers to argue for different positions based on their seating arrangements. Classroom observations and discourse analysis revealed that some students, despite changing their assigned positions, failed to achieve the shift in perspective-taking. Our analysis focuses on the question: What hinders students' perspective-taking? By this study, we hope to help teachers who prioritize fostering students' ethics and morality avoid injudicious practices when implementing SSl-based instruction.
Qualitative analysis leads us to argue that certain SSI are mismatched with the debate-based teaching model. This mismatch manifests itself in two key aspects: First, an SSI is not inherently or necessarily controversial; non-controversial issues, as defined by epistemic criteria, are not suited to the nondirective teaching model of debate. Second, debate is perceived by students as an activity of taking sides with clear-cut winners and losers, which leads them to conflate their personal identity perspectives with issue-categories perspectives, thus impeding effective perspective-taking. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted in a sixth-grade science classroom in a public middle school in China. Curriculum Design and Implementation We collaborated with a sixth-grade science teacher to co-design three SSI lesson plans through six preparatory discussions. These lessons were integrated into the unit titled "The Continuation of the Material World." The selection of topics (cultivated meat consumption and pet cloning) was based on a comprehensive consideration of the researcher's academic interests, consultations with the collaborating teacher, and a student vote among several alternative SSI topics. Drawing on the teacher's prior experience with SSI teaching, the debate model was adopted. During the pet cloning lesson—the primary case of this study—students engaged with a constructed real-world scenario through information sheets featuring stakeholder statements and scientific facts. To ensure a balanced debate from this informed starting point, the teacher made an on-the-spot adjustment to assign debate positions by seating arrangement. Data Collection The collected data included classroom videos, audio recordings, interview recordings, opinion worksheets, and debate worksheets. Eight lessons were recorded with 2 fixed cameras, 3 mobile cameras, and 5 voice recorders. In the SSI lessons, students used two distinct worksheets to document their reasoning: on the opinion worksheets, they recorded evidence supporting their own chosen position after learning the basic information; on the debate worksheets, they noted reasoning from others' speeches that they either found compelling or could not agree with during and after the debate. For the pet cloning lesson, the teacher asked students whose chosen position clashed with their assigned debate side to mark a triangle on their debate worksheets. A total of 47 debate worksheets were collected, with 16 from the pro side and 3 from the con side bearing triangle marks. The researchers conducted unstructured interviews with some students after the lessons and after sorting out the two types of worksheets. Data Analysis This study focused on students' perspective-taking in their SSR. We first coded the students in the class to ensure a one-to-one match between speaking students, their student ID numbers and the worksheets. Through transcribing classroom videos and interview recordings, and in combination with debate and opinion worksheets, we conducted a focused qualitative and discourse analysis on students who switched their positions, to examine whether they shifted perspectives through empathy and considered moral contexts in class. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study found students failed to shift from etic to emic perspectives in SSR. When students opposing pet cloning were assigned to the pro side, they showed resistance (e.g.waving self-made white flags, or drawing over 20 triangles on worksheets (S05)). The main argument for the support side was: "Setting aside animal welfare and ethics, pet cloning can bring economic benefits locally" (S24). A student (S23) who initially supported cloning but was assigned to the con side remained silent in the debate; Interviews with S23 further revealed his reason for choosing the pro side: "The teacher might assign Student 24 to the pro side, and I thought I would win by following him". We attribute this difficulty in SSPT to the debate-based teaching model, for two reasons: First, not all SSI are “controversial issues”. While SSI are often considered controversial (Zeidler & Sadler, 2008), meaning no fixed answer exists across perspectives (Yahaya et al., 2016), the epistemic criterion requires that “contrary views can be held without being contrary to reason” (Dearden, 1981). Pet cloning, though multi-perspectival, promotes pro views (prioritizing benefits of emotion/economy over injuring innocent lives) that can be deemed irrational. Such non-controversial issues should not use nondirective teaching (Hand, 2026 ; 2007) , which here forced pro-side students to neglect moral perspectives. Second, the win-lose debate framework hindered SSPT by distorting the focus of perspective-taking. Students were driven not only to win for their side, often through exaggerated arguments (Tang et al., 2025), but also to navigate extraneous classroom and cultural perspectives. These included concerns about personal competence in public speaking and, within the collectivist setting, a desire to align with the perceived “winning side” to ensure group success. Consequently, the cognitive effort required for empathizing with the SSI’s core stakeholders was diverted, impeding authentic perspective-shifting. References Dearden, R. F. (1981). Controversial issues and the curriculum. Journal of Moral Education, 13(1), 37–44. European Commission (2015). Science education for responsible citizenship—Report to the European Commission of the expert group on science education. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/12626. Hand, M. (2026). Revisited:“What Should We Teach as Controversial? A Defense of the Epistemic Criterion”.Educational Theory,76(1),50-56. Hand, M. (2007). What Should We Teach as Controversial? A Defense of the Epistemic Criterion.Educational Theory,5(1),69-86. Kahn, S., & Zeidler, D. L. (2019). A conceptual analysis of perspective-taking in support of socioscientific reasoning. Science & Education, 28, 605–638. Muchlas Abrori, F., Lavicza, Z., & Anđić, B. (2025). Enhancing socio-scientific reasoning of elementary school students through educational comics: a comprehensive exploration across diverse domain of knowledge. Education 3-13, 53(8), 1299–1320. Newton, M., & Zeidler, D. L. (2020). Developing socioscientific perspective-taking. International Journal of Science Education, 42(8), 1302–1319. Sadler, T. D., Barab, S. A., & Scott, B. (2007). What do students gain by engaging in socioscientific inquiry? Research in Science Education, 37, 371–391. Sadler, T. D., & Zeidler, D. L. (2005). Patterns of informal reasoning in the context of socioscientific decision making. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 42(1), 112–138. Sjöström, J. (2025). Vision III of scientific literacy and science education: An alternative vision for science education emphasising the ethico-socio-political and relational-existential. Studies in Science Education, 61(2), 239–274. Tang, et al. (2025). When structure and content of socioscientific argumentation develop in an unbalanced way: A case study. Science Education, 1464–1483. Yahaya, J. M., Nurulazam, A., & Karpudewan, M. (2016). College students’ attitudes towards sexually themed science content: A socioscientific issues approach to resolution. International Journal of Science Education, 38(7), 1174-1196. Zeidler, D. L., Sadler, T. D., Simmons, M. L., & Howes, E. V. (2005). Beyond STS: A research-based framework for socioscientific issues education. Science Education, 89(3), 357–377. Zeidler, D. L., & Sadler, T. D. (2008). Social and ethical issues in science education: A prelude to action. Science Education, 17(8), 799–803. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster Navigating Epistemic Tensions: A Critical Interdisciplinary Approach to Designing Civics Curriculum through Expert Decoding National Taichung University of Education, Taiwan Presenting Author:Introduction and International Context Globally, civic education is undergoing a paradigm shift toward competency-based learning (e.g., OECD Learning Compass 2030). A central challenge in this shift, particularly for Subject Didactics (Fachdidaktik) in both Europe and Asia, is integrating diverse social science disciplines—Sociology, Political Science, Law, and Economics—into a coherent curriculum that fosters democratic reasoning. A recurring bottleneck in international civic education is epistemic fragmentation. Textbooks often juxtapose disciplinary content without genuine integration, and teachers trained in single disciplines struggle to navigate conflicting epistemologies (e.g., legal proceduralism vs. sociological critique). This study uses Taiwan’s recent curriculum reform (the "108 Curriculum") as a strategic case study to investigate this universal challenge. It addresses a question central to the international didactics community: How can we move from a multidisciplinary "encyclopedia" to an interdisciplinary "integration" that preserves disciplinary depth while fostering transversal critical thinking? Research Question To bridge the gap between high-level curriculum goals and classroom realities, this study poses the following question: How can the implicit epistemic tensions between social science disciplines be decoded and transformed into pedagogical resources for a critical interdisciplinary civics curriculum? Theoretical Framework This study employs a dual-layered framework connecting macro-level democratic theory with micro-level cognitive processes: 1.Critical Interdisciplinarity (Macro-level): Drawing on Stoller (2020) and Klein (2010), we challenge "consensus-based" integration which often erases disciplinary differences. Instead, we view "conflict" as a democratic asset. By revealing power relations and epistemic tensions between disciplines (e.g., Economics’ efficiency vs. Law’s rights), the curriculum becomes a site for practicing democratic deliberation. 2. Methodological Integration (Micro-level): To operationalize this, we combine: (1) Decoding the Disciplines (DtD) (Middendorf & Pace, 2004): A process to interview experts and make their tacit "epistemic moves" explicit, identifying where student understanding breaks down. (2) Interdisciplinary Research Process (IRP) (Repko & Szostak, 2020): A structural framework for negotiating between experts to "create common ground" and co-construct curriculum modules. Objectives Focusing on the educational design phase, this study aims to: 1. Decode mental models of academic experts and expert teachers across the four disciplines regarding shared public issues (e.g., housing justice). 2. Map epistemic conflicts that act as learning bottlenecks. 3. Co-construct a curriculum prototype that uses these tensions as pedagogical tools. Significance This research offers the European educational community a methodological blueprint for the didactic transposition of complex social issues, demonstrating how disciplinary conflict can be leveraged to deepen democratic competence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study utilizes a qualitative collaborative design research approach, specifically focusing on the reconnaissance and planning phase of curriculum development. The design uniquely combines cognitive task analysis (DtD) with structural interdisciplinary negotiation (IRP). Participants Purposive sampling ensures balanced representation across the four constitutive disciplines of the Civics curriculum (Sociology, Political Science, Law, Economics). The sample (N=8) includes: 1. Academic Scholars with Disciplinary Expertise (n=4): One scholar representing each foundational discipline, selected for their specific academic background and experience in Civics teacher training or textbook development. 2. Expert Civics Teachers with Disciplinary Specializations (n=4): One high school Civics teacher specializing in each of the four disciplines (5+ years of experience), selected for their subject-specific expertise and active engagement in curriculum reform. Instruments and Data Collection The data collection proceeds in two stages: 1. Individual Decoding Interviews (DtD): We employ semi-structured interviews based on the Decoding the Disciplines protocol. Experts are asked to verbalize their thinking processes regarding a shared, complex civic issue (e.g., "How do you analyze Housing Justice?"). The instrument focuses on identifying "bottlenecks"—points where disciplinary logics (e.g., market mechanisms vs. constitutional rights) diverge or contradict. 2. Focus Group Negotiation (IRP): Following the interviews, a focus group session is conducted using the Interdisciplinary Research Process as a guide. This session functions as a "trading zone." The instrument here is a structured protocol based on Repko & Szostak’s Steps 7 and 8 ("Identifying Conflicts" and "Creating Common Ground"), facilitating the negotiation of epistemic positions to draft curriculum modules. Data Analysis Data are analyzed using Thematic Analysis. Transcripts are coded for "Epistemic Assumptions," "Value Conflicts," and "Integration Strategies." This analysis generates a Disciplinary Conflict Map, which serves as the foundation for the curriculum prototype. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Anticipated Findings Preliminary analysis indicates that the primary barrier to interdisciplinary teaching is epistemic incompatibility rather than the volume of content. We expect to produce an Epistemic Conflict Map that visualizes tacit tensions—such as the clash between "legal procedure" (Law) and "substantive justice" (Sociology), or "market efficiency" (Economics) and "political legitimacy" (Political Science). Outcomes: The Curriculum Prototype The study will result in a Critical Interdisciplinary Curriculum Prototype. Unlike traditional models that smooth over differences, this prototype explicitly highlights disciplinary conflicts, guiding students to use these tensions as lenses for critical analysis. Implications for Teaching and Learning The findings imply that effective civic education requires teachers to shift from being "content deliverers" to "negotiators of epistemic cultures." By decoding expert thinking, we provide a model for how teachers can navigate epistemic pluralism. Contribution to Knowledge This study contributes to the field of Didactics by operationalizing "conflict" as a pedagogical resource. It provides a reproducible methodological framework for curriculum designers in Europe and beyond who seek to move beyond "multidisciplinary juxtaposition" toward genuine, critical interdisciplinary integration in democratic education. References Klein, J. T. (2010). Creating interdisciplinary campus cultures: A model for strength and sustainability. Jossey-Bass. Middendorf, J., & Pace, D. (2004). Decoding the disciplines: Helping students learn disciplinary ways of thinking. New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 98, 1–12. Middendorf, J., & Shopkow, L. (2018). Overcoming Student Learning Bottlenecks: Decode the Critical Thinking of Your Discipline. Stylus. Repko, A. F., & Szostak, R. (2020). Interdisciplinary research: Process and theory (4th ed.). Sage. Stoller, A. (2020). A case for critical interdisciplinarity: Interdisciplinarity as democratic education. Issues in Interdisciplinary Studies, 38, 33–56. Su, Y. Y., & Liu, M. H. (2022). The design of an interdisciplinary integrated curriculum in high school civics and society textbooks. Bulletin of Educational Research, 68(4), 1–39. [in Chinese] 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster Using the Claim Evidence Reasoning Strategy to Improve Grade Nine Students’ Scientific Explanation and Argumentative Writing in Chemistry Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Scientific literacy is a critical skill in modern science education, enabling learners to understand, analyze, and communicate scientific ideas effectively (Bybee, 2013; Osborne, 2014). In STEM subjects, students often face challenges in articulating scientific explanations and constructing evidence-based arguments, which are essential for academic success (McNeill and Krajcik, 2012). According to studies done by Jiménez-Aleixandre, Rodríguez, and Duschl (2000) and Grace, McNeill, and Resendes (2012), the Claim–Evidence–Reasoning (CER) strategy provides a structured framework for developing these skills. The Grade 9 Chemistry curriculum at Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) is designed to foster scientific literacy, requiring students to explain chemical phenomena, justify claims with appropriate evidence, and articulate reasoning using scientific language (NIS Curriculum Framework, 2021). These expectations are embedded in learning objectives, laboratory activities, and criteria-based assessments, requiring learners to not only know chemical principles but also construct well-reasoned scientific explanations and arguments. At the Nazarbayev Intellectual School, ninth-grade students are required to write constructed explanations based on chemistry experiments. However, evidence from assessment results and classroom observations shows that many Grade 9 students continue to struggle with justifying their claims in chemistry writing using appropriate evidence and coherent reasoning. Common challenges they face include making unsupported claims, summarizing instead of analyzing, selecting irrelevant evidence, and failing to connect evidence to scientific concepts. As a result, students' written work in open-ended tests, lab reports, and inquiry-based tasks tends to be more descriptive than analytical, showing limited coherence in reasoning and evidence-based justification of chemical principles. The gap is particularly apparent in topics like particle theory, chemical reactions, bonding, and acids and bases, where abstract reasoning and evidence-based explanations are crucial. Although the Claim–Evidence–Reasoning (CER) framework has gained international recognition as a tool for improving students’ scientific explanation and argumentative writing skills, its systematic use and effectiveness in the NIS Grade 9 Chemistry curriculum have not been extensively investigated (McNeill and Krajcik, 2011; Sandoval, 2003). Thus, the main research problem of this study is the insufficient teaching strategies in NIS Grade 9 Chemistry to foster coherent scientific explanations and argumentation skills, along with the need to evaluate whether the CER framework can develop these skills within the context of the NIS curriculum. Research Objectives 1. To examine the effectiveness of implementing the CER strategy on ninth-grade students’ conceptual understanding in chemistry. 2. To determine how the CER strategy influences learners’ ability to produce coherent, and evidence-based scientific explanations and arguments. 3. To explore the main barriers students face in constructing scientific explanations and arguments, and to assess the role of CER in overcoming them. 4. To explore students’ experiences and perceptions of learning chemistry through the CER framework. The CER strategy is a recognized method for enhancing students’ skills in constructing scientific explanations and arguments while also scaffolding their scientific thinking (McNeill and Krajcik, 2012). Grounded in Toulmin’s argumentation model, CER encourages learners to present claims, support them with relevant evidence, and provide reasoning to link the evidence and the claims (Toulmin, 1958; McNeill and Krajcik, 2012). CER has been successfully implemented in various educational contexts to foster scientific argumentation and reasoning. Research articles with early secondary chemistry learners show that CER facilitates the connection of experimental data to chemical principles, resulting in more accurate, evidence-based explanations and stronger argumentation skills (McNeill, Lizotte, Krajcik, and Marx, 2006; Sandoval, 2003). However, empirical studies examining the utilisation of CER in Central Asia, specifically in Kazakhstan, remain limited (NIS Curriculum Framework, 2021). This study addresses the gap by applying CER in grade nine chemistry lessons. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed-method approach was employed for this study to examine the effect of the CER instructional strategy on grade nine students’ scientific explanations and argumentative writing skills in chemistry. The duration of the research was 10 weeks (one school term), encompassing pre-assessment, implementation of the CER strategy in chemistry classes, post-assessment, and analysis of the findings. Participants included 32 ninth-grade chemistry students studying at Nazarbayev Intellectual School, drawn from two intact classes (Creswell and Creswell, 2018). One class was designated as the experimental group, exposed to CER-based instruction, while the other class acted as the control group, taught with traditional instruction (McNeill and Krajcik, 2012). Three quantitative instruments an Achievement Test, a Scientific Writing Assessment, and a Perception Survey - were used to extract quantitative data (Ary, Jacobs, Sorensen, and Walker, 2014). The assessment test was utilized to assess conceptual understanding of chemistry topics. Scientific Writing Assessment was implemented through a rubric that measures accuracy of claims, relevance of evidence, and quality of reasoning (Berland and Reiser, 2009). The Perception Survey was conducted with Likert-scale questions to evaluate students' attitudes toward CER ( Rokeman, 2024). The study applied two qualitative data collection tools: document analysis and semi-structured interviews (Patton, 2015). Document analysis focused on evaluating student writing samples collected before and after the intervention. Students’ perceptions and learning challenges were explored through semi-structured interviews with eight participating students (Seidman, 2013). To describe student performance, the study employed descriptive statistics, including the mean and standard deviation (Field, 2018). Inferential statistics were utilized to compare post-test performance between groups, while a paired samples t-test was used to compare pre- and post-test scores within groups (Cohen, 1988). A thematic analysis was conducted to interpret qualitative data (Braun and Clarke, 2006). Triangulation was performed to verify findings across multiple data sources (Denzin, 1978). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings are presented in line with the study’s research objectives. Quantitative results from the achievement test indicate that students who received CER-based instruction demonstrated a statistically significant improvement in chemistry achievement compared with the control group. Independent samples t-test analysis showed that the experimental group outperformed the control group (p < .05), confirming the positive effect of CER on students’ conceptual understanding. In addition, students in the CER group produced clearer, more accurate, and logically structured scientific explanations. Their written work included relevant evidence and coherent reasoning aligned with scientific principles. The mean writing score of the experimental group increased from 46% in the pre-test to 78% in the post-test, whereas the control group showed only modest improvement from 46% to 57%. These results suggest that the CER framework effectively enhanced students’ scientific explanation and argumentation skills. Qualitative findings revealed that prior to the intervention, many students struggled to formulate coherent claims, select appropriate evidence, and link evidence to scientific concepts. Explanations were often unsupported, descriptive rather than analytical, or based on weak reasoning, and frequently included irrelevant observations from unrelated experiments. Following the implementation of the CER strategy, students’ explanations became more structured and scientifically grounded. Post-intervention examples demonstrated clear alignment between claims, experimental evidence, and chemical principles, indicating improved coherence and reasoning. Students’ perceptions of the CER approach were positive. Survey data showed that 85% of students believed CER enhanced their understanding of chemistry concepts, 82% reported that it facilitated scientific writing by helping them organize ideas and evidence, and 77% indicated increased confidence in articulating their reasoning. Qualitative analysis identified three key themes: improved clarity of explanation, better understanding of evidence, and increased engagement and motivation in chemistry learning. References Ary, D., Jacobs, L. C., Sorensen, C., & Walker, D. (2014). Introduction to research in education (9th ed.). Cengage Learning. Berland, L. K., & Reiser, B. J. (2009). Systematic analysis of students’ scientific explanations: Implications for assessment and instruction. Science Education, 93(1), 101–134. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.20378 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Bybee, R. W. (2013). The case for STEM education: Challenges and opportunities. NSTA Press. Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences (2nd ed.). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Denzin, N. K. (1978). The research act: A theoretical introduction to sociological methods (2nd ed.). McGraw-Hill. Field, A. (2018). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS statistics (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Grace, M., McNeill, K. L., & Resendes, R. (2012). The use of the CER framework to support scientific argumentation in classrooms. International Journal of Science Education, 34(10), 1575–1595. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2011.650353 Jiménez-Aleixandre, M. P., Rodríguez, A., & Duschl, R. A. (2000). ‘Doing the lesson’ or ‘doing science’: Argument in high school genetics. Science Education, 84(6), 757–792. https://doi.org/10.1002/1098-237X(200011)84:6<757::AID-SCE6>3.0.CO;2-0 McNeill, K. L., & Krajcik, J. (2011). Supporting grade 5–8 students in constructing explanations in science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 48(2), 185–216. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20435 McNeill, K. L., & Krajcik, J. (2012). Supporting grade 5–8 students in constructing explanations in science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 48(2), 185–216. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20435 McNeill, K. L., Lizotte, D. J., Krajcik, J., & Marx, R. W. (2006). Supporting students’ construction of scientific explanations by fading scaffolds in instructional materials. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 15(2), 153–191. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327809jls1502_1 Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. (2021). Grade 9 chemistry curriculum guide. NIS Curriculum Framework. Osborne, J. (2014). Science education for the twenty-first century. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 23, 1–3. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10956-013-9450-6 Sandoval, W. A. (2003). Conceptual and epistemic aspects of students’ scientific explanations. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 12(1), 5–51. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327809JLS1201_2 Seidman, I. (2013). Interviewing as qualitative research: A guide for researchers in education and the social sciences (4th ed.). Teachers College Press. Toulmin, S. (1958). The uses of argument. Cambridge University Press. Rokeman, N. R. (2024). Likert measurement scale in education and social sciences: Explored and explained. EDUCATUM Journal of Social Sciences, 10(1), 77–88. https://doi.org/10.37134/ejoss.vol10.1.7.2024 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster Research on the Learning Effect of the Dynamics Course through Inquiry-Based and Problem-Based Learning National Kaohsiung University of Science and Technology, Taiwan Presenting Author:This study proposes to investigate the effects of integrating Inquiry-Based Learning (IBL) with Problem-Based Learning (PBL) on university engineering students’ learning motivation and creativity within a dynamics course. Dynamics is a core subject in mechanical, aerospace, and naval engineering, requiring students to understand abstract concepts such as motion, force, and system behavior, and to apply mathematical models to real-world problems. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of PBL in promoting problem-solving skills and engagement, while IBL encourages curiosity, inquiry, and active knowledge construction. By combining these approaches, the study aims to examine the potential synergistic effects of IBL–PBL on student outcomes in a technically demanding course. The central research question is: How does the integration of IBL with PBL influence engineering students’ learning motivation and creativity in a dynamics course? Sub-questions include: (1) How does the IBL–PBL approach affect intrinsic and extrinsic goal orientation, task value, control of learning beliefs, self-efficacy, and test anxiety? (2) How does it influence overall creativity and sub-dimensions such as curiosity, imagination, adventure, and challenge? (3) How do students perceive the learning processes and benefits of IBL–PBL in relation to motivation, creativity, and problem-solving approaches? The study adopts a quasi-experimental pretest–posttest nonequivalent control group design, with an experimental group receiving IBL–PBL instruction and a control group receiving PBL-only instruction. Both groups follow the same syllabus and assessment standards, taught by the same instructor, to control for instructional variability. Quantitative instruments include the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (MSLQ) for learning motivation and the Creativity Assessment Packet (CAP) for creativity. Pretest measurements establish baseline equivalence, while posttest measurements assess changes after the intervention. Qualitative data are collected via focus group interviews to explore students’ perceptions of their motivation and creativity in depth. The conceptual framework is grounded in learner-centered and constructivist principles, emphasizing inquiry, autonomy, problem exploration, and active knowledge construction within authentic engineering contexts. By embedding inquiry processes into problem-based activities, the study links theoretical constructs of motivation and creativity to practical instructional strategies. Methodological triangulation using mixed methods provides a comprehensive understanding of the effects of IBL–PBL, balancing rigor and feasibility in real classroom settings. Overall, this research seeks to provide evidence-based insights into how integrated IBL–PBL pedagogy can enhance motivation, creative thinking, and problem-solving competencies essential for future engineering practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a quasi-experimental pretest–posttest nonequivalent control group design to examine the effects of integrating Inquiry-Based Learning (IBL) with Problem-Based Learning (PBL) in a university-level dynamics course. The experimental group received instruction using the integrated IBL–PBL approach, while the control group participated in a PBL-only course. Both groups were taught by the same instructor following identical syllabi and assessment criteria to minimize instructor-related variability. Pretest measurements confirmed baseline equivalence between groups. Quantitative data were collected using two validated instruments. Learning motivation was assessed with the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (MSLQ), which evaluates intrinsic and extrinsic goal orientation, task value, control of learning beliefs, self-efficacy, expectations for success, and test anxiety. Creativity was measured using the Creativity Assessment Packet (CAP), covering overall creativity and sub-dimensions including adventure, curiosity, imagination, and challenge. Pretests were administered at the beginning of the semester, and posttests at the end of the intervention. Paired- and independent-sample t-tests were conducted to analyze within- and between-group differences. To complement the quantitative findings, qualitative data were collected through two rounds of focus group interviews, each lasting approximately 50 minutes with three participants per session. The interviews explored students’ perceptions of how the IBL–PBL approach influenced their learning motivation and creativity, guided by the question: “How did the experimental course influence your motivation to learn and creativity?” This mixed-methods design enabled methodological triangulation, providing a comprehensive understanding of the IBL–PBL approach’s effects. The integration of quantitative and qualitative evidence supports the examination of both measurable outcomes and students’ experiential insights, balancing rigor with feasibility in a real classroom context. Overall, the methodology provides a robust framework to investigate the potential of IBL–PBL in enhancing motivation, creativity, and problem-solving skills in technically demanding engineering education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study investigated the effects of integrating Inquiry-Based Learning (IBL) with Problem-Based Learning (PBL) on university engineering students’ learning motivation and creativity in a dynamics course. Using a quasi-experimental pretest–posttest design with a nonequivalent control group, quantitative and qualitative data indicated that the IBL–PBL approach was associated with significant improvements in overall learning motivation and its sub-dimensions, including intrinsic and extrinsic goal orientation, task value, control of learning beliefs, self-efficacy, expectations for success, and test anxiety. Similarly, overall creativity and key dimensions—adventure, curiosity, imagination, and challenge—were significantly enhanced. Students in the experimental group demonstrated more flexible and reflective problem-solving approaches, considered multiple perspectives, and engaged more deeply in inquiry processes compared to the control group. These findings suggest that integrating IBL with PBL can foster learner autonomy, active engagement, and creative thinking while strengthening understanding of core dynamics concepts. The approach appears effective in promoting both motivational and cognitive outcomes in technically demanding engineering courses. Although limited to a single course context, the results provide preliminary evidence that IBL–PBL can enhance students’ motivation, creativity, and competencies critical for future engineering practice. References Garrett, T. (2008). Student-centered and teacher-centered classroom management: A case study of three elementary teachers. Journal of Classroom Interaction, 43(1), 34 – 47. Pintrich, P. R., Smith , D. A., Garcia , T., & McKeachie, W. (1993). Reliability and predictive validity of the motivated strategies for learning questionnaire (MSLQ). Educational and Psychological Measurement, 53, 801–813. Williams, F. E. (1980). Creativity assessment packet (CAP). DOK Publishers. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster Colour Symbolism in the Linguistic Worldview: Functions of Colour Symbols in Kazakh National Cognition 1: General Secondary School №32, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Maths in Turkistan; 3: Shymkent Military college after S.Rakhymov; 4: Shomshakty School, Zertas, Shymkent Presenting Author:Each nation interprets the world through its historical experience, culture, worldview, and language. Language functions not only as a communicative tool but also as a semiotic system that encodes cultural memory and shapes how reality is conceptualised. Within this perspective, the linguistic worldview represents a culturally mediated model of perception, while symbols operate as condensed carriers of meaning. Recent developments in cultural linguistics emphasise that such symbolic meanings emerge from shared cultural conceptualisations rather than isolated lexical units (Farzad Sharifian, 2021). This paper examines the symbolic function of colours in the linguistic worldview and analyses colour symbolism as a cultural-cognitive code in Kazakh national cognition. The study is positioned within a theoretical tradition that views meaning as culturally grounded and cognitively structured. Contemporary research on metaphor and symbolism argues that colour meanings are embedded in broader conceptual systems shaped by history, emotion, and social practice (Zoltán Kövecses, 2020; Tissari, 2021). From this standpoint, colours function as symbolic resources through which cultures encode values, emotional attitudes, and worldview orientations. The central research question guiding the study is: To what extent do colour symbols across languages correspond to colour symbolism in Kazakh national cognition, and how can such correspondences be pedagogically applied in language lessons to develop learners’ worldview and cultural awareness? This question aligns with recent intercultural research highlighting that similarities in colour symbolism across cultures often mask significant differences in evaluative and emotional meanings (Istvan Kecskes, 2023). The analysis focuses on six core colours widely represented in Kazakh cultural-linguistic practice: white, black, red, blue/green, yellow, and brown. White symbolises purity, sacredness, and moral integrity, while black conveys not only grief but also depth, greatness, and national being. Red represents vitality, beauty, and emotional intensity; blue/green is associated with the sky, freedom, eternity, and spirituality. Yellow in Kazakh interpretations often expresses prolonged longing or suffering, whereas in other cultures it may symbolise happiness or intellect, illustrating how identical colours can encode culturally distinct meanings (Wang & Xu, 2022). Brown conveys calmness, naturalness, warmth, and comfort. These symbolic meanings are consistently reflected in phraseologisms, proverbs, and stable expressions, supporting recent claims that phraseology functions as a cognitive map of cultural values (Goddard & Wierzbicka, 2021). A distinctive contribution of the study lies in its pedagogical orientation. The paper demonstrates how colour symbolism can be integrated into language lessons through culturally meaningful tasks, including reflective writing, colour-based grouping, and symbolic feedback techniques. Such practices correspond with recent scholarship emphasising the importance of culturally responsive pedagogy for strengthening learner engagement and interpretive competence (Sharifian, 2021). Overall, the study positions colour symbolism not only as a linguistic phenomenon but also as an effective pedagogical resource for linking language, culture, and worldview. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted within the methodological frameworks of linguoculturology and cognitive linguistics, drawing on recent interdisciplinary approaches to cultural meaning-making. To identify the linguistic and cognitive characteristics of colour symbolism, a combination of descriptive-analytical, semantic, and cognitive analysis methods was employed. These methods enabled systematic examination of colour-related lexical units, phraseologisms, and symbolic expressions within Kazakh linguistic data. A comparative-typological approach was used to analyse similarities and differences between Kazakh colour symbolism and colour concepts in other linguistic-cultural contexts, particularly English, Korean, and Chinese. This approach aligns with recent intercultural studies demonstrating that colour symbolism reflects culturally specific conceptualisations even when lexical forms appear similar (Kecskes, 2023; Wang & Xu, 2022). The analysis focused on identifying evaluative meanings, emotional connotations, and worldview-related associations attached to colours across cultures. An interpretive method supported analysis of colour symbolism in contemporary cultural discourse, including cinematography, where colours play a key role in shaping narrative atmosphere, character perception, and audience emotion. This interpretive dimension is consistent with recent research emphasising the multimodal nature of symbolic meaning (Zinken & Ogarkova, 2022). To illustrate pedagogical applicability, classroom-based tasks were incorporated as qualitative examples. These included reflective activities using colour symbolism, colour-based grouping for collaborative interpretation, and a three-colour exit feedback technique (green/yellow/red) to elicit learners’ self-assessment of understanding and emotional response. Qualitative observations focused on students’ verbal explanations of colour meanings and their engagement during discussion tasks. Methodological triangulation was achieved through the integration of linguistic analysis, cross-cultural comparison, and pedagogical observation, enhancing the interpretive validity of the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings confirm that the linguistic worldview is shaped through culturally embedded cognitive processes and reflects collective historical experience. Colour symbols function as culturally dense units that connect sensory perception with abstract meanings and are transmitted through language, folklore, customs, and everyday communicative practices. Recent cultural-linguistic research supports this view, emphasising that symbolic meanings emerge from shared cultural conceptualisations rather than isolated lexical usage (Sharifian, 2021). The study demonstrates that in Kazakh national cognition, six core colours—white, black, red, blue/green, yellow, and brown—form a stable cultural-cognitive code. Each colour carries layered emotional, social, and worldview meanings that are consistently reflected in phraseological units. Comparative analysis shows that while some symbolic functions may appear universal, their evaluative and emotional dimensions remain culture-specific. For instance, yellow symbolises prolonged longing and endurance in Kazakh interpretations but is often associated with happiness or intellect in other cultures, while blue represents freedom and the sky in Kazakh culture yet may signal formality or mourning elsewhere (Wang & Xu, 2022). Pedagogically, tasks organised around colour symbolism proved effective in enhancing learner engagement and reflective language use. Colour-based grouping and symbolic feedback techniques enabled students to experience symbolism in practice rather than only at a theoretical level. These findings resonate with recent research highlighting the role of culturally grounded symbols in supporting interpretive competence and intercultural awareness (Kecskes, 2023). Overall, the study highlights colour symbolism as a powerful cultural-cognitive resource that can strengthen linguistically and culturally responsive pedagogy. References Khussainova, G., Tleuberdiyev, B., Shakenova, M., Islam, A., & Roziyeva, D. (2024). The cultural spectrum of colors: Exploring Kazakh, Korean and English color concepts. International Journal of Society, Culture & Language, 12(3), 80–94. Kövecses, Z. (2020). Extended conceptual metaphor theory. Cambridge University Press. Sharifian, F. (2021). Cultural linguistics: Cultural conceptualisations and language. John Benjamins. Goddard, C., & Wierzbicka, A. (2021). Words and meanings: Lexical semantics across domains, languages, and cultures. Oxford University Press. Tissari, H. (2021). Color metaphors and evaluative meaning across cultures. Metaphor and Symbol, 36(4), 261–275. Zinken, J., & Ogarkova, A. (2022). Emotion, culture, and meaning: Linguistic perspectives. Annual Review of Linguistics, 8, 251–270. Wang, X., & Xu, J. (2022). Color symbolism and cultural cognition in Chinese discourse. Journal of Intercultural Communication Research, 51(3), 287–304. Kecskes, I. (2023). Intercultural pragmatics (2nd ed.). Oxford University Press. Ulbossyn, S., & Mandal, R. (2019). Symbolism and semantics colors in Kazakh culture. North American Academic Research, 2(4), 101–115. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster Unhurried Child: Micro-Temporal Sequence Design and Thick Data in Outdoor Early Childhood Pedagogies Kauno kolegija, Higher Education Institution, Lithuania Presenting Author:This inquiry investigates slow pedagogy as a deliberate didactic design within early childhood education (ECE) by foregrounding micro-temporal outdoor sequences. These sequences are conceptualized as iterative returns to the same environmental phenomena over several days, allowing for a depth of engagement that transcends episodic outdoor activities (Remmen & Iversen, 2023). The research addresses the contemporary pressure to accelerate and "datafy" early learning, which frequently reduces complex pedagogical processes to standardized developmental indicators. By situating the inquiry within the shared European challenges of educational acceleration and performativity, this research offers a trans-local didactic framework that balances international standards with place-responsive ethics. This project explores how carefully paced sequences can generate thick data - qualitative traces that are ethically grounded and professionally auditable, offering a robust, qualitative alternative to prevalent performativity frameworks (Clark, 2023). The conceptual framework integrates four interlocking dimensions:
The argument is sharpened by two European imperatives: the need for epistemic caution against reductive neuroscience-based "truths" (Vandenbroeck, 2017) and a commitment to equity, ensuring children at risk of exclusion are afforded high-quality, place-responsive learning (Peleman et al., 2020). Research Questions: How do micro-temporal outdoor sequences afford sustained attention and make learning visible without recourse to reductive assessment metrics? In what ways can minimalist documentation routines function as accountable evidence for pedagogical planning while preserving the "unhurried" nature of the outdoor encounter? How do concerns regarding equity and "slow" practices intersect within the diverse accountability regimes of European ECE? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a design-informed qualitative approach to prototype micro-temporal sequences within ordinary ECE routines. The central innovation is the development of a minimalist documentation routine - a systematic yet flexible scaffold designed to capture child-led traces, visual artifacts, and teacher reflections without over-burdening the pedagogical flow. This approach aims to produce "thick" evidence that remains practically viable for practitioners. Analytic attention is directed toward: Temporal Pacing: Longitudinal observation of children's explanatory talk across the sequence. Documentation as Didactics: Evaluating how minimalist traces inform subsequent planning and "auditable" reporting. Material Relations: Identifying how more-than-human encounters surface within pedagogical traces. Analysis follows an abductive logic, linking field patterns to the theoretical constructs of resonance and slow knowledge. Ethical safeguards include participant assent, data minimization, and explicit risk-benefit reasoning for outdoor zones. The study aims for analytic transferability, providing adaptable frameworks for documentation that other European sites can implement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study anticipates three primary contributions to ECE didactics. First, it establishes a didactic grammar for pacing: a framework for micro-temporal sequencing that fosters attentional depth while resisting the "curriculum race." Second, it offers an evidence architecture through minimalist documentation, rendering qualitative learning visible as "thick," auditable traces for planning and accountability (Shaw & Russell, 2013). Third, it promotes a place-responsive stance that strengthens ecological sensibilities by situating evidence within relational encounters. The contribution to the didactic and curriculum discourse (NW 27/NW 03) is a refined design for 'knowing-through-acting' under conditions of societal uncertainty. By prioritizing attentional depth and equity, the findings provide European educators with a methodological pathway to balance institutional accountability with the ethical imperative to protect the child’s right to an unhurried educational experience. References Biesta, G. (2014). The beautiful risk of education. Routledge. Clark, A. (2023). Slow knowledge and the unhurried child: Time for slow pedagogies in early childhood education. Routledge. Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures: Selected essays. Basic Books. Peleman, B., Vandenbroeck, M., & Van Avermaet, P. (2020). Early learning opportunities for children at risk of social exclusion: Opening the black box of preschool practice. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1), 21–42. Remmen, K. B., & Iversen, E. (2023). A scoping review of research on school-based outdoor education in the Nordic countries. Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning, 23(4), 341–365. Rosa, H. (2019). Resonance: A sociology of our relationship to the world. Polity. Shaw, P. A., & Russell, J. L. (2013). Determining our own tempos: Exploring slow pedagogy, curriculum, assessment, and professional development. To Improve the Academy, 32(1), 293–310. Taylor, A., & Giugni, M. (2012). Common worlds: Reconceptualising inclusion in early childhood communities. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 13(2), 108–120. van Manen, M. (2016). Pedagogical tact: Knowing what to do when you don’t know what to do. Routledge. Vandenbroeck, M. (Ed.). (2017). Constructions of neuroscience in early childhood education. Routledge. Wang, T. (2013, May 13). Big data needs thick data. Ethnography Matters. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 28 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Poster Opportunities for cultural learning in Hungary 1: Hungarian Educational Research Association, Hungary; 2: University of Debrecen; 3: National Institute of Culture, Hungary Presenting Author:As a starting point, we can say that according to sociological and legal approaches, the most prominent fundamental human right is the right to culture, the right to cultural learning, which is the fundamental human right to participate in culture, spend free time, learn about cultural goods, and make them accessible. Despite this, the social and territorial differences in the creation of cultural opportunities appear in all European countries and are a central topic of investigation. The Constitution of Hungary enshrines the right to culture. According to the law, it is mandatory for every Hungarian citizen to ensure the right to culture, and the state ensures this primarily through general public cultural opportunities and free primary and secondary education for everyone, beyond which individuals can also participate in higher education according to their means. Compliance with this law also entails a number of practical solutions in Hungary, so that this is not only a general principle, but that we can also ensure access to cultural goods in practical life. When we talk about equal opportunities, from any perspective, it is also necessary to take into account territorial aspects in Hungary. I will present how Hungary's cultural system is developing, and how this cultural system tries to respond, how it tries to show solutions to territorial differences from the perspective of equal opportunities for cultural learning. Community culture is a special Hungarian cultural subsystem, containing various activities, a significant part of which is community-based, including a wide range of amateur artistic activities from embroidery to dancing, or various activities that enhance lifelong learning. Community culture activities include participation in various cultural learning activities, theater performances, field or bus visits to museums, participation in youth clubs and other activities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I will present the settlement structure of Hungary based on statistics, from which we can see that there are 3,155 settlements in Hungary, where nearly 10 million people live. However, a third of these settlements are extremely small settlements, not even 500 inhabitants live in these settlements. However, only 3% of the total population lives in these large, small village settlements. On the other hand, the Hungarian settlement structure is also characterized by a lack of cities, only every 10th settlement is a city, but approximately 70% of the population lives in these cities, and of these, every second person lives in the capital, Budapest. All of this today's settlement structure cannot be traced back to the distant past. In Hungary, as in many European countries, a significant population change has taken place in the course of history, as a result of industrialization, the ratio of people living in rural areas to those living in cities has practically reversed in the past 70 years, and in fact, the past 20 years are when this current situation seems to have stabilized. Over the past 20 years, we have continuously felt that a significant part of the population, 70%, lives in cities, and 30% lives in increasingly small, low-population villages. In the Hungarian cultural system, I will show with statistical data that it is decisive that the largest proportion of cultural organizations are community cultural organizations: various cultural houses, cultural centers, community centers operate. The second largest circle is the circle of public collections, where archives, libraries and museums, galleries are located. The third circle in terms of number is that of art organizations, where theaters, dance theaters, concert organizations and other organizations appear. In addition to these, there are of course many organizations in Hungary that are not primarily cultural organizations, but also carry out cultural activities, such as a higher education institution, or even a company or large corporation that has a high number of employees, for whom it provides continuous cultural activity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on all this, it can be seen that in Hungary, the cultural system already has a strong equalizing effect in terms of cultural learning through the institutional types of public cultural institutions appearing in every settlement. This is enhanced by further regional and regional development programs that increase the cultural opportunities of individual regions. In the poster presentation, I will present two such national initiatives in the field of cultural learning. Overall, community cultural activities in Hungary ensure the wide availability of cultural opportunities. While in cities and large towns in Hungary all types of cultural institutions are available, from theaters to archives, in small settlements it is public culture that primarily provides cultural opportunities. With this tool, we can create opportunities for cultural learning for every settlement in Hungary, thereby reducing geographical barriers. In connection with international literature, I would like to mention in conclusion that cultural community activities, together with learning opportunities, especially their community forms, fit into the series of activities that have a disadvantage-compensating effect on individuals, as a result of which the individual can achieve change in his or her own life, help him or her integrate socially and economically, and can also become a means of social advancement. On the other hand, this approach also fits into the elitist concept, according to which we can use acquired cultural knowledge as a kind of capital and resource to help someone maintain their social status and strengthen their integration into society and communities. References European Union. (2022). Cultural Statistics: Eurostat Pocketbooks. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union Gyányi, I - Juhász, E (2025): Lifelong Learning in Public Community Culture in Hungary. In: ACTA EDUCATIONIS GENERALIS 15 : s1 pp. 23-37. Juhász, E (2016): Cultural Learning. In: Kozma, T. (ed.) Learning regions in Hungary : From theory to reality. Brno, Csehország : Tribun EU, 168 p. pp. 73-92. Kozma, T. (ed.) (2016): Learning regions in Hungary : From theory to reality. Brno, Csehország : Tribun EU, 168 p. Schoof, U., et al. (2011): German Atlas of Learning: Findings 2011. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann Stiftung.https://www.bertelsmann-stiftung.de/de/publikationen/publikation/did/deutscher-lernatlas-ergebnisbericht-2011. Accessed: 29/07/2015. UNESCO (2025). Global Report on Cultural Policies. Paris: Unesco |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 29 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Poster PopTheory-Lab: Developing Didactic Design Principles for Interdisciplinary Popular Music Education Leuphana Universität Lüneburg, Germany Presenting Author:The conditions of musical socialization and subjectivication (Gebhard, 2023) have shifted dramatically in the digital age. According to recent JIM-Study in Germany (“Youth, Information, Media”; MPFS, 2025), listening to music plays a central role for 93% of adolescents between the ages of 12 and 19. Especially popular music genres are favored by this age group (MIZ, 2025). Furthermore, students are constantly exposed to commercial mechanisms, influencers, and algorithmic curation through streaming platforms and social media (Hornberger, 2017), popular music and its cultural environments serve as crucial resources for identity formation and social cohesion (Schneider-Binkl, 2025). However, the educational response to these changing conditions remains inadequate. While popular music in schools is mostly taught in the context of practical musicking, the theoretical and sociological dimensions of everyday environments explored in interdisciplinary Popular Music Studies rarely find their way into the classroom (Buchborn et al., 2021; Terhag, 2010). At the same time, the European Art Music remains the hegemonial basis of the German music education system (Buchborn et al., 2021). Consequently, a gap persists: expansive academic knowledge about popular music cultures (‘knowing’) exists but is seldom translated into lesson content that fosters critical reflection in students (‘acting’). Hence, this study aims to develop didactic design principles for popular music lessons in German secondary schools, to promote a reflexive approach to popular music cultures through the integration of interdisciplinary popular music discourses. This dissertational research project is thus grounded in the intersection of interdisciplinary Popular Music Studies and Popular Music Education. It posits that (popular) musical practice should be complemented by a reflexive engagement and analysis of its influences on societal developments to foster critical agency. The theoretical framework draws on concepts of cultural capital and identity formation, aiming for an understanding of the mechanisms of the music industry and media representation as a prerequisite for democratic participation in a mediatized society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To navigate the tension between theory and practice, the project utilizes a Design-Based Research (DBR) approach (Bakker, 2019; McKenney & Reeves, 2019) wherein the "Pop Theory-Lab" functions as an intervention space where teachable units are developed, tested and optimized by music teachers across Germany. This study is structured in two iterative DBR-cycles of design, implementation, analysis, and optimization, ensuring that the resulting design principles are both theoretically sound and applicable to music classrooms (Euler, 2017). In the first cycle of the PopTheory-Lab, five German lower secondary school music teachers were tasked with developing instructional units based on academic texts from interdisciplinary Popular Music discourses. The teaching materials covered the representation of gender stereotypes in German Rap Music as well as the analysis of students’ favorite music combined with the exploration of short video formats. The materials were tested in four classrooms across Germany and reflected in depth by the teachers. The data collection strategy is multi-perspectival, designed to capture the complexity of the translation and implementation processes and the effectiveness of the intervention. To analyze the teacher perspective, the study utilizes semi-structured pre- and post-interviews alongside a quantitative analysis of initial assessments of available teaching resources. This combination allows for a reconstruction of how teachers select, reduce, and adapt the teaching materials for this study and identifies the institutional and pedagogical barriers they encounter. Simultaneously, the student perspective is captured through post-questionnaires and randomized follow-up interviews. These instruments measure students’ assessment of music classes, their interest in socio-cultural topics, and the degree of reflexive engagement triggered by the intervention. In line with the objectives of DBR, findings from this first cycle are currently being used in the second cycle to optimize the lesson materials. In this phase, a new cohort of teachers revises and adapts the materials based on the initial empirical feedback. The Interviews are analyzed using Qualitative Content Analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024) to identify patterns and challenges in didactic translation processes as well as reviews on student reflections. Quantitative survey data is analyzed descriptively to assess feedback on available teaching resources and teachers’ needs for the implementation of socio-cultural aspects of popular music, as well as students’ motivation and lesson reviews. This process allows for the development of design principles that help teachers guide students from passive consumption toward a critical understanding of the socio-economic structures influencing their music preferences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results from the first research cycle reveal a distinct tension between theoretical aspirations and practical implementation. Initial data analysis indicates that while teachers successfully identify relevant academic knowledge, they face significant challenges in the transformation process without oversimplifying the content or losing student engagement. Teachers report hurdles regarding time resources and the lack of existing didactic models for such theoretical approaches. However, on the student side, emerging patterns suggest a high potential for this approach. Contrary to the common belief that students prefer only practical music-making, the preliminary survey data shows a strong interest in understanding the influences and implicit as well as explicit messages of their favorite music. Teachers reported situations that indicated how the interventions prompted students to question their own consumption habits. These early findings suggest that the intervention successfully initiates processes of self-reflection and supports the development of critical agency. The expected outcome of this ongoing research is a catalogue of empirically grounded didactic design principles. These principles will indicate implications for popular music education that primarily focus on the translation processes for socio-cultural popular music education as well as the fostering of students’ (self-) reflection and reflexivity. Ultimately, the project aims to demonstrate that the critical interaction with popular music in schools can be a vital tool for democracy education, enabling teachers to act confidently in a changing cultural landscape and empowering students to become conscious participants in their musical culture. References Barth, D. (2015). Vermittlung oder Erfahrung von Popmusik? (K)ein Unterrichtsgegenstand ohne bildungstheoretische Fundierung. In: M. Ahlers (Ed.). Popmusik-Vermittlung zwischen Schule, Hochschule und Beruf (Theorie und Praxis der Musikvermittlung, Vol. 14, p. 69-81). LIT. Bakker, A. (2019). Design Research in Education. A Practical Guide for Early Career Researchers. Routledge. DOI:10.4324/9780203701010 Buchborn, T., Schmauder, H., Tralle, E.-M. & Völker, J. (2021). Hegemony in German School Music Education and Music Teacher Training? An Analysis of Current Curricula. Zeitschrift für Kritische Musikpädagogik 5(2021). (Special Issue: Polarizing Interpretations of Society as a Challenge for Music Education), p. 35-60. Deutsches Musikinformationszentrum. [MIZ]. (2025). Bevorzugte Musikrichtungen nach Altersgruppen. (Allensbacher Markt- und Werbeträgeranalyse, Ed. of the Institut für Demoskopie Allensbach). miz.org. [08.05.2025] https://miz.org/de/statistiken/bevorzugte-musikrichtungen-nach-altersgruppen Euler, D. (2017). Design principles as bridge between scientific knowledge production and practice design. EDeR - Educational Design Research, 1(1), 1-15. http://dx.doi.org/10.15460/eder.1.1.1024 Gebhard, S. (2023). The artist-subject and school culture. Multiculturalism and Transculturalism within the perspective of empirical research on subjectivation in the context of Artist- in-Residence-Programs. In E. Schurig & A. Lehmann-Wermser (Eds.), Aspects of multiculturalism in arts education. Proceedings of the 3rd German-Dutch Colloquium (Vol. 33, p.48-64). ifmpf. Hornberger, B. (2017). Musik – Kultur – Pädagogik. Kulturwissenschaftliche Fragen und Perspektiven. In A. J. Cvetko & C. Rolle (Eds.), Musikpädagogik und Kulturwissenschaft (p. 19-36). Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:15623 Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6th Ed.). Beltz Juventa McKenney, S. & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting Educational Design Research (2nd Ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315105642 Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest. [MPFS]. (2025). Jim-Studie 2025. Jugend, Information, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 12- bis 19-Jähriger. https://mpfs.de/studien/jim-studie/ Schneider-Binkl, S. (2025). Identitätsbildung im Musikunterricht: Perspektiven zur Unterrichtsgestaltung in der Sekundarstufe 1. In G. Brunner, D. Fiedler, S. Schmid (Ed.), Welchen Musikunterricht braucht die Sekundarstufe 1?. Konzeptionelle und unterrichtsspezifische Beiträge zu einem zukunftsfähigen Musikunterricht (p. 142-153). OPUS-PHFR. https://doi.org/10.60530/opus-3398 Terhag, J. (2010). Zwischen Rockklassikern und Eintagsfliegen. 50 Jahre Populäre Musik in der Schule. In G. Maas & J. Terhag (Hrsg.), Zwischen Rockklassikern und Eintagsfliegen. 50 Jahre Populäre Musik in der Schule (Musikunterricht heute. Vol. 8, p. 10-26). Lugert 29. Research on Arts Education
Poster New Genre Arctic Education in Nordic Countries: Results of Art-Based Action Research University of Lapland, Faculty of Art and Design, Finland Presenting Author:Until the late twentieth century, artists and art educators working in the European Arctic were predominantly trained in southern urban centres, where artistic education was grounded in Western art canons and Enlightenment-based epistemologies. As a result, artistic representations of the Arctic and related educational practices were often shaped by an external gaze that positioned the North as peripheral and culturally deficient. While such practices increased visibility and awareness of Arctic regions, they also reinforced colonial power relations and generated tensions between dominant national cultures and regional or Indigenous communities. Since the 1990s, Arctic art has increasingly been understood as a contemporary and situated field of practice that engages with present-day Arctic realities, ecological systems, and nature–culture relations. This shift aligns with broader decolonial perspectives that critically examine the role of art education in either sustaining or challenging colonial structures. This poster draws on decolonial theory, eco-cultural perspectives, and the principle of two-eyed seeing to frame Arctic art education as a relational, place-based, and epistemologically plural field. The concept of eco-cultural intra-action is used to emphasise the agency of land, materials, and more-than-human actors in learning processes, challenging human-centred and canon-driven approaches to art education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This poster presents findings from art-based action research aimed at developing Arctic art education, with a focus on northern Finland, Norway, and Greenland. It draws on empirical insights from long-term involvement in Arctic art education research and development projects conducted in both formal and informal educational settings. The research examines artistic interventions, pedagogical models, educational programmes, and institutional collaborations, analysing how these negotiate relationships between Western art education traditions, Indigenous knowledge systems, and local ecocultural contexts. Data sources include documentation of art-based practices, reflective materials, and collaborative research processes within community-based and educational environments. ________________________________________ Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis highlights persistent tensions between Euro-American fine art education canons and the diverse ecocultures of the Arctic, both Indigenous and non-Indigenous. At the same time, the findings indicate a gradual shift toward more situated, relational, and decolonising approaches to art education in Arctic regions. This transformation has been supported by the establishment of art and art education programmes in northern universities, as well as by transnational collaboration through networks such as the University of the Arctic’s Arctic Sustainable Arts and Design (ASAD) network. The poster introduces New Genre Arctic Art Education as a framework that reframes art education as an ecocultural and relational practice. Rather than positioning knowledge as flowing from South to North or from expert to learner, this approach understands learning as emerging from entangled relationships among learners, educators, materials, places, and cultural contexts. By integrating Indigenous and Western ways of knowing through principles such as two-eyed seeing, and by recognising land and more-than-human actors as co-educators, Arctic art education is positioned as a key contributor to culturally sustainable, inclusive, and context-sensitive educational futures in the European Arctic. References Hiltunen, M., Kallio-Tavin, M., & Sohlman, A. (2021). Toward place-specific and situational Arctic visual culture learning in Finnish art teacher education. Studies in Art Education, 62(3), 266–285. https://doi.org/10.1080/00393541.2021.1936428 Hiltunen, M. & Korsström-Magga, K. (2025) Nomadic Antlers. New Genre Arctic Art Education and Activism. In A. Sons (eds.) Artistic Dialogues with the Arctic North Environmental Change and Identity in Transition. Routledge Huhmarniemi, M.; Jokela, T. & Hiltunen, M. (2021). Paradigm shifts in northern art, community and environment studies for art teacher education. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 4(1), 100181, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssaho.2021.100181 Huhmarniemi, M., & Lande, A. K. (2025). Observation of change as a new genre Arctic art. In A. Sohns (Ed.), Artistic dialogues with the Arctic North: Environmental change and identity in transition (pp. 13–26). Routledge. Jokela, T. (2019). Arts–based action research in the North. In G. W. Noblit (Eds.), Oxford research encyclopedia of education. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.522 Jokela, T., & Hiltunen, M. (2024). New genre Arctic art education as a way of knowing with the North. In T. Jokela, M. Huhmarniemi, & K. Burnett (Eds.), Relate North: New genre Arctic art education beyond borders (pp. 12–37). InSEA Publications. https://doi.org/10.24981/2024-RNNGAEB Jokela, T. & Huhmarniemi, M. (2022). Arctic art education in changing nature and culture. Education in the North, 29(2), 4–27. https://doi.org/10.26203/55f2-1c04 29. Research on Arts Education
Poster Teaching Technical Documentation through Differentiated and Creative Instructional Strategies for Improving Students’ Vocational Knowledge and Readiness for Production-oriented Tasks 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau, Kazakhstan; 2: Almaty Steppe School, Almaty, Kazakhstan; 3: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau, Kazakhstan; 4: 23 State School in Aktau, Kazakhstan; 5: Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Petropavl, Kazakhstan; 6: №15 School-gymnasium Aktau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In contemporary education systems, the primary objective of vocationally oriented learning is not merely the transmission of theoretical knowledge but the development of learners who are capable of applying their knowledge in real-life and professional contexts [1][5]. This approach is particularly relevant in countries such as Kazakhstan, where the need to strengthen domestic production and prepare a competitive workforce remains a national priority. As the global labor market increasingly values creativity, adaptability, and technical competence, schools are expected to equip students with practical skills that align with future professional demands [5]. One of the significant challenges observed in upper secondary education is students’ limited ability to transform creative ideas into production-ready outcomes. Although learners often demonstrate originality and innovation in project-based tasks, they frequently lack the skills required to prepare the necessary technical and graphic documentation that supports the production process. This issue becomes especially apparent in elective subjects related to design, graphics, and technology, where creativity must be complemented by structured technical knowledge [2]. The updated curriculum in Kazakhstan emphasizes interdisciplinary learning and competency-based education, highlighting the importance of vocational orientation, creativity, and functional literacy [7]. Within this framework, subjects such as “Graphics and Design” play a critical role in developing students’ professional awareness and life skills. However, classroom observations and assessment results indicate that students tend to focus primarily on the aesthetic or conceptual aspects of their projects while neglecting standardization requirements, specification documents, and technical regulations. As a result, their work often remains at the idea stage rather than progressing toward real-world application [4]. This gap between creative thinking and technical execution presents a pedagogical challenge for teachers. In particular, students struggle to understand the role of standardization, unification, and interchangeability in ensuring product quality, safety, and efficiency. According to educational researchers, meaningful learning occurs when students are guided to connect abstract concepts with practical application through structured instructional support [3][10]. These difficulties suggest the need for targeted instructional strategies that integrate creativity with technical competence through differentiated and practice-oriented learning. Action research provides a suitable framework for addressing such classroom-based challenges, as it allows teachers to systematically investigate their own practice, implement changes, and evaluate their impact on student learning [1][4]. By engaging in collaborative inquiry with colleagues, teachers can identify underlying problems, test innovative teaching approaches, and refine instructional strategies in response to observed outcomes. Moreover, action research supports professional development by fostering reflective practice and evidence-based decision-making [6]. This study was conducted as an action research project in a Grade 11 elective course, “Graphics and Design,” focusing on the topic “Standardization. Products, Parts, and Their Elements.” The research aimed to explore how teaching students to complete technical documentation—such as specification forms—could enhance their vocational knowledge and support the transition from creative ideas to production-oriented outputs. The study also sought to examine the effectiveness of differentiated instruction, role-based group work, and the integration of digital tools, including ChatGPT, in supporting students’ understanding of technical concepts [9]. The central research question guiding this action research was: How can teaching technical documentation through differentiated and creative instructional strategies improve students’ vocational knowledge and readiness for production-oriented tasks? By addressing this question, the study contributes to the growing body of research on vocational education, creativity, and technology-enhanced learning. It also offers practical insights for teachers seeking to balance creativity and standardization in design-related subjects, particularly within the context of upper secondary education [5][7]. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an action research methodology, which is characterized by a cyclical process of planning, action, observation, and reflection. Action research was selected as the most appropriate approach because it allows teachers to investigate real classroom issues, implement targeted interventions, and evaluate their effectiveness within an authentic educational setting. Research Context and Participants The research was conducted in a Grade 11 elective class studying “Graphics and Design” at a secondary school. The participants included students with varying academic abilities and learning needs. To address these differences, students were pre-grouped into three differentiated levels (A, B, and C) based on prior performance, learning pace, and demonstrated skills. In addition, several subject teachers participated as observers and critical friends during the lesson study process. Research Design and Intervention During the planning stage, the research team identified students’ difficulty in completing technical documentation as the core problem. A lesson was designed around the topic “Standardization. Products, Parts, and Their Elements,” with a focus on teaching students how to complete specification documents in accordance with established standards. The intervention included: • Role-based group work, where students assumed the roles of “manufacturer,” “state,” and “consumer” to explore standardization from different perspectives; • Differentiated tasks, involving assembly drawings of varying complexity; • Use of ChatGPT, allowing students to independently research and clarify key concepts such as standardization, unification, and interchangeability; • Collaborative methods, including brainstorming and the Jigsaw strategy, to promote discussion and shared problem-solving. Data Collection Data were collected through multiple qualitative methods: • classroom observations conducted by the teacher and colleagues; • analysis of student work, particularly completed specification documents; • peer assessment using predefined descriptors; • student feedback gathered through reflective activities, including a reflection pyramid. Data Analysis The collected data were analyzed through reflective comparison of planned and actual lesson outcomes. Student engagement, task completion quality, and collaboration patterns were examined to identify strengths and areas for improvement. Feedback from observing teachers was used to triangulate findings and enhance the validity of the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this action research indicate that integrating technical documentation instruction into creative subjects can significantly enhance students’ vocational knowledge and practical readiness. By combining differentiated instruction, role-based learning, and collaborative strategies, students were able to develop a deeper understanding of standardization and its relevance to real-world production processes. The use of ChatGPT proved particularly effective in supporting students’ independent learning and conceptual understanding. It enabled learners to access information quickly, clarify terminology, and engage more confidently in group discussions. This demonstrates the potential of digital tools to complement traditional teaching methods when used purposefully and critically. However, the study also revealed challenges related to time management and group dynamics, particularly among mid-level learners. These issues highlight the importance of careful lesson pacing, interactive theoretical explanations, and thoughtful group composition. Future lessons should incorporate more visual and activity-based explanations to sustain student attention and ensure equitable participation. Overall, this action research underscores the value of reflective teaching practice and collaborative inquiry. By systematically examining classroom challenges and testing targeted interventions, teachers can improve instructional effectiveness and better support students’ transition from creative thinking to vocational competence. The study reinforces the idea that creativity and standardization are not opposing concepts but complementary components of high-quality vocational education. References 1. Carr, W., & Kemmis, S. (2009). Educational action research: A critical approach. Routledge. 2.Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (4th ed.). SAGE Publications. 3. Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing impact on learning. Routledge. 4. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Springer. 5. OECD. (2019). Future of education and skills 2030. OECD Publishing. 6.Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books. 7.UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO Publishing. 8. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. 9.Wingate, U. (2015). Academic literacy and student diversity. Multilingual Matters. 10. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. 29. Research on Arts Education
Poster Aesthetic Autonomy as a Compound: Object-Oriented Ontology and the Teshima Art Museum DNUE, South Korea, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) Presenting Author:Today, as we create art together with a nonhuman agent called artificial intelligence, the ontology of art is once again being put into question. At the same time, the superficial and short-lived stimuli offered by a technological condition in which the digital has become fully foregrounded seem, paradoxically, to call for a return to a more classical model of arts education—one that seeks liberation from machines and the recovery of direct contact with (natural) materiality. To explore the possibility of an arts education theory that can traverse—and encompass—these two diagnoses and perspectives that appear to conflict, this study places at its center the Object-Oriented Ontology of the new materialist philosopher Graham Harman (1961–). Harman provides a conceptual framework for understanding artistic practices in the AI era that cannot be captured by the human–world binary, while continuing to insist on art’s distinctiveness and autonomy. Harman (2020) ultimately argues for the aesthetic autonomy of the compound entity formed by things—including artworks—and their beholders. He overturns a modern worldview in which the world is meaningful because humans perceive it and confer meaning upon it, and he recognizes not only beings beyond the reach of human sensation but also the relations that obtain among those beings. In doing so, he seeks to capture honestly the character of art as a practice of treating the things of the world more justly. From this perspective, Harman’s discussion appears capable of offering a persuasive concept of art and an aesthetic theory through which one can speak of art’s educational significance on the new horizon opened by human–nonhuman relations. This claim seems educationally compelling in two main respects. First, it concerns the question of how to treat objects more justly. Art and arts education have often been justified as sensuous humanistic education that restores humanity or as civic education that expands social and public values. Yet, despite their differences, these accounts commonly retain an anthropocentric stance toward objects and environments. Does treating things justly, then, mean abandoning the human perspective altogether? That would be nearly impossible. Harman proposes a third approach. By carefully differentiating human modes of relating to objects, he rejects the reduction of things to their components, functions, or effects—as if explanatory knowledge were equivalent to the thing itself. Instead, he emphasizes a cognitive form without knowledge, in which one attempts to feel sensuously the quality of the real object (Real-Object) that cannot be exhausted by conceptual grasp. (Harman, 2020: 28) Second, Harman rearticulates art’s autonomy by discussing art as ontology beyond the sphere of human action alone. For him, autonomy does not reside in the artwork as an isolated entity; it emerges when artwork and beholder form a hybrid situation. This is a moment of ontological encounter in which an object is neither instrumentalized nor merely represented. It opens not through what is already known or explained about the thing, but through an effort to register its qualitative force directly. Harman describes such moments as experiences of beauty, understood as an explicit tension between a withdrawn real object and its vivid sensuous qualities. (Harman, 2020: 22, 97) Finally, this study takes the Teshima Art Museum in Japan as a case that exemplifies aesthetic autonomy as a human–object compound. Analyzing this experience from Harman’s ontology of art, the study clarifies the educational meaning of (1) form that exceeds human subjectivity and (2) the importance of fragmentary depth against digitally accelerated perception. In doing so, it aims to articulate arts education not only as a modern pedagogical contribution but also as an ontological practice of forming a more just relationship with things. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. Argumentation through literature analysis By applying Graham Harman’s argumentative structure—one that places aesthetics as first philosophy—to the educational domain, this study aims to derive theoretical principles for how arts education can enact the core ontological claim that there are beings that exist independently of humans. For example, whether the object in question is a digital device or a physical book, the existential sense of co-existing with other beings arises not when we are separated from things, but when we combine with things to become a new hybrid and, as this new object, acquire a certain autonomy. To develop this argument, the study analyzes how Harman differentiates his position from Martin Heidegger, who also speaks of art’s educational meaning in ontological terms, and from Immanuel Kant, who treats form as something that can be grasped only within human subjectivity. Through this line of reasoning, the study seeks to translate and clarify—in educational language—the meaning of such autonomy as a newly formed compound. Ultimately, it aims to formalize (arts) educational principles capable of cultivating a sense of existence within educational timespaces where nonhuman entities operate in ways different from before. 2. Illustrating abstract concepts through a case Since Harman’s work is commonly classified within speculative realism, the development of this study—aimed at proposing its meaning for arts education—requires the task of concretely exemplifying abstract concepts through an appropriate case. For this purpose, the study takes the case of the Teshima Art Museum on Japan’s Teshima Island and will describe how an experience of beauty—an experience of autonomy as a compound of human and artwork—can be presented. The museum appears to exemplify particularly well such autonomy as a compound. Through this case, the study will illustratively elucidate the meaning of a new form in Harman’s sense that exceeds the subjective dimension of the human, the characteristics of the conditions under which aesthetic experience can be possible even without an artwork, and the meaning and importance of fragmentary depth. It will then clarify what educational implications this has beyond the modern contributions typically attributed to arts education—namely, what it means for arts education to function as an ontology of forming a just relationship with things. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, this study explains the experience at the Teshima Art Museum through Harman’s theory as an instance of aesthetic autonomy achieved as a compound. The museum’s curatorial design and formal configuration symbolically and almost perfectly realize the idea that the beholder’s participation is a principal component of art. For this reason, it offers a particularly apt example for showing how aesthetic autonomy does not arise from a modern mode of judgment that separates beholder and object, but rather from their coupling—how the beholder and the object, as a compound, can possess autonomy. Second, the study will clarify how its account of art’s educational meaning differs from earlier approaches that sought the value of art outside aesthetic experience. Harman tends to regard much conceptual and political contemporary art as appealing to values external to art itself (Harman, 2020: 403). Interpreting this claim educationally is significant for the present discussion. It suggests that arguing for the value of arts education under the banner of civic education or humanistic education risks appealing to something “outside” art; instead, it reminds us that we should press more carefully and precisely into what occurs within art, namely the experience of the feeling of beauty. Finally, this study proposes the educational implications of Object-Oriented Ontology as the cultivation of a desire to sense the real even when it cannot be directly reached. For Harman, the feeling of beauty can be connected to the disclosure of the depth of the real object. In a present in which we are repeatedly urged to settle for minor and continually arriving sensory pleasures, this perspective leads to a pressing educational question: what kinds of sensuous experiences can guide children toward treating beings more justly? And in order to do so, how must their experiences of beauty be trained and deepened? References Dewey, J. (1934/2003). Art as experience. (Trans. Lee, J.). Seoul: Chaeksesang. Greene, M. (1988). The dialectic of freedom. New York: Teachers College Press. Greene, M. (2000). Releasing the Imagination: Essays on Education, the Arts, and Social Change. San Fransico: Jossey-Bass. Harman, G. (2020/2022). Art and Objects (Trans. Kim, H.). Seoul: Galmuri. Heidegger, M. (2010). “The Origin of the Work of Art.” In Holzwege [Korean title: Supgil] (Trans. Shin, S.). Seoul: Nanam Publishing. Kim, S. & Moon, Y. (2020). Arts education in preparation for post-COVID-19: A study on Body-based Education in the Untact Era. Dance Research Journal of Korea, 78(3), 87–100. Kim, S, Lee, M, & Choi, S. (2020). Culture and Arts Education in the Age of Hatred: Limitations of Cultural Tolerance and the Role of Culture and Arts Education. The Korean Journal of Cultural Sociology 28(3), 51–96. Kim, S. (2024). A Study on Instructional Approaches for Aesthetic Experience in Art Education: A New Materialism Perspective. Art Education Research Review, 38(1), 1–27. Oral, S. B. (2013). Thinking Education through Object-Oriented Philosophy: A triple pedagogical movement. Proceedings of the Philosophy of Education Society of Australasia. 158-167. Suwa, J. (2020). Artworks, Assemblage and Interactivity on Teshima. Shima: The International Journal of Research into Island Cultures. 14(2), 235-249. 29. Research on Arts Education
Poster Walking-With as Method: Writing, Drawing and Learning in Motion in Art Education i2ADS - Research Institute in Art, Design and Society, FBAUP, Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:This proposal presents part of an ongoing doctoral research project in the field of Arts Education, that explores walking-with as an artistic and methodological approach to learning, researching and thinking collectively. In this context, walking is understood as a condition through which attention, knowledge and relationships are produced. Developed in educational and urban contexts - between school, street, and museum - the research is based on the assumption that learning is not only cognitive or discursive, but also embodied, situated, and relational. Walking practices create conditions for slowing down, sharing rhythms, and cultivating forms of attention that challenge accelerated and results-oriented models of education. In this framework, learning is understood as something that develops through presence, care and correspondence with others and with the place. The central theme of this research is the articulation between movement, attention and learning in arts education. Walking is approached as an artistic and pedagogical practice that allows research to emerge with participants, rather than being conducted on them. This approach brings collective experience, uncertainty and openness to the fore, privileging processes over results. The study is guided by the following main questions:
Conceptually, the research is informed by perspectives that challenge representational and extractive models of knowledge. The notion of walking-with emphasises learning as a relational process, produced through the correspondence between bodies, places, and situations. Attention is understood not as an individual cognitive ability, but as a shared and cultivated practice that develops over time. Writing and drawing play a central role in this context - they are approached as embodied practices that allow lived experience to continue in another form. Writing and drawing, and their lines, are understood as gestures, marks that translate movement, allowing thought to happen through the body. The aim of this research is not to produce generalisable results or fixed models, but to articulate a practice-based methodological approach. By focusing on how learning and research occur, the study aims to contribute to discussions in arts education, research-creation and embodied pedagogy, offering walking-with as a method that privileges slowness, relationality and collective attention. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts a qualitative, practice-based, process-oriented methodological approach. Walking together is not treated as a data collection technique, but as a methodological condition through which learning and research develop. The methodology is relational and situated, evolving in response to each particular group and context. Walking constitutes the central methodological framework, enabling embodied, collective and attentive forms of learning. Participants are invited to walk together, sometimes without predefined destinations, allowing attention to shift from outcomes to what happens along the way. The research is conducted through a set of interconnected methods: . collective walking practices . intentional pauses for engagement with places . embodied listening to the place and others . writing and drawing during and after walking experiences These methods are understood as methodological gestures that support attention, presence and shared research. The main instruments and sources of research consist of materials generated by practice, produced during these walking processes. These include: drawings, maps, and spatial notes; written fragments and short texts; photographs documenting gestures and traces; field notes written by the researcher. These materials are treated as relational sources that carry the traces of movement, attention and collective experience. Analysis and reflection occur through revisiting and juxtaposing these materials over time - and the poster proposed in this submission to ECER 26 is an opportunity to test exactly that. The visual and textual fragments presented in the poster function as extensions of the research process itself, making its methods, gestures, and materials visible - and once again open to reinterpretation. The poster thus functions not only as a means of disseminating research, but as a methodological device aligned with practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As this is an ongoing practical investigation, the expected results are understood as situational insights, methodological articulations, and shared understandings that emerge through practice. By placing walking-with at the forefront as a condition for learning, the investigation contributes to rethinking how educational and research processes can be embodied, relational, and context-aware. I seek to make walking-with a practice that supports collective attention, openness to uncertainty, and learning through shared presence. Another expected result concerns the role of writing and drawing in walking practices. As an artist and researcher, I hope that writing-walking and drawing-while-moving will function not only as tools for documentation, but as embodied ways of thinking, giving visibility to the movement of thought, also through the body. I hope to find ways of understanding knowledge as something that can be produced through gesture, rhythm and resonance, and not only through verbal or representational forms. In the context of the poster presentation, these processes and materials will be presented as fragments that make the research process visible, inviting dialogue and reflection. Overall, the expected contribution of this research lies in broadening methodological discussions in arts education and research-creation, proposing ‘walking-with’ as a way of learning, researching and being together that values slowness, care and relational knowledge. References Gatt, C., & Loovers, J. P. L. (Eds.). (2025). Beyond perception: Correspondences with Tim Ingold's work. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003343134 Ingold, T. (2011). Being alive: Essays on movement, knowledge and description. Routledge. Ingold, T. (2016). Lines: A brief history. Routledge. Irwin, R. L., & Springgay, S. (2008). A/r/tography as living inquiry through art and text. Peter Lang. Springgay, S., & Truman, S. E. (2018). Walking methodologies in a more-than-human world. Routledge. Ellsworth, E. (2005). Places of learning: Media, architecture, pedagogy. Routledge. Hernández-Hernández, F., & Onsès Segarra, J. (2024). La investigación basada en las artes: Hacer visibles aspectos de la vida del aula y de la escuela que de otra forma se mantendrían invisibles. Em S. B. B. D. Silva, J. M. Sancho-Gil, & F. Hernández-Hernández (Eds.), Docentes pesquisadores (pp. 241-258). EDUFBA. https://doi.org/10.7476/9786556308821.0016 |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 30 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Gendered Differences in Psychological Involvement with Climate Change and Sustainability in Finland University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Climate change is a central driver in the current era of poly-crisis. Despite widespread awareness and scientific consensus (Lee et al., 2015), effective climate action remains insufficient (Finnish Environmental Institute, 2024). Thus, there exists knowledge-action gap related to climate change (Kirsten, 2025). This gap is shaped by structural factors (Middlemiss, 2018), systemic barriers (Markard et al., 2012) as well as psychological obstacles (Gifford, 2011). We focus on citizens’ psychological involvement with climate change and sustainability. We define this involvement to include individuals’ understanding, sense of responsibility and efficacy, resources, everyday challenges, personal contribution, alignment of actions with personal values, and whether they feel heard in societal discussions related to climate change. We view this involvement as a prerequisite for active environmental citizenship and agency, which are key aims of Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE). Climate concern and action are also gendered, as prior research has consistently shown that women express greater concern about climate change than men, especially in industrialized Western contexts (Davidson & Freudenburg, 1996; Echavarren, 2023) and engage more frequently in pro-environmental behaviors (Desrochers & Zelenski, 2023). However, gender has usually been usually treated as a single, uniform predictor of environmental concern with a focus on mean level differences (e.g. McCright & Dunlap, 2011). This approach may overlook variation in genders. Previous research suggests that, for example, conservative white men differ drastically from other men in their climate views (McCright & Dunlap, 2011). Additionally, psychological research indicates that men exhibit more psychological variation for example in certain personality traits and economical preferences (Borkenau et al., 2013; Thöni et al., 2021; Thöni & Volk, 2021). This provides reason to suspect more variation regarding climate views. In the public discussions there is a worry of widening gender gap among young men and women in their political ideologies (e.g. Burn-Murdoch, 2024), and some research suggests that young men are increasingly identifying with right-wing ideology and women with left-wing ideology (Milosav, 2026), while other studies find this effect to be small-to-medium at large and heavily culture-dependent (Nennstiel & Hudde, 2025). Because right-wing and conservative values are linked to lower levels of climate concern (McCright & Dunlap, 2011), we analyze whether a wider gap in psychological involvement exists among younger people. Thus, we investigate the following questions: How do Finnish citizens perceive and evaluate their psychological involvement with climate change and sustainability? Are there gendered differences in psychological involvement? Do genders differ with their variation in psychological involvement? Does the connection between psychological involvement and gender remain after controlling for other background variables? Are gendered differences more pronounced among younger people? These questions are important for ESE as they shift focus from a knowledge-based approach toward understanding the complexity of psychological involvement. This challenges ESE to develop more nuanced and inclusive pedagogical strategies that can foster agency even among those currently disengaged. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data analyzed are from the 2024–2025 wave of the Citizen Barometer (Kansalaisbarometri), an annual national survey conducted by the University of Helsinki, which is a representative sample (n = 1013) of Finnish adult population. We developed a novel survey measure consisting of nine 7-point Likert-scale statements to assess psychological involvement with climate change and sustainability. These items measure perceived understanding, personal responsibility, perceived knowledge sufficiency, concrete resources, perceived position or efficacy, everyday challenges, personal contribution to problems, representation of concerns and conceptions of good life related to climate change. The questionnaire was developed by the Research and Development group Eduteam at the Institute for Atmospheric and Earth System Research (INAR). In addition to the climate items, the survey included variables for age, region, gender, language, education, political interest, and political ideologies (left-right and liberal-conservative). For the analysis, we calculated weighted means and share of agreement percentages for the total population and separately by gender. We utilized weighted distributions, distributional overlap, and effect size indices, including the overlap coefficient (OVL), area under the curve (AUC), and Cliff’s delta. Finally, we conducted weighted linear regression models to determine whether the connection between gender and psychological involvement remains after controlling for demographic and ideological background variables. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, respondents reported high perceived understanding but more moderate levels of responsibility, resources, and value alignment. Notably, many expressed doubts on their ability to meaningfully influence climate outcomes. To address the climate crisis, it is critical to acknowledge that just adding knowledge is not sufficient, as various psychological factors pose obstacles for citizens’ climate action. Low belief in self-efficacy can prevent climate action, and therefore ESE should also focus on addressing emotional, ethical and political concerns and strengthening citizens climate competences and opportunities to contribute meaningfully to solving climate crisis. Clear gender differences emerged: women consistently expressed stronger perceived responsibility, resources, and alignment with sustainability values, whereas men reported lower involvement and showed greater variation across several items. Distributional analyses revealed that variation among men was not bimodal but reflected a broad dispersion across the scale. Regression models showed that gender remained a robust predictor of several dimensions even after accounting for age, education, ideology, and political interest. Gendered effects were generally more pronounced among respondents aged 30 or under. Gendered patterns highlight how responsibility and agency are unevenly distributed. Climate and sustainability education should acknowledge the multiple forms of climate thinking and develop more nuanced and inclusive pedagogical strategies for all subgroups. References Borkenau, P., McCrae, R. R., & Terracciano, A. (2013). Do men vary more than women in personality? A study in 51 cultures. Journal of research in personality, 47(2), 135-144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrp.2012.12.001 Burn-Murdoch, J. (2024). A new global gender divide is emerging. Financial Times, 26, 2024 Davidson, D. J., & Freudenburg, W. R. (1996). Gender and Environmental Risk Concerns: A Review and Analysis of Available Research: A Review and Analysis of Available Research. Environment and Behavior, 28(3), 302-339. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013916596283003 Desrochers, J.E., Zelenski, J.M (2023). Why are males not doing these environmental behaviors?: exploring males’ psychological barriers to environmental action. Curr Psychol, 42, 25042–25060. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-022-03587-w Echavarren, J. M. (2023). The gender gap in environmental concern: Support for an ecofeminist perspective and the role of gender egalitarian attitudes. Sex Roles, 89(5–6), 610–623. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11199-023-01397-3 Finnish Environmental Institute (2024). Suomalaisten kulutuksen hiilijalanjälki. [The carbon footprint of Finnish consumption]. https://www.ymparisto.fi/fi/suomalaisten-kulutuksen-hiilijalanjalki Gifford, R. (2011). The dragons of inaction: Psychological barriers that limit climate change mitigation and adaptation. American Psychologist, 66(4), 290–302. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0023566 Kirsten, F. (2025). The environmental concern-behavior gap in South Africa. Environment and Behavior, 57(1–2), 118–142. https://doi.org/10.1177/00139165251318098 Lee, T. M., Markowitz, E. M., Howe, P. D., Ko, C.-Y., & Leiserowitz, A. A. (2015). Predictors of public climate change awareness and risk perception around the world. Nature Climate Change, 5(11), 1014–1020. https://doi.org/10.1038/nclimate2728 Markard, J. et al. (2012). Sustainability transitions: An emerging field of research and its prospects. Research Policy, 41(6), 955–967. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2012.02.013 McCright, A. M., & Dunlap, R. E. (2011). Cool dudes: The denial of climate change among conservative white males in the United States. Global environmental change, 21(4), 1163-1172. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2011.06.003 Middlemiss, L. (2018). Sustainable consumption: Key issues. Routledge. Milosav, Ð., Dickson, Z., Hobolt, S. B., Klüver, H., Kuhn, T., & Rodon, T. (2026). The youth gender gap in support for the far right. Journal of European Public Policy, 33(2), 444-468. https://doi.org/10.1080/13501763.2025.2481181 Nennstiel, R., & Hudde, A. (2025). Is there a growing gender divide among young adults in regard to ideological left–right self-placement? Evidence from 32 European countries. European Sociological Review, 41(6), 862-883, https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcaf021 Thöni, C., Volk, S., & Cortina, J. M. (2021). Greater male variability in cooperation: Meta-analytic evidence for an evolutionary perspective. Psychological Science, 32(1), 50-63. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797620956632 Thöni, C., & Volk, S. (2021). Converging evidence for greater male variability in time, risk, and social preferences. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 118(23), e2026112118. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.202611211 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Aligning a Grade 9 Geography Curriculum with the Sustainable Development Goals: A Qualitative Content Analysis from Kazakhstan Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The Fourth Industrial Revolution has accelerated technological innovation across societies; however, global environmental, economic, and social challenges continue to intensify. In response, the United Nations adopted the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, introducing 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in 2015. Education (SDG 4) plays a pivotal role in achieving these goals, as it equips learners with essential knowledge, values, and competencies necessary for sustainable development. Within this context, geography education holds a distinctive position due to its integrative focus on human–environment interactions, enabling the development of sustainability literacy, global citizenship, and responsible decision-making. Internationally, Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) has been recognised as a transformative educational paradigm that promotes critical thinking, systems thinking, collaboration, and ethical reasoning (UNESCO, 2017). Geography, as a bridging discipline between natural and social sciences, has increasingly been positioned as a core subject for embedding ESD principles into secondary education curricula. Across Europe and beyond, curriculum reforms in countries such as the United Kingdom, the United States, Japan, and South Korea demonstrate varied approaches to integrating SDGs into geography education through inquiry-based learning, project-based activities, case studies, and interdisciplinary teaching (Kim & Lee, 2020; Xuan & Lindqvist, 2025). In Kazakhstan, Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) implement a competency-based curriculum aligned with national development priorities and international educational trends, as articulated in the NIS Strategy–2035. The geography curriculum aims to foster critical thinking, research skills, environmental awareness, and global civic responsibility. Despite these intentions, the extent to which the Sustainable Development Goals are systematically and coherently integrated into the geography curriculum remains underexplored. This study addresses this gap by examining the alignment between the Grade 9 NIS Geography curriculum and the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. The central research question guiding this study is: The study pursues four research objectives:
The conceptual framework of this research is grounded in Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) and curriculum alignment theory. Drawing on UNESCO’s ESD framework, the study conceptualises sustainability learning as the development of key competencies, including critical thinking, problem-solving, collaboration, ethical decision-making, and self-awareness. In addition, curriculum alignment is examined through four analytical criteria: relevance, explicitness, balance, and pedagogy. This framework enables a systematic evaluation of how sustainability concepts are represented, emphasised, and operationalised within curriculum documents. Methodologically, the study adopts a qualitative directed content analysis approach. Primary data consist of official Grade 9 geography curriculum documents, supported by secondary sources including the UN 2030 Agenda and UNESCO ESD policy frameworks. Curriculum learning objectives and themes are mapped against SDGs and categorised into environmental, social, and economic domains. This approach allows for both structured comparison and interpretive analysis. From an international perspective, the study contributes to comparative curriculum research by providing insights from a Central Asian educational context that remains underrepresented in ESD literature. By situating the Kazakhstani geography curriculum alongside international curriculum trends, the research offers transferable analytical tools for examining SDG alignment in secondary education systems across Europe and beyond. The findings aim to inform curriculum developers, policymakers, and geography educators seeking to strengthen sustainability education through curriculum design rather than isolated classroom interventions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative research design to examine the extent to which the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are integrated into the Grade 9 geography curriculum and to assess the level of alignment between curriculum objectives and global sustainability frameworks. The primary data source for this research was the official Grade 9 Geography curriculum of the Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (Autonomous Educational Organization “Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools”, Astana, 2023). Secondary data sources included the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (UN, 2015), UNESCO’s Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) Roadmap (UNESCO, 2020), and official teacher guides and instructional materials used in curriculum implementation. These documents provided an international policy and pedagogical context for interpreting curriculum content and learning objectives. A directed qualitative content analysis approach was adopted, following the framework proposed by Hsieh and Shannon (2005). This approach was selected as it allows for systematic analysis guided by an existing theoretical framework while remaining open to emergent insights. The analytical procedure was further structured using a three-phase coding process adapted from Elo and Kyngäs (2008), consisting of preparation, organisation, and interpretation phases. During the coding process, curriculum learning objectives and thematic units were systematically mapped against the Sustainable Development Goals. Each learning objective was coded according to its primary sustainability focus and categorised into one of three sustainability dimensions: environmental, social, or economic. This categorisation enabled the examination of thematic emphasis, balance across sustainability dimensions, and the identification of gaps or underrepresented SDGs within the curriculum. To evaluate the quality of alignment between the geography curriculum and the SDGs, four analytical criteria were applied: relevance, explicitness, balance, and pedagogy. Relevance referred to the degree to which curriculum content addressed sustainability-related issues; explicitness examined whether links to SDGs were direct or implicit; balance assessed the proportional representation of environmental, social, and economic dimensions; and pedagogy considered the extent to which learning objectives promoted sustainability-oriented competencies such as critical thinking, systems thinking, and applied problem-solving. This methodological framework enabled a structured yet flexible analysis of curriculum alignment with the SDGs and supported the generation of findings relevant to international discussions on Education for Sustainable Development in secondary geography education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study reveal that the integration of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) within the Grade 9 geography curriculum is uneven and lacks coherence across sustainability dimensions. The curriculum demonstrates strong alignment with environmental sustainability, particularly through themes such as water resources, pollution, atmospheric hazards, and biodiversity conservation. These topics explicitly correspond to SDGs 6, 13, 14, and 15 and enable students to explore local and global environmental challenges. The economic dimension of sustainability is moderately represented through themes related to economic resources, sustainable development, and the Human Development Index, linked to SDGs 8, 9, and 12. However, this integration is largely theoretical, with limited emphasis on applied learning, including green technologies, sustainable production, and responsible consumption. The social dimension is the least explicitly addressed. While themes such as demographics, migration, and urbanisation indirectly relate to SDGs 3, 5, 10, and 11, their coverage remains fragmented, with minimal attention to equity, health, gender equality, and social justice. Overall, the curriculum reflects an imbalance among environmental, economic, and social dimensions of sustainability. Although it promotes critical thinking, research skills, and ICT literacy, sustainability-oriented competencies such as systems thinking, collaboration, and applied problem-solving are weakly articulated. The study is limited by its reliance on curriculum documents, and further research should examine classroom practices and teacher perspectives to better understand how SDG integration is enacted in practice. References 1.UNESCO. Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, 2017. – 56 p. 2. Catling S., Willy T. Teaching Primary Geography. London: Routledge, 2018. – 312 p. 3. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools AEO. Grade 9 Geography Curriculum. Astana: NIS, 2023. – 72 p. 4. Brooks C., Butt G., Fargher M. The Power of Geographical Thinking. Cham: Springer, 2017. – 258 p. 5. Lambert D., Solem M. Developing learner agency through geography education. Geography. – 2020. – T. 105. – №. 2. – P. 55–68. 6. Miguel González R., Sebastián-López M. Education on Sustainable Development Goals: Geographical perspectives for gender equality in sustainable cities and communities. Sustainability. – 2022. – T. 14. – №. 7. – Art. 4042. 7. Vare P., Scott W. Learning for Change: Education and Sustainability. London: Routledge, 2019. – 198 p. 8. Tilbury D. Learning to Connect: Education for Sustainability. London: Routledge, 2018. – 240 p. 9. Miao S., Meadows M. E., Duan Y., Guo F. How does the geography curriculum contribute to education for sustainable development? Lessons from China and the U.S.A. Sustainability. – 2022. – T. 14. – №. 17. – Art. 10637. 10. Kim J., Lee Y. Integration of education for sustainable development in Asian geography curricula. Asian Education Review. – 2020. – T. 11. – №. 3. – P. 215–229. 11. Department for Education (DfE). National Curriculum for Geography: Key Stages 3 and 4. London: DfE, 2021. – 64 p. 12. Miguel González R., et al. Geography education and the SDGs in Europe. European Journal of Geography. – 2023. – T. 14. – №. 2. – P. 87–101. 13. Martínez-Hernández C., Mínguez C. The Anthropocene and the Sustainable Development Goals: Key elements in geography higher education? International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education. – 2023. – T. 7. – P. 1648–1667. 14. UNESCO. Education for Sustainable Development: ESD for 2030 Framework. Geneva: UNESCO & UNECE, 2023. Available at https://unece.org/sites/default/files/202305/UNESCO_B.Combes_ESD_for_2030_FINAL.pdf (accessed 12.11.2025). 15. Giancola E., Prades A., Nokala T. The crucial role of education in achieving sustainability and a low-carbon economy. BUILD UP Technical Article. – 2023. Available at: https://build-up.ec.europa.eu (accessed 12.11.2025). 16. Sposab K., Rieckmann M. Development of sustainability competencies in secondary school education: A scoping literature review. Sustainability. – 2024. – T. 16. – №. 23. – P. 1–29. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Intercultural Learning Environment and Body's Experiences. Haute Ecole Pédagogique du Canton de Vaud Suisse, Switzerland Presenting Author:This action research is part of the initial training of primary school teachers at the Haute école pédagogique du canton de Vaud in Switzerland, and more specifically within the framework of an intercultural exchange module (PEERS) between Switzerland and Italy (University of Bologna). Through the understanding of comparative education systems and the discovery of otherness, these PEERS projects, which involve a dozen Swiss and Italian students each year, aim to develop the mobility capital of future teachers in training in order to make it operational in the classroom. The main educational theme is the issue of including student diversity.
Students involved in these projects are encouraged to take a meta-perspective on their somatic experience of moving through space by keeping a travel journal, a kind of reflective space. They start from their experience of otherness and transpose it into their professional actions and identity construction as future teachers. This experience of spatial mobility, recounted through biographical writing, is then reworked in the form of a final report upon their return from their trip. This allows them to reflect on the transformations that have taken place in their professional stance. It is therefore a somato-reflexive approach (Eddy, 2016) since corporeality is strongly involved in this tertiary education program as well as the reflexivity that reflects this, through the students' logbooks.
We will focus on the spatial nature of this professionalization program, considered as a learning environment that is enriched by the multiplicity of experiences according to mechanisms of reflexivity and interaction with the places visited. It is a training space that opens up a potential space for the development of the individual's abilities and skills. This program strongly mobilizes the sensory experience lived through the students' bodies as they confront otherness. The students are led to become more attentive and aware of their bodily perceptions in space, due to the highly immersive nature of their experience in an environment that is different from their everyday lives. This phenomenological experience of the self (Merleau-Ponty, 1976) in a specific place (space) and at a specific time (time) is made visible in the reflective writings they are asked to produce upon their return to Switzerland. The body has always been shaped and socialized by the culture in which it exists. We will observe a training situation where physicality is used to aid learning. We propose to observe how the use of the sensory and embodied experience of moving through space can serve as a tool for learning, development, and professionalization for future teachers.
In this research, we will therefore observe how a formative space can become “transformative” (Meziani, 2021). We will see how a reflective space that is created and structured will interact with an existing space: a traversed territory (the city of Bologna), a kind of immersive urban terrain. The confrontation between these two spaces will possibly give rise to a utopian space (Foucault, 1984) or at least intermediate spaces, or even a highly educational and emancipatory co-spatiality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This article presents a teacher training program centered on travel as a space for training and experiential learning, with the aim of promoting openness to otherness and intercultural education. In the program, writing, first in a journal and then in a final training report, acts as a medium that promotes processes of biographization. This is an action research project that qualitatively analyzes reports written by students participating in a training program. The aim is to understand the formative and transformative effects of sensory experience across space and time in the construction of the subject. A dozen student reports, submitted between December 2023 and 2024 at the end of their PEERS mobility week in Bologna, will be considered. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We also observe the fortuitous dimension resulting from the experience of certain places or moments that contribute to the production of so-called informal learning. The latter is linked, in particular, to the leisure activities and cultural discoveries made by Swiss students during their trips to the city of Bologna. The learning that results from this is unintentional on the part of the learners and is integrated into activities that are planned and intentional (Dewey, 2018) .The student mobility experience is therefore rich in learning, whether formal or informal, predictable or fortuitous, professional or personal. For this contribution, we focused on a training program that highlights the role of the body in higher education. To do so, we sought to demonstrate how the narrative of the experience specific to a training program, such as that offered by PEERS, enables individuals to produce and perform themselves in the world. We sought to demonstrate how identity is constructed for the subject, through and in their actions and interactions with the world, according to a spatial and somatic paradigm. Our research was based on textual analysis and a qualitative method, highlighting the notion of space. We observed how the latter can become a condition of experience and therefore of learning, by questioning, in particular, what space can offer for the subject's experience, according to a multiple understanding of spatiality (Zusman, 2021). The dimensions of corporeality and the consideration of feelings, sensory experience, and the place of the body are very present in the students' reflective assessments at the end of their mobility experience. This allowed us to observe how the integration of the body in tertiary education promotes the assimilation of experience. Taking this dimension into account also offers the opportunity to change the practice of future teachers by changing the way they see themselves and, consequently, their students (Emond, 2022). References • Bacherlard, G. (1957). The Poetics of Space. Paris: PUF. • Billeter, J.-F. (2012). A Paradigm. Paris: Allia Publishing. • Delory-Momberger, C. and Bourguigon, J.-C. (2020). Biographical medialities, practices of self and the world. Le Sujet dans la cité, Actuels 9 (1), 17-26. • Dewey, J. (2018). Democracy and education. Paris: Armand Colin. • Eddy, M. (2016). The Evolution of the Somatic Arts and Conscious Action. University of Chicago Press. • Emond, G. (2018). Learning body awareness among teachers and trainers and its influence on the internal-external coherence of their practice. (doctoral thesis). Université du Québec à Montréal. • Emond, G., Lachance, J., Vinit F. (2018). Learning to Be a Sensitive Professional. A Life-Enhancing Process Grounded in the Experience of the Body. Adult Education Quarterly 1-18. • Emond, G. (2022). Teaching while knowing how to be your body: an innovative process of coherence between oneself and others. In Capron, I., Vuichard, A. (eds.). Pedagogical Innovation: From Theory to Practice. Ed. Alphil-Swiss University Press. (pp. 161-177). • Foucault, M. (1984). Other Spaces: Heterotopias in Dits et écrits, vol. IV, Paris: Gallimard, pp. 752-762. • Foucault, M. (2001). Techniques of the Self. In M. Foucault. Dits et écrits II, 1602-1632. Paris: Gallimard. • Galvani, P. (2020). Self-training and self-knowledge, an experiential research-training method. Lyon: Chronique sociale. • Laplantine, F. (2018). Thinking about the senses. Paris: Pocket editions. • Le Breton, D. (2023). The sociology of the body. Paris: PUF. • Merleau-Ponty, M. (1976). Phenomenology of perception. Paris: Tel Gallimard. • Meziani, M., Canet, G., Bock, C. (2021). Formative and transformative spaces. An interdisciplinary approach. Nîmes: Champ social- Questions de société. • Pineau, G. (2009). Travel as an introduction to the arts of the way. In Le journal des psychanalyses. 271, 71-74. • Quéré, L. (1997). The situation always neglected? Réseaux, volume 15, no. 85, pp. 163-192. • Ricoeur, P. (1990). Oneself as another. Paris: Seuil. • Zusman, Y. (2021). Random space. Paris: PUF. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Interdisciplinary Art and Science Education in the European Arctic Context University of Lapland, Finland Presenting Author:In environmental and sustainability education, the arts are increasingly understood as pedagogical practices that foster sensory, emotional, and participatory engagement with ecological issues. Artistic processes support experiential and inquiry-oriented learning, enabling embodied and relational encounters with environmental phenomena. From this perspective, learning is not limited to cognitive understanding but involves affective, material, and sensory dimensions that shape how learners relate to their environments. In parallel, collaboration between artists and scientists has expanded markedly since the 1990s, inspiring inter- and transdisciplinary approaches that increasingly inform educational practice. Material-based practices play a central role in such art–science collaborations, offering concrete ways to explore ecological processes and phenomena. In European Arctic contexts, where many communities live in close relationship with their natural environments, artists and educators frequently work with locally sourced materials that carry ecological and cultural significance. These practices support situated, relational, and place-responsive forms of learning that are particularly relevant to sustainability education. In Finland, the national core curriculum encourages multidisciplinary learning and phenomenon-based approaches, providing a strong foundation for integrating visual arts into environmental science education while maintaining the integrity of both disciplines. This study examines interdisciplinary art–science education in the European Arctic, focusing on how hands-on engagement with natural materials can support learning processes that integrate cognitive understanding with emotional and sensory engagement. The research asks: How do material-based art–science practices contribute to pupils’ meaning making in environmental education, and how are cognitive, emotional, and sensory dimensions of learning intertwined in these processes? The theoretical framework draws on experiential learning, embodied and relational pedagogy, and arts-based environmental education, with particular attention to material engagement and artistic symbolisation as pathways for learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is grounded in art-based action research, which combines arts-based pedagogical interventions with systematic inquiry through iterative research cycles. The first author designed and facilitated multiple art-based action research cycles as part of doctoral research in art education. As one cycle focused on experimental work with bilberries and their chemical transformations, using local ecological materials as a pedagogical resource to connect visual arts practices with emerging chemistry learning. Artistic symbolisation—such as working with colour change, visual composition, and material transformation—was used to support pupils’ exploration of ecological and chemical concepts. Data were collected through participatory observation, children’s artworks, field notes, photographs, and semi-structured interviews with teachers and pupils. The analysis employed thematic analysis alongside close reading of pupils’ visual and multimodal expressions, allowing attention to both verbal accounts and material–visual meaning making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that visual arts play a particularly significant role in interdisciplinary sustainability education due to their emphasis on observation, material engagement, and visual meaning making. Practices such as drawing and painting supported pupils’ attention to environmental relationships and processes when embedded in reflective and open-ended learning contexts. Artistic work enabled pupils to integrate scientific observations with emotional and sensory experiences, fostering deeper engagement with ecological themes. Visual art practice, such as drawing and environmental art, supported pupils to explore, comprehend, interpret, and communicate environmental knowledge. By situating art–science learning within Arctic ecocultural environments, this study contributes to emerging research in Arctic art education and sustainability education. It highlights the value of material-based, arts-integrated pedagogy for supporting holistic learning processes and offers insights into how interdisciplinary practices can address ecological understanding in culturally and environmentally situated ways. References Chappell, K., & Hetherington, L. (2024). Creative pedagogies in digital STEAM practices: Natural, technological and cultural entanglements for powerful learning and activism. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 19(1), 77–116. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-023-10200-4 Gbeve, K., Francoeur, V., Bernard, S., & Tanguay, L. (2025). Influencing pro-environmental behaviors through visual arts: A scoping review of research designs and state of knowledge. Frontiers Psychology, 16, 1712588. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2025.1712588 Huhmarniemi, M.; Jokela, T. & Hiltunen, M. (2021). Paradigm shifts in northern art, community and environment studies for art teacher education. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 4(1), 100181, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssaho.2021.100181 Lin, J., & Oxford, R. L. (Eds.). (2011). Transformative eco-education for human and planetary survival. IAP. Liu, C. Y., Wu, C. J., Chien, Y. H., Tzeng, S. Y., & Kuo, H. C. (2023). Examining the quality of art in STEAM learning activities. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 17(3), 382. https://doi.org/10.1037/aca0000404 Lanza, K., Alcazar, M., Chen, B., & Kohl III, H. W. (2023). Connection to nature is associated with social-emotional learning of children. Current Research in Ecological and Social Psychology, 4, 100083. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cresp.2022.100083 Zhang, X., & Hiltunen, M. (2025). Integrating art into chemistry class: Exploring pH reactions through creative expression. International Journal of Education through Art, 21(3), 483-493. https://doi.org/10.1386/eta_00213_3 Zhang, X., & Huhmarniemi, M. (2026). The bilberry experiment for Arctic STEAM education. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2026.2623292 Zhang, X., Huhmarniemi, M., & Hiltunen, M. (Forthcoming 2026). Integrating art and science in education: Cultivating creative expression and inquisitive thinking. International Journal of Education and the Arts. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Art-Based Eco-Cultural Animation for Environmental and Sustainability Education in a Time of Poly-Crisis University of Lapland, Finland Presenting Author:Ecological crises challenge education to expand its orientation toward pro-environmental values and actions. In the context of poly-crisis—including climate change, biodiversity loss and inequality—education faces the need for profound cultural transformations toward ecologically responsible ways of living. This requires both theoretical and practical approaches that can initiate and mainstream cultural sustainability transitions. This poster addresses these challenges by developing sociocultural animation into art-based eco-cultural animation. Sociocultural animation emphasizes participatory, relational, and community-oriented approaches, connecting artistic activity, learning, and social interaction within temporary or evolving communities. While such approaches have been applied internationally in urban contexts, in Northern Finland and the European Arctic they have been strongly integrated with community art, place-based art, and environmental art education, drawing on Arctic art traditions and environmental pedagogy. Within this research and practice tradition, an eco-cultural sustainability orientation supports both cultural continuity and the conscious renewal of local ecocultures in response to ecological crises. This approach aligns with futures-oriented frameworks that connect present communities with sustainable cultural practices and long-term responsibility. Research aim: To develop a theoretical framework for art-based eco-cultural animation in rural communities. Research question: What ecological, cultural, artistic, and communal principles enable impactful art-based eco-cultural animation, particularly in rural communities? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This poster draws on long-term art-based action research conducted by the authors. The study integrates multiple action research cycles and presents illustrative examples of community-based eco-cultural practices. Data sources include: • Documentary photos and videos • Field notes • Research diaries • Artworworks that materialize ecoculture Selected examples are presented in the poster to highlight the processes and principles of eco-cultural animation in practice. The approach emphasizes reflective, participatory, and iterative development of both theory and practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that art-based eco-cultural animation is structured around four interrelated dimensions: 1. Ecological – engagement with local ecosystems, seasonal rhythms, and environmental processes 2. Cultural – continuity, renewal, and integration of local knowledge 3. Artistic – open-ended, multimodal artistic practices fostering meaning making, emotional processing, and embodied participation 4. Communal – collaborative, participatory, and inclusive social interaction including non-human nature The effectiveness of eco-cultural animation emerges particularly through: • Place-based engagement • Led or supported by knowledge holders / Elders • Recognition of participants’ experiential and embodied knowledge • Process-oriented and multimodal artistic practices Artistic activity deepens eco-cultural intra-action between humans, materials, places, and more-than-human agencies. The approach strengthens ecocultural well-being, cultural continuity in times of change, sustainability, and democratic participation. The poster defines art-based eco-cultural animation as a process where community-based artistic activity, connected to ecosystems and seasonal cycles, initiates or fosters sustainable culture. It integrates place-based knowledge, ecological understanding, cultural skills, and experiential communal learning. The approach is developed in the European Arctic context but has potential also for other European rural regions. References Ćwikła, Małgorzata, Góral, Anna, Bogacz-Wojtanowska, Ewa & Dudkiewicz, Magdalena 2020. Project-Based Work and Sustainable Development—A Comparative Case Study of Cultural Animation Projects. Sustainability 12 (16), 6519. DOI: https://doi.org/10.3390/su12166519 Huhmarniemi, Maria & Jokela, Timo (Eds.) 2025. Living with Land and people: A Handbook for artistic project and art-based action research in the Arctic. Lapin yliopisto. DOI: https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-337-505-5 Jokela, Timo 2025. Knowing with the Sea Trout: Place-Specific Artwork for Addressing Environmental Conflict. In A. Sohns (Ed.) Artistic dialogues with the Arctic North: Environmental change and identity in transition. Routledge, 94–108. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003545880 Jokela, Timo 2025b. At the River—Stepping in the Flow. In A. Sohns (Ed.) Artistic dialogues with the Arctic North: Environmental change and identity in transition. Routledge. 185–199. Jokela, Timo & Hiltunen, Mirja 2023. Community-Based Art Education: Promoting Revitalization and Eco-Cultural Resilience for Cultural Sustainability. In Ching-Chiu Lin, Anita Sinner & Rita L. Irwin (Ed.) Community Arts Education: Transversal Global Perspectives. Bristol: Intellect, 86–98. Jokela, Timo & Hiltunen, Mirja 2024. New Genre Arctic Art Education as a Way of Knowing with the North. In Timo Jokela, Maria Huhmarniemi & Kathryn Burnett (Ed.) Relate North: New Genre Arctic Art Education Beyond Borders. Viseu: InSEA Publications, 12–37. Jokela, Timo & Huhmarniemi, Maria 2022. Arctic art education in changing nature and culture. Education in the North, 29 (2), 4–27. DOI: https://doi.org/10.26203/55f2-1c04 Lacy, Suzanne 1995. Debated territory: Towards a critical language for public art. In Suzanne Lacy (Ed.) Mapping the terrain. New genre public art Seattle: Bay Press, 171–185. Luostarinen, Nina 2023. Building, becoming, believing: Participatory playful land art intervention for creating empathy and meliorism. International Journal of Education Through Art, 19 (1), 59–67. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1386/eta_00118_3 Matarasso, François (1997). Use or ornament. The social impact of participation in the arts. [London]: Comedia. Saatavilla https://arestlessart.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/1997-use-or-ornament.pdf (haettu 6.1.2026). Parks, Melissa M. 2020. Explicating ecoculture. Tracing a transdisciplinary focal concept. Nature and Culture, 15 (1), 54–77. DOI: https://doi.org/10.3167/nc.2020.150104 Rapport, David J. & Maffi, Luisa 2011. Eco-cultural health, global health, and sustainability. Ecological Research, 26, 1039–1049. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11284-010-0703-5 Stephen, Kathrin 2018. Societal impacts of a rapidly changing Arctic. Current Climate Change Reports, 4 (1), 223–237. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s40641-018-0106-1 Stöckell, Antti & Luostarinen, Nina 2025. To heal the woods of the earth (and the mind) through play and art. In Antonia Sohns (toim.) Artistic dialogues with the Arctic North: Environmental change and identity in transition. Oxon: Routledge, 139–152. Wenger, Etienne 1998. Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Visual Methods in School, University, and Community‑based Educational Settings: Exploring Pathways to Participation in Sustainability Transitions 1: NMBU, Norway; 2: Oslo Met Presenting Author:Within Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) and further afield, there is growing recognition that responding to climate and sustainability challenges requires more than the transmission of knowledge. In line with both sustainability education and energy transition discourses that feed into European and international debates, we examine how participatory, relational (Sterling, 2001; 2025; Wals, 2022) and sensory practice-based (Pink & Leder-Mackley, 2015) approaches can support learners and communities to co-create pathways towards just and sustainable societies across both formal and non-formal educational settings. This poster presentation synthesises two doctoral studies that incorporated visual methods to investigate and communicate lived experiences of sustainability transitions in formal education (a school-university partnership in Norway and within non-formal contexts (public and community settings) in Scotland. The doctoral studies bring together examples of visual elicitation, auto-photography, sustainability walks, visual timelines, and digital storytelling as means to develop participatory research concerning how sustainability is learned, felt, and acted upon. The formal education strand, based in Norway, explores a school–university partnership co-developing professional learning practices in support of a whole school approach to sustainability-oriented education. The data includes photographic artefacts, co-developed professional learning activities that incorporate visual methods, visual timelines, digital stories (Mathie, 2024; Mathie et al., 2026), and a reflexive practice developed as part of the PhD involving the creation of visual artefacts grounded in artistic self‑expression (Mathie & Omholt, 2026). The non-formal community strand, based in a rural Scottish island context, examines sustainability-oriented energy transitions and how residents and stakeholders live with and make sense of changing energy landscapes. Photography is employed as a central qualitative method through visual surveying, auto-photography, and photo-elicitation. Digital storytelling and co-curated multimedia exhibitions, in turn, are also utilised to communicate complex experiences to wider public audiences and policymakers (Davey, 2024; Davey 2025). Conceptually, both studies are grounded in participatory and visual methodologies and share complementary emancipatory research aims to identify supportive mechanisms for addressing environmental and social challenges (Pink, 2013; 2022). We argue that the visual can play a central role in responding to the call for resistance pedagogy and transgressive learning (Wals, 2022). Drawing on Davis (2018) and Sand (2012), we see visuality as a lived, sensory engagement that reveals place-based values and tacit knowledge. Anchored in interpretive, critical phenomenological, and participatory traditions (Magrì & McQueen, 2022; Gubrium et al., 2016), this study values embodied, place-based knowledge and considers research and art as a continuum, including the use of exhibitions to legitimise non-propositional, affective, and relational knowing (Hawkins, 2020). By directly addressing the gap between knowing and doing (Pfeffer and Sutton, 2001), visual storytelling, in its various forms, fosters empathy and reflexivity, making research more inclusive and responsive to participants' perspectives, aiming to bridge top-down policy and theoretical framings with lived experience. The poster presentation brings the two doctoral studies into dialogue and asks: 1. How can visual methods support sustainability education in formal and non-formal contexts? 2. Which design features of visual co‑production can foster reflexivity in support of active participation in sustainability transitions? 3. How can visual dissemination formats (exhibitions, films, publications) function as research and communicate participant experiences of sustainability transitions beyond academia? Through retrospective collaborative autoethnographic inquiry (Poulos, 2021), experiences of visual participatory work across school, university, and community-based settings in Norway and Scotland are critiqued. The poster offers conceptual and practical insights into how visual methods can enrich ESE by creating spaces for participant-led meaning-making, dialogue, and collective action. We posit that visual methods and exhibition examples are relevant across European formal and non-formal education and can contribute to a broader European dialogue on the role of participatory education in sustainability transitions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using autoethnographic inquiry (Kim, 2016; Poulos, 2021) and visual‑elicitation dialogues (Harper, 2002; Pink, 2022; Gubrium et al., 2016), we conduct a retrospective cross‑case analysis of visual participatory datasets and processes from two doctoral projects. This design enables a systematic comparison of how visual practices function in both formal and non-formal educational settings. The data analysed comes from the two doctoral studies: 1: A study concerning co-developed professional development within a Norwegian school–university partnership (involving teachers, school leaders, researchers, and professional development facilitators), exploring how a whole school approach to sustainability can be integrated in practice. Data includes photographic artefacts, reflexive journals, visual timelines, and short digital stories (Mathie & Omholt 2026, 2024; Mathie et al., 2026). 2: A study in a rural Scottish island setting concerning community‑level sustainability and energy transitions involving local stakeholder groups. Data includes visual artefacts, visual surveys, photo‑elicitation dialogues, community auto‑photography, short‑film production, and co‑curated multimedia exhibitions that translate complex experiences for broad audiences (Davey, 2024; Davey, 2025). Retrospective collaborative autoethnographic inquiry spans eight months and involves the analysis of photographs, visual artefacts, journals, and analytic memos. As part of this process, we, the authors, engage in a series of (in-person) discussions (completion in June) that critically examine how participatory visual methods have shaped both our own and research participants’ understanding of sustainability transitions. The focus is on how visual co‑production (e.g., photo‑elicitation; Harper, 2002; Gubrium et al., 2016) enables participant‑led perspectives, reconfigures knowledge hierarchies, and informs design elements such as prompts, facilitation, curation, and exhibition formats. We will also critique how this can transfer across European educational and policy contexts to support just sustainability transitions. Records of this reflexive dialogue, documenting this inquiry, are analysed using the methodological frameworks of Kim (2016) and Poulos (2021). This research is part of two approved projects (reference numbers anonymised for review) assessed and approved by the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research (SIKT, formerly NSD). All visual materials follow approved ethical protocols, including options for anonymity and withdrawal, and careful representation of participants in visuals and exhibitions. Trustworthiness is ensured through triangulation across visual, textual, and dialogic materials; documentation of visual processes; and participant‑informed interpretation (e.g., captions, co‑curation). Reflexive memos and dialogue disclose researcher assumptions and invite critique. The work follows participatory ethics (see Clark, 2012): layered consent, re‑consent for images, shared decisions on circulation and anonymity, and attention to participants’ preferences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Methodological outcomes: The poster will present a visually rich artefact demonstrating practice-tested participatory visual methods configured for both formal and non-formal education settings. It will identify facilitation and curation patterns (such as prompts, framing, sequencing of images, and exhibition design) that foster participation and promote personal and relational reflexivity. The intended outcomes include this poster contributing to our ongoing auto-ethnographic inquiry, which will culminate in a co-authored multimedia academic paper. This will feature a digital research story and practical resources based on the visual research methods examined in this study. Empirical outcomes: Examples from both studies offer detailed insights into how sustainability transitions are experienced visually and through the senses, revealing place-based values, tacit knowledge, and the embodied, emotional, and symbolic facets of daily life. The analysis follows how visual artefacts and specific curation choices sustain engagement. Comparing visual artefacts from a Norwegian-based formal education study with those from a Scottish-based non-formal context on energy transitions highlights shared and diverging dynamics related to broader European debates on participatory education, justice, and sustainability transitions. Significance for ESE field: The project elucidates visuality as a fundamental perspective to consider in ESE, not only in perceptions of sustainability but also in how humans perceive and emotionally engage with sustainability within specific contexts. Situated within interpretive, phenomenological, and practice-based traditions, it presents visual methods that have enhanced participants’ knowledge and legitimised affective and relational knowledge. By emphasising creative visual methodologies and lived experiences in educational settings (schools, universities, and communities), the project seeks to contribute to European and international discussions on the role visual methods can play within ESE research. It contends that participatory visual approaches can foster inclusive, responsive ESE-related research that can contribute to transforming participatory understanding into collective transgressive learning for sustainability. References Mathie, R. G. (2024). A whole school approach: A synthesis of interconnected policy, practice, and research conceptualisations. In Whole school approaches to sustainability: Education renewal in times of distress (pp. 9-33). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Mathie, R. G., & Omholt, K. (2026). The way of the researcher: integrating artistic self-expression as a reflexive partner in the study of sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 1-22. Mathie, R. G., Eikeland, I., Sinnes, A. T., & Wals, A. E. (2026). Co-developing professional learning practices in support of a whole school approach to sustainability-oriented education. Environmental Education Research, 1-28. Davey, N. G. (2024). Altered landscapes of a post‑carbon future: Visual response imaginaries as experiences of energy infrastructure in the Orkney Islands. Energy Research & Social Science, 117, 103719. Davey, N. G. (2025). Photography as an approach in energy transitions research: Visual surveying, auto-photography & photo-elicitation in Scotland’s Orkney Islands. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 24, 16094069251338907. Clark, A. (2012). Visual Ethics in a Contemporary Landscape. In S. Pink (Ed.), Advances in Visual Methodology: (pp. 17-36). Sage. Davis, W. (2018). A general theory of visual culture. Princeton University Press. Gubrium, A., Harper, K., & Otañez, M. (2016). Participatory visual and digital research in action. Routledge.Harper, D. (2002). Talking about pictures: A case for photo elicitation. Visual Studies, 17(1), 13–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/14725860220137345 Hawkins, H. (2020). Geography, art, research: Artistic research in the geohumanities. Routledge. Kim, J.-H. (2016). Understanding narrative inquiry: The crafting and analysis of stories as research. SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781071802861 Magrì, E., & McQueen, P. (2022). Critical phenomenology: An introduction. John Wiley & Sons. Pink, S. (2022). Emerging technologies/Life at the edge of the future. Taylor & Francis. Pink, S., & Leder Mackley, K. (2015). Flow and intervention in everyday life: Situating practices. In Y. Strengers & C. Maller (Eds.), Social Practices, Intervention and Sustainability: Beyond behaviour change (pp. 163-178). Routledge. Pfeffer, J., & Sutton, R. I. (2001). The knowing‐doing gap: how smart companies turn knowledge into action. Supply Chain Management: An International Journal, 6(3), 142-143. Poulos, C. N. (2021). Essentials of autoethnography. American Psychological Association. Sand, A. (2012). Visuality. Studies in Iconography, 33, 89-95. Sterling, S. (2001). Sustainable education: Re‑visioning learning and change. Green Books. Sterling, S. (2025). Learning and sustainability in dangerous times. Agenda Publishing. Wals, A. E. J. (2022). Transgressive learning, resistance pedagogy and disruptive capacity building as levers for sustainability. In Higher education in the world 8 – New visions for higher education (pp. 216–222). GUNi. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Reflect on Human Needs: The Energy-Related Needs in Middle School Science Textbooks in China East China Normal University, China Presenting Author:Following the first oil crisis in 1973, energy education has emerged as a distinct field of educational research, focusing mainly on energy educational policies, systems, industrial environment, and participation (Hu & Yang, 2024). Yet educational discussions often take energy demand for granted, paying limited attention to how school knowledge constructs and normalises particular understandings of human needs. As Canale (2022) notes, textbooks are complex and influential educational media. Existing textbook research on energy has examined aspects such as readability (Pambudi et al., 2024) and content scope (Castañeda-Garza & Valerio-Ureña, 2022). Many of these studies are guided by frameworks such as sustainability literacy, green literacy, eco-literacy (Dong et al., 2023), the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) (Lasekan et al., 2024), and energy literacy (DeWaters, 2011). While these approaches acknowledge the importance of human needs, such needs are often treated as self-evident background conditions rather than as objects of critical inquiry. Even in studies that explicitly address teaching energy system transformation through perspectives such as Earth literacy (Sven Linow, 2025), limited attention has been paid to how educational materials frame, prioritise, and normalise particular needs in relation to energy use. This study focuses on human needs, drawing on frameworks that address the realities of contemporary society (Boss, 2025). Theories of human needs have long been discussed within economics and philosophy (Doyal & Gough, 1991). As energy underpins nearly all human activities, the global demand for energy has risen sharply alongside population growth (Abdalla et al., 2018). Building on the concept of Decent Living Standards (DLS) and referring to material prerequisites, Millward-Hopkins et al. (2020) quantified basic needs in terms of energy requirements. However, Petz (2025) critically questions such energy-based approaches and argues for integrating basic needs theory with a more reflective understanding of energy requirements (Millward-Hopkins et al., 2020). Drawing on this critique, this study adapts the seven challenges to energy-based approaches identified by Petz (2025) into three analytical dimensions, organized according to their distinct critical emphases: silence behind quantification (robustness, comprehensiveness, cultural appropriateness, and aggregation), suppression of agency by authority (paternalism and procedural justice, narrowing of policy space), and resourcism. Rather than rejecting the concept of human needs, this study critically examines how needs become stabilised when translated into energy-based educational discourse. The purpose of this study is to examine how energy-related human needs are constructed in school science textbooks. Specifically, it analyses textual and visual representations of energy in sixth-grade science textbooks from Shanghai using Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA). The analysis reveals that energy-related human needs in these textbooks are framed as natural and inevitable, while underlying support systems, such as food supply, power supply, and fuel systems, are abstracted or omitted. These systems, which form the foundation of energy transportation and transformation, are largely invisible, and their associated energy costs are overlooked, representing "silence behind quantification". At the same time, energy crises are primarily attributed to limited resources rather than demand structures or social distribution. Furthermore, needs are implicitly framed through a business-oriented lens that positions responsibility for energy consumption with abstract “others” rather than with consumers themselves, reflecting both "suppression of agency by authority" and "resourcism". Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study examines two sixth-grade science textbooks from Shanghai, one for each semester, selected for three reasons: Firstly, Shanghai has consistently led educational development and reform in China. Secondly, these textbooks were published by Shanghai Scientific and Technical Publishers in 2024 and 2025, under the Compulsory Education Science Curriculum Standards (2022 Edition), which represent the current directions in Chinese science education. Thirdly, Grade 6 science is the stage where students first systematically encounter energy concepts before they advance to separate subjects (physics, chemistry, biology). As a result, its interdisciplinary character offers a key vantage point for analyzing how textbooks construct energy discourse. Relevant sections were first identified—those wholly about energy or containing energy-related references. Each sentence and image was coded for reference. For instance, the code G6V1U2I-P16-H1 refers to Heading 1 (H1) on page 16 (P16) in the Introduction section (I) of Unit 2 (U2) in Vision 1 (V1) of Grade 6 (G6). Critical Discourse Analysis (Fairclough, 1992) was applied to analyze the relationship between needs and energy. Following Fairclough’s notion of the socially "constructive" effects of discourse, we treat needs as socially constructed (Doyal & Gough, 1991). Prior applications of CDA to human–nature relationships (Sharma & Buxton, 2015) and Chinese textbook research on environmental sustainability education (Liu et al., 2024) provided methodological insights. Due to the study’s scope, we focus on discourse representation and underlying assumptions (Fairclough, 2003). For example: With the development of society and the continuous improvement of living standards for people, the demand for energy is also increasing day by day. (G6V1U2I-P16-T2) This segment employs terms such as "development" and "improvement", both implying progress from a lower to a higher level. "Society" is used in a general sense, without reference to any specific socio-economic or cultural context. Likewise, "living standards" are generalized, disregarding potential variations. This reflects a value assumption that there exists a universally acknowledged notion of a "good" standard of living—one that inherently demands increasing energy consumption. This segment ignores dimensions of human needs beyond living standards, such as security. Moreover, the use of universal standards renders issues of cultural appropriateness and aggregation invisible. Finally, the emphasis on “demand” contributes to the suppression of agency by authority, particularly in relation to procedural justice. These represent aspects of "silence behind quantification" and "suppression of agency by authority". Although "saving" is advocated later (G6V1U2S3-P35-T2, G6V1U2S4-P42-T3, G6V1U4I-P73-T1), the increasing demands are presented first in the first unit section. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study addresses a neglected question in textbook research: how energy-related human needs are constructed in school science textbooks. Through an analysis of two middle school science textbooks from Shanghai, the study examines how these needs are framed, with particular attention to the assumptions underpinning these portrayals. The analysis focuses primarily on social circumstances and food-related needs as they are presented in relation to energy use. At the same time, the study seeks to reveal the assumptions underlying the framing of energy-related needs. Rather than discussing how daily life serves as a source to improve students' energy literacy (Castañeda-Garza & Valerio-Ureña, 2022), this study adopts a perspective that critically examines the assumptions underlying everyday needs related to energy. The findings suggest that such needs are generally presented as universally accepted and unproblematic, thereby reproducing several of the challenges identified by Petz (2025). When the systems underpinning these needs are examined, it becomes evident that continuous, yet largely invisible, energy consumption sustains even the most basic activities. As Latour argues, "to track the terrestrials is to add conflicts of interpretation regarding what a given actor is, wants, desires, or can do, to conflicts about what other actors are, want, desire, or can do." From this perspective, continual reflection on human needs becomes essential, and energy education should include critical engagement with how needs are envisioned for future generations. The narratives identified in this limited set of textbooks also invite reflection across cultural contexts, raising the question of whether similar framings operate in science education systems worldwide. References Abdalla, A. M., Hossain, S., Nisfindy, O. B., Azad, A. T., Dawood, M., & Azad, A. K. (2018). Hydrogen production, storage, transportation and key challenges with applications: A review. Energy Conversion and Management, 165, 602–627. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enconman.2018.03.088 Boss, G. (2025). The theory and the politics of need: Introduction. Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13698230.2025.2535863 Canale, G. (2022). A multimodal and ethnographic approach to textbook discourse. Taylor & Francis. Castañeda-Garza, G., & Valerio-Ureña, G. (2022). Energy literacy in elementary school textbooks in Mexico. Environmental Education Research, 29(3), 410–422. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2135687 DeWaters, J. E. (2011). Energy Literacy and the Broader Impacts of Energy Education among Secondary Students in New York State. Clarkson University. Dong, X., Zhang, X., Zhang, C., & Bi, C. (2023). Building sustainability education for green recovery in the energy resource sector: A cross country analysis. Resources Policy, 81, 103385–103385. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resourpol.2023.103385 Doyal, L., & Gough, I. (1991). A theory of human need. Macmillan. Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and social change. Polity Press. Hu, J.-L., & Yang, P.-S. (2024). Interactive cycles between energy education and energy preferences: A literature review on empirical evidence. Energies, 17(20), 5092–5092. https://doi.org/10.3390/en17205092 Lasekan, O. A., Opazo, F., & Méndez Alarcón, C. M. (2024). Enhancing sustainable development goal integration in Chilean citizenship education: A thematic analysis of textbook content and instructional strategies. Sustainability, 16(12), 5092. https://doi.org/10.3390/su16125092 Liu, Y., An, L., & Chen, S. (2024). Environmental sustainability education in twelve series of Chinese university English language textbooks. SAGE Open, 14(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440241266829 Millward-Hopkins, J., Steinberger, J. K., Rao, N. D., & Oswald, Y. (2020). Providing decent living with minimum energy: A global scenario. Global Environmental Change, 65(65), 102168. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2020.102168 Pambudi, N. A., Yuniar, W., Ulfa, D. K., Nanda, I. R., & Widiastuti, I. (2024). Assessing the readability of renewable energy education material from geothermal resources in vocational high school textbooks: A case study in Indonesia. Journal of Sustainable Development of Energy, Water and Environment Systems, 12(3), 1–28. https://doi.org/10.13044/j.sdewes.d12.0506 Petz, D. (2025). Human beings are not toasters: Why basic needs fulfillment needs more than energy. Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13698230.2025.2535861 Sharma, A., & Buxton, C. A. (2015). Human-Nature relationships in school science: A critical discourse analysis of a middle-grade science textbook. Science Education, 99(2), 260–281. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21147 Sven Linow. (2025). On Teaching the Transformation of Our Energy System. Journal of the European Meteorological Society., 3, 100024–100024. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jemets.2025.100024 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster VR Field Trip Experience of Circular Economy Enhances Consumers’ Environmental Awareness: Practical Survey Waseda University, Japan Presenting Author: In recent years, experiential learning using virtual reality technology (VR) has attracted attention in educational settings. VR can provide experiences that are difficult to implement in the real world when the activities involve danger or require considerable time and cost (Bailenson, 2018). One of the learning practices where VR could be useful is the field trip. Field trips can stimulate interest even among learners with no prior knowledge (Neher-Asylbekov and Wagner, 2023). At the same time, the cost of implementing field trips and the scheduling burdens have been identified as barriers (Behrendt and Franklin, 2014). These barriers can be addressed by using VR. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I. Pre-survey As baseline environmental awareness, the pre-survey targeted CE employees. To investigate their knowledge of waste disposal and recycling, and their interest and motivation regarding environmental issues, a questionnaire was designed based on items from Suwa et al. (2006, 2008). Respondents were 200 employees from five retail stores located in commuter cities (111 participants), designated cities (72 participants) and nature-rich local cities (17 participants). The factor analyses indicated a single-factor structure for knowledge (4 items; alpha = .90) and interest (5 items; alpha = .92), and a two-factor structure for motivation (8 items, alpha = .93; 2 items, alpha = .90). Based on the results, an “Environmental Awareness Scale for Adults” was created: four knowledge items, five interest items, eight items for Motivation for Everyday Consideration and two items for Motivation for Social Consideration. II. VFT Content Development The VFT content comprised two 360-degree videos: waste disposal and recycling. The waste disposal video records the container’s journey from purchase to the landfill. It was filmed in November 2024 with the cooperation of a store and a waste disposal plant in A prefecture. The recycling video records it from purchase to collection, reprocessing into raw material, and returning to the store as a product. It was filmed in May 2025 with the cooperation of factories in B, C, and D prefectures and a store in E prefecture. Insta360 ONE X2 was used for filming. III. Methods of Survey for VFT consumers To examine changes in environmental awareness following the VFT experience, surveys were conducted at environmental events. One of those was held for children in October 2025 at a shopping mall in C prefecture, hosted by the government of C prefecture. Another was done in November 2025 at a store in E prefecture. The VFT videos were presented to participants on Meta Quest 3 using a web application. Data collected from 39 VFT consumers were compared with the pre-survey data. First, the six-point responses were scored from 1 to 6. Second, the mean scores for each factor of the Environmental Awareness Scale for Adults were calculated. Finally, analyses of variance (ANOVAs) were conducted as follows. For the knowledge and interest categories, one-way ANOVAs were performed with participant type as the independent variable. For the motivation category, a mixed-design two-way ANOVA was done with participant type as the between-subjects factor and the two motivational factors as the within-subjects factor. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For the knowledge category, VFT consumers scored higher than CE employees, suggesting that VFT may promote knowledge about waste disposal and recycling. VFT consumers also reported greater environmental interest than CE employees, indicating that VFT may increase environmental interest. For motivation, participant type interacted with motivational factors: VFT consumers scored higher than CE employees on both Everyday and Social ones. Within both participant types, motivation differed between Everyday and Social motivations. These suggest that the VFT experience may particularly enhance motivation toward everyday environmental consideration. This study compared the environmental awareness of employees of retail companies participating in CE initiatives (CE employees) and consumers who experienced a VFT (VFT consumers), to clarify the learning outcomes of VFTs. The analysis suggests that the VFT experience contributes to knowledge of waste disposal and recycling, that VFT consumers’ environmental interest is higher than that of CE employees, and that motivation for everyday environmental consideration is also higher. In conclusion, learners who experience the VFT may achieve higher knowledge and interest, and stronger motivation to engage in environmental behaviour, than practitioners with knowledge and practical understanding of CE initiatives. Although, this study has limitations: it compares only employees engaged in CE initiatives with consumers who experienced the VFT, and the long-term effects of VFTs on motivation remain unclear (McGivney 2025). Future research should examine the effectiveness of VFTs when introduced into school education and investigate the lasting effects of VFT experiences. References Bailenson J (2018) Experience on demand: What virtual reality is, how it works, and what it can do. W. W. Norton & Company. Behrendt M and Franklin T (2014) A Review of Research on School Field Trips and Their Value in Education. International journal of environmental and science education 9: 235-245. Bögeholz S (2006) Nature experience and its importance for environmental knowledge, values and action: recent German empirical contributions. Environmental Education Research 12(1): 65–84. Gallaud D and Laperche B (2016) Circular economy, industrial ecology and short supply chain. John Wiley & Sons. McGivney E (2025) Virtual reality field trips as enabling environments for emotions and motivation in STEM education. Frontiers in Virtual Reality 6(2025) DOI: 10.3389/frvir.2025.1669505. Neher-Asylbekov S and Wagner I (2023) Effects of Out-of-School STEM Learning Environments on Student Interest: a Critical Systematic Literature Review. Journal for STEM Education Research 6: 1-44. Pugsley J H, Howell J A, Hartley A J, Buckley S J, Chmielewska M, Naumann N, Schofield N J and Brackenridge R (2024) Quantifying Virtual Field Trip Efficiency. Journal of Photogrammetry, Remote Sensing and Geoinformation Science 92: 679-690. Suwa H, Yamamoto H, Okada I and Ohta T (2006) Path Analysis Model for Development of Environmental Education Program to Promote Environment-Conscious Behavior. Journal of Social Informatics 18(1): 59-70. Suwa H, Yamamoto H, Okada I and Ohta T (2008) Effect on Environmentally Conscious Behavior by Using Environment Material of Teaching Social Dilemma. Japanese Journal of Environmental Education 18(2): 15-25. Tucho GT, Kalina M and Tilley E (2024) Becoming ‘Swiss’: waste management integration among Ethiopian and Eritrean migrants in Zürich, Switzerland. Frontiers in Sustainability 5: 1326107. United Nations (2019) Circular economy: New economics for sustainable development. Available at: www.un.org/en/unen/new-economics-sustainable-development-circular-economy (accessed 20 January 2026). 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Towards Sustainable, Formal and Informal Education: at the School of Life. Haute Ecole Pédagogique du Canton de Vaud Suisse, Switzerland Presenting Author:As part of our observations and interviews exploring how being rooted in a supportive environment can support education about life and sustainability, we stayed and talked with the wider community of the Domaine du Possible, a french school located in Arles. Experiential and sensory learning are approached through the prism of complexity (Morin, 2014) in order to foster transdisciplinary teaching through fruitful connections between different areas of knowledge and the realization of creative projects. It is in this particular educational context, providing us with an original field of study, that we collected multiple testimonials in order to analyze the links between self-narrative and one's relationship to living things. In the context of the climate crisis, we will examine how the conditions for producing knowledge directly related to living things and the environment can generate knowledge that promotes and contributes to education for sustainability. This type of alternative and innovative educational context is a possible response to the poly-crisis as defined by Edgar Morin and Anne-Brigitte Kern (1999). It is also a proposal to root knowledge and learning in the territory and reality in order to escape from the digital world and the phenomenon of “off-the-ground” children. Our presentation will address the conditions for collecting statements in a school context and how these statements provide valuable information in terms of the learning process, particularly regarding the meaning given to experiences related to the environment (Cottereau, 2025). We will observe how, through the experiences of students recounted in their own words, an ecological and environmentally conscious awareness emerges. The experience of parents will highlight the links between educational choices, ethical values, and everyday practices. The experiences of teachers will raise questions about their position, their role, and the pedagogical adaptations necessary to support the transmission of knowledge in this particular educational context. Indeed, it should be noted that the Domaine du Possible is part of a new pedagogy inspired by outdoor education and the whole school approach. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We asked two classes, as well as parents and teachers, to write a biographical account. How did choosing this school impact their lives in terms of their thoughts, actions, and worldview? We thus seek to link educational narratives and the relationship to living things in an alternative school context through a multi-voice approach based on participant observation and an eco-educational perspective. Our approach is both biographical in terms of the data corpus, similar to the life story movement (Pineau, 1989), and anthropological in terms of our data collection method. Collecting children's voices is also a fairly novel approach, whose methodological and ethical issues warrant some precautions, which we will discuss in our presentation (Amendola, 2023, Lani-Bayle, 2014). We will examine how recounting experiences related to nature and living things promotes connection with oneself, with others, and with the environment. Although we can observe mutual learning processes referred to by Pineau as eco-training (1989), we are also curious to understand the challenges and limitations associated with this type of approach in terms of teaching posture and role (Lo Presti and Oppliger, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis will also highlight some areas conducive to developing experiential learning for and through nature, based on the needs identified by the stakeholders concerned (Lo Presti and Oppliger, 2025). In addition, we will examine whether it is always possible to encourage children to take an active role as student-researchers by exposing them to real-life situations with a view to educating them about sustainability. Is there not a risk of fueling feelings of eco-anxiety or discouragement in them when faced with certain observations, for example, regarding the loss of biodiversity? It would also be relevant to consider how storytelling can encourage them to develop a sense of agency and eco-citizen awareness. Interdependence will also be addressed, particularly in relation to human, environmental, and planetary health issues. This type of education could thus serve as a tool and lever for social change, better preparing future generations to face the many global challenges that await them. References Amendola, C. and Marcel, J.-F. (2023). Becoming a schoolchild. The meaning of a transition. L’esperluette Education and Training Collection. Cottereau, D. (2025). Living in the world as you are. Life stories and eco-training. L’Harmattan. Bachelard, D. (2003). Anthropology of the Sensible: The Contribution of the Ethics of Care to the “Non-Human” World. Environmental Education: Perspectives - Research - Reflections, 8, 2009, pp. 35-55. Online: https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-03191062/file/Education%20aux%20territoires.pdf Desbiolles, A. (2020). Eco-anxiety. Living peacefully in a damaged world. Fayard Publishing. Josso, M.-C. (2011), Life experience and training. L'Harmattan. Lo Presti, A.-M. and Oppliger, S. (2019). Biographical touches and teacher training. In M.-C. Bernard, G. Tschopp, and A. Slowik, (eds.), The paths of narrative. Biographical practices in training, intervention, and research, Éditions science et bien commun and LEL du CRIRES, 47-61. Lo Presti, A.M. and Oppliger, S. (2025). A l’école au vivant. S’éduquer par et pour la nature. [At School with the Living: Educating Oneself Through and for Nature]. Actes Sud. Lani-Bayle, M. (2014). Telling the Story of School: Listening to School Experiences in Europe and Brazil. L’Harmattan. Lausselet, N., Zosso, I. (2023). A School for Transformation? Dialogue Between Education for Sustainability and Outdoor Education. In N. Durisch Gauthier, N. Fink and A. Pache (Eds.), Training in a World in Crisis: The Didactics of the Human and Social Sciences Facing Transformations. Alphil. Morin, E. and Kern, A.-B., (2010). Earth-Homeland. Points Essais collection. Morin, E. (2014). Introduction to Complex Thought. Points Essais collection. Pierron, J.P., (2021). I is We – a philosophical inquiry into our interdependence with living beings. Actes Sud. Pineau, G. (1989). Experiential training in self-, eco- and co-training, Éducation permanente, 100/101, 23-30. Pineau, G., (2023). The Eco-training Research Group (GREF) and its collection as a means of eco-training pollination, Environmental Education [Online], Volume 18-1 | 2023, https://doi.org/10.4000/ere.9890Le. Simard, C., M.-C. Bernard, Panissal, N., and Fortin, C., (2022). Educating about life. Perspectives, research, and practices. Presses universitaires de Lyon, Vidal, J. (2022). 2030 Glorious. Living utopias. Domaine du Possible, Actes Sud. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Beyond Calculation: How a School Carbon Project Builds Environmental Citizenship and Systemic Thinking 1: Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual School Presenting Author:Proposal Information Topic & Problem: As a practitioner teaching sustainability, I observed a persistent shortcoming: school carbon footprint projects often culminate in a number—a technical exercise that leaves students informed but disempowered. This "calculation trap" reflects a broader deficit in Education for Sustainable Development (ESD): an overemphasis on technical literacy at the expense of cultivating the civic agency needed for real-world change (Hadjichambis & Paraskeva-Hadjichambi, 2020). This study addresses this critical gap by challenging the standard project paradigm and testing a redesigned model that explicitly targets higher-order competencies. Research Question: Our central question is: Does a civic-oriented Project-Based Learning (PBL) model, which integrates carbon auditing with systems analysis and democratic advocacy, lead to greater development of environmental citizenship attitudes and systems thinking skills in secondary school students compared to a traditional, calculation-focused carbon project? Objective & Theoretical Framework: The primary objective was to design and rigorously evaluate an intervention that moves school sustainability education "beyond calculation." We aimed to transform a common activity into a transformative civic learning experience. The study is grounded in two powerful, complementary frameworks:
EThis work directly operationalizes the EU GreenComp competence "Acting for sustainability" (Bianchi et al., 2022), translating policy into a tested classroom practice. Its core contribution is providing educators with an evidence-based, three-phase pedagogical protocol ("Audit-Analyze-Act") that demonstrably bridges the gap between knowing and doing. It offers a scalable alternative to superficial projects, equipping students to become not just calculators of problems, but analysts of systems and advocates for solutions within their own communities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology/Research Instruments Design: To establish robust causal evidence, we employed a cluster-randomized controlled trial (RCT) design—the gold standard for evaluating educational interventions. Four intact 10th-grade classes (N=98 students) were randomly assigned at the classroom level to either the Intervention (IG, n=50) or Control (CG, n=48) condition, preventing cross-group contamination. All participants and their guardians provided informed consent. Intervention: The CG followed a Traditional Audit model: conducting a technical carbon audit and producing a calculation report. The IG engaged in the Civic PBL Model "Analyze-Advocate-Act": 1. Systems Analysis: Post-audit, students mapped resource flows and stakeholder networks within the school as an interconnected system. 2. Democratic Advocacy: They identified a leverage point and developed a specific, evidence-based policy proposal (e.g., "Green Procurement Guidelines"). 3. Action & Presentation: They prepared and delivered a formal advocacy presentation to the school's decision-making body (e.g., student council, administration). Instruments (Triangulation): 1. Quantitative Pre/Post Assessments: Environmental Citizenship Attitudes Scale (ECAS), adapted from ENEC indicators. Systems Thinking Performance Assessment (STPA), a validated scenario-based test. 2. Qualitative & Performance Data: Analytic Rubrics: Final projects were double-blind scored (0-5) for Civic Engagement (argumentation, audience targeting) and ST Complexity (interconnections, feedback loops). Structured Written Reflections: Students described key learning moments and challenges. Data Analysis: Quantitative data were analyzed using Repeated Measures ANOVA to assess within- and between-group changes. Rubric scores were compared via independent samples t-tests. Reflections underwent thematic analysis; emerging themes were reviewed with a peer researcher to ensure interpretive credibility, explaining the mechanisms behind the quantitative trends. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Quantitative Results: The RCT yielded clear, statistically significant evidence. For Environmental Citizenship (ECAS), a significant Time x Group interaction was found (F(1, 94) = 20.45, p < .001, ηp² = .18), indicating a large treatment effect. The IG showed substantial growth (M_pre=3.1, M_post=4.1), while the CG stagnated. For Systems Thinking (STPA), a similar interaction (F(1, 94) = 14.32, p < .001, ηp² = .13) was observed, with IG scores rising from 52% to 76% correct versus minimal CG change. Project Quality was markedly superior for the IG across both Civic Engagement (M_IG=4.3/5 vs. M_CG=1.9/5, p<.001) and ST Complexity (M_IG=4.0/5 vs. M_CG=2.5/5, p<.001). Qualitative Insights (Triangulation): Thematic analysis revealed the advocacy phase as the critical catalyst. IG students described grappling with "translating data into a persuasive story for the principal," highlighting themes of "negotiation," "evidence-based persuasion," and "collective responsibility." This directly fostered the participatory dimension of Environmental Citizenship. In stark contrast, CG reflections centered solely on "calculation accuracy" and "data presentation," devoid of civic or systemic discourse. Conclusion & Implications: The civic-oriented PBL model proved decisively superior, moving students "beyond calculation" to develop core ESD competencies. The findings demonstrate that intentionally integrating democratic action and systems analysis transforms a routine assignment into a powerful civic learning engine. For practice, this study provides a validated, three-phase framework ("Audit-Analyze-Act") that any educator can adopt to cultivate not just informed students, but empowered, critical thinkers capable of advocating for systemic change within their communities. This is a practical blueprint for implementing the transformative goals of ESD and GreenComp in everyday schooling. References References Assaraf, O. B., & Orion, N. (2010). System thinking skills at the elementary school level. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 47(5), 540-563. 2.Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2022). GreenComp: The European sustainability competence framework. Publications Office of the EU. 3.Hadjichambis, A. Ch., & Paraskeva-Hadjichambi, D. (2020). Environmental citizenship: A multi-level research framework. In Conceptualizing Environmental Citizenship for 21st Century Education (pp. 1-14). Springer. 4.Schusler, T. M., Krasny, M. E., & Decker, D. J. (2017). The autonomy-authority duality in youth environmental action. Environmental Education Research, 23(4), 533-552. 5.Trott, C. D. (2021). Climate change education for transformation: Exploring affective dimensions. Environmental Education Research, 27(2), 259-278. 6.Wals, A. E. J., & Benavot, A. (2017). Can we meet the sustainability challenges? The role of education. European Journal of Education, 52(4), 404-413. 7.Chowdhury, T. B. M., Holbrook, J., & Rannikmäe, M. (2020). Validation of a model for elevating teachers’ socioscientific reasoning. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 19(6), 992-1011. 8.Herman, B. C., Zeidler, D. L., & Newton, M. (2020). Impact of place-based socioscientific issues instruction. Science Education, 104(1), 1-34. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 31 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster Cooperative Reading through RWA as a Tool to Enhance Argumentation and Critical Thinking NIS Taraz, Kazakhstan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study focuses on investigating how secondary school EFL learners in Kazakhstan, who often acquire English as a third or fourth language, can develop stronger argumentation and critical thinking skills through cooperative reading practices. In Kazakhstan, English instruction has traditionally emphasized individual, exam-oriented drills centered on grammar and reading proficiency (Tleuov, 2020). Although recent reforms have introduced innovative technologies and active teaching methods into classrooms (Brakhmetova, 2024; Kalykova, Akhmetova, & Zhusupbekov, 2025), opportunities for collaborative reasoning and evidence-based text analysis remain limited. At the same time, global educational discourse highlights the importance of Social Emotional Learning (SEL), which cultivates competencies such as self-awareness, communication, collaboration, and responsible decision-making. In Kazakhstan, however, SEL integration into EFL classrooms is still emerging, with most practices focusing primarily on cognitive outcomes rather than socio-emotional development. By contrast, European contexts emphasize task-based learning, digital literacy, and collaborative approaches to language education (Chen, Hwang, Majumdar, Toyokawa, & Ogata, 2021; Amaliawati, Aulia, & Susanti, 2024; Phillipson, 2009), demonstrating how language learning can simultaneously advance critical thinking and SEL competencies. Against this backdrop, this study argues that cooperative reading through the Reading-Writing Application (RWA) not only enhances measurable skills but also reshapes classroom discourse practices, fostering dialogic interaction and shared authority in learning. Research topic: Cooperative Reading through RWA as a Tool to Enhance Argumentation and Critical Thinking. Research questions:
Objective: The primary objective of this research is to assess the effectiveness of cooperative reading techniques via RWA in improving secondary school students’ argumentation and critical thinking skills. A secondary objective is to explore how cooperative reading alters classroom dynamics, particularly in terms of dialogic pedagogy, collaborative reasoning, and socio-emotional engagement. The theoretical framework combines the Cambridge Life Competencies Framework—emphasizing critical thinking (evaluating texts, synthesizing ideas, constructing arguments), learning to learn (identifying effective strategies, reflecting on progress), and social skills (managing conversations, using appropriate language) with Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory (Vygotsky, 1978). In this study, Vygotskian concepts such as mediation, scaffolding, the zone of proximal development, and dialogic interaction are explicitly operationalized in the design of cooperative reading tasks. For example, prompts were structured to encourage peer scaffolding, while teacher facilitation emphasized dialogic exchanges rather than monologic instruction. (Vygotsky, 1978). Together, these frameworks provide a robust foundation for analyzing how cooperative reading can bridge the gap between traditional EFL practices in Kazakhstan and contemporary European approaches. Additionally, scholarship on argumentation theory (Kuhn, 1991), dialogic pedagogy (Alexander, 2018), and critical literacy (Janks, 2010) informs the analytical lens, ensuring that the study engages with contested notions of “criticality” rather than treating them as static outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study used a mixed-methods quasi-experimental design to examine the impact of cooperative reading through the Reading-Writing Application (RWA) on the development of argumentation and critical thinking skills among secondary school EFL learners. A total of 144 students aged 12–14 from a selective school in Kazakhstan, participated during one academic year. The students were divided into two groups: an experimental group (n = 72), which engaged in cooperative reading using RWA, and a control group (n = 72), which continued with traditional individual reading practices. This design allowed for a direct comparison of the two instructional approaches. Data Collection: Quantitative data were gathered through pre-tests and post-tests designed to measure changes in students’ ability to construct evidence-based arguments and critically evaluate texts. These tasks were assessed using a rubric adapted from the Cambridge Life Competencies Framework, focusing on indicators such as claim formulation, use of evidence, and synthesis of ideas. In addition, qualitative data were collected through student written outputs (essays and text analyses), which were coded for argumentation structures and critical thinking indicators and classroom observations, documenting how students engaged in cooperative reading discussions and reasoning processes. The intervention lasted 18 weeks, during which students completed multiple text analysis tasks. Prompts were designed to align with internationally recognized standards (e.g., CEFR exam-style texts) to ensure consistency and reliability in assessment. Data Analysis: Quantitative data from the pre- and post-tests were analyzed using ANCOVA statistical method to identify significant differences between experimental and control groups. Effect sizes were calculated to determine the magnitude of improvement. Qualitative data from student texts and classroom observations were analyzed thematically, identifying patterns in how cooperative reading fostered argumentation and critical thinking. In addition, discourse analysis was applied to classroom transcripts to examine how cooperative reading reshaped dialogic interaction, peer scaffolding, and authority distribution in classroom talk. Triangulation of quantitative and qualitative findings provided a comprehensive understanding of the intervention’s impact. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The intermediate results of the study suggest that the cooperative reading approach can be effectively integrated into EFL classrooms to support the development of argumentation and critical thinking skills. Preliminary post-test data show that students in the experimental group achieved an average improvement of 18% (p < .01) in structuring evidence and reasoning compared to the control group. Their arguments became more coherent, with clearer claims supported by relevant textual evidence. Similarly, their text analysis skills improved by 22% (p < .01), particularly in identifying key information and synthesizing ideas across texts. Beyond quantitative gains, discourse analysis revealed that cooperative reading fostered dialogic exchanges, with students more frequently challenging peers’ ideas, negotiating meaning, and co-constructing arguments. This suggests that the intervention not only improves measurable skills but also qualitatively transforms classroom reasoning practices. These findings point toward the expected outcome that cooperative reading through RWA will continue to bridge the gap between students’ reliance on rote learning and the higher-order thinking skills required by European and international benchmarks. By situating the study within European debates on collaborative learning, dialogic pedagogy, and competence-based education, the contribution extends beyond effectiveness to conceptual insights into how cooperative reading can reconfigure classroom authority, discourse practices, and the cultivation of critical literacy. If sustained, the approach is anticipated to enhance students’ academic performance further and prepare them more effectively for advanced EFL tasks, CEFR-aligned international assessments, and future academic challenges requiring critical thinking and evidence-based argumentation. References Alexander, R. (2018). Developing dialogic teaching: Genesis, process, trial. Research papers in education, 33(5), 561-598. Amaliawati, S., Aulia, N., & Susanti, A. (2024). A systematic investigation of research trends of ELT and EFL found in JEES and JEFL journals. Journal of English Teaching, Literature, and Applied Linguistics, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.30587/jetlal.v8i1.6751 (doi.org in Bing) Brakhmetova, A. G. (2024). Advancing English as a Foreign Language instruction through innovative technologies: Perspectives and practices in Kazakhstan. Eurasian Science Review, 2(2). https://doi.org/10.63034/esr-49 CASEL. (2020). What is SEL? Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning. https://casel.org/what-is-sel/ (casel.org in Bing) Cambridge University Press & Assessment. (n.d.). Cambridge life competencies framework. www.cambridge.org Chen, M.-R. A., Hwang, G.-J., Majumdar, R., Toyokawa, Y., & Ogata, H. (2021). Research trends in the use of e-books in English as a foreign language education from 2011 to 2020: A bibliometric and content analysis. Interactive Learning Environments. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2021.1888755 (doi.org in Bing) Janks, H. (2013). Critical literacy in teaching and research1. Education inquiry, 4(2), 225-242. Kalykova, A., Akhmetova, M., & Zhusupbekov, A. (2025). Investigating the effects of using active teaching methods in improving students’ speaking skills in Kazakhstan. Universum: Psychology and Education. Kuhn, D. (1999). A developmental model of critical thinking. Educational researcher, 28(2), 16-46. Phillipson, R. (2009). English in Europe: Globalisation and language policy. Council of Europe Publishing. Tleuov, A. (2020). Teaching speaking in Kazakhstani EFL classrooms: Negotiating teacher beliefs and assessment constraints. KIMEP University. Yağer, N., & Okumuş, S. (2024). Designing Argumentation-Supported Cooperative Reading Writing Application Activities for the 6th Grade Sound and Features Unit. Journal of STEM Teacher Institutes, 4(1), 1-28. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster Reducing Language Anxiety Through Role-Based Practices In Second And Foreign Language Classrooms Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Language anxiety is a common barrier to spoken interaction in second and foreign language classrooms, even among learners who demonstrate sufficient linguistic competence. In many multilingual educational contexts, students possess the necessary vocabulary and grammar but avoid speaking due to fear of making mistakes, negative evaluation, and self-criticism. This gap between language knowledge and actual spoken performance limits the effectiveness of communicative and learner-centred approaches promoted within contemporary language education. This poster presents the results of a classroom-based pedagogical study focusing on language anxiety among lower secondary learners studying Russian as a second language and English as a foreign language. The main aim of the study is to examine how language anxiety constrains speaking performance and to demonstrate how targeted, role-based classroom practices can reduce anxiety and support spoken interaction. Language anxiety is approached as a classroom-mediated phenomenon shaped by instructional design, feedback practices, and interactional roles rather than as an individual learner deficit. The study was conducted in a multilingual school context with learners aged 13–15. Empirical data were collected using the Foreign Language Classroom Anxiety Scale (FLCAS) alongside observation of speaking performance during regular classroom activities. Diagnostic results indicated moderate to high levels of language anxiety, with a predominance of cognitive symptoms such as negative self-evaluation and fear of making mistakes. These findings confirmed the need for pedagogical intervention targeting affective barriers to speaking. The pedagogical intervention focused on reducing evaluative pressure and increasing communicative confidence through structured role-based practices. Instruction was organised in small groups and included role-reversal tasks in which learners temporarily assumed the role of “expert”. This shift reduced self-critical pressure and redistributed classroom authority. In addition, thematic role-play scenarios were systematically integrated into speaking activities to provide meaningful and socially relevant communicative contexts. Examples included simulated court trials of literary characters, counselling scenarios addressing bullying, medical consultations involving doctors and patients, and role-plays focused on parent–child communication problems. Speaking through assigned roles allowed learners to participate in interaction without direct personal exposure. Post-intervention results showed a statistically significant reduction in language anxiety and observable improvement in speaking performance. Learners demonstrated increased willingness to participate in spoken interaction, greater communicative confidence, and improvements in fluency and lexical range as defined by CEFR-based descriptors. Post-intervention FLCAS scores dropped by 22% (from a pre-test mean of 92.5 to 72.1; t = 4.2, p < 0.01), while CEFR-based speaking performance improved by 28%, particularly in fluency and lexical range. These changes suggest that affective barriers to speaking can be addressed through pedagogically mediated classroom practices rather than through increased linguistic input alone. This study contributes novel classroom-based evidence by demonstrating that role-reversal tasks and thematic role-plays significantly reduce language anxiety and enhance spoken interaction in multilingual lower secondary settings, extending prior work by Horwitz and MacIntyre through a focus on redistribution of classroom authority and meaningful, low-exposure communicative contexts. The poster highlights practical implications for language teachers working in multilingual and diverse classrooms. The proposed role-based practices require no additional resources and can be easily integrated into everyday instruction. From a European and global perspective, the study contributes to discussions on inclusive language education, learner well-being, and multilingual citizenship by offering transferable strategies for supporting spoken interaction and equitable participation in language learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted as a pedagogical research project at Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Mathematics in the Karatau district of Shymkent, Kazakhstan. It focused on language anxiety among learners in Grades 8–9 for whom Russian is a second (non-native) language and English is studied as a foreign language. Participants comprised 96 learners aged 13–15: 48 Grade 9 learners assessed for communicative anxiety in Russian and 48 Grade 8 learners assessed for anxiety in English. The research design combined theoretical and practical methods. The theoretical framework was informed by psycholinguistic and pedagogical literature on language anxiety and willingness to communicate (Horwitz, 2010; MacIntyre, 1999). The practical component focused on developing speaking performance among learners identified as experiencing elevated anxiety through a targeted classroom pedagogical intervention. Empirical data were collected using the Foreign Language Classroom Anxiety Scale (FLCAS) developed by Horwitz, Horwitz, and Cope (1986). The instrument includes 33 statements rated on a five-point Likert scale and measures emotional, cognitive, and physiological symptoms of language anxiety. Total scores range from 33 to 165, with scores above 100 indicating high anxiety. Following diagnosis, the intervention was implemented during regular instruction in groups of approximately 16 learners. It combined role-reversal tasks and structured role-based practices aimed at reducing affective barriers and increasing communicative confidence. In role-reversal tasks, learners temporarily assumed the role of “expert”, lowering self-criticism and redistributing classroom authority. Thematic role-plays were systematically integrated, including simulated court trials of literary characters, parent–child communication scenarios, medical consultations, and counselling simulations addressing bullying. These practices provided meaningful communicative contexts, reduced personal exposure, and enabled learners to speak through assigned roles. Roles rotated regularly, with structured peer and teacher feedback. Instructional decisions were adjusted in response to classroom dynamics. Pre- and post-tests assessed changes in anxiety and speaking performance. The average pre-test FLCAS score was 92.5 (predominantly cognitive symptoms). Post-test results showed a 22% reduction in anxiety in the intervention group (mean = 72.1; t = 4.2, p < 0.01). Speaking performance improved by 28% according to CEFR-based rubrics, particularly in fluency and lexical range. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Post-intervention, FLCAS scores in the intervention group decreased by 22% (from a pre-test mean of 92.5 to 72.1; t = 4.2, p < 0.01), while CEFR-based speaking performance improved by 28%, especially in fluency and lexical range. These results confirm that language anxiety represents a substantial barrier to spoken interaction even among learners with sufficient linguistic competence. Diagnostic data revealed moderate to high levels of anxiety, predominantly associated with cognitive symptoms such as negative self-evaluation and fear of making mistakes. These affective constraints limited learners’ willingness to participate in spoken interaction in both second and foreign language contexts. The pedagogical intervention using structured role-based practices significantly reduced language anxiety and enhanced speaking performance. The combination of role-reversal tasks and thematic role-plays played a key role in lowering affective barriers. Speaking through assigned roles reduced personal exposure and self-critical pressure, allowing learners to engage more confidently in spoken interaction. These findings support the view that affective factors in language learning are closely linked to classroom interaction patterns and pedagogical design. The findings are context-specific and do not aim at statistical generalisation. Rather, they point to pedagogical transferability across comparable multilingual educational settings. As a poster contribution, the study highlights practical, teacher-oriented strategies for addressing language anxiety and supports inclusive language education aligned with CEFR principles of communicative competence, learner agency, and multilingual citizenship. References Horwitz, E. K., Horwitz, M. B., & Cope, J. (1986). Foreign language classroom anxiety. The Modern Language Journal, 70(2), 125–132. Horwitz, E. K. (2010). Foreign and second language anxiety. Language Teaching, 43(2), 154–167. MacIntyre, P. D. (1999). Language anxiety: A review of the research for language teachers. In D. J. Young (Ed.), Affect in Foreign Language and Second Language Learning (pp. 24–45). Boston: McGraw-Hill. Council of Europe. (2020). Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, Teaching, Assessment – Companion Volume. Strasbourg: Council of Europe. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 32 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Poster Media Discourse on Education of National Minorities in Lithuania and Its Links to Student Achievement 1: Mykolas Romeris university, Lithuania; 2: Lodz university, Poland Presenting Author:This study examines media discourse on the education of national minorities in Lithuania during the period 2021–2025 and its links to student achievement and institutional decision-making in the field of education. The study is based on the assumption that public narratives surrounding minority education may influence not only public opinion but also organisational and political decisions within the education system. Particular attention is devoted to potential discrepancies between publicly articulated educational problems, empirical indicators of student achievement, and institutional responses to these issues, conceptualised as knowing–doing gaps. The study seeks to contribute to discussions in the field of organisational education by examining how media-generated public narratives may shape institutional legitimacy, educational decision-making, and the relationship between empirical knowledge and organisational practice in educational governance. The analysis focuses on how representations of educational problems constructed in public discourse may be associated with organisational responses, policy enactment, and power dynamics within the education system. The study addresses the following research questions: In this study, organisational decisions are understood as legislative, administrative, and education policy interventions related to language of instruction, school network restructuring, examination arrangements, and other regulatory measures affecting minority education. A longitudinal analytical approach is applied to identify possible temporal associations between shifts in media discourse, institutional responses, and trends in student achievement, without assuming direct causal relationships. Preliminary findings allow for the identification of thematic directions related to language of instruction, the organisation of education, and representations of institutional change in media discourse. Final conclusions regarding the role of media discourse in shaping perceptions of minority education and possible mechanisms of disinformation will be formulated upon completion of the full empirical analysis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a mixed-methods research design combining quantitative and qualitative media content analysis with the analysis of official student achievement data and education policy documents. Media data are collected from national and online news outlets and analysed to identify recurring themes, framing patterns, and changes in discourse over time. These findings are examined alongside indicators from national and international student achievement assessments, as well as key institutional decisions related to minority education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis allows for the identification of thematic directions related to the language of instruction, the organisation of education, and discussions of institutional change. Final conclusions will focus on the role of media discourse in the public justification of decisions and on the relationships between discourse, institutional action, and educational outcomes, following the completion of the full empirical analysis. The findings contribute to research in organisational education and education policy by providing an empirically grounded perspective on the relationships between public discourse, institutional legitimacy, organisational decision-making, and educational outcomes in the context of national minority education in Lithuania. References Argyris, C. (1993). Knowledge for action: A guide to overcoming barriers to organizational change. Jossey-Bass. Ball, S. J. (1994). Education reform: A critical and post-structural approach. Open University Press. Fairclough, N. (1995). Media discourse. Edward Arnold. Suchman, M. C. (1995). Managing legitimacy: Strategic and institutional approaches. Academy of Management Review, 20(3), 571–610. https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.1995.9508080331 van Dijck, J., Poell, T., & de Waal, M. (2018). The platform society: Public values in a connective world. Oxford University Press. Wardle, C., & Derakhshan, H. (2017). Information disorder: Toward an interdisciplinary framework for research and policy making. Council of Europe. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 33 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Poster Gender Competencies in Competency-Based Education: An Analysis of Czech Curriculum Reform Independent Researcher, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:One of the current global educational trends sees a shift towards competency-based education (CBE), emphasising the need for students to obtain skills and knowledge useful for future life. Competency-based education responds to accelerating production of knowledge, technological change, and evolving labour market demands by focusing on learning outcomes and attained competencies rather than on acquisition of knowledge (Mulenga & Kabombwe, 2019; Moon, 2007). In many countries, competency-based education is implemented within competency-based curricular documents which organise aims, content, and assessment around explicitly formulated key competences and expected learning outcomes (Curry & Docherty, 2017; Anderson-Levitt & Gardinier, 2021; OECD, 2018). At the same time, gender equality is increasingly highlighted as one of the key priorities of education with the focus on integration of gender dimension and gender perspectives within the education process and content. Gender equality is considered in national education and equality strategies and is debated in connection to curricular reforms and revisions (Donovalová, 2024). With the emergence of these trends, gender competencies are becoming important competences both for students and teachers. The Czech curriculum has recently undergone a major curriculum reform, resulting in a new Framework Educational Programme for Basic Education. The revised curriculum is explicitly oriented towards competency-based education and states that developing key competences and basic literacies for the 21st century is a central aim of the reform, alongside a stronger focus on equality and gender issues. These declarations are aligned with strategic documents concerning education in Czechia: The Czech Strategy for the education policy of the Czech Republic up to 2030+ (2018) and Gender Equality Strategy 2021–2030, both of which highlight the development of competencies and gender equality to play a more prominent role within the education system. This qualitative documentary analysis aims to map the approach towards gender competencies within the Czech education system and to thematize and conceptualize gender competencies. While previous research has documented an implementation gap between political and strategic commitments and their translation into educational practice (Nehoda et al., 2024), there is limited evidence on how this gap manifests within competence frameworks especially concerning gender competencies. The study aims to answer these research questions: (1) How do Czech political and strategic documents conceptualize gender competencies in education? (2) To what extent does the new curricular framework align with the aforementioned documents concerning gender competencies? (3) What expectations regarding teachers’ gender competencies are formulated and how do these expectations relate to the curriculum’s competency-based approach to gender equality? The study employs policy borrowing which examines how global trends in education are adopted and adapted by local actors and conceptualises educational reforms as globally circulating agendas that are selectively translated and recontextualised in national contexts (Steiner-Khamsi, 2014). This perspective examines how competency-based education and gender equality appear as legitimising discourses in Czech policy and curricular texts, and to what extent they are translated education practise. The study draws on the concept of gender competence as an integrated configuration of knowledge, skills and attitudes. The initial deductive coding framework is based on the concept of gender competencies by Mahr et al. (2021), which conceptualises gender competence as (a) knowledge of gender-related issues and inequalities, (b) skills to apply this knowledge in educational practice, and (c) approaches/communication that enable gender-sensitive interaction and reflexive professional conduct. This study provides an integrated analysis of how gender competence is operationalised – whether it is explicitly articulated, framed through broader concepts such as diversity and inclusion, or rendered invisible through generalised competence language. It presents implications for curriculum design and teacher education and provides a relevant example for other education systems undergoing similar reforms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is designed as a qualitative documentary analysis (Bowen, 2009). It examines strategic and policy documents concerning education, recently revised curricular document and a competency framework for future teachers and maps how gender competence is conceptualised within the Czech educational system and curricular document which during the last two major curriculum reform shifted towards competency based education (Češková, 2021) and which declares stronger focus on gender issues in education. Czechia is a suitable example of an education system that recently underwent a major curricular reform that explicitly aims to strengthen a competency-based orientation. It presents an analytical contradiction – while national policies and strategies simultaneously articulate commitments to gender equality in education, the country performs comparatively weakly on the EU Gender Equality Index, suggesting a potential gap between strategic commitments and their implementation within education. The analysed data set consists of four interconnected national documents: (1) the Strategy for Education Policy of the Czech Republic until 2030+, (2) the revised Framework Educational Programme for Basic Education, (3) the Competence Framework for Teacher Education Graduates, and (4) the Gender Equality Strategy 2021–2030. In addition, the analysis draws on the official webpage on the national curriculum portal presenting key competences as supplementary data of the competence framework. These sources were selected to capture how commitments and expectations travel across levels of governance and professional regulation. The documents are analysed through qualitative content analysis. The qualitative content analysis is used to comprehensively describe the conceptualization and thematization of gender competencies and to map the approach towards gender competencies throughout different documents. The documents were coded using both deductive and inductive coding. To operationalise the gender dimension, the study applies the concept of gender competence. First, deductive coding is based on Mahr et al. (2021), defining gender competence as (a) knowledge of gender-related issues and inequalities, (b) skills to apply this knowledge in educational practice, and (c) approaches/communication enabling gender-sensitive interaction and reflexive professional conduct. Second, inductive coding was used to capture emergent patterns, including generalisation (gender competence under broader concepts of equality, diversity etc.), abstraction, omission, and contradictions across documents. Cross-document comparison was used to assess the alignment between strategic commitments, curricular formulations of student competences, and expectations for teachers’ professional competences. This approach provides a robust methodological framework for examining and conceptualizing gender competencies and offers valuable insights into the implementation of supranational education trends within the Czech education system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the policy and strategic documents, curricular document and competence framework shows an uneven and non-systematic approach towards conceptualization and subsequent implementation of gender competencies within the Czech education system. While all the policy and strategic documents formulate competencies and gender equality as two of the key concepts and agendas within education, this emphasis does not align with the operationalisation of gender competencies in the curricular document nor the competence framework. The analysis shows clear implementation gap – the policy and strategic declarations do not Gender-related commitments are more explicit at the level of strategic policy than in the core competence formulations of the curricular framework. In particular, references to equality appear frequently in abstract or neutral language, while direct phrasing of gender issues is limited. The cross-document comparison is expected to reveal partial coherence and non-systematic approach: while the curriculum and teacher framework may include generic expectations linked to inclusive education and non-discrimination, an explicit conceptualisation of gender competence as a distinct, developable competence with concrete pedagogical implications is lacking. The teacher competence framework is positions gender equality largely at the level of professional attitudes and communication, with less emphasis on structured competence development (e.g., recognising gendered patterns in learning environments, curriculum content and assessment). The operationalisation of gender competencies is not systematic – there is no clear alignment across the analysed documents in terms of definitions, scope, or expected learning/professional outcomes. This suggests that without explicit and coherent operationalisation of gender competence, competence-based reforms risk remaining at the level of rhetorical commitment rather than providing structural support for gender equality. References Anderson-Levitt, K., & Gardinier, M. P. (2021). Introduction contextualising global flows of competency-based education: Polysemy, hybridity and silences. Comparative Education, 57(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2020.1852719 Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. Qualitative Research Curry, L., & Docherty, M. (2017). Implementing Competency-Based Education. Collected Essays on Learning and Teaching, 10, 61–74. https://doi.org/10.22329/celt.v10i0.4716 Češková, T. (2021). (Klíčové) kompetence v českém vzdělávání: Proč si navzájem nerozumíme? Studia paedagogica, 26(3), 7. https://doi.org/10.5817/SP2021-3-1 Donovalová, A. (2025). Gender in the Curriculum: Analysis of National Curricular Documents of Czechia, Estonia, Ireland, and Sweden. ORBIS SCHOLAE, 18(3), 31–51. https://doi.org/10.14712/23363177.2025.3 Mahr, F., Dalke, K., Roden, R. C., Keisling, A. K., & Petrovic‐ Dovat, L. (2021). Gender competence in medical education. The Clinical Teacher, 18(5), 490–493. https://doi.org/10.1111/tct.13366 Moon, Y. (2007). Education reform and competency-based education. Asia Pacific Education Review, 8(2), 337–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03029267 Mulenga, I. M., & Kabombwe Y. M. (2019). Understanding a competency-based curriculum and education: The Zambian perspective. Journal of Lexicography and Terminology, 3(1), 106-134. Nehoda, Y., Piast, N., Nosovets, N., Belan, T., & Rozhkova, L. (2024). Achieving gender equity in present-day educational settings. Multidisciplinary Reviews, 7, 2024spe013. https://doi.org/10.31893/multirev.2024spe013 OECD. (2018). The Future of Education and Skills Education 2030: The Future We Want. E2030 Position Paper. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2018/06/the-future-of-education-and-skills_5424dd26/54ac7020-en.pdf Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2014). Cross-national policy borrowing: Understanding reception and translation. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 34(2), 153–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2013.875649 33. Gender and Education
Poster Gender Dynamics in Pair Work: Challenges and Pathways to Equity in Classroom Interaction 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Nura district of Astana, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Turkestan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Pair work is widely recognised as one of the most effective and psychologically comfortable forms of organising the learning process in secondary education. It promotes active student engagement, cooperation, communication skills, and shared responsibility for learning outcomes. Through dialogue and joint problem-solving, students are encouraged to articulate their reasoning, negotiate meanings, and construct knowledge collaboratively. However, despite its pedagogical advantages, the organisation of pair work also presents challenges related to students’ individual characteristics, social interaction, and classroom dynamics. One factor that remains insufficiently explored in everyday teaching practice is the role of gender in shaping students’ experiences of pair work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods classroom-based research design to explore gender dynamics in pair work and their influence on students’ interaction, comfort, and perceived learning effectiveness. The research was conducted in a lower secondary school context and focused on physics lessons. Participants were Grade 9 students (aged approximately 14–15) from a Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Kazakhstan. Four student groups participated, with an average of 9–10 students in each group. Pair work was organised in mixed-gender and same-gender configurations. Data were collected through classroom observations, two structured questionnaires administered before and after the intervention, and analysis of formative assessment data. Observations focused on interaction patterns, participation levels, and collaboration strategies. The questionnaires captured students’ perceptions of comfort, motivation, responsibility, and preferences regarding pair work. Data analysis combined descriptive statistical analysis with qualitative analysis of observation notes and open-ended responses. Ethical principles were observed throughout the study, including voluntary participation, informed consent, and anonymity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study demonstrate that gender dynamics in pair work influence students’ classroom interaction and emotional comfort more than academic performance. Analysis of questionnaire data and classroom observations indicates that students’ perceptions of pair work vary depending on the gender composition of pairs, although learning outcomes remain largely comparable. According to the questionnaire results, 62.5% of respondents reported that working in a gender-mixed pair did not improve the effectiveness of their learning, describing the experience as ‘the same as usual,’ ‘unchanged,’ or stating that gender does not play a role and that outcomes depend primarily on individual characteristics. At the same time, 25% of students evaluated their work in mixed-gender pairs positively, noting increased responsibility, improved focus, or greater engagement. The remaining 12.5% of respondents expressed uncertainty when answering questions related to effectiveness. Students also identified specific challenges associated with working in mixed-gender pairs. The most frequently reported difficulties included stereotypes related to social gender roles (37.5%), personal characteristics of a partner of another gender (25%), shyness (12.5%), and fear of appearing incompetent in front of a partner of another gender (12.5%). Notably, 12.5% of students reported no disadvantages in mixed-gender pair work. Despite these challenges, the study found no significant differences in academic achievement attributable to the gender composition of pairs. The findings support a flexible, gender-aware approach to organising pair work that promotes equitable and inclusive classroom interaction. References Baram, M. (2016). Gender differences in high school students’ interests in physics. Asia-Pacific Forum on Science Learning and Teaching, 17(1). Abraham, J., & Barker, K. (2015). Exploring gender differences in motivation, engagement and enrolment behaviour of senior secondary physics students in New South Wales. Science Education, 45(1), 59–73. Ding, N., & Harskamp, E. (2016). How partner gender influences female students’ problem solving in physics education. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 15(5), 331–343. Aytekin, E., & Isiksal-Bostan, M. (2018). Middle school students’ attitudes towards the use of technology in mathematics lessons: Does gender make a difference? International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 50(1), 1–21. Taasobshirazi, G., & Carr, M. (2008). Gender differences in science: An expertise perspective. Educational Psychology Review, 20(2), 149–169. Sharma, M., & Bewes, J. (2011). Self-monitoring, confidence, academic achievement and gender differences in physics. Journal of Learning Design, 4(3). Zayas-Minkalender, E., Marshman, E., Schunn, C. D., Nokes-Malach, T. J., & Singh, C. (2019). Large gender differences in physics self-efficacy at equal performance levels: A warning sign? Physics Education Research Conference Proceedings. 33. Gender and Education
Poster Gender Representation in Primary School Life Studies Textbooks 1: Ankara University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:From a very young age, children are exposed to gender stereotypes through advertising, media and pop culture (Fine, 2010) to which educational materials such as school textbooks also contribute. Textbooks carry dominant social values and norms embedded within society contributing to the construction of gender norms through both textual and visual representations. Visuals are especially powerful in early childhood, as children often engage with images more directly and intuitively than with written text. Therefore, it can be said that visuals in the textbooks play crucial role in shaping gender norms in early schooling. Turkey represents a particularly relevant case due to ongoing debates on gender equality, curriculum reform, and value education. In Turkish education system -which is highly centralized and one curriculum is applied nationwide- textbooks are centrally approved, published and distributed free of charge to students under the authority of the Ministry of National Education (MoNE). This ensures the same textbooks being used at the same grade levels throughout the country. Within this centralised system, textbook visuals constitute a particularly powerful medium through which gender norms and roles are represented and normalised for young learners. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to analyze the visuals containing gender findings in Life Sciences (Hayat Bilgisi) lesson textbooks provided by MoNE. Life Sciences lesson was selected for this study due to its important role in supporting children’s adaptation to society by promoting learning through experience and providing essential knowledge for everyday life. It is only taught in first three grades and is a foundational lesson that provides the conceptual and pedagogical groundwork for later disciplines such as Science and Social Studies. As this subject plays a key role in shaping children’s early understandings of identity, belonging, and social relations, examining gender representation and normative gender roles within its content becomes extremely important. Previous research conducted at international level has mostly focuses on either foreign language -particularly English as foreign language- textbooks (Handayini & Tungka, 2023; Parham, 2013; Xiong et al., 2017; Fithriani, 2022) or children’s books (Lestari & Yulindrasari, 2020; Adam & Harper, 2021). Similar to international literature, research focusing on language and children books can widely be found within the national literature (Kartal & Kocasavaş, 2024; Güney, 2016) In the context of analysing Life Lesson textbooks, researchers tends to prioritise textual analysis (Hatay Uçar & Çetinkaya, 2021) or earlier editions of textbooks (Güzel Candan & Ergen, 2014; Sarıtaş & Şahin; 2017; Karaboğa, 2020; Akcan & Türkmenoğlu, 2021), while current textbooks created under the Maarif Model and their visual content remain underexplored. According to the given context he main research questions of the study are: How are female and male figures represented in the visual images of Life Studies textbooks? How are domestic and non-domestic roles distributed across genders in these images? What types of activities, behaviors, and social roles are associated with which genders? By addressing these questions, the study contributes to the international discussions about gender representation in educational materials by providing evidence from the Turkish context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design and employs document analysis as its primary method. Document analysis involves the systematic examination of written materials that contain information about the phenomena under investigation (Yıldırım & Şimşek, 2013). Specifically, the study involves a content analysis of the visual materials presented in Life Studies textbooks. In 2024, the national curriculum in Turkey was revised with the introduction of the Century of Türkiye Maarif Model, which led to an update of school textbooks across all subjects. The implementation of the revised curriculum and textbooks has been carried out gradually. During the 2024–2025 academic year, the new textbooks were introduced at Grades 1, 5, and 9. In the 2025–2026 academic year, which is the current implementation phase, the updated textbooks are used in Grades 1 and 2 at the primary level, Grades 5 and 6 at the lower secondary level, and Grades 9 and 10 at the upper secondary level. Given this phased implementation, the sample of the study consists exclusively of Grade 1 and Grade 2 Life Studies textbooks, as these represent the most recent and fully implemented materials at the primary level under the revised curriculum. At the time of submission, the study is ongoing, and the analysis of visual representations in the textbooks is currently being conducted. The unit of analysis consists of visual images that include human figures. Images that do not depict people (e.g., objects, landscapes, symbols) are excluded from the analysis. In the later stages, a coding guide focusing on gender roles and related themes will be developed prior to the analysis in order to ensure the reliability of the study. The visuals in the textbooks will be analyzed using MAXQDA software, and the findings will be used to formulate recommendations for Life Studies textbooks. The analysis is designed to follow a two-stage process. In the first stage, images will be systematically coded and quantified to identify patterns of gender distribution across categories. In the second stage, the findings will be interpreted qualitatively to examine how visual representations may reflect or reproduce gendered norms and expectations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the research is still ongoing, it is not possible to present definitive findings at this stage. However, while the first-grade Life Studies textbook mainly focuses on school, family and self-awareness—resulting in a more limited range of contexts—the second-grade textbook introduces a wider variety of social settings, allowing for more diverse representations of gender roles. Based on the initial examination of the visuals in the first-grade Life Studies textbooks, several observations can be shared. For instance, some gender-typed representations remain visible, such as women being portrayed more often as teachers and men in authority-related or technical occupations. At the same time, visuals that challenge traditional gender role divisions can also be identified. Images depicting mothers and fathers jointly engaging in domestic tasks such as cooking, cleaning and childcare suggest an effort to present shared household responsibilities rather than assigning these roles exclusively to one gender. Such representations may indicate a shift towards more balanced gender norms compared to earlier textbook studies conducted in the Turkish context. Previous research in Turkey has shown gendered patterns in textbook visuals, particularly the overrepresentation of women in domestic roles and men in occupations associated with power and authority. This study, however, is expected to reveal a more nuanced and balanced portrayal of gender roles. Should this tendency be confirmed, the study will contribute to the literature by highlighting the potential impact of recent curriculum reforms on the visual construction of gender norms in early childhood education. References •Adam, H., Harper, L.J. Gender equity in early childhood picture books: a cross-cultural study of frequently read picture books in early childhood classrooms in Australia and the United States. Aust. Educ. Res. 50, 453–479 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-021-00494-0 •Akcan, E., & Türkmenoğlu, Ö. A. (2022). Hayat Bilgisi Ders Kitaplarının Farklılıklar Açısından İncelenmesi. Gazi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 42(1), 423-459. https://doi.org/10.17152/gefad.951327 •Candan, D. G., & Ergen, G. (2014). 3. Sınıf Hayat Bilgisi Ders Kitaplarının Temel Evrensel Değerleri İçermesi Bakımından İncelenmesi. Uşak Üniversitesi Sosyal Bilimler Dergisi, 7(1). https://doi.org/10.12780/UUSBD283 Fine, C. (2010). Delusions of gender: How our minds, society, and neurosexism create difference. Norton. •Fithriani, R. (2022) Gender Stereotypes in Educational Texts: A Comparative Study of Indonesian and International Primary English Textbooks. Discourse and Interaction, 15, 53-76. •Handayani, Dian & Tungka, Novalita. (2023). The Representation of Gender Equality in The Illustration of English Textbooks for Senior High School. PARAFRASE Jurnal Kajian Kebahasaan & Kesastraan. 23. 129-137. 10.30996/parafrase.v23i2.8592. •Karaboğa, M. T. (2020). Sosyal Bilgiler Ders Kitaplarında Cinsiyet Rolleri. OPUS International Journal of Society Researches, 15(1), 4847-4881. https://doi.org/10.26466/opus.686709 •Kartal, N. & Kocasavaş, Y. (2024). 8. Sınıf Türkçe Ders Kitabında Yer Alan Görsellerin MEB Taslak Ders Kitabı Kriterlerine Göre Değerlendirilmesi. RumeliDE Dil ve Edebiyat Araştırmaları Dergisi, (39), 543-566. DOI: 10.29000/rumelide.1469436. •Lestari, M. Does Gender in Children’s Books Matter? Proceedings of the 5th International Conference on Early Childhood Education (ICECE 2020). https://doi.org/10.2991/ASSEHR.K.210322.008 •Li, Lekai & Xiong, Tao & He, Jing. (2017). The Representation of Gender in a Popular Primary School EFL Textbook Series in China. International Journal of Education and Practice. 5. 79-87. 10.18488/journal.61.2017.55.79.87. •Nail GÜNEY.(2016).6. Sınıf Türkçe Ders Kitaplarında Toplumsal Cinsiyet İncelemesi.Journal of Turkish Studies •Parham, Fatemeh. (2013). Gender Representation in Children's EFL Textbooks. Theory and Practice in Language Studies. 3. 10.4304/tpls.3.9.1674-1679. •Sarıtaş, E., & Şahin, Ü. (2018). HAYAT BİLGİSİ DERS KİTAPLARINDA TOPLUMSAL CİNSİYET ROLLERİ ÜZERİNE BİR İNCELEME. Mehmet Akif Ersoy University Journal of Education Faculty(48), 463-477. •Yıldırım, A. ve Şimşek, H. (2013). Sosyal bilimlerde nitel araştırma yöntemleri (Genişletilmiş 9. Baskı). Ankara: Seçkin Yayıncılık. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 34 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Park Hall | Tampere Hall | 1 Fl. General Poster Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Poster Experiencing Democracy Through Acting: Practical Research on Children’s and Youth Farms and Active Playgrounds in Germany Internationale Hochschule, Germany Presenting Author:Introduction and relevance of the topic In view of current political and social challenges, there is an increasing focus on the question of how democracy as a way of life and political system can be sustainably strengthened – especially with regard to younger generations. In the European and international context, formal and non-formal educational institutions play a key role in teaching democratic values and participation from an early age. According to the 16th Report on Children and Youth (BMFSFJ 2020), other European countries are also increasingly asking how democracy education can be structured in informal educational settings. This study addresses this area of tension and examines how educational professionals at children's and youth farms and active playgrounds enable and promote democratic education in a structural and practical way in everyday life. Research question and objective The central research question of the project is: How do educational professionals enable democracy education with primary school-aged children in the everyday life of children's and youth farms and active playgrounds? This question is supplemented by perspectives on attitudes, concepts, structures and methods, with a particular focus on the conditions for successful democratic participation from an intersectional perspective (gender, social status, migration background, etc.). An additional focus is on analysing cooperation structures with state primary schools in order to identify synergies in democracy education and transferability to other European contexts. Theoretical framework The research project is based on current theoretical approaches to democracy education (Kenner/Lange 2022; Sturzenhecker 2020) and participation in child and youth welfare. Democracy education is understood as a holistic, subject-oriented process of developing maturity, based on core democratic values such as freedom, equality, justice, solidarity and emancipation. Action and space theories (Sturzenhecker 2020) emphasise the importance of spaces for experience and negotiation outside formal educational contexts in order to promote political self-efficacy. Intersectional approaches (Crenshaw 2017; Deinet/Icking 2023) enable a differentiated analysis of barriers to access, opportunities for participation and tendencies towards marginalisation. Methodological approach As an exploratory practical research study, nine children's and youth farms and active playgrounds across the UK are being qualitatively examined. Data is collected through semi-structured interviews with educational professionals, participant observation and document analysis. The systematic evaluation focuses on conditions for success and challenges from the internal perspective of these institutions and examines how cooperation with schools can strengthen democratic participation processes. European/international dimension Democracy education in non-formal learning environments is highly relevant not only for Germany but for the whole of Europe: many countries are confronted with questions of democratic legitimacy and participation in pluralistic societies. The results of the project contribute to identifying good practice models for the European educational landscape and to their transferability to similar contexts (open child and youth work, school cooperation). The systematic integration of intersectional perspectives can thus also provide impetus for international expert debates. The study serves as the basis for a planned nationwide three-year research and development project starting in 2026. In addition to a comprehensive analysis of democracy education structures in Germany, a transfer module for international further education and a strategy for Europe-wide dissemination of the results would be possible. The aim would be to strengthen democracy education and participation in the long term – both in Germany and in the European context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design of the practical research project follows a triangulated, multidimensional approach that integrates three central methodological approaches: participant observation, group discussions and qualitative interviews. This mix of methods allows for a comprehensive and participatory assessment of everyday practical democracy education on children's and youth farms and active playgrounds. Module 1: Participatory observation (participatory research) In the first component, participant observation was designed to be participatory: educational professionals from the nine selected institutions received a structured observation guide and a methodological introduction so that they could observe and document typical everyday situations and interactions relating to democratic processes on site as co-researchers. Four observation units totalling up to 180 minutes were carried out per institution. The observations were recorded in structured protocols and evaluated using a code-based, categorical procedure (cf. Breidenstein et al., 2020). The aim was to make democracy education tangible and observable from an internal perspective – i.e. in the context of real interactions and decision-making processes. Module 2: Group discussion In order to gain a deeper understanding of group dynamic processes and profession-related assessments, a group discussion was held with specialists. This workshop took place on 18 October 2025 and brought together ten participants: six educational specialists from four institutions, three representatives of the sponsoring association (BdJA) and a moderator. The discussion guide focused on the core topics of democracy education, participation and cooperation with schools. The discussion was audio recorded, transcribed and evaluated using code- and category-guided analysis methods (cf. Mayring 2010; Kuckartz 2018). Module 3: Qualitative interviews In addition, qualitative guided interviews were conducted with educational professionals from all nine institutions. The interview partners were selected on the basis of their specific expertise in order to reflect different perspectives. The interviews took place online, lasted 40 to 60 minutes each, were recorded, transcribed and evaluated using coding analysis (cf. Kruse 2015; Kuckartz 2018). The participatory and multi-perspective approach ensures the systematic recording of differentiated practices and experiences and increases the validity of the research results. This methodological design supports the development of transfer strategies for democracy education at national and European level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected results of the study offer differentiated insights into the opportunities and challenges of enabling participation on children's and youth farms and active playgrounds from the perspective of educational professionals. In particular, it will reveal how social inequalities – for example, with regard to migration, age, social class or gender – influence children's opportunities for participation and what specific strategies and attitudes professionals develop to promote participation in everyday life. The intersectional analysis not only identifies successful examples of co-determination and participation, but also the ambivalences and areas of tension that educational professionals are confronted with: for example, how institutional framework conditions or social differences between the federal states – especially between eastern and western Germany – influence the design of democracy education. These findings will help to systematise country-specific and structural barriers as well as promising approaches to democracy education. The research focuses in particular on how children who have had limited opportunities for participation in other educational institutions can experience democratic participation. The study shows the extent to which informal learning environments specifically open up spaces for co-determination and democratic action that are often denied to them in everyday school life. Finally, the results are discussed in terms of their significance for promoting participation as a core element of democracy education with children and placed in a national and European context. The analysed success and obstacle factors provide concrete starting points for professional practice and further training and can thus contribute to strengthening children's democratic participation and the professionalisation of educational staff. In this way, the project makes an important contribution to the further development of democracy education at national and European level. References Breidenstein, G.; Hirschauer, S.; Kalthoff, H. & Nieswand, B. (2020). Ethnografie. Die Praxis der Feldforschung (3. Auflage). Utb Verlag. Bundesministerium für Familie, Senioren, Frauen und Jugend (BMFSFJ) (2020). Der 16. Kinder- und Jugendbericht. Förderung demokratischer Bildung im Kindes- und Jugendalter. Referat Öffentlichkeitsarbeit, Berlin. Crenshaw, K. (2017). On Intersectionality: Essential Writings. The New Press. [Hinweis: Im Originaltext nur als „Crenshaw 2017“ zitiert]. Deinet, U.; Icking, M. (2023). Ergebnisse einer Befragung der Jugendfarmen und Aktivspielplätze in Deutschland. In: Offene Spielräume – Zeitschrift für Offene Arbeit mit Kindern und Jugendlichen, Ausgabe 4/2023. Stuttgart. Kenner, S. & Lange, D. (2022). Demokratiebildung als Querschnittsaufgabe. In: W. Beutel, M. Gloe, G. Himmelmann, D. Lange, V. Reinhardt & A. Seifert (Hrsg.), Handbuch Demokratiepädagogik (S. 62–71). Wochenschau Verlag. Kruse, J. (2015). Qualitative Interviewforschung. Ein integrativer Ansatz. Beltz Juventa. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Auflage). Beltz Juventa. Mayring, P. (2010). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken. Beltz Juventa. Sturzenhecker, B. (2020). Demokratiebildung als Praxis demokratischer Partizipation in der Offenen Kinder- und Jugendarbeit. Impulspapier zur Digitalen Fachtagung der Fachstelle politische Bildung: „Forschungs- und Praxisfelder politischer Bildung“ (2.–3. Nov. 2020). Online: https://padlet.com/tfb/session-1-politische-bildung-und-demokratiebildung-zwei-seit-idgfq8onrndrt31x/wish/775338923 (Zugriff: 29.01.2026). 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Poster "How Do School Students Experience Agency in Interdisciplinary Project-Based Learning?" Astana Garden International School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Contemporary research demonstrates that students experience agency in interdisciplinary project-based learning (PBL) primarily through active participation in meaningful learning activities, where they are given genuine opportunities to influence both the course and the content of their work (Guerra et al., 2025; Sjølie et al., 2022). In this context, agency is not understood as a stable personal trait of the learner; rather, it is conceptualized as a dynamic process that emerges through ongoing interaction with other participants and the educational environment (Sánchez-García & Reyes-de-Cózar, 2025; Tierney et al., 2025). Accordingly, students engage in formulating problems, making decisions, and revising their ideas as projects unfold, continuously responding to feedback from teachers, peers, and, in some cases, external audiences. Moreover, the interdisciplinary character of project work further strengthens students’ experience of agency. By allowing learners to draw flexibly on knowledge, methods, and practices from different subject areas, interdisciplinary PBL enables them to address complex, real-life–like problems in more authentic ways (Boronina et al., 2024; Rajala et al., 2023). Consequently, students increasingly come to perceive themselves not merely as executors of predefined assignments but as authors and creators of knowledge. In addition, empirical studies indicate that, when supported by appropriate pedagogical scaffolding, project-based work can foster growth in students’ sense of responsibility and learning motivation, even in contexts characterized by strict academic requirements (Yang et al., 2025; Rehman et al., 2024). At the same time, the literature consistently highlights that student agency remains fragile and highly dependent on the distribution of power within the classroom. Excessive teacher control and rigidly predefined project frameworks can significantly constrain opportunities for independent decision-making and student initiative (Engeness & Gamlem, 2025; Rajala et al., 2023; Sjølie et al., 2022). Consequently, agency in interdisciplinary PBL is best understood as a dynamic and relational phenomenon, shaped through the interplay of pedagogical design, social interactions, and broader institutional constraints. Despite the growing body of international research on student agency in interdisciplinary PBL, the literature review reveals that empirical studies examining how students in Kazakhstan experience agency in such contexts remain limited. In response to this gap, the present study aims to explore how school students experience autonomy within interdisciplinary PBL contexts in Kazakhstan. Accordingly, the guiding research question is: How do students experience autonomy in interdisciplinary PBL contexts? To address this question, the study is grounded in the ecological approach to agency (Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015). This framework conceptualizes agency as emerging through the dynamic interaction of three interrelated dimensions: learners’ past experiences and dispositions (the iterational dimension), their engagement with the present learning context (the practical–evaluative dimension), and their orientations toward future goals and aspirations (the projective dimension). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative case study design to explore how students experience agency within interdisciplinary Project-Based Learning (PBL) at Astana Garden International School (AGIS). A qualitative approach is appropriate for examining students’ perceptions, decision-making, and participation in project processes, as it enables close attention to meaning-making and lived experience rather than the measurement of predefined outcomes (Creswell & Poth, 2018). The case study design supports in-depth exploration of how agency is enacted within a specific school context over time. AGIS has implemented interdisciplinary PBL as a whole-school pedagogical approach for six years across lower secondary grades. Each PBL cycle is organised as a structured, term-long process designed to support sustained inquiry and student ownership of learning. The cycle begins with a formal launch event introducing interdisciplinary driving questions, project goals, timelines, and assessment criteria, framing learning around real-world problems and positioning students as active participants within project teams. Interdisciplinary teacher collaboration precedes the launch to ensure alignment with curriculum requirements and, where relevant, the Sustainable Development Goals, while preserving space for student choice and interpretation. During the inquiry phase, students work in stable teams and engage in research, analysis, and solution design supported by milestones and ongoing formative feedback. Reflective journals function as a metacognitive tool, enabling students to document decisions, challenges, and evolving understanding. Inquiry is further enriched through excursions, guest lectures, university visits, factory tours, and interactions with external organisations. Assessment integrates subject-specific criteria with shared rubrics for transferable skills, reinforcing disciplinary learning and agency-related competencies. Each cycle concludes with a public exhibition, where students present their work to an authentic audience. Selected projects are recognised through jury nominations, and post-project surveys from students, teachers, and parents inform ongoing evaluation. The study focuses on students in Grades 7–8 (ages 12–14) participating in interdisciplinary PBL during the 2024–2025 academic year. Purposeful sampling included students from different project teams and with varying levels of responsibility, enabling exploration of diverse experiences of agency. Data collection included semi-structured student interviews, non-participant observations, analysis of student artefacts, and school survey data. Data were analysed using inductive thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke’s six-phase approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2021), informed by conceptualisations of student agency as agentic engagement (Reeve & Shin, 2020). Informed consent was obtained from parents, student assent was secured, and all data were anonymised in line with ethical guidelines for research involving minors (Creswell & Poth, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The thematic analysis identifies four interrelated patterns in students’ experience of agency in interdisciplinary Project-Based Learning at Astana Garden International School: (1) structured choice within predefined topics, (2) agency enacted through project implementation, (3) team-based and relational agency, and (4) agency intensifying through public exhibition. Across projects, agency was most consistently expressed through structured choice. While interdisciplinary topics were set at the curricular level, students exercised agency by selecting the direction within the topic (e.g., focusing on water, air, or soil pollution) and choosing the specific geographical area in Kazakhstan for investigation. This corresponds with descriptions of student agency as choice, ownership, and autonomy developing over time within well-designed project structures (Lenz & Larmer, 2020). Agency became more visible in the implementation phase, where students made consequential decisions about learning pathways: which expert to invite, whom to interview, and which educational visits to organise; in several cases, parents were engaged as experts or organisers. This aligns with scholarship conceptualising student agency as students’ constructive contribution and input into the learning process, including expressing preferences, making suggestions, and requesting resources (Reeve & Shin, 2020). Agency was also experienced as relational and collective. Students negotiated roles according to strengths (e.g., research, communication, design, coordination), and school survey data indicate that responsibility and engagement were higher in groups with positive interpersonal dynamics. This is consistent with research framing PBL as fostering student ownership, engagement, and motivation through active participation and student artefacts/reflections (Schneider, 2022). Finally, agency reached its highest visibility during public exhibitions, particularly in front of parents: students demonstrated increased ownership, confidence, and accountability for quality. This pattern is consistent with accounts that student agency is built across repeated PBL experiences and becomes more observable as learners gain skills and confidence over time (Lenz & Larmer, 2020), reflecting AGS’s six-year implementation trajectory. References Boronina, L. N., Andreeva, E. V., Krotova, E. V., & Zaitseva, A. S. (2024). Student agency manifestation in a project-based learning: A case of the Federal University. Education and Information Technologies, 29(9), 11987–12005. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). SAGE Publications. Engeness, I., & Gamlem, S. M. (2025). Agency in digital education: Empowering students and teachers. Education Sciences, 15(8), 1051. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15081051 Guerra, A., Holgaard, J. E., Kolmos, A., & Ulriksen, L. (2025). Examining engineering design students’ perceptions of agency for sustainability in a problem- and project-based learning context: A Q methodology study. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 35(1), 1–22. Lenz, B., & Larmer, J. (2020). Project-based learning that makes a difference. Educational Leadership, 77(6), 66–71. https://www.ascd.org/el/articles/project-based-learning-that-makes-a-difference Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Academic. Rajala, A., Martin, J., & Kumpulainen, K. (2023). Putting the social into learner agency: Understanding social relationships and affordances. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 36, 100676. Reeve, J., & Shin, S. H. (2020). How teachers can support students’ agentic engagement. Theory Into Practice, 59(2), 150–161. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2019.1702451 Rehman, N., Huang, X., Mahmood, A., AlGerafi, M. A. M., & Javed, S. (2024). Project-based learning as a catalyst for 21st-century skills and student engagement in the math classroom. Heliyon, 10(23), e39988. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2024.e39988 Sánchez-García, A. B., & Reyes-de-Cózar, S. (2025). Enhancing project-based learning: A framework for optimizing structural design and implementation—A systematic review with a sustainable focus. Sustainability, 17(2), 743. https://doi.org/10.3390/su17020743 Schneider, J. M. (2022). Student agency, engagement, autonomy, and motivation through a hybrid project-based learning approach (Doctoral dissertation). ProQuest LLC. (ERIC No. ED650363). https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED650363 Sjølie, E., Espenes, T. C., & Buø, R. (2022). Social interaction and agency in self-organizing student teams during their transition from face-to-face to online learning. Computers & Education, 181, 104463. Tierney, W. G., Urban, C., & Olabuenaga, C. (2025). Designing for equity: Moving project-based learning from equity-adjacent to equity-infused. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 19(1), Article 4. Yang, P., Chen, S., Zhang, W., & Chen, J. (2025). The impact of project-based learning on EFL learners’ learning motivation and academic performance: An empirical study in a Chinese rural school. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 12, Article 1132. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-025-05519-y 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Poster Knowledge, training and assessment of the Civic Competence of Early Childhood and Primary Education Teachers 1: University of Valencia, Spain; 2: University of Alicante, Spain; 3: IES Escultor en Badia (Generalitat Valenciana) Foios Presenting Author:We live in a complex world (Morin, 2020), with great changes that affect a great diversity of aspects; a complicated situation in today's world with the economic, political, war and migration processes so closely linked. Given this, we ask ourselves: Are teachers prepared for this task? How should we educate ourselves in Citizen Competence, one of the European Key Competencies of the 2018 Recommendation? Is it relevant to train in this competition? Citizen Competence is part of the European Key Competences of the 2018 Recommendation of the European Commission. Citizenship Competence is the ability to act as responsible citizens, participate fully in social and civic life, understand social, economic, legal and political concepts and structures, and sustainability and world events (CEDEFOP, 2024). Presents essential knowledge, skills and attitudes. Citizen Competence is based on knowing the basic concepts and phenomena related to the individual, the group, the organization of work, society, the economy and culture; understand common European values (Article 2 of the Treaty on European Union and the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union); contemporary events; the critical understanding of the most notable events in national, European and world history; awareness of the objectives, values and policies of social and political movements; awareness of sustainable systems, especially demographic and climate change in the global context and its underlying causes. The capacities that are intended to be formed with Citizen Competence are the ability to interact effectively with other people in the common or public interest, including the sustainable development of society; critical thinking and integrated problem solving skills; the capacities for the development of arguments and constructive participation in community activities; decision-making at all levels, from local and national to European and international; They imply the possibility of accessing both traditional and new media and understanding their functions and role in democratic societies, having a critical understanding of them and interacting with them. The attitudes that Citizen Competition develops are respect for human rights as the basis of democracy; a responsible and constructive attitude; constructive participation, which implies the willingness to participate in democratic decision-making at all levels and in all civic activities; support for social and cultural diversity, gender equality and social cohesion; sustainable lifestyles, promotion of the culture of peace and non-violence; respect for the privacy of others; assume responsibilities for the environment; interest in socioeconomic and political events and the humanities; interest in intercultural communication, to overcome prejudices and to compromise when necessary, and guarantee equity and social justice. In the Spanish educational context, with Law 3/2020 that modifies the LOE, these competencies are included and are part of the curriculum of the different educational stages, which, in Spain, as indicated by the Constitution (1978), must start from a Royal Decree on minimum education and due to the territorial organization in Autonomous Communities, the regulations of the curriculum of each of them must be included. For all these reasons, in the stages of Early Childhood Education and Primary Education, we start from the Royal Decrees that include citizen competence. To do this, the teachers of these educational stages must be trained and know different basic aspects. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Throughout the research, the aim is to determine the level of knowledge of the teachers in European issues, as well as to know if the teachers are trained to introduce Citizen Competence in the curriculum. For this purpose, an instrument is created that is designed, validated and applied to the teaching staff of an Early Childhood Education and Primary Education centre in the Valencian Community, which includes 41 teachers, willing to collaborate in the study. An ad hoc questionnaire is designed, based on how Citizen Competence is understood in the Recommendation of the European Union (Council of the European Union, 2018). This questionnaire is made up of 17 items that combine open, dichotomous, multiple choice and rating scale questions. Items 1, 3, 4 and 5 are dichotomous, in which respondents must indicate whether or not they know the 4 symbols, values, objectives and current European Treaties that consolidate the European Union. Item 2 is intended for participants to order from highest to lowest in which context they feel most identified (local, regional, national, European or world citizen). Item 6 is a multiple-choice question in which the respondent is intended to index the joint educational aspects with the European Union. The next of the items that make up the questionnaire aims to know, among different options, which are the Key Competencies for lifelong learning that should be considered in Early Childhood Education and Primary Education. The subsequent questions (8, 9 and 10) are focused on knowing the training aspects of teachers in European issues, as well as the opinion on the importance of training children in Early Childhood Education and Primary Education in European values. Items 11, 12 and 13 aim to determine different aspects of the work of Citizen Competence in the classrooms (essential knowledge, skills, and attitudes). Question 14 is an open question where teachers are asked to indicate with what activities and methodologies Citizen Competence is developed in students. Items 15 and 16 aim to know the training aspects of teachers in Citizen Competence (training context and opinion on the level of training received in this subject). The questionnaire ends with an open response item where respondents can express whatever they wish related to the topic under investigation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the application of the questionnaire the following conclusions are obtained: - More than 80% of those surveyed state that they do not know basic aspects of the European Union - Most of the participants state that, in educational aspects, what we share with the European Union are the validation of degrees, Key Competencies and the acceptance of mobility between countries of the Union. - The Key Competencies established in the Recommendation of the Council of Europe in 2018 are known by most of the participating teachers. - Among the main sources of training on European issues, the educational centre and the media stand out; 22% of the participants stating that they have not received any type of training being significant. More than 75% consider their training in European issues to be very scarce, as well as highlighting the importance of training children in Early Childhood Education and Primary Education in European values. - The main aspects that are worked on in the classrooms related to Citizen Competence include awareness of European and global cultural diversity and identities; critical thinking and problem-solving skills; and numerous attitudes such as respect for human rights, constructive participation, support for social and cultural diversity, gender equality and social cohesion; However, teachers are unaware of numerous contents inherent to “Citizen Competence” within the European Key Competences. - Almost 20% of the participants indicate that they have not received any training in Citizen Competence. After these results, it is very important that these aspects are consolidated and go hand in hand with strategies to support a better world. To achieve this, teacher training must be improved, so that it has an impact on the training of future European citizens. References CEDEFOP (2024). https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/tools/vet-glossary/glossary/ikanotita-politeiotitas Council of the European Union (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning (Text with EEA relevance) (2018/C 189/01). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01) Escola Europaea (2018). Key Competences for Lifelong Learning in the European Schools. https://www.eursc.eu/BasicTexts/2018-09-D-69-en-2.pdf European Commission (2019). Key Competences for Lifelong Learning. European Union. file:///D:/Descargas/key%20competences%20for%20lifelong%20learning-NC0219150ENN-1.pdf |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 00 SES 06 A: Sustaining Educational Research - The Role of National Educational Research Associations in Building Capacity, Advocacy and Disciplinary Leadership Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Mhairi Catherine Beaton Panel Discussion |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion Sustaining Educational Research - The Role of National Educational Research Associations in Building Capacity, Advocacy and Disciplinary Leadership 1: BERA, United Kingdom; 2: Romanian Educational Research Association (ARCE); 3: University of Prishtina, Kosovo; 4: Società Italiana di Pedagogia (SIPED); 5: EERA Presenting Author:Educational research associations occupy a critical position in shaping the conditions, capacities, and future trajectories of the discipline - locally, nationally, and internationally. This role has become increasingly significant as education research is conducted within a context marked by political volatility and extremism, financial constraint, geopolitical instability, and intensifying scrutiny of universities and academic contributions. In such circumstances, national associations are faced with a diversifying range of challenges, required not only to represent their communities, but to exercise trusted strategic leadership and navigate uncertainty in setting organisational priorities, sustaining ecosystems, and enabling collective capacity. Within their own national contexts, and through EERA cross-nationally, associations take on a role of community building across differences in theoretical, methodological and cultural differences, learn from them and mutually help one other. This session will examine the strategic role of educational research associations through an analysis of the challenges faced in a range of national contexts and look for similarities and differences. The recent major projects conducted by the British Educational Research Association (BERA) through its major State of the Discipline initiative and subsequent strategic planning cycle will serve as a lens to examine these issues. This work looked at the key topics and questions examined by educational researchers, the quality and recognition of educational research, education researchers’ work, experiences and identities, equality and diversity and most recently the funding and support for educational research supported by national frameworks. BERA will present some of the key findings from this work and a range of other national research associations will be asked to reflect on the issues from their own perspectives as well as broader studies of the research landscape. This context sits alongside increased polarisation and instability such as the rise of nationalism and populism has challenged aspects of educational research concerned with equity and inclusion. In the UK context, the sector as a whole faces significant financial pressure, including reductions to teaching and research budgets, constraints on student numbers, and a long-term real-terms decline in funding for educational research. As BERA’s own analyses have demonstrated, these pressures are compounded by growing precarity in academic employment, widening inequalities, and the expansion of research activity beyond universities to a more fragmented set of actors and providers. The challenges faced by national and international associations in this environment are complex and challenging. Against this backdrop, the range of associations will reflect on how their strategic activities including membership, events programmes, offers of professional development opportunities, publications portfolio and research funding initiatives can be mutually reinforcing elements of an association-led approach to disciplinary resilience. In this context, the paper argues that BERA’s strategic planning exemplifies how a national educational research association can act as a stabilising and enabling force: prioritising strategically, investing in collective infrastructure, and creating spaces for researchers to come together amid institutional and societal fragmentation and uncertainty. The participants have been drawn from a variety of different types of associations – in terms of size, geography and length of establishment to bring a range of perspectives and approaches. In conclusion each association will be asked to think how their own experiences might inform others and what possibilities there might be for cross-national and international co-operation. These concerns resonate closely with the ECER 2026 theme, “Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research, and this session will focus upon the key role of national associations in supporting and promoting the discipline and how this can be maintained in the evolving landscape. References OECD (2025), Trends Shaping Education 2025, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ee6587fd-en. https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/trends-shaping-education-2025_ee6587fd-en.html European Alliance for Social Sciences and Humanities [EASSH]. (2024) A Prosperous and Competitive Europe: A truly interdisciplinary FP10 https://eassh.eu/Position-Papers/A-Joint-position-paper-SSHinFP10.pdf British Educational Research Association [BERA]. (2023). Education: The State of the Discipline. A BERA statement. https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/education-the-state-of-the-discipline-a-bera-statement Boyle, C., Stentiford, L., Koutsouris, G., Jindal-Snape, D., Benham-Clarke, S., & Rivera, J. S. (2021). Education: The State of the Discipline: A systematic scoping review of the literature on the structures & processes that influence research activities in the UK. British Educational Research Association. https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/ education-the-state-of-the-discipline-systematic-scoping-review Morris, R., Perry, T., Smith, E., & Pilgrim-Brown, J. (2023). Education: The State of the Discipline. A survey of education researchers' work, experiences and identities. British Educational Research Association. https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/education-the-stateof-the-discipline-survey-of-education-researchers Munoz-Chereau, B., & Wyse, D. (2023). Education: The State of the Discipline. The progress of Education: An analysis of data from the Research Excellence Framework. British Educational Research Association. https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/education-the-state-of-the-discipline-progress-of-education James, D., Baird, J.-A., Morris, H., Moss, G., Muijs, D., & Tomei, A. (2026). Making the most of education research: The ecosystem and the common good. British Educational Research Association. https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/bera-expert-panel-report-and-working-paper British Educational Research Association [BERA]. (2020). BERA Strategic Plan 2021-2026 https://www.bera.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/BERA-Strategic-Plan-D4.pdf Australian Association for Research in Education [AARE]. (2024). Priorities and Future Directions for Educational Research https://www.aare.edu.au/assets/Priorities-and-Future-Directions-for-Educational-Research-Communique-Web-1.pdf Hoveid, M., Ciolan, L., Paseka, A., & Marques da Silva, S. (Eds.) (2019). Doing educational research. (Vols. 1-0). SAGE Publications Ltd, https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526482457 https://sk.sagepub.com/book/mono/doing-educational-research-overcoming-challenges-in-practice/toc Marti, S., & Peneoasu, A.-M. (2025). Doctoral education in Europe today: Enhanced structures and practices for the European knowledge society. European University Association. https://eua.eu/publications/reports/doctoral-education-in-europe-today-enhanced-structures-and-practices-for-the-european-knowledge-society.html Christ, A., Röschlein, J., & Schindler, C. (2025). EduTopics: ECER 2025. https://dipf-lis.shinyapps.io/EduTopicsECER British Academy. [n.d.]. SHAPE Observatory: Higher education and research. https://www.thebritishacademy.ac.uk/policy-and-research/british-academy-shape-observatory/ The contemporary relevance of the social sciences (2025) London. Sage/Academy of Social Sciences. https://acss.org.uk/publications/the-contemporary-relevance-of-the-social-sciences/ Chair Mhairi C. Beaton m.c.beaton@leedsbeckett.ac.uk BERA and Leeds Beckett University |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 06 A: Special Call - Session 4 Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Rachel Shanks Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Exploring Threshold Concepts Experienced by Graduate Teachers in the First Three Years of Teaching 1: University of Melbourne, Australia; 2: University of Tasmania, Australia; 3: University of Otago, New Zealand Presenting Author:International data shows that multiple regions are experiencing challenges in the teaching profession, with major teacher shortages, fewer people entering initial teacher education programs and early career teachers leaving the profession, to name a few (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021; UNESCO, 2024). The global reports highlight the important link between induction, mentoring and professional development in supporting quality teaching. In response, this study aimed to explore key threshold concepts experienced by graduates in the first three years of their teaching career. Understanding these threshold concepts has the potential to inform and target programs to better support graduate teachers as they enter the profession. The theoretical framework for this study is threshold concept theory (Meyer and Land, 2003; Baillie, Bowden, & Meyer, 2013), which has been applied to various disciplines when identifying concepts underpinning key knowledge and practices. For example, to inform medical education (Neve et al., 2015), teaching of natural sciences (Solís-Pinilla & Merino-Rubilar, 2024), and strategies for overcoming threshold concepts in engineering (Male & Bennet, 2014). Meyer and Land (2003) define threshold concepts as transformative,altering the way a subject is understood and perceived, which may also lead to transforming identity and other affective changes such as changing values and attitudes. They are probably irreversible, because there is an enduring conceptual change, which can explain why it can be difficult for experts to look ‘back across the thresholds’ when supporting novice teachers. They are integrative, as epistemic development, and building or reconstructing existing schema enable links between concepts that might have previously seemed unrelated. They are possibly bounded, with conceptual limits and specificity, where the boundaries of a discipline are marked and one knowledge domain is differentiated from another. They are potentially troublesome, because they are conceptually difficult, or counter-intuitive, or inherently complex, abstract or tacit knowledge that are difficult to articulate, requiring a change in thinking and/or feeling. The concept of liminality in the literature (derived from the Latin word ‘limen’ meaning ‘threshold’, ‘beginning’, ‘transitional state’ or ‘boundary’), is often associated with threshold concepts and provides a useful temporal metaphor for describing an important space where knowing and professional growth occurs (Kriewaldt et al., 2024). Identification of threshold concepts provides a theoretical lens for examining the experiences of preservice teachers and graduate teachers, and for considering how support can be strengthened during the early stages of their careers. Threshold concepts could have utility in curriculum design and for addressing difficulties in overcoming particular thresholds (Male, S et al., 2018). How information is organised, sequenced, timed, scaffolded, and how much information is provided can enable or inhibit learning. There is potential for identifying gaps in learning, and for highlighting which concepts are most significant at specific points in their early teaching careers. The key research question for this study is: What threshold concepts emerge and influence early career teachers’ understanding and practice during their first three years of teaching? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilised qualitative methodology to examine the experiences of Early Career Teachers (ECTs) in Australia and New Zealand. The study design intentionally elicits in-depth reflections through interviews to understand ECTs experiences as they commence teaching roles in diverse geographical and cultural contexts across Australia and New Zealand. This study included a longitudinal design, generating data from the same participants in the first three years after graduation. The participants included 6 Australian teachers and 22 New Zealand teachers who completed their teaching degrees in two different regions: Otago (South Island, n=15) and Waikato (North Island, n=7). The interviews with participants from Tasmania and Otago were conducted at three time points, once in Years 1, 2 and 3. The Waikato interviews were conducted biannually with each participant resulting in 6 data collection time points in the first three years. Therefore, Waikato interview 2 (in Year 1), interview 4 (in Year 2) and interview 6 ( in Year 3) were used for this analysis. This paper reports on a sub-set of a larger data set, drawing only on participants that completed interviews in all three years. The interviews addressed questions that are broadly categorised according to the following themes: Teacher background and current teaching context, experiences and challenges, teaching practice and development, professional standards, reflections and open-ended additional comments. Approximately one hour was allocated for the interviews, which were conducted via video-conferencing software. The analysis was conducted using an inductive investigative strategy through an institutionally endorsed Spark AI platform to detect patterns across each case in Years 1-3 for two data sets (Australia and Otago). This analysis was guided by the recent work of Neem et al. (2025) and Nguyen-Trung (2025) supporting the use of AI supported analysis. The codes were then manually analysed and applied to two of the data sets again in a deductive process. The data set from Otago was analysed using mixed deductive-inductive analytic process to verify the codes independently, ensuring that the human researcher retained interpretive authority and responsibility for analytic judgement. The final threshold concepts that emerged from this process were collaboratively analysed, using the patterns across data from Years 1-3 to identify any codes that could be subsumed by others and to determine those that were conceptually distinctive. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of 28 ECTs interviews across the first three years of teaching indicate that there are at least 10 potential threshold concepts listed below as themes. Each threshold concept was identified only when there was clear evidence in the data of progression from initial awareness or unawareness, towards a deeper and more nuanced understanding of the concept. Interview excerpts across Years 1-3 show how understanding linked to practice and changed over time. Developing as a teacher means: - realising professional capabilities (T1) - utilising relational teaching (T2) - recognising that teaching is shaped by school culture and systems (T3) - working flexibly within the realities of practice (T4) - conceiving classroom management as creating the conditions for learning (T5) - being responsive to learners’ needs (T6) - engaging collaboratively with colleagues (T7) - being reflexive (T8) - managing sustainable work practices (T9) - an ongoing commitment to evolving practice (T10) The threshold concepts were further categorised into meta-concepts: professional identity and growth; contexts and realities; pedagogical practice; and, relational practice. While these meta-concepts can be distinctly categorised, it was evident that they overlap and interact, emphasising an interconnected complexity inherent in ECTs experiences and professional growth in their first three years of teaching. The findings confirm Meyer and Land’s (2003) description of threshold concepts as a ‘portal, opening up a new and previously inaccessible way of thinking about something.’’ (p. 1). The analysis shows that distinct threshold concepts could influence significant epistemological shifts (‘knowing’ how to teach) and ontological shifts (‘being’ a teacher) in the first three years of teaching. This study highlights the potential for transformative threshold concepts to be identified for evolving teaching practice. Recognising and engaging with threshold concepts could have significant implications for initial teacher education, and guiding professional learning and mentoring for graduate teachers. References European Commission: European Education and Culture Executive Agency. (2021). Eurydice Report. Teachers in Europe : careers, development and well-being. (P.Birch, editor) Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/997402. Kriewaldt, J., Carss, W., Cowie, B., Trevethan, H., Parks, M., Beasy, K., Tilson, J., & Ziebell, N. (2025). Exploring beginning teachers’ experiences in a liminal phase: influential encounters of consequential and authoritative reassurance. Cambridge Journal of Education, 55(2), 223–241. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2025.2471878 Male, S., & Bennett, D. (2015). Threshold concepts in undergraduate engineering: Exploring engineering roles and value of learning. Australasian Journal of Engineering Education, 20(1), 59–69. https://doi.org/10.7158/D14-006.2015.20.1 Male, S. (2018). Student experiences of threshold capability development with intensive mode teaching (Final report). Australian Government Department of Education and Training; The University of Western Australia. https://www.uwa.edu.au/imt Meyer, J. H. F., & Land, R. (2003). Threshold concepts and troublesome knowledge: Linkages to ways of thinking and practising within the disciplines. In ISL10 Improving Student Learning: Theory and Practice Ten Years On (pp. 412-424). Oxford Brookes University. Meyer, J. H. F., & Land, R. (2005). Threshold concepts and troublesome knowledge (2): Epistemological considerations and a conceptual framework for teaching and learning. Higher Education, 49, 373–388. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-004-6779-5 Naeem, M., Smith, T., & Thomas, L. (2025). Thematic analysis and artificial intelligence: A step‑by‑step process for using ChatGPT in thematic analysis. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 24, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069251333886 Neve, H., Wearn, A., & Collett, T. (2016). What are threshold concepts and how can they inform medical education? Medical Teacher, 38(8), 850–853. https://doi.org/10.3109/0142159X.2015.1112889 Nguyen-Trung, K. (2025). ChatGPT in thematic analysis: Can AI become a research assistant in qualitative research?. Quality and Quantity, 59, 4945–4978. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-025-02165-z Solís Pinilla, J., & Merino Rubilar, C. (2024). Threshold concepts in the teaching of natural sciences: A systematic review. Journal of Technology and Science Education, 14(4), 947-964. doi:https://doi.org/10.3926/jotse.2385 UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030. (2024). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54675/FIGU8035 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Understanding the Professional Knowledge Practices of Newly Qualified Teachers in Their First Year 1: University of Southern Denmark; 2: University College Copenhagen Presenting Author:This paper explores the knowledge practices of newly qualified teachers (NQTs) as they emerge in the transition from formal teacher education to professional practice in Danish primary schools. When student teachers move from one educational context to another, changes occur in how professional knowledge is expressed and transformed over time (Bernstein, 2000). These changes have implications for teachers’ professional development and pedagogical practices. This is important to consider as the first year in the profession has been shown to be crucial for the NQTs’ further development as professionals (Flores & Day, 2006). This paper investigates changes in NQT’s conceptions and beliefs about the teaching profession. It provides a sociology of knowledge analysis of how NQTs understand teacher knowledge and the teaching profession and how these understandings are expressed and shaped during their first year as teachers. The research questions guiding the study are: What specialized knowledge and qualities are valuable in the field of newly qualified teachers? How do specialized knowledge and qualities interact to shape a newly qualified teacher? The aim is not to argue that one type of knowledge is more valuable than another. Instead the paper highlights the complex nature of enacting and developing professional knowledge during the transition from teacher education to working life, as well as the tensions and challenges involved. There is no clear answer to what teacher knowledge is or of what constitutes teachers’ knowledge practices. Grimen (2008) describes the teachers knowledge base as consisting of multiple disciplines and experiences influenced by a wide range of actors. These actors may include a school’s organizational culture, leadership, mentoring arrangements, collegial communities, subjects and national policy (Bertram, 2023). Each of these may hold different understandings of what teacher knowledge is and what a professional teacher should know and be able to do (Cochran-Smith et al., 2012; Shay, 2013). Within the sociology of education (Bernstein, 2000), knowledge is understood as something that is recontextualized within educational fields, where discourses and social practices shape what knowledge is, can be and ought to be. Through the processes of selecting, adapting and transforming knowledge, professional knowledge is constructed (Hordern, 2015). How knowledge is conceptualized in teachers’ work influences how they position themselves and develop as professionals (Afdal & Nerland, 2014). To examine how professional knowledge develops as teachers move from education into employment the paper draws on Maton’s sociology of knowledge, which extends the perspectives of Bernstein and Bourdieu. Maton (2014)conceptualized educational fields as knowledge domains in which struggles over status and resources take places. Actors’ beliefs, dispositions, experiences and practices incorporate competing claims to legitimacy and convey messages about what should be regarded as dominant knowledge in the field. In this sense NQTs’ professional practices can be viewed as reflecting a set of messages about what counts as teacher knowledge within the field of newly qualified teachers. Maton’s Legtimation Code Theory (LCT) offers a framework for analyzing how knowledge and ways of knowing are valued in different contexts by examining actors’ dispositions and the organizing principles for their practices (Maton & Chen, 2016). LCT’s concept of specialization codes is based on the idea that any knowledge practice is always oriented towards something and enacted by someone. Specialization codes can explain why some actors succeed in a field while others do not. Therefor they are useful for understanding how NQTs navigate the challenges of their first year in the profession, and for investigating the interplay between knowledge and the knower to identify which forms of professional knowledge are legitimized in NQTs’ narratives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is a part of a PhD project that investigates the development of newly qualified teachers’ (NQTs) professional knowledge in the transition from teacher education and into their first year in Danish public primary school. At the current stage of the project, three participants are being followed during their first year through ethnographic fieldwork (Maeder, 2018; Spradley, 1979), which includes participant observations, video observations, informal conversations and semi-structured interviews. Inspired by longitudinal ethnographic studies (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019) the teachers are followed through participant observation in their everyday work at the school approximately 2-3 days every second month, combined with one interview every second month throughout the first year. This paper draws on empirical material from interviews and field notes from participant observations and informal conversations. Based on these data the analysis seeks to make visible the structures that shape which forms of knowledge and which qualities are valued in the teaching profession within the field of newly qualified teachers. Participant observations are used to enable an examination of the NQTs’ actions in professional practice and to gain an understanding of the local context, culture, and conditions that they are part of (Buvik, 2024). Informal interviews (Spradley, 1979) have been conducted to gain insight into the teachers’ immediate considerations, allowing for an exploration of the relationship between what they articulate about the professional and what they actually do in their work. Semi-structured interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015) have been carried out to trace the changes in how the teachers talk about their approach to the profession over time. The interview questions also include descriptive questions intended to elicit detailed accounts of concrete events, situations or experiences, serving as a tool for gaining access to tacit knowledge. The empirical data was first processed using a thematic analysis (Braun et al., 2024; Braun, 2006) based on the analytical question: Which characteristics of the teacher role are highlighted and regarded as valuable by newly qualified teachers? The identified themes were then related to the concept within LCT’s specialization codes through the development of a translation device. In LCT, translation devices function as tools for creating dialogue between theory and data. The analytical findings are used to discuss how changes occur in the NQTs’ knowledge practices during the first year. Specifically how changes occur in what newly qualified teachers orient themselves towards when articulating their professional practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper has examined changes in newly qualified teachers’ (NQTs) knowledge practices from their teacher education to their first year of employment in Danish primary schools. Drawing on Legitimation Code Theory (LCT) the analysis explored which forms of knowledge and qualities are valued in the field of newly qualified teachers. LCT provides a lens for understanding why some actors succeed in a field while others do not. The expected outcome of the analysis was to identify how the specialization codes are expressed and changed as the NQTs articulate their understandings of the teaching profession throughout their first year. The analysis indicates that several of the same qualities valued in the teaching profession are already present during the teacher education. As students, the NQTs were oriented towards a teacher role in which individual qualities were viewed as essential for success. This orientation persists as they enter the professional, where the focus becomes “finding who you are as a teacher”. Qualities such as time management, flexibility, patience, as well as building strong relationships with pupils are highlighted as central to managing the demands of the profession. During their studies and at the beginning of their employment, the teachers were oriented towards more abstract forms of knowledge particularly regarding the teaching dimension of their work. However this orientation shifts over the first year. Gradually and in different ways the NQTs find themselves compelled to compromise their initial ideas about what constitutes good teaching in order to protect their own well-being within the structural conditions of their work, such as limited preparation time, responsibilities for pupil care, expectations around collegial collaboration and experiences of physical stress symptoms. The personal qualities required to navigate these challenges become central to managing the professional development during the early stages of NQTs’ careers. References Afdal, H. W. & Nerland, M. (2014). Does Teacher Education Matter? An Analysis of Relations to Knowledge among Norwegian and Finnish Novice Teachers. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 58(3), 281-299. Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control, and identity: theory, research, critique (Revised edition. udg.). Rowman & Littlefield. Bertram, C. (2023). A system approach to understanding novice teachers' experinces and professional learning. Journal of education(90), 11-31. Braun, V., Clarke, V. & Hayfield, N. (2024). Thematic analysis: A reflexive approach. I J. A. Smith (red.), Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods, (4. udg.). Sage. Braun, V. C., Victoria. (2006). Using tematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Buvik, K. (2024). Data fra deltakende observasjon: Asynmottaket, politibilen og skjenkestedet. I M. Mangset, H. M. Ihlebæk, T. Nordberg & A. B. Leseth (red.), Tett på profesjon, arbeid og politikk. Kvalitative metodeutfordringer og verktøy for å løse dem, (s. 27-46). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Cochran-Smith, M., Cannady, M., McEachern, K. P., Mitchell, K., Piazza, P., Power, C. & Ryan, A. (2012). Teachers' education and outcomes: Mapping the research terrain. Teachers College Record, 114(10), 1-49. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811211401006 Flores, M. A. & Day, C. (2006, 2006/02/01/). Contexts which shape and reshape new teachers’ identities: A multi-perspective study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 22(2), 219-232. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.09.002 Grimen, H. (2008). Profesjon og kunnskap. I A. Molander & L. I. Terum (red.), Profesjonsstudier, (s. 71-86). Universitetsforlaget. Hammersley, M. & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: Principles in Practice. Routledge. Hordern, J. (2015). Teaching, teacher formation, and specialised professional practice. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(4), 431-444. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2015.1056910 Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Interview. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Maeder, C. (2018). What Can Be Learnt?: Educational Etnhography, the Sociology of Knowledge and Ethnomethodology. I D. Beach, C. Bagley & S. Marques da Silva (red.), The Wiley Handbook of Ethnography of Education, (s. 168-187). John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/sdub/detail.action?docID=5317474. Maton, K. (2014). Knowledge and Knowers. Towards a realist sociology of education. Routledge. Maton, K. & Chen, R. T. H. (2016). LCT in qualitative research. Creating a translatoin device for studying constructivist pedagogy. I K. Maton, S. Hood & S. Shay (red.), Knowledge Building. Educational studies in Legitimation Code Theory, (s. 27-48). Routledge. Shay, S. (2013). Conceptualizing curriculum differentiation in higher education: a sociology of knowledge point of view. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(4), 563-582. Spradley, J. P. (1979). The Ethnographic Interview. Holt Rinehart & Winston. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Occupational Competence and Occupational Commitment of Induction Phase ECEC Teachers University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Competence requirements for early childhood education and care (ECEC) teachers have increased worldwide, while at the same time, there is a shortage of qualified teachers (Department of Human Services [DHS], 2020; Lillvist et al., 2014; Nguyen & Nguyen, 2021). Studies have shown that highly educated ECEC teachers often experience conflicts between their working conditions and professional goals. This can lead to intentions to leave the profession, as teachers feel unable to meet job demands or fully use their competences with the available resources (Grant et al., 2019; Heilala et al., 2023; Schaak et al., 2020; Thorpe et al., 2020). The Nordic countries are facing a shortage of ECEC teachers, which statistics indicate will continue to grow in the coming years (Nordic Council of Ministers, 2024). In Finland, the Ministry of Education and Culture has taken various measures to address the ECEC teacher shortage, including increasing the number of educational placements for ECEC teachers (Karila et al., 2021). In this article, we approach this challenge of ECEC teacher retention by examining the occupational competence and occupational commitment of ECEC teachers who are in the induction phase of their careers. This study aims to answer the following research question: How do ECEC teachers in the induction phase of work associate occupational competence and occupational commitment? In this article, occupational competence is approached from both the perspective of the individual and the requirements of the work and community. Within the field of ECEC, teachers’ competence includes both the theoretical knowledge and practical skills essential for the work (see Nasiopoulou, 2020). Occupational competence requirements for ECEC teachers are shaped by societal factors, such as legislation and curricula. In this context, officially demanded competence refers to the formal expectations placed on ECEC teachers’ work (Ellström, 1997). In this article, the term occupational commitment is used and examined at the individual level to refer to ECEC teachers’ commitment to their profession and their intentions to continue in the profession. Occupational commitment independently influences professional activity and work behavior (Meyer et al., 1993). Findings from research in other academic disciplines suggest that competence can be meaningful to organizational commitment in various ways (Anwar & Aima, 2020; Riyanto et al., 2023). Organizational studies suggest that competence and commitment are closely intertwined throughout a career. Support for competence and opportunities for professional development have been found to be associated with commitment (Anwar & Aima, 2020; Riyanto et al., 2023). Studies have also shown that teachers see professional development and support at early career stages as promising tools for retaining teachers in the profession (See et al., 2020). In a study by Siri et al. (2020), higher competency ratings of professional teachers were reflected in higher levels of commitment. However, higher competence does not appear to be unambiguously a factor that strengthens commitment. Studies of ECEC teachers also show that highly educated ECEC teachers recognize a conflict between working conditions and personal work goals. This, in turn, has increased the intention to change jobs or progress within the sector, as teachers feel unable to do the job according to their standards (Grant et al., 2019; Thorpe et al., 2020). It appears that the induction phase, or the beginning of a teacher’s career, is a particularly sensitive period for developing occupational competence, and decisions to leave the profession often occur during this early stage. For this study, the induction phase is defined as beginning with internships during ECEC teacher studies and lasting for about 3–5 years after transitioning into the work (Langdon et al., 2016; Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD], 2019; Schaack et al., 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on a survey conducted in spring 2024. The survey was sent to all students admitted and accepted into an ECEC teacher education program at any Finnish university in 2018 or 2019 (N=1628). 36% of the whole sample, i.e., 595 participants, responded to the survey. This study focused on one open-ended question: What factors have weakened or strengthened your commitment to working as an ECEC teacher after entering the workforce? The answers varied in length, ranging from one word to nearly a full page. Only answers that included perspectives related to occupational competence were included. The criteria for exclusion were discussed and decided upon together by the authors. In the final stage, 222 responses. Reflective thematic analysis To answer research: How do ECEC teachers in the induction phase of work associate occupational competence and occupational commitment, the open-ended survey responses were analyzed using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) reflective thematic analysis. Its five phases recognize the researcher’s active role in understanding the data and generating knowledge (Braun & Clarke, 2022). First, the data was familiarized, and it were approached inductively, without applying any theoretical framework. After familiarising with the data, the data related to occupational competence was coded using an inductive approach. Preliminary defining occupational competence helped the researchers grasp its holistic nature, which, in turn, enabled a broad identification of relevant responses. Drawing on a constructionist epistemology, in which the meaningfulness of the data guided coding decisions (Byrne, 2022; Schwandt, 1998), responses were selectively interpreted as reflecting occupational competence based on the researchers’ judgment. After coding the data multiple times, the first author developed themes through codes. First, individual codes were grouped into datasets, which were then combined and interpreted to form the candidate themes. This phase was conducted iteratively, resulting in the development of several different versions of the candidate themes. This phase required careful interpretation, as many thematic elements overlapped across different clusters. Defining clear boundaries between themes and recognizing their interconnections was essential for ensuring analytical rigor. The overlapping nature of the themes is discussed further in the results and conclusions. The final candidate themes were reviewed against the codes and the entire dataset multiple times. After that the themes were named, this involved revisiting the data repeatedly to ensure that the names accurately reflected the content. After several rounds of refinement, four final themes were identified. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the analysis, four themes were identified: appreciation, resources and conditions, position in the work community, and competence at the induction phase. These themes provide insight into how ECEC teachers articulated the connection between occupational competence and occupational commitment in their open-ended responses. These themes can also be considered at the societal, community, and individual levels, which demonstrates their multidimensional nature. Appreciation. ECEC teachers linked societal, community, and their own appreciation of their competence and work to their occupational commitment. The appreciation shown by society and the community increased occupational commitment, while a perceived lack of appreciation was mentioned as weakening occupational commitment. Also participants own appreciation strengthened their occupational commitment. Resources and demands. Participants combined the requirements for occupational competence and resources with commitment to the occupation in ways that were both weakening and strengthening. Resources were important in meeting work demands, so adequate resources strengthened commitment, while inadequate resources weakened it. The position in the work community. Commitment was strengthened or weakened by the requirements set by the work community, shared values and practices, and the possibility for individual autonomy. Competence in the induction phase. Formal competence gained through education, support and orientation provided by the work community, and the individual’s confidence in their own occupational competence either strengthened or weakened occupational commitment. The study’s results present practical implications that could be used to strengthen the competence and commitment of ECEC teachers in the induction phase. This study found that the mismatch between job requirements, resources, and competences from education and actual competences was significant in terms of occupational commitment. Our results suggest that support and job requirements should be tailored to the individual at the induction phase to support one’s own experience of their actual competence, thus strengthening occupational commitment. References Anwar, K., & Aima, M. H. (2020). The effect of competence and motivation on organizational commitments and its implications on employee performance. Dinasti International Journal of Education Management And Social Science, 1(2),183–196. https://doi.org/10.31933/dijemss.v1i2.74 Department of Human Services (DHS). (2020). Core competencies for early education and care practitioners. https://ececareers.dcyf.wa.gov/sites/default/files/action-files/wa_core_competencies_ecep.pdf Ellström, P-E. (1997). The many meanings of occupational competence and qualification. Journal of European Industrial Training, 21(6/7), 266–273. Grant, A. A., Jeon, L., & Buettner, C. K. (2019). Relating early childhood teachers’ working conditions and well-being to their turnover intentions. Educational Psychology, 39(3), 294–312. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2018.1543856 Heilala, C., Lundkvist, M., Santavirta, N., & Kalland, M. (2023). Work demands and work resources in ECEC—Turnover intentions explored. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 32(3), 481–494. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2023.2265597 Karila, K., Alila, K., Penttinen, S., Työtäri, A., Mårtensson, A., Nevanen, S., Niiranen, J-P. & Leskinen, H. (2021). Varhaiskasvatuksen koulutuksen kehittämisohjelma 2021-2030. [Development Programme for Early Childhood Education Training 2021–2030.]. Publications of the Ministry of Education and Culture 2021:3. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-263-876-2F Langdon, F. J., Alexander, P. A., Farquhar, S., Tesar, M., Courtney, M. G. R., & Palmer, M. (2016). Induction and mentoring in early childhood educational organizations: Embracing the complexity of teacher learning in contexts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 57, 150–60. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.03.016 Lillvist, A., Sandberg, A., Sheridan, S., & Williams, P. (2014). Preschool teacher competence viewed from the perspective of students in early childhood teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 40(1), 3–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2013.864014 Meyer, J. P., Allen, N. J & Smith, A. (1993). Commitment to Organixations and Occupations: Extensions and Test of a Three-Component Conceptualization. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78(4), 538-551. Nordic Council of Ministers. (2024). Shortage of ECEC teachers. TemaNord 2024:504. https://pub.norden.org/temanord2024-504/7-shortage-of-ecec-teachers.html Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2019). Good practice for good jobs in early childhood education and care: Eight policy measures from OECD countries. https://doi.org/10.1787/64562be6-en Schaack, D. D., Le, V. N., & Stedron, J. (2020). When fulfillment is not enough: Early childhood teacher occupational burnout and turnover intentions from a job demands and resources perspective. Early Education and Development, 31(7), 1011–1030. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2020.1791648 See, B. H., Morris, R., Gorard, S., Kokotsaki, D., & Abdi, S. (2020). Teacher recruitment and retention: A critical review of international evidence of most promising interventions. Education Sciences, 10(10), 262. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10100262 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Teacher Learning Through Reflective Experimenting – Results Of A Multiple Case Study In The Context Of A Continuing Development Programme University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland FHNW Presenting Author:Teacher professional development is becoming increasingly important in a rapidly changing world with expanded work requirements (Malloch et al., 2013). For this reason, further and continuing education is becoming more important and seen as central for professional development (e.g. Reusser & Tremp, 2008). Professional development formats can be considered especially impactful when they are combined with the everyday work of teachers (Korthagen, 2017). Over the past two decades, an academic field, often referred to as workplace learning, has emerged (primarily) in the European context, which also applies to teacher education (e.g. Wang et al., 2024). Informal learning, described as integrated into daily work activities, not necessarily conscious, accidental and incidental (Manuti et al., 2015), plays an important role in this context. Fittingly, the workplace is considered an important place of learning for teachers. Corresponding research addresses the effectiveness of various learning activities in and, in particular, the self-direction of learning, the influence of the working environment and learning outcomes such as knowledge, beliefs and attitudes, intentions to act and changes in teaching methods (e.g. Bakkenes et al., 2010; Kyndt et al., 2016). In terms of learning activities, reflection is seen as a key component of professional development, particularly in (European) models for workplace learning (e.g., Kraus, 2014). Certain approaches to reflection are based on pragmatistic roots to reflection (e.g., Dewey, 1938). The context for the presented study is a continuing education programme that systematically combines formal and informal learning. It is based on educational evaluation approaches and on the model of visible teaching and learning (Hattie, 2023) and is related to action research approaches (e.g., Lesson Study). Participants of this format adopt a five-step procedure: (1) they choose a recurring and demanding challenge in their lessons, (2) set a goal, (3) develop an intervention and an instrument for data collection, and (5) they realise a project and make use of the results in the classroom and with colleagues. The roots of the programme lie in pedagogical evaluation theory (e.g., Scriven, 1966). It is also linked to the theory of visible learning and the evaluative teaching approach (Hattie, 2023). Previous evaluations of this programme have shown that teachers change their professional thinking and their actions (Schmid et al., 2025). The aim of the study is to explore the learning process. The aim of the study is to explore the individual learning processes of teachers who use the described procedure from the perspective of workplace learning and of pragmatistic reflection. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A grounded theory (GT) approach was used to explore how learning takes place in the combination of continuing development and everyday work in the classroom. From this methodology, the pragmatist line of GT after Stauss and Corbin (1990) was chosen. The key focus was the subjective perspective of the teachers. Of main interest were the following aspects: (1) the learning activities involved, (2) the ongoing learning process and (3) the resulting learning outcomes. Experienced Swiss teachers with teaching experience of between 15 and 35 year (n=5) were interviewed (theoretical sampling) which had completed at least two self-evaluation projects in the recent past. All of them worked at schools in German-speaking Switzerland, four at primary level and one at secondary level. Narrative interview method (Schütze, 1983) was used. In one-hour interviews participants described what they remembered what they had experienced during their self-evaluation projects. Participants were asked to freely speak about what comes to their mind. In order to focus on specific aspects, problem-centred interviews (Witzel, 2000) was applied in addition. The data transcribed from Swiss German into standard German were analysed using the classic GT-steps of open, axial and selective coding. In line with grounded theory principles, an interweaving of data collection, data analysis and theory development was applied. For the specific research process, this implied a temporal parallelism and an alternation between these three methodological steps. The theoretical sampling was performed on the material, i.e. the specific aspects to be analysed next were determined incrementally over several iterations with reference to previous analyses and the literature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study reveals a learning process in which formal and informal learning are complementary: As a result, reflections are made in and after the action situation, which can be characterized initially as a reflection and evaluation of the experience and subsequently as an appraisal of the problem-solving process and the consequences caused. The findings depict professional development in the context studied as proceeding in cyclical phases with the learning steps of experimenting, experiencing, and reflecting: The interventions in the classroom, guided by the programme, lead to experiencing of expected and unforeseen effects and evolve emotions and as a consequence to continuation of experimentation, derived principles of action, acquired routines and changed professional beliefs and attitudes. Detailed analysis was given on reflection, based on pragmatist models of reflection assuming reflection to be interwoven with action. The analysis of the reconstructed teacher’s reflections in terms of Schön's theory of reflective practice (Schön, 1987) shows an initial hurdle in knowing-in-action and a subsequent combination of reflection-on-action and reflection-in-action. Study gives insights in teacher workplace learning highlighting the importance of acting and reflective problem solving which are of practical interests for teacher development within European schools. References Bakkenes, I., Vermunt, J. D., & Wubbels, T. (2010). Teacher learning in the context of educational innovation: Learning activities and learning outcomes of experienced teachers. Learning and Instruction, 20(6), 533–548. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2009.09.001 Dewey, J. (1938). Logic. The Theory of Inquiry. Henry Holt & Co. Hattie, J. A. C. (2023). Visible Learning, The Sequel. A Synthesis of Over 2,100 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003380542 Korthagen, F. A. J. (2017). Inconvenient truths about teacher learning: Towards professional development 3.0. Teachers and teaching, 23(4), 387–405. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2016.1211523 Kraus, K. (2014). «Lernen im Prozess der Arbeit» als Ansatzpunkt für die Kompetenzentwicklung von Lehrpersonen. In B. Sieber-Suter (Hrsg.), Kompetenzmanagement. Erfahrungen und Perspektiven zur beruflichen Entwicklung von Lehrenden in Schule und Weiterbildung (S. 218–232). hep. Kyndt, E., Gijbels, D., Grosemans, I., & Donche, V. (2016). Teachers’ everyday professional development: Mapping informal learning activities, antecedents, and learning outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1111–1150. Malloch, M., Cairns, L., Evans, K., & O’Connor, B. N. (2013). The SAGE handbook of workplace learning: Paperback. Sage. Manuti, A., Pastore, S., Scardigno, A. F., Giancaspro, M. L., & Morciano, D. (2015). Formal and informal learning in the workplace: A research review. International Journal of Training and Development, 19(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijtd.12044 Reusser, K., & Tremp, P. (2008). Diskussionsfeld «Berufliche Weiterbildung von Lehrpersonen». Beiträge zur Lehrerbildung, 26(1), 5–10. Schmid, P., Beywl, W., Pirani, K., & Niggli, A. (2025). Evaluatives Denken stärken durch Selbstevaluation des Unterrichts. Dritte Evaluation der Luuise-Weiterbildungen. Pädagogische Hochschule FHNW. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:34447 Schön, D. A. (1987). Educating the reflective practitioner: Toward a new design for teaching and learning in the professions. Jossey-Bass. Schütze, F. (1983). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Neue Praxis, (3), 283–293. Scriven, M. Q. (1966). The methodology of evaluation. Purdue University. Strauss, A. L., & Corbin, J. M. (1990). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. SAGE. Wang, C., Huang, X., Chi-Kin Lee, J., & Xu, P. (2024). Teachers’ informal workplace learning profiles: Outcomes and antecedents. Teaching and Teacher Education, 137, 104407. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104407 Witzel, A. (2000). Das problemzentrierte Interview. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 1(1). |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 06 B Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Gro Marte Strand Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Research Use in Schools: A Systematic Review with Framework Synthesis University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:Despite two decades of global emphasis on the Use of Research Evidence (URE) to improve educational practice, international assessments indicate a decline in student outcomes across many systems, notwithstanding continuous reform efforts (OECD, 2023a; Sahlberg, 2023). This discrepancy suggests that the prevailing focus on standardized, instrumental applications of evidence may be less effective than more nuanced, conceptual engagement. While interest in URE has expanded significantly across various sectors (Rickinson et al., 2023), there remains a pressing need to further conceptualize how research is actually integrated within the school environment and to identify the mechanisms that govern its use. This systematic review addresses that gap by providing a comprehensive overview of how research use in schools is framed and described in recent empirical literature. By identifying the primary barriers and enablers of URE, the study aims to examine how these empirical findings align with a consolidated multi-level framework. In doing so, it seeks to move beyond the symbolic appropriation of evidence toward a more sophisticated understanding of research use that can foster meaningful educational impact. Previous reviews and reports have established a substantial cumulative knowledge base for URE. Following the seminal debates of the late 1990s (Hargreaves, 1996, 1997; Hammersley, 1997, 2000), Hemsley-Brown and Sharp (2003b) argued that the cultural shifts necessary to support URE must originate in policy. While subsequent strategies and the rise of "What Works" clearinghouses sought to address this (Révai, 2022), research use remained scarce by the early 2010s. This led Dagenais et al. (2012b) and later Finnigan (2021) to call for clearer conceptualization and more empirical rigor—calls that have been answered by recent large-scale projects across the US, Australia, UK, and Norway (Farley-Ripple et al., 2022; Godfrey & Brown, 2019; Mausethagen et al., 2023; Rickinson et al., 2023). To integrate this evolving knowledge base, this review employs a framework synthesis to map emerging themes. We developed an initial consolidated framework anchored in the QURE framework (Rickinson et al., 2020), while incorporating the Depth of Use model (Farley-Ripple et al., 2018), the research-engaged school ecosystem (Godfrey & Brown, 2019), research-literacy sensitivities (Eriksen, 2022), and perspectives on internal and external complexity (Kvernbekk, 2016; Perry & Morris, 2023). These frameworks range in scope from individual professional virtues to broad systemic conditions; by consolidating them, this review aims to capture the multi-level nature of URE and address the fragmentation identified in previous research. To get a thorough and updated overview of various conceptualizations and components used in international research on URE, this systematic review addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An initial a priori framework based on a preliminary literature review was developed to guide this systematic review. In adherence to principles of transparency and rigor, the study protocol was pre-registered in the Open Science Framework, and the process strictly follows PRISMA reporting guidelines. The formal literature search was executed in January 2025 across three core databases: Scopus, Web of Science, and ERIC. This search employed a strategy calibrated for both sensitivity and specificity, utilizing a broad range of terms related to the use of research evidence (URE) within K-12 educational settings. Eligibility criteria were established a priori to ensure methodological consistency. Drawing upon Finnigan’s (2021) conceptualization, "use" was operationalized as the active engagement with research evidence to inform or improve professional practice. Consequently, inclusion was limited to empirical, peer-reviewed journal articles in English that specifically focused on teachers or school leaders in compulsory education. Studies describing only the passive implementation of pre-packaged programs were excluded unless they detailed practitioners’ active engagement with the underlying evidence. To minimize bias, study eligibility was determined through a two-stage, double-blind screening process conducted within EPPI-Reviewer software, with any discrepancies resolved by a third reviewer. The analytical methodology employed is framework synthesis, which facilitates the iterative integration of diverse empirical findings with established theoretical constructs. The primary analytical lens is the a priori framework, a consolidated framework grounded in the QURE framework (Rickinson et al., 2022), further enriched by the Depth of Use framework (Farley-Ripple et al., 2018) to detail practitioner activities and by an "ecosystem" model (Godfrey & Brown, 2019) to capture organizational and contextual subthemes. This multi-level approach allows the synthesis to address complexity, ranging from individual professional practices to broader systemic influences. Data extraction and analysis proceeded in distinct, sequential phases. First, administrative and descriptive characteristics of all included studies were mapped in Excel to provide an overview of the field. Subsequently, data were extracted and coded into NVivo 15 inductively, before they were systematically mapped onto the deductive structure of the QURE framework. Finally, the methodological quality of every included study was critically appraised using the Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT) through a double-blind process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This review screened 23,300 articles, selecting 109 eligible studies from 28 countries (primarily the UK and US). Publication on research use in schools has grown significantly since 2000. Despite varying study quality, a clear consensus identified four cross-cutting mechanisms governing how research is integrated: 1. Trust: Acts as a foundational regulator. High-stakes accountability often breeds "institutional distrust," reducing research to a compliance tool, while high-trust environments enable professional agency. 2. Skills Development: A systemic responsibility. Weak leadership capacity leads to superficial use, whereas robust training empowers meaningful integration. 3. Sustainable Structures: Govern the practical possibility of use through allocated time and working conditions that enable long-term engagement beyond short-term projects. 4. Relationships: Provide the essential social infrastructure. Bridging the research-practice gap requires mutual respect, positioning research as a "third voice" alongside professional experience and contextual knowledge. These mechanisms collectively suggest a needed shift from "implementation" to "integration." Moving beyond adopting pre-packaged evidence—which often yields symbolic use—systems must prioritize professional discretion, allowing practitioners to reconcile research with practical wisdom. Currently, quality use, characterized by thoughtful engagement and ethical, collaborative inquiry, is scarce in the included studies. Most research use remains sporadic, superficial, and symbolic. By consolidating diverse frameworks, this review provides a coherent synthesis, offering a map for teachers and leaders to cultivate a sustainable research culture. The identified mechanisms illustrate how to progress from superficial use to authentic, embedded integration, ultimately making a more meaningful difference in classrooms. References Dagenais, C., Lysenko, L., Abrami, P. C., Bernard, R. M., Ramde, J., & Janosz, M. (2012). Use of research-based information by school practitioners and determinants of use: A review of empirical research. Evidence & Policy, 8(3), 285–309. Eriksen, A. (2022). The research literacy of professionals: Reconciling evidence-based practice and practical wisdom. Professions and Professionalism, 12(3), Article 3. Farley-Ripple, E., May, H., Karpyn, A., Tilley, K., & McDonough, K. (2018). Rethinking connections between research and practice in education: A conceptual framework. Educational Researcher, 47(4), 235–245. Farley-Ripple, E. N., Tilley, K., Mead, H., Van Horne, S., & Agboh, D. (2022). How is evidence use enacted in schools? A mixed methods multiple case study of “deep-use” schools. The Center for Research Use in Education (CRUE) and the Center for Research Use in Education and Social Policy (CRESP), University of Delaware. Godfrey, D., & Brown, C. (2019). An eco-system for research engaged schools: Reforming education through research. Routledge. Hong, Q. N., Fàbregues, S., Bartlett, G., Boardman, F., Cargo, M., Dagenais, P., Gagnon, M.-P., Griffiths, F., Nicolau, B., O’Cathain, A., Rousseau, M.-C., Vedel, I., & Pluye, P. (2018). The Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT) version 2018 for information professionals and researchers. Education for Information, 34(4), 285–291. Kvernbekk, T. (2016). Evidence-based practice in education: Functions of evidence and causal presuppositions. Routledge. Mausethagen, S., Bøyum, S., Caspersen, J., Prøitz, T. S., & Thue, F. W. (Eds.). (2023). En forskningsbasert skole? Universitetsforlaget. Révai, N. (2022). The changing landscape of research use in education. In Who Cares about Using Education Research in Policy and Practice? OECD Publishing. Rickinson, M., Cirkony, C., Walsh, L., Gleeson, J., Cutler, B., & Salisbury, M. (2022). A framework for understanding the quality of evidence use in education. Educational Research, 64(2), 133–158. Rickinson, M., Walsh, L., Gleeson, J., Cutler, B., Cirkony, C., & Salisbury, M. (2023). Understanding the quality use of research evidence in education: What it means to use research well. Routledge. Sahlberg, P. (2023). Trends in global education reform since the 1990s: Looking for the right way. International Journal of Educational Development, 98, 102748. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Making Research Relevant for Practice: Investigating the Quality of Field-Based Teacher Professional Development 1: Institute for Educational Analysis Baden-Württemberg, Germany; 2: University of Tübingen Presenting Author:Numerous researchers have examined different design features deemed crucial for high-quality teacher professional development (TPD) and, thus, its success (e.g., Bragg et al., 2021; Meyer et al., 2023). The design features include aspects such as content focus, coherence, collaboration, personalization, coaching, feedback and reflection, practical relevance, and active learning (e.g., Bragg et al., 2021; Darling-Hammond et al., 2017; Desimone, 2009). Following all the design features listed across the different sources poses challenges for facilitators, given the impracticality of implementing so many different features—especially with limited resources. Additionally, the importance of some design features is discussed controversially. We would argue, that some design features are of organizational nature (duration, format), while others refer to the process of the TPD and could be summarized as constitutes of TPD quality. Recent research categorized TPD quality into broader dimensions to which specific design features can be allocated (Meyer et al., 2023; Richter & Richter, 2024; Sims et al., 2021). Richter and Richter (2024) focused on cognitive activation, practical relevance, social interaction, and a clear structure. There are studies investigating for instance the TPD quality in online and face-to-face formats (e.g., Mulaimović et al., 2024), but to our knowledge, there is almost no research that systematically investigates the association between the organizational nature of TPD (e.g. its format or duration) and TPD quality. Further, the current body of research on TPD quality has primarily drawn from studies that have investigated carefully designed, planned, and implemented single TPD activities in controlled settings, often directly implemented by researchers or developers who infuse these TPD activities with design features that can contribute to high-quality TPD. In contrast, there is only sparse research on field-based TPD. Only a few studies have investigated the many different ways of offering field-based TPD, which spans various topics and formats (Fischer et al., 2018), leaving a gap in our understanding of field-based TPD quality. The area of field-based TPD is especially interesting in terms of relevance of education research. Critics in education research argue, that research prioritizes rigor over addressing practical realities (Schneider, 2009) and gaps persists between research production and its use in policy and practice (e.g., Farley-Ripple et al., 2018). Educators for example value research with local data (e.g., Coburn et al., 2009) and Research-Practice-Partnerships (RPP, see Farrell et al., 2021) promise to increase the relevance and usability of education research. In this study, our objective is to examine and compare various types of TPD, using data from a statewide evaluation (collected with an instrument developed in a RPP). We plan to compare online and face-to-face TPD, TPD series and one-offs, TPD with and without self-learning phases, and TPD with varying duration and number of participants. Therefore, we will investigate three research questions (RQ).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To monitor the TPD system in a large federal state in Germany, we developed an evaluation instrument in a RPP involving scientists, school administrators, and representatives of TPD institutions. Based on practitioners’ needs and research findings on effective TPD (e.g., Desimone, 2009), the questionnaire evaluates various constructs, including characteristics of the TPD facilitator, the participants, and TPD quality. The data were collected between September 2023 and July 2025. The online survey was administered after the respective TPD course was completed. Overall, the final sample consisted of 59 254 participants (99.8% female; mean teaching experience in years M =15.39, SD = 8.56) and 6161 courses (with M = 30.76 participants (SD = 84.14) per course and an average duration of 1.18 days (SD = 0.75)). To operationalize TPD quality, we used three continuous variables: cognitive activation, social interaction, and content focus. Cognitive activation was assessed with three items (adapted from Meyer et al., 2023; α = .71, ICC1 = .21; e.g., “In this course, I was able to learn new approaches for my professional activities.”). Social interaction was operationalized by the open communication scale, which has three items (adapted from Norz et al., 2023; α = .92, ICC1 =.24; e.g., “I felt comfortable with the communication”). Content focus was assessed with three items (self-developed; α = .81, ICC1 = .18; e.g., “The courses focused on central content”). All items were rated on a 4-point Likert scale (1 = disagree to 4 = agree). As randomized group assignment was not possible, we examine the baseline difference of TPD courses and participants between the respective types of TPD. Some of the variables that we examine in the check for baseline differences are used in other analyses as grouping variable. Variables with relevant differences will be controlled for in later analyses. For RQ1, we conduct path models for the continuous variables of TPD quality (content focus, open communication and cognitive activation), using various grouping variables (online and face-to-face TPD, TPD series and one-offs, TPD with and without self-learning phases, longer and shorter TPD, and TPD with many and few participants). To answer RQ2 we estimate multilevel regression models, introducing TPD characteristics as predictors at the between level and participants’ characteristics at the within level. Due to the large sample size, many results will turn significant. Therefore, we will interpret the standardised regression coefficients to determine the practical relevance of the results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses are not yet completed. Nevertheless, we will be able to present the results to all research questions investigating all grouping variables at the ECER conference. So far, we have only conducted the analyses for RQ1 and RQ2 for two of the grouping variables: online vs. face-2-face and series vs. one-offs. First analyses of baseline differences show moderate (.10 < std. regression coefficient < .20) to large (std. regression coefficient > .20) differences in the number of participants and duration of TPD between online and face-2-face TPD. Online TPD course had more participants and were on average shorter. TPD series were longer compared to one-offs (moderate difference). We will include these variables in later regression models. In terms of RQ1, the results show lower ratings of content focus (moderate), open communication (large), and cognitive activation (large) in online TPD compared to face-2-face TPD. We found no moderate or large difference between series and one-offs. Investigating TPD quality using field data exposes an under-researched field, providing data on the quality of field-based TPD practices. Working in a RPP and addressing research questions that are relevant to both research and practice, has the potential to produce helpful results for stakeholders outside of research to make informed-decisions and take action: Knowledge of TPD quality equips facilitators with guidance on focusing their efforts in specific types of TPD, as part of ongoing TPD improvement efforts. Policymakers and administrators must monitor TPD quality and evaluate the justifications for the prevalent choice of TPD type and to allocate TPD resources. Approaches to make research more relevant requires researchers to reflect associated changes in the condition of research (e.g., academic freedom). Recognizing the importance of TPD in enhancing the educational landscape underscores the need for further research in this area (Sims et al., 2021). References Bragg, L. A., Walsh, C., & Heyeres, M. (2021). Successful design and delivery of online professional development for teachers: A systematic review of the literature. Computers & Education, 166, 104158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104158 Coburn, C. E., Honig, M. I., & Stein, M. K. (2009). What’s the evidence on districts’ use of evidence? In J. D. Bransford, D. J. Stipek, N. J. Vye, L. M. Gomez, & D. Lam (Hrsg.), The Role of Research in Educational Improvement (S. 67–86). Harvard Education Press. Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective Teacher Professional Development. Learning Policy Institute. https://durham-repository.worktribe.com/preview/1631243/15834.pdf Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving Impact Studies of Teachers’ Professional Development: Toward Better Conceptualizations and Measures. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 181–199. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X08331140 Farley-Ripple, E., May, H., Karpyn, A., Tilley, K., & McDonough, K. (2018). Rethinking Connections Between Research and Practice in Education: A Conceptual Framework. Educational Researcher, 47(4), 235–245. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X18761042 Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Coburn, C. E., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation. Fischer, C., Fishman, B., Dede, C., Eisenkraft, A., Frumin, K., Foster, B., Lawrenz, F., Levy, A. J., & McCoy, A. (2018). Investigating relationships between school context, teacher professional development, teaching practices, and student achievement in response to a nationwide science reform. Teaching and Teacher Education, 72, 107–121. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.02.011 Meyer, A., Kleinknecht, M., & Richter, D. (2023). What makes online professional development effective? The effect of quality characteristics on teachers’ satisfaction and changes in their professional practices. Computers & Education, 200, 104805. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2023.104805 Mulaimović, N., Richter, E., Lazarides, R., & Richter, D. (2024). Comparing quality and engagement in face‐to‐face and online teacher professional development. British Journal of Educational Technology, bjet.13480. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.13480 Norz, L.-M., Hackl, W. O., Benning, N., Knaup-Gregori, P., & Ammenwerth, E. (2023). Development and Validation of the German Version of the Community of Inquiry Survey. Online Learning, 27(1), 468–484. https://doi.org/10.24059/olj.v27i1.3306 Richter, E., & Richter, D. (2024). Measuring the quality of teacher professional development: A large-scale validation study of an 18-item instrument for daily use. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 81, 101357. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2024.101357 Schneider, M. (2009). Guest editorial: Imagining ies’s future. The Education Gadfly, 9(14). Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O’Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Van Herwegen, J., & Anders, J. (2021). What are the characteristics of teacher professional development that increase pupil achievement? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Education Endowment Foundation. https://educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk/education-evidence/evidence-reviews/teacher-professional-development-characteristics 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Embedding Evidences Coming from Educational Research in Schools Acting as Professional Learning Communities UniTreEdu, Italy Presenting Author:At present, schools are facing rapidly changing environments worldwide, with issues ranging from artificial intelligence to biotechnology, from cyberbullying to cognitive and socialization deficits in disadvantaged students. In this context, they are struggling to move beyond the ultimately nineteenth-century concept of education, which, despite having evolved somewhat, remains in most cases essentially focused only on instruction (Peurach et al., 2019).
Over the years, professional learning and development (PLD) has become increasingly important in schools, in a world where lifelong learning is now an established and acknowledged reality (Ostinelli, 2023; Drude, Maheu, & Hilty, 2019; Abdalina et al., 2022). One aspect that is often underplayed is teacher research knowledge and influence on teaching and learning in classrooms and educational institutions. To what extent do schools implement and integrate in their culture significant, sustainable and effective innovations based on research in education, particularly in the field of teacher PLD? It is known that in a number of situations – even in the case of positive collaborations – when the time goes on, the effects of educational research fade out (Bailey et al., 2020), surviving perhaps as pleasant memories rapidly submerged by the impending habitual practices. In fact, schools should integrate in their daily practice and in their culture evidences and findings coming from teacher PLD research, but this happens only rarely (Ostinelli, 2016). A good solution could be for them to act as authentic professional learning communities (Turner et al., 2018; Johannesson, 2022), including in their action the embedding of results coming from educational research. But how much this kind of interaction is present and well-functioning in schools? 3. The learning professional community, a key element for embedding Nowadays, schools are often referred to as learning professional communities. However, this concept is not always understood in the same way by different authors (Christensen, 2025). One of the aims of this presentation is to provide an initial classification of this notion, based on a comprehensive meta-analysis of texts published to date, which should lead to a categorisation of the most common meanings attributed to the term. These meanings will then be summarised in relation to the concept of embedding (Nunno et al., 2015; Geijsel et al., 2020; Sing et al., 2018), aimed at establishing whether these communities practise or not this approach. Embedding research in schools involves fostering a culture of evidence-based practice, where educators use research findings to inform teaching, curriculum, and decision-making. Key strategies can include actionable steps such as regular, collaborative staff discussions, implementing action research, updating syllabi with current studies, and dedicating time for reflection. 4. Forms of organisation in schools Currently, schools are implementing various types of interventions aimed at improving and innovating their educational activities:
This study seeks to highlight how these practices are or are not implemented, together with embedding, within educational institutions that define themselves as professional learning communities. This is verified through meta-analyses of the literature relative to each category, resulting in a summary table. 5. A holistic conception of school processes The basic idea is to verify the extent to which embedding works and can function as a structuring element in a discourse of co-construction within educational institutions, capable of highlighting their holistic nature as socio-ecological systems (Ostinelli, 2023). The expectation is that educational institutions that integrate communities of practice, coaching, leadership, etc. organically in their practice as professional learning communities will be able to ideally perform embedding of educational research results and evidence in their daily practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The inquiry is carried out using education-relevant databases and search engines, including Google Scholar and ERIC. The target of the search are articles published in educational reviews, research reports, chapters in books and unpublished conference papers in English language. This search is performed through keywords like ‘Coaching in education’, ‘Professional learning communities’, ‘Leadership in schools’, ‘Embedding educational research results in schools’, including the terms ‘education’, ‘school’, ‘instruction’ and excluding keywords like ‘medicine’, ‘psychology’ or ‘social work’. The option ‘related articles’ in Google is widely used, and the bibliography of the selected papers is also a source for finding other papers. The criteria for relevance are the following (1) reference to the category (e.g.: professional learning community, coaching, action research, etc.) (2) empirical characteristics of the study; (3) methodological soundness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The conclusions of the study should be useful, first and foremost, in gaining a better understanding of the category of professional learning communities and their possible relationships with practices such as coaching, mentoring, leadership and the use of communities of practice. In a holistic context, in which the school is expressed as a socio-ecological organism, the coordinated and targeted management of these practices should result in better embedding of the results and evidence coming from educational research. This holds in particular with regard to improvement of students' outcomes and to the professional development of teachers, which is a key point, in an adequate professional growth for coping with a constantly changing reality. References Abdalina, L., Bulatova, E., Gosteva, S., Kunakovskaya, L. and Frolova, O. (2022). Professional Development of Teachers in the Context of the Lifelong Learning Model: The Role of Modern Technologies. World Journal on Educational Technology: Current Issues, 14(1), 117-134. Christensen, A. (2025). A global measure of professional learning communities. Professional development in education, 51(2), 214-230. Bailey, D., Duncan, G., Cunha, F., Foorman, B. and Yeager, D. (2020). Persistence and fade-out of educational-intervention effects: Mechanisms and potential solutions. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 21(2), 55-97. Drude, K., Maheu, M and Hilty, D. M. (2019). Continuing professional development: Reflections on a lifelong learning process. Psychiatric Clinics, 42(3), 447-461. Johannesson, P. (2022). Development of professional learning communities through action research: understanding professional learning in practice. Educational Action Research, 30(3), 411-426. Nunno, M., Smith, E., Martin, W. and Butcher, S. (2015). Benefits of Embedding Research into Practice. Child Welfare, 94(3), 113-134. Geijsel, F., Schenke, W., van Driel, J., & Volman, M. (2020). Embedding inquiry‐based practices in schools: The strategic role of school leaders. European journal of education, 55(2), 233-247 Ostinelli, G. (2016). The many forms of research-informed practice: A framework for mapping diversity. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(5), 534-549. Ostinelli, G. (2023). A Framework for Analysing Teacher Professional Learning and Development. In Innovation in Teacher Professional Learning in Europe (pp. 6-18). Routledge. Peurach, D., Cohen, D., Yurkofsky, M. and Spillane, J. (2019). From mass schooling to education systems: Changing patterns in the organization and management of instruction. Review of Research in Education, 43(1), 32-67. Sing, S., Adamson, L., Konstantinou, I., Graham, S., Stenhouse, R., Wicking, A., Taylor, E., Hemming, H. (2018). Practical approaches to embedding research in schools: Key learning and reflections for the Research in Schools Learning Community. Impact: Journal of the Chartered College of Teaching, (4), 77-80. Turner, J. C., Christensen, A., Kackar-Cam, H., Fulmer, S. and Trucano, M. (2018). The development of professional learning communities and their teacher leaders: An activity systems analysis. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 27(1), 49-88. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teacher Professional Learning: Integrated Research and Development Project to Enhance Sustainable Improvement in Quality of Teaching University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:The importance of continuous professional development (CPD) for teachers is well established in the research literature. Scholars have repeatedly underscored the need to move from traditional forms of professional development that takes place outside the context of teachers’ everyday practice (e.g., Darling-Hammond et al., 2017). This paper presents some findings from the Icelandic project Sustainable Professional Development for Teachers to Enhance the Quality of Teaching and Learning in Language Art and STEM Subjects through the Use of Video Recordings in Lessons (SAEG). The project is conceptualized as a development and research initiative that ran for two years (2024–2025), followed by a year of follow-up activities in 2026. The project’s central focus was the empowerment of teachers to improve the quality of their instruction by using video recordings of their own teaching. The follow-up phase aimed to further support teachers in applying newly acquired knowledge both in their own classrooms and through collaboration within their professional communities. The initiative was carried out through close collaboration among researchers from the School of Education at the University of Iceland, teachers in compulsory schools, and staff from two municipal education offices. It focused on teaching and learning in Icelandic, Mathematics, and Science at the middle and lower secondary levels. Teachers utilized classroom video recordings as a basis for self-reflection and professional dialogue. Through guided analysis, they practiced identifying elements associated with high-quality instruction as defined by the PLATO framework (Grossman et al., 2013) and explored strategies for developing and refining specific aspects of their teaching in cooperation with peers, instructional coaches, and researchers. The overall purpose of the study is to propose recommendations to educational authorities concerning structures and approaches to professional development, based on the insights gained from the SAEG project. The project has two main aims: first, to develop new forms of collaborative approaches for teacher professional learning on instructional quality through the use of video-based reflection; and second, to generate and disseminate knowledge about the characteristics of high-quality teaching. The SAEG project builds on insights generated through the Nordic Centre of Excellence on Quality in Teaching (QUINT) (e.g. Blikstad Balas & Jenset, 2024; Klette et.al. 2026). In addition, the project draws upon over a decade of accumulated research on the structures and forms of effective teacher professional development (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017) that are content focused and sustained in duration and include among other active learning, collaboration and coaching. Various models have been identified to bridge the knowing-doing gap in education (e.g. Broekkamp and van Hout-Walters, 2007; Ventista & Brown, 2023). Anna Kristín Sigurðardóttir et al (2018) and Burgard, & Boucher, (2025) are among those who suggest some form of knowledge partnership where researchers, practitioners and policy makers meets as equal partners, which was followed in SAEG project. This paper addresses the following research questions:
The paper concludes with reflections on potential implications for school leaders and educational policymakers in planning and prioritizing teacher professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The SAEG project is defined as an integrated research and development project aimed at improving teaching quality and was carried out with funding from the Educational Research Fund of the Ministry of Education and Children 2024–2026. It is an intervention study in which data were collected before and after the intervention (Cramner, 2018). Participants were 16 teachers at the middle and lower secondary levels, staff from two school administration offices in Reykjavík and Múlaþing, and five researchers from the School of Education at the University of Iceland. All teachers in these two municipalities were invited to participate. In total 25 teachers accepted, but nine of them withdrew in the first weeks of the project for various reasons. Thus, sixteen teachers participated for the entire period. The intervention lasted one school year, from August 2024 to August 2025. Teachers received instruction on teaching quality and on the PLATO analytical framework (Grossman et al., 2013). They chose focus areas (from PLATO) to work on under the supervision of mentors from the School of Education. They experimented in their own teaching with the help of video recordings of their lessons and presented their experiences to others on the team and to colleagues. Workshops were held regularly where, among other things, features of good teaching were discussed and videos were watched together. The school leaders were carefully informed at all stages to make sure that they supported their teachers. The following data were collected: recordings of lessons, one lesson before and one after the intervention, a total of 38 lessons. These were analysed with reference to PLATO and used in conversations with the teachers. Interviews were conducted with all teachers before and after the intervention, a total of 38 interviews, and they also submitted written reflections on their own learning and progress on a regular basis. Interviews and reflections were thematically analysed. Students completed questionnaires at the end of the intervention, and the researchers conducted a SWOT analysis of the challenges and opportunities of participating in a project of this kind. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All participants acknowledged various opportunities in professional development of this kind. School leaders and school district staff saw opportunities to improve the quality of education in the school/municipality; the researchers saw opportunities to strengthen their own understanding of everyday work in schools and thereby improve teacher education as they thought teacher students. The teachers wanted to challenge themselves, be pushed a little, and saw value in belonging to a peer group that was developing as leaders. Progress was visible for most teachers in the areas they worked on. There were also challenges. It was difficult to recruit teachers and secure their commitment for the entire period. Teachers were unsure about expectations, including workload, and experienced anxiety about recording their own teaching and showing it to others. For the researchers, a challenge was sticking to a predesigned research plan that frequently clashed with events and incidents in the schools. Expectations were also different: researchers wanted good data while teachers wanted more guidance. It was demanding and time-consuming for the researchers to serve both as mentors and as investigators. Overall, this form of professional development proved its value, although it is hard to demonstrate after such a short time. Teachers became much more aware of their own teaching and noticed things in their practice they could improve. Follow up will reveal whether the project’s effects can be scaled across the schools and whether the positive changes endure, that is whether the project’s sustainability can be strengthened. The results are expected to contribute to a deeper understanding of the effects of job-embedded professional learning on the quality of teaching and, in turn, to positively influence teacher commitment and student learning experiences. Teachers developed specialized expertise that proved valuable both for their own professional growth and for the broader professional community. References Anna Kristín Sigurðardóttir, Morris, A., Skoglund, P., & Tudjman, T. (2018). Knowledge partnerships between schools and universities: Modelling the process of connection and relations. Evidence & Policy: A Journal of Research, Debate and Practice, 14(4), 683–706. https://doi.org/10.1332/174426417X14872517690770 Burgard, K.L.B., & Boucher, M.L. (2025). “It makes me an academic leader in the classroom”: a qualitative case study of the impact of a university–school partnership. School-University Partnerships, 18 (2), 248–266 https://doi.org/10.1108/SUP-09-2024-0019 Broekkamp, H., & van Hout-Wolters, B. (2007). The gap between educational research and practice: A literature review, symposium, and questionnaire. Educational Research and Evaluation, 13, 3, 203–20. Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective teacher professional development. Palo Alto, CA: Learning Policy Institute. https://doi.org/10.54300/122.311 Cramner, G.A. (2018). One-group pretest–posttest design. In Allen, M. (ed), The SAGE Encyclopedia of Communication Research Methods, pp. 1125–1126. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. doi.org/10.4135/9781483381411 Grossman, P., Loeb, S., Cohen, J., & Wyckoff, J. (2013). Measure for measure: The relationship between measures of instructional practice in middle school English language arts and teachers’ value-added scores. American Journal of Education, 119(3), 445–470. doi:10.1086/ 669901 Klette, K., Magnusson, C., & Sigurjónsson. JO. (Eds). (2026), Investigating Teaching Quality through Video Capture: Quality and Equity in Nordic Classrooms. Springer. Ventista, O. M., & Brown, C. (2023). Teachers’ professional learning and its impact on students’ learning outcomes: Findings from a systematic review. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 8(1), 2590-2911. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssaho.2023.100565 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 06 C Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Tal Carmi Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Non-Formal Teacher Professional Development and Networking for Peacebuilding in Bosnia and Herzegovina Sophia University, Japan Presenting Author:Against the backdrop of the end of the Cold War and the rise of internal conflicts along ethnic, religious, and civilizational lines, UNESCO anticipated the increasingly pivotal role of teachers in sustaining peace. Its landmark 1996 report “Learning: the Treasure Within” emphasized teachers as agents of change in promoting understanding and tolerance in divided societies (Delors et al., 1996). In conflict-affected contexts, children’s recovery and resilience are fostered less through individualized interventions than through the sustained, relational presence of teachers embedded in everyday school life (Machel, 1996). A quarter-century later, UNESCO reaffirmed this vision by placing teachers at the center of a renewed social contract for education and emphasizing continuous professional learning (UNESCO, 2021). Responding to this normative agenda, this study examines the potential and limitations of non-formal teacher training for peace (NFTP) through a case study of an in-service program implemented by a local civil society organization (CSO) in a divided, post-conflict society. While teachers are increasingly expected to contribute to peacebuilding in line with SDG 4, which stresses inclusiveness and equity, formal education systems in conflict-affected contexts often remain politically constrained, institutionally fragmented, and resistant to transformative pedagogies. In such settings, non-formal professional development may offer alternative spaces for reflection, agency, and peace-oriented practice. The research site is Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH), a country shaped by violent inter-group conflict in the 1990s and governed through a decentralized political structure that entrenches ethno-national power sharing. This settlement is mirrored in fragmented education systems characterized by segregated schooling, parallel curricula, and competing historical narratives. Leaders of the Muslim, Orthodox Christian, and Catholic communities continue to influence education in ways that undermine social cohesion (Kolouh-Westin, 2004; Kreso, 2008; Soldo et al., 2017; Komatsu, 2023). History education remains particularly contested: recent textbook analyses show that each community’s narratives differ in emphasis but share patterns of self-glorification, denigration of others, and self-victimization (Kovač, 2025). While textbooks reflect ethnocentric perspectives, teachers occupy a mediating position within classrooms. Research suggests that, when supported by adequate training and professional autonomy, teachers can soften divisive narratives and create spaces for dialogue (Kovač, 2025). At the same time, teachers’ own war-related experiences, unresolved trauma, and political constraints shape what is pedagogically possible (Emkić, 2023). Limited expectations for systemic reform underscore the importance of grassroots initiatives as spaces that sustain innovation and hope (Wansink, Dujković Blagojević, & Forić Plasto, 2025). Within this context, NFTP has gained prominence as a flexible and context-responsive mechanism for professional learning. CSO-led programs enable critical reflection on identity, power, and historical grievance—issues often marginalized within formal curricula (Bush & Saltarelli, 2000; Bajaj, 2011). Conceptualized as mid-level peacebuilding actors, CSOs can facilitate cross-ethnic collaboration and bridge institutional and grassroots spaces (Lederach, 1997). However, empirical research remains limited regarding how teachers experience NFTP and translate it into formal school practice in politically contested environments. This shortage of evidence makes its potential difficult to assess. This study addresses this gap through a narrative inquiry of an in-service NFTP program in BiH, focusing on teachers as active agents rather than passive policy implementers. The study addresses the following three research questions: (1) What motivates teachers to participate in NFTP? The findings have broader implications for conflict-affected societies where education is heavily politicized and alternative modes of teacher professional development are needed to advance peacebuilding. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative case study design to explore the impact of NFTP in post-conflict BiH. The research site was Sarajevo, the capital city, which has historically functioned as a multicultural urban center and continues to host a range of civil society initiatives aimed at promoting inter-group dialogue and social cohesion. Data were collected through in-depth, semi-structured individual interviews with 10 schoolteachers who had participated in an NFTP program implemented by a local NGO. Participants were drawn from diverse ethnic communities, school locations and types, and subject areas, including teachers of social sciences and religious education. Interviews were conducted in English with the help of a local informant either onsite or online for those residing in other regions during the summer of 2023. The program was designed to strengthen teachers’ capacity to foster students’ critical citizenship competencies for peace. Its curriculum was explicitly aligned with Matthew Lipman’s educational framework, emphasizing “4C,” namely critical thinking, creativity, collaboration, and caring (Lipman, 2003). The program also incorporated dialogical learning, experiential activities, and opportunities for intercultural exchange among teachers from different ethno-national backgrounds. Data analysis followed a thematic coding approach guided by research questions and Lipman’s four pedagogical dimensions. Transcriptions were aided by an automated transcription tool (Notta) and unclear segments were checked manually by the researcher. An iterative coding process was used to identify patterns related to teacher agency, pedagogical transformation, intercultural learning, perceived risks, and institutional constraints. Analytical procedures drew on established qualitative research design principles to enhance interpretive rigor and conceptual coherence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that participating teachers highly valued the opportunity of professional development in a non-formal space and demonstrated curiosity, a willingness to take pedagogical risks, and a sense of mission to revive the more harmonious society BiH experienced before the war. Many participants described themselves as educational “mavericks” operating at the margins of formal institutional expectations. They perceived their professional role as instrumental in reshaping students’ perspectives on society and in challenging dominant ethno-national narratives. They found a space in and out of formal school curricula to implement learning activities inspired by the program. For example, one teacher organized an inter-entity panel discussion with religious scholars from different backgrounds and assigned students active roles as moderators and hosts so they experienced dialogue as lived civic practice. Others replaced textbook-driven recitation with visual prompts, small-group dialogue, and multiperspective discussion to address sensitive topics more safely. There are cases reported, albeit not many, that formal schools adjusted or reformed their curricula in accordance with the components of the program (for example, in Sarajevo Canton). Participants emphasized that NFTP functioned as essential moral and professional support in a politicized and risk-sensitive school environment. The program gave them legitimacy and confidence to use nontraditional, dialogical, and intercultural methods that might otherwise attract criticism. Equally important was the nationwide network of like-minded teachers built through the program. Cross-ethnic peer exchange and continued post-training contact fostered trust and professional solidarity across regions. Overall, the findings suggest that NFTP can catalyze pedagogical transformation within formal education systems, even in highly divided societies. By strengthening teacher agency, intercultural competence, and critical pedagogical capacity, such programs support everyday peacebuilding. Some participants shared practices with colleagues, creating multiplier effects. Long-term impact, however, depends on sustained support and systematic pathways linking non-formal innovation to formal education structures. References Bajaj, M. (2011). Education for peace: Global perspectives and approaches. Bloomsbury. Bush, K. D., & Saltarelli, D. (2000). The two faces of education in ethnic conflict: Towards a peacebuilding education for children. UNICEF Innocenti Research Centre. Creswell, J. W. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (3rd ed.). Sage. Delors, J., Al Mufti, I., Amagi, I., Carneiro, R., Chung, F., Geremek, B., Gorham, W., Kornhauser, A., Manley, M., Padrón Quero, M., Savané, M. A., Singh, K., Stavenhagen, R., Suhr, M. W., & Zhou, N. (1996). Learning: The treasure within. UNESCO. Emkić, E. (2023). Teachers, memory, and post-war classroom realities in Bosnia and Herzegovina. In L. Kasumagić-Kafedžić & S. Clarke-Habibi (Eds.), Peace pedagogies in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Springer. Harber, C. (2019). Schooling for peaceful development in post-conflict societies: Education for transformation? Springer. Kolouh-Westin, L. (2004). Education and democracy in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Education in Transitional States, 24, 495-509. Komatsu, T. (2017). Education and peacebuilding. In Oxford research encyclopedia of education. Oxford University Press. Komatsu, T. (2023). Education and social cohesion in a post-conflict and divided nation: Bosnia and Herzegovina. Springer. Kovač, V. B. (2025). “Us” vs. “Them”: A systematic analysis of history textbooks in post-war Bosnia and Herzegovina across three ethnic educational programmes. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(3), 271–286. Kreso, A. (2008). The war and post-war impact on the educational system of Bosnia and Herzegovina. International Review of Education, 54(3–4), 353–374. Lederach, J. P. (1997). Building peace: Sustainable reconciliation in divided societies. United States Institute of Peace Press. Lipman, M. (2003). Thinking in education (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. Machel, G. (1996). Impact of armed conflict on children. United Nations. Soldo, A., Hodžić, E., & Šušnica, S. (2017). Education in Bosnia and Herzegovina: What do we (not) teach children? Promente. UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. UNESCO. Wansink, B.G.J., Dujković Blagojević, B & Forić Plasto, M. (2025). Thirty Years After the Srebrenica Genocide: Reflections on History Education in Bosnia and Herzegovina. EuroClio 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper CPD for Inclusive Education: Beyond Changing Practices, Towards (New) Ways of Being a Teacher 1: University of Porto, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences, Portugal; 2: UFRRJ-CEDERJ; 3: Instituto Incluir; 4: UNIRIO Presenting Author:Continuing professional development (CPD) has been positioned internationally as a central policy instrument for reshaping teachers’ practices and professional responsibilities, particularly in relation to inclusive education. Within European and international policy agendas on continuing professional development, teachers are increasingly positioned as key agents responsible for responding to learner diversity across different areas of schooling, including physical education and school sport. At the same time, research has consistently highlighted tensions between inclusive policy discourses and the concrete organisation of pedagogical practices, especially in contexts where selection, performance, and hierarchical understandings of bodies continue to structure educational experiences. Situated within these international debates, this paper examines how teachers make sense of continuing professional development for inclusive education, and how learning to respond to inclusion mandates is interpreted and mobilised within their professional trajectories. Rather than approaching CPD as a technical mechanism for the transfer of knowledge or skills, the study conceptualises professional learning as a situated, interpretive and contested process through which teachers negotiate what it means to enact inclusive education in practice. From this perspective, professional learning is closely connected to identity work, professional agency and decision-making within specific institutional and cultural conditions. Empirically, the paper draws on an ongoing qualitative study based on teachers’ accounts following their participation in two continuing professional development courses focused on inclusive education and sport. These courses were developed within a collaborative and transnational educational initiative, involving partnerships between higher education institutions and professional organisations with recognised expertise in inclusive education and adapted sport. The courses aimed to deepen participants’ understanding of legal and pedagogical frameworks for inclusive education, to explore different approaches to adapted sport, and to analyse situations involving the participation of learners with and without disabilities across educational and community contexts. Drawing on preliminary analyses of interview data, the findings indicate that teachers do not describe CPD for inclusive education in terms of linear impacts or straightforward professional improvement. Instead, they emphasise processes of reflection, questioning and reconfiguration of professional understandings, often marked by tensions between inclusive principles promoted through CPD and teachers’ attempts to translate these principles into professional practices, identities and decision-making within constrained institutional contexts. Participants also highlight enduring dilemmas related to the organisation of school sport, the persistence of selective practices and the perceived limits of individual professional action. By foregrounding teachers’ voices, the paper discusses how continuing professional development for inclusive education becomes embedded in professional trajectories and identity work, shaping how teachers understand their roles, responsibilities and possibilities for action as inclusive professionals. In doing so, the study contributes to European and international dialogues on professional learning and development by critically problematising CPD as a policy instrument through which teachers are expected to learn how to become inclusive professionals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative and interpretive research design, grounded in the assumption that professional learning cannot be understood independently of the meanings that teachers attribute to their experiences, the contexts in which they work and the professional trajectories they construct over time. The methodological approach is therefore oriented towards exploring teachers’ perspectives on continuing professional development for inclusive education. Rather than evaluating the effectiveness or impact of continuing professional development (CPD), the study seeks to explore how teachers make sense of CPD for inclusive education and how such learning is mobilised in their professional practices, identities and decision-making. Empirical data are being generated through twelve semi-structured interviews with teachers and other educational professionals, working in educational and sporting contexts, who participated in two continuing professional development courses focused on inclusive education and sport. The courses were developed within a collaborative and transnational educational initiative and were designed to engage participants with legal and pedagogical frameworks for inclusive education. Interview guides were organised around four main dimensions: (i) experiences of the training process and its content; (ii) relationships with trainers and peers; (iii) professional expectations and future perspectives; and (iv) professional practices in relation to inclusion and sport. This structure was designed to capture both individual learning processes and the relational, institutional and contextual dimensions shaping professional learning for inclusive education. This narrative-oriented approach allows for an in-depth exploration of professional learning as a situated and contested process. Ethical principles of informed consent, confidentiality and voluntary participation guide all stages of the research. Data analysis is ongoing and follows a thematic and interpretive strategy. Interview transcripts are being analysed through iterative cycles of coding, combining inductive attention to participants’ accounts with sensitising concepts drawn from critical perspectives on professional learning, teacher identity and inclusive education. This process aims to identify recurring themes, tensions and patterns across participants’ narratives, while remaining attentive to divergences and contextual specificities. Categories are developed iteratively from the empirical material, allowing patterns, tensions and meanings to emerge from participants’ accounts while remaining theoretically sensitised to issues of professional learning, identity and inclusive education. To enhance analytical rigour and reflexivity, the analysis process includes collaborative discussions among the researchers, through which emerging categories and interpretations are jointly examined and refined. This collective analytical work supports the critical examination of analytical decisions and contributes to the consistency and trustworthiness of the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to current debates on professional learning and development by offering a critical and interpretive perspective on teachers’ continuing professional development for inclusive education (IE). By foregrounding teachers’ voices and experiences, the paper shifts attention away from instrumental and outcome-oriented understandings of CPD and towards an analysis of how professional learning is experienced, interpreted and negotiated within professional trajectories and institutional contexts. The paper highlights the importance of understanding CPD for IE as a process through which teachers engage with inclusion as a professional mandate rather than as a set of technical solutions. Preliminary analyses suggest that CPD for IE tends to re-signify teachers’ professional identities and to expand their understanding of education, sport and inclusion as inseparable dimensions of their professional practice. Professional learning emerges not only as a space for acquiring knowledge but also for rethinking what it means to act as an inclusive professional. The study also points to persistent tensions between inclusive principles promoted through continuing professional development and the organisational, cultural and structural conditions that shape everyday professional practice. These tensions are particularly salient in contexts such as school sport, where practices of selection, performance and hierarchy remain deeply embedded and often limit teachers’ possibilities for enacting inclusive approaches. Such tensions are described by participants as affecting not only their practices, but also their sense of professional agency and responsibility. Conceptually, the study reinforces the relevance of approaching professional learning as a situated and contested process, closely linked to identity work and decision-making. By critically problematising CPD as a policy instrument for IE, it underscores the need to attend to teachers’ sense-making processes, professional dilemmas and contextual constraints. It contributes to European and international discussions on how professional learning opportunities can support teachers in critically engaging with the demands of IE. References Ainscow, M. (2005). Developing inclusive education systems: What are the levers for change? Journal of Educational Change, 6(2), 109–124. Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), 107–128. Day, C., & Sachs, J. (Eds.). (2004). International handbook on the continuing professional development of teachers. Maidenhead: Open University Press. Florian, L. (2014). Reimagining special education: Why new approaches are needed. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 14(3), 163–169. Florian, L., & Spratt, J. (2013). Enacting inclusion through professional learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 29, 28–38. Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: Self‐understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 15(2), 257–272. Lietz, C., & Zayas, L. (2010). Evaluating Qualitative Research for Social Work Practitioners. Advances in social work, 11, 188-202. https://doi.org/10.18060/589. Lofthouse, R., & Hall, E. (2019). Developing practices in teachers’ professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 45(4), 555–571. Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution. Klagenfurt: Beltz. Opfer, V. D., & Pedder, D. (2011). Conceptualizing teacher professional learning. Review of Educational Research, 81(3), 376–407. Sachs, J. (2016). Teacher professionalism: Why are we still talking about it? Teachers and Teaching, 22(4), 413–425. Waitoller, F. R., & Artiles, A. J. (2016). A decade of professional development research for inclusive education: A critical review and notes for a research program. Review of Educational Research, 86(3), 767–819. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Multiple Stakeholders, Shared Responsibility: Understanding the Professional Needs of Teachers, Counselors, and School Leaders in Culturally Relevant Immigrant and Refugee Education 1: TED University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: Kirikkale University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Globally, there were about 281 million migrants in the world as of 2020 (McAuliffe & Oucho, 2024). Specifically, by mid-2025, more than 117 million individuals have been forcibly displaced, including 36.4 million refugees, 73.5 million internally displaced people, 8.4 million asylum seekers, and 6.1 million people needing international protection. At the end of 2024, nearly 49 million of the forcibly displaced people were children (UNHCR, 2025a). As refugees and other people seeking international protection mainly originate from Afghanistan, Syria, Venezuela, Ukraine, and South Sudan, hosting mass influxes has been one of the most enduring poly-crises, particularly in Europe, with approximately 13.2 million refugees, including 6.2 million from Ukraine (UNHCR, 2025a). Türkiye hosts 3.9 million foreign nationals (IOM, 2025) and is currently one of the largest refugee-hosting countries, with 3.2 million Syrians under temporary protection and 222,000 people of concern from Iraq, Afghanistan, Iran, Ukraine, and other countries (UNHCR, 2025c). It particularly hosts over 1.6 million Syrian children and 186,000 children of refugees and asylum seekers from other countries (UNICEF, 2019). By January 2023, the number of Syrian students enrolled in formal education reached 997,243 (UNHCR, 2025d). Particularly, 387,037 children of foreign nationals are enrolled in primary schools, including 361,777 under international protection (Ministry of National Education, 2022). Globally, UNHCR (2025b) reports that 67 percent of refugee children enrolled in school are in primary education. Consequently, these dramatic numbers have posed considerable challenges and a pressing need for teachers and teacher education both nationally (e.g., Author et al., 2021, 2024, 2025; Celik et al., 2023, 2025; Karsli-Calamak & Kilinc, 2021; Kotluk & Aydin, 2021) and internationally, particularly across Europe (e.g., Borsh et al., 2023; Herzog-Punzenberger et al., 2023; Koukoulidis et al., 2024; Matthews, 2021; Tsiaousi & Chiou, 2024), to immediately respond to the changing demographics of schools and educational needs of all children effectively. Given the United Nations’ (2025) Sustainable Development Goal #4, to “Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all” and major international policy documents such as UNHCR’s (2019) “Education 2030: A Strategy for Refugee Education”, European Commission’s (2020) Integration Action Plan (2021–2027), and conclusions of the Council of the European Union (2020) on European teachers, educators must urgently learn to respond to the needs of ethnically, linguistically, socially, and culturally diverse students in their classes/schools holistically, especially those from immigrant and refugee backgrounds. To that end, we argue for a shift in how we prepare and support educators and assert that culturally relevant education must be a central focus in teacher education and teachers’ ongoing professional development. As scholars in the fields of culturally relevant-responsive-sustaining education, teacher professional development, and immigrant and refugee education have operated in separate silos, we situate our work in Ladson-Billings’ culturally relevant pedagogy (CRP) to address this gap and ultimately support educators who can holistically meet immigrant and refugee students’ educational needs in Europe and beyond by providing three student outcomes: (1) academic success, (2) cultural competence, and (3) socio-political awareness (Ladson-Billings, 1995a, 1995b, 2009, 2014, 2021). Using a much-needed multi-stakeholder, interdisciplinary, dialogic, and collaborative approach (ECER, 2026), our study employs CRP as a lens and aims to explore the professional needs of teachers, counselors, and administrators/school leaders working with immigrant and refugee students in primary schools, alongside the supports for and barriers to their practices, towards a culturally relevant, schoolwide culture. Specifically, we ask the following questions: 1) Utilizing CRP as a theoretical lens, how do primary school teachers, counselors, and administrators describe their professional needs in their work with immigrant and refugee children? 2) What supports/barriers do they experience in educating immigrant and refugee children? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted as part of a larger project that aimed at developing a culturally relevant professional development (PD) program for educators working with immigrant and refugee students in Ankara, Türkiye, which is among the top provinces with the highest gross enrolment rate of Syrian refugee students in formal education (UNICEF, 2019). Designed as a case study (Yin, 2014), our project sought to create a transformative and dialogic space for a purposeful sample of 60 primary school teachers, 30 counselors, and 30 administrators to work collaboratively and have critical conversations about immigrant and refugee students towards the collective goals of establishing a culturally relevant school culture and addressing educational inequities affecting these children. Through criterion sampling, participants were selected from primary schools hosting immigrant and refugee children. Besides, maximum variation sampling allowed for a variation regarding participants’ school districts, grade levels, number of immigrant and refugee students in their classrooms/schools, all providing richness into uncovering their professional needs. We used pre- and post-focus group interviews, video-recorded observations of PD sessions and field notes, classroom and school observations, collection of artifacts throughout sessions, participants’ reflections of activities and evaluative feedback, collaborative unstructured discussions among the research team and their reflective memos after PD sessions to provide an in-depth examination of the case (the PD program) through multiple data sources (Yin, 2014). In total, 9 PD sessions were developed and facilitated by the research team, each lasting around 4 hours. To develop a research-informed, needs-based, culturally relevant PD program for educators, we first explored the professional needs of teachers, counselors, and administrators for educating immigrant and refugee children, the focus of this study, through the lens of CRP. To that end, we conducted 17 focus groups in total, each comprising 4–10 educators and formed homogeneously within the professional groups: nine with teachers, four with counselors, and four with school administrators. Developing three semi-structured, parallel interview schedules, the interviews included both demographical and open-ended questions. A pilot study of one focus group interview with each group was conducted face-to-face, and the main interviews were done over Zoom to accommodate participants’ varying teaching schedules. The interviews lasted approximately one hour, were audio-recorded, and transcribed verbatim. Currently, the data have been analyzed inductively and deductively using the content analysis method (Bogdan & Biklen, 2007; Creswell, 2013). To establish trustworthiness (Marshall & Rossman, 2011), we used several strategies, which will be presented further. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings, first, revealed that our participants needed to build knowledge and strategies to develop a sense of school belongingness among immigrant/refugee children, culturally relevant classroom management strategies and instructional/assessment methods, and alternative ways to foster parent involvement to support children’s academic success. Second, regarding cultural competence, educators’ professional needs emerged as building intercultural communication skills, cultivating empathy among non-immigrant students and their parents towards immigrants/refugees through different strategies (e.g., children’s literature, arts, play), learning how to resolve conflict constructively, responding to bullying at schools, and bridging home-school cultural disparities. Moreover, all groups reported on how to approach immigrant/refugee children’s experiences of trauma, loss, and stress, and building resilience, which were more challenging with diverse intersectional backgrounds (e.g., socio-economic status, gender, special needs). Participants often expressed frustration and professional dissatisfaction about educating immigrant/refugee students. Through the third, socio-political awareness tenet of the CRP, such feelings were often coupled with participants’ criticisms of vague legal, institutional, and national policies and regulations concerning immigrant/refugee children’s education, negative representations of immigrants/refugees in public through mass media, centralized structure and rigid control of K-12 education by the MoNE with limited authority given to administrators for school-level decisions, under-representation of immigrant/refugee populations in curricula and textbooks, and lack of financial/material supports to schools, all resulting in feelings of loneliness and isolation and hindering access to quality education in culturally diverse classrooms. In an era of financial crises, wars, increased nationalism, unpredictability, and immigration in the European region and beyond, participating at multi-stakeholder educational projects at national and/or international levels, strong partnerships between schools, universities, and governmental/non-governmental organizations within and across countries to put collective efforts on immigrant/refugee education were stated among the meaningful opportunities for educators’ professional growth, indicating critical hope and calling for more solidarity and collaboration among stakeholders as a community of learners. References Selected References Bogdan, R. C., & Biklen, S. K. (2007). Qualitative research for education: An introduction to theory and methods (5th ed.). Pearson Education. Borsch, A. S., Verelst, A., Jervelund, S. S., Derluyn, I., & Skovdal, M. (2023). Dilemmas of ‘doing good’: How teachers respond to the care needs of newly arrived refugee and immigrant adolescents in Denmark. Pastoral Care in Education, 42(1), 81–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643944.2023.221491 Celik, S., Kardaş İşler, N., & Saka, D. (2023). Refugee education in Turkey: Barriers and suggested solutions. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 31(4), 687-705. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2021.1947878 Council of the European Union. (2020). Council conclusions on European teachers and trainers for the future. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=uriserv:OJ.C_.2020.193.01.0011.01.ENG European Commission. (2020). Action plan on integration and inclusion 2021-2027. https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/qanda_20_2179 IOM (International Organization for Migration). (2025). Türkiye — Migrant presence monitoring quarterly report Q2 (Apr-Jun 2025). https://dtm.iom.int/reports/turkiye-migrant-presence-monitoring-quarterly-report-q2-apr-jun-2025-0 Kotluk, N., & Aydin, H. (2021). Culturally relevant/sustaining pedagogy in a diverse urban classroom: Challenges of pedagogy for Syrian refugee youths and teachers in Turkey. British Educational Research Journal, 47(4), 900–921. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3700 Koukoulidis, N. M., Kotluk, N., & Brown, J. C. (2024). The status of culturally relevant teacher education in the European context: A systematic review of research. Review of Education, 12, e70002. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.70002 Ladson-Billings, G. (1995a). But that’s just good teaching! The case for culturally relevant pedagogy. Theory into Practice, 34(3), 159-165. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405849509543675 Ladson-Billings, G. (1995b). Toward a theory of culturally relevant pedagogy. American Educational Research Journal, 32(3), 465-491. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312032003465 Ladson-Billings, G. (2009). The dreamkeepers: Successful teachers of African American children (2nd ed.). San Francisco, CA: John Wiley & Sons. Ladson-Billings, G. (2014). Culturally relevant pedagogy 2.0: Aka the remix. Harvard Educational Review, 84(1), 74–84. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.84.1.p2rj131485484751 Matthews, J. (2021). Maligned mobilities, absences and emergencies: Refugee education in Australia. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(6), 720–734. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1569168 McAuliffe, M., & Oucho, L. A. (2024). World migration report 2024. International Organization for Migration (IOM). https://publications.iom.int/books/world-migration-report-2024 UNHCR (UN Refugee Agency). (2025b). Refugee statistics. https://www.unrefugees.org/refugee-facts/statistics/ UNHCR (UN Refugee Agency). (2025c). Türkiye - Annual overview – 2025. https://data.unhcr.org/en/documents/details/120539 UNHCR (UN Refugee Agency). (2025d). Türkiye: Education sector dashboard - national - November 2025. https://data.unhcr.org/en/documents/details/120277 UNICEF (United Nations International Children’s Emergency Fund). (2019). Education of children under temporary protection in Turkey: Statistical report. https://www.unicef.org/turkiye/en/reports/education-children-under-temporary-protection-turkey-statistical-report United Nations. (2025). The sustainable development goals report 2025. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/report/2025 Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). The USA: Sage Publications, Inc. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 06 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Philip Yeung Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper About Boats, Trees, and Rockets: School Practitioners Share Their Images of School Development Cloaked in Metaphors Universität Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:This paper is about images, symbols and metaphors of school development used by educational practitioners that take part in a peer review program with their school. Mutual visits of school representatives - known as peer reviews - represent a sustainable instrument for school development. Peer reviews in this context can be defined as “a development-oriented evaluation of selected areas of quality in schools and teaching. It is primarily carried out by school administrators and teachers who do not belong to the school being evaluated” (Förschner 2013, 52 (translated by the authors)). Those visits where peers, as critical friends, take a well-intentioned look at each other's practices and provide inspiration, have so far been little researched. For example, the impact on school development and the direct ways and consequences of those visits are rarely captured or recorded in data. School development is understood as the intentional development of individual schools, including organizational, personnel, and teaching development in equal measure and focusing on the learning progress of students. Schools are required to shape their own goals for school development based on internal and external evaluations and school-specific needs. The development of schools is thus defined as development of the “second-order” (Rolff 2013, 37) and they should strive to be learning schools that: (1) formulate their visions as guiding principles, (2) innovatively develop their infrastructure accordingly, (3) develop cooperation among staff, (4) organize teaching, and (5) select appropriate methods and tools for self-reflection and self-organization (Rolff 2013). To do this, schools need the capacity to “build up internal school processes and structures in a targeted and systematic manner so that school processes and the quality of teaching and learning are improved in the long term and, as a result, all students can successfully achieve their learning goals” (Maag Merki 2017, 269 (translated by the authors)). According to Maag Merki, school development capacity therefore includes organizational, interpersonal, and personal capacity. School development therefore also includes professional and leadership development. This school development capacity model is useful for analyzing school development processes in individual schools, as it focuses on the conditions that has to be in place for successful school development processes (e.g. Maag Merki et al. 2022). The developments and unique histories of the schools in this study have all been shaped by peer reviews and professional learning communities. The effects, benefits, and consequences of the visits towards the individual school development have been a blind spot up to now, which we would like to shed light on by collecting and analyzing “learning stories”. These “learning stories” were the result of a collaborative two-day workshop involving school management teams and teachers from various schools. The participants are all members of the german school network “Blick über den Zaun”, which means they all regularly participate in peer reviews with their schools (e.g. Carl & Killus 2018). The school network “Blick über den Zaun“ is an association of schools oriented towards innovative education, which has been in existence since 1989 with the goal of supporting school development from the bottom up. The aim is to contribute to the direct exchange of experiences between schools through regular mutual peer reviews, conferences, and workshops, so they can learn from each other. The schools participating in the network are organized in working groups, which usually comprise 8-10 schools. These schools visit each other for 2-3 days at a time. As a rule, two of those peer reviews take place each year. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analyzed data are from the project “Peer reviews as a tool for quality development in schools: current status and prospects”, funded by the Robert Bosch Stiftung. This project intends to evaluate, present, and classify the results of existing and newly collected data on the concept of peer reviews. This will generate well-founded insights for the sustainable design of peer reviews for future transfer. The data collection took place in a two-day workshop setting with representatives from different schools. In conclusion eight picturesque “learning stories” from different schools were created and collected. The approach in this study can be defined as a qualitative art-based (e.g. Chilton & Leavy 2020, Pauwels & Mannay 2020, Hübner 2024) and participatory research (e.g. Unger 2014). The use of the “learning story” as a multimodal design tool in form of drawings and language integrates the possibility of using different forms of expression and is intended to promote greater participation. At the same time, the degree of abstraction in the illustrations places greater demands on participants to reflect on their experiences. After completion, the individual “learning stories” were presented and discussed in school teams. Methods of qualitative image content analysis differ greatly in their structure and approach depending on the individual cases and image form. In analyzing our image data, we borrowed and combined methods from visual rhetoric (e.g. Refaie 2003, Löffler 2014) and visual semiotics (e.g. van Leeuwen 2001, Jewitt and Oyama 2006, Rose 2023). Our approach can be summarized as follows: Concentrating first on a pre-iconographic description of the image with all visible elements. Secondly, focusing on an iconographic analysis and identification of the elements depicted within a specific context. Therefore, explaining symbols, metaphors, and allegories to pursue a visual metaphor analysis (Tinic 1997). And finally combining the results of the previous steps to decipher the overall message of the “learning stories”. Analyzing the rhetorical strategies used to achieve the desired effect on the viewer and convey one's own image of school development. In addition, the reflection of our own role as an observer and researcher is also part of the process. The picture analysis aims at exploring the shared, explicit and implicit knowledge structures underlying the designed images for school development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First findings show that participants deliberately choose metaphors for their school development and that these metaphors complement or even duplicate each other. Without the requirement to work visually, all participants resorted to a combination of images and text elements with a strong focus on imagery. The metaphors chosen range from boats in the sea and on rivers, rockets taking off, apple trees bearing abundant fruit, to construction sites, fires, and patchwork quilts. At first glance, the stories reveal various initial situations that influence the school developments depicted. For example, boats can take different routes and find themselves in different waters, which implicitly reflects different understandings of school development and leadership. Challenges are sometimes like a flame and come from outside of the school, while other obstacles lie within schools and freeze processes of development for an indefinite period. The connection and intertwining of visual data rooted in implicit knowledge and the explicitly explained events in the school's learning history allows us to reconstruct a multi-perspective picture of the individual developments of the schools. Overall, the analysis of the learning stories suggests that successful school development is linked to the current challenges individual schools are facing: An understanding of leadership and the acceptance of the peer review process in schools are essential. The extent to which peer reviews can trigger and influence developments in individual schools depends on these areas and the unique starting point of each school. This case study illustrates the diverse approaches and behaviors of schools following peer reviews in various initial situations. The creation of “learning stories,” which are rich in symbolism and of great significance for the respective schools, also proved to be an effective reflection tool and at the same time provided data for the project. References Carl, F., & Killus, D. (2018). Kooperation in Schulnetzwerken. Friedrich Jahresheft, 2018, 110-113. Chilton, G., & Leavy, P. (2020). Arts-based research: Merging social research and the creative arts. In P. Leavy (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed., pp. 601–632). Oxford University Press. Förschner, G. (2013). Gelingensbedingungen und Bewertung des Einsatzes von Peer Reviews: Untersuchung am Beispiel des deutschen Auslandsschulwesens (Dissertation). Technische Universität Dortmund. Hübner, F. (2024). Method, methodology and research design in artistic research: Between solid routes and emergent pathways. Routledge. Jewitt, C., & Oyama, R. (2004). Visual meaning: A social semiotic approach. In T. Van Leeuwen & C. Jewitt (Eds.), The handbook of visual analysis (pp. 134–156). SAGE Publications. van Leeuwen, T. (2001). Semiotics and iconography. In T. van Leeuwen & C. Jewitt (Eds.), The handbook of visual analysis (pp. 92–118). SAGE Publications. Löffler, P. (2014). Semiologie und Rhetorik des Bildes. In Handbuch Literatur & visuelle Kultur (pp. 121–138). Maag Merki, K. (2017). School improvement capacity als ein Forschungsfeld der Schulentwicklungs- und Schuleffektivitätsforschung: Theoretische und methodische Herausforderungen. In U. Steffens, K. Maag Merki, H. Fend, & W. Verlag (Eds.), Schulgestaltung: Aktuelle Befunde und Perspektiven der Schulqualitäts- und Schulentwicklungsforschung (pp. 269–286). Waxmann. Maag Merki, K., Schäfer, L., Rechsteiner, B., Wullschleger, A., Compagnoni, M., & Rickenbacher, A. (2022). Was zeichnet eine hohe Schulentwicklungskapazität aus? Pädagogik, 74(6), 32–36. Pauwels, L., & Mannay, D. (2020). Visual dialogues across different schools of thought. In L. Pauwels & D. Mannay (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of visual research methods (pp. 1–12). SAGE Publications. Refaie, E. E. (2003). Understanding visual metaphor: The example of newspaper cartoons. Visual Communication, 2(1), 75–95. Rolff, H. (2013). Schulentwicklung kompakt: Modelle, Instrumente, Perspektiven. Beltz. Rose, G. (2023). Visual methodologies: An introduction to researching with visual materials (5th ed.). Sage. Tinic, S. (1997). United colors and untied meanings: Benetton and the commodification of social issues. Journal of Communication, 47(3), 3–25. Unger, H. (2014). Partizipative Forschung. Einführung in die Forschungspraxis. Springer VS. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Two Voices, One Goal: Rethinking Formative Teacher Assessment 1: kibbutzim college of education, Technology and the Arts, Israel; 2: Beit Berl College, Israel Presenting Author:Teacher assessment is a central topic in educational discourse worldwide, involving researchers, educators, and policymakers. There are two main purposes for teacher assessment: summative and formative. Summative teachers' assessment is mandated by educational authorities for administrative decisions such as licensure or promotion. It typically uses general, externally defined criteria and is often conducted by outside bodies. This process usually involves limited classroom observations or competency tests, provides little feedback to teachers, and rarely leads to reflective dialogue or professional development (Derrington & Campbell, 2015; Tuytens & Devos, 2017). Formative teachers' assessment, in contrast, is an internal process generally led by the school principal. It is holistic and comprehensive, focusing on detailed feedback that promotes reflection and professional growth. Formative assessment relies on a wide range of professional criteria, multiple sources of information, and the participation of various partners to reliably identify teachers’ strengths and weaknesses and support their development (Darling-Hammond, 2013; Colby et al., 2002). Components of an Optimal Teacher Assessment Scheme In the literature we can identify four major components of an optimal formative teacher assessment scheme. They include the assessment criteria, sources of information, active partners, and actions following the assessment.
Differences in Perceptions: Principals vs. Teachers Research shows that principals and teachers do not always share the same vision of optimal formative assessment. Principals often prefer pedagogical assessment, but summative aspects tend to dominate due to systemic constraints (Derrington, 2014; Flores & Derrington, 2017). Teachers are more likely to value assessment when it is conducted in a collegial, supportive environment by qualified evaluators (Campbell & Derrington, 2017; Colby et al., 2002). The Israeli Context Since 2010, teacher assessment in Israel has been part of a labor agreement, with summative assessment determining salary and promotion, while formative assessment is encouraged but not monitored. A national survey found significant variation in formative assessment practices across schools, influenced by principals’ training, experience, and beliefs, as well as school assessment culture (Authors, 2023, 2025). We can summarize and say that an effective teacher assessment scheme requires consensus between principals and teachers regarding criteria, sources of information, active partners, and follow-up actions. Combining multiple sources, ensuring teacher involvement, and providing high-quality feedback are essential for successful formative assessment and professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study included 1,166 teachers and 177 principals from elementary schools. The selection was non-random but ensured representation across all seven educational administrative districts and population sectors: 62% secular Jewish, 20% religious Jewish, and 18% Arab. Most teachers were women (92%), with 37% holding at least a master’s degree and teaching experience ranging from 1 to 45 years (median = 16). Principals were also mainly women (76%), with 93% holding at least a master’s degree and experience as principals ranging from 1 to 37 years (median = 8). The broader survey, commissioned by the Ministry of Education, utilized two questionnaires, one for principals and one for teachers, addressing various aspects of teacher assessment. These questionnaires were developed after interviews with four government officials involved in creating or implementing national teacher assessment guidelines. Both questionnaires examined participants’ views on assessment criteria, sources of information, and active partners in formative teacher assessment. However, questions about actions following assessment differed between the two groups. Background information was collected to describe the samples. To encourage honest responses, the questionnaires were anonymous and did not identify participants’ schools, preventing matching teachers and principal responses. Views on formative assessment components were measured using Likert-type items. Exploratory principal axis factor analysis with oblimin rotation was conducted to identify underlying constructs, followed by reliability analysis. Index scores were calculated as the mean response for items in each factor. • Assessment criteria: 19 areas of expertise, rated on a 5-point scale. Factor analysis revealed two constructs: teaching competencies (16 items; Cronbach α=.947) and commitment (3 items; Cronbach α=.744). • Sources of information: Eight possible sources, rated for importance. Two factors emerged: information from the teacher and pupils (4 items; Cronbach α=.729), and from principal/staff (4 items; Cronbach α=.788). • Active partners: Eight possible partners, rated for necessity of involvement. Two factors: professional administrative members (3 items; Cronbach α=.458) and other staff/pupils (5 items; Cronbach α=.699). A variable counted the number of partners deemed “always necessary.” • Actions following assessment: Principals rated three possible actions; teachers marked expected actions from a list of five. Approval was obtained from the Ministry’s Chief Scientist. Questionnaires were distributed electronically, completed anonymously, and participation was voluntary. T-tests compared group means, with Bonferroni correction for multiple comparisons. Effect sizes (Cohen’s d) were calculated, and the relative importance of items was compared between groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study compared the perceptions of teachers and principals regarding optimal formative teacher assessment. Both groups envisioned a comprehensive scheme involving multiple criteria, several sources of information, and at least one active partner in addition to the teacher and principal. They agreed that formative assessment should lead to professional development for individuals and staff. Principals and teachers prioritized principal observations and pupil achievement as key information sources, while competency tests and teacher portfolios were considered less important. Both groups valued a wide range of teaching competencies as assessment criteria. However, they were hesitant about routine pupil participation in formal assessment, preferring informal feedback from students. Despite similarities, principals consistently rated the importance of most criteria, sources, and partners higher than teachers, indicating greater confidence in their views. Principals emphasized external observations and input from professional staff, aligning with their broader school responsibilities. Teachers, focused on classroom realities, valued feedback from peers who understand their daily challenges. The findings highlight the need for consensus between principals and teachers on assessment models. Principals should foster dialogue connecting student learning to teacher commitment and recognize the value teachers place on peer feedback. Involving peers in assessment can enhance the school’s assessment culture and support professional development. For effective formative assessment, principals require training in providing constructive feedback and supporting teacher growth. Policy changes should grant schools more autonomy to tailor assessment schemes and ensure both principals and teachers receive ongoing training in assessment practices. References Authors 2024, 2025 Antoniou, P., Kyriakides, L., & Creemers, B. P. M. (2015). The Dynamic Integrated Approach to teacher professional development: Rationale and main characteristics. Teacher Development, 19(4), 535-552. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2015.1079550 Attinello, J. R., Lare, D., & Waters, F. (2006). The value of teacher portfolios for evaluation and professional growth. NASSP Bulletin, 90(2), 132-152. doi: 10.1177/0192636506288864 Campbell, J. W., & Derrington, M. L. (2017). High-stakes teacher evaluation policy: U.S. principals’ perspectives and variations in practice. Teachers and Teaching; Theory and Practice, 24(3), 1-17. doi: 10.1080/13540602.2017.1421164 Colby, S. A., Bradshaw, L. K., & Joyner, R. L. (2002 April 1-5). Teacher evaluation: A review of the literature [Paper presentation]. Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association, New Orleans, LA, U.S.A. Cosner, S., Kimball, S.M., Barkowski, E., Carl, B. & Jones, C. (2014). Principal roles, work demands and support needed to implement new teacher evaluation. UIC Research on Urban Education Policy Initiative: Policy BRIEF, 3(3), 1-18. Darling-Hammond, L. (2013). Getting teacher evaluation right: What really matters for effectiveness and improvement. Teachers College Press. Derrington, M. L. (2014). Teacher evaluation initial policy implementation: Superintendent and principal perceptions. Planning and Changing, 45(1/2), 120. Derrington, M. L., & Campbell, J. W. (2015). Implementing new teacher evaluation systems: Principals’ concerns and supervisor support. Journal of Educational Change, 16(3), 305-326. doi: 10.1007/s10833-015-9244-6 Flores, M. A., & Derrington, M.L. (2017). School principals’ views of teacher evaluation policy: lessons learned from two empirical studies. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(4), 416-431. doi: 10.1080/13603124.2015.1094144 Ford, T. G., & Hewitt, K.1 (2020). Better integrating summative and formative goals in the design of next generation teacher evaluation systems. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28(63). doi: 10.14507/epaa.28.5024 Mumford, S. W., &. Newcomer, K. (2019). Promoting STEM teacher reflection through self-evaluation. Political Science Faculty Publications. Paper 8. Accessed from https://scholarworks.uno.edu/ps_facpubs/8 Peterson, K. D. (2004). Research on school-teacher evaluation. NASSP Bulletin, 88(639), 60-79. doi: 10.1177/019263650408863906 Shulman, L. S. (2005). Pedagogies. Liberal Education, 91(2), 18-25. Tuytens, M. & Devos, G. (2017). The role of feedback from the school leader during teacher evaluation for teacher and school improvement. Teachers and Teaching, 23 (1), 6-24. doi: 10.1080/13540602.2016.1203770 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Practitioners’ Perception of Roles, Constraints, and Capacities in Provision of Career Guidance in Schools Foundation Tempus, Serbia Presenting Author:A view of Career Guidance and Counselling (CGC) as an important set of services to be made available to individuals and groups at any stage of their lives is supported by various policy-oriented international networks for over a decade. These networks have focused their efforts on defining career guidance and related concepts (e.g. ELGPN, 2014), emphasizing the lifelong dimension of these services (e.g. CEDEFOP, 2025; ELGPN, 2015), and guiding national policy developments across Europe (e.g. Interagency Working Group, 2025). In recent years, the OECD has joined these efforts by providing extensive data, mainly from PISA, as well as from longitudinal studies on Career Readiness. These data show that secondary school students who frequently explore, experience, and reflect on their future working lives encounter lower levels of unemployment, receive higher wages, and report greater career satisfaction as adults (Covacevich et al., 2021). Moreover, PISA data indicate that a high proportion of all students are uncertain about their career plans and that students from disadvantaged backgrounds face greater uncertainty, lower occupational ambition, and higher levels of career misalignment (OECD, 2025). Extensive PISA data further show that students from disadvantaged groups are less likely to participate in regular school-based career guidance activities; therefore emphasizing the importance of high-quality, tailored guidance for vulnerable groups (OECD, 2024). However, career guidance provision and governance differ greatly across countries and regions, as do guidance practitioners’ job profiles and qualifications (CEDEFOP, 2021). Only a few European countries have clearly regulated practitioner qualification levels and professional development requirements (Barnes et al., 2020). Moreover, in many European countries the delivery of guidance services is often fragmented, with services established only for specific targeted groups (Barnes et al., 2020). However, recent efforts to define practitioners’ roles and to recognize their competencies are noticeable across Europe (CEDEFOP, 2021). In Serbia, the CGC landscape is similar to the situation described above. Career guidance services are delivered across three sectors, education, employment, and youth, with varying levels of regulation governing service provision in each sector. Professionals providing these services differ considerably in terms of job requirements, qualifications, and continuing professional development (CPD) pathways (European Training Foundation, 2022), thus forming a heterogeneous group. A specific feature of career guidance provision in educational institutions is that, by Law, CGC activities are an integral part of school activities. These activities may be provided by teachers and/or professional associates (most commonly psychologists, pedagogues, andragogues). While the latter may acquire CGC-related competences through their initial education, teachers typically do not (European Training Foundation, 2022). Consequently, CPD remains the primary mechanism through which teachers can gain knowledge and understanding of the field and enhance their CGC competences. At the system level, continuous efforts are being made to promote service quality, enable cross-sectoral cooperation, and bridge competence gaps through the development of CGC standards, guidelines, and training opportunities (European Training Foundation, 2022). However, these processes are still ongoing. As part of an organization and team specifically dedicated to supporting the quality of career guidance at the national level, primarily through the activities of the Euroguidance Centre, the author team sought to further examine guidance practitioners in schools. Given existing constraints, such as limited opportunities to develop CGC competences through initial education and the multiple responsibilities these practitioners face within their roles, they are in a specific position in the provision of CGC. Therefore, this study aims to explore teachers’ and professional associates’ perceptions of the role of schools in the career guidance of young people, their own role within this process, as well as the contextual barriers they encounter and the strengths they recognise. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a qualitative approach to identify common themes in practitioners’ reflections on the role of educational institutions and their own role in career guidance and counselling, as well as possible future directions of their work in this field, including contextual constraints and strengths. The study anticipates participation from career guidance practitioners from primary and secondary schools, as well as adult education institutions, across Serbia, with a total of approximately 60 respondents. Reflections are collected during accredited training programmes on CGC in educational settings. Three distinct training programmes on this topic are offered to school employees throughout the year. The first programme focuses on basic information and activities that can be organised for students in primary and secondary education; the second is also a basic programme but covers career guidance activities for adult learners; and the third is designed for more experienced practitioners and focuses on improving career guidance activities offered by schools through teamwork and planning. While their focus varies slightly, all programmes share the common aim of improving practitioners’ knowledge and understanding of career guidance, taking into account their prior experience with the topic. All three programmes are accredited by the national accreditation body for CPD programmes, the Institute for the Improvement of Education, and are led by experienced trainers. The programmes are offered as one of numerous options teachers may choose from based on their interests and professional development plans, although they are required to complete one CPD programme (on any topic) per year. The programmes are designed using active learning methodologies and are based on a “practitioner-to-practitioner” approach, offering concrete examples of activities and practices. Participants’ reflections are gathered using a self-reflection tool administered at the end of the training. The aim of the tool is to guide reflection and encourage action towards implementing the acquired knowledge and information, as well as to capture participants’ immediate thoughts following a day of training focused on career guidance as part of their professional activities. The reflection tool consists of several simple open-ended questions addressing the aforementioned topics. The data are analysed using a general inductive approach (Thomas, 2006). The analysis process foresees four stages: (1) familiarization with the data and definition of the unit of analysis; (2) development of initial codes from a data sample; (3) researcher discussions to reach consensus on code definitions; and (4) coding of the remaining data and synthesis of findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings An initial look into the partially collected data provides insight into multiple perspectives on the roles of school and practitioners in the provision of career guidance services. More in-depth analyses are expected to clarify the nature of these roles. Existing PISA data mentioned above, have demonstrated the importance of so-called career conversations with teachers for students’ career readiness; therefore, it would be valuable to further examine practitioners’ references to specific activities associated with perceived roles and their potential relationship to student outcomes. Additionally, respondents offered a range of reflections on possible future directions for their actions in the provision of CGC services, as well as on job-related and school-level constraints. At the same time, they identified personal strengths and school- and local-level resources that may help to overcome these barriers. The findings of the study are expected to inform the further development of practice and system-level support measures, as well as to contribute to relevant policy efforts. In the national context, where school-based career practitioners represent the largest group of practitioners, the study aims to support the development of tailored assistance not only for practitioners but also for schools as a whole. Internationally, given the diverse landscape of CGC service providers, practitioners’ backgrounds, and the ongoing process of defining the career practitioner role, occupation, and/or qualifications, this study may also be informative for similar contexts. References Barnes, S.-A., Bimrose, J., Brown, A., Kettunen, J., & Vuorinen, R. (2020). Lifelong guidance policy and practice in the EU: Trends, challenges and opportunities. European Commission. https://doi.org/10.2767/91185 Cedefop. (2021). A fresh look at guidance practitioner professionalism (Cedefop briefing note). https://doi.org/10.2801/543840 Cedefop. (2025). Inventory of lifelong guidance systems and practices: CareersNet national records. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/country-reports/inventory-lifelong-guidance-systems-and-practices Covacevich, C., Mann, A., Santos, C., & Champaud, J. (2021). Indicators of teenage career readiness: An analysis of longitudinal data from eight countries. OECD Education Working Papers, (258). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/cec854f8-en ELGPN. (2014). Lifelong guidance policy development: Glossary (ELGPN Tools No. 2). https://www.elgpn.eu/publications/elgpn-tools-no2-glossary ELGPN. (2015). Guidelines for policies and systems development for lifelong guidance: A reference framework for the EU and for the Commission (ELGPN Tools No. 6). https://www.elgpn.eu/publications/elgpn-tools-no-6-guidelines-for-policies-and-systems-development-for-lifelong-guidance European Training Foundation. (2022). National career development support system review: Serbia. https://www.etf.europa.eu/en/document-attachments/career-development-support-system-review-serbia Interagency Working Group on Career Guidance, Cedefop, European Commission, European Training Foundation, International Labour Organization, OECD, UNESCO, & World Bank. (2025). Investing in career guidance: Joint statement of the Interagency Working Group on Career Guidance. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/publications/8900#group-downloads OECD. (2024). Challenging social inequality through career guidance: Insights from international data and practice. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/619667e2-en OECD. (2025). Teenage Career Readiness Dashboard. https://www.oecd.org/en/data/dashboards/teenage-career-readiness.html Thomas, D. R. (2006). A general inductive approach for analyzing qualitative evaluation data. American Journal of Evaluation, 27(2), 237–246. https://doi.org/10.1177/1098214005283748 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teachers’ Subjective Theories: a Cyclical Model of Professional Learning and Development University of Antwerp, Belgium Presenting Author:Teachers do not enter classrooms as blank slates but bring with them complex, experience-based interpretive frameworks that shape how they perceive classroom situations, interpret events, and justify pedagogical decisions (Lortie, 1975; Calderhead, 1996). Within the German research tradition, such frameworks have been conceptualised as subjektive Theorien (Groeben et al., 1988) and subsequently adapted to educational contexts as Teachers’ Subjective Theories (TSTs). TSTs have been used to capture teachers’ personal, practice-grounded ways of making sense of teaching and learning (e.g. Kelchtermans, 2009; Kindermann & Riegel, 2016). Despite their long-standing use, TSTs remain conceptually diffuse and are inconsistently distinguished from related constructs such as teacher beliefs, teacher cognition, personal practical knowledge, and pedagogical content knowledge (e.g. Pajares, 1992; Fives & Buehl, 2012). This conceptual overlap hampers theoretical coherence, complicates empirical operationalisation, and limits our capacity to theorise how teachers’ interpretive frameworks develop over time and contribute to professional learning. Building on this theoretical positioning, the paper draws on established research traditions in reflective practice (Schön, 1983; Larrivee, 2008), pedagogical content knowledge (Shulman, 1986), curriculum theory and constructive alignment (Biggs, 1996), and research on teacher expertise (Berliner, 2004; Anderson & Taner, 2023). Together, these traditions provide the conceptual grounding for examining how teachers’ interpretive frameworks are shaped, challenged, and transformed across contexts and over time. Against this theoretical background, the paper pursues four interrelated aims: By conceptualising TSTs as dynamic, integrative explanatory frameworks, the paper synthesises existing research traditions into a coherent conceptual framework that clarifies how contributory domains may be considered in relation to teacher professional learning and development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a conceptual approach focused on the clarification and theoretical elaboration of Teachers’ Subjective Theories (TSTs), drawing on established guidance on concept explication and theoretical argumentation (Reese, 2022). Rather than reporting original empirical data, the paper engages in systematic conceptual analysis and theoretical synthesis to articulate a coherent and analytically useful framework for TSTs. The conceptual approach consists of three interrelated phases. First, a conceptual analysis of key literature on TSTs and related constructs is undertaken. This analysis draws on the German-language tradition of subjektive Theorien alongside research on teacher beliefs, teacher cognition, and professional knowledge. The purpose of this phase is not to provide an exhaustive review, but to identify recurring definitional patterns, conceptual ambiguities, and systematic overlaps between TSTs and related constructs such as beliefs, personal practical knowledge, and pedagogical content knowledge (e.g. Shulman, 1986). Second, the paper undertakes a theoretical synthesis across research traditions relevant to teacher professional learning and development. These include research on reflective practice (Schön, 1983; Larrivee, 2008), pedagogical knowledge and pedagogical content knowledge (Shulman, 1986, 1987), curriculum theory and constructive alignment (Biggs, 1996), and teacher expertise (Berliner, 2004; Anderson & Taner, 2023). Through integrative analysis, five contributory domains are identified that consistently recur across these traditions and function as inputs to teachers’ interpretive reasoning. These domains are not proposed as an exhaustive taxonomy, but as a minimal set of influences shaping the development and reconstruction of TSTs. Third, the outcomes of the conceptual analysis and synthesis are translated into a cyclical conceptual model. In this modelling phase, TSTs are conceptualised as both the interpretive starting point of instructional decision-making and the evolving outcome of professional learning. The model specifies the interpretive mechanism through which experience, reflection, knowledge integration, and curricular reasoning become cognitively integrated through repeated cycles of enactment and reconstruction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This conceptual paper advances a theoretically grounded account of Teachers’ Subjective Theories (TSTs) as a central construct for understanding teacher professional learning and development. While TSTs have been invoked to describe teachers’ personal interpretive frameworks, the construct has remained fragmented and conceptually under-specified within research on teacher cognition, beliefs, and professional knowledge (Pajares, 1992; Borg, 2006; Fives & Buehl, 2012). By defining TSTs as integrated explanatory frameworks through which teachers interpret classroom situations and justify pedagogical decisions, this paper clarifies both the function and the boundaries of the construct. A second contribution lies in the identification of five interrelated contributory domains—practice-based evidence, evidence-informed frameworks, content knowledge, pedagogical content knowledge, and curricular reasoning through constructive alignment—that collectively shape and develop TSTs (Shulman, 1986; Biggs, 1996; Larrivee, 2008). Rather than positioning these domains as independent inputs, the paper conceptualises their interaction as the core mechanism through which TSTs are reconstructed over time. The central theoretical contribution is the proposed cyclical model of TSTs in which TSTs function simultaneously as the starting point of instructional action and as the evolving outcome of teacher professional development. This cyclical perspective aligns with research showing that teacher professional development is iterative, situated, and reconstructive rather than linear (Schön, 1983; Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002; Korthagen, 2017). By linking this cycle to established characteristics of expert teachers—such as organised knowledge structures, rapid situation recognition, and adaptive pedagogical judgement (Berliner, 2004; Anderson & Taner, 2023)—the model provides a theoretically plausible account of how professional expertise gradually emerges. The proposed model is offered as a heuristic and generative framework rather than as a predictive theory. Its value lies in its capacity to integrate fragmented strands of research, clarify conceptual boundaries, and generate empirically testable hypotheses about the development of TST over time. References Anderson, J. & Taner, G. (2023). Building the expert teacher prototype: a metasummary of teacher expertise studies in primary and secondary education. Educational Research Review 38. DOI:10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100485. Biggs, J. (1996). Enhancing teaching through constructive alignment. Higher Education, 32(3), 347–364. DOI:10.1007/BF00138871. Larrivee, B. (2008). Meeting the challenge of preparing reflective practitioners. The New Educator, 4(2), 87-106. DOI:10.1080/15476880802014132. Groeben, N., Wahl, D., Schlee, J. & Scheele, B. (1988). Das Forschungsprogramm Subjektive Theorien. Eine Einführung in die Psychologie des reflexivenSubjekts. Tübingen: Francke. Pajares, M. F. (1992). Teachers’ beliefs and educational research: Cleaning up a messy construct. Review of Educational Research, 62(3), 307–332. DOI:10.3102/00346543062003307. Reese, S. D. (2022). Writing the conceptual article: A practical guide. Digital Journalism, 11(7), 1195-1210. Rosenshine, B. (2012). Principles of instruction: Research-based strategies that all teachers should know. American Educator, 36(1), 12–19. Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. New York: Basic Books. Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4–14. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 02 SES 06 A: A History, Present & Mobilities Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Henriette Duch Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Industrial Education in Europe: Historical Analysis and Its Respective Influences on Pedagogical and Curricular Components in VET in Portugal CIIE, Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences of the University of Porto Presenting Author:This study focused on industrial, technical, and factory schools in Europe, involves a detailed analysis of the differences and similarities in the development of technical education across various countries over different historical periods. The European technical and industrial education system has evolved in distinct ways in each country, shaped by factors such as the Industrial Revolution, the economic needs of each nation, and the public policies implemented to promote industrial development (Johnson, 2002). A significant part of this study focuses on countries that have played a crucial role in the formation and consolidation of technical education in Europe (Cordeiro, 2005). Among the main countries addressed are Germany, France, and the United Kingdom, among other European nations. The primary period for the creation of these schools’ dates back to the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, when the Industrial Revolution drove an increased demand for skilled labour. However, the development of these institutions continued throughout the twentieth century, keeping pace with technological and industrial changes. To meet this need, industrial schools were established institutions dedicated to technical education and vocational training for the emerging labour market (Belhoste, 2003; Chappey, 2004; Deissinger, 2015; Green, 2013; Walker, 2016). Drawing this form of education as a reference, this communication aims to present the progress of a study that analyses the development of industrial schools and industrial education in Europe, with an emphasis on the historical trajectory and the influence exerted in the Portuguese context. The guiding question of this investigation is to what extent European models influenced industrial education in Portugal in terms of curriculum and pedagogical processes. The theoretical framework examines various European studies on industrial education, with a primary focus on three countries: the United Kingdom, Germany, and France. In the United Kingdom, the focus was on economic transformations and the need for skilled labour as the main drivers of industrial schools in that country (Gear, 1999; Green, 1990; Kurian, 1994; Sanderson, 1995). In the German context, the framework was reinforced by the specificities of the dual model and its main diffusion to other European countries (Deissinger, 2015; Fürstenau, Pilz, & Gonon, 2014; Solga et al., 2014). Regarding France, we observe the historical development, the principles that originated the educational policies of the technical and industrial modality, its social perception, its international influence, and the continuous evolution of the French industrial education system (Delors, 1996; Aziz, 2013). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From a methodological point of view, the research design is structured as a case study with descriptive and interpretative characteristics (Yin, 2018). To answer the research questions posed in this study, we conducted a literature review using the PRISMA protocol (Yusop et al., 2022), complemented by a documentary analysis (Amado, 2017). The literature review allowed us to refine the theoretical framework, outline the main areas of research, and identify the main influences of European Industrial Education on the current configuration of vocational education in the Portuguese context. The documents analysed (Bardin, 2016; Cellard, 2008) include archives in English from different countries on the European continent. The screening of the documents resulted in a significant volume of documents originating from Germany, the United Kingdom and France, thus delimiting the field of analysis and highlighting these countries as precursors of the industrial education modality. The research was conducted between September 2024 and May 2025. The theoretical framework provided the basis for the development of research tools and the analysis of the collected data. The methodology adopted in this study allowed, in general terms, the identification of contributions and emerging trends in industrial education at the European level in the context of contemporary vocational education in Portugal. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected conclusions of this study suggest that the development of industrial, technical, and factory schools in Europe was strongly influenced by historical, economic, and political factors specific to each country. The Industrial Revolution acted as a fundamental catalyst for the creation of these institutions, addressing the growing demand for skilled labour. Furthermore, the public policies implemented to promote industrial development played a crucial role in consolidating technical education systems in countries such as Germany, France, and the United Kingdom. The German dual model, which combines practical training in companies with theoretical education in technical schools, had a significant influence not only in Germany but also in other European nations, including Portugal. This model can be identified as a key element in the effectiveness of German vocational education, providing a balance between theory and practice that meets the needs of the labour market. The results also highlight the identification of each country’s specific approach to industrial education. In the United Kingdom, for example, economic transformation and the need for specialised labour were the main drivers behind the establishment of industrial schools. In France, historical evolution and specific educational policies shaped a technical education system characterised by strong social recognition and international influence. The study emphasises that industrial education in Portugal was significantly shaped by European models, particularly those of Germany, the United Kingdom, and France. The findings will contribute to a deeper understanding of the historical and political dynamics that have shaped technical education systems, offering valuable insights for future educational and developmental policies in vocational courses. Overall, the results are expected to provide a comprehensive understanding of how European industrial education models have influenced the current configuration of vocational education in Portugal. References Amado, J. (Ed.). (2017). Manual of qualitative research in education (3ª ed.). University of Coimbra Press. Aziz, J. (2013). When the professional high school contributes to the emergence of projects among young people: A sociological analysis of a transformation. Cahiers de sociologie économique et culturelle, 56(1), 101–126. https://doi.org/10.3406/casec.2013.1278 Bardin, L. (2016). Content analysis. Editions 70. Becker, S. O., Hornung, E., & Woessmann, L. (2011). Education and catch-up in the industrial revolution. American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 3(3), 92–126. Belhoste, B. (2003). La formation d’une technocratie. L’École polytechnique et ses élèves de la Révolution au Second Empire. Belin. Cellard, A. (2008). Document analysis. In J. Poupart et al. (Eds.), Qualitative research: Epistemological and methodological approaches. Vozes. Chappey, J.-L. (2004). La formation d’une technocratie. L’École polytechnique et ses élèves de la Révolution au Second Empire. Annales historiques de la Révolution française, 337, 223–227. Deissinger, T. (2015). The German dual vocational education and training system as 'good practice'?. Local Economy, 30, 557–567. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269094215589311 Delors, J. (1996). Education: A treasure enclosed. UNESCO. Gear, G. (1999). Industrial schools in England, 1857-1933: 'Moral hospitals' or 'oppressive institutions'? (Doctoral dissertation, University of London Institute of Education). Green, A. (2013). Education and state formation: Europe, East Asia and the USA. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/263917935_Education_and_State_Formation_Europe_East_Asia_and_the_USA/citation/download Johnson, M. (2006, setembro). Vocational review 2002-2006: Issues of validity, reliability and accessibility. Paper apresentado na British Educational Research Association Annual Conference, University of Warwick, Reino Unido. Kurian, T. (1994). Teacher perception of effective classroom instruction at secondary school level (Master’s thesis). University of Calicu. Sanderson, M. (1995). Education, economic change and society in England 1780-1870. Cambridge University Press. Solga, H., Protsch, P., Ebner, C., & Brzinsky-Fay, C. (2014). The German vocational education and training system: Its institutional configuration, strengths, and challenges. WZB Discussion Paper. Walker, M. (2016). The development of the Mechanics' Institute movement in Britain and beyond: Supporting further education for the adult working classes. Routledge. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research: Design and methods (6ª ed.). Sage Publications. Yusop, Siti R.; Rasul, Mohamad S.; Yasin, Roseamnee M.; Hashim, Harwati U.; Jalaludin, Nurul A. (2022). “Assessment approaches and learning outcomes in TVET”. Sustainability, 14 (9), 5225 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Innovative Skills for an Old Vocation 1: Institut Technik und Bildung (ITB) Uni Bremen, Germany; 2: International Shoe Competence centre (ISC), Germany; 3: TU Iasi, Romania; 4: Centro Tecnológico do Calçado (CTCP), Portugal Presenting Author:As all sectors, the sector of industrial footwear production faces the mega-trends of globalisation, digitalisation and sustainability. Many studies on these trends refer to the meta-level, an example might be the study conducted by Jeske et al. (2021), who stated for the German metal and electrical industry increasing “Qualification requirements for skilled workers” due to digitalisation (p. 378). Findings like the one quoted are published broadly for all three trends and many sectors and lead to enormous uncertainties among workforce (What does this mean for my workplace?). To answer this question exemplarily for the sector of industrial footwear production, the project Innovative Skills for an Old Vocation (ISOV 2025) has been started in autumn 2024, running till autumn 2027. Research is undertaken in the three countries participating in the project: Germany, Portugal and Romania. In our previous projects ICSAS and DIA-CVET it was concluded that skilled work of colleagues qualified via Initial Vocational Education and Training (VET) can be described by 9 Spheres of Activity (SoA, ICSAS 2020) and the tasks of colleagues qualified via Continuous VET (CVET) or Higher Education (HE) by 13 SoA (DIA-CVET 2023). Some SoA like “quality assurance” appear in both lists, as colleagues from various educational levels are working in this SoA; thus skilled work in the whole sector can be described by 18 SoA. Within the project ISOV a 4-dimensional matrix was developed, where the x-axis consists of the 18 SoA, and the 3 y-axes Y1 (sustainability), Y2 (globalisation) and Y3 (digitalisation) of the dimensions respective sub-dimensions of the corresponding trend. Following the thoughts drafted above, four research questions (RQ) have been raised: * RQ1: Which are the potential dimensions and sub-dimensions of the three trends that could influence skilled work in one of the SoA? * RQ2: Which of the potential (sub-)dimensions have a concrete impact on any of the 18 SoA? * RQ3: Which of the 18 SoA are affected most by the (sub-)dimensions? * RQ4: Can corresponding Continuous VET (CVET) courses close the gap between current skills of employed colleagues or job-seekers and future requirements as found whilst working on RQ2? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used * RQ1: To figure out the potential dimensions for the y-axes, basically desk-research was undertaken. Authors like Pfeiffer et al. (2017, p.14), who pursued a comparable approach for the trend of digitalisation in metal industry, were examined. Additionally, findings of projects with similar aims (e. g. Metaskills4TCLF 2024), were taken into account. * RQ2: To investigate the concrete impact of the sub-dimensions on each of the 18 SoA the method of expert-workshops (EWS) has been applied. Experts, both from the sector and for the trends, have been invited to a row of 9 EWS. The WS relied on an iterative approach: Always starting with an empty matrix; but when the experts have negotiated their estimations, any available results from previous WS have been presented and discussed. * RQ3: In autumn 2025 two additional EWS have been conducted, to figure out the 12 SoA which are affected most by the trends. For choosing these 12 SoA, external factors like the economic relevance or the equipment of the participating training centres was taken into account, as well. * RQ4: For the 12 SoA chosen, training manuals have been developed and peer-reviewed. Design-based research (DBR) is applied: Currently the courses are piloted, evaluated and will be -if needed- piloted again. For evaluation, participants of the courses are assessed practically at the end of each course, additionally short semi-standardised interviews collect their feedback. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding RQ1, the axis Y1 (sustainability) consists of six dimensions, the axis Y2 (globalisation) consists of five dimensions and the axis Y3 (digitalisation) consists of six dimensions (together: 17 dimensions), in total they consist of ~60 sub-dimensions of the trends. For digitalisation, for example, the dimension “new era of robots” is sub-divided into * light-weight robots, * 2-arm robots, * adaptive robots (sub dimensions). Regarding RQ2, very concrete outcomes, for example updated processes in the SoA ”Assembly” due to new glues have been found. Findings on RQ1 and RQ2 have been presented on ECER 2025 in Belgrade and are available via project webpage (ISOV 2025). Regarding RQ3, firstly a quantitative approach was chosen: During the EWS in Romania and Portugal the participants were asked to estimate, whether each of the 17 dimensions has a high impact on the respective SoA, thus the potential score for each SoA ranges between 0 and 34. In practice, the SoA (“Cutting”) is affected the least and was mentioned 10 times, the SoA is affected the most (“Design”) and was mentioned 24 times. Additionally, it became obvious, that classical “blue collar” SoA like “Assembly” are affected less than white collar SoA like “Sustainability Management”. The 12 SoA chosen for piloting and the reasoning process will be presented during ECER 2026 and are also available via the project webpage. Regarding RQ4, the manuals for the courses consist of many new principles, for example the “Design” manual of “Design for reuse” or “Using big data for design decision”. First conclusions from piloting and evaluating the corresponding courses will be presented on ECER 2026 – and the whole approach discussed as a potential blueprint for other sectors, as well. References DIA-CVET (2023): Spheres of activity of CVET-qualified in industrial shoe production. https://dia-cvet.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/IO-01_EN.pdf ICSAS (2020): Spheres of Activity of Industrial Shoemakers. http://icsas-project.eu/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/IO_06_EN.pdf ISOV (2025): Innovative Skills for an Old Vocation. https://isov-project.eu/ Jeske et al. (2021): Development of Digitalization in Production Industry – Impact on Productivity, Management and Human Work. Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Industry 4.0 and Smart Manufacturing (ISM 2020). https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1877050921004348?via%3Dihub Metaskills4tclf (2024): Skills Intelligence for Forecasting and Monitoring TCLF Emerging Skills Needs. https://www.metaskills4tclf.eu/Library/Uploads/WP3_Final_Report.pdf Pfeiffer et al. (2017): Pfeiffer, Sabine; Lee, Horan; Zirnig, Christopher; Suphan, Anne: Industrie 4.0 – Qualifikation 2025. Deutschsprachiges Management-Summary zu gleichnamigen und in 2016 erschienenen Studie, Frankfurt: VDMA. https://www.sabine-pfeiffer.de/files/downloads/2017-Pfeiffer-ua-Q2025-ManagementSummary-DE.pdf 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Variation in VET Participation: A Comparative Study of VET Choices in Europe 1: Syddansk Universitet, Denmark; 2: University of Tallinn Presenting Author:Vocational Education and Training (VET) is widely seen as a lever for tackling labour shortages, demographic ageing and skills mismatch in Europe, with robust evidence of positive employment and earnings returns to vocational tracks (Birkelund & van de Werfhorst, 2022; Brunner et al., 2023; McNally et al., 2022). Yet participation varies markedly across countries. This paper examines how upper‑secondary VET choices are made in four contrasting systems: Denmark (below‑average and declining participation), Spain and Estonia (below‑average but rising), and Croatia (consistently above the EU average) (Eurostat, 2025). Anchoring the analysis in youth transition regimes (Walther, 2006) and comparative stratification research on education‑to‑work linkages (Müller & Gangl, 2003; Shavit & Muller, 2000), we treat VET choice as system‑embedded rather than purely individual. We combine this system perspective with a relational reading of student agency as context‑conditioned evaluation and selection among pathways (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998). In this view, VET participation will be higher where institutional arrangements offer recognised, permeable pathways with clear education–work linkages and perceived progression opportunities, and lower where vocational routes are weakly integrated or symbolically devalued (OECD, 2023).
Empirically, we use the VETprep large‑scale survey data from lower‑secondary students nearing transition in the four countries (Denmark: N = 1,724; Spain, N=1,583, Estonia N= 2,294, Croatia N= 777). The survey captures students’ intended post‑lower secondary pathway (VET vs. academic), educational aspirations, career clarity and certainty (Leierer et al., 2017), perceptions of VET (including status, employability, quality of work‑based learning and perceived progression), optimism, social and academic wellbeing (Lykkegaard et al., 2023), and socio‑demographic background. We estimate country‑specific logistic regression models predicting intended VET choice, allowing us to examine whether and how the determinants of VET participation differ systematically across European countries.
Preliminary analyses suggest that patterns of intended VET choice align closely with a regime‑based interpretation of vocational participation. Distinct constellations of correlates emerge across the four national contexts, indicating that students’ orientations towards VET are shaped by system‑specific opportunity structures rather than by uniform individual factors. In Croatia, where VET is structurally embedded and socially recognised, intending to choose a vocational pathway is closely associated with perceptions of employability and clear school‑to‑work linkages. These associations point to a context in which vocational routes are experienced as credible and purposeful pathways into employment. In Spain and Estonia, where VET participation has been increasing from comparatively lower levels, preliminary findings indicate that perceived permeability and progression opportunities—such as access to higher VET or tertiary education—are particularly salient in shaping VET intentions, alongside signals related to personal interest. By contrast, in Denmark, where academic pathways dominate the transition culture, higher academic achievement and tertiary‑oriented aspirations strongly predict intentions to choose an academic track. Here, concerns about the status of VET and uncertainty regarding long‑term progression appear to weaken VET intentions, even in the presence of widely acknowledged labour‑market returns to vocational education. Across all four countries, gender, socio‑economic background matter, but their direction and magnitude are system‑contingent rather than uniform. These patterns underscore that VET participation cannot be explained by individual attributes alone but must be understood in relation to nationally specific opportunity structures, signalling systems and transition cultures (OECD, 2023).
The paper makes two main contributions. Empirically, it demonstrates that the determinants of VET choice vary in predictable ways across European transition regimes. Conceptually, it reframes student agency as a form of relational, future‑oriented evaluation that is shaped by the coherence, status and permeability of available pathways. Policy interventions focused solely on changing individual motivation or aspirations are therefore unlikely to shift participation where institutional misalignment persists. Instead, sustained changes in VET participation depend on system‑level features that make vocational pathways credible, permeable and socially recognised. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We adopt a quantitative, comparative design to analyse how determinants of intended VET choice vary across four European systems with contrasting participation profiles: Denmark (low/declining), Spain and Estonia (low/rising), and Croatia (above‑average). Following the transition regime perspective (Walther, 2006) and comparative work on stratification and education–work linkages (Müller & Gangl, 2003; Shavit & Muller, 2000), we treat individual choice as embedded in institutional contexts. Sample and data collection Schools were selected to ensure variation in geographical location and socio economic context, thereby reflecting diverse institutional settings within national systems. Participation was voluntary, and data collection took place during school hours. The dataset comprises survey responses from lower secondary students close to upper secondary transition (Denmark: N = 1,724; Spain, N=1,583, Estonia N= 2,294, Croatia N= 777). The outcome variable is intended upper secondary pathway (VET = 1, academic/general = 0). Independent variables capture a range of factors identified in comparative VET and transition research (OECD, 2023). These include educational aspirations (including intention to pursue tertiary education); perceptions of VET (status, expected employability, quality of work‑based learning, fit with interests, and perceived progression opportunities); career certainty and clarity, optimism about the future, school wellbeing and socio‑demographic characteristics. Where necessary, items were harmonised across national contexts to ensure cross‑country comparability. The study follows national and European ethical guidelines for educational research. Analytical strategy We estimate country‑specific logistic regression models predicting intended VET choice. To facilitate comparability, core covariates are harmonised across countries. Standard errors are clustered at school level. As a robustness check, we include models with school fixed effects (where sample size permits) to partial out unobserved institutional heterogeneity. We report odds ratios and average marginal effects to aid substantive interpretation across settings. Our aim is not to rank countries but to identify which factors are most consequential within each system, and whether the pattern of predictors aligns with regime‑based expectations (Shavit & Muller, 2000; Walther, 2006) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results underscore that VET choices are system‑embedded. Determinants of intending VET differ systematically across transition regimes: where VET is institutionalised and recognised (e.g., Croatia), employability signals and education–work linkages are strong correlates of VET choice; where participation is rising from lower baselines (Spain, Estonia), perceived permeability and progression gain salience alongside guidance access; and where academic pathways dominate transition cultures (Denmark), tertiary‑oriented aspirations and status concerns dampen VET intention despite positive labour‑market returns (Brunner et al., 2023; McNally et al., 2022). These patterns cohere with comparative research on stratification, tracking and skill formation (Shavit & Muller, 2000) and with the transition regime lens (Walther, 2006). Conceptually, the study reframes agency as relational evaluation of system affordances, rather than an individual capacity that can offset weak institutional alignment (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998). Policy efforts centred on motivation alone are unlikely to shift choices where status hierarchies, weak work‑based learning linkages, or opaque progression routes persist. Instead, participation is more responsive to system‑level levers that enhance the coherence, permeability and social recognition of VET (OECD, 2023), consistent with the evidence on returns to vocational education (Birkelund & van de Werfhorst, 2022; McNally et al., 2022). Practically, this means: credible pathways from upper‑secondary VET into higher VET/tertiary; high‑quality work‑based learning with employer engagement; and guidance that makes progression transparent. Such measures do not replace individual decision‑making; they reshape the opportunity structure within which choices are made. Addressing systemic misalignment—rather than attributing variation to individual deficits—offers a more promising route to stabilising or raising VET participation across Europe. References Birkelund, J. F., & van de Werfhorst, H. G. (2022). Long-term labor market returns to upper secondary school track choice: Leveraging idiosyncratic variation in peers’ choices. Social Science Research, 102, 102629. Brunner, E. J., Dougherty, S. M., & Ross, S. L. (2023). The effects of career and technical education: Evidence from the Connecticut technical high school system. Review of Economics and Statistics, 105(4), 867–882. Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962–1023. Leierer, S., Peterson, G., & Reardon, R. (2017). THE CAREER STATE INVENTORY (CSI) AS INTENTIONAL ASSESSMENT. Career Planning & Adult Development Journal, 33(4). Lykkegaard, E., Qvortrup, A., & Juul, C. B. (2023). Students’ Well-Being Fluctuations during COVID-19—A Matter of Grade, State, or Trait? Education Sciences, 14(1), 26. McNally, S., Ventura, G., & Virtanen, H. (2022). Returns to vocational education and training. In Handbook of labor, human resources and population economics (pp. 1–30). Springer. Müller, W. M., & Gangl, M. (2003). Transitions from education to work in Europe: The integration of youth into EU labour markets. Oxford University Press. OECD. (2023). Education at a Glance 2023: OECD indicators. . In: OECD Publishing. Shavit, Y., & Muller, W. (2000). Vocational secondary education. European societies, 2(1), 29–50. Walther, A. (2006). Regimes of youth transitions: Choice, flexibility and security in young people’s experiences across different European contexts. Young, 14(2), 119–139. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Travelling as a Journeyman - Learning and Possibilities After VET from a Narrative Perspective 1: VIA University College, Denmark; 2: Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Learning is important during apprenticeship as well as the time after graduation as a craftsman. How this is taking place can be seen in the light of individual dreams and ambitions as well as the possibilities in the venues the young person is situated in or is trying to create for himself in the years after this. Historically travelling as a journeyman has been a possibility for learning and further education for young craftsmen (Werner, 1981; Ericson, 1984). A practice related to the guilds as organizations, their need for human capital investment by keeping apprentices as cheap labour and the conditions of the geographic location (Werner, 1981; Candréus, 2024). Various crafts have different conditions for such practice, which however has been common in Western World (Werner, 1981; Logue, 1983). This kind of travelling as a skilled worker has been an institutionalized way for youth in the transition to adulthood, “as ritual play with separation and social distance” (Adler, 1985 p. 351) whether in England, America, Germany or France. Through history there has also been a “obligation” related to the specific crafts to share knowledge across borders and contribute to the culture and development of the craft also in a more international sense (Werner, 1981; Ericson, 1984; Adler, 1985 p. 346). Today traveling to see the world is a common everyday practice, possible for all and most often related to leisure activities (Ericson, 1984; Adler, 1985). Still some young people are travelling as journeymen today, even though there are not many of them and they differentiate from other travelers (Hartmann, 2021). In a Nordic tradition such a person is called ‘a naver’ which is a shortening of the word ‘Scandinaver’ and thus a notion relating to Scandinavia, as well as young nonmarried craftsmen without economic obligations (Apelgren, 2018). Historically young craftsmen’s choice for such travelling has been caused by a search for job in the lack of a welfare system in case of unemployment, but also by the opportunity to qualify to become a master, learn new skills, see the world and gain personal experience (Werner, 1981; Ericson, 1984). UNESCO has nominated this tradition as “intangible cultural heritage” in 2015, and even it has existed for 700 years there is limited research (Hartmann, 2021 p. 271). By looking at empirical data about travelling as a journeyman - historical as well as more present - we are in search of knowledge of the motives for such travelling and learning also in a life-perspective, and especially for young craftsmen travelling today. A knowledge which can be seen as relevant, also for the interest in learning mobility in Europe (European Commission, 24th. September 2024). Thus, the focus of our research question is what motivates the young craftsmen for such travelling after VET in the light of learning, and what possibilities arise after the journey based on that? The understanding of journeyman travelling is based on Bourdieu’s (2005) interest in practice as an interaction of structures and dispositions among the youth. Such structures relate to the craft, the practitioners and the educational setting in which the person creates meaning an identity (Jørgensen, 2009). The subject and professionalism are in a dual educational system, a combination of socialization in the internship and control by the labor market and the state. This leads to a reality in those structures but also to an interpretation, identity reaction and meaning making for the apprentices, so there are an objective and a subjective reality. In our interpretation the skilled worker choosing travelling already is part of the objective reality however the subjective reality develops during the travel. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research on the travelling of journeymen is limited in European and Nordic contexts and the research on the tradition and its purpose in Denmark include only few publications: a book, one research article and a yearbook, but most important is a systematic analysis based on memories collected by the Danish national museum. Appelgren (1918) have collected diaries and interviews spread over a longer historical period while Longues (1983) article are empirical based on memories from1951-1953. Based on this we have chosen to focus on nine journeymen from six professions traveling from 1891 to 2014. Hence empirical material is going across the two world wars that influenced the possibilities for travelling, the economic crises between the wars, the industrialization influencing the production forms, as well as the development of transportation. We use a narrative analytical approach (Phoenix, 2013; Thomsen, Bo & Christensen, 2016) that will allow us to analyze how certain themes appear as essential and are given a special role in the narrator's life and understandings of himself. We focus on the individual way of telling and adding meaning in the narrator's life, and how this at the same time contributes to a broader historical and collective narrative about a contemporary and societal perspective. Thus, in the analysis, a distinction is made between the large and the small narratives, which are seen as complementary (Phoenix, 2016: 60; Georgakopoulou, 2006). The large stories are expressed through the biographical content that appears in the individual's descriptions and so to say draw the 'big' narrative in the individual's identity construction and overall biography, in which a power and class perspective also makes itself visible. The small stories are expressed through the description of what the individual does in specific situations and in everyday life. The self-assessments that unfold at the same time can contribute to a macro perspective – e.g. about the role and positions of men and craftsmen in society and the individual narrator's understanding of this. The narrative analysis is divided into two parts, with selected biographical narratives and a cross-cutting analysis, which addresses our overall research question. Based on several readings we have coded for: 1) the arguments for choosing traveling and the masters or others influence on that 2) the social relations and cultural meetings during the travel 3) the development of skills and competences and 4) the skilled workers as a group differing from other groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis shows that young Danish craftsmen’s motivation for such travelling across European countries after VET are closely connected to their life-story and related to dreams about their future career path in VET, access to further education or for some also related to leaving VET. It shows how the grand narratives of society (e.g. about the importance of being a skilled craftsman) are reflected in the journeymen's self-understandings, and in the small narratives of the individual journeymen in their argumentations for specific choices and actions (e.g. why they choose such travel). It shows how the small stories are connected to and part of the grand stories. At the same time, it reflects how narratives change and develop historically over time and in line with societal changes that have also changed social structures and power relations. It is through such changes that we can identify what motivates young craftsmen today for journeymen travelling. Thus, the results can be used to understand, on the one hand, what young craftsmen find important in their continued development and learning of their profession (e.g. both independence and belonging to a community), and on the other hand, what can be done at an educational level to support young craftsmen being motivated for travelling with the purpose of learning, exchange knowledge and form communities across Europe. Based on this we suggest that we can learn from this if the mobility of young craftsmen in Europe should be supported. Such intentions are part of the purpose in Danish VET and masters and teachers own experiences could be a way to motivate and inform new students in VET. Hence, from a European perspective, it might be important with further research on this to reach the goals about mobility (European Commission, 24th. September 2024). References Apelgren, S. E. (2018). Naver: med håndværkerne på valsen: Danmarks vandrende håndværkere. Forlaget Klithedegården. Adler, J. (1985). Youth on the Road: Reflections on the History of Tramping. Annals of Tourism Research, 12(3), 335-354. 10.1016/0160-7383(85)90003-9 Bourdieu, P. (2005). Udkast til en praksisteori. Gyldendals Bogklubber. Candréus, C. (2024). Dealing with Mobility: Guilds and Tramping Journeymen in Seventeenth-Century Scandinavia. Cultural and social history, 21(2), 163-184. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780038.2024.2304384 Ericson, K. (1984). The Wanderjahre: New Lessons From an Old Way of Learning. Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning, 16(6), 42–46. https://doi.org/10.1080/00091383.1984.10570114 European Commission (24. September, 2024). Læringsmobilitet på ungdomsområdet. Læringsmobilitet på ungdomsområdet - Erasmus+ (europa.eu) Georgakopoulou, A. (2006). Thinking big with small Stories in Narrative and Identity Analysis. Narrative Inquiry, 16 (1), 122–130. Hartmann, M. (2021). Mobile Figures in Current Times. On the Walz (p. 271-289). In The Routledge Handbook of Mobile Socialities. Jørgensen, C. H. (2009). Fag mellem arbejde, organisation og uddannelse. Tidsskrift for arbejdsliv, 11(3), 13–31. Logue, J. (1983). ”Da jeg blev svend og så tog jeg på valsen”: svendevandringer og internationalisme i fagbevægelsens barndom. Arbejderhistorie: tidsskrift for historie, kultur og politik 20, 3-24. Phoenix, A. (2013). Analysing Narrative Contexts. In M. Andrews,et al. (eds.) Doing Narrative Research (p. 72-87). Sage. Phoenix, A. (2016). Narrativ praksis og identitetskonstruktioner. In Bo I. G., Christensen, A.-D. & Thomsen, T. L. (eds.), Narrativ Forskning (p. 57-82). Hans Reitzels Forlag, Thomsen, T. L., Bo, I. G. & Christensen, A.-D. (2016). Narrativ forskning: Tilgange og metoder. In Bo, I. G., Christensen, A.-D. & Thomsen, T. L. (eds.). Narrativ Forskning (p. 13-33). Hans Reitzels Forlag. Werner, G. S. (1981). Traveling Journeymen in Metternichian South Germany. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 125(3), 190–219. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 02 SES 06 B: Work-Based Learning Location: K108 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Katrin Kraus Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Workplace Learning in a Social-Economic Enterprise: An Integrated Biographical and Organizational Study in the Secondary Labor Market University of Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:It seems that the design of vocational training for ‚disadvantaged‘ groups requires a special approach (Beck, 2018; Carvajal Muñoz, 2022; De Greef et al, 2012). This study investigates how workplace learning is shaped, experienced, and organizationally enabled within an Austrian Social-Economic Enterprise (SEE) operating in the secondary labor market, focusing on employees with histories of long-term unemployment and predominantly low formal qualifications. It examines three project areas characterized by distinct gendered and task configurations—wood construction (male-coded), local supply (diverse), and facility cleaning (female-coded)—and integrates the learning-biographical perspectives of employees with an organizational ethnography of artifacts and interaction practices. In doing so, the study tries to combine individual learning trajectories with organizational enabling (or constraining) conditions and accompanying modes of subjectification. The research is guided by two interrelated questions: first, how employees in the SEE constitute their learning paths and coping practices in the context of reintegration and qualification processes meaning how are agency, recognition and belonging produced in and through (performative) routines, affective bonds and material arrangements; second, which organizational conditions—including instructional practices, feedback routines, team culture, work organization orartifacts—facilitate or workplace learning. The theoretical framework draws on workplace learning theories (Usher and Edwards, 2007) as well as the Judtih Butler’s concept of Vulnerability (1997, 2004). Vulnerability is understood not as a deficit, but as relational exposure to normative orders, material infrastructures, and affective economies—as an ambivalent condition of fragility and responsiveness that opens up learning opportunities while also limiting them. The study thus links individual learning trajectories with organisational conditions of possibility—enabling as well as limiting—in work-centred transition and qualification settings, understood as fluid arrangements of practices, things, spaces and norms. A narrative interview approach (Schütze, 2016) provides the basis for reconstructing life and career trajectories, including learning and coping experiences, transitions, and key events. Organizationally, the study mobilizes ethnographic perspectives following Ybema et al (2009), with attention to artifacts (e.g., work instructions, checklists, logbooks), team practices, and modalities of instruction and feedback in situ. Methodologically, analysis is grounded in reconstructive approaches; this is complemented by thematic coding to identify organization-relevant patterns and mechanisms. The objectives are to develop an understanding that links biographical learning logics with organizational enabling structures; and to derive design recommendations for work organization, instructional and training practices, and artifact design (e.g., checklists, logbooks). Taken together, the study advances a multidimensional perspective on workplace learning in an SEE while considering employees’ biographical starting points and the organization’s real resources, routines, and constraints. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The design is qualitative-interpretive. The plan includes approximately ten interviews with employees, supplemented by interviews with trainers/instructors and senior management. The organizational analysis comprises participant observation in work areas and team meetings, observation of instruction and feedback situations, shadowing of selected employees and instructors, and the systematic analysis of organizational artifacts, including work instructions, checklists, and logbooks. Data collection is structured as follows. Narrative interviews (Schütze, 2016) reconstruct life and work trajectories, learning and coping experiences, and key events, establishing the sequencing and logic of biographical learning. Organizational ethnography (Ybema et al, 2009) integrates participant observation, shadowing, and artifact analysis. Sampling follows a targeted logic to capture variation in gender configurations, task structures, instructional practices, and team cultures. Trainers and leaders are included to contextualize organizational decision-making. Analytical procedures are reconstructive concerning the interviews. Complementary thematic coding supports the identification of organization-relevant patterns or mechanisms. Ethics and quality assurance are central. I work with informed consent, clear voluntariness, and the right to withdraw without disadvantage. The study has been approved by my university's ethics committee. Language and conduct are resource-oriented, respectful, and sensitive to discrimination. Even though Butler's philosophy is anti-categorical in nature, thoughts on intersectionality are incorporated. Data are pseudonymized in line with GDPR and used solely for research; reports for the Socio-Economic Enterprise are prepared to preclude any inference to individuals. Fieldwork is conducted with time- and place-sensitive arrangements: interviews in low-distraction settings, observations by prior agreement, no interference in employment relations, and no performance assessment. Reflexive field notes will be taken. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study will deliver a contribution to workplace learning by demonstrating how biographical learning trajectories and organizational conditions of possibility jointly shape competence development in a Social-Economic Enterprise (SEE) situated in the secondary labor market. At the enterprise level, the findings will specify how instructional routines, feedback practices, artifact ecologies (work instructions, checklists, logbooks), and team cultures can be configured to enable learning while sustaining agency, recognition, and belonging. For participants with histories of long-term unemployment, the study will map biographical learning and coping paths, identify turning points and situated supports that stabilize trajectories, and show how relational vulnerability—understood as exposure to norms, infrastructures, and affective economies—can become a resource for learning when organizational routines are attuned to it. Outcomes will thus include an empirically grounded account of how belonging and recognition are produced through performative routines and affective bonds, and how these, in turn, scaffold skill acquisition and confidence. At the labor market level, the research will inform transition or funding logics in the secondary labor market by clarifying which organizational configurations and time-sensitive supports facilitate reintegration without compromising dignity or learning quality. References Beck, V. (2018). Capabilities and Choices of Vulnerable, Long-Term Unemployed Individuals. Work, Employment and Society 32 (1): 3–19. doi:10.1177/0950017016686028. Butler, J. (1997). The Psychic Life of Power: Theories in Subjection. Stanford University Press. Butler, J. (2004). Precarious Life: The Powers of Mourning and Violence. Verso. Carvajal Muñoz, M. R. (2022): Training policy among vulnerable unemployed groups: its contextualisation and difficult relationship with the capabilities approach, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2159860 De Greef, M., M. Segers, and D. Verte (2012). Understanding the Effects of Training Programs for Vulnerable Adults on Social Inclusion as Part of Continuing Education. Studies in Continuing Education 34 (3): 357–380. doi:10.1080/0158037X.2012.664126. Schütze, F. (2016). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Sozialwissenschaftliche Prozessanalyse. Grundlagen der qualitativen Sozialforschung, 1, 55-74. Usher, R., & Edwards, R. (2007). Lifelong learning-signs, discourses, practices (Vol. 8). Springer Science & Business Media. Ybema, S., Wels, H., & Yanow, D. (2009). Organizational ethnography: Studying the complexity of everyday life. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Invisible Aspects of Vocational Knowing: Literacies in Floristry Boutiques during Workplace-based Learning Stockholms University, Sweden Presenting Author:Previous research highlights how some aspects of vocational knowing are difficult for students to develop during workplace-based learning (WPL) (e.g., Kristmansson, 2016; Paul, 2017). This is tied to how the learning environment and the tasks vocational students/apprentices get access to contribute to expansive or restrictive learning (e.g. Fuller & Unwin, 2003). Developing vocational literacies is one such aspect of vocational knowing that often gets little attention in VET, which can result in the lack of explicit guidance in the function and use of vocational texts (Hellne-Halvoren, 2014; Paul, 2017). Texts in the workplaces function as mediating tools (Vygotsky, 1978) and are often “invisible” (Karlsson, 2006). For instance, in interviews when asked about what is read or written in the workplaces a vast range of vocational texts are not mentioned. Thus, the myth of vocational education as an educational pathway suitable for students struggling with or not wanting to read or write remains strong (Paul & Lindberg, manuscript). Nevertheless, anthropological, ethnographic, and sociolinguistic research traditions have shown the ways in which texts are used across a wide range of contexts and for different purposes (e.g. Barton & Hamilton, 2000). Furthermore, vocational texts are often multimodal (Buch, 2020; Hellne-Halvorsen et al., 2021) and how they are used differs from more dominant/privileged forms of literacy (Barton & Hamilton, 2000). But the discrepancy between the idea of VET as a pathway with less need for developing literacy competences and the highly specific vocational texts used in workplaces is driving force behind this paper presentation. Moreover, vocational literacies remain an under-researched area within VET-research. The presentation examines the types of vocational texts encountered by floristry students and florists (who also work as supervisors during WPL) during workplace-based learning and how they interact with these texts; by asking: What functions do the vocational texts used by florists serve in the daily work in floristry? What types of vocational texts do floristry students encounter during WPL and how do they interact with these texts? Compared with the florists, what aspects of vocational literacies seem difficult for the floristry students to access during WPL? By focusing on both students’ and supervisors’ use of vocational texts, the study highlights the role of literacy practices in both vocational learning and work within floristry. Theoretically the study draws on concepts developed within the field of New Literacy Studies, which conceptualises literacies as socially situated practices rather than autonomous skills (Street, 1984). Texts and the ways they are used in different contexts serve specific functions (Barton & Hamilton, 2000). In floristry education, texts fulfil certain functions, while in flower retail and vocational practice they fulfil other, context-specific functions. Literacy events refer to activities involving texts that are at least partly possible to observe and constitute more concrete manifestations of literacy practices (Heath, 1983; Barton & Hamilton, 2000). Literacy practices are understood as broader, more abstract patterns of using texts, encompassing social norms, values, and beliefs related to literacies within a particular community; as well as power relations that shape and are shaped by how texts are used (Street, 1984; Barton & Hamilton, 2000). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation builds on two small-scale studies. One is an interview-study with floristry students and supervisors, which focused on exploring the workplace-tasks students got access to (or did not get access to) within a research and development project conducted together with vocational teachers (Paul et al., 2025). The other is an ongoing study in a floristry boutique focusing on socio-material interaction in floristry work. The empirical material consists of video-films, fieldnotes, photographs and interviews. In this presentation the empirical material from these studies has been re-analysed using an analytical framework grounded in New Literacy Studies (see above). Literacy events in floristry education and workplace practice are analysed using four core categories: participants, framing, artifacts, and activities (Hamilton, 2000; Ivanîc, 2009). These categories capture who interacts with vocational texts in what way – i.e. how texts are intertangeled with positioning – the physical settings in which textual activities occur, the material tools involved, and the actions carried out. To account for literacy practices, the analysis extends to non-visible dimensions, including other actors involved in producing, interpreting, or regulating texts; the vocational domain that gives literacy events their purpose; and the resources brought into the practice, such as vocational knowing and norms. By linking observable literacy events to underlying literacy practices, the study highlights how the use of vocational texts in floristry education and work is shaped and is shaping floristry, contributing to a deeper understanding of vocational literacies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The order form is a central mediating tool in floristry work, used for different functions and interwoven in the conduct of daily work tasks. However, the vocational students talked about the order form as “the paper”, “the note”, and only participated in few instances where the order form was used. For the florists the order form structured much of the work pace of a day/week, and also consisted vital information for making the bouquets, ordering flowers, for flower deliveries, payment, and for later control. Furthermore, the results indicate how digital texts push out calligraphic quick captioning by hand as a central literacy skill for florists. Instead, such calligraphic work becomes a specialized vocational knowing for a few experts, who then for instance are tasked with writing funeral ribbons for customers who don’t want digital writing. Vocational texts were also used for keeping order in the shop and the backrooms, consisting of handwritten notes to digital codes. Additionally, creating images and content for social media for marketing as a literacy practice is important for the boutiques communication with customers and for their image, however students were almost never participants in literacy events focusing on social media marketing. The results highlight how texts are taken for granted as tools in the performance of other tasks, and thus the use of texts can be characterized as “unconscious” in both vocational practice in the workplace and vocational education. This in turn can explain how students seldom receive explicit guidance in vocational literacies, and only participate in some parts of the central literacy practices at the workplaces. References Barton, D. & Hamilton, M. (2000). Literacy practices. I: D. Barton, M. Hamilton& & I. Roz (red.), Situated literacies: reading and writing in context (s. 7–14). Routledge. Buch, B. (2020). Using SFL as a powerful tool for analyzing multimodal texts from vocational education. Globe: A Journal of Language, Culture and Communication, 10, 67–81. Heath, S. B. (1983). Ways with words: Language, life and work in communities and classrooms. cambridge university Press. Hellne-Halvorsen, E. B. H. (2014). Skrivepraksiser i yrkesfaglige utdanningsprogrammer. [Doctoral diss., University of Oslo]. Hellne-Halvorsen, E. B., Lahn, L. C., & Nore, H. (2021). Writing Competences in Norwegian Vocational Education and Training:-How Students and Apprentices Express their Professional Competences. Vocations and Learning, 1–22. Ivanič, R. (2009). Bringing Literacy Studies into Research on Learning Across the Curriculum. In: Baynham, M., Prinsloo, M. (eds) The Future of Literacy Studies. Palgrave Advances in Linguistics. Palgrave Macmillan Karlsson, A. M. (2006). En arbetsdag i skriftsamhället: ett etnografiskt perspektiv på skriftanvändning i vanliga yrken. Norstedts Akademiska Förlag. Paul, E. (2017). Skriftbruk som yrkeskunnande i gymnasial lärlingsutbildning: Vård-och omsorgselevers möte med det arbetsplatsförlagda lärandets skriftpraktiker [Doctoral diss., Stockholms University). Paul, E., Gåfvels, C., Holdar, S., & Lindberg, V. (2025). Tuffa bud: Apl-uppgifters betydelse för utveckling av yrkeskunnande. Skandinavisk tidsskrift for yrker og profesjoner i utvikling, 10(1), 201-220. Street, B. V. (1984). Literacy in theory and practice. Cambridge University Press. Vygotskij, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: the development of higher psychological processes. Harvad University Press. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Vocational Cook Students’ Negotiations During Work-Based Learning Periods University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:In this study I examine young vocational cook students’ negotiations during work-based learning. Learning in workplaces became an established part of Finnish vocational education and training (VET) at the turn of the millennium, (Virtanen & Tynjälä, 2008) and its role was further strengthened in the major VET reform in 2018. (Act on Vocational Education and Training, 2017). As a result, vocational cook students now spend a substantial share of their studies in restaurant and catering companies. Work-based learning has been seen as desirable practice enabling students to acquire skills and competencies that are relevant in continuously changing world of work. However, from the students’ point of view, it is not always self-evident that the work-based learning supports their learning in a meaningful way (Rönnlund & Rosvall, 2021). For example, the quality of workplace communities and the pedagogical arrangements have found to be at the centre of successful professional learning outcomes (Fuller & Unwin, 2003; Virtanen et al., 2014). Furthermore, work-based learning is widely presented as a mechanism to support young people’s integration into vocational fields and labour market. In this paper I argue that it can paradoxically function as a mechanism alienating students form their vocational field. In such cases, the intended bridge between education and employment becomes a disrupted and unreliable passage into working life. Drawing from interview data with young cook students I examine what kind of negotiations students engage during work-based learning. When entering workplaces, young people step into environments where expectations, hierarchies, and routines are already well established. For this reason, negotiation becomes a central mechanism through which they attempt to gain access to meaningful tasks, clarify expectations, secure support, protect their wellbeing, and construct a legitimate professional identity. These negotiations rarely take the form of explicit bargaining; instead, they unfold subtly in everyday interactions. Furthermore, I examine how do these negotiations shape students’ relationship to their vocational field. Rather than viewing work-based learning as a straightforward transfer of skills, this perspective captures it as a dynamic and sometimes fraught social process that can foster both belonging to and alienation from the field. Following May (2011, 2013), students’ experiences of belonging and alienation can be understood not as static states, but as ongoing relational processes shaped through their interactions with people, material environments, and the social norms that structure everyday practices. Belonging, in this perspective, involves a felt sense of ease, comfort, and alignment with one’s social, cultural, relational, and material surroundings. Alienation, by contrast, can be understood as the absence or disruption of this ease. It is feeling unease, discomfort, or dissonance in relation to one’s environment or social position within it. Alienation reflects a situation in which the individual struggles to find a place within existing relational, social, or material arrangements. This may involve experiences of not being recognized as a legitimate participant, feeling out of rhythm with workplace norms or expectations, or a feeling that one’s values doesn’t align with work environment. Restaurant and catering industry offer an interesting context to study the dynamics of alienation and belonging. In the industry, the precarization of post-industrial societies is evident (Kalleberg & Vallas, 2018). The work is often carried out in shifting, part‑time, and fixed‑term contracts. It is physically and mentally demanding and the pay is low. The working hours include evenings and weekends, and workdays can stretch into long shifts. Such conditions can generate a sense of alienation for young people entering the field, as the instability, exhaustion, and limited recognition associated with precarious work may undermine their sense of belonging and make it difficult to envision a sustainable future within the industry. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws from the data produced in two vocational institutions between autumn 2023 and autumn 2024. Methodologically, the study draws from feminist ethnographic approach where fieldwork, analysis and theoretical reflection are intertwined (Hammersle & Atkinson, 2019; Lahelma et al., 2022). For me, a feminist approach means recognising the importance of contextualise students’ experiences within the norms, values, and policies interwoven into work-based learning. Furthermore, I am also sensitive to students’ experiences of power dynamics in work environments. Specifically, the interviews of 27 young cook students are analysed. Of those students, 22 had been on a work-based learning period and five of them had other work or internship experiences from the field of restaurant and catering services. Thematic interviews covered themes of work-based learning experiences, wellbeing and future. Majority of the interviewed were second- or third-year students. They were between 15 and 24 years of age, and 14 of them were female and 13 were male. They had work experiences from industrial kitchens, fast food restaurants, fine dining and dinner restaurants as well as lunch- and buffet restaurants. Few had also been preparing food in supermarkets’ take away -counters. Before the field work, permission to conduct the research was obtained from the institutions. Informed consent was obtained from all interviewed students. The research complied with the guidelines of the Finnish National Board on Research Integrity. The data will be coded and categorised in an iterative process as described by Hammersley and Atkinson (2007, 167-197). Iterative process means that there are movement back and forth between the data, theory and research literature. Insights from each stage inform the next, allowing the interpretation to gradually deepen and become more precise. First round of coding is informed by the first research question: the negotiations that students engage with in work environments are explored. Furthermore, the negotiations will be analysed in relation to students’ experiences of belonging and alienation towards the field. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Placing students’ experiences at the centre, this paper contributes to academic discussions on VET and work based learning, while also informing policy debates by illustrating how a system designed to integrate young people into vocational fields and the labour market can, at times, operate as an alienating mechanism. The expected results first illuminate the range of negotiations that young people engage in during work based learning. Preliminary analysis shows that students must negotiate access to meaningful tasks and learning opportunities, the availability and quality of guidance, everyday power relations, and the spaces for communication within the work community. They also navigate negotiations connected to values concerning ecological sustainability, professional pride, and the moral dimensions of their work. Second, the findings demonstrate how these negotiations shape students’ evolving sense of belonging or alienation toward their vocational field. Experiences such as being assigned only irrelevant or repetitive tasks, receiving insufficient guidance, or not being recognised as legitimate contributors can produce detachment from the occupation they are training for. Precarious, intensive, and physically and emotionally demanding working conditions further amplify alienating experiences. Conversely, when students are entrusted with relevant tasks, supported through constructive guidance, and engaged in meaningful interaction with co workers, a sense of belonging can emerge. Such encounters appear to anchor students more firmly within the vocational field and strengthen their commitment to their chosen career path. Following May (2011, 2013), these dynamics can be understood as relational processes in which negotiations over one’s social, cultural, and material surroundings are deeply intertwined with experiences of belonging and alienation. The study also indicates that young people are in an unequal position regarding the kinds of workplaces they are able to access, shaping both their learning opportunities and their emotional relationship to the field. References Act on Vocational Education and Training, Pub. L. 531/2017 (2017). https://finlex.fi/en/laki/kaannokset/2017/en20170531?search%5Btype%5D=pika&search%5Bkieli%5D%5B0%5D=en&search%5Bpika%5D=vocational%20education Fuller, A., & Unwin, L. (2003). Learning as Apprentices in the Contemporary UK Workplace: Creating and managing expansive and restrictive participation. Journal of Education and Work, 16(4), 407–426. https://doi.org/10.1080/1363908032000093012 Hammersle, M., & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnnography: Principles in practiec. Routledge. Kalleberg, A. L., & Vallas, S. P. (2018). Probing Precarious Work: Theory, Research and Politics. In Precarious Work. Causes, Characteristics, and Consequences. Bingley (First edition, pp. 1–30). Emerald Publishing Limited. Lahelma, E., Tolonen, T., & Lappalainen, S. (2022). Analyzing Everyday Life at School Through Lenses of Feminist Ethnography. In G. W. Noblit, Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1706 May, V. (2011). Self, Belonging and Social Change. Sociology, 45(3), 363–378. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038038511399624 May, V. (2013). Connecting Self to Society: Belonging in a Chancing World. Bloomsbury Publishing. Rönnlund, M., & Rosvall, P.-Å. (2021). Vocational students’ experiences of power relations during periods of workplace learning – a means for citizenship learning. Journal of Education and Work, 34(4), 558–571. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2021.1946493 Virtanen, A., & Tynjälä, P. (2008). Students’ experiences of workplace learning in Finnish VET. European Journal of Vocational Training, 2(44), 199–213. Virtanen, A., Tynjälä, P., & Eteläpelto, A. (2014). Factors promoting vocational students’ learning at work: Study on student experiences. Journal of Education and Work, 27(1), 43–70. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2012.718748 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Who Is Acting? A Sociomaterial Analysis of the Role of Technological Objects in Workplace Learning. 1: University of Zurich, Switzerland; 2: Aarhus University, Danish School of Education, Denmark Presenting Author:Recent studies have examined how technological developments are transforming both work and learning processes, for instance, the emergence of virtual workplaces (Willermark & Islind, 2023), the influence of technology design on vocational practice (Sadroge et al., 2024), and the digitalisation of work processes (Pargmann et al., 2023). These studies share a concern with how technologies function within workplaces and reconfigure learning opportunities (Cairns, 2022). Alongside this ‘functional-technical’ lens, a growing body of research adopts a more practice-oriented view, highlighting how technological artefacts are embedded in learning as part of the sociomaterial texture of work (Gherardi, 2020, p. 103/104). From this perspective, technologies are actors contributing to the relational and epistemic conditions of workplace learning. In our paper, we highlight the potential of a sociomaterial approach to educational research on technology in the workplace (Fenwick et al 2012; Orlikowski 2007). Addressing the question, How do technologies function as boundary objects to mediate workplace learning?, this paper contributes to that emerging field by examining how technologies can mediate learning across boundaries in workplaces. It does so through the sociomaterial lens of boundary objects: artefacts that inhabit multiple social worlds and enable coordination without full consensus (Star & Griesemer, 1989; Star, 2010). While the boundary object concept has gained traction in education research, there remains a need to explore how such artefacts function empirically in vocational and workplace settings (Shan, 2020, 2023; Viktorelius & Larsson, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper combines insights from two independent studies conducted in Switzerland and Denmark that are suitable for answering the question “who is acting?” and demonstrate the role of boundary objects in enabling learning at the workplace. The first study (1) is a social space study combining qualitative and quantitative empirical approaches within an apprenticeship framework for electricians. Semi-structured interviews have been conducted with in-company trainers (N=11) and their trainees (N=16) to gather the views of each group on how educational spaces for competence development are created using VR headsets. Additionally, a questionnaire for the apprentices was conducted (N = 35, response rate 45%). The questionnaire contained 17 closed-ended questions and was designed to evaluate different aspects of the user experience. The interviews have been transcribed and analysed using a structured content analysis to reconstruct how both groups relate to the emergence of spaces for competence development when using a VR headset in the workplace. The results of the questionnaires have been used to complement the trainees' views on the emergence of spaces of competence development with their reported user experience. The sociomaterial approach of social space provides excellent links to the theory of boundary objects, which is how VR headsets appear in this context. The second study (2) draws on an exploratory single case study conducted within a Danish non-specialised food retail company as part of a larger EU research project. The study used semi-structured biographical interviews through two rounds with early-career employees and managers (round 1 n=14, round 2 n= 10) and developed Learning Biography Vignettes (LBVs) to examine how young adults experience and negotiate learning opportunities at work. Guided by a workplace learning perspective, the LBVs traced how learning trajectories intersect with organisational routines, technologies, and life course structures across domains such as employment, education, and everyday responsibilities. The abductive analysis combined thematic coding with pragmatist workplace learning theory, focusing on how learning emerges, or is constrained, through encounters with tools and expectations embedded in work practice. This methodological approach supports a sociomaterial understanding of how technologies like the PDA mediate learning and responsibility, aligning with our broader inquiry into how artefacts function as boundary objects across institutional and professional boundaries in workplace learning. (1) he research was funded by the Digitalization Initiative of the Zurich Higher Education Institutions (DIZH). (2) This research was funded by the European Union’s Horizon 2020 programme under grant agreement no. 693989. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In sum, we argue that technologies in workplace learning are actors in workplace learning. More specifically, they are sociomaterial boundary objects because they: - Allow access from multiple points of access - Possess interpretive flexibility across learner and expert perspectives - Support coordination without full consensus across institutional or hierarchical boundaries - Mediate complex relationships among different actors in the learning process. Across both cases, we show how technologies mediate learning by linking actors and practices across distinct social worlds (Star & Strauss, 1999). In the VR case, the headset enables apprentices to access professional tasks independently, reducing stress and dependence on trainers. Trainers, in turn, experience both relief and loss of pedagogical presence, negotiating when and how to grant access. In the PDA case, young retail workers reconfigure their roles by engaging with a device introduced for control and standardisation. In both cases, technologies become sites of interaction where agency, responsibility, and learning are not given but worked out in practice. These findings exemplify what Star (2010) terms “coordination without consensus”: technologies enable productive collaboration despite divergent goals and interpretations. Learning does not require full alignment of views but unfolds through sociomaterial negotiation. The VR headset simulates workplace tasks within a pedagogical setting, while the PDA anchors local decisions within a broader organisational structure. Both function as boundary objects, connecting pedagogical, institutional, and professional domains. Addressing the question “who is acting?”, we suggest that learners, trainers, managers, and technologies are all implicated. Technologies not only support instruction but also actively participate in shaping access, control, and meaning. Understanding learning in this light requires a shift toward theorising it as materially mediated, relationally structured, and contextually negotiated across institutional boundaries. Boundary objects are embedded in relational practices that enable meaning and responsibility to be negotiated rather than imposed. References Fenwick, T., Nerland, M., & Jensen, K. (2012). Sociomaterial approaches to conceptualising professional learning and practice. Journal of Education and Work, 25(1), 1-13. Cairns, L. (2022). Technology: Challenges and Issues for Learning and Work. In M. Malloch, L. Cairns, K. Evans, & B. N. O’Connor (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of learning and work (pp. 530–551). SAGE Publications. Gherardi, S. (2020). How to conduct a practice-based study: Problems and methods (Second edition). Edward Elgar Publishing. Kraus, K., Berger, M., Keller, T., & Brucker-Kley, Elke. (2025). VR-Based Workplace Training and Spaces of Learning: A Social Space Study of VR Training for Apprentice Electricians. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 12(2), 151–173. https://doi.org/10.13152/ijrvet.12.2.1 Orlikowski, W. (2007). Sociomaterial Practices: Exploring Technology at Work. Organization Studies, 28(3), 1435-1449. https://10.1177/0170840607081138 Pargmann, J., Riebenbauer, E., Flick-Holtsch, D., & Berding, F. (2023). Digitalisation in accounting: A systematic literature review of activities and implications for competences. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 15(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-023-00141-1 Sadorge, C., Nerland, M., & Mäkitalo, Å. (2024). Conditioning the work of colleagues: Health professionals’ explorative work in technology design. Vocations and Learning, 17(1), 101–122. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-023-09331-0 Shan, H. (2020). Knowledge ‘transfer’ as sociocultural and sociomaterial practice: Immigrants expanding engineering practices in Canada. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 11(3), 383–397. https://doi.org/10.3384/rela.2000-7426.ojs1476 Shan, H. (2023). Expanding engineering practices: Immigrant accounts of innovation from a practice-based perspective. Studies in Continuing Education, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2023.2234829 Star, S. (2010). This is Not a Boundary Object: Reflections on the Origin of a Concept. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 35(5), 601–617. https://doi.org/10.1177/0162243910377624 Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. (1989). Institutional ecology, ‘Translations’, and Boundary objects: Amateurs and professionals on Berkeley’s museum of vertebrate zoology. Social Studies of Science, 19(2), 387-420. Star, S. L., & Strauss, A. (1999). Layers of silence, arenas of voice: The ecology of visible and invisible work. Computer supported cooperative work (CSCW), 8(1), 9-30. Viktorelius, M., & Larsson, S. (2025). Talking about machines: Discursive sensemaking and workplace learning in the age of AI. Studies in Continuing Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2025.2570144 Willermark, S., & Islind, A. S. (2023). Adopting to the virtual workplace: Identifying leadership affordances in virtual schools. Journal of Workplace Learning, 35(9), 22–37. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-05-2022-0052 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 02 SES 06 C: Students Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Meidi Sirk Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Supporting Gifted Students in the field of VET: A Comparative Analysis of Strategies from Austria and Finland 1: University of Education Upper Austria, Austria; 2: Haaga-Helia University of Applied Sciences, Finland Presenting Author:Inclusion is a relevant issue in most education systems nowadays. Inclusive education should provide high quality education for all students. In terms of funding and public initiatives that target towards inclusion, however, gifted students are not usually the main target group (Borders et al., 2014). Yet, not only disadvantaged students should receive support, but also particularly gifted students should be given the opportunity to further develop their talents (Vötsch & Schneider, 2023). Promoting excellence in VET is an important agenda on the European level. This includes the provision of “high-quality education and training that values diverse backgrounds and talents, while ensuring relevance to the world of work” (ETF, 2025) as well as identifying gifted students who require intensified special support but might be overlooked when searching for solutions in harnessing human talent. In Austria, the first initiatives to support gifted students started in the 1980s as segregated measures predominantly in secondary education. In 2009, the Austrian Ministry of Education issued the 'Basic Decree on the Promotion of Gifted and Talented Children', which requires inclusive support for gifted students throughout the school system. Over the past few decades, there have been various developments aimed at broadening the opportunities available to gifted students in the Austrian education system. These developments have included improvements to the legal framework, organisation and structure, as well as linguistic enhancements to legal documents. Several stakeholders are involved in the support of gifted students, including schools, business representatives, municipalities and higher education institutions (Resch & Rogl, 2024). Kuusisto et al. (2021) point out that gifted students have been somehow neglected within the Finnish education system. According to their analysis, supporting gifted students seems to be largely dependent on the initiatives of individual teachers, schools and parents. The ongoing discussion about the gifted education tends to revolve around basic and general upper-secondary education leaving the VET system out. Hence, the talent within the VET students or the practices supporting them remain mostly hidden, even when there is a variety of existing structures and processes for fostering the gifted within the VET. For example, several measures that target towards individualisation and acceleration have the potential to support gifted students in VET (Hong, 2025). Subotnik et al. (2011, p. 7) observe that numerous definitions and terms are employed in gifted education research. Accordingly, the authors formulated a comprehensive definition, which can be employed across diverse academic domains, as it includes a wide range of aspects that are the subject of scientific consensus: Giftedness is the manifestation of performance or production that is clearly at the upper end of the distribution in a talent domain even relative to that of other high-functioning individuals in that domain. Further, giftedness can be viewed as developmental, in that in the beginning stages, potential is the key variable; in later stages, achievement is the measure of giftedness; and in fully developed talents, eminence is the basis on which this label is granted. Psychosocial variables play an essential role in the manifestation of giftedness at every developmental stage. Both cognitive and psychosocial variables are malleable and need to be deliberately cultivated. In our study, we want to shed a light on policies that support gifted students in the Austrian and Finish VET system. Therefore, the following research questions are discussed in the presentation:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The international comparison of policies in VET is regarded as a pertinent task of VET research (Chen et al., 2021). Therefore, this paper is based on a cross-border collaboration project between Austria and Finland. The purpose of this project is to analyse the parallels and differences between strategies employed to provide support for gifted students within the respective VET systems. We concentrated on VET in Austria and Finland because both countries offer an apprenticeship system as well as vocational colleges. This helps to compare the measures to support gifted individuals and provides the potential to benefit from strategies offered by the other system. The aim of comparative VET research is to identify an overarching theme and to highlight and compare the different ways of dealing with it (Schmid, 2020). In our study we focus on a hermeneutic approach which is characterised by interpreting texts which in our case are legal documents and recommendations (Lauterbach & Mitter,1998) in the context of VET in Finland and Austria that include strategies that can support gifted students. As a starting point, strategies that fall into the two most commonly used approaches when supporting gifted students according to Subotnik et al. (2011), enrichment and acceleration, were identified. In addition, our analysis also sheds a light on policies that might not be explicitly targeted towards gifted students but still can have the potential to support excellent students in their educational pathway. The strategies we are comparing are aimed at students in VET programmes at the upper secondary level. In Austria, this includes three- to four-year school-based VET programmes (ISCED 354, EQF 4), five-year school-based VET programmes (ISCED 354–554, EQF 5) and apprenticeships (ISCED 354, EQF 4) (Cedefop & ibw Austria, 2023). In Finland the focus of the research is on the 180 ECT upper secondary Vocational education and training (VET) qualification programmes (Finnish National Education Classification, codes 321-329) (ISCED 354, EQF 4), that can be carried out both in a school-based approach, as apprenticeships or as a combination according to the individualised development plan (PDP) of each student. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect that some measures identified in Austria and Finland appear similar at first glance. However, we also expect notable differences in how they are labelled and how they are described and applied in detail. The we will documents examine in this study do not reveal how consistently these measures are applied in the daily practice of VET teachers, nor do they show how approaches differ between individual institutions in supporting gifted students. This highlights the need for further comparative empirical research on gifted education. Existing models in the field of talent development as for example the ‘Developmental model of professional and vocational excellence’ (Nokelainen, 2018) indicate that supporting gifted students is a complex and multifaceted task. While our study focuses specifically on measures implemented within schools, it is important to acknowledge that external influences such as the support of parents, the encouragement of peers, and opportunities provided by the workplace also play a significant role in supporting gifted students. Future research could expand on this by examining how these external factors contribute to the development of gifted students in different contexts. Such research could involve conducting interviews with representatives from companies that have established initiatives to identify and nurture talent, thereby offering a more comprehensive understanding of the multiple dimensions involved in talent development. References Borders, C., Woodley, S., & Moore, E. (2014). Inclusion and giftedness. In J. P. Bakken, F. E. Obiakor, & A. F. Rotatori (Eds.), Advances in special education, volume 26: Gifted education: Current perspectives and issues (pp. 127–146). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S0270-4013(2014)0000026006 Cedefop, & ibw Austria – Research & Development in VET. (2023). Vocational education and training in Europe – Austria: System description. In Cedefop & ReferNet (Eds.), Vocational education and training in Europe: VET in Europe database – detailed VET system descriptions [Database]. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/tools/vet-in-europe/systems/austria-u3 Chen, P., Goncharova, A., Pilz, M., Frommberger, D., Li, J., Romanova, O., & Lin, Y. (2021). International curriculum comparison in vocational education and training: A collaborative development of an analysis instrument. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 8(4), 16–43. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.8.4.2 ETF. (2025). Vocational excellence: High-quality education and training driving skills, innovation and regional development. https://www.etf.europa.eu/en/what-we-do/vocational-excellence Hong, Y. (2025). Policies and provision for gifted and talented youth in Finland: Special needs education and gifted pupils. Transactions on Comparative Education, 7(2), 45–62. https://tcejournal.org/articles/finland-gifted-education Resch, C., & Rogl, S. (2024). Paradigmenwechsel in Österreich – Entwicklungen der Begabungs- und Begabtenförderung in Österreich. In S. Rogl, C. Resch, E. Bögl, B. Gürtler, S. Hinterplattner, & J. Klug (Eds.), Begabung verändert – Förderliche Lernwelten erforschen, gestalten, implementieren (pp. 11–34). Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830996699 Schmid, E. (2020). Upper secondary education for youth at risk: A comparative analysis of education and training programmes in Austria, Norway, Sweden and Switzerland. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(1), 21–44. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.7.1.2 Subotnik, R. F., Olszewski-Kubilius, P., & Worrell, F. C. (2011). Rethinking giftedness and gifted education: A proposed direction forward based on psychological science. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 12(1), 3–54. https://doi.org/10.1177/1529100611418056 Lauterbach, U., & Mitter, W. (1998). Theory and methodology of international comparisons. In CEDEFOP (Ed.), Vocational education and training: The European research field. Background report (Vol. 2, pp. 235–271). CEDEFOP. Nokelainen, P. (2018). Modeling the characteristics of vocational excellence: A case study with Finnish WorldSkills Competition competitors. Talent Development & Excellence, 10(1), 15-30. Vötsch, M., & Schneider, G. (2023). „Warum sollten wir Kartoffeln und Trauben zeichnen?“ Herausforderungen und Möglichkeiten für eine Begabtenförderung an Berufsschulen. Ein Fallbeispiel. In S. Albert, K. Heinrichs, K. Hofer, I. Hotarek, & S. Zenz (Eds.), bwp@ Spezial PH-AT2: Diversität in der Berufsbildung in Österreich, Deutschland und der Schweiz – Perspektiven aus Forschung, Entwicklung und Bildungspraxis (pp. 1–20). https://www.bwpat.de/spezial-ph-at2/voetsch_schneider_bwpat-ph-at2.pdf 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Enhancing Students' Argumentative Skills Through 'Fact-Analysis-Comparison' Method. Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Uralsk, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The purpose of the study is to determine the effectiveness of the “Fact-Analysis-Comparison” method in improving students’ argumentation skills and to analyze the results of its application in educational practice. This study contributes to a wide-ranging international discussion on argumentation-based teaching in educational methodology. The study is designed to investigate the possibilities of using the “Fact-Analysis-Comparison” method in teaching mathematics, history, and economics in order to improve students’ argumentation skills. The action research (AR) study examines the theoretical foundations of the method, the features of its interdisciplinary use, and also analyzes the results of its implementation in the educational process. The study selected an activity-based approach that allows for a learning process that prioritizes student independence to develop argumentation skills. The study used theoretical analysis, observation, diagnostic tasks, practical work, and comparative analysis of results. A systematic study was conducted within the framework of the AR study, jointly conducted by teachers of mathematics, history, and economics. At the beginning of the year, this study was conducted to identify the most effective types of activities of 10-11th grade students that contribute to the development of argumentation skills. In the next stage, students were offered tasks specifically designed for the fact-analysis-comparison method. This work stimulated creativity, increased interest in the topic, and facilitated the search and synthesis of various information. During the study, several surveys were conducted among students and teachers, and student progress was analyzed quarterly over the course of one academic year. The results of the experiment showed that the systematic use of the fact-analysis-comparison method has a positive effect on the development of students' argumentation skills. Research questions: -How does the fact-analysis-comparison method affect students' argument-building skills? -What difficulties arise in developing argumentation skills and how to solve them? -What effective methods can be used to develop students' argumentation skills? Research objectives: -Analyze scientific and methodological literature on argumentation skills; -Determine the content and structure of the fact-analysis-comparison method; -Diagnose the initial level of students' argumentation skills; -Verify the effectiveness of the method in developing argumentation skills through practice; -Develop a system of tasks based on the use of the fact-analysis-comparison method; -Analyze the results of the study and draw conclusions. Research hypothesis: If the fact-analysis-comparison method is used systematically and purposefully in the learning process, then students' argumentation skills (argumentation, justification of thought, comparison) will develop to a significant level. Literature review: Argumentation is a key component of higher-order thinking and academic learning across disciplines. It allows students to construct, justify, and critically evaluate knowledge claims using evidence and reasoning (Toulmin, 1958). In educational research, argumentation has been linked to the development of critical thinking, metacognitive awareness, and epistemic knowledge (Kuhn, 1991; Osborne, 2010). Despite its importance, many studies report persistent difficulties among students in constructing high-quality arguments. These difficulties include poor use of evidence, limited justification of claims, and insufficient engagement with alternative perspectives (Kuhn & Udell, 2003; McNeill & Krajicek, 2012). Such findings highlight the need for specific pedagogical approaches that support the processes underlying argumentative reasoning. Identifying and evaluating facts represent key components of effective argumentation. Kuhn (1999) noted that epistemic development depends on students’ ability to distinguish between facts, explanations, and opinions. In classroom settings, students often rely on intuitive reasoning or authority-based inferences when factual support is lacking. Instructional frameworks such as the Claim-Evidence-Reasoning (CER) model specifically address this issue by guiding students to connect factual evidence to conceptual inferences through logical reasoning (McNeill & Krajcik, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the study of the culture of argumentation in the teaching process, the “Fact-Analysis-Comparison” formula will be comprehensively studied. The research methodology used primary (surveys from students and teachers, interviews with teachers, observation) and secondary (theoretical information from reliable sources related to the issue of argumentation, i.e., research by researchers) data. In the course of the study, it was important to use primary data, in particular, the results of research obtained through the methods of questionnaires and interviews. It complements quantitative data with qualitative data. It shows with a specific example how the fact-analysis-comparison method affected the student. If the survey shows a general trend, the interview explains the deep reasons, the results complement and clarify each other. The conclusion is more scientifically based and substantiated. Using the data collected in the questionnaires and interviews, it was revealed that there is a contradiction between the students' answers given in the first series of focus group lessons and the fulfillment of the criteria set for argumentation. During the study, it became clear that the incomplete implementation of the steps of the argumentation strategy by students leads to the underdevelopment of their critical thinking potential. Although the research problem is known, the ways and methods for solving it are unknown, so the quantitative and qualitative methods of collecting primary data were analyzed. During the study, quantitative research methods were used - a survey (from a teacher), content analysis (analysis of research on argumentation), observation (observation of argumentation methods in a series of lessons given in the first round of the focus group). As a result of the content analysis method used to systematize the "intricacies" of the argumentation method, the components of the argumentation method were identified as the categories of "fact", "analysis" and "comparison". In addition, the focus group conducted a study of the identified problem ("case study") and in-depth interviews with 3 experienced teachers, discussing how the argumentation method is implemented, what should be paid attention to, and effective argumentation strategies. A qualitative, in-depth study was conducted, looking at this problem through a "prism". Then, data processing methods were used: statistical processing, modeling, classification. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Interviews were conducted with teachers of the Nazarbayev Intellectual School, who teach grades 9-12 and have 15-27 years of work experience, who are "teacher-experts". This interview was a professional-level dialogue aimed at studying the culture of argumentation in education. In-depth interviews with 3 teachers with many years of experience allowed them to "dig deep" into the teacher's experience and identify specific methodological values. In addition, the study found that “Comparison is the engine of analysis.” The teacher’s “Comparison of Levels A and C” method is the most effective tool for improving the quality of a student’s argument. For teachers, this is a real tool for developing the “Self-assessment” skill. The respondent’s suggestion to “divide the analysis into specific actions” is the main conclusion of our study. That is, it was determined that in the assignment for the argumentation task, the assessment criteria should not simply say “give an argument”, but should include step-by-step criteria such as “explain the reason, give an example, and write the result.” The novelty of our research is that argumentation methods should be adapted to each subject and their own “standards” should be developed in accordance with the specifics of each subject. We, as a research group, as researchers, came to the strategic conclusion that there should be a single glossary and algorithm for the terms “Analysis” and “Argumentation” at the entire school level. The research results showed that this method contributes to the systematization of students’ thinking, the formation of a culture of reasoning, and the deepening of subject knowledge. In conclusion, the use of the fact-analysis-comparison method allows for the systematic development of students' argumentation skills, and this research topic is important, relevant, and of high practical value for all participants in the educational process. References Kuhn, D. (1991). The skills of argument. Cambridge University Press. Kuhn, D. (1999). A developmental model of critical thinking. Educational Researcher, 28(2), 16–25. Kuhn, D., & Udell, W. (2003). The development of argument skills. Child Development, 74(5), 1245–1260. McNeill, K. L., & Krajcik, J. (2012). Supporting grade 5–8 students in constructing explanations in science. Pearson. Osborne, J. (2010). Arguing to learn in science: The role of collaborative, critical discourse. Science, 328(5977), 463–466. Toulmin, S. (1958). The uses of argument. Cambridge University Press. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Analyzing Diagnostic Strategies in Technical Vocational Education: A Study on Electronics Technicians for Automation Technology University of Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:Theoretical Framework Fault diagnosis represents a central area of professional competence in the occupation of electronics technicians for automation technology (EA) at both national and international levels (Nickolaus & Geißel, 2009; Zinke, Schenk & Kröll, 2014). Curricular frameworks emphasize that trainees must be able to analyze complex relationships between symptoms and underlying causes and apply systematic strategies of troubleshooting and fault elimination (KMK, 2003). These requirements reflect the increasing complexity of industrial automation systems, in which diagnostic failures can lead to substantial downtime, safety risks, and economic losses. Despite the curricular emphasis on diagnostic competence, empirical studies indicate that many trainees experience difficulties in accurately identifying fault causes (Walker et al., 2015). This discrepancy suggests that the curricular goals regarding diagnostic proficiency are not fully met in practice. A key gap in the current state of research concerns the lack of detailed analyses explaining why trainees struggle with fault diagnosis. Existing findings describe performance outcomes but do not sufficiently explore the underlying cognitive processes, diagnostic strategies, or information-processing patterns that shape successful or unsuccessful diagnoses. This lack of process-oriented understanding is problematic from a subject-didactic perspective, as meaningful instructional interventions require insights into the mechanisms of diagnostic thinking, not merely its outcomes. To address this, the present study introduces a theoretical and methodological approach for analyzing diagnostic processes. Drawing on occupational and cognitive psychology (Schaper & Sonntag, 1997a, 1997b) as well as subject-specific didactics (Benda, 2008), fault diagnosis is conceptualized as action within search spaces (Klahr & Dunbar, 1988). According to this framework, diagnostic behavior unfolds through the navigation of different problem spaces, guided by specific cognitive strategies. The literature suggests two central diagnostic strategies:
Whereas initial causal analyses have been conducted in other vocational domains—such as business education (Rausch et al., 2017) or automotive mechatronics (Abele, 2018)—no comparable research exists for electronics technicians for automation technology. Consequently, little is known about whether EA trainees rely predominantly on symptomatic, topographic, or hybrid strategies, and how these strategies relate to diagnostic success. Research Questions a) To what extent can symptomatic, topographic, and hybrid diagnostic strategies be empirically identified in the diagnostic processes of EA trainees?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used *Methods* To examine the research questions, the study applies a multi-method design combining written protocols and logfile data. This triangulation allows for a comprehensive analysis of both self-reported diagnostic reasoning and objectively recorded interaction behavior. The first data source consists of written diagnostic protocols collected from n = 318 trainees in their third year of vocational training. Participants worked with an ecologically valid computer simulation that reproduces industrial automation processes and typical faults. During troubleshooting, trainees were instructed to verbally document their reasoning, including generated hypotheses, information sources accessed, intermediate conclusions, and final diagnostic decisions. Written protocols capture consciously accessible reasoning steps and are widely used to study problem-solving processes in vocational education. The second data source consists of logfile data from an additional sample of n = 89 trainees, who completed the same three fault scenarios within the simulation. The simulation software automatically recorded all user actions—such as opening schematics, performing measurements, selecting components, or navigating subsystems—together with precise timestamps. Logfiles provide high-resolution process data that reflect actual diagnostic behavior and allow for detailed analyses of information-processing patterns. Data analysis followed a cluster-analytic approach using the Cascade Simple k-means algorithm (Calinski & Harabasz, 1974) implemented in WEKA 3.7, supplemented by Classification via Clustering (Hall et al., 2009). Variables included action frequencies, temporal sequences, navigation paths, and transitions between search spaces. This approach allows identifying latent strategy patterns and relating them to the theoretically derived model of symptomatic vs. topographic strategies. To examine the relationship between strategy type and diagnostic success, cluster membership was compared with accuracy measures derived from the final diagnosis entered by the trainees. This enabled an integrated interpretation of diagnostic process and diagnostic performance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the written protocols resulted in a stable three-cluster solution across all fault scenarios. In addition to purely symptomatic and topographic diagnostic strategies, a hybrid pattern emerged, characterized by an initial reliance on symptom-based heuristics followed by a systematic topographic approach. This hybrid strategy appears particularly relevant when trainees initially apply known scripts but then transition to deeper structural reasoning when these scripts do not yield a solution. Regarding diagnostic success, the findings align with theoretical expectations: trainees applying a topographic strategy, or those who executed a strategy shift from symptomatic to topographic reasoning, achieved high success rates. In contrast, trainees relying exclusively on symptomatic strategies demonstrated significantly lower success probabilities, particularly when dealing with complex or unfamiliar faults. These results highlight the central role of mental model construction and systematic information processing for effective fault diagnosis. Preliminary logfile analyses, based on one fault scenario, reproduce the same cluster structure identified in the protocol data. This convergence suggests that both methodological approaches capture comparable underlying cognitive processes. The final study will present complete logfile analyses, offering additional insights into micro-level diagnostic behavior, such as navigation patterns, measurement strategies, and temporal dynamics. The study’s findings provide a theoretical and empirical foundation for enhancing diagnostic competence training in vocational education. They highlight the need to support strategy flexibility and to foster topographic reasoning through targeted instructional designs. References Abele, S. (2018). Diagnostic Problem-Solving Process in Professional Contexts. Vocations and Learning, 11(1), 133-159. Benda, D. (2008). Das große Handbuch Fehlersuche in elektronischen Schaltungen. Franzis. Calinski, T., & Harabasz, J. (1974). A dendrite method for cluster analysis. Communications in Statistics, 3(1), 1–27. Hall, M., et al. (2009). The WEKA Data Mining Software: An Update. SIGKDD Explorations, 11(1). Hoc, J.-M. (2000). A Method to Describe Human Diagnostic Strategies. International Journal of Cognitive Ergonomics, 4(4), 297-309. Klahr, D., & Dunbar, K. (1988). Dual Space Search During Scientific Reasoning. Cognitive Science, 12(1), 1-48. KMK (2003). Rahmenlehrplan für den Ausbildungsberuf Elektroniker/Elektronikerin. Konradt, U. (1995). Strategies of failure diagnosis in computer-controlled manufacturing systems. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 43(4), 503-521. Nickolaus, R., & Geißel, B. (2009). Electricians. In Feasibility Study VET-LSA (pp. 48–70). BMBF. Rausch, A., et al. (2017). Problemlöseprozesse sichtbar machen: Analyse von Logdaten. ZBW. Schaper, N., & Sonntag, K. (1997a/b). Modelle diagnostischen Handelns. In Störungsmanagement und Diagnosekompetenz (pp. 39–76 / 155–172). Vdf. Walker, F., et al. (2015). Berufsfachliche Kompetenzstrukturen bei Elektronikern. ZBW, 111(2). Zinke, G., et al. (2014). Ergebnisse einer Online Befragung zur Berufsfeldanalyse. BIBB. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Self-Regulated Learning Skills and Difficulties among Vocational Students Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:In the context of rapid social, technological and labour market change, vocational education and training (VET) systems across Europe increasingly emphasise the development of learners’ capacity for lifelong learning. Alongside occupation-specific competencies, vocational learners are expected to acquire transversal skills that enable them to manage their own learning, adapt to new demands and engage proactively in continuous professional development (Cedefop, 2023). Within European education policy, learning to learn is defined as a key competence and is closely linked to learners’ ability to regulate their learning processes independently and purposefully (European Commission, 2019). Self-regulated learning (SRL) is widely recognised as a foundational concept underpinning learning to learn and self-directed learning. SRL refers to learners’ active and constructive engagement in planning, monitoring, regulating and evaluating their learning through cognitive, motivational and behavioural processes (Pintrich, 2000; Zimmerman, 2002). From a social-cognitive perspective, self-regulated learners set goals, select and adapt strategies, manage their time and learning environment, and reflect on outcomes in order to improve future performance (Zimmerman, 2000, 2013). Research has consistently demonstrated that strong SRL skills are associated with higher academic achievement, greater motivation, and better coping with learning difficulties (Jossberger et al., 2010; Zimmerman & Bandura, 1994). In vocational education, SRL is particularly important due to the applied and often complex nature of vocational learning, which requires learners to integrate theoretical knowledge with practical tasks and workplace-related demands. However, previous studies have raised concerns about vocational students’ learning skills, especially in relation to planning, time management, organisation and sustained engagement with learning tasks (de Bruijn & Leeman, 2011; Sirk, 2025). Much of this research has relied on vocational teachers’ perceptions and has tended to portray vocational students and particularly adolescents, as having weak self-regulatory skills. At the same time, vocational student populations in many European countries are highly heterogeneous, encompassing a wide age range and diverse educational backgrounds (Boldrini et al., 2019; Sirk, 2025), which suggests that SRL skills and related difficulties may manifest in varied ways. Despite the growing recognition of SRL as a crucial competence for VET and lifelong learning, there is still limited empirical research that foregrounds vocational students’ own perspectives on their self-regulated learning skills and the difficulties they experience in regulating their learning. Understanding how learners themselves perceive their regulatory capacities is essential for designing pedagogical practices that provide appropriate and differentiated support. This is particularly relevant in European VET systems that aim to promote inclusion, learner autonomy and sustainable learning pathways (Cedefop, 2023). Against this backdrop, the overarching research question guiding this conference presentation is: How do vocational students’ self-regulated learning skills manifest, and what kinds of difficulties do they experience in regulating their learning? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study underpinning this conference presentation adopts a quantitative survey design to explore how vocational students perceive their self-regulated learning skills and the difficulties they encounter in regulating their learning. Data were collected using a web-based questionnaire administered to vocational students across all VET institutions in Estonia. The survey was conducted shortly after a period of compulsory distance learning, a context that placed increased demands on students’ capacity to regulate their learning independently. Participation was voluntary and anonymous, and all ethical principles concerning informed consent and data protection were observed. The sample consisted of 244 vocational students aged between 16 and 64 years, reflecting the diversity of students’ population. Such heterogeneity allowed the analysis to capture variation in self-regulated learning skills across different learner profiles rather than focusing on a single age group. Self-regulated learning was operationalised using items adapted from established executive skills and SRL instruments (Dawson & Guare, 2010; Strait et al., 2019). Students self-evaluated their difficulties across five theoretically grounded domains: plan management, time management, organisation, behaviour regulation and emotion regulation. Responses were recorded on Likert-type a six-point scale (1 = strongly disagree - this doesn't describe me at all, 6 = strongly agree - this totally describes me). Additional questionnaire sections addressed perceived learning difficulties, engagement in individual and collaborative learning activities, experiences of feedback, and learning motivation. Data analysis proceeded in several stages. First, factor analysis was used to identify key dimensions of SRL relevant to vocational students. Second, a cluster analysis was applied to examine how students’ SRL skills manifested in distinct patterns, enabling the identification of groups of learners with similar strengths and difficulties. Finally, inferential statistical analyses (including analysis of variance and cross-tabulations) were used to explore how different SRL profiles were associated with perceived learning difficulties, learning activities, feedback experiences and motivation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that vocational students’ self-regulated learning skills manifest in different ways and that difficulties in regulating learning are both widespread and unevenly distributed. Rather than forming a homogeneous group, vocational students demonstrate distinct patterns of strengths and challenges across key self-regulated learning domains such as planning, time management, organisation and behaviour regulation. Students with stronger and more balanced self-regulated learning skills report fewer general learning difficulties, higher levels of motivation and more positive learning experiences. They tend to engage more effectively in collaborative learning activities and perceive teacher feedback as sufficient and supportive. In contrast, students who experience greater difficulties in regulating their learning also report lower motivation, more frequent learning difficulties and a stronger need for guidance and feedback. These findings are consistent with earlier research highlighting the role of self-regulated learning in sustaining engagement, coping with academic demands and achieving positive learning outcomes (Zimmerman, 2002; Jossberger et al., 2010). Importantly, the results suggest that difficulties in self-regulated learning are not confined to a particular age group. Challenges in regulating learning are evident across diverse learner profiles, emphasising that self-regulated learning is not automatically acquired through age or experience but develops through interaction with learning environments and pedagogical practices. This insight is particularly relevant for European vocational education and training systems, which aim to support learner autonomy, inclusion and sustainable learning pathways within increasingly heterogeneous student populations (European Commission, 2019; Cedefop, 2023). From a pedagogical perspective, the findings underline the importance of differentiated support in VET. Learners with weaker self-regulated learning skills may benefit from structured guidance, explicit support in planning and monitoring learning, and frequent formative feedback. Collaborative learning activities and meaningful feedback appear especially valuable in supporting students who struggle with regulating their learning processes. References Boldrini, E., Sappa, V., & Aprea, C. (2019). Which difficulties and resources do vocational teachers perceive? An exploratory study setting the stage for investigating teachers' resilience in Switzerland. Teachers and Teaching, 25(1), 125–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2018.1520086 Cedefop. (2023). The future of vocational education and training in Europe: Synthesis report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2801/08824 Dawson, P., & Guare, R. (2010). Executive skills in children and adolescents: A practical guide to assessment and intervention (2nd ed.). Guilford Press. De Bruijn, E., & Leeman, Y. (2011). Authentic and self-directed learning in vocational education: Challenges to vocational educators. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(4), 694–702. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.11.007 European Commission. (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2766/569540 Jossberger, H., Brand-Gruwel, S., Boshuizen, H., & van de Wiel, M. (2010). The challenge of self-directed and self-regulated learning in vocational education. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 62(4), 415–440. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2010.523479 Pintrich, P. R. (2000). The role of goal orientation in self-regulated learning. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 451–502). Academic Press. Sirk, M. (2025). Self-regulated learning skills in vocational students based on their self-evaluation. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 12(1), 76–100. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.12.1.4 Strait, J. E., Dawson, P., Walther, C. A. P., Strait, G. G., Barton, A. K., & McClain, M. B. (2019). Refinement and psychometric evaluation of the Executive Skills Questionnaire–Revised. Contemporary School Psychology, 24, 378–388. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40688-018-00224-x Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_2 Zimmerman, B. J., & Bandura, A. (1994). Impact of self-regulatory influences on writing course attainment. American Educational Research Journal, 31(4), 845–862. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312031004845 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 02 SES 06 D: Transforming Secondary VET: A Trans-European Approach to Powerful Learning for Sustainability Location: K112 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Alice Moscaritolo Session Chair: Jetske Strijbos Symposium |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium Transforming Secondary VET: A Trans-European Approach to Powerful Learning for Sustainability The EU-funded Centre of Vocational Excellence ProVEST (https://provest-cove.eu) fosters joint research focusing on the professionalization of teachers and mentors in secondary Vocational Education and Training (VET) for sustainable transitions in practical subjects. This approach applies a case study method implemented by vocational education researchers from Belgium, Estonia, France, Germany and Spain. The 23 European partner institutions all come from the fields of VET. Although they cover a wide diversity in approaches, ranging from predominantly school-based models to work-based and cooperative ones (Greinert, 1983), they share a common interest in investigating Powerful Transformative Learning Environments for Sustainability (PTLES) by comparing training practices at the intersection of the education sector and the labor market. This symposium introduces a trans-European perspective on secondary VET. Research focuses on identifying sustainable practices in European VET systems, deliberately shifting attention away from the dominant labor-market perspectives that characterize much existing research. Instead, it foregrounds learners’ perspectives and the diversity of work-based learning arrangements across Europe. The study outlines key criteria for identifying inspirational practices in VET promoting inclusivity, sustainability and long-term educational value. The first paper from Belgium introduces the integrated theoretical framework underlying Powerful Transformative Learning Environments for Sustainability (PTLES) in practical subjects in secondary VET. Such environments create favourable conditions to both counter student drop-out (Vugteveen et al., 2016) and to promote Europe’s climate-neutral goals (European Green Deal, 2021). This theoretical framework for PTLES will be used as the guiding lens throughout this symposium. In the second paper, we zoom in on the PTLES framework and focus on the perspectives of VET students in Estonia. This paper examines the experiences of students with diverse backgrounds enrolled in the Choice of Profession programme, who act as co-designers of a powerful learning environment (PLE, Placklé et al., 2020; Roos et al., 2021). Specifically, we investigate how they experience the different elements of a PTLE within their study programme. The paper from Germany presents the results of case studies of VET providers featured on the collaborative ProVEST Edusynergy platform, showcasing transformative learning practices in PTLES in Germany. While these cases share common characteristics, they also reveal diverse dimensions shaped by institutional frameworks. The strength of the dual system in German VET is well documented (Gessler & Peters, 2023), nevertheless this study features learning environments in highly specialized VET centers that differ from common institutional settings, which either focus on marginalized groups of at-risk learners with international or migration backgrounds, or foster cooperative use of technical learning environments to tackle regional apprenticeship shortages. Lastly, the paper from France investigates how PTLES can cultivate student agency in secondary VET. This paper focuses on two core elements of PTLES, authenticity and collaboration, as architectures of student agency in VET (Rupnik & Avsek, 2025) In this symposium we thus explore the creation of PTLES in various European contexts and focus on how these learning environments are perceived by students in secondary VET. Authentic, real-world learning as well as collaboration emerge as foundational elements of PTLES in VET. Contributions emphasize learning environments connecting students to real professional contexts while fostering collective capacity, achieved through practical curriculum ties, or through multidimensional agency of students within PTLES. These studies also suggest that cooperative patterns between education and the labour market require further strengthening and that the integration of sustainability in powerful and transformative learning environments requires professional development of teachers and mentors. References Greinert, W.D. (1983). Organisationsmodelle und Lernkonzepte in der beruflichen Bildung: Analytische Grundlagentexte (Studien zur Vergleichenden Berufspädagogik). Placklé, I., Könings, K. D., Struyven, K., Libotton, A., van Merriënboer, J. J., Engels, N. (2020). Powerful learning environments in secondary vocational education: towards a shared understanding. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(2). Roos, L., Trasberg, K., Kõiv, K., & Säre, E. (2021). Characteristics of powerful learning environments in VET transition program for at-risk students: qualitative insights from teachers and support specialists implementing the program. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 13(1), 1‒21. Rupnik, D., & Avsec, S. (2025). Student Agency as an Enabler in Cultivating Sustainable Competencies for People-Oriented Technical Professions. Education Sciences, 15(4), 469. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15040469 The European Green Deal. (2021). https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en. Vugteveen, J., Timmermans, A. C., Korpershoek, H., Rooijen, M. van, & Opdenakker, M.-C. (2016). Overgangen en aansluitingen in het onderwijs. Deelrapportage 3, Empirische studie naar de cognitieve en niet-cognitieve ontwikkeling van leerlingen rondom de vmbo-mbo overgang. GION Onderwijs/Onderzoek. Presentations of the Symposium Powerful Transformative Learning Environments for Sustainability in Secondary Vocational Education: A Systematic Review
High quality secondary vocational education (VET) is crucial for a future successful professional career of VET students (European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training, 2024). However, according to research, students in secondary VET are prone to demotivation and drop-out (Vugteveen et al., 2016). The creation of a powerful learning environment (PLE) in secondary VET is thus crucial to improve the learning of every student (Placklé, Könings, Struyven, Libotton, van Merriënboer, & Engels, 2020). As Europe strives for climate neutrality by 2050 (The European Green Deal, 2021), schools (Mulvik et al., 2024) and companies (The European Green Deal, 2021) take on a crucial role. The implementation of education for sustainability into the PLEs of practical subjects in secondary VET is thus crucial to achieve this climate goal.
Previous research has focussed on the creation of PLEs in secondary VET in general (Wahlgren, & Aarkrog, 2024), or specifically for general subjects within VET (Placklé et al., 2020). Research on the creation of PLEs in practical subjects in VET is rather scarce (Pauwels et al., 2023). Moreover, research on learning for sustainability within the context of practical subjects in secondary VET remains rare.
This systematic review aims to create a framework for powerful transformative learning environments for sustainability (PTLES) in practical subjects in secondary VET and the associated student outcomes. This review is guided by the integration of the theoretical frameworks on (1) PLEs in VET (Pauwels et al., 2023), (2) learning for sustainability (LfS) (Mulvik et al., 2024), and (3) transformative learning (TL) (Mezirow, 1978).
In the framework for PTLES, all components of the integrated frameworks are present. The framework for PTLES consists of five key building blocks: (1) higher-order thinking and complex skills, (2) high-quality instruction, (3) learning tasks in an authentic learning environment, (4) adaptive education, and (5) classroom management. These key building blocks mainly contain the same interpretation as in the BRIDGE-framework (Pauwels et al., 2023) with the addition of the subprinciples conscious learning and disorienting learning experiences and the refinement of the subprinciples reflection, critical thinking, and interdisciplinary learning tasks. We conclude that current empirical studies on sustainability education within practical subjects in secondary VET scarcely use the transformative learning framework.
References:
European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training. (2024). Data insight: Vocational Education and training in the EU ,Cedefop: Vocational education and training statistics and indicators.
Mezirow, J. (1978). Education for perspective transformation: Women re-entry programs in community college. Center for adult education. Columbia University.
Mulvik, I. et al. J. (2024). Monitoring Learning for Sustainability: Developing a Cross-EU Approach, Final Report. European Union
Placklé, I. et al. (2020). Powerful learning environments in secondary vocational education: Towards a shared understanding. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(2), 224-242.
Pauwels, L. et al.(2023). Bouwstenen voor opleiding en professionalisering van (duale) leraren technische en praktijkvakken in arbeidsmarktgerichte opleidingen:Systematische Reviewstudie). Vlaams departement onderwijs en vorming. Brussel, Vlaamse Overheid.
The European Green Deal. (2021). https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en.
Vugteveen, J. et al. (2016). Overgangen en aansluitingen in het onderwijs. Deelrapportage 3, Empirische studie naar de cognitieve en niet-cognitieve ontwikkeling van leerlingen rondom de vmbo-mbo overgang. GION Onderwijs/Onderzoek.
Wahlgren, B., & Aarkrog, V. (2024). What constitutes a conducive learning environment in VET? Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 14(2), 105-126.
A Powerful Learning Environment in Estonian Choice of Profession Training – the Perspective of At-Risk Youth
Estonian vocational schools have implemented the Choice of Profession Training (CoPT) since 2016. It is an introductory programme designed to facilitate transitions between school levels, support career choices, and provide positive learning and work experiences. Starting as a project-based educational intervention, CoPT became a permanent part of the vocational education system (Vocational Educational Institutions Act, 2013). Students in the programme are a heterogeneous group with diverse educational backgrounds, motivation, language proficiency, and social or learning challenges, including Ukrainian war refugees. Therefore, the programme promotes equitable and inclusive learning opportunities aligned with SDG 4 (Quality Education) and SDG 10 (Reducing Inequality). Supporting such diversity requires flexible and inclusive learning environments. Placklé et al. (2014, 2018, 2020) propose the PoLEVE model, which places the student at the centre of integrated components, including authentic learning tasks, key competency development, and adaptive support. Research shows that students value learning environments that mirror real workplace situations, foster collaboration, and offer autonomy within a supportive structure.
Roos et al. (2021) identified the characteristics of a powerful learning environment in a vocational transition program for at-risk students, as observed through teachers' and support specialists' experiences. This study examines how VET students, as co-designers of the learning environment, perceive a powerful learning experience in the Choice of Profession training. Data were gathered through individual semi-structured interviews with VET students (n = 19). A theory-driven thematic analysis was employed to analyse the data, with the aim of identifying recurring themes within the dataset (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The analysis was guided by the theoretical model of powerful learning environments in vocational education (Placklé et al., 2014, 2018), which served as the coding framework.
The preliminary results indicate that the students in CoPT consider the following characteristics of the PLE to be most relevant to them: authentic and challenging learning tasks, collaborative problem-solving, and the emphasis on practical tasks in the curriculum, as well as field trips and work placements. The students emphasised that learning should be closely tied to real-world work situations, through project-based team assignments, workplace simulations, and case-based learning from industry scenarios.
As in the study by Placklé et al. (2014), reflective dialogue with teachers and peers was not considered a preferable characteristic of PLEs in vocational education.
References:
Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qual Res Psychol 3(2):77–101.
Gessler, M. & Peters, S. (2023). Dual Apprenticeship and Continuing Vocational Education and Training in Central and Eastern Europe: Opportunities and Obstacles for German Family Businesses. Stiftung Familienunternehmen, München
Placklé, I. et al. (2014). Students’ preferred characteristics of learning environments in vocational secondary education. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training.
Placklé, I. et al. (2018). Students embracing change towards more powerful learning environments in vocational education. Educational Studies, 44(1).
Placklé, I. et al. (2020). Powerful learning environments in secondary vocational education: towards a shared understanding. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(2).
Roos, L., Trasberg, K., Kõiv, K., & Säre, E. (2021). Characteristics of powerful learning environments in VET transition program for at-risk students: qualitative insights from teachers and support specialists implementing the program. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 13(1), 1‒21.
Vocational Educational Institutions Act. (2013). Riigi Teataja. Accessed: https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/517062014003/consolide/current
Patterns of Diversity in Providing Vocational Education and Training in Germany
The overarching research goal is to better understand vocational education and training in relation to future skills developed through different educational practices, considering both individual and institutional perspectives. The research applies a case study approach conducted by vocational education experts in Dresden (Saxony, Germany), representing diverse VET (Greinert, 1983) and operating at the intersection of the education sector and industry. Although German VET is widely recognized for the strength of its dual system (Gessler & Peters, 2023), this study goes beyond common institutional settings. The German ProVEST project, coordinated by Dresden University of Technology as Germany’s vocational teacher training institute with the broadest range of vocational domains, is complemented by TUDFaCE and Learning+Technology Dresden. These institutions are specialized VET centers that focus on marginalized groups of both low- and high-skilled workers, particularly those with international or migration backgrounds. This project design enables a comparative education research perspective that jointly addresses skills shortages and structural challenges in VET.
The study identifies and analyzes three cases of Powerful and Transformative Learning Environments for sustainability (PTLES), which are presented through their core components at the intersection of school- and work-based learning. The analysis highlights patterns of diversity that are essential for understanding how transformative learning experiences are triggered. Previous research has emphasized the importance of strengthening teachers’ competencies in building productive relationships with families (Köhler et al., 2023). This is particularly relevant for supporting migrant and refugee parents in engaging with schools, improving educational outcomes, and addressing challenges faced by disadvantaged learners in secondary education, including vocational orientation and VET phases.
In regions where apprenticeships are increasingly scarce, traditional VET structures no longer provide sufficient learning opportunities. In response, a second PTLE approach focuses on VET 4.0. This approach involves the development of a digital infrastructure aligned with Industry 4.0 processes, enabling the cooperative use of technical learning environments across participating vocational schools. Such cooperation reflects the concept of learning location collaboration (Köhler et al., 2014).
Compared to VET structures in other countries, these PTLE practices underline the need to provide vocational teachers with a deeper understanding of diverse cooperative patterns between education and the labor market in Germany as well (Kretschmer & Pfeiffer, 2022). Within this distinctive VET context, the Dresden research team anticipates strengthened vocational teacher education and new impulses for European vocational pedagogy through a better understanding of how structural and institutional design elements can be effectively integrated into practice.
References:
Gessler, M. & Peters, S. (2023). Dual Apprenticeship and Continuing Vocational Education and Training in Central and Eastern Europe: Opportunities and Obstacles for German Family Businesses. Stiftung Familienunternehmen, München
Greinert, W.D. (1983). Organisationsmodelle und Lernkonzepte in der beruflichen Bildung: Analytische Grundlagentexte (Studien zur Vergleichenden Berufspädagogik).
Köhler, T., Kreikenbom, H., Neumann. J. & Ueberschaer, A., (2014). Online- Lernortkooperation aus Sicht von Ausbildender und Auszubildenden; In: Krämer, N.C., Sträfling, N., Malzahn, N., Ganster, T. & Hoppe, U. (Hrsg.): Lernen im Web 2.0 - Erfahrungen aus Berufsbildung und Studium; Reihe, Berichte zur beruflichen Bildung; Bonn, BIBB Verlag.
Köhler, T. et al. (2023). Co-MAP Mapping Senior Leaders’ Perceptions of the Impact of Local and National COVID-19 Closure/Lockdown Policies on Schools and Vulnerable Young People and Those at Risk of Exclusion. Open Research in Progress – Reports of the Center for Open Digital Innovation and Participation, 1(2). https://doi.org/10.58926/orp.2023.2.10
Kretschmer, S. & Pfeiffer, I. (Hg.) (2022). Lernortkooperation in der Ausbildung digital denken?: Befunde und Impulse zur Lernortkooperation im Zeitalter digitaler Bildung; Bielefeld: wbv Publikation
Student Agency in Secondary Vocational Education and Training: Authenticity and Collaboration in Inspiring Practices in ProVEST
This presentation reports on preliminary findings from the ProVEST project. Early stages of ProVEST are dedicated to the establishment of a shared cooperative framework based on inspiring practices in VET. The research examines how tentative Powerful Transformative Learning Environments for Sustainability according to the BRIDGE model (Pauwels et al., 2023) may foster student agency in VET (Rupnik & Avsek, 2025) — conceptualized as a multidimensional capacity encompassing capacity for action (Klemenčič, 2015), reflection (Beadles, 2025), relational embeddedness (Klemenčič, 2022), collectivity (Vetoshkina, 2023), and transformative intent (Lotz-Sisitka et al., 2015).
Thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2006) was conducted over a corpus of 28 initial descriptions of PTLES on the EduSynergy platform used as an interaction and communication tool within the research community. Preliminary findings showcase how combinations of both authenticity and collaboration themes may encourage distinct student agency dimensions. As such, PTLES may be described as dynamic systems wherein learners, teachers and external partners jointly cultivate sustainable professional capability and cognitive adaptability.
Through cross-national analysis of the initial description of 28 PTLES drawn from VET schools, the study identifies how authenticity and collaboration may scaffold student agency. The authenticity theme encompasses five interlocking subthemes specific to VET: (1) workplace simulation creating professional realism; (2) civic engagement addressing social responsibility; (3) ecological and cultural grounding rooted in sustainability; (4) personal and emotional involvement fostering affective connection; and (5) epistemic inquiry-based approaches mirroring professional reasoning. Each project displays some level of combination of subthemes rather than case-based orientation: significantly, 78% of PTLES express authenticity through multiple concurrent subthemes suggesting that richly authentic learning requires integrated design.
The collaboration theme reveals four primary subthemes: (1) cross-disciplinary and inter-institutional boundary crossing (18 projects), (2) peer-to-peer learning systems (16 projects), (3) teacher–student co-design (14 projects), and (4) vertical intergenerational mentoring (10 projects). Similarly, 90% of PTLES in the corpus display two or more collaboration subthemes simultaneously, showing how collaboration may enable the shared agency of students for sustainable professional capability.
However, a critical distinction may be outlined: PTLES should foster authentic voices that encourage the transformation of participation structures and power relations. This requires moving from individual advancement toward collective decision-making, and from working within institutional hierarchies toward challenging and adapting them. The research may therefore establish a baseline for examining the interplay between the structure of VET institutions and the agency of students and its potential to produce transformative learning pathways in VET contexts.
References:
Beadles, T. (2025). The Development of a Place-Based Community Specific Inservice Teacher Education (PBCSITE) Model Using Cultural-Historical Activity Theory and Action Research.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.
Klemenčič, M. (2015). What is student agency ? An ontological exploration in the context of research on student engagement.
Klemenčič, M. (2023). A theory of student agency in higher education. In Research handbook on the student experience in higher education (p. 25‑40). Edward Elgar Publishing.
Lotz-Sisitka, et al. (2015). Transformative, transgressive social learning : Rethinking higher education pedagogy in times of systemic global dysfunction. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability, 16, 73‑80.
Pauwels, L. et al. (2023). Bouwstenen voor opleiding en professionalisering van (duale) leraren technische en praktijkvakken in arbeidsmarktgerichte opleidingen:Systematische Reviewstudie). Vlaams departement onderwijs en vorming. Brussel, Vlaamse Overheid.
Rupnik, D., & Avsec, S. (2025). Student Agency as an Enabler in Cultivating Sustainable Competencies for People-Oriented Technical Professions. Education Sciences, 15(4), 469. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15040469
Vetoshkina, L. (2023). Teaching ‘a course without content’ : Relational agentic orientations to reorganisation of higher education. Studies in Continuing Education, 45(3), 344‑360. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2022.2098710
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 03 SES 06 A: AI Tools for Curriculum: Self-Regulation. Feedback and Writing Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Mohini Gupta Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper AI Literacy and Learning Depth in a Business Management Course Utah Valley University, United States of America Presenting Author:The rapid expansion of generative artificial intelligence (AI) in higher education is reshaping how students learn, create, and engage with academic tasks, prompting new opportunities and challenges for higher education (Dwivedi et al., 2023; Meyer et al., 2023). Tools such as ChatGPT are increasingly embedded in students’ study routines, supporting drafting, revision, ideation, and concept development (Balabdaoui et al., 2023; Peters et al., 2023). This study examines an instructional design in which undergraduate business students used ChatGPT to obtain formative feedback on team-based blog assignments in an Introduction to Organisational Behavior course. By analysing 19 complete team submissions—including drafts, ChatGPT feedback, revised blogs, reflections, and instructor comments—the study explores how students engaged with AI feedback, the types of revisions they implemented, and the learning processes evident in their interactions. The results indicate that ChatGPT consistently produced structured feedback aligned with assignment criteria, offering suggestions related to clarity, argument flow, scenario development, visual presentation, and surface-level writing quality (Kasneci et al., 2023a; Zhai, 2022). When students used the instructor-provided prompt, the feedback more often addressed theoretical accuracy, relevance of examples, argument strength, and conceptual alignment with organisational behaviour frameworks. This aligns with research showing that prompt design strongly shapes the quality and specificity of AI-generated feedback (Eager & Brunton, 2023; Wang & Li, 2024). In contrast, self-generated prompts produced more superficial responses focused on grammar, tone, and readability. Despite receiving conceptual feedback, most teams primarily made surface-level revisions such as adjusting formatting, reorganising paragraphs, refining headings, and adding images—changes that improve readability but do not deepen theoretical insight. Students seldom incorporated suggestions requiring conceptual effort, such as elaborating on organisational behaviour theories, strengthening scenario-theory alignment, or clarifying causal logic. This pattern reflects broader concerns that students often use AI for low-effort tasks rather than deeper reasoning (Balabdaoui et al., 2023; Kasneci et al., 2023b). A notable finding is students’ limited use of iterative prompting. Although ChatGPT’s affordances are maximised through iterative engagement (Kasneci et al., 2023a; Peters et al., 2023), teams rarely asked follow-up questions. When they did, these queries revolved around grammar checks rather than probing theoretical understanding or reasoning processes. This suggests gaps in both AI literacy and feedback literacy—skills essential for interpreting and applying feedback effectively (Carless & Boud, 2018; Pinto et al., 2023). Student reflections further revealed limited metacognitive depth. Most reflections described superficial changes, often in checklist form, with minimal explanation of the learning value of revisions. Few reflected on theory comprehension, argument structure, or conceptual refinement. This echoes research showing that when students lack feedback literacy, they struggle to engage critically with comments—whether from instructors or AI tools (Cotton et al., 2023; Obenza et al., 2023). Instructor comments reinforced these gaps: instructors frequently highlighted conceptual weaknesses that ChatGPT had also identified but students had not addressed. Taken together, the findings reveal both the promise and limitations of AI-mediated learning. AI supports improved clarity, structure, and visual design—key aspects of communication in management education (Peters et al., 2023). However, deeper conceptual learning depends heavily on student prompting skills, evaluative judgment, and willingness to engage iteratively with feedback, confirming recent concerns about overreliance on AI and shallow engagement (Chaudhry et al., 2023; Dergaa et al., 2023). More broadly, the study underscores the emerging need for structured AI literacy and prompt-design instruction within business curricula (Dwivedi et al., 2023; Pinto et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study was conducted in an online Introduction to Organisational Behavior course enrolling 65 undergraduate business students at a large open-enrolment U.S. university. Given the diverse academic backgrounds and digital experiences typical of such settings, the course provided an ideal environment for examining AI-supported formative feedback (Balabdaoui et al., 2023; Obenza et al., 2023). Students were assigned to 12 teams and completed multiple blog-style management challenge assignments requiring application of organisational behaviour theories to workplace scenarios. Two of these assignments incorporated structured AI-mediated feedback. Students created draft blog posts and were required to submit them to ChatGPT using an instructor-provided prompt aligned with assignment criteria, including clarity, theoretical accuracy, structure, and design considerations. Consistent with research on prompt engineering in education (Eager & Brunton, 2023; Wang & Li, 2024), this prompt was designed to elicit feedback relevant to writing quality and conceptual understanding. Students were encouraged—but not required—to ask follow-up questions to refine or deepen the feedback. After receiving ChatGPT’s feedback, teams revised their work and submitted a final package including: (1) the revised blog URL, (2) the original draft prompt and ChatGPT’s full response, and (3) a reflection explaining the revisions made and how the AI feedback was used. Instructor comments on the final submissions were also included. Three submissions were excluded due to inaccessible Google Sites pages, resulting in 19 complete datasets for analysis. The analysis proceeded in three stages consistent with thematic qualitative approaches (Kasneci et al., 2023a; Peters et al., 2023). First, ChatGPT-generated feedback was coded into categories aligned with assignment criteria: theoretical application, clarity and flow, design elements, call to action, and grammar/mechanics. This allowed comparison across teams using the instructor prompt versus self-generated prompts. Second, revised blogs were compared to the AI feedback to identify which suggestions students implemented and the depth of those revisions. Following research distinguishing surface-level from conceptual revisions (Carless & Boud, 2018; Kasneci et al., 2023b), changes were categorised as structural, stylistic, or conceptual. Third, student reflections were analysed for specificity, rationale, metacognitive insight, and evidence of evaluative judgment. Instructor comments served as a triangulating data source, revealing cases where conceptual feedback—provided by ChatGPT—had been overlooked. This multi-layered approach enabled a nuanced understanding of how students engaged with AI-mediated feedback and what these interactions revealed about AI literacy, feedback literacy, and learning processes in an authentic educational setting. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that while generative AI offers meaningful support for improving clarity, organisation, and visual presentation in student writing, its capacity to foster deeper conceptual learning is limited without intentional instructional scaffolding. Students overwhelmingly adopted surface-level suggestions such as formatting and wording changes, reflecting patterns observed in recent research showing that students gravitate toward low-effort revisions when using AI (Balabdaoui et al., 2023; Kasneci et al., 2023b). Despite receiving accurate conceptual feedback, many teams did not revise theoretical explanations or strengthen scenario-to-theory alignment, suggesting gaps in both AI literacy and disciplinary understanding. The quality of prompts played a decisive role in shaping the usefulness of AI feedback. Teams who used the instructor-provided prompt received richer, targeted feedback aligned with learning outcomes, reinforcing emerging evidence that effective prompting is a core academic skill in AI-supported learning environments (Eager & Brunton, 2023; Wang & Li, 2024). By contrast, self-generated prompts yielded generic responses that did little to support conceptual refinement—a finding that underscores the importance of explicit prompt-design instruction within management education. Students’ limited use of iterative prompting further constrained the depth of learning. Although iterative engagement is central to maximising AI’s instructional value (Peters et al., 2023; Kasneci et al., 2023a), follow-up questions were rare and superficial. Reflections revealed similarly limited metacognitive engagement, aligning with feedback literacy research showing that students often struggle to interpret and apply feedback of any kind (Carless & Boud, 2018; Cotton et al., 2023). Instructor comments confirmed the need for continued human mediation: conceptual gaps overlooked by students were frequently identified by instructors, indicating that AI feedback alone cannot ensure disciplinary accuracy (Mollick & Mollick, 2022; Masters, 2023). Overall, the findings point to the need for integrating AI literacy, reflective judgment, and structured feedback processes into management curricula to ensure responsible, equitable, and pedagogically meaningful use of AI. References Balabdaoui, F., Szoniec, K. S., Bassetti, F., Dhaene, S., & Gruber, P. (2023). A survey on students’ use of AI at a technical university. Discover Education, 3(51). Chaudhry, I. S., Aziz, S., Bokhari, S. A. A., Sarwar, A., & Hussain, M. (2023). Time to revisit existing student performance evaluation approach in higher education sector in a new era of ChatGPT. Cogent Education, 10(1), 2210461. Cotton, D. R., Cotton, P. A., & Shipway, J. R. (2023). Chatting and cheating: Ensuring academic integrity in the era of ChatGPT. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 61(2), 228–239. Dergaa, I., Abubaker, M., Mataruna-Dos-Santos, L. J., Musa, S., & Zmijewski, P. (2023). From human writing to artificial intelligence generated text: Examining the prospects and potential threats of ChatGPT in academic writing. Biology of Sport, 40(15), 615–622. Dwivedi, Y. K., Kshetri, N., Hughes, L., Slade, E. L., Kar, A. K., Baabdullah, A. M., Koohang, A., Raghavan, V., Albanna, B., & Singh, S. (2023). “So what if ChatGPT wrote it?” Multidisciplinary perspectives on opportunities, challenges and implications of generative conversational AI. International Journal of Information Management, 71, 102642. Eager, B., & Brunton, R. (2023). Prompting higher education toward AI-augmented teaching and learning practice. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice, 20(5). Kasneci, E., Sessler, K., Kitchen, A., Kasneci, G., & Rittberger, M. (2023). AI-based feedback for higher education: Opportunities and challenges. Educational Technology Research & Development, 71, 1–23. Masters, K. (2023). Ethical use of artificial intelligence in health professions education. Medical Teacher, 45(6), 574–584. Meyer, J. G., Zhu, L., Varma, R., & Shapiro, M. (2023). ChatGPT and large language models in academia: Opportunities and challenges. BioData Mining, 16(1), 20. Obenza, B. N., Hilario, S. P., Cruz, K. P., & Malolos, R. C. (2023). University students’ perception and use of ChatGPT. International Journal of Human Computing Systems, 5(12). Peters, M. A., Rizvi, F., Gorur, R., & Zipin, L. (2023). Learning with ChatGPT 3.5 as a more knowledgeable other. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21(10). Pinto, A. S., Moreira, F., Reis, A., Carvalho, C. V., & Figueiredo, M. (2023). How machine learning is transforming higher education. Journal of Information Systems Engineering and Management, 8(2), 21168. Wang, L., & Li, W. (2024). The impact of AI usage on university students’ willingness for autonomous learning. Behavioral Science, 14(10), 956. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper 'Sometimes we Can Use AI to Colonise': Documenting Everyday GenAI-led Writing Practices of International Students University of Sheffield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:There is a history of research on academic writing that connects the complex ways that writers think through writing processes to forge academic identities (Brandt, 2001; Ivanic, 1997). These studies of academic writing closely inspect practices like brainstorming, reflecting, and revising writing through observations in classroom environments and interviews to deepen an understanding about what it means to be an academic writer. Traditionally, academic writing has been examined as a steady process that requires time in institutional contexts with students honing the craft of writing for academic purposes (Thomson, 2023; Thomson & Kamler, 2016). However, in the age of AI, this picture has changed dramatically, with Large Language Models (LLMs) expediting academic socialisation for emerging writers and researchers through generated text that is prompted and customised to a writer’s needs and discipline. LLMs give developing academic writers immediate, interpreted text without the emotional and linguistic labour it takes to bridge cultures, linguistic repertoires, and registers. There are therefore more possibilities and affordances than ever to speed up an academic writing voice. By simulating languages and brokering across linguistic divides, LLM software gives rapid-fire cross-cultural understandings without the time and experience previously needed to navigate new languages and unfamiliar cultures. The core argument of this paper is that ChatGPT and LLMs more generally are social contexts where international students improvise academic identities and forge conceptions of writing. Key questions asked in the paper are: How do PGR international students perform academic identities and experience academic socialisation in the age of AI? In what ways is a writerly voice forged across AI platforms? This does not mean that AI-led writing is an academic panacea or in some way bypasses socialisation, rather AI must be seen as a co-traveller with international students as they navigate developing academic identities.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper features a qualitative research study with ten international postgraduate (PGR) students at a university in the north of England. Modifying Gillen et al’s “A Day in the Life” (2007) method of data collection combined with focus group interviews, we asked ten PGR students to share their GenAI-led writing practices over one week which they then reflected on during focus groups. Interpreting their AI-led written artifacts as representations of thoughts and beliefs gave us a window into the social practices of academic reading, writing, and thinking that helped PGR students to forge academic identities. The paper begins with a presentation of Ivanic’s classic study of academic writing (1998), then presents Gillen et al’s “A Day in the Life” method (2007) to excavate digital writing practices, followed by key findings from our research study and the broader implications of it for ever-emerging AI research and scholarship. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A key finding in the paper is that the presence of AI appears to have triggered a reconceptualisation of authorship. Traditionally, Roz Ivanič (1998) framed the authorial selves through two primary forms of ownership, namely, the ownership of content and ownership of language (i.e. identification with the discoursal choices made). However, the data suggests a shift away from this binary toward a new focus on the writing process itself. References Gillen, J., Cameron, A., Tapanya, S., & Pinto, G. (2007). A Day in the Life: advancing a methodology for the cultural study of development and learning in early childhood. Early Childhood and Care. 177: 1-12. Ivanič, R. (1998). Writing and identity: The discoursal construction of identity in academic writing. John Benjamins Publishing Company. Thomson, P. & Kamler, B. (2016). Detox your writing. strategies for doctoral researchers. London: Routledge. Thomson, P. (2023). Refining your academic writing. Strategies for reading, revising, and rewriting. London: Routledge 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Reclamation of Socio-technical Imaginaries amid Empty Places and Silences in K-12 Digital Teaching and Learning Practices 1: Lusofona University, Portugal; 2: Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Current educational research and policy increasingly emphasise the need to reimagine K-12 teaching and learning in the context of ongoing digital transformations [1]. While digital technologies, and artificial intelligence in particular, are often framed as solutions to educational challenges, their ethical, relational and political implications remain insufficiently examined in everyday pedagogical practices [2]. Therefore, the central research question guiding this paper is: How can sociotechnical imaginaries be critically reclaimed to support more democratic and caring educational futures? This question is explored through three subsidiary questions: What forms of absence, invisibility or silence characterise the use of digital tools and environments in everyday educational practices? How do teachers and learners negotiate, resist or reinterpret dominant narratives of AI-driven innovation? And what pedagogical conditions enable collective reflection on alternative sociotechnical futures? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on a work plan of a research stay, this paper is grounded in a qualitative methodological approach informed by narrative inquiry [7], exploring anticipatory ethics and speculative research. The methodological design draws from a two-month research mobility in an Irish University, providing a situated and dialogic research context. Narrative inquiry constitutes the primary methodological orientation, enabling attention to how meanings around digital innovation, care and responsibility are constructed, negotiated and contested across texts, practices and interactions [8]. The methodological strand consists of a scoping literature review combined with the collection of publicly available digital artefacts. The literature review draws on major international databases, including ERIC, Web of Science and SCOPUS, to map epistemological, methodological and ontological challenges and opportunities associated with digitally enhanced and care-oriented research in education. The scoping review aims to identify dominant narratives, silences and tensions in current research. In parallel, publicly available digital artefacts such as policy documents, institutional strategies, online educational materials and media resources are collected. These sources are analysed narratively and relationally, with attention to how particular imaginaries of digital education are promoted, normalised or rendered invisible. This approach allows connections between discourse, practice and absence to be critically explored, highlighting how ethical concerns related to care, equity and responsibility are articulated or marginalised, imagining engagement and critical reflection on alternative educational futures [9]. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is important to clarify that, at the time of this submission, the research stay and, therefore, the implementation of the proposed work plan have not yet begun. Consequently, this paper does not present empirical findings, but instead outlines expected outcomes that are analytically, conceptually and methodologically oriented. These outcomes are directed towards deepening understanding, opening spaces for critical reflection and supporting more caring and democratic engagements with digital technologies in K-12 education and educational research. Conceptually, the paper is expected to contribute to ongoing debates on digital transformation by advancing the notion of a Digital Ethics of Care as a critical lens for examining AI and digitally mediated educational practices. By bringing together critical pedagogy, ethics of care and futures studies, the paper illuminates how dominant sociotechnical imaginaries often foreground efficiency, optimisation and inevitability, while marginalising relationality and vulnerability. A key outcome is the debate of recurring absences, silences and tensions in discourses and practices that shape how digital technologies are imagined and enacted in everyday educational practice. References [1] Facer, K. (2011). Learning futures: Education, technology and social change (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203817308 [2] Gouseti, A., James, F., Fallin, L., & Burden, K. (2025). The ethics of using AI in K-12 education: A systematic literature review. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 34(2), 161–182. https://doi.org/10.1080/1475939X.2024.2428601 [3] Costello, E. (2024). Postdigital ethics of care. In: Jandrić, P. (eds) Encyclopedia of Postdigital Science and Education. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-35469-4_68-1 [4] Costello, E., Welsh, S., Girme, P., Concannon, F., Farrelly, T., & Thompson, C. (2023). Who cares about learning design? Near future superheroes and villains of an educational ethics of care. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(3), 460–475. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2022.2074452 [5] Macgilchrist, F., Allert, H., Cerratto Pargman, T. et al. (2024). Designing postdigital futures: Which designs? Whose futures?. Postdigital Science and Education, 6, 13–24. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00389-y [6] Miller, R. (2024). Liberating the human imagination: Futures literacy and the diversification of anticipation. In Handbook of futures studies. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781035301607.00015 [7] Clandinin, D. J. (2022). Engaging in narrative inquiry (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003240143 [8] Freitas, A. (2026). Decision-making in narrative inquiry in education: Ethical gathering, transcription, validation and analysis of lived experiences. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 49(1), 24–39. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2025.2543261 [9] Malpass, A., Breel, A., Stubbs, J. et al. (2023). Create to collaborate: Using creative activity and participatory performance in online workshops to build collaborative research relationships. Res Involv Engagem 9, 111. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40900-023-00512-8 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 03 SES 06 B: Curriculum Reform, Policy and School Context Location: K110 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Emily Ross Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The Becoming of a New School System – Upper Secondary School United 1: Södertörn University, Sweden; 2: Mälardalens University, Sweden Presenting Author:This presentation is to be understood as a curriculum and policy driven study about the legitimacy of RE-education at upper secondary school by tracing its educative roots and societal demands to the upcoming school system that came to being in the 1960’s. The 1965 upper secondary school curriculum (Lgy 65) was a major reform that changed previous structures and laid the foundation for the modern Swedish upper secondary school. It involved an integration of previously preparatory school, technical and vocational school and girl school into a broader upper secondary school system, with five streams (humanities, social sciences, economics, natural sciences, and technology), with the aim of increasing accessibility and adapting to the needs of society, which paved the way for the later, more integrated upper secondary school 1970 (Lgy70) (Grahn, 2021). Even if the school system prior to 1965 stood on different parallel pillars with different purposes, content and learning goals, the subject of Christianity or Christian education was their common denominator before the reform 1965. RE-education has historically played a dominant role in Swedish schools to educate and foster the upgrowing generation, first to educate them in Christianity, then about Christianity and other religions, and later learning from and about religions (Jonsson & Månsson 2021, 2022, 2024). It is worth to note that after the reformation 1965 the upper secondary syllabus changed from Christianity to religion and in 1969 the syllabus for elementary school underwent the same change (Jonsson & Månsson, 2024). Our theoretical framework is inspired by Thomas Popkewitz’s (2004, 2010) understanding of a school subject and its relation to socialisation. The school subject of religion is mandatory in upper secondary education – for both vocational and theoretical programs. Even if the school subject is rooted in the university subject, it has little or nothing to do with the status and recognition its mother discipline has on the academic field (Goodson, 1998). It is, according to Popkewitz (2010) and Ivor Goodson (1998), a question of the subject’s transformation from an academic subject to a school subject to fit into the structure and purpose of schooling and teaching processes. The governing principles in this refining and politically controlled process are, according to Popkewitz (2010), about controlling the child’s behavior, personality, relationships and emotions in order to place the child in a certain regularity and social order. In other words, the content of a school subject exceeds the question about how the teacher should address a specific content to the pupils, it has a general educational (or didactical) dimension as it also expresses its normative and educational principles that shape the pupil to become part of the existing society (Künzli, 2010; Klafki, 2010). Hence, we view this research as a study in general didactics with a RE-educational agenda, or interest, namely the role of RE-education in the school’s general educational and fostering mission (Jonsson & Månsson, 2022). Just like any school subject, the subject of religion follows the same ‘zeitgeist’ as the entire education reform (Englund, 2005). In our presentation, we will start with a brief historical overview over the development of the Swedish modern upper secondary school to give our presentation a historical context. Then we will specifically focus on the reform that led to a new school system with a special interest in the general aim for upper secondary school and more specifically in RE-education in Lgy65 and Lgy70. We conclude this presentation by discussing some didactical implications of the 1965 reform in general and for RE-education in particular and highlight some significant educative ambitions for upper secondary school that might be inherited in the curriculums from 1994–2025. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically our presentation is a historical-based investigation with a special focus on the upper secondary reform in 1965 and the curriculums from 1965 and 1970, since a curriculum reflects the state’s ambitions to educate the upgrowing generation and are thus a normative document that shapes its purpose and content over time (Englund 2005). The empirical material for our text analysis consists primarily of curriculums (Lgy65, Lgy70), the Swedish Government Inquiries (e.g. SOU 1963) and other educative polity texts (e.g. Prop. 1964:171) that have had special significance for the development of RE-education in the Swedish upper secondary school in relation to the overall purpose written in Lgy65 and Lgy70. In our work of collecting and analysing the empirical data, we used a purpose-related and thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2022). The analysis is at a descriptive level because governing documents are not formulated as subjective perceptions and therefore constitute a contribution to an ongoing conversation about RE-education in the Swedish upper secondary school over time. First, we closely read the documents to be able to identify time-typical formulations in relation to the current societal and political context. Second, we kept attention to the specific vocabulary of documents and the public opinion. The time-typical formulations identified in the first was in our third step relate to the ‘zeitgeist’ of society. It was the specific vocabulary of documents and the ‘zeitgeist’ of society that received special attention in the second round of our reading. The time-typical formulations identified in the first reading then became possible in a third step of the reading to operationalize and relate to the study’s purpose and prevailing ‘zeitgeist’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The reformation of upper secondary education was part of a new education policy concerning the whole educational system and was based on the idea that education should be a means of achieving a more democratic society. The aim was to create a society where everyone had the opportunity to participate in society on equal terms. In accordance, RE-education, shifted from education in Christianity to gain knowledge and understanding of other religious systems and beliefs. References Braun, V. & Clark, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative Psychology, 9(1), 3–26 Englund, T. (2005). Läroplanens och skolkunskapens politiska dimension. Göteborg: Daidalos. Goodson, I. F. (2005). Becoming an Academic Subject. I. F. Goodson (ed.). Learning, Curriculum and Life Politics: the selected works of IVOR F. GOODSON (p. 52–68). London: Routledge. Grahn, M. (2021). Den moderna skolans framväxt. 1960-talets förändringar i de gymnasiala skolformerna. Lund Studies in Educational Sciences, vol. 15. Lunds university. Jonsson, L. & Månsson, N. (2021). Med en tydlig utgångspunkt i kristendomens synsätt och traditioner – om religionskunskapsämnets alkemi. Acta Didactica Norden, 15(1). Jonsson, L. & Månsson, N. (2022). ‘Jag brukar säga att religionskursen är som en liten survival kit’ – Religionslärares uppfattning av religionsämnets roll och innehåll på gymnasiet. Nordidactica – Journal of Humanities and Social Science Education, 12(1), 48–70. Jonsson, L. & Månsson, N. (2024). Keeping the Balance. Reflections on Religion Education in Upper Secondary School in Sweden. E. Abdou & T. Zervas (eds.). Ancient and Indigenous Wisdom Traditions in African and Euro-Asian Contexts Towards More Balanced Curricular Representations and Classroom Practices (p. 199–219). New York: Routledge. Klafki, W. (2010). Didaktik Analysis of the Core Preparation of Instruction. I. Westbury, S. Hopmann & K. Riquarts (eds.). Teaching as a Reflective Practice. The German Didaktik Tradition (p. 139–160). New York; Routledge. Künzli, R. (2010). German Didaktik. Models and Re-presentation, of Intercourse, and of Experience. I. Westbury, S. Hopmann & K. Riquarts (eds.). Teaching as a Reflective Practice. The German Didaktik Tradition (p. 41–54). New York; Routledge. Lgy 65. Läroplan för fackskolan 1965. Stockholm: Skolöverstyrelsen. Lgy 70. Läroplan för gymnasieskolan 1970. Stockholm: Skolöverstyrelsen. Popkewitz, T. (2004). The Alchemy of the Mathematics Curriculum: Inscriptions and the Fabrication of the Child. American Educational Research Journal, 41(1), 3–34. Popkewitz, T. (2010). The Limits of Teacher Educational Reforms: School Subjects, Alchemies, and an Alternative Possibility. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(5), 413–421. Prop. 1964:171. Kungl. Maj:ts proposition till riksdagen angående reformering av de gymnasiala skolorna m. m. Stockholm: Regeringskansliet. SOU 1963:42. Ett nytt gymnasium. 1960 års gymnasieutredning. Stockholm: Skolöverstyrelsen. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Positive Error Orientation Mediates the Relationship Between Learning Autonomy and Epistemic Curiosity: A Longitudinal Analysis Scio Research, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Theoretical Framework and Research Programme: Epistemic curiosity, conceptualized as the desire for new knowledge that motivates exploratory behavior, is widely recognized as a fundamental driver of academic achievement and psychological well-being (Kashdan et al., 2020; von Stumm et al., 2011). We adopt the multidimensional perspective (Litman & Pezzo 2007; Kashdan et al., 2018), distinguishing between Joyful Exploration—the pleasurable seeking of novelty—and Deprivation Sensitivity, the drive to resolve information gaps. Despite its documented importance, the environmental mechanisms that affect curiosity during the critical transition through lower secondary education remain significantly under-studied. Our investigation integrates three complementary frameworks to elucidate the dynamics of engagement. Self-Determination Theory (SDT; Deci & Ryan, 2000) provides the foundational premise that intrinsic motivation is contingent upon the satisfaction of basic psychological needs, specifically Autonomy and Competence. However, in learner-centered curricula that prioritize high autonomy, the learner is inevitably confronted with the uncertainty of unstructured problems. Appraisal Theory (Silvia, 2006) refines this perspective by specifying that interest is not precipitated by novelty alone, but requires a secondary appraisal of Coping Potential—the subjective belief that one possesses the resources to understand and manage the incoming complexity. This appraisal mechanism is critical when viewed through the lens of Hidi and Renninger’s (2006) Four-Phase Model of Interest Development. While established Individual Interest (Phases 3 and 4) is characterized by a self-sustaining resilience to challenge, the earlier phases of Situational Interest are fragile and environmentally dependent. We posit that for a student to successfully transition from environmentally triggered curiosity to a stable, self-regulating disposition, they must possess the specific competence to navigate failure without ego-threat. Analytical Strategy: From Exploration to Confirmation To address the complexity of the data while ensuring generalizability, we follow the Model Generation strategy as defined by Kline (2023). This framework acknowledges that in the absence of a fully established theory, an initial model is often tentative and requires respecification based on empirical fit (e.g., modification indices, AIC/BIC). However, Kline (2023) explicitly cautions that such data-driven modifications increase the risk of overfitting. Consequently, any model derived from this exploratory phase must be treated as a hypothesis requiring replication on an independent sample. Accordingly, the research follows a multi-phase design:
Crucially, this design allows for iterative expansion: upon successful confirmation of the M2025 parameters, the 2026 analysis will incorporate additional constructs to generate a new, more comprehensive hypothesis (M2026), continuing the cycle of inquiry. Ecological Setting: The research was conducted within the ScioSchools network, a system of approximately 20 schools in the Czech Republic. This setting provides a unique ecological niche for investigating epistemic curiosity due to three specific methodological affordances. First, the network acts as a "High-Autonomy" Baseline. Unlike traditional systems where curiosity is often suppressed by high-stakes testing and rigid grading, ScioSchools operate without numerical grades, prioritizing student self-direction and project-based learning. By controlling for these external suppressors, we can isolate the subtle intra-psychological mechanisms that sustain engagement when extrinsic coercion is absent. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and Procedure Data were collected via a two-wave longitudinal design (Wave 1: May 2024; Wave 2: May 2025) within the ScioSchools network. The sample comprised adolescents spanning Grades 4–9 (N = 305; nfemale = 146, nmale = 159). The mean age was 12.5 years (SD = 1.37). Participation was voluntary and conditional on informed parental consent. Measures We mapped the relationship between the pedagogical environment and learner outcomes using 5-point Likert scales. Internal consistency was verified using McDonald’s Omega (ω). Epistemic Curiosity: We utilized the Joyous Exploration subscale of the Five-Dimensional Curiosity Scale (Kashdan et al., 2020), operationalized as the intrinsic drive to seek novel information. Perceived School Pedagogy: A self-developed inventory was designed to capture the specific affordances of the ScioSchool curriculum. We modeled a single latent factor integrating Task Design, Divergence Support, and Student Autonomy. Strong inter-factor covariance (r = .63–.76) confirmed that these elements function as a cohesive 'autonomy-supportive' system. Positive Error Orientation (Mediator): Assessed via a self-developed scale measuring the cognitive capacity to reframe failure as information, serving as a direct proxy for the school’s "learning from mistakes" competency. Controls: Family Support, General Well-being (WHO-5; Bech, 2004), and Age. Data Analysis We employed Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) using the lavaan package in R. To account for potential non-normality and attrition, we utilized the MLR estimator in conjunction with Full Information Maximum Likelihood. The analysis utilized a "competing models" protocol to ensure the validity of the findings. We formally compared three hypothetical structures: the Saturated Model, the Partial Mediation Model, and the Full Mediation Model. Models were compared using the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) and Chi-Square difference tests to identify the most parsimonious fit. To rule out alternative explanations, we conducted a series of stress tests: Discriminant Validity: We verified that Positive Error Orientation and Curiosity are empirically distinct constructs. Reverse Causality: We tested an alternative model where Curiosity precedes Error Orientation. The poor fit of this reverse model confirmed the directionality of our findings. Common Method Bias: We controlled for General Well-being (WHO-5) to ensure that the observed relationships were not artifacts of students’ general mood or response tendencies. Independence Check: The low Intraclass Correlation Coefficient ($ICC < .05$) indicated negligible school-level clustering, confirming that the results reflect individual student development rather than classroom-specific effects. Finally, we employed Multi-Group SEM to test whether this psychological mechanism functions universally or varies by gender. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) identified Positive Error Orientation (PEO) as the sole mediator of environmental influence. Direct paths from School Pedagogy and Family Support were non-significant (Full Mediation), indicating that autonomy support promotes engagement only when channeled through this specific competence. Additionally, the analysis revealed a "broken inertia" effect: baseline curiosity (2024) failed to predict outcome curiosity (2025) after controlling for the mediator, challenging trait-stability models. Multi-group analysis demonstrated a gender asymmetry: while the mechanism was universal, the path coefficient from PEO to Curiosity was significantly stronger for girls (β=.87) than for boys (β =.72). Integrating Self-Determination Theory (Deci & Ryan, 2000) with Silvia’s (2006) Appraisal Theory, we posit that PEO bridges the gap between environmental affordances and cognitive needs. While the curriculum provides Autonomy (via novelty and choice), PEO supplies the requisite Coping Potential—the subjective appraisal that the resulting complexity is manageable. Without the capacity to reframe failure as information, the uncertainty inherent in autonomous learning triggers a low-coping appraisal. This precipitates a shift from Interest to Anxiety, effectively thwarting the need for Competence. Thus, PEO functions as the affective gatekeeper, determining whether the freedom to explore is perceived as a masterable challenge or an unmanageable threat. Consequently, to ensure that learner autonomy effectively translates into epistemic engagement, curriculum design must focus on establishing "error-positive" learning environments. The objective is to equip students with the competence to own and metabolize mistakes into forward-pointing datapoints. This reframing proves even more critical for female students, serving as the decisive lever for sustained engagement. Ultimately, such curricular architecture nurtures epistemic curiosity, positioning it not only as a primary driver of intrinsic motivation but as a fundamental proxy for openness to the world. References Bech, P. (2004). Clinical psychometrics. Wiley-Blackwell. Hidi, S., & Renninger, K. A. (2006). The Four-Phase Model of Interest Development. Educational Psychologist, 41(2), 111–127. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15326985ep4102_4 Kashdan, T. B., Disabato, D. J., Goodman, F. R., & McKnight, P. E. (2020). The Five-Dimensional Curiosity Scale Revised (5DCR): Briefer subscales while separating overt and covert social curiosity. Personality and Individual Differences, 157, Article 109836. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2020.109836 Kline, R. B. (2023). Principles and practice of structural equation modeling (5th ed.). The Guilford Press. Litman, J. A., & Pezzo, M. V. (2007). Dimensionality of interpersonal curiosity. Personality and Individual Differences, 43(6), 1448–1459. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2007.04.021 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 von Stumm, S.; Hell, B.; Chamorro-Premuzic. (2011) T. The hungry mind: Intellectual curiosity is the third pillar of academic performance. Perspect. Psychol. Sci., 6, 574–588. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691611421204 Silvia, P. J. (2006). Exploring the psychology of interest. Oxford University Press. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Designing Curriculum and Assessment Alignment: The Potential of Oral Examination in First Language Assessment in a Changing World UCD Presenting Author:In Ireland, final examinations at upper secondary level have been dominated by externally assessed written examinations, particularly in subjects such as mathematics and English (Baird et al., 2014; Burke, 2021; Burns et al., 2018). The recent plans for the redevelopment of senior cycle have included an aspiration to diversify the assessment components to better capture the knowledge, skills and dispositions of students (Department of Education, 2022). These additional components may include project work, practical assessments and oral examinations. One of the threats to the inclusion of pre-submitted project work in an externally assessed system, is the impact of Artificial Intelligence (AI) on the authentication of student work to provide a valid and reliable means of assessment (Corbin et al., 2025; Kizilcec et al., 2024).
In the design of the curriculum specification for Leaving Certificate English (Department of Education and Science & National Council for Curriculum and Assessment, 2025), the assessment components include an oral examination, a departure in Ireland for first language assessment which has traditionally relied on written examinations. The testing of language proficiency by means of an oral examination has long been an accepted component of assessments internationally, but primarily as a means of assessing second language learning (Jones & Spolsky, 1975). In jurisdictions where external assessment is supplemented with internal assessments, oral examination is more common in first language examination. In these cases, oral examination may consist of presentations, interviews or group discussions.
Oral examination has also formed an integral part of assessment at higher education institutions with the viva voce of doctoral theses. In this case, oral examination is not testing oral proficiency but also used as a means of probing and testing deeper conceptual understanding (Tan, 2023; Wagner et al., 2022). The benefits of oral examination utilised in medical training (Davis & Karunathilake, 2005) have also been recognised in other disciplines as providing a more meaningful assessment of student learning in a variety of contexts including online environments (Akimov & Malin, 2020; Davis & Karunathilake, 2005; Theobold, 2021).
Using a critical theorist lens (Fairclough, 2013; Wodak, 2014) this paper proposes to review policy in relation to first language assessment in Ireland to trace the aspiration and evolution of oral assessment in high stakes terminal assessments. A similar approach will examine international contexts where oral examinations are utilised in first language examinations. A critical comparison of these policy findings, along with an examination of the challenges posed by GenAI to traditional assessment arrangements will explore the place and potential of oral examinations and the challenges associated with their inclusion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design grounded in a critical theorist lens to examine the role and potential of oral assessment within first language, high-stakes terminal examinations. The methodology is structured around three interconnected strands: national policy analysis, international comparative review, and critical examination of emerging challenges posed by generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) to traditional assessment practices. The first strand involves a systematic documentary analysis of Irish education policy relating to first language assessment, with particular emphasis on oral components in terminal examinations. Key policy texts, curriculum specifications, assessment guidelines, and examination reports will be purposively selected to trace both the stated aspirations and the historical evolution of oral assessment within the Irish context. A critical discourse analysis approach will be employed to interrogate how language, power, equity, and notions of competence are constructed within these texts, and to identify tensions between policy intent and assessment practice. This analysis will attend to shifts over time, highlighting moments of reform, resistance, or retrenchment in relation to oral assessment. The second strand extends this analysis to selected international contexts where oral examinations are embedded within first language assessment systems. Jurisdictions were chosen based on their established use of oral assessment in high-stakes settings and the availability of policy documentation. Using a comparable analytical framework, policy texts from these contexts were examined to identify underlying rationales, assessment purposes, and implementation models. This cross-national comparison will enable the identification of convergences and divergences in how oral assessment is positioned, legitimised, and operationalised across systems. The final strand critically examines the implications of GenAI for traditional assessment arrangements, drawing on recent scholarly literature, policy statements, and expert commentary. This analysis will explore how GenAI challenges existing conceptions of authorship, validity, and reliability in written assessments, and how these challenges potentially reframe the value of oral examinations. Integrating insights from the national and international policy analyses, this strand will consider the opportunities and constraints associated with expanding oral assessment in response to technological disruption. Together, these methodological approaches enable a critically informed exploration of the place, potential, and limitations of oral examinations in contemporary first language assessment policy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In jurisdictions such as Scotland, oral assessment forms an integral part of the final assessment arrangements for upper secondary students of English. However, the assessments are conducted internally and reported on as completed or not completed. In various Australian states such as Victoria and Queensland, oral examinations are conducted by teachers internally and form part of the final examination reporting. In Ireland, despite explicit references to examining the possibility of including oral assessment in Leaving Certificate English syllabus in 1998, no examination or inclusion was attempted. There is also a complicated history of oral assessment in the examination of the other national language, Irish. The inclusion of an oral examination as part of the revised specification for English may be seen as an acknowledgement of the value of oral communication skills however, the implementation of the specification has been postponed indefinitely while the challenges of implementation within an external examination system are explored byt the state bodies. The persistent and increasing challenges posed by GenAi to other forms of examination component, such as the pre-submission of project work, may be mitigated by the inclusion of oral examination. The research shows that the changing context of assessment and the shifting focus on developing student’s critical application of skills, may be well served by serious consideration of changing assessment practice to include oral components in terminal examinations beyond the testing of language proficiency. References Akimov, A., & Malin, M. (2020). When old becomes new: a case study of oral examination as an online assessment tool. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 45(8), 1205–1221. Baird, J., Hopfenbeck, T. N., Elwood, J., Caro, D., & Ahmed, A. (2014). Predictability in the Irish Leaving Certificate Predictability in the Irish Leaving Certificate (Number May 2015, pp. 1–111). University of Oxford and Queen’s University Belfast. Burke, O. (2021). A Historical Analysis of Senior Cycle State Examinations in the School Subject English from 1878-2016: A Longitudinal Study. (February). https://dspace.mic.ul.ie/handle/10395/2996 Burns, D., Devitt, A., McNamara, G., O’Hara, J., & Brown, M. (2018). Is it all memory recall? An empirical investigation of intellectual skill requirements in Leaving Certificate examination papers in Ireland. Irish Educational Studies, 37(3), 351–372. Corbin, T., Bearman, M., Boud, D., & Dawson, P. (2025). The wicked problem of AI and assessment. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education. Davis, M. H., & Karunathilake, I. (2005). The place of the oral examination in today’s assessment systems. In Medical Teacher (Vol. 27, Number 4, pp. 294–297). Department of Education. (2022). Minister Foley announces plan for reform of Senior Cycle education - Equity and Excellence for All. In Gov.ie. Department of Education. https://www.gov.ie/en/press-release/f7bf7-minister-foley-announces-plan-for-reform-of-senior-cycle-education-equity-and-excellence-for-all/ Department of Education and Science, & National Council for Curriculum and Assessment. (2025). Curriculum Specification for Leaving Certificate English. Fairclough, N. (2013). Critical discourse analysis and critical policy studies. Critical Policy Studies, 7(2), 177–197. Jones, R., & Spolsky, B. (1975). Testing Language Proficiency. Center for Applied Linguistics. Kizilcec, R. F., Huber, E., Papanastasiou, E. C., Cram, A., Makridis, C. A., Smolansky, A., Zeivots, S., & Raduescu, C. (2024). Perceived impact of generative AI on assessments: Comparing educator and student perspectives in Australia, Cyprus, and the United States. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 7. Tan, W. C. (2023). Purpose-driven oral examination: insights from doctoral viva examiners. Discover Education, 2(1). Theobold, A. S. (2021). Oral Exams: A More Meaningful Assessment of Students’ Understanding. Journal of Statistics and Data Science Education, 29(2), 156–159. Wagner, M., Porto, M., & Tsvetkova, N. (2022). The final oral examination. In The Experience of Examining the PhD: An International Comparative Study of Processes and Standards of Doctoral Examination (pp. 45–54). Taylor and Francis. Wodak, R. (2014). Critical Discourse Analysis. In C. Leung & B. V. Street (Eds.), The Routledge Companion to English Studies (pp. 302–316). Routledge. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 06 A: Agency, Participation, and Educational Choice Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ilektra Spandagou Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Immigrant Parents' Choice of School: Agency, Protection, and Recognition Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:This article examines how parents with immigrant backgrounds exercise agency through school choice and how these choices illuminate broader processes of inclusion, exclusion, and belonging within contemporary European education systems. Focusing on the Swedish context, the study addresses the following research questions:
Rather than treating school choice as a purely instrumental or market-driven decision, the study conceptualises it as both a practical and moral act through which parents seek educational quality, safety, and cultural and religious recognition. These questions are highly relevant across Europe, where education systems increasingly function as key sites for managing diversity, integration, and social cohesion. The analysis is grounded in Jeffrey C. Alexander’s civil sphere theory, with particular emphasis on his typology of modes of incorporation: assimilation, hyphenation, and multicultural incorporation. This theoretical framework enables an examination of how inclusion operates not only through formal rights and access, but also through symbolic recognition, moral evaluation, and everyday practices. Education is theorised as an interstitial institution within the civil sphere—situated between the state, the market, and civil society—making it a critical arena for negotiating belonging in multicultural democracies. Applying civil sphere theory to immigrant parents’ school-choice practices extends European research on integration by highlighting how parents actively challenge assimilationist norms and advocate for multicultural forms of inclusion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the study adopts a qualitative, interpretive design based on semi-structured interviews with seven parents of immigrant background whose children attend a primary school in a segregated urban area of a major Swedish city. The parents have diverse migration trajectories, national origins, and educational backgrounds, reflecting patterns common across many European urban contexts shaped by post-migration diversity. Data collection included in-depth interviews and informal conversations focusing on school choice, parental engagement, experiences of recognition or exclusion, and perceptions of the education system. The analysis followed an abductive approach, combining deductive coding informed by civil sphere theory with inductive coding grounded in parents’ narratives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The purpose of the discussion is to contribute to European and international debates on migration, education, and integration by foregrounding immigrant parents as agents of civil belonging rather than passive subjects of policy. The findings demonstrate how school choice functions as a strategy to secure recognition and protect children from marginalisation, while simultaneously revealing the limits of formal equality in education systems where majority cultural norms remain dominant. By situating Swedish empirical material within a broader European context, the article highlights how schools can operate as local civil spheres that either reinforce or challenge symbolic boundaries of belonging, offering insights relevant to policymakers, educators, and researchers concerned with inclusive education in diverse societies. References Alexander, J. C. (2006). The Civil Sphere. Oxford: Oxford University Press. This is the core theoretical reference. Alexander’s civil sphere theory and his typology of modes of incorporation (assimilation, hyphenation, multicultural incorporation) provide the main analytical framework for understanding school choice as a moral and symbolic act of belonging rather than a purely instrumental decision. Osman, A., & Månsson, N. (2015). Somali parents’ perception of the Swedish school. This study offers crucial empirical grounding by challenging deficit-oriented assumptions about immigrant parents’ involvement in education and highlighting structural and cultural barriers to recognition within Swedish schools. Antony-Newman, M. (2018). Parental involvement of immigrant parents. This work supports the paper’s argument that parental engagement is culturally mediated and often misrecognised by host-country schools, a finding highly relevant across European education systems. Lund, A., Osman, A., & Thunborg, C. (2026). Education, civil repair, and inclusion. This reference situates education as an interstitial institution within the civil sphere and strengthens the paper’s European and comparative relevance by linking schooling to processes of civil inclusion and exclusion. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Children’s Agency in Inclusive Primary School Classrooms with Paraprofessional Assistance – Negotiating Spaces of Acting, Participation and Belonging Leibniz University Hannover, Germany Presenting Author:Individual support roles, e. g. labelled as teaching assistants or paraprofessionals, have been established as resources of support for pupils with assigned special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) in several European countries. In Germany, paraprofessional assistance is a child-centred, individually assigned resource with its legal background in social care. Both in German and international research, paraprofessional assistance is discussed in an ambivalent manner: While for many pupils with SEND paraprofessional assistance is prerequisite for attending mainstream education and participating in class, research also indicates a risk of stigmatization and internal exclusion due to the exclusive character of support practices (Sharma & Salend 2016). Studies have been addressing different challenges related to the paraprofessional’s role, professionalization and cooperation (Fritzsche & Köpfer 2022). The impact of the paraprofessionals’ individual support practices on the pupils’ interaction with peers, their social and curricular participation as well as their perception of the resource has only recently been receiving attention by research (Cameron 2014; Webster & Blatchford 2013). Existing research, however, focusses mostly on older pupils who are able to communicate verbally whereas younger pupils and those with high support needs are usually not included. The findings of existing studies indicate an ambivalent impact on the pupils’ participation: Some pupils use the support practices in order to meet class-related goals or to fulfil behavioural norms, but at the same time experience it as a partial giving up of their autonomy (Köpfer & Böing 2020). These findings implicitly refer to the concept of agency which can be considered a desideratum in school-related research. Agency, however, is regarded as a key concept in childhood studies where it is seen as a crucial part of childhood and growing up (James & James 2012). Children’s agency remains mostly unexplored regarding children with SEND and their experiences at school. Research shows that children with SEND are more likely to be restricted in their agency by adults and peers and experience less opportunities to negotiate spaces of acting (Devecchi et al. 2014; MacArthur et al. 2007). The impact of being individually supported by adults in school can be identified as a research gap. Taking into account the described research gaps regarding paraprofessional assistance and children’s agency, the proposal addresses the paraprofessionals’ impact on the children’s agency and their possibilities to negotiate spaces of acting, participation and belonging. It specifically focusses on younger pupils as well as nonverbal pupils with high support needs and also includes the practices and voices of their peers which have not been considered by research so far. The proposal addresses the following questions:
Due to its focus on both the pupils’ practices and the significance of paraprofessional assistance as a context of these practices, the proposal uses a multidimensional approach to agency which was developed as part of the presented PhD-study. This approach links a post-structural and an ecological understanding of agency. From a post-structural perspective, agency is understood both as the performative power to act emerging from performative acts of subjectivation (Butler 1997) and as a discursive positioning (Davies 1990), i. e. aligning one’s actions with a specific discursive practice. The ecological approach conceptualizes agency as “a temporal and relational phenomenon” which emerges from the “ecological conditions through which it is enacted” (Biesta et al. 2017, 40) focussing on how actors achieve, produce and enact agency within specific environments and under certain ecological conditions. The approach therefore analyses a performative, a discursive and a temporal-relational dimension of agency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposal will present the findings of an ethnographic PhD-study which was conducted in 2 inclusive primary schools in Germany. The ethnographic approach combined the method of participant observation in the classrooms with focus group interviews with the pupils. The method of participant observation was chosen to reconstruct the pupils’ practices in relation to the paraprofessionals’ practices. Furthermore, it took into account that some of the pupils with paraprofessional assistance were nonverbal and communicated on a presymbolic level. The focus group interviews were used to provide the pupils with a space to express their voices (Lundy 2007) and offered a more direct approach to peer-cultural practices due to the absence of teachers and paraprofessionals. Topics being discussed in the focus group interviews included friendship, classroom and breaktime activities, adults in the classroom and support practices. The verbal character of this methods and the resulting exclusion of nonverbal pupils can be regarded a limitation of the study which was met by the combination with the participant observation. The data collection was longitudinal and was realized over a period of 3 years. The observation protocols and transcribed focus group interviews were analysed by using Grounded Theory methodology and the related coding methods (Strauss & Corbin 1998) in order to identify key practices and manifestations of agency. In addition, selected observed situations and excerpts from the focus group interviews were analysed by using a sequence analytical approach. The sequence analysis used the method of ‘address analysis’ which focusses on reconstructing practices of subjectivation in modes of verbal and physical address which produce both subject positions and related spaces of acting (Rose & Ricken 2018). The proposal will present the results of the analysis of both the participant observation and the focus group interviews. It also aims to discuss the findings in the context of international research on paraprofessional assistance as well as children’s agency and participation and to also indicate relations to the European discourse on children’s rights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis shows that the children’s possibilities of negotiating agency and the spaces of acting that are available to them are linked to negotiations of participation and belonging. Both the observations and the focus group interviews indicate a restricting effect of the paraprofessionals’ practices on the pupils’ possibilities to negotiate agency. The pupils with SEND often experience practices of being regulated and addressed as disturbers, being deprecated or shamed by the paraprofessionals as well as having the paraprofessionals speaking or making decision for them. These practices do not only result in a risk of being excluded from classroom activities or peer interaction but extensively restrict their spaces of acting. The pupils’ possibilities of negotiating agency are limited to either accept the restricted spaces of acting and reproduce a positioning as dependent and incapable or to react in a subversive and resisting way. The analysis indicates that the restricting practices of the paraprofessionals are linked to their marginal position and agency within the classroom and school environment (Kakos 2022). However, the analysis does not only focus on the restricting effect on the pupils’ agency, but also on situations in which pupils jointly negotiate agency. The findings emphasize that possibilities of achieving agency emerge from peer-cultural practices in which the pupils jointly create spaces of belonging (Nind et al. 2022) while engaging with the adults’ practices, e. g. practices of behavioural regulation or restrictive support practices. Thus, the children create spaces of resistance as well as safe spaces which can be interpreted as a type of heterotopia (Foucault 1986). Moreover, Bhabha’s (1994) concept of the 'third space’ is used to analyse the creation of hybrid spaces as an ‘in-between’ of child-specific and pupil-related norms as well as adult-specific practices allowing the pupils to jointly perform a subversive form of agency. References Bhabha, H. K. (1994). The Location of Culture. London & New York: Routledge. Butler, J. (1997). Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative. London Routledge. Davies, B. (1990). Agency as a Form of Discursive Practice. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 11(3), 341-361. Devecchi, C; Rose, R. & Shevlin, M. (2014): Education and the Capabilities of Children with Special Needs. In: Hart, C. S.; Biggeri, M. & Babic, B. (Eds.): Agency and Participation in Childhood and Youth. London, New Delhi, New York, Sydney: Bloomsbury,145-162. Foucault, M. (1986). Of other spaces. Diacritics, 16(1), 22-27. Fritzsche, B. & Köpfer, A. (2022). (Para-)professionalism in dealing with structures of uncertainty – a cultural comparative study of teaching assistants in inclusionoriented classrooms. Disability & Society, 37(6), 972-992. Kakos, M. (2022). A third space for inclusion: multilingual teaching assistants reporting on the use of their marginal position, translation and translanguaging to construct inclusive environments. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1-16. Köpfer, A., & Böing, U. (2020). Students‘ perspectives on paraprofessional support in German inclusive schools: Results from an exploratory interview study with students in Northrhine Westfalia. International Journal of Whole Schooling, 16(2), 70-92. Lundy, L. (2007): ‘Voice‘ is not enough: conceptualizing Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927-942. MacArthur, J., Sharp, S., Kelly, B. & Gaffney, M. (2007). Disabled children negotiating school life: Agency, difference and teaching practice. International Journal of Children’s Rights 15(1): 99–120. Nind, M.; Köpfer, A. & Lemmer, K. (2022). Children’s spaces of belonging in schools: bringing theories and stakeholder perspectives into dialogue. International Journal of Inclusive Education. Rose, N. & Ricken, N. (2018). Interaktionsanalyse als Adressierungsanalyse. In M. Heinrich & A. Wernet (Hrsg.), Rekonstruktive Bildungsforschung. Zugänge und Methoden (S. 159-175). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Sharma, U. & Salend, S. J. (2016). Teaching Assistants in Inclusive Classrooms: A Systematic Analysis of the International Research. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 41(8), 118-134. Strauss, A. & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of Qualitative Research – Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (2nd edition). London: Sage. Webster, R., & Blatchford, P. (2013). The educational experiences of pupils with a statement for special educational needs in mainstream primary schools: Results from a systematic observation study. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 28(4), 463-479. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Nexus of Early Childhood Intervention-Inclusive Education: A Three-country Critical Discourse Analysis of Participation and Active Agency of Key Stakeholders 1: University of Patras, Greece; 2: University of Sydney, Australia; 3: University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Early intervention is recognised as a right for individuals in specific groups, and particularly children with disability with the Convention on the Rights of Child (UNCRC) and the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD) providing ‘the theoretical human rights underpinnings for the provision of early intervention’ (Brown & Guralnick, 2012). To strengthen the complementary mandates of the UNCRC and UNCRPD, a group from the two UN Committees worked on a joint statement, released in March 2022. The Joint Statement reaffirmed the right to quality inclusive education as not compatible with the existence of two systems of general and special education, and acknowledged that ‘early intervention, accessible learning environments and individual support must be provided in all phases of education process for ensuring the inclusive education’ (Committee on the Rights of the Child & Committee on the Rights of Children with Disabilities, 2022, par. 9). We start from the premise that even though there is a longstanding acknowledgement of the significance of early intervention, there is lack of clarity of how early intervention, in this instance early childhood intervention, relates to inclusive education. As Underwood et al. (2018) comment the positioning of the right to early intervention under Health is problematic ‘for young children and their families who are likely to interact more frequently with community childcare and early education programmes than with health services because health services are organised around the medicalisation of individual characteristics of the child’ (p. 58). Where early childhood intervention is located clearly relate to its intention and purpose. Another important issue is that rights discourses are not the only influence of understanding and developing early childhood systems, as dominant ableist discourses continue to influence fragmented systems that have been historically segregated and exclusive. According to Tomlinson (2017, p. 167) the ‘manufacture of inability’ has been justified by ableist discourses which present special-therapeutic services as beneficial. Such systems built on a deficit approach to disability (Underwood et al., 2020) undermining the centrality of children and families in decision-making about supports, and prioritising professionals and special-therapeutic services. To explore how the prerogatives of the right to inclusive education is understood and translated into national policy, we compare policy documents of three countries, Australia, Cyprus and Greece. The three countries are characterised by similarities and differences. All three countries have been shaped by international policy influences and policy borrowing in their approach to educating children with disability. They have ratified all relevant international conventions and proclaim that their policies, action plans and national strategies as well as budgetary decisions are in accordance with their expectations. Australia and Cyprus share a colonial history, while Cyprus and Greece share similar structures concerning health, social care, and education, geographical proximity, and linguistic, cultural, and political bonds. All three countries are UN and OECD members, and Greece and Cyprus are members of the European Union. Using a critical discourse analysis approach, we examined key international and national policy documents to find answers to the following research questions:
The significance of the study lies in how the in-depth comparative analysis of different documents from different countries with marked differences illuminates the commonality of dominant ableist discourses in the nature and role of early childhood intervention. The discourse analysis demonstrates that both early childhood intervention and inclusive education as ‘social problems’ are informed by the same discourses based on a utilitarian understanding of (dis)ability. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study builds on the research team’s previous work, which conducted a comparative policy analysis of three countries, examining early childhood intervention and its intersection with inclusion. As a next step, the study advances this line of inquiry through a critical discourse analysis of key policy documents framing early childhood intervention and inclusive education in the countries of Australia, Cyprus, and Greece. The following key documents were systematically reviewed through a line-by-line reading to identify dominant discourses: The National Autism Strategy 2025-2031 (Australia; Commonwealth of Australia-Department of Social Services, 2024), the National Strategy and Action Plan for Autism 2024–2028 (Cyprus; Deputy Ministry of Social Welfare, 2024), and the Ministerial Decision 4510/B/2024 for a Pilot Programme on Early Childhood Intervention for Children Aged 0-6 (Greece; Government Gazette, 2024). The critical discourse analysis was selected as the most appropriate methodological approach, as early childhood intervention and inclusive education are both understood as ‘social problems’ of a ‘multidisciplinary’ nature (van Dijk, 2008; 2018). Accordingly, this approach enabled a focus in which discourses related to early childhood intervention and its intersection with inclusive education ‘enact, confirm, legitimate, reproduce or challenge relations power abuse (dominance)’ (van Dijk, 2018, p. 467) within the societies of Australia, Cyprus, and Greece. Initially, each author analysed the key document from her country and produced analytic memos to capture initial interpretations of the content. The three authors then engaged in a series of meetings to discuss their understandings of the emerging findings. At a later stage, a thematic analysis, was conducted to identify patterns across the data. During this phase, codes were developed for each key document, and common recurring themes were identified, along with similarities and differences in language use, including the ways in which power relations between stakeholders were articulated when present. Three main themes were emerged: • Diagnosis and therapy guide early childhood intervention with an emphasis on health and ‘typical’ development • Early childhood intervention and inclusive education are separate spheres with a weak connection valorised by a special education discourse • Family-centeredness and the voice of young children are obscured by the dominance of professional knowledge and expertise. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Despite the differences of the countries and of the national documents, evident in the analysis of the three documents is a prevailing similarity in a fragmented understanding of early childhood intervention with an emphasis on diagnosis. In particular, in Australia and Cyprus, while the significance of early intervention is acknowledged, there is no clear definition or operationalisation. The emphasis is on diagnosis and a medical approach and in the Greek document in particular the diagnosis constitutes the ‘ticket’ to access early childhood intervention. The link between early childhood intervention and (inclusive) education is limited in the Australian document and it has a special orientation in the Cypriot one, while in Greece a ‘readiness’ transition is emphasised through the lens of a child’s adaptivity to the school setting. There are references to social circumstances that may require supports, but they are also linked to typical and atypical development. The presentation delves in the three documents exploring the circumstances and (vested) interests that inform the documents, the control that families have in decision making and allocation of funds and resources, and how education for professionals is understood. All three documents acknowledge a family-centred approach, but the analysis indicates that professional knowledge drives the allocation of resources and supports. Further, the discussion will return to a rights-based approach to question the extent that this is evident in the documents, especially in terms of early childhood intervention as the means of ‘reducing the implications’ of disability. References Commonwealth of Australia -Department of Social Services. (2024). The National Autism Strategy 2025-2031. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-autism-strategy-first-action-plan-2025-2026?language=en. Deputy Ministry of Social Welfare (DMoSW). (2025). Revised national strategy and action plan for disability 2024-2028. https://www.gov.cy/media/sites/7/2024/02/National-Strategy-and-Action-Plan-2024-2028-1.pdf. (in Greek) Government Gazette. (2024). Ministerial Decision 4510/B/2024 for a Pilot Programme on Early Childhood Intervention for Children Aged Zero (0) to Six (6). https://www.nomotelia.gr/photos/File/6068b-24.pdf. (in Greek) Tomlinson, S. (2017). A sociology of special and inclusive education. Routledge. Underwood, K., Frankel, E., Spalding, K., & Brophy, K. (2018). Is the right to early intervention being honoured? A study of family experiences with early childhood services. Canadian Journal of Children's Rights/Revue canadienne des droits des enfants, 5(1), 56-70. United Nations (1989) Convention on the rights of the child. https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-child United Nations. (2006). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-persons-disabilities. United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child and Committee on the Rights of Children with Disabilities. (2022). Joint Statement. The rights of children with disabilities. United Nations: Author. van Dijk, T.A. (2018). Critical discourse analysis. In D. Tannen, H. E. Hamilton, & D. Schiffrin (Eds.), The Handbook of discourse analysis (2nd edition), pp. 466-485. John Wiley & Sons. van Dijk, T.A. (2008). Discourse and power. Mc Millan. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 06 B: Inclusive Early Childhood Pathways: From Policy Discourses to Classroom Practice Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Dan O'Sullivan Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Development of Inclusive Early Childhood Education: Factors Transforming the School System Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The development of inclusive education is a global trend and an essential part of changes in educational systems (Connor et al., 2025). Educational policies and child-education regulatory documents in many countries oblige schools and teachers to ensure the quality of inclusive education (Klibthong & Agbenyega, 2022; Singh & Zhang, 2022; Connor et al., 2025). On the other hand, inclusive education that does not produce rapid indicators of quality and that requires complex solutions, structural changes, the development of competencies among all participants in the educational process, the expansion of material resources, and increased funding may have a negative impact on education policy. The publication by Magnússon and Paulsrud (2025) reveals how a negative connotation “inclusion has gone too far” can become entrenched in political debates. The implementation of inclusive education, including inclusive early childhood education, is accompanied not only by successful practices but also by ongoing tensions. Tensions persist between the conceptualization of inclusive and special education, where the understanding of inclusive education appears to eliminate special education by focusing on educating all children exclusively in mainstream settings, rather than on the goal of effectively addressing the special educational needs of each and every child (Kauffman & Hornby, 2025), optimally developing children’s individual potential and ensuring well-being. Meanwhile, researchers and practitioners in the field of special education are sometimes highly critical of inclusive education and reluctant to contribute, through continuous collaboration, to changes in the concept and role of special education in the development of inclusive education (Connor, Danforth & Gallagher, 2025). This creates conceptual confusion in schools, forms a dualistic system of inclusive and special education structures, and leads to fragmentation of school education systems. Consequently, research is being intensified to identify a coherent model of an inclusive early childhood education system that supports the learning of all children. Inclusive education is grounded in the Universal Design for Learning (UDL) approach (Pikus et al., 2024). The model presented by Coogle et al. (2022) integrates Universal Design for Learning with Multi-Tiered Systems of Support. Ongoing research continues to explore early childhood curriculum models that support inclusive education, as conventional flexible programmes are insufficient to address children’s special educational needs (SEN) (Singh & Zhang, 2022). Inclusive pedagogy grounded in play-based and experiential learning, as well as the modelling of effective early childhood education and behaviour management strategies responsive to special educational needs, remains highly relevant (Singh & Zhang, 2022; Chow et al., 2025). In addition, studies examining the complex relationships between inclusive education systems and parental involvement in children’s learning continue to gain importance (Yildirim, 2025). Some studies focus on highlighting the transformative potential of inclusive early childhood education (Shen & Musyoka, 2025) and identifying strategic actions to improve the quality of inclusive education (Klibthong & Agbenyega, 2022). The study we conducted aims to reveal what helps early childhood education institutions transform fragmented inclusive and special education systems into a coherent inclusive education system that fully addresses children’s special educational needs, ensures their well-being, and optimally develops their potential capacities. Research question presented in the paper: What factors promote and hinder the transformation of an early childhood education institution’s educational system towards inclusion in the contemporary context of tensions in education policy, concepts, and practices? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A focus group method was employed in the study, involving a moderated group discussion in which participants shared their experiences, attitudes, and insights related to inclusive early childhood education (Gundumogula, 2020). This method is based on interaction among participants and collective meaning-making, enabling the exploration of diverse perspectives, shared understandings, and problems arising in educational practice (Kitzinger, 1995; Hennink, 2007). The focus group method was chosen to identify factors that promote or hinder early childhood education institutions in developing a coherent inclusive education system grounded in the Universal Design for Learning (UDL) approach and child support structures, while addressing issues related to the improvement of inclusive education quality. Group discussions provided opportunities to collect a wide range of experiences and viewpoints from different educational stakeholders, which emerged through dialogue and reflection among participants. Two focus groups were conducted during the empirical phase of the study. Both focus groups involved participants working within the early childhood education system: early childhood teachers, educational support specialists (speech therapists, psychologists, special educators, and social pedagogues), as well as heads of early childhood education institutions or their deputies responsible for education. Participants were selected using purposive sampling, taking into account differences in professional experience, the diversity of educational institutions, and experience in inclusive education. The focus groups were conducted in accordance with the main stages and conditions of group discussions (Nyumba et al., 2018; Mishra, 2016). Discussions were held remotely via MS Teams, considering participants’ availability. A lead moderator and a supporting moderator were assigned to each focus group. The duration of each discussion ranged from 1.5 to 2 hours, with a total of 15 participants taking part across the two groups. Prior to the discussions, participants were informed about the aims of the study, research questions, procedures, and ethical principles, and they signed informed consent forms. The discussions were audio-recorded, transcribed, and used for subsequent qualitative data analysis (Nyumba et al., 2018). The study was conducted in accordance with the requirements of Vytautas Magnus University (VMU) and was approved by the University Ethics Committee. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The focus group discussion revealed the perspectives of early childhood education leaders, teachers, and educational support specialists on factors that facilitate or hinder the transformation of a dualistic, fragmented educational system lacking a shared understanding of inclusion into a coherent inclusive education system. Several key factors were identified: a) Development of inclusive local curriculum models based on flexible inclusive curriculum frameworks proposed in national-level curriculum guidelines. The concept of an inclusive curriculum remains insufficiently conceptualised and practically developed; therefore, educational institutions require support from researchers and education strategists. b) Emerging outcomes of children with special educational needs versus reliance on formal achievement descriptions. Within the learning process, the achievements of a child with significant learning needs emerge, differences in developmental pace across learning domains become evident, and potential capacities are highlighted, enabling the anticipation of abilities within the zone of proximal development. Focusing on emerging outcomes is more effective and more motivating for both children and teachers than strict adherence to formalised achievement descriptors. c) Understanding children serves as scaffolding for modelling inclusive learning processes in groups based on the Universal Design for Learning approach. Teachers are able to creatively design flexible learning processes grounded in Universal Design for Learning principles (engagement, representation, and expression) only when they are supported, as needed, through consultations with speech therapists, psychologists, or other specialists, enabling them to understand children’s developmental, behavioural, and learning characteristics. d) Shaping parental and community attitudes towards inclusion through inclusive education success stories. Challenges and problems tend to be highly visible and contribute to negative attitudes, while successful inclusive practices are often accepted quietly as self-evident. Actively communicating success stories was identified as an important factor in fostering positive perceptions of inclusion. Additional factors identified in the study will be presented in the conference presentation. References Chow, G. S. U., Ang, L. L., & Phoon, H. S. (2025). Comparing the behavioural management knowledge and skills of Malaysian teachers in integrated special education and inclusive classrooms: A qualitative study. Support for Learning, 40(4), 277-292. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9604.70007 Connor, D. J., Danforth, S., & Gallagher, D. (2025). An open letter to the field: Contemplating special education’s collaborative role in developing inclusive education. Exceptional Children, 91(3), 236‐259. https://doi.org/0.1177/00144029241303051 Coogle, C. G., Storie, S. & Rahn, N. L. (2022). A framework for promoting access, increasing participation, and providing support in early childhood classrooms. Early Childhood Education Journal, 50, 867–877. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-021-01200-6 Gundumogula, M. (2020). Importance of Focus Groups in Qualitative Research. The International Journal of Humanities & Social Studies, 8(11). https://doi.org/10.24940/theijhss/2020/v8/i11/HS2011-082 Hennink, M. (2007). International focus group research: A handbook for the health and social sciences. Cambridge University Press. Yildirim, Y. (2025). Engaging families in the education of children with special needs: Challenges and recommendations. Early Childhood Education Journal, 53, 2895–2907. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-024-01835-1 Kauffman, J. & M. Hornby, G. (2025). Extremism and the potential dismantling of special education: Or moving forward with inclusive special education. Support for Learning, 40, 172-183. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9604.12519 Kitzinger, J. (1995). Qualitative research: Introducing focus groups. BMJ, 311(7000), 299–302. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.311.7000.299 Klibthong, S. & Agbenyega, J. S. (2022). Assessing issues of inclusive education from the perspectives of Thai early childhood teachers. International Journal of Early Years Education, 30(2), 403–418. https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2020.1823205 Magnússon, G. & Paulsrud, D. (2025). “Inclusion has gone too far”: how a slogan became policy in Swedish education. Journal of Education Policy, https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2560370 Mishra, L. (2016). Focus group discussion in qualitative research. TechnoLearn, 6(1), 1–5. Nyumba, T. O., Wilson, K., Derrick, C. J., & Mukherjee, N. (2018). The use of focus group discussion methodology: Insights from two decades of application. Methods in Ecology and Evolution, 9(1), 20–32. https://doi.org/10.1111/2041-210X.12860 Pikus, A. E., Etchison, H. M., Gerde, H. T., & Bingham, G. E. (2024). Nature for all. Utilizing the Universal Design Framework to incorporate nature-based learning within an early childhood inclusive classrom. Teaching Exceptional Children, 57(5), 338-347. https://doi.org/10.1177/00400599241257438 Shen, G. & Musyoka, M. M. (2025). Experiences of early childhood special education teachers in inclusive classroom: A phenomenological study. Inclusion, 13(4), 276–295. https://doi.org/10.1352/2326-6988-13.4.276 Singh, P. & Zhang, K. C. (2022). Inclusive education in New Zealand: voices from early childhood teachers. Support for Learning, 37(4), 538-552. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9604.12428 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Spontaneous Student Talk in Inclusive Pre-Primary Classrooms: A Focus on Academic Help Seeking 1: Grhapes, INSEI, France; 2: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:In 2026, we mark the 45th anniversary of research on student help seeking, a field initiated by the seminal work of Nelson-Le Gall (1981). This foundational paper distinguished between instrumental help seeking – where students request only the necessary assistance – and executive help seeking, where the goal is to delegate problem-solving entirely. By conceptualizing instrumental help seeking as “an active, complex social-cognitive activity that is essential to learning and achievement” (p. 224), Nelson-Le Gall paved the way for decades of inspiring research. Building on this legacy, our work focuses on young students’ academic help seeking, with a view to promoting children’s active participation and aligning with the European Commission’s 2013 recommendations on investing in children. From a methodological perspective, researchers in this domain have typically relied on self-report measures, focusing more on students’ help-seeking intentions than on their actual help-seeking behavior (cf. Huet et al., 2013). Studies examining help-seeking behavior are methodologically diverse – for example, experimental situations (e.g., Puustinen, 1998), or computer recordings of human-machine help interactions (e.g., Wood & Wood, 1999) – and often lack ecological validity with respect to students’ actual help seeking in real classroom settings. The work by Zorn and Puustinen (2022) on French middle school students with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) represents one of the first attempts to capture this behavior. Students’ spontaneous classroom talk was video recorded, but only the help-seeking sequences were extracted from the data. In addition, when analyzing those sequences, the authors introduced a category termed ambiguous help seeking for students’ spontaneous statements that could not be coded unequivocally (e.g., “I don’t feel comfortable with this task”) but nevertheless prompted teachers to provide assistance; one third of their help-seeking data fell into this category. While Zorn and Puustinen’s (2022) work highlights the importance of capturing spontaneous help-seeking behaviors in naturalistic settings, their focus on middle school students with ASD leaves a significant gap in our understanding of how help seeking manifests in other populations. Pre-primary classrooms, in particular, offer a unique context for studying help seeking: they are characterized by high levels of spontaneous verbal interaction and a strong emphasis on social learning. In Finland, these classrooms bring together students with diverse learner profiles. Yet, research on help seeking in this age group remains scarce. Against this background, this paper addresses two related issues: we analyze the proportion that academic help seeking represents in Finnish pre-primary students’ all spontaneous classroom talk and develop and test a new coding scheme for naturally occurring help-seeking sequences, explicitly specifying what should and should not be considered as help seeking within naturally occurring classroom interaction. Analyzing student help seeking as part of spontaneous student talk in the classroom provides valuable insights into its role in inclusive pre-primary classrooms dynamics. It allows researchers and educators to consider the entirety of children’s discourse. By adopting such a holistic approach to young children’s classroom discourse, we recognize them as active contributors to learning processes and contribute to a broader reflection on the conditions of educational knowledge production and whose voices are acknowledged within it. In sum, this approach offers a richer, ecologically valid understanding of classroom interactions and helps give children a voice in their own learning – a perspective only beginning to gain recognition in France. This paper thus contributes to both theoretical and practical advancements. Theoretically, it refines our understanding of help seeking as a situated, interactional phenomenon. Practically, it equips educators with tools to better recognize and support children’s agency in their own learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted secondary analyses of transcribed video data based on a larger longitudinal study (TESSI; Lerkkanen & Pakarinen, 2016–2022) conducted in Central Finland that examined the well-being of teachers and students and the quality of teacher–student interactions in Finnish classrooms (Lerkkanen et al., 2023). Twenty-minute segments were filmed in 40 inclusive pre-primary classrooms in spring 2017, involving teachers, teaching assistants, and children about to enter first grade that fall (aged 6–7). Categories of spontaneous student talk – spontaneous comments, question answering, help seeking, and expressions of needs, concerns, or desires – were adapted from Kumpulainen and Wray (1997). As for students’ academic help-seeking behavior, we consider that it necessarily involves a situation of uncertainty or doubt related to the academic learning situation at hand – something that cognitively (and possibly emotionally) destabilizes or disturbs students and needs to be clarified in order for learning to continue. The help-seeking categories were developed based on Zorn and Puustinen (2022) and Gaborit (2023). The following categories were retained: (1) Instrumental help seeking, i.e., requests for explanations concerning the subject matter of a task or parts of it (i.e., the conceptual content). (2) Organizational or practical help seeking, i.e., requests for concrete or material resources or actions related to the purpose or organizational aspects of a task (i.e., the “form”). (3) Executive help seeking, i.e., direct requests for answers. (4) Unspecified requests, which cannot be coded unambiguously. Moreover, based on Gaborit’s (2023) doctoral research, instrumental and organizational or practical help seeking were further divided into two subcategories: exploratory (when the request focuses on something new) and confirmatory (when students seek to check something the teacher has just said or the correctness of their preliminary work or reflection). We also established a list of cases that were not considered academic help seeking in the present data. These included, for example, (1) requests that are not directly related to the academic learning situation at hand, even if they may cognitively disrupt or bother the student (e.g., “Could you please be quiet?”); (2) remarks indicating difficulty with the task at hand but not formulated as requests for help (e.g., “I can’t find anything”, “There weren’t enough tokens for me”); (3) students’ wishes and complaints (e.g., “I want to play that game, too”); and (4) cases in which students solely sought to attract the teacher’s attention (e.g., “Hey, I’m raising my hand”). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis is ongoing. Preliminary results based on 25% of the data (i.e., integrally transcribed video recordings from ten classrooms, corresponding to 1,090 student speaking turns) indicate that, on average, 42% of student talk consists of spontaneous comments (e.g., expressing personal experiences), 37% involves answering teacher’s questions, 11% reflects academic help seeking, and 10% pertains to expressing needs, concerns, or desires. Considerable variability is observed across classrooms, with help seeking accounting for between 1.7% and 25% of student speaking turns. Preliminary analysis of the identified help-seeking sequences using the new coding scheme further shows that a large majority (75.5%) of pre-primary students’ requests fall into a category that could be termed organizational (cf. Zorn & Puustinen, 2022) or practical – that is, requests for concrete or material resources or actions related to the organizational aspects or purpose of a task, in order to make progress. This category appears as the dominating type of help seeking in pre-primary students’ spontaneous talk. The two categories introduced by Nelson-Le Gall (1981) were thus in the minority: 21% of help-seeking sequences were instrumental, while no executive help seeking was observed. In addition, the results obtained using the new help-seeking coding scheme seem promising, as only 3% of the help-seeking data was classified as unspecified (i.e., requests that could not be coded unambiguously) – a very low score compared to Zorn and Puustinen (2022), who found that one third of the help-seeking data could not be coded unequivocally. The substantial inter-class variability observed in this study (i.e., help seeking accounted for only 1.7% of student speaking turns in one classroom, while it represented 25% in another) invites us to complement our analyses with information on the pedagogical context of the video-recorded lessons and the overall interactional dynamics of the classroom. References European Commission. (2013, February 20). Investing in children: breaking the cycle of disadvantage [Commission Recommendation 2013/112/EU]. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reco/2013/112/oj/eng Gaborit, M. (2023). La demande d’aide en classe. Une analyse de données recueillies auprès de collégiens avec un trouble de la fonction visuelle et proposition théorique transversale [Seeking help in the classroom. An analysis of data collected from middle school students with visual impairment and a cross-disciplinary theoretical proposal]. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Nanterre University and INSEI. Huet, N., Dupeyrat, C., & Escribe, C. (2013). Help-seeking intentions and actual use of help in an interactive learning environment. In S. A. Karabenick, & M. Puustinen (Eds.), Advances in help-seeking research and applications: The role of emerging technologies (pp. 121–146). Information Age Publishing. Kumpulainen, K., & Wray, D. (1997). Functional analysis of children's classroom talk: A framework for understanding children's discourse in educational contexts [Paper presentation]. The American Educational Research Association Conference, Chicago, IL, United States. Lerkkanen, M.-K., & Pakarinen, E. (2016–2022). Teacher and student Stress and Interaction in Classroom (TESSI). University of Jyvaskyla. https://doi.org/10.17011/jyx/dataset/77741 Lerkkanen, M.-K., Pakarinen, E., Salminen, J., & Torppa, M. (2023). Reading and math skills development among Finnish primary school children before and after COVID-19 school closure. Reading and Writing, 36(2), 263–288. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-022-10358-3 Nelson-Le Gall, S. (1981). Help-seeking: An understudied problem-solving skill in children. Developmental Review, 1, 224–246. https://doi.org/10.1016/0273-2297 (81)90019-8 Puustinen, M. (1998). Help-seeking behavior in a problem-solving situation: Development of self-regulation. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 13, 271–282. Wood, H., & Wood, D. (1999). Help seeking, learning and contingent tutoring. Computers & Education, 33(2-3), 153–169. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0360-1315(99)00030- Zorn, S., & Puustinen, M. (2022). Seeking academic help: The case of lower secondary students with autism spectrum disorder and their teachers. Learning and Instruction, 80, 101624. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2022.101624 04. Inclusive Education
Paper A Study of a Sensory-Integration Movement-Play Intervention to Improve Gross Motor Performance Quality in Preschoolers with Developmental Delays in Inclusive Settings 1: National Tsing Hua Unviversity, Taiwan; 2: Daxi Preschool, Taoyuan City, Taiwan Presenting Author:This proposal addresses a common implementation gap in preschool movement play provision within inclusive settings. Although structured physical activity is widely recognized as beneficial for young children’s development (World Health Organization, 2019), limited lesson design, constrained materials, and insufficient professional preparation often result in activities that remain at the level of general running and jumping routines (Huang, 2013). Such provision does not consistently respond to the needs of preschoolers with developmental delays, particularly in motor planning, coordination, and body awareness. At the same time, inclusive early childhood education increasingly emphasizes participation-oriented support embedded in everyday routines rather than separated remedial provision (UNESCO, 2021). Grounded in sensory integration theory (Ayres, 2005), this small-scale exploratory case study developed a sensory-integration movement-play intervention that embedded vestibular, proprioceptive, and tactile input into playful preschool activities. Sensory integration has been discussed as relevant to adaptive responses and motor planning (Sober & Sabes, 2005), and some intervention studies have suggested potential benefits for motor outcomes in preschool children and children with developmental coordination difficulties (Lin et al., 2012; Hong & Lin, 2014). Recent reviews have continued to examine the potential of Ayres Sensory Integration-based approaches for children aged 0 to 12 and in school-based practice (Schoen et al., 2019; Acuña et al., 2025; Whiting et al., 2025). However, fewer studies have focused on how such principles may be translated into feasible movement-play routines within inclusive preschool classrooms, especially for children with developmental delays. The intervention aimed to enhance gross motor performance quality in everyday preschool routines and to explore pre- and post-intervention changes in three domains: locomotion, object control, and balance. It also examined plausible factors associated with skills that improved versus those that showed limited change. Rather than relying on pull-out therapy, the intervention was designed to be feasible within routine classroom provision and implementable with typical preschool resources. In this sense, the study seeks to contribute both practical insight into movement-play design in inclusive preschool curricula and preliminary case-based evidence on how sensory-rich play may support early motor participation in inclusive settings. Although the study was conducted in a Taiwanese preschool context, it focuses on strengthening everyday support for preschoolers with developmental delays through routine movement-play curricula. This concern may resonate with ongoing European discussions on inclusive early childhood education and early support services (UNESCO, 2021). The design logic linking sensory input, motor tasks, and play contexts may offer an adaptable reference point across different curricular frameworks and support arrangements. Future research should examine larger and more diverse samples, as well as differences in curriculum requirements, specialist support, and cultural contexts, to better understand patterns of gains and constraints in similar interventions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An intervention-oriented case study design was used. The participants were two preschoolers with developmental delays, a twin sister and brother aged 4 years and 5 months. Individual needs were identified based on the children’s interdisciplinary developmental assessment reports, which informed the planning and implementation of the sensory-integration movement-play intervention. The program included story-based framing and warm-up movement, followed by activities targeting single sensory modalities, including vestibular, proprioceptive, and tactile input. It also included integrated sensory activities such as bilateral integration and body awareness. The program further incorporated dyadic variation games and small-group or whole-group culminating play activities. Throughout the intervention, teacher demonstration and joint participation were used to enhance children’s engagement and the quality of their motor attempts. Outcome assessment used the Preschool Gross Motor Quality Scale (PGMQS; Sun et al., 2013), a standardized measure assessing locomotion, object control, and balance in preschool children, in a pretest-posttest design. Intervention effects were described through pre- and post-comparisons using normative percentile scores and domain-level changes. Given the small sample, the study does not seek broad generalization; rather, it aims to provide an in-depth examination of feasibility and observed patterns of change within an inclusive preschool context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both participants showed improvement in gross motor performance quality after the sensory-integration movement-play intervention. Normative percentile scores increased from 3 to 11 for one child and from 24 to 44 for the other. More consistent gains were observed in locomotion, such as consecutive single-leg hopping, side-sliding steps, and hop steps, in object control, such as two-hand catching and stationary dribbling, and in balance, such as single-leg standing and walking a straight line. More limited improvement was found in higher-difficulty skills requiring stronger force production and postural control, including overhand throwing, kicking, striking a stationary ball, and tandem stance. These constraints may be related to individual physiological limitations, weaker vestibular integration and sustained attention, and difficulties maintaining and transferring movement cues across tasks. Overall, the program appeared feasible within a preschool context and suggests the potential value of linking sensory input and motor performance through play in order to support selected aspects of gross motor performance quality. At the same time, the findings should be interpreted cautiously because they are based on only two cases. To support more advanced object control and postural stability skills, longer-term and more targeted practice opportunities are likely required. Further research with larger samples and cross-context comparison is needed to examine the transferability and sustained effects of similar interventions in inclusive early childhood settings. References 1.林巾凱、曾人和、林千琳、張瑋蒨(2012)。學齡前兒童前庭本體感覺統合活動在動作療效之研究 [Effects of vestibular–proprioceptive sensory integration activities on motor outcomes in preschool children]。職能治療學會雜誌,20(2),198-219。[Article in Chinese] 2.洪藝純、林巾凱(2014)。感覺統合治療在發展性協調障礙兒童之介入成效 [Effects of sensory integration therapy for children with developmental coordination disorder]。職能治療學會雜誌,32(1),94-129。[Article in Chinese] 3.黃永寬(2013)。幼稚園實施幼兒運動遊戲課程調查研究 [A survey study on the implementation of movement play programs in kindergartens]。幼兒運動研習年刊,8,4-42。[Article in Chinese] 4.孫世恆、朱怡菁、林千惠、吳昇光(2013)。學前兒童粗大動作品質量表 [Preschool Gross Motor Scale Manual](量表手冊)。新北市:心理出版社。[Manual in Chinese] 5.Ayres, A. J. (2005). Sensory integration and the child. Los Angeles, CA: Western Psychological Services. 6.Acuña, C., Gallegos-Berrios, S., Barfoot, J., Meredith, P., & Hill, J. (2025). Ayres Sensory Integration with children ages 0 to 12: A systematic review of randomized controlled trials. American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 79(3), 7903205180. https://doi.org/10.5014/ajot.2025.051023 7.Schoen, S. A., Lane, S. J., Mailloux, Z., May-Benson, T. A., Parham, L. D., Smith Roley, S., & Schaaf, R. C. (2019). A systematic review of Ayres Sensory Integration intervention for children with autism. Autism Research, 12(1), 6–19. https://doi.org/10.1002/aur.2046 8.Sober, S. J. & Sabes, P. N. (2005). Flexible strategies for sensory integration during motor planning. Nature neuroscience, 8(4), 490-497. https://doi:10.1038/nn1427. 9.UNESCO. (2021). Inclusive early childhood care and education: From commitment to action. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000378076. 10.Whiting, C. C., Schoen, S. A., Bundy, A., Lane, S. J., Mailloux, Z., Roley, S. S., May-Benson, T. A., & Schaaf, R. C. (2025). Occupational therapy using Ayres Sensory Integration® in school-based practice: A call to action. American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 79(1), 7901347020. https://doi.org/10.5014/ajot.2025.050971 11.World Health Organization. (2019). Guidelines on physical activity, sedentary behavior and sleep for children under 5 years of age. World Health Organization. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 06 C: Not Seen, Not Heard: Structural Barriers for Disabled Young People Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Elizabeth Done Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Digital Silence in Educational Organizations: An Intersectional Analysis 1: Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Anadolu University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:1. Introduction Digitalization has become a fundamental force reshaping knowledge acquisition, knowledge production, and information sharing within educational experiences and educational organizations. Digital technologies are often presented as tools that expand opportunities for expression, participation, access, and visibility. However, it has become increasingly evident that these opportunities are not distributed equally among educational actors. Instead, digitalization tends to generate new forms of constraints and exclusion for certain groups. Pre-service teachers, teachers, and academics are positioned in digital environments not only as individuals, but also through their professional identities, academic titles, and institutional roles. As a result, practices of expression and participation in digital spaces are shaped less by individual choice and more by organizational norms and power relations. Visibility, voice, and participation in digital environments are therefore not evenly distributed, but are structured through the intersection of identities, statuses, and institutional positions. In this study, digital silence is conceptualized as a multi-layered phenomenon in which individuals refrain from expressing themselves in digital platforms despite having technical access, due to organizational culture, structural pressures, perceptions of digital surveillance, and symbolic power relations. While the concept of organizational silence has been widely examined in the field of educational administration as the deliberate withholding of ideas and opinions from organizational processes, digitalization has reconfigured and reproduced these silence practices in new contexts. From a critical social theory perspective, digital spaces are not merely technical communication environments but social arenas in which power relations, norms, and regimes of invisibility are continuously reproduced (Foucault, 2000; Castells, 2010; Zuboff, 2019). Within this framework, digital silence is understood not as an individual attitude but as a structural phenomenon shaped by digital capitalism, surveillance practices, and institutional control mechanisms (Zuboff, 2019; Couldry & Mejias, 2019). Drawing on Bourdieu’s (1991) concepts of symbolic violence and habitus, digital silence can also be interpreted as a form of compliance and consent produced through the internalization of domination. Digital space thus emerges not simply as a facilitator of communication, but as a field in which norms, values, and power relations are reproduced. The theoretical axis of this study is grounded in intersectionality, which emphasizes that individuals’ experiences are shaped not by single identity categories, but by the intersections of multiple social positions (Crenshaw, 1989, 1991).. This approach highlights how inequalities are produced through the simultaneous operation of multiple axes, such as gender, status, and professional position. In the context of educational organizations, intersectionality provides a powerful analytical lens for understanding the digital experiences of pre-service teachers, teachers, and academics. This study aims to explore how digital silence is understood and experienced by pre-service teachers, teachers, and academics within educational organizations. In line with this overarching focus, the study is guided by the following research objectives, which structure the empirical inquiry from participants’ understandings and experiences to organizational dynamics and intersectional differentiations:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 4. Method This study is designed within the framework of qualitative research methodology. Given its focus on understanding how pre-service teachers, teachers, and academics experience and interpret digital silence, the study is conducted using a phenomenological design. Phenomenology is particularly suitable for examining subjective, contextual, and multi-layered phenomena by focusing on how individuals experience and make sense of a given phenomenon (Creswell, 2013; Patton, 2015). The study group will be formed through purposeful sampling and will include pre-service teachers, teachers, and academics who actively use digital platforms within educational organizations. This approach enables a comparative examination of how digital silence is experienced across different professional roles and institutional positions. Intersectionality serves as a guiding principle in the formation of the study group, with attention to diversity across gender, academic rank, professional seniority, and institutional roles (Crenshaw, 1991; Collins & Bilge, 2016). Data will be collected through semi-structured interviews, which allow participants to articulate their experiences of expression, participation, and visibility in digital platforms in their own words (Patton, 2015). Interview questions will focus on the conditions under which digital silence emerges, the organizational, cultural, and structural dynamics shaping these experiences, and the implications of silence for educators’ professional identities. Data analysis will be conducted using qualitative content analysis (Creswell, 2013). Intersectionality will function not merely as a theoretical background, but as an analytical lens guiding the development and interpretation of categories. In this process, how intersectional characteristics—such as gender, academic rank, professional experience, and institutional position—differentiate digital silence experiences will be examined comparatively (Cho, Crenshaw, & McCall, 2013). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Contribution This study is expected to contribute to the literature by conceptualizing digital silence as a relational and intersectionally differentiated phenomenon within educational organizations. By foregrounding the experiences of pre-service teachers, teachers, and academics, the study aims to offer empirically grounded insights into how digital platforms simultaneously enable participation and reproduce silence through organizational and cultural mechanisms. The findings are expected to inform critical discussions on digitalization, professional voice, and pedagogical identity, while also providing a reflective basis for institutional practices aimed at promoting more inclusive and equitable digital environments in education. Network Relevance This paper is closely aligned with the aims of the ECER network, concerned with power relations, inequality, participation, and professional voice in education. By conceptualizing digital silence as an organizational and intersectional phenomenon, the study directly contributes to ongoing discussions on how digitalization reshapes participation, visibility, and agency within educational organizations. The study speaks to the network’s interest in critical and reflexive perspectives by examining digital platforms not only as pedagogical tools, but also as spaces in which organizational norms, hierarchies, and control mechanisms are reproduced. Through its intersectional analytical lens, the paper offers a nuanced understanding of how digital silence is differently experienced by pre-service teachers, teachers, and academics positioned across intersecting axes of gender, academic rank, and professional experience. References Beer, D. (2017). The social power of algorithms. Information, Communication & Society, 20(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2016.1216147 Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Harvard University Press. Bowleg, L. (2012). The problem with the phrase women and minorities: Intersectionality—An important theoretical framework for public health. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 53(2), 126–140. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022146512446498 Castells, M. (2010). The rise of the network society (2nd ed.). Wiley-Blackwell. Cho, S., Crenshaw, K. W., & McCall, L. (2013). Toward a field of intersectionality studies: Theory, applications, and praxis. Signs, 38(4), 785–810. https://doi.org/10.1086/669608 Collins, P. H., & Bilge, S. (2016). Intersectionality. Polity Press. Couldry, N., & Mejias, U. A. (2019). The costs of connection: How data is colonizing human life and appropriating it for capitalism. Stanford University Press. Crenshaw, K. (1989). Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex. University of Chicago Legal Forum, 1989(1), 139–167. Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the margins: Intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241–1299. https://doi.org/10.2307/1229039 Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd ed.). SAGE. Foucault, M. (2000). Özne ve iktidar. Ayrıntı Yayınları. Freire, P. (2005). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum. Giroux, H. A. (2011). On critical pedagogy. Bloomsbury. Noble, S. U. (2018). Algorithms of oppression: How search engines reinforce racism. NYU Press. Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods (4th ed.). SAGE. Selwyn, N. (2014). Distrusting educational technology: Critical questions for changing times. Routledge. Selwyn, N. (2022). Less than human: Artificial intelligence and the future of education. Routledge. Zuboff, S. (2019). The age of surveillance capitalism. PublicAffairs. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Not Seen and Not Heard? Understanding Barriers to Energy‑Sector Career Pathways for Disabled Young People in England 1: University of Plymouth, United Kingdom; 2: University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Europe’s low‑carbon transition is driving rapid growth in STEM‑related and energy‑sector careers, with policy initiatives such as the UK’s Green Jobs Delivery Group (Gov.uk, 2024) and the European Commission’s Net Zero Industry Act and Green Deal (European Commission, 2023) projecting substantial increases in green jobs to support renewable energy, decarbonisation, and sustainable infrastructure. Yet disabled young people remain systematically excluded from these pathways, despite being among the populations most affected by the social, economic and environmental consequences of the transition (Pearson et al, 2021). Exclusion in schools begins early as the structures guiding Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) provision, alongside persistent practices of mainstream and alternative provision exclusion, fragment access to the STEM learning trajectories required for participation in emerging green‑skills sectors. Globally, SEND classification, behaviour‑based removal from classrooms, placement in segregated educational settings, and reduced access to accredited STEM qualifications cumulatively limit disabled learners’ opportunities to engage with the very subjects that underpin future low‑carbon labour markets (Bruyère & Filiberto, 2013; Buettgen et al., 2024). These policy‑based barriers are well‑documented within our wider project and reflect national patterns in which disabled pupils are disproportionately affected by inequitable, punitive or restrictive schooling policies (Lazar et al, 2024). A similarly powerful mechanism of exclusion operates through representational practices. Disabled young people scarcely appear in the visual communications produced by NGOs, schools, or STEM‑intervention providers promoting green‑skills futures (Hodkinson, 2016; Jensen et al, 2023). This representational exclusion limits the symbolic belonging of disabled youth, institutional expectations, and cultural imaginaries that shape outreach, recruitment and curriculum design across the green‑jobs pipeline (Watts Belser, 2020). The absence of disabled bodies in visual narratives implicitly conveys the message that the low‑carbon transition is not for, with, or about disabled young people. Done et al (2025) conceptualise (un)just transitions by emphasising that justice in energy futures must account not only for technological and economic inclusion but also for the harmful effects of educational, procedural and symbolic marginalisation. Without intervention, the green transition risks becoming a vehicle for socio-economic regression, entrenching the marginalisation of disabled learners by excluding them from the most resilient sectors of the 21st-century labour market. Furthermore, this study addresses representational silence within NGO and educational materials. By tracing how these resources fail to visualise disabled people in STEM roles, the research exposes a form of symbolic annihilation that discourages disabled youth from developing a scientific identity. This work is a necessary first step in ensuring that the clean energy mission is truly inclusive by design rather than by afterthought. By focusing on both structural (policy) and symbolic (visual representation) domains, this study will inform future research related to equitable green‑skills development, including further exploration and identification of practical levers through which education systems, NGOs and policymakers can address the barriers currently restricting disabled young people’s participation in low‑carbon futures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This small-scale qualitative study investigates the systematic exclusion of disabled youth from green-energy trajectories, and how exclusionary processes unfold locally and nationally. An (un)just transition is both structural (the distribution of rules, qualifications, resources) and symbolic (recognition, visual representation) (Done et al., 2025). Study objectives included: 1. Methodological innovation: To refine tools for capturing the lived experiences of disabled young people around policy-based and representational exclusion. 2. Mechanistic mapping: To identify specific educational patterns, e.g., the ‘punitive’ redirection from STEM subjects, warranting investigation in future large-scale European studies. 3. Collaborative co-production: To test inclusive approaches with NGOs, educators, and young people, guiding the development of ethically grounded, visually inclusive communication tools to reflect the diverse reality of the future workforce. Research questions: • How do policy assemblages governing SEND, exclusion, and STEM provision enable or restrict disabled young people’s progression into energy‑sector careers? • How do disabled pupils outside mainstream schooling experience STEM learning and envisage futures in green work? • How do visual communications in NGO‑led and school‑based STEM interventions represent (or omit) disabled young people? • What organisational practices shape NGO imagery pipelines and what changes would increase representational diversity? Two interconnected work packages were designed to address high-level policy and classroom reality: 1) Policy Assemblages and Lived Experience. A multi-level textual content analysis of English SEND, STEM, and climate-transition policies and 10 semi-structured interviews with disabled learners currently positioned outside of mainstream education, SEND educators, and policymakers, will facilitate: a) mapping how disparate regulations on school attendance, behaviour, and exam accessibility cumulatively constrain the STEM learning trajectories the energy sector requires; b) tracing how a disabled student’s educational path is fragmented long before entry into the labour market. 2) Visual Communication and NGO Practice. Acknowledging representation as a form of recognition, a mixed-methods visual content analysis of STEM materials produced by leading NGOs over a five-year period and 10 semi-structured interviews with communications and outreach staff, permits: a) tracing decision making from sourcing to editorial decisions to identify internal organisational barriers preventing diverse representation; b) identifying how exclusion of disabled bodies in green-skills marketing reinforces structural barriers. Analysis will move beyond deficit models of disability to demonstrate how disability inclusion is so often an afterthought in green-skills policy (Buettgen et al., 2024) and to highlight tensions in Europe’s low-carbon transition: the risk that the ‘green revolution’ will entrench socio-economic inequalities unless educational pathways to STEM are radically reimagined. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project will generate a set of interlinked empirical, conceptual and practical outcomes to advance understanding of how disabled young people are systematically marginalised within emerging low‑carbon and STEM‑related career pathways. Empirically, the study will offer new evidence on how policy assemblages, particularly those governing SEND provision, school exclusion, and alternative education pathways, shape disabled pupils’ access to the foundational STEM learning required for participation in the net zero transition. By combining policy analysis with qualitative insights from young people, educators and stakeholders, the project will illuminate the mechanisms through which gatekeeping, fragmented provision and inequitable access to qualifications restrict opportunities long before disabled young people encounter the labour market. The research will highlight representational practices within NGO‑led and school‑based STEM interventions, revealing how disabled young people are often visually absent or marginalised in green‑skills communications, and how these omissions shape aspirations, participation and perceived legitimacy within low‑carbon futures. Building on earlier theorising around (un)just transitions for youth and disabled learners, the study will refine and extend a justice‑oriented framework that articulates how recognitional and procedural equity must be operationalised within both energy policy and educational design, STEM outreach, and institutional communications. Conceptually, this framework will support researchers and practitioners in distinguishing between skills‑based barriers and injustices related to (in)visibility, in/exclusion and structural inequities. Practically, the project will produce a suite of applied tools aimed at supporting more inclusive educational and communicative practices. These will include policy recommendations to reduce gatekeeping, strengthen bridging routes from alternative provision, and embed accessibility within STEM curricula and qualifications; a visual communications guide offering actionable checklists for imagery pipelines, accessibility audits, and a representative image bank for use by NGOs, teachers and STEM‑learning providers seeking to build more equitable green‑skills futures. References Bruyère, S., & Filiberto, D. (2013). The green economy and job creation: Inclusion of people with disabilities in the USA. International Journal of Green Economics, 7(3), 257–275. https://doi.org/10.1504/IJGE.2013.058164 Buettgen, A., Lofts, K., & Tompa, E. (2024). Disability inclusion in the green economy: a scoping review of challenges, barriers and opportunities. Journal of Green Economy and Low-Carbon Development, 3(4), 208-222. Department for Energy Security and Net Zero. (2024, October 28). Green Jobs Delivery Group. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/groups/green-jobs-delivery-group Done, E. J., Knowler, H., Lazar, I., Hayes, S., Lait, J., & Perez Porres, A. (2025) (Un)just transitions for youth and the disabled? The exclusionary pressures facing science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) education. Energy Research & Social Science, 129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.erss.2025.104371 European Commission. (2023, February 1). A Green Deal Industrial Plan for the Net-Zero Age (COM(2023) 62 final). https://commission.europa.eu/document/41514677-9598-4d89-a572-abe21cb037f4_en Hodkinson, A. (2016). School textbooks and the avoidance of disability: Emptied of representation. In D. Bolt & C. Penketh (Eds.), Disability, avoidance and the academy: Challenging resistance (pp. 57–67). Routledge. Jensen, M. S., Herrebrøden, M., & Andreassen, U. R. (2023). The invisible minority: why do textbook authors avoid people with disabilities in their books? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 27(12), 1287–1303. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1889049 Lazar, I., Hayes, S., Knowler, H., Done, E., & Lait, J. (2024, June 18). Understanding barriers to participation in energy sector career pathways for disabled young people: Not seen and not heard? Ignite Network+. https://www.ignitenetplus.ac.uk/view/items/id/1639/funded_project-understanding-barriers-to-participation-in-energy-sector-career-pathways-for-disabled-young-people-not-seen-and-not-heard Pearson, C., Watson, N., Gangneux, J., & Norberg, I. (2021). Transition to where and to what? Exploring the experiences of transitions to adulthood for young disabled people. Journal of Youth Studies, 24(10), 1291–1307. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2020.1820972 Watts Belser, J., (2020) “Disability, Climate Change, and Environmental Violence: The Politics of Invisibility and the Horizon of Hope”, Disability Studies Quarterly 40(4). doi: https://doi.org/10.18061/dsq.v40i4.6959 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Educational Experiences of People with Borderline Intellectual Functioning: Voices, Barriers, and Pathways to Inclusion Complutense University of Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:Borderline intellectual functioning (BIF) refers to a heterogeneous population characterized by cognitive difficulties, generally reflected in an IQ range of 70 to 85, accompanied by limitations in adaptive functioning that affect daily life, social participation, education, and employment (Salvador-Carulla et al., 2011). Despite its prevalence, BIF remains poorly defined and weakly recognized within formal diagnostic, policy, and educational frameworks, leading to marginalization in both mainstream and disability-specific systems (Generalitat de Catalunya, 2017). Individuals with BIF experience limited access to support and accommodations, leaving them at high risk of educational exclusion, social isolation, and mental health challenges (Orío-Aparicio, López-Escribano et al., 2025). This study examines the educational experiences of adults with BIF through an inclusive qualitative research design. The research aimed on understanding the life experience of people with BIF, and in this communication we focus specifically on how participants experienced schooling and the factors that shaped their learning, inclusion, and sense of belonging. Therefore, this paper presents results specifically related to education, highlighting how school experiences intersect with violence, mental health, identity formation, the role of diagnosis, support needs, and life aspirations. Data were generated through semi-structured group interviews with twenty-five participants, co-facilitated by one academic and lived-experience researchers with BIF. Reflexive thematic analysis was employed to interpret the data, ensuring that lived experience researchers informed theme development and that patterns of shared meaning were constructed collaboratively. This inclusive methodological approach aligns with social models of disability, which frame barriers in education and society as structural rather than individual deficits (Shakespeare, 2010). By centering participants’ voices, the study captures first-hand accounts of schooling and highlights the complex interplay between individual challenges and social structures. Analysis revealed several interrelated themes with clear educational relevance. Participants described pervasive experiences of violence in school, including peer bullying (“I was bullied, it was awful, I didn’t want to go to school”) and negative teacher attitudes (“my teacher in fourth grade said there was no point trying because I wouldn’t achieve anything”), which contributed to long-term mental health consequences (“I was alone during breaks, it affected me emotionally and mentally”). Receiving a diagnosis was perceived positively, as it facilitated access to specialized educational supports and recognition of individual needs, and contributed to identity formation and belonging within adapted learning environments (“I improved socially in special school, I made friends”). Participants also highlighted challenges in developing a positive self-concept, noting that academic struggles shaped their perception of competence (“I kept failing, I thought maybe I was stupid”). Limited access to effective supports was emphasized, with adaptations often insufficient or poorly implemented (“they gave me a weak adaptation; it didn’t help me at all”). Despite these difficulties, participants expressed aspirations to continue learning in supportive environments (“I would like to study a vocational training of support worker, but with proper adaptations and support”). Findings underscore the critical role of inclusive research methodology in capturing authentic educational experiences of people with BIF. By foregrounding lived experience, this study highlights the structural and relational barriers that constrain educational participation and demonstrates how inclusive approaches can inform strategies to enhance accessibility, belonging, and empowerment in schools. These results contribute to a European perspective on inclusive education, emphasizing the intersection of disability, pedagogy, and social justice, and reinforcing the principle of “nothing about us without us” in educational policy and practice thanks to its methodology and findings (Charlton, 1998). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted an inclusive qualitative approach to explore the schooling experiences of adults with BIF. Inclusive research prioritizes meaningful involvement of people with intellectual disabilities in all stages of knowledge production, from design to analysis and dissemination, and is grounded in commitments to epistemic justice and democratic knowledge production (Walmsley & Johnson, 2003; Nind, 2014). The approach recognizes the value of lived experience as a source of knowledge capable of challenging assumptions and generating insights inaccessible through traditional research methods. Participants comprised twenty-five adults with BIF, recruited through local networks and organizations. Inclusion criteria were age 18 or older and diagnosis of borderline intelletual functioning. The research team included three academic researchers and four lived-experience researchers with BIF, ensuring collaborative design, support, and interpretation of data. Data were collected through seven semi-structured group interviews, co-facilitated by academic and lived-experience researchers. Group discussions focused on participants’ schooling experiences, including peer interactions, teacher support, learning strategies, and perceived barriers and facilitators to educational inclusion. Interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Accessibility considerations included the use of plain language, visual aids, and opportunities for clarification, supporting participants’ understanding and expression. Data analysis followed Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2022). This approach treats themes as interpretative constructions emerging from sustained engagement with the data, rather than as pre-existing patterns. Coding was conducted inductively, attending to both semantic content and underlying meaning, and focused on participants’ experiences. Lived-experience researchers contributed to theme development, reviewing preliminary interpretations and providing insights grounded in their own experiences. Collaboration enhanced conceptual depth, ensured alignment with participants’ realities, and supported identification of relevant patterns. The analysis was theoretically informed by social models of disability, which distinguish between individual impairments and social barriers (Shakespeare, 2010). This framework guided attention to structural, relational, and institutional factors shaping educational experiences, and emphasized participants’ agency, rights, and participation. Reflexivity was maintained throughout, with the research team critically examining how their assumptions, positionality, and decisions shaped interpretation. This methodology enabled an in-depth exploration of how schooling interacts with cognitive and social characteristics of individuals with BIF, providing actionable insights into barriers and supports within education systems. Importantly, the inclusive approach ensured that participants’ voices directed interpretation, aligning with the principle of “nothing about us without us” (Charlton, 1998). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study highlights the profound impact of schooling on the lives of individuals with BIF. Educational experiences were frequently marked by peer bullying, negative teacher expectations, and insufficient adaptations, leading to long-term consequences for mental health, self-concept, and social inclusion. Participants’ accounts underscore the structural and relational nature of these challenges, consistent with social models of disability that frame barriers as socially constructed rather than inherent to the individual (Shakespeare, 2010). Receiving a formal diagnosis was identified as a positive factor, enabling access to specialized supports, tailored learning environments, and social belonging. Educational experiences contributed to identity formation and a sense of group belonging, highlighting the importance of supportive peer and institutional contexts. Conversely, inadequate adaptations and low expectations reinforced feelings of exclusion and academic failure, limiting life opportunities. The findings emphasize the critical role of inclusive research methodologies in capturing authentic educational experiences. By centering the voices of people with BIF, the study reveals not only the barriers encountered but also the strategies and aspirations participants hold for learning and social participation. These insights can inform policy and practice, highlighting the need for accessible curricula, trained staff, supportive school climates, and opportunities for self-determination and empowerment. Ultimately, this research contributes to a European perspective on inclusive education by demonstrating the intersection of cognitive functioning, social barriers, and educational practice. It underscores the importance of listening to marginalized voices, aligning with the principle of “nothing about us without us” (Charlton, 1998), and provides evidence to guide reforms that enhance accessibility, inclusivity, and equity in schools for individuals with BIF. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. Sage Publishing. Charlton, J. (1998). Nothing about Us without Us: Disability, Oppression, and Empowerment. University of California Press. Generalitat de Catalunya. (2017). Recomendaciones para la atención a las personas con funcionamiento intelectual límite. BIF Consensus Group. Orío-Aparicio, C., López-Escribano, C., and Bel-Fenellós, C. (2025). Borderline Intellectual Functioning: A Scoping Review. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 69: 437–456. https://doi.org/10.1111/jir.13221 Salvador-Carulla, L.,M. Ruiz Gutiérrez-Colosia, and M. Nadal Pla. (Coords.). (2011). Manual de Consenso sobre Funcionamiento Intelectual Límite (FIL). Fundación Æquitas. Shakespeare, T. (2010). The Social Model of Disability. En L. J. Davis (ed.), The Disability Studies Reader (3rd edition) (pp. 266-273). Routledge. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper German first – Language portraits of Students attending segregative Language Support Programs Center for Teacher Education, University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:In response to a growing number of students facing barriers participating in mainstream lessons taught in German (i.e., language of instruction), policymakers in Austria introduced segregated language-support measures in 2018/19: German Language Support Classes (GLSC; 15 hours per week of pull-out instruction) and German Language Support Courses (GLSCO; 6 hours per week of pull-out instruction) (BMBWF, 2024). These German language support measures reflect a monolingual tradition that prioritizes the dominant language over others, a pattern also seen in other European countries (Gogolin, 2021). Consequently, Austrian schools fail to leverage students’ diverse linguistic resources, as German continues to dominate the school system and serves as the key language for academic achievement (Schwab et al., 2024). Despite these policies, students with migration biographies bring diverse linguistic repertoires and lived multilingual experiences, even as their first languages are often confined to the private sphere (Duarte, 2019; Martini & Torregrossa, 2023). It is therefore crucial to examine how students in a monolingual school perceive and describe their multilingualism. This paper analyzes the self-representations of students attending GLSC and GLSCO by examining their language portraits, an educational and research tool used to make individuals’ linguistic repertoires visible (Busch, 2021). The study addresses two questions: how children visually represent their multilingual repertoires through language portraits. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on qualitative data from the longitudinal research project “A Multiperspective Study on German Language Support Classes” (2022-2025), of Viennese primary and secondary school students. It focuses on the language portraits of primary school children (n = 123) from 21 Austrian primary schools, between the ages of 6 and 10. Vienna has the largest number of elementary school students whose native language is not German, making up 60.5% of the cohort (Statistik Austria, 2025) providing a particularly relevant research context. Language portraits are a participatory research tool that encourages students to represent their spoken languages on a human silhouette that resembles them, explicitly representing their own bodies (Soares, 2021). Because of the multilingual background of the research team, participants could draw on their multilingual resources. During the interviews, the children were first invited to choose a color for each language or dialect they speak and to place these colors on a human silhouette, which symbolically represents them, by associating languages with specific areas of the body thus allowing the expression of emotions or experiences linked to each language (Busch, 2010). Follow-up questions regarding choices of color, placement of languages and general reflection of their drawings and symbols give participants the opportunity to enhance and express their linguistic identity orally. Because of the combination of a drawing task followed by a narrative description, the language portrait technique is also called a multimodal research method (Busch, 2018). This approach allows us to understand how students live and experience language more specifically, the embodiment, the social and emotional experience of language (Weidl & Erling, 2025). The interviews were then transcribed verbatim by our team of researchers. They were analyzed afterwards using a thematic analysis method where patterns were found (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The collected data was analyzed following the six steps for thematic analysis as defined by Braun and Clarke (2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings suggest recurrent placement patterns, particularly involving the heart, head/brain, national flags, and hands/arms, which are in line with previous work in this field. First languages were most often linked to the heart or the head, and that students frequently selected colors inspired by the national flags of the countries associated with these languages. The heart, as a central body part and vital organ, is construed as a site of intimacy (Busch, 2018) and linguistic expression, and as the locus of the L1 where emotions are deeply embedded (Pavlenko, 2012). When asked to describe the drawings and thus the hearts, children used expressions such as “giving strength”, “my heart wants to talk Turkish”, “I like Persian very much”, “Chinese is my mother tongue that’s why it’s in the heart”, “Macedonian is spoken at home” or “when I speak, it always comes from somewhere around here”. While some portraits explicitly placed only one language in the heart, others showed either a divided heart (one field for German and one for the L1) or two hearts side by side (one for Turkish and one for German) without any explicit hierarchy. Positioning children’s L1 in the head can be related to conceptualizations of the L1 as the language of thinking and knowing (Peters & Coetzee-VanRooy, 2020). Some children placed all their languages in the head (“All my main languages are in my head”), while a few located their L1 there with reasons like “I think in Turkish,” “I remember Serbian well,” “I first learned Arabic,” or “Because I sometimes speak in this language, or I pick up a word in this language very quickly, think of this word, and then use it”. These findings advance research on GLSC/GLSCO by illuminating students’ self-portrayals and multilingualism within a largely monolingual school system. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung (BMBWF). 2024. Deutschförderung an österreichischen Schulen – Leitfaden für Schulleiterinnen und Schulleiter. Wien: Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. Busch, B. (2010). School language profiles: valorizing linguistic resources in heteroglossic situations in South Africa. Language and Education, 24(4), 283–294. Busch, B. (2018). The language portrait in multilingualism research: Theoretical and methodological considerations. Working Papers in Urban Language & Literacies, (236), 2-13. Bush, B. (2021). Mehrsprachigkeit. Facultas. Dressler, R. (2014). Exploring linguistic identity in young multilingual learners. TESL Canada Journal, 32(1), 42–52. Duarte, J. (2019). Translanguaging in mainstream education: A sociocultural approach. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 22(2), 150–164. Gogolin, I. (1994). Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Waxmann. Gogolin, I. (2021). Multilingualism: A threat to public education or a resource in public education? – European histories and realities. European Educational Research Journal EERJ, 20(3), 297–310. Martini, S., & Torregrossa, J. (2023). Developing Compound Awareness by Translanguaging: The design of learning activities for multilingual classrooms. In P. Bayona & E. García- Martín (Ed.), Second Language and Heritage Learners in Mixed Classrooms (pp. 293–318). Multilingual Matters. Österreichischer Integrations Fonds (2025). Schule und Integration [Fact sheet]. https://www.integrationsfonds.at/fileadmin/user_uploadFactsheet_Schule_und_Integration_OEIF.pdf Pavlenko, A. (2012). Multilingualism and emotions. In M. Martin-Jones, A. Blackledge, & A. Creese (Eds.), The Routledge handbook of multilingualism (pp. 454–469). Routledge. Peters, A., & Coetzee-Van Rooy, S. (2020). Exploring the interplay of language and body in South African youth: A portrait-corpus study. Cognitive Linguistics, 31(4), 579–608. Prasad, G. (2014). Portraits of Plurilingualism in a French International School in Toronto: Exploring the Role of Visual Methods to Access Students’ Representations of their Linguistically Diverse Identities. Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics, 17(1), 51–77. Schwab, S., Resch, K., Gitschthaler, M., Hassani, S., Latzko, D., Peter, A., & Walczuch, S. (2024). From policy to practice: how schools implement German language support policy in Austria. Current Issues in Language Planning, 25(2), 176–192. Soares, C. T., Duarte, J., & Günther-van der Meij, M. (2021). “Red is the colour of the heart”: making young children’s multilingualism visible through language portraits. Language and Education, 35(1), 22–41. Weidl, M., & Erling, E. J. (2025). Exploring Multilingualism to Inform Linguistically and Culturally Responsive English Language Education. Education Sciences, 15(6), 763. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 06 D: Inclusive Educational Transitions Across the Lifecourse Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Denisa Denglerová Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusive Vocational Education Policies and Employment Pathways for Visually Impaired Individuals: Findings from a Pilot Training Program Marmara University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:According to the United Nations Convention (2008) on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, individuals with disabilities are entitled to the same rights and freedoms as everyone else. It is the responsibility of states to take all necessary measures to ensure the full and equal enjoyment of these rights and freedoms. Article 27 of the Convention specifically addresses the issues faced by individuals with disabilities in relation to the right to work, outlining detailed regulations. The employment participation of persons with visual impairments remains limited despite international policy frameworks emphasizing inclusive labor markets and equal access to vocational education (World Health Organization (WHO), 2011; United Nations, 2006). In many countries, including Türkiye, visually impaired individuals continue to face structural barriers related to inaccessible training programs, limited adaptive learning environments, and low employer awareness (Eurofound (2021). Vocational education tailored to disability-specific needs is therefore a critical mechanism for enhancing employability, self-efficacy, and social inclusion. Clerical and administrative professions represent a potentially accessible employment field for visually impaired individuals, particularly with the support of assistive technologies, adaptive instructional strategies, and structured skills training (Hersh & Johnson, 2008). However, empirical evidence on how visually impaired participants perceive such training programs, and how their perceptions evolve through structured vocational education, remains scarce. Most existing studies focus on technological accessibility or policy-level analyses, rather than participant-centered evaluations of training effectiveness (Fichten et al., 2019). This study aims to address this gap by examining the impact of a tailored clerical training program on the perceptions, expectations, and self-assessed competencies of visually impaired individuals. Specifically, the study investigates how participants’ views regarding occupational suitability, training accessibility, anticipated difficulties, and perceived personal and professional benefits change from pre-training to post-training. By focusing on participant perspectives, the study contributes to a more nuanced understanding of how vocational programs can be designed to support sustainable employment pathways for visually impaired adults. The study is underpinned by the social model of disability, which identifies environmental and institutional shortcomings—rather than individual impairments—as the primary causes of exclusion (Oliver, 1996). Furthermore, it utilizes self-efficacy theory (Bandura, 1997) to examine how increased mastery of clerical skills influences the motivation and career persistence of the participants. Preliminary evidence suggests that well-structured vocational interventions can positively influence disabled learners’ confidence, reduce perceived barriers, and clarify career goals (Hanif et al., 2018). In line with this literature, the present study hypothesizes that participation in an adaptive clerical training program will lead to more positive perceptions regarding occupational suitability, reduced expectations of disability-related difficulties, and increased clarity about future employment contexts. By providing empirical data based on a pre-test–post-test design, this research offers practical implications for policymakers, vocational training providers, and public institutions seeking to expand inclusive employment opportunities. The findings are expected to inform the development of accessible vocational curricula, contribute to evidence-based disability employment strategies, and support the long-term integration of visually impaired individuals into clerical and administrative labor markets. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a quantitative, single-group pre-test–post-test research design to examine changes in participants’ perceptions following a clerical training program designed for visually impaired individuals. This design enables the assessment of within-group changes attributable to the training intervention (Creswell & Creswell, 2018). Participants The study group consists of 16 visually impaired individuals aged 18 and above. Participants display heterogeneous characteristics in terms of age, gender, educational background, computer literacy, and prior work experience. The majority of participants are young adults and lack previous employment experience, making them an appropriate target group for vocational skill development initiatives. Data Collection Instrument Data were collected using a researcher-developed questionnaire administered as both a pre-test and post-test. The instrument includes items addressing: • perceptions of the suitability of clerical work for visually impaired individuals, • perceived need for instructional adaptations, • expectations of disability-related difficulties, • perceived personal and professional benefits of the training, • additional training needs and program improvement suggestions, • views on training continuity, and • preferred employment contexts. The questionnaire was designed to be accessible and comprehensible for visually impaired respondents, ensuring content validity through alignment with vocational training objectives and relevant literature. Procedure The pre-test was administered prior to the start of the training program. Subsequently, participants completed a structured clerical training program developed in accordance with accessibility principles and learner needs. Upon completion of the program, the same questionnaire was administered as a post-test. This process allowed for direct comparison of participant perceptions before and after the intervention. Data Analysis Data were analyzed using descriptive statistical methods. Frequencies and percentages were calculated to summarize participant responses. Pre-test and post-test results were compared to identify trends and shifts in perceptions. Given the small sample size, the analysis focuses on descriptive interpretation rather than inferential statistical testing. Ethical Considerations Ethical principles were strictly observed. Participants were informed about the purpose and scope of the study, provided informed consent, and assured of confidentiality and voluntary participation. All data were used exclusively for scientific purposes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study demonstrate that participation in an adaptive clerical training program can substantially transform visually impaired individuals’ perceptions of occupational suitability, training accessibility, and employability. Post-test results indicate increased confidence in the compatibility of clerical work with visual impairment, reduced expectations of disability-related difficulties, and a stronger recognition of both personal and professional benefits derived from the training. Notably, participants’ growing awareness of specific skill development needs—such as advanced computer use, keyboard proficiency, and legal knowledge—suggests that experiential learning plays a key role in fostering realistic self-assessment and career planning. The shift from vague expectations to concrete suggestions regarding program continuity and employment pathways further highlights the empowering potential of structured vocational education. These results align with prior research emphasizing the importance of accessible training environments in enhancing self-efficacy and labor market readiness among individuals with disabilities (Bandura, 1997). From a policy and practice perspective, the study underscores the necessity of designing vocational programs that go beyond technical skill acquisition to address psychological readiness, confidence building, and long-term employment integration. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W. H. Freeman and Company, New York. Creswell, J.W. and Creswell, J.D. (2018) Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Sage, Los Angeles. Fichten, C., Jorgensen, M., King, L., Havel, A., Heiman, T., Olenik-Shemesh, D., Kaspi- Tsahor, D., (2019). Mobile Technologies That Help Post Secondary Students Succeed: A Pilot Study of Canadian and Israeli Professionals and Students With Disabilities. International Research in Higher Education. Vol. 4(3):35 DOI: 10.5430/irhe.v4n3p35 Hanif, S., Peters, H., McDougall, C., (2018). A systematic review of vocational interventions for youth with physical disabilities. Research in Social Science and Disability. DOI:10.1007/s10926-017-9726-x Hersh, M., Johnson, M. (2008). Disability and Assistive Technology Systems. In: Hersh, M., Johnson, M. (eds) Assistive Technology for Visually Impaired and Blind People. Springer, London. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-84628-867-8_1 Eurofound (2021). Disability and Labour Market Integration: Policy, Trends and Support in EU Member States, Publication Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. Oliver, M. (1996). Understanding Disability: From Theory to Practice. Palgrave Macmillan St. Martin's Press. United Nations, (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) and Optional Protocol. United Nations. World Health Organization. (2011). World report on disability https://www.who.int/teams/noncommunicable-diseases/sensory-functions-disability-and-rehabilitation/world-report-on-disability (20.01.2026) 04. Inclusive Education
Paper “Fallen Through the Cracks”: A Co-Produced Qualitative Exploration of Autistic Students’ Experiences of Transition and Belonging in Irish Higher Education 1: Dublin City University, Ireland; 2: Anti-Bullying Centre, Dublin City University, Ireland; 3: University College Cork; 4: Independent Researcher Presenting Author:The participation of autistic students in higher education has increased internationally, yet many continue to encounter structural, social, and pedagogical barriers that affect access, participation, and well-being. Previous research has documented challenges related to transition, disclosure, mental health, social connection, and access to supports (Gormley, Feeney, & McNally, 2023). However, much of this work remains deficit-focused, concentrated within US and UK contexts, and limited in the extent to which autistic perspectives shape research questions, methods, and interpretation (Gormley et al., 2023). As a result, there remains a need for research that centres on autistic students’ accounts and examines how higher education institutions themselves contribute to experiences of inclusion and exclusion (Kenny, Neilson, O'Kelly, Doyle, and McDonald, 2024). This co-produced qualitative study explores autistic students’ experiences of transitioning to, and engaging within, an Irish higher education institution (HEI). The focus is on how students describe belonging, acceptance, and support, and on the ways institutional structures, learning environments, and social spaces shape these experiences. The study responds to a gap in the existing literature, where relatively little qualitative research has examined autistic students' lived experiences of higher education using participatory or co-produced approaches (Gormley et al., 2023). Taken together, these experiences raise broader questions about how higher education institutions conceptualise transition, inclusion, and support, and whose needs are prioritised within prevailing educational structures. In doing so, the study also speaks to broader questions about how knowledge about inclusion is produced in education research, whose perspectives are prioritised, and how such knowledge impacts institutional practice (Kenny et al., 2024). The study is situated within the neurodiversity paradigm, which understands autism as a natural form of human variation rather than a deficit requiring remediation (Walker, 2021). From this perspective, barriers to participation are located not within individuals but within environments, systems, and dominant norms. The analysis takes an interactionist perspective on inclusion, informed by autistic-led frameworks, including work on spatial belonging and the Autistic SPACE framework (Doherty, Cowan, & Shaw, 2023). The analysis is further informed by Wong’s (2023) Framework of Spatial Belonging, which conceptualises belonging as produced through interactions between individuals and the physical, social, and organisational spaces they inhabit. This perspective supports attention to how physical, digital, relational, and structural dimensions of university life interact to shape autistic students’ experiences. The study addressed the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a co-produced qualitative research design, with autistic and non-autistic researchers working collaboratively throughout the research process (Kenny et al., 2024). Co-produced methods were used to support autistic individuals’ participation in shaping the focus, pace, and interpretation of the research, ensuring that analytic decisions reflected students’ priorities and communicative preferences (Stark et al., 2021). Fourteen autistic students, including undergraduate and postgraduate learners, participated in the study. Participants were recruited through university support services, student networks, and neurodivergent student groups. Inclusion criteria were intentionally flexible, allowing participation by students with a formal diagnosis as well as those who self-identified as autistic, reflecting known barriers to diagnosis and disclosure. Data were generated through flexible semi-structured interviews designed to accommodate different communication preferences. Participants were offered choices regarding mode of participation, with twelve engaging in online interviews and two providing written responses to the interview framework. Interview topics included experiences of transition to higher education, academic and social engagement, sensory environments, disclosure, and access to institutional supports. This flexibility aimed to reduce participation barriers and support students’ agency within the research process. Data analysis was conducted using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Analysis focused on identifying patterns across participants’ accounts while remaining attentive to variation in experiences across different stages of transition and study. Coding and theme development were undertaken collaboratively by a mixed-neurotype research team, with ongoing discussion used to refine interpretations and explore alternative readings of the data. Reflexivity was maintained throughout analysis, with attention to how researchers’ positionalities and experiences shaped analytic decisions. Ethical approval was granted by the relevant institutional research ethics committee, and informed consent was obtained from all participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants described a range of experiences that were diverse yet interconnected, organised across three overarching themes. Across these themes, accounts consistently highlighted a gap between institutional understandings of inclusion and the practical conditions required to enact inclusion. Transition to Higher Education: For many participants, the transition to higher education was characterised by heightened anxiety, uncertainty, and emotional strain. Limited guidance during course selection and preparation was commonly reported, with little attention paid to the social, sensory, and practical dimensions of transition. While some participants accessed structured entry routes or early orientation opportunities, others described navigating institutional systems independently, often without clear or personalised support. Inconsistent communication and limited predictability contributed to feelings of being overwhelmed and unprepared. Navigating College Life: Participants also identified multiple barriers within academic and campus environments. Sensory challenges related to lighting, noise, and crowded spaces were frequently described, alongside difficulties engaging with inflexible teaching practices. Experiences of digital learning environments varied. For some, online provision reduced sensory demands and supported flexible engagement, while for others it was experienced as isolating or poorly supported. Social participation was often described as challenging, particularly in interactions with non-autistic peers. In contrast, autistic-led student communities, including neurodivergent societies, were consistently described as supportive spaces that fostered belonging, affirmation, and peer connection. Stigma, Masking, and Disclosure: Decisions around disclosure were shaped by concerns about stigma, misunderstanding, and potential negative consequences. Several participants described masking autistic traits to avoid judgement, often at significant emotional cost. Structural barriers, including restrictive eligibility criteria for disability services and limited autism-informed knowledge among staff, further discouraged disclosure. By centring autistic students’ accounts through a co-produced, neurodiversity-affirming approach, this study illustrates how higher education environments shape experiences of belonging and exclusion, with relevance for policy and practice concerned with inclusion, equity, and student wellbeing. References Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2021) Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage, London. Doherty, M., McCowan, S., & Shaw, S. C. (2023). Autistic SPACE: a novel framework for meeting the needs of autistic people in healthcare settings. British Journal of Hospital Medicine, 84(4), 1-9. Gormley, L., Feeney, A., & McNally, S. (2024). A scoping review of research trends and future directions for research on the experiences of autistic students and staff in post-secondary education. European Journal of Higher Education, 14(4), 554-573. Kenny, N., Neilson, S., O'Kelly, J., Doyle, J.K. and McDonald, J. (2024), "Exploring the Paradigm of Co-Produced Research Within the Context of the COVID-19 Pandemic", Rose, R. and Shevlin, M. (Ed.) Including Voices (International Perspectives on Inclusive Education, Vol. 23), Emerald Publishing Limited, Leeds, pp. 149-161. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-363620240000023012 Stark, E., Ali, D., Ayre, A., Schneider, N., Parveen, S., Marais, K., ... & Pender, R. (2021). Coproduction with autistic adults: Reflections from the authentistic research collective. Autism in Adulthood, 3(2), 195-203. Walker, N. (2021), Neuroqueer Heresies: Notes on the Neurodiversity Paradigm, Autistic Empowerment, and Postnormal Possibilities; Autonomous Press. Wong, B. (2024). Exploring the spatial belonging of students in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 49(3), 546-558. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Preschool–Primary Transition: An Analytical Framework of Emotional–Cognitive Educational Infrastructure 1: Tomas Bata University in Zlín; 2: Masaryk University Presenting Author:This paper examines the transition from preschool to primary education, with particular attention to contexts in which institutional cooperation between preschools and primary schools is insufficient. It addresses situations characterized by the absence of a shared norms and framework for organizing the transition process and by a lack of established strategies for how educational institutions respond to children entering primary education with markedly heterogeneous levels of school readiness. Contemporary scholarly literature suggests that such conditions are not exceptional but structurally embedded in the organization of early childhood and primary education systems. The transition from preschool to primary education is characterized by a set of persistent and interrelated challenges, most notably the misalignment of implicit institutional norms governing pedagogical practices, expectations, and forms of accountability across educational sectors. This normative incongruence constrains the adaptive capacity of educational systems and results in a systemic displacement of responsibility onto individual actors—teachers, parents, and children—who are expected to compensate for institutional discontinuities (Then & Pohlmann-Rother, 2024). Furthermore, the prevalence of pervasive learning imperatives in education more broadly reflects normative pressures that shape curricular priorities and pedagogical practices across multiple levels of the system, yet may not align with local needs or relational dimensions of learning (learning imperatives as system-wide demands on teaching and learning) (Popa, 2024; cf. literature on partnership learning imperatives). In response, an expanding body of research advocates a range of targeted interventions and programmatic approaches designed to empower children and families (cf. Veerman et al., 2023; Boyland et al., 2024), or foregrounds the strengthening of social and emotional learning (SEL) as a source of resilience facilitating children’s adjustment to school demands (Hosokawa et al., 2024), or support family-school relations (Tobin, 2022). However, these approaches tend to operate at a partial or compensatory level and therefore leave the underlying institutional configurations of educational practice largely intact. A synthesis of the above-mentioned literature highlights two analytically significant premises. First, transitions between educational levels must be conceptualized as processes of systemic adaptation, in which not only individuals but entire institutional arrangements, professional cultures, and organizational logics are subject to change. Second, such adaptive processes are inherently interactional in nature, unfolding through patterned exchanges among individuals, groups, and systems across institutional boundaries. On this basis, the present paper adopts an interactionist perspective as its primary analytical framework for understanding and addressing. We are building on the results of our three-year research on the Step-by-Step (SbS) program, with particular emphasis on the concept of Emotional-Cognitive Educational Infrastructure (ECEI) (Denglerová et al., 2024; Denglerová & Šíp, under review). The paper explicates the function of this infrastructure as a key systemic prerequisite for effective educational processes. These findings are subsequently applied to the context of educational transition. The main objective of this paper examines how teachers at the outset of formal schooling can actively shape and mediate the transition from preschool to primary education in ways that promote continuity and coherence, even under empirically documented conditions of institutional misalignment—namely, the absence of shared norms, the fragmented nature of existing strategies, and the pronounced heterogeneity of learners. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used ECEI is the central outcome of the aforementioned mixed-methods research study on the SbS program. The quantitative component examined pupils’ self-concept, classroom climate, emotional competencies, and creative and metacognitive skills, and demonstrated statistically significant advantages for pupils in the SbS program compared to those in traditional schools. The qualitative component employed ethnographic methods in two SbS schools, including classroom observations across grades one to five and interviews with key educational stakeholders. Using Situational Analysis (Clarke, 2005; Clarke, Friesse, & Washburn, 2015), we developed the interpretative ECEI model, which explains the program’s educational effectiveness. Subsequent evaluative studies indicate that the model’s explanatory scope extends beyond the SbS context, supporting its use as a theory-driven analytical framework for examining children’s transition from preschool to primary education. The model integrates social–emotional and cognitive dimensions of learning and explains how the intentional construction of ECEI initially slows the learning process as part of a systemic transformation of individual orientations and the learning environment, which subsequently enables an acceleration of learning and improved student outcomes. ECEI consists of four interrelated levels—instrumental, didactic, autonomization, and constructivist. The development of the ECEI levels is inherently sequential and cumulative. The effective establishment of each higher level is structurally dependent on the sufficient consolidation of the preceding one; for instance, the didactic level cannot be meaningfully established in the absence of a robust instrumental foundation. The instrumental and didactic levels are often systemically underestimated due to their indirect relation to curricular content, particularly in outcome-oriented educational contexts. The model demonstrates that the robust establishment of these foundational levels is a prerequisite for transferring responsibility for learning to students, enabling differentiation and individualization, and ultimately supporting effective constructivist instruction. Interpreting the transition process through the analytical framework of ECEI provides a coherent lens for understanding how the transition from preschool to primary education unfolds in practice. As an analytical framework, ECEI enables the interpretation of transition not merely as an individual adjustment process, but as a set of structurally and interactionally mediated conditions that shape learners’ orientation, emotional security, and engagement with learning. On this basis, this analytical framework supports the formulation of targeted, practice-oriented recommendations that actively facilitate the transition under conditions of institutional misalignment and learner heterogeneity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The application of the ECEI model extends beyond providing guidance for teachers in complex transition contexts, as it enables institution-level change by explicating the mechanisms through which pedagogical practices reshape learning environments and learner trajectories. As a theoretically and empirically grounded analytical framework, the model supports teachers in critically revisiting entrenched assumptions about teaching and learning. Mechanism 1: Structural stabilization and psychological safety. At the instrumental level, ECEI operates through the negotiation and enforcement of rules, the structuring of space and time, and the ritualization of key instructional sequences. These processes enable teachers and students to co-construct a stable framework that provides orientation, predictability, and psychological safety, thereby creating conditions for respecting learner heterogeneity during transition. Mechanism 2: Dialogical mediation and didactic transformation. At the didactic level, ECEI functions through dialogical practices such as teaching through questioning, reflection and self-reflection, and activating forms of learning. These practices support the transformation of curricular content, reciprocal learning, learner autonomization, instructional differentiation, and the development of collaborative and metacognitive skills in heterogeneous classrooms. Mechanism 3: Differentiation through ordered interaction. The integration of structural order and dialogical interaction enhances teachers’ capacity to respond to learner heterogeneity by stabilizing interactional patterns and diversifying learning formats, thereby enabling more effective differentiation and individualization of instruction in line with inclusive education. Mechanism 4: Productive deceleration and long-term acceleration. Initial deceleration is conceptualized as a productive investment in building a safe learning environment and a functional learning community. Once consolidated, these conditions enable accelerated learning processes and higher-quality learning outcomes, while alleviating teachers’ anxiety that often sustains practices misaligned with learners’ transitional needs. References Boylan, F., Barblett, L., Lavina, L., & Ruscoe, A. (2024). Transforming transitions to primary school: Using children’s funds of knowledge and identity. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2023.2291354 Clarke, A. (2005). Situational analysis: Grounded theory after the postomodern turn. Thousands Oak, London, New Delhi: SAGE Publications. Clarke, A., Friesse, C. & Washburn, R. (2015). Situational analysis in practice: Mapping research with grounded theory. Walnut Creek (CA): Left Coast Press. Hosokawa, R., [et al.]. (2024). Enhancing social-emotional skills in early childhood: intervention study on the effectiveness of social and emotional learning. BMC Psychology, Article. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40359-024-02280-w Denglerová et al. (2024). Benefits of the Start Together program. Research report. Available at: www.zacitspolu.eu/wp/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/vyzkumna-zprava_benefity-zas_2024.pdf Denglerová, D. & Šíp, R. (under review). Emotional-Cognitive Educational Infrastructure: social interaction as a core component of emotional-cognitive development. Educational Psychologist. Taylor & Francis. Dockett, S., & Perry, B. (2004). Starting school: Effective transitions. Routledge. Popa, S. (2024). Reflections on curriculum and learning imperatives in a changing world. Prospects. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-024-09689-6 Then, D., & Pohlmann-Rother, S. (2024). Adaptivity in the inclusive transition to school. Frontiers in Education, 8:1304918. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1304918 Tobin, E. (2022). Family–school connectivity during transition to primary school. Irish Educational Studies (Taylor & Francis). https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2022.2054451 Veerman, E., Karssen, M., Volman, M., & Gaikhorst, L. (2023). The contribution of two funds of identity interventions to well-being related student outcomes in primary education. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 38, 100680. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2022.100680 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 06 E: How to Promote Inclusive Teaching Practices in HE: Piloting an Innovative Research Instrument Based the “Inclusivity Tips for CHARM-EU Educators” toolkit Location: Kahveri | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Maria Figueiredo Research Workshop |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Research Workshop How to Promote Inclusive Teaching Practices in HE: Piloting an Innovative Research Instrument Based the “Inclusivity Tips for CHARM-EU Educators” toolkit 1: University of Pécs; 2: Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary //CHARM-EU Diversity, Equity, Inclusion Office Presenting Author:Topic During the research workshop, we address how European higher education institutions can move beyond deficit-based models of human diversity and disability toward inclusive, rights-based, and pedagogically sustainable frameworks (Varga et al., 2021; Gallagher et al., 2004; Pollack, 2009; Armstrong, 2011; Doyle, 2020) that support diverse learners, including students with disabilities and neurodivergent students (Bjarnason, 2004; Moriña et al., 2020; Goodall et al., 2024; Márquez-González et al., 2025). Our contribution is grounded in recent empirical research examining educators’ and students’ perceptions of inclusive teaching and assessment practices (Tószegi, 2023, 2024), using the Inclusivity Tips for CHARM-EU Educators toolkit developed within the CHARM-EU European University Alliance (Fazekas, 2021; Fazekas–Vinkovits, 2023). The workshop highlights the toolkit’s capacity to function as a scalable and transversal instrument that can be adapted across institutional, national, and disciplinary contexts within the European Higher Education Area. Research Questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological Approach Empirically, the workshop builds on mixed-method research conducted within a European university context, involving the adaptation and application of the CHARM-EU Inclusivity Tips as a research instrument. Quantitative data were collected through open and closed questions, including Likert-scale questionnaires completed by educators and students, complemented by qualitative insights from open-ended responses. The methodology includes cross-group comparison and scale validation, linking educator self-reflection with student perceptions of institutional inclusivity. The educator questionnaire consisted of 55 items organised under eight thematic pillars and was completed by lecturers at the University of Pécs (N = 108). Most items were evaluated using a Likert scale, supplemented by two multiple-choice questions and one open-ended question. Student responses were analysed using Likert-scale items embedded in the EBAV (University Acceptance Opinion Scale), validated in Hungarian as a student assessment tool (Losada Puente et al., 2021), based on the Index for Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2002). The shared European toolkit enables methodological comparability, transferability, and scalability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop is expected to confirm that advancing inclusive higher education requires a shift away from deficit-based and narrowly defined accommodation models toward systemic, rights-based, and pedagogically sustainable approaches aligned with human rights and biopsychosocial models of disability. Inclusion emerges as a dynamic and continuous process that must be embedded in everyday teaching, assessment, and institutional practices rather than treated as an exceptional or individualised response. The empirical findings discussed are expected to reveal a recurring gap between educators’ and students’ positive attitudes toward inclusivity and the practical implementation of inclusive teaching and assessment strategies. While awareness of diversity and inclusion is generally high, limited experience and structural constraints often hinder the consistent application of inclusive pedagogical practices. These findings underline the importance of structured reflection tools that support educators in translating inclusive principles into concrete action. A central outcome of the workshop is the validation of the Inclusivity Tips for CHARM-EU Educators as a scalable, transversal instrument for inclusive development in European higher education. The research demonstrates that the toolkit can be successfully adapted across institutional, linguistic, and national contexts while maintaining methodological comparability. Beyond individual self-reflection, the toolkit shows potential as a shared European framework for professional development, institutional learning, and quality enhancement. Finally, the workshop highlights the alignment of the CHARM-EU Inclusivity Tips with Universal Design for Learning principles as a viable pathway for moving from individual accommodations toward proactive learning environments that benefit diverse student populations. By situating local empirical findings within a European alliance context, the workshop reinforces inclusion as a shared European responsibility. It contributes transferable insights to support evidence-informed institutional change across the European Higher Education Area. References Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for inclusion: developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE) Bracken, S. & Novak, K. (2019). Transforming Higher Education Through Universal Design for Learning. An International Perspective. Routledge. Dolmage, J. T. (2017). Academic Ableism: Disability & Higher Education. University of Michigan Press Doyle, N. (2020). Neurodiversity at work: A biopsychosocial model and the impact on working adults. British Medical Bulletin 135(2). https://doi.org/10.1093/bmb/ldaa021 Gallagher, D. J.; Heshusius, L., Iano, R. P. and Skrtic, T. M.(2003) Challenging orthodoxy in special education: dissenting voices. Denver, Colorado: Love Publishing. Goodall, G., Hardonk, S., Mjøen, O. M., Witsø, A. E., Horghagen, S., Flatholm, M. L., & Kvam, L. (2024). Disability and the transition from higher education to employment: Exploring attitudes among Norwegian frontline workers towards work inclusion. Journal of Vocational Rehabilitation, 61(3), 392-409. Fazekas, Á. S. (2021). Inclusive Education. In CHARM-EU Pedagogical Guidelines: Theoretical Background to the CHARM-EU Educational Principles. European University Alliance. Fazekas-Vinkovits, Á. S. (2023). A zümmögő szavak és ami mögöttük rejlik: Befogadás és sokszínűség érvényesítése a CHARM-EU Európai Egyetemi Szövetségben. Fogyatékosság és társadalom : a fogyatékosságtudomány és a gyógypedagógia folyóirata, 2023(1), 62–79. https://epa.oszk.hu/04800/04858/00001/pdf/EPA04858_fogyatekossag_es_tarsadalom_2023_1_062-079.pdf Losada Puente, L., Fiuza Asorey, M. & Baña Castro, M. (2021). What Defines Inclusion in Higher Education Institutions? Validation of an Instrument Based on the ‘Index for Inclusion’. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 69(1), 91-105. DOI: 10.1080/1034912X.2021.1992752 Márquez-González, L. M., Martínez-Murciano, M. C., Olmos-Raya, E., & Pérez-Jorge, D. (2025, July). The response to disability in higher education: an analysis of programs and services for people with disabilities: the case of the University of La Laguna. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 10, p. 1561841). Frontiers Media SA. Moriña, A., Perera, V. H., & Carballo, R. (2020). Training needs of academics on inclusive education and disability. SAGE open, 10(3), 2158244020962758. Rose, D. H., Meyer, A., & Gordon, D. (2014). Universal design for learning: Theory and Practice. CAST Professional Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446282236.n30 Tószegi, Z. J. (2023). Neurodivergens hallgatók a felsőoktatásban. In EDUCATIO 32:4 pp. 677-687. Tószegi, Z. J. (2024). Út az inkluzív kiválóság felé – speciális szükségletű, köztük neurodivergens hallgatók szolgálatában: Vizsgálódás az inklúzió egy folyamatelvű modellje mentén a Pécsi Tudományegyetemen (2010-2024), valamint nemyetközi partnerintézmények gyakorlatainak tükrében. PTE BTK Oktatás és Társadalom Neveléstudományi Doktori Iskola. Varga, A., Vitéz, K., Orsós, I., Fodor, B. & Horváth, G. (2021). Diversity and Inclusion in Higher Education. Képzés és Gyakorlat, 19(1-2), 70-8. https://doi.org/10.17165/TP.2021.1-2.7 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 05 SES 06 A: Risk, Resilience, Wellbeing and Differences Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Michael Jopling Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper A Short History of Research into Children and Youth at Risk and Education since 1998 using Topic Modelling Analysis 1: University of Brighton, United Kingdom; 2: DIPF, Germany Presenting Author:This proposal presents findings from content analysis of the ECER abstract database, which examined submissions submitted to EERA’s Network 5: Children at Youth at Risk and Education between 1998 and 2024. We use these data as a proxy for describing the development of the field over the past quarter century, as they allow us to identify recurrent themes, shifting and evolving priorities and changes in the research landscape. Analysing patterns in the data thus enables us to develop a comprehensive picture of research in relation to children and youth at risk and education in Europe and to identify focus areas, trends and gaps in the evidence base. The analysis is also designed to complement historical overviews of the research field (e.g. Mayer et al., 2009) by extending their reach into the 21st century. The area of children and youth at risk in education has been a dynamic and to some extent marginal research field since the network was created in 1996, when its explicit aim was to improve “our understanding of the problems as well as the identification and dissemination of effective and efficient strategies for solving problems of students in at-risk environments” (Day et al., 1997: 9-10). The abstracts apply a wide range of theoretical frameworks, methodologies and approaches, benefiting from the open and inclusive nature of the research field. This makes it challenging to understand its development over 25 years. Informed and inspired by previous research which has used topic modelling (Kherwa & Bansal, 2019) of ECER abstract data to explore the heterogeneity of European education research (Deleye et al, 2025), this paper presents an evidence-based overview of a complex research field and provoke discussion about its possible futures by harnessing the results on the thematic distribution of contributions to ECER – and more specifically Network 5 – which are provided by the webapp EduTopics (Christ et al., 2025). The aim of the paper is therefore to influence discussion and debate by presenting analysis of a quarter century’s worth of research in Europe, both mapping the territory and outlining prospective directions at a time when the notion of “at risk” has taken on new implications in the light of climate catastrophe and polycrisis (Tooze, 2021; Rakowski et al, 2025). It is centred on the research questions: How has research in the field of children and youth at risk and education developed in Europe since 1998, as evidenced by the abstracts of research presented at ECER? What does this suggest for future directions of the field? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses the web app EduTopics: ECER (https://dipf-lis.shinyapps.io/EduTopicsECER/), which applies topic modelling, a sophisticated computational method for analysing large collections of text (Abuhay et al., 2018) to the corpus of ECER abstracts. Topic modelling determines central content related themes in corpora of literature by clustering words and phrases that frequently appear together, revealing hidden thematic structures across the dataset. This allows researchers to reduce textual complexity, uncovering core themes and their relationships over time. EduTopics does not use a singular model to map the themes of ECER since 1998, but two nested models similar to the super- and subcategories used in qualitative content analysis: a broader model containing overarching themes with k=50 supertopics and a much more fine-grained model with k=300 subtopics. Incorporating machine learning techniques and natural language processing also enables the analysis to examine the distribution of contributions by a number of key variables, including year, country, and institutional affiliation, providing a multidimensional perspective on the data. By aggregating the document-topic weights of the contributions to the individual networks, comparisons between thematic foci and trends between Network 5 and ECER in general or specific other networks are made possible by the visualisations and results provided by EduTopics. For example, for the most relevant subtopic of Network 5 “youth work and young people”, differences in topic weights across the years can be determined between Network 5 and the rest of ECER to determine the relevance of this subtopic across time and identify potential factors influencing the time trends. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal significant patterns, evolutions and changes in the research field of children and youth at risk and education. For example, for the most relevant subtopics of Network 5, different time trends can be identified: While “youth work and young people” remained fairly constant across the decades, the relevance of “(cyber-)bullying and prevention” dropped substantially. Meanwhile, as the latter decreased, interest in “SES and Inequality” steadily increased. The analysis indicates how researchers across Europe have framed and understood the field conceptually, methodologically and practically and how interest in and understandings of key issues, or supertopics, such as “socio-emotional behaviour and relationships’ have varied over the period. In addition, this contribution provides insights into how the topics at the core of Networks 5 interest been reflected in research presented in other networks and by emerging researchers. The intention is not to use this to present a hierarchy of topics or focus areas, but to offer a critical overview of the development of the field. Identifying leading themes and their trajectories allows us to challenge assumptions, question received wisdoms and delineate areas for future focus. References Abuhay, T. M., Nigatie, Y. G., & Kovalchuk, S. V. (2018). Towards predicting trend of scientific research topics using topic modelling. Procedia Computer Science, 136, 304-310. Christ, A., Röschlein, J., & Schindler, C. (2025). EduTopics: ECER: A webapp for interactive visualisation and exploration of ECER contributions since 1998. European Educational Research Journal. Day, C., van Veern, D. & Walraven, G. (eds.) (1997). Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education: Research, Policy and Practice. Leuven-Apeldooom: Garant. Kherwa, P., & Bansal, P. (2019). Topic modeling: a comprehensive review. EAI Endorsed Transactions on Scalable Information Systems, 7 (24). Lemay, D. J., Baek, C., & Doleck, T. (2021). Comparison of learning analytics and educational data mining: A topic modeling approach. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 2, 100016. Mayer, C., Lohmann, I., & Grosvenor, I. (2009) Children and Youth at Risk: Historical and International Perspectives. Frankfurt a.M.: Peter Lang. Rakowski,J.J., Schaan, L.N. van Klink, R. Herzon, I., Arth, A., Hagedorn, G., Rode, J., Creutzig, F. & Pe’er, G. (2025) Characterizing the Global Polycrisis: A Systematic Review of Recent Literature. Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 50, 159–83. Tooze, A. 2021. Shutdown: How Covid Shook the World’s Economy. London: Allen Lane. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Not Getting the Grades: The Impact of ‘Failing’ High-Stakes Examinations on Young People’s Post-School Wellbeing 1: Manchester Metropolitan University, United Kingdom; 2: University of Huddersfield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:High-stakes examinations are a key component of education systems in countries across the globe (Suto & Oates, 2021). While their role in shaping educational progression and labour market outcomes is well-established, far less is known about how experiences of success and failure in such examinations shape young people’s wellbeing beyond the point of assessment. This paper addresses this gap by examining the wellbeing implications of leaving compulsory education without the grades that facilitate post-school progression. While the research we draw on is based in England, high-stakes examinations are used in similar ways across Europe to provide information to educators, employers and governments about young people’s academic strengths and attainment. Often acting as a gateway into upper secondary education, training and the labour market, high-stakes examinations shape young people’s educational pathways and occupational futures in important and lasting ways (Anderson, 2024; Andresen & Løkken, 2020; Caves & Balestra, 2018). Yet their negative effects on young people’s wellbeing in school are also well-documented. They are shown to increase school-related stress and reduce academic self-esteem (Högberg et al., 2021). Opponents also contend that their use places a particular burden on young people from marginalised backgrounds, who lack equitable opportunities to invest in their futures (Davey et al., 2025; Högberg & Horn, 2022). Overall, their ‘all or nothing’ nature looms large over young people’s lives, amplifying pressure, worry and fear of failure (Banks & Smyth, 2015, p.612). Reflecting the intensity of these feelings, failing to meet a high-stakes examination threshold can mark a critical juncture in a young person’s life, directing them towards lower-level courses or repeated attempts at core qualifications (Papay, et al., 2010). Even narrowly failing a high-stakes examination can increase early disengagement from education and the likelihood of being identified as ‘not in education, employment or training’ (NEET) (Machin et al., 2020). These individual risks mirror broader trends, with low attainment well-documented as a significant factor in educational exclusion (Russell & Thompson, 2025). Notably, however, this body of research on the consequences of failing high-stakes examinations has primarily focussed on academic progression and employment outcomes. Much less attention has been paid to the broader implications of academic failure for young people’s wellbeing once they have left school. This paper addresses this dearth in knowledge by focusing on the subjective wellbeing of a group of young people who leave compulsory education without the facilitating qualifications or grades that structure opportunity. In doing so, the paper shifts the emphasis on outcomes to the lived experiences of navigating post-school transitions following educational ‘failure’. England provides a particularly compelling context in which to undertake this study. Here, national high-stakes General Certificate in Secondary Education (GCSE) examinations taken at age 16 are considered pivotal in shaping young people’s futures. Achieving a standard pass (grade 4) in a suite of these qualifications, including English and maths, is widely understood to facilitate access to a broad range of educational and occupational pathways (Kuczera et al., 2016, Dickerson et al., 2023). In contrast, not attaining these grades is known to be damaging for young people’s post-school transitions and linked to long-term ‘scarring’ effects that are difficult to reverse (Thompson, 2017). To explore instead young people’s post-school wellbeing, we engage Allardt’s (1993) concept of ‘having, loving, being’, understood as necessary conditions for human existence and flourishing. Using this framework, our research interrogates how material resources, relational support and opportunities for self-fulfilment shape subjective wellbeing for young people with limited GCSE attainment as they try to ‘get on’ in further education, employment or training but often find themselves merely ‘getting by’ or ‘getting stuck’. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on data from a longitudinal, mixed-methods study tracing the unfolding educational and employment trajectories of young people identified as ‘at risk’ of becoming not in education, employment or training (NEET). All fieldwork was conducted in England, between November 2021 and May 2026, and incorporates a corpus of data that totals: 194 interviews with young people, 72 interviews with professionals working with young people, 10 family member interviews and over four hundred and seventy-two hours spent in the field including participant observations in nineteen settings. 81 young people (aged 14–16) took part in the research, across five local authorities and based in mainstream schools, pupil referral units (PRUs), special schools and alternative provision. The research involved long-term engagement with these young people during the final two years of their compulsory schooling and into the first year of their post-school destinations. The findings for this paper derive primarily from the period after young people had left school and received their final grades. We focus on those within this cohort who had not received a grade 4 (standard pass) in five or more GCSE qualifications, thus ‘failing’ to meet a key examination threshold in the English education system. Each of these young people took part in at least one individual face-to-face interview after they had left school. The interviews made use of a card-board person-shaped cut-out, created by the young people a year earlier, where they had drawn their experiences of their final year of school and their hopes for the future at that stage. Participants were encouraged to reflect on what had changed in their lives and what had stayed the same. The materiality of this object served as a useful anchor for distilling young people’s post-school experiences. Extensive fieldnotes from participant observations in settings where the young people were based post-school also contributed to this large and detailed dataset. The interviews were recorded, transcribed, anonymised, and then coded inductively with the other data using NVivo. Inductive analysis followed a thematic approach and involved regular, structured discussion between the research team. To interrogate the young people’s wellbeing in this post-school period, the researchers were drawn to Allardt’s (1993) three dimensions of wellbeing: having, loving, being. Returning to the data through this lens showed strong patterns in how past and present inequalities were shaping subjective wellbeing during this formative period of their lives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The researchers’ recurrent presence in the field over a three-year period and the large data set assisted in developing a nuanced understanding of the past and present inequalities that were shaping the young people’s post-school wellbeing across all three of Allardt’s (1993) dimensions. The young people frequently blamed themselves for not having achieved the gateway qualifications for entry into their desired college courses, vocational training or employment. They expressed regret at not working hard enough or not ‘putting their head down’ to revise thoroughly for their examinations. This internalisation of failure meant they struggled to see themselves as capable actors (being). However, our findings also show that their low attainment was often shaped by factors outside their control. Multiple school moves, experiences of bullying, lack of support for special educational needs and the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic had deprived them of the material and institutional resources necessary to achieve their intended grades and constrained wellbeing in the present (having). Nonetheless, many young people described finding comfort in friendships with others who had similar grades and schooling experiences. These relationships offered them a sense of belonging in their post-school settings that they had not encountered in their earlier education (loving). Through these friendships they felt understood and less isolated. Yet the solidarity they found among ‘people like them’, did little to alleviate their marginalised positions. Often ‘parked’ in low-level courses or training, the young people had few opportunities for meaningful participation or progression (being). They felt let down by systems and the adults around them and, despite having high aspirations for their futures, were uncertain whether these would be realised. Overall, these findings offer a view of wellbeing that has important implications for understanding exclusion among young people across Europe who do not meet high-stakes examinations thresholds for meaningful progression. References Allardt, E. 1993. Having, Loving, Being: An alternative to the Swedish model of welfare research. In Nussbaum M. C., Sen A, K. (Eds), The quality of life (pp.88-94). Clarendon Press. Anderson, O. (2024). Walking the line: Does crossing a high stakes exam threshold matter for labour market outcomes? (22-05). UCL Centre for Education Policy and Equalising Opportunities. cepeowp22-05r1.pdf Andresen, E. & Løkken, S. (2020). The final straw: High school dropout for marginal students. SSRN http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3753354 Banks, J., & Smyth, E. (2015). ‘Your whole life depends on it’: academic stress and high-stakes testing in Ireland. Journal of Youth Studies, 18(5), 598–616. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2014.992317 Caves, K., & Balestra, S. (2018). The impact of high school exit exams on graduation rates and achievement. The Journal of Educational Research, 111(2), 186–200. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2016.1226158 Davey, K., Russell, L., Bishop, J., & Thompson, R. (2025). Playing the game? Young people ‘at risk’ of becoming NEET (not in education, employment or training) and their investment in education. Journal of Youth Studies, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2025.2571508 Dickerson, A., McDool, E., & Morris, D. (2023). Post-compulsory education pathways and labour market outcomes. Education Economics, 31(3), 326–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/09645292.2022.2068137 Högberg, B., Lindgren, J., Johansson, K., Strandh, M., & Petersen, S. (2021). Consequences of school grading systems on adolescent health: evidence from a Swedish school reform. Journal of Education Policy, 36(1), 84–106. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2019.1686540 Högberg, B. & Horn, D. (2022) National High-Stakes Testing, Gender, and School Stress in Europe: A Difference-in-Differences Analysis, European Sociological Review, 38(6) 975–987. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcac009 Kuczera, M., Field, S. & Windisch, H. (2016). Building Skills for All: A Review of England, OECD Report. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/about/programmes/edu/piaac/country-specific-material/cycle-1/England-Building-Skills-For-All.pdf Machin, S., McNally, S., & Ruiz-Valenzuela, J. (2020). Entry through the narrow door: the costs of just failing high stakes exams. Journal of Public Economics, 190, 104224. Papay, J. P., Murnane, R. J., & Willett, J. B. (2010). The Consequences of High School Exit Examinations for Low-Performing Urban Students: Evidence From Massachusetts. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 32(1), 5-23. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373709352530 Russell, L., & Thompson, R. (2025). Predicting educational exclusion: A literature review of risk factors associated with early leaving from education. European Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251378585 Suto, I. & Oates, T. (2021) High-stakes testing after basic secondary education: How and why is it done in high-performing education systems? 610965-high-stakes-testing-after-basic-secondary-education-how-and-why-is-it-done-in-high-performing-education-systems-.pdf Thompson, R. (2017) Opportunity structures and educational marginality: The post-16 transitions of young people outside education and employment. Oxford Review of Education, 43(6), 749–766. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Highly Skilled Immigrant Mums in Norwegian Homes Counteract an Uncoordinated Welfare System for Their Children with Disabilities or Chronic Diseases. 1: University of Almeria, Spain; 2: NTNU Norwegian University of Science and Technology Presenting Author:Norwegian families vary in educational, cultural, and economic contextual experiences and opportunities (Toft & Friedman, 2021). 20.2 % comprises people with ethnically diverse backgrounds and children born in Norway (Statistic Norway, 2025). There is diversity in the use of welfare services within and between migrant groups and the general population (Debesay et al., 2019; Huijts et al., 2010). Residents have access to the welfare System in the Norwegian context, including benefits for children's welfare and children's access to social security, health, education, and welfare services. Specifically, children with large or complex needs have the right to have a plan adopted that addresses their family's needs (OHCHR, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use a qualitative case study (Stake, 2005) of eight mothers with children with sen and living with chronic diseases who emigrated to several counties in Norway. Ethics approval was attained from NTNU University before starting the data collection. The participants have been living in Norway for 5 to 10 years. The sample was purposefully selected from professionals who were highly educated, participants had a university degree or higher from their home countries, and were living the experience of contacting the welfare system as demanding services for their children with chronic diseases or special needs. The study was initially presented on the Facebook online platform as a flyer requesting participants of families and open to fathers to participate in interviews; only mums contacted the research team. The participants decided to take part in individual semi-structured interviews lasting approximately two hours at a personal office on the university premises. Two of the families participated in online meetings as they were living in another part of Norway. The participants were allowed to use their mother tongue as the researcher knew their languages, and a researcher with English controlled the translation as their mother tongue. The data were thematically analysed, and five themes were identified. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Mums shared common feelings of being excluded from institutional decisions about their children. They experienced a system built around three uncoordinated and independent institutions: social, health, and educational services. They think that an unruled state leads their children's lives without a plan, leaving them to make heartbreaking decisions. The consequences are fateful; mums take time from their jobs and energy from their lives to understand what is missing to offer their children. Mums are learning how to get into the system; they acknowledge their limitations and feel empowered to deal with them. They shared that it is essential to maintain strong community relationships and to be active with other parents and associations to make changes. At the same time, they are professionally trained to be the best mentors for their children. Participants also shared that mums-child interactions and feeling active in implementing at-home early intervention programs for their children, such as learning psychological strategies and alternative communication systems, or becoming stay-at-home nurses to manage medication and money paid for online specialist sessions from their own home countries. They are also afraid of the system and, in some cases, experience how their children are taken out of them. Parenting is damaged by the system's stress. They are struggling to be their only primary support and explain how their children are seriously affected by being with untrained professionals; All have worked out solutions to retain those professionals who seem to be communicating with them, getting informally in touch with parents with similar circumstances, and being part of organisations that could have a politically positive impact on society. They feel they have a plan and control over their family's quality of life. They feel empowered to respond actively to the challenges resulting from the severe lack of coordination of welfare services. References Brekke, I., Alecu, A., Ugreninov, E., Surén, P., & Evensen, M. (2023). Educational achievement among children with a disability: do parental resources compensate for disadvantage?. SSM-Population Health, 23, 101465. Herrero-Arias, R., Hollekim, R., Haukanes, H., & Vagli, Å. (2021). The emotional journey of motherhood in migration. The case of Southern European mothers in Norway. Migration Studies, 9(3), 1230-1249. Kibria, N., & Becerra, W. S. (2021). Deserving immigrants and good advocate mothers: Immigrant mothers’ negotiations of special education systems for children with disabilities. Social problems, 68(3), 591-607. Kojan, B. H., & Lonne, B. (2012). A comparison of systems and outcomes for safeguarding children in Australia and Norway. Child & Family Social Work, 17(1), 96-107. Masten, A. S. (2018). Resilience theory and research on children and families: Past, present, and promise. Journal of Family Theory & Review, 10(1), 12-31. Rustad, K. B., Lauritzen, C., Havnen, K. J. S., Fossum, S., Christiansen, Ø., & Vis, S. A. (2022). The impact of case factors on the initial screening decision in child welfare investigations in Norway. Child Abuse & Neglect, 131, 105708. Rustad, K. B., Lauritzen, C., Havnen, K. J. S., Fossum, S., Christiansen, Ø., & Vis, S. A. (2023). The impact of case characteristics on child welfare service investigations in Norway. Nordic Social Work Research, 1-15. Tanyanyiwa, A. T., Chimhutu, V., & Pettersen, H. (2024). Experiences of migrant parents of children with special health and welfare needs in Nordic countries: a scoping review. Scandinavian Journal of Public Health, 14034948241277057. Toft, M., & Friedman, S. (2021). Family wealth and the class ceiling: The propulsive power of the bank of mum and dad. Sociology, 55(1), 90-109. Wondemu, M. Y., Joranger, P., Hermansen, Å., & Brekke, I. (2022). Impact of child disability on parental employment and labour income: a quasi-experimental study of parents of children with disabilities in Norway. BMC Public Health, 22(1), 1813 Østerud, K. L., & Anvik, C. H. (2024). ‘It's not really Michael who wears me out, it's the system’: The hidden work of coordinating care for a disabled child. Critical Social Policy, 44(1), 67-86 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Reducing Within-School Differences? Evidence from a Mixed-Methods Study of Emphasized Teaching Reform in Finland 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: University of Turku, Finland; 3: Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:In this presentation we report first results from an ongoing research project examining an educational reform implemented in a Finnish municipality concerning the organization of emphasized teaching. Since the education reforms of the 1990s, Finnish families have been able to choose schools, and schools have been allowed to profile themselves by offering emphasized teaching in specific subjects (Seppänen & Pasu, 2023). Emphasized teaching has become widespread in Finnish cities, offering subject-specific options ranging from academic subjects to arts and sports. In some cities, around one third of students participate in emphasized teaching (Seppänen et al., 2015), with selection typically occurring at the start of comprehensive school or at later transition points. Although legislation does not prescribe how emphasized teaching should be organized, it has most commonly been implemented through selective class formation, whereby students admitted via aptitude-based selection study not only the emphasized subject but also other subjects within the same group (Pasu et al., 2025). Previous research has shown that these selective classes with a special emphasis disproportionately attract high-achieving students from highly educated families, thereby increasing within-school differences between classes (Berisha & Seppänen, 2017). Moreover, emphasized classes have been found to shape students’ everyday school experiences in ways that foster social divisions and hierarchies, raising concerns about the erosion of the egalitarian principles of the Finnish comprehensive school system (Oittinen, 2025; Peltola, 2021). In Finland, the organization of emphasized education is a highly contested education policy issue. Public debate over its benefits and drawbacks resurfaces regularly in the media. Because municipalities in Finland have substantial autonomy in organizing education, a wide range of local practices has emerged regarding school choice and the implementation of emphasized education (Varjo & Kalalahti, 2019). As a result, municipalities vary considerably in both the extent to which emphasized education is offered and how it is organized. In this paper, we present initial findings from an ongoing project examining the effects of a municipal reform in emphasized education implemented in the City of Kerava. In Kerava, a lower secondary education reform introduced in autumn 2023 fundamentally changed the organization of emphasized teaching. Under the new model, emphasized teaching is no longer used as a basis for class formation, with the exception of music classes, which continue to be organized as separate class-based tracks due to their long-standing tradition. Instead, emphasized teaching was extended to all lower secondary students, who can now construct an individualized curriculum by choosing from four different emphasis pathways. In this presentation, we examine differences in students’ achievement and perceptions of competence across the old selection-based model and the revised pathway-based model. We draw on both quantitative survey data and qualitative student interviews collected as part of the project. Our precise research questions are: RQ1. How do students’ achievement and perceptions of their own and their classmates’ competence differ between the selection-based model with selective classes and the revised pathway-based model without explicit student selection? RQ2. How large are the differences between instructional groups within schools in the selection-based model compared to the revised pathway-based model? RQ3. How do selection-based and pathway-based models shape students’ everyday experiences of social distinction and hierarchy within schools? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a repeated cross-sectional design, comparing two cohorts of eighth-grade students assessed in 2023 and 2024. The first cohort (n = 416) consisted of students who studied under the pre-reform, selection-based system of emphasized teaching. Approximately 75% of students were enrolled in general classes without emphasis, while the remaining students were distributed relatively evenly across different emphasized subjects (about 5% per subject), including music, visual arts, drama, and sports. The second cohort (n = 388) studied under the revised pathway-based model, which offered four optional emphasized pathways: Arts and Creativity (approximately 35% of students), Sports and Well-being (approximately 35%), Languages and Influence (approximately 12%), and Sciences and Technology (approximately 19%). The qualitative data consist of interviews with 40 students (aged 13–15) from three lower secondary schools, conducted in autumn 2023. The interviewed students were drawn from the same student population as the quantitative survey data. Interviews were conducted using a semi-structured format in pairs or small groups of three to four students and lasted between 37 and 89 minutes. The interviews addressed students’ experiences of emphasized teaching, selective and non-selective class structures, and everyday school life. The interview data were coded using Atlas.ti software and analyzed through thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). The quantitative data consist of digital student surveys and cognitive assessment tasks administered during the school day under the supervision of students’ teachers. Achievement was assessed using an adaptive test of mathematical thinking skills, which adjusted task difficulty based on students’ responses as the test progressed (see Asikainen et al., 2022). In addition, students reported their self-perceptions as learners using a three-item scale based on action control theory (Skinner et al., 1988), which showed good internal consistency (α = .85). Students’ perceptions of their classmates’ competence relative to other classes were assessed using a scale developed for this study, drawing conceptually on prior research on the reflected glory effect (Trautwein et al., 2009). This scale consisted of five items assessing students’ evaluations of their own class’s competence across different school subjects in comparison to other classes and showed acceptable internal consistency (α = .765). The quantitative data were analyzed using analyses of variance (ANOVA) to examine mean differences between class types and emphasis pathways (RQ1). Differences between instructional groups within schools (RQ2) were examined using intraclass correlation coefficients (ICC). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding RQ1, analyses showed that in mathematics test score, there were statistically significant differences between class types in the selection-based model, F (4, 319) = 3.701, p = .006, η² = .44. In contrast, in the revised pathway-based model, no statistically significant differences were observed between emphasis pathways (p = .549). Students’ self-perceived competence did not differ significantly between class types or pathways in either model. However, students’ perceptions of their classmates’ competence relative to other classes differed significantly between class types in the selection-based model, F (4, 327) = 3.208, p = .013, η² = .38, whereas no such differences were found in the revised model. Analyses of intraclass correlations (RQ2) further indicated that between-group differences decreased substantially following the reform. In mathematics achievement, the proportion of variance attributable to instructional groups declined from approximately 25% under the selection-based model to about 6% under the pathway-based model. For students’ self-perceived competence, between-group variance was small in both models but decreased from about 6% to near zero. Similarly, for perceptions of classmates’ competence, the share of variance attributable to instructional groups declined from approximately 24% in the selection-based model to about 13% in the revised model. Overall, these findings suggest that differences between instructional groups were markedly reduced following the transition to the pathway-based model. Results from the qualitative analyses showed that the selection-based model fostered symbolic boundaries between students, as the perceived status of emphasis classes shaped how students positioned themselves and others within the school community. These boundaries provided a basis for class-level differentiation and social hierarchies. In contrast, in the revised model without explicit selection such distinctions were less pronounced and appeared less enduring. Together, the findings suggest that the pathway-based model was associated with smaller academic differences between groups and less pronounced social differentiation among students. References Asikainen, M. S., Gustavson, N., Hienonen, N., Koivuhovi, S., Kulju, P., Kupiainen, R., Lindgren, E., Mergianian, C., Nazeri, F., Nyman, L., Oinas, S., Salonen, V., & Vainikainen, M.-P. (2022). Oppimaan oppiminen Vantaan peruskouluissa 2018–2021. Vantaan kaupunki, 9/2022. Berisha, A. K., & Seppänen, P. (2017). Pupil selection segments urban comprehensive schooling in Finland: Composition of school classes in pupils’ school performance, gender, and ethnicity. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 61(2), 240-254. Oittinen, R. (2025). Nuorten eriytyvät arkitodellisuudet: Etnografinen tutkimus nuorten arjen eriytymisestä asumisessa, koulussa ja vapaa-ajan aktiviteeteissa. Väitöskirja. Helsingin yliopisto. http://hdl.handle.net/10138/590869 Pasu T., Suomi, J., Siipola, M., Koivuhovi, S. & Seppänen, P. (2025). Painotettu opetus suomalaiskaupunkien peruskouluverkoissa. Terra, 137 (3), 91–108. https://doi.org/10.30677/terra.156674 Peltola, M. (2021). Everyday consequences of selectiveness: Borderwork in the informal sphere of a lower secondary school in the metropolitan area of Helsinki, Finland. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(1), 97-112. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2020.1861930 Seppänen, P., & Pasu, T. (2023). Pupil selection and enrolment in comprehensive schools in urban Finland. Teoksessa M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko & S. Kosunen (toim.), Finland’s famous education system–Unvarnished insights into Finnish schooling (s. 193–210). Seppänen, P., Kalalahti, M., Rinne, R., Simola, H. (Eds.) (2015). Lohkoutuva peruskoulu – Perheiden kouluvalinnat, yhteiskuntaluokat ja koulutuspolitiikka. Kasvatusalan tutkimuksia 68. Jyväskylä: Suomen kasvatustieteellinen seura. Varjo, J., & Kalalahti, M. (2019). The art of governing local education markets–municipalities and school choice in Finland. Education Inquiry, 10(2), 151-165. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 06 SES 06 A: School Architecture, Spacial Design and Adaptation Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Caroline Grabensteiner Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Education Meets Architecture: A Transdisciplinary Approach Montag Stiftung Jugend und Gesellschaft, Germany Presenting Author:This paper examines the interplay between education and learning environments as a key condition for sustainable school architecture (Kahvecioğlu & Selçuk 2023) and future-oriented pedagogy (Sigurðardóttir & Hjartarson, 2016, Fadel et al. 2017, Montag Stiftung Jugend und Gesellschaft 2025). Drawing on five case studies from the project All-Day Education and Learning Environment (Kricke & Pampe 2024), it brings together conceptual reflections and practice-based insights to explore how existing school spaces can be adapted to support inclusive all-day education. Education Meets Architecture is internationally relevant as many countries rethink how learning environments can better support future-orientated pedagogy. All‑day education, as explored in the All-Day Education and Learning Environment project, is a global reform trend that demands new spatial concepts for wellbeing and varied learning activities (Charteris et al. 2025). The project also highlights the necessity of developing climate‑responsible solutions that work within existing building stock, as sustainable transformation has become an international priority (see e.g. Psathiti & Charalambous 2025). Its interdisciplinary, evidence‑based approach offers transferable insights for school rehabilitation efforts worldwide. The case studies demonstrate spatial usage concepts that incorporate not only formal but also non-formal learning, positioning school spaces as socio‑educational environments that bridge classroom-based and out‑of‑school learning processes (Montag Stiftung Jugend und Gesellschaft 2023, 2024 a-d). The German All-Day Support Act (Ganztagsförderungsgesetz) grants every primary school child the legal right to all-day care and education from 2026 onwards. While this policy significantly increases demand, all-day schooling in Germany is still largely characterised by a structural separation between morning instruction (formal education) and afternoon care (non-formal education). This division is mirrored in spatial arrangements and organisational responsibilities, resulting in underused spaces and limiting opportunities for shared use, multiprofessional collaboration, and efficient spatial utilisation. Consequently, municipalities face a growing demand for additional space that is neither financially viable nor practically feasible. The project addresses this challenge by supporting primary schools in developing integrated usage concepts that overcome the additive separation of “school” and “care” in pedagogical, organisational, and spatial terms. The case studies focus on following research question: How can existing school buildings be sustainably transformed towards future-orientated education—through coordinated pedagogical and organisational development? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the case studies were accompanied by an action- and design-based research approach (Design-Based Research Collective, 2003). This approach involved teachers, pedagogical staff, school leaders, all-day programme coordinators, students, school authorities, as well as municipal building administrations and educational and architectural consultants. After the developed spatial usage concepts have been implemented, a qualitative interview study was conducted to assess the effects of the process and the first educational and organizational measures. For this purpose, a series of qualitative interviews with educators, teachers, school leaders, and students have been conducted across all five participating schools. Semi-structured question formats ensure that a broad range of topics can be addressed, while simultaneously allowing for openness in the interview process. As Cohen et al. (2007, pp. 353–355) note, such formats enhance the comprehensiveness of responses and provide greater flexibility and freedom for participants. Accordingly, the analysis is based on semi-structured dialogue interviews. Dialogue interviews are employed to initiate generative dialogue, fostering collective reflection and shared thinking. Within the context of this change initiative, they serve to generate data on participants’ current challenges, questions, and expectations related to ongoing organizational transformation processes (see Scharmer, 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The case studies demonstrate that many schools can meet the spatial requirements of all-day education largely within their existing buildings by activating unused spatial potential, linking spaces through transparencies and by extending the perspective to the surrounding neighbourhood. Minor renovation measures, adjusted fire safety concepts, and adapted interior design can enable the short-term implementation of new usage concepts without extensive new construction. The case studies indicate that only through a coordinated pedagogical and organisational development process can the need for extensions or new construction be mitigated. Within such a framework, existing school buildings may be reconfigured to align with contemporary educational approaches through minimally invasive architectural interventions. This demonstrates how the existing building stock can be strategically leveraged to constitute a sustainable spatial infrastructure for inclusive and future-oriented all-day education. The findings highlight that sustainable spatial transformation depends on a coordinated pedagogical and organisational development process. Without a pedagogical and organisational development process involving all relevant stakeholders, the implementation of revised spatial usage concepts is not feasible. References Charteris, J., Frelin, A. & Grannäs, J. (2025) ‘Respatialisation in schools: redesigning spaces and reimagining pedagogy’, Oxford Review of Education. Available at: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/03054985.2025.2558706 [tandfonline.com] Cohen, L./Manion, L./Morrison, K. (20076): Research Methods in Education. London (Routledge). Design-Based Research Collective (2003). Design Based Research: An emerging paradigm for educational inquiry. Educational Researcher, 32(1), 5-8. Fadel, C., Bialik, M., Trilling, B. & Schleicher, A. (2017). Die vier Dimensionen der Bildung: Was Schülerinnen und Schüler im 21. Jahrhundert lernen müssen. Verlag ZLL21 e.V. Kahvecioğlu, B. & Selçuk, S.A. (2023) ‘Adaptive Reuse in the Realm of Architecture: Global Research Trends and Gaps for the Future’, Sustainability, 15(13), 9971. Available at: https://www.mdpi.com/2071-1050/15/13/9971 [mdpi.com] Kricke, M. & Pampe, B. (2024) Inklusive Lernräume – das Wechselspiel von Pädagogik und Raum, Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 30(8), pp. 2–9. Kricke, M. & Pampe, B. (2024): Schweizer Heilpädagogik Montag Stiftung Jugend und Gesellschaft. (2023). Ganztag und Raum. Pilotprojekt Ulm Martin-Schaffner-Schule. https://issuu.com/montagstiftungen/docs/230419_msu_doku_fuer_web Montag Stiftung Jugend und Gesellschaft. (2024a). Ganztag und Raum. Pilotprojekt Bremen Grundschule an der Melanchthonstraße. https://issuu.com/montagstiftungen/docs/241106_doku_bremen_mjg_web Montag Stiftung Jugend und Gesellschaft. (2024b). Ganztag und Raum. Pilotprojekt Mülheim a.d.Ruhr Grundschule am Dichterviertel. https://issuu.com/montagstiftungen/docs/241113_doku_muelheim_mjg_web Montag Stiftung Jugend und Gesellschaft. (2024c). Ganztag und Raum. Pilotprojekt Jork Grundschule „An der Este“. https://issuu.com/montagstiftungen/docs/241107_doku_jork_mjg_web Montag Stiftung Jugend und Gesellschaft. (2024d). Ganztag und Raum. Pilotprojekt Lüdenscheid Tinsberger Schule. https://issuu.com/montagstiftungen/docs/241108_doku_luedenscheid_mjg_web Montag Stiftung Jugend und Gesellschaft (Ed.). (2025). Designing and Building Schools – A Manual for Phase 0. jovis. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783986122263 Psathiti, C. & Charalambous, N. (2025) ‘Evidence-based implications for school architecture: spatial layout and teachers’ perceived sense of school control’, Archnet-IJAR: International Journal of Architectural Research. Available at: https://www.emerald.com/arch/article/.../ARCH-03-2025-0124 [emerald.com] Scharmer, Otto C. (2009): Theory U: Learning from the Future as it emerges. San Francisco: Berrett- Koehler, Chapter 21. Sigurðardóttir, A. K., & Hjartarson, T. (2016). The idea and reality of an innovative school: From inventive design to established practice in a new school building. Improving Schools, 19(1), 62–79. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480215612173 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper School Space Intervention and Organising of Language Arts Teaching – What Matters? 1: University of Gävle, Sweden; 2: University of Melbourne, Australia; 3: Edith Cowan University, Australia Presenting Author:Physical school spaces have increasingly been recognized as significant factors influencing pedagogical practices in secondary education. While considerable attention has been directed toward the physical design of school spaces, less is known about how teachers organise their practice when environmental conditions change. This study examines if and how innovative configurations of lighting and furniture affect teachers' organisation of instruction in Swedish language arts classrooms at grade 9 level. The paper is produced within a larger research project addressing the question: How can innovative configurations of lighting and furniture make learning environments more user-friendly and supportive of innovative pedagogy? Working with two industry partner organisations (lighting and furniture) the project sought information on two phenomena; the effect of these variables on student perceptions of communication, critical thinking, collaboration, and creative thinking (what has been referred to as the 4Cs). These foci are seen to be drivers of Swedish graduates’ entrepreneurial skills post-schooling. The second phenomenon was teacher practices in such re-configured spaces. This is the topic for this paper. Specifically, we investigate possible patterns of change in instructional organisation across different environmental conditions, focusing on the distribution of different whole-class, group work and individual work activities. Of interest to the overall project is the complex interaction between these two foci and implications for Swedish industries. The study was conducted in two Swedish secondary schools with four teachers and six grade 9 classes during one academic year. The instructional content followed the Swedish national curriculum for Swedish language arts, which includes five main content areas: reading and writing; speaking, listening and dialogue; texts; language use; and information search and source criticism. During the study period, teachers covered content such as literary reading and analysis, writing book reviews, text types, grammar exercises, national tests preparation, film analysis, Swedish language history, and literature discussions. This paper begins the task of understanding how spatial arrangements impact student and teacher practices in these studies. Physical school space has increasingly been examined as a condition shaping how teaching is organised in everyday classroom practice. Research shows that material arrangements in classrooms influence instructional routines, interaction patterns, and teachers’ possibilities for structuring lessons, even when changes are introduced within otherwise conventional school settings (Dovey & Fisher 2014; Woolner et al. 2018). Previous studies indicate that spatial and material configurations affect how teaching activities are combined and sequenced, including shifts between whole-class instruction, group work, and individual tasks (Frelin & Grannäs, 2022). From this perspective, what matters is not spatial change in itself, but whether specific material arrangements support teachers’ ongoing work of organising instruction in relation to subject content and classroom dynamics (Grannäs et al. 2025). Research focusing on teachers’ practices suggests that alterations to classroom environments may prompt reflection on established instructional routines and make alternative ways of organising teaching more visible (Alterator & Craig Deed 2013; Sigurðardóttir & Hjartarson, 2016). At the same time, several studies caution against assuming direct or uniform effects. Material changes often introduce additional organisational demands, requiring teachers to make continuous judgements about structure, pacing, and control (Frelin & Grannäs, 2022; Frelin et al. 2025). Accordingly, scholars argue that spatial interventions should be analysed in relation to how teachers interpret and work with new material conditions in practice, rather than evaluated against abstract design intentions (Woolner et al. 2018; Young & Cleveland, 2022). There remains a need for more empirical studies that examine what actually matters when classroom space is altered and how such changes shape the organising of teaching in specific subject contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This mixed-method quasi-experimental study used an A-B-A-C repeated measures design with control groups, collecting three-weekly student surveys across four periods: baseline, single-factor intervention (lighting or furniture), baseline return, and combined intervention (both factors). Quantitative analysis using Kruskal-Wallis H and Mann-Whitney U tests revealed significant increases in student scores when innovative furniture and improved lighting were introduced, with scores returning to baseline during withdrawal periods while control groups remained static. The interventions significantly benefited students across all measured 4C variables. Qualitative methods explored reasons behind these results through teacher logs completed after each lesson throughout the academic year. Teachers documented time allocated to different organizational formats using categories developed and pilot-tested prior to the study. These included: teacher-led whole-class instruction, student-led presentations (whole class or small groups), group/pair work (with or without teacher support), individual work (with or without support, including tests), technology-based whole-class activities, and other activities. Analysis revealed considerable variation in instructional organization both between teachers and within individual teachers across periods. Comparing baseline 2 and intervention 2 showed a clear, recurring shift in practice—particularly decreased teacher-led whole-class instruction during intervention periods—though this shift wasn't uniform across teachers. The data couldn't conclusively attribute organizational changes solely to lighting or furniture modifications. Organizational choices were strongly influenced by instructional content. For example, teacher-led instruction involved reading shared literary texts, group work included national test practice, and individual work with support occurred during creative writing assignments. Teachers adapted their organizational approaches based on curriculum demands, learning objectives, and student needs at different points in the academic year. The variation pattern between teachers is particularly significant, demonstrating that intervention effects aren't universal but conditional upon multiple interrelated factors. Individual teachers' perceptions of their professional mandate, their established and preferred pedagogical methods, their teaching experience, and how they interpret and engage with the spatial logic activated by the intervention all played crucial roles in shaping outcomes. This suggests classroom environmental changes interact complexly with existing pedagogical practices, professional identities, and instructional contexts rather than producing uniform effects across all teaching situations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In essence, the study found unambiguous findings from students about the positive impact on their 4C skills of the spatial alterations, which contrasted in some ways with teacher reflections on the ‘lived experience’ of teachers in these spaces. These preliminary analyses of the relationship between the qualitative and quantitative results reinforces findings from other research, one example being Byers et al (2018a; 2018b). In that study students preferred innovative learning spaces and showed significant levels of improvement of scores in mathematics, English and the Sciences. Byers, however, observed student experiences were not always reflected in teacher behaviours and attitudes, and asked for better understanding about how teachers used the spaces. The large Innovative Learning Environments and Teacher Change (ILETC) project (Imms, et al, 2019) found that many teachers adapted quickly to more innovative learning spaces – as little as six months - but quality leadership, time for reflection, and professional learning was needed to make this effective, something the teachers in this student did not benefit from. Similar results were found in nine 3-year case studies in schools in Australia (Morris & Imms, 2024), and in a compendium of research in Imms & Kvan, 2021). The study being reported in this paper informs this issue, with evidence showing many factors beyond the spaces influence how and why teachers teach as they do (Grannäs et al, 2025). As this study continues its analysis of the rich data generated by student and teaching participants, findings on this issue will constitute an important contribution to this evolving discourse. References Byers, T., Imms, W., & Hartnell-Young, E. (2018a). Comparative analysis of the impact of traditional versus innovative learning environment on student attitudes and learning outcomes. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 58, 167-177. doi:10.1016/j.stueduc.2018.07.003 Byers, T., Imms, W., & Hartnell-Young, E. (2018b). Evaluating teacher and student transition from a conventional classroom to an innovative learning environment. Studies in Educational Evaluation 58, 156-166. DOI: 10.1016/j.stueduc.2018.07.004 Frelin, A., & Grannäs, J. (2022). Nya lärmiljöer: Från vision till pedagogisk verksamhet i två innovativa skolor. Sveriges Kommuner och Regioner. Stockholm. Frelin, A., Grannäs, J. & Mörck Riekki, W. (2025). ‘Unpacking Team Teaching in Innovative Learning Environments - Teachers’ Experience in Practice’. Education Inquiry, 22, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2025.2564508. Grannäs, J., Frelin, A., & Östlin, T. (2025). Unpacking flexibility in innovative learning environments—Teachers’ experiences in practice. Educational Studies, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2024.2448781 Sigurðardóttir, A. K., & Hjartarson, T. (2016). The idea and reality of an innovative school: From inventive design to established practice in a new school building. Improving Schools, 19(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480215612173 Imms, W. & Kvan, T. (Eds.). (2021). Transition of teachers into innovative learning environments: A global perspective. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-7497-9. Imms, W. & Mahat, M. (2021) Innovative Learning Environments and Teacher Change: Final Research Findings. University of Melbourne. https://doi.org/10.46580/124366 Morris, J. E. & Imms, W. (Eds.). (2024). Teachers as Researchers in Innovative Learning Environments: Case Studies from Australia and New Zealand schools. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-99-7367-5_3 Woolner, P., Thomas, U. & Tiplady, L. (2018). “Structural Change from Physical Foundations: The Role of the Environment in Enacting School Change.” Journal of Educational Change 19 (2): 223–242. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-018-9317-4. Young, F., & Cleveland, B. (2022). Affordances, Architecture and the Action Possibilities of Learning Environments: A Critical Review of the Literature and Future Directions. Buildings, 12(1), 76. https://doi.org/10.3390/buildings12010076 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Design Is Not Destiny: Respatialisation and the Ongoing Adaptation of School Spaces 1: University of New England, Australia; 2: University of Gävle Presenting Author:In recent years, educators and researchers have increasingly recognised that schools require a diversity of spaces to accommodate a broad range of pedagogical approaches and learning practices (Niemi, 2021). Versatile and varied spaces may be designed to support different student groupings, activities, and pedagogical approaches, even if uptake varies (Frelin, Grannäs, & Woolner, 2025). Contemporary schooling landscapes reflect the coexistence of traditional, industrial-era designs and buildings positioned as innovative and future-oriented, often within the same system or locality (Frelin, Grannäs, & Rönnlund, 2021). Research has demonstrated that physical learning environments influence schooling practices and that innovative designs can support or hinder pedagogical change and professional learning (Frelin & Grannäs, 2021; Woolner, Thomas, & Tiplady, 2018). At the same time, tensions between built environments and everyday practice may impede educational change (Sigurðardóttir & Hjartarson, 2016). This paper addresses these tensions by examining how teachers actively adapt their physical environments over time through processes of respatialisation. The study is informed by socio-spatial theories that conceptualise space as relational, socially produced (Lefebvre, 2008; Soja, 1989), and continually in the process of becoming (Massey, 2005). Within this framing, school buildings are understood as material expressions of policy and pedagogical intent, or built policy (Wood, 2020). Innovative Learning Environments (ILEs) are frequently promoted as spatial manifestations of future-focused educational imaginaries emphasising flexibility, collaboration, and learner agency (Charteris, Smardon, & Page, 2018; Mahat et al., 2018). However, challenges in new learning spaces have persistently been framed as stemming from teachers’ reluctance to abandon privatised classroom practices, rather than from misalignments between architectural design and pedagogical realities (Grannäs & Stavem, 2021). This paper advances respatialisation as a conceptual and empirical lens for understanding how such misalignments are addressed in practice. We define as the intentional modification of school spaces and material conditions. This includes changes to spatial organisation, movement, visibility, and barriers, as well as material elements such as acoustics, lighting, and storage, reflecting the interrelationship between space, materiality, and pedagogical practice (Mulcahy et al., 2015). The findings show that respatialisation is not a one-off corrective response but an ongoing and negotiated process through which leaders seek to align architectural design with evolving pedagogical aims, student needs, and professional practices. The analysis demonstrates how spatial configurations both enable and constrain participation, collaboration, and professional identity. The paper argues that respatialisation is integral to sustaining the pedagogical aspirations underpinning ILEs. Flexible and reconfigurable spaces support collaborative and interdisciplinary learning and create conditions for deep learning characterised by engagement, purpose, and connection to real-world contexts (Young et al., 2020). The concept of respatialisation offers a valuable analytical lens for understanding how educational spaces are continually produced, adapted, and reworked in response to pedagogical, social, and material demands. Rather than treating school buildings as fixed outcomes of design, respatialisation foregrounds the ongoing processes through which space is enacted in practice. This perspective highlights the interdependence of spatial organisation, material conditions, and social relations, and recognises educators and leaders as active agents in aligning space with evolving educational purposes (Wenger, 1998). As such, respatialisation contributes a dynamic and relational understanding of learning environments that moves beyond architectural determinism toward practice-informed spatial change . Rather than framing it as resistance to innovation, respatialisation emerges as a critical mechanism through which practitioners exercise agency in enacting policy, responding to contextual change, and maintaining alignment between space and practice over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In New Zealand ILEs are designed spaces that can promote co-teaching and the seamless integration of digital technologies into pedagogies (Charteris et al., 2018). With building projects required due to the Christchurch Earthquake and a building flaw resulting in leaky buildings (Starkey & Wood, 2021), many schools have been built or remodelled with open flexible spaces where up to six teachers teach student cohorts of between 45 and 180 students (Fletcher & Everatt, 2021). This qualitative study investigates how school leaders from New Zealand adapt spatial designs in their schools to enhance their environments. The methodological approach is underpinned by socio-spatial theory, which conceptualises space as relational, socially produced, and shaped through everyday practice (Lefebvre, 2008; Massey, 2005; Soja, 1989). This framing positions school leaders as key actors in the enactment of spatial policy and pedagogical change (Ball, Maguire, & Braun, 2012; Wood, 2020). Data were generated through semi-structured interviews with school leaders whose schools had recently occupied newly built or refurbished environments designed as ILEs. Participants included principals and senior leaders responsible for leading pedagogical and organisational change in relation to new spatial configurations. Ethical approval was obtained prior to data collection, and informed consent was secured from all participants. The interview protocol focused on leaders’ experiences of occupying new learning spaces, their perceptions of alignment or misalignment between architectural design and pedagogical intentions, and the strategies employed to address emerging challenges. Particular attention was given to leaders’ accounts of intentional spatial modifications, including changes to walls, furniture, learning zones, acoustics, and circulation, as well as the collaborative processes through which these decisions were made. This focus enabled an examination of respatialisation as both a material and social practice (Mulcahy et al., 2015). From a broader dataset of 33 interviews, illustrative vignettes were developed for in-depth analysis. These cases were chosen because they provided rich insight into diverse forms of respatialisation and highlighted variation in context, design, and leadership response. Data analysis was iterative and interpretive, involving multiple readings of transcripts and the identification of patterns related to spatial adaptation, pedagogical alignment, and leadership decision-making. Analysis was informed by research on innovative learning environments, spatial practice, communities of practice and policy enactment (Frelin & Grannäs, 2021; Grannäs & Stavem, 2021; Wenger, 1998). Three vignettes, selected for different elements of respatialisation, will be shared in the presentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper has examined respatialisation as a critical yet underexplored dimension of schooling in innovative learning environments. The findings demonstrate that educational spaces are not static artefacts but dynamic and relational configurations that require ongoing adaptation to remain pedagogically functional. By foregrounding school leaders’ accounts, the study challenges deficit narratives that attribute spatial tensions primarily to teacher resistance, instead highlighting the necessity of post-occupancy spatial modification in complex educational settings (Grannäs & Stavem, 2021). Respatialisation emerges as an intentional, reflective, and collaborative practice through which leaders seek to align architectural design with evolving pedagogical aims, student needs, and professional practice. Consistent with socio-spatial theory, these processes illustrate how space, materiality, and practice are mutually constitutive (Lefebvre, 2008; Massey, 2005; Soja, 1989). Spatial adaptations, such as reintroducing walls, reconfiguring learning zones, or modifying acoustics, are shown to enable collaboration, inclusion, and deep learning, rather than framing it as a retreat from innovation (Frelin & Grannäs, 2021; Young et al., 2020). The findings also situate respatialisation within broader policy contexts, revealing how school architecture operates as a form of built policy that is locally enacted and reworked over time (Ball et al., 2012; Wood, 2020). Through respatialisation, schools exercise agency in mediating global design imaginaries and responding to contextual change (Starkey & Wood, 2021). Overall, the paper contributes to research on innovative learning environments by conceptualising respatialisation as a necessary and productive mechanism for sustaining pedagogical intent. It underscores the importance of viewing spatial design as provisional rather than complete and highlights leadership as central to maintaining alignment between space and practice under changing educational conditions. References Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Charteris, J., Smardon, D., & Page, A. (2018). Spatialised practices in ILEs: Pedagogical transformations and learner agency. In L. Benade & M. Jackson (Eds.), Transforming education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5678-9_2 Frelin, A., & Grannäs, J. (2021). Designing and building robust innovative learning environments. Buildings, 11(8), 345. https://doi.org/10.3390/buildings11080345 Frelin, A., Grannäs, J., & Woolner, P. (2025). Comparing teachers’ experiences of innovative and traditional learning spaces: what’s going on?. Learning Environments Research, 28(3), 711-731. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-025-09550-3 Frelin, A., Grannäs, J., & Rönnlund, M. (2021). Transitions in Nordic school environments – an introduction. Education Inquiry, 12(3), 217–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2021.1947625 Grannäs, J., & Stavem, S. M. (2021). Transitions through remodelling teaching and learning environments. Education Inquiry, 12(3), 266–281. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2020.1856564 Lefebvre, H. (2008). Space, difference, everyday life: Reading Henri Lefebvre. Routledge. Mahat, M., Bradbeer, C., Byers, T., & Imms, W. (2018). Innovative learning environments and teacher change: Defining key concepts. University of Melbourne, LEaRN. http://www.iletc.com.au/publications/reports Massey, D. (2005). For space. Sage Publications. Mulcahy, M., Cleveland, B., & Aberton, H. (2015). Learning spaces and pedagogic change: Envisioned, enacted and experienced. Pedagogy Culture & Society, 23(4), 575–595. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2015.1055128 Niemi, K. (2021). The best guess for the future? Teachers’ adaptation to open and flexible learning environments in Finland. Education Inquiry, 12(3), 282-300 https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2020.1816371 Soja, E. W. (1989). Postmodern geographies: The reassertion of space in critical social theory. Verso. Sigurðardóttir, A. K., & Hjartarson, T. (2016). The idea and reality of an innovative school: From inventive design to established practice in a new school building. Improving Schools, 19(1), 62–79. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480215612173 Starkey, L., & Wood, B. E. (2021). A critical review of learning environment policy discourse in Aotearoa New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 56(1), 27–44. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40841-020-00189-7 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Woolner, P., Thomas, U., & Tiplady, L. (2018). Structural change from physical foundations: The role of the environment in enacting school change. Journal of Educational Change, 19, 223–242. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-018-9317-4 Wood, A. (2020). Built policy: School-building and architecture as policy instrument. Journal of Education Policy, 35(4), 465–484. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2019.1578901 Young, F., Cleveland, B., & Imms, W. (2020). The affordances of innovative learning environments for deep learning: Educators’ and architects’ perceptions. The Australian Educational Researcher, 47(4), 693–720. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-019-00354-y 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Ecologies of Accountability in Newly Built Schools: Practice Architectures, Power, and Professional Agency 1: University of New England, Australia; 2: Charles Sturt University; 3: Springboard Trust Presenting Author:Educational accountability has become a defining feature of contemporary schooling, particularly under conditions shaped by neoliberal policy agendas and New Public Management, where performance, monitoring, and improvement are central organising principles (Ball, 2003; Christensen & Lægreid, 2011; Hardy, 2020). At the same time, newly built and redesigned school environments, conceptualised as innovative learning environments, are promoted as spatial and organisational responses to social transformation, intended to support collaboration, professional agency, and pedagogical innovation (Aotearoa New Zealand Ministry of Education, 2020). This paper examines how accountability is enacted in such environments, focusing on how school principals negotiate the competing demands of hierarchical accountability to systems and collegial accountability within professional communities. This paper conceptualises accountability not as a fixed managerial mechanism but as a set of practices that are socially, discursively, and materially constituted. Drawing on the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014; Kemmis, 2022), accountability is analysed as a form of ‘practice-changing practice’ (Kemmis, 2009): a suite of practices deliberately designed to render other practices (such as teaching, professional learning, and leading) more monitorable, malleable, and manageable. The research contribution is based on unstructured interviews with 20 principals and deputy principals in Aotearoa New Zealand whose schools were newly established or had undergone major rebuilds to create innovative learning environments. Analysis focuses on leaders’ accounts of accountability practices and the socio-material conditions that enable and constrain them. Using the theory of practice architectures, accountability practices are examined through their sayings (discourses of appraisal, performance, inquiry, and standards), doings (monitoring routines, documentation, coaching conversations, inquiry cycles), and relatings (hierarchical oversight, collegial support, negotiated professional responsibility). Findings show that principals consistently enact a ‘doubleness’ of accountability. On the one hand, hierarchical accountability practices (such as performance management, surveillance through data, documentation, and reporting to system authorities) reproduce asymmetrical power relations. On the other hand, principals deliberately cultivate collegial accountability practices, including collaborative inquiry, coaching conversations, distributed leadership structures, and peer-based critique, which foreground trust, professional judgement, and teacher agency (Charteris & Smardon, 2014, 2015; Hardy et al., 2020). Importantly, the study demonstrates that newly built school environments can intensify accountability dynamics. Spatial openness, shared workspaces, digital platforms, and collective routines increase visibility and transparency, thereby strengthening monitoring and surveillance, while simultaneously enabling collaboration and mutual accountability. These accountability practices form interdependent ecologies of practice (Kemmis et al., 2014), linking leadership, professional learning, teaching, and evaluation. Such ecologies can either narrow educational work toward compliance and measurable outputs or support more democratic, collegial forms of professional responsibility. By analysing accountability as an embodied, distributed, and spatially situated practice, this paper contributes a practice-theoretical account of how educational space shapes and is shaped by accountability regimes. It offers conceptual resources for researchers and leaders seeking to balance hierarchical system imperatives with collegial professionalism in contexts of social transformation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study examined how accountability is practised by school leaders working in newly built or substantially rebuilt school environments designed as innovative learning environments. Participants were 20 principals and deputy principals from Aotearoa New Zealand. All participating schools had either been newly established or had undergone major rebuilds aligned with national infrastructure and design guidance for contemporary learning environments (Aotearoa New Zealand Ministry of Education, 2020). Data were generated through semi-structured interviews, typically lasting between 30 minutes and one hour. Interviews were audio-recorded and professionally transcribed. While interviews addressed leadership more broadly -including transitions to new buildings, professional learning, and school–community relations—this paper focuses specifically on leaders’ responses to questions concerning accountability and responsibility, alongside accountability-related comments arising in other parts of the interviews. Ethics approval was obtained through the University of New England. Participants were informed of the study’s aims, provided consent, and were assured confidentiality and anonymity. Data analysis was guided by the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014; Kemmis, 2022), which conceptualises practices as composed of sayings, doings, and relatings occurring within semantic, material-economic, and social-political dimensions of intersubjective space. The research team first identified accountability practices named or implied by school leaders (e.g., performance management, monitoring and surveillance, inquiry cycles, coaching conversations, distributed leadership routines). These practices were then analysed in relation to the practice architectures that enabled and constrained them. To examine how accountability practices interacted with other educational practices, the analysis also drew on the Education Complex framework (Kemmis et al., 2014), identifying relations of interdependence between accountability, leading, professional learning, teaching, and evaluation. Analytic tables were used to systematically map empirical evidence across practices and arrangements, resulting in thematic clustering under seven broad accountability themes, including managerialism, performativity, constraints, and securing compliance. This combined analytical approach enabled close attention to how accountability was enacted in everyday practice, rather than treated as a formal policy instrument imposed from above. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates the value of conceptualising accountability as a set of practices rather than as a purely managerial or policy-driven mechanism. In newly built school environments, accountability is enacted through complex configurations of discourse, material arrangements, and social relations that simultaneously reproduce hierarchical power structures and enable collegial professional agency (Kemmis, 2022; Hardy et al., 2020). The findings highlight that there can be a persistent tension in innovative learning environments between hierarchical accountability, driven by system oversight, performance indicators, and surveillance, and collegial accountability grounded in trust, inquiry, and professional responsibility. This ‘doubleness’ is not incidental but structurally produced through accountability’s function as a practice-changing practice (Kemmis, 2009). While hierarchical accountability can narrow educational work toward compliance and performativity (Ball, 2003), collegial accountability practices can soften these effects by embedding accountability within collaborative cultures of professional learning (Charteris & Smardon, 2014, 2015). The study shows that educational space is not merely a backdrop for innovation. Newly built environments actively participate in accountability regimes by amplifying visibility, transparency, and data practices, while also enabling collaboration and shared professional responsibility. Educational space thus plays a critical role in shaping how accountability is known, enacted, and experienced. By foregrounding accountability in innovative learning environments as ecological, distributed, and spatially situated, this paper offers a practice-based lens for understanding leadership work in contexts of social and organisational change. It suggests that rather than attempting to resolve the tension between hierarchical and collegial accountability, leaders can work deliberately to design ecologies of accountability practices in innovative learning environments that balance system imperatives with educational values, supporting both rigour and professional integrity in contemporary schooling. References Aotearoa New Zealand Ministry of Education. (2020). Education infrastructure design guidance documents. Accessed 20 July 2020. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/the-oecd-handbook-for-innovative-learning-environments/the-principles-of-learning-to-design-learning-environments_9789264277274-5-en Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Ball, S. J. (2012). Postmodernity and the fragmentation of welfare. Routledge. Biesta, G. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge. Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2014). Dialogic peer coaching as teacher leadership for professional inquiry. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 3(2), 108-124. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-03-2013-0022 Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2015). Teacher agency and dialogic feedback: Using classroom data for practitioner inquiry. Teaching and Teacher Education, 50, 114-123. Charteris, J., Smardon, D., & Kemmis, S. (2024). Collaborating and distributing leading: mosaics of leading practices. The Australian Educational Researcher, 51(5), 2209-2229. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-024-00690-8 Christensen, T., & Laegreid, P. (2011). Introduction. In T. Christensen & P. Laegreid (Eds.), The Ashgate Research Companion to New Public Management (pp. 16–27). Burlington, UK: Ashgate. Hardy I. (2020). School Reform in an Era of Standardization: Authentic accountabilities. Routledge. Hardy, I., Petrie, K., Norlund, A., Henning Loeb, I., and Langat, K. (2020) Critiquing and cultivating the conditions for educational praxis and praxis development. Ch.4 (pp.65-84) in Mahon, K., Edwards-Groves, C., Francisco, S., Kaukko, M., & Kemmis, S. (Eds.) Pedagogy, Education and Praxis in Critical Times. Springer. Kemmis, S. (2009). Action research: A practice-changing practice. Educational Action Research Journal, 17(3), 463-474. www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09650790903093284 Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming Practices: Changing the world with the theory of practice architectures. Singapore: Springer. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-16-8973-4 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Singapore: Springer. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-4560-47-4 Wilkinson, J. MacDonald, K., Keddie, A., Gobby, B., Eacott, S., Niesche, R. & Blackmore, J. (2024). School transformation in minoritized settings: a practice architectures lens. International Journal of Leadership in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2024.2342296 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 06 SES 06 B: Physical Learning Environments, Musemus, and Historical Spaces Location: KH 3 | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Sandra Reeder-Langer Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Distancing and Embracing: Capturing Affective Encounters in a History Museum Using Eye Tracking and Self-Reports 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: University of Eastern Finland, Finland; 3: University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:Visitors enter museums and heritage sites not only to learn; they also visit these places in order to feel (Smith, 2014). Museums have started to respond to this, according to Varutti (2023), through what they describe as affective curatorship, a practice that specifically aims at affecting visitors emotionally. Often this may involve the aim of leading the visitor to a specific direction in moral engagement (Savenije & de Bruin, 2017). Such visitor responses can be highly individual, however, which poses a challenge in the systematic and research-based development of affective curatorship. Especially in exhibiting topics associated with negative affects, like war or other kinds of human suffering, the question emerges as to how visitors come to choose to interact with exhibitions about distressing topics, or even gain positive emotions from the full experience afterwards? This multi-method study aims at capturing affective encounters with WWII propaganda photographs in a cultural-history science centre. These encounters are approached from the perspective of the Distancing-Embracing model of art reception (Menninghaus, et al., 2017a; 2017b) that offers a way of considering the different factors at play when encountering emotionally (negatively) laden topics in the history museum. The Distancing-Embracing model includes the interplay of two factors. First, the Distancing Factor consists of three cognitive schemata: the art, representation and fiction schemata. Applying these schemata provides the viewer the well-known effect of psychological distancing from the object. This is the key for allowing the second, Embracing Factor, to introduce “mechanisms that allow art recipients not only to tolerate, but even to ‘embrace’ negative emotions” (Menninghaus, et al., 2017b, 5). This interplay allows the experience to benefit from the powerful grip of negative emotions on attentional resources and their persistence without negativity taking over. The Embracing Factor of the model presents conceptual tools for addressing museum visitors’ engagement with an exhibit from multiple perspectives. The factor consists of the components of (1) the interplay of positive and negative emotions in the visitor, and (2) the use of visitors’ mixed emotions as mediators of negative emotions. It also includes the occasionally needed components of (3) aesthetic virtues of the representation, (4) meaning construction and (5) emotion regulation through genre scripts. Further, the model acknowledges (though vaguely) the social, cultural and situational variables of (art) reception, and the individual differences between recipients as underlying factors that impact the distancing-embracing process. In the attempt to capture affective encounters with exhibits, this study employs both mobile eye tracking (MET) and self-reports as study methods. MET, or head-mounted, glasses-like devices, are an adaptation of eye-tracking technology and allow capturing what was looked at, for how long, and in which order, on a level of detail a visitor themselves could not report. This tool allows for examining if and how visual attention was paid to an exhibited object (e.g. Reitstätter, et al., 2020; 2022; Di Giovanni, 2020). Notably, however, MET does not inform about the quality of the engagement. Visitors also differ in their expectations and entrance narratives (Kirchberg & Tröndle, 2012; Mason, et al., 2018), and in what they find intriguing in an exhibition. Thus, self-reports (e.g., Smith, 2014; Mason, et al., 2018; Hoare, 2020; Innes & Sharp, 2021), are needed to capture these kinds of individual perceptions. Applying the above-mentioned theoretical framework and methods, the study first explores the effect of situational factors on viewing time of WWII propaganda photographs. Second, it studies the interplay of negative and positive emotions in the participants, and their associations with time spent on viewing the photographs. Third, it examines viewers’ self-reported topics of interest toward the photographs, and their associations with viewing time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted at Muisti [Memory] Centre of War and Peace in Finland. 22 volunteers (age range from 17 to 63; 10 male, 12 female) gave their informed consent to take part. Three four-image series of Finnish WWII propaganda photographs were created for the experiment. The Joyous Soldiers series presented smiling soldiers interacting with each other and civilians. The Victims of Destruction series depicted serious-looking people among, e.g., burning buildings (the images were carefully selected so that they were not overly distressing). The Hardworking Civilians series showed solemn-looking civilians in their everyday activities. When presenting each series, the photographs were presented each on their own floor-standing monitor. Three presentations conditions were applied: Normal, Dark with only the monitors providing light in the room, and Timed Dark where the photographs came visible one after another for 16 seconds in the darkened room. In the experiment, the participant wore the Tobii Pro Glasses 3 mobile eye tracker. They first viewed one series in one of the conditions. They then described in writing (a) the mood in the series (in three words), (b) the emotions the series aroused in themselves (in three words), (c) their interest toward the series on a scale from 1 (not at all) to 4 (very interesting), and (d) what in the series they found interesting (if anything; an open-ended question). Written responses and background questionnaires were answered on a laptop using the REDcap survey web application. The same procedure was then repeated for the two other series and conditions. The order of presenting the series in the three conditions was randomized between participants. The view time of a photograph was defined based on manual annotating of the MET data. Participants’ emotion descriptions regarding the mood of a series and their own emotions were analyzed qualitatively. Building on the Scherer (2005) model of emotions, the descriptions were categorized as either positive or negative, and either highly aroused, somewhat aroused, somewhat not aroused or not aroused. The topics of interests were analyzed by creating data-driven main and subthemes. The main themes were: (1) manifest content, (2) inferences that go beyond the manifest content, and (3) the photographs as a construction. Each main theme contained three more specific subthemes. Statistical analysis of MET data and, when appropriate, categorized qualitative data, was performed with R statistical software, selecting a fitting mixed modeling technique for a specific analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To begin, the photographs were viewed longer without a time restriction. This brings forth the challenge of balancing between guiding a museum visitor with rotated presentations, while allowing each enough time to engage with the exhibit. Emotions depicted by the photographs and those aroused in participants themselves differed for the Victims of Destruction series; the high arousal and negative emotions in the photographs was responded to with less aroused and even positive emotions. These photographs were also associated with longer viewing times. In the case of the Joyous Soldiers series, the participants reported sharing the positive emotions depicted in the photographs. Interpretations of the Hardworking Civilians series were more varied. The range of topics of interest demonstrated the variety of individual approaches to the same visual material. Critical stances toward the propaganda photographs were, however, rarely expressed, and more often something about the manifest content was reported as interesting. In the case of the Joyous Soldiers series, the emotions and human interaction depicted in them aroused interest, whereas the two other series, associated with more varied or negative emotions, were considered interesting in terms of activities and places, not people. Higher interest ratings were associated with longer viewing times, but this finding should be interpreted cautiously, as the sample size did not allow for reliable modeling of all potentially relevant interactions. Put together, the findings can be seen as evidence of some tension between distancing from and embracing wartime imagery in the history-museum context. The combined use of MET and self-reports resulted in a more complete picture of the affective encounters than one method alone could have provided. History museums need to capture visitors’ affective encounters in order to face their diversity and support them better, and the theoretical and methodological tools presented here are a step toward this goal. References Di Giovanni, Elena. 2020. “Eye Tracking and the Museum Experience in Italy.” Altre Modernità, 24: 10–24. Hoare, Jessica. 2020. “The Practice and Potential of Heritage Emotion Research: An Experimental Mixed-Methods Approach to Investigating Affect and Emotion in a Historic House.” International Journal of Heritage Studies 26 (10): 955–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/13527258.2020.1714696. Innes, Melanie, and Heather Sharp. 2021. “Historical Empathy and Museum Culture.” Journal of Museum Education 46 (3): 307–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/10598650.2021.1954771. Kirchberg, Volker, and Martin Tröndle. 2012. “Experiencing Exhibitions: A Review of Studies on Visitor Experiences in Museums.” Curator 55 (4): 435–52. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2151-6952.2012.00167.x. Mason, Rhiannon, Areti Galani, Katherine Lloyd, and Joanne Sayner. 2018. “Experiencing Mixed Emotions in the Museum: Empathy, Affect, and Memory in Visitors’ Responses to Histories of Migration.” In Emotion, Affective Practices, and the Past in the Present, 1st ed., edited by Laurajane Smith, Margaret Wetherell, and Gary Campbell, vol. 1. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351250962-8. Menninghaus, Winfried, Valentin Wagner, Julian Hanich, Eugen Wassiliwizky, Thomas Jacobsen, and Stefan Koelsch. 2017a. “The Distancing-Embracing Model of the Enjoyment of Negative Emotions in Art Reception.” The Behavioral and Brain Sciences 40: e347. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0140525X17000309. Menninghaus, Winfried, Valentin Wagner, Julian Hanich, Eugen Wassiliwizky, Thomas Jacobsen, and Stefan Koelsch. 2017b. “Negative Emotions in Art Reception: Refining Theoretical Assumptions and Adding Variables to the Distancing-Embracing Model.” The Behavioral and Brain Sciences 40: e380. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0140525X17001947. Reitstätter, Luise, Hanna Brinkmann, Thiago Santini, et al. 2020. “The Display Makes a Difference: A Mobile Eye Tracking Study on the Perception of Art before and after a Museum’s Rearrangement.” Journal of Eye Movement Research 13 (2): 6. https://doi.org/10.16910/jemr.13.2.6. Reitstätter, Luise, Karolin Galter, and Flora Bakondi. 2022. “Looking to Read: How Visitors Use Exhibit Labels in the Art Museum.” Visitor Studies 25 (2): 127–50. https://doi.org/10.1080/10645578.2021.2018251. Savenije, Geerte M, and Pieter de Bruijn. 2017. “Historical Empathy in a Museum: Uniting Contextualisation and Emotional Engagement.” International Journal of Heritage Studies 23 (9): 832–45. https://doi.org/10.1080/13527258.2017.1339108. Scherer, Klaus R. 2005. “What Are Emotions? And How Can They Be Measured?” Social Science Information Sur Les Sciences Sociales 44 (4): 695–729. https://doi.org/10.1177/0539018405058216. Smith, Laurajane. 2014. “Visitor Emotion, Affect and Registers of Engagement at Museums and Heritage Sites.” Conservation Science in Cultural Heritage 14 (2): 125–31. https://doi.org/10.6092/issn.1973-9494/5447. Varutti, Marzia. 2023. “The Affective Turn in Museums and the Rise of Affective Curatorship.” Museum Management and Curatorship 38 (1): 61–75. https://doi.org/10.1080/09647775.2022.2132993. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper From “Enchantment” to “Rule of Law”: The Crisis of Museum Authority as Digital Public Pedagogy East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Traditionally, museums have relied on closed expert systems to maintain their epistemic authority, functioning as “temples” of culture. However, in the era of digital media empowerment, this authority is facing a profound legitimacy crisis. This research addresses a critical question: How does a reputation crisis in a cultural institution transform into a moment of civic education? Using the Nanjing Museum public opinion incident (2025-2026) as a case study, this research reframes the crisis not merely as a management failure, but as a practice of Public Pedagogy aimed at the “disenchantment” of knowledge power. The study explores how digital public spheres allow citizens to seize the initiative in educational discourse, effectively reversing the teacher-student power dynamic between the institution and the public. The study is grounded in the theory of Public Pedagogy, viewing the online public opinion field as an informal educational site. It integrates Weber’s concept of “Disenchantment” to analyze the collapse of the museum's mysterious aura. We conceptualize the interaction as “Conflictual Pedagogy”, where the public acts as the “educator” through critique and inquiry, forcing the institution to reveal its administrative logic. While focused on a Chinese case, this study resonates deeply with the European discourse on the New Museology and the Crisis of Expertise. European museums are currently grappling with demands for decolonization, transparency, and participatory governance. By analyzing how digital platforms facilitate a shift from reverence to scrutiny, this research offers a non-Western model of Digital Civic Engagement that contributes to the global debate on the changing definition of the museum. It challenges the traditional view of arts education as aesthetic appreciation, proposing instead a model of arts education as civic accountability. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a Computational Social Science approach, utilizing a mixed-methods framework based on big data text mining to capture the scale and evolution of digital public opinion. Full-volume data was harvested from Sina Weibo (China’s equivalent to X/Twitter), covering the entire lifecycle of the public opinion incident from September 2025 to January 2026. This dataset includes original posts, comments, and repost chains, ensuring a comprehensive representation of the public discourse. The analysis was conducted using a Python-based pipeline integrating three specific algorithms to examine the data diachronically: 1. LDA Topic Modeling (Latent Dirichlet Allocation): Used to trace the macroscopic evolution of public agendas. We calculated the topic intensity and coherence to visualize how the discussion focus shifted over time. 2. Word2Vec Semantic Network Analysis: Employed to reconstruct the micro-semantic structure. By training word vector models on the corpus, we mapped the changing semantic distance between key concepts to reveal how the definitions of these terms were reconstructed by the public. 3. SnowNLP Sentiment Analysis: Used to quantify the emotional trajectory of the discourse, correlating sentiment polarity with specific administrative responses to identify turning points in public trust. This methodological combination allows for a rigorous, quantitative reconstruction of how a “digital crowd” organizes itself into a cohesive “pedagogical force”. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research yields three critical findings regarding the transformation of museum governance and public pedagogy. 1. Agenda Convergence: The LDA results show a forced convergence of public agenda. The discourse rapidly shifted from divergent themes of aesthetic consumption and cultural experience to highly focused themes of administrative accountability and legal scrutiny. This indicates that the public successfully hijacked the narrative, forcing the institution onto a political-legal terrain. 2. Semantic Reconstruction: Word2Vec analysis reveals a semantic alienation of the core concept Museum. It evolved from a sensory cultural space to an administrative entity bound by law. Simultaneously, the interaction mode reversed from a unidirectional gaze of worship to adversarial rational inquiry. 3. The Nature of the Crisis: The study concludes that this incident was essentially a “Conflictual Pedagogy” led by the public. When the museum's administrative logic was exposed due to ethical misconduct, the public utilized digital platforms to carve out a temporary Critical Public Sphere. Relying on concepts of procedural justice, they reshaped the social consensus on public trust. Final Implication: This marks a historic transition for museum governance: moving from a stage of “Enchantment” (based on mystery and authority) to a stage of “Rule of Law” (based on transparency and public supervision). For arts education, this suggests that the future of museum literacy lies not just in appreciating artifacts, but in understanding the institutional ethics behind them. References [1]Ahmad Farid Abd Jalal, Ibrahim Majdi Mohamad Kamil& Rahimin Affandi Abdul Rahim(2025).Reclaiming Epistemic Authority: The Role of Muslim Museum Curators in Shaping Historical and Cultural Narratives Internasional Journal of Islamic Products and Malay Civilization, 4(2), 19-32. [2]Bennett, T. (1988). The Exhibitionary Complex. New Formations, (4), 73-102. [3]Fleming, T. (2024). Adult learning and experience of crises: Interrogating critical theory, democracy, and citizenship education., Volume: In Tsiboukli, A. et al. Proceedings of the First International Conference Lifelong Learning and Education Adults in the Age of Uncertainty (pp. 28-37). [4]Giroux, H. A. (2004). Cultural studies, public pedagogy, and the responsibility of intellectuals. Communication and critical/cultural studies, 1(1), 59-79. [5]Hausmann, A. (2012). The importance of word of mouth for museums: An analytical framework. International Journal of Arts Management, 14(3), 32. [6]Smeds, K. (2012). On the Meaning of Exhibitions: Exhibition èpistèmes in a historical perspective. Designs for Learning, 5(1-2): 50-72. [7]Wonderful Museums. (2025, August 6). Museums Are Not Neutral: Unveiling Hidden Biases and Reshaping Public Narratives. https://www.wonderfulmuseums.com/museum/museums-are-not-neutral-74/ 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper “The Freak wants to go to the Museum”- The Appropriation of Animated Film by Pupils in an Art Based Educational Project University of Göttingen, Germany Presenting Author:Educational Ecosystems (EEs) are networks of different learning locations in which young people learn in a more creative and interest-driven way (Smitsman et al. 2020, Hannon et al. 2019, Ito et al. 2020).They are characterised by the cooperation of different educational spaces like schools, libraries, museums, youth centres, associations or maker spaces. In contrast to school education, which still relies on the traditional formula of class based learning, fixed school hours, roles of teacher and learners, classroom layouts and learning content decided by a curriculum and the teacher, young people in educational ecosystems are offered open, team-based, participative learning opportunities based around research and their own interest. In these projects students have access to new out-of-school learning locations, like maker spaces or museums and can develop their own ideas, build working teams, organise their own work processes and finally present their project results to an audience. Digital tools for making and coding games, music or film and a comprehensive range of crafting materials are provided as the building blocks for bringing their ideas to life. Using the example of a project based on the collaboration between a museum and two partner schools (one class from a primary and one from a secondary school) in Germany, I want to present insights into the research and art-based learning projects. In one part of the scheme, the project leaders worked with a local organisation which provides a digital platform and software for creating self-drawn animated films incorporating digital stop-motion techniques as well as mobile services for teaching children how to make animated films. After being instructed by the supervisor, the secondary school students were asked to use the medium of animated film to visualise their project ideas, which dealt with how the services of the museum could be extended or transformed. In the case of the primary pupils, the task was just to create a film from earlier developed stories about animals. The paper aims to give insights into the possibilities and challenges of the medium, into the contrast between free/creative vs framed/organised learning within the project and into how the children utilised the previously unknown medium of self-drawn animated film for their individual aims. Key questions are: How was the medium of animated film taught to the pupils and what boundaries and rules were set? How much participation and freedom to create was left to the students? And how did they use it? What were the achievements and the challenges and barriers for the students during the workshop? How did they utilise the medium of animated film for their ideas? What do the completed short films tell us about their ideas, motivation, influences and worldview and how did they visualise and discuss the learning spaces?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The main method for research on the projects and events of the Educational Ecosystems was participant observation (Musante 2015) as applied to media anthropology (Coman 2005). The researcher (here the author) took part in the workshops, observed and sometimes actively took part in the activities. During her observation, the researcher took field notes about participants, activities and communication and used drawings and sketches to illustrate the spatial arrangements and organisation of the project work in the museum or in the school. Additionally photography and video was used to capture their work or during their presentations and interviews. During students’ activities, the researcher went around the tables and sat down with the different working teams to observe their work as well as to talk to them about what they were doing and why, their choice of ideas, mise-en-scène, story boards and characters for the animated films. On the day of their presentations in the museum, the researcher interviewed the children again about the process in retrospect as well as about the finished films. The author also took part in regular work meetings of the project leaders and talked to the project leaders and the film educator individually about the projects. Analysing the film workshops as “media constellations” enabled me to examine the interplay between materialities, knowledge and practices, subject positions and content (Weich 2020, 2023). The final films were analysed using film analysis (Ryan/Lenos 2012, Korte 2010, Hickethier 2007, Fischer/Petro ed. 2012) to decipher the mise-en-scène, story, plot, characters, perspective and editing. Moreover approaches to film education (Bachmann/Zahn 2018, Rajpopat 2023) and theories on stop-motion animation (Kim/Kim 2006) and its use as pedagogical tools (Farrokhnia 2020, Thomas/Tufano 2010) were used to contextualise the students’ films in the frame of educational projects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper aims to show how the medium of animated film is used for learning within educational cooperations between schools and extracurricular learning venues. Although conceptualised as free, open and participatory learning, the frame, tasks, time plan and media were still set by the project leaders. By looking at these projects as media constellations, I want to show how subjects’ positions are transformed and shifted, materialities appropriated, knowledge retrieved, practices developed and content created. Although the children have grown up in a digitalised environment, the medium and techniques of storytelling and self-drawn animated film might not be familiar to them. The results show how pupils are frustrated, amazed or struggle with the techniques and medium. Finally they managed to utilise animated film making for their own aims. Humour and comedy played a central role in the work process as well as in the films. The students were able to complete the tasks in their own novel ways while still having fun. The films present deep insights into their ideas, inspirations, motivations, story building abilities and techniques and what they would convey as messages or moralities to the viewers. The stories are not only visualisations of their ideas about the world and themselves but also their attitudes towards the new ways to be educated, to learning spaces and to how these could be transformed in the future. The findings aim to contribute to academic debates and to the development of theories on educational ecosystems, the role of arts, media and film in education. The case studies and user stories provide rich ethnographic content which could also inspire future practices in education. Results from the study can provide recommendations for the use of film in education and for the creation and management of educational ecosystems. References Bachmann, A., & Zahn, M. (2018). Film Education as a Multiplicity of Practices: A Media-Ecological Perspective. Film Education Journal, 1(1), 78-89. Coman, M. (2005). Media anthropology: An overview. http://www. media-anthropology. net/coman_maoverview. pdf Easterling, K. (2021). Medium Design: Knowing How to Work on the World. Verso. Farrokhnia, M., Meulenbroeks, R. F., & van Joolingen, W. R. (2020). Student-generated stop-motion animation in science classes: A systematic literature review. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 29(6), 797-812. Fischer, L., & Petro, P. Ed. (2012). Teaching film. New York: MLA. Kim, S. N., & Kim, S. G. (2006). A Study on the Essential Elements for Animation using Stop-Motion. International Journal of Multimedia and Ubiquitous Engineering, 1(2), 6-9. Korte, H. (2010). Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse. Berlin: ESV. Hannon, V., Thomas, L., Ward, S., & Beresford, T. (2019). Local Learning Ecosystems: Emerging Models. https://www.wise-qatar.org/2019-wise-research-learning-ecosystems-innovation-unit/ Hickethier, K. (2007) Film- und Fernsehanalyse. Stuttgart: J.B. Metzler. Ito, M., Arum, R., Conley, D., Gutiérrez, K., Kirshner, B., Livingstone, S., Michalchik, V., Penuel, W., Peppler, K., Pinkard, N., Jean Rhodes, K., Tekinbaş, S., Schor, J., Sefton-Green, J., & Watkins, S. C. (2020). The Connected Learning Research Network. Reflections on a Decade of Engaged Scholarship. Connected Learning Alliance. https://clalliance.org/publications/theconnected-learning-research-network-reflections-on-a-decade-of-engaged-scholarship/ Musante, K. (2015). Participant observation. In H. R. Bernard and C. C. Gravlee (Eds.) Handbook of methods in cultural anthropology, 251-292. Rajpopat, V. (2023). Use of film as a Teaching Resource: A literature review. International Journal of Emerging Knowledge Studies, 2(9), 225-233. Ryan, M., & Lenos, M. (2012). An introduction to film analysis: Technique and meaning in narrative film. New York, London: Continuum. Smitsman, A., Laszlo, A., & Luksha, P. (2020). Evolutionary learning ecosystems for thrivable futures: Crafting and curating the conditions for future-fit education. World Futures, 76(4), 214-239. Thomas, A., & Tufano, N. (2010). Stop motion animation. In Michele Knobel and Colin Lankshear (Eds.): DIY media: Creating, sharing, and learning with new technologies, 161-184. Weich, A. (2020). Hervorbringung von Medienkonstellationen statt Nutzung didaktischer Werkzeuge. Versuch einer medienkulturwissenschaftlichen Didaktik der Bildungsmedien am Beispiel von Videokonferenzen als Unterrichtsform. Medienimpulse, 58(02), 1-32. Weich, A. (2023). Medienkonstellationsanalyse. In L. Niebling, F. Raczkowski, & S.Stollfuß (Eds.): Handbuch digitale Medien und Methoden. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-36629-2_28-1 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 07 SES 06 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Childhood, Diversity and Primary Education Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Leyla Safta-Zecheria Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Pedagogies for ‘Living Diversity’: Addressing Belongingness, (Trans)Nationality, and Difference in the Classroom University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Contemporary urban schools are often sites of profound social, linguistic, cultural and religious diversity. In these environments, teachers are increasingly called upon to cultivate pedagogical approaches that not only acknowledge the heterogeneity of their classrooms but also enable children to navigate, question, and make meaning from the complex realities they inhabit and experience daily. This paper explores these issues by asking: What pedagogic principles and practices are most effective for (a) teaching in highly socially diverse schools and (b) enabling students to grapple with the complex, yet crucially important concepts of belonging, identity, and diversity? Pedagogically, issues of diversity have long been taken up in the field of education, prominently within the bodies of knowledge associated with Culturally Responsive Teaching (CRT) and Intercultural Education (IE). The former has been influential in foregrounding students’ cultural identities and ‘funds of knowledge’ (Moll et al. 1992) as critical learning resources to be integrated in curricula and pedagogy, arguing that representation and identity affirmation enhance engagement, belonging and achievement (Gay, 2018; Ladson-Billings, 2014). IE, while sharing many of CRT’s features, also emphasises the importance of communication across cultural differences and the development of ‘intercultural competence’ (Otten, 2003; Deardorff, 2006) – skills increasingly viewed as essential for social cohesion. Yet as valuable as these approaches have been, the realities of highly diverse urban schools increasingly expose their limitations. We argue, first, that neither seems to adequately ‘break down’ cultural barriers and tap into the immense possibilities of diverse education settings; and, second, that neither sufficiently enables children and young people to explore and grapple with the vexing questions of difference that shape their everyday experiences: questions involving fairness, identity, discrimination and marginalization, belonging, and conviviality. We propose to address these limitations through the concept of ‘living diversity’ (Gholami & Costantini, 2025) and its pedagogic possibilities, which we explore in this paper. These informed and were honed by our project “Does Birmingham Belong to Me?”, carried out in collaboration with The Play House (TPH) theatre in education, and six primary schools in Birmingham, UK, between 2023-2025 with funding from the Paul Hamlyn Foundation. Through this project, we sought to support primary-school children in exploring questions of belonging, identity, and diversity through immersive, drama-led approaches, that could re-signify and engage diversity not as a set of pre-defined cultural traits or competencies to be acquired, but as a dynamic, and relational lived reality. Through immersive drama-led classroom practice and iterative cycles of data collection, analysis and evaluation, we have identified four overarching principles for a living diversity pedagogy. These are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We collaborated with facilitators from TPH and six primary schools in Birmingham, UK, between 2023 and 2025. In total, we worked with 309 primary school children from Years 3, 4 and 5, and 13 teachers. Our programme consisted of weekly immersive drama-led sessions, each lasting approximatively 1.5 hours. The sessions were co-facilitated by two TPH practitioners and classroom teachers. An academic researcher was also present during the sessions to conduct participatory observation and collect further data, which also fed into the project evaluation. The structure of the sessions evolved over time: in the academic year 2023-2024, the team implemented a year-long project that was then revised as a 12-week scheme of work. Despite this variation, the overall aim remained consistent – to engage pupils in exploring the lived experiences of local community members through storytelling and drama-led approaches, and to prompt reflection on Birmingham as a city, encouraging them to start questioning their sense of place and belonging within it. Data were collected by the UoB research team to evaluate the project and answer our research questions. Evaluation drew on an adaptation of the Kirkpatrick four-level evaluation model (Kirkpatrick & Kirkpatrick, 2006). We employed short mini-feedback sessions with children, extensive in-class participatory observations, as well as interviews and feedback meetings with teachers, deputy heads and TPH partners. While the Kirkpatrick model provided a systematic framework for data generation and offered a structured and immediate system for project reporting and evaluation, we, researchers, decided to re-analyse the data through an inductive and iterative thematic analysis process, conducted in different stages. We began by engaging with the data from each school separately. For every session within a given school, we identified and labelled meaningful units of data that captured participants’ experiences, reactions and perspectives to the activities carried out. Once all sessions in a school had been coded, we brought these codes together and examined them collectively, looking for overlaps, relationships and areas where codes could be merged or refined. This allowed us to develop a set of themes that represented the particular dynamics within each school. Following this, we undertook a cross-case comparison across all six schools. By looking for similarities and differences across schools, we were able to move beyond the particularities of individual contexts to identify broader patterns. The final stage of analysis involved refining and abstracting these cross-school patterns into a set of higher-order themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our central contribution in this paper lies in the articulation of four pedagogical principles which emerged inductively from our classroom practice and empirical data. As mentioned, these are: 1) Embodied, dialogical and collaborative learning; 2) Local-global connections: recognising the transnationality of belonging and self-making; 3) Community-engagement; and 4) Art/drama-led methods. While each principle resonates with established scholarship, their significance emerges from how they converge, interact and gain meaning within the epistemic orientation of living diversity. Together, they create pedagogical conditions in which the lived, affective and relational dimensions of children’s diverse experiences are not only acknowledged but activated as sources of shared knowledge and co-creation. These four pedagogical principles have enabled us to work with the epistemic richness of pupils’ lived worlds, positioning children as experts of their lives and active producers of meaning. Rather than displacing formal curriculum knowledge, what we propose is a pedagogy that can expand the epistemic boundaries of the classroom so that lived, experiential, and emergent knowledges can coexist and generate new understandings. References Deardorff, D.K. 2006. Identification and assessment of intercultural competence as a student outcome of internationalization. Journal of Studies in International Education 10: 241–266. Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. Teachers college press. Gholami, R., & Costantini, G. (2025). Educating for Living Diversity: ‘Migrant’identities, belonging and community‐centred pedagogies for social justice. British Educational Research Journal, 51(1), 25-48. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.4063 Kirkpatrick, D., & Kirkpatrick, J. (2006). Evaluating training programs: The four levels. Berrett-Koehler Publishers. Ladson-Billings, G. (2014). Culturally relevant pedagogy 2.0: aka the remix. Harvard educational review, 84(1), 74-84. Moll, L. C.; Amanti, C.; Neff, D. & Gonzalez, N. (1992). Funds of Kneolwdge for Teaching: Using a Qualitative Approach to Connect Homes and Classrooms. Theory into Practice, XXXI(2). Otten, M. (2003). Intercultural learning and diversity in higher education. Journal of Studies in International Education 7: 12–26. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Researching (In)Equity in Primary Education – Recognition-Based Reflections across Austria, Italy, and Germany 1: Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Italy; 2: University of Graz, Austria; 3: Justus Liebig University Giessen, Germany Presenting Author:The WERA International Research Network (IRN) “Researching (In)Equity in Primary Education – Social Practices and Institutional Structures in the Light of Current Dynamics” brings together scholars from around the globe who examine how (in)equity are constructed in everyday primary schooling, e.g., through policy frameworks, institutional arrangements, assessment practices and peer/group relations that shape children’s opportunities to participate and learn. The network’s core idea is that primary school is a crucial educational stage: it is an early point at which patterns of belonging, inclusion and exclusion become visible, and children’s understanding of (in)equality is actively formed. This paper presents a cross-country, theory-guided synthesis of how (in)equity is (re)produced in everyday primary schooling based on selected activities of the WERA research network and aims at reflecting on educational practices and policies on (in)equity in primary education in three different countries: Italy, Germany, and Austria. Our shared theoretical orientation approaches (in)equity not only as a matter of redistribution of resources (Rawls, 1971/1999), but also as a matter of recognition (Taylor, 1995; Honneth 2007; Fraser & Honneth 2003), i.e., how learners are seen, heard, respected and valued within relationships and institutional cultures. Recognition theory highlights that educational experiences are shaped by whether children encounter (a) empathic attention to their needs and vulnerabilities, (b) respect as rights-bearing members of the school community, and (c) social esteem for their abilities, languages, and further individual differences. This lens enables us to study (in)equity as a lived and relational phenomenon, not only as an outcome measured by attainment. Positioning recognition at the center also clarifies the limits of equating educational equity with broader theories of social justice focused primarily on autonomy and distributive fairness. Classic accounts of justice emphasize the fair distribution of goods and equal opportunity under conditions of meritocratic competition. Yet in schools, especially primary schools, individual autonomy cannot simply be assumed; the development of autonomy is also an educational aim that institutions are tasked to cultivate. For that reason, disparities in participation or attainment cannot be straightforwardly justified as the product of “choice” or personal responsibility. Educational equity thus requires conceptual treatment in its own right: it concerns how schools create conditions under which children can become autonomous, while being protected from discrimination and from institutional processes that naturalize unequal outcomes (Stojanov, 2011). In our paper we address the overarching research question of how (in)equity in primary education is constructed through practices of recognition (i.e., empathy, respect, social esteem) within policies, institutional arrangements and everyday school interactions in Italy, Germany, and Austria. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is structured as a cross-country, theory-guided synthesis of ongoing research within the WERA network. We present examples of educational policies and practices from Italy, Germany, and Austria. In Italy, primary education is part of the inclusively structured education system originating in the 1970s, inspired by the democratic movements of 1968, which sought to democratize schooling and reduce educational inequalities (Ianes et al., 2020; Law 517/1977). Formally, Italian primary schools are characterized by a strong national curricular framework combined with considerable pedagogical school autonomy (D’Alessio, 2011). However, research suggests that persistent forms of inequity emerge affecting children with SEN (e.g., Bellacicco et al., 2019) as well as through the intersection of disadvantaging dimensions – particularly the combination of different first languages, low socio-economic status and non-Italian citizenship (Gross, 2022). In Germany, primary school was proclaimed to be “a school for all children” in 1919 (Miller, 2019), yet it was neither a school for children with special learning difficulties nor for children with a different citizenship than German. In contrast to Italy, special schools expanded in the 1970s. Whereas there was a clear tendency for more inclusive education in Germany between 2009 and 2016, the rate of exclusion stayed almost the same from 2016 until today (Aktion Mensch, 2024). In analyses of PISA data between 2000 and 2018, social inequalities in reading and mathematical competences are persistent and educational inequities are strongly apparent (Maaz & Lörz, 2024). Similarly, in Austria, international monitoring continues to flag persistent equity challenges (OECD, 2023). Primary education is shaped by early selection and high-stakes transition after Grade 4. Early performance judgements can become pathway decisions that consolidate advantages and disadvantages (Schneeweis & Zweimüller, 2014), with achievement patterns already socially stratified by the end of primary school (Kollmayer et al., 2024). From a recognition perspective, for instance, language support is consequential for everyday classroom participation and visibility. Segregated German language support classes have been widely debated for potentially limiting access to mainstream instruction and peer interaction, with substantial variation in implementation (Erling et al., 2022; Schwab et al., 2024). Our presentation applies recognition theory as a common interpretive lens for heterogeneous contexts. We map (a) educational policies (e.g., assessment regimes, inclusion arrangements, transition mechanisms), (b) pedagogical practices (interaction patterns, feedback), and (c) lived experiences (how children, teachers and families encounter recognition or misrecognition). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The WERA IRN’s comparative work suggests that (in)equity in primary education emerges from the interplay between policy expectations and institutional and pedagogical routines. Across Italy, Germany, and Austria policies and institutional structures set the conditions of possibility for equitable schooling; however, lived experiences are shaped decisively by how empathy, respect, and social esteem are enacted in schools. Viewing equity through recognition theory allows analysing why reforms that foster access can still generate exclusion: children may be formally included while simultaneously experiencing misrecognition. Initial findings include that systems with early selection or transition intensify the consequences of misrecognition by translating everyday practices into durable pathway decisions and by reinforcing social and migration-related inequalities. Moreover, even long-standing inclusion-oriented systems can (re)produce exclusion when they overlook the intersection of multiple disadvantages. In this sense, equity-oriented reforms often privilege structural indicators (access, placement, attainment) while neglecting relational indicators of recognition (e.g., children’ s voice, respect, visibility, and social esteem). Our paper underscores the importance of professional development and school cultures that foster the recognition of individuals as rights-bearing members of institutional contexts (Honneth, 2007). Aligning institutional structures with such relational practices appears crucial for enabling primary schools to function not only as sites of access, but also as spaces where children experience belonging, respect, and social esteem – conditions that are foundational for active social participation, the development of autonomy, and long-term educational trajectories. References Aktion Mensch (2024). Entwicklung von Inklusion in der Schule. Retrieved March 20, 2025, from https://www.aktion-mensch.de/inklusion/bildung/hintergrund/zahlen-daten-und-fakten/inklusion-schule Bellacicco, R., Cappello, S., Demo, H., & Ianes, D. (2019). L’inclusione scolastica fra push e pull out, transizioni e BES: una indagine nazionale. In D. Ianes (Ed.), Didattica e Inclusione Scolastica: ricerche e pratiche in dialogo (pp.175-218). FrancoAngeli. D’Alessio, S. (2011). Inclusive education in Italy: A critical analysis. Sense Publishers. Fraser, N., & Honneth, A. (2003). Social justice in the age of identity politics: Redistribution, recognition, and participation. In N. Fraser & A. Honneth (Eds.), Redistribution or recognition? A political-philosophical exchange (pp. 3–128). Verso. Erling, E. J., Gitschthaler, M., & Schwab, S. (2022). Is segregated language support fit for purpose? Insights from German language support classes in Austria. European Journal of Educational Research, 11(1), 573–586. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.11.1.573 Gross, B. (2022). Eterogeneità e diseguaglianze educative. Prospettive dalla Pedagogia interculturale. FrancoAngeli. Honneth, A. (2007). Disrespect: The normative foundations of critical theory. Polity Press. Ianes, D., Demo, H., & Dell’Anna, S. (2020). Inclusive education in Italy: Historical steps, positive developments, and challenges. Prospects, 49(3–4), 249–263. Kollmayer, M., & Bürger, S. (2024). Educational disparities in primary school students in Austria: An intersectional perspective on fourth-graders’ achievement in mathematics and German. Zeitschrift für Entwicklungspsychologie und Pädagogische Psychologie, 56(1–2), 20–36. https://doi.org/10.1026/0049-8637/a000292 Maaz, K. & Lörz, M. (2024). 20 Jahre PISA: Soziale Bildungsungleichheit im Fokus. Haben die sozialen Ungleichheiten in den Lese- und Mathematikkompetenzen zwischen 2000 und 2018 zu- oder abgenommen? Bertelsmann Stiftung. Miller, S. (2019). Umgang mit Heterogenität – Grundschulspezifische Programmatiken und Konzeptionen. In B. Dühlmeier, & U. Sandfuchs (Eds.), 100 Jahre Grundschule. Geschichte – aktuelle Entwicklungen – Perspektiven. (pp. 106–119). Klinkhardt. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 results (Volume I): The state of learning and equity in education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Rawls, J. (1999). A theory of justice (Rev. ed.). Harvard University Press. (Original work published 1971) Schneeweis, N., & Zweimüller, M. (2014). Early tracking and the misfortune of being young. Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 116(2), 394–428. https://doi.org/10.1111/sjoe.12046 Schwab, S., Resch, K., Gitschthaler, M., Hassani, S., Latzko, D., Peter, A., & Walczuch, S. (2024). From policy to practice: How schools implement German language support policy in Austria. Current Issues in Language Planning, 25(2), 176–192. https://doi.org/10.1080/14664208.2023.2269726 Taylor, C. (1995). The politics of recognition. In A. Gutmann (Ed.), Multiculturalism: Examining the politics of recognition (pp. 25–74). Princeton University Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper A Comparative Curriculum Analysis of Intercultural Competence in Primary Education (Hungary, Poland, Austria, Sweden) 1: Eötvös Loránd University, Doctoral School of Education, Faculty of Education and Psychology; 2: Eötvös Loránd University, ELTE PPK Institute of Education and Psychology, Szombathely Presenting Author:This two-phase project begins with a systematic literature review on developing intercultural competence (IC) for children aged 6-14. Preliminary findings confirm a significant research gap: while IC development is well-studied in higher education, it remains critically underexplored for this age group, despite evidence of a sensitive period for cultural learning (Heine, 2012). Empirical immigration research further validates this focus. Böhlmark's (2009) seminal study on immigrant integration in Sweden identifies early educational experiences as a primary determinant of long-term integration, underscoring primary schools as pivotal sites for developing the intercultural competence essential for societal cohesion. This review maps existing models, pedagogical approaches, and assessment tools, setting the stage for the second phase. This conference presentation focuses exclusively on the second phase: a comparative critical analysis of national primary curricula. The core research question is: How do the national core curricula of Hungary, Poland, Austria and Sweden conceptualize, position, and integrate intercultural competence as an educational goal for young learners? This question is particularly pressing in contexts like Hungary, where the educational discourse powerfully emphasizes patriotic education—a focus that aligns with scholarly observations of Hungarian school education prioritizing national identity formation, thereby often relegating intercultural education to a marginal role, primarily within foreign language teaching (Langerné Buchwald, 2017). This focus is further reinforced by the specific challenges inherited from the post-socialist transition. For countries like Hungary, the late 20th-century shift towards democratic, pluralistic societies required a fundamental transformation of education systems—from closed, ideologically rigid structures to ones embracing openness and diversity. This rapid reorientation presented unprepared challenges for teachers and institutions alike (Bleszynska, 2011; Gordon Győri, 2014). It is within this historical context that the critical tension embedded in today's Hungarian curriculum must be examined: how it navigates between the imperative to strengthen national identity and the need to promote openness to diversity. Furthermore, genuine cultural pluralism requires supportive societal values and practices (Stanley, 1996; Grant & Ladson-Billings, 1997). Teachers are pivotal in shaping these conditions. Yet, their potential contrasts sharply with research showing Hungarian teachers often feel unprepared for this role (Gordon Győri, 2014), creating a central tension this study investigates. The curriculum analysis is guided by two foundational models. Bennett's Developmental Model of Intercultural Sensitivity (DMIS) informs age-appropriate goal-setting for primary education. Byram's model of Intercultural Communicative Competence (ICC) provides a multidimensional framework (attitudes, knowledge, skills, critical awareness) for analysing how IC is operationalized in curricula. This combined framework enables a critical assessment of whether curricula foster deep intercultural learning, not just mention diversity. The policy demand for these competences stems from their historical evolution. Emerging in 20th-century Europe, intercultural pedagogy has shifted its focus from minorities to the majority, now claiming general pedagogical status in pluralistic democracies (Gogolin, 2002; Walton et al., 2013). This European normative shift contextualises national curricula like Hungary's. Directly informed by the ongoing systematic review, the analysis uses its key insights as evaluative criteria. Thus, it critically assesses how well formal curricula align with research on effective childhood IC development. This study engages with Network 7's 30-year legacy of examining social justice in education. By analysing national curricula, it traces the persistence of national identity narratives in post-socialist contexts and their interaction with intercultural education. Connecting historical insights from diverse national pathways, it critically examines how European intercultural competence discourses are adopted, adapted, or resisted in local policy documents. This reveals epistemic tensions between dominant national narratives and more inclusive frameworks, contributing to the network's mission of fostering dialogue amidst Europe's complex educational landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation details the methodology of the comparative curriculum analysis. Research Design: We employ a qualitative critical content analysis design, comparing national core curricula as primary policy documents. The analysis is both deductive (using theory-driven codes) and inductive (allowing for emergent themes). Data Corpus: The unit of analysis is the most recent official national core curriculum for primary education (ISCED 1) from four strategically chosen countries: Hungary (NAT, 2020), Poland, Austria, and Sweden. These represent a post-socialist context with strong national discourse (Hungary, Poland), a traditional immigration destination (Austria), and an inclusion-focused benchmark (Sweden). Analytical Procedure: The analysis follows a structured qualitative content analysis protocol to ensure systematic coding, comparison, and transparency. A crucial aspect is the two-tiered approach to document analysis. We examine not only the overarching national core curricula but also the subject-specific framework curricula (where available and officially mandated). This is essential because the operationalization of IC components—such as specific attitudes, skills, and critical engagement—often occurs at this more detailed, subject-level planning stage, and may be absent or only vaguely implied in the general core document. The analysis employs a hybrid (deductive-inductive) coding strategy. The coding scheme is derived from two main sources: 1. Theoretical Framework: Deductive codes based on Bennett's DMIS and Byram's ICC components (e.g., "Attitudes: Curiosity," "Skills: Interpreting and Relating," "Knowledge: Social Groups," "Critical Cultural Awareness"). 2. Systematic Review Findings: Inductive codes reflecting recurring themes from the literature review, such as "Teacher Role," "Assessment of IC", "Pedagogical Approach", and "Link to Equity/Social Justice." Using this scheme, the analysis examines across both document levels: a) the frequency, context, and specificity of IC-related terminology; b) the framing of diversity; c) prescribed pedagogical methods; and d) the discursive relationship between IC objectives and national identity/patriotic education objectives within and across specific subjects. The comparative design intentionally centres situated knowledge and local contexts by selecting countries that represent divergent European experiences with diversity, sovereignty, and inclusion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The comparative analysis is expected to yield three key outcomes, which will be discussed in the presentation: 1. A Typology of Curricular Approaches: We anticipate identifying distinct profiles. The Hungarian (and potentially Polish) curriculum is likely to represent a "National-Centric with Additive Diversity" model, where IC is acknowledged but subordinated to a strong national identity narrative. The Austrian curriculum may exemplify an "Integration and Cohesion-Focused" model, explicitly addressing diversity as a domestic reality. The Swedish curriculum is expected to embody an "Embedded Inclusive Competence" model, where IC is seamlessly integrated into transversal competences and a holistic school ethos. 2. Identification of Gaps between Research and Policy: The analysis will highlight discrepancies between the practices identified as effective in the systematic review (e.g., interactive, experiential learning focusing on attitudes and skills) and the often more declarative, knowledge-oriented approaches found in the curricular texts, particularly in the Hungarian context. 3. Contextualized Recommendations: By learning from the comparative good practices (notably from Sweden and Austria), the study will generate evidence-based, context-sensitive recommendations for curriculum development in Hungary and similar contexts. These will focus on how to leverage the developmental potential of primary education and better support teachers in fostering intercultural competence from an early age. The findings aim to open up perspectives for the future of curriculum design by providing evidence-based alternatives that can reconcile cultural cohesion with social justice in diverse societies. The research thus aligns with the network’s anniversary goal of collectively envisioning the future of social justice and intercultural education in Europe. References Bennett, M. (1986): A developmental approach to training for intercultural sensitivity. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10 (2). 179–195. https://doi.org/10.1016/0147-1767(86)90005-2 Bleszynska, K. M. (2011): Intercultural education in post-communist countries. In C. A. Grant & A. Portera (Eds): Intercultural and multicultural education: Enhancing global inter¬connectedness. (pp. 69–82). Routledge. Böhlmark, A. (2009). Integration of childhood immigrants in the short and long run: Swedish evidence. International Migration Review, 43(2), 387–409. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1747-7379.2009.00769.x Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung [BMBWF]. (2023). Lehrplan der Volksschule [Curriculum for primary school]. Byram, M. (1997). Teaching and assessing intercultural communicative competence. Multilingual Matters. Gogolin I. (2002): Interkulturelle Bildungsforschung. In R. Tippelt (Hrsg.), Handbuch Bildungsforschung (S. 263–279). Leske + Budrich. https://www.bmb.gv.at/ Gordon Győri, J. (2014). Tanárok interkulturális nézetei és azok hatása az osztálytermi munkára: A multikulturális és interkulturális szemlélet elméleti alapjai és történeti vonatkozásai az oktatásban. ELTE Eötvös Kiadó. Gordon Győri, J., Boreczky, Á., Czachesz, E., & Vámos, Á. (2011). Multicultural education in Hungary. In J. Spinthorakis, J. Lalor, & W. Berg (Eds.), Cultural diversity in the classroom: A European comparison (pp. 29–44). Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Grant, C. A., & Ladson-Billings, G. (1997). Dictionary of multicultural education. Oryx Press. Heine, S. J. (2012). Cultural psychology (2nd ed.). W. W. Norton & Company. Hungarian Educational Authority (2020). Nemzeti alaptanterv. Langerné Buchwald, J. (2017). Ingázó diákok – avagy tanulási célú ingázás az osztrák-magyar határ mentén. Fakultás Kiadó Ministerstwo Edukacji Narodowej. (2017). Podstawa programowa kształcenia ogólnego dla szkoły podstawowej [Core curriculum for general education for primary school]. Warszawa: Ministerstwo Edukacji Narodowej. Skolverket. (2022). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet [Curriculum for the compulsory school, preschool class and school-age educare] https://www.skolverket.se/publicationer Stanley, L. S. (1996): The development and validation of an instrument to assess attitudes toward cultural diversity and pluralism among preservice physical educators. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 56(5), 891–897. Walton, J., Priest, N., & Paradies, Y. (2013). Identifying and developing effective approaches to foster intercultural understanding in schools. Intercultural Education, 24(3), 181–194. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2013.793036 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Advent Calendars and Birthday Gifts: Everyday Signs of Social Class in Early Childhood Education University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines encounters with social class in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC). It is situated within the Swedish‑speaking ECEC in Finland, where the educare model emphasise accessibility, quality and equity. Although equality and diversity are highlighted in steering documents, social class is rarely explicitly addressed. This risks normalising middle‑class standards and delaying recognition of widening inequalities (EDUFI, 2022; Harju‑Luukkainen et al., 2022). This study´s research question is: How does social class appear among children and staff in ECEC? Children use material artefacts and everyday routines as status markers, using them to structure inclusion and exclusion within peer culture (Donner et al., 2022; Watson et al., 2015; Alm & Odenbring, 2019). At the same time, staff report a need for more tools to critically engage with and deconstruct the concept of social class (Mikander & Mansikka, 2023). The study applies Bourdieu’s (1986) forms of capital, economic, cultural, social and symbolic, to illuminate how resources and recognition appear in the ECEC field. Habitus explains the automatic and, in many cases, unconscious actions and ways of thinking that are shaped by our life experiences and social background (Bourdieu & Wacquant, 2013), while the concept of field positions ECEC as a structured space in wich certain capitals are valued. Reproduction clarifies how systems committed to equality can nevertheless legitimise middle‑class norms through everyday assessments (Bourdieu, 1984; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1977). To complement this, the notion of institutional habitus is used to illustrate the collective norms, values, and expectations that characterise particular institutions (Vuorisalo, 2013; Bourdieu & Wacquant, 2013). Lareau’s (2003) distinction between concerted cultivation and the accomplishment of natural growth further clarifies how children’s competencies and expectations shape institutional encounters. While some children approach institutions with a sense of entitlement, others do so with a sense of constraint that encourages constraint. These patters become visible in peer interactions, where economic and symbolic capital are either leveraged or deflected. In Finnish ECEC, the absence of social class from equality discourse mirrors broader European trends in which diversity is emphasised, yet social class remains unspoken. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a broader project on inclusion and exclusion across language, gender, racialisation, and social class in Finland’s bilingual ECEC. We sampled 18 Swedish‑speaking centres in southern Finland spanning urban and rural communities with varied socioeconomic profiles. We conducted a multi‑sited short‑term ethnography across 18 ECEC centres. 74 semi‑structured staff interviews with 28 teachers, 11 leaders/directors, 25 childcare workers, and 10 others were carried out. Interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim. Four fieldworkers spent one month per site doing participatory observations in the groups. Researchers adopted a participatory stance with informal conversations and joining play, adjusting their presence to daily activities and the needs of children and staff (Köngäs & Määttä, 2021). Municipalities, directors and staff granted permission, and guardians consented to children’s participation. Children’s assent was sought continuously, with sensitivity to verbal and non‑verbal cues and the right to decline at any time (Köngäs & Määttä, 2021). Per university policy, an ethics committee pre‑review was not required; procedures followed the Finnish National Board on Research Integrity (TENK, 2023) guidance. Data were pseudonymised, stored on secure, password‑protected university servers, and accessible only to the research group until the project end (TENK, 2023). After close reading, material relating to social class was coded in Atlas.ti within a “social class” category and subgroups of cars/home, celebrations, travel, family, education, toys, clothes/things. Collaborative coding by four researchers supported shared interpretation and consistency. The Critical Discours Studies framework examined 1) discursive strategies like structure and cohesion 2) social layers like hegemony and normalisation of standards such as travel, and 3) cognitive layers like speech acts and attitudes (Van Dijk, 2015; Blommaert & Bulcaen, 2000). Children’s discourse was analysed through word choice, turn‑taking, silence, and non‑verbal cues. We grouped staff discourse similarities into three result categories: walking past the cracks: avoidance, spotting the gap:partial recognition and building bridges: strategies. COVID‑19 compressed observation windows for some centres and some participants opted out from being interviewed. We did not compile systematic socioeconomic profiles beyond spontaneously mentioned details, noting social class only when theoretically and discursively warranted. Future work could expand child‑centered ethnography longitudinally. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings align with Bourdieu’s (1984) theory and Lareau´s (2003)research showing that educators’ implicit biases and institutional norms are strong even in systems devoted to equality. Children from less‑resourced homes, adopt face‑saving and avoidance discourses to protect dignity, indicating a habitus attuned to managing stigma, while peers with more resources use economic and symbolic capital confidently, reproducing middle‑class entitlement. Staff discourse predominantly avoided naming class, framed equality as sameness and thereby postponing recognition of inequalities. Where class was acknowledged, it was through families or material markers. Some compensation strategies like removing toy day or providing spare Santa hats buffer stigma without addressing structural causes. These patterns show lack in explicit tools and collective engagement, everyday practices normalise middle‑class standards and inadvertently reproduce hierarchies. We advocate shifting from silence to dialogue and from compensation to structural practice. Professional learning should equip teams to recognise class dynamics, discuss fairness and difference in age‑appropriate ways, and pair material buffers with explicit inclusion strategies. Initial and in‑service education should include social‑class knowledge so that recognition does not depend on individual engagement. Incorporating these practices in centre‑wide routines can cultivate a reflexive habitus that challenges inequalities. In ECEC, the question is not whether we can afford this, but whether we can afford not to, because children’s inclusion and long‑term wellbeing depend on institutions that actively counter classed inequalities. References Alm, L., & Odenbring, Y. (2019). Klassmärkt barndom: En etnografisk studie om social ojämlikhet i förskoleklassen. [Classed childhood. An ethnographic study of social inequality in the preschool-class] Barn–forskning om barn og barndom i Norden, 37(1). https://doi.org/10.5324/barn.v37i1.3006 Blommaert, J., & Bulcaen, C. (2000). Critical discourse analysis. Annual review of Anthropology, 29(1), 447-466. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.29.1.447 Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood Press. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J. C. (1977). Reproduction in education, society and culture. Sage. Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. (2013). Symbolic capital and social classes. Journal of classical sociology, 13(2), 292-302. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468795X12468736 Donner, P., Lundström, S., & Heikkilä, M. (2022). Exclusion and limitation through favouritism as a strategy in children’s play negotiations: a qualitative analysis of children’s multimodal play. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 20(4), 449-462. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476718x221083425 Köngäs, M., & Määttä, K. (2021). Four cornerstones of the ethnography of children. European Journal of Education Studies, 8(3). https://doi.org/10.46827/ejes.v8i3.3622 Lareau, A. (2003). Unequal Childhoods: Class, race, and family life. University of California Press. Lavanti, L., Harju‐Luukkainen, H., & Kuusisto, A. (2023). Teachers’ perceptions of the cultural capital of children and families with immigrant backgrounds in early childhood education. Education Sciences, 13(10), 977. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13100977 Mikander, P., & Mansikka, J. (2023). Social class as a challenge in educating for diversity—the case of a Finnish preschool. Children & Society, 37(5), 1432-1445. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12770 TENK, Tutkimuseettinen neuvottelukunta. (2023). The Finnish code of conduct for research integrity and procedures for handling alleged violations of research integrity in Finland 2023. Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK. https://tenk.fi/sites/default/files/2023-11/RI_Guidelines_2023.pdf Van Dijk, T. A. (2015). Critical discourse analysis. In D. Tannen, H. E. Hamilton, & D. Schiffrin (eds.), The handbook of discourse analysis, (pp. 466-485). Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118584194.ch22 Vuorisalo, M. (2013). Lasten kentät ja pääomat: Osallistuminen ja eriarvoisuuksien rakentuminen päiväkodissa [Children’s fields and capitals. Participation and the construction of inequality in preschool]. Doctoral dissertation. University of Jyväskylä. https://doi.org/10.13097/archive-urn:ISBN:978-951-39-5205-1 Watson, K., Millei, Z., & Petersen, E. B. (2015) ‘Special’ non-human actors in the ‘inclusive’ early childhood classroom: The wrist band, the lock and the scooter board. Global Studies of Childhood, 5(3) 266-278. https://doi.org/10.1177/2043610615597141 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 07 SES 06 B: Negotiating Inclusion and Belonging in Educational Spaces Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Enhancing Critical Consciousness and Action through Podcasting in Higher Education: A Cultural Literacy Approach 1: Erasmus University Rotterdam, Netherlands, The; 2: Utrecht University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Higher education institutions face the critical challenge of preparing their graduates to work and live in intercultural and superdiverse environments. To help graduates understand and ultimately challenge inequities in society, this preparation entails fostering critical consciousness (understanding structural inequities), critical motivation (a sense of responsibility to address them), and critical action intentions (the willingness to take informed action to challenge social injustice) among students (Diemer et al., 2022). Yet, teachers working in higher education often lack the time, resources, and institutional support to create learning environments that support students in developing critical consciousness and action, and may be insecure to extensively and critically discuss topics surrounding diversity and inequities (Hölscher et al., 2024). In this study, we therefore present and evaluate an innovative intervention which uses podcasting as a tool to cultivate critical consciousness and action among social sciences students. Informed by cultural literacy pedagogies for higher education (García Ochoa et al., 2016; García Ochoa & McDonald, 2019), our podcasting intervention employs a strategy that aims to firstly invoke destabilisation (discomfort) within students, which is then followed by structured reflection exercises. This destabilisation is necessary to develop critical consciousness by creating a “rupture in knowing” that forces students to confront their own biases and discomfort with cultural differences . Through guided reflection, this discomfort is turned into learning by giving students tools to understand and interpret unfamiliar cultural situations. Together, these processes help students move beyond “passive ignorance” toward a more active and reflective understanding of cultural difference. We translated the cultural literacy framework principles of destabilization and reflection in an adapted version of the (Re)Searching Identity Podcast intervention (Vietze et al., 2025), aimed to enhance critical consciousness, motivation, and action, by making use of three distinct phases (Vietze et al., 2025). Firstly, students listen to and reflect on recorded podcast episodes. In each episode, one scientist or professional is interviewed about their experiences at work and in academia and how these experiences may have been shaped by their own culture, ethnicity, or race. Secondly, students use established interviewing techniques to co-create and record their own podcast episodes, thereby actively engaging with minoritized and marginalized stories and experiences of a scientist or professional of their choice. Thirdly, students and their teacher reflect on the complexity and heterogeneity of experiences encountered in the podcast episodes and relate them to societal and educational issues of marginalization. Against this background, our study aims to evaluate the podcasting intervention both as a tool and as an application of critical/cultural literacy pedagogy in higher education with the goal to foster students’ critical consciousness and action. Specifically, the study examines whether and under which conditions the intervention supports the development of students’ critical consciousness and action (RQ1), and how students and teachers experience the instruction, implementation, and underlying critical literacy approach of the podcast intervention (RQ2). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We implemented the podcast intervention in two Educational Sciences courses on Master level at two Dutch research universities. Both were small-scale courses that covered topics of diversity and inclusion in education and broader society. To evaluate the intervention, we employed a mixed-methods design, in which qualitative and quantitative data were collected simultaneously. The qualitative component consisted of semi-structured interviews with students and teachers, while the quantitative component involved student pre-test and post-test surveys including measures of critical consciousness, motivation, and action intention (Diemer et al., 2022). In total, 16 students and 2 teachers participated in the qualitative interviews, and 20 students completed both the pre-test and post-test surveys. Quantitative analyses were limited to descriptive comparisons between pre-test and post-test scores, intended to provide contextual support for the qualitative findings rather than to test hypotheses. The semi-structured interviews with students and teachers were conducted after the podcast intervention. Topics that were discussed during the interviews include experiences during the podcast exercise, including experiences of discomfort and reflection, and critical consciousness and action. The interview section on critical consciousness and action made use of a reflective vignette technique, were students re-examine their baseline responses (filled out before the intervention) to a cultural scenario to identify shifts in critical consciousness and action. The teacher interviews included sections on their experiences with implementation of the intervention, and on the extent to which the intervention helped them to become more confident in facilitating sensitive topics of diversity and inequities (i.e., diversity-related self-efficacy). All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021), allowing for the identification of recurring patterns and themes related to the pedagogical processes of destabilization and reflection, as well as perceived changes in students’ critical consciousness, motivation, and action intentions. Thematic analysis was chosen as it enabled a systematic yet flexible examination of participants’ experiences, while remaining sensitive to both anticipated themes derived from the cultural literacy framework and emergent themes grounded in the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial readings of the interview data collected in December 2025 show indications that the podcast, and particularly the process of destabilization and reflection, worked as intended. Students’ priorly held assumptions were challenged while listening and creating podcasts, which made them realize that what they knew was incomplete. Interviews showed for instance that students were confronted with difficult professional realities, such as how colour-blind thinking is pervasive in and still shapes educational practice, that caused discomfort. However, as students actively discussed and reflected together with their peers on their experiences, students began to actively question what they did not know and what they could do about it. In the vignette exercise, where students reflected on their pre-intervention responses to a cultural scenario, students described a stronger critical awareness. Students generally valued the assignment because it was different from what they were used to, and as it gave them a chance for an in-depth and authentic conversation with an educational professional. They appreciated doing a more creative and engaging type of exercise. Yet, students also mentioned that the reflective podcast felt more demanding than traditional assignments (e.g., essays, tests). Although these early findings point to potential of the intervention, the analysis is still at an early stage; these conclusions should been seen as a first interpretation. Moving forward, we will systematically analyse both students and teacher interviews, together with the quantitative survey data. Using thematic analysis, we will primarily focus on the specific mechanisms through which the intervention’s structure of listening, connecting, and reflecting effectively caused discomfort and supported reflection among the students. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. 1–100. Diemer, M. A., Frisby, M. B., Pinedo, A., Bardelli, E., Elliot, E., Harris, E., McAlister, S., & Voight, A. M. (2022). Development of the Short Critical Consciousness Scale (ShoCCS). Applied Developmental Science, 26(3), 409–425. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888691.2020.1834394 García Ochoa, G., & McDonald, S. (2019). Destabilisation and cultural literacy. Intercultural Education, 30(4), 351–367. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2018.1540112 García Ochoa, G., McDonald, S., & Monk, N. (2016). Embedding Cultural Literacy in Higher Education: A new approach*. Intercultural Education, 27(6), 546–559. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2016.1241551 Hölscher, S. I. E., Gharaei, N., Schachner, M. K., Ott, P. K., & Umlauft, S. (2024). Do my students think I am racist? Effects on teacher self-efficacy, stress, job satisfaction and supporting students in culturally diverse classrooms. Teaching and Teacher Education, 138, 104425. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104425 Vietze, J., Meeuwisse, M., de Haan, A., Wolff, R., & de Koning, B. B. (2025). The ReSearching Identity Podcast Project: Developing a Brief and Inclusive Professional Identity Intervention for Higher Education. Identity, 25(2), 316–329. https://doi.org/10.1080/15283488.2024.2389433 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper A Model for Inclusive, Non-formal Communities in Higher Education: Roma Student Societies in Hungary 1: University of Pécs, Hungary; 2: Evangelical Roma Student Society of Pécs, Hungary Presenting Author:Across Europe, the massification and expansion of higher education have strengthened expectations that education functions as a pathway to upward social mobility for marginalized students (Padilla et al., 2022). This dynamic is evident in Hungary, where participation in tertiary education has continued to rise despite demographic decline, increasing pressure on higher education institutions to respond to growing social and cultural diversity (Híves & Kozma, 2025). As a result, transforming universities into more inclusive environments has become a central concern for policy and research (Casey, 2016). Within this context, inclusion-oriented frameworks, like the Inclusive Excellence (IE) movement, have gained prominence by framing diversity as an institutional asset capable of enhancing educational quality and student success when supported by organizational practices (Milem et al., 2005). Despite these developments, educational expansion has not produced equal opportunities across student groups. Across Europe, members of Roma groups are consistently identified as the most underrepresented in higher education, with only 1–4 percent attaining tertiary qualifications (Frazer-Marlier, 2011). These enduring disparities expose the limits of expansion and underscore the need for targeted initiatives addressing the barriers Roma students face in accessing, navigating, and succeeding in higher education. In response, support mechanisms for Roma students have emerged across Europe. In countries such as Spain and Serbia, these initiatives have largely developed through bottom-up efforts led by civil society, while in contexts including the United Kingdom, Portugal, and increasingly Hungary, support has been shaped by national governments or local authorities (Bhabha et al., 2018; Calado et al., 2019; Danvers & Hinton-Smith, 2022; Hensby et al., 2024). These approaches reflect a growing European recognition that meaningful inclusion requires institutionalized support extending beyond formal academic provision. The paper examines Roma student societies in Hungary as inclusive, non-formal micro-communities operating alongside universities (Rogers, 2014, p. 15). Although embedded within a specific national regulatory framework (Government Decree No. 24/2013 (II. 5.), these institutions address challenges common across European higher education systems, including the underrepresentation of first-generation, socioeconomically disadvantaged, and racialized minority students (Bhabha et al., 2018; Calado et al., 2019; Simić & Vranješević, 2019; Danvers & Hinton-Smith, 2022; Hensby et al., 2024). The Hungarian case is therefore situated within broader European debates on widening participation, inclusive excellence, and intercultural approaches to higher education (Casey, 2016; Gallego-Noche & Goenechea-Permisán, 2022). The analysis draws on a theoretical framework integrating the Inclusive Excellence movement (Milem et al., 2005), non-formal learning theory (Rogers, 2014), and interculturality, informed by sociological and educational research on minority students’ social mobility. Inclusive Excellence conceptualizes diversity as an institutional resource enhancing student engagement and success when embedded in organizational practice, while research on non-formal learning highlights flexible yet pedagogically structured environments characterized by experiential learning, horizontal relationships, and individualized engagement that bridge formal education and students’ lived experiences (Rogers, 2014; Hawley-Woodall, 2019). In this theoretical framework this paper addresses the overarching research question: How do Roma student communities enhance social inclusion within higher education? Three interrelated questions guide the analysis: how members of Roma student societies conceptualize a “cooperative community”; how Roma students experience personalized support while navigating social disadvantage and upward mobility; and how elements of the “Roma intellectual” identity emerge within both university settings and Roma student societies. These questions are examined within the intercultural environment of Roma student societies and the wider university context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study is based on empirical research conducted in 2022 across all institutions of the Hungarian Roma Student Society Network (N=11). Data were collected through an online, access-based questionnaire distributed to students enrolled in Roma student societies. From the total student population of the student colleges (approximately 300 students), 182 individuals completed the questionnaire. As the present analysis focuses specifically on Roma students, only responses from participants who self-identified as Roma were included (n=108). The research instrument combined closed-ended and open-ended questions, allowing for a mixed analytical approach. Quantitative items captured key sociodemographic characteristics, educational background, and access to social support, while qualitative questions explored students’ experiences, perceptions of higher education, and pathways of social mobility. We conducted our data analysis in multiple stages. Closed-ended items were analysed using descriptive statistical methods, while open-ended responses were subjected to qualitative content analysis following a systematic coding procedure. Coding was carried out by three independent coders to ensure reliability and consistency; discrepancies were resolved through discussion, and the agreed-upon code categories were subsequently applied in the analysis. An important qualitative instrument was an introductory associative task in which respondents were asked to list five words they associated with the terms: “university” and “student society.” These associations were analysed to identify differences between the two institutional contexts, with particular attention to emotional valency and non-formal characteristics. To minimise potential response bias, the questionnaire did not explicitly ask respondents to evaluate Roma student societies; instead, we invited participants to reflect on the following question: “Who and what help you cope with the difficulties encountered in higher education and with the tensions arising from social mobility?”, and all references to Roma student societies thus emerged organically. These responses were analysed both in terms of frequency and thematic content and are illustrated through selected excerpts. Our sample was characterised by a high proportion of socially disadvantaged students, most of whom come from small settlements and have parents with low levels of educational attainment. Among the Roma respondents (n=108), over 90% qualified as socially disadvantaged, primarily due to low household income and/or low parental education. Nearly 90% grew up in villages or small towns where access to public services is limited, conditions that highlight the particular importance of Roma student societies as a key support structure within higher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our study concludes results on the presence of Roma student societies within higher education and their impact on individual students as well as on the broader higher education context. Based on our data, we demonstrated how members of the student societies perceive the notion of cooperative communities, which we explored through the characteristics of non-formal and informal communities. We also sought to identify what kinds of “personal support” Roma youth, who are pursuing upward social mobility through education, associate with Roma student societies. The words emerging refer to support functions, assisting actors, and the material learning environment that facilitates educational attainment. Finally, we addressed the student society function that simultaneously supports Roma identity and autonomous intellectual development (“becoming a Roma intellectual”). Roma student societies as non-formal spaces scaffold Roma students’ experience of bicultural identity and their pathways of social mobility. We aim to develop a model, grounded in our data, previous studies, and fieldwork experience, that presents the nature of Roma student societies at a systemic level. Based on our study and the model developed from it, we argue that Roma student societies, within the examined social and higher education context, provide a protected environment that facilitates the emergence of intercultural interactions in the broader higher education setting. Our paper makes a key argument: The Roma student society examined in our analysis functions as an active community whose influence unfolds through its embeddedness in collective relationships. Finally, it is important to highlight the international adaptability of our paper and model. The study represents one example of non-formal micro-communities in higher education, and the model derived from this practice can also be adapted to other social and higher education contexts (A non-formal micro-community model adaptable to individual contexts), considering that every disadvantaged and/or underrepresented student group has distinct needs. References Bhabha, J., Matache, M., Chernoff, M., Fuller, A., Lloyd McGarry, S., Simić, N., Vranješević, J., Stančić, M., Spasić, B., & Mihajlović, M. (2018). One in one hundred. Harvard FXB Center for Health and Human Rights & Center for Interactive Pedagogy. Casey, L. (2016). The Casey Review: A review into opportunity and integration. Department for Communities and Local Government. Calado, P., Moreria, L.j., Costa, S., Simoes, C., & de Matos, M. G. (2019). The Roma Population in Portugal: A Changing Picture. In Ohidy, A. (Ed.). Lifelong Learning and the Roma Minority in Western and Southern Europe, (pp. 117-137). Emerald Group Publishing LTD. Danvers, E., & Hinton-Smith, T. (2022). Marginalisation and mixed feelings: supporting students of Gypsy, Roma and traveller heritage imagining higher education in the UK. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 54(3), 518–535. Frazer, H., & Marlier, E. (2011). Building a stronger EU Social Inclusion Process: Analysis and recommendations of the EU Network of independent national experts on social inclusion. European Commission. Gallego-Noche, B., & Goenechea-Permisán, C. (2022). What makes them thrive? Protective factors for the academic success of Roma university students: A case study. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 19(1), 95–109. Hawley-Woodall, J. (2019). Inclusive campus climates. Journal of Higher Education Policy, 12(1), 22–39. Hensby, A., Adewumi, B., Twumasi, A.-M., & Thomas, D. S. P. (2024). BAME students’ extracurricular belonging at university. In A. Hensby & B. Adewumi (Eds.), Race, capital, and equity in higher education (pp. 85–113). Palgrave Macmillan. Híves, T., & Kozma, T. (2025). Tíz év után: a felsőoktatási expanzió helyzete és kilátásai=Ten years after: The state and prospects of higher education expansion. Educatio, 34 (2). pp. 238-250. Milem, J., Chang, M., & Antonio, A. (2005). Making diversity work: A researched based perspective. Washington D.C., Association of American Colleges and Universities. Padilla-Carmona, T., González-Monteagudo, J., & A. Tenorio Rodríguez, M. (2022). Lights and Shadows: The Inclusion of Invisible Students in Spanish Universities. Autonomy and Responsibility Journal of Educational Sciences, 7(1), 37–44. Rogers, R. (2014). Critical approaches to inequality in education. Educational Theory, 64(1), 1–20. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Search for ‘Similarity’. Processes of Micro-Segregation Among Majority- and Minority-Ethnic High School Students. Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:This paper examines how majority- and minority-ethnic high school students’ search for “similar” peers drives social and ethnic micro-segregation within the apparently egalitarian Danish school system. Based on ethnographic fieldwork in a diverse Copenhagen high school, it traces how the participating students searched for and recognized, but also crafted and enacted “similarity” in their social interactions. It argues that the students’ tendency to form friendships with what they regard as ‘similar’ others was partly guided by the political and cultural marking of certain categories, a tacit ethno-racialized divide that limits their social orientation, as well as the distinctions of class, gender and youth subcultures made relevant in the social context of the high school. At the same time, similarities were also created through interaction, guided by the students’ desire for recognition, safety, and social appeal, thereby reinforcing segregation. Importantly, while such segregation is often framed in Danish debates as a problem of “self-segregation” among minority-ethnic students, majority-ethnic youth showed a similar tendency to cluster together. At the same time, these youth also split into groups seemingly reflecting subtle social class differences that reinforced social segregation in less visible ways. In much research, including the influential work of Pierre Bourdieu, segregation is explained through ‘homophily’ - the tendency for people to interact with those perceived as similar (Bourdieu 1990; McPherson, Smith-Lovin, and Cook 2001). While social, ethnic, cultural, and religious differences do exist due distinct social, political and historical conditions, and while socio-economic inequality and racial discrimination generate real disparities in life chances, this paper questions the widespread assumption that social classes, ‘in-groups’ and ‘out-groups’, or categories such as ‘white’ and ‘black’ or ‘ethnic minority’ and ‘majority’ are internally homogeneous and fundamentally different from one another. Instead, it argues for an interactional and processual approach to similarity and difference. Drawing on Barth (1969, 1994), Bottero (2009), Lamont and Molnár (2002), Gullestad (1992, 2002), and Ahmed (2006, 2014), the paper highlights how similarity and difference in the high school context are also produced through political markings of categories, processes of cultural distinctions, orientation in social encounters, young people’s needs for belonging and recognition and not least mutual adjustments in everyday interactions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The material presented in the paper derives from a collective project on how young people’s educational pathways shape social and ethnic segregation. As part of this project, I conducted four months of fieldwork at Middelvang High School and at a vocational school in Copenhagen. At Middelvang, I focused on two classes - 1y (year one) and 2x (year two) - where I carried out participant observation and informal conversations in lessons and breaks and conducted interviews with 22 students - 11 majority-ethnic and 11 minority-ethnic youth, aged 16-18 - about their past and current experiences and choices related to education. In addition, I conducted interviews with three teachers and a survey with 40 students in the two classes focusing on their socio-economic backgrounds, their parents’ education and employment, and their future aspirations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that the students’ tendency to form friendships with what they regard as ‘similar’ others was partly guided by the political and cultural marking of certain categories, a tacit ethno-racialized divide that lim-its their social orientation, as well as the distinctions of class, gender and youth subcultures made relevant in the social context of the high school. At the same time, similarities were also created through interaction, guided by the students’ desire for recognition, safety, and social appeal, thereby reinforcing segregation. Importantly, while such segregation is often framed in Danish debates as a problem of “self-segregation” among minority-ethnic students, majority-ethnic youth showed a similar tendency to cluster together. At the same time, these youth also split into groups seemingly reflecting subtle social class differences that re-inforced social segregation in less visible ways. References Ahmed, Sara. 2006. Queer Phenomenology: Duke University Press. Ahmed, Sara. 2014. "Not in the Mood." New Formations 82 (82):13-28. Barth, F. (1994). Enduring and emerging issues in the analysis of ethnicity Fredrik Barth University of Bergen. The anthropology of ethnicity: beyond" Ethnic Groups and Boundaries". Bottero, Wendy. 2009. "Relationality and social interaction 1." The British Journal of Sociology 60 (2):399-420. Gullestad, Marianne. 1992. The Art of Social Relations: Essays on Culture, Social Action, and Everyday Life in Modern Norway. Oslo: Scandinavian University Press. Gullestad, Marianne. 2002. "Invisible Fences: Egalitarianism, Nationalism and Racism." Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute 8 (1):45-63. Lamont, M., & Molnár, V. (2002). The study of boundaries in the social sciences. Annual review of sociology, 28(1), 167-195. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 07 SES 06 C: Language, Literacy and Educational Justice Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Critical Socio-Political Literacy in Arabic Textbooks: A Content Analysis of Minority Language Education Beit Berl College, Israel Presenting Author:This study addresses the role of language education in shaping students’ critical socio-political awareness in contexts characterized by inequality, power asymmetries, and contested identities. Specifically, it examines the extent to which Arabic language textbooks used in Arab schools in Israel support the development of critical socio-political literacy, understood as students’ capacity to question power relations, recognize ideological positioning in texts, and connect language learning to civic participation and social justice (Haj Yahya & Majadly, 2025). The study is situated within the broader field of critical pedagogy, which conceptualizes education as an inherently political practice rather than a neutral or purely technical endeavor (Freire, 1970; McLaren, 2003). From this perspective, curricula and educational materials function as sites where dominant ideologies may either be reproduced or challenged. Language education, in particular, plays a central role in mediating identity, belonging, and access to civic voice, especially for students from marginalized communities (Haj Yahya & Abu-Baker, 2023; Majadly & Haj Yahya, 2024). The conceptual framework of the study integrates three interrelated theoretical strands. First, critical pedagogy provides the foundation for analyzing how schooling may enable or constrain learners’ agency, critical consciousness, and civic positioning. Second, critical literacy (Janks, 2014) operationalizes this perspective by focusing on how texts position readers, whose voices are included or excluded, and how language encodes relations of power, normativity, and legitimacy. Third, Bourdieu’s (1991) theory of symbolic power informs the analysis of language as a form of capital that structures recognition, authority, and social mobility. Together, these frameworks allow for a multidimensional examination of textbooks as ideological artifacts that shape students’ understandings of society, power, and participation. Empirically, the study analyzes Al-Arabiyya Lughatuna, the state-approved Arabic textbook series used for teaching Arabic as a mother tongue from Grades 1 to 12 in Arab schools in Israel. Although official curricular documents emphasize values such as equality, dialogue, and civic responsibility, previous research has questioned whether Arabic language education meaningfully engages with Arab students’ lived realities, including discrimination, marginalization, and contested national identity. This study examines how these tensions are reflected in the textbooks themselves. Using qualitative content analysis, 293 texts across 16 textbooks were examined. Each text was analyzed using a structured rubric that assessed four dimensions central to critical socio-political literacy: (1) promotion of critical thinking, (2) representation of power relations, (3) diversity of perspectives, and (4) relevance to students’ socio-political context. This approach enabled a systematic comparison across grade levels and genres, while also attending to developmental progression and pedagogical coherence. The research is guided by the following questions: Beyond the Israeli context, the study contributes to European and international debates on minority education, social justice, and intercultural learning. Across Europe and beyond, educational systems increasingly grapple with how to address diversity, migration, and inequality while often avoiding politically sensitive issues. By offering an evidence-based analysis of language textbooks in a divided society, this research speaks to broader questions concerning the role of curriculum in either fostering democratic engagement or maintaining symbolic marginalization. The study thus provides insights relevant to comparative education, language education, and social justice-oriented curriculum development in diverse and politically charged contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative content analysis design to examine how critical socio-political literacy is represented in Arabic language textbooks used in Arab schools in Israel. The empirical corpus consisted of 16 textbooks from the Al-Arabiyya Lughatuna series, approved and published by the Israeli Ministry of Education and its Center for Educational Technology. These textbooks are used for teaching Arabic as a mother tongue from Grades 1 to 12 and constitute the core instructional materials in Arab schools. The unit of analysis was the written text. Each chapter was treated as a thematic unit, while sections dedicated exclusively to listening comprehension were excluded to ensure analytic consistency. In total, 293 texts were analyzed across all grade levels, encompassing literary, narrative, dialogic, and informational genres. From this corpus, 43 texts were identified as containing elements with potential relevance to critical socio-political literacy. To guide the analysis, a structured analytic rubric was developed based on existing scholarship in critical literacy and critical pedagogy. The rubric assessed four key dimensions: (1) the extent to which texts prompt critical thinking or questioning of taken-for-granted assumptions; (2) the representation of power relations, including issues of authority, inequality, justice, and domination; (3) the presence of multiple or competing perspectives, voices, or ideological positions; and (4) the relevance of the text to students’ lived social, cultural, and political experiences. Each text was coded across these four dimensions using an interpretive qualitative approach that combined deductive categories derived from the theoretical framework with inductive attention to emergent themes. To enhance analytic rigor, two researchers independently coded a sample of texts and discussed discrepancies until agreement was reached, contributing to inter-rater reliability and refinement of the coding framework. The analytic process enabled a systematic comparison across educational stages (elementary, middle, and high school) and facilitated the identification of developmental patterns, thematic consistencies, and gaps in pedagogical coherence. This methodology allowed for a nuanced examination of how textbook discourse may either support or constrain the development of critical socio-political literacy within minority language education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from the qualitative content analysis indicate that critical socio-political literacy is only weakly supported in the Al-Arabiyya Lughatuna textbook series used in Arab schools in Israel. Out of 293 texts examined across Grades 1–12, only 43 texts (14.6%) contained elements that could potentially foster socio-political awareness, and these elements were often presented in abstract, symbolic, or decontextualized ways. A developmental increase in thematic complexity was observed across grade levels, yet the progression lacked pedagogical coherence. In the lower grades, content primarily promotes interpersonal values (e.g., kindness, cooperation) through moral narratives, with minimal engagement with systemic injustice or structural inequality. Middle school textbooks introduce socially relevant themes such as media bias or gender inequality, but these discussions remain largely detached from students’ local socio-political realities. In high school, more complex issues—such as authoritarianism and political corruption—appear, including allegorical texts with emancipatory potential; however, explicit engagement with Arab students’ lived experiences in Israel (e.g., discrimination, marginalization, and the Israeli–Arab conflict) remains largely absent. Across all levels, textbooks tend to present monologic narratives, rarely include multiple or conflicting perspectives, and provide limited opportunities for dialogic inquiry. As a result, students are seldom invited to question dominant discourses, examine ideological tensions, or develop civic agency through language learning. The study concludes that the curriculum’s cautious and depoliticized framing risks reinforcing symbolic marginalization rather than supporting critical citizenship. It highlights the need for culturally relevant texts, plural perspectives, and pedagogical scaffolding—including teacher preparation—to position Arabic language education as a meaningful space for civic participation, resilience, and democratic engagement. References Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Harvard University Press Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum. Haj Yahya, A., & Abu-Baker, K. (2023). Children's Literature as a Chanel for Social-Emotional Learning: Reading Israeli Children's Literature Written in Arabic andHebrew. Early Childhood Education Journal, 51 (6), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-023-01537-0 Haj Yahya, A. & Majadly, H. (2025). Critical Sociopolitical Literacy in Arabic Textbooks: From Critical Pedagogy to Retention of Power Relations. Journal of Education, 0(0), 1-12.https://doi.org/10.1177/00220574251376546 Janks, H. (2014). Critical literacy's ongoing importance for education. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 57(5), 349-356. https://doi.org/10.1002/jaal.260 Majadly, H. & Haj Yahya, A. (2024). Beyond the Language: Arabic Language Textbooks in Arab-Palestinian Society as Tools for Developing Social-Emotional Skills. Education Sciences, 14 (10), 1088. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14101088 McLaren, P. (2003). Critical Pedagogy: A Look at the Major Concepts. New York, NY: Routledge. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Processes of Ethnic Identity Construction in Migrant Adolescents. A Socio-educational Approach University of Santiago de Compostela, Spain Presenting Author:The intensification of migratory movements in recent decades, which is virtually unprecedented in history, is closely linked to the transformations that have given rise to a new world order, evident in economic, technological, environmental and military terms, among others, and which has led to asymmetrical mobility between the global North and South (De Haas et al., 2020). Cross-border displacement has redefined the identity structures of host societies. Aa result, we are witnessing a phenomenon that has become one of the most decisive issues on the political agendas of the European Union and, consequently, in most of its Member States. Certainly, in Spain, which has seen one of the largest increases in the immigrant population on the continent in the last decade, this reality has changed the country's socio-demographic and cultural coordinates (Jornet, 2023). It is a fact that the transnationalisation of migration brings about deep changes in the identity of those involved, both in terms of their sense of affiliation to their in-group and in the redefinition of subaltern practices (Bhatia, 2012). As Guerra et al. (2019) argue, when exposed to a new culture, people are exposed to cognitive and affective reorganisation, adaptation to unfamiliar patterns of behaviour and belief systems, grief over separation, and positioning in minority groups. Therefore, that this can trigger complex psychosocial transformations, especially during the developmental stage. Thus, the rise in the presence of ethnically diverse children and adolescents in international migration deserves special attention, given that, in addition to the normative tasks inherent to this vital period, they face unique challenges that can compromise their well-being and physical/mental health (Suárez-Orozco et al., 2018). After contact with the receiving society, there is an increased need for identity rearticulation and affiliation with a particular group, seeking to integrate the cultural competencies of both the country of origin and the host country. Furthermore, it is essential to consider the role of families, peer groups, schools, the community and the impact of public policies in this regard (Sam et al., 2023). Against this backdrop, our study adopts the Theory of ethnic identity (Phinney, 1990; Phinney & Ong, 2007; Phinney et al., 2023), as we are interested in addressing the way in which people construct their belongings based on emotional ties, participation in cultural practices, and commitment to the in-group, since they represent otherness in comparison with the hegemonic indigenous population. In short, ethnic identity refers to each individual's experience of their ethnicity, exerting a direct influence on indicators of well-being, self-esteem, academic performance, and personal motivation. Ethnic awareness and/or identification is of particular interest in multicultural societies. This is in view of the power imbalances in the social and cultural fabric, which allow for the reclamation of certain spaces historically linked to the exclusion of minorities (Williams et al., 2020). In the words of Umaña-Taylor (2024), the preservation of culture and the positive valuation of pluralism favour the construction of a solid and strong identity, since when there is self-identification as a member of a collective, group evaluation is more favourable and greater knowledge of ethnic practices is encouraged. However, when faced with situations of discrimination, two scenarios tend to arise: on the one hand, the rejection of one's own identity, and on the other, the reaffirmation of pride and identification with one's own homeland. In this contribution, we propose to analyse the variables that influence the formation of ethnic identity among migrant adolescents. We do so from an epistemic framework specific to intercultural education, given that its focus is the empowerment of the integral development of all individuals, in terms of individual and collective recognition. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We opted for a non-experimental, exploratory and descriptive study using a quantitative methodological approach. Data were collected using Questionnaire on the process of ethnic identity development and acculturation in migrant adolescents, which allowed us to identify different factors influencing the process. More specifically, the questionnaire consists of 58 questions grouped into 10 sections. It also includes seven scales designed to assess the respondents' opinions on the construction of ethnic identity, acculturative stress, perceptions and preferences regarding acculturation, perceived individual discrimination, and life satisfaction. In terms of participant selection, we used a non-probability convenience sample, locating them through public secondary schools, migrant associations, and third sector organisations. The sample consisted of 295 adolescents from the Americas (70.38%), Africa (21.76%), Europe (6.12%), and Asia (1.7%). The average age was 15.24 years. Finally, in terms of gender, 52.90% of the participants were female, 46.08% were male, and 1.02% identified as non-binary. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results show that migrant adolescents are in a constant process of searching for their ethnic origin and commitment to their reference group, moving from initial stages such as diffusion –little or no exploration of ethnicity– to achievement –exploration and acceptance of ethnicity, which involves the development of positive intergroup attitudes– (Umaña-Taylor, 2024). This evolution is largely dependent on self-identification with one's origins, family socialisation, and participation in in-group activities. Indeed, maintaining the culture of the country of origin and progressively adopting that of the destination country appears to be linked to psychosocial well-being, pride, life satisfaction and the ability to effectively manage the challenges inherent in migration (Dimitrova et al., 2016). We can therefore refer to identity as a complex, intersectional and multidimensional construct. A very important factor in this regard is the length of residence. Previous studies have shown that when migrants have been in the host country for less than ten years, they tend to feel more nostalgia and notice more differences, largely due to culture shock, psychological distress, acculturation stress, or failure to adapt. This can significantly affect academic success and interethnic coexistence in various contexts, even though cultural adjustment tends to consolidate progressively (Hamid, 2022; Plenty and Jonsson, 2017). Finally, we highlight the need to promote more inclusive spaces that are conducive to the identity development of all people, which can help them take a proactive role in social integration through intercultural educational approaches. It should not be forgotten that such challenges call on local communities and civil society. References Bhatia, S. (2012). Acculturation and the dialogical formation of immigrant identity: Race and culture in diaspora spaces. In H. Hermans & T. Gieser (Eds.), Handbook of Dialogical Self Theory (pp. 115-131). Cambridge University Press. De Haas, H., Castles, S., & Miller, M. J. (2020). The age of Migration. International Population Movements in the Modern World (6ª ed.). Guilford Press. Dimitrova, R., Chasiotis, A., & Van de Vijver, F. (2016). Adjustment outcomes of immigrant children and youth in Europe: A meta-analysis. European Psychologist, 21(2), 150-162. https://doi.org/10.1027/1016-9040/a000246 Guerra, R., Rodrigues, R., Aguiar, C., Carmona, M., Alexandre, J., & Lopes, R. C. (2019). School achievement and well-being of immigrant children: The role of acculturation orientations and perceived discrimination. Journal of School Psychology, 75, 104-118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2019.07.004 Hamid, A. R. M. (2022). Psychological Distress and Homesickness Among Sudanese Migrants in the United Arab Emirates. Frontiers in Psychology, 12(10), 1-8. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.710115 Jornet, J. M. (2023). Identidad escolar, nacional y diálogo migratorio. En A. Medina & G. L. Huber (Eds.), Identidades Migrantes y Formación del Profesorado. Investigación educativa para el encuentro entre culturas fronterizas (pp. 23-55). Editorial Universitas. Phinney, J. S. (1990). Ethnic Identity in Adolescents and Adults: Review of Research. Psychological Bulletin, 108(3), 499-514. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.108.3.499 Plenty, S., & Jonsson, J. O. (2017). Social Exclusion among Peers: The Role of Immigrant Status and Classroom Immigrant Density. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 46(6), 1275-1288. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-016-0564-5 Sam, D. L., Vedder, P., Ward, C., & Horenczyk, G. (2023). Psychological and Sociocultural Adaptation of Immigrant Youth. En J. W. Berry, J. S. Phinney, D. L. Sam, & P. Vedder (Eds.), Immigrant youth in cultural transition: Acculturation, identity, and adaptation across national contexts (2ª ed., pp. 119-143). Routledge. Suárez-Orozco, C., Motti-Stefanidi, F., Marks, A., & Katsiaficas, D. (2018). An integrative risk and resilience model for understanding the adaptation of immigrant-origin children and youth. The American Psychologist, 73(6), 781-796. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000265 Umaña‐Taylor, A. J. (2024). Revisiting the conceptualization and measurement of ethnic‐racial identity affect: Recommendations for future directions. Child Development Perspectives, 18(4), 215-220. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdep.12517 Williams, C. D., Byrd, C. M., Quintana, S. M., Anicama, C., Kiang, L., Umaña-Taylor, A. J., Calzada, E. J., Pabón Gautier, M., Ejesi, K., Tuitt, N. R., Martinez-Fuentes, S., White, L., Marks, A., Rogers, L. O., & Whitesell, N. (2020). A lifespan model of ethnic-racial identity. Research in Human Development, 17(2-3), 99-129. https://doi.org/10.1080/15427609.2020.1831882 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Second Language Speaking Teenage Boys’ Stories about Languaging Learning and Identity Processes Mälardalen University, Sweden Presenting Author:There are discursive situations where second-language-speaking teenage boys are repeatedly constructed as deviant or problematic in both the Swedish public and the school environment (e.g. Jonsson, 2014, 2017). Prior analyses of Swedish policy and curricula indicate that the school subject Swedish as a Second Language (SSL) is discursively contrasted with “regular” Swedish (SL), positioning students as in need of specialized instruction and responsible for linguistic shortcomings: patterns consistent with deficit framings and structurally embedded roles that narrow perceived agency (e.g., (Boréus & Bergström, 2018; Hedman & Magnusson, 2018; Siekkinen, 2017). Internationally, narrative and cultural‑psychological research cautions that such discourses shape what becomes sayable and doable in school (Bruner, 1991). This study examines second language speaking boys’ narratives of languaging, learning, and identity at a liminal moment, late spring of ninth grade, just before upper‑secondary choice. Semi‑structured narrative life‑history interviews were conducted with seven boys (≥15 years), all enrolled in SSL, attending the same suburban school and representing diverse socioeconomic backgrounds. All used at least three languages in daily life; six had both parents born outside Sweden, and six had migrated during childhood. Interviews followed a chronological past–present–future sequence. Analysis followed Riessman’s (2008) thematic narrative approach, moving from holistic readings to case‑level narrative portraits and then cross‑case patterns, informed by narrative sense‑making (Bruner, 2004), narrative identity/agency (McAdams, 2013) social and institutional context (Goodson, 2013). The results indicate that the boys consistently casted school as a gateway to imagined futures and emphasized its importance: "Otherwise you have no future". The patterns accord with narrative identity theory, whereby adolescents integrate reconstructed pasts and imagined futures into evolving self‑stories that confer unity and purpose (McAdams & McLean, 2013). The same applied to languaging. Strikingly, peers, not teachers, were cited as the primary drivers of “real” language learning, indicating that everyday interactional arenas were central to linguistic development and belonging. All informants told a story of a journey from times when the language was difficult to today when they maneuvered the language almost flawlessly. The boys saw multilingualism as a resource but still chose not to use their mother tongue in favour of Swedish and English, even though this meant that communication failed with their parents at home. This choice is in line with the school's organization, where national exams are only conducted in the languages of Swedish and English. A consequence was that the informants focused on the languages they perceived to be high status languages to get through school and have the future they dreamt of, but at the same time forgot their mother tongues. In the boys’ futural narratives, visions of economic wealth and considerable freedom were most prominent. Only one boy described a future primarily centred on becoming happy. This can be understood in relation to McAdams (2001), who argues that individuals’ life stories are shaped through culturally available master narratives, in which economic success often functions as a central ideal. The stories were also characterized by a consistent use of “we” and “they,” where “they” referred to those the boys described as “Swedes.” According to Bruner (1991) identity is created through such narrative positionings, where storytelling is used to structure social distinctions and affiliations. In line with Goodson’s (2013) view of narratives as socially situated expressions, this division may be understood as part of a broader societal narrative which frames how the boys construct their own and others’ identities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on narrative life history interviews with seven adolescent male second language speakers with a foreign background. Participants were selected through criterion sampling. To ensure sufficient proficiency in Swedish to understand questions and articulate experiences, all were enrolled in Swedish as a Second Language. At the time of the interviews, they were in ninth grade and aged 15 or older. The interviews were conducted in late spring of ninth grade, a period considered a critical turning point in identity development (McAdams, 2015), as students were required to make decisions regarding upper secondary pathways, future orientations, and their envisioned lives. All seven participants attended the same suburban school, which was not classified as socially disadvantaged. They represented diverse socioeconomic backgrounds. The proportion of students with a foreign background at the school was slightly above the Swedish national average but not dominant. All participants used at least three languages in their everyday lives. Six had parents born outside Sweden, while one had one Swedish born and one foreign born parent. One participant arrived in Sweden as an infant, and six had migrated during childhood. Interviews were conducted as semi structured narrative interviews. An interview guide ensured that central themes were covered, while open ended questions enabled participants to shape their stories in their own words. This narrative approach supported an egalitarian interview dynamic and generated richer accounts (Hollway & Jefferson, 2000; Kartch, 2017). The interviews focused on three overarching themes—language, learning, and identity—and followed a chronological structure from past to present and future. This sequencing encouraged reflection on experiences and identity development over time (Turvey, 2016). Each interview lasted 30–60 minutes, was audio recorded, supplemented with field notes, handled in accordance with research data guidelines and was ethically reviewed and approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority. Data analysis followed Riessman’s (2008) thematic narrative analysis. The first analytic phase involved holistic readings to identify meaning bearing statements, emotional expressions, value orientations, priorities, and attitudes. In the second phase, narrative themes were identified and formulated. Individual narrative portraits were developed, describing each participant’s meaning making, thematic emphases, positioning, and agency, drawing on theories of narrative sense making (Bruner, 2004), social and institutional context (Goodson, 2013), and narrative identity and agency (McAdams, 2013). A cross case analysis was then carried out to identify shared and divergent narrative patterns, which were subsequently related to learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The second language speaking teenage boys’ life history narratives depicted school as a gateway to imagined futures, linked literacies and social conduct to mobility, and marked a shift from truancy toward responsibility. When listening to the stories, futural hope, freedom, social connections, broad linguistic landscapes, and an opposite discourse from the discursive patterns that Jonsson (2014, 2017) describes, emerged. Multilingualism appeared as valued in the narratives yet described how focus on Swedish and English led to a gradual loss of mother tongues. This loss provoked shame and revealed tensions between institutional language hierarchies and the personal value of maintaining a full linguistic repertoire. Viewed through a narrative lens, the boys’ accounts positioned school as a mediating institution that furnished the plots, characters, and moral orders through which futures were imagined (Bruner, 1991). The stories mobilized culturally available master narratives of mobility, responsibility, and respectable citizenship: translating basic literacies and appropriating conduct into promises of movement to accountability (McAdams, 2001). The articulated hope for a bright future, thus functioned as a narrative resource, orienting identity towards possible selves and socially valued endpoints. At the same time, emphasizing on Swedish and English, alongside expressed shame about losing mother tongues, revealed how narrative identity was negotiated within asymmetric language ideologies that elevated some languages as capital while relegating others to the margins, shaping what was hoped for and what must be silenced to belong (Bruner, 1991; McAdams, 2001). Following Goodson (2013), such stories are not only personal but institutionally situated, and scaffold the boys’ self accounts, encouraging alignment with dominant scripts, articulated throughout the stories by the attributes "we" and "they". The life history narratives illustrate identity work that is simultaneously agentic and constrained, using the very cultural and institutional storylines that define legitimacy, value certain literacies and languages, and contours belonging. References Boréus, K., & Bergström, G. (2018). Textens mening och makt: Metodbok i samhällsvetenskaplig text- och diskursanalys (Fjärde [omarbetade och aktualiserade] upplagan). Studentlitteratur. Bruner, J. S. (1991). The Narrative Construction of Reality. Critical Inquiry, 18/1991(1), 1–21. Bruner, J. S. (2004). Life as Narrative. Social Research: An International Quarterly, 71(3), 691–710. https://doi.org/10.1353/sor.2004.0045 Goodson, I. (2013). Developing narrative theory: Life histories and personal representation. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203817704 Hedman, C., & Magnusson, U. (2018). Lika eller lika möjligheter? Diskurser om skolämnet svenska som andraspråk inom det akademiska fältet i Sverige. Acta Didactica Norge, 12(1), 7. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.5569 Hollway, W., & Jefferson, T. (2000). Doing Qualitative Research Differently. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781849209007 Jonsson, R. (2014). Boys’ Anti-School Culture? Narratives and School Practices: Boys’ Anti-School Culture? Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 45(3), 276–292. https://doi.org/10.1111/aeq.12068 Jonsson, R. (2017). Värst i klassen: Berättelser om stökiga pojkar i innerstad och förort. Ordfront. Kartch, F. (2017). Narrative Interviewing. In The SAGE Encyclopedia of Communication Research Methods. SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781483381411.n369 McAdams, D. P. (2001). The Psychology of Life Stories. Review of General Psychology, 5(2), 100–122. https://doi.org/10.1037/1089-2680.5.2.100 McAdams, D. P. (2013). The Psychological Self as Actor, Agent, and Author. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 8(3), 272–295. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691612464657 McAdams, D. P. (2015). The art and science of personality development. the Guilford press. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage Publ. Siekkinen, F. (2017). Flerspråkiga elever i en enspråkig elevnorm. Educare, (1), 27–49. https://doi.org/10.24834/educare.2017.1.3 Turvey, K. (2016). On coming to narrative and life history. In I. F. Goodson (Ed.), The Routledge International Handbook on Narrative and Life History (pp. 116–127). Routledge. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 08 SES 06 A: School Health Education Futures Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Research Workshop |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Research Workshop School Health Education Futures 1: Monash University, Australia; 2: University of Regina, Canada; 3: Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Schools are widely recognised as key settings for addressing the health of children, young people, and the broader school community. Within these settings, formal health education classrooms function as a critical platform through which students engage with health knowledge, skills, and values. However, what health education looks and feels like varies considerably across classrooms, schools, regions, and over time. These variations are shaped by differing curricular configurations and by national and local policy contexts, each with distinct mandates, priorities, and understandings of what health education is for and how it is best delivered. Despite the emphasis that has been placed on school health education over time, several scholars have drawn attention to the ‘poor state of school health education’. Kolbe (2024) for example has described school health education as “unorganized” and “underdeveloped” (p. 661). Similarly, Vamos and McDermott (2021) lament that health education has “gotten insufficient traction” (p. 675). There are of course numerous other critiques that have emerged over time that have critically interrogated the over emphasis placed on individual lifestyle behaviours at the expense of the broader social determinants of health which has meant that health education has consistently struggled to achieve its various ambitions (Leahy and Simovska, 2017).
Against a backdrop of long-standing critiques that position school health education as fragmented, underdeveloped, and overly focused on individual behaviour change, this workshop provides an opportunity for participants from diverse regions and countries to come together to discuss the state of health education and critically explore how it might be strengthened and reimagined to meet the demands of the next decade. In the workshop we aim to bring together diverse perspectives to collectively consider broader questions about what health education is for, what shapes its enactment in different contexts, and how it might be reimagined as a more coherent and impactful platform over the next ten years.
The workshop is structured in three main parts.
1.Part One focuses on the present, inviting participants to reflect on the current state of school health education, including , everyday challenges, and emerging pressures shaping practice.
2. Part Two invites participants to turn to the future, creating space for collective speculation and dialogue about the directions school health education might take in response to changing social, political, and educational conditions.
3. Part Three turns toward action, creating space for participants to articulate shared priorities and concrete pathways for strengthening school health education in the face of contemporary and emerging challenges.
Insights generated in the workshop will be systematically analysed and used to inform the first round of a subsequent Delphi study. The purpose of the Delphi study is to build a shared, critically informed agenda for the future of school health education. The Delphi study will be used to systematically surface and interrogate areas of convergence and divergence regarding the purposes, assumptions, and conditions shaping school health education across contexts. By doing so, we aim to move beyond isolated critiques or context-specific accounts to develop a set of guiding principles and shared priorities that can support the reimagining of school health education as a more coherent, resilient, and impactful platform over the next ten years, capable of responding to complex and contested contemporary health challenges. We will invite workshop participants to be involved in subsequent rounds of the study.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop adopts a participatory methodology designed to surface diverse experiences, perspectives, and priorities related to the present and future of school health education. Rather than seeking immediate consensus, it values contextual variation, critical reflection, and lived experience as key sources of insight. As the first phase of a broader Delphi study, the workshop functions as an exploratory and agenda-setting space, enabling participants to articulate how health education is currently enacted in their contexts, the challenges shaping practice, and possibilities for future development. Structured conversation support both individual reflection and collective sense-making, with insights captured through group discussion and shared artefacts. These data will inform the development of subsequent Delphi rounds. Workshop participants will be invited to participate in subsequent rounds of the Delphi study. Key phases and questions Part One: School Health education’s present How is school health education positioned and configured in your context? What approaches and assumptions currently shape health education practice? Who teaches health education, and how are they prepared and supported to do so? What policy, accountability, and system-level factors most strongly influence health education in your context? What societal issues are making the work of school health education more complex or contested in your context, and how are these playing out in schools? Part Two: School Health education’s futures What should school health education be for over the next decade in your context? What approaches or pedagogical shifts will be most important for health education to remain relevant and impactful? What will teachers of health education need to be prepared, supported, and confident in the future? What policy, curriculum, or system-level changes would most enable stronger and more coherent school health education? How should school health education respond to wider societal challenges such as misinformation, polarisation, and declining trust in institutions? Part Three: Key priorities for action What should be the top priorities for strengthening school health education over the next ten years? What needs to be protected, strengthened, or scaled up in school health education? What needs to change, be disrupted, or let go of to enable more coherent and impactful practice? Where are the most realistic opportunities for action? What would meaningful progress look like in practice? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop is the first step in a larger project that seeks to explore the state of school health education and consider its possible future. Workshop discussions will likely provide us with a deeper understanding of the complex, contested, and uneven policy and practice landscape that is impacting on the delivery of quality school health education. Research has drawn attention to how school health education is shaped by curriculum crowding, workforce capacity constraints, politicisation of health topics, the emergence of wellbeing and more recently the rapid proliferation of misinformation and post-truth narratives. This workshop will provide us with insights into how these challenges are playing out across contexts. At the same time, the findings are expected to surface promising practices where health education functions as a critical platform for building critical health literacy, supporting student agency, and engaging with contemporary societal challenges. Collectively, the workshop will highlight key priority areas for action. References Kolbe L.J. (2024). The future of school health education in the United States: An ontology. J Sch Health. 94: 661-673. https://doi-org.libproxy.uregina.ca/10.1111/josh.13436. Leahy, D., & Simovksa, V. (2018). School health education and promotion: current approaches and critical perspectives: part 2. Health Education, 118(2), 114-116. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-12-2017-0068 Vamos, S.D. & McDermott, R.J. (2021), Rebranding School Health: The Power of Education for Health Literacy. J School Health, 91: 670-676. https://doi-org.libproxy.uregina.ca/10.1111/josh.13056 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 09 SES 06 A: Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 2): Civic Attitudes in Achool Children: Different Perspectives Using ICCS Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Wolfram Schulz Session Chair: Corey Savage Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 2): Civic attitudes in school children: different perspectives using ICCS International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) such as TIMSS, ICCS, PIRLS, ICILS, PISA, and TALIS provide critical insights into educational outcomes and inequalities across diverse national contexts. They are widely used to monitor trends, enable international comparisons, and inform educational policy and practice (Johansson, 2016). At the same time, ILSAs function as laboratories for methodological innovation, supporting research that links individual outcomes to institutional and systemic conditions (Strietholt & Scherer, 2018). This symposium brings together recent research drawing on multiple ILSAs and is organized into five interrelated thematic sessions addressing digital transformation, civic education, educational inequality, student engagement and well-being, and methodological challenges in international assessment research. The first thematic area focuses on digital competencies and emerging technologies in education. Drawing on ICILS, TALIS, and TIMSS, papers examine cross-national variation in technology and AI integration, the role of teacher characteristics and professional learning, and how digital provision and pedagogical use relate to achievement and inequality, including disparities linked to socioeconomic background and early tracking. The second thematic area addresses civic attitudes, values, and engagement among young people. Using ICCS data, contributions explore students’ intentions to participate politically, their attitudes toward minorities, immigrants, and gender equality, and how school experiences relate to tolerant dispositions and engagement with social and environmental issues. The third thematic area examines structural inequalities and contextual effects in education systems. Papers investigate how school composition, segregation, and socioeconomic context shape achievement and well-being across countries, including intersectional patterns by gender, immigrant background, and socioeconomic status. The session also addresses systemic resource inequalities through evidence on mathematics and science teacher shortages and their unequal distribution across schools. The fourth thematic area focuses on students’ attitudes, motivation, and psychosocial factors. Contributions examine long-term gender gaps in reading behavior and achievement, the relationship between teacher gender and student outcomes, and trends in test-taking motivation relevant for interpreting achievement changes. The fifth thematic area is explicitly methodological, with papers analyzing item-level features of achievement scales, participation and sampling standards, and the measurement of socioeconomic status, highlighting how technical choices shape conclusions about trends and inequality. Overall, the symposium fosters dialogue among researchers, policymakers, and practitioners and advances rigorous, policy-relevant use of ILSAs to support more equitable and effective education systems. References Johansson, S. (2016). International large-scale assessments: what uses, what consequences? Educational Research, 58(2), 139–148. doi:10.1080/00131881.2016.116555 Strietholt, R., & Scherer, R. (2018). The contribution of international large-scale assessments to educational research: Combining individual and institutional data sources. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(3), 368-385. Presentations of the Symposium Tolerant Attitudes Of Adolescents And Opportunities To Experience Diversity At School
Tolerance is important for inclusive, diverse, and democratic societies. Yet recent global developments—ranging from rising nationalist movements to debates over immigration and multiculturalism—suggest a shift away from tolerance in societies around the world. Against this backdrop, schools remain crucial spaces where youth can encounter diversity and develop attitudes that shape future democratic participation. This paper builds on earlier analysis of data from the 2009 and 2016 cycles of the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS), which showed increases in students’ endorsement of equal rights for all ethnic groups, in all countries participating in both cycles (Beyer & Brese, 2024). The release of the 2022 ICCS data allows an analysis of whether these trends have continued, stalled, or even reversed in today’s more polarized political climate. This paper also extends the scope of tolerance to attitudes towards immigrants and gender equality. Within the global context of rising anti-immigrant discourse and challenges to diversity and multicultural policies, this paper tries to shed light on the potential of education systems in shaping tolerant attitudes.
This paper addresses four research questions:
1. How have tolerant attitudes of secondary school students developed between 2009, 2016, and 2022?
2. How are classroom composition and specific civic activities performed within the school related to tolerant attitudes? Do certain activities matter more than others?
3. Are there differences in tolerant attitudes for different aspects of diversity (ethnicity, gender, migration experience)?
4. Can we discern differences in environment, context or policy from education systems with contrasting trajectories?
For eleven countries—Bulgaria, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Estonia, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Norway, Slovenia, and Sweden—participating in all cycles of ICCS (2009, 2016, 2022) we will use linear regression modeling to predict students’ endorsement of equal rights for all ethnic groups, and attitudes towards gender equality and immigrants. As indicators of opportunities to experience diversity, we include classroom composition and a set of civic activities in school. Regarding the broader policy context, we will look into several country-level indicators (e.g., multicultural integration policies and political discourse) assembled from secondary sources.
Preliminary findings show stalling and even declining levels of tolerance. Not all activities appear equally influential. Participation in environmental initiatives is consistently associated with higher tolerance across contexts. In contrast, activities such as volunteering or student government show wide cross-national variation—effective in some settings but not others—implying that how these activities are framed and implemented matters.
References:
Allport, G. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Oxford: Addison-Wesley.
Berry, J. W. (1997). Immigration, Acculturation, and Adaptation. Applied Psychology, 5-34.
Brese, F. & Beyer, C. (2024). Secondary school students’ attitudes of tolerance towards minorities. Large-scale Assessment in Education 12, 28. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-024-00217-8
Falavarjani, M. F., Yeh, C. J., & Brouwers, S. A. (2019). Exploring the Effects of Acculturative Stress and Social Support on the Acculturation-Depression Relationship in Two Countries of Similar Social Status. Journal of International Migration and Integration / Revue de l integration et de la migration internationale 21(3), 3.
Pettigrew, T. F., & Tropp, L. R. (2011). When Groups Meet: The Dynamics of Intergroup Contact. Psychology Press.
Stark, T. (2011). Integration in Schools. A Process Perspective on Students’ Interethnic Attitudes and Interpersonal Relationships. Doctor of Philosophy.
Lower Secondary Students‘ Perceptions And Engagement Related To Environmental Protection
Educational policies across the globe have become increasingly focused on learning about environmental protection and climate change, and many education systems have sought ways to engage young people in sustainable practices that address climate concerns (Wals & Benavot, 2017). According to surveys conducted by the Pew Research Center (2021) young people are more inclined to endorse protection of the environment than older people. These attitudes stem from a combination of demographic, attitudinal, and social factors, as well as broader community influences (Kessler, 2021; Smith & Kingston, 2021; Xie, et al., 2019).
Schools are expected to play a key role in educating students about sustainability and environmental responsibility. The learning domains Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) and Global Citizenship Education (GCED)—central to the United Nation's 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development—emphasise that students need the knowledge, skills, and mindset to address environmental issues (United Nations, 2015; UNESCO, 2017). This proposition is supported by findings from TIMSS 2023 (Bookbinder et al., 2025).
Using ICCS 2022 data from 18 European countries, this paper explores students' awareness of environmental threats, their attitudes toward environmental issues and European cooperation to protect the environment, as well as their expected participation in environment protection activities and sustainable behaviour. This paper explores how students' backgrounds, school experiences, and other related beliefs are associated with their attitudes to, and engagement with, sustainability efforts and environmental protection.
The analyses use correlational analysis as well as multivariate regression models to identify predictors of students’ perceptions and engagement in environment protection activities. Predictors include Individual background variables such as students’ socioeconomic background, and parental interest in political and social issues. Further, it will include school context variables reflecting student reports on having learnt how to protect the environment and environment-friendly practices implemented at their school.
Preliminary findings suggest that young people tend to express relatively high levels of awareness about environmental threats, positive attitudes toward environmental protection and European cooperation on this topic, and that most lower secondary students expect to become engaged in environmental protection activities and frequently engage in sustainable behaviour. Multivariate analyses highlight the key role of civic knowledge as a predictor of positive attitudes toward environmental engagement and awareness of environmental threats, while female students also tended to show more concern and more willingness to engage with environment-related activities.
References:
Bookbinder, A., et al. (2025). Environmental Awareness in TIMSS 2023: Patterns in Achievement, Attitudes, Behaviors, and Contexts. Boston College.
Kessler, E. (2021), Climate change concern among youth: Examining the role of civics and institutional trust across 22 countries, Education Policy Analysis Archives, 29.
Pew Research Center. (2021, May 26). Gen Z, Millennials stand out for climate change activism, social media engagement with issue. Pew Research Center. https://www.pewresearch.org/science/2021/05/26/gen-z-millennials-stand-out-for-climate-change-activism-social-media-engagement-with-issue/
Schulz, W., et al. (2023). Education for citizenship in times of global challenge: IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. Springer.
Smith, M. A., & Kingston, S. (2021). Demographic, attitudinal, and social factors that predict pro-environmental behavior. Sustainability and Climate Change, 14(1), 47–54.
UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444
United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. United Nations General Assembly. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/post2015/transformingourworld
Wals, A. & Benavot, A. (2017), Can we meet the sustainability challenges? The role of education and lifelong learning, European Journal for Education, 52, 404– 413.
Xie, B., et al. (2019). Predicting climate change risk perception and willingness to act. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 65, 101331
From Intention to Action: Understanding Youth Electoral Participation Across Countries through Civic Education
Declining electoral participation among young people poses a growing threat to the legitimacy and sustainability of representative democracy. Despite widespread concern, timely and comparative indicators of youth political disengagement remain limited—particularly those capturing early predispositions toward voting. This study addresses this gap by exploring whether intentions to vote, expressed by eighth-grade students across countries, can serve as reliable early-warning indicators of future electoral behavior, and by identifying the individual-level factors that best explain these intentions.
Using data from the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS), we first align students’ self-reported voting intentions in ICCS 2009 and 2016 with official age-specific turnout rates from each cohort’s first national election. The findings reveal a statistically significant, moderately strong association between early intentions and actual voting behavior: countries with higher proportions of students reporting that they are likely to vote tend to experience higher turnout rates when those cohorts reach voting age.
In the second part of the analysis, we use pooled microdata from three ICCS cycles (2009, 2016, 2022; N ≈ 316,000 students) and estimate fixed-effects models to identify consistent predictors of students’ voting intentions while accounting for time-invariant country-level characteristics. Results show that students’ political interest is the most powerful and consistent predictor. Other significant contributors include civic knowledge, political self-efficacy, trust in political institutions, and parental political interest. Importantly, once these psychological and cognitive factors are taken into account, background characteristics such as gender or socioeconomic status lose statistical significance.
These results underscore the predictive value of adolescent voting intentions and suggest that such intentions can serve as a practical tool for early diagnosis of potential turnout issues in future electorates. Moreover, the findings highlight key malleable factors—particularly political interest, knowledge, and efficacy—that can be targeted through civic education policy and practice. By focusing on these levers, education systems and policymakers may be able to foster greater democratic engagement and counteract the trend of political disengagement among youth across countries.
References:
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Kerr, D., & Losito, B. (2010). ICCS 2009 International
Report: Civic knowledge, attitudes and engagement among lower secondary school students in thirty-eight countries. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). https://www.iea.nl/publications/studyreports/
international-reports-iea-studies/iccs-2009-international-report
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., & Friedman, T. (2018).
Becoming citizens in a changing world: IEA International Civic and Citizenship
Education Study 2016 International Report. Springer.
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-73963-2
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T.
(2023). Education for citizenship in times of global challenge: IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. Springer.
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-65603-3
Associations Of Religious Attachment With Civic Attitudes And Engagement Among Lower-Secondary Students: Results From ICCS 2022
There is a literature concerning the extent to which religiosity is associated with civic attitudes and engagement among adults (Ben-Nun Bloom, Arikan & Vishkin, 2021; Pew, 2019). Even after controlling for many other variables, religious tradition and attendance of religious services tend to be related to civic participation (Ainley & Schulz, 2024; Storm, 2015; Wallman Lundasen, 2021). These associations also appear among secondary school students (Pancer, 2015). One interpretation is that religious participation encourages adherents to consider features of society (a world view) that they see as desirable and to promote those features through political engagement (Pancer, 2015: Pavolini, Béland & Jawad, 2017). Other research suggests associations between religious participation and civic disposition may depend on contextual factors such as the secularity of political systems(Zuckerman & Shook, 2017).
This paper addresses the following research questions:
1. To what extent has religious attachment among lower secondary students changed across the three ICCS surveys in 2009, 2016 and 2022?
2. To what extent is religious background associated with measures of civic attitudes toward important topics in society (such as gender equality and satisfaction with the political system)?
3. To what extent is religious background associated with measures of expected civic engagement participation in the future?
Using data from European countries participating the first three ICCS cycles we compare how young people’s religious attachment (affiliation with a religion, attendance of religious services, beliefs about the desirability of religious influence in society) developed over time between 2009 and 2022. Using all three indicators of religious attachment, we then explore their associations with selected civic attitudes (attitudes toward gender equality, satisfaction with the political system, and beliefs about threats to democracy) as well as indicators of expected future engagement (at school, in legal and illegal activities, and electoral and active political participation)
For the analysis of associations we use correlations (across and within countries) as well as linear regression to control for social and personal background, school-related factors, and related attitudes (such as citizenship self-efficacy).
Preliminary analyses showed decreases in religious attachment since 2009. Beliefs about religious influence showed negative associations with gender equality and perceptions of threats to democracy, and positive relationships with satisfaction with the political system and active political engagement.
References:
Ainley, J., & Schulz, W. (2024). The influence of religious attachment on intended political engagement among lower-secondary students. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 12, 22.
Aksoy, O., & Wiertz, D. (2024). The impact of religious involvement on trust, volunteering, and perceived cooperativeness: Evidence from two British panels. European Sociological Review, 40, 143–159.
Ben-Nun Bloom, P., Arikan, G., & Vishkin, A. (2021). Religion and democratic commitment: A unifying motivational framework. Advances in Political Psychology, 42(Suppl. 1), 75–108.
Pancer, S. M. (2015). The psychology of citizenship and civic engagement. Oxford University Press.
Pavolini, E., Béland, D., & Jawad, R. (2017). Mapping the relationship between religion and social policy. Journal of International and Comparative Social Policy, 33(3), 240–260.
Pew Research Center, (2019). Religion’s relationship to happiness, civic engagement and health around the world, www.pewresearch.org
Storm, I. (2015). Religion, inclusive individualism, and volunteering in Europe. Journal of Contemporary Religion, 30(2), 213–229.
Wallman Lundasen, S. (2021). Religious participation and civic engagement in a secular context: Evidence from Sweden on the correlates of attending religious services. Voluntas Research Papers
Zuckerman, P., & Shook, J. R. (Eds.). (2017). The Oxford handbook of secularism. Oxford University Press.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 09 SES 06 B: Assessment for Learning, Feedback and Pedagogical Practices Location: 5026 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Gasper Cankar Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Enhancing the Quality of Written Tasks Through Peer-review and Peer feedback by Implementing Collaborative Problem-Solving Approaches in Secondary Education Nazarbayev Intellectual School In Turkestan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Improving the quality of students’ written work is a key priority in secondary education systems worldwide, including Kazakhstan, where recent educational reforms emphasise learner-centred pedagogy, formative assessment, and the development of higher-order thinking skills. Despite these reforms, many secondary school students continue to experience difficulties with structuring written texts, developing arguments, and engaging critically with feedback. This study explores how peer-review and peer-feedback practices, when supported by collaborative problem-solving approaches, can enhance the quality of written tasks in Kazakhstani secondary education. The main research question guiding this study is: How does the implementation of collaborative problem-solving approaches within peer-review and peer-feedback practices affect the quality of students’ written tasks in secondary schools in Kazakhstan? The study further examines how students interpret and use peer feedback during collaborative activities and which dimensions of writing quality - such as coherence, argumentation, and clarity - are most influenced by these practices. The research is grounded in a socio-constructivist theoretical framework, drawing on Vygotsky’s theory of social interaction and learning, which has particular relevance in post-Soviet and Central Asian educational contexts. Learning is conceptualised as a socially mediated process in which knowledge is co-constructed through dialogue and shared problem-solving. In addition, theories of collaborative learning and formative assessment underpin the study, viewing peer feedback as a dialogic process that supports self-regulation, reflection, and deeper engagement with writing tasks. Collaborative problem-solving is framed as a pedagogical strategy that structures peer interaction and enhances the quality and usefulness of feedback exchanges. Methodologically, the study adopts a mixed-methods approach, combining qualitative analysis of student-written texts and peer-feedback interactions with quantitative measures of changes in writing quality over time. Data are collected from secondary schools in Kazakhstan, providing insight into how collaborative peer-review practices operate within multilingual classrooms and exam-oriented educational settings. By situating the findings from Kazakhstan within broader international research on peer feedback and collaborative learning, this study contributes to comparative discussions on writing pedagogy and formative assessment. The results offer transferable insights for European and international educators seeking to implement collaborative approaches that improve writing quality and foster active learner participation across diverse educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixed-methods research design to examine the impact of collaborative problem-solving approaches on the effectiveness of peer-review and peer-feedback practices in enhancing the quality of written tasks in secondary education in Kazakhstan. A mixed-methods approach allows for a comprehensive analysis by combining measurable changes in writing quality with in-depth insights into students’ and teachers’ experiences. The research is conducted in secondary schools in Kazakhstan, involving students aged approximately 12-14 years. A quasi-experimental design is used, with an intervention group implementing structured peer-review activities supported by collaborative problem-solving tasks, and a comparison group following more traditional teacher-led feedback practices. Data sources and research instruments include: 1. Student written texts, collected before and after the intervention, to measure changes in writing quality. Texts are analysed using an analytic writing rubric focusing on coherence, structure, argumentation, language use, and task fulfilment. 2. Peer-feedback artefacts, including written comments and collaborative task outputs, to examine the nature and quality of feedback provided during peer-review processes. 3. Classroom observations, guided by an observation protocol, to document student interaction, collaboration patterns, and engagement during peer-review and problem-solving activities. 4. Student questionnaires, administered pre- and post-intervention, to capture students’ perceptions of peer feedback, collaboration, and their confidence in writing. 5. Semi-structured teacher interviews, conducted after the intervention, to explore teachers’ perspectives on the feasibility, challenges, and pedagogical value of collaborative peer-review practices. Quantitative data from writing assessments and questionnaires are analysed using descriptive and inferential statistics to identify changes over time and differences between groups. Qualitative data from observations, peer-feedback artefacts, and interviews are analysed thematically to identify recurring patterns and explanatory factors. This methodological approach enables a nuanced understanding of how collaborative problem-solving enhances peer-feedback processes in Kazakhstani secondary classrooms, while generating findings that are relevant to international discussions on writing instruction and formative assessment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate that integrating collaborative problem-solving approaches into peer-review and peer-feedback practices leads to measurable improvements in the quality of students’ written tasks in secondary education. In particular, improvements are anticipated in areas such as text coherence, organisation, clarity of argumentation, and the effective use of evidence, as students engage more deeply with both giving and receiving feedback. It is expected that structured collaborative problem-solving activities will enhance the quality and usefulness of peer feedback, shifting it from surface-level comments (e.g. grammar or spelling) toward more substantive feedback addressing content, structure, and reasoning. Through dialogue and shared responsibility, students are likely to develop greater awareness of writing criteria and increased capacity for self-regulation and revision. From a pedagogical perspective, the findings are expected to indicate that students become more active and confident participants in the writing process. Engagement in collaborative peer-review is anticipated to support the development of transversal skills, including communication, critical thinking, and collaboration, which are increasingly emphasised in Kazakhstani educational reforms and international competency frameworks. Teacher perceptions are expected to highlight both the feasibility and challenges of implementing collaborative peer-feedback practices in exam-oriented and multilingual classroom contexts. While time constraints and students’ initial reluctance to critique peers may emerge as challenges, teachers are likely to recognise the long-term benefits of these approaches for student autonomy and learning quality. At a broader level, the study is expected to contribute to international and European debates on formative assessment and writing pedagogy by providing empirical evidence from a Central Asian context that is underrepresented in educational research. The findings aim to demonstrate the transferability of collaborative peer-feedback approaches across different educational systems, offering practical insights for educators and policymakers seeking to enhance writing instruction through learner-centred and collaborative practices. References Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81 - 112. Nicol, D. J., & Macfarlane‐Dick, D. (2006). Formative assessment and self‐regulated learning: A model and seven principles of good feedback practice. Studies in Higher Education, 31(2), 199 - 218. Topping, K. J. (1998). Peer assessment between students in colleges and universities. Review of Educational Research, 68(3), 249 - 276. Topping, K. J. (2009). Peer assessment. Theory Into Practice, 48(1), 20 - 27. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Cho, K., & MacArthur, C. (2011). Learning by reviewing: Improving student writing through peer review. Journal of Educational Psychology, 103(1), 73 - 84. Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2009). An educational psychology success story: Social interdependence theory and cooperative learning. Educational Researcher, 38(5), 365 - 379. OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 collaborative problem-solving framework. OECD Publishing. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Ignite Talk From Checklist to Collaborative Problem Solving: Supporting Evaluative Judgement in Upper-Secondary ESL Writing 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan; 2: JOO High School Aktau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Peer feedback is widely recognised as an effective practice in ESL writing, with research showing its potential to improve writing quality, learner engagement, and metacognitive awareness (Rollinson, 2005; Hattie & Timperley, 2007). More recent work highlights peer feedback as a key mechanism for developing evaluative judgement, understood as learners’ ability to make informed, criteria-based judgements about the quality of their own and others’ work (Tai et al., 2018; Usher, 2020). This capacity is increasingly seen as central to learner autonomy and lifelong learning and is strongly reflected in current European and international assessment reforms. Despite this shift, classroom research continues to report persistent challenges in peer feedback practices. ESL learners often struggle to interpret assessment criteria independently, provide feedback beyond surface-level comments, and use peer input to make meaningful revision decisions (Xie et al., 2024). These difficulties appear across contexts but are especially visible in upper-secondary ESL classrooms, where genre-specific writing demands and high-stakes assessment pressures require students to apply criteria accurately and justify their decisions. While collaborative and technology-supported peer feedback approaches have helped address some social barriers, collaboration is often treated as a general classroom condition rather than a structured cognitive process (Alshuraidah & Storch, 2019; Wood, 2021). In contrast, Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) frames peer feedback as a process of shared judgement-making and regulated decision-taking, focusing on how students interpret criteria, negotiate quality, and justify evaluative decisions. This study examines whether CPS-adapted peer feedback supports the development of evaluative judgement more effectively than traditional checklist-based peer feedback in Grade 11 ESL writing classrooms. CPS is treated as a mediating process that requires students to make criteria explicit, justify feedback using rubric-based language, and decide how to act on peer input. These processes are supported through structured prompts and revision decision logs in which students explain whether feedback is accepted or rejected and why. By making these decisions visible, the study aims to clarify how CPS-based peer feedback supports evaluative judgement in practice. The study addresses three research questions: The study draws on three interconnected theoretical perspectives. Evaluative judgement is viewed as a learnable capability developed through repeated engagement with criteria and decision-making (Tai et al., 2018; Usher, 2020). Black and Wiliam’s (2009) formative assessment framework positions learners as active agents in feedback processes, with justification and revision decisions treated as indicators of learning. CPS (Care & Griffin, 2014; OECD, 2017) provides the analytical lens, embedding participation, perspective taking, social regulation, task regulation, and knowledge building into structured peer feedback activities. Aligned with European and international priorities on assessment quality and learner autonomy, the study offers insights relevant to multilingual upper-secondary classrooms operating under criterion-referenced and high-stakes assessment conditions.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a classroom-based quasi-experimental action research design conducted with 138 Grade 11 students at NIS Shymkent-Karatau, a selective secondary school. All participants are preparing for the external summative assessment (ESA) at the end of May, which places the intervention within an authentic high-stakes assessment context. Participants were distributed across two intact classes, with Condition A (traditional checklist-based peer feedback) including 25 students and Condition B (CPS-adapted peer feedback) including 113 students. The study is conducted collaboratively by five ESL teachers at NIS Shymkent-Karatau, who jointly plan, implement, and reflect on the peer feedback intervention as part of ongoing classroom practice. One participating ESL teacher is from a private secondary school in Aktau, contributing an additional comparative professional perspective without introducing a separate student sample. Two intact classes participated in a genre-based essay-writing unit and were assigned to different peer feedback conditions. Baseline writing proficiency and evaluative judgement indicators were collected prior to the intervention to establish group comparability. Condition A employed traditional checklist-based peer feedback, while Condition B implemented a CPS-adapted peer feedback model structured around the five CPS strands. Class-level assignment was used due to timetabling constraints, and baseline measures were therefore used to statistically control for pre-existing differences between the groups. Students in the CPS-adapted condition received explicit training through modelling, guided practice, and calibration activities to support consistent interpretation of assessment criteria and feedback justification practices. Peer feedback was implemented in two feedback cycles, both focused on a single essay genre aligned with ESA requirements. This design allows students to apply, reflect on, and refine evaluative judgements within a stable genre context. Data sources included writing artefacts, peer feedback artefacts, revision decision logs, surveys, and reflective responses, enabling methodological triangulation. Each feedback cycle generated a complete set of peer comments and revision decision logs, allowing comparison of changes in feedback justification quality and revision decision-making across the two cycles. Quantitative analysis focuses on changes in evaluative judgement indicators and writing outcomes, with statistical controls applied where baseline differences are identified. Given the unequal group sizes, analyses will employ ANCOVA or equivalent regression-based models, using baseline writing proficiency and baseline evaluative judgement indicators as covariates. Qualitative analysis employs thematic coding, using CPS strands as sensitising categories. To enhance analytical transparency and reliability, a subset of artefacts will be double-coded by a second researcher, with discrepancies discussed to refine the coding scheme. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to show that CPS-adapted peer feedback supports a stronger development of evaluative judgement in Grade 11 ESL writing than traditional checklist-based peer feedback. Students who take part in structured collaborative problem solving are likely to demonstrate clearer understanding of assessment criteria, more accurate justification of feedback, and more purposeful decisions when revising their writing. Beyond improvements in writing quality, the findings are expected to point to a shift from rule-following peer review to more agentic evaluative behaviour. This change is expected to be visible in students’ revision decision logs, where feedback is accepted or rejected with clear reasons, in more frequent use of rubric-aligned justification language across the two feedback cycles, and in increased confidence reported by students in surveys and reflective responses. At a theoretical level, the study contributes by showing how evaluative judgement can be observed and analysed through CPS-aligned classroom practices, rather than treated as an abstract outcome. At a pedagogical level, it proposes a practical, classroom-based model of formative peer assessment that aligns with European and international assessment priorities. Several limitations are acknowledged. The study uses intact classes without random assignment, is conducted in a selective school under high-stakes ESA conditions, and is limited in duration. These factors restrict strong causal claims and limit immediate transferability to lower-stakes or non-selective contexts. Future research should therefore examine the model over longer periods, across different writing genres, and in a wider range of school settings. References Alshuraidah, A., & Storch, N. (2019). Investigating the role of collaborative feedback in ESL writing classes. System, 81, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2018.12.001 Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5–31. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9068-5 Bonsu, E. (2022). Students’ perceptions of collaborative peer feedback in ESL writing. Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 13(2), 345–354. https://doi.org/10.17507/jltr.1302.15 Care, E., & Griffin, P. (2014). Assessment of collaborative problem solving in education environments. Applied Measurement in Education, 27(3), 250–268. https://doi.org/10.1080/08957347.2014.925628 Grami, G. M. A. (2012). Online collaborative writing for ESL learners using blogs and peer feedback. English Language Teaching, 5(10), 43–53. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v5n10p43 Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487 Maatouk, Z., & Payant, C. (2020). Scaffolding peer feedback in ESL writing: A collaborative approach. TESOL Journal, 11(4), e00541. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesj.541 Rollinson, P. (2005). Using peer feedback in the ESL writing class. ELT Journal, 59(1), 23–30. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/cci003 Swingler, M., Williams, J., & Northedge, A. (2019). Peer review and the development of evaluative judgement in higher education. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(4), 562–576. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1525604 Tai, J., Ajjawi, R., Boud, D., Dawson, P., & Panadero, E. (2018). Developing evaluative judgement: Enabling students to make decisions about the quality of work. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 43(3), 467–481. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2017.1356902 Tang, G. (1999). Peer response in ESL writing. Journal of Second Language Writing, 8(3), 235–252. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1060-3743(99)80172-4 Usher, M. (2020). Developing evaluative judgement: A critical review of theory and practice. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 45(5), 698–715. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2019.1667951 Wood, J. (2021). Technology-mediated dialogic peer feedback in ESL writing communities. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 34(7), 933–960. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2019.1703955 Xie, Q., Yu, S., & Chen, Y. (2024). Challenges in peer feedback and evaluative judgement development in ESL writing. System, 117, 102938. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2023.102938 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Developing Student Agency by Confronting Them with Their Preconceptions and Misconceptions 1: University of Bergen, Norway; 2: Bjerknes Centre for Climate Research, Norway Presenting Author:Investigating student misconceptions and alternative representations is a longstanding and important concern in science education (Resbiantoro & Setiani, 2022). These misconceptions, particularly early in the learning process, often reflect persistent ontological commitments that are difficult to shift (Chi, 2005). Their identification and remediation are not only central to conceptual development, but also offers a valuable lens into learners’ sense-making processes (DiSessa, 1993). This study investigates how confronting learners with their own misconceptions, visually and explicitly, can foster epistemic agency and support conceptual change. It draws from conceptual change theory (Posner et al., 1982) as well as affective and metacognitive models of learning (Duit & Treagust, 2003), situating cognitive conflict within a broader perspective that includes emotional discomfort, uncertainty tolerance, and learner empowerment. While traditional approaches to conceptual change often remain invisible or instructor-led, this study leverages an interactive tool to make learners’ knowledge structures explicit and manipulable by themselves. Building on work in science education and learning analytics (Viberg et al., 2018), I propose a new method that transforms learner explanations into network graphs, capturing not just isolated misconceptions but structural patterns of understanding. These conceptual networks are then projected onto a disciplinary reference map constructed by experts, enabling a precise visual comparison. The resulting discrepancies reveal which concepts are misused, missing, or incorrectly related. Importantly, this confrontation is not framed as evaluative, but as exploratory. Learners are encouraged to reflect on the visual feedback, consider possible revisions, and negotiate meaning. This process aims to support the emergence of epistemic agency (Elgin, 2013), operationalised as the learner’s capacity to reflect, take ownership of, and revise their own understanding. In doing so, this study shifts the focus from “fixing” misconceptions to recognising them as productive entry points for the development of conceptual understanding. This study therefore addresses three intertwined goals: (1) to develop new methods for identifying and visualising learners’ conceptual structures; (2) to study how learners respond when confronted with these structures; and (3) to explore how this process can support not only conceptual change but also a more agentic relationship to learning in the natural sciences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study combines network-based analysis of knowledge with qualitative interviews and observational protocols. At its core is a newly developed web interface that enables learners to interact with their own conceptual structures in a 3D environment (Sherbetjian, 2026). This interface visualises graph networks derived from written or oral explanations of cloud physics, a multidisciplinary topic rich in abstract scientific processes and common misconceptions (Weihs, 2026). Concept networks are constructed using a method presented by Weihs et al. (2025), in which nodes represent scientific concepts and directed edges represent causal, temporal, or logical relations inferred from learner explanations. These learner networks are then compared with a validated disciplinary reference graph built from several expert inputs. Using visual overlays, the interface highlights missing links, conceptual inconsistencies, and peripheral versus central ideas. Network metrics (e.g., degree, betweenness, eigenvector centrality) help identify influential or problematic nodes, including those that often serve as misconception anchors. Learners are invited to explore these visualisations during individual sessions, in which they can zoom, rotate, and interrogate nodes and connections. During these sessions, a concurrent think-aloud protocol (Cowan, 2017) is used to capture learner responses, reflections, and emotional reactions. These sessions are followed by semi-structured interviews that provide additional insight into learners’ evolving understanding and their perception of the tool. By linking graph-based diagnostics with learner introspection, this methodology makes it possible to study not only what learners know, but how they engage with representations of their own knowledge. The combination of network-based quantitative and reflective qualitative data offers a multimodal picture of conceptual change in action. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to yield several interrelated findings. First, it will provide empirical evidence for how network-based concept visualisations can reveal the structure of learner understanding in complex scientific domains. These structural insights can offer a more nuanced diagnosis of learning difficulties than conventional assessments. Second, by confronting learners with their own conceptual networks and inviting reflective engagement, the study investigates how this approach can foster epistemic agency. Preliminary data suggest that learners respond not only with surprise or discomfort, but often with curiosity and a desire to revise and clarify their thinking. This supports theoretical models of conceptual change that emphasise the learner’s active role in navigating cognitive conflict (Chi, 2005; Duit & Treagust, 2003). Third, the findings will inform pedagogical practices in science education, particularly the design of tools that integrate diagnostic feedback with opportunities for learner control. By making misconceptions visible and interactive, such tools can shift the classroom discourse from correction to inquiry. Ultimately, the project contributes to a growing body of research that uses network analysis to study conceptual development, and extends it by embedding these methods in learner-active environments designed to cultivate agency, instead of the historical focus on epistemological accuracy. In doing so, it bridges the gap between learning analytics, science education, and the design of transformative learning experiences. References Chi, M. T. H. (2005). Commonsense Conceptions of Emergent Processes: Why Some Misconceptions Are Robust. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 14(2), 161–199. Cowan, J. (2017). The potential of cognitive think-aloud protocols for educational action-research. Active Learning in Higher Education, 20(3), 219–232. DiSessa, A. A. (1993). Toward an epistemology of physics. Cognition and Instruction, 10(2–3), 105–225. Duit, R., & Treagust, D. F. (2003). Conceptual change: A powerful framework for improving science teaching and learning. International Journal of Science Education, 25(6), 671–688. Elgin, C. Z. (2013). Epistemic agency. Theory and Research in Education, 11(2), 135–152. Posner, G. J., Strike, K. A., Hewson, P. W., & Gertzog, W. A. (1982). Accommodation of a scientific conception: Toward a theory of conceptual change. Science Education, 66(2), 211–227. Resbiantoro, G., & Setiani, R. (2022). A Review of Misconception in Physics: The Diagnosis, Causes, and Remediation. Journal of Turkish Science Education, 19(2), 403–427. Sherbetjian, S. (2026). 3D Visualisations of Complex Graph Networks on a Web Platform. Bachelor thesis. Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts. Viberg, O., Hatakka, M., Bälter, O., & Mavroudi, A. (2018). The current landscape of learning analytics in higher education. Computers in Human Behavior, 89, 98–110. Weihs, J.-P., Gjerde, V., & Drange, H. (2025). From Novice to Expert in Cloud Physics: A Graph-Based Analysis of Learner Conceptual Understanding. Weihs, J.-P. (2026). Investigating Understanding, Knowledge, and Conceptual Difficulties Using Graph Network Analysis: A Study of Learners and Epistemologies in Cloud Physics. PhD thesis. University of Bergen. Weihs, J.-P. (2026). Investigating understanding, knowledge, and conceptual difficulties using graph network analysis: A study of learners and epistemologies in cloud physics. PhD thesis. University of Bergen. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 09 SES 06 C: Questionnaire Adaptation, Scale Validation and Technology Acceptance Location: 4013 | Linna building | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Elena Papanastasiou Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Validation of a Dutch STEM Questionnaire on Motivation, Interest, Identity & Need Support Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium Presenting Author:Introduction: Contemporary society is increasingly shaped by digital technologies (OECD, 2024; World Economic Forum, 2025), driving a sustained demand for qualified STEM professionals, as evidenced by labor market indicators across numerous countries (Jones et al., 2017; National Science Board, 2024). However, despite this demand, many countries are reporting declining student interest and retention in STEM fields (National Science Board, 2024; Truchly et al., 2019; World Economic Forum, 2025). Bridging this gap requires not only expanding STEM training capacity but also fostering student engagement and motivation within these pathways. In Belgium, the VUB STEAM Academy, led by Vrije Universiteit Brussel, is developing two educational centers, one in Gooik and the other in Halle, both dedicated to STEM. The Academy offers camps, workshops and clubs for young people and their communities, with an emphasis on 21st century skills, sustainability, accessible hands-on making and technology experiences. As part of its mission, the Academy aims to establish a baseline profile of students’ STEM interest, identity, motivation and satisfaction of the basic psychological needs (autonomy, relatedness, competence) in the Pajottenland and Zennevallei regions, given the documented role of these factors in shaping STEM trajectories and career intentions (e.g., Chiu, 2021; De Loof et al., 2022; Keith, 2018; Kim et al., 2018; Nadelson & Seifert, 2017; Pinxten et al., 2019; Vansteenkiste et al., 2009). This baseline will identify youth subgroups requiring targeted interventions and enable rigorous evaluation of the impact of forthcoming Academy projects on participants’ STEM interest, identity, motivation and career intentions. To conduct this mapping, as well as future impact evaluations, there is a need for a validated, integrated Dutch-language instrument that assesses STEM interest, motivation, identity and need-support (autonomy, relatedness, competence). Existing Dutch measures capture only parts of this construct space. For example, the Dutch version of the Science Motivation Questionnaire II focuses on science motivation rather than the broader STEM construct and is typically used as a subject-specific instrument (Glynn et al., 2011). For STEM interest, a Dutch adaptation of the STEM-LIT instrument exists, but it targets younger learners (Grimmon et al., 2020). Moreover, there are currently no Dutch instruments for assessing students’ STEM identities or their experiences of basic psychological need-support in STEM activities. Although international instruments are available (e.g., Chiu, 2021; Cohen et al., 2021; Ryan & Deci, 2000; Stets et al., 2017; Tyler-Wood et al., 2010), much of their validation has been conducted in United States, raising cross-cultural and linguistic concerns for Flanders (Belgium) (Maric et al., 2023). In this context, the lack of a validated, integrated tool hampers intervention evaluation, the identification of subgroups needing tailored support and the monitoring of trends in STEM engagement. Objectives: The present validation study aims to develop and psychometrically validate such an instrument, enabling multilevel analyses and testing measurement invariance across gender, socioeconomic status and migration background. In doing so, it addresses a gap identified by Moote et al. (2020), namely, the limited insight into why some groups remain excluded from STEM while others participate successfully. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This validation study focused on students in the final years of Flemish secondary education, a critical stage for the development of STEM studies and career preferences (Rosenzweig & Chen, 2023). The sample comprised 317 students from two schools. The mean age was 16.9 years (range 15-19); 46.4% identified as male and 53.6% as female; 59.9% were in year 5 and 40.1% were in year 6. The study protocol was reviewed and approved by the Ethics Committee of Human Science, Vrije Universiteit Brussel (approval code: ECHW_586). The survey consisted of four scales assessing STEM interest, STEM identity, STEM motivation and perceived teacher support for basic psychological needs (autonomy, relatedness, competence). STEM interest (Tyler-Wood et al., 2010), STEM identity (Cohen et al., 2021) and basic need satisfaction (Chen et al., 2015) were translated from English to Dutch via a forward backward procedure by two independent language specialists; discrepancies were reconciled to ensure semantic and conceptual equivalence. STEM motivation was adapted from the Academic Self-Regulation Scale (Vansteenkiste et al., 2009) to a STEM specific context, retaining four subdimensions: intrinsic motivation, identified regulation, introjected regulation and external regulation. All the items were rated on a five-point Likert scale (1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree). The construct validity was examined via confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) in R (lavaan), given the a priori factor structures established in prior research. Models were estimated with full information maximum likelihood (FIML) and evaluated via multiple fit indices: χ², RMSEA, CFI, TLI and SRMR. Considering χ²’s sensitivity at larger samples (n > 250), model adequacy was primarily judged by commonly used thresholds (RMSEA ≤ .05; CFI/TLI ≥ .90; SRMR ≤ .08). Following selection of the best-fitting model, internal consistency was assessed with Cronbach’s α, with α ≥ .70 considered acceptable. This approach enables a rigorous test of the proposed multidimensional structure and the reliability of the Dutch-language scales in the context of Flemish upper-secondary STEM education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results: This study examined the psychometric properties of a Dutch survey designed to assess STEM related constructs, including interest, identity, motivational regulation and perceived teacher need support. The hierarchical model provided the best representation of the data with good fit (χ² = 1170.01, df = 571, χ²/df = 2.05, CFI = .94, TLI = .93, RMSEA = .058, SRMR = .060) and satisfactory reliability (α = .84-.95; ω = .83-.95). This model comprises nine first-order latent variables (STEM interest, STEM identity, intrinsic motivation, identified regulation, introjected regulation, external regulation, autonomy support, relatedness support and competence support) organized under three second-order factors (STEM, motivation and basic psychological need support by mathematics teacher). In line with self-determination theory (Deci & Ryan, 2000; Ryan & Deci, 2020), the motivation factor was further differentiated into autonomous motivation (intrinsic motivation, identified regulation) and controlled motivation (introjected and external regulation). The convergent and discriminant validity were then evaluated. All first-order constructs demonstrated adequate convergent validity, with average variance extracted values ranging from .59 to .82 and composite reliabilities between .84 and .95, exceeding commonly recommended thresholds (Fornell & Larcker, 1981; Nunnally, 1978). The evidence for discriminant validity was more mixed: while most constructs met the Fornell-Larcker criterion, two notable exceptions emerged. Intrinsic motivation and identified regulation were highly correlated (r = .87) and the three basic psychological need dimensions (autonomy, relatedness, competence) showed strong intercorrelations (r = .81-.90). These overlaps are theoretically plausible: intrinsic and identified regulation are adjacent forms of internalization within self-determination theory, and the basic psychological needs frequently co-occur in practice (Deci & Ryan, 2000; Ryan & Deci, 2020). References Chen, B., Vansteenkiste, M., Beyers, W., Boone, L., Deci, E. L., Van der Kaap-Deeder, J., Duriez, B., Lens, W., Matos, L., Mouratidis, A., Ryan, R. M., Sheldon, K. M., Soenens, B., Van Petegem, S., & Verstuyf, J. (2015). Basic psychological need satisfaction, need frustration, and need strength across four cultures. Motivation and Emotion, 39(2), 216-236. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11031-014-9450-1 Chiu, T. K. F. (2021). Digital support for student engagement in blended learning based on self-determination theory. Computers in Human Behavior, 124, 106909. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2021.106909 Cohen, S. M., Hazari, Z., Mahadeo, J., Sonnert, G., & Sadler, P. M. (2021). Examining the effect of early STEM experiences as a form of STEM capital and identity capital on STEM identity: A gender study. Science Education, 105(6), 1126-1150. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21670 De Loof, H., Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2022). Engaging Students with Integrated STEM Education: A Happy Marriage or a Failed Engagement? International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 20(7), 1291-1313. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-021-10159-0 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The ‘What’ and ‘Why’ of Goal Pursuits: Human Needs and the Self-Determination of Behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227-268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Fornell, C., & Larcker, D. F. (1981). Evaluating Structural Equation Models with Unobservable Variables and Measurement Error. Journal of Marketing Research, 18(1), 39. https://doi.org/10.2307/3151312 Maric, D., Fore, G. A., Nyarko, S. C., & Varma-Nelson, P. (2023). Measurement in STEM education research: A systematic literature review of trends in the psychometric evidence of scales. International Journal of STEM Education, 10(1), 39. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-023-00430-x National Science Board. (2024). The Skilled Technical Workforce: Crafting America’s Science & Engineering Enterprise (p. 2). National Science Foundation. https://www.nsf.gov/nsb/publications/2024/STW-1-pager-2024.pdf Nunnally, J. C. (1978). Psychometric Theory (2nd edition). McGraw-Hill. OECD. (2024). OECD Digital Economy Outlook 2024 (Volume 2): Strengthening Connectivity, Innovation and Trust. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/3adf705b-en Ryan, R., & Deci, E. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61, 101860. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101860 Tyler-Wood, T., Knezek, G., & Christensen, R. (2010). Instruments for Assessing Interest in STEM Content and Careers. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 18. Vansteenkiste, M., Sierens, E., Soenens, B., Luyckx, K., & Lens, W. (2009). Motivational Profiles From a Self-Determination Perspective: The Quality of Motivation Matters. Journal of Educational Psychology, 101, 671-688. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0015083 World Economic Forum. (2025). The Future of Jobs Report 2025 (p. 290). World Economic Forum. https://www.weforum.org/publications/the-future-of-jobs-report-2025/digest/ 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Psychometric Evaluation of the Turkish Adaptation of the Self-Regulation Strategy Inventory 1: Marmara University (Turkey), Türkiye; 2: Marmara University (Turkey), Türkiye Presenting Author:The purpose of this study was to adapt the Self-Regulation Strategy Inventory into Turkish. Following the examination and confirmation of equivalence between the English and Turkish versions, the scale was administered to 415 students enrolled in an urban high school. To evaluate the validity and reliability of the inventory, exploratory factor analysis (EFA) and confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) were conducted, and internal consistency was examined using Cronbach’s alpha coefficient. The results of the factor analyses indicated that the inventory retained its original three-factor structure. The Cronbach’s alpha coefficient for the adapted inventory was .74, demonstrating acceptable internal consistency. Overall, the findings suggest that the Turkish version of the Self-Regulation Strategy Inventory is a valid and reliable instrument for assessing students’ self-regulated learning strategies. Self-regulated learning refers to the cognitive, metacognitive, behavioral, motivational, and affective actions that individuals employ during learning processes (Alvi & Gillies, 2020). To conceptualize and foster self-regulated learning, several theoretical frameworks have been proposed (Boekaerts, 1992; Zimmerman, 2000). A shared feature of these models is their emphasis on goal setting and the cyclical nature of the self-regulation process (Panadero, 2017). The present study is grounded in Zimmerman’s (2000) theoretical framework and aims to adapt the Self-Regulation Strategy Inventory (SRSI) into Turkish. Accordingly, the research question guiding the study was: Is the SRSI a valid and reliable instrument for measuring high school students’ self-regulated learning strategies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an adaptation research design. The sample consisted of 415 students enrolled in an urban high school. The Self-Regulation Strategy Inventory (SRSI), developed by Cleary (2006), was used to assess students’ self-regulated learning strategies. The inventory comprises 28 items across three dimensions: (a) Seeking and Learning Information (SLI), (b) Managing Environment/Behavior (MEB), and (c) Maladaptive Regulatory Behaviors (MRB). Responses are recorded on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (never) to 5 (always), yielding total scores between 28 and 140. Permission to adapt the inventory into Turkish was obtained via email from Timothy J. Cleary. The translation process involved translation, back-translation, and comparison procedures. The Pearson product–moment correlation coefficient between the English and Turkish versions was .92, indicating strong equivalence between the two forms (Puth, Neuhäuser & Ruxton, 2014). Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) was conducted using SPSS, and Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) was performed with LISREL. Reliability was assessed using Cronbach’s alpha coefficient. Regarding content validity, the items were derived from the original instrument, and adaptations were limited to contextual adjustments related to learning and instruction. The Kaiser–Meyer–Olkin (KMO) measure of sampling adequacy was .92, indicating that the data were suitable for factor analysis (Shrestha, 2021). Bartlett’s test of sphericity was significant (p < .05), suggesting that the correlation matrix was appropriate for factor extraction (Hadi, Abdullah & Sentosa, 2016). Therefore, maximum likelihood estimation was employed. Items with factor loadings greater than .32 and factors with eigenvalues exceeding one were retained (Tabachnick & Fidell, 2013). Promax rotation was applied. Although the unrotated EFA yielded a structure different from the original form, the rotated solution revealed four factors with eigenvalues greater than one. However, the fourth factor contributed minimally to the total variance; thus, a three-factor solution consistent with the original inventory was retained. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The three-factor structure accounted for 47.13% of the total variance, which is considered adequate for multifactor models in social sciences and education (Kim & Ban, 2024). All items loaded onto their respective original factors. Specifically, eight items loaded onto Factor 1 (MRB) with factor loadings ranging from .72 to .84; twelve items loaded onto Factor 2 (SLI) with loadings between .35 and .75; and eight items loaded onto Factor 3 (MEB) with loadings ranging from .32 to .82, consistent with the original inventory structure. Confirmatory Factor Analysis results indicated that the chi-square statistic was significant (χ² = 853.29, p < .001, df = 347), which is expected given the large sample size (χ²/df = 2.46). Fit indices demonstrated an acceptable to good model fit: RMSEA = .059, RFI = .94, GFI = .87, NFI = .94, AGFI = .85, and SRMR = .06 indicated acceptable fit, while NNFI = .96, CFI = .97, and IFI = .97 reflected good fit (Hair et al., 2019). These findings confirm that the Turkish version of the SRSI retains the original three-factor structure. The Cronbach’s alpha coefficient for the overall scale was .74, indicating acceptable internal consistency (Edelsbrunner, Simonsmeier & Schneider, 2025). Variations in adaptation outcomes may arise from translation processes, cultural and linguistic differences, and individual experiences (Chan & Elliott, 2004), which may account for minor discrepancies between the adapted and original versions. Overall, the findings demonstrate that the Turkish adaptation of the SRSI possesses satisfactory psychometric properties and can be used as a valid and reliable instrument for assessing high school students’ self-regulated learning strategies. References Alvi, E., & Gillies, R. M. (2020). Teachers and the teaching of self-regulated learning (SRL): The emergence of an integrative, ecological model of SRL-in-context. Education Sciences, 10(4), 98. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10040098. Boekaerts, M. (1992). The adaptable learning process: Initiating and maintaining behavioural change. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 41(4), 377–397. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1464-0597.1992.tb00713.x Chan, K. W., & Elliott, R. G. (2004). Epistemological beliefs across cultures: Critique and analysis of beliefs structure studies. Educational Psychology, 24 (2), 123-142. https://doi.org/10.1080/0144341032000160100. Cleary, T. J. (2006). The development and validation of the self-regulation strategy inventory—self-report. Journal of School Psychology, 44(4), 307-322. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2006.05.002. Edelsbrunner, P. A., Simonsmeier, B. A., & Schneider, M. (2025). The Cronbach’s alpha of domain-specific knowledge tests before and after learning: A meta-analysis of published studies. Educational Psychology Review, 37(1), 4.https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-024-09982-y. Hadi, N. U., Abdullah, N., & Sentosa, I. (2016). An easy approach to exploratory factor analysis: Marketing perspective. Journal of Educational and social research, 6(1), 215-223. https://doi.org/10.5901/jesr.2016.v6n1p215. Hair, J. F., Black, W. C., Babin, B. J. & Anderson, R. E. (2019). Multivariate data analysis. Hampshire: Cengage Learning EMEA. Kim, M., & Ban, M. (2024). Development of an infertility perception scale for women (IPS-W). BMC Women's Health, 24(1), 513. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12905-024-03336-0. Panadero, E. (2017). A review of self-regulated learning: Six models and four directions for research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 422. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422. Puth, M. T., Neuhäuser, M., & Ruxton, G. D. (2014). Effective use of Pearson's product–moment correlation coefficient. Animal behaviour, 93, 183-189. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.anbehav.2014.05.003.Lomax, R. G. (2004). A beginner's guide to structural equation modeling. psychology press. Shrestha, N. (2021). Factor analysis as a tool for survey analysis. American Journal of Applied Mathematics and Statistics, 9(1), 4-11. https://doi.org/10.12691/ajams-9-1-2.S. Tabachnick, B. G. & Fidell L. S. (2013). Using multivariate statistics. Boston: Pearson. Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Self-efficacy: An essential motive to learn. Contemporary educational psychology, 25(1), 82-91. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1016. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Adaptation SaPS Questionnaire for the European Context: Is It Possible? Masaryk university, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:In today’s rapidly changing world, there is an increasing emphasis on transversal competencies—skills that prove invaluable to students regardless of the specific context. A fundamental component of these key competencies is the competence to learn, which fosters the essential skills required for lifelong learning (EU, 2019). Within this framework, student self-assessment plays a pivotal role (Earl, 2012). It serves as a primary driver, encouraging students to gradually assume responsibility for their own educational progress and master the ability to learn throughout their lives. Furthermore, this approach is intrinsically linked to learner-centered education. This paper addresses the level of student self-assessment and the methodologies for its measurement. The instrument selected for this purpose, the SaPS questionnaire (Yan, 2018), was originally developed in an Asian context. This study discusses the process of adapting this tool for the European environment, specifically within the Czech Republic. This adaptation is timely, as the Czech education system is currently undergoing a curricular reform in line with the 2030+ Strategy (Fryč et al., 2020), which shifts the focus toward assessment; notably, formative assessment is being strongly promoted, and traditional grading in the first and second grades of primary school has been abolished. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following Phase 1: Linguistic and Cultural Adaptation The initial stage involved a double-blind forward translation of the original SaPS instrument from its source language into Czech, followed by a back-translation conducted by an independent expert to ensure conceptual equivalence. Beyond literal translation, cultural adaptation was performed to align the items with the specific terminology of the Czech education context. Phase 2: Content Validity and Pre-testing To ensure content validity, the draft version was subjected to a cognitive debriefing process. This involved consultations with a panel of experts in teaching and assessment to assess the context relevance of the items. Simultaneously, semi-structured interviews were conducted with a small sample of pupils (the target population) to evaluate the clarity and comprehensibility of the phrasing, ensuring that the self-assessment items were developmentally appropriate. Phase 3: Pilot Data Collection The adapted instrument was administered to a pilot sample of primary school students. This stage aimed to test the feasibility of the paper-based administration and to gather sufficient data for initial psychometric screening. The sampling focused on wide range of schools. Phase 4: Psychometric Analysis The final stage involves a rigorous statistical evaluation of the tool's internal structure. Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) is employed to identify the underlying factor structure within the European context, followed by Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) to test the goodness-of-fit of the model. Furthermore, internal consistency is measured using Cronbach’s alpha to ensure the reliability of the scales. This analysis will determine whether the SaPS instrument remains a valid measure of self-assessment skills and their relation to self-regulated learning when transferred across different cultural and educational frameworks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper presents the ongoing process of adapting the SaPS questionnaire for the European educational context, specifically within the Czech Republic. As the research is currently in its developmental and pilot stages, the findings presented here are preliminary. However, the expected findings suggest that the instrument will demonstrate sufficient psychometric characteristics to be utilized within the Czech context. We anticipate that the results from the confirmatory factor analysis will validate the structural integrity of the tool, confirming its effectiveness in measuring students' self-assessment skills. References Earl, L. M. (2012). Assessment as learning: Using classroom assessment to maximize student learning. Corwin press. EU. (2019). KEY COMPETENCES FOR LIFELONG LEARNING. European Union. Fico, M. (2024). Adaptation of selected self-efficacy scales. Ricerche di Pedagogia e Didattica. Journal of Theories and Research in Education, 19(1), 93-107. Fryč, J., Matušková, Z., Katzová, P., Kovář, K., Beran, J., Valachová, I., ... & Štech, S. (2020). Strategy for the education policy of the Czech Republic up to 2030+. Juklová, K., Michek, S., Soukup, P., Vondroušová, J., & Vrabcová, D. (2020). Studentovo hodnocení výuky: validace a adaptace dotazníku CEQ pro podmínky českých vysokých škol. Pedagogická orientace, 30(1), 32-60. Vlčková, K., Mareš, J., Ježek, S., & Šalamounová, Z. (2017). Báze moci učitele: česká adaptace dotazníku Teacher Power Use Scale. Studia paedagogica, 22(1), 87-112. Yan, Z. (2018). The self-assessment practice scale (SaPS) for students: Development and psychometric studies. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 27(2), 123-135. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 06 A: Tracking Changes in Plant Awareness: Showcasing Qualitative Data Collection Tools for Teacher Education Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Emily Rochette Research Workshop |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Research Workshop Tracking Changes in Plant Awareness: Showcasing Qualitative Data Collection Tools for Teacher Education The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Plant blindness (Wandersee & Schussler, 1999) and plant awareness disparity (Parsley, 2020) refer to a discrepancy in awareness, attitude, knowledge and understanding of the environmental and social importance of plants. More recently Pany et al. (2022) used plant awareness to promote a solution-oriented perspective to the visual perception, categorisation, knowledge about and attitudes toward plants. This field of scholarship has been of research interest for over two decades and remains so in a time when knowledge and skills for sustainable development and global citizenship are priorities for education systems internationally (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD], 2024; United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization [UNESCO], 2024). Notably, all 17 of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals are linked to plant health and use (Amprazis & Papadopoulou, 2026). When almost half are moving too slowly and 18% are in reverse (United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, 2025), education for plant awareness has never been more important. Educators play a significant role to build plant awareness through multi-disciplinary approaches in a range of educational environments, including those promoting education for sustainable development (Amprazis & Papadopoulou, 2020, 2025a, 2025b; Thomas et al., 2022). However, a large body of literature signals that, internationally, pre- and in-service teachers require support for developing plant awareness (Bobo-Pinilla et al., 2023; Stagg & Dillon, 2022,Brkovic, 2025 #1337; Torres-Porras & Alcántara-Manzanares, 2021). Despite continued interest in teacher education from early childhood to secondary and in a range of subjects (e.g., Borsos et al., 2023; Fiel’ardh et al., 2023; Nyberg et al., 2019; Torres-Porras & Alcántara-Manzanares, 2021), literature seems to focus on the teachers themselves, perhaps overlooking critical individuals in the teacher education space, teacher educators. In addition, there are methodological considerations that could contribute to a better understanding of how to grow educators’ capacity for strengthening the public’s plant awareness. A current methodological complication arises from an over-reliance on a small number of quantitative methods signalling contributions from mixed methods and qualitative approaches as appropriate for exploratory plant awareness research (Sanders et al., 2025). Moreover approaches informed by education research can enable affective and cognitive aspects of plant awareness to be captured (Stagg & Dillon, 2022) responding to a need to develop measures of self-reported attitudes, values, behaviours and intentions that more directly operationalise different aspects of plant awareness (Brkovic et al., 2025). Addressing these methodological concerns can complement quantitative studies (e.g., Pany et al., 2022) and make important contributions to understanding the interconnections between plant awareness domains. This workshop introduces a study applying constructivist grounded theory methodology (Charmaz, 2014) to teacher education by exploring: To what extent can professional learning experiences build tertiary, pre- and in-service educators’ plant awareness and capacity to plan for meaningful learning experiences? The study aims to respond to calls for investigating instructional approaches which target not only pre- and in-service teachers (Stagg et al., 2025), but also teacher educators, in ways that promote a comprehensive plant education across sectors and through long term evaluation (Amprazis & Papadopoulou, 2026). The workshop also aims to contribute to methodological discussions by showcasing, trialling and reflecting on two qualitative data collection tools designed to capture knowledge and affective components surrounding plant awareness. Personal meaning making maps (PMMMs) and collaborative interactive discussions (CIDs) (Giardiello et al., 2014) are introduced to demonstrate ways to track changes in educators’ perceptions of their developing practice. Participants will experience an abridged professional learning session while utilising these data collection tools and reflecting on emerging data from the study. The workshop concludes with a discussion about how these data collection tools could be used and applied to participants’ research interests. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2014) informed the research design where data collection evolves and events are explained by the individuals experiencing them (Charmaz, 2005). For this study, teacher educators are invited to plan short professional learning experiences for teachers targeting plant awareness at a year level and/or subject of their choice. With researcher support, the experiences will be designed for and enacted with pre- and/or in-service teachers. Stagg et al. (2025) explain that there is scope for drawing on qualitative approaches to explore pedagogical insights for plant awareness. PMMMs and CIDs are employed to guide research participants to co-construct meaning with researchers (Charmaz, 2006) in ways to ‘cultivate new kinds of interactional dynamics’ (Kamberelis & Dimitriadis, 2005, p. 903). Here, academic and teacher participants will be invited to create PMMMs and CIDs and participate in semi-structured focus group interviews to reflect on their experiences and capacity for planning lessons fostering plant awareness. First educators share their perceptions of how plant awareness can be developed in their lessons by creating a PMMM with the prompt: How can plants be used in your teaching? Similar to mind maps used by Eugenio‐Gozalbo et al. (2025), PMMMs capture perceptions at particular times and places. They support researchers beginning data collection with a deep respect for experiences participants deem personally significant. They also illuminate lines of inquiry (Charmaz, 2014) informing the design of supports aimed to bolster educators’ plant awareness and capacity to plan for/enact meaningful learning experiences. After constructing a PMMM and participating in/facilitating the professional learning experience, participants are invited to reflect on it through a CID and focus group interview. CIDs create spaces for equitable participation and trust prior to focus groups by inviting participants craft a personal, written response to a statement/prompt. For example: Considering your personal meaning making map, how has the professional learning experience contributed to your understanding of how plants can be used in your teaching? For what purpose? These responses are exchanged with other participants who may offer feedback in reply. This feedback could be written statements like expressions of dis-/agreement, questions or the use of culturally accepted symbols. Drawing on emergent data from the study, the data collection tools will be used to demonstrate how changes to educators’ perceptions may be tracked over time. NB: Examples of a PMMM and CID can be provided on request; the system does not allow for the inclusion of diagrams. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In response to Brkovic et al. (2025) this workshop seeks to link the methods employed for studying educators’ knowledge about and attitudes toward plants through reflecting on pedagogical practices designed to build plant awareness. From their work analysing 326 studies from 1998 to 2020, Stagg and Dillon (2022) explain that a lack of plant awareness, particularly in urban settings, may result from a cyclical process that begins with limited experiences with plants. This research differs from other intervention approaches which may rely on knowledge as an indicator of plant awareness (Brkovic et al., 2025) toward building educators’ capacity, and hopefully their attitudes and behaviours, to pedagogically plan teaching and learning sequences aimed to build the public’s plant awareness. Beginning with teacher educators’ practice, the research seeks to include educators who may not yet be the focus of studies in plant awareness, but nonetheless play an important role in modelling important knowledge, attitudes and pedagogical approaches for pre- and in-service teachers in ways that perhaps break the cycle referred to by Stagg and Dillon (2022). By demonstrating qualitative approaches to data collection and exemplifying analysis of emergent data, workshop participants will be able to reflect on their own plant awareness and data collection tools which may inform research endeavours. References Abridged from above: Amprazis, A., & Papadopoulou, P. (2025b). Key competencies in education for sustainable development: A valuable framework for enhancing plant awareness. Plants, People, Planet, 7(4), 1195-1211. Amprazis, A., & Papadopoulou, P. (2026). Plant awareness: At the dawn of a new era. Journal of Biological Education, 60(1), 4-14. Bobo-Pinilla, J., Marcos-Walias, J., Delgado Iglesias, J., & Reinoso Tapia, R. (2023). Overcoming plant blindness: Are the future teachers ready? Journal of Biological Education, 1-15. Brkovic, I., Sanders, D., & Nyberg, E. (2025). Investigating plant awareness: Methodologies, challenges and possibilities. Plants, People, Planet, 7(4), 978-986. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). Sage. Eugenio‐Gozalbo, M., Ortega‐Cubero, I., & Suárez‐López, R. (2025). Mind maps for eliciting and assessing plant awareness: A preliminary study on pre‐service teachers. Plants, People, Planet, 7(4), 1043-1054. Giardiello, P., Parr, E., McCloud, N., & Redman, C. (2014). Understanding pedagogy. In S. Rodrigues (Ed.), Handbook for teacher educators: Transfer, translate or transform (pp. 15-32). Sense Publishers. Kamberelis, G., & Dimitriadis, G. (2005). Focus groups: Strategic articulations of pedagogy, politics, and inquiry. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (3rd ed., pp. 887-908). SAGE. Table of contents http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip053/2004026085.html Nyberg, E., Hipkiss, A. M., & Sanders, D. (2019). Plants to the fore: Noticing plants in designed environments. Plants, People, Planet, 1(3), 212-220. OECD. (2024). Education Policy Outlook 2024: Reshaping Teaching into a Thriving Profession from ABCs to AI. OECD Publishing. Pany, P., Meier, F. D., Dünser, B., Yanagida, T., Kiehn, M., & Möller, A. (2022). Measuring students’ plant awareness: A prerequisite for effective botany education. Journal of Biological Education, 58(5), 1103-1116. Sanders, D., Pany, P., & Stagg, B. (2025). Methodologies for investigating and fostering plant awareness. In: Wiley Online Library. Stagg, B. C., & Dillon, J. (2022). Plant awareness is linked to plant relevance: A review of educational and ethnobiological literature (1998–2020). Plants, People, Planet, 4(6), 579-592. Stagg, B. C., Hetherington, L., & Dillon, J. (2025). Towards a model of plant awareness in education: A literature review and framework proposal. International Journal of Science Education, 47(4), 539-559. Torres-Porras, J., & Alcántara-Manzanares, J. (2021). Are plants living beings? Biases in the interpretation of landscape features by pre-service teachers. Journal of Biological Education, 55(2), 128-138. UNESCO. (2024). Global education monitoring report 2024/25: Leadership in education - Lead for learning. UNESCO. https://digitallibrary.un.org/record/4066661?ln=en&v=pdf United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs. (2025). Sustainable Development Report 2025. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 06 B: Teaching to Think in Complex Times: Innovative Pedagogies in Teacher Education and Secondary Schooling Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Raya Aidarkulova Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Complexity-Responsive Teacher Education: Teaching to teach in times of uncertainty University of Applied Sciences: Windesheim, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Across Europe, teacher education faces a double layer of complexity in preparing a new generation of teachers: programmes must deal with pressures within their own curricula and institutions (e.g., inclusion agendas, accountability demands, and limited curriculum time), while simultaneously preparing student teachers for the complex realities of contemporary classrooms, where classroom discipline and teacher well-being remain persistent concerns. International survey evidence shows that establishing a supportive and engaging learning environment continues to be a substantial demand for teachers and that classroom-management self-efficacy is systematically related to teachers’ stress experiences (OECD, 2025). Classroom management is therefore not a peripheral topic in initial teacher education: it is repeatedly reported as a core challenge for student teachers, particularly during workplace learning, yet it often receives limited and implicit curricular attention (Adams et al., 2020; Oldeboom, 2024). This emphasis is consistent with earlier international evidence that classroom discipline is among the most frequently reported problems of beginning teachers (Kwok, 2021). In essence, classroom management can be viewed as a form of complex work. Rather than a set of isolated behaviours to control, classroom management involves coordinating an ecological and social system in which learning, relationships, norms, tasks, space, and time continuously interact, producing non-linear and sometimes emergent patterns (Cochran-Smith et al., 2014; Martin et al., 2019). Importantly, the way classroom management is conceptualised in initial teacher education provides a foundational frame for how student teachers first encounter the field: it shapes what is made visible as “classroom management,” which elements are treated as central versus peripheral, and what kinds of problems student teachers learn to notice, name and act upon. In that sense, conceptualisations in teacher education do not merely describe classroom management; they also configure the learning opportunities through which student teachers develop early professional judgement, what counts as a relevant cue, what explanations are considered plausible, and which intervention repertoires are legitimised. When teacher education presents classroom management primarily as a linear toolbox of techniques, novices may be inclined to search for deterministic “if X, then Y” solutions; when it presents classroom management as complexity work, novices are more likely to develop adaptive sensemaking and responsive decision-making under uncertainty, capabilities that are essential for European classrooms characterised by diversity, competing demands, and rapidly shifting dynamics. The main research question in this paper therefore asks: How is classroom management conceptualised across curriculum layers (intended, implemented, attained) in Dutch teacher education, and what could this imply for designing complexity-responsive teacher education for European classrooms? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper builds on a multi-source curriculum study that examines how classroom management is conceptualised across curriculum layers—intended, implemented, and attained—in Dutch teacher education (secondary education). In the dissertation, this layering is grounded in Van den Akker’s curriculum representations, which allows the attained curriculum to be related to intended aims via the implemented curriculum. Phase 1 – Grounded Theory Approach (GTA) to develop an analytic definition To construct a robust analytic framework, the dissertation first developed an operational definition of classroom management using a Grounded Theory Approach (GTA), drawing on classic and constructivist grounded theory traditions (Glaser & Strauss; Charmaz). Three iterative GTA cycles were conducted—exploration, broadening, and deepening—using constant comparison, memoing, and a saturation logic to stabilise the conceptualisation. This resulted in an integrative concept of classroom management consisting of five interrelated characteristics: Rules, Organisation, Relationships, Content, and Physical factors (the five-feature model served as the analytical codebook for the empirical studies). Phase 2 – Empirical analyses across curriculum layers (interviews + written curricula) Using the five-feature definition as an analytic lens, the dissertation analysed multiple data sources aligned with the curriculum layers: • Attained curriculum: semi-structured interviews with student teachers (what they perceive they learned about classroom management). • Implemented curriculum: semi-structured interviews with workplace mentors and teacher educators (how classroom management is interpreted and enacted in practice). • Intended curriculum: analysis of publicly available study guides (as representative documents of the written intended curriculum) and programme literature/textbooks. Analysis strategy and quality procedures Data were analysed through a mixed-methods logic: (1) deductive qualitative coding using the five-feature coding scheme and (2) semantic network analysis with KBDeX (Matsuzaw et al., 2011) to examine how characteristics co-occur and which characteristics function as “centrality” connectors in participants’ conceptualisations. For document coding, reliability was strengthened through independent coding by multiple researchers and consensus-building procedures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on a multi-source curriculum analysis across intended, implemented, and attained curriculum layers in Dutch teacher education, this study concludes that classroom management is widely recognised as important, yet it is typically conceptualised in a selective rather than integrative manner. Across data sources, relationships, content, and rules emerge as the most dominant and semantically connective features in how classroom management is described and learned, whereas organisation and physical factors are consistently less central. Moreover, there are limited indications that programmes systematically support student teachers in building an explicit understanding of the interdependence among these features, even though classroom practice requires teachers to coordinate them simultaneously. This matters because classroom management can be interpreted as complexity work: classroom dynamics are shaped by multiple interacting variables, shifting conditions, and non-linear effects, meaning that effective action depends on situated judgement rather than applying isolated techniques. The findings suggest that, in the Dutch context, there is reason to suspect that student teachers are not being prepared to become sufficiently complexity-responsive in their classroom management. Taken together, the findings raise a substantive question for the European teacher-education agenda: to what extent are teacher education programmes themselves sufficiently complexity-responsive in preparing novices for contemporary classrooms? Discussion & Implications For design implications and usability in teacher education, the dissertation also develops an experimental four-feature model by merging Rules and Organisation into Structure, resulting in FRIS: Physical factors (in Dutch: Fysieke Factoren), Relationships (in Dutch: Relatie), Content (in Dutch: Inhoud), and Structure (in Dutch Structuur). The FRIS-model uses the Dutch acronym FRIS — literally meaning “fresh” — to highlight the four interrelated dimensions of teaching. In English publications, the acronym is retained to preserve both its conceptual coherence and its metaphorical connotation of freshness and balance in teaching design. Make your lessons FRIS! References Adams, T., Koster, B., & den Brok, P. (2020). Student teachers’ classroom management during the school internship. European Journal of Teacher Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1860011. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis. Sage. Cochran-Smith, M., Ell, F., Ludlow, L., Grudnoff, L., Haigh, M., & Hill, M. (2014). The challenge and promise of complexity theory for teacher education research. Teachers College Record, 116, 050302. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811411600407. Doyle, W. (2006). Ecological approaches to classroom management. In C. M. Evertson & C. S. Weinstein (Eds.), Handbook of classroom management: Research, practice, and contemporary issues (pp. 97–125). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Aldine. Kwok, A. (2021). Managing classroom management preparation in teacher education. Teachers and Teaching, 27(1-4), 206-222. Martin, S. D., McQuitty, V., & Morgan, D. N. (2019). Complexity theory and teacher education. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.479. Matsuzaw, Y., Oshima, J., Oshima, R., Niihara, Y., & Sakai, S. (2011). KBDeX: A platform for exploring discourse in collaborative learning. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 26, 198-207. OECD. (2025). Results from TALIS 2024: The demands of teaching (Full report). OECD Publishing. Oldeboom, B. (2024). Het concept van klassenmanagement in Nederlandse lerarenopleidingen: Meer samenhang en concreetheid nodig. Doctoral dissertation, Open Universiteit, Nederland. [The concept of classroom management in Dutch teacher education curricula: More coherence and specificity needed (In Dutch). Doctoral dissertation, Open University, the Netherlands. Sato, M., Ma, T., & Abbiss, J. (2025). Using complexity theory to understand teaching: Re-framing perspectives from preservice teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 156, 104905. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104905. Van den Akker, J. (2009). Curriculum representations and levels. In S. J. van den Akker, B. Bannan, A. E. Kelly, N. Nieveen, & T. Plomp (Eds.), An introduction to educational design research (pp. 177–180). SLO. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Development of a Seminar Concept for Financial Education with Dual Teaching Practice for Teacher Training Students 1: Europa-Universität Flensburg; 2: Pädagogische Hochschule Schwäbisch Gmünd, Germany Presenting Author:The EFORBIS project aims to educate first-year teacher training students about finance and, through dual teaching practice, qualify them to implement financial education in schools later on. In the first phase, first-year teacher training students are made aware of the challenges of financial decision-making based on their individual life situations. A large proportion of this group are women, who are considered vulnerable in terms of financial education. This group receives special attention in the project. In a second phase, future teachers will be trained to teach financial education in schools by gaining their own experience in making independent financial decisions through project work. Social constructivism and constructivist didactics according to Kersten Reich (cf. Reich 2012) serve as the basis for the didactic design of the seminar. The research question is: How will a seminar concept for financial education for teacher training students in the early stages of their studies be designed, based on evidence-based research findings regarding its didactic implementation and analysis of its impact? The inconsistency in the anchoring of financial education (because of the federalist education system) leads to very heterogeneous prior knowledge among students in the early stages of their studies (cf. Happ et al. 2021, p. 48). The early stages of study are a phase associated with complex transitions and, in this context, with many young people making their first financial decisions of greater significance. Against this backdrop, it is not surprising that financial problems are often cited as a reason for dropping out of university (cf. Heublein et al. 2012, p. 11; Heublein et al. 2022, p. 13). At the same time, financial education requires professional teachers as multipliers to support financial education in schools and implement it in educational practice (cf. Compen et al. 2019, p. 15; Urban et al. 2020, p. 22). This requires a concept based on university teaching methodology that is committed to good teaching practice and considers not only the everyday world of students but also teaching practice, thus offering space for reflection on teaching and opportunities for dual teaching practice. In this way, approaches can be experienced and reflected upon for use in school practice. The OECD/INFE (2016) Competency Framework serves as a reference model for financial education within the scope of the project. This provides a framework model that refers to the content areas of “Money and Transactions,” “Planning and Managing,” “Risk and Reward,” and “Financial Landscape.” The competency framework model proves to be particularly comprehensive and differentiated in terms of integrating different content areas and competency categories at the individual, societal, and systemic levels. However, according to Kaminski and Friebel, financial education encompasses “not only the consumer perspective but also the corporate perspective” (Kaminski/Friebel, 2012, p. 6), as this is the only way to enable “a multi-perspective examination of finance, financial products, and the related institutional framework” (ebd.). With regard to entrepreneurial thinking and action, the project draws on the EntreComp competence framework for entrepreneurial skills (cf. Bacigalupo et al. 2016). This follows a broad understanding of entrepreneurship education, which is geared towards promoting entrepreneurial thinking and action. Individuals should be empowered to make reflective, independent decisions based on their own initiative and to translate ideas and solution strategies into action based on problems, thereby taking actual action and experiencing self-efficacy, which is also important in the context of financial literacy. In addition, the entrepreneurial aspect enables the integration of additional dimensions of action (marketing, human resources, etc.) and thus offers a more comprehensive view of the consequences of individual decisions and (financial) system interrelationships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Since one of the aims of the research projects was to strengthen student’s financial self-efficacy in addition to their financial literacy, the OECD/INFE-Framework was to be supplemented with content from the EntreComp model, among other things. The multidimensional scaling (MDS) method was used for this purpose. In MDS, qualitative material – in this case, competence descriptions – is structed and then systematically analyzed (cf. Griessmair et al., 2011, p. 1064). “In a procedure of iterative comparisons, the qualitative material is aggregated to categories based on shared meaning” (ebd.). The 15 categories, created by MDS, were summarized in a competency framework for financial education for students. This competency framework serves as a guide for determining of the seminar content. The seminar concept is based on the “constructive alignment” model according to Biggs and Tang (cf. Wildt/Wildt, 2011, p. 9). As described above, the learning outcomes are defined by the newly developed competency framework. Teaching/learning activities and examination formats will be designed based on this framework with regard to situations, requirements, and tasks. The seminar comprises two phases: In the first phase, the student’s financial literacy will be promoted. In the second phase the method of double teaching practice is added. In this phase, students are to be sensitized and empowered to implement financial education in their later teaching practice. In doing so, they work on case studies that can be passed on to students in a modified form. The seminar will be evaluated using a mixed-methods approach. For this purpose, a questionnaire will be developed, based on the newly developed framework. In addition to closed questions, open questions will also be asked. This will provide insights into the participants lives and private logic. This information’s helps, to tailor the seminars to actual needs and to provide more in-depth coverage where necessary. In addication, the seminar is accompanied by participant observations. In order to gain more concrete insights into the individual learning processes and subjective perspectives of the students, learning journals with reflection questions are developed for the students to work on. At the end of the seminar, expert interviews will be conducted. As part of the design-based research approach, the methods described above will be evaluated and then used to adapt the competency framework. Since the content of the seminar is based on the competency framework, the seminar and the questionnaire will also be further developed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Because of the needs of professional teachers as multipliers to support financial education in schools and implement it in educational practice (cf. Compen et al. 2019, p. 15; Urban et al. 2020, p. 22), the project not only contributes to empirical research in the field of financial education, but also to the conceptual development of theory-based and practice-oriented financial education in teacher training. The aim of the research project is to examine whether the experimental group participating in the seminar shows a significantly greater increase in financial literacy and financial self-efficacy over the three survey points than the control group. The chosen mixed-methods approach enables both quantitative before-and-after comparisons and qualitative insights into individual learning processes, subjective interpretation patterns, and the students' lives. The paper presentation will outline the content and structure of the seminar. A key outcome of the research project is the newly developed competency framework for financial education for students, which was derived using multidimensional scaling from the competency descriptions of the OECD/INFE and EntreComp models, among others. The resulting 15 competency fields combine financial education with entrepreneurial thinking and action as well as self-efficacy and serve as a content and didactic orientation for the design of the seminar. This competency framework will be presented and its significance for teacher training will be explained. Based on this, the structure, content, and didactic implementation of the seminar will be explained. Particular attention is paid to the two-phase structure of the seminar. Also, further findings, e.g. the first insights from the seminar evaluation, are going to be presented. References -Bacigalupo, M. / Kampylis, P. / Punie, Y. / Van den Brande, L. (2016): EntreComp: The Entrepreneurship Competence Framework, Luxemburg: EU Kommission -Compen, B. / De Witte, K. / Schelfhout, W. (2019): The Role of Teacher Professional Development in Financial Literacy Education: A Systematic Literature Review, in: Educational Research Review, 26, p. 16–31. DOI: 10.1016/j.edurev.2018.12.001 -Griessmair, M / Strunk, G. / Auer-Srnka, K. J. (2001): Dimensional Mapping: Applying DQR and MDS to Explore the Perceptions of Seniors’ Role in Advertising, in: Psychology & Marketing, 28(10), p. 1061–1086. DOI: 10.1002/mar.20428 -Happ, R. / Kato, M. / Rüter, I. (2021): Results from the Test of Economic Literacy in Germany and Japan: A Critical Discussion on the Gender Effect, in: Citizenship, Social & Economics Education, 20(1), p. 48–68. DOI: 0.1177/20471734211004117 -Heublein, U. / Richter, J. / Schmelzer, R. / Sommer, D. (2012): Die Entwicklung der Schwund- und Studienabbruchquoten an den deutschen Hochschulen, Statistische Berechnungen auf der Basis des Absolventenjahrgangs 2010, in: Forum Hochschule, 3. -Heublein, U. / Hutzsch, C. / Schmelzer, R. (2022): Die Entwicklung der Studienabbruchquoten in Deutschland, in: DZHW Brief, 5. DOI: 10.34878/2022.05.dzhw_brief -Kaminski, H. / Friebel, S. (2012): Arbeitspapier „Finanzielle Allgemeinbildung als Bestandteil der ökonomischen Bildung“, Institut für Ökonomische Bildung an der Universität Oldenburg. https://www.ioeb.de/files/ioeb/publications/documents/Kaminski_Friebel%202012_Arbeitspapier_Finanzielle_Allgemeinbildung.pdf, last accessed on October 6, 2025. -OECD (2016), G20/OECD INFE Core competencies framework on financial literacy for adults https://g20.utoronto.ca/2016/P020160914399951947586.pdf#:~:text=This%20document%20contains%20an%20outcome-based%20core%20competencies%20framework,to%20a%20call%- 20from%20G20%20leaders%20in%202013, last accessed on October 6, 2025. -Reich, K. (2012): Konstruktivistische Didaktik, 3. völlig überarbeitete Auflage, Weinheim: Beltz. -Urban, C. / Schmeiser, M. / Collins, M. J. / Brown, A. (2020): The Effects of High School Personal Financial Education Policies on Financial Behavior, in: Economics of Education Review, 78, p. 1–35. DOI: 10.1016/j.econedurev.2018.03.006 -Wildt, J. / Wildt, B. (2011): Lernprozessorientiertes Prüfen im „Constructive Alignment”, in: Berendt, B. / Voss, H.P. / Wildt, J. (ed.): Neues Handbuch Hochschullehre, Teil H: Prüfungen und Leistungskontrollen. Weiterentwicklung des Prüfungssystems in der Konsequenz des Bologna-Prozesses (p. 1–46). Berlin: Raabe. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper When The Correct Answer Is Not Correct? University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Dynamic Assessment is a way of developing language skills where teaching and learning are combined into one process (Aljaafreh & Lantolf, 1994). This paper reports on a part of the dissertation study of adults learning English as L2, exploring the potential of Group Dynamic Assessment (G-DA) (Poehner, 2009) for diagnostics, and promoting the development of the L2 adult learners listening skill in English (Ableeva, 2010). The aim of the paper is to discuss the situations where learners provide the correct answer, while the understanding of this answer is lacking. I will support the theoretical premise of dynamic assessment that task completion by itself does not necessarily mean understanding and, similarly, that learners not completing a task does not mean that learner development has not occurred. To address this challenge, I propose the framework of Dynamic Assessment of Vygotsky’s Sociocultural Theory (SCT) which views teaching and assessment as an integral process (Poehner, 2008; 2009; Aljaafreh & Lantolf, 1994; DeBoer & Leontjev, 2020) inform assessment. In DA Teaching and Assessment are considered as two separate concepts but ONE longitudinal interwoven process, despite the traditional view of them as two different concepts in education: teaching is a process of ‘filling in the empty vessels’ and assessment is a one-time event on ‘measuring’ the results of teaching. Most contexts are focused on assessment and feedback of the product of learning (e.g., Leontjev, 2022; Mäkipää, 2021). The main aim of this presentation is to analyse the process of development of listening skills in adult second language learners in group settings through the framework of Group Dynamic Assessment (G-DA) answering the following question for this paper: 1) WHY the correct answer by a learner does not always mean development? The definition of Dynamic Assessment that I use in my work is “Dynamic assessment integrates assessment and instruction into a seamless, unified activity aimed at promoting learner development through appropriate forms of mediation that are sensitive to the individual‘s (or in some cases a group’s) current abilities.” (Lantolf & Poehner, 2004). Dynamic Assessment has not yet become a mainstream practice in educational institutions (Leontjev, 2022). However, there are research projects that incorporate it into the Language Diagnostic protocol (Dynamic Diagnostic Language Assessment (DD-LANG) project by the University of Jyvaskyla). These and many other works have been focused on individual schoolchildren or university students, there are few studies of adult development with the application of Dynamic Assessment. This research question was the result of a bigger PhD project that involved 44 participants, 60 hours of video-recorded Group-Dynamic Assessment (G-DA) sessions as well as individual DA sessions. In this paper I will focus on several cases when the correct answer is provided by the learner, lacking understanding, and how the mediator was able to both reveal a lack of understanding but also learners’ partial knowledge and reasons for their struggle and promote the learner’ development through provision of mediation sensitive to learners’ ZPD. I will lead the audience through the mediator’s interactions with the DA of learners, interpreting these with reference to the theory of G-DA and will discuss the study implications for teachers and practitioners through practical steps to promote the development of listening in adults. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The collected data were analysed qualitatively – group dynamic assessment sessions and individual sessions, these sessions were transcribed and need further deep analysis of patterns of mediator’s (teacher’s) moves and adult learners’ responses, and there was a reverse process as well – learners’ initiation of the learning process and mediator’s responses. The mediator’s moves and learner’s moves have been studied before and there is a scale of moves from the most explicit to the most implicit ones. This scale is quantified for statistical analysis and will be extended based on the empirical data of the study. This gives us an idea of which moves and responses are the most common and most effective and can be recommended for the future. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the result of this research I drew practical implications on using DA as a diagnostic tool to promote learners’ development. Mediational moves are put on a cline based on the explicitness of the mediation, for example, the most implicit move is being present in the classroom and the most explicit move is providing an explanation to the learners. Reciprocity moves are put on a cline based on the idea of agency of the learners, where minimal agency is one extreme of the cline (for example, when learners are silent and not responding to the mediator) and the maximum agency extreme (for example, when learners are providing the explanation for the answer themselves). References Ableeva, R. (2010). Dynamic assessment of listening comprehension in second language learning. Aljaafreh, A., & Lantolf, J. P. (1994). Negative feedback as regulation and second language learning in the zone of proximal development. The modern language journal, 78(4), 465-483. Lantolf, J. P., & Poehner, M. E. (2004). Dynamic assessment of L2 development: Bringing the past into the future. Journal of applied linguistics, 1(1). Leontjev, D. (2022). Finnish Matriculation Examination, National Curriculum, and teachers’ attitudes, perspectives, and practices: When the two assessment cultures meet. AFinLA: n vuosikirja. Leontjev, D., & DeBoer, M. A. (2022). Multimodal mediational means in assessment of processes: an argument for a hard-CLIL approach. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 25(4), 1275-1291. Mäkipää, T. (2024). Upper secondary students’ perceptions of feedback literacy in second language learning in Finland–A qualitative case study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 143, 104554. Poehner, M. E. (2008). Dynamic assessment: A Vygotskian approach to understanding and promoting L2 development. Boston, MA: Springer US. Poehner, M. E. (2009). Group dynamic assessment: Mediation for the L2 classroom. TESOL Quarterly, 43(3), 471-491. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Fostering Research and Critical Thinking Skills through Project Based Learning in Secondary Education Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In the context of current educational reform in Kazakhstan, schools face the essential task of fostering students’ interest in learning while enhancing the quality of education. One of the most urgent goals is to move away from passive learning models and develop students' capacity for independent research, critical thinking, and self-reflection. This aligns with strategic national objectives, including the digital transformation of education, integration into global knowledge networks, and a renewed emphasis on scientific literacy and lifelong learning. These national trends reflect broader global challenges, where traditional methods often fall short of equipping students with the competencies needed for the 21st century. To respond to these challenges, our research explores the effectiveness of project-based learning (PBL) as a pedagogical model for fostering research and critical thinking skills in secondary school students. The study was conducted within the framework of the International General Certificate of Secondary Education (IGCSE), where students are expected to develop skills such as formulating hypotheses, conducting practical investigations, and interpreting results. In our school’s context, these skills were not being fully realized through traditional instruction, prompting us to apply a structured PBL approach. The main aim of this study is to investigate how the implementation of project-based learning influences students’ cognitive and academic development. Our research is guided by three key questions:
From a theoretical perspective, the study draws upon constructivist and experiential learning frameworks, which emphasize student agency, reflection, and the active construction of knowledge. As noted by Thomas (2000) and Bell (2010), PBL aligns with these frameworks by offering students the opportunity to explore real world issues through guided inquiry collaboration, and extended projects. This approach not only reinforces content learning but also enhances higher order thinking skills by integrating research design, evaluation, and presentation skills. In Kazakhstan, scholars such as Nurbavliyev and Sydykhov (2023) have emphasized the potential of PBL to transform passive learning into active problem solving, particularly in STEM fields. In addition, this study is situated within the national and global discourse on educational innovation. Kazakhstan’s Presidential Address emphasizes the importance of introducing new teaching technologies and methods that promote intellectual development and professional readiness. Our research contributes to this agenda by evaluating how an alternative instructional strategy like PBL can raise students’ motivation, autonomy, and learning outcomes. While the research was conducted in a Kazakhstani school, the implications of the findings are relevant to other international settings where educators are seeking methods to bridge the gap between curriculum goals and student engagement. Thus, the study connects local innovation to the broader European and global movement toward more student centered, competency based education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted during the 2025–2026 academic year in a secondary school context, within the framework of an IGCSE-aligned curriculum. The research followed a quasi experimental design involving two student groups: a control group taught using traditional instructional methods and an experimental group taught using a project-based learning (PBL) approach. The study aimed to compare the impact of these two instructional models on students’ academic achievement, research competencies, and critical thinking abilities. In total, 42 students took part in the study. The control group consisted of 14 students who continued with conventional teaching practices. The experimental group comprised 28 students, further divided into four small teams of 3–4 members each. The PBL intervention was implemented over a period of four weeks. The project cycle followed a six-stage structure, designed to align with IGCSE learning outcomes and encourage inquiry-based, collaborative learning. 1. Topic selection: students chose project themes relevant to curriculum goals and societal issues. 2. Planning: teams developed a clear action plan and workflow for implementation. 3. Format determination: students selected how to present their findings (e.g., posters, presentations, models). 4. Data collection and analysis: information was gathered through practical tasks and student-led inquiry. 5. Evaluation and feedback: students received continuous feedback from peers and teachers. 6, Final presentation: projects were publicly defended, including a Q&A session. Clear assessment descriptors were provided in advance to guide both the process and the outcomes. In evaluating research skills, we focused on the students’ ability to formulate hypotheses, define variables, select appropriate research methods, analyze data, and draw evidence-based conclusions. For critical thinking, students were given tasks requiring evaluation, synthesis, and judgment. To assess academic performance, we analyzed term grades before and after the intervention. A t-test analysis was used to determine if statistically significant differences existed between the control and experimental groups. The method also integrated qualitative feedback through reflection tasks, allowing students to evaluate their own learning process and team collaboration. This comprehensive approach ensured that both cognitive outcomes and practical competencies were considered. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study revealed that while no significant differences were observed between the groups in the first academic term, the second term outcomes indicated clear benefits for students in the project-based learning (PBL) group. These students showed notable improvement not only in academic performance but also in their ability to think independently, analyze problems critically, and work collaboratively. Students in the experimental group demonstrated stronger skills in organizing and conducting research: they could form hypotheses, plan investigations, interpret results, and present findings with more clarity and confidence. Their learning was not limited to factual recall, it involved deeper comprehension, practical application, and personal engagement with the subject matter. These improvements were not only reflected in academic assessments but also in student feedback. Many expressed greater interest in learning, describing the PBL process as something “real” and “purposeful.” This shift in motivation is important, as it supports longer-term goals of developing independent learners who can navigate complex problems in real life. The findings of this research suggest that PBL can significantly enhance the quality of learning in secondary schools. In our context, it aligned well with Kazakhstan’s national education priorities, especially the push for learner-centered methodologies and development of functional literacy. More broadly, the results also contribute to ongoing European and international discussions about how to make education more engaging, relevant, and competency driven. We conclude that project-based learning is not merely an alternative method, but a strategic tool for improving both academic outcomes and key transversal skills. Its implementation should be expanded in general education settings, particularly in systems seeking to cultivate inquiry-based, future-ready learners. References Bell, S. (2010). Project-based learning for the 21st century: Skills for the future. The Clearing House, 83(2), 39–43. Cole, K., Means, B., Simkins, M., & Tavali, F. (2002). Increasing student learning through multimedia projects. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Condliffe, B., Quint, J., Visher, M. G., Bangser, M. R., Drohojowska, S., Saco, L., & Nelson, E. (2017). Project-based learning: A literature review. MDRC. https://www.mdrc.org/publication/project-based-learning Demirel, O. (2005). New trends in education. Pegem A Press. Efimova, T. A. (2018). Project activities as an interactive method. Young Scientist, (46), 285–288. https://moluch.ru/archive/232/53868/ Nurbavliyev, O. K., & Sydykhov, B. D. (2023). Increasing the efficiency of project-based learning during mathematics teaching at school. Vestnik KazNPU im. Abaya, Series: Physical and Mathematical Sciences, 1(81), 112–118. Parker, W. C., Lo, J., Yeo, A. J., Valencia, S. W., Nguyen, D., Abbott, R. D., & Vye, N. J. (2013). Beyond breadth-speed-test: Toward deeper knowing and engagement in an advanced placement course. American Educational Research Journal, 50(6), 1424–1459. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831213504237 Thomas, J. W. (2000). A review of research on project-based learning. http://www.bobpearlman.org/BestPractices/PBL_Research.pdf Thomas, M. (2013). Teachers’ beliefs about classroom teaching–Teachers’ knowledge and teaching approaches. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 89, 31–39. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.08.805 Tokayev, K. (2020, September 1). Address to the people of Kazakhstan: A period of action in a new reality. https://www.akorda.kz/en/addresses Nikolaeva, S. (2012). Improving initial teacher education by using the project-based approach. Educational Research, 1(1), 51–60. https://doi.org/10.5838/erej.2012.11.04 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 06 C: Student Teachers' Developing Competencies Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Adriana João Carvalho Machado Cunha Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper ‘I Can Do It’: Exploring The Sources Of Teacher Self-efficacy Beliefs In Undergraduate Pre-Service Teachers. Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper reports on the initial findings from stage one of a longitudinal study exploring the development of teacher self-efficacy beliefs in undergraduate pre-service teachers throughout their degree and into their early career teacher induction period in England. The study focuses on the sources of teacher efficacy beliefs during this critical period, with the aim of understanding how positive teacher self-efficacy beliefs can be nurtured. Bandura’s (1997) social cognitive theory suggests that there is a reciprocal relationship between an individuals’ behaviours, their environment and personal factors. Self-efficacy is a central construct within this theory - the belief an individual has about their ability to carry out the necessary actions to perform in a domain. Efficacy beliefs are suggested to be influenced by mastery experiences (successful performance of a task in the given domain), vicarious experiences (observing others model tasks successfully), verbal persuasion (feedback from others) and emotional and physiological states (Bandura, 1997). Crucially, an individual with strong self-efficacy beliefs is more likely to be successful and set and achieve their goals in a given domain, therefore understanding how self-efficacy beliefs can be nurtured is important in professional contexts. Pre-service and beginning teachers’ efficacy beliefs are more malleable and open to influence from contextual factors than experienced teachers (Tschannen-Moran and Hoy, 2007). Previous research has highlighted the importance of positive teacher efficacy beliefs upon teacher performance, job satisfaction, student achievement and resilience (Moè, Pazzaglia and Ronconi, 2010; Klassen and Tze, 2014). Bandura’s theory suggests that once formed, self-efficacy beliefs are relatively stable, therefore, understanding how positive self-efficacy beliefs are developed in the early stages of teachers’ careers is vital. This is particularly pertinent considering the high attrition rate for early career teachers in England and internationally (UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030, 2024). Literature reviews of research into teacher self-efficacy beliefs have noted a lack of qualitative methods and less emphasis upon the sources of teacher efficacy beliefs (Klassen et al., 2011; Morris, Usher and Chen, 2017). Although further qualitative research into the sources of teacher self-efficacy beliefs have been carried out since then (such as Marschall, 2023), there is still a need to further understand how teachers interpret contextual factors and events that influence their self-efficacy beliefs. Research questions for this stage of the longitudinal study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants were recruited via volunteer sampling. Second year pre-service studying an undergraduate teacher education course at a university in England were invited to take part by email, with an outline of the purpose of the research and what it will involve. Five participants (4 female, 1 male) gave their informed consent. Qualitative methods were chosen to explore participants’ own perceptions of their experiences and developing teacher self-efficacy beliefs. Data collection in stage one of the longitudinal study included participants’ weekly written reflections during two school practicum modules (weekly reflections were a mandatory element of the 8-week practicum module in each year of the course). Permission was sought from participants to analyse the content of their reflective entries (entered into an online portfolio) during the practicum modules. The reflective entries provide a rich opportunity to understand how pre-service teachers’ efficacy beliefs are influenced by the context of learning to teach in a school setting. Reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2022) was chosen to generate themes from the data as it reflects the interpretivist stance that understanding researcher assumptions is part of the research process. Data analysis for this part for the study took place in two phases – one phase for each 8-week practicum module. Each phase of data analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s recommended six-stage process. Phase one started with familiarisation and initial coding of the weekly reflective writing completed by the participants during their first 8-week placement module. Each participants’ set of weekly reflections were analysed in turn to start with, before revisiting each set of reflections in a different order to refine codes and add additional codes were necessary. A mixture of inductive and deductive coding was applied, based on Bandura’s suggested sources of efficacy beliefs. Codes were then clustered on a mind map before initial theme generation, refinement and naming. Reflexive journaling was used throughout the data analysis process to record the researcher’s developing interpretations of the data and support writing up of the analysis. In phase two, the same data analysis process as outlined above was applied to analyse the weekly reflective writing completed during the participants’ second placement module. Themes generated during phase one were revisited and refined where relevant. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The balance of internal and external sources of influence upon teacher self-efficacy beliefs as an initial theme from the data will be discussed. Analysis of the weekly reflective entries during early school practicum indicate that pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs are primarily influenced by mastery experiences at this stage. This aligns with Bandura’s (1997) theory suggesting mastery experiences are the most influential source of self-efficacy beliefs. Pre-service teachers frequently reflected on their own analysis of the success of practicum tasks and their emotional response to these experiences – suggesting a more internal focus of influence for many participants. Some participants drew more explicitly on external sources such as verbal persuasion (feedback from experienced teachers) and vicarious experiences (observing experienced teachers). External sources appear to be reflected on more readily by participants who are indicating stronger development of their teacher self-efficacy beliefs. This could suggest that developing pre-service teachers’ skills in receiving and responding to feedback (feedback literacy) may help to nurture more positive self-efficacy beliefs. Other initial themes include how pre-service teachers’ developing professional identity, future-focused reflections and interpretation of their own emotional states interacts with the formation of their teacher self-efficacy beliefs. As there is a global teacher shortage and teacher attrition is a concern, particularly in the early career stage (UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030, 2024), it is crucial for teacher educators to consider how best to prepare pre-service teachers for a lifelong career in teaching. Nurturing the self-efficacy beliefs of pre-service teachers has the potential to improve teacher job satisfaction, commitment and reduce burnout (Zee and Koomen, 2016), which indirectly reduces attrition rates. Implications from this study for supporting the positive development of teacher self-efficacy beliefs in pre-service teachers will be discussed, relevant to teacher educators and mentors working within European teacher education programmes. References Bandura, A. (1997) Self-efficacy : the exercise of control. New York: W.H. Freeman and Company. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. London: SAGE Publications Ltd. Klassen, R.M. et al. (2011) ‘Teacher Efficacy Research 1998–2009: Signs of Progress or Unfulfilled Promise?’, Educational Psychology Review, 23(1), pp. 21–43. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-010-9141-8. Klassen, R.M. and Tze, V.M.C. (2014) ‘Teachers’ self-efficacy, personality, and teaching effectiveness: A meta-analysis’, Educational Research Review, 12, pp. 59–76. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2014.06.001. Marschall, G. (2023) ‘Teacher self-efficacy sources during secondary mathematics initial teacher education’, Teaching and Teacher Education, 132, p. 104203. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104203. Moè, A., Pazzaglia, F. and Ronconi, L. (2010) ‘When being able is not enough. The combined value of positive affect and self-efficacy for job satisfaction in teaching’, Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(5), pp. 1145–1153. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.02.010. Morris, D.B., Usher, E.L. and Chen, J.A. (2017) ‘Reconceptualizing the Sources of Teaching Self-Efficacy: a Critical Review of Emerging Literature’, Educational Psychology Review, 29(4), pp. 795–833. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-016-9378-y. Tschannen-Moran, M. and Hoy, A.W. (2007) ‘The differential antecedents of self-efficacy beliefs of novice and experienced teachers’, Teaching and Teacher Education, 23(6), pp. 944–956. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.05.003. UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030 (2024) Global report on teachers: addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. Paris: UNESCO. Available at: https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.54675/FIGU8035. Zee, M. and Koomen, H.M.Y. (2016) ‘Teacher Self-Efficacy and Its Effects on Classroom Processes, Student Academic Adjustment, and Teacher Well-Being: A Synthesis of 40 Years of Research’, Review of Educational Research, 86(4), pp. 981–1015. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315626801. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Initial Teacher Education and Readiness to Teach: A Survey with Student Teachers 1: Universidade do Minho, Portugal; 2: Universidade do Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:Initial teacher education (ITE) faces a plethora of challenges in preparing future teachers to competently engage with the complex, dynamic, and increasingly diverse realities of contemporary classrooms (Shi et al., 2025; Darling-Hammond, 2017). A recurring concern highlighted in the international literature is the theory-practice gap, reflecting tensions between university-based theoretical knowledge and the practical demands of school contexts (Yin, 2019; McGarr et al., 2017; Korthagen, 2007). Addressing this gap requires coherent curriculum design that integrates subject-specific knowledge, general education foundations, and authentic school-based learning opportunities, fostering both pedagogical competence and professional understanding (Darling-Hammond, 2014; Haggar & McIntyre, 2006). The practicum, widely acknowledged as a cornerstone of the ITE, represents a critical space for professional learning (Zeichner, 2012). Through participation in real classrooms, student teachers have opportunities to apply theoretical knowledge, interact directly with pupils, collaborate with mentor teachers, and navigate the social and organizational complexities of school environments, thereby developing professional identity while confronting the challenges of teaching (Gil-Madrona et al., 2025; Flores & Day, 2006; Rorrison et al., 2017; Zhu et al., 2020; Farrell, 2008). Effective practicum experiences are supported by structured supervision, mentoring, and reflective practices, which provide timely feedback, guidance, and opportunities for in-depth reflection both in and on action (Pattison-Meek, 2024; Ambrosetti et al., 2017; Graves, 2010; Schön, 1983). Understanding the practicum’s role in professional learning thus requires examining student teachers’ perspectives, as these provide a valuable lens into how curricular units and practicum components shape the development of professional knowledge, skills, and identity, as well as their impact on professional readiness and motivation to pursue a teaching career. Accordingly, this study focuses on three dimensions: (1) the perceived relevance of curricular components; (2) learning processes reported across pedagogical, professional and personal domains; and (3) perceived readiness for practicum experiences and future professional engagement. By foregrounding student teachers’ interpretations, the study aims to provide insights into the effectiveness of curriculum design and practicum structures in fostering meaningful professional development. By focusing on student teachers’ perceptions, this research contributes to a deeper understanding of how ITE programmes can support professional development and preparedness for authentic teaching practice in school contexts. The study highlights the value of integrating experiential, relational, and reflective components into teacher education, emphasizing the centrality of student teachers’ lived experiences as a foundation for developing pedagogical competence, professional identity, and sustained motivation for the teaching profession. Findings from this study have relevance not only for the Portuguese context but also for European and international discussions on teacher education, particularly regarding curriculum design, practicum structures, and strategies to enhance professional learning through authentic school-based experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a quantitative descriptive design to investigate student teachers’ perceptions of curricular units and practicum experiences within master’s programmes in teacher education. The research is part of the PhD project “Teacher Education in times of change and the role of the practicum in building professional knowledge: a mixed-methods study”, funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology. The study was conducted in a Portuguese higher education institution. The sample comprised 162 master’s students in teacher education, including 113 females (69.8%) and 49 (30.2%) males, reflecting the predominance of women commonly observed in the teacher workforce (OECD, 2024). Age distribution was heterogeneous, with the majority between 20 and 25 years (53.1%) and a substantial group over 40 years (24.1%). Participants were enrolled across the first (47.5%) and second year (52.5%) of the programme. Most held a bachelor’s degree as their highest qualification (68.5%), and the majority reported no prior professional experience in school settings (71.6%) or teaching experience (59.9%) before entering the programme. Regarding motivations, 116 students (71.6%) indicated teaching as their first choice, and 93 (57.4%) reported a high degree of confidence in this decision. Students were enrolled in diverse teaching specializations, with the largest groups in History (16.0%), Early Childhood and Primary Education (14.2%), and Mathematics (13.6%), followed by English (11.7%), Informatics (8.6%), and Portuguese (8.6%). Data were collected through an online survey combining Likert-type scales and open-ended questions. Likert items captured student teachers’ perceptions of curricular relevance, practicum components, learning outcomes, perceived readiness, and professional intentions. Open-ended questions gathered complementary data, allowing participants to provide detailed reflections on their experiences. Demographic and academic variables were used to contextualize the findings, and descriptive statistical analyses were conducted to identify patterns, tendencies, and emergent insights in student teachers’ responses. The analysis focused on assessing the perceived relevance of curricular units and practicum components, self-reported learning outcomes, and student teachers’ perceptions of the programme’s contribution to professional readiness and motivation to pursue a teaching career. Ethical standards, including voluntary participation, informed consent, anonymity, and prior approval by the institutional Ethics Committee, were rigorously followed. By adopting a student-centred perspective, this methodology prioritizes participants’ subjective interpretations of their curriculum and practicum experiences, rather than relying solely on external performance metrics. This approach enables a grounded understanding of ITE in the Portuguese context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Student teachers’ perceptions regarding the relevance of diferent curricular units indicate a broadly positive evaluation of the ITE programme. Specific Didactics curricular units were perceived as the most valued, with over 90% of respondents classifying them as “Very Important” or “Important”, highlighting the centrality of subject-specific pedagogy in professional preparation. General Education and Education in the Field of Teaching curricular units were also positively rated, though with slightly lower levels of perceived importance. In contrast, the optional curricular units elicited more heterogeneous responses, suggesting variability in perceived relevance and curricular coherence.Concerning preparedness for the practicum at the end of first year, while a majority of student teachers reported feeling prepared (60.5%), a substantial minority (39.5%) felt unprepared, pointing to potential discontinuities between coursework and early profession demands. Regarding the practicum experiences, student teachers hightlighted experiential and relational dimensions of learning. Direct interaction with pupils, opportunities to teach, and exposure to everyday school practices emerged as the most valued components, followed by school-based supervisory feedback and integration into the school community. More formalized or academically framed activities, such as reflective portfolios, seminars, and the public defense of the practicum report, were less valued, though still positively perceived overall.Reported learning outcomes were consistently strong across pedagogical, professional and personal domains, including teaching competence, classroom and time management, professional identity development, and articulation of theory and practice. Intentions to enter the teaching profession were very high (90.1%), and second-year student teachers evaluated their practicum experience predominantly as positive or very positive. Overall, findings suggest that authentic teaching experiences and relational learning opportunities are central to professional development, while reflective components, though appreciated, are less valued.The coexistence of high professional motivation with variable perceived readiness underscores the need to better align coursework with practicum experiences, supporting both confidence and competence in early teaching practice. References Ambrosetti, A., Dekkers, J., & Knight, B. A. (2017). Mentoring triad: an alternative mentoring model for preservice teacher education? Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 25(1), 42–60. https://doi.org/10.1080/13611267.2017.1308093 Darling-Hammond, L. (2014). Strengthening Clinical Preparation: The Holy Grail of Teacher Education. Peabody Journal of Education, 89(4), 547–561. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2014.939009 Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291–309. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 Farrell, T. S. C. (2008). `Here’s the Book, Go Teach the Class’: ELT Practicum Support. RELC Journal, 39(2), 226–241. https://doi.org/10.1177/0033688208092186 Flores, M. A., & Day, C. (2006). Contexts which shape and reshape new Teachers’ identities: A Multi-Perspective study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 22(2), 219-232. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.09.002 Gil-Madrona, P., Zapatero-Ayuso, J.-A., & Díaz-Carretero, A. (2025). Is the Practicum an efficient process for the development of competences of future teachers? An approach from the perspective of professional socialisation. Internation Journal of Educational Research, 131, 102579. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2025.102579 Graves, S. (2010). Mentoring Pre-Service Teachers: A Case Study. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 35(4), 14-20. https://doi.org/10.1177/183693911003500403 Haggar, H. & McIntyre, D. (2006). Learning teaching from teachers: Realizing the potential of school-based teacher education. Open University Press. Korthagen, F. A. J. (2007). The gap between research and practice revisited. Educational Research and Evaluation, 13(3), 303–310. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803610701640235 McGarr, O., O’Grady, E., & Guilfoyle, L. (2017). Exploring the theory-practice gap in initial teacher education: moving beyond questions of relevance to issues of power and authority. Journal of Education for Teaching, 43(1), 48–60. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2017.1256040 OECD. (2024). Education at a glance 2024: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/c00cad36-en Pattison-Meek, J. (2024). The unsung heroes of practicum mentorship: Moving toward a triad model inclusive of student voice to support student teachers’ professional learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 143, 104553. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104553 Rorrison, D., Ambrosetti, A., Capeness, R. & Kriewaldt, J. (2017). Introduction: Researching Innovative Perspectives in Professional Experience. In J. Kriewaldt, A. Ambrosetti, D. Rorrison & R. Capeness (Eds.), Educating Future Teaches: Innovative Perspectives in Professional Experience (pp. 1-10). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5484-6_1 Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books. Yin, J. (2019). Connecting theory and practice in teacher education: English-as-a-foreign-language pre-service teachers’ perceptions of practicum experience. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 1(4). https://doi.org/10.1186/s42862-019-0003-z Zhu, G., Mena, J. & Johnson, C. (2020). Chinese student teachers’ teaching practicum experiences: Insights from transformative learning, third space, and dialogical-self theory. International Journal of Educational Research, 103, 101638. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101638 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper IniProficiency. Initial Assessment of Professional Competences in Trainee Teachers in Teacher Training Degrees 1: UCM, Spain; 2: UCM, Spain; 3: UCM, Spain; 4: UCM, Spain; 5: UCM, Spain; 6: UCM, Spain Presenting Author:Topic and research question Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project follows a mixed-methods design combining qualitative and quantitative approaches to ensure both depth and rigour. This proposal focuses on Phase 2, which involves the adaptation of assessment and pedagogical instruments for initial teacher education. Phase 2 builds on evidence generated in Phase 1, which included analysis of policy documents, teacher education curricula, and qualitative data from focus groups with three stakeholder groups: pre-service teachers, university teacher educators, and school-based practicum mentors. This participatory design reflects research emphasising the value of collaborative reflection and multiple perspectives in teacher education (Durán & Giné, 2017; Susinos et al., 2022). Based on these data, the original set of eleven competences is being critically reviewed to determine which competences can be meaningfully addressed during initial teacher education and which are more appropriately developed through sustained professional practice. This step aims to avoid a mechanical application of competence frameworks detached from authentic learning contexts (Zabalza, 2022). The adaptation of the ProficiencyIn+E® self-assessment rubric focuses on: – reformulating competence descriptors to reflect realistic expectations for pre-service teachers; – emphasising reflective awareness, intentionality, and learning orientation rather than professional mastery; – adjusting performance levels to capture developmental progression within initial training. The adapted rubric is implemented in an online format that supports guided self-assessment and personalised feedback, building on previous digital applications shown to facilitate reflective evaluation (Biencinto et al., 2021). In parallel, the formative training modules are redesigned to align with the structure of initial teacher education programmes. While retaining core features such as case-based reflection, theoretical grounding, and guided questioning, the modules are explicitly linked to practicum experiences and implemented as guided reflection seminars. Validation procedures include expert review, pilot testing with pre-service teachers, and iterative refinement. Quantitative analyses of the psychometric properties of the adapted rubric are planned for subsequent phases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of submission, Phase 2 of the IniProficiency project is ongoing, and final empirical results will be available after the completion of pilot testing and validation procedures. However, we expect the following outcomes. Beyond the specific characteristics of the tools, the main contribution of IniProficiency lies in the formative value of the competence assessment process itself. By framing self-assessment as a structured and guided reflective activity, evaluation becomes a pedagogical space for learning rather than a summative judgement of professional readiness. This approach supports pre-service teachers in developing awareness of what professional competences involve, how they evolve over time, and how their current learning experiences relate to future professional practice (Körkkö et al., 2020; Sánchez-Tarazaga & Manso, 2022). In this sense, the project demonstrates how competence-based frameworks can be operationalised as formative and reflective pedagogical tools, rather than functioning solely as normative or accountability-oriented references (Darling-Hammond et al., 2005; Zabalza, 2022). By promoting reflection, intentionality, and early professional learning, IniProficiency contributes to research on assessment and pedagogy in initial teacher education and aligns with broader European efforts to strengthen the quality and coherence of teacher education programmes (Eurydice, 2013). References Beunza-García, S., Manzanares, G. S., Martínez-García, A., Álvarez-Couto, M., Biencinto, C., Villamor, P., Carpintero-Molina, E., & García-García, M. (2024). Formación en competencias docentes para la inclusión y la excelencia: resultados del proyecto PROFICIENCyIn+EDU. En J. Llanes & M. Torrado (Eds.), XXI Congreso Internacional de Investigación Educativa, IV Encuentro de Doctorandos/as e Investigadores/as Noveles de AIDIPE (pp. 1551-1555). Libro de Actas. Biencinto, C., García-García, M., Carpintero, E., Villamor, P., & Torrecilla, S. (2021). Psychometric properties of the ProficiencyIn+E rubric: Self-evaluation of teaching skills. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 70. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101040 Carpintero-Molina, E., Villamor, P., García-García, M., & Biencinto, C. (2020). Competencias docentes. 11 píldoras formativas para la excelencia y la equidad. Círculo Rojo. Darling-Hammond, L., Holtzman, D., Gatlin, S., & Vasquez, J. (2005). Does teacher preparation matter? Education Policy Analysis Archives, 13(42). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.v13n42.2005 Durán, D., & Giné, C. (2017). La formación del profesorado para la educación inclusiva. Revista Latinoamericana de Educación Inclusiva, 5(2), 153–170. Eurydice. (2013). Key data on teachers and school leaders in Europe. Publications Office of the EU. Körkkö, M., Kotilainen, M. R., Toljamo, S., & Turunen, T. (2020). Developing teacher in-service education through a professional development plan. European Journal of Teacher Education 45(3), 320–337. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1827393 López-Martín, E., Gutiérrez-de-Rozas, B., González-Benito, A. M., & Expósito-Casas, E. (2023). Why do teachers matter? International Journal of Educational Research, 120, 102199. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2023.102199 Ministerio de Educación y Formación Profesional [MEFP] (2024). Informe final con la propuesta Marco de Competencias Profesionales Docentes. documento-de-debate-24-propuestas-de- reforma-profesi-n-docente.pdf Montero, L. (2022). La formación inicial, ¿puerta de entrada al desarrollo profesional? Educar, 30, 69–80. https://doi.org/10.5565/rev/educar.314 Sánchez-Tarazaga, L., & Manso, J. (2022). Las competencias del profesorado de educación secundaria en España. Archivos Analíticos de Políticas Educativas, 30(8). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.30.5831 Sultan, D., & Yaman, M. (2022). A study on teacher competencies of pre-service science teachers. Jurnal Penelitian dan Pembelajaran IPA, 8(2), 153–174. Susinos, T., Romero, J., Ceballos, N. y Saiz, A. (2022). Reforma de la formación inicial de docente en clave ecosocial. La pandemia como maestra. Innovación Educativa, 32, 1-19. Zabalza, M. A. (2022). Calidad docente y calidad de la docencia. Innovación Educativa, 32, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.15304/ie.32.8716 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 06 D: Career Choice, Commitment, and Professional Trajectories Location: 113 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Chiyu Chang Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Who Qualifies as a Teacher Student? Language-supported Non-degree Programme Educators’ and Trainees’ Views on Sufficient Skills for Teacher Studies University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This paper discusses sufficient academic qualifications for successful teacher studies in a second language. Language proficiency is generally regarded as an undisputed prerequisite for university studies. Following the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR, 2001), most Finnish universities require certified CEFR level B2 as the entry level in Finnish degree programs. However, according to the Finnish Decree on Qualification Requirements for Teaching Staff (Finlex 986/1998), teachers in basic and pre-primary education are required to have “excellent language proficiency”, which has been interpreted as the highest C2 level in CEFR. Similar requirements are used in other European countries as well (e.g. Fuková, 2025, 157). It is therefore noteworthy that as a language proficiency threshold, B2 is low in relation to legislation and alreadyincludes the assumption that the students’ language proficiency will accumulate to level C1 or even C2 during academic studies. Accepting students with B2 level can thus be seen as a sign of educational optimism from the society. It also reflects the value of universalism in education (see Schwartz et al., 2012). Recently, the acute need for qualified teachers has increased aspirations for teacher education internationally (Boström et al., 2025). In Finland, the shortage concerns specifically teachers in early childhood education and care (ECEC). As one solution, Finnish universities are allocated temporary funding for experimental programmes with language support. These programmes are aimed at students with elementary knowledge in the language of instruction, for improving language skills in the language of instruction (Finnish/Swedish) and simultaneously studying some of the key contents of their future field of study. This study was carried out in a 10-month-long language-supported pilot program in ECEC teacher studies. The studies included both Finnish language and contents of basic studies in early childhood education qualification. During the 10 months ofstudy, the students complete basic studies in early childhood education (25 ECTS credits), and 20 credits ofFinnish language. The participants who have no previous Finnish secondary level degree, will also execute theNational Certificate of Language Proficiency (YKI) test, and their aim is to achieve a score of 4 (B2) in all four subtests. This case study aims to structure the concept of sufficient academic language skills for university studies in education. Language skills are measurable – such as syntactic and morphosyntactic understanding, speaking fluency, writing skills, or vocabulary width (e.g. Juan & Flor, 2006) – but on the other hand, language proficiency also consists of a set of strategic skills that are harder to define and measure (Macaro, 2006). Strategies include for example the ability focus, ask for targeted support, and rely on the affordances available. In addition, academic language skills for ECEC studies may be something that we do not fully perceive at the starting point of the study. Our research question is twofold: How do the programme educators versus programme students assess the participating students’ ability to succeed in academic studies? How does the students’ self-assessment relate to the results of syntactic analysis made from their texts, and from the result of the YKI test? Our goal is to find and highlight differences between the educators’ and students’ views. We also compare the assessments made by human participants and the authorized testing tool, YKI. The results are interpreted in a framework that is formed between the abovementioned three factors: the value-based idea of accessibility of higher education, the evidence-based fact of teacher shortage, and the legislation-based (high) threshold for language proficiency for teaching profession. The results also relate with the phenomenon of immigrant optimism (Kao & Tienda, 1995) and general faith in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data collection for this case study is carried out in a pilot program over a period of 10 months in the University (pseudonym). The participants of the study are two teachers and 18 students who aim to enter the Early Childhood Education programme in the University. The material for this study is collected as ethnographic data during the pilot programme. Two researchers of this study participated the pilot as educators, and they became participant observers during the fieldwork (Bernard, 2017, 347), whereas the third researcher is an observing outsider. The participant observers have a double role as educator informants and researchers. In the end of the programme, both also wrote a free evaluation of each of their participating students’ academic skills for academic teacher studies. Regarding the participating students, we provide background information about students’ previous schooling, time spent in the country, and working experience. For analysis, we chose four written texts and one spoken product they prepared during the 10-month long pilot course: - the entrance test, one text-based academic essay after 2 months of studies, - one writing test after 8 months of studies, - a self-efficacy reflection after 10 months, and - one simulated teaching session after 10 months. In addition, and the final YKI results of the participating students. As an analytic tool to examine and illustrate the students’ views about their own academic skills, we use thematic content analysis. The researcher who was not participating the pilot course, also analysed the participating researchers’ final evaluations through thematic content analysis. Moreover, the students’ texts were analysed also syntactically, to observe how the clause type variation and length develops over the study period. Concerning sources of information, our setup is deliberately asymmetrical, as the participating educators’ and students’ views are viewed as parallel to the syntactic analysis and the test results of the YKI system. The human participants are expected to produce holistic questioning and layered reflections, whereas the YKI test provides a summative evaluation of language proficiency in four predetermined areas, two of which measure language production (writing and speaking), and the other two measure language reception (reading and listening comprehension). The comparison is interesting, since the non-human party YKI is authorized to have the final word: without an approved B2 grade in all four sections of the test, individuals are not eligible to apply to study in the program of Early Childhood Education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through thematic content analysis, the case study discusses students' views on their own academic skills and development. Second, the result of content analysis is compared with the result of ten-month longitudinal material of their syntactic development. In addition, we will be comparing the assessments made by the trainers with the students' self-assessments, and in the end, with the results of the YKI test. We hypothesize that during the pilot period, the students' capabilities for “realistic” self-reflection have increased. In other words, the lectures, discussions and study materials in the University have exposed them to the discourse about linguistic demands set to them. We also assume that their own views of their academic study skills may still be slightly more positive than the educators’ views and clearly more positive than the result of the YKI test. Participant observation ethnography contributes to discussion of learning potentials. The trainers have perspectives, for example, about the learning ability of different individuals, having followed them from the entry level until the end of pilot period. They also have observed, how study strategies were adopted, and how the individuals' language use developed during the period and thus are able to evaluate the factor of learning potential also. Through educators’ and students’ voices, the study illuminates the anatomy of teacher’s language proficiency. It also enhances discussion on the role of values in entry level testing, and how the values relate to the societal fact of teacher shortage, and on the other hand to the legislation demanding highest CEFR level for all teachers. References Bernard, H. R. (2017). Research methods in anthropology: Qualitative and quantitative approaches. (Chapter 13: Participant Observation, 342–386). Bloomsbury Publishing PLC. Boström, L., Kreienbaum, M.A., Wüllner, S., Andersen, F., Bostedt, G. & Håkansson Lindqvist, M. 2025. WATS up? What About Teacher Shortage? International Perspectives from Denmark, Germany, and Sweden. In A. Gehrmann & P. Germer. (Eds.), Teacher Shortage in International Perspectives: Insights and Responses Non-Traditional Pathways to the Teacher Profession (pp. 281–289). Springer. CEFR = Common European Framework of Reference for Languages, 2001. Council of Europe. Finlex 986/1998. Decree on Qualification Requirements for Teaching Staff. Fuková, P. 2025: Alternative Routes into Teaching: Combined Study Programme for Teaching German as a Foreign Language in Ústí nad Labem. In A. Gehrmann & P. Germer (Eds.), Teacher Shortage in International Perspectives: Insights and Responses Non-Traditional Pathways to the Teacher Profession (pp. 159–164). Springer. Juan, E. U., & Flor, A. M. (Eds.). 2006. Current trends in the development and teaching of the four language skills (Vol. 29). Walter de Gruyter. Kao, G. & Tienda, M. 1995. Optimism and Achievement: The Educational Performance of Immigrant Youth. Social Science Quarterly 76 (1), 1–19. Macaro, E. 2006. Strategies for Language Learning and for Language Use: Revising the Theoretical Framework. The Modern Language Journal 90: 320–337. Schwartz, S. H., Cieciuch, J., Vecchione, M., Davidov, E., Fischer, R., Beierlein, C., Ramos, A., Verkasalo, M., Lönnqvist, J.-E., Demirutku, K., Dirilen-Gumus, O., & Konty, M. 2012. Refining the theory of basic individual values. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 103(4), 663–688. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0029393 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Substitute Teachers’ Meaning-Making under Institutional Gaps: A Qualitative Study from Taiwan National Dong Hwa University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Across many education systems, substitute teachers have become an essential yet structurally marginal workforce. In Taiwan, demographic decline and flexible staffing policies have intensified schools’ reliance on substitute teachers, including those without formal teaching certification. Despite their increasing presence, substitute teachers often experience unstable employment conditions, ambiguous authority, and limited institutional support, raising critical questions about how teacher professionalism is constructed under precarity. Existing studies have examined substitute teachers’ job satisfaction and working conditions (Glaveli et al., 2023; Schkolenko, 2018), as well as early-career substitute teachers’ adaptation within formal teacher education systems (Chang, 2010; Kuo, 2023). However, less attention has been paid to how substitute teachers themselves interpret institutional constraints and actively negotiate professional action in everyday school life. Responding to the ECER 2026 theme Knowing and Acting: The Changing Conditions and Potentials of Education Research, this study explores how professional knowledge and action emerge within institutional gaps. This paper addresses the following research questions: The study adopts an interpretive and meaning-oriented theoretical framework, viewing teacher professionalism as a situated and negotiated process rather than a fixed outcome of certification. Drawing on perspectives of teacher identity, institutional precarity, and professional agency, the paper conceptualizes substitute teachers as actors who continuously interpret, adapt to, and sometimes resist institutional arrangements. By focusing on substitute teachers’ lived experiences and reflexive interpretations, this study contributes to international discussions on teacher professionalism, educational inequality, and governance. It foregrounds how professional knowing and acting are shaped within incomplete institutional structures and highlights the transformative potential of research that takes marginal educational actors seriously. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative research design combining semi-structured interviews, participant observation, and reflexive field notes. The primary data consist of in-depth interviews with three substitute teachers working at the same lower secondary school in Taiwan: an English teacher, a mathematics teacher, and a counseling teacher. The participants differ in subject area, career background, certification status, and life circumstances, allowing for comparative analysis across professional trajectories. In addition to the initial interviews, the researcher conducted ongoing participant observation throughout the academic year, gaining further insights into participants’ institutional positioning, workload arrangements, and career considerations. Supplementary observations also include informal conversations with substitute teachers from other schools, enabling cross-county and cross-school comparisons regarding administrative practices and role expectations. Data collection focused on key areas such as teaching assignments, assessment design, administrative coordination, inter-teacher conflicts, student management, and career decision-making. Particular attention was paid to moments of institutional breakdown, role ambiguity, and professional negotiation, as these situations revealed how substitute teachers make sense of their positions. Data analysis followed a thematic and iterative approach. Interview transcripts and field notes were coded to identify patterns related to meaning-making, institutional constraints, professional agency, and mobility. Reflexive analysis was employed to acknowledge the researcher’s positionality while ensuring that analytical emphasis remained on participants’ interpretations and actions rather than autobiographical narrative. Ethical considerations included informed consent, anonymization of participants, and careful handling of sensitive institutional information. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that substitute teachers’ professionalism is constructed through ongoing negotiation within institutional gaps rather than derived solely from formal status. Participants frequently assumed substantial teaching responsibilities while lacking corresponding decision-making authority or administrative protection, leading to the personalization of professional risk. Differences across cases reveal how institutional conditions intersect with teachers’ backgrounds. The mathematics teacher’s cross-disciplinary training and geographical mobility illustrate how career planning involves balancing institutional advancement with personal and familial considerations. The English teacher’s experiences highlight how assessment disputes and workload allocation expose substitute teachers to conflict without adequate procedural support. The counseling teacher’s relative economic security enables alternative relational practices with students that fall outside standardized professional training yet prove effective in practice. Across cases, high mobility—often framed as a structural weakness—emerges as a potential source of agency. The option to leave unsustainable environments provides substitute teachers with psychological and practical leverage to set boundaries, voice concerns, and make professional choices. These findings challenge deficit-oriented views of substitute teachers and suggest that educational systems should reconsider how professionalism, support, and responsibility are distributed. The study contributes to the ECER 2026 theme by demonstrating how educational research can illuminate the conditions under which marginalized actors transform precarity into meaningful professional action. References Glaveli, N., Manolitzas, P., Vouzas, F., & Liassidis, C. (2023). Developing a sustainable work environment for substitute teachers: A multi-criteria job satisfaction approach. Sustainability, 15(2), 1154. Schkolenko, K. (2018). Comparing job satisfaction between certified and noncertified substitute teachers (Doctoral dissertation, Walden University). 張民杰(2010)。師資培育歷程外一章:一位國中初任代理教師的個案研究。《教育研究與發展期刊》,5(1),59–90。 郭庭華(2023)。你可能不知道的國小代理教師工作現況。《臺灣教育評論月刊》,12(11),90–93。 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Incentives and Challenges to Teacher Licensure: A qualitative study Texas State University, United States of America Presenting Author:Teacher certification and licensure systems globally, including across the United States, Europe, and Australia, share common goals of ensuring teacher quality but face persistent challenges related to entry barriers, uneven preparation quality, and the design of incentives to attract and retain effective teachers, especially in hard‑to‑staff schools and subjects (Mesquita & Rivas, 2016; Mihai, 2020; Witte et al., 2010). Across contexts, policy debates increasingly center on balancing regulatory standards with flexibility, alternative pathways, and incentive structures that expand supply without undermining instructional quality (King & Yin, 2022; Liu et al., 2018; Zhang & Wang, 2022). This funded study of unlicensed teachers working in Houston, TX, USA schools is designed to understand the challenges and incentives facing diverse teachers working across a wide range of urban and suburban schools and how recent changes have impacted teachers’ perspectives and priorities in pursuing teacher licensure. This qualitative study of teacher interviews aims to provide relevant and personal perspectives to a large- scale issue of teacher quality that is part of the overall “poly-crisis” in educational equity and excellence. We ask the research question, “What challenges and incentives impact diverse educators’ ability to become licensed teachers and remain in the profession?” Challenges to certification and licensure A central challenge globally is that formal training and certification requirements can unintentionally restrict the supply of qualified teachers, particularly in high‑need areas (Ingersoll, 2007; King & Yin, 2022; Sutcher et al., 2016). Analyses of U.S. policy reforms suggest that extensive coursework and rigid program structures may deter potential entrants and push systems toward greater reliance on minimally prepared or uncertified teachers, especially in disadvantaged schools (Ingersoll, 2007; Liu et al., 2018). European reviews similarly highlight that existing regulatory frameworks often fail to create strong incentives for teachers or schools (Eurydice, 2013; Loureiro et al., 2023). Alternative certification has emerged as a policy response to shortages and the high costs and perceived inflexibility of traditional programs (Liu et al., 2018; Sutcher et al., 2016). In Germany and other European countries such as Sweden, Switzerland, and Denmark, alternative certification programs have been implemented to combat teacher shortages and have begun recruiting professionals or graduates from different professional fields to fill the high demand for teachers (Birch, et al., 2018; Lucksnat, et al., 2022). Studies comparing traditionally and alternatively certified teachers find differences in motives for entry, well‑being, and intentions to remain, raising concerns that some alternative programs may prioritize rapid entry over sustained professional growth and retention (Birch, et al., 2018; Zhang & Wang, 2022). Incentives for recruitment, retention, and development Financial and career incentives play a growing role in teacher certification policy, particularly in addressing shortages in challenging schools and subjects. A systematic review of international evidence finds that targeted financial incentives—such as bonuses, bursaries, loan forgiveness, or salary supplements—can be effective in attracting teachers to hard‑to‑staff contexts, although their effects on long‑term retention are less consistent (Mihai, 2020). Broader analyses of European and international systems emphasize that incentives must extend beyond entry bonuses to include coherent compensation structures, promotion linked to meaningful professional development, and supportive working conditions that make staying in the profession attractive (Eurydice, 2013; Loureiro et al., 2023; Liu & Lu, 2023). Across both the United States and Europe, the literature converges on the importance of integrating certification policy with robust, well‑designed incentive systems that address not only who enters teaching, but also how teachers are supported and rewarded across their careers (Mihai, 2020; Loureiro et al., 2023; Sutcher et al., 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study used semi structured interviews to examine the qualifications, characteristics, and licensure experiences of teachers working in schools within the greater Houston, TX, USA region. Houston was chosen due to the large number of teachers available in diverse contexts (urban, suburban, small town) as well as the ethnic, racial, and age diversity of participants. In addition, funding was secured from a local educational nonprofit in support of the research. A purposive sampling strategy was employed to recruit currently practicing teachers across campuses, subjects, and grade levels, consistent with qualitative sampling approaches that prioritize information rich cases over representativeness (Creswell & Poth, 2018; Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). A total of 58 interviews were conducted with participants from elementary, middle, and high school grade levels. Prior to data collection, participants provided informed consent for participation, audio recording, and the use of anonymized quotations, aligning with ethical guidance for educational interview research (Tracy, 2020). The interview protocol included closed ended demographic items (e.g., gender identity, race/ethnicity, age range, teaching assignment, years of experience, academic background, and certification alignment) followed by open ended questions about career choice, enrollment in educator preparation programs, testing and licensure progress, perceived barriers and incentives, professional supports, and future career intentions. Questions and probes were designed to elicit rich descriptions of teachers’ decision making around educator preparation programs, the financial, logistical, and testing challenges they faced, and the types of supports and incentives that would facilitate licensure completion, following best practices for depth oriented interviewing (Kallio et al., 2016). Interviews were conducted individually, audio recorded, and transcribed verbatim for analysis. Data were then coded thematically using an inductive–deductive approach to identify patterns related to choice of preparation pathway, barriers to licensure, financial and professional incentives, and perceived adequacy of district and campus supports, consistent with Braun and Clarke’s (2006) reflexive thematic analysis framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interview findings highlight that teachers’ choices about educator preparation programs and licensure are driven by a practical calculus of cost, convenience, and perceived program quality. Cost and affordability emerge as the most frequently cited reasons for choosing a particular EPP, followed closely by word-of-mouth endorsements and negative perceptions of alternative programs, underscoring the importance of reputation and peer networks in licensure decisions. Convenience—especially online formats, flexible schedules, and clear, minimal entry requirements—also plays a significant role in shaping teachers’ pathways into certification, suggesting that rigid, opaque systems may lose candidates before they even begin. At the same time, teachers face substantial barriers to licensure, particularly miscommunication from programs, time pressures from balancing exams and coursework with full time work and family responsibilities, financial strain from exam and college costs, and the perceived difficulty and confusion surrounding high stakes assessments in licensure requirements (such as the Science of Teaching Reading exam in Texas). Against this backdrop, money based incentives, pay protection, and recognition as fully certified professionals are powerful motivators to persist, with teachers emphasizing both material security and professional pride as reasons to complete licensure. Teachers also call for embedded coaching, meaningful preparation time, and workload aligned compensation, indicating that supportive working conditions and ongoing instructional support are critical complements to financial incentives in helping candidates overcome licensure challenges. Most of the participants interviewed indicated plans to remain as teachers in the classroom and a strong commitment to teaching over the next 3-5 and even 10 years. These findings support the research literature that indicate cost is a significant barrier to teachers entering the profession and also add nuance around teacher titles and professionalism as important incentives. In addition, interviewees expressed a desire for more alignment between school/district supports and licensure programs, including embedded supports and better communication. References Aydarova, O., & Marquardt, S. K. (2016). The global imperatives of higher education: Challenges for teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(5), 543–546. Bauer, T., et al. (2011). Teacher education reforms in Europe. European Journal of Education, 46(4), 455–472. Birch, P., Balcon, M. P., Bourgeois, A., Davydovskaia, O., & Tremosa, S. P. (2018). Teaching Careers in Europe: Access, Progression and Support. Eurydice Report. Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency, European Commission. Eurydice. (2013). Key data on teachers and school leaders in Europe 2013 edition. European Commission. Ingersoll, R. M. (2007). Misdiagnosing America’s teacher quality problem. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 221–225. King, L., & Yin, H. (2022). Should states reduce teacher licensing requirements? Evidence from Texas (NBER Working Paper No. 34232). National Bureau of Economic Research. Liu, S., & Lu, X. (2023). The impact of incentivizing training on students’ outcomes. Economics of Education Review, 98, 102221. Liu, Y., Xu, S., & Stronge, J. H. (2018). Alternative certification: A solution or an alternative problem? Journal of Education and Training Studies, 6(4), 1–10. Loureiro, N., et al. (2023). Exploring trends and challenges in professional development of teachers in European Union member states. Studies in Educational Research, 3(4), 45–60. Lucksnat, C., Richter, E., Schipolowski, S., Hoffmann, L., & Richter, D. (2022). How do traditionally and alternatively certified teachers differ? A comparison of their motives for teaching, their well-being, and their intention to stay in the profession. Teaching and Teacher Education, 117, 103784. Mesquita, A., & Rivas, S. (2016). A study of teacher training in the United States and Europe. International Journal of Higher Education, 5(2), 100–112. Mihai, A. (2020). What works in attracting and retaining teachers in challenging schools and areas? Oxford Review of Education, 46(6), 702–726. Sutcher, L., Darling Hammond, L., & Carver Thomas, D. (2016). A coming crisis in teaching? Teacher supply, demand, and shortages in the U.S. Educational Policy Analysis Archives, 24(35), 1–27. Witte, J., Sursock, A., & Smidt, H. (2010). The Bologna process in higher education. European Journal of Education, 45(4), 497–510. Zhang, Q., & Wang, L. (2022). How do traditionally and alternatively certified teachers differ? Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103874. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 06 E: Theory and Methodology in Research on Undergraduate Thesis Supervision from the Supervisors’ Perspective: A scoping Review Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Yersaiyn Assanuly Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Developing Grade 9 Students’ Research Skills through Case Study Methods in History Education Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In contemporary history education, increasing attention is paid to developing students’ research skills, including critical source analysis, formulation of research questions, and evidence-based reasoning. International educational discourse emphasizes inquiry-based and student-centred approaches as effective alternatives to traditional fact-based instruction, particularly in secondary education. Within this context, the case study method is viewed as a pedagogical approach that situates learning within authentic, complex historical problems and encourages active student engagement. At Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS), inquiry-based learning constitutes a core instructional principle aimed at fostering students’ independent thinking, analytical reasoning, and collaborative problem-solving skills. The Grade 9 World History curriculum provides rich opportunities for implementing case study methods through topics such as World War I, the collapse of empires, the Versailles–Washington system, and socio-political transformations in Western societies. These topics allow students to work with diverse historical sources and to engage in structured historical inquiry. The main research problem addressed in this study is how the case study method can be used to develop research skills in Grade 9 World History students. The study seeks to explore the pedagogical potential of case-based learning when combined with structured source evaluation tools in classroom practice. The study is guided by the following research questions:
The primary aim of the study is to examine the role of the case study method in fostering key research competencies among secondary school students in history lessons. By analysing classroom practices and students’ engagement with historical inquiry, the study aims to identify instructional strategies that effectively support the development of transferable research skills. This research contributes to the broader international discussion on developing students’ research competencies through inquiry-based approaches in secondary education. While much of the existing literature addresses case studies in higher education, fewer studies focus on their systematic application in school-level history education within non-Western contexts. By examining classroom practices in Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, this study provides insights relevant to international audiences interested in comparative education, curriculum design, and inquiry-based pedagogy. The theoretical framework of the study is grounded in constructivist and social constructivist learning theories. Constructivist perspectives emphasise that learners actively construct knowledge through interaction with content and reflective thinking (Piaget, 1970), while social constructivism highlights the role of social interaction, scaffolding, and collaborative learning within the Zone of Proximal Development (Vygotsky, 1978). In history education, these theoretical perspectives align with research on historical thinking, which underscores the importance of source analysis, contextualisation, and evidence-based reasoning as core components of disciplinary learning (Wineburg, 2001; Seixas, 2006). Within this framework, the case study method is understood as a pedagogical approach that situates learning in meaningful historical contexts, encouraging students to analyse multiple sources, evaluate competing interpretations, and collaboratively construct historical explanations. The study assumes that structured scaffolding tools embedded within case study activities can support students’ progression from guided inquiry toward more independent research practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design to explore how the case study method supports the development of research skills among Grade 9 World History students. A qualitative approach was selected as it allows for an in-depth examination of classroom practices, student engagement, and the processes through which research competencies are developed within authentic educational settings. The research was conducted at a Nazarbayev Intellectual School during the first term of the academic year. The participants included 32 Grade 9 students and six subject teachers, comprising three history teachers and three geography teachers, who formed the research group. Students worked collaboratively in small groups during case study activities, enabling peer interaction and collective inquiry. Teachers facilitated learning by providing structured guidance and scaffolding throughout the research process. Case studies were designed in alignment with the Grade 9 World History curriculum and focused on key historical topics, including World War I and the collapse of the Austro-Hungarian, Russian, and Ottoman empires, the Versailles–Washington system and post-war political stability, and socio-political developments in Western societies. These case studies required students to analyse primary and secondary historical sources, formulate research questions, and construct evidence-based interpretations. To support students’ inquiry, structured source evaluation tools were integrated into the case study activities. These included sourcing analysis guides, contextualisation checklists, close reading frameworks, corroboration matrices, and a case study evaluation rubric. The use of these tools aimed to scaffold students’ analytical thinking and gradually promote greater independence in historical inquiry. Data were collected using multiple qualitative methods. Classroom observations were conducted to examine student participation, collaboration, and engagement during case study activities. Students’ learning artefacts, including presentations, written reports, annotated sources, and visual materials, were analysed to assess the development of research skills. In addition, semi-structured interviews with participating teachers were conducted to capture professional reflections on the effectiveness of the case study approach and the interdisciplinary collaboration between history and geography teachers. Data analysis was carried out using thematic analysis, following the principles outlined by Braun and Clarke. Observational notes, student work, and interview transcripts were coded inductively to identify recurring patterns related to students’ source analysis, question formulation, and evidence-based reasoning. Triangulation of data sources enhanced the credibility of the findings and allowed for a comprehensive understanding of how case study methods contribute to the development of research skills in history education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to demonstrate that the systematic use of the case study method, supported by structured source evaluation tools, contributes to the development of Grade 9 students’ research skills in history education. In particular, the findings are anticipated to show improvements in students’ ability to critically analyse historical sources, formulate focused and meaningful research questions, and construct evidence-based historical arguments. The study is also expected to highlight the importance of scaffolding in inquiry-based learning. The integration of structured tools within case study activities is likely to support students’ transition from teacher-guided inquiry to more independent research practices. Through repeated engagement with authentic historical problems, students are expected to develop greater confidence in evaluating sources, synthesising information, and justifying interpretations using evidence. From a pedagogical perspective, the study is expected to provide insights into how collaborative learning and interdisciplinary cooperation between history and geography teachers can enhance students’ engagement and analytical thinking. The involvement of teachers from different subject areas is anticipated to enrich the learning process by supporting the transfer of research skills across disciplinary contexts. In terms of originality, this research contributes to the limited body of studies examining the application of case study methods in school-level history education within non-Western educational contexts. By focusing on classroom practices in Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, the study offers empirical insights relevant to international discussions on inquiry-based pedagogy and research skill development in secondary education. The expected outcomes of the study have practical implications for teachers, curriculum designers, and school leaders. The findings may inform the design of history and social science lessons that aim to develop students’ research competencies through structured inquiry. In addition, the study may support the wider implementation of case-based and interdisciplinary approaches in secondary education, contributing to the development of transferable skills essential for academic success and lifelong learning. References Abeysekera, L., & Dawson, P. (2015). Motivation and cognitive load in the flipped classroom: Definition, rationale and a call for research. Higher Education Research & Development, 34(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2014.934336 Bergmann, J., & Sams, A. (2012). Flip your classroom: Reach every student in every class every day. International Society for Technology in Education. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. (2025). NIS-Programme educational programme overview (in cooperation with Cambridge Assessment International Education). https://www.nis.edu.kz/en/page/nazarbaev-ziiatkerlik-mektepteri-dbbu-nis-programme-bilim-beru-bagdarlamasy Piaget, J. (1970). Science of education and the psychology of the child. New York: Orion Press. Seixas, P. (2006). Historical thinking and other unnatural acts: Charting the future of teaching the past. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wineburg, S. (2001). Historical thinking and other unnatural acts: Charting the future of teaching the past. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Theory and Methodology in Research on Undergraduate Thesis Supervision from the Supervisors’ Perspective: A scoping Review Linnaeus University, Sweden Presenting Author:Supervision of undergraduate thesis writing is a core academic practice with substantial consequences for students, supervisors, universities, and society. Agricola, Prins, van der Schaaf, and van Tartwijk (2021) show that supervisors’ pedagogical decisions during thesis meetings are directed toward supporting student understanding, revealing supervision as a dynamic, interactive, context‑specific practice. Bradshaw, O’Sullivan, and Creaven (2025) further describe supervision as a continual negotiation of academic identity shaped by institutional structures, personal values, and relational demands. The significance of supervision is especially clear in research by Mårtensson and Söderström (2024), who demonstrate that different supervisory emphases—such as support, control, content focus, process orientation, and supervisory format—relate distinctly to student outcomes including timely completion, deep learning, scientific curiosity, and thesis quality. From the student perspective, Roberts and Seaman (2018) find that students value supervisors who are supportive, empowering, communicative, and aligned with their research interests, while concerns often center on power dynamics and inconsistent guidance. Yet, the empirical research base—particularly from the supervisor’s perspective—remains comparatively limited and dispersed across disciplines and national contexts. Besides, the fragmentation in theoretical usage is highlighted by Bradshaw et al. (2025) while Agricola et al. (2021) and Freeman et al. (2020) observe that methodological transparency and paradigm articulation are often limited in studies of academic supervision. These perspectives bring out the need for theoretically explicit syntheses that illuminate how supervisors conceptualize and enact their roles. This review therefore asks: Which theoretical and methodological patterns characterize empirical qualitative studies on supervisors’ perspectives on undergraduate thesis supervision, and what gaps and opportunities emerge from a systematic scoping of this literature? Addressing this question involves four objectives: to conduct a systematic search for published, peer‑reviewed empirical literature on supervision of undergraduate thesis from the supervisor perspective; to chart the range of aims, theories, and methodologies used in these studies; to analyze characteristics of theory use via the notion of “theory work” (Hamann & Kosmützky, 2021); and to appraise methodological characteristics using the Approach‑Based Model that distinguishes Big‑Q qualitative from small‑q qualitative research (Nicmanis & Spurrier, 2025). Two conceptual frameworks guide the analysis in this review, each addressing a different dimension of how research on supervisors’ perspectives is constructed and justified. The first is a theory‑work lens, which draws on Hamann and Kosmützky’s (2021) articulation of three core dimensions of theory work in higher education research. This lens enables a systematic examination of how studies position themselves theoretically by considering: (i) the range of theories they mobilize—whether they rely on broad, universal theories or highly contextual, case‑specific conceptual tools; (ii) their mode of engagement with theory, including whether theory is being tested, applied, modified, or built; and (iii) the degree of epistemic autonomy demonstrated, that is, whether studies develop theoretical contributions independently or primarily borrow from adjacent fields. The second framework is an alignment lens, which evaluates the coherence between a study’s stated (or implied) ontological and epistemological commitments and its methodological choices, data collection strategies, analytic procedures, and interpretive claims. This lens is informed by Nicmanis and Spurrier’s (2025) distinction between interpretive Big‑Q qualitative approaches, which are grounded in explicit paradigmatic commitments, and method‑driven small‑q qualitative approaches, which treat qualitative methods primarily as technical tools. The alignment lens is particularly relevant in this field because many studies on undergraduate thesis supervision rely on interviews, thematic analysis, or discourse‑oriented methods while omitting explicit paradigm statements. Such omissions create uncertainty about whether methodological choices are philosophically grounded or merely procedural. Together, these two frameworks allow the review not only to map theoretical and methodological patterns but also to interrogate the conceptual coherence and scholarly positioning of the field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the review follows the scoping framework introduced by Arksey and O’Malley (2005) and later refined by Levac, Colquhoun, and O’Brien (2010), as well as the extraction and reporting recommendations of Pollock et al. (2023). Database searches will include ERIC, PsycInfo, Scopus, and Web of Science, supplemented with reference and citation chaining as recommended by Pollock et al. (2023) and the JBI Manual chapter by Peters, Godfrey, McInerney, Munn, Tricco, and Khalil (2024). Inclusion criteria for this publication focus on empirical qualitative studies representing supervisors’ experiences; exclusions include mixed methods designs and studies blending supervisor and student perspectives without distinguishing between them, consistent with the pragmatic guidance of Levac et al. (2010). The final corpus consists of 12 qualitative studies published between 1998 and November 2024, with nine published after 2015, indicating a recent uptick in supervisor‑focused research on undergraduate thesis supervision. Studies were conducted across nine countries (e.g., UK, Sweden, Norway, Netherlands, Spain, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Indonesia) and span disciplines including health sciences, psychology, education, business, sport studies, and law, with three studies involving multi‑disciplinary samples. This breadth underscores both the growing interest and the cross‑context heterogeneity of supervisory practice. Data extraction covered study demographics (country, discipline, year), stated aims, theory/concepts, methodological stance and methods, analytical approach, and ethical reporting. Analytical work comprised (a) a descriptive synthesis of aims, theories, and methodologies range and (b) a deductive appraisal using the theory‑work lenses (Hamann & Kosmützky, 2021) and the Approach‑Based Model (Nicmanis & Spurrier, 2025). Reporting followed JBI guidance by Pollock et al. (2023) and Peters et al. (2024), using narrative synthesis supported by structured comparison. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the corpus, studies consistently explore supervisors’ experiences of dilemmas, negotiations, and challenges embedded in the daily practice of undergraduate thesis supervision. In terms of theory use, seven of the twelve studies incorporate theories or sensitizing concepts to guide inquiry or deepen interpretation. Much of this theoretical scaffolding is imported from adjacent domains: concepts such as “dilemmatic space,” “teacher noticing,” and “teaching dilemmas” derive from pedagogical research, while “chaos/cosmos” originates in learning theory. Studies also draw on repertoires of supervisory roles and quality dimensions developed in other supervision contexts, and one employs systemic functional linguistics to analyze tenor and relational positioning. The remaining studies rely mainly on case specific interpretations, using theory more as a reflective or comparative tool during the discussion stage than as a primary analytic driver. Methodologically, the studies predominantly align with interpretivist or constructivist paradigms, whether explicitly acknowledged or implicitly conveyed through research questions and analytic choices. Designs span exploratory qualitative studies, case studies, hermeneutic approaches, and grounded theory influenced analyses. Semi structured or unstructured interviews constitute the primary method of data collection, supplemented occasionally by focus groups or qualitative questionnaires. Analytic strategies range from reflexive and latent thematic analysis to discourse analysis, phenomenological accounts of lived experience, and constant comparison coding. Notably, several studies that otherwise align with Big Q qualitative values introduce positivist leaning quality metrics—such as inter rater reliability or coding agreement—suggesting that methodological reporting may at times reflect disciplinary or editorial norms rather than paradigmatic congruence. Analyzed through Hamann and Kosmützky’s theory work lenses and the Approach Based Model, the corpus reveals both conceptual breadth and methodological inconsistency, underscoring the need for clearer theoretical articulation and stronger paradigm method alignment in future research. References Agricola, B. T., Prins, F. J., van der Schaaf, M. F., & van Tartwijk, J. (2021). Supervisor and student perspectives on undergraduate thesis supervision in higher education. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(5), 877–897. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1775115 Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Bradshaw, D., O’Sullivan, Í., & Creaven, A. M. (2025). Negotiated identity: A systematic review of the experiences and perceptions of supervisors of undergraduate academic supervision. International Journal for Academic Development. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360144X.2025.2538626 Freeman, L., Brooks, J., Crowley, C., Elmi Glennan, C., Gordon Finlayson, A., McDermott, H., & Seymour Smith, S. (2020). Beyond the comfort zone: A guide to supervising qualitative undergraduate psychology dissertations for quantitative researchers. Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O’Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: Advancing the methodology. Implementation Science, 5, 69. https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-5-69 Mårtensson, M., & Söderström, J. (2024). How does supervision shape student thesis outcomes? Expanding the theory and measurement of supervision and its impact. Journal of Political Science Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/15512169.2024.2446940 Peters, M. D. J., Godfrey, C., McInerney, P., Munn, Z., Tricco, A. C., & Khalil, H. (2024). JBI Manual for Evidence Synthesis: Scoping Reviews (Chapter 10). https://doi.org/10.46658/JBIMES-24-09 Pollock, D., Peters, M. D. J., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Alexander, L., Tricco, A. C., Evans, C., de Moraes, É. B., Godfrey, C. M., Pieper, D., Saran, A., Stern, C., & Munn, Z. (2023). Recommendations for the extraction, analysis, and presentation of results in scoping reviews. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 21(3), 520–532. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-22-00123 Rietig, K. (2023). Supervising dissertations. In Innovative Social Sciences Teaching and Learning (Chapter 8). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-41452-7_8 Roberts, L. D., & Seaman, K. (2018). Students’ experiences of undergraduate dissertation supervision. Frontiers in Education, 3, 109. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2018.00109 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Development of Students' Research Skills in World History Lessons through the Organization of Work with Written Sources Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In current history education, priorities have shifted from memorization of dates, facts and events to development of learners’research, analytical and critical thinking skills. Students now in history classes are expected not only to acquire factual knowledge but also to engage with historical sources, evaluate evidence, and build coherent, evidence-based arguments (VanSledright, 2014).
Primary documents, letters, archival materials, and contemporary accounts are classified as written sources, which are valuable tools for fostering students’ analytical and research skills(Lee, 2011). However, many 10th-grade students struggle to evaluate source credibility, interpret complex texts, and synthesize multiple perspectives. Thus, history teachers play a critical role in designing structured activities that scaffold students’ engagement with historical sources, helping them progressively develop independence and historical reasoning skills. This study aims to explore how structured work with written sources in world history lessons can enhance students’ research skills, focusing on guided source analysis, collaborative research, and scaffolded individual tasks. This main research problem addressed in this study is: How does structured engagement with written sources influence the development of research skills in 10th-grade world history students?
This study focuses on the following research questions: How does structured engagement with written sources affect 10th-grade students’ development of historical research skills?
How do guided source analysis, collaborative projects, and scaffolded inquiry tasks support students in evaluating and synthesizing historical information? What challenges do 10th-grade students face when working with written sources, and how can structured guidance help overcome them? Literature Review Research skills in history involve a set of competencies that enable students to locate, analyse, and synthesize information across multiple sources(Bain, 2005).Fostering these competencies is aligned with modern educational frameworks that focus on higher-order thinking, problem-solving, and evidence-based reasoning (Wineburg, 2001). Developing these competencies aligns with contemporary educational frameworks, which emphasize higher-order thinking, problem-solving, and evidence-based reasoning (Wineburg, 2001). Working with written sources promotes the development of historical literacy by encouraging students to critically evaluate content, understand historical context, and compare diverse perspectives (Lee, 2011). Nevertheless, effective skill development often relies on pedagogical strategies such as scaffolding, the modeling of analytical processes, and guided questioning of sources (VanSledright, 2014).Scholarly research suggests several effective strategies for developing research skills in history, including guided source analysis, collaborative research projects, and scaffolded inquiry tasks.Guided source analysis provides a structured framework for students to evaluate authorship, context, perspective, and reliability, while collaborative projects foster discussion, synthesis, and peer learning. Scaffolded inquiry tasks guide learners to formulate research questions, gather evidence, and construct coherent arguments step by step. A growing body of research confirms that combining these instructional strategies leads to significant improvements in students’ engagement, critical thinking, and historical reasoning (Bain, 2005; Lee, 2011; VanSledright, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a single-group pre-test/post-test design to investigate the development of research skills in 32 10th-grade students (ages 15–16) over an eight-week intervention focused on structured engagement with written sources. During weeks one and two, students participated in guided source analysis using structured questions to promote critical thinking and source evaluation. Weeks three to five involved small-group collaborative research projects, analyzing multiple sources to answer inquiry-based questions and presenting findings. Weeks six and seven included scaffolded individual research tasks, where students formulated research questions, selected sources, and constructed evidence-based arguments. The final week focused on presentations and reflection. Data collection included pre- and post-tests (measuring source interpretation, comparative analysis, and argumentation), classroom observations, student questionnaires, and evaluation of written tasks using a rubric. Quantitative data were analyzed with paired t-tests, and qualitative data were examined through thematic content analysis to identify patterns of engagement, collaboration, and critical thinking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1.How does structured engagement with written sources affect 10th-grade students’ development of historical research skills? The findings reveal that structured engagement with written sources substantially increased 10th-grade students’ research skills. A comparison of pre- and post-test results shows significant improvements: source interpretation increased by 35%, comparative analysis by 28%, and evidence-based argumentation by 40%. Guided source analysis helped students systematically evaluate authorship, perspective, context, and reliability, thereby improving their critical engagement with both primary and secondary documents (VanSledright 2014). 2.How do guided source analysis, collaborative projects, and scaffolded inquiry tasks support students in evaluating and synthesizing historical information? Classroom observations demonstrated that students displayed high engagement during collaborative research tasks, actively questioning, supporting one another, and reflecting on their learning. Participation in collaborative projects enhanced students’ ability to synthesize knowledge and confidently justify evidence-based conclusions (Lee, 2011). Scaffolded inquiry tasks guided students in designing research questions, selecting appropriate sources, and constructing coherent arguments, supporting the development of autonomy and analytical thinking (Bain, 2005). 3.What challenges do 10th-grade students face when working with written sources, and how can structured guidance help overcome them? Questionnaire data and evaluation of written research tasks demonstrated that students effectively synthesized multiple perspectives, critically evaluated source reliability, and produced coherent, evidence-based arguments. These findings indicate that structured engagement with written sources strengthens cognitive and metacognitive skills in historical reasoning, encourages independent and critical inquiry, and highlights the effectiveness of integrating guided source analysis, collaborative projects, and scaffolded inquiry in modern history classrooms (Bain, 2005; Lee, 2011; VanSledright, 2014). Conclusion This study highlights that structured engagement with written sources effectively develops students’ research skills, critical thinking, and historical reasoning. Incorporating guided analysis, collaborative projects, and scaffolded inquiry supports independent learning and evidence-based argumentation, emphasizing the value of source-based approaches in modern history education. References Bain, R. B. (2005). Into the Breach: Using Research and Theory to Shape History Instruction. Harvard Education Press. Bloom, B. S. (1956). Taxonomy of Educational Objectives. Longmans, Green. Lee, P. (2011). Historical Literacy and Source Work in the Secondary Classroom. Routledge. VanSledright, B. (2014). Assessing Historical Thinking and Understanding. Routledge. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. Wineburg, S. (2001). Historical Thinking and Other Unnatural Acts. Temple University Press. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 11 SES 06 A: Quality Higher Education: Developing Students' Competences Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Loreta Chodzkienė Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Exploring Lithuanian Students’ Self-Regulating Strategies: A Pathway to Quality Learning Vilnius University, Mykolas Romeris University (Lithuania) Presenting Author:ABSTRACT. The role of learners’ self-regulation of learning and its impacts have been widely investigated at all levels of education (Pintrich, 1999; van Hout-Wolters, 2000; Zimmerman, 2002, 2015; Nicol and Macfarlane-Dick, 2006; Cassidy, 2011; Kostons et al., 2012; Burkšaitienė, 2012, 2013, 2016; Vandevelde et al., 2015; Spruce & Bol, 2015; Beaumont et al., 2016; Schunk & Greene, 2018; Zeidner & Stoeger, 2019; Vosniadou et al., 2020; Porter & Peters-Burton, 2021;Winne & Azevedo, 2022; Backers et al., 2023; among others). In primary and secondary learning environments, it has been established that fostering self-regulated learning is meaningful and that its beneficial outcomes are likely to be achieved if a special training on how to promote learners’ self-regulated learning is provided to their teachers (Vandevelde et al., 2015; Porter & Peters-Burton, 2021 In higher education, self-regulated learning has in recent years become a prerequisite of academic success and developing lifelong learning skills (Cassidy, 2011). Research in this field has been focused on how students self-regulate their own learning to help them to develop key processes that they may lack, including goal setting, time management, learning strategies, self-evaluation, self-motivational beliefs, and seeking help or information (Nicol & Macfarlane-Dick, 2006; van der Veen & Peetsma, 2009; Abar & Loken, 2010; Cassidy, 2011; Kostons et al., 2012, etc.). Research findings show that students’ awareness of themselves as learners and the use of different methods of regulating one’s learning are the key factors leading to academic success (Pintrich, 1999; Zimmerman, 2002, 2015; Burkšaitienė, 2012, 2013, 2016; Chen, 2016; Ruegg, 2018; Yang, 2016, Pham, 2021; Nicol & Macfarlane-Dick, 2006; among others). It has been reported that when used to promote students’ self-regulated learning, such methods as peer feedback, reflection journals and self-assessment tasks had a positive impact on students' learning, raised their awareness and promoted critical thinking (Klenowski & Lunt, 2008; Yang, 2016; Pham, 2021), as well as fostered engagement in the process of studying, directed students towards further learning and developed their creativity (Burkšaitienė, 2012, 2013, 2016). Students’ self-regulated learning has been widely researched in many European countries, however, in Lithuania, it has not been investigated much (Burkšaitienė, 2012, 2013, 2016; Burkšaitienė et al., 2021; Horlenko, 2025). Therefore, the present study contributes to the research literature by presenting a Lithuanian perspective in the field and calls for further research. The present research is based on the theory of self-directed learning. The most relevant theoretical assumption underlying this theory is that self-directed learning is a process which includes three phases (forethought, performance, and reflection) that promote active engagement in learning by fostering goal setting, self-monitoring, and reflection, which leads to academic success (Zimmerman, 2002, 2015). This theory is relevant for the present research since it stresses that effective use of self-regulating strategies can reduce discrepancies between students’ current understandings, their performance and the goal (Hattie & Timperley, 2007). Besides, it emphasises that to promote self-regulated learning, it is critical to support and direct learners to move forward to the level of self-regulation at which they can identify and use the strategies that are the most effective to meet their goals, which is a path of raising the quality of learning in higher education (Huang, 2018). This study is part of larger mixed-method research conducted at four universities in Lithuania, with the participation of 309 third and fourth-year undergraduate students from various fields of studies, including technological sciences, social sciences and humanities. The study was guided by the research question: “Which processes of self-regulation do the students use in their studies?”. To answer the research question, an online survey consisting of 60 close-ended and a few open-ended questions was conducted. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study reports on the results of the analysis of students’ responses to one of the open-ended questions, i.e.: “What strategies do you use when you do not have all the necessary information for accomplishing given assignments?”. The data were collected from the responses provided by 140 students from two universities. To analyse the data, qualitative approach was chosen and inductive (bottom-up) content analysis was carried out. The suitability of this method for the present study is supported by the literature. According to Elo and Kyngäs, “it is used in cases where there are no previous studies dealing with the phenomenon or when it is fragmented” and allows to establish content-related categories that result in a comprehensive description of the phenomenon (Elo & Kyngäs, 2007, p. 107). The data were analysed in accordance with the procedure described by Elo and Kyngäs. During the first stage, the students' responses were read several times and units of analysis relevant to the research question were selected. This stage was followed by (1) open coding, which included writing down the headings that reflected all aspects of self-regulating strategies used by the students when they did not have enough information, which prevented them from fulfilling their academic assignments), (2) generating initial categories and grouping them under higher order headings, and (3) abstracting, which covered the process of naming each category, identifying subcategories and grouping them. During the last stage, extracts from the students' responses illustrating each subcategory were selected. To ensure reliability and validity of the results, inductive content analysis was conducted by two independent experts, who discussed their findings and made agreed decisions. The sample size of this study could be recognized as its main limitation not allowing for wide-scale generalisations. The research was carried out in line with the requirements of ethics. The questionnaire did not collect any personal data that could potentially identify the respondents. The respondents were provided with the information regarding the research purpose, the amount of time required to complete the survey and were informed that their responses will be used exclusively for the purposes of research. Students’ participation in the survey was anonymous and voluntary. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study revealed four categories and five subcategories of self-regulating strategies used by the students, including (1) combining different self-regulating strategies, (2) relying exclusively on the strategy of searching the Internet, (3) seeking help from different stakeholders, and (4) taking no action. The general conclusion is that most study participants (n= 136) were aware of and adopted from one to three self-regulating strategies of seeking support and / or information necessary for the accomplishment of academic assignments. More specifically, 59 students combined different self-regulating strategies (they looked for information in university library resources, sought support from stakeholders within the academia and outside it, searched the Internet and / or contacted an online community of practice). A slightly smaller number of students (n = 56) relied solely on the strategy of searching the Internet when they faced the problem of lack of information. As they did not explain why they used exclusively this strategy, the reason of their choice remains not clear. It is also not clear what their prior experience of using self-regulating strategies was. What was surprising though, was the fact that no students mentioned that they used some Generative AI tools, which calls for a separate investigation. The finding that 21 students relied solely on the support provided by some experts in the field suggests that their choice is effective as it leads to quick solutions to a problem. On the other hand, these students could be encouraged to use more self-regulating strategies, too. The result that only four students did not use any self-regulating strategies is promising. It is worth mentioning that these students did not provide any explanations why they took no action. In this case, a solution could be to provide support to these students, which could foster the quality of their learning at the university. References Abar, B., & Loken, E. (2010). Self-regulated learning and self-directed study in a pre-college sample. Learning and Individual Differences, 20(1), 25–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2009.09.002. Backers, L., De Smedt, F., & van Keer, H. (2023). Teachers as agents of self-regulated learning (SRL): Studying the relations between teachers’ knowledge, beliefs, and SRL implementation across educational levels. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 52, 15–38. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42010-023-00190-1 Beaumont, C., Moscrop, C., & Canning, S. (2016). Easing the transition from school to HE: scaffolding the development of self-regulated learning through a dialogic approach to feedback. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 40(3), 331-350.3. Burkšaitienė, N. (2012). Peer feedback for fostering students’ metacognitive skills of thinking about learning in a course of English for law. Societal studies, 4(4), 1341-1355.4. Burkšaitienė, N. (2013). Project-based learning for the enhancement of self-regulated learning in a course of ESP. Radoša Personība: Zinātnisko Rakstu Krājums / Creative Personality. Riga: Riga pedagogy and education management academy, XI, 164-172. Burkšaitienė, Nijolė; Stojkovič, Nadežda. (2016). Students’ reflections in a course of Modern English and creative writing: a path towards self-regulated learning. Language and Contexts, 7(1, part 2), 212-225. Burkšaitienė, N.; Leščinskij, R.; Suchanova, J.; Šliogerienė, J. (2021). Self-Directedness for sustainable learning in university studies: Lithuanian students’ perspective. Sustainability, 13, 9467. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13169467. Cassidy, S. (2011). Self-regulated learning in higher education: identifying key component processes. Studies in Higher Education, 36(8), 989-1000. Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2007). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107-115. https:// doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x. Garrison, D. R. (1997). Self-directed learning: Toward a comprehensive model. Adult Education Quarterly, 48, 18–33. Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The Power of Feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 8–112. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487. Horlenko, K. (2025). In teachers’ view: exploring teacher professional vision for student self-regulated learning in the classroom: Doctoral dissertation. Pintrich, P. R., (1999). The role of motivation in promoting and sustaining self-regulated learning. International Journal of Educational Research, 31(6), p. 459–470. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0883-0355(99)00015-4. Porter, A. N., & Peters-Burton, E. E. (2021). Investigating teacher development of self-regulated learning skills in secondary science students. Teaching and Teacher Education, 105, 103403. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103403. Zeidner, M., & Stoeger, H. (2019). Self-Regulated Learning (SRL): A guide for the perplexed. High Ability Studies, 30(1–2), 9–51. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Achieving academic excellence: A self-regulatory perspective. In: M. Ferrari (Ed.), The pursuit of excellence through education, 85–110. Erlbaum. Zimmerman, B. J. (2015). Self-regulated learning: theories, measures, and outcomes. In: International Encyclopaedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences, 541–546. Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-097086-8.26060-1300. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper English Willingness to Communicate during Internship as an Indicator of Educational Quality Improvement 1: Suranaree University of Technology, Thailand; 2: Riga Stradins University, Latvia Presenting Author:
Across Europe and internationally, higher education has placed growing emphasis on employability, graduate attributes, and the quality of learning outcomes in internship and work-based learning (European Commission, 2017; Yorke & Knight, 2006). Communication competence, particularly the ability to use a second language effectively in professional contexts, is widely recognised as a key component of graduate readiness (Bennett, 2019). Nevertheless, research increasingly suggests that linguistic knowledge alone does not guarantee meaningful communicative engagement, especially in high-stakes workplace settings where social evaluation and professional identity are involved (Jackson, 2015).
In non-European English-as-a-foreign-language (EFL) contexts such as Thailand, these challenges are particularly visible. Despite sustained policy attention to English proficiency and extensive formal instruction, many university students remain hesitant to engage in English communication. This situation highlights a broader quality gap between instructional provision and actual communicative performance (Sirijanchuen & Tangkiengsirisin, 2025). Prior studies have linked this gap to pedagogical constraints, limited interactional opportunities, and restricted exposure to authentic communication, as well as to psychological barriers such as anxiety, fear of negative evaluation, and low confidence (Chaisiri, 2022; Tian & Dumlao, 2020).
From a psychological perspective, willingness to communicate (WTC) provides a useful lens for examining the quality of second language learning outcomes. WTC reflects learners’ readiness to convert language competence into communicative action and is shaped by an interaction of psychological, social, and situational factors, including self-confidence, motivation, anxiety, and perceived communicative risk (MacIntyre et al., 1998; Yashima, 2002). Research consistently shows that WTC varies across interpersonal contexts, with learners typically more willing to communicate with familiar partners than with strangers, highlighting the roles of trust and social distance (Peng, 2014; Kruk, 2022). Accordingly, WTC is increasingly understood as a dynamic and context-sensitive construct rather than a stable individual trait.
Internships offer a particularly important setting for investigating WTC because they require learners to communicate in authentic professional environments where performance, feedback, and social judgement are integral to the learning process (Jackson, 2015). In such contexts, communication quality depends not only on linguistic ability but also on psychological readiness to manage uncertainty, interpersonal risk, and evaluative pressure, making internship communication highly relevant to European discussions on work-integrated learning and graduate employability (European Commission, 2017).
Among psychological factors influencing WTC, self-esteem plays a central role. As a global evaluation of self-worth, self-esteem supports emotional regulation, confidence, and willingness to take communicative risks (Orth & Robins, 2014). While previous research has linked self-esteem to second language communication, most studies have focused on classroom-based settings, offering limited insight into how self-esteem operates across different interpersonal relationships in workplace learning environments (Dörnyei, 2005).
In addition to individual psychological resources, social exposure shapes communicative readiness. Family educational background, intercultural contact, and engagement with English in digital spaces influence learners’ confidence and opportunities for authentic interaction (Baker & MacIntyre, 2000; Lin & Warschauer, 2015). However, few studies have examined how psychological and social factors jointly contribute to communication quality during internships, particularly in Southeast Asian contexts.
Addressing this gap, the present study applies first-order structural equation modelling (SEM) to examine how self-esteem and selected background variables—father’s education, number of foreign friends, and English use on social media—predict English WTC across three interpersonal contexts: communication with strangers, acquaintances, and friends during internship. Although situated in a non-European context, the findings contribute to European debates on the quality of work-based learning by highlighting the role of psychological readiness in shaping communicative engagement in professional settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants This study involved 312 fourth-year university students in Thailand who were participating in internship programs. Internships were selected as the study context because they require students to use English in real workplace situations with clear performance expectations. Most participants were female (71.15%) and enrolled in business-related programs. Instruments Willingness to Communicate (WTC). English WTC was measured using a 12-item scale adapted from McCroskey and Baer (1985). The scale assessed students’ willingness to communicate with strangers, acquaintances, and friends. Responses were rated on a 5-point Likert scale. Procedure Data were collected using a paper-based, self-administered questionnaire distributed during regular class sessions. Prior to data collection, students were informed about the purpose of the study, the voluntary nature of participation, and their right to withdraw at any time without penalty. Informed consent was obtained from all participants before questionnaire administration. Eligibility criteria required participants to be fourth-year undergraduate students who were actively enrolled in an internship program at the time of data collection. Students who were not undertaking an internship, were not in their final year of study, or declined to provide informed consent were excluded from participation. In addition, questionnaires with substantial missing data (more than 10% unanswered items) were excluded from the final dataset to ensure data quality and analytical reliability. Data Analysis Data analysis was conducted using SPSS version 29.0 and Mplus version 8.3. First, descriptive statistics—including means, standard deviations, and distributional properties—were calculated to summarize participants’ characteristics and observed variables. Pearson correlation analyses were then performed to examine preliminary relationships among self-esteem, background variables, and willingness to communicate (WTC), and to assess the suitability of the data for multivariate analysis. Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was subsequently employed to evaluate the measurement model and to verify the construct validity of the latent variables. Model fit was assessed using multiple goodness-of-fit indices, including the comparative fit index (CFI), Tucker–Lewis index (TLI), root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA), and standardized root mean square residual (SRMR). Following validation of the measurement model, structural equation modeling (SEM) was used to test the hypothesized relationships between self-esteem, background variables, and English WTC across three interpersonal contexts: communication with strangers, acquaintances, and friends. Standardized path coefficients were examined to determine the strength and significance of relationships, with statistical significance set at p < .05. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings supports psychological perspectives that conceptualize communication quality in work-based learning as dependent not only on linguistic competence, but also on learners’ internal readiness to engage under evaluative pressure (Harvey, 2024; Leal Filho et al., 2025). From a social cognitive perspective, self-esteem operates as a foundational resource that strengthens communicative self-efficacy, thereby enhancing motivation and reducing avoidance in challenging interactions (Bandura et al., 1999; Harris & Orth, 2020). Extending classroom-based research on second language communication (Clément & Kruidenier, 1985; Dörnyei, 2005), this study shows that these psychological mechanisms remain salient in authentic professional environments, where communication contributes directly to learners’ emerging professional identities and perceived employability. In this sense, WTC during internships can be interpreted as an indicator of the quality of work-based learning outcomes (Westerheijden & Kohoutek, 2014). The findings further suggest that supporting students’ emotional and psychological development is essential for fostering communication quality, particularly in contexts where sociocultural norms related to face-saving and fear of error may inhibit oral participation (DeWaelsche, 2015). From a European perspective, this resonates with current debates on integrating psychological support, reflective practice, and formative feedback into internship and work-integrated learning models aligned with employability agendas (European Commission, 2025). Although situated in a non-European context, these findings contribute to European discussions on the quality and effectiveness of internships by underscoring the importance of psychological readiness alongside structural and curricular design. The study suggests that employability-oriented reforms within the Bologna Process and related European frameworks may benefit from greater attention to learners’ internal psychological resources, positioning WTC as a meaningful bridge between language education, psychological development, and high-quality work-based learning outcomes (Alzafari & Ursin, 2019; Westerheijden & Kohoutek, 2014). References Alzafari, K., & Ursin, J. (2019). Implementation of quality assurance standards in European higher education: Does context matter? Quality in Higher Education, 25(1), 58–75. https://doi.org/10.1080/13538322.2019.1578069 Baker, S. C., & MacIntyre, P. D. (2000). The role of gender and immersion in communication and second language orientations. Language Learning, 50(2), 311–341. https://doi.org/10.1111/0023-8333.00119 Bandura, A., Freeman, W. H., & Lightsey, R. (1999). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 13(2), 158–166. Dörnyei, Z. (2005). The psychology of the language learner: Individual differences in second language acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum. European Commission. (2017). Improving and modernising education. Publications Office of the European Union. European Commission. (2025). The European Social Fund Plus (ESF+): Supporting skills, employment and social inclusion. https://european-social-fund-plus.ec.europa.eu Harvey, L. (2024). What have we learned from 30 years of Quality in Higher Education? Academics’ views of quality assurance. Quality in Higher Education, 30(3), 360–375. https://doi.org/10.1080/13538322.2024.2385793 Harris, M. A., & Orth, U. (2020). The link between self-esteem and social relationships: A meta-analysis of longitudinal studies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 119(6), 1459–1477. https://doi.org/10.1037/pspp0000265 Jackson, D. (2015). Employability skill development in work-integrated learning: Barriers and best practice. Studies in Higher Education, 40(2), 350–372. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2013.842221 Kruk, M. (2022). Dynamicity and contextuality of willingness to communicate in a second language. System, 105, 102722. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2022.102722 Leal Filho, W., Sigahi, T. F. A. C., Anholon, R., et al. (2025). Promoting sustainable development via stakeholder engagement in higher education. Environmental Sciences Europe, 37, 64. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12302-025-01101-0 MacIntyre, P. D., Clément, R., Dörnyei, Z., & Noels, K. (1998). Conceptualizing willingness to communicate in a L2: A situational model of L2 confidence and affiliation. The Modern Language Journal, 82(4), 545–562. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4781.1998.tb05543.x Orth, U., & Robins, R. W. (2014). The development of self-esteem. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 23(5), 381–387. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721414547414 Rudzinska, I., & Khampirat, B. (2019). Cultural diversity in English language learning in Thailand and Latvia. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 10(1), 219–233. https://doi.org/10.15503/jecs20191.219.233 Westerheijden, D. F., & Kohoutek, J. (2014). Implementation and translation: From European standards to internal quality work. In H. Eggins (Ed.), Drivers and barriers to achieving quality in higher education (pp. 1–11). Sense Publishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6209-494-9 Yorke, M., & Knight, P. T. (2006). Embedding employability into the curriculum. Higher Education Academy. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper The Influence of Selective High Schools on Students’ Academic Performance and College Admission 1: Nanjing University, China, People's Republic of; 2: Peking University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:1.Background One common feature of education systems worldwide is the significant investment of time and resources by students seeking admission to selective high schools. Numerous studies have explored the impact of attending selective schools on academic performance, yet the findings have been notably varied. While some studies report positive results, most show no significant effect. There are several potential explanations for the mixed findings. Firstly, attending a more selective school may offer students better educational resources, the opportunity to study alongside high-achieving peers, and the chance to learn from top-quality teachers, which may have positive effects. Conversely, high-achieving peers can cause students to underestimate their abilities, reducing self-efficacy and leading to poor academic performance. Secondly, inconsistent findings may be attributed to variations in the approaches used to control for selection bias. Some studies have utilized randomized admissions lotteries, which may not be feasible in most educational contexts. As an alternative, other studies have used the discontinuity around the entrance exam cutoff scores. Lastly, differences in education and economic development levels in the researched areas can lead to varying research conclusions even within the same country. 2.Research Questions Due to the inconclusive nature of previous findings, this study seeks to provide additional evidence on the impacts of selective high schools. We first investigated the effects of attending selective high schools on students’ performance on NCEE. We then divide the selective high schools into two tiers based on their admission scores: Tier-1 high schools (more than 98% of students meet the cutoff for the top 30% four-year universities) and Tier-2 high schools (more than 90% of students meet the cutoff for the top 30% four-year universities). Furthermore, we investigated the effect on college admission, as indicated by the university a student ultimately attends. This outcome is crucial as it reflects not only a student’s academic performance but also a range of non-academic skills, including application strategies, information-gathering abilities, etc. Finally, our research examined the impact on students’ self-efficacy as the potential mechanism. This outcome is important as it strongly correlates with individuals’ academic performance and long-term achievement. 3. Significance This study makes several significant contributions to the existing literature. One advantage is that we were able to investigate the effects on a broader range of outcomes, such as total scores, test scores for each subject in the National College Entrance Exam (NCEE), and perceived self-efficacy, which offers a more comprehensive understanding of the effects of selective high schools. Furthermore, our study has the advantage of observing the university that students ultimately attend. Second, our data was collected from the capital city, where the level of education and economic development is among the best in China, and school choice is actively discouraged by the local education department to foster educational equity. The impacts in this context may differ substantially from those observed in other contexts, such as rural counties. Additionally, China introduced a new scheme for NCEE in 2014, which may impact the dynamics of school choice and the effects of school quality. Our data includes students who took NCEE in 2021, enabling us to investigate the impact of selective high schools after implementing the new scheme. Lastly, our data enabled us to test the impacts of Tier-1 and Tier-2 selective high schools separately, providing a more detailed understanding of the effects of attending these schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 4.Data and Measures Our data were collected through an online survey administered to high school graduates. The survey incorporated comprehensive information, including students’ demographic characteristics, family background, NCEE scores, college admissions, etc. The survey encompassed responses from 11,495 high school graduates who participated in NCEE and met the four-year undergraduate college admissions criteria. This study only focuses on students whose middle and high schools were located in the same urban district. Our analytical sample consists of 4,366 students, including 867 students from 14 Tier-1 high schools, 945 students from 23 Tier-2 schools, and 2,554 students from 80 regular schools. We focus on three main outcomes: academic performance, college admission, and self-efficacy. To assess academic performance, we use four measures, including the NCEE total score and scores for the three main compulsory subjects. We also assess the probability of students being admitted to first-class universities as a measure of college admission. Finally, we evaluate students’ self-efficacy, which is assessed through ten survey items. 5.Methods To determine the causal effects, we used a regression discontinuity design (RDD) based on the fact that students were admitted to selective high schools if their HSEE scores were above a certain threshold. Our analysis utilized a fuzzy RDD approach, given that the probability of being admitted to selective high schools did not change from 0 to 1 at the cutoff point in our data. The fuzzy RD estimator was constructed by fitting the two-stage local polynomial parameter estimation function. We use an indicator of whether a student’s HSEE score crosses the score threshold for attending a Tier-1/Tier-2 high school as an instrument for the treatment, a dummy variable indicating whether a student attends a Tier-1 or Tier-2 selective high school. We employed the local linear and quadratic functions and utilized MSE-optimal bandwidths. In two-stage regression, the same polynomial degree and bandwidth were selected. For robustness checks, we used CER-optimal bandwidths and other bandwidths suggested by Hahn et al. (2001), Imbens and Lemieux (2008), Ludwig and Miller (2007). We also employed non-parametric kernel-based local linear regression with triangular and Epanechnikov kernels. We also checked the validity of RDD. Firstly, our analyses indicated that passing the Tier-1/Tier-2 school cutoff strongly predicts attendance at a Tier-1/Tier-2 school. Secondly, the standardized HSEE score was continuous at the cutoff. Lastly, the students’ characteristics, such as gender and parents’ education years, were continuous at the cutoff. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 6.Findings Our results showed that students with higher initial HSEE scores tend to achieve higher NCEE scores and have a greater chance of attending top universities. Nevertheless, Tier-1 schools reduced the NCEE total and math scores of students near the cutoff by about 44 and 17 points, respectively. Few estimates of the Tier-2 school effect were significantly different from zero. These results suggested that participating in selective high schools did not improve academic performance for students near the eligibility cutoff. Students admitted to Tier-1 selective high schools performed even worse academically than their Tier-2 counterparts. Moreover, attending selective high schools did not positively affect students’ college admission outcomes. Selective high schools might have a heterogeneous impact on students’ performance with different characteristics due to differences in their adaptability. Heterogeneity was only observed in the Tier-1 school effect on NCEE math scores of students with different parents’ education years and the Tier-2 school effect on NCEE math scores and first-class university admission of students with different genders. Tier-1 schools significantly reduced NCEE math scores for students whose parents had 16 or more years of education while having no significant impact on those whose parents’ education years were less than 16 years. Tier-2 schools had a significant negative effect on NCEE math scores for female students but an insignificant impact on males. Regarding the probability of attending first-class universities, Tier-2 schools had a significant negative effect on male students but an insignificant impact on females. One possible explanation for the zero to negative effects on both academic performance and college admission was that the coursework difficulty level in selective high schools may be too challenging for some students and decrease their self-efficacy, ultimately leading to unfavorable academic outcomes. However, our results indicated no impact of attending selective high schools on self-efficacy. References Anderson, Kathryn, Xue Gong, Kai Hong, and Xi Zhang. 2016. “Do Selective High Schools Improve Student Achievement? Effects of Exam Schools in China.” China Economic Review 40: 121-34. Barrow, Lisa, Lauren Sartain, and Marisa de la Torre. 2020. “Increasing Access to Selective High Schools through Place-Based Affirmative Action: Unintended Consequences.” American Economic Journal: Applied Economics 12, no. 4: 135-63. Berkowitz, Daniel, and Mark Hoekstra. 2011. “Does High School Quality Matter? Evidence from Admissions Data.” Economics of Education Review 30, no. 2: 280-88. Dee, Thomas and Xiaohuan Lan. 2015. “The Achievement and Course-Taking Effects of Magnet Schools: Regression-Discontinuity Evidence from Urban China.” Economics of Education Review 47: 128-42. Ding, Weili and Steven F. Lehrer. 2007. “Do Peers Affect Student Achievement in China’s Secondary Schools?” The Review of Economics and Statistics 89, no. 2: 300-12. Dustan, Andrew, Alain de Janvry, and Elisabeth Sadoulet. 2017. “Flourish or Fail?: The Risky Reward of Elite High School Admission in Mexico City.” Journal of Human Resources 52, no. 3: 756-99. Elsner, Benjamin and Ingo Eduard Isphording. 2017. “A Big Fish in a Small Pond: Ability Rank and Human Capital Investment.” Journal of Labor Economics 35, no. 3: 787-828. Estrada, Ricardo and Jérémie Gignoux. 2017. “Benefits to Elite Schools and the Expected Returns to Education: Evidence from Mexico City.” European Economic Review 95: 168-94. Hoekstra, Mark, Pierre Mouganie, and Yaojing Wang. 2018. “Peer Quality and the Academic Benefits to Attending Better Schools.” Journal of Labor Economics 36, no. 4: 841-84. Jackson, C. Kirabo. 2010. “Do Students Benefit from Attending Better Schools? Evidence from Rule-Based Student Assignments in Trinidad and Tobago.” The Economic Journal 120(December): 1399-429. Park, Albert, Xinzheng Shi, Chang-tai Hsieh, and Xuehui An. 2015. “Magnet High Schools and Academic Performance in China: A Regression Discontinuity Design.” Journal of Comparative Economics 43, no. 4: 825-43. Pop-Eleches, Cristian and Miguel Urquiola. 2013. “Going to a Better School: Effects and Behavioral Responses.” American Economic Review 103, no. 4: 1289-324. Shi, Ying. 2020. “Who Benefits from Selective Education? Evidence from Elite Boarding School Admissions.” Economics of Education Review 74: 101907. Wu, Jia, Xiangdong Wei, Hongliang Zhang, and Xiang Zhou. 2019. “Elite Schools, Magnet Classes, and Academic Performances: Regression-Discontinuity Evidence from China.” China Economic Review 55: 143-67. Zhang, Hongliang. 2016. “Identification of Treatment Effects under Imperfect Matching with an Application to Chinese Elite Schools.” Journal of Public Economics 142: 56-82. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Applying Lewin’s Three-Stage Model to Pedagogical Innovation: Factors Shaping Second-Order Organisational Change in an Arab School Beit- Berl college, Israel Presenting Author:This paper examines the implementation of second-order organisational and pedagogical innovation in an Arab primary school, analysing the factors that shaped the process across Lewin’s (1951) three-stage model of change: unfreezing, changing, and refreezing. The study addresses a critical question for educational systems experiencing cultural and structural transformation: What factors promote or hinder second-order educational change in a culturally conservative school context? Topic and Research Objectives Situated within the field of educational improvement and organisational change, the study explores how deep-rooted cultural norms, teacher beliefs, leadership practices, and systemic constraints shape efforts to embed school-wide pedagogical innovation. It examines why surface-level adjustments often fail to become routine practice and how schools negotiate the shift toward inquiry-based learning, outdoor learning, and game-based learning. Focusing on a minority cultural setting provides insights relevant to marginalised educational systems across Europe and beyond, contributing to discussions on school improvement, teacher agency, cultural resistance, and the long-term sustainability of pedagogical innovation. Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The analysis is grounded in Lewin’s Three-Stage Model, which conceptualises change as a dynamic process involving unfreezing existing structures, implementing new practices, and refreezing to stabilise new norms. This model is complemented by scholarship on second-order change (Carnall & Todnem By, 2014), emphasising transformations that reshape organisational culture and pedagogical identity. Literature on educational innovation (Fullan, 2007; Nair, 2017) and organisational climate and leadership (Kaya, 2021; Klein & Sorra, 1996) further informs the analysis, highlighting interactions between individual beliefs, organisational systems, and policy environments. Methodology A qualitative case study design (Yin, 2009) enabled an in-depth examination of the school as a dynamic organisational system. Data were collected through 31 semi-structured interviews with all 28 teachers and the school principal, as well as three focus groups conducted at different points in the reform. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was employed to identify patterns relating to each stage of Lewin’s model. Codes were developed inductively and then grouped into themes reflecting the cultural, organisational, and pedagogical components of the change. Key Themes and Contribution In the unfreezing stage, traditional pedagogical beliefs and cultural expectations limited readiness for change. During the change stage, seven influential factors emerged: the depth of the innovation, parental resistance, contrasts between novice and veteran teachers, leadership style, physical building constraints, competing demands from the Ministry of Education, and the fit between innovation and subject area. In the refreezing stage, stabilisation was hindered by teachers’ concerns about losing their traditional professional identity and the lack of long-term systemic and community support. The study demonstrates that second-order reform is shaped by the interplay between cultural norms, organisational structures, and teacher identity. It highlights the need for differentiated professional support, culturally responsive leadership, and structural mechanisms to sustain pedagogical transformation. European and International Relevance The findings are highly relevant to European educational systems facing similar challenges in sustaining school-wide innovation, particularly in culturally diverse or socio-economically disadvantaged contexts. Many countries grapple with tensions between traditional teaching identities and progressive reforms and with ensuring equity in innovation adoption. By offering an empirically grounded perspective from a minority context, this study contributes to international debates on inclusive school improvement, equitable innovation, and the cultural dimensions of educational change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative case study design to examine a complex process of second-order pedagogical change within its authentic cultural and organisational context. The research focused on an Arab primary school undergoing a multi-year reform and explored how teachers and the school principal experienced and interpreted the change across Lewin’s (1951) three-stage model: unfreezing, change, and refreezing. The research involved 29 participants—28 teachers and the school principal—representing diverse subject areas, levels of experience, and degrees of exposure to the innovation. This comprehensive inclusion allowed for a multilayered understanding of the school’s internal dynamics during the reform. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews with all 29 participants, offering insight into personal experiences, perceived challenges, cultural expectations, and professional beliefs. Interviews were conducted in Arabic and lasted between 60 and 105 minutes. The interview guide evolved across three rounds of data collection to reflect the shifting stages of change. To enrich the individual accounts, three focus groups were conducted, enabling the identification of shared tensions, collective interpretations, and group-level reactions to the innovation. In addition, school documents, internal reports, and notes from the pedagogical mentor and organisational consultant were examined to contextualise participants’ narratives and trace structural decisions throughout the reform. Data analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s (2006) thematic analysis framework. Transcripts were reviewed repeatedly to ensure familiarity; initial codes were generated inductively; and themes were refined and mapped onto Lewin’s model, capturing patterns related to resistance, leadership practices, parental expectations, structural constraints, and professional identity. Trustworthiness was supported through triangulation across interviews, focus groups, and documents; member checking; and reflexive memo-writing. Ethical approval was obtained, confidentiality was ensured, and pseudonyms were used throughout the reporting. This methodological design provided a rich, coherent, and culturally grounded understanding of the organisational, pedagogical, and socio-cultural forces shaping second-order change in the school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that implementing second-order pedagogical innovation in a culturally conservative Arab primary school is a complex, non-linear process shaped by cultural expectations, organisational constraints, and diverse teacher identities. Using Lewin’s (1951) three-stage model, the analysis shows how both enabling and inhibiting factors influenced the reform. In the unfreezing stage, many teachers found it difficult to detach from traditional beliefs regarding authority, discipline, and structured teaching. Although some were open to innovation, others expressed uncertainty and limited readiness. The lack of early collective dialogue contributed to uneven motivation and preparedness. During the change stage, seven key factors influenced implementation: the depth and demands of the innovation, strong parental expectations for conventional schooling, differences between novice and veteran teachers, the principal’s leadership style, physical constraints of the school building, competing Ministry of Education requirements, and the degree of fit between subject areas and the promoted pedagogical approaches. These factors created tensions between innovation, cultural norms, and system-level pressures. In the refreezing stage, the innovation did not fully stabilise. Teachers feared losing their pedagogical identity, felt unsure about sustaining new practices, and reported insufficient long-term support. Without shared ownership, community alignment, and structural mechanisms for continuity, the reform remained fragile. Overall, the study demonstrates that second-order change requires culturally responsive leadership, differentiated teacher support, and alignment between school vision, community expectations, and policy demands. References Aboulhassan, S., & Brumley, K. M. (2019). Arab women, social norms, and the decision to pursue higher education. Gender & Society, 33(2), 234–259. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Carnall, C., & Todnem By, R. (2014). Managing change in organizations. Harlow: Pearson. Fullan, M. (2007). The new meaning of educational change (4th ed.). New York: Teachers College Press. Fullan, M. (2016). The new meaning of educational change (5th ed.). New York: Teachers College Press. Hallinger, P. (2011). Leadership for learning: Lessons from 40 years of empirical research. Journal of Educational Administration, 49(2), 125–142. Kaya, M. F. (2021). Organisational culture and teachers’ innovative behavior: Examining the mediating role of change readiness. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 49(3), 493–510. Klein, K. J., & Sorra, J. S. (1996). The challenge of innovation implementation. Academy of Management Review, 21(4), 1055–1080. Lewin, K. (1951). Field theory in social science: Selected theoretical papers. New York: Harper & Row. Nair, P. (2017). Blueprint for tomorrow: Redesigning schools for student-centered learning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press. Oplatka, I., & Arar, K. (2017). Leadership for equity and inclusion: Cases from the Arab world. London: Routledge. Oplatka, I. (2010). The place of “teachers’ emotions” in educational change: Implications for educational leadership. Cambridge Journal of Education, 40(4), 427–441. Schein, E. H. (2010). Organizational culture and leadership (4th ed.). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Shapira-Lishchinsky, O. (2011). Teachers’ critical incidents: Ethical dilemmas in teaching practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(3), 648–656. Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 12 SES 06 A JS: Joint Symposium - From Log Data to Research Data: Quality, Documentation, Reuse, and Protection in Large-Scale Educational Studies - NW 09, NW 12 and NW 27 Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Heiko Sibberns Session Chair: Eugenio Gonzalez Joint Symposium Session |
|
|
12. Open Research in Education
Symposium From Log Data to Research Data: Quality, Documentation, Reuse, and Protection in Large-Scale Educational Studies Digitalization has profoundly reshaped data production in educational research. Technology-based assessments now generate large volumes of log-files holding process-oriented data, while at the same time expectations regarding transparency, reproducibility, and data reuse have increased across the social sciences. Against this background, educational researchers face a dual challenge: managing technically complex data such as log files and embedding these data within broader infrastructures and governance frameworks that enable responsible sharing and reuse. This symposium brings together four complementary contributions that address these challenges across different stages of the research data lifecycle. Three of the contributions focus specifically on log data from technology-based large-scale assessments, examining issues of documentation, data quality, and data protection. The fourth contribution deliberately broadens the perspective by examining educational research data more generally within a national social science repository. Together, the presentations situate log data within the wider ecosystem of educational research data practices rather than treating them as a standalone methodological innovation. The first contribution, by Breitwieser addresses the challenge of making log data reusable through adequate documentation. Log data are inherently context-dependent: Individual events can only be interpreted in relation to the digital system that generated them. Documentation is crucial in helping secondary researchers to understand this relation. Drawing on examples from international large-scale assessments and digital learning environments, the presentation illustrates why conventional documentation formats are often insufficient. It compares alternative strategies, such as enhanced system descriptions and log-data replays, and concludes with practical recommendations and proposed minimum standards for documenting log data in a way that supports transparency, reproducibility, and secondary use. The second contribution, by Borisova, examines data protection challenges associated with sharing and reusing log data under the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). With the shift to online testing, large-scale assessments increasingly collect detailed behavioral traces that may constitute personal data even after direct identifiers are removed. Drawing on experiences from TIMSS 2023, the presentation discusses challenges related to transparency, purpose limitation, and re-identification risk. It illustrates how legal requirements can be addressed through improved participant information, technical safeguards, and contractual measures, while still enabling scientifically meaningful data access. The third contribution, by Sibberns, critically examines the widespread assumption that machine-generated data are inherently clean and error-free. Based on empirical experiences from ILSA log-file processing, the presentation demonstrates how technical failures, programming inconsistencies, and administrative deviations introduce systematic errors into log data. It discusses methods for identifying such issues and compares strategies for handling them, emphasizing that preprocessing decisions have substantive analytical consequences and must therefore be explicitly documented. The fourth contribution, by Heers, shifts the focus from specific data types to research data infrastructures. Using metadata from SWISSUbase, Switzerland’s national social science data repository, the presentation profiles educational research datasets in terms of data types, institutional affiliations, and regional distribution. These patterns are compared with publicly available information on education research outputs to identify gaps and areas of underrepresentation. The analysis highlights structural and cultural barriers that continue to limit data sharing in education research and discusses how repositories can address these challenges through tailored support, guidance on ethical and practical issues, and incentives aligned with FAIR principles. Taken together, the symposium highlights that the scientific value of both log data and educational research data more broadly depends on coordinated attention to data quality, documentation, legal compliance, and infrastructural support. By combining log-data–specific perspectives with a repository-based analysis, the symposium aims to foster a more integrated and reflexive approach to research data practices in large-scale educational studies. References Becker, B., Neuendorf, C., & Jansen, M. (2022). Nutzung von Logdaten in der empirischen Bildungsforschung—Eine Bedarfsanalyse. https://doi.org/10.5281/ZENODO.7030996 Chen, G., Liu, Y., & Mao, Y. (2024). Understanding the log file data from educational and psychological computer-based testing: A scoping review protocol. PLoS ONE, 19(5), e0304109. European Union. (2016). General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679. Goldhammer, F., Hahnel, C., Kroehne, U., & Zehner, F. (2021). From byproduct to design factor: On validating the interpretation of process indicators based on log data. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 9(1), 1–25. Heers, M. (2023). Data sharing in the social sciences. FORS Guides. Kroehne, U., & Goldhammer, F. (2025). Software tools for analyzing log data. In Innovative Digital-Based International Large-Scale Assessments. Springer. Late, E., & Ochsner, M. (2024). Re-use of research data in the social sciences. PLOS ONE, 19(5), e0303190. Wilkinson, M. D., et al. (2016). The FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific data management and stewardship. Scientific Data, 3, 160018. Presentations of the Symposium Making Log Data Reusable: Documentation Challenges and Recommendations
Log data (i.e., event data documenting individuals’ interactions with a digital environment) have become an important source of information in empirical educational research (Becker et al., 2022; Goldhammer et al., 2021). They provide fine-grained insights into learners’ behavior and performance-related processes, thus extending beyond what can be captured with traditional questionnaire or test score data. However, log data also pose specific challenges for data sharing and reuse. Their high volume, technical nature, and strong context dependence make it difficult to implement the FAIR principles (Wilkinson et al., 2016), in particular with respect to reusability. Consequently, log data remain underutilized in secondary analyses despite their high scientific value and reuse potential (Becker et al., 2022).
One of the central challenges in making log data reusable is the provision of high-quality documentation. Log data typically cannot be interpreted without extensive background knowledge, much of which is held implicitly by the primary researchers. This concerns not only the structure of the log data itself but also the digital system that generated them. The meaning of a log event, such as a mouse click, can only be understood in relation to the technical elements of the system, including which interface elements can be interacted with and what is displayed on the screen at the time of the interaction. Codebooks and purely textual descriptions are therefore often insufficient to convey this information.
In addition, log data typically undergo a multi-step processing procedure to derive interpretable indicators of learners’ behavior and performance-related processes (Goldhammer et al., 2021). This procedure includes data preprocessing, the extraction of low-level features, and the modeling of process indicators (Kroehne & Goldhammer, 2025). Without transparent documentation of these steps, the interpretability, reproducibility, and scientific reuse of the data are severely limited. Taken together, these challenges highlight the need to develop high-quality log data documentation strategies.
Our presentation highlights these challenges and illustrates practical approaches to addressing them. Our examples draw on documentation strategies from large-scale assessments such as PIAAC (OECD, 2013), PISA (OECD, 2016), and TIMSS (Martin et al., 2020), as well as our own experience documenting log data from digital learning environments. For instance, we compare different methods for documenting the relationship between log data and the underlying digital environment, ranging from static documentation formats to log data replays, and discuss their respective strengths and limitations. The presentation concludes with concrete recommendations and proposed minimum requirements for documenting log data.
References:
Becker, B., Neuendorf, C., & Jansen, M. (2022). Nutzung von Logdaten in der empirischen Bildungsforschung—Eine Bedarfsanalyse. https://doi.org/10.5281/ZENODO.7030996
Goldhammer, F., Hahnel, C., Kroehne, U., & Zehner, F. (2021). From byproduct to design factor: On validating the interpretation of process indicators based on log data. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 9(1), 20. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-021-00113-5
Kroehne, U., & Goldhammer, F. (2025). Software Tools for Analyzing Log Data. In L. Khorramdel, M. Von Davier, & K. Yamamoto (Eds.), Innovative Digital-Based International Large-Scale Assessments (pp. 657–691). Springer Nature Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-90951-1_27
Martin, M. O., von Davier, M. & Mullis, I. V. (2020). Methods and Procedures: TIMSS 2019 Technical Report. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center.
OECD. (2013). Technical Report of the Survey of Adult Skills PIAAC (Second Edition). OECD Publishing.
OECD. (2016). PISA 2015 assessment and analytical framework. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/19963777
Wilkinson, M. D., Dumontier, M., Aalbersberg, Ij. J., Appleton, G., Axton, M., Baak, A., Blomberg, N., Boiten, J.-W., da Silva Santos, L. B., Bourne, P. E., Bouwman, J., Brookes, A. J., Clark, T., Crosas, M., Dillo, I., Dumon, O., Edmunds, S., Evelo, C. T., Finkers, R., … Mons, B. (2016). The FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific data management and stewardship. Scientific Data, 3(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1038/sdata.2016.18
Data Protection Challenges in the Sharing and Re-Use of Log Data in Large-Scale Educational Assessments: Insights from TIMSS 2023
With the shift to the online testing environment, the International Large-Scale Assessments (ILSAs) started to collect new category of personal data, namely log data (Case C-579/21), recording how participants interact with test platforms, which includes capturing clicks, keystrokes, time spent (Huber, K., Bannert, M.), navigation paths, and even pauses.
While log data offers many benefits from predicting outcomes and design interventions (Arizmendi, C.J., Bernacki, M.L., Raković, M. et al.) to supporting research and innovation, the sharing and reuse of captured log data raise important data protection considerations (Aghili, R., Li, H., & Khomh, F. (2024).
This contribution will focus on some of the data protection challenges under the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) when it comes to sharing and re-using log data in educational research and how IEA has addressed these challenges in TIMSS 2023.
The first challenge relates to the principle of transparency (Article 5(1)(a) GDPR), including the data subject’s right to be properly informed about the processing of their personal data (Articles 12-14 GDPR). This can be problematic, because for various reasons, which will be discussed, study participants might not be adequately informed about the types of log data collected, how long log data will be stored, or whether log data may be shared with third parties or reused for future research.
The second challenge relates to the principle of purpose limitation (Article 5(1)(b) GDPR), which states that personal data must be collected for specified and explicit purposes. Further processing of personal data is allowed for archiving purposes in the public interest, scientific or historical research or statistical purposes under Article 89(1), subject to appropriate safeguards and only if processed in a manner that is compatible with the initial purposes.
The third challenge relates to the ever-present re-identification risk. Even when direct identifiers are removed, log data can remain personal data under the GDPR, as detailed behavioral traces may allow individuals to be singled out, especially when combined with contextual information or external datasets.
The presentation concludes with insights from TIMSS 2023, showing how IEA strives to address those challenges via data protection declarations, whereby participants are informed about the processing of their personal data, as well as by implementing various safeguards to reduce the risk of re-identification, which are both technical and contractual in nature.
References:
Case C-579/21, J.M. v Pankki S (CJEU, 22 June 2023) EU:C:2023:501
Huber, K., Bannert, M. Investigating learning processes through analysis of navigation behavior using log files. J Comput High Educ 36, 683–701 (2024), p684. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12528-023-09372-3
Arizmendi, C.J., Bernacki, M.L., Raković, M. et al. Predicting student outcomes using digital logs of learning behaviors: Review, current standards, and suggestions for future work. Behav Res 55, 3026–3054 (2023), p3026. https://doi.org/10.3758/s13428-022-01939-9
Aghili, R., Li, H., & Khomh, F. (2024). Protecting Privacy in Software Logs: What Should Be Anonymized? ArXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2409.11313, p FSE060:2
European Union (2016). General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679.
The Illusion of Clean Data: Reflections on Log-File Processing in ILSA Studies
Large-scale assessments increasingly rely on computer-generated process data to complement traditional test responses. Log files from computer-based assessments are often treated as a particularly reliable data source, based on the implicit assumption that machine-generated data is inherently precise, complete, and free from error. This assumption, however, obscures a range of data quality issues that can substantially affect secondary analyses if left unexamined. In the context of International Large-Scale Assessments (ILSAs), where comparability and reproducibility are central concerns, such issues warrant closer scrutiny.
This presentation challenges the notion of “clean” log data by drawing on empirical experiences from processing log files in ILSA studies. It demonstrates that log data frequently contain errors that originate not from respondents, but from the technical and administrative infrastructure of computer-based testing. These errors may arise from programming flaws in assessment software, inconsistencies across software versions, hardware or operating system failures, unstable network connections, or deviations from prescribed testing procedures at the field level. While often rare in relative terms, such errors can have disproportionate consequences for process indicators, time-based measures, or sequence analyses.
Using selected real-world examples, the presentation illustrates typical error patterns found in ILSA log files. These include missing or duplicated events, implausible time stamps, corrupted event sequences, and inconsistencies between log data and background or response data. The presentation discusses how such issues can be detected through systematic plausibility checks, rule-based validation, and cross-referencing with technical documentation and field reports. Particular attention is paid to distinguishing genuine respondent behavior from artefacts introduced by the testing system itself.
Beyond identification, the presentation addresses strategies for handling erroneous log data. It compares different approaches, ranging from data exclusion and flagging to targeted correction and imputation, and discusses their respective implications for transparency, replicability, and substantive interpretation. The presentation argues that decisions made at the log-processing stage are analytically consequential and should therefore be explicitly documented rather than treated as purely technical preprocessing steps.
In conclusion, the presentation advocates for a more critical and reflexive approach to log-file processing in ILSA research. Recognizing and addressing the illusion of clean data is essential not only for improving data quality, but also for strengthening the methodological foundations of process data research in large-scale assessments.
References:
Chen G, Liu Y, Mao Y (2024) Understanding the log file data from educational and psychological computer-based testing: A scoping review protocol. PLoS ONE 19(5): e0304109. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0304109
Goldhammer, F., Hahnel, C., Kroehne, U., & Zehner, F. (2021). From byproduct to design factor: On validating the interpretation of process indicators based on log data. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 9(1), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-021-00113-5
Goldhammer, F., & Zehner, F. (2017). What to make of and how to interpret process data. Measurement: Interdisciplinary Research and Perspectives, 15(3–4), 128–132. https://doi.org/10.1080/15366367.2017.1411651
He, S. and Cui,Y. (2025). A systematic review of the use of log-based process data in computer-based assessments. Comput. Educ. 228, C (Apr 2025). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2025.105245
Availability and Gaps in Educational Research Data in a National Social Science Repository
Data sharing is increasingly recognised as essential for transparency, reproducibility, and reuse in the social sciences (Heers, 2023). National repositories play a key role in supporting researchers to share high-quality, FAIR data while providing professional curation, controlled access, and documentation (Late & Ochsner, 2024). SWISSUbase, Switzerland’s main social science data repository, exemplifies such infrastructure, enabling researchers across disciplines to deposit and disseminate datasets.
This contribution zooms in on educational research within SWISSUbase. Using repository metadata, we profile datasets originating from education studies, including data types, institutional affiliations, and linguistic regions. These patterns are compared with publicly available information on education research outputs funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation, revealing areas where educational research is underrepresented or absent from the repository.
The analysis will highlight structural and cultural barriers that may limit data sharing in education research and relate to those found in previous research (van der Zee & Reich, 2018). The discipline lags somewhat behind others in sharing and depositing data (Logan, Hart, & Schatschneider). We discuss strategies to better engage education researchers, including tailored support, guidance on ethical and practical aspects of data sharing, and incentives to deposit. By highlighting these gaps and possible interventions, the contribution aims to foster debate on how repositories can support a more comprehensive, FAIR-aligned education research data landscape.
References:
Heers, M. (2023). Data sharing in the Social Sciences. FORS Guides, 21, Version 1.1, 1-10. https://doi.org/10.24449/FG-2023-00021
Late, E. & Ochsner, M. (2024). Re-use of research data in the social sciences. Use and users of digital data archive. PLoS ONE 19(5): e0303190. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0303190
Logan, J. A. R., Hart, S. A., & Schatschneider, C. (2021). Data Sharing in Education Science. AERA Open, 7, 23328584211006475. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584211006475
van der Zee, T., & Reich, J. (2018). Open Education Science. AERA Open, 4(3), 2332858418787466. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858418787466
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 13 SES 06 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Itay Snir Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper Sublating the School: Aufhebung and the Dialectic of Innovation and Critique Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:Education finds itself in a state of tension between the pursuit of constant innovation and the critique of everything related to school, seeking new spaces even from a kind of “critical nostalgia”. In both cases, education appears as a field of symbolic and ethical dispute between this constant gaze toward the future and the critique of the established order. The school and its functions shift in meaning within a context where cognitive capitalism encompasses constant updating and a sense of urgency, while deconstructionist epistemologies disrupt this temporality. Both forces reconfigure education, polarizing its signifiers and, in many cases, preventing its reflection from within the educational field itself. In the knowledge society, it is said that studying contents is not necessary anymore. All the information is on the internet and schools should prepare to develop skills to select the information that is true. This worldview articulates a technocratic view of education that influences ideas such as the roles of the teacher and student, and the curriculum. The relationship between learning, information, and knowledge generation in the global and digital society has articulated a hegemonic educational paradigm based on learning (Biesta, 2016, 2022a; Delahunty, 2025). This way of understanding learning is not achieved through the classic conception of the acquisition of content, but rather through the formation of a new citizen with a positive attitude towards lifelong learning (Lengrand, 1970; Kinnari et al., 2025). At the same time, these discourses critique schooling for its connection to traditional education and excessive authoritarianism. Deconstruction was introduced by Jacques Derrida and it has transcended the boundaries of philosophy extending to other fields such as education (Silverman, 1989). In Pedagogy, a paradigm of critique emerges through the philosophy of education, using an epistemic and hermeneutic approach (Mariani, 2022). This redefinition of education and its study coexist with the constant production of knowledge by cognitive capitalism. In this context, educational theory finds itself immersed in internal tensions and contradictions. This tension introduces a hegemonic vocabulary and practices but simultaneously presents itself as an alternative to the inherited system. Given this situation, we ask ourselves: Where does the new educational vocabulary come from? How does criticism of schools influence the performance of their functions? How can we defend an idea of education if we discard its very language? To answer these questions, we will first consider the idea of innovation in a competency-based paradigm introduced within a context of cognitive capitalism, secondly, the ideas of deconstruction that have introduced a critical perspective in education. We can find an example of these tensions in Spain, where some Secondary School Teachers have begun theorizing in education about simple binaries beyond innovation and critique in educational discourses. To try to address this dichotomy, this paper aims to use Hegel’s concept of Aufhebung as a transformative conservation to rethink education, neither as a synthesis of the established order nor as a total negation, following the proposal of post-critical pedagogy. Here we propose that we can clearly study a third way of thinking education (Biesta, 2022; Thoilliez, 2021, 2025). When education has forgotten its own vocabulary (Hodgson et al., 2022a) it is always changing its normativity but, at the same time, is reproducing hegemonic values from other fields of knowledge such as the economy agenda. Therefore, the importance of defending forms of thinking education from the pedagogical field (Gil Cantero, 2023; Thoilliez, 2023; Biesta, 2022b). A sublated (aufgehoben) philosophy of education neither blindly innovates within the existing structure nor romantically dismisses all structure but radically re-imagines the purpose and form of “educating” from a higher vantage point. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used All the information is on the internet and schools should prepare to develop skills to select the information that is true. This worldview articulates a technocratic view of education that influences ideas such as the roles of the teacher and student, and the curriculum. At the same time, these discourses critique schooling for its connection to traditional education and excessive authoritarianism. This tension introduces a hegemonic vocabulary and practices but simultaneously presents itself as an alternative to the inherited system. Given this situation, we ask ourselves: Where does the new educational vocabulary come from? How does criticism of schools influence the performance of their functions? How can we defend an idea of education if we discard its very language? To answer these questions, we will first consider the idea of innovation in a competency-based paradigm introduced within a context of cognitive capitalism, and secondly, the ideas of deconstruction that have introduced a critical perspective in education. This tension between innovation/criticism or future/past aligns with how educational practices and discourses construct temporal pedagogical orientations and how these temporal framings shape ethical and educational responsibilities toward future generations in the framework of ECER 2026 conference on Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research. This study follows the methods of the Philosophy of Education, which should not only determine the truth but also serve as guidelines for addressing specific questions related to the subject of research (Heyting, 2001). Following these disciplines and in line with the objectives of my research, a hermeneutic heuristic and literature review has been carried out. That is, through reading and reviewing the literature, an interpretation of the texts has been conducted. Throughout this work, the goal has not been merely to compile and reproduce the ideas of other authors in a college-like manner, but rather to present them in an organized and thematically structured way, incorporating interpretation and critical reflection through new emerging questions. This process, which involves the art of interpretation (Hovey et al., 2022), requires detailed reading and writing. In that act, two aspects converge: on one hand, the essential prior knowledge of the work’s subject that the performer must interpret, and on the other, the necessary relevance of both the work and the performer within a broader context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Educational discourse is, nowadays, highly polarized, caught between constant criticism of tradition and an obsession with innovation. However, these are two sides of the same coin. Although current educational discourses focus on greater technification of education and innovation, we can also find a more critical vision, from a look at the past and of deconstruction. The role of innovation and the obsession with novelty, as Brailovsky (2019) & Quilabert et al. (2023) point out, is frequently based on simplistic oppositions between the new and the traditional, the open and the closed, the innovative and the obsolete. These oppositions trivialize the complexity of educational phenomena and hinder a rigorous analysis of the proposals being implemented. While, on the one hand, discourses, policies, and practices are obsessed with the new and the future, criticisms, on the other hand, focus on the negative aspects that education has reproduced, as well as the excess of authoritarianism and structural violence. This temporal view of what education should be or what it has been creates a tension that generates distrust and instability in its very redefinition. In both cases, there is no consensus because the language of education itself dissolves. There is no normative framework regarding what is pedagogically desirable; in other words, we often forget to think about what education is. Throughout this article, the aim has been to maintain a deconstructive stance on education, or an Aufhebung. That is, not one of destruction or deconstruction of the educational phenomenon, but neither of reproducing everything inherited. This intermediate approach, proposed in the Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy without falling into constant utopianism or nostalgia, is what invites us to think about education from an educational perspective (Hodgson et al., 2020b). References Arendt, H. (1968). La crisis en la educación. En, H. Arendt (1996). Entre el Pasado y el Futuro. Ocho ejercicios sobre reflexión política (pp. 269-301). Península. Biesta, G. (1998). J. J. Deconstruction, justice and the question of education. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft 1 (3), 395-411 Biesta, G. (2004). Education after Deconstruction. In J. D. Marshall (ed.), Poststructuralism, Philosophy, Pedagogy (27-42). Kluwer Academic Publishers. Biesta, G. (2009b). Witnessing deconstruction in education: Why quasi-transcendentalism matters. Journal of philosophy of education, 43(3), 391-404. Biesta, G. (2010). ‘This is My Truth, Tell Me Yours’. Deconstructive pragmatism as a Delahunty, T. (2025). The convergence of late neoliberalism and postpandemic scientific optimism in the configuration of scientistic learnification. Educational Review, 77(7), 2327-2349. Derrida, J. (1983). Letter to a Japanese Friend. In D. Wood & R. Bernasconi (eds.) (1985), Derrida and Difference (1-5). Parousia Press. Gil, P. (2018). Schola Delenda est?. Apostroph. Gil Cantero, F. (2018). Escenarios y razones del antipedagogismo actual. Teoría de la Educación, 30(1), 29-51. Hegel, G.W.F. (1966). Fenomenología del Espíritu (Trad. Wenceslao Roces). Fondo de Cultura Económica. Hegel, G.W.F. (2013). Ciencia de la Lógica (Trad. Augusta Algranati & Rodolfo Mondolfo). Editorial Las cuarenta. Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., y Zamojski, P. (2017). Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy. Punctum books. Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., y Zamojski, P. (2020). Manifestations of The Post-Critical: from shared principles to new pedagogical paths. Teoría De La Educación. Revista Interuniversitaria, 32(2), 13–23. Mariani, A. (2022). La deconstrucción en pedagogía: Una frontera teórico-educativa de la posmodernidad. Octaedro. Oliverio, S. (2019). An edifying philosophy of education? Starting a conversation between Rorty and post-critical pedagogy. Ethics and Education, 14(4), 482-496. Schildermans, H., Vlieghe, J., & Wortmann, K. (2024). Post-criticality and the pursuit of an empirical philosophy of education: epistemology, methodology, ethics. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 58(6), 929–939. Thoilliez, B. (2019). Vindicación de la escuela como espacio para el desarrollo de experiencias democráticas: aproximación conceptual a las prácticas morales de reconocimiento y respeto. Educación XXI, 22(1), 295-314, Thoilliez, B. (2021). Conservar, legar, desear. Prácticas docentes edificantes para restaurar el carácter público de la educación. Revista de Educación, 395, 61-83. Wortmann, K. (2019). Post-critical pedagogy as poetic practice: Combining affirmative and critical vocabularies. Ethics and Education, 14(4), 467-481. 13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper The Ethics of Well-Being in Education: Dark and Bright Sides of Individualism GFU, OsloMet Presenting Author:Long paper, see attachment Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Long paper, see attachment Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Long paper, see attachment References Long paper, see attachment |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 13 SES 06 B Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Stefano Oliverio Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Loving World from a Kantian Perspective: Cosmopolitan Education as “World” Citizenship Education Kyoto University, Japan Presenting Author:This study aims to examine Kant’s cosmopolitan education by considering his stance on thinking about the world and love for it. It also demonstrates that his cosmopolitan education was not merely based on modern moral universalism but rather fundamentally on love for the whole—actual and ideal—world. Cosmopolitanism is a conceptual survivor stemming from Western European philosophical traditions. Conceptualised by ancient Greek philosopher Diogenes, cosmopolitanism has been debated through subsequent philosophical discussions up to the present day (Vertovec and Cohen 2002; Held 2010). One robust criticism of cosmopolitanism is that it tends to reproduce Western universalism, especially grounded in Kantian philosophy (Mignolo 2000; Werbner 2008; Vinokur 2018). To overcome this normatively constrained modern cosmopolitanism, “new” cosmopolitanisms have been proposed from the perspectives of critical thinking and dialogical relationships (Delanty and Harris 2012), as well as vernacular commitment (Appiah 2006; Kymlicka and Walker 2012). Moreover, cosmopolitanism is increasingly understood to be ‘more attentive to the material reality of our social and political situation’ (Braidotti et al. 2013, 3). As a result, however, while the concept has been renewed, it has simultaneously lost the primal substance of wholeness. Philosophically and etymologically, cosmopolitanism contains the cosmos, that is, the world as a whole; yet, the new cosmopolitanism does not carefully consider the nature of the world in its wholeness. Confronted with this ramified understanding of cosmopolitanism, I reconstruct cosmopolitanism by inspecting Kant’s notion of the concept, especially in his anthropology, physical geography and religious thoughts, and argue that cosmopolitanism originally oriented itself towards whole world, rather than towards moral formal universalism alone. Consequently, I clarify that Kant’s cosmopolitanism stresses not universalism per se, but the existence of a world that human beings love and have an interest in; therefore, Kant’s cosmopolitan education should be formulated as one that urges children to love and live in this whole, actual world. Through this consideration, I attempt to overcome the problem of “new” cosmopolitanism and cosmopolitan education. Therefore, the research question of this study is formulated as follows: What is the substantial meaning of Kant’s cosmopolitanism, and what does Kant’s cosmopolitan education signify when interpreted on the basis of this understanding of cosmopolitanism? This study focuses on Kant’s account of cosmopolitanism and I primarily follow Kant’s theoretical framework of critical philosophy. At the same time, I argue that his critical philosophy is strongly supplemented by his anthropology, physical geography, and historical and religious thoughts (cf. Louden 2011). Within this theoretical framework, I delve into his characterisation of cosmopolitanism, although he does not explicitly define what cosmopolitanism might mean in his critical philosophy. Kant writes “We can have two positions when it comes to taking an interest in what is happening in the world; the position of a son of the earth, and of a citizen of the world. In the first position, we have no interests except for our personal business and matters that affect our well-being. In the second position, we are interested in humankind, the entire world, the origin and inner values of things, and the ultimate end, at least insofar as we are keen to judge them” (Kant 1923: 517–18, my translation). These interests in the world—its origin, values, and ultimate end—are not merely sensual or empirical, but more robust and essential. I describe these interests as an orientation towards love, since Kant understands love as comprising multiple interrelated forms, including love of God, love in friendship and self-love (Rinne 2020). I demonstrate that Kant’s cosmopolitanism and cosmopolitan education are fundamentally based on the love for the whole world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I adopted philosophical enquiry. By examining Kant’s discussion of the character of cosmopolitanism, I aim to reveal his substantive insights into cosmopolitanism and cosmopolitan education. However, this study is not merely a technical analysis of Kant’s philosophy; rather, it contributes to overcoming contemporary discussions on ramified cosmopolitanism and cosmopolitan education, and proposes a more substantial and holistic conception of cosmopolitanism and cosmopolitan education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Kant’s cosmopolitanism is fundamentally based on love for the entire world. From this perspective, we can understand why he was especially enthusiastic about physical geography (outer space, including ‘starry heavens above me’ (Kant 1996a, 269)) and ‘moral law within me’ (ibid., inside human beings). Kant’s conception of the world is not just a transcendental idea, but also consists of cosmological, moral and geographical dimensions (Hirose 2024), that is, ‘the real world (die wirkliche Welt)’ (Kant 1992, 73). Why do human beings need to love the world? One of the reasons Kant implicitly suggests is that Jesus is the example of moral perfection for human beings (Kant 1996b, 105), and that God loved the world: “In him God loved the world” (Kant 1996b, 104). The fact that the world is loved by Jesus and even God signifies that we are also required to love the world unceasingly, although we cannot do so in the same way as God. Drawing on this interpretation of Kant’s cosmopolitanism, cosmopolitan education should be reconstructed as “world” citizenship education that urges us to love the world. In Lecture on Pedagogy, Kant emphasises primarily physical geography as the study of the world, since “It is most advantageous to have the first scientific instruction be concerned with geography; mathematical as much as physical” (Kant 2007, 463). Although this aspect of Kant’s educational thought is not widely emphasised, his treatment of physical geography suggests that it plays a foundational role in the formation of world citizens. Without loving and living in the world, it is difficult to conceive of cosmopolitan education as authentic. Kant’s vision of world citizenship education can thus be understood as a moment in which human beings live actively within a globalised, capitalistic, and increasingly homogeneous space (Cf. Sloterdijk 2013). References Appiah, K. A. (2006) Cosmopolitanism: Ethics in a World of Strangers, New York: W. W. Norton & Company. Braidotti, R., Hanafin, P. and Blaagaard, B. (eds) (2013) After Cosmopolitanism, New York: Routledge. Delanty, G. and Harris, N. (2012) ‘The Idea of Critical Cosmopolitanism’, in G. Delanty (ed.) Routledge International Handbook of Cosmopolitanism Studies, London: Routledge, pp. 91–100. Held, D. (2010) Cosmopolitanism: Ideals and Realities, Cambridge: Polity. Hirose, Y. (2024) ‘Living in the World as a Stage in Kant’s Physical Geography’, Japanische Kant-Studien, 25, pp. 80–94. Kant, I. (1923) Kant’s gesammelte Schriften/herausgegeben von der Königlich Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften: Kant’s Handschriftlicher Nachlass, Anthropologie, Bd. 15. Berlin: De Gruyter. Kant, I. (1992) Theoretical Philosophy, 1755–1770. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Kant, I. (1996a) Practical Philosophy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Kant, I. (1996b) Religion and Rational Theology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Kant, I. (2007) Anthropology, History, and Education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Kymlicka, W. and Walker, K. (2012) Rooted Cosmopolitanism: Canada and the World, Vancouver: UBC Press. Louden, R. (2011) Kant’s Human Being: Essays on his Theory of Human Nature, Oxford: Oxford University Press. Mignolo, W. D. (2000) ‘The Many Faces of the Cosmo-Polis: Border Thinking and Critical Cosmopolitanism’, Public Culture, 12, pp. 721–48. Rinne, P. (2020) Kant on Love, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Sloterdijk, P. (2013) In the World Interior of Capital: Towards a Philosophical Theory of Globalization, Cambridge: Polity. Vertovec, S. and Cohen R. (eds) (2002) Conceiving Cosmopolitanism: Theory, Context, and Practice, Oxford: Oxford University Press. Vinokur, E. (2018) ‘Cosmopolitan Education in Local Settings: Toward a New Civics Education for the 21st Century’, Policy Futures in Education, 16, pp. 964–84. Werbner, P. (2008) ‘Towards a New Cosmopolitan Anthropology’, in P. Werbner (ed.) Anthropology and the New Cosmopolitanism, Oxford: Berg, pp. 1–29. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper The racial architecture of freedom: Rethinking the human in Biesta's World‑Centred Education Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:This presentation offers a critical reappraisal of the role that freedom plays in contemporary educational thought, focusing particularly on how its dominant philosophical formulation is inseparable from racialized ontologies of the human. Drawing on Biesta’s World‑Centred Education (2021), I examine how the text situates freedom as the highest aim of education—an existential capacity of the learner who learns to live “in the world” without centering the self. Yet, I argue that this depiction of freedom remains tethered to its historical antithesis: subjugation, dependency, and the ongoing denial of self‑determination. While freedom is presented as a universal human attribute, it is simultaneously deployed as a boundary marker that distinguishes between those deemed capable of self‑governance and those figured as inherently affectable, malleable, or in need of governance. I refer to this foundational separation as raciality: the structuring division that produces different kinds of subjects and organizes the racial capitalist world order. Taking raciality as the unspoken metaphysical condition of educational theory, I show how educational philosophy often dismisses this divide, thereby naturalizing an account of “the human” that is implicitly exclusionary. Such dismissal sustains what I call a philosophical agenda of transparency—an expectation that educational theory can speak of a universal human condition without engaging the violent histories that shape who is considered fully human. This universalizing gesture not only obscures the racialized limits of freedom but also allows the field to reproduce ideals of self‑cultivation and autonomy without interrogating who these capacities are presumed to belong to. Against such assumptions, I foreground Black Feminist thought (da Silva, 2007; Hartman, 1997), which has long challenged the terms through which Western philosophy has conceptualized freedom. Black feminist scholars have shown that freedom has historically depended on the subjugation of others and on the carving out of zones where freedom can be expressed for some while systematically denied to others. Through this lens, Biesta’s distinction between existential education and mere training appears less as a neutral pedagogical claim and more as a reproduction of a world‑ordering logic in which only certain subjects are positioned as capable of existential self‑making. A central point of analysis concerns Biesta’s notion of “the world.” Though described as material, natural, and social, Biesta ultimately proposes the world as a subjectifying event—as a generative but constraining sphere in which individuals meet the limits of their desires. Nonetheless, this calls for subjec-ness as it is through encounters with external resistance that it is suppose to be developed. Education seems to be, in turn, imagined this world's prism, by providing structured opportunities for students to test their subject‑ness, to refrain from desire, and to cultivate freedom as abdication or restraint. Subjectification, in this account, hinges on the individual learning to choose “who” they will become by distancing themselves from personal impulses and external norms alike. The presentation interrogates how this framing becomes entangled with Biesta’s alignment of subjectification and democracy. Because Biesta situates democratic subject‑formation as a bulwark against atrocities such as Auschwitz, he associates democracy as the political order apt to balance individual and collective desires. Yet this view presumes a democratic subject whose freedom and moral agency are already secured—a presumption historically denied to racialized subjects. Through examining Biesta’s contrasting examples of Rosa Parks and Adolf Eichmann, I argue that his model risks conflating subjectification with conformity to an idealized democratic self, thereby reinscribing the very racialized logics that delimit who can appear as a legitimate subject of freedom. Overall, the paper proposes that rethinking freedom through raciality not only reframes educational aims but also challenges education’s long‑standing investment in cultivating a universal—but racially bounded—figure of the human. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach animating this project is best described as thinking with Black feminist theory—particularly the work of Denise Ferreira da Silva and Saidiya Hartman. This is a mode of inquiry in which theory is not applied as an external framework but becomes a generative companion in the exploration of the problem at hand, functioning both as a conceptual and ethical interlocutor. Rather than treating theoretical texts as interpretive tools to be imposed on data, this approach moves alongside these thinkers, allowing their insights to open questions, unsettle assumptions, and reorient the terrain of inquiry. Thinking with Ferreira da Silva entails foregrounding how raciality operates as the global, onto‑epistemological architecture through which modern thought organizes subjects and worlds. Her work prompts a methodological stance that does not seek to “correct” or reform existing categories but instead interrogates the very conditions that make such categories possible. In methodological terms, this means refusing World Centred Education's taken for granted concepts such as “world” or “freedom,” and instead tracing how these are produced through racial and colonial logics. Ferreira da Silva’s insights guide the inquiry about exposing epistemic frames themselves as effects of power. Thinking with Hartman, likewise, introduces a method attuned to the afterlives of slavery and the ongoing forms of subjection that shape Black and nonwhite existence. Her analyses of terror, coercion, and the constrained possibilities of self‑making illuminate how scenes of violence become foundational to modern political and educational imaginaries. It calls for reading against the grain of educational philosophy to surface the racialized arrangements that remain unacknowledged in universal claims about freedom and self-determination. Together, Ferreira da Silva and Hartman exemplify how black feminist thinking can enrich and unsettle the cosmologies that underwrite educational thought. By foregrounding raciality, the paradigm challenges the universalized subject of education, and opens possibilities for imagining freedom otherwise. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The association between democracy and freedom brings a long‑standing contradiction: self‑determination has never been equally available within democratic societies. When educational philosophy mobilizes freedom as a universal human attribute, it inadvertently leans on an Enlightenment‑era construction of “human nature” that has always excluded those categorized as less than fully human—barbarians, children, slaves, and other denigrated populations. Such exclusions were not incidental but foundational to the philosophical architecture of the modern subject (Ryan, 2020). Treating freedom as a natural human condition therefore obscures the racialized hierarchy on which this conception rests. A world‑centred education risks naturalizing the sovereign power that distinguishes between subjects deemed capable of self‑determination and those imagined as externally determined. By dividing educational purposes into subjectification for the former and training for the latter, the philosophy reproduces the very ordering it seeks to transcend. Since training is an inescapable dimension of education, its allocation—implicitly or explicitly—to particular bodies aligns seamlessly with the racial order structuring post‑Enlightenment life. In the absence of conceptual tools to think otherwise, educators and theorists remain bound to the cosmology of inherent difference (that foregrounds the racial), predefining terrains where freedom can be enacted. This cosmology also limits the ethical imagination of educational thought. When education rests on ideas crafted to legitimate colonial and neocolonial economies, histories of slavery, segregation, and genocide appear as anomalies rather than as constitutive elements of democratic modernity. Their exclusion from the category of the universal renders them unable to disrupt normative educational claims such as “never again.” Thus, opposing the cosmology of separation—by making raciality visible within the very ideals of freedom that education upholds—is not merely a theoretical correction but an ethical imperative. Only by confronting these embedded distinctions can education move toward a genuinely transformative conception of freedom. References Biesta, G. (2021). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003098331 Ferreira da Silva, D. (2007). Toward a Global Idea of Race. University of Minnesota Press. Hartman, S. (1997). Scenes of Subjection: Terror, Slavery, and Self-Making in Nineteenth-Century America. Oxford University Press. http://archive.org/details/scenes-of-subjection 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper A Continuity Thesis for Philosophy of Education 1: Victoria University, Australia; 2: Federation University, Australia Presenting Author:Across Europe, philosophy of education increasingly operates within research and policy environments shaped by competence frameworks, audit cultures, and hierarchies of evidence that privilege measurable outcomes and demonstrable impact (Biesta, 2015; Depaepe & Smeyers, 2008; Bridges, 2006). Within such contexts, disciplines such as philosophy of education whose contributions resist straightforward quantification frequently face demands to justify their place in instrumental terms (Fendler, 2018; Biesta, 2012). One type of defense of philosophy of education in response to these pressures is to claim its necessity for, or inherentness or indispensability to, education. Because education is irreducibly normative, it is argued, teacher education and educational research require a distinct theoretical or philosophical space capable of safeguarding ethical reflection, democratic deliberation, and critical interrogation of purposes (Biesta, 2015; Depaepe & Smeyers 2008). This paper seeks to challenge that justificatory strategy. It advances a metaphilosophical thesis with two connected claims. First, philosophy of education is continuous with education in a sense analogous to anti-exceptionalist arguments in metaphilosophy (Williamson, 2007). Philosophical reasoning as an extension of ordinary everyday human capacities and common to all sciences, rather than grounded in a methodologically privileged a priori domain (Williamson, 2007; Williamson, 2013; Hjortland, 2017). Philosophy of education does not operate by a method fundamentally distinct from other forms of scientific or educational inquiry. Secondly, this continuity does not entail a necessity to do philosophy of education, nor does it prescribe that philosophy of education must remain tethered to, or normatively oriented toward, the ordinary and everyday. Some discussions in philosophy of education locate the discipline's legitimacy and vitality precisely in its rootedness in everyday educational life and practice, often as part of a post-critical emphasis on proximity, care, and affirmation (Hodgson et al., 2017; Schildermans et al., 2024). However, such approaches may advance a normative conception of what philosophy of education should look like as non-abstract, embedded in concrete cultural and relational contexts. While acknowledging that philosophy of education originates in the everyday this paper argues that it need not remain confined there. Attempts to justify the indispensability of philosophy of education to education, either as critical or post-critical (Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2019), can risk reproducing precisely a prescriptive conception. On the contrary, a continuity thesis may better support methodological pluralism rather than a necessitation of any particular type of philosophy of education. If this is so, then philosophy of education cannot justify itself by claiming that education depends upon it. Nor can it claim epistemic priority or adjudication over educational practice. Instead, the discipline is reconceived simply as an extension of that which is already operative in educational life. It participates in educational inquiry rather than grounding it, allowing critical suspicion, post-critical affirmation, and abstract speculation to coexist as contingent options within a shared continuum. Two objections sharpen this proposal. First, critics of what works cultures argue that evidence regimes can displace what is educationally distinctive about education and marginalise normative depth (Depaepe & Smeyers, 2008; Biesta, 2015). If philosophy of education renounces claims of indispensability and refuses to prescribe an everyday-bound normative ideal for itself, does it not risk further marginalisation or irrelevance within performative research cultures? The response offered here is that such a rejection does not entail a rejection of value. Second, debates about continuity theses in logic and metaphilosophy warn that appeals to continuity can obscure domain specific standards and produce conceptual vagueness (Martin & Hjortland, 2022; 2024). The paper therefore defends a restricted continuity claim. Philosophy of education shares general epistemic methods and virtues with other forms of inquiry, while retaining criteria shaped by the distinctive subject matter of education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper proceeds as follows. The first section identifies and analyses a prevalent assumption within philosophy of education, namely that because education is inherently normative, philosophy of education is necessary or indispensable to educational practice (Biesta, 2015). Rather than dismissing this claim, the paper reconstructs it in its strongest form. Its underlying inference is examined carefully. Education involves questions of value and justification and philosophy is the discipline concerned with value and justification, therefore education requires philosophy for its proper orientation. The internal logic of this argument is made explicit in order to test its validity. The second section reconstructs Williamson’s anti exceptionalism formulation (Williamson, 2007, 2013). Anti exceptionalism denies that philosophy operates by a privileged epistemic method insulated from other domains and instead situates philosophical reasoning within a broader landscape of everyday human capacities for inquiry (Hjortland, 2017). Particular attention is given to the example that philosophy of science can be reflective upon, without being foundational for, scientific practice and, analogously, how philosophy of education can extend educational inquiry without prescribing particular attitudes (such as critical suspicion or post-critical care) as obligatory. The third section draws out a consequence potentially overlooked in philosophy of education debates, including those privileging the ordinary. Continuity does not mandate a normative commitment to remaining embedded in the everyday. The fourth section introduces a structured distinction between first order educational reasoning and a second order philosophical one. First order reasoning includes the deliberations of teachers, researchers, and policy actors as they navigate aims, methods, and responsibilities. Second order reasoning involves the systematic articulation, clarification, and evaluation of those deliberations. This distinction grounds the paper’s claim that philosophy of education can be continuous in method yet distinct in level and open to diverse modes of abstraction without loss of legitimacy. Finally, the paper addresses two objections. One concerns the risk that denying indispensability renders philosophy marginal within performative research cultures (Depaepe & Smeyers, 2008). The other concerns whether continuity threatens to collapse domain specific standards (Hjortland, 2017). The response argues that philosophy of education retains value even when it is not foundational, and that level distinction may preserve normative criteria without invoking epistemic privilege or prescriptive constraints on its distance from the everyday. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper aims to argue that if philosophy of education is not necessary in order for education to occur, then its justification cannot rest on indispensability. Nor can it claim epistemic priority over practice. Moreover, while recent work rightly highlights the ordinary as a rich site for philosophical reflection and post-critical scholarship valuably calls for affirmative, caring engagement with educational realities (Hodgson et al., 2017; Schildermans et al., 2024; Oliverio & Thoilliez, 2024), the discipline's continuity with educational life does not entail a normative obligation to confine itself there or to adopt any prescribed mood or paradigm (critical, post-critical, or complementary). Abstract and speculative inquiry remains a legitimate extension of its shared epistemic practices. Instead, its role must be understood differently. In contemporary European contexts marked by performativity and disciplinary reconfiguration (Bridges, 2006), this reframing alters the autonomy debate. The question is not whether philosophy of education must be defended as essential, but how it justifies itself when education does not depend upon it and when it need not conform to a single normative image of philosophical practice. The contribution is therefore metaphilosophical rather than programmatic. It clarifies the discipline’s status by disentangling continuity from necessity and from prescriptivism about its proper form. Whether philosophy of education wishes to embrace that status is a further question, one that the field must confront explicitly rather than resolve through appeals to indispensability or to the primacy of the ordinary. Whether this reframing proves persuasive remains open. Its purpose is to sharpen the terms of debate, not to close it. References Biesta, G. (2015). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge. Biesta, G. (2012). Philosophy of education for the public good: Five challenges and an agenda. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 44(6), 581–593. Bridges, D. (2006). The disciplines and discipline of educational research. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 40(2), 259–272. Burbules, N. C. (2026). Why philosophy of education is basic to philosophy. Educational Theory, 76(1), 157–163. Curren, R. (Ed.). (2003). A companion to the philosophy of education. Blackwell Publishing. Depaepe, M., & Smeyers, P. (2008). Educationalization as an ongoing modernization process. Educational Theory, 58(4), 379. Fendler, L. (2018). Educationalization. In International handbook of philosophy of education (pp. 1169-1183). Springer. Hjortland, O. (2017). Anti-exceptionalism about logic. Philosophical Studies, 174(3), 631-658. Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2017). Manifesto for a post-critical pedagogy. Punctum Books. Martin, B., & Hjortland, O. (2022). Anti-exceptionalism about logic as tradition rejection. Synthese, 200(108). Oliverio, S., & Thoilliez, B. (2024). Post-critical pedagogy: a philosophical and epistemological identikit. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 58(6), 1029–1045. Schildermans, H., Vlieghe, J., & Wortmann, K. (2024). Post-criticality and the pursuit of an empirical philosophy of education: epistemology, methodology, ethics. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 58(6), 929–939. Standish, P. (2007). Rival conceptions of the philosophy of education. Ethics and Education, 2(2), 159–171. Vlieghe, J. and Zamojski, P. (2019) Towards an Ontology of Teaching: Thing-Centred Pedagogy, Affirmation and Love for the World. Cham: Springer. Williamson, T. (2007). The philosophy of philosophy. Blackwell. Williamson, T. (2013). Anti-exceptionalism about philosophy. Croatian Journal of Philosophy, 13(1), 1–3. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 14 SES 06 A: Rural Landscapes and Spaces. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Fabian Mußél Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Synergistic Effects of Family and Classroom Language Environments on Early Childhood Development in Rural Ethnic Minority Regions BEIJING NORMAL UNIVERSITY, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:In the global pursuit of educational equity, disparities rooted in family background remain a persistent challenge for children’s early learning and development. This issue is particularly acute in underdeveloped rural ethnic minority regions of Western China, where structural disadvantages in family resources translate into early developmental gaps before children enter compulsory schooling. In response to recent national policy initiatives—such as China’s Preschool Education Law (2025) and the Quality Assessment Guidelines (2022), which emphasize narrowing developmental disparities through improvements in process quality—there is an urgent need to understand how home and preschool environments jointly shape children’s outcomes. This concern resonates strongly with European and international policy agendas. Across Europe, early childhood education and care (ECEC) has been positioned as a key lever for promoting social inclusion and equity, as reflected in the OECD’s Starting Strong reports and the European Commission’s Quality Framework for ECEC. Likewise, the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 4.2 calls for ensuring access to quality early childhood development and pre-primary education for all children. These frameworks converge on the idea that high-quality institutional environments can mitigate inequalities rooted in family socioeconomic and cultural conditions. Against this backdrop, the present study investigates the mechanisms between the family ecosystem and the kindergarten classroom language environment in predicting children’s early literacy and numeracy capabilities in ethnic minority rural contexts. While international evidence, including the OECD’s PISA framework and the ESCS index, has highlighted the role of family capital in shaping educational outcomes, less is known about how preschool process quality—particularly language-rich classroom environments—may compensate for or amplify these inequalities in culturally diverse settings. Guided by an integrated theoretical framework, this research draws on Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory, conceptualizing children’s development as the product of interactions between nested microsystems, with the family and kindergarten as two primary settings. Within this ecological structure, Coleman’s Social Capital Theory is employed to model the pathway through which maternal education (as human capital) influences children’s early development via parent–child literacy interactions (as activated social capital). Furthermore, Bourdieu’s Cultural Capital Theory provides a critical lens to examine how family-based cultural resources are translated into developmental advantages, and how classroom environments may function as an external “field” that reshapes these processes. Accordingly, the study addresses three core research questions:
Methodologically, the study adopts a multilevel design that accounts for the nested structure of children within preschool classrooms. Hierarchical Linear Modeling (HLM) will estimate both individual-level family effects and classroom-level contextual effects. Cross-level interaction models will test whether high-quality classroom language environments buffer disadvantaged home backgrounds or further empower children from resource-rich families. By focusing on ethnic minority rural preschools, this research contributes a cross-cultural case to international debates on inclusive ECEC, process quality, and the “nurturing care” framework promoted by UNICEF and the WHO. It demonstrates how institutional environments may serve as mechanisms of equity in marginalized communities, offering insights relevant for broader European discussions on reducing early inequalities through high-quality preschool provision. Overall, this proposal advances understanding of how home–school ecosystem interactions shape early developmental trajectories, and how ECEC quality can function as a lever for social justice and educational inclusion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a cross-sectional quantitative design using data from a large-scale project on preschool children’s early development in L County, Yunnan Province, an underdeveloped ethnic minority region in western China. The dataset enables an examination of how family capital and classroom language process quality jointly shape children’s early literacy and numeracy outcomes in culturally diverse rural contexts. Sample Children are naturally nested within classrooms. To ensure stable classroom-level estimates, classrooms with fewer than 15 children were excluded. The final sample includes 1,010 preschool children nested within 46 classrooms, drawn from 72 kindergartens across the county. Measures Early Literacy and Numeracy (Outcome). Children’s outcomes were assessed using the literacy and numeracy subscales of the Chinese Early Human Capability Index (CHeHCI, 23 items, α = .84), a validated population-level measure of early development. Maternal Education (Level-1 Predictor). Maternal education was reported by parents and operationalized as years of schooling, representing family human capital. Parent–Child Literacy Interaction (Level-1 Mediator). Family social capital was captured through a 4-item scale assessing the frequency of literacy-related activities (e.g., shared reading, educational play), adapted from the China Family Panel Studies (CFPS). Classroom Language Environment Quality (Level-2 Moderator). Classroom process quality was measured through observation using the “Supporting and Extending Language and Communication” subscale of the SSTEW scale. Trained researchers rated teacher–child interactions on a 7-point Likert scale. Covariates. Child age (in months) and key demographic variables were included as controls. Data Analysis Given the nested structure, Hierarchical Linear Modeling (HLM) was conducted using Stata and HLM software. The analysis estimates: (1) individual-level mediation effects of parent–child interaction; (2) classroom-level main effects of language environment quality; and (3) cross-level moderation (slope-as-outcome models), testing whether high-quality classroom language environments compensate for or amplify family-based developmental disparities. This multilevel mediation–moderation framework provides a robust strategy for understanding how preschool process quality interacts with family capital in shaping early inequalities in marginalized ethnic minority settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides empirical evidence on how family capital and classroom process quality jointly shape children’s early literacy and numeracy development in rural ethnic minority contexts. The findings show that maternal education, as an indicator of family human capital, significantly predicts children’s early learning outcomes. Importantly, this association operates partly through the activation of family social capital: parent–child literacy interactions partially mediate the relationship between maternal education and children’s early capabilities, highlighting the role of everyday relational practices in translating family resources into developmental gains. Beyond family influences, the quality of the classroom language environment emerges as a strong independent predictor of children’s development. Consistent with international research emphasizing process quality in early childhood education and care (ECEC), language-rich teacher–child interactions provide meaningful support for early learning within preschool settings. Most critically, the multilevel analysis reveals a significant cross-level moderation effect in the direction of an enhancement mechanism rather than a compensatory one. High-quality classroom language environments were found to disproportionately benefit children from more advantaged family backgrounds, thereby amplifying developmental gaps associated with maternal education. In this context, classroom process quality does not automatically function as an equalizing force, but may interact with family cultural and social resources in ways that reproduce or magnify early inequalities. These findings contribute to international debates on whether ECEC quality primarily promotes equity or reinforces stratification. While European and global policy frameworks often position process quality improvement as a pathway toward inclusion, this study underscores the need for more nuanced, equity-oriented approaches. Theoretically, it extends ecological, social capital, and cultural capital perspectives into a non-Western ethnic minority setting. Practically, the results suggest that investments in classroom quality should be accompanied by targeted family engagement and differentiated support strategies to ensure that language-rich environments benefit all children, rather than mainly empowering those already advantaged. References Anders, Y., Rossbach, H.-G., Weinert, S., Ebert, S., von Maurice, J., & Tietze, W. (2012). Home and preschool learning environments and their relations to the development of early numeracy skills. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 27(2), 263–274. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Coleman, J. S. (1988). Social capital in the creation of human capital. American Journal of Sociology, 94, S95–S120. Cuartas, J. (2022). The effect of maternal education on parenting and early childhood development: An instrumental variables approach. Journal of Family Psychology, 36(2), 280–290. Fang, J., Zhang, M. Q., & Qiu, H. Z. (2010). Multilevel mediation effects based on hierarchical linear theory. Advances in Psychological Science, 18(08), 1329–1338. Hanno, E. C., Gonzalez, K. E., Jones, S. M., & Lesaux, N. K. (2021). Linking features of structural and process quality across the landscape of early education and care. AERA Open, 7(1). Huang, W., Weinert, S., von Maurice, J., & Attig, M. (2022). Specific parenting behaviors link maternal education to toddlers’ language and social competence. Journal of Family Psychology, 36(6), 998–1009. Li, L., Li, Q., Ruan, S., & Zhang, Y. (2025). Domain-specific and cross-domain associations between teacher-child interaction quality and child development: A meta-analysis of 45 empirical studies. Psychological Development and Education, 41(03), 332-347. Li, W., & Liu, A. (2022). Quantity vs. Quality of Screen Exposure: The Relationship between Screen Exposure and Preschool Children’s Non-cognitive Abilities. Journal of Educational Studies, 18(1), 099–112. Siraj-Blatchford, I., Sylva, K., Muttock, S., Gilden, R., & Bell, D. (2002). Researching effective pedagogy in the early years (REPEY). Department for Education and Skills (DfES) Research Report No. 356. Slot, P. L., Leseman, P. P. M., Verhagen, J., & Mulder, H. (2015). Associations between structural quality aspects and process quality in Dutch early childhood education and care settings. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 33, 64-76. Telias, A., Narea, M., & Abufhele, A. (2022). A mediation analysis to disentangle relations between maternal education and early child development. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 46(6), 568–575. Zhao, J., Brinkman, S. A., Zhang, Y., Song, Y., Lu, C., Young, M. E., Zhang, Y., Ip, P., Shan, W., & Jiang, F. (2020). Measuring early childhood development with The Early Human Capability Index (eHCI): a reliability and validity study in China. BMC Pediatrics, 20(1), Article 323. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Rural education, Educational landscape 1: MLU Halle/Wittenberg, Germany; 2: Universität Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:The planned contribution pursues the question of whether and to what extent socio-spatial interpretation and perception by actors in educational practice gain significance in interaction with their clientele. The starting point is empirical analyses, which are based on a praxeological approach grounded in praxeological sociology of knowledge (Bohnsack, 2017, 2020). The analyses show that the view of children as clients of educational institutions is closely linked to perceptions and ideas about the local context—the social space—and also structures orientations toward one's own educational responsibility. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project underlying this article employed a qualitative longitudinal design over a period of five years. In four different social settings, repeated group discussions were held with educational staff (e.g., teachers, educational specialists) and problem-centered interviews were conducted with the respective facility managers. Group discussions are particularly suitable for reconstructing collectively shared orientations, patterns of interpretation, and implicit knowledge in professional practice contexts (Bohnsack, 2010, 2017). Problem-centered interviews, on the other hand, enable a more in-depth understanding of management-related perspectives on institutional framework conditions, control logics, and attributions of responsibility (Witzel & Reiter, 2012). The types of institutions included in the project work with primary school-aged children and include elementary schools, special schools, after-school care centers, and recreational facilities. A total of between 33 and 36 data collections were carried out per survey year, distributed across the various institutions in the respective social spaces. Due to the repeated surveys in the same contexts, the design can be described as a qualitative longitudinal design, which is particularly suitable for analyzing the stability and change of professional orientations (Neale, 2019; Thomson & Holland, 2003) . The data was evaluated using Bohnsack's documentary method, which aims to reconstruct habitualized orientations and conjunctive spaces of experience by comparing cases and points in time (Bohnsack, 2010, 2020). The data corpus was reduced and focused for each qualification project. The longitudinal section is significant in that the project also included intervention-related elements in the sense of joint work on topics with the participating institutions. Such research-accompanying interventions make it possible to reveal potential changes in professional patterns of interpretation and action over time (Altrichter & Posch, 2007). However, this aspect is not central to the present article and will therefore not be presented in depth. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Firstly, the results show that educational actors in primary education develop socio-spatial interpretations that frame the clientele in a specific way and produce action-guiding differentiations. Secondly, it becomes clear that attributions of educational responsibility are inextricably linked to these socio-spatial perceptions and favor either functionalist approaches or the withdrawal of one's own responsibility. Thirdly, a cross-institutional basic pedagogical mode (Thomsen, 2025) can be reconstructed that is specific to rural contexts but at the same time is institutionally differentiated. References Bohnsack, R. (2017). Praxeologische Wissenssoziologie [Praxeological sociology of knowledge]. Opladen & Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bohnsack, R. (2020). Professionalisierung in praxeologischer Perspektive: Zur Eigenlogik der Praxis in Lehramt, Sozialer Arbeit und Frühpädagogik [Professionalisation from a praxeological perspective: On the intrinsic logic of practice in teacher education, social work, and early childhood education]. Opladen & Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bohnsack, R. (2010). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden (8th ed.) [Reconstructive social research: An introduction to qualitative methods]. Opladen & Farmington Hills, MI: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bohnsack, R. (2020). Dokumentarische Methode [Documentary method]. Opladen & Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bollweg, P., & Otto, H.-U. (2011). Bildungslandschaft: Zur subjektorientierten Nutzung und topografischen Ausgestaltung [Educational landscapes: Subject-oriented use and topographical design]. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Castillo Ulloa, I., Gerhards, L., & Schleenbecker, L. (2023). Bildungslandschaften als Archipel: Zur Fragmentierung und Vernetzung von Bildungsorten [Educational landscapes as an archipelago: Fragmentation and networking of educational sites]. In M. Forell, G. Bellenberg, L. Gerhards, & L. Schleenbecker (Eds.), Schule als Sozialraum im Sozialraum [School as social space within social space] (pp. 213–228). Münster: Waxmann. Faulde, J. (2021). Ländlichkeit als soziale Konstruktion [Rurality as a social construction]. Berichte zur deutschen Landeskunde, 95(4), 593–610. Helbrecht, I. (2021). Ländliche Räume zwischen Peripherisierung und Neuverhandlung [Rural areas between peripheralisation and renegotiation]. In I. Helbrecht (Ed.), Geographien der ländlichen Räume [Geographies of rural spaces] (pp. 165–181). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Kramer, R.-T., & Jahnke, H. (2019). Bildung in peripheren Räumen [Education in peripheral regions]. In R.-T. Kramer & H. Jahnke (Eds.), Bildung und Ungleichheit in ländlichen Räumen [Education and inequality in rural areas] (pp. 1–18). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Miggelbrink, J. (2020). Peripherie [Periphery]. In H. Belina et al. (Eds.), Handbuch kritische Stadtgeographie [Handbook of critical urban geography] (pp. 65–69). Münster: Westfälisches Dampfboot. Altrichter, H., & Posch, P. (2007). Lehrerinnen und Lehrer erforschen ihren Unterricht (4th ed.) [Teachers researching their own practice]. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Neale, B. (2019). What is qualitative longitudinal research? London: Bloomsbury Academic. Thomson, R., & Holland, J. (2003). Hindsight, foresight and insight: The challenges of longitudinal qualitative research. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 6(3), 233–244. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000091833 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 14 SES 06 B: School-Parent Interactions during Youth Transitions. Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Richard Benthin Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Impact of Non-numerical Primary School Education on Parents' Perceptions of the Transition to Secondary School. 1: Institute for Educational Analysis Baden-Württemberg; 2: University of Bonn; 3: University of Education Freiburg Presenting Author:The transition from primary school to secondary school is a stressful situation for children and their parents (Karagiannopoulou 1999, Storck 2015). In the german federal state Baden-Württemberg, in addition to the teacher's assessment and performance tests, the parents' wishes are also decisive in determining the type of secondary school their child will attend (KM 2025). Since the choice of secondary school has a significant influence on a child's future life (career choice, academic studies, etc.), this decision is very important for families (Clausen 2006). When choosing a secondary school, parents are expected to choose the type of school for their child for which they have high expectations of success, taking into account the costs involved (Jurczok 2019, Junkmann et al. 2010, Baumert et al. 2011). One indicator of potential success is previous performance (Junkmann et al. 2010, Jurczok 2019), which parents learn about through the performance feedback practices of the respective primary school. In addition, the decision is influenced by other factors, such as the educational background of the parents (Büchner and Koch 2002). Thus, in addition to the performance of schoolchildren, there are many other factors that influence the decision on the type of secondary school (Clausen 2006, Roos and Schöler 2013, Baumert et al. 2011).
In Baden-Württemberg, 35 primary schools are currently participating in a pilot project entitled ‘Learning-promoting performance feedback in primary schools’. As part of the pilot project, no numerical grades are given. Instead, alternative forms of performance feedback are used, such as competency grids, grid reports and learning development discussions. The pilot project is not being implemented at 40 primary schools, which therefore serve as a comparison group.
After primary school, secondary school in Baden-Württemberg begins in the fifth grade. The evaluative monitoring of the school trial provides an opportunity to consider parents' thoughts on the transition to secondary school, given that the pilot project has fundamentally changed one of the factors that is important for their decision (the form of performance feedback). Since the decision on the type of secondary school is essential for the child's further educational path (Dumont et al. 2014), the evaluation also provides insight into a previously under-examined aspect of the discussion about schools without grades – the transition to secondary school and the concerns and fears associated with this transition. These considerations give rise to the following research questions:
1) Are there differences in the reasons for choosing a school between parents whose children attend a model school with alternative assessment and feedback practices and parents whose children attend a comparison school?
2) Do parents' concerns about the transition to school differ between model and comparison schools? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Parents at the model schools (t5 N= 222, t6 N = 167) and the comparison schools (t5 N = 235, t6 N = 148) were surveyed from the second to the fourth grade after an initial survey in February and July of each year using a standardised online questionnaire. Their group affiliation to the model or comparison school was included in the analysis as a dummy variable. At measurement point t5, the importance of 22 different factors for the choice of secondary school type was recorded (example items: ‘My child's performance in third grade’ or ‘The distance to school’). At mea-surement point t6, parents were asked two subscales about their concerns and fears regarding the transition to secondary school (adapted from Sirsch 2000). These subscales cover social concerns (six items, αt6 = .90, example item: ‘I am worried that my child might feel alone’) and performance (αt6 = .93, example item: ‘I am worried that my child might not be capable enough’). A four-point response scale was used (1 = does not apply at all, 2 = does not apply very much, 3 = ap-plies somewhat, 4 = applies completely). The covariates measured were socioeconomic background as assessed by the HISEI (Wendt et al. 2016), parents' assessment of their children's academic performance in mathematics and German (self-generated, item: ‘I know what my child is capable of in mathematics/German’) and attitudes towards alternative forms of performance assessment (self-generated, 6 items, αt5 = .88, αt6 = .88, example item: ‘Alternative forms of performance assessment are helpful in providing feedback on performance levels to parents.’) were measured as covariates. In addition, the primary school recommendation received by the child was recorded, with higher values corresponding to a higher type of school. To investigate possible correlations between parents' assessments, multiple linear regression models were calculated using the R package lavaan (Rosseel 2012). To account for the nested structure of the data (parents with children at different schools), robust standard errors were used to estimate the models (McNeish 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses on the reasons for choosing a secondary school revealed no significant differences (p > .05) between parents at model schools and comparison schools. When asked about concerns regarding the transition to secondary school, only the scale for social concerns showed a significant group difference between the assessments of parents at model schools and comparison schools. There was a significant positive correlation (β = −.28, p = .002) indicating that parents at model schools reported lower levels of concern. In terms of covariates, the primary school recommendation is also significant (β = −0.232, p < 0.009), indicating that a recommendation for a higher school type has a negative correlation with concerns around performance. Socioeconomic status (HISEI), the assessment of alternative forms of performance feedback and the assessment of school performance show no significant relationship. Conclusion The results suggest that the change in performance feedback practices is not related to the reasons for choosing a particular type of secondary school. However, the results do indicate a possible correlation in the form of less concern among parents at the model schools about their children's social well-being at secondary school. With regard to the covariates, there is a significant correlation in that the concerns are also related to the type of school that the children can attend ac-cording to the primary school recommendation. A higher type of school is associa-ted with less concern about social well-being. In order to obtain a more holistic picture, the data available in spring 2026 on the students, who were also asked about their worries and fears in parallel with their parents, will also be analysed. This analysis may help to reveal whether and how parents' assessments of the transition to secondary school are also reflected in their children's views – a question that remains open (Baumert et al. 2011). References Baumert, J., Jürgen, Maaz, K., Trautwein, U., & Baumert, Jurgen. (2011). Bildungsentschei-dungen: Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft Sonderheft 12 | 2009. VS Verlag für Sozial-wissenschaften GmbH. Büchner, P., & Koch, K. (2002). Von der Grundschule in die Sekundarstufe. Übergangspro-zesse aus der Sicht von SchülerInnen und Eltern. Die Deutsche Schule, 94(2), 234–246. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:27512 Clausen, M. (2006). Warum wählen Sie genau diese Schule? Eine inhaltsanalyti-sche Unter-suchung elterlicher Begründungen der Wahl der Einzelschule innerhalb eines Bildungsgangs. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 52(1), 69–90. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:4446 Dumont, H., Maaz, K., Neumann, M., & Becker, M. (2014). Soziale Ungleichheiten beim Übergang von der Grundschule in die Sekundarstufe I. Theorie, Forschungs-stand, Interven-tions- und Fördermöglichkeiten. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissen-schaft, 17(Suppl.24), 141–165. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:12370 Jonkmann, K., Maaz, K., Neumann, M., & Gresch, C. (2010). Übergangsquoten und Zusam-menhänge zu familiärem Hintergrund und schulischen Leistungen: Deskriptive Befunde. In Der Übergang von der Grundschule in die weiterführende Schule-Leistungsgerechtigkeit und regionale, soziale und ethnisch-kulturelle Disparitä-ten (pp. 123-150). BMBF. Jurczok, A. (2019). Schulwahl unter „gleichwertigen “Einzelschulen. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Karagiannopoulou, E. (1999). Stress on transfer from primary to secondary school: The con-tributions of A-trait, live events and family functioning. Psychology of Education Review, 23(2), 27–32. https://doi.org/10.53841/bpsper.1999.23.2.27 McNeish, D. (2023). A practical guide to selecting and blending approaches for clustered data: Clustered errors, multilevel models, and fixed-effect models. Psychological Methods. Ministerium für Kultus, Jugend und Sport Baden-Württemberg (2025). Übergang von der Grundschule auf weiterführende Schulen. Available under: https://km.baden-wuerttemberg.de/de/schule/grundschule/uebergang-grundschule-zu-weiterfuehrende-schulen. last checked: 31.01.2026. Roos, J., & Schöler, H. (Hrsg.). (2013). Transitionen in der Bildungsbiographie: Der Über-gang vom Primar- zum Sekundarbereich. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-93269-9 Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Sta-tistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v048.i02 Sirsch, U. (2000). Probleme beim Schulwechsel: die subjektive Bedeutung des bevorstehen-den Wechsels von der Grundschule in die weiterführende Schule. Waxmann. Storck, J. (2015). Auswirkungen des Übergangs von der Grundschule in die Se-kundarstufe I auf das Wohlbefinden und Selbstkonzept von Schülerinnen und Schülern. In Kassel: Kassel university press 2015 (S. 117 pages). kassel university press : Kassel. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:30643 Wendt, H., Bos, W., Selter, C., Köller, O., Schwippert, K., & Kasper, D. (2016). TIMSS 2015. Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche Kompetenzen von Grundschul-kindern in Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich. Münster; New York: Waxmann. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper How Middle-Class Parents Negotiate with Their Children on Opportunity Hoarding? 1: Bar Ilan University; 2: Ben-Gurion University of the Negev Presenting Author:This study expands our understanding of how parents negotiate with children around educational opportunities and the role of these negotiations in parents' opportunity hoarding practices. Opportunity hoarding is a key mechanism of educational reproduction, focusing on the actions and practices of socially and economically advantaged parents to place their children in special programs and secure resources (Posey-Maddox et al., 2025). The literature on parents' opportunity hoarding focuses extensively on parents' race and class (Diamond & Lewis, 2022; Lewis & Diamond, 2015) and their intersection with educational policies (Roda & Wells, 2013; Sattin-Bajaj & Roda, 2020; Smyth, 2018). Scholars have documented how privileged parents hire consultants to screen the best schools and programs and prepare their children for admission tests (Sattin-Bajaj & Roda, 2020). They visit potential schools and gather information from staff and other parents(Roda & Wells, 2013). They confront school staff and administrators to enroll their children in Advanced Placement programs, even if their children do not meet selection criteria (Lewis & Diamond, 2015). Parents also make life-changing decisions, such as moving close to preferred schools to secure advantages for their children (Sattin-Bajaj & Roda, 2020). However, existing research pays considerably less attention to how parents negotiate with children regarding these educational opportunities and how these negotiations shape families' decisions and practices. This paper highlights how children's cooperation or lack thereof shapes parents' opportunity hoarding and how parents utilize cultural and economic capital to influence their children into hoarding available opportunities. While the literature on opportunity hoarding focuses primarily on parents' dispositions and practices, it focuses less on children's part of the process. Yet children in modern societies are socialized through democratic ideology, including openness to hearing and considering their thoughts and preferences (Lareau, 2003; Nelson, 2010), as well as through negotiations (Klimor Maman et al., 2024). Research shows that children actively participate in school choice processes (Hegna & Smette, 2017; Mandic et al., 2018; Phillippo et al., 2021) by being exposed to adult discussions and engaging in peer conversations about educational options (Reay & Lucey, 2000). Similarly, middle-class students compare their achievements with peers' when making informed decisions about higher education, while considering parental perspectives (Brooks, 2003). However, middle-class parents typically pre-screen schools based on their criteria and use persuasion or bribery to minimize conflict, allowing children input mainly on peripheral matters such as friends, commuting, and sports facilities rather than on core schooling decisions (Reay & Ball, 1998). While research shows that middle-class educational decisions involve both parents and children, we know remarkably little about how they negotiate during opportunity-hoarding processes. This study addresses this gap by examining parent-child negotiations during enrollment in a selective STEM program in Israel. We draw on Tilly's (2009) concept of opportunity hoarding as a mechanism underlying long-lasting patterns of group-based inequality in life chances, explaining how bounded social categories sustain crucial resource differences over time. When new categories of differentiation emerge, socially privileged groups take advantage of them and hoard the opportunities they afford. Privileged parents have clear expectations for a life course that includes higher education. When a hierarchy of educational choice options is available in a competitive system with a limited number of seats, opportunity hoarding is heightened because advantaged families feel compelled to give their children the "best" education possible (Posey-Maddox et al., 2025). Our research questions are: How do parents and children negotiate enrollment in selective educational programs? What negotiation strategies do parents employ to encourage their children's participation? How do these negotiations shape opportunity hoarding practices? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Study Context We studied this question in the context of the Israeli Hebrew non-religious education system, specifically examining the Scientific-Technological Reserves (AMAT) selective program in middle schools. AMAT aims to increase the number of students majoring in STEM. Acceptance into the program is based on students' elementary school achievements, a screening test, and/or personal interviews, depending on the specific school. We studied AMAT in three schools in one school district in Israel. Two schools ("BlueSky" and "BayWater," pseudonyms) are urban and serve socioeconomically heterogeneous populations. The third school, "Parkside" (pseudonym), is a regional suburban school serving mainly middle- and upper-class families, a small community town, and the surrounding area. Data Collection Data collection included observations and interviews conducted during the 2023-2024 and 2024-2025 school years. We conducted eight observations at parent gatherings at school, including school open days and AMAT exposure evenings, to understand how schools present the program and how parents respond to these presentations. We recruited parents as they were actively considering whether to send their children to AMAT. From the initial sample, we used snowball sampling to reach other parents who were engaged in similar decision-making processes. Participants The sample consisted of 54 parents: 43 mothers and 11 fathers, all Jewish, and most were married. Most households were dual-earner households with both parents working. Most participants had an academic background, while others had non-tertiary education but held professional positions, such as skilled technicians. This diversity allowed us to examine negotiation strategies across different socioeconomic positions within the middle class. Data Analysis The first author conducted in-depth, semi-structured interviews with all 54 parents. We used a qualitative interview design to explore parents' perceptions of the school's excellence program and their motivations for enrolling their child. The interviews were conducted in Hebrew and transcribed verbatim. Data analysis was based on grounded theory methodology (Charmaz, 2014), involving open coding, focused coding, and constant comparison. We identified patterns in how parents described the decision-making process, the language they used to discuss negotiations with children, the strategies they employed to encourage participation, and how they responded to children's resistance or cooperation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We found that parents from all three schools described opportunity hoarding as a mutual decision-making process between parents and children, aimed at securing future opportunities, with an underlying understanding that children need motivation to participate. However, closer examination revealed significant tensions beneath this rhetoric of shared decision-making. Parents consistently needed to obtain their children's consent and cooperation to successfully hoard educational opportunities, positioning children as active agents rather than passive recipients of parental decisions. College-educated parents primarily relied on years of early STEM cultivation to encourage their children's participation, drawing on accumulated cultural capital developed through family practices such as conducting experiments together, discussing science, and normalizing STEM as part of everyday family life. Other parents employed alternative negotiation strategies, such as direct persuasion, sharing personal life experiences, or offering material incentives to motivate their children to attend AMAT. Parents evaluated their children's resistance and adapted their strategies accordingly, demonstrating a sophisticated understanding of their children's motivations and concerns.We found that negotiation failures could lead parents to dismiss the opportunity entirely, even when children were very good students. This finding reveals that children's agency can disrupt opportunity hoarding processes, at least temporarily. We contribute to opportunity hoarding literature by showing that parent-child negotiations are a central practice of opportunity hoarding from parents' perspectives, to the point that negotiation failure can lead to opportunity dismissal. We show how hoarding requires complex, intimate communication and collaboration between parents and children, involving parents' life experiences and children’s well-being. When the negotiation process indicates difficulty with these aspects, parents might consider dismissing the opportunity and seeking a better fit. Future studies should explore students' perspectives on these negotiations. References Brooks, R. (2003). Young People's Higher Education Choices: The role of family and friends. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 24(3), 283–297. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690301896 Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). SAGE. Diamond, J. B., & Lewis, A. E. (2022). Opportunity Hoarding and the Maintenance of "White" Educational Space. American Behavioral Scientist, 66(11), 1470–1489. https://doi.org/10.1177/00027642211066048 Hegna, K., & Smette, I. (2017). Parental influence in educational decisions: Young people's perspectives. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(8), 1111–1124. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1245130 Klimor Maman, S., Kaplan, D., & Offer, S. (2024). "Going-With-The-Flow" or "Getting-Things-Done": A Folk Model of Intensive Parenting Among Middle-Class Parents. Journal of Family Issues, 45(3), 697–719. https://doi.org/10.1177/0192513X231155658 Lareau, A. (2003). Unequal childhoods: Class, race, and family life. Univ. of California Press. Lewis, A. E., & Diamond, J. B. (2015). Despite the best intentions: How racial inequality thrives in good schools. Oxford University Press. Mandic, S., Sandretto, S., Hopkins, D., Wilson, G., Moore, A., & García Bengoechea, E. (2018). "I wanted to go here": Adolescents' perspectives on school choice. Journal of School Choice, 12(1), 98–122. https://doi.org/10.1080/15582159.2017.1381543 Nelson, M. K. (2010). Parenting out of control: Anxious parents in uncertain times. New York University press. Phillippo, K., Griffin, B., Dotto, B. J. D., Castro, D., & Nagi, E. (2021). School Choice, Youth Voice: How Diverse Student Policy Actors Experience High School Choice Policy. Educational Policy, 35(6), 949–984. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904819843589 Posey-Maddox, L., Powell, S. N., Roda, A., Lenhoff, S. W., & Miller, E. O. (2025). Advantaged Families' Opportunity Hoarding in U.S. K–12 Education: A Systematic Review of the Literature. Review of Educational Research, 00346543241304766. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543241304766 Reay, D., & Ball, S. J. (1998). 'Making their Minds Up': Family dynamics of school choice. British Educational Research Journal, 24(4), 431–448. https://doi.org/10.1080/0141192980240405 Reay, D., & Lucey, H. (2000). Children, School Choice and Social Differences. Educational Studies, 26(1), 83–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055690097754 Roda, A., & Wells, A. S. (2013). School Choice Policies and Racial Segregation: Where White Parents' Good Intentions, Anxiety, and Privilege Collide. American Journal of Education, 119(2), 261–293. https://doi.org/10.1086/668753 Sattin-Bajaj, C., & Roda, A. (2020). Opportunity Hoarding in School Choice Contexts: The Role of Policy Design in Promoting Middle-Class Parents' Exclusionary Behaviors. Educational Policy, 34(7), 992–1035. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904818802106 Smyth, E. (2018). Working at a different level? Curriculum differentiation in Irish lower secondary education. Oxford Review of Education, 44(1), 37–55. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2018.1409967 Tilly, C. (2009). Durable inequality (Nachdr.). Univ. of California Press. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper "The Role Of Parental School Experiences During Their Children’s School Transition – A Biographical Perspective" Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Transitions during one’s life course are increasingly considered as a research subject in educational research (Jindal-Snape et al., 2020). The transition from primary to secondary school represents an example that might become critical to the whole educational biography and, therefore, to both children and their parents (Benner, 2011). In particular, the transition from primary to secondary school can be seen as a source of parental vulnerability. In the case of Berlin (Germany) parents must select “preferred schools” for their children, although they cannot influence whether their preference is granted – rather, they depend on administrative decisions. In such a complex situations, trust is seen as a social mechanism allows to remain capable of acting (Luhmann, 2014). In this regard, parental experiences during their own school time potentially emerge as a biographical reference point to normative expectations about institutional trustworthiness of schools and interpersonal trustworthiness of teachers and pedagogical professionals. Against this background, the proposal deals with the complex relationship between parental experiences during their own school time, their normative expectations about institutional trustworthiness of their children’s school and the perceived trustworthiness of teachers and other pedagogical professionals. Based on episodic interviews (Flick et al., 2011) with 41 parents whose child had to pass over from primary to secondary school, parents talked about their attitudes towards trust to school and teachers as well as their subjective perception of the transition process. Key research questions include: a) How do parents refer to experiences during their own school time at the school transition of their children? b) In what ways are normative expectations about schools’ and school professionals’ trustworthiness based on biographical experiences of parents? The individual capacity of biographical reflection is characterized by the concept of ‘biographicality’ by Alheit and Dausien (Alheit, 1996; Dausien, 2011; West et al., 2007). During the interaction with other subjects or with institutional structures people resort to existing interpretation patterns as well as knowledge horizons – with other words they do biographical work (Dausien, 2011). In the biographical processing of experiences and the construction of identity people strive to retain a feeling of individual meaningfulness and autonomy regarding the creation of their own life course (Alheit, 1996; Grimmig, 2022). The educational relationship with parents is one of the central challenges of pedagogical professionalism for teachers (Gartmeier et al., 2017). In this connection, the importance of trusting parent-school relationships has been emphasized for several years (Adams et al., 2009). A widely cited definition of interpersonal trust is the idea of one’s willingness to be vulnerable to the actions of another party (Dietz, 2011; Mayer et al., 1995). Besides dispositional factors of a trustor (Alarcon et al., 2018), the willingness to be vulnerable to another party seems to be predominantly driven by facets of perceived trustworthiness of a potential trustee which include competence, benevolence and integrity as well as honesty, reliability and openness (Hoy & Tschannen-Moran, 1999; Mayer et al., 1995). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the qualitative longitudinal study, 41 parents whose child has to pass over from primary to secondary school were interviewed about their attitudes towards trust to schools and teachers as well as their perceptions of the transition process using episodic interviews (Flick, 2011). Such interviews aim at grasping implicit episodic knowledge, the analysis of which is intended to reveal biographical reflections on parental expectations about trustworthiness of schools and the professionals there; this is stimulated in the narrative parts of the interviews. More targeted questions address explicit semantic knowledge in terms of the relevant concepts and explanations of particular views pursued by the research questions, such as trust and trustworthiness. The interviews took place at the time of the parents’ compulsory school registration (T1) and after the child’s first two months at secondary school (T2). Data from the third survey point (T3, end of the first school year at secondary school) are not included in the paper. The transcribed interviews were analyzed by means of evaluative qualitative content analysis using MAXQDA (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024). The categories were generated both deductively and inductively. The deductive categories were derived from theoretical conceptualizations of trustworthiness (Hoy & Tschannen-Moran, 1999; Mayer et al., 1995). The inductive categories grounded in the data refer to biographical reflections of parents from their own school time with reference to normative expectations about trustworthiness of their children’s’ school and the behaviors of teachers and other pedagogical professionals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper aims to investigate the impact of biographical experiences of parents during their own school time on their present and future expectations about schools’ and school professionals’ trustworthiness. With regard to the research questions, results indicate empirical evidence for the importance of parents’ school experiences as a reference point in terms of dealing with the school transition of their children. During their child’s transition from primary to secondary school, parents refer to their own school experience because information is limited, they depend on administrative decisions and act as “affected outsiders” (Kuboth & Aich, 2022). What is more, the results imply surprising configurations – negatively perceived experiences reveal subjective vulnerabilities from where normative expectations about their children’s teachers are reported. On the contrary, negatively perceived experiences partly highlight the perception of trustworthy behaviors. Positive perceived experiences act as a prototypical norm from where current institutional structures or behaviors are assessed. References Adams, C. M., Forsyth, P. B., & Mitchell, R. M. (2009). The Formation of Parent-School Trust. Educational Administration Quarterly, 45(1), 4–33. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161x08327550 Alarcon, G. M., Lyons, J. B., Christensen, J. C., Bowers, M. A., Klosterman, S. L., & Capiola, A. (2018). The role of propensity to trust and the five factor model across the trust process. Journal of Research in Personality, 75, 69–82. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrp.2018.05.006 Alheit, P. (1996). Biographisches Lernen als gesellschaftliches Veränderungspotential. In K. Ahlheim & W. Bender (Eds.), Lernziel Konkurrenz? Erwachsenenbildung im „Standort Deutschland“. Eine Streitschrift (pp. 179-196). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-322-91427-9_14 Benner, A. D. (2011). The Transition to High School: Current Knowledge, Future Directions. Educational Psychology Review, 23(3), 299-328. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-011-9152-0 Dausien, B. (2011). "Biografisches Lernen" und "Biografizität“. Hessische Blätter für Volksbildung, 2011(02), 110-125. https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/abs/10.3278/HBV1102W110 Dietz, G. (2011). Going back to the source: Why do people trust each other? Journal of Trust Research, 1(2), 215–222. https://doi.org/10.1080/21515581.2011.603514 Flick, U., Otto, H.-U., & Oelerich, G. (2011). Das Episodische Interview. In (pp. 273-280). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92708-4_17 Gartmeier, M., Aich, G., Sauer, D., & Bauer, J. (2017). " Who's afraid of talking to parents?" Professionalism in parent-teacher conversations. Special issue editorial. Journal for educational research online, 9(3), 5-11. Grimmig, W. (2022). Die Kunst zu leben: die biographische Verarbeitung von Katastrophenerfahrungen und Emotionen von Künstlern im gegenwärtigen Japan. Universitätsverlag Göttingen. Hoy, W., & Tschannen-Moran, M. (1999). Five Faces of Trust: An Empirical Confirmation in Urban Elementary Schools. Journal of School Leadership, 9, 184-208. https://doi.org/10.1177/105268469900900301 Jindal-Snape, D., Hannah, E. F. S., Cantali, D., Barlow, W., & MacGillivray, S. (2020). Systematic literature review of primary‒secondary transitions: International research. Review of Education, 8(2), 526-566. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3197 Kuboth, C., & Aich, G. (2022). Wo sehen Lehrkräfte Bedarf hinsichtlich ihrer Professionalisierung? Spannungsfelder in der Elternberatung. Journal für LehrerInnenbildung, 22(2), 26-39. https://doi.org/10.35468/jlb-02-2022-02 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse : Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6., überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage ed.). Beltz Juventa. Luhmann, N. (2014). Vertrauen : ein Mechanismus der Reduktion sozialer Komplexität (5. Aufl. ed.). UVK-Verl.-Ges. u.a. https://primo.fu-berlin.de/FUB:FUB_ALMA_DS51957764110002883 http://www.utb-studi-e-book.de/9783838540047 Mayer, R. C., Davis, J. H., & Schoorman, F. D. (1995). An Integrative Model of Organizational Trust. The Academy of Management Review, 20(3), 709-734. https://doi.org/10.2307/258792 West, L., Alheit, P., Anderson, A. S., & Merrill, B. (2007). Using biographical and life history approaches in the study of adult and lifelong learning: European perspectives. Peter Lang. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 15 SES 06 A Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Semiha Bekir Paper Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Strategic Professional Experience Partnerships to Strengthen Mentor Teacher Participation: An Explanatory Mixed-Methods Study Across Australian Jurisdictions (2017–2021) 1: Charles Darwin University, Australia; 2: University of Western Australia; 3: Murdoch Universtiy Presenting Author:Mentor teachers are essential to high-quality initial teacher education, supporting pre-service teachers to bridge theory and practice. In Australia, mentoring is largely voluntary and increasingly unsustainable, limiting placement capacity and constraining the teacher pipeline during workforce shortages. Although universities are responsible for leading school–university partnerships, sustaining these across multiple jurisdictions, remote contexts, and online programs is resource-intensive, making effective partnerships critical to teacher preparation and system sustainability. While professional experience is not compulsory in many European and OECD contexts, it remains critical for teacher preparation and professional learning, making mentor teachers and education partnerships pivotal to teacher growth and system sustainability. This paper reports an explanatory sequential mixed methods study examining how education partnership models shape mentor teacher participation over time and place. Drawing on five years of longitudinal placement data (2017–2021) from a small regional Australian university delivering on-campus and online ITE programs across all states and territories, the study addressed three research questions: (RQ1) What patterns and trends characterised mentor teacher participation over time and place (Northern Territory [NT] compared with other jurisdictions)? (RQ2) What partnership elements and models were evident across contexts? (RQ3) How do strategic education partnerships explain mentor teacher participation over time and place? The analysis was guided by Giggs’ (2020) education partnership continuum, which conceptualises partnerships as progressing from cooperative to coordinated and collaborative relationships. Partnership strength was interpreted through six enabling elements: purposeful planning and flexible implementation; shared values and goals; open communication; commitment; trust; and leadership. This framework enabled analysis of how partnership arrangements supported or constrained mentor teacher participation across contexts. Quantitative findings showed growth alongside divergence. Across jurisdictions, the number of schools hosting PSTs increased, but patterns of mentor engagement differed substantially. In the NT, participating schools increased from 61 in 2017 to 97 in 2021, while other jurisdictions fluctuated before rising sharply from 100 to 382. Mentoring intensity also diverged. In the NT, many mentors supervised multiple PSTs each year—particularly in 2020 and 2021—whereas mentors in other jurisdictions typically hosted only one PST annually. As a result, the NT hosted more PSTs overall, increasing from 224 in 2017 to 536 in 2021, compared with growth from 122 to 481 elsewhere. In 2020–2021, 36.5% of all PST placements occurred in the NT. Mentor teacher numbers increased in both contexts. In the NT, mentor numbers rose from 162 in 2017 to 174 in 2019, then increased substantially to 364 in 2021 (2020 data unavailable). In other jurisdictions, numbers grew from 133 to 474. Most NT schools hosted one to two PSTs per year, though some mentored more than nine annually, whereas schools elsewhere typically hosted only one. Geographically, NT placements were concentrated in Darwin (outer regional), with 28–39% occurring in remote areas, compared with only 6–7% remote placements elsewhere, which were predominantly metropolitan or inner regional. The qualitative phase used a comparative case study design with embedded units (NT and other jurisdictions) to explain these patterns. Findings showed that a system-wide Teaching Schools Partnership between the university and the NT Department of Education created a coordinated partnership environment characterised by clearer roles, structured communication, and dedicated resourcing, including placement coordination, school-based professional learning leadership, and mentor incentives. In contrast, placements in other jurisdictions relied primarily on cooperative agreements with limited communication and resourcing. Overall, the study demonstrates that strategically planned and resourced cooperative and coordinated partnerships can increase mentor participation and placement capacity. These models offer a pragmatic and scalable alternative to idealised collaborative partnerships, which may be costly and difficult to sustain across jurisdictions, remote contexts, and transnationally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design: An explanatory sequential mixed-methods design was employed, consisting of a quantitative phase followed by a qualitative phase to explain quantitative results, with integration through joint displays and analytic inference. Context and sample: The study was conducted at a regional Australian university delivering primary and secondary (K–12) ITE programs on-campus and online across Australia. The analysis focused on K–12 placements because early childhood data were not consistently available in the same way. Quantitative data sources and instruments: Quantitative data comprised longitudinal mentor participation records from the university placement system for all K–12 mentor teachers supervising PSTs between 2017 and 2021. Variables included mentor identity (de-identified), host school, school location, year level, and number of PSTs supervised per calendar year. School geolocation and staffing indicators (e.g., full-time equivalent teachers) were retrieved from MySchool to support analyses of school size and location patterns. Data were de-identified, coded, and analysed using descriptive statistics in SPSS to identify trends, clusters and patterns by jurisdiction (NT vs other). Qualitative data sources and procedures: To explain quantitative trends, a single descriptive case study was undertaken with two embedded units (NT; other jurisdictions). The qualitative dataset comprised eight university and public documents relating to professional experience partnerships and strategic actions to strengthen mentor participation across 2017–2021 (including the 2020–2021 strategic plan). Documents were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis, organised deductively around Giggs’ partnership elements and models, and presented as themes describing partnership enactment by context. Integration and rigour: Integration occurred through joint displays aligning qualitative themes with quantitative variables to draw explanatory inferences (i.e., how partnership elements and resourcing conditions shaped participation patterns). Rigour was supported through mixed-methods quality criteria (quantitative validity/reliability; qualitative trustworthiness/credibility) and attention to inference quality and legitimation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that mentor teacher participation in initial teacher education (ITE) is shaped not only by placement demand or regulatory requirements, but by the structure, enactment, and resourcing of school–university partnerships. Between 2017 and 2021, the number of schools hosting pre-service teachers (PSTs) increased across all jurisdictions. However, mentor engagement varied markedly by context. In the Northern Territory (NT), participation intensified over time, with many mentors hosting multiple PSTs annually—particularly in 2020–2021—while in other jurisdictions, mentors typically supervised only one PST per year. From a European and OECD perspective, these findings inform debates on partnership sustainability, teacher workload, and the governance of practice-based learning. The case study shows that mentor participation is shaped more by partnership conditions than demand alone. In the NT, a system-wide Teaching Schools Partnership established a coordinated environment with shared goals, structured communication across university, system, and school levels, and sustained leadership, underpinned by dedicated resourcing for coordination, mentor learning, and workload recognition. By contrast, partnerships in other jurisdictions more closely resembled cooperative models common across many European contexts, where formal agreements define responsibilities but ongoing interaction, joint problem solving, and partnership-specific resourcing are limited. These arrangements constrained the translation of strategic intent into practice and limited mentor participation despite increasing system-level demand for placements. Study limitations include reliance on documentary data for the qualitative component and the non-causal design. The key implication for European and OECD research, policy, and practice is pragmatic. While collaborative partnerships are often positioned as the gold standard, this study indicates that well-designed cooperative and coordinated partnerships can significantly strengthen mentor participation when strategically planned, adequately resourced, and responsive to local and regional conditions. Effective partnerships were associated with clear roles, robust communication, recognition of mentor workload, and differentiated context-sensitive approaches. References Ambrosetti, A. (2014). Are you ready to be a mentor?: Preparing teachers for mentoring pre-service teachers. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 39(6), 30–42. https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2014v39n6.2 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Clarke, A., Triggs, V., & Nielsen, W. (2014). Cooperating teacher participation in teacher education: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 84(2), 163–202. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313499618 Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). Sage. Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291–309. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 Giggs, D. M. (2020). A review of research: To develop a conceptual framework for educational partnerships. Education Leadership Review, 21(1), 28–40. Griffiths, M., Shean, M., & Jackson, D. (2021). Supervision in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Issues in Educational Research, 31(2), 476–494. Hilton, A. L., Morrison, C., McLure, F. I., Dehle, K. G., & Fielder, S. (2025). Changes in mentor teacher participation in postgraduate secondary initial teacher education. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 50(2). Lasrado, F., Dean, B., & Eady, M. (2024). University-workplace partnerships in work-integrated learning: A scoping review. International Journal of Work-Integrated Learning, 24(4), 565–602. Ledger, S., Ure, C., Burgess, M., & Morrison, C. (2020). Professional experience in Australian initial teacher education: An appraisal of policy and practice. Higher Education Studies, 10(4), 116–130. https://doi.org/10.5539/hes.v10n4p116 Mutton, T., Burn, K., Hagger, H., & Thirlwall, K. (2018). Teacher Education Partnerships: Policy and Practice (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781041057260 Mutton, T., Burn, K., & Molway, L. (2024). The role of schools within initial teacher education in England: An exploration of the shifting policy focus over the past 50 years. Journal of Education for Teaching, 50(5), 924-945. 10.1080/02607476.2024.2413167 Smith, I., Brisard, E., & Menter, I. (2006). Models of partnership developments in initial teacher education in the four components of the United Kingdom: recent trends and current challenges. Journal of Education for Teaching, 32(2), 147–164. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607470600655136 Walker, R., Morrison, C., & Hay, I. (2019). Evaluating quality in professional experience partnerships for graduate teacher employability. Journal of Teaching and Learning for Graduate Employability, 10(1), 118–137. https://doi.org/10.21153/jtlge2019vol10no1art791 Yin, R. K. (2012). Case study methods. In H. Cooper et al. (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 141–155). APA. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Separate, Parallel or Integrated? Exploring Different Types of Interprofessional Collaboration Between School-based Social Workers and Kindergarten Teachers 1: Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2: Oxford University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Research background Over the past two decades, there has been increasing global attention on providing quality early childhood education and care, with growing advocacy for programmes and services that support children and their families in need, creating emerging opportunities for school-based social work interventions and other community-based services (Morris et al., 2018; Testa, 2025). According to UNICEF (2022), social work services have the potential to advance social justice and prevent severe issues, such as violence, abuse, exploitation, and family neglect and parent-child separation. These services also support the well-being of children and families by reducing poverty, identifying and addressing financial and material challenges, and ensuring access to essential welfare within living communities (Barth et al., 2022). In early childhood settings, social workers have taken on a more expansive role that extends beyond service provision to include observing and identifying the root causes of family difficulties encountered within children’s support (Azzi-Lessing, 2010). This expanded role enables both school-based social workers and kindergarten teachers to bridge gaps and foster broader social value (Testa, 2025). In line with international trends towards collaborative practice, these school-based professionals in Hong Kong are also committed to interdisciplinary teams and provide early intervention through consultation and workshops, enhancing children’s growth in formal education and society (Legislative Council, 2015). Reflecting this commitment, research by Lau and Ho (2018) demonstrates that their work significantly improved early identification and response to diverse family needs, cultivating a more inclusive, supportive, and responsive environment. Despite the growing emphasis on collaboration worldwide, interprofessional collaboration between social workers and kindergarten teachers remains limited in practice across many contexts, including Hong Kong (Anderson-Butcher & Ashton, 2004). Prior research has also identified several barriers that may limit the effectiveness of interprofessional collaboration, including insufficient recognition of diverse professional capacities, fixedly defined roles for school-based social workers and kindergarten teachers. Particularly, many social workers feel unsupported and misunderstood, underutilised, and left out of decision-making regarding their roles within the broader educational system (Elswick et al., 2019).
Theoretical perspective Interprofessional collaboration refers to the communicative and decision-making processes in which professionals integrate diverse forms of knowledge and skills to achieve shared objectives. It typically entails coordinated actions by two or more professional groups and agencies, with the intention of fostering greater responsibility, assertiveness, and the development of mutual trust and respect through joint rather than isolated efforts (Ingebrigtsen & Hanssen, 2023). In the specific context of early education and childcare, the responsibilities of various professionals include establishing structured communication channels, such as regular meetings and reports, to exchange information and coordinate decision-making and planning for children and families (Willumsen, 2006). Within this collaborative framework, social workers can also integrate behavioural and mental health interventions and reinforcement strategies into classroom instruction, gaining valuable insights into children’s behaviour through classroom observation and ongoing communication with teachers (Viggiani et al., 2002). This collaboration challenges conventional roles and boundaries, encouraging professionals to engage in shared problem-solving and co-develop intervention strategies (Edwards et al., 2015). Moreover, it can establish an open and supportive environment that encourages reflection, participation, and flexibility, enabling school professionals to build mutual trust and respond collaboratively to the challenges children and their families face. To explore the types of interprofessional collaboration between school-based social workers and kindergarten teachers, this study seeks insights and experiences from kindergarten teachers in Hong Kong. It aims to address the following key questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Context and participants In the 2024/25 academic year, 734 kindergartens in Hong Kong participated in the Kindergarten Education Scheme, which was introduced in 2017/18. This scheme aims to enhance access to quality kindergarten education and strengthen professional support services in the early childhood sector (Education Bureau, n.d.). This emphasis is reflected in the Kindergarten Education Curriculum Guideline (2017), which outlines a regulated system with clear standards for kindergartens and school-based social work services. It also highlights the importance of teacher professionalism, family engagement, and cross-sectoral collaboration. Teachers’ roles are expanded through their collaboration with families and communities. This study draws on data from a larger research project investigating the work of kindergarten teachers in the changing context, involving 37 classroom and head teachers from nine kindergartens. Data collection This study collected data from kindergarten teachers through semi-structured interviews designed to explore their thoughts and experiences. Follow-up questions facilitated deeper insights into their perspectives. Teachers were invited by the principals of their respective kindergartens and informed about the purpose of the study before providing their consent. From a larger research project, a subset of 20 teachers' interview data was selected for this study. These participants were selected for their rich, detailed narratives about their collaborative work with school-based social workers. Their experiences reflect how school-based social workers and kindergarten teachers coordinate and integrate actions to support and assist children and families in need. The interviews are conducted in Cantonese and average 60 minutes each. The interviews were audio-recorded to ensure accurate capture of the participating teachers’ responses, and the recordings were subsequently transcribed verbatim. Data analysis This study seeks to identify the qualitatively different ways in which participating teachers experience and conceptualise collaboration with school-based social workers. Given the diversity of collaboration in early childhood settings, this approach enables researchers to capture various types of collaborative experiences while maintaining meaningful variation across cases. This methodology is well-suited for analysing complex interprofessional collaboration that may vary across and within kindergartens, influenced by context, individual agency, and organisational structures. To enhance analytical rigour and trustworthiness, the data collected across the various phases of the research were reviewed by two researchers to interpret their meanings and reach consensus on the emerging thematic categories (Kettunen & Tynjälä, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Interview data revealed three types of interprofessional collaboration between school-based social workers and kindergarten teachers. Type 1: Strong reliance on the role of social workers in a collaborative relationship School-based social workers play a central role in the support network for children and families by addressing their psychological needs and enhancing parenting skills. They provide tailored interventions that operate independently from kindergarten teachers. School-based social workers are responsible for planning, coordinating, and delivering assistance, particularly in cases involving complex family situations. Meanwhile, kindergarten teachers implement the guidance and recommendations provided by social workers. Type 2: A reciprocal collaborative relationship between social workers and teachers In this parallel collaboration, school-based social workers complement kindergarten teachers by coordinating community and material resources for families, while teachers focus on addressing children’s learning and educational needs. This partnership is clearly defined by the professional roles involved in supporting children and families. Initially, kindergarten teachers identify behavioural issues and educational needs through classroom observations and communication with parents. These cases are then referred to school-based social workers, who take the lead in engaging with caregivers, organising support groups, providing counselling and therapeutic activities, and coordinating community resources. Type 3: Integrated collaboration in building an interprofessional relationship This collaboration features a high degree of integration between school-based social workers and kindergarten teachers. Both professionals conduct home visits to gain insights into family background, living conditions, and the underlying reasons for children’s emotional or behavioural difficulties. This approach provides a deeper understanding for them and extends beyond that. Social workers regularly enter classrooms to observe children and deliver emotional or social-emotional learning sessions for targeted children with specific developmental or psychosocial needs. Throughout this collaborative process, school-based social workers and kindergarten teachers can adjust support strategies, discuss children’s progress, and determine appropriate follow-up actions. References Anderson-Butcher, D., & Ashton, D. (2004). Innovative models of collaboration to serve children, youths, families, and communities. Children & Schools, 26(1), 39–53. Azzi-Lessing, L. (2010). Growing together: Expanding roles for social work practice in early childhood settings. Social Work, 55(3), 255–263. Barth, R. P., Berrick, J. D., Garcia, A. R., Drake, B., Jonson-Reid, M., Gyourko, J. R., & Greeson, J. K. P. (2022). Research to consider while effectively re-designing child welfare services. Research on Social Work Practice, 32(5), 483–498. Education Bureau (2017). Kindergarten Educatin Cirriculum Guide. https://www.edb.gov.hk/attachment/en/curriculum-development/major-level-of-edu/preprimary/ENG_KGECG_2017.pdf Education Bureau. (n.d.). Figures and statistics. https://www.edb.gov.hk/en/about-edb/publications-stat/figures/index.html Edwards, C. M., Newell, J. M., & Rich, D. W. et al. (2015). Teaching interprofessional practice: An exploratory course assignment in social work and speech language pathology. Journal of Teaching in Social Work, 35, 529-543. Elswick, S. E., Cuellar, M. J., & Mason, S. E. (2019). Leadership and school social work in the USA: A qualitative assessment. School Mental Health, 11(4), 535–548. Ingebrigtsen, T., & Hanssen, N. B. (2023). Interprofessional collaboration in the Norwegian early childhood education and care context. In S. Alisauskiene, N. Bahdanovich Hanssen, & D. Kairienė (Eds.), Interprofessional and family-professional collaboration for inclusive early childhood education and care (pp. 159–178). Palgrave Macmillan. Kettunen, J., & Tynjälä, P. (2018). Applying phenomenography in guidance and counselling research. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 46(1), 1–11. Lau, Y. K., & Ho, W. L. (2018). Family-centered kindergarten social work services in Hong Kong: A pilot project. Asian Social Work and Policy Review, 12(2), 116-126. Legislative Council. (2015). Legislative Council Panel on Welfare Services Pilot Scheme on On-site Pre-school Rehabilitation Services. https://www.legco.gov.hk/yr15-16/english/panels/ws/papers/ws20151214cb2-421-4-e.pdf Morris, K., Mason, W., & Bywaters, P., et al. (2018). Social work, deprivation and child welfare interventions. Child & Family Social Work, 23(3), 364–372. Testa, D. (2025). Interprofessional collaboration: How social workers, psychologists, and teachers collaborate to address student wellbeing. Australian Social Work, 78(3), 341-354. United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF). (2022). Social service workers in schools: Their role in addressing violence against children and other child protection concerns. https://www.unicef.org/media/117456/file/SSW%20in%20Schools%20Technical%20Note.pdf Viggiani, P., Reid, W., & Bailey, C. (2002). Social worker-teacher collaboration in the classroom: Help for elementary students at risk of failure. Research on Social Work Practice, 12(5), 604-620. Willumsen, E. (2006). Leadership in interprofessional collaboration – the case of childcare in Norway. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 20(4), 403-413. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Research Partnership Models in Opportunity Areas Policy: 2017-2022 1: Durham University, United Kingdom; 2: University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper provides a comprehensive evaluation of the Opportunity Areas (OA) in England, a place-based education initiative introduced by the Department for Education (DfE) in 2016 with the stated aim of improving social mobility through targeted investment in school improvement (Department for Education, 2017a). Opportunity Areas were selected on the basis of the 2016 Social Mobility Index (SMI), which highlighted entrenched inequalities in educational outcomes and progression opportunities (Social Mobility and Child Poverty Commission, 2015; DfE, 2017b). The programme distributed funding across 12 areas to support locally designed interventions focused primarily on education, skills, and employability. While DfE documents provide process evaluation findings on policy implementation (Scandone et al, 2022), there remains limited independent empirical assessment of the programme’s impact on educational outcomes or rigorous analysis of how policy mechanisms operated across different local contexts. This paper contributes to the ‘From the Centre to the Periphery’ project, a major three-year quasi-experimental independent evaluation of the impact of the Opportunity Areas programme, which began in October 2024. Working in close partnership with stakeholders, the project seeks to inform the design of future place-based education and labour market initiatives. The study addresses the evidence gap by combining longitudinal quantitative analysis of large-scale national administrative and survey data with in-depth qualitative process evaluation. The qualitative component spans 12 research locations, 6 Opportunity Areas alongside 6 matched comparator areas, and has begun to surface cross-cutting themes around the role of networks and collaborations in shaping how place-based policy is received and enacted at the local level. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The quantitative component of the study draws on annual school census and attainment data from the National Pupil Database (NPD) published by the DfE, as well as Longitudinal Educational Outcomes (LEO) data which link NPD data to data on further and higher education and later employment and earnings. Using publicly accessible NPD data, we conducted initial analyses comparing outcomes in Opportunity Areas with national averages from 2013 to 2019. This period enables examination of pre-policy trends, the initial implementation phase following the introduction of the Opportunity Areas in 2016-17, and outcomes up to the final year prior to the disruption caused by the Covid-19 pandemic. The indicators analysed include attainment at Key Stage 2 and Key Stage 4, attendance, exclusions, and outcomes for disadvantaged pupils, particularly those eligible for Free School Meals (FSM) and children looked after. Outcomes in Opportunity Areas are compared with national averages to assess whether gaps narrowed, widened, or remained stable following the introduction of the policy. Aggregate analyses are presented separately for primary and secondary phases, and disaggregated analyses focus on disadvantaged pupils to examine equity effects. To extend this work, we have begun analysing specially requested individual-level NPD and LEO data, enabling us to make more detailed comparisons between outcomes in Opportunity Areas and those in statistically matched comparison areas through Difference-in-Differences (DiD) analysis. We will examine attendance, exclusions, and attainment (using NPD) and progression to FE and HE study and later employment and earnings (using LEO). By August 2026, we should also be in a position to share these findings. This component draws on semi-structured interviews with strategic-level stakeholders, including policy architects, regional delivery leads, local authority representatives, school and academy trust leaders, and partner organisations involved in OA implementation. School site visits were conducted in selected areas to gather practitioner-level perspectives on the delivery of the programme, including observations of partnership practices and local contextual conditions. Focus groups were additionally conducted with young people at the individual level to explore their experiences of OA projects. The qualitative analysis focuses on mapping the organisational and structural basis of the policy, examining how partnership models were formed, how priorities were negotiated, and how interventions were selected and delivered within diverse local contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial quantitative analyses show Opportunity Areas (OAs) achieved modest improvements relative to national benchmarks after implementation. In some areas, particularly at Key Stage 2, attainment gaps narrowed in early policy years. However, these gains were uneven across areas and cohorts and were not sustained over time. By 2018-19, many OAs had plateaued or reverted towards pre-policy trajectories. At Key Stage 4, evidence of improvement is weaker, with limited sustained gains for disadvantaged pupils. These findings suggest OAs generated short-term mobilisation effects from new funding and visibility but did not produce lasting structural improvements in educational outcomes. Qualitative findings highlight the central role of partnership models in OA design. Multi-agency partnerships linking local authorities, schools, academy trusts, higher education institutions, and local stakeholders created new collaborative spaces, strengthened cross-sector relationships and increased recognition of educational challenges. Dedicated funding supported coordination and encouraged locally responsive, evidence-informed school improvement approaches. However, stakeholders emphasised significant constraints. Many viewed OAs as short-term initiatives addressing deeply entrenched structural issues, such as poverty, labour-market insecurity, limited infrastructure, and restricted external support. Partnerships could coordinate school-level activity but lacked capacity to address broader socioeconomic barriers. Interviewees reported tensions between national expectations and local realities, alongside pressures arising from short funding cycles and the difficulty of demonstrating measurable impact within a limited timeframe. Across the 12 areas, qualitative findings highlight the centrality of networks and collaborations in shaping how the OA programme was designed and delivered at the local level. Partnerships connected schools and organisations, shared resources, and built local capacity, with many collaborative structures persisting beyond the formal end of the programme in 2022 through research networks, professional learning communities, and emerging knowledge-hub models. While OAs did not transform structural inequalities, they established local infrastructures whose sustainability depended on strong relationships, relevance to local needs, and practices embedded beyond the life of the funding. References Department for Education (2017a) Unlocking Talent, Fulfilling Potential: A plan for improving social mobility through education. Department for Education. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/improving-social-mobility-through-education. Department for Education (2017b) Opportunity Areas Selection Methodology. Department for Education. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/social-mobility-and-opportunity-areas. Department for Education (2017c) Fenland and East Cambridgeshire opportunity area: delivery plan. Department for Education. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/social-mobility-and-opportunity-areas. Scandone, B., Bury, J., Robinson, Y., Rezaian, M., Roberts, E., Takala, H. & Woodbridge, H. (2022) Opportunity Areas: Process Evaluation – Years 1-4. Department for Education. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/opportunity-area-programme-research-and-analysis. Social Mobility and Child Poverty Commission. (2015) Social Mobility Index. HM Government. https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/social-mobility-and-child-poverty-commission. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 16 SES 06 A Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Clive Ruraca Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Quasi-Experimental Evaluation of a Foundational Literacy and Numeracy Digital Learning Programme in Conflict-Affected Ukraine 1: War Child Alliance; 2: War Child Alliance; Ukrainian Educational Research Association; 3: War Child Alliance; 4: War Child Alliance; University of Amsterdam; 5: War Child Alliance; University of Amsterdam; 6: University of Notre Dame - Global Centre for the Development of the Whole Child Presenting Author:Context and Purpose: The full-scale invasion of Ukraine has precipitated the largest displacement crisis in Europe since World War II, fundamentally challenging the resilience of national education systems. As the European Education Area strives to build inclusive and crisis-proof learning pathways, the case of Ukraine offers critical evidence on the role of technology in sustaining foundational learning during active conflict. This submission addresses the urgent theme of "Pedagogies of Resilience," interrogating how digital innovation can transition from a stop-gap emergency measure to a systemic buffer against learning loss. Research Question: Our central inquiry is twofold: To what extent does the integration of a gamified, curriculum-aligned digital tool ("Can’t Wait to Learn") into the New Ukrainian School (NUS) curriculum mitigate learning loss in foundational literacy and numeracy? Secondly, does this digital integration offer protective psychosocial benefits (wellbeing and hope) for children living in conflict zones compared to standard instruction? Theoretical Framework: This study is grounded in Education in Emergencies (EiE) theory and the Systemic Resilience Framework. We posit that educational resilience is not merely a trait of the individual student but a capacity of the system to maintain continuity through adaptation. By integrating the Can’t Wait to Learn (CWTL) app directly into the state curriculum rather than as a parallel intervention, we examine the "nexus" approach—linking humanitarian aid (emergency technology) with development (national curriculum strengthening). Methodological Approach: We present findings from a rigorous mixed-methods quasi-experimental design conducted from January to June 2025 across 36 purposively sampled schools in the Cherkasy region (N=540). To ensure robust causal inference in a volatile setting, we employed:
European and International Dimension: This discussion is vital for the broader European educational community. With millions of Ukrainian children integrating into EU school systems, understanding which digital pedagogies effectively support the Ukrainian curriculum allows host countries to better support refugee learners. Furthermore, this study provides a case-study for cross-border digital curriculum portability, offering lessons for European policymakers on designing education systems that remain functional despite geopolitical instability. The findings move beyond the Ukrainian context to inform global strategies on digital sovereignty and educational continuity in an era of poly-crisis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a mixed-methods quasi-experimental study (January–June 2025) across 36 purposively sampled public schools in Ukraine. Schools were randomly assigned to either an intervention group (integrating CWTL into Grade 3 lessons) or a comparison group (standard instruction). Data from 540 students were analyzed using multilevel mixed-effects models, accounting for school-level clustering. Quantitative results were triangulated with qualitative insights from stakeholder interviews to assess implementation mechanisms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Key Findings: The intervention yielded robust academic gains. Students in the CWTL group demonstrated significantly higher proficiency than the comparison group in foundational numeracy (B=3.53, p=.001, d=0.30) and reading skills (B=2.93, p=.006, d=0.25). Conversely, analysis of secondary outcomes revealed no statistically significant differences in psychosocial wellbeing (p=.95) or sense of hope (p=.30) between groups. Qualitative data attributed the academic success to high student engagement and the self-paced nature of the app, which bolstered learning continuity despite infrastructure disruptions. Conclusion: These findings provide further evidence that digital personalized learning can effectively accelerate academic outcomes in active conflict zones when integrated into teaching practice. While CWTL successfully bolstered foundational skills, the neutral psychosocial findings suggest that future iterations may benefit from explicit social-emotional learning components. This study validates the integration of digital tools into national curricula and teacher practice as a vital strategy for education in emergencies. References Not Applicable 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Unveiling a Three-Level Model of ICT Integration, Digital Feedback, and Student Achievement in Lithuanian Schools Klaipėda University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Across Europe, substantial investments in digital infrastructure have reshaped school learning environments in recent years. However, empirical evidence on how information and communication technologies (ICT) translate into improved learning outcomes is inconsistent. International research increasingly shows that technology alone does not enhance the learning process. Rather, its educational value depends on how ICT is integrated pedagogically and how it reshapes assessment and feedback practices. Against this background, this study addresses a key gap in ICT research by moving beyond access-centered explanations and focusing on the systemic conditions under which digital feedback emerges and functions within a national education system. Empirically, this study is situated in the Lithuanian educational context, which represents a particularly informative European case. Despite the rapid expansion of ICT provision and intensified digitalization during and after the pandemic, challenges remain in ensuring the coherent pedagogical integration of digital tools in the classroom. Using large-scale international data from PISA 2022, this study proposes and empirically validates a three-level model of ICT use–access, use, and impact–in which digital feedback is conceptualized not as an isolated instructional feature but as an emergent outcome of broader digital learning ecosystems. Research Questions and Objectives This study was guided by two interrelated research questions: How do students' access to ICT, their use of technology for learning, and their perceived digital skills create conditions for the effective use of digital resources for academic feedback, while considering leisure-related technology use as a contextual factor that might indirectly influence their engagement in digital learning environments? To what extent does digital feedback independently influence student achievement in mathematics, reading, and science, apart from ICT access, usage practices, and students' digital competencies? Additionally, does its effect manifest directly, or does it only arise through interaction with other aspects of the digital learning environment? The main objective is to develop a data-supported and theoretically grounded model that explains how ICT infrastructure, pedagogical use, and digital feedback interact within the Lithuanian school system and how these interactions relate to student achievement. By doing so, this study seeks to move beyond simplified “technology effects” narratives and contribute to a system-level understanding of digital learning that is empirically grounded in PISA 2022 data and conceptually relevant for comparative European ICT research. Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The proposed model integrates insights from research on digital learning ecosystems, formative assessment, and inquiry-based learning and conceptualizes ICT use as a structured, multi-level system rather than a single explanatory factor. It distinguishes three analytically connected levels: • Level I – ICT Access: students’ access to digital technologies at school and at home, with particular emphasis on the perceived quality and functional suitability of ICT resources • Level II – ICT Use: pedagogical uses of ICT in subject lessons, inquiry- and problem-based learning activities, learning activities outside the classroom, as well as students’ digital leisure practices • Level III – Impact: digital feedback practices and their relationship with student achievement in mathematics, reading, and science. The framework builds on international research demonstrating that the quality of ICT and its pedagogical integration matter more than mere access, and that technology becomes educationally meaningful only when embedded in active and cognitively demanding learning practices. Furthermore, research on formative assessment suggests that feedback often functions as a regulatory or compensatory mechanism, supporting learners who experience difficulties rather than directly driving achievement gains. Research “Formative Assessment in Schools Using Artificial Intelligence” No. P-EDU-23-25 is co-funded by the EU (the project „ Breakthrough in Educational Research“ No 10-044-P-0001) under the 1st April 2025 Agreement with the Research Council of Lithuania (RCL) and the 2025.04.17 Joint Activity Agreement with Klaipeda University. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a quantitative secondary data analysis (SDA) design based on data from the OECD PISA 2022 study, focusing on the Lithuanian national sample. The analysis draws on the PISA ICT Familiarity Questionnaire, together with student achievement data in mathematics, reading, and science. PISA 2022 provides a robust and internationally standardized dataset that captures students’ access to digital technologies, patterns of ICT use for learning and leisure, perceived quality of digital resources, digital feedback experiences, and academic performance. The empirical analysis is based on a nationally representative sample of 7,257 Lithuanian fifteen-year-old students from 291 schools, selected using PISA’s two-stage stratified probability sampling design. All analyses strictly followed OECD methodological standards, incorporating student sampling weights, plausible values for achievement outcomes, and Balanced Repeated Replication (BRR) weights, ensuring population-level estimates and valid standard errors. The analytical framework operationalizes a three-level information and communications technology (ICT) model. At Level I (ICT Access), infrastructural conditions are measured using PISA indices capturing access to ICT at home and school, as well as students’ perceived quality of digital resources. Level II (ICT Use) includes indices measuring the pedagogical uses of ICT in subject lessons, inquiry- and problem-based learning activities, and school-related learning outside the classroom, alongside indicators of digital leisure use. Level III (Impact) focuses on digital feedback practices, operationalized through the PISA ICTFEED index, which captures teacher-provided, peer-mediated, and automated digital feedback. To examine the relationships between ICT access, ICT use, digital feedback, and student achievement, this study applies complex-sample linear regression models, informed by the conceptual logic of structural equation modelling but implemented through sequential regression analyses using OECD-validated indices. This approach enables a systematic examination of the associations between infrastructural conditions, pedagogical practices, and learning outcomes while respecting the complex survey design of PISA. Achievement in mathematics, reading, and science was included as an outcome variable, allowing for a cross-domain comparison of patterns. Additional controls accounted for students’ digital leisure practices and perceived digital self-efficacy. Both individual and aggregated school-level indicators were included to assess whether digital feedback functions primarily as a school-wide practice or as an individual learning experience. Overall, the methodology enables a data-supported, system-level examination of the digital learning ecosystem in Lithuanian general education schools while maintaining international comparability and relevance for European ICT-in-education research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides evidence for a three-level model of ICT use that clarifies how digital learning conditions evolve from access to pedagogical use and, ultimately, to their association with student achievement. Applied to the Lithuanian PISA 2022 context, the findings highlight patterns of contradictory results in international ICT research. First, the results confirm that ICT access alone does not predict students’ digital feedback experiences. Neither the availability of digital technologies at home nor at school was significantly associated with the frequency of digital feedback. The only infrastructural factor that matters is the perceived quality of school ICT resources, indicating that pedagogically suitable technologies are a necessary, although not sufficient, condition for digital feedback practices. Second, the pedagogical use of ICT constitutes the mediating layer in the model. Digital feedback was mostly associated with ICT use in inquiry- and problem-based learning activities and with ICT-supported schoolwork conducted outside the classroom. In contrast, the routine use of ICT during subject lessons had only a marginal effect. This suggests that digital feedback arises in the context of active learning rather than from generic or episodic technology use. Third, across mathematics, reading, and science, digital feedback shows a negative association with student achievement. Rather than indicating a detrimental effect of feedback, this pattern is best interpreted as a compensatory mechanism: digital feedback is more frequently provided to students who experience learning difficulties and therefore reflects support needs. Overall, the findings demonstrate that digital learning operates as a multidimensional ecosystem in which the impact of ICT depends on the interaction between infrastructure quality, pedagogical integration, and assessment practices. The proposed three-level model offers a transferable framework for interpreting ICT effects in education and supports a shift in European EdTech discourse from expanding access to strengthening pedagogically meaningful, inquiry-based uses of technology and formative feedback practices. References Andrade, H. L. (2019). A critical review of research on student self-assessment. Frontiers in Education, 4, 87. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2019.00087 Brookhart, S. M. (2017). How to give effective feedback to your students (2nd ed.). ASCD. Conrads, J., et al. (2017). Digital education policies in Europe and beyond. European Commission. Elkington, S., & Chesterton, P. (2023). Digital feedback and assessment practices in technology-enhanced learning. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 48(3), 417–431. Gubbels, J., Swart, N. M., & Groen, M. A. (2020). Everything in moderation: ICT and reading performance in PISA 2018. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 8(1), 1–17. Hinostroza, J. E., et al. (2024). Digital technologies and inquiry-based learning: A systematic review. Computers & Education, 196, 104723. Jin, Y., Reichert, F., Cagasan, L. P., de la Torre, J., & Law, N. (2020). Measuring digital competence across cultures. Computers & Education, 145, 103693. Kaya-Capocci, S., et al. (2022). Digital formative assessment and student self-regulation. Educational Technology Research and Development, 70, 1201–1223. Lomos, C., et al. (2023). Beyond access: Explaining teachers’ ICT use in high-resource systems. Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103865. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 assessment and analytical framework. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/dfe0bf9c-en OECD. (2024). PISA 2022 technical report. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/01820d6d-en Panadero, E., Andrade, H., & Brookhart, S. (2018). Fusing self-regulated learning and formative assessment. Assessment in Education, 25(2), 137–158. Petko, D., Cantieni, A., & Prasse, D. (2017). Quality of ICT use in classrooms. Computers & Education, 114, 13–26. Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators (DigCompEdu). Publications Office of the European Union. Ryan, T., Henderson, M., & Phillips, M. (2020). The value of digital feedback. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 45(5), 680–695. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Ignite Talk Navigating the Digital Shift in Mozambique: Teacher Agency and Digital Learning in Schools University of Plymouth, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Driven by the broader digitalisation of society, the educational technology industry often promotes the narrative of a profound paradigm shift, suggesting that technology might dismantle traditional (e.g., tell and practise’ approaches) and transmission-based pedagogies. This vision positions digital tools as catalysts for systemic educational reform and change, replacing rote learning with dynamic models (Voogt et al., 2013; Wang et al., 2024). In theory, rote memorisation and passive learning are replaced by dynamic, ICT-integrated models that foster interactivity through constructivist and cooperative strategies (e.g., scaffolding, synchronous collaboration, peer-review, and active/constructive learning activities), personalisation within learner-centred environments (e.g., adaptive scaffolding, individualised pacing, and global/distance collaboration (e.g., communicative environments and distance-learning tools) (Weimer et al., 2017; Tondeur et al., 2017; Sailer,et al, 2024; Major, et al., 2021). This study examines the digital shift within Mozambique’s K-12 education system, focusing specifically on teachers’ stances toward the adoption of digital learning tools (DLTs) and the resulting implications for pedagogical resilience. It takes as its point of departure the prevailing educational technology industry discourse, which positions these tools as direct and inherent enhancers of educational outcomes. It interrogates an 'unseen’ transition', a profound shift in which technology actively shapes pedagogical practice, teacher identity, and professional agency, thereby redefining the very conceptualisation of what constitutes a ‘learning space’ and, indeed, ‘learning’ itself. Research Questions: RQ1. How do teachers position themselves towards the adoption of digital learning artefacts for teaching and learning? RQ2. What are the implications of teachers’ positionality for teaching and learning? RQ3. How can teacher be better supported to harness and integrate digital learning tools across multifaceted learning settings? The study adopts Engeström’s (1987) third-generation Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT) as its primary heuristic framework. CHAT offers a way of examining activity systems and the learning that occurs through participation in specific social contexts (Engeström, 2008). The third-generation model is particularly useful for exploring the interaction between different networks of activity, providing a lens through which to view the current transition within the Mozambican context. Specifically, it allows for an analysis of the tension between the historically dominant ‘pen-and-paper’ activity system, which remains deeply embedded in local pedagogical traditions, and the emerging digitally-mediated system mandated by current national reforms. Rather than viewing these as isolated events, CHAT allows for an investigation into how human activity, mediated by both legacy and digital artefacts, evolves over time as individuals and organisations attempt to do something new (Daniels et al., 2010). In this framework, the basic unit of analysis is the activity itself, the interaction of human consciousness and shared practice (Nardi, 1996). As Jonassen & Rohrer-Murphy (1999, p. 62) note, ‘the primary focus of activity system analysis is the production of the object.’ In the context of this study, this production involves the dynamic interplay between the subject (the teacher), the object (pedagogical goals), and the mediating artefacts (ranging from traditional stationery to digital platforms), all of which are governed by the rules, community, and division of labour within the Mozambican school system. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In alignment with the principles suggested by Matthews & Ross (2010), the choice of research design for this study was directly influenced by the nature of the research questions and the specific data sought. The study employed a qualitative, interpretive design, as the research questions necessitated descriptive, nuanced accounts that explored the subjective meanings teachers attached to their practice. This interpretive stance allowed for an investigation into the causal processes and the mechanisms through which various factors influenced the transition to digital tools (Maxwell, 2005, as cited in Cohen et al., 2018). Data were generated through a multi-staged qualitative approach. In the first stage, a questionnaire was administered to gain a broad understanding of teachers’ experiences with digital tools. As Matthews & Ross (2010) suggest, questionnaires are effective for capturing participants’ opinions, attitudes, and knowledge. To maintain a strictly qualitative focus, the questionnaire consisted of open-ended questions, utilising text boxes to elicit rich, written responses without the inclusion of numerical or Likert-scale data. The second stage involved semi-structured, in-depth interviews. Interviews facilitate essential verbal communication, allowing for a deeper exploration of the participants perspectives (Robson & McCartan, 2016). Finally, the generated data were examined using thematic analysis. Following Braun & Clarke’s (2006) six-phased process, ranging from data familiarisation to the production of the final report. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal that teacher positionality exists on a spectrum from enthusiastic adoption to active resistance, reflecting not a matter of individual capability, but of mediated agency. These stances emerged as rational responses to systemic contradictions, including infrastructural limitations, uneven digital access, and insufficient training, which collectively hindered equitable implementation. In response to these constraints, the study documents innovative, localised practices that teachers developed as contextual solutions. By examining whether these tools challenge traditional norms or merely amplify existing pedagogical trends, this work demonstrates that meaningful digital transformation is not a technical byproduct, but a result of resolving deep-seated systemic contradictions. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-10 Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2018) Research Methods in Education, London, Routledge. Engeström, Y. (1987) Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental. Engeström, Y. (2008). Enriching activity theory without shortcuts. Interacting with computers, 20(2), 256-259. Jonassen, D. H., & Rohrer-Murphy, L. (1999). Activity theory as a framework for designing constructivist learning environments. Educational technology research and development, 47(1), 61-79. Kaptelinin, V., & Nardi, B. (2016). Activity theory as a framework for human-technology interaction research. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 25(1), 3-5. Major, L., Francis, G. A., & Tsapali, M. (2021). The effectiveness of technology‐supported personalised learning in low‐and middle‐income countries: A meta‐analysis. British Journal of Educational Technology, 52(5), 1935-1964. Matthews, R., & Ross, E. (2010). Research methods: A practical guide for the social sciences. Pearson Education Ltd. Maxwell, J. A. (2004). Causal explanation, qualitative research, and scientific inquiry in education. Educational researcher, 33(2), 3-11. Robson, C., & McCartan, K. (2016). Real world research: A resource for users of social research methods in applied settings Sailer, M., Maier, R., Berger, S., Kastorff, T., & Stegmann, K. (2024). Learning activities in technology-enhanced learning: A systematic review of meta-analyses and second-order meta-analysis in higher education. Learning and Individual Differences, 112, 102446. Wang, C., Chen, X., Yu, T., Liu, Y., & Jing, Y. (2024). Education reform and change driven by digital technology: A bibliometric study from a global perspective. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 11(1), 1-17. Weimer, A. A., Dowds, S. J. P., Fabricius, W. V., Schwanenflugel, P. J., & Suh, G. W. (2017). Development of constructivist theory of mind from middle childhood to early adulthood and its relation to social cognition and behavior. Journal of experimental child psychology, 154, 28-45. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 16 SES 06 B: Reframing Educational Design with Generative AI: Human Agency and Professional Judgment Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Tobias Frenssen Session Chair: Johan Ardui Symposium |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Symposium Reframing Educational Design with Generative AI: Human Agency and Professional Judgment The rapid adoption of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) in higher education offers significant opportunities, but also poses profound pedagogical, ethical and professional challenges. Although GenAI technologies offer scalability and efficiency, as well as new forms of learning support, uncritically adopting them could undermine human agency, professional judgement and meaningful learning processes. This symposium presents four design- and research-driven studies examining how GenAI can be purposefully designed, governed and embedded in higher education to strengthen, rather than replace, human learning, reflection and responsibility. In a variety of settings, including universities of applied sciences and teacher education institutions, the contributions address a common issue: how can GenAI support learners and educators in becoming active participants in their own learning and professional development? Together, the papers move beyond the instrumental or productivity-focused use of AI, instead conceptualising GenAI as an educational design challenge, where pedagogical grounding, ethical governance, and intentional scaffolding are key. The first paper introduces EDU-AID, an Erasmus+ design-based research project which explores how AI-supported feedback could improve the continuous professional development of higher education teachers. Addressing the well-documented limitations of existing CPD initiatives, which are often perceived as generic and poorly aligned with immediate teaching needs, the study demonstrates how combining generative AI with a curated, evidence-based research repository can provide more context-sensitive, pedagogically sound feedback. Rather than presenting AI as an autonomous expert, EDU-AID emphasises responsible design choices that incorporate validated educational research and respect teachers' professional autonomy. The second paper shifts the focus to teacher education, examining how conversational AI can be designed to act as a reflective learning partner. Through the development of Holli, an AI persona that engages students in structured reflective dialogue, the study explores how generative AI (GenAI) can facilitate deeper levels of reflection without taking over cognitive or professional tasks. The design is grounded in theories of reflective practice and explicitly incorporates fading mechanisms to prevent dependency and support the gradual development of independent reflective competence. This study emphasises the importance of positioning AI as a temporary aid to learning rather than a substitute. The third paper broadens the perspective by analysing how the governance of GenAI is articulated ethically at an institutional level. Through a comparative analysis of documents from three European universities of applied sciences, the study reveals distinct governance models that distribute responsibility for the ethical use of AI differently among students, educators, and institutions. Rather than viewing ethics as a purely regulatory matter, the analysis conceptualises ethical GenAI governance as an educational design issue that influences human agency, professional responsibility, and pedagogical expectations. The fourth paper addresses student learning directly, developing and evaluating educational scenarios for GenAI use that empower students to take control of their own learning process. Focusing on programmes that are significantly impacted by GenAI-driven changes in professional practice, the study introduces the concept of a 'desired level of independence' to inform curriculum design. By aligning educational scenarios with evolving professional competencies, the paper offers practical strategies for leveraging the potential of AI to support learning and innovation, while preventing over-reliance on AI. Together, the four papers offer a multi-level perspective on GenAI in higher education, considering instructional design, reflective learning, institutional governance and curriculum innovation. The symposium contributes to ongoing discussions by demonstrating that the responsible use of GenAI is primarily a pedagogical and ethical issue rather than a technical one. The symposium argues for design approaches that deliberately prioritise evidence-based practice, human agency and professional judgement, as well as governance models that support educators and students in navigating GenAI as an integral, yet critically mediated, part of contemporary higher education. References See paper references Presentations of the Symposium EDU-AID Your Teaching Buddy: Designing AI-supported, evidence-informed feedback for instructional design in higher education
Higher education institutions face persistent challenges in providing sustainable, context-sensitive professional development for teachers. Existing continuous professional development (CPD) initiatives are often perceived as generic, time-intensive, and poorly aligned with teachers’ immediate teaching needs, particularly for early-career staff (Gaebal et al., 2018; Bloch et al., 2020; Sanchez-Tarazaga et al., 2022). At the same time, generative AI technologies are increasingly promoted as scalable solutions for teacher support, raising critical questions about how AI-driven tools can remain pedagogically grounded, evidence-informed, and human-centred.
This paper presents the design rationale and early outcomes of EDU-AID (Educator Development Using AI for Instructional Design), a three-year Erasmus+ project aimed at developing an open-access AI-supported feedback tool to assist higher education teachers in (re)designing their teaching. The central research question guiding the project is: What are the core design features of an AI-supported feedback tool that enables authentic, just-in-time, and context-sensitive teacher support?
The project follows a design-based research (DBR) approach comprising four iterative phases. First, a needs analysis was conducted through qualitative data from teachers and CPD providers across our three European partner institutions. This resulted in the development of six empirically grounded personas representing diverse teaching roles, disciplines, and levels of pedagogical expertise. Second, a two-phase literature review was carried out, culminating in a structured repository of over 2,500 peer-reviewed sources on evidence-based design principles for effective teaching in higher education. Third, these insights informed the development of a proof-of-concept AI feedback tool that combines generative AI with a curated, expert-validated research repository. The tool is designed to provide tailored feedback aligned with different teacher profiles and instructional goals. Finally, the project includes iterative user testing to examine perceived relevance, usability, and authenticity.
Although empirical evaluation with end users is still ongoing, early analytical comparisons conducted within the project indicate that the inclusion of a structured, research-informed repository substantially enhances the quality, specificity, and pedagogical grounding of AI-generated feedback. Compared to responses generated by a generic large language model without access to curated scientific literature, the EDU-AID prototype produces feedback that is more explicit in its use of evidence-based design principles and less prone to generic or decontextualised advice. These findings highlight the importance of combining generative AI with validated knowledge infrastructures when designing responsible AI-supported professional development in higher education.
References:
Bloch, C., Degn, L., Nygaard, S., & Haase, S. (2021). Does quality work work? A systematic review of academic literature on quality initiatives in higher education. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 46(5), 701-718. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2020.1813250
Gaebel, M., Zhang, T., Bunescu, L., & Stoeber, H. (2018). Learning and teaching in the European higher education area. Brussels, Belgium: European University Association asbl.
Sánchez-Tarazaga, L., Ruiz-Bernardo, P., Viñoles Cosentino, V., Esteve-Mon, F.M. (2024). University Teaching Induction Programmes. A Systematic Literature Review. Professional Development in Education, 50(2), 279-295.
Holli: Designing Conversational AI as a Reflective Learning Partner in Teacher Education
Reflection is regarded as a core competence in teacher education, supporting professional judgment and theory-practice integration. Despite its importance, reflective assignments often remain descriptive, while guidance of reflective learning is experienced by teacher educators as time-intensive. This paper explores how conversational AI can be designed to support reflective learning in pedagogically grounded ways.
Recent work on generative AI highlights a shift from AI as an information tool toward AI as a learning partner enabling experiential learning (Hardman, 2024). In particular, AI personas, conversational agents with a pedagogical role, have been shown to support learning by prompting reasoning and scaffolding reflection (Drobnjak & Boticki, 2023; Pranesh, 2024). Such agents facilitate learning through dialogue and structured questioning.
This paper presents the design and research framework of Holli, a conversational AI tool developed within a teacher education programme in the Netherlands. Holli functions as an AI reflection partner that engages students in structured reflective dialogue following authentic learning experiences. Drawing on theories of reflective practice (e.g. Schön, 1983; Korthagen, 2001), it uses open-ended prompts and metacognitive cues to help students articulate experiences, examine assumptions, and connect practice to pedagogical concepts. Holli does not generate reflections for students but scaffolds reflective thinking.
The project follows a design-based research approach with three iterative phases. The first phase focuses on co-design and prototyping with students and teacher educators, examining how persona design, conversational structure, and prompting strategies influence reflective depth. The second phase involves a pilot study comparing AI-supported reflection with traditional written reflection assignments, combining qualitative analyses and quantitative measures of reflection quality to examine whether students demonstrate more advanced levels of reflective thinking over time. The third phase addresses conditions for sustainable and responsible implementation, including the evolving role of teacher educators and risks of over-reliance on AI-supported dialogue.
Early design analyses suggest that positioning conversational AI as a reflective dialogue partner supports deeper forms of reflection.These effects appear to be time-bound and contingent on the scaffolding provided. Holli is therefore explicitly designed with fading mechanisms, enabling the gradual withdrawal of support once reflective competence is sufficiently developed. By articulating design principles for AI-supported reflective learning, including the deliberate use and gradual fading of scaffolding, this study contributes to the growing international literature on responsible and pedagogically grounded uses of conversational AI in education.
References:
Drobnjak, A., & Boticki, I. (2023). Learning with conversational AI and personas: A systematic literature review. In J.-L. Shih et al. (Eds.), Proceedings of the 31st International Conference on Computers in Education (ICCE 2023) (pp. 1003–1008). Asia-Pacific Society for Computers in Education.
Hardman, P. (2024). From guesswork to simulation: How generative AI changes the way we design learning.
https://drphilippahardman.substack.com/p/from-guesswork-to-simulation-how
Pranesh, G. (2024). How AI personas are revolutionizing education: A deep dive into the persona pattern.
https://medium.com/@praneshg24/how-ai-personas-are-revolutionizing-education-a-deep-dive-into-the-persona-pattern-edf164184643
Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books.
Korthagen, F. A. J. (2001). Linking practice and theory: The pedagogy of realistic teacher education. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Human Agency and Ethical Governance of Generative AI in Universities of Applied Sciences: A Comparative Document Analysis
The rapid adoption of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) in higher education raises fundamental questions about human agency, professional responsibility and educational governance. Recent systematic and meta-review research highlights that the ethical adoption of GenAI in education hinges on transparency, accountability, data protection and human-centred governance. A key challenge across studies is translating high-level ethical principles into institutional practices that preserve human agency, professional judgement and responsibility. Educational institutions and universities of applied sciences (UAS), among others, play a critical role in shaping the ethical framework and governance of GenAI to support student autonomy and teacher competence. This exploratory study examines how the ethical use of GenAI is presented on the websites of four European UASes: Zuyd (the Netherlands), Inholland (the Netherlands), UCLL (Belgium), and JAMK (Finland).
The empirical material consists of various web-based texts, policy papers, ethical guidelines and institutional statements that address the use of GenAI in education. Through qualitative document analysis, the study explores how responsibility for the ethical use of GenAI is distributed among students, teachers, and institutions, and how these norms are translated into pedagogical expectations.
Jamk UAS emphasises transparency, accountability and human responsibility in the use of GenAI, as set out in its institutional guidance on the ethical use of AI. This guidance prioritises disclosure and compliance with legislation, as well as human responsibility for AI-supported work. UCLL UAS integrates ethical GenAI use into organisational learning and develops governance practices rather than fixed rules. This approach is reflected in initiatives such as the GPT Academy and discussions on AI governance, which emphasise contextual guidelines, professional judgement and collective responsibility. In contrast, Inholland UAS addresses students, staff, and the organisation as a whole separately. Rather than presenting GenAI as primarily a compliance issue governed by detailed formal regulation, Inholland positions it as an emerging educational and professional practice requiring ongoing institutional reflection and pedagogical experimentation. In contrast, ethical considerations related to GenAI are not explicitly articulated on the Zuyd UAS website but are embedded within the broader framework of research integrity and professional responsibility, which is presented and linked on the website.
Across the four cases, ethical guidance on GenAI varies in form and explicitness. Taken together, it functions as a formal or informal code of conduct, from explicit governance instruments to embedded norms shaping professional judgement. Rather than a single model, institutions articulate responsibility, acceptable use and pedagogy through policy, dialogue and professional discretion.
References:
Alfiras, M. I. I., Emran, A. Q., & Mohamed, A. M. (2026). Ethics and governance of generative AI in education: A systematic review on responsible adoption. Discover Education, 5, Article 37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s44217-025-01051-y
García‑López, I. M., & Trujillo‑Liñán, L. (2025). Ethical and regulatory challenges of generative AI in education: A systematic review. Frontiers in Education, 10, 1565938. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1565938
Wickramasinghe, M., Gunawardena, L., & Padukkage, A. (2026). Ethical principles for artificial intelligence in education: A meta‑review approach. AI and Ethics, 6, Article 63. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43681-025-00878-3
Scenarios for GenAI use by Students as Pilots of their own Learning Process
The recent boom in generative AI (GenAI) is leading to major challenges in higher education. On the one hand, GenAI is changing the job content of many professions. For example, GenAI can support or even take over tasks and provide inspiration that professionals can then build on or use to propose solution strategies. These changes in job roles also have an impact on the objectives of higher education, which is to prepare students for their future careers.
On the other hand, GenAI also has an impact on the teaching and learning process. GenAI can suggest answers to complex questions in a flash, often high-quality ones. For students who are beginners in the field, it takes a time-consuming and labour-intensive learning process to arrive at such answers themselves. It is therefore not surprising that students use GenAI. This use can both benefit and undermine learning. It is a challenge for (higher) education to use GenAI in a thoughtful way so that students effectively learn what we want them to learn and that they remain in control of their own learning process and do not become dependent on GenAI.
This project, in collaboration with the professional field and lecturers, seeks answers to these challenges by
1. Developing a methodology to gain insight into possible future developments in the expected competencies of professionals. We are thinking of questions such as “What is a professional expected to be able to do independently, without GenAI? How is the professional expected to be able to use GenAI?”. We refer to this as “the desired level of independence”.
2. Developing, implementing and evaluating educational scenarios that support the development of competencies at the desired level of independence. We are doing this in two rounds, spread over two academic years, with one round in each academic year to further optimise the design.
We are going through this process for the two course units from the Marketing and Applied Computer Science programmes. We chose these programmes because professional practice in both domains is strongly influenced by GenAI and therefore also poses challenges for higher education.
We are using our experiences in these two cases to formulate more general suggestions.
References:
Demirci, O., Hannane, J., & Zhu, X. (2025). Who Is AI Replacing? The Impact of Generative AI on Online Freelancing Platforms. Management Science, 71(10), 8097–8108. https://doi.org/10.1287/MNSC.2024.05420
Elen, J., & Verburgh, A. (2023). Fostering critical thinking: Features of powerful learning environments. European Journal of Education, 58(3), 434-446. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12568
Felten, Edward W. and Raj, Manav and Seamans, Robert, Occupational Heterogeneity in Exposure to Generative AI (April 10, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4414065 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4414065
Hutson, J. (2025). Designing for Complementarity: Skills, Work, and Education in the Age of AI — A Review. Journal of Business and Social Sciences, 2025. https://doi.org/10.61453/jobss.v2025no07
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 17 SES 06 A: Histories of Technologies, Techniques, Technocracy and Democracy Location: 6017 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Klaus Dittrich Paper Session |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Reggio Emilia in Swedish Preschool Discourse: Professional Debate and Pedagogical Reorientation in the 1980s and 1990s Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:During the 1980s and 1990s, Swedish preschool education underwent a series of significant discursive and institutional transformations. This period coincided with a slowdown in both the post-war economic expansion and the internationally record-breaking growth of daycare provision, while questions of decentralization and freedom of choice gained political prominence as Sweden shifted from one of the most centralized states towards becoming one of the most deregulated among OECD countries (Lundahl 2002; Börjesson, 2016; Hultén, 2019). This presentation examines the context in which the pedagogical philosophy originating from Reggio Emilia, Italy, came to be introduced and interpreted within the Swedish preschool context during this period. Rather than approaching Reggio Emilia as a transferable model or a clearly bounded pedagogical innovation, the study conceptualizes it as a historically situated discursive phenomenon whose meaning was shaped by pre-existing educational, political, and professional trajectories in Sweden. The ongoing dissertation research on which this presentation is based addresses the following research question: How did Reggio Emilia intersect with the specific discursive and institutional conditions of Swedish preschool education during the 1980s and early 1990s? By focusing on emergence rather than origin, the analysis moves beyond linear narratives of pedagogical change and instead highlights the interplay between continuity and transformation in late welfare-state educational discourse.
Theoretically, the study combines Michel Foucault’s (2002) concepts of surfaces of emergence and discursive constellations with a theory of path dependency (Pierson, 2004). Foucault’s framework is used to identify the historical conditions under which certain pedagogical ideas, problematizations, and professional aspirations became articulable and desirable, while others receded into the background. The notion of path dependency (Pierson 2004) complements this perspective by accounting for the institutional and policy-related continuities that structured the space of possible change, shaping both the receptivity to Reggio Emilia-inspired ideas and the limits of their reconfiguration within Swedish preschool education. Positioned in relation to influential interpretations of Reggio Emilia as either a paradigmatic pedagogical rupture or a transnational social movement in its own right (e.g. Dahlberg, Moss & Pence, 2007; Lind, 2010), I argue that the Swedish reception of Reggio Emilia functioned less as a break with established educational traditions than as part of a discursive reorientation, responding to a perceived crisis of professional identity and pedagogical legitimacy within the preschool sector. In relation to longstanding critiques of social-political framings of preschools as primarily an instrument of welfare and labor-market policy, Reggio Emilia was incorporated into an ongoing debate on pedagogical professionalism, early childhood education and the emancipatory ambitions articulated within the teacher union. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a historical discourse-analytical approach, combining conceptual tools from Michel Foucault’s archaeology of knowledge with institutional perspectives drawn from theories of path dependency. The methodological aim is not to reconstruct the “true” meaning of the Reggio Emilia approach, but to analyze how it became discursively intelligible, desirable, and actionable within a specific Swedish educational context. The primary empirical material consists of articles, editorials, debate contributions, and thematic features published in the Swedish preschool teachers’ journal Förskolan (1980–1995) during the period under study. Förskolan is approached not merely as a source reflecting pedagogical developments, but as a constitutive arena in which professional knowledge, pedagogical ideals, and policy-related concerns were actively articulated and negotiated. Closely linked to the preschool teacher profession and its trade union, the journal occupied a mediating position between educational research, policy discourse and pedagogical practice, making it particularly well suited for analyzing how transnational pedagogical ideas were translated into locally meaningful professional language. Texts are analyzed in terms of recurring problematizations and normative claims concerning professional identity, child agency and concepts of modern childhood, pedagogical quality, governance and institutional legitimacy. Rather than focusing on individual authors or positions, the analysis traces patterns of continuity and transformation across the discourse over time, within which the Reggio Emilia inspiration emerges as one among several historically situated pedagogical references. The Foucauldian perspective informs the identification of historical and institutional conditions under which certain pedagogical ideas became articulable, visible, and desirable within Swedish preschool discourse, while others were marginalized. The concept of path dependency situates these discursive developments within longer institutional and policy trajectories originating in the welfare-state expansion of the 1960s and 1970s, highlighting how established structures shaped both receptivity to innovation and the limits of discursive change. Policy documents and government reports – most notably the Swedish Childcare Inquiry of the early 1970s, Barnstugeutredningen (SOU 1972:26-27), and later reforms associated with decentralization and parental choice (e.g. SOU 1981:25; Prop. 1991/92:65) – are analyzed as contextual reference points rather than primary objects of study. This allows professional discourse to be foregrounded as an active site of historical rearticulation, while situating pedagogical change within broader political and institutional developments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation examines the early emergence and reconfiguration of Reggio Emilia inspiration within Swedish preschool education during the 1980s and early 1990s, situating it within a period of discursive and institutional transition. By foregrounding professional discourse as articulated in the journal Förskolan, the analysis shows how Reggio Emilia surfaced as a historically situated discursive implementation shaped by existing educational traditions, professional concerns, and policy trajectories. It suggest that the appeal of the Reggio Emilia inspiration in Sweden lay in its capacity to operate simultaneously on several levels. It offered a symbolic language of pedagogical emancipation and child agency that resonated with progressive and social-pedagogical traditions, while also responding to emerging demands for quality control, professional legitimation and coherence within a decentralized and increasingly pluralistic educational landscape. Rather than constituting a rupture with established frameworks, the Reggio Emilia inspiration was implemented as a form of discursive reorientation through which Swedish preschool professionals rearticulated pedagogical ambition, institutional purpose, and professional identity under changing historical conditions. By focusing on emergence, rearticulation and professional mediation the study contributes to historical research on early childhood education and the transnational circulation of pedagogical ideas. It highlights the importance of examining how international educational references are actively reshaped within specific national and institutional contexts, and how professional arenas such as Förskolan make visible the extent to which international pedagogical references addresses enduring professional concerns and institutionally defined problems within local preschool discourses. More broadly, the study underscores the value of historically grounded analyses that attend to both continuity and change in periods of educational transformation, without presupposing paradigmatic shifts. References Börjesson, M. (2016). Från likvärdighet till marknad: en studie av offentligt och privat inflytande över skolans styrning i svensk utbildningspolitik 1969–1999. (Doctoral dissertion). Örebro universitet. Dahlberg, G., Moss, P., & Pence, A. (2014). Från kvalitet till meningsskapande: postmoderna perspektiv – exemplet förskolan. HLS Förlag. (Original work published 1999). Foucault, M. (2002). Vetandets arkeologi. (Bjurström, C. G. Trans.) Arkiv Förlag. (Original work published 1969). Förskolan (1980–1995). Förskolan: tidskrift för förskollärare. Sveriges Förskollärares Riksförening (1980–1991); Lärarförbundet (1991–1995). Hultén, M. (2019). Striden om den goda skolan: hur kunskapsfrågan enat, splittrat och förändrat svensk skola och skoldebatt. Nordic Academic Press. Lind, U. (2010). Farlig geografi och ”ofast mark” i mötet med Reggio Emilia. In M.-A. Colliander, L. Stråhle & C. Wehner Godée (Eds.), Om värden och omvärden: Pedagogik i praktik och teori med inspiration från Reggio Emilia (pp. 131–145). Stockholm University Press. Lundahl, L. (2002). Sweden: decentralisation, deregulation, quasi-markets – and then what? Journal of Education Policy 17(6), 687–697. Pierson, P. (2004). Politics in Time: history, institutions, and social analysis. Princeton University Press. Prop. 1991/92:65. Regeringens proposition om valfrihet i barnomsorgen. https://data.riksdagen.se/fil/11F84CFA-8F8C-45CD-BE32-931D05CEEA62 SOU 1972:26–27. Förskolan – del 1 och 2: betänkande angivet av 1968 års barnstugeutredning. Socialdepartementet. SOU 1981:25. Bra daghem för små barn, betänkande av Familjestödsutredningen. https://weburn.kb.se/metadata/581/SOU_7260581.htm 17. Histories of Education
Paper Sputnik, Technocracy and Educational Globalisation in Franco's Spain. University of Extremadura, Spain Presenting Author:In 1957, the launch of the Soviet satellite Sputnik, in the context of the Cold War, caused a huge crisis of confidence in American science and technological development, opening the door to an internal debate about the soundness of its education system. A quarter of a century later, a second technological crisis, this time stemming from strong competition from German, Japanese and Korean companies in the automotive and steel industries, led to a new questioning of the American school system. The two crises have been considered decisive milestones, historical events that laid the foundations for what is known as educational globalisation and, specifically, for the hegemonic discourse of the OECD. In fact, it is known that the satellite crisis led the Centre for Educational Research and Innovation (CERI), part of the OECD, to develop shortly afterwards the first international statistical indicators on the state of different education systems (Gorur, 2015). It is also known that the second crisis and the A Nation at Risk report would prompt the proposal to produce comparative data on national education systems and the INES project, the direct predecessor of what is now the PISA international test (Jakobi & Martens, 2007). However, this official or canonical history of educational globalisation has almost always been told as an internal national story, a specifically American narrative that focuses on that country's particular reaction to an external impact or danger. A history and narrative that, in any case, omits or overlooks the role or contribution of the other national actors involved. What interests did European and other Western countries have in supporting the proposals of the OEEC/OECD? How did they receive and why did they accept the proposals of CERI, INES or PISA as valid? Why did they end up supporting their indicators and their educational policies or recipes? Based on similar approaches and questions, the most recent historiographical research has begun to explore the role of various national and local actors in the emergence of a space for global educational governance (Bürgi, 2017; Grek, 2019; Steiner-Khamsi et al, 2024; Ydesen, 2019). In fact, rather than assuming that national governments were mere pawns or passive recipients of US-backed international organisations, it is at least justified to raise the possibility that they too took advantage of successive international crises to advance and justify their own agendas (Steiner-Khamsi & Waldow, 2018). In this research, we return to one of those milestones or key moments in educational globalisation: the launch of Sputnik. However, instead of considering the impact of the flight on American society and its necessary consequences on the confidence and credibility of its schools, we try to look at the satellite from different geographical, political, economic and cultural coordinates: Franco's Spain. Thus, the window chosen to reconstruct the satellite's orbit has been the press of a peripheral European country, a country governed by an authoritarian regime, at a time when the regime was transitioning from a period of autarky and National Catholicism to one defined by developmentalism and technocracy. In fact, the Francoist press of the 1950s gave extensive coverage to the space race between the US and the Soviet Union, turning it into an information and propaganda campaign that occupied hundreds of front pages and newspaper headlines about artificial satellites and the conquest of space, about rockets, spaceships and the dog Laika, about atomic energy and the fear of the atom. And, of course, on schools and national education systems, which had become – in Spain too – too important to be left in the hands of educators (Tröhler, 2013). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In terms of methodology, critical discourse analysis of the press was used for the period 1957–1960 (Fairclough, 1995). Specifically, more than a hundred newspaper articles referring to the Soviet satellite were reviewed. In addition, the discourses of Franco himself and the Minister of National Education at the time, Jesús García-Mina, were analysed in parallel, tracking explicit and implicit references to Sputnik. In all cases, the aim was to examine how the press and the regime's elite constructed the news about the satellite in a biased and self-serving manner, using the media of the time. To collect the data that make up the research corpus, search engines from the archive of the National Library of Madrid were used, employing the following keywords: [Sputnik] and [education] and [nation] (211 entries); [Sputnik] and [education] and [Franco] (171 entries); [Sputnik] and [García-Mina] (25 results). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initial data analysed confirms the hypothesis that Franco's regime strategically used the satellite news to promote its own agenda for change. From the outset, the pro-Franco press used Sputnik's flight as a campaign to raise awareness and extol modern science and technology, a campaign that fell from the sky and gave new impetus to the modernising and technocratic shift. Of course, the shift towards technocracy was in turn a response to internal debates about progress and the Europeanisation of Spain, debates that had preoccupied a significant sector of the Spanish elite for more than half a century. On the other hand, the impact of the Soviet satellite also allowed the regime's different ideological currents – technocrats, Falangists, National Catholics – to close ranks, with Franco's leadership appealing for internal unity against Spain's supposed enemies (Hofmann, 2023). Finally, the Sputnik crisis allowed the regime's press to give more coverage to schools and the various national education systems. In particular, the press paid special attention to the European and Western debate on the role of schools in training technicians and engineers to win the space race, giving new impetus to theories of modernisation and human capital, and consolidating the high permeability that Franco's elites had already shown since the mid-1950s towards technocratic reforms promoted by international organisations such as the OEEC and UNESCO (Groves and González Delgado, 2017). References Bürgi, R. (2017). “Engineering the Free World: The Emergence of tha OECD as Actor in Education Policy, 1957-1972”, en M. Leimgruber & M. Schmelzer (eds.), The OECD and the International Political Economy Since 1948, London: Palgrave, 285-309. Fairclough, N. (1995). Media Discourse. London: Arnold. Gorur, R. (2018). Standards. Normative, Interpretative, and Performative”, en S. Lindblad, D. Pettersson & T. S. Popkewitz, Education by the Numbers and the Making of Society. The Expertise of International Assessments. New York: Routledge, 92-109. Grek, S. (2019). “The rise of transnational education governance and the persistent centrality of the nation”, Internacional Journal of Historiography in Education, 2, 268-273. Groves, T. R. & González Delgado, M. (2017), “Chocando contra la cultura escolar: las paradojas de la importación pedagógica en la España del desarrolismo”, en Delgado Gómez Escalonilla, l. et al. (coord), El factor internacional en la modernización educativa, científica y militar de España. Alicante: Biblioteca Virtual Miguel de Cervantes, 129-151. Hofmann, A. C. (2023). Una modernidad autoritaria. El desarrollismo en la España de Franco (1956-1973), Valencia: Universidad de València. Jakobi, A. & Martens, K. (2007). “La influencia de la OCDE en la política educativa nacional”, en X. Bonal, A. Tarabini-Castellani & A. Verger (comp.), Globalización y Educación. Textos Fundamentales. Madrid: Miño, 233-253. National Commission on Excellence in Education. (1983). “A Nation at Risk: The Imperative for Educational Reform”, The Elementary School Journal, 84(2), 112-130. Steiner-Khamsi, G. & Waldow, F. (2018). “PISA for scandalisation, PISA for projection: the use of international large-scale assessments in education policy making. An introduction”, Globalisation, Societies and Education, 16(5), 557-565. Steiner-Khamsi, G., Martens, K. & Ydesen, C. (2024). “Governance by numbers 2.0: policy brokerage as an instrument of global governance in the era of information overload”, Comparative Education, 60(4), 537-554. Tröhler, D. (2013). “The OECD and Cold War Culture: thinking historically about PISA”, in Meyer, H., Benavot, A. (eds.), PISA, Power, and Policy. The emergence of global educational governance, Oxford: Symposium, 141-161. Tröhler, D. (2014). “Change Management in the Governance of Schooling: The Rise of Experts, Planners, and Statistics in the Early OECD”, Teachers College Record, 116 (9): 1–26. Ydesen, C. (2019). “Introduction: What can we learn about global education from historical and global policy studies of the OECD”, en C. Ydesen (ed), The OECD’s Historical Rise in Education, London: Palgrave, 1-14. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Catching the Genius: Sociotechnical Imaginaries of Talent-Making in China and the Global Politics of Excellence Peking University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Over the past four decades, education policies across the globe have increasingly prioritized the identification and cultivation of technoscientific talents to empower the national economy and security in the face of global competition (Rasmussen, A., Ydesen, C., 2019; Li and Lowe, 2016). Such a shift of international education policy orientation from promoting social equity to cultivating elites has been framed as the product of transnational dissemination of neoliberalism and meritocracy that hold self-cultivation of excellence accountable for social mobility (Sellar and Lingard, 2014; Markovits, 2019). However, by considering neoliberalism a global monolith, education policy studies nonetheless cancel out sociocultural and geopolitical differences in talent development. This study aims to develop an STS-grounded account of talent cultivation as a sociotechnical imaginary (Jasanoff & Kim, 2015) —a contested formation of cultural, moral, and political investments that shapes educational systems and subjectivities. Building on a completed book chapter, this conference presentation reframes the Chinese case of “cultivating technoscientific talents” as a strategic site for advancing a comparative international research agenda that attends to the historically specific moral–political infrastructures through which “talent” is made thinkable and governable. The paper is organized around three linked questions: 1. How are “technoscientific talents” constituted—rather than merely discovered—through the interplay of moral conventions, social aspirations, philosophical vocabularies, and modern scientific methods in China? 2. Through what “technologies of power” (discursive, institutional, and epistemic) are talents classified, legitimized, and governed, and how do these technologies negotiate persistent tensions between excellence and equality, and between individual aspiration and collective futures? 3. How does the Chinese configuration complicate the tendency in international policy scholarship to treat “neoliberal meritocracy” as a global monolith, and what analytic leverage does this provide for comparing Western and non-Western regimes of talent governance under contemporary STEM and security/economy agendas? The paper treats “technoscientific talent” not as a natural attribute to be discovered, but as a historically and ontologically constituted kind of person produced through the co-production of knowledge, social order, and educational governance. The analysis combines two complementary lenses: first, a social construction account of technoscience that challenges individualist myths of genius by showing innovation as a contingent outcome of collective practices (Reckwitz, 2017); second, Foucauldian analytics of knowledge/power/subject (Foucault, 1984), operationalized through scholarship on the looping effects of classification (Hacking, 2007; Bowker & Star, 2000). To connect these STS insights to the Chinese case, the chapter theorizes talent governance as an assemblage of social imaginaries and technical practices, organized analytically through three historically durable discursive schemas—masses/elites, heaven/man, and child/nation-state—treated as both conceptual apparatuses and practical mechanisms that render particular forms of giftedness politically legitimate, institutionally viable, and culturally intelligible. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the study adopts an STS-inflected historical analysis that treats “technoscientific talent” as a named and governed kind of person, constituted through the interplay of cultural narratives, expert knowledge, and institutional technologies rather than discovered as a pre-social attribute. The empirical strategy is schematic and genealogical: instead of producing a linear national history of gifted education, the paper identifies and tracks three historically durable discursive schemas—masses/elites, heaven/man, and child/nation-state—as “technologies of government” that repeatedly organize what counts as excellence, who is eligible to be selected, and how exceptional individuals are morally justified and politically mobilized. Data are drawn from three overlapping corpora: (1) classical Chinese texts and philosophical sayings mobilized in contemporary debates over innate difference, cultivation, and moral legitimacy; (2) policy documents and institutional narratives that articulate state priorities and selection/cultivation infrastructures (e.g., examination regimes and elite pipelines); and (3) secondary scholarship in the history of science and technology and the history of education that documents how scientific methods and psychological expertise enter talent identification and schooling. Analytical procedures include: (a) tracing how each schema is activated to resolve recurring contradictions (excellence/equality; individual aspiration/collective futures); (b) mapping the actors and mediators that operate between “the names” and “the named” (experts, institutions, measurement/selection practices) to specify looping effects and subject formation; and (c) comparing how Western scientific methods are selectively translated and culturally legitimated within existing Chinese cosmological and moral frameworks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis shows that talent cultivation in China operates through an ongoing negotiation among cultural traditions, political histories, and modern expertise, producing “talent” as a contingent sociotechnical formation rather than a stable psychological fact. Three findings are central: First, the masses/elites schema reveals a persistent balancing act between egalitarian sentiment and the practical necessity of elite selection. Technologies of de-elitization (e.g., Mao-era mass participation in technoscience) coexist with long-running merit-based selection infrastructures (Keju historically; Gaokao contemporarily), continually reshaping who counts as elite without abolishing hierarchical distinction as such. Second, the heaven/man schema displaces a strict nature/nurture dichotomy by emphasizing cosmological resonance and cultivation. Classical narratives of human difference and child prodigies are repeatedly reinterpreted to legitimize contemporary debates over innate talent versus nurture in STEM, while Western scientific identification methods are incorporated as hybrid practices anchored in culturally durable vocabularies of legitimacy. Third, the child/nation-state schema ties individual development to collective purpose and national futures, producing a distinctive dilemma: the instrumentalization of exceptional individuals for state goals collides with recognition of their psychological and social needs. This tension becomes visible in the governance of the “weird genius,” where eccentricity is tolerated only insofar as willpower and ambition are aligned with national utility. Internationally, these findings complicate policy accounts that treat neoliberal meritocracy as a global monolith by demonstrating how talent governance is mediated by historically specific moral–political infrastructures that predate, refract, and reconfigure global competitiveness agendas. References Ames, R. T., & Hall, D. L. (2003). Dao de Jing: Making This Life Significant: A Philosophical Translation. New York: Ballantine Books. Baker, B. (2005). From the genius of the man to the man of genius, Part one: A slippery subject. History of Education Review, 34, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1108/08198691200500001 Elman, B. A. (2013). Civil examinations and meritocracy in late imperial China. Harvard University Press. Foucault, M. (1984). The Foucault reader (P. Rabinow, Ed.). Pantheon. Hacking, I. (1986). Making up people. In T. C. Heller, M. Sosna, & D. E. Wellbery (Eds.), Reconstructing individualism (pp. 222–236). Stanford University Press. Jasanoff, S., & Kim, S. (Eds.). (2015). Dreamscapes of modernity: Sociotechnical imaginaries and the fabrication of power. University of Chicago Press. Matthewman, S. (2013). Michel Foucault, technology, and actor-network theory. Techne, 17(2). https://doi.org/10.5840/techne20131721 Rasmussen, A., & Ydesen, C. (2019). Education and talent in an international, conceptual history perspective. In Cultivating excellence in education (Educational Governance Research, Vol. 12, pp. 23–42). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-33354-6_2 Reckwitz, A. (2017). The invention of creativity: Modern society and the culture of the new. Polity. Zhao, W. (2020). China’s making and governing of educational talents. Educational Philosophy and Theory. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2019.1646640 Zheng, E. Y., Hong, W., Huang, Y. S., & Ke, R. Z. (2024). Networks rewired: Quota enforcement and the unintended mobilization of native place ties. Social Forces, Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1093/sf/soae152 17. Histories of Education
Paper Futurology in the late 1960s: The Scientific-Technological Revolution Discourse in Hungary University of Pannonia, Hungary Presenting Author:The topic of this presentation is an impressive imaginary from the late 1960s that lies at the intersection of technologies, education, and geopolitical realities. After the Sputnik Shock in 1957, Cold War rivalry entered a new phase between the US and the Soviet Union, namely the Era of coexistence and competition: besides the space race, an educational race emerged in a transnational context (Somogyvári, 2018). Human resources and its organization (the management) emphasized more and more in this approach, including sciences and training: altogether these elements constituted the idea of Scientific Technological Revolution (STR), expressed in an influential work of Radovan Richta and his interdisciplinary team (1969). Automation, structural and systematic thinking, cybernetics, computers, optimization, and many others characterized this new discourse, presenting a utopian vision of an improved world where machines and processes will facilitate the hard work of production and teaching. My other starting point is scientism in a secular, socialist world, where everything is scientific, from the ideological worldview to industrial work. Science might evoke religious elements in this sense (as politics did the same in authoritarian and totalitarian systems, see, for example, Gentile, 2006, and Voegelin, 1993), by offering ultimate and clear solutions, a linear development, and strong statements. This was a possible supremacy of science over religion, old content in a new framework (Schmidt-Lux, 2010). Science is a core point here, an elixir to every problem, giving ideal images related to the management of society, increasing educational efficiency, and so on – we can compare this with Western post-industrial theories too (Hoffmann, 1978). The Scientific-Technological Revolution played the role of an imaginary that connected past, present, and future, seeking to redefine Marxism-Leninism through the lenses of the new technocracy. This fresh input was an unsuccessful attempt to legitimize the system and also had a significant impact on Western reception. The STR project was truly historical, offering the existing socialist education a better future, grounded in the same old ideology: historicizing this initiative opens the possibility of uncovering some of the roots of our educational ideas (see, e.g., Van Ruyskensvelde, Thyssen, Herman, Van Gorp & Verstraete, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In a previous study, we used a qualitative content analysis to examine a representative Hungarian journal, Magyar Pedagógia (Hungarian Pedagogy). In our two-step research design, we first identify relevant paragraphs by semi-automatic coding (Yan et al., 2014) of all issues published between 1961 and 1989. Afterwards, applying an inductive manual coding by two independent coders, different patterns and narratives will be found about scientism, programmed learning, automatization and many other topics. Based on the results, we would like to present the specifics of STR through educational narratives, including its reception and connotations, to adapt to new technological and social conditions (Buchholz, 1985). This presentation is a follow-up of these results (Somogyvári & Polyák, 2022). After describing the utopian vision of the science ruled-brave new world in the earlier project, I am now trying to connect ideas from the past with contemporary educational ideas. If we list the keywords related to education in Richta’s works, these ideas seemed familiar: expanding and democratizing the schooling system, “learning for life”, lifelong education (Lenin’s permanent education), individualized learning and teaching, adult education, machines and computers, the role of media in learning, self-education, programmed learning. Following the theoretical framework of Reinhart Koselleck’s Begriffsgeschichte (Conceptual History), I draw the background concepts of these ideas, connecting the contemporary space of experience with the horizon of expectations (the future of 1969 as the present of nowadays pedagogy). These (hi)stories will be embedded in the past social and political contexts (Koselleck, 2004, 81), trying to answer the next research questions: 1. What were the possible educational implications of these STR concepts – then and now? 2. In which ways and how does the time dimension frame this discourse? 3. What is the imagined cross-section of ideas from the past and current directions? Contemporary pedagogical articles, reviews, books, and the archival documents of the Cabinet and flagship universities of Hungary (ELTE and the Technical University of Budapest) constituted the corpus, on which I am going to articulate the political and professional intentions related to the phenomena of STR. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One important product of these multiple historical changes was the emergence and spread of a system-oriented, process-based way of thinking in pedagogy (cybernetics), grounded in the hard sciences (such as mathematics) and an algorithmic model of programmed education. The goal was to implement the complex interactions of teaching and learning with the support of machines: practicing educators and theorists supporting innovation participated in the paradigm shift in educational science. Numbers, indicators, and statistics became key factors in evaluating the efficiency of education, and pedagogy took on the role of enhancing teaching effectiveness. Different experts and technocrats represented this direction, which may have been one of the driving forces behind the 1980s neoliberal tendencies and managerialism in education. Expertise and technology have always been shaped culturally and politically in modern societies, as knowledge and social order mutually infiltrate one another (Schatzberg, 2018). Education is also part of this process, and the STR-story is one example of this complex interaction. Future studies were established in the US in the second half of the 1960s, based on the ideas of forecasting, scenario planning, and computer simulations (Kahn & Wiener, 1967). The interdisciplinary field founded its journal, Futures, sparking debates about sustainability. This environment deeply affected education: OECD indicators and country comparisons appeared in the Cold War context of the 1960s. Forecasting, growth, planning, benchmarking, and management showed a clear sign of social engineering as a precursor to the neoliberal managerialism of the 1990s (Bürgi & Tröhler, 2018). In a nutshell, similar developments characterized educational thinking in both the Eastern and Western hemispheres, at least foreshadowing the future. References Buchholz, Arnold (1985): The Scientific–Technological Revolution (STR) and Soviet Ideology. Studies in Soviet Thought, Vol. 30., No. 4, 337–346. Bürgi, Regula & Tröhler, Daniel (2018): Producing the ‘Right Kind of People’. The OECD Education Indicators in the 1960s. In. Lindblad, Sverker; Pettersson, Daniel & Popkewitz, Thomas S. (Eds.): Education by the Numbers and the Making of Society. The Expertise of International Assessments. New York: Routledge, 75–91. Gentile, Emilio (2006). Politics as religion. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Hoffmann, Erik P. (1978): Soviet Views of „The Scientific–Technological Revolution”. World Politics, Vol. 30., No. 4, 615–644. Kahn, Herman & Wiener, Anthony John (1967): The Year 2000: A Framework for Speculation on the Next Thirty-Three Years. New York: MacMillan. Koselleck, Reinhart (2004): Futures Past. On the Semantics of Historical Time. New York: Columbia University Press. Richta, Radovan (1969): Civilization at the Crossroads: Social and Human Implications of the Scientific and Technological Revolution. London – New York: Routledge. Schatzberg, Eric (2018): Technology: Critical History of a Concept. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Schmidt-Lux, Thomas (2010): Science as Religion: The Role of Scientism in the Secularization Process in East Germany. In: Peperkamp, Esther & Rajtar, Malgorzata (Eds.): Religion and the Secular in East Germany, 1945 to the present. Leiden: Brill, 19–40. Somogyvári, Lajos (2018): Soviet pedagogy and the American Educators (1957-1965). Rivista di Storia dell’Educazione, Vol. 5, No. 2, 133–155. Somogyvári, Lajos & Polyák, Zsuzsanna (2022): A „tudományos-technikai forradalom” diskurzusai a magyar neveléstudományban [The Discourses of the ’Scientific-Technological Revolution’ in the Hungarian Education Science]. Múltunk, Vol. 67, No. 3, 111–131. Van Ruyskensvelde, Sarah; Thyssen, Thyssen; Herman, Frederik; Van Gorp, Angelo & Verstraete, Pieter (2021, Eds.): Folds of Past, Present and Future. Reconfiguring Contemporary Histories of Education. Berlin: De Gruyter. Voegelin, Eric (1993): Die politischen Religionen. Wien: Bermann-Fischer. Yan, J. L. S., McCracken, N., & Crowston, K. (2014). Semi-Automatic Content Analysis of Qualitative Data. In iConference 2014 Proceedings, 1128–1132. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 17 SES 06 B: Gender, Plurality, Care and Management in the History of Education Location: K106 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Tamar Groves Paper Session |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Spousal Care in Facilitating ‘International and Comparative Education’ 1950s – 1990s Örebro university, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper examines the peripheral yet constitutive role of spousal labour and care in the production of international academic knowledge, with a particular focus on International and Comparative Education during the second half of the twentieth century. It challenges dominant historiographies of the field that foreground individual (typically male) intellectual achievement (Landahl & Lundahl, 2017), by instead analysing how knowledge production is relationally sustained through unpaid, informal, and often invisible work. The empirical focus is Ingrid Husén (1917–1991), wife of the prominent scholar Torsten Husén (1916–2009), whose career was central to the institutionalisation and global expansion of International and Comparative Education. Often described as a “Grand Old Man” of the field (Postlethwaite, 2001), Torsten Husén occupied leading positions in international organisations such as the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) and UNESCO-related bodies, authored over a thousand publications, and left behind an exceptionally large research archive. While his intellectual contributions are well documented, the social and affective infrastructures that enabled this career remain largely unexplored (cf. Grek et al., 2024). The central research question guiding the paper is: How did Ingrid Husén’s spousal labour and care contribute to the formation, maintenance, and sustainability of international academic networks in International and Comparative Education between the 1950s and the early 1990s? A related question asks how care can be conceptualised not merely as background support but as an epistemically and relationally constitutive element of knowledge production. The objective of the paper is twofold. Empirically, it seeks to make visible the concrete practices through which Ingrid Husén contributed to her husband’s academic career: domestic labour, emotional support, editorial assistance, travel companionship, hosting, and academic diplomacy. Analytically, it aims to demonstrate how these practices functioned as part of the infrastructure of transnational knowledge production, shaping both individual scholarly productivity and the durability of international research networks. Conceptually, the paper is informed by Science and Technology Studies (STS) and Actor–Network Theory (ANT), particularly their emphasis on relationality, mediation, and the distributed nature of scientific work (Latour, 2005). Drawing on María Puig de la Bellacasa’s notion of matters of care (2017), the analysis reframes care as an ethical, material, and affective practice that sustains sociotechnical worlds. This perspective extends earlier STS moves from “matters of fact” to “matters of concern” by foregrounding maintenance, dependency, and obligation as central to epistemic life; ie viewing care as an epistemological category. The study also engages with sociological literature on academic spouses, including concepts such as the “two-person single career” (Papanek, 1973) and the “incorporated wife” (Finch, 1983), while critically moving beyond frameworks that portray spouses solely as victims of patriarchal structures (Gudmundsdottir et al., 2019; Sjöberg, 2024). Instead, the paper argues that spousal care operates simultaneously as a site of inequality and as a productive force in the making of international academic fields. By situating Ingrid Husén’s contributions within the broader development of International and Comparative Education as a transnational “disembedded laboratory,” (Grek et al., 2024) the paper contributes to ongoing debates on gender, infrastructure, and knowledge production. It proposes care as a necessary analytical category for writing more equitable and empirically grounded histories of educational science and global research networks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, historical, and interpretive research design that combines archival analysis with oral history. Its primary empirical basis consists of Torsten Husén’s extensive personal research archive, housed at the National Archives of Sweden, which includes approximately 80,000 pages of correspondence and more than 260,000 pages of scientific documents. This archive is treated not merely as a repository of information but as a site of social practice, enabling what is conceptualised as a textual ethnography (Nimmo, 2011) of transnational knowledge production. Two main source types are analysed. First, the study draws on Torsten Husén’s four autobiographical books, published between 1983 and 2000, in which Ingrid Husén appears as spouse, collaborator, critic, and caregiver. These texts provide insight into how spousal care was retrospectively framed, acknowledged, and sometimes problematised within Husén’s own narrative of academic life. Second, the study analyses Husén’s professional correspondence from the 1950s to the early 1990s. Approximately one thousand letters contain explicit references to Ingrid Husén. These references were identified through systematic digital text searches using NVivo software, following OCR digitisation of the archive. While OCR quality varies, the material allows for longitudinal analysis of patterns in how Ingrid appears across different phases of Husén’s career. Methodologically, the correspondence is read relationally rather than biographically. Letters are analysed as communicative artefacts that both reflect and perform social relations, embedding care, obligation, and affect within professional exchanges. Particular attention is paid to how Ingrid appears in greetings, travel arrangements, hosting practices, and moments of crisis, such as illness and bereavement. To complement the archival material and partially counterbalance its reliance on Husén’s voice, the study also includes an interview with two of the couple’s three children; now in their eighties. This oral history component provides additional perspectives on Ingrid’s role in family life and academic mobility, while also raising ethical questions about visibility, representation, and the interpretation of care retrospectively. Analytically, the material is organised into three temporal phases: (1) early network formation (1950s–early 1960s), (2) peak internationalisation (1970s–early 1980s), and (3) illness, loss, and networked care (late 1980s–early 1990s). This temporal structuring allows the study to trace how forms of care evolve in relation to career stages, family life, and institutional change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that care is not peripheral to international academic work but constitutes a central, though often invisible, infrastructure of knowledge production. Through the case of Ingrid Husén, it demonstrates how spousal labour – domestic, emotional, intellectual, and relational – enabled scholarly mobility, productivity, and network sustainability over several decades. Three key outcomes are highlighted. First, care emerges as a form of co-production. Ingrid Husén’s editorial work, intellectual dialogue, and management of domestic life created the conditions under which Torsten Husén’s scholarly output was possible. This challenges individualistic accounts of academic excellence and reframes achievement as relational. Second, care functions as network mediation. Ingrid’s participation in travel, hosting, and academic diplomacy strengthened transnational ties and contributed to the durability of international research networks. Her presence helped stabilise what might otherwise appear as disembodied professional relations, embedding them in affective and ethical commitments. Third, care becomes visible through loss and vulnerability. Ingrid’s illness and death reveal a “web of care” extending across the international field, as colleagues express concern, solidarity, and condolence. This illustrates how academic networks are sustained not only by shared intellectual goals but also by shared moral and emotional obligations. The expected contribution of the paper is both empirical and theoretical. Empirically, it provides a historically grounded account of how international educational research was practically made. Theoretically, it advances care as an analytical category for studying knowledge production, infrastructure, and academic life. Doing this, the paper offers a framework for rethinking whose work counts in the making of global scholarship and how histories of education might be rewritten to account for relational, gendered, and affective dimensions of scientific practice. References De la Bellacasa, M. P. (2017). Matters of Care: Speculative Ethics in More than Human Worlds. University of Minnesota Press. Finch, J. (1983). Married to the job: Wives’ incorporation in men’s work. George Allen & Unwin. Grek, S., Landahl, J., Lawn, M. & Lundahl, C. (2024). The World as a Laboratory. Torsten Husén and the Rise of Transnational Research in Education 1950s–1990s. Palgrave Macmillan. Gudmundsdottir, S., Gudlaugsson, T. O., & Adalsteinsson, G. D. (2019). The diplomatic spouse: Relationships between adjustment, social support and satisfaction with life. Journal of Global Mobility: The Home of Expatriate Management Research, 7(1), 103–122. Husén, T. (1983): An incurable academic: Memoirs of a professor. Oxford: Pergamon Press Ltd. Husén, T. (1992): Möten med psykologer, pedagoger och andra: anteckningar, Höganäs (Wiken). Husén, T. (1993): Av och om Ingrid: en kvinna. Stycken för en trängre krets, Alvesta (Lindströms tryckeri) Husén, T. & Tjeldvoll, A. (2000). Torsten Husén: conversations in comparative education. Bloomington Ind.: Phi Delta Kappa. Landahl, J. & Lundahl, C. (2017). Bortom PISA. Introduktion till internationell och jämförande pedagogik. Stockholm: Natur och kultur. Nimmo, R. (2011). Actor-Network Theory and Methodology: Social Research in a More-Than-Human World. Methodological Innovations Online 6 (3), 108–119. Papanek, H. (1973). Men, women and work: reflections on the two-person career. American Journal of Sociology, 78(4), 852–872. Postlethwaite, N. (2001): ‘Torsten Husén.’ Joy A Palmer (ed.) Fifty Modern Thinkers on Education: From Piaget to the Present, London and New York (Routledge) pp. 96–102. Sjöberg, V. (2024). En diplomatfrus roll: en bourdieusk studie. Förväntningar och begränsningar för nutida diplomatfruar. Internasjonal Politikk, 82(3/4), 263–287. 17. Histories of Education
Paper The Themes of Women, Family, and Parents in Hungary Between 1945 and 1950 in the Journal Public Education ELTE Bárczi Gusztáv Faculty of Special Needs Education, Hungary Presenting Author:After the end of World War II, in 1948, the Communist Party gained exclusive political power in Hungary, as it did throughout the entire region of East-Central Europe. As a result, Hungary also became a one-party Soviet-style Stalinist dictatorship. This was followed by the establishment of the system, which is referred to as the period of Stalinization. Stalinization extended to all areas of the state and society, including public education, pedagogy, and educational science. The research in this period of political history attempts to describe the direction and content of changes in the image of women, families, and parents with the help of one of the most relevant pedagogical journals of the era, Public Education. Accordingly, the research questions are the following: What kind of image of the family, what kind of image of parents, and what kind of image of women can be found in the Public Education between 1945 and 1950? How did the theme of school appear in all of these? How did this theme change over in this half-decade? What professional-pedagogical and non-professional elements did this issue build on? How did the Soviet Stalinist pattern manifest itself in all this? In other words, the research examines how the direction and content of these themes developed before and after the communist takeover in 1948. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research examines the themes of women, family, and parents in Hungarian political history between 1945 and 1950. This period had two parts: pre-Stalinization from 1945 to 1947 and Stalinization from 1948 to 1952 (Gyarmati, 2011). The interpretative framework of the research is provided by the political science approach applied to the history of education (Nagy 1997, Sáska 2018). The basic feature of this approach is that it examines the relationship between politics and education. This is relevant to the research, as the subject of the study is how policies on the family, parents, and women were presented in the journal Public Education between 1945 and 1950. The sources of the research include the most important education policy documents of the period between 1945 and 1950. Thus, the decree of 1945 on the establishment of eight-year elementary schools. (Az ideiglenes nemzeti kormány 6650/1945. M. E. számú rendelete általános iskola szervezése tárgyában, 1949). Furthermore, the law on the nationalization of schools published in 1948 (1948. június 16. XXXIII. törvénycikk az iskolák államosításáról) as well as the educational party resolution of 1950 (Kardos-Kornidesz 1990), which established a Soviet Stalinist-style education system in Hungary. The main source of the research is the issues of the Public Education journal published between 1945 and 1950. The journal Public Education was founded in 1945 and functioned as the journal of the ministry responsible for education. Its task was to inform teachers about the most important educational policy decisions, to promote them, and to try to provide methodological assistance in their pedagogical implementation, not in a scientific but rather in an informative manner. Essentially, the journal Public Education transmitted the ministry's professional and ideological views to the teachers' society. The sample of the research was provided by the articles published in the journal Public Education between 1945 and 1950, where the titles of the articles were searched for expressions such as family, parent, woman, etc., and the content of all these articles became the subject of analysis. Among the relevant academic literature, it is necessary to mention those works on the history of education that also examine the theme of women and the family in former state socialist countries (Kestere-Kalke, 2018, Kestere-Stonkuviene-Rubene, 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to the results of the research, the communist takeover was presented as a “break” in the journal Public Education. While in 1946 a review could be published on Christian, evangelical education by parents, and at the same time an article could be published on the Soviet family and the Soviet school, by the time of the communist takeover in 1948 this was no longer conceivable. The thematic diversity of this issue has completely disappeared. From then, the family, parents, and women had to submit to the state socialist ideology. As part of this policy, parents had to fight against clerical and ecclesiastical reaction in schools. The parents' working group became one of the tools in this struggle. After all, until the socialist nationalization of schools in 1948, Christian churches were the most significant school owners in Hungary. To defeat teachers loyal to Christian churches who remained in schools, it was also necessary to involve parents' working groups. Overall, it can be concluded that between 1945 and 1950, the themes of family, parents and women were always subordinated to some ideology or worldview. Between 1945 and 1948, the Christian approach defined this topic, and after 1948, the Soviet Stalinist model determined it. This also means that the themes of family, parents and women could not be independent of any ideology. According to both worldviews, women cannot stand alone; they must live within a family. When the Stalinist ideology that appeared in the Public Education spoke about the family, there was no sharp distinction between men and women in terms of their roles and functions. Furthermore, both female and male roles were determined by Stalinist state socialist ideology. All of these can be interpreted as equality between the two genders, or as efforts to achieve equality. References Primary sources Act XXXIII on the nationalization of schools of June 16, 1948. Az ideiglenes nemzeti kormány 6650/1945. M. E. számú rendelete általános iskola szervezése tárgyában [Decree No. 6650/1945. M. E. of the Provisional National Government on the organization of elementary schools]. Secondary sources Gyarmati Gy. (2011): A Rákosi-korszak [The Rákosi Era]. ÁBTL-Rubicon. Kardos J. & Kornidesz M. (1990, szerk.). Dokumentumok az oktatáspolitika történetéből. 1-2. kötet. [Đocuments from the history of education policy]. Tankönyvkiadó, Budapest. Kestere, I., & Kalke, B. (2018). Controlling the image of the teacher’s body under authoritarianism: the case of Soviet Latvia (1953–1984). Paedagogica Historica, 54(1–2), 184–203. Kestere, I., & Stonkuviene, I., Rubene, Z. (2020): The New Soviet Man With a Female Body: Mother, Teacher, Tractor Driver…Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia. vol. 45, pp. 97–109 Nagy, P. T. (1997): Neveléstörténeti előadások: előadások a nevelés társadalomtörténetéből [Lectures on the history of education: lectures on the social history of education]. Kodolányi János Főiskola–Oktatáskutató Intézet, Székesfehérvár, Budapest. Sáska G. (2018). Igény az igazság monopóliumára. A politikai és világnézeti marxizmus-leninizmus a sztálini kor pedagógia tudományában [The demand for a monopoly on truth. Political and ideological Marxism-Leninism in the pedagogy of the Stalinist era]. Pedagógiatörténeti Szemle. 4(1-2). 1-52. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Shifting Landscapes of Research and Teaching: Female Academic Employees at the University of Szeged Between the Two World Wars University of Szeged, Hungary Presenting Author:Many studies have examined the emergence of female students and its effect on university education and the development of academic scholarship (e.g. MacDonald, 2021; Martínez Alemán & Renn, 2002; Mazón, 2003; Nash, 2005, 2018; Parker, 2015; Popiński, 2019; Rowold, 2010). By contrast, the role of women as academic employees – professors, lecturers, researchers and institutional staff – has received less attention. However, in recent years, several studies have examined the role of the first female professors in specific national contexts and have moved beyond purely biographical approaches (e.g. Fitzgerald, 2007, 2020; Flecha-García, 2020; Polenghi, 2020). Still, this field of research is underdeveloped in Central and Eastern Europe. In Hungarian educational historiography, women’s access to higher education has primarily been studied through student enrolment and participation patterns. While the feminisation of the student body is well-researched, the emergence of female teaching staff has not been a major focus of research, with only scattered references and anecdotal data available. As a result, little is known about the institutional positions, career trajectories, and structural constraints affecting women who worked within universities as teachers or researchers. From the late nineteenth century onward, women’s participation in higher education expanded across Europe and North America. Following the admission of female students came the awarding of academic degrees, and by the mid-20th century, it was commonplace for female researchers to obtain doctoral degrees or habilitations. Nevertheless, women’s access to academic positions remained limited during this period. The growing presence of women in higher education systems around the world did not lead to a significant increase in their presence in academia. This suggests the persistence of gendered hierarchies within universities. In Hungary, a ministerial decree issued by the Minister for Education, Gyula Wlassics in 1895 allowed women to enrol in selected areas of higher education. In the following years, the number of female students in higher education grew steadily. During World War I, their numbers increased dynamically. Following the war, the number of female students declined briefly, but in the 1920s, their participation in higher education began to grow slowly but steadily again. However, this trend was interrupted in the mid-1930s, when overall university enrolment, including that of women, began to decrease. Against this background, this study examines whether the increase in female student enrolment at the University of Szeged after World War I was followed by a comparable increase in female academic employment. Focusing on the period between 1921, when the university was relocated to Szeged, and 1940, when it moved back to Kolozsvár, the research examines all identifiable female employees affiliated with university institutes who performed teaching or research-related tasks. By analysing the relationship between student feminisation and academic employment, the study contributes to international debates on gendered academic labour and institutional inequality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The primary sources for the research were university curricula and yearbooks from the period, complemented by local and national newspapers. These sources made it possible to identify female academic employees, trace their institutional affiliations, and assess their visibility within and beyond the university. I compiled a database from the information found in the university documents, which enabled me to track the number of female staff and identify trends. At the same time, the sources present clear limitations. University curricula only listed the lecturer responsible for the course, who was usually a professor or private professor (Privatdozent). It can be assumed that the data in the curricula is incomplete, and that the actual number of women performing teaching or research-related tasks was higher than the figures recorded in official documents. University histories and official records tend to pay less attention to lower-ranking employees, offering little or limited data on them. Therefore conclusions can be drawn primarily from the careers of those female employees who were successful enough to be included in university records or external sources (e.g. monographs and encyclopaedias). Despite these constraints, the use of institutional records and press sources allows for a reliable reconstruction of structural patterns and trends in female academic employment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research identified a total of 117 female teachers and staff members at the University of Szeged during the interwar period. Of these, 62 worked in the Faculty of Medicine, 16 in the Faculty of Arts, Languages and History, and 39 in the Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences. According to the university curricula, only six women held formal lecturer status during this period at Ferenc József University. Four of them had lower ranking positions, such as lecturer, physical education teacher or unpaid trainee. Only two private professors (Privatdozent) were able to teach courses during this period: Margit Techert, a lecturer of ancient Greek philosophy, and Erzsébet Kol, a botanist, who became the university’s first female private professor (Privatdozent). Two additional women, Erzsébet Baranyai and Ilona Banga, obtained habilitation and became private professor (Privatdozent) during this period but they did not appear as lecturers in the university curricula. The findings of the research demonstrate that an increase in the number of female students did not lead to a similar increase in the number of female teachers and researchers. Although some data is still lacking, particularly with regard to male academic employees, it is evident that the proportion of female teachers and staff was lower than that of female students. Women academic emplyees were systematically underrepresented in higher academic positions. Their opportunities for advancement were structurally constrained, reflecting persistent gendered power relations within the university. In this respect, the University of Szeged conforms to broader European patterns. While women achieved partial access to academic careers, they remained largely excluded from positions of influence within interwar higher education. References Fitzgerald, T. (2007). An Absent Presence: Women Professors at the University of New Zealand 1911–1961. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 39(3), 239–253. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620701535972 Fitzgerald, T. (2020). Claiming their intellectual space: Academic women at the University of New Zealand 1909–1941. Paedagogica Historica, 56(6), 819–830. https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230.2019.1676270 Flecha-García, C. (2020). The first female lecturers at Spanish universities. Paedagogica Historica, 56(6), 769–786. https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230.2019.1669685 MacDonald, S. Z. (2021). University women: A history of women and higher education in Canada. McGill-Queen’s University Press. Martínez Alemán, A. M., & Renn, K. A. (Eds). (2002). Women in higher education: An encyclopedia. ABC-CLIO. Mazón, P. M. (2003). Gender and the modern research university: The admission of women to German higher education, 1865 - 1914 (Orig. print). Stanford University Press. Nash, M. A. (2005). Women’s Education in the United States, 1780–1840. Palgrave Macmillan US. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-137-05035-9 Nash, M. A. (Ed.). (2018). Women’s Higher Education in the United States: New Historical Perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan US. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-59084-8 Parker, P. (2015). The Historical Role of Women in Higher Education. Administrative Issues Journal Education Practice and Research, 5(1), 3–14. https://doi.org/10.5929/2015.5.1.1 Polenghi, S. (2020). Striving for recognition: The first five female professors in Italy (1887–1904). Paedagogica Historica, 56(6), 748–768. https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230.2019.1690008 Popiński, K. (2019). Feminization of Higher Education in Poland in 1918-2018. Studia Historiae Oeconomicae, 37(1), 116–146. https://doi.org/10.2478/sho-2019-0007 Rowold, K. (2010). The educated woman: Minds, bodies, and women’s higher education in Britain, Germany, and Spain, 1865-1914 (No. 7). Routledge. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Robert Birley (1903-1982) and the collage of European possibilities University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Robert Birley (1903-1982) was an ardent supporter of encouraging the English to learn more languages and commit to a sense of belonging to Europe. As a former head of Eton College school and an educationalist involved with the reconstruction of education in Germany after World War Two, Birley was adamant that the whole English education system, whether fee paying or not, must learn to respect and connect with a wider experience of European languages and culture. Over 40 years since Birley’s death, schools and assessment processes in England are still experiencing conflicted and complicated pressures around the position of English and other languages within school buildings and timetables and amongst communities who often share and speak multiple languages. Birley's BBC Radio Reith Lectures broadcast in 1949 began with 'The Problem of Patriotism'. Birley was not averse to confronting aspects of nationalism or inward-looking self-absorption in any national culture. Later in his career Birley’s work was focused on South Africa and the issues of Apartheid. Birley's biography 'Red Robert' was written by Arthur Hearnden and published in 1984 by Hamish Hamilton. Birley also featured in some collages which are illustrated in this biography, and it is one such collage that inspired the shape and development of this paper. In that particular collage (which appears as a glossy book illustration), Birley is shown pasted into an open top airplane waving at the viewer alongside various of his friends and colleagues. Despite the gravity and jagged contradictions which Birley faced in his working life collages such as this bring in an almost uneasy sense of the absurd with the scale of people and objects distorted and visually jumbled. This chance encounter with a collage presented as perhaps a rather chirpy book illustration led me to wonder about Elizabeth Adams St Pierre's 2019 publication that touches on collage and experiment. I am also influenced by Ines Dussel’s 2017 reflections on ‘iconophilia and iconoclasm as particular politics of the image’. I found myself wanting to look at what might be salvaged and reassembled from Birley’s writing and presence in my own attempt to take notes using collage for this conference presentation.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The main sources used are Birley's published writings, his Reith Lectures and the biography about him 'Red Robert'. There are a few archive sources at Eton College archive which were consulted but nothing particularly striking is held there when compared with his published work. Adams St Pierre and Dussel inform my approach to both research and presentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Not yet known. References Adams St Pierre, E. 'Post Qualitative Inquiry, the Refusal of Method and the Risk of the New, Qualitative Enquiry, Volume 27, Issue 1, 2019 https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800420931142 Birley, R. 'Britain in Europe: Reflections on the Development of a European Society' Reith Lectures, London: British Broadcasting Corporation, 1949 Dussel, I. (2017). Iconoclastic images in the history of education: another look at children in revolt in two children’s films from the 1930s. Paedagogica Historica, 53(6), 668–682. https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230.2017.1374293 Hearnden, A, 'Red Robert: A Life of Robert Birley', London: Hamilton, 1984 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 18 SES 06 A: Students' Experiences of Physical Education and Movement Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Rachel Sandford Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper “Everyone Has Their Own Strength”: Exploring Left-behind Children’s Perspectives and Experiences of Physical Education and School Sport in China Loughborough University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In China, long-standing disparities between urban and rural areas are evident due to uneven economic development (China National Bureau of Statistics, 2024). As a result, large numbers of rural workers migrate to cities in search of better employment and income opportunities. However, the Chinese household registration system (Hukou) classifies residents as either urban or rural, and those with rural Hukou are unable to access the same social welfare benefits in cities, such as healthcare and education, even after moving there (Hu, 2017). As such, many rural parents who migrate to cities for work leave their children behind in rural areas under the care of relatives or close friends, which has given rise to a youth population that has come to be known as ‘left-behind children’. Left-behind children are broadly defined as those under the age of 16 whose parents, or at least one parent, work away from home for an extended period, while the children remain in their registered Hukou location under the care of others (Pan & Ye, 2009). While estimates of the number of left-behind children in China vary considerably depending on data sources, the population is widely understood to number in the millions, with estimates as high as around 61 million (Bian et al., 2025). Existing research on left-behind children has largely focused on the risks and deficits they face compared with their non-left-behind peers, including in relation to academic achievement, physical and psychological health and wellbeing, and social behaviour. For example, some studies indicate that left-behind children tend to exhibit lower average levels of mental health, well-being and academic achievement than their non-left-behind peers (e.g., Jin et al., 2020). However, it has been suggested that such deficit perspectives may inadvertently reinforce the stigmatisation of left-behind children, negatively influencing their perceptions of personal competence and self-worth (Mu, 2018). Moreover, they may marginalise left-behind children’s voices by failing to adequately recognise the diversity of their lived experiences and their capacity for agency (Bian et al., 2025). PE and school sport have been widely recognised as having the potential to promote young people’s positive development (e.g., Bailey et al., 2009). In particular, PE and school sport can provide valuable opportunities for marginalised young people to develop positive relationships and social networks, thereby supporting the accumulation of social capital and enhancing resilience, emotional well-being, and mental health (e.g., Sandford et al., 2023). However, as a recent study by Bian et al. (2025) demonstrates, within the field of PE and school sport, the perspectives of left-behind children remain largely absent. Moreover, much of the existing research on left-behind children has relied on statistical indicators or adult interpretations, with comparatively limited attention paid to how left-behind children themselves experience and make sense of PE and school sport. In light of the developmental potential of PE and school sport, particularly for marginalised youth, there is a need for more in-depth research that attends to the PE and school sport experiences of left-behind children in China. Building on this, this study focuses on left-behind children’s perspectives and experiences of PE and school sport, and explores how these contexts may support left-behind children’s positive development. By placing children’s voices, perspectives and lived experiences at the centre of the research, this study seeks to move beyond a deficit perspective and to offer a more nuanced understanding of left-behind children’s realities. Theoretically, the study draws on insights from Bourdieu (1977, 1985), particularly the interrelated concepts of field, capital and habitus, to understand the complexity of left-behind children’s experiences within PE and school sport. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research design was adopted to generate rich data and explore how left-behind children perceive and interpret their experiences of PE and school sport. Following ethical approval from the authors’ institution, data collection took place in two schools located in rural areas of Southwest China. Participants were 70 students aged 13–16 (Grades 7–9) identified by their schools as being left-behind children. Data were collected using semi-structured focus groups, with students organised into 12 focus groups of five to six participants each, with each group participating in two sessions. The first session aimed to explore participants’ general perspectives on PE and school sport and to familiarise participants with the focus group format while building rapport. In this session, they were guided through a series of semi-structured questions exploring their experiences of participation and how their status as left-behind children shaped their engagement. The second session was informed by participatory techniques, with participants being invited to bring an artefact representing a positive PE and school sport experience. The discussion centred on the artefact, encouraging participants to narrate detailed stories and share the meanings underlying their experiences in PE and school sport. Such participatory techniques are particularly suitable for marginalised young people, enabling the expression of experiences and emotions that may be difficult to articulate verbally (Quarmby et al., 2019; Sandford et al., 2023). All data generated in this study were analysed using thematic analysis, adopting an inductive strategy by which the researcher actively constructed and interpreted patterns of meaning across participants’ narratives (Braun & Clarke, 2020). The first author conducted a verbatim transcription of all focus group data and undertook initial coding through repeated reading of the transcripts, progressively integrating related codes into sub-themes and themes. During the analysis process, the three authors met regularly to discuss and refine codes, sub-themes, and themes, ensuring coherence and the conceptual integrity of the thematic structure (ibid). Based on the finalised thematic analysis, three key themes were generated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study presents findings across three key themes relating to: (1) Left-behind children’s perspectives on PE and school sport; (2) left-behind children’s lived experiences in the PE field, and (3) the developmental potential of PE and school sport for left-behind children. With regard to theme 1, data highlighted that, compared with other regulated school settings, PE and school sport allowed students greater choice over activities and interactions, affording them more agency. As such, PE and school sport was perceived as a more relaxed and less constrained space within the school landscape. With theme 2, findings showed left-behind children’s experiences of PE and school sport to be complex, with both beneficial and challenging experiences. For example, some participants noted that they received recognition from peers and teachers when they demonstrated competence in PE and school sport, with these experiences fostering positive relationships, cooperation, and a sense of belonging. However, some also reported feeling ‘different’ and discussed experiencing stigma and alienation when their left-behind status was exposed. Finally, in theme 3, data evidenced how sustained participation in PE and school sport could foster the development of left-behind children’s skills and abilities. Participants identified PE and school sport as providing important opportunities to collaborate with peers and/or to take on responsibility, such as serving as a team captain or acting as a PE representative. Engaging in collaborative tasks and leadership roles supported the development of capital in the form of communication, teamwork, and leadership skills, with these holding potential through transfer to contexts beyond PE. In summary, the study highlights the potential of PE and school sport to support left-behind children’s development and reinforces the value of making space to hear youth perspectives on lived experience. The implications of this for future research, policy and practice will be discussed within the conference. References Bailey, R., Armour, K., Kirk, D., Jess, M., Pickup, I., & Sandford, R. (2009). The educational benefits claimed for physical education and school sport: An academic review. Research Papers in Education, 24(1), 1–27. Bian, S., Hooper, O., & Sandford, R. (2025). Leaving no child behind? Exploring the developmental potential of physical education and school sport for left-behind children in China. Sport, Education and Society, 1–13. Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a theory of practice. Cambridge University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1985). The social space and the genesis of groups. Theory and Society, 14(6), 723–744. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern-based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and Psychotherapy Research, 21(1), 37–47. China National Bureau of Statistics. (2024, January 17). 2023年居民收入和消费支出情况 [Income and consumption expenditure of the population in 2023]. Retrieved February 18, 2024, from https://www.stats.gov.cn/sj/zxfb/202401/t20240116_1946622.html Hu, S. “It’s for Our Education”: Perception of Parental Migration and Resilience Among Left-behind Children in Rural China. Soc Indic Res 145, 641–661 (2019). Jin, X., Chen, W., Sun, I. Y., & Liu, L. (2020). Physical health, school performance and delinquency: A comparative study of left-behind and non-left-behind children in rural China. Child Abuse & Neglect, 109, 104707. Mu, G. M. (2018). Building resilience of floating children and left-behind children in China. Routledge. Pan, L., & Ye, J. (2009). 农村留守儿童研究综述 [Research review on rural left-behind children in China]. China Agricultural University Journal of Social Sciences Edition, 26(2), 5–17. https://doi.org/10.13240/j.cnki.caujsse.2009.02.001 Quarmby, T., Sandford, R., & Elliot, E. (2019). ‘I actually used to like PE, but not now’: understanding care-experienced young people’s (dis)engagement with physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 24(7), 714–726. Sandford, R., Quarmby, T., & Hooper, O. (2023). Theorising the potential of physical education and school sport to support the educational engagement, transitions and outcomes of care-experienced young people. British Educational Research Journal, 50, 580–598. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper “Here, PE is Sick!”: An Ethnodrama of Pupils’ Experiences of Physical Education in Alternative Provision Schools 1: Leeds Beckett University, United Kingdom; 2: Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 3: Youth Sport Trust, United Kingdom Presenting Author:A growing number of young people are attending alternative provision schools. In England, where this research was situated, state‑funded alternative provision catered for over 16,000 pupils in the 2024/25 academic year, with a further 27,880 in school‑arranged alternative provision (DfE, 2025a). Alternative provision is often stigmatised as somewhere only the very worst behaved pupils go, yet these settings support a wide range of children and young people who arrive with complex needs and vulnerabilities and would otherwise not receive suitable education due to illness, behavioural issues or histories of adversity (House of Commons Education Committee, 2018). In line with broader trends of increasing school exclusions (DfE, 2025b), the role of alternative provision in re‑engaging and better including young people in education has come under increased research focus (Thomson & Pennacchia, 2014). Whilst PE is often assumed to have the potential to support young people’s social and emotional learning including by helping them manage stress, control impulses, resolve conflicts peacefully and respect themselves and others (Hooper et al., 2020; Wright, et al., 2021), little consideration has been given to how it is actually experienced within alternative provision, especially from the perspectives of pupils themselves. Indeed, while a small number of emerging studies have begun to foreground PE in these contexts (see, Maher et al., 2025a, 2025b, 2025c; Quarmby et al., 2025), there is currently no literature centring young people’s own accounts of their PE experiences. This paper therefore aims to fill this gap and is two‑fold in its purpose: first, to spotlight the voices of pupils from alternative provision schools and illuminate their lived experiences of PE; and second, to share the messy realities of conducting research in such settings. To achieve this, we adopted narrative inquiry, positioned within an interpretivist research paradigm, characterised by ontological relativism and epistemological constructionism (Smith, 2016; Smith & McGannon, 2018). We explicitly reject the notion that pupils’ PE experiences exist ‘out there’, waiting to be discovered; instead, we view knowledge about those experiences as a shared endeavour between young people, and us, as researchers. This philosophical position aligns with our methodological choice to use ethnodrama to (re)present pupils’ stories. Ethnodrama communicates the results of data as a written play or theatrical script, foregrounding interactions between those involved in a specific encounter (Book et al., 2024). It offers outsiders a way to “enter into the inner sanctum of a group” (Block & Weatherford, 2013, p. 510) and allows narrative researchers to present personal truths rather than ‘the truth’ (Monforte & Smith, 2023). This creative form of representation can show layers of lived experience, emotion and theory (McMahon, 2016), and is particularly valuable in contexts where young people’s experiences are complex, varied and deeply relational. Our aim in using ethnodrama, therefore, is to illuminate the realities of those attending alternative provision and to reveal convergent and divergent perspectives on PE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As part of a wider study exploring the role and value of PE in alternative provision schools, we engaged with 25 children and young people aged 11–16 from four alternative provision academies and pupil referral units in England. Ethical approval was granted from the lead authors’ institution and access was negotiated through local gatekeepers such as PE teachers who liaised with Head Teachers/Proprietors on our behalf. In keeping with the standard process in each school, parents/carers received information about the project, before the school (Head Teacher/Proprietor) provided consent for each pupil via in loco parentis. Pupils also provided their assent to participate during our initial meeting whereby we shared relevant information about the project in an age-appropriate format. Importantly, assent was viewed as an ongoing, provisional process (Flewitt, 2006), with repeated reminders regarding the voluntary nature of participation. To facilitate the voices of pupils, we used arts‑based methods, which embrace emotional, sensory, embodied and imaginative ways of knowing that extend beyond verbal modes of expression (Finley, 2008). Pupils could choose from four activities: (1) write, draw, show and tell, enabling them to draw what PE looked like; (2) character creation, constructing ‘good’ and ‘bad’ PE experiences by drawing fictional characters; (3) active mapping, drawing or walking through school spaces used for PE or physical activity; and (4) a graffiti wall, where they could write/draw their preferences and feelings about PE. These methods – commonly used to foreground youth voice and disrupt entrenched power imbalances (Alfrey et al., 2025) – were especially valuable given that many pupils attending alternative provision may have experienced adversity or trauma and may have difficulties trusting adults (Fortems et al., 2023). Discussions during each activity were recorded, transcribed verbatim and analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). We adopted the dual role of story analyst and storyteller, identifying themes and then shaping those themes into an ethnodrama guided by creative analytic practice (Smith, 2016). Composite characters and carefully edited dialogue allowed us to maintain the meanings expressed by pupils while presenting them in a cohesive, evocative and accessible script. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our ethnodrama highlights both pupils’ experiences of PE in alternative provision settings, and the messy nature of conducting research in such contexts. Across both scenes, pupils frequently contrasted their experiences of PE in alternative provision with their experiences in mainstream schools. In mainstream contexts, pupils described disrupted PE experiences due to being removed from the subject on account of poor behaviour, the requirement to wear ‘appropriate’ PE kit, and the potential to be stigmatised and bullied by their peers. They spoke of repetitive, boring activities, gendered curricula, and noisy, overwhelming environments – all of which made PE feel pressured or unsettling. These accounts echo longstanding critiques of traditional mainstream PE (Enright & O’Sullivan, 2010; Howard, 2024) and concerns that performance‑based cultures may prevent certain pupils from feeling safe to engage, particularly those who have experienced adversity (Ellison & Walton‑Fisette, 2022; Quarmby et al., 2022). By contrast, pupils described PE in alternative provision as fun, exciting, less pressured, and even ‘sick’, valuing opportunities for choice, variety, individual challenge, and small group activities that generated shared experiences. Pupils highlighted the role of supportive teachers who listened, did not judge past behaviour, took time to explain activities and were funny, approachable and willing to take part. This emphasis on relationship‑building aligns closely with broader alternative provision research, which identifies strong, non‑judgemental staff-pupil relationships as central to success (Leather, 2009; Thomson & Pennacchia, 2014). The ethnodrama also foregrounds the messiness of conducting research in alternative provision: pupils drifting in and out of activities, joking, swearing, fighting, resisting, re‑engaging, and shaping the tone and direction of the encounter. Far from being deficiencies, these moments illuminate the need for researchers to be flexible, adaptive, patient and responsive, echoing calls for greater transparency about the unpredictable realities of research with young people (Fitzgerald et al., 2021). References Alfrey, L., Quarmby, T. & Hooper, O. (2025). Using arts‑based methods to support embodied research with children and young people in physical education. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2023-0319 Block, B. & Weatherford, G. (2013). Narrative research methodologies: Learning lessons from disabilities research. Quest, 65(4), 498–514. Book, R., Svensson, J. & Stambulova, N. (2024). Narrative research in sport and exercise science in the early 21st century: a state‑of‑the‑art critical review. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 16(6), 567–597. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. Department for Education (2025a). Schools, pupils and their characteristics. https://exploreeducation‑statistics.service.gov.uk/find‑statistics/school‑pupils‑and‑their‑characteristics/2024‑25 Department for Education (2025b). Suspensions and Permanent Exclusions in England. https://explore‑education‑statistics.service.gov.uk/find‑statistics/suspensions‑and‑permanent‑exclusions‑in‑england/2023‑24 Ellison, D. & Walton‑Fisette, J. (2022). “It’s more about building trust”: Physical education teachers’ experiences with trauma‑informed practices. European Physical Education Review, 28(4), 906–922. Enright, E. & O’Sullivan, M. (2010). ‘Can I do it in my pyjamas?’ Negotiating a physical education curriculum with teenage girls. European Physical Education Review, 16(3), 203–222. Finley, S. (2008). Arts-based research. In J. G. Knowles & A. L. Cole (Eds.), Handbook of the arts in qualitative research: Perspectives, methodologies, examples and issues (pp. 71–82). SAGE. Fitzgerald, H., Stride, A. & Enright, E. (2021). Messy methods: Making sense of participatory research with young people in PE and sport. European Physical Education Review, 27(3), 421–435. Flewitt, R. (2006). Using video to investigate preschool classroom interaction: education research assumptions and methodological practices. Visual Communication, 5(1), 25–50. Fortems, C., Hansen, B. & Glazemakers, I. (2023). Characteristics of youth in alternative education settings: A scoping literature review. Children and Youth Services Review, 145, 1–11. Hooper, O., Sandford, R. & Jarvis, H. (2020). Thinking and feeling in/through physical education: What place for social and emotional learning? In F. Chambers, D. Aldous & A. Bryant (Eds.), Threshold Concepts in Physical Education: A Design Thinking Approach (pp. 137–148). Routledge. House of Commons Education Committee (2018). Forgotten children: Alternative provision and the scandal of ever increasing exclusions. https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmeduc/342/342.pdf Howard, T. (2024). Practical, professional or patriarchal? An investigation into the socio‑cultural impacts of gendered school sports uniform and the role uniform plays in shaping female experiences of school sport. Sport, Education and Society, 29(6), 726–743. Leather, M. F. (2009). An exploratory case study of a ‘successful’ pupil referral unit (PRU). Exeter: University of Exeter. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Outdoor Adventure Education – Students' Encounters with Nature 1: OSLOMET - STORBYUNIVERSITETET, Norway; 2: HØGSKULEN I VOLDA Presenting Author:Outdoor Adventure Education - Students' Encounters with Nature Outdoor Adventure Education (OAE) has emerged as a model aimed at facilitating students’ personal growth through outdoor experiences (Williams and Wainwright, 2015). The model has been criticized for its instrumental use of outdoor activities solely for personal development, and for its limited emphasis on nature and issues of sustainability (Leirhaug & Abelsen, 2024). The model has been described as sportified outdoor life, a “fast and furious” postmodern form, characterized by the emphasis on adventure and risk in the model (Gelter, 2010). The aim of this study is to further develop the OAE model within a Scandinavian context, by incorporating a stronger focus on students’ encounters with nature. Our study is based on an action research project conducted together with 4th graders (9–10-year-old children) and their’ teacher. In our project, risks pertain specifically to everyday activities and natural environments that children encounter in Western-Norway rather than to risk assessment within activities associated with the sportification of friluftsliv. The research question guiding this paper is: “What characterizes the students’ encounters with nature?” The Outdoor Education Model Williams and Wainwright’s (2015) identify four non-negotiable features of a pedagogical model for OAE. The first feature is that the teaching should be conducted mainly outdoors, with some exceptions i.e. indoor climbing. The second feature is that the learning process should be experiential. The third feature is that students should be challenged by choice. The last essential feature implies that the students should learn risk management.
Encounters with nature Encounters with nature are an important dimension in Scandinavian friluftsliv. Outdoor education researchers emphasize that what kind of relationship students develop with nature is influenced by the purposes of teaching (Freeman et al., 2021; Sandell et al., 2003). They stress that teaching with narrow purposes might facilitate instrumental relationships to nature. In contrast, facilitating direct encounters with nature without specific purposes is presented as an ideal because here, nature is given a value on its own and students’ experiences of nature are the basis of the learning process. Researchers do also argue that direct encounters with nature might develop students’ desire to take care of nature and more environmentally friendly attitudes and behavior (Sjödin, 2024; Løvoll & Sæther, 2022; Sandell & Öhman, 2013). It's argued that direct encounters with nature can create a sense of belonging and identification with nature (Tordsson, 2003).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on an action research project that merges the OAE model with the Nordic tradition of friluftsliv. The project was developed in collaboration with a fourth-grade teacher and her class of 9–10-year-old students. It consisted of six lessons conducted in various nature environments in the school’s local community. The data material includes observations of the teaching, planning documents, interviews with the teacher, as well as group interviews, drawings, and reflection logs from the students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that the project evoked strong emotions such as fear, excitement and joy. We have organized the data in four different encounters with nature: Sensations in nature, Observe and adapt to nature, Experiences of nature offering protection, Efforts to care for and preserve nature, and expressions of ownership and belonging to specific places in nature. The most common description of encounters with nature was informed by the perspective of “here and now,” containing descriptions of feelings such as fun, excitement, nervousness and fear and sensory experiences such as description of the smell of forest, slippery rocks and wet shoes and cloths. However, some of the encounters with nature describe experiences that can be more ‘transformative’ (Løvold & Sæther, 2022) such as efforts to take care of nature and developing a sense of belonging to nature. Sjödin (2024) and Løvold and Sæther (2022) argue that the experience of being at one with nature or feeling belonging to specific places in nature might develop a wish for taking care of nature. This is also seen in our data material where some students start to collect trash and plastic from what they labeled ‘their’ river and ‘their’ forest. References Andersson, K. & Öhman, J. (2015) Moral relations in encounters with nature, Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning, 15:4, 310-329, DOI: 10.1080/14729679.2015.1035292 Freeman, Elizabeth, Harris, Frances and Loynes, Christopher ORCID:https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9779-7954 (2021) Nature Connection. In: Thomas,Glyn, Dyment, Janet and Prince, Heather, (eds.) Outdoor environmental education in higher education. International Perspectives . Springer, Switzerland, pp. 189-200.Downloaded from: https://insight.cumbria.ac.uk/id/eprint/6284/ Gelter, H. (2010). Friluftsliv as slow and peak experiences in the transmodern society.Norwegian Journal of Friluftsliv. Abelsen, K. & Leirhaug, P.E.( 2024) Langsomt friluftsliv. I: Hordvik, M.; Bjørke, L. & Standal, Ø.F. (eds.) Modellbasert praksis I kroppsøving. Cappelen Damm Akademisk Løvoll, H. S., & Sæther, K. W. (2022). Awe experiences, the sublime, and spiritual well-being in Arctic wilderness.Frontiers in Psychology,13, 973922. Sjödin, K. (2024) Friluftsliv och naturmöten I utbildningspraktik. Ph.D thesis. Örebro Studies in Sport Science. Stuhr, P. T., & Sutherland, S. (2013). Undergraduate perceptions regarding the debrief process in adventure-based learning: Exploring the credibility of the Sunday afternoon drive debrief model.Journal of Outdoor Recreation, Education, and Leadership,5(1). Williams, A., & Wainwright, N. (2015). A new pedagogical model for adventure in the curriculum: part two – outlining the model. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 21(6), 589–602. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2015.1048212 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Trans-Movement-Joy: Exploring Trans Youth's Embodied Experience of Joy in Movement The Swedish School of Sport and Health Sciences, Sweden Presenting Author:The aim of the paper is to explore and map the ebbs and flows of movement and joy among transgender (trans) youth. That is, how is joy of movement embodied in the experiences of trans youth? In other words, I aim to trace the intra-actions of trans-movement-joy. The research presented in this paper was conducted within the Graduate School: Sustainable Movement Education (SMOVE). Even if my focus is on joy, there is a need to understand the marginalization of trans youth and its extent. This is because marginalization and oppression affect joy; how, where, and when it can appear, and how it is experienced. In terms of school, previous research depicts it as governed by institutionalized cisnormativity and heteronormativity, and as unsafe spaces for trans pupils, spaces that expose them to mistreatment, verbal and physical harassment by peers or teachers, as well as neglect or bias in educational materials (Devís-Devís et al., 2018; McBride, 2021; Schmitt, 2023; Vindhol Evensen et al., 2025). Here, the subject ‘physical education’ (PE) in particular, (re)produces the heteronormative system and heteronormative binarism that creates multiple forms of exclusion and rejection, among them the abjection of gender nonconforming individuals (Devís-Devís et al., 2018). Also, in sport and exercise spaces, trans exclusion is prevalent (Larsson & Auran, 2024; Perez-Samaniego et al., 2019; Storr et al., 2022). Here, trans people must employ social change strategies to participate, that is, to take responsibility for their own inclusion, or rather includability (Auran et al., 2025; Kavoura et al., 2022). A crucial aspect of trans exclusion is its bodily or material nature. It is an exclusion that is not mainly about participation; rather, it is about one´s own materiality, one’s own body as real, that is, it is a question of who and what constitutes a legitimate human (Auran et al., 2025; Braidotti, 2019; Butler, 2004). Despite all this misery, there are positive sides in trans people’s lives, and there are ‘in-between’ spaces. Shuster and Westbrook (2024) argue that there is a need for more research on joy. They explain that there is an overfocus on the negative in the lives of marginalized groups, which creates what they call a ‘joy deficit’. This results in a one-sided story about marginalized people’s lives that reproduces oppression by creating a narrative of misery, a narrative that both obscures joy and the livable life. This is not to say that the oppression of trans people is not very real, but there are other things happening as well. In this article, my focus is on movement and joy, in other words, joy as bodily felt in its intra-action with the world. I employ the Baradian (2007) theoretical schema of agential realism to trace the intra-actions of trans-movement-joy. Central to this schema is that matter is not static or a blank canvas; it is not a thing, but a process of becoming. Thus, matter and meaning are created in its material-discursive entanglement with the world (Barad, 2007). To understand how meanings come to matter, Barad employs the concept of diffraction. Diffraction refers to the bending of light waves (Barad, 2007). Diffraction can be described as a means of identifying the effects of these differences. That is, when or where differences matter (Haraway, 1992). I use diffraction as an overarching method that helps the understanding and handling of the ‘empirical data’, from the study design to the analysis. Additionally, the diffractive method provides a process-oriented approach, giving time and room for details, complexities, and contradictions, rather than falling into the pregiven, appealing to simple causal relationships or (re)producing (Barad, 2014; Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The article builds on an analysis of 36 hours of go-along interviews with six trans youth aged 14 to 17. The go-along interview is a type of mobile ethnographic interview where the researcher joins participants in their everyday lives (Kusenbach, 2003; Stiegler, 2021). The method provides an exploration of everyday experiences as they happen; it is research in and as a process. In practice, I have moved with the participants, interviewed and observed them. Each interview lasted from just under 1,5 hours to 3,5 hours. I conducted about three go-along interviews with each participant over a period of 10 to 15 months. In addition to the go-along interviews, I conducted pre- and post-interviews. This was a type of ‘start-up’ or planning interview, and a wrap-up interview. Diffractively, the go-alongs have the benefit of putting the ‘meetings’ of matter at the center of research. Thus, how social, cultural, and bodily aspects come to matter is not only talked about but also experienced by the research participants and me, the researcher, throughout the interview, and becomes a central part of the research. As such, these meetings, or rather intra-actions, are at the center of the interview, as the interview takes place as things unfold. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The article is still in progress; however, one outcome is that there are joyful moments of movement in the lives of trans youth, and that these moments can involve both traditional movement or physical activity and less transitional movement. The results mainly include in-depth descriptions of joyful moments of movement, portrayed through narratives or what I call ‘snapshots’ of trans movement joy. These snapshots capture three activities during the go-along interviews: playing ice hockey, moshing in the mosh pit, and jumping in the trampoline park. The snapshots are based on observations and participants' own words. They both tell the story of the specific situation and the story behind it. That is, the snapshots contextualize the research participants in their life stories. Through these snapshots, I analyze what and how certain things become important in the different intra-actions of trans-movement-joy. References Auran, I., Bäckström, Å., & Larsson, H. (2025). Trans People Struggling To Be Human in Sports and Exercise: Passing, Mediating, and Challenging Cis- and Heteronormativity. Sociology of Sport Journal, 42(3), 261-269. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168-187. Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2017). Diffraction or reflection? Sketching the contours of two methodologies in educational research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 30(2), 111–127. Braidotti, R. (2019). Posthuman Knowledge. Cambridge: Polity. Butler, J. (2004). Undoing gender. New York: Routledge. Devís-Devís, J., Pereira-García, S., López-Cañada, E., Pérez-Samaniego, V. & Fuentes Miguel, J. (2018). Looking back into trans persons’ experiences in heteronormative secondary physical education contexts. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(1), 103-116. Haraway, D. (1992). ‘The promises of monsters: a regenerative politics for inappropriate/d others’. In Lawrence Grossberg, Cary Nelson, Paula A. Treichler (Eds.). Cultural Studies. New York: Routledge. Kavoura, A., Channon, A., & Kokkonen, M. (2022). “Just existing is activism”: Transgender experiences in martial arts. Sociology of Sport Journal, 39(2), 196–204. Kusenbach, M. (2003). Street phenomenology: The go-along as ethnographic research tool. Ethnography, 4(3), 455-485. Larsson, H., & Auran, I. (2024). Trans* inclusion and gender equality in sport and exercise – an (im)possible equation? Sport in Society, 27(1), 52–67. McBride, R-S (2021). A literature review of the secondary school experiences of trans youth. Journal of LGBT Youth, 18(2), 103-134. Pérez-Samaniego, V., Fuentes-Miguel, J., Pereira-García, S., López-Cañada, E., & Devís-Devís, J. (2019). Experiences of trans persons in physical activity and sport: A qualitative meta-synthesis. Sport Management Review, 22(4), 439-451 Schmitt, I. (2023). Transgressing purity: Intersectional negotiations of gender identity in Swedish schools. Journal of LGBT Youth, 20(1), 93–111. Shuster, S. M., & Westbrook, L. (2024). Reducing the joy deficit in sociology: A study of transgender joy. Social Problems, 71(3), 791-809. Stiegler, S. (2021). On doing go-along interviews: Toward sensuous analyses of everyday experiences. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(3-4), 364-373. Storr, R., Nicholas, L., Robinson K. & Davies, C. (2022). ‘Game to play?’: barriers and facilitators to sexuality and gender diverse young people's participation in sport and physical activity. Sport, Education and Society, 27(5), 604-617. Vindhol Evensen, K., Larsson, H., & Strømman, E. (2025). “They’re Rubbing it in my Face.” A study of Embodiment When Being Trans in PE. Scandinavian Sport Studies Forum, 6, 75-97). |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 19 SES 06 A: Digital Platforms, Datafication and Educational Governance Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: María Begoña Vigo-Arrazola Paper Session |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Paper Caught Between Monitoring and Relating: An Ethnographic Study of Datafication Practices in Teacher Work Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:In recent years, attention has globally been drawn to what is perceived as an educational challenge of increased school attendance problems (Kearney & Gonzálvez, 2022; Tunkkari et al., 2025). In parallel, teachers’ workload has been noted to increase (Creagh et al., 2025), a tendency influenced by increased demands for data reporting, including documenting students’ attendance at schools. On a policy level in Finland, the problem of school absenteeism has been thought to most efficiently be tackled by accurate attendance data that can help predict which students are at risk for developing habits of much school absence, leading them to being left behind educationally (OKM, 2023). This focus builds on the assumption that accurate and large amounts of data are needed to be able to understand the scope of the social problem of school absenteeism and create profiles of at-risk students that should be targeted with early interventions. In 2021, a project aimed at reducing the number of absences and creating a unified monitoring system for the creation of statistics on school absence was launched by the Finnish Ministry of Education, targeting all compulsory education for 6-18-year-olds (OKM, 2023). The project led to an amendment in the Basic Education Act in 2023, requiring schools to “prevent absences and systematically monitor and intervene in them” (OKM, 2023, p. 5). In this policy environment, the understanding is that absence is an indicator for student well-being (Kearney & Gonzálvez, 2022) and that the datafication of students’ schooldays will improve data management (Bodén, 2016), providing data to be able to find out how to lower the rates of absence. Until 2023, there was, in Finland, no unified statistics on school absences or a standardized way of gathering said data due to municipal autonomy (Sandhaug et al., 2022). The report introduced ready-made categories that every school had to collect data on using a school administration platform. The report did not state which platform had to be used, but at the time in 2021 to the present day, Wilma (provided by the private multinational corporation Visma) is used by nearly all Finnish educational institutions, from early childhood education to secondary education. Therefore, Wilma is at the center of the monitoring of absences in Finland. In this article, we scrutinize the intertwining of platformization of education and teachers’ work regarding the supervision of students’ attendance at school. We refer to this intertwining of usage of platforms and teachers’ educational work as datafication practices. The aim of this study is to ethnographically understand teachers’ datafication practices as these unfold intertwined with the teachers’ professional considerations and the affordances provided by a school platform. Thus, we strive to identify how platform choices determining what is technically and socially possible on the platform are informing pedagogical practices. How are teachers enacting datafication as part of their professional practices? Through our study, we draw attention to how the platform is used to tackle what is constructed as the problem of unattendance through the regime of datafication, realized through teachers’ datafication practices. Through an abductive process during and after fieldwork, our analysis came to focus on three aspects of datafication of education (Pangrazio et al., 2024): reduction, abstraction and individualization. Reduction entails the practice of reducing complex social phenomena to single data points in a predefined categorization system. Abstraction points to the fact that said social phenomena are abstracted from their embedded social contexts, including the abstraction of data from the platform itself. Lastly, individualization calls attention to the fact that datafication turbocharges a neoliberal form of competition, measurement and comparison between individuals to be able to categorize them based on their datasheet. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was realized as an ethnographic case study, following teachers’ work at a lower secondary school for five months (August–December in 2024). Drawing on ethnographic fieldwork at a lower secondary school, by making the invisible visible (Star, 1999), we home in on entanglements of Wilma usage and teachers’ everyday work. We approach Wilma use from an infrastructural perspective that can highlight mundane practices that are not actively made visible or made aware in studies with predetermined categories of analysis (Star, 1999). This requires us to account for the ways in which Wilma is immersed in, transforming, and transformed by material infrastructures (Taylor, 2025). We embrace, rather than avoid, the contextual richness and diversity to increase our understanding of the complexities in the communities, contexts and settings under scrutiny. For the ethnographic fieldwork, both authors have followed the work of two lower secondary teachers’ work during three full school weeks each in August, October, and December 2024. In other words, we have 6 weeks of participant observation and, additionally, we have conducted digital walk-along interviews with these teachers, as well as the principal, the municipality’s superintendent and two secretaries working at the school. The digital walk-along approach (Møller & Robards, 2019) allowed the participants to guide us through their use of Wilma in relation to the reasoning behind their professional practices. The empirical data we employ for our analysis consists of fieldnotes from our participatory observations (77 pages in total) and transcripts of the interviews (approximately 4,5 hours in total). Furthermore, our analysis considers two policy documents; the school’s personnel handbook (62 pages) and a regional project report on school absences (32 pages). In our analytical work, we trace the many “relevant connections and boundaries” (Hine, 2007, p. 620) between the infrastructural platform (Wilma) and the participants. Inspired by Latour’s (2005, p. 237) suggestion to “follow the actors”, we follow connections between sites and spaces to account for the diverse ways in which Wilma takes place and is given place in everyday life at school. We focus on the interplay between platform (Wilma) and teachers’ datafication practices connected to the documentation of students’ attendance on Wilma. By tracing connections and following them wherever they may lead us, we can account for participants’ own understanding of the full range of social practices instead of limiting them and fitting them into our categories (Latour, 2005). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary findings point towards an emergent understanding of the teachers’ enactments of datafication as part of their professional practices as “Wilmafied” teaching. Both of us registered and discovered connections between Wilma, teachers, students and a focus on monitoring while building relationships with students through a constant oscillation between relationship building as trustworthy adults and monitoring students’ attendance. Wilma is a platform that intricately forms connections between teachers, students, and caregivers with its most apparent and clear focus on documenting where the student is at which time of the school day. The most prevalent checkpoints for this monitoring are the beginning of each lesson. In a way, students ‘sign in’ by proxy (through the teachers’ datafication practices) to the lesson as they step into the classroom, thus reducing the complexity of what it could mean to be present in a teaching situation. Those who do not ‘sign in’ require the teacher to do data work to find out where they are and which category their absence should be recorded under. This entails both abstraction and individualization as the platform is not designed to grasp the contextual complexity of the unique situations, nor the social setting. Our analysis led us to find the teachers being caught between monitoring and relational work towards the students. Although the argument for doing this kind of monitoring is connected to care and trust, teachers encounter the mistrust students are voicing towards monitoring. Thus teachers continuously struggle between installing discipline instead of building relationships emanating from mutual recognition. The programmed mistrust that seems to be inherent in the logic created by the intertwined nature of monitoring practices and the platform’s design is clearly visible in situations when documentation that is supposed to be neutral is understood as a disciplining activity by students. References Bodén, L. (2016). Present absences: Exploring the posthumanist entanglements of school absenteeism. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:liu:diva-130460 Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2025). Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders: A systematic research synthesis. Educational Review, 77(2), 661–680. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2023.2196607 franzke, A.S., et al. 2020. Internet research. Ethical guidelines 3.0. AoIR. https://aoir.org/reports/ethics3.pdf Hine, C. (2007). Connective Ethnography for the Exploration of e-Science. Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 12(2), 618–634. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1083-6101.2007.00341.x Kearney, C. A., & Gonzálvez, C. (2022). Unlearning school attendance and its problems: Moving from historical categories to postmodern dimensions. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.977672 Latour, B. (2007). Reassembling the social: An introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford University Press. Møller, K., & Robards, B. (2019). Walking Through, Going Along and Scrolling Back: Ephemeral mobilities in digital ethnography. Nordicom Review, 40(s1), 95–109. https://doi.org/10.2478/nor-2019-0016 OKM (2023). Yhteisellä koulutiellä : Käsikirja perusopetuksen oppilaiden läsnäolon tukemiseen ja poissaolojen vähentämiseen. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-263-924-0 Pangrazio, L., Sefton-Green, J., Williamson, B., Komljenovic, J., & Gulson, K. (2023). Digital literacies as a ‘soft power’ of educational governance. In World Yearbook of Education 2024 (pp. 196–211). Routledge. Pink, S., Horst, H. A., Postill, J., Hjorth, L., Lewis, T., & Tacchi, J. (2016). Digital ethnography: Principles and practice. SAGE. Sandhaug, M., Palmu, I., Jakobsen, S., Strömbeck, J., Nordby, M.-J., Friberg, P., Berg, J., Fensbo, L., Sjöström, J., & Thastum, M. (2022). Recording, Reporting, and Utilizing School Attendance Data in Sweden, Finland, Denmark, and Norway: A Nordic Comparison. Orbis Scholae, 16(2–3), 173–186. Star, S. L. (1999). The ethnography of infrastructure. The American Behavioral Scientist, 43(3), 377–391. Social Science Premium Collection. https://doi.org/10.1177/00027649921955326 Taylor, Nick. "6 Digital Ethnography". De Gruyter Handbook of Digital Cultures, edited by Grant Bollmer, Katherine Guinness and Yiğit Soncul, De Gruyter, 2025, pp. 43-60. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783111316857-006 TENK - The Finnish National Board on Research Integrity (2023). Hyvä tieteellinen käytäntö ja sen loukkausepäilyjen käsitteleminen Suomessa. Tutkimuseettisen neuvottelukunnan HTK-ohje 2023. Tunkkari, M., Kiuru, N., Virtanen, T., & Vasalampi, K. (2025). Antecedents of developmental trajectories of school absences among adolescents. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 0(0), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2025.2506380 19. Ethnography
Paper The Role of Ethnography in a Changing World – Human-machine Interplay in Everyday (educational) Life. University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:The rising prevalence of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) and widespread use of digital technology in schools raises questions about how relations between humans and machines influence human relationships, how we perceive knowledge, and how power is distributed in educational spaces at all levels. In this paper, I will discuss what role educational ethnography can play in understanding these questions and why participant observation and long-term ethnographic fieldwork play an important part in understanding a changing world for both educators and pupils/students. The research question for this paper is “What role can ethnography play in understanding social relationships in educational settings shaped by digital technologies and GenAI”? In my own ethnographic fieldwork with middle school boys in Inland Norway, I saw how digital technology and social media permeated their social life and understanding of the world around them. This is true for Norwegian schools in general, as over 90% of Norwegian pupils have access to personal digital devices at school (The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2024), 94% of 9-11-year-olds have their own cellphone, and 84% of youth between 9 and 18 use social media (The Norwegian Media Authority, 2024). Furthermore, the rise of GenAI gives both optimism and concern to educators, pupils, students, parents, and others. The prevalence of digital platforms and the growth of AI make it crucial for educational science to understand how these platforms fit into pupils’ and students’ lives, and what they are doing to and for them. Einar Duenger Bøhn, for instance, worry that delegating reading and writing to GenAI affects our ability to think, know, and learn, and that relying on an outside authority (the AI) when thinking and working counteracts the possibility of being enlightened and educated (2024). This paper will discuss ethnographic approaches to understanding the intersection between digital and non-digital everyday lives, how they influence each other, and how we can access and understand the rapidly changing worlds of young people in educational settings. To do so, I will combine perspectives on ethnographic fieldwork in the more traditional sense from the late Norwegian anthropologist Signe Howell (2018), where ethnography is presented as long-term and holistic in scope (p.2), with newer approaches to digital ethnography or netnography (Miller, 2018; Kozinets, 2019). Netnography is described as a way of gaining cultural understanding through “systematic, immersive, and multimodal use of observations, digital traces, and/or elicitations” (Kozinets & Gretzel, 2024, p.1). I will discuss how these approaches can be combined, and whether a new ethnographic ‘ideal’ is necessary to grasp the world as it currently is, perhaps in the form of a patchwork ethnography (Günel & Watanabe, 2023) that includes digital spaces. A methodological discussion regarding educational ethnography in a changing world is connected to the kinds of questions we ask as researchers. Our methodological choices need to address whether the digital and non-digital can be neatly separated in any sensible way, how we can follow our participants into and between platforms and spheres online and offline, and how we can trace influences going back and forth between spheres. Furthermore, we must consider what an educational space currently is, as self-improvement, learning, and growth is often sought after in online spaces in forums, YouTube, and social media. And what role does AI play in all of this? This paper will not answer all these questions but discuss how ethnography can contribute to a deeper understanding of these topics. These discussions and questions are broadly of interest to the field of educational ethnography, not just the Norwegian context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current paper is a contribution to methodological discussion about the shape and use of the ethnographic method, and what it can contribute to in new and changing contexts. The discussion will therefore mostly be derived from written sources about ethnography, such as the beforementioned texts from Howell (2018), Kozinets & Gretzel (2024), and Günel & Watanabe (2023). I will include occasional references to my own field experience. These field experiences are lifted from a year-long fieldwork in a school in Inland Norway in 2020, where I collected data for my Ph.D. project. The project focused on identity formation among boys in middle school and examined how 6th and 7th-grade boys performed and negotiated their identities through the lenses of gender and social class (Toft, 2024). I did participant observation at the school from January to December, and went to the school every day, where I sat with them in class, engaged with them during recess, and joined them for meals and activities. The observations were collected in a notebook throughout the day and elaborated in a Word document at the end of each day of observation. At this point, an initial analysis was performed where I tagged each segment of the field notes with descriptive words of what the segment contained. The notes were later read and re-read, and the tags were elaborated and connected. During my participant observation, I had access to pupils and teachers in the school context, as well as the occasional field trip out of the school grounds. This means that some of the perspectives I will present in this paper stem from aspects lacking from my own field experience that I wish I had access to. For instance, I frequently took note of conversations about social media, gaming, and online interests, but did not have access to the pupils on the platforms they were discussing. The class I observed got school-issued iPads during the year I was there, and this is the basis of my own field experience of the interaction between pupils and digital platforms. Furthermore, my fieldwork was conducted in 2020, which is before GenAI was made widely available to the public. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The broad conclusion to my contribution to the discussion outlined above is that ethnography as a method has a unique possibility to capture and understand nuances in everyday lives online and offline, and to make connections between spheres of engagement. Partly, this is because ethnography, built on long-term engagement with participants, often has broad and holistic research questions and scopes, and is therefore well-suited to make connections that are “more or less taken for granted by the people themselves” (Howell, 2018, p.3). Therefore, ethnography and netnography are useful methods, as they do not limit their scope to one sphere of social life, but rather follow participants between spheres. My argument is that educational ethnographies' contribution to understanding topics such as the digitalization of schools and the spread of GenAI in educational spaces is exactly the broadness in scope that allows us to understand the space in the participants’ lived lives these platforms, technologies, and ideas occupy, and how they interact with other aspects of their lives. Furthermore, the broad scope of ethnography enables us to follow participants to where learning and education happen, even if it is not within formal educational institutions, such as the use of the consumption of self-growth content on social media, or the role of AI in looking for and acquiring knowledge. References Bøhn, E. D. (2024). Kan generative kunstig intelligens opplyse og danne oss? Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 10(1), 33-39. https://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v10.6175 Günel, G. & Watanabe, C. (2023). Patchwork ethnography. American Ethnologist, 51(1), 131-139. https://doi.org/10.1111/amet.13243 Howell, S. (2018). Ethnography. The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Anthropology. 1-14. Kozinets, R. V. (2019). Netnography: The essential Guide to Qualitative Social Media Research. Sage. Kozinets, R. V. & Gretzel, U. (2024). Netnography evolved: New contexts, scope, procedures and sensibilities. Annals of Tourism Research, 104, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.annals.2023.103693 Miller, D. (2018). Digital Anthropology. In F. Stein, S. Lazar, M. Candea, H. Diemberger, J. Robbins, A. Sanchez & R. Stasch (Eds.), The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Antrhopology. http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. (2024). Den digitale tilstanden i barnehage og grunnopplæring. https://www.udir.no/tall-og-forskning/finn-forskning/rapporter/2024/den-digitale-tilstanden-i-barnehage-og-grunnopplaring2/ The Norwegian Media Authority. (2024). Barn og medier 2024 – en undersøkelse om 9-18-åringers medievaner. https://www.medietilsynet.no/globalassets/publikasjoner/barn-og-medier-undersokelser/2024/241128_barn_og_medier_2024.pdf Toft, O. (2024). One of the boys: Gender, class, and identity formation among boys in middle school [Doctoral dissertation]. OsloMet. 19. Ethnography
Paper Platformisation, Datafication and Educational Governance: A Case Study of Education in Castilla y León Universidad de Valladolid, Spain Presenting Author:This paper analyzes the educational impact of the development and use of digital platforms in school contexts, with a special focus on digital governance processes, the platformization of education, and the expansion of datafication systems in secondary education. This research focuses on two levels. First, it highlights the impact at the pedagogical level, that is, on the teaching-learning process. Second, it focuses on the implications at the organizational level and seeks to explore how digitization has changed the dynamics of the school with students, families, teaching teams and departments, management teams, training centers, and administrations. The first part presents a theoretical overview focusing on the main debates on digital governance in education, technological acceleration, and educational transformation on a global scale, as well as the ways in which these processes are being appropriated and reinterpreted by different actors in the educational community. It shows how the deployment of digital infrastructures is redefining education systems on a global scale (Perrota et al., 2021). Recent research indicates that the intensive adoption of educational software and hardware, accelerated especially during the pandemic, has produced profound transformations in school governance, based on imaginaries that prioritize efficiency, measurement, and optimization of educational processes through increasingly automated algorithmic logics and coding systems (Decuypere et al., 2021). The study draws on the concept of socio-technical imaginaries to examine how certain views on digitization, artificial intelligence, and the educational use of data shape pedagogical, organizational, and management practices in educational institutions. Based on a case study conducted in the autonomous community of Castilla y León, in Spain, it analyzes the perceptions and experiences of the educational community in relation to the use of digital platforms, paying attention to their impact on teaching and learning processes, school organization, teacher professional autonomy, and educational governance. The results show how digital platforms, especially Microsoft 365, are reshaping school governance through anticipatory logic, automation processes, and new teacher training models, with significant effects on educational practice and the organizational culture of schools. They reinforce techno-solutionist approaches to educational improvement, while introducing new forms of managerialism and educational marketing linked to artificial intelligence systems and predictive algorithms, with effects on educational processes at different scales (Swist & Gulson, 2023). The study concludes with a series of reflections and proposals aimed at rethinking digital governance from an educational perspective, focusing on digital sovereignty, the critical use of data, and the strengthening of professional autonomy in secondary schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is based on a biographical-narrative approach (Chase, 2015; Denzin and Lincoln, 2015; Rivas Flores, 2014), focused on the analysis of narrative productions through which participants construct meanings and practices in relation to the use of digital platforms in secondary schools in Castilla y León. This approach allows us to understand how socio-technical imaginaries are configured and how they influence educational and organizational practices. The research strategy employed is technography, understood as a hybrid approach that combines elements of digital ethnography with technological analysis (Bucher, 2018). This strategy facilitates the examination of the effects of coding, algorithms, and datafication processes present in the Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) of Microsoft's educational platforms, considered “black boxes” that establish operating rules and condition educational practices (Perrota et al., 2022). The data collection instruments include thirteen semi-structured interviews with members of the educational community in public and charter preschools, elementary schools, and secondary schools, aimed at analyzing their interaction with digital platforms and their impact on school governance and teaching practice. This educational community includes teachers, families, administrative staff, and training center staff. Discourse Analysis methodology is adopted for data coding and analysis, combining Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) and Political Discourse Analysis (PDA) procedures. This hybridization allows us to examine how discourses on digitization, platforms, and artificial intelligence shape certain models of educational governance and project specific visions of the future of education (Fairclough & Fairclough, 2011). The analysis is supported by the use of Atlas.ti 23 software through open, selective, and inductive coding processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The case study conducted in Castilla y León highlights how the expansion of digital platforms is redefining educational governance frameworks, significantly influencing pedagogical practices, school organization, and the professional role of teachers. The results show that the educational community tends to use platforms based on pre-established designs, which limits the possibilities for pedagogical innovation and reinforces certain logics of educational capitalism based on intensive data management. The research allows for a descriptive analysis of the role played by data and algorithmic systems in shaping educational processes, as well as the tensions that exist between efficiency, control, and professional autonomy. In this regard, opportunities to promote a more critical and reflective use of digital technologies are identified, aimed at strengthening educational quality, democratic participation, and the decision-making capacity of schools and teachers. In light of the results, one of the most pressing issues is the need to move towards a framework of educational digital sovereignty in the context of Spanish schools. This framework should be geared towards establishing digital transformation guidelines that prioritize pedagogical, ethical, and educational criteria, foster professional autonomy, and promote responsible and transparent use of data. The study highlights the importance of rethinking the role of digital platforms in schools, not only as technical tools, but as infrastructures that profoundly shape governance, school culture, and the future of education. References Bucher, T. (2018). If...then: Algorithmic power and politics. Oxford University Press. Chase, S. E. (2015). Investigación narrativa. En Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. (Eds.), Métodos de recolección y análisis de datos. Manual de Investigación Cualitativa, Vol. 4 (pp. 58-112). Gedisa. Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021). Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2020.1866050. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. (Eds.). (2015). Métodos de recolección y análisis de datos. Manual de Investigación Cualitativa, Vol. 4. Gedisa. Fairclough, I., & Fairclough, N. (2011). Practical reasoning in political discourse: The UK government’s response to the economic crisis in the 2008 Pre-Budget Report. Discourse & Society, 22(3), 243-268. https://doi.org/10.1177/09579265103954. Perrotta, C., Gulson, K. N., Williamson, B., & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Automation, APIs and the distributed labor of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 97–113. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2020.1855597. Rivas Flores, J. I. (2014). Narración frente al neoliberalismo en la formación docente. Visibilizar para transformar. Magis, vol. 7, núm. 14, 99-112. https://doi.org/10.11144/Javeriana.M7-14.NFNF. Swist, T., & Gulson, K.N. (2023). School Choice Algorithms: Data Infrastructures, Automation, and Inequality. Postdigital Science Education 5, 152–170 (2023). http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00334-z. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 21 SES 06 A: Reflecting on Relationships as an Educational Process Location: 6031 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Barbara Lehner Research Workshop |
|
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Research Workshop Reflecting on Relationships as an Educational Process University of Applied Sciences Vienna (HCW), Austria Presenting Author:The University of Applied Sciences Campus Vienna offers a bachelor's degree program in Early Childhood Education and Care, which qualifies students to work in early childhood institutions.The program is offered as a dual program, combining academic studies at the university with practical training in early childhood education and care institutions (Lehner & Lehner, in press; Hochschule Campus Wien, 2026). A specific feature of the curricula is their orientation towards psychoanalytic theories of development, relationship theories, and organizational theories. This means that many courses focus on the inner experiences of the people involved and the relationships between them (Datler & Wininger, 2018; Salzberger-Wittenberg, 2002). One method of exploring one's own inner experiences and interpersonal relationships is work discussion according to the Tavistock Model (Bradley & Rustin, 2007). Students write detailed descriptive accounts on their own professional practice in the early childhood education and care institutions, which are subsequently discussed in class (Lehner & Lehner, in press; Hover-Reisner et al., 2018). The workshop will provide participants with insight into this pedagogical approach by introducing the method of work discussion and jointly examining a work discussion account (Lehner & Lehner, in press). We assume that reflection on relationships and inner experiences plays a significant role in students’ learning by stimulating learning, supporting reflective capacities, and enhancing their practical repertoire (Lehner & Lehner, in press). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the workshop, a student's work discussion account will be presented and discussed with the participants to explore how inner experiences influence relationships between individuals, stimulate reflection, and what learning outcomes may emerge (Hover-Reisner, Fürstaller, & Wininger, 2018; Lehner, 2019). The guiding question is how the actions of the individuals involved can be understood, which emotions may have guided their behavior, and how these actions influence the relationships between individuals (Hover-Reisner et al., 2018; Lehner, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop aims to explore and discuss the learning and developmental processes of students. Learning is understood not merely as the acquisition of knowledge or methodological skills, but as the development of professional attitudes. Central to this is a research-oriented habitus that enables students to engage curiously and reflectively with the inner experiences of children, thereby expanding their perception, reflective capacity, and practical repertoire (Salzberger-Wittenberg, 2002; Hover-Reisner et al., 2018). The workshop will examine which learning processes are possible on this basis, how these can be theoretically justified, and how they connect to the method of Work Discussion (Lehner, 2019). Furthermore, it will be discussed whether the underlying attitude is primarily mentalizing or if additional dimensions, such as a non-knowing stance, are relevant. Finally, ways of documenting, researching, and evaluating these learning and developmental processes in students will be reflected upon (Lehner, 2019). References Bradley, J., & Rustin, M. (2007). Work discussion: Learning from reflective practice in work with children and families. Routledge. Datler, W., & Wininger, M. (2018). Zur Entwicklung von Emotionen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung psychoanalytischer Perspektiven. In M. Huber & S. Krause (Hrsg.), Bildung und Emotion (S. 313–333). Springer VS. Hover-Reisner, N., Fürstaller, M., & Wininger, A. (2018). ‚Holding mind in mind‘: The use of work discussion in facilitating early childcare (kindergarten) teachers‘ capacity to mentalise. Infant Observation, 21(2), S. 98–110. https://doi.org/10.1080/13698036.2018.1539339 Hochschule Campus Wien. (2026, 27. Januar). Bachelorstudium Elementarpädagogik: berufsbegleitend und dual. https://www.hcw.ac.at/studium-weiterbildung/studienangebot/elementarpaedagogik-bachelor-bb Lehner, B. (2019). Work discussion in large groups: on modifying the teaching and learning method for universities of applied sciences in Austria. Infant Observation. International Journal of Infant Observation and Its Applications, 22(3), S. 232–240. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13698036.2019.1566013 Lehner, B., & Lehner, K. (in press). Qualifizierungskonzepte zu elementar- und kindheitsbezogenen Frage- und Themenstellungen an österreichischen Hochschulen für angewandte Wissenschaften (HAW). In N. Hover-Reisner, A. Paschon & W. Smidt (Hrsg.), Elementarpädagogik in Österreich - Entwicklungen und Herausforderungen. (Bd. 15). Waxmann. Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. (2002). Psychoanalytisches Verstehen von Beziehungen: Ein kleinianischer Ansatz. Facultas. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 06 A: Professional and Academic Identity Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Yunru Liu Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Tensions in Professional Identity Development: From Education to Practice, a Comparative Study of Three Professional Educations VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:Research on professional identity formation in higher education has highlighted a need for deeper insight into the tensions and dynamics shaping students’ pathways into professional life. Trede et al. (2012) identify unresolved questions related to tensions between personal and professional values, structural and power relations, discipline-specific versus generic educational aims, and the role of workplace learning. More recent work similarly notes that although identity development is central to students’ ability to be, become, and remain professionals, it is often insufficiently addressed in higher education (Beijaard et al., 2023). Consequently, there is a need for stronger empirical knowledge about how professional identity unfolds across educational stages and transitions (Beijaard et al., 2023; de Paor, 2017). This paper draws on a two-phase research design conducted over four years, addressing the following research questions: What factors and tensions emerge in the development of professional identity across transitions throughout professional education and into the first year of practice? What differences, similarities, and profession-specific tensions related to the development of professional identity emerge when comparing social work, teacher education, and nutrition and health professions? The first phase of the research project comprised a comparative study of first-year students enrolled in teacher, nursing, social work, and nutrition and health education, drawing on the rationale articulated by Trede et al. (2012). The second phase (2025–2026) follows a sub-sample of the participants from the original cohort – specifically from the teacher, social work, and nutrition and health programmes - supplemented with new informants and focuses on the transition from the final year of study into the first year professional practice. Professional identity development can be understood as an ongoing individual and collective sensemaking process shaped by relational, experiential, historical, contextual, and environmental factors. Tensions emerging during practicum and placement periods often play a central role in this process (Rodrigues & Mogarro, 2019). Findings from the first phase of our study revealed both shared and profession-specific tensions among teachers, social workers, nurses, and nutrition and health students (Nielsen et al., 2023). Although professional identity development is complex, much of the literature still examines either a single profession or a single educational stage. Our research traces individuals from multiple professions across successive stages of education and into early-career practice. This longitudinal and comparative design provides insight into how tensions and transitions emerge, interact, accumulate, and reconfigure over time. The longitudinal perspective offers a nuanced account of both continuity and disruption (O’Donnell et al., 2016), highlighting how key transition points shape professional identity trajectories. By tracing students through their first year of study, their final year following completion of practicum, and their first year as professionals, we analyse how early anticipations develop, how practicum experiences reshape understandings of the profession, and how entry into the workplace reconfigures identity-related tensions. Although the three professions operate within different knowledge bases and organisational conditions, they share characteristics common to welfare-oriented fields. This enables us to identify both shared and profession-specific patterns in how students experience stability and change in their identity development. Across the dataset, we observe a spectrum ranging from students who feel isolated in their identity work and struggle with inadequacy or disillusionment to those who experience practicum as the pivotal element that clarifies who they are becoming as professionals. In doing so, the findings contribute new knowledge about how transitions across education and practice shape the dynamic and tension-laden processes of becoming - and belonging - as a professional with implications for the development of higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is designed as a sequential qualitative study drawing on longitudinal data generated through semi-structured individual and group interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009). Interviews were conducted at three time points. The empirical material comprises interviews with students enrolled in three distinct professional education programs during their first year of study. Some of these students were interviewed again in their final year of study and some in their first year in professional practice. In addition, new participants (students in the final year of education and practitioners in their first year in professional practice) were included in the second phase of the study (2025–2026). All interviews were conducted using the same interview guide across the three professional education programs, supplemented by time-point-specific interview guides. In the first year, interviews focused on participants’ backgrounds, educational choices, and initial reflections on pre‑professional identity (Jackson, 2016). In the final year of education, interviews explored experiences from practicum and placement periods, while interviews conducted in the first year of professional practice addressed experiences of workplace entry and the transition to practice. All interviews were transcribed verbatim. The data are analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke 2006; 2022; Braun et al., 2018;). The analysis proceeds through four interconnected analytical phases, following an iterative approach that moves between individual analyses and collective reflexive analyses within the research team of three researchers. In the first phase, each interview is analysed within its professional context, focusing on profession-specific meanings and experiences. In the second phase, analyses are conducted within each profession to explore how participants articulate identity-related experiences and tensions over time. In the third phase cross-case analyses are undertaken to identify shared patterns and dominant themes characterizing identity development at different stages. In the fourth and final phase, a comparative analysis across the three professions examines similarities and differences in how professional identity tensions are experienced, negotiated, and reconfigured across educational and professional contexts. Throughout the analytic process, reflexivity is sustained through iterative coding, memo-writing, and ongoing team discussions, which document analytic decisions and support interpretive rigour. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study demonstrates how identity-related tensions evolve in the transition from choosing a programme to becoming a student and, subsequently, a newly qualified professional. These tensions are dynamic, - being continuously shaped by earlier understandings and transition experiences that influence later professional positioning. The transitional period begins with the choice of study programme and involves intertwined processes of becoming and belonging (Beijaard et al., 2023; de Paor, 2017). In the first year, participants negotiate a pre professional identity (Jackson, 2016) aligned with visions and values of the future profession; tensions may arise as students encounter public debates and media portrayals of challenges within the welfare professions. A significant and persistent tension emerges from the misalignment between students’ and newly qualified professionals’ values and self-image and the realities of practice settings. Many express an early awareness that they may be unable to influence professional practice as hoped leaving them with uncertainty and doubt about themselves as professionals. These tensions continue throughout educations and into the first year of practice, where idealistic aspirations meet complex organizational realities. The study further shows that students and newly qualified professionals often experience professional identity formation as an individual and largely private endeavor. The findings therefore indicate that educational institutions (and workplaces) need to engage with central factors shaping professional identity development, including affective experiences such as disappointment arising from mismatches between anticipated and enacted professional roles. By tracing these processes longitudinally and in depth, the study contributes new insights into the risks of early-career professionals leaving the welfare professions. The results point to several actionable ways for educational programmes and workplaces to mitigate identity tensions and support emerging professionals in sustaining their commitment to the field. References Adams, T., & Sawchuk, P. H. (2021). Professional-organizational contradictions and hybridization of knowledge: Insights from the study of engineering and nursing in Canada. Vocations and learning, 14(1), 75-93. Akkerman, S. F., & Meijer, P. C. (2011). A dialogical approach to conceptualizing teacher identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(2), 308–319. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.013 Beijaard, D., Koopman, M., & Schellings, G. (2023). Reframing teacher professional identity and learning. I The Palgrave handbook of teacher education research (Bd. 2023, s. 763–785). Springer International Publishing. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis – a practical guide. Sage Braun, V., Clarke, V., Hayfield, N., & Terry, G. (2018). Thematic Analysis. I P. Liamputtong (Red.), Handbook of Research Methods in Health Social Sciences (s. 843–860). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5251-4_103 De Paor, C. (2017). Beginning to Teach: A Time for Becoming and Belonging. International Journal of Learning and Teaching, 3 (3), 202-206. Fitzgerald, A. (2020). Professional identity: A concept analysis.Nursing Forum, 55(3), 447-472. https://doi.org/10.1111/nuf.12450 Izadinia, M. (2013). A review of research on student teachers' professional identity. British educational research journal, 39(4), 694-713. Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2009). InterViews: Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing. SAGE publications Jackson, D. (2016) Re-conceptualising graduate employability: the importance of pre-professional identity. Higher Education Research & Development, 35(5), 925-939. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2016.1139551 Pillen, M., Beijaard, D. & den Brok, P. (2013). Professional identity tensions of beginning teachers. Teachers and Teaching, 19 (6), 660-678. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2013.827455 Nielsen, B. L., Lang, N. R., Grosen, T. H., & Høyer, H. (2023). Professionsidentitet på tværs: Hvordan er vi som professionelle, hvordan er jeg, og hvad tænker de andre? Tidsskrift for professionsstudier, 19(36), 38–49. https://doi.org/10.7146/tfp.v19i36.139976 O’Donnell, V. L., Kean, M., & Stevens, G. (2016). Student transition in higher education. Higher Education Academi, 2016. Rodrigues, F., & Mogarro, M. J. (2019). Student teachers’ professional identity: A review of research contributions. Educational Research Review, 28, 100286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100286 Trede F., Macklin, R. & Bridges, D. (2012). Professional identity development: a review of the higher education literature. Studies in Higher Education, 37(3), 365-384. Vähäsantanen. K. (2022). Professional identity in changing workplaces: Why it matters, when It becomes emotionally imbued, and how to support its agentic negotiations. In C. Harteis, D. Gijbels & E. Kyndt (Eds.), Research approaches on workplace learning (pp. 29-46). Springer. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Negotiation of Academic Identity in the Context of International Research Collaboration Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Driven by neoliberalism and globalization, higher education (HE) has shifted toward a "prestige culture" defined by competition over collaboration, metric-driven validation, and reputation-based evaluation (Oliviera et al., 2024). In this environment, academic values are sacrificed to rankings and individual indicators like citation counts and h-indexes (Blackmore, 2015). HE systems actively reproduce and legitimize this prestige culture through promotion criteria, funding mechanisms, and performance-based evaluation systems (Altbach, 2004; Brankovic, 2018). International relations, competition, and performance indicators became crucial within this prestige-driven HE system (Marginson, 2006). In this context, international research collaborations (IRC), one of the practices signifying the academic profession, has been transformed into a measure of rankings; as a result, into a tool of metric based competition. Situated at the intersection of research productivity and internationalization, IRC provides several measurable benefits, such as access to resources (Serrano Velarde, 2018), visibility (Oldac et al., 2023), and research impact (Krücken, 2021). Therefore, IRC can be considered as one of the practices academics can demonstrate their compliance with the contemporary academic norms. IRC is closely tied to academic identity as it shapes how researchers understand themselves, how they are recognized, and how they position their work within the current knowledge system. Although there are broad investigations on IRC, very limited scholarly work has been conducted on the implications of IRC on academic identity development. This study contributes to addressing this concern by exploring how academics negotiate their identities in the context of shifting academic values, norms, and practices, particularly under the pressure of IRC. Academic identity is a dynamic process that is constructed and reconstructed through continuous interactions between academics and the HE system. This professional identity is progressively constructed through market-driven values, competition culture and metric-oriented quality understanding. As a result, academic identity formation is shaped by practices globally and institutionally valuesd, such as increasing research productivity, enhancing international visibility, and participating in multinational academic networks (Henkel, 2005). While, what it means to be a legitimate and successful academic is constantly defined by exogenous norms and values; academics construct and reconstruct their academic identities according to their own agency, by internalizing, resisting, or selectively conforming to these expectations in line with their epistemic commitments and personal motivations (Clarke et al., 2012; Shams, 2019). Self-Discrepancy Theory (SDT) (Higgins, 1987) provides a framework for understanding how individuals evaluate themselves according to internal and external standards and how inconsistencies between these self-states lead to specific emotional outcomes. SDT divides the self into three main domains: actual self, ideal self, and ought self (Higgins, 1987). In this study, the actual self represents the academic's perception of their current academic position in relation to their IRC experience. The ideal self corresponds to the academic's personal desire to be internationally connected and recognized in this study. The ought self represents the qualities that the individual believes they should embody due to external responsibilities or pressures. In the current HE environment, this reflects the performance-oriented expectations, institutional and normative pressures on academics to participate in IRC (Ball, 2003; Karvounaraki et al., 2018). Discrepancy between an academic's current experiences and the demands of a performative academic culture, can lead to identity conflicts and, consequently, negative emotions such as “inadequacy" and "deficiency." Conversely, the harmony of these selves can support professional development and motivation (Timostsuk & Ugaste, 2010). Therefore; this study, which focuses on academics' feelings, perceptions, and interpretations of the harmony and disharmony between their ought, ideal, and real selves in relation to IRC, seeks to answer the following research question: In contemporary academia, how do academics negotiate their academic identities, and how do they position IRC within this process? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A general qualitative research design was used in this study to examine how academics construct and negotiate their professional identities in the context of IRC. A general qualitative research approach was deemed appropriate as the aim was to capture participants' perceptions and experiences without adhering to the procedural constraints of a specific qualitative research tradition (Merriam, 2009). A purposive sampling method combining maximum variation and snowball sampling technique was employed to ensure diversity across discipline, gender, career stage, type of institution, and IRC experience. The sample consisted of 47 academics: 24 had participated in IRC through co-authored publications or funded projects in the last five years, while 23 reported no previous IRC experience. This distinction enabled a comparative analysis of identity-negotiation processes associated with situations in which IRC was and was not experienced. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews. The semi-structured interview form, developed by the researchers, consists of five main dimensions: demographic information, the process of IRC, individual evaluation of IRC, barriers, facilitators, strategies, and the conceptualization of IRC. The interviews were recorded with informed consent and transcribed using an AI-supported transcription tool, and the transcription accuracy was checked by the researchers. This study is derived from a larger research project. In line with the study's objective and scope, the analysis mainly focused on participants' conceptualizations of IRC, their individual evaluations of IRC, and their experiences with IRC processes. Data analysis was conducted using reflective thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021) guided by the core concepts of SDT, using MAXQDA. Particular attention was paid to how IRC functioned as a context in which identity conformity and non-conformity were expressed and negotiated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study reveals that IRC is understood not only as an academic activity for academics but also as an area closely related to the construction and negotiation of academic identity. The findings show that IRC is internalized as the center of the ideal academic self as an implicit indicator of academic competence and legitimacy both by academics with IRC experience, “If you don't follow this trend, you can't progress very far, it's important for not to miss out” (IRC(+)_P3), and the ones without IRC experience, “… It [IRC] is one of the things that will take you much higher” (IRC(-)_P24), “... this is reflected in increased prestige within the academia.” (IRC(-)_P7). This finding reveals how the norms of performative academic culture permeate academics' perceptions of self and how academic identity is increasingly shaped around globally recognized indicators. Participation in IRC is associated with “becoming complete as a scientist,” “learning a common scientific language” (IRC(-)_P12); and "becoming a full-fledged academic" (IRC(-)_P23), showing that the contradictions between academics' ideal and real selves can create feelings of inadequacy and insufficiency. On the other hand, through IRC, the harmony between ideal and real self has been associated with positive emotions: IRC(+)_P24, "… it [IRC] makes me happy, also increases my self-confidence." IRC(+)P1, " … it [IRC] naturally brings happiness." Findings suggest that IRC is not merely a practice encouraged by institutional/ national policies “... this is beyond h-indices/impact factors” (IRC(-)P12), rather an important arena for identity negotiation where the harmony and disharmony between academics' ideal selves and their current practices become visible. References Altbach, P. G. (2004). Globalisation and the university: Myths and realities in an unequal world. Tertiary Education and Management, 10(1), 3-25. Ball, S. J. (2003). The Teacher's Soul and the Terrors of Performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18, 215-228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Blackmore, P. (2015). Prestige in Academic Life: Excellence and exclusion (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315715780. Brankovic, J. (2018). The status games they play: Unpacking the dynamics of organisational status competition in higher education. Higher Education, 75(4), 695–709. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-017-0169-2 Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage, London. Clarke, C., Knights, D., & Jarvis, C. (2012). A labour of love? Academics in business schools. Scandinavian Journal of Management, 28(1), 5-15. Henkel, M. (2005). Academic identity and autonomy in a changing policy environment. Higher Education, 49, 155-176. Higgins, E. T. (1987). Self-discrepancy: A theory relating self and affect. Psychological Review, 94(3), 319–340. Karvounaraki, A., Subramaniam, S, Hristov, H, Ojala, T, Jonkers, K, Huisman, J, & Goenaga, X. (2018). Mapping of European transnational collaborative partnerships in higher education. Publications Office of the European Union. Krücken, G. (2021). Multiple competitions in higher education: a conceptual approach. Innovation, 23:2, 163-181, DOI: 10.1080/14479338.2019.1684652 Marginson, S. (2006). Dynamics of National and Global Competition in Higher Education. Higher Education, 52(1), 1–39. http://www.jstor.org/stable/29735003. Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Oldac, Y. I., Nkansah, J. O., & Yang, L. (2023). ‘West is must, the rest is optional’: Epistemic injustice and positional good in international research collaboration. Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-023-01127-4 Oliveira, T., Nada, C., & Magalhães, A. (2024). Navigating an academic career in marketized universities: Mapping the international literature. Review of Educational Research, 95(2), 255-292. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543231226336. (Original work published 2025) Serrano Velarde, K. (2018). The way we ask for money. The emergence and institutionalisation of grant writing practices in academia. Minerva, 56(1), 85–107. Shams, F. (2019). Managing academic identity tensions in a Canadian public university: The role of identity work in coping with managerialism. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 41(6), 619-632. Timoštšuk, I., & Ugaste, A. (2012). The role of emotions in student teachers’ professional identity. European Journal of Teacher Education, 35(4), 421–433. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2012.662637. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Working at the Edges of the University: Rethinking Academic Contribution, Design and Identity Higher Education Consultant (Academic Design), United Kingdom Presenting Author:In the last 10-15 years, higher education has experienced significant shifts in how academic work is organised, recognised, and valued (Whitchurch, 2013). Alongside traditional roles centred on teaching, research, and institutional service, an increasing proportion of academic labour now takes place at the edges of the university: through consultancy, fixed-term or project-based roles, sector bodies, academic development work, and institution-building initiatives that does not always sit comfortably within conventional academic categories. Despite the prevalence of such work, higher education research has yet to develop adequate conceptual language for understanding academic work that is institutionally decoupled. This paper argues that significant forms of contemporary academic contribution are design-oriented, relational, and structurally influential, yet remain conceptually under-recognised in higher education research. This paper explores how academic contribution and identity are understood and negotiated when academic work occurs partially or wholly outside institutionally anchored roles. It responds to a growing but under-theorised phenomenon in European higher education: experienced academics continuing to contribute meaningfully to the sector while operating at its periphery, often without formal recognition as “research-active” or “teaching-active” staff. The paper is guided by the following questions:
The paper draws on literature concerned with academic identity, professional practice, and changing forms of academic labour, alongside work on programme design, assessment, and sustainability in higher education. It argues that a greater proportion of contemporary academic work than is commonly recognised is architectural, that is, concerned with shaping structures, frameworks, curricula, and conditions for learning, rather than delivering visible outputs. Such work is typically future-oriented, relational, and distributed across institutional and national boundaries, making it difficult to capture or measure. The paper also engages with the idea of the university as an increasingly porous and networked space, where academic influence and expertise circulate across institutions, sector bodies, and international contexts. From a European perspective, this raises questions about how higher education systems recognise expertise, support academic careers, and sustain scholarly communities in conditions of uncertainty, precarity, and change. Rather than positioning work at the edges of the university as a deficit or a transitional phase, it is proposed that such positions offer distinctive vantage points from which to reflect on academic values, institutional priorities, and the purposes of higher education. In doing so, it aligns with broader debates within European educational research concerning academic wellbeing, sustainability, and the future of academic work. The objective of the paper is not to offer a universal model of academic contribution, but to surface tensions, patterns, and questions that can inform ongoing discussion within the higher education research community. By making visible forms of academic work that are often overlooked, the paper seeks to contribute to more inclusive and realistic understandings of what it means to ‘contribute’ academically in contemporary higher education at a time of tension, scrutiny, and uncertainty. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a conceptual–reflective approach, drawing on three interconnected sources. First, it undertakes a selective, small-scale review of literature on academic identity, academic labour, and professional practice in higher education. This includes work on changing academic roles, programme leadership and design, assessment and curriculum development, and the implications of precarity and uncertainty for academic careers. Particular attention is paid to European and international contributions that problematise narrow definitions of academic work and call for more holistic understandings of contribution. Second, the paper is informed by reflective analysis of the author’s professional experience across multiple higher education contexts, including universities, sector bodies, and consultancy-based academic work. The author writes from a position of long-term involvement in higher education academic development and institutional design. Reflection is used here not as autobiography, but as a structured analytic tool (Moon, 2005), enabling the identification of recurring patterns and insights arising from work conducted at the boundaries of institutional life. This stance is theorised and positioned as a legitimate source of knowledge within higher education research. The reflective analysis is cumulative and longitudinal rather than episodic, drawing on patterns observed across multiple roles and systems rather than on singular experiences. Third, the paper draws on secondary sources such as policy documents, sector guidance, and professional frameworks relating to assessment, sustainability, and academic development. These sources are used to situate individual experiences within wider structural and policy contexts, and to support claims about the shifting nature of academic contribution across higher education systems. This is not an empirical study. Instead, it synthesises conceptual literature, reflective analysis, and policy-oriented sources to offer a theoretically grounded discussion of academic work at the edges of the university. This approach aligns with established traditions of conceptual and reflective scholarship in higher education research, where professional practice is treated as a legitimate site of knowledge production. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that prevailing conceptions of academic contribution are misaligned with the realities of contemporary higher education work. When contribution is defined narrowly through research outputs, teaching hours, or institutional affiliation, significant forms of academic work — particularly design, advisory, and connective work — risk becoming invisible. By foregrounding academic work at the edges of the university, the paper highlights the need to rethink how expertise, contribution, and identity are understood and valued. It suggests that such edge positions can offer productive spaces for reflection, innovation, and cross-institutional learning, particularly in times of change. Expected outcomes include: • A clearer articulation of the forms of academic work that are currently under-recognised within higher education. • A conceptual reframing of academic contribution that accounts for design-oriented and relational practices. • Implications for how institutions, networks, and professional communities might better support diverse academic trajectories. The paper ultimately invites reconsideration of how higher education research itself recognises knowledge generated through academic design and sector-facing work. References Barnett, R. (2011). Being a University. London: Routledge. Baughan, P. (2015). Sustainability policy and sustainability in higher education curricula. International Journal for Academic Development, 20(3), 233–245. Brew, A. (2010). Imperatives and challenges in integrating teaching and research. Higher Education Research & Development, 29(2), 139–150. McArthur, J. (2023). Rethinking Authentic Assessment: Work, Wellbeing and Society. Cham: Springer. Moon, J. A. (2005). Reflection in Learning and Professional Development: Theory and Practice. London: RoutledgeFalmer. Tight, M. (2012). Academic Work and Life: What It Is to Be an Academic, and How This Is Changing. Bingley: Emerald. UNESCO (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives. Paris: UNESCO. Whitchurch, C. (2008). Shifting identities and blurring boundaries: The emergence of third space professionals in UK higher education. Higher Education Quarterly, 62(4), 377–396. Whitchurch, C. (2013). Reconstructing Identities in Higher Education: The Rise of “Third Space” Professionals. London: Routledge. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Rhythms of Applying Competitive Research Funding: Exploring Resonance in Academic Work 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: University of Jyväskylä; Finland Presenting Author:This paper examines the temporalities of applying competitive research funding. The temporal conditions of academic work constitute one of the central concerns in recent research on productivity, efficiency and competition, which increasingly shape the rhythms of academic work (Vostal 2015; Venäläinen 2023; Poutanen 2025). Much of this research draws on broader theoretical accounts of social acceleration. Rosa (2013) describes acceleration as a set of interrelated temporal dynamics encompassing technological speed-up, rapid social change, and an accelerated pace of life characterised by growing time pressure, dynamics he understands as characteristic of late modern societies. The rhythms of academic life are often portrayed as intensifying cycles of pressure that erode the scope for self-determined scholarly engagement and generate pervasive feelings of anxiety and exhaustion (Loveday 2018). This emphasis is also reflected in studies of academic temporality, which have focused on the costs of acceleration (Müller 2014; Vostal 2016; Ylijoki 2016; Kezar et al. 2019) and studies of academic temporality have largely emphasised the costs of acceleration, framing academic work primarily as a source of strain and alienation (Ylijoki 2016; Kezar et al. 2019). While such accounts provide important insights into the structural pressures shaping universities today, they also represent a relatively narrow picture. In the context of research funding, this narrowness is particularly visible in how application processes have predominantly been approached through outcomes of success and failure, with attention directed to frustration produced by low success rates (Borgstrom et al. 2023). We shift attention instead to the lived process of writing research proposals, considering funding applications as processes that unfold over time and may also give rise to resonance. To capture this dimension, we draw on the notion of affective rhythms (Gibbs 2007; Venäläinen 2023), understood as temporally organised and collectively experienced patterns of feeling that shape how researchers engage with applying for research funding and make sense of it as part of academic work. In addition, we draw on Hartmut Rosa’s concept of resonance to conceptualise how temporal conditions shape meaningful engagement with funding practices. The core interest of this paper lies in the observation that speed is not problematic per se, but becomes detrimental when it results in alienation (Lijster, Celikate & Rosa 2019; see also López-González 2024). From this perspective, experiences of urgency or fast-paced work are not necessarily problematic in themselves; rather, alienation may emerge as a by-product of acceleration. Rosa describes resonance as a responsive relation to the world characterised by a sense of meaningful engagement, whereas alienation denotes situations where such responsiveness is absent (Rosa 2019). Attending to moments where the funding application process lacks responsiveness, we introduce the notion of shadow rhythms to capture less gratifying affective dynamics in funding applications. By shadow rhythms we refer to affective dynamics that resonate with alienation, capturing situations where the temporal flow of applying does not generate meaningfulness and anticipated pauses or relief fail to occur. Attending to these shadow rhythms allows us to highlight the ambivalence of application work, showing how the same practices may generate both resonance and detachment. While the analysis is attentive to affective expressions, affect is not treated as a primary object of analysis. Rather, affective intensity is approached as a relational dimension through which temporal structures become experientially meaningful. Feelings of determination or renewed energy are considered insofar as they illuminate how researchers relate to the rhythms, pressures, and moments of intensity involved in application work. In this sense, affect functions as an entry point into examining temporal experience and resonance, including the points at which engagement is sustained and those where the risk of alienation becomes perceptible. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We refer to our approach as analytical collaborative autoethnography (Anderson 2006), which positions researchers as engaged members of the academic community and treats their experiences as a resource for analysis. While the degree of analyticity may vary, the approach emphasises attentiveness to others and dialogue throughout the research process and in writing (Doloriert & Sambrook 2009; Tienari & Kiriakos 2020). The data are produced by three of the authors, who obtained their doctoral degrees 6–12 years ago and are therefore at postdoctoral and senior researcher stages of their academic careers. Two other authors are doctoral researchers who did not participate in the production of the data but contributed to its reflection in research group meetings, particularly in relation to earlier literature. The writing process was initiated by two of us in October 2024, and a third researcher joined in early 2025. We limited our writing to research proposals related to competitive research funding. In the Finnish context, this includes calls by the Research Council of Finland as well as major grant schemes offered by Finnish foundations. Two of us also have prior experience of successful applications for competitive research funding, which informed our reflections. The writing process has been organised over time: we have written independently, used each other’s texts as inspiration for further development, and brought our writings to research group meetings for collective reflection. Material generated through these reflections forms part of the study’s empirical data. We have also drawn on literature on academic work as a stimulus and point of reference for our writing. Methodologically, the analysis is guided by the idea of otherwising (Calvert 2024), a commitment to looking otherwise and attending to aspects of academic work that are often taken for granted. In the context of writing research proposals, this means shifting attention from evaluative endpoints to the lived experiences of preparing, writing, and submitting proposals. This perspective allows us to highlight moments of resonance (Rosa 2019), in which researchers experience a sense of meaningfulness. While the analysis is attentive to affective expressions in the autoethnographic accounts, affect is not treated as a primary object of analysis. Rather, affective intensity is approached as a relational dimension through which temporal structures become experientially meaningful, illuminating both sustained engagement and points where detachment becomes perceptible. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Focusing on the temporal organisation of writing funding proposals, our preliminary analysis identifies four interrelated themes that illuminate how application rhythms generate moments of resonance while also revealing conditions under which these moments give way to strain. First, intensified engagement refers to how the concentrated periods reserved for writing research plans can create conditions for sustained engagement with one’s own research ideas. By contrast, shadow rhythms refer to situations in which intensified academic time is experienced as fragmented, as competing demands intrude upon the writing process and prevent the emergence of resonance. Second, the theme of anticipated pause highlights how the intensified periods are shaped by the anticipation of release and recovery following submission. Third, the temporal application self refers to a temporally bounded sense of heightened competence and productivity that emerges during intensified periods of writing research plans. Fourth, communality across application cycles highlights how recurring practices and shared engagements generate continuity and belonging beyond individual funding calls. By shifting attention from evaluative outcomes to the lived process of proposal writing, the paper extends existing literature on academic temporality by showing how accelerated and deadline-driven work may temporarily intensify researchers’ sense of focus and meaning. The findings also suggest that rhythms surrounding funding application work may simultaneously sustain experiences of resonance while rendering them fragile and difficult to maintain. Shadow rhythms further reveal how easily rhythms associated with resonance may shift towards alienation. The problem, then, is not acceleration itself, but whether accelerated academic rhythms continue to sustain meaningful and responsive relations to academic work, others, and oneself. In this sense, the analysis resonates with earlier discussions on contradictory academic temporalities, acceleration, and “academic arrhythmia” (e.g. Bristow et al., 2019; Felt, 2025). References Anderson, L. (2006). Analytic Autoethnography. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 35(4), 373-395. https://doi.org/10.1177/0891241605280449 Borgstrom, E., Driessen, A., Krawczyk, M., Kirby, E., MacArtney, J., & Almack, K. (2023). Grieving academic grant rejections: Examining funding failure and experiences of loss. The Sociological Review, 72(5), 998-1017. https://doi.org/10.1177/00380261231207196 Bristow, A., Robinson, S. & Ratle, O. (2019). Academic Arrhythmia: Disruption, Dissonance, and Conflict in the Early-Career Rhythms of CMS Academics. Academy of Management Learning & Education 18 (2). Calvert, Jane (2023). A Place for Science and Technology Studies: Observation, Intervention, and Collaboration, The MIT Press, 10.7551/mitpress/14594.001.0001 Doloriert, C., & Sambrook, S. (2009). Ethical confessions of the “I” of autoethnography: A student’s dilemma. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management: An International Journal, 4(1), 27–45. https://doi.org/10.1108/17465640910951435 Felt, U. (2025) Contesting the Chronopolitics of Research. Palgrave Macmillan Gibbs, A. (2007). Writing as Method: Attunement, Resonance, and Rhythm. In: B.T. Knudsen & C. Stage, (eds.) Affective Methodologies. Palgrave Macmillan, London. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137483195_11 Kezar, A., DePaola, T- & Scott Daniel T. (2019) The Gig Academy: Mapping Labor in the Neoliberal University. John Hopkins University Press. López-González, J. L. (2024). The resonance approach for non-alienated relationships: beyond slowness in higher education. Ethics and Education, 19(1), 21–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/17449642.2023.2297141 Loveday, V. (2018). The neurotic academic: anxiety, casualisation, and governance in the neoliberalising university, Journal of Cultural Economy, 11(2), 154-166, 10.1080/17530350.2018.1426032 Müller R. (2014). Racing for What? Anticipation and Acceleration in the Work and Career Practices of Academic Life Science Postdocs. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 15(3), Poutanen, M. Accelerated Academia: Time Regimes of a University Merger. Minerva (2025). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-025-09571-5 Rosa, H. (2003). Social Acceleration: Ethical and Political Consequences of a Desynchronized High-Speed Society Constellations, 10(1), 3–33. Rosa, H. (2013). Social Acceleration: A New Theory of Modernity. New York: Columbia University Press. Rosa, H. (2019). Resonance: A Sociology of Our Relationship to the World. Cambridge: Polity. Tienari, J. & Kiriakos, C. (2020). Autoetnografia. In: A. Puusa ja P. Juuti (eds.) Laadullisen tutkimuksen näkökulmat ja menetelmät. Gaudeamus, 282–295. Venäläinen J. (2023). Getting texts done: affective rhythms of reading in quantified academia. In: D Nehring & K. Brunila (eds). Affective Capitalism in Academia: Revealing Public Secrets. Bristol University Press, 196–215. Vostal (2016). Accelerating Academia, Springer. Ylijoki, O.-H. (2016). Projectification and conflicting temporalities in academic knowledge production. Teorie vědy / Theory of Science, 38(1), 7–26. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 06 B: Policies and Reforms in HE Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Olena Brintseva Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Paradox of Quantitative Expansion and Quality in Turkish Higher Education: A Systematic Review of Legislative Reforms Gaziantep University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:In recent years, higher education (HE) has experienced its process of transformation on a global scale (Etzkowitz & Zhou, 2021). Global trends such as digitalization, the emergence of the knowledge economy, and demographic mobility have forced higher education institutions (HEIs) to come out of their ivory towers (OECD, 2024). This process of change has made it imperative for HE governance to move away from traditional hierarchical structures. In recent reports by international organizations such as UNESCO (2022) and the OECD (2024), HE governance is no longer solely focused on the physical capacity-building process, but rather on the sustainability of the balance between autonomy and quality. The global phenomenon of massification has opened access to HE in various developing countries (Tight, 2019). At the same time, it has also created a quantity-quality paradox. Under this phenomenon, various international literatures have defined HE quality as a multidimensional construct with inputs, processes, and stakeholder expectations, which are contextual and historical in nature (Altbach, 1999; Filippakou, 2011). Yet, various countries have implemented different policies in this regard, as their visions and strategies differ (Marginson, 2016). In this global context, the Turkish HE system has experienced quantitative growth, especially since the year 2000, through the slogan of “one university per province” initiated in 2006. The number of HEIs has increased from 76 in 2005 to 208 today (The Council of Higher Education [CoHE], 2026). In addition, the growth in the number of enrolled students to approximately 6.9 million is undoubtedly a success story in terms of access. Nevertheless, this rapid growth of the HE system in Türkiye carries a number of quality risks, especially at the level of HE governance (Özer et al., 2011). For example, the growth of the number of staff has not kept pace with the growth of the number of enrolled students, creating a number of problems in terms of teaching and learning processes (Çelik, 2015). In addition, the tendency of the foundational HEIs to employ experienced academic staff from public HEIs rather than developing new talents is a worrying trend (Şimşek, 2022). In addition, the elimination of the oral exam requirement for the title of associate professor is a factor that contributes to the rising concerns regarding the ability of the HE system in Türkiye to ensure the protection of scientific standards. Furthermore, recent interventions in HE governance, such as the administrative division of well-established universities, are considered to jeopardize the continuity of identity and culture. The initiatives such as the “Research Universities” program, which aim to reach world-class standards, have struggled to deliver the level of success envisioned (Emil & Akşab, 2018). The aim of this study is to investigate structural and legal changes observed in Türkiye by analyzing how governance preferences influence academic outcomes through a literature review. The changes in Türkiye's system constitute an exemplary case for other emerging economies’ HE systems facing similar challenges due to rapid growth. While this analysis represents a particular case, it also provides a broader view of its limitations in terms of influencing a quality culture in HE. In this context, the research is focused on the following research question: “How do recent legislative changes and governance reforms in Türkiye impact the quality of HE with respect to academic human capital, institutional autonomy, and global competitiveness?”. In this way, the research has engaged in transcending the traditional balance between quantity and quality, as well as to defining the factors of a quality culture with respect to sustainable HE governance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current research adopts a qualitative method in order to interpret the structural changes and quality strategies that affect the HE system in Türkiye. The research is based on a systematic literature review and document analysis. In this process, the three-step approach developed by Karaçam (2013) has been followed: the determination of the criteria for selection, the review, the analysis of the data. Setting the selection criteria With the aforementioned research focus in mind, it is included in the research policy documents, such as strategy reports from the CoHE, four consecutive national development plans following the year 2006 massification wave (the 9th [2007–2013], 10th [2014–2018], 11th [2019–2023], and 12th [2024–2028]), external evaluation reports from the Turkish Higher Education Quality Council, as well as significant changes in HE legislation, such as changes in the associate professorship scheme or in the foreign language examination process itself. Of particular interest are initiatives such as the “Research University” or “Regional Development-Oriented Universities” project, as they seem to present an interesting opportunity for an insight into the balance of autonomy/oversight in the relationship between the central administrative body and the universities. Review process and analysis of policy papers The legal texts on HE governance have not been treated as purely technical documents. They have read as policy papers that also signal the degree of centralization within CoHE’s governance approach. In practice, it has been worked with a guiding question: How far have decision-making processes been recentralized, and how much space remains for institutional autonomy? To address this, it has been examined strategic plans and quality assurance guidelines. Then, it has been organized the materials around key themes. Data analysis and trustworthiness These documents have been analyzed using document analysis methods (Bowen, 2009), and coded on two major dimensions: “quantity-quality balance” and “central oversight-local autonomy” tensions. For purposes of triangulation, the reports, regulations, and studies have been coded by both the researcher and the field specialist. After this, a comparison of both structures has been carried out, and areas of convergence have been identified. Where there has been no agreement between the codes, such areas have been excluded. However, it is only the findings that have been arrived at by consensus that have been included in the final analysis. This has been a careful process to present how changes in governance in Turkish HE will affect global competitiveness and scientific standards. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results obtained through analyzing policy documents and reviewing literature have shown that a specific trend exists. First, quality oversight is increasingly being included in policy documents. However, this usually translates to a higher degree of centralization and a lower possibility for universities to represent themselves. Even research universities are not exempt from being affected through central bureaucratic mechanisms. It is difficult to develop a specific institutional identity and an academic culture of their own. This trend seems to confirm that developing world-class university status is not possible through a stronger hierarchical system but through a more flexible management system that is backed by financial autonomy. Second, it seems to be addressing academic staffing needs by not strengthening human capital. For instance, recent policies have addressed academic needs through the removal of associate professorship oral examinations and increased reliance on alternative foreign language examinations. While these measures are preliminary evidence to suggest that these measures can undermine perceptions of academic merit, it has put Türkiye’s position in world knowledge production at risk. Moreover, many of the foundational universities seem to be more interested in recruiting experienced academic staff from public universities than investing in new talent. This has created a type of system-wide circulation of human resources, not really contributing to sustainable development. Finally, mass access seems to be morphing into a quality paradox. It is because student-to-faculty ratios are still uneven and, in many instances, simply too high. There has been a very strong emphasis in strategy documents on quality assurance. While quality assurance is strongly emphasized in policy discourse, its practice seems limited. The bigger picture, however, is that a world-class system cannot simply be defined in terms of numbers, such as the number of graduates and publications produced. It has to be about a quality culture. References Altbach, P. G. (1999). The logic of mass higher education. Tertiary Education & Management, 5(2), 107-124. Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27-40. CoHE (2026). Yükseköğretim istatistikleri. https://istatistik.yok.gov.tr/. Çelik, Z. (2015). Türkiye’de vakıf üniversitelerinin mevcut durumu ve geleceği. İLEM Politika Notu, 8, 2-11. Emil, S. ve Akşab, Ş. (2018). Türkiye yükseköğretiminde araştırma üniversitesini anlamak: Karşılaştırmalı analiz. In Uğurlu, C. T., Beycioğlu, K. Koşar, S., Kahraman H. and Köybaşı Şemin, F. (Eds.) Eğitim yönetimi araştırmaları (pp.1-11). Cumhuriyet University Publishing. Etzkowitz, H., & Zhou, C. (2021). The triple helix: University–industry–government innovation and entrepreneurship (2nd ed.). Routledge. Filippakou, O. (2011). The idea of quality in higher education: a conceptual approach. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(1), 15–28. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.537068. Karaçam, Z. (2013). Sistematik derleme metodolojisi: Sistematik derleme hazırlamak için bir rehber. Dokuz Eylül Üniversitesi Hemşirelik Fakültesi Elektronik Dergisi, 6(1), 26-33. Marginson, S. (2016). Higher education and the common good. Melbourne University Publishing. OECD. (2024). Education at a glance 2024: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/19991487. Özer, M., Gür, B. S., & KüçüKCan, T. (2011). Kalite güvencesi: Türkiye yükseköğretimi için stratejik tercihler. Yükseköğretim ve Bilim Dergisi, 2, 59-65. Şimşek, H. (2022) (Ed.). Türkiye’de vakıf üniversiteleri. Genç bir sektörün anatomisi. Seçkin Yayıncılık. Tight, M. (2019). Mass higher education and massification. Higher Education Policy, 32(1), 93-108. UNESCO. (2022). Beyond limits: New ways to reinvent higher education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000389912. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Serving Society: Universities and Their Third Mission Mykolas Romeris University, Lithuania Presenting Author:In the contemporary knowledge-based society, the role of universities extends beyond the traditional functions of teaching and research, with increasing attention devoted to the university’s third mission. The third mission is commonly understood as the relationship between higher education and society that goes beyond the first (education) and second (research) missions of universities (Görason, Maharajh & Schmoch, 2009). Traditionally, it has been conceptualised as a set of functions distinct from teaching and research activities (Vorley & Nelles, 2008). These functions encompass a wide range of activities related to the generation, dissemination, application and exploitation of knowledge and other institutional capabilities beyond academic environments, involving external stakeholders and society more broadly (Secundo et al., 2017). Through the third mission, universities increasingly position themselves as key actors in economic, social and cultural development, transforming into engaged institutions that interact closely with industry and society at large (Vorley & Nelles, 2008). The third mission emphasises two interrelated objectives: participation and change (Del Gottardo, 2014). Participation refers to the capacity of universities to design and implement innovative strategies for knowledge dissemination and co-creation, involving communities as active partners rather than passive recipients. Change, in turn, reflects the responsibility of universities to actively promote social transformation through continuing education, lifelong learning and capacity-building initiatives (Del Gottardo & Rossiello, 2022). By pursuing these objectives, universities play a critical role in fostering inclusivity both within their institutional boundaries and in the wider societal context (Giuri et al., 2019). As scholars increasingly emphasise the importance of university engagement in regional well-being and development, a variety of conceptual frameworks have emerged, including the “civic university” (Goddard & Vallance, 2013), the “regionally engaged university” (Goddard & Vallance, 2011, in Taieb, 2024), as well as notions such as the “entrepreneurial university”, “technology transfer” (Trencher et al., 2014). Within this body of literature, the third mission is progressively conceptualised not as an auxiliary function alongside teaching and research, but as a relational and societal orientation embedded in the core identity of higher education institutions. Rather than focusing narrowly on economic valorisation, the literature highlights the social, cultural and intergenerational dimensions of university engagement, positioning universities as actors that actively contribute to social cohesion, inclusion and learning across the lifespan. Mark (2018) situates the third mission within the development of the Age-Friendly University movement, which reconceptualises universities as inclusive spaces that foster participation, learning and well-being among adults. From this perspective, the societal role of the university extends beyond serving external stakeholders to actively constructing “bridges between generations” and facilitating social connection and lifelong learning across age groups (Mark, 2018). The third mission thus becomes closely linked to widening participation and lifelong learning, challenging conventional assumptions regarding both the target populations of higher education and the temporal boundaries of learning. Engagement is framed not as a unidirectional service provided by universities, but as a reciprocal and co-creative relationship between higher education institutions and their communities. A similarly relational perspective is evident in the work of Netshandama and Nevhu (2021), who emphasise the importance of intergenerational learning spaces within higher education curricula. They critique traditional curricular structures for marginalising community-based and intergenerational forms of knowledge and argue that meaningful engagement requires a fundamental rethinking of how knowledge is produced, shared and valued. In this view, intergenerational learning is not an optional extension of academic practice, but a powerful educational approach for addressing social fragmentation, inequality and exclusion (Netshandama & Nevhu, 2021). Accordingly, the third mission is conceptualised as a mechanism for social connection and mutual learning, rather than as a one-directional transfer of expertise from universities to society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research methodology was employed for this study, using semi-structured interviews. Qualitative research seeks to reveal the entirety of the phenomenon under investigation within its natural context, therefore, the field of qualitative inquiry is often everyday life, encompassing diverse forms of activity and social interactions. The focus of the study is placed on participants’ perspectives, subjective understandings and experiences, and everyday contexts. (Gaižauskaitė & Valavičienė, 2016; Flick, 2014). Ten interviews were conducted with representatives of Lithuanian state universities. The audio recordings were transcribed verbatim and subsequently analysed. In accordance with ethical principles, the research participants were coded to ensure anonymity. The codes were created using the abbreviation of the research participant–informant (LTU) and a sequential number reflecting the order of analysis (e.g., LTU-1, LTU-2, LTU-3, LTU-4). The transcribed texts were read and analysed multiple times. Data analysis followed the qualitative data analysis principles proposed by Dahlgren and Fallsberg (1991): • Familiarisation – the transcribed texts were read repeatedly by each researcher independently in order to gain an overall understanding of the collected data. • Compilation – the most significant elements of each participant’s responses were identified, focusing on similarities and differences across the selected excerpts. • Reduction – efforts were made to distil the core meaning of each response. • Grouping – similar responses describing the phenomenon were clustered into groups, and preliminary categories were identified. • Preliminary comparison of categories – the boundaries of the categories were defined and an assessment was made as to whether the preliminary categories accurately reflected the participants’ experiences. • Naming – based on their internal characteristics and defining features, the essence of each category was articulated and appropriate category names were assigned. • Contrastive comparison – by highlighting the distinctive features of each category, a final category structure was developed, grounded in the relationships and hierarchy among categories. Research ethics. The study was conducted in accordance with fundamental ethical principles. Participants’ safety and confidentiality were ensured throughout the research process. Interviews were recorded only with the informed consent of the participants. Each participant was provided with comprehensive information about the study, including its purpose, the researchers involved, the research procedures, the intended use of the research data, participants’ rights and their option to withdraw from the study at any time, the duration and course of the study, and an explanation of the ethical principles guiding the research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the interview data reveals that universities primarily conceptualise their third mission through a broad educational mandate centred on the creation of knowledge and its return to society. Respondents emphasise both formalised knowledge transfer mechanisms and the provision of practical skills, highlighting the mobility of knowledge between academia and the public sphere. At the same time, the third mission is also articulated as a space for individual self-realisation, extending the educational function of universities towards personal and professional empowerment. The third mission is framed as a systemic layer of lifelong learning infrastructure that encompasses both internal institutional mechanisms and externally accessible learning formats. Lifelong Learning Centres emerge as a central structural element in this process, addressing the professional development of university staff alongside the educational needs of wider society. Strategic integration of the third mission is further reinforced through the use of explicit indicators and performance measures. In addition, universities highlight the expansion of open-access learning opportunities, including non-formal courses and programmes designed to reach learners beyond traditional higher education pathways. Overall, the findings indicate that respondents perceive the third mission as an activity that goes beyond the traditional functions of higher education—namely, teaching and research—and as one that is oriented towards broader societal impact. The third mission is understood as a responsibility to educate society in a comprehensive sense, promote social inclusion, and create opportunities for diverse social groups to participate in learning, cultural and social activities. Research participants consistently stress that the third mission is equal in importance to studies and research and is increasingly becoming a strategically significant dimension of university activity. References Dahlgren, L.-O., & Fallsberg, M. (1991). Phenomenography as a qualitative approach in social pharmacy research. Journal of Social and Administrative Pharmacy, 8(4), 150–15 Del Gottardo E. (2014). La terza missione come creazione di valore pubblico. Attività conto terzi: lavorare con le competenze non formali e informali. In: Formica C. a cura di, Terza Missione. Parametro di qualità del sistema universitario (pp. 109- 130), Napoli: Giapeto. Del Gottardo E., Rossiello C. M. (2022). Terza missione e innovazione sociale: lo spin-off universitario “Io faccio futuro”. In Pavone M. et al. (Eds.). Un ponte tra l’Università e mondo del lavoro per l’inclusione e la vita indipendente (pp. 220- 233). Milano: FrancoAngeli. Flick, U. (2014). Mapping the field. The SAGE handbook of qualitative data analysis, 1, 3-18. framework to measure universities’ third mission activities. Technol. Forecast. Soc. Change 123 (C), 229–239. Gaižauskaitė, I., & Valavičienė, N. (2016). Socialinių tyrimų metodai: kokybinis interviu: vadovėlis. Vilnius: registrų centras. Giuri, P., Munari, F., Scandura, A., Toschi, L. (2019). The strategic orientation of universities in knowledge transfer activities. Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 138, 261-278. Goddard, J., Vallance, P., 2013. The University and the City. Routledge. Görason B., Maharajh R., Schmoch U. (2009). New activities of universities in transfer and extension: Multiple requirements and manifold solutions. Science and Public Policy, 36: 157. DOI: 10.3152/030234209X406863 Haj Taieb, S. (2024). Measuring the third mission of European Universities: A systematic literature review. Society and Economy, 46(2), 147-167. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techfore.2018.09.030 Mark, R. (2018). Promoting age friendly universities which are sustainable and open to all: a new challenge for the academy?. Widening Participation and Lifelong Learning, 20(2), 169-183. Netshandama, V.O. & Nevhu, N.D. (2021). Creating intergenerational learning spaces: A collaboration between UNIVEN Community Engagement Programme and Dzomo la Mupo. Critical Studies in Teaching and Learning 9(2)DOI:10.14426/cristal.v9i2.462 Secundo, G., Elena Perez, S., Martinaitis, Ž., Leitner, K.H., (2017). An intellectual capital Trencher, G., Yarime, M., McCormick, K.B., Doll, C.N.H., Kraines, S.B., (2014). Beyond the third mission: exploring the emerging university function of co-creation for sustainability. Sci. Public Policy 41 (2), 151–179. Vorley, T., Nelles, J., 2008. (Re)Conceptualising the academy: institutional development of and beyond the third mission. High. Educ. Manag. Policy 20 (3), 1–17. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Evolution of Institutional Change, ICT Development Policies, and Global Influences: The Case of Higher Education in the Western Balkans Central European University, Austria Presenting Author:Proposal Overview: The Evolution of Institutional Change, ICT Development Policies, and Global Influences: The Case of Higher Education in the Western Balkans Background and Relevance Digital transformation in HEIs is more than technological adoption; it is an institutional process shaped by governance, organizational culture, and historical legacies. HEIs differ from other sectors due to their decentralized governance, tradition-bound academic norms, and overlapping mandates (education, research, services). These complexities are amplified in the Western Balkans, where despite EU-driven agendas and aid, HEIs struggle with low digital uptake, lack of institutional strategic planning, and path-dependent institutional inertia. Kosova and Albania serve as comparative cases in this study. While both countries share geographic and cultural traits, they diverge in state formation and educational legacies. This provides an opportunity to examine how historical development shapes institutional responses to digital innovation in higher education. The region’s challenges, resistance to change, limited infrastructure, and fragmented digital strategies, highlight the urgency for evidence-based insights to support policy and institutional reform. Core Research Questions What factors hinder institutional innovation in HEIs? How can institutions shift from resistance to change and move toward digital innovation? Paper 1: Institutional Path Dependency and Policy Gaps This paper investigates how past policies and institutional choices shape the current (in)capacity of HEIs to implement digital strategies. Through historical analysis, semi-structured interviews, and focus groups, the study examines whether governance structures and policy mandates have enabled or obstructed DT. Using theories of path dependency and sociological institutionalism, it identifies institutional legacies and self-reinforcing mechanisms that entrench resistance. Preliminary findings suggest that fragmented policy implementation and historical rigidity have limited innovation, despite available resources. Paper 2: Faculty Engagement and Policy Interventions (RCT) To test how change occurs at the micro level, the second study uses a 2x2 factorial randomized controlled trial (RCT) involving university faculty. The intervention tests whether digital training and information about institutional digital policies as policy interventions) increase faculty uptake of LMS tools. The study measures behavioral change through LMS log data and surveys. The assumption is that combined interventions (training + policy awareness) significantly improve digital uptake compared to either alone. This paper reframes digital transformation as a policy design challenge, emphasizing the role of institutional signaling in shaping individual behavior. Paper 3: Benchmarking Innovation and Overcoming Resistance The final paper investigates how digitally mature HEIs overcome resistance and institutionalize innovation. Using a triangulated approach—case studies, secondary data analysis (e.g., EUA, OECD), and interview-based insights—it identifies governance models, leadership strategies, and enabling conditions (such as CIO roles, dedicated DT units, integration into QA systems) that distinguish digitally resilient institutions. The goal is to develop a benchmark framework tailored to HEIs operating in constrained policy environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The first paper focuses on the following question: How do formal and informal institutions condition digital adoption in HEIs? The first paper includes three components: (1) a historical analysis, (2) interviews, and (3) focus groups. The historical analysis includes a review of the institutional framework (see list in Section 4), policy documents, media reports. This review presents the evolution of digital policies. The retrieval of these records involves a systematic search through government portals, ministry web- sites, and national news archives, as well as the use of targeted keyword queries on digital media platforms. The institutional records access strategy involves university websites, internal archives, annual reports, and, where necessary, direct communication with relevant administrative offices. Semi-structured in-depth interviews include 10 to 20 policy and HEI stakeholders (i.e., HEI leadership/faculty/IT and 5 policy and decision-makers). The draft questionnaire for the interviews adopts the International Association ofUniversities Global Survey on Digital Transformation framework (IAO, 2023), which includes sections such as governance, teaching and learning, and support (draft questionnaire in Annex 3.2 of Prospectus submission is under review). Semi-structured interviews provide flexibility and structure, allowing for the control of the interview process and, at the same time, adapting the interview to the flow of the conversation. Focus groups include faculty members, students, and IT staff at the institutional level. There are 18 HEIs in Kosova, comprising seven public universities and 11 private colleges, with a total of approximately 85,000 students and 5,000 academic staff. While in Albania, there are 40 HEIs, comprising 14 public universities and 26 private institutions, with a total of 91,000 students. The extracted samples for the focus groups include: - 2 focus groups with faculty members - 1 focus groups in Kosova (4-6 participants per group). - 1 focus groups in Albania (4-6 participants per group). - 2 focus groups with students. - 1 focus group in Kosova (4-6 participants per group). - 1 focus group in Albania (4-6 participants per group). The focus groups aim to explore perceptions of the digital transformation of their HEI, identify perceived barriers to digital transformation and reasons why, and gain insights into potential incentives and motivators for digital transformation. Based on this, the paper presents a thematic analysis generated through MAXQDA or NVivo, which incorporates auto-coding/AI features, which also inform the design of the interventions (RCT) in Paper 2. The use of an RCT within organizational settings, especially in the WB context, is a novel methodological contribution. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Bringing together the literatures on innovation and institutional change provides a powerful lens for analyzing digital adoption in higher education. Theories of innovation stress the dynamic, cumulative, and systemic nature of technological change, while institutional theories emphasize the patterned, historically embedded, and legitimacy-seeking behaviors of organizations. Digital adoption, therefore, can be conceptualized as both an institutional process, where new technologies are legitimized, routinized, and aligned with existing norms, and an innovative process, where technological and organizational paradigms co-evolve. Nelson and Winter’s (2004) evolutionary theory of economic change bridges these perspectives by treating routines as organizational analogues of individual skills. Just as individual behavior is shaped by tacit knowledge and habitual patterns, organizational routines represent institutionalized capabilities that structure how institutions respond to technological opportunities. Routinization both enables stability and constrains radical innovation, implying that digital transformation depends on the balance between established institutional logics and adaptive capacity. Combining insights from new institutionalism and innovation theory allows for an exploration of how institutional legacies shape the capacity of higher education institutions to absorb, implement, and routinize digital innovations. This integrative framework situates micro-level behaviors (faculty digital uptake) within meso-level institutional processes (policy and implementation) and macro-level structures (national and global technological change References Burton-Jones, A. (2003). Knowledge Capitalism: The New Learning Economy. Policy Futures in Education, 1 (1), 143–159. https://doi.org/10.2304/ pfie.2003.1.1.4 Cohen, M. D., March, J. G., & Olsen, J. P. (1972). A Garbage Can Model of Organizational Choice. Administrative Science Quarterly, 17 (1), 1. https://doi.org/10.2307/2392088 DiMaggio, P. J., & Powell, W. W. (1983). The Iron Cage Revisited: Institutional Isomorphism and Collective Rationality in Organizational Fields [Publisher: [American Sociological Association, Sage Publications, Inc.]]. American Sociological Review, 48 (2), 147–160. https: / / doi. org / 10. 2307/2095101 Dosi, G. (1982). Technological paradigms and technological trajectories. Research Policy, 11 (3), 147–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/0048-7333(82) 90016-6 EIS, E. (2025). EIS interactive tool 2025 — Research and Innovation. Retrieved November 24, 2025, from https://projects.research-and-innovation.ec. europa.eu/en/statistics/performance-indicators/european-innovationscoreboard/eis Freeman, C., & Lou¸c˜a, F. (2001, February). As Time Goes By: From the Industrial Revolutions to the Information Revolution [Google-Books-ID: sZgs6YBKbhUC]. OUP Oxford. Freeman, C. (1987). Technology, policy, and economic performance lessons from Japan. Meyer, J. W., & work(s): B. R. R. (1977). Institutionalized Organizations: Formal Structure as Myth and Ceremony. American Journal of Sociology, 83 (2), 340–363. http://www.jstor.org/stable/2778293 Nelson, R. R., & Winter, S. G. (2004). An evolutionary theory of economic change (digitally reprinted). The Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press. Perez, C. (2015). From long waves to great surges: Continuing in the direction of Chris Freeman’s 1997 lecture on Schumpeter’s Business Cycles. (European Journal of Economic and Social Systems). Rhodes, R. A. W. (Ed.). (2009). The Oxford handbook of political institutions. Oxford Univ. Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199548460. 001.0001 Rogers, E. M. (1983). Diffusion of innovations (3. ed). Free Press [u.a.] Schumpeter, J. A. (1934). The theory of economic development – An inquiry into profits, capital, credit, interest, and the business cycle. Regional Studies, 51 (4), 654–655. https://doi.org/10.1080/00343404.2017.1278975 Selznick, P. (1996). Institutionalism ”Old” and ”New” [Publisher: [Sage Publications, Inc., Johnson Graduate School of Management, Cornell University]]. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41 (2), 270–277. https: / / doi.org/10.2307/2393719 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 06 C: AI and Pedagogy Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Seda Aydan Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Exploring Value Judgements in Grading: Will Teachers Mark Down Student Work Assisted by GenAI, and Should They? 1: Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2: Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:Grading is a critical aspect of higher education, connected closely with student learning, credentialing, and institutional accountability. More recently, the widespread use of generative AI (GenAI) among university students has introduced new layers of complexity to teachers’ grading practices. For example, do students who complete their work without GenAI assistance deserve a higher grade? How can teachers disentangle and properly weigh the respective contributions of GenAI versus the unique insights students bring to their work? If a student declares GenAI assistance in their work, does this make their work less original or less independent? These questions are now arguably central to every teacher’s grading decision but come with no straightforward answer. One key reason for this is that the rise of GenAI has complicated and called into question many fundamental concepts underlying teachers’ grading decisions, including what signifies the quality of student work and their academic achievement. As teachers make their grading decisions, they are also at the same time making value judgements heavily mediated by their own assumptions about what is important, ethical, or desirable in the grading (Sun & Cheng, 2013). By teacher value judgement, it refers to any decision that reflects a teacher’s subjective prioritisation of values in the grading process. These values may be implicit and often not openly discussed, such as student effort and behaviour. Values may also be externally prescribed, such as those formalised in rubrics – however, making the value judgement would still involve teachers bringing their own interpretations to the rubric, which are influenced by their individual priorities and the practical constraints they experience. At present, however, little is known about how university teachers navigate and make these value judgements, how they balance various, sometimes even competing values, and what they prioritise in the grading of GenAI-assisted work. While much of the scholarly discussion in higher education has centred on academic misconduct, the reality faced by teachers is far more complex than making a binary decision on whether particular uses of GenAI are acceptable in student work. Therefore, this study addresses an important gap in higher education literature by investigating university teachers’ grading practices in a time when GenAI can mediate students’ work quality to varying degrees. We propose to address the following research question: What value judgements do teachers make when determining the grades of students who (may) have used GenAI to assist in their work? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study engaged 33 university teachers in scenario-based interviews to investigate their grading practices in a time when GenAI can mediate students’ work quality to varying degrees. The interview consisted of two parts and typically lasted between 45 to 60 minutes. The first part asked general questions such as the participants’ beliefs about GenAI and grading, the types of assignments and any GenAI-related policies in their courses. However, these questions, although necessary to set the scene, often result in general statements from teachers that contribute little to elucidate their value judgements. Therefore, the second part invited teachers to respond to several controversial grading scenarios related to the use of GenAI in student work. These grading scenarios were derived from recent research on the challenges around students’ GenAI use in assignments and informed by the format (e.g., multiple-choice questions) suggested by the two earlier research which used controversial grading scenarios to elicit teachers’ value judgements around grading (i.e., Brookhart, 1993; Sun & Cheng, 2013). The purpose is not to elicit “correct” answers from teachers or to quantify their answers, but to provide a grounding for teachers to articulate their judgement process in a more concrete, contextualised manner. We acknowledge that teachers’ decision-making captured in this study did not carry the same stakes as real-world grading. However, interviewing teachers about their real-world grading decisions may not effectively reveal the implicit assumptions teachers hold about student work and grading, as many are reluctant to open their grading to scrutiny due to fear of critique. By using these hypothetical scenarios, this research design creates a low-pressure environment that allows teachers to share their genuine thoughts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data show that teachers do make value judgements of student work, which extend beyond the assignment itself to encompass teachers’ conjecture about who the student is (person-oriented values), what they are capable of (capability-oriented values), how they relate to others (relation-oriented values), and whether the grading decision leads to good outcomes (justice-oriented values). Many non-academic values are prioritised in the grading (e.g., honesty, diligence, trust), and there are significant variations across teachers’ value judgements. The study points to a messy grading space full of tension and inconsistency. If left unaddressed, this will likely result in many unintended consequences, such as distrust from students, biased grading and weakened credibility of academic certifications. We foreground validity as an important concept (Dawson et al., 2024) to help teachers navigate this complex grading landscape and call for greater transparency about how students’ GenAI use will be factored into teachers’ grading decisions. The study seeks to move beyond the binary debate of whether GenAI use in student work constitutes cheating, towards a nuanced investigation into the subjectivities of grading in the age of GenAI. References Brookhart, S. M. (1993). Teachers' grading practices: Meaning and values. Journal of Educational Measurement, 30(2), 123-142. Dawson, P., Bearman, M., Dollinger, M., & Boud, D. (2024). Validity matters more than cheating. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 1-12. Sun, Y., & Cheng, L. (2013). Teachers’ grading practices: meaning and values assigned. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 21(3), 326-343. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Between Shortcut and Insight: Generative AI as a Dialogic Partner in Higher Education Teaching Åbo Akademi, Finland Presenting Author:Generative AI has rapidly transformed the conditions for teaching, studying, writing and learning in higher education. GenAI makes it possible to produce academically sounding texts without engaging in the reflective processes through which understanding traditionally has been formed (Ostenson & Allred, 2025). This development raises fundamental questions about what counts as knowledge, how learning and teaching are understood, and what role higher education should play. On the one hand, research suggests that reliance on GenAI may reduce students’ capacity for creative and critical thinking, as cognitive tasks are increasingly offloaded to machines (Pikhart & Al-Obaydi, 2025; Toma & Yánez-Pérez, 2024). On the other hand, studies also indicate that students’ creative and critical thinking can be deepened when they actively engage GenAI in their studies (Mollick & Mollick, 2023; Wang & Fan, 2025). Given the lack of conclusive findings, Wegerif and Casebourne (2025) argue that technologies such as GenAI may, on the one hand, open possibilities for deeper understanding, while on the other hand also generating challenges such as dependency, automation of thought, and loss of agency. They suggest that the implications of GenAI use are closely tied to how it is pedagogically framed and integrated in higher education teaching. In other words, this shifts the focus from technology in itself to teaching practices and pedagogical design. In this study, GenAI is approached from a dialogic perspective (Wegerif & Casebourne, 2025). Dialogue is here not dependent on all participants being conscious, intentional or morally responsible. Rather, dialogue is understood as a pedagogical and phenomenological space in which meaning emerges through encounters with otherness. GenAI can participate in such processes by introducing alternative formulations, unexpected perspectives or conflicting interpretations that invite critical and reflective thinking. From this perspective, learning is understood as a process in which meaning is created in and through dialogue, rather than as the transmission of knowledge. GenAI is therefore not regarded as a tool for delivering answers, but as an actor within pedagogical interactions that can both open and constrain opportunities for reflection and critical thinking. The aim of this study is to explore how higher education teaching can be developed by focusing on students’ use, understanding, and meaning-making when engaging with generative AI (GenAI) as a dialogic partner. The research question for the study is: How do students use and understand generative AI as a dialogic partner, and how can these practices inform the development of higher education teaching? The study is grounded in practice-based action research (Carr & Kemmis, 1986) and builds on my teaching in university courses on educational leadership. These courses provide concrete settings where teaching practices involving GenAI are tried out, reflected upon, and gradually developed over time. Within these courses, GenAI is integrated as a dialogic partner in both teaching and students’ academic work, and teaching practices are iteratively developed as part of the action research process. This study originates from the first author’s experiences of teaching in higher education at a time when generative AI has become an increasingly present part of students’ academic work and in society more broadly. While generative AI involves significant ethical concerns related to sustainability, environmental impact, and authorship, the study is based on the assumption that higher education cannot meaningfully opt out of engaging with such technologies, as they are already widely used in contemporary society. Rather than avoiding generative AI, the study approaches these concerns as issues to be addressed critically and pedagogically in teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Against this background, the study is grounded in practice-based action research (Carr & Kemmis, 1986). The overall aim is to develop the first author’s teaching by integrating GenAI as a dialogic partner in both instruction and students’ academic work. The first author approaches the project primarily as a teacher examining and developing his own teaching practice on a research-informed basis. The second author contributes expertise in AI, theoretical framing, and qualitative analysis and serves as a critical friend throughout the research process. The action research project is conducted across at least three iterative cycles: the autumn of 2025, the spring of 2026, and the autumn of 2026. Each cycle involves the planning, enactment, observation, and reflection of teaching activities that include GenAI as part of regular coursework. Each cycle builds on the previous one, with tasks and AI use adjusted based on what emerges in practice. The research is situated within a higher education programme in Pedagogical Leadership and Development (PLU). Across the courses, the learning objectives focus on developing an understanding of leadership in educational contexts. In the courses, GenAI is integrated into ordinary teaching activities and used in seminar discussions, written assignments, and a concluding reflection, in which students are asked to consider how GenAI has supported or challenged their work in relation to the course learning objectives. All students were informed about the project before the courses began. Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained, and students could withdraw at any time without consequences for teaching, assessment, or grading. All student material was anonymised, and only data from consenting participants were included. The study followed the ethical guidelines of TENK and Åbo Akademi University regarding research ethics, anonymity, and voluntary participation. Different student groups participated across the action research cycles. In the first cycle, approximately 30 students at bachelor’s and master’s levels were involved. The second cycle included approximately 15 bachelor’s students. The data was collected during three courses in pedagogical leadership. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first cycle was exploratory and focused on examining how GenAI could be used to develop students’ understanding of course content through dialogic interaction. Based on the first cycle, there are some preliminary insights, although analysis is still ongoing. One preliminary finding concerns the conditions for pedagogically productive dialogues with GenAI. While students generally engaged with the AI in an interested manner, many dialogues remained relatively short or superficial, according to the student themselves. In practice, many asked the GenAI a question or two, got a well formulated answer and continued the discussion between students. After discussing this in the course, it appears to me as important to have clear structures on the assignment, provide examples of follow-up questions, and guidance on how to continue the dialogue, both in terms of width and breadth. Students also highlighted the need for caution, as the aesthetic and fluent form of AI-generated text may create an illusion of depth, making such texts appear more convincing and factual than they are. Overall, students found it valuable to work with GenAI as part of the course. In the next action research cycle, the teaching will therefore place greater emphasis on providing background knowledge about GenAI as a dialogic partner, what such dialogue can involve, and how to engage in academically oriented discussions with AI. References Carr, W., & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming critical: Education, knowledge and action research. London: Falmer. Finnish National Board on Research Integrity. (2019). The ethical principles of research with human participants and ethical review in the human sciences in Finland. Tenk Publications. Mollick, E. & Mollick, L. (2023) Using AI to Implement Effective Teaching Strategies in Classrooms: Five Strategies, Including Prompts. The Wharton School Research Paper. http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4391243 Ostenson, J. & Allred, J. (2025). Thinking and Writing with AI as a Dialogue Partner. The Utah English Journal: 53(19). https://scholarsarchive.byu.edu/uej/vol53/iss1/19 Pikhart, M. & Al-Obaydi, L. (2025). Reporting the potential risk of using AI in higher Education: Subjective perspectives of educators. Computers in Human Behavior Reports. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chbr.2025.100693 Toma, R.B., Yánez-Pérez, I. (2024). Effects of ChatGPT use on undergraduate students’ creativity: a threat to creative thinking?. Discov Artif Intell 4(74). https://doi.org/10.1007/s44163-024-00172-x Wang, J. & Fan, W. (2025) The effect of ChatGPT on students’ learning performance, learning perception, and higher-order thinking: insights from a meta-analysis. Humanit Soc Sci Commun 12(621). https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-025-04787-y Wegerif, R. & Casebourne, I. (2025). A dialogic theoretical foundation for integrating generative AI into pedagogical design. British Journal of Educational Technology, 00, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.70026 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper A Framework for Teaching and Learning Responsible Use of Large Language Model-based AI Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Large language model (LLM)-based artificial intelligence tools, such as ChatGPT, Claude, and Microsoft Co-Pilot, have taken the world by storm, leaving universities playing catch-up to regulate and guide students in the use of these algorithmic aids. Universities recognise the opportunities these tools offer for teaching and learning, as well as the importance of mastering them in future job markets (Digital Education Council, 2025). Yet, careless adoption of these tools carries significant cost and risk at several fronts: first, to civic institutions (Hartzog & Silbey, 2025); second, to natural resources (de Vries-Gao, A. 2025; International Energy Agency, 2025; Jegham et al., 2025); third, to epistemic resources (Dammu et al., 2024; Sommerer, 2024), and fourth, to students’ cognitive (Gerlich, 2025; Lee et al., 2025) and behavioural development (Zhou & Zhang, 2024; Kooli et al., 2025). As such, choosing appropriate use cases for LLM-based AI tools (when, where and how) is an everyday challenge for university teachers and students alike. In the rest of the text, I refer to these tools with the term ‘AI tools’ in the interest of brevity and in concordance with the common practice, despite large language models representing only a small, even if topical, aspect of the vast field of artificial intelligence. Building on the concept of digital competence (Ilomäki et al., 2016; Kasperski et al., 2022; Spante et al., 2018; Zhao et al., 2021), my research explores the foundations of responsible large language model use. Specifically, I develop a conceptual framework that foregrounds two key aspects of responsible use. First, the framework foregrounds the development of students’ ability to use AI in a meaningful way, encouraging consideration of the purpose, process and audience of a task alongside its output. Second, the framework supports the development of students’ ability to critically evaluate AI tools and the cost of their use, increasing the awareness of the manifold implications for natural and epistemic sustainability. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My paper explores a conceptual framework of responsible AI use. On this conceptual analysis, I draw on pedagogical literature on digital and AI competence (e.g., Ilomäki et al., 2016; Kasperski et al., 2022; Spante et al., 2018; Zhao et al., 2021) as well as on a broad range of interdisciplinary research on large language model development, use, and impact, including computer science, environmental studies, and psychology. As a part of this work, I am preparing an action research project as the next empirical research step (Niemi, 2011; Norton, 2009). I aim to have the initial results of this phase of the study by August 2026 and the Emerging Research Conference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The ubiquity of AI tools is risking the sustainability transition in society (Bush et al., 2025). My responsible AI use framework aims to contribute to a sustainable AI practice in the short term by providing educators with a tool for teaching interventions and, in the long term, with rigorous empirical research that informs education and has the potential to influence policy and educational practice. References Bush, A., Aksoy, M., Pauly, M., Ontrup, G. (2025) Choosing a model, shaping a future: Comparing LLM perspectives on sustainability and its relationship with AI. arXiv:2505.1443. Dammu, P.P.S., Jung, H., Singh, A., Choudhury, M., Mitra, T. (2024) “They are uncultured”: Unveiling covert harms and social threats in LLM generated conversations. arXiv:2405.05378v1. de Vries-Gao, A. (2025) Artificial intelligence: Supply chain constraints and energy implications, Joule. Digital Education Council. (2025). AI in the Workplace 2025. Gerlich, M. (2025). AI tools in society: Impacts on cognitive offloading and the future of critical thinking. Societies, 15(1), 6 Hartzog, W., & Silbey, J. M. (2025). How AI Destroys Institutions. Boston Univ. School of Law Research Paper No. 5870623. Ilomäki, L., Paavola, S., Lakkala, M., & Kantosalo, A. (2016). Digital competence–an emergent boundary concept for policy and educational research. Education and information technologies, 21(3), 655-679. International Energy Agency. 2025. Energy and AI. IEA Publications. Jegham, N., Elmoubarki, L., Abdelatti, M., Koh, C. Y., Hendawi, A. (2025). How hungry is AI? Benchmarking energy, water, and carbon footprint of LLM inference. arXiv:2505.09598v6. Kasperski, R., Blau, I., & Ben-Yehudah, G. (2022). Teaching digital literacy: Are teachers’ perspectives consistent with actual pedagogy? Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 31(5), 615-635. Kooli, C., Kooli, Y., & Kooli, E. (2025). Generative artificial intelligence addiction syndrome: A new behavioral disorder? Asian Journal of Psychiatry, 107, 104476. Lee, H. P., Sarkar, A., Tankelevitch, L., Drosos, I., Rintel, S., Banks, R., & Wilson, N. (2025, April). The impact of generative AI on critical thinking: Self-reported reductions in cognitive effort and confidence effects from a survey of knowledge workers. In Proceedings of the 2025 CHI conference on human factors in computing systems (pp. 1-22). Niemi, R. (2019). Five approaches to pedagogical action research. Educational Action Research, 27(5), 651-666. Norton, L. (2009). Action research in teaching and learning: A practical guide to conducting pedagogical research in universities. Routledge. Sommerer, T. (2025). Baudrillard and the Dead Internet Theory. Revisiting Baudrillard’s (dis) trust in Artificial Intelligence. Philosophy & Technology, 38(2), 54. Spante, M., Hashemi, S. S., Lundin, M., & Algers, A. (2018). Digital competence and digital literacy in higher education research: Systematic review of concept use. Cogent Education, 5(1), 1519143. Zhao, Y., Llorente, A. M. P., & Gómez, M. C. S. (2021). Digital competence in higher education research: A systematic literature review. Computers & education, 168, 104212. Zhou, T., & Zhang, C. (2024). Examining generative AI user addiction from a CAC perspective. Technology in Society, 78, 102653. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Correlation of Knowledge, Uses and Stances of University teachers on GenAI Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona - CRiEDO, Spain Presenting Author:The irruption of Generative AI (GenAI) is rapidly reshaping higher education. The widespread availability of tools capable of generating text, images, code or feedback has introduced profound challenges for teaching and assessment, including concerns about academic integrity, authorship, bias or data privacy. At the same time, GenAI may bring significant pedagogical potentialities, such as enhanced support for learning processes, instructional design, content creation and student engagement. In this context, higher education teachers play a pivotal role, yet their position remains insufficiently understood. The rapid diffusion of GenAI raises critical questions regarding teachers’ knowledge, use and stance: What do teachers know about GenAI? Are they using it for teaching, and how? How do they position themselves on the integration of GenAI in higher education? To address these issues, researchers have begun to investigate GenAI in higher education, focusing on institutional responses, ethical debates, student perspectives, and so on. With regards to their knowledge, studies consistently report high general awareness of GenAI tools among university teachers, with many having experimented with them at least occasionally (Ghimire et al., 2024). However, this familiarity often masks important gaps in AI literacy. While teachers tend to understand GenAI’s basic capabilities and recognize its potential for efficiency and pedagogical support, deeper technical understanding remains limited outside the specialized fields. Additionally, research highlights persistent uncertainty regarding pedagogical integration: many teachers report difficulties redesigning assessment, feedback, and learning outcomes in ways that meaningfully and responsibly incorporate GenAI (Cordero et al., 2024; Nikolic et al., 2024). As for the teachers’ use, recent research shows that higher education teachers are already engaging with GenAI, primarily to augment or ease existing teaching practices rather than to transform pedagogical models. The most common uses involve content creation and course design, such as generating teaching materials, examples, quizzes or media resources, as well as providing automated or semi-automated feedback in some cases. GenAI is also increasingly framed as a learning support tool, for instance as a “virtual tutor” to assist students with brainstorming, drafting, explanation, or research tasks, often within teacher-guided activities aimed at fostering critical and ethical use. While more advanced, collaborative student-AI-teacher models are emerging, these remain limited and uneven across disciplines, with stronger uptake reported in engineering, health, language, and creative fields (Quian, 2025). Regarding stance, the literature portrays higher education teachers as cautiously positive rather than resistant. Across contexts, most view GenAI as a supportive tool that can enhance teaching and learning, not as a replacement for educators (Nikolic, 2024). At the same time, they express strong concerns about academic integrity, data privacy, bias, over-reliance by students, and the reliability of AI outputs. Faculty acceptance of GenAI appears closely tied to perceived pedagogical value, ease of use, ethical clarity, and the availability of institutional support (Tovar & Ocegueda, 2025). Overall, existing studies suggest a landscape characterized by experimentation, uneven skills, and ambivalent optimism, underscoring the need for further empirical research into teachers’ knowledge, use and stance in relation to GenAI in higher education. Even though some incipient findings have been reported about higher education teachers’ knowledge, use and stance, there are still some questions about if these dimensions are interconnected. In this scenario, the objective of this paper is to analyse whether the teacher’s knowledge, uses and stances on GenAI are somehow related. The research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of this paper is quantitative. The instrument used to collect the information needed to answer the research questions is EdU-P-InA survey (Mercader et al., 2025). This survey was elaborated adhoc in order to collect information about the knowledge, uses and stances of university teachers regarding GenAI in education. The initial survey underwent a pilot test (N= 14) and its improved version was validated by 18 judges regarding its clarity, appropriateness, importance and sufficiency. The final version of the survey consists of 36 questions distributed in 3 dimensions: Knowledge (11 questions), Uses (14 questions) and Stances (11 questions). Regarding its reliability, Cronbach’s Alfa of EdU-P-InA shows a strong consistency with an Alfa of .906. The data was collected between March and June 2025. Data analysis was carried out with the support of SPSS software (v31) and consisted of descriptive analysis (means and standard deviation) as well as inferential analysis (Pearsons’ correlation) to explore the possible relationships within the same dimension and between dimensions. The population of the study were university teachers from 6 public universities in Spain with different territory reach (North, South, East, West, Center and Online). The sample obtained was 730 teachers, distributed according to the size of their universities. With regards to the field of knowledge, representation across academic disciplines is balanced, considering that some disciplines have more teaching staff than others. In this regard, 38.6% are from Social Sciences and Law, 24.1% from Science and Engineering, 20.1% from Arts and Humanities, and 17.1% from Health Sciences. In terms of gender, the sample is mainly female (47.4%) and male (50%), although non-binary individuals (1.1%), individuals who prefer not to answer (1.4%), and others (0.1%) are also included. The mode in age and teaching experience are 50 and 10 years, respectively, although the average is 48.28 years (SD = 10.36) and 17.09 years of experience (SD = 11.08). The teaching staff who participated are mainly full-time and permanent employees (60.4%), representing the different professional categories (pre-doctoral, post-doctoral, assistant, tenured, professor, visiting, associate, substitute and others). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The internal correlations of each dimension (Knowledge, Uses and Stances) show significant association (p < .050), which are moderate in Uses and Stances, and strong in the Knowledge dimension. All these associations are positive, except for concerns about bias, plagiarism and GenAI limitations related with the perception of usefulness and efficiency of GenAI for teaching and learning. Although the relations are significant, the correlations are very weak (r < .200). The correlations between Knowledge and Stances items are significant but all of them are weak or very weak, as well as Stances and Use. The exception is considering GenAI useful for teaching, which moderately correlates with using GenAI generative text [r(728 = .474), p = .000] and using it frequently to teach, [r(728 = .403), p = .000]. Knowledge and Use are two dimensions that have greater force in their relationship, although only five of them are moderate: knowing how to help students to use GenAI confidently, [r(728 = .411), p = .000] and having greater GenAI competency correlates with using it for planning [r(728 = .435), p = .000], teaching [r(728 = .456), p = .000], with students [r(728 = .474), p = .000] and generating text [r(728 = .472), p = .000]. Therefore, teachers considering that GenAI is helpful, or being worried about it is not based on their knowledge. The fact that teachers are used to implement technology without needed to know how it works might also be a reason why there are no correlations. However, GenAI is not the same as previous technological resources so teachers having basic GenAI literacy is a must to be able to implement it in their teaching with confidence, security, consistency and ethically. References Ghimire, A., Prather, J., & Edwards, J. (2024). Generative AI in Education: A Study of Educators' Awareness, Sentiments, and Influencing Factors. 2024 IEEE Frontiers in Education Conference (FIE), 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1109/fie61694.2024.10892891 Nikolic, S., Wentworth, I., Sheridan, L., Moss, S., Duursma, E., Jones, R., Ros, M., & Middleton, R. (2024). A systematic literature review of attitudes, intentions and behaviours of teaching academics pertaining to AI and generative AI (GenAI) in higher education: An analysis of GenAI adoption using the UTAUT framework. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology. https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.9643 Cordero, J., Torres-Zambrano, J., & Cordero-Castillo, A. (2024). Integration of Generative Artificial Intelligence in Higher Education: Best Practices. Education Sciences. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15010032 Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge: A Framework for Teacher Knowledge. Teachers College Record, 108(6), 1017–1054. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00684.x Qian, Y. (2025). Pedagogical Applications of Generative AI in Higher Education: A Systematic Review of the Field. TechTrends, 69, 1105 - 1120. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-025-01100-1. Tovar, I., & Ocegueda, G. (2025). Attitudes of University Professors towards the Use of Artificial Intelligence in Teaching and Learning. INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS. https://doi.org/10.47191/ijmra/v8-i01-46 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 06 D: Diversity and Inclusion throughout Academia Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Edith Hooge Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Pathways in Early Childhood Education and Care University of Iceland, Faculty of education and diversity, Iceland Presenting Author:It is a qualitative study within the sociology of (educational and vocational) choice, focusing on university-level discipline selection and related career trajectories in Iceland. It examines how individuals’ life narratives shape their study choices, using two contrasting academic fields—philosophy and early childhood education and care (ECEC)—as case studies. Drawing on semi-structured biographical interviews and Bourdieu’s theoretical framework (habitus, capital, and field) we examine the life narratives that precede individuals’ study choices and education-related career paths. After having finished a study on the pathways of philosophers we now for the comparison focus is on second contrasting discipline at the University of Iceland: early childhood education and care (ECEC). Philosophy, a rather elitist field, attracting students from families with substantial cultural, social, and sufficient financial capital, who tend to choose the subject for its intellectual and cultural prestige rather than its practical career prospects. In contrast, ECEC occupies a lower position within the academic hierarchy, often perceived as a 'women’s subject' since it is associated with early childhood education. Students in this field typically come from backgrounds with less capital than their counterparts in philosophy. The aim of this comparative study is to contribute to both academic and public understanding of how social class influences educational and career choices. By shedding light on these dynamics, the study seeks to support efforts to mitigate class-based predispositions in study choice—similar to the progress made in reducing gender-bias in educational and vocational choices over recent decades. In contrast to the research we have already done on the philosophy, ECEC is typically ranked lower in the academic hierarchy. Students in this field often come from families with less capital than those in philosophy. The discipline’s lower status is partly due to its association with the less prestigious early childhood education. This perception is also gendered: ECEC has long been considered a “women’s subject,” while philosophy was a “men’s subject” dominated by male thinkers, and notably, during the first 25 years of the University of Iceland’s philosophy department (established in 1972), no woman held a permanent academic position. The stark contrast between these two disciplines serves to sharpen the sociological analysis of educational and career choice, highlighting how social class and gender shape students’ decisions at the university level. There is a substantial body of research examining the relationship between social class and individuals’ experiences in higher education, as well as their subsequent career outcomes (e.g. Crane 1969; Lipset & Ladd, 1979; Archer et al. 2005; Merenluoto 2009; Reay et al. 2009; Mullen, 2010; Boliver, 2011; El-Mafaalani, 2012; Börjesson et al. 2016; Reay, 2018; Scandone, 2018; Mishra, 2020; Nimer, 2021; Shields, 2023; Li, 2024). Virtanen et al. (2025) have examined the motivations behind career choices among Finnish teacher education students, while Wang et al. (2024) conducted a similar study in China. Weiss et al. (2018) and Rothe & Betz (2018) have explored the life-history experiences of early childhood educators. Holzmayer (2023) investigated the relationship between habitus and field among primary school teacher education students in Austria, and Heil (2025) focused on the social backgrounds of early childhood educators. Bischoff (2018) is among those who have studied the habitus of early childhood educators, particularly the influence of the dominant professional habitus on children's educational experiences. In contrast to Bischoff’s focus on the impact of educators’ habitus on children, our study primarily examines the social backgrounds of educators to understand how these backgrounds shape their own perceptions and decisions regarding educational and career opportunities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is based on semi-structured, one-hour interviews with key participants from both disciplines. The data is analysed using qualitative content analysis. In the case of philosophy, interviews were conducted in early 2025 with four professors at the University of Iceland, each representing a distinct social background: 1) rural blue-collar, self-employed working class, 2) established (intellectual) middle-class, 3) female second generation (intellectual) middle-class, 4) a rural white-collar, professional-managerial class. The interviews with ECEC’s planed for spring 2026 will follow a similar structure. The interview questions and subsequent analysis are grounded in Bourdieu’s theoretical framework. According to Bourdieu, social agents possess a habitus which reflects their lived social class as a set of practices, values, and the distribution and enactment of various forms of capital. We apply Bourdieu’s concepts to analyse how the composition of the interviewees’ capital and habitus influences their study choices and professional outcomes. Furthermore, we explore how their habitus aligns with—or adapts to—the institutional field of ECEC, identifying moments of fit, disjuncture, and transformation. We also investigate how gender and different forms of capital affect their chances of success within these fields. Additionally, we consider how their capital and habitus shape their thematic and social positioning within the discipline—asking to what extent harmony between an individual’s habitus and that of key gatekeepers functions as a determinant of career advancement. In addition to the interviews, we analyse statistical data from the University of Iceland to assess whether there are signs of increased social class and gender mobility within the discipline ECEC over recent decades. A aim for the future is to compare the results concerning Iceland with our own research on both disciplines in the German speaking world. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings in philosophy suggested that while gender equality has improved significantly—evidenced by the rise in female representation since the first female professor was appointed in 1997—there is limited evidence of increased class diversity among academic staff. This trend suggests that while the symbolic value of gender capital (Huppatz, 2012) may have declined, allowing for greater gender inclusion, the influence of inherited cultural capital remains largely unchanged. This raised the question: is gender diversification more attainable than diversification by social background in academic philosophy? The findings called for further investigation into the distinct roles of habitus and gender in shaping educational and career choices in higher education. In the current part of the investigation, we ask similar questions concerning the path of individuals within ECEC. References Archer L., Hutchings M., Ross A. (2005). Higher education and social class: Issues of exclusion and inclusion. Routledge. Bischoff, S. (2020). Soziale Standorte frühpädagogischer Fachkräfte – Eine vernachlässigte Dimension der Professionalisierungsdebatte?. In: Skorsetz, N., Bonanati, M., Kucharz, D. (eds) Diversität und soziale Ungleichheit. Jahrbuch Grundschulforschung. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27529-7_52 Boliver, V. (2011). ‘Expansion, differentiation and the persistence of social class inequalities in British higher education’, Higher Education 61, 229-242. Börjesson et al. (2016). Cultural capital in the elite subfield of Swedish higher education. Poetics (Amsterdam), 56, 15–34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.poetic.2016.02.004 Crane, Diana. (1969). “Social Class Origin and Academic Success: The Influence of Two Stratification Systems on Academic Careers.” Sociology of Education, 42(1), 1–17. l-Mafaalani, Aladin. (2012). BildungsaufsteigerInnen aus benachteiligten Milieus. Habitustransformation und soziale Mobilität bei Einheimischen und Türkeistämmigen. Springer VS. 10.1007/978-3-531-19320-5. Heil, Kerstin. (2025). Durchschreiten, Durchkämpfen, Durchwurschteln oder Durchleiden? Soziale Milieus im Grundschullehramt: Eine qualitative Untersuchung von Studierenden einer Pädagogischen Hochschule. 10.3262/978-3-7799-9143-4. Huppatz, Kate. (2012). Gender Capital at Work: Intersections of Femininity, Masculinity, Class and Occupation. Palgrave Macmillan, Basingstoke. Mishra, S. (2020). Social networks, social capital, social support and academic success in higher education: A systematic review with a special focus on ‘underrepresented’students. Educ. Res. Rev. 29, 100–307. doi: 10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100307 Mullen, Ann L. (2010). Degrees of Inequality: Culture, Class, and Gender in American Higher Education. Johns Hopkins University Press,. Nimer, M. (2021). Beyond Social Mobility: Biographies, Habitus and Responses to Changing ‘Conditions of Existence’ among University Scholarship Students. Sociological Research Online, 26(1), 92–107. Virtanen, Päivi, Helen M.G. Watt, Paul W. Richardson, Niina Linnanmäki, Ville Mankki, Riitta-Leena Metsäpelto, Kirsi Wallinheimo. (2025). Finnish teacher students’ career choice motivations: A mixed methods study, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 163. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105068. Reay, D. (2018). From the Theory of Practice to the Practice of Theory: Working with Bourdieu in research in higher education choice. In E. Silva, and A. Warde (Eds.), Cultural analysis and Bourdieu’s legacy: settling accounts and developing alternatives. New York. Rothe, A., & Betz, T. (2018). Biografische Erfahrungen und die Professionalität frühpädagogischer Fachkräfte. Theoretische und empirische Perspektiven auf ein ungeklärtes Verhältnis. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung, 11(2), 285–300. Scandone, B. (2018). Re-thinking aspirations through habitus and capital: The experiences of British-born Bangladeshi women in higher education. Ethnicities, 18(4), 518–540. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468796818777541 Shields, S. (2023). Curiosity and careers: Female working-class students’ experiences of university. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 32(4), 992–1012. https://doi.org/10.1080/09620214.2021.1959378 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Academics’ Learning through Engaging in Practice-Near Research in Sweden 1: Mälardalen University, Sweden; 2: Frida Professional AB; 3: Malmö University Presenting Author:In Sweden, collaborative research involving researchers, teachers, and school leaders on issues relevant to educational practices has been launched as practice-near research (PNR). This shift places new demands on academics, moving them from a role of external experts to collaborative partners. The policy rhetoric simplifies this shift from the perspective of policy makers who want a closer collaboration between schools and university to close the gap between theory and practice. School leaders hope for quick fixes when they get the help from academics, and teachers expect practical advice (Lendahls Rosendahl & Rönnerman, 2000). For the academics themselves the shift may imply thinking over their role depending on what research approaches they use. There are essential differences between, for example, evidence-based approaches and action research (Serder & Malmström, 2020). They can even be described as two different ideals. Action research, which involve teachers or school leaders as its address, who through reflection and participation are co-creators of a multifaceted knowledge about teaching and leading as well as the place of education in the surrounding society. This research can be context-bound and local but also have validity outside it and address important social issues. Here, academics usually see themselves as co-learners. Evidence-based research is also directed towards the classroom or leading practices, but its goal is to find the right methods. In this tradition, academics are the experts on the methods but still learn through the collaborative process. However, there might be a possible contradiction; the academics may see completely different goals and means for their learning by collaborative research. Furthermore, the demands for collaboration seems to blur the boundaries between different research traditions, which means that academics actually change their ways of collaborating and learning in PNR-projects. Hence, a knowledge gap exists regarding what this shift implies for the academics’ own professional learning. This study aims to investigate different kinds of academics' professional learning as they engage in PNR and how their learning connects to their collaborative aims and ambitions. To study academics’ learning in PNR, we draw on Wenger-Trayner and Wenger-Trayner’s (2020) theory of social learning spaces. Base on how academics talk about their engagement, the framework allows us to analyze how academics:
The European and international dimension is addressed by connecting the Swedish PNR context to broader Nordic and international trends in close-to-practice research (Wyse et. al., 2021) and research‐practice partnerships (McGeown & Sjölund, 2025), where the role of the academic is increasingly being redefined. We further explore how these social learning spaces are nurtured or constrained through the lens of practice architectures—problematizing how the sayings, doings, and relatings are embedded in, but not determined by, different arrangements that characterize the work (Kemmis, 2022). The study specifically focuses on how power, knowledge, and relations are formed and transformed and what it means for academics’ professional learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative approach using focus group interviews as the primary research instrument (Bryman, 2016). Three focus group interviews were conducted with a total of 13 participating researchers from 10 universities in Sweden. The participants were selected based on their extensive experience in collaborative PNR-research, representing a variety of research approaches (e.g., action research, design-based research, and other collaborative research approaches). The focus groups were designed to trigger dialogue around specific themes derived from the theoretical framework: • Incentives and drivers for entering collaboration. • The role of the researcher and how it is influenced by the collaborative process. • The utilization of different participants' knowledge within the research process. • The types of learning enabled through interaction with teachers and school leaders. The focus groups were held via Zoom. Each focus group dialogue lasted for 90 minutes. All dialogues were recorded and transcribed. The data was subsequently analyzed through an abductive process, moving between the empirical material and the theoretical frameworks of social learning and practice architectures. Tensions in different ways of describing working methods, aims and means with collaboration and what kind of outcomes for research the academics brought up, were of specific interest to address our research questions. The ethical standards outlined by the Swedish Research Council (Vetenskapsrådet, 2024) were followed, including informed consent from all participating academics, confidentiality, and the right to withdraw from the study at any time without consequences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study results in a "palette" of different ways of approaching collaboration and learning through interaction with actors from school practice. We expect to show that academics’ learning is not a monolithic experience but varies significantly depending on the collaborative research approach used and the researcher's specific aims. Key findings will highlight: • How academics navigate the tension between being an "expert" and a "learner". • The ways in which "engaging uncertainty" serves as a catalyst for professional growth. • What kind of knowledge outcomes expected and received through different collaborative processes • The "practice architectures" (cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements) that either enable or constrain learning in these collaborative spaces. By focusing on academics’ learning—an often-overlooked aspect of PNR—this study offers a more nuanced way of describing the reasons for and outcomes of collaboration. For the academic community, especially those new to the field, these results will facilitate more conscious choices regarding which research approaches best suit specific professional and research purposes. Findings will also be compared to knowledge in the international fields of close-to-practice and research-practice partnerships. The aim is to describe possible unique strands due to the Swedish context, and to expand knowledge in the Swedish educational field of practice-near research through engaging with the broader international knowledge fields. References Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods (Fifth edition). Oxford University Press. Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming Practices. Changing the World with the Theory of Practice Architectures. Springer. Lendahls Rosendahl, B., & Rönnerman, K. (2000). Med fokus på handledning i skolors förändringsarbete [Focusing on facilitation in school development]. Pedagogisk Forskning i Sverige, 10(1), 35–51. Magnusson, P., & Malmström, M. (2023). Practice-near school research in Sweden: tendencies and teachers’ roles. Education Inquiry, 14(3), 367-388. McGeown, S., & Sjölund, S. (2025). Research‐practice partnerships in education: Benefits, challenges, methodological considerations and key enablers for change. British Journal of Educational Psychology. DOI: 10.1111/bjep.12785 Salo, P., Francisco, S., & Olin Almqvist, A. (2024). Understanding professional learning in and for practice. Professional Development in Education, 50(3), 444–459. Serder, M., & Malmström, M. (2020). Debatt: Vad talar vi om när vi talar om praktiknära forskning? [What do we talk about when we talk about practice-near research?] Pedagogisk Forskning i Sverige, 25(1). https://doi.org/10.15626/pfs25.01 Wenger-Trayner, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2020). Learning to Make a Difference: Value Creation in Social Learning Spaces. Cambridge University Press. Vetenskapsrådet (2024). God forskningssed [Good research practice]. VR2405. Wyse, D., Brown, C., Oliver, S. and Poblete, X. (2021), Education research and educational practice: The qualities of a close relationship. Br Educ Res J, 47: 1466-1489. https://doi-org.ep.bib.mdh.se/10.1002/berj.3626 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 06 E: Inclusion in Higher Education Location: B4114 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Achyut Gautam Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Grateful But Lonely: Older Students' Motivations And Challenges In An Online University Universitat Oberta de Catalunya, Spain Presenting Author:The world population is ageing rapidly in a context of longer life expectancy. As a consequence, it is now commonplace to see people aged 60 and over attending university. Older individuals are a small but growing demographic cohort in higher education (Brownie, 2014). Different reasons motivate them to start or continue their academic training, including socialisation, personal fulfilment, mental stimulation, emotional well-being, and continuous learning (Cachioni et al., 2021; Chu & Tsai, 2009). As older students pursue their studies across different educational modalities, including online (Kara et al., 2019), we explore their experiences in a fully online and asynchronous learning environment. Topic overview Older students in higher education are present across all educational settings, including in-person, distance, and online modalities (Schiller, 2023). Regardless of the context, different pedagogical approaches coexist, including those designed exclusively for older students and the traditional ones where students of all ages learn together. In Europe and other world regions, the Universities of the Third Age movement have become a well-known context where older adults pursue their studies. Other traditional universities also offer programmes designed specifically for older students (Formosa, 2014). All these programmes focus primarily on lifelong learning and personal enrichment (Menéndez et al., 2018). However, not all higher education institutions opt for age-specific educational models. Universities based on the open education philosophy, as well as those focused on distance and online learning, typically design their educational offerings universally for all students (Duan, 2025). So, older students who choose to enrol in these educational settings are usually present in the same classrooms and follow the same curriculum as younger students. Online learning offers distinct advantages for older students, including the flexibility to study from home at any time and at their own pace, allowing them to balance their studies with personal circumstances (Gaumer & Noonan, 2010). However, the expectations of these learners regarding online higher education may differ from those of younger students in terms of interests and motivation. Although online learning can favour the inclusion of students across all ages, older students may face distinct challenges related to their personal characteristics, external responsibilities, technical and academic difficulties, and programme-specific requirements (Kara et al., 2019). Older students are not a homogeneous group, either. While those under 65 may still have professional advancement interests, individuals over 65 are often retired and more focused on intellectual enrichment (Schiller, 2023). As a result, these differences in goals suggest that the challenges students face in online learning may vary by age and are worth examining. Analysing older students' needs and expectations represents a key opportunity for online universities to better align their courses to the needs of this heterogeneous population, creating inclusive learning environments that support their lifelong learning goals. The study This research was conducted at the Open University of Catalonia (UOC), an online Spanish university with a fully asynchronous, student-centred educational model that provides students flexibility while offering them spaces for text-based interactivity and collaboration, and personalised feedback. The model’s high degree of flexibility, together with the reduced access requirements, has helped to increase the presence of non-traditional students, such as those over the age of 60. This work aims to explore older students’ perceptions of this educational model in terms of their satisfaction with the learning process and their overall evaluation of online learning based on their particular experience. To address this issue, we pose the following research questions: RQ1 How well does a fully online and asynchronous educational model meet the needs of older students? RQ2 How do older students perceive online learning as a means to accomplish their educational and lifelong learning goals? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study followed an exploratory, qualitative approach, suited to exploring the experiences and perspectives of under-researched populations (Braun & Clarke, 2021), such as those of older students. Data collection was based on the open-ended question drawn from the annual institutional survey on students’ satisfaction with the university and degree programme. The survey covers various dimensions of the student experience, including institutional support, socialisation, and the learning experience itself regarding teaching, resources, and evaluation. We accessed the institutional repositories and selected the open-ended responses from surveys conducted between 2014 and 2024, focusing on students aged 60 and over, yielding a total of 483 comments (25,9% of all survey responses). These sources are often underused and undervalued in qualitative research (O’Cathain & Thomas, 2004), yet they provide data that is just as valuable and potentially rich as the data collected with interviews or focus groups (Braun & Clarke, 2021). The analysis followed the six-step process of reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2020), focusing on its experiential dimension. Initially, the first three authors inductively and independently coded a sample of responses. The authors then discussed the resulting codes, assessing the level of agreement on both the chosen codes and their meanings, resolving differences, and standardising code terminology. Subsequently, they applied these agreed-upon criteria to the remainder of the dataset and recoded the previously analysed responses accordingly. We present the two analytical themes that resulted from the analysis, illustrated below with students' quotations and the related categories of codes. Analytical theme 1. Internal motivation catalyses late-life students' involvement in formal learning Personal agency and growth: “I’m studying for self-improvement after my professional career” Intrinsic motivation Self-development Institutional affordances: “The University’s learning model is a success; it enriches the student and enables society to take advantage of knowledge that would otherwise be lost” Online learning opportunities Enablers of the educational model Lifelong learning: “Studying at my age is a privilege” Gratitude for later-life study Analytical theme 2. Isolated and overlooked: Older students' perceived barriers in online learning Socioemotional barriers: “There are serious deficiencies in everything related to creating a network of people with similar interests” Loneliness Lack of recognition as a group Pedagogical barriers: “I have neither the conditions nor the motivation for activities that entail memorisation” Content not adapted for older students Needs of curricular accommodations Technical barriers: "I've had technological difficulties due to my age. I'm not from the generations that master this" Digital competence Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Internal motivation catalyses late-life students' involvement in formal learning. Self-development and personal growth, along with reskilling for those still in the workforce, are the main drivers for pursuing online studies. The flexibility afforded by an online and asynchronous learning model reinforces their intrinsic motivation. These students demonstrate high satisfaction with the university’s educational model, particularly highlighting how constructivist pedagogies and practice-based learning methodologies, together with the development of critical thinking, contribute to achieving their lifelong learning goals. Importantly, older students express gratitude for undertaking their studies at a later stage of life. They perceive this opportunity as a way to break down barriers for older people to access higher education, with some of them characterising it as a privilege. However, this educational model also presents challenges for older students. The lack of on-demand classes and limited opportunities for peer engagement are the primary concerns, often leading to feelings of isolation and disconnection. Many comments emphasised the need to increase both social interaction and teacher presence, particularly the latter through masterclasses or video-based explanations. This need is linked to students' perception that the study content is complex and not fully adapted to their cognitive profiles. Difficulties with digital competency are also an important barrier for older students, especially when navigating the virtual campus and accessing learning resources or discussion spaces. They advocate for curricular accommodations and greater awareness and recognition of their collective needs. Our findings highlight the dual nature of online higher education for non-traditional students. While these environments facilitate access for older students, challenges remain in meeting their distinct needs. Online universities should leverage the inherent flexibility of their educational model to strengthen the inclusion of all students by providing robust scaffolding and designing courses that promote social interaction and teacher presence. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern‐based qualitative analytic approaches. British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy, 21(1), 37–47 https://doi.org/10.1002/capr.12360 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Brownie, S. (2014). Older Australian’s motivation for University enrollment and their perception of the role of Tertiary Education in promoting healthy aging: A national cross-sectional study. Educational Gerontology, 40(10), 723–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/03601277.2014.886860 Cachioni, M., Delfino, L. L., Alonso, V., Yassuda, M. S., Batistoni, S. S. T., Melo, R. C., & Rodrigues, M. A. D. da C. (2021). Predictors of wellbeing among older adults participants of a U3A. Psicologia: Teoria e Pesquisa, 37, e37102. https://doi.org/10.1590/0102.3772e37102 Chu, R. J., & Tsai, C. (2009). Self‐directed learning readiness, Internet self‐efficacy and preferences towards constructivist Internet‐based learning environments among higher‐aged adults. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 25(5), 489–501. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.2009.00324.x Duan, X. (2025). Enhancing self-regulated learning effectiveness for elderly learners in distance education: A case study of Feicheng Senior University. 2025 International Conference on Distance Education and Learning (ICDEL), 405–413. https://doi.org/10.1109/ICDEL65868.2025.11193614 Formosa, M. (2014). Four decades of Universities of the Third Age: Past, present, future. Ageing & Society, 34(1), 42–66. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0144686X12000797 Gaumer, A. S., & Noonan, P. M. (2010). Late-career adults in online education: A rewarding experience for individuals aged 50 to 65. MERTLOT Journal of Online Learning and Teaching, 6(2), 388–397. https://jolt.merlot.org/vol6no2/erickson_0610.pdf Kara, M., Erdoğdu, F., Kokoç, M., & Cagiltay, K. (2019). Challenges faced by adult learners in online distance education: A literature review. Open Praxis, 11(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.5944/openpraxis.11.1.929 Menéndez, S., Pérez-Padilla, J., & Maya, J. (2018). Empirical research of university programs for older people in Europe: A systematic review. Educational Gerontology, 44(9), 595–607. https://doi.org/10.1080/03601277.2018.1518459 O’Cathain, A., & Thomas, K. J. (2004). «Any other comments?» Open questions on questionnaires – a bane or a bonus to research? BMC Medical Research Methodology, 4(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-4-25 Schiller, E. (2023). Desk research on intergenerational practice. Erasmus+ 60. https://zenodo.org/records/10522452 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Broadly Accessible, Locally Important: (Re)Conceptualising Hybrid Education in Regional Higher Education Institutions University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Higher education institutions (HEIs) are increasingly expected to diversify their campus-based teaching formats through hybrid and fully online offerings (EUA, 2021). Such diversification is viewed as essential for addressing growing educational inequalities and responding to urgent societal challenges such as rural depopulation and lack of skilled labour. These policy imperatives are now shaping national and local educational landscapes also in the Nordic, compelling HEIs to reinterpret and operationalise education within their specific linguistic, cultural, and geographical contexts. Hybrid educational arrangements—integrating physical and digital, onsite and online learning—hold great potential in this regard (Pöysä-Tarhonen, 2025, 2026). This conceptual paper examines hybrid education in regional HEIs, specifically in the Nordic context. While Nordic higher education is widely recognised for its strong commitment to equity, accessibility, and social inclusion (e.g. Buchholtz et al., 2020), HEIs in regional centres and smaller towns often operate under distinct conditions compared to their counterparts in major urban centres. These HEIs are typically characterised by smaller scale, more dispersed student populations, and a greater integration with local communities. As such, they carry a dual mandate: to promote equitable access to tertiary education across geographically diverse populations, and simultaneously, to contribute to local and regional vitality (Nordregio, 2024). In this context, hybridity is framed not only as a pedagogical question but also as a critical dimension of making higher education economically viable in sparsely populated areas. However, while these institutions are tasked with balancing widening participation and local and regional development, their distinct conditions are still underrepresented in dominant policy narratives and educational research. Accordingly, the central research question guiding this paper is: How can hybrid education be (re)conceptualised as a spatially responsive educational practice in regional HEIs? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research question, the paper draws on three intersecting theoretical perspectives. First, adopting a postdigital lens (e.g. Ryberg, 2025), the paper challenges simplistic binaries between ‘the physical’ and ‘the digital’, viewing them instead as co-constitutive dimensions of hybrid educational spaces (Gourlay, 2021). In practice, both online and onsite learners navigate entangled spaces of physical and digital that shape their learning and belonging (Lamb & Carvalho, 2024). Within this view, students are not passive recipients but active curators of their learning spaces, assembling spatial, temporal, and technological resources in ways that reflect their responsibilities and lived realities (Lamb & Carvalho, 2024). These curatorial practices, however, are deeply shaped by (uneven) access to infrastructure, varying levels of digital fluency and life conditions of students (Mineshima-Lowe et al., 2023). Second, the paper draws from geographies of education (e.g., Fløisdorf & Adriansen, 2022; Kraftl et al., 2025) to better understand how space, place, and institutional practices intersect in shaping hybrid learning, especially in HEIs outside urban areas. In hybrid education offered by regional HEIs, where campus-based communities can be fragmented and part-time or commuting students are common (e.g., Hill et al., 2024), sustaining interaction and connection among students and between students and educators can prove challenging. This raises questions e.g. how to foster relational depth across dispersed spatial and temporal arrangements and requires rethinking of hybrid forms of university participation anew, extending from binary thinking of student mobilities (e.g., ‘staying local’ and ‘going away’, Finn, 2017) to recognising multiple narratives of human and spatial relationships (e.g., Gravett & Ajjawi, 2021). Third, insights from the sociology of education and critical policy studies are used to interrogate the possible tensions between institutional visions of digital transformation and the everyday realities of hybrid teaching and learning in regional HEIs (e.g., Gourlay, 2025). Yet such framings often obscure the lived realities of educational practice, where structural constraints and everyday challenges are pronounced (Rüsselbæk Hansen & Phelan, 2023). For instance, institutional expectations surrounding hybrid educational models may conflict with operational realities, including limited staff resources, and a lack of continuity between online and on-campus components if students navigate multiple locations, platforms, and temporal rhythms. Throughout, the different theoretical perspectives are not examined in isolation but rather analysed as interdependent. Together, they offer a more nuanced lens through which to understand the lived practices and structural dynamics shaping hybrid education in Nordic regional HEIs and beyond. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper advances a conceptual reframing of hybrid learning in regional HEIs by positioning hybridity as a spatial, relational, and institutional phenomenon. The central contribution lies in developing a theoretical lens that illuminates how hybrid learning is co-constructed through the interplay of everyday practices, material conditions, and policy narratives. Rather than viewing hybrid education solely as a mode of delivery or technological advancement, the paper argues for a broader understanding that acknowledges how hybrid learning spaces are co-constructed through everyday practices, material conditions, and institutional policy visions. In doing so, the paper invites researchers, educators and policymakers to move beyond abstract design principles to better account for the complexity of hybrid educational arrangements in regional HEIs. These include, for instance, the spatial and technological constraints shaping learner agency, the relational and affective dimensions of participation, and the alignment—or misalignment—between policy-level imaginaries of digital transformations of HEIs and institutional or regional capacities and their everyday educational practices. References Buchholtz, N., Stuart, A., & Frønes, T. S. (2020). Equity, equality and diversity: Putting educational justice in the Nordic model to a test. In T. S. Frønes, A. Pettersen, J. Radišić, & N. Buchholtz (Eds.), Equity, equality and diversity in the Nordic model of education (pp. 13–41). Springer. EUA. (2021). Universities without walls: A vision for 2030. Finn, K. (2017). Multiple, relational and emotional mobilities: Understanding student mobilities in higher education as more than ‘staying local’ and ‘going away’. British Educational Research Journal, 43(5), 743–758. Fløisdorf, U., & Adriansen, H. (2022). Continuity and change of internationalisation during the pandemic. Journal of international Mobility, 10(1), 15-34. Gourlay, L. (2021). There is no ‘virtual learning’: The materiality of digital education. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 10, 57–66. Gourlay, L. (2025). University and the Algorithmic Gaze. Bloomsbury Academic. Gravett, K., & Ajjawi, R. (2021). Belonging as situated practice. Studies in Higher Education, 47(7), 1386–1396. Hill, J., King, A., Hemmings, B., Cocks, T., & Millican, R. (2024). Commuting students before and during COVID-19: Academic identity across home and campus spaces. Widening Participation and Lifelong Learning, 26(1), 90–112. Kraftl, P., Andrews, W., Beech, S., Ceresa, G., Holloway, S. L., Johnson, V., & White, C. (2022). Geographies of education: A journey. Area, 54(1), 15-23. Lamb, J., & Carvalho, L. (2024). Towards harmonious, positive, postdigital spaces for learning. In J. Lamb & L. Carvalho (Eds.), Postdigital learning spaces: Towards convivial, equitable and sustainable spaces for learning (pp. 225–242). Springer. Mineshima-Lowe, D., Mihai, A., Le Bourdon, M., Pears, L., Bijsmans, P., Hadjipieris, P., & Lightfoot, S. (2023). Hyflex and hybrid teaching and learning in higher education: Evolving discussions in the post-pandemic era. European Political Science. Nordregio. (2024). Higher education beyond major urban areas in the Nordics: EDYNORE final report 2024. Pöysä-Tarhonen, J. (2025). Geographies of collaboration in hybrid learning spaces in the postdigital era: Towards sustainable futures for higher education learning. European Journal of Higher Education, 1–16. Pöysä-Tarhonen, J. (2026, in press). Emerging hybridity in higher education: From market-inspired educational offerings towards inclusive, fluid educational spaces. In L. Alonso de Andrade, E. Pekkola, & S. Lundborg (Eds.), Hybridity through transitions: Crisis and resilience in Nordic universities. Brill. Ryberg, T. (2025). Postdigital research: Resistance to closure. Postdigital Science and Education, 7, 308–315. Rüsselbæk Hansen, D., & Phelan, A. M. (2023). Comic absurdity and profane acts in education. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 44(6), 901–912. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Inclusion in Higher Education Through Design of Alternative Student Pathways DPU, Aarhus Universitet, Denmark Presenting Author:Background: Higher educational institutions are organized in monocultures with a standard student in mind (Costa-Renders, 2019). The organization of teaching, learning and administrative practices presupposes a narrow set of ways to participate as a student from enrolment to graduation: A standard student pathway. Many students are able to comply with the standard student pathway. Simultaneously, a large minority – often with impairments - experience problems with the standard student pathway. To compensate, the educational institutions offer educational support [Specialpædagogisk Støtte]. Educational support is for students with recognized impairments only. Designated educational support does help but can be experienced as stigmatizing (Fornauf & Erickson, 2020). The mismatch with the standard student pathway also produces an extra workload for the atypical students to acquaint themselves with complex rules for dispensations (Stigemoe et al., 2021). Thus, the challenges experienced by atypical students arise in the meetings between the student and the educational institution, rather than from the impairment in itself. The higher drop-out rate among students with impairments (Amilon et al., 2020) suggests that the current support system is insufficient. There is a need to rethink the educational support system along the line of Universal Design for Education (UDL): To design educational systems with the diversity of students in mind (Meyer & Rose, 2000). How can we challenge the monoculture? What if multiple student pathways existed through the educational system? Aim: The aim of the study is to design alternative student pathways that can address one or more recurring interface problems arising between students with disabilities/health conditions and the learning activities and organization at the university. Method: The research question is investigated through an Educational Design Research methodology (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). The central concept of student pathways stems from care pathways in the health sector. Care pathways are professional tools that orchestrate treatment goals, treatment practices, work divisions and sequencing of different parts of the treatment. The aim of care pathways is to enhance the quality of care across professionals, improve patient outcomes and satisfaction and optimize use of resources (Vanhaecht et al (2007) in Schrijvers et al., 2012, Hunter & Segrott, 2008). The aim of student pathways is likewise to align the goal of inclusion with a broad set of activities, practices and professionals. The pathway concept stresses the need to develop sets of coordinated practices among faculty, students and administrators that are experienced as continuous and supportive of learning by as many students as possible. Through a three-phase research process, (1) the interface problems are investigated, (2) a pilot alternative student pathways developed and (3) the prototype tested. The designed alternative student pathway stands in as a concrete utopia that both seeks to reconfigure existing university practices and point to gaps in the current support practices. Results: Phase one revealed five recurring interface problems produced in the intersection between individual differences in student participation and organization of learning activities at the university; (1) Problems keeping up with the institutionalized study pace, (2) difficulties meeting university expectations about self-organized learning, (3) problems maintaining a positive or neutral emotional stance in learning activities, (4) problems accessing academic content, and (5) problems fulfilling expectations to group work participation. Phase two further deepened the multi-perspective understanding of the chosen focus of interface problem 2. A pilot student pathway was developed focusing on better transfer of knowledge between stakeholders and better continuity and connection between inclusive measures organized as part of the general setting and inclusive measures in the specialized support system. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research question is investigated through an Educational Design Research methodology (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). The first phase consisted of an interview study looking deeper into the kind of challenges students experience across various diagnoses and conditions. Twenty-one students with a mixture of indi-vidual conditions participated in individual semi-structured interviews. Students were recruited among Aarhus University students with the following inclusion criteria (1) long-term emotional problems that af-fected their life as students, (2) Long-term somatic conditions that affected their life as students, and/or (3) neurodivergent conditions that affected their life as students. Documentation of diagnoses/health con-ditions was not requested. Thematic analysis of the interviews revealed five recurring interface problems, one of which was chosen for the second phase: difficulties meeting university expectations about self-organized learning. Phase two consisted of a series of four workshops with multiple university stakeholders as participants: The researchers (doubling as educators), a student administrator, a student counsellor, a teaching consult-ant, employees/researchers from the Centre for Educational Development, employees from the Student Support Office. A voluntary student board provided the student perspective. The content of the workshops was structured discussions about: (1 ) Elaborating interface problem 2 from all perspectives, (2) agreeing on a shared definition of the interface problem, (3) generating ideas for what would be needed in an alter-native student pathway for the chosen interface problem and (4) calibrating the shared model. Discussions are workshops were recorded, transcribed and summed up in working papers in between workshops and commented on by the student board. Phase three test of the prototype is planned to take place in the fall 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The rising number of students with the student diversity experienced by faculty and university administra-tors emerges from interface problems and the strategies students use to handle their experienced interface problems rather than the diagnosis or health condition in itself. Knowledge about the source of diversity can be a productive starting point for development of more inclusive learning environments. Rather than focusing on specific learning needs arising from a range of different specific diagnoses and health condi-tions, educational development initiatives can focus on the smaller amount of shared interface problems. Five recurrent examples were found of how student diversity is produced in the intersection between indi-vidual differences in student participation and organization of learning activities at the university; (1) Prob-lems keeping up with the institutionalized study pace, (2) difficulties meeting university expectations about self-organized learning, (3) problems maintaining a positive or neutral emotional stance in learning activi-ties, (4) problems accessing academic content, and (5) problems fulfilling expectations to group work par-ticipation. Solutions to interface problems are complex and hinges on opportunities for developing a shared focus in the broader inclusive agenda and a model for how to orchestrate collaborations and knowledge transfer be-tween stakeholders. The design of an alternative student pathway stands in as a concrete utopia that both seeks to reconfigure existing university practices and point to gaps in the current support practices. References Amilon, A., Østergaard, S.V., Olsen, R.F. (2020). Mennesker med handicap. Hverdagsliv og levevilkår 2020. København: Vive. Costa-Renders, E.C. (2019). Pedagogy of seasons and UDL. The multiple temporalities of learning involving the university as a whole. In: Bracken & Novak (eds.), Transforming higher education through universal design for learning. In international perspective. London: Routledge. Fornauf, B.S., Erickson, J.D. (2020). Toward an inclusive pedagogy through universal design for learning in higher education: A review of the literature. Journal of Postsecondary Education and Disability, 33(2), 183-199. Hunter, B. & Segrott, J. 2008. Re-mapping client journeys and professional identities: A review of the lit-erature on clinical pathways. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 45, 608-625. Doi: 10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2007.04.001 McKenney, S. & Reeves, T.C. (2019). Conducting educational design research. New York: Taylor & Francis. Meyer, A.; Rose, D.H. (2000). Universal design for individual differences. Educational Leadership, 58(3), 39-43. Schrijvers, G., van Hoorn, A., Huiskes, N. 2012. The care pathway: concepts and theories: an introduc-tion. International Journal of Integrated Care, 12 (sep), 1-7. Stigemoe, A.T.B., Larsen, L., Wulf-Andersen, T. (2021). “Hvis de først taber et skridt…” Vejledere og rådgi-veres perspektiver på mistrivsel blandt studerende i videregående uddannelser. Roskilde Universitet. Re-trieved from https://forskning.ruc.dk/da/publications/hvis-de-f%C3%B8rst-taber-et-skridt-vejledere-og-r%C3%A5dgiveres-perspektive 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper From Accommodation to Engagement: SDT-Informed Pedagogy for Inclusion and Diversity in Higher Education 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: Häme University of Applied Sciences, Finland Presenting Author:Despite growing global policy commitments to inclusive education and widening participation in higher education (HE), students with disabilities (SWD) continue to face systemic barriers that constrain engagement and limit full inclusion within the academic and social life of universities (McDowall & Kiseleva, 2024). These barriers are particularly salient in compulsory academic subjects such as English as a second language (L2) (Černickaja & Sokolová, 2024), which functions as a gatekeeper to academic progression, international mobility, and participation in the European Higher Education Area. When teaching practices prioritise rapid processing, accurate decoding, sustained attention, implicit interaction norms, and high-stakes oral performance, students with ADHD, dyslexia, and related conditions may experience persistent difficulties in executive functioning, literacy, and socio-pragmatic skills (McDowall & Kiseleva, 2024). European HE systems have predominantly addressed inclusion through reasonable accommodations and individual support measures. While necessary, such approaches are often reactive, rely on student disclosure, and do not sufficiently transform everyday pedagogical practices (McDowall & Kiseleva, 2024). As a result, responsibility for inclusion frequently remains with individual students rather than with learning environments. Although prior research has criticised reactive accommodation models and called for more proactive systemic support (Korthals Altes et al., 2024), empirical evidence on effective inclusive instructional practices remains limited (Taff & Clifton, 2022). This gap is particularly pronounced for SWD studying English as a second language (L2), which functions as the lingua franca of academia (Hakala et al., 2025). Moreover, few studies have examined SWD study engagement through Self-Determination Theory (SDT)–informed interventions or mixed-methods designs (Wang et al., 2024). Addressing these gaps, this paper brings together findings from two complementary empirical studies examining how SDT can inform inclusive pedagogy that proactively enhances SWD study engagement and inclusion in HE. The studies investigate an SDT-informed English L2 course implemented at a Finnish research-intensive university. The course was explicitly designed to support students’ basic psychological needs for autonomy, competence, and relatedness, drawing on SDT-based teacher motivational behaviours (Ahmadi et al., 2023). The overarching research aim is to generate theoretically grounded and empirically validated knowledge on how inclusive learning environments can be enacted through pedagogical design rather than accommodation alone. The following research questions guide the studies:
The theoretical framework integrates Self-Determination Theory (SDT)-based teacher motivational behaviors (Ahmadi et al., 2023) and contemporary study engagement theory (Trolian, 2024), which conceptualises engagement as a multidimensional construct encompassing behavioural, cognitive, and emotional components. In addition, the studies are informed by the relational model of disability, aligning with European inclusive education frameworks by emphasising the interaction between learners and learning environments rather than individual deficit (Taneja-Johansson & Pesonen, 2025). The European and international relevance of this research lies in the universality of SDT, the shared challenges surrounding inclusive HE across European systems, and the central role of English L2 learning in academic participation. By focusing on pedagogical practices that can be implemented across disciplines and national contexts, this research contributes directly to advancing educational research that informs inclusive policy and practice across Europe and beyond. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper synthesizes findings from two empirical studies conducted within the same pedagogical intervention, using complementary qualitative and mixed-methods research designs. The research context was a 12-week, bachelor-level, pass/fail English L2 course delivered in line with the SDT-based teacher motivational behaviours (Ahmadi et al., 2023). The course was taught in small groups (maximum of 10 students) at a Finnish research-intensive university and targeted students who self-identified as having experienced challenges in learning English, including dyslexia, ADHD, anxiety-related conditions, and other learning difficulties. Ethical standards consistent with Finnish research integrity guidelines were followed throughout, and, in accordance with the Finnish National Board on Research Integrity (2023), no formal ethical review was required. Informed consent procedures were implemented in line with established ethical research practices (Creswell & Creswell, 2023). Study 1: Qualitative interview study The first study employed a qualitative case study design (Creswell & Creswell, 2023). Data were collected in 2020 through semi-structured interviews with nine students following course completion. The interviews explored students’ engaging learning experiences and the perceived role of autonomy, competence, and relatedness in facilitating engagement. Data were analysed using abductive qualitative content analysis, combining inductive identification of learning modes (e.g. dialogue, participation, reflection, doing) with deductive coding informed by SDT (Ryan & Deci, 2020) and study engagement theory (Trolian, 2024). Study 2: Longitudinal mixed-methods intervention study The second study adopted a qualitatively oriented mixed-methods (QOMM) case study design, including 31 SWD. Quantitative data were collected in 2021-2024 using a validated study skills and well-being questionnaire (Parpala & Lindblom-Ylänne, 2012), administered at the beginning (T1) and end (T2) of the course. Five scales were analysed—self-efficacy, interest, alignment, support, and feedback—using the Wilcoxon signed-rank test. All scales demonstrated acceptable reliability. Qualitative data consisted of weekly learning journals collected over ten weeks. The journals captured task-proximal reflections on concrete learning events. Abductive qualitative content analysis was used to identify learning contexts, engagement types (Trolian, 2024), and SDT facilitation (Ahmadi et al., 2023). Quantitative and qualitative findings were integrated using the Pillar Integration Process (Johnson et al., 2019), enabling systematic comparison across data strands. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across both studies, the results indicated that a coherent set of SDT-based teacher motivational behaviors (Ahmadi et al., 2023) supporting students’ sense of competence, autonomy, and relatedness and embedded within both course design and instructional practice, contributed to their active engagement. Engagement was most strongly facilitated by competence-supportive practices in class–teacher and student–teacher interactions through clear structure, scaffolding, authentic tasks, and timely personalised feedback. These practices were particularly effective in fostering cognitive engagement, including strategy use, self-regulation, and sustained intellectual effort, while reducing academic insecurity. Relatedness-supportive practices, especially small peer groups and empathic teacher–student dialogue, played a central role in enhancing emotional engagement, sense of belonging, and psychological safety—factors critical for SWD who often report anxiety and social exclusion in traditional English L2 learning environments (Černickaja & Sokolová, 2024). By transforming social interaction from a source of anxiety into a driver for emotional engagement and participation, such practices strengthened inclusion within the academic community. Autonomy-supportive practices, including meaningful choice and self-referenced goal setting, supported behavioural engagement and persistence. Building on these findings, this paper challenges the overreliance on diagnosis- driven, reactive accommodations as the primary inclusion strategy for SWD in HE by demonstrating how proactively inclusive course design and instructional practices can effectively support SWD study engagement and inclusion (Taneja-Johansson & Pesonen, 2025). While the small sample sizes and purposive sampling may affect the generalisability of the findings, the thick description afforded by the interviews and task-proximal learning journal reflections supports analytic transferability (Corrigan & Onwuegbuzie, 2020). To strengthen the evidence base and causal inference, future research should employ diverse RCTs with systematic fidelity measures. Taken together, these findings offer actionable insights for teacher education, curriculum development, and institutional policy, illustrating how inclusive teaching practices grounded in SDT can benefit diverse learners across European HE contexts. References Ahmadi, A., Noetel, M., Parker, P. D., Ryan, R. M., Ntoumanis, N., Reeve, J., Beauchamp, M. R., Dicke, T., Yeung, A., Ahmadi, M., Bartholomew, K., Chiu, T. K. F., Curran, T., Erturan, G., Flunger, B., Frederick, C., Froiland, J. M., González-Cutre, D., Haerens, L.,…Lonsdale, C. (2023). A Classification System for Teachers’ Motivational Behaviours Recommended in Self-Determination Theory Interventions. Journal of Educational Psychology, 115(8), 1158–1176. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000783 Černickaja, K., & Sokolová, L. (2024). Dyslexia in higher education – teacher’s perspective: scoping review. Frontiers in Education, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1372699 Corrigan, J., & Onwuegbuzie, A. (2020). Toward a Meta-Framework for Conducting Mixed Methods Representation Analyses to Optimize Meta-Inferences. The Qualitative Report. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2020.3579 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2023). Research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches / John W. Creswell, J. David Creswell (Sixth ed.). SAGE. Finnish National Board on Research Integrity. (2023). Finnish Code of Conduct for Research Integrity and Procedures for Handling Alleged Violations of Research Integrity in Finland. Guideline of the Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK 2023. https://tenk.fi/sites/default/files/2023-05/RI_Guidelines_2023.pdf Johnson, R. E., Grove, A. L., & Clarke, A. (2019). Pillar Integration Process: A Joint Display Technique to Integrate Data in Mixed Methods Research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 13(3), 301–320. https://doi.org/10.1177/1558689817743108 McDowall, A., & Kiseleva, M. (2024). A rapid review of supports for neurodivergent students in higher education. Implications for research and practice. Neurodiversity, 2. https://doi.org/10.1177/27546330241291769 Parpala, A., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2012). Using a research instrument for developing quality at the university. Quality in Higher Education, 18(3), 313–328. https://doi.org/10.1080/13538322.2012.733493 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101860 Taneja-Johansson, S., & Pesonen, H. V. (2025). Narratives of a postgraduate student with disabilities and his journey to higher education. Higher Education Research & Development, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2025.2580620 Trolian, T. L. (2024). Student Engagement in Higher Education: Conceptualizations, Measurement, and Research. In L. W. Perna (Ed.), Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research (1 ed., Vol. 39, pp. 265–324). Springer Cham. https://doi.org/doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-38077-8 Wang, Y., Wang, H., Wang, S., Wind, S. A., & Gill, C. (2024). A systematic review and meta-analysis of self-determination-theory-based interventions in the education context. Learning and Motivation, 87. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lmot.2024.102015 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 23 SES 06 A: Navigating the Boundaries Between Research Policy and Practice: within and across Different Policy Settlements Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Gemma Moss Session Chair: Conor Galvin Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Navigating the Boundaries Between Research Policy and Practice: within and across Different Policy Settlements This symposium will contribute to studies of how changing modes of governance are altering knowledge flows in education, and impacting on the relations between research, policy and practice in different policy settings (Grek, 2024). The symposium explores whether it makes sense to understand this changed landscape for knowledge making and knowledge flows in terms of national policy settlements; or whether drilling down within national contexts reveals more fragile entanglements between a range of stakeholders whose interests are not the same (Verger et al 2018; Landri, 2025). The papers have developed through a study of the relations between research, policy and practice in the four nations and jurisdictions of the UK: Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland and England. Education policy is a devolved issue in the UK, so although England dominates in terms of system size, the conditions it operates under are not replicated elsewhere (Greany et al, 2025). Instead, each jurisdiction organises and steers the relations between research, policy and practice in different ways. In part this is because of their longer social histories and the different policy instruments in place. While there is shared use of the language of evidence-informed or research- informed policy and practice, these do not lead to similar effects. Discussion will focus on whether researchers can still find spaces from within a particular policy settlement to do things differently and the extent to which this depends upon recognising and redefining the opportunities to work with others on topics of mutual concern. To answer these questions, the symposium draws from a research programme designed to better understand the terms upon which research, policy and practice interact in the four nations and jurisdictions of the UK. The research included
The methods used included: discourse analysis of key policy documents; internet searches; and interviews with participants. We anticipate that the issues raised on how to balance the local and the national will have relevance in other national settings across Europe (Lillejord, 2025). References Grek, S. (2024). The new production of expert knowledge: education, quantification and utopia. Springer Nature. Greany, T., Cowhitt, T., Noyes, A., Gripton, C and Hudson, G. Local learning landscapes: conceptualising place-based professional learning by teachers and schools in decentralised education systems. J Educ Change 26, 1–28 (2025) Landri P. (2025) Wicked or tame issues? Dealing with knowledge crises in education policy. Oxford Review of Education, 51(6):836-50. Lillejord, S. (2025). Whose knowledge? Knowledge production and democracy in schools. Oxford Review of Education, 51(6), 903-918. Verger, A., Prieto, M., Pagès, M., & Villamor, P. (2018). Common standards, different stakes: A comparative and multi-scalar analysis of accountability reforms in the Spanish education context. European Educational Research Journal, 19(2), 142-164 Presentations of the Symposium Knowledge Flows in Education: Research in a Crowded and Contested World
This paper reconsiders the role research can play in reframing the questions policy asks, and the kinds of alliances that can be built to help rebalance whose knowledge counts. The paper begins by considering the terms in which education has been recast as a policy problem and where research fits in. While this issue is often discussed by focusing on supranational organisations’ influence on national policies (Steiner-Khamsi, Martens and Ydesen, 2024), the focus in this paper is different. It looks down below the national level to what happens on the ground in different policy settlements, taking the 4 nations and jurisdictions of the UK as its case. In each jurisdiction, politicians choose how to frame education’s purposes, and draw on a variety of sources to do so. They also decide on the policy instruments they will use to redistribute responsibilities to act within a given policy frame (Le Galès, 2011). In so doing they reshape the relationships between research, policy and practice.
As the gaps between the intended outcomes policy seeks and what happens on the ground become more visible, current arrangements set in motion a different dynamic to knowledge flows in education (Moss, 2025). One way of reviewing the gap between intentions and outcomes is to treat these as problems in implementation (Best and Holmes, 2010; OECD, 2025). But they can also be seen as problems of interpretation: the “facts of the matter” are seldom beyond dispute and can be read in many different ways (Greenhalgh and Engebretsen, 2022; Pawson and Tilley, 2024). Indeed, problems that resist solving from within a policy frame provoke contestation and conflicts in the public square that new modes of governance struggle to contain (Baroutsis and Lingard, 2025). Discussion will focus on how researchers in different policy settlements can respond to these changing conditions in ways that strengthen critical action.
References:
Baroutsis, A., & Lingard, B. (2025). Understanding media influences on education policy in contexts of changing digital media cultures. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–15.
Best, A., & Holmes, B. (2010). Systems thinking, knowledge and action: towards better models and methods. Evidence & Policy, 6(2), 145-159.
Greenhalgh, T., & Engebretsen, E. (2022). The science-policy relationship in times of crisis: An urgent call for a pragmatist turn. Social Science & Medicine, 306, 115140.
Le Galès, P. (2011). Policy instruments and governance. The SAGE handbook of governance, 1, 142-159.
Moss, G. (2025) Knowledge-making in a crisis: English education during and after Covid-19. Oxford Review of Education, 51(6), 868-884.
OECD (2025), Everybody Cares About Using Education Research Sometimes: Perspectives of Knowledge Intermediaries, Educational Research and Innovation, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/5ef88972-en
Pawson, R., & Tilley, N. (2004). Realist evaluation. https://www.copasah.org/uploads/1/2/6/4/12642634/realistic_evaluationpawson.pdf
Steiner-Khamsi, G., Martens, K., & Ydesen, C. (2024). Governance by numbers 2.0: policy brokerage as an instrument of global governance in the era of information overload. Comparative Education, 60(4), 537–554.
Reconceptualising how Researchers Interact with Policy: Developing a New Language of Description
This paper reconceptualises how researchers navigate the boundaries between research, policy and practice in different policy spaces in the UK. The paper draws on interviews conducted with the nine Principal Investigators (PIs) who participated in the ESRC Education Research Programme 2021-2026. As part of the Programme, the PIs have been addressing a range of policy relevant themes using different methodological approaches and working in different local and national settings in the UK. I use the data from the interviews to introduce a language of description (Bernstein, 2003) organised around three categories of analysis that accounts for the difference in researcher strategies. These are:
Reading the context. Before engaging with policy and practice, researchers pay attention to how their topic is framed and named in policy and practice. Based on their reading, researchers orient towards the context in different ways. These can be conceptualised as operating on a scale between alignment (problem-solving, solutions) and disruption (problematising, re-framing).
Interacting with the context. When planning, conducting and disseminating their research, researchers interact with policy and/or practice in different ways. These can be conceptualised on a scale between detached (insulated, independent) and embedded (enmeshed, involved).
Influencing the context. Researchers attempt to influence policy and practice in different ways, conceptualised on a scale between product (fixed, sequenced, tangible) and process (open-ended, iterative, experiential).
The paper concludes by arguing that the categories of ‘reading’, ‘interacting’ and ‘influencing’ offer a vocabulary that helps to capture and sensitize the complex ways in which researchers interact with policy and practice and make more transparent the strategies they choose. We consider the implications of these categories in relation to the changing conditions and potentials of educational research in Europe
References:
Bernstein, B. (2003). Class, codes and control, (volume 3): towards a theory of educational transmissions. Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Partnerships in Context: Insights from Partnerships Operating within the Four Nations and Jurisdictions of the United Kingdom
Across the devolved UK education systems, partnerships are used to further policy goals, but also to reframe how issues are understood and redefine whose knowledge counts (Moss et al, 2022). We recognise that the challenges, goals, and opportunities that partnerships face, are shaped by long-term national political cultures and governance structures, as well as their immediate geographical and temporal contexts (Wallin, 2007; Ozga, 2025). In this paper we explore how particular partnerships actually work within the immediate political, institutional and historical contexts within which they operate in the UK (Hora & Millar, 2023:68; Nicholson and Wilkins, 2025).
We begin by presenting insights from our mapping of the education policy landscapes in the UK (See OECD, 2025, pp70-73). This sets the scene for analysing how two particular partnerships have formed and been sustained over time. The case studies combined internet searches with interviews with key local actors engaged in the partnership including researchers, funders, local government and community groups. This enabled us to trace partnerships from their origins and inception through outcomes to predictions about their long-term effects. Together our findings show that navigating these complex systems requires actors to develop context-specific forms of expertise that can adapt to local values and institutional priorities.
Partnerships develop through ongoing negotiation and coordination within complex policy systems that are shaped by both internal governance and external factors (Grek, 2024; Lingard, Baroutsis & Sellar, 2021). The finding that actors do not necessarily share common goals and that this can lead to disparate narratives emerging from shared activities creates difficulties for using standardised approaches to measure their success. But it also creates opportunities for those involved to learn from each other through a place-based lens. Discussion will explore the role that locally based partnerships can play in diverse national settings.
References:
Grek, S. (2024). The new production of expert knowledge: education, quantification and utopia. Springer Nature.
Hora, M. T., & Millar, S. B. (2023). A guide to building education partnerships: Navigating diverse cultural contexts to turn challenge into promise. Taylor & Francis.
Lingard, B., Baroutsis, A., & Sellar, S. (2021). Enriching educational accountabilities through collaborative public conversations: Conceptual and methodological insights from the Learning Commission approach. Journal of Educational Change, 22(4), 565-587.
Moss, G., Bradbury, A., Braun, A., Duncan, S., Levy, R. and Harmey, S. (2022) Research evidence to support primary school inspection post-COVID. UCL Institute of Education: London, UK
OECD (2025), Everybody Cares About Using Education Research Sometimes: Perspectives of Knowledge Intermediaries, Educational Research and Innovation, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/5ef88972-en
Nicholson, P. M., & Wilkins, A. W. (2025). Intermediaries in local schooling landscapes: policy enactment and partnership building during times of crisis. Journal of Education Policy, 40(1), 89–110.
Ozga, J. (2025). Politicisation, depoliticisation and knowledge in education recovery planning after Covid-19. Oxford Review of Education, 51(6), 819-835.
Wallin, D. (2007). Policy window or hazy dream? policy and practice innovations for creating effective learning environments in rural schools. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, (63).
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 23 SES 06 B: BOOK LAUNCH PART 1: Perspectives on Education Policy Advice and Education Policy Making Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Craig Skerritt Session Chair: Luke Sweeney Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium BOOK LAUNCH PART 1: Perspectives on Education Policy Advice and Education Policy Making This is part one of two of the book launch to mark the publication of two books edited by Craig Skerritt and published by Bloomsbury in July 2026: Advising on and Making Education Policy: New Perspectives on Past and Present Procedures and Opportunities and Challenges for Policy Advice and Policy Making in Education: Future Possibilities. The education policy literature is replete with commentaries on and critiques of policies. It often concerns, for example, sociopolitical climates, the ideologies underpinning policies, the impacts of policies, and it frequently makes recommendations for policy makers to take on board going forward. However, readers of this literature would be forgiven for having less knowledge about how policies are created. Literature explicitly about the making of education policy is dispersed, and as has often been acknowledged over the past twenty years (see Saunders 2007; Bangs et al. 2011; Gorard et al. 2020; Ribbins and Sherratt 2022), a paucity of knowledge exists. It greatly remains the case within the literature that, as Gewirtz and Ozga wrote over thirty years ago, ‘there is a great deal we do not yet know about current policy-making processes’ and what goes on ‘behind the policy-making scenes’ (Gewirtz and Ozga 1994: 199). As part of this book launch, an eclectic mix of contributors come together from around the world to share important insights about policy advice and policy making in education; to give informed details about what policy creation can entail, and who might be and how they might be involved. Coming from a range of jurisdictions, they are people with important insights to share from their experiences of doing and researching policy advice and policy making in education in their roles as civil servants, teachers, teacher educators and university-based researchers. In this first part, the authors of four chapters present on their experiences and knowledge of policy advice and policy making in education at the national level, each focusing on a specific education system: England, Scotland, Wales, and Germany. Nonetheless, given that contemporary education systems are transnationally connected (Grek et al. 2013) the lessons that can be gleaned will likely have wider relevance and applicability. The first presentation comes from Huw Morris who was Director of Skills, Higher Education and Lifelong learning in the Welsh Government (2013-2022). Morris provides an account of how he experienced policy being developed, outlining six key influences on policy development. There is then a presentation from a university-based researcher discussing how they, as an academic, were able to influence national policy in their respective jurisdiction. Through a first-hand account of a researcher in Scotland engaging with the media, government, and the public, Rachel Shanks demonstrates how academic research can contribute to the making of national policy, and advice is offered on how academic researchers can work towards achieving policy impact. The third presentation comes from Germany in the form of the Standing Scientific Commission on Education Policy. Christine Becks, Susanne Farwick, and Isabell van Ackeren-Mindl, introduce this mechanism, which van Ackeren-Mindl is a member of, discussing its genesis, structure and functioning and its role and significance within the broader national debate on German education policy. In the fourth presentation, Clare Brooks and Joanna McIntyre draw on their experiences as university academics engaging with civil servants during the development of a high-profile national policy. Through their account, Brooks and McIntyre share concerns about the development of the policy, such as the façade of consultation, the lack of relevant experience and expertise among the civil servants. They finish by highlighting learning points for other academics who might find themselves in similar positions with policy makers. References Bangs, J., MacBeath, J., & Galton, M. (2011). Reinventing Schools, Reforming Teaching: From Political Visions to Classroom Reality. London: Routledge. Gewirtz, S., & Ozga, J. (1994). Interviewing the education policy elite. In G. Walford (ed.) Researching the Powerful in Education (pp. 186-203). London: UCL Press. Gorard, S., See, B. H., & Siddiqui, N. (2020). What we know already about the best ways to get evidence into use in education. In S. Gorard (ed.) Getting Evidence into Education: Evaluating the Routes to Policy and Practice (pp. 34-50). Oxon: Routledge. Grek, S., Lawn, M., Ozga, J., & Segerholm, C. (2013). Governing by inspection? European inspectorates and the creation of a European education policy space. Comparative Education, 49(4), 486-502. Ribbins, P., & Sherratt, B. (2022). Portrait of an ‘outsider’as permanent secretary in Whitehall: the life and times of Michael Bichard–an un-mandarin like mandarin1? Journal of Educational Administration and History, 54(4), 375-396. Saunders, L. (2007). Go-betweens, gofers or mediators? exploring the role and responsibilities of research managers in policy organisations. In L. Saunders (ed.) Educational Research and Policy-Making: Exploring the Border Country Between Research and Policy (pp.106-126). Oxon Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium Higher Education Policy Making in Practice in Wales: A View Based on Personal Experiences between 2013 and 2023
This presentation provides an overview of the author’s experiences of policy making in higher education in Wales between 2013 and 2023. It provides an account of how higher education policy is shaped by developments at different levels from the international to the UK state, devolved nations, regions and constituent institutions. Here it is shown that the final form of policy in practice emerges from the interplay between ministerial priorities, party politics and lobbying, policy legacy, events, ideological influences and financial constraints. It demonstrates there is dynamic and continual interplay between these different pressures on politicians, policy makers and the wider population they seek to influence and have an impact with and upon.
References:
Bagshaw, A.,, & McVitty, D. (2019). Influencing Higher Education Policy A Professional Guide to Making an Impact. London: Routledge.
Barber, M. (2016). How to Run A Government So That Citizens Benefit and Taxpayers Don’t Go Crazy. London: Penguin.
Brown, R. (2023). Neoliberalism in UK Higher Education: The English Higher Education Neo-Market. Oxford: Higher Education Policy Institute.
Evans, A. (2024). The Intimacy of Power: An Insight into the Private Office, Whitehall’s Most Sensitive Network. London: Biteback Publishing.
Evans, G. (2015). A Class Apart: Learning the Lessons of Education in Post-Devolution Wales. Cardiff: Welsh Academic Press.
Freedman, S. (2024). Failed State: Why Nothing Works and How We Fix It. London: Macmillan.
Grube, D. (2022). Why Governments Get It Wrong: And How They Can Get It Right. London: Macmillan.
Hallsworth, M., Parker, S. & Rutter, J. (2011). Policy Making in the Real World: Evidence and Analysis. London: Institute for Government.
Rhodes, R. (2011). Everyday Life in British Government. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Rhodes, R. (2021). Autoethnography and Political Studies. In R. A. W. Rhodes & S. Hodgett (eds.), Autoethnography and What Political Science Can Learn from the Humanities : Blurring Genres. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
From Research Briefing to National Guidance: Influencing School Uniform and Clothing Policy in Scotland
National guidance on school uniform and clothing was issued for the first time in Scotland in 2024. This contrasts with the rest of the UK where there has been statutory and non-statutory guidance on school uniform policies and costs for many years. This presentation provides an account of the author’s first-hand experiences of policy advice which culminated in this first national guidance on school uniform and clothing in Scotland. The presentation outlines how findings from the author’s research were issued in a policy briefing and how this led to initial engagement with policy makers that then led to continued research and engagement with policy makers and other stakeholders involving further briefings and policy events and public engagement activities. As part of this work, the author engaged with key actors, such as Scottish Government officials, members of the Scottish Parliament’s Education & Skills Committee, education spokespeople of different political parties, national organisations such as Child Poverty Action Group Scotland, as well as with the media. The presentation provides insights into how academic research can influence national policy.
References:
Friedrich, J., & Shanks, R. (2023). ‘The prison of the body’: school uniforms between discipline and governmentality. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 44(1), 16-29.
Reidy, J. (2021). Reviewing school uniform through a public health lens: Evidence about the impacts of school uniform on education and health. Public Health Reviews, 42.
Ryan, M., Ricardo, L.I.C., Nathan, N., Hofmann, R., and van Sluijs, E. (2024) Are school uniforms associated with gender inequalities in physical activity? A pooled analysis of population-level data from 135 countries/regions, Journal of Sport and Health Science, 13(4), 590-598.
Shanks, R. and Dike, N. (2023). School Clothing in Scotland Research Brief. Aberdeen: University of Aberdeen.
Shanks, R. and Dike, N. (2024). School Clothing Grant and School Uniform Policies in Aberdeen. Aberdeen: University of Aberdeen.
Shanks, R. Ovington, J., Cross, B. and Carnarvon, A. (2023) School Uniforms: New Materialist Perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan.
Stephenson, K. (2021) A Cultural History of School Uniform. Exeter: University of Exeter Press.
Expert Policy Advice in Germany: The Standing Scientific Commission on Education Policy
Against the backdrop of Germany’s federal structure and its longstanding efforts to create a viable, scientifically sound and politically sustainable body of expert policy advice in education, this presentation will discuss the Standing Scientific Commission on Education Policy (SWK) as a case in point. Germany’s 16 states act formally independently, however, the increasing willingness to coordinate and cooperate on cross-cutting policy has released new political potential. The SWK’s aims, structure and work program revolve around its founding purpose of providing state ministers with condensed evidence and policy advice on urgent issues. The presentation discusses the SWK’s genesis, its structure and functioning, including its integration of external expertise and the reception and impact of its reports. Finally, it examines the SWK’s role and significance within the broader national debate on education policy, addresses critique from the field and from the public, and marks its relevance to countries beyond Germany.
References:
Pielke, R. (2007). The Honest Broker: Making Sense of Science in Policy and Politics. Cambridge University Press.
Skerritt, C. (2023). Towards a mechanism for expert policy advice in education. British Educational Research Journal, 49, 749–765.
***WITHDRAWN*** “Thank You, We’ll Take That Back”: Academics Battling for Teacher Education in England
Teacher education policy in England has been unusual in the degree of centralised control it has sought to exert over an already highly regulated field of activity. Through first-hand accounts, this presentation reflects the experiences of the authors who found themselves deep in discussions with government policy advisers about recent teacher education policy reforms. Drawing on interviews with each other about their respective experiences, and upon contemporaneous notes and document archives, this presentation presents an account of how policy makers sought to drive home fundamental changes to teacher education, and the challenges experienced in seeking to minimise potential damage. The presentation concludes with reflections on the authors’ positionality, that of the policy actors in question, and looking forward, it highlights learning points for others including implications for how expertise in policy making contrasts with the expertise of those in the field in question.
References:
Department for Education (DfE). (2021b). Initial teacher training (ITT) market review report. Available at https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/initial-teacher-training-itt-market-review-report. Accessed 29.7.24.
Department for Education (DfE) (2021c). Annex B- Initial teacher training (ITT) review – draft Quality Requirements for ITT providers. Available at https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/initial-teacher-training-itt-market-review-report. Accessed 29.7.24.
Department for Education (DfE). (2022). Initial teacher training (ITT) market review: overview. Available at https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/initial-teacher-training-itt-market-review/initial-teacher-training-itt-market-review-overview#expert-advisory-group. Accessed 29.7.24.
Ellis, V. (2023). After the crisis: towards teacher development 3.0. In: V. Ellis ed. Teacher education in crisis: The state, the market and the universities in England (pp. 213–227). London: Bloomsbury.
Hardy, I., & Woodcock, S. (2024). Inclusive education policies–objects of observance, omission, and obfuscation: ten years on…. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 28(13), 3234-3252.
Hordern, J., & Brooks, C. (2023). The core content framework and the ‘new science’of educational research. Oxford Review of Education, 49(6), 800-818.
Hordern, J., & Brooks, C. (2024). Towards instrumental trainability in England? The ‘official pedagogy’of the Core Content Framework. British Journal of Educational Studies, 72(1), 5-22.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 23 SES 06 C: Education projects of far-right parties Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Line Saur Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper School Leadership, Policy Enactment and a Perceived Threat from the Far-right in English Areas of Deprivation: a Place-based Multiple Case Study UCL, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Introduction When a centre-left Labour government was elected in July 2024, the right-wing populist Reform Party won five seats. Reform has increased their position to eight seats since the election and been particularly successful in areas of deprivation. Ipsos opinion polls suggest that 33% of the electorate would vote for Reform, providing a majority, if a general election was held. Reform claims a right-wing position, yet their position on immigration, racist allegations and opposition to multiculturalism, for example, shows signs of alignment with the far-right. This research is a qualitative place-based study and seeks to understand school leaders’ perceptions and aspirations in policy work related to community since the general election was held in July 2024. The project seeks to understand how a specific political representation in communities with significant deprivation impacts decision-making in the daily lives of leaders. The implications will be of relevance to educational professionals, policy makers and those working within areas of deprivation. The research will also be relevant to those in international contexts experiencing an increased far-right political agenda.
Purpose The primary purpose of this project is to understand how school leaders identify current priorities, opportunities, challenges, tensions and concerns underpinning their decision-making, particularly in terms of policy work related community since the 2024 general election.
Aims To understand how school leaders perceive that their decision-making, particularly that which is related to policy work and community, has shifted since the general election. To analyse the threat from the far-right in English areas of deprivation represented by Reform Members of Parliament and understand the initial impact this has on the daily lives of educational leaders and their communities.
Research questions
Sub-questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design This multiple case study design is based on four Reform-led constituencies. Each place-based setting provides distinct challenges for educational leaders regardless of Member of Parliament representation. Document and political text analysis will form a point of triangulation. Within-case and cross-case analyses will be produced. Participants An inclusive view of leadership is taken for this study encompassing senior and middle leaders alongside teachers to understand perspectives on policy work within their specific context. Therefore, interviews will be conducted with at least one person from the senior leadership team within the research site, one person from the middle leadership team and one from a group of teachers. This will be replicated across each of the four distinct cases. Multi-stage sampling 1. Cases - The four place-based case study sites will be strategically selected according to Member of Parliament representation and are located in areas of deprivation (The English Indices of Deprivation 2025 ). 2. Participants within cases - Senior and middle leaders and teachers within secondary settings will form the strategic sample for this study. Within each of the four case study contexts, it is intended to interview approximately 3-6 participants in each of the research sites. Recruitment Contact will be made with the principal/headteacher for each research site. They will be asked to identify relevant participants from within their organisation. Snowball sampling will be drawn upon, if needed, by following up where a participant suggests others who might be relevant to the study. Data collection There will be a series of semi-structured interviews with senior and middle leaders and teachers from each of the contributing secondary schools forming the case. Interviews will be approximately 60 minutes undertaken face-to-face or online. Semi-structured interviews will provide the most appropriate opportunity to have a one-to-one discussion to elicit perceptions about policy work, priorities and context. Textual analysis in the form of available policy documents, literature, web-based materials, inspection reports etc. will be consulted as a form of triangulation. Texts produced by the political representatives are analysed using Critical Discourse Analysis. This offers some contextual insight into the case study settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From this study it is possible to understand how political representation is able to impact on school leaders and 'forced' directions in policy enactment. The extent to which leaders are able to articulate ways in which this impacts on their communities within areas of deprivation is particularly important. The Reform party are gaining traction in England and therefore how this shapes policy work and in turn, how this is manifest in communities is significant. References Ball SJ, Maguire M, Braun A (2012) How Schools do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Abingdon: Routledge. Brown, W. (2006) Regulating Aversion: Tolerance in the age of identity and empire. Princeton: Princeton University Press Colman, A. (2021) School leadership, school inspection and the micropolitics of compliance and resistance: Examining the hyper-enactment of policy in an area of deprivation. Educational management, administration & leadership, 2021-03, Vol.49 (2), p.268-283 Foucault M (1981) The political technology of individuals. In: Martin LH, Gutman H, Hutton PH (eds) Technologies of the Self: A Seminar With Michel Foucault (1988). London: Tavistock, 145–162. Foucault M (1984) The ethic of care for the self as a practice of freedom. In: Bernauer J, Rasmussen D (eds) The Final Foucault Massachusetts: MIT Press, 1–20. The English Indices of Deprivation 2025 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Schools under fire from Far-right parties: A Comparative Study of Germany and Argentina 1: University of Augsburg, Germany; 2: University of Buenos Aires/Argentina Presenting Author:Topic and Research Question: Far-right parties are gaining influence in many democracies – including in the field of education. In their education policy positions, they articulate fundamental ideological beliefs about who should control, finance, and shape education. Central lines of conflict emerge around questions of state responsibility, parental choice, and the normative orientation of public education. This paper offers a comparative analysis of the ideological concepts that far-right parties develop in relation to school policy, examining how these ideas differ or converge between Germany (AfD) (Nikolai et al. 2024) and Argentina (La Libertad Avanza, LLA) (Wanschelbaum et al. 2024). The guiding research question is: What ideational concepts of education and school policy are articulated by far-right parties in Germany and Argentina, and how do these concepts resemble or differ from one another? The paper aims to analyse the education policy of far-right parties systematically and comparatively. It does not focus solely on concrete policy demands, but also on structural and normative visions of school and state. The paper explores whether and how far-right actors promote paradigmatic shifts in education governance – such as towards market logics, national-cultural homogeneity, or authoritarian steering. Conceptual and Theoretical Framework: The analysis is based on Peter Hall’s (1993) ideational framework, which distinguishes political ideas across three levels: first-order ideas: concrete instruments (e.g. school voucher programmes, school choice regulations), second-order ideas: institutional steering logics (e.g. privatisation, oversight structures) and third-order ideas: ideological assumptions (e.g. the role of the state, educational goals).This typology is combined with four analytical dimensions derived from research on far-right parties and education policy: (1) Conceptions of state responsibility in education, (2) Marketisation of schooling, (3) Parental authority and educational choice and (4) Ideological framing of state-run schools (Espeland Berg et al. 2023, Giudici et al. 2025). This analytical matrix enables a multidimensional comparison of ideational education policy positions (see also Nikolai et al. 2025, Saur et al. Forthcoming). Relevance: The contribution offers an innovative perspective in comparative education research by analysing far-right ideologies not merely as discursive phenomena but as coherent education policy programmes. By combining an ideational approach with systematic cross-country comparison, the paper critically examines key trends such as denationalization, re-nationalisation, and anti-pluralism in education policy, and assesses their implications from a democratic theory perspective. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical analysis is based on a qualitative content analysis following the approach of Kuckartz and Rädiker (2024) and aims at a theory-driven examination of political documents produced by far-right parties in Germany and Argentina. The analysis focuses on key texts from the Alternative for Germany (AfD) and the Argentine governing party La Libertad Avanza (LLA), including electoral programmes at both state and national levels, central political position papers, as well as parliamentary speeches and official statements related to school policy. These documents are systematically subjected to a qualitative, structuring content analysis. The coding process is deductively guided by a theoretically developed system of categories based on Peter Hall’s (1993) typology of three levels of policy ideas: first-order ideas (concrete policy instruments), second-order ideas (institutional mechanisms of governance), and third-order ideas (underlying ideological orientations). The previously developed analytical matrix provides a framework for evaluating the parties’ positions consistently along these three dimensions. The case comparison adopts a most different systems design, as Germany and Argentina differ substantially in their institutional frameworks: in the governance structures of their education systems (cooperative educational federalism vs. centralised state responsibility) and in the party development and organisational form of the respective far-right actors (established opposition party vs. newly formed governing party). This systemic heterogeneity enables a particularly robust analysis, allowing for the investigation of whether similar ideological patterns emerge despite significant structural divergence. In doing so, the study explores whether far-right education agendas reflect cross-system ideological logics and whether a transnational ideational architecture of far-right school policy can be identified. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The comparative analysis of far-right education concepts in Germany and Argentina reveals that both parties (AfD, LLA) engage in a profound ideological reframing of the state’s role in education. While the AfD has so far operated primarily at the discursive and programmatic level, the Milei government in Argentina is implementing far-reaching policy measures. Nevertheless, structural commonalities can be identified at the ideational level. It is expected that both parties articulate a ideological conception of the state at the level of third-order ideas, in which education is no longer understood as a collective right, but rather as a selective provision for a culturally defined community. Public education tends to be delegitimised, social inequality depoliticised, and pluralism construed as a threat. At the level of second-order ideas, both actors promote a reorganisation of education governance: either through the weakening of state coordination and the strengthening of private and religious providers (Argentina), or through ideological control over curricular content (Germany). These ideational frameworks materialise at the level of first-order ideas in concrete measures such as the reduction and defunding of public programmes (Argentina), or the banning of ideologically disfavoured topics in schools (Germany). Overall, the paper argues that far-right education policy cannot merely be interpreted as a reaction to perceived crises in education policy, but rather as part of a broader ideological project. This project aims at authoritarian governance, cultural homogenisation, and the market-oriented restructuring of public education. These findings offer an important contribution to comparative research on right-wing populism and democratic education and provide a more precise understanding of the ideological depth and normative implications of right-wing populist education agendas. We hope that this work will make a novel contribution to the field of comparative education policy by comparing a European country with a Latin American one. References Espeland Berg, A., Jungblut, J. & Jupskås, A. R. (2023). We don’t need no education? Education policies of Western European populist radical right parties. West European Politics 46 (7), 1312–1342. https://doi.org/10.1080/01402382.2023.2177010 Giudici, A., Gruber, O., Schnell, P. & Pultar, A. (2025). Far-right parties and the politics of education in Europe. Journal of Contemporary European Studies 33 (1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/14782804.2024.2352518 Hall, P. A. (1993). Policy Paradigms, Social Learning, and the State: The Case of Economic Policymaking in Britain. Comparative Politics 25 (3), 275-296. Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Waxmann. Nikolai, R., Gawert, M. & Saur, L. (2024). The Alternative for Germany and its school policy positions. on_education 7 (20). https://doi.org/10.17899/on_ed.2024.20.5 Nikolai, R., Gawert, M. & Saur, L. (2025). Schule im Kulturkampf: Die AfD und ihre schulpolitischen Positionen zu Unterrichtsinhalten. Die Deutsche Schule 117 (1+2), 61-72. https://doi.org/10.31244/dds.2025.02.06 Saur, L., Gawert, M. & Nikolai, R. (Forthcoming). Die AfD und eine `Erziehung nach Ausschwitz`. Ein schulpolitischer Tabubruch im Kontext von Geschichte und Erinnerung. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 72 (1), 103-112. Wanschelbaum, C., Giniger, N. & Viñuela Flores, G. (2024). Education and the far right. on_education 7 (20). https://doi.org/10.17899/on_ed.2024.20.1 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Radicalization of Far-right Education Policy in Germany and Austria 1: University Augsburg, Germany; 2: University of Vienna, Austria; 3: Österreichisches Institut für Berufsbildungsforschung, Austria Presenting Author:The proposed paper will use qualitative content analysis of election manifestos to compare the German party Alternative für Deutschland (AfD) and the Austrian party Freiheitliche Partei Österreichs (FPÖ) in terms of their thematic orientation and radicalization in the area of education policy over several election periods. Both parties are classified as part of the fourth ’wave’ of new radical far-right parties, which are increasingly considered part of the political mainstream (Mudde 2021, p. 16). Relevance. Education policy is a particularly revealing field of study, since, in contrast to the ’classic’ core issues of radical far-right parties (migration, internal security national identity) the education policy agenda of these parties has long been a non-central area of mobilization. This opens up specific opportunities for strategic positioning, discursive reinterpretations and ideological charges (Hepp & Immerfall 2025; Nikolai & Luthardt 2025). While established parties can pay greater attention to institutional compatibility and coalition options, new parties, as challengers, are more inclined to take a more radical stance on education policy in their manifestos and use this as a vehicle for broader socio-political radicalization processes (De Vries & Hobolt 2020). Case selection. The German party AfD and the Austrian party FPÖ were selected as the subjects of the study because they make it possible to highlight differences between new and established radical far-right parties under conditions that are as similar as possible. The parties are similar in terms of ideological orientation (Mudde 2021) and in their structural and social context (Western European parliamentary democracies), which minimizes differences in political systems (‘most similar systems’ design (Pickel 2015, p. 10f.)). However, they differ in terms of their position in party competition: while the FPÖ, as a normalized party, has already been in government (Belafi 2017), the AfD, as a ‘younger’ party, has so far been active as an opposition parliamentary group, and cooperation has been ruled out by other parties (as of 01/2026) (Heinze 2024, p. 216f.). The theoretical perspective of radicalization is particularly helpful for comparing the parties, as it allows us to focus on the processual nature and concrete forms of extreme far-right positions. The paper follows a definition of radicalization that does not focus on the advocacy or use of violence. Instead, radicalization is understood as a discursive and programmatic normalization process that advocates authoritarian, ethno-nationalist, or anti-pluralist patterns of interpretation and reveals an increasing departure from democratic and pluralistic fundamental values as well as a devaluation of democratic institutions and minority rights (Abay Gaspar et al. 2018). Concrete points of reference for the analysis of radicalization processes are provided by the work of Zick et al. (2025), who conceptualize far-right extremist ideology as a bundle of interconnected content dimensions (see section on method). Empirical added value. In terms of the selection of cases and the perspectives chosen (radicalization and education policy), the empirical added value of the analysis lies in particular in highlighting the content-related and ideological breaks and continuities in the field of education policy in an international comparison. Based on the theoretical framework and comparative case logic, two hypotheses are proposed: Hypothesis 1 (form of programmatic radicalization): When it comes to education policy issues, the AfD articulates more anti-pluralistic, authoritarian, and ethno-nationalist patterns of interpretation than the FPÖ, whose education policy platform is more characterized by institutional compatibility and strategic moderation. Hypothesis 2 (temporal dynamics): Over time, the AfD's education policy platform shows a stronger dynamic of radicalization than that of the FPÖ, which is more stabilized by phases of institutional integration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To test the hypotheses, election manifestos are used, which are analyzed using a qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz and Rädiker (2024). According to Hepp (2011, p. 68), election manifestos are a systematic documentation of political objectives and are therefore suitable for analyzing the content dimensions and forms of radicalization. We analyzed the election manifestos of the FPÖ for the National Council elections in Austria (from 2006 onwards, 6 in total) as well as the Bundestag election manifestos of the AfD Germany and selected state election manifestos – because education policy in Germany is decided in the federal states – since the party entered the respective parliaments up to the current election manifesto (14 in total). For Germany, we selected all federal states in which three of the party's election manifestos are already available, to detect developments and trends in the party's program over time. For the coding process, two levels are systematically distinguished from one another: (1) The election manifestos are examined for similarities, differences, and priorities in the area of education policy on the basis of a jointly developed deductive-inductive category system. (2) In addition, five deductive categories (advocacy of authoritarian principles of order, national chauvinism, xenophobia, social Darwinism, and trivialization of National Socialism in combination with anti-Semitism) are used to measure extreme far-right attitudes (see Zick et al. 2025) and examine the degree of radicalization toward extreme far-right positions. These dimensions make it possible to examine various facets of extreme far-right radicalization in election programs and to distinguish them from one another on a gradual scale. In addition, the dimensions also make it possible to focus on implicit forms of exclusion and hierarchization or anti-democratic or authoritarian tendencies, which may be relevant in education policy discourses (Nikolai et al. 2024; Schnell & Gruber 2024). The dimensions are translated into analytical categories for the present research project. In the context of school policy, national chauvinism can be reflected, for example, when education is explicitly conceived as an instrument of national identity formation or cultural homogenization. Xenophobic and social Darwinist patterns of interpretation emerge, for example, when inclusion, diversity, or equal opportunity are delegitimized in favor of selection, performance hierarchies, and notions of homogeneity. The analysis is qualitative and interpretative, enabling us to record changes in language or style in summaries, for example. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A comparative analysis of the education policies of the two far-right parties shows that both are becoming more radical in their positions. This is evident in their increasing shift toward anti-pluralistic, authoritarian, and exclusive ideas about schools. This relates to classic themes of a culture war. While the AfD is undergoing process very quickly (within four years) and abruptly, some of these positions will not emerge in the FPÖ until 2024 (hypothesis 2). Both parties are designing an exclusive, authority-based, tradition-focused, and selective school system that rejects progressive teaching content and delegitimizes political education under the banner of neutrality. At the same time, the analyses also reveal the specific characteristics of each party. For example, the AfD's positions on education policy show clear tendencies to downplay Nazism (by changing the focus of history lessons) and associated anti-Semitic positions (Saur et al. 2026). The FPÖ – which has been trying to distance itself from their National Socialists roots – does not show such tendencies. Furthermore, it can be concluded that, due to its establishment in the Austrian party spectrum, the FPÖ has undergone a slower process of radicalization in order to remain capable of winning a majority (Belafi 2017) (hypothesis 1). In summary, it becomes clear that extreme far-right education policy in Austria and Germany can be understood as an ideologically stable and transnational construct in which authoritarian and nationalist ideas are brought into schools through issues of cultural conflict. The differences identified show that factors such as the strategic orientation of the parties and the historical context play an important role in understanding the respective school policies. These findings contribute to the understanding of the school policy positions of far-right actors across national borders and raise awareness of the need to understand far-right school policy as an ideologically comprehensive construct. References Abay Gaspar, H., Daase, C., Deitelhoff, N., Junk, J., & Sold, M. (2018). Was ist Radikalisierung? Präzisierungen eines umstrittenen Begriffs. Hessische Stiftung Friedens- und Konfliktforschung. Belafi, M. (2017). Der Erfolg der FPÖ: Österreichs Parteien- und Regierungssystem unter Druck. Zeitschrift für Politik 65 (3), 364-383. De Vries, C. & Hobolt, S. (2020). The Rise of Challenger Parties. Political Insight 11 (3), 16-19. Heinze, A.-S. (2024). Brandmauer: ja, nein, vielleicht? Zum schwierigen Umgang mit der AfD inner- und außerhalb der Parlamente. In: Quent, M. & Virchow, F. (Hrsg.): Rechtsextrem, das neue Normal? Die AfD zwischen Verbot und Machtübernahme. München: Piper Verlag, 211-220. Hepp, G. F. & Immerfall, S. (2025). Bildungspolitik in Deutschland. Springer VS. Hepp, G. F. (2011). Bildungspolitik in Deutschland. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Waxmann. Mudde, C. (2021). Rechtsaußen. Extreme und radikale Rechte in der heutigen Politik weltweit. Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung. Nikolai R. & Luthardt N. (2025). Bildungspolitik. Begriffe - Handlungsfelder – Analyse. Springer VS. Nikolai, R., Gawert, M. & Saur, L. (2024). The Alternative for Germany and its school policy positions. on_education 7 (20). Pickel, S. (2015). Methodologische Grundlagen des politikwissenschaftlichen Vergleichs und Vergleichsdesigns. In M. Kneuer, G. Pickel, G. & S. Pickel (Hrsg.): Handbuch Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 1-17. Saur, L., Gawert, M. & Nikolai, R. (2026). Die AfD und eine ‚Erziehung nach Auschwitz‘. Ein schulpolitischer Tabubruch im Kontext von Geschichte und Erinnerung. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 2026 (1), 103-112. Schnell, P. & Gruber, O. (2024). walking the talk? the educational agenda of the Austrian populist radical right: from discourse to policymaking on_education 7 (20). Zick, A., Küpper, B., Mokros, N. & Eden, M. (2025). Die angespannte Mitte. Rechtsextreme und demokratiegefährdende Einstellungen in Deutschland 2024/25. Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 24 SES 06 A: Teacher Professional Development Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Ismail Zembat Paper Session |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Designing Vignette-Based Professional Development for Multilingual Mathematics Education – Design-Based Research Insights from the CaLSAM Study 1: Universitiy of Education Schwäbisch Gmünd, Germany; 2: Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 3: Trabzon University, Türkiye Presenting Author:1. Research Objectives / Questions The Content-and-Language-Sensitive Approach to Multilingualism in School (CaLSAM) project (funded by Erasmus+/ EU and Movetia/ Switzerland) aims to foster European teachers’ competence to actively use multilingual resources in mathematics education in Primary School (Kuzu et al., 2025). This paper presents design-based research (DBR) insights from the development and pilot phase of CaLSAM’s vignette-based Teacher Professional Development (TPD) modules. These modules are grounded in four design principles that connect theory and practice through translanguaging pedagogy, linguistic relativity, and dialogic learning. The objectives of this paper are: (1) to present the theoretical and methodological rationale behind the CaLSAM design principles; (2) to illustrate how vignette-based TPD activities support teachers’ noticing, reflection, and competence-oriented perspectives on multilingualism; and (3) to provide first qualitative insights into the perceived impact of the vignettes and design principles on teachers’ professional vision regarding multilingual mathematics classrooms. The overarching research questions are: How can design principles derived from translanguaging theory and critical mathematics education be operationalized in teacher professional development? In what ways do vignette-based learning processes support teachers’ noticing and reflection on multilingual meaning-making in mathematics education?
2. Framework CaLSAM conceptualizes multilingualism as a content-and-language-sensitive phenomenon, where linguistic diversity is treated as a cognitive and pedagogical resource rather than a challenge. The framework builds on 1) Translanguaging pedagogy (García & Wei, 2014), emphasizing dynamic and creative meaning-making across languages, 2) Linguistic relativity (Kuzu, 2023; Prediger et al., 2019), focusing on how languages shape mathematical conceptualization, 3) Critical mathematics education (Skovsmose, 2011; 2018 & Freire, 1970), highlighting the role of language in equitable access to mathematical meaning, and 4) Teacher noticing theory (Jacobs et al., 2011; Güler et al., 2020), framing teachers’ professional vision as attending to, interpreting, and responding to multilingual students’ mathematical thinking (Kuzu et al., 2025). The vignette-based structure of the CaLSAM TPD connects these perspectives through dialogic learning sequences (ME–YOU–WE phases; Wegerif, 2007), encouraging teachers to move from individual awareness to collaborative meaning-making. Vignettes act as “capsulated” practice situations - short transcripts, videos, or student artifacts - used to discuss multilingual interactions, scaffolding, and translanguaging in mathematics classrooms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 3. Methodology / Methods The study follows a Design-Based Research (DBR) approach (Bakker, 2018; van den Akker, 1999), combining iterative design, implementation, and evaluation cycles. Data stems from the pilot phase of WP2 (2025–2026), where vignette-based TPD modules were tested with 18 in-service mathematics teachers in CaLSAM-Countries (Germany, Norway, Ireland, Switzerland, Türkiye). Data sources include video recordings and written reflections from TPD sessions, teachers’ group discussions and individual learning journals, and researcher field notes and debrief interviews. The analysis applies interpretive interaction analysis (Schütte, Friesen & Jung, 2019), focusing on how teachers attend to and interpret multilingual classroom interactions within vignette discussions. Analyses were conducted collaboratively in research groups to ensure intersubjective plausibility and iterative refinement across DBR cycles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 4. Expected Outcomes / Results Preliminary findings indicate that vignette-based activities effectively enhance teachers’ noticing and reflection regarding multilingual meaning-making. Participants reported increased awareness of linguistic nuances in mathematical discourse (e.g., number naming, prepositions, or part-whole relations) and a shift from deficit-oriented to competence-oriented perspectives on multilingual learners. Three emerging patterns were identified: 1) Activation of latent noticing (teachers began identifying multilingual affordances, e.g., how home-language use supports conceptual understanding), 2) Dialogic professional learning (the ME–YOU–WE phases facilitated rich exchanges and collective theorizing about language-sensitive teaching), and 3) Design reflection (teachers co-developed ideas for integrating translanguaging tasks and digital tools, e.g. AI-/ LLM-integration into learning environments) into their classroom practice. Across cases, these patterns indicate how vignette-based design principles mediate a shift in teachers’ professional vision from deficit-oriented to competence-oriented interpretations of multilingual mathematical learning processes. 5. Relevance to ECER Themes / Network This contribution is situated in Network 24 (Mathematics Education) and aligns with ECER 2026’s overarching theme “Education in a Changing World: The Impact of Global Transformations”. It offers an empirically grounded, design-oriented response to the European as well as global challenges of linguistic diversity in mathematics classrooms. The study advances the field by demonstrating how translanguaging-based design principles can be systematically integrated into teacher education, promoting inclusive, competence-oriented mathematics instruction across multilingual European contexts. By bridging research and practice, the paper contributes to current debates on multilingual pedagogies within a social justice frame, DBR methodology, and professional vision in mathematics education. Furthermore, the paper contributes methodological insights for design-based research on multilingual professional development beyond the CaLSAM context, especially from a comparative perspective. References References Bakker, A. (2018). Design research in education. A practical guide for early career researchers. Routledge. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Continuum Books García, O., & Wei, L. (2015). Translanguaging: Language, Bilingualism and Education. Palgrave Pivot London. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137385765 Kuzu, T. (2023). Multilingual meaning making – An explorative study of German-Turkish Learners’ Translanguaging Processes Regarding the Part-whole-concept. Journal für Mathematik-Didaktik, 44(4), 325-353. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13138-023-00219-z Kuzu, T., Ali, S., Autenrieth, N., Çekmez, E., Coronado Alvarez, S., Farsani, D., Gerlach, K., Güler, M., Neville, C., Ní Ríordáin, M., Ott, B., Vogler, A. & Uribe, A. (2025). Content-and-Language-Sensitive Approach to Multilingualism in School – Methodological Framework and Guidelines. European Union (Erasmus+). https://doi.org/10.82184/opus-582 Jacobs, V. R., Lamb, L. L., Philipp, R. A., & Schappelle, B. P. (2011). Deciding How to Respond on The Basis of Children's Understandings. In M.G. Sherin, V.R. Jacobs, R.A. Philipp (Eds.), Mathematics teacher noticing (pp. 97-116). Routledge. Güler, M., Çekmez, E., & Çelik, D. (2020). Breaking with tradition: An investigation of an alternative instructional sequence designed to improve prospective teachers’ noticing skills. Teaching and Teacher Education, 92, 103073. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103073 Prediger, S., Kuzu, T., Schüler-Meyer, A., & Wagner, J. (2019). One mind, two languages – separate conceptualisations? A case study of students’ bilingual modes for dealing with language-related conceptualisations of fractions. Research in Mathematics Education, 21(2), 188–207. https://doi.org/10.1080/14794802.2019.1602561 Schütte, M., Friesen, R. A., & Jung, J. (2019). Interactional analysis: A method for analyzing mathematical learning processes in interactions. In G. Kaiser, & N. Presmeg (Eds.), Compendium for early career researchers in mathematics education (pp. 101-129). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-1563 6-7_5 Skovsmose, O. (2011). An Invitation to Critical Mathematics Education. Springer. Skovsmose, O. (2018). Students' foreground and the politics of meaning in mathematics education. In P. Ernest (Ed.), The Philosophy of Mathematics Education Today (115-128). Springer. Van den Akker, J. (1999). Principles and methods of development research. In J. van den Akker, K. Gustafson, R. Branch, N. Nieveen & T. Plomp (Hrsg.), Design approaches and tools in education and training (S. 1-15). Kluwer Academic. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Access to Mathematics – a Community of Practice approach to Supporting Teacher Proficiency 1: Dalarna university, Sweden; 2: Trinity College Dublin, the University of Dublin, Presenting Author:This contribution describes an Erasmus+ project, Access Maths in STEM (AMiS), and its main outputs. The main objectives of the project have been to improve the teaching of maths to enhance student outcomes in terms of proficiency and enjoyment. This has been achieved through collaboration with teachers from five schools across Austria, the Czech Republic, Sweden and Ireland. Participating teachers formed a Community of Practice (CoP) centred on educating and providing access to mathematics for all students. Theories of Lave (1991) and Wenger (1998; 2000) underpinned the development of the CoP. In addition, the model of Mathematical Proficiency, proposed by Kilpatrick et al. (2001) has been foregrounded to ensure that core mathematical competencies and skills remain at the heart of teaching. This model is comprised of five “strands” (procedural fluency, conceptual understanding, strategic competence, adaptive reasoning and productive disposition) that are understood as core to effective mathematical development for students. For participating schools, not only was there diversity of student population, but the participating countries do not share curricula, and their pedagogical approaches have different epistemological roots. Given this variety, CoP was fruitful as a research approach. Drawing on Wenger (2000), this meant cultivating a shared purpose centred on developing teaching and learning approaches that promote access to mathematics. Through collaborative work teachers formed relationships and established norms around their shared mission. A core focus of the CoP was teachers’ co-design of suites of innovative, inclusive, and student-centred maths lessons. Hence, a shared repertoire was established, in which communal resources (language, routines, artefacts, tools, etc.,) were developed (Wenger, 2000). To achieve this, six week-long, in-person learning exchanges facilitated the collaboration within and between schools, with access to a shared, online space (via MS Teams) supporting the generation of the shared repertoire. On-site meetings were hosted at participating institutions in each country. During these meetings, participants collaborated on joint tasks, visited each other’s schools, took part in teaching demonstration and met staff and students at host institutions. One key focus of the CoP was the development of a common understanding of what it means to be mathematically proficient, and how its development can be supported in the classroom. According to the definition of Kilpatrick et al., (2001), the concept of Mathematical Proficiency, includes “five components, or strands:
While it is generally accepted that these concepts are important, it is challenging to come to a common agreement on what they are comprised of, what educators can do to support their development, and how we might recognise that they have been achieved. The CoP established by the project supported structured, sustainable, and longitudinal development of what can be understood as an adaptive feedback loop. In this way, teachers were well positioned to overcome the limits of what Skovmose (2006) termed “the prototype mathematics classroom,” through the creation and exploration of cross-cultural contexts, and opportunities for critical reflection. This is of particular importance given that teacher factors, such as their beliefs and perceived barriers feed into their own reflection and metacognition, and subsequently into their actions, ultimately affecting students and their opportunities to develop mathematical proficiency. Thus, within this project and the CoP, we were able to identify and develop collective competence and experience. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research component of the project has three main outputs, one of which will be the focus of the presentation as it relates to our co-created understanding of Mathematical Proficiency. The three are: 1) a description and comparison of curricula and school systems 2) a systematic identification of best practices in teaching for access, and 3) the development of a self-evaluation tool to support professional development. The first output included a thorough comparison of the curricula and National school systems in the four participating countries. This was important to identify and allow for mutual understanding of the commonalities and differences between contexts. For the second output, best practices regarding teaching that promote students’ access to mathematics. This work was conducted in two stages. First, a systematic review of research was undertaken (Bray et al., 2026). Second, a Delphi study was carried out to examine how teachers’ efficacy in teaching can be supported within the five strands identified by Kilpatrick and colleagues (2001). Both practising teachers and experts involved in supporting teacher development within the Irish school system participated in the Delphi study. In the third and final output, results from the project as a whole were combined to inform the development of a digital resource that can be used to support professional development. This consists of a self-evaluation tool to measure teacher confidence in teaching for access within the five strands of Mathematical Proficiency. The self-evaluation artefact rests on the results from the Delphi study as well as insights from the review of earlier research. After finishing the evaluation, teachers receive their results in the form of diagrams and pointers regarding areas in which they can develop. In addition, there are supportive materials and associated resources to encourage and support further exploration of best practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The goal of this project is to improve mathematics teaching. We align with scholars such as Lambert (2015), Scherer et al. (2017), and Lindeskov and Lindhardt (2021) in our point of departure that mathematics education should aim to create inclusive teaching and school systems, rather than disabling classrooms and educational structures. Inclusive classrooms, encompassing a broad range of learners, appear to face similar challenges across nations in terms of who benefits from mathematics teaching and who does not. Furthermore, inclusive mathematics teaching remains an under-researched area (Lindeskov & Lindhardt, 2021; Scherer, 2019). As demonstrated by Lindeskov and Lindhardt (2021) and Bray et al (submitted), such endeavours need to be undertaken in close collaboration with teachers (ref), as “successful development of inclusive practices requires a focus on the challenges that teachers experience themselves” (Lindeskov & Lindhardt, 2021, p. 72). The AMiS project and its Professional Learning Tool (PLT) have been developed through close collaboration with teachers, researchers and educational experts. The approach taken during the project highlights the potential for communities of practice (CoP) among a broad range of teaching communities and educators worldwide, to drive understanding, access and change. It is envisaged that the PLT can foster the development of teaching practices grounded in collaboration and understanding, enabling teachers to examine and research their own and shared teaching practices. While the tool can be used by individual professionals, its greatest potential lies in collective use by teams of teachers who engage in dialogue about what is required to promote access to mathematics. Through such collaborative engagement, communities of practice focused on access to mathematics for the diverse range of students within schools across different educational contexts. References Bray A., Bagger, A., Berry, E. (2026) – Supporting access and equity to mathematics in low-SES contexts: A Systematic Literature Review [Manuscript submitted for publication]. School of Education, Trinity College Dublin, the University of Dublin. Lambert, R. (2015). Constructing and resisting disability in mathematics classrooms: A case study exploring the impact of different pedagogies. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 89, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-014-9587-6 Lave, J. (1991). Situating learning in communities of practice. Perspectives on socially shared cognition, 2, 63–82. Scherer, P. (2019). Professionalization for inclusive mathematics education: challenges for subject-specific teacher education. In D. Kollosche, R. Marcone, M. Knigge, M. G. Penteado, & O. Skovsmose (Eds.), Inclusive mathematics education- state-of-the-art research from Brazil and Germany (pp. 625–638). Springer. Skovsmose, O. (2006). Research, practice, uncertainty and responsibility. The Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 25(4), 267–284. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmathb.2006.11.002. Lindenskov, L., & Lindhardt, B. (2020). Exploring approaches for inclusive mathematics teaching in Danish public schools. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 32(1), 57–75. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13394-019-00303-z Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge university press. Wenger, E. (2000). Communities of Practice and Social Learning Systems. Organization (London, England), 7(2), 225–246. https://doi.org/10.1177/135050840072002 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Interrelations among Mathematics Teacher Knowledge, Noticing and Language: UAE Context 1: University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2: Afyon Kocatepe University, Turkiye Presenting Author:Language is central to mathematics education because it shapes how mathematical ideas are communicated, conceptualised, and learned. What can be meaningfully expressed is constrained by language; mathematics classrooms foreground how concepts are constituted through linguistic, symbolic, and representational systems. Teaching and learning are, therefore, language-mediated processes in which meaning is negotiated through talk, symbols, gestures, and inscriptions (Schleppegrell, 2007). Mathematical discourse is also highly specialised, characterised by technical vocabulary, dense symbolism, and precise syntactic relations. It supports rigour but can disadvantage learners still developing proficiency in the language of instruction or academic registers (Planas et al., 2018). Importantly, mathematics-specific language predicts achievement beyond general language skills (Peng & Lin, 2019). Classroom discourse is largely shaped by teachers, whose talk introduces and regulates mathematical meanings (Himmelsbach et al., 2023). Within this landscape, teachers act as linguistic mediators, bridging students’ everyday language and informal representations with the mathematics register (Pöhler & Prediger, 2015). Language-responsive teaching emphasises intermediate linguistic forms that foreground mathematical structure without oversimplification, and such practices are closely tied to teachers’ professional knowledge, such as Mathematical Knowledge for Teaching (MKT) (Ball et al., 2008), including subject matter knowledge and pedagogical content knowledge (Shulman, 1986). Empirical studies suggest that stronger MKT is associated with more precise and conceptually aligned mathematical language, higher instructional quality, and improved student learning. In parallel, teacher noticing has become a key lens on professional competence in mathematics teaching, typically defined as teachers’ capacity to attend to mathematically relevant features of instructional situations, interpret students’ thinking, and respond in ways that advance learning (Sherin et al., 2011). Noticing is often theorised as a mechanism linking teacher knowledge to instructional action and student learning (Krauss et al., 2020). Yet, evidence indicates it is related to, but not reducible to, teachers’ mathematical knowledge, marking it as a distinct component of teaching expertise (Copur-Gencturk & Rodrigues, 2022). Despite this conceptual proximity, language use and noticing have largely been studied separately. Noticing research, especially in cognitive–psychological traditions, often analyses teachers’ interpretations of students’ strategies while bracketing the linguistic and semiotic resources through which thinking is expressed and teachers’ interpretations are articulated (König et al., 2022). Conversely, language research has frequently examined registers and discourse patterns without explicitly theorising how noticing processes shape teachers’ language in instructional moments. Only limited work has begun to connect language use and noticing, leaving open questions about how teachers notice language-related aspects of students’ mathematical activity and how this is reflected in explanations, evaluations of solutions, and references to mathematically critical ideas/quantities (Planas & Pimm, 2023). Recent syntheses therefore call for integrated approaches that treat language, teacher knowledge, and noticing as mutually constitutive aspects of professional competence, especially in tasks with multiple valid solutions that require teachers to recognise key ideas and quantities and communicate distinctions with mathematical precision and pedagogical productivity. Division tasks with correct answers expressible as a mixed number (e.g., 4 1/3) or as quotient–remainder form (e.g., 4R1) illustrate this complexity. Both may be mathematically correct, but they foreground different interpretations of quantities and ideas. Supporting students’ understanding requires teachers to move beyond merely naming relevant quantities at a surface level and to use language that makes underlying structures visible and meaningful. Against this background, the present study investigates the interrelations among teachers’ mathematical knowledge, language use, references to ideas and quantities, and content-specific noticing when responding to a division problem analysis task with two correct solutions. The research question is: How are teachers’ mathematical knowledge, evoked mathematical ideas and quantities, language use, and content-specific noticing skills associated when responding to a division problem analysis task? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data come from 139 teachers working primarily in public schools in the United Arab Emirates. The context is analytically relevant because, while classroom instruction in public schools is typically not multilingual, the broader environment is widely bilingual, and scientific subjects commonly foreground English terminology, which may shape teachers’ reliance on technical vocabulary as a marker of mathematical legitimacy (Planas & Pimm, 2023). Participants completed an open-ended questionnaire targeting specialised content knowledge for teaching (Ball et al., 2008). The instrument was a task, as seen below. TASK: A division problem represented in the diagram below has the following two answers: 4 1/3 and 4R1 (R means remainder). (picture of division-algorithm) a) In such a division problem with the given two answers, the dividend would be ……. and the divisor would be …………. because.... b) What underlying mathematical ideas does a student need to understand to be able to attack and make sense of such a division problem situation? Please explain. Teachers were asked to justify both solutions and to state the mathematical ideas/quantities students would need to understand to interpret them. The analysis used a two-level approach. First, teachers’ written responses were coded qualitatively along four dimensions. Each response was coded along four dimensions. (1) Language register was coded as technical, everyday, or meaning-related, following work on language-responsive mathematics teaching and intermediate registers that foreground structure while remaining accessible (Pöhler & Prediger, 2015). (2) Mathematical knowledge was coded as CCK or SCK, where SCK was indicated by explanations that unpack relations among quantities and meanings beyond computation (Ball et al., 2008). (3) Content-specific noticing captured the extent to which teachers attended to and articulated the targeted relationship between the remainder and the fractional part of the quotient, consistent with frameworks viewing noticing as selective attention to mathematically salient content (Copur-Gencturk & Rodrigues, 2021; Sherin et al., 2011). (4) Evoked ideas/quantities captured surface-level references to concepts, quantities, constraints, and representations that teachers named while working on the task, including those prompted by the prompt’s “what students need to know” component. The qualitative analysis then informed the second-level analysis. At this level, codes were converted into variables and analysed via path analysis to examine how evoked ideas/quantities, knowledge, noticing, and language use were associated. Model interpretation followed established SEM reporting expectations and attention to fit and plausibility (Kline, 2016). A theoretically motivated model was evaluated alongside an alternative specification to support interpretive warrants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study offers an integrated account of teachers’ explanations for a division situation, with two valid answers, by modelling the relations among evoked ideas/quantities, mathematical knowledge, content-specific noticing, and language use. Descriptively, many teachers could compute correctly and employ technical terms, yet meaning-related language and explicit articulation of the relationship between the remainder and the fractional quotient were uncommon. This pattern suggests a potential gap between procedural/terminological performance and relational sense-making, aligning with broader concerns that teachers may attend to surface features without making mathematically generative relations explicit (Weyers et al., 2023). The path model is consistent with the view that competence dimensions are interdependent rather than isolated. In particular, the findings support an interpretation in which evoked ideas/quantities relate to teachers’ knowledge and noticing, and these, in turn, relate to the language used in explanations. This aligns with competence perspectives that position noticing as a proximal mechanism through which knowledge becomes consequential in instruction and discourse (Krauss et al., 2020). The results also reinforce the instructional importance of meaning-related language as an intermediate register that can make structure visible without relying exclusively on formal terminology. For professional learning, the implications are that strengthening procedural fluency or technical vocabulary alone is unlikely to be sufficient. Teacher education and professional development may need to couple (a) explicit work on relational noticing in mathematically rich tasks with (b) supported practice in articulating those relations through meaning-related language that links technical terms to conceptual meanings. Future research could extend this approach across multiple tasks and test interventions that treat noticing and meaning-related language as coordinated targets of teacher learning. References Ball, D. L., Thames, M. H., & Phelps, G. (2008). Content knowledge for teaching: What makes it special? Journal of Teacher Education, 59(5), 389–407. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487108324554 Copur-Gencturk, Y., & Rodrigues, J. (2021). Content-specific noticing: A large-scale survey of mathematics teachers’ noticing. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, 1-10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103320 Himmelsbach, M., Heinze, A., & Reiss, K. (2023). Teachers’ mathematical knowledge for teaching and their use of mathematical vocabulary in classroom instruction. ZDM–Mathematics Education, 55, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-023-01497-0 Kline, R. B. (2016). Principles and practice of structural equation modeling. Guilford Press. König, J., Schöber, C., & Seifert, A. (2022). Teacher noticing in mathematics education: A systematic review of the literature. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 110(1), 1–25. Krauss, S., Bruckmaier, G., Lindl, A., Hilbert, S., Binder, K., Steib, N., & Blum, W. (2020). Competence as a continuum in the COACTIV study: The “cascade model. ZDM – Mathematics Education, 52(2), 311–327. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-020-01151-z Peng, P., & Lin, X. (2019). The relation between mathematics vocabulary and mathematics performance among fourth graders. Learning and Individual Differences, 69, 11-21. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2018.11.006 Planas, N., Morgan, C., & Schütte, M. (2018). Mathematics education and language: Lessons and directions from two decades of research. In T. Dreyfus, M. Artigue, D. Potari, S. Prediger, & K. Ruthven (Eds.), Developing Research in Mathematics Education - Twenty Years of Communication, Cooperation and Collaboration in Europe (pp.196-210). Routledge Taylor & Francis Group. Planas, N., & Pimm, D. (2023). Language as resource and challenge in mathematics education. In M. Bosch (Ed.), Proceedings of the Twelfth Congress of the European Society for Research in Mathematics Education (CERME12) (pp. 1–10). ERME. Pöhler, B., & Prediger, S. (2015). Intertwining lexical and conceptual learning: A design research study on the role of language in fractions learning. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 27(4), 527–553. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13394-015-0153-4 Schleppegrell, M. J. (2007). The linguistic challenges of mathematics teaching and learning: A research review. Reading & Writing Quarterly, 23(2), 139–159. https://doi.org/10.1080/10573560601158461 Sherin, M. G., Jacobs, V. R., & Philipp, R. A. (2011). Mathematics teacher noticing: Seeing through teachers’ eyes. Routledge. Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4–14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X015002004 Weyers, J., König, J., Scheiner, T., Santagata, R., & Kaiser, G. (2023). Teacher noticing in mathematics education: A review of recent developments. ZDM–Mathematics Education, 55, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-023-01527-x |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 25 SES 06 A: Controversial Topics in Children’s Rights and Education (Part I) - [Special Call] Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Gabriela Martinez-Sainz Paper Session |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Can Fundraising be Part of Children's Human Rights Education? University of Agder, Norway Presenting Author:The educational research and teacher communities widely support the idea that education is a valuable tool for improving society; thus, children should be educated to participate in these improvements. This notion becomes evident in children's human rights education (CHRE), where young children should learn to respect and uphold their own and the rights of others to build and maintain a culture of human rights. Alongside this support, there is uncertainty about what content children should and can learn in their human rights education (Quennerstedt et al., 2025). Through the topic of solidarity, this article aims to problematise the engagement of children in defending human rights issues as part of the educational content at the early childhood education. Thematising solidarity in early childhood education (ECE) can involve developing children’s capacities for initial societal responsibility and social readiness to act (Ärlemalm-Hagsér, 2024). As large-scale organisations often arrange and receive funds collected through solidarity projects in early childhood education, scholars are concerned that it might displace alternative approaches to address need and create a value conflict between the educational institution and the organisations (Power & Taylor, 2018). Another concern is that organisations might use children as instruments to achieve their good intentions, thereby instrumentalising children (Rosenberg, 2024). Instrumentalisation can occur in tokenistic participation processes (Body et al., 2020). These concerns become particularly salient as it has become commonplace for educational institutions to serve as intermediaries in fundraising for organisations (Body et al., 2020; Oguro & Burridge, 2016; Power & Taylor, 2018). At the same time, Scholars from Norway, Sweden and the UK argue that solidarity projects are beneficial for citizenship educations: such as global citizenship (Bakken & Børhaug, 2009; Jermstad et al., 2020; Smith, 2012) and philanthropic citizenship (Body, 2024). Solidarity work is considered to have an important role in preparing children for a world in which political, cultural and economic globalisation processes link ethnic groups and territories closer together (Bakken & Børhaug, 2009, p. 16). As well as create awareness of others’ needs and bind ECE settings together as a community (Power & Taylor, 2018). Thereby, fostering a sense of community through the acknowledgement and facilitation of the needs and aspirations of others. Against this backdrop, it is interesting to discuss solidarity in light of Hannah Arendt’s view on young children learning to take societal responsibility. Arendt (1954) argue that education is a place for maturation and becoming familiar with the world, and not assuming responsibility for it. The latter belongs to the political public realm, a space for accountability. As the title of this article suggests, the central point for discussion is whether fundraising, as an act of solidarity, can be part of children’s human rights education. In this paper, I analysis two educational materials that teachers can use to thematise solidarity in early childhood education. Two very distinct organisations have produced these materials, and they approach fundraising as an act of solidarity in different ways. The following research questions guide the analysis: how is solidarity expressed and how are acts of solidarity legitimised in the educational materials? By illuminating and problematising the engagement of children in solving societal problems, the paper contributes to discussion about developing young children’s action competence for human rights at the early childhood education level, or their capacitation to act (Quennerstedt et al., 2025). It further contributes with knowledge about different organisations’ involvement of children in advocating for human rights and taking societal responsibility as child human rights defenders (CHRD) (Lundy et al, 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I started by mapping out how many organisations in Norway provide materials for solidarity projects for the early childhood education sector. I used Charity Monitoring Norway’s (CMN) website to map out organisations. CMN is a member of Charity Monitoring Worldwide which ensures the quality of fundraising activities in Norway, as there is no legislation directly regulating such activities in Norway. Over 20 organisations offer some type of material, either a package for hosting a fundraiser with balloons, diplomas and banners with the organisation’s logo, or educational materials for working with solidarity and raising funds for the organisation. Of the 20 organisations, I chose to analyse two educational materials from two very different organisations: FORUT and the NRK telethon. These organisations differ in terms of type of organisation and governance logic, their orientation towards the ECE as an arena for fundraising, and how they motivate the fundraising role in their materials (summed up in Table 1, that I will present at the conference). There are more educational materials on solidarity and fundraising, and ideally, I should analyse them all. Owing to limitations of space, I chose two materials that can serve as examples of different ways to approach solidarity and fundraising in ECE. It is interesting because it is a way of formalising volunteering and fundraising in educational programs, necessarily without proper didactisation. Furthermore, there may be variations in the educational content and the actors' interpretation of involving children. The intention is not to compare, but to highlight variations in their educational materials. Therefore, I present the findings in two sections, one for each of the two educational materials. I have applied a qualitative content analysis of the two materials. Qualitative content analysis is a beneficial method for systematically describing the meaning in the researched material (Schreier, 2014). The aspects of meaning I have focused on centre on solidarity and acts of solidarity, as guided by the paper’s overall research questions: how is solidarity expressed and how are acts of solidarity legitimised? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Whether fundraising can be part of CHRE becomes salient given the growing discourse framing children as actors of change rather than beneficiaries of human rights. Children are recognised as human rights defenders by leading international monitoring and advisory bodies. This view is also recognised in research about CHRE. Raising funds for a human rights organisation or cause can be a way for children to act as defenders. Thus, fundraising can be part of CHRE. However, one may question whether including fundraising normalises more activistic forms of participation and whether it may lead CHRE down an indoctrinating path, where all children must defend rights and concrete solutions to rights issues. One implication concern which theoretical perspective may come to dominate educational practice. Defending rights implies they must be fought for and realised through perpetual struggle, rather than entitlements (Dembour, 2006) A question then is whether educational institutions become obliged to teach CHRE from this perspective, and whether it is possible to teach from other perspectives, and how this can affect the education’s content? If educational institutions become obliged to teach from this perspective, how can this affect children's autonomy? Another implication concerns children experiencing rights respected through education. If children are engaged early on in adopting predetermined solutions, what space is left for them to grow and develop their own views and opinions? Children’s right to state their opinion includes a right not to state their opinion (Hanna, 2024). This also demands that children be able to express their views freely without being manipulated or subjected to undue influence or pressure (CtRC, 2009). If CHRE teaches children to support and defend concrete solutions, may this restrict their right not to state an opinion and their right to state it freely, as well as freedom of thought and expression? References Arendt, H. "The Crisis in Education", in H. Arendt, Between past and future (New York: Penguin books, 1954). Ärlemalm-Hagsér, E., "Solidarity – within and beyond the Early Childhood Education settings", Childhood in the Antropocene 2024 (1(1)), 50–56. DOI: https://doi.org/10.64952/cia.1.58847 Bajaj, M., Schooling for Social Change: The Rise and Impact of Human Rights Education in India. (New York: Bloomsbury, 2012) Body, A., "Raising Philanthropic Children: Moving Beyond Virtuous Philanthropy, Towards Transformative Giving and Empowered Citizenship", Journal of Philanthropy and Marketing 2024, (29(1)), 18-33. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/nvsm.1833 Body, A., Emily, L., & Josephidou, J., "Engaging Children in Meaningful Charity: Opening-up the Spaces Within Which Children Learn to Give", Children & Society 2020, (34), 189–203. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12366 Child Rights Connect., "Children as Defenders of Human Rights: A Study on Council of Europe Member States" (Council of Europe, 2023). URL: https://rm.coe.int/children-as-defenders-of-human-rights-a-study-on-coe-member-states/1680aec9fe Committee of the Rights of the Child (CtRC). DAY OF GENERAL DISCUSSION (DGD) 2018 Protecting and Empowering Children as Human Rights Defenders. 2018. URL: https://www.ohchr.org/sites/default/files/Documents/HRBodies/CRC/Discussions/2018/crc_dgd_2018_outcomereport_en.pdf Dembour, M.-B., Who Believes in Human Rights. Reflections on the European convention (Cambridge: University Press, 2006). Lundy, L., Templeton, M., & Martínez Zains, G., "Child Human Rights Defenders and Schools: When HRE and Activism Can, But Should Not Collide", in B. Mallon, F. Waldron, and C. N. Cassaithe (eds,), Pushing the boundaries of human rights education. Concepts, challenges and contexts (Oxon: Routledge, 2024). Oguro, S., & Burridge, N., "The Contribution of Non-Government Organisations to Human Rights Education in Australian Schools", Third Sector Review 2016, (22(1)), 3–24. DOI: https://search.informit.org/doi/10.3316/informit.430345548404984 Power, S., & Taylor, C., "The Mainstreaming of Charities into Schools", Oxford Review of Education 2018, (44(6)), 702–715. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2018.1438255 Quennerstedt, A., Gawlicz, K., Duda, D., & Francia, G., "The Elusive Content of Children’s Human Rights Education", Journal of Curriculum Studies 2025, 1–23. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2578739 Rosenberg, A. R., "Menneskerettsopplæring som faglig innhold i fagområdet nærmiljø og samfunn [Human Rights Education as Educational Content in the Learning Area Local Community and Soceity]". Doctoral Dissertation, University of Agder. Schreier, M., "Qualitative Content Analysis", in U. Flick (ed.), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Data Analysis (London: SAGE Publications, 2014). 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Navigating Representations of Young People’s Rights and Parents’ Authority in the Context of Irish Sexuality Education 1: Dublin City University, Ireland; 2: Queens University Belfast Presenting Author:Few educational domains expose tensions between children's rights and parental authority as starkly as sexuality education (Marshall, 2025). As a uniquely contested site where questions of knowledge, morality, agency, and childhood innocence intersect, sexuality education becomes an important crossroads for critical considerations of rights and representation (Robinson & Bengtsson, 2024). This paper examines how these tensions manifest across two jurisdictions, Ireland and Northern Ireland, where shared histories of religious influence over education produce strikingly divergent contemporary trajectories. Drawing on Bacchi's (2012) "What's the Problem Represented to be?" (WPR) framework, we analyse how young people are represented within sexuality education policy discourse across both jurisdictions from the 1990s to present. We interrogate how "the problem" of sexuality education is positioned, what assumptions underpin these constructions, whose voices are privileged or silenced, and what effects these representations produce. Historically, both jurisdictions positioned young people primarily as vulnerable moral subjects requiring protection from sexual knowledge (Nolan, 2018). Early sexuality education policy in Ireland is heavily influenced by Catholic Church authority. By the 1990s, rising concerns about HIV/AIDS shifted this to positioning young people as "at-risk bodies" simultaneously vulnerable to and reckless about pregnancy and STIs. The dominant solution remained abstinence, with comprehensive information deemed too dangerous for young people to possess (Kiely, 2023). Similarly, Northern Ireland's sexuality education emerged within Christian ethos requirements that positioned sexuality within heteronormative marriage frameworks, emphasizing "deferment of sexual activity" and "abstinence as positive option" (Keating, 2023). Neither jurisdiction in this case positioned young people as rights-bearing agents with legitimate participation in their own education. The dominance of religious patronage (Ireland) and Christian ethos requirements (Northern Ireland) operated as structural mechanisms through which cultures of limitation were enforced. This granted religious authorities discretionary power over curriculum implementation and positioned young people as subjects of adult moral guardianship rather than autonomous rights-holders. More recently, policy rhetoric in both jurisdictions has shifted toward positioning young people as "informed decision-makers" and "sexual citizens with rights," yet this shift has produced strikingly divergent trajectories. Ireland's 2019 NCCA Review explicitly positioned young people as key stakeholders, with young people themselves reframing "the problem" as curriculum that was "too little, too late, too biological" shifting the deficit from youth behavior to institutional failure. The resulting Junior and Senior Cycle SPHE curricula now include content on consent, queer identities, mutual pleasure, and reproductive rights. In contrast, Northern Ireland's trajectory demonstrates how organized conservative resistance has reversed progressive policy commitments, returning sexuality education to its historical forms. The 2025 removal of trans guidance and persistent abstinence-based approaches demonstrate how similar cultural contexts produce divergent outcomes. Crucially, both jurisdictions share a fundamental paradox: while young people are rhetorically repositioned as rights-holders, structural features remain unchanged. School ethos provisions (both jurisdictions) and parental withdrawal rights continue to subordinate children's participation rights. This reveals that young people's rights remain conditional on adult permission across both contexts, even as international rights-based frameworks gain traction and policy rhetoric becomes more progressive (Curvinho & Fischer, 2014). This paper contributes to Network 25's call by interrogating precisely how national education policies navigate (or sidestep) tensions between children's rights and parental rights in this most contested of educational domains. We examine what happens when children's rights discourse is weaponized to restrict rather than expand young people's access to sexuality education, how power and ideology shape what counts as legitimate knowledge about children's sexuality and rights, and what responsibilities researchers bear when rights discourse is invoked to legitimise or delegitimise evidence-based educational practices. This comparative analysis reveals how cultural, religious, and political contestation shapes the very boundaries of what children's rights mean in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper employs Bacchi's "What's the Problem Represented to be?" (WPR) framework as its primary analytical approach. WPR is particularly suited to analyzing contested policy domains because it excavates underlying assumptions, silences, and power relations embedded in how policy "problems" are constructed. Rather than accepting policy at face value or asking "how can we solve this problem better," WPR asks: What is the problem represented to be? What presuppositions underpin this representation? What is left unproblematic? What effects does this problem representation produce? And whose interests are served? If sexuality education is about identifying and solving problems, we must ask how these problems are defined, for whom, and to what end. We applied this framework to comparative historical policy analysis of sexuality education development in Ireland and Northern Ireland from the 1990s through 2025. Document sources include statutory curriculum documents, government consultation papers and reports, and guidance documents for schools and teachers. We identified distinct problem representations: sexuality education as a problem of moral endangerment (early period); as a problem of teenage pregnancy and STI prevention (1990s-2000s); as a problem of outdated curriculum requiring modernization (Ireland 2010s); as a problem of parental rights requiring protection (Northern Ireland ongoing); as a problem of LGBTQ+ exclusion requiring redress (advocacy organizations); and as a problem of children's rights requiring comprehensive information (international frameworks). For each problem representation, we traced its genealogy examining historical legacies of religious authority, cultural anxieties about childhood sexuality, and evolving human rights frameworks. We attended carefully to silences: what remains unquestioned when sexuality education is framed primarily as a parental rights issue? What assumptions underpin "age-appropriateness" as the primary evaluative criterion? What gets foreclosed when comprehensive sexuality education is positioned as "ideological"? Our comparative approach illuminates how similar cultural and religious contexts produce divergent policy outcomes through different constructions of "the problem." We examined how consultation processes engage (or fail to engage) with young people as rights-holders and knowledge-producers rather than merely subjects of adult decision-making. In doing so this paper reveals persistent gaps between what young people say they need and what policy delivers, gaps that illuminate fundamental tensions in how children's rights are understood and enacted in sexuality education. Our analysis positions these gaps not as implementation failures but as effects of problem representations that systematically privilege adult authority over young people's expressed needs and participation rights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our WPR analysis reveals that despite increasingly progressive policy rhetoric, the fundamental power to define young people and their sexuality remains firmly with adults. Across both jurisdictions, even as problem representations evolved from "moral subjects requiring guidance" to "sexual citizens with rights," young people are rarely positioned as legitimate co-designers of their own education or as knowledge producers whose expertise might shape curriculum alongside adult perspectives. This persistence of adult gatekeeping operates through structural arrangements such as religious patronage, parental opt-out provisions, and discretionary implementation based on school ethos. Three critical findings emerge about how national education policies navigate tensions between children's rights and parental rights. First, when these rights conflict, policy mechanisms consistently subordinate children's participation rights to adult authority even as rights-based rhetoric intensifies. Second, children's rights discourse itself becomes weaponized to restrict education, with conservative resistance invoking "protection" to justify limitation. Third, structural mechanisms entrench cultures of limitation even as curriculum content becomes more progressive, demonstrating that curricular reform alone cannot transform power relations. The systematic exclusion of LGBTQ+ (particularly trans), disabled, and minority ethnic young people reveals whose experiences count as legitimate within sexuality education. These are not implementation failures but effects of problem representations that construct certain young people as "too controversial" or invisible. For education researchers, this paper raises important and urgent questions about response-ability (Harraway, 2012). When children's rights discourse is weaponized to advance ideological agendas contradicting evidence and young people's expressed needs, we cannot claim neutrality. The future of sexuality education depends on whose voices shape that future and whether young people's voices will finally be heard not as background consultation but as authoritative partners in imagining more just, inclusive, and hopeful possibilities. References Bacchi, C. (2012), “Introducing the ‘what’s the problem represented to be?’ approach”, in Bletsas, A. and Beasley, C. (Eds), Engaging with Carol Bacchi: Strategic Interventions and Exchanges, The University of Adelaide Press, Adelaide, Australia, pp. 21-24. Curvino M, Fischer M (2014) Claiming Comprehensive Sex Education is a Right Does Not Make it So: A Close Reading of International Law. New Bioeth Multidiscip J Biotechnol Body 20:72–98. https://doi.org/10.1179/2050287714Z.00000000044 Keating S (2023) The Road Less Travelled: The Journey to Meaningful and Empowering Relationships and Sexuality Education (RSE) in Irish Schools. In: Górnicka B, Doyle M (eds) Sex and Sexualities in Ireland: Interdisciplinary Perspectives. Springer International Publishing, Cham, pp 107–130 Kiely E (2023) The Relationships and Sexuality Education (RSE) Review: Advancing Student Sexual Citizenship in Ireland for the Twenty-First Century? In: Górnicka B, Doyle M (eds) Sex and Sexualities in Ireland: Interdisciplinary Perspectives. Springer International Publishing, Cham, pp 85–106 Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Marshall H (2025) Beyond panic: navigating the tides of change in relationships and sex education. Sex Educ 25:324–340. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2024.2336915 National Council for Curriculum and Assessment (NCCA). 2019. Report on the Review of Relationships and Sexuality Education (RSE) in Primary and Post-primary Schools. https://ncca.ie/media/4462/ report-on-the-review-of-relationships-and-sexuality-education-rse-in-primaryand-post-primary-school.pdf. Accessed 15 Jan 2025 Nolan A (2018) School-based relationships and sexuality education (RSE): lessons for policy and practice | Health and Education Resource Centre. https://healtheducationresources.unesco.org/library/documents/school-based-relationships-and-sexuality-education-rse-lessons-policy-and. Accessed 15 Jan 2025 Robinson KH, Bengtsson J (2024) The politics of age in sex and sexuality education for children and young people. Sex Educ 24:579–584. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2024.2369408 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Navigating Controversies in Student Rights: A Legal Analysis of Teacher Discipline and Procedural Justice in Taiwan National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Abstract
Traditionally, the classroom was imagined as a sacred pedagogical space in which teacher authority was taken for granted, supported by long-standing cultural expectations that teachers embody moral authority and uphold classroom order. Yet contemporary schooling is undergoing a profound paradigm shift under the influence of human-rights jurisprudence and procedural accountability. In this environment, teachers’ disciplinary authority is no longer treated as an inherent entitlement; instead, it becomes a conditional authorization—one that must be justified, documented, and aligned with legally protected student rights. This transformation generates a core tension between legal norms that demand clarity, neutrality, and proportionality, and the complex realities of classroom life where discipline often unfolds through rapid judgments under time pressure. While legislators and policy discourses increasingly foreground student protection, teachers are expected to sustain instructional order amid persistent classroom disruptions that erode teaching quality and intensify emotional exhaustion (Hopman et al., 2018). The central problem, therefore, is how teachers can maintain order and educational meaning when professional discretion is increasingly constrained—and retrospectively evaluated—through legalistic frameworks.
Existing literature offers key lenses on discipline and disruption, yet it also points to a disconnect between classroom dynamics and legal governance. From a normative perspective, compliance is shaped less by punitive severity than by students’ perceptions of legitimacy and fairness (Way, 2011). In parallel, interactionist work suggests that disturbances are co-constructed through teacher–student interactions and the ongoing interpretation of what counts as “disruptive” in a given classroom ecology (Eckstein, 2019). These insights underscore that discipline is contextual and relational—precisely what makes it difficult to translate into stable legal categories.
In Taiwan, this translation challenge is concentrated in the Campus Incident Resolution Committee (CIRC), where classroom interactions must be converted into legally defensible evidence. As disputes escalate into petitions and administrative litigation, the same incident is re-written through judicial logics of legality, procedural justice, and proportionality. Yet how these layers collectively reshape the meaning of “appropriate discipline,” and what kinds of pedagogical rationality can cross the threshold of legal recognition, remain under-examined.
Accordingly, this study asks: (1) How does the legal system demarcate the boundary of “appropriate” discipline in teacher–student disputes? (2) What forms of pedagogical rationality are validated, reduced, or rejected as cases move across institutions? The study employs qualitative textual analysis of a multi-layered corpus, including administrative court judgments, petition decisions, and CIRC investigative reports, to examine the process of legal reconstruction—how decision-makers interpret teacher intent, student reaction, and contextual constraints, and how they operationalize proportionality when weighing educational purposes against rights-based concerns.
Preliminary analysis reveals a structural discrepancy between normative legal requirements and classroom practices. First, the erosion of procedural justice—particularly neglect of students’ right to be heard—weakens the “filtering mechanism” that should prevent arbitrary judgments, producing decisions that rely on stigmatizing prejudgments rather than fact-sensitive assessment (Shen & Li, 2006). Second, teachers’ emotional catharsis may replace deliberative professional discretion: discipline is framed as a release or defensive reaction rather than a pedagogically reasoned intervention, making it more vulnerable to legal disqualification. The study argues that for discipline to be both educationally meaningful and legally defensible, it must move beyond narrow deterrence logic by restoring procedural fairness and strengthening teacher–student relationships, reflecting research on the relational foundations of classroom management (Wettstein et al., 2021). By conceptualizing discipline disputes as a “translation” between law and education, this research offers a framework for understanding teacher professionalism under intensified legalization and for diagnosing where institutional design amplifies, rather than resolves, the law–practice gap. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology This study employs qualitative textual analysis to trace how teacher-discipline incidents in Taiwan are re-written and re-defined as they move from school-based handling into petition procedures and administrative litigation. Rather than asking simply whether courts “intervene,” the study examines how pedagogical judgments embedded in disciplinary situations are translated, through institutional circulation, into legally reviewable facts, reasons, and boundaries of responsibility. The analytic focus is therefore placed on the linguistic choices, justificatory logics, and evidentiary arrangements that stabilize “professional conduct” as a governable legal object. To capture this cross-institutional translation, the study builds a multi-layered corpus of legal-administrative texts produced between 2020 and 2025, consisting of: (1) Administrative Court judgments (high administrative courts and, where applicable, the Supreme Administrative Court), which articulate the final boundaries of legality; (2) Petition/review decisions (administrative appeal and self-correction outcomes), which reveal intermediate standards of institutional legitimacy; and (3) Campus Incident Resolution Council (CIRC) investigative reports, which typically contain the most granular narrative of classroom interactions and the earliest professional interpretations. This architecture enables both “top-down” tracing (how courts reframe pedagogical events) and “bottom-up” reconstruction (how classroom incidents are initially problematized and documented). Cases are selected through purposive sampling to prioritize information-rich disputes where judicial reasoning engages substantively with professional judgment rather than purely technical procedure. Sampling proceeds iteratively with constant comparison; analytic saturation is assessed when successive cases cease to generate new categories of review thresholds, legitimacy concerns, or normative expectations regarding the “ideal teacher.” Analysis proceeds in three steps. First, the texts are open-coded to identify recurring themes (e.g., procedural justice, proportionality, emotional stability, student rights, remediation feasibility) and to map how facts are narratively packaged as evidence. Second, the study conducts a cross-document comparison between the “educational narrative” (CIRC reporting and pedagogical rationales) and the “legal reconstruction” (judicial syllogisms and legality tests), identifying points where contextual pedagogical nuance is retained, reduced, or moralized. Third, focused coding examines proportionality reasoning—how decision-makers weigh teacher intent, contextual constraints, and institutional support against student impact and rights claims. To enhance trustworthiness, the study maintains detailed coding memos and an audit trail, triangulates across document types, and uses thick description to counter the decontextualized character of verdict texts. As the materials are publicly accessible official documents, the study is exempt from formal human-subject review, while still following fairness principles by treating texts as institutional microcosms rather than as grounds for personal judgment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion This study has argued that teacher-discipline disputes in Taiwan should be understood as a cross-institutional translation process through which situated pedagogical judgments are progressively reconstructed into legally reviewable facts, reasons, and boundaries of responsibility. By analyzing administrative court judgments, petition decisions, and CIRC investigative reports, the study demonstrates a persistent norm–practice gap: although the regulatory framework foregrounds student rights, educational purposes, non-discrimination, and proportionality, everyday disciplinary practices recurrently drift toward control techniques centred on humiliation, exclusion, and fear—often at the expense of students’ dignity and learning opportunities. The findings further suggest that this gap is not adequately explained as sporadic “misconduct” by individual teachers; rather, it reflects two structural malfunctions in the practical governance of discipline. First, proportionality remains largely confined to statutes and administrative texts and is rarely internalized as an operational reasoning tool for selecting the least intrusive measure or balancing harm against educational benefit in real-time classroom decision-making. Second, procedural justice is frequently under-activated: students’ opportunities to be heard and to clarify contested facts are systematically weakened, removing the filtering mechanism that should prevent stigmatizing prejudgments and arbitrary escalation. These insights contribute to international debates on teacher professionalism under intensified legalization by showing how legality is not merely an external constraint but a productive force that reshapes what counts as “appropriate” discipline. Practically, the study points to the need for institutional designs that translate proportionality into workable decision heuristics and training, and embed voice-sensitive, fact-checking procedures into school-based incident handling, thereby narrowing the law–practice gap while preserving educational meaning. References References Blank, C., & Shavit, Y. (2016). The association between student reports of classmates’ disruptive behavior and student achievement. AERA Open, 2(3), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858416653921 Eckstein, B. (2019). Production and perception of classroom disturbances -- A new approach to investigating the perspectives of teachers and students. Frontline Learning Research, 7(2), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.14786/flr.v7i2.411 Hopman, J. A. B., Tick, N. T., van der Ende, J., Wubbels, T., Verhulst, F. C., Maras, A., Breeman, L. D., & van Lier, P. A. C. (2018). Special education teachers’ relationships with students and self-efficacy moderate associations between classroom-level disruptive behaviors and emotional exhaustion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 21–30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.06.004 Lewis, R., Romi, S., Katz, Y. J., & Qui, X. (2008). Students' reaction to classroom discipline in Australia, Israel, and China. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(3), 715–724. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2007.05.003 Lopes, J., & Oliveira, C. (2017). Classroom discipline: Theory and practice. In J. P. Bakken (Ed.), Classrooms: Academic content and behavior strategy instruction for students with and without disabilities (Vol. 2, pp. 231–253). Nova Science Publishers. Meinokat, P., & Wagner, I. (2025). Classroom disruptions and classroom management in learning factory settings at vocational schools. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 12(2), 266–288. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.12.2.5 Scherzinger, M., & Wettstein, A. (2019). Classroom disruptions, the teacher–student relationship and classroom management from the perspective of teachers, students and external observers: A multimethod approach. Learning Environments Research, 22(3), 101–116. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-018-9269-x Shen, S.-P., & Li, R.-L. (2006). The school disciplinary system from the perspective of rule by law. Frontiers of Education in China, 1(4), 567–576. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11516-006-0030-3 Way, S. M. (2011). School discipline and disruptive classroom behavior: The moderating effects of student perceptions. The Sociological Quarterly, 52(3), 346–375. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1533-8525.2011.01210.x Wettstein, A., Ramseier, E., & Scherzinger, M. (2021). Class- and subject teachers’ self-efficacy and emotional stability and students’ perceptions of the teacher–student relationship, classroom management, and classroom disruptions. BMC Psychology, 9(1), 103. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40359-021-00606-6 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Beyond the Pupil Council: An Action Research Prototype to Improve Inclussiveness, Sustainability and Policy Impact of Children's Participation in Schools 1: KU Leuven, Belgium; 2: Karel de Grote University of Applied Sciences and Arts Presenting Author:Although few people openly dispute the importance of children’s rights, specialists warn that political and crisis-related pressures can push children’s rights out of focus—particularly the right to participate in decisions that affect them (ChildFund Alliance et al., 2021; UNICEF, 2025). Article 12 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) requires that children can express their views and that adults give those views due weight (UNCRC, 1989). In schools, participation is therefore not an optional “extra”, but a rights-based duty that needs to be implemented in everyday educational practice (Lundy, 2007). Yet participation often remains fragile: pupils may be asked for opinions while experiencing limited influence on decisions, and participation may not be equally accessible to all pupils (ChildFund Alliance et al., 2021). Schools are frequently encouraged to organise participation through formal structures such as pupil councils. However, research shows that councils alone do not guarantee meaningful participation when they are disconnected from classroom practices, informal school life, and governance routines (Cross et al., 2014; Graham et al., 2018). This points to three recurring challenges at the intersection of children’s rights and education: (1) inclusiveness (whose perspectives enter participation spaces), (2) sustainability (how participation becomes embedded in routines and roles), and (3) policy impact (whether pupils’ perspectives actually shape decisions). This paper reports empirical findings from the GOTALK project (September 2023–August 2025), a cross-national project that tested and refined a prototype method for strengthening pupil participation through and beyond pupil councils. We focus on action research trajectories in four Flemish schools in Antwerp (two primary; two secondary). Schools entered the trajectories with their own questions about pupil participation and aimed to strengthen at least one of the three challenges (inclusiveness, sustainability, policy impact). The prototype method was designed as a practice-oriented approach to generating and mobilising knowledge in real school settings (Abma et al., 2017; Friedman & Rogers, 2009). Conceptually, we combine Lundy’s space–voice–audience–influence framework (Lundy, 2007) with an analytic focus on gaps between espoused theories and theories-in-use (Argyris & Schön, 1974; Savaya & Gardner, 2012). This lens clarifies how schools can endorse participation rhetorically while everyday routines reproduce hierarchy. Findings are presented through three clusters of critical incidents. First, adult decision-maker presence mattered for “audience” and “influence”, but also created risks of adults abusing childrens voices for their own purposes (Lundy, 2007). In one secondary school, a principal’s structured dialogue with pupils—paired with clearer preparation, fewer agenda items, and school-wide feedback—strengthened perceived influence and led to governance adjustments. In one primary school, a unilateral budget decision taken “on behalf of” pupils undermined trust and exposed opaque decision-making procedures. Second, schools shifted from a pedagogy of teaching to a pedagogy of participation by reflecting on micro-practices that encode hierarchy (Graham et al., 2018). Reconfiguring space and interaction (e.g., sitting arrangements; negotiated norms of address) supported more equitable deliberation. Third, inclusiveness depended on practices connecting council members with non-members. Peer-to-peer interviews and participatory documentation (e.g., a “living wall”) broadened perspectives informing council proposals (Bjartveit et al., 2019; Wang & Burris, 1997), while everyday procedures (visibility, time, corridor rules) shaped who could engage. Across cases, inclusiveness, sustainability and policy impact proved mutually dependent. The paper contributes an empirically grounded, rights-explicit and adaptable method for organising participation in schools and shows how “influence” can be strengthened beyond token consultation (Lundy, 2007), advancing Network 25’s agenda at the intersection of children’s rights and education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design and setting. The study used collaborative action research with four Flemish school teams within the broader GOTALK project (September 2023–August 2025). Two trajectories were conducted in primary schools (pupils aged 6–12) and two in secondary schools (pupils aged 12–18). Schools were recruited in Antwerp. Inclusion criteria were: (1) a functioning pupil council; (2) willingness to strengthen participation in at least one domain (inclusiveness, sustainability, policy impact); and (3) readiness to formulate school-specific inquiry questions with the research team. Prototype method. A prototype method for strengthening participation was drafted during the proposal stage and refined iteratively through stakeholder engagement. Three multi-actor “labs” (pupils, educators, policy actors, parents, NGOs and researchers) supported refinement. The method comprised six flexible building blocks: (1) context analysis and networking; (2) mapping ideas of participation; (3) searching for other views; (4) assembling perspectives; (5) design and implementation; and (6) dissemination and policy impact. Data generation. Data included researchers’ notes from meetings with school teams; researchers’ intervision notes; field notes from observations of pupil councils and related activities; and interview/focus-group transcripts with adult team members. Participation tools tested in situ included peer-to-peer interviews, the Mosaic Approach (Clark, 2017), pedagogical documentation (including a “living wall”) (Bjartveit et al., 2019), and photovoice-inspired activities (Wang & Burris, 1997). Analysis. Analysis followed a narrative critical-incident approach. Incidents were selected when they disrupted routine participation, revealed assumptions about children’s roles, or triggered adaptations in governance and practice. Incidents were analysed using sensitising concepts from children’s rights (UNCRC; space–voice–audience–influence) (Lundy, 2007) and reflective practice (espoused theory vs theory-in-use) (Argyris & Schön, 1974; Savaya & Gardner, 2012). Cross-case comparison examined how changes in one domain shaped the others. Ethics. A children’s rights perspective guided ethical decision-making, with attention to power inequalities and risks of coercion or retaliation in school contexts (Woelders & Abma, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Strengthening children’s right to participate in education requires more than maintaining a pupil council. Across four Flemish schools, the GOTALK prototype method helped shift participation from isolated consultation toward clearer decision pathways and more visible follow-up, supporting schools to translate children’s perspectives into adjustments of practice and governance. Critical incidents show how “audience” and “influence” can expand when adult decision-makers engage in structured dialogue and when schools institutionalise transparent feedback to the wider pupil body (Lundy, 2007). The same incidents also show how quickly adult convenience can override rights commitments: unilateral decisions made “for” pupils undermine trust, weaken sustainability, and narrow participation to tokenism (Cross et al., 2014). Participation is also taught through micro-practices—spatial arrangements, speaking norms, and forms of address—that communicate who is expected to speak and who is expected to listen (Graham et al., 2018). Methodologically, the study adds lessons for rights-oriented action research: a flexible prototype allowed teams to move between tools, procedures and vision work as power dynamics surfaced (Abma et al., 2017). Participatory tools can widen whose perspectives enter deliberation, but only if schools remove procedural barriers and invest in adult facilitation capacity and accountability (European Commission et al., 2021). Implications point to a whole-school approach in which councils are embedded in routines for agenda setting, communication, decision-making and follow-up, backed by adult accountability for acting on children’s views (European Commission et al., 2021). Future research should test transferability and examine deeper pupil involvement in research design and governance. References Abma, T. A., Cook, T., Rämgård, M., Kleba, E., Harris, J., & Wallerstein, N. (2017). Social impact of participatory health research: Collaborative non-linear processes of knowledge mobilization. Educational Action Research, 25(4), 489–505. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2017.1329092 Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (1974). Theory in practice: Increasing professional effectiveness. Jossey-Bass. Bjartveit, C., Smey Carston, C., Baxter, J., Hart, J., & Greenidge, C. (2019). The Living Wall: Implementing and interpreting pedagogical documentation in specialized ELCC settings. Journal of Childhood Studies, 44(1), 28–38. https://doi.org/10.18357/jcs441201919058 ChildFund Alliance, Eurochild, Save the Children, UNICEF, & World Vision. (2021). Our Europe, our rights, our future. UNICEF. Clark, A. (2017). Listening to young children: A guide to understanding and using the Mosaic approach (3rd ed.). Jessica Kingsley. Cross, B., Hulme, M., & McKinney, S. (2014). The last place to look: The place of pupil councils within citizen participation in Scottish schools. Oxford Review of Education, 40(5), 637–654. European Commission, Directorate-General for Justice and Consumers, RAND Europe, & Eurochild. (2021). Study on child participation in the EU political and democratic life: Final report. Publications Office. https://doi.org/10.2838/388737 Graham, A., Truscott, J., Simmons, C., Anderson, D., & Thomas, N. (2018). Exploring student participation across different arenas of school life. British Educational Research Journal, 44(6), 1029–1046. Lundy, L. (2007). “Voice” is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927–942. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701657033 Savaya, R., & Gardner, F. (2012). Critical reflection to identify gaps between espoused theory and theory-in-use. Social Work, 57(2), 145–154. UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. (1989). United Nations, Treaty Series, 1577, 3. UNICEF. (2025). UNICEF annual report 2024. United Nations Children’s Fund. Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, methodology, and use for participatory needs assessment. Health Education & Behavior, 24(3), 369–387. https://doi.org/10.1177/109019819702400309 Woelders, S., & Abma, T. (2019). Participatory action research to enhance collective involvement: About power, dialogue and understanding. Action Research, 17(4), 528–548. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476750319837330 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 06 A: AI, Digital Leadership & Technology Innovation Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jianjing Tang Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leading Culture Online: Exploring the Lived Experiences of UK Online School Leaders Nottingham Trent University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Online-only schooling for children can be seen as a response to polycrisis, albeit one shrouded in scepticism and vague policy. Following the COVID-19 pandemic, during which school leaders were forced to rapidly navigate leadership and culture in virtual spaces, most education systems globally returned to “normal”. However, a small number of entrepreneurs from a range of backgrounds identified an opportunity to launch or expand online learning offers for families who no longer felt that mainstream education was the best solution. Virtual schools which supplement or enhance brick-and-mortar provision are not new; such programmes continue to grow across Europe, allowing for greater flexibility and breadth of study. The number of schools delivering a full, live school timetable entirely online remains low, with around 25 such schools currently operating in the UK (Hill, 2024). Since 2020, research into online learning has expanded rapidly, focusing largely on technology, student wellbeing, and learning loss. Far fewer studies have considered leadership or culture, particularly within the emerging sector of online-only schooling. As a result, the personal leadership experiences and cultural sensemaking of leaders working in these environments remain largely unexamined. My research uses interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) to explore how leaders experience the work of leading an online-only school and how they seek to build school culture in a fully virtual space. IPA enables in-depth analysis of lived experience, treating each participant as a unique case. As an exploratory study, this research contributes an initial account of contemporary leadership and culture in UK-based online schools, foregrounding what it means to lead within these environments. This person-centred, experience-led approach allows insight into the processes and practices that may contribute to effective leadership and culture-building in virtual settings. This paper presents findings from my PhD research, based on semi-structured interviews with five online school leaders, and addresses three research questions: RQ1: How do leaders in online-only schools in the UK understand “leadership” and “culture”? The personal experiential themes (PETs) identified for each participant reflect the challenges and diversities across this emerging field. These include the emotional labour associated with leading in an isolated digital context; the need to “lead with two brains” as both educator and entrepreneur; and anxieties around decision-making, often mitigated through deliberate virtual collaboration as a form of community-building. Despite this variation, recurring experiences emerge, particularly around sensemaking (Weick, 1995; Hernes, 2008) and emotional labour (Hochschild, 1983), which underpin many aspects of virtual leadership practice. The exploration of the individual experience can be, therefore, connected using group experiential themes (GETs), which again show considerable convergence and divergence in areas including perspectives on leadership, the influence of historical experiences on their practice, and building connectivity and culture in virtual space. By foregrounding lived experience, this paper offers new insights into the processes, practices, and possibilities of leadership and culture in online-only schools, and considers how the sector may evolve in an increasingly digital future. By steering away from large-scale data and broad policy analysis, the study also proposes a direction for future research into online educational leadership that is human-centric, experience-led, and privileges practitioner knowledge. In a system positioned as an alternative to mainstream schooling, this paper argues that such an approach is not only viable, but preferable—both within this field and beyond. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Five participants took part in the research study, each of whom self-identified as a leader within an online school headquartered in the UK. Each of the five participants worked in different schools with drastically different backgrounds, job titles and work roles, despite their connected fields. Two one-hour semi-structured interviews were carried out with each participant via Microsoft Teams; one broadly centred on the theme of leadership, and the second on culture. The interviews used a common prompt sheet across all participants, with additional questions and exploration prompted by the answers provided. Each interview was recorded, manually transcribed and then analysed using the seven steps for interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) (Smith, Flowers and Larkin, 2022). IPA centres on individual experience, and this idiographic approach allows for the deep analysis of small numbers of cases to capture both similarity and difference between participants. Additionally, IPA is explicitly hermeneutic, relying on the researcher’s interpretative engagement with participants’ accounts; this is important because it acknowledges that meaning is not simply extracted from experience but co-constructed through a reflexive, double hermeneutic process as the researcher makes sense of participants making sense of their world. The transcripts were then uploaded to NVivo. Each participant’s interviews were analysed, with over 2000 annotations and 1005 initial experiential statements across the ten transcripts. These were further refined to 242 final experiential statements, grouped into 25 PETs (between 4 and 6 per participant). Finally, 4 GETs were created, demonstrating strong connections but also considerable difference across the participant group. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research has highlighted both the variation and similarities in the ways that online-only school leaders experience leadership and culture building in virtual space. The PETs showed considerable variation between participants, with, for example, varying emphasis on values as a driver of culture. The 4 GETs further exemplify both the convergence and divergence of experience in this study. One such theme, centred on emotional labour and relationship building, highlighted how communication and feedback are central to effective virtual leadership, alongside the need to be intentional and creative about how this is enacted online. However, participants diverged in terms of the impact of such labour on themselves, with responses varying from contentment and joy, to exhaustion, sacrifice, and fear. The idiographic nature of this work demonstrates the importance of sharing and exploring individual lived experiences, particularly in a big data-driven context where nuance can be lost at the expense of broader policy and analysis. References Hernes, T., 2008. Understanding organization as process: Theory for a tangled world. London: Routledge. Hill, J., 2024. Can online schools solve the post-Covid attendance crisis? Schoolsweek. Available online at: https://schoolsweek.co.uk/can-online-schools-solve-the-post-covid-attendance-crisis/ [Accessed 30.2.24] Smith, J.A., Flowers, P. and Larkin, M., 2022. Interpretative phenomenological analysis. 2nd edition. London, SAGE Publications Weick, K.E., 1995. Sensemaking in organizations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Navigating the Unknown: Educational Leadership Development Needs During AI Transformation in Higher Education Breda University of applied sciences, Belgium Presenting Author:The rapid integration of artificial intelligence into higher education demands fundamental curriculum redesign and new approaches to teaching, learning, and assessment. However, educational managers responsible for curriculum development and quality assurance are often asked to lead this transformation without prior access to dedicated educational leadership development (Debowski and Blake, 2004; Scott et al., 2008). This paper examines an under-recognized capability development need among educational managers during an institution-wide AI integration initiative at a Dutch university of applied sciences, where the conceptual frameworks needed to articulate support requests had not yet been made available to them, a pattern with significant implications for the implementation of educational innovation. In 2025, Breda University of Applied Sciences (BUAS) initiated a comprehensive AI integration programme, transitioning from traditional teaching to AI-enhanced education. This transformation required developing a vision for teaching and learning with AI, creating frameworks for AI-proof assessment, and implementing academy-specific curriculum changes. Academy-specific sessions were organized with management teams and staff responsible for curriculum and educational quality to guide implementation. Despite having a clear institutional vision, comprehensive frameworks, and dedicated support structures, a striking challenge emerged. Educational managers encountered a recognised metacognitive challenge described in the self-assessment literature (Kruger and Dunning, 1999): without prior exposure to specific educational leadership concepts, it was difficult to articulate which forms of support would be most useful. This became visible when facilitators proposed possible areas for assistance and participants worked to identify which interventions would best address their challenges. Rather than reflecting change resistance or lack of motivation, this pointed to an opportunity to introduce the conceptual frameworks that help leaders identify and name their own development needs. Several capability areas emerged as central to successful curriculum transformation: curriculum design principles for AI-enhanced learning, quality indicators for new pedagogical approaches, facilitation of teacher professional development, leadership of organizational change processes (Fullan, 2007), and translation of institutional vision into concrete curriculum decisions. Across these areas, educational managers identified a need for further support in connecting institutional frameworks to practical implementation. This is particularly challenging because educational managers occupy a critical strategic position as change agents within higher education institutions (Scott et al., 2008). They bridge institutional vision and frontline teaching practice, coordinate curriculum teams, ensure educational quality standards, and make day-to-day decisions that determine whether institutional innovations succeed or fail. Educational managers translate strategy into curriculum reality, a role for which formal preparation in educational leadership, curriculum theory, pedagogical innovation, and change management is rarely provided. BUAS currently lacks formal educational leadership development programmes specifically designed for educational managers and curriculum coordinators. While substantial attention goes to individual teacher professional development through didactic competency programmes and AI training courses, comparable structured development for those coordinating and managing educational programmes is still emerging. Addressing this represents an important opportunity for institutional capacity building (Debowski and Blake, 2004). The literature on higher education leadership has examined transformational leadership (Bass and Avolio, 1994; Hoch et al., 2018), change management (Fullan, 2007), and institutional innovation. However, limited research specifically investigates the educational leadership knowledge and competencies required by programme managers and curriculum coordinators, the "middle layer" of educational leadership (Scott et al., 2008). Even less attention has been paid to the specific development needs of these leaders (Leithwood et al., 2020). This study investigates the nature and scope of educational leadership development needs among educational managers during major educational transformation. Through qualitative research, we aim to make visible a previously under-recognized dimension of institutional capacity. This work provides a foundation for developing appropriate interventions to build educational leadership capacity in higher education institutions Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative research design combining observational data from institutional AI implementation sessions with semi-structured interviews to investigate educational leadership knowledge gaps among curriculum managers. The research takes place at Breda University of Applied Sciences (BUAS), a specialized institution in the Netherlands with approximately 7,000 students across 28 bachelor's and master's programmes organized into five academies. Phase 1: Observational Data (Completed) During early 2026, BUAS conducted academy-specific implementation sessions for its AI integration programme. These sessions brought together educational managers, curriculum coordinators, and educationalists from each academy to support the translation of institutional AI vision and frameworks into programme-level implementation. The research team participated as facilitators and internal consultants, documenting interaction patterns, questions raised (and critically, not raised), participant responses to proposed support interventions, and evidence of knowledge gaps. Detailed field notes captured specific instances where participants were "unskilled and unaware" (Kruger and Dunning, 1999), situations where they could not identify what assistance they needed, did not recognize relevant educational leadership concepts when introduced, or could not formulate questions despite clear implementation challenges. Field notes also documented facilitator interventions required to make implicit knowledge needs explicit. Phase 2: Semi-Structured Interviews (Ongoing) Following the initial implementation phase, we will conduct semi-structured interviews with key stakeholders. The purposive sample will include educational managers from each academy (n≈8-12). Interview protocols will explore: (1) participants' self-assessed educational leadership competencies and perceived knowledge gaps, (2) specific challenges encountered during AI curriculum integration that they initially could not articulate, (3) what educational leadership knowledge would have helped them navigate transformation more effectively, and (4) their current conceptual understanding of educational leadership as distinct from general management. Data Analysis Observational field notes will be analyzed thematically to identify patterns in knowledge gaps, questions not asked, concepts not recognized, and instances of unconscious incompetence. Interview transcripts will undergo thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke's (2006) six-phase approach. Coding will focus on: types of educational leadership knowledge gaps, manifestations of unconscious incompetence, differences between conscious and unconscious knowledge deficits, and participant conceptualizations of their own roles and required capabilities. Ethical Considerations The study follows institutional ethical guidelines. Participants will provide informed consent with clear explanation that participation is voluntary and confidential. Researchers' roles as internal consultants require careful reflexive practice to avoid bias. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research addresses an important but largely under-recognized dimension of higher education: educational managers responsible for implementing curriculum innovation are often asked to do so without prior access to the educational leadership concepts that would help them identify their own development needs. Our preliminary findings from AI implementation sessions at BUAS illustrate the metacognitive challenge described by Kruger and Dunning (1999), and suggest that motivation, resources, and support structures alone are unlikely to be sufficient without targeted leadership development. This phenomenon has profound implications for how institutions approach educational change. Traditional change management (Fullan, 2007) assumes that stakeholders can identify obstacles, articulate needs, and request appropriate support. Our findings suggest that for educational managers without prior formal preparation in educational leadership, these assumptions warrant revisiting. Support for curriculum design principles, educational change processes, and the framing of implementation challenges is most useful when paired with introduction of the underlying concepts themselves. This knowledge gap is particularly challenging given the pivotal role educational managers play in translating institutional vision into teaching practice (Scott et al., 2008; Leithwood et al., 2020). They make daily decisions affecting curriculum quality, teaching innovation, and student learning, often without the dedicated educational leadership preparation. Establishing structured educational leadership development for this population represents an important strengthening of institutional capacity for change (Debowski and Blake, 2004). This study makes visible a previously under-recognized dimension of institutional capacity and provides empirical evidence of its nature and scope. Our findings point to a clear opportunity for structured educational leadership development for programme managers and curriculum coordinators. Future research should investigate what specific educational leadership competencies are most critical. The second phase of our research programme will develop and test an educational leadership framework (Vilkinas and Cartan, 2006) tailored to this population's unique needs and context. References .Bass BM and Avolio BJ (1994) Improving Organizational Effectiveness through Transformational Leadership. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Braun V and Clarke V (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3(2): 77–101. DOI: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa. Debowski S and Blake V (2004) The developmental needs of higher education academic leaders in encouraging effective teaching and learning. In: Proceedings of the Australian Universities Quality Forum 2004. Melbourne: AUQA. Fullan M (2007) The New Meaning of Educational Change (4th ed.). New York: Teachers College Press. Hoch JE, Bommer WH, Dulebohn JH and Wu D (2018) Do ethical, authentic, and servant leadership explain variance above and beyond transformational leadership? A meta-analysis. Journal of Management 44(2): 501–529. Kruger J and Dunning D (1999) Unskilled and unaware of it: How difficulties in recognizing one's own incompetence lead to inflated self-assessments. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 77(6): 1121–1134. Leithwood K, Harris A and Hopkins D (2020) Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management 40(1): 5–22. Scott G, Coates H and Anderson M (2008) Learning Leaders in Times of Change: Academic Leadership Capabilities for Australian Higher Education. Sydney: Australian Learning and Teaching Council. Vilkinas T and Cartan G (2006) The integrated competing values framework: Its spatial configuration. Journal of Management Development 25(6): 505–521. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Enhancement-based Learning Project: As A Prototype Iteration, Creating Future-ready, Inclusive Leaders The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:This study addresses the gap in research on how school leaders use an iterative approach to develop educational prototypes by examining the Enhancement-based Learning (EBL) Project, a prototype employing iterative cycles. The research investigates the leadership practice of school leaders developing a prototype educational tool, examines their use of iterative approaches to refine it, and analyzes how this developmental process cultivates a future-ready and inclusive leadership mindset. Using unobtrusive qualitative methods, this developmental research study focuses on 21 schools, with a total of 63 school leaders, of a 15-month leadership development programme. Identifying the scarce research on using prototypes by leaders in the educational field, the main purpose of this research is to explore how school leaders develop EBL, a prototype involving iteration cycles, and how this process creates future-ready, inclusive school leaders. Based on this research statement, we developed the following research questions -
This study is based on the 15-month leadership development programme JC InnoPower Education Fellowship, initiated and funded by The Hong Kong Jockey Club Charities Trust (HKJC). It was co-created with the Education University of Hong Kong (EdUHK) and offered in collaboration with the Centre to Support Excellence in Teaching (CSET) at Stanford Graduate School of Education (Walker & Quong, 2025a, 2025b). The programme aims to provide school leaders with broadened exposure and change leadership skills for the delivery of future-ready and inclusive education in Hong Kong. For coaching and guiding support, the programme brings together a pool of expert who are either new, existing, or recently retired experienced school principals, in a learning network. Utilizing the leadership development programme and guidance of the expert educators, the schools are required to create and launch a project termed EBL, which aims to support schools’ future-ready development by enhancing certain aspects of school operation (Walker & Quong, 2025d). The EBL project is one of the main outputs of this leadership development programme. Our study focuses on school leaders adopting this educational prototype that utilizes iteration process to enhance schools’ outcomes. Research shows meaningful learning and skill acquisition involve repeated attempts, active idea generation, and evaluation processes; a single attempt typically does not produce substantial learning gains (Ericsson et al., 2006; Schmidt & Bjork, 1992; Bjork & Bjork, 2011; Metcalfe & Kornell, 2005). EBL follows an iterative process where each "EBL iteration" (Walker & Quong, 2025d) begins with defining the project’s purpose. School leaders then gather stakeholder narratives to identify improvement areas, analyze them to frame their project, and develop change strategies for future readiness and inclusion. They implement these strategies with support from the school community and evaluate their effectiveness. Since EBL is iterative, squads refine and enhance their approach in subsequent cycles, following a build-test-refine process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This was a developmental research study (Richey, 1997; Richey & Nelson, 1996) using unobtrusive qualitative methods and a natural work environment, i.e. the school setting, for establishing the EBL projects by the participating school leaders of the programme. Developmental research is a powerful methodology for creating innovative educational solutions (Richey et al., 2004), and the entire methodology is built on the principle of continuous improvement through repeated cycles of design, evaluation, and revision (Richey & Klein, 2007), which relates to the purpose of this study of how school leaders develop an innovative prototype educational tool involving iterative cycles. The study employs unobtrusive methods—content analysis and observation—to collect data without direct participant interaction, aligning with a Type 2 developmental research design. These methods are especially useful for time-constrained or sensitive participants, such as school leaders. Examples include analyzing documents, digital footprints (e.g., audio-visual records), and observational data (Webb et al., 1966; Kellehear, 2020). The samples of this study are the schools participating in the leadership development programme. The programme includes 21 Hong Kong local school and their leadership team, comprising the principal and two school leaders, a total of 63 participants. A three-way unobtrusive combination of data collection was used for this study, involving content analysis, observations, and examining digital submissions. Content analyzed were the EBL projects submitted by the 21 schools following each iteration in the programme and expert educators on the EBL projects; observations were carried out during their meetings arranged by the programme; and review of digital/ video submission of EBL projects by school leaders and teachers at the end of the programme. The research being a qualitative developmental research study using unobtrusive data collection, data analysis is interpretive, focused on identifying patterns, themes, and underlying rationales related to the conceptual framework of forming EBL projects. Guided by the research questions, the focus was to identify the common leadership practices used by school leaders to develop the prototype educational tool using iterative approach and understand how this entire process helped their leadership mindset to be future-ready and inclusive without directly interviewing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study focused on the iterative EBL projects developed by the school leaders participating in the leadership development programme. Therefore, the first two research questions, on how school leaders developed the EBL, are answered through focusing on the emerging common practices used by the school leaders under “Leadership shaping the iterative prototype”. Through the iterative cycle, the following emerging common leadership practices utilized by the school leaders to develop their EBL project were identified, such as - embracing technology integration across the curriculum, fostering collaborative practices and culture, focusing on student whole-person development, fostering innovative communities of practice, leveraging external resources (e.g., NGO), and engaging external stakeholders in the school development process. Furthermore, the third research question, which explored how the entire process helped their mindset become future-ready and inclusive, was identified by focusing on the changes in the leadership technique during the iterative cycle of EBL development; explained under “Iterative prototype shaping the leaders”. Our analysis of the findings revealed co-leading, participation and brokering are integral to school leadership for developing the prototype educational tool. School leaders emphasized drawing together a range of individuals and agencies to make the best resources available (Bryk et al., 2015). Through this iterative process, leadership thinking underwent a significant shift: from focusing on physical infrastructure to developing adaptive “mental software”—the core beliefs, skills, and traits essential for innovation. This transformation highlights the importance of internal capabilities and mindsets that empower leaders with adaptability and resilience (Bell, 2010). School leaders promoted shared decision-making, empowered teachers and students, and responded to the evolving needs of their communities (Thomas, 2000). This transformation aligns with contemporary leadership paradigms—emphasizing inclusive and participatory practices—thereby fostering a culture that recognizes diverse perspectives and integrates them into decision-making processes (Schunk & DiBenedetto, 2020). References Bjork, R. A., & Bjork, E. L. (2011). Making things hard on yourself, but in a good way: Creating desirable difficulties to enhance learning. Psychology and the Real World, 4, 56–64. Bell, L. (2010). Project-based learning for the 21st century: Skills for the future. Journal of the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 10(2), 16-30. https://doi.org/10.1080/00098650903505415 Bryk, A. S., Gomez, L. M., Grunow, A., & LeMahieu, P. G. (2015). Learning to improve: How America’s schools can get better at getting better. Harvard Education Press. Ericsson, K. A., Charness, N., Hoffman, R. R., & Feltovich, P. J. (2006). The Cambridge Handbook of Expertise and Expert Performance. Cambridge University Press. Kellehear, A. (2020). The unobtrusive researcher: A guide to methods. Routledge. Metcalfe, J., & Kornell, N. (2005). The delay-of-grain effect in judgments of learning. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12(2), 357–362. https://doi.org/10.3758/BF03196331 Richey, R.C., & Nelson, W. (1996). Developmental research. In D. Jonassen (Ed.), Handbook of research for educational communications and technology (pp. 1213-1245). New York: Simon & Schust Richey, R.C. (1997) Research on instructional development. Educational Technology Research and Development, 45(3), 91-100. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02299732 Richey, R. C., Klein, J. D., & Nelson, W. A. (2004). Developmental research: Studies of instructional design and development. In D. H. Jonassen (Ed.), Handbook of research on educational communications and technology (2nd ed., pp.1 099–1130). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Richey, R.C., & Klein, J.D. (2007). Design and Development Research: Methods, Strategies, and Issues (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203826034 Schmidt, R. A., & Bjork, R. A. (1992). New conceptualizations of practice: Common principles in three paradigms suggest new concepts for training. Psychological Science, 3(4), 207–217. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9280.1992.tb00029.x Schunk, D. H., & DiBenedetto, M. K. (2020). Motivation and social-cognitive theory. In D. H. Schunk, J. Meece, & P. Pintrich (Eds.), Motivation in education: Theory, research, and practice (6th ed., pp. 15–35). Pearson. Thomas, J. W. (2000). A Review of Research on Project-Based Learning. The Autodesk Foundation. Walker, A. & Quong, T. (2025a). JC InnoPower: Overview. Programme Booklet. Hong Kong: Education University of Hong Kong. Walker, A. & Quong, T. (2025b). JC InnoPower: Reporting and Celebrating. Programme Booklet. Hong Kong: Education University of Hong Kong. Walker, A. & Quong, T. (2025d). JC InnoPower: Enhancement-Based Learning. Programme Booklet. Hong Kong: Education University of Hong Kong. Webb, E. J., Campbell, D. T., Schwartz, R. D., & Sechrest, L. (1966). Unobtrusive measures: Nonreactive research in the social sciences. Rand Mcnally. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 06 C: Leadership Autonomy Within and Across Nordic Educational Contexts Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Daniel Nordholm Session Chair: Daniel Nordholm Symposium |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Leadership Autonomy Within and Across Nordic Educational Contexts This symposium aims to explore the autonomy of superintendents and school principals in Sweden, Finland, and Iceland from a comparative and historical perspective, with a particular focus on school improvement and inclusive education. This is significant, because formulating educational policies that can foster effective school improvement and a vibrant school leadership in schools has become an important task. Previous research has also revealed the importance of involving and taking into account all school levels (i.e., national, state, LEAs, and local school) and making them work in an integrated way (Hopkins, et al., 2014). These developments raise important issues on governance in more or less centralized or decentralized educational systems, with more or fewer stakeholders with more or less discretion. This also puts educational leadership autonomy into focus, i.e, the power of superintendents and principals to form their local processes in relation to the important questions of the 21st century. Sweden, Finland, and Iceland are relevant to compare because they are Nordic Model countries that draw on values such as universalism and local participation. However, there are also significant differences regarding the decentralization and accountability reforms of the last 30 years, with apparent impacts on the governance and work in school organizations (Dovemark et al. 2018). By comparing superintendents’ and principals’ experienced autonomy in municipalities and schools across the three countries, this symposium will deepen knowledge of the nature of educational leadership in relation to various forms of educational governance, and the tension between decentralization and centralization. We will show that, in this tension, various configurations of leadership autonomy can emerge as manifestations of different governance structures. The symposium presents four studies that investigate the phenomenon of leadership autonomy from comparative and historical perspectives. We argue that this is of high significance because it expands the understanding of how educational organisations interrelate with particular nation-specific particularities. The aim of this symposium is not normative, even though it advocates certain autonomy principals and superintendents must have for the best possible kind of public education. Rather, the symposium aims to contribute to a further understanding of which configurations of leadership autonomy result in which kinds of educational organisations. For example, schools might reject autonomy in some dimensions of their work but desire greater discretion in others, in order to enact their educational leadership in a particular way. The symposium’s contributions are characterised by various methodological approaches. We start with presenting the results of a systematic literature review of international research on leadership autonomy, also resulting in an empirical-based definition of leadership autonomy. Then we present the results of an interview study with 75 Swedish, Finnish and Icelandic principals and superintendents. We analyse the material by employing a multidimensional model that aims to render autonomy in public education empirically investigable. We will present a matrix that unites four different domains in which autonomy can evolve (educational, administrative, social, developmental domains). Contributions three and four will investigate leadership autonomy by focusing on Finnish and Swedish principals’ enactment of inclusive education policy, building on 60 interviews, and by investigating the autonomy of local leadership in different Swedish large scale school improvement projects since the 1980’s (drawing among others on extensive archive work) References Dovemark, M., Kosunen, S., Kauko, J., Magnúsdóttir, B., Hansen, P. & Rasmussen, P. (2018). Deregulation, privatisation and marketisation of Nordic comprehensive education: social changes reflected in schooling. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 122-141. Hopkins, D., Stringfield, S., Harris, A., Stoll, L., & Mackay, T. (2014). School and system improvement: a narrative state-of-the-art review. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 25(2), 257–281. Presentations of the Symposium School Leader Autonomy: a Systematic Research Review
This contribution maps and synthesizes the literature of school leader autonomy (SLA). Given international policy trends in which school systems have transformed from centralized to more decentralized, deregulated and marketized systems (see e.g. Ball, 2009; Whitty, 2010) the issue of SLA has evoked increased attention. That is, these changes generate interesting but also complex conditions for school leaders’ work in many contexts, e.g. by combining ideas on leadership autonomy with ideas on accountability and control mechanisms. Until now, no attempts have been made to systematically review the literature on SLA, and therefore we still lack a comprehensive and even critical image of SLA (cf. Cheng et al., 2016). In order to do so, we applied the PRISMA-model (see e.g. Moher et al, 2020) for conducting and reporting systematic reviews, generating 113 articles (n = 113) for final analysis. To attain rigor in the analytical work realist synthesis protocols were developed for each article. The research questions posed are of descriptive nature, addressing the what, who, where, and so what of the collected research corpus on SLA.
Aside from descriptive details of the current body of research (e.g. distribution on publications based on country; distributions of publications over time; methodological approaches), this contribution reveals that some decisions by administrators and school leaders (e.g. on curriculum, instruction, administration, budgeting, organization) are addressed more frequently, while others (e.g. on values, democracy, racism, student well-being) have been more sparsely addressed. In research focusing on actors and their relations, principals are the most researched actors while few studies have focused explicitly on superintendents. A significant amount of research has instead approached SLA as a relational phenomenon that takes place between principals and other actors. Research has also addressed contextual particularities, but the number of articles that systematically consider the relationship between such particularities and SLA is limited. Furthermore, few studies employ statistical modeling allowing robust knowledge of the impact of increased SLA. Instead, most use school leaders’ perceptions. Based on the overall results, the contribution also provides a definition of SLA forming a valuable platform for future research. Altogether, this contribution demonstrates that SLA is a key concept for understanding the complex relations between education policy and education practice.
References:
Ball, S.J. (2009). Privatizing education, privatizing education policy, privatizing educational research: Network governance and the ‘competition state’. Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 83–99.
Cheng, Y.C., Ko J., Lee, T.T.H. (2016). School autonomy, leadership and learning: A reconceptualization. International Journal of Educational Management, 30(2), 177–196.
Moher D., Liberati A., Tetzlaff J., Altman D. G. (2010). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. PLoS Medicine, 8(5), 336–341.
Whitty G. (2010). Marketization and post-marketization in education. In Hargreaves A., Lieberman A., Fullan M., Hopkins D. (Eds.), Second international handbook of educational change (pp. 405–414). Springer.
Leadership autonomy domains in Sweden, Finland and Island
In this contribution, we compare Leadership autonomy domains by investigating the decision-making of 47 Swedish, 32 Finnish and 17 Icelandic principals and superintendents. The theoretical point of departure in this contribution is Ingersoll’s (2003) theorizing on power distribution. His work also considers the role of school leaders. Decision-making abilities are related to the degree of conflict in the school environment, and autonomy is highly influential in issues related to daily activities. Accordingly, we have asked, (1) What are the most important decisions to be made in relation to school leaders’ work? (2) Who is allowed to make such decisions? The school leaders’ voices have been deductively analyzed using an analytical device to investigate autonomy in education from a comparative perspective. This device builds on the idea of autonomy in education as a multidimensional phenomenon (Ingersoll, 2003). This means that actors in school systems can obtain and/or lack different forms of autonomy in different dimensions of their profession (Wermke & Salokangas, 2021). Drawing on the work of Wermke et al. (2022), we propose four domains in which School leaders make decisions and can be controlled. Firstly, by the educational domain, we refer to matters related to activities and responsibilities connected to teaching and learning, including content, materials, and results. (b) In the social domain, grouping students is included or negotiating the rules of conduct, parent contact or conflict solution. (c) The Developmental domain refers to decisions that relate to issues of staff development or systematic school improvement. (d) Finally, by administrative domain, we refer to the administrative actions such as budget work, recruitment, admission etc.
The most interesting results reveal, first, similarities between Nordic principals and superintendents, and, second, differences among principals within the countries. For principals, most decisions are made within the administrative domain, followed by the education domain. For superintendents, this distribution is the same, but the decision-making in the administrative domain is significantly bigger. From our domain-specific perspective on decision leadership autonomy, are superintendents mainly administrative leaders, while principals are both educational and administrative leaders? The comparative analysis leads us to the assumption, however, that the nature education leadership is, first of all, a complementary (and not an opposite) relation between administration and education. We call this educational leadership by administrative means. In reference to Hopmann's work, we call this bureau-pedagogy, noting that educational leaders must negotiate what is (educationally) legitimate and (administratively) legal.
References:
Ingersoll, R. M. (2003). Who controls teachers’ work. Power and Accountability in America’s Schools. Harvard University.
Wermke, W., & Salokangas, M. (2021). The Autonomy Paradox. Teachers´ perception on self-governance across Europe. Springer.
Leadership Autonomy and the Enactment of Inclusive Education in Swedish and Finnish schools
This contribution addresses the topic of policy enactment of inclusive education policy, as described by Finnish and Swedish principals. Both groups are seen as embedded in a ‘Nordic model of education’ (Larsen et al., 2021), supposedly sharing common values and aims manifested in terms of equity and universal education for all. The comparative approach focuses mainly on similarities in the both national contexts. Thereby searching for aspects that can be seen as generic for principals’ actions in the North. The study is based on interviews with 30 Finnish, and 30 Swedish principals. Our material was then analysed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2007).
In our findings, we observe major limitations of the principals’ possibilities to implement inclusive education. In order to operationalise inclusive education policies, principals in Finland and Sweden utilize a small number of strategies in what we label as the organizational toolbox. The tools available are i) bureaucratic rules and regulations, and ii) economic resources in terms of time and expertise to organise (special) education support, resources that are always scarce.
Furthermore, we see found two distinct legitimation patterns justifying the principals’ actions, a) special education triage, and b) guardianship of the majority. These patterns show that there always are rudiments for decision making, thus making them non-arbitrary and of legal certainty. The special education triage means that the principals have to prioritise students’ different needs of special education support. The students’ needs are furthermore always related to a perceived normality and consideration of the majority of students. When using their professional agency, principals resort to practices of inclusive education through special education professions. This to maintain a balance between individual and collective needs.
Our findings indicate the existence of a Nordic model of inclusive education which allocate considerable resources to include every student in meaningful education. However, when the needs of the majority of students are perceived as being in risk, collective needs are deemed more important than individual ones. Thus, resulting in exclusion strategies to preserve inclusion for the collective.
References:
Larsen, J.E., Schulte, B. & Thue, F.W. (2021). Schoolteachers and the Nordic Model - Comparative and historicaL perspectives. London: Routledge.
Mayring, P. (2007). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Beltz.
Leadership Autonomy and the Historical Dynamics of State Governed School Improvement in Sweden
This contribution examines national education agencies in Sweden and their changing organisation of large-scale school intervention between the 1980s and the 2020s. The material employed was identified through extensive archival research and a literature search. Drawing on Swedish reform history since the 1980s, we identified three periods of shifting governance regimes characterised by increased state efforts in large-scale school interventions. Three different state school agencies were in charge during these three periods. Drawing on the material, we present three context-specific models of state intervention. The models differ in their legitimation, funding, evaluation, and autonomy in the intervention provided to local leaders.
Based on inductive analyses, we propose: the bureaucratic intervention model, building on ideas of a line of authority and local stakeholders as civil servants; the enforced cooperative intervention model, drawing on convincing local stakeholders about their apparent needs by guiding dialogic approaches and the standardisation intervention model, focusing on local stakeholders’ following of standardised improvement procedures and the achievement of education standards, controlled by authoritative means. The models reorganise the relations between state agencies and local stakeholders. While the first model aims at the decentralisation of education, the two other models’ ambition at re-centralisation with different intensities and stakes.
We conclude that state agencies organise school improvement interventions in varying ways, with different consequences for local autonomy. We show that centralised governance regimes must not necessarily correlate with less local autonomy and vice versa. Even if the bureaucratic model is more centralised, it still enables local practitioners’ autonomy in school improvement, drawing on local expertise and capacity. In contrast, the standardised intervention model operates in a still decentralised system but leaves only restricted local autonomy. This finding confirms the argument that decentralised structures do not necessarily mean more local autonomy (Ingersoll, 2003).
Given the Swedish “journey” from a centralised system to a decentralised one and back to a fairly centralised variety, this case offers insights valuable for various contexts. The design of large-scale school improvement interventions must always consider the logic of centralisation and decentralisation in school governance and their specific dynamics. Consequently, large-scale interventions are contingent. Moreover, their design always responds to context-specific conditions, challenges, and governance ambitions. Finally, school improvement interventions encompass processes of translation, negotiation, and sense-making. Such processes also involve the national agency level. The state agency level is seldom an actor that solely implements predetermined ideas into local school practice.
References:
Ingersoll, R. M. (2003). Who controls teachers’ work. Power and Accountability in America’s Schools. Harvard University.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 06 D: *** Empty Session, Papers Moved *** Social Justice, Inclusion & Equity Leadership (Part 2) Location: Main lobby | Main building A Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Diversity Leadership in Action: Finnish Principals' Self-Reported Practices and Development Areas University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines Finnish principals diversity leadership practices in comprehensive school context. Finland has diversified rapidly during the past two decades, which has created tension between educational diversification, public schooling, and culturally responsive education (Saukkonen, 2014; Klinge, 1997; Kantasalmi & Holm, 2017). This tension and on going changes create new challenges for educators and educational leaders. This study focuses on Finnish principals, who generally have a positive attitude toward the diversity of their school communities, but their perceptions remain superficial (Jantunen, 2025; Jantunen et al., 2022; Jantunen et al., 2021). Based on research on principals' diversity views, it seems that diversity leadership has not been integrated as part of leadership practice. That is, it is not one of the lenses principals use in their work or base their decisions. Diversity leadership is an important part of educational leadership, as it is directly connected to, for example, the wellbeing of the school community and learning outcomes (Farnsworth, Hallam & Hilton, 2019; Eisenschmidt et al., 2021; Fonsén et al., 2022; Lahtero & Laasonen, 2021). Based on prior research on diversity and leadership in education (Khalifa, 2019; Khalifa et al., 2016; Scanlan & Lopez, 2015; Scanlan & Theoharis, 2015; Hargreaves & Shirley, 2021; also Milner, 2010), the survey examines principals' reflective capacity and development as leaders, improving school as organisation and school culture, leading teachers and supporting staff, pedagogical leadership, as well as capabilities and means for collaboration with the entire school community and the communities surrounding the school. The research questions for this study are How do principals view and assess the implementation of different aspects of diversity leadership in their own work? What factors promote or hinder the implementation of diversity leadership in schools? What kinds of development needs related to diversity leadership can be identified? There is relatively little European research on diversity leadership in the school context, while the majority of diversity leadership theories come from the United States and Canada. While these theories can provide a foundation and starting point for research in Europe, the unique characteristics of these different societies benefit from more localised research. There is an identified need for European research, theories, and models for diversity leadership in education in order to respond to current and topical phenomena (e.g. Jantunen, 2025; also Messiou et al., 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation introduces results from the Finnish Principal Barometer 2026 survey, which is a yearly, nationwide survey conducted by the University of Helsinki. This study has focus on a meter concerning principals' diversity leadership practices in basic education. Data will be collected in April 2026, and based on previous years, 600-700 principals are expected to participate in the survey. Collected data consists of 20 Likert-scale items and will be analysed with quantitative methods, mainly factor analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results provide new knowledge on diversity leadership on Finland, where the demographics have diversified rapidly within the past two decades (Saukkonen, 2014; Kantasalmi & Holm, 2017). The results focus specifically on principals’ (self-reported) diversity leadership practices: The strongest features, where is room for development, and self-reflective data. This information can form the basis for the Nordic diversity leadership in education model, which can be applied to other European contexts, especially with changing demographics, as well. Additionally, the further development requires collaborations with Nordic researchers to develop comparative perspectives on diversity in education while engaging with other European scholars to contextualise Nordic approaches within broader international discussions. References Eisenschmidt, E., Ahtiainen, R., Kondratjev, B. S., & Sillavee, R. (2021). A study of Finnish and Estonian principals' perceptions of strategies that foster teacher involvement in school development. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 24(6), 925-948. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.2000033 Farnsworth, S. J., Hallam, P. R., & Hilton, S. C. (2019). Principal learning-centered leadership and faculty trust in the principal. NASSP Bulletin, 103(3), 209-228. https://doi.org/10.1177/0192636519871624 Jantunen, A. (2025). Principals’ Views about Diversity in Finnish Schools. [Väitöskirja, Koulun, kasvatuksen, yhteiskunnan ja kulttuurin tohtoriohjelma]. Helsingin yliopisto. http://hdl.handle.net/10138/595131 Kantasalmi, K., & Holm, G. (Eds.). (2017). The state, schooling and identity: Diversifying education in Europe. Palgrave Macmillan. Khalifa, M. (2019). Culturally responsive school leadership. Harvard Education Press. Khalifa, M. A., Gooden, M. A., & Davis, J. E. (2016). Culturally responsive school leadership: A synthesis of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1272-1311. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654316630383 Messiou, K., Bui, L. T., Ainscow, M., Gasteiger-Klicpera, B., Bešić, E., Paleczek, L., Hedegaard-Sørensen, L., Ulvseth, H., Vitorino, T., Santos, J., Simon, C., Sandoval, M., & Echeita, G. (2020). Student diversity and student voice conceptualisations in five European countries: Implications for including all students in schools. European Educational Research Journal, 21(2), 355-376. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120953241 (Original work published 2022) Milner, H. R. (2010). What does teacher education have to do with teaching? Implications for diversity studies. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 118–131. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347670 Saukkonen, P. (2014). Kulttuuriperintökasvatus kotoutumisen tukena [Cultural heritage education supporting integration]. In M. Laine (Ed.), Kulttuuri-identiteetti & kasvatus – Kulttuuriperintökasvatus kotoutumisen tukena [Cultural identity & education – Cultural heritage education supporting integration] (pp. 112-139). Finnish Society for Cultural Heritage Education. Scanlan, M., & Lopéz, F. A. (2015). Leadership for culturally and linguistically responsive schools. Routledge. Scanlan, M., & Theoharis, G. (2015). Introduction: Intersectionality in educational leadership. In G. Theoharis & M. Scanlan (Eds.), Leadership for increasingly diverse schools (pp. 1-11). Routledge. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Principals’ Responsibility to Create a Safe and Inclusive School Environment in a Polarizing Time NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:Introduction: Fostering a safe and inclusive school environment is more critical than ever. Students face a myriad of challenges—from mental health issues to cyberbullying—that demand proactive strategies. Creating a culture of safety transcends implementing rules and procedures; it’s about ensuring that every member of the school community feels secure, respected, and included. School principals play an active role in ensuring a safe school environment to protect teachers and learners (Ahlström, 2009; Ertesvåg & Roland, 2015) and are responsible for implementing an inclusive school (Øen & Krumsvik, 2021). This study explores how key strategies developed in a high-stake accountability context fit into a soft accountability context (Maroy & Pons, 2019, p. 60) in school leaders work to cultivate and maintain a culture of safety and inclusion, and engaging all stakeholders in the process. Background for the study: In Norway, the word inclusion has been implemented into the Education Act in 2024 connected to school leaders’ responsibility for a safe and good school environment “to promote health, inclusion, well-being and learning” (Education Act, 2024, § 12-2). This happened at the time when the Education Act also introduced “zero tolerance for degrading treatment such as bullying, violence, discrimination and harassment” (§12-3). School staff were also given several detailed duties they must fulfil to restore a safe and good school environment for those students who have experienced any sort of degrading treatment. The amendment led to a tenfold increase in complaints to the county governor, who was given the role of assessing how the school had fulfilled the students' legal rights. During the same period, schools experienced a large increase of students with challenging behaviour after Covid. To prevent students from being violated and complaints from parents sent to the county governor, students with challenging behaviour were isolated in group-rooms and were given their own areas during recess (Skutlaberg, 2024). This happens in a time where there is increased individualization in society and more polarization between parents who have strong, but different opinions about the school’s actions. Purpose and research question: The purpose of this study is to gain insight into what school leaders do in schools where few students have reported degrading treatment, and how they promote inclusive practices despite increased legalization, individualization and polarization in the society. The research question is formulated as follows: How do school leaders legitimize their responsibility to promote inclusive practices with a safe and good school environment in a polarized time, and what are they doing to achieve this goal? The theoretical framework is built on Stark’s (2023) strategies for school leaders to promote and maintain a positive culture and climate, interpreted from Almy and Tooley (2012). The strategies are 1) establishing a clear and shared vision, 2) implementing positive behaviour support systems, 3) cultivating relationships and communication, 4) celebrating diversity and inclusion, 5) investing in professional development and support for staff, and 6) promoting student voice and engagement. The theoretical framework summarizes previous research on the role of principal in promoting a safe and good school environment (e.g. Ahlström, 2009; Ertesvåg & Roland, 2015) and how to work for an inclusive school (Øen & Krumsvik, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on individual in-depth interviews with 10 principals in Norwegian compulsory schools (grades 1-10), the study examines how their understanding of an inclusive practice is translated into school practices, how principals construct and legitimise their work, and what kind of dilemmas and tensions they experience. The analysis is based on school leaders’stories of their experiences with work related to the Education Act chapter 12, and how local practices in terms of the interactions among school staff, students, and parents emerge and are constituted within organisational and professional work contexts. The schools are in 5 different counties and 10 different municipalities. The selection of principals was purposive: the principals invited to participate had all received different kinds of attention because of their good work in “whole school staff” approaches. To ensure diversity in context and background I invited schools from different geographical regions (east, west and south in Norway), different school sizes, including schools from both urban and rural areas, and principals of different ages. I used a semi-structured interview guide and conducted and audio-recorded all individual interviews in locations chosen by the informants. Most interviews lasted approximately 90 minutes. I had my interviews transcribed, and independently analysed the transcripts aiming to identify emergent themes. I used NVivo software as a tool in this process. The procedure enabled me to combine inductive and deductive approaches for the data analysis (Eisner, 1991). First, I performed an inductive analysis, in which I identified chunks of data where the principals talked about measures to build the psychosocial environment and organised the data according to emergent categories. In the second step, I identified the principals’ interpretations of the responsibility to build an inclusive school. This helped me to explore the discretionary space within which professional practice was enacted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is in an early phase, and only 4 interviews have been conducted and transcribed, but will be completed and analysed in June 2026. However, some preliminary findings can be mentioned: - The principals' clear prioritization of what they spend their time on and what development work they allow into the organization. - Their strong belief in the possibility of creating an inclusive practice where everyone takes responsibility for themselves and others, both among the staff and among the students - Their pedagogical anchoring and wisdom in obtaining professional replenishment and guidance for the staff. When all the interviews have been transcribed, the analysis of the findings will be compared with the theoretical framework, identifying similarities and differences between soft-accountability countries (such as Norway) and more high-stakes accountability countries (e.g. the UK) (Maroy & Pons, 2019). References Ahlström, B. (2009). Bullying and Social Objectives: A study and Prerequisites for Success in Swedish Schools. [Doktorgradsavhandling, Umeå Universitet]. DiVA portal. http://umu.divaportal.org/smash/get/diva2:266327/FULLTEXT02.pdf Almy, S., & Tooley, M. (2012). Building and sustaining talent: Creating conditions in high-poverty schools that support effective teaching and learning. Education Trust. Ertesvåg, S. & Roland, E. (2015). Professional cultures and rates of bullying. School Effectiveness and School Improvement. An International Journal of Research, Policy and Practice, 26(2), 195-214. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2014.944547 Maroy, C. & Pons, X. Eds. (2019). Accountability Policies in Education. A comparative and Multilevel Analysis in France and Quebec. Springer. Skutlaberg, K. B. (2024). Å være rektor i langvarige saker knyttet til elevers psykososiale skolemiljø – mellom pedagogikk, etikk og juss [Doktorgradsavhandling]. Universitetet i Oslo. https://www.duo.uio.no/handle/10852/109965 Starkey, J. (2023). Effective strategies for building and sustaining a positive school culture and climate. Academy of Educational Leadership Journal, 27(S2), 1-3. Øen, K. & Krumsvik, R. J. (2021). Teachers’ attitudes to inclusion regarding challenging behaviour. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 37(3), 417-431. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2021.1885178 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 06 D JS: Joint Paper Session - NW 22 and NW 26 Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Rasa Nedzinskaitė-Mačiūnienė Joint Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Rebuilding Trust in Higher Education AI Governance: Critical AI Literacy Development through Game-Based Learning and Dialogue University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom Presenting Author:With the rapid development of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI), higher education in Europe and around the world face an unprecedented crisis of institutional trust. Recent research reveals a growing discrepancy between institutional academic policies and students’ GenAI use for learning, teaching and assessment. While 92% of university students now use AI tools, only 36% receive support from their institutions (Freeman, 2025). More importantly, dominant institutional GenAI policy discourse is driven by vague, compliance-focused language underpinned by untransparent and uncritical framings. Luo et al. (2024) conducted a critical analysis of 20 world-leading universities' GenAI policies and found that dominant problem representations frame AI as a threat to academic integrity, resulting in surveillance-oriented, prohibition-based governance. This contradicts emerging evidence that authentic dialogue builds institutional trust and develops the very capacities higher education seeks to cultivate: critical thinking, student agency, and democratic citizenship (Tian & Nutbrown, 2021). This paper seeks to address: How can academic leaders reconceptualise institutional AI governance toward a trust-building, dialogic model that foregrounds student agency? The research objective is two-fold: first to empirically examine game-based dialogic approaches to critical AI literacy development; and second to explore the role that dialogue plays in mediating trust-building and institutional culture shift in response to AI disruption. Taking a dialogic and sociocultural approach (Mercer et al., 2019), this study assumes that learning through games is mediated by social interaction. In a game-based learning environment, games serve as dialogic tools and create dialogic spaces for opening up potentialities which would otherwise be restricted by settings. Hanghøj et al. (2021) set out the key considerations when researching the role of dialogue in game-based learning. They argue that it should include a clear conceptual understanding of what is meant by dialogue, the meaningful dialogic interaction underpinned by a complex relationship between the affordances of game and pedagogical approaches, and the theoretical assumptions of dialogic education—the ontological and epistemological aspects. For AI governance to support deep learning higher education, student shared epistemic agency needs to be at the centre (Damşa et al, 2010). It is the fundamental capacity for students to act with autonomy, make responsible decisions and take the lead for their own learning (Darvishi et al., 2024). In addition to critical AI literacy, this study is also interested in students’ development of feedback literacy as a proxy for student agency. Previous research demonstrates that dialogue can enhance students’ perception of feedback and their follow-up actions that improve their future work (Er et al., 2021). Furthermore, Steen-Utheim and Wittek (2017) argue that engaging learners in dialogue around feedback through negotiation of meaning built on trusting teacher-student relationship creates potentialities for learning in higher education. This is in line with Pleschová et al. (2025) who argue that authentic dialogue builds trust between academic leaders and students. Trust is not merely a precondition for effective conversations about teaching and learning; rather, teaching where staff and students engage in candid conversations about where the ethical line sits may lead to the development of trustful relationships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This empirical case study employed a design-based research (DBR) methodology (Wang & Hannafin, 2005). DBR enabled iterative refinement of the methodological design while simultaneously developing theoretical insights that align with the research questions. The study also followed a mixed-methods design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018) which allowed us to combine quantitative with qualitative data and explore lived experiences and perspectives underlying changes in key constructs. The participants were undergraduate and postgraduate students from a Scottish university via purposive sampling (Field, 2018), and the data sources included pre-workshop survey, post-game plenary reflection, post-workshop survey, and follow-up semi-structured interviews. By drawing from a range of empirical data, we aimed to explore how university students perceived GenAI policies, their affective associations, trust and agency in AI governance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In a moment when institutional trust in HE is fragile and technological disruption is unprecedented, academic leaders must re-imagine the governance of emerging technologies. This project provides the first empirical evidence of game-based dialogic approaches to critical GenAI literacy development in higher education. The DBR design methodology bridges theory-practice divides. The study demonstrates how game-based learning, mediated by dialogue about ethical tensions in GenAI use and the contested field of feedback literacy, has the potential to rebuild trust for academic leaders. The three iterative workshop cycles refine the game design which offers a scalable pedagogical tool for future implementation in all areas of learning, teaching and assessment in higher education. The anticipated outcomes include: • Students report that gameplay creates a safe space where they could voice anxieties about AI policing, institutional distrust without fear of judgement or penalty; • Students demonstrate increased nuance in their framings of ethical and responsible GenAI use and feedback literacy; • Increased confidence to raise concerns about AI use and to engage in transparent conversations with peers and tutors. Post-workshop interviews should reveal the processes in which participants negotiate and co-construct a shared understanding and its role in establishing trust in the higher education system. This study positions dialogue not as supplementary to AI governance but as constitutive of a culture of trust and central to institutional transformation. By advancing the discourse on relational pedagogy in higher education, this research challenges existing GenAI punitive policy paradigms and offers a pedagogical leadership model for navigating the rapidly changing and increasingly uncertain higher education landscape. The findings will inform evidence-based strategies for reconceptualising institutional AI governance across European and around the world. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Campos da Silveira, A., et al. (2021). E-Guess: Usability Evaluation for Educational Games. Revista Iberoamericana de Educación a Distancia, 24(1), pp. 245-263. https://doi.org/10.5944/ried.24.1.27690 Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. SAGE. Damşa, C. I., Kirschner, P. A., Andriessen, J. E. B., Erkens, G., & Sins, P. H. M. (2010). Shared Epistemic Agency: An Empirical Study of an Emergent Construct. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 19(2), 143–186. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508401003708381 Darvishi, A., Khosravi, H., Sadiq, S., Gašević, D., & Siemens., G. (2024). Impact of AI Assistance on Student Agency. Computers & Education, 210, 104967. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2023.104967. Dawson, P., Yan, Z., Lipnevich, A., Tai, J., Boud, D., & Mahoney, P. (2024). Measuring what learners do in feedback: The feedback literacy behaviour scale. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 49(3), 348–362. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2023.2240983 Er, E., Dimitriadis, Y., & Gašević, D. (2021). A collaborative learning approach to dialogic peer feedback: a theoretical framework. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 46(4), 586–600. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2020.1786497 Freeman, J. (2025). Student Generative AI Survey 2025 (HEPI Policy Note 61). Higher Education Policy Institute. https://www.hepi.ac.uk/reports/student-generative-ai-survey-2025/ Hanghøj, T., Silseth, K., & Arnseth, H. C. (2021). Games, Dialogue and Learning: Exploring Research Perspectives. In P. Fotaris (Ed.), Proceedings of the 15th European Conference on Game Based Learning, ECGBL 2021 (pp. 315-321). Academic Conferences International (ACI). https://doi.org/10.34190/GBL.21.111 Jin, Y., Martinez-Maldonado, R., Gašević, D., & Yan, L. (2025). GLAT: The generative AI literacy assessment test. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 9, 100436. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100436 Luo (2024). A critical review of GenAI policies in higher education assessment: A call to reconsider the “originality” of students’ work. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 49(5), 651-664. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2024.2309963 Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., & Major, L. (Eds.). (2019). The Routledge international handbook of research on dialogic education. Routledge. Pleschová, G., Sutherland, K. A., Felten, P., Forsyth, R., & Wright, M. C. (2025). Trust-building as inherent to academic development practice. International Journal for Academic Development, 30(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360144X.2025.2454704 Steen-Utheim, A., & Wittek, A. L. (2017). Dialogic feedback and potentialities for student learning. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 15, 18-30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2017.06.002 Tian, M., & Nutbrown, G. (2023). Retheorising distributed leadership through epistemic injustice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(4), 774-790. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211022776 Wang, F., & Hannafin, M.J. (2005). Design-based research and technology-enhanced learning environments. Educational Technology Research and Development, 53, 5–23. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02504682 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership Under Persistent Uncertainty: Middle-Level Leadership in Higher Education Under Conditions of Polycrisis Vytautas Magnus University, Educational Research Institute, Lithuania Presenting Author:Higher education institutions increasingly operate in contexts where crisis is no longer an episodic disruption but a persistent organisational condition. Contemporary research in education and leadership has begun to acknowledge this shift through the concept of polycrisis, which refers to multiple, interrelated crises that interact and reinforce one another, producing heightened uncertainty, instability, and systemic tension (Henig & Knight, 2023). Despite its growing prominence in the social sciences, leadership research in education has largely remained focused on singular crisis events, most notably the COVID-19 pandemic (Striepe & Cunningham, 2021). As a result, there is limited empirical and conceptual understanding of how leadership is enacted and experienced in higher education institutions operating under sustained polycrisis conditions. This study addressed this gap by examining leadership practices in higher education under conditions of polycrisis, with a particular focus on middle-level leadership. The overarching objective was to investigate how leadership was enacted in a higher education institution shaped by prolonged and overlapping crises, with specific attention to decision-making, communication, and accountability mechanisms. Rather than concentrating solely on leaders’ actions, the study sought to understand how middle-level leaders interpreted, experienced, and made sense of their leadership roles when crisis constituted a stable feature of organisational life. The study was guided by the following research question: How do middle-level leaders in higher education enact and experience leadership practices—specifically decision-making, communication, and accountability—under conditions of polycrisis? Addressing this question enabled a closer examination of leadership as a situated and relational practice shaped by uncertainty, competing expectations, and institutional tensions. The focus on middle-level leaders was analytically significant, as these actors operate at the intersection of strategic governance and operational academic work, where the effects of polycrisis are often most acutely felt. The theoretical framework underpinning the study was hybridity theory, which conceptualises organisations and leadership as operating at the intersection of multiple, often competing, institutional logics. In higher education, such logics commonly include academic autonomy, managerial accountability, and external political or societal pressures. Previous research, particularly in Nordic higher education contexts, has demonstrated the value of hybridity theory for analysing how institutions and leaders navigate contradictory demands and legitimacy concerns during periods of crisis (Perkins et al., 2024). Building on this work, the present study applied hybridity theory to examine how leadership practices were shaped by value conflicts, competing rationalities, and shifting responsibility structures under polycrisis conditions. By foregrounding leaders’ interpretations and lived experiences, the study moved beyond instrumental accounts of crisis leadership and offered a deeper understanding of how leadership roles, boundaries, and responsibilities are reconfigured when polycrisis becomes the norm in higher education institutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative research design based on a single case study (Yin, 2018) approach. A single higher education institution was selected as an authentic and information-rich case representing leadership under conditions of polycrisis. The case was chosen due to its prolonged exposure to multiple, overlapping crises, including a major institutional merger, subsequent systemic reforms, the COVID-19 pandemic, the consequences of the war in Ukraine, and ongoing transformations in higher education governance and funding. Together, these processes created a complex and sustained multi-crisis environment in which leadership practices were continuously negotiated rather than episodically enacted. The research sample consisted of twelve middle-level managers, including deans and heads of institutes and centres. These leaders occupied an intermediary position between strategic governance and operational academic work, making them particularly well suited to illuminate leadership practices at the intersection of policy, management, and professional autonomy in crisis contexts. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews. The interview protocol focused on participants’ experiences of leadership in complex crisis situations, with particular attention to decision-making processes, communication practices, and accountability mechanisms. Participants were also invited to reflect on how they interpreted their leadership roles, navigated competing expectations, and managed tensions arising from contradictory institutional demands. Data were analysed using thematic analysis (Braun, Clarke, 2026). Through iterative coding and interpretation, key concepts related to the research phenomenon were identified and organised into a thematic map, revealing the multifaceted and interconnected nature of leadership practices under polycrisis conditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study are expected to broaden the field of education management in Lithuania and provide a deeper understanding of the impact of crises on leadership practices. Empirical data will be used to formulate recommendations for higher education administrators and education policymakers. The international relevance of the study is based on the fact that crises – from pandemics to geopolitical conflicts – are global, so the findings of the study could be relevant to the entire European higher education area. References 1. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa 2. Henig, D., & Knight, D. M. (2023). Polycrisis: Prompts for an emerging worldview. Anthropology Today, 39(2), 3–6. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8322.12793 3. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications (6th ed.). Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications. 4. Perkins, M., Saarinen, T., Siekkinen, T., Pekkola, E., Laine, K., & Minkkinen, L. (2024). Good leadership practices as a basis for crisis resilience: How Finnish higher education can work better in crisis. 5. Striepe, M. & Cunningham, C. (2021). Understanding educational leadership during times of crises: a scoping review. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(2), 133–147. https://doi.org/10.1108/jea-03-2021-0057 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Academic Leadership for Trustworthy Research Governance: Mapping Research Norms With an Institutional-Logics Wheel The Education University of Hong Kong, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The NW 22/NW 26 special call highlights how academic leadership is challenged by intensified competition, contested public trust, and polarised environments. These conditions raise urgent questions about how universities can contribute to a fairer world while sustaining legitimacy. This paper addresses these concerns by focusing on a core (often implicit) arena of academic leadership: how leaders govern research norms and evaluation regimes that shape integrity, fairness, and societal trust. The normative foundations of academic research are widely seen as in flux amid changes in the higher-education landscape. Mid-twentieth-century sociologists of science articulated an “ethos of science” grounded in academic freedom, communal knowledge and the disinterested pursuit of truth. Merton’s (1942) formulation became especially influential: four institutional norms—communism, universalism, disinterestedness and organised scepticism—capture a liberal ideal of science, commonly referred to as CUDOS. These norms emphasise open sharing of knowledge (communism), judging claims by universal criteria rather than personal attributes (universalism), separating inquiry from personal interest (disinterestedness), and subjecting findings to rigorous critical scrutiny (organised scepticism). At the same time, longstanding critiques note that CUDOS is an ideal-typical ethos rather than a consistently dominant descriptive code. By the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries, marketisation, audit regimes and competitive stratification transformed university governance and the environment of academic research. Against this background, commentators argue that classical norms have been inverted or supplanted by new ones. One such alternative proposed by Macfarlane (2024) synthesises perceived shifts in academic culture as DECAY—differentialism, egoism, capitalism and advocacy. DECAY is treated here as a heuristic diagnosis of emergent counter-norms—foregrounding managerialism, performativity and individualisation—rather than a stabilised normative code equivalent to CUDOS. While many studies document specific flashpoints—commercialisation versus communalism, managerialism versus collegial values, open science versus subscription-based quality control, and impact imperatives versus curiosity-driven inquiry—scholarship still lacks an integrative lens to explain how multiple, potentially contradictory norms co-exist and interact within universities. To address this gap, the paper synthesises CUDOS and DECAY through the institutional-logics perspective and develops an institutional-logics wheel of research norms: a relational, spatial heuristic that positions norms within a multi-logic configuration and generates propositions about where logics are likely to be compatible, in tension, or combined into hybrid arrangements. The wheel recasts research norms as positions within plural institutional logics (profession, market, corporation, state and community), clarifying when they are likely to align or clash and where hybrid logics and bridging mechanisms emerge. The paper addresses three research questions: (RQ1) How do the classical Mertonian ethos (CUDOS) and emergent norms (e.g., DECAY) map onto identifiable institutional logics in contemporary higher education? (RQ2) When do co-existing institutional logics align or clash in academic research, and how are these relationships enacted and managed? (RQ3) Which emerging or potential hybrid logics and bridging mechanisms can reconcile conflicting norms in practice? The European/international dimension is addressed through attention to transnational research-governance frames—particularly open science and related accountability agendas—that reshape research norms, evaluation regimes, and public expectations across systems. The institutional-logics wheel provides a basis for comparative analysis of how academic leadership navigates institutional complexity to sustain trustworthy research governance under different national and regional governance conditions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a conceptual study using a structured theory-synthesis design. The paper builds an integrative framework to capture the plurality of research norms in contemporary higher education. It follows Jaakkola’s (2020) theory-synthesis approach, enriching a less-developed domain theory—the interplay between classical research norms (CUDOS: communism, universalism, disinterestedness, organised scepticism) and emergent counter-norms (DECAY: differentialism, egoism, capitalism, advocacy, used as a heuristic)—by drawing on a mature method theory: the institutional-logics perspective, operationalised through the institutional-logics wheel of research norms. The synthesis proceeds in three iterative steps. First, the literature is scoped and clustered into three strands: (i) classical scientific norms and counter-norm debates (including CUDOS, DECAY and related discussions), (ii) institutional logics and higher-education governance, and (iii) hybrid logics and bridging mechanisms in research and innovation. Second, anchor texts across these strands are identified and compared to clarify how each conceptualises norms, logics and their interrelationships, and what each strand can and cannot explain about the coexistence of multiple research norms. Third, insights are integrated by constructing the institutional-logics wheel of research norms and deriving propositions about compatibility, conflict, hybridisation and bridging; the wheel is then applied to reinterpret CUDOS and DECAY as illustrative norm sets and to locate hybrid logics and bridging mechanisms within the configuration. To specify mediating routes, the wheel identifies hybrid logics (including entrepreneurial, open science, responsible innovation and translational research) and bridging mechanisms (including excellence, innovation, impact and sustainable development). The outcomes are formulated as propositions intended for subsequent empirical validation, including cross-national and cross-disciplinary comparative designs relevant to European and international higher-education contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper’s main outcome is an institutional-logics wheel of research norms that explains how apparently incompatible research ethos claims can be understood as configurations of multiple institutional logics shaping academic research. Mapping CUDOS (communism, universalism, disinterestedness, organised scepticism) and DECAY (differentialism, egoism, capitalism, advocacy) onto the wheel shows that normative tensions are not simply binary; they arise from graded proximities and incompatibilities among profession, market, corporate, state and community logics, producing predictable sites of tension and occasional alignment. For academic leadership in polarised times, the wheel highlights that trust and fairness problems often emerge when particular logics become excessively dominant (e.g., metric-driven control overriding professional judgement, or short-term instrumental priorities narrowing legitimate forms of knowledge). The paper also identifies hybrid logics (entrepreneurial, open science, responsible innovation, translational research) and bridging mechanisms (excellence, innovation, impact, sustainable development) that can reconcile tensions between parent logics. At the same time, it notes risks of capture, vagueness and proceduralisation, implying that leadership must actively govern the conditions under which hybrids and bridges remain credible, trustworthy and fair. A key practical implication is reframing normative conflict as a governance challenge: universities need not “choose” between CUDOS and DECAY. Instead, leaders can design arrangements that allow divergent logics to coexist and, where possible, complement one another (e.g., segmentation where distant logics persistently collide, and composite evaluation where adjacent logics overlap). The wheel thus functions as a diagnostic and design tool for navigating institutional complexity while sustaining trustworthy research governance. References Cai, Y., & Mountford, N. (2022). Institutional logics analysis in higher education research. Studies in Higher Education, 47(8), 1627–1651. Clark, B. R. (1983). The Higher Education System: Academic Organization in Cross-National Perspective. University of California Press. Deem, R., & Brehony, K. J. (2005). Management as ideology: The case of “new managerialism” in higher education. Oxford Review of Education, 31(2), 217–235. European Commission. (2016). Open Innovation, Open Science, Open to the World. Publications Office of the European Union. Friedland, R., & Alford, R. R. (1991). Bringing society back in: Symbols, practices, and institutional contradictions. In W. W. Powell & P. J. DiMaggio (Eds.), The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis (pp. 232–263). University of Chicago Press. Greenwood, R., Raynard, M., Kodeih, F., Micelotta, E. R., & Lounsbury, M. (2011). Institutional complexity and organizational responses. Academy of Management Annals, 5(1), 317–371. Jaakkola, E. (2020). Designing conceptual articles: Four approaches. AMS Review. Macfarlane, B. (2024). DECAY schema (differentialism, egoism, capitalism, advocacy). Merton, R. K. (1942). The normative structure of science. Thornton, P. H., Ocasio, W., & Lounsbury, M. (2012). The Institutional Logics Perspective: A New Approach to Culture, Structure, and Process. Oxford University Press. UNESCO. (2021). Recommendation on Open Science. cOAlition S. (2021). Plan S: Principles and Implementation Guidance. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 27 SES 06 A: Powerful Knowledge, Transformations and Epistemic Quality: Challenges for Curriculum Innovation, Professional Development and Classroom Practice Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Brian Hudson Session Chair: Anatoli Rakhkochkine Symposium |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Powerful Knowledge, Transformations and Epistemic Quality: Challenges for Curriculum Innovation, Professional Development and Classroom Practice This symposium arises from the research activities of the KOSS Network: "Knowledge and Quality across School Subjects and Teacher Education " which has been funded by the Swedish Research Council (2018-24). The network has brought together cross-disciplinary educational research groups from Sweden, England and Finland specialising in different school subjects. The scope of the network has been enlarged during recent years, to include colleagues from Germany, Belgium, Austria, the Czech Republic and beyond. The aim of the research programme has been to study how content knowledge in different school subjects is defined and transformed, taking a comparative perspective across education systems in a variety of national contexts. By using the theoretical concepts of “powerful knowledge” (Young, 2015; Young, 2013), “epistemic quality” (Hudson, 2018) and “transformation” (Gericke et al., 2018) we have studied how these concepts form knowledge of importance for subject didactics and how this can be developed within teacher education. These issues form the point of departure for what can be regarded as teachers’ powerful professional knowledge. The specific research questions around which the KOSS research programme has been framed are as follows: 1. How can the nature of powerful knowledge and epistemic quality in different school subjects be characterized? 2. How can the transformation processes related to powerful knowledge and epistemic quality be described? 3. How can the nature of teachers’ powerful professional knowledge be characterized and what are the implications for teacher education policy and practice? In our initial position paper (Gericke et al., 2018) we called for we highlighted the need for empirical studies across school subjects. Accounts from a range of studies were subsequently published in two books (Hudson et al., 2022a; 2022b). The first addresses questions of epistemic quality and powerful knowledge with a particular focus on the implications for curriculum innovation. The second addresses the implications for innovation in teacher education policy and practice arising from the consideration of questions related to the development of powerful professional knowledge. In Hudson et al. (2025) we outline our overall approach as a ‘critical knowledge-led approach to curriculum research and teacher education across school subjects’. This forms the introduction to a special issue of the Journal of Curriculum Studies on Transnational and Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Subject Didactics.
Activities of the network have included research on powerful knowledge, epistemic quality and the transformation processes in the classroom as well as on related educational policy and curriculum development.
In this symposium we will give a short introduction into the theoretical background of current research on powerful knowledge and epistemic quality as we understand it in UK, Sweden, Belgium and Germany. The first paper deals with citizenship education in language teaching and learning in immersive schools in the Northern Basque country. It focuses on the reconstruction of powerful knowledge and epistemic quality in the classroom, including teachers‘ and students‘ perspectives on teaching and learning. The second paper deals with an ever-present and complex question, the knowledge content of literature teaching and how students' learning of this content should be measured and assessed. With a specific focus on upper secondary school, this paper examines, based on the concepts of powerful knowledge and powerful professional knowledge, literature teaching in a school landscape characterized by a measurability discourse. The third paper focuses on powerful knowledge in contemporary curriculum reforms and involves a comparative analysis the cases of in Flemish Belgium and England. In doing so it examines the history, evolution, tensions, risks and consequences for teacher education of a ‘knowledge-rich’ curriculum. Central to these risks is that of the lethal mutation of ‘knowledge-rich gone wrong’ into knowledge of low epistemic quality. References Hudson, B., Gericke, N., Olin-Scheller, C. and Stolare, M. (2022a) International Perspectives on Knowledge and Curriculum: Epistemic Quality across School Subjects, Bloomsbury Publishing plc, London. http://dx.doi.org/10.5040/9781350167124 Hudson, B., Gericke, N., Olin-Scheller, C. and Stolare, M. (2022b) International Perspectives on Knowledge and Quality: Implications for Innovation in Teacher Education Policy and Practice, Bloomsbury Publishing plc, London. http://dx.doi.org/10.5040/9781350178434 Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C., & Wegner, A. (2025). A critical knowledge-led approach to curriculum research and teacher education across school subjects. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(5), 507–526. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2575653 Gericke, N., Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C. and Stolare, M. (2018) Powerful Knowledge, Transformations and the Need for Empirical Studies across School Subjects, London Review of Education, Vol. 16, Issue 3, 428-444. UCL IOE Press. https://doi.org/10.18546/LRE.16.3.06 Hudson, B. (2018) Powerful Knowledge and Epistemic Quality in School Mathematics, London Review of Education, Vol. 16, Issue 3, 384-397. UCL IOE Press. https://doi.org/10.18546/LRE.16.3.03 Young, M. (2015) Powerful knowledge as curriculum principle. In M. Young, D. Lambert, C.R. Roberts, and M.D. Roberts, Knowledge and the future school: Curriculum and social justice, 65–88, 2nd edition. Bloomsbury Academic, London. Young, M. (2013) Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory: a knowledge-based approach, Journal of Curriculum Studies 45(2), 101–118. Presentations of the Symposium Citizenship Education in Language Education in Immersive Schools in the Northern Basque Country: A Case of Powerful Knowledge and Epistemic Quality
The EduLing project is concerned with citizenship education in language teaching and learning in France, Austria and Germany. It is an international comparative study on three teaching-learning settings: language teaching and learning in minority schools, in CLIL and mainstream classes. Although citizenship education is repeatedly considered in the policy discourse on language teaching and learning in Europe, there have been hardly any studies on citizenship education in this context as a didactic category to date. The project therefore aims to empirically reconstruct selected European concepts and practices of citizenship education in language teaching and learning and addresses the research question of the extent to which the mentioned language teaching-learning settings contribute to citizenship education / éducation à la citoyenneté (Ravez 2018) in three different European countries.
The reconstruction of teaching and learning practice focuses on the concept of powerful knowledge and epistemic quality (Hudson/Gericke/Olin-Scheller/Stolare 2022). The promotion of epistemic quality must be seen as elementary, especially in the context of the challenges of the UN Sustainable Development Goal 4, i.e., with regard to the development of an inclusive and equitable quality of education (UN, 2015) that grants all students epistemic access (Young 2013: 115; Morrow, 2008) to powerful knowledge. According to Winch (2013), powerful knowledge includes propositional knowledge (knowing that) as well as inferential and procedural knowledge (knowing how). Hudson (2018) accordingly defines creative thinking as a particular characteristic of high epistemic quality in school mathematics, for example, while superficial, rote and algorithmic thinking in mathematics must be regarded as of low epistemic quality.
The concepts of powerful knowledge and epistemic quality can be transferred to the context of citizenship education in language teaching and learning. The proposal is limited to a discussion of the sub study of French and Basque language teaching and learning in immersive schools in the Northern Basque Country, the Ikastola. The paper highlights classroom interaction as well as teachers’ and students‘ perspectives on teaching and learning. The data show that teaching and learning in the Ikastola represents a case of powerful knowledge and epistemic quality, thus a practice-model to be discussed and exploited for didactic innovation. The research promises a profound insight into chances and challenges of citizenship education in language teaching-learning settings and enables an empirically based conceptualisation for future classroom practice in Europe.
References:
Hudson, Brian (2018): Powerful knowledge and epistemic quality in school mathematics. London Review of Education 16, 3, 384-397.
Hudson, B./Gericke, N./ Olin-Scheller, Ch./Stolare, M. (eds.): International Perspectives on Knowledge and Curriculum: Epistemic Quality across School Subjects, Bloomsbury Publishing plc, London, 17-35.
Morrow, Wally E. (2008): Bounds of Democracy: Epistemological Access in Higher Education. Pretoria, HSRC Press.
Ravez, Claire (2018): Regards sur la citoyenneté à l école. In: Dossier de veille de l´IFÉ 125, 1-40. Lyon: ENS. http://veille-et-analyses.ens-lyon.fr/DA-Veille/125-juin-2018.pdf
Schütze, Fritz (1983): Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. In: Neue Praxis 13 (3), 283-293.
UN (2015), Transforming Our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.
https://sustainabledevelopment. un.org/ ?menu=1300 (29.01.2023)
Wegner, Anke/Hudson, Brian/Loquet, Monique (2022): Epistemic Quality of Language Learning in a Primary Classroom in Germany. In: Hudson, Brian/Gericke, Niklas M./Olin-Scheller, Christina/Stolare, Martin (eds.): International Perspectives on Knowledge and Curriculum. London: Bloomsbury, 53-78.
Winch, Christopher (2013): ‘Curriculum design and epistemic ascent’. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 47 (1), 128–46.
Young, Michael (2013): Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory: a knowledge-based approach. In: Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45, 2, 101-118.
The Challenge of Teaching literature. On Swedish teachers' subject understanding and powerful professional knowledge
An ever-present and complex question concerns the knowledge content of literature teaching and how students' learning of this content should be measured and assessed. The knowledge content of literature teaching is a subject-didactic issue where the teacher's understanding of the subject is central. Subject understanding refers to the teacher's perception of content and teaching methods, which reflect perceptions of the broader purpose of teaching and the subject. With a specific focus on upper secondary school in Sweden, this paper examines, based on the concepts of powerful knowledge and powerful professional knowledge, literature teaching in a school landscape characterized by a measurability discourse. The empirical material consists of four Swedish teachers' conversations during a research circle on place-based reading. A particular focus is on the teachers' subject understanding and perceptions of the knowledge content of literature teaching and how this can be understood as aspects of the quality of teaching. Our results show that teachers' powerful professional knowledge concerns teaching practices that are characterized by the openness of literary reading and supporting students in finding strategies where they can create envisionments. The teachers’ statements show that students' knowledge development needs to be assessed over a longer period of time, in order to be able to discern a progression in literary reading. The powerful professional knowledge is also about being able to manage and challenge students' previous experiences in interpretive teaching activities and to build teaching on academic knowledge that needs to be adapted and transformed for the classroom. It is also about being able to navigate a field of tension where the knowledge structure of literature teaching contrasts with the overarching knowledge structure they encounter in their everyday school life where measurement discourses fragment students' literary reading.
References:
Buell, L. (2005) The Future of Environmental Criticism: Environmental Crisis and Literary Imagination. Blackwell Pub.
Furlong, J. & Whitty, G. (2017). Knowledge traditions in the study of education. I G. Whitty & J. Furlong (Red.), Knowledge and the study of education: An international exploration, (s. 13–57). Symposium Books.
Gericke, N., Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C. and Stolare, M. (2018). Powerful knowledge, transformations and the need for empirical studies across school subjects. London Review of Education, 16 (3): 428–444.
Hudson, B., Gericke, N., Olin-Scheller, C. and Stolare, M. (2023). Trajectories of powerful knowledge and epistemic quality: analysing the transformations from disciplines across school subjects, Journal of Curriculum Studies, (55,2) 437-456.
Langer, J.A. (2011). Envisioning Literature. Literary Understanding and Literature Instruction. 2. uppl. Teachers College, Columbia University.
Larsson, M. (2021). Viktig läsning? Svensklärare i gymnasiet om läsundervisning i en performativ kontext. Högskolan Dalarna.
Shulman, L. S. (1987). Knowledge and Teaching: Foundations of the New Reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1–22.
Muller, J., & Young, M. (2019). Knowledge, power, and powerful knowledge re-visited. The Curriculum Journal, 30(2), 196–214.
Wintersparv, S. (2021). Teaching the reading experience: upper secondary teachers’ perspectives on aesthetic aspects of literature teaching. Umeå University.
On (Powerful) Knowledge in Contemporary Curriculum Reforms: Comparing the Cases of Flemish Belgium and England
In this contribution we reflect on the impact of ‘powerful knowledge’ research developments in curriculum reforms at the transnational level by focusing on two contemporary cases:
(a) the current reform of pre-school and primary education towards a ‘knowledge-rich’ curriculum (Flemish Ministry of Education, 2024).
(b) the 2024-2025 Curriculum and Assessment Review (CAR) in England (U.K. Department of Education, 2025).
A comparative analysis of these two cases is particularly interesting, since the official communication and media coverage of the Flemish knowledge turn point to England as its major source of inspiration and British experts have been concretely involved in its development. The concept of powerful knowledge in the current Flemish discourse on knowledge-rich curriculum is conspicuous by its absence. A comparative discourse analysis pinpoints differences between the discourse underlying the Flemish knowledge turn, and the discourse on powerful knowledge as it appears from publications of the powerful knowledge research community (Tamassia, 2025). However, it is important to note that the ‘knowledge-rich’ curriculum in England has been characterized as being ‘loosely-defined’ by Magee et al. (2025) which echoes earlier criticism of it being ‘ill-defined’ (Hudson and Shelton, 2021).
The term does not appear in the current National Curriculum Framework for England though reference is made to ‘core knowledge’ in the second of its two central aims. In relation to this, Young (2014) highlights how the resources of the Core Knowledge Foundation, strongly influenced by the cultural literacy of E.D.Hirsch, had been imported from the USA by think tanks such as Civitas. This became the basis for the ‘knowledge-rich’ curriculum promoted directly through speeches by the Schools Minister and the Chief Inspector with only fleeting reference to ‘powerful knowledge’. It is to the credit of the CAR review group that it has defined what it means by the term and has included reference to powerful knowledge centrally. However, there are severe tensions inherent in bringing together two very differing approaches under one conceptual umbrella. Core knowledge emphasises an individualistic perspective on learning and memory whilst powerful knowledge is founded on a social realist perspective that emphasises disciplinary knowledge developed in communities of inquiry. This overall approach greatly increases the risk of ‘lethal mutations’ (Jones and Wiliam, 2022) into knowledge of low “epistemic quality” (Hudson et al., 2025). This is against the background of the demise of subject-specific teacher education (Hudson, 2025) and is discussed in further detail in Hudson (2026).
References:
Flemish Ministry of Education (2024). Press release. https://data-onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/documenten/bestanden/persbericht-timss-2023.pdf
Hudson, B. (2025). The demise of subject-specific teacher education in England, Journal of Curriculum Studies, http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2496960
Hudson, B. (2026) The ‘knowledge-rich’ curriculum in England: history, evolution, tensions and associated risks of ‘lethal mutations’, https://fabians4education.edublogs.org/2026/03/09/reflections-on-the-curriculum-and-assessment-review-brian-hudson/
Hudson, B. and Shelton, C. (2021). Developing powerful knowledge and creative know-how. In B. Hudson, M. Leask, and S. Younie. (2021) Education System Design. Abingdon, Routledge, pp. 141-153.
Jones, K. and Wiliam, D. (2022). Lethal Mutations in Education and How to Prevent Them, Evidence Based Education https://evidencebased.education/lethal-mutations-in-education-and-how-to-prevent-them/
Magee, J., O’Connor, K., & Swain, N. (2025) Knowledge-rich curriculum: towards definitional clarity in the context of reform in Australia and England. Education 3-13, 53(7), 1190–1203. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2025.2514696
Tamassia, L. (2025). The Flemish knowledge-turn and powerful knowledge. A practice-oriented literature and document study. Presentation at the conference Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Teaching and Learning. University of Vienna, November 21 and 22, 2025.
U.K. Department of Education (2025). Curriculum and Assessment Review. Final Report.
https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/690b96bbc22e4ed8b051854d/Curriculum_and_Assessment_Review_final_report_-_Building_a_world-class_curriculum_for_all.pdf
Young, M. (2014). Why start with the curriculum? In Young, M. and Lambert, D.; with Roberts, C. and Roberts, M. (Eds.) Knowledge and the Future School: Curriculum and Social Justice. London, Bloomsbury Academic, pp. 41-64.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 27 SES 06 B JS: Joint Paper Session - Multilingualism and Language Education - NW 27 and NW 31 Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Benoît Lenzen Joint Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper CLIL Theory, CLIL Practice: Investigating the balance between content and language The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) is a didactic model distinct from adjacent bilingual approaches because of its commitment to a “dual focus” on developing both language and content (Marsh, 2002; Coyle et al., 2010). On a continuum between content and language, for example, Macaro (2018) positions approaches such as English‑medium instruction (EMI) at the content‑focused end—primarily oriented toward knowledge‑based outcomes despite being delivered in contexts where English is an additional language—while content‑based teaching (CBT) tends to sit at the language‑focused end, privileging target‑language development over mastery of the subject-matter being discussed. CLIL, in contrast, is positioned squarely at the centre of Macaro’s continuum: an orientation premised on the intentional, principled scaffolding of both new communicative competence and new subject‑matter knowledge. This study seeks to advance knowledge of CLIL by bringing these theoretical assumptions about the balance of content and language into conversation with Bourdieu’s theory of practice; in particular, his concept of “dispositions”. Dispositions are strands that come together to comprise Bourdieu’s better-known concept, the “habitus”: our sense-making system internalised over time that helps us to navigate social spaces, often without conscious awareness (Bourdieu, 1977, 1979, 1990). As Bourdieu explains, the habitus is an internalised ‘system of durable, transposable dispositions which functions as the generative basis of structured, objectively unified practices’ (Bourdieu, 1979, p. vii, emphasis added). Dispositions therefore represent fine-grained areas of the habitus. Recent work on “social justice dispositions”, for example, reveals how teachers’ pedagogic practice is differently shaped due to variations in teachers’ sense of what seems to be the “just” or “right” thing to do in the moment, with relation to equity and fairness (Cross et al., 2025). As guidance that is pre- or un-thought, disposition offers a novel analytic construct to help investigate the dissonance that sometimes unfolds between what might be said (i.e., articulating conscious thought) and then done. This paper uses dispositions to examine the translation of CLIL theory into practice. Specifically, despite CLIL’s theoretical commitment as a didactic activity to balance content and language, it seeks to discover whether teachers reveal a tendency to instead emphasise one more than the other more heavily in practice. It is guided by these research questions:
Data comprised a series of stimulated-recall interviews based on video-recordings of four CLIL teachers in Australian primary classrooms. These were transcribed and, using cultural‑historical activity theory (CHAT) to generate systematic accounts of each teacher’s practice (Engeström, 1987; Cross, 2010), were then analysed to identify recurring patterns, tendencies, and rhythms that characterised each case. These patterns led us to differentiate cases as having either a language-focused, content-focused, or dual-focused disposition, and to document the impact of those dispositions on how CLIL was enacted in practice. The study demonstrates that, despite teachers’ commitments to balance both language and content in planning, unintended emphases and tendencies—what “feels natural” to do in flight—deeply shape the translation of CLIL’s dual focus into practice. By making these dispositions visible, the paper contributes a new conceptual lens for understanding CLIL enactment, alongside empirically grounded insights with potential to strengthen CLIL teacher education given greater awareness of the impact of dispositions on pedagogic design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sitting between what teachers think or say and what they actually do, dispositions are difficult to identify using conventional methodological techniques such as interviews (which elicit articulated beliefs) or classroom observations (which capture externally visible actions but not any sense of the reasoning that guides them). To address this challenge, the study employs a two‑stage methodological design informed by prior work on researching social justice dispositions (Cross et al., 2025). Stage 1—Stimulated Consciousness: Teachers first participate in a 30‑minute interview designed to generate a narrative account of their CLIL practice. This “baseline” account captures teachers’ espoused understandings of CLIL, including how they believe they balance language and content. It provides the necessary point of comparison from which to interrogate subsequent data. Stage 2—Stimulated Recall: Participants then take part in three 30‑minute stimulated recall interviews. Each interview uses video playback of recurring actions observed across three lessons. Teachers are asked open‑ended questions—e.g., “What do you see happening here?”—to prompt noticing. This juxtaposition of stated beliefs (Stage 1) and noticed actions (Stage 2) creates opportunities for teachers to identify moments of in/congruence between what they say and what they do. This process is critical for surfacing un/pre‑thought operating strategies (dispositions), which Bourdieu suggests are often manifest through repeated, taken‑for‑granted tendencies (Bourdieu & Wacquant, 1992). Transcripts were then analysed using CHAT to create “activity systems” (Engeström, 1987), providing representations of each teacher’s practice in a systematic, coherent way for comparability (Cross, 2010). Recurring tendencies that characterised each case were then identified, helping to distinguish whether there was recurring emphasis in practice that leaned more heavily towards content, language, or there remained a balanced commitment to both. The research design thus allows us to move beyond statements of belief (“I treat language and content equally”) toward recognition of un/thought patterns (“I actually tend to foreground language/content more than I realised”). The small sample—four CLIL primary teachers—supports depth of qualitative insight into how dispositions manifest within CLIL pedagogic activity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed clear patterns that enabled us to differentiate between content‑disposed and language‑disposed CLIL teaching in practice. Given teachers’ conscious commitment to attending to both language and content in planning and their accounts of ideal CLIL practice, these differences did not appear as explicit choices, but as durable tendencies that unfolded in the lesson itself. It was especially evident with respect to how teachers interpreted lesson goals, their students’ needs, and their choice of mediating tools. Such tendencies influence the degree of integration achieved in CLIL lessons and therefore the extent to which CLIL’s dual focus is realised. The study shows that making dispositions visible provides a powerful tool for understanding why CLIL practices diverge despite shared theoretical commitments. Teachers’ “feel for the game” operates beneath conscious awareness and strongly influences moment‑to‑moment decision‑making in ways that structured professional learning often fails to address, given that the current knowledge base presumes conscious commitment to and awareness of theory follow through into action. Methodologically, the two‑stage process of stimulated consciousness and stimulated recall proves productive for surfacing these patterns. Stimulated recall, in particular, creates the conditions for reflexive noticing that can unsettle taken‑for‑granted assumptions (“I thought I was doing X, but my actions show Y”). This approach offers a replicable model for research in other domains where dispositions are likely to shape practice. Practically, the study also flags the need for CLIL teacher education to explicitly address the dispositional dimensions of pedagogy. Knowledge of these dispositions provides a foundation for designing CLIL teacher education that moves beyond technical strategies to address the deeper, often unrecognised orientations that shape pedagogic choices. References Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a theory of practice. Cambridge University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1979). Algeria 1960. Cambridge University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Stanford University Press. Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. J. D. (1992). An invitation to reflexive sociology. University of Chicago Press. Coyle, D., Hood, P., & Marsh, D. (2010). CLIL: Content and language integrated learning. Cambridge University Press. Cross, R. (2010). Language teaching as sociocultural activity: Rethinking language teacher practice. Modern Language Journal, 94(3), 434–452. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4781.2010.01058.x Cross, R., Mills, C., & Gale, T. (2025). Social justice dispositions in schools: Thinking with Bourdieu, reading dispositions in practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315170435 Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: An activity‑theoretical approach to developmental research. Orienta‑Konsultit. Macaro, E. (2018). English medium instruction. Oxford University Press. Marsh, D. (2002). CLIL/EMILE—The European dimension: Actions, trends and foresight potential. University of Jyväskylä. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper EFL Teacher Motivation and Student Performance: Focus on Motivation, Strategies, and Achievement Nagoya University, Japan, Japan Presenting Author:Aims This study investigates how English as a Foreign Language (EFL) students' perceptions of their teachers' motivation influence student outcomes in Myanmar secondary education. Specifically, we examine whether students taught by teachers perceived as more motivated demonstrate higher autonomous motivation, greater use of self-regulated learning strategies, and better academic performance compared to students whose teachers are perceived as less motivated. Given the critical role of teacher motivation in shaping classroom environments, understanding its perceived impact on student outcomes has important implications for teacher education and professional development in resource-constrained EFL contexts. Theoretical Framework The study is grounded in Self-Determination Theory (SDT; Deci & Ryan, 2000), which posits that social contexts significantly influence individual motivation. Within educational settings, teachers' motivational orientations may be transmitted to students through observable teaching behaviors. Research suggests that teacher motivation influences instructional quality (Roth et al., 2007), which in turn affects student motivation and learning strategies (Skinner & Belmont, 1993). We conceptualize perceived teacher motivation through the Teacher as Social Context framework (Skinner & Belmont, 1993), examining three dimensions: autonomy support, structure, and involvement. These dimensions represent visible manifestations of teacher motivation that students can perceive and respond to. The study tests whether these perceptions relate to students' autonomous motivation, self-regulated learning strategies, and ultimately, academic achievement in English. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological Design and Methods Participants included 371 high school students (ages 15-17) learning English as a foreign language across four classrooms in Myanmar. Students were distributed across four English teachers: Teacher 1 (170 students), Teacher 2 (75 students), Teacher 3 (100 students), and Teacher 4 (26 students). Students completed validated questionnaires assessing: (1) Perceived Teacher Motivation using the Teacher as Social Context Questionnaire short form (Ahn et al., 2021), measuring autonomy support, structure, and involvement (24 items, α = 0.786); (2) Student Autonomous Motivation combining identified and intrinsic motivation scales (Maulana et al., 2016, 8 items, α = 0.655); and (3) Self-Regulated Learning Strategies using the metacognitive strategies subscale from the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (Duncan et al., 2015, 12 items, α = 0.626). Academic performance was obtained from students' most recent English examination grades, classified using Myanmar's grading system (A = 80-100, B = 60-80, C = 40-60, D = below 40) and converted to numerical scores. Teachers were classified based on aggregated student perceptions. Each teacher's average perceived motivation score was calculated, and teachers were grouped using a median split: high motivation group (Teachers 2 and 3, n = 175 students) and low motivation group (Teachers 1 and 4, n = 196 students). One-way analyses of variance (ANOVA) compared student outcomes between groups, with eta-squared (η²) calculated to assess effect sizes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes/Results Results demonstrate that students' perceptions of teacher motivation significantly relate to all measured outcomes. Students whose teachers were perceived as highly motivated reported significantly higher autonomous motivation (M = 3.93, SD = 0.43) compared to those whose teachers were perceived as less motivated (M = 3.81, SD = 0.62), F(1, 369) = 4.80, p = .029, η² = 0.01. Similarly, students in the high teacher motivation group demonstrated greater use of self-regulated learning strategies (M = 3.49, SD = 0.30) than their peers in the low motivation group (M = 3.40, SD = 0.50), F(1, 369) = 4.56, p = .033, η² = 0.01. Most notably, academic performance showed a substantial difference. Students whose teachers were perceived as highly motivated significantly outperformed those whose teachers were perceived as less motivated (M = 10.78, SD = 0.41 vs. M = 10.05, SD = 0.22), F(1, 369) = 465.70, p < .001, η² = 0.56. This large effect size (56% of variance explained) provides strong evidence that perceived teacher motivation represents a critical factor in student achievement. These findings suggest that teacher motivation perceived by students would have meaningful consequences for their learning and motivation. The particularly strong relationship with academic performance indicates that efforts to support and sustain teacher motivation may yield substantial benefits for student outcomes. For teacher education in EFL contexts, these results highlight the importance of not only developing pedagogical skills but also cultivating and maintaining teachers' own motivation as a visible, impactful element of effective teaching. Limitations include the small number of teachers (n = 4), which precluded multilevel modeling, and the cross-sectional design, which limits causal inference. References References Ahn, I., Chiu, M. M., & Patrick, H. (2021). Connecting teacher and student motivation: Student-perceived teacher need-supportive practices and student need satisfaction. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 64, 101950. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2021.101950 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “What” and “Why” of Goal Pursuits: Human Needs and the Self-Determination of Behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Duncan, T., Pintrich, P., Smith, D., & Mckeachie, W. (2015). Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (MSLQ) Manual. Unpublished. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.1.2547.6968 Maulana, R., Helms-Lorenz, M., Irnidayanti, Y., & Van De Grift, W. (2016). Autonomous Motivation in the Indonesian Classroom: Relationship with Teacher Support Through the Lens of Self-Determination Theory. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 25(3), 441–451. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-016-0282-5 Roth, G., Assor, A., Kanat-Maymon, Y., & Kaplan, H. (2007). Autonomous motivation for teaching: How self-determined teaching may lead to self-determined learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(4), 761–774. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.99.4.761 Skinner, E. A., & Belmont, M. J. (1993). Motivation in the classroom: Reciprocal effects of teacher behavior and student engagement across the school year. Journal of Educational Psychology, 85(4), 571–581. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.85.4.571 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Is Multiliteracy as an Empty Signifier Eroding Finnish L1’s Disciplinary Identity and Core? A Coherence Reading of Curriculum and Textbooks Tampere university, Finland Presenting Author:Our research approaches the theme of uncertainty from the perspective of school subjects. The current era of uncertainty and crisis is not a novel phenomenon; rather, crisis-related perspectives—such as those associated with the climate crisis and the post-truth era—have already shaped curricula formulated in the 2010s. These overarching themes and transversal aims have informed both the conceptual and skill-based objectives of school subjects to such an extent that research has raised the question of what is essential within each subject.
Recent curriculum reforms in L1 education have increasingly adopted umbrella concepts such as multiliteracy and broad notions of text, aiming to respond to requirements of 21st century skills. International and national research has increasingly questioned multiliteracy’s curricular hegemony and the consequences of broad concepts for L1’s disciplinary identities and educational aims (e.g. Green & Erixon, 2020; Krogh, 2020; Löfgren & Erixon, 2022; Ongstad, 2024). Critiques point to a “pragmatic turn” linked to transnational policy pressures and large-scale assessments, where competence-oriented formulations may marginalise aesthetic and Bildung-related orientations, particularly in literature education (e.g., Green et al., 2022). In the Finnish context, parallel concerns have been raised: literature education is perceived to be overshadowed by reading and text skills in lower and upper secondary education (e.g., Gourvennec et al., 2020; Mäkikalli, 2023), and teachers have reported difficulties in grasping what multiliteracy adds beyond earlier curricular terminology (e.g. Kulju et al., 2020). These debates foreground a curriculum-theoretical issue: how is coherence constructed when an expansive concept becomes a key organiser of content and aims in a complex, multidisciplinary subject?
This study introduces conceptual perspectives for examining L1 and literature curricula by combining didactic transposition, curriculum coherence, and Laclau's discourse analysis. The overall objective is to analyse how coherence is constructed in the Finnish National Core Curriculum for Basic Education (NCCBE 2014) when Finnish language and literature (L1) is framed through multiliteracy, and what kinds of disciplinary knowledge the curriculum conveys. The study addresses three research questions:
The theoretical framework draws on didactic transposition understood as the transformation of disciplinary knowledge into knowledge-to-be-taught (Chevallard & Bosch, 2020; Krogh et al., 2023; Schneuwly & Ronveaux, 2021). In this perspective, the NCCBE is approached as an outcome of external didactic transposition, where selections, delimitations and recontextualisations of disciplinary knowledge are negotiated within a “noosphere” of curriculum actors. This highlights epistemic and political dimensions of curriculum making: which knowledge domains become visible and stable, and which are rendered implicit, blended or marginal.
Complementing this, curriculum coherence (Fortus & Krajcik, 2012) is used to examine unity, consistency and logic across grade levels and within the subject. Coherence is conceptualised as vertical coherence and horizontal coherence, recognising that in L1 and literature education horizontal coherence is also intradisciplinary.
To analyse conceptual dominance and boundary drawing in the curriculum text, the study additionally applies Laclau's discourse analysis. Key concepts include nodal points, chains of equivalence, boundary construction, and the dynamics of floating and empty signifiers (Laclau, 2005). This lens enables an examination of how multiliteracy is positioned as a dominant organiser of meaning, what is articulated into its orbit, and what happens to disciplinary identities when an organising concept expands and becomes semantically diluted. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data. The research material consists of the objectives and content areas for Finnish language and literature (L1) in the Finnish National Core Curriculum for Basic Education (NCCBE 2014) across grade bands 1–2, 3–6 and 7–9 (phase 1) and the local school-level curricula (phase 2). The analysis focuses particularly on curricular formulations related to reading, writing/text production, text interpretation, and literature education, with attention to their continuity, parallelism and progression. The research material for research question 3 and for examples of learning materials consists of Finnish text books in L1 and literature education (grades 1–9). Analytical design. The study combines (1) coherence-oriented content analysis, (2) Laclau's discourse analysis and (3) content-driven content analysis of learning materials. 1. Coherence-oriented content analysis. Curricular statements were extracted and organised into structured tables by grade band, separating objectives and content areas. The coherence reading proceeded grades beginning with the curriculum’s general descriptions (the task of the subject, transversal competences, assessment emphases). The approach supports the analysis of vertical coherence by foregrounding the curriculum’s end-point expectations and examining how earlier grade bands are positioned as precursors. Horizontal coherence was examined by mapping how key content domains are distributed within each grade band and by tracing their interrelations and relative prominence within the subject. 2. Laclau's discourse analysis. The curriculum text was analysed to identify dominant discourses and their structuring principles. We identified discursive nodal points, mapped chains of equivalence (Laclau, 2005), and examined how boundaries are drawn around multiliteracy and adjacent concepts. Particular attention was paid to whether multiliteracy operates as a stabilising concept or becomes a floating/empty signifier as it absorbs increasingly heterogeneous content domains. The discourse analysis was used to interpret coherence findings and to clarify implications for disciplinary knowledge and knowledge selection in external didactic transposition. 3. Inductive content analysis. The learning materials were analysed by using qualitative inductive content analysis (Kyngäs et al., 2020). It was performed according to following steps: data reduction, data grouping ant th formation of concepts that can be used to answer research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis is expected to show that NCCBE 2014 contains a wide range of L1 objectives and content areas, but that these are organised through a dominant multiliteracy discourse. (In phase 2, the analysis of school-level curricula will be conducted.) Multiliteracy is likely to function as a nodal point articulated through broad chains of equivalence (e.g., interpretation, production and evaluation of multimodal texts and general communicative competences). As the concept expands, it may become semantically diffuse, approaching an empty signifier whose central role in organising curricular meaning is not matched by conceptual delimitation. From a coherence perspective, the study is expected to reveal tensions in both vertical and horizontal coherence. Vertically, later-grade expectations may not be consistently scaffolded through clearly articulated progressions in earlier grades; some domains may shift emphasis rather than deepen cumulatively. Horizontally, while multiple subdomains are present, not all emerge as distinct, stable curricular discourses: reading, writing, language knowledge and literature may be discursively subsumed under multiliteracy and generic textual competence formulations. A key anticipated implication is that positioning an empty (or emptifying) signifier multiliteracy as a dominant organiser obscures disciplinary identities. In particular, reading, writing and literature education risk losing visibility as distinct knowledge domains with their own epistemic aims, which has consequences for teacher s ’ interpretation and enactment of the curriculum and for the curriculum’s capacity to support coherent educational pathways and text book authors to follow the meaningful coherence of subject contents. The study contributes conceptual tools for curriculum analysis and offers research-based considerations for future curriculum development, especially regarding how to maintain disciplinary clarity while integrating new societal and technological demands. References Chevallard, Y., & Bosch, M. (2020). Didactic transposition in mathematics education. In S. Lederman (Eds.) Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (pp. 214–218). Springer International Publishing. Fortus D., & Krajcik J. (2012) Curriculum coherence and learning progressions. In B. Fraser, K. Tobin, & C. McRobbie (Eds.) Second International Handbook of Science Education (pp. 784–798). Springer International Handbooks of Education, vol 24. Gourvennec, A. F., Höglund, H., Johansson, M., Kabel, K., & Sønneland, M. (2020). Literature education in Nordic L1s: Cultural models of national lower-secondary curricula in Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 20, 1–32. Green, B., & Erixon, P. O. (2020). Understanding the (post-)national L1 subjects: Three problematics. In B. Green & P.O. Erixon (Eds.), Rethinking L1 education in global era, (pp. 259–285). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-0303-55997-7_6 Green, B., Molyneux, P., & Scull, J. (2022). Rhetoric, agency, pedagogy: a “new” perspective on language and literacy education. Australian Journal of Language and Literacy, 45(3), 297–308. Krogh, E. (2020). Bildung and Literacy in Subject Danish: Changing in L1 Education. In B. Green, & P. O. Erixon (Eds.), Rethinking L1 education in global era (pp. 157–176). Krogh, E., Qvortrup, A., & Graf, S. T. (2023). The question of normativity: Examining educational theories to advance deliberation on challenges of introducing societal problems into education. In Bildung, Knowledge, and Global Challenges in Education (pp. 171–202). Routledge. Kulju. P., Kupiainen, R., & Pienimäki, M. (2020). Raportti luokanopettajien käsityksistä monilukutaidosta 2019. [Report on classteachers understanding of multiliteracy]. Kansallisen audiovisuaalisen instituutin julkaisuja 2/2020. Kansallinen audiovisuaalinen instituutti. Kyngäs, H. (2020). Inductive Content Analysis. In H. Kyngäs, K. Mikkonen, & M. Kääriäinen (Eds.), The Application of Content Analysis in Nursing Science Research (pp. 13–21). Springer International Publishing. Laclau, E. (2005). On Populist Reason. Verso. Löfgren, M., & Erixon, P. (2022). Literature—A high risk implementation route to literacy? L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 22, 1–27. Mäkikalli, A. (2023). Lukion opetussuunnitelmat, oppikirjat ja kaunokirjallisuuden lukeminen 1980- ja 2020-luvuilla. In P. Hiidenmaa, I. Lindh, S. Sintonen, & R. M. Suomalainen (Eds.), Lukemisen kulttuurit (pp. 293–306). Gaudeamus. Ongstad, S. (2024). L1-didactics and the global pressure from Anglo-Saxon new literacies. Gained Disciplinarity at risk?. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 24, 1–30. Schneuwly, B., & Ronveaux, C. (2021). Une approche instrumentale de la transposition didactique: Quelques thèses illustrées par l’analyse de l’enseignement de quelques objets de la discipline ”français”. Pratiques, 189–190. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Teaching Methods for Developing Adult Learner’s Spoken Foreign Language Skills University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:Lifelong learning (LLL) became an important part of our daily life in this quickly developing century. LLL supports people keep learning and learning what they need or want (Ginzburg & Daniela, 2024). These aspects help a person to be more useful and needed, first of all, at work, and then, in general, in their life activities, like learning a new language can help you to meet new foreign friends, be promoted in position at work, to travel freely, etc. Hence, there can be found a lot of advantages of LLL, but somehow the niche of learning throughout your life, specifically in adult foreign language learning, is not researched too much. Therefore, more investigation in adult foreign language learning and suitable methods in teaching them are needed, because it would help adults to learn better and faster. Furthermore, there exists a well-known fact that society in Europe is aging and this process became very fast. Year by year the number of adults and old people will clearly overpower quantity of children and teenagers, which also evidence that adults will need to work for longer year (i.e., pension will be delayed), therefore LLL is a great solution and advantage for adults who want to be more instrumental at work, in searching new better positions, or increasing their mental health by not stopping to learn new things, like new languages, which not only can help you to work at international company, but as well, would increase your brain neuroplasticity for longer time (Goldberg, 2022, Gkintoni et al., 2025). Hence, the object of this research is teaching methods which are used by a teacher in adult teaching process when teaching a spoken foreign language. The aim of this research is to investigate and highlight teaching methods specifically suitable in adult spoken foreign language learning. Therefore, this study seeks to analyse existing literature (i.e., articles) to find out whether there are any specialised teaching methods for this learner group, and if there are, then to identify these methods. The objectives in order to achieve the aim: a) to perform systematic literature review; b) to conduct the best teaching methods suitable for adults when learning a spoken foreign language. In conclusion, during this analysis the scientific articles were found in Scopus and Web of Science databases whereas the article published from 2015 to 2025 were used to differentiate teaching methods. The most reliable articles related to the topic were selected to collect the best teaching methods in learning a spoken foreign language. Furthermore, this research seeks to answer these research questions: Are there any unique methods in scientific literature for teaching adults a spoken foreign language? What are the teaching methods mentioned in literature? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research applies a systematic literature review approach to analyse existing research published between 2015 and 2025, and provide an overview of methods and strategies used in adult spoken foreign language learning. The systematic review was selected because it is perfectly suitable for synthesis of literature that can assure that conclusions are factual. Also, it was conducted using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) 2020 guidelines (Page et al., 2021). Further, inclusion and exclusion criteria were set before the searching process. Only studies written in English, published in peer-reviewed journals, and indexed in Scopus or Web of Science were included. These articles should have been conducted in formal and non-formal educational settings, like universities, language schools, or community programmes, in order to be used for analysis. Hence, Google Scholar was used at the beginning, and as the second option was used Sage Journals. And this database worked great, but it was still a lot of information, though less than in Google Scholar. At that point only two databases, Scopus and Web of Science, and newer materials starting from 2015, were chosen. Hence, we started taking keywords one by one to find all related articles to this theme, and those suitable we added to the Excel file. Surprisingly, more than 21 000 open access articles were found, but still it was too many, therefore it was decided to use all keywords for a final search: e.g., OR adult learner, OR foreign language, OR learning methods, etc. The results showed less – 105 documents –, but only 31 articles could be read, whereas 20 of them were suitable for this research, and just a bit really similar to the topic. A comprehensive search was performed in Scopus and Web of Science and supplementary search using reference lists and grey literature sources. The final search was conducted in July 2025. The searching strategy combined keywords, i.e., Teaching methods AND Adult learners OR Adult learner AND Spoken foreign language AND Foreign language. Articles were evaluated by two reviewers, and a narrative synthesis approach was applied to integrate study findings. The synthesis concentrated on finding recurring teaching methods and their characteristics, effects on learners’ spoken proficiency, and factors influencing effectiveness. These points were planned according to instructional approaches (e.g., task-based learning) and learning outcomes (e.g., fluency, pronunciation). Also, quantitative data were generalised in order to illustrate effect sizes and outcome trends. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research argues that adult learners have special motives and needs for learning a spoken foreign language. A spoken language competence is essential for daily life and professional communication, and social integration too. An investigation of adult language learning can help teachers to develop teaching methods that serve to learners’ affective, cognitive, and social needs in order to ensure that learning is useful for them. The review specified few methods targeting spoken language acquisition. These include traditional methods applied for oral use (e.g., total physical response) and innovative approaches, like a digital storytelling, task-based learning, flipped classrooms, and AI-assisted oral evaluation tools, etc. Indeed, most of methods incorporate Oxford’s (1995) direct and indirect language learning strategies. There is a necessity to find methods that focus on oral communication, learner autonomy, and personalised learning. Wen adults learn a spoken language, they better use the methods that support interaction, goal-oriented assignments, real-life practise, feedback, and motivational support. IT and AI tools became important for individualised evaluation and learning outside the classrooms, as well. Moreover, the review shares effective methods for adult spoken language learning, like: memory methods (digital storytelling, listening, and repetition), cognitive methods (task-based learning, self-regulated learning, CLIL, flipped classroom), and compensation methods (communicative method, total physical response), metacognitive methods (self-assessment, feedback, planning, use of AI-assisted oral evaluation), affective methods (motivation models, emotional support), and social methods (cooperative learning, communication with native speakers). Finally, this review demonstrated that there is not enough information about teaching methods for adult learners who learn a foreign spoken language. Specifically, there is a bit of information for average adults, like working parents who want to learn a new language for communication, traveling or just for learning experience. Therefore, further research would be useful for improving adult foreign language learning. References 1. Ginzburg, T., & Daniela, L. (2024). Adults’ Perceptions of Studying English in Face-to-Face, Online, and Blended Modalities. IAFOR Journal of Education: Language Learning in Education, 12(1), 67-92. https://doi.org/10.22492/ije.12.1.03 2. Gkintoni, E., Vassilopoulos, S.P., & Nikolaou, G. (2025). Brain-Inspired Multisensory Learning: A Systematic Review of Neuroplasticity and Cognitive Outcomes in Adult Multicultural and Second Language Acquisition. Biomimetics. https://doi.org/10.3390/biomimetics10060397. 3. Goldberg, H. (2022). Growing Brains, Nurturing Minds—Neuroscience as an Educational Tool to Support Students’ Development as Life-Long Learners. Brain Sciences, 12(12), Article 1622. https://doi.org/10.3390/brainsci12121622 4. Oxford, R. L. & Ehrman, M. E. (1995). Adults’ language learning strategies in an Intensive foreign language program in the United States System. ScienceDirect, 359-386. https://shorturl.at/JQ4HT 5. Page, M.J., McKenzie J.E., Bossuyt. P.M., Boutron. I., Hoffmann. T.C., Mulrow. C.D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J.M., Akl, E.A., Brennan, S.E., Chou, R., Glancille, J., Grimshaw, J.M., Hrobjartsson, A., Lalu, M.M., Li, T., Loder, E.W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., ... Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. British Medical Journal (Clinical Research Ed.), 372(71). https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 27 SES 06 C: Primary School Science and STEM Education Location: Raide 2 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Florence Ligozat Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Practices of STEM Sensemaking in the Interaction between Primary School Children, Parents and Teachers (MINTeinander) Bielefeld University, Germany Presenting Author:Due to current migration movements in Europe, primary education has to address students from socio-cultural diverse home contexts. These home contexts include more than languages, cultural habits, and traditions; they also encompass a wide diversity of themes, practices and attitudes towards school-based learning requirements (e.g. Liebenwein, 2008; Vester et al., 2001). The objective of the research and development project “MINTeinander” (an acronym for STEM and together) at Bielefeld University (Germany) is to explore the interrelation between practices of STEM sensemaking in families and in primary schools (Fraefel, 2022; Odden & Russ, 2019; Tiedemann, 2012). First, the project reconstructs forms of alignment between home environments and STEM-related tasks in interactions between caregivers and their children, with respect to different ways of thinking, acting, and valuing shaped by family environments, with reference to Pierre Bourdieu (2009/1983). Second, we aim to identify (common) STEM-related themes occurring in these interactions, which emerge or convey patterns of fit between home contexts and school (Jorgensen, Gates, & Roper, 2014; Bender, 2015). In its third phase, the project brings together primary school children, caregivers, and STEM teachers to characterize core practices (Grossman, 2021) of STEM sensemaking, based on their joint interactions. These core practices are intended to be applicable across both home contexts and school-based learning opportunities. In its developmental design, the project draws on internationally established family math programs (e.g., Eason et al., 2020) and focuses on STEM-related themes in joint interactions. Based on the characterizations of core practices of STEM sensemaking, the project aims to develop instructional materials to strengthen school-family partnerships in primary education through STEM-themed formats. This paper will present preliminary results from a pilot study of the first and second phase of the project, where we examine patterns of alignment and (common) themes that occur in the interaction between primary school children and their parents to start understanding the grounds for the characterizations of practices of STEM sensemaking. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We designed open-ended tasks (referred to as MINT-Stories) for home contexts. An example of such a MINT-Story is: “Where do you need numbers in your daily life? Draw a picture together.” We requested that the resulting conversations be recorded while participants engaged in the tasks and collected the material representations. Building on the preceding discussion, the design intentions underlying the tasks can be summarized as aiming to create varied contexts, foster interaction, provide haptic anchors, maintain conceptual simplicity, support engagement through representations and photographs that facilitate the use of materials, and offer potential for further development in mathematics, science, and social studies (STEM-related domains). We collect data on two versions of MINT-Stories, which were sequentially reconstructed using qualitative research methods (Wernet 2014) to identify socio-cultural alignments among home contexts, forms of STEM sensemaking practices, and STEM-relatable themes in these interactions. Our analytical approach is informed by a habitus analysis following Pallensen and Kramer (2022) to uncover implicit patterns of thought, perception, and action, combined with an interaction analysis following Krummheuer (2013) to reconstruct thematic developments in interaction processes and examine common topics suitable to STEM sensemaking practices. In combining these two perspectives, we also aim to make visible tensions, misalignments, and differing approaches. This leads to an analysis attentive to social and cultural differences regarding the practices of STEM sensemaking emerging from the interactions. For the third phase of the project these results will be used to create materials for STEM-themed caregiver events (named MINT-Impulse) at local primary schools. These meetings will be video-recorded to identify core practices as well as to reflect and optimize the final material package that will be made available to primary schools at the end of the project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect to show preliminary results regarding the identification of contrasting patterns of sensemaking, common topics as well as first results of linguistic-discursive practices (Heller 2021). Furthermore, the first forms of (mis)alignment between family-based dispositions and orientations (habitus) and school will be explored and discussed. As has been repeatedly demonstrated, both educational success and the ways in which education is perceived and valued are strongly shaped by families’ socio-cultural contexts or milieus (e.g., Moll et al. 1992). Identifying and drawing on shared topics and forms of socio-cultural alignment between family and school is therefore expected to increase the relevance of (STEM-related) topics and practices for students and their families. By examining alignments and analyzing STEM sensemaking practices in relation to family backgrounds and home contexts, it becomes possible to identify meaningful topics and to develop task formats that are appropriate for socio-culturally diverse families and more closely connected to their everyday lives. References Bender, S. (2015). Passungskonstellationen an den Grenzen des Schulkulturellen: Die Schule als Ort selbstbezüglicher ästhetischer Erfahrungen. In J. Böhme, M. Hummrich & R.-T. Kramer (Hrsg.), Schulkultur. Theoriebildung im Diskurs (S. 329–350). Springer VS. Bourdieu, P. (2009). Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital (Originalarbeit veröffentlicht 1983). In H. Solga, J. Powell & P. A. Berger (Hrsg.), Soziale Ungleichheit. Klassische Texte zur Sozialstrukturanalyse (S. 111–125). Campus Verlag. Eason, S. H., Scalise, N. R., Berkowitz, T., Ramani, G. B., & Levine, S. C. (2020). Reviewing the family math literature: Recommendations for practice, policy, and research. https://cdn.ymaws.com/nafsce.org/resource/resmgr/family_math/familymathreview_whitepaper.pdf Fraefel, U. (2022). Mittels Kernpraktiken zu professionellem Unterrichten. Journal für LehrerInnenbildung, 22(3), 16–29. Grossman, P. (Hrsg.). (2021). Teaching core practices in teacher education. Harvard Education Press. Heller, V. (2021). Die sprachlich-diskursive Darstellung komplexer Zusammenhänge im Fachunterricht: Vertextungsverfahren des Erklärens und Argumentierens. In U. Quasthoff, V. Heller & M. Morek (Hrsg.), Diskurserwerb in Familie, Peergroup und Unterricht. Passungen und Teilhabechancen (S. 303–346). De Gruyter. Jorgensen, R., Gates, P., & Roper, V. (2014). Structural exclusion through school mathematics: Using Bourdieu to understand mathematics as a social practice. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 87(2), 221–239. Krummheuer, G., & Naujok, N. (2013). Grundlagen und Beispiele interpretativer Unterrichtsforschung (Bd. 7). Springer. Liebenwein, S. (2008). Erziehung und soziale Milieus: Elterliche Erziehungsstile in milieuspezifischer Differenzierung. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Moll, L. C., Amanti, C., Neff, D., & Gonzalez, N. (1992). Funds of knowledge for teaching: Using a qualitative approach to connect homes and classrooms. Theory Into Practice, 31(2), 132–141. Odden, T. O. B., & Russ, R. S. (2019). Defining sensemaking: Bringing clarity to a fragmented theoretical construct. Science Education, 103(1), 187–205. Pallensen, H., & Kramer, R.-T. (2022). Sequenzanalytische Habitusrekonstruktion in der Sportpädagogik: Gegenstandsbezogene, methodologische und methodische Reflexionen zu einer praxeologischen Perspektive. In B. Zander, D. Rode, D. Schiller & D. Wolff (Hrsg.), Qualitatives Forschen in der Sportpädagogik. Beiträge zu einer reflexiven Methodologie (S. 121–147). VS Verlag. Tiedemann, K. (2012). Mathematik in der Familie: Zur familialen Unterstützung früher mathematischer Lernprozesse in Vorlese- und Spielsituationen. Waxmann. Vester, M., von Oertzen, P., Geiling, H., Hermann, T., & Müller, D. (2001). Soziale Milieus im gesellschaftlichen Strukturwandel: Zwischen Integration und Ausgrenzung. Suhrkamp. Wernet, A. (2014). Hermeneutics and objective hermeneutics. In The SAGE handbook of qualitative data analysis (S. 234–246). SAGE. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Designing for Interdisciplinary Reasoning: A Didactical Framework for Elementary STEM Task Architectures East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:1. Research Topic and Objectives As interdisciplinary STEM education scales globally, a persistent "didactical gap" has emerged: while curricula promote integration, classroom enactment often collapses into "activity-centric" learning without conceptual depth. This study investigates the Didactical Design of STEM tasks, specifically focusing on how task architectures can be engineered to support interdisciplinary reasoning—the ability of students to coordinate concepts from different domains (science, mathematics, engineering) to solve complex problems. The primary objective is to develop and validate a Learning-Sciences-Oriented STEM Instructional Task Design Framework. This framework aims to provide teachers with a structural map for sequencing inquiry and design tasks that manage cognitive load while preserving the epistemic integrity of each discipline. 2. Research Questions The study is guided by the following central question:
Sub-questions include:
3. Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The study is grounded in three pillars of Didactical Theory and Learning Sciences:
4. European and International Dimension While the empirical case study is situated in the Asia-Pacific region, the research addresses a universal didactical crisis prevalent across European contexts (e.g., Germany’s Sachunterricht, France’s La main à la pâte, and UK STEM initiatives). The struggle to move beyond "kits and crafts" toward rigorous interdisciplinary didactics is a global challenge. By utilizing European didactical traditions (TDS and Transposition) to analyze contemporary STEM practices, this study bridges regional pedagogical insights with established international theoretical rigor. The resulting five-component framework—focusing on Explicit Goal Design, Evidence-Oriented Prompting, Segmented Iteration, Transition Scaffolding, and Load Regulation—offers a scalable model for European teacher education programs seeking to professionalize STEM didactics. 5. Methodology Summary The proposal integrates a systematic review (n=38) to establish global design norms with a micro-genetic classroom analysis. Using the Classroom Sequence Mapping System (CSMS), we visualize the temporal flow of "Didactical Trajectories," pinpointing exactly where student reasoning falters during task enactment. This data-driven approach allows for the refinement of the framework based on "lived" classroom evidence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To ensure the framework is both theoretically grounded and empirically validated, this study employs a Mixed-Methods Didactical Design Research (DDR) approach. This methodology allows for the synthesis of high-level design principles with micro-genetic evidence of classroom enactment. 2.1. Phase 1: Systematic Didactical Review The first phase involved a systematic review of 38 empirical studies (2014–2025) focused on elementary STEM/STEAM task design. The selection was restricted to peer-reviewed journals and proceedings that provided substantive descriptions of task sequencing rather than mere learning outcomes. Using an iterative coding process based on Didactical Transposition theory, studies were categorized by: Epistemic Intent: How disciplinary boundaries are defined or blurred. Task Complexity: The sequencing of inquiry versus design phases. Scaffolding Mechanisms: The tools used to mediate interdisciplinary transitions. 2.2. Phase 2: Micro-genetic Classroom Analytics The second phase shifted to an in-depth didactical analysis of an authentic 5th-grade engineering-oriented project: "Sustainable Renovation of the School Canteen." Data Source & Instrumentation: The primary data source was the Classroom Sequence Mapping System (CSMS). Unlike traditional qualitative observation, CSMS provides a high-resolution, time-stamped map of classroom interactions, categorized by: Discourse Alignment: The degree to which student responses match the teacher’s epistemic intent. Thinking Activation: The cognitive level of student contributions (e.g., descriptive vs. evaluative). Interactional Stability: The durability of interdisciplinary reasoning during complex tasks. 2.3. Data Analysis Procedure The analysis utilized Teaching-Effect Sequence Mapping to correlate task design features with "lived" classroom performance. We specifically targeted "Critical Transition Points"—the moments when students transitioned from scientific data collection to engineering decision-making. Video recordings and teacher reflections were triangulated with CSMS duration distribution graphs. For instance, student speech segments were analyzed to distinguish between "Procedural Compliance" (short responses <2s) and "Deep Interdisciplinary Reasoning" (sustained justifications 10-30s). 2.4. Ethical Considerations and Robustness To ensure the reliability of the CSMS-based analytics, a blind inter-rater reliability test was conducted on 20% of the discourse segments, achieving a Cohen’s Kappa of 0.85. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study culminates in the validation of a Learning-Sciences-Oriented STEM Instructional Task Design Framework, offering three significant contributions to the field of didactics and interdisciplinary pedagogy: 3.1. The "Fragility" of Interdisciplinary Transitions A primary finding is that the "integration gap" is most acute during the transition from Solution Generation to Justification. CSMS data revealed a significant decline in discourse alignment during these phases, where students often retreated into experiential or single-discipline explanations. Our framework addresses this by introducing "Transition Scaffolding," which ensures that students are didactically "contracted" to use scientific evidence as the fundamental basis for engineering choices. 3.2. From Rigid Cycles to Adaptive Transposition The research challenges the traditional adherence to a rigid, multi-stage "Engineering Design Cycle" in elementary settings. Evidence suggests that successful enactment depends on Adaptive Didactical Transposition—the strategic segmentation of iteration into manageable cognitive chunks. By reducing the complexity of the physical redesign while preserving the Epistemic Function (the "why" behind the change), teachers can effectively manage cognitive load without sacrificing the rigor of engineering thinking. 3.3. Structural Coherence over Activity Engagement: The Five-Component Framework The final framework identifies five design components that transform STEM from a series of "hands-on" activities into a coherent Didactical Architecture: Explicit Interdisciplinary Goal Design: Moving beyond thematic overlaps to specific epistemic intersections where one discipline serves as the evidence base for another. Evidence-Oriented Prompting: Shifting student discourse from procedural reporting ("what we made") to causal justification ("why it works"). Segmented Engineering Iteration: Breaking the redesign process into iterative verbal, representational, and physical cycles to prevent cognitive overload. Critical Transition Scaffolding: Providing specific cognitive tools (e.g., cross-disciplinary data tables) at the juncture where inquiry meets design. Adaptive Load Regulation: Scaling the complexity of the task in real-time based on the stability of student reasoning and discourse. References 1. Theoretical Anchors (European Didactics) Brousseau, G. (1997). Theory of Didactical Situations in Mathematics. Kluwer Academic Publishers. (Provides the basis for the "Didactical Contract" used in your analysis). Chevallard, Y. (2006). Step-by-step towards an epistemology of mathematics education. Proceedings of the 4th Congress of the European Society for Research in Mathematics Education. (Foundational for "Didactical Transposition"—how expert knowledge becomes teachable). Kansanen, P. (2003). Studying a complex phenomenon: Research on aspects of the didactical relation. Pedagogy, Culture & Society. (Relevant to the teacher-student-content interaction you analyzed). 2. STEM Task Design & Integration English, L. D., & King, D. T. (2022). Engineering design processes in early childhood education. International Journal of STEM Education. (Supports your findings on iteration in young learners). Thibaut, L., et al. (2018). Integrated STEM education: A systematic review of instructional practices in secondary education. European Journal of STEM Education. (A key European reference for the integrated approach). Toma, R. B., & Greca, I. M. (2023). The effect of an integrated STEM unit on elementary students’ perceptions of scientists and engineers. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education. (European context for elementary STEM). 3. Learning Sciences & Cognitive Frameworks Mayer, R. E. (2021). The Cambridge Handbook of Multimedia Learning. Cambridge University Press. (Basis for your Cognitive Theory of Multimedia Learning application). Sweller, J. (2011). Cognitive load theory. Psychology of Learning and Motivation. (Critical for your findings on Cognitive Load Regulation). Davis, E. A., & Krajcik, J. S. (2024). Designing Educative Curriculum Materials to Support Teacher Learning. (A modern standard for scaffolding and task design). 4. Methodological References (Classroom Analytics) Quigley, C. F., Herro, D., & Jamil, F. M. (2020). Developing a conceptual model of STEAM teaching practices. School Science and Mathematics. (Supports your CSMS findings regarding teacher-student interaction). Hu, Y., Fan, X., & Voogt, J. (2022). Stepping out of the 'Add-on' trap: A systematic review of integrated STEM task design. Journal of Research in STEM Education. (The primary source for the "Add-on Integration" critique you address). 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Video-Supported Reflection to Improve Classroom Discourse and Feedback in Primary Science Education University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:Classroom discourse and formative feedback are widely recognised as central components of effective science teaching, particularly in primary education, where students are developing foundational scientific concepts and practices. Teacher-led discussions can serve as an important bridge between hands-on activities and conceptual understanding by helping students connect observations, ideas, and scientific principles (Puntambekar and Goldstein, J., 2007). Similarly, formative assessment and feedback support learning when teachers attend closely to students’ responses and use emerging information to guide instruction (Haug & Ødegaard, 2015; Harrison, 2015). Research suggests that scaffolding classroom discourse and feedback is especially beneficial for supporting conceptual development in science and may be particularly important for students with lower language proficiency (Decristan et al., 2015). Despite broad agreement on the importance of dialogue and feedback, studies have shown that classroom discourse in primary science often remains limited in scope. Chin (2006) demonstrated that teachers use a variety of questioning strategies and feedback types to engage students, yet discourse that explicitly addresses causes, mechanisms, and reasoning is relatively rare (Newton & Newton, 2000). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of an overarching collaborative project, Sustainable Professional Learning: Improving the Quality of Classroom Practice through Classroom Videos, which involves 16 compulsory schoolteachers from two municipalities in Iceland and five academic specialists from the University of Iceland. The participating teachers were organised into three subject-based teams—mathematics, science, and Icelandic—each guided by an academic leader. A total of six teachers responsible for science education at middle (years 5-7) or lower secondary (years 8-10) schools participated in this study. For each teacher, one lesson was recorded in the spring preceding the intervention period and a second in the following spring. The intervention period included four workshops, held with all participants, beginning with professional input during the summer of 2024 and gradually shifting to collaborative video analysis and refinement of instructional focus. During the intervening period, teachers were encouraged to record segments of their teaching and analyse them with their colleagues. During the first workshop, which introduced teaching quality as conceptualised in the PLATO observation framework, teachers developed individual development plans for the following school year based on the PLATO framework. The science teachers all chose to focus on the classroom discourse component of PLATO, while the second component selected was either feedback or conceptual understanding. Interviews were conducted with participants both before and after the intervention period. The initial interviews addressed their development plans, their perceived strengths and weaknesses, their experiences at the outset of the project, the teachers’ reactions to viewing the first video recording, and the use of video for professional development. The final interviews focused on participants’ experiences of the project and its various components, learning outcomes from participation, perceived impact within their schools, and future plans. Teachers were also expected to submit regular written reflections describing their activities within the project, what they were learning, and their experiences with video recordings. Five of the six participating teachers submitted reflections, in varying numbers, resulting in a total of 15 entries. The current study is based on analyses of the classroom video recordings, teachers’ reflective discussions and interviews. The PLATO framework was used as an analytic lens. Interviews and reflections were thematically analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the results indicate that video-supported reflection, combined with PLATO, increased teachers' awareness of instructional dialogue and feedback practices. Teachers reported that classroom videos served as a mirror of their teaching, enabling them to notice interactional patterns that had previously gone unnoticed. Across the project, a shift was observed from predominantly teacher-led talk toward more student-centred classroom discourse, where students were given greater opportunities to express and develop their ideas. Feedback practices also evolved from evaluative responses toward more dialogic feedback. PLATO supported this development by providing a shared language and structure for analysing the quality of classroom interactions. According to teachers’ reflections, these changes were associated with positive effects on students’ engagement and conceptual understanding. The students were described as becoming more willing to participate in discussions, showing increased confidence and deeper engagement when their ideas were acknowledged and explored. Teachers emphasised that trust and supportive classroom relationships were essential for creating a learning environment in which dialogic practices could flourish. Despite these positive outcomes, several challenges were identified. Time constraints and workload limited opportunities for sustained focus on classroom dialogue, while students’ initial insecurity and limited discussion culture posed additional barriers. Teachers also noted challenges related to diverse student groups and a lack of curricular and institutional support for dialogic teaching. Nevertheless, participants highlighted the professional learning value of video analysis and PLATO, emphasising the need for continued guidance, collaboration, and school-level support to sustain and further develop dialogic and feedback-oriented practices in primary science education. References Chin, C. (2006). Classroom interaction in science: Teacher questioning and feedback to students’ responses. International Journal of Science Education, 28(11), 1315–1346. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500690600621100 Chittleborough, G., Clark, J. C., & Chandler, P. (2015). The pedagogy of using video to develop reflective practice in learning to teach science. In Video research in disciplinary literacies (Vol. 6). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S2048-045820150000006005 Decristan, J., Hondrich, A. L., Büttner, G., Hertel, S., Klieme, E., Kunter, M., & Hardy, I. (2015). Impact of additional guidance in science education on primary students’ conceptual understanding. The Journal of Educational Research, 108(5), 358–370. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2014.899957 France, A. (2021). Teachers using dialogue to support science learning in the primary classroom. Research in Science Education, 51(3), 845–859. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-019-09900-7 Harrison, C. (2015). Assessment for learning in science classrooms. Journal of Research in STEM Education, 1(2), 78–86. https://doi.org/10.51355/jstem.2015.12 Haug, B. S., & Ødegaard, M. (2015). Formative assessment and teachers’ sensitivity to student responses. International Journal of Science Education, 37(4), 629–654. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2014.1003262 McConnell, T. J., Lundeberg, M. A., Koehler, M. J., Urban-Lurain, M., Zhang, T., Mikeska, J. N., Parker, J., Zhang, M., & Eberhardt, J. (2008). Video-based teacher reflection: What is the real effect on reflections of inservice teachers? Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Association for Science Teacher Education. Newton, D. P., & Newton, L. D. (2000). Do teachers support causal understanding through their discourse when teaching primary science? British Educational Research Journal, 26(5), 563–573. https://doi.org/10.1080/713651611 Puntambekar, S., Stylianou, A., & Goldstein, J. (2007). Comparing classroom enactments of an inquiry curriculum: Lessons learned from two teachers. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 16(1), 81–130. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508400709336943 Rosaen, C. L., Lundeberg, M., Cooper, M., Fritzen, A., & Terpstra, M. (2008). Noticing noticing: How does investigation of video records change how teachers reflect on their experiences? Journal of Teacher Education, 59(4), 347–360. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487108322129 Smith, P. M., & Hackling, M. W. (2016). Supporting teachers to develop substantive discourse in primary science classrooms. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 41(4), Article 10. https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2016v41n4.10 Soysal, Y. (2019). Indicators of productive classroom talk and supporting discourse moves: A systematic review for effective science teaching. Academy Journal of Educational Sciences, 3(2), 114–137. Wenner, J. A., & Kittleson, J. M. (2018). Focused video reflections in concert with practice-based structures to support elementary teacher candidates in learning to teach science. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 29(8), 741–759. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2018.1515935 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 28 SES 06 A: Nationalism and Religion in Education Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Simona Szakács-Behling Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Education and Religion in Slovenia: Navigating Pluralism and State Neutrality in Public Primary Schools University of Ljubljana, Slovenia Presenting Author:In Slovenia, increasing religious and cultural diversity, driven by global migration, is challenging traditional educational frameworks. While the majority of Slovenians identify as Catholic, primary schools are encountering a growing number of pupils from diverse cultural and religious backgrounds. This demographic change raises important questions about the role of religion in education, the promotion of mutual respect, and the adaptation of school policies to meet the needs of a plural society. This study seeks to answer the following research questions: How do selected Slovenian primary schools address religious and cultural diversity in practice? What challenges do school staff face in promoting neutrality and pluralism in increasingly diverse classrooms? Addressing these questions contributes to understanding the complex interplay between constitutional principles, educational policies, and classroom practices. The paper examines the constitutional principle of the separation of religious communities and the state in Slovenia, noting that religion is not part of the compulsory curriculum in public primary schools, yet it appears in the hidden curriculum through subjects such as history, literature, and civic education. Although the Slovenian system is formally neutral, school-level practices reveal diverse approaches to integrating minority pupils and managing cultural and religious diversity. From a sociology of education perspective, the study situates Slovenian schools within broader European debates on modernity, secularization, and the coexistence of scientific and religious rationalities. Drawing on Habermas (2006), the post-secular society and the institutional translation proviso highlight the need to mediate between religious expression and secular public reasoning, ensuring that all citizens can participate in public life without privileging particular religious views. Weber’s (1987) distinction between scientific and religious rationalities underscores the tension between empirical knowledge and faith-based belief systems, which modern schools must navigate in practice. A pilot study with primary school counsellors from various Slovenian regions illustrates that selected schools respond differently to religious and cultural diversity, depending on local challenges, staff experience, school leadership, and family-school cooperation. The study identifies varying interpretations of how schools should promote neutrality and plurality beyond the formal curriculum and highlights common challenges, including religious symbols, dietary requirements, holidays, and cultural norms such as gender roles. Schools face the dual challenge of upholding secular, non-indoctrinating education while respecting students’ religious identities. Practical dilemmas include requests for religious accommodations in school activities, dress codes, or school trips, requiring careful balancing of family authority, individual rights, and educational policies. Misinterpretations of secularism can lead to “neutralization” of diversity, limiting dialogue, critical thinking, and opportunities for immigrant pupils who already face structural disadvantages. By fostering interreligious and intercultural dialogue, schools can become safe spaces for mutual respect and integration. Education that acknowledges and respects religious and cultural differences enables students to develop critical thinking skills, navigate conflicting values, and engage in constructive debates. Schools, in this sense, act as laboratories for democracy, promoting inclusion, social cohesion, and the ethical development of students within a plural society. Overall, the study emphasizes the importance of reconciling constitutional principles of neutrality and pluralism with the lived realities of increasingly diverse classrooms. Effective multicultural education requires both policy frameworks and practical strategies to ensure that all students can participate fully, safely, and respectfully in school life. The findings underscore the ongoing challenge of balancing religious freedom, family rights, and secular education in a way that supports equity, inclusion, and social cohesion, offering insights relevant not only to Slovenia but to other European contexts experiencing similar demographic shifts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The pilot study aimed to explore the constitutional principle of the separation of religious communities and the state in Slovenia by investigating practices of religious diversity and inclusion in five primary schools. The main research questions were: How do selected primary schools perceive cultural and religious diversity? What challenges do they face, and how do they respond? Primary education in Slovenia is mostly public, compulsory, and secular. Religion is not taught as a separate subject, though topics related to religion and culture appear in ethics or social studies. Schools bring together children from diverse socio-economic, ethnic, and religious backgrounds, creating subtle tensions between inclusion, cultural expression, and the secular character of education. Diversity varies across school districts: most schools have fewer than 10% immigrant students, while a small number exceed 20%, reflecting differing local challenges (Eurydice Slovenia; 24ur, 2023). The study involved five school counsellors from schools with a high proportion of migrant students. Counsellors, trained in psychology, pedagogy, or social work, support pupils, teachers, and parents and act as bridges between the school, families, and the local community. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews: three were conducted orally (two in person, one via Zoom) and two in writing. Oral interviews provided spontaneous reflections and anecdotes, while written responses were more structured. This combination offered a comprehensive understanding of school strategies and experiences. Interviews addressed themes such as challenges related to pupils’ religious symbols, dietary requirements, holidays, parental collaboration, adjustments to school activities, teachers’ responses to pluralism, gender differences in religious expression, and multicultural practices promoting tolerance and dialogue. Oral interviews lasted 45–60 minutes, were audio-recorded, and transcribed. Data were analysed using qualitative content analysis, focusing on manifest content to identify explicit, visible themes (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004; Kleinheksel et al., 2020). Codes representing key concepts were extracted, patterns identified, and aggregated into broader categories to understand practices and challenges in managing religious and cultural diversity (Clark et al., 2021; Flick, 2020). Each interviewee was assigned a unique code to maintain anonymity. Although the study’s small sample limits generalization to all Slovenian schools, it provides exploratory insights into how schools understand and implement diversity practices, highlighting differences in approaches and the dilemmas encountered in balancing secular, pluralistic education with respect for students’ cultural and religious identities. Future research will expand the sample to include multiple schools and interviewees, enabling a more comprehensive and nuanced understanding of how Slovenian schools navigate these challenges in practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The pilot study reveals that Slovenian primary schools navigate a tension between legally prescribed neutrality and the practical inclusion of religious and cultural diversity. Schools adopt different strategies, ranging from avoidance of religious topics, treating religion as a private matter, to active recognition of diversity through accommodations such as dietary adjustments and acknowledgement of religious holidays. The success of inclusive strategies relies heavily on staff support, experience, and openness. Religious symbols are generally accepted, but majority faith symbols, such as Christian crosses, are often considered “invisible,” while minority symbols may be seen as markers of “otherness.” Teachers aim to balance personal expression with institutional neutrality. Holidays follow a hierarchy: Catholic holidays are officially recognised but often secularised, whereas minority holidays are marginalised and acknowledged mainly through individual teacher initiatives. Dietary practices vary: some schools actively accommodate religious and cultural needs, others make minimal adjustments, and some rely on professional or health-based justifications for exclusions. Cultural diversity introduces further challenges, including adapting activities to family preferences and navigating patriarchal values linked to traditional beliefs, which may influence school–family interactions. The pilot study also highlights the importance of teacher and management attitudes in shaping inclusion practices, rather than a uniform institutional policy. Although limited in scope, the study provides exploratory insights into the ways schools interpret neutrality and inclusion. It underscores the need for systematic approaches to promote intercultural understanding, support staff training, and address structural and attitudinal barriers. Future research should expand the sample to include more staff profiles, refine the interview instruments, and examine recurring patterns and individual variations in practices. Overall, the findings indicate that neutrality in Slovenian schools is a daily, negotiated practice, reflecting the interplay between legal requirements, pedagogical needs, and the recognition of pupils’ cultural and religious identities. Inclusive approaches, where implemented, demonstrate potential to strengthen integration, tolerance, and intercultural dialogue in increasingly diverse classrooms. References Condorcet, J-A N. 1971/1994. Cinq mémoires sur l’instruction publique. Paris: Garnier-Flammarion. Coulby, David. 2005. Cultural relativism and cultural imperialism in a globalised system. In D. Coulby & E. Zambeta (Eds.), World Yearbook of Education 2005: Globalization and nationalism in education. London: Routledge Falmer. Council of Europe. 2008. White Paper on Intercultural Dialogue: Living Together as Equals in Dignity. Council of Europe Publishing. Črnič, Aleš & Pogačnik, Anja. 2021. Religija in šola. Poučevanje o religiji in njena simbolna prisotnost v javni šoli. Ljubljana: Založba FDV. Durkheim, Emile. 1995. Elementary forms of religious life. New York: Free Press. Durkheim, Emile. 2009. Vzgoja in sociologija. Ljubljana: Temeljna dela. Ermenc, Klara. 2010. Limits of intercultural education and the conceptualization of school knowledge. Intercultural Education, 16(1). Eurydice Slovenia. Organisation of the education system and its structure. Available online: https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu Foundethakis, Penelope. 2000. Religion and constitutional culture in Europe. Revue Hellenique de Droit International, 53(1). EU FRA. 2017. Withdrawing from religious education at school. Available online: https://fra.europa.eu Gaber, Slavko & Kodelja, Zdenko. 1990. Verouk v šole?! Ljubljana & Škofja Loka: Krt & Zamorc. Gaber, Slavko, Tašner, Veronika & Kos, Živa. 2019. Socialne inovacije kot nujno našega obdobja. In U. Štremfel (Ed.), O pravičnosti izobraževalnih politik in praks. Ljubljana: Pedagoški inštitut. Green, Andy. 1990. Education and state formation: The rise of education systems in England, France and the USA. New York: St. Martin’s Press. Guidelines for the integration of children from other linguistic and cultural backgrounds into the Slovenian education system. 2024. Ljubljana: ZRSŠ. Habermas, Jurgen. 2006. Religion in the public sphere. European Journal of Philosophy, 14(1). Kodelja, Zdenko. 1995. Laična šola: pro et contra. Ljubljana: Mladinska knjiga. Kos, Živa, Tašner, Veronika & Gaber, Slavko. 2021. Izhodišča konceptualizacije podjetnosti v OŠ v Sloveniji. Vzgoja in izobraževanje, 52(4–5), 19–23. Marshall, Thomas Humphrey. 1994. Citizenship and social class. London: RKP. Weber, Max. 1987. Economy and Society. Berkeley: University of California Press. Weber, Max. 2004. The Vocation Lectures. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company. White Paper on Education in the Republic of Slovenia. 1995. Ljubljana: Ministrstvo za šolstvo in šport. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper No Children no Nation - Politics of Affective Nationalism in Right-wing Populist Party Programmes 1: University of Eastern finland, Finland; 2: University West Trollhättan; 3: University of Tampere; 4: Centre for Social Sciences, Budapest; 5: Sciences PO Bordeaux Presenting Author:In this presentation, we trace how notions of child / children / childhood - both in the symbolic and real sense - are being mobilised in far right rhetoric to promote nationalistic agendas in four European countries, namely Finland, France, Hungary, and Sweden However, the rationale for selecting these cases is not to conduct a comparison. By analysing these rhetorics side by side, we aim to highlight the different ways far right political parties use notions of child/hood in their political visions to shore up support for their cultural and political ideologies and agendas. We selected parties based on them being represented in national parliaments and therefore carry potential influence on ongoing parliamentary discussions. In order to explore these discourses, we use far right parties’ political mandates written in their party programs and / or speeches or presented in public and parliamentary debates and pay special attention where notions of child/hood are mobilized. In other words, we are not comparing time periods nor particular policies, we compare ways in which ‘the child’ as a figure is being capitalised on by far right politics. We use Erica Burman’s analytical lens: ‘child as method’, to highlight how affects and emotions are linked to the parties’ wider cultural–political projects. ‘Child as method’ is helpful as it identifies connections between figurations of the child and affective and political economies of childhood pointing to broader cultural changes in societies.
Our understanding ofn affect dominantly follows Sarah Ahmed (2004/2014), who approaches affects as constantly moving mobilising forces, which are socially, and historically produced. As mobilising forces, affects play a crucial role in formations of political communities and identities (Zembylas 2021). Antonsich and Skey (2020) have paid attention to the everyday affective side of the nation, understanding nation as ‘community of feelings’, meaning communitiesy that areis moved by national affects. By affective nationalism, they refer to the emergence of feelings and emotions as they unfold through practices, objects and materially heterogeneous assemblages entangled with nation (Antonisch and Skey 2020, 580). Affective practice is a moment in which complex flows—across bodies, subjectivities, relationships, histories, and contexts—intertwine to produce a distinct affective episode, atmosphere, or moment with its own potential classifications (Wetherell, 2015). These practices vary in scale: they may animate an individual, a family, or a small group, or be diffused more broadly through communal celebrations or collective moods.
For instance, a politician might draw on patriotic feelings or cultivate an affective atmosphere to motivate a public toward certain behaviours. Affective attunement within these ordinary flows is shaped by social and cultural processes that orient interactions. Rise of the far -right politics has received a remarkable scholarly interest. However, childhood has been a relatively rarely discussed topic and focus has been more on policies and everyday practices in relation to directed to children (e.g Zembylas 2021). Our aim is to analyse how child/hood is used for emotional and affective mobilizing purposes still needing urgent research attention. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use Erica Burman’s analytical lens: ‘child as method’, to highlight how affects and emotions are linked to the parties’ wider cultural–political projects. ‘Child as method’ is helpful as it identifies connections between figurations of the child and affective and political economies of childhood pointing to broader cultural changes in societies. Here we apply this discourse analytictheoretical framework to close analysis of party materials (platforms, brochures, communication materials) from these four different cases and explore the discursive constitution of the child within its broader geopolitical context, the practices the child figure is enrolled in and how the related agenda gains affective charge. ‘Child as method’ is an analytical approach that fosters reciprocal engagement and attentiveness between childhood studies and geopolitical debates, with a particular emphasis on coloniality and its intersections with other power structures—both historical and contemporary. It builds upon a substantial body of literature that examines how notions of ‘the child’ and ‘childhood’, as well as the lived experiences of children, have been central to colonial and political projects and their regulation. Inspired by Kuan-Hsing Chen’s Asia as Method (2010) and Sandro Mezzadra and Brett Neilson’s Border as Method (2013)—though neither directly addresses childhood— ‘child as method’ adopts a feminist, intersectional lens to challenge dominant, abstract representations of childhood found in policy and culture. It critically examines the cultural-political work these representations perform. It seeks to deepen understanding of how claims to child/hood—voiced by political parties or even children themselves—can serve to reinforce or disrupt political relations. ‘Child as method’ is not a fixed paradigm or tied to any specific discipline or methodology. Rather, it is a generative framework for inquiry—one that provokes, supports, and inspires scholarship, and whose value lies in the insights it enables produced through discourse analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Despite the differing histories of far right parties in the four countries, as well as the variation in their societal contexts and geopolitical positions, the discourses they employ are strikingly similar. Our preliminary findings suggest that childhood serves as a potent rhetorical tool, cultivating atmospheres of concern, anxiety, or even fear—thus reinforcing far-right ideologies and shoring up support through emotionally charged narratives. This happens, for example, by constructing children belonging to certain population groups as inherently problematic and others as needing early education to avoid ideologization by the ‘liberal West’. The child figure often serves tospecific groups vary from one country to another, yet the underlying logic remains the same. White European children , by contrast, are portrayed as the risks and threats a nation might face and the nation’s hope for the future. Children can also portray rand as a biopolitical resource of the future or ideological resources essential for safeguarding the continuity of the nation. References Ahmed, S. (2004/2014). The cultural politics of emotion. Routledge Antonsich, M., & Skey, M. (2020). Symposium: Affective Nationalism. Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space. 38(4), 580-582 Bangstad, S., Bertelsen, B. E., & Henkel, H. (2019). The politics of affect. Journal of Global and Historical Anthropology, 19(83). Burman, E. (2024. Child as Method. Routledge. Chen, K.-H. (2010). Asia as method: Toward deimperialization. Duke University Press. Knoll, Alex (2022): The National Struggle for ‘Unburdened’ Childhood. Right-Wing Populism, Education Policy, and the Kindergarten Case. In: Dreke, Claudia/Beatrice, Hungerland (Eds.): Researching Social Upheaval and Politics through Memory Stories of Childhood. Children and Childhood in Social Upheaval. Weinheim and Basel: Beltz Juventa. Mezzadra, S., & Neilson, B. (2013). Border as method, or, the multiplication of labor. Duke University Press. Newth, G., Brown, K., & Mondon, A. (2025). Researching and Understanding Far-Right Politics in Times of Mainstreaming.The Journal of Race, Ethnicity, and Politics, 1-24. Salmela, M., & Scheve, C. (2017). Emotional roots of right-wing political populism.Social Science Information, 56(4). Wetherell, M. (2015). Affect and emotion: A new social science understanding. SAGE. Wodak, R. (2021). The politics of fear: The politics of fear: The shameless normalization of far-right discourse (2nd ed.). SAGE. Zembylas, M. (2021). Affect and Rise of the Right-Wing Populism. Cambridge University Press. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper “Visual Grammar” of National Identity in Russian EFL Textbooks Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Education plays an important role in the process of identity building. In unstable and turbulent times, it’s crucial to examine the national narratives embedded in educational materials and to analyze how governments employ these materials to legitimize their actions, maintain national cohesion, and advance particular conceptions of citizenship. In this respect, the Russian context represents an interesting case study, as the state-led political transformations of recent decades has impacted educational space in general and textbooks used in schools in particular. Given that foreign language education is not a neutral practice, but one formed by “power relations” and loaded ideologically (Moss et al., 2015, p. 69), English as a foreign language (EFL) textbooks might serve as “a nesting-ground for ideological systems that few dare to question” (Smith, 2021, p. 89). The paper investigates the manifestation of nationalism within EFL textbooks used in Russian secondary schools. The research critically examines the evolving relationship between foreign language teaching materials and the nationalist currents embedded in Russia’s political and patriotic discourse. By exploring how EFL textbooks contribute to the students’ national identity formation, it considers how these patterns reflect broader trends within Russian education policy and contemporary constructions of national identity. Objective: to identify the ideologies embedded within EFL materials and examine how power relations and ideologies manifesting in their multimodal discourse impact language learning and contribute to the formation of students’ national identity. The research question: How are notions of “Russianness” and of the imagined “Other” discursively produced within Russian EFL textbooks, and what do these representational strategies reveal about the contemporary state-driven narratives of Russian national identity? I argue that nationalism in Russia is reproduced through educational spaces not conventionally associated with nation-building, including English language classrooms. To investigate this, the study undertakes a critical analysis of Russian EFL textbooks, tracing discursive shifts in the representation of such binary categories as “us/them” and “own/foreign.” It also examines the tools utilized by textbook authors to foster students’ national consciousness, reinforce their sense of belonging to the Russian nation, and shape their perceptions of Russia’s position in the world. I analyze how Russia and its imagined “others” are constructed, examining the ways they are portrayed in educational texts, assignments, and images. I discuss the underlying value paradigm and elaborate on the rhetorical and visual tools used to shape students’ national identity, as well as the main features of this constructed identity. I also examine possible omissions in the history/ culture narratives, as these “silences” are profoundly meaningful, since what is not present says a lot about what a society prioritizes or neglects (Norton & Pavlenko, 2019, p. 710). The current research might help to understand the kind of identity “prescribed” to Russian students in the 2020s. Given the current geopolitical climate (tensions with the West, evolving partnerships with Asian countries), future studies could benefit from comparing these findings with analyses of EFL textbooks projected for use in Russian schools in the 2030s. The theoretical framework underpinning this research combines Anderson’s concept of “imagined communities”, which conceptualizes nations as socially constructed through shared narratives, with Billig’s theory of “banal nationalism”, emphasizing the everyday reproduction of national identity through routine practices. Additionally, the study engages with Critical Discourse analysis and Multimodal Critical Discourse Analysis to interrogate how language mediates ideological positions within educational texts. This multi-layered approach highlights how English language teaching functions as a site for the subtle reinforcement of national identity and patriotic values. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The primary data for my study comprise the latest editions of the EFL textbook series “Options” and “Spotlight”, currently used in Russian secondary schools. Both series comply with the Russian Federal State Educational Standard. I analyze the textbooks designed for grades 5–8, targeting students aged approximately 10–13. Following Kress and van Leeuwen, I view discourse as a socially constructed form of knowledge about reality developed “in specific social contexts, and in ways which are appropriate to the interests of social actors in these contexts” (2001, p. 4). My study aims to identify key features within these EFL textbooks that both promote a sense of Russian national identity and construct representations of the “foreign other” for learners. To examine how the textbooks reproduce dominant societal ideologies and contribute to shaping national identity, I draw on Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) and Multimodal Critical Discourse Analysis (MCDA). Both methodological approaches provide a robust framework for examining how the notions of “Russianness” and its antagonistic “other” are discursively constructed in the textbooks to legitimize broader political narratives. CDA, informed by a Foucauldian perspective, reveals how language practices construct social realities and sustain power relations. MCDA complements this by exploring the functional role of visual modes while analyzing the interplay of textual and visual elements in the study of power relations and ideologies (Smith, 2021, p. 91). Utilizing MCDA, I examine how cultural differences are visually represented, highlighting which specific attributes come to be framed as familiar (national) and which as foreign. This approach is crucial, since it acknowledges that meaning-making operates not only through language but also through images, colors, typography, and other semiotic resources. Adopting this discourse-analytical perspective, this study does not assess the factual accuracy of textbook content but rather examines depiction methods through which these contents are established and presented as true. Through this combined analytical lens, the study traces the subtle mechanisms through which identity and ideology are embedded within educational materials. Employing the lens of “visual grammar”, I identify the main characteristics constituting the notions of “Russianness” and “Otherness” in the textbooks, with a focus on the elements contributing to national identity building. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There has always been “a practice of construction of Russian identity vis-a-vis ‘the West’” (Malinova, 2013, p. 74), which forms a core element of Russia’s collective self-understanding (Barash & Petukhov, 2023, p. 149). For Russia, the notion of the “collective West” serves both “as a traditional socio-cultural and civilizational ‘Other’” shaping national identity, and as “a foreign policy and even geopolitical competitor” (Barash & Petukhov, 2023, p. 148). Russian identity formation is grounded in constructions of “the Other” in international politics. This process employs “selective readings of history to locate the sources of Russian identity”, positioning it in contrast to Europe while simultaneously defining it in relation to the diverse political and cultural forces to its east and south” (Blum, 2008, p. 340). EFL textbooks translate the official view on the national Self and its significant Other(s). Being more than “a neutral repository of grammatical forms and lexical choices,” these textbooks offer students “a sanctioned version of human knowledge in a particular area,” aiming to guide readers into becoming a “relatively homogeneous interpretive community” (Shardakova & Pavlenko, 2004, p. 28). The current research demonstrates that Russian EFL textbooks serve as important tools to shape the national identity of Russian school learners. Furthermore, it illustrates how EFL education serves as a vehicle for disseminating particular cultural and political ideologies, thereby supporting broader nation-building goals. I aim to uncover the main features and transformations in the representation of Russian national identity and Russia’s global positioning in educational materials. These findings are expected to offer valuable insights to scholarship in nationalism studies, educational policy, and language education research. References Anderson, B. (2006). Imagined communities: reflections on the origin and spread of nationalism, Verso. Barash R. E., Petukhov R. V. (2023) Identity and historical memory of Russians in the context of confrontation with the “collective West”. Vestnik instituta sotziologii. Vol. 14. No. 4. P. 147–175. Billig, M. (1995). Banal Nationalism (1st edition). SAGE Publications. Blum, D. W. (2008). Russia and globalization: identity, security, and society in an era of change. Curdt-Christiansen, X. L., & Weninger, C. (2015). Introduction: Ideology and the politics of language textbooks. In Language, Ideology and Education (1st ed., pp. 1–8). Routledge. Fairclough, N. (2013). Critical Discourse Analysis : The Critical Study of Language. Second edition, Taylor & Francis. Franklin, S., & Widdis, E. (2004). National Identity in Russian Culture: An Introduction (E. Widdis & S. Franklin, Eds.). Cambridge University Press. Fuchs, E. (2018). The Palgrave handbook of textbook studies (E. Fuchs & A. Bock, Eds.; 1st ed.). Palgrave Macmillan. Jewitt, C. (2005). Multimodality, “Reading”, and “Writing” for the 21st Century. Discourse (Abingdon, England), 26(3), 315–331. Kress, G. R., & Van Leeuwen, T. (2001). Multimodal discourse: the modes and media of contemporary communication. Arnold. Lerch, J. C., Russell, S. G., & Ramirez, F. O. (2017). Wither the Nation-State? A Comparative Analysis of Nationalism in Textbooks. Social Forces, 96(1), 153–179. Malinova, O. (2013). Russia and “the West” in the 2000s: Redefining Russian identity in official political discourse. In R. Taras (Ed.), Russia’s Identity in International Relations (1st ed., pp. 73–90). Routledge. Moss, G., Barletta, N., and Chamorro, D. (2015). “Educating Citizens in the Foreign Language Classroom: Missed Opportunities in a Colombian EFL Textbook.” Language, Ideology and Education. Routledge. Norton, B., Pavlenko, A., & Gao, X. (2019). Imagined Communities, Identity, and English Language Learning in a Multilingual World. In Second Handbook of English Language Teaching (Vol. 1628, pp. 703–718). Springer International Publishing. Özkirimli, U. (2010) Theories of Nationalism: A Critical Introduction, Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Rose, G. (2023). Visual methodologies : an introduction to researching with visual materials (5th edition.). SAGE Publications Ltd. Shardakova, M., & Pavlenko, A. (2004). Identity Options in Russian Textbooks. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education, 3(1), 25–46. Wodak, R. (2009). The discursive construction of national identity (2nd ed.). Edinburgh University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780748637355 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Christian Churches' Education Policies under Hungarian Christian Conservative Politics: Legitimation Struggles In The Field Of Faith-based Schooling ELTE Centre for Social Sciences Presenting Author:Zuquete (2017) closes his foundational paper on the nexus of politics and religion and the surge of religious populism by calling for an approach sensitive to the ‘repeat encounter, with many intersections, between the two fields, instead of a clash’. While religious populism as a political strategy has been attracting vast scholarly attention (DeHanas&Shterin, 2018; XXX), how the religious field transforms in this encounter and how organized religion has engaged with conservative populist politics have remained largely neglected (Cremer, 2021). As part of the broader trend of outsourcing service delivery and welfare provision, faith-based organizations (FBOs) have become formative actors of neoliberal governmentality since the millennium. In societies governed by religious populists, the increased service delivery involvement of FBOs is a form of Christian conservative identity politics. The Hungarian far-right government has generously subsidized the educational involvement of politically loyal religious organizations. Applying a Bourdieusian analytic lens, I explore how the Hungarian religious field transformed under the religious populist strategy of instrumentalizing religion as a source of legitimacy and transferring formerly state-managed service delivery to the churches. Based on 38 semi-structured interviews conducted with the policy-makers and administration of the faith-based school networks, the paper identifies the key positions and major tensions emerging with the complicity of religion in populist governance. The interview analysis concentrates on the unfolding legitimation struggles and emerging justification narratives in the religious field, and differentiates between field-specific and field-external logics driving such legitimacy claims. Field-specific claims reflect different positions taken alongside the interpretations of the mission of the church. Legitimacy claims referencing the norms, values and standards of the broader education system mobilize the logic of subsidiarism, democracy and the market. Legitimacy struggles unfolded around the interference of the political field, leading to the dominant strategy of depoliticizing religious service provision. The paper contributes to sociological scholarship aiming at situating religious service delivery within the broader education system. It aims to produce a refined account of the various positionalities and strategies within the religious field, partially shaped by relationships among actors in a shared space as well as external pressures and resources, as field theory suggests (Bourdieu 1996 cited by Krause and Robinson, 2023). Instead of viewing religious policy narratives as stark choices between purity and pollution, or between naivité and realism (Krause, 2014), these positions are approached as objects of sociological analysis, shaped by the social space that makes them possible. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Cremer, T. (2021). Nations under God: How Church–State Relations Shape Christian Responses to Right-Wing Populism in Germany and the United States. Religions, 12(4), 254. https://doi.org/10.3390/rel12040254 DeHanas, D. N., & Shterin, M. (2018). Religion and the rise of populism. Religion, State and Society, 46(3), 177–185. https://doi.org/10.1080/09637494.2018.1502911 Krause, M. (2014). The Good Project. Humanitarian NGOs, and the Fragmentation of Reason. University of Chicago Press. Krause, M. & Robinson, K. (2023). Non-liberal Internationalism: The Field of International Mission Agencies, Global Society, 37(1), 51-67, DOI:10.1080/13600826.2022.2048801 Zúquete, J. P. (2017). Populism and Religion. In: C. R. Kaltwasser, P. Taggart, P. Ochoa Espejo & P. Ostiguy (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Populism. Oxford: Oxford University Press. DOI: 10.1093/oxfordhb/9780198803560.013.22 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 28 SES 06 B: Unfolding the Layers of Datafication in Early Childhood Education Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Antti Paakkari Session Chair: Sigrid Hartong Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Unfolding the Layers of Datafication in Early Childhood Education During recent years, European discussions on the datafication of Early Childhood have ranged from a political, commercial and educational need for more data on children to critical perspectives that emphasize the inherent harms that datafication brings (Bradbury & Roberst-Holmes 2017; Paakkari, Paananen & Grieshaber 2023; Pierlejevski 2019; ). This tension is still evident in educational policy and practice. Recently, however, datafication and the everyday practices of living with data have been approached from new perspectives. Bradbury (2023) suggests that, after a policy change in England de-emphasizing the importance of data collection, we now gain a clearer view into how datafication has become a part of being an educational subject. In cases where governments roll back demands for data collection, it may turn out that data is stillproduced just as eagerly and seen as a central part of Early Childhood Education. In Bradbury’s (2023) example, teachers see data collection as part of being a good teacher, and data as a way of improving their skills and forming a deeper relationship with children. In other words, as we are subjectified through datafication, data becomes a necessary component holding the subject together even in conditions where it is not expressly required. This symposium brings together emerging research on the datafication and documentation of Early Childhood. The presentations foreground the scope of data surrounding children as data subjects in childhood institutions. They also discuss types of largely invisible work required from parents, teachers, and other professionals to sort, transfer and curate the data in order to be able to effectively use it as a resource or a toolin everyday life, or to negotiate necessary services for children. References Bradbury, Alice (2023). "Devotion to Data: Early Childhood teachers’ negotiations of a policy-driven retreat from data in England". Datafizierung (in) der Bildung: Kritische Perspektiven auf digitale Vermessung in pädagogischen Kontexten, edited by Mandy Schiefner-Rohs, Sandra Hofhues and Andreas Breiter, Bielefeld: transcript Verlag, 2023, pp. 155-176. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783839465820-010. Bradbury, A., & Roberts-Holmes, G. (2017). The datafication of primary and early years education: playing with numbers. Routledge (Foundations and Futures in Education Series). Paakkari, A., Paananen, M., & Grieshaber, S. (2023). Activity-tracking assemblages in Finnish early childhood education and care. Childhood, 30(3), 301-316. https://doi.org/10.1177/09075682231172861 Pierlejewski, M. (2019). Constructing deficit data doppelgängers: The impact of datafication on children with English as an additional language. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 21(3), 253–265. Presentations of the Symposium ***WITHDRAWN*** The Emerging Post-Datafication Landscape in Early Years in England
In this paper I develop the idea of a post-datafication phase in education, marked by the embeddedness of data within practices, cultures and systems of power, rather than a process of datafication with increasing prominence of data. This is not to say that data use is static or unevolving, but rather than it has become normalised and intrinsic to the educational project to the extent that it is almost invisible (Bradbury & Roberts-Holmes 2017; Jarke & Breiter 2019; Pierlejevski 2020). Drawing on research data from projects in the early years in England, I consider how professional practices associated with data (collecting information on young children, taking photographs, logging observations) have become hegemonic in staff understandings of ‘good practice’, even when there is no expectation from government that data are collected (Bradbury 2023).
Examples of early years settings which engage heavily with data collection via digital means, using platforms which structure their engagement with data, are contrasted with settings which outwardly reject such digital infrastructure in favour of informal humanistic engagement with children and families. Moreover, I explore how even the latter settings struggle to disentangle their practices from digital methods of collecting data, such is the embedded nature of datafication.
References:
Bradbury, Alice (2023). "Devotion to Data: Early Childhood teachers’ negotiations of a policy-driven retreat from data in England". Datafizierung (in) der Bildung: Kritische Perspektiven auf digitale Vermessung in pädagogischen Kontexten, edited by Mandy Schiefner-Rohs, Sandra Hofhues and Andreas Breiter, Bielefeld: transcript Verlag, 2023, pp. 155-176. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783839465820-010.
Bradbury, A., & Roberts-Holmes, G. (2017). Creating an Ofsted story: the role of early years assessment data in schools’ narratives of progress. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(7), 943–955.
Jarke J., & Breiter A. (2019). The Datafication of Education. Taylor & Francis.
Pierlejewski, M. (2020). The data-doppelganger and the cyborg-self: theorising the datafication of education. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 28(3), 463–475.
The datafied worriedness in ECEC
This paper argues that documentation in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) both addresses and generates worries about children. Although often viewed as means to safeguard children’s well-being, participation, and rights (Heiskanen et al., 2025), documentation also transforms culturally and socially embedded worries into permanent entries and data, reflecting specific political, institutional, and temporal contexts (Ferraris, 2013). Through a multi-sited ethnographic study of Finnish and Danish ECEC settings, we explore; how the datafication of worry shapes relationships among ECEC institutions and municipalities, and how different worries compete within these relations. Our research is based on fieldwork in five Finnish ECEC institutions (Heiskanen & Kuukka, 2024) and two Danish ECEC institutions (Schmidt, 2024). In Finland, the investigation focused on how new legislative requirements of ECEC were translated into new and more detailed means of collecting data on children and especially on the issues that ECEC professionals were worried about them. While these processes were meant and said to protect the rights of a child, they were directed by the need to operate following the administrative and economical logics of municipal decision-making. In Denmark, we shed light on how datafied worries about children’s development and parental care, which pedagogues are expected to document, can overshadow pedagogues' everyday worries related to social inequality in children’s lives. While the first two worries are institutionally recognized and datafied, the third worry is not and becomes silent. All together, we question whether 'taking care of worries' through documentation sometimes overshadows 'taking care of children' in their actual and lived circumstances.
References:
Ferraris, M. 2013. Documentality: Why It Is Necessary to Leave Traces. New York: Fordham University Press.
Heiskanen, N., Poikola, M., & Franck, K. (2026). Metanarrative review of documentation as a social phenomenon in early childhood education and care. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 47(1), 81–98. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2025.2581186
Between Data-Activism and Invisible Data Labour
As the role of the data infrastructures has expanded (Decuypere et al 2025, Piattoeva & Saari 2022), data has become a central component of the life in childhood institutions, both from the side of children and families and the professionals working in the sector. As Bradbury’s (2023) findings seem to suggest, data is indeed a central subjectifying force and, as such, cannot easily be set aside or forgotten. Concurrent with attempts to rein in the data infrastructures of Early Childhood Education and decrease the dependency on Big Tech platforms (Macgilchrist et al 2024), we see a constant need for the parents and professionals to navigate, contextualise and use various data as part in their everyday activities.
Based on the findings of DataChild, a research project on Data activism and social justice in childhood institutions, we outline two modalities of living with data (Kennedy 2018) in the lives of families and the professionals working with in childhood institutions. From the side of the families, the ability to operate in data networks emerges as part of fundamental parenting skills. This can also be seen in a general platformization of parenthood (Hartong & Manolev 2023). A mostly invisible thread of data labour is woven into the fabric of everyday parenting. In our interviews with families, constant management, transportation and curation of data is presented as a necessary activity that families undertake in order to guarantee their children the support or services they need. Keeping up with and controlling the expanding data networks is seen as simultaneously necessary but ultimately impossible part of parental expertise.
From the side of the professional working in childhood institutions such as maternity clinics, schools, child services or hospitals, negotiation with data emerges as an intergral part of their expertise. The professionals act as mediators between the data infrastructures and the families, informing the families why certain things cannot be stored in the system and how data inscriptions are formulated in specific ways in order to secure desired outcomes.
References:
Decuypere, M., Brandau, N., Hartong, S., Joecks, L., Ortegon, C., Loft-Akhoondi, A., Vanermen, L. (2025). Tracing the infrastructural unfolding of (edtech) events through hybrid team ethnography. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2025.2458667
Hartong, S. & Manolev, J. (2023): The construction of (good) parents (as professionals) in/through learning platforms - In: Tertium comparationis 29 (2023) 1, S. 93-116.DOI: 10.25656/01:28048; 10.31244/tc.2023.01.05
Kennedy, H. 2018. “Living With Data: Aligning Data Studies and Data Activism Through a Focus on Everyday Experiences of Datafication”. Krisis | Journal for Contemporary Philosophy 38 (1): 18-30. https://doi.org/10.21827/krisis.38.1.37184.
Macgilchrist, F., Jarke, J., Allert, H. et al. (2024). Design Beyond Design Thinking: Designing Postdigital Futures when Weaving Worlds with Others. Postdigit Sci Educ 6, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-023-00447-z
Piattoeva, N., and A. Saari. 2022. “Rubbing Against Data Infrastructure (s): Methodological Explorations on Working with (in) the Impossibility of Exteriority.” Journal of Education Policy 37 (2): 165–185. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1753814
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 29 SES 06 A JS: Joint Paper Session - Arts and Environmental Education Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Diederik De Ceuster Joint Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Philosophy for/with Children at the Intersection of Art and Sustainability Education: Imagining a More Sustainable Future 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: The City University of New York Presenting Author:This research aims to explore the interfaces of Philosophy for/with children method (e.g., Murris et al., 2017) and artistic sustainability project. In the era of polycrisis, novel ways of knowing and being are acutely required. The decline of democracies, the erosion of human rights, and the exacerbation of climate change pose serious challenges to education and societies: how to foster a more sustainable future? This research investigates the potential of combining the Philosophy for/with children method, artistic practices, and sustainability education to foster democratic methodology and collectively explore novel ways of knowing beyond traditional Euro-, West-, and adult-centric knowledge. Our transdisciplinary research project Art of knowing through (un)learning (2025-2028) combines dance art, educational sciences, and philosophy. In our experimental approach, we conduct nature and dance workshops with children and adults across different age groups in forests. Utilising ethnography and philosophical workshops, we explore what following children, play, and trees do to our knowing, being and (un)learning. The project explores and extends embodied qualitative methodology (Ellingson, 2017) and embodied knowing. It aims to foster caring, playful and imaginative ways of being amid the socio-ecological crises. Philosophy for/with children (Murris et al., 2017) has been an influential global movement that takes children’s perspectives seriously and engages children in philosophy and careful thinking. Although the movement is not fully unified, it has often emphasised learning through rational deliberation and argumentation. While this is important in our era of spreading disinformation and decline of democracies, we seek to complement and experiment the philosophy for/with children in an embodied and informal way, carried out in forests and cultivating embodied, interconnected and relational ways of being, knowing and observing. The theoretical framework of this paper draws on feminist new materialism (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2023), care ethics (Tronto, 1993) and theorising of imagination and play (Murdoch, 1992; Joseph, 2024; Vygotsky, 2004; Ferholt et al., 2023). These are combined with an investigation of the possibilities of moral imagination and loving attention, which are approached through the moral philosophy of Iris Murdoch and decolonial feminism of Maria Lugones (e.g., Lugones, 2010). Our theoretical framework combines typically distinct fields in a novel way, striving to envision more just and sustainable futures. Attentiveness to injustices and more-than-human perspectives are important thread in our approach. Concerning children, this research resists structural discrimination against children (e.g., childism, Adami, 2023) which typically leads to neglecting children’s views. Here, especially the research on playworlds (Ferholt et al., 2023; Rainio et al., in press) is used to theorise and practice ways for joint action and collaborative creative inquiry across generations and age groups. Our work is carried out in Finland and the United States, but the results bear significance to European and global audiences, as the global crises we face require joint action across borders. In this presentation, we focus on the preliminary results of the workshops in Finland. In science, transdisciplinarity and especially art (Rouhiainen, 2017) offer perspectives to interrupt our usual ways of doing research and knowledge, which have not hitherto been able to stop us from acting in unsustainable ways. Hence, we suggest novel and perhaps risky ways of trying to establish different ways of doing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research draws on qualitative embodied methodology (Ellingson, 2017). However, we strive to novel transdisciplinary methodology development, where we experiment, for example, on the Thinking at the Edge -method (Schoeller, 2023). We will do collaborative autoethnography (Chang et al., 2013) and philosophical workshops, where we utilise the philosophy for/with children approach (e.g., Murris et al., 2017). During the workshops, we utilise ethnography to observe what happens in the group and for ourselves. We will construct a collective research diary and field notes during one year. The dance and philosophical workshops act both as a method and as data for us. Philosophy for/with children is approached with novel perspectives by incorporating play, dance art and embodiment in the understanding of philosophy. The play, dance and forest workshops in Finland will take place approximately once a week for three voluntary multi-age groups in winter, spring, summer, and autumn term 2026. We will aim for 16 workshops during one cycle of seasons. During and after the nature dance workshops, we plan to carry out semi-structured interviews with selected participants. We are especially interested in: what can we (un)learn from listening to children and trees as experts in developing the embodied methodology that builds on play? How can we practice and develop these different ways of embodied knowing in dance? In the conference, we will present our initial findings from the ongoing workshops. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect our transdisciplinary collaboration to offer new methodological insights as we apply and investigate novel perspectives drawing on the Thinking at the Edge method, Playworlds and Philosophy for/with children in an embodied and extended community of inquiry, taking seriously children, forests and trees. Past research describes the notoriously difficult nature of doing inter- and transdisciplinary work (MacLeod and Nagatsu, 2018), so we expect to shed more light on the problems, tensions and insights of doing this kind of transdisciplinary work. As described in embodied qualitative methods, it is important to document the "messy sides" (Ellingson, 2017; Hofmann et al., 2024) of research as well. We will write the results as journal articles and provide guidance for educators based on the results. We believe that our results contribute to bringing interesting and timely insights to both art and sustainability education, emphasising the potential of dance and embodiment in (un)learning. These insights will offer perspectives on living amid polycrisis and creative openings for imagining more just and sustainable futures. References Adami, R. (2023). Childism—On adult resistance to children’s rights. In R. Adami, A. Kaldal, & M. Aspán (Eds.), The rights of the child: Legal, political, and ethical challenges (pp. 127–147). Brill/Nijhoff. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004511163_014 Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2023). Responsibility, Privileged Irresponsibility and Response-ability: Higher Education, Coloniality and Ecological Damage. Palgrave Macmillan Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-34996-6 Chang, H., Ngunjiri, F. W., and Hernandez K. C. (2013) Collaborative Autoethnography. New York: Routledge. Ellingson, L. L. (2017). Embodiment in qualitative research. Routledge. Ferholt, B., Rainio, A. P. & Lecusay, R. (2023). Play pedagogy and playworlds. In R. E. Tremblay, M. Boivin & R. DeV. (Eds.), P. K. Smith (Topic Ed.), Encyclopedia on Early Childhood Development. Hofmann, R. Paavola, S. & Rainio, A. P. (2024). Abductive methodology: Opening the mystery of generating theory through qualitative inquiry in practice settings. In Spišák, S. (ed.) ECQI2024. Participation, collaboration and co-creation: Qualitative inquiry across and beyond divides. Congress Proceedings. Helsinki: 7th European Congress for Qualitative Inquiry 2024. Joseph, P. (2024). Teaching for Moral Imagination: An Interdisciplinary Exploration. Information Age Publishing. Lugones, M. (2010). Toward a Decolonial Feminism. Hypatia, 25(4), 742.-759. MacLeod, M., & Nagatsu, M. (2018). What does interdisciplinarity look like in practice: Mapping interdisciplinarity and its limits in the environmental sciences. Studies in History and Philosophy of Science Part A, 67, 74–84. Murdoch, I. (2003[1992]) Metaphysics as a Guide to Morals. Vintage. Murris, K., Haynes, J., & Gregory, M. (Eds.). (2017). The Routledge international handbook of philosophy for children. (1st ed.). Routledge. Shoeller, D. (2023). Thinking at the edge in the context of embodied critical thinking: Finding words for the felt dimension of thinking within research. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences, 22(1), 289–311. Rainio, A.P., Morris, E., Alexakos, D., Koistinen, J., Colon, J., Goldberg, K., Laborda, M., & Ferholt, B. (in press). Learning “From and With” Trees: An Emerging International Playworld-Dance Collaboration to Slow Time. In K. Tobin & K. Alexakos (Eds.), Living Stories: Insights and Education on the Human Experience. Brill. Rouhiainen, L. (2017). On the singular and knowledge in artistic research. In Kaila, J, Seppä, A., Slager, H. (ed.), Futures of Artistic Research - At the Intersection of Utopia, Academia and Power. The Academy of Fine Arts, Uniarts Helsinki. Tronto, J. C. (1993). Moral boundaries: A political argument for an ethic of care. Routledge. Vygotsky, L. S. (2004). Imagination and Creativity in Childhood. Journal of Russian & East European Psychology, 42(1), 7–97. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Eco Art In Museum Education And Students’ Output As Engagement In Nature And Climate Change Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:By focusing on school students' experiences of art museums' teaching in eco art, we have investigated how art museums engage with nature, climate crises, biodiversity, and sustainability, and how students become engaged in understanding nature. In a museum teaching about eco art, the student does not necessarily have direct or widespread contact with nature itself, as in land art and similar practices. In the institutional framework and space of the museum, on the other hand, there is a special and slightly more distanced relationship to nature, for example, through the aesthetic presentation, thematization, and choice of materials, which provides a different and interesting opportunity to sense nature's beauty, complexity and extension in time and space (Sattrup & Knudsen, 2025). We have thus been concerned with investigating how school students, through experiences of eco art in art museums, are engaged in understanding nature. ‘Eco art’, ‘Ecological art’ and ‘Environmental art’ stem from a common idea of describing nature and people’s relationship to the environment through varying degrees of involvement in climate issues and thereby addressing and to varying degrees increasing public awareness and qualification of the various natural crises we face (Weintraub, 2012; Brown, 2014). Under the collective name ‘eco art’, this art form is increasingly appearing in art museums, which has inspired schoolteachers who visit exhibitions to teach about nature from an artistic perspective (Inwood, 2008). ‘Eco art’ (Eng. ecological art) is an artistic movement or genre that thematizes nature’s intrinsic value, expression, and significance for humans (Kagan, 2015). In this project, we have focused on how children experience this art genre through museum media, and whether the genre and media support them in looking curiously and wonderingly at nature and humanity's relationship to it. Art, in itself, has the potential to stimulate the imagination by presenting the world from certain perspectives and, at times, in disharmonious forms, thereby providing emotional and cognitive space for imagining the world differently, a process that may be reinforced by our own aesthetic or discursive expression of the experience of art (Biesta, 2017). In addition, we know that art pedagogy and aesthetic approaches to teaching can arouse engagement, curiosity and motivation when, in museum education, students are invited to participate on their own terms and enter into dialogue with each other and the works (Illeris, 2009; Davis, 2018; Sunassee et al., 2021; Sattrup & Knudsen, 2024a,b,c). Research in art education indicates that students engage with climate and sustainability when instruction moves beyond the school setting and when they are given opportunities to express themselves through artistic forms of work (Da-vis, 2018). A review of research on eco-art education (Eng.: ‘Eco-art education’) shows that teaching, which draws on elements of outdoor education, climate education, and practical music, plays an important role in sustainability themes across social programs and education (Sunassee et al., 2021). Eco-art education creates opportunities for students to both strengthen their knowledge of and empathy for the environment through work with visual forms of expression. To understand student engagement, we take the concept of aesthetic resonance as our starting point. Aesthetic resonance builds on Hartmut Rosa's understanding of resonance (2016, 2020), Böhme's idea of atmosphere (2016), and Bennett's concept of enchantment (2001), as well as Heidegger's (1978) and Trout's (2008) understanding of attunement. Together, they describe how engagement is created and arises relationally through sensory experiences, which we have used to analyze student engagement in nature in connection with teaching eco art at an art museum. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the study’s focus on participation was inspired by Rancière’s (2011) concept of partici-pation, which draws on the sensory perspectives through which we perceive the place. In this perspective, participation is not only what students do or say, but also what they sense, i.e., that the sensation itself is a form of participation. This is because, in sensation, there is a significant process of selecting, comparing, and interpreting; thus, participation is not only about what students do or say but also about sensing the place. We have paid particular methodological attention to this and employed an art-based research ap-proach (Leavy, 2015). The purpose has been to capture and describe the students’ sensory experiences and learning by exercising sensitivity to their ways of being, their expressions, gestures, and actions in the plac-es and situations we observed (Sattrup & Knudsen, 2024a,b,c). We have implemented this art-based research approach methodologically by conducting participant ob-servations with students (Sattrup, 2015). Here, we have sought to gain knowledge of the students' perspec-tives partly by acting like the students, talking to the students along the way, and photographing and drawing the special situations that arose or, perhaps rather, how the special situations can be experienced from a student perspective (Warming, 2011; Leavy, 2015). We have written data together in poetizations (Sattrup & Knudsen, 2024a,b,c), which are designed as multimodal microdramas and drawings depicting how situations can be experienced from a student perspective. The poetizations function as juxtapositions of how meaning and meaning can arise in encounters between text and image (Finley, 2018). In this way, they function both as data and as representations of data (Leavy, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Despite extensive research on engagement and art pedagogy, existing research does not demonstrate how art museum pedagogy fosters engagement with nature. Our study extends existing knowledge about eco-art pedagogy’s focus on sensuality but examines student engagement as it occurs between students and be-tween students and objects rather than within the student (Lawson & Lawson, 2013). In doing so, the study demonstrates how teaching in specific places and with specific materials or works fosters engagement. Based on the concept of aesthetic resonance, we show how students' engagement appears and can be culti-vated in the relationships among students, materials, and teachers, and in teaching within an art exhibi-tion. The analyses indicate that students' engagement is supported by both the concrete opportunities for sensory experiences that the exhibition and teaching created by being able to enter, hear, see, and feel the works, and by the imaginary world that the students, teaching, and exhibition together created. Aesthetic resonance, understood as the reasoning connection to the world, can thus explain how students' engage-ment with nature arises and manifests. It is about both the students, the art, and the teaching, which to-gether create a connection to nature. References Biesta, G. (2017). Letting Art Teach: Art Education ‘After’ Joseph Beyus. Arnhem and Amsterdam: ArtEZ Press. Böhme, G. (2016). Aesthetics of Atmospheres. Routledge. Brown, A. (2014). Art & ecology now. Thames & Hudson. Davis, S. (2018). The engagement tree: Arts-based pedagogies for environmental learning. International Journal of Education & the Arts, 19(8). https://doi.org/10.18113/P8ijea1908 Kagan, Sacha (2015). "The practice of ecological art". PLASTIK: art & science. PLASTIK. Archived from the original on 3 March 2016. Retrieved 23 August 2015. Lawson, M. A., & Lawson, H. A. (2013). New Conceptual Frameworks for Student Engagement Research, Policy, and Practice. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 432-479. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313480891 Leavy, P. (2015). Method meets art: arts-based research practice. Guilford Press Inwood, Hilary (2008). Mapping Eco-Art Education. Canadian Review of Art Education: Research and Issues, v. 35, pp. 57-73. Ponterotto, J. G. (2006). Brief Note on the Origins, Evolution, and Meaning of the Qualitative Research Concept “Thick Description”. The Qualitative Report. 11 (3) 538-549. http://www.nova.edu/ssss/QR/QR11-3/ponterotto.pdf Rosa, R. (2020). Det ukontrollerbare. Eksistensen. Rosa, R (2016). Resonans: en sociologi om forholdet til verden. Eksistensen Sattrup, L. (2015). Jamen hvad skal vi kigge efter?, Phd. Afhandling. RUC https://www.skoletjenesten.dk/jamen-hvad-skal-vi-kigge-efter Sattrup, L., & Knudsen, L. E. D. (2024a). Teaching with tolerance: Students’ surprisingly positive partici-pation in an out-of-school learning environment. In: L. E. D. Knudsen, M. Wiberg, K. B. Petersen, & L. Haastrup (red.), Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts (p. 186-201). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003407775-16 Sattrup, L., & Knudsen, L. E. D. (2024b). Out of the Museum Into the Art. In: A. Sinner, P. Osler, & B. White (red.), Propositions for Museum Education: International Art Educators in Conversation (p. 207-220). Intellect. https://www.intellectbooks.com/propositions-for-museum-education Sattrup, L., & Knudsen, L. E. D. (2024c). Stedsans: Elevdeltagelse i eksterne læringsmiljøer. Unge Pæda-goger, 2(2024), 67-76. https://u-p.dk/vare/2024-nr-2/ Sattrup, L., & Knudsen, L. E. D. (2025). Æstetisk resonans som engagement: En undersøgelse af elevers engagement i naturen på et kunstmuseum. Tidsskrift for æstetik og pædagogik, 3(1), 39-55. https://tidsskrift.dk/taep/article/view/162083/203703 Sunassee, A., Bokhoree, C., & Patrizio, A. (2021). Students’ Empathy for the Environment through Eco-Art Place-Based Education: A Review. Ecologies, 2(2), 214-247. https://doi.org/10.3390/ecologies2020013 Warming, H. (2005). Erkendelse gennem oplevelse: Når indlevelse ikke er mulig. I M. Järvinen, & N. Mik-Meyer, Kvalitative metoder i et interaktionistisk perspektiv (p. 145-169). Hans Reitzels Forlag. Weintraub, Linda (2012). To Life! Eco Art in Pursuit of a Sustainable Planet. Berkeley, California: Univer-sity of California Press. ISBN 9780520273627. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Art-Eco: A World Centered Art Education Cultivating Resonance and responsivess UCLL, Belgium Presenting Author:In this contribution we present on-going research that aims at developing the principles of an art education which fosters the capacities for resonance, responsiveness and responsibility and thereby also contributes to nurturing sustainable ways of being-in-the-world, which might offer a response to dealing with the ecological crisis in education. Conducted in collaboration with an international consortium of European universities, elementary schools and educational-artistic NGOs, this study further examines how educators can bring their pedagogical interactions into closer alignment with values of sustainability and inclusion, and how arts-based didactic models may support this alignment within concrete educational practices. The project starts from the observation that too often contemporary education for sustainable development continues to emphasise solutions, skills, and competencies, commonly framed within technocratic or instrumental paradigms.. Against this background, the present study positions arts education as a particularly fertile domain for engaging with these dimensions, given its potential to cultivate imagination, sensibility, and embodied forms of knowing. Rather than approaching the environment as an object to be analysed or managed, sustainability is understood here as a relational question: how humans encounter, respond to, and care for a shared world. The theoretical framework is grounded in contemporary educational philosophy and social theory that foreground relationality and world-centredness. A central point of reference is Hartmut Rosa’s concept of resonance (Rosa, 2016; Lijster & Celikates, 2019)which describes a mode of relating to the world characterised by openness, responsiveness, and the possibility of mutual transformation, in contrast to relations based on control or domination. From this perspective, sustainability is not primarily about mastering nature, but about cultivating the capacity to listen and respond to what the world addresses to us (Brosette & Bieling, 2025) Education, in turn, is understood as a practice of presenting the world as meaningful and addressable, inviting learners into forms of responsible participation rather than extractive engagement. This orientation dovetails with broader critiques of strongly student-centred or outcome-driven educational models, which often privilege efficiency, individual achievement, and measurable outputs. Drawing on the work of educational theorists such as Gert Biesta (2017;2022) the study adopts a world-centred educational perspective in which the guiding question shifts from “What does the learner want or need?” to “What is the world asking of us?” (Vansieleghem, 2021). Within arts education, this shift has far-reaching didactic consequences: materials, artistic processes, and pedagogical gestures function as implicit carriers of values and worldviews. The research therefore pays close attention to the tension between educators’ espoused theories and their theories-in-use, following Argyris and Schön (1978) highlighting how commitments to sustainability may be articulated at the level of discourse while remaining insufficiently realised in everyday practice. Methodologically and conceptually, the study is further informed by arts-based and practice-oriented research traditions (cf. Manning, 2017; cf. Jamouchi, 2024). Didactic design is not approached as the linear application of predefined principles, but as a creative, situated, and reflexive process. The resulting ART-ECO didactic model is deliberately non-prescriptive and exploratory. Conceived as a cartographic tool, it is intended to support educators in critically reflecting on and reconfiguring their practices. By engaging with local materials, ecological contexts, and collaborative artistic processes, the research investigates how arts education can enact sustainability as a lived and relational experience, rather than as an abstract or external theme. In doing so, the study contributes to ongoing debates on education for sustainable development by articulating and empirically exploring a world-centred, arts-based theoretical framework. It argues that meaningful responses to the climate crisis require not only new forms of knowledge and skill, but also transformed relationships to the world—relationships that arts education is particularly well positioned to cultivate. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is situated within a qualitative, practice-oriented methodological tradition that combines arts-based research, design-based research, and collaborative inquiry. Methodology is not treated as a fixed toolkit applied to a stable object of study, but as a set of situated practices that emerge through sustained engagement with educational and artistic work. Methodological decisions are therefore inseparable from the pedagogical processes they seek to understand, and they evolve in response to the concrete contexts in which the research is carried out. Empirically, the project unfolds within an international consortium of universities, teacher education institutes, schools, and educational-artistic organisations across several European countries. These contexts are not framed as directly comparable case studies, but as interconnected sites where diverse traditions, practices, and sensitivities concerning arts education and sustainability enter into dialogue. The methodological backbone of the project consists of an iterative movement between three closely related phases, referred to as sourcing, weaving, and enacting. Rather than forming a linear sequence, these phases constitute a recurring rhythm that structures both the research process and pedagogical development over time. The phase of sourcing centres on careful attention to existing practices. Educators and artists are invited to articulate, document, and share materials, pedagogical gestures, and working methods embedded in their everyday work. Sourcing does not aim to identify exemplary models or transferable best practices. Instead, it seeks to make visible the often implicit assumptions, values, and relations to the world that shape concrete educational situations. This phase involves slowing down, listening attentively, and allowing local and situated forms of knowledge to surface, even when they appear fragmentary or unsystematic. In the subsequent phase of weaving, these diverse materials and experiences are brought together in collective settings. Weaving is understood as a dialogical and creative process in which practices from different contexts are placed alongside one another, discussed, and tentatively reconfigured. Differences and frictions are not resolved prematurely, but treated as productive moments that invite reflection on what a world-centred orientation in arts education might entail. Through this process, shared concepts and didactic orientations begin to emerge without becoming fully fixed or stabilised. The phase of enacting involves experimenting with emerging orientations in concrete educational situations. Art lessons, workshops, and didactic materials are co-designed and tested in practice, allowing ideas to encounter classroom realities. Enactment exposes tensions and unintended effects, prompting reflection and adaptation. Artistic processes generate relational knowledge while sustaining coherence between theory and pedagogy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the research is ongoing, the outcomes presented here should be understood as provisional and indicative rather than as final conclusions. The study does not aim to provide clear-cut answers or ready-made solutions, but seeks to cultivate a nuanced understanding of how arts education can engage sustainability as a question of relating to the world. One anticipated outcome is deeper insight into how everyday pedagogical practices in arts education carry implicit assumptions about the world, and how these assumptions may support, challenge, or complicate efforts toward ecological and social sustainability. A further line of findings concerns the notion of resonance in educational practice. Across diverse contexts, arts-based activities that foreground attentiveness, material engagement, and collective making appear to create conditions in which learners relate differently to their surroundings. In such moments, sustainability is not treated as a topic to be explained or mastered, but as something lived and experienced through practice. At the same time, the research highlights the fragility of these moments, which are easily disrupted by institutional constraints such as time limitations, curricular demands, and pressures for measurable outcomes. Another expected outcome relates to the ART-ECO didactic model developed within the project. Rather than functioning as a method to be applied, the model serves as a reflective support for educators. Early experiences suggest that its open, non-prescriptive character is both demanding and productive. Educators are invited to assume responsibility for their pedagogical choices instead of relying on predefined guidelines, a process that can feel challenging while also enabling professional agency. More broadly, the research contributes to debates on education for sustainable development by questioning instrumental and competency-based approaches, foregrounding relationality, imagination, and embodied experience, and inviting educators and learners to remain with ecological difficulty and shared responsibility together. References Argyris, C., & Schön, D. (1978) Organizational learning: A theory of action perspective, Reading, Mass: Addison Wesley. Biesta, Gert. “World-Centred Education.” In World-Centred Educaon, 1st ed., 1:90–102. United Kingdom: Routledge, 2022. doi:10.4324/9781003098331-7. Biesta, Gert. Letting Art Teach. Edited by Lucy. Klaassen. Arnhem: ArtEZ Press, 2017. Brossette, F., & Bieling, C. (2025). Connecting resonance theory with social‐ecological thinking: Conceptualizing self‐world relationships in the context of sustainability transformations. People and Nature (Hoboken, N.J.), 7(2), 516–529. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10777 Bustillos Morales, J.A., & Zarabadi, S. (Eds.). (2024). Towards Posthumanism in Education: Theoretical Entanglements and Pedagogical Mappings (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003365693 Lijster, T., Celikates, R., & Rosa, H. (2019). Beyond the Echo-chamber: An Interview with Hartmut Rosa on Resonance and Alienation. Krisis (Amsterdam, Netherland : 2000), 39(1), 64–78. https://doi.org/10.21827/krisis.39.1.37365 Manning, E. (2016). The minor gesture. Duke University Press. Vansieleghem, Nancy; 2021. The Point of Study Practices Is to Discover the Kind of Questions That We 'Also' Should Ask. Philosophy and Theory in Higher Education; 2021; pp. 107 – 118 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 29 SES 06 B: Music education (II) Location: B3108 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ane López de Aguileta Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Beyond Elitism: Dialogic Music Gatherings and the Democratization of Classical Music 1: University of Barcelona, Spain; 2: University Rovira i Virgili; 3: University of the Basque Country Presenting Author:Classical music has often been socially constructed as an elite cultural practice, strongly associated with higher social classes, educational attainment, and symbolic distinction. Sociological theories such as Pierre Bourdieu’s concept of distinction have contributed to the idea that musical taste is determined by social class and transmitted through family and educational background (Bourdieu, 1987). This representation has been shown to discourage individuals from socially vulnerable or working-class contexts from engaging with classical music, limiting their access to a significant part of humanity’s cultural heritage (Sarasúa et al., 2016; Vandenberg et al., 2020). While previous research has documented these inequalities, there remains a gap in the literature regarding which concrete actions effectively overcome them (Wang, 2017). This study explores the potential of Dialogic Music Gatherings (DMG) to democratize access to classical music and challenge class-based barriers to musical taste. DMGs are a Successful Educational Action grounded in dialogic learning, where participants from diverse backgrounds gather to listen to and engage in egalitarian dialogue about universally valued classical music compositions. In these gatherings, musical knowledge is not a prerequisite; instead, all contributions are valued based on personal interpretation, emotional response, and argumentation (Chaib, 2006; Vivancos, 2003). The research was conducted in two contrasting adult education contexts: one located in a professional music conservatory with participants holding higher education degrees, and another in an adult school situated in a working-class neighborhood where participants had no university education. Using Communicative Methodology, nine semi-structured interviews were conducted to explore participants’ perceptions of classical music before and after attending DMGs, as well as the broader personal and social impacts of their participation. Results indicate that, prior to attending DMGs, some participants (particularly those from vulnerable contexts) perceived classical music as elitist, inaccessible, or “not for them,” often due to lack of exposure, social barriers, or internalized stigma related to educational background. However, participants from both contexts reported significant changes after engaging in DMGs. These included an increased appreciation for classical music, the discovery of new musical dimensions, and a greater sense of confidence in expressing personal interpretations regardless of formal knowledge. Beyond musical taste, participants reported additional benefits such as empowerment, emotional well-being, friendship, and a sense of belonging. DMGs fostered spaces of egalitarian dialogue that counteracted expert-driven or hierarchical interactions, allowing participants to construct meaning collectively. Musical learning occurred indirectly, as participants autonomously sought information about composers and works, while emotional engagement and shared reflection remained central. Overall, the findings suggest that Dialogic Music Gatherings effectively challenged reproductionist theories of cultural consumption by demonstrating that engagement with classical music is not determined by social class, but by meaningful social interaction and dialogic processes in the studied contexts (Savage & Gayo, 2011; Haynes & Nowak, 2021). DMGs emerged as a powerful tool for reducing cultural inequalities and promoting inclusive access to classical music as part of humanity’s shared cultural patrimony. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study follows the Communicative Methodology (CM), a research approach characterized by egalitarian dialogue between researchers and participants and a focus on actions that have demonstrated effectiveness in overcoming social inequalities (Gómez et al., 2012). CM emphasizes the co-construction of knowledge by integrating scientific evidence with participants’ lived experiences, contributing to social and political impact. The research focused on Dialogic Music Gatherings implemented in two adult education contexts with contrasting socioeconomic characteristics. The first setting (DMG A) took place in a professional music conservatory, where participants—parents, caregivers, and grandparents attending while children received music lessons—had higher education levels. The second setting (DMG B) was located in an adult education school in a working-class neighborhood, where participants had no higher education and reported limited prior access to classical music. Nine semi-structured interviews were conducted with participants from both settings (seven from DMG A and two from DMG B). Interviews followed a communicative approach, in which the researcher contributed scientific knowledge while participants shared reflections grounded in their lifeworlds. This dialogic interaction aimed to break traditional hierarchies between researcher and researched (Gómez et al., 2006). Interview questions explored participants’ perceptions of classical music prior to attending DMGs, changes experienced after participation, and perceived benefits beyond musical appreciation. Interviews were audio-recorded, fully transcribed, and analyzed using a thematic and temporal systematization. Analysis considered participants’ initial perceptions, transformative experiences, and outcomes associated with DMG participation. Ethical approval was obtained from the Research Ethics Committee of Aragon (CEICA). Participants received detailed information about the study’s aims, data handling, anonymity, and their right to withdraw at any time. Written informed consent was obtained prior to data collection. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study challenged deterministic theories that link musical taste exclusively to social class or educational background (Bourdieu, 1987). Across two highly contrasting contexts, participation in Dialogic Music Gatherings led to increased appreciation of classical music, discovery of new musical dimensions, and more positive valuations of this genre among all participants. For individuals from vulnerable backgrounds, DMGs played a key role in dismantling internalized barriers and elitist representations of classical music. Participants who previously perceived this music as inaccessible or “not for them” developed confidence, empowerment, and a strong belief that classical music belongs to everyone. Importantly, these changes occurred without requiring formal musical training, reaffirming the centrality of egalitarian dialogue and shared meaning-making. Musical learning emerged as an indirect yet significant outcome, as participants autonomously sought information about composers and works. However, knowledge accumulation did not function as a mechanism of exclusion; rather, all voices were equally valued regardless of expertise. This dialogic environment fostered enjoyment, emotional engagement, and sustained participation. Beyond music, DMGs contributed to improved well-being, social bonding, friendship, and a sense of belonging, particularly relevant for older adults and individuals from disadvantaged contexts (León-Jiménez, 2020; Idczak-Paceś et al., 2021). These findings align with previous evidence on Successful Educational Actions and extend it to the field of classical music engagement. Despite limitations related to sample size and data collection methods, the study provides robust qualitative evidence that Dialogic Music Gatherings were an effective, transferable practice for democratizing access to classical music and overcoming cultural inequalities in the studied contrasting contexts. DMGs reaffirmed classical music as a shared human heritage, accessible to all who wish to engage with it. References Bourdieu, P. (1987). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste. Harvard University Press. Chaib, D. (2006). El aprendizaje dialógico y una nueva dimensión instrumental: La tertulia musical. Idea Sostenible, 13. Cotter, K. N., Prince, A. N., Christensen, A. P., & Silvia, P. J. (2019). Feeling like crying when listening to music: Exploring musical and contextual features. Empirical Studies of the Arts, 37(2), 119–137. https://doi.org/10.1177/0276237418805692 Egermann, H., Sutherland, M. E., Grewe, O., Nagel, F., Kopiez, R., & Altenmüller, E. (2011). Does music listening in a social context alter experience? A physiological and psychological perspective on emotion. Musicae Scientiae, 15(3), 307–323. https://doi.org/10.1177/1029864911399497 Gómez, A., Siles, G., & Tejedor, M. (2012). Contributing to social transformation through communicative research methodology. Qualitative Research in Education, 1(1), 36–57. https://hipatiapress.com/hpjournals/index.php/qre/article/view/286/282 Gómez, J., Latorre, A., Sánchez, M., & Flecha, R. (2006). Metodología comunicativa crítica. Hipatia Press. Haynes, J., & Nowak, R. (2021). We were never cool: Investigating knowledge production and discourses of cool in the sociology of music. The British Journal of Sociology. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-4446.12829 Idczak-Paceś, E., Kabat, A., Krzywik, A., & Nowakowska, I. (2021). Depressive symptoms in elderly people participating in University of the Third Age and residents of nursing homes: The role of optimism and acceptance of passing. Research on Ageing and Social Policy. https://hipatiapress.com/hpjournals/index.php/rasp/article/view/5782/3348 León-Jiménez, S. (2020). “This brings you to life”: The impact of friendship on health and well-being in old age: The case of La Verneda Learning Community. Research on Ageing and Social Policy, 8(2), 192–215. https://hipatiapress.com/hpjournals/index.php/rasp/article/view/5538/3162 Sarasúa, Á., Melenhorst, M., Julià, C. F., & Gómez, E. (2016). Becoming the maestro: A game to enhance curiosity for classical music. In Proceedings of the 2016 8th International Conference on Games and Virtual Worlds for Serious Applications (VS-Games). IEEE. Savage, M., & Gayo, M. (2011). Unravelling the omnivore: A field analysis of contemporary musical taste in the United Kingdom. Poetics, 39(5), 337–357. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.poetic.2011.07.001 Vandenberg, F., Berghman, M., & van Eijck, K. (2020). ‘Wear clogs and just act normal’: Defining collectivity in Dutch domestic music concerts. Cultural Sociology. https://doi.org/10.1177/1749975520961618 Vivancos, J. (2003). Les tertúlies musicals dialògiques. Papers d’Educació de Persones Adultes, 42, 15–17. Wang, J. (2017). How classical music is embedded in a cultural public sphere? Revista Música Hodie, 17(2), 112–120. https://doi.org/10.5216/mh.v17i2.46860 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Place-Based Representation of Local Musical Heritage in Primary School Music Education: A Comparative Multiple Case Study from Rural Regions of Türkiye Yıldız Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:
This study examines the representation of local musical cultural elements in primary school music education across rural regions of Türkiye, utilizing the combined perspectives of place-based learning and cultural sustainability. Within the broader field of sustainability education, cultural sustainability has emerged as a critical dimension, complementing environmental and social sustainability. Place-based learning emphasizes leveraging local environments, community knowledge, and regional cultural resources as meaningful contexts for learning, thereby strengthening learners’ connections to their immediate surroundings and lived experiences.
Primary school music education serves as a particularly effective setting for implementing place-based approaches, as musical traditions are deeply rooted in local histories, community practices, and regional identities. However, international research indicates that standardized curricula often marginalize locally situated cultural knowledge, resulting in limited representation of regional artistic traditions in formal education. This challenge is especially pronounced in rural and peripheral educational settings, where rich musical heritage exists alongside constraints such as limited resources, restricted professional development opportunities, and centralized curriculum structures.
The present study seeks to investigate how regional musical cultures are incorporated into music lessons in rural primary schools in Southeastern Anatolia, the Black Sea region, and Central Anatolia. Each region is treated as a distinct case, allowing for in-depth contextual analysis and cross-regional comparison.
The main research question guiding this study is:
How are local musical cultural elements represented in primary school music education within a place-based learning framework in rural regions of Türkiye? The study further addresses the following sub-questions: 1. What types of local musical elements are included in music lessons, and how are they pedagogically framed? 2.How do representation patterns differ across regions and local contexts? 3.What institutional, curricular, and contextual factors facilitate or constrainthe place-based integration of local musical heritage? 4.How do teachers evaluate the pedagogical value of place-based music teaching practices? 5. To what extent do curricula, textbooks, and lesson plans support systematic and sustainable place-based cultural transmission? The theoretical framework combines cultural sustainability, place-based education, and culturally responsive pedagogy. Cultural sustainability regards local musical heritage as intangible cultural resources requiring intergenerational transmission. Place-based education promotes learning rooted in local environments and community knowledge, while culturally responsive pedagogy highlights teachers' role in fostering culturally meaningful learning experiences. By focusing on rural settings and local musical traditions, this study aims to contribute to international discourses on sustainability education by illustrating how place-based pedagogies can support cultural continuity within formal schooling. The findings are expected to offer transferable insights for sustainability-oriented curriculum development and culturally grounded music education practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study will employ a qualitative, comparative, multiple case study design (Yin, 2018). Each selected region-Southeastern Anatolia, the Black Sea region, and Central Anatolia-will be treated as a distinct case, representing diverse geographical, cultural, and educational contexts. The aim of the research is analytic rather than statistical generalization, with a focus on generating transferable insights applicable to similar rural and peripheral educational settings. Participants: Participants will consist of primary school teachers responsible for delivering music lessons in rural public schools. Criterion-based purposive sampling will be used. The inclusion criteria are as follows: (a) teaching in a rural or peripheral primary school, and (b) actively conducting music lessons. Both classroom teachers and specialist music teachers will be included to capture variation in instructional practices. Multiple participants from each region will be recruited to ensure comparative depth. Data Collection: Data will be collected from two primary sources. First, semi-structured teacher interviews will be conducted to investigate place-based instructional practices, the use of local musical resources, perceived pedagogical value, and implementation challenges. Interviews will be conducted online, audio-recorded with informed consent, and transcribed verbatim. Second, document analysis will be performed on national music curricula, textbooks, and lesson plans provided by teachers. These materials will be examined to determine how local musical culture is represented and whether place-based learning principles are explicitly supported at the programmatic level. Data Analysis: Data will be analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021). A coding matrix will guide the analysis, encompassing dimensions such as type of musical element, mode of representation, pedagogical function, planning level, continuity, use of local resources, and alignment with place-based learning principles. Within-case analyses will be conducted initially, followed by cross-case comparisons. Data triangulation will be employed to enhance the credibility of the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to demonstrate that local musical cultural elements are present in primary school music education, yet are often incorporated in fragmented and unsystematic ways. It is anticipated that place-based music teaching practices will largely depend on individual teacher initiative rather than structured curricular guidance. Cross-regional comparisons are likely to reveal both shared challenges and region-specific patterns. Variations in institutional support, access to local cultural resources, and teacher preparation may influence the implementation of place-based approaches across rural contexts. From a sustainability education perspective, the findings are expected to underscore the importance of embedding cultural sustainability within formal education through place-based pedagogies. Strengthening curricular alignment and teacher professional development may be identified as key factors for ensuring the sustainable transmission of local musical heritage. Pedagogically, the study is expected to provide practical implications for teacher education and curriculum design by identifying strategies that support culturally grounded and locally responsive music teaching. More broadly, this research aims to contribute to international discussions on how education systems can integrate local knowledge into standardized curricula without compromising contextual authenticity. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications (Vol. 6). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Teachers’ Conceptions of Knowledge in the Changing Educational Landscape in Higher Music Education 1: University of the Arts Helsinki, Finland; 2: Tampere University, Finland; 3: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines knowledge and knowers, here students, in higher music education. In recent years, the professional landscape of artists has undergone transformation, prompting critical questions for higher education. It has been argued that traditional knowledge in music education is not sufficient for future society (Gaunt & Westerlund, 2021; López-Íñiguez & Bennett, 2020), since the future of classical musicians is uncertain, and employment conditions are changing (Moberg & Georgii-Hemming, 2019). Additionally, the pressure toward academization has increased questions about knowledge and knowledge practices in higher music education, particularly in the European context (Johansson & Georgii-Hemming, 2021). Therefore, higher music education institutions are required to redefine their curriculum to support students in responding to societal changes (Gaunt & Westerlund, 2021). The aim of this study is to explore the question of knowledge and knowers from the perspective of teachers in higher music education, for which a university-wide curriculum reform in a Finnish higher education institution provided an excellent opportunity. Knowledge of music is often differentiated into theory and craft or technique (e.g., McPhail 2022). Futhermore, knowledge in the arts has been claimed to be embodied, encultured, embedded (Orr & Shreeve 2018, 35) and where knowers as individuals count. Knowledge is intertwined with individuals and their bodies (Orr & Shreeve, 2018; Georgii-Hemming, 2013), communities, networks, objects (Orr & Shreeve, 2018) and with tools and materials (Addison, 2014; Sennett, 2008). Knowledge is constructed in artistic processes in which communication with others is often non-verbal (Anttila 2010, 167; Rouhiainen 2010, 78). However, there is scant research on what qualities and knowledge making practices make a student a legitimate knower in the contemporary higher music education. Therefore, in this study we focus on the teachers' perceptions of students as knowers in the context of university education. The research questions are:
The theoretical and methodological framework in the study is based on Karl Maton’s (2014) Legitimation Code Theory (LCT) that offers a multidimensional conceptual toolkit for analysing knowledge claims, knowledge-building practices, and the legitimacy of knowers. This places the study within the framework of social realism. LCT has its foundation on Bernstein’s (2000) theory of knowledge structures, where knowledge is classified as either hierarchical or horizontal. In the arts, knowledge is claimed to be horizontally structured. Even so, Maton (2024) says that knowledge structures oversimplify certain fields, such as the arts, and suggested focusing on knowers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This sub-study is part of larger data collection and is a part of doctoral research concentrating on higher music education, mainly classical music. The data for this qualitative study are drawn from ten (N= 10) semi-structured interviews. The rationale for selecting interview as data collection method relies on the claims that curriculum making is based on process where knowledge practices are negotiated in the academic community (see e.g., Annala, 2022; Bovill & Woolmer, 2019). The criteria for interviewees were a position of professor, lecturer or program leader, and they had to be an active member in the curriculum renewal process. The interviews lasted 57–99 minutes and they were recorded, transcribed, and the data were encoded using the Atlas.ti software. For coding we used translation device (Maton & Chen, 2015) that we designed for the study. In the analysis, we employed social plane of LCT (Maton 2014), which is an analytical tool to explore knower attributes and way of knowing. Social plane provides dimensions to study strengths of two kinds of social relations: subjective relations (SubR±) emphasis on who they are as knowers and interactional relations (IR±) emphasising how they know (Maton 2014). When the dimensions are combined, they form a four quadrant model that generates four types of gazes: born, social, cultivated and trained gaze. In the analysis, the coded data were placed within this quadrant model of gazes, known as the social plane. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the data is ready but writing the results and conclusions are in progress. Nonetheless, the results reveal the academization of higher music education and the generic working life demands challenge the traditional knowledge structures, way of knowing and conceptions of an ideal knower. Solutions to the situation are sought by focusing on the (new) qualities of potential knowers in entrance examinations or making some small changes in cultivating them into the field. Even though, the notion of an ideal knower is relatively clear. Furthermore, teachers’ perceptions of knowledge and their necessity in higher music education varied revealing different conceptions of what knowledge should be in higher music education curricula. The results of the study are valuable for curriculum reforms and development processes in higher music education in a changing context. Furthermore, the study contributes to the debate on what makes education ‘highest’ within the field of music. References Key references Angelo, E. (2019) Notions of Mandate, Knowledge and Research in Norwegian Classical Music Performance Studies. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education, 3(1), 78-100. Annala, J. (2022) Disciplinary knowledge practices and powerful knowledge: a study on knowledge and curriculum structures in regions, Teaching in Higher Education, 27:8, 1084-1102. Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. Revised edition. Roman & Littlefield. Carroll, C. (2019). ‘Illiterate’ musicians: An historic review of curriculum and practice for student popular musicians in Australian senior secondary classrooms. British Journal of Music Education, 36(2), 155–171. Gaunt, H. & Westerlund, H. (2021). Invitation. In H. Westerlund, & H. Gaunt (Eds.), (2021). Expanding Professionalism in Music and Higher Music Education: A Changing Game (pp. xiii-xxxiii Routledge. Georgii-Hemming, E. (2013). Music as Knowledge in an Educational Context. In E. Georgii-Hemming, P. Burnard, & S.-E. Holgersen (Eds.), Professional Knowledge in Music Teacher Education. Routledge. Johansson, K., & Georgii-Hemming, E. (2021). Processes of academisation in higher music education: The case of Sweden. British Journal of Music Education, 38(2), 173–186. Maton, K. (2014). Knowledge and knowers: Towards a realist sociology of education. Routledge. Maton, C. & Chen, R. (2015). LCT in qualitative research. Creating a translation device for studying constructivist pedagogy. In K. Maton, S. Hood, & S. Shay (Eds.), (2015). Knowledge-building: Educational studies in Legitimation Code Theory. Routledge. McPhail, G. (2022). Knowledge and Music Education: A social realist account. Routledge. Orr, S. & Shreeve, A. (2018). Art and Design Pedagogy in Higher Education: Knowledge, Values and Ambiguity in the Creative Curriculum. Routledge. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 06 A: Decolonising Environmental and Sustainability Education Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Ole Andreas Kvamme Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Decolonial ESE in Primary Classrooms: An Inquiry Into How to Better Prepare Pre-Service Teachers to Teach in the time of Poly-Crisis Leuphana University of Lüneburg, Germany Presenting Author:The current challenges of our time of multiple crises, including ecological destruction, climate justice, socioeconomic inequality, and geopolitical instability, are a central issue tackled by practitioners of environmental and sustainability education (ESE). In particular, educators need the competencies to create resilient and competent learning spaces in which they and their learners experience a resonance that enables learning that will enable them to face the challenges of the multiple crises and develop pedagogical professional identities to do so (Stein, 2019). In the context of teacher training, this means that educators who educate prospective teachers, must position ourselves in such a way that we ourselves are and remain resilient. It also means that learners (and teachers alike) require to learn new ways of teaching and learning; ways that enable them to unlearn those practices that have contribute to education as “business as usual” (Huckle & Wals, 2015). Rather, ESE has the potential to engage learners with the abilities and the curiosity to transgress existing constraints in order to equip themselves and their future students with the ability to contribute to developing a more just and sustainable society (Kulundu et al., 2020; Lotz-Sisitka et al., 2015; Macintyre & Chaves, 2017). For us as teachers it also means that in our teaching we need to create safe enough spaces (Singer-Brodowski et al., 2022) in which learners, the teachers-to-be, may explore the causes of the crisis and how they, as future educators, can create such spaces themselves. Education in the context of the poly-crisis cannot be conceived without its context of existing global inequalities (Castro Varela & Heinemann, 2016; Lotz-Sisitka, 2025). ESE for teacher training therefore needs to address the colonial continuities that shape the current system. This enables both teachers and learners to reflect on their own positionality in the current system, thus opening up new possibilities. Written from the perspective of a teacher educator based in the Global North, future teachers require this knowledge and understanding of the poly-crisis so they can open up learning spaces with their learners that aim at questioning existing power structures, thus enabling learners to contribute to societal transformations towards a more just and sustainable world (Sund & Pashby, 2020). One main sphere of action is addressing colonial continuities as central patterns in our daily lives, including the educational system. An applied teaching tool for this is the pedagogy of ethical global issues (EGIP) (Pashby & Sund, 2022), based on Andreotti’s decolonial pedagogy of Critical Global Citizenship Education CGCE) (Andreotti, 2012, 2016). The paper presents insights from a course for pre-service primary teachers at a German university who engaged with global inequalities from a decolonial perspective with the aim of exploring together with the how decolonial, justice-oriented approaches can inform the aims, knowledges, methodologies, and practices of ESE in primary schooling. The study responds to Network 30’s special call by examining how pre-service teachers can be supported to engage critically and ethically with global–local environmental issues and their uneven impacts. Research questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on the analysis of student assignments written during their participation in a university course on addressing global inequalities in primary ESE, taught in two iterations. The curriculum was implemented during a first iteration, then adapted based on students’ and the instructors’ feedback, and then taught for a second time. One of the students from the first seminar wrote her masters’ thesis, adapting the EGIP tool for German primary settings, and interviewed teachers on their evaluation of the newly created tool. Data sources included: • 30 student assignments from the first course, potentially around 20 student assignments from the second course (teaching is still under way at the time of submission) • Lesson plans and evaluation notes • A master thesis as additional verification source on the primary findings Data were pseudonymized, coded and are currently analysed using a grounded theory design (Charmaz, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings after a first round of analysis of data from the first interation of the course include: Raised confidence and more conscious ethical framing: Most pre-service teachers reported increased confidence to engage with complex, controversial topics, shifting from simplified “helping” narratives toward justice-oriented, relational and historically informed framings through engaging with decolonial approaches to ESE and CGCE Conscious critique of teaching and learning materials: Participants identified charity framings, Eurocentric perspectives, and silences around colonial continuities in commonly used school books and also ESE resources as well as teaching and learning materials regularly used in German primary schools; they proposed revisions to foreground power, responsibility, and multiple perspectives. Experiencing and anticipating tensions and challenges: Participants noted potential conflicts in their professional future, including personal experiences of constraints of curriculum time as well as potetial resistance by in-service teacher colleagues not familiar with approachces such as ESE and CGCE while also feeling empowered to bring forward these issues with their future colleagues. References Andreotti, V. (2012). Editor’s preface ‘HEADS UP’. Critical Literacy: Theories and Practices, 6(1), 1–3. Andreotti, V. (2016). The educational challenges of imagining the world differently. Canadian Journal of Development Studies / Revue canadienne d’études du développement, 37(1), 101–112. https://doi.org/10.1080/02255189.2016.1134456 Castro Varela, M. do M., & Heinemann, A. M. B. (2016). Globale Bildungsbewegungen—Wissensproduktionen verändern. ZEP – Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 39(2), 17–22. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory. A practical guide through qualitative analysis. Sage Publications. Huckle, J., & Wals, A. (2015). The UN Decade of education for sustainable development: Business as usual in the end. Environmental Education Research, 21(3), 491–505. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2015.1011084 Kulundu, I., McGarry, D. K., & Lotz-Sisitka, H. (2020). Think Piece: Learning, Living and Leading into Transgression – A reflection on decolonial praxis in a neoliberal world. Southern African Journal of Environmental Education, 36. https://doi.org/10.4314/sajee.v36i1.14 Lotz-Sisitka, H. (2025). Transforming Education for Sustainable Futures – Views from the Global South. 40(2). Lotz-Sisitka, H., Wals, A., Kronlid, D., & McGarry, D. (2015). Transformative, transgressive social learning: Rethinking higher education pedagogy in times of systemic global dysfunction. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability, 16, 73–80. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2015.07.018 Macintyre, T., & Chaves, M. (2017). Balancing the warrior and the empathic activist: The role of the transgressive researcher in environmental education. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 22, 80–96. Pashby, K., & Sund, L. (2022). Teaching for sustainable development through ethical global issues pedagogy. Manchester Metropolitan University. https://www.mmu.ac.uk/mmud8/media/9237/download?attachment Singer-Brodowski, M., Förster, R., Eschenbacher, S., & Biberhofer, P. (2022). Facing crises of unsustainability: Creating and holding safe enough spaces for transformative learning in higher education for sustainable development. Frontiers in Education, 7(March), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.787490 Stein, S. (2019). The Ethical and Ecological Limits of Sustainability: A Decolonial Approach to Climate Change in Higher Education. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 35(3), 198–212. https://doi.org/10.1017/aee.2019.17 Sund, L., & Pashby, K. (2020). Delinking global issues in northern Europe classrooms. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(2), 156–170. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2020.1726264 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Decolonising Sustainability Education in a Time of Poly-Crisis: Student Co-Creation and Inclusive, Intercultural Curricula University Of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:
This paper argues that decolonising sustainability education within business and finance constitutes a critical intervention for Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) more broadly. Rather than treating sustainability as a neutral set of competencies or tools, the study explores how student–staff co-creation can reframe sustainability education as a space for plural knowledges, ethical reflection and intercultural dialogue within higher education. It responds to growing calls within ESE research to examine not only what knowledge is taught, but how knowledge is produced, legitimised and mobilised under conditions of systemic crisis. The study also asks:
Conceptually, the paper draws on decolonial theory, critical sustainability education, and participatory pedagogies (Lotz-Sisitka, 2017; Kamasak et al., 2025). These perspectives are combined to examine how sustainability education can move beyond instrumental and competence-based approaches towards relational, reflexive and justice-oriented forms of learning. The European and international dimension of the study is reflected in its diverse student body, its engagement with global sustainability challenges, and its interrogation of how Western-centric sustainability frameworks travel across cultural and geopolitical contexts. By focusing on business and finance education as a revealing and influential case, the paper contributes to wider debates within ESE regarding the purposes of sustainability education, the knowledges it legitimises, and the realistic contributions higher education can make to societal transformation within and beyond institutional boundaries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, participatory research design aligned with principles of co-creation and critical pedagogy. Data are generated through a series of student–staff co-creation workshops embedded within business and finance modules focused on sustainability, climate finance and responsible investment. These workshops function simultaneously as pedagogical interventions and research sites. Participants include undergraduate and postgraduate students from diverse European and international backgrounds. The workshops are structured around dialogic and reflective methods, including facilitated discussions, story circles, curriculum-mapping activities and collaborative design tasks. These methods are intentionally chosen to surface students’ prior knowledges, cultural assumptions and emotional responses to sustainability challenges, and to encourage collective sense-making. Multiple data sources are collected: • audio-recorded workshop discussions, • student reflective journals, • co-created curriculum artefacts (e.g. case studies, assessment prompts, learning activities), and • researcher reflexive notes. Data are analysed using thematic analysis, informed by decolonial and critical ESE frameworks. Particular attention is paid to how different forms of knowledge are articulated, negotiated and legitimised; how students understand their roles and responsibilities in relation to sustainability; and how cognitive, social and behavioural dimensions of learning intersect with ethical, emotional and political concerns. Ethical approval was obtained prior to data collection, with informed consent and anonymity assured. The methodology is designed to be transferable and scalable, offering insights for sustainability educators across disciplinary and national contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to demonstrate that student co-creation can serve as a powerful mechanism for decolonising sustainability education within business and finance. Preliminary findings suggest that participatory, dialogic approaches enable students to critically interrogate dominant sustainability narratives, articulate alternative epistemologies, and engage more deeply with questions of justice, responsibility and agency. The study highlights how sustainability learning extends beyond cognitive knowledge acquisition to encompass social learning, ethical reflection and affective engagement, which are dimensions often marginalised in conventional business education. By explicitly engaging students’ emotional and existential responses to ecological breakdown, the project fosters more holistic and meaningful forms of sustainability learning. At a broader level, the paper contributes to ESE research by offering a realistic account of how higher education can support societal transformation in a time of poly-crisis, not through grand claims of impact, but through incremental curriculum change, reflexive pedagogy and the cultivation of critically engaged graduates. The findings highlight the importance of disciplinary context in shaping sustainability education, while also demonstrating the wider relevance of decolonising, co-creative approaches for ESE across Europe and internationally. References Irwin, L., Rimanoczy, I., Fritz, M., & Weichert, J. (Eds.). (2024). Transforming business education for a sustainable future: stories from pioneers (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003457763 Lotz-Sisitka, H. (2017). Decolonisation as future frame for environmental and sustainability education: Embracing the commons with absence and emergence. In W. Leal Filho & D. J. Sousa Lemos (Eds.), Envisioning futures for environmental and sustainability education (pp. 45–62). Wageningen Academic Publishers. https://doi.org/10.3920/978-90-8686-846-9_2 Kamasak, R., Palalar Alkan, D., Gorener, R., & Yuksel, C. (2025). Decolonising Business and Entrepreneurship Curricula for Sustainable Education: Integrating Lessons From the Global South. In J. O. Irene, B. N. Irene, K. O. Omeihe, & R. Frank (Eds.), The Emerald Handbook of Decolonising Sustainability: A Global South Perspective. Emerald Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83608-216-320251017 Patara, S., & Agyeman, J. (2025). Addressing unsustainability with the mindset that caused it. Sustainable Futures, 10, 101129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sftr.2025.101129 Stein, S., Andreotti, V., McGregor, C., Restoulle, J., Vukovic, R., Milford, T., Pelton, L.F., Seager, W., Hundza, S., Brunner, L., & Mohajeri, A. (2025). Deepening relational capacity to confront the polycrisis in higher education and beyond. Higher Education Research & Development, 44(6), 1572-1587. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2025.2525109 Tikly, L. (2023). Decolonizing Education for Sustainable Futures: Some Conceptual Starting Points. In L. Tikly, Y. Hutchinson, A. A. C. Ochoa, & J. Paulson (Eds.), Decolonizing Education for Sustainable Futures (1st ed., pp. 19–48). Bristol University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/jj.4116407.9 UNESCO. (2023). Education for sustainable development. UNESCO. https://www.unesco.org/en/sustainable-development/education 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Exploring Critical and Decolonial Approaches to Education: Perspectives from Swedish Upper Secondary School Teachers 1: Örebro University, Sweden; 2: Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Presenting Author:This paper shares findings from a four-year participatory research project, A Decolonial Approach to Teaching Global Justice Issues (DecoPrax, 2022–2026) involving a group of upper secondary school teachers interested in exploring critical and decolonial approaches to education. Based on focus groups with the teachers the research team developed a conceptual framework drawing on post-, de-, and anti-colonial theory and reflexive pedagogy. Through workshops and school visits, the research considered to what extent and how these concepts supported teachers’ engagement with global justice issues, with a particular focus on climate change. This paper will share two key findings from an analysis of data sets. Decolonial theory has increasingly been drawn upon in ESE over the past decade as climate change has moved from a primarily scientific concern to an existential, ethical, and political challenge, experienced globally through extreme weather events, biodiversity loss, and the displacement of vulnerable populations (Sultana, 2025). Recent IPCC reports explicitly identify colonialism as both a historical and ongoing driver of climate change, highlighting how colonial patterns of extraction and inequality continue to heighten vulnerability among Indigenous Peoples and marginalised communities (IPCC, 2023). These insights underscore the importance of integrating coloniality-based critiques into both ESE and global citizenship education (GCE). In settler-colonial contexts there have been strong engagement with indigenous experiences and knowledges in relation to understanding and responding to climate change and related crises (see McKenzie et al., 2023). However, arguably this is a more recent but growing turn (Eriksen et al., 2024) in the Nordic contexts where pedagogical approaches have historically emphasised technical solutions and action competence development over structural analysis and reflexive approaches (Sund & Öhman, 2025). Centring coloniality involves confronting how Western modernity, rooted in centuries of European colonial expansion, continues to shape educational treatments of global justice issues such as climate change (Stein et al., 2024). Gandolfi (2024) describes this as making visible the socio-political and environmental injustices produced by historical and contemporary forms of (neo)colonial extractivism. This conceptual framing is increasingly relevant in Nordic contexts, where scholars have highlighted how colonial assumptions continue to inform global education (Pashby et al., 2023; Mikander et al., 2026). There has been a slow but rising uptick in calls for education research to take up coloniality in the Nordic countries. A recent editorial for a special issue on this topic (Eriksen et al., 2024) recognised growing calls for education research to confront denials of entanglements with colonialism evident in colour-blind approaches the disavow race and racism in Nordic education at all levels (Fylkesnes et al., 2024). Particular attention has been given to citizenship education (Eriksen & Stein, 2022), global citizenship education (Mikander et al., 2026), and education for sustainable development (Eriksen, 2018). A generative space has been connecting wider scholarship on decolonial engagements with global citizenship education in global North contexts (e.g. Machado de Oliveira, 2021) with environmental and sustainability education (e.g. Sund & Öhman, 2025). To explore more ethical ways of engaging with colonial legacies and structural inequalities in education and to support teachers’ work in classrooms, we initiated the DecoPrax project with a group of highly skilled teachers in Sweden. In this paper, we look specifically at what the data suggest about the extent to which the concepts supported teachers to deeply consider the challenges and opportunities of teaching about climate change, with a particular focus on relationality, responsibility, and engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample included 15 upper secondary school teachers from four schools in a central region of Sweden who taught across subject areas with the strongest representation from social sciences and natural sciences. They were recruited through existing relationships and through a call for participation shared through wider networks. An inclusion criterium was an interest in exploring critical approaches to global justice issues teaching. Thus, the sample is not representative of teachers in Sweden nor are our findings generalisable. However, we have gained important insights into what can work and what is a challenge that would have been difficult had the participants not been willing to or been resistant to exploring the concepts together. We began with focus groups to understand teachers' contexts and interpretations of critical global justice education (Tryggvason et al., 2025). Then, we developed and introduced a conceptual framework through four workshops over three years (Pashby et al., forthcoming) that centred on six interrelated concepts: coloniality/ shine and shadow; pedagogy of implicatedness; (Nordic) exceptionalism; indigenous relationality; decolonial ecology and responses-ability. Teachers engaged with readings, guest lectures, and peer discussions, applying concepts in their classrooms and sharing those experiences in the workshops, and researchers facilitated school visits and reflexive interviews. The final workshop involved co-developed classroom activities for a teacher resource. We analysed transcriptions of the workshop discussions and reflexive interviews at school visits through both semantic and latent data features, following the six-stages of Reflexive Thematic Analysis (RTA) (Braun and Clarke, 2022). RTA is grounded in big Q qualitative principles and specific paradigmatic and epistemological assumptions distinguished by a context-rich and detailed approach to understanding complex phenomena. In line with RTA, we read the data through a mainly deductive, theory-driven approach informed by the theoretical commitments associated with the aims of the project. Through stages of coding and defining themes across data sets and researchers, we sought to interrogate and unpack patterns and meaning around the extent to which and how the DecoPrax concepts mobilised in the workshops were informing teachers’ pedagogical choices and/or their reflections about their teaching. Through the stages we worked to make sense of explicit and subtle meanings, and telling interpretative stories required depth of engagement and thinking reflexively as meaning is not fixed within data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis suggests DecoPrax concepts provided a shared language that enabled teachers to articulate tensions, uncertainties, and dilemmas encountered when teaching these issues. At ECER, we will share two overlapping emerging themes. First, Relating/caring across distance and difference highlights how teachers perceive students do or do not relate to or care about issues that happen far away from them. DecoPrax concepts prompted reflexivity with participants rethinking the ‘make them feel something’ approach in favour of starting from places of non-innocence. Some reflected on what they had perceived to be a distancing on the part of the students; considering instead it could be a reaction to a realisation that they were themselves implicated. Applying DecoPrax concepts, teachers considered ways to centre justice and power relations in attempts to draw these local-global connections more explicitly, while attempting to avoid falling back into the ‘white saviour’ trope. While the first theme focuses on how students relate to and understand global justice issues, the second focuses more on how to facilitate them to feel empowered to respond and take responsibility. Taking response-ability/reflecting on students’ engagement captures teachers’ efforts to nurture responsibility and to ‘take action’ in ways that are grounded in recognition of one’s implicatedness in sustaining global issues/climate change. They expressed concern that students become overwhelmed by the complexity of the problems and too comfortable in their own privileged lives to take responsibility for change. Drawing on the DecoPrax concepts enabled them to consider how to facilitate recognising oneself as both part of the problem as well as part of the solution. They explored ways in which they might support students’ responsibility and agency, including explicitly treating rather than avoiding negative emotions around guilt and shame to normalise them as part of a reflexive process by exploring implicatedness more openly in the classroom. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Eriksen, K. G. (2018). Teaching about the other in primary level social studies: The Sámi in Norwegian textbooks. Journal of Social Science Education, 17(2), 13–33. https://doi.org/10.4119/UNIBI/jsse-v17-i2-1697 Eriksen, K. G. and Stein, S. (2022) ‘Good intentions, colonial relations: Interrupting the white emotional equilibrium of Norwegian citizenship education’, Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 44/3: 210–230. Eriksen, K. G.; Jore, M. K.; Loftsdóttir, K.; Mikander, P, & Sund, L. (2024). Coloniality and Education in the Nordics. Editorial special issue. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 10(3), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v10.6338 Fylkesnes, S., du Plessis, D., & Massao, P. B. (2024). What can critical perspectives on Whiteness do for post-racial teacher education? A review of studies from the “nice” Norwegian context. Teaching and Teacher Education, 140. Gandolfi, H. E. (2024). (Re)considering nature of science education in the face of socio-scientific challenges and injustices: Insights from a critical-decolonial perspective. Science & Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-024-00536-w Machado de Oliveira, V. 2021. Hospicing Modernity. Facing Humanity’s Wrongs and the Implications for Social Activism. Berkely, CA: North Atlantic Books. McKenzie, M., J. Henderson, and F. Nxumalo. 2023. “Climate Change and Educational Research: Mapping Resistances and Futurities.” Research in Education 117 (1): 3–10. https://doi.org/10.1177/00345237231203073. Mikander, P., Pashby, K. & Sund, L. (2026). Resisting solutionism and apathy: Productive tensions in Nordic global citizenship education. Cambridge Journal of Education (CCJE). https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2026.2618527 . Pashby, K., Da Costa, M. & Sund, L. (forthcoming). Responding to calls to decolonise global learning: Bridging education for environmental sustainability and global citizenship In Learning for a Just, Peaceful and Sustainable World, edited by Douglas Bourn, UK: Bloomsbury Publishing. Pashby, K., Sund, L., and Tryggvason, Á. (2023) ‘Global citizenship as taken-for-grantedness: reflecting on Swedish students’ trip to Tanzania’, Globalisation, Societies and Education, 23/4: 1029–1046. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2023.2243836 Stein, S. et al. (2024). Education beyond green growth: Regenerative inquiry for intergenerational responsibility. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 8(2), Article 5618. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.5618 Sund, L., & Öhman, J. (2025). Revisiting the political in environmental and sustainability education – a global justice-oriented approach. Environmental Education Research, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2025.2567938. Sultana, F. 2025. Confronting Climate Coloniality. Decolonising Pathways for Climate Justice. London and New York: Routledge Tryggvason, Á., Sund, L. & Pashby, K. (2025). Taking on a critical approach to global justice issues teaching: Perspectives from Swedish teachers. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 11(1), 209–225. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Nordic exceptionalism and reflexive-magmatic ESE: Beyond problem solving with Cornelius Castoriadis OsloMet, Norway Presenting Author:This paper takes its starting point in the philosophy of Cornelius Castoriadis and suggests broadening the repertoire of existing ESE-pedagogies. To illustrate Castoriadis’ conceptual landscape and its potential for ESE, it discusses the notion of Nordic exceptionalism. The concept of Nordic exceptionalism denotes a picture of the Nordic countries as globally unique in their manifestation and defense of values such as solidarity, equality, universal welfare, and, not least, sustainability (Körber & Volquardsen, 2023). This picture is also prevalent in Nordic education. It springs from a range of studies (e.g. Martela et al., 2020) and, particularly in relation to sustainability, is part of broader Nordic branding efforts (Buns & Hinde, 2023). Still, this picture of the Nordics as exceptional is contested (Eriksen & and Stein, 2022; Körber & Volquardsen, 2023). For one, the Nordic welfare states rely on industries that drive nature degradation and climate change, threaten animal welfare, and uphold inequalities both in the region and abroad. Norway, where I am situated, is a case in point. Despite its climate commitments, Norway continues to expand oil exploration beyond what is sustainable under the Paris Agreement (OCI, 2024). Its salmon farming industry—second to oil—has raised environmental and social concerns, including those of animal welfare, land conflicts, and biodiversity loss (Future in our hands & Rainforest Foundation Norway, 2018). The problem with the notion of Nordic exceptionalism is not only one of representing the Nordic countries adequately or neglecting their contribution to ecological crises and prevailing inequalities. The notion of Nordic exceptionalism is problematic also because it poses a challenge to education and its democratic purpose, one that is well illuminated by Cornelius Castoriadis. Castoriadis (1993) argued that all societies make their own laws and thereby limit themselves in order to function. In what he calls autonomous societies, the closure through societal institution is not final and should be subject to continuous questioning: Are these laws just? What needs to we have? What life do we want? In their conscious and democratic reinstitution such societies are self-reflexive. Crucially, all institutions of society are to support this process of self-reflexivity, and so are, hence, educational institutions. The picture of the Nordics as exceptional is problematic, then, because it undermines the need for societal renewal. It facilitates the closure of the instituted society and thereby depoliticizes its institution. Not least, it obstructs education’s potential of reflexivity, especially where notions of Nordic exceptionalism enter into and are maintained in educational arenas. Castoriadis wrote extensively about social imaginaries and the imaginative capacities of humans. While individuals always are socialized into their societies as an inevitable part of becoming a self and making sense of the world, the psyche similarly creates a constant imaginary overflow and moves beyond the instituted (Castoriadis, 1997). Fostering the social imagination, Castoriadis argued, is a vital task in an autonomous society. What does Castoriadis add in this context of Nordic exceptionalism? Established pedagogies such as the pluralist tradition (Tryggvason et al., 2023) or the action competence approach (Mogensen & Schnack, 2010) evolve around societal problems which are to be explored or resolved by students. These approaches tend to favor reformative perspectives and risk to act within and support dominant imaginaries. Castoriadis’ philosophy puts the social imaginary center stage and advocates for a more direct engagement with it. As such, it opens for a transgressive approach without falling into a progressive paradigm. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is theoretical and draws from Castoriadis’ philosophy, especially from concepts that bring together issues of sustainability and democracy and their interrelation with ontology, epistemology, and axiology. Castoriadis offers an ontology in which different regions or strata lean on, but are not determined by one another. A central part of this ontology is the first natural stratum, ecology or nature, which human individuals and communities lean on. Societies do not evolve causally from this stratum; they create themselves—whether consciously or not (Klooger, 2014). Still, this first natural stratum demands that human communities put limits on themselves. Ecology, Castoriadis (2003) holds, is thus political, it is not about loving nature or being in harmony with it. It is ultimately about self-limitation. Indeed, the question of self-limitation is not exclusive to human-nature relations. Every society limits itself, Castoriadis (1981) argues. Such limitations are entailed in a society‘s definition of what is acceptable and what not as well as in the act of governing. A society which is aware of its self-creation and the role of limits, yet unable to set or redefine them, e.g. in the face of ecological crises, is a tragic society. It destroys itself. Another central motive, as mentioned above, is the social imaginary which materializes in social imaginary significations. In and through this world of social imaginary significations, individuals become socialized into the instituted society, Yet, the socialization process is never complete—the world an individual creates from an external one is never fully determined by it and as such the individual psyche and its flux always also exceeds the instituted society (Castoriadis, 1997). Castoriadis characterizes this flux of the psyche as magmatic. Magma is a term which Castoriadis applies to the world as processual, ever-changing, and heterogenous and as impossible to break down into neat objects or causal relations (Rosengren, 2014). Finally, there is the concept of autonomy. Societies who institute and reinstitute themselves consciously are autonomous societies. They are self-reflexive which, in turn, demands reflexive individuals (Adams, 2014; Castoriadis, 1993). Castoriadis (1981, 1993) traces autonomy back to ancient Greece and modernity, yet, sees it also reflected in the environmental movements of his time who fundamentally questioned the dominant social imaginary. This concept of autonomy places freedom within an autonomous society, rather than seeing freedom as being free from society (Smith, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings What can be drawn from this case for education in countries beyond the Nordic region? And for those who do not consider their country exceptional? Castoriadis lifts central issues of democracy, politics, freedom, and limits closely related to the social imagination, issues that can be drawn further into the realm of ESE. His philosophy walks the fine line between societal renewal and limits on the one hand and the tragic conditions of human being and becoming on the other. Castoriadis (1993) gives some hints as to what reflexive-magmatic education might entail. He advocated for the critical exploration of existing imaginaries alongside an informed engagement with historical societies. Strengthening the reflexive potential of education in ESE may demand even more. With Castoriadis discussing imaginaries from fictional literature, grassroots movements or fields such as ecological economy or ecological democracies becomes important. These imaginaries can strengthen individual and collective reflexivity at times of multiple Nordic and global crises. Throughout his work, Castoriadis refers also to padeia, education, and pedagogy. The different ideas developed, here, can be drawn together and inform e.g. character formation (Straume, 2014). While providing some clues, Castoriadis offers rather a frame to think education with. This potential has been explored within pedagogy (Straume, 2009). Castoriadis has also a strong position degrowth research (Asara et al., 2013). His philosophy, together with the developments in related fields, should be drawn also into ESE, discussed here, and developed further. Of course, several aspects of Castoriadis’ philosophy are contestable. This concerns, for example, his distinction between humans and nature or the elevation of politics above ethics. These issues connect to already existing discussions in the field. Castoriadis’ philosophy, thus, while informing ESE and the philosophical debates in the field, may also benefit from further nuances. References Adams, S. (2014). Autonomy. In S. Adams (Ed.), Cornelius Castoriadis. Key Concepts (pp. 1-12). Bloomsbury Publishing. Asara, V., Profumi, E., & Kallis, G. (2013). Degrowth, Democracy and Autonomy. Environmental Values, 22(2), 217-239. http://www.jstor.org/stable/23460979 Buns, M. A., & Hinde, D. (2023). Green States in a Dirty World: 1975 and the Performance of Nordic Green Modern. In F. Norén, E. Stjernholm, & C. C. Thomson (Eds.), Nordic Media Histories of Propaganda and Persuasion (pp. 243-260). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-05171-5_12 Castoriadis, C. (1981). From ecology to autonomy. Thesis Eleven, 3(1), 8-22. https://doi.org/10.1177/072551368100300102 Castoriadis, C. (1993). World in fragments. Writings on politics, society, psychoanalysis, and the imagination. Stanford University Press. Castoriadis, C. (1997). Democracy as procedure and democracy as regime. Constellations, 4(1), 1-18. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8675.00032 Castoriadis, C. (2003). The rising tide of insignificancy. https://www.costis.org/x/castoriadis/Castoriadis-rising_tide.pdf Eriksen, K. G., & and Stein, S. (2022). Good intentions, colonial relations: Interrupting the white emotional equilibrium of Norwegian citizenship education. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 44(3), 210-230. https://doi.org/10.1080/10714413.2021.1959210 Future in our hands, & Rainforest Foundation Norway. (2018). Salmon on soy beans — Deforestation and land conflict in Brazil. Klooger, J. (2014). Anlehnung (Leaning on). In S. Adams (Ed.), Cornelius Castoriadis. Key Concepts (pp. 127-134). Bloomsbury Publishing. Körber, L.-A., & Volquardsen, E. (2023). Nordischer Exzeptionalismus [translation]. In B. Henningsen (Ed.), Nordeuropa. Handbuch für Wissenschaft und Studium (pp. 74-80). Rombach Wissenschaft. https://da.uni.gl/media/etufpw0d/koerber-volquardsen-2023-nordic-exceptionalism.pdf Martela, F., Greve, B., Rothstein, B., & Saari, J. (2020). World happiness report. The Nordic exceptionalism: What explains why the Nordic countries are constantly among the happiest in the world. Mogensen, F., & Schnack, K. (2010). The action competence approach and the ‘new’ discourses of education for sustainable development, competence and quality criteria. Environmental Education Research, 16(1), 59-74. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620903504032 OCI. (2024). Troubled waters: How North Sea countries are fuelling climate disaster. https://oilchange.org/publications/north-sea-troubled-waters/ Rosengren, M. (2014). Magma. In S. Adams (Ed.), Cornelius Castoriadis. Key Concepts (pp. 65-74). Bloomsbury Publishing. Smith, K. E. (2014). Heteronomy. In S. Adams (Ed.), Cornelius Castoriadis. Key concepts (pp. 13-22). Bloomsbury Publishing. Straume, I. (2009). Politikken og det imaginære. Cornelius Castoriadis’ bidrag til et politisk danningsbegrep University of Oslo]. Straume, I. (2014). Padeia. In S. Adams (Ed.), Cornelius Castoriadis. Key Concepts (pp. 143-154). Bloomsbury Publishing. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 06 B: Perspectives on Justice: The Biosocial, the Territorial, and the Chemical Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Elsa Lee Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Reimagining Education in the Epistemic North through Social Bionarratives: Pluriversal Learnings from the Global South 1: Universidade de São Paulo, Brazil; 2: Universidade Federal do Triângulo Mineiro; 3: Ghent University Presenting Author:Contemporary educational research faces the challenge of responding to socio-ecological crises, epistemic injustices, and the limits of modern and universalist models of knowledge production, especially in the context of a globalized education marked by historical inequalities (Trott et al., 2023). “Place-based education” [PBE] (Yemini et al., 2023) is put forward as an approach to address the disconnection to place and environment by students who grow up in a globalised, colonial world of environmental crises. However, the authors note in their review that what is understood as PBE differs among researchers. The majority of researches focus on forms of outdoor learning and how educational tools, such Information and communication technologies, can connect student to their environments. Furthermore, they notice how PBE stems from mostly US researchers with limited engagement from and with research in and of the Global South. More importantly, they notice that social justice is sidelined in most PBE approaches, which is worrying, considering how PBE was early-on advocated as a means to construct a “critical pedagogy of place” to allow for decolonisation and reinhabitation fo the world (Gruenewald, 2003). Current research on PBE outside of the review’s scope from Nigeria (Ajaps & Mbah, 2022), Taiwan (Li & Shein, 2023) and Brasil (da Silva Ortiz & Gisloti, 2026) already bring new perspectives on indigenous education to the field. However, other researchers have continued the idea of a critical pedagogy of place by re-aligning PBE with “environmental justice education” (Stahelin, 2017; Cachelin & Nicolosi, 2022; Ellington & Prado, 2024). These authors call for the reconnection of communities to their territories and awareness of histories of colonisation and erasure of local knowledges. They signall the need for more, tested, and varied teaching approaches to implement a critical PBE. This paper presents Social Bionarratives [BIONAS] (Kato, 2020) as a possible answer to these challenges. BIONAS is a theoretical-methodological framework that emerges from educational practices situated in the Global South, articulating life, territory, and collectivity. Concretely, BIONAS are multimodal textual productions, i.e. booklets that incorporate artistic elements (video, pictures, poetry, design) that represent local knowledges that we’re encountered as students and teachers collaborated with local communities in and outside of the classroom. BIONAS are social because they do not narrate individual stories, but they are collectively constructed. They are bionarratives, because they emerge as embodied expressions of our collective lived realities from the territories in which they are produced. BIONAS are not conceived solely as narrative techniques, but as ontopolitical devices through which communities can preserve, recreate and transform their modes of existence in relation to human and more-than-human worlds. These characteristics, we argue, make BIONAS into a potent pedagogical tool for PBE with which to address the disconnect between communities and their territories in the Global North. Thus, we pose the following research questions: how do BIONAS promote a critical pedagogy of place that reconnects teachers and students to their territory, and which critically reflect upon the colonial histories that underlie socio-environmental conflicts in communities? How can BIONAS, developed in educational contexts in the Global South, contribute to pluriversal, territorialised place-based education in the Global North? The analysis of BIONAS experiences revealed four key patterns: the use of biocultural memories as pedagogical content; affective-epistemic bonds among participants; the (re)signification of territories as knowledge and resistance spaces; and collaborative reflection on socio-environmental justice. These patterns underscore BIONAS’s potential to foster a critical, relational, and decolonial place-based pedagogy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study resulted from collaborations between the Global South and North, structured in four interrelated stages that we’ll present here. In the first stage, we did a comprehensive mapping of current BIONAS practices between 2018 and 2025 in different territories of Brazil, Colombia, and Angola. These practices took place within a South-South international cooperation project (CNPq call for proposals 16/2024). The empirical data consists of written, audio and visual records of intercultural pedagogical workshops in which educators, students, and masters of traditional knowledge participated. Secondly, a critical analysis of the educational practices emerging from these experiences was conducted to understand how BIONAS mobilise collective engagement, challenge hegemonic models and create spaces of resistance in the face of environmental and social crises. The analytical matrix for data interpretation was developed based on Freire’s (2002) concept of dialogism; Escobar’s (2018) notion of the pluriverse; and Toledo and Barrera-Bassols’ (2015) formulation of biocultural memory. This theoretical articulation enables an analysis focused on educational processes oriented toward practices of freedom and decolonization. Paraphrasing the Zapatista movement through Escobar (2018), the aim is to contribute to the making of “a world in which many worlds fit.”. We also engage with place-based pedagogies, which promote a critical relationship between society and space, and explore how territories are inhabited and contested. In the Brazilian context, we draw on Carlos Walter Porto-Gonçalves (2006) and others to discuss territoriality as a key category, highlighting the political dimension and socio-environmental conflicts embedded in educational and ecological processes. The third stage consisted of experimenting with BIONAS in epistemic North contexts. Here, we tried out some intercultural pedagogical workshops (Rédua & Kato, 2020) in collaboration with researchers from Ghent University in Belgium. These workshops created an encounter between researchers, professors and activists, where BIONAS served as a tool for reconnecting participants to their territory and ancestrality. Finally, the fourth stage involved the aggregation of results from data analysis in the Global South and North, and reflection upon the divergences and convergences in observed educational processes. Across cases more than 60 educators, students and masters of local knowledge participated. The methodology presented her allows us to address our first (stages 1 and 2) and second (stage 3 and 4) research questions Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first and second research stages revealed emerging patterns and meanings in collective narratives across cases in the Global South. Based on intercultural pedagogical experiences with BIONAS (2018–2025) in Brazil, Colombia, and Angola, these cases, in territories facing socio-environmental conflicts and climate emergencies, revealed patterns that illustrate how BIONAS operate as intercultural educational technologies. Among these patterns are: the mobilization of biocultural memories as pedagogical content; the emergence of affective-epistemic bonds among participants; territories as spaces of knowledge and resistance; and the creation of spaces for collaborative reflection on socio-environmental justice. These empirical patterns highlight how BIONAS support a critical pedagogy of place and contribute to forming educators committed to epistemic plurality and ecological transition. As such, BIONAS opens up a space for participants to deconstruct colonial histories and “reinhabit” (cf. Gruenwald, 2003) the world in ways that articulate the plural place-based knowledges of communities. Moreover, these narratives made participants attentive to the environmental injustices in their territories. The third and fourth stages explored how to translate these experiences to educational contexts in the Global North. Participants, often academics or activists from globalised urban contexts, expressed a lack of territorial and ancestral ties, reflecting mobility and migration. BIONAS prompted discussions on Europe’s “internal colonisation,” loss of local traditions, and the search for belonging in other cultures. These findings indicate BIONAS’s potential to inspire pluriversal, territorialised place-based education in the Global North and warrant further exploration. BIONAS contribute to the debate on education and sustainability by articulating educational practices of the Global South that can inform a critical and decolonial place-based education to address environmental injustices in the Global North. Moreover, BIONAS, in audio, video, narrative and drawing formats, are freely available in a digital repository (REAS, n.d.), where they can act as pedagogical devices in other educational practices. References Ajaps, S., & Mbah, M. F. (2022). Towards a critical pedagogy of place for environmental conservation. Environmental Education Research, 28(4), 508–523. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2050889 Cachelin, A., & Nicolosi, E. (2022). Investigating critical community engaged pedagogies for transformative environmental justice education. Environmental Education Research, 28(4), 491–507. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2034751 Da Silva Ortiz, H., & Gisloti, L. J. (2026). Towards a Forest-based relational curriculum: Kaiowá memory, care, and more-than-human justice in Brazil. Environmental Education Research, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2025.2609197 Ellington, A., & Prado, C. (2024). Connecting schools and communities: a look at place-based learning and equitable access in SF Bay Area outdoor environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 30(8), 1327–1347. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2024.2321260 Escobar, A. (2018). Designs for the pluriverse: Radical interdependence, autonomy, and the making of worlds. Duke University Press. Freire, P. (2002). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (50th ed.). Paz e Terra. Gruenewald, D. A. (2003). The Best of both Worlds: a critical pedagogy of place. Educational Researcher, 32(4), 3–12. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x032004003 Kato, D. S. (Ed.). (2020). Bionas for the training of biology teachers: Experiences at the Observatory of Education for Biodiversity (1st ed.). Livraria da Física. Li, W., & Shein, P. P. (2022). Developing sense of place through a place-based Indigenous education for sustainable development curriculum. Environmental Education Research, 29(5), 692–714. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2098933. Porto-Gonçalves, C. W. (2006). The Reinvention of Territories: the Latin American and Caribbean experience. In: Ana Ester Ceceña. (Ed.). The Challenges of Emancipation in a Militarized Context, CLACSO, Buenos Aires. Rédua, L. de S., & Kato, D. S. (2020). Pedagogical workshops in the initial training of science and biology teachers: Space for intercultural training. Science & Education, 26, e20001. https://doi.org/10.1590/1516-731320200001 Stahelin, N. (2017). Spatializing environmental education: Critical territorial consciousness and radical place-making in public schooling. The Journal of Environmental Education, 48(4), 260–269. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2017.1336974 Toledo, V. M., & Barrera-Bassols, N. (2015). Biocultural memory: The ecological importance of traditional knowledge (1st ed.). Expressão Popular/AS-PTA. Trott, C. D., Lam, S., Roncker, J., Gray, E. S., Courtney, R. H., & Even, T. L. (2023). Justice in climate change education: a systematic review. Environmental Education Research, 29(11), 1535–1572. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2181265 Yemini, M., Engel, L., & Simon, A. B. (2023). Place-based education – a systematic review of literature. Educational Review, 77(2), 640–660. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2023.2177260 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Schools as Chemical–Multispecies Assemblages: Toward a Biosocial Reorientation of Environmental Education 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: Wake Forest University, USA Presenting Author:In a time of poly‑crisis—defined by the intensification of climate disruption, biodiversity collapse, toxic exposures, inequality, and geopolitical instability—environmental and sustainability education (ESE) must critically re‑articulate its aims, knowledges, methodologies, and practices. This paper argues that to meet these conditions, ESE needs to foreground the biosocial lives of children: lives shaped simultaneously by social structures and relations, and the molecular and microbial forces that permeate everyday environments (Millei, 2025). Drawing on the concept of alterlife (Murphy, 2017), which recognises that all life is already altered by capitalist, colonial, and industrial chemical relations, I reposition schools as chemical‑multispecies assemblages. In these assemblages, microplastics, cleaning agents, air pollutants, and processed food chemicals operate as interagentic forces that shape how children learn, breathe, eat, sense, and become (Agard-Jones, 2013). By attending to these relations, I propose that ESE must widen its focus to material flows that co-constitute life processes and to cultivate ethical, situated capacities for living within chemically altered worlds (Landecker, 2019). The theoretical paper develops a conceptual and methodological reorientation for environmental education by synthesising interdisciplinary research. This reorientation is illustrated through two examples. The first concerns atmospheric contaminants, which increasingly circulate through classrooms, schoolyards, and children’s commutes (Heydon & Chakraborty, 2020). These exposures are rarely perceptible within the conventional frames of school environmental initiatives, yet they materially participate in children’s respiratory health, cognitive functioning, and embodied experience of place. Participatory air‑quality monitoring by children—not merely as data collection but as a relational inquiry—offers an avenue for producing situated environmental knowledge that is at once scientific, experiential, and political. Such practices highlight how ESE can integrate embodied sensing, critical interpretation, and community action. The second example explores food, gut ecologies, and molecular colonisation, emphasising eating as a threshold practice where bodies, species, materials, and institutions meet (Paxson, 2023). School foodways—snacks, school lunches, convenience foods—shape children’s gut microbiomes and metabolic processes, embedding chemical, economic, and cultural relations within the body. Multisensory pedagogies such as taste‑work (Coe et al, 2024), fermentation projects, and food inquiry expand ESE beyond nutrition and behavioural guidance by inviting children to consider the multispecies, chemical, and political dimensions of food (Paxson, 2008; Landecker, 2019). Such pedagogies also resist narratives that frame bodily health solely as individual responsibility, foregrounding instead the institutional and infrastructural conditions that shape microbial and chemical exposures. Taken together, these examples demonstrate that ESE could evolve to address the environment in and through bodies, acknowledging that children’s embodied experiences are entangled with pollutants, microbes, and infrastructures that cross the boundaries of environmental, public health, and educational domains. This biosocial lens (Youdell and Lindley, 2019) might compel ESE to ask new questions such as: What educational aims become necessary when the conditions of life itself are being molecularly rearranged? In response, we propose three contributions to the re‑articulation of ESE in a time of poly‑crisis. First, ESE’s aims could include cultivating children’s capacities to live well‑enough within contaminated, uncertain environments while nurturing collective imaginaries for more‑than‑human flourishing (Landecker, 2019; Murphy, 2017; Tsing, 2015, ). Second, ESE’s knowledge practices need to expand to include molecular, microbial, and embodied indicators generated through participatory, multisensory, and speculative methods (e.g. Coe et al, 2024). Third, ESE’s pedagogical and institutional practices could adopt more‑than‑human and new materialist governance frameworks that attend to the co‑constitution of children, materials, and environments (Nichols et al, 2025). By reconceptualising schools as chemical‑multispecies environments and childhoods as sites of alterlife, this paper offers conceptual and methodological resources for renewing ESE’s purpose under poly‑crisis conditions and for fostering educational practices that respond ethically, creatively, and collaboratively to the realities of the Anthropocene. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a conceptual paper that advances a broadened framework for ESE by synthesizing existing multidisciplinary theoretical and empirical research from environmental anthropology, science and technology studies, biosocial education research, childhood studies, geographies of health and wellbeing, and decolonial environmental health. Through two examples—microplastics and air exposure and food, gut ecologies, and molecular colonisation—I explore how children’s bodies participate in chemical regimes that remain largely imperceptible within ESE theorising and practice. Rather than presenting empirical findings, I advance 3 ways to reorient methodologies for ESE research: 1. Participatory sensing and embodied monitoring (see e.g. Heydon & Chakraborty, 2020) Children’s engagement with low‑cost air‑quality sensors, particulate monitors, or multisensory investigations of classroom environments can generate relational, situated knowledge about exposure, altering how environmental issues are pedagogically addressed. 2. Multisensory and microbial pedagogies (Coe et al, 2024 and Microbial Childhood Collaboratory) Approaches such as taste‑work, fermented food projects, and sensory ethnographies invite children to encounter food and microbes as co‑constitutive of their bodies, re‑embedding sustainability within metabolic, cultural, and ecological relations. 3. Speculative and arts‑based inquiry Drawing on “queer synthetic curricula” and creative engagements with plastics, children and educators (see Pacini-Ketchabaw & MacAlpine (2022) can imagine futures shaped by chemical relations, opening critical and hopeful space beyond narratives of catastrophe or purity. Together, these methodological pathways could expand ESE’s repertoire of inquiry into domains traditionally viewed as outside environmental education—molecular exposures, microbiomes—yet foundational to living and learning in the Anthropocene. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcome of this research is a call to expand ESE's focus. I argue that to remain relevant in a time of poly‑crisis, ESE must adopt biological life—not symbolically, but materially—as a central site of educational inquiry, governance, and responsibility. Recognizing microplastics, food chemicals, and microbial transformations as interagentic actors shifts ESE away from solely addressing external environmental threats toward understanding how children’s bodies themselves record and negotiate environmental change. This reframing advances three contributions: Aims: ESE needs to cultivate capacities for sensing, interpreting, and responding to contaminated ecologies, while sustaining possibilities for living well‑enough with unavoidable chemical entanglements. Knowledges: Knowledge production to include molecular, microbial, and embodied data, situating children as co‑researchers within multispecies worlds. Methodologies and Practices: Pedagogical practices to embrace participatory sensing, multisensory foodways, speculative imagination, and more‑than‑human governance of school environments. By rethinking schools as chemical‑multispecies sites of alterlife (Murphy, 2017), this paper offers conceptual and methodological resources for re‑articulating ESE’s purpose within the conditions of planetary uncertainty. It invites educators and researchers to recognise the alterability and agency of children’s bodies, and to craft educational practices that respond ethically and imaginatively to the chemical realities that shape childhoods today. References Agard-Jones, V. (2013). Bodies in the system. Small Axe, 17(3), 182–192. https://doi.org/10.1215/07990537-2378986 Coe, J., Manera, L., & Fooladi, E. C. (2024). Exploring the senses of taste with young children: Multisensory discoveries of food. Food and Foodways, 32(1), 7–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/07409710.2024.2298175 Heydon, J., & Chakraborty, R. (2020). Can portable air quality monitors protect children from air pollution on the school run? Environmental Monitoring and Assessment, 192(3), 195. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10661-020-8153-1 Landecker, H. (2019). A metabolic history of manufacturing waste: Food commodities and their outsides. Food, Culture & Society, 22(5), 530–547. https://doi.org/10.1080/15528014.2019.1638110 Liboiron, M. (2016). Redefining pollution and action: The matter of plastics. Journal of Material Culture, 21(1), 87–110. https://doi.org/10.1177/1359183515622966 Millei, Z. (2025) Childhood in a Bacterial World: Anthropogenic Biology for the Global Studies of Childhood. Global Studies of Childhood. https://doi.org/10.1177/20436106251398515 Murphy, M. (2017). Alterlife and decolonial chemical relations. Cultural Anthropology, 32(4), 494–503. https://doi.org/10.14506/ca32.4.02 Nichols, C.E., Johnson, S. and Hayes‑Conroy, A. (2025) ‘Introduction to the special issue on bodies, health, environments’, Social Science & Medicine, 385, 118601. DOI: 10.1016/j.socscimed.2025.118601 Pacini-Ketchabaw, V., & MacAlpine, K.-A. (2022). Queer Synthetic Curriculum for the Chthulucene: Common Worlding Waste Pedagogies. Catalyst: Feminist, Theory, Technoscience, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.28968/cftt.v8i1.36598 Paxson, H. (2008). Post‑pasteurian cultures: The microbiopolitics of raw‑milk cheese in the United States. Cultural Anthropology, 23(1), 15–47. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1548-1360.2008.00002.x Paxson, H. (2023). Eating beside ourselves: Thresholds of foods and bodies. Duke University Press. Tsing, A. L. (2015). The mushroom at the end of the world: On the possibility of life in capitalist ruins. Princeton University Press. Youdell, D., & Lindley, M. R. (2019). Biosocial education: The social and biological entanglements of learning. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315226408 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Rural Resistance Towards ‘Green Transitions’ as an Educational Concern? An Investigation of Localized Anthropocene Emergence and Its Implications for ESE Theory 1: Danish School of Education, Aarhus University, Denmark; 2: Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Researchers have argued that human activities have now destroyed and altered planetary systems in such dramatic ways that the planet has entered a new geological epoch. They argue that we are now in the Anthropocene, the age of humans [1]. Despite being formally rejected as a geological epoch [2], the term has become a common way to address the crisis-rid state of the planet. Different critiques have emerged to question whether a global anthros (human) is responsible for the destruction of the planet, or if Western colonialism, capitalism or Cartesian worldviews are more specific root causes [3, 4]. In ESE, considerations about the Anthropocene situation have also evolved into a range of central theoretical themes: Some scholars see the Anthropocene as an invitation to re-think established pedagogical theory, such as the Bildung tradition, critiquing the way these approaches encourage humans to act on the world as if it was merely a backdrop for human expansion and display. These scholars argue for, e.g., life-friendliness, place responsiveness and attunement to the more-than-human as new ideals, making way for a flat ontology that would enable more liveable space for humans and more-than-humans alike [5, 6]. Other scholars draw on Morton’s dark eco-philosophy to focus on inherently inaccessible, unknowable and eerie dimensions of education, which current climatic and ecological conditions seem to only amplify. This suggests that other kinds of pedagogy than the orderly, happy and quiet may offer critical potentials [7, 8]. Yet another group of scholars argue for a reintroduction of class as a seminal focal point in ESE. Laugesen applies a philosophical approach to create educational-didactical theory to critically respond to capitalistic motivated destruction of ecosystems and inequality [9]. From a sociologic-ethnographic angle, Urberg describes and question tendencies of Swedish youth resistance to sustainable development agendas and initiatives inside and outside of school [10]. Both shed light on how socio-ideological structures play into the current planetary situation, and they raise considerations on the meanings of and potentials for resistance in education. With this paper, we seek to contribute to these theoretical developments. We do so through focusing on how the meaning and negotiation of ‘the Anthropocene situation’ is contingent on localized social as well as bio-geo-physical landscape formations, and how a sensitivity to such landscape formations may have educational theoretical implications. Behind this proposition lies the general idea that, despite being defined as a global phenomenon, the Anthropocene takes different forms and shapes in different places of the world [11]. This, moreover, poses a considerable challenge to ambitions of enacting ESE in the Global North, where the impacts of the Anthropocene are perhaps not as violently experienced (yet). We argue that Western Jutland in Denmark is an interesting case through which to expand on these considerations. Western Jutland is a relatively sparsely populated region. It is home to both globally unique and protected natural habitats [12, 13] but also to much of Denmark’s agricultural sector. Moreover, in recent elections a gap between this largely rural part of Denmark and urban parts of Denmark has proved to be a significant political decider [14]. Concretely, in this political environment, resistance against large-scale sustainable energy infrastructure projects such as solar panels and wind turbines has become an important political issue [15]. Rather than interpreting this resistance as resistance to green transition initiatives in general, we wish to explore and discuss the potentials hereof from an educational perspective. In short, our research questions is: In what form does ‘the Anthropocene situation’ emerge in rural Western Jutland and what may be educational implications hereof. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer our research question, we need a methodology that allows us to, on the one hand, examine Anthropocene landscapes as composed of both material, human and more-than-human structures. On the other hand, we need a methodology that allows us to explore these landscapes as places imbued with human meaning and tensions of social justice too [16, 17]. We do so by drawing on a patchwork of both online materials and field trips to concrete sites of historical and contemporary importance for the formation of a Western Jutland Anthropocene [18]. Firstly, through analysis of online newspaper articles, television documentaries and SoMe fora, such as local protest groups on Facebook, we examine how the Western Jutland physical landscape is portrayed, and what kind of discourses that emerge around the Western Jutland resistance to sustainable energy projects. This lets us examine how people in Western Jutland attribute meaning and symbolic value in the social sphere to the physical landscapes of the region. Secondly, to couple the discursive sphere with the physical landscape, also in our research approach, we have visited a selection of locations in Western Jutland on field trips, venturing out to get dirty and study the concrete landscapes. Here, we draw on the rubber boots method invented by the AURA project [19]. Putting on rubber boots and visiting the landscapes to spur discussions, we seek to be both critical, curious and speculative to investigate how the Anthropocene emerges in Western Jutland landscapes, and what educational implications this might have. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We find that the Anthropocene in Western Jutland emerges as what Swanson calls banal Anthropocene [11]. While Anthropocene is both violent and visible in many parts of the world, the destruction is rather implicitly embedded in a routinized everyday in places like Western Jutland. Here, particularly white, middle-class citizens tend to be structurally blind to the environmental destructions that, e.g., the agricultural systems they take part in creates. The question is how to make people see the destruction anew, Swanson argues. Yet, we also find that the citizens of Western Jutland are not simply blind. They see their landscapes as spun into cultural concerns of community life, generational bonds and political issues such as rural/urban inequalities. Based on our initial findings we offer three provocative questions for future ESE: Question 1: Latour and Schultz argue that a new ecological class will emerge through a conflict between a black class that supports continuation of a massive production system, and a green class that wants to halt it to secure a liveable planet [20]. The resistance encountered in our study can both be seen as a resistance against a massive production system, but also as resistance towards sustainability efforts. How can ESE address this paradox? Question 2: The European green transition has moved into a cultural war of consuming in the right way, which less well-off citizens will inevitably lose, and thus resist [15]. Can ESE avoid falling into this cultural trap, for example through speculating on whether resistance towards solar panels could pave way for a more inclusive and just green transition? Question 3: What kind of ESE paradoxes emerge between challenging the structural blindness implied in a banal Anthropocene, while still acknowledging the critical perspectives that Western Jutlanders’ engagement with their landscapes can provide? References [1] W Steffen, PJ Crutzen, JR McNeill. The Anthropocene: Are Humans Now Overwhelming the Great Forces of Nature, Ambio. 36 (2007) 614–621. [2] What does the rejection of the Anthropocene as a geological epoch mean?CE Noticias Financieras. (2024). [3] D Haraway. Anthropocene, Capitalocene, Plantationocene, Chthulucene: Making Kin, Environmental humanities. 6 (2015) 159–165. [4] JW Moore. The Capitalocene, Part I: on the nature and origins of our ecological crisis, The Journal of peasant studies. 44 (2017) 594–630. [5] L Nørreklit, M Paulsen. Life-friendly: who we are and who we want to be, JoPraCon. 13 (2023) 9–22. [6] H Illeris, M Paulsen, S Hawke M., j jagodzinski, Lying on the Ground: Aesthetic Learning Processes in the Anthropocene, Springer International Publishing, Cham, (2022), pp. 175–193. [7] JA Lysgaard, S Bengtsson, MH Laugesen, Dark pedagogy: education, horror and the anthropocene, 1st ed., Palgrave Macmillan, Cham, (2019) [8] T Morton, Dark Ecology – For a logic of future coexistence, Columbia University Press, New York (2016). [9] MH Laugesen, Kapitalocæn didaktik: Om undervisning med fokus på klima, klasse og kapitalkritik, in: Paulsen M, Tække J (Eds.), Antropocæn: Menneske, samfund og dannelse i en ny tidsalder, U Press (2024), pp. 259–285. [10] L Urberg. Motstånd, Motkultur och Miljöfrågor: En etnografisk studie av ungdomars reaktioner mot utbildning och hållbar utveckling, Nordisk Tidsskrift for Ungdomsforskning. 6 (2025) 1–19. [11] HA Swanson, The Banality of the Anthropocene, (2017). [12] Miljøstyrelsen, Natura 2000-plan 2022-27 Vadehavet, N89 Natura 2000-plan. (2023). [13] Miljøstyrelsen, Natura 2000-handleplan 2022-2027 for N68 Skjern Å (2024). [14] K Møller Hansen, R Stubager, K Møller Hansen, R Stubager, KM Hansen, Oprør fra udkanten : folketingsvalget 2015, 1st ed., Jurist- og Økonomforbundet, Kbh, (2017). [15] RM Stahl, CH Ellersgaard, AM Mulvad, Klima og klasse, Informations Forlag (2025). [16] AL Tsing, AS Mathews, N Bubandt. Patchy Anthropocene: Landscape Structure, Multispecies History, and the Retooling of Anthropology An Introduction to Supplement 20, Curr.Anthropol. 60 (2019) S186–S197. [17] T Beery. Landscape pedagogy for environmental and outdoor educators, Environmental education research. 31 (2025) 1958–1968. [18] C Watanabe, S Varma, G Günel, A Manifesto for Patchwork Ethnography, (2020). [19] Rubber Boots Methods for the Anthropocene: Doing Fieldwork in Multispecies Worlds, University of Minnesota Press (2022). [20] B Latour, N Schultz, Notat om den nye økologiske klasse, 1st ed., Hans Reitzel, Kbh, (2022). 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Green Spaces as Environmental and Sustainability Education Ecologies: Youth Participation, Territorial Justice and Informal Learning in a European Municipality 1: University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Faculty of Arts and Humanities; 2: University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences Presenting Author:This paper presents findings from a participatory research project developed within the municipal programme Sintra Jovem 2030 – Co-creating a Sustainable Territory, examining how young people perceive, experience and learn through green spaces across different everyday environments. Positioned explicitly within the field of Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE), the study approaches green spaces not only as environmental or recreational assets, but as informal and non-formal learning environments where education, sustainability, social relations and territorial conditions intersect. The research is grounded in the assumption that access to, quality of and opportunities for engagement with green spaces are central issues in sustainability education, closely linked to questions of social inclusion, territorial justice and democratic participation (Cordeiro et al., 2025). This perspective is particularly relevant in socio-spatially diverse European municipalities such as the Portuguese municipality of Sintra, where strong contrasts exist between consolidated urban areas and more fragmented or peripheral territories (Cordeiro et al., 2023, 2024). Conceptually, the study adopts an ecological and territorial approach to education, understanding schools, their surrounding spaces, residential neighbourhoods and daily mobility routes as interconnected educational ecologies (Kraftl, 2013). These everyday environments shape young people’s opportunities for learning about and through sustainability, including contact with nature, environmental awareness, social interaction, well-being and civic engagement beyond the formal curriculum (Faure & UNESCO, 1972; Associação Internacional de Cidades Educadoras, 2020; Ward, 1978). Methodologically, the research is based on a structured questionnaire administered to 4,990 students from several school clusters across the municipality of Sintra, encompassing a wide range of ages, educational levels and socio-cultural backgrounds. The questionnaire combined closed and open-ended questions and explored young people’s relationships with green spaces across four interconnected spatial domains: (i) green spaces within school grounds; (ii) green spaces in the immediate surroundings of schools; (iii) green spaces in residential neighbourhoods; and (iv) green spaces encountered along daily home-school routes. This multi-scalar design enables a nuanced analysis of how proximity, accessibility, safety, design quality and institutional regulations influence young people’s everyday spatial practices, perceptions and learning opportunities related to sustainability. The study integrates quantitative and qualitative data within a descriptive-interpretative framework aligned with participatory traditions in ESE research (Coelho et al., 2022). Rather than producing a purely infrastructural or environmental diagnosis, the analysis foregrounds young people’s voices in order to interpret how territorial conditions shape autonomy, well-being, socialisation and informal learning processes associated with environmental and sustainability issues. Comparative analysis across school clusters reveals marked territorial asymmetries, highlighting how unequal spatial conditions translate into differentiated educational opportunities. The findings point to a persistent gap between the symbolic recognition of green spaces as important for environmental quality and well-being and their effective use as learning environments, particularly within school settings and along daily mobility routes. While students consistently value green spaces as places for relaxation, contact with nature and social interaction, their actual appropriation is often constrained by safety concerns, lack of shade and equipment, limited accessibility and restrictive institutional rules. In contrast, green spaces located near the home tend to support more frequent use and informal learning experiences, underscoring the importance of proximity-based and neighbourhood-scale interventions. By positioning young people as active contributors to knowledge production, this study contributes to ongoing debates within Environmental and Sustainability Education on learner participation, educational spaces beyond the classroom and the role of everyday environments in fostering sustainability learning (UNESCO, 2021). It argues that integrating youth perspectives into educational planning, urban design and local sustainability policies is essential for advancing more just, inclusive and effective approaches to ESE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a participatory mixed-methods research design, consistent with methodological approaches commonly used in Environmental and Sustainability Education research. Data were collected through a structured survey administered to learners from several school clusters in the municipality of Sintra, Portugal. In total, 4,990 students participated, representing diverse age groups, educational levels, socio-cultural backgrounds and territorial contexts. The survey was designed to capture both measurable patterns and subjective experiences related to young people’s engagement with green spaces as everyday learning environments. It combined closed-ended questions (multiple-choice and Likert-scale items) with open-ended questions, allowing learners to articulate meanings, practices and constraints in their own words. The instrument was structured around four interconnected spatial domains: (i) green spaces within school grounds; (ii) green spaces in the immediate school surroundings; (iii) green spaces in residential neighbourhoods; and (iv) green spaces along daily home–school routes. This multi-scalar approach reflects an understanding of sustainability learning as distributed across formal, non-formal and informal contexts, rather than confined to the classroom. Particular attention was paid to dimensions relevant to ESE, including perceived accessibility, safety, opportunities for contact with nature, social interaction, institutional rules and design features that enable or constrain learning experiences. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistical methods, focusing on frequency distributions and comparative patterns across school clusters and territorial contexts. Qualitative data from open-ended responses were subjected to exploratory content analysis, enabling the identification of recurring themes related to autonomy, well-being, environmental awareness, social relations and everyday sustainability learning. The analytical strategy combined comparisons across spatial scales with comparisons between different school clusters, allowing for the identification of territorial inequalities and differentiated learning opportunities. Throughout the research process, young people were conceptualised not as passive respondents, but as active participants whose experiences and perspectives are central to understanding how sustainability education unfolds in everyday environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study highlight the crucial role of everyday environments in shaping young people’s opportunities for learning about and through sustainability. Green spaces emerge not only as environmental infrastructures, but as educationally meaningful spaces where informal learning, social interaction and environmental awareness are continuously produced. A key conclusion is the existence of a consistent gap between the recognised importance of green spaces for sustainability and their effective use as learning environments, particularly within school contexts and along daily mobility routes (Cordeiro et al., 2025). Institutional constraints, safety concerns and design limitations often restrict young people’s engagement with these spaces, limiting their educational potential. These constraints are more pronounced in peripheral or fragmented territories, reinforcing existing socio-spatial inequalities in access to sustainability learning opportunities. Conversely, green spaces located in close proximity to young people’s homes tend to support more frequent use, informal learning and everyday engagement with environmental issues. This finding underscores the importance of neighbourhood-scale interventions and locally embedded approaches to Environmental and Sustainability Education. From an ESE perspective, the study demonstrates the value of participatory methodologies that foreground learners’ experiences and everyday practices. Conceptualising schools, surrounding spaces and mobility routes as interconnected educational ecologies enables a more holistic understanding of how sustainability education is shaped by territorial conditions. The paper concludes that integrating youth perspectives into educational planning, urban development and local sustainability policies is essential for advancing Environmental and Sustainability Education that is inclusive, context-sensitive and socially just, in line with the core objectives of ESER. References . Associação Internacional de Cidades Educadoras (2020). Carta das Cidades Educadoras. AICE. . Coelho, C., Cordeiro, A. R., Alcoforado, L., & Moniz, G.C. (2022). Survey on Student School Spaces: An Inclusive Design Tool for a Better School. Buildings, 12, 392. https://doi.org/10.3390/buildings12040392 . Cordeiro, A. R., Fialho, J., Coelho, C., & Lameiras, J. M. (2025). Greening Schools for Climate Resilience and Sustainable Co-Design: A Case Study of Thermal Comfort in Coimbra, Portugal. Land, 14(10), 1985. https://doi.org/10.3390/land14101985 . Cordeiro, A., Coelho, C., Oliveira, C., et al. (2023). Rede Escolar – 20 anos de Transformação com Fundos Europeus na Região Centro. Lisboa: Direção-Geral dos Estabelecimentos Escolares. . Cordeiro, A., Coelho, C., Oliveira, C., et al. (2024). Espaços e práticas educativas em transformação: 20 anos da Rede Escolar da Região Centro. Coimbra: Centro de Estudos Interdisciplinares – CEIS20 – Universidade de Coimbra. . Faure, E., & UNESCO (1972). Learning to be. The world of education today and tomorrow. UNESCO. . Kraftl, P. (2013). Geographies of Alternative Education. Diverse learning spaces for children and young people. Policy Press. . UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together. A new social contract for education. UNESCO. . Ward, C. (1978). The Child in the City. Bedford Square Press. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 06 C: The Nature Teacher: Experiencing learning in natural environments Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Nicola Walshe Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Long-Term Transformative Effects of a Nature-Connection Facilitator Training: Preliminary Findings from a Thematic Analysis 1: Eötvös Lorand University Doctoral School of Psychology; 2: Eötvös Lorand University Institute of People-Environment Transaction, Hungary; 3: Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Department of Sociology and Communication, Presenting Author:In recent years, nature-based and participatory educational approaches have gained increasing attention as potential responses to socio-ecological crises, psychological distress, and growing disconnection from the natural environment (Ives et al. 2017). Among these approaches, ecopsychological perspectives conceptualise nature-connection as an experiential, perceptual, reflective, and relational learning process (Sewall, 1999) through which sustained changes may occur in how individuals perceive, relate to, and act within human–nature–social systems. Since 2020, a two-year-long nature-connection facilitator training programme has been implemented, consisting of an intensive first-year field-based phase and a second-year supervision phase. To date, more than seventy facilitators have completed the programme (approximately 230 contact hours across six cohorts). Written and oral feedback collected throughout the training indicates perceived positive changes in participants’ openness, attentional capacities, sensitivity, and relational attitudes toward nature, themselves, and others. However, systematic empirical investigation of the longer-term impacts of such trainings remains scarce. The present study addresses this gap by exploring the long-term effects of participation in a nature-connection facilitator training that combines guided, participatory nature-based practices with a course design intentionally structured according to organic, nature-analogous principles. The training draws on walking-based and more-than-human pedagogical approaches (Springgay & Truman, 2018). Beyond the practices themselves, the training mirrors natural processes in its overall rhythms, structure, and modes of learning, reflecting complexity-informed understandings of education (Davis & Sumara, 2006). The central research question is: How does sustained participation in such an organically structured, participatory training over several months contribute to changes in participants’ nature-related perceptions, as well as their social attitudes and behavioural orientations? The study is embedded in a broader research programme investigating experiential, perceptual, and relational learning processes in nature-based educational contexts. Within this framework, the current contribution focuses specifically on the long-term, integrative impacts of facilitator training participation, with particular attention to processes of internalisation, transfer, and everyday application beyond the training context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study applies a qualitative research design grounded in thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Data sources include written reflective feedback produced during and after the training, as well as semi-structured follow-up interviews conducted with 33 former participants. Interviews focus on participants’ subjective experiences of change, perceived impacts on their relationship with nature, self-regulation, professional identity, interpersonal relations, and everyday practices. The analytic process follows an iterative, reflexive thematic analysis approach, beginning with inductive, semantic coding. At this stage, analysis remains at the level of codes and preliminary pattern recognition; higher-order themes are still under construction. Analytic work is supported by constant comparison across cases and data types, enabling the identification of recurring experiential structures and meaning-making processes. Particular attention is paid to temporal dimensions of change, perceived sustainability of impacts, and contextual factors that support or constrain integration into everyday life. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary coding of the interviews reveals several recurring analytic directions. Codes indicate processes of heightened perceptual sensitivity, including changes in attentional orientation, sensory awareness, and modes of perceiving both natural environments and social situations pointing towards shift in ways of knowing grounded in lived, embodied experience (Ingold, 2011). Participants frequently describe a shift from instrumental or performance-oriented engagement toward more receptive, relational, and process-oriented modes of being (Sewall, 1999). Further codes point to identity-related transformations, such as the legitimisation of previously marginalised ways of knowing, increased self-trust, and the integration of experiential and embodied knowledge into professional and personal self-understanding. Many accounts emphasise the role of repeated, guided practice in stabilising these changes over time. Relational and ethical dimensions also emerge strongly at the coding level. Participants report increased sensitivity to boundaries, interdependence, and responsibility in both human–nature and interpersonal relations. At the same time, codes highlight tensions, ambivalences, and structural constraints that complicate the long-term maintenance of these orientations, particularly within institutional or work-related contexts. Taken together, the preliminary findings suggest that participatory, nature-based facilitator trainings may support multi-level, long-term changes encompassing perception, self-relation, and social engagement. Ongoing analysis will further clarify how these processes interrelate and under what conditions they translate into sustained behavioural change. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Davis, B., & Sumara, D. (2006). Complexity and education: Inquiries into learning, teaching, and research. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Ingold, T. (2021). Being alive: Essays on movement, knowledge, and description. Routledge. Ives, C.D., Abson, D.J., von Wehrden, H., Dorninger, C., Klaniecki, K. & Fischer, J. (2018). Reconnecting with nature for sustainability. Sustainability Science, 13, 1389–1397. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-018-0542-9 Sewall, L. (1999). Sight and sensibility: The ecopsychology of perception. New York: Penguin Putnam. Springgay, S. & Truman, S. E. (2018). Walking methodologies in a more-than-human world: Walking lab. Routledge. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Danish Udeskole: the School-Based Approach to Foster Children’s Connection to Nature. 1: University of Derby, United Kingdom; 2: Center for Clinical Research and Prevention (CCRP), Denmark Presenting Author:The fast-developing environmental crises create new demands for education, where pupils are required more than just take on instructions and be led, but to possess the confidence equipped with strong critical, creative and collaborative skills to be able to work on sustainable solutions (Mann et al., 2022). Moreover, this variety of skills must be built on the real experiences and humans’ relationships with nature to represent an authentic desire to improve the Planetary health, which is linked to the psychological construct of nature connectedness (NC). NC is characterised by the presence of a cognitive and affective connection formed by humans towards the natural world (Passmore et al., 2025). NC has been found to bring mutual benefits to both: humans and the natural world itself as it is linked to improved mental and physical well-being in children and associated with increased pro-conservation and pro environmental behaviours (Hughes et al., 2019; Richardson et al., 2015). A study conducted by Lumber et al. (2017) demonstrated the effectiveness of the five pathways to NC. Engaging with nature through meaning, emotions, compassion, sensory contact, and beauty lead to an improved NC in people and could be used as an alternative to traditional frameworks. Barrable & Booth (2020) highlighted the importance of NC during childhood and the potential critical role of educational settings in nurturing this connection. Most educational settings worldwide provide children with some degree of contact with nature: whether through field trips, residential visits, environmental education, however, not all of them encourage NC (Beery et al., 2022). It brings the question which educational practices connect children to nature and how it is achieved. School-based outdoor education is widespread across Europe, though to varying degrees (Jucker & Von Au, 2022; Remmen & Iversen, 2023), presenting the gap between countries and educational practices. Moreover, the views on nature between nations also differ, resulting in varying levels of relationship pupils might have with the natural world (Lengieza&Swim, 2021). There is a strong call for research into how nature-based learning can be leveraged not only for academic learning, but also for its potential to contribute to broader outcomes, such as NC. The focus of this study was on Danish Udeskole as a type of outdoor education based on the curriculum and practiced regularly with the emphasis on the local environment or school grounds (Barford et al., 2016). The wealth of research on Danish Udeskole identified benefits of physical, mental, emotional, social well-being and academic success (Bentsen & Jensen, 2012; Mygind et al., 2019), however it has never been considered as nature connecting practice. Furthermore, 7-11 years is the critical age, when the start of a sharp dip in NC has been revealed (Hughes et al., 2019). Further research to prevent the decline and encourage the increase in NC levels is needed. Therefore, the research question for this study was to explore the pathways to NC within Danish Udeskole. The following objectives were set to answer the research question: Objective 1: to explore teachers views on NC within Danish Udeskole; Objective 2: to observe children and teachers during Danish Udeskole lessons; Objective 3: to identify the existing and new pathways to NC within Danish Udeskole through exploring views of teachers, observing Udeskole sessions, taking field notes and photographs. The five pathways to NC (Lumber et., 2017) were used as a framework to identify activities and pedagogical approaches within Danish Udeskole activating pathways through meaning, emotions, compassion, sensory contact, and beauty in children. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study represented the first investigation exploring NC within Udeskole practices. It needed to involve a diversity of perspectives such as the theoretical considerations outlined in the previous work on NC and Udeskole, as well as the cultural and social factors potentially affecting the relationship with nature and educational policies, therefore, it employed the qualitative design informed by the short-term ethnographic approach (Pink & Morgan, 2013). Data collection was arranged accordingly with demands of teacher participants lives, characterised by the time constraint, allowing to record the rich accounts of their perspectives on nature education through online interviews (Phase 1) and to intensively observe live interactions between children and teachers during the Udeskole and classroom lessons in Denmark (Phase 2). Joining the Udeskole lessons ensured that complex experiences were captured by the researcher in the real-life context (Burgess, 1984; Yin, 2009). The following range of data collection methods was used: online interviews with Udeskole teachers, observations of teachers and children, informal discussions with the observed teachers and children, as well as taking field notes and photographs during Udeskole and classroom activities. Eleven Udeskole teachers were interviewed via MS Teams. Seven observations took place in the natural settings and in a standard classroom (Danish Grades 2-5 representing 7-11 years old children). Interviews, observations, field notes, and photographs were analysed with the deductive approach, providing a solid theoretical structure based on the five pathways to nature connectedness framework. At the same time, the researcher was guided by the inductive approach to allow potential discoveries of new theories or pathways to nature connectedness. Braun & Clarke’s (2022) six phases of experiential RTA were applied to analyse the data collected from interviews. Once themes had been identified using RTA, the observational data was reviewed and relevant evidence from this was integrated into the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of interviews with teachers and observations of Udeskole and classroom lessons identified the following themes: Theme 1 (“When they have it together, it is amazing!”, the collective aspect of connecting to nature), which explored the social aspect as a crucial element in deepening children’s connection to the natural world. Theme 2 (“It is important for them to learn in the real world”: the use of scientific enquiry with senses and emotions to increase children’s connection to nature), which explored children’s disconnection from nature and emphasised the urgency of addressing of this issue within school-based education. Participants' activities encouraged children to notice and engage with the natural world through the use of senses, followed by reflective practices supporting deeper understanding and sustained engagement with environmental concepts. Pupils’ positive and negative emotional responses to natural events were acknowledged, contributing to the development of compassion. Theme 3 (“A lot of ways” to teach about nature: the significance of meaning within Udeskole) investigated educators’ own NC as a source of inspiration for outdoor teaching and their intention to encourage young people to build meaningful relationships with the natural world. Participants indicated that, despite certain challenges, the regular use of school grounds and local environments for learning enhanced the significance of children’s encounters with nature and supported the development of a sense of attachment and care for these environments. These findings partially align with Lumber et al. (2017), confirming the four (contact, meaning, emotion, compassion) out of the previously demonstrated five routes to NC such as contact, emotion, meaning, compassion and beauty. There was a significant interplay found between the pathways of contact, emotion, meaning and the new element, a scientific enquiry (or knowledge), demonstrating the phases of experiential learning and potentially representing the new pathway to NC in children. References Barrable, A., Friedman, S., & Beloyianni, V. (2024). Nature connection in adulthood: The role of childhood nature experiences. People and Nature, 6, 1571-1580. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10657 Barrable, A. & Booth, D. (2020). Increasing Nature Connection in Children: A Mini Review of Interventions. Front. Psychol. 11:492. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00492 Bentsen P. & Jensen F. (2012): The nature of udeskole: outdoor learning theory and practice in Danish schools, Journal of Adventure Education & Outdoor Learning, 12:3, 199-219: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14729679.2012.699806 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative Psychology, 9(1), 3–26. https://doi.org/10.1037/qup0000196 Harvey, C., Hallam, J., Richardson, M., & Wells, R. (2020). The good things children notice in nature: An extended framework for reconnecting children with nature. Urban Forestry & Urban Greening, 49, 126573-. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ufug.2019.126573 Hughes, J., Richardson, M., & Lumber, R. (2019). Evaluating connection to nature and the 10 relationship with conservation behaviour in children. Journal for Nature Conservation, 45, 11-19. 11, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnc.2018.07.004 Jucker, R., & von Au, J. (2022). High-quality outdoor learning: Evidence-based education outside the classroom for children, teachers and society. Springer Nature. Lumber, R., Richardson, M., & Sheffield, D. (2017). Beyond knowing nature: Contact, emotion, compassion, meaning, and beauty are pathways to nature connection. PloS One, 12(5), e0177186–e0177186. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0177186 Mann, J., Gray, T., Truong, S. (2022). Rediscovering the Potential of Outdoor Learning for Developing 21st Century Competencies. In: Jucker, R., von Au, J. (eds) High-Quality Outdoor Learning. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-04108-2_12 Mygind, E., Kjeldsted, E., Hartmeyer, R., Mygind, L., Bølling, M., & Bentsen, P. (2019). Mental, physical and social health benefits of immersive nature-experience for children and adolescents: A systematic review and quality assessment of the evidence. Health & Place, 58, 102136–102136. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.healthplace.2019.05.014 Remmen, K. B., & Iversen, E. (2023). A scoping review of research on school-based outdoor education in the Nordic countries. Journal of adventure education and outdoor learning, 23(4), 433-451. Richardson, M., Sheffield, D., Harvey, C. & Petronzi (2016). A Report for the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB): The Impact of Children’s Connection to Nature. Derby: College of Life and Natural Sciences, University of Derby Wells, N. M., & Lekies, K. S. (2006). Nature and the Life Course: Pathways from Childhood Nature Experiences to Adult Environmentalism. Children, Youth and Environments, 16(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1353/cye.2006.0031 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Children's Nature Experiences in ECEC in Norway and Poland: A Cross-Cultural Comparative Study 1: Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 2: University of Warsaw, Poland; 3: The State Academy of Applied Sciences in Włocławek, Poland Presenting Author:Sustainable practices are categorized into four dimensions: social/cultural, ecological, economic, and good governance sustainability (Grindheim et al., 2019). According to Grindheim et al. (2019) optimal sustainability can be achieved only when actions for improving sustainability relate to all four dimensions. Approach to these aspects should be holistic, not linear and single-based causality focusing on one element which will help to solve the problem (Grindheim et at., 2019). Pedagogical practices and perspectives in early childhood education and care (ECEC) are influenced by various cultural factors. Differences related to curricular content, organization models and parental perspectives have been described across European countries (Eurydice, 2025; Melis et al., 2025; Sadownik, 2021; van Trijp et al., 2023). There are differing traditions and educational frameworks for ECEC in European countries (Melis et al., 2025). Focus on education in nature is particularly strongly developed in Scandinavia where play in nature is specially valued (Heggen, 2015; Sageidet, 2014; Borge et al., 2003). In contrast, other European countries have guidelines that are more focused on formal school readiness (Heggen, 2016; Melis et.al, 2025). Experience with nature is recognized as important for children's health, wellbeing and development across cultural contexts (Zwierzchowska & Lupa, 2021). Nature experience has been linked to developmentally favorable effects including positive physical, cognitive, and emotional outcomes. Further, nature contact in early childhood is linked to the formation of children’s relationship to nature and the formation of attitudes is linked to the protection of nature (Chawla, 2007). Heggen (2016) points that the approach to ecological sustainability with young children in Norway is grounded in the idea that adults should let children learn to love nature which will cultivate a sense of environmental connectedness. Norwegian ECEC centres excel in two dimensions of sustainability: social/cultural sustainability, as well as ecological sustainability (Grindheim et al., 2019; Heggen, 2016; Storvik, 2020). Outdoor play and pedagogy have long traditions in Norwegian ECEC (Lysklett & Berger, 2017). Children in Norway spend a large amount of time in ECEC centres outdoors and child-dominated activities and free play appear predominant during outdoor time (Moser & Martinsen, 2010). This creates an opportunity for children to come in direct contact with nature. The Polish traditional model of child-raising, contrary to the Scandinavian model “does not assume toughening of the body according to the principle >a healthy mind in a healthy body<, but it overprotects children against unfavorable weather conditions” (Ordon, 2019, p. 115). However, at least to some extent, the use of outdoor areas and neighbouring green spaces is also a part of the Polish ECEC tradition. In a study of Polish ECEC centres, 45% reported taking the children outside at least once a week (Zwierzchowska & Lupa, 2021). Approaches in Norway and Poland are good examples showing that across cultures, ECEC centres tend to differ in how much direct experience with nature they provide to children. They will also differ in how much they formally or informally teach children about nature. In this study, we wanted to investigate the potential variance in these two types of experiences by analysing data about children from two cultures, Norwegian and Polish, that seem to differ in their emphasis on direct and mediated experience with nature. Two hypotheses guide the study: 1. Norwegian children are more exposed to nature than Polish children during time spent in ECEC centres. 2. Nature activities are more often mediated in Polish ECECs than in Norwegian ones. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted as part of a larger cross-cultural project with Polish and Norwegian preschoolers, their parents and teachers, entitled PolkaNorski. In this part of the study, we analyse and discuss children's experience with nature based on questionnaires for teachers in Norway and Poland. We collected information about the ECEC centres’ working methods, educational approaches to children's learning and play in nature, and teacher’s competence and training in this domain and outdoor facilities. These measures were used to create a composite score representing children’s mediated and direct experience with nature at ECEC. We recruited teachers employed at preschools attended by children participating in the PolkaNorski project and asked them to complete a questionnaire. In both countries, the research assistants contacted ECEC centres in a variety of locations. The data were collected between May 2023 and June 2024. A subset of 18 items from the questionnaire was included in the composite measure of mediated experience. In each one of them, the teacher could score from 0 (lack of mediated experience) to 1 (existence of mediated experience). This included questions with Likert-scale answers, as well as questions with the possibility of freely entering number of hours. The answers to the latter type of questions were then standardised. Therefore, in the measure of the mediated experience, it was possible to score from 0 to 18. A subset of 8 items was related to direct experience. Of these, 4 were related to the frequency of being outdoors at different seasons of the year, and 4 were related to types of locations children visit on their outings, and the educational approaches. In further analysis, we decided to look at those two subsets of the direct experience separately, as they represent two differing perspectives on outdoors experience. The frequency of being outdoors in each season was measured on an ordinal scale. Subsequently, the teachers' responses were transformed so that for each season a score could be obtained from 0 (indicating no going out at all in that season) to 1 (indicating a great deal, i.e. more than 6 hours per day, of time spent outside). In this variable, we were not looking at the difference measured in specific hours spent outdoors, but rather the more generalized frequency of those outings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study will provide empirical evidence for cultural differences in children's nature experience. Norwegian children spend more time outdoors and have less mediated contact with nature than Polish children. More outdoor time and less mediated nature experiences in Norway is in line with a tradition valuing free play and exploration which helps to cultivate a sense of environmental connectedness. This approach is contrasted by the Polish culture, putting more emphasis on learning about nature, eg. names of species and ecology. We argue for the value of mutual cross-cultural interest in different approaches to building children's connection with nature and ecological awareness. Drawing on good practices from both Norwegian and Polish approaches, we can enrich pedagogical strategies in ECEC centers. The results may contribute to greater awareness and reflection on how preschool teachers can enhance children's nature experience and knowledge about nature-related topics. The results can also help practitioners become more aware of cultural differences. Valuing these differences and maintaining open dialogue with parents from different cultures, practitioners can better understand the potential pros and cons for the different approaches for children's development and learning. This can support their efforts to enhance social/cultural sustainability as well as other dimensions of sustainability. References Chawla, L. (2007). Childhood Experiences Associated with Care for the Natural World: A Theoretical Framework for Empirical Results. Children, Youth and Environments, 17(4), 144-170. https://doi.org/10.1353/cye.2007.0010 Eurydice, E. C. E. (2025). Key data on early childhood education and care in Europe – 2025. Eurydice report. Grindheim, L. T., Bakken, Y., Hauge, K. H., & Heggen, M. P. (2019). Early Childhood Education for Sustainability Through Contradicting and Overlapping Dimensions. ECNU Review of Education, 2(4), 374–395. https://doi.org/10.1177/2096531119893479 Heggen, M. P. (2016). Education for Sustainable Development in Norway. In J. Siraj-Blatchford, C. Mogharreban, & E. Park (Eds.), International Research on Education for Sustainable Development in Early Childhood. International Perspectives on Early Childhood Education and Development (Vol. 14, pp. 91-102). Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-42208-4_7 Lysklett, O. B., & Berger, H. W. (2017). What are the characteristics of nature preschools in Norway, and how do they organize their daily activities? Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning 17(2), 95-107. https://doi.org/10.1080/14729679.2016.1218782 Melis, C., Borg, F., & Falcicchio, G. (2025). Sustainability in early childhood education: a comparison among national curricula in Italy, Norway and Sweden. Environmental Education Research, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2025.2505954 Moser, T., & Martinsen, M. T. (2010). The outdoor environment in Norwegian kindergartens as pedagogical space for toddlers' play, learning and development. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 18(4), 457-471. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2010.525931 Ordon, U. (2019). Forest Nursery Schools and the Need for Health and Ecological Education Among the Youngest. Edukacja Elementarna w Teorii i Praktyce, 3(53), 111-120. Sadownik, A. R. (2021). Princesses (Don’t) Run in the Mud: Tracing the Child’s Perspective in Parental Perceptions of Cultural Formation Through Outdoor Activities in Norwegian ECEs. In L. T. Grindheim, H. V. Sørensen, & A. Rekers (Eds.), Outdoor Learning and Play: Pedagogical Practices and Children’s Cultural Formation (pp. 61-78). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-72595-2_4 van Trijp, C. P. J., Broekhuizen, M. L., Moser, T., Barata, M. C., & Aguiar, C. (2023). Parental perspectives on ECEC settings that foster child well-being: a comparison across nine European countries. International Journal of Early Years Education, 31(3), 579-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2022.2114319 Zwierzchowska, I., & Lupa, P. (2021). Providing contact with nature for young generation-A case study of preschools in the City of Poznań, Poland. Urban Forestry & Urban Greening, 65, 127346 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 06 D: ESE in Times of Crisis and Disaster Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Birgül Çakır Yıldırım Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Learning from Crisis: An Analysis of Post-Disaster Education Policy Implementation in Indonesia 1: Department of Curriculum and Instruction, University of Wisconsin-Madison, United States of America; 2: Department of Asian Studies, Lund University, Sweden; 3: Department of Learning and Leadersip, University of College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:As of 2019, Indonesia retained approximately 90–94 million hectares of tropical forest underscoring its global ecological significance (GFW, 2025; IRI, 2019). However, the expansion of extractive industries has contributed to substantial ecological degradation, intensifying environmental vulnerability. The consequences of this crisis were evident in a series of major disasters in Aceh, West Sumatra, and North Sumatra in late 2025, which resulted in more than one thousand deaths, displaced nearly 400,000 people, and triggered a large-scale humanitarian emergency (Ramdhani, 2025; WALHI & Greenpeace, 2025). In these post-disaster contexts, the education sector emerges as one of severely affected due to damage to school infrastructure, prolonged disruptions to learning, the displacement of students and teachers, and children’s trauma. This paper examines post-disaster education policy in Indonesia over the last two decades. It addresses two primary research questions: (1) How has post-disaster education policy been implemented in Indonesia since the early 2000s? and (2) How can insights from past experiences inform policy responses to emerging and future disasters? To answer these questions, the paper adopts a qualitative policy analysis framework that integrates three analytical perspectives: social and political, educational, and children’s rights. The first results of this paper are drawn in three central perspectives, social and political, educational, and children’s rights. The social and political perspective examines aspects of disaster management in Indonesia: policy reform, decentralization, and negotiations among actors and institutions. It focuses on the social and political dimensions of disaster management over the last two decades, with particular attention to implications for the education sector. The discussion begins by tracing the chronology of disaster management policy reforms since the early 2000s, encompassing both natural and non-natural disasters. It highlights the legal framework for disaster management, particularly Law No. 24 of 2007 on Disaster Management. The educational perspective examines the implementation of post-disaster school infrastructure reconstruction, including the schools’ physical building, curriculum and learning pedagogy, and human resources –as school infrastructure is not merely about physical buildings alone (Santika et al., 2021). The cases incorporated in this part include the 2018 Central Sulawesi earthquake, tsunami, and liquefaction, which resulted in damage to approximately 1,200 school infrastructures (Opabola et al., 2023), representing natural disasters, and the severe Jakarta flood in 2013 which was reported to have disrupted learning activities in 324 schools as a representation of a non-natural disaster (Jakarta Education Department, 2013, as cited in (Lassa et al., 2022). For the children’s rights part, this paper examines how educational policy is embedded within the emergency curriculum implemented in disaster-affected contexts. Specifically, it will analyze Circular Letter No. 1/2026 concerning the Provision of Education in Disaster-Affected Educational Institutions as a policy response to the large-scale floods in Sumatra by December 2025. The analysis is grounded in a child-rights-based framework, drawing on the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), with particular attention to Article 28 (the right to education), Article 3 (the best interests of the child) and Article 39 (recovery and reintegration) (United Nations, 1989) in emergency contexts. In the second section, the paper by synthesizing findings from these three perspectives to offer policy recommendations for post-disaster education in Indonesia. First, it emphasizes the need to strengthen decentralization through enhanced local government capacity-building and clearer coordination mechanisms. Second, it highlights the importance of integrating disaster risk reduction education into pre-disaster curricula and ensuring curriculum flexibility, teacher preparedness, and emergency schooling systems in post-disaster contexts, drawing lessons from Japan’s experience. Third, it underscores that post-disaster education policies must explicitly prioritize children’s psychosocial recovery and mental well-being, ensuring that educational stakeholders are adequately prepared to implement child-centered emergency curricula. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As this paper broadly concerns the policy analysis and implementation of post-disaster education in Indonesia through three central perspectives –social and political, educational, and children’s rights– it adopts Sabatier and Weible’s Advocacy Coalition Framework (ACF) in the Theory of the Policy Process as its primary analytical framework (Sabatier, 2018). Moreover, this study also incorporates a Child Rights-Based framework grounded in the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) to specifically examine the third lens with particular attention to Article 28 (the right to education), Article 3 (the best interests of the child), and Article 39 (recovery and reintegration) (United Nations, 1989) within emergency contexts. This latter framework is intended to ensure that post-disaster education policies in Indonesia are assessed in terms of their alignment with the needs and rights of children as one of the vulnerable groups affected by disasters. Sabatier and Weible conceptualized policy as a long-term process rather than a one-time decision, shaped by multiple factors, including external events which in this case is portrayed by external shock resulting from the disaster. At the similar concern, UNCRC highlighted the necessity of reintegration within education policies operating under emergency conditions. These frameworks help researchers identify advocacy coalitions involved in the implementation of post-disaster education policies in which the findings are intended to function as guiding compass for answering the second research question –policy recommendations that are relevant to emerging disaster risks in Aceh and Sumatera toward the end of 2025. By evaluating past policy imaginaries, the results of the paper might help policy makers to rethink and reconsider what policy practices should be sustained, revised, or avoided in ongoing education recovery processes within major disaster-affected localities. Regarding methodological approach and data sources, this study employs a literature review drawing on: (1) Law No. 24 of 2007 on Disaster Management; (2) relevant scholarly articles addressing curriculum recovery, pedagogical adaptation, and human resource reconstruction (given the absence of a single, comprehensive post-disaster education policy document issued by the Indonesian government); and (3) Circular Letter No. 1/2026 concerning the Provision of Education in Disaster-Affected Educational Institutions as primary data sources. In addition, the analysis is supported by secondary sources, including the status quo Indonesian National Curriculum after disaster happened, and emergency education policy briefs published on the Ministry of Education’s official website, in order to strengthen the coherence and robustness of the findings and discussion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, this paper argues that post-disaster education in Indonesia is not merely a technical exercise in restoring school infrastructure, but a social, political, and ethical process that reflects the state’s responsibility toward education, including infrastructure and children in times of crisis. Drawing on Sabatier and Weible’s Theory, this paper has shown that post-disaster education in Indonesia is best understood as a long-term and contested policy process shaped by external shocks, rather than as a one-off emergency response. Disasters expose how policy choices, institutional arrangements, and power relations influence the state’s capacity to protect some critical aspects of education. From a social and political perspective, decentralization and intergovernmental negotiations continue to produce uneven post-disaster education outcomes due to fragmented authority and unequal local capacity. From an educational perspective, learning recovery involves not only school reconstruction but also curriculum adaptation, pedagogical flexibility, and sustained support for teachers. Moreover, integrating a Child Rights-Based framework grounded in the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, the analysis reveals a persistent gap between policy intentions and practice, particularly in addressing children’s psychosocial recovery and prioritising their best interests. Therefore, this study argues that post-disaster education in Indonesia must be reoriented toward a human-centred, rights-based policy approach that recognises children not only as learners, but as rights-holders requiring care, protection, and recovery in times of crisis. References GFW. (2025). Global Forest Watch Indonesia. Green Forest Watch. https://www.globalforestwatch.org/dashboards/country/IDN/ IRI. (2019). Indonesia: A Primer on Deforestation for Religious Leaders and Faith Communities. The Interfaith Rainforest Initiative. Lassa, J., Petal, M., & Surjan, A. (2022). Understanding the impacts of floods on learning quality, school facilities, and educational recovery in Indonesia. Disasters, 47(2), 412–436. https://doi.org/10.1111/disa.12543 Ministry of Education, Culture, Research, and Technology of the Republik of Indonesia. (2026). Circular Letter No. 1/2026 concerning the provision of education in disaster-affected educational institutions. Government of Indonesia. Opabola, E. A., Galasso, C., Rossetto, T., Meilianda, E., Idris, Y., & Nurdin, S. (2023). Investing in disaster preparedness and effective recovery of school physical infrastructure. International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction, 90, 103623. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijdrr.2023.103623 Ramdhani, J. (2025, December 30). Update Korban Bencana Sumatera 30 Desember: 1.141 Orang Meninggal, 163 Hilang. https://news.detik.com/berita/d-8284750/update-korban-bencana-sumatera-30-desember-1-141-orang-meninggal-163-hilang. Download Apps Detikcom Sekarang https://apps.detik.com/detik/ Sabatier, P. A. (2018). Theories of the Policy Process (C. M. Weible, Ed.; 4th Edition). Westview Press. Santika, F., Sowiyah, Pangestu, U., & Nurahlaini, M. (2021). School Facilities and Infrastructure Management in Improving Education Quality. International Journal of Research and Innovation in Social Science, 05(06), 280–285. https://doi.org/10.47772/IJRISS.2021.5612 Shaw, R., & Takeuchi, Y. (2012). East Asia’s emergency management and disaster risk reduction. In R. Shaw (Ed.), Community-based disaster risk reduction (pp. 13–36). Emerald Group Publishing. Shiwaku, K., & Shaw, R. (2008). Proactive co-learning: A new paradigm in disaster education. Disaster Prevention and Management, 17(2), 183–198. https://doi.org/10.1108/09653560810872497 United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. United Nations General Assembly. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Feeling Safe in Times of Crisis: Resilience of Adolescence in the Context of Disasters – Results from Participatory Q Workshops 1: Heidelberg University, Germany; 2: Heidelberg University Hospital, Germany Presenting Author:In a time of poly-crisis, disasters increasingly shape everyday life worldwide and, with growing frequency and intensity, also across Europe. Schools are confronted with climate-related hazards (e.g., heatwaves, floods, storms) as well as cascading crisis constellations that interact with social inequalities, pandemics, war and forced migration, and the rapid impact of AI on information environments. Within Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE), this raises the underlaying (research) question for this paper: How can educational practices be shaped so that young people can engage with ecological breakdown and disaster risks without being overwhelmed, excluded, or reduced to individual coping? NW30 calls for ESE research that addresses poly-crisis conditions and takes existential, emotional, ethical and political concerns seriously (e.g., Karaarslan-Semiz, 2022). This aligns with UNESCO’s ESD for 2030 agenda (UNESCO, 2020) and with international disaster risk reduction frameworks such as the Sendai Framework 2015–2030, which also highlights the role of education (United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction, 2015). Building on a global scoping perspective and local pilot activities in the German state of Baden-Württemberg, the project conceptualizes resilience not as an individual trait but as an interplay of developmental support, participation/self-efficacy, and mental health resources. Empirically, the paper presents Q-methodology results derived from participatory workshop settings with different actor groups in Germany: (1) secondary school students as the educational target group, (2) pre-service teachers as future players, and (3) interdisciplinary experts (e.g., education, psychosocial support, medical doctor, civil protection) with intensive experience of the field. The guiding prompt was: What is important for you (from the perspective of young people) to feel safe in the event of natural disasters? Participants worked with a Q set of 24 theory-informed statements spanning affective, cognitive and behavioral dimensions of safety and resilience. Workshops with ninth-grade students at a German comprehensive school further demonstrated the approach’s feasibility in school-based ESE contexts. The analysis identifies four distinguishable viewpoint patterns that structure what ‘feeling safe’ means in disaster contexts. In the project’s pilot phase, these patterns can be characterized as:
Comparable four-factor structures also emerged in a subsequent workshop study with expert and pre-service teachers indicating cross-group resonance alongside meaningful differences in emphasis. The contribution is both methodological and practical: Q methodology makes plural “safety logics” visible that might otherwise be flattened in survey averages—while the workshop format provides a structured learning space for sensemaking and reflection, as we have previously documented in another learning context (Kling & Buhl, 2025). In line with Vare and Scott (2007), the paper conceptualizes ESE as encompassing both practical competencies for action and critical-reflexive learning that enables learners to deal with complexity and ambiguity. This allows to move beyond generic preparedness checklists and towards educational designs that balance (a) concrete disaster knowledge and preparedness, (b) relational and emotional safety, (c) participation and agency, and (d) justice-sensitive support structures. Although the empirical core is based on German data, the study explicitly addresses European transferability: the underlying dimensions of safety (trust, routines, competence, psychosocial support, collective solidarity) are likely to travel across contexts, while statement wording and hazard scenarios can be locally adapted. This opens a perspective for international comparisons across European education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses Q methodology (Brown 1993, Stephenson 1953) to examine subjectivity as a systematic object of inquiry by identifying shared configurations of priorities (viewpoints) rather than variable distributions. Q is well suited to poly-crisis and ESE contexts because it captures nuance, ambivalence and minority perspectives that may be central when learners and educators confront existential risks, uncertainty and contested responsibilities. Data were generated through facilitated workshops in Germany with three different actor groups: secondary school students, pre-service teachers, and educational experts. The workshops combined (a) different steps of an individual Q sorting task (b) joint reflection on the ad hoc Q analyses using Q-Perspectives® (Walker et al. 2018) and (c) discussion and scenario-based sensitization regarding natural hazard events. In this way, the workshops served both as a participatory research setting and as an educational format for structured reflection. The Q set comprised 24 statements derived from theory and prior work on resilience in disaster contexts, explicitly covering affective, cognitive and behavioral aspects of safety and coping (e.g. Buhl 2003, Ries 2024, Search Institute n.d.). Statement content was aligned with a resilience framing that emphasizes developmental support, participation/self-efficacy, and mental health resources, and it addressed school-relevant practices such as routines, problem-solving, social support networks, and psychosocial support. The prompt guiding the Q sort asked: ‘What is important for you (from the perspective of young people) to feel safe in the event of natural disasters?’. Participants first familiarized themselves with all statements and then sorted them on a quasi-normal distribution grid from “most important” to “least important” (relative ranking). They provided brief written rationales for statements placed at the extremes, enabling qualitative enrichment of factor interpretation (Watts & Stenner 2012). Q Sorts were digitally collected using Q-Perspectives® (Walker et al. 2018) and analysed using KEN-Q Analysis (KADE v1.3.1, Banasick 2019). An inverse (by-person) factor analysis was conducted, in which individuals rather than variables were correlated and factorised (Brown 1993). Cross-group comparison examined convergence and divergence between students, (pre-service) educators and experts. Participation was voluntary and anonymous; workshops with minors followed consent and safeguarding procedures appropriate for school-based research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that ‘feeling safe’ in disaster contexts is best understood as a plural and patterned phenomenon rather than a single construct. We identify distinct, internally coherent viewpoints (safety logics) that variously foreground (1) relational and collective dimensions (solidarity, mutual support, helping others), (2) practical preparedness and routines (concrete coping scripts, rehearsal, and predictability), (3) self-efficacy and competence beliefs (confidence in one’s ability to act under uncertainty), and (4) more skeptical or distanced positions (doubts, low personal relevance, or conditional trust). The fact that similar viewpoint patterns emerge across participant groups indicates that educational practice can draw on shared ‘safety logics’, while attending to group-specific emphases and potential blind spots. Crucially, Q methodology is particularly well suited to this field of inquiry because it is designed to capture subjectivity in a structured and rigorous way without forcing consensus. As a research approach, Q makes it possible to identify shared configurations of meaning - distinct ‘safety logics’ - while keeping minority perspectives visible, which is essential in poly-crisis contexts marked by uncertainty, inequality, and contested responsibilities. At the same time, Q functions as a reflexive method: the Q-sort invites participants to actively weigh, compare, and justify priorities, thereby creating a facilitated space for sensemaking. In this study, the workshops thus serve a dual purpose: producing robust empirical results and supporting reflective learning among the addressed groups. While grounded in German data, the approach is transferable across Europe with modest adaptations (hazard scenarios, institutional roles, culturally embedded meanings of safety). This enables future comparative European studies that examine how education systems distribute responsibility between individuals, schools, communities and state infrastructures - an issue at the heart of ESE’s aims, knowledges and practices in poly-crisis. References Brown, S. R. (1993). A primer on Q methodology. Operant Subjectivity, 16(3–4), 91–138. https://doi.org/10.22488/okstate.93.100504 Banasick, Shawn (2019). KADE: A desktop application for Q methodology. Journal of Open Source Software, 4 (36), 1360. https://doi.org/10.21105/joss.01360 Buhl, M. (2003). Jugend, Familie, Politik: Familiale Bedingungen und politische Orientierungen im Jugendalter (Forschung Erziehungswissenschaft, Band 179). Leske + Budrich. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-322-97584 Buhl, M. (2025). Was ist wichtig, um sich sicher zu fühlen? Resilienz von Kindern und Jugendlichen im Kontext von Katastrophen Forum Marsilius-Kolleg, 25, 95-99. https://doi.org/10.11588/fmk.2025.25.109296 Karaarslan-Semiz, G. (Ed.). (2022). Education for sustainable development in primary and secondary schools: Pedagogical and practical approaches for teachers. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-09112-4 Kling, I., & Buhl, M. (2025). Applying Q methodology in higher teacher education for pre-service teachers’ (self-)reflection, learning and professional development. Frontiers in Education, 10, Article 1555073. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1555073 Ries, M. (2024). Towards better preparedness for future catastrophes: Lessons learned from civil-military pandemic response. heiBOOKS. https://doi.org/10.11588/heibooks.1331 Ries, M. (2025). Resilienz von Kindern und Jugendlichen bei Katastrophen stärken. Forum Marsilius-Kolleg, 25, 118–126. https://doi.org/10.11588/fmk.2025.25.109299 Search Institute. (n.d.). Developmental Assets Framework. https://searchinstitute.org/resources-hub/developmental-assets-framework Stephenson, W. (1953). The study of behavior: Q-technique and its methodology. University of Chicago Press. UNESCO. (2020). Education for sustainable development: A roadmap. UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54675/YFRE1448 United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction. (2015). Sendai framework for disaster risk reduction 2015–2030(A/RES/69/283). United Nations. https://www.undrr.org/publication/sendai-framework-disaster-risk-reduction-2015-2030 Vare, P., & Scott, W. (2007). Learning for a change: Exploring the relationship between education and sustainable development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 1(2), 191–198. https://doi.org/10.1177/097340820700100209 Walker, B. B., Lin, Y., & McCline, R. M. (2018). Q methodology and Q-Perspectives® Online: Innovative research methodology and instructional technology. TechTrends, 62(5), 450–461. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-018-0314-5 Watts, S., & Stenner, P. (2012). Doing Q methodological research: Theory, method and interpretation. SAGE. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446251911 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper From Green Hospitality to Eco-Data Citizenship: Sustainability Education with Unaccompanied Foreign Minors in a Time of Poly-Crisis 1: Salesian University Institute of Venice (IUSVE), Italy; 2: Mercatorum University, Italy Presenting Author:In recent years, educational communities hosting unaccompanied foreign minors have emerged as privileged sites for experimenting with inclusive forms of environmental and sustainability education (Salerno, 2025). Yet their epistemic and political contribution to rethinking sustainability in a time of poly-crisis remains under-theorised. This paper brings together empirical insights from work on sustainable intercultural education (Brossard Børhaug, 2026), twin transition practices, and integral ecology in social enterprises (Ribeiro-Navarrete et al., 2024; Bühler et al., 2023) to propose the notion of eco-data citizenship. Eco-data citizenship refers to the ways in which young people in vulnerable positions learn to read, generate and contest data about their socio-environmental conditions, while negotiating recognition and rights. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper analyses three strands of practice: (1) community-based activities where unaccompanied minors experiment with ecological citizenship and sustainable coexistence; (2) multilingual digital labs that connect environmental education, civic engagement and technological skills; and (3) agro-ecological work experiences that embed sustainability, responsibility and character formation in productive activity. Using a cross-case analytical framework (Yin, 2018), the study examines how different knowledge forms (experiential, scientific, bureaucratic, spiritual) are mobilised and negotiated in these settings, and how they position minors as either passive recipients of “green inclusion” or as co-authors of sustainability transitions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that eco-data citizenship offers a way to link environmental and sustainability education to struggles over data justice, migration governance and socio-economic inequality, moving beyond tokenistic “green” projects towards pedagogies that take seriously both planetary limits and contested citizenship. References Brossard Børhaug, F. (2026). Intercultural education in the Anthropocene–international perspectives, challenges, and initiatives. Intercultural Education, 37(1), 1-4. Bühler, M. M., Calzada, I., Cane, I., Jelinek, T., Kapoor, A., Mannan, M., & Zhu, J. (2023). Data cooperatives as catalysts for collaboration, data sharing, and the (trans) formation of the digital commons. Ribeiro-Navarrete, B., Saura, J. R., & Simón-Moya, V. (2024). Setting the development of digitalization: state-of-the-art and potential for future research in cooperatives. Review of Managerial Science, 18(5), 1459-1488. Salerno, V. (2025). Promoting intercultural sustainable education-a case study of unaccompanied foreign minors in Italy. Intercultural Education, 1-15. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications (Vol. 6). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 31 SES 06 A: Multilingual Students Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Leena Maria Heikkola Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper The Role of School Language Policies in Shaping Multilingual Students’ Identity and Sense of Belonging University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:A global rise in migration and transnational mobility has led to increasing linguistic diversity in schools worldwide (OECD, n.d.). In the European Union, recent figures indicate that one in four children are either foreign-born themselves or have foreign-born parents (European Parliament, 2023) and in England 21.4% of students in state-funded schools are currently recorded as speaking English as an additional language(Department for Education, 2025). Such a shifting demographic represents opportunities for schools but also challenges in how to best support these multilingual students to learn the language of instruction and encourage a sense of belonging and social cohesion. While supranational organisations often advocate for the promotion of multilingualism in schools to ensure students’ home languages are also recognised and valued (e.g. OECD, 2019; European Commission, 2019), in practice, decisions about whether and how to do this are often devolved to individual schools or indeed, teachers. In a recent study which analysed school-level policies from a representative sample of 998 secondary schools in England, Forbes and Morea (2024) noted particular tensions between the desire for schools to promote an environment where cultural and linguistic diversity are valued and the desire to create a sense of ‘equality’ through promoting English as a unifying language. This was evident in statements such as the following from the ‘Equal Opportunities’ policy of a school: “The Trust views linguistic diversity positively. The Trust values the natural language of students and staff alike, although the first language to be used within the school is English” (my emphasis). As such, it is not surprising that there is a wide range of teachers’ attitudes and practices towards languages in schools in England, ranging from ‘free use of languages’ to ‘use of English only’ and to ‘restricted use of home languages’ (Liu & Evans, 2016). Comparable tensions between official multilingual discourses and monolingual school practices have also been documented in European contexts, for example, Goossens (2022, p. 309) notes that even in a self- declared ‘multilingual’ Dutch- medium school in Brussels, there were tensions as teachers attempted to negotiate a balance between ‘their pedagogical goals and concerns about monolingualism in the wider society’, which led to the correction or even sanctioning of the use of languages other than Dutch. Such policies and practices can communicate powerful ideological messages about which languages and speakers are valued within the school space, thereby shaping students’ sense of recognition, legitimacy and belonging. For students who speak the dominant language of schooling as an additional language, these messages shape not only opportunities for participation but also processes of identity negotiation (e.g. Norton & Toohey, 2011; Russell et al., 2024). Identity is a complex construct which can be broadly defined as ‘how a person understands his or her relationship to the world, how that relationship is structured across time and space, and how the person understands possibilities for the future’ (Norton, 2013, p.45). For the purpose of this study, I draw specifically on the ‘3Es’ theoretical framework which conceptualises identity as dynamically shaped by a learner’s experiences, evaluations and emotions (Fisher et al., 2024). As a framework which foregrounds the role of languages in identity negotiation and which was developed within educational contexts, it is highly pertinent and appropriate for the exploration of the following research question: How do school-level language policies and, crucially, their enactment by teachers, influence multilingual students’ identity negotiation and sense of belonging within secondary school contexts? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation will focus on a subset of data from a wider interpretivist qualitative multiple case study conducted across three heterogeneous secondary schools in England: two state-funded schools (pseudonyms Amber Lane and Bronze Hill) and one independent boarding school (pseudonym Red Street). Data were collected from each school in the form of written policy documents, lesson observations focusing on the use of language for teaching, learning and classroom interaction (a total of 45 lessons from subjects across the curriculum), interviews with teachers (a total of 15 teachers spanning a range of roles and subject specialisms) and interviews with students (a total of 39 students from different linguistic backgrounds). For the purpose of this presentation, I will draw primarily on the interview data with the 23 students (age 11-16) who spoke English as an additional language, with reference to other data where relevant to provide additional context. The focus of the student interviews was informed by the 3Es framework and sought to explore (a) their experiences in relation to languages in the school, this includes English (as the medium of instruction) and use of their home languages as resources for learning and participation both in and out of the classroom, (b) their evaluations, that is, their beliefs about these languages, themselves as users of these languages in the school context and their perceptions of the beliefs of others such as peers and teachers, and (c) their emotions in relation to languages, such as feelings of pride or shame. Thematic analysis was conducted iteratively, informed by the theoretical framework outlined above, allowing for both deductive coding aligned with the 3Es and inductive identification of emergent themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis reveals that it was not necessarily the formal school language policies (where they existed) that shaped students’ identity and sense of belonging; rather, it was the way in which such policies were perceived and practiced by teachers. Yet, there was substantial variation within schools. For example, in Amber Lane School, some students reported positive experiences where they were explicitly encouraged to draw on their home language in class as a tool to support learning which made them feel like their multilingualism was recognised and valued, yet one student reported a sense of “fear about foreign languages – not French, but like, Urdu and stuff” which made him feel hesitant to use or acknowledge his home language. Such views are likely shaped by implicit ideologies around languages and, indeed, the perception of a ‘hierarchy’ of languages which positioned ‘taught’ (often European) languages over other languages. Overall, the findings reveal that the ways in which languages are perceived and positioned in schools through both formal policies and their enactment in everyday practices can either reproduce linguistic hierarchies that hinder multilingual students’ sense of identity and belonging, or contribute to the creation of more equitable and inclusive educational spaces. By foregrounding students’ perspectives, this study contributes to research at the intersection of language and education and to wider European and international debates on the role of languages in fostering a sense of belonging and social cohesion in increasingly linguistically diverse schools. The presentation will conclude by outlining practical, identity-informed strategies for schools to develop positive language policies and practices that support social cohesion and a sense of belonging for all learners. References Department for Education. (2025). Schools, pupils and their characteristics: January 2025. https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/schools-pupils-and-their-characteristics-january-2025 European Commission, EACEA, & Eurydice. (2019). Integrating students from migrant backgrounds into schools in Europe: National policies and measures (Eurydice Report). Publications Office of the European Union. European Parliament. (2023). One in four children in the EU is foreign-born or has foreign-born parents. European Parliamentary Research Service. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/BRIE/2023/754601/EPRS_BRI(2023)754601_EN.pdf Fisher, L., Evans, M., Forbes, K., Gayton, A., Liu, Y., & Rutgers, D. (2024). Language experiences, evaluations and emotions (3Es): Analysis of structural models of multilingual identity for language learners in schools in England. International Journal of Multilingualism, 21(1), 418–438. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2022.2060235 Forbes, K., & Morea, N. (2024). Mapping school-level language policies across multilingual secondary schools in England: An ecology of English, modern languages and community languages policies. British Educational Research Journal, 50(3), 1189–1207. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3959 Goossens, S. (2022). Embracing multilingualism, experiencing old tensions: Promoting and problematising language at a self-declared multilingual school. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 43(4), 309–322. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2019.1633335 Liu, Y., & Evans, M. (2016). Multilingualism as legitimate shared repertoires in school communities of practice: Students’ and teachers’ discursive constructions of languages in two schools in England. Cambridge Journal of Education, 46(4), 553–568. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2015.1091441 Norton, B. (2013). Identity and language learning: Extending the conversation. Multilingual Matters. Norton, B., & Toohey, K. (2011). Identity, language learning, and social change. Language Teaching, 44(4), 412–446. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444811000309 OECD. (2019). The road to integration: Education and migration (OECD Reviews of Migrant Education). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/d8ceec5d-en OECD. (n.d.). Students from migrant backgrounds. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. https://www.oecd.org/en/topics/sub-issues/students-from-migrant-backgrounds.html Russell, S.G, Fabo, C., Jones, V., & Colic, A. (2024). Language policies and ideologies for socialization and identity-building in U.S. schools: The case of newcomer and refugee students in Arizona and New York. Social Sciences, 13, Article 601. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci13110601 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper “Miss, I Am Scared”: Growing Up Multilingual in a Monolingual School Context 1: KU Leuven, Belgium; 2: University of Antwerp, Belgium Presenting Author:Due to ongoing migration, an increasing share of pupils in urban schools across Europe (and worldwide) are multilingual, speaking at least one additional language at home alongside the majority language. However, many schools and teacher teams continue to struggle with this multilingual reality and more often than not implement a monolingual approach in their school (Clycq, 2017). In Flanders (Belgium), where this study is situated, schooling continues to be shaped by a persistent monolingual ideology that positions the majority language as the primary gateway to academic success and social legitimacy (Pulinx et al., 2017). From this dominant perspective, multilingual children’s home languages (also known as ‘heritage languages’, henceforth HL) are often treated as a deficit and an obstacle to ‘success’, with them considered irrelevant, problematic, or, at best, private. However, HLs are much more than a learning tool, or in the monolingual approach, an obstacle, and are deeply tied to children’s sense of self, and their perception of their social positioning in school and society at large (Yagmur & van de Vijver, 2022). In this presentation, we study the role of the school context and its language policy in pupils’ experiences. While research on multilingualism in education has often focused on “hard outcomes” such as achievement gaps (see e.g. Agirdag and Vanlaar (2016)), far less attention has been paid to a crucial mediating layer: multilingual children’s emotional experiences with languages. These emotions matter because they influence language use, and language proficiency and can shape participation, interaction, learning opportunities, and peer relations (Sevinç & Backus, 2017). This paper thus examines how young multilingual pupils in Flanders experience their multilingualism within a monolingual school context. To unpack these phenomena and processes we build on insights from Identity theory (Burke & Stets, 2009) and Identity Process Theory (Breakwell, 2015). Individual’s emotional experiences (and corresponding behavior) is contingent on social settings and how individuals interpret that setting (Stets, 2016)). Within Identity Theory, emotion is conceptualised as a signal of identity verification or identity non-verification: positive emotions arise when children perceive congruence between their identity standard (e.g., “I am a competent speaker”) and the feedback they receive in interaction; negative emotions arise when that congruence is disrupted and cannot be easily repaired. This framework foregrounds the role of environmental feedback, especially in school, as a continuous identity-regulating mechanism. The problem, then, is not merely that multilingual children sometimes feel anxious or insecure, but that majority-dominant schooling can systematically produce identity-threatening conditions in which children’s emotional experiences are shaped. By positioning emotional experiences as socially produced through school-based feedback loops, this paper reframes multilingual children’s emotional experiences as a critical site where language ideology becomes lived reality. Understanding these dynamics is essential for developing school environments that do not merely foster majority language acquisition and academic achievement, but also safeguard multilingual children’s feeling of belonging, self-esteem and self-efficacy (Vignoles, 2011). Our overarching research question is: How do school language policies and practices shape multilingual pupils’ emotional experiences with Dutch and their heritage language (HL), through processes of identity verification and identity threat? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on qualitative data from the Multilingualism in Antwerp project, which investigated multilingual children’s lived experiences with language across home and school contexts. The dataset consists of ten focus groups with multilingual children in the 5th and 6th year of primary education (aged 10–12, N = 50) from five schools in Antwerp, Belgium. All participants reported speaking at least one language other than Dutch at home. The focus groups were organised as single-sex groups. Participants attended schools that varied substantially in their language policy. Specifically, the five participating schools ranged from contexts in which HL was minimally tolerated to contexts in which it was more widely accepted. This variation enabled attention to how children’s emotional experiences may be shaped by differences in school-level language norms and practices. We collected data via three focus group discussions with each group of children. In the first focus group discussion children talked about which languages they spoke with whom and where. In the second focus group discussion, they talked about how they navigate family and school interactions and the role of language therein, and in the third one we centered on the relationship between emotions and languages. For the purpose of this analysis, we focus on the data gathered in the second and third focus group. To elicit reflections on the topics discussed, the sessions incorporated child-friendly instruments such as vignettes and statementsTo probe emotional experiences, children were invited to select emoticons representing emotions associated with Dutch and their heritage language, and subsequently explain the meanings and situations behind these choices. Through the emotion sheets children reported positive and negative emotions related to the languages they speak. These sheets were used to analyze how many and which type of emotions were experienced. The focus group discussions were transcribed and then coded and analyzed in the software program NVIVO. In our analysis we followed the classic phases of the thematic analysis approach (Braun and Clarke 2006). First, we familiarized ourselves with the data (transcription, reading of the data, taking memos of initial ideas). Next, initial open codes were generated, which then served as the basis to construct the themes. These themes were reviewed in a second phase to check whether or not there was an overlap between themes and whether they fitted the raw data and open codes. Lastly, we tried to distinguish relationships between themes, where possible and relevant. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Children perceived their schools as the ‘Dutch’ domain: they used Dutch at school, with teachers and peers, within and outside of class. Children stated that they ‘had to’ talk Dutch at school and that heritage languages were not allowed, not even on the playground. However, children also hesitantly admitted using their heritage language at school. They hesitated probably because schools sanction this through giving notes, vocal warnings and/or sending children to the principal. Children, in general, understood and subscribed to the idea of speaking Dutch at school and agreed with the reasons provided by the school why it was important to speak Dutch. However, a lot of children also had second thoughts about the strictness with which the school excluded their heritage language. Findings further show that multilingual children associate both Dutch and the HL with a broad range of emotional experiences. Overall, children selected more positive than negative emotions, despite the larger number of negative options on the emoticon board. Children also reported a wider emotional repertoire for Dutch than for the HL. Across languages, positive emotions (e.g., happiness, pride, relief) were primarily triggered when children perceived themselves as fluent speakers in interaction, enabling social connection and confident participation. Negative emotions (e.g., anxiety, insecurity, disappointment) were typically triggered by perceived non-fluency, fear of making mistakes, and self-evaluations of “not being good enough.” A language-specific pattern was that children expressed fear of forgetting the HL, linked to concerns about losing communication with family members. Finally, when children experienced their language choice as restricted, they reported anger and unhappiness, particularly in school-based interactions. Interpreted through Identity Theory, these patterns suggest that emotional experiences reflect processes of identity verification or threat, especially in relation to belonging, self-esteem, and self-efficacy. And that children reported these patterns, regardless of the school they attended. References Agirdag, O., & Vanlaar, G. (2016). Does more exposure to the language of instruction lead to higher academic achievement? A cross-national examination. International Journal of Bilingualism, 22(1), 123–137. https://doi.org/10.1177/1367006916658711 Breakwell, G. M. (2015). Coping with threatened identities. Psychology Press. Burke, P. J., & Stets, J. E. (2009). Identity theory. Oxford University Press. Clycq, N. (2017). ‘We value your food but not your language’: Education systems and nation-building processes in Flanders. European Educational Research Journal, 16(4), 407–424. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116668885 Pulinx, R., Van Avermaet, P., & Agirdag, O. (2017). Silencing linguistic diversity: the extent, the determinants and consequences of the monolingual beliefs of Flemish teachers. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 20(5), 542–556. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2015.1102860 Sevinç, Y., & Backus, A. (2017). Anxiety, language use and linguistic competence in an immigrant context: a vicious circle? International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2017.1306021 Stets, J. E. (2016). Examining Emotions in Identity Theory. Social Psychology Quarterly, 68(1), 39–56. https://doi.org/10.1177/019027250506800104 Vignoles, V. L. (2011). Identity Motives. In S. J. Schwartz, K. Luyckx, & V. L. Vignoles (Eds.), Handbook of Identity Theory and Research (pp. 403–432). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-7988-9_18 Yagmur, K., & van de Vijver, F. J. R. (2022). Multidisciplinary Perspectives on Acculturation in Turkish Immigrants. Identity, Language and Education Across Generations. Springer. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-94796-5 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Examining Practice Architectures in Minority Medium Schooling to Imagine a Multilingual Future University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Imagine an officially bilingual country to promote integration though the lesser spoken majority language, such as Swedish in Finland. To be more precise, imagine if a mere seven percent of those migrating to Finland opted to enrol their children in Swedish medium schools (SMS), and this alone would help to counterweight the century-long demographic decline in the share of Swedish speakers in Finland, as argued by Christina Gestrin, the Secretary General at The Swedish Assembly of Finland (cited in the Swedish medium newspaper, Hufvudstadsbladet 11.4.2025). From the minority language vitality point of view, it surely sounds like an aim to pursue. This was also listed as an aim in the latest governmental programme (Finnish Government, 2023).
Language political rhetorics aside, the choice of integration language is subjective and remains with the migrants themselves (Act on the Promotion of Immigrant Integration 14.4.2023/681). Currently, integration through the Finnish language and enrolment in Finnish medium schools (FMS) is promoted and the authorities may either forget or ignore to mention the bilingual nature of the country (Forsgård, 2025). At times, it can also be considered as unethical to promote a position as minority within minority (Kosová & Sundbäck 2021). According to a status report (EDUFI, 2025), a total of 684 pupils, i.e. two per cent of all pupils in SMS, studied the L2 syllabus on the mainland SMS during 2022–2023. Racism is a problem even in the SMS (Loukola et al., 2025) although Swedish speakers are not unfamiliarwith harassment in the society themselves (Vento, 2025).
Instead of the tricky questions of who is to integrate in which language and why, this study focuses on the current state of SMS and teacher education and their roles in this imagined future of more multilingual SMS. It aims to tackle questions of how SMS cope with to acknowledge and to support plurilingual practices (Bergroth et al. 2021) beyond the national official languages Swedish and Finnish, and embrace both the own mother tongues of the pupils (L1), Swedish as the language of schooling (L2), Finnish as the societal majority language (L3) and English as a world language (L4), and perhaps even additional languages (L5) in line with the ambitious language education policy of Finland.
The data analysed in this study stems from a multi-site and multitopic collaborative action research project called Diversity and Collaboration (MångSam). MångSam aims to develop university – school collaborations in a relatively new Swedish medium teacher education programme at the officially bilingual university of Helsinki, in specific regarding programmatic profile areas of diversity, multilingualism and social justice (Bergroth & Londén, 2024; Cornér et al., 2024). The action research framework is connected on the theory of practice architectures (Henning Loeb et al., 2019; Mahon et al., 2016). This theory suggests that we in our everyday activities and practices are simultaneously engaged on three dimensions of social reality, namely the semantic space (language), physical space-time (activity in material world) and social space (power and solidarity). To unpack the practice architectures, i.e. the pre-conditions that make practice possible and hold it in place, this study seeks to identify relevant societal language and education related discourses and connects them to the side of the practices, i.e. socially established cooperative human activity involving utterances and forms of understanding (sayings), modes of action (doings), and ways in which people relate to one another and the world (relatings). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research question guiding analysis was as follows: What kind of positions to L1–L5 can be identified in group discussions with either pupils or with teachers (sayings, relatings and doings) and how can these positions be understood in relation to wider societal discourses on language, identity and education? The primary data analysed consist of six group conversations with either teachers (N=8) or pupils (N=14), in addition to the societal language (education) policy documents. In this study, observations at schools, i.e. actual doings, are not included. Two group conversations with eight teachers working either as class teachers or having other roles in schools, organised by the researching teacher educator together with a student teacher assistant. Two SMS voluntarily enrolled in the study and participated in the initial conversation based on an inspirational image intended to elicit respondents' general thoughts about L2 in their school to identify areas of pedagogical development. In this study we have included themes related to multilingualism. Following languages, in addition to Swedish/L2, were mentioned in the image: school language, subject-specific language, pupil’s own mother tongue, Finnish and English. Four group discussions with 14 multilingual pupils enrolled in L2-syllabus in three SMS, conducted by a student teacher supervised by the researching teacher educator. Written consent was received from the guardians, and the educational authorities in the cities involved gave a formal data collection permission. The pupils were reached through their L2-teacher, and the voluntary participation was rewarded with a cinema ticket. All in all, nine L1’s were mentioned, namely, Albanian, Amharic, French, Norwegian, Russian, Somali, Spanish, Ukrainian and Vietnamese. As inspirational images the pupils were encouraged to colour language portraits (Soares et al., 2020) and identify everyday spaces with focus on what languages are used there and why. The data was analysed with theory driven qualitative methods to identify and engage with relevant discourses on a societal, school and individual level. As the macro-level societal discourses frame the sayings, doings and relatings, they are brought forth by examining participant positions regarding languages, for example, by critically examining the modalities expressed through the means of language (Kiesling, 2022). However, as the societal discourses are filtered through the lived experiences of the participants, we acknowledged the linguistic trajectories as mediated by space and time, in specific in the analysis of the pupil group conversations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that the daily doings of the pupils included four or more languages. It would be dismissive to simply claim that the practices at schools were monolingual, even if the doings, sayings and relatings by teachers and pupils promoted the role of Swedish (L2) in school context. For example, the opportunities to learn and use own mother tongues (L1) in school were uncommon, and the pupils related the imaginary use of L1 in school as a potential hinder for their learning. Pupils also explained why they did not attend in school subject pupil's own mother tongue. One reason for this was that the pupils related L1 with emotions, but not necessarily with academic success. The teachers, instead, related this to lacking skills in Finnish (L3) as L1 teaching was provided only within FMS. Pupils related to Finnish (L3) as a slightly boring, but a necessary language. However, they sought to improve their skills, especially outside of the school context. Interestingly, pupils seemed to have easier to relate to other languages (L5) taught in school than to L3. They also described various multilingual practices by their L5 teachers. English (L4), like Finnish, was not mainly related to as an object of learning, but rather as a self-evident language expected to be part of one’s existing language repertoire. Thus, both pupils and teachers often described English as a support language in communication. To conclude, to enhance the potential of SMS as a more multilingual space in the future, it is necessary to continue to untangle the intertwined the pre-conditions holding current (linguistic) practices in place, i.e. examining the practice architectures. To achieve goals stated in language political rhetorics requires developing educational practices and our study suggests that this untangling cannot be done without including, and listening to, multilingual pupil voices. References Bergroth, M., Llompart, J., Pepiot, N., van der Worp, K., Dražnik, T., & Sierens, S. (2021). Identifying space for mainstreaming multilingual pedagogies in European initial teacher education policies. European Educational Research Journal, 21(5), 801-821. Bergroth, M., & Londen, M. (2024). Preparing early childhood teachers for multilingual pedagogies beyond bilingualism. In Martínez-León, N., Andúgar, A. & Cortina-Pérez B. (Eds.) Multilingual pedagogies for early years. Theoretical insights and innovative approaches. Peter Lang. Cornér, S., Slotte, A., Londen, M., & Holm, G. (2024). The education of pre-service teachers as future boundary spanners for social justice. In Zenkov, K., Polly, D., & Rudder, L. (Eds.) Boundary-Spanning in School-University Partnerships. 249–268. Information age publishing. Forsgård, N.E. (2025). Integration på svenska – en lägesrapport 2025. Tankesmedjan Magma. Henning Loeb, I., Langelotz, L. Rönnerman K. (2019). Att utveckla utbildningspraktiker – Analys, förståelse och förändring genom teorin om praktikarkitekturer. Studentlitteratur. Kiesling, S. (2022). Stance and Stancetaking. Annual Review Linguistics. 8:409–426. Kosová, M. & Sundbäck, L. (2021). Forskning om svensk integration. En kartläggning och röster från fältet. Migrationsinstitutet. Loukola, S., Matikainen-Soreau, M., Holm, G., & Hummelstedt, I. (2025). Racial humour in Finnish schools: reinforcing and resisting racism, and the difficulty of intervening. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 1–16. Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Kemmis, S. (2016). Exploring Education and Professional Practice: Through the Lens of Practice Architectures, Springer Singapore Pte. Limited. Soares, C. T., Duarte, J., & Günther-van der Meij, M. (2020). ‘Red is the colour of the heart’: making young children’s multilingualism visible through language portraits. Language and Education, 35(1), 22–41. Vento, I, (2025). Språkbarometern 2024. Justitieministeriets publikationer, Utredningar och anvisningar 2025:8. Justitieministeriet. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Multilingual Children’s Language Agency in Family and Preschool Settings in Iceland University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:The population of Iceland has in recent years become increasingly diverse in terms of languages and backgrounds as a result of migration to the country. Schools at all levels in Iceland experience the diversification of the population. Thus in 2023, around 16.8% of all preschool children (Statistics Iceland, 2025a) had heritage languages (HLs) other than Icelandic (Statistics Iceland, 2025b). In the Icelandic education system, preschools and compulsory schools are operated by municipalities and based on municipal educational policies, although schools should also adhere to the general education policies and national curriculum guides (Ministry of Education, Science and Culture, n.d.). Children preschool on average at the age of 1–2 years old depending on availability, and most children attend preschools. The aim of this research project is to explore multilingual children’s language agency in family and preschool settings in Iceland. The project is directed by the following research question:
The project builds on the theoretical framework of family language policy, which, according to King et al. (2008) focuses on on how languages are learned, managed and negotiated within families. According to Spolsky (2009), family language policy is related to general socio-cultural conditions, social status and socio-cultural traits of the group affiliation as well as the the socio-cultural, ethnic and linguistic profile of the family itself. These different factors present various challenges as well as opportunities to families. Curdt Christiansen (2013), has noted that FLP also recognizes the influence of economic, political and social structures and processes in society. Furthermore, educational contexts affect FLPs. Many multilingual families take an active role in choosing which languages to use and teach their children in the home, thus implementing and negotiating family language policy (King, Fogle, & Logan-Terry, 2008). Wilson (2020) notes that in such families, decisions about which languages to speak in the family may be highly political and that they can influence the children’s relationships with each parent’s extended family. According to Lanza (2007), children should be viewed as active social agents who contribute to adult society, while at the same time producing their own culture. Research has shown that children actively create their own knowledge and have the ability to express themselves about their views on language learning and language policy (Palviainen & Curdt-Christiansen, 2022). Furthermore, children can make decisions and choose between languages in the case of different languages in their environment (Almér, 2017). The theoretical framework also includes writings on children’s bi- and multilingualism and multilingual educational practices (Cummins, 2021), Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is a qualitative case study (Braun & Clarke, 2013) with ten parents in six families. The participating families live in two municipalities in Iceland, where their children’s attend preschools, one in each municipality. The participants in the preschools were preschool teachers who were heads of two departments, and principals in each of the two preschools. Data collection took place from 2023 to 2025. Data was collected in semi-structured interviews with the parents, preschool teachers and principals, notes and recordings from the parents about their children’s language use at home, as well as observations and dialogues with the children in their preschool settings. Semi-structured interviews were chosen to elicit the views of the participants as clearly and accurately as possible (Kvale, 2007). The interview guide developed for interviews with parents included questions related to their background, family language policies, languages used at home and cooperation with their children’s preschools. The interviews were transcribed verbatim and analyzed through thematic analysis (Creswell, 2009). First, the authors familiarized themselves with the data through reading the interviews. Secondly, the interviews were coded using the complete coding approach with researcher-derived codes applied to the data (Braun & Clarke, 2013). The initial codes were re-evaluated, refined, and thematically similar codes grouped into categories to develop the final themes. Excerpts from the interviews conducted in Icelandic were translated into English by the authors. The research was carried out in accordance with the Data Protection Authority, the Act no. 90/2018 on Data Protection and the Processing of Personal Data, and the Code of Research Ethics for Public Higher Education Institutions (2020). The study employed reflexive thematic analysis as outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2021), a qualitative analytic method used to identify and interpret meaningful patterns or themes across the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that the children are active agents in developing language policies and practices in their families with the support of their parents. They contribute to the development of language policies with their input, ideas, choices, and language preferences as Lanza (2007) and Palviainen and Curdt-Christiansen (2022) have discussed. The parents all value their children’s language repertoire and use diverse tools to support their children’s multilingualism. In the preschool settings they appear to have fewer opportunities and lack agency in developing their multilingualism. The preschool settings differ, and the two preschools have different approaches towards children’s multilingualism as well as practices. Most of the preschool teachers in the study are all interested in supporting the children’s multilingualism, while many of them lack knowledge, support and training to implement multilingual practices. Findings also indicate that although the preschools are interested in promoting multilingualism, the preschool context is mainly monolingual. References Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners: A critical analysis of theoretical concepts. Multilingual Matters. Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2013). Family language policy: sociopolitical reality versus linguistic continuity. Language policy, 12, 1-6. DOI 10.1007/s10993-012-9269-0 King, K. A., Fogle, L. & Logan-Terry, A. (2008). Family language policy. Language and Linguistics Compass, 2(5), 907-922. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-818X.2008.00076.x Lanza, E. (2007). Multilingualism and the family. In L. Wei & P. Auer (Eds.), The handbook of multilingualism and multilingual communication (pp. 45–67). Mouton de Gruyter. Palviainen, Å. & Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2022). Language education policies and early childhood education. In M. Schwartz (Ed.), Handbook of early language education (pp. 166–192). Springer International Handbooks of Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91662-6_7 Spolsky, B. (2009). Language management. Cambridge University Press. Statistics Iceland. (2025a). Children in pre-primary institutions having another mother tongue than Icelandic. https://px.hagstofa.is/pxen/pxweb/en/Samfelag/Samfelag__skolamal__1_leikskolastig__0_lsNemendur/SKO01103.px/table/tableViewLayout2/ Wilson, S. (2020). Family language policy: Children’s perspectives. Palgrave. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 31 SES 06 B Location: B4117 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Gürkan Saridas Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Multimodal Text Universes in Literature Education: A Systematic Literature Review Mälardalen University, Sweden Presenting Author:Imagine a classroom where students don’t just read and write stories—they step into, co-create, and live them. In today’s media landscape, children and young people are surrounded by multimodal texts across books, films, games, and other media, offering narratives in a variety of expressive forms (Svensson, 2022). Understanding how these transmedial text worlds can be leveraged in the classroom is key to supporting students’ boundary-crossing learning. This study contributes knowledge on how transmedial worlds, referred to as text universes in Swedish educational research, can serve as a didactic point of departure for students’ learning in literature education, with a particular focus on fiction reading.
The Swedish National Agency for Education (Skolverket, 2022) emphasises in the national curriculum for compulsory education that the subject of Swedish should support students’ ability to independently and collaboratively create and process texts, express themselves through varied aesthetic forms, and formulate their own opinions across different media. Students should also be given opportunities to engage in digital communication involving interactive and dynamic texts. On a European level, similar goals are highlighted in the EU’s Council Recommendation on Key Competences for Lifelong Learning (European Union, 2018), where literacy is identified as one of eight key competences supporting personal development, social inclusion, and active citizenship. The framework also emphasises digital competence, understood as the confident and critical use of digital technologies for communication, information processing, and participation in collaborative networks. This underscores the importance of developing students’ linguistic, communicative, critical, and multimodal skills.
Meyerhofer-Parra and González-Martínez (2025) note that transmedia storytelling has increasingly been adopted as a didactic approach in education. In their systematic literature review, they conceptualize the use of transmedia storytelling in educational contexts and note the need for further research from a pedagogical perspective. These findings highlight the importance of investigating how students’ ability to read, interpret, create, and engage with literary texts through multimodal forms of expression can be enhanced in teaching practices that support both the consumption and production of multimodal narratives. At present, there is a lack of systematic literature reviews addressing text-universe-based approaches in literature education. This review, therefore, presents a synthesised overview of the use of text universes, as well as the didactic opportunities and challenges identified in previous research. The review aims to develop a nuanced understanding of how text-universe-based teaching is used in literature education and to analyse the didactic opportunities and challenges that emerge within the research field. The aim is operationalised through the following research question: The study is theoretically grounded in the concept of text universes, which refers to a multimodal repertoire of texts related to the same fictional content across different textual and media formats (Lundström & Svensson, 2020). The concept is related to transmedia storytelling, which describes how narratives are developed and disseminated across multiple media (Jenkins, 2006). Svensson and Lundström (2019) use the concept to illustrate how a storyworld is realised across and within media. A text universe originates from a core text that is expanded as characters, settings, and events are transferred into other textual and media forms, creating multiple re-presentations. Svensson and Haglind (2020) describe text universes as dynamic phenomena without fixed boundaries, continuously re-created through intertextual and intermedial interpretations, and highlight several didactic advantages of working with text universes in school contexts. Against this background, there is a need for a comprehensive overview of how text-universe-based approaches to literary education have been used in previous research. This study is grounded in the above-mentioned theoretical framework and is conducted as a literature review. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is conducted as a systematic literature review, characterised by a rigorous, structured, and transparent approach. Such reviews focus on a clearly defined research question and are conducted according to a pre-specified protocol, including comprehensive and reproducible searches as well as consistently applied eligibility criteria. The process involves systematic data extraction and quality assessment, followed by a critical analysis or synthesis of the collected material (Covidence, 2025; Hesser & Andersson, 2015). These principles have guided the conduct of the present study. The workflow of the systematic literature review was designed in accordance with the structure described by Cherry et al. (2017) and comprised the following steps: planning; scoping and protocol development; searching; screening of titles and abstracts; retrieval of full texts and full-text selection; theoretical positioning and synthesis planning; data extraction and quality appraisal; and analysis, synthesis, reporting, and dissemination. To minimise the risk of bias, all review stages were conducted using explicit and transparent methods and were collaboratively carried out by a research team of four researchers, encompassing the search, screening, study selection, analysis, and quality assessment. The literature review is configurative and does not aim to identify all existing studies in order to aggregate and summarise evidence. Instead, the criteria allow for the inclusion of heterogeneous studies that together contribute to a comprehensive understanding of the phenomenon under investigation (Gough & Thomas, 2017). The search, focusing on text-universe-based teaching with a literary focus, was conducted in January 2026 across Web of Science, Scopus, ERIC, Education Research Complete, Teacher Reference Center, and SwePub, yielding 604 records. The search terms targeted two key areas: text universes (fictional universe, text universe, transmedial storyworld, digital storymaking, multimodal text) and literature education (literature education, literature teaching, literature instruction, reading education, reading instruction). To support coordinated interpretation, ensure systematic study selection, and document all decisions for transparency and traceability, Covidence was used as the review management tool. Abstract screening and full-text selection were guided by the following criteria: peer-reviewed studies employing text-universe-based instruction in literature education within formal educational contexts, published after 2005 in English, Swedish, Norwegian, Danish, or Russian. Based on this systematic review process, the preliminary findings are presented below. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this systematic literature review is to develop a nuanced understanding of how multimodal text universes can serve as a point of departure for students’ boundary-crossing learning in literature education, with a focus on fiction reading. Initial searches and preliminary analyses indicate that text-universe-based instruction supports key objectives of contemporary literature education, particularly in a media landscape where students constantly encounter multimodal texts across multiple platforms, with narratives expressed through diverse forms. Preliminary findings suggest that text-universe-based teaching with a literary focus primarily functions as a didactic framework, with the literary text serving as a core for multimodal and transmedial meaning-making. Instruction involves transmedial, collaborative, and contrastive approaches that promote transformative meaning-making, enabling students to reconceptualize narratives through multimodal practices. Through re-presentations expressed in transmedial, multimodal, embodied, simulative, and aesthetic forms, students develop deeper literary understanding, analytical and critical thinking, and narrative and multimodal competences. Furthermore, students are positioned as co-creators in collective aesthetic learning, enhancing engagement and responsibility for literary meaning-making. The reviewed studies indicate that text-universe-based instruction, integrating multiple semiotic resources, dialogic approaches, and multimodal meaning-making, creates a supportive literacy environment. It benefits students struggling with traditional text-based teaching and provides tools to address learner heterogeneity via multiple entry points into literary works. At the same time, findings highlight didactic challenges in balancing creative freedom with sustained textual anchoring, emphasizing the importance of careful instructional design and teacher scaffolding. While these results are preliminary and may be revised as the analysis and synthesis of the complete data set are finalized, they are nonetheless thought-provoking, underscoring the relevance of this systematic review in mapping future research needs regarding the didactic use of text universes in contexts characterized by the increasing mediatization of culture. References Cherry, M. G., Smith, H., Perkins, E., & Boland, A. (2017). Reviewing qualitative evidence. In A. Boland, M. G. Cherry, & R. Dickson (Eds.), Doing a systematic review: A student’s guide (2nd ed., pp. 193–222). SAGE Publications. Covidence. (2025). Understanding review types in research. https://www.covidence.org/resource/review-types/ European Union. (2018). Council recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning (2018/C 189/01). Official Journal of the European Union. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01) Gough, D., & Thomas, J. (2017). Commonality and diversity in reviews. In D. Gough, S. Oliver, & J. Thomas (Eds.), An introduction to systematic reviews (pp. 43–70). SAGE Publications. Hesser, H., & Andersson, G. (2015). Introduktion till metaanalys och systematiska översikter. Studentlitteratur. Jenkins, H. (2006). Convergence culture: Where old and new media collide. New York University Press. Lundström, S., & Svensson, A. (2020). Worlds of many languages: Transformations in fictional text universes. Nordic Journal of Literacy Research, 6(3), 152–169. https://doi.org/10.23865/njlr.v6.2053 Meyerhofer-Parra, R., & González-Martínez, J. (2025). So, what do we talk about when we talk about transmedia storytelling in education? A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 13(2), 1–34. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.70086 Skolverket. (2022). Curriculum for the compulsory school, preschool class and school-age educare (Lgr 22) [Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet – Lgr 22, in Swedish]. https://www.skolverket.se/ Svensson, A., & Lundström, S. (2019). Text universe: A pedagogical strategy to teach literary classics. In S. Bagga-Gupta, G. Messina Dahlberg, & Y. Lindberg (Eds.), Virtual sites as learning spaces: Critical issues on languaging research in changing eduscapes (pp. 153–180). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-26929-6_6 Svensson, A., & Haglind, T. (2020). Textuniversum och gränsöverskridande lärande – att arbeta med kreativt lärande i gymnasieskolans litteraturundervisning. In N. Elf, T. Høegh, K. Kabel, E. Krogh, A. Piekut, & H. Rørbech (Eds.), Grænsegængere og grænsedragninger i nordiske modersmålsfag (pp. 165–184). Syddansk Universitetsforlag. https://www.universitypress.dk/images/pdf/9788740833003.pdf Svensson, A. (2022). “Lager på lager” – att möjliggöra och synliggöra kommunikativa, kreativa och narrativa kompetenser. Forskning om undervisning och lärande, 10(1), 55–77. https://doi.org/10.61998/forskul.v10i1.19051 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Receptive Grammar Skills in Early Education: Validating A Group-Based Screening Approach for Inclusive Pedagogy 1: University of Graz, Austria; 2: Humboldt Universität zu Berlin; 3: Universität Paderborn Presenting Author:Grammar skills are essential for communication, literacy, and academic success (Ennemoser et al., 2012; Ulrich, 2017). Diagnosing receptive grammar difficulties in young children is challenging, as these often remain undetected in spontaneous speech but significantly impact language comprehension (Spreer et al., 2019). Before educators can adequately and individually support key grammar competencies, these must first be assessed using standardized tools, since individual and class characteristics often influence teachers' assessment of students' academic abilities (Paleczek et al., 2017). Existing standardized instruments for assessing language comprehension in preschool and school-age children have certain limitations: (1) In German-speaking countries, there is a dearth of receptive grammar tests suitable for group use. (2) Most available tests assume prior knowledge of written language, making them unsuitable for younger children or children with reading difficulties (Lüke et al., 2016). (3) Existing grammar tests (mainly for individual test settings) use grammaticality judgement and multiple choice as prevailing task formats. If many grammatical structures are to be tested, the problem arises that a single task format is repeated up to 90 times, leading to difficulties e.g., a decrease in the child’s attention span as the test progresses (Bailey, 2016). Moreover, individual assessments are difficult to implement in everyday kindergarten and school settings, highlighting the need for group-based procedures (Lüke et al., 2016). Currently, there are few standardized group-based tools for assessing receptive grammar skills in children aged 4 to 8 that do not require literacy skills. The Grammar Skills Group Screening (GraF GruS) addresses this gap by providing educators with a practical solution. This study aims to (a) present the development of the preliminary version of this screening for assessing receptive syntactic and morphological competencies in children aged 4 to 8 years, and (b) validate its psychometric properties. The guiding research question is: Do the various task formats of GraF GruS achieve appropriate reliability and validity? We hypothesize satisfactory internal consistency and convergent correlations with other established test instruments and teacher assessments of language skills. GrafGrus was developed to assess grammar skills in children aged from 5 to 8, incorporating both traditional (e.g., grammatical judgment) and innovative task formats (e.g., connecting tasks, drawing symbols, and choosing symbols for noun gender). This approach enables (kindergarten) teachers to assess different aspects of syntactical and morphological receptive skills. Only when they can assess these skills, they are able to provide informed support for the children facing challenges. Preliminary data indicate that the task formats are child-friendly and well-accepted, with satisfactory reliability observed in individual subtests. Following adaptations to specific subtests, we expect improved reliability across all subtests and satisfactory validity. GraF GruS addresses diagnostic gaps in group-based assessments of receptive grammar and provides a practical foundation for early, informed support in kindergarten and primary school settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used First, the study briefly presents the design and item development, the initial piloting with individuals (think-aloud, N=9) and small groups (N=20) as well as the piloting with classrooms and groups of kindergarten children (N= 300). Second, a validation study was conducted in kindergartens (n ≈ 150) during November/December 2025 and in schools (n ≈ 400) during January/February 2026 in Graz, Austria, and Berlin, Germany. Participants included children aged 4 to 8 years from diverse educational settings. Data collection involved administering the GraF GruS tool alongside teacher assessments, two established grammar skills tests, and a reading comprehension test . Psychometric analyses were conducted to evaluate the reliability and validity of the GraF GruS. Internal consistency was assessed using Cronbach’s alpha, while convergent validity was examined through correlations with other test instruments and teacher assessments. The study adhered to ethical guidelines for research involving children, including informed consent from parents and guardians and ensuring the anonymity of participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings suggest that the task formats are suitable for children and well-received, with individual subtests demonstrating adequate reliability. The expected outcomes of the presented study include the validation of the tool's psychometric properties, specifically its reliability and validity, for assessing receptive syntactic and morphological competencies in children aged 4 to 8 years. It is anticipated that the adapted subtests will demonstrate satisfactory reliability and validity, addressing existing diagnostic gaps in group-based assessments of receptive grammar. The study aims to confirm the tool's suitability for practical use in kindergarten and early primary school settings, providing educators with an effective resource for early identification of grammar difficulties. Ultimately, the GraF GruS is expected to serve as a foundation for informed and targeted interventions, promoting early language development and supporting children's communication, literacy, and academic success. The findings highlight the importance of developing practical, group-based diagnostic tools for early identification of grammar difficulties. GraF GruS provides educators with a valuable resource for informed intervention, addressing a critical gap in early childhood education research. Further research is needed to explore the long-term impact of using GraF GruS in educational settings. Additionally, studies could investigate its applicability in diverse cultural and linguistic contexts to ensure its broader relevance and utility. References Bailey, A. L. (2016). Assessing the language of young learners. In E. Shohamy & I. Or (Eds.), Encyclopedia of language and education, Vol. 7: Language testing and assessment (3rd ed.) (pp. 1–20). Berlin: Springer. Ennemoser, M., Marx, P., Weber, J., & Schneider, W. (2012). Spezifische Vorläuferfertigkeiten der Lesegeschwindigkeit, des Leseverständnisses und des Rechtschreibens. Evidenz aus zwei Längsschnittstudien vom Kindergarten bis zur 4.Klasse. Zeitschrift für Entwicklungspsychologie und Pädagogische Psychologie, 44, 53–67. Lüke, T., Ritterfeld, U. & Tröster, H. (2016). Erprobung eines Gruppentests zur Überprüfung des Grammatikverständnisses auf der Basis des TROG-D. Diagnostica, 62 (4), 242–254. Spreer, M., Glück, C. W., & Theisel, A. (2019). Sprachliche Fähigkeiten und Schulleistungen von Grundschulkindern mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf Sprache im Längsschnitt. Empirische Sonderpädagogik, 4, 318–338. Ulrich, T. (2017). Grammatikerwerb und grammatische Störungen im Kindesalter. Ergebnisse des Forschungsprojekts GED 4-9 und ihre Implikationen für sprachdiagnostische und –therapeutische Methoden. Habilitation, Universität zu Köln. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Exploring Student-student Interactions in Accomplishing Meaning-making, Epistemic Knowledge and Disciplinary Focus in Small Group Activities: A Conversation Analytic Investigation Griffith University, Australia, Australia Presenting Author:Student group work has held long-accepted importance in classroom organisation and pedagogical design as contributing to learning, participation and social engagement. Internationally, state endorsed curriculum documents and policies validate group work as critical in fostering collaboration, improving communication, and building essential interpersonal skills (see e.g., Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority, 2022; National Curriculum in England, 2013). Over decades, the study of student group activity has sought to show how learning is produced, displayed, and negotiated through social interaction (Fredriksdotter & Norén, 2023; Gillies, 2006; Mercer, 1995). Historically, classroom talk research has predominantly focused on lesson talk where the teacher, as the controlling authority, is present and central to the management of how interactions proceed. Additionally, evidence of the extent to which different interactional configurations (whole class, paired or small group) are more beneficial than others remain limited (Howe & Abedin, 2013). Less prominent in research is the examination of student-student interactional moves when engaging in small group tasks. Examining student group talk and how it accomplishes learning sits within a broad body of research where accounts of classroom talk span numerous theoretical and methodological perspectives. For example, Christie (2005) has presented analyses of talk drawing on Systemic Functional Linguistics; Edwards and Westgate (1994), Alexander (2020), and Mercer and Littleton (2007) have summarised and contrasted socio-cultural, ethnographic and linguistic approaches; and Freebody and Frieberg (2010), Koole (2010) and Macbeth (2011) have drawn on Ethnomethodology/Conversation Analysis (EMCA) to study how classroom talk works as mutually produced sequential courses of action. Broadly, this work illustrates how the social facets of classroom activity are collaboratively produced by teachers and students. These include what counts, moment by moment, as learning and as legitimate displays of knowledge and understanding, how classroom activities are co-managed through attention to interactional detail, how participants hold one another accountable for particular demonstrations of epistemic knowing, and how fine-grained distinctions are drawn and maintained to sustain shared understandings. According to Macbeth (2011) for example, this perspective argues that knowledge is inseparable from ongoing interactional experience, raising analytic questions concerning how ‘new knowledge’ becomes constituted through talk-in-interaction (Sacks, Schegloff & Jefferson, 1974). This paper presents research capitalising on these foundational ideas focusing on how students in their group activity manage and produce learning-centred talk without teacher presence. Although researchers such as Gillies (2006), Mercer (1995), Szymanski (1999) provide seminal research outlining the importance of group work, they do not specifically address how interaction in small groups is accomplished in practice. Using EMCA, a methodological “road less travelled” in literacy research (Davidson, 2009), the paper seeks to identify the interactional resources employed by students, addressing the taken-for-granted nature of how talk works to accomplish small group activity. To do this, these main research questions are addressed:
From an ethnomethodological perspective, studying the student-talk encountered in group activity aims to provide direct access to how student participants make sense of tasks and topics, coordinate their actions, take responsibility for managing their interactions, and construct shared understandings in real time. It is expected that students use talk to propose ideas, seek clarification, challenge or build on others’ contributions, and manage participation, yet research examining this in close detail is limited. Studying interactional practices aims to reveal how epistemic knowledge, reasoning, and disciplinary understandings are collaboratively accomplished rather than simply individually held (Macbeth, 2011). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study drew on EMCA, a theoretical tradition that emerged from Garfinkel’s (1967) critique of conventional sociological explanations of social order (Boden & Zimmerman, 1991). Garfinkel argued that abstract variables such as institutional roles, rules, social structures, or demographic categories cannot, in themselves, explain how everyday social conduct is produced. Instead, ethnomethodology directs analytic attention to the fine-grained details of talk-in-interaction and to the methods participants use to make sense of, and act within, specific social situations (Boden & Zimmerman, 1991). From this perspective, social realities are not simply shaped by pre-existing structures but are actively “talked into being” through participants’ moment-by-moment interactional practices. Understanding how talk-in-interaction works in different social settings is therefore central since talk itself can be understood as the primary site in which social order is accomplished (Sacks, Schegloff & Jefferson, 1974). The context of the study This paper presents analysis of classroom interactions as produced and managed solely by students as they participated in group literacy activities. This qualitative study was conducted in six middle primary classrooms (8-10 year old students) in three primary schools in rural New South Wales, Australia. After national and local system ethics approval processes were followed, schools were purposively contacted to seek volunteer teachers in schools within reasonable proximity to the researcher (author 1) to participate in the study. Consent from six teachers, their students (between 25-30 students per class) and parents was given. The researcher collected data as a non-participant observer in literacy lessons where small group learning tasks formed part of the typical instructional organisation. Each group involved 4-6 students. Video and audio recordings and researcher field notes were gathered as primary data, and included a total of 80 recorded observations of student-only interactions in literacy focused group tasks. Recordings were viewed, catalogued and selectively transcribed using the transcription notation system developed by Jefferson (2004), commonly used in CA. It enables a fine-grained approach to interactional analysis, making available the examination of turn-taking, repair, alignment, and disagreement to show how authority, expertise, and inclusion are negotiated among students, often in ways that are not captured by outcome measures or individual assessments (Gillies, 2006). Three main corpuses of data were developed to reveal the meaning-making methods the middle-primary students employed in accomplishing small-group tasks, which are managing: dispute, feedback, and re-orientation to task, where, at the same time, each displayed students’ epistemic knowledge (literacy) and on-task disciplinary focus. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysing the turn-by-turn sequences of talk produced in student groups made visible the social organisation and interactional resources brought to the task at hand, and how students used these to make sense of the tasks and topics, coordinated their actions to complete their tasks, took responsibility for managing their interactions, and constructed shared understandings. Students were found to use talk to propose ideas, seek clarification, challenge or build on others’ contributions, and manage participation, with CA showing the details of how this was managed through various multi-modal interactional moves including (i) negotiating dispute; (ii) providing and soliciting three forms of feedback; and (iii) using a range of approaches to reorient to and reengage with the set task. The combination of comprehension and sense-making identified in the data were shown to facilitate student-student interactional learning sequences in a meaningful way. Data analysis captured the multi-modal and varied interactional methods employed by students to interact with peers and their task. Embodied actions such as eye gaze, hand gesture, and body language were consistently drawn upon by the students as an interactional resource to engage their peers in the co-production of talk sequences. Other interactional resources such as giving go-aheads, demonstrating recipiency, seeking feedback, providing verbal appeals, conceding and nominating next speaker were employed. The close study of group talk provides an empirical link between pedagogy and learning-in-action. Findings of this study suggest that students can successfully accomplish and make meaning in their small group activity independently of the teacher. Attention to students’ talk has practical implications for teaching by providing insights into how students’ group talk works, deepening understandings of both how learning happens and how classroom practices can better support it. References Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority. (2022). Foundation to Year 10 curriculum: Language for interaction. https://www.australiancurriculum.edu.au/f-10-curriculum/english/ Boden, D., & Zimmerman, D. H. (1991). Talk and social structure: studies in ethnomethodology and conversation analysis. Cambridge. Christie, F. (2005). Pedagogy and the shaping of consciousness: Linguistic and social processes. Continuum. Davidson, C. (2012). Ethnomethodology and literacy research: A methodological “road less travelled”. English Teaching: Practice and Critique, 11(1), 26–42. Department for Education. (2013). The national curriculum in England: Key stages 1 and 2 framework document. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-curriculum-in-england-primary-curriculum Freebody, P., & Freiberg, J. (2010). Ethnomethodological research in education and the social sciences: Studying ‘the business, identities and cultures’ of classrooms. In L. Markauskaite: Freebody, & J. Irwin (Eds.), Methodological choice and design: Scholarship, policy and practice in social and educational research (pp. 79–92). Springer Scientific. Fredriksdotter, H., & Norén, N. (2023). Displaying epistemic independence during mathematical problem solving in small group interaction. Research on Children and Social Interaction, 7, 214-237. 10.1558/rcsi.25368 Gillies, R. M. (2006). Teachers’ and students’ verbal behaviours during cooperative and small-group learning. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 76(2), 271–287. https://doi.org/10.1348/000709905X52337 Howe, C., & Abedin, M. (2013). Classroom dialogue: A systematic review across four decades of research. Cambridge Journal of Education, 43(3), 325–356. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2013.786024 Jefferson, G. (2004). Glossary of transcript symbols with an introduction. In G. H. Lerner (Ed.), Conversation analysis: Studies from the first generation (pp. 13–23). Koole, T. (2010). Displays of epistemic access: Student responses to teacher explanations. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 43, 183–209. Macbeth, D. (2011). Understanding understanding as an instructional matter. Journal of Pragmatics, 43, 438–451. Mehan, H. (1979). Learning lessons: Social organization in the classroom. Harvard University Press. Mercer, N. (1995). The guided construction of knowledge: Talk amongst teachers and learners. Multilingual Matters Mercer, N., & Littleton, K. (2007). Dialogue and the development of children’s thinking: A sociocultural approach. Routledge. Sacks, H., Schegloff, E. A., & Jefferson, G. (1974). A simplest systematics for the organization of turn-taking for conversation. Language, 50(4), 696–735. https://doi.org/10.2307/412243 Sinclair, J. M., & Coulthard, M. (1975). Towards an analysis of discourse. Oxford University Press. Szymanski, M. H. (1999). Re-engaging and dis-engaging talk in activity. Language in Society, 28(1), 1-23. Zimmerman, D. H. (1978). Ethnomethodology. The American Sociologist, 13(1), 6–15. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 32 SES 06 A: Vocational Training, Workplace, Organizational and Networked Learning Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Ruth Wouters Paper Session This paper session adresses transitions, learning beyond curricula, institutional cooperation and dialogical learning settings in the field of vocational and workplace learning in organizational learning settings. |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Paper Transitions from School to Work: an Institutional Perspective Masaryk University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:The transition from school to work is a matter of academic, political, and practical discourse. As for Czechia, for example, the Strategy 2030+ touches on the school‑to‑work transition, mainly through its emphasis on professional competencies and the alignment of vocational education with labour‑market demands. The document highlights a focus on competencies needed for professional life, which is one of its two main strategic goals. A further modernisation of vocational education should improve the relevance of schooling to labour‑market needs, thereby targeting better transitions to employment. The following question reflects the paper's aim: Does the policy align with the key themes and positions in the relevant professional and academic discourse? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a narrative review methodology to synthesise existing knowledge on transitions from school to work across European contexts, including both European Union (EU) member states and non‑EU European countries. A narrative review design was selected because the topic is conceptually diverse, spans multiple academic disciplines (education, sociology, labour economics, public policy), and involves heterogeneous bodies of evidence, including policy documents, comparative education research, institutional analyses, and empirical studies. The approach allows for an integrative, interpretative synthesis that traces conceptual developments, identifies recurring policy patterns, and highlights cross‑national specificities. The review draws on peer‑reviewed literature, international policy reports, and national strategic documents relevant to school‑to‑work transitions. The search process follows an iterative, reflexive logic characteristic of narrative reviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary search shows that school‑to‑work transitions across countries are shaped by the institutional embeddedness of both educational systems and labour‑market structures, demonstrating that youth trajectories into work are patterned rather than purely individual or market‑driven. Across countries, educational credentials significantly influence early occupational outcomes. However, the strength and nature of these effects vary between countries with tightly structured vocational linkages—such as Germany and Switzerland, and those with more open or liberal labour markets, such as the United Kingdom. The analysis reveals that labour‑market institutions interact with educational pathways to produce distinct national transition regimes, with coordinated systems offering clearer, more predictable routes into skilled employment. In contrast, looser systems generate more uncertain and prolonged transitions. The analysis also illustrates both the universal importance of institutional design in shaping youth labour‑market entry and the diversity of national configurations through which education–work linkages operate. References Allmendinger, J. (1989). Career mobility dynamics: A general comparative analysis of the United States, Norway, and West Germany. Max-Planck Institut für Bildungsforschung. Allmendinger, J. (1989). Educational systems and labor market outcomes. European Sociological Review, 5, 231–250. Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1997). Writing narrative literature reviews. Review of General Psychology, 1(3), 311–320. https://doi.org/10.1037/1089-2680.1.3.311 Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x Kerckhoff, A. C. (2001). Transition from school to work in comparative perspective. In Handbook of the Sociology of Education (pp. 453–474). Springer. Marczuk, A. (2024). Literature review of comparative school to work research: How institutional settings shape individual labour market outcomes. Journal for Labour Market Research. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12651-024-00375-w Ryan, P. (2001). The school to work transition: A cross national perspective. Journal of Labor Economics, 39(1), 34–92. Shavit, Y., & Müller, W. (Eds.). (1998). From school to work: A comparative study of educational qualifications and occupational destinations. Clarendon Press. Snyder, H. (2019). Literature review as a research methodology: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research, 104, 333–339. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.07.039 32. Organisational Education
Paper Translating Curricula into Practice: Tacit Knowledge in Inter-Company Vocational Training in the Construction Sector Martin Luther University of Halle-Wittenberg, Germany Presenting Author:Vocational training in Europe takes different institutional forms across countries. In Germany, it is organized through a combination of company-based training and formal vocational schooling (Fürstenau et al. 2014; Salas-Velasco 2024). A third learning location complements apprenticeship training: inter-company vocational training centers (ICVTC, “Überbetriebliche Berufsbildungsstätten”). These centers provide practice-centered vocational learning that individual companies cannot offer due to structural, technological, or safety-related limitations. They teach specialized techniques or simulate work processes that are not available in smaller firms (Franke 2013). More fundamentally, ICVTC teach core craft practices and vocational skills that are increasingly difficult to accommodate into tight work schedules and an increasing pre-manufacturing of construction materials (Pfeifer & Köhlmann-Eckel 2018). In this sense, ICVTC do not merely complement company-based training, but have become formal educational organizations that institutionalize the teaching of essential professional practices (Sachse & Eisermann 2020). ICVTC are also increasingly seen as multipliers of workplace innovations, especially with regard to digital and climate-centered transformations. In view of the standardizing and innovating role of ICVTC, the question arises how such organizations translate broad vocational curricula into hands-on training concepts. Existing research has rarely examined ICVTC as independent organizations and has paid limited attention to how they operate between nationally standardized curricula (“Überbetriebliche Lehrunterweisung”, ICVT) and experience-based, practical forms of knowledge (Parolin & Mattozzi 2013; Heusdens et al. 2019). ICVT curricula define learning objectives, content, and time structures. However, they largely leave open how these formal specifications are translated into concrete actions, routines, and situated learning processes. The construction sector encompasses both craft associations and the construction industry under the umbrella of ICVT curricula. The recent reform of national training regulations in the sector and the implementation of new ICVT curricula provide an opportunity to investigate how standardized knowledge changes over time. They also make it possible to examine how skill objectives are translated into local organizational action, which pedagogical and organizational challenges arise in the process, and how informal practices and knowledge guide local curriculum implementation. In ICVTC, knowledge is acquired through doing, that is, through embodied practice and direct engagement with materials and tools (Jensen et al. 2016; Thomä 2017). Likewise, those teaching the crafts predominantly rely on a past career in a craft, drawing from experience and tacit knowledge associated with skillful repetition. Integrating into a multilevel competency framework, ICVT curricula combine changing social norms (sustainability etc.) and tacit skills that are “exceptionally difficult to teach apart from engaging in the activity itself” (Scott 1998, p. 313). Yet, teaching in ICVTC takes on an organized pedagogical setting, allowing for observation, standardization, evaluation, and comparison. Coordinators and training instructors make sense of new regulations, organizing around changes and integrating them into their local teaching plans and practice (cf. Czwarniawska 2014). Abstract teaching requirements are “transported into and made manifest in particular settings” (Nespor 1994: p. 4; cf Nonaka & Konno 1998). In drawing on historical document analysis, the study, in a first step, typifies the form of standardized vocational knowledge as taught in ICVTC over time, the way it relates to occupational tasks, and how it is pedagogically framed. In a second step, it inquires how contemporary ICVT curricula are enacted in inter-company vocational training organizations. It uses the unique opportunity to investigate changes during the overhaul of the standardized nationwide curriculum in order to identify challenges to new knowledge frames for practice-based learning settings and contestations of knowledge abstractions with tacit and informal action within ICVTC. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows a qualitative, reconstructive research design that combines historical document analysis with organizational case studies. In a first step, the study uses content analysis to understand how vocational knowledge is framed in the corresponding training regulations and how it changed between the Vocational Training Act (Berufsbildungsgesetz) of 1969 and the newly formulated ICVT curricula for carpenters and reinforced concrete builders. To contextualize these developments historically and occupation-related, pedagogical guidelines and teaching materials are additionally analyzed. These include regularly updated manuals and textbooks for the training of carpenters and reinforced concrete builders. These materials condense occupational knowledge beyond specific organizational settings and provide insight into long-term transformations of teaching concepts. While today vocational knowledge is integrated into an elaborate multilevel competency framework, structured through pedagogical and cognitive competencies, the early Training Act was closely related to job-based task completion, thus only scaling the vocational experience. Second, the study undertakes three organizational case studies in ICVTC during the implementation process of the new ICVT-curricula in organizational practice. It draws on local training plans, documentation, and instructional materials to reconstruct how curricula are translated into organizational procedures. It contextualizes the organizational adaption through expert interviews (cf. Meuser & Nagel 2002) with training instructors and coordinators during the implementation process. The interviews address how the new curricula are interpreted, which changes are perceived as significant, how implementation processes are organized, and which challenges arise in everyday training practice. The case studies follow an institutional ethnographic approach treating the ICVTC as “points of entry” (Smith 1988, 2005) for larger processes that constitute and reproduce inter-company vocational training. It reconstructs the horizontal integration of social and pedagogical norms, whether and how they are challenged or circumvented through informal learning procedures and constraints that come from material-driven task completion. In short: how standardized vocational knowledge is enacted in ICVT. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight that ICVTC do not operate as passive implementation sites of educational reforms. Rather, they function as boundary organizations in which institutionalized standards are actively interpreted and adapted to local conditions and professional routines. ICVTC play a key role in vocational training by translating abstract curricular requirements into teaching practices and experiential learning arrangements. From an organizational education perspective, the findings underline the importance of understanding vocational education as an organizationally embedded process that unfolds across institutional boundaries. ICVTC emerge as organizational actors that mediate between policy-driven standardization and the practical realities of construction work. They contribute to the teaching of professional competence not through uniform implementation, but through situated translation and contextualization. Understanding how organizations like ICVTC coordinate explicit and tacit forms of knowledge offers important insights into the role of practice in the constitution of professional expertise. This study conceptualizes ICVTC as organizations in which knowing and acting are negotiated between standardized educational frameworks and professional practice. Focusing on the newly implemented ICVT curricula in the construction sector, the study shows that ICVTC actively interpret and translate curricula into organization-specific teaching practices. The findings highlight that vocational knowledge is produced through situated organizational translation processes that coordinate curricular standards with tacit knowledge. References Czarniawska, B. (2014). A Theory of Organizing. Edward Elgar Publishing. Franke, D. (2013). Die Rolle der überbetrieblichen beruflichen Bildungs- und Technologie-zentren des Handwerks bei der Deckung des Fachkräftebedarfs. In: Bizer, K.; Thomä, J. (Eds.). Fachkräftesicherung im Handwerk. Volkswirtschaftliches Institut für Mittelstand und Handwerk an der Universität Göttingen, Deutsches Handwerksinstitut, 165-205. Fürstenau, B.; Pilz, M.; Gonon, P. (2014). The dual system of vocational education and training in Germany – What can be learnt about education for (other) professions. In: Billett, S., Harteis, C., Gruber, H. (Eds.). International Handbook of Research in Professional and Practice-Based Learning. Springer Dordrecht, 427–460. Heusdens, W.; Baartman, L.; De Bruijn, E. (2019). Know Your Onions: An Exploration of How Students Develop Vocational Knowledge During Professional Performance. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(6), 839–852. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1452291 Jensen, M. B.; Johnson, B.; Lorenz, E.; Lundvall, B.-Å. (2016). Forms of Knowledge and Modes of Innovation. In: Lundvall, B.-Å. (Eds.) The Learning Economy and the Economics of Hope. Anthem Press, 155-182. Pfeifer, M.; Köhlmann-Eckel, C. (2018). Durable yet flexible – the different focuses of funding support provided to inter-company vocational training centres. BWP 47 (5), 20–23. Meuser, M.; Nagel, U. (2002). ExpertInneninterviews — vielfach erprobt, wenig bedacht. In: Bogner, A.; Littig, B.; Menz, W. (Eds.), Das Experteninterview: Theorie, Methode, Anwendung. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, 71-93. Nespor, J. (1994). Knowledge in motion: Space, time, and curriculum in undergraduate physics and management. Falmer Press. Nonaka, I.; Konno, N. (1998). The Concept of “Ba”: Building a Foundation for Knowledge Creation. California Management Review, 40(3), 40-54. https://doi.org/10.2307/41165942 Parolin, L. L.; Mattozzi, A. (2013). Sensitive translations: Sensitive dimension and knowledge within two craftsmen’s workplaces. Scandinavian Journal of Management, 29(4), 353–366. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scaman.2013.07.003 Scott, J. C. (1998). Seeing like a state: How certain schemes to improve the human condition have failed. Yale University Press. Sachse, H.; Eisermann, M. (2020). ÜLU im Handwerk – Wie entstehen Unterweisungspläne? Heinz-Piest-Institut für Handwerkstechnik, Deutsches Handwerksinstitut. Salas-Velasco, M. (2024). Vocational education and training systems in Europe: A cluster analysis. EERJ 23, 434–449. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221151189 Smith, D. E. (1988). The everyday world as problematic: A feminist sociology. University of Toronto Press. Smith, D. E. (2005). Institutional ethnography: A sociology for people. The gender lens series. AltaMira Press. Thomä, J. (2017). DUI mode learning and barriers to innovation—A case from Germany. Research Policy, 46(7), 1327–1339. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2017.06.004 32. Organisational Education
Paper Learning Circles as WIL Infrastructure: Co-creating Welfare Pathways Across Jobcentres, VET and Elder Care Practices 1: University College Absalon; 2: Aarhus University Presenting Author:In Nordic welfare services, organisational challenges such as workforce shortages and rising service demands are increasingly framed as “wicked problems” that generate tensions across interconnected systems (Rittel & Webber, 1973; Lönngren & Van Poeck, 2021). Addressing such challenges calls for partnering and for strengthening innovation and learning as capacities for coordinating knowing and acting through co-creation and co-design (Head, 2019; George et al., 2024). In welfare pathways spanning employment support, vocational education and workplace participation, integration becomes a practical, situated co-produced accomplishment. Against this background, we examine learning circles as an integrative infrastructure for more coherent work-integrated learning (WIL) across jobcentres, the Danish social and health care VET programmes (SOSU), and elder care workplaces. We show how learning circles (Aakjær & Wegener, 2023; Avby et al., 2025) enable co-created knowledge-for-action and address the knowing–doing gap by bringing diverse experiences into shared inquiry, co-framing what matters, and agreeing practical next steps to try out in everyday practice. Drawing on WIL and partnership-oriented WIL curriculum perspectives (Kligyte et al., 2023; Billett, 2023; Choy & Delahaye, 2011), we frame our project as an effort to strengthen adult pathways into SOSU education and care work by supporting integration across organisational arenas. While WIL research typically centres enrolled students moving between educational institutions and workplaces, our case concerns a tri-partite pathway where the focal “learner” is not necessarily (or not yet) enrolled and where integration is negotiated across jobcentres, SOSU programmes, and care workplaces. In our context, “work” is constituted by everyday care practices and workplace expectations, while “education” refers to curricular practices linking school learning and workplace participation; jobcentres shape conditions for participation through support and coordination. From a WIL perspective, the central challenge is that learning across these arenas does not automatically align: experiences can remain parallel rather than integrated. In the paper, we therefore propose learning circles as a recurring infrastructure that scaffolds collaborative inquiry, sensemaking and integration across school–work–jobcentre settings (Wenger, 1998; Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner, 2020; Star & Griesemer, 1989; Akkerman & Bakker, 2011; Lotz & Aakjær, 2024). Our empirical focus is the learning that takes place between circle participants from the three organisational contexts: how they build shared understandings, negotiate expectations, and co-develop workable coordination practices that sustain more coherent pathways across settings. Learners’ perspectives inform this work through ongoing interviews, yet our primary analytic attention is on the cross-organisational learning dynamics in the circles, including how the group brings forward, explores, and revises understandings of next steps, responsibilities, and support needs. Empirically, the paper draws on experiences from a Danish research project supporting collaboration across jobcentres, SOSU programmes and elder care workplaces to enable more sustainable career trajectories. We contribute by conceptualising learning circles as WIL infrastructure and showing empirically how cross-organisational inquiry can generate a shared learning framework and support arrangements that strengthen continuity across welfare pathways. We describe how the circles provide a shared rhythm for revisiting practice experiences in dialogue—attending to critical transitions between settings—and making sense of what happened, what it points to, and what to try next. We also show how the circle work helps shape a “mini-curriculum” across sites by clarifying shared learning intentions, agreeing next steps, and developing supportive roles and materials (e.g., practice supervisor roles, mentoring and language partners, peer-to-peer training, and brief guidelines). This curriculum-making work strengthens alignment while making differences between institutional logics explicit and workable. Finally, the paper discusses typical points of misalignment where integration breaks down and how learning circles help make such tensions discussable and workable, thereby strengthening coordination and continuity across the welfare pathway. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on a three-year qualitative research project that uses cross-organizational learning circles as both an intervention and a participatory research method to support more coherent welfare pathways into social and health care education and work. The research design engages practitioners from three organisational contexts (jobcentres, SOSU VET schools, and municipal elder care workplaces) together with researchers as facilitators/co-inquirers. The circles function as recurring venues for collaborative inquiry, where participants bring in concrete experiences from transitions and day-to-day coordination, explore tensions and possibilities, and agree on future strategies for collaborative action and practical next steps. The project combines two mutually informing tracks: (1) learning circles and (2) ethnographic data collection. The dataset includes recordings and transcripts from 17 learning circle meetings (approximately four hours each), complemented by session artefacts (e.g., agendas, notes, presentations, and materials developed in the process). The ethnographic track adds interviews and observations with professionals and adult learners, alongside organisational documents (30 interviews and field visit observations). Analytically, we examine how learning circles operate as WIL infrastructure by tracing (a) how experiences are brought into joint inquiry and reframed into shared learning intentions and next steps, (b) how critical transitions become objects of collective sensemaking, and (c) how the circle work generates support arrangements (e.g., co-creating practice supervisor roles, mentoring/language-partner schemes, peer support, and brief guidelines). To make the enactment of this infrastructure visible, we use empirically grounded vignettes: short analytic narratives of micro-situations from circle meetings and related follow-up work (Jarzabkowski et al., 2014) focusing on transition trouble and role negotiation. The analysis is iterative and abductive, moving between episodes, artefacts, and evolving conceptualisations of integration and coordination across settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper argues that strengthening WIL in welfare pathways requires attention to the organisational work that enables learning to be integrated across jobcentres, vocational schooling and workplaces. Our analysis shows how learning circles can serve as a recurring infrastructure for such work by creating a shared rhythm where cross-organisational practitioners/professionals revisit practice episodes, attend to critical transitions, and develop actionable adjustments hat help sustain participation over time. Rather than treating integration as an outcome of programme design, the paper brings into view how it is enacted in micro-situations through collaborative inquiry: by reframing experiences, negotiating expectations, and clarifying “who does what” and “why” when responsibilities and support are distributed across settings - combining knowing and acting, and co-creating knowing for action cross organisational boundaries. The paper contributes to WIL scholarship by extending the focus beyond the student–institution–workplace arrangement to a tri-partite welfare - VET-work ecology in which the focal learner may not (yet) be enrolled and where learning integration depends on cross-organisational coordination. In line with Billett’s emphasis on learning across working life as shaped by curricula and workplace affordances, our findings suggest that these affordances are actively configured through the circle work—e.g., by co-creating supervision and mentoring roles, language support, peer learning arrangements, and brief guidance materials. We conceptualise this as a shared learning framework (or “mini-curriculum”) produced in and through the circles, helping align what matters across settings while keeping differences between institutional logics explicit and workable. Finally, the paper proposes learning circles as a practical design and organizing principle for WIL under conditions of complexity: recurring cross-organisational inquiry, treating transitions as a key object of joint inquiry/learning, and viewing support arrangements as part of the curriculum-making work that sustains continuity in welfare pathways. We also seek to open a conversation between WIL and traditions of non-formal adult education and practice-based learning that the learning circle model draws on. References Aakjær, M., & Wegener, C. (2023). Theorizing learning circles – a Nordic tradition revitalized in times of social innovation imperatives. Journal of Education and Work, 36(6), 462–475. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2023.2231351 Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311404435 Avby, G., Aakjær, M. K., Schou, A., Hyrkkö, S., Lotz, M. M., & Kajamaa, A. (2025). Collaborative learning and professional development to address wicked problems: A playbook. Professionshøjskolen Absalon. Billett, S. (2023). Learning across working life: A product of ‘personal curriculum’. In S. Billett, H. Salling Olesen, & L. Filliettaz (Eds.), Sustaining employability through work-life learning (Professional and Practice-based Learning, Vol. 35, pp. 209–227). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-99-3959-6_10 Choy, S., & Delahaye, B. (2011). Partnerships between universities and workplaces: Some challenges for work-integrated learning. Studies in Continuing Education, 33(2), 157–172. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2010.546079 Head, B. W. (2019). Forty years of wicked problems literature: Forging closer links to policy studies. Policy & Society, 38(2), 180–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2018.1488797 George, G., Fewer, T. J., Lazzarini, S., McGahan, A. M., & Puranam, P. (2024). Partnering for grand challenges: A review of organizational design considerations in public–private collaborations. Journal of Management, 50(1), 10–40. Jarzabkowski, P., Bednarek, R., & Lê, J. K. (2014). Producing persuasive findings: Demystifying ethnographic textwork in strategy and organization research. Strategic Organization, 12(4), 274–287. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476127014554575 Kligyte, G., Bowdler, B., Baumber, A., Pratt, S., Allen, L., Buck, A., Le Hunte, B., Melvold, J., & Key, T. (2023). Work-integrated professional learning: Shifting paradigms through transdisciplinary engagement. Studies in Continuing Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2023.2224238 Lotz, M., & Aakjær, M. (2024). Towards a relational ethics of learning circles. In S. Spišák (Ed.), Participation, collaboration and co-creation: Qualitative inquiry across and beyond divides (p. 227). (ECQI Congress Proceedings No. 2024). Lönngren, J., & van Poeck, K. (2021). Wicked problems: A mapping review of the literature. International Journal of Sustainable Development & World Ecology, 28(6), 481–502. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504509.2020.1859415 Rittel, H. W. J., & Webber, M. M. (1973). Dilemmas in a general theory of planning. Policy Sciences, 4(2), 155–169. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01405730 Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional ecology, ‘translations’ and boundary objects: Amateurs and professionals in Berkeley’s Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907–39. Social Studies of Science, 19(3), 387–420. https://doi.org/10.1177/030631289019003001 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Wenger-Trayner, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2020). Learning to make a difference: Value creation in social learning spaces. Cambridge University Press. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 32 SES 06 B: Epistemic Governance - AI, Media and Post Truth Location: Heikki |Hotel Torni| Session Chair: Marcina Singh Paper Session In this paper session we discuss the challenges of epistemic governance in an AI, Media and AI world. |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Paper Problems and Perspectives of Transformational Organisational Education Research in a Post-Truth Era 1: Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany; 2: IU International University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:This theoretical contribution sketches out how Hans-Christoph Koller’s theory of transformative educational processes (Koller, 2020, 2023) can be adapted for organisational education research in order to analyse organisational learning as the development of action-capability under conditions of the erosion of epistemic authority (Heidelmann 2023). The paper starts from a diagnosis that, at societal level, post-truth conditions (Schindler, 2023) are increasingly salient: distrust in epistemic authorities is heightened (Crilley, 2018), evidential criteria are increasingly contested (Lathrop, 2025), and synthetic media (Ruiz, 2025) intensifies uncertainty about what counts as a fact. Under these conditions, organisations still remain key vehicles of collective action (Kornberger et al., 2025). Much of the organisational learning and crisis-management literature implicitly assumes that disagreement concerns appropriate action given largely shared facts (Antonacopoulou & Sheaffer, 2014; Butsch et al., 2025). Yet, the problem at hand is more fundamental, insofar as the shared status of “facts” (cf. Baudrillard, 2019) and the legitimacy of epistemic authorities themselves are eroding (Adler & Drieschova, 2021; Bartsch et al., 2025). The paper therefore asks how organisations can learn to act without relying on symbolic certainty as a precondition of legitimate decision-making. The proposed conceptual work is to shift focus from information acquisition to organisational action-capability. Here, organisational action-capability is provisionally defined as the collectively sustained capacity to (1) decide under conditions of (epistemic) uncertainty, (2) justify decisions as legitimate amid contestation, and (3) coordinate and enact decisions across organisational sites. This definition foregrounds knowing and acting as mutually entangled and institutionally mediated rather than sequential. It aligns with the interest in learning “in and of organisations” (Göhlich et al., 2016), and it provides a target for theorising learning where no “recipe-knowledge” (Schütz & Luckmann, 1974) is available, for instance in emergency response and civil protection contexts (in times of hybrid warfare) where time pressure, legitimacy demands, and contested information environments converge. The paper proposes that systematic organisational-analytic adaptations remain scarce, and it takes as its point of departure Koller’s own observation that collective transformative processes in which the world-self relation of “a group of people, an organisation or an institution” is transformed have been under-examined and that the theory appears open to extension in this direction (Koller, 2022, p. 15). In addition, Koller’s discussion of conceptual resources for capturing world-self relations, including Bourdieu’s habitus theory and narrative identity, is treated as an invitation to theorise collective and organisational formations (Koller, 2022, p. 15ff). The paper uses these openings to outline how “world-self relations” can be translated into organisational terms without reducing them to individual attitudes or to vague notions of culture. Conceptually, the paper proposes – in accordance to Koller (2022, p.15) – to operationalise organisational world-self relations (at least in part) as habitus-like regularities in practice arrangements (Bourdieu, 2007, p. 191; Bourdieu & Wacquant, 2008, p. 161). This connects to Koller’s emphasis that habitus is collective as a common trait of group members without being centrally orchestrated (Koller, 2020, p. 6). Transformative organisational Bildung (cf. Koller, 2020), as proposed here, becomes the transformation of those habitus-like practice regularities such that the organisation can sustain warranted action under uncertainty rather than seeking a return to stable truth conditions. The paper addresses three questions: (1) How can Koller’s theory of transformative educational processes be translated to the level of organisational learning under post-truth conditions? (2) Which dimensions of organisational world–self relations shape organisational action capability when epistemic authority is contested, and how can these dimensions transform? (3) What methodological implications follow for organisational education research that seeks to study such collective transformations beyond organisational self-descriptions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used First, this paper conducts a targeted literature review on organisational action under uncertainty, focusing on decision-making, justification, coordination, and the handling of contested evidence. Sources include organisational learning, crisis management, and post-truth/epistemic authority literatures. The review is used to extract recurring organisational strategies and to build a set of analytic dimensions. Second, it performs a theory-analytic reconstruction of Koller’s key concepts (transformation, world–self relations, habitus) and develops explicit organisational correlates. This is done through concept analysis and systematic definition work, resulting in a mapping between Kollers terms and organisational practice-theoretical descriptors (practice arrangements; justificatory grammarsand so on). Third, it sketches out an analytic heuristic that operationalises the mapped concepts as observable dimensions for empirical research. The heuristic is designed to support future studies in (a) discourse analysis of organisational texts and communication, (b) situational analysis of decision making in certain organisational contexts, and (c) ethnographic/practice-analytic methods to capture routinised practices and justificatory work in situ. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper proposes a conceptual model of transformative organisational Bildung as the transformation of habitus-like practice regularities through which organisations stabilise and reproduce warranted action under conditions of epistemic uncertainty. Rather than treating uncertainty as a temporary deficit to be eliminated by additional information, the model foregrounds shifts in routinised practices, role relations, artefacts, and justificatory repertoires that enable decisions to remain actionable and legitimate amidst persistent contestation. Second, the paper is expected to specify a set of analytically tractable dimensions of organisational world–self relations that can guide both conceptual and empirical work. These dimensions include, for example, epistemic authority infrastructures (who or what is authorised to count as a credible source), justificatory grammars (how decisions are rendered legitimate), and verification and provenance practices (how evidence is traced, stabilised, and contested). Third, the paper develops methodological implications for organisational education research concerned with collective transformation beyond organisational self-descriptions. The anticipated outcome is guidance on how to study transformation as an observable reconfiguration of practice arrangements and justificatory work, including the identification of suitable artefacts and sites of analysis. Lastly, the paper also aims to establish a point of connection to current scholarship on the erosion of truth and contested epistemic authority. It seeks to clarify conceptual options for organisational action under polycrisis conditions and to indicate where mitigation strategies might be developed. The expectation is that the contribution will highlight a path of further empirical and theoretical work, raising new questions about action-capability, legitimacy, and organisational learning in contested epistemic environments rather than presenting ready-made solutions. References Adler, E., & Drieschova, A. (2021). The Epistemological Challenge of Truth Subversion to the Liberal International Order. International Organization, 75(2), 359–386. Antonacopoulou, E. P., & Sheaffer, Z. (2014). Learning in Crisis: Rethinking the Relationship Between Organizational Learning and Crisis Management. Journal of Management Inquiry, 23(1), 5–21. Bartsch, A., Neuberger, C., Stark, B., Karnowski, V., Maurer, M., Pentzold, C., Quandt, T., Quiring, O., & Schemer, C. (2025). Epistemic authority in the digital public sphere. An integrative conceptual framework and research agenda. Communication Theory, 35(1), 37–50. Baudrillard, J. (2019). Simulacra and simulation. Univ. of Michigan Press. Bourdieu, P. (2007). La distinction: Critique sociale du jugement. Éd. de Minuit. Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. (Eds). (2008). An invitation to reflexive sociology (Repr). Polity Pr. Butsch, T., Bell, R., & Warren, V. (2025). Decision-making in organizational crisis in traditional and self-managed organizations: Toward a hybrid approach. Strategic HR Review, 24(5), 206–209. Crilley, R. (2018). International relations in the age of ‘post-truth’ politics. International Affairs, 94(2), Article 2. Göhlich, M., Weber, S. M., & Schröer, A. (2016). Forschungsmemorandum Organisationspädagogik. In A. Schröer, M. Göhlich, S. M. Weber, & H. Pätzold (Eds), Organisation und Theorie (pp. 307–319). Springer Wiesbaden. Heidelmann, M.-A. (2023). Organisationen und Netzwerke beraten lernen. Theoretisierung und Analyse organisationspädagogischer Professionalisierung im Feld der Organisations- und Netzwerkberatung. Wiesbaden: Springer. Koller, H.-C. (2020). Problems and Perspectives of a Theory of Transformational Processes of Bildung. Educational Theory, 70(5), 633–651. Koller, H.-C. (2022). Bildung als Transformation? Zur Diskussion um die Theorie transformatorischer Bildungsprozesse. In D. Yacek (Ed.), Bildung und Transformation (pp. 11–27). Springer Berlin. Koller, H.-C. (2023). Bildung anders denken: Einführung in die Theorie transformatorischer Bildungsprozesse (3rd edn). W. Kohlhammer GmbH. Kornberger, M., Meyer, R. E., Martí, I., Frey-Heger, C., Cornelissen, J., & Gatzweiler, M. (2025). Collective Action in Crisis? Introduction to the Special Issue. Organization Studies, 46(7), 919–939. Lathrop, B. N. (2025). Confronting the post-truth phenomenon in literacy education: The need for a critical media epistemology. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 68(6), 665–678. Ruiz, C. D. (2025). Bots Talking to Bots Synthetic Media, AI-Generated Content, and the “Dead Internet” Conspiracy Theory. In Market-Oriented Disinformation Research: Digital Advertising, Disinformation and Fake News on Social Media (1st edn). Routledge. Schindler, S. (2023). Post-truth politics and neoliberal competition: The social sources of dogmatic cynicism. International Theory, 1–20. Schütz, A., & Luckmann, T. (1974). The structures of the life-world. Heinemann. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Calculated Governance: Epistemic Work in the Domestication of Global AI Ideals Across Educational Organizations East China Normal Unviersity, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:As Artificial Intelligence increasingly reshapes educational systems worldwide, international organizations such as UNESCO and the OECD have promoted policy frameworks to define what counts as responsible AI governance. Documents such as Guidance for generative AI in education and research do not merely offer technical recommendations. They function as governance instruments that shape how educational futures are imagined, how risks are defined, and how legitimacy is assigned. Rather than treating these frameworks as neutral policy tools, this study conceptualizes them as forms of epistemic intervention that seek to establish global authority over how AI should be understood and governed in education. While these organizations claim to set universal standards, little empirical research has examined how such global imaginaries are translated into organizational practice as they travel across governance levels, from international institutions to national ministries and into local educational organizations. This creates a critical gap in educational leadership and governance research. It remains unclear how authority, expertise, and professional agency are reconfigured when AI driven governance norms are introduced into school systems. This study addresses this gap by investigating how global AI governance discourses are constructed, domesticated, and operationalized within educational organizations. RQ1: How do international organizations discursively construct AI governance ideals as globally legitimate and scientifically grounded? What social imaginaries and visions of schooling do they mobilize to secure epistemic authority? RQ2: Through what organizational processes do educational institutions reinterpret and domesticate these global AI governance norms? Which elements of AI driven schooling are selectively adopted, modified, or resisted in alignment with local institutional priorities? Theoretical Framework: The study is grounded in the concept of epistemic governance as developed by Alasuutari and Qadir. This perspective views governance as the shaping of how actors understand reality rather than as direct coercion. Governance operates by influencing what is perceived as true, necessary, and inevitable. The analysis focuses on three interconnected dimensions. First, it examines epistemic work that redefines the ontology of schooling, framing schools as data driven and calculable environments. Second, it explores how actor identities are reconfigured, particularly how authority shifts from pedagogical expertise toward technical and algorithmic knowledge. Third, it analyzes how normative standards are reconstructed, including the growing valorization of algorithmic objectivity as a marker of rational decision making. To capture the political and technical dynamics of AI governance, the study introduces the concept of calculated governance. This concept emphasizes the dual role of AI as both a computational technology and a strategic resource used to legitimize organizational power. AI is not only calculated in a technical sense but is also deployed in a calculated manner to justify decisions, allocate authority, and manage institutional accountability. Calculated governance thus highlights how educational leadership increasingly relies on quantified evidence and automated systems to support policy decisions, often creating a gap between algorithmic rationality and professional educational judgment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, multi scalar research design centered on Vertical Discourse Analysis (VDA) to examine how AI governance knowledge is produced, circulated, and translated across international and local organizational levels. VDA enables a systematic tracing of discursive continuities and transformations as policy ideas travel between institutions and governance scales. The methodological approach is grounded in the Foucauldian tradition of discourse analysis and is operationalized through the Epistemic Governance Methodological Toolkit. This framework conceptualizes governance as a process that operates through shaping what actors perceive as legitimate knowledge, authoritative expertise, and necessary action. Rather than treating AI governance as a technical matter, the study approaches it as a discursive and political process through which meanings, norms, and power relations are constructed and stabilized. Research Sources The data collection strategy targets two distinct organizational scales to capture the "inter-organizational knowledge flow": Global Level (Strategic Imageries): We analyze normative policy frameworks from prominent "knowledge anchors," specifically UNESCO’s Guidance for Generative AI in Education and Research and OECD’s Digital Education Outlook. These documents serve as the primary sources for identifying the "global imageries" of AI governance. Local Level (Organizational Domestication): This section analyzes institutional-level artifacts derived from educational organizations located mainly in China , specifically including "Smart Campus" strategic plans, AI-integrated leadership handbooks, and algorithmic performance evaluation protocols. Analytical Instruments: Ontological Coding: Identifying how AI is discursively constructed as an "environment"—shifting the school’s ontology from a space of human pedagogy to a "calculable" data-driven entity. Actor Identification Mapping: Analyzing who is granted "epistemic authority" to define legitimate AI knowledge. We track the shifting status of teachers, administrators, and technical experts in these texts. Normative Reconstruction: Decoding the "norms and ideals" (e.g., efficiency, transparency, equity) that are invoked to justify the adoption of specific AI tools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Systematic Transformation of Global Ideals The study expects to reveal that global AI ideals undergo a predictable distortion as they flow toward local organizations. Concepts such as human-centered AI and inclusive participation are often reshaped into tools for managerial control and risk management checklists. This process suggests that domestication is not a matter of faithful implementation but is instead a creative reconstruction used to serve local power interests. Culturally-Patterned Domestication and Decoupling Across different institutional contexts—ranging from democratic-professional models to state-led regimes—a consistent pattern of discourse-practice decoupling is expected to emerge. Organizations frequently adopt global rhetoric to maintain their social legitimacy while continuing with their established local practices. This suggests that the gap between high-level policy and local action is a universal organizational strategy rather than a simple failure of implementation. Algorithms as Calculated Authority The research expects to show that algorithms function as strategic instruments to legitimize organizational power. By invoking the idea of data-driven decision-making, educational leaders can reframe subjective choices as objective necessities. This operates through a dual logic: algorithms provide a sense of technical rationality by appearing neutral, while simultaneously advancing political agendas like centralizing control and marginalizing dissent. In this environment, technical experts and administrators gain epistemic capital—the authority to define what is true—while the traditional authority of teachers is eroded. Theoretical and Practical Contributions These findings extend epistemic governance theory by demonstrating that authority operates between organizational levels, not just within them. It reveals that global governance is a chain of domestication that creates a cumulative distance between high-level ideals and local realities. Practically, this challenges the assumption that best practices can be transferred seamlessly and provides tools for recognizing how global standards can be used to mask local power dynamics. References Alasuutari, P. (2018). Authority as Epistemic Capital. Journal of Political Power, 11(2), 165-190. https://doi.org/10.1080/2158379X.2018.1468151 Alasuutari, P., & Qadir, A. (2014). Epistemic Governance: An Approach to the Politics of Policy-making. European Journal of Cultural and Political Sociology, 1(1), 67-84. https://doi.org/10.1080/23254823.2014.887986 Alasuutari, P., & Qadir, A. (2016). Imageries of the social world in epistemic governance. International Sociology, 31(6), 633-652. https://doi.org/10.1177/0268580916662386 Alasuutari, P., & Qadir, A. (2019). Epistemic Governance: Social Change in the Modern World. Palgrave Macmillan. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (Ed.). (2004). The Global Politics of Educational Borrowing and Lending. Teachers College Press. Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: The PISA 'effect' in Europe. Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 23-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930802412669 Lawn, M., & Grek, S. (2012). Europeanizing Education: Governing a New Policy Space. Symposium Books. Ozga, J., Dahler-Larsen, P., Segerholm, C., & Simola, H. (Eds.). (2011). Fabricating Quality in Education: Data and Governance in Europe. Routledge. Berkovich, I. (2025). The rise of AI-assisted instructional leadership: empirical survey of generative AI integration in school leadership and management work. Mochizuki, Y., Bruillard, E., & Bryan, A. (2025). The ethics of AI or techno-solutionism? UNESCO’s policy guidance on AI in education. Williamson, B., & Piattoeva, N. (2025). Objectivity as standardization in data-scientific education policy, technology and governance. UNESCO (2021). AI and Education: Guidance for Policy-makers. UNESCO Publishing. UNESCO (2023). Guidance for Generative AI in Education and Research. UNESCO Publishing. OECD (2021). OECD Digital Education Outlook 2021: Pushing the Frontiers with AI. OECD Publishing. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Knowing and Acting with AI: Designing Practice-Oriented Artificial Intelligence in Organizational Education 1: University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2: Omniway Group, Sweden Presenting Author:Topic and research problem Generative AI has entered higher education and organizational learning contexts, often framed through promises of efficiency and data-driven decision-making. Within this discourse, AI is positioned as a means to optimize teaching, assessment, supervision, and organizational processes by accelerating action and reducing uncertainty. Such approaches conceptualize knowing as data and analytics, and acting as optimized decision-making (e.g. Zine, 2025). Critical scholars have noted that much contemporary AI adoption in education risks prioritizing efficiency and automation over professional judgement, responsibility, and democratic accountability (Selwyn, 2024). From the perspective of organizational education, this raises a critical question: what happens to professional judgement, responsibility, and learning as situated practice when AI is introduced as a decision-support or automation technology? While data-driven approaches offer valuable insights, they risk marginalizing forms of knowing that are tacit, relational, ethical, and historically situated—dimensions central to organizational education research (Göhlich et al., 2016). This paper takes an alternative starting point by examining AI not as a tool for optimization, but as a practice-shaping epistemic actor that intervenes in how knowing and acting are negotiated in organizational and educational practices. Research aim and questions The study investigates how non-efficient AI can reconfigure knowing–acting relations in organizational education, focusing on supervision, collegial judgement, and students’ engagement with vocational subject practices. The overarching research question is: How does a practice-oriented AI, designed to resist automation and rapid solution-making, reshape relations between knowing and acting in organizational education? This question is elaborated through three subsidiary questions:
Theoretical framework The study is grounded in the Theory of Practice Architectures (Kemmis et al., 2022), which conceptualizes practices as interwoven arrangements of sayings, doings, and relatings shaped by cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political conditions. Organizational learning is understood as emerging within and through practice complexes rather than as individual cognitive acquisition. To articulate knowing–acting tensions within these practices, the study draws on Argyris and Schön’s distinction between espoused theories and theories-in-use (Argyris & Schön, 1996). This enables analysis of how professionals and students act on implicit logics that diverge from declared theoretical positions—logics that become visible in moments of resistance, hesitation, and breakdown. Together, these perspectives enable an understanding of AI as an intervention that participates in practice architectures by shaping what can be said, done, and related in organizational education. Positioning within organizational education research The paper is situated within the tradition of organizational education as articulated in the Research Memorandum of EERA Network 32 (Göhlich et al., 2016), emphasizing process-related reflection, organizational learning in, by, and between organizations, and critical engagement with power, responsibility, and ethics. In contrast to co-design approaches where human facilitators mediate reflection (e.g. Belfield & Petrescu, 2025), this study examines what happens when epistemic mediation is partially delegated to an AI system designed to interrupt habitual action. Rather than catalyzing action through acceleration, the AI under study introduces friction and delays closure, foregrounding conditions for knowing and acting in practice. European and international relevance Across European higher education and organizational contexts, institutions face pressure to adopt AI-driven solutions while maintaining professional judgement, ethical responsibility, and educational quality. The study addresses cross-national challenges and offers conceptual tools to engage with AI as a constitutive condition of contemporary organizational learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design The study adopts a qualitative, practice-based research design combining dialogic analysis and reflective inquiry. The empirical focus is on interactions with PRAXA, a practice-oriented AI developed through iterative collaboration between researchers, educators, and organizational professionals. PRAXA is intentionally designed to resist automation of judgement and decision-making. Instead, it slows down interaction, foregrounds conditions for practice, and invites reflection on responsibility, risk, and action. Empirical material The empirical material consists of an emerging multi-site dataset including: Dialogic interactions between professionals and PRAXA in contexts such as higher education administration, collegial assessment practices, and professional supervision. Student–AI interactions in vocational teacher education, where approximately forty students engage with PRAXA to explore how theory and vocational practice can be integrated. Reflective logbook entries produced by students and professionals as part of structured practice-based inquiry and supervision. The material captures both individual and collective interactions, allowing analysis of knowing and acting at multiple organizational levels. Analytical approach Analysis focuses on moments of friction in interaction: hesitation, refusal, uncertainty, and breakdowns in expected action. These moments are treated as analytically productive, revealing tacit assumptions, theories-in-use, and underlying organizational arrangements. Rather than evaluating AI performance or learning outcomes, the analysis reconstructs how knowing–acting relations are negotiated and transformed through interaction with PRAXA, with particular attention to supervision practices and students’ subject-specific learning as organizationally embedded practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Rather than evaluating the effectiveness of an AI system, this study points to a set of emerging consequences for knowing and acting in organizational education when AI is deliberately designed to resist automation and rapid solution-making. Across supervision, collegial assessment, and students’ engagement with subject practices, interactions with PRAXA indicate shifts in how responsibility, theory, and professional judgement are negotiated. Preliminary observations suggest that such interactions may contribute to re-orientations of theoretical frameworks, increased willingness to remain in analytical uncertainty, and a redistribution of epistemic authority away from ready-made answers toward reflective inquiry. In supervision contexts, these shifts appear as changes in how theoretical perspectives are mobilised before action is taken, and in how practitioners tolerate delayed closure in favour of deeper understanding. In student–AI interactions, learning emerges less as the acquisition of correct formulations and more as participation in subject practices where theory becomes consequential for interpretation and action. In collegial assessment work, moments of resistance and hesitation suggest the potential for reconfiguring habitual practices of judgement. From an organizational education perspective, these developments are not treated as outcomes of AI use, but as indicators of changing knowing–acting relations. The paper therefore argues that practice-oriented, deliberately non-efficient AI may function as a catalyst for organizational learning by making implicit assumptions, theories-in-use, and responsibility structures visible and discussable. At the same time, the study foregrounds tensions between such practice-oriented approaches and dominant organizational expectations of efficiency and standardisation. These tensions are not framed as obstacles, but as analytically productive sites for understanding the changing conditions and potentials of organizational education research in algorithmically mediated environments. References Belfield, A., & Petrescu, D. (2025). Co-design, neighbourhood sharing, and commoning through urban living labs. CoDesign, 21(2), 171-194. https://doi.org/10.1080/15710882.2024.2381792 Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbaek, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research memorandum organizational education. Studia paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215. Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming Practices: Changing the World with the Theory of Practice Architectures. Singapore: Springer. Schön, D. A., & Argyris, C. (1976). Theory in practice : increasing professional effectiveness. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. Selwyn, N. (2024). On the Limits of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Education. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 10. https://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v10.6062 Zine, R. (2025). Data Driven Organization in the Age of AI. In R. K. Hamdan (Ed.), Tech Fusion in Business and Society : Harnessing Big Data, IoT, and Sustainability in Business: Volume 1 (pp. 625-632). Springer Nature Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-84628-1_52 32. Organisational Education
Paper Virtual Reality Mediated Occupational Safety Training in the Sociomaterial Organizational Context University of Lapland, Finland Presenting Author:A simulation-based training model was developed in an article-based dissertation to guide the practitioners in pedagogically viable inclusion of immersive virtual reality (IVR) training scenarios within occupational safety training curriculums. The research question for the study was, “How should the pre- and post-briefings and individual IVR training scenarios be designed and implemented in a simulation-based training model to support the achievement of safety training objectives in the sociocultural setting of the workplace?” Sociocultural and cognitivist theories of learning were applied in the study to address the question (see Billett, 1996). The study draws on research on workplace learning, occupational safety training, and IVR learning. In this presentation, the model’s relationship to the organizational sociomaterial setting of safety training is discussed. The safety trainers are considered key actors who uphold positive safety culture in the work community. To be able to take advantage of virtual reality technology, it is vital they have access to sociomaterial resources, such as the support of their peers and the management, and possibilities for professional development. The combination of group discussion and IVR practice enables the co-creation of an active and flexible learning space (e.g. Damşa et al., 2019). The trainers' pedagogical content knowledge is important, as it enables them to adapt the training to the learners, and address any misinterpretations or misunderstandings that may arise during the training (see Gherardi, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The model was developed in design-based research (e.g., Campanella & Penuel, 2021). One design cycle was completed. The first conceptual model was based on literature and qualitative data on the safety trainers’ favored pedagogical practices in two participating organizations. The model was applied in training interventions. Five safety trainers, employed in these organizations, performed 22 training sessions where the proposed model was applied for groups of 2-4 learners. 76 persons were recruited in the study; due to participant attrition, 68 persons eventually underwent training. Both quantitative and qualitative data were collected before, during and after the interventions. The participants’ experiences were studied using mixed methods (see Creswell & Plano Clark, 2017). Design principles were formulated on the basis of the empirical results, and incorporated in the re-designed training model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The training model supports the trainers in implementing new educational technology in training curricula and guides the pedagogically viable design of immersive VR training scenarios for occupational safety settings. It can be applied in professional development or vocational training contexts. The pros and cons of the proposed model, and the use of IVR technology in training, will be discussed in the presentation. References Author (2026). [title redacted for peer review] Doctoral Dissertation. Author et al. (2024) Author et al. (2025a, 2025b) Billett, S. (1996). Situated learning: Bridging sociocultural and cognitive theorizing. Learning and Instruction, 6(3), 263–280. https://doi.org/10.1016/0959-4752(96)00006-0 Campanella, M., & Penuel, W. R. (2021). Design-Based Research in Education Settings: Motivations, Crosscutting Features, and Considerations for Design. In Z. A. Philippakos, E. Howell, & A. Pellegrino (Eds.), Design-based research in education: theory and applications (1st ed., pp. 3–19). The Guilford Press. Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2017). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research (3rd ed.). Sage Publications, Inc. Damşa, C., Nerland, M., & Andreadakis, Z. E. (2019). An ecological perspective on learner- constructed learning spaces. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(5), 2075–2089. https://doi.org/10.1111/BJET.12855 Gherardi, S. (2012). Organizational Learning: The Sociology of Practice. In M. Easterby-Smith & M. A. Lyles (Eds.), Handbook of Organizational Learning and Knowledge Management: Second Edition (pp. 43–65). John Wiley & Sons. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119207245. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 33 SES 06 A: Gendered Leadership and Organisational Structures in Education: Gendered Lenses Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Susanne Gannon Paper Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Balancing Tradition and Leadership: The Struggles and Triumphs of Rural Female Principals Eurasian Technological University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Despite the global feminisation of the teaching profession, women remain underrepresented in school leadership, particularly in rural contexts where leadership is shaped by intensified socio-cultural expectations, limited resources, and heightened community visibility (UN, 2023). International and European research shows that rural school leadership is often characterised by increased workloads, role overload, and blurred professional–private boundaries, conditions that disproportionately affect women (Clarke & Knights, 2015; Oplatka, 2016). In post-Soviet settings such as Kazakhstan, these challenges are further complicated by historical governance legacies, ongoing education reforms, and deeply embedded gender norms. Yet, rural women’s leadership experiences in Central Asia remain largely absent from international scholarship. This qualitative study explores the experiences of female rural school principals in Kazakhstan, focusing on how they access and sustain leadership roles within intersecting gendered, institutional, and socio-historical constraints. The study is guided by the overarching research question: How do female rural school principals in Kazakhstan navigate the intersecting gendered, institutional, and socio-historical barriers that shape their accession to and persistence in school leadership? This question is examined through three interrelated lines of inquiry: (1) how rural women principals narrate their pathways into leadership and the discourses shaping these trajectories; (2) the challenges they encounter in sustaining leadership roles within rural institutional, bureaucratic, and community contexts; and (3) how they perform and negotiate leadership identities within prevailing rural gender norms. The primary objective of the study is to centre the lived experiences of rural women principals in order to deepen understanding of how leadership is constructed and enacted at the intersection of gender and rurality. Specifically, the research aims to examine gendered processes of accession to leadership in rural schools, analyse the institutional and socio-cultural challenges affecting leadership sustainability, and explore how women principals exercise agency within constrained rural environments. The study is informed by poststructuralist and postcolonial feminist theoretical perspectives on gender, power, and leadership. Poststructuralist theory conceptualises leadership as a socially constructed and discursively produced practice rather than a neutral or universally transferable set of skills (Foucault, 1980; Blackmore & Sachs, 2012). This lens enables analysis of how gendered leadership norms particularly expectations of moral authority, care, and self-sacrifice are intensified in rural school contexts where principals are highly visible and embedded within local communities. Postcolonial feminist theory provides a critical framework for situating rural women’s leadership within Kazakhstan’s post-Soviet socio-historical context, shaped by Soviet administrative traditions, nation-building processes, and contemporary reforms influenced by global and European policy agendas (Milligan & Tikly, 2016). This approach challenges Western-centric models of leadership that often overlook rurality and context, and foregrounds how global governance reforms are reinterpreted in rural, resource-constrained settings. By contributing insights from rural Kazakhstan, the study enriches European and international debates on gender, rural education, and leadership equity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given the limited empirical research on rural women’s school leadership in Kazakhstan, the study adopts a basic qualitative research design (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). This approach is appropriate for exploring participants’ perspectives in depth and capturing the complex interplay of gender, rurality, institutional structures, and personal biographies shaping leadership experiences. Data were collected through in-depth, semi-structured interviews with female principals from rural mainstream (state-funded) schools across two socio-culturally distinct regions of Kazakhstan: a predominantly Kazakh-speaking Western region and a more ethnically and linguistically diverse Central region (Agency of the Republic of Kazakhstan on statistics, 2025). Purposive sampling was used to ensure variation in ethnicity, language of instruction, school size, and local economic conditions. Eligibility was limited to principals with between two and six years of leadership experience, allowing participants to reflect on both their accession to leadership and the challenges of sustaining their roles in rural contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate that leadership trajectories of female rural school principals in Kazakhstan are shaped by heightened responsibility, intensified emotional labour, and strong moral accountability to local communities. Accession to leadership is likely to be characterised by gradual, negotiated processes rather than linear career progression, often influenced by local needs rather than formal ambition. Findings are expected to show that rural principals face distinctive challenges, including resistance to educational change from teaching staff, staffing shortages, and financial inequities arising from salary structures that sometimes disadvantage principals relative to teachers. At the same time, rural women principals are anticipated to report strong commitment to students from socially vulnerable backgrounds, positioning care and relational labour as central to their leadership practice. Despite structural and gendered constraints, the study is expected to highlight women principals’ agency and resilience, particularly through relational leadership, community engagement, and the strategic reworking of gendered expectations into sources of moral authority. Rather than viewing care as a limitation, participants are likely to frame it as a leadership resource that enables trust, legitimacy, and sustainability in rural contexts. By foregrounding rural women’s leadership experiences in a post-Soviet setting, the study contributes to European and international debates on gender equity, rural education, and leadership reform. It challenges universalised leadership models and underscores the need for context-sensitive, gender-responsive rural leadership policies that recognise relational labour and address the structural realities of rural schooling. References Agency of the Republic of Kazakhstan on statistics. (2025). Retrieved June 22, 2025, from https://www.stat.gov.kz/ Blackmore, J., & Sachs, J. (2012). Performing and reforming leaders: Gender, educational restructuring, and organizational change. Suny Press. Clarke, C. A., & Knights, D. (2015). Careering through academia: Securing identities or engaging ethical subjectivities?. Human relations, 68(12), 1865-1888. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726715570978 Foucault, M. (1980). The history of sexuality: Interview. Oxford Literary Review, 4(2), 3-14. Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. John Wiley & Sons. Milligan, L. O., & Tikly, L. (2016). English as a medium of instruction in postcolonial contexts: Moving the debate forward. Comparative Education, 52(3), 277-280. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2016.1185251 Oplatka, I. (2016). “Irresponsible leadership” and unethical practices in schools: A conceptual framework of the “dark side” of educational leadership. In The dark side of leadership: Identifying and overcoming unethical practice in organizations. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. UN. (2023). Gender equality and the global goals: A report on the state of play. United Nations Publishing. https://www.un.org/publications/genderequality2023 33. Gender and Education
Paper Gender Beliefs and Gender-Related Practices: Insights From Teachers and Leaders of One Estonian School 1: Tallinn University, Estonia; 2: University of Vienna; 3: University of Helsinki; 4: Åbo Akademi University Presenting Author:Teachers’ and leaders’ gendered beliefs and practices shape students’ learning experiences, yet Estonian schools lack systematic approaches to address these dynamics. This study aimed to explore teachers’ and school leadership team members’ (hereinafter referred to as ‘leaders’) gender beliefs and gender-related practices. The research questions were formulated as follows: How are gender beliefs manifested by teachers and school leadership team members? What kinds of gender-related practices in schools are mentioned by teachers and school leadership team members? The conceptual framework draws on Deaux’s (1985) theory of the gender belief system, characterized as mental schemas shaped and reinforced through socialization (Whitley & Kite, 2010). This system integrates components such as gender stereotypes, gender role attitudes, personal beliefs about gender roles, the perceptions of individuals who violate these norms, gender identity and sexual orientation (Kite et al., 2023). Gender stereotypes are central to this framework, reflecting culturally shared assumptions (Whitley & Kite, 2010) that help determine perceived violations of gender norms (Kite et al., 2023). The study adopts Hyde et al.’s (2019) approach, defining gender as a flexible, multidimensional, and socially constructed concept extending beyond binary categories. Focus group interviews with four teachers and four leadership team members from one school were conducted using a qualitative abductive research strategy and thematic analysis. The findings revealed themes on gender stereotypes, roles, transgender and gender-diverse students, sexual orientation, students’ interests, and gender-related practices in schools. Teachers and leaders held varying and sometimes contradictory gender beliefs, exhibiting both stereotypical views and awareness of biases. Moreover, they were open to dialogue, with some willing to adjust their views. While perceiving their schools as gender-supportive, they acknowledged broader gender inequality issues and practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants The study was conducted in one relatively large Estonian general education school located in an urban area catering to 7–18-year-old students. The authors employed convenience sampling in selecting the school (Creswell & Creswell, 2018). A total of eight members of the school staff showed interest in participating. Focus groups of teachers and leaders were formed. Data collection To ensure balanced discussions, the focus groups were conducted separately for the teachers and leaders in February 2024, ensuring balanced discussion and strict data confidentiality, adhering to the European Code of Conduct for Research Integrity (ALLEA, 2023). The study used the Qualitative Attitude Approach (QAA) and vignettes to explore gender attitudes and beliefs. Within the QAA framework, attitudes are understood as internalized personal constructs relating individuals to social and cultural contexts (Autonen-Vaaraniemi, 2022; Vesala & Rantanen, 2007), and the vignettes were specifically designed using the Skilling and Stylianides (2020) framework. The interview plan consisted of background questions, eight QAA statements and three vignettes based on previous research on teachers’ gender beliefs, attitudes and practices (Gajda et al., 2022; Hyde, 2005; Meece et al., 2006), and some questions related to them. The interview plan was piloted with a group of master’s students (ed. sciences) who also worked in education, after which the interview plan was slightly improved. The focus group interviews were divided into two sessions: a QAA session where participants discussed individual written statements and a vignette session where participants read and discussed short stories based on guiding questions.The interviews, totaling 240 minutes, were recorded, transcribed verbatim, and anonymized. Data analysis The study used a qualitative abductive strategy (integrating inductive and deductive analysis) to identify discrepancies and knowledge gaps. Thematic analysis with the codebook approach was chosen for its flexibility. Data coding utilized QCAmap (Mayring & Fenzl, 2022). Initial codes emerged inductively from the data, grounded in participant perspectives. To ensure reliability, investigator triangulation involved two authors independently coding and developing the codebook through discussion. Deductive coding later refined the codebook using theoretical perspectives. Themes that emerged inductively included beliefs about students’ interests and gender-related practices in schools. Themes derived from deductive coding included gender stereotypes, gender roles, transgender and gender-diverse students and sexual orientation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this study was to explore the gender beliefs and gender-related practices exhibited by teachers and members of school leadership teams. Regarding gender beliefs, the teachers held mixed views on cognitive and behavioral differences that ranged from beliefs in inherent biological distinctions to questioning the validity of such claims. Stereotypes about boys being inherently better at maths and girls at languages were widely recognized. The participants expressed a commitment to equal treatment yet described distinct behavioral patterns where boys externalized conflict and girls internalized it, while they emphasized their responsibility to support transgender and gender-diverse students despite potential parental opposition. Beliefs about sexual orientation revealed that gender nonconformity was frequently matched with homosexuality. Finally, while the teachers advocated for supporting individual student interests regardless of gender norms, they expressed uncertainty about how to effectively challenge stereotypes. Regarding gender-related practices, when talking about gendered learning opportunities, the participants described efforts to challenge outdated subject divides, although they acknowledged that peer pressure often causes students to hide their non-conforming interests. Teachers reported striving for equal engagement and welcoming feedback on biases, yet school leaders noted that boys still frequently receive more attention than girls. Co-education was the standard for them, but there are still instances of informal segregation in the classroom. Support for transgender and gender-diverse students included structural measures like gender-neutral facilities and the use of chosen names, yet challenges remained, illustrated by administrative conflicts over staff members refusing to use preferred names. While educators advocated for fair assessment, everyday practices continued to reinforce gender norms through the use of gendered language, behavioral expectations for girls, and school uniform policies. The findings highlight the need for school-wide coherence to address mixed beliefs, revealing knowledge gaps that hinder action and a persistent gap between inclusive intentions and everyday gendered practices. References ALLEA. (2023). The European Code of Conduct for Research Integrity (Revised ed.). Berlin: ALLEA. https://doi.org/10.26356/ECOC Autonen-Vaaraniemi, L. (2022). Family professionals attitudes and stance-taking on post-divorce fatherhood: a qualitative attitude approach. International Journal of Child, Youth and Family Studies, 13(1), 56-81. https://doi.org/10.18357/ijcyfs131202220658 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Deaux, K. (1985). The construction of gender stereotypes: A social-cognitive perspective. In A. H. Eagly (Ed.), Social psychology of gender (pp. 45-78). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Gajda, A., Bójko, A., & Stoecker, E. (2022). The vicious circle of stereotypes: Teachers’ awareness of and responses to students’ gender-stereotypical behaviour. PloS one, 17(6), e0269007. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0269007 Hyde, J. S., Bigler, R. S., Joel, D., Tate, C. C., & van Anders, S. M. (2019). The future of sex and gender in psychology: five challenges to the gender binary. American Psychologist, 74(2), 171. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/amp0000307 Hyde, J. S. (2005). The gender similarities hypothesis. American psychologist, 60(6), 581. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.60.6.581 Kite, M. E., Whitley Jr, B. E., & Wagner, L. S. (2023). Psychology of prejudice and discrimination: Fourth Edition. Routledge. Mayring, P., & Fenzl, T. (2022). QCAmap (Version 2020) [Web application]. Verein zur Förderung Qualitativer Forschung – Association for Supporting Qualitative Research (ASQ). https://www.qcamap.org Meece, J. L., Glinke, B. & Burg, S. (2006). Gender and motivation. Journal of School Psychology, 44, 351-373. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.7 Skilling, K., & Stylianides, G. J. (2020). Using vignettes in educational research: a framework for vignette construction. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 43(5), 541-556. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2019.1704243 Vesala, K. M., & Rantanen, T. (Eds.). (2007). Argumentaatio ja tulkinta: Laadullisen asennetutkimuksen lähestymistapa. Gaudeamus. Whitley, B. E., Jr., & Kite, M. E. (2010). The psychology of prejudice and discrimination (2nd ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Cengage Learning. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Organizational Structure of Schools and Sexism: A Modeling Study with The Variables of Organizational Justice, Self-Efficacy, Work-Family Conflict and Organizational Silence Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Purpose: Although it is generally claimed that organisational structures possess a gender-neutral characteristic (Acker, 1990; Martin, 2000), there are also studies showing that masculine characteristics are embedded within organisational structures. The most striking of these are the ‘gender-neutral organisational employee model’ and ‘hierarchical organisational structure’ characteristics. The ‘genderless organisational employee model,’ which requires employees to dedicate themselves and all their time to the organisation they work for, prevents women living in traditional societies from dedicating themselves to their organisations like men do, due to their responsibilities at home (Acker, 1990; Acker, 2012; Hoy and Miskel, 2015; Martin, 2000; Van Echtelt et al., 2009). Furthermore, in Weber's ideal bureaucracy, the requirement for the ideal organisational employee to be devoid of emotions and possess the ability to make decisions objectively requirement (Hoy and Miskel, 2015; Martin, 2000) leads to the negative perception of feminine traits (emotional, caring, subjective, personal, maternal, egalitarian, etc.), which are mostly attributed to women (Martin, 2000). This ideal bureaucracy, particularly in societies where sexism is internalised, prevents women from having advantages such as increasing their educational level as much as men or being employed under intense working conditions (Hoy and Miskel, 2015; Martin, 2000). This ideal bureaucracy, particularly in societies where sexism is internalised, prevents women from having advantages such as increasing their educational level as much as men or being employed under intense working conditions (Hoy and Miskel, 2015; Martin, 2000). This study aims to investigate the opinions of school administrators and teachers regarding organizational structure and sexism, and to analyze the correlation between these concepts. To examine this relationship, a structural equation model with the mediating effect of the variables "organizational justice", "self-efficacy", "organizational silence" and "work-family conflict" will be developed and tested. This study sought answers to the following questions. 1. Are organisational structure, organisational justice, self-efficacy, organisational silence and work-family conflict in schools meaningful predictors of gender discrimination in school management? 2. Do organisational justice, self-efficacy, organisational silence, and work-family conflict have a mediating effect on the relationship between organisational structure and gender discrimination in school management? 3. Does gender discrimination in school management have a significant effect on organisational structure, organisational justice, self-efficacy, organisational silence, and work-family conflict? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Since this study aims to test a model created to reveal the relationships between the variables of “organizational structure”, “sexism”, “organizational justice”, "self-efficacy”, “work-family conflict” and “organizational silence”, the relational design, one of the quantitative research designs, was utilized. The study sample consists of 400 participants, including 18 kindergarten teachers and administrators, 94 elementary school teachers and administrators, 121 middle school teachers and administrators, and 167 high school teachers and administrators from both private and public schools affiliated with the Ministry of National Education in the central district of Kütahya. In this study, data was collected using the “self-efficacy”, “organizational silence”, “work-family conflict”, and “organizational justice” measurement tools, along with an “organizational structure in schools” measurement tool (adapted by the researcher) and a “sexism in school management” measurement tool (developed by the researcher). Frequency, percentage, arithmetic mean, t-test, ANOVA, and correlation analyses were used to analyze the data obtained for the study. Confirmatory and exploratory factor analysis were used to ensure the construct validity of the measurement tools and path analysis was used to test the structural equation model. IBM SPSS Statictics 20, Lisrel 8.51 and IBM SPSS AMOS 22.0 programs were used for these analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants' perceptions of the “Sexism in School Administration” were calculated as neutral, with an average of 2.82. When the participants' perceptions were examined according to the sub-dimensions of the measurement tool, the mean values were calculated as 2.43 for "Management Skills", 3.36 for "Preference" and 2.66 for "Human Relations". It can be seen that the mean value of the “Preference” dimension is higher than the other dimensions. Another striking finding is that 70.2% of the participants had an implicit perception of sexism or a sexist perception. It was found that the perceptions of teachers and administrators about the organizational structure of the school were at the "agree" level with an average of 3.76. It was observed that the participants' perceptions for the sub-dimensions of "Division of Labor", "Technical Competence", "Hierarchy", "Formatting", and "Objectivity" were at the "agree" level with mean values of 3.79, 4.12, 3.66, 3.84, and 3.38, respectively. It was seen that the participants perceive both the bureaucratic structure (X = 3.63) and the professional structure (X = 3.96) at the "agree" level. Considering these findings, the schools located in the central district of Kütahya are perceived by the participants as "Weberian school type". In the path analysis, it was found that the variable "Organizational Structure in Schools" had an indirect effect on "Sexism in School Administration" through the mediating variables "Organizational Justice", "Self-Efficacy", "Organizational Silence", and "Work-Family Conflict". References Acker, J. (1990). Hierarchies, jobs, bodies: A theory of gendered organizations. Gender & society, 4(2), 139-158. https://doi.org/10.1177/089124390004002002 Acker, J. (2012). Gendered organizations and intersectionality: Problems and possibilities. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International Journal, 31(3), 214-224. https://doi.org/10.1108/02610151211209072Babic, A., & Hansez, I. (2021). The glass ceiling for women managers: antecedents and consequences for work-family interface and well-being at work.Frontiers in psychology,12, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.618250Bearman, S., & Amrhein, M. (2014). Girls, women, and internalized sexism.Internalized oppression: The psychology of marginalized groups, EJR David, (ed.), New York, NY: Springer Publishing, 191-225. Becker, J. C., & Sibley, C. G. (2016). Sexism. In T. D. Nelson (Ed.),Handbook of prejudice, stereotyping, and discrimination(pp. 315–336). Psychology Press. Bombuwela, P. M., & De Alwis, A. C. (2013). Effects of glass ceiling on women career development in private sector organizations–Case of Sri Lanka. Journal of Competitiveness 5(2), 3-19. Bowen, F., & Blackmon, K. (2003). Spirals of silence: The dynamic effects of diversity on organizational voice.Journal of management Studies,40(6), 1393-1417. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-6486.00385Carlson, D. S., Kacmar, K. M., & Williams, L. J. (2000). Construction and initial validation of a multidimensional measure of work–family conflict.Journal of Vocational behavior,56(2), 249-276. https://doi.org/10.1006/jvbe.1999.1713Cheung, F. M., & Halpern, D. F. (2010). Women at the top: Powerful leaders define success as work+ family in a culture of gender.American psychologist,65(3), 182. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0017309Conger, J. A., & Kanungo, R. N. (1988). The Empowerment Process: Integrating Theory and Practice. The Academy of Management Review, 13(3), 471–482. https://doi.org/10.2307/258093 Cudd, Ann E. & Jones, Leslie E. (2005). Sexism. In R. G. Frey & Christopher Gibson, J. L. (2000). Organizations: behavior, structure, processes. Irwin. Greenberg, J. & Baron, R. A. (2008). Behaviour in organizations. Pearson Prentice Hall Greenberg, J. & Colquitt, J. A. (2005). Handbook of organizational justice. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Wellman (eds.), A Companion to Applied Ethics(pp. 102–117). Blackwell. Hall, R.H. (1968). Professionalization and Bureaucratization.American Sociological Review, 33(1), 92-104. https://doi.org/10.2307/2092242 Herr, R. M., Li, J., Bosch, J. A., Schmidt, B., DeJoy, D. M., Fischer, J. E., & Loerbroks, A. (2014). Psychometric properties of a German organizational justice questionnaire (G- OJQ) and its association with self-rated health: findings from the Mannheim Industrial Cohort Studies (MICS). International archives of occupational and environmental health, 87(1), 85-93. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-012-0839-4Hofstede, G. (2011). Dimensionalizing Cultures: The Hofstede Model in Context. Online Readings in Psychology and Culture, 2(1), 1-26. https://doi.org/10.9707/2307- 0919.1014Huang, L., & Huang, W. (2016). Interactional justice and employee silence: The roles of procedural justice and affect.Social Behavior and Personality: an international journal,44(5), 837-852. https://doi.org/10.2224/sbp.2016.44.5.837 33. Gender and Education
Paper Gender, School Tracks and Competencies in University Field Choices: Evidence from Italy INVALSI, Italy Presenting Author:Gender equality in education remains a global policy priority, as gendered patterns of participation persist despite overall improvements in educational attainment (UNESCO, 2023). In Italy, females are more likely to enrol in university (Tocchioni, 2025) and have a lower propensity to drop out (Atzeni et al., 2022) than males. However, marked horizontal segregation across fields of study persists: females remain underrepresented in most STEM fields and overrepresented in the humanities, nursing, and social sciences (Priulla et al., 2021). The choice of the field of study represents a crucial life-course moment with long consequences. Indeed, gender inequalities in career prospects are largely due to the underrepresentation of women in engineering and computing and to their overrepresentation in the humanities and the social sciences (Barone & Assirelli, 2020).
Within this framework, numerous studies have investigated gender differences in enrolment, focusing often on STEM degrees and examining the role of prior educational pathways, concentrating on a specific upper-secondary school track (Priulla et al., 2024; Giannantoni & Falzetti,2025), as well as other individual and contextual factors shaping students’ entry choices. Some contributions rely on administrative data for the Italian university context (Contini et al., 2018; De Angelis et al., 2016), while others rely on surveys or large-scale experiments such as information campaigns that can improve both university enrolment and the quality of students’ educational choices, as demonstrated by Ballarino et al. (2022).
The aim of this contribution is to analyse how gender interacts with other potentially relevant factors—such as socio-economic background, migration background, and local labour market characteristics—in shaping students’ choices of university fields of study and how these factors operate within different tracks of upper secondary education (academic, technical, and vocational). By integrating administrative data on university enrolment with INVALSI assessment data, the analysis also examines the potential interaction between the choice of university field and students’ competencies in Italian language and mathematics. This allows us to assess, for instance, whether within each gender the propensity to enrol in scientific or humanities-related university programmes is associated with differential skill profiles, or whether gender stereotypes persist in directing students towards specific fields of study regardless of their acquired competencies during secondary education. A key aspect of our approach lies in extending the analysis of gender-related issues beyond the well-documented under-representation of women in STEM disciplines. We symmetrically address patterns of both over- and under-representation of male and female students across a broad range of university fields. This is made possible by a more fine-grained classification of fields of study, which distinguishes, among other dimensions, between technological STEM disciplines and more abstract or bio-mathematical STEM fields, as well as between different subdomains within the humanities (e.g. literary versus socio-economic areas). This study highlights how gender-based selection mechanisms already operate at the point of university entry, shaping differentiated academic trajectories within the Italian higher education system. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis is conducted on a cohort of students graduated in the 2018-2019 school year and enrolled in university in the academic year 2019-2020. The focus is on students enrolled in Italian Bachelor’s degrees, as recorded in the University Register with the exclusion of students enrolled abroad or in online universities. The dataset is constructed through the integration of multiple data sources: Italian Ministry of Education, National University Register and the National Institute for the Evaluation of the Education System (INVALSI). The data include detailed information on individual characteristics and prior educational pathways, such as parental education, school regularity and the Socio-Economic and Cultural Status of Families (ESCS) indicator (Campodifiori et al., 2010), upper-secondary school track as well as INVALSI scores in grade 13. At the university level, degree programmes are grouped into the following disciplinary areas: Arts and Literature, Economics, Law and Social Sciences, Health Studies, and STEM. For this analysis STEM area is further disaggregated into two distinct categories, core (e.g., bio-mathematical sciences) and technological STEM, based on the specific degree programmes included in each field. This distinction is motivated by the markedly different composition of these subfields. The analysis relies on a sequence of multinomial logistic regression models of increasing complexity. The models estimate the probability of enrolling in each disciplinary area as a function of gender and pre-university characteristics. The set of control variables includes geographical macro-area, origin, upper-secondary school track and student regularity, INVALSI scores in Italian and Mathematics and additional contextual controls. This sequential modelling strategy allows us to control the conceptual and interpretative complexity arising from the simultaneous consideration of a wide range of individual and contextual determinants of students’ educational choices and outcomes. The large-scale nature of the dataset—covering a cohort of several tens of thousands of students enrolled in university—makes it possible to estimate not only main effects but also interactions between key covariates, including higher-order interactions. In particular, this approach enables us to assess whether the relationship between gender and university field choice varies systematically according to the type of secondary school attended. Model selection is supported by AIC and BIC comparisons, which indicate a better fit for the more complex specification with interaction terms. Additionally, predicted probabilities and conditional marginal effects are computed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The distribution of university field choices within the cohort summarises enrolment patterns across disciplines. Socio-economic fields are the most frequently chosen (30.5%), followed by technological STEM (24.3%), humanities (19.0%), core STEM (14.2%), and health-related fields (11.9%). Consistent with existing literature, from model results men are more likely to enrol in STEM, while women are more concentrated in humanities-related fields. However, this pattern masks substantial heterogeneity within STEM: gender differences are largely confined to technological disciplines and do not extend to core scientific or bio-medical fields. These patterns underscore the importance of distinguishing between core and technological STEM. Predicted probabilities indicate that upper secondary school type plays a key role in structuring gendered enrolment patterns. Among scientific high school graduates, women are more likely to enrol in core STEM, while men are predominantly oriented towards technological STEM; in technical tracks, the gender gap in technological STEM is particularly pronounced in favour of men. By contrast, graduates from classical and other academic tracks mainly enrol in humanities and socio-economic fields, with more balanced gender distributions. Focusing on student competencies, marginal effects based on INVALSI mathematics scores show a positive gradient in enrolment in technological STEM fields, particularly among male students. By contrast, mathematics performance is only weakly associated with enrolment in core STEM fields and corresponds to lower probabilities of enrolling in literary programmes among graduates from classical upper secondary schools. Beyond additional analyses of interactions between gender, school type, socio-economic background, and student competencies—which are omitted here for reasons of space—a promising avenue for future research consists in extending the analysis to students who do not enrol in university. This would allow for a more comprehensive assessment of the mechanisms shaping post-secondary educational choices, while addressing potential selection issues inherent in analyses restricted to university entrants. References ALMALAUREA (2024). Rapporto 2024 sul profilo e sulla condizione occupazionale dei laureati, https://www.almalaurea.it ANVUR. (2023). Rapporto biennale sullo stato del sistema universitario e della ricerca. https://www.anvur.it/it/dati-e-pubblicazioni/rapporto-biennale. Atzeni, G., et al. (2022). Drop-Out Decisions in a Cohort of Italian Universities. In: Teaching, Research and Academic Careers: An Analysis of the Interrelations and Impacts. Cham: Springer International Publishing, pp. 71-103. Ballarino, G., Filippin, A., Abbiati, G., Argentin, G., Barone, C., & Schizzerotto, A. (2022). The effects of an information campaign beyond university enrolment: A large-scale field experiment on the choices of high school students. Economics of Education Review, 91, 102308. Barone, C., & Assirelli, G. (2020). Gender segregation in higher education: an empirical test of seven explanations. Higher Education, 79(1), 55–78. Campodifiori, E., Figura, E., Papini, M., & Ricci, R. (2010). Un indicatore di status socioeconomico-culturale degli allievi della quinta primaria in Italia (Working Paper No. 2). INVALSI. http://www.invalsi.it/download/wp/wp02_Ricci.pdf. Contini, D., Cugnata, F., & Scagni, A. (2018). Social selection in higher education. Enrolment, dropout and timely degree attainment in Italy. Higher Education, 75(5), 785-808. Correll, S.J. (2001). Gender and the career choice process: The role of biased self-assessments. American Journal of Sociology, 106(6), 1691–1730. De Angelis, I., Mariani, V., Modena, F., & Montanaro, P. (2016). Immatricolazioni, percorsi accademici e mobilità degli studenti italiani. Questioni di economia e finanza (Occasional Papers) n. 354 della Banca d’Italia. Giannantoni, P., & Falzetti, P. (2025). EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES TO “COUNT”? A LONGITUDINAL POPULATION STUDY ABOUT CHOICE OF STEM AT UNIVERSITY BY GENDER. Italian Journal of Applied Statistics. Priulla,A., Albano, A., D'Angelo, N., & Attanasio, M. (2024). A machine learning approach to predict university enrolment choices through students' high school background in Italy. ArXiv abs/2403.13819. Priulla, A., D’Angelo, N., & Attanasio, M. (2021). An analysis of Italian university students’ performance through segmented regression models: gender differences in STEM courses. Genus, 77(1), 11. Tocchioni, V., Milone, S., & Lombardi, G. (2025). Gender disparities in school-to-university transition in Italy: the role played by the socio-economic condition and the type of high school. RIVISTA ITALIANA DI ECONOMIA, DEMOGRAFIA E STATISTICA, 67-78. UNESCO. (2023). UNESCO in action for gender equality: 2022–2023. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000387300. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 34 SES 06 A: Youth Political Engagement Across Educational Tracks: How Family Resources and School Contexts Interact Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ralph Carstens Network Keynote |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Youth Political Engagement Across Educational Tracks: How Family Resources and School Contexts Interact Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Political engagement has become a central concern in contemporary democracies, particularly in light of growing inequalities in participation and increasing expectations placed on schools to foster informed and active citizenship. While young people’s declining electoral participation has often been emphasised, research also shows that political orientations, attitudes, and civic dispositions begin to form well before voting age. Understanding when and how educational contexts matter for political engagement therefore requires attention to adolescence as a formative phase of political socialisation and to the mechanisms through which education interacts with family and social background. This keynote first situates the analysis within the tradition of political socialisation research, with a particular focus on adolescence as a formative stage in which political orientations, attitudes, and modes of engagement take shape. Schools are conceptualised as central arenas of political socialisation alongside families, peers, and the wider societal environment, emphasising how everyday educational experiences contribute to the gradual construction of young people’s relationship with politics. Rather than treating education solely as a channel for transmitting civic knowledge, the keynote highlights the role of learning environments, interactional practices, and institutional contexts in shaping how adolescents interpret politics, societal conflict, and their own position within democratic systems. Building on this framework, the keynote draws on findings from the research project Education, Political Efficacy and Informed Citizenship (EPIC) (funded by the Research Council of Finland during 2019–2023), which examined the development of political engagement among Finnish adolescents using large-scale longitudinal survey data collected before and after the transition from basic to secondary education. The project analysed how political orientations evolve during this period and how schools contribute to either the reproduction or mitigation of inequalities in democratic citizenship. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical findings show that differences in political efficacy, political orientations, and participation intentions are already observable before educational tracking takes place. These differences are subsequently shaped – though not fully determined – by students’ educational trajectories, with the transition into general and vocational tracks associated with diverging developments in political self-efficacy, issue attitudes (such as views on gender equality and climate change), and intentions to participate politically. While family background remains a strong predictor of political engagement, the findings suggest that educational environments can, under certain conditions, narrow participation gaps between adolescents from more and less politically engaged families. The keynote further examines how these developmental patterns vary across social groups and contexts. It highlights the continued importance of family socialisation, particularly parental political engagement and discussion, while also demonstrating that schools can play a compensatory role for adolescents who lack such resources at home. In addition, the analysis addresses gendered processes of political socialisation, including differences in political self-efficacy and the differential role of mothers’ and fathers’ political engagement for daughters’ and sons’ political confidence. Differences between adolescents with a migrant background and those with native-origin parents are also considered. Evidence from the EPIC project and related research suggests that students with a migrant background tend to attribute greater importance to teachers and school-based experiences in shaping their societal and political attitudes than their native-origin peers. This pattern likely reflects more limited opportunities for political discussion and institutional familiarity in some migrant families, making schools a particularly salient arena for political learning. For these students, teacher encouragement, inclusive pedagogical practices, and an open classroom climate appear especially consequential, underscoring the responsibility of educational institutions to function as inclusive civic spaces. While the empirical focus of the keynote is on Finland, the presentation situates the findings within a comparative perspective. The Finnish case combines relatively late educational tracking, strong normative commitments to equality, and high levels of institutional trust. At the same time, the observed inequalities in political engagement mirror patterns identified in international research, making the findings relevant for broader debates on citizenship education and democratic inequality across educational systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The keynote concludes by reflecting on the implications for citizenship education research and practice. Rather than viewing political disengagement solely as an individual deficit, the findings point to the importance of educational structures, classroom climates, and social contexts in shaping young people’s opportunities to develop as confident and informed citizens. The keynote calls for continued attention to how educational systems can support inclusive pathways to political engagement during adolescence. References . |
| 15:00 - 15:30 | ECER Break F Paper Session |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 00 SES 07 A: Eclipsed by PISA Rankings: Research on Finnish Education Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Christian Lundahl Panel Discussion |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion Eclipsed by PISA Rankings: Research on Finnish Education 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland; 3: University of Eastern Finland, Finland; 4: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:PISA rankings spotlighted Finnish education in the early 2000s and this fame has endured even after declining results. Thrupp et al. (2023) suggest that this hype has both eclipsed existing nuanced analysis of Finnish education and highlighted “methodological nationalism” (Wimmer & Glick Schiller 2002). While many policymakers and some researchers were concerned on how to explain the PISA results, difficult questions on Finnish comprehensive school were overlooked. The embedded methodological nationalism in PISA rankings obscures contexts of learning, which would be important for research-based understanding. In this special session, panellists discuss how the ‘Finnish success story’ narrative shaped the understandings of policymakers, researchers, and the public. What is the problem here? Epistemic changes in education policymaking (Kauko) Education policy seems to be conditioned by PISA (Waldow & Steiner-Khamsi 2019) and OECD’s human-resources-driven and instrumentalist view on education (Ydesen 2019). In Finland, policies have been isolated from the PISA results (Seppänen et al. 2019; Kauko et al. 2022), but a broad epistemic change in policymaking can be seen. The question is how the views on what is considered as reliable evidence in policymaking is gradually moving towards quantitative evidence. What can we say with this methodology? Lessons learned and unlearned from the PISA data (Vainikainen) Besides the assessment domains, PISA collects rich questionnaire data both from students and schools. The basic results of these data are published alongside with results on student performance, but they are often overlooked in ranking-focused public debate. This presentation discusses what kind of conclusions could be drawn from the PISA data if its scientific potential was utilised more extensively – and how the results cannot be interpreted despite of the high technical quality of the data. Why do Finnish education policies fail in addressing racism and injustice? (Helakorpi) Despite the PISA hype, racism and structural discrimination are embedded in Finnish education (Matikainen-Soreau et. al., 2025). There are policies promoting equality and non-discrimination, including those targeting the education of minoritised groups such as the Roma. However, these policies often remain disconnected from general steering education policies (Helakorpi & Holm, 2025). A central issue is how the Finnish education policies maintain racism and injustice while declaring commitments to equality. Has PISA helped curbing segregation in Finland? (Kosunen) Public debates often simplify PISA as the marker of deteriorating learning outcome averages; however, the reports are revealing overlooked threats to universalist ‘one school for all’. Pupils’ socio-economic background’s influence on learning outcomes and the variance between the best and the worst performing pupils has grown over time. The diversifying trend highlights the need to analyse residential and school segregation and educational policies and practices to explain the emerging educational inequalities. For the benefit of the world? PISA boosting education export (Nishimura-Sahi) While experiencing a decline in its performance in PISA, Finland still holds its status as a reference society (Waldow, 2017) within an emerging affective turn (Rappleye et al., 2024), where PISA collects data on students’ emotional experiences—such as happiness—and rank countries based on both learning performance and well-being scores. This presentation calls for a discussion on both their educational potential and the ethical challenges of education export in PISA’s affective turn. What Becomes Thinkable? Futuring Education Under the Weight of History and Crisis (Volmari) This presentation analyses the imagining of alternative futures in drafting the future vision for Finnish comprehensive education 2045. Finland’s PISA success and subsequent decline, the national narrative of comprehensive school as a societal cornerstone, and intersecting national and global crises framed the work. The presentation considers what becomes thinkable—and unthinkable—when the future of education is imagined under the weight of history, crisis, and constrained possibility. References Helakorpi, J., & Holm, G. (2025). Racism in Finnish basic education: discursive depoliticisation through policies. Nordic journal of studies in educational policy. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2025.2574168 Kauko, J., Pitkänen, H., & Varjo, J. (2022). Quality in Finnish Comprehensive Schools: Entrenching Enhancement-Led Evaluation. In C. de la Porte, G. B. Eydal, J. Kauko, D. Nohrstedt, P. . Hart, & B. S. Tranøy (Eds.), Successful Public Policy in the Nordic Countries: Cases, Lessons, Challenges (pp. 447-455). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780192856296.003.0021 Matikainen-Soreau, M., Loukola, S., & Holm, G. (2025). Layers of racism, layers of response: (Re)structuring antiracism in Finnish education. Ethnic and Racial Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2025.2583427 Rappleye, J., Komatsu, H., Uchida, Y., Tsai, J., & Markus, H. (2024). The OECD’s ‘Well-being 2030’ agenda: how PISA’s affective turn gets lost in translation. Comparative Education, 60(2), 239–258. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2023.2273640 Seppänen, P., Kalalahti, M., Rinne, R., & Simola, H. (2015). Lohkoutuva peruskoulu: Perheiden kouluvalinnat, yhteiskuntaluokat ja koulutuspolitiikka. Suomen Kasvatustieteellinen Seura FERA. Seppänen, P., Rinne, R., Kauko, J. & Kosunen, S. 2019. The Use of PISA Results in Education Policy-Making in Finland. In F. Waldow, & G. Steiner-Khamsi (eds.) Understanding PISA’s attractiveness: Critical Analyses in comparative policy studies. London: Bloomsbury, 137–159. Waldow, F. (2017). Projecting images of the ‘good’ and the ‘bad school’: top scorers in educational large-scale assessments as reference societies. Compare, 47(5), 647–664. Wimmer, A. & Glick Schiller, N. (2002). Methodological nationalism and beyond: Nation–state building, migration and the social sciences. Global Networks 2, 301–334. Ydesen, C. (2019). The OECD’s historical rise in education: The formation of a global governing complex (C. Ydesen, Ed.; 1st ed. 2019.). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-33799-5 Chair Christian Lundahl, christian.lundahl@oru.se, Örebro University |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 07 A: Special Call - Session 5 Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Daniela Popa Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction of Early-Career Teachers in Kazakhstan 1: Graduate School of Education, Nazarbayev University; 2: Homerton College, University of Cambridge Presenting Author:Teacher job satisfaction has been widely associated with instructional quality (Harrison et al., 2023) and teacher retention (Carver-Thomas & Darling-Hammond, 2017; Wartenberg et al., 2023). Despite the growing body of research on teacher job satisfaction and early career teachers (ECTs) in recent years, existing scholarship remains largely dominated by studies from Western contexts, highlighting the need for greater inclusion of diverse cultural perspectives to inform the global discourse on ECTs education (Hoang, 2023; Yii et al., 2025). This gap is particularly salient in the context of persistent global teacher shortages, which affect education systems worldwide and are partly driven by high attrition rates among ECTs (UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030, 2024; OECD, 2025). Conceptualising teacher job satisfaction as a multidimensional construct encompassing both satisfaction with the immediate work environment and satisfaction with the teaching profession more broadly (OECD, 2025), this paper presents emerging findings from a qualitative study exploring the job satisfaction of ECTs in Kazakhstan. Drawing on the Job Demands–Resources framework (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017; Demerouti et al., 2001), the study conceptualises teachers’ working conditions as a dynamic interplay between job demands and job resources that shape early professional experiences. Job demands refer to the physical, psychological, social, or organisational elements of work that require ongoing effort and are therefore associated with physiological and psychological costs. Although these demands are not necessarily negative, they can turn into stressors when opportunities for recovery are limited. In contrast, job resources encompass physical, psychological, social, or organisational factors that help mitigate job demands, facilitate the accomplishment of work-related goals, or promote professional growth, making them beneficial in their own right. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Examining how ECTs perceive their everyday work, the types of demands they encounter, the resources available to them, and how these factors are associated with their sense of professional satisfaction during the early years of teaching, the data for the study were collected through 75 semi-structured individual interviews and 4 focus group discussions. Using purposive maximal variation sampling, participants of the study included ECTs of chemistry, biology, physics, mathematics, and computer science working in grades 5–11 in public schools across urban, rural, district, and regional centre contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis suggests that some ECTs face significant job demands, including workload, classroom management, student engagement, and parent interactions. At the same time, among job resources, collegial support, mentoring relationships, and informal peer collaboration play a critical role in helping teachers manage these demands and sustain job satisfaction. The findings highlight how organisational conditions and support structures shape ECTs’ professional experiences. By providing empirical evidence from Kazakhstan, this study contributes to international discussions on ECTs’ working experiences and offers insights for strengthening school-level and system-level support for ECTs. References Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands–resources theory: taking stock and looking forward. Journal of occupational health psychology, 22(3), 273. Carver-Thomas, D., & Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher turnover: Why it matters and what we can do about it. Learning Policy Institute. Demerouti, E., Bakker, A. B., Nachreiner, F., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2001). The job demands-resources model of burnout. Journal of Applied psychology, 86(3), 499. Harrison, M. G., King, R. B., & Wang, H. (2023). Satisfied teachers are good teachers: The association between teacher job satisfaction and instructional quality. British Educational Research Journal, 49(3), 476-498. Hoang, A. D. (2023). A bibliometrics analysis of research on teachers' satisfaction from 1956 to 2022. International journal of educational management, 37(1), 164-185. OECD (2025), Results from TALIS 2024: The State of Teaching, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/90df6235-en. UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030. (2024). Global Report on Teachers Addressing Teacher Shortages and Transforming the Profession. Paris: UNESCO. Wartenberg, G., Aldrup, K., Grund, S., & Klusmann, U. (2023). Satisfied and high performing? A meta-analysis and systematic review of the correlates of teachers’ job satisfaction. Educational Psychology Review, 35(4), 114. Yii, B. P. J., Zalli, M. M. M., Ahmi, A., Law, H. H., Benlahcene, A., Jamil, M. R. M., & Quah, W. B. (2025). From classroom challenges to scholarly insights: A bibliometric analysis of novice teacher research. British Educational Research Journal. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Opening the Black Box of Teacher Attrition: An Integrated Data Infrastructure for Prospective Retention Research University of Gronigen, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Teacher attrition research faces a persistent methodological limitation: existing administrative databases record employment transitions without capturing the processes leading to departure. National databases (e.g. Central Bureau of Statistics Onderwijspersoneeltab and DUO Open Onderwijsdata) document that teachers leave but not why, when warning signs emerged, or what support has been provided before teachers’ departure. This creates a “black box” around attrition that constrains both scientific understanding of attrition dynamics and the development of timely, evidence-based retention interventions. While national and regional studies have explored teacher turnover and retention in the Dutch context, they typically focus on specific predictors or stated motives of attrition rather than integrated, longitudinal tracking from career entry to exit. Existing research shows that teachers’ decisions to leave can be associated with individual (e.g., attitudes, perceived norms, autonomy, and competence) and organizational factors (e.g., work pressure, leadership quality, and limited professional development and induction support) (den Brok et al., 2017; Helms-Lorenz et al., 2013; van Casteren et al., 2023). However, like administrative databases, these studies lack the infrastructure to link baseline characteristics and support provision to subsequent employment outcomes over time. The present project StartSterk addresses this gap by developing and validating an integrated data infrastructure that enables prospective tracking of beginning teachers (BTs) from career entry through potential departure. This project establishes a regional register system across approximately 30 secondary school boards in the Northern Netherlands, spanning the provinces of Friesland, Drenthe, Flevoland, Overijssel, and Groningen, organised into two educational regions (Friesland Noordelijk Flevoland and Noorderwijzer). The infrastructure addresses four critical limitations of conventional workforce data: 1) Unlike retrospective exit studies relying on post-hoc recall, the system implements event-triggered data collection. When HR systems record a resignation, an emergency protocol immediately initiates an Exit Survey before the teacher’s real departure; 2) Tri-annual measurement waves (October, January, June) track intake timing, mid-year mobility, and year-end patterns; 3) A linkage structure with unique teacher identifiers enables connection to a profiling instrument (Career-entry Profile Booklet “Ik in Balans”); 4) Standardised categorisation creates comparable data across diverse school administrative systems. This study presents the infrastructure design and reports baseline measurement (T0) findings, demonstrating system functionality. The theoretical framework integrates three perspectives. Research infrastructure theory (Edwards et al., 2013) illuminates how data systems require sustained coordination among multiple stakeholders. Prospective cohort methodology (Checkoway et al., 2007) provides design principles for tracking populations while minimising attrition-related bias. Induction effectiveness research (Helms-Lorenz et al., 2016, 2020; Ingersoll & Strong, 2011) establishes the theoretical rationale for connecting entry characteristics, support provision, and retention outcomes. We address two research questions: RQ1: What architectural features are required for a data infrastructure to effectively capture and understand the processes of beginning teacher retention and attrition from career entry to exit? (Design) RQ2: What does the baseline measurement reveal about beginning teacher population characteristics, and what data quality metrics indicate system readiness for longitudinal tracking? (Validation) The study contributes a transferable infrastructure model addressing recognized limitations in teacher workforce research. While serving the Northern Netherlands, the architectural principles (i.e., event-triggered exit documentation, multi-wave tracking, linkage-ready identifiers, and cross-system standardisation) provide a template for European regions seeking to move beyond retrospective, aggregate-level administrative statistics toward prospective, process-oriented causal retention research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs design-based research methodology (McKenney & Reeves, 2019) to develop the register infrastructure, combined with descriptive analysis of baseline data to demonstrate system functionality. Infrastructure design (RQ1): The data architecture comprises three integrated components. The core register captures standardized Human Resource data using Excel templates with dropdown menus ensuring consistent categorization and to reduce extensive data cleaning practices after the data collection. The templates register demographic information, qualification pathway and status, subject specialization (DUO-standardized codes), employment conditions (contract type, FTE, appointment dates) and induction/support arrangement. The exit documentation protocol is triggered upon resignation notification: regional coordinators receive immediate alerts and initiate an exit survey capturing departure reasons, destination, and support experiences before the teacher’s final working day. The linkage architecture assigns persistent teacher identifiers enabling connection to the Career-entry Profile Booklet (currently in pilot). This co-designed instrument captures BTs’ personal and professional backgrounds, work context, job demands and resources, competencies, wellbeing, and career intentions to determine profiles. The profiles are translated to individualized development and support pathways. Data collection process: School board HR departments enter data directly into secure UniShare folders following a structured six-week protocol per measurement wave. Regional coordinators (FROSK/Friesland, Noordermarke/Drenthe, and soon Onderwijsregio Groningen) provide ongoing support and conduct quality checks. The research team performs identity matching, duplicate detection, and cross-school validation before merging into the unified regional dataset. Tri-annual measurements (October, January, June) captures seasonal intake, mid-year mobility, contract transitions, and cumulative attrition/retention (inflow, throughflow, outflow). The event-triggered exit protocol operates continuously between scheduled waves. BTs identified through the register are approached to participate in profiling using the Career-entry Profile Booklet, creating prospective data on which entry characteristics predict/are associated with the subsequent retention. Baseline validation (RQ2): The T0 dataset (October 2025) includes BTs (0-5 years experience) across 45 secondary schools in 31 cities spanning five geographical provinces and two educational regions. Descriptive statistics document population characteristics. Data quality metrics assess the completeness rates, cross-field consistency, duplicate identification, and standardization compliance. This methodology enables both formative evaluation of the infrastructure itself and substantive baseline analysis demonstrating the system’s capacity to generate actionable workforce intelligence for evidence-based induction support. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings RQ1: Four potential features operational: 1) multi-source triangulation: HR records validated against self-reports and school-based mentors’ knowledge; 2) temporal granularity: tri-annual waves capturing intake timing and mobility (in/through/out-flow) patterns; 3) event-triggered protocols: immediate exit documentation preventing recall bias; and 4) privacy-preserving linkage: enabling longitudinal tracking and connection to profiling data. RQ2: The T0 dataset includes 319 BTs across 45 schools in 31 cities. The data reflect actual BT intake across regions, as register data are expected to capture all BTs employed by participating school boards. The top 10 cities account for 72.4% of all BTs. The population displays substantial age diversity (M=31.8, range=20—58), reflecting multiple entry pathways. 57% are under 30, yet 31% are 35 or older, indicating significant lateral entry. A majority (57.9%) are not yet formally qualified, with 57.2% combining employment with ongoing training and 6.5% enrolled as lateral entry trainees. These BTs span heterogeneous career stages (<1: 31.4% and >5 years: 10.4%). Second-degree qualifications predominate (70.3%), which aligns with observed placement patterns. Most teachers are concentrated in lower secondary education (61.6%) and VMBO-oriented tracks (53.5%). However, over one-quarter of the cohort (27.4%) teach across multiple tracks (e.g., VMBO and HAVO) or across educational levels (e.g., lower and upper HAVO), and 6.0% teach at both qualification levels. Several cases of misalignment between formal qualification and teaching assignment were identified, highlighting structural boundary-crossing in early career placements. Employment conditions reflect high job insecurity: 77.4% hold temporary contracts and part-time work is normative (mean FTE=0.67). Induction documentation is incomplete. Only 47.7% have recorded mentoring start dates, with planned duration varying substantially (5–60 months), indicating considerable school-level variation in induction practices. Seven teachers show early contract termination dates, signaling potential attrition cases. These findings establish baseline metrics for prospective retention tracking while revealing structural conditions warranting policy attention. References Checkoway, H., Pearce, N., & Kriebel, D. (2007). Selecting appropriate study designs to address specific research questions in occupational epidemiology. Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 64(9), 633-638. https://doi.org/10.1136/oem.2006.029967 den Brok, P., Wubbels, T., & van Tartwijk, J. (2017). Exploring beginning teachers’ attrition in the Netherlands. Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 881–895. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1360859 Helms-Lorenz, M., Slof, B., & van de Grift, W. (2013). First year effects of induction arrangements on beginning teachers’ psychological processes. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 28(4), 1265–1287. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-012-0165-y Helms-Lorenz, M., van de Grift, W., & Maulana, R. (2016). Longitudinal effects of induction on teaching skills and attrition rates of beginning teachers. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 27(2), 178-204. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2015.1035731 Helms-Lorenz, M., van der Pers, M., Moorer, P., Harmsen, R., & Verkade, A. (2020). Inductie in het noorden: Eindrapportage 2014–2019. University of Groningen. https://www.platformsamenopleiden.nl/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Begeleiding-Startende-Leraren-Eindrapportage-2014-2019-3.pdf Ingersoll, R. M., & Strong, M. (2011). The impact of induction and mentoring programs for beginning teachers: A critical review of the research. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 201-233. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311403323 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315105642 van Casteren, W., Lodewick, J., Lommertzen, J., Luyten, E., & van Mensvoort, C. (2023). Vertrekredenen leraren en docenten in het po, vo en mbo (ResearchNed report, commissioned by the Ministry of OCW). Retrieved from https://www.aanpaklerarentekort.nl/documenten/2023/12/14/vertrekredenen-leraren-en-docenten-in-het-po-vo-en-mbo---researchned 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper A Question of Fit? How do Teachers Decide to Leave the Teaching Profession? An Exploratory Study 1: University of Hamburg, Germany; 2: University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, the number of teachers leaving the profession permanently has increased significantly. Teacher shortages have thus become a pressing policy concern in most Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) countries. Among the 19 OECD countries and economies with available data, the average attrition rate among fully qualified teachers, from pre-primary to upper secondary education, was 6.5% in the 2022/23 academic year, including resignations and retirements. This trend has attracted the attention of the media, policymakers, and researchers due to its implications for teacher shortages and the sustainability of educational quality and systems. The decision to leave the teaching profession is based on various factors. Several meta-studies (e.g. Borman & Dowling, 2008; Nguyen et al., 2020) have grouped the various reasons into three main categories: personal or individual factors; school-specific factors; and system-related external factors (e.g. the teaching profession, the school system and the political framework). Recently, there has been a growing focus on external factors, with the aim of identifying professional and systemic approaches to retaining teachers and preventing resignations. However, answering the question of teacher turnover is difficult; personal factors interact with systemic and school-specific factors. The specific interplay varies considerably as professional and individual school and societal conditions affect teachers differently (cf. Keller-Schneider, 2019; Rinke, 2014). While determinants such as occupational stress, burnout, and systemic inadequacies are extensively documented (Madigan & Kum, 2021; Nguyen et al., 2020; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2011; Borman & Dowling 2008) less attention has been paid to the individual biographies and personal dispositions and orientations that underpin teachers’ decision-making during attrition trajectories (Kelchtermans, 2017; Keller-Schneider, 2019; Schmid-Kühn & Fuchs, 2024). The research question is not only who drops out. It is also how the development and professionalization processes unfold. This study addresses a significant research gap by offering qualitative insights into the decision-making processes of former teachers in Germany who voluntarily left the profession at various points in their careers. Drawing on in-depth, semi-structured biographical interviews with fifteen former teachers from various educational backgrounds, including primary, secondary and vocational education, this research explores the multifaceted interplay of biographical factors, habitual knowledge schemas and the perceptions of requierements that influence teachers' departure trajectories. The sample was based on a questionnaire survey of 145 former teachers. Within the framework of this article and building on the ongoing discourse surrounding the formation of teacher habitus (Kramer & Pallesen, 2019; Helsper, 2018), our aim is to explore the significance of societal demands for action and transformation in teacher departures. Teacher habitus is understood here as a practical sense (Bourdieu, 1987) that enables routine action within the school setting and acts as an effective implicit guide to action. In this context, 'habitus' refers to the internalised habits, attitudes and perceptions that influence teachers' everyday actions in their professional field.The school setting is characterised by specific demands that teachers must address and relate to. In other words, the logics of the school setting and the teaching profession are interrelated. This paper focuses on the extent to which teachers' practical judgement can be effective within the institutional and organisational context of the school, i.e. how well their habitus aligns with the demands of the field. The professionalisation processes of six former teachers are presented, documenting their exit from the teaching profession as an interplay of field-specific requirement logics and norms at the level of the school, the teaching profession, the individual and habitual, biographically based orientations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Part of the data collection involved conducting 15 qualitative, semi-structured online interviews with former teachers from different school types. The sampling aimed to include teachers at various career stages and from diverse educational backgrounds, ensuring a broad perspective. The interview guide incorporated narrative biographical components, enabling an in-depth understanding of individual career trajectories and reasons for leaving. This study employs the Documentary Method, a qualitative reconstructive approach rooted in the sociology of knowledge. Using the Documentary Method allows us to reconstruct implicit orientations—subtle, often unconscious patterns—informed by shared socialization and experiences. This approach is particularly well-suited for exploring the tacit knowledge that influences teachers' decisions to leave the profession. The Documentary Method was originally developed by Bohnsack in German-speaking contexts. Guided by the theories of Bourdieu (1978) and Garfinkel (1961/1967), it aims to reconstruct the implicit, taken-for-granted orientations that guide social action rather than focusing solely on actors’ explicit statements or intentions. Building on Karl Mannheim’s (1952) distinction between communicative (explicit) and conjunctive (implicit/tacit) knowledge, the Documentary Method assumes that social practices are primarily structured by implicit, experiential knowledge that actors share through common socialization and participation in similar social contexts. This form of knowledge is not directly accessible to people but becomes visible/reconstructed in how actors speak, interact, and organize their practices. Analytically, the method therefore shifts the focus from the question of what is said to how something is produced/said. (Bohnsack, 2010) Empirically, the Documentary Method proceeds in several interpretive steps. First, a formulating interpretation summarizes the topical content of the data. Second, a reflecting interpretation reconstructs the underlying patterns of orientation by analyzing the mode of interaction, argumentation, and narration. Central to this process is systematic comparison within and across cases, which allows for the identification of shared and contrasting orientation patterns. These comparisons form the basis for case descriptions and, where appropriate, typification, resulting in theoretically grounded, empirically saturated findings. (Bohnsack, 2010) The Data was interpreted collaboratively within a research team. Team-based interpretation served as a strategy of methodological reflexivity, allowing for the systematic questioning of individual readings and the control of researcher positionality. Through joint analysis and comparative discussion, implicit orientation patterns could be reconstructed more robustly, thereby enhancing the intersubjective plausibility and analytical rigor of the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Leaving a chosen career path is often a complex and uncertain process. It involves significant changes to social networks and professional identity. In Germany, it can also lead to the loss of civil servant status and associated job security, resulting in economic disadvantages. Our findings reveal that the decision to leave teaching is influenced by biographical factors, habitual knowledge, and how teachers interpret societal norms and structural demands. This extended, intricate process underscores the importance of dispositions rooted in personal biography. Clearly, teacher attrition cannot be attributed solely to overload or burnout. Rather, it is a multifaceted phenomenon involving personal, institutional, and systemic factors. For instance, we observed a "job enrichment" process in which teachers developed new skills outside the formal system, leading them toward other educational professions. Conversely, the reasons for an unsuccessful fit, where teachers remain in a mismatch, are varied and complex. These reasons include both explicit, reflexive decision-making and implicit mechanisms that are not yet fully understood. In our case studies, we observe a conflict with organizational expectations; the school is viewed as a constraint. The teachers in question have a strong focus on their own self-worth and a desire for recognition, which they can only fulfil by leaving the profession. Conversely, we have teachers who demonstrate a strong drive for autonomy and innovation. However, a lack of opportunities to shape their work environment leads them to leave despite numerous attempts to the contrary. Other teachers, who are oriented towards structure, repetition and support, are unable to fulfil the fundamental developmental tasks of the teaching profession and therefore leave. The findings suggest that policies aimed at improving teacher retention should take into account individual backgrounds and perceptions by offering more personalized support and development opportunities. References Bohnsack, R. (2010). Documentary method and group discussions. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff, & W. Weller (Eds.), Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research (pp. 99–124). Barbara Budrich. Bourdieu, P. (1987). Sozialer Sinn. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp. Borman, G. D. & Dowling, N.M. (2008): Teacher Attrition and Retention: A Meta-Analytic and Narrative Review of the Research. Review of Educational Research 78, H. 3, S. 367–409 Garfinkel, H. (1961). Aspects of common-sense knowledge of social structures. In Transactions of the Fourth World Congress of Sociology (Vol. 4, pp. 51–65). International Sociological Association. Garfinkel, H. (1967). What is ethnomethodology? In H. Garfinkel (Ed.), Studies in ethnomethodology (pp. 1–34). Prentice Hall. Helsper, W. (2018). Lehrerhabitus. Lehrer zwischen Herkunft, Milieu und Profession. In A. Paseka, M. Keller-Schneider, & A. Combe (Hrsg.), Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln (pp. 105-140). Wiesbaden: Springer VS Keller-Schneider, M. (2019). Kündigungen von Lehrpersonen - eine Frage der Berufsphase oder der individuellen Ressourcen? Berufseinsteigende und berufserfahrene sowie kündigende und bleibende Lehrpersonen im Vergleich. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 41(3), 699-724. Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’ Unpacking teacher attrition/retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 961-977. Kramer, R.-T., & Pallesen, H. (Hrsg.). (2019). Lehrerhabitus. Theoretische und empirische Beiträge zu einer Praxeologie des Lehrerberufs. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt. Madigan, D. J., & Kim, L. E. (2021). Towards an understanding of teacher attrition: A meta-analysis of burnout, job satisfaction, and teachers’ intentions to quit. Teaching and Teacher Education, 105, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103425 Mannheim, K. (1952). On the interpretation of Weltanschauung. In K. Mannheim, Essays on the sociology of knowledge (pp. 33–83). Routledge & Kegan Paul. Nguyen, T. D., Pham, L. D., Crouch, M. & Springer, M. G. (2020): The Correlates of Teacher Turnover: An Updated and Expanded Meta-analysis of the Literature. Educational Research Review 31, H. 3. DOI: 10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100355. OECD (2025). Education at a Glance 2025: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/1c0d9c79-en. Rinke, Carol R. (2014): Why half of teachers leave the classroom. Understanding recruitment and retention in today’s schools. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Education. Schmid-Kühn, S.M., & Fuchs, T. (Hrsg.) (2024). Abbrüche, Ausstiege und andere Wege aus Lehramtsausbildung und Lehrerberuf. Erkenntnisse aus Wissenschaft und Praxis. Weinheim: Beltz/Juventa. Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2011). Teacher job satisfaction and motivation to leave the teaching profession: Relations with school context, feeling of belonging, and emotional exhaustion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(6), 1029-1038. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Unpacking Teacher Professionalization in Three European Regions: The Relationship between Teachers’ Job Satisfaction and Professional Development. University College of Teacher Education Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:In the recent decade the teaching profession has been experiencing teacher shortages across Europe and they are expected to continue in light of demographic changes and challenges in the social standing of the teaching profession (Ingersoll, 2001; Mezza, 2022; Nairz-Wirth & Feldmann, 2015). Teachers’ job satisfaction is central in keeping them motivated and committed to their profession (Wartenberg et al., 2023, S. 2; Woods et al., 2023). Additionally, job satisfaction is a driver of teachers’ performance, commitment, and their own as well as their students’ motivation and achievement (Edinger & Edinger, 2018; Wartenberg et al., 2023; Woods et al., 2023). One of the goals of professional development (PD) is to raise teachers’ instructional, professional and personal competences in an effort to increase students’ academic and sociocultural learning outcomes (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017; Efstathiades, 2026; Guskey, 2021; Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021). Furthermore, PD is seen as a key support measure for positive professionalization, specifically for early career teachers, which could support the retention of teachers (Suarez & McGrath, 2022, p. 21; Ingersoll & Smith, 2003; Minea-Pic, 2020). PD is identified as an important resource to support teachers throughout their career path (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017; Guskey, 2021; Sachs, 2016; Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021; Suarez & McGrath, 2022) and is consequently linked to teachers’ motivation, their identification with the profession (Suarez & McGrath, 2022), their self-efficacy (Edinger & Edinger, 2018; Wartenberg et al., 2023)and ultimately, their job satisfaction (BMBWF, 2021; Mezza, 2022; Minea-Pic, 2020; Wu & Wu, 2026). In this study, the relationship between teachers’ job satisfaction and effective PD will be analyzed in three different European regions. Across Austria, Germany, and Denmark, professional development (PD) is primarily regionally organized. Austria’s PD is approved at the national level but organized regionally through public, ministry-approved providers; Germany’s PD is both approved and organized at the regional level and delivered by public (free) and private (fee-based) providers; and Denmark’s PD is organized at the school and municipal levels, allows both public and private providers, and is funded at the regional level within a highly decentralized framework which, compared to Austria and Germany, shows more market-based characteristics. The comparison of the three regions will illuminate to which extent the varying education systems play a role in teachers’ PD and their job satisfaction. Education systems, institutional settings, and culture constitute the conditions in which the professional habitus of teachers is interpreted, negotiated, challenged or enabled (Benoliel & Berkovich, 2021, p. 146; Hansson & Erixon, 2020; Hardy et al., 2018). These conditions are what Bourdieu (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990) refers to as “fields.” A cross-regional comparison can illuminate the ways in which fields shape teachers’ professional habitus. Applying theories of habitus to teacher professionalism allows a nuanced examination of the relationship between job satisfaction and effective PD. Examples of the professional habitus that are addressed in PD settings include how teachers are expected to act and think, as well as which educational practices are considered appropriate or feasible. Accordingly, PD can be conceptualized as a process of negotiation through which notions of teacher professionalism are shaped within political and socio-cultural understandings of what constitutes a “good” teacher. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses FOOTT PRINTTS* survey data (N = 5,024) from three educational regions: Vienna (Austria), Aalborg (Denmark), and North Rhine–Westphalia (Germany). A structural equation model (SEM) analysis will be performed to analyze and compare the relationship between teachers’ overall job satisfaction and perceived effectiveness of PD in the three regions. By analyzing varying levels of job satisfaction, this study draws a nuanced picture of the relationship between job satisfaction and effective PD. The model controls for gender (men are the reference category, gender categories inter, diverse and open were included in the survey but had to be excluded in the statistical analysis as the response rates were too low), teachers level of experience in years, whether they work part-time or full-time, and public vs. private schools. All control variables are associated with teachers’ job satisfaction. For robustness, every variable was added separately and controlled for with a Likelihood-ratio test to ensure all variables significantly enhance the explanatory power of this model. Subsequently, nine qualitative interviews were conducted to deepen the understanding of similarities and differences across the three educational regions. In each region, one teacher (micro-level) and two experts responsible for coordinating PD at the leadership level (macro-level) were interviewed to elicit narratives of professionalization, effective PD and job satisfaction. A sequential mixed methods design is well suited to this study, as the qualitative phase serves to contextualize and clarify similarities and differences in the patterns observed in the three regions. Comparing the relationship between effective PD and job satisfaction across the three regions situates teacher professionalization within their respective education systems and institutional contexts. *FOOTT PRINTTS is a KA2 project co-funded by the European Commission. The author declares that no conflicts of interest were present at any stage of the research process, including survey development, data collection, or data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A first analysis shows that similar effects can be found in all three regions, however effect sizes vary. A positive relationship between job satisfaction and effective PD was found for satisfied teachers but not for unsatisfied teachers. The results of this study paint a more precise picture than previous studies, as it takes into account participants’ levels of satisfaction when analyzing the relationship between job satisfaction and effective PD. This has, to the best of my knowledge, not been considered in empirical studies so far. This study found that the lower the job satisfaction the weaker the relationship with effective PD. Furthermore, for unsatisfied teachers no significant relationship between job satisfaction and effective PD could be found. This suggests that effective PD could support satisfied teachers but will likely not support unsatisfied teachers. A Bourdieusan lens provides a theoretical framework to understand the different effects of PD for satisfied and unsatisfied teachers. It indicates that satisfied teachers might be more in line with the collective professional habitus that is promoted in PD settings, which can be seen as an overall agreement with the content, practices, values and ways of thinking. In other words, PD could be deemed an effective tool for collectively and positively shaping teacher professionalism of satisfied teachers only. Future research should focus on unsatisfied teachers and their perspectives, expectations, needs and challenges both in formal and informal professionalization, to identify which challenges can be addressed effectively by PD measures and which ones need to be addressed on a different level, such as the school or policy level. References Benoliel, P., & Berkovich, I. (2021). Ideal teachers according to TALIS: Societal orientations of education and the global diagnosis of teacher self-efficacy. European Educational Research Journal, 20(2), 143–158. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120964309 BMBWF. (2021). Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021. https://doi.org/10.17888/NBB2021 Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture, 2nd ed (S. xxvi, 254). Sage Publications, Inc. Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective Teacher Professional Development. Learning Policy Institute. https://doi.org/10.54300/122.311 Edinger, S. K., & Edinger, M. J. (2018). Improving Teacher Job Satisfaction: The Roles of Social Capital, Teacher Efficacy, and Support. The Journal of Psychology, 152(8), 573–593. https://doi.org/10.1080/00223980.2018.1489364 Guskey, T. R. (2021). Professional Learning with Staying Power. Educational, School, and Counseling Psychology Faculty Publications, Educational Leadership, 52. Hansson, K., & Erixon, P.-O. (2020). Academisation and teachers’ dilemmas. European Educational Research Journal, 19(4), 289–309. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904119872935 Hardy, I., Rönnerman, K., & Edwards-Groves, C. (2018). Transforming professional learning: Educational action research in practice. European Educational Research Journal, 17(3), 421–441. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117690409 Ingersoll, R. M. (2001). Teacher Turnover and Teacher Shortages: An Organizational Analysis. American Educational Research Journal, 38(3), 499–534. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312038003499 Mezza, A. (2022). Reinforcing and innovating teacher professionalism: Learning from other professions (OECD Education Working Papers No. 276). Minea-Pic, A. (2020). Innovating teachers’ professional learning through digital technologies (OECD Education Working Papers No. 237; OECD Education Working Papers, Bd. 237). https://doi.org/10.1787/3329fae9-en Sachs, J. (2016). Teacher professionalism: Why are we still talking about it? Teachers and Teaching, 22(4), 413–425. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1082732 Sims, S., & Fletcher-Wood, H. (2021). Identifying the characteristics of effective teacher professional development: A critical review. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(1), 47–63. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2020.1772841 Suarez, V., & McGrath, J. (2022). Teacher professional identity: How to develop and support it in times of change (OECD Education Working Papers No. 267 No. 267; OECD Education Working Papers, Bd. 267). https://doi.org/10.1787/b19f5af7-en Wartenberg, G., Aldrup, K., Grund, S., & Klusmann, U. (2023). Satisfied and High Performing? A Meta-Analysis and Systematic Review of the Correlates of Teachers’ Job Satisfaction. Educational Psychology Review, 35(4), 114. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09831-4 Woods, S., Sebastian, J., Herman, K. C., Huang, F. L., Reinke, W. M., & Thompson, A. M. (2023). The relationship between teacher stress and job satisfaction as moderated by coping. Psychology in the Schools, 60(7), 2237–2256. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22857 Wu, Y., & Wu, H. (2026). Unpacking Chinese teacher job satisfaction: Multilevel mediation and moderation of collaborative professional learning, efficacy, and innovation support. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 14(1), 2. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-025-00275-6 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 07 B: Symposium: Why Teachers Stay: Theories, Challenges and Possibilities for Teacher Retention, Part one Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Helle Plauborg Session Chair: Jane Perryman Symposium |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Why Teachers Stay: Theories, Challenges and Possibilities for Teacher Retention, Part one and two Existing research on teacher attrition and retention primarily focuses on teachers’ reasons for leaving the profession (Perrachione & Rosser 2008, Shields & Mullen 2020) apparently on the assumption that knowledge of reasons for dropout creates basis for insights into retention by reversing the signs. However, teacher attrition and teacher retention are not necessarily the opposite ends of a unidimensional construct. From a developmental perspective it is arguably more constructive – conceptually and educationally – to draw attention to what keep teachers in the profession rather than their reasons for leaving. In this symposium we will examine teachers’ reasons for staying in the profession with particular focus on teachers in public primary and secondary schools. The conceptualization of the field goes beyond the physical retention of teachers because, as Johnson and her colleagues (2005) have argued, quite rightly, that student learning needs to be the ‘worthy goal’ of teacher retention. Drawing on empirical research from a diverse range of theoretical, conceptual, methodological and disciplinary backgrounds and educational contexts, the symposium contributes to an incipient research interest in exploring why teachers stay and what schools and education systems can do to keep committed and passionate teachers for the education of all students. The scientific ambition is to create a research-informed knowledge foundation for working proactively with the problem, rather than reactively, thereby shifting the approach from prevention to a more positive discourse in relation to the teaching profession. We will likewise focus on the concept of retention as its conceptual underpinnings remain largely unexplored and is often reduced to being the opposite of attrition. Thus, it is also an aim with the symposium to expose the concept of retention by exploring and challenging its conceptual foundation(s). References Johnson, S. M., Berg, J. H., & Donaldson, M. L. (2005). A Review of the Literature on Teacher Retention. Harvard Graduate School of Education. Perrachione, B. A., Rosser, V.J. & Petersen, G. J. (2008). Why do they stay? Elementary teachers’ perceptions of job satisfaction and retention. The professional Educator 32(2), 1-17. Shields, L.B. & Mullen, C.A. (2020): Veteran Teacher Resilience: Why do they stay? Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Withdrawn
Submission had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Autonomy or Control? How Policy Instruments Shape Teacher Motivation and Re-tention in England and the Netherlands
Teacher retention is a critical international problem threatening educational quality and stability. This article argues that the efficacy of retention strategies is fundamentally shaped by their often-implicit assumptions about the nature of teachers' work and the levers for retention. Through a critical comparative policy analysis, we contrast two distinct paradigms: England’s centralized ‘Re-ducing Teacher Workload’ policy, a top-down intervention predicated on the assumption of reten-tion as a function of quantitative task reduction, and a decentralized Dutch initiative in Amster-dam, a bottom-up strategy designed to strengthen retention by fostering professional agency and growth. Analysing both through the theoretical lenses of Self-Determination Theory and the Teacher Retention Balance Model reveals a central steering paradox. The English policy’s stand-ardized, prescriptive method systematically thwarted teacher autonomy, thereby limiting its suc-cess and contributing to persistently high attrition. Conversely, the Amsterdam approach, by align-ing its methods with core psychological needs for autonomy, competence, and relatedness, achieved statistically significant gains in job satisfaction and self-efficacy – notably without reduc-ing overall workload. However, this strengths-based model also revealed inherent challenges of de-centralized governance, which ultimately constrained its broader scalability and system-wide im-pact. We conclude that sustainable retention requires policies to be consciously designed in con-gruence with established motivational theory, while deliberately navigating the inherent con-straints and trade-offs of their specific governance contexts.
Keywords: Teacher retention; self-determination theory; teacher autonomy; workload; policy analysis.
References:
No references
Finding one’s Place. A Literature Review on the Geographical Embeddedness of Teacher Induction
This paper reports on a literature review on the role of schools’ geographical locations, as a self-evident part of early career teacher (ECT)’s teaching context, in shaping ECTs’ professional experi-ences during the induction phase, in relation to their retention and attrition. Under an interaction-ist theoretical assumption that ECTs’ retention and attrition results from their meaningful interac-tion with the teaching contexts, we analysed 37 empirical studies (published between 2013 – 2025). The analysis resulted in an overview of the most important findings and more in particular in the construction of a model of Geographical embeddedness of schools. The model identifies and encompasses four interrelated aspects of this embeddedness: Physical, Sociocultural, Socio-economic, and Policy. The contribution of the study is two-fold: to add nuances and further in-sights into ECTs’ motivation behind making decisions to stay or to leave the profession and to call for moving beyond the existing deficit views imposed upon both urban and rural school settings.
Keywords: Teacher induction, geographical perspective, retention/attrition
References:
No references
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 07 C Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Catarina Paulos Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Transformative Educational Leadership and the Reconfiguration of Engineering Education: Aligning Universities, Industry, and Sustainable Futures 1: University of Kurdistan, Iran, Islamic Republic of; 2: Urmia University Presenting Author:Higher education systems worldwide are facing a convergence of interrelated crises, including declining public trust, sustained financial pressures, rapid technological transformation—particularly associated with Industry 4.0 and artificial intelligence—and growing expectations from society and labour markets. In this context, the alignment of universities, industry, and sustainable development has evolved from a normative aspiration into a systemic necessity for preserving universities’ social legitimacy and ensuring the relevance of engineering education. The United Nations 2030 Agenda and its 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) provide a shared global framework that explicitly links quality and equitable education (SDG 4), decent work and economic growth (SDG 8), industry, innovation and infrastructure (SDG 9), and climate action (SDG 13) through multi-stakeholder collaboration. Universities and industries are thus increasingly expected to operate not as isolated actors, but as interdependent partners contributing to sustainable socio-economic transformation. Recent scholarship on the civic university and the notion of universities as anchor institutions has reinforced this expectation by positioning higher education institutions as key generators of public value, regional development, and long-term societal resilience (Goddard et al., 2016). This perspective challenges market-dominated interpretations of university–industry relations and instead frames universities as democratic public goods with ethical responsibilities that extend beyond economic competitiveness. Such a shift necessitates new forms of leadership, governance, and accountability capable of balancing economic relevance with social inclusion and environmental sustainability. This reorientation is closely linked to the evolution of universities’ third mission, which extends beyond teaching and research to encompass the creation of economic, social, cultural, and environmental value (Molas-Gallart & Castro-Martínez, 2007; Benneworth & Jongbloed, 2010). Parallel to this evolution, knowledge production has shifted from Mode 1, characterised by disciplinary boundaries and linear transfer, toward Mode 2 knowledge, which emphasises interdisciplinarity, contextual application, and stakeholder engagement (Gibbons et al., 1994; Nowotny et al., 2001). While Mode 2 has facilitated closer interaction between universities and industry, the expansion of the third mission has also generated tensions. Neoliberal and commercialisation-driven approaches risk narrowing universities’ social roles and reproducing inequality (Slaughter & Rhoades, 2004; Marginson, 2024). In contrast, civic-oriented interpretations of the third mission emphasise co-creation of public value through collaboration with governments, industry, and local communities, positioning universities as central actors in addressing complex challenges such as climate change, social justice, and skills transitions (Watson et al., 2011; Trencher et al., 2014; Arbo & Benneworth, 2007). Engineering education occupies a particularly strategic position within this landscape. Global reforms increasingly emphasise competency-based, interdisciplinary, and sustainability-oriented curricula (Crawley et al., 2014; UNESCO, 2021), yet enduring mismatches between educational provision and industry needs persist (Andrews & Higson, 2008). Leadership plays a decisive role in addressing these challenges. Transformational educational leadership has been shown to foster institutional change, innovation, and stakeholder engagement, particularly when combined with participatory and justice-oriented approaches (Bass & Riggio, 2006; Shields, 2010). The purpose of this study is to develop a leadership-centred framework that explains how engineering education can be strategically aligned with industry and sustainable development goals. Drawing on the lived experiences of policymakers, planners, and industrial managers, and using thematic analysis, the study identifies governance, curriculum, and trust-related barriers to alignment and examines how transformational educational leadership can address these systemic gaps. By integrating leadership theory with innovation and sustainability frameworks, the study contributes a conceptually grounded model for rethinking the university–industry relationship in engineering education, with implications for policy, institutional governance, and curriculum design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative phenomenological research design to explore the lived experiences of key actors involved in aligning universities, industry, and sustainable development within the context of engineering education. A phenomenological approach was deemed appropriate because the study sought to understand how participants perceive, interpret, and make meaning of complex institutional interactions, leadership practices, and policy arrangements, rather than to measure predefined variables or outcomes. Participants were selected using purposive sampling to ensure relevance and depth of experience. The sample comprised 15 individuals, including national and provincial policymakers, higher education planners, and senior industrial managers who had direct and structured experience of collaboration with universities in areas such as curriculum development, research partnerships, innovation, workforce planning, or sustainability initiatives. These participants occupied strategic positions at the intersection of policy, institutional governance, and industry practice, enabling the study to capture diverse yet complementary perspectives on the phenomenon under investigation. Data were collected through semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted over a four-month period. An interview guide was developed based on the study’s conceptual framework and relevant literature on the university third mission, innovation systems, transformational leadership, and sustainable engineering education. Interviews explored participants’ experiences of university–industry collaboration, perceived leadership and governance arrangements, barriers to alignment, and enabling conditions for sustainable partnerships. Each interview lasted between 45 and 60 minutes and was conducted either face-to-face or online, depending on logistical considerations. All interviews were audio-recorded with informed consent and transcribed verbatim to ensure accuracy. Data analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s six-phase thematic analysis framework, integrating deductive and inductive coding strategies. Initial familiarization involved repeated reading of transcripts. Deductive codes were informed by key theoretical constructs such as leadership, governance alignment, curriculum relevance, trust, and sustainability, while inductive coding allowed new patterns and meanings to emerge from the data. Codes were subsequently clustered into themes, which were iteratively reviewed, refined, and defined to ensure coherence and analytical robustness. To enhance interpretive validity, a subset of transcripts was independently coded by two researchers, with discrepancies resolved through discussion and consensus. Dependability was supported through systematic documentation of coding decisions, theme development, and analytic memos. Researcher reflexivity was maintained through reflective notes addressing positionality and potential bias. Triangulation was achieved by comparing perspectives across participant groups and by cross-referencing interview data with relevant policy documents and strategic reports. Ethical approval was obtained prior to data collection, and participant anonymity and confidentiality were strictly maintained throughout the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study identifies barriers and enablers for aligning engineering education with industry and sustainable development. Rather than technical or financial obstacles, challenges are deeply embedded in institutional structures, governance arrangements, organizational cultures, and leadership practices. Six interconnected themes—policy fragmentation, funding instability, curriculum gaps, weaknesses in work-integrated learning, non-reflective evaluation metrics, and cultural barriers—reveal a systemic disconnect wherein universities, industry, and government operate according to divergent logics and temporal horizons. Policy fragmentation emerged as the fundamental barrier, reinforcing institutional silos and undermining trust, preventing shared roadmaps and necessitating governance models beyond linear triple helix arrangements toward participatory approaches using the SDGs as a shared horizon. Consequently, funding instability and curriculum misalignment limit universities' capacity to respond to Industry 4.0 and sustainability demands. Weak work-integrated learning and narrow performance metrics further widen the theory-practice gap and divert attention from public value creation, echoing responsible innovation critiques. At the deepest level, cultural resistance and leadership limitations constrain meaningful reform. Consistent with transformational leadership theory, participants emphasized that sustainable alignment cannot be imposed through top-down directives but requires leaders capable of articulating shared purpose, empowering faculty, and fostering adaptive organizational cultures. The findings indicate that transforming engineering education to align with industry and sustainability requires cultural and institutional change. Although context-specific, the study provides insights that can guide policymakers and university leaders in promoting social responsibility, sustainability, and long-term public value in engineering education. References Andrews, J., & Higson, H. (2008). Graduate Employability, ‘Soft Skills’ Versus ‘Hard’ Business Knowledge: A European Study. Higher Education in Europe, 33(4), 411–422. Arbo, P., & Benneworth, P. (2007). Understanding the regional contribution of higher education institutions: A literature review. OECD Publishing. Bass, B. M., & Riggio, R. E. (2006). Transformational leadership (2nd ed.). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Benneworth, P., & Jongbloed, B. W. (2010). Who matters to universities? A stakeholder perspective on humanities, arts and social sciences valorisation. Higher Education, 59(5), 567–588. Crawley, E. F., et al. (2014). Rethinking engineering education: The CDIO approach (2nd ed.). Springer. Gibbons, M., et al. (1994). The new production of knowledge: The dynamics of science and research in contemporary societies. Sage. Goddard, J., Hazelkorn, E., Kempton, L., & Vallance, P. (Eds.). (2016). The civic university: The policy and leadership challenges. Edward Elgar Publishing. Jessop, B. (2017). The university as an apparatus of economic and social governance. In The university and the public good (pp. 11-29). Palgrave Macmillan. Leal Filho, W., et al., (2018). Reinvigorating the sustainable development research agenda: the role of the sustainabledevelopment goals (SDG). International Journal of Sustainable Development and World Ecology, 25 (2), 131-142 Marginson, S. (2024). The New Geo-politics of Higher Education 2: Between Nationalism and Globalism. Oxford: Centre for Global Higher Education. Molas-Gallart, J., & Castro-Martínez, E. (2007). Ambiguity and conflict in the development of ‘Third Mission’ indicators. Research Evaluation, 16 (4), 321–330 Nowotny, H., Scott, P., & Gibbons, M. (2001). Re-thinking science: Knowledge and the public in an age of uncertainty. Polity Press. Ranga, M., & Etzkowitz, H. (2013). Triple Helix systems: an analytical framework for innovation policy and practice in the knowledge society. Industry and Higher Education, 27(4), 237–262. https://doi.org/10.5367/ihe.2013.0165 Shields, C. M. (2010). Transformative leadership: Working for equity in diverse contexts. Educational Administration Quarterly, 46(4), 558–589. Slaughter, S., & Rhoades, G. (2004). Academic capitalism and the new economy: Markets, state, and higher education. Johns Hopkins University Press. Trencher, G., Yarime, M., McCormick, K., Doll, C., & Kraines, S. (2014). Beyond the third mission: Exploring the emerging university function of co-creation for sustainability. Science and Public Policy, 41(2), 151–179. UNESCO. (2021). Engineering for sustainable development: Delivering on the sustainable development goals. UNESCO Publishing. Watson, D., Hollister, R., Stroud, S., & Babcock, E. (2011). The engaged university: International perspectives on civic engagement. Routledge. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Learning through Communities of Practice in Interdisciplinary High Performance Computing: An Adult Education Perspective Helmut-Schmidt-University, Germany Presenting Author:Descriptions of phenomena such as Big Data and so-called “algorithmic cultures” (Seyfert & Robert, 2017) indicate a shift in how knowledge is produced, as scientific understanding and social reality are increasingly shaped by data-driven models, and algorithmic decision-making processes. Computational procedures have thus become central to knowledge production, with methods from computational and data science established as growing range of disciplines (Neumann et al., 2022). High Performance Computing (HPC) plays a key role in this development, not merely as technical infrastructure but as socio-technical practice that enables complex calculations, large-scale simulations and data-intensive research (Raj et al., 2020; Barelli & Lodi, 2025; Bacchio, 2025). As the relevance of HPC expands, so do the demands for HPC-related competencies. These competencies are not limited to technical skills but encompass methodological, organizational, and epistemic dimensions that enable effectively participation in data-driven research practices (Serik et al. 2021; Stevens et al., 2024). However, HPC competencies are rarely embedded in bachelor’s and master’s curricula, resulting in fragmented learning strategies, underutilized infrastructures, and unrealized learning potential (Neumann et al., 2022). Researchers are required to engage in self-directed and ongoing competence development (Schicke, 2014), often relying on tutorials, short-term workshops, or OER’s (Mullen et al., 2016). Given the complexity of HPC, such individualized approaches remain insufficient (Raj et al., 2020). From an adult education perspective, these challenges point to the necessity of collective and socially embedded learning structures with integrated educational opportunities that are accessible to beginners, scalable for advanced users, and transferable across disciplines. In adult education, HPC education represents an underexplored domain where learning opportunities can be designed beyond formal curricula, shaping new disciplinary and research possibilities (Raj et al., 2020). For that, existing experiences from HPC educational programs in higher education indicate that project-based learning and active experimentation with small self-guided projects, low-threshold support for programming, and collaborative exchange foster self-directed competence acquisition yield better learning achievements (Barelli & Lodi, 2025; Raj et al., 2020) by enhancing agency in relation to the world (Holzkamp, 1995). This shifts the focus toward the question of how learners, experts and other stakeholders can be embedded into social structures that systematically enable the exchange of experiences, problem-solving strategies, and practical knowledge. Here, the concept of community, frequently invoked in the HPC education literature (Raj et al., 2020; Barelli & Lodi, 2025; Bacchio, 2025), opens central perspectives. The hpc.bw (dtec.bw) project addresses this by establishing an HPC Competence Center to facilitate interdisciplinary access and support competence development across diverse user groups: from non-specialists to HPC experts (Neumann et al., 2022). Competence development in hpc.bw is conceptualized as a shared practice rather than an individual endeavour. Drawing on Communities of Practice theory (Wenger, 1998), learning formats enable continuous exchange among learners, experienced users, and experts, systematically sharing practical knowledge. Within the context of digital transformation and data-driven research, this contribution examines hpc.bw through this lens, presenting learning offers and support structures as a heuristic framework. In the conference contribution, the concept of community will be examined as a central analytical category for understanding learning and competence development in the context of HPC education. The contribution aims to explore how the term community is mobilized, interpreted, and operationalized within the hpc.bw project and related HPC education discourses, and how it can be meaningfully framed from an adult education perspective, as it is widely used but conceptually ambiguous (Zeuner, 2020). Additionally, special attention is given to learning experiences and competence requirements of researchers from fields not traditionally associated with HPC, exploring how educational design can facilitate new research potentials and self–world relations (Koller, 2012) in a data-driven environment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows an exploratory–reconstructive mixed-methods design that sequentially combines qualitative and quantitative approaches. The methodological approach aims to reconstruct how learning and problem-solving processes are organized, experienced, and supported within the context of HPC-related continuing education. As the first step, internal project documents (including project descriptions, program outlines, and communication materials) were analyzed (Prior, 2009; Bowen, 2009) to reconstruct goals, implicit assumptions, and structural logics of the hpc.bw project. This document-based analysis focused on the internal project logics shaping HPC education and competence development. In addition, a programmatic analysis (Nolda, 2018) of the educational offerings developed within the hpc.bw was conducted, explicitly examining these formats from the perspective of community building, including aspects such as peer exchange, shared practices, and opportunities for sustained participation. These findings were expanded by a literature review of HPC education from an adult education perspective. The review aimed to identify existing concepts of HPC competencies, learning objectives, and qualification requirements and to situate them with broader adult education theory. Together, the document analysis, programmatic analysis and literature review served to develop a conceptual reference framework for the empirical investigation. To empirically contextualize these conceptual assumptions, two standardized quantitative surveys were conducted among participants of HPC-related educational formats within the project framework of hpc.bw. The first survey (N= 37) focused primarily on capturing users’ needs, prior experiences, and perceived barriers in working with HPC infrastructures. The second survey (N= 35) focused on participants’ problem-solving strategies, previous learning pathways, and approaches to knowledge acquisition in the HPC context. Both surveys aimed to reconstruct how participants work with HPC resources, how learning processed are organized, and which forms of support are perceived as relevant. The surveys were conducted as quantitative full surveys with small sample sizes. Collected data included self-assessments of HPC-related skills, experiences with HPC usage, problem-solving strategies, learning media, perceived support, and continuing education needs. Due to the exploratory character and limited sample size, the quantitative analyses primarily served to identify patterns, tendencies, and relational structures rather than statistically generalizable results. The findings informed both the interpretation of learning and working practices in HPC contexts and the further development of competence-oriented and community-based educational offerings within the project. The results were processed and disseminated in the form of scientific posters, contributions to conferences and smaller papers. A journal article will be published by spring 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that central challenges in HPC education lie less in purely technical limitations than in high entry barriers to HPC-related research practices, fragmented learning pathways, and insufficiently embedded support structures. The study reveal that learning and problem-solving in HPC contexts are strongly shaped by how learning opportunities are socially organized and connected to everyday research practices. The results indicate that community-based learning structures, characterized by peer-to-peer exchange, shared methodological approaches and practice-oriented support, are particularly effective in addressing these challenges. Rather than relying on individualized or purely material learning resources, the examined educational formats foster sustained engagement with HPC by embedding competence development within collective practices. In this sense, HPC-related Communities of Practice function as enabling structures that lower entry barriers, support learning processes, and connect technical competencies to concrete research horizons. Furthermore, the findings demonstrate that researchers from disciplines not traditionally associated with HPC can develop new research potentials through the acquisition of HPC competencies, provided that appropriate learning and support structures are available. Competence development emerges not as a linear acquisition of competencies but as a socially situated process shaped by interaction and collective problem-solving strategies; through the theoretical heuristic of Communities of Practice, HPC competencies become visible as shared practices that evolve through participation rather than as isolated individual capabilities. Overall, the study contributes to the theoretical grounding of HPC education as an object of adult education research and empirically illustrates how community-building strategies can support sustainable competence development in data-driven research contexts. It highlights the relevance of Communities of Practice as a conceptual and practica framework for designing educational infrastructure that enable long-term engagement with HPC beyond formal curricular. References Bacchio, S. (2025). High-Performance Computing: Why & How. An introductory guide for getting started with HPC. Computation-based Science and Technology Research Center (CaSToRC), The Cyprus Institute, Nicosia. https://hpc-portal.eu/sites/default/files/2025-08/High-Performance-Computing_-WhyHow.pdf. Barelli, E., & Lodi, M. (2025). The Big Ideas for HPC Education: From Existing Needs in High-Performance Computing Training to Recommendations for Instructional Design. ICSC Observatory. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.17097602. Bowen, G. (2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. In Qualitative Research Journal (2009) 9 (2): 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027. Holzkamp, K. (1995). Lernen: Subjektwissenschaftliche Grundlegung. Campus Verlag. Koller, H.-C. (2012). Bildung anders denken: Einführung in die Theorie transformatorischer Bildungsprozesse. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. Mullen, J., Arcand, W. R., Bestor, D. A., Bergeron, W. J., Byun, C., Gadepally, V. N., Houle, M., Hubbell, M., Jones, M. S., Klein, A. P., Michaleas, P. W., Milechin, L., Prout, A. J., Rosa, A., Samsi, S. S., Yee, C., Kepner, J., & Reuther, A. I. (2016). Designing a new high performance computing education strategy for professional scientists and engineers. In 2016 IEEE Conference on High Performance Extreme Computing (HPEC) (pp. 1–6). IEEE. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10458-022-09565-7. Neumann, P., Duffek, J. A., Kleinschmidt, J., Leinen, W. G., Breuer, M., Schmidt-Lauff, S., Fink, A., Mayr, M., Firmbach, M., Popp, A., & Auweter, A. (2022). hpc.bw: A supercomputer with competence platform for the universities of the Federal Armed Forces. In D. Schulz, A. Fay, W. Matiaske, & M. Schulz (Eds.), dtec.bw – Beiträge der Helmut-Schmidt-Universität/Universität der Bundeswehr Hamburg: Forschungsaktivitäten im Zentrum für Digitalisierungs- und Technologieforschung der Bundeswehr dtec.bw (Vol. 1, pp. 305–310). https://doi.org/10.24405/14569. Nolda, S. (2018). Programmanalyse in der Erwachsenenbildung/Weiterbildung – Methoden und Forschungen. In R. Tippelt & A. von Hippel (Eds.), Handbuch Erwachsenenbildung/Weiterbildung (6th ed., pp. 433–449). Springer VS. Prior, L. (2009). Using documents in social research. SAGE Publications. Serik, M., Yerlanova, G., Karelkhan, N., & Temirbekov, N. (2021). The Use of The High-Performance Computing in The Learning Process. International Journal of Emerging Technologies in Learning (iJET), 16(17), 240–254. https://doi.org/10.3991/ijet.v16i17.22889. Seyfert, R., & Roberge, J. (Eds.) (2017). Algorithmuskulturen. Über die rechnerische Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit. Transcript. Stevens, C., Anderson, S. M., & Carlson, A. (2024). Integrating high performance computing into higher education and the pedagogy of cluster computing. In Practice and Experience in Advanced Research Computing 2024: Human Powered Computing (PEARC ’24) (Article 106, pp. 1–3). Association for Computing Machinery. https://doi.org/10.1145/3626203.3670588. Zeuner, C. (2020). Community Development and Education. Konzeptionelle Positionierung zwischen Affirmation und Emanzipation. Hessische Blätter für Volksbildung, 22–40. https://doi.org/10.3278/HBV2002W003 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Professional Learning and Development of Adult Educators in the Recognition of Prior Learning in Portugal Instituto Politécnico de Beja, Portugal Presenting Author:This paper aims to analyze the professional learning and development of adult educators involved in the recognition of prior learning in Portugal. Specifically, we intend to examine how these educators acquire the knowledge necessary to perform their professional activity. Over the last few decades, adult education policy programs based on European Union guidelines promoting lifelong learning have emerged. These programs have created new opportunities for adult education and training, as well as for the educators who implement them (Barros, 2020). However, adult education policies in Portugal are characterized by their fragmented and intermittent nature (Cavaco, 2022), as well as the prevalence of programmed obscurantism among Portuguese elites and decision-makers, as mentioned by Melo (2004). This has resulted in a series of advances and setbacks in the educational field. Nevertheless, an educational offering called recognition of prior learning emerged in the early 2000s, along with the need for adult educators to implement it. Integrated into public policies on adult education, this educational practice began to be implemented in Portugal in 2000. Its purpose was to increase the qualifications of adults with a low level of schooling by valuing life experiences and knowledge acquired through informal and non-formal education (Cavaco, 2020). In the European context, the legal status and qualifications of adult educators began appearing in official European Union documents in the early 2000s. Interest in this subject has grown, culminating in the European Commission's commissioning of two studies to map the situation of adult educators throughout Europe, including their education and competences (Research voor Beleid, 2008, 2010). Other proposals have emerged, such as the Curriculum globALE, a cross-cultural core curriculum for the training of adult educators. It is a modularized and competency-based framework curriculum that aims to promote knowledge exchange and mutual understanding among adult educators across countries and regions (Lichtenberg, 2020). The specificity and complexity of the recognition of prior learning justify the importance of educating adult educators who implement this process in public adult education policies in Portugal. Adult educators working in recognition of prior learning in Portugal constitute a distinctive professional community whose learning and development patterns merit scholarly attention and policy support. Emerging as a new occupational category with Portugal's pioneering recognition of prior learning system, these educators face complex professional demands requiring integration of adult education facilitation skills, technical knowledge of competence standards and assessment procedures, interpersonal sensitivity to diverse learners, and commitment to equitable validation practices (Guimarães, 2023). These educators need multiple skills and knowledge to properly perform their professional duties (Egetenmeyer et al., 2019; Rohs & Bolten, 2017). Loureiro (2024) emphasizes the significance of workplace learning environments for adult education professionals. From this perspective, learning is not limited to formal education; rather, it is deeply embedded in daily professional activities. Through engagement with real problem-solving and reflective practice, professionals construct knowledge and competences. However, Ioannou (2024) notes a lack of systematic reflection structures, deliberate documentation of emerging practices, and mechanisms for generalizing knowledge across centers and practitioners. Despite some achievements and progress having been made (Nuissl et al., 2024), adult educators still have a low professional status and work in precarious conditions that are often characterized by heterogeneous and atypical forms of employment (Werner & Martin, 2023). Some authors (e.g., Loureiro, 2024; Nuissl et al., 2024; Werner & Martin, 2023) argue that there is no general requirement for specialized academic education to work in adult education. Based on this reality, this paper seeks to answer the following question: How do adult educators involved in recognition of prior learning learn and build the knowledge necessary to perform their professional activity? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From an epistemological point of view, this study adopts a phenomenological perspective, focusing on the essence of human experiences in relation to a phenomenon according to individuals' descriptions and meanings (Creswell & Poth, 2024). This perspective's central idea is to understand the intentions and perceptions individuals have about their actions in relation to others and contexts. In this study, we examined how adult educators involved in recognition of prior learning acquire the knowledge necessary for their professional activities. In terms of methodology, we adopted a qualitative approach because we believe it allows for a deep understanding of the issues under investigation, including the voices of the participants, the reflexivity of the researcher, and a complex description and interpretation of the phenomenon under study (Creswell & Poth, 2024). Empirical data were obtained through biographical interviews with adult educators, in order to access the discourse about themselves and their work (Berger, 2009). A biographical perspective is commonly used in research about adult educators, especially in the study of professional development, as it provides an in-depth understanding of complex phenomena (Lattke, 2016). Biographical interviews were conducted with 32 adult educators involved in recognition of prior learning. These educators promote the involvement and accompaniment of adults with a low level of schooling, encouraging reflection on and analysis of their life path. This allows them to appropriate their knowledge and skills, making them more autonomous and empowered by the end of the process (Cavaco, 2020; Eneau, 2010). Throughout the research, we sought to respect ethical principles. In this sense, our conduct was guided by a relationship based on empathy, recognition, and dialogue (All European Academies [ALLEA], 2024). We obtained the participants' informed consent regarding the research objective, procedures, and voluntary nature of participation before conducting the interviews. Categorical content analysis (Bardin, 2009) was used to analyze the biographical interview data. The coding categories were derived from the research questions, and some emerged from the interview content during the analysis. Treating the biographical interview data allowed for the construction of a descriptive framework. Elements and meanings were then extracted from the answers to the research questions using an inductive process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research results reveal that, despite the fact that adult educators are highly qualified, with at least a bachelor's degree, initial education in adult education is not a prerequisite for entering this field. Continuing education is heterogeneous and, when available, takes the form of short-term courses and postgraduate programs in various areas. Under these circumstances, adult educators' continuous education commonly stems from experiential training and reflection on experience gained from professional practice. Portuguese adult educators still occupy a fragile position, lacking a well-defined professional status, and are dependent on public policies influenced by various forces. Published legal documents regulate professional activities within the scope of recognition of prior learning and hiring requirements for professionals intending to work in this field. Access requirements include possession of a higher education degree, professional experience, and knowledge of adult education methodologies, particularly those related to competence assessment and portfolios. Regarding initial education, the only defined access criterion for the role of adult educator in recognition of prior learning is holding a higher education degree, regardless of the subject area. These professionals utilize a wide range of autonomous and specific knowledge in their daily work. However, there is no common core of competences across educational activities in the field of adult education, nor a clear definition of the competences needed to perform specific functions. Consequently, almost anyone can be an adult educator (Sava, 2011). Despite the importance of the recognition of prior learning process, there is limited formal provision for targeted professional development in this area of adult education. Many practitioners rely on informal and experiential learning pathways, suggesting the need for more coherent professional development frameworks. References Barros, R. (2020). The role of transnational bodies in lifelong learning and the politics of measurement - The promise and pitfalls of outcomes-based assessment into recognition of prior learning system in Portugal. In F. Finnegan & B. Grummell (Eds.), Power and possibility: Adult education in a diverse and complex world (pp. 53–63). Brill-Sense Publishers. https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.1163/j.ctv2gjwn4r.10 Cavaco, C. (2022). Políticas públicas de educação de adultos em Portugal – inovações e desafios [Public policies on adult education in Portugal – innovations and challenges]. Educar em Revista, Curitiba, 38, 1-22. http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/0104-4060.82009 Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2024). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (5th ed.). Sage Publications. Egetenmeyer, R., Breitschwerdt, L., & Lechner, R. (2019). From 'traditional professions' to 'new professionalism': A multi-level perspective for analysing professionalisation in adult and continuing education. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 25(1), 7-24. https://doi.org/10.1177/14779714188140 Guimarães, P. (2023). Adult educators and recognition of prior learning in Portugal: Guidance and validation tasks and activities. In V. Boffo & R. Egetenmeyer (Eds.), Re-thinking Adult Education Research. Beyond the Pandemic (pp. 159-174). Firenze University Press. DOI: 10.36253/979-12-215-0151-3 Ioannou, N. (2024). Exploring trends and challenges in professional development of adult eucators across European Member States: Insights and recommendations for improvements. Social Education Research, 5(2), 258–272. https://doi.org/10.37256/ser.5220244450 Lichtenberg, T. (2020). Curriculum globALE: A Global Tool for Professionalising Adult Educators. In R. Egetenmeyer, V. Boffo, & S. Kröner (Eds.), International and Comparative Studies in Adult and Continuing Education (pp. 213-219). Firenze University Press. Loureiro, A. P. F. (2024). Os “profissionais” de educação de adultos e a importância dos contextos de trabalho para o seu processo de aprendizagem e construção de saber: Um processo suficiente? Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 37(1), e24009. https://doi.org/10.21814/rpe.28321 Nuissl, E., Sava, S., & Farkas, É. (2024). Adult education in the European Union since 1993. European Journal of Education, 59, e12719. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12719 Research voor Beleid (2008). ALPINE—Adult learning professions in Europe A study of the current situation, trends and issues. Final report. Research voor Beleid/PLATO. Research voor Beleid. (2010). Key competences for adult learning professionals. Final report. Research voor Beleid/PLATO Rohs, M., & Bolten, R. (2017). Professionalization of adult educators for a digital world: an European perspective. European Journal of Education Studies, 3(4), 298-318. DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.390900 Werner, K., & Martin, A. (2023). Between precarity and professionalism: The effect of uncertainty on adult educators' participation in continuing education. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 46, 475–493. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-023-00255-9 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Intentional Withholding in Classroom Practice: Judging When Not to Intervene as Professional Judgment 1: Kagawa University, Japan; 2: Tsuru University, Japan Presenting Author:Research on professional learning and teacher judgment has traditionally emphasized how teachers decide when and how to intervene in classroom interaction. Across studies of adaptive teaching, formative assessment, and instructional responsiveness, professional competence is commonly associated with timely and visible intervention through explanation, correction, scaffolding, or direction. Within this tradition, the professional agency involved in judging when not to intervene has remained comparatively underexplored, and pedagogical restraint is often misinterpreted as passivity or laissez-faire teaching. This study addresses this neglected dimension by examining how teachers intentionally withhold directive intervention while sustaining participation and collective inquiry within classroom ecology. Rather than treating non-intervention as an absence of action, the study conceptualizes intentional withholding as situated professional restraint oriented toward the ecological maintenance of participation. By shifting analytical attention from prescriptive instructional techniques toward the ongoing cultivation of professional judgment, the study contributes to contemporary discussions of teacher learning and classroom participation. The analysis is grounded in Vision-Driven Sociocultural Design (VDSD), a theoretical framework that conceptualizes educational practice as an ongoing coordination guided by an evolving vision functioning as an ethical and sociocultural horizon for action. Within VDSD, vision is not understood as a fixed instructional script, but as a shared orientation toward what counts as meaningful participation and legitimate educational action within practice. In this study, VDSD is further extended by conceptualizing pedagogical vision as an ecological organizing force shaping the stabilization of participation over time. VDSD emphasizes that classroom ecology is not merely an environment, but the ongoing stabilization of participation through routines, interactional norms, and shared expectations that gradually sediment into cultural resources for collective learning. Professional judgment is thus conceptualized as a continuous and often tacit process through which teachers maintain, recalibrate, and selectively reorganize these ecological conditions across time. From this perspective, teaching is understood as the situated coordination of participation within evolving classroom ecology, where professional competence entails recognizing when restraint becomes educationally productive for sustaining collective inquiry and shared meaning-making. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative re-analysis of classroom practices documented in a published longitudinal practitioner account of a Japanese elementary classroom (Furuya, 2018), supplemented through semi-structured reflective interviews conducted in Japanese with the practitioner-author. Quotations presented in the analysis were translated into English as closely as possible in order to preserve the original meanings and expressions used during the interviews. Methodologically, this approach builds upon traditions of utilizing teacher reflective narratives and practitioner inquiry within professional learning research while extending them through secondary interpretive analysis and collaborative reflective dialogue. While situated within a specific cultural and institutional context, the case is treated as a telling case (Mitchell, 1984), selected for its theoretical richness in documenting the gradual stabilization of collective inquiry and participation norms despite the teacher’s limited reliance on overt directive intervention. The case therefore provides a productive site for examining how professional judgment emerges through the ecological organization of classroom participation. The analysis followed a three-stage interpretive procedure aligned with VDSD. First, repeated close readings identified episodes where directive intervention would conventionally be expected, focusing on moments of hesitation, uncertainty, emotional tension, or fragmented participation in which the teacher intentionally refrained from immediate correction while sustaining inquiry through waiting, questioning, or peer-oriented interaction. Second, these episodes were analyzed to trace how pedagogical restraint became culturally sustainable through the gradual sedimentation of classroom expectations, participation norms, and distributed responsibility for inquiry. Rather than functioning as a static coding framework, VDSD oriented analytical attention toward how classroom ecology was dynamically stabilized and reorganized across time. Third, interpretations were refined through iterative comparison and reflective dialogue between the first author and the practitioner-author, focusing on the developmental formation of classroom ecology and the tacit reasoning underlying pedagogical decisions. Through continuous movement between empirical episodes, practitioner reflection, and theoretical interpretation, the analysis traced how professional judgment emerged through the ongoing maintenance and recalibration of participation conditions within evolving classroom ecology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis suggests that intentional withholding emerged not as an isolated instructional technique, but as a form of professional judgment shaped through the gradual formation of classroom ecology. Pedagogical restraint became possible only within participation conditions stabilized over time through routines of listening, collaborative inquiry, peer explanation, and distributed responsibility for learning. A central finding concerns the developmental shift in the practitioner’s pedagogical orientation. In reflective dialogue, the practitioner described dissatisfaction with forms of teaching in which “the teacher stood out while students simply followed.” By contrast, a lasting influence came from observing a classroom in which “the teacher was not particularly visible, yet the children were growing through one another.” This experience contributed to an orientation centered on cultivating participation through collective inquiry rather than continuous teacher direction. The findings further suggest that classroom ecology was not established through a fixed instructional model, but emerged through ongoing experimentation and retrospective realization. The practitioner emphasized that “I did not begin with a fixed framework,” explaining that “only afterward did I realize that I had been building this kind of classroom culture.” Practices such as collective reflection, peer-supported explanation, notebook accumulation, and the normalization of “not knowing” gradually developed into shared participation norms that redistributed responsibility for inquiry across the classroom ecology. Within these stabilized conditions, intentional withholding became intelligible not as passive non-intervention, but as an ecological coordination of participation that preserved collective inquiry without immediate teacher control. The practitioner also described classroom culture as “never complete,” requiring continuous reconsideration, adjustment, and improvement across classroom life. These findings suggest that professional judgment is not reducible to momentary intervention decisions alone, but involves the ongoing maintenance and recalibration of participation conditions within evolving classroom ecology. References Biesta, G. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Paradigm Publishers. Edwards, A. (2017). Working relationally in and across practices: A cultural-historical approach to collaboration. Cambridge University Press. Furuya, H. (2018). Manabiau kyōshitsu bunka o subete no kyōshitsu ni [Cultivating a culture of collaborative learning in classrooms]. Yokohama: Seori Shobō. (In Japanese) Mitchell, J. C. (1984). Case studies. In R. F. Ellen (Ed.), Ethnographic research: A guide to general conduct (pp. 237–241). Academic Press. Sasaya, T. (2025). Vision-driven lesson management: Navigating instructional gaps through reflective redesign in a lesson study context. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 15(1), 56–73. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJLLS-04-2025-0110 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 07 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Raisa Carpelan Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Experiencing Strain in School Development Consultancy Between Governance Demands and School Practice: Empirical Insights University of Klagenfurt Presenting Author:School development consultancy has become an integral component of system-level support for school improvement in the Austrian education system (Altrichter et al., 2021). School development consultants support schools in phases of intensified development demands, organisational change, and reform implementation, and operate at the interface between educational administration, universities of teacher education, school leadership, and teaching staff. Their work involves process-oriented and facilitative forms of support that structure school development processes and support coordination among multiple actors at the school level (Altrichter et al., 2021; Braun et al., 2025b). In this role, school development consultants act as intermediary actors within school development processes. Their positioning between normative governance expectations and locally situated conditions of action is associated with heterogeneous and partly contradictory role expectations (Braun et al., 2025a). Consultancy work is frequently embedded in challenging phases of school development, in which schools experience heightened pressure, uncertainty, and increased demands for accountability. In such situations, consultancy is expected to provide orientation, process-related support, and professional reflection, while consultants operate without formal decision-making responsibility (Altrichter et al., 2021; Braun et al., 2025b). International research on advisory and facilitative roles in school improvement indicates that consultancy work in complex governance environments requires consultants to navigate shifting expectations articulated by different actors and governance levels (Odendaal & du Plessis, 2018). These conditions suggest that consultancy work is not only demanding in terms of content, but also structurally prone to situational tensions and experiences of strain (Dadaczynski et al., 2024). Previous research on school development consultancy has primarily focused on roles, functions, and intended contributions to school improvement, whereas the professional experiences and working conditions of consultants themselves have received comparatively little attention (Altrichter et al., 2021; Braun et al., 2025a). At the same time, research on educational leadership highlights role ambiguity, governance-related pressure, and restricted scopes for action as relevant contextual conditions for professional action (Hallinger, 2016; Leithwood et al., 2020; Dadaczynski et al., 2024). However, there is still limited empirical knowledge about how such conditions translate into concrete, activity-related experiences of strain in the everyday professional practice of intermediary actors such as school development consultants, particularly within system-level support arrangements across different governance contexts. This paper addresses this gap by examining how experiences of strain emerge in the professional practice of school development consultants in Austria. Rather than conceptualising strain as a stable individual characteristic, the study adopts a situational and activity-related perspective, focusing on concrete constellations in which consultants’ professional knowing, role expectations, and possibilities for action come into tension (Hallinger, 2016; Leithwood et al., 2020). This understanding is further supported by context-responsive approaches that emphasise how professional action is shaped by situational and systemic conditions (Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz & Pashiardis, 2022). By focusing on the situational emergence of strain in consultancy practice, the paper provides empirical insights into how school development consultancy is enacted as an intermediary practice under structurally demanding governance conditions. In doing so, it foregrounds strain as an analytical lens for examining the relationship between professional knowing and situated action.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a qualitative multi-method design focusing on activity- and situation-specific experiences of strain in school development consultancy. Empirical data consist of shadowing (McDonald, 2005) sequences conducted during ongoing school development consultancy processes as well as semi-structured follow-up interviews with school development consultants in the Austrian federal state of Carinthia. Shadowing was employed as the primary methodological approach in order to capture strain-relevant situations as they unfold in consultants’ everyday work. By accompanying consultants during their professional activities, shadowing enables the observation of professional action in its situational context and provides access to concrete moments of tension, uncertainty, and decision-making that are often difficult to reconstruct retrospectively (McDonald, 2005). Particular attention was paid to situations in which consultants were required to clarify mandates, navigate ambiguous role expectations, or mediate between conflicting demands articulated at different system levels. Systematic observation constituted the core element of the shadowing process and was complemented by short situational conversations and reflexive exchanges during observation phases. This design allowed for tracing consultants’ activities across different phases of consultancy work, including preparatory tasks, interactional situations with school actors, and follow-up activities embedded in everyday practice. To complement and contextualise the observational data, semi-structured interviews were conducted after the completion of the shadowing field phase (Flick, 2018). These interviews served to reconstruct consultants’ subjective interpretations, evaluative frameworks, and perceived scopes for action. They were closely grounded in previously observed situations and functioned both as an analytic extension of the observational material and as a form of communicative validation, enabling the systematic relation of observable action and subjective meaning. Data were analysed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2022). Observational protocols and interview transcripts were analysed iteratively, with a focus on activity types, situational demands, role attributions, and experienced strain. Observed practices and articulated interpretations were systematically related to one another in order to reconstruct patterns of activity-related strain and their situational conditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper aims to explore how experiences of strain emerge in the professional practice of school development consultants, focusing on activity- and situation-specific constellations. By analysing consultancy work as it unfolds in everyday practice, the study contributes empirical insights into the situational conditions under which strain becomes salient in intermediary roles within school development processes. Empirical observations indicate that experiences of strain tend to concentrate in situations where consultants draw on process-related knowledge, moderation expertise, and situational judgement under conditions of time pressure, competing expectations, and unclear responsibilities across system levels. In such situations, consultants continuously adapt their professional action, often prioritising immediate coordination and stabilisation over planned developmental work. Strain further intensifies where consultants sustain development processes despite limited formal authority. Observed practices suggest that consultants rely on situational interpretation and relational work to compensate for ambiguities in mandates and responsibilities. At the same time, organisational conditions such as fragmented schedules, documentation demands, and parallel professional roles constrain opportunities for reflection and deliberate action. From a Knowing–Acting perspective, strain appears where professional knowing remains available but its enactment is situationally restricted. In contrast, consultancy activities framed by clear agreements, explicit expectations, and strong alignment with consultants’ professional expertise tend to be associated with lower levels of perceived strain. This highlights the relevance of situational and structural conditions for understanding strain, rather than attributing it to individual coping capacities. Overall, the analysis suggests that experienced strain among school development consultants reflects structural tensions inherent in intermediary practices within multi-level governance arrangements. Rather than pointing to individual overload, strain can be understood as an expression of mismatches between demands, role attributions, and available possibilities for action. From this perspective, strain functions as an indicator of how professional knowing is enacted and constrained in concrete situations of action. References Altrichter, H., Krainz, U., Kemethofer, D., Jesacher-Rößler, L., Hautz, H., & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). Schulentwicklungsberatung und Schulentwicklungsberatungsforschung [School development consulting and school development consulting research]. In BMBWF [Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung] (Eds.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 [National Education Report Austria 2021] (pp. 375–421). Vienna: BMBWF. https://doi.org/10.17888/nbb2021 Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. & Pashiardis, P. (2022). Leading schools in times of uncertainty: Re-thinking context and leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(2), 201–218. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143221101449 Braun, K., Frentz, J. & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2025a). Standardisierung und Standortbezogenheit von Schulentwicklungsberatung – (k)ein Widerspruch? [Standardisation and location-specificity in school development consultancy – A contradiction?]. Erziehung & Unterricht 175(9–10), 797–806. Braun, K., Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S., & Kemethofer, D. (2025b). „Die wissen ja auch nicht so genau, was sie wollen“ – Empiriegestützte Einsichten in die Rolle und das Handeln von Schulentwicklungsberater:innen in Kärnten [“They don’t really know what they want either” – Empirical insights into the role and practice of school development consultants in Carinthia]. phpublico, 15, 60–66. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.17574615 Dadaczynski, K., Jensen, B. B., Viig, N. G., & Rathmann, K. (2024). Berufliche Belastung, Wohlbefinden und Gesundheit von schulischen Führungskräften: Eine systematische Übersicht [Occupational stress, well-being and health of educational leaders: A systematic review]. Die Deutsche Schule, 116(4), 347–365. https://doi.org/10.31244/dds.2024.04.01 Flick, U. (2018). An introduction to qualitative research (5th ed.). SAGE. Hallinger, P. (2016). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216670652 Hofbauer, E., & Bernhard, R. (2023). Schulentwicklungsberatung und Schulentwicklungsberater:innen in kulturell diversen Settings in Österreich [School development consulting and school development consultants in culturally diverse settings in Austria]. R&E-SOURCE, 10(3), 136–158. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077 Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative content analysis: Foundations and techniques (13th ed.). Beltz. McDonald, S. (2005). Studying actions in context: A qualitative shadowing method for organizational research. Qualitative Research, 5(4), 455–473. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794105056923 Odendaal, A., & du Plessis, P. (2018). The role of external facilitators in school improvement: Professional learning under conditions of complexity. South African Journal of Education, 38(2), Article 1437. https://doi.org/10.15700/saje.v38n2a1437 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teachers’ Perceptions of Collaboration in School Development - A Person-centered Approach 1: Faculty of Educational Sciences, University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: Centre for University Teaching and Learning, Faculty of Educational Sciences, University of Helsinki, Finland; 3: School of Educational Sciences, Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Previous research has consistently emphasized that collaboration among teachers plays a central role in supporting teachers’ professional learning, motivation, and ultimately student learning outcomes (e.g., Goddard et al., 2007; Lomos et al., 2011; Muckenthaler et al., 2020; Nguyen & Ng, 2020). Despite its importance, collaborative work within school development cannot be assumed to occur naturally. Studies have shown that fostering teacher collaboration remains a significant challenge (Eisenschmidt et al., 2025; Vangrieken et al., 2015). Factors such as school leadership, clear organizational structures, sufficient time allocation, and a shared vision for collaborative practices have been identified as essential for enabling teachers’ opportunities and willingness to engage in collaborative development work (Ahtiainen & Heikonen, 2024; Rönn-Liljenfeldt et al., 2025). At the same time, teachers’ perceptions of the elements that enable collaboration in school development are likely to vary. While some teachers may feel that their school provides coherent and supportive practices for collaboration, others may perceive the goals unclear or the conversational climate weak (Ahtiainen & Heikonen, 2023). These differing perceptions are reflected in teachers’ participation: the more positively teachers view the realization of collaborative structures and practices in their school, the more likely they are to engage actively in development activities. Consequently, teachers’ perceptions of collaboration in school development contribute not only to the success of development initiatives but also, indirectly, to student learning outcomes. However, empirical evidence on the variation in teachers’ perceptions of collaborative school development remains limited. This gap restricts our ability to design practices that ensure the participation of all teachers in meaningful school development work. The school’s capacity to engage teachers in collaborative improvement efforts is crucial for both short‑ and long‑term development of educational practices (Hargreaves & O’Connor, 2017). Although teacher collaboration is essential for active school development, teachers differ in how they interpret and experience this collaboration, influencing both their level of involvement and the ways in which they participate. At the same time, principals have expressed the need for more knowledge on how to promote whole‑school collaboration among teachers (Taajamo & Puhakka, 2019). Despite this need, there remains limited understanding of how teachers themselves perceive collaborative school development within their professional communities. The aim of the study was to gain a deeper understanding of how teachers differ in their perceptions of collaboration in school development. Specifically, we sought to identify potential subgroups of teachers characterized by different combinations of perceived clarity of development goals, assessment practices, conversational environment, shared responsibility, and student engagement in school development. In addition, we examined whether these differences were associated with (a) teachers’ professional roles (i.e., classroom teachers, subject teachers, special education teachers), (b) membership in the school’s leadership group, and (c) the size of the school. RQ1. What kinds of profiles can be identified based on teachers’ perceptions of collaboration in school development in terms of clarity of the development goals, assessment practices, conversational climate, shared responsibility, and student engagement? RQ2. Does the teacher’s role, i.e., whether they are classroom teachers, subject teachers or special education teachers, explain their belonging to a certain profile? RQ3. Does the teacher’s role in a leadership group explain their belonging to a certain profile? RQ4. Does the size of the school explain teachers’ belonging to a certain profile? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The dataset consists of responses from 1030 teachers working in comprehensive schools with a leadership group or comparable leadership structure. Participants included subject teachers (40%), primary school teachers (36%), special education teachers (20%), and other teaching staff (5%). Most respondents were female (78%), while 16% were male; three identified as “Other,” 5% preferred not to disclose their gender, and five did not answer. Age was measured on a five‑category scale and was normally distributed: 7.5% were aged 20–29, 22.8% were 30–39, 35.1% were 40–49, 28.9% were 50–59, and 5.4% were over 60. No significant gender or age differences were found across teacher groups. The data were collected as a part of a school development program that 16 municipalities near Helsinki metropolitan area participated in 2019-2020. The sample included 104 schools with an average enrollment of 355 students (SD = 203; range 34–923). The sample comprised 52 primary schools (grades 1–6), 17 lower secondary schools (grades 7–9), and 34 combined schools covering grades 1–9. Teachers’ perceptions of collaborative school development were measured using the Collaborative School Development Scale (14 items; Heikonen & Ahtiainen, 2024). The scale assesses five dimensions of collaborative practices within schools: Clear goals (2 items), Assessment practices (2 items), Conversational environment (4 items), Shared responsibility (3 items), and Student engagement (3 items). All items were rated on a five point Likert-scale. Latent profile analysis was conducted to identify subgroups of teachers based on their perceptions of collaborative school development. Analyses were performed in Mplus 8.6 using the robust maximum likelihood estimator, which provides standard errors and χ²-statistics robust to non-normality. Within‑class variances were constrained to equality across profiles, and residuals were allowed to correlate. Model selection was guided by theoretical interpretability together with fit indices: AIC, BIC, aBIC, and the VLMR, aLRT, and bootstrapped likelihood ratio tests (Berlin et al., 2014). Profile accuracy was evaluated using average posterior class probabilities and entropy. To examine whether profile membership varied by teacher role (classroom, subject, or special education teacher) or leadership group membership, we used the Mplus auxiliary procedure (R3STEP; Asparouhov & Muthén, 2014). This approach treats background variables as antecedents of the latent class variable while accounting for classification uncertainty and provides multinomial logistic regression–based odds ratios indicating how these variables predict membership in each profile (McLarnon & O’Neill, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Four profiles of teachers were identified based on their perceptions of collaboration in school development. The largest profile, comprising 73% of teachers, reflected consistently high levels across all dimensions of collaborative school development and was labeled the Collaborative school development profile. Teachers in this group perceived development goals as clear and reported a strong conversational atmosphere in their schools. However, satisfaction with assessment practices was slightly lower than for other dimensions. The second largest profile included 16% of teachers and was termed the Conversational–lacking alignment profile. Teachers in this group reported high levels of conversational environment, shared responsibility, and student engagement. Despite this, they expressed dissatisfaction with the clarity of development goals and assessment practices. Although teachers felt able to participate actively in discussions about school development, they did not perceive the goals as clear or believe that shared assessment criteria had been established. The third profile, representing 8% of teachers, was characterized by moderate levels across all study variables and was named the Moderately collaborative school development profile. Teachers in this group reported reasonably clear goals and some opportunities for discussion and collaboration with colleagues and school leadership. The smallest profile, comprising 2% of teachers, was labeled the Lacking aligned practices for collaborative school development profile. Teachers in this group reported low levels of goal clarity, assessment practices, and conversational environment, but high levels of shared responsibility and moderate student engagement. Although they perceived collaboration structures as weak, they still believed that all teachers shared responsibility for school development. Neither teachers’ professional roles, leadership group membership, nor school size were associated with profile membership. References Ahtiainen, R. & Heikonen, L. (2024). The leadership group as a means for teacher participation and leadership distribution. In Ahtiainen R. et. al. (eds) Leadership in Educational Contexts in Finland. Cham: Springer International Publishing, pp.323–338. Asparouhov, T. & Muthén, B. (2014). Auxiliary Variables in Mixture Modeling: Three-Step Approaches Using Mplus. Structural Equation Modeling: A multidisciplinary Journal, 21(3), 329-341. Berlin, K.S., Williams, N.A., & Parra, G.R. (2014). An introduction to latent variable mixture modeling (part 1): overview and cross-sectional latent class and latent profile analyses. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 39, 174–187. Eisenschmidt, E., Ahtiainen, R., Kondratjev, B. S., & Sillavee, R. (2025). A study of Finnish and Estonian principals’ perceptions of strategies that foster teacher involvement in school development. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 28(1), 81-104. Goddard, Y. L., Goddard, R. D., & Tschannen-Moran, M. (2007). A theoretical and empirical investigation of teacher collaboration for school improvement and student achievement in public elementary schools. Teachers College Record, 109(4), 877–896. Hargreaves, A. & O’Connor, M. T. (2017). Cultures of professional collaboration: their origins and opponents. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 2(2), 74-85. Heikonen, L. & Ahtiainen, R. (2024). Interrelations between teachers’ perceptions of school leadership group practices and collaborative school development in Finland. Educational Management Administration & Leadership. Lomos, C., Hofman, R. H., & Bosker, R. J. (2011). Professional communities and student achievement – A meta-analysis. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 22(2), 121–148. McLarnon, M. J. W., & O'Neill, T. A. (2018). Extensions of auxiliary variable approaches for the investigation of mediation, moderation, and conditional effects in mixture models. Organizational Research Methods, 21(4), 955–982. Muckenthaler, M., Tillmann, T., Weiß, S., & Kiel, E. (2020). Teacher collaboration as a core objective of school development. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 31(3), 486–504. Nguyen, D., & Ng, D. (2020). Teacher collaboration for change: sharing, improving, and spreading. Professional Development in Education, 46(4), 638–651. Rönn-Liljenfeldt, M., Sundqvist, C., Carpelan, R., & Rytivaara, A. (2025). Role of teacher culture in the implementation of co-teaching between special and class teachers in Finnish schools – a multiple case study. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1–15. Taajamo, M. & Puhakka, E. (2019). Opetuksen ja oppimisen kansainvälinen tutkimus TALIS 2018: Perusopetuksen vuosiluokkien 7–9 ensituloksia, osa 1. Finnish National Agency for Education. Vangrieken K., Dochy F., Raes E., et al. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review 15, 17–40. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper How Teachers Develop Collaborative Knowledge Construction in Iterative Teacher Professional Development University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Context and Research Question Collaborative professional learning is strongly linked to sustained changes in teaching practice, particularly when it is closely connected to classroom experience and supported by peer interaction (Darling-Hammond et al., 2009; Webster-Wright, 2009). Research on adult learning also highlights dialogue, reflection, and shared inquiry as central to professional growth, rather than the transmission of predefined knowledge (Knowles et al., 2015). Although these perspectives are well established, the specific processes by which collaboration generates professional learning remain underexplored, especially in contexts where organizational and cultural norms influence professional interaction. The Indonesian educational context presents unique challenges and opportunities for collaborative professional development. Teacher professional development (TPD) in Indonesia has frequently been implemented through a cascade model of centrally designed programs that emphasizes standardization and scale (Tanang & Abu, 2014; Revina et al., 2020), resulting in predominantly top-down, one-off knowledge transmission. Professional relationships are further shaped by cultural norms, with seniority and formal roles influencing participation in professional spaces (Nilan, 2003). The scale of the education system, which serves approximately four million teachers, limits the feasibility of individualized support for teachers. Consequently, peer-based approaches are increasingly relevant. However, questions persist regarding how collaborative learning operates under these conditions and what factors enable it to become productive rather than merely procedural. This study investigates collaborative learning processes within a seven-month TPD program focused on digital pedagogy involving twelve Indonesian secondary English teachers. The program consisted of six workshops that integrated structured collaborative activities, classroom experimentation between sessions, and collective reflection. As part of a broader doctoral research project, this study focuses on teachers’ experiences of collaboration and the construction of professional knowledge through peer interaction. Rather than presuming that collaboration inherently leads to learning, the study addresses the following research question: How did teacher participants construct professional knowledge through peer collaboration? What conditions supported or hindered their collaborative learning? Understanding these mechanisms is practically significant for designing professional development at scale. If peer collaboration can effectively support teacher learning, it represents a viable strategy for large-scale capacity building. The findings offer empirical evidence relevant to contexts that face similar challenges in developing teacher expertise through scalable and sustainable approaches The study contributes to the ECER 2026 theme “Knowing and Acting” by examining how collaborative knowing emerges through interaction and how this knowing informs collective pedagogical action. By focusing on the mechanisms of collaboration, the study offers insight into how professional learning can be designed and sustained in large-scale education systems. Theoretical Framework This study draws on three theoretical perspectives. Communities of Practice theory conceptualizes professional learning as emerging through participation in shared practices within communities, emphasizing peer interaction as a primary learning mechanism (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Wenger, 1998). Collaborative knowledge construction theory emphasizes epistemic agency and the ways in which groups build understanding through the exchange and refinement of ideas (Scardamalia & Bereiter, 2006). Dialogic learning theory highlights learning through interaction, where multiple perspectives are explored and pedagogical reasoning is made explicit (Alexander, 2018). This literature informs the analysis of how TPD collaborative structures shape knowledge construction in practice, even in contexts where hierarchical traditions might otherwise constrain peer collaboration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study investigated teachers’ experiences of collaborative knowledge construction within a collaborative, participatory Design-Based Research (DBR) TPD program. A qualitative approach was selected to capture participants’ interpretations of collaborative processes and learning over time. Twelve Indonesian secondary English teachers participated in a seven-month TPD program on digital pedagogy, conducted from August 2024 to February 2025. Participants taught in public and private schools across rural and suburban areas of Malang Regency, Indonesia. The program comprised six face-to-face workshops. Between workshops, participants implemented new practices in their classrooms and reflected on these experiences for subsequent collective discussion. Collaborative structures were systematically integrated throughout the TPD. Workshop activities encompassed small-group problem-solving, whole-group dialogue, peer observation and feedback during micro-teaching sessions, as well as collaborative lesson planning and interactive tasks. Group composition varied through rotating partnerships and station-based assignments, enabling participants to engage with diverse colleagues and perspectives. Data collection centered on teachers’ experiences of collaboration and their perceptions of learning processes that occurred. Pre-TPD focus group discussions (FGDs) explored participants’ prior professional learning experiences and expectations. Meanwhile, post-TPD FGDs examined experiences of collaboration, factors supporting learning, and perceived constraints. All FGDs followed semi-structured protocols. Supplementary data sources included workshop observation notes and teachers’ reflections after each workshop. Data were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2023), with a focus on collaborative design structures. Themes were identified inductively to capture teachers’ collaborative learning mechanisms, perceived enabling conditions, and implementation challenges. Quality assurance procedures included intercoder reliability verification (20% of data; κ = 0.83), grounding claims in verbatim quotations, triangulation with pre-TPD data, and consideration of disconfirming evidence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis demonstrates that collaboration facilitated professional learning through multiple mechanisms, shaped by both enabling conditions and practical limitations. One prominent mechanism was collective knowledge pooling. Teachers indicated that direct engagement with peers’ ideas and materials broadened their pedagogical resources. As Teacher 9 stated, “From other teachers, there are increasingly many topics and materials. I have many more references.” Multi-directional knowledge exchange validated participants as legitimate knowledge contributors, regardless of career stage, thereby challenging typical hierarchical patterns. Early-career teachers reported learning from experienced colleagues, while senior teachers learned from junior peers, particularly regarding digital practices. Teacher 2 reflected, “I could learn from the juniors... The participants here were very welcoming.” Observational learning made pedagogical reasoning visible through micro-teaching. Teacher 6 explained: "From micro-teaching, we could learn from the teachers. Teacher 11's descriptive text about rooms; the topics and vocabulary are familiar to my students and can be adapted." Watching peers implement strategies prompted discussions about contextual relevance. Collaboration also enabled shared problem analysis. Teachers working in similar contexts reported that individual classroom challenges became focus of joint inquiry. As Teacher 10 explained, “We have many similarities in school characteristics… we learn from each other how we find solutions.” These learning mechanisms were supported by intentional collaborative design and gradual relational trust development. However, constraints included limited time for deeper inquiry, authenticity concerns about brief activities, and sustainability uncertainty beyond TPD. This study provides empirical insight into collaborative professional learning mechanisms in contexts shaped by hierarchical norms. The findings demonstrate that shared repertoires (Wenger, 1998) and epistemic agency (Scardamalia & Bereiter, 2006) were fostered through intentional design choices that structured interaction and participation. For education systems seeking scalable approaches to TPD, the study suggests that peer collaboration is most effective when organizational structures actively support reciprocal engagement and sustained relational work. References Alexander, R. J. (2018). Developing dialogic teaching: Genesis, process, trial. Research Papers in Education, 33(5), 561–598. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2018.1481140 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2023). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be(com)ing a knowing researcher. International Journal of Transgender Health, 24(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1080/26895269.2022.2129597 Darling-Hammond, L., Wei, R. C., Andree, A., Richardson, N., & Orphanos, S. (2009). Professional learning in the learning profession: A status report on teacher development in the United States and abroad. National Staff Development Council. Knowles, M. S., Holton, E. F., & Swanson, R. A. (2015). The adult learner: The definitive classic in adult education and human resource development (8th ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315816951 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511815355 Nilan, P. (2003). Teachers’ Work and Schooling in Bali. International Review of Education / Internationale Zeitschrift Für Erziehungswissenschaft / Revue Internationale de l’Education, 49(6), 563–584. http://www.jstor.org/stable/3445398 Revina, S., Prabawa-Sear, K., & Wicaksono, T. Y. (2020). Four decades of teacher professional development in Indonesia: A review of the policy landscape (RISE Working Paper Series 20/054). Research on Improving Systems of Education (RISE). https://doi.org/10.35489/BSG-RISE-WP_2020/054 Scardamalia, M., & Bereiter, C. (2006). Knowledge building: Theory, pedagogy, and technology. In R. K. Sawyer (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of the learning sciences (pp. 97–118). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511816833.008 Tanang, H., & Abu, B. (2014). Teacher professionalism and professional development practices in South Sulawesi, Indonesia. Journal of Curriculum and Teaching, 3(2), 25–42. https://doi.org/10.5430/jct.v3n2p25 Webster-Wright, A. (2009). Reframing professional development through understanding authentic professional learning. Review of Educational Research, 79(2), 702–739. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308330970 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803932 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Empowering Teachers Through Collaborative Design: A Pathway to Personalised Education University of Canberra, Australia Presenting Author:Across all eight Australian education jurisdictions, New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland, South Australia, Western Australia, Tasmania, the Northern Territory, and the Australian Capital Territory (ACT), personalised learning is formally embedded within policy frameworks, with each jurisdiction requiring teachers to provide tailored learning support. The Australian Curriculum’s CASE (Content, Abilities, Standards, and Evaluation) steps guide teachers in developing “learning programs based on the Australian Curriculum to meet their students’ diverse needs” (Australian Curriculum Version 9 – Steps to Personalised Learning). Despite these directives, teachers often struggle to reconcile the conceptual coherence among inclusive teaching, differentiation, and personalised learning when addressing equity for all learners (Scarparolo & Porta, 2025; Gunawardena et al., 2024). Between 2021 and 2023, we collaborated with teachers in a school in the ACT to explore their approaches and understanding of personalised learning, a key objective in their five-year school improvement plan. Following interviews and focus group discussions with 12 teachers, we conducted ad hoc workshops for 80 teachers to help them navigate the complexity of personalised learning and foster innovation in their pedagogical practices. This sparked a strong interest among teachers to learn more and a desire to be creative within their specific learning areas; however, they expressed the need for expert support to refine their knowledge and skills. From 2023 to 2025, we adopted a generative co-design approach that engaged critical friends (university researchers) and was guided by four tenets for professional learning and development: cultural adaptability, cohesion, sustainability, and teacher empowerment. Through this program, we worked with small groups of teachers across four key learning areas, supporting them in addressing classroom-based challenges and implementing personalised learning within their specific contexts. We analysed data from 23 co-design meetings between critical friends and teachers, 10 meetings conducted by critical friends, 20 teacher interviews from project participants, and selected learner artifacts. The study revealed a significant transformation in teachers’ knowledge and understanding of personalised learning and its underlying purpose. This shift was not merely conceptual but also practical, influencing how teachers approached curriculum negotiation (Guanawardena et al., 2025) and classroom pedagogy. The transformation was facilitated through four interconnected social practices:
These social practices collectively contributed to a cultural shift in the school, moving personalised learning from a policy mandate to a lived, teacher-driven approach that promotes equity and responsiveness.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Between 2021 and 2023, we partnered with an ACT school to examine teachers’ understanding of personalised learning, a priority in their five-year improvement plan. After interviews and focus groups with 12 teachers, we delivered workshops for 80 teachers to address the complexity of personalised learning and encourage pedagogical innovation. This generated strong interest but highlighted the need for expert support. From 2023 to 2025, we implemented a generative co-design approach with university researchers as critical friends, guided by four principles: cultural adaptability, cohesion, sustainability, and teacher empowerment. Working with small teacher groups across four key learning areas, we helped resolve classroom challenges and embed personalised learning. Data sources included 23 co-design meetings, 10 critical friend meetings, 20 teacher interviews, and selected learner artifacts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study demonstrated a substantial shift in teachers’ understanding and application of personalised learning, influencing both curriculum negotiation (Gunawardena et al., 2025) and classroom pedagogy. This transformation was driven by four interconnected social practices. Teachers reconfigured their pedagogical frameworks by integrating personalised learning principles into lessons and assessment strategies, challenging traditional notions of uniformity and embracing flexibility to meet diverse learner needs. They humanised their teaching by valuing learner individuality, prioritising student voice, agency, and well-being, which fostered empathy and inclusivity. Through social calibration, teachers engaged in collaborative dialogue with peers and critical friends to align expectations, develop shared language, and refine their understanding of personalised learning within specific contexts. Finally, collective innovation emerged as teachers participated in co-design processes that encouraged creativity and experimentation, enabling them to embed personalised learning into authentic classroom practices. Together, these practices shifted personalised learning from a policy mandate to a teacher-led, culturally responsive approach that promotes equity and student engagement. References References Australian Curriculum Version 9: Steps to personalised learning: https://v8.australiancurriculum.edu.au/resources/student-diversity/planning-for-student-diversity/steps-to-personalise-learning-case/ Gunawardena, M., Hills, E., & Patahuddin, S. (2025). “The sky is the limit”: Enhancing learner engagement and agency through curriculum negotiation. Curriculum Perspectives, 1-11. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41297-025-00318-6 Gunawardena, M., Bishop, P., & Aviruppola, K. (2024). Personalized learning: The simple, the complicated, the complex and the chaotic. Teaching and Teacher Education, 139, 104429. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104429 Scarparolo, Gemma, and Tom Porta. "Examining the Australian educational landscape of differentiation through document analysis." The Australian Educational Researcher 52, no. 3 (2025): 2137-2161. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-025-00805-9 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 02 SES 07 A: Teachers II Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Sami Löfgren Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Cultivating Neuroinclusive Pedagogy in FE: A UDL Aligned Professional Development Model through Neuro-illuminate Ulster University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Topic Neuro-illuminate is a government funded sector‑wide professional learning initiative led by Ulster University to embed Universal Design for Learning (UDL) across Further Education (FE) colleges in Northern Ireland. Its focus is providing teacher professional learning on neurodiversity‑affirming practice in vocational and adult learning through the lens of UDL. While UDL has a strong theoretical basis and a growing evidence base for enhancing access, engagement, and learner variability (Almeqdad, et.al. 2023), institutional uptake often stalls without robust implementation support. Neuro-illuminate responds to this challenge by integrating teacher professional learning, leadership training, practical interventions on practice and dissemination of innovative practice to translate UDL from policy aspiration into meaningful institutional change to promote better accessibility (Capp, 2017., Rose. et.al. 2000). Research Objective To evaluate the effectiveness of the Neuro-illuminate intervention by examining shifts in organisational culture, governance and inclusive practice, and by assessing changes in educators’ confidence, knowledge and implementation of UDL‑aligned, neuroinclusive pedagogies using mixed‑methods data from surveys and semi‑structured interviews. Research Question To what extent does the Neuro-illuminate professional development intervention foster systemic change across Further Education colleges and enhance educators’ neuroinclusive pedagogical practices?
Theoretical Framework Through the lens of social justice theory the implementation of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) underpins this study as an equity‑driven pedagogical framework that treats learner variability as a structural reality rather than an individual deficit. UDL assumes that barriers to learning arise from curricular, environmental and institutional design, not from learners, thereby framing inclusive design as a core issue of educational justice. This aligns with Fraser’s (2008) social justice model of redistribution, recognition and representation, which argues that equitable participation requires addressing economic inequalities, cultural marginalisation and political voice simultaneously. From this standpoint, UDL’s proactive principles serve as mechanisms of redistribution (equitable access to knowledge), recognition (valuing diverse ways of knowing rather than pathologising difference) and representation (ensuring all learners can meaningfully participate and demonstrate understanding). By embedding multiple means of engagement, representation and action/expression, UDL disrupts exclusionary traditions that privilege normative learner profiles and resonate with inclusive pedagogy’s aim to extend what is ordinarily available to everyone. Positioned within a social justice frame, UDL becomes not just an accessibility tool but a transformative approach aimed at dismantling maldistribution, countering misrecognition and challenging misrepresentation, thereby asserting inclusive design as an ethical and political imperative for achieving parity of participation in education (Hanesworth, et. al 2019). European Policy Contribution. Neuro-illuminate operationalises EU‑level commitments to inclusive and accessible lifelong learning, aligning with the Strategy for the Rights of Persons with Disabilities 2021–2030, the Council Recommendation on Key Competences for Lifelong Learning (2018), and the European Accessibility Act (2019/882), as well as the UNCRPD Article 24 on inclusive education. The programme’s governance, digital content strategy, and accessibility standards explicitly map to these frameworks, offering a transferable model for European Vocational Education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology. This study employs a mixed methods design using semi structured interviews and surveys to examine the effectiveness of the Neuro-illuminate intervention on both systemic change across participating Further Education (FE) colleges and its pedagogical impact on practitioners’ neuroinclusive practices. Quantitative data was collected through pre and post intervention surveys administered participants involved in Neuro-illuminate. Survey instruments capture changes in UDL related beliefs, perceived self efficacy, confidence in supporting neurodiverse learners, and perceptions of organisational readiness for inclusive practice. Because the small sample constrains (n=14 -full cohort). Given the focus on systemic change, interview protocols include questions about cross college collaboration, leadership commitment, and the embedding of UDL principles within organisational policy and professional development pathways. Data was analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2019) reflexive thematic analysis to identify patterns across qualitative datasets. This approach enables a systematic, iterative analytic process suited to capturing depth and complexity in participant perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Anticipated Contributions. The paper will demonstrate how governance, targeted investment, and cross college collaboration enable system wide adoption of UDL and offer a policy aligned, exportable blueprint for FE providers across Europe seeking to advance inclusive, accessible, and digitally enabled learning ecosystems. This responds directly to EU priorities for quality, inclusive, and accessible education and for strengthening teachers’ inclusive pedagogies. References Capp, M.J., (2017). The effectiveness of universal design for learning: A meta-analysis of literature between 2013 and 2016. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(8), pp.791-807. Council of the EU. (2018). Council Recommendation on Key Competences for Lifelong Learning (2018/C 189/01). European Commission. (2021). Union of Equality: Strategy for the Rights of Persons with Disabilities 2021–2030 European Parliament & Council. (2019). Directive (EU) 2019/882- the European Accessibility Act. Fraser, N., 2008. Social justice in the age of identity politics: Redistribution, recognition, and participation. In Geographic thought (pp. 72-89). Routledge. Hanesworth, P., Bracken, S. and Elkington, S., 2019. A typology for a social justice approach to assessment: Learning from universal design and culturally sustaining pedagogy. Teaching in Higher Education, 24(1), pp.98-114.Rose, D., 2000. Universal design for learning. Journal of Special Education Technology, 15(4), pp.47-51. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Structuring Professional Development for Upper Secondary Vocational Techers in Brazil: European Insights and Brazilian Possibilities 1: FGV EAESP, Brazil; 2: SEDUC SP, Brazil Presenting Author:High school vocational education – termed Professional and Technical Education (EPT) in Brazil - has emerged as a priority in the education policy landscape. The 2024 National Policy of Secondary Education has restructured final three years of high school (Nivel Medio or NM, grades 10 – 12) from a generic upper secondary education to a differentiated preparation where students choose among five specialization tracks (or itineraries). EPT is one of those five tracks, and is championed by the ministry as an opportunity for students to acquire valuable professional orientation and skills upon graduating from high school. To encourage expanded provision of EPT in high schools (EPTNM hereafter), the Federal Government has put in place financial incentives for the State Education Secretariats – which are responsible for secondary education in Brazil. While much of the existing vocational education system in Brazil is associated with its post-secondary system in a network of specialized Federal and State technical education institutions, the scope of nationwide EPTNM within the entire system of public high-schools is a qualitatively distinct proposition with resource challenges, complex stakeholder engagement, as well as needs for new technical, pedagogical and administrative capacities. The current contribution focuses on a key challenge of this rapid expansion – availability and preparedness of vocational teachers for the public system. This is a critical area of research since there is no national policy on professional development of teachers in EPTNM. In Brazil’s federative governance structure, where states have considerable autonomy, the lack of a national policy has resulted in attempts to extend the dominant practices of teacher development and management in general education to the realm of EPTNM which is a very distinct ecosystem. The core research question explored in this contribution is “What professional development models would be appropriate for EPTNM teachers in the current phase of rapid expansion in Brazil?” This inquiry is pursued with particular attention to insights from upper-secondary VET teacher development and management policies and practices in the European contexts. The conceptual framework guiding this research is situated at the intersection of two streams of scholarship –theories on boundary crossing between school and work (Akkerman & Bakker 2011, Bakker & Akkerman 2019), and the concept of teacher professional capital (Hargreaves & Fullan 2012). While the notion of boundary crossing is well theorized in European vocational education literature, there is a paucity of such research in the global south contexts (Gessler, Nägele & Stalder 2021). The construct of teacher professional capital – constituting human, social and decisional capitals (Hargreaves and Fullan 2012) - is predominantly explored with relation to teachers in the basic (or general) education contexts. In EPTNM teachers, one witnesses a heterogeneity of competence profiles not unlike in the European contexts (Antera & Nilsson 2025). However, unlike in the European contexts of upper-secondary vocational education, the scope of work-based learning and apprenticeships – an integral aspect of vocational education (Mikkonen et al 2017)– remains extremely limited and uneven in Brazil. The situation is further complicated by inconsistent contractual arrangements of EPTNM teachers and Brazil’s significant regional inequalities. The current research posits that professional development of diverse vocational teachers in such a fragmented EPTNM space needs to be intentional about robust cross-learning (boundary-crossing) opportunities that are sustained through collaboration for critical inquiry and collective reflection on practice (Ainscow, 2016; Datnow, 2021), and embodied in teacher professional capital in all three of its constituent domains: human, social and decisional (Fullan 2016). The research is expected to provide insights on differentiated professional development possibilities for EPTNM teachers and inform the emergent policy of teacher development and management in Brazil’s upper secondary vocational education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study focuses on EPTNM in the state of Sao Paulo – the economic powerhouse of Brazil, and the country’s largest public school network. The State Education Secretariat (SEDUC-SP) has been one of the leaders in Brazil for EPTNM expansion with a focus on teacher formation and student exposure to workplace. The study analyzes the directives and content of SEDUC-SP professional development initiatives for EPTNM teachers. It also presents a critical synthesis of the state’s administrative data on EPTNM teachers’ professional background, their prior and on-going pedagogical formation, their teaching portfolio and contractual arrangements with SEDUC-SP. This descriptive analysis of secondary data foregrounds the design and qualitative methodology employed to collect primary data from EPTNM teachers from five schools within the same regional educational directorate in the state of Sao Paulo. Each school represents a different configuration of EPTNM provision. To elaborate, only one of the chosen schools has a 9 hour school day (as provisioned by the law on integrated or full day high school), while others have school day ranging from 5 to 7 hours (reflective of the legacy system still in transition). These schools also vary in terms of the proportion of students enrolled in the EPT track (between 30% to 60%), specialization areas offered, and the contractual arrangements of the EPTNM teachers. While EPTNM teachers with full time contracts are teaching in two of the schools, the other schools employ part-time and temporary teachers in partnership with state and federal level VET institutions whose offerings include post-secondary level vocational training and degrees. The semi-structured interviews with the EPTNM teachers (currently in progress) focus on their teaching strategies, challenges and successes, collaboration with general education teachers, pedagogical support received from school, regional and central office leadership and their perceived professional development needs – both pedagogically and with the employment sector. In additional, key administrative officials responsible for managing teacher professional development of EPTNM teachers at the regional directorate and the SEDUC-SP central office are also being interviewed. These interviews focus on both the rationale and perceived efficacy of the current professional development models, as well as strategies planned to effectuate the state’s EPTNM access and quality aspirations. Reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke 2022) of the interview data will provide a nuanced understanding of the pedagogical challenges and needs of EPTNM teachers, and help inform a differentiated and coherent model of professional development along their teaching journey with SEDUC-SP. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of the secondary data reveals that SEDUC-SP has put in place an aspirational system for pedagogical formation for EPTNM teachers. A central component of that system is a mandatory distance-learning course which provides a shared pedagogical foundation for teachers and emphasizes the integration of technical knowledge with active methodologies and student-centered approaches. In addition to this initial training, the state promotes peer-based professional development through an initiative called “Multiplica” – however this is not a mandatory program. When it comes to on-going professional development opportunities for EPTNM teachers, it is supported through structured online lesson-planning activities conducted within the scope of ATPC (Collective Pedagogical Work Sessions). While ATPC is mandatory, it is offered for varying hours for part-time teachers, depending on their teaching load. This later issue (ATPC variability) indicates that while there is a strong effort within the SEDUC-SP to provide pedagogical training to all EPTNM teachers, a point of fragility in the current system lies in the uneven availability of in-service professional development opportunities within part-time teachers’ working hours. Significantly, an absolute majority (88%) of EPTNM teachers in the state are working part-time in schools while maintaining their professional affiliation with the industry. While such a state of affairs might be desirable in mature European VET systems (such as in Switzerland); lack of prior pedagogical training of the EPTNM teachers makes the quality of their professional development – both at initiation of their teaching careers and on an ongoing basis – remains a critically important factor for the system’s success in the Brazilian context (de Carvalho 2025, Itaú Foundation 2024). ECER 2026 provides an opportunity for this research to engage with and learn from European perspectives in order to balance pedagogical continuity and professional compatibility in professional development provisions for EPTNM teachers in Sao Paulo and Brazil at large. References Ainscow, M. (2016), “Collaboration as a strategy for promoting equity in education: possibilities and barriers”, Journal of Professional Capital and Community, Vol. 1 No. 2, pp. 159-172. Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of educational research, 81(2), 132-169. Antera, S., & Nilsson, S. (2025). Competence profiles of vocational teachers in Sweden. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training (IJRVET), 12(3), 411-432. Bakker, A., & Akkerman, S. (2019). The learning potential of boundary crossing in the vocational curriculum. The Wiley handbook of vocational education and training, 349-372. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage Publication Datnow, A. (2021), “Commentary: professional learning networks: insights and future questions”, Journal of Professional Capital and Community, Vol. 6 No. 2, pp. 200-204. de Carvalho, F. R. D. S. (2025). Formação docente na educação profissional e tecnológica: perspectivas e desafios para inclusão escolar no ensino médio integrado. (Teacher training in vocational and technological education: perspectives and challenges for school inclusion in integrated secondary education). Perspectivas em Diálogo: Revista de Educação e Sociedade, 12(31), 223-243. Fullan, M. (2016). Implementation: Amplify change with professional capital. The Learning Professional, 37(1), 44. Gessler, M., Nägele, C., & Stalder, B. (2021). Scoping review on research at the boundary between learning and working: A bibliometric mapping analysis of the last decade. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training (IJRVET), 8(4), 170-206. Hargreaves, A. and Fullan, M. (2012), Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. Teachers College Press. Itaú Foundation. (2024). Contribuições para uma Política Estadual de Professores para a Educação Profissional e Tecnológica de Nível Médio (Contributions to a State Policy for Teachers in Vocational and Technological Education at the Secondary Level) Mikkonen, S., Pylväs, L., Rintala, H., Nokelainen, P., & Postareff, L. (2017). Guiding workplace learning in vocational education and training: A literature review. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 9(1), 9. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Tensions in Workplace Learning of Early Career Teachers in Vocational Education 1: VIA University College, Denmark; 2: Aalborg University; 3: Københavns Professionshøjskole Presenting Author:This paper presents findings from the Danish NUE-project, funded by the Independent Research Foundation of Denmark (DFF). NUE examines early-career vocational teachers and the conditions concerning their onboarding, integration, and workplace learning. Early-career teachers in VET face numerous challenges in vocational teaching, often combined with limited pedagogical training and education, which makes their situation especially precarious, often resulting in high turnover in Denmark (Hjarsbech & Riis, 2023). This instability hinders the development of high-quality teaching and diminishes the appeal of VET careers, a pressing issue given VET’s critical role in preparing skilled professionals for various industries (Rohwedder & Le Fevre, 2025; Wheelahan, 2014). The lack of early-career support for VET teachers exacerbates this problem (CEDEFOP, 2016; Smith & Yasukawa, 2017). Unlike their counterparts in conventional educational fields, VET teachers are typically professionals transitioning from industries such as nursing or carpentry into teaching roles, often without formal pedagogical credentials (Rohwedder, 2024; Smith 2020). This project aims to generate essential knowledge about the integration and participation of early-career VET teachers in organizational communities of practice (Wenger, 1998) Guided by the research question, ‘How are the conditions and possibilities for developing the professional competences of early-career teachers constituted in the workplace of VET?’ The project examines four heterogeneous vocational education cases in Denmark (a health-care school, an agricultural school, a technical school, and a prison officer school) to highlight the potential differences and similarities that early-career teachers in VET face in workplace learning and overall integration across these schools. The project focuses on outlining and investigating the communities of practice of the four case schools, drawing upon cultural-historical psychology (Engeström, 2001) and organizational learning theory. We especially focus on communities of practice as a lens for understanding and enunciating the challenges early-career VET teachers face. Specifically, we are inspired by the concept of ‘communities of practice’ (Lave & Wenger, 1991), which we attempt to update and actualize in our research design, taking into accounts critiques raised toward the concept as such (Gherardi, 2009). The concept ‘communities of practice’ is here fertilized with perspectives stemming from cultural historical psychology as a whole (Engeström, 2001), especially we are attentive towards the inherent contradictions between the respective agents in the fields, and how other fields influence the cases we investigate, which is also used in other forms of practice theory (Schatzki, 2018, Bourdieu,1990) . Especially, we wish to inquire whether it is possible to plot trajectories for early-career teachers across the case schools, trajectories that encapsulate the dynamic tension of inertia-acceleration akin to Lave’s legitimate-periphery concept. One year into the project, we have identified various tensions across the four cases. Not tensions we necessarily can solve, but rather as analytical points of departure to which we, as researchers, invite VET practitioners to use these tensions to generate insights and learning opportunities (Brandi & Elkjaer, 2022; Persson & Revsbæk, 2024) about the integration and onboarding of early-career teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The NUE-project adopts a pragmatic approach, applying research methods to real-world conditions (Dewey, 1938). The key line of inquiry is a multiple-case study with four VET institutions, each examining the research question in different organizational settings. These four cases) represent a diverse sample of institutional and vocational environments, each with unique conditions for onboarding early-career VET teachers. Each case is examined through a four-step qualitative process: a) dialogue meetings with school leaders to align the research process with the specific institutional context; b) participatory field observations (Kristiansen & Krogstrup, 2015) of activities related to early-career teachers’ daily experiences within the organization; c) individual and group interviews with early-career teachers to explore their integration and participation in the community of practice; d) group interviews with experienced vocational teachers to further investigate the conditions and opportunities for onboarding in their respective organizations and to empower teachers, helping them better understand and navigate their organizational roles and challenges; and e) each empirical case study is condensed into a case profile to illustrate and exemplify the conditions and possibilities regarding inertia–acceleration or related theoretical conceptualizations. A simultaneous trajectory in the research design is the hermeneutic line of inquiry (Dibley et al., 2020). The research team has begun to interpret preconceptions and emergent understandings, tracing how new lines of understanding emerge from the cases, and how these may change and enhance this line of inquiry (Crowther & Thomson, 2020). One year into the project, we have concluded our first round of data collection. Following an abductive line of inquiry (Tavory & Timmermans, 2014) we have identified tensions across the four cases, which we have added to our inquiry (our interview guides, observation scaffolding, workshop design), resulting in a more fine-grained line of inquiry, where we examine the validity of these tensions. It is still too early to dismiss or confirm the usefulness of the proposed concept and lens of inertia-acceleration, but the heterogeneous nature of vocational education regarding onboarding and workplace learning is quite clear in our data. Early-career teachers face very different conditions and challenges across our cases, with tensions manifesting in varying degrees in all the case schools, as well as in different forms. In our presentation, we present these findings concerning tensions and conceptualize them from our working concept of communities of practice and outline our next step in our abductive line of inquiry. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary findings indicate a line of tensions that influence early-career teachers’ workplace learning in vocational education. Here, we present findings concerning two tensions, conceptualize them from the concept of communities of practice, and outline our next step in our abductive line of inquiry. The tension of ‘institutional lesson plans’ and the tension of ‘colleagues’ is enunciated in our presentation. In all four cases, we found that institutional lesson plans and PowerPoints are available in various formats. Early-career teachers face dilemmas concerning these codified and manifested lesson plans. On the one hand, early-career teachers find them helpful for lesson planning. On the other hand, early-career teachers also point out that some plans seem outdated, inadequate, and out of sync; do early-career teachers then have to be faithful to outdated lesson plans? Moreover, the highly diverse composition of vocational training classrooms similarly challenges the general nature of lesson plans, which typically address issues concerning group work and differences between students in terms of competencies, age, and so forth. The second tension concerns colleagues and unfolds as support and peripheral positioning. Experienced colleagues tend to welcome newcomers with guidance framed through established norms — for example, “this is how we usually do things here.” While intended as supportive, such practices may simultaneously constrain newcomers’ agency and maintain them in a peripheral role. Additionally, we outline how our hermeneutic line of inquiry has fertilized our abductive inquiry, and how our overall pragmatic research design might inspire other VET researchers. The lens of cultural-historical psychology and organizational learning provides a nuanced understanding of the challenges, and we present how this lens could benefit vocational research, especially in a pragmatic approach. References Brandi, U., & Elkjaer, B. (2024). Lessons from pragmatism: Organizational learning as resolving tensions at work. Educational philosophy and theory, 56(5), 448-458. Crowther, S., & Thomson, G. (2020). From description to interpretive leap: Using philosophical notions to unpack and surface meaning in hermeneutic phenomenology research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19 CEDEFOP. (2016). Briefing note on professional development for VET teachers and trainers. https:// www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/publications-and-resources/publications/9112 Dewey, J. (1938). Logic: The theory of inquiry. Henry Holt and Company. Dibley, L., Dickerson, S., Duffy, M., & Vandermause, R. (2020). Doing hermeneutic phenomenological research: A practical guide. Sage. Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of education and work, 14(1), 133–156. Gherardi, S. (2009). Community of practice or practices of a community. The Sage handbook of management learning, education, and development, 514–530. Kristiansen, S. & Krogstrup, H. K. (2015). Deltagende observation 2. udgave. Hans Reitzels Forlag Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning : Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press Persson, A. S., & Revsbæk, L. (2024). Wickedity in onboarding to high-stress social work: an action research study. Journal of Workplace Learning, 36(2), 186-201. Rohwedder, A. B., & Le Fevre, D. M. (2025). Effective early career VET teaching: the importance of developing adaptive expertise in workplace learning. International Journal of Training Research, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/14480220.2025.2512733 Rohwedder, A.-B. N. (2024). Didaktisk Onboarding i Erhvervsskolen. Forskningsrapport Schatzki, T. (2018). On practice theory, or what’s practices got to do (got to do) with it? Education in an Era of Schooling, 151–165. Bourdieu, P. (1990). The Logic of Practice (R. Nice, Trans.). Cambridge, UK: Polity Press. Smith, E., & Yasukawa, K. (2017). What makes a good VET teacher? Views of Australian VET teachers and students. International Journal of Training Research, 15(1), 23–40. Tavory, I., & Timmermans, S. (2014). Abductive analysis: theorizing qualitative research. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practices. Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University. Wheelahan, L. (2014). Literature review: The quality of teaching in VET. L.H. Martin Institute for Higher Education Leadership and Management Melbourne Graduate School of Education University of Melbourne. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Pedagogues or Craftspersons? A Latent Class Analysis of TVET Educators’ Educational Aims and Socio-Emotional Support for Students 1: Häme University of Applied Sciences (HAMK), Finland; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Technical vocational education and training (TVET) takes place both at school and workplace. As TVET students cross the boundaries of school and workplace, they encounter various educators, both teachers and workplace supervisors, who adopt different educational aims for student development in their teaching and guidance (Berner, 2010; Löfgren et al., 2022). Educational aims are theoretically integral to educators’ professional identity (Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024; Vähäsantanen & Hämäläinen, 2019). Educators who identify themselves as craftspersons prefer professional educational aims which are directly linked to the immediate vocational practice: development of professional expertise and professional identity, membership in the professional community of practice and employment (Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024; Löfgren et al., 2022; Nylund & Gudmundson, 2017). Educators who identify as pedagogues recognize the aforementioned professional educational aims but place particular emphasis on pedagogical aims that more comprehensively advance students’ personal growth: lifelong learning, general education and eligibility to further education, gender equality and a good life (Antera, 2022; Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024). Both workplace supervisors and TVET teachers have a background in the industry and those who choose to continue their career within teaching usually retain close connections to their previous profession; therefore, previous studies suggest that TVET educators more commonly would identify themselves as craftspersons (e.g., Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024; Nylund & Gudmundson, 2017).
While TVET educators’ professional identity seems to imply what knowledge they want to mediate to the students, it also suggests which tasks and practices educators prefer in their teaching and guidance (Berner, 2010; Löfgren et al., 2022). Previous studies suggest that pedagogues are more likely to establish a socio-emotionally supportive learning environment to the students than the craftspersons (Nylund & Gudmundson, 2017). A learning environment can greatly support student learning when educators provide the students with social support to overcome setbacks, recognition and equal treatment to strengthen student self-efficacy beliefs and motivation and when there is a positive and safe climate where learning is promoted without a fear of getting embarrassed when failing (Toom et al., 2017). However, previous European studies conducted in Sweden, Estonia and Finland suggest that TVET educators offer their students varying levels of socio-emotional support (Berner, 2010; Goodson & Ümarik, 2019; Löfgren et al., 2022).
Previous studies concerning the associations between TVET educators’ professional identity and their support to students are mostly qualitative (e.g., Berner, 2010; Löfgren et al., 2022). There is a need for quantitative studies that could reveal ‘concealed aspects’ behind educators’ educational aims (Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024). Therefore, this study aims to quantitatively examine TVET educators’ professional identity. It employs latent class analysis (LCA; Weller et al., 2020) to investigate whether Finnish TVET educators can be classified into pedagogues and craftspersons according to their educational aims. The study also aims to explore possible class differences in socio-emotional support for students: social support, recognition, equal treatment and a positive climate for learning. The research questions and hypotheses are as follows: RQ1. How can TVET educators be classified according to their aims for teaching and guidance? H1. TVET educators can be classified as either a pedagogue or a craftsperson. H2. It is probable that a TVET educator is classified as a craftsperson. RQ2. How do profile classes differ in TVET educators’ perceptions of themselves as advancers of a socio-emotionally supportive learning environment? H3. Pedagogues perceive that they provide their students with more social support, recognition, equality and positive climate than a craftsperson. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research context Workplace learning is an integral part of the Finnish TVET system in which responsibility for supporting and assessing students’ learning is shared by the teacher and the workplace supervisor. However, only vocational teachers need to be pedagogically competent. Therefore, the Pedaknow project (University of Helsinki, Finland, 2022‒2023) investigated Finnish TVET teachers’ and workplace supervisors’ pedagogical competence. Vocational education providers from each Finnish province recruited local workplace supervisors to participate. Measures and data collection Data were collected between August 2022 and June 2023 with an online survey combining different measures. Firstly, participants’ educational aims were measured with a new instrument with eight optional educational aims based on earlier research. These covered four professional (‘professional expertise’; ’development of professional identity’; ‘membership in the professional community’ and ’employment’) and four pedagogical (’lifelong learning’, ’living a good life’, ’advancing gender equality within technical trades’ and ’general education and eligibility to further education’) educational aims. A participant could choose up to four aims. Subsequently, choices were coded as either 0 ’not selected’ or 1 ’selected’ resulting in eight dichotomous variables. Secondly, participants’ perceptions of themselves as promoters of a socio-emotionally advanced learning environment were collected with the modified instrument of Toom and colleagues (2017). Participants rated on a five-point Likert scale (1 = ‘completely disagree’ to 5 = ‘completely agree’) their proneness to provide the students with social support, recognition, equal treatment and a positive climate for learning. Sample and data analysis There were 387 TVET subject teachers and 250 workplace supervisors taking the survey which resulted in a total sample of N = 637. All observations were complete. There were 479 males (75.2%) and 126 females (19.8%). The rest chose the option ‘other’ or did not want to declare their gender. Mean age was 51.3 years (SD = 9.76; range: 23‒76 years). Every participant was asked for an informed consent. They participated voluntarily and without incentives. Statistical analyses were conducted in RStudio. First, participants were classified according to their preferred educational aims using latent class analysis (LCA) with the poLCA package (Linzer & Lewis, 2011). Then, class assignments were cross-tabulated with participants’ job positions to examine whether it was probable for the vocational educators at school and workplace to be assigned as craftspersons. Last, a series of Welch’s t-tests were run to investigate the possible differences in participants’ self-assessed provision of social support, recognition, equal treatment and a positive climate for learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results from the LCA strongly implicate that TVET teachers and workplace supervisors could be classified based on their preferred educational aims into pedagogues (75% of the sample) and craftspersons (25%). For both pedagogues and craftspersons, professional educational aims were highly probable. The clearest distinction was the professional aim of ‘membership in the professional community’ which was extremely probable for the craftspersons and not very probable for the pedagogues. In addition, every pedagogical educational aim was more likely to be chosen by a pedagogue than a craftsperson. While the division between pedagogues and craftspersons is in line with the earlier studies (e.g., Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024; Nylund & Gudmundson, 2017), the results of this study also showed that there were more pedagogues than craftspersons both among the TVET teachers (80%) and workplace supervisors (68%). This result challenges the view of some previous studies which suggest that a craftsperson identity could be more common (Berner, 2010; Goodson & Ümarik, 2019; Löfgren et al., 2022). The results further imply that pedagogues tend to provide their students with more socio-emotional support than craftspersons: especially social support but also equal treatment and a positive climate for learning. However, there were no statistically significant differences between pedagogues and craftspersons regarding their recognition of student endeavours. This study added to the existing discussion about TVET educators’ professional identity by providing a more refined structure behind educators’ educational aims (Bükki & Fehérvári, 2024) and advanced this conversation by considering also workplace supervisors and the association between educator professional identity and socio-emotional support for students. The results may be helpful in developing vocational teacher training as well as TVET teachers’ and workplace supervisors’ continuous professional development. References Antera, S. (2022). Being a Vocational Teacher in Sweden: Navigating the Regime of Competence for Vocational Teachers. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 9(2), 269–293. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.9.2.6 Berner, B. (2010). Crossing boundaries and maintaining differences between school and industry: forms of boundary-work in Swedish vocational education. Journal of Education and Work, 23(1), 27–42. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080903461865 Bükki, E., & Fehérvári, A. (2024). Teacher, Professional or Both? A Mixed Method Study of the Professional Identity of Vocational Teachers and Trainers in Hungary. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 11(3), 396–429. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.11.3.4 Goodson, I. F., & Ümarik, M. (2019). Changing policy contexts and teachers’ work-life narratives: the case of Estonian vocational teachers, Teachers and Teaching. Teachers & Teaching, 25(5), 589–602. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2019.1664300 Linzer, D., & Lewis, J. (2011). poLCA: An R package for polytomous variable latent class analysis. Journal of Statistical Software, 42(10), 1–29. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v042.i10 Löfgren, S., Ilomäki, L., & Toom, A. (2022). Teachers’ perceptions on relevant upper-secondary vocational graduate competencies and their development. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 12(2), 98–125. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.2212298 Nylund, M., & Gudmundson, B. (2017). Lärare eller hantverkare? Om betydelsen av yrkeslärares yrkesidentifikation för vad de värderar som viktig kunskap på Bygg-och anläggningsprogrammet [Teacher or craftsman? The importance of vocational teachers’ professional identification for what they regard as important knowledge in the Building and construction programme]. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 7(1), 64–87. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.177164 Toom, A., Pietarinen, J., Soini, T., & Pyhältö, K. (2017). How does the learning environment in teacher education cultivate first year student teachers' sense of professional agency in the professional community? Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 126–136. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.12.013 Vähäsantanen, K., & Hämäläinen, R. (2019). Professional identity in relation to vocational teachers’ work–an identity-centred approach to professional development. Learning: Research and Practice, 5(1), 48–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/23735082.2018.1487573 Weller, B. E., Bowen, N. K., & Faubert, S. J. (2020). Latent Class Analysis: A Guide to Best Practice. Journal of Black Psychology, 46(4), 287–311. https://doi.org/10.1177/0095798420930932 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 02 SES 07 B: Emerging Researchers as AI Pioneers: Ethical Challenges of AI Use in Vocational Education and Training – A Shift in Perspective Location: K108 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Meyne Research Workshop |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Research Workshop Emerging Researchers as AI Pioneers: Ethical Challenges of AI Use in Vocational Education and Training – A Shift in Perspective University of Bremen, Institute Technology and Education (ITB), Germany Presenting Author:Debates on artificial intelligence (AI) in education have been very active in recent years due to various developments and innovations in this area. Furthermore, there have been various national and international strategy papers as well as funding programmes to provide support for the implementation of AI in educational contexts (Meyne et al., 2025). In parallel to various risks, there are numerous advantages and potentials associated with the use of AI in vocational training (De Witt, 2024; Roppertz, 2021). Furthermore, UNESCO emphasises that "emerging practices in the use of AI in education clearly demonstrate the potential of AI to enable new forms of teaching, learning and education management and enhance learning experiences and support teacher tasks" (UNESCO, 2024, p. 13). Seufert (2023) states that the use of AI goes hand in hand with new and innovative learning objectives, methods and environments. AI competences will be needed in the context of all of these aspects and new forms of collaboration will become necessary. In order to be able to use new AI technologies precisely, basic knowledge and application expertise is required (Rampelt et al., 2025).
Furthermore, it is essential promising to focus on learning from each other in groups and networks when it comes to developing skills, especially from an international point of view with many potentials to share lessons learned and practical use cases of AI in VET for what workshop settings are well suited. The main question addressed by the workshopdescribed below is: How can practical learning scenarios in vocational training enable emerging researcher to use AI tools in a reflective and ethically responsible manner, particularly with regard to data protection, bias, transparency and accountability?
The interactive workshop on the integration and ethical reflection of artificial intelligence (AI) in vocational education and training guides participants (especially emerging researchers) step by step through a practical and critically reflective examination of current developments. The main objective of the workshop is to foster participants’ ethical and practical literacy in dealing with AI by combining theoretical orientation with hands-on experience. Participants explore cases that mirror authentic training contexts and professional sectors, allowing them to identify and assess opportunities, risks, and tensions arising from the use of AI. By experimenting with realistic application scenarios, from nursing education to technical and commercial training fields, they develop a multidimensional understanding of AI’s pedagogical, social, and regulatory implications. Through structured group interaction, the workshop aims to stimulate collective reflection on what responsible use entails and what competences are required to sustain it.
The workshop draws on an interdisciplinary framework focussing on ethical reflection embedded in authentic work scenarios with different professional perspectives—teachers, learners, data officers, or customers. This perspective enriches the discourse on accountability and trust. The workshop explicitly situates its inquiry within the European and international policy landscape on digital and ethical competence. References to frameworks such as the EU’s “Digital Education Action Plan” and UNESCO’s “AI Competency Framework for Educators” underline the transnational relevance of its approach. Ethical literacy in AI thus becomes not only a local institutional concern but a shared international objective shaping global vocational training. By connecting reflections from diverse national and professional contexts, the workshop contributes to strengthening a common European understanding of how responsible AI use can support inclusive, transparent, and future-oriented vocational education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used After a brief welcome, a presentation entitled ‘Where AI already shapes VET’ will set the context: concrete examples from vocational schools, training situations, learning platforms and everyday application scenarios will be used to show where AI already plays a role nowadays. The introduction is rounded off with input on the ‘Ethics Check’, which highlights the evaluation of AI using a selected scheme: topics such as data protection, bias, transparency, educational responsibility and monitoring are made tangible here using the AI Pioneers Ethical Evaluation Scheme (Roman Etxebarrieta et al., 2025). Participants then deepen their discussion in small groups using case studies from various areas of vocational training. Three thematic scenarios illustrate the diversity and complexity of AI use in practice: In nursing training, learners test chatbots for creating nursing reports and preparing for exams – raising questions about data sensitivity, hallucinations and professional responsibility. In the commercial-technical field, for example among industrial mechanics, the focus is on AI-supported assistance systems that guide maintenance work, raising questions about automation, safety and skills development. Finally, in the commercial sector, AI tools are used to create application documents, sales texts or feedback on customer dialogues – here, aspects such as fairness, equal treatment and academic integrity come into focus. Each group uses digital tools of their choice, such as visualisation or documentation tools, to address key questions: What added value does the use of AI offer? Where are the ethical risks? What data is used and what skills are required? The participants take different perspectives – those of teachers, learners, trainers, IT or data protection officers, or customers and patients. The results of this work are then presented in short pitch presentations to the plenary. This is followed by a concise input on the ‘Process of Implementing AI in VET institutions’, which highlights important steps and stumbling blocks in the institutional use of AI tools. Finally, all groups compile the most important findings in the form of a practical ‘dos and don'ts’ list for AI in vocational training. In a final reflection round – in the form of a short flashlight – each participant formulates which suggestion or idea he or she will take back to their own institution the next day. The workshop thus ends with a sense of shared orientation, concrete impulses for action and a heightened sensitivity to the responsible use of artificial intelligence in vocational education and training. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop described above, entitled ‘Emerging Researchers as AI Pioneers: Ethical Challenges of AI Use in Vocational Education and Training – A Shift in Perspective’, aims to directly address emerging researchers in vocational education and training with regard to the use of AI. For this purpose, the focus will be on practical case studies from vocational education and training in order to learn from each other from an international perspective and enable the transfer to one's own everyday work. The workshop will be structured around cooperative small group work with roles and case studies from various professional fields in order to ensure international perspectives and practical relevance, to treat AI as both a subject of learning and a learning tool, and to promote critical reflection and action-oriented learning as central goals of the workshop format. As a further outcome of the workshop, emerging researchers should be able to take away the most important findings of the cooperative exchange in the form of a practical “dos and don'ts” guide for AI in vocational training, which will be created jointly and made available afterwards. Finally, the workshop should contribute to networking among emerging researchers so that exchange is encouraged even after the conference. References De Witt, C. (2024). Künstliche Intelligenz in der Berufsbildung. Technologische Entwicklungen, didaktische Potenziale und notwendige ethische Standards. BWP, 53(1), 8-12. https://www.bwp-zeitschrift.de/dienst/publikationen/de/19416 Meyne, L., Klaus, F., Siemer, C., Deitmer, L., & Gessler, M. (2025). Artificial Intelligence in Vocational Education and Training: A Micro, Meso and Macro Perspective From the AI Pioneers Project. Ubiquity Proceedings, 6(1), 4.https://doi.org/10.5334/uproc.172 Rampelt, F., Klier, J., Kirchherr, J., & Ruppert, R. (2025). KI-Kompetenzen in deutschen Unternehmen. Schlüssel zu einer Jahrhundertchance für Deutschland. Stifterverband. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.14637137 Roman Etxebarrieta, G., Orcasitas-Vicandi, M., & Antzaka, A. ( 2025). Evaluation schema for AI in education on data, privacy, ethics, and EU values. AI Pioneers. https://aipioneers.org/evaluation-schema-for-ai-in-education-on-data-privacy-ethics-and-eu-values-wp5/ Roppertz, S. (2021). Die Rolle und Bedeutung von Künstlicher Intelligenz in der Berufsausbildung – Implikationen für angehende Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagog*innen. bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik – online, 40, 1-23. https://www.bwpat.de/ausgabe40/roppertz_bwpat40.pdf Seufert, S. (2023). KI-basierte Anwendungsfälle für die Lernortkooperation. Gestaltung eines digitalen Ökosystems in der Berufsbildung. Zeitschrift für Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik, 119(2), 208–235. https://doi.org/10.25162/zbw-2023-0009 Unesco (2024). AI competency framework for teachers. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. https://doi.org/10.54675/ZJTE2084 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 02 SES 07 C: Students Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Laura Pylväs Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Future-Proof, Quality-Assured and Employable? Knowledge and Learning Conceptions and the Ideal Student on Teknikcollege’s National Website 1: Linnaeus University, Sweden; 2: Konstfack, Sweden Presenting Author:It is hardly a novelty that European countries suffer from skills supply in technical and industrial sectors, recently emphasised with the European Commission’s proposals for strengthening vocational education outlined in the Competitiveness Compass and ”Union of Skills.” In the Swedish context – which is in focus in this paper – industry faces a significant skills shortage (Industrirådet, 2024), and apart from launching strategies for STEM, the Swedish government’s initiatives have expanded pathways to vocational education and emphasised alignment with local labor market demands (Skolverket, 2022). Upper secondary vocational programs struggle with enrolment (Panican, 2020), partly due to perceptions of industry as unattractive and the reproduction of traditional gender segregation in educational choices (Klope, 2020; Ledman et al., 2021).
Teknikcollege (Technical College, TC) is a national organisation that – through local collaborations between schools and companies – certifies and tailors upper secondary school education for the competence needs of businesses, and aims to increase young people’s interest in the industrial sector (Olofsson & Panican, 2020). We have limited knowledge about VET in these local arenas and what implications it has for teaching (Alvunger, 2024), but previous research highlights both opportunities and tensions in the TC model: while collaboration can enhance access to modern technology and increase student interest (Panican & Paul, 2019), it also raises questions about different logics between education and industry (Höghielm, 2020; Johansson, 2019) that may result in conflicting interests and damage trust and expectations (Hermelin & Rusten, 2016; Hodgson & Spours, 2015; Huddleston & Laczik, 2018; Köpsén, 2021). This paper explores TC:s national website through a lens of curriculum theory (Alvunger, Soini, Philippou & Priestley, 2021), focusing on the underlying ideas, perspectives, and assumptions about education conveyed through text, image, and video. The study is guided by the following research questions: To make visible how educational purposes, goals, knowledge, and learning are highlighted in the material, Schiro’s (2012) four curriculum orientations are employed as an analytical framework. These are compiled based on conceptions of knowledge, views on the purposes and goals of education, perspectives on the individual and society, and understandings of learning. According to Schiro (2012), they reflect different educational aims: academic and subject-oriented, vocational, personal (learner-centered), and social or socially critical (cf. Zweeris, Tigelaar & Janssen, 2023). ”Academic rationalism” is the transmission of subject disciplinary knowledge to develop the individual’s intellectual capacity and understanding. Emphasis is placed on knowledge reproduction and subject content—new knowledge drives societal progress. The curriculum orientation ”social efficacy” emphasises that students should be prepared with knowledge, skills, and abilities to function in future working life and society. Focus is on competencies and capabilities as dimensions of social utility, human capital, productivity, and technical instrumentalism. The third orientation is learner-centered, that is, the learner’s personal development and experiences are at the core. It is an emancipatory discourse where knowledge is meaningful in relation to the individual’s experience of the world and its potential to lead to self-realization. Finally, ”social reconstructionism” underlines the socio-cultural context, the individual’s capacity for social agency, critical analysis and consciousness, understanding, and meaning-making. Education is viewed as a means to address social problems and improve society. In this paper, these typologies are employed to identify different emphases in the content conveyed through verbal texts and visual material on TC:s website. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this study takes the form of a critical case study (Flyvbjerg, 2003) of TC:s national website with two employed research methods. To explore the texts, images, and videos on the website, Bacchi’s (2009) “What’s the Problem to be Represented?” approach was applied to identify which problems are presented in texts, what assumptions, ideas, norms, and preconceptions underpin them, and what solutions the policy offers—along with what limits the possibility of achieving the intended change (Bacchi, 2009). Further questions include: What conditions or assumptions are described as part of the “problem”? What is left unquestioned? Who is the sender and who is the receiver? Since the empirical material includes images and graphic elements that function as communicative tools and interact with written text, the study adopts a multimodal perspective on visual representations in digital environments (cf. Jewitt & Oyama, 2001). From a socio-semiotic perspective, Kress and van Leeuwen (2020) argue that images operate as a language, where visual representations can be analyzed similarly to linguistic structures. They propose a form of visual grammar that shapes how meanings are perceived and emphasize that viewers interact with images and their design. Images thus carry ideological positions in one form or another (van Leeuwen & Jewitt, 2001), linking the multimodal perspective to Schiro’s four ideal-typical curriculum ideologies. The analysis of images and videos draws on two key concepts: denotation – what or who is depicted and what the image represents in its most basic sense – and connotation, which concerns the ideas and values reflected in the images, how elements are arranged, and how the image interacts with the viewer’s interpretation and perspective (Kress & van Leeuwen, 2020). The material analyzed consists of what is represented on the homepage—the so-called landing page—and what is directly visible when scrolling from top to bottom. The second part of the material focuses on tabs—hereafter referred to as subpages—specifically targeting students. These subpages include additional content analyzed in the study. The material comprises text, images, and videos, which are either live-action or hybrid films, i.e., a mix of animation and live footage (Teknikcollege, 2025). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results reveal TC:s ambition to increase young people’s interest in vocational education and to strengthen collaboration between schools and industry. The need for industrial skills supply is emphasised with the slogan “For the future of Swedish industry,” positioning close school–industry cooperation as the solution. The analysis based on Bacchi (2009) shows how TC presents itself as the answer to industry’s skills shortage, highlighting certified programs as reality-based, balancing theory and practice, and guaranteeing quality and future employment. Value-laden terms such as “future-proof,” “sustainable development,” and “job opportunities” legitimise these programs as socially beneficial and attractive for individuals. Visual communication alternates between industrial imagery and playful, colourful illustrations, creating a normative and idealised picture of industry as clean, creative, and sustainability-oriented. While intended to inspire, this risks obscuring structural challenges such as noise, physical strain, and monotonous tasks—potentially leading to unrealistic expectations and dropout. Similarly, the portrayal of students focuses on young women, constructing an ideal type: future-oriented, active, and environmentally conscious. This aligns with efforts to counter gender stereotypes but may also reinforce narrow representations of target groups. The dominant conception of knowledge emphasises utility, competence development aligned with industry needs, and learning through theory–practice integration—reflecting Schiro’s (2012) social efficiency ideology. Vocational programs are framed around practical problem-solving and production skills, while academic programs stress analytical ability and critical thinking, linked to academic rationalism. This framing risks reinforcing hierarchical divides between “the practical welder” and “the calculating engineer” (cf. Carlgren, 2015). Overall, the analysis raises questions about balancing labor-market relevance with critical thinking and democratic aims, and about avoiding an overly instrumental view of education that reduces it to an industry-serving tool. References Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (s. 273–293). Emerald. Bacchi, C. (2009). Analysing policy: what’s the problem represented to be? Frenchs Forest: Pearson. Hermelin, B. & Rusten, G. (2016). Lokal samverkan, tillväxt och omställning – studier från industriregioner i Sverige och Norge. Rapport från Centrum för kommunstrategiska studier 2016:4, Linköpings universitet. Hodgson, A., & Spours, K. (2015). An ecological analysis of the dynamics of localities: a 14+ low opportunity progression equilibrium in action. Journal of Education and Work, 28(1), 24-43. Höghielm, R. (2020). Yrkesutbildning – En verksamhet mellan två kulturer. I A. Panican (red). Yrkesutbildning på undantag: att bryta den låga attraktionskraften. (s. 253-278). Studentlitteratur. Huddleston, P. & Laczik, A. (2018). ‘In the driving seat’, or reluctant passengers? Employer engagement in qualifications development: some evidence from two recent 14–19 qualification reforms in England, Journal of Education and Work, 31:3, 262-276. Jewitt, C.& Oyama, R. (2001). Visual meaning: a social semiotic approach. I T. Van Leeuwen & C. Jewitt, C (Red). Handbook of visual analysis (s. 134-156). SAGE. Köpsén, J. (2021). Knowledge in VET curricula and power in society and labour market policy and practice: demands-based and employer-driven Swedish higher vocational education, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73:4, 612-612. Kress, G.R. & van Leeuwen, T. (2020). Reading images: the grammar of visual design. (3. ed.) Routledge. Olofsson, J. & Panican, A. (2020). Hur kan den gymnasiala utbildningens attraktionskraft förklaras? I A. Panican (Red). Yrkesutbildning på undantag: att bryta den låga attraktionskraften. (s. 45-70). Studentlitteratur. Panican, A., & Paul, E. (2019). Svensk gymnasial yrkesutbildning - en framgångsfaktor för en effektiv övergång från skola till arbetsliv eller kejsarens nya kläder? Persson, B. & Hermelin, B. (2018) Mobilising for change in vocational education and training in Sweden – a case study of the ‘Technical College’ scheme, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 70:3, 476-496, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2018.1443971 Rusten, G. & Hermelin, B. (2016). Lokal samverkan, tillväxt och omställning - Studier från industriregioner i Sverige och Norge. Rapport 16:24. Linköpings universitet. Schiro, M. (2012). Curriculum theory: conflicting visions and enduring concerns. SAGE Publications. van Leeuwen, T. & Jewitt, C. (2001). Handbook of visual analysis. London: SAGE. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Activities Around Skill – Supporting Students’ Passion for the Crafts VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:Skills are competitions in crafts that historically have been inspired by the Olympic Games (Wilson, 2000). The major and well-known events related to Skills are national, e.g., the Danish competition (DM i Skills), EuroSkills, and WorldSkills. However, many other local and regional events also take place, and training for such events can take many different forms and require extensive preparation. In this paper, the activities around Skills, such as training, are referred to as skill-activities. Research shows the complexity of recruiting talented students, training, and assessment within Skills (e.g., Chankseliani & James Relly, 2016; Chumakov & Epishkin, 2020; Tsagalidis, 2019), and that the context for training differs from other activities in school and internships. The learning processes are complex (Pylväs, Nokelainen & Rintala, 2018; Nokelainen & Rintala, 2021), and the teachers and trainers around the students play an important role (Clements & Morgan, 2015; Wilde & James Relly, 2015; Swanson et al., 2022). However, the events inevitably result in both winners and losers (Wilson, 2000). Skills involve many crafts and disciplines with a variety of traditions and cultures. This study focuses on masonry and carpentry, which have their own history, including a long tradition of participation in Skills. Since many countries struggle to attract students to vocational education and training (VET), and retention is a challenge, the aim of this paper is to inspire teachers and trainers to use knowledge from skill-activities as an approach to support gifted and talented students who have a passion for the craft. However, this might also be relevant for many students and courses, without suggesting the possibility of generalization (Chumakov & Epishkin, 2020). This idea of passion draws on the assumption expressed by one of the informants in the study, where passion is seen as a driving force for learning despite the effort required. Not all talents have this drive, and other skilled students might possess it without being talented in Skills, which differentiates them from the rest of a VET class. This calls for attention to increasing all students’ well-being based on their individual situation and interests. Such knowledge can be integrated into teacher education and improve teaching practice. Hence, the research question is: How is the pedagogical practice in skill-activities? The theoretical approach is based on sociocultural theory, viewing VET as a landscape with learning possibilities in contexts such as school, internship, and skill-activities, as well as in border-crossing between these (Wenger, 1998). The pedagogical approach is inspired by Kerschensteiner (1925) and the work-school pedagogical understanding. This is less used and known in Denmark but is more integrated and important in some other countries (Sloane, 2022). It aligns with the Danish aim of a liberal-oriented, civic, and democratic education that prepares students for roles in society (Sloane, 2022). Kerschensteiner was inspired by Dewey and a practical orientation, using different perspectives on objectivity and differentiation based on knowledge of the students and their goals. The concept of a work-school (Sloane, 2022) relates to the understanding of the German notion of ‘Sachlichkeit’ (Kerschensteiner, 1925), which in English can be translated as objectivity. Sachlichkeit can be moral, aesthetic, or technical and can be integrated into the pedagogical approach. Kerschensteiner (1925) also uses the notion ‘Interesse der Verzweigung’ as a way to follow the students’ interests or make these interests and goals visible, even when the student is not yet aware of them. This can be understood as an approach to differentiation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The design is based on dialogues in June 2024 with a VET college, which led to the choice of masonry and carpentry education and provided access to the field (Walford, 2008). Subsequently, two focus groups, each with four participants possessing different knowledge, experience, and involvement in Skills-activities, were conducted in autumn 2024. The participants were selected by the college based on the criterion of diversity among them. This data collection was followed by five interviews in February 2025 with students from the two courses, all participating in Skills-activities. At this time, some of them were in internships but attended the college due to their involvement in Skills-activities. Later, the most involved teachers or trainers from the two courses were interviewed, and some of the questions related to a logbook about their work with Skills, which they had completed after participating in the first focus group interview. From masonry, one informant was included, and from carpentry, two. Due to ethical considerations, the presentation of the data has been anonymized, and the relation to the craft blurred, since Skills and Skills-activities take place in a limited community. During the opening hours of EuroSkills 2025 in Herning, Denmark, in September 2025, observations were made (Kusenbach, 2003). Some formal interviews were conducted during the event with people involved in planning at the municipality and with two students previously interviewed. Supplementary interviews were carried out with former Skills winners (local, national, and international) and short go-along interviews, e.g., with planners and visitors at the event. The formal interviews were conducted with consent, but the rest were more informal, raising some ethical considerations, although the setting was public. During the observations, field notes and pictures were taken, inspired by visual ethnography (Pink, 2013) and a reflective, social constructivist approach. The analysis was carried out in two steps. First, the data from the focus group interviews and the student interviews were transcribed and analyzed, inspired by grounded theory, leading to the choice of Kerschensteiner’s (1925) theory. This process is presented in an article (Duch, 2025) and is the focus of this paper. The continued process will focus on analyzing the observations from a materialistic and dialogue-based approach (Duch & Andreasen, submitted), as well as the complexity of Skills understood as a field based on Bourdieu’s theory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To answer the research question, it can be concluded that skill-activities are diverse and depend on the specific craft. However, when viewing the activities of students attending VET in masonry and carpentry work through the lens of ‘Sachlichkeit’ (Kerschensteiner, 1925), certain characteristics emerge. Students are encouraged to do their very best, strive for perfect solutions, and continue training. Furthermore, they are urged to work at high speed and maintain focus on the task. From the students’ perspective, this pursuit of perfection is part of their intrinsic drive, whether working in internships or at school. This border crossing between contexts creates opportunities for learning, where both masters and journeymen play an important role. Teachers and trainers emphasize the importance of knowing the student, supporting their learning processes, and leveraging their passion for the craft. The empirical data reveals this passion and highlights the significance of teachers’ and trainers’ interest in students and their approach to differentiation. Based on this, differentiation becomes crucial, as teachers must recruit and support gifted students while also addressing the needs of the rest of the class. Differentiation appears very concretely in the data: students engaged in skill-related activities often work in designated areas, sometimes within strict time frames, and frequently on different tasks. Other students notice these gifted peers because of their speed, knowledge, and skills, which often position them as role models or sources of help. This sometimes places pressure on the skill-related students to answer questions and avoid mistakes. The final part of the study, including observations at EuroSkills 2025, opens further perspectives related to the field of Skills. Inspired by Bourdieu, these perspectives extend beyond VET to include career guidance in primary education and policy considerations related to the labor market. References Clements, D. & Morgan, K. (2015). Coach development through collaborative action research: Enhancing the learning environment within a national talent development system. Sports Coaching Review, 4(2), 139–161. Chankseliani, M., & James Relly, S. (2016). Three-Capital Approach to the Study of Young People who Excel in Vocational Occupations: A Case of WorldSkills Competitors and Entrepreneurship. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 3(1), 46–65. Chumakov, L. L & Epishkin, V. E. (2020). Implementation of WorldSkills standards in the system of training specialists in mechanical engineering and engineering system. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, Volume 1515 Duch, H. (2025). Not ‘just another brick in the wall’: Educational perspectives from a practice around Skills. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 15(3), 115–139. Kerschensteiner, G. (1925). Arbejdsskolen. Einar Harcks Forlag. Kusenbach, M. (2003). Street phenomenology: The go-along as ethnographic research tool. Ethnography, 4(3), 455–485. Nokelainen, P., & Rintala, H. (2021). Reaching for Medals and Vocational Excellence? Good Teachers for Tomorrow's Schools. Pink, S. (2013). Doing visual ethnography. Sage. Pylväs, L., Nokelainen, P. & Rintala, H. (2018). Finnish apprenticeship training stakeholders’ perceptions of vocational expertise and experiences of workplace learning and guidance. Vocations and Learning, 11(2), 223–243. Sloane, P. F. E. (2022). Re‐reading Kerschensteiner today: Doing VET in German vocational schools – A search for traces. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 56(3), 408–424. Swanson, J. D., Brock, L., Van Sickle, M., Gutshall, C. A. & Curby, T. W. (2022). Teacher perceptions as an entry point for talent spotting and development. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 45(3), 238–270. Tsagalidis, H. (2019). Tävlingsdomarnas bäst praxis-bedömning av yrkeskunnande i en yrkestävling. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 8(2), 93–120. Walford, G. (2008). Selecting sites, and gaining ethical and practical access. I G. G. Walford (red.). How to do educational ethnography, 16-38. The Tufnell Press Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press Wiblen, S. & McDonnell, A. (2019). Connecting ‘talent’ meanings and multi-level context: A discursive approach. The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 31(4), 474–510. Wilde, S., & James Relly, S. (2015). WorldSkills UK training managers: Midas touch or fool's gold? International journal for research in vocational education and training, 2(2), 85-98. Wilson, J. P. (2000). Citus. Altius. Fortius. Peritus: The Skill Olympics and skill competitions. Industrial and Commercial Training, 32(6), 201–208. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The Role of Basic Psychological Needs Satisfaction in Finnish Vocational Students' School Burnout and Dropout Intentions 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: Tampere University Presenting Author:Self-determination theory (SDT) is a widely recognized theory of human development and well-being, with strong implications for education (Ryan & Deci, 2000, 2017, 2020). The SDT (Ryan & Deci, 2020), posits that people are naturally prone to psychological growth and integration, and thus to learning, mastery, and connection with others, but also that these proactive human tendencies require supportive conditions to be robust. The supporting conditions theoretically refer to the three basic psychological needs; when people experience the satisfaction of relatedness, competence, and autonomy, they tend to internalise their value and regulation and experience activities as interesting and spontaneously satisfying, leading to increased engagement, learning, and well-being (Ryan and Deci, 2020). In Finland, approximately one third of girls and one in five boys in grades eight and nine of basic education, general upper secondary schools, and vocational institutions consider their health to be average or poor according to the School Health Promotion Study 2023 (THL, 2024). The aim of this study is to evaluate the potential of basic psychological needs support in addressing the current educational challenges pertaining to student motivation and wellbeing, burnout and dropout, in VET environments. To date, research on the relationship between basic psychological needs and negative consequences has been less extensive than that on positive processes (Nunes et al., 2023; Van der Broeck et al., 2021). The objective of this study was to investigate the association between the satisfaction of three basic psychological needs (i.e., autonomy, competence and relatedness), two measures of school burnout, that is school exhaustion and school cynicism (Salmela-Aro et al., 2009), as well as students' intentions to drop out of school (Vallerand et al., 1997). We formulated two research questions for our study: RQ1) Is the factorial structure consistent and reliable in describing the relationships between BPNS, burnout exhaustion, burnout cynicism and school dropout intentions?; RQ2) How do students' autonomy, competence and relatedness satisfaction relate to burnout exhaustion, burnout cynicism and dropout intentions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Cross-sectional online survey data were collected in 2023 from vocational students at a large vocational institution in Finland. After missing data and multivariate normality analyses, the final data for analyses consisted of 255 participants, of whom 153 were female (60.0%). Participants' average age was 24.7 years (SD = 10.740, min = 16.0, max = 59.0) and most participants were second (n = 82, 32.2%) and third (n = 31, 12.2%) year students. Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction (BPNS) was measured using three scales from the Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction and Frustration – Work Domain questionnaire (Chen et al., 2015; Schultz et al., 2015): Autonomy Satisfaction, Competence Satisfaction, and Relatedness Satisfaction. School burnout was measured using three scales from the School Burnout Inventory (SBI) (Salmela-Aro et al., 2009): Exhaustion, Cynicism, and Inadequacy. Dropout intentions were assessed with two items measuring vocational students’ future schooling intentions ('I often consider dropping out of school' and 'I intend to drop out of school') (Vallerand et al. (1997). Data were analysed in R using correlation analysis, confirmatory factor analysis, and structural equation modeling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Correlation analyses showed that the items within each factor correlated positively strongly, confirming H1 (BPNS: Autonomy, Competence, Relatedness) and H2 (Burnout Exhaustion, Burnout Cynicism, Dropout). The results of the second research question showed that all BPNS factors were negatively related to school burnout exhaustion, but only relation of autonomy was statistically significant. Autonomy and competence had negative relations with school burnout cynicism but only the relation of autonomy was statistically significant. Interestingly, relatedness was positively (but non-significantly) related to school burnout cynicism. All three BPNS factors were negatively related to school dropout intentions, but only the relation of autonomy was statistically significant. Overall, the findings suggested that supporting the basic psychological needs of VET students may reduce school burnout and the intention to drop out of school. Nevertheless, further research is required to investigate the potential influence of perceived social relatedness on the development of burnout cynicism, and vice versa. Furthermore, the results indicated that female students, as well as those with older age or less work experience, experienced more burnout exhaustion than other respondents. A more comprehensive analysis is thus needed to gain better understanding of the factors that increase exhaustion within these groups of students. References Chen, B., Vansteenkiste, M., Beyers, W., Boone, L., Deci, E. L., Van Der Kaap-Deeder, J., Du-riez, B., Lens, W., Matos, L., Mouratidis, A., Ryan, R. M., Sheldon, K. M., Soenens, B., Van Petegem, S., & Verstuyf, J. (2015). Basic psychological need satisfaction, need frustration, and need strength across four cultures. Motivation and Emotion, 39(2), 216–236. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11031-014-9450-1 Nunes, P. M., Proença, T., & Carozzo-Todaro, M. E. (2023). A systematic review on well-being and ill-being in working contexts: Contributions of self-determination theory. Personnel Review, 53(2). https://doi.org/10.1108/pr-11-2021-0812 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. Guilford Press. https://doi.org/10.1521/978.14625/28806 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101860 Salmela-Aro, K., Kiuru, N., Leskinen, E., & Nurmi, J.-E. (2009). School burnout inventory (SBI): Reliability and validity. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 25(1), 48–57. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759.25.1.48 Schultz, P. P., Ryan, R. M., Niemiec, C. P., Legate, N., & Williams, G. C. (2015). Mindfulness, work climate, and psychological need satisfaction in employee well-being. Mindfulness, 6(5), 971–985. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12671-014-0338-7 THL. [Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare] (2024). Well-being of children and young people – school health promotion study 2023. THL. https://thl.fi/en/web/thl/statistics-and-data/statistics-by-topic/social-services-children-adolescents-and-families/well-being-of-children-and-young-people-school-health-promotion-study Vallerand, R. J., Fortier, M. S., & Guay, F. (1997). Self-determination and persistence in a real-life setting: Toward a motivational model of high school dropout. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72(5), 1161–1176. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.72.5.1161 Van Den Broeck, A., Ferris, D. L., Chang, C.-H., & Rosen, C. C. (2016). A review of self-determination theory's basic psychological needs at work. Journal of Management, 42(5), 1195–1229. https://doi.org/10.1177/0149206316632058 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 03 SES 07 A: Science Curriculum: Big Ideas, Content and Textbooks Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Marcina Singh Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Expert Reflection on Big ideas in Science Curriculum: The topic of Energy in Iran and the Netherlands 1: Department of Educational Sciences, Faculty of Humanities, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran, Iran.; 2: Graduate School of Teaching (ICLON), Leiden University, Leiden, The Netherlands. Presenting Author:In recent decades, science education has faced a persistent and widely acknowledged challenge: a lack of conceptual coherence stemming from overloaded curricula and the fragmented presentation of scientific topics. Such fragmentation limits students’ opportunities to develop deep, connected, and transferable understanding and can distance learners from science while hindering efforts to relate scientific ideas to real-life contexts (Harlen, 2010, 2015). In response, “big ideas” have been proposed as a conceptual framework for structuring science learning. Big ideas in science learning are the fundamental, generative, and explanatory concepts that help learners make sense of a wide range of phenomena within a coherent meaning system and across developmental time (Plummer & Krajcik, 2010; Perkins, 2014). Empirical research suggests that big-ideas-based curriculum design can strengthen both horizontal and vertical coherence, facilitate integration across scientific domains, and enhance student engagement (Bell et al., 2018; Chalmers et al., 2017), and that teachers may use big ideas to strengthen links between school science and students’ everyday experiences (Bravo & Reiss, 2021). Despite this prominence, two gaps remain in the literature. First, there is still limited consensus regarding what constitutes a big idea and how its scope, boundaries, and criteria for identification should be defined (Siemon, 2022; Nosrati, 2025). Second, it remains unclear which features of big ideas are generalizable across educational contexts and which are shaped by cultural, structural, and curricular traditions within particular education systems (Nosrati, Talaee, Hatami, & Mehrmohammadi, 2025). Recent work suggests that overarching ideas can be framed through different disciplinary lenses for sense-making, reinforcing the need for comparative investigations of how big ideas are interpreted across educational ecosystems (De Boer, Janssen, Van Driel, & Dam, 2019). In the Dutch context, curriculum developments such as Curriculum.nu (2019) further underscore expectations for science teaching that combine conceptual understanding with societal relevance, illustrating how national frameworks may align with big-idea thinking. Against this backdrop, the present study investigates how science education experts in two contrasting educational systems, Iran and the Netherlands, interpret and operationalize the Big Ideas of Energy, and how these interpretations relate to broader cultural, linguistic, and structural characteristics of the systems. The central research question guiding the study is: Which characteristics of big ideas and conceptual coherence are context-dependent, and which possess a more universal, cross-cultural nature? The study’s objectives are (a) to map expert conceptualizations of coherence in relation to Energy as a curriculum topic; (b) to identify convergences and divergences in how big ideas are understood as curriculum organizers across contexts; and (c) to generate implications for context-responsive curriculum design and implementation. The theoretical framing positions big ideas as curriculum organizers that support conceptual coherence by connecting ideas within and across domains (Cartier & Pellathy, 2009; Plummer & Krajcik, 2010). Conceptual coherence is treated as learner-centered, acknowledging that what appears coherent to disciplinary experts may not necessarily support student understanding. The study also draws conceptual contrasts with Threshold Concepts to clarify the status of big ideas as organizers of learning progressions rather than gateways tied to individual conceptual transformation. Building on Nosrati’s (2025) typology, big ideas are approached through core features related to intradisciplinary and interdisciplinary coherence, while recognizing that their interpretation and implementation are mediated by local educational ecosystems (Nosrati, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a descriptive–analytical and comparative design to examine how the Big Ideas of Energy are interpreted and operationalised in two educational contexts: Iran and the Netherlands. The dataset was generated through an online questionnaire completed by eight Iranian and six Dutch science education experts. Experts were recruited via purposeful sampling using equivalent criteria in both countries to ensure comparability. Selection criteria included professional experience in science education, physics education, curriculum design, or teacher education; documented expertise in teaching and/or curriculum development related to energy (e.g., textbook authorship or scholarly publications); recent involvement in curriculum initiatives or teacher professional development; and professional recognition evidenced through institutional roles, publication records, or nominations by senior experts. The study uses four Big Ideas of Energy as the analytical reference framework: (1) Energy is conserved and transforms when systems interact; (2) the amount of nergy available to any system is limited; (3) the quality and direction of energy transfer determine system outcomes; and (4) all living and non-living systems depend on a continuous flow of energy for survival, functioning, or growth. These Big Ideas, developed by Nosrati’s (2025), were validated through expert consensus, structured the questionnaire and the subsequent analysis. The questionnaire consisted of short, structured yet open-ended items designed to elicit reflective, conceptually rich responses while minimizing respondent burden. Items were developed based on the study’s conceptual model and addressed three analytical dimensions: Big Ideas of energy, intra- and interdisciplinary coherence, and contextual/cultural interpretation. Participants responded in Persian, English, or Dutch according to preference; all responses were translated into English for analysis. Translation quality was supported through review by proficient speakers, participant clarification of ambiguous phrases when needed, and reference to both original and translated texts in cases of interpretive uncertainty. Data were analysed using qualitative content analysis. Responses were read iteratively to identify conceptual patterns and context-dependent interpretations. Coding was guided by theoretically derived categories from the conceptual model while remaining interpretive. Analysis proceeded in two stages: within-context analysis for each country, followed by cross-context comparison to identify convergences, divergences, and culturally mediated interpretations. Rigour was strengthened through independent coding by two coders with iterative consensus-building, maintenance of an audit trail, use of direct quotations to ground interpretations, and reflexive memos throughout the analytic process. Ethical procedures included informed consent, anonymisation, and secure data storage with restricted access. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to show how expert interpretations of the Big Ideas of energy are shaped by the cultural, linguistic, and structural characteristics of educational systems, and how conceptual coherence is pursued through different “implementation levers” across contexts. In the Iranian context, experts are expected to identify the core conceptual challenge of teaching Energy as the abstractness of content, weak coherence in textbooks, curriculum overload, and limited connections to everyday life; consequently, they tend to view Big Ideas primarily as a structural and organizational tool for curriculum design, emphasizing textbook coherence and deliberate sequencing as key levers for improving understanding. In the Dutch context, experts are expected to foreground linguistic and semantic ambiguity as the dominant barrier, particularly tensions between everyday and scientific meanings of “Energy”, and to emphasize scientific language, semantic precision, and model-based reasoning as essential conditions for conceptual coherence. Dutch experts are also expected to express more critical stances toward the current four-part Big Ideas framework, highlighting the need for clearer system boundaries, explicit attention to measurement-related principles, and greater conceptual precision. Across both contexts, the findings are expected to surface partially overlapping concerns (e.g., school–university discontinuities and the need for effective teaching approaches), while also revealing differences in what is treated as the primary driver of students’ interpretations. Iranian experts are expected to emphasize teacher-, textbook-, resource-, and assessment-related factors, whereas Dutch experts are expected to highlight broader socio-cultural and linguistic influences such as the home language environment and students’ everyday engagement with scientific ideas. Overall, the results are expected to support the claim that Big Ideas do not operate as fixed, universally transferable constructs; rather, they function as context-responsive frameworks whose effectiveness depends on culturally aligned implementation that combines internal conceptual integration with meaningful connections to real-life contexts. References •Boer, E. de, Janssen, F. J. J. M., Driel, J. H. van, & Dam, M. (2019). Perspective-Based Generic Questions as a Tool to Promote Student Biology Teacher Questioning. Research In Science Education, 51(5). doi:10.1007/s11165-019-9853-9 •Bell, T., Tymann, P., & Yehudai, A. (2018). The big ideas in computer science for K-12 curricula. Bulletin of EATCS, 1(124). •Bravo Gonzalez, P., & Reiss, M. J. (2021). Science teachers’ views of creating and teaching Big Ideas of science education: experiences from Chile. Research in Science & Technological Education, 1-21. •Chalmers, C., Carter, M., Cooper, T., & Nason, R. (2017). Implementing “Big Ideas” to Advance the Teaching and Learning of Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM). International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 15(1), 25-43. •Cartier, J. L., & Pellathy, S. L. (2009). Integration with Big Ideas in Mind. Science and Children, 46(8), 44. •Harlen, W. (2010). Principles and big ideas of science education (W. Harlen Ed.): Association for Science Education. •Harlen, W. (2015). Working with big ideas of science education. Trieste: The Science Education Programme (SEP) of IAP. •Nosrati, S. (2025). Redesigning the intended lower secondary science curriculum based on big ideas design principles and proposing a sample big-ideas-based curriculum for the topic of energy (doctoral dissertation). Tarbiat Modares University, Faculty of Humanities. •Nosrati, S., Talaei, E., Hatami, J., & Mehrmohammadi, M. (2025). Features and elements of a big-ideas-based science curriculum: A systematic review. Curriculum Studies Theory and Practice, X(X), 187–210. https://doi.org/10.22034/cstp.2025.548359.1108 •Perkins, D. (2014). Future wise: Educating our children for a changing world. John Wiley & Sons. •Plummer, J. D., & Krajcik, J. (2010). Building a learning progression for celestial motion: Elementary levels from an earth-based perspective. Journal of research in science teaching, 47(7), 768-787. •Siemon, D. (2022). Teaching with the Big Ideas in Mathematics. ISSUES IN THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. State of Victoria (Department of Education and Training). 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Shifts in SSI-Based Curriculum Among Pre-Service Science Teachers Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:SSI have been used extensively in science education to help students develop their ability to argue, reason ethically, and make decisions (Zeidler et al., 2005; Sadler, 2004). Additionally, SSI-based instruction supports students' responsible actions and helps them relate science to their daily life (Zeidler & Nichols, 2009). However, studies indicate that the existing curricular structure presents difficulties for science teachers implementing SSI (Kilinc et al., 2013; Tidemand & Nielsen, 2017). For instance, the centralized and content-heavy structure of the science curriculum provides limited opportunity for interdisciplinary, ethical, and open-ended argumentation. To address these difficulties, teacher education programs should support PSTs to critically examine the science curriculum and develop skills to integrate SSI-based teaching to existing science curriculum. Therefore, this study examined how PSTs' beliefs regarding science curriculum were influenced by SSI-based instruction. Hodson (2003) identifies four primary goals of science education: learning science (content acquisition), learning about science (understanding the nature of science), doing science (inquiry practice), and connecting with science in society (addressing SSI). Leung (2022) categorized curriculum models as linear, circular, or multidirectional. Linear models reflect a sequential and discipline-based approach, often aligning with traditional science curricula (Profile A). Circular models indicate interconnected yet unidirectional perspectives across disciplines (Profile B). Multidirectional models, used by Profile C teachers, represent dynamic, non-linear structures that integrate ethical reasoning, real-life contexts, and SSI. These models are pedagogically meaningful, as they align with the aims of SSI-based instruction to promote holistic and flexible curriculum thinking. Moreover, these profiles were in parallel with science education goals (Hodson, 2003) accepted for this study. These objectives and curriculum profiles provide a useful perspective for interpreting the science curriculum profiles of PSTs and understanding change in PSTs’ science curriculum during SSI based instruction. The purpose of the study was to investigate the beliefs of PSTs about socioscientific issues (SSI) science curriculum and how their beliefs changed during SSI-based instruction. The study's goal was to understand how PSTs' curricular models and components for science curriculum changed through SSI-based instruction. In line with this purpose, the following research question was asked: How do preservice science teachers’ beliefs about SSI science curriculum change through SSI-based instruction? According to the study's findings, PSTs used curriculum design tasks to develop their beliefs about SSI science curriculum. This is consistent with the idea that teacher beliefs are not static but can change through organized tasks, dialogic reflection, and authentic teaching environments (Luft & Roehrig, 2007). In particular, they developed their skills to develop science curriculum and changed their beliefs from discipline-based and traditional to a more interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary approach to science curriculum. These findings are noteworthy because they demonstrate how teacher education programs can give PSTs the opportunity to gain a deeper comprehension of the science curriculum and incorporate characteristics of SSI teaching into science curriculum and instruction. By participating in ongoing curriculum design and microteaching tasks, PSTs were able to test, update, and negotiate their understanding about science curriculum and how and why to integrate SSI teaching to science curriculum within a supportive learning community. This study makes a methodological and practical contribution by extending Leung's (2022) curricular profile approach to investigate shifts across time. It offers insight on how PSTs’ curriculum decisions change during SSI-based instruction, and how these decisions represent epistemic beliefs that go beyond surface-level content selection. The study also adds to the body of knowledge regarding curriculum beliefs and how instructional design and reflective practices might alter them. It also provides empirical evidence for how curriculum design activities can be valuable instruments for redesigning science teacher education programs in line with SSI and interdisciplinary science teaching goals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative case study design was used in this study (Creswell, 2002; Yin, 2014). The case was bounded to an interdisciplinary science teaching course. The course was compulsory for fourth-year undergraduate PSTs and focused on SSI-based teaching. A total of 38 PSTs took the course, and all of them participated to the study voluntarily. The 14-week course was structured in two main phases. In Phase 1, PSTs investigated the theoretical and conceptual foundations of SSI, such as socioscientific reasoning, interdisciplinary science instruction, the nature of science, and argumentation. In Phase 2, PSTs collaborated to develop and implement SSI-based lesson plans. Each group conducted a 90-minute microteaching session centered on an SSI (such as vaccinations, GMOs, or nuclear energy). This approach enabled the integration of theory and practice while also demonstrating how curriculum design thinking changed over time. Throughout the semester, PSTs were required to finish a curriculum design task three times: at the beginning, middle, and end of the course. The curriculum design task, adapted from Leung (2022), was implemented three times throughout the course and included three parts: (1) identifying five key components of the science curriculum, (2) justifying these selections, and (3) generating a science curriculum visualization. The participants' responses in all three parts were used to assign each PST to one of three teacher profiles. PSTs assigned the Profile A (traditional) when their responses represented content-driven and discipline-based thinking with linear curriculum models. PSTs’ responses in Profile B (interdisciplinary) reflected circular structures and incorporated inquiry and skill development. Finally, in Profile C (transdisciplinary), PSTs’ responses represented multidirectional models that emphasized ethical reasoning, real-life connections, and integration of SSI. The PSTs were not encouraged to integrate characteristics of SSI teaching in their curriculum design. They decided whether to include SSI or not. Curriculum visualizations were analyzed based on structural patterns: linear models followed a sequential path; circular models showed looping or cyclical relationships; and multidirectional models illustrated complex, non-linear interactions connecting scientific, societal, and ethical dimensions. Each PST completed the design task three times, producing a total of 114 tasks. The selection of curriculum components was coded into categories (e.g., science content, interdisciplinary, SSI), and frequencies were calculated to observe shifts over time. These shifts revealed a change in beliefs from Profile A toward Profile C. In addition to profile transitions, changes in selected components added or removed were also tracked throughout the course. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Profile A is indicated by the components of science content and science process skills, Profile B is indicated by the integration of SSI, interdisciplinary, and science process skills components, and Profile C is indicated by the integration of SSI, science content, and interdisciplinary components. Additional elements had been added in addition to the essential ones. These are problem-based learning, laboratory approach, ethical issues, moral issues, higher order thinking skills, open-ended questions, creativity, meaningful learning, assessment through argumentation, direct teaching, and connection with real life. Furthermore, the three models of curricular visualizations were analyzed in linear, circular, and multidirectional approaches to better observe the changes between teacher profiles. In terms of Profile A, the most frequently seen model in the initial implementation of the curriculum design task was a linear model. Unlike the first application, the multidirectional model was more frequently seen in the second one. Similar to the second application, the third application's most popular model was the multidirectional model. This visual change indicated a more adaptable and holistic approach among PSTs. Considering Profile B, throughout the process, the circular model remained unchanged. The multidirectional model showed an apparent increase, but the linear model showed a drop and a continuous shift. Regarding Profile C, as the number of circular and multidirectional models among these models increased over the course, the frequency of linear models declined. The number of Profile A students dropped during SSI-based instruction, while the number of Profile C students rose. This pattern suggests that SSI-based instruction influenced PSTs to move beyond traditional curriculum structures. The results of the curriculum design tasks showed that, although the majority of PSTs had a traditional view at the start of the SSI-based instruction, they had more Profile Cs than Profile A and Profile B by the completion of the instruction. References Creswell, J. W. (2002). Educational Research. Planning, Conducting, and Evaluating Quantitative and Qualitative Research (Fourth Edition). London: Pearson Education. Creswell, J.W. (2013) Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches (Fourth Edition). SAGE Publications, Inc., London. Hodson, D. (2020). Going beyond STS education: Building a curriculum for sociopolitical activism. Canadian Journal of Science, Mathematics and Technology Education, 20(4), 592–622. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42330-020-00114-6 Kara, Y. (2012). Pre-service biology teachers’ perceptions on the instruction of socioscientific issues in the curriculum. European Journal of Teacher Education, 35(1), 111–129. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768. 2011.633999. Kilinc, A., Watt, H., & Richardson, P. (2012). Factors influencing teaching choice in Turkey. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 199–226. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2012.700048 Leung, J. S. C. (2022). Shifting the teaching beliefs of preservice science teachers about socioscientific issues in a teacher education course. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 20(4), 659–682. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-021-10177-y Leung, J. S. C., Wong K. L., & Chan, K. K. H. (2020). Pre-service secondary science teachers’ beliefs about teaching socio-scientific issues. In J. Dillon, M. Evagorou & J. A. Nielsen (Eds.), Science teacher education for responsible citizenship (pp. 21–39). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-40229- 7_3. Roberts, D., & Bybee, R. (2014). Scientific literacy, science literacy and science education. In N. G. Lederman, & S. K. Abell, Handbook of Research on Science Education (pp. 545-558). New York: Routledge. Sadler, T. D. (2004). Informal reasoning regarding socioscientific issues: A critical review of research. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 41(5), 513–536. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20009 Stake, R. E. (2000). Case Studies. In N. K. Denzin, & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp. 435-453). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Tidemand, S., & Nielsen, J. (2016). The role of socioscientific issues in biology teaching: From the perspective of teachers. International Journal of Science Education, 39(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2016.1264644 Yin, R. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc. Zeidler, D. L., Applebaum, S. M., & Sadler, T. D. (2011). Enacting a socioscientific issues classroom: Transformative transformations. In T. D. Sadler (Ed.), Socioscientific issues in the classroom (pp. 277– 305). Springer. Zeidler, D. L., Sadler, T. D., Simmons, M. L., & Howes, E. V. (2005). Beyond STS: A research based framework for socioscientific issues education. Science Education, 89(3), 357–377. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.20048 Zeidler, D., & Nichols, B. (2009). Socioscientific issues: Theory and practice. Journal of Elementary Science Education, 21(2), 49–58. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03173684 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The Role of the Body: Looking Closely at How Elementary Students Engage with Science Practices East China Normal University, China Presenting Author:Research has not established a clear relationship between laboratory experiences and student learning (Hofstein & Mamlok-Naaman, 2007), nor have popular learning theories of the past few decades demonstrated a necessary or rational connection between body and mind (Roth, 2018). Reflecting on the limitations of stylized laboratory work and traditional "hands-on" learning, science education now views authentic scientific practice as the ideal framework (García-Carmona, 2020; NGSS Lead States, 2013), advocating that students should reason and act like scientists (Ford, 2015). However, while the field emphasizes balancing "conceptual, epistemic, and social" learning goals (Duschl, 2008), substantial research has focused on the mechanisms of "thinking processes and verbal interactions"—such as argumentation and explanation (Newton et al., 1999; Tang et al., 2020)—while paying little attention to the heavily embodied aspect of "doing science." Consequently, while the field has effectively answered how students "think" and "speak," it has largely overlooked the equally important question of "how they do"—that is, how the student's body engage with science practices. This oversight may stem from historical scientific, philosophical, and cultural traditions that privilege "reason" and perpetuate a mind-body dualism (Almqvist & Quennerstedt, 2015; Alsop, 2011; Hardahl, 2019). When discussing science, associations are more readily made with "mind," "logic," and "truth" rather than "body," "emotion," and "process." Educators often ignore bodily engagement or view "doing" merely as evidence for conceptual learning, while researchers tend to emphasize disembodied and immaterial aspects of learning (Kersting et al., 2024; Ross, 2004). Yet, can school science truly "liberate the mind from the body to see the world as it is" (Descartes, 1990)? In doing and learning science, bodily participation in the material and socio-cultural world is ubiquitous (Kersting et al., 2024). Studies in the philosophy of science and anthropology emphasize that bodily engagement is indispensable in core scientific practices such as producing phenomena, experimentation, and engineering (Goodwin, 1997; Hardahl et al., 2019). Beyond book knowledge, a scientist requires the personal understanding that comes only from rich, focused sensory experience; their senses must be sharpened, and their hands disciplined (Sibum, 2004). Indeed, scientific epistemology can be described as performative (Pickering, 2010). Empirical studies confirm that, like scientists, the body plays a crucial role in students' observational and experimental practices (Almqvist & Quennerstedt, 2015; Hardahl, 2019; Kersting et al., 2021; Orlander & Wickman, 2011). As Jaber and Hammer (2016) note, while there is growing attention to engaging students in scientific practice, "there is much to learn about how students step into and sustain those practices." Therefore, this study adopts a student-centered and process-oriented perspective to examine "how they do" through the lens of the body. It aims to open the "black box" of the body in "practicing like a scientist," expanding our understanding of the body's role and significance in science education (Kersting et al., 2024), and deepening insights into what can be learned within the act of "doing." In school science, the body is often presented as an invisible locus of learning (Alsop, 2011), an object to be disciplined, rather than a source of meaning-making. However, phenomenologically, the body is our primary perspective on the world, the zero-point that gives meaning to all other coordinates (Zahavi, 2019), not an object we observe from a perspective. This study posits the student's body as the source of meaning-making—the zero-point—rather than an object or isolated coordinate, thereby avoiding dualistic traps. As Merleau-Ponty (2013) states, to understand a subject, we must seek it not in its pure form, but at the intersection of its dimensions. Starting from the body as the zero-point, we uncover its intersecting dimensions: tacit knoing, mind, speech, affect. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Adopting Spradley’s (2016) metaphor of the interpretivist "explorer" rather than the positivist "petroleum engineer," I entered the field without a rigid coding framework. Instead, I sought to describe the people and events observed in classroom life, utilizing a theoretical lens to reveal what students experience during the process of "doing" and how the body becomes meaningful (Hardahl, 2019). Specifically, "bodily engagement" is defined here as how the student's body interacts with scientific apparatus, acknowledging the apparatus as an "actor" that influences interactions. This definition deliberately excludes general somatic activities such as reading or writing. Data were collected from 75 science lessons (Grades 1–5) across three public primary schools in District X, City S—a developed eastern coastal region of China known for its high educational standards. The dataset comprises 125 episodes of student bodily engagement, triangulated with teacher interviews, textual artifacts, and scientific narratives to achieve data saturation. The study employs a situated, narrative approach aiming for "ethnographically adequate description" (McDermott, 1987). This involves detailing: (1) how participants construct their context; (2) how they organize body postures to activate this context; (3) how they coordinate behaviorally to integrate into others' contexts; and (4) how they hold each other accountable within that context. Methodologically, we utilized Interaction Analysis (Jordan & Henderson, 1995) and Erickson’s (2006) "whole-to-part" inductive strategy for video analysis. The procedure included: (1) continuous viewing for immersion; (2) identifying themes and participation structures; (3) detailed multimodal transcription of core episodes; (4) identifying mechanisms; (5) conducting video-cued interviews (Tobin et al., 1989); and (6) checking for representativeness. To address the challenge of translating visual meanings into text (Goodwin, 2007; Vossoughi et al., 2020), the analysis combines written narrative with visual depictions to highlight moments of embodied interaction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Viewing the body as the "zero-point," this study identifies four dimensions of the body’s role: the body in tacit learning, the body linking speech, the body as a clue to the mind, and the affective body. Specifically, we identified 15 roles of bodily engagement in scientific practice, such as "the body in focal awareness," "action speaking louder than words," "the body producing new phenomena," "the empathetic body," and "the frustrated body when unable to do science." First, the study challenges the tradition of "propositional knowledge" and its verbal assumptions. It highlights "tacit cognition" within the practice/body turn, using classroom examples to show how students learn "how to do" tacitly when practicing like scientists. Second, as students do science together, their bodies are often "speaking." This involves immediate sharing of bodily sensations, failures during multi-body participation lacking verbal explanation, or producing visible phenomena to persuade others when words fail. Thus, bodily engagement bridges the plural scientific practices of observation, experimentation, explanation construction, argumentation, and evaluation. Third, through case studies, we demonstrate that while body and mind are distinct, they are not separate. Bodily engagement serves as a clue to the mind in science learning, revealing the bodily roots of knowledge and how the mind inhabits the body. Finally, we show that the affective presence of the body is a crucial manifestation of practicing like a scientist. We explore its significance beyond the official curriculum script, including the embodied frustration students experience when "doing science." Overall, the study suggests that the significance of bodily engagement lies in introducing uncertainty, learning to "think" and "speak" within "doing," and allowing students to manifest intelligence, interact with others, and "exist" in the world through action. References Almqvist, J., & Quennerstedt, M. (2015). Is there (any) body in science education? Interchange, 46, 439–453. Alsop, S. (2011). The body bites back! Cultural Studies of Science Education, 6, 611–623. Ford, M. J. (2015). Educational implications of choosing "practice" to describe science in the Next Generation Science Standards. Science Education, 99(6), 1041–1048. Goodwin, C. (2007). Participation, stance and affect in the organization of activities. Discourse & Society, 18(1), 53–73. Hardahl, L. K. (2019). Bodies in science education: A videographic study [Doctoral dissertation, Aalborg University]. Aalborg Universitetsforlag. Hardahl, L. K., Wickman, P.-O., & Caiman, C. (2019). The body and the production of phenomena in the science laboratory: Taking charge of a tacit science content. Science & Education, 28(8), 865–895. Hofstein, A., & Mamlok-Naaman, R. (2007). The laboratory in science education: The state of the art. Chemistry Education Research and Practice, 8(2), 105–107. Jaber, L. Z., & Hammer, D. (2016). Learning to feel like a scientist. Science Education, 100(2), 189–220. Jordan, B., & Henderson, A. (1995). Interaction analysis: Foundations and practice. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 4(1), 39–103. Kersting, M., Amin, T. G., Euler, E., & Gregorcic, B. (2024). What is the role of the body in science education? A conversation between traditions. Science & Education, 33(5), 1171–1210. Kersting, M., Haglund, J., & Steier, R. (2021). A growing body of knowledge: On four different senses of embodiment in science education. Science & Education, 30(5), 1183–1210. Orlander, A. A., & Wickman, P.-O. (2011). Bodily experiences in secondary school biology. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 6, 569–594. Pickering, A. (2010). The mangle of practice: Time, agency, and science. University of Chicago Press. Ross, J. (2004). The instructable body: Student bodies from classrooms to prisons. In L. Bresler (Ed.), Knowing bodies, moving minds: Towards embodied teaching and learning (pp. 169–181). Springer. Roth, W.-M. (2018). Thinking with Spinoza about 'hands-on' learning. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50(9), 839–848. Sibum, H. O. (2004). What kind of science is experimental physics? Science, 306(5693), 60–61. Tang, X., Elby, A., & Hammer, D. (2020). The tension between pattern‐seeking and mechanistic reasoning in explanation construction: A case from Chinese elementary science classroom. Science Education, 104(6), 1071–1099. Vossoughi, S., Jackson, A., Chen, S., Roldan, W., & Escudé, M. (2020). Embodied pathways and ethical trails: Studying learning in and through relational histories. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 29(2), 183–223. Zahavi, D. (2019). Phenomenology: The basics. Routledge. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 03 SES 07 B: AI Literacy and Curriculum: Design, Ethics and Consumer Perspectives Location: K110 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Edda Sant Research Workshop |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Research Workshop Refusing to let Democracy Go: (How) Can we Renew Democratic Citizenship Education Curricula? 1: University of Manchester, United Kingdom; 2: Lund University; 3: Vilnius University; 4: University of Helsinki Presenting Author:This workshop seeks to renew curricular narratives for democratic citizenship education. The starting point is the understanding that democracy and democratic citizenship education are in crisis. In the face of numerous technological, geo-political, socio-economic, and climate changes, democracy no longer generates hope for a better future (Runciman, 2018). Alongside, it has become apparent that, rather than an ethical solution for all problems, democratic forms of government have repeatedly contributed toprocesses of coloniality, capitalism, and patriarchy (da Costa, 2024). Meanwhile, the role of education in democratising societies has been questioned, considering the undemocratic nature of schooling and other forms of education (Merry, 2020), as well as the very limited impact of current education in addressing the aforementioned challenges (Sant, 2021). Against this background, some democratic policymakers and scholars have argued for the need to protect the curricular aspiration of educating democratic citizens (e.g., CoE, 2018; Veugelers, 2024), whilst others have started to suggest the need to ‘refuse’ to engage with democratic citizenship education as we know it (e.g., Zembylas, 2022; Webb & Mikulan, 2022). This workshop is theoretically underpinned by Bonnie Honig’s (2021) democratic conceptualisation of refusal. Following Honig (2021), the urgency of our times demands we do things differently. As such, we agree with Zembylas (2022) and Webb and Mikulan (2023) that it is important that educators can ‘refuse’ to acritically engage with democratic citizenship education, question its desirability, take a break from what we currently do, look elsewhere, and try ‘new’ things. For our purposes here, we understand that educators can think ‘out of the box’ in relation to five curricular questions (Sant, 2021, forthcoming; also Taylor & Bovill, 2018):
In contrast with Zembylas (2022) and Webb and Mikulan (2023), however, we do not see ‘refusing’ as a synonymous with “letting it go”. As Honig (2021) notes, we feel that despite defeats and imperfections, democracy and democratic citizenship education push us “to return again and again, though we may fail” (p. 75) because in democracy, “we are all depending on each other” (p. 104). For us, democracy enables this relational attachment and in doing so, we feel attached to democracy. We understand that despite imperfections, democracy and democratic citizenship education are still worth pursuing. And to pursue democracy, imagining things differently or experimentation by a few is not enough. The possibility of real change requires a broader world-building practice of ‘fabulation’ “by way of action in concert” (Honig, 2021, p. 85). To illustrate the importance of fabulation, Honig (2021) discusses the book ‘Wayward Lives, Beautiful Experiments’, where the author, Saidiya Hartman, recovers the unknown stories of Black women and queers who individually refused to comply with white supremacist, patriarchal, and heteronormative regimes and joins them together as an act of pluralising, collectivising, and empowering otherwise one-off stories. For Honig (2021), alternatives in themselves do not bring change, unless they are articulated in narratives that enable survival and have “the power to guide action” (Honig, 2021, p. 103). For that, this workshop explicitly aims to enable novel curricular narratives for democratic citizenship education. After expanding our repertoire of curricular possibilities, the workshop seeks to answer the question, (how) can we imagine new narratives for a democratic citizenship education curriculum? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, we draw upon speculative theories (i.e., Debaise, 2017; Stengers, 2010) and we conceptualise this workshop as a gathering event where proponents and participants gather “precisely because none [of us] has sufficient knowledge of how it relates to the issue at hand” (Bell, 2017, p. 191). Our curricular innovation workshop will be informed by organisers’ and participants’ knowledge, experiences, desires, and imaginations. The workshop will capitalise from a recent cross-disciplinary review of literature that seeks to expand conceptualisations of democratic education (e.g., Sant, 2021) as well as the contributions of participants in the planned ECER symposium ‘Democratic Citizenship Education in Crisis: Caring for Democracy in Uncertain Times’. To expand imagination, the session particularly welcomes participants from different education subfields to exchange their knowledge, practices, and previous innovations. Together, we will follow the speculative requirement of creativity (Debaise, 2017) to ultimately “invite the possibility of opening up a different way of thinking, living, and doing philosophically informed inquiry” (Mazzei, 2021, p. 556). Procedurally, we will follow four different steps to facilitate curricular creativity: Introduction to the workshop (20 minutes), including a presentation of the workshop’s aims and methodological underpinnings and procedures. Mapping of practices (30 minutes). Organised in work groups, participants will be provided with a set of paper notes -some of them empty and some of them containing texts, and visuals related to innovative democratic practices (from Sant, forthcoming). In each group, one of the workshop organisers will facilitate the activity and instruct participants to write in their paper notes any practice that they consider to be valuable for democratic citizenship education. The facilitator will then ask participants to discuss each of their paper notes and share their thoughts. Narrative building (20 minutes). In this step, participants will be advised to follow the requirement of creativity (Debaise, 2017). Participants will be requested to draw upon their group discussion and articulate and connect sticky notes to generate a novel curricular narrative for democratic citizenship education. Guiding questions will be provided. For instance, how would you define the who, the what, the how, and the context of your narrative? How would you ‘name’ this new narrative? Narrative exchanges (20 minutes). In this later step, each discussion group will be requested to discuss whether they think new curricular narratives can be renewed, and if so, present their tentative narratives to others. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We have designed the workshop to facilitate the emergence of new curricular narratives for democratic citizenship education. However, we understand that research is not about discovering external realities but about creating new concepts or a “set of abstractions, ideas that have no function outside of demonstrating characteristics of experience that, without them, would be at risk of elimination” (Debaise, 2017, p. 164). As such, we do not anticipate finding an ‘answer’ to our current challenges in the shape of new narratives, but we are still hopeful that different new narratives can be drafted “from the unity of multiple entities as a way to elicit new possibilities (Stengers, 2005a, p. 184). Importantly, for us, in conceptualising and enacting the workshop as a gathering practice, we hope to open the door to novel curricular conversations about democratic citizenship education beyond the workshop timeframe. We are cautious about promising that the workshop in itself will enable the development of novel, more ethical and responsible narratives for democratic citizenship education. Yet, we will invite participants to continue conversations post-workshop and we remain optimistic that the workshop will facilitate that proponents and participants who refuse to let democracy go can experience democratic and educational growth and have a latter chance to contribute to renewing democratic citizenship education. We understand our workshop not as an event led by proponents, but as a practice of responsive collaboration with unpredictable outcomes (Honig, 2021; Stengers, 2005). As Honig (2021) explains, “[c]aught up in action, we [the proponents] are not in charge of it; we may well be its initiators, but we are not its authors. Indeed, we may well be surprised later to realize what we have done” (p. 2). References Bell, V. (2017). On Isabelle Stengers’ cosmopolitics: A speculative adventure. In A. Wilkie, M. Savransky, & M. Rosengarten (Eds.), Speculative research: The lure of possible futures (pp. 187–197). London & New York: Routledge. Council of Europe (2018). Reference Framework of Competences for a Democratic Culture. Strasbourg. da Costa, M. (2023). Ugly democracy: Towards epistemic disobedience in development education. Policy and Practice: A Development Education Review, 36(Spring), 14-32. Debaise, D. (2017). Speculative empiricism. Revisiting Whitehead. Edinburgh University Press. Honig, B. (2021) A feminist theory of refusal. Harvard University Press. Mazzei, L. A. (2021). Speculative inquiry: thinking with Whitehead. Qualitative inquiry, 27(5), 554-566. Merry, M. S. (2020). Can schools teach citizenship?. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 41(1), 124-138. Runciman, E. (2018). How Democracy Ends. London: Profile Books. Sant, E. (2021). Political education in times of populism. Springer International Publishing. Sant (Under Review). Learning from Disagreement. Stengers, I. (2005). Introductory notes on an ecology of practices. Cultural studies review, 11(1), 183-196. Taylor, C. A., & Bovill, C. (2018). Towards an ecology of participation: Process philosophy and co-creation of higher education curricula. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 112-128. Zembylas, M. (2022). Decolonizing and re-theorizing radical democratic education: Toward a politics and practice of refusal. Power and Education, 14(2), 157-171. Veugelers, W. (2024). Citizenship education for a diverse Europe. In Handbook of moral and character education (pp. 379-399). Routledge. Webb, P. T., & Mikulan, P. (2023). Escape education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 55(12), 1316-1321. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 07 A: Building Belonging Through Peer Support Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Jonathan Rix Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper What Do We Know About Peer Acceptance in Kindergarten? A Systematic Review of Empirical Studies on Children with Special Educational Needs Bielefeld University, Germany Presenting Author:Early childhood education is a critical factor that shapes children’s development and well-being. Education received during the early childhood period has been shown to make a significant contribution to children’s cognitive, linguistic, and social-emotional development (Camilli et al., 2010; OECD, 2020). Valuing individual differences among students and fostering social-emotional skills (such as respect, empathy, and understanding) are fundamental elements in creating inclusive learning environments in which all students feel a sense of belonging and are able to realize their learning potential (Cerna et al., 2021). In that regard, inclusive education is an approach that enables children with all types of disadvantages to learn together with their peers and ensures equal access to social, cultural, and educational opportunities for all students by organizing learning environments according to diverse learning needs (Aydın Güngör & Pehlivan, 2021). While students with special needs exhibit lower levels of social interaction, participation in shared activities, and, especially, peer acceptance compared to their typically developing peers, increased opportunities for interaction in learning environments contribute to the development of their social skills; this process also enables students without developmental disabilities to gain tolerance and respect for diversity (Kart & Kart, 2021; Petrovska & Sivevska, 2024). Considering the central role of peer relationships in inclusive early childhood settings, systematically examining how children with special educational needs are accepted by their peers is essential for informing inclusive educational practices and promoting meaningful participation, social inclusion, and social development for all children. Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) provides an important framework for understanding the peer acceptance processes of children with special educational needs. Utilizing this perspective, the child with special needs is placed at the center, while their environment interacts with them at multiple levels. At the microsystem level, the teacher and typically developing peers in the classroom engage in direct interactions with the child, whereas at the mesosystem and exosystem levels, the parents of both the typically developing peers and the child with special needs, and the interaction between these parents and the teacher in the classroom influence the process indirectly. The teacher’s individual attitudes and behaviors, as well as their strategies for supporting interactions within the classroom, play a determining role in the child’s relationships with peers. Similarly, the perspectives and attitudes of parents of typically developing children toward children with special needs shape their children’s peer acceptance behaviors. In this context, the peer acceptance of a child with special needs is not limited to direct interactions with peers but is realized through the integrated influence of teachers, peers, and the families of all parties involved. Therefore, understanding the multiple factors that affect the peer acceptance of children with special needs in the preschool period is critical for the development of inclusive educational practice. The purpose of this study is to systematically examine empirical kindergarten studies that address peer acceptance of children with special educational needs in the preschool period. The literature was examined and analyzed based on the following guiding questions; (a) How do the empirical kindergarten studies define peer acceptance of children with special education needs? (b) Which theories do the empirical kindergarten studies utilize to examine peer acceptance of children with special education needs? (c) Which methodological aspects guided the empirical kindergarten studies examining peer acceptance of children with special education needs in terms of participants, research design, and research questions or foci? and (d) What do the empirical kindergarten studies examining peer acceptance of children with special education needs reveal? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a systematic review as its research methodology. As its research foci, the present review poses a set of inquiries into the following aspects across selected studies: their definitional, theoretical, and methodological foundations, and their empirical findings related to peer acceptance of students with special education needs. Accordingly, the selection criteria were that studies be empirical research, written in English, published between 2000 and 2025, conducted at the early childhood education, preschool, or kindergarten level, include children with special needs, and focus on peer acceptance, social acceptance, or peer relationships. A comprehensive search query was developed with grouped keywords and controlled terms (wildcards). Running the developed query across all available search fields in three prominent scientific databases during the last week of March 2025 yielded 15 studies from WoS, 119 from ERIC, and 22 from Scopus. After removing 19 duplicates, the study pool was finalized with 137 unique study inputs. Screening for each level was conducted in two stages: title and abstract screening (TAS), and full-text review (FTR). During each stage for each level, two researchers blindly screened the studies in accordance with the selection criteria and gathered for conflict resolution meetings. Before conflict resolution, Cohen’s κ was computed for each screening step to assess agreement among the screeners. The initial yield rate after TAS was 46.72%, referring to 64 studies, and the test result revealed a moderate agreement (McHugh, 2012), κ = .543 (95% CI, .414 to .672), SE = .066, p < .01. The final yield rate following FTR was 13.86%, with an almost perfect agreement (McHugh, 2012), κ = .817 (95% CI, .644 to .970), SE = .078, p < .01. The data extraction was conducted with 19 studies. Using inductive thematic analysis, the data were analyzed to organize information based on similar definitional, theoretical, methodological, and empirical characteristics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The extracted information was organized around the review’s research foci. Conceptually, peer acceptance of children with special educational needs (SEN) in early childhood is framed by six interconnected themes, encompassing inclusive education, peer interaction/social relationships, attitudes and perceptions, belonging/acceptance, socioemotional competencies, and educational participation, activities, and environment. Across the 19 included studies, inclusive education appears as the dominant definitional lens, suggesting that placing children with SEN in the least restrictive, support-equipped classroom is repeatedly linked to greater mutual understanding, shared learning experiences, and improved social acceptance. Theoretical foundations are multi-layered but consistently emphasize proximal and interactional explanations. Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory is widely used to situate peer relations within nested socioecological contexts, with a focus on teacher-child and peer interactions. Bandura’s Social Learning, some attitude formation approaches, Piagetian and Vygotskian developmental perspectives, and applied models such as multi-tiered supports, Person–Environment Fit, and Theory of Mind are invoked to explain how individual skills, modeling, and classroom supports jointly shape peer acceptance of children with SEN. Methodologically, the research questions of the selected studies cluster into two broad strands. First, studies mainly examine individual determinants encompassing children’s and adults’ attitudes, knowledge, expectations, developmental competencies, and peer-play relationships. Secondly, studies also investigate school experience & environment, encompassing program evaluations and studies of classroom quality, intervention integration, provider competencies, and exposure duration to early childhood education. Empirically, the selected studies indicated that peer acceptance is shaped by children's, parents', and teachers’ attitudes, knowledge, developmental skills, and peer interactions, and is strengthened through direct interaction and positive perceptions. Classroom-based inclusive interventions, teacher guidance, and supportive environments play a key role in enhancing social acceptance and peer relationships. References Aydın Güngör, T.; Pehlivan, O. (2021). The place and importance of inclusive education in the Turkish education system. Studies in Educational Research and Development, 5(1), 48–71. (In Turkish) Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Camilli, G., Vargas, S., Ryan, S., & Barnett, W. S. (2010). Meta-analysis of the effects of early education interventions on cognitive and social development. Teachers college record, 112(3), 579-620. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811011200303 Kart, A., & Kart, M. (2021). Academic and social effects of inclusion on students without disabilities: A review of the literature. Education Sciences, 11(1), 16. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11010016 McHugh, M. L. (2012). Interrater reliability: The kappa statistic. Biochemia Medica, 276–282. https://doi.org/10.11613/BM.2012.031 OECD (2020), Early Learning and Child Well-being: A Study of Five-year-Olds in England, Estonia, and the United States, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/3990407f-en Petrovska, S., & Sivevska, D. (2024). Peer acceptance of children with special educational needs in the school context. https://eprints.ugd.edu.mk/35121/ 04. Inclusive Education
Ignite Talk Creating Communicative Access through Identity Texts and Structured Peer Support: An Inclusive Approach for ESL Learners with Selective Mutism 1: Nazarbayev Intelectual Schools, Kazakhstan; 2: Qazaq Bilim Academy, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Selective mutism (SM) is an anxiety-related condition that significantly limits learners’ oral participation and social interaction in classroom settings, particularly in English as a Second Language (ESL) contexts. Drawing on a social and relational view of disability, this study approaches selective mutism not as an individual weakness but as a challenge shaped by classroom interaction and participation structures (Slee, 2011; Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). Although identity texts and peer-supported learning are widely recognized as inclusive practices in multilingual education (Cummins & Early, 2011; Mercer, 2007), previous research has largely explored these approaches separately and has mainly focused on general ESL learners rather than students with selective mutism. Peer coaching and peer response models are well-established in mainstream ESL settings (Kobayashi, 1998; 2003), yet their effectiveness has not been closely examined with learners experiencing selective mutism, who face specific emotional and communication barriers. In addition, much of the existing research on selective mutism concentrates on clinical or therapeutic interventions delivered outside mainstream classrooms (Bergman, 2013; Kearney, 2010; Oerbeck et al., 2015). As a result, there is limited understanding of how everyday classroom teaching and peer interaction can support participation. There is a clear need for teacher-led, classroom-based research that investigates how structured peer support combined with identity-based activities can promote oral participation for selectively mute ESL learners in inclusive settings. This ongoing action research study addresses this gap by examining how a peer-buffering approach, combined with identity text production, supports selectively mute students’ oral participation and sense of emotional safety in mainstream ESL classrooms. In this study, peer buffering refers to a structured practice in which selectively mute learners work with psychologically trusted peers who share speaking responsibility, support turn-taking, and build meaning together. This allows participation to develop gradually through supported interaction rather than individual performance. This approach extends existing peer-support research by treating peer interaction not simply as general collaboration but as a deliberate strategy to reduce communication anxiety and open access to participation. Trusted peers were identified through sociometric tools, teacher observation, and student preference in order to ensure relational safety rather than forced participation. The study began in September 2025 and continues through ongoing cycles of classroom-based action research. The study is guided by the following research question: - How does peer-buffered identity text production influence oral participation and anxiety among selectively mute ESL learners? In this research, anxiety is examined through observable signs of emotional comfort and reduced avoidance of participation rather than through clinical diagnosis, in line with an educational perspective on learner well-being. The study is grounded in sociocultural and dialogic theories of learning (Vygotsky, 1978; Mercer, 2007), which view learning as socially shaped through interaction, as well as in stress-buffering theory (Cohen & Wills, 1985), which explains how social support can reduce anxiety in stressful situations. Together, these perspectives help explain how trusted peer relationships can serve as protective social support for learners who experience communication-related anxiety. Identity texts (Cummins & Early, 2011) are used as multimodal tools that allow learners to express personal meaning before speaking, thereby reducing both linguistic and emotional pressure. Although identity texts are recognised as multimodal, limited research has explored how the choice of mode works together with peer support for selectively mute learners. This study begins to explore this connection. By combining these perspectives, the study presents peer buffering with identity texts as an inclusive classroom practice that supports meaningful participation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative action research design was used. The study involved 28 Grade 9 students in two ESL classes at a Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Kazakhstan, including four students identified as selectively mute in classroom contexts due to ongoing avoidance of oral participation. Identification was informed by 2 school psychologists' screening and sociometric assessment, and formed part of an intervention that began in September 2025. The small number of selectively mute learners reflects the low frequency of this condition and is typical of classroom-based inclusive research rather than clinical studies. The intervention was carried out over a six-week period and was integrated into regular ESL speaking tasks within the Grade 9 curriculum unit “Traditions and Generations.” Selectively mute learners engaged in scaffolded activities that combined identity text creation, structured peer buffering, and gradual audience expansion. Gradual audience expansion involved moving from one-to-one peer interaction to small-group participation, allowing learners to build confidence step by step without performance pressure. This approach offers a classroom-based alternative to clinical desensitisation models. Data were collected through classroom observations, student interviews, audio recordings of peer interactions, and reflective teacher journals. These sources were triangulated to explore changes in oral participation, peer interaction, and emotional engagement. Oral participation was examined through observable indicators such as initiating turns, length of utterances, and responsiveness in dialogue. Emotional engagement was understood through sustained interaction, reduced avoidance behaviours, and learner self-reports. The findings presented here reflect the first six-week cycle within a longer-term ongoing action research process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings show a gradual increase in selectively mute students’ willingness to engage in peer interaction, produce longer spoken responses, and demonstrate greater confidence during communicative tasks. These changes were visible in more frequent initiation of turns, longer utterances in supported dialogue, and consistent engagement across tasks. The peer-buffered use of identity texts reduced performance pressure and supported continued participation in assessed classroom activities. Unlike approaches that rely solely on clinical intervention outside the classroom, this study shows how inclusive teaching practices within everyday lessons can support participation. The findings contribute classroom-based evidence to European and international discussions on inclusive education, learner voice, and equitable participation. They demonstrate how relational support within the classroom can help protect participation rights for learners who are often silent in mainstream settings. Although the small-scale and context-specific nature of the study limits broad generalisation, it offers a theoretically informed and ethically sensitive model that may guide future long-term and comparative research on the academic and social development of selectively mute ESL learners engaged in peer-buffered, identity-based practices. Future research may also explore how peer-buffered classroom practices align with family perspectives on participation and communication. References 1.Bergman, R. L. (2013). Treatment of selective mutism: A best-evidence synthesis. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 52(10), 1003–1014. 2.Cohen, S., & Wills, T. A. (1985). Stress, social support, and the buffering hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 98(2), 310–357. 3.Cummins, J., & Early, M. (2011). Identity texts: The collaborative creation of power in multilingual schools. Trentham Books. 4.Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. Cambridge Journal of Education, 41(4), 369–386. 5.Kearney, C. A. (2010). Helping children with selective mutism and their parents. Oxford University Press. 6.Kobayashi, H. (1998). Students’ perspectives on peer response in ESL writing. Journal of Second Language Writing, 7(2), 189–209. 7.Kobayashi, H. (2003). The role of peer support in ESL task performance. System, 31(3), 341–357. 8.Mercer, N. (2007). Dialogue and the development of children’s thinking. Routledge. 9.Miller, A. L. (2018). Inclusive classroom practices for students with selective mutism in ESL contexts. TESOL Quarterly, 52(4), 987–1004. 10.Oerbeck, B., Stein, M. B., Pripp, A. H., & Kristensen, H. (2015). Selective mutism: A home- and kindergarten-based intervention. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 24, 781–791. 11.Slee, R. (2011). The irregular school: Exclusion, schooling and inclusive education. Routledge. 12.Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society. Harvard University Press. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Engaging Students With and Without Disabilities and from Diverse Cultural and Linguistic Backgrounds to Enhance Inclusive Practices in Greek Classrooms 1: University of Crete, Greece; 2: University of Southampton, UK Presenting Author:
Educational research has traditionally treated students as passive recipients of researchers’ decisions and actions (Pinter et al., 2016). Considering students only as informants is no longer deemed appropriate and thus educational research focuses on reinforcing student participation and involvement by raising their voice and engagement in decision making process to improve school practice (Sant 2019 Cook-Sather 2018; Charteris and Smardon 2019). Students have the agency to interpret and depict the challenges of the instruction they receive and, as Cook–Sather (2018, 17) highlights, students can become the ones who can “speak and act alongside credentialed educators as critics and creators of educational practice”. To this end, student voice can provide unique insights with regard to teaching and learning especially when it is used to lead reforms in practice (Cardiff et al., 2023). The aim of this study is to actively engage students with and without disabilities and those from diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds to identify their views and evaluate their experiences with regard to access to the curriculum and the assessment tasks they have to fulfil in the Greek primary classrooms. Following the international inclusion movement, students with disabilities (SWD), students without disabilities (SWOD) as well as students from different cultural backgrounds (SDB) are provided with educational services in mainstream schools to access the curriculum through differentiated and inclusive instruction according to their needs (Friend et al., 2010; Strogilos et al., 2023). To respond to the needs of students from diverse backgrounds, Greek legislation provides human resources such as psychologists, social workers, second language teachers and special education teachers (SET) to promote inclusive instruction (Law 3699/2008). Thus, commonly, in a Greek primary school, one can find different types of support for diverse students such as a general education teacher (GET) and a SET, usually assigned for one or two SWD, working in a classroom as co-teachers; a SET for all students with specific learning difficulties to provide individual or group support in a special class; a second language teacher for all students with diverse linguistic and cultural backgrounds; a psychologist or/and social worker to assist students with behavioral difficulties. Even though there is high level of human resource to support students from diverse backgrounds, there is research evidence indicating that inclusive practices (e.g. co-teaching, collaborative learning, differentiated instruction) are not effectively implemented (Manoli, Mouti, & Kantzou 2021;Lytrivi & Papadopoulou 2022). Thus, a considerable number of students, especially those with disabilities, and from different cultural backgrounds, are still marginalized and excluded from the mainstream curriculum. To explore the above inconsistency, we aim to actively engage students i) to describe their difficulties; ii) to discuss why there is still a failure in the system to effectively implement inclusive practices despite the considerable number of professionals working in Greek primary schools; and iii) to propose changes on teaching and learning processes with regard to collaboration amongst professionals (e.g. co-teaching methods), collaborative student learning and access to the curriculum (O’ Conner 2022). The research questions are as follows: How do students with and without disabilities and those from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds describe and evaluate the instruction they receive? How do students perceive the discrepancy between high levels of support and the lack of inclusive teaching processes? What changes do students suggest regarding the teaching and learning processes to enhance inclusive practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We employed a qualitative approach, implementing student-friendly activities through digital tools (design of a website enriched with visual symbols) and focus groups to gain insights from 18, 5th and 6th grade students in one primary school. We used student-friendly digital tools to implement activities to attract the students’ interest and facilitate their understanding and expression. We considered of great importance to adjust the activities to the needs of students from diverse backgrounds, using symbols, photos, and virtual reality scenarios, so the students are enabled to participate in a well -informed, dialogic and reflexive process (Fayette & Bond 2018; Jones & Hall. 2022). We conducted focus groups every two weeks for six months, which were audio recorded and transcribed. We implemented several cycles of sharing previous collected findings from activities and focus groups with the students in the next focus groups to enhance dialogue and students’ engagement in analysing and interpreting the findings. The student sample consisted of i) two students with autism, one with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, two from India (Panjab) and one from Albania (5th grade); ii) two students with autism, one with mild learning difficulties, two students from Albania, and one from Bulgaria (6th grade); and three SWOD in 5th grade and three in 6th grade, respectively. All students were selected after personal contact with the school and parents’ consent. Two researchers took over all cases, one in 5th grade and one in 6th grade. Each met once a week with their respective groups in the school to work on student-friendly digital activities. As mentioned above, every second week, focus groups took place with the two groups of students to discuss the findings of the previous activities. Data collection lasted six months during which the researchers were in contact to reassure that they follow the same procedures in the collection of data and remain focused on the aims of the study. Thematic analysis used in understanding the students’ views and in identifying themes across the collected data (Braun and Clarke 2019). We coded students’ views and experiences and we created themes to enhance the interpretation of data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary analysis mainly focuses on interpreting the discrepancy between the high amount of support that students receive and the insufficient implementation of inclusive practices based on student narratives. To this end, three aspects of teaching and learning were explored; collaboration among professionals, access to curriculum and collaborative learning. We are currently eliciting themes related to students’ views on collaboration among professionals which include the roles of professionals and student academic progress and social participation. Other emerging themes related to the access to the curriculum include the lack of students’ interest in the class activities, and the absence of differentiated instruction which makes students feel confused, reluctant or unable to follow the rest of the class. With regard to collaborative learning, emerging themes include the sense of belonging, student engagement, and the development of friendships. Students consider that collaborative learning has positive outcomes for all students, makes them feel that they belong, and helps them make friends. We intend to discuss that even though the human resource provision is high, and this should be regarded as a means to an effective inclusive education, the overall education practice in Greek mainstream schools cannot be considered as inclusive. Also, we will discuss students’ voices and suggestions related to the quality of the education they receive, and we will make recommendations for policy and future research. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/215967X.2019.1628806 Cardiff, G., Ní Chróinín, D., Bowles, R., Fletcher, T., & Beni, S. (2023). ‘Just let them have a say!’ Students’ perspective of student voice pedagogies in primary physical education. Irish Educational Studies, 42(4), 659–676. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2023.2255987 Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2019). The politics of student voice: Unravelling the multiple discourses articulated in schools. Cambridge Journal of Education, 49(1), 93-110. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2018.1444144 Conner, J. O. (2021). Educators’ experiences with student voice: how teachers understand, solicit, and use student voice in their classrooms. Teachers and Teaching, 28(1), 12–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2021.2016689 Cook-Sather, A. (2018). Tracing the Evolution of Student Voice in Educational Research. In: Bourke, R., Loveridge, J. (eds) Radical Collegiality through Student Voice. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-1858-0_2 Fayette, R., & Bond, C. (2017). A systematic literature review of qualitative research methods for eliciting the views of young people with ASD about their educational experiences. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 33(3), 349–365. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1314111 Friend, M., Cook, L., Hurley-Chamberlain, D., & Shamberger, C. (2010). Co-Teaching: An Illustration of the Complexity of Collaboration in Special Education. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 20(1), 9–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/10474410903535380 Jones, M. A., & Hall, V. (2021). Redefining student voice: applying the lens of critical pragmatism. Oxford Review of Education, 48(5), 570–586. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2021.2003190 Lytrivi, F., & Papadopoulou, M. (2022). Teaching in multilingual classrooms in Greece: Identifying the gaps between teachers perceptions and practices in Reception Classes. In B. Cortina-Pérez, A. Andúgar, A. Álvarez, S. Corral, N. Martínez, & A. Otto (Eds.), Addressing future challenges in early language learning and multilingual education (pp. 349–356). https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=8864398 Manoli, P., Mouti, A., & Kantzou, V. (2021). Children with a Refugee and Migrant Background in the Greek Formal Education: A Study of Language Support Classes. Multilingual Academic Journal of Education and Social Sciences, 9(1), 1–15. http://dx.doi.org/10.46886/MAJESS/v9-i1/7294 Pinter, A., Mathew, R., & Smith, R. (2016). Children and teachers as co-researchers in Indian primaryEnglish classrooms. ELT Research papers, 16(03). Sant, Ed. (2019). “Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017).” Review of Educational Research 89 (5): 655–696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493 Strogilos,V., King-Sears, M.E., Tragoulia, E., Voulagka, A., Stefanidis, A. (2023). A meta-synthesis of co-teaching students with and without disabilities, Educational Research Review, Volume 38, 2023, 100504, ISSN 1747-938X, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100504. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 07 B: Inclusive Education in Times of Crisis Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Thomas Barow Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Transforming Uncertainty into Stability: Radical Hope, Capabilities and the Reconfiguration of Teachers’ Pedagogical Practices Amidst War in Ukraine 1: Kryvyi Rih State Pedagogical University, Ukraine; 2: Örebro University, Sweden; 3: Bogdan Khmelnitsky Melitopol State Pedagogical University, Ukraine Presenting Author:Since the onset of the full-scale war in 2022, the education system in Ukraine has undergone a profound transformation. Schools have been operating under conditions of chronic uncertainty, marked by continuous shifts between online, offline, and shelter-based (underground) modes of instruction. Previous studies highlight the multidimensional challenges faced by education during the war. Velykodna (2023) demonstrates that primary schools in Kryvyi Rih experienced extreme pressure due to the rapid reorganisation of timetables, the transition to distance learning, and the provision of crisis support to students and families. At the same time, teachers’ psycho-emotional resilience and the level of institutional support emerged as key determinants of educational continuity. Chepak and Klymenko (2022) extend this perspective by identifying systemic risks - organisational, staffing, and economic - that intensify children’s socio-emotional needs and restrict access to quality education in secondary schooling. Generally, for all school systems, digital inequality has further exacerbated educational vulnerability. According to Ovcharuk et al. (2023), pandemic-related restrictions combined with wartime disruptions significantly deepened disparities in access to online learning: more than 54,000 teachers identified unstable internet connectivity, insufficient ICT resources, and low levels of digital competence as critical barriers. Similarly, Budnyk and Sajdak-Burska (2023) argue that pre-service teachers in Ukraine and Poland remain insufficiently prepared to support children in crisis contexts, particularly in terms of psycho-emotional stress, communication, and motivation in war and post-war conditions. This study examines how schooling in Ukraine has been reconfigured under conditions of full-scale war, conceptualising education as a social institution operating within a prolonged emergency rather than a temporary disruption. The research examines how school education in Ukraine adapts to the conditions of full-scale war, with a particular focus on children’s real cognitive, social, and emotional capabilities. By focusing on teachers working with internally displaced children, the study aims to contribute to international debates on education in emergencies, digital inequality, and psycho-emotional distress in conflict-affected contexts. The study is guided by the following research questions:
The theoretical framework of this study integrates the concept of radical hope with the capability approach. Radical hope (Lear, 2006) provides a lens through which education can be understood as a resource for restoring agency and collective subjectivity in contexts of mass trauma and institutional disruptions. The capability approach (Nussbaum, 2011) offers an ethical and analytical framework for evaluating education beyond formal access, focusing instead on children’s real opportunities to achieve valued ways of being and doing. In armed conflict settings, education systems may continue to function nominally, yet war profoundly constrains students’ ability to convert available resources into meaningful learning and development.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Guided by the outlined theoretical perspectives, this study adopted a qualitative design to capture teachers’ narratives of schooling under wartime conditions. Data were generated in 2025 through semi-structured interviews (Bryman et al., 2022) with school staff from Kryvyi Rih and Zaporizhzhia, two cities close to the frontline. The sample included one principal, 18 teachers, two teacher assistants, two psychologists, three speech therapists, and two occupational therapists. Participants were recruited through a combination of targeted and accessible channels, including information letters distributed via municipal school corporate email networks, social media announcements targeting private schools and international NGOs involved in schooling and tutoring, and direct invitations facilitated by the Department for Children and Youth Affairs of Kryvyi Rih. This multi-channel strategy supported the inclusion of participants with diverse professional roles and institutional backgrounds. Interviews were conducted in Ukrainian, either face-to-face or online, and lasted between 40 minutes and one hour. The interview guide was structured around four interconnected domains: (1) an introduction clarifying the project aims, ethical framework, and focus on students; (2) demographic information capturing participants’ educational and professional backgrounds; (3) students’ needs, addressing academic, psychosocial, and social adjustment challenges; and (4) professionals’ realities, examining teacher competencies, training needs, school collaboration, and engagement with parents. This structure enabled the integration of teachers’ lived experiences of teaching across online, offline, and shelter-based settings with their observations of children’s behaviour, educational progress, and social participation. The semi-structured format combined a predefined thematic framework with methodological flexibility, allowing participants to introduce unanticipated issues and personal interpretations. The study was conducted in accordance with the Declaration of Helsinki and approved by the Ethics Committee of the Methodological Council of Kryvyi Rih State Pedagogical University (January 2025, No. 6). Participants received full information about the study and their right to withdraw at any time; both written and verbal informed consent were obtained. Interviews were conducted in a supportive setting, with psychosocial assistance available if needed, and interviewers were trained to respond sensitively to signs of distress. All data were anonymised during transcription and securely stored on encrypted university servers. To mitigate power asymmetries between researchers and participants, the voluntary nature of participation was emphasised, and evaluative language was deliberately avoided. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study indicates that school staff transform the educational environment into a space of future-oriented stability by establishing predictable routines and innovative pedagogical practices. By developing security routines in general class management for transition classes to shelters, school staff reduce trauma and create a sense of normalcy despite external chaos for children with special educational needs. Radical hope is manifested through the collective professional growth of staff; teachers actively support one another using digital skills - such as software for visualisation material and AI-generated music in learning languages - shifting the institutional focus from mere survival to creative evolution. The educational environment significantly influences the capabilities of students with special educational needs and displaced backgrounds: (1) Enhancing factors include the philosophy of inclusive classes: all children in such settings tend to be more tolerant of diverse stress-related behavioural reactions. This inclusivity fosters a culture of mutual peer support that benefits all students during air raids. (2) Limiting factors are critical barriers that remain, primarily the internal constraints of psychological distress. For many students, the fear of bombardment creates a mental block that limits their capability to focus or engage, even when physical infrastructure is provided. Additionally, technical gaps like inconsistent internet and the lack of private spaces for psychological support in shelters restrict the full participation of the most vulnerable students. Ultimately, the research demonstrates that while the war threatens educational continuity, the deliberate adaptation of the school environment partially restores and expands students' capabilities through a resilient, hope-driven pedagogical framework. The limitations of this study include its regional focus and its focus on the first years of the war. Nevertheless, the findings are promising and point towards future research directions, including how the initial radical hope observed in teachers evolves into long-term systemic change or, conversely, leads to professional burnout as the conflict persists. References Bryman, Alan, Edward Bell, Jennifer Reck, and Jessica Fields. 2022. Social research methods. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Budnyk, Oksana, and Agnieszka Sajdak-Burska. 2023. “Pedagogical Support for Ukrainian War-Affected Children: Future Teachers’ Readiness to Work in Crisis. Comparative Analysis of Research Results in Ukraine and Poland.” Journal of Vasyl Stefanyk Precarpathian National University 10 (3): 16–31. https://doi.org/10.15330/jpnu.10.3.16-31. Chepak, Viktoriia, and Olha Klymenko. 2022. “Ukrainian Education in the Conditions of War: Challenges and Risks.” In EDULEARN22 Proceedings, 2646–56. Valencia: IATED. https://doi.org/10.21125/edulearn.2022.0678. Lear, Jonathan. 2006. Radical hope: Ethics in the face of cultural devastation. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Nussbaum, Martha C. 2011. Creating Capabilities: The Human Development Approach. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Ovcharuk, Oksana, Iryna Ivaniuk, and Maryna Leshchenko. 2023. “Impact of School Lockdown on Access to Online Instruction during the War in Ukraine.” European Journal of Education 58 (4): 561–74. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12589. Velykodna, Mariayna, Nataliia Mishaka, Zoya Miroshnyk, and Vlad Deputatov. 2023. “Primary Education in Wartime: How the Russian Invasion Affected Ukrainian Teachers and the Educational Process in Kryvyi Rih.” Revista Romaneasca pentru Educatie Multidimensionala 15 (1): 285–309. https://doi.org/10.18662/rrem/15.1/697. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Predicting Post-Earthquake Inclusive Education in Rural Areas 1: Dicle University, Türkiye; 2: Kırklareli University, Türkiye; 3: Not affiliated with an institution. Presenting Author:On February 6, 2023, at 04:17 a.m., an earthquake with a magnitude of 7.7 occurred in Turkiye’s province of Kahramanmaras, with its epicenter in the Pazarcik district. On the same day, at 13:24, another earthquake with a magnitude of 7.6 struck, with its epicenter in the Elbistan district of Kahramanmaras. These earthquakes, which affected 11 provinces, impacted many social institutions, including education. It can be anticipated that the impacts of disasters on education affect individuals at different levels and in different ways. This situation brings to the fore the issue of “good education for all after disasters,” or in other words, “post-disaster inclusive education,” even though individuals are affected by disasters to varying degrees. Inclusivity refers to ensuring everyone’s access to and full participation in educational environments and subsequently engaging them in an appropriate and high-quality educational process that addresses their needs (Butakor et al., 2020; Shaeffer, 2019; Stubbs, 2008). This concept is also related to how communities respond to change and diversity (Armstrong, 2008). Considering that disasters alter educational environments and, in particular, students’ needs, post-disaster inclusive education becomes even more important. Studies in this area indicate that, in the context of inclusivity in post-disaster educational processes, girls in terms of gender, refugees/those under temporary protection in terms of citizenship status, and individuals living in poverty in terms of socioeconomic status become disadvantaged groups (Basnet, 2020; Hermida, 2011; Lai et al., 2019; Nguyen & Minh Pham, 2018; Yavuz & Mizrak, 2016). As these groups may become highly marginalized during such processes, there is a need for more research and data to better understand how their post-disaster resilience can be enhanced most effectively (Hoffmann & Blecha, 2020). Moreover, when factors such as limitations regarding girls’ education (Çaliskan, 2007), constraints on refugees’ access to logistical resources (Center for Middle Eastern Strategic Studies, 2014), and higher poverty rates in rural areas compared to urban areas (Yasar & Tasar, 2019) are taken into account, it can be argued that examining post-earthquake inclusive education processes in rural areas is particularly necessary. In the present study, we aimed to identify the variables that predict post-earthquake inclusive education in rural areas, considering earthquakes as a type of disaster. In this context, we consider schools’ post-earthquake disaster management skills to be one of the positive predictors of post-disaster inclusive education in rural areas, as these skills can facilitate access to education in emergencies (Sinclair, 2002). Another positive predictor is expected to be the Socio-Economic Development Index (SEDI) of the districts to which rural areas are administratively affiliated, because inclusivity requires engagement with broader social and economic conditions of society (Barton, 1997). Given that knowing students is crucial for inclusive education (Çelik, 2022) and that inclusive education requires a long-term process (Ainscow, 2005), we also anticipate that the continuity of administrative staff and teachers before and after the earthquake will emerge as positive predictors in this study. We hypothesize that the level of disruption to classes after the earthquake will negatively predict post-disaster inclusive education in rural areas, because students’ presence at school is highly important for their inclusion in many respects, particularly academic achievement (Halinen & Järvinen, 2008). Finally, we assume that distance from the nearest earthquake epicenter may positively explain inclusive education in rural areas, as it can influence the level of destruction caused by the earthquake. In other words, we expect that inclusive education efforts will increase as the distance from the nearest earthquake epicenter increases, because less destruction is likely to occur farther from the epicenter, thereby enabling inclusive education practices to be implemented more easily. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we employed a correlational survey design. Rural schools located in the provinces of Adana, Adiyaman, Diyarbakir, Elazig, Gaziantep, Hatay, Kahramanmaras, Kilis, Malatya, Osmaniye, and Şanliurfa that were affected by the February 6 earthquakes constituted the population of the study. We used cluster sampling to determine the schools to be included in the research. Accordingly, we included a total of 965 schools from these regions in the study. To collect the data, we developed the Post-Earthquake Inclusive Education Scale (PEIES) and the Post-Earthquake Disaster Management Scale (PEDMS). According to the results of the Exploratory Factor Analysis, both the PEIES and the PEDMS are single-factor scales, explaining 83% and 81% of the total variance, respectively. The results of the Confirmatory Factor Analysis showed that the goodness-of-fit indices were at acceptable and excellent levels. We calculated Cronbach’s alpha reliability coefficients as .97 for both scales. All these findings indicate that the measurements obtained using these scales are valid and reliable (Buyukozturk, 2012). In addition to the PEIES and the PEDMS, we prepared a School Information Form (SIF). SIF contained questions regarding administrative staff continuity, teacher continuity, and the level of disruption to lessons. We obtained the SEDIs from data provided by the Republic of Turkiye Ministry of Industry and Technology and determined the distances of the villages to the nearest earthquake epicenter using the OpenRouteService Application Programming Interface. We analyzed the data using multiple linear regression analysis. Within the scope of the assumptions of this analysis (Pallant, 2007), we achieved an adequate sample size. We examined outliers in each variable using boxplots and removed cases containing these values from the dataset. Because the correlations among the predictor variables were at most .257 (< .70), multicollinearity did not pose a problem. Since the skewness and kurtosis coefficients of all variables ranged between −1.5 and +1.5, the data exhibited a normal distribution. In addition, the scatter plot showed values remaining between −3 and +3 and forming an approximate rectangular shape, indicating that the assumption of multivariate normality in terms of residuals was met. The normal P–P plot formed a diagonal line, indicating that the assumption of linearity was satisfied. This study was supported by The Scientific and Technological Research Council of Turkiye (TUBITAK) under the 1001 – Scientific and Technological Research Projects Support Program, within the scope of the “Special Call for Universities in the Earthquake Region – BINBIRCABA.” Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to the results obtained from the study, post-earthquake disaster management, the Socio-Economic Development Index (SEDI), continuity of administrative staff, continuity of teachers, the level of disruption to classes, and distance from the nearest earthquake epicenter collectively explained 86.8% of the variance in post-earthquake inclusive education. The resulting model was statistically significant. However, the SEDI and the level of disruption to classes did not significantly predict post-earthquake inclusive education. Post-earthquake disaster management, continuity of administrative staff, and continuity of teachers emerged as positive and significant predictors. In contrast, distance from the nearest earthquake epicenter was a negative and significant predictor. Within this model, post-earthquake disaster management was the strongest predictor among all variables (β = .93). We interpret these findings to suggest that schools capable of demonstrating post-earthquake disaster management skills, even under highly adverse conditions, are able to create a foundation for an inclusive educational environment for their students in the post-earthquake period. References Ainscow, M. (2005). Understanding the development of inclusive education system. Electronic Journal of Research in Educational Psychology, 7(3), 5-20. http://repositorio.ual.es/bitstream/handle/10835/746/Art_7_109_eng.pdf?sequence=1 Armstrong, F. (2008). Inclusive education. In G. Richards, and F. Armstrong, (Eds). Key issues for teaching assistants: Working in diverse and inclusive classrooms. Routledge. Basnet, B. K. (2020). Earthquake and its impacts on education: Aftermath Nepal quake 2015. The European Educational Researcher, 3(3), 101-118. https://doi.org/10.31757/euer.332 Butakor, P. K., Ampadu, E., & Suleiman, S. J. (2020). Analysis of Ghanaian teachers’ attitudes toward inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24:11, 1237-1252, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1512661 Buyukozturk, Ş. (2012). Sosyal bilimler icin veri analizi el kitabi. Pegem Akademi. Çelik, Ç. (2022). Recognizing and misrecognizing: inclusive education, schools, and ethnicity. Journal of Sociological Research, 25(2), 146-168. https://doi.org/10.18490/sosars.1111340 Center for Middle Eastern Strategic Studies. (2014). Suriye’ye komsu ulkelerde Suriyeli multecilerin durumu: Bulgular, sonuclar ve oneriler. http://www.madde14.org/images/e/e5/OrsamSuriyeKomsu2014.pdf Halinen, I., & Järvinen, R. (2008). Towards inclusive education: the case of Finland. Prospects, 38(1), 77-97. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-008-9061-2 Hermida, P. ( 2011). The long-term effect of natural disasters: health and education in Guatemala after the 1976 earthquake. Fifth Annual PopPov Conference on Population, Reproductive Health, and Economic Development. https://ssrn.com/abstract=1845910 Hoffmann, R., & Blecha, D. (2020). Education and disaster vulnerability in Southeast Asia: Evidence and policy implications. Sustainability, 12(4), 1401. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12041401 Lai, B. S., Esnard, A. M., Wyczalkowski, C., Savage, R., & Shah, H. (2019). Trajectories of school recovery after a natural disaster: Risk and protective factors. Risk, hazards & crisis in public policy, 10(1), 32-51. https://doi.org/10.1002/rhc3.12158 Nguyen, C. V., & Minh Pham, N. (2018). The impact of natural disasters on children's education: Comparative evidence from Ethiopia, India, Peru, and Vietnam. Review of Development Economics, 22(4), 1561-1589. https://doi.org/10.1111/rode.12406 Pallant, J. (2007). SPSS survival manual: A step by step guide to data analysis using SPSS for windows third edition. Berkshire: Open University Press. Shaeffer, S. (2019). Inclusive education: A prerequisite for equity and social justice. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20(2), 181-192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09598-w Sinclair, M. (2002). Planning education in and after emergencies https://www.iiep.unesco.org/en/publication/planning-education-and-after-emergencies Stubbs, S. (2008). Inclusive education. Where there are few resources. Oslo, The Atlas Alliance Publ. https://www.academia.edu/download/37729926/Stubbs_2008_IE_few_resources_.pdf Yasar, S., & Tasar, M. O. (2019). Conceptual framework of poverty and the impacts of anti-poverty policies in Turkey. The Journal of Social Economic Research, 19(38), 118-144. https://dergipark.org.tr/en/download/article-file/844678 Yavuz, O., & Mizrak, S. (2016). Education of school-age children in emergencies: The case of Syrian refugees in Turkey. Goc Dergisi, 3(2), 175-199. https://doi.org/10.33182/gd.v3i2.578 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 07 D: Relationships, Belonging, and Community in Inclusive Education Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Edda Óskarsdóttir Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Relational Pedagogy as Inclusive practice: Learning from Compulsory School Teachers in Iceland University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:This study explores relational pedagogy as a core dimension of inclusive educational practice in Icelandic compulsory schools. In recent years, international and national policy discourses have increasingly emphasised student well-being, participation, and belonging as central aims of schooling. However, while positive teacher–student relationships are frequently highlighted as important, there remains limited empirical research examining how relational pedagogy is enacted as a deliberate pedagogical practice in everyday classroom contexts. The purpose of the study is to develop an in-depth understanding of how teachers in Icelandic compulsory schools construct and enact relational pedagogy in their professional practice, and how such practices support inclusion in a broad sense. The research is of a qualitative natura and aims to analyse and theorise the characteristics of teaching practices and approaches, and how these contribute to relationships and students’ inclusion. The study is guided by the following research question: What can be learned from teachers in Iceland about relational pedagogy as inclusive practice? The research is grounded in relational pedagogy, which conceptualises teaching and learning as fundamentally social, ethical, and relational processes (Gergen, 2009; Biesta, 2004). From this perspective, learning is not merely the transmission of knowledge but emerges through interaction, dialogue, and mutual engagement between teachers and students, as well as among students themselves. Teaching is therefore understood as a shared pedagogical endeavour in which meaning is co-constructed within a relational space. Central to the study is the concept of Pedagogical Relational Teachership (Ljungblad, 2021), which emphasises respect for students’ positions, recognition of diversity as a resource, and the ethical responsibility of teachers to create inclusive learning environments where all students are acknowledged as full participants. This approach aligns closely with inclusive pedagogy, which shifts the focus from categorising learners to examining how educational systems, practices, and relationships shape participation and belonging (Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). Recent research has highlighted how informal interactions, teacher presence, flexibility, and responsiveness can foster meaningful relationships and create conditions for inclusive learning (Hickey & Riddle, 2024). Such relational practices may be particularly visible in small or closely connected school communities, where teachers have greater opportunities to engage with students on a personal level. Iceland provides a relevant context for this investigation. Data from the Teaching and Learning International Survey (OECD, 2024) indicate that Icelandic teachers place strong emphasis on creating safe, welcoming, and respectful classroom environments, and report high confidence in their ability to positively influence students’ well-being and engagement. Despite this, there is limited research examining how relational pedagogical practices are developed, sustained, and experienced in Icelandic schools, and how they contribute to inclusion beyond academic outcomes. This study seeks to address this gap by connecting international theoretical perspectives on relational pedagogy with teachers’ lived experiences and practices in Icelandic compulsory education. In doing so, it aims to contribute to broader discussions on inclusive education by foregrounding relationships as a pedagogical and ethical foundation for participation, learning, and well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative research design informed by narrative inquiry, an approach well suited to exploring teachers’ lived experiences, values, and professional knowledge (Clandinin, 2013). At the time of submission, the study is in its early phase, and the paper outlines the research design and emerging analytical directions. Narrative inquiry is grounded in the assumption that teachers’ stories provide insight into how pedagogical meanings are constructed and enacted in practice, and recognises participants as active contributors to knowledge production rather than passive research subjects. Data will be generated through classroom observations and semi-structured interviews with 10 teachers in Icelandic compulsory schools. Participants will be selected through purposive convenience sampling to ensure diversity in teaching experience, school size, and grade levels (Years 1–10). Both teachers working in small rural schools and those in larger urban schools will be included to capture variation in relational practices across contexts. Classroom observations will focus on everyday pedagogical interactions, relational practices, and inclusive teaching strategies as they unfold in situ. Field notes from observations will inform the development of interview prompts, enabling teachers to reflect on observed practices and articulate their pedagogical reasoning. Semi-structured interviews will provide space for teachers to share narratives about relationships, inclusion, professional responsibility, and the conditions that enable or constrain relational pedagogy in their work. Data analysis will be conducted using a grounded theory–informed approach (Charmaz, 2004), allowing themes and patterns to emerge inductively from the data rather than being imposed a priori. Analysis will proceed iteratively alongside data generation, incorporating coding, memo writing, and constant comparison to support theory development grounded in participants’ experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to generate nuanced insights into how relational pedagogy is enacted as a conscious pedagogical practice in Icelandic compulsory schools. Rather than framing relationships as an additional or peripheral aspect of teaching, the findings are anticipated to highlight relational pedagogy as a foundational dimension of inclusive educational practice. Expected outcomes include a deeper understanding of how teachers conceptualise their relational responsibilities, how pedagogical relationships are developed and maintained over time, and how such relationships support student participation, belonging, and well-being. The study is also likely to identify organisational, cultural, and systemic conditions that enable or hinder relational pedagogical practices, including time, school structures, and prevailing accountability discourses. By articulating relational pedagogy through teachers’ narratives and classroom practices, the study aims to contribute to theoretical discussions on inclusion by foregrounding relationships as an ethical and pedagogical core of schooling. The findings may also inform teacher education and professional development by offering concrete examples of relational practices that support inclusive learning environments. The study speaks directly to European educational priorities that emphasise inclusion, well-being, and democratic participation as central aims of schooling. References Biesta, G. (2004). “Mind the gap”: Communication and the educational relation. Counterpoints, 259, 11–22. http://www.jstor.org/stable/42978490. Charmaz, K. (2004). Premises, principles, and practices in qualitative research: Revisiting the foundations. Qualitative Health Research, 14(7), 976–993. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732304266795. Clandinin, D. J. (2013). Engaging in narrative inquiry. Left Coast Press. Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813–828. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411926.2010.501096. Gergen, K. J. (2009). Relational being: Beyond self and community. Oxford University Press. Hickey, A., & Riddle, S. (2024). Proposing a conceptual framework for relational pedagogy: Pedagogical informality, interface, exchange and enactment, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 28(13), 3271–3285, https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2259906. Ljungblad, A. L. (2021). Pedagogical Relational Teachership (PeRT)–a multi-relational perspective. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(7), 860–876. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1581280. OECD. (2024). TALIS 2024 Results – Volume I: Teachers and school leaders as valued professionals [Kafli 6]. OECD Publishing. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Role of Teacher Humor in Managing Behavioral Problems and Supporting Teacher–Student Relationships University of Wuppertal, Germany Presenting Author:A high-quality teacher–student relationship (TSR) is widely regarded as a key contributor to students’ academic achievement, motivation, and socioemotional well-being, particularly during the early years of schooling (McCormick et al., 2015). From the perspective of attachment theory, relationships with teachers provide students with emotional security that supports exploration, engagement, and learning within the school context. Similar to early attachment experiences, students develop internal working models of their relationships with teachers based on repeated classroom interactions (Pianta, 1999). Empirical research conceptualizes TSR along the dimensions of closeness and conflict (Roorda et al., 2011). Closeness reflects warmth, trust, and perceived emotional support, whereas conflict captures negative interactions, relational tension, and a lack of harmony. A substantial body of research indicates that students’ externalizing behaviors are associated with higher levels of conflict and lower levels of closeness in the TSR (Hajovsky et al., 2020). Behavioral problems therefore represent a major challenge for the development and maintenance of positive teacher–student relationships. Teachers may perceive both externalizing behaviors (e.g., oppositional or disruptive behavior) and internalizing behaviors (e.g., social withdrawal or anxious-depressive symptoms) as demanding and may respond in ways that are insufficiently attuned to students’ needs (McGrath & van Bergen, 2015). Importantly, prior research suggests a reciprocal association between behavioral problems and TSR quality: strained relationships may exacerbate behavioral difficulties, which in turn may further undermine the relationship and contribute to escalating cycles of conflict. Internalizing behaviors have also been linked to reduced closeness, although their associations with conflict appear less consistent (Shi & Ettekal, 2021). This dynamic highlights the importance of identifying teacher-level relational resources that may buffer or attenuate the negative effects of students’ behavioral problems on relationship quality. One such resource may be teacher humor. In educational settings, humor has been associated with a more positive classroom climate, reduced negative emotions, and increased student engagement (St-Amand et al., 2024). Moreover, teacher humor has been described as a component of effective teaching behavior and as an instructional resource for relationship building (Fovet, 2009). Despite these potential benefits, teacher humor has rarely been examined as an independent construct moderating the association between behavioral problems and TSR quality, particularly in elementary school contexts. The present study addresses this gap by pursuing three objectives: (1) to examine the associations between externalizing and internalizing behavioral problems and the TSR dimensions of closeness and conflict, (2) to investigate the direct associations between perceived teacher humor and TSR quality, and (3) to test whether teacher humor moderates the relationship between behavioral problems and TSR quality, possibly functioning as a protective factor. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This cross-sectional study included 654 students from 17 third-grade and 17 fourth-grade classes (M = 9.25 years, SD = 0.81; 50% female) and their classroom teachers (N = 34; M = 41.56 years, SD = 9.76; 85% female) in Germany. Students’ behavioral problems were assessed using teacher reports. A shortened version of the Integrated Teacher Report Form (ITRF; Casale et al., 2023) was used to assess school-related behavioral problems, capturing both externalizing and internalizing dimensions across four subscales. Internal consistencies (Cronbach’s α) ranged from .72 to .87. Students’ perceptions of their emotional relationship with their teachers were measured using a shortened German version of the Student Perception of Affective Relationship with Teacher Scale (SPARTS; Koomen & Jellesma, 2015; Leidig et al., 2019). This version consists of seven items each for the two dimensions of closeness (e.g., “My teacher understands me”) and conflict (e.g., “My teacher treats me unfairly”), rated on a five-point Likert scale. Confirmatory factor analysis supported the two-factor structure, indicating acceptable model fit. Teacher humor was assessed using a newly developed scale based on Bieg and Dresel (2016), with simplified item wording to ensure suitability for the younger age group. Students rated their perception of their teacher’s humor using three items (e.g., “Our teacher makes a lot of jokes”) on a four-point scale. The scale demonstrated satisfactory internal consistency (Cronbach’s α = .83). As a first step, descriptive statistics and bivariate correlations were computed. To address the research objectives, direct effects of behavioral problems and teacher humor on closeness and conflict were estimated. Moderation effects were examined by including interaction terms between teacher humor and each behavioral problem dimension, using path analysis in R Studio (lavaan, Rosseel et al., 2025). Closeness and conflict were modeled simultaneously as correlated outcome variables. To account for the nested data structure (students nested within classes), robust standard errors were applied. Missing data were handled using full information maximum likelihood estimation under the assumption of missing at random. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Descriptive analyses indicated generally low to moderate levels of behavioral problems, accompanied by relatively high levels of perceived closeness and low levels of conflict in teacher–student relationships. Path analysis revealed differentiated associations between behavioral problems and TSR quality. Oppositional and disruptive behavior was negatively associated with closeness (β = −.11, p = .007) and strongly positively associated with conflict (β = .33, p < .001). Social withdrawal was negatively related to closeness (β = −.10, p = .006) but was not significantly associated with conflict. Academic productivity problems were positively associated with conflict (β = .13, p < .001) but showed no association with closeness. Anxious-depressive behavior was not significantly related to either TSR dimension. Teacher humor demonstrated robust main effects on relationship quality. Higher levels of perceived teacher humor were associated with higher closeness (β = .41, p < .001) and lower conflict (β = −.17, p < .001), even when controlling for behavioral problems and student characteristics. Moderation analyses revealed selective buffering effects. Teacher humor moderated the association between social withdrawal and closeness (β = −.09, p = .011), indicating that the negative relationship between withdrawal and closeness was weaker when teachers were perceived as more humorous. In addition, teacher humor moderated the association between oppositional behavior and conflict (β = −.13, p = .027), attenuating the positive link. No significant moderation effects were found for academic productivity problems or anxious-depressive behavior. Overall, these results that teacher humor not only contributes directly to higher-quality teacher–student relationships but also serves a protective function in challenging relational contexts. This highlights its potential in low profile relationship-focused interventions. References Bieg, S., & Dresel, M. (2016). Fragebogen zur Erfassung des Humors von Lehrkräften aus Schülersicht (HUMLAS): Konstruktion und Validierung. Diagnostica, 62(1), 3–15. https://doi.org/10.1026/0012-1924/a000132 Casale, G., Herzog, M., & Volpe, R. J. (2023). Measurement Efficiency of a Teacher Rating Scale to Screen for Students at Risk for Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Problems. Journal of Intelligence, 11(3). https://doi.org/10.3390/jintelligence11030057 Fovet, F. (2009). The use of humour in classroom interventions with students with social, emotional and behavioural difficulties. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 14(4), 275–289. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632750903303104 Hajovsky, D. B., Chesnut, S. R., & Jensen, K. M. (2020). The role of teachers' self-efficacy beliefs in the development of teacher-student relationships. Journal of School Psychology, 82, 141–158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2020.09.001 Koomen, H. M. Y., & Jellesma, F. C. (2015). Can closeness, conflict, and dependency be used to characterize students' perceptions of the affective relationship with their teacher? Testing a new child measure in middle childhood. The British Journal of Educational Psychology, 85(4), 479–497. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12094 Leidig, T., Casale, G., Bolz, T., & Laschet, E. (2019). Deutsche Adaption der Student Perception of Affective Relationship with Teacher Scale (SPARTS). Lehrstuhl für Erziehungshilfe und Sozial-Emotionale Entwicklungsförderung. Department Heilpädagogik und Rehabilitation. Universität zu Köln. McCormick, M. P., Cappella, E., O’Connor, E. E., & McClowry, S. G. (2015). Social-Emotional Learning and Academic Achievement. AERA Open, 1(3), Article 2332858415603959. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858415603959 McGrath, K. F., & van Bergen, P. (2015). Who, when, why and to what end? Students at risk of negative student–teacher relationships and their outcomes. Educational Research Review, 14, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2014.12.001 Pianta, R. C. (1999). Enhancing relationships between children and teachers. American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/10314-000 Roorda, D. L., Koomen, H. M. Y., Spilt, J. L., & Oort, F. J. (2011). The Influence of Affective Teacher–Student Relationships on Students’ School Engagement and Achievement. Review of Educational Research, 81(4), 493–529. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311421793 Rosseel Y, Jorgensen T, De Wilde L (2025). lavaan: Latent Variable Analysis. doi:10.32614/CRAN.package.lavaan, R package version 0.6-20, https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=lavaan. Shi, Q., & Ettekal, I. (2021). Co-occurring trajectories of internalizing and externalizing problems from grades 1 to 12: Longitudinal associations with teacher-child relationship quality and academic performance. 0022-0663, 113(4), 808–829. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000525 St-Amand, J., Smith, J., & Goulet, M. (2024). Is teacher humor an asset in classroom management? Examining its association with students’ well-being, sense of school belonging, and engagement. Current Psychology, 43(3), 2499–2514. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-023-04481-9 04. Inclusive Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Students-in-common: (Im)possible Community in the Mainstream School Uppsala Universitet, Sweden Presenting Author:As argued in scholarship drawing on a radical understanding of inclusive education (IE), there is a need to develop a different knowledge basis for theorizing inclusion, than that being developed through the perspective of special needs education (Armstrong et al., 2011; Slee, 2008; Slee & Allan, 2001). In response to that, a strand of research in the field of IE has proposed an engagement with what can be termed theories of educational community (Danforth & Naraian, 2015), as “paradigmatic narratives” that create contexts for students to engage with each other and with the atypical or the uncommon in terms of interdependence rather than competition, and of diversity rather than deviance (Naraian, 2008). This understanding of IE, which Göransson and Nilholm (2014) have termed a ‘community understanding’, has as its point of departure the observation that schools, by design, exclude students in a non-contingent way, as certain social groups face exclusion systematically. Therefore, theoretical constructs targeting the individual rather than the setting as the source of failure can be seen as inadequate explanations for such systematic exclusion. Instead, it is structural aspects and multiple layers of the organisation of schooling that need to be examined and changed in order to achieve IE (Slee, 2008; Vlachou, 2004). Various social relations and practices in schools and classrooms have been conceptualized and studied in educational research under the term ‘community’ (Fendler, 2006; Patoulioti & Nilholm, 2023). However, educational research where schools and classrooms are treated and theorized as communities, has been extensively drawing on underlying metaphors of social relations practiced in different domains of the adult world, and community is usually seen as something that school adults create and promote for children (Patoulioti & Nilholm, 2023). Students’ own social relations and collective practices have been less utilized as the basis for understanding and theorizing educational ‘community’, despite research documenting the centrality of sociality and relationships in children’s and youth’s lives (e.g. Corsaro, 2018; Lahelma, 2002). A focus on students' experiences of social relations at school becomes especially important in the context of the recent expansion of a market logic and focus on individual results, which has been criticized for their impact on social relations (Ball, 1993), and the undermining of a community ethos in education (Slee, 2019). This study focuses on mainstream school culture in relation to students’ social lives and relations, with the aim to identify and critically analyse ways of being together that become possible for students in everyday social life of mainstream school, beyond the classroom, and also within students’ perceptions of community. Swedish mainstream schools offer a pertinent setting for such analysis due to the extensive marketization and recent moves toward standardization, in an educational system previously grounded in social ideals. The study is rooted in social constructionism, meaning that the social world and the knowledge(s) about it are approached as constructed contingently and throughout the constant and multiple relationships between human beings (Burr, 2015). An understanding of IE as the creation of schools responsive to diversity that promote community as ethos and practice links IE to a long pedagogical tradition emphasizing the social function of education (Göransson & Nilholm, 2014). To approach community beyond sameness, the study draws on Jean Luc Nancy’s (1991) critique of community as being common, and his theorization of community as being-in-common. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design focuses on identifying and analysing students’ experiences in everyday mainstream schools with a focus on coexistence and collective action, i.e. where students used to be and what they used to do together, with whom and under what conditions. Young people (age 17-21) with a relatively recent and completed compulsory school experience participated in the interviews. The Swedish Ethical Review Authority has approved the study, with the decision Dnr 2024-06946-01. For data generation, semi‑structured interviews were chosen for their capacity to elicit participants’ own perspectives on everyday school life and social relations, practically positioning them as experienced and knowledgeable about the topics discussed in the interview (Brinkmann, 2018; Edwards & Holland, 2013). Digital satellite-view maps were used during the interview, as a form of image elicitation (Epstein et al., 2006; Harper, 2002) to facilitate communication and sharing. Participants’ being in charge of the navigation on the map was seen as further strengthening the positioning of interviewees as knowledgeable, while, at the same time, elicited various interesting thoughts and descriptions grounded on material aspects of schools. Interviews were manually transcribed and directly anonymized during the transcription. The transcripts were analysed through reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022), with a social constructionist theoretical lens (Burr, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis has identified three overarching themes about conditions that shape students’ ways of being together in those schools, highlighting the uncommonness and discomfort of being-in-common outside already familiar groups, and the strangeness of unfamiliar contacts. Analysis of participants’ reflections on being part of a community has resulted in the identification of four ways of being together that can be understood as community from the perspective of students. The expected outcomes of the analysis are in the form of themes about conditions directing students’ ways of being-in-common (or not), ways of being-in-common understood as ‘community’, and of students' (relational) positions in the context of those themes. References Armstrong, D., Armstrong, A. C., & Spandagou, I. (2011). Inclusion: By choice or by chance? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 15(1), 29–39. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2010.496192 Ball, S. J. (1993). Education policy, power relations and teachers’ work. British Journal of Educational Studies, 41(2), 106–121. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Brinkmann, S. (2018). The interview. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (pp. 997–1038). Sage. Buchner, T. (2021). On ‘integration rooms’, tough territories, and ‘places to be’: The ability-space-regimes of three educational settings at Austrian secondary schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 0(0), 1–18. Burr, V. (2015). Social constructionism (Third edition). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Corsaro, W. A. (2018). The sociology of childhood. Sage Publications. Danforth, S., & Naraian, S. (2015). This New Field of Inclusive Education: Beginning a Dialogue on Conceptual Foundations. Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities, 53(1), 70–85. https://doi.org/10.1352/1934-9556-53.1.70 Epstein, I., Stevens, B., McKeever, P., & Baruchel, S. (2006). Photo Elicitation Interview (PEI): Using Photos to Elicit Children’s Perspectives. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(3), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940690600500301 Fendler, L. (2006). Others and the problem of community. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(3), 303–326. Florian, L. (2014). Reimagining special education: Why new approaches are needed. The SAGE Handbook of Special Education, 1, 9–22. Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 265–280. Harper, D. (2002). Talking about pictures: A case for photo elicitation. Visual Studies, 17(1), 13–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/14725860220137345 Lahelma, E. (2002). School is for Meeting Friends: Secondary school as lived and remembered. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 23(3), 367–381. Nancy, J.-L. (1991). The inoperative community (Vol. 76). U of Minnesota Press. Naraian, S. (2008). Institutional stories and self‐stories: Investigating peer interpretations of significant disability. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 12(5–6), 525–542. Patoulioti, E., & Nilholm, C. (2023). What is meant by ‘community’in different theoretical traditions? An analysis of influential educational research. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 1–15. Slee, R. (2019). Belonging in an age of exclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), 909–922. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1602366 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 07 E: Supporting Meaningful Participation in Inclusive Schools Location: Kahveri | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Margarita Bilgeri Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Fostering Social Participation among Secondary School Students with Disabilities: Teacher Perspectives from Austria 1: Department of Education Research and Teacher Education, Inclusive Education Unit, University of Graz, Austria; 2: Center for Empirical Research in Inclusion, University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Although the social dimension of inclusion has increasingly become a focus of educational research, little is known about how it is actively promoted in the context of compulsory education. Social participation can be defined using four key themes: (a) social friendships/relationships between students with and without disabilities, (b) positive social interactions between students with disabilities and their classmates, (c) self-perception of students with disabilities regarding social relations, and (d) acceptance of students with disabilities by their classmates. Research clearly indicates that primary as well as secondary school students with special educational needs (SEN) are at higher risk of low social participation than their classmates without SEN in at least three out of four key aspects: on average, they (a) have fewer friends and (b) fewer social interactions with peers but more interactions with teachers and (c) are less accepted by their classmates (Avramidis et al., 2018; Bossaert et al., 2013; Koster et al., 2009; Schwab, 2015). Behaviours that violate social norms, such as aggressive, disruptive or avoidant behaviour, and that cause difficulties with emotion regulation, social perspective-taking, social problem-solving, and communicating with others, are considered a major reason for peer rejection (Avramidis et al., 2018; De Leeuw et al., 2018; Woodgate et al., 2019). In this light, students with social, emotional or behavioural difficulties (SEBD) are particularly at risk of social exclusion as insufficiently developed social-emotional skills and related difficulties in social matters are a key characteristic of their disabilities (Schwab, 2015; Woodgate et al., 2019). In this context, teachers can be seen as key actors in fostering their students´ social participation. Through their (daily) interactions with students, they can significantly impact the social-emotional development of their (SEBD) students´ and shape their social-emotional experiences at school. Positive contributions can be made by e.g., developing supportive and trusting teacher-student relationships, adopting an empathetic and non-judgemental attitude towards students and creating an accepting and appreciative learning environment (Gaitas et al., 2024; Llorent et al., 2024). However, many Austrian teachers feel inadequately prepared for teaching students with SEBD, and they often express a need for further training in this area (Schmich & Itzlinger-Bruneforth, 2019). Given this, it remains unclear whether teachers are in a position to prioritise the social participation of this group of learners. Although evidence suggests that students with SEBD become less socially included as they grow older (Guillemot et al., 2024), research on strategies that teachers´ employ in their everyday school life to promote their SEBD students´ social participation is currently only available in the primary school context. The present study aimed to address this gap in research and (a) to shed light on Austrian secondary school teachers´ perspectives, experiences and interpretations of SEBD students´ social participation, and (b) to describe the strategies they applied to promote social participation among these learners. Our study thus addressed the following research questions: (1) What are the perceptions of secondary school teachers concerning the social participation of their SEBD students? (2) What strategies do they apply in their daily practice to promote their SEBD students´ social participation? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Between April and June 2021, 11 semi- structured interviews were held with lower secondary school teachers (corresponding to ISCED 2). The respondents were predominantly female and worked as general education teachers or special education teachers. They had a mean age of 38.36 years (SD = 11.96, R = 25–64), and a mean teaching experience of 10.91 years (SD = 10.31, R = 1–35). Teachers who participated in our study: (1) taught one or more students with SEBD in mainstream lower secondary schools (grades 5-8), (2) had supported one or more students with SEBD over a longer period of time and therefore knew them well (e.g. the teacher was a head of class). For the study, an interview guideline was developed. The first part contained personal, class- related, and student-related information. The main part covered four overarching areas of interest (teachers´ perceptions of SEBD students´ social participation, social participation strategies, fostering SEBD students´ social participation during the lockdown using digital media, impact of the lockdown on students´ social participation), with each area containing several guiding and sub-questions or keywords. The interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim. Structured qualitative content analysis was used to systematically extract data on the basis of previously defined main and sub-categories. Reviews about key dimensions of the social participation of students with disabilities in school (Bossaert et al., 2013; Koster et al., 2009) formed the basis of our coding frame. Furthermore, the classification of social participation strategies proposed by De Leeuw et al. (2018) was used to derive main and sub-categories on teachers´ strategies to promote social participation among students with SEBD. Before the main study began, a pilot interview was held to test the interview guideline and revise it in the light of interviewee feedback. The interviews lasted from 59 to 120 minutes and were all held by the first author in the form of videoconferencing. To check for intercoder reliability, the first author and a colleague, who assisted with the test coding, coded the same interview and slightly revised it afterwards. A second run resulted in a Cohen’s Kappa of .81, indicating very good agreement between the two raters, and was thus considered satisfactory for further data analysis. Based on the final coding frame the remaining 10 interviews were then coded and analysed by the first author. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, teachers in our sample perceived the social participation of their students with SEBD to be satisfactory. Concerning friendships, teachers stated that their students with SEBD had at least one good friend, although the stability and depth of these relationships varied from student to student. A finding, that is consistent with previous research (e.g., Woodgate et al. 2019) refers to the fact, that students with SEBD frequently formed friendships with other peers with disabilities. In terms of positive social interactions between students with and without SEBD, teachers´ responses revealed that students with SEBD were in regular contact with at least some of their classmates and were not perceived as being socially isolated during their time at school. However, the quality of peer contact was often found to be lacking. Many teachers reported their SEBD students´ social self-perception to be insufficient as they lacked adequate impulse control and could not regulate their behaviour accordingly. However, teachers considered students with SEBD to be (well) accepted, or at least tolerated, by their classmates. Regarding teacher strategies on social participation our results confirm the classification of social participation strategies proposed by De Leeuw et al. (2018) for the lower secondary school level. Austrian secondary school teachers in our sample primarily employed direct strategies to promote (a) positive interactions between students, (b) SEBD students´ social self-perception, and (c) their acceptance by classmates. However, the development of friendships between students was not actively encouraged by teachers. Indirect teacher strategies mainly related to (a) continuous exchange of information with colleagues and requesting support from the school management, (b) establishing close contact with students´ parents, (c) making educational adjustments to meet students´ needs and (d) developing trusting teacher-student relationships. References Avramidis, E., Avgeri, G., & Strogilos, V. (2018). Social participation and friendship quality of students with special educational needs in regular Greek primary schools. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 33(2), 221–234. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2018.1424779 Bossaert, G., Colpin, H., Pijl, S. J., & Petry, K. (2013). Truly included? A literature study focusing on the social dimension of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(1), 60–79. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2011.580464 De Leeuw, R. R., De Boer, A. A., Bijstra, J., & Minnaert, A. E. M. G. (2018). Teacher strategies to support the social participation of students with SEBD in the regular classroom. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 33(3), 412–426. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1334433 Gaitas, S., Sarabando, T., Alves, C., Martins, M. A., Leite, G., & Laranjeira, R. (2024). Teacher instructional arrangements for supporting social and academic needs of students with special educational needs in regular classrooms. European Journal of Special Needs Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2024.2380593 Guillemot, F., Lacroix, F., & Nocus, I. (2024). Subjective well-being and social inclusion at school for students with a disability, according to their parents, in France. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 153. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ridd.2024.104814 Koster, M., Nakken, H., Pijl, S. J., & Van Houten, E. (2009). Being part of the peer group: a literature study focusing on the social dimension of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 13(2), 117–140. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110701284680 Llorent, V. J., Núñez-Flores, M., & Kaakinen, M. (2024). Inclusive education by teachers to the development of the social and emotional competencies of their students in secondary education. Learning and Instruction, 91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2024.101892 Schmich, J., & Itzlinger-Bruneforth, U. (2019). TALIS 2018 (Band 1). Rahmenbedingungen des schulischen Lehrens und Lernens aus Sicht von Lehrkräften und Schulleitungen im internationalen Vergleich [Framework Conditions for Teaching and Learning in Schools from the Perspective of Teachers and School Leaders in an International Comparison]. Leykam. https://doi.org/10.17888/talis2018-1 . Schwab, S. (2015). Social dimensions of inclusion in education of 4th and 7th grade pupils in inclusive and regular classes: Outcomes from Austria. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 43–44, 72–79. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ridd.2015.06.005 Woodgate, R. L., Gonzalez, M., Demczuk, L., Snow, W. M., Barriage, S., & Kirk, S. (2019). How do peers promote social inclusion of children with disabilities? A mixed-methods systematic review. Disability and Rehabilitation, 42(18), 2553–2579. https://doi.org/10.1080/09638288.2018.1561955 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Gathering and Using Data on Learners’ Socio-Emotional Participation in Inclusive Education for Policy Development: Insights from five European Countries European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, EASNIE Presenting Author:This paper presents the outcomes of the project Learner Participation in Inclusive Education (LPIE), that was implemented between 2024 and 2025 by the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE) in close cooperation with five participating member countries: Czech Republic, Estonia, Lithuania, Portugal and UK Scotland. The project is situated within a broader European and international effort to strengthen inclusive education systems by improving the generation and use of meaningful data on learners’ experiences. More specifically, the LPIE project addresses the persistent challenge of how to capture and use qualitative insights into learners’ socio-emotional participation to inform policy development and support more effective inclusive education policy implementation. Inclusive education is fundamentally concerned with ensuring equitable access to high-quality learning opportunities for all learners, irrespective of their individual abilities, backgrounds or needs (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022). While considerable progress has been made in establishing legislative and structural frameworks for inclusion, less attention has been paid to understanding learners’ lived experiences—particularly their social and emotional participation in school settings. Against this backdrop, the LPIE project formulates a central research question: How can meaningful qualitative data on learners’ socio‑emotional participation be gathered and used to inform and improve inclusive education policy implementation across European countries? Three sub questions guide the inquiry: (1) What data is required to give policy‑makers meaningful insights into learner participation? (2) What current challenges, gaps or barriers limit the collection and interpretation of relevant qualitative data? (3) How can stakeholders and policy‑makers build capacity to collect, understand and apply such data to reduce implementation gaps? To respond to these questions, participating countries collaborated with the EASNIE team to identify and develop an appropriate theoretical and methodological framework. The starting point was the need for a shared and operational definition of ‘participation’ in education. Early discussions revealed substantial gaps in existing data collection systems concerning socio-emotional participation, prompting the project’s deliberate focus on this dimension. Participation was understood not merely as presence or engagement, but as the degree to which learners experience a sense of belonging, emotional safety and meaningful involvement in groups and activities that are valuable to them. The project drew on several established theoretical perspectives in the international literature. Among these, the capability approach (CA), developed by Sen (2009), emerged as the most suitable conceptual foundation. The CA is particularly advantageous in a European and international context because it centres on learners’ real opportunities (capabilities) and their actual choices and actions (functionings). It shifts the analytical focus from what policymakers assume learners need to what learners themselves identify as valuable in their daily experiences of schooling. By emphasising lived experience, agency and meaningful choice, the capability approach provides a nuanced lens for interpreting socio-emotional participation. It helps illuminate whether learners genuinely have the possibility to participate in ways that matter to them, rather than merely appearing included according to institutional metrics. Furthermore, its international relevance allows for meaningful comparison and shared learning across diverse European education systems, supporting convergence with wider global frameworks such as the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN General Assembly, 2006) and UNESCO’s commitments to inclusive, equitable education (UNESCO, 2017). Overall, the LPIE project contributes a theoretically grounded and practically oriented framework that can contribute to improving how European countries gather, interpret and use qualitative data on learner participation. By placing learners’ voices and lived experiences at the centre of evidence-informed policy-making, it supports the development of more responsive, equitable and inclusive education systems across Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As methodology for gathering data on learner's socio-emotional participation, a participatory approach was chosen. The photovoice methodology as described by Amanda Latz (2017) and others offers a perfect fit to combine the theoretical background of the capability approach with a qualitative research methodology. Policies and practices to enhance social and emotional inclusion can only fully be evaluated by accessing the lived experiences of learners. While it is possible to infer something about those experiences by examining them from the external perspective, it is also essential to access them from the individual internal perspective, that is by enabling learners to express what it is they experience for themselves. This almost certainly involves the use of qualitative research methods. By applying a participatory research approach participants (in this case, learners and professionals) are seen as actively involved co-researchers who help design the research, generate the data, analyse the data and interpret the findings. The engagement of participants avoids the challenge of policy-makers, practitioners and researchers using interpretations for participants which are not fully meaningful to them. Participation in this form of research is itself a means of enhancing social and emotional inclusion. It enables participants to develop greater understanding of their own lives and greater control over how their lives are understood by others. The analysis of gathered data involves interpreting the findings through the lens of the CA, looking specifically at how social conversion factors—such as school structures, policies and teacher practices—shape learners’ capabilities for participation. The objective is that participants identify what learners value, where barriers lie, and how educational environments can enhance meaningful socio emotional participation. Finally, the issue of how to translate findings for policy levels needs to be addressed. While photovoice aims to capture the attention of policy makers and drive change, clear strategies for achieving this are often lacking in the literature. The multiple streams framework (MSF) (Kingdon, 1984) offers a useful lens, proposing that meaningful policy change occurs when different ‘streams’ come together. In other words when problem, solution, and political contexts align, a policy window is created. In this approach, photovoice findings are analysed to distinguish between situations and problems; recommendations are then developed as potential policy solutions. Policy entrepreneurs—such as teachers, leaders, or parents—can use these opportunities to advocate for change, with successful initiatives often spreading to other contexts through policy isomorphism, thereby amplifying the impact across schools and countries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants of the participatory research projects reported that the photovoice methodology proved highly effective in engaging learners and enabling them to express their perspectives creatively. Learners produced photo exhibitions and annotated posters, which served as catalysts for dialogue among peers, teachers, and other stakeholders. Participants agreed that this approach not only amplified learner voice but also provided valuable insights into socio-emotional participation and well-being. However, several challenges emerged. Time constraints within the curriculum made it difficult for teachers to allocate sufficient time for photovoice activities. Technical issues, such as limited access to devices and connectivity, posed barriers. Ensuring the participation of learners with complex needs required additional planning and support. Despite this, the overall feedback was positive, with participants emphasising the meaningful conversations and high levels of engagement generated by the project. First results of data analysis revealed recurring themes across countries, including the importance of personal space, safe environments, and opportunities for collaboration. Participants agreed on the need to validate these interpretations with learners to uphold participatory principles and avoid misrepresentation. Suggestions for scaling up included embedding photovoice activities into school routines and linking them to broader inclusion strategies. Further discussions explored how findings could inform national inclusive education frameworks. Participants stressed the importance of creating guidelines for policymakers and using visual outputs, such as photographs and exhibitions, as advocacy tools. The final analysis of the data gathered through the piloting projects in the five countries is still ongoing. Until August 2026 all analysis processes will be finalised and final outputs and conclusions can be presented. These will include a clear picture of how this kind of data gathering can inform and improve inclusive education policy development and implementation. References Alkire, S., 2002. Valuing Freedoms: Sen’s Capability Approach and Poverty Reduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press Anand, P., 2021. ‘Wellbeing in Public Policy: Contributions Based on Sen’s Capability Approach’, LSE Public Policy Review, 2 (2), Art. 2, 1–8. doi.org/10.31389/lseppr.49 (Last accessed February 2025) Booth, T. and Booth, W., 2003. ‘In the Frame: Photovoice and Mothers with Learning Difficulties’ Disability & Society, 18 (4), 431–442 Berger, C., Alcalay, L., Torretti, A. and Milicic, N., 2010. ‘Socio-emotional well-being and academic achievement: Evidence from a multilevel approach’ Psicologia: Reflexão e Crítica, 24 (2), 344–351. doi.org/10.1590/S0102-79722011000200016 (Last accessed February 2025) European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education, 2011. Participation in Inclusive Education – A Framework for Developing Indicators. Odense, Denmark. www.european-agency.org/resources/publications/participation-inclusive-education-framework-developing-indicators (Last accessed February 2025) European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022. EASNIE Position on Inclusive Education Systems. Second edition. Odense, Denmark European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2025. Learner Participation in Inclusive Education: Background Paper. (K. Todorova and M. Bilgeri, eds.). Odense, Denmark. www.european-agency.org/resources/publications/lpie-background (Last accessed February 2025) Harley, A. 2012. Picturing reality: Power, ethics, and politics in using photovoice. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 11(4), 320–339. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940691201100402 HDCA (Human Development and Capability Association), 2013. Briefing Note. Participatory Methods and the Capability Approach. hd-ca.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/HDCA_Briefing_ParticipatoryMethods.pdf (Last accessed December 2024) Johnston, G. 2016. Champions for social change: Photovoice ethics in practice and ‘false hopes’ for policy and social change. Global Public Health, 11(5), 799–811. Kingdon, J. W. 1984. Agendas, alternatives, and public policies. Little, Brown and Company. Latz, A. O., 2017. Photovoice Research in Education and Beyond. A Practical Guide from Theory to Exhibition. Routledge. Sen, A., 2009. The Idea of Justice. London: Allen Lane UN General Assembly. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Adopted by the General Assembly, A/RES/61/106, 24 January 2007. https://www.refworld.org/legal/resolution/unga/2007/en/49751 UNESCO, 2017. A Guide for Ensuring Inclusion and Equity in Education. Paris: UNESCO. unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000248254 Wang, C.C., 2006. ‘Youth Participation in Photovoice as a Strategy for Community Change’ Journal of Community Practice, 14 (1–2), 147–161. Wang, C.C. and Burris, M.A., 1997. ‘Photovoice: Concept, Methodology, and Use for Participatory Needs Assessment’ Health Education and Behavior, 24 (3), 369–387 Yerkes, M.A., Javornik, J. and Kurowska, A., 2019. ‘Rethinking social policy from a capability perspective’, in M.A. Yerkes, J. Javornik and A. Kurowska (eds.), Social Policy and the Capability Approach: Concepts, Measurements and Application. Bristol: Policy Press 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Negotiating Participation: Coaching Conversations in Inclusive Learning Bureaus TU Braunschweig, Germany Presenting Author:Participation is a foundational element of inclusive education (cf. Boban & Hinz, 2020; European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2025; Ramberg & Watkins, 2020). It goes beyond being there, taking part and contributing. At its core is an involvement in decision-making processes and taking responsibility for the results (Oser et al., 2000; Reichenbach, 2006). Learning bureaus (Guthöhrlein et al., 2020) accompanied by coaching conversations (Fankhauser & Hangartner, 2024) embedded in Peschel’s (2023) theory of open teaching promise a more adaptive approach to addressing heterogeneous learning prerequisites. Above that, the approach also foregrounds self‑determination and co‑determination as core characteristics of open learning cultures, thereby offering a pertinent approach to school‑wide participation (ebd.). Implementing learning bureaus cannot resolve the structural asymmetry between teachers and students, which is due to the teachers' training- and age-related advantage in knowledge, skills, and experience but also to unequal formal rights, decision-making and sanctioning powers (Helsper, 2012). Neither can it resolve the tension between the demand to teachers that they should promote student autonomy and an organizational framework, which subjects students to abstract rules, constraints and heteronomy (Frankhauser & Hangartner, 2024). Yet, introducing learning bureaus allows for exploring new ways of navigating these tensions – both for students and for teachers. Previous research has explored interaction norms and practices in learning bureaus and coaching conversations (e.g., Fankhauser & Hangartner, 2024). The findings show that the IRF-scheme, known from traditional teaching (Sinclair & Coulthart, 1975) is also present in coaching conversations within learning bureaus and that the proportion of speaking time of teachers is high (Fankhauser & Hangartner, 2024). Fankhauser and Hangartner (2024) further have worked out how the ability and will to self-lead and self-regulate become a strong norm and a requirement through coaching in schools. Little is known, however, on how teachers and students themselves perceive the opportunities for and limits to participation in learning bureaus. This is the focus of the present study. It aims at examining, which opportunities for involvement and co‑determination in learning bureaus and, in particular, during coaching conversations, students and teacher perceive, and how they evaluate and reflect upon these observations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The case study examines three teachers and 12 students from one school in the German state of Lower Saxony, that has introduced learning bureaus at the beginning of the school year 2025/26. The multiperspective-design follows a two‑stage procedure: First, semi‑structured individual interviews are conducted with three teachers and 12 students to capture their subjective perceptions comprehensively. Since learning bureaus are relatively new for all participants, they are also asked to compare their experiences to those with different forms of learning organizations. These interviews are then examined through qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024). Second, fourteen coaching conversations between one of the teachers and one of the students respectively are videographically documented and analyzed using conversation analysis (Deppermann, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is anticipated that the analysis will yield insights into the views of teachers and students on participation opportunities and participatory structures in learning bureaus. The findings are expected to contribute to the design‑based refinement of inclusive approaches to open teaching and to provide theoretically grounded recommendations for the design of more participatory learning environments within the constitutive antinomies of modern schooling. References Boban & A. Hinz (Hrsg.) (2020). Inklusion und Partizipation in Schule und Gesellschaft: Erfahrungen, Methoden, Analysen. Beltz Juventa. Deppermann, A. (2014). Konversationsanalyse: Elementare Interaktionsstrukturen am Beispiel der Bundespressekonferenz. In S. Staffeldt & J. Hagemann (Hrsg.), Pragmatiktheorien. Analysen im Vergleich (S. 19–47). Stauffenburg. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2025). Learner participation in inclusive education: Background paper (K. Todorova & M. Bilgeri, Hrsg.). European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. Fankhauser, R. & Hangartner, J. (2024). Zur Machtförmigkeit von schulischen Coachinggesprächen in individualisierten Schul- und Unterrichtssettings. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 79(2), 232-250. Guthöhrlein, K., Lindmeier, C., & Laubenstein (2020). Unterrichtsentwicklung und Unterrichtsgestaltung. Kohlhammer. Helsper, W. (2012). Antinomien im Lehrerhandeln. Professionelle Antinomien - vermeidbare Verstrickung oder pädagogische Notwendigkeit? Lernende Schule, 15, 30-34. Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz. Beltz. Oser, F., Ullrich, M., Biedermann, H. (2000). Partizipationserfahrungen und individuelle Kompetenzen. Literaturbericht und Vorschläge für eine empirische Untersuchung im Rahmen des Projekts "Education a la Citoyenneté Democratique (ECD)" des Europarats. Universität Fribourg. Fribourg, zuletzt geprüft am 30.1.2026. Peschel, F. (2023). Offener Unterricht. Idee, Realität, Perspektive und ein praxiserprobtes Konzept zur Diskussion. Teil I: Allgemeindidaktische Überlegungen. Schneider Verlag Hohengehren. Ramberg, J., & Watkins, A. (2020). „Exploring inclusive education across Europe: Some insights from the European Agency statistics on inclusive education” FIRE: Forum for International Research in Education, 6(1), 85–101. Reichenbach, R. (2006). Diskurse zwischen Ungleichen. Zur Ambivalenz einer partizipativen Pädagogik. In: Carsten Quesel (Hg.): Die Mühen der Freiheit. Probleme und Chancen der Partizipation von Kindern und Jugendlichen. Zürich: Rüegger, S. 39–63. Sinclair, J. M., & Coulthard, M. (1975). Towards an analysis of discourse: The English used by teachers and pupils. London: Oxford University Press. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Promoting School Attendance through Accessible Learning Environments: A Practice-Based Study of Participation and Students’ Rights in Inclusive Education Mälardalens University, Sweden Presenting Author:Regular school attendance is fundamental to children’s learning, social relationships and health (Kearney & Graczyk, 2020). Problematic school absenteeism has far-reaching consequences and is associated with reduced opportunities for learning, participation and social inclusion, as well as mental health difficulties, increased risk of school dropout and later unemployment (Gubbels et al., 2019). Despite legal requirements in Sweden for schools to promptly investigate student absence (Education Act, SFS 2010:800), there is limited evidence that current practices systematically support students’ participation in attendance-related practices. National mapping shows that a substantial proportion of lower secondary students have unauthorized absence exceeding 15 %, and that guidelines for follow-up are often experienced as unclear and unevenly applied (Swedish National Agency for Education, SNAE, 2024). Inspections further point to recurring shortcomings, including fragmented and poorly coordinated organizational attendance practices, delayed interventions, and limited attention to students’ and parents’ participation in attendance-related decision-making processes (Swedish Schools Inspectorate, SSI, 2016). Student support services are used inconsistently, and parents are often expected to assume responsibilities that formally lie with the school provider (SSI, 2016; SFS 2010:800). Taken together, this points to a need for practice-based knowledge about how attendance-related practices unfold in everyday school settings, and relational and collaborative approaches at individual, group and organizational levels can strengthen students’ participation, sense of belonging and meaningful school attendance, while supporting students’ rights to accessible learning environments and families’ opportunities to be recognized as partners in attendance work.
International research shows that absenteeism tends to increase during transitions between school stages (Schmid, 2020), and that schools often rely on short-term and individualized solutions, rather than developing sustainable organizational structures and interactional formats over time. School attendance is shaped by factors at the individual, family and school levels, calling for coordinated and context-sensitive responses (Daraganova et al., 2014; Kearney & Childs, 2023). Proactive and relational approaches, where students’ participation and their role in everyday school activities are central, are highlighted as crucial for promoting attendance (Chockalingam et al., 2023). Research further indicates that professional boundaries within schools can complicate coordination, as different actors interpret absenteeism through distinct institutional roles, mandates and governance logics (Hjörne & Säljö, 2019). Normative tensions between documentation demands, individual support and time for relationship-building may result in unclear interactional roles, minimal student participation and fragmented systems for attendance work (London et al., 2016).
Against this background, the project aims, in collaboration with school staff, students and parents, to explore attendance-related practices in everyday school life, with particular attention to schools’ internal governance and how norms, values and everyday practices shape participation, collaboration and shared responsibility between home and school. The project is theoretically informed by Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) ecological perspective, where school attendance is understood as emerging through interactions between microsystems (e.g. classrooms, home, peer relations), mesosystems (relations and collaboration between home and school), exosystems (organizational structures, student health services and leadership) and macrosystems (policy and legislation).
The project has been carried out through collaboration between the school authority, school leadership, school staff, students and researchers, and examines key factors in the municipality’s work to promote school attendance among students at three compulsory schools. The study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected in three compulsory schools within the same municipality. The study followed the schools’ ongoing work with problematic school absenteeism over time, with a focus on everyday practices and experiences of participation among students, school staff and school leadership. While the participating schools differed in size and organization, they shared similar challenges related to attendance. Data collection centered on how attendance-related practices were identified, discussed and addressed in daily school life. Both student and professional perspectives were included, allowing attendance to be studied as a practice embedded in the ordinary organization of schooling rather than as a separate intervention. The empirical material consisted of focus group interviews and individual interviews. Focus group interviews were conducted with students, teaching teams and student health professionals at each school. These group conversations explored how participants described and made sense of problematic school absenteeism in their local context. Participants discussed attendance-related challenges, how responsibilities were understood and shared, and what they perceived as important conditions for supporting students’ participation in school. The group format enabled participants to respond to and build on each other’s accounts, capturing shared understandings as well as tensions between perspectives. In addition, individual interviews were conducted with school principals. These interviews focused on school organization, leadership responsibilities and how attendance work was structured and prioritized at an organizational level, complementing the focus group material by providing insight into decision-making processes and coordination between professional groups. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. The material was analyzed using thematic analysis, following an iterative process of coding and theme development (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Through repeated readings and ongoing refinement of themes, patterns related to relationships, collaboration and organizational conditions and structures in attendance work were identified and developed. This qualitative, case-based approach made it possible to examine how school attendance is understood and addressed in everyday practice, and how relational and organizational conditions shape schools’ efforts to support students’ participation and inclusion (Stake, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis points to a set of recurring patterns that shape how school attendance is understood and addressed through attendance-related practices. Attendance appears closely linked to the quality of students’ social, pedagogical and physical learning environments, particularly relationships with adults, clarity of routines and students’ sense of belonging in school. Across the material, relationships emerge as a central protective factor, though expressed differently across school stages. Younger students emphasize friendship, play and inclusion, while older students highlight teachers’ engagement, fairness and clarity as decisive for their willingness to participate in school. At the same time, the findings indicate that unclear routines, limited classroom calm and insufficient adult presence risk undermining attendance, even in schools with established follow-up structures. The analysis also underscores the importance of organizational conditions and structures. Early responses to absence, collaboration between professional groups and the integration of student support services into everyday school practices appear to support more coherent and inclusive approaches to attendance. Relational work in after-school settings emerges as an important, yet often undervalued, part of preventive attendance work. Taken together, the preliminary findings suggest that school attendance needs to be understood as a shared and relational responsibility, shaped by the organization of learning environments, rather than as an individual student problem. The study highlights the value of examining attendance work as it unfolds in everyday school life, in close collaboration with schools, and with students and families recognized as active participants in the development of inclusive strategies to support school attendance. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press. Chockalingam M, Skinner K, Melvin G., & Yap MBH. (2023). Modifiable Parent Factors Associated with Child and Adolescent School Refusal: A Systematic Review. Child Psychiatry Hum Dev., 54(5), pp. 1459-1475. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10578-022-01358-z Daraganova, G., & Mullan, K., & Edwards, B. (2014). Attendance in Primary School: Factors and Consequences. SSRN Electronic Journal. 10. http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2519883 Gubbels, J., van der Put, C. E., & Assink, M. (2019). Risk factors for school absenteeism and dropout: A meta-analytic review. Journal Youth Adolescent, 48(9), 1637–1667. https://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2Fs10964-019-01072-5 Hjörne, E., & Säljö, R. (2019). Teaching and learning in the special education setting: agency of the diagnosed child. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 24(3), 224–238. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632752.2019.1609239 Kearney, C., & Childs, J. (2023). Translating sophisticated data analytic strategies regarding school attendance and absenteeism into targeted educational policy. Improving Schools. 26. DOI:10.1177/13654802231174986 Kearney, C.A., & Graczyk, P.A. A. (2020). Multidimensional, Multi-tiered System of Supports Model to Promote School Attendance and Address School Absenteeism. Clin Child Fam Psychol Rev 23, 316–337. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10567-020-00317-1 London, R. A., Sanchez, M., & Castrechini, S. (2016). The dynamics of chronic absence and student achievement. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 24(112), https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.24.2741 SFS 2010:800. Skollag [Education Act]. https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-och-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/skollag-2010800_sfs-2010-800/#K3 Schmid, E. (2020). Gymnasieutbildning för ungdomar i riskzonen: En jämförande analys av utbildningsprogram i Österrike, Norge, Sverige och Schweiz [Upper secondary education for at-risk youth: A comparative analysis of education programmes in Austria, Norway, Sweden and Switzerland]. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training , 7(1), 21–44. https://doi.org/10.13152/10.13152/IJRVET.7.1.2 Stake, R.E. (2006) Multiple case study analysis. The Guilford Press, New York. SNAE (2024). Nationell kartläggning av elevfrånvaro 2023 [Swedish National Agency for Education](Rapport 2024:12). https://www.skolverket.se/publikationer?id=13169 SSI (2016). Skolors arbete med trygghet och studiero. En tematisk analys utifrån beslut fattade inom regelbunden kvalitetsgranskning 2018-2019. [Schools’ work on safety and study environment: A thematic analysis based on decisions from regular quality inspections 2018–2019]. https://skolinspektionen.se/globalassets/02-beslut-rapporter-stat/granskningsrapporter/ovriga-publikationer/2020/trygghet-och-studiero/skolors-arbete-med-trygghet-och-studiero---tematisk-analys.pdf |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 07C: Psychological Needs and Emotional Regulation in Inclusive Education Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Katherine Gulliver Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Assessing Emotion Regulation Strategies in Second-Grade Students 1: University of Graz, Austria; 2: Research Center for Inclusive Education (FZIB) Presenting Author:Emotion regulation can be defined as the flexible ability to respond to situational demands with a range of emotion in socially accepted ways, including spontaneous reactions and their voluntary delay when necessary (Cole et al., 1994). Assessing emotion regulation can be crucial in the context of inclusive education to identify students who may benefit from differentiated support. In addition, the ability to use different emotion regulation strategies enables children to respond more flexible to varying demands in educational settings and contributes to student’s well-being (Somerville et al., 2024). A systematic literature review (Daniel et al., 2020) showed that emotion regulation is not only a promotive but also a protective factor for psychological and behavioral outcomes in children and adolescents. Hence, the ability to regulate one’s own emotions can predict internalizing and externalizing symptoms even during the early school years. Further, emotion regulation can have a buffering effect or moderate how risk factors impact children’s social-emotional development. There are several emotion regulation strategies which can be beneficial for children if they are adaptive and functional or detrimental if they are maladaptive and dysfunctional (Aldao & Nolen-Hoeksema, 2010). Some examples for emotion regulation strategies are reappraisal, problem-solving and cognitive distraction (Kogler et al., 2025). Reappraisal entails reframing a potentially negative and stressful situation in a more positive manner, thereby mitigating emotional distress(Gross, 1998). Problem-solving refers to conscious coping attempts in order to either alter a potentially negative or stressful situation or minimize its impact (Billings & Moos, 1981). Cognitive distraction is characterized by redirecting attentional resources away from emotionally arousing or stress-inducing stimuli, for instance, by deliberate thoughts toward neutral, unrelated or positive matters (Nolen-Hoeksema, 1991). Instruments for measuring emotion regulation rely either on external assessment or self-report. Self-report measures are particularly valuable as they capture children’s’ subjective experiences that may not be visible to external observers. Most emotion regulation self-report instruments are conceptualized for children aged 9 years and older (e.g., Garnefski et al., 2007; Grob & Smolenski, 2005; Gullone & Taffe, 2012), as cognitive demands of reflection on one’s own emotions may pose challenges for younger children. One existing German instrument is POEM-KJ (Rüth & Lohaus, 2023), which measures functional and dysfunctional emotion regulation strategies. However, it is only recommended to be implemented in primary school students from third grade onward. This highlights again that emotion regulation instruments are predominantly designed for children in the age range 9 years and above, corresponding at the earliest to later primary school grades. Recently, a new instrument in German named GraSEF (Kogler et al., 2025) was developed which extends the assessment of emotion regulation strategies in primary schools to second-grade students aged 7 to 8 years. This development opens up new opportunities to investigate the use of emotion regulation strategies among younger students, thereby enabling researchers and educators to examine these critical skills at earlier developmental stages than previously possible. For this newly developed instrument the psychometric quality criteria like internal consistency and retest reliability should be investigated to answer the question of whether the new instrument fulfils theese requirements as well as the existing one. Therefore, we address the following research questions in this presentation:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted within a preregistered multicomponent intervention study on reading and social-emotional learning. Using a controlled longitudinal design with quasi-experimental allocation to intervention (IG) or control group (CG), we assessed emotion regulation via GraSEF and POEM-KJ in second-graders with reading and social-emotional difficulties across four time points. Participants. Pre-test data were collected from 62 students who completed POEM-KJ and 474 students who completed GraSEF. To address research question 1, we compare the psychometric properties of both instruments. For research question 2, we will examine longitudinal trajectories for the subsample of 40 students (IG: n = 21; CG: n = 19), who completed both instruments across all four time points. Pre-test, mid-test, post-test and follow-up took place between autumn 2024 and autumn 2025. Material. The POEM-KJ (Rüth & Lohaus, 2023) is an established self-assessment instrument in German measuring the use of emotion regulation strategies in children and adolescents. The 32-item short version differentiates between functional und dysfunctional emotion regulation strategies. For each item the children rated their answer on a four-points scale according to their agreement with the statement. The GraSEF (Graz Screening to Assess Social-Emotional Skills; Kogler et al., 2025) is a digital screening tool measuring six social-emotional dimensions: internalizing behavior, externalizing behavior, social withdrawal, problem-solving, prosocial behavior and emotion regulation. Items were read aloud to the students through headphones and then answered on a five-point scale using various test formats (e.g., situational judgement test and self-rating scales). While the full GraSEF instrument consists of the above mentioned subscales encompassing 89 items that assess various aspects of social-emotional competencies, the present study focused on the emotion regulation in anxiety subscale with a total of 55 items. This selective approach was adopted due to time constraints within the data collection protocol. Administering only this scale allowed us to maintain feasibility in the school setting while still obtaining comprehensive data on emotion regulation strategies, which constituted the primary focus of the research questions. Analysis. Analyses will be conducted using the statistical software R (R Core Team, 2025) and SPSS (IBM Corp., 2023). The study was preregistered in Open Science Framework (Center for Open Science, n.d.) on 18th December 2025. To address research question 1, we will conduct a confirmatory factor analysis. For research question 2, we will employ linear mixed-effects modeling for repeated measures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect the results from the factor analysis to support a one-factor structure for GraSEF and a two-factor structure for POEM-KJ. Model fit indices (CFI, TLI, RMSEA, SRMR) will be examined to evaluate construct validity. Parsimony (AIC) will be evaluated to determine which model best captures emotion regulation. Internal consistency (McDonald's ω with 95% CIs) and test-retest reliability (ICC) will be compared between instruments, acknowledging that differences may reflect both scale properties and sample characteristics. We hypothesize superior internal consistency for GraSEF compared to POEM-KJ, with expected positive correlations between GraSEF and functional POEM-KJ scales and negative correlations with dysfunctional scales. We will conduct a linear mixed-effects model with time point, emotion regulation scale, and intervention as fixed effects, including their interactions. We expect general improvements in emotion regulation over time, with stronger gains in the IG post-intervention. The time point × scale interaction should reveal greater sensitivity to developmental changes for GraSEF. We further expect that students with higher baseline emotion regulation show steeper improvement trajectories. The findings of this study will provide an indication of how emotion regulation can be reliably measured in German-speaking second-grade students. The results will serve as recommendation for future research on emotion regulation in early school years. From an international perspective on inclusive education, the present study highlights the importance of developing culturally and developmentally appropriate instruments for assessing emotion regulation via self-report as early as possible. This advance will enable the early identification of children with difficulties in emotion regulation and foster the implementation of support strategies across diverse educational contexts. References Aldao, A., & Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (2010). Specificity of cognitive emotion regulation strategies: A transdiagnostic examination. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 48, 974–983. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2010.06.002 Billings, A. G., & Moos, R. H. (1981). The role of coping responses and social resources in attenuating the stress of life events. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 4, 139–157. Center for Open Science. (n.d.). Open Science Framework. https://osf.io Cole, P. M., Michel, M. K., & O'Donnell Teti, L. (1994). The development of emotion regulation and dysregulation: A clinical perspective. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 59, 73–100. Daniel, S. K., Abdel-Baki, R., & Hall, G. B. (2020). The protective effect of emotion regulation on child and adolescent wellbeing. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 29, 2010–2027. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-020-01731-3 Garnefski, N., Rieffe, C., Jellesma, F., Terwogt, M. M., & Kraaij, V. (2007). Cognitive emotion regulation strategies and emotional problems in 9 - 11-year-old children: The development of an instrument. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 16, 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-006-0562-3 Grob, A., & Smolenski, C. (2005). FEEL-KJ: Fragebogen zur Erhebung der Emotionsregulation bei Kindern und Jugendlichen: [Questionnaire to Assess Emotion Regulation in Children and Adolescents]. Hans Huber. Gross, J. J. (1998). The emerging field of Emotion regulation. Review of General Psychology, 2(3), 271–299. https://doi.org/10.1037/1089-2680.2.3.271 Gullone, E., & Taffe, J. (2012). The Emotion Regulation Questionnaire for Children and Adolescents (ERQ-CA): A psychometric evaluation. Psychological Assessment, 24, 409–417. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0025777 IBM Corp. (2023). IBM SPSS Statistics (Version 29.0) [Computer software]. IBM Corp. https://www.ibm.com/products/spss-statistics Kogler, A., Gasteiger-Klicpera, B., Prinz, K., & Paleczek, L. (2025). Digitally Assessing Social-Emotional Skills in Early School Years: Initial Validation of a Screening Instrument. Frontiers in Psychology. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2025.1529083 Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (1991). Responses to depression and their effects on the duration of depressive episodes. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 569–582. R Core Team. (2025). R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing (Version 4.5.2) [Computer software]. R Foundation for Statistical Computing. https://www.R-project.org/ Rüth, J.‑E., & Lohaus, A. (2023). POEM-KJ: Fragebogen zur prozessorientierten Emotionsregulationsmessung im Kindes- und Jugendalter. Hogrefe. Somerville, M. P., Midouhas, E., Delprato, M., & Whitebread, D. (2024). Help me if you can I’m feeling down: Supporting children’s emotion regulation and well-being in the primary classroom. School Mental Health, 16, 577–591. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-024-09668-4 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Learning Disabilities and Emotion Regulation in School Contexts: A Scoping Review University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Emotion regulation (ER) has been identified as a key factor in students' overall well-being and academic performance in educational settings. However, research specifically addressing ER among students with learning disabilities (LD) remains limited and conceptually diverse. Consequently, a scoping review of the extant literature on this subject was conducted. This submission synthesises international evidence on ER among school-age students identified with LD and related educational classifications, with the dual aim of clarifying conceptualisations and summarising empirical links among ER, internalising problems, academic demands, and school belonging. The scoping review was conducted in accordance with the PRISMA guidelines (Liberati et al., 2009). A comprehensive search strategy was employed, encompassing multiple databases (i.e., SCOPUS, Web of Science, PsycINFO, ERIC, ProQuest, EBSCOhost, ScienceDirect) and manual journal screening within the domains of special/inclusive education and educational research, with a focus on psychology. The search period extended from January 1998 to November 2024. Empirical studies that examined the educational outcomes (ER) of school-age students with learning disabilities (LD) within school contexts met the inclusion criteria. Title/abstract and full-text screening were conducted independently by two reviewers, who were guided by clear inclusion criteria and a quality assessment of the respective paper. A total of 962 records were identified, of which 145 were duplicates and were thus removed from the study. A further 817 titles and abstracts were then screened, and 84 full texts were assessed for eligibility. Ultimately, 17 studies met all the criteria for analysis. Across the three studies, ER was consistently grounded in Gross's (2015) process model, while LD definitions varied. This heterogeneity has a detrimental effect on the comparability and generalizability of the results. Despite the limited evidence base, three converging patterns emerge. Firstly, students in LD-related classifications showed higher reliance on avoidant and palliative ER strategies when facing academic stressors, potentially offering short-term relief but posing long-term psychosocial risks. Secondly, in adolescents with specific learning disability (SLD), school belonging mediated the association between ER and psychosocial difficulties, suggesting that enhancing adaptive ER and inclusive climates may jointly buffer distress. Thirdly, ER, internalising problems, and academic performance appear reciprocally linked: partial mediation by academic performance supports aspects of both the "academic incompetence" and "adjustment erosion" hypotheses, implying bidirectional pressures between emotional adaptation and school demands. A review of the literature reveals a conspicuous absence of research on the topic of ER in students with learning disabilities LD in school settings. Despite the acknowledged significance of emotions in educational contexts, only three empirical studies have directly addressed ER in students with LD in school settings. This dearth of research is particularly salient in the context of inclusive schooling, where the objective of catering to the diverse needs of all students is espoused. The paper underscores the necessity of teacher psychoeducation about students with LD to counteract prejudices and posits that a more precise understanding of ER and the development of corresponding interventions could enhance individual outcomes and positively influence classroom climate, which may be influenced by negative self-perceptions among students with LD. In conclusion, the current evidence based on ER in students with LD is extremely limited. Further research is needed to clarify conceptual definitions and investigate ER in school settings, with the aim of informing targeted intervention measures that enhance the school experience of students with LD. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a scoping review design in accordance with PRISMA reporting guidance (Liberati et al., 2009). The objective of the study was to map the existing evidence on ER among school-age students with LD or related educational categories, to identify key themes, and to highlight conceptual ambiguities that limit synthesis. A systematic search was conducted in SCOPUS, Web of Science, PsycINFO, ERIC, ProQuest, EBSCOhost, and ScienceDirect. This was complemented by a manual screening of core journals in special and inclusive education, educational research, and psychology. The coverage spanned from January 1998 to November 2024, and included peer-reviewed articles in English or German. Search strings were used to combine ER terms with school- and LD-related labels (e.g., "emotion* AND regulat* AND student*" paired with "specific learning disorder," "dyslexia," "dyscalculia," "learn*," "disab*," and school/classroom terms). Studies were considered eligible if they reported empirical findings on ER for students with clearly defined LD-related classifications in school contexts and provided subgroup-specific results for the target population. Theoretical or review papers, policy pieces, studies outside school contexts, and mixed-sample studies that did not disaggregate results for the LD-related group were excluded. The screening and selection process was overseen by the Covidence program (covidence.org), which facilitated independent dual screening of titles/abstracts and full texts. Both reviewers resolved disagreements regarding inclusion/exclusion criteria. Peer review served as the primary quality marker, supplemented by checks on the clarity of LD definition, ER operationalization, school-context specificity, and basic methodological adequacy. The PRISMA flow proceeded as follows: 962 records were identified, 145 duplicates were removed, and 817 titles/abstracts were screened, of which 733 were excluded for not meeting the eligibility criteria. A total of 84 full texts were assessed, and 67 were excluded (no ER, 25; no LD, 16; unsuitable design, 9; unsuitable setting, 5; irrelevant results, 4; unsuitable sample, 5; different topic, 3). Seventeen articles underwent additional quality checks; fourteen were excluded, leaving three studies for synthesis. Analysis combined descriptive analysis with textual narrative synthesis (Lucas et al., 2007), summarizing findings across three themes: (1) students’ use of avoidant and palliative ER under academic strain, (2) school belonging as a mediator between ER and psychosocial difficulties in adolescents with SLD, and (3) reciprocal links among ER, internalizing problems, and academic performance. Heterogeneity in LD definitions and ER instruments was treated explicitly as a limitation to comparability and inference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This review highlights a pronounced gap in existing literature. Despite the centrality of emotions in the school, only three empirical studies met the criteria for examining ER among students with LD-related classifications in school contexts. Conceptually, ER is consistently framed by Gross's model (Gross, 2015), whereas LD is defined heterogeneously across studies, which constrains comparability and synthesis. Empirically, three cautious insights emerge from the included work. First, students with SEN-L more frequently use avoidant and palliative ER strategies under academic stress, which may offer short-term distraction but are associated with the risk of longer-term psychosocial difficulties. Second, in adolescents with SLD, school belonging mediates the association between ER and psychosocial difficulties, indicating that ER and inclusive school experiences are intertwined. Third, ER, internalising problems, and academic performance are reciprocally linked; partial mediation by academic performance suggests bidirectional pressures between emotional adaptation and school demands. These findings align with the broader aim of inclusive schooling (European Agency, 2018; Schwab, 2021) and underscore the notable paucity of research on ER among students with LD. Psychoeducation for teachers about students with LD is crucial to counter prejudices (Firat, 2022). More precise knowledge of ER and the development of corresponding interventions for students with LD could support individual improvement and positively affect classroom climate, which may be shaped by negative self-perceptions among students with LD (Veni & Merlene, 2022). Limitations are substantial: the very small number of eligible studies, heterogeneous LD classifications, and variability in ER measurement (including the use of negative mood regulation instruments) preclude strong causal claims. Consequently, further research on ER in students with LD is needed to expand the evidence base and inform the design of targeted intervention measures for practical school settings, thereby enhancing students' school experience and advancing inclusive, needs-based support. References European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2018). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education: Methodology Report. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/easie_methodology_report_updated_2018.pdf Firat, T. (2022). The change over time of the perceptions of school counsellor candidates related to students with learning disabilities. Journal of Psychologists and Counsellors in Schools, 32(2), 159–173. https://doi.org/10.1017/jgc.2021.3 Gross, J. J [James J.] (2015). Emotion Regulation: Current Status and Future Prospects. Psychological Inquiry, 26(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/1047840X.2014.940781 Liberati, A., Altman, D. G., Tetzlaff, J., Mulrow, C., Gøtzsche, P. C., Ioannidis, J. P. A., Clarke, M., Devereaux, P. J., Kleijnen, J., & Moher, D. (2009). The PRISMA statement for reporting systematic reviews and meta-analyses of studies that evaluate health care interventions: Explanation and elaboration. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 62(10), e1-34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclinepi.2009.06.006 Lucas, P. J., Baird, J., Arai, L., Law, C., & Roberts, H. M. (2007). Worked examples of alternative methods for the synthesis of qualitative and quantitative research in systematic reviews. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 7, 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-7-4 Schwab, S. (2021). Inclusive and Special Education in Europe. In U. Sharma & S. J. Salend (Eds.), The Oxford Encyclopedia of Inclusive and Special Education. Veni, K. R., & Merlene, A. M. (2022). Self-Perception and Psychological Well-Being as Determinants of Classroom Behavior of Students With and Without Learning Disability. Journal of Indian Association for Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 18(2), 158–166. https://doi.org/10.1177/09731342221122840 04. Inclusive Education
Paper “My feelings are constantly stronger than me”: An Interview Study on Psychosocial Problems and Subjective Well-Being of Students in Inclusive Schools University Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:Research on student well-being in school (SWB) has become a central concern for inclusive education across Europe, reflecting a shift towards holistic educational goals that encompass mental health and quality of life (UNESCO, 2025; OECD, 2023). Within this context, SWB serves as a crucial indicator for assessing the quality of inclusive learning environments (Kullmann et al., 2023). Quantitative studies consistently identify psychosocial problems as among the most robust predictors of diminished SWB, whereas the impact of the formal category "special educational needs" (SEN) remains contested and inconsistent (e.g., Alnahdi & Schwab, 2021; Goldan et al., 2022). The research landscape successfully maps statistical relationships but leaves a significant gap: it provides limited insight into the subjective lived experiences and personal sense-making processes that underlie these correlations. Understanding these internal, interpretive layers is vital for developing responsive and effective inclusive practices. To systematically explore students' perspectives, this study is theoretically grounded in Hascher's (2004) multidimensional model of SWB determinants. This influential model posits that SWB is shaped by the dynamic interplay of three interconnected domains: environmental factors (e.g., family support, socioeconomic background), school factors (e.g., teacher-student relationships, classroom climate), and individual factors (e.g., motivation, self-concept, psychosocial dispositions). While this model provides a comprehensive framework, qualitative insights into how students themselves perceive and weigh these factors – particularly in the context of psychosocial problems – are scarce. This study addresses this research gap by employing an in-depth qualitative design. It builds upon a prior quantitative survey (Zdoupas et al., 2025) in German inclusive secondary schools, which identified students with comorbid (internalizing and externalizing) problems as a distinct group reporting the lowest SWB. Using this finding as a sampling framework, we shift from a variable-centered to a person-centered perspective. Our study explores the following research questions:
This exploratory approach aims to reconstruct the individual logic of SWB formation from the students' standpoint. By contrasting the perspectives of students facing significant psychosocial challenges with those who are not, we seek to illuminate the interpretive frameworks that may either buffer against or amplify distress in inclusive settings. The findings aim to contribute a nuanced, emic perspective to the European discourse on inclusive education, highlighting that equitable participation is not only a matter of structural provision but also of subjective perceptions and mean-making (Göranson & Nilholm, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative, contrastive design based on purposeful sampling from a defined quantitative cohort. Participants were recruited from a prior survey study (Zdoupas et al., 2025) conducted with N = 967 students (Grades 8-10) from seven inclusive secondary schools in North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany. That study used the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ; Goodman, 2005) and a multidimensional SWB scale (Kullmann et al., 2023). Based on this data, two contrasting groups were formed for in-depth interviewing: • Group with comorbid psychosocial problems (n=10): Students scoring above established risk thresholds on both internalizing and externalizing SDQ subscales and reporting the lowest SWB scores in the cohort. • Group without significant psychosocial problems (n=10): Students scoring below risk thresholds on all SDQ subscales and reporting the highest SWB scores. This sampling strategy ensures the groups represent maximally different experiences of SWB linked to psychosocial status. The interview sub-sample reflected the gender and SEN distribution of the main study. The significant SWB difference between groups was maintained (M_comorbid=2.16, SD=1.56 vs. M_without=3.49, SD=1.78; t(18)=-2.25, p=.019). Data was collected through semi-structured interviews guided by topics derived from Hascher's (2004) model of SWB determinants (individual, school-related, environmental factors). Interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and analyzed using a two-stage qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2022). 1. First stage (deductive structuring): Transcripts were coded using a pre-defined category system based on the three determinant domains by Hascher (2004). This provided a structured overview of mentioned factors. Intercoder reliability on this categorical level was excellent (Cohen’s κ = .91). 2. Second stage (inductive, contrastive analysis): Within these domains, the material was analyzed inductively. The focus was on reconstructing group-specific patterns of perception: the emotional framing of experiences, causal attributions (e.g., internal/external, stable/variable), and perceived agency. This stage involved a comparative, interpretive analysis to identify contrasting logics of perception and interpretation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both groups named relevant factors across all three domains (Q1). School-related factors, especially peer and teacher relationships, were the most prominent for all students. A key difference emerged within the individual domain: students without psychosocial problems emphasized personal motivation and a positive self-concept, whereas students with comorbid problems centrally referenced their own psychosocial symptoms as core determinants of their SWB. Across all named factors, regardless of domain, two fundamentally divergent patterns of perception and interpretation were reconstructed (Q2). Students without significant psychosocial problems displayed narratives characterized by resource-oriented agency. They described social relationships as stable and reliable, and framed academic challenges as manageable through effort. Setbacks were often normalized or attributed to external, variable causes, preserving a positive self-concept. In contrast, students with comorbid psychosocial problems exhibited patterns of constricted agency and negative self-referentiality. Their social world was perceived as unstable and threatening, marked by anticipation of rejection. Academic difficulties and social experiences were consistently internalized as evidence of personal inadequacy. This interpretative logic chronically framed the school environment as overwhelming and the self as ineffective within it. The findings suggest that psychosocial problems are linked to SWB through specific, subjectively constructed patterns of social-cognitive processing (Crick & Dodge, 1994; Lemerise & Arsenio, 2000). These interpretative frameworks – characterized either by resource-oriented agency or by constricted, self-blaming agency – appear to be central proximal determinants of how school is experienced. For inclusive practice, this implies that support must extend beyond academic or behavioral interventions to address these deep-seated patterns of self-perception and other-perception. Our study underscores the necessity of integrating qualitative, experiential knowledge into the European evidence base for inclusive education. It highlights that fostering well-being requires attentiveness to the internal worlds of students, where the challenges of inclusion are ultimately felt and negotiated. References Alnahdi, G. H., & Schwab, S. (2021). Inclusive education in Saudi Arabia and Germany: students’ perception of school well-being, social inclusion, and academic self-concept. Eur. J. Spec. Needs Educ. 36(5), 773-786. Crick, N. R. & Dodge, K. A. (1994). A review and reformulation of social information-processing mechanisms in children’s social-adjustment. Psychol. Bull. 115, 74-101. Goldan, J., Nusser, L., & Gebel, M. (2022). School-related subjective well-being of children with and without special educational needs in inclusive classrooms. Child Indic. Ress 15, 1313-1337. Goodman, R. (2005). Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire. Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. Eur. J. Spec. Needs Educ. 29(3), 265-280. Hascher, T. (2004). Wohlbefinden in der Schule. Waxmann. Kim, E. K., & Choe, D. (2022). Universal social, emotional and behavioral strength and risk screening: relative predictive validity for students’ subjective well-being in schools. Sch. Psychol. Rev 51(1), 40-54. Kullmann, H., Zentarra, D., Lütje-Klose, & Geist, S. (2023). Wohlbefinden und Inklusion an der Laborschule Bielefeld (WILS): Ausgewählte Ergebnisse der Fragebogenerhebungen 2013 – 2018 in den Jahrgangstufen 6 – 10. Schule – Forschen – Entwickeln 2, 77-110. Lemerise, E. A. & Arsenio, W. F. (2000). An integrated model of emotion processes and cognition in social information processing. Child Dev.71(1), 107-118. Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. Beltz. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume II): Learning During – and From – Disruption, PISA. Paris: OECD Publishing. UNESCO (2025). Integrating health and well-being into education policy and planning: a handbook. Paris: UNESCO, Paris. Zdoupas, P., Vösgen-Nordloh, M., & Kulawiak, R. (2025). Subjektives schulisches Wohlbefinden in inklusiven Schulen im Spannungsfeld zwischen sonderpädagogischem Unterstützungsbedarf und psychosozialen Problemen. ESE 7, 124-139. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Are the Basic Psychological Needs of Students with Special Educational Needs Being Met in Inclusive Secondary Schools? University of Wuppertal, Institute of Educational Research, Germany Presenting Author:According to Self-Determination Theory (SDT), the satisfaction of the basic psychological needs for autonomy, relatedness, and competence is essential for well-being and life satisfaction (Chen et al., 2015; Ryan & Deci, 2000). In school contexts, basic need satisfaction has been linked to higher academic achievement, adaptive learning behaviour, positive classroom climate and psychological well-being (Wang et al., 2019), whereas need frustration is associated with emotional distress and problem behaviour (Chen et al., 2015). Despite the fact that self-determination theory assumes the universality of fundamental psychological needs, it explicitly acknowledges that the extent to which these needs are supported or frustrated depends on contextual conditions, including the educational environment and individual factors (Ryan & Deci, 2000). In educational settings, learning environments that support autonomy, relatedness, and competence promote not only academic outcomes, such as reading competence (Ha & Roehrig, 2025), but also students’ psychological well-being and overall life satisfaction (Chen et al., 2015). However, while basic psychological needs are well researched among students without special educational needs (e.g. Wang et al., 2019), research involving students with special educational needs is still limited. Existing studies suggest that these students experience lower levels of autonomy, competence, and relatedness, particularly those with emotional and behavioural difficulties (Rogers & Tannock, 2018). As impairments in autonomy satisfaction can negatively affect children’s motivation and engagement (Ryan & Deci, 2000) further studies examining the extent to which basic psychological needs are satisfied in students with special educational needs also compared to their peers without special educational needs are vital. Empirical findings suggest a decline in life satisfaction during adolescence (Orben et al., 2022). Moreover, students with special educational needs often report lower life satisfaction during their school years, especially in inclusive settings compared to special schools (Herke, 2018). Although such differences do not necessarily persist throughout life, former students with special educational needs tend to experience lower life satisfaction in adulthood, partly due to structural disadvantages in the labor market (Blanck et al., 2025). Taken together, these findings point to the need to identify factors that can sustainably influence the life satisfaction of students with special educational needs. Basic psychological needs may play a crucial role in this regard, as experiences of autonomy, relatedness, and competence are closely linked to life satisfaction and can positively impact it (Milyavskaya et al., 2009). However, while there is evidence for students without special educational needs, concrete empirical evidence of the influence of basic psychological needs on the general life satisfaction of students with special educational needs remains scarce. Against this background, the present study first investigates differences in the life satisfaction and basic need satisfaction between students with and without special educational needs. Second, the study examines the relationship between basic psychological need satisfaction and life satisfaction, and investigates whether these relationships vary between students with and without special educational needs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample was drawn from the INSIDE project (“Inclusion in and after lower secondary education in Germany”; Gresch et al., 2026), which was conducted in 14 federal states in Germany. Data from 2,406 students (51 % female) in grades 9 and 10 were included in the analyses. Of these, 335 students (14%) were identified as having special educational needs, either through an official diagnosis or through receiving special support without a formal diagnosis, during the course of the project (2019–2024). To assess basic psychological needs, the three scales measuring need satisfaction from Heissel et al. (2018) were used, each consisting of four items: autonomy (α = .76; e.g., “I feel a sense of choice and freedom in the things I undertake.”), relatedness (α = .74; e.g., “I feel that the people I care about also care about me.”), and competence (α = .75; e.g., “I feel capable at what I do.”). All were rated on a 4-point scale, ranging from 1 = strongly disagree to 4 = strongly agree. A confirmatory factor analysis indicated an acceptable model fit (CFI = 0.949; TLI = 0.934; RMSEA = 0.061 [0.056; 0.066]; SRMR = 0.050). Overall life satisfaction was assessed with a single item. Students were asked, “How satisfied are you with your life overall?” and responded on a 10-point scale ranging from 0 = not at all satisfied to 10 = completely satisfied. Prior to the analyses, measurement invariance of the scales measuring need satisfaction was examined between students with and without special educational needs. Three progressively stricter models were specified and compared pairwise (Putnick & Bornstein, 2016)): (1) a configural model (equal factor structure); (2) a metric model (equal factor structure and loadings); and (3) a scalar model (equal factor structure, loadings and intercepts). To investigate potential group differences in life satisfaction, an independent-samples t-tests was conducted. Concerning differences in need satisfaction, latent means of the three needs were compared in the model demonstrating (partial) scalar invariance. To examine potential group differences in the associations between needs and life satisfaction, a structural equation model was specified based on the (partially) scalar invariant model. Autonomy, relatedness, and competence were modelled as latent predictors of the manifest overall life satisfaction. Difference between students with and without special educational needs were examined in multiple-group analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Partial scalar measurement invariance was established for the scales assessing need satisfaction among students with and without special educational needs. Overall, students reported high levels of satisfaction with their basic needs and their overall life. Subsequent group comparisons revealed no statistically significant differences between the two groups, neither with regard to need satisfaction (autonomy: β = 0.019, p = .780; relatedness: β = -.075, p = .242; competence: β = -0.066, p = .337) nor with respect to overall life satisfaction (t[2349] = -0.677, p = .498). Consistent with Self-Determination Theory (Ryan & Deci, 2000), structural equation modelling revealed that the three basic psychological needs were each significantly and independently associated with life satisfaction (autonomy: β = .453, p < .001; relatedness: β = .453, p < .001; competence: β = .453, p < .001). Multiple-group analyses further indicated that the associations between the basic psychological needs and life satisfaction did not differ significantly between students with and without special educational needs. Overall, the findings suggest generally positive levels of the investigated variables for students in inclusive lower secondary schools. Contrary to expectations, no difference between students with and without special educational needs were observed. This may be explained by the broad operationalization of special educational needs, which encompassed students with diverse support needs as well as both formally diagnosed and non-diagnosed students receiving special educational support. This lack of differentiation may have obscured differences observed in previous studies (e.g. Kröske, 2020). However, individual or contextual factors may also play a critical role and should be investigated in future research. The findings will be further discussed with reference to their implications for inclusive education as well as for further international research in this field. Furthermore, limitations (e.g., no causality) will be addressed. References Blanck, J. M., Menze, L., & Nusser, L. (2025). Subjective well-being in early adulthood—long-term consequences of inclusive vs. segregated education for students with special educational needs in Germany? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 40(3), 522–538. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2024.2400770 Chen, B., Vansteenkiste, M., Beyers, W., Boone, L., Deci, E. L., van der Kaap-Deeder, J., Duriez, B., Lens, W., Matos, L., Mouratidis, A., Ryan, R. M., Sheldon, K. M., Soenens, B., van Petegem, S., & Verstuyf, J. (2015). Basic psychological need satisfaction, need frustration, and need strength across four cultures. Motivation and Emotion, 39(2), 216–236. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11031-014-9450-1 Ha, C., & Roehrig, A. D. (2025). The satisfaction of basic psychological needs and children’s reading growth in culturally relevant summer reading contexts. Educational Studies, 51(2), 156–173. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2022.2125288 Heissel, A., Pietrek, A., Flunger, B., Fydrich, T., Rapp, M. A., Heinzel, S., & Vansteenkiste, M. (2018). The Validation of the German Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction and Frustration Scale in the Context of Mental Health. European Journal of Health Psychology, 25(4), 119–132. https://doi.org/10.1027/2512-8442/a000017 Herke, M., Rathmann, K., & Richter, M. (2018). Verläufe im Wohlbefinden während der Sekundarstufe: Unterschiede nach sozialen Hintergrundmerkmalen und nach dem sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarf. In K. Rathmann & K. Hurrelmann (Eds.), Leistung und Wohlbefinden in der Schule: Herausforderung Inklusion (pp. 218–236). Gresch, C., Schmitt, M., Grosche, M., Böhme, K., Labsch, A., & Külker, L. (Eds.). (2026). Inklusion in der Sekundarstufe I in Deutschland (Vol. 19). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-48603-7 Milyavskaya, M., Gingras, I., Mageau, G. A., Koestner, R., Gagnon, H., Fang, J., & Boiché, J. (2009). Balance across contexts: Importance of balanced need satisfaction across various life do-mains. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 35(8), 1031–1045. Orben, A., Lucas, R. E., Fuhrmann, D., & Kievit, R. A. (2022). Trajectories of adolescent life satisfaction. Royal Society Open Science, 9(8), 211808. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsos.211808 Rogers, M., & Tannock, R. (2018). Are Classrooms Meeting the Basic Psychological Needs of Children With ADHD Symptoms? A Self-Determination Theory Perspective. Journal of Attention Disorders, 22(14), 1354–1360 Ryan, R., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. The American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 Wang, C. K. J., Liu, W. C., Kee, Y. H., & Chian, L. K. (2019). Competence, autonomy, and relatedness in the classroom: Understanding students’ motivational processes using the self-determination theory. Heliyon, 5(7). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2019.e01983 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 05 SES 07 A: Readiness, Support and Selectivity Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper School Readiness as Neoliberal Governmentality: England's Good Level of Development and International Early Childhood Policy University of Sheffield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This research asks: How has school readiness been discursively constructed in English early childhood education policy, and what are the effects of these constructions on children and teachers? More specifically, it examines the Good Level of Development (GLD) which is the assessment mechanism through which school readiness is measured in England, and how functions as a neoliberal technology of governance that shapes pedagogical practice, constructs particular subjectivities of children and teachers, and perpetuates educational inequalities. While this question focuses on England, it holds critical importance for European and international early childhood education. England represents an extreme case of neoliberal, outcome-driven reform in Early Childhood Education (ECE), making it a crucial site for understanding how global policy trends toward standardisation and accountability manifest in specific national contexts. As school readiness discourse circulates internationally through organisations like the OECD and World Bank, and as European nations increasingly adopt measurement-focused approaches to early years provision, examining England's construction provides insights into the material consequences of these policy directions. Understanding how one system has operationalised school readiness through performative technologies offers other contexts the opportunity to resist, reshape, or critically evaluate similar pressures. The research employs two interconnected theoretical frameworks. First, Bacchi's "What's the Problem Represented to be?" (WPR) approach provides an analytical method for examining how policy constructs particular problems and their solutions. The WPR addresses the following research questions:
Second, Foucauldian concepts of governmentality illuminate how school readiness operates as a technique of power. Governmentality refers to the "conduct of conduct" - the rationalities and technologies through which populations are governed, often through mechanisms that appear technical or neutral. The GLD functions as precisely such a technology: it appears as an objective assessment tool while shaping teacher decision- making, normalising particular pedagogical approaches, and producing hierarchies among children. Through performativity pressures, teachers are governed at a distance, their professional judgment focused on the achievement of measurable outcomes. Children are assessed through predetermined developmental benchmarks that decontextualise their diverse experiences. This Foucauldian lens has relevance for European and international audiences because neoliberal governmentality operates transnationally. The rationalities underlying England's reforms are that education should serve economic productivity, and that quality can be measured through standardised outcomes. Similar approaches circulate globally and appear in varied forms across different policy contexts. By making visible the governmental logic of England's approach, this research contributes to broader international debates about what ECE is for, who benefits from constructions of quality and readiness, and how resistance to reductive assessment regimes might be mounted. Finally, the paper draws on international examples transition models including New Zealand's Te Whāriki framework, demonstrating that other constructions exist and function successfully. These alternatives provide empirical evidence that England's pathway is a choice with consequences, not a necessary response to universal challenges in ECE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology traces the genealogy of school readiness construction in England from 1988 onwards, examining: • The 1988 Education Reform Act as a neoliberal turning point • Key primary assessment points and their downward pressure on ECE • Successive Early Years Foundation Stage curriculum iterations • The Tickell Review (2011) as a critical juncture explicitly linking GLD to school readiness • OfSTED reports (e.g., Bold Beginnings) reinforcing particular pedagogical priorities The analysis examines policy documents, curriculum frameworks, review reports, and inspection guidance to trace how school readiness discourse has been constructed and intensified over four decades. The methodology examines both: • Discursive effects: How the problem is framed, what becomes speakable/unspeakable • Material effects: Concrete impacts on children (30% failing GLD, particular groups disproportionately affected) and teachers (pedagogical tensions, professional identity shifts) The research situates England's construction against international alternatives to demonstrate that different constructions are possible and to highlight the specificity of England's neoliberal approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research reveals that school readiness in England has been systematically constructed as a policy problem through neoliberal technologies of performativity and accountability. Beginning with the 1988 Education Reform Act's introduction of market forces and standardised assessment into schooling, these mechanisms gradually extended downward into ECE, culminating in the Tickell Review (2011) which explicitly coupled the Good Level of Development with school readiness. The GLD functions as a powerful governing mechanism that shapes practice through accountability pressures despite official policy directives advocating for pedagogical flexibility. The findings demonstrate effects across multiple dimensions. For children, approximately 30% consistently fail to achieve the GLD, with structural disadvantage including poverty, English as an Additional Language, summer birth, Special Educational Needs, and Gypsy/Roma heritage determining which children are disproportionately labelled "not school ready" before starting primary school. This narrow, outcome-focused construction actively perpetuates educational inequalities by locating deficits in individual children while ignoring the contexts that shape their diverse experiences. For teachers, the GLD creates fundamental contradictions between professional pedagogical knowledge about how young children learn and accountability imperatives demanding measurable outcomes. This tension has normalised data-driven pedagogy, producing increasingly instructional approaches focused narrowly on Literacy and Mathematics while marginalising play-based learning and creativity. Teachers navigate competing discourses that undermine their professional identity and values, effectively governed at a distance through performative mechanisms. Critically, the research demonstrates through international comparison that England's construction represents a specific policy choice rather than an inevitable response to ECE challenges. Alternative models positioning transition as relational partnership rather than individual deficit measurement successfully maintain quality without perpetuating inequality, revealing the possibility and necessity of shifting from assessing the "unready child" toward creating "ready schools" that recognise and build upon children's strengths. References Bacchi, Carol. 2009. Analyzing Policy: What's the Problem Represented to Be? Frenchs Forest, New South Wales, Australia: Pearson Education. Tickell, Clare. 2011. The Early Years: Foundations for Life, Health and Learning. London, UK: Crown copyright. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper “It’s Great for the Children, but I Don’t Have Time for This”. Factors Enhancing or Hampering Support Programs in Primary Schools. 1: University of Wuppertal, Germany; 2: TU Dortmund University Presenting Author:Objectives The everyday work of principals and other school leaders is often challenged by a multitude of factors (Mintrop, 2016; Wise, 2015), which can refer to the leaders themselves (e.g., their knowledge and experience, motivation, availability of time), organizational and infrastructural aspects of the school, and the students. Such challenges appear to be especially present in schools facing adversity (Patterson & Kelleher, 2005), and they have rapidly increased during the pandemic (Brown et al., 2023; Harris & Jones, 2022), when all of the above-mentioned factors were joined by problems of distance schooling and related increases in learning gaps of students (Authors, 2023). For instance, the average percentage of children unable to read or understand simple texts increased from an already alarming 53% pre-pandemic to up to 70% post-pandemic in low and middle income countries (UNICEF, 2022), and even in richer countries with comparably well-equipped schools and excellent access to internet and digital learning, an average learning loss of up to 40% occurred regarding basic reading, spelling and math for 8 to year olds (Engzell et al., 2021). However, at the same time, research showed that access to adaptive learning occasions can mitigate such negative effects (e.g., Meeter, 2021). This has resulted in a remarkable number of support programs for schools worldwide (e.g., OECD, 2022). In this paper, we will report on a support initiative for primary schools in Germany, which we started in 2021 with the main aim of helping children to catch up with their learning gaps and, as a consequence, to off-load school leaders and teachers during their daily work. In short, the still ongoing initiative shows that participating children and schools highly benefit from additional support, but that this is bound to certain requirements on the side of the schools’ infrastructure, their internal and external communication, and leaders’ perceived load during the implementation of the support program. Theoretical Framework Young children starting school are often excited and enthusiastic about all the new things they are going to learn. Sooner or later, however, they start facing the challenges of education, and these challenges have become dramatically obvious during the pandemic. The “nearly insurmountable education loss” (UNICEF, 2022) has shown to be especially crucial for children with learning difficulties and for those connected to lower SES (e.g., OECD, 2020). On the other hand, access to adaptive learning occasions appears to mitigate these negative effects (Meeter, 2021). Offering such additional learning occasions can be seen as one way to contribute to school improvement. However, school improvement tasks are often perceived as particularly challenging by principals, as opposed to other leadership tasks. The reasons for this are manifold, including a lack of time and personnel resources (Brauckmann & Herrmann, 2013), the difficulty of the task itself (Schwanenberg et al., 2018), or the simultaneity of many different tasks (Dadaczynski, 2024). One crucial aspect for support programs to be successfully implemented would thus be that they really facilitate school improvement efforts rather than being an additional burden for principals and other leaders (see also motivational cost; Brockbank & Feldon, 2024). In this regard, besides the actual learning gains children can achieve with a support program, it might be insightful to assess leaders’ perception and the cognitive load (cf. Cognitive Load Theory; Sweller et al., 2011) they experience during the implementation of such a program. Both will be in the focus of our presentation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We started a long-term project in January 2021, in which all elementary schools of a German city were contacted and asked to give us information on - how many of their students had severe learning difficulties and - how many of these were from families who would not be able to afford additional learning support. More than 30 schools answered and named more than 1.300 students. 180 of these children were chosen by the schools for the first support phase and received additional adaptive support primarily with regard to basic reading, writing, and numeracy. The lessons (∅40 hours per child) were provided by students who had been trained in educational assessment and adaptive tutoring over the course of one semester. The adaptive support proved to be beneficial. For children receiving reading support, sentence comprehension increased by 36%, reading speed by 28%, and reading motivation had more than doubled (all p<.01). Due to this success, the project has been continued, and until now (beginning of 2026), we have supported more than 700 children with the help of about 300 university students. Furthermore, a 21-item questionnaire (7-point) assessed principals’ and teachers’ perceived cognitive and actual workload and perception of benefits and challenges of the program. All principals and teachers perceived the program to be highly beneficial for the children (M=5.73), and they did not differ in this perception (F<1). They also indicated above-average benefits for their teaching staff (e.g., in terms of offloading them; M=4.73), and again, this did not differ between principals and teachers (F<1). At the same time, they perceived the program as a relief for their personal work (M=5.00) and for their school in general (M=4.91). The highest load was associated with infrastructural aspects (organizing rooms, assigning children), distribution of responsibilities within the program (e.g., main contact person), and communication overall (with colleagues, universities, students). Finally, we analyzed interviews for schools that had dropped out after the first phase. Two major reasons appeared to be their ways of communication and the distribution of roles and tasks for the program implementation. For instance, they were difficult to reach by phone (e.g., because of missing answering machines) or e-mail (when nobody felt responsible or thought someone else would answer). Such observations strengthen the assumption that these leaders might have experienced a higher amount of load that decreased their capacities to engage in the implementation of the program besides their other tasks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Following the 2026 ECER convention theme, we aim at addressing our “societal roles and accountabilities beyond the academic realm“ (cf. https://eera-ecer.de/conferences/ecer-2026-tampere/theme-knowing-and-acting-the-changing-conditions-and-potentials-of-education-research) by continuing a support program that focuses on enhancing primary school leaders’ and teachers’ resilience and (adversity facing) schools’ everyday work by providing long-term support for children suffering from severe learning problems that was given in addition to the children’s regular lessons at school. Having started in the midst of the pandemic, the still ongoing program now helps children catching up on their basic reading, writing and math skills well beyond the scope of covid-related learning gaps. Our individual, focused and adaptive support appears to be highly effective and beneficial for the children and additionally can facilitate school improvement in terms of enhancing leaders’ and pedagogical staff’s work and offloading them, as is indicated by principals and other staff at our participating schools. On the other hand, simply offering or starting such a program is not a silver bullet in itself. Successfully implementing support programs at schools requires several conditions on the schools’ side, among which a certain level of infrastructure, engagement (see also continuous improvement; Órdenes, 2025) and commitment (see also collective agency; Zumpe, 2024) and a stable culture of communication are only a few. Interestingly, the seven schools that are now a continuous part of the support program are schools that face a high level of adversity (e.g., low social index, disadvantaged locations). More detailed examples of the materials used, results in terms of children’s learning success, the one-semester preparation of the university students conducting the actual support lessons as well as predictors of the successful implementation of support programs at schools facing adversity and other factors and results of the support initiative in general will be presented and discussed at the conference. References Authors (2023). Brauckmann, S., & Herrmann, C. (2013). Belastungserleben von Schulleiterinnen und Schulleitern im Rahmen erweiterter schulischer Eigenständigkeit. Erste empirische Befunde aus der SHaRP-Studie. [Perceived load of school leaders in the context of school-related autonomy.] In I. v. Ackeren, M. Heinrich, & F. Thiel (Eds.), Evidenzbasierte Steuerung im Bildungssystem. Befunde aus dem BMBF-SteBis-Verbund. Die Deutsche Schule (12. Beiheft) (pp. 172-197). Waxmann. Brockbank, R. & Feldon, D. (2024). Cognitive reappraisal: The bridge between cognitive load and emotion. Education Sciences, 14, https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14080870. Brown, B., Wang, T., Lee, M., & Childs, A. (2023). Surviving, navigating and innovating through a pandemic: A review of research on school leadership during COVID-19, 2020-2021. International Journal of Educational Development, 100, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2023.102804. Dadaczynski, K. (2024). Schulleitungen und Gesundheit. Überblick über Perspektiven, Befunde und Ansätze für die schulische Gesundheitsförderung. [School leadership and health.] Die Deutsche Schule, 116(4), 340-351. Harris, A. & Jones, M. (2022). Leading during a pandemic – what the evidence tells us. School Leadership & Management, 42, 105-109. Meeter, M. (2021). Primary school mathematics during the COVID-19 pandemic: No evidence of learning gaps in adaptive practicing results. Trends in Neuroscience and Education, 25, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tine.2021.100163. Mintrop, R. (2016). Design-based school improvement. A practical guide for education leaders. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press. OECD (2022). Education at a glance 2022: OECD indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing. Órdenes, M. (2025). Fostering motivation and adult learning for continuous improvement: A conceptualization for school leaders. Paper presented at the International Congress for School Effectiveness and Improvement (ICSEI). Melbourne, Australia. Patterson, J. L. & Kelleher, P. (2005). Resilient school leaders: Strategies for turning adversity into achievement. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Schwanenberg, J., Klein, E. D., & Walpuski, M. (2018). Wie erfolgreich fühlen sich Schulleitungen und welche Unterstützungsbedürfnisse haben sie? Ergebnisse aus dem Projekt Schulleitungsmonitor. [How successful do school leaders feel and which support needs do they have?] In SHIP Working Paper Reihe (Vol. 3). Universität Duisburg-Essen. Sweller, J., Ayres, P., & Kalyuga, S. (2011). Cognitive load theory. Springer, New York. UNICEF, UNESCO & World Bank (2022). The state of the global education crisis: A path to recovery. Washington, DC: World Bank Publications. Wise, D. (2015). Emerging challenges facing school principals. Education Leadership Review, 16(2), 103-115. Zumpe, E. (2024). School improvement at the next level of work: the struggle for collective agency in a school facing adversity. Journal of Educational Change, 19, 485-529. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper A Study of School Institutional Habitus and Educational Inequalities During the Reform of Selective Tracks 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:The Finnish comprehensive school system has traditionally been perceived as embodying egalitarian ideals. However, the selection and grouping of students into selective classes introduce inequalities among teaching groups (Berisha & Seppänen 2017; Pasu 2025; Kosunen et al. 2016). Finnish national education policy requires municipalities to assign students to a school located near their home. In the largest cities, however, students may instead apply to a selective class with special emphasis, such as in music, sports, or art. Students can apply for selective classes within or outside their primary school catchment area. Entry to these classes usually requires passing aptitude tests (solely in a certain school subject), which, in practice, require an active commitment to and ability to pay for a hobby that supports the emphasis subject (Berisha & Seppänen 2017; Pasu 2025). Selective classes, like general classes, follow the national curriculum, but selective classes offer a few additional weekly hours of teaching in the emphasis subject than the national curriculum directs. Selective classes are mainly attended by a socially advantaged group of students — mostly white middle‑class — (Luoma & Peltola 2024; Oittinen 2025) and typically show higher collective academic achievement compared to general classes (Koivuhovi, Vainikainen & Kalalahti 2022). Research evidence shows that grouping of students into selective and general classes creates social boundaries and hierarchies between students in daily life (Oittinen 2025; Peltola 2021). Furthermore, teachers speak about students in selective and general classes in contrasting ways and manage classroom behavior differently in everyday school life (Luoma & Peltola 2024). In this study, we explore the aftermath of a reform in a city in Southern Finland, where the city as the provider of education wanted to lower the social hierarchies within schools between selective and general classes by abolishing selective classes. From August 2023, emphasized teaching was no longer provided in separate selective classes in lower secondary schools except for one selective class in one school. After the reform, all students chose one of four emphasis paths (1. art and creativity, 2. sport and wellbeing, 3. languages and influencing and, 4. science and technology) that direct their elective subjects (e.g. physical education, handicrafts, foreign languages, music). In this article, we compare the experiences and views of students studying in the same city under the old emphasis model (with selective and general classes), the new emphasis model (without selective classes in emphasis paths) and the mixed emphasis model (with selective classes and emphasis paths). When investigating the three versions of grouping the students and the experiences of the young people, we apply the concept of institutional habitus developed from Pierre Bourdieu's (e.g. 1984; Bourdieu & Wacquant 1992) concept of habitus. Institutional habitus refers to how school communities “collectively, think, perceive and have an impact on their students” (Tarabini, Curran & Fontdevila 2017, 1179). School communities can shape students’ habitus through institutional practices and shared perceptions (Burke, Emmerich & Ingram 2013; Huilla 2022). The aim of this study is to examine how the institutional habitus of a school is constructed when the principles of grouping practices are being reshaped. In the context of three distinct emphasis models, and based on student interviews, we ask 1) What expectations do the staff have towards different school classes according to students? 2) How do students describe social hierarchies, distinctions, and perceptions of different school classes and their students? By analyzing students’ interpretations and experiences within various emphasis models during a period of reform, this research contributes to the broader debate on attainment or ability grouping (e.g. Becker et al. 2012; McGillicuddy & Devine 2018) and educational inequalities in urban schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a research project investigating the reform of emphasized teaching in a in a city of around 40,000 inhabitants in southern Finland between 2023 and 2026. This article is based on interviews with 40 students (aged 13-15) from the three lower secondary schools. The interview data was produced in autumn 2023. Among the students interviewed, 21 studied in the old emphasis model (with selective and general classes), nine in the new emphasis model (without selective classes in general classes with emphasis paths), and ten in the mixed emphasis model (with one selective class and general classes with emphasis paths). The interviews covered a balanced number of 9th grade students (n=21) from an old emphasis model and 8th grade students (n=19) participating in the reform. However, the 8th grade students under the reform were divided between those studying in the new model and those in the mixed model. The first author conducted interviews in pairs or small groups of 3-4 students. The interviews were semi-structured and lasted between 37 and 89 minutes. In the interviews, we discussed the students' school path, school life, grouping practices at school, reform of emphasis teaching, peer relationships at school, relationships with adults at school, leisure time, and family background. The first author coded the transcribed interview data using the Atlas.ti software. We analyzed the interview data using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke 2019). To protect the anonymity of schools and participants, we used pseudonyms for schools and students and did not mention the emphasis that the selective class had. As part of the research project, we obtained the necessary permission from the municipality and the school to conduct student interviews in the schools. All students who participated in the study were asked for consent to participate in the interview, and their parents were asked for written consent. Before the interview, the purpose of the study and the voluntary nature of participation were described to the students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings of our study show that schools had developed an institutional habitus in which students in selective classes (often middle-class) were given a special status at the top of the social hierarchy. In the old and mixed emphasis models, the special status of selective classes in schools shaped the habitus of students in selective classes and was reflected in several ways they made distinctions from students in general classes. In contrast, in the new emphasis model (without selective classes), the distinctions and hierarchies between school classes were less pronounced and less permanent. A new insight of our study is to show how selective classes in the old and mixed emphasis model provided teachers and middle-class students with an essential tool for making distinctions between students in different school classes, and how this hierarchical tool and middle-class instrument of power was abolished when the schools’ grouping practices were radically changed. As it comes to the schools’ institutional habitus, for now the reform seems to deconstruct the expressive order (see Tarabini, Curran & Fontdevila 2017) and embedded social hierarchies, which in the old and mixed emphasis models, were based on selective school choices in the public market. In a way, this can be interpreted as a way of approaching the original idea of the uniform Nordic idea of one school for all. Even though permanent attainment and ability tracks are forbidden in Finland, selective and general classes create a system, that resembles the ones that use tracking and streaming (Berisha & Seppänen 2017). Based on our findings, we contemplate that any system that has de facto social class-based hierarchies between school classes should pay careful attention to the consequences this might have for students and the institutional habitus of schools (see also McGillicuddy & Devine 2018). References Becker, M., Lüdtke, O., Trautwein, U., & Köller, O. (2012). The differential effects of school tracking on psychometric intelligence: Do academic-track schools make students smarter? Journal of Educational Psychology, 104. Berisha, A. K., & Seppänen, P. (2017). Pupil selection segments urban comprehensive schooling in Finland: composition of school classes in pupils’ school performance, gender, and ethnicity. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 61(2), 240–254. Bourdieu P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste. Cambrigde: Harvard University Press. Bourdieu P and Wacquant L. (1992) An invitation to Reflexive Sociology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). “Reflecting on Reflexive Thematic Analysis.” Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health 11(4): 589–597. Burke, C. T., Emmerich, N. & Ingram, N. (2013). Well-founded social fictions: a defence of the concepts of institutional and familial habitus. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(2), 165–182. Huilla, H, (2022). Kaupunkikoulut ja huono-osaisuus. [Doctoral dissertation]. University of Helsinki. Koivuhovi, S., Vainikainen, M. & Kalalahti, M. (2022). The Effect of Studying in Selective Classes on the Change in Pupils’ Action-Control Beliefs During Lower Secondary School in Finland. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(1), 105–118. Kosunen, S., Bernelius, V., Seppänen, P., & Porkka, M. (2016). School Choice to Lower Secondary Schools and Mechanisms of Segregation in Urban Finland. Urban Education, 55(10), 1461-1488. Luoma, T., & Peltola, M. (2024). Pupils’ right to inclusion in an urban Finnish lower secondary school: a Bernsteinian analysis of pupils’ social relations. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 45(5), 723–741. McGillicuddy, D., and D. Devine. 2018. “Turned off” or “Ready to Fly” – Ability Grouping as an Act of Symbolic Violence in Primary School.” Teaching and Teacher Education, 70, 88–99. Oittinen, R. (2025). Nuorten eriytyvät arkitodellisuudet: Etnografinen tutkimus nuorten arjen eriytymisestä asumisessa, koulussa ja vapaa-ajan aktiviteeteissa. [Doctoral dissertation]. University of Helsinki. Pasu, T. (2025). Painotettu opetus kaupunkikouluissa Suomessa: Painotetun opetuksen oppilasvalikointi ja -ryhmittely, opetussuunnitelmat ja alueellinen sijoittaminen 2020-luvun alussa. [Doctoral dissertation]. University of Turku Peltola, M. (2021). Everyday consequences of selectiveness: Borderwork in the informal sphere of a lower secondary school in the metropolitan area of Helsinki, Finland. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(1), 127– 142. Tarabini, A,, Curran, M. & Fontdevila, C. (2017). Institutional Habitus in Context: Implementation, Development and Impacts in Two Compulsory Secondary Schools in Barcelona. British journal of sociology of education 38(8), 1177–1189. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Invisible Hands of Social Reproduction: Children’s Care Work in Turkey’s Agriculture 1: Lancaster University; 2: Karamanoğlu Mehmetbey University, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: University of Northampton Presenting Author:What happens when education, an institution meant to protect childhood, becomes one of the very forces pushing children deeper into labour? In this article, whilst we explore this question through understanding the care gaps produced by an education system, we also try to change the idealised notions of childhood in precarious contexts. Drawing on social reproduction theory, the paper explores how children’s labour, care responsibilities, and schooling are structured by wider political and economic conditions. In this research, we consider social reproduction as daily and generational reproduction (Federici, 2020) and argue that the ways in which children are involved in both productive and social reproduction labour cannot be thought of independent of the temporality of the economic vulnerabilities and education systems in which they are brought in. Focusing on the rural livelihoods of seasonal agricultural workers in Turkey, we showcase that children’s dynamic roles in sustaining household life and enabling adults’ participation in waged labour must be understood within broader economic structures that reproduce precarity. Rather than treating children’s work as culturally expected or morally driven, we situate it within interconnected processes including labour mobility, state withdrawal from childcare provision, and the structural inflexibility of schooling. Here, we do not argue that children’s re/productive labour is culturally normative in the Turkish context; rather, we suggest that it must be understood in relation to families’ limited access to childcare provision. When formal supports are absent or inaccessible, families depend on children’s labour to secure their daily and generational social reproduction, and we showcase this contextualised, mobile, precarious form of social reproduction carried by children. In doing so, we do not rely on Western conceptions of childhood as a protected, labour-free stage and argue that children’s contributions emerge within a political economy marked by precarity, mobility, and state withdrawal. The labour children perform both in waged economy and household is a mobile infrastructure of social reproduction that travels with families as they move in search of seasonal income. This labour is embodied, affective, and relational, meaning children carry younger siblings, carry water, carry domestic routines, and carry unstable futures, and the temporality of agricultural work. Children’s labour and intergenerational responsibilities form part of a collective commitment to sustaining life under conditions of structural inequality in the Global South (Nieuwenhuys, 2020). The research in children’s geographies (Wells, 2024; Abebe, 2007) has documented diverse childhoods in non-Western contexts, showing that children routinely participate in caregiving, household maintenance, subsistence activities, and community life to support local moral economies and survival strategies; and have pushed the boundaries of thinking about why children’s labour should be understood in relation to the commodification of care work and the broader dynamics of social reproduction. Our study extends this debate through a critical inquiry of how, in the context of seasonal agricultural work in Turkey, children’s practices of care and labour are shaped by household needs along with the failures and inflexibilities of educational infrastructures. For us, this ultimately changes the way childhood is seen as a universal category but as a relational and situated experience mediated by mobility, precarious work, and the uneven distribution of state support. Therefore, in our analysis, we move beyond simply documenting children’s socially reproductive labour to show why it is structurally necessary arguing that children’s work emerges from the intersecting pressures of precarious seasonal migration, state withdrawal from childcare, disrupted schooling, and the temporal demands of agricultural labour. Thus, we argue that the forms of care and labour undertaken by children in Turkey’s seasonal agricultural migrant families are structurally produced by conditions of austerity, precarity, and the limited reach of education and welfare infrastructures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We examine the caregiving responsibilities of children in seasonal agricultural worker families in Turkey, drawing on a qualitative design sensitive to the economic, political, and social dimensions of seasonal labour. Given the mobility and precarity of this population, we employed purposive sampling to recruit participants who could speak directly to the intersection of seasonal agricultural work, caregiving, and family life. The study is based on interviews with ten seasonal agricultural worker families who temporarily settle in the Central Anatolian region during the agricultural season. Interviews were held either in the tent areas or directly in the fields, depending on what was most convenient for the participants. Since none of the participants consented to audio recording, reflecting not only discomfort but also concerns about privacy and surveillance, responses were instead documented through detailed note-taking. The ten participants represented a range of ages, from young adults in their mid-20s to older workers in their late 50s and early 60s. Six participants were women and four were men, reflecting the gendered nature of caregiving and seasonal labour. Educational backgrounds ranged from no formal schooling to partial high school completion, with the majority having little or no education. All participants were married and had between two and ten children, illustrating the large family structures typical within seasonal agricultural communities. Families lived in tents grouped in small clusters, usually five to six tents per household unit; some occupied larger, more crowded tent areas housing up to 150 individuals. Most participants had been engaged in seasonal agricultural work since childhood, showcasing the intergenerational continuity of this labour pattern. Their duration of engagement ranged from five years to lifelong participation. Access to electricity varied: several families had no electricity at all, while others had partial or unstable access depending on the location of the camp. Across all participants, the defining features of their lives were mobility, informality, and precarity. Their work spanned long periods from April until November and required continual movement across regions. The children of these families engaged in a range of tasks, including caring for younger siblings, assisting with household maintenance, and participating directly in agricultural work. The data were organised and examined in detail using a narrative analysis approach. Rather than focusing solely on isolated codes, we attended to the stories participants told, how they structured these accounts, and the meanings they attributed to their experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper, we have examined the ways in which the organisation of education shapes childhoods within families whose lives are marked by mobility and precarious labour. What our research shows is that seasonal agricultural work in Turkey operates within wider international food production systems, and families’ participation in this labour reflects long-standing regional inequalities, rural marginalisation, and limited access to secure employment. Within this landscape, children’s work has become a structural necessity: their labour is woven into the everyday practices that sustain household life and enable families to remain in seasonal agricultural work. Interruptions to schooling and the lack of affordable childcare increase the responsibilities that households must absorb, expanding the amount of care work taken on by children. These intimate practices of care are shaped by wider political and economic forces, including global inequalities and the regulatory effects of borders. For children growing up in households that depend on seasonal agricultural work, schooling intersects with economic pressures and patterns of care that position children as active contributors to family survival. Education operates within a framework that assumes continuous attendance and spatial stability, yet these expectations do not align with the realities experienced by mobile families. This disconnection influences children’s development, their sense of agency, and their experiences of both learning and work. A reorientation of schooling that responds to the circumstances of mobile and precariously positioned families is therefore essential. The findings indicate that children’s participation in work is shaped by interdependent relationships within families, shared responsibilities, and local understandings of what it means to contribute to household survival. In these settings, children’s activity should be understood through their involvement in relationships of care, reciprocity, and moral value. References Abebe, T. (2007). Changing livelihoods, changing childhoods: patterns of children's work in rural southern Ethiopia. Children's Geographies, 5(1–2), 77–93. Federici, S. (2020). Revolution at point zero: Housework, reproduction, and feminist struggle. PM Press. Nieuwenhuys, O. (2020). Women and children in social reproduction and the global womb: Comment on Newberry and Rosen. Focaal, 2020(86), 129–132. Wells, K. (2024). Generation and gender: Theorising social reproduction in rural West Africa. Children’s Geographies, 22(4), 643–655. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 06 SES 07 A: Lecturers and GenAI Integration in Higher Education Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper A Systematic Review of Artificial Intelligence in Interdisciplinary Higher Education: Trends, Impacts, and Prospects 1: Zhejiang University; 2: Pennsylvania State University; 3: Chinese University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Objectives Interdisciplinary education in higher education plays a critical role in preparing students to address complex, real-world challenges by integrating knowledge, methods, and perspectives from multiple disciplines (Cai et al., 2025; Spelt et al., 2009). As global issues such as climate change and AI ethics demand cross-disciplinary problem-solving, interdisciplinary approaches have been recognized as essential for cultivating innovation, critical thinking, and future-ready competencies (Markauskaite et al., 2024).
At the same time, artificial intelligence (AI) is emerging as a transformative force in higher education, offering opportunities for personalized learning, resource access, and cross-domain knowledge integration (Bond et al., 2024; Author, 2024, 2025). However, leveraging AI in interdisciplinary settings also presents challenges, including technological complexity, cognitive overload, ethical concerns, and limited user expertise in selecting appropriate tools (Cai et al., 2025).
Despite increasing research at this intersection, key gaps persist: limited understanding of AI’s role across diverse interdisciplinary models (Heeg & Avraamidou, 2023), fragmented discussions on AI’s pedagogical functions (Caratozzolo et al., 2022; Schmitt & Beneder, 2024), and insufficient analysis of its stakeholder-specific impacts (Spelt et al., 2009).
To address these gaps, this study conducts a systematic review of 59 recent studies on AI-supported interdisciplinary education in higher education. Specifically, it aims to: (1) identify the forms of interdisciplinary education emerging in the AI context; (2) examine the main research focuses at this intersection; (3) analyze the functional roles of AI—such as evaluator, agent, monitor, and assistant—in interdisciplinary learning; and (4) investigate how AI impacts students, educators, and institutions across cognitive, behavioral, and emotional dimensions.
This review offers a timely synthesis to guide researchers, educators, and policymakers navigating the evolving relationship between AI and interdisciplinary education.
Perspective(s) or theoretical framework This study is grounded in an integrative theoretical perspective that connects interdisciplinary education theory with emerging conceptualizations of AI in education. Interdisciplinary education is framed as a pedagogical approach that integrates knowledge, methodologies, and epistemologies across multiple disciplines to address complex societal challenges (Spelt et al., 2009; Cai et al., 2025). Within this paradigm, the study draws on educational frameworks that position AI not only as a technological tool but also as a pedagogical agent capable of reshaping teaching, learning, and assessment processes (Author, 2024, 2025; Bond et al., 2024).
To examine AI’s functional roles in interdisciplinary education, the review adopts a lens that considers AI as an evaluator, assistant, agent, and monitor—roles that reflect AI’s potential to personalize learning, facilitate cross-domain integration, and support complex cognitive tasks (Caratozzolo et al., 2022; Schmitt & Beneder, 2024). Additionally, the study is informed by socio-cognitive perspectives that consider how AI influences stakeholder engagement at cognitive, behavioral, and emotional levels, aligning with broader understandings of technology-mediated learning environments (Spelt et al., 2009; Heeg & Avraamidou, 2023).
By combining these perspectives, the study provides a conceptual foundation for understanding the evolving relationship between AI and interdisciplinary education in higher education contexts, offering a structured lens through which to categorize and interpret empirical findings across diverse studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods This study employs a systematic literature review guided by the PRISMA 2020 framework (Page et al., 2021) to ensure methodological transparency and rigor. The search was conducted in January 2025 across five major databases: Web of Science, Scopus, ERIC, ProQuest, and PsycINFO. Search strings (see Table 1 in Appendices) were developed using established keywords related to artificial intelligence, interdisciplinary education, and higher education, drawing on prior reviews (Bond et al., 2024; Cai et al., 2025; Zawacki-Richter et al., 2019). After removing duplicates, 2,284 articles were screened by title and abstract, followed by full-text review of 308 articles based on predefined inclusion and exclusion criteria (see Table 2 and Figure 1 in Appendices). Ultimately, 59 peer-reviewed studies were included. To ensure reliability, three researchers conducted coding using a collaboratively developed framework, refined through pilot testing. Inter-coder reliability reached 0.85. A hybrid quality assessment protocol, incorporating both quantitative and qualitative criteria (Hooshyar et al., 2024), was used to evaluate the methodological rigor of included studies. Coding categories included study type, AI form and function, interdisciplinary model, stakeholder group, research focus, and impact dimensions. Data were synthesized in structured tables for comparative analysis. Data sources, evidence, objects, or materials The primary data for this study consist of 59 peer-reviewed empirical studies published in academic journals, identified through a comprehensive database search. Searches were conducted in January 2025 across five major academic databases: Web of Science, Scopus, ERIC, ProQuest, and PsycINFO. The search strategy utilized a combination of keywords related to artificial intelligence (e.g., “generative AI,” “ChatGPT,” “learning analytics”), interdisciplinary education (e.g., “cross-disciplinary,” “transdisciplinary,” “STEAM”), and higher education contexts (e.g., “university,” “graduate school”). Initial retrieval yielded 2,950 records. After removing duplicates and applying inclusion/exclusion criteria—focusing on higher education settings, interdisciplinary domains, and the use of AI in teaching or learning—59 studies were selected for full analysis. These studies span diverse geographic regions, research designs (quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-methods), AI applications, and interdisciplinary models. Each article served as an analytical unit and was coded using a structured framework that captured variables such as country of origin, AI type, interdisciplinary approach, functional role of AI, research focus, stakeholder group, and impact dimensions. Supporting evidence was extracted in the form of direct quotes, reported outcomes, and methodological descriptions, all compiled into a structured dataset for synthesis and comparison. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study offers a timely and comprehensive synthesis of how artificial intelligence (AI) is reshaping interdisciplinary education in higher education, addressing a critical yet underexplored intersection in the current academic landscape. While interdisciplinary education has been widely recognized for its role in fostering integrative thinking and addressing complex global challenges (Spelt et al., 2009; Cai et al., 2025), the accelerating integration of AI technologies into higher education demands a deeper understanding of how these tools transform pedagogical design, curriculum structures, and learning experiences. By systematically reviewing 59 peer-reviewed studies, this research fills key gaps in the literature—namely, the lack of consolidated knowledge on the diverse forms of AI-enabled interdisciplinarity, the fragmented discussion of AI’s pedagogical functions, and the insufficient analysis of stakeholder-specific impacts across cognitive, behavioral, and emotional dimensions. The study’s structured categorization of AI’s roles (evaluator, agent, monitor, and assistant), research foci, and disciplinary configurations provides a novel analytical lens that advances theoretical and empirical understanding of technology-mediated interdisciplinary learning. Furthermore, this work contributes to broader discussions on educational equity, ethical AI integration, and faculty agency. It provides a foundation for future empirical studies, curriculum design efforts, and institutional policies that seek to align AI adoption with human-centered, inclusive, and sustainable educational goals. As such, this study holds scholarly significance for researchers, educators, and policymakers aiming to navigate and shape the future of interdisciplinary higher education in the age of AI. References Bond, M., Khosravi, H., De Laat, M. et al.(2024). A meta systematic review of artificial intelligence in higher education: A call for increased ethics, collaboration, and rigour. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21(4). https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00436-z Cai, C., Zhu, G., & Ma, M. (2025). A systemic review of AI for interdisciplinary learning: Application contexts, roles, and influences. Education and Information Technologies, 30, 9641–9687. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-13193-x Caratozzolo, P., Rodriguez-Ruiz, J., & Alvarez-Delgado, A. (2022). Natural language processing for learning assessment in STEM. In Proceedings of the 2022 IEEE Global Engineering Education Conference (EDUCON) (pp. 1549-1554). IEEE. https://doi.org/10.1109/EDUCON52537.2022.9766717 Heeg, D. M., & Avraamidou, L. (2023). The use of artificial intelligence in school science: a systematic literature review. Educational Media International, 60(2), 125–150. https://doi.org/10.1080/09523987.2023.2264990 Hooshyar, D., Weng, X., Sillat, P. J., Tammets, K., Wang, M., & Hämäläinen, R. (2024). The effectiveness of personalized technology-enhanced learning in higher education: A meta-analysis with association rule mining. Computers & Education, 223, 105169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2024.105169 Markauskaite, L., Schwarz, B., Damşa, C., & Muukkonen, H. (2024). Beyond disciplinary engagement: Researching the ecologies of interdisciplinary learning. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 33(2), 213–241. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2024.2354151 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. …., & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ (clinical Research Ed.), 372, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Schmitt, P., & Beneder, R. (2024, May). Introduction of a multicopter platform for multi-and transdisciplinary education with emphasis on embedded and cyber-physical systems. In 2024 IEEE Global Engineering Education Conference (EDUCON) (pp. 1-5). IEEE. https://doi.org/10.1109/EDUCON60312.2024.10578837 Spelt, E. J. H., Biemans, H. J. A., Tobi, H., Luning, P. A., & Mulder, M. (2009). Teaching and learning in interdisciplinary higher education: A systematic review. Educational Psychology Review, 21(4), 365–378. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-009-9113-z Zawacki-Richter, O., Marín, V. I., Bond, M., & Gouverneur, F. (2019). Systematic review of research on artificial intelligence applications in higher education – Where are the educators? International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 16, Article 39. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-019-0171-0 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Bridging the Gap: How Gender, Age, and Experience Shape Lecturers’ Orientations Toward Generative AI Integration 1: Alqasemi Collage, Israel; 2: University of Malta, Malta Presenting Author:Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) represents an accessible and transformative frontier in educational technology. By extracting intricate patterns from expansive datasets, it has the qualities to synthesize novel content that ranges from text and imagery to complex code and music (Peñalvo & Ingelmo, 2023). These capabilities inherently offer lecturers innovative ways to support and improve their teaching methods (Author3 et al., 2025; Author1, 2025). Recent studies show that GenAI tools, like Large Language Models (LLMs), are increasingly used in daily academic tasks, including lesson planning, designing assessments, and providing student feedback (Basty et al., 2025; Castillo-Martínez et al., 2024). In this context, GenAI has evolved from a hidden technical system into a visible and personalized "partner" that helps both teachers and students produce resources and explanations (Author1 et al., 2025). Systematic reviews and empirical studies indicate that, when used deliberately, GenAI can scaffold academic writing, offer rapid formative feedback, personalize content, and give educators’ time to focus more on relational and higher order pedagogical work. However, this simultaneously raises new concerns around academic integrity, epistemic depth, bias, and professional identity (Castillo-Martínez et al., 2024; Prilop et al., 2025). Although research on GenAI in higher education has increased rapidly, the literature remains fragmented in at least three respects, as follows. First, while faculty perceptions are increasingly recognized as crucial, many studies prioritize students’ viewpoints or capture lecturers’ perspectives only superficially, offering limited insight into how educators construe GenAI’s pedagogical value, ethical implications, and impact on professional identity (Crompton & Burke, 2023). Second, demographic variables such as gender, age, and teaching experience are often collected as descriptive controls but are rarely theorized or examined systematically as moderators of educators’ attitudes and acceptance, leaving unclear whether, and how, these characteristics shape lecturers’ orientations toward GenAI (Fadlelmula & Qadhi, 2024). Third, emerging work frequently reports attitudes, intentions, or general openness toward GenAI, yet gives comparatively less attention to how these perceptions relate to actual stages of integration and frequency of use in teaching practice, as well as to the concrete opportunities and challenges lecturers encounter in their classrooms (Bergdahl & Sjöberg, 2025). In response to these gaps, the present study has been directed towards examining lecturers’ perceptions of GenAI in higher education and its potential implementation in instructional practice. Particular attention is given to the role of demographic characteristics and patterns of use in shaping lecturers’ adoption of GenAI, as well as to the opportunities and challenges educators relate to and associate with when integrating GenAI into their teaching. Accordingly, the study addressed the following research questions: 1) Are there significant differences in lecturers’ perceptions towards the integration of GenAI based on demographic variables such as gender, age and teaching experience? 2) What is the relationship between lecturers’ perceptions, lecturers’ stages of GenAI integration and the frequency of GenAI use? 3) What opportunities and challenges do lecturers perceive in the integration of GenAI in education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study involved a sample of (N = 98) lecturers drawn from a range of higher education institutions. A random sampling procedure was applied within selected universities and colleges to enhance representation. Participation was voluntary and informed consent was obtained from all lecturers prior to data collection. The sample reflected diversity in academic disciplines, institutional contexts, age groups, and levels of teaching experience. A mixed-methods research design was employed to examine lecturers’ perceptions of GenAI in higher education and to explore how these perceptions relate to demographic characteristics and patterns of use (Creswell, 2018). The Quantitative data was collected through an online survey consisting of three sections as follows: The first section gathered demographic information, including gender, age, and teaching experience. The second section examined lecturers’ adoption of GenAI by asking participants to report their frequency of use on a five-point scale ranging from 1 (never) to 5 (always) and to identify their stage of GenAI integration across six progressive stages: Awareness, Learning, Understanding, Familiarity, Adaptation, and Creative Application. The third section assessed lecturers’ perceptions of GenAI implementation in education using 15 items adapted from the validated instrument developed by Wozney et al. (2006) and modified to align with the GenAI context in higher education. Responses were recorded on a six-point Likert scale from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). Content validity was established through review by three experts in education, and the perception scale demonstrated acceptable internal consistency (Cronbach’s α = 0.82). The qualitative data was collected through semi-structured interviews with a subsample of ten volunteering lecturers. The interviews focused on participants’ experiences with GenAI, perceived pedagogical opportunities, and challenges encountered during implementation. Quantitative data was then analyzed using SPSS (Version 27). Descriptive statistics were computed, followed by independent samples t-tests and one-way ANOVA to examine differences in lecturers’ perceptions across gender, age, and teaching experience. A composite perception score was calculated by averaging the 15 perception items, consistent with treating aggregated Likert-type scales as approximately continuous for parametric analysis (Norman, 2010). Assumptions of normality and homogeneity of variance were assessed using Q–Q plots and Levene’s test and were satisfied (Field, 2009). Spearman’s rank-order correlations were then calculated to examine relationships among lecturers’ perceptions, stages of GenAI integration, and frequency of GenAI use. Qualitative interviews were analyzed thematically to identify recurring patterns related to opportunities and challenges, supporting interpretation of the quantitative results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed a complex and nuanced picture of lecturers’ engagement with GenAI in higher education. Quantitative results indicated significant differences in lecturers’ perceptions towards GenAI based on gender, age, and teaching experience. Female lecturers, younger participants, and those with fewer years of teaching experience reported more positive perceptions of GenAI and higher levels of confidence in its pedagogical value. In addition, strong positive relationships were found between lecturers’ perceptions of GenAI, their frequency of use, and their stage of GenAI adoption, suggesting that favorable beliefs are closely associated with more advanced and sustained integration practices. The qualitative findings deepen and contextualize these results by revealing a two-sided reality of GenAI integration. On one hand, lecturers described GenAI as a powerful productivity-enhancing tool that supports course design, assessment preparation and academic writing. These affordances were perceived as particularly valuable in reducing administrative workload and enabling more personalized teaching practices. On the other hand, lecturers expressed profound concerns related to academic integrity, plagiarism, cognitive offloading among students, technological limitations, and the potential erosion of the educator’s professional role and human-centered pedagogy. This tension highlights that GenAI adoption is not merely a technical decision but a socially and ethically situated process. Taken together, the results extend technology adoption research by demonstrating that lecturers’ acceptance of GenAI is shaped not only by perceived usefulness but also by demographic characteristics, professional histories, and ethical considerations. The findings therefore underscore the need for institutional responses that go beyond technology implementation toward a redefinition of academic practices. In conclusion, successful and sustainable GenAI integration in higher education requires differentiated professional development, clear ethical governance, and redesigned assessment practices that promote critical AI literacy and authentic learning. Without such measures, the transformative potential of GenAI risks being undermined by threats to academic integrity and educational quality. References Author1. (2025). Author1 et al., (2025). Author3 et al., (2025). Basty, R., Kropczynski, J., & Halse, S. (2025). Exploring Higher Education Faculty Insights on Generative AI in Creative Courses. Journal of Information Technology Education: Research, 24, 018. https://doi.org/10.28945/5546 Bergdahl, N., & Sjöberg, J. (2025). Attitudes, perceptions and AI self-efficacy in K-12 education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 100358. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100358 Castillo-Martínez, I. M., Flores-Bueno, D., Gómez-Puente, S. M., & Vite-León, V. O. (2024, August). AI in higher education: A systematic literature review. Frontiers in Education, 9, 1391485. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1391485 Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Crompton, H., & Burke, D. (2023). Artificial intelligence in higher education: The state of the field. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 20(1), 22. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00392-8 Fadlelmula, F. K., & Qadhi, S. M. (2024). A systematic review of research on artificial intelligence in higher education: Practice, gaps, and future directions in the GCC. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice, 21(6), 146-173. Field, A. P. (2009). Discovering statistics using SPSS: And sex and drugs and rock ‘n’ roll. (3rd ed.). London: Sage Publications Norman, G. (2010). Likert scales, levels of measurement and the “laws” of statistics. Advances in Health Sciences Education, 15(5), 625–632. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10459-010-9222-y Peñalvo, F. J. G., & Ingelmo, A. V. (2023). What do we mean by GenAI? A systematic mapping of the evolution, trends, and techniques involved in generative AI. IJIMAI, 8(4), 7-16. https://doi.org/10.9781/ijimai.2023.07.006 Prilop, C. N., Mah, D. K., Jacobsen, L. J., Hansen, R. R., Weber, K. E., & Hoya, F. (2025). Generative AI in teacher education: Educators’ perceptions of transformative potentials and the triadic nature of AI literacy explored through AI-enhanced methods. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 100471. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100471 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper AI Collective – A Collaborative Exploration between students, professors, and researchers of Studying in times of Artificial Intelligence Goethe University frankfurt, Germany Presenting Author:The emerge of generative AI tools is shaping future demands on higher education research and practices (Chan & Colloton 2024) and raising questions about teaching scientific working and writing (Buck & Limburg 2023). Those are relevant for the global context since AI tools are widely spread among students. This is especially relevant for the European context, since the EU AI Act is leading towards the approach to protect democratic values, equality and human decisions based on those values with regulation but also AI literacy (EU 2024). The growing use of AI applications such as ChatGPT, Claude, and others can be observed in teaching and studying (Laupichler et al. 2022; Zawacki-Richter et al. 2024). AI systems can be used to summarize seminar literature, analyze collected data, or explain complex theories in a “simple” way. It can be assumed that students acquire most AI skills outside of lectures. Higher education faces the question of what this development means in the context of good scientific practice (Bozkurt et al. 2024). Emerging from a workshop, the AI Collective at Goethe University Frankfurt is a project of professors, students, and researchers who explore and reflect together on teaching and studying educational studies in times of artificial intelligence. The project is designed as an open format to transcend institutional boundaries, enabling an exchange on educational discourses. Our activities circulate the question of how we want to study and teach in the age of AI applications. This project aims to integrate AI as a cross-cutting topic in research and teaching and to bridge the gap between students' acquisition of AI practices and the demands of an educational science degree program. Various formats of cooperation among status groups address our central question:
At the ECER conference we will present our concept of the AI collective and first results of the survey on students’ perspectives and the seminar evaluation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The joint design and implementation of AI in higher education is not a one-time process, but is subject to loop logic (Bock et al. 2024). The process is subject to constant renegotiation within the existing framework. A range of methodologies were selected for this purpose: firstly, to provide a platform for the articulation of student perspectives, and secondly, to systematically document and evaluate the development of AI literacy. The pilot seminar is subject to a multifaceted evaluation process. The primary objective of the seminar is to facilitate the acquisition of AI skills among the students. Rather, they adopt an expert role from which they impart fragments of AI literacy to other students. To evaluate this learning and educational process, a survey was created based on various media education models (Baacke 1996; Kerres 2020; Stolpe & Hallström 2024) to measure the students' perceived AI literacy. The emphasis is not exclusively on the utilization of AI, but also on critical thinking and transferability. The students participating in the pilot seminar were surveyed as part of a longitudinal study (Döring & Bortz 2016, p. 208 ff.). The initial measurement was conducted at the commencement of the semester and ascertains whether there is a significant increase in perceived AI literacy among participants following attendance at the seminar session. Furthermore, a qualitative reflection of the process is carried out from both the student and lecturer perspectives. As part of the AI Collective, we conducted a survey between October and December 2026. Data was collected on a voluntary basis in seminars of members of the AI Collective via the online survey tool SoSci Survey (Leiner 2025). The questions were all open and we engaged the students to discuss in groups before giving answers. We asked students about their understanding of “active studying”, the role of other students, and what role AI plays in their studies, how they write and read with AI. One question also asked how students would like to talk about studying in the context of AI. We gathered 165 data sets. The interdisciplinary guide on AI use in scientific writing aims at conveying a critical perspective and is developed in a participatory process. The discussion revolves around the question of how we want to work scientifically in the face of AI. Student and teacher perspectives are developed jointly, the university's framework conditions, and existing policies and guidelines are considered. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initial evaluation of the longitudinal study – which only considers the first survey date – shows a moderate level of perceived AI literacy. It is evident that students assign the highest ratings to their competencies in the domain of AI utilization. It is interesting to note that their demonstrated knowledge of different AI applications is comparatively low. The analysis indicates that critical thinking and design skills are moderately developed in the sample. It should be noted, however, that this is merely an initial assessment. The impending comparison between the test and control groups is of particular pertinence for the evaluation of the pilot seminar. The objective of this study is to examine whether the shift in perspective among seminar participants results in a more comprehensive understanding of AI, thereby enhancing their AI literacy. The first findings of the survey asking students about active studying in times of AI show that quite existential questions come to play: E.g., the students have a need to talk among themselves but the current circumstances of students, often studying alongside work or commuting, frequently do not allow them to stay on campus longer than is absolutely necessary to attend seminars. Discussions also showed that scientific writing needs active teaching of the rather implicit rules of academia, citing and writing. Students also feel “criminalized” by teachers for (wrong-)using AI tools or using them for cheating. In progress of the interdisciplinary guide on AI use in scientific writing various exchange formats are established to formulate educational science requirements for teaching and research against the backdrop of the technical possibilities of thinking and writing with AI systems. References Baacke, D. (1996). Medienkompetenz—Begrifflichkeit und sozialer Wandel. In A. von Rein (Hrsg.), Medienkompetenz als Schlüsselbegriff (p. 112–124). Klinkhardt. Bock, A., Dander, V., & Rau, F. (2024). Raus aus dem <Loop>! Mögliche Zukünfte für Medienbildung with(out) KI. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 269–291. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb21/2024.09.11.X Bozkurt, A., Xiao, J., Farrow, R., Bai, J. Y. H., Nerantzi, C., Moore, S., Dron, J., Stracke, C. M., Singh, L., Crompton, H., Koutropoulos, A., Terentev, E., Pazurek, A., Nichols, M., Sidorkin, A. M., Costello, E., Watson, S., Mulligan, D., Honeychurch, S., … Asino, T. I. (2024). The Manifesto for Teaching and Learning in a Time of Generative AI: A Critical Collective Stance to Better Navigate the Future. Open Praxis, 16(4), 487–513. doi.org/10.55982/openpraxis.16.4.777 Buck, I. & Limburg, A. (2023). Hochschulbildung vor dem Hintergrund von Natural Language Processing (KI-Schreibtools). Ein Framework für eine zukunftsfähige Lehr- und Prüfungspraxis. die hochschullehre. Interdisziplinäre Zeitschrift für Studium und Lehre, 9(6). https://doi.org/10.3278/HSL2306W Chan, C. K. Y. & Colloton, T. (2024). Generative AI in Higher Education: The ChatGPT Effect. Routledge. Döring, N., & Bortz, J. (2016). Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Sozial- und Humanwissenschaften. Springer Berlin Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-41089-5 European Parliament & Council of the European Union. (2024). Regulation (EU) 2024/1689 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 June 2024 laying down harmonised rules on artificial intelligence (Artificial Intelligence Act). Official Journal of the European Union, L 2024/1689. https://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1689/oj Giró Gràcia, X. & Sancho-Gil, J. M. (2021). Artificial Intelligence in Education. seminar.net - International journal of media, technology and lifelong learning, 17(2). https://doi.org/10.7577/seminar.4281 Kerres, M. (2020). Bildung in der digitalen Welt. Über Wirkungsannahmen und die soziale Konstruktion des Digitalen. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 1–32. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb17/2020.04.24.X Laupichler, M. C., Aster, A., Schirch, J., & Raupach, T. (2022). Artificial intelligence literacy in higher and adult education: A scoping literature review. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 3, 100101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2022.100101 Leiner, D. J. (2025). SoSci Survey (Version 3.7.06) [Software]. SoSci Survey GmbH. https://www.soscisurvey.de Stolpe, K., & Hallström, J. (2024). Artificial intelligence literacy for technology education. Computers and Education Open, 6, 100159. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2024.100159 Zawacki-Richter, O., Bai, J. Y. H., Lee, K., Slagter Van Tryon, P. J., & Prinsloo, P. (2024). New advances in artificial intelligence applications in higher education? International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21(1), 32, s41239-024-00464–3. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-024-00464-3 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper A Cross-National Examination of Student Perspectives on Using Generative AI for Academic Writing 1: University of Tartu, Estonia; 2: California State University Long Beach, United States of America Presenting Author:The rapid emergence of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) tools has fundamentally altered the landscape of academic writing instruction across European and international higher education contexts. While considerable attention has focused on institutional policy responses and detection mechanisms, comparatively little research has examined how students themselves perceive the integration of these technologies within their writing processes, and whether such perceptions differ across educational systems with distinct approaches to writing instruction. This exploratory cross-national study examines undergraduate students' writing process conceptions and their perceptions of GenAI use in academic writing, comparing data from the University of Tartu (Estonia) and California State University Long Beach (United States). The comparison is noteworthy given the divergent writing instruction traditions in these contexts. European higher education, including Estonian universities, typically lacks the systematic writing support infrastructure characteristic of North American institutions, such as dedicated first-year composition courses, writing centres, and Writing Across the Curriculum (WAC) programmes (Björk et al., 2003; Donahue, 2009; Harbord, 2018). This structural difference raises important questions about whether students' underlying conceptions of writing, and their subsequent integration of AI tools, vary across these educational traditions. The study addresses three research questions: 1) What factor structure emerges from an exploratory analysis of the AI-adapted Writing Process Questionnaire with US and Estonian undergraduate students? 2) Do students' AI-related writing beliefs constitute a structurally distinct construct from traditional writing conceptions, or are they embedded within existing patterns of writing difficulty and epistemic belief? 3) In what ways do US and Estonian undergraduate students differ in their writing conceptions, including their orientation toward AI in writing? The theoretical framework draws on established research into writing process conceptions, particularly the distinction between knowledge-telling (surface-level) and knowledge-transforming (deep-level) approaches to writing (Bereiter et al., 2023; Scardamalia & Bereiter, 1987, 2005). Students who view writing as knowledge transformation engage in effortful, reflective processes that develop and create knowledge through the act of writing itself. Research with European doctoral students has demonstrated that such conceptions relate significantly to academic well-being, productivity, and perceptions of the learning environment (Lonka et al., 2018). Maladaptive conceptions, including beliefs in innate writing ability, perfectionism, and procrastination, have been associated with writing blocks and reduced academic engagement (Cerrato-Lara et al., 2017). The emergence of GenAI introduces new dimensions to these established constructs. If writing is understood as a process of knowledge transformation, what happens when AI can generate content that bypasses this cognitive work? Do students who hold more surface-level conceptions of writing embrace AI differently than those who view writing as epistemically generative? These questions have particular relevance for European educational contexts, where explicit writing instruction may be less systematically embedded in curricula. This study contributes to the European educational research community by providing empirical data on how students in a European context perceive and potentially integrate GenAI within their academic writing. The comparison with US data offers insights into whether the structural differences in writing support systems relate to different patterns of AI adoption and conceptualisation. Furthermore, by adapting and extending an instrument originally validated with Finnish doctoral students (Lonka, 2014) to include AI-related dimensions, this research advances methodological approaches for measuring evolving writing conceptions in the age of artificial intelligence. The findings have implications for writing pedagogy across European higher education institutions, particularly regarding how educators might address students' underlying beliefs about writing when introducing or responding to GenAI tools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a quantitative cross-national design using survey methodology (questionnaire and interview). Participants include undergraduate students from the Faculty of Arts and Humanities at the University of Tartu, Estonia (n=42), and undergraduate students from California State University Long Beach, United States (n=102). Data collection followed ethical protocols approved by institutional review boards at both institutions. The primary instrument is an adapted version of the Writing Process Questionnaire (WPQ), originally developed and validated by Lonka et al. (2014) with Finnish doctoral students and subsequently validated with Spanish and Mexican undergraduate populations (Cerrato-Lara et al., 2017) and Estonian upper secondary school students (Hint & Jürine, 2021). The WPQ measures six core writing process constructs: Productivity (writing output and habits), Blocks (challenges and negative writing experiences), Procrastination (tendencies to delay writing tasks), Perfectionism (critical self-evaluation affecting writing), Innate Ability (beliefs about writing as a fixed skill), and Knowledge Transformation (views of writing as idea generation and learning). For this study, the instrument was extended to include AI-related dimensions capturing students' perceptions of GenAI's role in academic writing. New subscales assess: AI as Source of Knowledge (beliefs about AI-generated content as reliable information), AI and Certainty of Knowledge (beliefs about AI's capacity to provide definitive answers), and AI and Nature of Knowledge (beliefs about the relationship between AI-generated and human-generated knowledge). Items were developed through iterative expert review and piloting. Given sample size constraints, we employ Principal Component Analysis (PCA) to explore the underlying structure of writing conceptions including the new AI-related items. This exploratory approach is appropriate for investigating whether AI-related perceptions form distinct constructs or integrate with existing writing process dimensions. PCA is also suitable for our cross-national comparison as it allows pattern identification without requiring the larger samples necessary for confirmatory approaches. Preliminary PCA results from the US data suggest four interpretable components: (1) AI dependency versus knowledge-transforming beliefs, (2) Writing engagement versus avoidance, (3) AI as knowledge tool, and (4) Writing difficulty and self-criticism. The Estonian data will be analysed using the same approach to examine whether similar component structures emerge across educational contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis of the US data reveals several patterns relevant to the European context. Principal Component Analysis identified a primary dimension contrasting AI dependency and beliefs in innate writing ability against knowledge-transforming conceptions. Students scoring high on this component endorse items suggesting they struggle without AI assistance and view writing ability as fixed, while those scoring low endorse writing as a creative, developmental process that generates new understanding. This suggests that AI adoption may relate systematically to pre-existing epistemic beliefs about writing rather than representing a uniform technological shift. A separate component capturing writing engagement (productivity versus blocks/procrastination) emerged independently from AI-related beliefs, indicating that traditional writing process challenges remain distinct from AI integration patterns. This has implications for European institutions where writing support may be less systematic. In other words, students' fundamental engagement with writing may require attention regardless of AI availability. Expected outcomes from the cross-national comparison include: (1) Documentation of any systematic differences in writing process conceptions between Estonian and US undergraduates, potentially reflecting different educational traditions; (2) Identification of whether AI-related beliefs cluster similarly or differently across contexts; (3) Evidence regarding the generalisability of the adapted instrument to European populations. The findings will inform several practical considerations for European higher education. If AI-dependent approaches correlate with surface-level writing conceptions, pedagogical interventions might focus on developing knowledge-transforming beliefs alongside AI literacy. If cross-national differences emerge, these may suggest that writing instruction traditions shape how students conceptualise and integrate new technologies. This exploratory study establishes a foundation for longitudinal research tracking how writing conceptions evolve as GenAI tools become increasingly embedded in academic practice across diverse European educational systems. References Bereiter, C., Bogouslavsky, M., Tsuji, W., & Scardamalia, M. (2023). Knowledge building: Improving ideas, improving writing. In The Routledge international handbook of research on writing (pp. 225–235). Routledge. Björk, L., Bräuer, G., Rienecker, L., & Jörgensen, P. S. (2003). Teaching academic writing in European higher education (Vol. 12). Springer Science & Business Media. Cerrato-Lara, M., Castelló, M., García-Velázquez, R., & Lonka, K. (2017). Validation of the Writing Process Questionnaire in two Hispanic populations: Spain and Mexico. Journal of Writing Research, 9(volume 9 issue 2), 151–171. https://doi.org/10.17239/jowr-2017.09.02.03 Donahue, C. (2009). ‘ Internationalization’ and Composition Studies: Reorienting the Discourse. College Composition and Communication, 212–243. Harbord, J. (2018). A European Model for Writing Support. In M. Chitez, C. I. Doroholschi, O. Kruse, Ł. Salski, & D. Tucan (Eds), University Writing in Central and Eastern Europe: Tradition, Transition, and Innovation (pp. 15–28). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-95198-0_2 Hint, H., & Jürine, A. (2021). Protsessikeskse kirjutamise kasulikkusest gümnaasiumiõpilaste kirjaliku tekstiloome oskuse kui suhtluspädevuse ühe komponendi arendamisel. Eesti Haridusteaduste Ajakiri. Estonian Journal of Education, 9(1), 243–273. https://doi.org/10.12697/eha.2021.9.1.10 Lonka, K., K. ,. Chow, A. Keskinen, J. ,. Hakkarainen, K. Sandström, N. &. Pyhältö. (2014). How to measure PhD students’ conceptions of academic writing – and are they related to well-being? Journal of Writing Research, 5(issue 3), 245–269. https://doi.org/10.17239/jowr-2014.05.03.1 Lonka, K., Ketonen, E., Vekkaila, J., Cerrato Lara, M., & Pyhältö, K. (2018). Doctoral students’ writing profiles and their relations to well-being and perceptions of the academic environment. Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0290-x Scardamalia, M., & Bereiter, C. (1987). Knowledge telling and knowledge transforming in written composition. Advances in Applied Psycholinguistics, 2, 142–175. Scardamalia, M., & Bereiter, C. (2005). Knowledge Building: Theory, Pedagogy, and Technology. In R. K. Sawyer (Ed.), The Cambridge Handbook of the Learning Sciences (1st edn, pp. 97–116). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511816833.008 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 06 SES 07 B: Student Identity, Agency, and GenAI Use Location: KH 3 | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Valentin Dander Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper The Silent Classroom: An Ethnographic Approach to Student-GenAI Interactions through Constructivist Grounded Theory University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:As universities experience an uncertainty caused by Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI), learning is moving from physical spaces (classrooms, libraries, home) to digital dyads between students and Large Language Models (LLMs). This shift poses the question on how educational research shall investigate spaces of learning that are largely invisible and inherently private. Existing research methods including elicited interactions in experiments might fail to understand the actual interaction patterns between students and GenAI, making these processes invisible to educational researchers. This research proposes to treat conversations between user and GenAI as ethnographic field sites rather than static artifacts. It draws on Constructivist Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2006) rooted in symbolic interactionism to gain deeper understanding of students’ learning and GenAI’s role in it. By tapping into this “black box” of interactions between students and GenAI, this study aims to locate the university’s place in knowledge construction and learning. The method of constant comparison that this framework requires makes it possible to construct a comprehensive picture of student, GenAI, and university relations. The study utilizes data from an ongoing research project comparing university students’ interactions with GenAI in Austria and Kazakhstan. The methodology consists of the triangulation of three distinct data layers: 1) The raw logs of student-AI interactions, treated here as "authentic recorded conversations" rather than text outputs; 2) Intensive interviews where students reconstruct their broader academic life and learning habits with GenAI; 3) Students’ comments and reflections on their GenAI logs with the researcher. These three data sources provide insight into students’ learning with GenAI from their point of view, and can help decode the "taken-for-granted assumptions" embedded in these interactions. By treating the interaction logs as a field site, this methodology reveals the usually invisible shared understandings of learning with GenAI: feelings of guilt and shame, navigation of internal integrity rules, and epistemic negotiations that students develop in the absence or vagueness of institutional guidance. This approach responds to the network's call for "methodological pluralism" bringing in ethnographic approaches towards human-machine interactions. The study argues that gaining access to these "silent classrooms" requires a shift from observation to collaborative reconstruction, where participants act as guides through their own digital learning histories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a Constructivist Grounded Theory Ethnography (Charmaz, 2006; Glaser & Strauss, 1967) to investigate how university students engage with GenAI for learning. The methodology is designed to overcome the opacity of digital learning processes by rendering usually private human-GenAI interactions visible. The primary data consists of GenAI logs – complete, unedited conversation histories between students and GenAI platforms (for example, ChatGPT, Gemini, Co-Pilot, etc.). Unlike traditional text analysis, this study treats these logs as field notes documenting a social process. The logs capture the iterative nature of "meaning-making," showing not just the final academic output, but the "negotiation, argumentation, and shared meaning-making" (Roschelle & Teasley, 1995) that occurs during the learning process. Data collection in Austria has been finished with 18 interviews with 9 bachelor students, 5 master’s students and 4 PhD students from 4 universities in the country. The next stage with data collection in Kazakhstan is in progress. This process is divided into three stages: 1. Firstly, open-ended, intensive interviews following Charmaz’s (2006) guidelines are conducted to allow participants to contextualize their usage. This stage captures both internal and external contexts of students’ GenAI use including decision making, meaning-making and institutional context regarding interactions with the machine. 2. Secondly, participants are asked to review conversations with GenAI of their choice together with the researcher. Here, participants elucidate to the researcher the intent behind specific conversations related to their learning, allowing the researcher to understand the students’ perspectives on their learning interactions with GenAI. 3. Thirdly, participants share their logs of academic-related AI interactions with the researcher for the analysis. These are anonymized but preserved in their conversational structure to retain the specific dynamics of the interaction process (such as turn-taking, length and depth of interactions, development of agency, etc.). Data is analyzed using the constant comparative method (Falkenberg, 2018). Initial coding of the logs and interviews focuses on the "process" (gerunds), aiming to keep the verbs that participants themselves used in describing their interactions. These are cross-referenced with interview transcripts to construct categories that explain how students create their own systems of GenAI use against the background of institutional uncertainty. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Presently, educational space is increasingly constituted by the silent, screen-mediated dialogue between students and algorithms. This study’s methodology demonstrates that traditional educational research methods, which rely on classroom observation or survey data, need to be complemented by other approaches for capturing the nuances of this "post-human" learning environment. By methodologically framing the AI logs as an ethnographic field, researchers can access the detailed realities of changing spaces of education and learning. By triangulating raw logs with intensive interviews, this methodology suggests asking students to guide us through their digital histories of interaction and learning. This approach reveals that GenAI usage is also tied to emotional and social contexts. The preliminary findings from Austria and the ongoing work in Kazakhstan show that students are currently developing their own internal rules and methods, dealing with feelings such as guilt and shame, and defining academic integrity in the absence of clear institutional guidance. References Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory: A Practical Guide Through Qualitative Analysis. SAGE. Falkenberg, K. (2018). Permanenter Vergleich. Methodologische Überlegungen zu einer an der Grounded-Theory-Methodologie orientierten international vergleichenden Forschung [Permanent Comparison. Methodological Considerations on International Comparative Research Based on Grounded Theory Methodology]. Tertium comparationis, 24(1), 107-134. Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1998). Grounded theory. Strategien qualitativer Forschung. Bern: Huber, 4. Roschelle, J., & Teasley, S. D. (1995). The construction of shared knowledge in collaborative problem solving. In Computer supported collaborative learning (pp. 69-97). Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Staging the Self in the 'Algorithmic Sandbox': 'Algorithmic Rehearsal' and the Reconstruction of Subjectivity Among Chinese Adolescents East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:In the post-pandemic era, Chinese adolescents are situated at the precarious intersection of rapid technological acceleration and intense educational competition, locally termed neijuan (involution). This specific socio-cultural context is characterised by a hyper-meritocratic evaluation system where the margin for error in real-world social interactions is perceived as shrinking. Simultaneously, Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) has permeated the daily lives of these digital natives. While prevailing educational discourses often pathologise students’ use of GenAI as academic dishonesty or passive dependency, this research identifies an under-theorised phenomenon termed 'algorithmic rehearsal'. This concept refers to the agentic practice where adolescents utilise GenAI not merely as information retrieval tools, but as a 'digital sandbox' to simulate future actions, pre-enact social conflicts, and experiment with potential identities before stepping into the high-risk reality. The primary objective of this study is to challenge the technological determinist narrative that views youth as passive consumers of algorithms. Instead, it aims to uncover how Chinese adolescents actively appropriate GenAI to construct a safe house for identity exploration. Specifically, the study seeks to: map the diverse scenarios where 'algorithmic rehearsal' occurs; analyse the psychological and sociological mechanisms behind the preference for GenAI over human interlocutors; critically evaluate the implications of this practice for the development of adolescent subjectivity. Therefore, three research questions are raised: 1. In what specific scenarios (e.g., emotional regulation, career planning, interpersonal conflict) do Chinese adolescents employ GenAI for rehearsal? 2. How does the 'non-judgmental' affordance of AI compensate for the lack of psychological safety in a high-stakes, evaluation-oriented society? 3. Does this reliance on algorithmic simulation constitute a form of empowerment that enhances real-world agency, or does it lead to a dependency that detaches youth from the complexities of authentic human interaction? This research is grounded in a synthesis of Erving Goffman’s dramaturgical theory and Gert Biesta’s philosophy of education. Firstly, this study appropriates Goffman’s (1959) distinction between front stage and back stage for the digital age. This study conceptualises GenAI as a unique 'digital back stage'. In the Chinese context, the school and family environments often function as a relentless front stage subject to constant surveillance and evaluation. GenAI, therefore, provides a private backstage where the performance of the self can be scripted, rehearsed, and refined without the immediate risk of social embarrassment or losing face. Secondly, this study engages with Biesta’s (2022) notion of subjectification—the process of becoming a subject who can act responsibly and independently. Consequently, this study hypothesises that 'algorithmic rehearsal' represents a struggle for subjectivity. In a system that often reduces students to data points, the active manipulation of GenAI to explore who I might become reflects a desire to reclaim the interpretative power of one’s own life narrative against a deterministic future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, constructivist approach, situated within the paradigm of digital sociology. It aims to capture the nuanced, lived experiences of adolescents as they navigate the hybrid spaces between algorithmic simulation and social reality. The research design is composed of two interconnected phases to ensure triangulation of data. 1. Non-participant observation: focuses on niche communities discussing algorithmic learning, collecting chat logs shared by users that evidence rehearsal behaviours. Data includes user-generated content such as chat logs with GenAI, reflective posts on GenAI usage strategies, and comment threads. These digital artifacts serve as direct evidence of how rehearsal is socially constructed and shared. 2. Semi-structured interviewing: conducts 20 semi-structured interviews with adolescents (aged 12-18), who self-identify as frequent users of GenAI for the 'algorithmic rehearsal' purposes. Interviews focus on the thick description of specific rehearsal events: the trigger of the event, the design of the prompts, the emotional reaction to GenAI feedback, and the subsequent action taken in the real world. Data is analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). This study moves beyond semantic coding to latent coding, identifying underlying patterns of meaning regarding authority, trust, and selfhood. The analysis is iterative, constantly moving between the empirical data and the theoretical lens of Goffman and Biesta. Given the vulnerability of the adolescent population, strict ethical protocols are followed. Informed consent is obtained from both participants and their guardians. All digital data is anonymised to protect user privacy, and specific attention is paid to the potential psychological impact of discussing social anxiety during interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary observations suggest that 'algorithmic rehearsal' is evolving into a crucial coping mechanism for Chinese youth. This study identifies three primary typologies of rehearsal: 1.GenAI as an emotional airbag: adolescents use GenAI to vent negative emotions and rehearse regulation strategies, using the 'non-judgmental' machine to metabolise feelings that are deemed inappropriate for the public sphere. 2.The simulator of adulthood: adolescents script complex adult scenarios (e.g., negotiation) to bridge the gap between their limited lived experience and the high maturity demands of society. 3.The paradox of agency: while the practice initially empowers adolescents by reducing anxiety, it also shows a dependency loop where some participants feel increasingly unable to act in spontaneous, unscripted real-world situations. This study extends Goffman’s theory into the era of GenAI. It proposes that the back stage is no longer just a physical space but an algorithmic one, co-constructed by human and machine. Furthermore, it enriches the discourse on digital agency by showing that agency is not just about resisting technology, but about collaborating with it to resist social structural pressures. This study argues for a new form of GenAI literacy that goes beyond technical skills or academic integrity. Educators need to recognise the shadow curriculum of identity work happening in these 'algorithmic sandboxes' and support students in navigating the complex transition from digital simulation to authentic human connection, fostering a resilient subjectivity that can thrive in both worlds. References Biesta, G. (2022). World-centred education: A view for the present. Routledge. Goffman, E. (1959). The presentation of self in everyday life. Anchor. Ito, M., Martin, C., Pfister, R. C., Rafalow, M. H., & Salen, K. (2023). Affinity online: How connection and shared interest fuel learning. New York University Press. Selwyn, N. (2024). On the limits of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in education. Nordisk Tidsskrift for Pedagogikk Og Kritikk, 10(1), 3-14. doi:10. 10.23865/ntpk.v10.6062. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. doi:10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Williamson, B., & Komljenovic, J. (2023). Investing in imagined digital futures: the techno-financial ‘futuring’ of edtech investors in higher education. Critical Studies in Education, 64(3), 234–249. doi:10.1080/17508487.2022.2081587 Swart, J. (2021). Experiencing algorithms: How young people understand, feel about, and engage with algorithmic news selection on social media. Social Media+Society, 7(2), 2056-3051. doi:10.1177/20563051211008828 Xiao, F. (2022). From algorithmic problems among young people to algorithmic awareness in youth research. Chinese Youth Studies, 7, 5-11+17. doi:10.19633/j.cnki.11-2579/d.2022.0094. Du, T. (2025). Bidirectional embedding: Algorithmic power and resistance practices in everyday adolescent scenarios. Chinese Youth Studies, 12, 61-70. doi:10.19633/j.cnki.11-2579/d.2025.0136. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Youth, Sexuality, and the Use of genAI- Insights from a Qualitative Interview Study Uni Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:Generative artificial intelligence is fundamentally changing how knowledge is generated, used, and subjectively acquired—especially outside of formal educational settings. This study addresses these changes by examining the use of generative AI by young people as part of open media learning cultures. Advancing digitalization is increasingly shaping the lives of young people and is accompanied by profound changes in their media use (Suter et al., 2024; Vodafone Foundation Germany, 2025; Feierabend et al., 2025). Smartphones and tablets have become constant companions, enabling young people to be online anytime and (almost) anywhere. In addition to social networks, search engines, and messenger services, generative AI applications in particular have been gaining in importance since ChatGPT became publicly available in November 2022. Using text-, image-, and audio-based AI tools is now part of everyday life for many young people (Feierabend et al., 2025, SINUS Institute, 2025, Yu et al., 2025). It is well known from the history of technology and media that new technologies are quickly appropriated for sexual purposes once they become widely available (Döring et al., 2021). Initial research findings indicate that sexuality-related activities—such as searching for information, advice, or engaging with erotic content—are increasingly shifting to the realm of generative AI (Döring et al., 2024, Moothedan et al., 2025, Marcantonio et al., 2023). While current research focuses primarily on sexual interactions between adults and chatbots (Huang et al., 2025; Pentina et al., 2023) in the form of romantic or erotic relationships with AI systems like Replika, the use by adolescents remains largely unexplored. In particular, there is a lack of empirical studies dealing with the initial, experimental use of generative AI by adolescents. This differs fundamentally from lasting, binding AI relationships, as described in isolated cases among adults. For adolescents, the focus is often on experimentation, exploration, and testing, for example with regard to sexual questions, relationship models, fantasies, or identities. Reasons for using generative AI in this context may include anonymity, freedom from judgment, permanent availability, and low-threshold access to information and spaces for interaction that appear free of embarrassment, stigmatization, or social sanctions. The availability of digital sexual education resources on platforms such as TikTok, Instagram, or in the form of specialized apps indicates that adolescents are actively using social media to seek information on topics such as contraception, body knowledge, or relationships (Döring, 2022; Ritter & Stephan, 2024). Against this backdrop, it stands to reason that generative AI will increasingly be used as a medium for information, advice, and relationships. However, empirical research on this topic has been very limited to date. One of the few studies involving young people aged 11 to 17 examines predominantly hypothetical usage scenarios and was largely conducted before generative AI became widely available (Woodley & Williams, 2023). This field of research is particularly relevant with regard to queer adolescents, who often have difficulty accessing sex education due to social stigmatization, queerphobia, and digital violence. Studies on digital hate and anti-feminist online structures show that queer and multiply marginalized youth in particular are exposed to increased risks in the digital space (Ballaschk et al., 2022). At the same time, unlike adult users, they often do not have established protection and coping strategies. This study addresses this gap by examining how young people experiment with generative AI in contexts of sexual education as well as romantic, sexual, and platonic relationships, with particular attention to queer perspectives. It investigates the extent to which (queer) young people use generative AI tools in relation to questions of sexual knowledge, intimacy, and relationships, and explores the experiences, practices, and meanings they associate with these uses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This explorative study adopts a qualitative research design. Empirical data is generated through six semi-structured, guided interviews with young people who use generative AI in the context of sexual education and romantic, sexual or platonic relationships. This interview format allows for a structured yet open recording of subjective perspectives, giving respondents the opportunity to contribute their own experiences, interpretations, and new thematic aspects (Helfferich, 2011). Participants are recruited via social media platforms, as well as through personal contacts via snowball sampling. Recruitment criteria include age, prior experience with generative AI in the relevant contexts, gender identity and sexual orientation (including both cis-heteronormative and queer positions), and residence in a German-speaking region. The interviews are conducted online. Data are analysed using qualitative content analysis following Mayring, enabling a systematic and transparent coding process while remaining sensitive to meaning-making practices and the interactive production of interview data (Mayring, 2015). The interviews will be evaluated using qualitative content analysis. This method was chosen because it combines the requirement for a structured and comprehensible evaluation process with the idea of reflecting on the data and its interactive creation (Kuckartz, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to the still limited body of empirical research on young people’s use of generative artificial intelligence by examining early, exploratory forms of engagement in the contexts of sexuality, sexual education, and romantic as well as platonic relationships. Whereas existing research has largely focused on adult users and long-term emotional or sexual attachments to AI systems, this study shifts attention to young people as active agents within open and participatory media cultures. The findings are expected to indicate that young people perceive generative AI tools as low-threshold, informal environments for learning and interaction, particularly when addressing sensitive topics such as sexuality, body-related knowledge, relationships, and identity development. Characteristics such as anonymity, perceived freedom from judgment, and constant availability appear especially relevant, as they enable young people to explore questions that are often associated with embarrassment, uncertainty, or stigmatization in formal educational settings or interpersonal contexts. In this way, generative AI may become an integral component of youth media cultures, where learning, information seeking, and relational experiences increasingly intersect. A further contribution of the study lies in its differentiated consideration of queer perspectives in digital learning and media environments. Given ongoing experiences of queer hostility, digital violence, and restricted access to inclusive educational resources, it can be assumed that queer young people, in particular, may use generative AI as a comparatively safe space for information, self-reflection, and exploration of identity and relationships. At the same time, potential tensions are expected to emerge, including normative assumptions, embedded biases, and insufficient protective mechanisms within AI systems. Overall, the study seeks to uncover young people’s subjective meanings, motives, and experiences in open media learning environments, thereby offering new impulses for media education research, practice, and the broader educational debate on generative AI. References Döring, N. (2023). Fifty Shades of ChatGPT: Current state of discussion and research on sex and artificial intelligence. Zeitschrift für Sexualforschung, 36(3), 164–175. Döring, N. (2025). Jugendsexualität und Künstliche Intelligenz: Empfehlungen für die Sexual und Medienpädagogik. merz | medien + erziehung, 69 (1), 53–64 Döring, N., & Conde, M. (2021). Sexuelle Gesundheitsinformationen in sozialen Medien: Ein systematisches Scoping Review. Bundesgesundheitsblatt – Gmesundheitsforschung – Gesundheitsschutz, 64(12), 1416–1429 Döring, N., Vowels, L., Vowels, M., & Marcantonio, T. (2024). The impact of artificial intelligence on human sexuality: A five-year literature review (2020–2024). Current Sexual Health Reports. Helfferich, C. (2011). Die Qualität qualitativer Daten: Manual für die Durchführung qualitativer Interviews (4. Aufl.). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Huang, L., Zou, W., & Huang, Y. (2025). “He is my savior, my guiding light in the dark”: Imagination and domestication in Chinese women’s romantic relationships with AI companions. Frontiers in Psychology, 16, Article 1571707 Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Aufl.). Beltz Juventa. Marcantonio, T. L., Avery, G., Thrash, A., & Leone, R. M. (2024). Large language models in an app: Conducting a qualitative synthetic data analysis of how Snapchat’s “My AI” responds to questions about sexual consent, sexual refusals, sexual assault, and sexting. The Journal of Sex Research, 1–15. Mayring, P. (2016). Einführung in die qualitative Sozialforschung (6. Aufl.). Beltz. Moothedan, E., Jhumkhawala, V., Burgoa, S., Martinez, L., & Sacca, L. (2025). medQualitatively assessing ChatGPT responses to frequently asked questions regarding sexually transmitted diseases. Sexually Transmitted Diseases, 52(3), 188–192. Pentina, I., Hancock, T., & Xie, T. (2023). Exploring relationship development with social chatbots: A mixed-method study of Replika. Computers in Human Behavior, 140, 107600. SINUS-Institut. (2024). KI im Alltag Jugendlicher: Wahrnehmung, Nutzung und Kompetenzen. https://www.sinus-institut.de/media/pages/media-center/studien/barmer-jugendstudie-2024-25/fd616ee5e5-1741175883/jugendbericht-2024_2025_teilbericht-ki.pdf Suter, L., Waller, G., Genner, S., & Oppliger, S. (2024). JAMES – Jugend, Aktivitäten, Medien: Erhebung Schweiz 2024. Zürcher Hochschule für Angewandte Wissenschaften. Vodafone Stiftung Deutschland. (2025). Zwischen Bildschirmzeit und Selbstregulation – Soziale Medien im Alltag von Jugendlichen. Vodafone Stiftung Deutschland. Woodley, G., & Williams, M. (2025). Automating Intimacy? Experiencing AI as a Sex and Relationships Educator. M/C Journal, 28(5), 4 S Yu, Y., Sharma, T., Hu, M., Wang, J., & Wang, Y. (2025). Exploring parent–child perceptions on safety in generative AI: Concerns, mitigation strategies, and design implications. In M. Blanton, W. Enck, & C. Nita-Rotaru (Eds.), Proceedings of the 46th IEEE Symposium on Security and Privacy (SP 2025) (pp. 2735–2752). IEEE. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 07 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Teacher Education and Decolonial Perspectives Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Richard Race Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Exploring the Role of Mindsets in Intercultural Competence Development During Teacher Education: A Study Among Finnish Pre-Service Teachers 1: Tampere university, Finland; 2: Leibniz Institute for Science and Mathematics Education, Germany Presenting Author:The present study is part of a larger mixed-methods project conducted in Finland examining pre-service teachers’ mindsets and intercultural competences, with a specific focus on orientations toward teaching for diversity, equity and social justice. Racism and ethnocentric views persist in Finnish educational contexts, and minority students continue to face exclusion and achievement gaps (Alisaari et al., 2019; Loukola et al., 2025). Additionally, many teachers continue to hold low expectations for minority students and feel unprepared to meet their needs (Alisaari et al., 2022; Rissanen et al., 2015). While Finland’s educational systems aspire to equitable practice, everyday structural, institutional and attitudinal constraints continue to reproduce inequitable hierarchies. Addressing this requires structural reforms, as well as teacher education that can engage with the core beliefs that impact their orientations towards teaching for equity and diversity. While the years pre-service teachers spend in teacher education are formative, they do not always lead to deep understandings of positionality in an increasingly globalized world or to changes in orientations toward diversity and equity (Timm et al., 2023). Willingness to promote equity and social justice has nevertheless been identified as a core component of teachers’ intercultural competence (Chang & Cochran-Smith, 2022). Beliefs form the foundation of intercultural competence development, as they shape how educators engage with diversity (Rissanen et al., 2023a; Rissanen et al., 2023b). Social-psychological research on mindsets (implicit beliefs of malleability) offers a useful lens, as teacher mindsets have been linked to behavior toward students, expectations, stereotyping, and orientations toward equity and social justice (Rissanen & Kuusisto, 2023). Mindsets can be understood as core beliefs: the fundamental assumptions individuals hold about the malleability of human attributes that shape how they make sense of their social worlds (Molden et al., 2006). Individuals with a growth mindset believe that qualities and characteristics can develop, whereas those with a fixed mindset view them as largely stable (Dweck & Yeager, 2019). Research demonstrates that fixed mindsets are associated with stronger stereotyping and more problematic intergroup relations, whereas growth mindsets are linked to greater openness to change, constructive intergroup orientations (Carr et al., 2012) and certain social justice positions (Madan et al., 2019). Current research suggests that mindset beliefs may operate as a key mechanism through which educators’ underlying assumptions about the malleability of traits, individuals and groups translate into intercultural and equity-related orientations (Rissanen & Kuusisto, 2023; Rissanen et al., 2023a). However, the role of mindsets in intercultural competence development during teacher education remains underexplored. As classrooms across Europe and globally become increasingly diverse, teacher education is required to respond to these changes. Focusing on teachers’ core beliefs i.e mindsets can offer valuable insights into the development of intercultural competence and how such competence can be fostered in teacher education, particularly in efforts to foster equitable learning environments for all students. This paper therefore presents a quantitative longitudinal investigation of mindsets and their role in intercultural competence development. Survey data was collected at the beginning of pre-service teachers’ studies in 2021 and again in 2024, to explore the development of these orientations over time and address the following research questions: RQ1. What levels of mindsets, enthusiasm for teaching culturally diverse groups, and social justice beliefs do Finnish pre-service teachers report towards the end of their studies? RQ2. To what extent are pre-service teachers’ mindsets associated with their enthusiasm for teaching culturally diverse groups and social justice beliefs? RQ3. How do mindsets, enthusiasm for teaching culturally diverse groups, and social justice beliefs develop from the beginning to the end of teacher education, and do baseline mindsets predict changes in these orientations over time? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Building on prior research linking teachers’ mindsets to intercultural orientations and social justice beliefs (Rissanen & Kuusisto, 2023; Rissanen et al., 2023a), this study conceptualises a latent change score model (LCSM) in which pre-service teachers’ mindset beliefs form the foundation for their orientations toward diversity and equity. Participants were pre-service teachers from a Finnish university who completed an online survey at the beginning of their studies in 2021 (T1; N = 216) and again toward the end of their studies in 2024 (T2; N = 81). Informed consent was obtained from all participants. The study employed previously validated instruments translated into Finnish, whose validity in researching Finnish teachers has been established in earlier work (Rissanen & Kuusisto, 2023). Mindsets about intelligence were assessed using the 4-item Implicit Theories of Intelligence scale (ITI). Mindsets about malleability of persons was measured with the 4-item Implicit Theories of Persons scale (ITP) and mindsets regarding groups were assessed using the 4-item Implicit Theories of Groups scale (ITG). Orientation to social justice was measured using the 5-item Learning to Teach for Social Justice – Beliefs Scale (SJB) and enthusiasm for teaching culturally diverse groups was assessed using the 6-item Teacher Cultural Diversity Enthusiasm Scale (ENT). Longitudinal analyses were conducted using latent change score modeling (LCSM), which allows for the examination of individual change over time and the predictors of such change. Analyses proceeded in three stages. First, selective attrition between T1 and T2 was examined by comparing completers and dropouts on baseline variables and estimating logistic regression models predicting dropout. Second, longitudinal measurement invariance was tested for all constructs using confirmatory factor analysis, sequentially assessing configural, metric, and scalar invariance. Third, LCSMs were estimated to examine predictors of change in enthusiasm for teaching culturally diverse groups and social justice beliefs from T1 to T2. Change factors were regressed on baseline mindset beliefs and teacher education participation, and their covariance was estimated to assess coupled change. Missing data were handled with full information maximum likelihood (FIML), which uses all available data points to estimate parameters under the assumption of missing at random (MAR). All analyses were conducted using R (version 4.4.1) and Mplus. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the descriptive data suggests that participants’ mindset beliefs remained stable over time, with no substantial shifts. Mindsets and social justice beliefs remained relatively stable, while enthusiasm for teaching culturally diverse groups declined slightly. Descriptive statistics suggest that these beliefs do not easily shift during teacher education. However, the LCSM demonstrated acceptable fit to the data (χ²(6) = 6.75, p = .034, RMSEA = .005, CFI = .96, TLI = .96, SRMR = .06). Overall, the predictors explained a considerable share of the variance in the change processes, with R² = .42 for ΔSJB and R² = .57 for ΔENT. This suggests that changes in social justice beliefs and enthusiasm for teaching culturally diversse groups were meaningfully shaped by baseline mindsets and covariates. In other words, pre-service teachers’ initial mindset beliefs played a substantial role in shaping how their orientations toward equity and diversity developed over time. Regarding predictors, beliefs about the malleability of groups (ITG) emerged as a reliable positive predictor of change. Higher ITG at T1 predicted greater increases in both enthusiasm (ΔENT) (β = .17, p = .018) and social justice beliefs (ΔSJB) (β = .17, p = .010). The latent change factors were strongly correlated (r = .72, p < .001), suggesting that individuals who increased in enthusiasm for teaching culturally diverse groups also tended to increase in their social justice beliefs. Taken together, the findings indicate that while Finnish pre-service teachers’ mindsets, social justice beliefs, and enthusiasm for teaching culturally diverse groups remained largely stable throughout teacher education, mindsets, and specifically group malleability beliefs emerged as a unique predictor of development in enthusiasm and social justice orientations. This suggests that teacher education programmes aiming to prepare teachers to teach for equity and diversity may benefit from explicitly addressing beliefs about the malleability of groups, as these beliefs appear particularly relevant for fostering orientations supportive of intercultural competence. References Alisaari, J., Heikkola, L. M., Commins, N., & Acquah, E. O. (2019). Monolingual ideologies confronting multilingual realities. Finnish teachers’ beliefs about linguistic diversity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 80, 48–58. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.01.003 Alisaari, J., Kaukko, M., & Heikkola, L. M. (2022). Kotoutuminen, kuuluvuus, kielitaito ja kaverit: Opettajien ajatuksia maahanmuuttajataustaisten oppilaiden opetuksen kehittämiskohdista. [Integration, belonging, language and friends. Teachers’ thoughts about areas to develop in migrant students’ education]. Kasvatus & Aika (Verkkolehti), 16(2). https://doi.org/10.33350/ka.103434 Carr, P. B., Rattan, A., & Dweck, C. S. (2012). Implicit theories shape intergroup relations. In Devine, P. & Plant, A. (Eds.), Advances in Experimental Social Psychology (Vol. 45, pp. 127–165). Elsevier Science & Technology. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-394286-9.00003-2 Chang, W. C., & Cochran-Smith, M. (2022). Learning to teach for equity, social justice, and/or diversity: Do the measures measure up? Journal of Teacher Education, 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871221075284 Dweck, C. S., & Yeager, D. S. (2019). Mindsets: A view from two eras. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 14(3), 481–496. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691618804166 Loukola, S., Matikainen-Soreau, M., Holm, G., & Hummelstedt, I. (2025). Racial humour in Finnish schools: Reinforcing and resisting racism, and the difficulty of intervening. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2025.2470928 Madan, S., Basu, S., Rattan, A., & Savani, K. (2019). Support for resettling refugees: The role of fixed versus growth mind-sets. Psychological Science, 30(2), 238–249. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797618813561 Molden, D. C., Plaks, J. E., & Dweck, C. S. (2006). “Meaningful” social inferences: Effects of implicit theories on inferential processes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 42(6), 738–752. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jesp.2005.11.005 Rissanen, I., & Kuusisto, E. (2023). The role of growth mindset in shaping teachers’ intercultural competencies: A study among Finnish teachers. British Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3875 Rissanen, I., Tirri, K., & Kuusisto, E. (2015). Finnish teachers’ attitudes to Muslim student integration. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 54(2), 277–290. https://doi.org/10.1111/jssr.12190 Rissanen, I., Kuusisto, E., & McMullen, J. (2023a). Identifying core beliefs of an intercultural educator: How polyculturalism and group malleability beliefs shape teachers’ pedagogical thinking and practice. Social Psychology of Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09785-z Rissanen, I., Kuusisto, E., Timm, S., & Kaukko, M. (2023b). Diversity beliefs are associated with orientations to teaching for diversity and social justice: A study among German and Finnish student teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 123, 103996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103996 Timm, S., Kaukko, M., & Scheunpflug, A. (2023). Preservice teachers’ professional beliefs in relation to global social change: Findings from Finland and Germany. Teaching and Teacher Education, 132, 104239. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104239 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Listening Across Contexts: Participatory Mapping as a Social Justice Infrastructure for Service-Learning in European Higher Education 1: Transilvania University of Brasov, Romania; 2: Università di Torino (Italy); 3: Università di Brescia (Italy); 4: Universidad Pública de Navarra (Spain); 5: Universidade da Beira Interior (Portugal); 6: Universitatea de Vest din Timisoara (Romania) Presenting Author:Service-learning has been mobilised in higher education in response to needs for deeper civic engagement and social responsibility, including concerns about democratic participation, social exclusion, and environmental challenges (Bringle & Hatcher, 1996; Mitchell, 2008). While valued, initiatives often start after key epistemic and ethical decisions are already settled: community needs are predefined, agendas externally framed, and participation oriented toward action rather than inquiry (Mitchell, 2015; Gordon, Elwood & Mitchell, 2016). Despite growing critical attention, service-learning has been critiqued for limited engagement with how voices, silences, and exclusions are epistemically and ethically configured (Fine & Torre, 2019). Participatory mapping, where community members contribute experiences, relationships, and ideas about place to a map (Gordon, Elwood & Mitchell, 2016; Cochrane & Corbett, 2018), has been adopted in service-learning, community geography, and participatory research to address these limitations. Yet it is often used instrumentally as a technical or evaluative tool, assuming participation automatically yields visibility, empowerment, or voice (Mann & Casebeer, 2016). Critical community geography instead frames mapping as a relational, political practice through which knowledge, space, and power are negotiated. Even so, the epistemic and ethical labour that configures voice, silence, and authority remains undertheorised. We approach participatory mapping as a social justice practice that surfaces and negotiates power asymmetries in who gets to speak, be heard, and be represented This study argues that participatory mapping, when used as the initial moment of service-learning, can function not as a representational tool but as an epistemic and ethical infrastructure through which what can be said, known, withheld, and acted upon is actively negotiated. Drawing on critical participatory mapping scholarship and affective, posthuman approaches to citizenship and education ( Zembylas, 2022), the study starts from the premise that voices do not simply pre-exist participation, and that silence, absence, and refusal are not methodological failures but meaningful outcomes of engagement. While critical service-learning has productively foregrounded power, positionality, and voice (Mitchell, 2015; Fine & Torre, 2019), it has paid less attention to the early epistemic infrastructures through which participation itself becomes structured, before relationships, agendas, and actions are co-formed. Situated within an UNITA Alliance-funded transnational collaboration, the project brings together six partner universities in Romania, Italy, Portugal, and Spain to examine how service-learning can foster inclusive communities and democratic education under conditions of social and environmental injustice. Framed by ethics of care, critical pedagogy and restorative approaches, the collaboration treats community-engaged learning as an epistemologically inclusive practice that can enable the emergence of historically silenced narratives and contested memories. This study reports on participatory mapping as one initial practice through which listening is negotiated across diverse European sites (Stake, 2006; Flyvbjerg, 2011). The central research question guiding the study is: How does participatory mapping, when it structures the initial conditions of service-learning, function as an epistemic and ethical practice through which voices and silences are configured, agenda-setting is negotiated, and responsibility and action are prefigured? Empirically, we examine how early mapping practices shape what becomes representable and how silences or refusals are interpreted. Analytically, we examine how epistemic authority is enacted across participants and how these initial configurations prefigure later engagement and responsibility (Fricker, 2007; Butin, 2010; Zembylas, 2022). Conceptually, the project focuses on how participation and knowledge are configured, rather than on mapped content or measurable outcomes (Saija et al., 2017). This enables comparative analysis across European contexts while resisting instrumental, outcome-driven accounts of service-learning (Mitchell, 2015; Fine & Torre, 2019). By foregrounding how participatory mapping configures voice, silence, and epistemic authority before action begins, the project repositions service-learning from a pedagogy of action to a practice of collective sense-making, ethical judgement, and epistemic restraint. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a comparative qualitative design to examine uses of participatory mapping in service-learning across contexts. We analyse how the same analytical and ethical framework travels across settings, shaping configurations of participation, voice, silence, and epistemic authority in culturally and linguistically situated environments, where norms of “appropriate” participation and credibility differ. In line with comparative case study approaches that prioritise context-dependence over generalisation (Stake, 2006; Flyvbjerg, 2006), we attend to how these configurations become patterned by power differentials and diverse identities, including language and nationality. Participants include students, academic staff, and established community partners, reflecting common institutional arrangements in service-learning (Bringle & Hatcher, 1996). Community members, however, are not predefined as participants; participation is treated as emergent and situational, arising through the mapping process itself. Engagement may take multiple forms—conversation, storytelling, walking, observation, or refusal—with absence and silence recognised as analytically and ethically meaningful rather than methodological limitations. This aligns with critical scholarship on voice and participation, which cautions against equating participation with speaking and underscores the ethical significance of silence and partial presence (Mazzei & Jackson, 2012; Spyrou, 2011; Zembylas, 2022). Participatory mapping workshops are embedded within service-learning as inquiry-oriented, ethically reflexive practices (Gordon, Elwood, & Mitchell, 2016). They begin with preparatory discussions and a collective framing phase in which participants identify what is meaningful to explore, what should not be mapped, and how such decisions are made, foregrounding epistemic responsibility and restraint from the outset (McHugh et al., 2024). Mapping formats are jointly selected and enacted as dialogic practices, producing visual, narrative, and relational materials for collective interpretation and documentation (Saija et al., 2017; Mann & Casebeer, 2016). While topics and local interests vary across sites, each workshop follows the same design, enabling comparative analysis of how socio-institutional settings shape the epistemic and ethical configuration of participation. The research draws on qualitative data generated through participatory mapping processes, including mapping activities, focus group,photos, and facilitators’ field notes. A Participatory Mapping Reporting Template supports documentation across contexts without prescribing mapping content or outcomes. Analysis uses a reflexive thematic approach attentive to expressed meanings as well as silences, absences, and ethical limits (Braun & Clarke, 2021), examining how voice find places for expressions in different contexts (Mazzei, 2013; Zembylas, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project is expected to clarify how participatory mapping, when used as the initial practice of service-learning, functions as an epistemic and ethical infrastructure that shapes the conditions under which participation, responsibility, and action become possible. By examining how epistemic negotiations and ethical boundaries take shape during early mapping activities, the study will show how decisions about what is made representable, what remains silent, and what is withheld orient subsequent service-learning processes. In this sense, silence, refusal, and non-representation are expected to emerge as integral to the configuration of epistemic authority and ethical responsibility. The study offers design principles for service-learning that support more just forms of listening, representation and responsibility (Mazzei & Jackson, 2012; Zembylas, 2022). The project further seeks to refine understandings of voice in participatory service-learning by moving beyond notions of voice as individual expression or verbal contribution. By attending to how voice emerges relationally through mapping practices, material arrangements, and negotiated limits of representation, the study aims to contribute to more ethically attuned approaches to listening in community-engaged learning (Spyrou, 2011; Mazzei, 2013). Through comparative analysis across national and institutional contexts, the project is expected to identify recurring tensions in how participation, knowledge, and responsibility are configured when participatory mapping initiates service-learning, without presuming equivalence between settings (Flyvbjerg, 2006; Stake, 2006). At the European level, the project will contribute to UNITA Alliance dialogue by offering a shared analytical vocabulary for examining power relations, language/culture, and silenced voices in service-learning and participatory mapping across contexts, informing the design of a BIP on socially just and ethically reflexive community-engaged learning. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Bringle, R. G., & Hatcher, J. A. (1996). Implementing service learning in higher education. Journal of Higher Education, 67(2), 221–239. Brown, G., & Kyttä, M. (2014). Key issues and research priorities for public participation GIS (PPGIS): A synthesis based on empirical research. Applied Geography, 46, 122–136. Cochrane, L., Corbett, J. (2018). Participatory Mapping. In: Servaes, J. (eds) Handbook of Communication for Development and Social Change. Springer, Singapore. Fine, M., & Torre, M. E. (2019). Critical participatory action research: A feminist project for validity and solidarity. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 43(4), 433–444. Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five Misunderstandings About Case-Study Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 12(2), 219-245. Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford University Press. Gordon, E., Elwood, S., & Mitchell, K. (2016). Critical spatial learning: participatory mapping, spatial histories, and youth civic engagement. Children’s Geographies, 14(5), 558–572. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2015.1136736 Mann, J., & Casebeer, D. (2016). Mapping civic engagement: A case study of service-learning in Appalachia. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 11(1), 85-96. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197915626089 Mazzei, L. A. (2013). A voice without organs: interviewing in posthumanist research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26(6), 732–740. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2013.788761 Mazzei, L. A., & Jackson, A. Y. (2012). Complicating Voice in a Refusal to “Let Participants Speak for Themselves”. Qualitative Inquiry, 18(9), 745-751. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800412453017 Mitchell, T. D. (2015). Using a Critical Service-Learning Approach to Facilitate Civic Identity Development. Theory Into Practice, 54(1), 20–28. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2015.977657 McHugh, N. A., Kennedy, S., & Wright, A. (2024). Extractive Knowledge: Epistemic and Practical Challenges for Higher Education Community Engagement. Metropolitan Universities, 35(1), 82-102. DOI: 10.18060/27552 Saija, L., De Leo, D., Forester, J., Pappalardo, G., Rocha, I., Sletto, B., … Magnaghi, A. (2017). Learning from practice: environmental and community mapping as participatory action research in planning. Planning Theory & Practice, 18(1), 127–153. Spyrou, S. (2011). The limits of children’s voices: From authenticity to critical, reflexive representation. Childhood, 18(2), 151-165. Stake, R. E. (2006). Multiple case study analysis. Guilford Press. Zembylas, M. (2022). Decolonizing and re-theorizing radical democratic education: Toward a politics and practice of refusal. Power and Education, 14(2), 157-171. https://doi.org/10.1177/17577438211062349 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Decolonising Play in Initial Teacher Education through Transnational Lenses Victoria University, Australia Presenting Author:Play and playwork are central ideas in early childhood education and feature prominently in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programs internationally. While play can be understood as a universal human experience, much of Western scholarship on playwork continues to draw on theories, pedagogical traditions, and professional practices that have largely developed within European contexts (King & Newstead, 2020; Playwork Principles Scrutiny Group, 2005). These epistemological approaches have contributed to positioning Western constructions of play as authoritative benchmarks for how play is understood and supported (Newstead & King, 2022; Rennie, 1991). As ITE cohorts become increasingly culturally diverse, this raises important questions about how playwork is taught, whose knowledge of play is recognised, and how pre-service teachers from non-Western backgrounds experience playwork education. This paper explores an ongoing reflexive teaching practice aimed at decolonising playwork within an ITE program at an Australian university. Building on an autobiographical book chapter that draws on 'Asia as Method' (Chen, 2010) to question Western-centric constructions of play, the study draws on data collected from culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) pre-service teachers enrolled in a dedicated playwork unit. Across a term, changes are introduced to the unit to intentionally recognise diverse childhood play experiences and cultural understandings of play. Decolonising play is approached as an iterative and reflective process embedded in teaching practice, curriculum design, and engagement with CALD pre-service teachers. Through the revised unit design and teaching approach, pre-service teachers are introduced not only to established theories of play and playwork, but also to critical perspectives that emphasise plural and culturally situated understandings of play. In addition to theoretical learning, students participate in practice-based activities, including the design and facilitation of pop-up adventure play spaces in community settings. These activities are intended to create opportunities for students to reflect on their own childhood play memories, cultural backgrounds, and assumptions about playwork, and to consider how these intersect with what is valued in formal teacher education. The paper is guided by the following research question:
By situating this work within the international field of early childhood education, the paper contributes to ongoing conversations about playwork, epistemic inclusion, and the role of teacher education in responding to increasingly diverse student cohorts. While grounded in an Australian context, the issues raised are relevant to European and other international ITE settings where playwork remains deeply shaped by historically Western pedagogical traditions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, narrative inquiry approach to examine how culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) pre-service teachers understand play and playwork within an Initial Teacher Education (ITE) program undergoing decolonising curriculum change. The research is situated within a dedicated playwork unit offered in a Bachelor of Early Childhood Education at an Australian university and draws on data collected from a single cohort of pre-service teachers. Participants are CALD pre-service teachers enrolled in the Bachelor of Early Childhood Education and undertaking the playwork unit. Data collection is conducted through focus groups and semi-structured interviews held during and following the unit. These methods are aligned with the ontological view that decolonising playwork is an iterative and ongoing process rather than a fixed outcome. Focus groups support shared discussion and collective sense-making around play memories, cultural experiences, and engagement with playwork theory, while interviews provide space for more in-depth individual reflection on personal histories and learning experiences. Data are analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2006; 2019) reflexive thematic analysis approach. Analysis involves familiarisation with the data, generating initial codes, and identifying patterns that capture how CALD pre-service teachers narrate their understandings of play and playwork. Ethical approval will be obtained, and all participants will need to provide informed consent. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on prior engagement with CALD pre-service teachers in earlier cohorts, we anticipate that the findings will reveal tensions between participants’ lived childhood experiences of play and the dominant playwork discourses introduced within the ITE program. In particular, it is expected that CALD pre-service teachers may describe their culturally familiar forms of play as less valued within formal playwork frameworks shaped by Western pedagogical traditions. These anticipated tensions will be used as a starting point to reflect on how playwork is currently framed in ITE and to consider the possibilities and limitations of engaging with culturally diverse understandings of play in teacher education. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597. Chen, K. H. (2010). Asia as method: Toward deimperialization. Duke University Press. King, P., & Newstead, S. (2020). Re-defining the play Cycle: An empirical study of playworkers’ understanding of playwork theory. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 18(1), 99-111. Newstead, S., & King, P. (2022). The Process of Play in a Playwork Context. In Play Across Childhood: International Perspectives on Diverse Contexts of Play (pp. 143-164). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Playwork Principles Scrutiny Group. (2005). The playwork principles. http://playwales.org.uk/login/uploaded/documents/Playwork%20Principles/playwork%20principles.pdf Rennie. (1991) Play and playwork. In N. Borrett (Ed.), Lsirue Services UK (pp. 159–190). Macmillan Education Ltd. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Centering Teacher Educators’ Voices: Testimonios and Arts-Based Approaches to Social Justice in Chilean English Language Teacher Education Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile Presenting Author:Social justice and intercultural education have become central concerns in international English Language teacher education research. However, dominant approaches often remain grounded in Eurocentric epistemologies that privilege standardized accounts of practice and overlook the lived, relational, and culturally situated dimensions of educators’ work. As a result, teacher educators’ forms of knowledge, particularly those emerging from the Global South, are frequently marginalized within conventional research designs. Against this backdrop, this study seeks to answer: How decolonial and arts-based methodologies foster more situated, relational, and humanizing understandings of how teacher educators conceptualize and enact social justice within initial English language teacher education programs? This paper presents preliminary findings from an ongoing doctoral research project conducted in initial English language teacher education in Chile, a field shaped by persistent inequalities related to language, access, and cultural representation. The study is theoreticall grounded on decolonial perspectives that challenge the coloniality of knowledge and call for pluriversal, intercultural, and relational forms of inquiry. Responding to current debates about the societal role and accountability of education research, the project conceptualizes knowledge production as collaborative, creative, and ethically grounded, recognizing participants as co-theorists rather than objects of study. Drawing on Latin American traditions of testimonios and arts-based inquiry, the research foregrounds educators’ lived experiences as legitimate epistemic resources. Methodologically, the study follows a qualitative multi-case research design with two teacher educators. Each case integrates three complementary approaches: in-depth testimonios, classroom observations, and collaborative collage-making workshops. Rather than using these methods to triangulate toward a single truth, they work as multimodal entry points into discursive, embodied, and affective dimensions of experience, enabling forms of knowing that are often excluded from conventional interview, or survey-based studies. Preliminary findings indicate that these participatory and creative methodologies make visible how social justice is enacted through situated, everyday pedagogical decisions rather than abstract policy commitments alone. Participants describe their work as relational and intercultural, shaped by tensions between institutional constraints, personal histories, and commitments to students and communities. The collage workshops, in particular, surface contradictions and tacit understandings that remain difficult to articulate verbally, while also fostering more horizontal and reflexive research relationships. In this way, the research process itself becomes a site of learning and collective theorizing. The study contributes methodologically by advancing testimonios and arts-based practices as rigorous approaches for conducting socially accountable and humanizing research in teacher education. Conceptually, it broadens international debates on social justice by centering perspectives from Latin America and the Global South, offering insights that resonate beyond Chile and speak to diverse educational contexts, including European settings. By foregrounding collaborative and creative forms of knowledge production, the paper invites dialogue on how education research can better respond to contemporary social inequalities and interconnected global challenges. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study follows a qualitative, decolonial, and arts-based research design that understands knowledge production as relational, situated, and co-constructed rather than extractive. In line with participatory and humanizing research traditions, teacher educators are positioned as collaborators and co-theorists whose experiences constitute legitimate sources of knowledge. The study forms part of an ongoing doctoral project and follows a multi-case design within Chilean initial English language teacher education programs. As part of a broader multi-case doctoral project conducted in Chilean initial English language teacher education programs, this paper focuses on two teacher educators responsible for preparing future English language teachers in a private university in Santiago, Chile, selected as in-depth cases to explore diverse professional trajectories and institutional contexts. Rooted in Latin American oral and decolonial traditions, testimonios function in this study as both methodological and pedagogical practices that disrupt colonial hierarchies of knowledge. Rather than treating participants’ narratives as descriptive accounts, testimonios are approached as performative and collective acts of meaning-making through which teacher educators critically reflect on their identities, positionalities, and experiences of privilege, marginalization, and social justice. By centering participants’ voices, testimonios create dialogic and reflexive spaces that foreground situated and relational ways of knowing and position educators as co-interpreters of their own practice. Each case integrates three complementary sources of knowledge that attend to discursive, embodied, and material dimensions of practice. First, in-depth testimonios were conducted as life-history-oriented conversations. Second, classroom observations documented how participants’ understandings of social justice were enacted in everyday pedagogical interactions, focusing on relational practices, curricular decisions, and responses to students. Third, a collaborative collage-making workshop invited participants to visually and materially represent their beliefs, tensions, and aspirations, enabling forms of expression that extend beyond verbal accounts. Rather than using these methods for triangulation or validation, they function as multimodal entry points into different ways of knowing. Data generation and analysis were iterative and recursive, combining narrative analysis of testimonios, fieldnotes from observations, and visual analysis of collages alongside dialogic conversations with participants to support collective interpretation and reflexivity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present research study contributes to international conversations on social justice and intercultural education by proposing decolonial and arts-based methodologies not only as analytical tools but also as ethical and practical commitments for teacher education research and practice. Drawing on preliminary findings from an ongoing doctoral project, the paper demonstrates how testimonios, classroom observations, and collaborative arts-based practices can function as complementary and humanizing approaches that center educators’ voices and reposition participants as co-theorists rather than objects of inquiry. These multimodal strategies make visible relational, affective, and embodied dimensions of practice that are often overlooked in conventional research designs. Conceptually, the study expands understandings of social justice in teacher education by foregrounding situated perspectives from Chile and the Global South, challenging Eurocentric assumptions about how professional knowledge is produced and validated. By aligning research design with principles of participation, dialogue, and reflexivity, the project models forms of knowledge production that are themselves socially accountable. Preliminary findings suggest that testimonios and arts-based activities can be incorporated into teacher education programs as structured opportunities for collective reflection, critical dialogue, and professional learning. This may be particularly relevant in contexts such as English language teacher education, where issues of language, linguistic hierarchies, and unequal access to English often intensify existing social and educational inequalities. Such practices may support teacher educators in examining how their positionalities, institutional constraints, and community commitments shape their pedagogical decisions, fostering more context-responsive and intercultural approaches to teaching. Beyond the Chilean context, these insights offer transferable possibilities for European and other international settings seeking more equitable, collaborative, and culturally responsive ways to research and support teacher education. References Barahona, M. (2015). English language teacher education in Chile: A cultural historical activity theory perspective. Routledge Cochran-Smith, M. (2005). The new teacher education: For better or for worse? Educational Researcher, 34(7), 3-17. Cochran-Smith, M., Shakman, K., Jong, C., Terrell, D. G., Barnatt, J., & McQuillan, P. (2009). Good and just teaching: The case for social justice in teacher education. American Journal of Education, 115(3), 347-377. https://doi-org.ezproxy.lib.usf. edu/10.1086/597493 Delgado Bernal, D., Burciaga, R., & Flores Carmona, J. (2012). Chicana/Latina testimonios: Mapping the methodological, pedagogical, and political. Equity & excellence in education, 45(3), 363-372. Irwin, R. L. (2004). a/r/tography: a metonymic métissage. In R. L. Irwin y a. Cosson. (Eds.), A/r/tography: Rendering self through arts based living inquiry (pp. 27-38). Vancouver, BC: Pacific Educational Press. Kumaravadivelu, B. (2016). The decolonial option in English teaching: Can the subaltern act?. TESOL quarterly, 50(1), 66-85. Mignolo, W. D. (2000). Local histories/global designs: coloniality, subaltern knowledge and border thinking. Princeton: Princeton Studies in Culture. Power and History. Mignolo, W. (2013). Geopolítica de la sensibilidad y del conocimiento. Sobre (de) colonialidad, pensamiento fronterizo y desobediencia epistémica/The Geopolitics of Sensibility and Knowledge on Colonialism, Border Thinking and Epistemic Disobedience. Revista de Filosofia (Venezuela), (74), 7-24. Mignolo, W. (2015). Habitar la frontera. Sentir y pensar la descolonización, 1999-2014. CIDOB. Romero, G. (2024). Novice teachers in Chile: ELT teaching capability development and social (in) justice awareness in educational marginalization. Critical Inquiry in Language Studies, 21(2), 244-267. Romero, G. (2024). School and social educational vulnerability in Chile: experiences and preparedness of novice teachers of English. Teachers and Teaching, 30(2), 195-207. Veliz, L. (2024). Recognizing Indigenous Knowledges: The Imperative of Decolonization in Higher Education in Chile. International Journal of Multidisciplinary Perspectives in Higher Education. 1-10. Walsh, C. (2018). Pedagogías decoloniales: Prácticas insurgentes de resistir, (re)existir y (re)vivir. Quito: Abya-Yala. Walsh, C. E. (2023). On justice, pedagogy, and decolonial (izing) praxis. Educational Theory, 73(4), 511-529. https://doi.org.pucdechile.idm.oclc.org/10.1111/edth.12592 Yazan, B. (2024). Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher Education. In Selvi, AF., & Kocaman, C. (Eds.), International Perspectives on Critical English Language Teacher Education: Theory and Practice (pp. xiv- xvii). Bloomsbury Academic. Yuan, R., Lee, I., De Costa, P. I., Yang, M., & Liu, S. (2022). TESOL teacher educators in higher education: A review of studies from 2010 to 2020. Language Teaching, 55(4), 434-469. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 07 B: Advancing Inclusion in Higher Education: Pedagogies, Professionalism and Institutional Change Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Zulaia Johnston da Cruz Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Teacher Educators at a Crossroads: What does Language- and Culturally Aware Pedagogy Require in Higher Education? 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: Jyväskylä University of Applied Sciences, Finland; 3: Häme University of Applied Sciences, Finland Presenting Author:Finland is increasingly a multilingual and multicultural society, but this is still only weakly reflected in higher education. People with migrant background are clearly underrepresented in Finnish higher education compared to the other Nordic countries (Airas et al., 2019). Societal polarization and ethnic and socio-economic segregation are growing challenges in Finnish society (Bernelius & Huilla, 2021; Rajavuori, 2024; Ndomo, 2024). Particularly in the fields of education and training, there is a strong demand for teachers to be native speakers, based on nationalist ideology (Autere & Länsisalmi, 2024). However, in the field of applied linguistics, the concept of “native speaker” has long and widely been problematized: language skills are always situational and partial and being 'native' is neither a guarantee nor a prerequisite for being a good teacher (see e.g., Mahboob, 2005). On the contrary, there is a vital need for multilingual and multicultural experts, particularly in education and teacher education. This is one way to dismantle inequality, and ethnic and socio-economic segregation. This timely challenge is being addressed in this study which focuses on teacher education and examines how teacher educators orient toward incoming migrant background students. The University of Jyväskylä is the first university in Finland to introduce a dedicated admission pathway for students with a Finnish as a second language background to early childhood education and primary school teacher education, starting in autumn 2026. As a teacher education community, we have proactively prepared for these incoming students through implementing a professional development pilot as well as by systematically researching and reflecting on our own processes of change during the training. This research is connducted in collaboration with Häme University of Applied Sciences (HAMK) and Jyväskylä University of Applied Sciences (JAMK), which have extensive experience in this field. In this presentation, we present preliminary findings on how teacher educators critically examine the cultural assumptions and values embedded in educational structures, practices and materials, and how they develop their pedagogical and supervisory practices to meet the opportunities and challenges of linguistic and cultural diversity. The recent research on higher education indicates that university staff lack sufficient competence in language- and culturally aware teaching practices and in guidance of building students’ self-confidence, expert identities, and academic literacy skills (Makrooni, 2022; Leskinen, 2024; Virtanen, 2024). Obviously, teacher educators are not sufficiently aware of the white normativity of education and racialising practices (Souto & Lappalainen, 2024). Also, the ability to operate in multilingual and multicultural interactional contexts (Layne & Theng, 2022) and to jointly explore diverse ways of knowing, knowledge construction, and worldviews together with students needs to be developed (Ennser-Kananen et al., 2024). Clearly, the increasing diversity of students requires rethinking teacher education programs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data have been collected from an eight-month staff development program using a co-research approach (Kulmala et al., 2023). During the academic year 2025–2026, twenty teacher educators in early childhood and primary school education participated in six workshops and reflective activities. Each workshop had a specific theme that was presented by an expert and deepened with recent research on the topic. The workshops were interactive: the participants were invited to share their experiences, questions, and knowledge of language and culturally aware practices. Discussions of the sessions were audio-recorded. Furthermore, participants completed future-oriented and development-focused SOAR analyses (strengths, opportunities, aspirations, results; Cole & Stavros, 2019) in the beginning and the final phase of the data gathering. Also, interviews of eight participants were conducted and written reflections collected. Teacher educators’ reflection during the training period is examined using a nexus analysis strategy (Scollon & Scollon 2004), as it enables a multidimensional examination of change in social action. Drawing on key concepts of nexus analysis, we investigate teacher educators’ linguistically and culturally aware competences at the intersection of three dimensions: 1. Historical body, referring to teacher educators’ experiential histories, including their multilingual and multicultural competence, attitudes, experiences, and aspirations brought into discussions during the training. 2. Interactional order, referring to the roles, expectations, and forms of interaction constructed and enabled during the training and in the academia. 3. Discourses in place, that is, the discourses constructed and negotiated during the training concerning the resources, challenges, and support needs of Finnish as a second language background students, Finnish educational culture, and what is required from a competent teacher. The discourses may reflect current dominant societal discourses or stand in tension with them. We also use discourse analytical method (Heller, 2001) to examine spatial and temporal discourses among the participants, and the broader, deeply rooted discourses in society which are brought up during the process. Narrative methods (De Fina, 2015) are used to analyse the experiences and incidents described by the participants. In our study we aim to develop our pedagogical culture and identify socially and culturally more sustainable and just practices in collaboration. Therefore, the teacher educators have the option of acting as co-researchers, and we, as researchers and members of the community, also critically reflect our competence while taking an engaged stance. This approach is in line with nexus analysis that is fundamentally participatory and orient towards change (Scollon & Scollon 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our study aims for sustainable scientific, pedagogical, and societal impact. Research on language and culturally aware practices in higher education, and how to prepare teacher educators to engage with diversity, is urgently needed. Regarding the pedagogical impact, we expect this collaborative development work to support our staff to feel better prepared for the upcoming students and have gained additional pedagogical practices and tools to support learning and provide guidance for students. We anticipate that the reflective activities and discussions conducted during the training have developed teacher educators’ awareness of their own attitudes and beliefs as well as the systemic understanding of building and sustaining a supportive and inclusive work community. On the other hand, the process may also increase uncertainty by raising awareness of the gaps in one’s competence. Material on language and culturally aware practices is compiled for use in staff training, and thus, the results will be utilised across all university faculties to inform staff training and university pedagogy. Further, the funding received from Teacher Education Forum requires that the results will be implemented for the benefit of the other Finnish teacher education institutions as well. Regarding the societal impact, we expect this study will contribute to building a more just and sustainable society. References Airas, M., Delahunty, D., Laitinen, M., Shemsedini, G., Stenberg, H., Saarilammi, M., Vuori, H., Sarparanta, T., & Väätäinen H. (2019). Taustalla on väliä. Ulkomaalaistaustaiset opiskelijat korkeakoulupolulla. Kansallinen koulutuksen arviointikeskus. Julkaisut 22:2019. Saatavissa https://karvi.fi/publication/taustalla-on-valia-ulkomaalaistaustaiset-opiskelijat-korkeakoulupolulla/ Bernelius, V., & Huilla, H. (2021). Koulutuksellinen tasa-arvo, alueellinen ja sosiaalinen eriytyminen ja myönteisen erityiskohtelun mahdollisuudet. Valtioneuvoston julkaisuja 2021:7 http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-383-761-4 Cole, M.L., & Stavros, J.M. (2019). SOAR: A Framework to Build Positive Psychological Capacity in Strategic Thinking, Planning, and Leading. Teoksessa Van Zyl, L., Rothmann Sr., S. (Ed.) Theoretical Approaches to Multi-Cultural Positive Psychological Interventions. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-20583-6_23 De Fina, A. (2015). Narrative and Identities. In A. De Fina & A. Georgakopoulou (Eds.), The handbook of narrative analysis (pp. 351–368). Wiley Blackwell. Ennser-Kananen, J., Riuttanen, S., & Ortega, Y. (2024). Towards transknowledging: epistemic justice matters for language scholars. Apples: Journal of Applied Language Studies, 18(3), 66-87. https://doi.org/10.47862/apples.138546 Heller, M. (2001). Critique and Sociolinguistic Analysis of Discourse. Critique of Anthropology – CRIT ANTHR, 21, 117–141. 10.1177/0308275X0102100201 Kulmala, M., Spišák, S., & Venäläinen, S. (toim.) (2023). Kanssatutkimus. Ihanteet ja käytännöt. Tampere: Tampere University Press. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-359-042-7 Layne, H., & Teng, S. S. (2022). Developing Intercultural Mindedness through an Experiential Learning Activity: A Case Study from Singapore. Education Sciences 12(3), 212. DOI:10.3390/educsci12030212 Leskinen, K. (2024). Korkeakoulutaustaiset maahanmuuttaneet koulutuspolulla Suomessa: neksusanalyysi tekstitoiminnasta, kielellisistä resursseista ja osallisuuden mahdollisuuksista [Doctoral dissertation]. Jyväskylän yliopisto. JYU Dissertations, 860. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-86-0436-5 Makrooni, G. (2022). First-Generation Migrant Family Students in Higher Education on Their Educational Journey in Finland. Tampere University. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-03-2570-1 Mahboob, A. (2005). Beyond the native speaker in tesol. Culture, context, & communication, 60– 93. Ndomo, Q. (2024). The working underclass: highly educated migrants on the fringes of the Finnish labour market [Doctoral dissertation]. University of Jyväskylä. JYU dissertations, 744. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-39-9906-3 Rajavuori, A. (Ed.) (2024). Eriarvoisuuden tila Suomessa 2024. Kalevi Sorsa säätiö. Eriarvoisuus_2024.indd Scollon, R. & Scollon, S.W. (2004). Nexus Analysis: Discourse and the Emerging Internet. Nexus Analysis: Discourse and the Emerging Internet. Routledge. Scollon, R. & Scollon, S. W. (2007). Nexus analysis: Refocusing ethnography on action. Journal of Sociolinguistics 11(5), 608–625. Souto, A. M., & Lappalainen, S. (2024). Normative whiteness in Finnish university education. Critical Studies in Education, 66(1), 91–107. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2024.2347276 Virtanen, A. (2024). Saavutettavuuden ja yhdenvertaisuuden edistäminen sosiaalityön koulutuksessa: Toimenpiteet maahanmuuttaneiden tavoittamisen, pääsyn ja opintojen aikaisen tuen muotojen kehittämiseksi. University of Jyväskylä. https://doi.org/10.17011/jyureports/2024/48 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Opportunities and Pitfalls in Inductive and case-based Teaching about Racism in Higher Education NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:In recent years, racism in Norway has received increasing attention, with a number of studies and reports demonstrating how it manifests in various forms across different areas of society. Personal narratives and lived experiences of racism in public debate have emphasized that racism is a topical, contested and challenging issue in Norwegian public discourse (e.g., Døving, 2022). This is reflected in educational contexts where racism is understood as both sensitive, emotional and controversial (Sibeko & Eriksen, 2022). This entails a recognition of how racism as a topic tends to invoke strong emotions and polarized opinions (Faye, 2024, p. 2). Disagreement on how to define and identify expressions of racism as a phenomenon in present day Norway, constitutes a major reason for why the topic is challenging to discuss (Sibeko & Eriksen, 2022, p. 34). For instance, some studies suggest that many students view racism as an exceptional phenomenon associated with historical events such as apartheid or the Holocaust, or as a trait of morally and socially deviant individuals (see Hagen, 2021; Røthing, 2017). This suggests that students lack the conceptual tools and analytical frameworks to critically assess and reflect on racism as a contemporary and structural phenomenon. Research on antiracist work in schools have advocated teaching practices that highlight structural perspectives on racism (c.f. Arneback & Jämte, 2022; Eriksen, 2021). Consequently, different pedagogical approaches, such as safe space, pedagogies of discomfort and brave space, have been suggested, with the purpose of sensitizing students to racism as a structural phenomenon, while simultaneously considering the sensitive nature of the topic (Flensner & von der Lippe, 2019). While the former emphasizes the need to create pedagogical spaces that protect the emotional safety of participants, the latter two concepts accentuate how experiences with discomfort and engagements in challenging conversations may act to produce important spaces for learning (Arao & Clemens, 2013). Inspired by these approaches, this paper explores how an inductive case-based teaching approach (see Lycke, 2016; Prince & Felder, 2007) can equip students with the analytical tools necessary to comprehend the various manifestations of racism within historical and contemporary contexts. In this paper we present preliminary findings from a study of teaching sessions where four groups of students in higher education are presented with and discuss cases illustrating racism, othering and/or exclusion. The empirical material consists of transcripts, field notes and student evaluations from these teaching sessions. The paper explores which understandings of racism the students apply when discussing the cases, how they draw on each other’s understanding and how they deal with disagreements in the conversational process. In our data collection, and in continued work with the empirical material, we view discomfort as a potential pedagogical resource in anti-racist education, while remaining attentive to who might experience it and not. A key concern has been, and is, to avoid portraying students with experiences with racism as illustrative examples or implicitly expect them to share personal experiences. Therefore, we have and continuously seek to establish conditions resembling what Arao & Clemens (2013) refer to as 'brave spaces' rather than 'safe spaces': spaces in which discomfort and disagreement are anticipated, but with clear boundaries regarding harm, personal exposure, and who may end up bearing the costs of others' learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We have adopted an inductive, case-based teaching approach, in which students discussed real-life cases and problem scenarios, after which they received subject-specific instruction (Prince & Felder, 2007, p. 14). First, students were provided with a set of historical and contemporary cases that can be interpreted as expressions of racism. The cases we used, were designed and selected to represent ambiguous forms of racism (Andersson,2022), in which the motives of those involved are unclear or contested. Working in groups of four to six for approximately 45 minutes, students discussed whether the cases constituted racism, whether they were uncertain, or whether they did not regard them as racism. This was followed by a whole-class discussion in which groups presented their interpretations and reflections. Second, Bjerke held a 45-minute lecture on theoretical perspectives on racism, followed by a second plenary discussion in which students reflected on how, and if, their interpretations of the cases had changed. Johannessen observed and took field notes during the lecture and plenary discussions. Our empirical material consists of observation notes from five teaching sessions (three in social studies within teacher education and two in intercultural studies), audio recordings of twelve group discussions, and students’ written notes. The material was analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), focusing on recurring patterns in the students’ discussions of and reasoning about the cases. All participants were anonymized, and informed consent was obtained. We have taken particular care in the handling of sensitive data, in accordance with national research ethics guidelines (cf. NESH, 2023), and the project has received a positive assessment from the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research (SIKT). Throughout the study, we have engaged in careful ethical reflection, particularly regarding our positionalities and power as instructors, and the sensitivity of the topic. In both lesson design and data collection, we have paid special attention to the interplay between power, discomfort and research ethics. The teaching was conducted by white, majority-positioned instructors in both relatively homogeneous groups of primarily white, majority-positioned students and more heterogeneous groups in terms of skin color, religious and cultural background. Consequently, some students may have personal experience with racism, while others may not. This means that both the teaching and the research took place in contexts where participants were positioned differently in relation to power and where discomfort and privilege was not evenly distributed (Røthing et al., 2024, p. 34). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While the analyses are ongoing, our preliminary findings point to several recurring tendencies in how the students understand and discuss the cases in relation to racism. We find that students during group discussion explore different perspectives, applying different frames of interpretation. However, most of the interpretations tend to apply an individualized lens (i.e. Midtbøen & Rogstad, 2010; Røthing, 2017, p. 114). For instance, discussions center on personal characteristics such as age, background, experiences, and particularly the assumed intentions of the individuals involved in the cases. Although relevant contextual factors are occasionally acknowledged, structural conditions and power relations are rarely foregrounded analytically. As a result, racism is often framed as an individual and psychological phenomenon rather than a relational and structural one. During group discussions the students appeared to be open-minded both towards sharing their interpretations, and towards the interpretations presented by other group members. Some also drew attention to and asked questions about the experiences of and points of view of other group members. This suggests that the case-based approach appears to create a space where students can collaboratively explore the topic and test different lenses of interpretation, without discernible sanctions. Still, racism is primarily framed as an individual and psychological phenomenon rather than a relational and structural one. This in turn may indicate that students lack conceptual tools to address structural forms of racism, or that they are wary of labelling themselves or others as being racist or committing racist actions. References Andersen, H. P., Fiskum, A. & Rosenlund, M. R. (2018). Hva menes med utforskende, undrende og aktiviserende undervisning? In H. P. Andersen, A. Fiskum & D. Gulaker (eds.), Den engasjerte eleven: Undrende, utforskende og aktiviserende undervisning i skolen (p.17-30). Cappelen Damm. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.35 Andersson, M. (2022). Rasisme: En innføring. Fagbokforlaget. Arao, B., & Clemens, K. (2013). From Safe Spaces to Brave Spaces: A New Way to Frame Dialogue around Diversity and Social Justice. In L. M. Landreman (ed.), The Art of Effective Facilitation: Reflections from Social Justice Educators (p.135–150). Sterling. Arneback, E., & Jämte, J. (2022). How to counteract racism in education – A typology of teachers’ anti-racist actions. Race Ethnicity and Education, 25(2), 192–211. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2021.1890566 Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Døving, C. A. (ed.). (2022). Rasisme : fenomenet, forskningen, erfaringene. Universitetsforlaget. Eriksen, K. G. (2021). Mot utvidede forståelser av rasialisering og rasisme i skolen. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 7. https://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v7.2445 Faye, R. (2025). Room for discomfort when teaching about racism. Front. Educ. 10:1520607.doi: 10.3389/feduc.2025.1520607 Flensner, K. K., & von der Lippe, M. (2019). Being safe from what and safe for whom? A critical discussion of the conceptual metaphor of ‘safe space’. Intercultural Education, 30(3), 275–288. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2019.1540102 Hagen, F. S. (2021). Norske elevers konseptualisering av rasismebegrepet. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk & kritikk, 7, 147-162. https://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v7.2269 Lycke, K. H. (2015). Problembasert læring, caseundervisning og prosjektarbeid. I H. I. Strømsø, K. H. Lycke, & P. Lauvås (Red.), Når læring er det viktigste - undervisning i høyere utdanning (ss. 171-188). Cappelen Damm Akademisk Midtbøen, A. H. & Rogstad, J. (2010). Den utdannede, den etterlatte og den drepte: Mot en ny forståelse av rasisme og diskriminering. Sosiologisk tidsskrift, 18(1), 31-52. https://doi.org/10.18261/ISSN1504-2928-2010-01-03 NESH. (2023). Forskningsetiske retningslinjer for samfunnsvitenskap og humaniora. De nasjonale forskningsetiske komiteene. https://www.forskningsetikk.no/retningslinjer/hum-sam/forskningsetiske-retningslinjer-for-samfunnsvitenskap-og-humaniora/ Prince, M., & Felder, R. (2007). The many faces of inductive teaching and learning. Journal of College Science Teachning, 36, ss. 14-20. https://www.jstor.org/stable/i40116287 Røthing, Å. (2017). Mangfoldskompetanse: Perspektiver på undervisning i yrkesfag. Cappelen Damm akademisk. Røthing, Å., Johannessen, E. M. V. & Myrebøe, T. (2024). Meningsmangfold i klasserommet: Perspektiver, begreper og ressurser for lærere. Cappelen Damm akademisk. Sibeko, G. & Eriksen, K. G. (2021). Innganger til antirasistisk undervisning. In B. Goldschmidt-Gjerløw, K. G. Eriksen & M. K. Jore (eds.), Kontroversielle, emosjonelle og sensitive tema i skolen (s. 33–51). Universitetsforlaget. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper What is an Inclusive University? Intercultural University and Universal Design of Learning Approaches in Higher Education in Latin America and Europe 1: West University of Timișoara, Romania; 2: University of Veracruz Presenting Author:Pressures on universities worldwide that are displacing spaces and practices of solidarity from the ‘within’ to the ‘outside’ of academic institutions, are increasing worldwide, most notably in countries such as Hungary (Dönmez & Duman, 2021; Cantat et al 2021; Cook et al. 2023), Turkey (Safta-Zecheria, 2021) and the United States of America (see Burton et al, forthcoming), among many other contexts. However, in European and Latin American contexts, higher education inclusion is still still mostly seen as a desirable policy horizon (in relation to the sustainable development goal 4) that universities and education policy makers should strive towards. However, what exactly is meant by academic inclusion is still a matter of debate, as is the implementation of an inclusion agenda in the context of recurring and extensive austerity measures that affect educational budgets. In this paper, we explore the tensions between two modalities of understanding inclusion in higher education: intercultural universities (hereafter IU; Dietz, 2009; Dietz et al., 2025; Mateos-Cortés & Dietz, 2025) as specific for an approach promoted in Latin America and most specifically Mexico from the beginning of the 2000s, and Universal Design of Learning (heareafter UDL) in Higher Education that has been promoted as an inclusion framework in a similar timeframe mostly in English speaking contexts (see Quirke et al 2023). Whereas UDL (see CAST, 2025) is built on principles of universalism, operationalizing learning contexts in a structured way promoting the creation in learning contexts of multiple ways of engagement, representation and action and expression thus seeking to incorporate difference as a resource in learning. Although questions of identity, language, symbols and knowledge circulation, as well as interaction, expression and communication are addressed, the answers given to the questions are rather basic – inclusion is performed by attending to the process of learning rather than attending to what is learned and where. While UDL is not an equity (or social justice) framework per se (Rao et al, 2023), it nevertheless seeks to address the needs of both sensorially, physically, culturally, linguistically and otherwise diverse learners, conceived of as individuals, in a shared framework and has been long associated with the tradition of the social model of disability (see Shakespeare, 2017) . At the same time, intercultural universities cater mostly to indigenous and/or highly marginalized students, perceived and treated as historically excluded communities (Mateos-Cortes, 2017), and are based on an ecology of knowledge approach (de Sousa Santos, 2024) that inscribes knowledge and its circulation differently. In this context, investigating how these different approaches work in practice to facilitate inclusion and how these processes of inclusion travel within the biographies of graduating students beyond the university and in relation to their communities is of paramount importance for crafting a social justice-informed culturally, disability and socio-materially sensitive vocabulary for opening up and transforming the university. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We are still in the process of developing the research design. However, by collaboratively investigating the policy and project-based trajectory towards inclusion of two public universities: one based in Latin America, Mexico and one based in Europe, Romania, we seek to show how different questions surrounding inclusion were and are being dealt with from within different transformational logics and show how they produce both inclusions and exclusions. As such, we seek to investigate how the process of inclusion is framed by university policies and (former) leadership, and how it is experienced by students, graduates, teachers and other stakeholders. These observations will be complemented with autoethnographic and institutional ethnographic reflections as well as with workshops carried out with the mentioned stakeholders. Thus, our methodology builds on both southern European and Latin American traditions and experiences of participatory action research and of collaborative ethnography. The authors’ positionalities as persons involved with different forms of institutional transformation put us in a privileged position to reflect on this tense process of inclusion and exclusion and get a common understanding of such integration process in public universities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the research is only at an incipient stage, we have not yet formulated conclusions. However, we hope to formulate a set of questions that can be asked in higher education contexts to develop social justice-informed transformations that enable a common understanding of the academic inclusion process (needs assessment and opportunities for underserved groups) / towards enabling more and more meaningful academic inclusion of underserved groups. References Burton, D., Raskin S. & Safta-Zecheria, L. (under review) Antiracism as the Grounds for an Emerging Anthropology of Policy. Cantat, C., Cook, I. M., & Rajaram, P. K. (Eds.). (2022). Opening Up the University: teaching and learning with refugees (Vol. 5). Berghahn Books. https://doi.org/10.3167/9781800733114 CAST (2025). The UDL Guidelines. https://udlguidelines.cast.org Cook, I. M., Rajaram, P. K., & Clarke, J. (2023). Leadership, excellence and the marginalisation of refugees in Higher Education. Soundings, 84(84-85), 44-57. De Sousa Santos, B. (2024). The epistemologies of the South and the future of the university. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 58(2–3), 166–188. https://doi.org/10.1093/jopedu/qhad038 Dietz, G. (2009). Intercultural universities in Mexico: empowering indigenous peoples or mainstreaming multiculturalism? Intercultural Education, 20(1), 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675980802700623 Dietz, G., Pérez-Castro, J. & Donnelly, M. (2025) Indigeneity in Latin American Higher Education. In: E.E. Blair (ed.): The SAGE Encyclopedia of Education and Gender. Los Angeles: SAGE. https://sk.sagepub.com/ency/edvol/the-sage-encyclopedia-of-education-and-gender/chpt/indigeneity-latin-american-higher-education Dönmez, P. E., & Duman, A. (2021). Marketisation of academia and authoritarian governments: the cases of Hungary and Turkey in critical perspective. Critical Sociology, 47(7-8), 1127-1145. Mateos-Cortés, L. S. (2017). Indigenous Youth Graduating from Intercultural Universities: Capability Building Through Intercultural Higher Education in Veracruz, Mexico. Journal of Intercultural Studies, 38(2), 155–169. https://doi.org/10.1080/07256868.2017.1291496 Mateos-Cortés, L.S., & Dietz, G. (2025). Indigenous Knowledge in Mexican Higher Education: Lessons from Intercultural Universities. Comparative Education Review 69 (4): 728-748, https://www.journals.uchicago.edu/doi/10.1086/738273Quirke, M., Mc Guckin, C., & McCarthy, P. (2023). Adopting a UDL Attitude Within Academia: Understanding and Practicing Inclusion Across Higher Education. Routledge. Rao, K., Gravel, J. W., Rose, D. H., & Tucker-Smith, T. N. (2023). Universal Design for Learning in its 3rd decade: A focus on equity, inclusion, and design. International Encyclopedia of Education, 6, 712–720. Safta-Zecheria, L. (2022) The Authoritarian Turn Against Academics in Turkey: Can Scholars Still Show Solidarity to Vulnerabilised Groups? In Cantat, C., Cook, I. M., & Rajaram, P. K. (Eds.). (2022). Opening Up the University: teaching and learning with refugees (Vol. 5). Berghahn Books. https://doi.org/10.3167/9781800733114 Shakespeare, T. (2017). The social model of disability. In L. J. Davies (Ed.) The disability studies reader (pp. 195-203). Routledge. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 07 C: Transitions, Inequality and Educational Change Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Luca Agostinetto Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Navigating Structural Constraints in Young People's Educational and Work-related Transitions: Insights from a European Peripheral Region in Transformation Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Young people’s educational and work-related transitions unfold within social and economic structures operating at local, regional, national, and global scales. These structures are shaped by uneven power geometries that influence access to resources and opportunities. In addition to navigating structural constraints, young people must also relate to normative expectations and value regimes formed within families, communities, and public discourses, such as ideals of career-making as self-actualisation and expectations that individuals should adapt, reskill, and revise their plans over time. They negotiate and respond to these intersecting constraints and expectations in diverse ways across time and context, reflecting both their limited power and their capacity for strategic action. Youth in Transitions examines how young people navigate pathways into adulthood in northern Sweden, a regional context marked by rapid labour market transformation. Historically shaped by depopulation and deindustrialisation, the region is now experiencing rapid, though uneven, large-scale ‘green’ industrial investment (Eriksson & Tollefsen 2018), which has created demand for new labour (Forsberg 2025). However, these investments have moved through several phases over a short period, from substantial expansion in the mid-2010s to a more restrained phase marked by retrenchment and bankruptcies in the early to mid-2020s (Adjei et al. 2024), and remain unevenly distributed across the region. This paper synthesises key findings from the qualitative longitudinal Youth in Transitions project, some of which have been reported in earlier publications (e.g. Rönnlund and Tollefsen 2023a,b; Rönnlund et al. 2025). It examines how young people navigate their futures in relation to their structural positioning and the specific conditions of their home region, a European peripheral region undergoing far-reaching reindustrialisation. The 45 participants were 15 years old at the time of the first interviews and in their mid-twenties during the most recent round of data collection in 2025. The guiding research question is: What structural constraints did these young people face when navigating their educational and work-related transitions, and how did they engage with them? The paper contributes to broader debates on young people’s educational and work-related transitions and, more specifically, to scholarship on transitions in regions experiencing uneven reindustrialisation. The analysis draws on a conceptual framework from human geography. We interpret the findings through the lenses of ‘power geometries’ (Massey 2005, 2024) and ‘constrained youth agency’, a concept adapted from ‘constrained labour agency’ (Coe & Jordhus-Lier 2023). To analyse how young people engage with structural constraints, we also draw on ‘disaggregated agency’ (Katz 2004), which distinguishes between three forms of social response to injustice and unequal power relations: resilience, reworking, and resistance. While labour geographers have used Katz’s R-concepts to describe strategies among employees and trade union members, this triad has also been applied in youth research to categorise the coping strategies young people use as they navigate transitions into adulthood. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on data from a qualitative longitudinal research project examining school-to-work transitions among young people in rural small towns and settlements in two municipalities in northern Sweden, a region undergoing far-reaching but unevenly distributed reindustrialisation. Although the sites share working-class profiles, they differ in population size, labour market traditions, and geographical location. The study includes 45 participants. The first interviews were conducted in 2015, when the participants were 15 years old. These interviews generated rich contextual data on their upbringing environments, educational experiences, aspirations, and local opportunity structures. This first round was followed by individual interviews conducted in 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025, enabling an in-depth qualitative longitudinal approach. Although not all participants took part in every interview round, the dataset comprises 219 interviews spanning the transition from lower secondary school into early adulthood. Throughout the project, the data were systematically processed using the case-profile method (Thomson 2007, 572). This involved condensing interview and ethnographic material into cumulative case profiles for each participant. These profiles provide longitudinally structured accounts that capture both change and continuity over time and summarise how individual transitions unfold across key biographical fields, particularly education and paid work. The resulting case profiles form a comprehensive qualitative longitudinal research (QLR) dataset that supports both individual-level and cross-case comparative analyses. For this paper, to illuminate how agency is enacted in relation to the structural conditions shaping young people’s transitions, we organised the material around three key transition phases: (1) the transition to upper secondary education, (2) the transition to higher education, and (3) the transition to work/employment. We then scrutinised the data relating to each of these phases in order to identify prominent patterns. Given the large volume of material and the uniqueness of each individual career pathway, this was challenging. However, several prominent overarching themes could be identified, and interview excerpts illustrating these themes were analysed through the lenses of ‘power geometries’, ‘constrained youth agency’, and ‘disaggregated agency’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that uneven local opportunity structures, shaped by regional power geometries, strongly influenced young people’s educational and work-related transitions. Within these multi-scalar constraints, participants enacted forms of agency that illustrate the dynamics of constrained youth agency. The analysis traces these dynamics across transitions to (1) upper secondary education, (2) higher education, and (3) work/employment. Across all phases, young people’s strategies align with Katz’s framework of disaggregated agency, clustering primarily around resilience and reworking. These strategies represent pragmatic, locally situated adaptations within unequal power geometries, with limited scope for overt resistance. Transitions into work unfolded within a broader regional context characterised by rapid ‘green’ industrial expansion. A key finding is that participants related only weakly and implicitly to these structural transformations. Despite intense media and political attention to major green investments in northern Sweden, and high demand for labour in emerging industries (Eriksson et al. 2024; Adjei et al. 2024), developments in the regional labour market rarely served as explicit reference points in their narratives. While some participants expressed a general awareness of industrial change, they did not position themselves as future participants in these developments, nor were they actively recruited by major investors. This distancing illustrates how constrained youth agency operates when structural change is unevenly distributed and when young people occupy disadvantaged positions within regional power geometries. References Adjei, E. K., Eriksson, R., & Lundberg, J. (2024) Effects of an expansion in mining and manufacturing on public sector employment. In Regional economic effects of the green Coe, N. M., & Jordhus-Lier, D. C. (2023) The multiple geographies of constrained labour agency. Progress in Human Geography, 47(4), 533–554. https://doi.org/10.1177/03091325231174308 Eriksson, A. & Tollefsen, A. (2018) The production of the rural landscape and its labour: The development of supply chain capitalism in the Swedish berry industry. Bulletin of geography, 40(40), 69-82. doi:10.2478/bog-2018-0015 Eriksson, M., Lundgren, A.M., & Liliequist, E. (2024) Logics of competition: the forming of opinion in the bid for a green mega investment, Geografiska Annaler: Series B, Human Geography, DOI: 10.1080/04353684.2024.2400893 Flam, H. & Sanchez Gassen, N. (Eds.) (2024) Regional economic effects of the green transition in the Nordic Region. Nordregio Report 2024:25 Forsberg, E. (2025) Arbetsmarknadens storlek och matchning mellan förmågor och yrke. IFAU - Institutet för arbetsmarknads- och utbildningspolitisk utvärdering. Katz, C. (2004) Growing up global: Economic restructuring and children's everyday lives. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Lundmark, L., Carson, D., & Eimermann, M. (2023) Spillover, sponge or something else? Dismantling expectations for rural development resulting from giga-investments in Northern Sweden. Fennia, 200(2), 157–174. doi:10.11143/fennia.120530 Massey, D. (1994) Space, place and gender. Cambridge: Polity press. Massey, D. (2005) For Space. London and Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Rönnlund, M. & Tollefsen, A. (2023a) School-to-work transitions in rural North Sweden. Staying on in a reviving local labor market, Journal of Youth Studies. doi: 10.1080/13676261.2023.2259323 Rönnlund. M. & Tollefsen, A. (2023b) Girls’ school-to-work transitions into male dominated workplaces, Journal of Vocational Education and Training. doi: 10.1080/13636820.2023.2258527 To link to this article: https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2023.2258527 Rönnlund, M., Tollefsen, A., Eriksen, I.M., Ristaniemi, H-, Vehkalahti, K., Østergaard, J. & Armila, P (2025) Rural Nordic Youth’s Transition to Upper Secondary School – Challenges and Dilemmas. In K. Vehkalahti, I.M. Eriksen & J. Østergaard Growing up Rural: Qualitative longitudinal explorations of young people living in the Nordic countries, 199-232. Palgrave Macmillan. doi: 10.1007/978-981-96-7127-4 Thomson, R. (2007) The Qualitative Longitudinal Case History: Practical, methodological and ethical reflections. Social Policy and Society: A Journal of the Social Policy Association, 6(4), 571–582. doi:10.1017/S1474746407003909 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Multilingual Transitions - Creating Linguistically and Culturally Responsive Schools University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:In this conference presentation, I will share the main findings and conclusions of my doctoral thesis examining how Finnish schools respond to increasing linguistic and cultural diversity. The study focuses on two lower secondary schools in culturally and linguistically diverse urban settings and on ninth-grade students making their post-comprehensive educational choices, as well as on the adults teaching and guiding them. The linguistic landscape of these schools, and of Finnish society as a whole, is becoming more diverse. This diversity affects the everyday language policies, practices, and pedagogy of these schools in many ways. This research aims to understand how social justice in education can be strengthened in a changing social context. From an equity perspective, fostering inclusion among marginalized students is central to education. In Finland, as in many other European countries, migration over the past few decades has made schools more diverse. Nevertheless, ethnic educational inequalities remain significant, and students from non-Finnish backgrounds often report a weaker sense of belonging at school. This research lies at the intersection of the sociology of education, language education, and youth studies. It utilizes Pierre Bourdieu's class theory concepts to analyze educational inequality. Symbolic violence, one of Bourdieu's concepts, is a particularly important tool in this study and is used to understand normative whiteness in schools. Examining school culture from the perspective of linguistic responsiveness was guided by Lev Vygotsky's sociocultural theory, specifically the concepts of linguistically responsive pedagogy (Lucas & Villegas, 2011) and, more specifically, culturally responsive school leadership (Khalifa, Gooden, & Davis, 2016). This study illuminates its subject from three angles: the operating culture and leadership of the school, the educational choices of the students, and the multilingual tutors who act as brokers between families and the school. The study's results have been reported in three research articles. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ethnographic research data was produced during the school year of 2022–2023 at two comprehensive schools in the Helsinki metropolitan area. The data consists of field notes from a total of 59 school days and ethnographic interviews. A total of 27 interviews were conducted with teachers, principals, study counselors, and multilingual tutors. Students were interviewed on three different occasions: twice during ninth grade, and some of them also after starting their upper secondary education. A total of 17 students participated in the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This thesis examines how linguistic and cultural diversity is negotiated in Finnish schools and how school practices shape students’ educational paths and sense of belonging. The first study showed that girls racialized as non-Finnish negotiated their position as ideal learners within middle-class educational norms. Academic achievement alone did not determine their educational choices; instead, the need for a safe and supportive school environment often guided their selection of upper secondary education and influenced their future trajectories. The second study highlighted the central role of school leadership in fostering linguistically and culturally responsive school cultures. Principals’ consistent and committed efforts to develop inclusive learning environments increased teachers’ job satisfaction and strengthened their ability to work in ways aligned with their professional values. The third study focused on multilingual tutors who support interaction between schools and families, assist linguistically and culturally diverse students, and advocate for ethnically marginalized students. The study explored how tutors perceive their roles in everyday school life and identified challenges in bridging linguistic, cultural, and institutional gaps. Overall, the findings show that sensitivity to diversity varies widely between schools and educators. The normalization of white, Finnish-speaking Finnishness shapes students’ everyday experiences and limits the futures that young people with non-Finnish backgrounds can imagine for themselves. Through forms of symbolic violence, access to educational and social resources is restricted even for talented and ambitious students. Actively broadening definitions of the “ordinary” student and developing linguistically and culturally inclusive practices can reduce inequality and strengthen students’ sense of belonging. School principals and staff play a crucial role in shaping inclusive school cultures, and integrating staff from diverse backgrounds is essential for supporting language learning and strengthening home–school relationships. References Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J. C. 1977. Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. Sage Publications. Bourdieu & Passeron Khalifa MA, Gooden MA, Davis JE. 2016. Culturally responsive school leadership: A synthesis of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1272–1311. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654316630383 Lucas T, Villegas AM. 2011. A framework for preparing linguistically responsive teachers. In Teacher preparation for linguistically diverse classrooms: A resource for teacher educators. Routledge. Vygotsky LS. 1978. Mind in society: Development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvjf9vz4 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Following the “After”: Unaccompanied Minors’ Transitions to Adulthood in Italy University of Padua (Italy), Italy Presenting Author:Over the past decade, the arrival and protection of unaccompanied minors have become central concerns within European migration and asylum policies. In 2024, 235000 first-time asylum applicants in the European Union were under 18 (26% of the total), including approximately 35000 unaccompanied minors seeking international protection (Eurostat, 2026). These flows are driven by persistent geopolitical instability, economic inequalities, and environmental crises, which disproportionately affect children and adolescents and expose unaccompanied minors to increased risks of marginalisation, exploitation, and rights violations. Italy plays a key role in European child migration dynamics as one of the major countries of arrival and reception. As of mid-2025, more than 16000 unaccompanied foreign minors were registered, predominantly male and aged 16–17, with Egypt, Ukraine, Gambia, Tunisia, and Guinea among the main countries of origin (Ministero del Lavoro, 2026). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project focuses on the post-reception phase and involves a selected group of unaccompanied asylum-seeking minors (UAMs; N=8, males) residing in local reception facilities and approaching discharge. Participants are selected based on the following criteria: (a) UAM status with a migratory background; (b) within six months of discharge from care; and (c) voluntary participation. From the outset, the study is designed to ensure relational continuity through the involvement of a single researcher who follows all participants throughout the research process. This one-to-one and researcher-consistent approach aims to establish a stable and recognisable relational framework in which the aims of the study and the researcher’s role are made explicit and continuously negotiated. The use of a small sample reflects a methodological priority placed on depth, continuity, and relational intensity rather than breadth, enabling the longitudinal exploration of participants’ personal and occupational pathways following the end of residential care. The initial phase of the project prioritises the construction of a stable working alliance with participants, considered essential for maintaining contact over time. This relational design is expected to generate preliminary longitudinal evidence on former UAMs’ trajectories over approximately 12 months, with biannual follow-ups, supporting an assessment of reception measures and informing the development of more targeted support practices. The study adopts relational and narrative-based research instruments designed to foster trust, continuity, and engagement in contexts characterised by vulnerability and relational asymmetry. The primary instrument consists of tailored, co-constructed personal diaries developed jointly by the researcher and each participant within a one-to-one relational setting. These diaries function as multimodal narrative tools integrating written reflections, drawings, photographs, and other expressive materials according to participants’ preferences. Narrative co-construction is grounded in a well-established clinical and research tradition spanning psychodynamic and constructivist approaches (Mellado et al., 2024), which conceptualise identity development as closely linked to autobiographical meaning-making. Empirical research indicates that shared narrative practices enhance empathy, trust, engagement, and meaning-making processes among adolescents (McAdams & McLean, 2013). Within the diaries, semi-structured questions are used to promote progressive levels of self-disclosure and reflection on identity, aspirations, values, fears, and significant life experiences. The procedure includes an initial meeting with educators to present the project and emphasise voluntary participation, followed by individual meetings to obtain informed consent and assess readiness for engagement. This participant-centred design ensures ethical sensitivity while generating qualitative material suitable for systematic analysis and, with further consent, dissemination and training purposes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary contribution of the project lies in generating original, context-sensitive qualitative knowledge on what happens to unaccompanied asylum-seeking minors (UAMs) after their exit from reception facilities and on the needs that emerge during the post-reception phase. By documenting former UAMs’ experiences, aspirations, and perceived resources over time, the study aims to contribute to a clearer understanding of their personal, social, and socio-labour pathways during the transition to adulthood, an area that remains largely unexplored in the Italian context. This contribution is enabled by the longitudinal use of co-constructed, multimodal, and multilingual personal diaries, which allow for the documentation of changes and continuities in participants’ self-representations over time. Beyond their role as data collection tools, the diaries—together with the establishment of an empathic, trust-based relationship—function as relational instruments that support sustained engagement and continuity after the end of residential care. The possibility of using participants’ mother tongues, with meanings explored and translated collaboratively, further facilitates access to subjective experiences that might otherwise remain inaccessible. At a broader level, the knowledge generated through this study is expected to have implications for local governance practices. By highlighting strengths and gaps in coordination among educational, social, health, and labour-market services, the project may support more cohesive service provision and strengthen continuity of care and opportunities for socio-labour integration beyond the reception phase. Although grounded in the Padua area, the project represents a novel contribution within the Italian context by systematically addressing post-reception trajectories. At the time of writing, the first phase of data collection has been completed. The research design combines ongoing narrative diaries with semi-structured interviews to further explore emerging themes, while the researcher maintains an active dialogue with participants to support longitudinal engagement. A first consolidated set of qualitative data is expected by August. References Agostinetto, L., Bugno, L., & C., EL Bouhali (2025). Maggiori stranieri non accompagnati. Una scoping review sulla transizione verso l’età adulta. DOAJ (DOAJ: Directory of Open Access Journals). https://doi.org/10.6092/issn.2420-8175/22119. Alpini, M., Alby, F., & Zucchermaglio, C. (2025). Work practices in migrant reception: A systematic review of approaches and challenges. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 12, 102032. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssaho.2025.102032. Eurostat. (2025, January 15). Unaccompanied minors seeking asylum in the EU: Over 21 000 applicants in 2023. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/products-eurostat-news/w/ddn-20260115-1. Ministero del Lavoro e delle Politiche Sociali. (n.d.). Presenza dei Minori stranieri non accompagnati in Italia. https://analytics.lavoro.gov.it/t/PublicSIM/views/PresenzadeiMinoristranierinonaccompagnatiinItalia/PresenzadeiMinoristranierinonaccompagnatiinItalia. McAdams, D. P., & McLean, K. C. (2013). Narrative identity. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 22(3), 233–238. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721413475622 Mellado, A., Del Río, M. T., Andreucci-Annunziata, P., & Molina, M. E. (2024). Psychotherapy focusing on dialogical and narrative perspectives: a systematic review from qualitative and mixed-methods studies. Frontiers in Psychology, 15, 1308131. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1308131. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 08 SES 07 A: Unpacking the Paradoxes of the Curriculisation of Wellbeing Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Venka Simovska Session Chair: Julie McLeod Symposium |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Symposium Unpacking the Paradoxes of the Curriculisation of Wellbeing This symposium examines the paradoxes that emerge when wellbeing is curriculised and comes to function as an organising educational imperative, shaping policy agendas, institutional practices, and everyday experiences of schooling. In many educational systems across Europe and beyond, wellbeing has become a central concern of educational policy, positioned simultaneously as a core objective of schooling and as a precondition for academic achievement (OECD, 2017). In parallel, educational research has largely endorsed the transformative potential of wellbeing, emphasising its capacity to support school development conducive to students’ thriving and improved academic outcomes. Consequently, much of the empirical research focuses on evaluating the effects of wellbeing programmes on students’ mental health, engagement, and attainment (e.g. Barry et al., 2017; Daniele et al., 2022). Despite its significance, wellbeing remains conceptually contested, characterised by semantic breadth, normative ambiguity, and persistent tensions between instrumental and transformative educational purposes (Primdahl & Simovska, 2024). Critical scholarship has questioned the individualistic orientation of much wellbeing research, describing it as part of education’s therapeutic turn (Ecclestone & Hayes, 2009), which risks assuming a tyrannical character (Simovska & Kousholt, 2021), particularly when reduced to simplified ‘feel-good’ agendas or prescriptive emotion norms (Dewar, 2016). Such framings have been shown to contribute to climates of toxic positivity (O’Toole, 2019) and processes of marginalisation (Wood, 2018), especially for students whose experiences do not align with dominant ideals of self-regulation, resilience, or optimism. Paradoxically, an intensified emphasis on wellbeing may undermine the very educational aims it seeks to advance. Educational policy and research discourse typically construe wellbeing as a condition for academic achievement and performance in national and international comparisons (OECD, 2017). By contrast, our point of departure in this symposium is that the policy specification of wellbeing as a mandatory educational objective fundamentally curriculises wellbeing. Through formalisation, wellbeing is transformed into an object of educational practice (Alhadeff-Jones, 2018): something students are expected to learn, enact, demonstrate, and be accountable for, alongside other curriculum domains. This raises critical questions about what forms of knowledge, subjectivities, and behaviours are legitimised when wellbeing becomes teachable, assessable, and governable. Rather than accepting the taken-for-granted assumption that the curriculisation of wellbeing necessarily enhances educational quality or student outcomes, we treat this transformation as an open empirical question. Bringing together studies of policy trajectories (Australia), institutional public representations (Denmark and England), and everyday school practices (Denmark), we examine the paradoxes that arise as wellbeing operates as an organizing concept in education. The papers explore how wellbeing agendas are configured and circulated across policy texts, public institutional narratives, and classroom interactions and how these agendas are taken up, negotiated, or resisted by schools and students. Together, the symposium contributions afford theoretically grounded, multi-level, and cross-national analysis of wellbeing as curriculum. The discussion is organized around three key paradoxes. First, the curriculisation of wellbeing introduces tensions between universalised aspirations and differential effects, as seemingly inclusive wellbeing agendas can produce new forms of exclusion and classification. Second, wellbeing operates as a powerful normative force that reshapes educational subjectivities, often locating responsibility for structural inequalities onto individual students and schools. Third, despite its governing and normalising effects, wellbeing remains a site of negotiation, contestation, and redefinition. By placing policy analysis, institutional interpretive repertoires, and students lived experience in dialogue, the symposium contributes to ongoing critical debates in European educational research. It invites participants to reflect not whether wellbeing belongs in education, but how it works as an organising concept, for whom, and to what ends. References Alhadeff-Jones, M. (2018). Time and the rhythms of emancipatory education: Rethinking the temporal complexity of self and society. Routledge. Barry, M. M., Clarke, A. M., & Dowling, K. (2017). Promoting social and emotional well-being in schools. Health Education, 117(5), 434-451. Daniele K., Gambacorti Passerinia, M.B., Palmieria C., and Zannini L. (2022). Educational interventions to promote adolescents’ mental health: A scoping review. Health Education Journal, Volume: 81 issue: 5, 597-613. Dewar, M.D. (2016). Education and Well-being: An Ontological Inquiry. New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Ecclestone, K., & Hayes, D. (2009). The dangerous rise of therapeutic education. London: Routledge. OECD (2017). PISA 2015 Results (Volume III): Students' Well-Being. PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris O'Toole, C. (2019). Time to teach the politics of mental health: Implications of the Power Threat Meaning Framework for teacher education. Clinical Psychology Forum, 313, 15-19. Primdahl, N. L., & Simovska, V. (2024). Untangling the Threads of School Wellbeing: Underlying Assumptions and Axes of Normativity. British Educational Research Journal, 50(6), 2799–2812. Simovska, V., & Kousholt, D. (2021). Wellbeing – a transformative or tyrannical concept? Towards an extended conceptualization of school wellbeing (in Danish) Pædagogisk Psykologisk Tidsskrift 58(1), 54-64. Wood, P. (2018). ‘We are trying to make them good citizens’: The utilisation of SEAL to develop ‘appropriate’ social, emotional and behavioural skills amongst pupils attending disadvantaged primary schools. Education 3-13, 46(7), 741-754. Presentations of the Symposium The Dispositif of Wellbeing and Curriculum in Australian Education Policy 2000-2025
In contemporary education policy and programs, the concept of wellbeing looms large. In schooling policy material, the relationship between wellbeing, learning, and life success is largely taken for granted, with wellbeing considered something to be developed, improved, and nurtured so that young people might thrive at school and in later life (e.g. OECD 2025; Education Council, 2022). Correspondingly, teaching students how to ‘be well’ has become an accepted if not expected practice, with a raft of wellbeing programs and associated assessment tools circulating as a normative and normalising part of the life of schools (Wright, McLeod & Flenley, 2022).
In this paper, we critically consider how ‘being well’ has become something to be taught and assessed in schools; seeing the conceptualisation and deployment of wellbeing as shifting from a counselling or pastoral mode and technology to becoming a question for curriculum and knowledge making. We develop this analysis from the vantage point of a new research study into the shifting agendas of wellbeing in contemporary Australian educational policy. Taking the period 2000 to 2025, this project seeks to analyse why, how, and in what ways wellbeing has moved from being framed more ontologically as a mode of being to an object of and problem for curriculum intervention. It seeks not only to understand wellbeing-as-curriculum but also to explore how wellbeing has in turn, shaped modes and purposes of contemporary curriculum.
To advance this argument, the project mobilises Foucault’s (1977/1980) notion of the dispositif. The dispositif has been influential in educational research, capturing complex and contingent intersections between power and knowledge, and used to explain the rise and reach of social concepts (Jones & Ball, 2023). This paper outlines an approach to working with the dispositif involving three analytic moves: apprehending the educational agendas that take hold in certain times and places; appraising the shifting power relations that allow this to happen; and analysing what Foucault calls the strategic function, elaboration, and completions of the agendas—that is, why they arise, how they operate, and what they come to do. Here, we illustrate the possibilities of this approach using early findings from the project. Our aim is twofold: one, we seek to chart aspects of the shifting wellbeing terrain in Australian education policy; and two, we wish to demonstrate the analytic possibilities of the dispositif as a method.
References:
Educational Council (2022) Australian Student Wellbeing Framework. Education Services Australia.
Foucault M (1977/1980) The confession of the flesh. In C Gordon (Ed.) Power/knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings by Michel Foucault 1972—1977. Pantheon Books, pp. 194–228.
Jones, B. M. A., & Ball, S. J. (2023). The neoliberal dispositif: understanding the transformation of the social and ethical space of education. International Encyclopedia of Education: Fourth Edition, 60–69. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.01009-5
OECD (2025), Education Policy Outlook 2025: Nurturing Engaged and Resilient Lifelong Learners in a World of Digital Transformation, OECD Publishing, Paris
Wright K, McLeod J and Flenley R (2022). Positive education, schooling and the well-being assemblage: Old and new approaches to educating the whole child. In R McLellan, C Faucher and V Simovska (Eds.) Wellbeing and schooling: Cross cultural and cross disciplinary perspectives. Springer.
The Public Faces of School Wellbeing: Analysis of School Webpages in England and Denmark
This study examines how schools in England and Denmark represent wellbeing on their webpages. School webpages are public-facing texts through which institutions articulate values and priorities to families, communities, and policymakers. The vocabularies schools employ shape the interpretive resources available, framing what counts as a thriving student and what responsibilities individuals are expected to assume.
Our analytical framework draws on interpretative repertoires as developed within discursive psychology (Potter & Wetherell, 1987; Zembylas, 2003). Repertoires are recognisable patterns of terms, metaphors, and arguments that speakers draw upon to construct accounts of the world. Unlike broader dis-course analysis examining large-scale systems of meaning, repertoire analysis attends to specific argumentative resources actors deploy in concrete situations, anticipating that the same institutional actor may draw on multiple, even contradictory, ways of talking depending on audience and purpose. Resonating with Rorty's (1989) argument that vocabularies constitute what can be known and imagined, we examine how schools actively participate in constructing what wellbeing can mean within contemporary education.
The study employs qualitative document analysis of school webpages. Purposeful sampling selected 100 schools from England and 100 public schools from Denmark. To ensure comparability, schools were stratified according to official performance indicators: Ofsted ratings in England and national wellbeing measurement scores (trivselsmåling) in Denmark. English schools were sampled proportionally according to national Ofsted distribution. Danish schools were ranked by wellbeing scores and divided into three equally distributed groups.
Data generation involved systematic navigation of websites to extract all text explicitly addressing wellbeing, including dedicated wellbeing pages, mission statements, policy documents, and descriptions of student support services.
The analytical process followed an abductive logic (Tavory & Timmermans, 2014), moving iteratively between empirical material and theoretical concepts.
The analysis reveals four distinct yet overlapping repertoires. The skills-based repertoire frames wellbeing as learnable, individualised capacity, drawing on vocabularies of self-regulation and resilience. The trans-formative repertoire links wellbeing to agency, democratic participation, ethical responsibility and formation. The social repertoire emphasises relational dimensions, framing wellbeing as co-constituted through belonging and mutual recognition. The whole-school repertoire situates wellbeing within material and organisational conditions. Significantly, schools rarely draw exclusively on a single repertoire, instead mobilising different vocabularies strategically, sometimes holding competing framings in tension.
References:
Biesta, G. (2002). Bildung and modernity: The future of Bildung in a world of difference. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 21(4), 343–351.
Ephgrave, S., & Milligan, L. O. (2025). The siloisation of wellbeing and education: global trends and lived experiences. Educational Review, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2025.2548217.
Klafki, W. (1998). Characteristics of critical-constructive Didaktik. In B. B. Gundem & S. Hopmann (Eds.), Didaktik and/or curriculum: An international dialogue (pp. 307–330). Peter Lang.
Laursen, R. (2025). School leaders navigating student wellbeing: the interplay between academic achievement and economic logics in Danish schools. Educational Review, 77(5), 1403–1421. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2024.2323722OECD. (2017).
Potter, J., & Wetherell, M. (1987). Discourse and social psychology: Beyond attitudes and behaviour. Sage.
Rorty, R. (1989). Contingency, irony, and solidarity. Cambridge University Press.
Schwimmer, M. (2023). Should wellbeing be a goal of education? Journal of Philosophy of Education, 57(1), 198–215.
Tavory, I., & Timmermans, S. (2014). Abductive analysis: Theorizing qualitative research. University of Chicago Press.
Zembylas, M. (2003). Emotions and teacher identity: A poststructural perspective. Teachers and Teaching, 9(3), 213–238.
Enacting Wellbeing Across School Landscapes: Intersectional Perspectives
Over the past decade, wellbeing has shifted from a broad social concern to a central organising principle in education, both internationally and in Denmark (McLellan et al., 2022; Korsgaard et al., 2022). Following the 2013 Danish school reform, wellbeing was formalised as a core educational aim (Danish Ministry of Children and Education, 2013). Nevertheless, research indicates a decline in students’ experiences of school wellbeing, particularly among female students (Nielsen et al., 2020), LGBTI+ students (Greve et al., 2024), and students from minority ethnic backgrounds (Gilliam, 2025). These disparities highlight the limitations of universalised and individualised framings of wellbeing and call for perspectives that recognise that wellbeing is shaped by the intersections of gender, social class, sexuality, ethnicity, and other social categories entangled with the whole-school environment (Hancock, 2016).
In this paper, we examine how wellbeing is enacted in students’ everyday school lives, through a qualitative study in a 6th and 8th-grade class at a public school in Denmark. Drawing on observations, interviews, and a participatory photo activity, we analyse how wellbeing is configured through daily interactions, practices, and school spaces. We activate Davies' concepts of ‘(be)longing’ and ‘landscape’ (Davies, 2000) together with Skeggs’ work with social class and gender (Skeggs,1997; Skeggs, 2004), to illuminate the multiplicity of intersecting subjectivities and heterogeneity of students’ experiences of wellbeing.
By mapping the discursive terrain and situating competing discourses within the school landscape, the study shows how students, teachers, and institutional structures co-produce normative ideas of difference. Shaped by intersections of social class, ethnicity, and gender, certain bodies, behaviours, and forms of knowledge become differentially valued within classroom practices. These ongoing valuations delimit which student subjectivities can be recognised as legitimate and “thriving,” while positioning others as less intelligible or desirable.
At the same time, the findings complicate readings of wellbeing as solely determined by social positioning. Although socio-economically, ethnically, and otherwise minoritised students often encounter restricted ac-cess to valued subject positions, they are not merely passive recipients of categorisation. Students actively negotiate the school landscape, drawing on available discourses to adopt, resist, or redefine subject positions in contextually situated ways. Acts of compliance, distancing, humour, silence, or collective affiliation emerge as agentic responses to intersectionally configured conditions. Wellbeing emerges neither as an in-dividual property nor as a static outcome of social positioning, but as a contingent phenomenon produced through ongoing negotiations of belonging, recognition, and value.
References:
Danish Ministry of Children and Education. (2013). Law on Primary and Lower Secondary Schools [Folkeskoleloven].
Davies, B. (2000). [In]Scribing body/landscape relations. Altamira Press.
Gilliam, L. (2025). When Danish minority boys lose and find the desire for school: Dynamics, challenges, and potentials. In S. Baagøe Nielsen (Ed.), Gender, sexuality and diversity (3rd ed., pp. 141–160). Social Literature.
Greve, J., Boisen Andersen, D., Schou Nicolajsen, J., & Kolodziejczyk, C. (2024). LGBT+ students' well-being and mental health as well as experiences of bullying, violence, harassment and discrimination. VIVE – The National Research and Analysis Center for Welfare.
Hancock, A. M. (2016). Intersectionality: An intellectual history. Oxford University Press.
Korsgaard, O., Wiborg, S., & Larsen, S. N. (2022). Education and equality in Denmark: Continuity and change in the comprehensive school model. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2022.2071158
McLellan, R., Faucher, C., & Simovska, V. (2022). Wellbeing, schooling and educational strategies: Why are cross-cultural and cross-disciplinary perspectives needed? In: McLellan, R., Faucher, C., & Simovska, V. (eds) Wellbeing and Schooling: Cross Cultural and Cross Disciplinary Perspectives. Cham: Springer (pp. 1-17).
Nielsen, C., Jensen, V. M., Kjer, M. G., & Arendt, K. S. (2020). Students’ learning, wellbeing, and experienc-es of education in primary school: An evaluation of developments in the reform years (2014–2018). VIVE – The National Research and Analysis Center for Welfare.
Skeggs, B. (1997). Formations of class & gender: Becoming respectable. Sage Publications.
Skeggs, B. (2004). Class, self and culture. Routledge.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 08 SES 07 B: Research on Students' Attendance Problems, Victimisation & Social Emotional Competence Location: Saariselkä | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Teresa Vilaça Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Students’ Perceptions of the Spatial Distribution of Safety and Victimization 1: University of Gävle, Sweden; 2: University of Linköping, Sweden; 3: University of Göteborg, Sweden Presenting Author:Research aims and questions Earlier research studies (Francis et al. 2022; Horton, Forsberg & Thornberg 2023; Migliaccio et al., 2017) shows the need to pay attention on the spatial location of student’s safety and victimization across the schools to develop strategies to combat and prevent bullying, harassment and discrimination. With reference to these previous findings, the present study aims to examine longitudinal changes in students’ perceptions of safety and peer victimization within school environments. Specifically, this study maps and analyses temporal developments in how particular school locations function as either protective or detrimental factors for the safety of children and young people in school environments over the period 2016–2024. This research starts from the following research questions:
The present study constitutes part of a broader research programme focused on students’ perceptions of safety and victimization and their spatial distribution across school environments.
Theoretical framework Marc Augé’s anthropological space perspective as theoretical lens for the analysis of the interrelation of spaces and social relations in formal school contexts. Augé (1995) relates the concept of space to physical and temporal area and to a distance between to physical points and/or temporal moments. At the same time Augé distinguishes between two different kinds of spaces. The first one are spaces that are “… relational, historical and concerned with identity” named by Augé as places. The second one named as no places are spaces that, “…cannot be defined as relational, or historical or concerned identity”. (Augé 1995:77:78). For Augé (1995:94) the phenomenon of not places designated both “spaces formed in relation to certain ends” and “… the relations that individuals have with these spaces”. Even the term “not places” was used by Augé in anthropological studies, to refers to contemporary no relational topographies of the supermodernity, this term has got rapidly relevance in other humanistic research fields (O' Bernie, 2006). In the field of education, the research of Zahid Naz and Christian Beighton (2024) use Augé’s concept of no place to analyse from a spatial perspective how teacher identity is shaped by mechanisms of professional standardisation and regulation in lifelong education contexts. Using a spatial approach to teacher identity, this research shows how standardisation and accountability mechanisms has negative implication for teaching. These mechanisms transform educational contexts to Not places, namely spaces lacking individual professional identity and personal relations. In addition, the research of Thompson (2024) uses Augés concept of no place in the study of the current spatial constitution of the university relation to Bildung. Using Marc Augé’s (1992) concept of places and no places as theoretical lens for understanding children’s experiences on security places this contribution will to contribute to deeper knowledge on the interrelation of spaces and social relations in formal school contexts. Following Augé’s (1995:77-78) naming of relational spaces as places and not relational spaces as no places this study names safe spaces characterized by perceptions of belonging and moral engagement as places. On the contrary this study names as no places as no relational spaces lacking these kinds of students’ perceptions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an accelerated longitudinal (cohort-sequential) design. This enables the project to distinguish changes associated with specific periods (e.g., policy shifts or environmental changes) from broader developmental trends in student well-being. Data Source and Sample • The study draws on a large-scale longitudinal dataset collected through biannual student surveys administered between 2016 and 2024. • The sample includes students in Grades 4 to 9, yielding approximately 10,000 unique participants and more than 90,000 individual observations. • The survey was administered, offering a comprehensive representation across different educational stages. Quantitative Component: Statistical Trajectories Quantitative analyses are conducted using SPSS and include: • Descriptive Statistics: Used to map the frequency and distribution of victimization and perceived safety across specific school locations. • Independent-Samples T-tests: Employed to examine gender-based differences in spatial safety perceptions. • Analysis of Variance (ANOVA): Used to assess variations across different grade levels and distinct time periods. • Time-Series Analysis: Models changes in perceived safety and victimization across the nine-year window to identify periods of significant shift. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of longitudinal data (2016–2025) involving more than 10,000 students reveals a radical structural shift in the geography of bullying within Swedish schools. This transformation is characterized by a pronounced digital migration of peer aggression, reflecting a reconfiguration of where and how victimization occurs. The preliminary results show a clear longitudinal shift in students' vulnerability. While traditional bullying in physical school environments (such as the schoolyard) shows a downward trend during the period 2016–2025, separate measurements of vulnerability via digital media indicate a dramatic increase in cyberbullying. The analysis also highlights a change in the spatial distribution of insecurity, with traditional bullying concentrated in specific “hidden” physical locations, while the internet emerges as a dominant arena for abuse. This research illustrates how the interrelated factors as physical and digital spaces and social relations in formal school contexts contributes to create students’ experiences of safety in educational learning environments. References *Augé, M. (1995) Non Places. lntroduction ot an Antropology of supermodemity. Versa. *Augé, M. (1993) Espace el Alterite. Entre tradition el universalisme. Recueil d'articles suite au Colloque Entre tradition el universalisme tenu ä Rimouski par l'ACSALF du 18 au 20 mai 1993. Retrieved the October 2024 from whttp://classiques.uqac.ca/contemporains/ACSALF /colloque _ACSALF _ 1993/entre tradition_ el_ universalisme _intro.html *Francis, J., N. Strobel, G. Trapp, N. Pearce, S. Vaz, H. Christian, K. Runions, K. Martin, and D. Cross. 2022. “How Does the School Built Environment Impact Students’ Bullying Behaviour? A Scoping Review.” Social Science & Medicine 314:115451. https://doi.org/10. 1016/j.socscimed.2022.115451. *Horton, P. , Forsberg, C. & Thornberg, R. (2023) Places and spaces: exploring interconnections between schoolenvironment, resources and social relations, Educational Research, 65:4, 462-477, DOI: 10.1080/00131881.2023.2252829 Naz, Z., & Beighton, C. (2024). Dis/placing teacher identity: performing the ‘brutal forms of formalities’ in English Further Education. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 43(5), 553–567. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2024.2368720 *Migliaccio, T., Raskauskas, J., & Schmidtlein, M. (2017). Mapping the landscapes of bullying. Learning Environments Research, 20, 365-382. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-017-9229-x *O’Beirne, E. (2006). Mapping the Non-Lieu in Marc Augé’s Writings. Forum for Modern Language Studies, 42(1), 38–50. *Thompson, C. A different sense of place: care and curation in the university Journal of Philosophy of Education 58 (5):728-741 (2024) 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper A Systematic Review of the Associations Between Teacher and Student Social-emotional Competence The University of Queensland - Saint Lucia Campus, Australia Presenting Author:Social-emotional competence (SEC) was defined using the framework developed by the Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning (CASEL, 2020), which comprises five interrelated domains: self-awareness, self-management, social awareness, relationship skills, and responsible decision-making. Extending this perspective, Collie (2020) describes SEC as the ability to effectively navigate and regulate one’s internal emotional experiences and interpersonal interactions, thereby promoting personal and collective thriving. A substantial body of evidence positions SEC as central to young people’s academic achievement and long-term life outcomes (OECD, 2019), with demonstrated associations with learning, behaviour, and wellbeing among both students and teachers (Durlak et al., 2022; Xu et al., 2024). Consequently, enhancing SEC in educational settings has emerged as a key international policy and practice priority (Close et al., 2023). Although theoretical accounts posit a meaningful connection between teacher and student SEC (e.g., CASEL, 2020; Collie, 2020; Jennings & Greenberg, 2009), empirical findings remain mixed, ranging from strong associations to negligible effects. Moreover, existing reviews have typically concentrated on individual SEC domains (Aldrup et al., 2022) or specific student groups (Xu et al., 2024). The overall aim of the present qualitative synthesis of the global literature was to examine the nuanced relationship between teacher and student SEC. To control for limitations noted in the literature we employed a multidimensional definition of SEC and examined findings across all schooling levels. Our review was guided by the following research questions: RQ1. Is there an empirical relationship between teacher SEC and student SEC? RQ2. What factors moderate and/or mediate the relationship between teacher SEC and student SEC? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a systematic review following PRISMA guidelines and registered the plan with PROSPERO (CRD42024521305). Searches were completed between 8-9 March 2024 across four databases: PsycINFO, ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science. The Boolean operators “AND”, “OR”, and “NEAR” were used to combine terms systematically, and truncation (e.g., soci* emotional competence) was employed to capture variations in terminology. We employed the SPIDER framework (Sample, Phenomenon of Interest, Design, Evaluation, Research type; Cooke et al., 2012) to frame inclusion criteria. Eligible studies evaluate the relationship between teacher SEC and student SEC in K-12 school samples, are empirical research, and is quantitative, qualitative, or mixed methods by design. SEC was operationalised as encompassing self-awareness, social awareness, self-management, relationship skills, and responsible decision-making (CASEL, 2020). Screening was conducted in Covidence, using a blinded, multi-reviewer approach. Quality appraisal was conducted during data extraction using the Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool Version 18 (MMAT; Hong et al., 2018). Study findings were classified into either positive association, negative association, causal relationship, qualitative association, or non-significant effect. We identified specific SEC components in included studies and extracted their results regarding the relationship between teacher and student SEC. We qualitatively integrated findings across a range of different studies to provide nuanced insights into how teacher SEC is empirically linked to student SEC. Qualitative moderator/mediator perceptions were synthesised, helping to highlight factors impacting and linking teacher-student SEC. A separate meta-analysis was conducted with 38 eligible homogenous studies; results are reported elsewhere. We identified 65 studies (Nteachers = 23,409; Nstudents = 241,233) for examination of the relationship between teacher SEC and student SEC. A majority of the studies were conducted in the Global North (k = 60; including 18 studies from European countries) and comparatively fewer studies were from the Global South (k = 27; including 3 studies from European countries). Teacher and student relationship skills were the most explored domain pairing (k = 31), followed by teacher and student self-awareness pairing (k = 27). There was a mix of study designs, namely cross-sectional (k = 47), longitudinal (k = 5), randomised control trials (k = 5), quasi-experimental (k = 1), qualitative (k = 3), and mix-methods (k = 3) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Experimental studies largely found that training teachers in SEC subsequently promoted student SEC. A total of 45 cross-sectional studies (68%) found positive links between teacher SEC and student SEC domains. Qualitative investigations suggest teachers consistently perceived themselves as emotional socialisers in students’ daily lives, modelling desirable SEC behaviours. Studies suggested that factors such as teaching practices, classroom organisation, student perceived value for learning tasks, fulfilment of basic needs, teacher self-efficacy, and teacher-student relationship help explain the teacher-student SEC association. How teacher SEC and student SEC interacted was conditioned on teacher characteristics such as baseline mindfulness, belief in social justice, supportive practices, and professional role. Additionally, student factors like temperament, SES, language background, and self-efficacy were shown to also buffer the teacher-student SEC relationship. This is the first systematic review to have examined the relations between teacher–student SEC at the domain-specific level using CASEL’s five separate domains. Taken together, the findings provide compelling evidence that teacher and student SEC are meaningfully interconnected and should be conceptualised as part of a shared relational system rather than as isolated individual attributes. These findings reinforce the need for contextually responsive SEC interventions that attend to both educator and student capacities across schooling levels. In a European and international context, where education systems vary considerably in how SEC is conceptualised, operationalised, and embedded within curriculum and professional standards (Cefai et al., 2018), this review offers timely, domain-specific evidence to inform policy, teacher education, and whole-school wellbeing initiatives. Future research should prioritise examining the bidirectionality of teacher-student SEC processes and to identify the conditions under which SEC initiatives most effectively promote equitable and sustainable wellbeing outcomes. References Aldrup, K., Carstensen, B., & Klusmann, U. (2022). Is empathy the key to effective teaching? A systematic review of its association with teacher-student interactions and student outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 34(3), 1177-1216. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-021-09649-y CASEL. (2020). CASEL’S SEL framework: What are the core competence areas and where are they promoted? Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning. https://casel.org/casel-sel-framework-11-2020/?view=1 Cefai, C., Bartolo, P. A., Cavioni, V., & Downes, P. (2018). Strengthening social and emotional education as a core curricular area across the EU: a review of the international evidence : analytical report. Publications Office. Close, M., Killingly, C., Gaumer-Erickson, A. S., & Noonan, P. M. (2023). What is Social and Emotional Learning (SEL) and why is it important? In L. J. Graham (Ed.), Inclusive Education for the 21st Century: Theory, Policy and Practice (2 ed., pp. 275-301). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003350897-17 Collie, R. J. (2020). The development of social and emotional competence at school: An integrated model. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 44(1), 76-87. https://doi.org/10.1177/0165025419851864 Cooke, A., Smith, D., & Booth, A. (2012). Beyond PICO: the SPIDER tool for qualitative evidence synthesis. Qualitative health research, 22(10), 1435–1443. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732312452938 Durlak, J. A., Mahoney, J. L., & Boyle, A. E. (2022). What we know, and what we need to find out about universal, school-based social and emotional learning programs for children and adolescents: A review of meta-analyses and directions for future research. Psychological Bulletin, 148(11–12), 765–782. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000383 Hong, Q. N., Fàbregues, S., Bartlett, G., Boardman, F., Cargo, M., Dagenais, P., Gagnon, M.-P., Griffiths, F., Nicolau, B., & O’Cathain, A. (2018). The Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT) version 2018 for information professionals and researchers. Education for Information, 34(4), 285-291. https://doi.org/10.3233/EFI-180221 Jennings, P. A., & Greenberg, M. T. (2009). The Prosocial Classroom: Teacher Social and Emotional Competence in relation to student and classroom outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 79(1), 491-525. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308325693 OECD. (2019). OECD future of education and skills 2030: Conceptual learning framework; transformative competencies for 2030. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/about/projects/edu/education-2040/concept-notes/Transformative_Competencies_for_2030_concept_note.pdf Xu, Y., Wang, I. Y., Chen, J., Sun, J., & Li, J.-B. (2024). The associations between early childhood educators' social-emotional competence and a wide range of outcomes: A three-level meta-analysis. Learning and Individual Differences, 114, 102521. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2024.102521 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Follow-up of School Attendance-problems in Norwegian Compulsory School Inland Norway University, Norway Presenting Author:In recent years, concerns about attendance problems in Norwegian compulsory education have intensified, despite the lack of statistics in Norway to substantiate an upward trend (Kjeøy & Lysvik, 2023). The Educational Psychological Service (EPS) functions as the primary advisory body for schools and represents a key partner when pupils encounter difficulties related to school attendance. Its mandate encompasses both preventive measures and early intervention, as well as serving as an expert authority for special education (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2024). Accordingly, EDS occupies a pivotal position in supporting schools’ efforts to prevent absenteeism and mitigate the escalation of attendance problems, as well as to support schools in promoting inclusive learning environments and ensuring adapted instruction. Moreover, the service may be tasked with assisting schools in evaluating whether pupils need special Education. Addressing school sttendance problems requires systematic and sustained collaboration with school staff and leadership, alongside coordinated involvement from the student, their parents or caregivers, and any relevant support services. Achieving such collaboration can be challenging when pupils, parents, and professionals in both schools and the EPS hold divergent interpretations of the student’s difficulties and the types of interventions needed. International research has highlighted these challenges. A British study by Malcolm et al. (2003) demonstrated that teachers and parents often ascribe absenteeism to different underlying causes. Teachers tended to emphasise factors located within the home environment, while parents more frequently attributed absenteeism to bullying, strained relationships with teachers, or peer-related pressures. Similar dynamics are evident in the Norwegian public debate, where differing interpretations among stakeholders continue to shape discussions about responsibility and appropriate responses to school absenteeism (Frydenlund & Strand, 2024). Diverging perceptions of pupils’ resources and needs may likewise complicate collaboration between school staff and EPS. For instance, Kolnes and Midthassel (2021) found that cooperation between educational psychological advisers and teachers frequently lacks a shared understanding of pupils’ needs and of the resources available within the school context and within the pupils themselves. Another Norwegian study reported that pupils, parents, and teachers were generally unaware of one another’s interpretations of the pupil’s difficulties and their expectations regarding collaboration (Festøy & Haug, 2019). Both studies highlight how differing understandings of the pupil’s challenges among those responsible for supporting the pupil render collaboration difficult. Empirical knowledge about professionals’ experiences with cases involving school attendance problems remains limited (Hamadi et al., 2024). A qualitative study, involving staff from the Educational Psychological Service (PPT), are addressing this gap. The study is guided by the following research question: How do PPT professionals perceive their collaboration with pupils, parents, and practitioners in schools and other services in efforts to improve the situation of compulsory school pupils with school attendance problems? The study examines EDS professionals’ self-reported experiences of working with cases in which school absenteeism is a central concern, their perceptions of collaboration with pupils, parents, school staff, and other services, and their views on what is essential for improving pupils’ situations. Data from the study revealed four themes:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study draws on responses from 29 advisers working in EDS and explores how advisers collaborate with pupils, parents, schools, and other services to reduce school attendance problems in primary and lower secondary school. Data were collected via an electronic questionnaire with open-ended questions. The questionnaire was distributed to leaders of EDS in four geographically diverse counties. In total, 62 services were contacted, and a total of 29 individuals responded to the questionnaire. Eight reported holding leadership positions, while the remaining respondents were employed as educational-psychological advisers. Seventeen respondents had worked in the service for six years or more, whereas only four had between one and two years of experience. Just over 80 percent of the participants had been in contact with four or more pupils with school attendance problems, and most were engaged in such cases at the time of the survey. In most of the cases, PPT was contacted by schools or families when pupils attended 7th to 10th grade. Malterud’s method of systematic text condensation was employed to analyse the data (Malterud, 2012). The process began by extracting meaningful units of text that could contribute to illuminating the research question, followed by sorting and labelling, or coding, the meaning content of these units. The codes were then organised, merged, and divided into new codes through a flexible and creative process that allowed the material to be viewed from new angles (Malterud, 2012). During this phase, eight distinct codes were developed collectively capturing the meaning content of the data material. In the next phase of the analysis, new descriptions or reformulations of the themes represented by the text units were generated, and in the fourth and final phase these themes were refined to ensure that they accurately reflected the meaning content of the overall dataset and contributed to addressing the study’s research question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The four themes identified in this article highlight challenges that necessitate coordinated action among pupils, parents, school personnel, educational psychology services, and other support agencies. Such collaboration must be supported by access to appropriate expertise, effective interprofessional coordination, and sufficient resources. At the same time, the findings reveal more systemic structural concerns, including limited flexibility within support arrangements, a lack of sufficiently holistic approaches, and service configurations that, in some cases, constrain rather than enable each other’s capacity to respond effectively. EDS often becomes involved at a late stage and by this point, situations tend to be entrenched, and stakeholders may experience a sense of resignation. They likewise lack the capacity to provide follow up over a sufficiently sustained period, despite recognising the necessity of perseverance in such cases. Identifying how the service can be organised to facilitate early intervention and to ensure that preventive measures are prioritised therefore represents a crucial avenue for further inquiry. References Festøy, A. R. F., & Haug, P. (2019). Coherence in conditions for learning in special education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 34(4), 469-484. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2018.1542227 Frydenlund, J. H., & Strand, A. H. (2024). Kampen om skolefraværet: En felles opplevelse av avmakt. Norsk sosiologisk tidsskrift, 8(2-3), 1-6. https://doi.org/10.18261/nost.8.2-3.1 Hamadi, S. E., Furenes, M. I., & Havik, T. (2024). A Systematic Scoping Review on Research Focusing on Professionals’ Attitudes toward School Attendance Problems. Education sciences, 14(1), 66. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14010066 Kjeøy, I., & Lysvik, R. R. (2023). Kunnskapsstatus om bekymringsfullt fravær i skolen [Current state of knowledge on concerning school absenteeism]. Fafo-report 2023.13. retrieved from: www.fafo.no. Kolnes, J., & Midthassel, U. V. (2021). Capturing students’ needs through collaboration - exploring challenges experienced by Norwegian educational-psychological advisers. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2021.1885175 Malcolm, H., Wilson, V., Davidson, J., & Kirk, S. (2003). Absence from School: A study of its causes and effects in seven LEAs, department for education and skills, Research report 424. Retrieved from: https://dera.ioe.ac.uk/id/eprint/8655/1/RR424.pdf Malterud, K. (2012). Systematic text condensation: A strategy for qualitative analysis. Scandinavian Journal of Public Health, 40(8), 795-805. https://doi.org/10.1177/1403494812465030 Directorate for Education and Training. (2024, 01.08). Kvalitetskriterium i PP-tenesta [criterion for quality in Educational Psychological Service]. Retrieved from: https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/spesialpedagogikk/pp-tjenesten/kvalitetskriterium-i-pp-tenesta/ |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 09 SES 07 A: Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 4): Students' Attitudes and Achievement Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Corey Savage Session Chair: Wolfram Schulz Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 4): Students' attitudes and achievement International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) such as TIMSS, ICCS, PIRLS, ICILS, PISA, and TALIS provide critical insights into educational outcomes and inequalities across diverse national contexts. They are widely used to monitor trends, enable international comparisons, and inform educational policy and practice (Johansson, 2016). At the same time, ILSAs function as laboratories for methodological innovation, supporting research that links individual outcomes to institutional and systemic conditions (Strietholt & Scherer, 2018). This symposium brings together recent research drawing on multiple ILSAs and is organized into five interrelated thematic sessions addressing digital transformation, civic education, educational inequality, student engagement and well-being, and methodological challenges in international assessment research. The first thematic area focuses on digital competencies and emerging technologies in education. Drawing on ICILS, TALIS, and TIMSS, papers examine cross-national variation in technology and AI integration, the role of teacher characteristics and professional learning, and how digital provision and pedagogical use relate to achievement and inequality, including disparities linked to socioeconomic background and early tracking. The second thematic area addresses civic attitudes, values, and engagement among young people. Using ICCS data, contributions explore students’ intentions to participate politically, their attitudes toward minorities, immigrants, and gender equality, and how school experiences relate to tolerant dispositions and engagement with social and environmental issues. The third thematic area examines structural inequalities and contextual effects in education systems. Papers investigate how school composition, segregation, and socioeconomic context shape achievement and well-being across countries, including intersectional patterns by gender, immigrant background, and socioeconomic status. The session also addresses systemic resource inequalities through evidence on mathematics and science teacher shortages and their unequal distribution across schools. The fourth thematic area focuses on students’ attitudes, motivation, and psychosocial factors. Contributions examine long-term gender gaps in reading behavior and achievement, the relationship between teacher gender and student outcomes, and trends in test-taking motivation relevant for interpreting achievement changes. The fifth thematic area is explicitly methodological, with papers analyzing item-level features of achievement scales, participation and sampling standards, and the measurement of socioeconomic status, highlighting how technical choices shape conclusions about trends and inequality. Overall, the symposium fosters dialogue among researchers, policymakers, and practitioners and advances rigorous, policy-relevant use of ILSAs to support more equitable and effective education systems. References Johansson, S. (2016). International large-scale assessments: what uses, what consequences? Educational Research, 58(2), 139–148. doi:10.1080/00131881.2016.116555 Strietholt, R., & Scherer, R. (2018). The contribution of international large-scale assessments to educational research: Combining individual and institutional data sources. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(3), 368-385. Presentations of the Symposium Students’ Test Motivation Trends and Achievement Associations in Finnish PISA 2015–2022
International large-scale assessments aim to measure student competencies reliably across countries and time. However, questions have arisen about how much students’ effort and test-taking motivation affect their performance. Previous research (Butler & Adams, 2007; Penk & Richter, 2017) has shown that in low-stakes assessments, test-taking motivation and effort can affect achievement as strongly as socioeconomic status, making it a critical factor for interpreting trends. The recent decline in PISA scores has raised questions about whether changes in motivation contribute to these patterns.
This study addressed two research questions:
(1) How has test motivation changed across PISA cycles and by background variables?
(2) How has its relationship with mathematics performance evolved?
We examined Finnish PISA samples with national questionnaire items from 2015 (N = 5,353), 2018 (N = 4,942), and 2022 (N = 7,216). A latent variable for test motivation was constructed using item response theory. Its relationship with mathematics performance was examined through student-weighted linear regression models, controlling for year, gender, and socioeconomic status. This approach enabled us to assess both temporal changes in motivation and its explanatory power for achievement.
Results indicate that test motivation has declined for both boys and girls since 2015. Furthermore, the strength of the association between motivation and mathematics performance has weakened over time. The regression coefficient linking motivation to achievement differed significantly between 2015 and 2022, suggesting that motivation explained a smaller share of performance in the most recent cycle. Finally, we compared predicted score differences across cycles in models with and without motivation included. Accounting for motivation substantially reduced observed declines: the mathematics gap between 2015 and 2018 narrowed from 6.0 to 1.7 points, and the gap between 2015 and 2022 decreased from 26.4 to 17.2 points.
These findings highlight two key trends: declining test motivation and a reduced linear dependency between motivation and achievement. By using national extensions to PISA questionnaires, this study offers a novel perspective on student engagement during large-scale assessments and its implications for interpreting performance trends. The results underline the need to consider motivational factors when interpreting international comparisons, and raise questions about how changes in students’ attitudes towards testing may affect the validity of trend estimates. Future research should explore why the link between motivation and achievement is weakening and whether similar patterns occur in other countries.
References:
Butler, J., & Adams, R. J. (2007). The impact of differential investment of student effort on the outcomes of international studies. Journal of Applied Measurement, 8(3), 279–304.
Penk, C., & Richter, D. (2017). Change in test-taking motivation and its relationship to test performance in low-stakes assessments. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 29(1), 55–79. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-016-9248-7
The Impact of Emotional and Physical Safety at School on Student Achievement
Background and Purpose: Recent OECD PISA results show that students in Latvian schools report higher levels of bullying, abuse and insecurity than many peers across OECD countries. These experiences can affect concentration, confidence and engagement, influencing how reliably students demonstrate their competencies in assessment situations. Bystanders are also affected by tense school climates, which may lower academic performance and well-being. As large-scale assessments highlight the importance of contextual factors, understanding how emotional and physical safety relate to measured learning outcomes has become increasingly important.
The purpose of this study is to analyse safety-related trends in Latvian schools over the last decade and examine how emotional and physical safety indicators are associated with student achievement.
Research Questions:
1. What characterises school environments with high versus low levels of bullying and perceived safety?
2. How are emotional and physical safety indicators associated with student achievement across PISA cycles and national examinations?
3. To what extent do school‑level antibullying programmes influence safety indicators and students performance?
Methods: The study employs a mixed-methods design based on secondary analysis of PISA 2015, 2018 and 2022 cognitive test results and student questionnaire data, supplemented by national basic education examination outcomes. Quantitative analyses include descriptive trends, multilevel modelling of student‑ and school‑level variance, and cluster analysis identifying school profiles combining safety indicators and achievement. Qualitative analysis of school regulations and internal safety procedures supports interpretation of structural factors shaping students’ perceived safety.
Expected Outcomes: The study is expected to identify long-term trends in bullying and perceived school safety, reveal associations between safety-related background indicators and student achievement, and provide insight into the potential effectiveness of antibullying programmes. The development of safety‑achievement school profiles will highlight patterns that differentiate safer from less safe learning environments and show how these differences manifest in assessment results. The findings will contribute to a deeper understanding of how school climate factors interact with cognitive performance in large-scale assessment contexts.
Relevance: The study contributes to international discussions on how emotional and physical safety shape students’ learning experiences and influence the reliability of measured achievement. By integrating large-scale assessment data with school-level contextual information, it offers evidence on how safety conditions affect student performance and highlights the importance of supportive learning environments for ensuring equitable and valid demonstrations of student competencies.
References:
Bolarinwa, E.,L. (2024). Effects of Bullying behaviour on Secondary School Students’ Performance in Jos South Local Government, Plateau State, Nigeria. Pieejams: https://ijrpr.com/uploads/V5ISSUE10/IJRPR34067.pdf
Cornell, D., & Mayer, M. J. (2010). Why do School Order and Safety Matter? Pieejams: https://www.scopus.com/pages/publications/77951463808?origin=resultslist
Hinduja, S., & Patchin, J., W. (2023) Cyberbullying: Identification, Prevention, and Response. Pieejams: https://cyberbullying.org/Cyberbullying-Identification-Prevention-Response-2023.pdf
Mayer, M. J., Nickerson, A. B., & Jimerson, S. R. (2021). Preventing school violence and promoting school safety: Contemporary scholarship advancing science, practice, and policy. School Psychology Review, 50(2–3), 131–142. https://doi.org/10.1080/2372966X.2021.1949933
Okeke, C., Akobi, T., & Maseli, M. (2024). The perceived impact of bullying on academic performance of high school learners. Webology, 21(1). https://webology.org/data-cms/articles/20240116111144amWEBOLOGY%2021%20(1)%20-%204.pdf
Ray, G., McDermott, C. D., & Nicho, M. (2024). Cyberbullying on social media: Definitions, prevalence, and impact challenges. Journal of Cybersecurity, 10(1), Article tyae026. https://doi.org/10.1093/cybsec/tyae026
Salamanca, D. V., & Rollo, C. R. (2024). Bullying encountered and their perceived impacts on students’ sense of self. European Journal of Education Studies, 11(3). https://oapub.org/edu/index.php/ejes/article/view/5231
Reading More, Achieving More? Long-term Gender Gaps in Reading Behavior and Reading Achievement
Gender gaps in reading achievement favoring girls are observed consistently across countries and over time, yet the mechanisms underlying changes in these gaps remain insufficiently understood. Psychological explanations often emphasize relatively stable gender differences in cognitive abilities or motivation, but such accounts struggle to explain why gender gaps vary substantially across countries and historical periods (Hyde, 2005). This study investigates whether changes in gender differences in reading behavior are associated with changes in gender differences in reading achievement at the country level, thereby providing evidence for environmentally driven explanations of gender gaps.
Using country-level data from six cycles of international large-scale assessments of reading conducted between 1970 and 2016 (Mullis et al., 2017), we examine long-term trends in gender gaps in both free-time reading behavior and reading achievement at the end of primary school. The data combine multiple cross-sectional samples of different student cohorts, allowing us to study within-country changes over time rather than cross-national differences at a single point. Gender gaps in reading behavior and achievement are operationalized as standardized differences between girls and boys.
We estimate longitudinal linear models with country fixed effects, thereby accounting for all time-invariant country characteristics such as language, educational traditions, and institutional structures. This modeling strategy isolates within-country variation over time and allows us to assess whether increases or decreases in gendered reading behavior coincide with corresponding changes in achievement gaps.
Across model specifications, we find a positive and statistically significant association between changes in reading behavior gaps and changes in reading achievement gaps. Substantively, the estimated effect implies that realistic within-country changes in reading behavior gaps—typically on the order of 0.25 standard deviations—are associated with meaningful reductions in achievement gaps, amounting to roughly 15–20 percent of the average gender gap in reading achievement.
These findings are consistent with the Gender Similarity Hypothesis (Hyde, 2005) emphasizing gendered socialization and learning environments. Importantly, while this study does not directly test psychological mechanisms, it demonstrates that gender gaps can change over relatively short historical periods—changes that are unlikely to be explained by genetic or innate psychological factors. The results highlight reading behavior as a malleable, policy-relevant factor and suggest that encouraging boys’ engagement in reading outside school may contribute to reducing gender inequalities in reading achievement, in line with international policy goals on gender equality in education (United Nations, 2015).
References:
Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Prentice Hall.
Eagly, A. H., & Wood, W. (2012). Social role theory. In P. A. M. Van Lange, A. W. Kruglanski, & E. T. Higgins (Eds.), Handbook of theories of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 458–476). Sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446249222.n49
Hyde, J. S. (2005). The gender similarities hypothesis. American Psychologist, 60(6), 581–592. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.60.6.581
Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., & Hooper, M. (2017). PIRLS 2016 international results in reading. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center, Boston College.
OECD. (2015). The ABC of gender equality in education: Aptitude, behaviour, confidence. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264229945-en
United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. United Nations.
Teacher Gender And Student Outcomes: Evidence From TIMSS–PIRLS On Achievement and Self-Confidence
Gendered professional roles shape everyday institutional practices, yet little is known about how these roles influence learning through direct professional–client interactions. In education, where teaching remains a highly gender-segregated profession in many countries, the gender relationship between teachers and students represents a potentially important but understudied mechanism linking occupational segregation to educational outcomes. This study examines whether and how teacher gender is associated with students’ academic achievement and self-confidence.
Teaching occupies a distinctive position among gendered professions. While often framed as a caring occupation, it also entails authority, expertise, and the transmission of socially valued knowledge. Gender imbalances within the teaching workforce vary across education systems, grade levels, and subject domains, yet primary education remains predominantly female in many contexts. Because schools play a central role in the intergenerational transmission of norms and competencies, gendered expectations attached to teaching may shape instructional practices and students’ learning experiences. Learning outcomes emerge through daily teacher–student interactions, where teacher gender may interact with student gender to influence classroom dynamics, pedagogical choices, and expectations, with consequences for both cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes.
Empirical evidence on gendered teacher effects remains mixed and highly context-specific, with most studies focusing on single countries and academic achievement alone. Using TIMSS–PIRLS 2011 grade 4 data, this study adopts a comparative perspective to examine gendered teacher–student relationships across countries. It analyzes associations between teacher gender and achievement in reading and mathematics, as well as students’ self-confidence in both domains. To address student- and school-level confounding, the study employs a student fixed-effects approach that exploits within-student variation across domains, following strategies used by Jerrim et al. (2020) and Cattaneo et al. (2017). Analyses are conducted in 14 countries where students have different teachers for reading and mathematics. Six of these countries are European: Germany, Hungary, Italy, Norway, Slovakia, and Sweden.
Results indicate significant associations between teacher gender and outcomes in a small number of countries. Male teachers are associated with higher mathematics achievement in two countries, and with higher reading self-confidence in one. A second set of analyses examines whether having a teacher of the same gender as the student is associated with outcomes. Same-gender teacher-student pairings are linked to higher reading achievement in eight countries and higher reading self-confidence in ten countries, with an additional effect on mathematics self-confidence observed in one country.
References:
Cattaneo, M. A., Oggenfuss, C., & Wolter, S. C. (2017). The more, the better? The impact of instructional time on student performance. Education Economics, 25(5), 433–445. https://doi.org/10.1080/09645292.2017.1315055
Jerrim, J., López-Agudo, L. A., & Marcenaro-Gutiérrez, O. D. (2020). The association between homework and primary school children’s academic achievement: International evidence from PIRLS and TIMSS. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 248–260. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12374
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 09 SES 07 B: Qualitative Validity Evidence and Student Response Processes Location: 5026 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Eugenio Gonzalez Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper The Measurement of Student Engagement: Qualitative Validity Evidence for a Novel German-language Scale Universität Münster, Germany Presenting Author:With a sixfold increase in the number of publications between 2010 and 2020 alone (Salmela-Aro et al., 2021), the construct of student engagement continues to attract international research interest. Defined as a meta-construct encompassing students’ behavioural, cognitive and emotional reactions to school (Fredricks et al., 2004), it is widely regarded as a robust predictor of academic performance (Wong et al., 2024) as well as dropout (Archambault et al., 2022), and an important mediator of various contextual factors that influence children's adjustment to school (e.g., Reschly & Christenson, 2022; Skinner & Raine, 2022). Nonetheless, the preponderance of this body of work is conducted in American schools, and/or employs measures that have been developed in and for the use in this context (Martins et al., 2022; Salmela-Aro et al., 2021; Wong et al., 2024). The present study introduces the Student Engagement with Schoolwork scale, currently available in English and German. This scale seeks to address the aforementioned gap by providing efficient and flexible means of measuring the construct at a domain-general level, from late primary to early secondary school. The selection of engagement indicators was made in accordance with theoretically derived content dimensions (e.g., "participation", "attention") which were delineated a priori in theoretical blueprints (Kalkbrenner, 2021). A mixed-methods approach was employed to investigate validity of the new measure (McCullagh, 2026). Confirmatory factor analyses (N = 558) indicate that the scale consists of two correlated factors (affective engagement and cognitive-behavioral engagement), with an uncorrelated method-bifactor accounting for the impact of item valence. Partial measurement invariance was confirmed across gender, age, home language (German, other), and school track (Gymnasium/high-track, other). Supplementing these general quantitative findings, the presentation will concentrate on the qualitative evidence to further support the construct validity of the new measure. Results from cognitive interviews conducted with a sample of 15 students in grades 4 through 7 are presented. An evaluative content analysis was conducted (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022), pursuing two interlocking objectives. The initial objective was to ascertain whether the selected engagement indicators effectively measure the intended behaviors and emotions. For this purpose, the analysis drew upon an intricate coding framework (κ = .65) to assess respondents' accuracy with respect to the comprehension of item content. Secondly, the individual applicability of the quantitative measurement model was investigated by incorporating response consistency, defined as the tendency of interviewees to respond similarly to items intended to measure related content. Identification of instances in which students deviate from this expected pattern allows for a unique examination of the circumstances under which the current quantitative model may have limited applicability. Narrative and case-based summaries are employed to formulate hypotheses for the adjustment of theoretical and measurement models in future quantitative research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Semi-structured interviews were conducted in December of 2024 with an initial cohort of 11 students (grades 4-6) recruited from a primary and a comprehensive school in North-Rhine Westphalia, Germany. To enhance the heterogeneity of the sample, four additional interviews with a second cohort of students encountering learning difficulties were carried out in February 2025. Participants were presented with multiple sets of engagement indicators (N = 24). Students were encouraged to think “out loud”, i.e., articulate their reflections on the content and language of each item, as well as the rationale underlying their quantitative rating. The interviewer provided prompts and follow-up questions to encourage further dialogue. Interviews were audio-recorded and ranged in duration from 11 to 34 minutes. An evaluative content analysis of interview transcripts was conducted using MAXQDA. Two criteria were employed: response accuracy and response consistency. Accuracy reflected the extent of congruence between students' comprehension of an engagement indicator and conceptual definitions, delineated in the coding framework. Coders evaluated the accuracy of students' responses to each individual item using a four-point Likert scale (fully on-target – fully off-target; κ = 0.65, discrepancies between coders resolved by assigning the lower rating). For instance, a student's response to the item "I think deeply about what we are learning in class" would be coded as fully on-target if it referred to (or provided an example of) actively considering the solution/requirements of a task, or purposefully exerting mental effort to comprehend information. Statements that were only tangentially related to (or irreconcilable with) this general state of affairs were considered off-target. The premise underlying the evaluation of response consistency was that, given applicability of the measurement model, participants would respond in a comparable manner to indicators that were closely related in content. By contrast, an inconsistent response was defined as a difference of more than one scale point within a shared content dimension (e.g., within items capturing “participation”) or more than two scale points between content dimensions (e.g., between “participation” and “attention”). For instance, if a student indicated that they “almost always” paid attention in class, it would be flagged as an unusual response pattern if they simultaneously indicated that they are “sometimes” distracted (>1 difference within-category) or “seldom” participated in class (>2 difference between categories). Narrative and case-based summaries were conducted to identify common themes among responses that diverged from theoretical expectations with regard to accuracy, consistency or both. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Response accuracy was high across the first (88.52%) and second cohort (84.21%). The most common reason for inaccurate responses was the application of theoretically inappropriate frames of reference (e.g., equating engagement with academic achievement). However, these errors were randomly distributed across items. Therefore, they are unlikely to be attributable to flaws in the operationalization of engagement indicators. Response consistency was substantially lower in the second cohort (73.6%) compared to the first (97.15%). Specifically, the second cohort of respondents seemed to both under- and overestimate their engagement at various points. Furthermore, the rationales provided by students to explain these atypical rating patterns frequently exhibited contradictions. Case-based summaries revealed that students in the second cohort conditioned their engagement on a variety of internal and external factors, including mood, the characteristics of the task, and pedagogical approaches. Arguably, the engagement of this cohort is more accurately characterized as a fluctuating state rather than a stable trait. Preliminary findings further suggest that the theoretical dimensions of engagement may exhibit greater variability in this cohort. For instance, effort and attention manifested as partially independent variables for some, despite both being considered indicators of behavioral engagement. In general, the current engagement measure demonstrates high construct validity, such that even the youngest students are generally able to provide meaningful responses that are in line with theoretical expectations. Nevertheless, case-based analysis indicates that trait-like self-report measures of engagement, such as the current scale, may demonstrate a systematic decrease in reliability among students encountering academic difficulties. Research focusing on such cohorts should recruit larger samples, closely examine measurement invariance, and explore alternative measurement models where appropriate. If these limitations are kept in mind, the current scale will function as a reliable and valid measure of student engagement for a range of research interests. References Archambault, I., Janosz, M., Olivier, E., & Dupéré, V. (2022). Student Engagement and School Dropout: Theories, Evidence and Future Directions. In A. L. Reschly & S. L. Christenson (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Student Engagement (pp. 331–355). Springer International Publishing. Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., & Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74(1), 59–109. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543074001059 Kalkbrenner, M. T. (2021). A Practical Guide to Instrument Development and Score Validation in the Social Sciences: The MEASURE Approach. Practical Assessment, Research, and Evaluation Practical Assessment, Research, and Evaluation, 26(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.7275/SVG4-E671 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung: Grundlagentexte Methoden (5. Auflage). Grundlagentexte Methoden. Beltz Juventa. http://www.content-select.com/index.php?id=bib_view&ean=9783779955337 Martins, J., Cunha, J., Lopes, S., Moreira, T., & Rosário, R. (2022). School Engagement in Elementary School: a Systematic Review of 35 Years of Research. Educational Psychology Review, 34(2), 793–849. McCullagh, L. (2026). The Measurement of Student Engagement: A Critical Examination of Operational Definitions and the Development of a German-Language Scale [unpublished Doctoral dissertation, Universität Münster]. Reschly, A. L., & Christenson, S. L. (2022). Epilogue. In A. L. Reschly & S. L. Christenson (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Student Engagement (pp. 659–666). Springer International Publishing. Salmela-Aro, K., Tang, X., Symonds, J., & Upadyaya, K. (2021). Student Engagement in Adolescence: A Scoping Review of Longitudinal Studies 2010-2020. Journal of Research on Adolescence : The Official Journal of the Society for Research on Adolescence, 31(2), 256–272. https://doi.org/10.1111/jora.12619 Skinner, E. A., & Raine, K. E. (2022). Unlocking the Positive Synergy Between Engagement and Motivation. In A. L. Reschly & S. L. Christenson (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Student Engagement (pp. 25–56). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-07853-8_2 Wong, Z. Y., Liem, G. A. D., Chan, M., & Datu, J. A. D. (2024). Student engagement and its association with academic achievement and subjective well-being: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 116(1), 48–75. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000833 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper What Is Asked, What Do Adolescents Understand?: Analysis of Response Processes to Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire Items Bogazici University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ) is a brief and comprehensive instrument used to evaluate the mental health of children and adolescents. It includes 25 items, with 15 reflecting negative attributes and 10 highlighting positive ones. These items are divided into five specific dimensions, each consisting of five items: emotional problems (EP), conduct problems (CP), hyperactivity-inattention (HA), peer problems (PP), and prosocial behavior (PB). Each subscale is rated on a 3-point Likert scale ("Not True," "Somewhat True," or "Certainly True"). It can be administered quickly, applied across children and adolescents, and incorporates information from multiple informants. Freely available in over 90 languages, the SDQ offers a cost- and time-efficient method for assessing child and adolescent mental health across diverse populations (SDQinfo.com). A review by Kankaanpaa and colleagues (2023) revealed that the SDQ has particular problems with reliability and factor structure. It was found that some items (“obedient”, “agreement with adults”, “persistent”) weakened construct validity, while reverse-coded items could lead to measurement error. Besides these quantitative studies,there are limited studies examining how the SDQ is interpreted by this age group (11-17) and whether the problems with these items stem from comprehensibility. The conceptual framework of the study is based on the Cognitive Interview framework (Willis, 2005), which uses Tourangeau’s (1984) cognitive response model. According to this model, responding to a survey item is a complex four-stage process: 1-Comprehension, 2-Recall, 3- Judgment, and 4- Response Selection. This practical framework has been used to identify specific disconnects, particularly in the “comprehension” and “judgment” stages, such as whether students understand the terms or interpret the statements correctly. The research question of this study is “How adolescents aged 11-17 cognitively interpret the SDQ items and to what extent these subjective understandings correspond with the intended theoretical meaning of the scale?” Rather than assuming that the scale is universally understood correctly, the study focuses on whether there is an error in the literature. In this context, as part of a project aimed at revising the SDQ, this study also aimed to identify how these items are understood by students, possible word errors, ambiguities, and cultural incompatibilities using cognitive interview methods and to present these findings. Finally, considering that the SDQ is a widely used screening tool globally, addressing the psychometric inconsistencies reported in the literature is of great importance. It has been suggested that limitations such as low factor loadings or reliability issues may not only stem from statistical or translation errors but may also arise from a fundamental lack of comprehensibility and developmental appropriateness for adolescents. Such psychometric inconsistencies are thought to stem from participants’ inability to interpret the items as intended. Consequently, this study aims to demonstrate that identifying and addressing these ambiguities at the meaning level is a necessary prerequisite for enabling more reliable measurements and more accurate cross-cultural comparisons in the future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative research design based on Willis’ (2005) Cognitive Interviewing model to deeply examine the “response process validity” of the SDQ. This approach focuses on the cognitive process involved in participants’ response formation. Thus, it allows for the identification of error sources independent of the structure being measured directly at their source, rather than inferring them from statistical outputs. Participants consist of adolescents aged 11-17, corresponding to the specific developmental stage for which the SDQ self-report form was designed. The pre-sample consists of 5 participants (3 boys and 2 girls) with an average age of 13.8. Participants were selected using a purposive sampling strategy to ensure diversity in terms of age and gender. In accordance with methodological standards for cognitive interviews, the final sample size is determined by the principle of ‘data saturation’ meaning that the data collection process will continue until no new types of errors or patterns of interpretation emerge. A review of the literature suggests that the final sample size for this type of study is expected to reach approximately 10 to 12 participants. The primary data collection tool used was the self-report form of the SDQ. Interviews were conducted online (via Zoom) using a semi-structured protocol. The ‘Immediate Verbal Probing’ technique was used in the study. In this procedure, the adolescent was asked to read and respond to a specific item; immediately after the response, the researcher posed probes (e.g. ‘Why did you choose that option?’ or ‘What does this word mean to you?’) before moving on to the next question. This sequential approach, which included probing immediately after response was chosen to minimize ‘recall bias’. Data analysis followed a deductive qualitative approach; notes were taken during all interviews and analyzed using a schema appropriate for the target age group, based on Willis’(2005) Cognitive Interview Framework. The responses obtained were classified into four diagnostic categories according to this schema: ‘Structural Validity Inconsistencies’, where the student’s subjective interpretation deviates from the targeted theoretical structure; ‘Structural Errors’ that express the cognitive conflict created by double-sided items; ‘Expression and Comprehension’ problems caused by words that are not appropriate for the developmental level; and ‘Social Desirability Bias’ that causes self-censorship due to fear of judgment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to data obtained from cognitive interviews, issues related to scale items were grouped under four headings: Construct Validity Mismatches, Double-Barreled Items, Wording & Comprehension, and Social Desirability Bias. Initial results showed that two items (10 & 3) were perceived differently by students from the meaning the scale intended to measure. At the same time, it was observed that, especially in items consisting of two sentences (12,16 & 25), the two statements did not measure the same situation and were evaluated as having different meanings (Double-barrelled). From a language and expression perspective, it was seen that the words in some items (11,19&23) were not age appropriate and created confusion for students. Finally, two items (18 & 22) were found to be disturbing by students, and it was stated that they could not be answered honestly. Cognitive interviewing has been emphasized as an important methodological step in the adaptation and evaluation of the SDQ, particularly for identifying item-level problems that may not be detectable through quantitative analyses alone ( Goodman et al., 2010). In line with previous SDQ studies, the present findings indicate that certain items were interpreted in ways that diverged from their intended constructs, and that double-barreled wording, linguistic complexity, and socially sensitive content posed challenges for respondents. Similar concerns have been reported in SDQ validation studies across different cultural contexts, where item ambiguity, wording effects, and social desirability have been shown to affect item functioning and factor structure (e.g., Van Roy et al., 2008; Ortuño-Sierra et al., 2015; Karlsson et al., 2022). Together, these results reinforce the view that item-level validity issues in the SDQ may contribute to the inconsistent factor structures reported in the literature and underscore the necessity of incorporating cognitive interviews as a preliminary step before drawing substantive conclusions from SDQ scores. References Goodman, A., Lamping, D. L., & Ploubidis, G. B. (2010). When to use broader internalising and externalising subscales instead of the hypothesised five subscales on the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ): Data from British parents, teachers and children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 38(8), 1179–1191 Kankaanpää, R., Töttö, P., Punamäki-Gitai, R.-L., & Peltonen, K. (2023). Is it time to revise the SDQ? The psychometric evaluation of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire. Psychological Assessment, 35(12), 1069–1084. Karlsson, P., Larm, P., Svensson, J., & Raninen, J. (2022). The factor structure of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire in a national sample of Swedish adolescents: Comparing 3- and 5-factor models. PLoS ONE, 17, e0265481. Ortuño-Sierra, J., Chocarro, E., Fonseca-Pedrero, E., Rivas, S., & Muñiz, J. (2015). Screening mental health problems during adolescence: Psychometric properties of the Spanish version of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire. Journal of Adolescence, 39, 49–57. Tourangeau, R. (1984). Cognitive science and survey methods. In T. B. Jabine, M. L. Straf, J. M. Tanur, & R. Tourangeau (Eds.), Cognitive aspects of survey methodology: Building a bridge between disciplines (pp. 73–100). National Academy Press. Van Roy, B., Veenstra, M., & Clench-Aas, J. (2008). Construct validity of the five-factor Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ) in pre-, early, and late adolescence. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 49(12), 1304–1312. Willis, G. B. (2005). Cognitive interviewing: A tool for improving questionnaire design. Sage Publications 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Persistent Measurement Challenges in the SDQ Bogazici University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Adolescence is a critical developmental period marked by heightened vulnerability to mental health problems, which affect approximately one in seven adolescents worldwide and contribute substantially to long-term individual and societal burden (WHO, 2024). Early identification of emotional, behavioral, and social difficulties is therefore essential, particularly in school and community settings. The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ) is among the most widely used screening instruments for child and adolescent mental health, owing to its brevity, open-access availability, and multi-informant format. The SDQ comprises 25 items assessing five domains—emotional symptoms, conduct problems, hyperactivity/inattention, peer problems, and prosocial behavior—and has demonstrated utility comparable to longer instruments. Despite its widespread use and extensive cross-cultural application, persistent debate regarding the SDQ’s underlying factor structure raises important concerns about the validity and interpretability of its subscale scores, underscoring the need for continued psychometric evaluation. Since its introduction in 2001, numerous studies across diverse cultural contexts have examined the SDQ’s factor structure, yielding mixed findings. While some investigations support the original five-factor model, many others report only moderate or poor fit, calling into question the construct validity of the subscale scores. Moreover, relatively few studies have focused specifically on adolescent samples. As noted by Goodman et al. (2010) the internal structure of the SDQ remains unresolved—a concern that persists more than a decade later. In general, validation studies of the three-factor model have produced less favorable psychometric results than those of the five-factor solution (e.g., Karlsson et al., 2022). The bifactor model has emerged as another prominent alternative. Each SDQ item loads simultaneously on a general difficulties factor and on its respective domain-specific factor. This specification allows the general factor to capture shared variance across all items, while the specific factors retain residual variance unique to each domain. Accordingly, the bifactor model enables evaluation of whether the SDQ primarily reflects a broad, overarching difficulties construct and whether the subscales contribute distinct and meaningful variance beyond the general factor. Across studies, bifactor models have frequently outperformed both five- and three-factor solutions in terms of global model fit (e.g., Murray et al., 2019). In many cases, the general difficulties factor accounted for the majority of item variance, whereas several specific factors—particularly peer problems and, in some studies, conduct problems—exhibited weak or unstable loadings. These findings suggest that the SDQ may function more reliably as a measure of overall psychosocial difficulties than as a multidimensional instrument capturing well-differentiated domains. However, results have not been uniform. Some studies have reported inadmissible or poorly fitting bifactor solutions (e.g., Duinhoven et al., 2019), often attributable to instability in weaker subfactors. Moreover, even when fit indices favor the bifactor model, concerns remain regarding the interpretability and reliability of specific factors with limited unique variance, as well as the practical utility of reporting subscale scores when most reliable variance is attributable to the general difficulties dimension. The aim of the present study was to examine the underlying factor structure of the 25-item Turkish self-report SDQ for adolescents aged 11–17 years using CFA. Several theoretically grounded and empirically supported models were evaluated, including the original five-factor model, three-factor models, a second-order five-factor model, bifactor models specifying a general difficulties factor orthogonal to domain-specific factors, and models incorporating a method factor. Given the model misfit observed across CFA and ESEM solutions, Rasch measurement modeling was subsequently employed to examine item-level measurement properties. Rasch-based indices complemented the factor-analytic findings by providing a fine-grained evaluation of item functioning and identifying specific sources of misfit that may inform future scale refinement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data consisted of 1,458 adolescents aged 11 to 18. Of these, 38.27% were middle school students (Grades 5–8) and the remainder were high school students (Grades 9–11); Among the middle school students, 49.26% were female, and 50.0% of the high school students were female. The overall mean age was 14.14 years (SD= 1.96) All study procedures were approved by the university’s Human Subjects Review Board and were subsequently approved by the Turkish Ministry of National Education (MoNE). The MoNE decided schools from a list of schools/districts proposed by the researchers. Data were collected in May 2025 from X middle schools and Y high schools located in a cosmopolitan city near the researchers’ university. Paper-and-pencil questionnaires were administered to students by classroom teachers during regular instructional hours. Data were first screened for inattentive responding using multiple indicators. Assumptions of multivariate normality were examined in R using the following packages: psych (v2.5.6), Hmisc (v5.2-4), car (v3.1-3), and MVN (v6.2). All models were estimated with the lavaan package in R using the weighted least squares mean and variance–adjusted estimator (WLSMV) which is specifically designed for categorical or ordinal indicators and provides robust parameter estimates without assuming multivariate normality. Rasch analysis will be conducted in Winstep software Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study evaluated the factorial validity of the scores obtained from SDQ by systematically comparing competing measurement models proposed in the literature, including method factor, five-factor, three-factor, second-order, and bifactor structures. Consistent with prior research, none of the tested models provided a fully adequate and theoretically coherent representation of the data without notable limitations. In the present study, method factor models converged but did not substantially alter fit indices or parameter estimates, suggesting that SDQ measurement problems are more plausibly attributable to substantive item content and domain characteristics rather than systematic method variance. The original five-factor model demonstrated marginal fit, consistent with numerous prior evaluations (e.g., Goodman et al., 2010; Karlsson et al., 2022). Persistent weaknesses were again evident for the Peer Problems subscale, which showed weak and heterogeneous factor loadings and low internal consistency, closely mirroring findings across diverse samples. Conduct Problems and Hyperactivity/Inattention also exhibited modest reliability and recurrent item instability, frequently requiring item removal, cross-loadings, or correlated residuals to achieve acceptable fit. Together, these patterns raise concerns regarding the conceptual coherence and measurement precision of several SDQ subscales. The three-factor model showed consistently poor fit, aligning with prior research favoring the five-factor structure despite its limitations. Second-order models failed to yield stable or adequate solutions, largely due to difficulties associated with the Peer Problems domain. Finally, bifactor models did not provide a satisfactory alternative: although sometimes yielding acceptable global fit, they were characterized by weak specific factor loadings and limited interpretability, calling into question the utility of a total difficulties score. The convergence of these findings with previous studies suggests that the measurement challenges identified here are not sample-specific anomalies but reflect enduring structural limitations of the SDQ with implications for construct validity and interpretability References Aarø, L. E., et al. (2022). Internalizing problems, externalizing problems, and prosocial behavior: A three-factor model of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire in South African adolescents. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 63(4), 415–425. Duinhoven, M. J., Stevens, G. W. J. M., & van Dorsselaer, S. (2019). Monodimensional or multidimensional? Assessing the SDQ with bifactor models in a large population-based sample. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 35(3), 357–365. Goodman, R. (2001). Psychometric properties of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40(11), 1337–1345. Goodman, A., Lamping, D. L., & Ploubidis, G. B. (2010). When to use broader internalizing and externalizing subscales instead of the hypothesized five subscales on the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ): Data from British parents, teachers, and children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 38(8), 1179–1191. Karlsson, P., Larm, P., Svensson, J., & Raninen, J. (2022). The factor structure of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire in a national sample of Swedish adolescents: Comparing three- and five-factor models. PLoS ONE, 17(3), e0265481. Maxwell, C., Chapman, E., & Houghton, S. (2004). The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire: A pilot study of teacher and parent ratings of childhood behavior problems in Australia. Australian Journal of Psychology, 56(2), 96–102. Murray, A. L., Eisner, M., & Ribeaud, D. (2019). The development of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire: Dimensionality, reliability, and validity in a large population sample. Psychological Assessment, 31(3), 295–307. Ortuño-Sierra, J., Fonseca-Pedrero, E., Inchausti, F., & Sastre i Riba, S. (2022). Assessing emotional and behavioral problems in adolescents: Psychometric properties of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire. Journal of Affective Disorders, 296, 296–305. Ruchkin, V., Koposov, R., Vermeiren, R., & Schwab-Stone, M. (2008). The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire: Scale validation with Russian adolescents. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 64(7), 861–869. Vugteveen, J., de Bildt, A., & Timmerman, M. E. (2021). Normative data for the self-reported and parent-reported Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ) for adolescents. Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Mental Health, 15, Article 5. World Health Organization. (2024). Adolescent mental health. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/adolescent-mental-health |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 09 SES 07 C: Student Well-Being, Inclusion and Equity in Assessment Outcomes Location: 4013 | Linna building | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Gasper Cankar Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Adolescent Well-Being Across Educational Transitions: A Longitudinal Study University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:A growing body of research and official reports has documented a negative trend in the well-being of children and young people (Inchley et al., 2020; Public Health Agency of Sweden, 2014, 2018). However, far less is known about how well-being develops within individuals over time, particularly across key educational transitions such as the move from lower to upper secondary school. Longitudinal research examining multiple dimensions of well-being during adolescence is therefore needed to generate deeper insights that can inform interventions aimed at promoting children’s and young people’s well-being. Supporting this perspective, a systematic review by Donaldson et al. (2023) shows that challenges encountered during transitions between educational stages can have long-lasting effects on academic achievement, self-concept, and trajectories of well-being and health. The authors further emphasize that interventions designed to enhance student well-being should prioritise strengthening relationships among parents, teachers, and peers, as these social connections are critical to their effectiveness. Given that children and adolescents spend a substantial proportion of their time in school during compulsory education, it is reasonable to assume that changes in well-being are closely linked to school-related factors (Högberg et al., 2019), as well as to individual characteristics. In the present study, we focus on three central dimensions of well-being: social, psychological, and psychosomatic. Although these dimensions do not capture all aspects of children’s and adolescents’ well-being and mental health, they are widely recognised in the literature as core components. Social well-being concerns supportive and functional interpersonal relationships, with difficulties in this domain linked to social isolation (Pollard & Lee, 2003). Psychological well-being reflects emotional stability and life satisfaction, characterised by low levels of stress and worry. Psychosomatic well-being captures physical symptoms arising from psychological strain, such as headaches, stomach pain, and sleep disturbances (National Agency of Public Health, 2018). The primary aim of the study was to examine intraindividual development in social well-being, psychological and psychosomatic ill-being over time. This was accomplished using longitudinal data collected at three time points, spanning the transition from lower to upper secondary school (Grades 6, 9, and 12), for a nationally representative cohort of students born in 2004. The study addressed the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we draw on data from the Swedish longitudinal project Evaluation through Follow-Up (UGU) which consists of representative samples from 11 birth cohorts, born approximately every sixth year between 1948 and 2016. Each sample is about 10% of the population. In the present study, a sample of the birth cohort born in 2004 was analysed when the students attended their sixth (age 12-13), ninth (age 15-16), and twelfth (age 18-19) year of schooling. The sample was drawn when students were in the third grade (age 9-10), using a two-stage stratified procedure. First drawing municipalities and then schools. The total sample consisted of 9,775 students, but with missing observations considered, N = about 5,000 in sixth grade, N = about 2,500 in ninth grade, and N = about 2,000 in twelfth grade. As a first step, an unconditional model was specified for each factor (social well-being and psychological and psychosomatic ill-being), examining the mean change over time. A conditional model was then specified for each factor, including independent time-invariant variables that potentially could explain the growth trajectories of social well-being and psychological and psychosomatic ill-being. Three latent variables were included in the study, each measured on three occasions (in Grades 6, 9, and 12). Three time-invariant manifest variables (GPA, gender, and parental education) were also included. Descriptive statistics, measurement invariance and Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) were conducted. To examine changes in students’ well-being and ill-being over time, latent growth curve modelling was applied. These models allow us to examine changes in longitudinal data over time by defining one latent intercept variable and one latent slope variable with data from each measurement occasion as indicators (Little, 2024). As a first step, an unconditional model was specified for each factor (social well-being and psychological and psychosomatic ill-being), examining the mean change over time. A conditional model was then specified for each factor, including independent time-invariant variables that potentially could explain the growth trajectories of social well-being and psychological and psychosomatic ill-being. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One of the main findings of the study was a statistically significant intraindividual decline in well-being and mental health over time. Social well-being, reflected in satisfaction with social relationships at school, decreased across the study period, while psychological and psychosomatic ill-being increased. Specifically, students reported growing levels of low mood, irritation, and sadness, as well as increasing problems related to stomachaches and sleep disturbances. Gender and parental education emerged as important correlates of these developmental patterns. Compared with boys, girls reported lower levels of social satisfaction at school and consistently higher levels of psychological ill-being throughout both lower and upper secondary school. Girls also experienced more psychosomatic complaints, including headaches, stomachaches, and sleep problems, with these gender differences widening over time. In addition, students from families with lower levels of parental education reported persistently higher levels of psychological and psychosomatic ill-being compared with peers from more highly educated families. Taken together, the findings suggest that girls and students from families with lower educational backgrounds are at heightened risk of declining well-being and mental health throughout their school years. References Donaldson, C., Moore, G., & Hawkins, J. (2023). A Systematic Review of School Transition Interventions to Improve Mental Health and Wellbeing Outcomes in Children and Young People. School Mental Health, 15, 19-35. Hogberg, B., Lindgren, J., Johansson, K., Strandh, M., & Petersen, S. (2019). Consequences of school grading systems on adolescent health: Evidence from a Swedish school reform. Journal of Education Policy, 34, 1–23. Inchley, J., Currie, D., Budisavljevic, S., Torsheim, T., Jastad, A., Cosma, A., Kelly, C., Arnarsson, A. M., & Samdal, O. (2020). Spotlight on adolescent health and well-being. Findings from the 2017/2018 Health Behaviour in School-aged Children (HBSC) survey in Europe and Canada. International report. Copenhagen: WHO Regional Office for Europe. Little, T. D. (2024). Longitudinal structural equation modeling (2nd ed.). New York: The Guilford Press. Pollard, E. L., & Lee, P. D. (2003). Child well-being: A systematic review of the literature. Social Indicators Research, 61(1), 59–78. Public Health Agency of Sweden. (2014). Health behavior in school-aged children. The Public Health Agency of Sweden. Public Health Agency of Sweden. (2018). Varför har den psykiska ohälsan ökat bland barn och unga i Sverige? Utvecklingen under perioden 1985–2014. The Public Health Agency of Sweden. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Predictors of Academic Performance Among Students with an Immigration Background: A Systematic Literature Review Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:During the recent years, the difference between native students and students with an immigration background in educational assessment studies have provoked public discussion in many countries around the world. In Finland, this performance gap has been particularly large (OECD 2019; 2023) and research initiatives have been launched to study the reasons behind it. Earlier international research has shown that performance differences are often explained by differences in socioeconomic background (e.g. Dai et al. 2023; Ziegler, Luo & Stoege 2023; Kirjavainen & Pulkkinen 2017), deficits in the language of instruction (Schnepf 2007), gender (Karakaus, Courtney & Aydin 2023) and reading fluency (Pulkkinen et al. 2024). For first generation immigration students, the results have also been predicted by the age of arrival in the country (Pulkkinen et al. 2024). In addition, there is evidence that students’ effort measured by time spent on assessment is strong factor explaining the academic performance of students with an immigration background (Agirdag & Vanlaar 2016). However, in any assessment studies, student performance is simultaneously influenced by many kinds of factors, and there is clear a lack of research gathering systematically together evidence on the factors explaining the gap. Therefore, the aim of this study was to conduct a systematic literature review on empirical research on the factors predicting the learning outcomes of students with immigrant background.
As we were interested in the interplay of factors at different levels in explaining learning outcomes, we chose Bronfenbrenner’s (1988) ecological systems theory as our framework. The theory implies that human development is influenced by interconnected layers, the so-called micro, meso, exo and macrosystems (complemented by chronosystem, which, however, will not be addressed in the present study). At the micro level, development is influenced by the person’s immediate social environments (e.g., family, classmates and classroom activities, friends), which are also influencing each other (mesosystem). In the context of this study, the exo level refers to for instance local level education policies, practices and cultures, which influence the circumstances (e.g., class composition and school segregation) and practical teaching arrangements shaping the learning situations. The broader cultural values, ideologies and for instance national legislation influencing educational goals and implementation of education are considered here as representing macrosystems. Within this framework, the research questions of the study were:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used According to the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al. 2021), we conducted a systematic literature review to identify empirical studies examining factors predicting the academic performance of students with an immigration background. The review consisted of international peer-reviewed studies published between January 2000 and April 2024. Only studies published in English were included. A comprehensive literature search was carried out using the EBSCO and PROQUEST databases, restricted to education-related databases within these platforms. The search was conducted across the full text of the articles using the following search string: ("learning outcome" OR "learning achievement") AND ("immig*" OR "foreign born*”) **. The initial search yielded 3,348 records. After removing duplicates, titles and abstracts were screened based on predefined inclusion and exclusion criteria. Studies were included if they (a) focused on primary or secondary school students with an immigration background, (b) measured academic performance using a cognitive test or standardized assessment, and (c) analysed predictors of academic performance using quantitative or mixed methods approaches. Studies were excluded if they focused on Indigenous peoples or exchange students, examined perceptions or attitudes without linking them to measured learning outcomes, were not related to education or training, were conducted during the COVID-19 pandemic, or were literature reviews, conceptual papers, or methodological studies. Following title and abstract screening, full-text articles were assessed for eligibility. This process resulted in a final sample of 45 empirical studies included in the review. The study selection process followed the PRISMA flow diagram, documenting each stage of identification, screening, eligibility, and inclusion. Data extraction was conducted using a structured coding framework. From each included study, information was extracted on publication year, country or region, educational level, academic domain, operationalisation of immigration background, outcome measures, and predictors of academic performance. The extracted predictors were analysed using a theory-driven qualitative content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs 2008) guided by Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner 1988). Predictors were categorised into micro-, meso-, exo- and macro-levels according to the level at which they were described as influencing students’ learning outcomes. The coding process was iterative, allowing refinement of categories as analysis progressed (Elo & Kyngäs 2008). When predictors could plausibly be assigned to multiple ecological levels, classification decisions were guided by the primary level of influence emphasised in the original study. Due to heterogeneity in study designs, outcome measures, and analytical methods, the results were synthesised narratively rather than through meta-analytic techniques (Higgins et al. 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that the learning outcomes of students with an immigration background are shaped by an interplay of individual-, family-, classroom-, school- and country-level predictors. The included studies were predominantly conducted in Europe (42%) and North America (36%), with fewer studies originating from Asia, Australia, or international comparative contexts. Most studies focused on lower secondary education (53%) and primary education (31%), while upper secondary education was only marginally represented. In terms of academic domains, most studies examined academic performance in mathematics (27%), reading literacy (22%), or a combination of literacy and mathematics (29%). Fewer studies addressed outcomes in science or multiple subject areas simultaneously. Immigration background was most operationalised using students’ country of birth (58%), followed by language-related indicators (20%), while race-based definitions were less frequently applied. The findings were analysed using Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological systems theory, categorising predictors across micro-, meso-, exo- and macro-levels. At the micro-level, individual student characteristics (e.g. gender, motivation) were frequently associated with academic performance. Meso-level factors included family background and home–schoolinteractions, while exo-level factors encompassed school-level characteristics (e.g. school resources), and macro-level factors related to national contexts (e.g. integration policies). References Agirdag, O. & Vanlaar, G. (2016). Does more exposure to the language of instruction lead to higher academic achievement? A cross-national examination. International Journal of Bilingualism 22 (1), 123–137. https://doi.org/10.1177/13670069166587 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1988). Interacting systems in human development. Research paradigms: present and future. In N. Bolger, A. Caspi, G. Downey and M. Moorehouse (eds.) Persons in context: Developmental processes. Cambridge University Press. p. 25–49. Dai, S., Hao, T., Ardasheva, Y., Ramazan, O., Danielson, R. W., & Austin, B. (2023). PISA reading achievement: identifying predictors and examining model generalizability for multilingual students. Reading and Writing, 36(10), 2763–2795. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-022-10357-4 Elo S., Kyngäs H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Higgins, J. P. T., Thomas, J., Chandler, J., Cumpston, M., Li, T., Page, M. J., & Welch, V. A. (Eds.). (2019). Cochrane Handbook for Systematic Reviews of Interventions. Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119536604 Karakus, M., Courtney, M., & Aydin, H. (2023). Understanding the academic achievement of the first- and second-generation immigrant students: a multi-level analysis of PISA 2018 data. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 35(2), 233–278. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-022-09395-x Kirjavainen, T., & Pulkkinen, J. (2017). Takaako samanlainen tausta samanlaisen osaamisen? Maahanmuuttajataustaisten ja kantaväestön oppilaiden osaamiserot PISA 2012 -tutkimuksessa [Does a similar background guarantee similar performance? Differences in achievement between majority students and students with an immigration background in PISA 2012]. Kasvatus, 48(3), 189–202. https://jyx.jyu.fi/jyx/Record/jyx_123456789_66438 Page M. J., McKenzie J. E., Bossuyt P. M., Boutron I., Hoffmann T. C., Mulrow C. D., Shamseer L., Tetzlaff J. M., Akl E. A., Brennan S. E., Chou R., Glanville J., Grimshaw J. M., Hróbjartsson A., Lalu M. M., Li T., Loder E. W., Mayo-Wilson E., McDonald S., . . . Moher D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372(71), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Pulkkinen, J., Kauppinen, H., Hiltunen, J., Lehtola, P., Nissinen, K., & Rautopuro, J. (2024). Tukea tasa-arvoiselle koulutielle: maahanmuuttajataustaisten nuorten osaaminen PISA 2022 -tutkimuksessa [Supporting an equitable educational pathway: The competencies of students with an immigration background in PISA 2022]. Tutkimuksia / Koulutuksen Tutkimuslaitos, 39. https://doi.org/10.17011/ktl-t/39 Schnepf, S.V. (2007). Immigrants’ educational disadvantage. An examination across ten countries and three surveys. Journal of Population Economics, 20(3), 527–545. Ziegler, A., Luo, L., & Stoeger, H. (2023). Equity Gaps in Literacy among Elementary School Students from Two Countries: The Negative Social Resonance Effect of Intersectional Disadvantage and the Dampening Effect of Learning Capital. Education Sciences, 13(8), 827. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13080827 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 07 A: The Key Role of Teacher Educators Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Helma Oolbekkink-Marchand Session Chair: Amanda Berry Symposium |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium The Key Role of Teacher Educators: Exploring transitions in identities, work contexts, and professional roles The quality of teachers has long been recognised as pivotal to both teaching quality and, consequently, student learning outcomes (European Commission, 2013). This recognition has increased the focus on teacher preparation and, in particular, on the essential role of teacher educators. Teacher educators contribute to the education of prospective teachers as well as to the continuing professional development of in service teachers, during induction and throughout their careers (European Commission, 2013; Czerniawski et al., 2017; White, 2019). References Czerniawski, G., Guberman, A. & MacPhail, A., 2017. The professional developmental needs of higher education-based teacher educators: an international comparative needs analysis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 127-140. Davey, R., & Davey, R. (2013). The professional identity of teacher educators: career on the cusp? (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203584934 Guberman, A., MacPhail, A., Ulvik, M., & Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. (2021). Teacher educators’ professional life stories across four countries: Intertwining personal and contextual effects. In Teacher educators and their professional development (pp. 106-119). Routledge. European Union, 2013 Ping, C., Schellings, G., & Beijaard, D., 2018. Teacher educators' professional learning: A literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 93-104. Van der Klink, M., Kools, Q., Avissar, G., White, S., & Sakata, T., 2017. Professional development of teacher educators: What do they do? Findings from an explorative international study. Professional Development in Education, 43(2), 163-178. White, S., 2019. Teacher educators for new times? Redefining an important occupational group. Journal of Education for Teaching, 45(2), 200-213. Zellermayer, M. & Margolin, I. 2005., Teacher educators’ professional learning described through the lens of complexity theory. Teachers College Record, 107(6), 1275-1304. Presentations of the Symposium Making Professional Identity Visible: A Visual and Dialogical Approach to Teacher Educator Development
Teacher educators’ professional identity is multilayered and often implicitly enacted in everyday practice (Rushton et al., 2023; Ahmad et al., 2019; Hökkä et al., 2017). Developing explicit awareness of this identity is, however, essential for ongoing professional learning and for strengthening teacher educators’ professional agency (Cochran-Smith et al., 2022; Paredes, 2020). Supporting teacher educators in making their professional identity visible and open to reflection is therefore crucial. Visual and dialogical approaches have been identified as promising means for articulating and reflecting on professional identity (Calvo, 2017; Foster-Fisher et al., 2005).
This symposium contribution reports on a project conducted within an international InFo-TED Academy group in 2025. The project integrates three interconnected strands: teacher educators’ professional identity; reflective dialogue; and visualization. It explores how the visualization of professional identity, combined with structured reflective dialogue, can enhance identity awareness and support teacher educators’ professional development and agency.
Central to this contribution is a workshop design in which participants create a personal visual representation of their professional identity as teacher educators, reflect on guiding prompts, and engage in peer dialogue about their visualizations. The workshop has two main aims: (a) to deepen participants’ reflection on their professional identity through visualization and dialogue and (b) to collect feedback on prototype prompts designed to scaffold reflective dialogue.
The workshop consists of three phases. In the introductory phase, participants individually create a visualization of their professional identity, supported by a concise set of reflective questions. In the dialogue phase, participants discuss their visualizations in small groups, focusing on how professional identity is represented and using prototype dialogue prompts. In the final phase, participants’ experiences are situated within a theoretical framework that emphasizes the role of collective reflection on professional identity in professional development and agency. Participants are also invited to consider how the approach could be applied in their own contexts, including teacher educator professional development and teacher education programs.
To examine the added value of the approach and refine the workshop design, the workshop was piloted during Augustus-December 2025 with groups of teacher educators in three countries (Belgium, Norway, The Netherlands). During the symposium, we present insights from these pilots, focusing on participants’ experiences with visualization and dialogue and on the prompts perceived as most supportive of reflection. These findings inform further refinement of the workshop and contribute to an emerging research agenda on visual and dialogical approaches to teacher educators’ professional identity development.
References:
Ahmad, H., Shah, S. R., Latada, F., & Wahab, M. N. (2019). Teacher identity development in professional learning: An overview of theoretical frameworks. Bulletin of Advanced English Studies, 3(1), 1-11. https://doi.org/10.31559/baes2019.3.1.1
Bawankule, A. (2023). The role of mindmaps and visualizing personal futures to support identity development in informal maker education. (Doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign).
Calvo, M. (2017), Reflective Drawing as a Tool for Reflection in Design Research. Int J Art Des Educ, 36: 261-272. https://doi.org/10.1111/jade.12161
Cochran-Smith, M., Craig, C. J., Orland-Barak, L., Cole, C., & Hill-Jackson, V. (2022). Agents, Agency, and Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 73(5), 445-448. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871221123724
Foster-Fishman, P., Nowell, B., Deacon, Z., Nievar, M. A., & McCann, P. (2005). Using methods that matter: The impact of reflection, dialogue, and voice. American journal of community psychology, 36(3), 275-291. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10464-005-8626-y
Professional Identity (PI) Cube for Teacher Educators: a Proposal
Professional identity is a central aspect of educators’ professional development. Existing conceptualizations of professional identity frequently struggle to capture its dynamic, relational and context-sensitive nature. In response, this study introduces the Professional Identity (PI) Cube, a dialogical tool designed to address the complex nature of professional identity.
Identity can be understood as the human capacity to differentiate and to assemble, or, as Jenkins (2008, p. 5) describes it, to know “‘who’s who’ (and hence ‘what’s what’)”. This broad definition enables us to conceptualize teacher educators as a professional group that shares the craft of teaching while simultaneously negotiating diverse roles, contexts and trajectories. From this perspective, professional identity is viewed as continuously evolving rather than as a fixed or stable construct.
This presentation reports on a collaborative project involving six teacher educators working across European contexts, cultures and educational traditions. Adopting a relational ontological perspective, the project explores teacher educator professional identity development through dialogue. To support this inquiry, we designed the PI Cube, which builds on Davey’s (2013) five lenses for describing professional identity: becoming, doing, knowing, being and belonging. To extend this framework, we introduced a sixth, open lens that emerges through participants’ dialogue across the other five lenses. This open lens is highly personal, context-dependent and temporally situated, allowing it to change and unfold over time.
The PI Cube was piloted in three workshop itineraries. First, the research team used the tool to explore their own professional identities. Second, teacher educator colleagues in Estonia engaged with the PI Cube. Third, the tool was used with 80 Basque student teachers. Findings from this final pilot indicate the value of engaging teacher educators in explicit professional identity work, particularly in relation to teaching about professional identity in teacher education (Loughran, 2014; Murray & Male, 2005) and in connecting practical and theoretical experiences (Graus et al., 2022).
Building on these insights, the next phase of the project (2026) focuses on an in-depth exploration of the dialogue between the five predefined lenses and the unfolding open lens. The guiding analytical questions are: What leads to the emergence and visualization of the open lens? How does visualization as a mode of expression expand understandings of professional identity?
Data will be generated through PI Cube workshops with teacher educators and student teachers, supported by a semi-structured survey and visual artefacts of participants’ cubes. Ethical approval has been applied for at NTNU, Norway.
References:
Davey, R., & Davey, R. (2013). The professional identity of teacher educators: career on the cusp? (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203584934
Graus, M., van de Broek, A., Hennissen, P., & Schils, T. (2022). Disentangling aspects of teacher identity learning from reflective blogs: The development of a category system. Teaching and Teacher Education, 111, 103624. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103624
Jenkins, Richard. Social Identity. 3rd ed. London: Routledge, 2008. Web.
Loughran, J. (2014). Professionally Developing as a Teacher Educator. Journal of Teacher Education, 65(4), 271-283. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487114533386
Murray, J., & Male, T. (2005). Becoming a teacher educator: evidence from the field. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(2), 125-142. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2004.12.006
Transitioning into Teacher Education: Experiences, Challenges, and Professional Development Needs Across European Contexts
Across Europe, the transition into the role of Teacher Educator (TE) remains a largely under-researched professional shift, with many describing teacher education as a “hidden profession.” The move from school teaching into teacher education entails not only new responsibilities but also the development of a re-imagined professional identity, negotiated within distinct institutional, cultural, and national landscapes. This study investigates these transitions and explores how beginning TEs understand, navigate, and position themselves within new communities of practice.
Building on established scholarship in teacher educator identity formation and professional growth (Berry, 2009; Izadinia, 2014; Czerniawski et al., 2017; Korthagen, 2016), the study recognises that becoming a TE is seldom linear. It often involves tensions between prior identities and emerging expectations, requiring individuals to renegotiate professional values, pedagogical orientations, and their sense of legitimacy. International comparative work (Van der Klink et al., 2017) further informs our exploration of how these identity trajectories differ across European contexts, particularly between school-based TEs and institute-based TEs. The research employs qualitative methods, drawing on reflective blogs and podcasts generated by Teacher Educators from five countries in the InFo-TED network. This enables rich insight into lived experiences, capturing transitional milestones, critical incidents, and perceived gaps in induction and ongoing professional learning. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012) is used to identify cross-national patterns and divergences.
Emerging findings reveal the centrality of formal and informal communities of practice in scaffolding the early stages of TE identity development. These communities support the acquisition of tacit knowledge, help individuals articulate their developing TE persona, and provide validation during periods of uncertainty. Our analysis suggests that sustained participation in such communities is a key indicator of professional confidence and longer-term establishment within the TE field.
The study highlights ongoing challenges, including the lack of coherent induction pathways, limited recognition of the TE role within some national systems, and the
uneven provision of structured professional development. These findings align with issues raised in the collaborative proposal discussions amongst the author team and emphasize the need for systemic approaches to supporting new TEs throughout their careers.
We conclude by advocating for career-long professional development frameworks, enhanced visibility for Teacher Educators as a distinct professional group, and the cultivation of transnational networks that foster shared learning and professional renewal. The study contributes to a growing European conversation on strengthening the TE profession and calls for institutions and policymakers to prioritise sustainable, relational models of support.
References:
Berry, A. (2009) Professional self‐understanding as expertise in teaching about teaching. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 15(2), 305-318. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600902875365
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper, P. M. Camic, D. L. Long, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf, & K. J. Sher (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology, Vol. 2. Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (pp. 57–71). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13620-004
Czerniawski, G., Guberman, A., & MacPhail, A. (2017). The professional developmental needs of higher education-based teacher educators: an international comparative needs analysis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 127–140. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2016.1246528.
Izadinia, M. (2014). Teacher educators’ identity: a review of literature. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(4), 426–441. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2014.947025.
Korthagen, F. A. J. (2016). Pedagogy of Teacher Education. In J. Loughran, & M. L. Hamilton (Hrsg.), International Handbook of Teacher Education. (S. 311–346). Springer Singapore.
Van der Klink, M., Kools, Q., Avissar, G., White, S., & Sakata, T. (2017). Professional development of teacher educators: what do they do? Findings from an explorative international study. Professional Development in Education, 43(2), 163–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2015.1114506.
The changing roles of Teacher Educators: Evidence from Europe and beyond
Research indicates that increasingly teacher education has become a profession under pressure. These pressures are caused by teacher shortages and the high quality demands placed on teacher education (Flores, 2023). In this context, it is vital to engage with the quality of teacher educators however this occupational group is difficult to define and identify (White, 2019; Van der Klink et al., 2017). Therefore, in this study we aimed to gain insight into the professional roles of teacher educators, the possible combination of roles, and the shifts in these professional roles.
In their 2015 review study Dengerink et al. (2015) studied the professional roles of teacher educators and the characterization of these roles. They included empirical studies published until 2011. This research grew out of a need to reexamine the changing roles of teacher educators and to contribute to an evolving understanding of teacher education in a world in transition. Our main research question was: What are the roles of teacher educators in their current practice in five cross-national contexts (the Netherlands, Norway, Estonia, Scotland and the US)? What new professional roles do teacher educators identify as relevant for their practice?
Based on the work of Dengerink et al (2015) we developed a semi-structured survey. The quality of the survey was extensively discussed among the 5 researchers and piloted in each national context. Ethical approval for the survey was granted by NTNU, Norway. The survey was spread to higher education based and school-based teacher educators in five different national contexts, resulting in an overall response of over 500. Both quantitative and qualitative analyses were performed to come to results. Main findings show a considerable diversity in combination of roles. First, all teacher educators indicated that they performed multiple roles in their current work practice. Second, there were differences between institute-based and school-based teacher educators, with the first performing more diverse roles than the second. Third, there were significant differences between countries, one important difference related to the professional role of researcher which was most prominent in Norway and least prominent in the Netherlands. Finally, based on the open questions, we found a large variety of roles including teacher educators indicating that increasingly they play a role in induction and professional development of in-service teachers. In our discussion we focus on future research we aim to perform and implications of this study for the professional development of teacher educators.
References:
Dengerink, J., Lunenberg, M., & Korthagen, F. (2015). The professional teacher educator: Six roles. Beiträge zur Lehrerinnen-und Lehrerbildung, 33(3), 334-344.
Flores, M. A. (2023). Teacher education in times of crisis: enhancing or deprofessionalising the teaching profession?. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(2), 199-202.
Van der Klink, M., Kools, Q., Avissar, G., White, S., & Sakata, T. (2017). Professional development of teacher educators: What do they do? Findings from an explorative international study. Professional development in education, 43(2), 163-178.
White, S., 2019. Teacher educators for new times? Redefining an important occupational group. Journal of Education for Teaching, 45(2), 200-213.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 07 B: Practicum, Practice Based Learning, and Teacher Professional Growth Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jorunn Spord Borgen Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Investigating the Impacts of Complementing the Teaching Practice with Virtual Simulations on Pre-Service Teachers’ Sense of Self-Efficacy and Experiences Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Across European teacher education systems, preparing pre-service teachers for increasingly complex, diverse, and technology-mediated classrooms has become a central concern. Although school-based practicum remains a cornerstone of initial teacher education, research has consistently shown that traditional practicum structures often provide uneven learning opportunities due to limited mentoring capacity, restricted exposure to diverse classroom scenarios, and insufficient opportunities for repeated instructional rehearsal (Darling-Hammond et al., 2002; Girod & Girod, 2008; Stronge et al., 2011). These limitations are particularly consequential for the development of teacher self-efficacy, a construct closely associated with instructional effectiveness, persistence, and professional resilience (Bandura, 1994; Tschannen-Moran & Woolfolk Hoy, 2001). Grounded in Social Cognitive Theory, teacher self-efficacy develops primarily through mastery experiences, vicarious learning, social persuasion, and affective regulation (Bandura, 1977, 1994). However, conventional teaching practice often offers few low-risk opportunities for iterative practice and reflection, especially in contexts shaped by institutional constraints and crisis-related disruptions to schooling (Wilke, 2004). In response, simulation-based learning has gained increasing attention as a means of extending practicum experiences beyond the constraints of time, place, and school availability. Digital teaching simulations provide controlled environments in which pre-service teachers can rehearse instructional strategies, respond to student behaviour, and receive immediate feedback—conditions aligned with established sources of self-efficacy development (Dieker et al., 2014; Michael & Gilad, 2015). While international research indicates that simulations can positively contribute to pre-service teachers’ professional learning when integrated alongside authentic teaching experiences, findings remain mixed and highly dependent on program design (Gundel et al., 2019; Samuelsson et al., 2022; Schreiber, 2022). In particular, there is limited empirical guidance on the design conditions under which simulations function effectively as a complement to school-based practicum—such as coherence with practicum objectives, structured scaffolding, sustained engagement, and feedback mechanisms—rather than as a stand-alone or replacement activity (Bradley & Kendall, 2014). This gap is especially evident in European contexts such as Türkiye, where teacher education programs are navigating curricular reform, digitalisation, and the long-term effects of global and national crises (MoNE, 2018). Positioned within ECER’s focus on teacher education research, the present study examines simulation-enhanced teaching practice as a structured complement to practicum, with particular attention to its role in supporting pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy and informing evidence-based teacher education design. To this end, the study addresses the following research questions: 1. What are the impacts of complementing the teaching practice experience with a virtual simulation program on student teachers' sense of self-efficacy?
2. What are the underlying experiences of student teachers who participate in a traditional teaching practice course and who attend the traditional teaching practice course complemented with teaching simulation?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study investigates the effects of complementing school-based teaching practice with an AI-supported virtual classroom simulation on pre-service EFL teachers’ self-efficacy and lived practicum experiences. Guided by a qualitative-dominant mixed-methods logic, the study addresses both measurable changes in self-efficacy and the processes through which such changes are constructed and interpreted by student teachers. The research questions focus on (a) whether self-efficacy changes over time, (b) whether changes differ between traditional and simulation-enhanced practicum conditions, and (c) how participants describe and explain their experiences across the two instructional contexts. Methodologically, the study adopts a qualitative-dominant, partially mixed, concurrent status mixed-methods design (QUAL → quan). Quantitative and qualitative data are collected during the same practicum period, analyzed separately to preserve methodological integrity, and integrated at the interpretation stage to generate explanatory meta-inferences. The study is situated in the English Language Teaching (ELT) Department at Middle East Technical University (METU) within the compulsory English Language Teaching Practicum II course. All participants complete standard practicum requirements regulated by institutional and national frameworks; the simulation component is designed to complement—not replace—school placements. Quantitative participants include 50 student teachers at pre-test (25 traditional; 25 simulation-enhanced), with 47 completing post-test measures (25 traditional; 22 simulation-enhanced). The sample is predominantly female (n=36), all Turkish, and largely in the 8th semester, with ages ranging from 22–25. Qualitative participants comprise a purposeful subsample of seven student teachers (4 simulation-enhanced; 3 traditional), selected for willingness and reflective capacity to provide in-depth accounts. The simulation-enhanced condition uses SimSchool, providing iterative, low-risk rehearsal through AI-driven student avatars, learner profiles, lesson plans, and automated feedback reports. Participants complete 202 sessions in total (minimum 8 modules; approximately 9 sessions per student), accumulating 119 hours of simulation engagement. Quantitative data are gathered with the Teacher Sense of Efficacy Scale (TSES; Tschannen-Moran & Woolfolk Hoy, 2001), using the Turkish adaptation (Çapa, 2005). Qualitative data are collected via expert-reviewed semi-structured interviews conducted pre-practicum and post-practicum (with group-specific forms). Quantitative analysis employs a 2 (Time: pre/post) × 2 (Group) mixed-design ANOVA with assumption checks. Qualitative analysis combines content analysis with reflexive thematic analysis, using a hybrid deductive–inductive coding strategy and an inter-rater agreement procedure to support analytic rigor. Ethical approval was obtained from METU’s Human Research Ethics Committee; confidentiality and voluntariness were ensured throughout. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes evidence to teacher education research by demonstrating that simulation-enhanced practicum can meaningfully shape pre-service EFL teachers’ self-efficacy trajectories, beyond what is observed in traditional school-based teaching practice alone. Quantitative findings from the mixed-design ANOVA indicate divergent change patterns across groups: while the simulation-enhanced group increased from pre- to post-test (M = 143.68 to 159.84), the traditional practicum group showed a marked decline (M = 146.32 to 97.84). The Time × Group interaction was large and statistically significant, F(1, 48) = 20.95, p < .001, partial η² = .304, indicating that change in self-efficacy differed substantially by instructional condition. A significant Group effect further supported higher overall self-efficacy for the simulation-enhanced condition, F(1, 48) = 16.50, p < .001, partial η² = .256. Importantly, these outcomes should be interpreted in relation to the design intensity and coherence of the intervention: the simulation-enhanced cohort engaged in sustained, iterative practice (202 sessions; 119 cumulative hours; minimum eight modules), allowing repeated cycles of rehearsal, feedback, and reflection aligned with practicum goals. The qualitative strand (seven purposively selected participants across both conditions) complements the statistical results by illuminating how self-efficacy was constructed in practice—through narrated experiences of planning, decision-making, classroom management, and engagement challenges, and by clarifying the affordances and constraints of simulated rehearsal alongside school placements. Overall, the findings support a programmatic implication relevant to teacher education: simulations appear most promising when implemented as a structured complement to practicum, with clear pedagogical alignment, scaffolding, feedback loops, and sufficient duration to enable learning across iterations. References Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191–215. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.191 Bandura, A. (1994). Self-efficacy. In V. S. Ramachaudran (Ed.), Encyclopedia of human behavior (Vol. 4, pp. 71–81). Academic Press. Bradley, J., & Kendall, L. (2014). Using simulations to prepare preservice teachers. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 22(2), 159–173. Çapa, Y. (2005). The development and validation of a Turkish version of the teachers’ sense of efficacy scale. Education and Science, 30(137), 74–81. https://educationandscience.ted.org.tr/article/view/668 Darling-Hammond, L., Chung, R., & Frelow, F. (2002). Variation in teacher preparation: How well do different pathways prepare teachers to teach? Journal of Teacher Education, 53(4), 286–302. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487102053004002 Dieker, L. A., Rodriguez, J. A., Lignugaris/Kraft, B., Hynes, M. C., & Hughes, C. E. (2014). The potential of simulated environments in teacher education: Current and future possibilities. Teacher Education and Special Education, 37(1), 21–33. https://doi.org/10.1177/0888406413512683 Girod, M., & Girod, G. R. (2008). Simulation and the preservice teacher: Developing confidence in classroom management. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 16(4), 425–449. Gundel, E., Piro, J. S., Straub, C., & Smith, K. (2019). Self-efficacy in mixed reality simulations: Implications for preservice teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 86, Article 102886. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102886 Michael, K., & Gilad, D. (2015). Teaching with simulations: Pedagogical affordances and challenges. Computers & Education, 88, 113–124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2015.04.006 Ministry of National Education. (2018). 2023 Education Vision document. Republic of Türkiye Ministry of National Education. Samuelsson, M., Bergqvist, K., & Hjelmér, C. (2022). Avatar-based simulations in teacher education: Effects on pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy. European Journal of Teacher Education, 45(3), 410–427. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1909471 Schreiber, B. R. (2022). Clinical simulations in teacher education: Examining effects on preservice teachers’ self-efficacy. Journal of Teacher Education, 73(5), 487–501. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871211058141 Stronge, J. H., Ward, T. J., & Grant, L. W. (2011). What makes good teachers good? A cross-case analysis of the connection between teacher effectiveness and student achievement. Journal of Teacher Education, 62(4), 339–355. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487111404241 Tschannen-Moran, M., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783–805. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(01)00036-1 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Lesson Study as a Practice-Based Reform in Initial Teacher Education: Evidence from Kazakhstan 1: Nazarbayev University Graduate School of Education, Kazakhstan; 2: National Centre for Professional Development 'Orleu', Kazakhstan; 3: Faculty of Education University of Cambridge, UK Presenting Author:This study forms part of a three-year institutional initiative aimed at integrating Lesson Study (LS) into an initial teacher education (ITE) university in Kazakhstan. Adopting an institutional case study design, the research examines (1) teacher educators’ and student-teachers’ perceptions of LS, (2) institutional practices supporting its implementation, and (3) implications for the sustainable institutionalisation of LS within ITE. Globally, the teaching profession is experiencing increasing complexity as a result of education reforms, accountability pressures, and demands for improved learning outcomes. Across European and international contexts, these challenges have prompted a re-examination of ITE programmes and a call for stronger practice-oriented, inquiry-based approaches that connect theory with authentic classroom experience (OECD, 2011; Darling-Hammond, 2014; Helgevold & Wilkins, 2020). However, international scholarship cautions against reducing practice-based education to technical apprenticeship models, which risk weakening teachers’ critical agency and professional learning capacity (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 1999; Beauchamp, 2015; Fullan, 2016). Instead, practice-based inquiry is increasingly viewed as a means of rebalancing the theory–practice relationship in ITE while fostering reflective, research-informed professionalism (Willemse et al., 2015; Frost, 2006). Within this global shift, LS has gained prominence as a collaborative, inquiry-oriented model of teacher professional learning in ITE (Lamb & Aldous, 2016; Wood et al., 2019). Originating in Japan, LS has been widely adapted across Europe, Asia, and other regions to support teachers’ reflective practice, pedagogical reasoning, and professional dialogue (Cajkler & Wood, 2019; Schipper et al., 2020; Beckmann & Ehmke, 2023). The LS cycle typically involves goal setting, collaborative planning, observation of research lessons, structured reflection, and dissemination of learning (Dudley, 2014). International research demonstrates that LS enhances pre-service and in-service teachers’ pedagogical skills, content knowledge, and instructional decision-making (Cajkler & Wood, 2016; Coenders & Verhoef, 2019). For teacher educators, LS also provides a platform for modelling inquiry-based professional learning and reshaping traditional hierarchical relationships in ITE toward co-construction of knowledge (Lewis et al., 2009; Dudley, 2014). Consequently, LS has been conceptualised not only as a pedagogical strategy, but as an organisational and cultural innovation capable of addressing the persistent disconnection between university coursework and school practice. Despite this international interest, research on the institutionalisation of LS within ITE remains limited (Wood et al., 2019). European studies reveal that embedding LS requires attention to organisational conditions such as time allocation, scheduling, leadership support, and recognition of LS as legitimate professional learning (Schipper et al., 2020; Vermunt et al., 2019). UK research demonstrates that when LS is positioned as a structured and coherent element of ITE, it can strengthen university–school partnerships and deepen student-teachers’ pedagogical learning (Cajkler et al., 2013; Cajkler & Wood, 2016). However, international reviews caution that many LS initiatives remain fragmented and dependent on individual enthusiasm rather than systemic institutional commitment (Baumfield et al., 2022). These international insights are particularly relevant for Kazakhstan, whose teacher education system remains highly centralised and theory-oriented (Sarmurzin et al., 2021; Urkunova et al., 2025). In such contexts, institutionalising LS requires not only pedagogical adaptation but also structural and cultural transformation. Sustainability depends on how effectively LS is embedded within institutional policies, leadership practices, curriculum design, and professional norms (Ni Shuilleabhain & Bjuland, 2019; Wood & Cajkler, 2020). By situating the Kazakhstan case within European and international scholarship, this study contributes to global debates on how collaborative inquiry models can be adapted across diverse governance and policy environments. The findings offer insights into how LS can function as a bridge between global educational reforms and local institutional realities, and how ITE institutions in centralised systems can move toward more reflective, research-informed, and practice-connected models of teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study examined the integration of Lesson Study (LS) within one initial teacher education (ITE) university, with the aims of exploring institutional implementation processes and assessing LS’s potential to transform ITE through practice-based research. The study was guided by three research questions: (1) how teacher educators and student-teachers perceive the role and value of LS; (2) how they experience its implementation; and (3) how they perceive opportunities and challenges related to institutionalising LS. An organisational case-study design was adopted to investigate LS integration within its real-life institutional context (Yin, 2014). The unit of analysis was the LS integration process rather than individual participants, enabling a holistic and process-oriented examination of organisational change. This approach was appropriate given the complexity and context-specific nature of LS implementation in ITE. Data were collected during Year 3 of LS integration, when the initiative had reached greater maturity. At this stage, structured mentoring, reflective online documentation, and collaborative project work were fully embedded, allowing for more informed and critical participant reflections. Multiple qualitative methods were used to ensure triangulation and credibility: open-ended questionnaires, semi-structured interviews, and focus groups (Stake, 1995; Yin, 2014). Questionnaires captured participants’ perceptions, satisfaction, challenges, and views on LS’s transformative potential. Interviews provided in-depth insights into individual experiences, while focus groups explored collective perspectives and collaborative dynamics. The case university was selected through purposive sampling as a revelatory case of sustained LS implementation. Random sampling was used to select participants within the LS cohort. In total, 60 student-teachers and 27 teacher educators completed questionnaires. Semi-structured interviews involved 5 student-teachers and 14 faculty members, and focus groups included 5 student-teachers and 5 faculty members, representing diverse subject backgrounds. Data were analysed using iterative thematic analysis supported by MAXQDA software. Initial open coding generated 1,703 codes, which were refined through axial coding into thematic categories aligned with the research questions (Stake, 2013). Pattern matching and explanation building were employed to link empirical findings with theoretical propositions (Yin, 2014). Reliability was enhanced through triangulation, reflexivity, and separation of researcher roles. Ethical approval was obtained from the Nazarbayev University Institutional Research Ethics Committee. Informed consent, confidentiality, and voluntary participation were ensured in accordance with KERA ethical standards. Although findings are context-bound and analytically rather than statistically generalisable, the study provides valuable insights into the organisational dynamics that shape LS institutionalisation and sustainability within ITE. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that LS was perceived by both teacher educators and student-teachers as a significant shift from theory-dominated approaches toward practice-based, learner-centred inquiry. Word-frequency analysis confirmed this orientation, with “Lesson Study,” “research,” “practice,” and “professional development” dominating participants’ accounts, positioning LS as a research-informed model of professional learning rather than a procedural requirement (Cajkler & Wood, 2019; Dudley, 2015). First, LS was viewed as an effective response to the persistent theory–practice divide in ITE. Unlike traditional diploma projects, which were often described as compliance-driven and weakly connected to classroom realities, LS enabled sustained engagement with authentic teaching problems, direct observation of pupil learning, and iterative instructional refinement (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 1999; Schipper et al., 2020). Participants also noted that LS promoted research authenticity and reduced plagiarism through reflective documentation and evidence-based inquiry . Second, implementation experiences were described as both challenging and developmental. Although students initially struggled with reflective writing and systematic analysis, LS strengthened their analytical thinking, instructional adaptation, and collaborative learning. The collaborative nature of LS reduced hierarchical boundaries and fostered shared inquiry, motivation, and agency, resulting in both academic and practical educational products (Cajkler & Wood, 2016; Vermunt et al., 2019). Finally, institutionalisation depended on structural conditions. Participants highlighted insufficient induction, uneven mentor preparation, and scheduling constraints as major barriers. They recommended earlier LS integration, clearer guidelines, stronger mentor training, and better alignment with partner schools (Schipper et al., 2020; Wood et al., 2019). Overall, LS demonstrates strong transformative potential for ITE in Kazakhstan, however, its sustainability requires coherent institutional alignment so that LS becomes an embedded organisational practice rather than an isolated capstone activity. References Beauchamp, C. (2015). Reflection in teacher education: issues emerging from a review of current literature. Reflective Practice, 16(1), 123–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/14623943.2014.982525 Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. (1999). Relationships of knowledge and practice: Teacher learning in communities. Review of Research in Education, 24, 249-305. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X024001249 Darling-Hammond, L. (2014). Strengthening Clinical Preparation: The Holy Grail of Teacher Education. Peabody Journal of Education, 89(4), 547–561. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2014.939009 Dudley, P. (2014). How Lesson Study works and why it creates excellent learning and teaching. In Dudley, P. (Ed.) Lesson study. Routledge. pp. 1-28. Frost, D. (2006). The concept of ‘agency’ in leadership for learning. Leading & Managing, 12(2), 19-28. Fullan, M. (2016). The new meaning of educational change. Teachers’ College Press. Helgevold, N., & Wilkins, C. (2020). International changes and approaches in initial teacher education. In Lesson study in initial teacher education: Principles and practices (pp. 1-15). Emerald Publishing Limited. Lamb, P., & Aldous, D. (2016). Exploring the relationship between reflexivity and reflective practice through lesson study within initial teacher education. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 5(2), 99-115. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJLLS-11-2015-0040 Sarmurzin, Y., Amanzhol, N., Toleubayeva, K., Zhunusova, M., & Amanova, A. (2021). The impact of OECD research on the education system of Kazakhstan. Asia Pacific Education Review, 22(4), 757–766. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564- 021-09715-8 Schipper, T. M., Goei, S. L., Van Joolingen, W. R., Willemse, T. M., & Van Geffen, E. C. (2020). Lesson study in Dutch initial teacher education explored: its potential and pitfalls. International Journal for Lesson & Learning Studies, 9(4), 351-365. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJLLS-04-2020-0018 Urkunova, A., Kennedy, K. J., Karabassova, L., & Ryspayeva, D. (2025). Preparing educators for global challenges: insights from pre-service teacher education. Cogent Education, 12(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2025.2529422 Vermunt, J. D., Vrikki, M., van Halem, N., Warwick, P., & Mercer, N. (2019). The impact of Lesson Study professional development on the quality of teacher learning. Teaching and teacher education, 81, 61-73. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.02.009 Willemse, T. M., Ten Dam, G., Geijsel, F., Van Wessum, L., & Volman, M. (2015). Fostering teachers' professional development for citizenship education. Teaching and teacher education, 49, 118-127. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.03.008 Wood, P., Cajkler, W., Larssen, D. L. S., & Helgevold, N. (2019). The future of lesson study in initial teacher education. In Lesson study in initial teacher education: Principles and practices (pp. 203-213). Emerald Publishing Limited. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper A Scoping Review of Practicum Experiences in Initial Teacher Education: A 15-Year Synthesis of Organisational Architectures Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Topic The ‘practicum experience’ is widely recognised internationally as a crucial part of initial teacher education (ITE) programmes (Aras, 2021, p.158) and in the formation of teachers more generally (Archambault et al., 2016). While practicum takes on various forms depending on the context, fundamentally it is the field-based, clinical aspect of ITE, characterised by direct engagement with learners, usually in schools (Bentley et al., 2017). Its putative purpose is to function as a bridge between education theory and professional classroom practice (Grudnoff and Williams, 2010). There is evidence to suggest that practicum experiences have evolved in recent times (Grudnoff, 2011), and the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic as a catalyst in driving practicum experiences towards the online space cannot be underestimated (Moraru et al., 2024). This study utilises a scoping review spanning fifteen years to map the evolution of practicum architectures. It captures recent pandemic-mediated adaptations, without limiting the research focus to the disruption caused by the pandemic. To that end, this topic aligns strongly with the conference theme by mapping the organisational structures of ITE practicums to close the gap between knowing and acting on the evolving needs of student teachers (STs) and how ITE providers might respond to them via practicums. Aim and Research Question While various studies have examined isolated practicum structures, this scoping review aimed to map and consolidate existing evidence to provide a comprehensive taxonomy of how these clinical experiences are organised. The overarching research question was:
Through addressing this question, the intention was also to identify thematic gaps in relation to the organisational features of practicum that would signpost areas for more targeted systematic reviews thereafter. Conceptual Framework The study employed Arksey and O’Malley’s (2005) widely-used framework for scoping reviews, as the overarching heuristic device guiding the structure of the research. This approach was adopted because of its well-established utility for providing a preliminary overview of the research available on given topics and for mapping key concepts / gaps (Grant and Booth, 2009). It also accommodated the inclusion of a more diverse evidence base (e.g. quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods studies) to support a comprehensive landscape analysis - although some limiters were employed as part of the exclusion criteria to enhance rigour (e.g. only empirical peer-reviewed studies were considered). The framework incorporated five stages (Arksey and O’Malley, 2005, p.22):
The framework was supplemented by The PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR) (Tricco et al., 2018) to ensure that the methodological elements of the search, screening and reporting were robust - this is overviewed in detail in the Methods section below. While the search was not bounded by a settled conceptual or theoretical framework for how practicum was or should be organised (this was to ensure that the mapping of practicum concepts remained inductive and uninfluenced by predetermined constraints), some preliminary hypotheses were established to focus the review. For example, it was assumed that practicum experiences typically took place in physical school buildings but that this approach had likely evolved in response to the COVID-19 global pandemic. Similarly, it was assumed that an online component may form part of more recent practicum experiences or that there were some other technological elements to how practicum was organised. The methodological approach was designed to address these key issues and surface tensions that may have existed in relation to organisational considerations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The PRISMA-ScR was used to structure the literature search, across nine research databases widely used in education research. To ensure an exhaustive retrieval of relevant studies, the project adhered to a documented search strategy. This involved the application of Boolean search strings tailored to each database’s syntax. Both Zotero and Covidence were used throughout the search, screening and selection processes. Thorough inclusion and exclusion criteria were applied. For example, studies before 2009 were excluded, in favour of the fifteen-year window from then up to 2024. Only peer-reviewed, empirical studies were eligible for inclusion The application of the search string across databases produced five-hundred and seventy-one (n=571) articles. Following deduplication four-hundred and seven (n=407) articles were removed, leaving one-hundred and sixty-four (n=164) articles for title and abstract review. The high deduplication rate here can be attributed to the higher-than-usual number of databases consulted for the review. Following the removal of a further one-hundred and seven (n=107) articles during the title and abstract screening phase, fifty-seven (n=57) articles remained for full-text review. A further twenty-six (n=26) articles were removed after this, leaving thirty-one (n=31) eligible studies. To ensure exhaustiveness, a supplementary, single-pass, backward citation search of the reference lists of these eligible studies was undertaken and this produced a further four studies (n=4) that met the inclusion criteria. This resulted in a final article yield for review of thirty-five (n=35). Rigorous protocols were implemented throughout to ensure reproducibility, consistency and transparency. First, all three authors were involved in devising the research question and subsequent search string - this was subject to trials before being calibrated and finalised. Second, a pilot was undertaken by all three authors on 10% (n=17) of the initial set of deduplicated articles (n=164) for title and abstract review. This pilot determined the effectiveness of the inclusion and exclusion criteria, and refinements were made thereafter. For each stage of the screening process, all articles were reviewed separately by the first and third author. Where there was an inclusion/exclusion discrepancy, this was resolved first by discussion and then by consultation with the second author. The interrater reliability between the first and third author was calculated at 86%, with a Cohen’s Kappa of K=0.69 (well within the range of 0.61-0.80 for substantial agreement). The analytical procedure incorporated descriptive charting and thematic synthesis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research findings reveal key insights on practicum experiences in ITE and where the preponderance of data concerning the organisational elements emanates from. Almost half of the studies (n=16) were undertaken in the United States of America, with a much smaller proportion undertaken in Europe (n=6). This highlights a significant research deficit on the organisational logics of European ITE practicum experiences and positions this review as an important resource in mapping the potential for future development on the continent. The review identified ten organisational approaches to practicum, undertaken across three different spaces (1. traditional, in-school setting; 2. online setting; 3. emergent, hybrid setting). Nine overarching practicum pedagogies were identified and four supervision models extrapolated. A five-category, structural typology of possible practicum options was deduced from the data, which can be granularised further depending on the organisational approaches, pedagogies and supervision models employed by ITE providers. The results show that the processes for assessing STs on practicum encapsulate a number of different avenues, including the use of observation, checklists, rubrics, submission of portfolios / artefacts / reflective journals, the completion of surveys / questionnaires and the creation of presentations. However, it is notable that many of the studies did not indicate whether STs were assessed and even where there was positive indication of assessment, details on the grading scheme (e.g. binary pass / fail or multi-level categorical grading) were sparse. While COVID-19 accelerated a move to online practicum approaches, this rapid pandemic shift has yet to evolve into a refined, deliberate e-practicum model. This research will appeal to delegates involved with the design of practicum experiences in ITE. It aligns with the conference theme by providing signposts for future research on how clinical experiences in teacher education could evolve, to meet changing conditions and priorities for new teachers, in post-pandemic Europe. References Aras, S. (2021). Action research as an inquiry-based teaching practice model for teacher education programs. Systemic Practice and Action Research, 34, 153–168. Archambault, L., Kennedy, K., Shelton, C., Dalal, M., McAllister, L., and Huyett, S. (2016). Incremental progress: Re-examining field experiences in K-12 online learning contexts in the United States. Journal of Online Learning Research, 2(3), 303-326. Arksey, H., and O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. Bentley, E., Workman, M., and Overby, A. (2017). Being “adopted” into a teaching community: Exploring mentoring relationships in a yearlong field placement. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 6(3), 228-241. Grant, M. and Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: an analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91-108. Grudnoff, L. (2011). Rethinking the practicum: Limitations and possibilities. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 39(3), 223–234. Grudnoff, L., and Williams, R. (2010). Pushing boundaries: Reworking university–school practicum relationships. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 45(2), 33–45. Moraru, M., Monasterio López, D., Ramírez Moya, E. V., & Marty Cárcamo, J. I. (2023). Learning to teach online during the pandemic: Chilean EFL pre-service teachers’ experiences during their first online practicum. Perspectiva Educacional, 64(4), 55-79. Tricco, A., Lillie, E., Zari,n W., O'Brien, K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M., Garritty, C., Lewin, S., Godfrey, C., Macdonald, M., Langlois, E., Soares-Weiser, K., Moriarty, J., Clifford, T., Tunçalp, Ö. and Straus, S. PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. Annals of Internal Medecine, 169(2), 467-473. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Experiences with Practicum as Integrated Part of a five-year Physical Education Teacher Education Master Program. University of South-Eastern Norway Presenting Author:There is an ongoing international trend to reform teacher education (Wang et al., 2010). Although the reforms have similarities, there are also clear differences between different countries and contexts (Darling-Hammond & Lieberman, 2013). In Europe, teacher training reforms can be seen in the light of the Bologna process, which contributed to the standardization of higher education (Borgen & Prøitz, 2023). Bologna process thus included structural convergence and dissolution of the binary higher education system which was the traditional structure in many of the EU countries (Evetts, 2013; Fägerlind & Strömqvist, 2004). The Norwegian university sector has been special, in that there traditionally has been flexibility with regard to opportunities to combine different teacher education cultures. Especially school subjects without a traditional "mother" discipline at the university, such as physical education (PE), have had multiple paths to becoming certified as a teacher. These traits have been reinforced through system changes that have taken place from 2000 onwards, including the introduction of master’s degrees in all teacher education programs in Norway from 2017. Teacher education in Norway is regulated by national framework plans amended by the government. The teacher education programme plans at the higher education institutions are formally required to build on these national framework regulations. The framework plan for five-year teacher training in PE and other school subjects categorised as “practical and aesthetic” subjects was established in 2020 and introduced gradually at universities from 2022. PE is among the practical aesthetic school subject (PAS) together with arts and crafts, music, and food and health school subjects. Practicum is an integral part of the study program throughout all five years. Yet, in the fifth year, students will complete a master's thesis and can choose institutional context for their practicum. The practicum in teacher education is often seen as a context where student teachers can explore the theory-practice relationship under guidance from practice teachers and teacher educators (Ball, 2000; Standal et al., 2014). Physical education teacher education (PETE) is often practiced based on certain traditions of what it means to be a "good" teacher and keeping students active rather than to further develop their learning, movement skills and reflection (Annerstedt, 2008; Hodge et al., 2003; Standal et al., 2013; Quennerstedt, 2019). Teacher educators are reported to view learning to teach PE as a practical process revolving around the teaching and coaching of sports skills, thus, to a small extent engaged in the students' development as reflexive practitioners in school (Mordal-Moen & Green, 2014). We currently know little about how PE is taught in teacher education and how student teachers develop their professional role in interaction with practicum (Gulliksen & Hjardemaal, 2011). The study explores how practicum is experienced and enacted as an integrated part of the PETE programme. Building on student teachers’ and teacher educators’ experiences from eight semesters, the study addresses the following research questions: How do student teachers’ four years with practicum experiences within a five-year PETE program contribute to their professional development as physical education teachers? To analyse and understand how practicum is integrated in teacher educators’ teaching within PETE, the study draws on social practice theory (Reckwitz, 2002) and, more specifically, the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014; Kemmis, 2022). From this perspective, educational practices are understood as socially organised and historically formed arrangements constituted through sayings, doings, and relatings, and enabled and constrained by cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political conditions. This framework provides an analytical lens for examining practicum not merely as an individual learning activity, but as part of an ecological whole that connects teacher educators’ practices with student teachers’ experiences and professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative and participatory research design, using a workshop-based approach to explore experiences with practicum in the LUPE programme. Workshops are well suited for research that seeks to generate knowledge through dialogue and shared reflection, as they allow participants to negotiate meanings collaboratively and articulate experiences that may otherwise remain implicit (Ørngreen & Levinsen, 2017). The workshops brought together student teachers, teacher educators, and practicum teachers to create a shared space for discussing how practicum is integrated into the five-year PETE master programme. Rather than treating participants as individual data sources, the workshops were designed as a collective inquiry into practicum as a shared educational practice. This approach aligns with the study’s theoretical interest in practices as relational and socially organised phenomena. The workshops were inspired by the future workshop tradition, which invites participants to imagine desirable future situations, analyse current practices, and explore ways of moving from present conditions towards preferred ones (Vidal, 2005). This structure supported both critical reflection and constructive dialogue about practicum in PETE, and made it possible to identify tensions, possibilities, and constraints within the programme. Workshops were conducted in autumn 2022, spring 2023, spring 2025 and spring 2026. The workshops lasted approximately three hours and alternated between small-group work and plenary discussions. Participants engaged in brainstorming, reflection, and dialogue around four themes related to practicum and professional development in physical education teacher education. The workshop focused on different themes regarding how practicum was combined to learning. The workshop format was deliberately inclusive, and all participants’ experiences and perspectives were treated as equally important. Participants included student teachers enrolled in the five-year PETE in 2022 - 2027 and teacher educators involved in the programme. Participants were divided into mixed groups consisting of both student teachers and teacher educators. The researcher facilitated the workshops, participated in group discussions, and led the plenary sessions. During group work, participants wrote keywords, statements, and reflections on sticky notes, which were organised thematically and collected by the researcher. These notes, together with notes from plenary discussions, constituted the primary empirical material. The analysis focused on identifying patterns, variations, and breaks in how practicum was experienced and discussed. Drawing on the theory of practice architectures, particular attention was paid to how language, actions, and relationships were described, and to how these were enabled or constrained by institutional and organisational conditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on an initial and exploratory reading of the workshop material, the programme appears to offer student teachers meaningful opportunities to develop as physical education teachers. Our preliminary analysis suggests that practicum is experienced in different ways across contexts, and that these differences matter for how student teachers understand teaching, learning, and their emerging professional role. Rather than pointing to one shared practicum experience, the material suggests that student teachers encounter practicum in different ways across contexts. These experiences seem to contribute to engagement, movement joy, and reflection, while also highlighting tensions related to time constraints and the balance between different educational aims. Experiences from school-based contexts, including visits to schools and practicum periods, appear to deepen students’ understanding of the realities of teaching. Here, the material points to growing awareness of classroom management, relationships with pupils, learner diversity, and the challenge of adapting teaching to concrete situations. Students also describe uncertainty, mismatches between expectations and practice, and questions related to roles and responsibilities in school settings. Across practicum contexts, professional development appears to be closely linked to participation in school life and interaction with others. Being part of a professional community is described as both meaningful and demanding, highlighting the importance of relationships, opportunities for reflection, and support. The different contexts also challenge and develop the student’s professional language. It seems that the student move toward an enriched didactical and pedagogical language about their role as teachers and mentors in PE. However, it is depended on the structure of the practicum and the communication between mentors in practice schools, students and teacher educators. Overall, the preliminary findings suggest that student teachers’ professional development during this four-year period is shaped through participation in multiple practices, and that practicum plays an important, but varied, role in this process. References Ball, D. L. (2000). Bridging Practices: Intertwining Content and Pedagogy in Teaching and Learning to Teach, Journal of Teacher Education, 51(3), 241–247. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487100051003013 Borgen, J. S. & Prøitz, T. S. (2023). Kunnskapens rolle i lærerutdanning [The role of knowledge in teacher education]. I S. Mausethagen, S. Bøyum, J. Caspersen, T. S. Prøitz & F. Thue (red.) En forskningsbasert skole? Forskningens plass i lærerutdanning og skole [A research-based school? The place of research in teacher education and schools]. Universitetsforlaget, chapter 5, p. 88-106. https://doi.org/10.18261/9788215065540-23-05 Darling-Hammond, L., & Lieberman, A. (2013). Teacher education around the world. Routledge. Evetts, J. (2013). Professionalism: Value and ideology. Current Sociology, 61(5-6), 778-796. https://doi.org/10.1177/0011392113479316 Fägerlind, I., Strömqvist, G. (Eds.) (2004). Reforming higher education in the Nordic countries – studies of change in Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. International Institute for Educational Planning. UNESCO. http://www.unesco.org/iiep Hodge, S. R., Tannehill, D., & Kluge, M. A. (2003). Exploring the Meaning of Practicum Experiences for PETE Students, Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly, 20(4), 381-399. https://journals.humankinetics.com/view/journals/apaq/20/4/article-p381.xml Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer. Mordal-Moen, K. & Green, K, (2014) Neither shaking nor stirring: a case study of reflexivity in Norwegian physical education teacher education, Sport, Education and Society, 19:4, 415-434, https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2012.670114 Quennerstedt, M. (2019). Physical education and the art of teaching: transformative learning and teaching in physical education and sports pedagogy. Sport, Education and Society, 24(6), 611–623. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2019.1574731 Reckwitz, A. (2002). Toward a Theory of Social Practices: A Development in Culturalist Theorizing: A Development in Culturalist Theorizing. European Journal of Social Theory, 5(2), 243-263. https://doi.org/10.1177/13684310222225432 Standal, Ø. F., & Moe, V. F. (2013). Reflective Practice in Physical Education and Physical Education Teacher Education: A Review of the Literature Since 1995. Quest, 65(2), 220–240. https://doi.org/10.1080/00336297.2013.773530 Standal, Ø. F., Moen, K. M., & Moe, V. F. (2014). Theory and practice in the context of practicum: The perspectives of Norwegian physical education student teachers, European Physical Education Review, 20(2), 165–178. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X13508687 Vidal, R. V. V. (2006). The future workshop. Democratic problem solving. Economic analysis working papers, 5(4), 1–25. http://www2.imm.dtu.dk/pubdb/p.php?4491 Wang, J., Odell, S. J., Klecka, C. L., Spalding, E., & Lin, E. (2010). Understanding Teacher Education Reform. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(5), 395-402. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487110384219 Ørngreen, R. & Levinsen, K. (2017). Workshops as a research methodology. The electronic journal of e-learning, 15(1), 70–81. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 07 C: Teacher Agency in the Age of AI: Negotiating Pedagogy, Knowledge, and Professional Practice Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Beril Yılmaz Senem Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Can AI Mediate Teacher Agency? Preservice Teachers’ Engagement With Cogniti AI in Initial Teacher Education Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile Presenting Author:The rapid integration of GenAI into teacher education programs has created a critical imperative to explore its emerging impact on how PSTs develop professional skills and make pedagogical judgements. This paper reports on a pedagogical innovation that uses Cogniti AI as a reflective partner in a classroom research course designed for preservice English teachers. The study examined the tensions generated through PSTs navigating two distinct modes of engagement: a "confirmatory" mode oriented toward validation and reassurance, and an "exploratory" mode oriented toward generating alternatives and broadening perspectives. By positioning AI as a mediating tool, this study analysed how PSTs moved from passive recipients to active collaborators who exercised transformative agency—the capacity to reconceptualise existing frames of action to adopt new strategies to transform their classroom practice. Research Questions
Research Objectives
Theoretical Framework Given this research focus, the study is conceptually framed by Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT), which understands learning as a culturally and historically situated process mediated by social and material tools. From a CHAT perspective, human agency is understood not as an innate trait but as an intentional, deliberate set of actions taken to transform social reality. Further, central to this research is the related conception of transformative agency, which aligns with the drive of expansive learning central to CHAT theorising (Engeström, 1987). This orientation proposes that in confronting contradictions between the current and desired state, actors can move beyond existing knowledge and practices to create new expansive actions. Consistent with this conception, GenAI is understood in this study as a mediating artefact—that is, not merely a tool that facilitates a task—but instead something that fundamentally disrupts the mental processes and professional development of PSTs. In addition, we used positioning theory to understand the discursive shifts that occur during this mediation. As PSTs interact with AI tools, they necessarily need to negotiate their professional authority, in essence, "positioning" themselves as either dependent users seeking validation or as empowered researchers (i.e., using the GenAI as a sounding board to solve complex pedagogical problems). Through the CHAT lens, we sought to understand PST interactions with GenAI as a site of professional transformation where agency is fostered through the resolution of conflicts between current practices and new affordances emerging through GenAI.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts a qualitative, interpretive case study design to capture the nuances of PSTs’ interactions with AI tools. The participants were preservice English teachers enrolled in a university-based teacher education program who engaged in classroom-based research tasks supported by Cogniti AI. To ensure a deep and triangulated understanding of their experiences, data were collected from multiple sources over a semester-long intervention period. The primary data source was AI Conversation Logs, which provided comprehensive insights into the interactions between PSTs and the AI. These logs provided an objective basis for understanding how students iterated their prompts and the depth of analytical questioning adopted. This was complemented by two other data sources—Student Reports and Reflective Journals—where PSTs gave meaning to their subjective experiences, capturing their emerging engagement with the affordances of Cogniti AI. Finally, a series of focus group interviews explored the collective tensions and shifts in pedagogical roles that occurred when AI was introduced into the design of the classroom-based research process. Data analysis followed a multi-layered approach, using thematic analysis to identify patterns of engagement. This centred on identifying evidence of changes in agency and expansive learning actions—such as questioning, analysing, and modelling—to distinguish between stances of dependence and empowerment. Furthermore, positioning analysis was used to analyse how PSTs and teacher educators discursively constructed their authority and roles whilst using Cogniti AI in decision-making processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate a progressive reconfiguration of PSTs’ professional agency in their engagement with Cogniti AI, unfolding across four interrelated stages: embryonic, emerging, evolving, and expanded. In the embryonic stage, PSTs engaged with the tool in largely confirmatory ways, focusing on technical prompt refinement, accuracy checks, and validation of pre-existing ideas. This mode of engagement played an important pedagogical role, providing psychological safety and reducing uncertainty in early research work, yet agency remained primarily procedural. As PSTs progressed, their engagement shifted through emerging and evolving stages toward more exploratory and reflective uses of Cogniti AI. Students increasingly positioned it as a reflective partner, asking it to confirm coherence between research questions, instruments, and evidence, and to surface tensions or alternative analytic possibilities. In these stages, Cogniti AI functioned as a mediator of metacognition, prompting PSTs to interrogate the adequacy of their methodological choices and to exercise professional judgement by selectively adopting, adapting, or rejecting AI feedback. At the expanded stage, agency was expressed most clearly in PSTs’ capacity to decide when and how GenAI should be used—or deliberately not used—based on pedagogical, ethical, and developmental considerations. Across all stages, a persistent tension was the risk of a dependency trap, whereby the fluency and ease of GenAI output could undermine independent professional judgement. Learning to navigate this tension, rather than maximising GenAI use, emerged as central to the development of professional agency. The theoretical contribution of this research is to conceptualise GenAI as a relational mediator in the development of teacher agency. Pedagogically, it offers guidance on scaffolding GenAI use to foster critical autonomy rather than dependence. Practically, it provides design principles for research tasks in which GenAI supports professional judgement and disciplined reflection, enhancing—rather than replacing—human teaching and inquiry. References Alé, J., Ávalos, B., & Araya, R. (2025). Chilean teachers’ knowledge of and experience with artificial intelligence as a pedagogical tool. Education Sciences, 15(10), 1268. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15101268 Edwards, A. (2015). Working relationally in and across practices: A cultural-historical approach to collaboration. Cambridge University Press. Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: An activity theoretical approach to development research. Helsinki: Orienta-Konsultit. Harré, R., & van Langenhove, L. (1999). Positioning theory: Moral contexts of intentional action. Blackwell Publishers. Martin, J. (2020). Teacher agency and the sociotechnical: Reconfiguring professional learning through relational approaches. Teaching and Teacher Education, 92, 103046. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103046 Lodge, J. M., Yang, S., Furze, L., & Dawson, P. (2023). It’s not like a calculator, so what is the relationship between learners and generative artificial intelligence? Learning: Research and Practice, 9(2), 117–124. https://doi.org/10.1080/23735082.2023.2261106 Reyes-Rojas, J., Díaz, B., Ruz-Reveco, C., Castro, A., & Reyes-González, D. (2026). Conceptualizing pre-service teachers’ readiness for AI integration into teaching practices: An intelligent-TPACK approach. Computers and Education Open, 10, 100320. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2025.100320 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper AI-Powered Pedagogical Priorities: How AI is Shaping Instructional Design in Indonesian Teacher Education. 1: University of Southampton; 2: Yogyakarta State University Presenting Author:The rapid integration of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) in higher education is reshaping how faculty design, implement, and assess learning. This shift is especially consequential for teacher education institutions, which must prepare graduates to teach effectively and lead school change (Dickerson et al., 2021). Accordingly, instructional design is increasingly framed as a decision-oriented, reflective practice that models professional reasoning for prospective teachers (Loughran, 2019). Lecturers, therefore, need to interrogate design choices so that AI adoption improves learning rather than merely substituting existing tools (Osorio Vanegas et al., 2025). Reflective modelling, however, is constrained by time poverty linked to work intensification. Scholarship shows that administrative burdens and formalities erode attention to pedagogy and reduce teaching effectiveness (Woelert, 2023). In Indonesia, mandatory performance reporting and evidence uploads to a national digital platform expand documentation workloads, while such processes can raise motivation and document management, but they do not directly improve lecturers’ teaching performance (Kamaluddin et al., 2024). Institutional analyses of Indonesian higher education data reporting governance likewise foreground complexity and structural accountability, conditions that readily redirect academic energy from pedagogical priorities to compliance (Baraas et al., 2023). At the same time, national policy allows GenAI integration when it is ethical, transparent, and maintains academic integrity, so AI is often promoted to drive efficiency and personalise curriculum, assessment, and materials (Directorate of Learning and Student Affairs, 2024). Existing Indonesian research on AI largely addresses technological affordances, student outcomes, and ethical or policy concerns. Far less attention is paid to AI as a transformative force in pedagogical priorities and in lecturers’ professional agency issues central to teacher education, where modelling reflective, values-driven practice is essential. Consequently, we lack a robust understanding of how AI reshapes the conceptualisation of effective pedagogy in instructional design, and how such influence shapes prospective teachers’ perceptions and uptake of professional practices. This study addresses that gap by conceptualising AI integration as a mediating factor that can reconfigure pedagogical priorities. We employ the Community of Inquiry (CoI) framework with emphasis on teaching presence as foundational to teaching effectiveness. It comprises design and organisation, facilitation, and direct instruction, which together express teaching intentionality and the quality of design decisions (Wang et al., 2021). In teacher‑training institutions, teaching presence not only orchestrates learning through design, facilitation, and social‑cognitive activity, but also models pedagogical reasoning and professionalism that prospective teachers can internalise (Adam et al., 2025). To explain how AI shapes teaching presence, we draw on Activity Theory. We conceptualise instructional design as a historically and socially situated activity system in which educators (subjects) pursue pedagogical goals (objects) through mediating artefacts, AI among them, within rules, community norms, and divisions of labour. Contradictions among these components are treated as drivers of practice change (Engeström, 2001). Within this lens, AI operates as a mediating artefact that embodies implicit pedagogical assumptions and can introduce new tensions into the ecology of instructional design. Guided by CoI through the lens of Activity Theory, the study investigates three questions: (1) How does AI reconfigure pedagogical priorities associated with teaching presence in lecturers’ instructional design at Indonesian teacher‑training institutions? (2) What tensions emerge when AI affordances interact with pedagogical values, institutional rules, and divisions of labour in the instructional‑design activity system? (3) How does AI-mediated teaching presence influence the modelling of pedagogical practices and the development of pre-service teachers’ professional identities? Centring lecturers’ perspectives, we foreground pedagogical agency as a key construct for understanding how educators negotiate, accommodate, or resist AI-mediated design norms in teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An interpretive qualitative approach was employed, utilising a single-site case study design at a teacher-training university in Indonesia. The university was treated as a bounded system to investigate how lecturers interpret, negotiate, or reject AI-mediated design norms in instructional design. The theoretical framework integrates the Community of Inquiry (CoI) model, specifically the dimensions of teaching presence (design and organisation, facilitation, direct instruction), with Engeström's Activity Theory (AT), thereby connecting micro-level teaching practices to system-level elements such as Tools, Rules, and the Division of Labour. Participants were purposively recruited, with five lecturers selected based on the following criteria: (1) active involvement in teaching prospective teachers, (2) experience utilising artificial intelligence for lesson planning, syllabus development, assessment design, or instructional materials, and (3) representation of social sciences, STEM, and humanities disciplines with exposure to educational technology. Data collection involved semi-structured interviews lasting approximately 60 minutes that focused on design workflows and supporting artefacts, such as lesson plan excerpts, rubrics, prompts, and draft materials. Ethical procedures included obtaining informed consent and ensuring participant anonymity. We applied Framework Analysis by Ritchie & Spencer (2002) in five stages, aligned with the research questions and the CoI–AT frame. (1) Familiarisation: immersion in transcripts and artefacts, with reflexive memos marking teaching presence and Activity Theory segments and their initial links to RQ. (2) Thematic framework: an a priori structure from CoI (pedagogical priorities) and AT (Subject, Object, Tools, Rules, Division of Labour), augmented by emergent subthemes (efficiency, pedagogical control, trust in AI, local context) to maintain theory–data fit. (3) Indexing: codebook-based coding with operational definitions and inclusion/exclusion rules. 20–30% double coded, discrepancies resolved, and the codebook revised, all decisions logged in an audit trail. (4) Charting: case and theme matrices summarising (a) reconfigured pedagogical priorities (teaching presence), (b) tensions at AI and Rules/Division of Labour, and (c) modelling of lecturer practices and pre-service teachers’ professional identities. (5) Mapping & interpretation: cross-case comparison to derive a typology of AI-based teaching presence, trace adaptation mechanisms (rule changes, assessment redesign, work redistribution), and formulate propositions on pedagogical agency. Rigour achieved through member checking of summary matrices, negative case analysis, and conceptual-level theoretical saturation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across this teacher training university, lecturers consistently subordinate AI to pedagogical rationality, sustaining teaching presence through concrete actions. AI is therefore confined to preparatory work, including drafting materials, course outlines, recaps, and initial evaluations, while core pedagogical decisions remain with lecturers. Adoption is heterogeneous. Three lecturers fully embraced AI with personal implementation strategies, whereas two accepted it conditionally, contingent on clear institutional guidelines and training in responsible use. Together, illustrating a normative stance that AI must remain subordinate to human pedagogical judgement, supported by digital literacy, institutional safeguards, and prudence to preserve lecturer agency (Kasneci et al., 2023). To stabilise tensions between tools–rules and tools–division of labour, boundary-setting is implemented through learning outcomes-based guardrails, source verification, and a mandatory synthesis stage to safeguard reasoning and critical thinking. This aligns with Activity Theory’s contradictions and affirms human control in educational AI integration. Operationally, AI assumes augmentative, distributive, and delegative roles within “shadow work” such as summarising, rubric drafting, formative item banks, and technical corrections, ensuring that professional reasoning remains central to instructional design. This approach reinforces the lecturer’s role as the director responsible for metacognition and final decisions, maintaining human oversight and preventing AI from displacing pedagogical judgement (Atchley et al., 2024). Efficiency gains are reinvested into high-value pedagogy, including personalised mentoring, contextual resource enrichment, instructional reflection, richer classroom interactions, and advanced, transparent assessment methods (such as consistent analytic rubrics, adaptive formative quizzes, tiered feedback banks, and process-tracked portfolios). Lecturers model selective-reflective AI use to foster prospective teachers’ reflective competencies, highlighting reflection’s centrality in teacher preparation and a human–AI collaboration model that prioritises pedagogical agency, metacognition, and professional reasoning (Pinnegar & Lay, 2023). It is recommended to enact institution-wide AI policies with human oversight, cut administrative workload, and embed critical synthesis tasks while modelling effective AI use across teacher education curricula. References Adam, M. S., Abd Hamid, J., Khatibi, A., & Azam, S. F. (2025). Investigating the effects of direct instruction and facilitated discourse on social and cognitive presence in blended learning. Online Learning, 29(1), 89–108. Atchley, P., Pannell, H., Wofford, K., Hopkins, M., & Atchley, R. A. (2024). Human and AI collaboration in the higher education environment: Opportunities and concerns. Cognitive Research: Principles and Implications, 9(1), 20. Baraas, T., Sudirman, Asrin, Setiadi, D., & Fahruddin. (2023). Governance of higher education database reporting (PDDikti): Case study at XYZ University. Jurnal Ilmiah Mandala Education, 9(4), 3168–3178. Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2025). Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders: A systematic research synthesis. Educational Review, 77(2), 661–680. Dickerson, C., White, E., Levy, R., & Mackintosh, J. (2021). Teacher leaders as teacher educators: Recognising the ‘educator’ dimension of some teacher leaders’ practice. Journal of Education for Teaching, 47(3), 395–410. Direktorat Pembelajaran dan Kemahasiswaan. (2024). Panduan penggunaan generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) pada pembelajaran di perguruan tinggi. Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan Tinggi, Riset, dan Teknologi. https://dikti.go.id/api/file/humas-production/2024/10/Panduan-Penggunaan-Generative-Artificial-Intelligence-pada-Pembelajaran-di-Perguruan-Tinggi.pdf Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133–156. Kamaluddin, L. A., & Asniwati, A. (2025). Optimalisasi kinerja dosen melalui penguasaan teknologi dan dukungan organisasi: Implikasi terhadap kepuasan kerja dalam pelaksanaan Tridharma perguruan tinggi. Jurnal Manajemen STIE Muhammadiyah Palopo, 11(2). Kasneci, E., Seßler, K., Küchemann, S., Bannert, M., Dementieva, D., Fischer, F., … Kasneci, G. (2023). ChatGPT for good? On opportunities and challenges of large language models for education. Learning and Individual Differences, 103, 102274. Loughran, J. (2019). Pedagogical reasoning: The foundation of the professional knowledge of teaching. Teachers and Teaching, 25(5), 523–535. Osorio Vanegas, H. D., Segovia Cifuentes, Y. D. M., & Sobrino Morrás, A. (2025). Educational technology in teacher training: A systematic review of competencies, skills, models, and methods. Education Sciences, 15(8), 1036. Pinnegar, S., & Lay, C. D. (2023). The role of reflection in teacher and teacher educator development. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1225168. Wang, Y., Zhao, L., Shen, S., & Chen, W. (2021). Constructing a teaching presence measurement framework based on the Community of Inquiry theory. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 694386. Woelert, P. (2023). Administrative burden in higher education institutions: A conceptualisation and a research agenda. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 45(4), 409–422. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Negotiating Knowledge, Assessment, and Teacher Agency in GenAI-Supported Science Experiments Zonguldak Bulent Ecevit University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The incorporation of generative AI (GenAI) into physics education embodies a duality of extraordinary potential and considerable educational risk. Recent research indicates that models such as GPT-4o may surpass the performance of typical undergraduates on standardized physics concept inventories; however, this superiority fosters a misleading appearance of mastery (Kortemeyer et al., 2025). A thorough review of the literature uncovers significant concerns related to multimodal processing, the validity of assessments in laboratory environments, and the dependence on students' prior knowledge to alleviate AI hallucinations (Kortemeyer et al., 2025; Nikolic et al., 2025). First, AI doesn't work the same way in all areas and modes. LLMs are excellent at conceptual tasks that involve text, and they often do better than humans at things like thermodynamics and relativity. However, they are not very good at interpreting visual data like graphs and diagrams. Also, there is a big "language gap" because AI models don't work the same way in all languages. They work better in English and Western European languages but worse in others. This could make global educational inequalities worse (Kortemeyer et al., 2025). Second, the rise of GenAI puts the accuracy of traditional lab tests at risk. The standard lab report, which tests cognitive skills like writing and data synthesis a lot, is very easy for AI to copy. Conversely, psychomotor objectives (equipment handling) and affective objectives (teamwork, ethics) are significantly more impervious to AI simulation; however, educators presently exhibit diminished confidence in evaluating these areas. To preserve assessment validity, it is imperative to transition from unsupervised written reports to a variety of assessment modalities, such as practical examinations, interviews, and direct observations, which are not easily replicable by AI (Nikolic et al., 2025). Lastly, the fact that AI can be a "lab partner" shows a paradox of expertise. Case studies with high school students show that in order to use AI to solve problems well, students need to already know enough about the subject to be able to spot "hallucinations" or wrong physics explanations given by the model. Students who are new to a subject and don't have this basic knowledge are more likely to believe analogies that sound good but are scientifically wrong. This can make misunderstandings worse instead of fixing them. So, to use GenAI in classes, we need more than just access to the technology (Kilde-Westberg et al., 2025). In this context, the emphasis on science teacher training is critical, particularly in relation to GenAI. Programs should not only use GenAI for productivity but also encourage critical evaluation and the development of irreplaceable skills. This design-oriented qualitative study was conducted in a new undergraduate course, Experiments in Primary Science Education. The course treated GenAI as a critical tool for hands-on experiments rather than a credible source of information. The hands-on experiments focus on recognizing AI faults, reassessing valid evaluations, and rethinking instructional identity regarding AI. GenAI is not considered reliable. The study shows how GenAI changes notions of reliable knowledge and teaching obligations by redefining knowledge as an epistemic practice impacted by judgment and uncertainty. Overall, it contributes to discussions on how educational research can adapt to AI-enhanced classroom difficulties and potential. Within this framework, the study is guided by the following research questions: 1. How do pre-service teachers evaluate the scientific reliability of GenAI-generated explanations in hands-on science experiments? 2. How does engagement with GenAI influence pre-service teachers’ conceptions of assessment validity in experimental science education? 3. How do these experiences reshape pre-service teachers’ pedagogical positioning and sense of agency in AI-mediated learning environments? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a design-based qualitative research approach, enabling iterative alignment between pedagogical design, data collection, and theoretical interpretation. The research was carried out during a six-week instructional module integrated into the “Experiments in Primary Science Education” course at a faculty of education. The participants were pre-service primary and elementary science teachers enrolled in the course. The educational design has three phases that are all connected. In the first phase, participants are expected to perform science experiments that are in line with primary-level curricula, such as floating and sinking. After doing certain experiments, students ask a GenAI system to explain what they saw. These AI-generated answers are deliberately chosen or directed to incorporate plausible yet scientifically erroneous reasoning. Participants are instructed to evaluate AI outputs against their empirical observations and to substantiate their assessments concerning scientific reliability and accuracy. During the second phase, participants are expected to work on redesigning assessments. For the same experimental tasks, they look at several ways to test, such as traditional written lab reports, oral exams, practical demonstrations, and real-time observational rubrics. Students critically evaluated which learning outcomes could be properly assessed in the context of GenAI and which necessitated human judgment, physical involvement, or ethical thinking. The third phase is all about figuring out how they are as a teacher and where they fit in. At the beginning and end of the module, participants are expected to write down their thoughts on the function of GenAI in science teaching and what teachers should do in AI-mediated learning settings. The sources of data are: Reports on comparative assessments in writing of explanations based on AI and experiments Reflective journals and structured written responses Pre- and post-module pedagogical positioning texts Interviews (individual and group) Qualitative content analysis and an inductive-deductive coding technique are planned to be used. Analytical categories concentrated on epistemic evaluation standards, the rationale for assessment validity, and manifestations of teacher agency and accountability. Triangulation of data sources and repeated peer debriefing will be generated to show the reliability of the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research aims to enhance physics and science education research by providing an empirically based and critically focused example for the incorporation of GenAI into experimental learning contexts. Instead of only looking at how well or quickly GenAI works, the study hopes to show how using AI changes teachers’ decisions about what to teach, how they evaluate students’ performances, and how they conduct themselves as teachers through the educational environment changes. First, the study is going to clarify how structured, experiment-focused interactions with GenAI facilitate the cultivation of epistemic awareness among pre-service teachers. It is expected that participants would exceed artificial recognition of fluent AI-generated explanations and progressively depend on empirical evidence, causal reasoning, and conceptual coherence in the assessment of scientific arguments. This result would highlight that science education should see GenAI as a tool for critical analysis rather than a definitive source of knowledge. Second, the study seeks to improve GenAI-era assessment validity discussions. The research engages pre-service teachers in a critical review of evaluation methodologies to emphasize a change toward learning outcomes that focus on human qualities like experiential judgment, psychomotor skills, ethical reasoning, and collaborative practices. These findings might help reconfigure AI-mediated assessment methods for efficacy. Third, the study aims to demonstrate shifts in pedagogical positioning, with pre-service teachers increasingly viewing their role as epistemic mediators and responsible decision-makers rather than mere distributors of content. This anticipated modification would impact teacher education programs aiming to prepare future teachers for classrooms filled with AI. The study aims to contribute to educational research by demonstrating how experimental science courses can function as critical platforms for examining the risks and opportunities linked to GenAI. The study underscores epistemic integrity, evaluative accountability, and teacher agency, offering a flexible structure for the incorporation of human-centered AI in scientific education. References Kortemeyer, G., Babayeva, M., Polverini, G., Widenhorn, R., & Gregorcic, B. (2025). Multilingual performance of a multimodal artificial intelligence system on multisubject physics concept inventories. Physical Review Physics Education Research, 21(2), 020101. https://doi.org/10.1103/98hg-rkrf Nikolic, S.,Suesse, T.F., Grundy, S., Haque, R., Lyden, S., Lal, S., Hassan, G.M., Daniel S. & Belkina, M. (2025). Assessment integrity and validity in the teaching laboratory: adapting to GenAI by developing an understanding of the verifiable learning objectives behind laboratory assessment selection, European Journal of Engineering Education, 50(4), 673-701, https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2025.2456944 Kilde-Westberg, S., Johansson, A., & Enger, J. (2025). Generative AI as a lab partner: A case study. Physical Review Physics Education Research, 21(2), 020119. https://doi.org/10.1103/ggy1-3kjk |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 07 D: Teachers’ Working Conditions, Wellbeing, and Professional Stress Location: 113 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Da Zhou Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teachers’ Responses to Student Bullying: A Systematic Literature Review University of New South Wales, Australia Presenting Author:Bullying has recently drawn ongoing concerns in school environments globally due to its widespread incidence and harm to students’ emotional well-being and academic engagement (Al Ali et al., 2025). As role models, authoritative figures and agents who shape institutional norms, teachers are uniquely positioned to impact the bullying dynamics (e.g. Colpin et al., 2021). However, there is still little precise and widely accepted conceptualisation of teacher responses to bullying, especially in secondary schools (e.g., Colpin et al., 2021). This systematic literature review (SLR) thus synthesises and discusses empirical studies to conceptualise how teachers respond to bullying and what influences their strategies across secondary education contexts. In the light of Bronfenbrenner’s (1981) socio-ecological framework, this study puts forward to implications for policymakers, practitioners and stakeholders in dealing with bullying. This study draws on Bronfenbrenner's (1981) socio-ecological framework to understand teacher responses to bullying across microsystems, mesosystems, exosystems, macrosystems and chronosystems. Within this ecosystem, teachers are situated within a multi-stakeholder network that calls for coordinated efforts by parents, school leadership team and policy frameworks to address student bullying. In this sense, factors across different tiers of this socio-ecological system may impact teacher responses and result in a range of responses when they witness bullying incidents (Görzig et al., 2025). At the same time, students observe and make sense of teacher responses as models for behavioural and learnt norms that reflect whether bullying is accepted or condemned in schools and can result in their behavioural intentions about bullying (Burger et al., 2022). As such, understanding teacher responses to student bullying is underpinned within the mechanisms of how teachers impact student behaviours and the broader socio-ecological context that shapes their perceptions, decisions and intervention strategies. The growing attention to teachers’ potential role in addressing student bullying has resulted in various reviews on teacher responses to bullying over the past decade. Van Verseveld et al. (2019) explored how school-based antibullying programmes influence teachers’ attitudes, self-efficacy and responses. Dawes et al. (2024) examined teacher attitudes-responses correlation, and van Aalst et al. (2024) established a framework to elucidate and predict teachers’ intervention through their traits and behaviours. While all three reviews adopt the theory of planned behaviour to focus mainly on individual level factors (i.e., intentions) in relation to their responses, this approach has been considered as “too narrowly conceived” for not including broader factors (Rigby, 2024, p. 106). Also, O’Brien et al. (2024) proposed a model for comprehending personal and environmental factors related to teacher responses. Similarly, Gizzarelli et al., (2023) undertook a scoping review on staff responses to student-reported bullying and associated individual-institutional factors but acknowledged that their results could be distorted by including studies with poor methodology and measurement biases. Other existing reviews have had narrow focus areas of teacher responses to cyberbullying (Macaulay et al., 2021) or in primary education (van Aalst et al., 2024). This gap might undermine understanding anti-bullying support systems across educational levels, especially given the significant prevalence of bullying in secondary education (Martínez Sánchez et al., 2019). Over recent years, no review has systematically conceptualised teacher responses to student bullying in the broader ecosystem of secondary education based on empirical evidence while following quality assessment processes for included studies. Given this anchor, this SLR addresses the following research questions: 1. What teacher responses to bullying have been examined in the existing literature on secondary education? 2. What factors influencing teachers' responses to bullying have been identified in previous research? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines (Page et al., 2021) were adopted to ensure the accuracy and comprehensiveness of this SLR. In terms of inclusion/exclusion criteria, studies must be published in peer-reviewed English-language journals from 2016 to 2025. They must present empirical evidence on teacher responses to peer bullying among students and associated factors from the perspectives of teachers and students in secondary education. Teacher-targeted bullying or cyberbullying is outside the research focus. The search was conducted on Proquest (ERIC and Education databases), Scopus and Web of Science due to their esteemed reputations in the educational field. Clusters of keywords and equivalent synonyms were used in the search string, including (1) actors/stakeholders (students and teachers); (2) main theme (bullying, bullied); and (3) perspectives and responses/strategies. Secondary education terminology was not included in search syntax due to its wide variation across contexts, such as secondary schools, middle schools and high schools (UNESCO, 1995). To avoid excluding relevant studies, we deliberately chose a broader approach. Initial search yielded 1246 studies. After removing 287 duplicates, 959 studies were identified for (1) titles and abstracts, and (2) full-text screening. To ensure reliability, the first and second authors independently screened 10% of the total in each stage, and discrepancies were addressed through discussions with the third author. Following title and abstract screening, 229 studies were selected for full-text review. 79 studies met all eligibility criteria and were evaluated predicated on a 14-criteria framework adapted from Nguyen et al.'s (2024) reporting quality framework and Gorard's (2024) methodological quality framework. The authors independently evaluated 10% of studies and convened to reach consensus before completing appraisal process. Five low-quality studies were excluded, and 74 studies that meet at least 70% of the quality criteria were retained and imported into NVivo for analysis. Thematic synthesis (Thomassen & Munthe, 2021) was employed: (1) free line-by-line coding of primary study findings; (2) constructing ‘descriptive themes’ by grouping these ‘free codes’ into similar categories; and (3) developing ‘analytical’ themes. To ensure coding consistency and trustworthiness, the first and second authors collaboratively coded eight studies (equivalent to over 10% of sample) in the calibration phase. The authors discussed coding decisions, identified coding discrepancies and refined coding framework. The remaining publications were then coded using the established codebook. The research team then reviewed emerging codes and subcodes, cross-verified each other’s work and discussed uncertainties until full consensus was achieved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This SLR provides theoretical and practical insights into teachers’ strategies (emotional, instrumental and informational support strategies across individual, class and school levels together with unresponsive approaches) and factors influencing their responses to student bullying. One important finding is that authoritarian-punitive and unresponsive approaches emerge as prevalent measures by teachers, which escalates the circle of ‘revenge’ and power imbalances. Also, teachers usually discipline bullies while providing minimal emotional support to perpetrators and blaming victims. When receiving blame, victimised students may adopt bullying behaviours to seek attention and care they need (Winnicott, 2016). Such responses reflect teachers’ misunderstanding of bullying dynamics and unawareness of students’ mental health or emotional experiences in bullying contexts. Second, this study extends O’Brien et al.'s (2024) model and van Aalst et al., (2024) focus on primary education to conceptualising teacher responses to student bullying within secondary education through the socio-ecological framework. While individual elements like teacher self-efficacy and emotional intelligence predict intervention intentions, these attributes might be undermined by interpersonal dynamics (i.e. student characteristics: angry victims, high-achieving perpetrators) and systemic barriers (i.e. heavy workloads, lack of autonomy and academic-focused cultures) that push teachers toward punitive measures, non-intervention or protecting high-achieving bullies. This multi-tiered cross-level influence might create an ongoing circle where ineffective responses become normalised, affect their peers’ responses and shape school culture that reinforces societal acceptance of bullying. This study takes initial steps towards conceptualising teacher responses to bridge theoretical understanding with actionable practice. The study has implications for teacher professional development and beyond in equipping the workforce with the capacity to identify bullying and students’ emotional needs and effectively prevent and address school bullying. This can contribute to developing whole-school strategies to deal with school bullying and fostering secure learning environments where teachers are part of the solution, not carrying the burden alone. References Al Ali, N., Qasem, I., & Aldwaikat, T. (2025). Examining the impact of a school-based bullying education program on students’ knowledge of bullying, bullying behavior, and self-esteem. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, 30(1), 2454997. https://doi.org/10.1080/02673843.2025.2454997 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1981). The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design. Harvard University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv26071r6 Burger, C., Strohmeier, D., & Kollerová, L. (2022). Teachers can make a difference in bullying: Effects of teacher interventions on students’ adoption of bully, victim, bully-victim or defender roles across time. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 51(12), 2312–2327. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-022-01674-6 Colpin, H., Bauman, S., & Menesini, E. (2021). Teachers’ responses to bullying: Unravelling their consequences and antecedents. Introduction to the special issue. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 18(6), 781–797. https://doi.org/10.1080/17405629.2021.1954903 Dawes, M., Malamut, S.T., Guess, H., & Lohrbach, E. (2024). Teachers’ attitudes toward bullying and intervention responses: A systematic and meta-analytic review. Educational Psychology Review, 36(4), 122. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-024-09951-5 Gizzarelli, E., Burns, S., & Francis, J. (2023). School staff responses to student reports of bullying: A scoping review. Health Promotion Journal of Australia, 34(2), 508–517. https://doi.org/10.1002/hpja.680 Görzig, A., Betts, L. R., Maunder, R., Monks, C.P., De Amicis, L., & Bennett, S. (2025). Teachers’ responses to identity-based bullying: Social inequality, identity, and diversity at teacher and school level. International Journal of Bullying Prevention. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42380-024-00281-2 Macaulay, P., Betts, L., Stiller, J., & Kellezi, B. (2021). Teachers’ perceptions on the roles of publicity and severity in cyberbullying. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2020.1767183 Martínez Sánchez, I., Goig Martínez, R., González González, D., & Álvarez Rodríguez, J. (2019). School bullying in compulsory and advanced secondary education. Determining factors in its intervention. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 16(5), 750. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph16050750 O’Brien, S., Campbell, M., & Whiteford, C. (2024). A Review of Factors Affecting Teacher Intervention in Peer Bullying Incidents: A Call for More Nuanced Professional Development. Journal of School Violence, 23(3), 308–318. (WOS:001109297100001). https://doi.org/10.1080/15388220.2023.2289117 Rigby, K. (2024). Theoretical perspectives and two explanatory models of school bullying. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 6(2), 101–109. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42380-022-00141-x van Aalst, D. A. E., Huitsing, G., & Veenstra, R. (2024). A systematic review on primary school teachers’ characteristics and behaviors in identifying, preventing, and reducing bullying. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 6(2), 124–137. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42380-022-00145-7 van Verseveld, M., Fukkink, R., Fekkes, M., & Oostdam,R. (2019). Effects of antibullying programs on teachers’ interventions in bullying situations. A meta-analysis. Psychology in the Schools, 56(9), 1522–1539. (WOS:000481055600001). https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22283 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper A Typology of English Language Teachers' Occupational Stress and their Immunity 1: Lieden University, The Netherlands,; 2: Oslo Metropolitan University (OsloMet) Presenting Author:Proposal Information This study investigates English as a Foreign Language (EFL) teachers’ occupational stress and Language Teacher Immunity (LTI) in Iran, aiming to identify distinct profiles of stress and immunity and explore how these patterns relate to teachers’ biographical characteristics and coping strategies. Teacher well-being is a critical factor for instructional quality and learner success, yet teaching remains a highly demanding profession prone to burnout. These challenges are intensified in EFL contexts where sociocultural, ideological, and institutional constraints shape teachers’ professional lives. Language Teacher Immunity has been proposed as a mechanism that enables teachers to adapt to stressors and maintain professional functioning despite systemic pressures. Research Aim and Research Questions Addressing a gap in the literature, this study seeks to develop a typology of Iranian EFL teachers based on occupational stress and LTI and to examine how these profiles are associated with individual characteristics and coping strategies. The research is guided by the following questions:
By answering these questions, the study moves beyond reporting average levels of stress and immunity and instead provides a differentiated understanding of how these constructs co-occur and influence teachers’ professional lives. Theoretical Framework The study draws on established conceptualizations of teacher occupational stress and Language Teacher Immunity (LTI). Occupational stress is defined following Kyriacou (2011) as the experience of negative emotions, such as tension, anxiety, and frustration—resulting from aspects of teachers’ work and professional demands. Stress is understood as multidimensional, shaped by workload, job insecurity, institutional conditions, and interpersonal relationships. Language Teacher Immunity is conceptualized following Hiver (2017) as a dynamic system of psychological and professional mechanisms that teachers develop in response to ongoing challenges. LTI encompasses dimensions such as emotion regulation, resilience, teaching commitment, self-efficacy, and professional attitudes, which collectively enable teachers to sustain motivation and effectiveness despite stressors. Importantly, this study does not treat stress and immunity as opposing constructs. Rather, it adopts the view that stress and immunity can coexist, and that immunity influences how teachers experience and respond to stress rather than eliminating it. Based on these conceptualizations, the study employs a typological approach, assuming that EFL teachers differ in how stress and immunity combine in their professional lives. Identifying these profiles offers insights into adaptive strategies and their links to biographical factors such as age, experience, and mother tongue. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology This study adopted a mixed-method design to examine Iranian EFL teachers’ occupational stress and Language Teacher Immunity (LTI) and to develop a typology based on these constructs. Quantitative Phase: For collection data from 244 EFL practicing teachers, two questionnaires were used for data collection. The first instrument (ETSQ) measured occupational stress and was designed specifically for this study. To ensure validity and reliability, the questionnaire underwent a pilot test, followed by Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) and Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA). These procedures confirmed the factor structure and internal consistency of the scale. The second instrument assessed Language Teacher Immunity (ELTIQ), adapted from Hiver (2017). The adaptation process included a validity check and Factor Analysis (FA) to localize the questionnaire for the Iranian context. Both instruments demonstrated satisfactory psychometric properties. Data was analyzed using K-means cluster analysis to identify distinct profiles of stress and immunity. Additionally, a chi-square test was conducted to examine the predictive role of biographical variables (e.g., gender, age, teaching experience, mother tongue, and educational background) in cluster membership. Qualitative Phase: To complement the quantitative findings and provide deeper insights into teachers’ experiences, semi-structured interviews were conducted with nine teachers who had completed the questionnaires, three from each identified cluster. Interviews were carried out either in person or online via Microsoft Teams or Skype. The interview protocol began with broad, open-ended questions exploring teachers’ general perspectives on EFL teaching and occupational stress, followed by more specific questions related to factors identified during the quantitative phase. This approach allowed participants to elaborate on coping strategies and interpretations of stressors within a socio-politically restrictive environment. By integrating quantitative clustering with qualitative thematic insights, the study provides a comprehensive understanding of how stress and immunity interact in shaping teachers’ professional lives. This methodological design ensures both statistical rigor and contextual depth, enabling the development of a typology that is theoretically grounded and practically relevant. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The cluster analysis identified three distinct profiles of Iranian EFL teachers based on occupational stress and Language Teacher Immunity (LTI). Cluster 1 consists of teachers with moderate stress and high immunity, indicating that strong professional identity, confidence, and resilience help these teachers cope with systemic challenges such as low salaries, job insecurity, and administrative burdens. Cluster 2 represents teachers with moderate stress and moderate immunity, suggesting that while these teachers do not face the most severe organizational pressures, they also lack robust coping resources, leaving them comparatively more vulnerable than Cluster 1. Cluster 3 emerged as the most vulnerable group, characterized by high stress and low immunity. The most influential stressors for this cluster include Lack of Professional Competence, Difficult Work Conditions, and Insufficient Facilities & Resources. These findings imply that teachers in Cluster 3 work in highly challenging environments with resource shortages, demanding workloads, and limited institutional support. Immunity factors such as Resilience, Emotion Regulation, and Problem-Solving were notably low, indicating difficulties in managing emotions, adapting to challenges, and developing effective coping strategies. This combination places Cluster 3 teachers at heightened risk of emotional exhaustion, burnout, reduced job satisfaction, and related health issues. These findings highlight the urgent need for targeted interventions, including improved resource allocation, professional development opportunities, and emotional support systems. A chi-square test examined six biographical variables for their influence on cluster membership. Results revealed that only Mother Tongue significantly predicted cluster membership (p = .029), while age, experience, gender, marital status, and qualification showed no significant associations. Overall, the findings underscore the importance of recognizing distinct teacher profiles and tailoring support strategies to address both systemic and individual factors influencing stress and immunity. References Admiraal, W., Veldman, I., Mainhard, T., & van Tartwijk, J. (2019). A typology of veteran teachers’ job satisfaction: Their relationships with their students and the nature of their work. Social Psychology of Education, 22(2), 337-355. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-018-09477-z Collie, R. J., Shapka, J. D., & Perry, N. E. (2012). School climate and social–emotional learning: Predicting teacher stress, job satisfaction, and teaching efficacy. Journal of educational psychology, 104(4), 1189. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/a0029356. Haseli Songhori, M., Ghonsooly, B., & Afraz, S. (2018). Language teacher immunity among Iranian EFL teachers: A self-organization perspective. Iranian Journal of English for Academic Purposes, 7(1), 128-143. Hiver, P. (2017). Tracing the signature dynamics of L2 teacher immunity: A retrodictive qualitative modeling study. Modern Language Journal, 101(4), 669-690. https://doi.org/10.1111/modl.12433. Hiver, P., & Dornyei, Z. (2017). Language teacher immunity: A double-edged sword. Appl. Ling., 38(3), 405-423. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amv034. Klassen, R. M., & Chiu, M. M. (2010). Effects on teachers' self-efficacy and job satisfaction: Teacher gender, years of experience, and job stress. Journal of educational Psychology, 102(3), 741. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0019237. Kyriacou, C. (2011). Teacher stress: From prevalence to resilience. In J. Langan-Fox & C. L. Cooper (Eds.), Handbook of Stress in the Occupations, (pp. 161-173). Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.4337/9780857931153.00027. Lazarus, R. S., & Folkman, S. (1984). Stress, appraisal, and coping. New York: Springer Publishing Company. MacIntyre, P. D., Ross, J., Talbot, K., Mercer, S., Gregersen, T., & Banga, C. A. (2019). Stressors, personality and wellbeing among language teachers. System, 82, 26-38. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2019.02.013. Maghsoudi, M. (2021). Productive or maladaptive immunity? Which one is more dominant among Iranian EFL Prospective Teachers?. Applied Research on English Language, 10(1), 51-80. https://doi.org/10.22108/are.2020.124031.1595. Mercer, S. (2023). The wellbeing of language teachers in the private sector: An ecological perspective. Language Teaching Research, 27(5), 1054-1077. Mercer, S., Oberdorfer, P., & Saleem, M. (2016). Helping language teachers to thrive: Using positive psychology to promote teachers' professional well-being. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-32954-3_12. Noughabi, M. A., Amirian, S. M. R., Adel, S. M. R., & Zareian, G. (2020). The association of experienced in-service EFL teachers’ immunity with engagement, emotions, and autonomy. Current Psychology, 1-10. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12144-020-01066-8. Rahmati, T., Sadeghi, K., & Ghaderi, F. (2019). English as a foreign language teacher immunity: An integrated reflective practice. Iranian Journal of Language Teaching Research, 7(3), 91–107. http://dx.doi.org/10.30466/ijltr.2019.120738. Sadeghi, K., & Saadatpourvahid, M. (2016). EFL teachers’ stress and job satisfaction: What contribution can teacher education make? Iranian Journal of Language Teaching Research, 4(3), 75–96. https://doi.org/10.30466/ijltr.2016.20355. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper How Students Perceive Teacher Attention: A Latent Profiles Analysis Based on A Large-Scale Data in China 1: Northeast Normal University, China; 2: University of Scranton, USA; 3: Hitotsubashi University, Japan Presenting Author:1. Introduction Building on eye-tracking and cognitive perspectives, teacher attention refers to the selective allocation of cognitive resources to classroom events that teachers perceive as instructionally relevant (Witt et al., 2024). This multidimensional construct encompasses cognitive, affective, and behavioral foci (Hamre et al., 2013), aligning with the global shift toward cultivating well-rounded learners equipped with 21st-century competencies through student-centered education (UNESCO, 2021). However, how this multidimensional attention manifests varies substantially across contexts. In high-stakes systems, some teachers prioritize content delivery and behavioral monitoring (Au, 2007), while others attend to students' cognitive engagement and learning processes (Chaudhuri et al., 2022). Increasingly, teachers also focus on students' emotional needs, cultivating supportive classroom climates (Ruzek et al., 2016). These attentional orientations often coexist and interact dynamically, reflecting the context-dependent nature of teacher attention. Prior research has largely examined isolated aspects of attention—such as caring and noticing—using teacher-centered methods like eye-tracking or video analysis (König et al., 2022). Yet students' perceptions of teacher attention, which more directly shape their motivation and learning, remain underexplored. Moreover, most studies investigate separate dimensions rather than examining how different attentional foci combine into meaningful patterns in authentic classrooms. The present study addresses these gaps by employing latent profile analysis (LPA) to identify distinct profiles of teacher attention as perceived by students and examining how these configurations relate to students' holistic development. This approach offers a unique vantage point for understanding how instructional focus is experienced in real learning environments. 2. Theoretical Framework We operationalize teacher attention as the selective allocation of teachers' verbal expressions toward students during instructional dialogue, encompassing content guidance, relational support, and classroom management. This conceptualization emphasizes behavioral manifestations as perceived by students. Drawing on achievement goal theory (AGT), we distinguish three primary attentional dimensions. Performance-oriented teachers’ direct attention toward observable academic outcomes—grades, accuracy, and test performance—emphasizing external evaluation (Elliot & Church, 1997). Mastery-oriented teachers focus on students' cognitive processes, reasoning strategies, and understanding (Throndsen & Turmo, 2012). Additionally, teachers may attend to students' personal and socioemotional development, fostering psychologically safe climates (Wentzel, 2009). While AGT integrates cognitive and affective aims under mastery-oriented goals, these domains represent distinct constructs in classroom practice. The present study extends AGT by differentiating: (1) Attention to learning outcomes (performance-oriented focus), (2) Attention to learning processes (cognitive mastery-oriented focus), and (3) Attention to students' personal lives (affective/socioemotional focus). Research demonstrates that teacher attention significantly impacts academic achievement (Chan et al., 2025), motivation and self-efficacy Guo et al., 2025), and behavioral engagement (Sherin et al., 2011). However, these effects have been studied in isolation. Our framework proposes that these attentional dimensions combine into distinct profiles that differentially influence student outcomes across developmental domains (see Figure 1). 3. Research Questions To address existing gaps, this study is guided by three research questions: RQ1: What distinct profiles of teacher attention do students perceive in classroom settings? RQ2: How do students' academic, motivational, emotional, and behavioral outcomes differ across these attention profiles? RQ3: Within each teacher attention profile, how do motivational and emotional–behavioral factors influence students' academic achievement? By employing a person-centered approach through LPA, this study moves beyond variable-centered analyses to reveal how different configurations of teacher attention relate to students' comprehensive development, offering implications for both theory and practice in teacher professional development and educational policy. Figure 1. The Research Framework of This Study Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 4. Methods 4.1 Participants and Sampling Data were drawn from the 2024 Region Education Quality Assessment Project (REAP), conducted across 1,837 primary schools in 129 counties in a southern Chinese province. We employed a two-stage stratified sampling design, randomly selecting 85% of schools in each district or county in accordance with stratified sampling requirements (Johnson & Christensen, 2019). The sample targeted fourth-grade students in spring 2024 and is representative of the province's overall fourth-grade population. Of 54,396 participating students, 53,703 valid responses were retained after data cleaning (28,909 male [53.8%]; 24,794 females [46.2%]). 4.2 Instruments All instruments underwent rigorous reliability and validity testing during development. Teacher attention was assessed through student perceptions across three dimensions: attention to outcomes (e.g., "The teacher cares whether my scores have improved"), processes (e.g., "The teacher encourages me to develop independent thinking"), and lives (e.g., "The teacher is concerned about my emotional well-being"). Items used a five-point Likert scale, reverse-coded so higher scores indicated greater attention. Academic factors included standardized mathematics performance and problem-solving ability, assessed through tests developed based on National Curriculum Standards. Test development followed systematic procedures including expert review, cognitive interviews, pilot testing (n=30), pretesting (n=300), and international expert evaluation. Scores were scaled with M=500, SD=100. Motivational factors encompassed learning interest, confidence, internal motivation, and pressure, measured via validated scales (α=0.607-0.931). Emotional and behavioral factors included subjective well-being (9 items, 7-point scale), teacher-student relationship (5 items), and smartphone addiction (5 items, 4-point scale). All scales demonstrated acceptable reliability (Cronbach's α≥0.607) and construct validity (CFI≥0.912, TLI≥0.877). Although RMSEA values for some scales exceeded 0.08, they were retained given acceptable CFI/TLI values and strong content validity. Robustness checks excluding weaker measures yielded consistent results. 4.3 Procedures and Analysis Students completed an 80-minute paper-based mathematics test followed by a 20-minute online questionnaire. Tests were scored by trained graduate students achieving 95% inter-rater reliability. Professional data services handled data entry and verification. Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) was conducted using R to identify optimal teacher attention profiles based on the three attention dimensions. Model fit was evaluated using log-likelihood, AIC, BIC, sample-adjusted BIC, and entropy, with lower information criteria and higher entropy (>0.80) indicating better fit. Following the elbow criterion when fit indices diverged (Nylund et al., 2007), we selected the optimal model and classified students accordingly. Profile differences across academic, motivational, and emotional-behavioral outcomes were examined using ANOVA and post-hoc tests in SPSS 27. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 5. Key Findings This large-scale study (N=26,512 Chinese elementary students) examined how teachers' attentional orientations cluster into distinct profiles and their associations with student outcomes across academic, motivational, emotional, and behavioral domains. 5.1 Three Distinct Teacher Attention Profiles Latent profile analysis revealed three teacher attention types: (1) Outcome-Oriented (14.6%), emphasizing test results and performance; (2) Average-Oriented (35.5%), showing moderate attention across all dimensions; and (3) Process- and Emotion-Oriented (49.9%), prioritizing learning processes and students' emotional lives. Notably, attention to learning processes and personal lives consistently co-occurred, suggesting these dimensions may represent a unified student-oriented construct contrasting with performance-oriented attention. 5.2 Differential Impact on Student Development Students under Process- and Emotion-Oriented teachers demonstrated significantly superior outcomes: higher problem-solving ability (M=37.36 vs. 35.24), learning interest (M=4.21 vs. 3.24), intrinsic motivation (M=4.28 vs. 3.51), and subjective well-being (M=12.51 vs. 10.28), alongside lower academic pressure (M=1.85 vs. 2.39) and smartphone addiction (M=1.55 vs. 1.91) compared to Outcome-Oriented classrooms. Mathematics achievement remained comparable between Process-Emotion-Oriented and Outcome-Oriented groups, indicating that process-focused attention supports academic performance while simultaneously enhancing holistic development. 5.3 Moderating Role of Teacher Attention Teacher attention profiles moderated the motivation-achievement relationship. Motivational factors explained 8.2% of achievement variance under Process- and Emotion-Oriented teachers versus only 2.5% under Outcome-Oriented teachers, suggesting that process-focused attention amplifies motivation's academic impact by creating autonomy-supportive learning environments. 6. Implications These findings challenge stereotypes of East Asian education as narrowly performance-focused and demonstrate that teacher attention operates through dual cognitive-affective pathways. Professional development should cultivate process- and emotion-oriented attention through reflective practice and emotional intelligence training. By integrating Achievement Goal Theory and Self-Determination Theory, this study provides a theoretically grounded framework showing that quality of teacher attention—not merely its presence—decisively shapes both cognitive and socioemotional student development. References Witt, J., Schorer, J., Loffing, F., & Roden, I. (2024). Eye-tracking research on teachers’ professional vision: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 144, 104568. Hamre, B. K., Pianta, R. C., Downer, J. T., DeCoster, J., Jones, S. M., Brown, J. L., … & Cappella, E. (2013). Teaching through interactions: Testing a developmental framework of teacher effectiveness in over 4,000 classrooms. American Educational Research Journal, 50(4), 686–722. UNESCO. (2021). Education for sustainable development: A roadmap. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802.locale=fr Au, W. (2007). High-stakes testing and curricular control: A qualitative meta synthesis. Educational Researcher, 36(5), 258–267. Chaudhuri, S., Muhonen, H., Pakarinen, E., & Lerkkanen, M. K. (2022). Teachers' visual focus of attention in relation to students' basic academic skills and teachers' individual support for students: An eye-tracking study. Learning and Individual Differences, 98, 102179. Ruzek, E. A., Hafen, C. A., Allen, J. P., Gregory, A., Mikami, A. Y., & Pianta, R. C. (2016). How teacher emotional support motivates students: The mediating roles of perceived peer relatedness, autonomy support, and competence. Learning and Instruction, 42, 95-103. König, J., Santagata, R., Scheiner, T., Adleff, A.-K., Yang, X., & Kaiser, G. (2022). Teacher noticing: A systematic literature review of conceptualizations, research designs, and findings on learning to notice. Educational Research Review, 36, 100453. Elliot, A. J., & Church, M. (1997). A Hierarchical Model of Approach and Avoidance Achievement Motivation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 72(01), 218-232. Throndsen, I., & Turmo, A. (2012). Primary mathematics teachers’ goal orientations and student achievement. Instructional Science, 41(2):307-322. Wentzel, K. R. (2009). Students' relationships with teachers as motivational contexts. In K. R. Wenzel & A. Wigfield (Eds.), Handbook of motivation at school (pp. 301–322). New York, NY: Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. Chan, K, K, H., Jan van driel, S, J., & Hu, X. (2025). Does Teacher Noticing Matter for Students’ Science Content Learning Outcomes? Evidence From a Large-Scale Empirical Study. Journal of Teacher Education. Guo, W., Wang, J., Li, N. et al. The impact of teacher emotional support on learning engagement among college students mediated by academic self-efficacy and academic resilience. Scientific Reports, 15, 3670 (2025). Sherin, M.G., Russ, R. S., & Colestock, A. A. (2011). Accessing mathematics teachers’ in-the-moment noticing: Seeing through teachers’ eyes. New York, NY: Routledge. Johnson, R. B., & Christensen, L. (2019). Educational research: Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches (7th ed.). SAGE Publications. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 07 E: International Perspectives on Teacher Education: From Policy to Classroom Practice Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Analía E. Leite Méndez Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Bridging Knowing and Acting: The Erasmus+ Teacher Academies as Innovative Policy Action on European Teacher-Education 1: UCD Dublin, Ireland; 2: University College of Teacher Education Vienna, Austria; 3: University of Warsaw Presenting Author:Teacher education in Europe currently operates within a paradoxical landscape: it faces unprecedented political scrutiny while simultaneously being positioned as the primary mechanism for addressing complex societal challenges including digital transformation, sustainability, and educational equity. This tension has generated a critical need for new governance models that can bridge the gap between research, practice, and policy. This paper explores the shifting landscape of European teacher education through the lens of the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies (ETAs) within the context of the European Education Area (EEA) and the broader challenges of researching and enhancing teacher education practices and experiences. While European governments all too frequently question the quality of teacher education, there is nonetheless a growing consensus among policy makers that teacher quality is the cornerstone of improved educational outcomes and pupil achievement (OECD 2025; Binder 2024) . This paper proposes to examines how the ETAs represent a novel "knowing and acting" framework – moving policy-work for teacher education beyond traditional research to create innovative policy actions and bespoke communities of learning within a bounded space cultivated by the European Commission. Drawing from research and conceptual analysis that started early in the life of the intervention much of which has been completed by contributors to this paper (see Galvin et al., 2024) and from a significant publication on the implication of academies for teacher education governance (Sorensen & Graf 2024), we examine how these academies foster experimentalist governance (Sabel & Zeitlin, 2010) by including bottom-up, teacher-centred research into EU policy-making. Additionally, we consider the implications of the largely positive and celebratory Assessment of the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies Initiative Report (PPMI 2025) which focuses on the first and second cycle Academies. This was recently completed by the European Commission and presented in preliminary form at a Policy event in June 2025. This paper discusses the European Teacher Academies (ETAs) initiative as a potentially transformative policy-led framework that is actively reshaping standards and approaches in teacher education across Europe. As an ongoing initiative with significant implications for future practice, the ETAs represent a timely and important case for understanding how European educational policy is evolving to address the contradictions inherent in contemporary teacher education. Additionally, we discuss the Commission's position that reframing teacher education practices and strengthening national-level policy alignment are essential for the long-term sustainability of research-informed transformation; an often-unspoken but defining aspect of the Academies action. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We open with a focused analysis examining determining features of the Teacher Academies Initiative – its goals, approaches, and intended outcomes as a Commission policy activity. This analysis presents a clear understanding of the complexities involved in researching the initiative, particularly the challenges of studying key aspects of teacher education and its changing modalities against a background of surprising Commission disinterest. Our analysis draws on considerable insight assembled over three years as both participants in and critical observers of academies and their practices. Nest, we pursue three interconnected lines of inquiry, each offering distinct analytical value: First, we consider the policy influence paradox. When academies emphasize policy advocacy, establishing whether they actually influence educational policy at national and European levels becomes analytically challenging. As Andrews (2022, p1) observes, defining success, and working toward it, remains inherently difficult. Our discussion illuminates the gap between policy production and demonstrable influence in the Academies context. Second, we discuss the multilingualism and cultural diversity challenge. Examining Academy expectations related to multilingualism and cultural diversity exposes a baseline awareness problem. In contemporary Europe, marked by rising populism and cultural tensions, gauging authentic progress becomes especially problematic yet crucial. We identify both opportunities and challenges for Academies in this domain. Third, we address the sustainability question. Our work for this paper has highlighted the importance and urgency of Academy legacy and maintaining accessible educational resources long-term. While projects possess expertise to create pedagogically sound materials, researching their lasting impact presents significant challenges. These three lines of inquiry reveal substantive questions about rigorously researching ambitious educational interventions. In the paper's second part, time permitting, we discuss implications of the Assessment of the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies Initiative Report (PPMI 2025). Drawing from publicly available results, we address the problematic now facing European teacher educators as a professional community: research generation is intended as a core function of these networks. Critically, research produced within European Teacher Academies is designed to directly inform policy development at multiple governance levels – local, national, and European – creating feedback loops between practice-based inquiry and policy formation. Our overall assessment is that this unfortunately remains far from the lived reality of the Teacher Academies initiative to date. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Erasmus+ Teacher Academies (ETAs) initiative represent a pivotal shift in how ‘knowing & acting’ are integrated within EU policy work European teacher education. By positioning teacher quality as the fundamental cornerstone of educational achievement, these academies attempt to move beyond traditional practice and paradigms to foster innovative policy action. As a novel and we suggest significant intervention supporting the EEA objectives they serve as a mechanism for experimentalist governance, aiming to bridge the persistent gap between bottom-up, teacher-educator community practice & values and top-level EU policy-making. While the Assessment of the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies Initiative Report (2025) presents a limited but celebratory view of the first two cycles, a more critical examination reveals a complex policy influence paradox. The Commission’s position underscores that the long-term sustainability of these research-informed transformations depends on strengthening national-level policy alignment and reframing professional practices – an often-unspoken yet defining goal of the action. However, findings suggest a significant disconnect remains between the intended function of these networks – where practice-based inquiry is designed to inform multi-level policy development – and the current lived reality of the initiative to date. Furthermore, the potential of education research in this domain is currently hindered by challenges regarding resource sustainability, cultural diversity, and an initial lack of engagement from the wider teacher education community. For the ETAs to successfully navigate the contradictions of contemporary education, they must move beyond the mere production of policy to achieve demonstrable influence at the national level. This paper proposes that while the ETAs provide a unique "bounded space" for innovation, their success as a transformative framework requires a more rigorous integration of "knowing" and "acting" and full policy process participation by the European Teacher Education community to ensure that teacher-educator knowledge & values truly shape the future of European education policy. References Andrews, R. (2022). Defining success in educational advocacy; What is public policy success, Especially in development? HKS Working Paper No. RWP22-015, 2022. http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4233392 Ball, S. J. (2012). Politics and policy making in education: Explorations in sociology. Routledge. Binder, K. (2024). Teachers: Key to achieving the European education area [Briefing]. European Parliamentary Research Service. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/en/document/EPRS_BRI(2024)762284. European Commission. (2025). Working groups of the EEA strategic framework. European Education Area. https://education.ec.europa.eu/about-eea/working-groups Galvin, C., Madalińska-Michalak, J., & Revyakina, E. (2024). The European Union Erasmus+ Teacher Academies action: Complementing and supplementing European teacher education and teacher education research? In V. Symeonidis (Ed.), Enhancing the value of teacher education research (pp. 170-197). Brill. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004689992_009 Menter, I., & Flores, M. A. (2021). Teacher education, teacher professionalism and research: International trends, future directions. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(1), 1-4. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1850550. OECD. (2025). Unlocking high-quality teaching. OECD Publishing PPMI. (2025). Assessment of the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies initiative: Executive summary of the draft final report. European Commission Sabel, C. F., & Zeitlin, J. (2008). Learning from difference: The new architecture of experimentalist governance in the EU. European Law Journal, 14(3), 271–327 Sabel, C. F., & Zeitlin, J. (2010). Learning from difference: The new architecture of experimentalist governance in the EU. In C. F. Sabel & J. Zeitlin (Eds.), Experimentalist governance in the European Union: Towards a new architecture (pp. 1-28). Oxford University Press Sorensen, T. B., & Graf, L. (2024). A European experiment in governing teacher education and training: The case of the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies. Education Inquiry, 1-28 Symeonidis, V. (2021). Europeanisation in teacher education: A comparative case study of teacher education policies and practices. Routledge. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Optimizing Pedagogical Team Composition: The Impact of Role Distribution and Group Size on Collaborative Efficiency in Kazakhstan Nazarbayev Intellectual schools Presenting Author:Context and European Relevance: Anchored in the global academic discourse on Distributed Leadership and Professional Learning Communities (PLCs), this research investigates the mechanics of teacher collaboration within the context of Kazakhstan’s educational modernization. Specifically, the study responds to the growing emphasis on PLCs as primary drivers of school improvement (Harris, 2014). This topic is particularly relevant for the European context, where despite the policy push for collaboration, schools often struggle with the practical mechanics of teamwork. As noted by Hargreaves and Fullan (2012), simply grouping teachers does not guarantee "Professional Capital"; effective collaboration requires intentional design. This study offers precisely such a design mechanism based on the goal of creating an innovative environment outlined in national strategic documents. Problem Statement and Research Gap: Despite extensive international research on teacher collaboration (Vangrieken et al., 2015), a significant gap remains: existing studies have largely failed to address how specific structural variables (team size) and psychological profiles (role balance) interact to determine team success within the post-Soviet educational context. While Belbin’s Team Role model is proven in the corporate sector, it has not been systematically tested as a mechanism for enhancing teacher engagement and optimizing workforce efficiency in Central Asian schools. Research Question: To what extent do structural interventions (optimizing team size) and psychological profiling (strategic role distribution according to Belbin) improve the efficacy of creative problem-solving and engagement levels among teachers? Original Contribution: This study offers a unique contribution to the field by empirically validating a transferable framework for school management. Unlike prior works that view teambuilding as a social activity, this research redefines it as a measurable managerial strategy. It contributes to the emerging body of literature by demonstrating how adapting corporate role-modeling can enhance the collaborative culture and problem-solving capacity of educational institutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological Alignment: Operationalizing the study’s functionalist framework, the research employed a quasi-experimental design to isolate the specific impact of structural and psychological variables on team performance. The choice of methods was directly dictated by the need to measure constructs defined in Belbin’s theory: functional role distribution and group dynamics. From an educational didactic perspective, this approach shifts the focus from mere administrative grouping to the structural scaffolding required for effective professional learning. Sample and Setting: The research was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemical and Biological Sciences (Shymkent), involving 87 educators representing diverse disciplinary backgrounds. Participants were divided into 8 working groups (N=10–20). Instruments and Procedure: The intervention utilized data triangulation across three stages: 1. Diagnostic Phase: Assessment of baseline psychological compatibility and role preferences using Belbin’s Self-Perception Inventory. 2. Intervention Phase: To test the theoretical hypothesis regarding "optimal team size," the Experimental Group was structured with reduced membership to mitigate "social loafing" and received assigned roles (Team Leader, Coordinator, Implementer, Specialist) based on their profiles. The Control Group operated under traditional, unstructured conditions with larger numbers. 3. Evaluation Phase: Both groups performed standardized creative tasks requiring intuitive-logical analysis. Data Analysis: Performance was measured through: • Time-to-solution metrics. • Expert evaluation of solution complexity and creativity (ranked on a 1–15 scale). • Statistical Analysis: Due to the non-normal distribution of data in small samples, the non-parametric Mann-Whitney U test was applied to identify statistically significant differences in engagement, trust, and conflict levels between the two groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis yielded three key findings that empirically corroborate the theoretical model: 1. Validation of Role Theory in Education: The experimental group, structured according to Belbin’s roles, demonstrated a higher coefficient of task complexity compared to the control group. Interpreted through the theoretical lens, this confirms that functional diversity (a balance of roles) is a stronger predictor of problem-solving capacity than mere professional expertise. The absence of assigned roles in the control group led to role ambiguity, inhibiting performance. 2. Psychological Climate and Engagement: Statistical analysis utilizing the Mann-Whitney U test revealed significantly higher levels of engagement ($p=0.032$) and "humor" ($p=0.035$) in the experimental group compared to the control group. Theoretically, this validates the link between psychological safety and role clarity: when members understand their function, interpersonal friction decreases, creating a fertile ground for innovation. 3. Structural Determinants: The findings support the "span of control" theory, showing that smaller, role-optimized teams outperform larger, unstructured groups. The study concludes that distributed leadership—a key educational goal—cannot emerge spontaneously but requires the specific structural scaffolding provided by the Belbin model. Applying these corporate strategies can be instrumental in converting nominal teacher groups into effective Professional Learning Communities. Ultimately, this study contributes to European didactical debates on how structured collaboration mediates the relationship between teaching practices, professional learning, and school improvement. References Barner, R., & Barner, C. P. (2012). Building Better Teams: 70 Tools and Techniques for Strengthening Performance Within and Across Teams. John Wiley & Sons. Belbin, R. M. (2010). Team Roles at Work (2nd ed.). Butterworth-Heinemann. Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital: Transforming Teaching in Every School. Teachers College Press. Harris, A. (2014). Distributed Leadership Matters: Perspectives, Practicalities, and Potential. Corwin. Krichevsky, R. L., & Dubovskaya, E. M. (2001). Sotsialnaya psikhologiya maloy gruppy [Social psychology of a small group]. Aspekt Press. Leonov, N. O., Sergeev, I. S., & Sudakov, N. S. (2019). Analysis of roles in team interaction. Innovative Economy: Prospects for Development and Improvement, 3(37), 48–53. Lukash, Y. A. (2014). Intra-firm conflicts, or Labor conflictology in business. Yustitsinform. Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed Leadership. Jossey-Bass. Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17-40. Zinkevich-Evstegineeva, T. D., Frolov, D. F., & Grabenko, T. M. (2014). Theory and practice of teambuilding. Rech. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Collaborative Networks in Education: Challenges for Teacher Training. 1: Universidad de Málaga, Spain; 2: Universidad de Cádiz, Spain Presenting Author:This paper is derived from the research project: Collaborative networks in education. Critical teaching for an inclusive society by the Ministry of Science and Innovation (PID2022-138882OB-100), whose main purpose is, on the one hand, to analyse, understand and generate collaborative networks in education based on the recognition of educational projects, programmes and experiences; and, on the other hand, from the trajectory of research with and in educational centres where paths, routes, relationships and links are becoming visible for thinking about and developing another type of teacher training (Márquez, et al., 2020; Leite Méndez and Velazco Fano, 2022). The project is based on 15 case studies of various collaborative projects and collaborative research between the University and the community in general, involving social and educational institutions. We understand the formation of networks as a horizontal support and framework for research and accompaniment of educational and social processes (Martagón, et al., 2024; Ceip Gracia, et al., 2025). Networking as a framework, relationship and link allows us to think of a different university that not only transmits or guides processes of knowledge generation, formation and construction, often in a unidirectional way, but also the possibility of co-construction, co-research and co-creation of new spaces for relationship, production and social openness. In this sense, the idea of a third space proposed by authors such as Bhabha (2013) and Zeichner (2010) is relevant. We can also talk about hybrid spaces where encounters take place based on difference, dissent and the recognition of contexts with a critical, intersectional and decolonial perspective (Rivas Flores, et al., 2022). This allows us to move towards other visions of the university as a generator of other movements and practices based on situationality, the horizontality of knowledge (Corona Berkin, 2019), complexity and uncertainty (Morín, 1995). The case studies include educational and social contexts, urban and rural settings, curricular areas, management, artistic movements, music, theatre, and social and psychological unrest. They give shape to different projects, programmes, and experiences with diverse participants: students, social collectives, teachers from different educational levels (early childhood, primary, secondary, university), and other networks (Ocaña, et al., 2025). For the purposes of this communication, we analyse one of the cases developed through collaboration with educational centres based on three experiences of articulation between the university and the school. This collaboration is characterised by the work between university students and teachers, teachers and students from three educational centres in urban and rural areas, where synergies and collaborative experiences have been generated between the students and teachers of the centres themselves. Thus, we experience processes of real participation where teacher training is permeated by these experiences, which lead us to think about processes of identity and belonging that build identity and belonging (of students and teachers) to the educational community as an alternative form of training from the beginning of university life (Leite, et al., 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach is geared towards collaborative and participatory research. From the outset, the research has taken a collaborative approach with and from the participating centres. In this sense, the recognition and evaluation of educational projects has remained at the core of the research. The opportunity to be part of the educational community, sharing ideas and engaging in situated learning, constitutes a form of training and research that breaks with the established norm. This research is far removed from extractivist practices that collect information to exploit the results without transforming the reality in which it is developed. On the contrary, the main objective is a transformation based on the joint analysis of contexts, focusing on listening and assuming dialogue as the main strategy. The entire process is based on free and informed participation, supported by accompanying teachers in their daily routine (beyond specific observations), leisurely conversations (rather than specific interviews) and group meetings. This facilitates the sharing of uncertainties, expectations and desires to make their centres a more humane place for the families and students who pass through them. Participation takes place in classes, staff meetings, gatherings organised by the centre, collaborative production of teaching materials or articles that report on the research, participation with the community, design of activities, seminars and reflection meetings. The centres are part of the process of identity building for education students in a two-way movement: from the participation of students and teachers in the centres and from critical reflection on training by the University, recognising the conditions, limitations and possibilities that arise when experiencing the educational system in the daily life of the institutions. The strategies used to identify and understand the collaboration processes are: Interviews with teaching staff, families and volunteers about the educational project, their own involvement, contributions and possibilities, as well as providing the university teaching staff's point of view on the experience. Meetings with students who collaborate with the centres to reflect on their own learning, feelings and experiences. Analysis of documentation, production by the centres and production by the students. The information generated is analysed jointly by both students and teachers to identify dimensions, elements or aspects that make collaborative work, participation and community involvement possible. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the perspective of participation and collaborative work as the focus of the research, some challenges for teacher training are emerging from the prism of coexistence and immersion in educational projects and the educational community. We mention some aspects that can articulate the training processes at the university with the life of educational institutions: -Continuity and discontinuity of teaching teams to sustain projects. This research has demonstrated the importance of management teams in terms of how the educational project is undertaken, sustaining democratic practices and shared leadership, and facilitating the learning process by being open to proposals from teachers, families and students. -Committed collaboration, which means not only being present in the centres but also being an active part of the community that it forms together with other cultural and social agents and families. Participating in activities, learning about the needs and possibilities of each centre, and contributing, both institutionally and personally, as volunteers do. Learning about the project and understanding how it impacts the academic and personal development of students, both schoolchildren and trainee teachers, and the recognition and advancement of the community context. -Need for diverse spaces between the university and the school to share, learn and discuss one's own professional development, training or other issues of concern but which are blocked by the urgencies of everyday life. - The neoliberal context in which public schools operate requires us to keep in mind the conditions, constraints, bureaucratic mechanisms, and different rules of the game that govern them. This is especially true when we consider the advance of privatisation in education, where the basic right to education is being challenged and collaboration compromised. Collaboration between public institutions stands as an act of resistance. References Corona Berkin, S. (2019) Horizontal knowledge production. University of Guadalajara. Cortés González, P., Leite Méndez, A., Mañas Olmo, M. and Calvo León, P. (2025) Secondary education and community engagement. An ethnographic study at the IES Sierra de Yeguas Comprehensive Secondary School, In J.I. Rivas Flores; R. Anguita Martínez; J. Valverde Berrocoso; A. Ocaña Fernández (coords.). Nomads of knowledge: analysis of disruptive practices in secondary education. (pp. 29-55). Octaedro Bhabha, H. (2013) The Place of Culture. Manantial Leite-Méndez, A.E., Rivas-Flores, J.I., Nieto-Martínez, M. and Martagón-Vázquez, V.(2025) New spaces for teacher training: Training reports based on collaboration with educational centres. Revista Cocar. 45, pp. 1 - 22 Leite-Mendez, A. E. and Velazco-Fano, P. (2022) School and University: opening new paths for learning, collaboration, social and political commitment. In D. Madrid Vivar and Mº R. Pascual Lacal (coords.) Good practices in Early Childhood Education. Madrid. Dykinson Ebook. P.811/822. Márquez-García, M.J., Kirsch, W., Leite-Méndez, A.E.(2020) Learning and collaboration in pre-service teacher education: Narrative analysis in a service-learning experience at Andalusian public schools, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 96, 2020, 103187, ISSN 0742-051X, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103187. Martagón Vázquez, V., González Triviño, B., Mata Padilla, M. T., Ortiz Gálvez, C., Guerrero-Strachan García, P., Leite Méndez, A. E., & Rivas Flores, J. I. (2024). Educational organisation and management from the community. Openness, participation and shared leadership. Journal of the Institute for Educational Research, 15(22). https://doi.org/10.30972/riie.16228045 Morin, E. (1995). Epistemology of complexity. In D. F. Schitman, New paradigms, culture and subjectivity. Paidós. CEIP Gracia; CEIP María de la O; CEIP Prácticas n.º 1; CEPR San José de Calasanz; EI Zapata; PROCIE-UMA Research Group. (2025) Community networks that support public schools: collaboration and openness as tools for change, In M.J. Márquez, P. Calvo, V. Martagón and P. Fernández (coords) Collaboration, learning and educational co-involvement. Pro-community experiences in higher education. Octaedro. Pp.17-32 Ocaña-Fernández, A., Leite-Méndez, A.E, Del Río-Fernández, J.L. and Martagón-Vázquez, V. (2025) Possibilities and challenges of collaborative teaching networks between university and school: a multi-case study. Latin American Journal of Educational Technology 24 (2) pp.69-85. https://doi.org/10.17398/1695-288X.24.2.69 Rivas Flores, J. I., Márquez García, M. J., Calvo León, P. and Martagón Vázquez, V. (2022). Community and school relations: a counter-hegemonic proposal from the University. Izquierda Journal, 51, 1-12. Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the Connections Between Campus Courses and Field Experiences in College- and University-Based Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 89-99. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347671 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 11 SES 07 A: Pre-school and Early Childhood Education Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Assessing Inclusive Education Quality in Preschool Settings: A Cross-National Analysis of Teachers’ Universal Design for Learning Practices in Europe RTU Liepaja Academy, Latvia Presenting Author:Improving educational effectiveness and quality in early childhood education and care (ECEC) is a central concern within European education systems. While participation in preschool education has expanded considerably across Europe, ensuring that this access translates into high-quality and equitable learning experiences remains a critical challenge. In inclusive education, quality cannot be evaluated solely through structural indicators, such as enrolment rates or the availability of support services. Instead, it requires systematic analysis of pedagogical processes and teachers’ capacity to design learning environments that respond to learner variability. This proposal addresses this challenge by examining inclusive education quality in preschool settings through the lens of Universal Design for Learning (UDL), positioning UDL as a pedagogically grounded framework for assessing educational effectiveness across diverse European contexts. The study is theoretically anchored in UDL, a framework derived from neuroscience and learning sciences that conceptualises inclusion as proactive educational design. UDL is structured around three interrelated principles: Multiple Means of Engagement, Multiple Means of Representation, and Multiple Means of Action and Expression. These principles correspond to motivational, cognitive, and strategic dimensions of learning and provide a coherent structure for evaluating how effectively teaching practices support diverse learners. In early childhood education, UDL aligns with developmental perspectives emphasising play-based learning, emotional regulation, autonomy, and communication. Within Network 11’s focus on educational effectiveness, UDL offers a means of linking inclusive values with measurable aspects of teaching quality, enabling the assessment of how pedagogical design contributes to equitable and effective learning outcomes. The research focuses on the assessment of inclusive education quality by analysing teachers’ UDL-aligned practices in preschool education. A cross-national comparative approach is employed to explore how educational effectiveness is shaped by different policy frameworks, teacher education pathways, and institutional conditions. The study addresses the following research questions: 1) Which teaching strategies and methods are employed and considered essential by in-service preschool teachers to implement UDL principles across different European countries; 2)Which UDL-aligned strategies do pre-service preschool teachers perceive as crucial for effective and inclusive preschool education; 3)What contextual challenges and enabling conditions influence the quality and effectiveness of UDL implementation in preschool settings? The overarching objective is to assess and compare inclusive education quality in preschool education by examining the extent to which UDL principles are valued and enacted by teachers. Specifically, the study aims to: 1)Identify cross-national similarities and differences in UDL-based teaching practices in preschool settings;2)Compare in-service teachers’ reported implementation with pre-service teachers’ conceptions of effective inclusive practice;3)Examine gaps between general endorsement of inclusive education and detailed pedagogical implementation;4)Generate evidence relevant to quality improvement strategies in early childhood education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a cross-national, comparative quantitative research design to assess the quality and effectiveness of inclusive preschool education through teachers’ UDL practices. Data were collected using a structured survey instrument grounded in the UDL framework and aligned with its three core principles: Multiple Means of Engagement, Representation, and Action and Expression. The instrument was developed based on UDL Guidelines 3.0 and refined through a pilot study conducted prior to the main data collection. The pilot study confirmed high internal consistency and construct validity, supporting the instrument’s suitability for large-scale comparative analysis. To ensure cross-cultural validity, a forward–backward translation process was applied for all language versions, followed by expert review by national researchers to ensure conceptual and contextual equivalence. The final sample comprises preschool education professionals from four European countries—Austria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, and Portugal—selected to represent diverse educational governance models and early childhood education systems. Both in-service and pre-service teachers participated, enabling comparison between enacted practices and perceived standards of effective inclusive teaching. In-service teachers responded to items formulated as self-reported practices, while pre-service teachers evaluated the importance of the same strategies, ensuring conceptual equivalence while respecting experiential differences. The survey instrument includes demographic and professional background variables, followed by UDL-based items structured around specific checkpoints within each principle. Responses were recorded on a four-point Likert scale, allowing for differentiation in frequency and perceived importance. An additional section addressed contextual factors influencing implementation, including institutional support, resources, and professional development opportunities. Data analysis was conducted using descriptive statistics to identify overall patterns and distributions, followed by non-parametric statistical tests to examine cross-national differences and contrasts between in-service and pre-service teachers. This approach allows for robust comparison despite variations in sample characteristics. By focusing on process-oriented indicators of teaching quality rather than outcomes alone, the methodology supports a nuanced assessment of inclusive education effectiveness in preschool settings across Europe. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research is expected to contribute meaningful insights into how inclusive education quality in preschool settings. By adopting a cross-national comparative perspective, the study moves beyond descriptive accounts of inclusion and instead foregrounds pedagogical processes as key indicators of educational effectiveness and quality improvement. One anticipated conclusion is that, across all participating countries, teachers strongly endorse the general principles of inclusive education and UDL, confirming their relevance as a shared European pedagogical framework in early childhood education. At the same time, the findings are expected to reveal notable differences between countries in the extent to which UDL principles are implemented in everyday practice. These variations are likely to reflect national differences in teacher education, institutional support, professional development opportunities, and policy contexts. In line with previous research, it is anticipated that the principles of representation and action and expression will be more consistently implemented than engagement-related strategies, particularly those linked to motivation, self-regulation, and sustained effort. This pattern would highlight a critical area for quality improvement in inclusive preschool education. Another expected outcome concerns differences between in-service and pre-service teachers. Pre-service teachers are likely to demonstrate more homogeneous and idealised perceptions of effective inclusive practice across countries, while in-service teachers’ responses are expected to show greater variability shaped by contextual constraints and professional experience. This contrast may point to a gap between theoretical preparation and the realities of implementation, underscoring the importance of practice-oriented teacher education and ongoing professional learning. Overall, the study is expected to demonstrate that UDL provides a robust and analytically useful framework for assessing inclusive education quality in early childhood settings. The findings are intended to inform educational effectiveness research, support evidence-based quality assurance, and offer guidance for policymakers and teacher educators seeking to strengthen inclusive preschool education across Europe. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Almeqdad, A. A., Alodat, A. M., Alquraan, M. A., Mohaidat, A. K., & Al-Makhzoomy, A. K. (2023). Universal Design for Learning: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Education Sciences, 13(2), Article 129. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13020129 Chen, S., Evans, C., & Luu, K. (2023). Teachers’ perceptions of Universal Design for Learning and inclusive practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 118, Article 103826. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103826 Krishan, S., & Sharma, R. (2023). Teachers’ readiness for Universal Design for Learning in inclusive classrooms. International Journal of Inclusive Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2193142 Lambert, J., McNiff, J., Schuck, S., Imm, K., & Zimmerman, J. (2023). Designing teacher education through Universal Design for Learning. Teaching Education, 34(2), 219–235. https://doi.org/10.1080/10476210.2022.2054678 Mackey, K., Drew, S., Nicoll-Senft, J., & Jacobson, L. (2023). Learning to teach inclusively: UDL in pre-service teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 74(3), 295–309. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871221136590 Meyer, A., Rose, D. H., & Gordon, D. (2014). Universal Design for Learning: Theory and practice. CAST Professional Publishing. Meyer, A., & Rose, D. H. (2025). Universal Design for Learning as a framework for educational equity. Educational Psychologist, 60(1), 1–14. OECD. (2018). Engaging young children: Lessons from research about quality in early childhood education and care (ECEC). OECD Publishing. Rusconi, A., & Squillaci, M. (2023). Universal Design for Learning and teacher competence: A systematic review. International Journal of Inclusive Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2179824 Scott, S. S., Bruno, L., Gokita, T., & Thoma, C. A. (2022). Teacher candidates’ use of Universal Design for Learning principles. Journal of Special Education Technology, 37(3), 377–389. https://doi.org/10.1177/01626434211040655 Song, Y., Weisberg, M., Zhang, H., Tian, Y., Boyer, K. E., & Israel, M. (2024). Universal Design for Learning: A systematic review of effectiveness. Review of Educational Research, 94(1), 68–104. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543231178456 Tīģere, I.; Bethere, D.; Jurs, P.; Ļubkina, V. Developing Inclusive Preschool Education for Children with Autism Applying Universal Learning Design Strategy. Educ. Sci. 2025, 15, 638. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15060638 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Rural Schools “from Within”: Investigating Challenges in the Spanish Context Through the Lens of In-service Teachers 1: UNED, Spain; 2: Universidad de Málaga, Spain Presenting Author:Rural school is a well-established topic in the field of educational research(Bard, Gardener & Wieland, 2006; Barley & Beesley, 2007), and it continues to attract sustained attention in an international framework particularly in terms of equity, quality and territorial cohesion (Ingersoll & Tran, 2023; Kjellsdotter & Erlandson, 2025; Welsh, 2025). Across Europe, reports and empirical studies have highlighted that delivering high-quality education in rural areas entails a distinctive set of challenges (constrained resources, the need to teach small yet highly heterogeneous groups, and the particular working conditions of teachers associated with rural teaching), factors that call for pedagogical, organisational and didactic approaches considering the rural contexts (Echazarra & Radinger, 2019; Fargas-Malet & Bagley, 2022; López-Gómez et al., 2020). Spain is no exception and, in recent years, the discussion has intensified in connection with the debate of “España vaciada” (Empty Spain), which has underscored that rural schools fulfil functions that extend beyond strictly academic purposes (del Moral-Pérez et al., 2023). At the same time, research has documented tensions related to pedagogical coordination, teachers’ itinerancy, and the management of multi-grade classrooms (Raposo et al., 2024; Arroyo et al., 2025). With this framework, the present contribution aims to conduct a situational diagnosis of the challenges faced by Early Childhood and Primary Education teachers in rural schools, with the objective of providing an empirical basis to inform context-sensitive professional development programmes and organisational decision-making in the context under study. The research focuses on the Ávila region, characterised by a high proportion of small municipalities and, consequently, a geographically dispersed student population. The relevance of this work is further reinforced by the lack of a recent and systematic assessment of the challenges perceived by Early Childhood and Primary teachers in Ávila’s rural schools. This contribution is framed within the project “Rural school in the region of Ávila: challenges and teaching proposals. A study with Early Childhood and Primary teachers”, funded by the Council of Ávila under its 2025 call for proposals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is currently being developed and consider a descriptive design based on an ad hoc questionnaire. This methodological choice makes it possible to combine, on the one hand, a broad overview through closed-ended items and, on the other, a more interpretive perspective on teachers' experiences and proposals through open-ended questions. The questionnaire includes classification variables related to schools (e.g., size, educational stage, resources) and teaching staff (e.g., experience and training), together with indicators addressing pedagogical, organizational, and resource/context-related challenges. It also incorporates open-ended questions focused on priority challenges, good practices, and improvement proposals. The population comprises Early Childhood and Primary Education teachers working in rural schools in Ávila region and the data collection, currently in progress, aims to obtain at least 100 valid questionnaires. Participation is voluntary and anonymous, and the survey is administered online via schools institutional emails. The analytical framework includes psychometric analyses to examine validity and reliability, descriptive statistics, and between-group comparisons. Open-ended responses will be analysed through thematic analysis and coding, and quantitative and qualitative evidence will be integrated through triangulation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to provide an up-to-date diagnosis of the main challenges perceived by Early Childhood and Primary Education teachers in rural schools in Ávila, together with their training needs and improvement proposals. As noted above, the research is ongoing and forms part of a broader funded project. From a quantitative perspective, the project will develop an Ávila Rural School Challenges Index (IRERA) to identify the areas where challenges are most strongly concentrated. As an initial working hypothesis, these may include multi-level planning, teacher itinerancy, staff cover and substitutions, and access to specialist support and technological resources. The study also analyses differences between variables such as school size, educational stage, professional experience, or degree of itinerancy, to capture the diversity of rural schooling realities within the region. Also, the qualitative analysis of open-ended responses will make it possible to examine how these challenges are experienced in everyday practice, the strategies teachers use to respond to them, and the practices they regard as particularly valuable in their contexts. The study also aims to gather concrete and feasible proposals to improve school organisation, strengthen relationships with the local community, and better align initial teacher education and continuing professional development with the conditions of rural schooling. The expected findings should support recommendations for schools, especially regarding the organisation and coordination of their educational projects, as well as for the education administration in areas such as training priorities and professional development programmes. In short, the study seeks to contribute to strengthening the quality and equity of rural schooling in the area under study, while offering insights that may also be transferable to other rural contexts in Spain, and beyond which is expected to be discussed in the session. References Arroyo, M. J., Berzosa, I. & Baridon, D. (2025). Life history of teachers in rural schools: the discovery of diversity as a" Standard practice”. International Journal of Educational Research, 131, 102597. Bard, J., Gardener, C., & Wieland, R. (2006). Rural School Consolidation: History, Research Summary, Conclusions, and Recommendations. Rural Educator, 27(2), 40-48. Barley, Z. A., & Beesley, A. D. (2007). Rural school success: What can we learn. Journal of research in rural education, 22(1), 1-16. del Moral-Pérez, M. E., López-Bouzas, N., Castañeda-Fernández, J., & Neira-Piñeiro, M. D. R. (2023). Visibility and representation of rural schools in the online Spanish press. Rural Society, 32(2), 65-80. Echazarra, A., & Radinger, T. (2019). Learning in rural schools: Insights from PISA, TALIS and the literature. OECD Education Working Papers, (196), 0_1-77. Fargas-Malet, M., & Bagley, C. (2022). Is small beautiful? A scoping review of 21st-century research on small rural schools in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, 21(5), 822-844. Ingersoll, R. M., & Tran, H. (2023). Teacher shortages and turnover in rural schools in the US: An organizational analysis. Educational Administration Quarterly, 59(2), 396-431. Kjellsdotter, A., & Erlandson, P. (2025). Teaching in the present for the future–addressing local and global challenges in a rural school. Ethnography and Education, 1-23. López-Gómez, E., González-Fernández, R., Medina-Rivilla, A. y Gento-Palacios, S. (2020). Proposal to Promote Quality of Education: A View from Spain. En H. Flavian (Ed.), From Pedagogy to Quality Assurance in Education: An International Perspective (pp. 29-44). Emerald. Raposo, M., Sierra-Martínez, S., Alonso-Ferreiro, A., García-Fuentes, O., & Zabalza-Cerdeiriña, M. A. (2024). Myths and Realities of Rural Schools. The Voice of Families and Teachers. Revista Electrónica Educare, 28(3), 45-64. Welsh, R. O. (2025). Does rural mean not urban? Reconsidering the conceptualization and operationalization of rural school districts. Urban Education, 60(6), 1530-1565. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Tensions, Transition and Collaboration in Pre-primary and Pre-primary Teacher Peer Group Discussions 1: University of Oulu, Finland; 2: Kokkola University Consortium Chydenius University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 3: University of Oulu Presenting Author:The starting point for this study was to develop, together with the teachers, a transition cooperation in pre-primary and primary education in a northern Finnish municipality. The research question was what kind of tensions teachers identify in the transitions between pre-primary and pre-primary education, and how transition practices are developed, and common understanding is built around tensions. The material for the study consisted of peer group discussions (n= 4 times) conducted by teachers during the academic year 2023-2024. In the analysis of the data, a situational mapping method based on anchored theory was applied. The theoretical starting point of the study is the idea that people live their daily life in certain operating environments, which are influenced by relationships between different environments and broader contexts. The results of the study identified tensions in relation to children, parents, the work community, and guiding documents. In the development of transition practices and in the construction of shared understanding, first, the emphasis was on structuring the meaningfulness of work, especially the child's point of view. In addition, key aspects of the development work were shared practices and everyday situations, valuing the expertise of different parties, and the importance of structures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data analysis in this study is based on grounded theory, utilizing a data-driven situational mapping method (Clarke, 2003; see also Brinkmann, 2012). We focused in particular on different situations and events in teachers' everyday lives (Axel, 2011; Fleer & Hedegaard, 2010; Puroila et al., 2021). Listening to teachers, reading transcribed material, and studying a "messy map", we focused on the transitions between preschool and primary education that teachers brought up, as well as the tensions associated with everyday life. The teachers discussed the transition process between preschool and primary education from multiple perspectives, considering the transition from the child's point of view, cooperation between different actors, the operating culture of educational institutions, and educational curricula. From the discussion, we identified tensions in the relationship with children, parents, different working cultures, and the legislation and regulations imposed by society. In a more thorough theory-based analysis of these tensions, we utilized Bronfenbrenner's (1979, 1989a, 1989b, 2001) ecocultural systems theory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research results are consistent with previous studies (e.g., Karila & Rantavuori, 2014; Rantavuori, 2018; Skouteris et al., 2012) on this topic, showing that developing transition practices in pre- primary school and primary education is in the children's benefit and should be pursued further. Children's active participation and the role of their own knowledge should be strengthened in the transition from pre- primary school to primary education. It is also important to increase children's participatory role in discussions about the transfer of information between pre- primary school and primary school. It is essential to listen to parents' knowledge about their own children and to consider together how the interaction between teachers and parents may change when school starts. At the level of legislation, it should be taken into account that the continuum of learning is realized during the transition from pre- primary school to elementary school, and is not left only to the planning of local actors. Teacher training should pay more attention to the development of a common understanding among future teachers of pre primary school and primary school students already at the time of their studies. References Axel, E. (2011). Conflictual cooperation. Nordic Psychology, 20(4), 56–78. Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2005). Confronting the ethics of qualitative research. Journal of Constructivist Psychology, 18(2), 157–181. https://doi.org/10.1080/10720530590914789 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The Ecology of Human Development. Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1989a). Ecological Systems Theory. Annals of Child Development 6, 187–249. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1989b). Kognitiivisen kehityksen ekologia: tutkimusmalleja ja pakenevia tuloksia. Kääntänyt Hakamies-Blomqvist, L. Esitelmä Piaget, J. Society symposiumissa Philadelphiassa 1.6.1989. Bronfenbrenner, U. (2001). Ekologisten järjestelmien teoria. Teoksessa Roos, V. (toim.) Kuusi teoriaa lapsen kehityksestä, (s. 221–287). Helsinki. Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2006). The Bioecological Model of Human Development. Teoksessa R. M. Lerner & W. Damon (toim.), Handbook of child psychology: Theoretical models of human development (s. 793–828). John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Clarke, A. (2003). Situational Analyses: Grounded Theory Mapping After Postmodern Turn. Symbolic Interaction, 26(4), 553–576. Fleer, M., & Hedegaard, M. (2010). Children's Development as Participation in Everyday Practices across Different Institutions. Mind, Culture and Activity, 17(2), 149–168. https://doi.org/10.1080/10749030903222760 Karila, K. & Rantavuori, L. (2014) Discourses at the boundary spaces: developing a fluent transi-tion from preschool to school. Early Years, 34(4), 377–391. Rantavuori, L., Karila, K., & Kupila, P. (2019). Transition practices as an arena for the development of relational expertise. Teacher Development, 23(2), 249–263. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2018.1558106 Puroila, A-M., Juutinen, J., Viljamaa, E., Sirkko, R.; Kyrönlampi, T. & Takalo, M. (2021). Young Children’s Belonging in Finnish Educational Settings: An Intersectional Analysis. International Journal of Early Childhood, 53, 9–29. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-021-00282-y. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper The Impact of Compulsory Preschool on Early Cognitive Development and Inequality in Brazil Federal University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Presenting Author:Children enter compulsory education at different ages across countries, but the literature broadly agrees that the first year of schooling plays a critical role in shaping educational trajectories and long-term outcomes (Tymms, Merrell, & Henderson, 1999; Tymms et al., 2009). Previous studies using longitudinal design and regression discontinuity conducted in England indicate that children make more learning progress during their first year of formal schooling than in any subsequent year, highlighting the importance of early educational experiences (Tymms, Merrell, & Henderson, 1999, Luyten, Tymms, Jones, 2009). Likewise, several studies indicate that attending preschool is an effective measure to ensure greater equality of educational opportunities. That is, it contributes to the development of cognitive and socio-emotional skills in the short and medium term, impacts future school trajectories, and has a more pronounced effect on vulnerable children from lower socioeconomic backgrounds (Barnett and Boocock, 1998; Campbell et al., 2001; NICHD Early Child Care Research Network, 2006; Peisner-Feinberg et al., 2001; Sylva et al., 2010). In Brazil, compulsory education begins at age four when children are enrolled in preschool. Recent longitudinal studies have contributed to a better understanding of what children know and can do during the first two years of compulsory education (Bartholo et al.; 2020; Koslinki; Bartholo, 2020). However, despite their methodological rigor, these studies have typically relied on relatively small samples, have often been limited to a single city, and have predominantly focused on public schools. More broadly, there remains a scarcity of high-quality causal evidence from developing countries on the effects of preschool on children learning, particularly those living in poverty. This paper addresses these gaps by analysing a unique dataset comprising a representative sample of five-year-old children from three Brazilian states. The data are part of an international study conducted in nine countries during the first semester of 2025. In Brazil, a total of 2,520 children attending 210 schools were assessed across three developmental domains: cognitive development, executive function, and socioemotional development. The paper is guided by two main research questions. The first examines the impact of attending one year of compulsory preschool in Brazil on children’s cognitive development, with a particular focus on emergent literacy and numeracy. A regression discontinuity design is employed to estimate the causal effect of preschool attendance, allowing an assessment of how schools contribute to children’s learning, especially among socioeconomically disadvantaged groups. The large and diverse sample enables, for the first time, an analysis of school effects across the public and private sectors, across different city sizes, and across urban and rural contexts in Brazil. The second research question aims to describe socioeconomic inequalities in early cognitive development. Preliminary evidence from the city of Rio de Janeiro suggests that, at the start of compulsory education, the gap in cognitive development between children from low- and high-socioeconomic status (SES) families is approximately one standard deviation, corresponding to nearly 12 months of learning. This study provides more robust evidence on these inequalities using data collected from 89 municipalities across Brazil. Understanding such disparities at school entry is particularly relevant for the design and implementation of social and educational policies aimed at reducing inequality at a critical stage of human development. Early learning is a strong predictor of later success across a wide range of educational and life outcomes. The first five years of life represent a period of both significant opportunity and heightened vulnerability. Cognitive and socioemotional skills developed during this phase have lasting effects throughout schooling and into adulthood. While school quality remains important, strong early learning tends to accelerate subsequent development, whereas a weak start can have enduring negative consequences.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study analyses data from a survey of a representative sample of five-year-old children in three Brazilian states. To achieve state-level representativeness, a two-stage probability sampling design was employed. In the first stage, early childhood education and care (ECEC) centres or schools were randomly selected within each state. In the second stage, children who met the age eligibility criteria were randomly selected from enrolment lists at each selected institution. In total, 2,939 children were invited to participate, of whom 2,520 were successfully assessed, resulting in a participation rate of 85.7%. Most non-participation was due to the absence of parental consent, followed by cases in which children had left the institution before data collection could be completed. Parents and teachers were also invited to complete structured questionnaires, either online or on paper. Response rates were high, reaching 91.3% for parents and 93.4% for teachers, thereby strengthening the overall quality and completeness of the data. Data collection was conducted by trained researchers, who visited schools and centres multiple times to ensure high response rates and adherence to standardized protocols. In total, 230 researchers were trained and involved in data collection across 210 public and private schools located in 89 municipalities. The study focuses on three core dimensions of early learning, each of which has been shown to have independent and long-lasting effects on children’s developmental trajectories: (a) cognitive skills, including emergent literacy and emergent numeracy; (b) executive function; and (c) socioemotional skills. The analyses presented in this paper concentrate on cognitive outcomes. To estimate the effect of one year of preschool attendance, a regression discontinuity design was implemented. This approach exploits the strict eligibility cutoff based on date of birth (31 March), which determines whether children enter preschool one year earlier or later. Children born just before and just after the cutoff are therefore of very similar age but differ in preschool exposure, creating ideal conditions for causal inference. Multilevel modelling techniques were additionally employed to analyse socioeconomic inequalities in learning outcomes and to account for the hierarchical structure of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Substantial socioeconomic inequalities in cognitive development are already evident at age five. Differences between children in the top and bottom quartiles of the SES distribution correspond to 0.87 standard deviations in emergent literacy and 0.77 standard deviations in emergent numeracy. However, preliminary findings indicate a small but positive average impact of preschool attendance on children’s cognitive development in Brazil. The magnitude of this effect varies across different SES groups. Further analyses identify key correlates of these disparities. Contrary to common assumptions, stratification between public and private schools does not emerge as a primary driver of inequality. Living in highly dense urban areas is associated with poorer developmental outcomes, a finding that warrants further investigation. Gender differences are also pronounced, with boys lagging girls across most domains, except in emergent numeracy. The analysis indicates small changes in those tendencies after one year of preschool. Finally, an index of multiple disadvantages was constructed to estimate the gap between children facing compounded disadvantages and the overall population mean. The implications of these findings for educational policy and future research are discussed, with particular emphasis on the need for early, targeted, and evidence-based interventions. These findings have important implications for policymakers concerned with improving early childhood education quality and equity. References BARTHOLO, T. L. et al. What do children know upon entry to pre-school in Rio de Janeiro? Ensaio: Avaliação e Políticas Públicas em Educação, v.28 n.107, 2020. BARNETT, W. S.; BOOCOCK, S. S. (ed.). Early care and education for children in poverty: promises, programs, and long-term results. Albany: State University of New York Press, 2018. CAMPBELL, F. A. et al. The development of cognitive and academic abilities: growth curves from an early childhood educational experiment. Developmental Psychology, v. 37, n. 2, pp. 231-242, 2001. KOSLINSKI, Mariane Campelo; BARTHOLO, Tiago Lisboa. Desigualdades De Oportunidades Educacionais no Início da Trajetória Escolar no Contexto Brasileiro. Lua Nova, p. 215-245, 2020. LUYTEN, Hans, TYMMS, Peter and JONES, Paul. Assessing school effects without controlling for prior achievement? School Effectiveness and School Improvement, v.20, n. 2, pp. 145 -165, nov. 2009. NICHD. Child-care effect sizes for the NICHD Study of Early Child Care and Youth Development. American Psychologist, v. 61, n. 2, pp. 99-116, jan. 2006. PEISNER-FEINBERG, Ellen S. et al. The relation of preschool child-care quality to children’s cognitive and social developmental trajectories through second grade. Child Development, v. 72, n. 5, p. 1534-1553, set./ out. 2021. SYLVA, Kathy et al. Early childhood matters: evidence from the Effective Pre-school and Primary Education project. London: Routledge, 2010. TYMMS, Peter; MERRELL, Christine; HENDERSON, Brian. Baseline assessment and progress during the first three years at school. Educational Research and Evaluation, v. 6, n. 2, pp. 105-129, jun. 2000. TYMMS, Peter et al. The first seven years at school. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, v. 21, n. 1, pp. 67-80, jan. 2009. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 12 SES 07 A: Symposium: Open Science, Replicability, Reproducibility and Transparency in Systematic Reviews Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Annika Wilmers Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Symposium |
|
|
12. Open Research in Education
Symposium Open Science, Replicability, Reproducibility and Transparency in Systematic Reviews Research syntheses gather, aggregate and analyse results of scientific publications on a specific subject to map past and current research and – in some cases – extract implications for research, policy and practice (Newman & Gough, 2020). They enable guidance based on stable evidence across a multitude of settings and samples, rather than on anecdotal results from single studies with only limited generalizability. The reliability and validity of the results, and therefore the scientific basis of its implications, are ensured by following the principles of open science and good scientific practice (Crüwell et al., 2019; Open Science Collaboration, 2015). Adhering to the principles of open science while conducting research syntheses requires researchers for example to enable open/FAIR access to their research data (Stall et al., 2019), the use of open source software or the publication under open access licensing, including through ensuring transparency, replicability and reproducibility of each single step taken in conducting research syntheses. If those principles are disregarded, potential biases, blind spots or limitations of the results may be overlooked, which can lead to the incorrect transfer of the extracted implications. Therefore, each single step in conducting research syntheses has to be held to the highest standard of scrutiny regarding good scientific practice. This includes – but is not limited to – the development of (a) the initial search string and its application for the literature search, (b) the inclusion and exclusion criteria and the ensuing screening processes and (c) the coding/data extraction scheme, data analysis and syntheses processes and methods and presenting the review’s results. For (a) in conjunction with uploading the database hits to an accessible repository, the actual search terms for each single database have to be reported including the Boolean operators, the applied filters and the search date. Requirements for enabling transparency, replicability and reproducibility during screening (b) include clearly stating the inclusion and exclusion criteria and their application and reporting on resolving potential intercoder differences. In parallel to (b), the coding/data extraction schemes and potentially arising differences in the analysis and synthesis have to be reported transparently as well. In addition, if possible, all scripts applied during the analysis and visualisations should either be attached to the review or uploaded to relevant repository to enable the replicability and reproducibility of the results. In this symposium, four research syntheses are presented with a focus on their adherence to the principles of open science and good scientific practice. While each presented project contained all relevant steps of conducting research syntheses, their goals, research questions and utilized methodology varied greatly: The first focuses on the development and application of a comprehensive yet precise search string for an overview of reviews on digital competences of young learners. Presentation two focuses on structuring and sharing the data extraction coding tool, as well as presenting the review’s results through various openly accessible means for researchers, policymakers and educators. The third presentation focuses on documenting the processes of analysis and synthesis by presenting the results of a methodological review of metasyntheses in educational research. The fourth presentation is concerned with potential biases in systematic reviews due to most included research originating in WEIRD-countries, i.e. western, educated, industrialized, rich and democratic countries. The summarising discussion focuses on the general role of the principles of open science and good scientific practice while conducting research syntheses and how they represent requirements for evidence-based guidance of future research, policy and practice. In addition, it will highlight the potentials and challenges of transferring implications from syntheses into educational policies, practice and administration in regard to the heterogeneity of national educational systems, policies and curricula. References Crüwell, S., van Doorn, J., Etz, A., Makel, M. C., Moshontz, H., Niebaum, J. C., … Schulte-Mecklenbeck, M. (2019). Seven Easy Steps to Open Science: An Annotated Reading List. Zeitschrift Für Psychologie, 227(4), 237–248. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000387 Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives and application. Systematic reviews in educational research, 64(3), 3-22. Open Science Collaboration. (2015). Estimating the reproducibility of psychological science. Science, 349, aac4716. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aac4716 Stall, S., Yarmey, L., Cutcher-Gershenfeld, J., Hanson, B., Lehnert, K., Nosek, B., ... & Wyborn, L. (2019). Make scientific data FAIR. Nature, 570(7759), 27-29. https://doi.org/10.1038/d41586-019-01720-7 Presentations of the Symposium An Analysis of a Comprehensive Literature Search Strategy for Research Syntheses on Young Learners' Digital Competences
In line with the principles of open science and good scientific practice described in the description of the symposium, this contribution provides in-depth information on and results of a post-hoc analysis of a comprehensive literature search strategy for the identification of published research syntheses on digital competences of young learners (Carratero et al., 2017). Literature search strategies in systematic reviews consist of the development of the initial search string rooted in the theoretical background of the review, the searched databases and processing the database hits (Hausner et al., 2012). In addition, the efficiency of the search strategy can be determined via post-hoc analyses of the search’s precision and sensitivity (Pastore & Scheirer, 1974).
In this project, two different search strategies were applied by searching for relevant phrases (i.e. “digital competence” instead of “digital” and “competence”, see Vechtomova & Karamuftuoglu, 2004) and traditional term-based searches in two languages in multiple databases. Furthermore, a manual search was conducted to identify additional papers for the screening process not found by the search strategy. Combining the search strategies, the databases and the languages resulted in a total of eight searches which led to n = 4,871 unique database hits. After title/abstract-screening and full-text-screening, n = 120 documents were included for the subsequent analyses.
Subsequently, the search strategies were evaluated by determining the duplication and exclusivity rates between the searches as well as for the included and excluded papers. Additionally, we determined the document-frequencies of each single search term dependent on the inclusion decision; by determining the logarithmic difference between the document-frequencies of the search terms, information on the relevancy of the search terms for the inclusion decision was extracted.
All in all, this presentation provides insights into the development of a comprehensive search strategy which aimed at finding a compromise between exhaustiveness and precision. Each central step of search strategies is presented (i.e. development search string, database search, data export) and evaluated always under the premises of replicability, reproducibility and research transparency. Implications for search strategies for research syntheses in regard to the principles of open science and good scientific practice are discussed such as reporting the search strings in their applied form, reporting on the distribution of database hits and post-hoc evaluating the search to identify potential thematic biases based on skewed distributions within the search string.
References:
Carretero, S., Vuorikari, R., & Punie, Y. (2017). DigComp 2.1. The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens. With eight proficiency levels and examples of use. Publications Office of the European Union.
Hausner, E., Waffenschmidt, S., Kaiser, T., & Simon, M. (2012). Routine development of objectively derived search strategies. Systematic reviews, 1(1), 19.
Pastore, R. E., & Scheirer, C. J. (1974). Signal detection theory: Considerations for general application. Psychological Bulletin, 81(12), 945.
Vechtomova, O., & Karamuftuoglu, M. (2004, November). Approaches to High Accuracy Retrieval: Phrase-Based Search Experiments in the HARD Track. In TREC
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn
References:
.
A Methodological Systematic Review on Qualitative Evidence Syntheses in Educational Research
Open science principles require research syntheses to make analytic decisions visible and traceable, yet how qualitative meta-syntheses in education document these processes remain underexplored. Meta-synthesis aims to systematically synthesize findings across qualitative studies and produce configurative interpretations. However, meta-synthesis in education is often characterized by methodological diversity, limited transparency, and weak theoretical anchoring, possible partly because many meta-synthesis methods originate from the health field, where research questions and theoretical traditions differ from those in education (Maeda et al., 2022).
This paper contributes to the symposium’s focus on open science and good scientific practice in research syntheses by examining how research questions and epistemological positioning shape methodological choices, synthesis methods, and the use of theory, and how these processes are documented in educational meta-syntheses.
The study is conducted as a methodological systematic review, following principles for systematic reviews (Gough et al., 2017). A systematic search was carried out in ERIC, Scopus, and Web of Science. Peer-reviewed systematic reviews published in English and focusing on education were included if they reported a meta-synthesis process. Double-blind screening was used in the title and abstract and full-text phases, resulting in 164 included systematic reviews. Data extraction and analysis are guided by Brunton et al.’s (2020) framework to examine research questions, analytic approaches, epistemological positioning, and the role of theory.
Based on preliminary findings, thematic analysis with an inductive approach dominates meta-synthesis in educational research. However, many studies provide limited descriptions of how analysis and synthesis are conducted. In several studies, analysis methods seem to be taken from primary qualitative studies rather than from established meta-synthesis approaches. Furthermore, theory is used primarily to organize coded findings rather than to guide the synthesis process, and explicit epistemological reflection is rarely articulated.
By the time of the conference, coding will be completed. The presentation will report the main results and reflect on implications for transparency, methodological clarity, and open scientific practice in educational meta-synthesis.
References:
Brunton, G., Stansfield, C., Caird, J., & Thomas, J. (2020). Innovations in framework synthesis as a systematic review method. Research Synthesis Methods, 11(3), 316–330. https://doi.org/10.1002/jrsm.1399
Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews (2nd ed.). SAGE.
Maeda, Y., Hunsu, N., Lee, M., & Horan, E. M. (2022). A methodological systematic review of qualitative synthesis research in education. Review of Educational Research, 92(3), 407–446. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543221083297
How Weird is AIED?
Research on educational technologies continues to be predominantly shaped by Western research traditions and learning theories (Bulfin et al., 2013; Hew et al., 2019). In addition, much of the extant empirical evidence originates from so-called WEIRD countries (Henrich et al., 2010), meaning western, educated, industrialized, rich, and democratic contexts. This pattern is also visible in recent work on learning analytics (Baek & Doleck, 2024) and bibliometric studies in human–computer interaction (Linxen et al., 2021).
Drawing back on empirical research on artificial intelligence in higher education as an example, the presented mapping review (Sutton et al., 2019) examines the extent to which this field remains influenced by WEIRD publications. Following the PRISMA guidelines for systematic reviews (Page et al., 2021), the authors developed an extensive search string and applied pre-determined inclusion and exclusion criteria. Studies were included if they were primary studies that addressed students in tertiary education, clearly focused on AI in higher education, implemented a (quasi)experimental study design, incorporated a distinct method section, and were written in languages that were translatable by DeepL. Following the rigorous application of exclusion criteria during multiple rounds of screening titles and abstracts, as well as the full texts, 249 studies were deemed eligible for inclusion and data extraction.
The preliminary results of this review indicate that publication structures have shifted, with almost one third of studies originating from China. However, most studies do not report participant characteristics, raising doubts about whether this geographic shift necessarily reflects more inclusive research practices. The presentation will discuss these findings and their implications for both future research and the responsible use of AI in education.
References:
Baek, C. & Doleck, T. (2024). Learning Analytics. A Comparison of Western, Educated, Industrialized, Rich and Democratic (WEIRD) and Non-WEIRD Research. Knowledge Management & Learning, 16(2), 217-236.
Bulfin, S., Henderson, M., & Johnson, N. (2013). Examining the use of theory within educational technology and media research. Learning, Media and Technology, 38(3), 337–344.
Henrich, J., Heine, S. J., & Norenzayan, A. (2010). Most people are not WEIRD. Nature, 466(7302), 29–29.
Hew, K.F., Lan, M., Tang, Y., Jia, C., &Lo, C.K. (2019). Where is the “theory” within the field of educational technology research? BJET, 50, 956-971.
Linxen, S., Sturm, C., Brühlmann, F., Cassau, V., Opwis, K., & Reinecke, K. (2021). How WEIRD is CHI? CHI '21: Proceedings of the 2021 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, 143, 1-14.
Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). Updating guidance for reporting systematic reviews: development of the PRISMA 2020 statement. Journal of clinical epidemiology, 134, 103-112.
Sutton, A., Clowes, M., Preston, L., & Booth, A. (2019). Meeting the review family: exploring review types and associated information retrieval requirements. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 36(3), 202-222.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 13 SES 07 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Joris Vlieghe Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Rethinking Epistemic Authority in Educational Sciences with Ágnes Heller: Repetition, Remembrance and Publicity KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Background and problem definition. The landscape of knowledge production in the educational sciences is rapidly shifting: actors, validation regimes, and epistemic priorities are re‑ordered by transnational metrics, data platforms, and new inspection ecologies (Beer, 2016; Ozga, 2015; Grek & Ozga, 2010; Grek, 2024). Governments increasingly outsource problem‑definition and evaluation to international organisations and commercial data infrastructures, with e.g. the OECD/PISA architecture becoming a central comparative and agenda‑setting device (Sellar & Lingard, 2014; Grek, 2024). This reconfiguration redistributes epistemic authority away from situated academic/professional judgement toward portable indicators and automated analytics (Grek & Ozga, 2010; Ozga, 2015; Janssen & Kuk, 2016). Simultaneously, the rise of big data, rankings, and algorithmic governance entrenches routinised, standardised, and quantifiable ways of knowing (Beer, 2016; Janssen & Kuk, 2016). Digital disruptions, such as generative AI, further intensify questions of sincerity, authenticity and public reliability (Janssen & Kuk, 2016; Knox et al., 2019) To address the hybrid and increasingly performative dynamics of today’s knowledge ecosystem, this paper adopts Ágnes Heller’s philosophy of the everyday as its conceptual core; as Dorahy (2020) argues, Heller remains a remarkable representative of the culture of humanity, offering a philosophical sensibility that is increasingly rare, and thus urgently needed in contemporary datafied research environment. Although Heller did not write explicitly about datafication, algorithmic governance, consultancy‑based expertise or AI, her framework offers conceptual resources for analysing how epistemic practices are shaped, stabilised and revised. In particular, her account links epistemic life to situated practices of judgement, remembrance, and publicity. This orientation differs from approaches that foreground procedural rationality or systemic integration, by drawing attention instead to the moral and practical texture of everyday action, where repetition may either consolidate into routine or sustain possibilities for renewal. The concepts of routine and repetition, remembrance and publicity are elaborated in the section below. Conceptual/theoretical framework While resonant with Arendt’s notion of the public realm (1958), Habermas’s theorisation of the public sphere/publicity (1989) and Dewey’s pragmatist conception of inquiry (1938), Heller’s emphasis on everyday praxis, repetition and remembrance introduces a distinctly micro‑ethical perspective on contemporary regimes of knowledge governance (Tormey, 2001; Tormey, 2009). Routine and repetition in the everyday
Remembrance Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used When institutions relinquish the care for remembrance to market‑bureaucratic logics, social memory thins and public trust in knowledge declines, as the conditions for correctability and shared responsibility deteriorate. In Heller’s terms, this marks a slide into the banality of everydayness: a depletion of reflection that permits unexamined routine to replace reflective repetition precisely where ethical renewal would require sustained judgement and remembrance (Heller, 1984). Publicity Publicity, in Heller’s sense, grounds public epistemic authority not in abstract universality but in a shared space where claims are made visible, answerable, and correctable by others, and where plurality, reciprocity, and a readiness to revise judgements function as constitutive norms (Heller, 1984; Heller, 1989). From this public vantage, Heller’s argument that obligations need not mirror immediate rights, including obligations toward future generations, widens pedagogical responsibility by charging institutions with sustaining the conditions under which dignity, freedom, and the “right to have rights” can endure (Heller, 2001; Heller, 2010). On this account, assessing the epistemic power of data‑technical arrangements becomes a matter of preserving publicity - and with-it truthfulness and fallibilist judgement - against drift into routinisation and bureaucratic closure. Aim and research questions Guided by Heller’s account, the paper investigates how contemporary configurations of actors, metrics and data infrastructures shape epistemic authority in educational sciences. The central research question is: How can Heller’s philosophy illuminate the production, validation and legitimation of knowledge in the educational sciences? Three sub‑questions, grounded in a purposive selection of Heller’s conceptual resources, structure the inquiry: How does Heller’s distinction between routine and repetition clarify epistemic audit-and indicator-driven arrangements in educational research? How do practices of remembrance, tradition and historical consciousness contribute to a more nuanced understanding of publicity and truthfulness in a context marked by digital disruptions such as AI? How can Heller’s commitments to fallibilism, plurality and responsibility for future generations contribute to a nontechnocratic account of epistemic authority in the educational sciences? This purposive selection is justified by the research aim: to reconstruct the conceptual conditions under which everyday judgement, remembrance and publicity can counter routinisation and sustain epistemic authority. Methodology and expected contributions This study adopts a conceptual reconstruction and normative analysis grounded in close textual reading of Heller’ primary works and pertinent secondary literature to (a) reconstruct core concepts such as routine and repetition in the everyday, remembrance, publicity, and (b) develop a normative framework for public epistemic authority in educational sciences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper thus offers the following contributions: Conceptual re-orientation. It reframes knowledge production by shifting attention from quantified outputs to the ethical and world-constituting quality of (everyday) research practices, foregrounding judgement, responsibility and the enacted moral texture of inquiry. A micro-practical theory of renewal. It conceptualises repetition, deliberative suspension, reciprocity and civil courage as loci where macro‑regimes of audit, metrics and platformisation are confronted, embodied and ethically reworked, demonstrating how epistemic narrowing can be resisted within ordinary interactions. A non‑technocratic account of research authority. It articulates an account of epistemic authority grounded in publicity, truthfulness, fallibilist correctability and remembrance, rather than by scale, speed or numerical objectivity. Illustrative case articulation. It demonstrates the analytical and normative framework through a situated case example, showing how the reconstructed Hellerian concepts operate within a concrete research configuration. By tracing how epistemic pressures, acts of judgement and everyday negotiations of meaning unfold in practice, the case illustrates how non‑routine repetition, publicity and fallibilist responsibility can take shape within real educational inquiry. Taken together, the paper develops a Hellerian account of how epistemic authority in the educational sciences can be enacted and renewed under conditions of datafication, platformisation and AI‑mediated governance. By binding authority to everyday practices of non‑routine repetition, remembrance and publicity, it reframes educational inquiry as a world‑constituting practice grounded in fallibilist correctability rather than numerical objectivity. This has direct pedagogical implications, as educational sciences shape not only knowledge, but also the formation of judgement and responsibility in future professionals. The illustrative case exemplifies how these conceptual and normative claims travel into concrete research configurations, clarifying what non‑technocratic authority can look like in practice. References Arendt, H. (1958). The human condition. University of Chicago Press. Beer, D. (2016). Metric power. Palgrave Macmillan. Dewey, J. (1938). Logic: The theory of inquiry. Henry Holt. Dorahy, J. F. (2020). Agnes Heller: A philosopher for today. Critical Horizons, 21(4), 303–317. https://doi.org/10.1080/14409917.2020.1835039 Grek, S., & Ozga, J. (2010). Governing education through data: Scotland, England and the European education policy space. British Educational Research Journal, 36(6), 937-952. Grek, S. (2024). The new production of expert knowledge: Education, quantification and utopia. Palgrave Macmillan. Habermas, J. (1989). The structural transformation of the public sphere (T. Burger & F. Lawrence, Trans.). MIT Press. (Original work published 1962) Heller, Á. (1984). Everyday life. Routledge & Kegan Paul. Heller, Á. (1989). From hermeneutics in social science toward a hermeneutics of social science. Theory and Society, 18(3), 291–322. Heller, Á. (2001). A tentative answer to the question: Has civil society cultural memory? Social Research: An International Quarterly, 68(4), 1031–1040. Heller, Á. (2010). Are there obligations without rights? Revista da Faculdade de Direito UFPR, 52, 1–15. Heller, Á. (2015, March 30). Universities’ bureaucratic rule. The Philosophical Salon. https://thephilosophicalsalon.com/universities-bureaucratic-rule/ Janssen, M., & Kuk, G. (2016). The challenges and limits of big data algorithms in technocratic governance. Government Information Quarterly, 33(3), 371–377. Knox, J., Wang, Y., & Gallagher, M. (Eds.). (2019). Artificial intelligence and inclusive education: Speculative futures and emerging practices. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8161-4 Ozga, J. (2015). Trust in numbers? Digital education governance and the inspection process. European Educational Research Journal, 15(1), 69-81. Sellar, S., & Lingard, B. (2014). The OECD and the expansion of PISA: New global modes of governance in education. British Educational Research Journal, 40(6), 917–936. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3120 Tormey, S. (2009). Why does Agnes Heller matter? Political action, social change, and radical politics in the twenty‑first century. In K. Terezakis (Ed.), Engaging Agnes Heller: A critical Companion (pp. 45–62). Lexington Books. Tormey, S. (2001). Agnes Heller: Socialism, autonomy and the postmodern. Manchester University Press. Travaglini, R. (2019). The ethical education for a “humanist revolution”: Accepting and overcoming conflict. Studi sulla Formazione, 22(2), 481–497. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Feelings of Involvement and Values-orientation in Education and Bildung. An Educational View on Agnes Heller's Theory of Feelings Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:This paper addresses educators' roles in shaping how students learn to orient their lives within the scope between personal feelings of involvement and societal and universal values. Educators, such as teachers and social educators, are not psychologists or, for that matter, parents; therefore, we must discuss how they can address students' feelings of involvement in an educational way. With an educational way, I mean, following Gert Biesta, to “understand education from the inside out”, which means that education is to be understood in its own right and not as a discipline that theoretically and practically primarily draws on other disciplines such as psychology, sociology and philosophy (Biesta, 2024, p.14). I draw on the Hungarian philosopher Agnes Heller's work, A Theory of Feelings (Heller, 2009) with a specific focus on her definition of feelings as ‘being involved in something’ (Heller, 2009, p. 11) and her term ‘value-orientational categories’(Heller, 2009, p.134), which according to Heller, help people evaluate their feelings in line with societal norms. To keep in mind is Aristotle’s famous words that true education is to “feel joy and grief at the right things: true education is precisely this.” (Aristotle, 2004, p.35). Aristotle was a source of inspiration for Agnes Heller in understanding how human feelings and emotions conform to societal norms in everyday life (Heller, 2009; 2016). Heller does not explicitly address educational issues; however, throughout the book, she addresses educationally relevant issues, such as how humans learn to feel and how involvement in various ways and emotions is integral to human character formation. The paper aims to develop an educational understanding of involvement to describe educational situations in which something in an educational context matters to the student in a way we may understand as emotional. However, to avoid a non-critical approach to Heller’s understanding of feelings as involvement, I will introduce a distinction between feeling involved in something and not feeling/avoiding feeling involved in something, where "something" here refers to an educational context. I will go back to this distinction later. This distinction will, as will become apparent later, be essential for developing Heller’s ideas within the context of modern theories of Bildung, as represented by Wolfgang Klafki and Dietrich Benner. Heller distinguishes, in her categorisation of feelings, between feelings and emotions in a rather subtle way. Feelings can be basic and sometimes quite primitive, such as, for example, drive feelings and affects (Heller 20009 p.63); however, emotions are feelings that are, according to Heller, always cognitive and situational.” (Heller 2009 p.87) “Only cognitive and situational feelings can be “deep” that is those spiritual feelings in which the “natural” and the “inborn” have no part (…) A feeling is deep when it sets our whole personality into motion: we feel deeply when we become involved in something with our whole personality, either positively or negatively.” (Heller 2009, p.92). To understand how human beings evaluate their feelings, Heller introduces the term ‘value orientational categories’ where she distinguishes between the primary value orientation category Good or bad and the secondary orientations category pairs such as Good-Evil, beautiful-ugly, useful-harmful, correct-incorrect, and true-false (Heller, 2009, p.128). Here again, we must distinguish between the primitive, natural feelings and feelings that can be characterised as emotional because they are cognitive and situational. Furthermore, Heller distinguishes between relating to the world in a particularistic and an individual way. The person who relates ‘particularistically’ to the world identifies herself “with the prescriptions and norms of his environment or develops his own 'we-consciousness.” (Heller, 2009, p.144). The person relating individually to the world is the one who “has a distance to himself and the world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The individual is the one who selects from the system of customs of his environment based on values chosen by himself.” (Heller, 2009, p.145). To sum up, Heller, in her overall analysis of human feelings, distinguishes between two ways of dealing with them: an adaptive and a reflective and critical one. This distinction concerning humans' relationship to the world is typical for most theories of Bildung (Wiberg, 2024a). Theories of Bildung, such as Wilhelm von Humboldt’s neo-humanistic theory and Wolfgang Klafki's and Dietrich Benner’s modern versions, describe the tension between adaptation and distancing as built into human beings' general interplay with the world. However, theories of Bildung typically do not focus on personal emotions. Exceptions include thinkers such as J.G. Herder and the Danish theologian, poet, and educator N.F.S. Grundtvig, who emphasise human feelings by pointing to the importance of belonging to a place, a culture, and a nation as essential to processes of Bildung (Wiberg, 2024b). As Malthe Brinkmann, remarks with reference to Humboldt: “While language is an excellent medium of education in Humboldt’s work, from today’s view embodiment, sociality and alienation resp. negativity are seen as important further dimensions of experiences of Bildung and education (Brinkmann 2021 p.139). Following Brinkmann, I agree that contemporary theories of Bildung should integrate the emotional dimension of human learning and formation. This is why I think that Heller’s theory of feelings and Malthe Brinkmann’s phenomenological approach, together with insights from the Bildung tradition, are highly relevant to developing an educational understanding of involvement. Involvement is not a neutral phenomenon, as Agnes Heller reminds us. Involvement may be negative or positive. Involvement means that something matters to us, whether we like it or not (Heller, 2009, p. 11). Without involvement, nothing will touch a person. One may argue that it is problematic when teachers are unable to teach in ways that touch or matter to students, and are unable, using terminology from Wolfgang Klafki, to open the historical world to students while, at the same time, the student is opening herself (Klafki, 1996, p.96). Klafki's idea of the so-called ‘double-sided opening’ appears to be a Bildung-theoretical response to Agnes Heller’s view of feeling as involvement. To feel involved means that a person is emotionally open to and engaged in a situation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings However, a significant issue is how educators should engage students without indoctrinating or manipulating them. To shed light on this problem, I distinguish between the educational phenomenon of feeling involved and its negative counterpart: not feeling/avoiding feeling involved in something. The purpose of establishing this tension between positive and negative forms of feeling involvement is to address problematic forms of educators' encouragement of involvement. An example is the propagandistic approach to education, as seen in the documentary film Mr Nobody against Putin (Borenstein & Talankin, 2025), in which teachers in Russia are forced to promote Russia’s invasion of Ukraine by fostering patriotic feelings among students. However, there are many other, less dramatic examples of how teachers deal with student involvement, such as the important task of awakening students' interest in various subject areas (Herbart, 1911; Dewey, 1985). Another side of the coin is discipline, which students must be trained in to learn. Furthermore, it is the teacher's task to discipline students to maintain a conducive learning environment to foster learning and Bildung. Acts related to these educational tasks, such as a teacher hushing, may elicit emotional responses in students, particularly when they believe they acted with good intentions, for example, by speaking to help another student (Thornberg, R. 2006). To sum up. The paper aims to clarify what it means to feel involved in an educational context and how value orientation is part of this experience. The paper draws on Agnes Heller’s theory of feeling and on modern and contemporary theories of Bildung to develop an educational understanding of what it means to feel involved, in both positive and negative senses. References Aristotle (2004). The Nichomachean Ethics. Revised edition (2004). London: Penguin Classic Benner, D. (2015). Allgemeine Pädagogik. 8., überarbeitete Auflage. Beltz Juventa. Biesta, G.(2024). Philosophy and the Misunderstanding of Education. In. Baldacchino and Saeverot, H.(eds.) (2024). Bloomsbury Handbook of Continental Philosophy of Education. (pp.13-23) Bloomsbury Academic Borenstein, D. & Talankin, P. (instructors), (2025). Mr Nobody against Putin. https://www.imdb.com/title/tt34965515/ Made in Copenhagen. Brinkmann, M. (2021). Bildung of Emotion and Bildung Through Emotions: The Orientative, Evaluative and Bildungs-Effect of Shame. In. Brinkmann, M. ; Türstig, J.; Weber-Spanknebel, M. (eds.). Emotion-Feeling-Mood. Phenomenological and Pedagogical Perspectives. Springer Dewey, J. (1985). Democracy and Education. In The Collected Works of John Dewey, edited by Jo Ann Boydston. MW 9. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press Heller, A. (2009). A Theory of feelings. Rowmann & Littlefield Publishers, Inc. Heller, A. (2016). Everyday Life. Routledge Herbart, J.F. (1911). The Science of Education. Forgotten Books Humboldt, Wilhelm von (2000[1793/1794]), Theory of Bildung, in Ian Westbury, Hopmann, Stefan, and Kurt Riquarts (eds.). Teaching as a reflective practice: The German Didaktik tradition, pp. 57–62. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Inc. Publishers. Klafki, W. (1996). Neue Studien zur Bildungstheorie und Didaktik. 5. Auflage. Belz Verlag Thornberg, R. (2006). Hushing as a moral dilemma in the classroom. Journal of Moral Education, 35(1), 89–1014. Wiberg, M. (2024a). Bildung. A Paradoxical Concept. In. Bloomsbury Handbook of Continental Philosophy of Education. (pp.81–93) Bloomsbury Academic Wiberg, M. (2024). Feeling at home: Bildung and the clash between nostalgic and universal values: Singing together in a plural world. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 58(5), 606–620. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Teaching as a Practice of Generosity: Reflections on the Idea of the ‘Gift’ in Educational Theory and Philosophy Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:What have generosity and the gift to do with schooling and the teaching profession? This paper argues that the question is significant for educational theory and philosophy in at least two respects. First, in an educational climate where public discourse increasingly holds teachers responsible for society’s unresolved challenges, the profession is often portrayed as one of ‘constant giving’ that never quite fulfils the task entrusted to it. Second, both educational theory and practice frequently invoke the notion that a teacher must possess ‘a gift for teaching’ as a natural aptitude or talent. Yet the phrase ‘having a gift’ can also be taken literally, as referring to something given: a voluntary transfer that asks nothing in return. From this perspective, teaching concerns the transmission of culture, knowledge, and value across generations, situating pedagogy within the generosity of givenness itself (see e.g. Biesta, 2021; Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2025; Zembulas, 2024; Alcalá, 2024). If such intergenerational transmission is indeed a gift, however, it cannot be conditional upon return. Contemporary schooling nevertheless frames teaching and learning in increasingly conditional terms. Children are required to render themselves ‘teachable’ in prescribed ways – silent, attentive, orderly, resilient – in order to be deemed worthy of instruction. Teachers, likewise, must prove themselves ‘instruction‑ready’ by securing order, directing attention, and streamlining learning outcomes; only then are they recognised as professionals who possess ‘the gift of teaching.’ Perhaps we demand too much in return from both students and teachers; or perhaps our pedagogical optics of giving are simply misaligned. Against this background, the purpose of this paper is to examine the distinction between giving of oneself in teaching and giving oneself (over) in teaching. More specifically, I argue for the pedagogical value of temporary failures of meaning – moments in which the world phenomenologically shows itself otherwise and comes to presence in qualitatively new ways in teaching (Biesta, 2021). To make this case, the paper unfolds as a philosophical argument in three movements, adopting a deliberately ‘generous reading’ (Thayer‐Bacon, 2003) as a methodological stance: a way of engaging theoretical traditions that refrains from policing their borders but invites surplus meanings by resisting a purely ‘suspicious hermeneutics’. In the first part, I reconstruct three strands in educational thought that concern the notions of gift and giving. (a) The aptitude strand treats ‘a gift for teaching’ as a natural talent and professional disposition. While this acknowledges the craft and artistry of pedagogy, it risks naturalising teaching (some ‘have it,’ others do not), reducing it to technical proficiency. (b) The transmissive strand understands education as generational task – handing on a shared world. Here the teacher’s role is safeguarding and world‑introducing, emphasising responsibility for inheritance, tradition, and the durability of the world. (c) The ethical strand configures the gift as an asymmetrical relation that exceeds exchange, evoking hospitality and a surplus not captured by calculation. This strand enables us to think of teaching as more than transaction and transmission, though it sometimes remains vague about practice. I identify points of intersection across these strands and outline their implications for the kind of ‘gift giving’ we ask teachers and students to preform. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the second part, I bring Jacques Derrida’s aporia of the gift, Jean‑Luc Marion’s phenomenological account of givenness, and Rosalyn Diprose’s ontology of corporeal generosity into dialogue (Alvis, 2016; Diprose, 2002). For Derrida, a pure gift is structurally impossible: once given, recognised, or reciprocated, it enters an economy of exchange and ceases to be a gift in the strict sense. The unconditional gift, in contrast, always interrupts calculation; it is 'evental', excessive, and disappears at the moment of acknowledgement. Pedagogically, this suggests that generous teaching can neither be guaranteed by method nor fully owned by intention; it occurs in excess of technique and becomes most visible when practices falter – when meaning breaks down and new possibilities emerge (Biesta, 2021). Marion, in turn, reframes the question by emphasising that phenomena are given before they are constituted: the world arrives in its givenness, often in saturating ways that overflow conceptual meaning. On this view, generous pedagogy is less the production of outcomes than the disciplined facilitation of appearance; the teacher is a practitioner of attention who lets things 'show themselves' in teaching rather than a proprietor of predefined meaning orlearing outcomes. Diprose introduces a crucial embodied dimension. Rejecting a self-enclosed conception of the subject, she argues that the self is constitutively open – formed through a pre‑personal intercorporeality that precedes choice and intention. Generosity, for Diprose, is not an optional moral virtue but an ontological condition: our bodies are already given over to others and the world in how we perceive, move, gesture, and inhabit space. She describes corporeal generosity as a non‑calculative exposure to the other and the world that makes transformation possible. Transposed into pedagogy, this means that teaching is not merely a transmission executed by self‑contained agents; it occurs within the porous, shared fabric of embodiment – rhythm, posture, proximity, movements, and the micro‑temporalities of waiting, pausing, and withholding. The ‘gift’ of teaching is thus not a transferable property one possesses but a relational opening enacted somatically: a pacing that lets a text breathe, a shift in stance that opens a new line of sight, a silence that invites a student’s thought to form. These gestures, I suggest, are not ornamental to teaching; they are the very means through which the world appears pedagogically (see also Vlieghe & Zamojski, Todd, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing these strands together, in the third and final part of the paper I propose a working distinction: Giving of oneself in teaching refers to the expenditure of personal resources – time, energy, care, affective labour – often demanded by managerial or moralising scripts; giving oneself (over) in teaching denotes a disciplined surrender of control, a cultivated availability to what exceeds method – an orientation of pedagogical openness rooted in corporeal generosity. This, I suggest, is neither self‑erasure nor romantic self‑sacrifice, but a professional competence: knowing when to withhold explanation, when to let a question linger, when to allow the world to speak in its own time and through the shared and embodied choreography of the classroom. By way of conclusion, I propose a conception of pedagogical generosity as a triadic practice: (a) giving (offering content, time, attention, and form), (b) receiving (welcoming what arrives, including the unexpected), and (c) withholding (leaving space unfilled so that appearance can occur). Practically, this reframing suggests modest but consequential shifts; thinking education through generosity and the gift repositions teaching itself as the art of giving and being given: an art attuned to the possibility that the most educational moments may be those in which meaning briefly fails and then arrives anew. In this sense, a generous pedagogy invites teachers and students to learn not only how to give of oneself, but how to receive the appearing world as a gift. References Alcalá, F. J. (2024). A pedagogy of generosity: On the topicality of Deleuze and Guattari’s thought in the philosophy of education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 56(3), 241–251. Alvis, J. W. (2016). Marion and Derrida on the gift and desire: debating the generosity of things. Cham: SpringerBiesta, G. J. J. (2022). World-centred education: a view for the present. New York: Routledge. Biesta, G. (2021). The three gifts of teaching: Towards a non-egological future for moral education. Journal of Moral Education, 50 (1):39-54. Diprose, R. (2002). Corporeal generosity: on giving with Nietzsche, Merleau-Ponty, and Levinas. Albany: State University of New York Press. Thayer‐Bacon, B. J. (2003). Generous Reading: Author response to McKenzie. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 35(4): 467–470. Todd, S. (2023). The touch of the present: educational encounters, aesthetics, and the politics of the senses. Albany: SUY Press. Vlieghe, J. & Zamojski, P. (2025). “Look, This Is Your World (Too)”: Educational Generosity Beyond Integration and Hospitality. In Wills Kalisha & Tomasz Szkudlarek, Educating the Next Generation: Reflections on Crises, Migration, and Education. Singapore: Springer Nature Singapore. pp. 81-95. Zembylas, M. (2023). Pedagogies of generosity: Towards a multidimensional understanding that nurtures ‘critical generosity’. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 20(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/17461979231189183 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 13 SES 07 B Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Bianca Thoilliez Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Moving the Discussion Forward on the Critical Spirit University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:For at least half a century the educational objective of critical thinking has been one of the most discussed themes in philosophy of education, and the already extensive literature on it continues to pile up. According to the received understanding of this epistemological phenomenon, critical thinking is an aggregate of two mutually supporting components, both of which collect smaller constitutive elements under their umbrellas. The first main component brings together the epistemic and logical skills needed to assess the quality of evidence and the validity of arguments. The second main component is a constellation of intellectual attitudes, mental dispositions and epistemic virtues, which guide and define the normatively proper use of the aforementioned skills. The internalization of critical thinking skills gets us only halfway to our goal, as a critical thinker must also use her abilities actively and in the intended spirit. This latter half in the account of critical thinking is sometimes given the name critical spirit in literature (Passmore, 1967; Siegel, 1988). When compared with the skills-component, however, it has fallen seriously behind in terms of the scholarly attention it has attracted. Moreover, in addition to being under-researched in philosophical theory, the critical spirit has also been largely overlooked aspect in practical critical thinking pedagogy, as textbooks and tests on the subject often place a one-dimensional emphasis on being skilled in the use of critical thinking tools—assessing the credibility of pieces of evidence, examining the validity of arguments and so on. Symbolically, it is telling of this situation that Harvey Siegel (2017), perhaps the single greatest exponent of the philosophical foundations of critical thinking, has regretted that he has not for his part been able to advance our understanding of the critical spirit. This state of affairs is unfortunate, as cracking the puzzle of the critical spirit can arguably even be regarded as a decisive question for successful critical thinking education. Everyday phenomena such as growing political polarization and the rising popularity of conspiracy theories demonstrate that many people flounder precisely in the active and consistent application of their thinking skills (Burbules, 2022). Moreover, certain empirical studies (e.g. Arum & Roksa, 2011) on the development of critical thinking skills among university students seem to indicate that the current critical thinking instruction does not facilitate the successful acquisition of this educational objective. One possible explanation for these sobering results is that the teaching of critical thinking has not successfully developed the critical spirit of these individuals. In this presentation I aim to take at least some small steps in improving our understanding of the critical spirit. In my analysis of the situation philosophical research on this topic has been held back by the separation of philosophical inquiry on the one hand and empirical psychological research on the other (Pettersson, 2020). Philosophers working on critical spirit have remained at a metaphorical and everyday level when describing the challenges of applying critical thinking skills in practice. However, deep down these problems are fundamentally of psychological nature, so empirical psychology research can help us not only to better understand the nature of these phenomena, but also to develop pedagogies that mitigate the issues here. More specifically, various forms of biased thinking are a clear challenge that critical thinking education should focus more on. This requires developing the critical spirit in a direction where we understand its basic elements, such as the epistemic virtue of open-mindedness, within this psychological framework. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the diverse field of philosophy of education, my research is situated more specifically within the loose and living tradition of analytic philosophy of education (Curren et al., 2003). Methodologically, this tradition focuses on conceptual analysis and argumentation. Both of these are present in my talk, which aims to elucidate the proper meaning of the notion of critical thinking through careful conceptual analysis and provide arguments for a specific interpretation of this notion. In one respect, however, my argument differs from the mainstream of analytical philosophy of education: in my view, philosophical and empirical considerations should not be kept entirely separate, but rather should be mutually beneficial in theorizing. In my presentation, this is reflected in how I draw from research findings provided by cognitive science and empirical psychology to shed light on how critical thinking dispositions can be approached in education. Of the brances of philosophy of education, my presentation falls under the category of epistemology of education. The topics covered here concern how we should best understand the epistemological underpinnings and aims of our educational activities. I will continue the discussion on critical thinking, in which some of the key theorists have been Richard Paul, Robert Ennis, John McPeck, Matthew Lipman, Sharon Bailin and, in particular, Harvey Siegel. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I start by reviewing the highlights of previous research on this topic and the limitations with the main proposals in the field. The main alternatives in this discussion on critical spirit are the theory of mental dispositions and the virtue-theoretical approach. Despite their important differences, they are united by the fact that they both view these components as strongly normative phenomena that are described using philosophical language. I agree that the normative elements inherent in critical spirit cannot be derived from empirical findings. Here the traditional division of labor between philosophy and psychology stands. However, in closer scrutiny several critical thinking dispositions appear to be “folk psychological” solutions to cognitive biases, e.g. the call for being open-minded aims to counter the phenomenon known as confirmation bias in psychological literature. Here I argue that we can deepen our understanding of the critical spirit by consulting experimental psychological research on the effects of different "debiasing" techniques. They appear to perform exactly the same function as the elements of critical spirit, but their mechanisms are often defined more precisely, making it clearer how they can be taught. Another important consequence of this approach is that we gain a more realistic understanding of the psychological limits of critical thinking, i.e., what we can expect from individuals. References Arum, R. & Roksa, J. (2011). Academically adrift: Limited learning on college campuses. Chicago University Press. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226028576.001.0001 Burbules, N. (2022). Promoting Critical Thinking in Anti-Critical Thinking Times: Lessons from COVID Discourse. Philosophical Inquiry in Education, 29(1), 5–10. https://doi.org/10.7202/1088374ar Curren, R., Robertson, E. & Hager. P. (2003). The analytical movement. In R. Curren (Ed.) A companion to the philosophy of education (pp. 176–191). Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470996454.ch13 Passmore, J. (1967). On reaching to be critical. In R. S. Peters (Ed.) The concept of education (pp. 192–211). Routledge & Kegan Paul. Pettersson, H. (2020). De-idealising the educational ideal of critical thinking. Theory and Research in Education, 18(3), 322-338. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878520981303 Siegel, H. (1988). Educating reason: Rationality, critical thinking, and education. Routledge. Siegel, H. (2017). Education’s epistemology: Rationality, diversity, and critical thinking. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190682675.001.0001 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Non-Affirmative Resonance? Reading Rosa Educationally Mälardalen university, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper explores educational strengths and weaknesses of Hartmut Rosa's sociology of resonance. It investigates how the concept of resonance can be understood in the light of non-affirmative approaches to education, focusing on Dietrich Benner’s non-affirmative theory of education. The paper provides an educational and critical revision of Rosa’s theory of resonance, performed in three steps. First, I summarize Rosa’s theory of resonance by introducing and discussing its central components and how it has been developed by other scholars. Second, I present the outlines of a non-affirmative theory of education, through a discussion of its main concepts, i.e. Bildsamkeit and Summons to Self-activity. Finally, I suggest that the notion of a spectrum, of resonance allows for both affirmative and non-affirmative experiences of resonance. This creates a possible link between non-affirmative approaches to education and Rosa’s sociology of resonance. Rosa's notion of resonance is an attempt to formulate a dialectic counterpart to alienation, the mode of relationlesness that is produced by the accelerating logics of modernity. Resonance, defined by Rosa as a relation of relatedness, describes what it is that connects humans with the world, what it is that situates them in the world and, what it is that enables them to navigate in the world. Bildung, according to Rosa, is deeply connected with resonance as it occurs when a relevant domain of the world starts to speak to us, when it addresses us as subjects capable of transforming ourselves and our surrounding context. At first glance, it seems as if educational relationships could be described as relations of resonance, as Rosa describes them, as they both concern some kind of transformative exchange between subjects and their surrounding world. However, a major difference is that the transformative relation in the concept of resonance does not have a mediator; it is a direct and unmediated relation whereas the educational relationship contains someone or something that educates. Thus, a theory of education needs to conceptualize both Bildung (close to Rosa's definition of resonance), and Erzieung (the result of an intergenerational relationship between past and present). A non-affirmative approach to education contains fundamental educational concepts that bring dimensions to the educational question that are not evident or accounted for in Rosa’s theory. The specificity of this approach is that it defines a specific domain of co-existence, or field of praxis, that contains that which we think of as educational; that is educational encounters, actions, and processes. A field of praxis is characterized by a specific socio-phenomenological class of interpersonal actions and interactions constituted by specific principles that make it distinguishable from other fields of praxis (such as e.g. Politics, Work, Religion). Education as a field of praxis is constituted by two principles that are both relationally oriented, the principle of Bildsamkeit, and the principle of a summons to self-activity. These principles are not derived from empirical "reality", nor are they normatively conditioned as educational "ideals". Rather they are part of a general understanding of what it means to be human among other humans, specifically the idea that humans develop their subjecttivity in a world of other humans. While the principle of Bildsamkeit concerns the child's opportunities to take part in the world (and about society's enabling of this participation), the principle of a summons to self-activity concerns the adult generation's ways of pointing out matters of concern and inviting the younger generation into a self-active involvement with these matters, i.e. the matters of the adult world. Thes principles are categorically different and form the basis of two fundamental and dialectical relationships that together constitute educational praxis..
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the paper, I enact reading and writing as practices of thinking in relation to Rosa's and Benner's theories, focusing on in what ways they intersect, differ, and harmonise on the matter of educational practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the concluding part of the paper, I suggest that a non-affirmative (educational) reading of Rosa's sociology of resonance both contributes and complicates educational receptions of his work. A preliminary conclusion is that the principle of summons to self-activity concerns the establishment of resonant relationships with the world and that the principle of Bildsamkeit concerns the development of, what Rosa calls, dispositional resonance, the ability to form resonant relationships (in all spheres of human relationships). Furthermore, by highlighting non-affirmative education as an action-oriented and reflexive theory, the paper contributes to the overall theme of the conference as regards the nature of educational knowledge and action. References Benner, D. (2015). Allgemeine Pädagogik: Eine systematisch-problemgeschichtliche Einführung in die Grundstruktur pädagogischen Denkens und Handelns. Juventa Verlag ein Imprint der Julius Beltz GmbH & Co. KG Rosa, H. (2021). Resonance. A Sociology of Our Relationship to the World. Polity Press. Uljens, M. (ed.) (2023). Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung. Springer. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Knowledge for Bildung Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), Norway Presenting Author:Bildung is an influential concept in educational thinking, particularly in the Nordic countries, and has even found its way into the OECD learning framework (OECD, 2019). In such frameworks, however, the concept may often be defined in rather abstract terms, for example: “Bildung includes knowledge and skills plus something more” (OECD, 2019, pp. 111–112). This offer limited guidance on how Bildung can be taught in practice. To address this issue, a clearer understanding of what kind of knowledge can support Bildung is needed. This paper explores that question. The paper argues that Charles Taylor’s theory of expressive language entails a conception of the kind of knowledge that may foster Bildung. This connection between Taylor’s theory and the Bildung tradition is neither superficial nor eclectic. Taylor explicitly grounds his position in the Romantic period and, more specifically, in the theories of language developed by Humboldt and Herder (Taylor, 1985a, p. 10) - figures central in the Bildung tradition. Thus, Taylor’s theory and this tradition share a common historical-conceptual root. Developing this link may help articulate a clearer concept of knowledge for Bildung. Bildung and alienation The connection between the Bildung tradition and Taylor’s expressive theory of language can be clarified through the concept of alienation. Even though Bildung is understood in different ways, a closer examination of the German tradition shows that the concept is structured by a set of ideas that give it a clearer core: Hegel defines Bildung as Erhebung zur Allgemeinheit and Herder as Emporbildung zur Humanität (Gadamer, 1990, pp. 15, 18). Both definitions refer to a movement away from a natural state of immediate desires and needs toward a more general, humanly mediated standpoint on oneself and the world - for example, viewing oneself or the world from the standpoint of culture, language, or history, or through another human being, as in Hegel’s concept of recognition. These descriptions can be linked to the concept of alienation (Entfremdung). As Gadamer writes: “Damit ist klar, dass nicht die Entfremdung als solche, sondern die Heimkehr zu sich, die freilich Entfremdung voraussetzt, das Wesen der Bildung ausmacht” (Gadamer, 1990, p. 20). Bildung thus concerns a process of becoming “at home” in the world by appropriating, identifying with the world. This longing for unity, the overcoming of alienation, between humans and the world is precisely what Taylor identifies as central to the Romantic movement to which Herder and Humboldt belong (Taylor, 1979, pp. 1–14). Thus, there is a conceptual link between Bildung, alienation, and Taylor’s expressive theory of language. Crucially, the link between Bildung and alienation makes clear that Bildung concerns the relation to existential meaning, a central theme in Taylor’s expressive language theory. An alienated world lacks direction, and the alienated self lacks values and purposes with which to identify. As Rahel Jaeggi argues in her study of alienation, humans are existential beings confronted with “practical questions” about how one should live and what kind of person one wants to be (Jaeggi, 2014, pp. 57, 156, 164). To realize a human form of life – to find answers to such questions – humans must have access to a world that contains sources of meaning, values, and purposes that they can identify with or “appropriate”: “… this process of working away what is alien must at the same time be understood as an appropriation of the world. The fact that this appropriation is conceived of as practical activity is made manifest in the concept of Bildung …” (Jaeggi, 2014, p. 205). Thus, Bildung consists of processes of appropriation that disclose the world as a place in which meaningful lives may unfold. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Expressive language The link between alienation and Bildung sheds light on the knowledge that could foster Bildung. Such knowledge must enable appropriation of, identification with, the world – knowledge that discloses the world as a “space” with practical relevance for our lives: a world that indicates possible ways of living by containing values and purposes worthy of pursuit. Taylor offers a formulation of this non-alienated relation to the world: “We need a relation to the world, the universe, to things, forests, fields, mountains, seas, analogous to that which we have to human beings we love, and works of art; where we feel ourselves addressed, and called upon to answer.” (Taylor, 2018, p. 68) A world imbued with meaning in this way would contain possible answers to our practical–existential questions. Such a world contains what Taylor calls strong value; it is “a space defined by distinctions of worth” (Taylor, 1985a, p. 3). The crucial point here, is Taylor’s claim that this relation to the world is fundamentally bound up with the language we have at our disposal—language in its expressive dimension. Thus, this understanding of language may provide a concept of knowledge for Bildung. Taylor develops his concept of language as expressive by taking Humboldt and Herder as points of departure. The central idea is that language is not only used to describe or designate things. It also has an expressive function: it may reveal new forms of meaning in the world or in our lives by making us more sensible – by developing our ability to respond to the world in new and deeper ways. As Taylor writes: “The expressive theory opens a new dimension. If language serves to express or realize a new kind of awareness, then it may not only make possible a new awareness of things, an ability to describe them, but also new ways of feeling and responding to things.” (Taylor, 1985b, p. 233) Thus, the relation to the world that Taylor describes above – a world that “addresses us,” a “space defined by distinctions of worth” – depends on the language at our disposal. Language in its expressive function, therefore, becomes central to overcoming alienation and to foster processes of Bildung. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Knowledge for Bildung It is the development of this expressive function of language that knowledge must contribute to in order to foster Bildung. Taylor’s concept for this development is articulation: “The articulation serves … to realize this sensitivity in ourselves. This is at the core of Herder’s ‘expressivism’” (Taylor, 2016, p. 29). Through articulation, we develop a language of ‘strong evaluation’ – a language that makes it possible to rank our motivations, desires, ambitions, and purposes according to their worth (Taylor, 1985c, p. 67). Such a language enables us to “see” more clearly which values and responsibilities should guide our relation to the world – to nature, democracy, culture, and other human beings – in order to realize a good or worthy way of life (Taylor, 1985c, p. 68). This is knowledge that opens the world as a space that addresses us and demands something of us, thereby giving direction and orientation to our lives and to our self-understanding. It is the development of expressive forms of language that knowledge for Bildung must contribute to. Such knowledge does not primarily develop students’ ability to instrumentally manage the world, but rather their ability to respond to – their sensibility. Knowledge that develops responsiveness to value and meaning in this way can be understood as fostering processes of Bildung, as overcomming alienation by appropriation of both the self and the world. This theoretical concept of knowledge for Bildung is illustrated through examples: Judith A. Langer’s analysis of students’ reading of the poem Forgive My Guilt as an expressive linguistic practice for articulating values such as sin, guilt, and forgiveness (Langer, 2011); Hubert Dreyfus’s Heidegger-influenced account of craftsmanship, in which skills function expressively (Dreyfus, 2017); and the Bildung-oriented didactics of Klafki (2001) and Wagenschein (1956) in the teaching of science and history. References Dreyfus, H. (2017). Between Technë and Technology. In M. A. Wrathall (Ed.), Background practices: Oxford university press. Gadamer, H.-G. (1990). Wharheit und Methode Grundzüge einer philosophischen Hermeneutik: J.C.B. Mohr. Jaeggi, R. (2014). Alienation. Klafki, W. (2001). Kategorial dannelse : bidrag til en dannelsesteoretisk fortolkning av moderne didaktikk. In E. L. Dale (Ed.), Om Utdanning - klassiske tekster (pp. 167–203). Oslo: Gyldendal akademisk. Langer, J. A. (2011). Envisioning literature: literary understanding and literature instruction. Second edition. New York: Teachers College Press. OECD. (2019). The OECD Learning Compass 2030. OECD. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/en/data/tools/oecd-learning-compass-2030.htm Taylor, C. (1979). Hegel and modern society. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Taylor, C. (1985a). Introduction. In Human agency and language. Philosophical papers 1: Cambridge university press. Taylor, C. (1985b). Language and human nature. In Philosophical papers : 1 Human agency and language: Cambridge university press. Taylor, C. (1985c). Self-interpreting animals. In Philosophical papers : 1 : Human agency and language (Vol. 1, pp. 45–76). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Taylor, C. (2016). The Language animal The full shape of the human linguistic capacity. Cambridge: Belknap. Taylor, C. (2018). Resonance and the romantic era: A comment on Rosa’s conception of the good life. In H. Rosa & C. Henning (Eds.), The Good Life Beyond Growth: New Perspectives (1 ed., pp. 55–69): Routledge. Wagenschein, M. (1956). Zum Begriff des exemplarischen Lehrens. Paper presented at the Bedeutung und Ertrag der Versuchsschularbeit für die deutsche Schule" (15.3.1956.), Frankfurt a.M. http://martin-wagenschein.de/en/2/W-128.pdf |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 14 SES 07 A: Communities, Families and Schools' Responses to Polycrisis. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Mario Engemann Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Epistemic Trust in a Poly-crisis: How Disadvantaged Families Interpret the Nature of Science in the Context of Climate Change Çanakkale Onsekiz Mart University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Climate change influences contemporary educational agendas in Europe and worldwide by affecting children’s lives through extreme weather events, heightened social vulnerability, migration, and increasing inequalities. Disadvantaged families are disproportionately affected, facing elevated risks, limited access to reliable information, and reduced capacity to apply climate knowledge in daily life (1-3). Consequently, climate change constitutes a critical context for educational research examining the relationship between knowledge and action in the presence of inequality. At the same time, scientific knowledge is produced, disseminated, and evaluated within rapidly evolving and complex ecosystems shaped by digital platforms, algorithmic curation, politicized discourse, commercial interests, and informal networks. Families are exposed to both scientific explanations and misinformation, as well as skepticism and conflicting narratives (4, 5). Therefore, educational challenges extend beyond raising awareness to include how individuals evaluate evidence, interpret uncertainty, and determine which sources to trust, particularly in disadvantaged communities where experiences of exclusion and survival pressures influence relationships with science and public institutions. This paper contends that families' interpretations of climate change are grounded in two principal dimensions: epistemic trust (6), which involves assessing the credibility of knowledge sources, and understandings of the nature of science (NOS), encompassing how knowledge is produced, what constitutes evidence, and how uncertainty and consensus are managed. Rather than framing climate understanding as an individual deficit, this study conceptualizes families’ sense-making as socially situated, shaped by lived experiences and power dynamics, which in turn influence children’s engagement with science and civic activities. The present study examines how families living in disadvantaged conditions interpret climate change information, specifically through the perspectives of the nature of science and epistemic trust. The primary objective is to clarify how epistemic trust and NOS influence these families’ engagement with climate-related scientific information. To achieve this objective, the study addresses the following research questions:
The significance of this study is in its examination of climate change as both a global and locally differentiated crisis. While European policy emphasizes climate education, sustainability, and civic engagement, these objectives are pursued within contexts of socio-economic disparity, varying levels of institutional trust, and diverse national debates. By focusing on disadvantaged families as key interpreters of scientific knowledge, this paper contributes to discussions on equity in climate education, highlighting strategies that promote literacy and epistemic trust, avoid deficit perspectives, and support democratic participation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilizes a qualitative case study design with the central aim of uncovering how families in disadvantaged socio-economic conditions interpret scientific information on climate change, particularly regarding epistemic trust and the nature of science (NOS). The research is conducted at ÇABAÇAM (ÇABA Multi-Purpose Early Childhood Education Center), a university-affiliated center in Türkiye serving children aged 4–5 from disadvantaged backgrounds and their families. This context enables the examination of intersecting vulnerabilities, such as economic precarity and restricted access to information, which are anticipated to shape engagement with scientific knowledge claims. The participants consist of parents and caregivers of children enrolled at ÇABAÇAM. Purposeful sampling is used to capture a range of family experiences and perspectives, including variations in parental education level, employment status, and prior exposure to climate-related events. Data are collected primarily through semi-structured individual interviews designed to elicit participants’ understandings of climate change, the knowledge sources they consider credible, and their interpretations of evidence, uncertainty, expertise, and scientific consensus. To facilitate richer responses and reduce socially desirable answers, interviews incorporate vignette-based prompts, such as short statements or media excerpts representing different climate change narratives, to explore participants’ reasoning. All interviews are audio-recorded with participant consent, transcribed verbatim, and analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis. The analysis process involves iterative coding and theme development, integrating inductive attention to participants’ meaning-making with sensitizing concepts from epistemic trust and NOS literature. To examine patterned relationships between NOS understandings and trust judgments, themes are organized using matrix mapping, such as linking epistemic trust profiles with NOS-related interpretations of climate information. Methodological rigor is maintained through memo writing, peer debriefing within the research team, and the maintenance of an audit trail throughout data collection and analysis. Ethical approval procedures are followed, and participation is voluntary, confidential, and conducted with sensitivity to families’ time constraints and vulnerabilities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study seeks to generate nuanced insights into how families living in disadvantaged socio-economic conditions interpret climate change-related scientific information and how their understandings are shaped by epistemic trust and the nature of science (NOS), directly supporting the central research focus. Rather than identifying simple “knowledge gaps,” the findings are expected to demonstrate that families’ climate change meaning-making is deeply relational and situated, rooted in daily experiences of precarity, institutional encounters, and locally available information sources. The study is expected to identify distinct patterns of epistemic trust, including trust, distrust, and conditional trust toward scientific expertise and public institutions. These trust patterns are likely to co-occur with different NOS-related interpretations. For example, viewing scientific knowledge as tentative and evolving may foster openness to new evidence or, alternatively, be interpreted as grounds for doubting scientific credibility. Similarly, participants may draw on experiential evidence (“what we see and live”) alongside or in tension with scientific explanations, which may influence the perceived legitimacy of climate-related knowledge claims. Conceptually, this study demonstrates how NOS understandings function as cognitive and socially mediated interpretive tools, enabling families to negotiate credibility, uncertainty, and authority in the context of climate change. Practically, the findings are intended to inform equity-oriented climate education by emphasizing strategies that respectfully engage families, strengthen epistemic trust, and build scientific literacy without deficit framing, thereby supporting education centers in fostering inclusive, relevant climate communication and democratic participation. References 1. Parsons, E.S., Jowell, A., Veidis, E. et al. Climate change and inequality. Pediatr Res 98, 1238–1245 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41390-024-03153-z 2. Putsoane, T., Bhanye, J. I., & Matamanda, A. (2024). Extreme weather events and health inequalities: Exploring vulnerability and resilience in marginalized communities. Developments in Environmental Science, 15, 225-248. 3. Smith, G.S., Anjum, E., Francis, C. et al. Climate Change, Environmental Disasters, and Health Inequities: The Underlying Role of Structural Inequalities. Curr Envir Health Rpt 9, 80–89 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40572-022-00336-w 4. Scheufele, D. A., & Krause, N. M. (2019). Science audiences, misinformation, and fake news. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(16), 7662-7669. 5. Dahlstrom, M. F. (2021). The narrative truth about scientific misinformation. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 118(15), e1914085117. 6. Schröder-Pfeifer, P., Georg, A. K., Talia, A., Volkert, J., Ditzen, B., & Taubner, S. (2022). The Epistemic Trust Assessment—An experimental measure of epistemic trust. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 39(1), 50. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Reconfigurations of the Family–School Relationship in Contexts of Crisis: Care and Teacher Professionalization in Early Childhood Education University of Malaga, Spain Presenting Author:The COVID-19 pandemic constituted a turning point for education systems worldwide, significantly affecting the ways in which schools, families, and communities relate to one another (Gubbins & Campillay, 2024). Prolonged school closures, the implementation of remote education, and the intensified use of digital technologies transformed the pedagogical, organisational, and affective bonds that sustain school life, making visible pre-existing structural tensions, particularly regarding the delimitation of responsibilities between schools and families (Gómez-Navas & Marín-Rivas, 2023). This paper analyses these transformations from the perspective of early childhood education teachers, positioning the family–school relationship as a key axis for understanding the articulation between care, teacher professionalisation, and the social function of schooling in contexts of crisis. The study forms part of a broader research project focused on care and teacher professionalisation, based on life narratives of Chilean and Spanish teachers. Through these experiences, the pandemic reconfigured pedagogical practices and relationships with families, revealing the deepening of social inequalities and the relevance of the school as a space of social regulation (López et al., 2021). During this period, relationships with families acquired unprecedented centrality, becoming essential for sustaining teaching and learning processes and for guaranteeing the pedagogical bond in a context of high uncertainty, particularly in early childhood education and situations of social vulnerability (Wilinski et al., 2022). However, the configuration of this relationship varied according to social contexts, revealing differentiated educational responses to the crisis (Gómez-Navas & Marín-Rivas, 2023; Gubbins & Campillay, 2024). In the Chilean case, characterised by profound educational inequalities, teachers describe an expansion of the school’s role as a space of care and social support. Teaching work incorporated functions of accompaniment, emotional support, and containment, positioning the school as a key community actor in contexts of social precarity (Hunter et al., 2022). This expansion of the professional role was linked to an ethics of care and to an understanding of education as a collective responsibility, while also generating high levels of emotional overload and blurring traditional professional boundaries. In the Spanish context, more heterogeneous responses can be observed. While some teachers assumed a strong commitment to accompanying students and families, these actions were developed mainly as individual initiatives rather than as institutionalised responsibilities, generating tensions around the meanings of the teaching role and the limits of pedagogical responsibility (Gaspar et al., 2025). Across both contexts, the pandemic intensified a crisis of pedagogical authority associated with the redefinition of school spaces and times, the increased presence of families in educational processes, and the fragility of institutional frameworks that historically delineated the functions of school and home (Haisraeli & Fogiel-Bijaoui, 2023). In both countries, the pandemic transformed modes of communication between schools and families, levels of parental involvement, and the boundaries between domestic and school spheres. While these new forms of interaction strengthened pedagogical relationships in some cases, they also exposed tensions in teachers’ professional recognition and in the distribution of educational responsibilities, particularly in the absence of clear institutional guidelines (Guerrero et al., 2021). Taken together, these findings contribute to understanding how crises operate as catalysts for change in school–community relationships across different territorial contexts. By contrasting experiences from a European and a Latin American setting, this study highlights both shared challenges and context-specific responses in early childhood education, revealing how care, professional responsibility, and institutional support are unevenly distributed across educational systems. In this sense, the paper underscores the relevance of analysing the effects of crises beyond national frameworks, emphasising the importance of comparative perspectives to rethink the family–school relationship as a key space for care, wellbeing, and the protection of the professional role of teachers in contexts of polycrisis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is developed from a qualitative interpretive approach, aimed at understanding key milestones related to care and professionalisation in the teaching trajectories of early childhood education teachers. The main methodological strategy involves the use of life narratives, which make it possible to reconstruct formative, professional, and personal experiences, as well as to identify critical moments that mark transformations in teaching trajectories and enable the analysis of social, cultural, and political dimensions that emerge as part of a collective narrative (Blass et al., 2020). This perspective allows individual experiences to be situated within broader historical, institutional, and social frameworks, recognising the temporal and contextual nature of teaching work (Riessman, 2008). The empirical corpus consists of life narratives from three Chilean and four Spanish early childhood education teachers. Participants were selected based on criteria of diversity in terms of professional trajectories, type of institution, and context of practice, in order to capture a plurality of experiences. In both countries, the COVID-19 pandemic emerged spontaneously in the narratives as a significant event, which motivated its analysis as a cross-cutting milestone for examining the relationship between care, professionality, and the family–school relationship. Interviews were conducted in a semi-structured manner, prioritising an open narrative that allowed teachers to construct their own accounts and to prioritise the events they considered most relevant in their trajectories. Subsequently, the narratives were transcribed and analysed through a process of thematic coding (Braun & Clarke, 2006), combining theoretical categories—such as care, professionalisation, family–school relationship, and the social function of the school—with categories emerging from the empirical material. The analysis also adopted a comparative perspective, aimed at identifying similarities and differences between the Chilean and Spanish contexts. This comparison does not seek to establish normative judgements, but rather to understand how structural conditions, educational policies, and contexts of inequality shape teachers’ practices and the configuration of school–family relationships during situations of crisis. From an ethical standpoint, the research recognises teachers as producers of knowledge about their own practice, granting centrality to their voices and experiences. This approach is particularly relevant for the analysis of contexts of polycrisis, in which emotional, relational, and care-related dimensions play a central role in school life. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study indicate that the COVID-19 pandemic functioned as a critical turning point that profoundly transformed the relationship between schools and families, revealing both continuities and structural tensions within education systems. Far from constituting a homogeneous phenomenon, these transformations were shaped in differentiated ways according to social, institutional, and territorial contexts. In the Chilean case, schools positioned themselves more explicitly as spaces of care and social support, expanding their role beyond formal teaching. This configuration highlights the role of education as a guarantor of wellbeing and social bonds in contexts of inequality, while also raising questions regarding the limits of teacher professionalisation and the conditions required to sustain these functions without intensifying workload and professional strain. In the Spanish context, the diversity of responses reveals tensions surrounding the professional role, pedagogical authority, and the delimitation of responsibilities between schools and families. The pandemic intensified pre-existing debates about the meaning of teaching work and the place of care within the profession, particularly in early childhood education. Across both contexts, the findings show that crises generate lasting transformations in educational relationships, challenging traditional boundaries between the school and the family. In this sense, the family–school relationship emerges as a critical space that requires explicit attention in both educational research and public policy. The study underscores the need to move towards approaches that recognise the relational, ethical, and community dimensions of education, particularly in times of polycrisis. Understanding how schools act, resist, and reconfigure themselves in the face of crisis is essential for strengthening their role as spaces of care, learning, and social cohesion. References Blass, A.;Cortés-González, P. & Rivas-Flores J.I. (2020). Experiencia Escolar, Diversidad y Ciudadanía Justa. Un Estudio Biográfico-Narrativo. Revista Internacional de Educación para la Justicia Social, 9(1), 41-58. https://doi.org/10.15366/riejs2020.9.1.002 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Gaspar, C. R., Jahromi, L. B., Rooney, M. E., Rodriguez, S., & ABC-TC CBPR Advisory Board. (2025). Lessons learned from family–school relationships during COVID-19: The experiences of early childhood special education professionals. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/10901027.2025.2452374 Gómez-Navas, D., & Marín-Rivas, M. P. (2023). Educación en confinamiento en Colombia: una mirada a las relaciones familia–escuela en tiempos de pandemia. Revista Mexicana de Investigación Educativa, 28(98), 837–862. https://ojs.rmie.mx/index.php/rmie/article/view/49/83 Gubbins Foxley, V., & Campillay Figueroa, F. (2024). Family–preschool relationship and family engagement in distance preschool education in the time of COVID-19 in Chile: toward a change of principals’ mentality? Educational Review, 76(7), 2001–2019. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2024.2332426 Guerrero, P. A., Díaz Meza, R., Roth-Eichin, N., Castro, L., & Luna, L. (2021). De clientes a colaboradores: Imaginarios colectivos de equipos directivos sobre familias en contexto de pandemia. Psicoperspectivas, 20(3). https://doi.org/10.5027/psicoperspectivas-vol20-issue3-fulltext-2442 Haisraeli, A., & Fogiel-Bijaoui, S. (2023). Parental involvement in school pedagogy: A threat or a promise? Educational Review, 75(4), 597–616. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1935489 Hunter, J., Hunter, R., Tupouniua, J., & Leach, G. (2022). Bringing the home into school: Learning and connecting through mathematics education during the time of a pandemic. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 111, 207–224. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-022-10157-1 López, V., Manghi, D., Melo-Letelier, G., Godoy-Echiburú, G., Otárola, F., Aranda, I., Araneda, S., López-Concha, R., & Ávalos, B. (2021). Experiencias docentes heterogéneas en pandemia COVID-19: Un análisis interseccional con diseño mixto. Psicoperspectivas, 20(3). https://dx.doi.org/10.5027/psicoperspectivas-vol20-issue3-fulltext-2434 Riessman, C. (2008). Narrative methods in the human sciences . New York: Sage. Wilinski, B., Morley, A., & Wu, J. H.-C. (2022). Uncovering new opportunities for family engagement during COVID-19. Phi Delta Kappan, 103(7), 14–17. https://doi.org/10.1177/00317217221092228 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper From Desperate Times to Reconfiguration: Parental Involvement during and after the COVID-19 Pandemic in Taiwan Nat'l Changhua University of Education, Taiwan Presenting Author:The COVID-19 pandemic has profoundly impacted societies worldwide, with the education sector facing particularly disruptive challenges. In response, governments and schools across countries implemented a wide range of measures to maintain educational continuity. Synthesizing international experiences, Liu (2021) identified key strategies: ensuring equitable learning opportunities under the principle of "suspending classes without suspending learning," safeguarding conditions for school reopening, strengthening the resilience of education systems, promoting digital learning cultures and transformation, expanding community and cross-sector partnerships, and so on. Consistent with these observations, Yen and Foo (2021) noted that the pandemic fundamentally transformed classroom-based instruction by accelerating the shift toward remote and home-based learning, thereby extending learning beyond traditional temporal and spatial boundaries. As students' primary learning environments shifted from schools to homes, parents' roles in children's education changed substantially. While direct interaction between teachers and parents became more limited, the amount of time parents spent with their children increased. Consequently, parents assumed expanded roles as "teachers," providing more individualized learning support at home (Liu, 2021). This transformation underscored the growing importance of family-based parental engagement in students' learning processes. To strengthen parental involvement and mitigate educational disruptions, European countries introduced policy frameworks, financial measures, and remedial programs during the pandemic (European Commission, 2022). Most European education systems issued top-level guidelines to support families in organizing distance learning and invested in digital infrastructure to reduce the "digital divide," particularly for low-income households (European Education and Culture Executive Agency, 2022). In Taiwan, the government raised the nationwide epidemic alert to Level 3 on May 19, 2021. This led to the suspension of on-site instruction at all educational levels until the end of the semester. Schools rapidly transitioned to online teaching, and the Ministry of Education (2021) granted greater flexibility in curriculum design, instructional strategies, and assessment practices. Nevertheless, teachers encountered multiple challenges, especially in maintaining effective parent–teacher collaboration in online learning contexts (Lin & Huang, 2021). A large body of literature has examined parental involvement; however, the global spread of COVID-19, combined with diverse national contexts, created a distinctive dual contextual condition that may have altered the nature and quality of parental engagement. Thorn and Vincent-Lancrin (2021) synthesized evidence from 10 countries, suggesting that parental help with schoolwork declined as students progressed to higher grade levels and that mothers generally spent more time assisting with schoolwork than fathers. Knopik et al. (2021) identified three dominant parental approaches to supporting primary school students’ online learning in Poland: the committed teacher, the autonomy-supporting coach, and the committed teacher-intervener. Jones and Palikara (2023) found that primary school teachers in England used more individualized and proactive approaches to parental involvement during COVID-19 school closures than before the pandemic, while half of the teachers still maintained the deficit model of parental involvement. In Taiwan, middle and high school teachers reported that the COVID-19 pandemic led to more consistent parental involvement in their children’s at-home online learning, which improved the children’s learning motivation and performance. However, parents faced challenges in providing consistent support for online learning due to time constraints, difficulty balancing work and home responsibilities, and insufficient content knowledge (Chang, 2025). Nevertheless, how parents themselves experienced and interpreted these expanded roles during and after the pandemic requires further study. The pandemic, therefore, offers a unique opportunity to examine whether these changes represent temporary adaptations or signal a more enduring shift in parent-school relationships. Accordingly, this study aimed to explore parents’ experiences of grades 1-12 students in supporting their children’s education since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in Taiwan. By examining parents’ lived experiences, this study seeks to generate insights that may strengthen home-school collaboration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Method This study used a phenomenological research approach designed to describe the meaning of parents’ lived experiences of being involved in their children’s education during the COVID-19 pandemic. By identifying and describing what participants have in common in their experiences, the main goal is to extract these individual experiences into a description of the universal essence of the phenomenon (Creswell & Poth, 2025). Participants The participants in this study were primarily parents of grades 1–12 students whose schools adopted distance learning due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Initially, opportunity sampling was used to invite parents of grades 1–12 students whom the researcher knew from another study to participate in this research. Later, snowball sampling was implemented, whereby the initial participants recommended other parents of students in these groups to take part. A total of 29 participants were successfully recruited for the study. Data Collection This study employed interviews as the primary method of data collection, drawing on the phenomenological interviewing approach proposed by Seidman (2019) to conduct online in-depth interviews. Phenomenological interviewing is grounded in four key principles: the temporal and transitory nature of human experience, subjective understanding, lived experience as the foundation of phenomena, and an emphasis on meaning and meaning within context. In addition to interviews, data were supplemented by field notes, documents, and analytic memos. With the participants’ consent, all interviews were audio-recorded to facilitate verbatim transcription. Data Analysis Thematic analysis (TA) is a method for identifying patterns (themes) across qualitative datasets. It is commonly used to describe research participants’ experiences, which is compatible with phenomenological research (Braun et al., 2018). This study drew on reflexive thematic analysis, which includes six steps: familiarization with the data, coding, generating initial themes, developing and reviewing themes, refining, defining, and naming themes, and producing the report (Braun & Clarke, 2022; Braun et al., 2018). MAXQDA 2024 was used to analyze electronic files, including interview transcripts, field notes, and analytic memos. Trustworthiness To ensure the trustworthiness of the research process, this study employed three strategies: memo writing, triangulation of data collection methods, and the maintenance of an audit trail. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expanded Parental Roles during Pandemic Schooling In response to the pandemic, schools suspended face-to-face instruction and shifted to home-based online learning. As a result, parents assumed increasingly diverse roles in their children’s learning. Beyond their traditional role as family educators, parents became supervisors, facilitators, companions, adaptors, and coordinators of online learning. Mixed Impacts of Online Learning on Families During the pandemic, online learning enhanced students’ information and communication technology skills and self-directed learning abilities. It also promoted interaction among family members and heightened parents’ awareness of their children’s learning situations. However, online learning was associated with challenges, including decreased student attention, reduced learning effectiveness, disruptions to daily routines, and adverse effects on physical health. These challenges placed additional burdens on parents. Parental Reflections on Learning and Education Regarding their children’s online learning, some parents perceived it as ineffective, whereas others viewed it as a more flexible and personalized learning experience. In relation to the COVID-19 pandemic, parents described the present situation as a “return to normality” and expressed an attitude of “letting things take their natural course” toward the future. Concerning their children’s education more broadly, parents emphasized holistic development—not only academic achievement but also character formation, physical and mental well-being, and the cultivation of independence and autonomy. Parents also came to recognize the importance of parent–teacher collaboration. Post-Pandemic Patterns of Parental Involvement Following the resumption of in-person schooling after COVID-19, parental involvement could be broadly categorized into home-based and school/community-based forms. Home-based involvement emphasized parents’ supervision, guidance, companionship, and support for their children’s learning at home, as well as their educational expectations and concerns. School/community-based involvement included parents’ active communication with teachers, participation in school activities, and interactions with other parents. The pandemic disrupted schooling, reshaped parents’ everyday involvement, and ultimately led to a reconfiguration—rather than a rupture—of parent involvement in the post-pandemic context in Taiwan. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Braun, V., Clarke, V., Hayfield, N., & Terry, G. (2018). Thematic analysis. In P. Liamputtong (ed.), Handbook of research methods in health social sciences (Vol.2, pp. 843–860). Springer. Chang, C.-W. (2025). The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on parental involvement of Taiwanese middle and high school students’ online learning experiences. Journal of Excellence in Global Leadership, 3(2), 254-283. https://doi.org/10.59319/arete.v3i2.985 Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2025). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (5th ed.). Sage. European Commission. (2022). Impacts of COVID-19 on school education. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2766/201112 European Education and Culture Executive Agency. (2022). Eurydice brief: Teaching and learning in schools in Europe during the COVID-19 pandemic. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2797/1056 Jones, C., & Palikara, O. (2023). Have teachers’ perceptions of parental engagement changed following COVID-19? Evidence from a mixed-methods longitudinal case study. Education Sciences, 13(7), 750. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13070750 Knopik, T., Blaszczal, A., Maksymiul, R., & Oszwa, U. (2021). Parental involvement in remote learning during the COVID-19 pandemic—Dominant approaches and their diverse implications. European Journal of Education Research, development and policy, 56(4), 623–640. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12474 Lin, C.-C., & Huang, C.-T. (2021). The coping strategies of school administration and teacher teaching under the COVID-19. School Administrators, 135, 28–52. https://doi.org/10.6423/HHHC.202109_(135).0002 Liu, Y.-H. (2021). Education in new normal and next normal: Current and future developments. Journal of Education Research, 330, 115–127. https://doi.org/10.53106/168063602021100330008 Ministry of Education. (2021). Home-based online learning plan in response to pandemic-related school closures. https://www.edu.tw/News_Content.aspx?n=9E7AC85F1954DDA8&s=8BF1696CC31F4FE9 Seidman, I. (2019). Interviewing as qualitative research. Teachers College Press. Thorn, W, & Vincent-Lancrin, S. (2021). Schooling during a pandemic: The experience and outcomes of schoolchildren during the first round of COVID-19 lockdowns. OECE Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/1c78681e-en Yen, K.-L., & Foo, Y.-S. (2021). The impact and countermeasures of teaching and learning at post-pandemic era. Journal of Education Research, 323, 22–36. https://doi.org/10.3966/168063602021030323002 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Teacher Cooperation in Times of Crisis: Results of a Study on Digitalisation and the Consequences of the Covid-19 Pandemic Paderborn University, Germany Presenting Author:The challenges of digitalisation as a process of mediatisation affect both public and private life. Initially regarded as the technical conversion of analogue signals into digital ones, digitalisation is now characterised by the omnipresence of digital media in everyday life (Herzig & Martin 2018). The digital transformation process affects schools and teaching to such an extent that they cannot be (re)constructed without taking this process into account. Meanwhile, the experience of the social crisis of the Covid-19 pandemic was associated with a comprehensive push for digitalisation in schools (Lorenz et al. 2022). Schools were not only tasked with addressing the challenges but also with playing a constructive role in shaping the changes that have taken place. In Germany, for example, financially robust emergency aid programmes were established as part of educational policy measures during the Covid-19 pandemic. These programmes invested in hardware equipment and, in some cases, the development of media education concepts and strategies for schools and teaching. Teachers are assigned a central role in school and teaching development processes. In this context, cooperation between teachers is considered to be a key resource for responding to these challenges. In theoretical models and empirical studies, teacher cooperation is considered a relevant indicator of school quality and school effectiveness in educational research. According to German specialist literature, teacher cooperation is considered a valuable resource for overcoming various school-related issues (e.g. Drossel 2015). Overall, international research on digitalisation-related teacher cooperation and the consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic is scarce, and the empirical database is correspondingly limited (Heldt et al. 2020; Engemann 2025). Insufficient research has been conducted on digitalisation-related teacher cooperation, particularly in the context of the Covid-19 pandemic. This project aims to investigate the importance of digital cooperative working relationships among teachers, using the subject of educational science as an example. The subject is primarily established in secondary schools in the German state of North Rhine-Westphalia. It is assumed that digitalisation offers opportunities for cross-school collaboration in ‚smaller‘ subjects (Engemann 2025). While these subject teachers can cooperate within their own school, the number of colleagues they can work with is limited. Digital media now offer them the opportunity to cooperate more closely with counterparts at other schools. The study addresses the following questions: Taking digitalisation into account, how does teacher cooperation manifest itself in terms of form and framework conditions? What conditions for success and obstacles to digital media for cooperation have been identified by teachers? How have pandemic-relates schools closures and distance learning affected attitudes towards cooperation and cooperative practices? Did the Covid-19 pandemic give digitalisation-related teacher cooperation another boost? This study is based on Spieß‘s (2004) organisational psychology definition of cooperation. According to this definition, cooperation is based on common goals and mutual trust, and requires reciprocity autonomy from those involved (Spieß 2004). The organisational psychology concept developed by Gräsel et al. (2006) distinguishes between three forms of cooperation: ‚exchange‘, ‚synchronisation‘ and ‚co-construction‘. This concept serves as a reference for forms of teacher cooperation. ‘Exchange’ refers to the mutual transfer of information about professional content and teaching materials. The primary purpose of this form is to provide advice and support. The second form of cooperation ‘synchronisation’ requires teachers to be more willing to cooperate. It refers to the coordination of teaching units, the division of labour in preparing and marking written assessments, and the division of labour in creating teaching materials. ‘Co-Construction’ aims to enhance school quality and foster the professional development of teachers. In this approach, lesson content is developed collaboratively. Observation and team teaching methods are also classified as ‘co-construction’. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design is exploratory and uses a mixed-methods approach. In this study, data triangulation begins with a quantitative sub-study, followed by a qualitative one. This approach aims to investigate the field of research from different angles by combining them synergistically, thereby generating a comprehensive understanding. The first sub-study involved the creation of a quantitative survey instrument, used tried and tested items related to teacher cooperation (Fussangel 2008; Drossel et al. 2020; Engemann 2025). The questionnaire was designed based on Gräsel et al.’s (2006) approach to differentiating forms of cooperation. The online questionnaire considered aspects of digitalisation and the consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic. Data collection took place between December 2021 and March 2022. The results are based on an evaluation of a population of 454 teachers of the subject of educational science in Germany and were analysed using descriptive and inferential statistical methods. To adress the issue of potential, conditions for success and obstacles, 13 teachers in Germany were interviewed between February and June 2023. These interviews were then evaluated using qualitative content analysis with a content-structuring approach (Kuckartz 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main finding of the quantitative data is that teacher cooperation related to digitalisation – regardless of the forms of cooperation identified by Gräsel et al. (2006) – is rare. The study shows that teachers themselves tend to cooperate '1-2 times per school year' to 'never', even in the case of the ‚exchange‘ form. The second sub-study enables the finding to be refined: the use of digital media does not replace existing analogue channels of cooperation, rather it is used selectively and in a complementary manner – based on efficiency, practicality and necessity. The first sub-study also showed that, in general terms, attitudes towards teacher cooperation remained virtually unchanged as a result of school closures and distance learning related to the pandemic. The push for digitalisation, which has been widely discussed in German media and academia (Lorenz et al. 2022), cannot be confirmed in relation to teacher cooperation, based on the results of both sub-studies. Instead, the interviewed teachers report feeling fatigue from virtual meetings and consultations, and say that they are therefore calling for a return to face-to-face meetings (Engemann 2025). References Drossel, K./ Heldt, M./ Eickelmann, B. (2020): Die Implementation digitaler Medien in den Unterricht gemeinsam gestalten. Lehrer*innenbildung durch medienbezogene Kooperation. In: K. Kasper/ M. Becker-Mrotzkek/ S. Hofhues/ J. König/ D. Schmeinck (Hrsg.): Bildung, Schule und Digitalisierung. Münster und New York: Waxmann, S. 45-50. Drossel, K. (2015): Motivationale Bedingungen von Lehrerkooperation. Eine empirische Analyse der Zusammenarbeit im Projekt ‚Ganz In‘. Münster und New York: Waxmann. Engemann, M. (2025): Lehrkräftekooperation und Digitalisierung – Digital-kooperative Arbeitsbeziehungen im Schulfach Erziehungswissenschaft. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Fussangel, K. (2008): Subjektive Theorien von Lehrkräften zur Kooperation. Eine Analyse der Zusammenarbeit von Lehrerinnen und Lehrern in Lerngemeinschaften (Dissertation). Wuppertal: Bergische-Universität Wuppertal. Online verfügbar unter: https://d-nb.info/994090838/34 [last access: 23.01.2026]. Gräsel. C./ Fussangel, K./ Pröbstel. C. (2006): Lehrkräfte zur Kooperation anregen – eine Aufgabe für Sisyphos? In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 52 (2), S. 205-219. Heldt, M./ Drossel, K./ Eickelmann, B. (2020): Lieber gemeinsam als alleine!? Ein Überblick über die Situation unterrichtsbezogener Lehrerkooperation im Zeitalter der Digitalisierung in Deutschland. In: Schulmanagement-Handbuch, 175 (3), S. 19-37. Herzig, B./ Martin, A. (2018): Lehrerbildung in der digitalen Welt. Konzeptionelle und empirische Aspekte. In: S. Ladel/ J. Knopf/ A. Weinberger (Hrsg.): Digitalisierung und Bildung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 89-113. Kuckartz, U. (2016): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. 3., überarbeitete Auflage. Weinheim und Basel: Beltz Juventa. Lorenz, R./ Eickelmann, B./ Endberg, M./ Yotyodying, S. (2022): Ziele, Anlage und Durchführung des Länderindikators 2021. In: Dies. (Hrsg.): Schule digital – der Länderindikator 2021. Lehren und Lernen mit digitalen Medien in der Sekundarstufe I in Deutschland im Bundesländervergleich und im Trend seit 2017. Münster und New York: Waxmann, S. 23-39. Spieß, E. (2004): Kooperation und Konflikt. In: H. Schuler (Hrsg.): Enzyklopädie der Psychologie/Organisationspsychologie. Göttingen: Hogrefe, S. 193-250. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 14 SES 07 B: Exploring Pupils' Perspectives on Schooling. Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Kristine Kampmane Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Mattering Youth: Who and What Comes to Matter in the Transition to Adulthood for Disabled Youth? Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:The transition from secondary education into adult life is a period marked by complexity and uncertainty for many young disabled people and their networks (Pearson et al., 2020; Husny & Fasching, 2020). While transition studies often focus on postsecondary education or the shift from adolescence to adulthood, many rely on outdated, linear frameworks of adulthood that fail to reflect the nonlinear and relational nature of transition processes (Field, 2010). These dynamics become especially visible in the transition to employment, often the first major adult-life transition anticipated by disabled youth—one that already takes shape during secondary schooling. Decisions about future work trajectories typically begin long before the end of compulsory education, positioning the school‑to‑work transition as a site where normative expectations about adulthood, productivity, and independence are actively produced and reinforced. Dominant approaches to transition to work tend to be problem-oriented. Disabled people are often perceived as slower, less productive, or in need of additional accommodations, reproducing neoliberal and ableist notions of work that prioritize efficiency and output over individual strengths and diverse contributions. As a result, many disabled young people cannot easily align with predefined milestones embedded in linear transition models (Furlong, 2009; Langøy & Kvalsund, 2018; Pearson et al., 2020). In Flanders, many young pioneers who experienced inclusive education found themselves navigating this transition while searching for alternative life paths beyond the commonly prescribed trajectories of day care centres, sheltered workshops, or supported employment. These institutionalized options—often linked to living arrangements and shaped by support needs—tend to structure disabled lives in advance. The young people in our study voiced dreams and expectations for an inclusive work and life beyond school. Along with their families, they emphasized the importance of holistic and inclusive approaches rather than fragmented, siloed service systems. Their experiences of discrimination and exclusion within inclusive education itself strengthened their desire for futures grounded in dignity, participation, and recognition. Our research asked: How can young disabled adults who followed inclusive education be supported in the transition to inclusive work? We sought not only to explore their expectations but also to take initial steps toward realizing them. Over time, it became clear how ambitious and layered this question was. The young people involved had already undergone complex life processes long before entering the study. Their transitions must therefore be understood within broader life-course trajectories shaped by intersecting social, institutional, and relational forces. In this article, we explore alternative conceptualizations of transition by focusing on the story of Wout, a young man with Down syndrome embedded in a warm, closely connected family network. We employ a diffractive analysis, as conceptualized by Barad (2007), to examine Wout’s story not through sameness or comparison but through difference. Diffraction, as a new materialist method, allows us to read Wout’s experiences as producing alternative possibilities for how a disabled young person’s life course can be shaped. We trace several key events—from early childhood to young adulthood—to identify who and what comes to matter in his transition processes. For Wout, books and reading emerge as particularly powerful material-discursive elements, shaping his sense of self, aspirations, and ways of navigating postsecondary transitions. In the discussion, we mobilize Barad’s ethico‑onto‑epistemological framework, in which ethics, being, and knowing are inseparably entangled. We argue that this new materialist perspective opens imaginative and practical possibilities for rethinking transitions beyond deficit-oriented or linear models. It invites us to consider futures for disabled young people that exceed the narrow expectations often assumed to be possible. By diffractively analysing Wout’s story, we show how everyday materials, relationships, and affective entanglements can generate alternative trajectories toward inclusive work and adult life. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We walk with (Vandenbussche & De Schauwer, 2026) Wout, his network, and the concepts that shape his transition. Walking with refers to following and moving alongside—sometimes literally, often metaphorically—while becoming part of the intra-active processes that constitute Wout’s transition. It implies a reciprocal relation: we modestly influence the unfolding of his transition, just as he influences our thinking, sensing, and doing. Walking with invites attentiveness to the concreteness and liveliness of ongoing processes. It requires sensitivity to the entanglements between matter, ideas, people, and practices, while simultaneously acknowledging the fluidity of these relations. In line with this ontological commitments, we work with the notion of the event. Drawing on Thompson’s reading of Ernst Bloch, an event is approached as a contingent, instantaneous snapshot within a broader chain of happenings (Thompson, 2012). Events illuminate how life unfolds through layered processes rather than through fixed stages. Our methodological grounding lies in the work of Karen Barad (2007, 2014) and Jane Bennett (2010), whose new materialist perspectives allow us to explore how youth—and more specifically Wout—come to matter. Questions of who and what comes to matter (Barad, 2007) guide our analysis and take shape through three selected events in Wout’s story. Central to this approach is Barad’s concept of diffraction, which rethinks reflection not as looking for sameness but as attending to differences that matter. Originating in optical physics, diffraction patterns reveal how waves intersect and interfere—an image Barad mobilizes as a methodological tool for analysing material-discursive phenomena. Diffractive analysis foregrounds relational specificity, material engagement, and the entanglement of differences (Barad, 2007; Bozalek & Zembylas, 2016). As Dolphijn & Van der Tuin (2012) highlight, reading diffractively means carefully attuning to fine-grained differences rather than reinforcing familiar narratives. Applying a diffractive lens to Wout’s story means disrupting dominant readings about people with Down syndrome. Rather than listening for sameness or aligning his experiences to normative expectations, we wonder: What differences surface? What alternative possibilities emerge when we shift our attention to what matters in the specificity of his life? Our analysis therefore centres on three mattering events: meaningful moments that surfaced as significant in Wout’s postsecondary transition. These events illustrate how intra-actions gain relevance, recur, and accumulate force within the complexity of transitioning to adulthood. They materialize Wout’s desires, potential, and future trajectories, demonstrating how transition emerges through entangled relations rather than predetermined pathways. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Focusing on mattering, this study brings three interconnected analytical lines to the forefront: spacetimemattering, the power of materiality in processes of becoming and worlding, and the power of intra-active mattering. Together, these lines help us understand how Wout’s transition unfolds through entangled relations rather than through linear or predetermined developmental paths. Spacetimemattering enables us to see how matter acts performatively in space time. Space and time are not neutral backdrops but active intra actants shaping Wout’s possibilities. The events we examine illustrate how shifts in Wout’s life emerge through ongoing, intra-active reconfigurations of spacetime and matter, showing transition as a dynamic and relational process. The power of materiality becomes especially visible through the recurring role of the book in Wout’s life. In diffractive readings, the book operates as a material force that unsettles deficit-based assumptions about Down syndrome. Through intra-actions between Wout, the book, his family, school practices, and broader discourses, new possibilities materialize such as reading to his younger brother, developing skills, imagining futures, and cultivating the vision of becoming a librarian. The book’s persistent presence highlights how space, time, and matter co-constitute Wout’s becoming, opening trajectories that counter dominant narratives of ‘impossibility’. The power of intra-active mattering further highlights how Wout affects and is affected by others. His presence generates new capacities in teachers, mentors, and colleagues; relationships with him shift their sense of professional identity and possibility. In the hospital workplace, logistical staff, who often feel regarded as “just from the warehouse”, discovered new competencies and relational strengths through working with Wout, while professionals who adhered to strict categorizations struggled to move beyond established boxes. These relational encounters show how mattering is mutual and transformative. Transition is always co produced that enable alternative futures to take shape. This knows its own differential processen in every life story. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke university Press. Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting diffraction: Cutting together apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168–187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623 Bennett, J. (2010). Vibrant matter, A Political Ecology of Things, Duke University Press. Furlong A. (2009). Revisiting transitional metaphors: Reproducing inequalities under the conditions of late modernity. Journal of Education and Work, 22(5), 343–353. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080903453979 Gullion, J. S. (2018). Diffractive ethnography, Social Sciences and the Ontological Turn. Routledge. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble. Making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Husny M., Fasching H. (2020). The consulting of executive practitioners in participative cooperation: How professionals view the inclusive transition process of youths with disabilities in Austria. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 37(2), 206–219. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2020.1862338 Kaehne, A., Kiernan, J., Ridley, J. (2019). Systematic review of study designs and methods in health transition research for young people with intellectual disabilities, Heliyon, 5(1-9), https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2019.e02750 Kirk, S. (2008). Transitions in the lives of young people with complex healthcare needs. Child: care, health and development, 34 (5), pp.567-575. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2214.2008.00862.x Langøy, E. E. & Kvalsund R. (2018). Vulnerable Youth – Dependency or Independence? School Experiences, Transitions and Adaptation to and within Adult Life. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 20(1), pp. 296–305. DOI: https://doi.org/10.16993/sjdr.34 Pearson C., Watson N., Gangneux J., Norberg I. (2020). Transition to where and to what? Exploring the experiences of transitions to adulthood for young disabled people. Journal of Youth Studies, 24(10), 1291–1307. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2020.1820972 Prilleltensky, I., Scarpa, M. P., Ness, O., & Di Martino, S. (2023). Mattering, Wellness, and Fairness: Psychosocial Goods for the Common Good, American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 93(3), 198-210. https://doi.org/10.1037/ort0000668 Rooney, D. & Young, K. (2023). Whack-a-Mole?: Ecologies of young adults with intellectual disabilities as they transition from school to open employment. Australian Journal of Adult Learning, 63(1), 9-29. Springgay S., Truman S. E. (2018). Walking methodologies in a more-than-human world: walkingLab. Routledge. Vandenbussche, H., & De Schauwer, E. (2026). Walking-With as a Co-creative Research Practice With Young Disabled Adults at the Postsecondary Transition. Cultural Studies ↔ Critical Methodologies, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/15327086251415404 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Ignite Talk Children's Making of Space for Play in the Dense Inner-City of Stockholm Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:This presentation derives from my ongoing PhD-project. The overarching aim is to understand how children at inner-city preschools in Stockholm make space for play in in public space, and what their mobile practices look like in the dense city. There is an ongoing densification of cities, where new buildings are prioritised before areas for recreation. One effect of this densification is that we can see a decrease in space for children in the inner-city (Ekman Ladru & Gustafson, 2025). Space that children as citizens should have the right to. In Sweden, there is a strong tradition of outdoor activities for preschool children, where most preschool children spend some time every day outside (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2019; Åström et al., 2022). In the inner-city of Stockholm there are preschools with no yard of their own, or with a limited yard compared to the number of children attending that preschool, and many of the preschools therefore leave the preschool premises on a regular basis (Ekman Ladru & Gustafson, 2025). This means that children’s learning and playing occur in public space. In order to reach these places, the group need to move as a collective body (Ekman Ladru & Gustafson, 2018), either by foot, using pushchairs or by public transport. From previous research we know that children tend to make moving between places into more than just transportation, and that they create play spaces even in places not primarily meant or created for children (see for example Cortés-Morales & Christensen, 2014; Ekman Ladru & Gustafson, 2018; Kullman, 2010). Hence, the questions guiding this research are: how is this done by children in preschool groups in the inner-city of Stockholm? How are the children’s play enabled or limited while walking-in-line? How are the children’s mobile practices created? And how are the children’s play and mobilities enabled or limited by the surroundings in different places? In order to understand how children at inner-city preschools in Stockholm make space for play and what their mobile practices look like, I turn to new mobilities (Creswell, 2010; Nansen et al., 2015; Sheller & Urry, 2006) as well as childhood studies (Corsaro, 2018; James & James, 2004; Kraftl, 2020; Prout, 2005). Here I want to emphasise the joint view of children as social actors, as individuals with their own agendas. These theories will aid in understanding how children collectively create different kinds of playful mobilities. This collective work is however not made in isolation by solely children, but created in the encounter between different actors, humans as well as more-than-humans (Nansen et al., 2015). For the study in question, the actors involved are primarily the children, but also teachers, preschool organisation and routines, as well as things and infrastructure in different places. These actors are understood to create interdependent mobilities through collaboration and compromises (Nansen et al., 2015). Similarly, the notion of interpretive reproduction also highlights the collective actions of children, where they establish peer cultures through which they understand their surrounding cultures as well as contributing to the making of the same cultures (Corsaro, 1993). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data has been created through participatory observations at two preschools, inspired by mobile ethnography where the researcher partakes in the movements studied (cf. Sheller & Urry, 2006). I partook in the two preschool groups’ movements, like walking in line – which gave a deeper understanding of what that can entail for individuals in the group. When creating data, I used fieldnotes to note down activities and information, and an iPad was used for taking photographs. This choice for noting down data have its limitations, but it also has its advantages. It made it for instance easy to leave out individuals that were not a part of the research, and I also believe it was a bit less intrusive for the participants compared to for instance having a video-camera present. Another advantage with fieldnotes was that it made it clearer to the participant that I had a different role there than they were perhaps used to adults having at the preschool. Seeing my pen and papers, children could ask me from time to time what I was writing. That gave me natural opportunities to remind them of why I was there, which I believe contributed to the continuous work of informed consent, especially with younger children (cf. Israel, 2015). Ethical considerations have further been made before, during and after fieldwork. The Swedish Research Council’s (2024) publication of Good Research Practice has been read and taken into account. Teachers’, as well as caregivers’, written informed consent has been collected before observing the children. As mentioned, the children were orally informed, and told for instance that they can say no to my presence when they play or say no to having their photos taken. Another ethical dimension during fieldwork has been to build relations with the participants in order for them to feel comfortable in my presence, this could include playing with them, chatting with them or helping out with simple things like zipping a high visibility vest for the outings. Given the relations built during fieldwork, I also aimed for leaving the participants in a good way as possible. This was done by informing the group of my withdrawal and thanking them for having me there. I also spoke to some of the children several times when I felt they had been seeking my attention more than others during my time there. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis so far shows ways in which children create space for play in the dense city, both while walking in line and when playing in parks or playgrounds. Some of these activities I have named children’s obstacle courses. These are examples of how children in collaboration with other actors make moving between locations to be more than just walking (cf. Nansen et al., 2015). This can simply make walks more joyful, but the obstacle courses can also be viewed as creative aids children create from previous experience (cf. Corsaro, 1993), when they encounter obstacles in a public space not primarily made for small children. There are examples of brief obstacle courses, like a child tapping her hand on restaurant tables while passing – but there are also examples of obstacle courses turning into a game where one child “got stuck” with his arm on posts he passed whereupon a teacher “freed him” from these by touching his shoulder. Here it is important to note that these activities occurred while the group was moving on pavements alongside traffic, either on their way from or back to the preschool. Another factor that is of importance beside space, is time and the routines and organisations of the preschools. Because of the limited sizes of their preschool yards, the inner-city preschool use outings as a weekly activity, which was apparent during the study where the participating preschools for example had different set days when they leave the premises. This further highlight teachers’ roles, and how pedagogical approach can enable or disable children’s activities. Both in terms of organisation, and as seen in the example above where the teacher got involved in the child’s game. References Corsaro, William A. (1993). Interpretive reproduction in the ‘Scuola Materna’. European Journal of Psychology and Education. 8:4, 357-374. https://www.jstor.org/stable/23420311 Corsaro, William A. (2018). The sociology of childhood (5th edition). Los Angeles: SAGE. Cortés-Morales, Susana & Christensen, Pia (2014). Unfolding the pushchair. Children's Mobilities and Everyday Technologies. Research on Education and Media, 6:2, 9-18. ISSN 2037-0830 Creswell, Tim (2010). Towards a politics of mobility. Environment and planning D: Society and Space. 28, 17-31. Doi:10.1068/d11407 Ekman Ladru, Danielle & Gustafson, Katarina (2018). 'Yay, a downhill!': Mobile preschool children's collective mobility practices and 'doing' space in walks in line. Journal of Pedagogy. 9:1, 87–107. Ekman Ladru, Danielle & Gustafson, Katarina (2025). ‘No one wants to say no to housing. But where do we fit in the children?’ Swedish city planners’ perspectives on the struggle to secure outdoor space for preschools in the dense city, Planning Practice & Research, DOI: 10.1080/02697459.2025.2516548 Israel, Mark (2015). Research ethics and integrity for social scientists. Beyond regulatory compliance. 2ndEd. Los Angeles: SAGE James, Allison & James, Adrian L. (2004). Constructing childhood: theory, policy, and social practice. Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan Kraftl, Peter (2020). After childhood. Re-thinking environment, materiality and media in children’s lives. London: Routledge Kullman, Kim (2010). Transitional geographies: making mobile children. Social & Cultural Geography. 11:8, 829–846, DOI: 10.1080/14649365.2010.523839 Nansen, Bjorn; Gibbs, Lisa; MacDougall, Colin; Vetere, Frank; Ross, Nicola J. & McKendrick, John (2015). Children’s interdependent mobility: compositions, collaborations and compromises. Children’s Geographies. 13:4, 467-481 Prout, Alan (2005). The future of childhood: towards the interdisciplinary study of children. London: Routledge Falmer. Sheller, Mimi & Urry, John (2006). The new mobilities paradigm. Environment and Planning A. 38, 207-226. DOI:10.1068/a37268 Swedish National Agency for Education (2019). Curriculum for the preschool, Lpfö 18. Swedish National Agency for Education https://www.skolverket.se/publikationer?id=4049 Swedish Research Council (2024). Good Research Practice. (Revised edition) Stockholm: Swedish Research Council. https://www.vr.se/english/analysis/reports/our-reports/2025-07-03-good-research-practice-2024.html#:~:text=This%20is%20a%20new%2C%20re-worked%20edition%20of%20the,and%20clarifies%20the%20responsibility%20that%20different%20actors%20have. Åström, Frida; Björck-Åkesson, Eva; Sjöman, Madeleine & Granlund, Mats (2022). Everyday environments and activities of children and teachers in Swedish preschools, Early Child Development and Care, 192:2, 187-202, DOI: 10.1080/03004430.2020.1754209 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Not Too Little, Not Too Much: Silent Reading Regularity and Reading Attitudes Over a School Year 1: University of Latvia, Latvia; 2: Carnikavas vidusskola, Latvia; 3: University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:The importance of regularity and habit has been highlighted in studies examining school-related achievement (Quilez-Robres et al., 2021). Evidence suggests that reading-related routines established as early as preschool are associated with higher reading achievement by fourth grade (Claes et al., 2024). Although some research questions the extent to which schools and classrooms shape students’ reading attitudes (Nonte et al., 2018), other studies indicate that the routines and practices of schools and classrooms – where students spend much of their daily time – are linked to reading achievement (Kampmane & Ozola, 2024). One widely promoted approach in both research and practitioner literature for fostering reading as a habit is sustained or independent silent reading (SSR). The sustained reading method is grounded in the premise that independent reading – where students select texts aligned with their interests and reading abilities, its overarching aim is to position reading as an enjoyable and intrinsically rewarding activity (Ripp, 2017). This method is characterized by three core principles: regularity (ideally every day), a relatively brief duration (five to fifteen minutes), and freedom of choice regarding reading materials. Accordingly, students may choose from a wide range of texts – such as comics, magazines, encyclopedias, or fairy tales – emphasizing that virtually any genre or format can be suitable (Krashen, 2005). Prior work has reported positive effects of SSR on reading habits and attitudes (Chua, 2008), while some state that independent reading lacks guidance and structure (Hiebert et al., 2012). Meta-analytic evidence indicates a small but statistically significant positive effect of regular independent classroom reading on students’ reading achievement, with particularly pronounced benefits for students at risk of reading difficulties (Merke et al., 2024). Despite this substantial body of research underscoring the value of habit formation and regularity –often examined using linear regression models that assume linear associations –few studies address a practical yet consequential question: how much practice is enough, and when do additional gains begin to level off? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Teachers were invited to implement independent silent reading on a regular basis, in ways that aligned with their capacity and classroom routines. Students were encouraged to read for approximately 5–15 minutes using either a self-selected book brought from home, self-selected book from the library, or a book provided by the teacher. Implementation schedules varied, with silent reading occurring daily, weekly, monthly, or never during the period of this study. Three local government areas were invited to participate. In total, 20 primary schools (varying in size) and 63 classrooms from Grades 4–6 in urban and peri-urban settings took part in a longitudinal study of independent silent reading. Students were asked to complete a questionnaire assessing their attitudes toward reading and their experiences with independent silent reading. The survey drew on attitude-scale items from the PIRLS 2021 Student Questionnaire. At baseline, 728 students completed the questionnaire prior to the start of the program. Of these, 105 students were in classrooms where teachers chose not to implement silent reading beyond administering the questionnaire. After six months, students were invited to complete a follow-up questionnaire; 425 students responded – both from classrums that implemented independent silent reading and those who did not. Following data cleaning, matched responses from 338 students were retained for analysis and comparison across time points. This study employed correlational analyses and summarised central tendencies using descriptive statistics, including percentages and mean scores. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial analyses revealed several moderate-to-strong associations among students participating in silent reading activities. Self-reported enjoyment (like reading) of reading was positively related to time spent reading (r = .68). Likewise, students who indicated that they liked independent silent reading more often expressed a preference for allocating additional time to silent reading (r = .65). Conversely, perceiving reading as boring was negatively associated with liking reading (r = −.58) and with enjoyment of silent reading (r = −.53). Silent reading frequency showed weak correlation with overall reading attitudes (r = .23). This association may reflect substantial heterogeneity in classroom practice, ranging from no silent reading to daily implementation. Longitudinal comparisons further suggested a non-linear pattern. Reading attitudes appeared to improve when silent reading occurred at least monthly: among students reporting negative attitudes in September, the proportion remaining negative by March decreased by 17% in classrooms implementing silent reading at least weekly or at least monthly. In contrast, in classrooms where silent reading occurred every/almost every day or never, the proportion of students with negative attitudes increased by 2% over the same period. Taken together, these results indicate that implementation conditions (including pacing and consistency) may be relevant alongside frequency. The observed pattern is more consistent with threshold or “optimal range” effects than with a linear association between exposure and attitudes. Although conducted in Latvia, the findings are broadly consistent with European large-scale research (Claes et al., 2024; Kampmane & Ozola, 2024; Nonte et al., 2018) and add longitudinal evidence on how variation in classroom implementation may coincide with changes in reading attitudes over time. References Chua, S. P. (2008). The effects of the sustained silent reading program on cultivating students' habits and attitudes in reading books for leisure. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 81(4), 180-184. Claes, R., Laga, J., Denies, K., Bleukx, N., Dockx, J., Van Keer, H., & Aesaert, K. (2024). The interplay between students’ home literacy environment, reading attitudes and comprehension: a serial mediation analysis using PIRLS 2021-data. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 12(1), 43. Hiebert, E. H., Samuels, S. J., & Rasinski, T. (2012). Comprehension-based silent reading rates: What do we know? What do we need to know?. Literacy Research and Instruction, 51(2), 110-124. Kampmane, K., & Ozola A. (2024). Collective Reading – a Driver for School as Learning Community. Book of abstracts ENIRDELM International Conference 2024, Transforming Educational Organisations into Learning Communities. University of Jyvaskyla Krashen, S. (2005). Free voluntary reading: New research, applications, and controversies. Anthology series-Seameo regional language centre, 46(1). Merke, S., Ganushchak, L., & van Steensel, R. (2024). Effects of additions to independent silent reading on students’ reading proficiency, motivation, and behavior: Results of a meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 42, 100572. Nonte, S., Hartwich, L., & Willems, A. S. (2018). Promoting reading attitudes of girls and boys: a new challenge for educational policy? Multi-group analyses across four European countries. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 6(1), 5. Quilez-Robres, A., González-Andrade, A., Ortega, Z., & Santiago-Ramajo, S. (2021). Intelligence quotient, short-term memory and study habits as academic achievement predictors of elementary school: A follow-up study. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 70, 101020. Ripp, P. (2017). Passionate readers: The art of reaching and engaging every child. Routledge. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 15 SES 07 A Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Sanna Brauer Paper Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Ignite Talk Examining the Role of School–Family Collaboration in Building Educational Partnerships: The Case of First-Grade Education 1: University of Prishtina, Kosovo; 2: University "Hasan Prishtina", Kosovo Presenting Author:Research Questions To what extent does the school’s welcoming attitude influence the frequency of school–family interactions? How does school communication with families affect the level of school–family contact? How does the sharing of information by the school impact the frequency of contact with families? How does the distribution of responsibilities between the school and families affect the level of engagement? To what extent does parental involvement in school decision-making influence school–family interactions? How does the level of trust that families have in the school influence contact? How do families’ previous experiences with the school affect ongoing communication and collaboration?. Literature Review The purpose and role of schools have evolved alongside the development of human society. Therefore, it is a contemporary requirement for schools to establish quality and comprehensive collaboration with parents, making them an integral part of the school community. “Meta-analytic studies concerning the correlational links between school effectiveness and their collaboration with students’ families indicate the existence of a positive correlational relationship between these pedagogical phenomena” (Hyseni, Mita, Salihaj, & Pupovci, 2003). Numerous studies have confirmed the strong value of school-family-community collaboration. They demonstrate that strong partnerships lead to enhanced student performance, improved student attitudes toward school, and increased parental support for the educational system (Bae, 2001; Smith, 2001; Demikat, 1999). European and global practices, especially in the United States, have shown that parental involvement in schools positively contributes to students’ intellectual achievements as well as their overall development as members of society. Although not as common as before, family involvement in schools is still not a characteristic feature of schools today. Maria Montessori advocated that mothers should visit schools at least once a week to discuss with the principal, providing updates on their children and receiving advice from the principal for their benefit (Montessori, 2009). The literature review revealed that collaboration between schools and families is the primary factor in students’ education and success. The main reason for creating such partnerships is to help all young people succeed both in school and later in life. Parents, teachers, students, and others should see each other as partners (Epstein, 1995). One of the key principles over the past thirty years within educational reform efforts is the idea that parental engagement is a crucial element in children's achievement and the overall social organization (Comer, 2005; Epstein, 2001; Henderson, 2002; Smrekar & Cohen-Vogel, 2001; Sui-Chu & Williams, 1996; Seap, 1993). Today, various strategies are being developed to increase parental involvement in schools. “Scientists have shifted their focus to consider the fact that genetic and environmental influences work together dynamically throughout development” (Shonkoff & Phillips, 2000). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Operational Definitions Family: A group of individuals connected through biological ties, legal marriage, or cohabitation; Family involvement: The active engagement and participation of family members in school-related activities and decision-making processes; School: An educational institution where structured teaching and learning activities are organized for students; Optimization: The process of enhancing the school’s effectiveness and impact through structured collaboration with families; School–family collaboration: The coordinated activities, interactions, and agreements established between schools and families aimed at achieving shared educational goals. Purpose of the Study The primary purpose of this study is to examine the relationship between the level of contact between schools and families and the key factors that contribute to effective school–family collaboration. These factors include: the school’s welcoming attitude toward families, clear and effective communication, adequate and accurate information sharing, fair distribution of responsibilities, parental involvement in school decision-making, school support for student academic success, mutual trust between families and schools, and families’ prior experiences with the school. By investigating these dimensions, the study seeks to identify the extent to which each factor influences the quality and frequency of interactions between schools and families In this study, a questionnaire was used to address the research questions related to the key factors influencing the continuous involvement of families in school, general cooperation, as well as the prevention of violence among students. The questionnaire was developed based on the model designed by the PTA (International Organization for Family Engagement in Schools). This questionnaire includes the following standards for family involvement in school: welcoming families to school, supporting student success, collaboration with the community, and empowerment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion The analysis shows that welcoming families into schools is the most important factor influencing the level of school-family interactions, significant for both teachers and families in urban and rural settings. Support for student success and trust in the school also strongly affect contact levels, according to teachers in both environments. Communication and information sharing are considered important by schools, but families perceive them as less influential on meeting frequency. Power and task sharing show varied impact: power sharing is significant for teachers, while task sharing is more important for rural teachers than urban teachers. Previous experience has a moderate effect for rural teachers but is not significant for urban teachers. Decision-making matters for urban families but less so for rural families. Overall, collaboration between schools and families depends mainly on welcoming families, student support, and trust, while other factors like communication, task distribution, and previous experience play secondary or context-dependent roles. References Decker, L.E., & Decker, V.A. (2003). Home, school and community partnerships. Oxford, UK: The Scarecroës Press. Epstein, J. L. (1995). School, family community partnerships: Caring for the children ëeshare. Phi Delta Kappan, 76(9), 701-712. Epstein, J. L., & Sheldon, S. B. (2002). Present and accounted for: Improving student attendance through family and community involvement. Journal of Educational Research, 95(5), 308-321. Haynes,N. M., & Ben-Avie, M. (1996).Parents as full partners in education.In A.D. J.Booth (Ed.), Family school links: Hoë do they affect educational outcomes (pp.45- 55). New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hyseni.H, Mita.N, Salihaj.J, Pupovci.D. (2003). Qeverisja dhe udhëheqja në arsim, Prishtinë. Henderson, A. T., & Mapp, K. L. (2002). A neë ëave of evidence: The impact of school,family and community connections on student achievement:Southëest Educational Development Laboratory. Montesori, M. ( 2009). Zbulimi i fëmijës. Plejad. Mapp, K. (1997). Making family school connections ëork. Education Digest, 63 (4), 39-40. Full text article retrieved February 7, 2004, from Ebsco Host Shonkoff, J. P., & Phillips, D. A. (Eds.). (2000). Neurons to neighborhoods: The science of early childhood development. Washington D.C.: National Research Council and Institute of Medicine. Smrekar, C., & Cohen-Vogel, L. (2001). The voices of parents: Rethinking the intersection of family and school. Peabody Journal of Education, 76(2), 75-100. Swap, S. M. (1993). Developing home-school partnerships: From concepts practice. New York, NY: Teachers College Press. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Examining Erasmus Traineeships Abroad Through The Eyes of The Pre-service Teachers Erciyes University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:
The importance of overseas fıeld experiences for teacher candidates has already been discussed in the literature, highlighting its role in helping teacher candidates to grow in both personal and professional lives (Cushner, 2007; Stachowski & Mahan, 1995) Having field experience in another country contributes to the development of personal skills such as problem-solving, communication, adaptation, and self-responsibility. Via overseas teaching experiences teacher candidates learn pedagogical approaches including authentic educational practices, various teaching methods and techniques, and different measurement and evaluation processes (Stachowski & Mahan, 1995). At this point ERASMUS Exchange program plays a vital role in providing an opportunity for pre-service teachers to go abroad. Through exchange programs teacher candidates from various countries are able to have field experiences in international contexts. Erasmus international exchange programs improve teacher candidates language skills and enable them to gain a global perspective (Küçükçene & Akbaşlı, 2021). In overseas Erasmus programs, teacher candidates have the opportunity to see and experience different cultures, contributing to the development of their cultural literacy levels (Küçükçene & Akbaşlı, 2021). The aim of this study is to examine the experiences of teacher candidates who are participating in the Erasmus internship program. Research questions are:
(1) Do participants perceive Erasmus internship as an aid to self-development? (2) Do participants believe overseas experiences lead them to gain global perspectives? (3) What kind of learning has occurred within Erasmus internship experiences to support their professional development? In order to answer given questions, a case study was conducted. Theoretical Foundation of Erasmus+ Traineeship Experiences This study is based on the framework developed by Angene H. Wilson (1993) to analyze the effects of Erasmus+ traineeship mobility on participants. Wilson (1993) categorizes the impact of international experiences into two main categories: "Gaining a Global Perspective" and "Developing Self and Relationships". These two main categories form a holistic structure consisting of four sub-dimensions in total. According to this model, an internationally experienced individual can gain a global perspective, including substantive knowledge and perceptual understanding. Also, based upon this model, international experiences often lead to personal growth and new interpersonal relationships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to get rich information about the beliefs and experiences of teacher candidates towards the Erasmus internship program, the case study approach has been applied (Yin, 2009). In a case study, the focus can be on any social phenomenon, or a single individual, program, or institution. Case studies are carried out to obtain detailed, in-depth information about small selected samples ( Yin, 2009). In this study the internship experiences of each participant are evaluated as a case. In order to reach the target population, the participants were selected employing purposeful and snowball sampling (Patton, 2002). The study was conducted with a study group consisting of 14 participants who completed the Erasmus+ Traineeship Program. The demographic characteristics of the participants are summarized below: ● The majority of the participants are female (n=12), with a smaller number of male participants (n=2). ● The participants' ages range from 22 to 26 years. ● Most participants originated from Türkiye (n=13), while one participant came from Germany. ● Poland was the most frequently chosen destination for the traineeship (n=11). Other host countries included Slovakia (n=1) and Spain (n=2). ● The participants are predominantly from the field of English Language Teaching (ELT) and Education, with roles often involving teaching assistance or general internship duties within educational institutions. The data was collected through a questionnaire and semi-structured interviews (Patton, 2002). Compiled data was analyzed using Maxqda program applying content analysis strategies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1.Gaining a Global Perspectives ● Substantive Knowledge: This dimension increases a person’s international experience, knowledge about other cultures, awareness of global problems, and understanding of global dynamics (Wilson, 1993). One participant states, ‘It helped me to became more global person. I worked with teachers and students from all over the world. I learned so many new cultures, indicating that international experience increased their knowledge and awareness of different cultures. ● Perceptual Understanding: This dimension, adapted from Case (1991), includes open-mindedness, the ability to anticipate complexity, resistance to stereotypes, and a tendency to empathize (Wilson, 1993). One participant said ‘Being positive and open-minded’, while another stated that the program ‘improves personal development and broadens perspectives’. 2. Developing Self and Relationships ● Personal Growth: Experiences like studying or internships abroad provide individuals with a foundation for discovering their own talents and gaining overall maturity (Wilson, 1993). Participants indicate that their self-confidence has increased and that they are ‘self-reliant’ in this dimension. ● Interpersonal Connections: This dimension encompasses the ability to establish relationships with people from different cultures and to act as a "cultural mediator". Wilson (1993) indicates that these connections are not limited to people in the host country, but also make it easier for a person to empathize with foreigners in their own country. Statements such as ‘new friends from all overthe world, ..., fostering social and language skills’ and ‘Working at an international school provides opportunities to meet international colleagues and students’ point out that they formed not only professional but also social and emotional bonds during their internship. References Cushner, K. (2007). The role of experience in the making of internationally-minded teachers. Teacher Education Quarterly, 34(1), 27-39. Küçükçene, M., & Akbaşlı, S. (2021). The Opinions regarding the Program of the Students Going Abroad in the Scope of the Erasmus+ Exchange Program. Eğitimde Nitel Araştırmalar Dergisi(26), 155-170. Stachowski, L. L., & Mahan, J. M. (1995). Learning from international field experiences. In G.A Slick (Ed.), Emerging trends in teacher preparation: The future of field experiences (pp. 97-107). Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press. Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research. New York, NY: John Wiley. Wilson, A. H. (1993). Conversation partners: Helping students gain a global perspective through cross-cultural experiences. Theory into Practice, 32, 21-26. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods. (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Cross-Sector Collaboration Between Schools and Museums in Policy and Practice University of Southeast Norway, Norway Presenting Author:Cross-sector collaboration is emphasized as important for making education relevant and sustainable (WHO, 2023; WHO & UN, 2021), and for improving teaching quality and learning outcomes through partnerships between culture and schools (Kultur- og kirkedepartementet, 2003). In Norway culture in schools is often delivered by The Cultural Schoolbag (TCS), the government initiative that aims to provide all students in primary and secondary schools access to various cultural experiences (Borgen & Hallås, 2023). Museums have traditionally played a central cultural-political role in the dissemination of art and culture to children and young people, both internationally and in Norway. Museums are often seen as suitable alternative learning arenas for schools (Brenna & de Ridder, 2019; Hansen & Særkjær, 2025; Hein, 2002), but studies show that collaboration is often challenged by contextual differences and high demands on time and resources (Marini et al., 2022; Rikstad & Jones, 2024; Raaijmakers et al., 2021). Policy documents emphasize the importance of museums as partners in TCS, and highlight that successful collaboration requires robust dialogue between schools and museums (Kulturdepartementet, 2021). How such dialogues unfold and contribute to value and relevance for both sectors remains poorly understood. Although cross-sector partnerships have been a long-standing political priority, research indicates that they remain in a "formative phase" at the operational level (Aasen et al., 2025, s. 6). This study investigates how cross-sector collaboration between schools and museums is conceptualized and developed in both policy and practice. The study examines the process and didactic outcomes of collaboration on interdisciplinary teaching within the Norwegian LK20s curriculum's topic "Public Health and Life Skills," organized as partnerships inspired by co-creation (Torfing et al., 2020; Aastvedt & Vike, 2025). RQ: "How is collaboration between schools and museums conceptualized and developed in policy and practice? And what are the outcomes of such collaboration?" Objectives are to analyse how the cross-sector collaboration is framed and developed in policy documents, investigate the collaborative process in practice, and examine the didactic outcomes of collaboration in classroom practice, highlighting the challenges and tensions of aligning sectoral logics. The study uses Brinkerhoff’s (Brinkerhoff, 2002) theory of cross-sector partnerships to analyse the collaboration in policy and Skagen’s (Skagen, 2001) Bakhtin influenced concepts of "big conversations" and "small conversations" to examine institutional and relational dynamics both in the collaboration process of developing the didactics and with the didactic outcomes in the classroom. To synthesize the studies, Bakhtin’s dialogism is used as theoretical framework to conceptualize the interconnected contexts of cross-sector collaboration. The project analyses how the great dialogue and outer compositional dialogue (policy frameworks, institutional structures) influence small conversations and micro dialogue (situated collaboration, classroom interactions). And how these contexts shape school-museum partnerships and interact to influence the dynamics and outcomes of collaboration. Central to Bakhtin’s theory is the idea that dialogue emerges from the coexistence of multiple, often conflicting voices (heteroglossia), and that these tensions create opportunities for development and new understanding (Bakhtin, 1986, 2003). Theories of co-creation are used as a complementary perspective to highlight how institutional sectors can engage in collaborative processes that foster the exchange of diverse perspectives and knowledge. Co-creation emphasizes the potential for public value creation through innovative thinking and strengthened partnerships (Torfing et al., 2020; Aastvedt & Vike, 2025). However, there is limited theoretical understanding of how contextual factors influence the potential for co-construction, an area increasingly highlighted as a gap in the literature (Aastvedt & Vike, 2025). By integrating these perspectives, the project situates school-museum partnerships within broader institutional and dialogic contexts, providing insights into the interplay between policy and practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a case design (Yin, 2018). The collaboration between a secondary school and a cultural history museum was organized in a mutual partnership influenced by co-creation. Spanning June 2024–March 2025, the project included planning meetings, 5 workshops, and teaching. The subjects involved were History, Norwegian, and Religion and Ethics at the upper secondary level (VG3), with three teachers and three/two museum educators. The project aimed to improve collaboration and enhance teaching quality in public health and life skills. Using a multi-method approach combining document analysis, participatory observation, focus group interviews and student logs, the study explores cross-sector collaboration across policy and practice. Practice-Oriented Document Analysis: By employing a practice-oriented document analysis of four Norwegian policy documents from 2001–2021(Asdal & Reinertsen, 2020), the study analyses how school-museum collaboration has been conceptualized and developed over time, how TCS has engaged in the partnership, and what possibilities and challenges can be caused by the consequential of the culture politics. Documents are active elements that shape the realities they describe, using literary techniques as agents of change. In this way, White Papers actively contribute to the formation and transformation of the issues they address, such as the collaboration between museums and schools (Asdal & Reinertsen, 2020). Participatory Observation Focus Group Interviews and Student Logs: In practice, the study analyses the collaboration process between teachers and museum educators in developing the didactic, inspired by co-creation. In classroom practice, the study examines the didactic outcomes, analysing how students, teachers and museum educators experience and engage with the didactic. Participatory observation captures the negotiation of roles, expectations, and practices (polyphony) during the collaborative process of developing teaching activities. Focus group interviews with teachers and museum educators provide insights into the challenges of aligning sectoral logics and pedagogical goals (outer compositional dialogue). Student logs highlight how students experience the outcomes of the cross-sector collaboration in terms of engagement, relevance, and learning. This can contribute to understand the dialogue between teachers and museum educators in the classroom. Data analysis: The thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) of practice focuses on collaborative processes and classroom interactions. The analysis was an iterative and flexible process, moving between data, codes, themes, and research questions to deepen understanding. It is grounded in the data but interpreted through a theoretical lens for depth and direction. Bakhtin's dialogism is used to synthesize the studies and analyse the dialogic dynamics between policy and practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The policy analysis highlights how TCS has historically functioned as a third-party intermediary, emphasizing a delivery model. However, recent policies signal a shift towards co-creation and equality between schools and museums. The partnership alternates between contracting, where one party sets the terms, and mutuality, where attempts are made to develop shared goals (Brinkerhoff, 2002). Document contexting reveals that cultural policy perspectives dominate, positioning museums as "insiders," while school policy perspectives remain "outsiders" (Hansen & Særkjær, 2025) potentially hindering mutual partnerships (Brinkerhoff, 2002). The collaboration processes reveal tensions stemming from differing professional practices, institutional logics, and unclear expectations. Teachers often prefer ready-made resources they can easily integrate into their teaching, while museums want clearer guidance on what is needed. Structural constraints exacerbate these dynamics, making co-creation resource-intensive and unsustainable. Several teachers withdrew from the project due to these high resource demands, disrupting continuity. However, box didactics—familiar through TCS—became a shared reference point, with TCS continuing to influence the dynamics of the partnership as a third party. The didactic outcomes highlight both potential and challenges. Students appreciated the engaging and varied approaches but struggled to see their relevance to curricula. Teachers found it difficult to adapt the teaching materials to their practice, citing insufficient time and misalignment with curriculum goals. Museums also faced challenges in adapting their pedagogical approaches to the classroom context. This demonstrates that the methods are highly context-dependent, and the classroom fosters different types of dialogue than those typically facilitated within museum spaces. The participants demonstrate a shared preference for a demand-supply model over co-creation. The findings show how the big conversations influence and exert symbolic power over the small ones, and how the context becomes interwoven with the dialogue between schools and museums (Bakhtin, 1986; Skagen, 2001). This offers insights for cross-sector collaboration in European contexts. References Asdal, K., & Reinertsen, H. (2020). Hvordan gjøre dokumentanalyse: En praksisorientert metode. Cappelen Damm akademisk. Bakhtin, M. M. (1986). Speech Genres and Other Late Essays. No. 8. University of Texas Press. Bakhtin, M. M. (2003). Latter og dialog: Utvalgte skrifter (Bd. 44). Cappelen akademisk forl. Borgen, J. S., & Hallås, B. O. (2023). Conceptualisations of Extra-Curricular Cross-Sector Partnerships in the Context of The Cultural Schoolbag and Physical Activity Health Initiatives in Norwegian Schools. I T. S. Prøitz, P. Aasen, & W. Wermke (Red.), From Education Policy to Education Practice (Bd. 15, s. 195–225). Springer International Publishing. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Brenna, B., & de Ridder, A.-T. (2019, januar 11). Museum og skole. Fra folkeopplysning til kulturell skolesekk [Rapport]. regjeringen.no. Brinkerhoff, J. M. (2002). Government–nonprofit partnership: A defining framework. Public Administration and Development, 22(1), 19–30. Hansen, L. E., & Særkjær, C. (2025). De tre store og børnene. Nordisk kulturpolitisk tidsskrift, 28(1), 3–21. Hein, G. E. (2002). Learning in the Museum. Routledge. Kultur- og kirkedepartementet. (2003, juni 6). St.meld. Nr. 38 (2002-2003) [Stortingsmelding]. regjeringen.no. Kulturdepartementet. (2021, mars 26). Meld. St. 23 (2020–2021) [Stortingsmelding]. regjeringen.no Marini, C., Agostino, D., & Simoni, L. (2022). Co-Creating History: The Case of WORTHY as a Virtual Collaborative Museum. Journal of Museum Education, 47(3), 385–394. Rikstad, G., & Jones, M.-A. (2024). Medvirkning som samskaping i møtepunktet mellom museum og skole. Nordisk Museologi, 36(1)136–151. Raaijmakers, H., Mc Ewen, B., Walan, S., & Christenson, N. (2021). Developing museum-school partnerships: Art-based exploration of science issues in a third space. International Journal of Science Education, 43(17), 2746–2768. Skagen, K. (2001). Veiledningssamtaler i bakhtinsk perspektiv. I Dialog, samspel og læring. Abstrakt forlag. Torfing, J., Cristofoli, D., Gloor, P. A., Meijer, A. J., & Trivellato, B. (2020). Taming the snake in paradise: Combining institutional design and leadership to enhance collaborative innovation. Policy and Society, 39(4), 592–616. WHO. (2023). Achieving well-being: A global framework for integrating well-being into public health utilizing a health promotion approach. World Health Organization. WHO & UN. (2021). Making every school a health-promoting school – Global standards and indicators. Aasen, P., Sørensen, V., Stenersen, C. R., Borgen, J. S., & Prøitz, T. S. (2025). Partnerskap i politikkutforming og utdanningspraksis. I 68 [Report]. Universitetet i Sørøst-Norge. Aastvedt, A., & Vike, H. (2025). Co-creation and the boundaries of democracy: Institutional tensions in the Nordic welfare municipality. Public Management Review, 0(0), 1–32. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 16 SES 07 A: Knowing and Acting with Generative AI: AI Literacy, Teacher Agency, and Educational Futures Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Fredrik Mørk Røkenes Panel Discussion |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Panel Discussion Knowing and Acting with Generative AI: AI Literacy, Teacher Agency, and Educational Futures 1: University of Sydney, Australia; 2: University of Oslo, Norway; 3: Norwegian University of Science and Technology & National Norwegian Centre for English and Other Language Education at Østfold University College, Norway; 4: University of Eastern Finland; 5: Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:As generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) systems are increasingly imposed on and integrated into educational contexts, higher education institutions are tasked with preparing future and current teachers to engage with these rapidly evolving technologies critically, ethically, and pedagogically. Recent research and policy documents identify AI literacy as a key professional competency for teachers and a necessary capability to cultivate in students. AI literacy extends beyond functional or technical proficiency to encompass critical judgment, ethical awareness, and pedagogical decision-making about when, how, and whether AI systems should be used in educational settings (Long & Magerko, 2020; Ng et al., 2021; UNESCO, 2023, 2025; Webb et al., 2025). Aligned with the ECER 2026 theme Knowing and Acting, this panel discussion examines how educational research can move beyond descriptive accounts of AI use toward active engagement with the institutional, pedagogical, and ethical conditions shaping GenAI adoption in teacher education and schools. The panel brings together researchers from four countries to critically explore how teachers and teacher educators are making sense of GenAI technologies while simultaneously being required to act within policy environments, assessment regimes, and technological infrastructures that often outpace research-informed guidance. The contributors to this panel will address three interrelated questions: (1) How is AI literacy currently conceptualised and enacted within teacher education and school contexts? (2) What tensions emerge between institutional imperatives to adopt GenAI and teachers’ professional judgment, ethics, and pedagogical values? (3) How can research advance our understanding of teacher agency, critical imagination, and responsible practice in relation to GenAI? The panel includes empirical studies of pre-service and in-service teachers’ engagement with GenAI, analyses of co-design approaches that position teachers as active knowledge producers, and critical examinations of policy and infrastructural constraints shaping educational action. We draw on our research, which includes, but is not limited to:
Across these contexts, the studies highlight how teachers negotiate uncertainty, experiment with GenAI tools and AI-mediated assessments, and develop situated forms of AI literacy through reflective and dialogic practices. By foregrounding teachers’ knowing-in-practice and the conditions under which they are asked to act, this panel contributes to ongoing debates about the role of educational research in times of rapid technological change. It argues for research approaches that not only analyse GenAI’s impacts but also support teachers in developing ethical, pedagogically grounded, and context-responsive ways of working with AI. In doing so, the panel advances a human-centred, research-informed agenda for AI literacy. References Curwood, J.S., Kelly, N., Grace, K., & Lazarou, K. (2024). A technology-agnostic framework for designing assessments in the era of artificial intelligence. Learning Letters, 4, 33. https://doi.org/10.59453/ll.v4.33 Han, H., & Røkenes, F. M. (in preparation). Language student teachers’ AI pedagogical readiness using Intelligent-TPACK. Lindfors, M., & Olofsson, A. D. (2023). The search for professional digital competence in Swedish teacher education policy—A content analysis of the prerequisites for teacher educators’ dual didactic task. Cogent Education, 10(2), 2272994. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2272994 Long, D., & Magerko, B. (2020). What is AI Literacy? Competencies and Design Considerations Proceedings of the 2020 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, Honolulu, HI, USA. https://doi.org/10.1145/3313831.3376727 Nathaniel, J., Oyelere, S. S., Suhonen, J., & Tedre, M. (2025). Investigating the impact of generative AI integration on the sustenance of higher-order thinking skills and understanding of programming logic. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 9, 100460. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100460 Ng, D. T. K., Leung, J. K. L., Chu, S. K. W., & Qiao, M. S. (2021). Conceptualizing AI literacy: An exploratory review. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 2, 100041. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2021.100041 Røkenes, F. M., & Gilje, Ø. (in preparation). Generative AI chatbots as dialogue partners and shared artefacts in EFL classrooms. UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. UNESCO Publishing. https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/guidance-generative-ai-education-and-research UNESCO. (2025). AI and the future of education: disruptions, dilemmas and directions. UNESCO Publishing. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000395236 Vartiainen, H., Valtonen, T., Kahila, J., & Tedre, M. (2025). ChatGPT and imaginaries of the future of education: insights of Finnish teacher educators. Information and Learning Sciences, 126(1/2), 75–90. https://doi.org/10.1108/ILS-10-2023-0146 Webb, M., Bower, M., Carvalho, A. A., Røkenes, F. M., Torrington, J., Cohen, J. D., Chtouki, Y., MacCallum, K., Linden, T., Butler, D., Raffagheli, J. E., Vartiaien, H., Ronci, M., Tiernan, P., Smith, D. M., Shelton, C., Malyn-Smith, J., & Gorissen, P. (2025). Thematic Working Group 5 - Artificial Intelligence (AI) literacy for teaching and learning: design and implementation. In M. Phillips & P. Fisser (Eds.), Designing Education Ecosystems for the Future: The Role of Digital Technologies: Report of EDUsummIT 2025 (pp. 42–51). DCU Institute of Education. https://www.learntechlib.org/p/2128761/ Chair Fredrik Mørk Røkenes, f.m.rokenes@link.uio.no, University of Oslo |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 16 SES 07 B: Click Here if You Agree (to Reclaim the EdTech Classroom through Speculative Co-design) Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Michał Wieczorek Research Workshop |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Research Workshop Click Here if You Agree (to Reclaim the EdTech Classroom through Speculative Co-design) 1: University College Dublin, Ireland; 2: Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Any examination of new educational technologies should look beyond the hopes, dreams and promises that inevitably follow in their wake. To fully understand the impact of new tools on teaching and learning, we must also identify what will have been lost and what will have been surrendered when the next shiny thing is (chosen to be) implemented. This workshop seeks to critically examine the language that is used to describe, market and push technologies into the classroom, which is also a language that surrenders our choices, diminishes our agency, and limits the scope of our imagination to the visions pushed by the powerful few. We propose speculative and creative approaches for introducing critical and deeper conversations on edtech in the classroom. Teachers and student teachers encounter a wide variety of voices and registers through which edtech is promoted, criticised and implemented in their schools, which leads to tonal and conceptual dissonances that are difficult to navigate. Edtech products are introduced through optimistic marketing materials and hype that do little to illuminate the actual workings of technology (Wieczorek & Romele, 2025). What exactly does AI-powered personalisation mean? Why does learning require a revolution? What ideas about learning stand behind the visions spun by edtech marketers? Such hype-driven language is in stark contrast to the highly technical and legalistic wording found in terms of service, privacy policies and user manuals that accompany (and obfuscate) edtech’s everyday use. These make it clear that the glorious future is open only to those willing to enter on tech companies’ own terms and conditions. We created this workshop as a space for exploring how we could bring these different registers, tonalities and discourses together. Building on our experiences with initial teacher education, teacher professional development courses and critical edtech methods (Wieczorek, 2025a; Costello et al., 2025; Costello et al., 2023; see also Gidiotis & Hrastinski, 2024; Hrastinski & Jandrić, 2023; Rahm, 2024), we present our ideas for discussing edtech marketing and terms of use with student teachers in a way that exposes the values, intentionalities and power relations hidden behind them. We demonstrate this through a creative activity asking participants to describe tools present in every classroom – blackboards, desks, pens, paper, etc. – through the language that is currently being used to describe (and obfuscate) new edtech products. What hopes might we have once held for everyday teaching aids and learning materials? What licensing agreements do we need to accept to ensure that we use this old-school tech responsibly and for intended purposes? We use the workshop activities as a starting point to stimulate reflections on the role of technology in teaching and learning, the kinds of language useful for discussing it with teachers, and new methods for fostering critical and more democratic perspectives on digital tools in the classroom. We aim to help participants develop critical lenses and conceptual tools for more skilfully engaging in debates about EdTech at various levels, from the classroom up. In so doing, they will be better able to identify old wine in new bottles, and cut through the many meanings and intentions hidden within edtech messaging and documentation. We see this as a necessary first step towards demystifying and disentangling AI and edtech cons from genuine affordances and pedagogical capabilities (Ferreira et al, 2025; Bender & Hanna, 2025). This workshop should be of interest to researchers, policymakers, educators and anyone with an interest in a reclamation of edtech for democratic education (Wieczorek, 2025b), starting with its metaphors and its languages. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants in this workshop will have the opportunity to share their experiences, build new skills and learn from each other through short, structured and playful hands-on activities. Participants will work in small groups to develop diegetic artefacts using mostly non digital materials (paper and pens) according to a condensed speculative design process of: problem identification, diegetic prototyping, future scenario creation; and reflection and evaluation (Bendor & Lupetti, 2025). Workshop process/activities Introduction 7 minutes Crash course in educational technology commercial promotion discourse. During this exciting ten minute fully face-to-face micro-boot-camp, expert facilitators will transmit instructions directly into the workshop participants’ brains. Team formation 3 minutes Team formation and building Key technologies from Microsoft Teams will be used in a completely unplugged fashion without any software = to assign participants into physical teams and rapidly build team spirit. These teams will enjoy all of the affordances of virtual teams available from Office software suites. However, to avoid recurrence of Office-related trauma, we will not use actual offices or any software in the workshop – only real physical virtualisations of fully-synergistic teams. Task 1 25 minutes Compliance and marketing Participants will work in teams on one of two activities according to whether they are on the compliance or marketing teams: Compliance teams will work to build terms of service of their educational technology. Marketing teams will work to harness wild idioms and terminologies that could transform, humanise and revolutionise the classroom – if used responsibly and ethically. Teams will have the option to use physical or digital materials to develop “a pitch” that describes their work. Pitch 1 15 minutes Plenary team pitches Teams pitch in an Educational Dragon’s Den style on their prototypes. Key dragons from the field of educational technology (who also happen to be the workshop facilitators) provide feedback. Task 2 20 minutes Realising key synergies Teams are now mixed and put into conversation with each other for the final task of realising and harnessing key synergies between marketing and compliance for their products. Pitch 2 10 minutes Final plenary pitches Teams report back on final synergies and on any implications for classroom practices. Final wrap up 10 minutes Expert facilitators unveil educational vision Facilitators sum up the workshop, unveiling any visions that might transform education as a result of the workshop. They will also circle back to any actual ideas or implications for practice that may have accidentally been realised. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We hope you can join us to reclaim the language we use in a digital classroom and that the workshop will help you to reclaim and reshape our ways of thinking and talking about technology in education. Through collaborative inquiry, we aim to develop ways of talking about edtech that go beyond performing the inconsequential, non-choice offered by providers’ take it or leave it standard terms and conditions, but invite us instead to think together so we can think otherwise. Note: an optional activity will involve using scissors, and left-handed scissors will be provided. No participants will be harmed in the making of this workshop. References Bender, E. M., & Hanna, A. (2025). The AI Con: How to fight big tech’s hype and create the future we want. Random House. Bendor, R., & Lupetti, M. L. (2025). Teaching speculative design. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 35(1), 403-425. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10798-024-09908-3 Costello, E., Ferreira, G., Hrastinski, S., McDonald, J. K., Tlili, A., Veletsianos, G., ... & Altena, S. (2025). Artificial Intelligence in educational research and scholarship: Seven framings. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice, 22(4), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.53761/xs5e3834 Costello, E., Welsh, S., Girme, P., Concannon, F., Farrelly, T., & Thompson, C. (2023). Who cares about learning design? Near future superheroes and villains of an educational ethics of care. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(3), 460–475. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2022.2074452 Ferreira, G., Costello, E., Farrow, R., & Lee, K. (2025). Metaphors of AI in education: Discourses, histories and practices. Journal of Interactive Media in Education, 2025(1). https://doi.org/10.5334/jime.1077 Gidiotis, I., & Hrastinski, S. (2024). Imagining the future of artificial intelligence in education: A review of social science fiction. Learning, Media and Technology, 0(0), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2024.2365829 Hrastinski, S., & Jandrić, P. (2023). Imagining Education Futures: Researchers as Fiction Authors. Postdigital Science and Education, 5(3), 509–515. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-023-00403-x Rahm, L. (2024). ‘Help⁉ My students created an evil AI’: On the irony of speculative methods and design fiction. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2024.2367707 Wieczorek, M. (2025a). Using ethical scenarios to explore the future of artificial intelligence in primary and secondary education. Learning, Media and Technology, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2025.2517335 Wieczorek, M. (2025b). Why AI will not Democratize Education: A Critical Pragmatist Perspective. Philosophy & Technology, 38(2), 53. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13347-025-00883-8 Wieczorek, M. & Romele, A. (2025). How to Imagine Educational AI: The Filling of a Pail or the Lighting of a Fire? Educational Theory, https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.70070 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 17 SES 07 A: New Historical Perspectives on Dis/ability and Non/Conformity in Education Location: 6017 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Ana Luísa Paz Paper Session |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Education and Disability in History (EDUDIS) – A Research Programme Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Education is today seen as a key to an equal start in life and is a fundamental human right for all children. However, children with disabilities remain a neglected group in education, research, and society, both historically and in the present. Both in Sweden and internationally, history of education, history of disability and special education are research areas that have been relatively detached with separate communities, conferences and journals. Although initiatives for bringing these areas closer together have been taken, like ISCHE 34 in Vienna 2012 and thematic issues of Paedagogica Historica 60:4 (Verstraete et al. 2024) and Nordic Journal of Educational History 12:2 (Berg et al. 2025), there is still not much knowledge about how disability and education have interacted throughout history. In particular, we know very little from previous research about the differences between what policy documents have stated, how institutions and institutional practices have developed accordingly, and how education in fact has been provided to individual children with disabilities throughout history in Sweden. EDUDIS is a new research programme – financed by Swedish Research Council for five years and based at Umeå University – that will increase the understanding of the historical relationship between education and disability from the mid-nineteenth century to the present. This will be achieved by combining expertise from the history of education and disability history and by strengthening national and international collaboration. In the presentation, we will portray the research planned within the programme. The research aims to expand current knowledge of the policies, institutions and practices that have shaped the relationship between education and disability, and their impact on the individual life trajectories of disabled children with the help of three key questions:
Document and archive studies provide answers to research questions 1 and 2, while question 3 is addressed using Sweden’s population databases, which enable statistical comparisons over time. By combining qualitative text analysis with quantitative analysis of registry data, time-bound ambitions of education policy can be related to its actual implementation and how children with disabilities have accessed education. This will generate new insights into the inclusion and exclusion of children with disabilities in schools and how education has affected their later lives. Theoretically, the research has its base in the biopsychosocial model of disability, where disability is regarded as a function of both people’s health conditions and contextual factors (WHO 2011). Although physical or medical factors are involved, disability is understood also as a social construct where physical environments and surrounding attitudes creates restrictions for people with disabilities (Oliver 2009). This perspective is particularly fruitful in studies of education, as organizational measures and pedagogical ideas are formed in relation to timely constrained and shifting ideas of children’s abilities and restrictions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Both quantitative and qualitative methods are used by EDUDIS, and their combination is expected to provide new, unique knowledge. The qualitative methods include content and thematic analyses of published documents and unpublished records in archives, which show how authorities in policy on education have discussed, designed and justified schooling for children with disabilities, as well as on the sorting practices that have been used to determine which children should receive regular versus special education. The quantitative methods are used for analyses of Swedish population registers from the past 200 years. They allow statistical life-course analyses through which we can estimate how disability and education in young age affect health and social outcomes in subsequent life relative to other socio-demographic traits (gender, social status, family origin) and depending on the time-space context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In addition to the long-lasting expansion of the research area that we hope to achieve, expected outcomes contains new empirical knowledge on the yet under-explored issue of the role and lifelong impact of education on young individuals with disabilities, showing how various schooling policy and practice have shaped both the education of disabled children and their post-school life in terms of work, family formation and survival. This offers unique insights into the differences between what time-bound policy documents have stated and how education actually benefited children with disabilities. With its long-term perspective, the EDUDIS programme will highlight continuity and change, identify historical barriers and path dependencies that has affected who gets what education. This knowledge has the potential to influence contemporary discussions on special education and on how schools address children with varying conditions. References Berg, A., Laurin, E. & Ringarp, J. (2025). Exploring the History of Pupils with Disabilities in Welfare States. Introduction. Nordic Journal of Educational History 12:2, 1–11. Oliver, M. (2009). Understanding disability: From Theory to Practice. Red Globe Press. Verstraete, P., Amado, M. R., & Manique, C. (2024). Paedagogica Historica Themed Issue: Gaining Momentum – New Cultural Histories of Education and Disability. Paedagogica Historica 60:4, 587–91. WHO (2011). World Report on Disability. World Health Organization. 17. Histories of Education
Paper The Construction of the Capitalist "Other" in Soviet Lithuanian Educational Discourse Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:This paper analyzes how the image of the "West" and the "capitalist world" was systematically constructed and disseminated in the Soviet Lithuanian educational system. Educational discourse is treated not only as a medium for the transfer of knowledge, but also as a fundamental tool of ideological indoctrination, designed to shape the younger generation's rejection of social and political models that contradict Marxist-Leninist dogma. Previous studies (Stonkuvienė and Ivanavičė, 2024; Stonkuvienė, 2024) show that in educational discourse, the Soviet Union was positioned as the absolute guarantor of "friendship between nations" and "social justice" and a bastion of equality. In contrast, the capitalist world was portrayed as a space of racial hatred and systematic exploitation. Along with the positive emphasis on the moral superiority of the Soviet Union, a narrative of existential threat was consistently developed. Western countries were represented as a source of inevitable military aggression. The construction of the US as "Enemy No. 1" (Magnúsdóttir, 2019) became a direct source of legitimacy for the militarization of the education system. This discursive strategy allowed Soviet patriotism to be equated with constant readiness to defend the "socialist homeland," thus normalizing a militaristic culture in the everyday life of schoolchildren (Stonkuvienė, 2023). This study aims to answer the question: what systematic linguistic and visual strategies in Soviet educational discourse allowed for the construction of a comprehensive image of the capitalist world as a civilizational "Other," and whether and how this interpretive system changed throughout the Soviet period (1945-1990). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on the principles of Ruth Wodak's discourse-historical approach (DHA), which allows texts to be analyzed not as static units, but as dynamic processes interacting with the historical context. It analyzes how political slogans from official directives "migrate" into the pedagogical press and later into school textbooks, becoming indisputable axioms. Specific linguistic units and recurring argumentation patterns (topoi) are identified, which shape a negative image of the capitalist "Other" while emphasizing the superiority of the Soviet "We." Given the strong visual impact of Soviet education (Badina et al., 2021), textbook illustrations, photographs published in the educational press, cartoons, etc. are analyzed. To identify changes in the interpretative system, different periods are compared – from the open demonization of the Stalinist period to the defensive discourse characteristic of the late Soviet era, directed against Western cultural infiltration. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study suggests that educational discourse created a hermetic information field in which facts about the Western world were not presented but interpreted through a strict ideological filter. Against the backdrop of today's geopolitical tensions and disinformation, this study helps to understand how images of the "enemy" were historically constructed in the education system. It provides valuable insights into how the collective memory and attitudes of the older generation toward the Western world were formed, and how these patterns from the past may resonate in contemporary society. References Badina, E., Badins, Ž., & Kovzele, O. (2021). The Soviet Image of the USA in Latvian Satirical Journalism of the 1960s: Textual and Visual Code. Journal of Comparative Studies, 14(43), 118-145. Magnúsdóttir, R. (2019). Enemy Number One: The United States of America in Soviet Ideology and Propaganda, 1945-1959. Oxford University Press. Shlapentokh, V. (1988). The changeable Soviet image of America. The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 497(1), 157-171. Stonkuvienė, I. (2023). The equal and the more equal: pupils’ experiences of school in Lithuania in the late Soviet era. The Journal of Education, Culture, and Society, 14(1), 124-142. Stonkuviene, I. (2024). “We will fight for Peace All Over the World until the Last Grenade”. Initial Military Training in Schools of the Lithuanian SSR in the Late Soviet Era. Social and Education History, 13(1), 38-57. Stonkuviene, I., & Ivanavičė, I. (2024). “Looking for pen pals”: internationalist upbringing in a school of the Lithuanian SSR in the late Soviet era. Paedagogica Historica, 60(6), 972-991. Wodak, R. (2015). Critical discourse analysis, discourse-historical approach. The international encyclopedia of language and social interaction, 3, 1-14. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Re-Membering Nordic Trans* and Gender Nonconforming Histories of Early Childhood Education: The Case of Esben Esther Pirelli Benestad (1949-present) Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway Presenting Author:In this paper, I aim to re-member – based on materials held at the Norwegian Archive for Queer History in Bergen, Norway – Nordic trans* and gender nonconforming histories of education (particularly early childhood education), centring the Norwegian case of Esben Esther Pirelli Benestad (1949-present). I do so positioning myself explicitly as a cis queer aspiring trans ally and as an historian of education who thereby joins forces and collaborates with trans colleagues who have been paving the way (Martins 2023; see also Martins & Thyssen 2025). The background against which my paper aims to rescue such non-heteronormative educational experiences from an erasure retraceable to projects of Western colonial violence (e.g. Oyěwùmí 1997) is one that, on the one hand, has witnessed increasing restriction of trans rights, both internationally and in Norway. Thus, in Hungary and the U.S., for instance, not to mention Russia, anti-LGBTQ+ bills have been voted into law, and in Norway, where until 2016 trans people could be forcibly and irreversibly sterilised and still recently nonbinary persons were denied access to gender affirming care by the National Treatment Service for Gender Incongruence (NBTK). This background is, on the other hand, also one where scholars and activists internationally have reclaimed their childhoods as having been trans, as in the case of the late Argentina-born, American trans and queer activist, performer and author Cecilia Gentili (2022). Trans*, gender nonconforming and queer experiences, of course, long did (not) yet exist (if) only (differently) ‘at their intersection with institutions of disciplinary power’ (Martins 2023; Heyam 2022, Mesch 2020) constraining the conditions of their im/possibility (Barad 2017, Hartman 2008; Foucault 1972, 1980). Beyond Modern notions of singular, linear temporality stabilising boundaries between past, present and future (Thyssen et al. 2021; Thyssen 2024; Thyssen & Ødegaard 2026), then, I endeavour to rescue “impossible stories” (Hartman 2008, 10) “that are not the histories …archives wish to recount” (Martins 2023, Steedman 2001). Among such stories are those of the American Elbert (“Ellis”) Glenn, recounted in Skandinaven (1899), a journal then widely read by Norwegian/Nordic immigrants in the U.S. (cf. Skidmore 2017), or of Christine (“George”) Jørgensen (1926-1989), the first trans person (based in the U.S.) who successfully underwent gender affirming surgery and female hormone treatment in Copenhagen, Denmark, or of Esben Esther Pirelli Benestad (1949-), one of the best known (nonbinary) trans persons in Norway, and a medical doctor and sexologist whose story features in Alt om min far [All about my father], a documentary made by their son Even Benestad. In my paper, I will focus especially on Pirelli Benestad, such as they are enabled – with co-involvement on my part – to emerge from a reconfiguring tangle of space, time, and material like their son’s documentary about them. Such film material will be analysed through archival materials on a queer (in fact, transvestite) association, namely: the Scandinavian FPE/Phi Pi Epsilon-Northern Europe (an acronym for FemmePersonate or Full Personality Expression), where Pirelli Benestad first became active (1979-80), shortly after also joining a research project on heterosexual transvestites. The first time Pirelli Benestad publicly came out as trans was in the TV2 programme En anelse rødt [A little red ] ca. 1993-94. In 2002, then, their son directed the aforentioned documentary film, which also received some attention outside Norway. Pirelli Benestad, incidentally, has become strongly involved in the public debate around trans people. They have introduced in Norwegian language terms such as trans talent, trans-gifted person, and gender enthusiasm. Likewise, they have set out to change gender- and trans-related medical diagnoses, helping re(con)figure the latter as diverse talents. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, in my paper I try to help recuperate reparative trans* and gender nonconforming histories of education, including early childhoofd education, through experiences of people mentioned above, drawing on what the queer/feminist physics (field) theory scholar Karen Barad has figured as “embodied re-membering” (Barad 2015, 2014) and what the literary scholar and historian of enslavement Saidiya Hartman has termed “critical fabulation” (Hartman 2008). While not being the same, both methods involve reading accounts through “meaningful absence[s]”, “void[s]”, or “gaps” as “excess”: a ‘lively tension, a desiring orientation toward being/becoming’” (Barad 2015, 396; Hartman 2008, 5, 12). The intention thereby is to venture not simply in what “was” but (at the same time) into what “could”/“might”/”might yet have been” (Hartman 2008, 5; Barad 2017, 56; 2015, 389). This is to employ a “trans[/queer] identity and analytic”, undoing radical difference between male/female, Self/Other, here/there, and now/then coemerged with forms of Modern Western colonialism (Lehner 2019, 45) also for “visual technologies” that reify the “gender binary” and any “aesthetic of sexual difference” (Lehner 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper is expected to produce what Hartman has called a “‘recombinant narrative,’ which ‘loops the strands’ of incommensurate accounts and … weaves present, past, and future” anew (Hartman 2008, 12). In this sense it is anticipated to constitute “a work of mourning” of sorts that is “more accountable to… the victims of [essentially] … colonialist … violence” (Barad 2017, 56), yet one that resists closure (Best & Hartman 2005) or foreclosure of “possibilities of justice-to-come” (Barad 2017, 62). Thus, it is to address a fundamental injustice decried by trans historian Jules Gill-Peterson (2018, ix) in her book Histories of the Transgender Child, namely: that we do not know trans* children (transgender, gender non-confirming and gender queering children), because “we have inherited, reinforced, and perpetuated a cultural system of gender and childhood in which they are unknowable”. References - Barad (2017). “Troubling Time/s and Ecologies of Nothingness: Re-Turning, Re-Membering, and Facing the Incalculable” - Barad (2015). “Transmaterialities: Trans*/Matter/Realities and Queer Political Imaginings” - Barad (2014). “Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart” - Best & Hartman (2005). “Fugitive Justice” - Foucault (1972). Archaeology of Knowledge - Foucault (1980). “Nietzsche, Genealogy, History” - Gentili (2022). Letters to Everyone in My Hometown Who Isn’t My Rapist - Gill-Peterson, Histories of the Transgender Child - Hartman (2008). “Venus in Two Acts” - Heyam (2022). Before We Were Trans: A New History of Gender - Lehner (2019). “Trans Self-Imaging Praxis, Decolonizing Photography, and the Work of Alok Vaid-Menon” - Martins (2023). “Trabalhar com e contra os arquivos: Por uma prática histórica reparativa de vidas trans” - Martins & Thyssen(2025). “Imagining Trans Past Yet to Come: A Reparative Essay in the Aid of Decolonising Historiography of Education” - Mesch (2020). Before Trans: Three Gender Stories from the Nineteenth Century - Oyěwùmí (1997). The Invention of Women: Making an African Sense of Western Gender Discourses - “Ellis Glenn har git Myndighederne en haard nød at knække,” Skandinaven, December 15, 1899, p. 1. - Skidmore (2017). True Sex: The Lives of Trans Men at the Turn of the Twentieth Century - Steedman (2001). Dust: The Archive and Cultural History - Thyssen (2024). “Closures and Apertures of Boundary as a Theoretical-Methodological Lens: Historiography of Education as Boundary-Drawing Knowledge Making” - Thyssen & Ødegaard (2026). “Urban-Coastal Art and Embodied Re-Membering of Education: Reading ‘StreetWise’ and ‘One Ocean–Ocean Portrait’ through One Another as Cases of Collaborative, Artivist Storying” - Thyssen, Verstraete, Herman, Van Gorp & Van Ruyskensvelde (2021). “Introduction” |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 17 SES 07 B: Histories of Teachers and Teacher Education and of Educational Research and Practice Location: K112 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: António Fco. Canales Paper Session |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper The Research-Practice Gap in Historical Perspective: Realities, Mentalities, and Irrationalities Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:Histories of education have traditionally focused on macro-structures, drawing criticism for overlooking educational realities (Westberg, 2021). Since the 1980s, however, attention has shifted to the micro level with the ‘new’ cultural history of education (Depaepe, 2017), emphasising processes of meaning-making and how education is experienced and contested in schools (Cunningham & Gardner, 2004). Parallel to this shift, historians of education have cautiously adopted the concept of school culture, to explore how schools resist or accommodate reforms (Meda & Vinao, 2017). Studies have also shown how teachers have contested, negotiated, or resisted regulations and curricula imposed by state authorities (Rousmanière, 2019). Cuban (2009: 6) describes this as the “policy-to-practice paradox,” where educational policy is never implemented exactly as designed. However, a similar phenomenon occurs between research and practice. As with policy implementation, the contestation or even rejection of scientific knowledge in schools has persisted over time. Paradoxically, educational sciences thus produce knowledge meant to support teachers, yet this very knowledge is often not taken up by them. Implementation depends less on scientific rigor and more on the social process of dissemination (Levin, 2013). For many teachers, authentic practical experiences, either their own or those of colleagues, remain central to professional decision-making (e.g., Vinao Frago, 2001; Little, 2007; Kelchtermans, 2009). The adoption of scientific knowledge involves an active process of individual and collective meaning-making embedded in the school’s sociocultural context. Historians of education have long examined the gap between educational research and practice, often as a lens to interpret the relative failure of school reforms. Viñao Frago (2001), for example, traces the emergence of the divide between theoretical-scientific knowledge and empirical-practical knowledge in the early nineteenth century. This process developed gradually, with a few exceptions, and by the twentieth century had consolidated into two distinct knowledge systems. According to Depaepe (2002), the growing division and specialisation within the scientific field not only fostered competition and disciplinary boundaries, contributing to increasing fragmentation and complexity, but also generated a drive to legitimise research in relation to practice as a defence of university-produced knowledge. Through the divergence into two separate knowledge systems, university-based educational researchers have, since the mid-20th century, invested in disseminating their findings to the field of practice. However, the design of this process has been determined by positivist ideas that were dominant at the time. These ideas assume that science produces objective, universally applicable knowledge, which can then be adopted and applied by practitioners (Bulterman, 2023). This way of thinking presupposed a linear, top-down transmission of scientific knowledge and views teachers merely as implementers. Although reactions to this perspective emerged in the 1970s and 1980s, for example through the teacher research movement, this original, positivist-oriented approach has continued to influence researchers. The rise of the idea of evidence-based education in the 1990s further reinforced the one-way and hierarchical trajectory of the dissemination process (Biesta, 2010). Little is known about how teachers, individually or collectively, give meaning to the research-practice gap or their positioning as mere implementers. This conference paper argues that the gap is more than a temporary technical-organisational mismatch between two knowledge systems as it is often portrayed. As the two systems have different symbolic power, it constitutes a complex and diffuse phenomenon, underpinned by an epistemic hierarchy between theoretical-scientific knowledge and empirical-practical knowledge, which may have had profound effects on teachers and their professional self-image and self-understanding. The main aim, therefore, is to gain insight into the historical and cultural dimensions of the research-practice gap. This paper represents a first step within this aim, providing insight into teachers’ perspectives of this historical divergence, which continues to shape educational practice today. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology is shaped by my positionality. I completed my teacher education training in Flanders (Belgium) between 2007 and 2010 and have been working in the field since 2011. In 2020, I ventured into academia as an embedded researcher, working part-time at Ghent University’s history department while continuing to teach history part-time in secondary education. Academic freedom allowed me to weave in a self-directed line of inquiry on the research-practice gap. While this divide has predominantly been subject to distant scholarly interpretations and analysis, I encountered this first-hand as a teacher. After defending my PhD dissertation, my past professional experiences drove me to deepen the historical dimension of this gap, which led me to enrol in the History of Education Summerschool 2025 at the Catholic University of Leuven. Its theme, ‘Voices and Silences,’ resonated with my interest in teacher empowerment and helped refine my conceptual lens, while my embodied perspective from being on the receiving end of the dissemination process informed the specific premise and objective of this paper. The first part of this paper provides a historical overview of the research-practice gap, with a particular focus on the dissemination concept from the second half of the 20th century onwards. Since I work in Flanders, my primary focus is on this region, but I also include the Netherlands, as both Dutch-speaking regions share a historical connection and a common tradition in educational research, for instance in terms of scientific collaboration and publication channels. In the second part, I explore the historical and cultural dimensions of the research-practice gap from teachers’ perspectives. Because this divorce has hindered researchers to genuinely engage with its cultural remnants in staffrooms and classrooms, I draw on the fields of historical and critical pedagogy, which have explicitly sought to grasp the texture of teachers’ lived worlds. Rather than presenting these insights descriptively, I place them in dialogue with an autobiographical-narrative perspective. Grounded epistemologically in critical constructivism from the emancipatory tradition of teacher research (Kincheloe, 2012), I wield my experiences as an analytical lens on the historical and cultural dimensions of the research-practice gap. Moreover, this perspective also retains a dimension beyond the start of my teaching career through the concept of school culture, which is inherently historical. Overall, this second part documents the intertwining of the personal, professional, and political, and how this has fuelled my orientation of the unjust teachers became positioned within the system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the second half of the 20th century, teachers in Flanders and the Netherlands increasingly became objects of study rather than active participants in knowledge production. The creation, dissemination, and discussion of educational knowledge, through conferences and academic journals, grew increasingly exclusive, while teachers’ perspectives and expertise remained largely absent and not represented, reinforcing traditional roles (De Vries & Pieters, 2007; Depaepe & Bakker, 1998). In Flanders, Vanderlinde and van Braak (2010) empirically demonstrated the dominance of the positivist Research, Diffusion and Development (RDD) model, which maintains existing knowledge hierarchies. Additionally, teachers in this study also reported perceived distance from researchers and vented scepticism toward the research itself. Work by Viñao Frago (2001) with Spanish teachers and by Gore and Gitlin (2004) with US and Australian teachers showed that such distrust, expressed in themes of ‘distance’ and ‘incredibility’, can take strong, even irrational forms, and persist within school culture. Practices of exclusion and epistemic hierarchy have not left teachers unaffected. Upon entering the educational field, I also encountered this obstinate scepticism and cynicism. However, beneath these surface reactions lie fundamental questions about what constitutes legitimate knowledge, who gains (symbolic) power from its recognition, and how it is shaped by social and cultural capital within the system. The distance maintained by researchers, combined with their higher status, characteristic of the RDD model, positioned me primarily as an implementer of externally produced knowledge. This undermined my sense of professionalism and contributed to my own scepticism as part of the socialisation process and struggle for symbolic capital within school (sub)culture. Yet this distrust of ‘what comes from above’ remains complex and is difficult to separate from the historically close, context-specific entanglement of policy and academia. Both have long favoured top-down impositions of regulations, curricula, and scientific knowledge, with limited consideration of teachers’ perspectives. References Biesta, G. (2010). Good Education in an Age of Measurement: Ethics, Politics, Democracy. Paradigm Publishers. Bulterman, J. (2023). Het Lerarentekort: Pleidooi voor Vakmanschap. Amsterdam University Press. Cuban, L. (2009). Hugging the Middle: How Teachers Teach in an Era of Testing and Accountability. Teachers College Press. Cunningham, P., & Gardner, P. (2004). Becoming Teachers: Texts and Testimonies, 1907-1950. Routledge. De Vries, B., & Pieters, J. (2007). De Zin van Conferenties, Kennisgemeenschappen en Kennisbewuste Scholen in een Gecraqueleerd Onderwijsveld. Pedagogische Studiën, 48, 233-240. Depaepe, M. (2002). Gesplitst of Gespleten? De Kloof tussen Wetenschappelijke Kennis en Praktische Kennis in Opvoeding en Onderwijs. Acco. Depaepe, M. 2017. More than an Antidote Against Amnesia: Some Historiographical, Theoretical, and Methodological Reflections on the History of Education. Pedagogika 67, 4: 329-350. Depaepe, M., & Bakker, N. (1998). ‘Een Gemeenschappelijke Studeerkamer. 75 Jaar Pedagogische Studiën.’ In N. Verloop (ed.), 75 Jaar Onderwijs en Opvoeding. 75 Jaar Pedagogische Studiën (pp. 9-44). Noordhoff Uitgevers. Gore, J. en Gitlin, A. (2004). [Re]Visioning the Academic–teacher Divide: Power and Knowledge in the Educational Community. Teachers and Teaching, 10(1), 35-58. Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: Self‐understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching, 15(2), 257-272. Kincheloe, J. (2012). Teachers as Researchers: Qualitative Inquiry as a Path to Empowerment, Classic Edition. Routledge. Levin, B. (2013). To Know is not Enough: Research Knowledge and its Use. Review of Education, 1(1), 2-31. Little, J. (2007). Teachers Accounts of Classroom Experience as a Resource for Professional Learning and Instructional Decision Making. Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education, 106: 217-240. Meda, J., & Viñao, A. (2017). ‘School Memory: Historiographical Balance and Heuristics Perspectives.’ In School Memories, edited by Yanes-Cabrera C., Meda J., and Viñao A. 1-9. Springer. Rousmanière, K. (2019). ‘The History of School Teachers and Administrators.’ In The Oxford Handbook of the History of Education, Rury, J. and Tamura, E.H. (eds.) 475-489. Oxford University Press. Vanderlinde, R. & Van Braak, J. (2010). The Gap between Educational Research and Practice: Views of Teachers, School Leaders, Intermediaries and Researchers. British Educational Research Journal, 36(2), 299-316. Viñao Frago, A. (2001). Do Education Reforms Fail? A Historian’s Response. Encounters on Education, 2: 27-47. Westberg, J. (2021). What We Can Learn from Studying the Past: The Wonderful Usefulness of History in Educational Research. Encounters in Theory and History of Education, 22: 227-248. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Historical Perspectives On Teacher Education In England UCL, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Teacher education is beset by contemporary challenges and debates which often have historical roots and connections. The OECD and UNESCO testify to significant global problems in recruitment and retention of teachers, coinciding with a period of enhanced political interest in education, surveillance and measurement of teaching – commonly related to neoliberalism and the global education reform movement (GERM) (Håkansson Lindqvist and Gidlund 2025; Sahlberg 2012). A pervasive historical narrative has emerged in which a system of ‘public’ education has been actively undermined in favour of an eclectic range of semi-private and autonomous providers operating via quasi markets (Furlong 2012; Beauchamp et al 2016; Groves & Robinson 2024). This paper is based upon work on a history of teacher preparation in England. It will historicise contemporary developments and explore historical contradictions and tensions over the contested nature of teacher education and attempt to nuance the narrative of a public system that has come under severe strain from the depredations of neoliberalism. Knowledge and practices about teaching has been legitimated and delegitimated in changing historical moments, across both public and private activity. It thus engages with debates over the past and present. It also engages with spatial histories and varying historical boundaries. The ideas and practices legitimated within its borders often extended out, obviously to Wales and other ‘home nations’ as well as receiving ideas from them. In addition, from the outset of formal teacher education, colonialisation, decolonialisation and transnationalism have been significant aspects of the history of teachers. Teacher education has long been a key aspect of educationalization in which teachers became the focus for utopian hopes of social improvement (Depaepe 2012) – a cultural revolution in the minds and morals of the working class (Webb 1904; Woodin et al 2013). These expansive visions have abutted technical aspects of social control, surveillance and reproduction. Indeed, early eighteenth century and nineteenth century initiatives in the education of teachers were framed in a concern to address the ‘problem’ of poverty, to subdue fractious populations, an impulse which may exert continuities to the present day. These broader developments were paralleled in the history of teacher education where a technical focus on skills has sometimes been in friction with a broader concern with culture, theory and disciplinary approaches, all of which were to provide the aspiring teacher with deeper understandings of their craft. Specifically cultural approaches infused a tendency in England to address social issues through cultural proxies, crystallised by the highly influential educational inspector, Matthew Arnold, in Culture and Anarchy (Arnold 1993/1869). Class tensions were thus expressed in the desire of teachers’ self-improvement, the influx of middle class women in the late nineteenth century, and the assumption that teachers were necessarily on a lower cultural level. The very visible class and gender clashes reflect the liminal and ambiguous status of teachers. On the one hand, the growth of the teaching profession was tied up in a ‘silent social revolution’ which witnessed the expansion of the professional identity of teachers within a public system of education (Gosden 1972, Tropp 1957). On the other, teachers at different historical moments have been viewed as stepping out of their allotted social roles in assuming an equivalence with other professions such as law and medicine. In more recent time, political control of curriculum and pedagogy has curtailed teacher control of the classroom. Changing assumptions about knowledge have pervaded these debates and arisen from various sources. Teacher agency is thus a problematic notion that needs to be unravelled. Teachers have developed their own areas of expertise, drawing upon bodies of knowledge and collective practices (Bischoff 2019; Groves and Robinson 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation highlights contemporary dilemmas in relation to long histories of inclusion and exclusion, continuities and changes. It is based upon the critical analysis of a wide range of published and unpublished sources including journals, newspapers, autobiographies, interviews and visual materials. The paper will examine the tension between connecting past and present in a meaningful way alongside the difference meanings and settings of past initiatives in teacher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper will historicise contemporary developments as well as explore historical contradictions and tensions over the contested nature of teacher education. By teasing out long-term oscillations, it nuances the narrative of a public system that has come under severe strain from the depredations of neoliberalism with alternative historical readings. It prises open the ways in which knowledge and practices about teaching has been legitimated and delegitimated in changing historical moments, across both public and private activity. Key historical issues help us to understand long-standing tensions over teacher education in England. It thus engages with debates over the past and present. References Arnold, Matthew (1993/1869) Culture and Anarchy and Other Writings, ed by Stefan Collini, Cambridge: CUP. Beauchamp, Gary et al (2016) Teacher Education in Times of Change, Bristol: Bristol University Press/Policy Press. Bischoff, Christopher (2019) Teaching Britain: Elementary School Teachers and the State of the Everyday 1846-1906, Oxford, OUP. Depaepe, Marc (2012) Between Educationalization and Appropriation, Leuven: Leuven University Press. Groves, Tamar & Robinson, Wendy (2024) ‘Distilling the comparative essence of teachers’ centres in England and Spain 1960-1990: past perspectives and current potential for teacher professional development? Research Papers in Education, 39:1, 93-112. Håkansson Lindqvist, Marcia & Gidlund, Ulrika (2025) ‘Important Aspects of Teacher Shortage in Schools: A Literature Review’, Athens Journal of Education, 12: 3, pp. 383-400. PHJH Gosden (1972) The Evolution of a Profession, Oxford: Blackwell. Sahlberg, Pasi (2012) How GERM is infecting schools around the world, online: https://pasisahlberg.com/text-test/ Tropp, Asher (1957) The School Teachers, London: Heineman. Webb, Sidney (1904) London Education, London: Longmans. Woodin, Tom et al (2013) Secondary Education and the Raising of the School Leaving Age – Coming of Age? New York: Palgrave. 17. Histories of Education
Paper The Pedagogical Institute of the Ukrainian Free University in Munich (1977–2012) as a Center of Ukrainian Teacher Education in Emigration T.H.Shevchenko National University «Chernihiv Colehium», Ukraine Presenting Author:Ukrainian teacher education in emigration represents an important yet insufficiently explored component of the history of European education in the second half of the twentieth century and the early twenty-first century. Within the transnational history of education, attention has focused on institutions operating beyond the nation-state that preserved pedagogical traditions and national identity in conditions of prolonged emigration. The Ukrainian Free University in Munich (UFU) exemplifies such an institution, integrated into the European educational space while sustaining the Ukrainian academic tradition. The Pedagogical Institute played a distinctive role within the institutional structure of the UFU, which, between 1977 and 2012, provided teacher education for Ukrainian educational environments in the diaspora. The Institute emerged from earlier pedagogical initiatives of the UFU, including summer pedagogical courses, and gradually developed into a stable institutional form of teacher education within an émigré context. Its activities were aimed not only at the professional preparation of teachers, but also at the preservation of the Ukrainian language, culture, and pedagogical continuity in the absence of an independent Ukrainian state. Despite the widely acknowledged significance of the UFU in the history of Ukrainian science and education, the activities of the Pedagogical Institute have not yet been the subject of a systematic history-pedagogical analysis. Existing studies (Patzke, Szafowal, & Yaremko, 2011; Kobchenko, 2023; Musiienko, 2007; Tsivatyi, 2022, and others) predominantly focus on the institutional history of the UFU and do not conceptualize teacher education in emigration as a distinct phenomenon within a transnational perspective. As a result, this has made a gap, particularly about the role of émigré educational institutions in sustaining national identity within the Ukrainian diasporic educational environment. The relevance of this study is further reinforced by current events. As a consequence of Russia’s full-scale war against Ukraine, large numbers of Ukrainians – children, students, and educators – have been forced to reside outside the country. In this context, the question of establishing sustainable educational forms capable of supporting national identity beyond the nation-state has regained urgency. The historical experience of the Pedagogical Institute of the UFU may therefore be interpreted as a model of an educational center that combined professional teacher education with the preservation of Ukrainian educational traditions abroad. This research aims to analyze the activities of the Pedagogical Institute of the UFU (1977–2012) as a center of Ukrainian teacher education in emigration, with a particular focus on its institutional foundations, the content of its educational programs, and its pedagogical practices. The central research question is how the Pedagogical Institute of the UFU functioned as a model of teacher education under conditions of emigration and what role it played in preserving Ukrainian pedagogical traditions within the transnational educational space. The study discussed the following sub-questions: - What organizational and educational principles defined the activities of the Pedagogical Institute of the UFU? - How were Ukrainian pedagogical traditions combined with European academic standards within its educational programs? - What conditions of emigration influenced the content and forms of teacher education? Conceptually, this study draws on approaches from the transnational history of education and research in emigration (Green, 1997; Fuchs & Roldán Vera, 2019), which allow the Pedagogical Institute of the Ukrainian Free University to be interpreted as a space of transnational circulation of pedagogical ideas and practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on historical-pedagogical and source-critical approaches that allow for the reconstruction of the institutional development of the Pedagogical Institute of the UFU and for the analysis of its educational activities over a long-term period of émigré existence. The primary method employed is historical analysis, focusing on the processes of the Institute’s development, its organizational structure, and its pedagogical practices. The core source base consists of archival materials from the Ukrainian Free University, including statutes, internal regulatory documents, minutes of faculty councils and Senate meetings, curricula, reports, and official correspondence. These sources make it possible to trace changes in the institutional model of teacher education and in the educational priorities of the UFU over time. Additional sources include published UFU materials, such as jubilee publications, institutional reports, and memoirs of faculty members, which provide insight into the intellectual and cultural-educational context of the Pedagogical Institute’s activities. Curricula and methodological materials are analyzed through qualitative content analysis to identify key pedagogical ideas and approaches to teacher preparation. The study is also used a biographical analysis of the academic activities of selected instructors (including H. Vaschkovych, O. Kyselivska-Tkach, and V. Yaniv), which allows for tracing the continuity of pedagogical concepts within the émigré educational environment. The methodological framework is further complemented by a transnational perspective in the history of education, which makes it possible to examine the Pedagogical Institute of the UFU as an institution integrated into the European educational space, and to highlight processes of adaptation and preservation of pedagogical traditions under transnational conditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study argues that the Pedagogical Institute of the UFU functioned as a model of teacher education in emigration. It provided professional preparation for pedagogical personnel serving Ukrainian educational environments in the diaspora and played a significant role in sustaining national identity under conditions of prolonged statelessness. The expected findings indicate that the educational programs of the Pedagogical Institute combined Ukrainian pedagogical traditions with elements of European academic standards, there by developing a hybrid model of teacher education adapted to a transnational context. The Pedagogical Institute functioned not only as an educational unit but also as a space of cultural and pedagogical transmission. By foregrounding the case of the Pedagogical Institute of the UFU, the study contributes to a deeper understanding of the role of émigré educational institutions within the transnational history of education and influence on international debates about education in contexts of migration. The historical experience of the Pedagogical Institute may be interpreted as a relevant reference point for contemporary educational challenges related to the forced mobility of Ukrainians and the need to establish sustainable educational centers abroad. References Archive of the Ukrainian Free University. (n.d.). Archival collections [Archival repository]. Munich, Germany. Fuchs, E., & Roldán Vera, E. (Eds.). (2019). The transnational in the history of education: Concepts and perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan. Green, A. (1997). Education, globalization and the nation state. Palgrave Macmillan. Havrylenko, T. (2024). Ukrainskyi vilnyi universytet yak tsentr zberezhennia natsionalnoi identychnosti ukrainskykh ditei-bizhentsiv v umovakh rosiisko-ukrainskoi viiny [The Ukrainian Free University as a Center for Preserving the National Identity of Ukrainian Refugee Children in the Context of the Russian-Ukrainian War]. In: Pedahohichna biohrafika pro natsionalno-patriotychne vykhovannia ditei i molodi: idei, kontseptsii, praktyky (р.20-23). Vinnytsia,. [In Ukrainian] Kobchenko, K. (2023). “Yedynyi ukrainskyi universytet u vilnomu sviti”: Ukrainskyi Vilnyi. Universytet u Miunkheni v povoiennyi chas (1945–1991) [‘The Only Ukrainian University in the Free World’: The Ukrainian Free University in Munich in the Post-War Period (1945–1991)]. In: Ukraina Moderna, 32-33, 216-240. [In Ukrainian] Musiienko, I. (2007). Naukovo-pedahohichna diialnist istorykiv Ukrainskoho vilnoho universytetu v konteksti zberezhennia natsionalnoi identychnosti ukraintsiv [The Scholarly and Pedagogical Activity of Historians at the Ukrainian Free University in the Context of Preserving the National Identity of Ukrainians]. In: Povedinkovi typy v ukrainskomu sotsiokulturnomu seredovyshchi: istorychnyi dosvid ta analiz tendentsii. Kyiv, 192-198. [In Ukrainian] Patzke, U., Szafowal, M. & Yaremko, R. (Hrsg.). Universitas Libera Ucrainensis: 1921 – 2011. München. Tsivatyi, V. (2022). Zovnishni spravy yevropeiskoi diasporolohii ta diaspornoi dyplomatii: instytutsionalna istoriia Ukrainskoho Vilnoho Universytetu (do 100-litnoho yuvileiu) [Foreign Affairs of European Diasporology and Diaspora Diplomacy: The Institutional History of the Ukrainian Free University (Towards Its 100th Anniversary)]. In: Zovnishni spravy, 32(1), 22–29. [In Ukrainian] 17. Histories of Education
Paper Boundary-Work and Respectable Conduct in Kindergarten Teacher Education: Insights from Disciplinary Records in Sopron, Hungary (1960s) University of Sopron, Hungary Presenting Author:This paper examines how disciplinary procedures in kindergarten teacher education translate everyday conduct into judgements of professional suitability, thereby shaping professional identity. Rather than viewing discipline primarily as the maintenance of institutional order, I conceptualise disciplinary regimes as boundary-work through which teacher education institutions define what counts as a trustworthy and respectable future kindergarten teacher. In this view, rules and their enforcement link behaviour to vocational credibility, employability, and institutional reputation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is based on qualitative analysis of disciplinary files produced at the Sopron institute in the 1960s. The corpus includes minutes of disciplinary hearings, reports, witness statements, students' written defences, decisions, and sanctions. The records are treated as mediated administrative artefacts shaped by bureaucratic genres, institutional aims, and asymmetries of voice. I combine (a) qualitative case analysis with (b) discourse-analytic coding focused on evaluative categories and justificatory language. Each case is mapped across alleged transgression; evidentiary basis; narrated context; invoked rules; attribution of intent and responsibility; and the rationale for sanction. Coding tracks how suitability is produced through recurrent descriptors and arguments (e.g., respectable conduct, reliability, moral behaviour, example-setting, reputational risk). This makes it possible to identify patterns in how everyday conduct is reframed as professional risk. To distinguish formal standards from situational enforcement, disciplinary dossiers are triangulated with relevant institutional regulations and internal circulars, and where available with training and practice-related documents that specify expectations of conduct and representation. A "reading along and against the grain" strategy supports careful source critique while leveraging the evidentiary value of the files. Research ethics is addressed through systematic anonymisation and by avoiding sensationalisation: the analysis focuses on institutional logics and boundary-making rather than individual biographies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis yields three main results. First, it reconstructs a normative map of professional suitability in kindergarten teacher education by identifying which qualities disciplinary records repeatedly treat as non-negotiable for future work with young children. Across the cases, respectable conduct is operationalised through sobriety, punctuality and time-discipline, emotional self-regulation, and the maintenance of communal trust. Second, it specifies the institutional mechanisms through which suitability becomes enforceable: how rules are invoked, how evidence is assembled, whose voices are authorised in minutes and reports, and how decisions translate behavioural categories into sanctions. Disciplinary procedures thus appear as a governance technology that links training to reputational protection and to the production of institutionally legible respectability. Third, the paper shows how disciplinary dossiers expand the scope of professional formation by reframing behaviour occurring outside direct pedagogical performance (e.g., dormitory life, peer relations) as an indicator of future professional reliability. This boundary-work between "private" conduct and professional risk illuminates the moral and gendered dimensions of professionalisation in a feminised caring profession. Overall, the paper offers a source-sensitive approach to studying professionalisation and identity formation in early childhood teacher education, and demonstrates the analytic value and limits of disciplinary archives for comparative histories of teacher education. References Abbott, A. (1988). The System of Professions: An Essay on the Division of Expert Labor. University of Chicago Press. Lamont, M., & Molnár, V. (2002). The study of boundaries in the social sciences. Annual Review of Sociology, 28, 167-195. Millei, Z., & Imre, R. J. (2013). The "cosmopolitan" project and Hungarian kindergarten education: Re-reading socialism. Prospects, 43(2), 133-149. Németh, D. K. (2025). Kindergarten Teacher Education under Socialism: Practical Training at the (Higher) Kindergarten Teacher Training Institute in Sopron (1959-1972). Soproni Egyetem Kiadó. Skeggs, B. (1997). Formations of Class and Gender: Becoming Respectable. SAGE. Stoler, A. L. (2009). Along the Archival Grain: Epistemic Anxieties and Colonial Common Sense. Princeton University Press. Witz, A. (1992). Professions and Patriarchy. Routledge. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 18 SES 07 A: Student-Centred Models in Physical Education and Sport Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Thomas Quarmby Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Students’ Voiced Experiences of Pedagogical Models And/or Models-based Practice: A Systematic Mix-study Review 1: Inland Norway University, Norway; 2: Loughborough University, UK Presenting Author:A prominent argument in physical education research advocates moving away from teacher-led instruction that emphasizes only the physical domain (Casey & Kirk, 2021; Kirk, 2013). Models-based Practice (MbP) represents a student-centred alternative to teaching physical education, challenging the traditional teacher-led, multi-activity approach that has long dominated the field (Kirk, 2013). MbP has gained increasing popularity and support, and several scholars have discussed it as a potential future for PE pedagogies. That said, there are also concerns and critical voices regarding MbP, suggesting that we do not yet know enough about pedagogical models and MbP to position them as the definitive future of PE (Landi, Fitzpatrick, & McGlashan, 2016). A substantial body of research has been published exploring students’ experiences of learning through various pedagogical models and/or MbP over the last decades. Individually, these studies offer insight into the educational possibilities as well as challenges students experience through these approaches as reported by themselves. Despite the depth of research, no study has previously synthesised the individual studies that constitute this body of work. The purpose of this study, therefore, is to scrutinise the existing literature examining students’ experiences of pedagogical models and/or MbP. In doing so, we aim at providing a more holistic yet nuanced understanding of both the possibilities and the challenges of MbP, as heard through the voices of students themselves. In this systematic mixed studies review, we address the following research question: How do students voice their experiences of being taught through pedagogical models and/or MbP in physical education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a systematic mixed studies review to identify, assess, and synthesise qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods research investigating students’ experiences of learning through pedagogicical models and/or MbP. A rigorous search protocol was collectively developed before the searches were conducted. A librarian at First Author’s library, with particular expertise in data base searches, was consulted during the development of the search protocol. Before the searches were conducted on February 11th 2025, the librarian conducted a peer review of the search protocol. She was also assisting First Author as he was conducting the actual searches. Initially, 3,229 studies were identified through ERIC, SPORTDiscus, Web of Science, and Scopus. Following abstract and full-text screening using the Covidence software, 243 studies were assessed for eligibility, of which 131 were included in the final analysis. In conducting a quality assessment, we usede the mixed-methods appraisal tool (MMAT) (Hong et al., 2018). The MMAT includes two screening questions for all papers, and five tailored questions depending on whether the papers are qualitative, quantitative, or mixed methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A descriptive analysis of the papers revealed that the most extensively researched pedagogical models were sport education (54), cooperative learning (18) and games-based approaches (16). We found 16 papers reporting on students’ experiences from multiple models, 12 of which used hybridisations. The research spanned primary (40), secondary (86), and both primary and secondary (5) education levels in 22 different countries, with the US (31), the UK (23), and Spain (20) being the most frequent contexts. The combined research involved 7710 students, 209 teachers and 104 others (52 teachers-as-researchers/boundary-spanners/facilitators and 52 parents). While this knowledge provides valuable contextual insights, further analysis is required to deepen our understanding of students’ experiences. Therefore, prior to the conference, the included papers will be analysed using an inductive convergent synthesis strategy. This process will enable us to develop themes that capture students’ subjective experiences of learning through pedagogical models and/or Models-Based Practice (MbP). References Casey, A., & D. Kirk. 2021. Models-based Practice in Physical Education. London: Routledge. Hong, Q. N., P. Pluye, S. Fàbregues, G. Bartlett, F. Boardman, M. Cargo, P. Dagenais, M. P. Gagnon, F. Griffiths, B. Nicolau, & A. O’Cathain. 2020. "Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT) Version Française 2018." Education for Information. Kirk, D. 2013. "Educational Value and Models-based Practice in Physical Education." Educational Philosophy and Theory, 45(9), 973–986. Landi, D., K. Fitzpatrick, & H. McGlashan. 2016. "Models Based Practices in Physical Education: A Sociocritical Reflection." Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 35(4), 400-411. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Athlete Development in Secondary School: Beyond Sport Performance in Handball 1: Eszterházy Károly Catholic University, Institute of Sport, Hungary; 2: Eszterházy Károly Catholic University, Sport and Health Research Group, Hungary; 3: Széchenyi István University, Hungary; 4: Hungarian Handball Federation, Hungary Presenting Author:The primary aim of elite sport is to achieve peak performance, which already requires substantial commitment during adolescence. Accordingly, the secondary school years are widely regarded as the investment phase of an athletic career (Stambulova et al., 2009). However, sporting excellence is shaped by numerous uncertain internal and external factors, rendering a career path based exclusively on athletic success inherently risky. Despite this uncertainty, many secondary school athletes construct their future primarily around their athletic identity, even though only a small proportion ultimately reach the adult elite level (Gulbin et al., 2010). In handball, this disparity is particularly pronounced, as only a few percent of secondary school athletes obtain professional or semi-professional contracts. To address these challenges, the concept of the dual career was introduced to describe the need to balance elite sport participation with educational development (Stambulova & Wylleman, 2014). The student-athlete dual career framework emphasizes the integration of sporting and academic pathways, enabling athletes to achieve high performance in sport while preparing for life beyond competition. A critical stage in this process is the transition from secondary education to higher education, highlighting the strategic importance of dual career support during secondary school years (Ryba et al., 2016; Rens et al., 2018; Graczyk et al., 2018). Research indicates that young athletes often prioritize sport over other life domains, placing increased responsibility on sport clubs, schools, and support providers to facilitate all-around development (Knapp, 2012). When effectively implemented, dual career pathways promote identity development, intellectual growth, life balance, and long-term career preparedness beyond sport (Stambulova & Wylleman, 2019). Despite this, empirical research has predominantly focused on university-aged athletes, leaving the secondary school context underexplored. Therefore, the present study examined the perceptions of secondary school handball players and their coaches regarding sport-extrinsic development, with particular emphasis on lived experiences and perceived responsibility within the dual career framework. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The population consisted of secondary school student-athletes and their coaches in Hungary. The sample comprised 507 registered secondary school handball players (mean age: M = 16.36 ± 2.19 years) and 279 coaches (mean age: M = 44.60 ± 12.74 years). Among the student-athletes, 42.8% were male and 57.2% were female; 57.7% were under the age of 16, while 42.3% were 16 years or older. Among the coaches, 57.35% were male and 42.65% were female; 46.2% were under the age of 44, whereas 53.8% were aged 44 years or older. Data were collected using an online questionnaire based on the Erasmus+ DC4AC framework. The instrument assessed general background variables, personal experiences, and perceived responsibility related to sport-extrinsic development. It consisted of 18 items rated on a four-point Likert scale (1 = strongly disagree, 4 = strongly agree), covering the following domains: personal, physical, psychological/emotional, social/interpersonal, academic/cognitive, sport professional, moral, and communication skills development. Data analysis included descriptive statistics, independent-samples t-tests to examine differences between student-athletes and coaches, and multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA) to assess the overall effects of background variables. The study was conducted in accordance with the Declaration of Helsinki (2003). Written informed consent was obtained from all participants; for student-athletes, consent was also obtained from their parents or legal guardians before participation. Ethical approval was granted by the Institutional Review Board of Eszterházy Károly Catholic University (Approval ID: RK/1585/2025). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the total sample, clubs primarily support motor (3.47 ± 0.68) and sport-specific professional development (3.27 ± 0.77), whereas psychological development received the least emphasis (2.67 ± 0.94). Perceived club responsibility was highest in motor (3.64 ± 0.57) and sport professional development (3.41 ± 0.76). Student-athletes reported significantly stronger experiences of personal development and expressed lower concern about their future compared to coaches’ perceptions (p < 0.05). The combined effects of sample characteristics, age, and gender were weak overall (p > 0.05). Athletes were more likely to believe that they were prepared for life after sport and capable of managing their lives effectively, whereas coaches assessed athletes’ future preparedness more critically (p < 0.05). In contrast, coaches placed greater emphasis on psychological, academic, and moral development (p < 0.05) and consistently attributed significantly greater responsibility to clubs across multiple developmental domains (p < 0.05). Female coaches and female athletes emphasized broader club responsibility, particularly in psychological, social, academic, and communication-related development (p < 0.05). Younger athletes (<16 years) reported stronger developmental experiences overall, while older athletes perceived greater club responsibility in psychological domains (p < 0.05). The findings indicate that the development of 14-18-year-old handball players remains predominantly sport performance-oriented, with motor and sport-specific domains receiving the greatest emphasis, while psychological and academic development are comparatively neglected. Differences between student-athletes’ and coaches’ perceptions suggest a mismatch in developmental awareness, as athletes tend to feel prepared for life after sport, whereas coaches adopt a more critical, long-term perspective. Gender- and age-related patterns further highlight the need for differentiated support, particularly in psychosocial domains. Overall, the results underscore the importance of integrated, age- and gender-sensitive dual career strategies that extend beyond athletic performance and systematically support athletes’ holistic development within secondary school sport. References Graczyk, M., Nawrocka, A., Wylleman, P., Moska, W., Tomiak, T., Lachowicz, M., & Drobnik, P. (2018). Education and life experiences in dual career. Baltic Journal of Health and Physical Activity, 10(4), 106–118. https://doi.org/10.29359/bjpa.2018-104 Gulbin, J., Oldenziel, K., Weissensteiner, J., & Gagné, F. (2010). A look through the rearview mirror: Developmental experiences and insights of high-performance athletes. Talent Development & Excellence, 2(2), 149–164. Knapp, D. (2012). Performance of student-athletes at Olympic Games. Australian University Sport. Rens, van F. A., Borkoles, E., Farrow, D., & Polman, R. J. (2018). Domain-specific life satisfaction in the dual careers of junior elite football players: The impact of role strain. Journal of Clinical Sport Psychology, 12(3), 302–315. https://doi.org/10.1123/jcsp.2017-0045 Ryba, T. V., Zhang, C.-Q., Huang, Z., & Aunola, K. (2016). Career Adapt-Abilities Scale –Dual Career Form (CAAS-DC): Psychometric properties and initial validation in highschool student-athletes. Health Psychology and Behavioral Medicine, 4(1), 85–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/21642850.2016.1156089 Stambulova N., Alfermann D., Statler T., Cotˆ E J. (2009): ISSP Position stand: Career development and transitions of athletes. International Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 7, 395–412. Stambulova, N. B., & Wylleman, P. (2019). Psychology of athletes’ dual careers: A state-ofthe-art critical review of the European discourse. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 42, 74–88. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2018.11.013 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper From Teacher Education to School Practice: Stakeholder Perspectives on Lower Primary Physical Education in Hungary 1: Eszterházy Károly Catholic University, University of Pannonia, Hungary; 2: University of Pannonia Presenting Author:Physical education in lower primary education occupies a strategically important yet often underestimated position in children’s development. In Hungary, although both generalist primary teachers and specialist physical education teachers are formally entitled to teach physical education in the lower grades, the subject is most commonly delivered by generalist primary teachers in everyday practice. This places primary teacher education in a pivotal role, as it directly shapes how future teachers conceptualize, value, and implement physical education in schools. While Hungarian primary teacher education provides a relatively strong curricular presence for physical education compared to several international systems (Repond et al., 2023), the mere availability of coursework does not guarantee pedagogically effective or developmentally balanced implementation in school practice. Teachers’ beliefs and instructional practices related to physical education are not formed in isolation but emerge through a long and complex socialization process. This process begins with early childhood movement experiences, is further shaped by teachers’ own school trajectories, and continues throughout teacher education and professional practice (Ferry & Romar, 2020). As a result, physical education in lower primary grades is influenced not only by formal curricula but also by deeply rooted personal experiences, institutional norms, and implicit expectations. Teacher education occupies a unique position in this process, as it is simultaneously embedded in the systems of public education and higher education. Consequently, it is shaped by the often divergent expectations, priorities, and constraints of both spheres (Chrappán, 2020). The aims and content of school physical education are regulated by the National Core Curriculum, while primary teacher education is governed by nationally defined Training and Output Requirements. However, these regulatory frameworks do not operate mechanically. Their practical realization is mediated through teachers’ interpretations, institutional cultures, and available resources, which may lead to considerable variation in how physical education is understood and enacted in schools. This gap between formal regulation and lived practice highlights the importance of examining not only curricular documents but also the perspectives of those directly involved in teacher education and school implementation. Lower primary physical education plays a crucial role in supporting children’s fitness level, physical and emotional well-being, social development, and cognitive functioning, while also transmitting lifestyle patterns that influence long-term health behaviors (Dollaway et al., 2024). Its effects are embedded in a broader ecological context in which family environments, parental attitudes, and school practices interact (Daly-Smith et al., 2020). However, recent research indicates that different stakeholder groups, such as teachers, parents, and educational institutions, often hold divergent views regarding the aims, value, and developmental priorities of physical education (Jess et al., 2024). These differences can shape both the status of the subject within schools and the directions of its pedagogical development. Despite the recognized importance of physical education in early schooling, empirical evidence integrating the perspectives of teacher education actors, practicing teachers, and parents remains limited, particularly in the Hungarian context. Without a clearer understanding of how these stakeholder groups conceptualize the aims, implementation, and future development of lower primary physical education, efforts to improve teacher preparation and school practice risk remaining fragmented and ineffective. Addressing this gap is essential for aligning teacher education, school expectations, and parental perceptions in a coherent and developmentally grounded manner. Therefore, the primary aim of the present study is to explore and compare the views and experiences related to physical education among key actors in primary teacher education and school practice, specifically teacher educators, primary teachers, and parents, with a focus on the aims, implementation, and potential developmental directions of physical education in the lower primary grades. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative research design to explore the aims, practical implementation, and perceived development opportunities of lower primary physical education, as well as the preparatory role of primary teacher education in this process. A qualitative approach was considered particularly appropriate given the exploratory nature of the research and its focus on understanding participants’ experiences, meanings, and interpretations. Data were collected using semi-structured interviews, which provided a flexible yet systematic framework for capturing participants’ perspectives. This method enabled the researcher to address core thematic areas while allowing participants to elaborate on issues they perceived as most relevant, thereby facilitating the emergence of nuanced and context-sensitive insights. The sample consisted of 39 participants recruited from three Hungarian higher education institutions offering primary teacher education programs, as well as from associated school practice contexts in which primary teachers are prepared to teach all lower primary subjects, including physical education. Participants were selected using purposive sampling to ensure the inclusion of key stakeholder groups involved in the planning, delivery, and evaluation of lower primary physical education. The sample comprised student teachers enrolled in primary teacher education programs (n = 12; full-time and part-time), teacher educators (n = 6), program leaders responsible for curriculum design (n = 3), school-based mentors supervising teaching practice (n = 3), in-service primary school teachers (n = 9), parents of lower primary pupils (n = 6). The sample included 24 women (61.5%) and 15 men (38.5%), reflecting the gender distribution typical of primary education. Interview questions were organized around predefined thematic areas focusing on interpretations of the aims and educational value of lower primary physical education, experiences related to its everyday implementation, perceptions of the role and effectiveness of primary teacher education in preparing teachers for physical education. All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and analyzed using thematic content analysis. The analytic process involved repeated readings of the transcripts, followed by iterative and systematic coding. Codes were gradually refined and grouped into higher-order themes, allowing for the identification of recurring patterns, dominant narratives, and contrasting interpretations across stakeholder groups. Ethical standards were upheld throughout the research process. Participation was voluntary, and all participants were informed about the purpose of the study and their right to withdraw at any time. Anonymity and confidentiality were ensured by removing identifiable information from transcripts and reports, and data were handled in accordance with applicable ethical guidelines. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Lower primary physical education was primarily conceptualized as a means of fostering enjoyment of movement and creating positive movement experiences. Participants emphasized that developing a lasting predisposition toward regular physical activity should precede performance-oriented or sport-specific goals. This understanding was articulated by student teachers, parents, and practicing teachers alike, highlighting enjoyment, intrinsic motivation and active participation as foundational aims of early physical education. Participants frequently noted a gap between intended aims and everyday practice. This discrepancy was often attributed to methodological limitations, varying teacher attitudes, and differences in pedagogical confidence. Positive movement experiences were associated with playful, success-oriented, and emotionally safe learning environments. Stakeholders emphasized that movement becomes meaningful when pupils experience competence, autonomy, and the absence of fear or failure. Parents, in particular, highlighted the central role of the teacher, suggesting that children’s attitudes toward movement are highly sensitive to teachers’ instructional style and interpersonal approach. With regard to development opportunities, participants consistently stressed the importance of teacher creativity, methodological preparedness, and reflective practice, rather than material resources or equipment availability. High-quality physical education was widely perceived as achievable, provided that teachers possess appropriate pedagogical tools and motivation. However, interviews with student teachers revealed that some entered teacher education with negative prior experiences of physical education and perceived the subject as having a relatively low status, which was seen as potentially influencing later teaching practices. Overall, the findings suggest that the aims and implementation of lower primary physical education are shaped by a dynamic interaction between early movement experiences, teacher education processes, and school-based practice. Based on these results, a key implication for future research is the need to develop measurable pedagogical dimensions of movement experience in lower primary education, enabling systematic identification of teaching approaches that most effectively support positive, inclusive, and motivating movement experiences. References Chrappán, M., Kopp, E., & Pesti, C. (2020). Initial Teacher Education in Hungary: Issues, Policies, Practices. Eastern European Journal of Transnational Relations, 4(1), 49-74 Daly-Smith, A., Quarmby, T., Archbold, V.S.J. et al. (2020). Using a multi-stakeholder experience-based design process to co-develop the Creating Active Schools Framework. Int J Behav Nutr Phys Act 17, 13 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-020-0917-z Dollaway, K. C., Hannays, K., Paul, J., & Melville, M. (2024). The importance of physical education and sport in primary (elementary) school. International Journal of Physical Education, Sports and Health, 11(3). https://doi.org/10.22271/kheljournal.2024.v11.i3d.3348 Ferry, B. M., & Romar, J. E. (2020). Physical education preservice teachers’ physical activity habits and perceptions of the profession and subject: Development during teacher education. Journal of Physical Education and Sport, 20(Supplement issue 6), 3108-3119. Jess, M., Parker, M., Carse, N., Douglass, A., Keay, J., Martinez Alvarez, L., Murray, A., Pearson, J., Randall, V., & Sweeney, T. (2024). The purpose of primary physical education: The views of teacher educators. European Physical Education Review, 30(4), 601-619. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X241237081 Repond, R.-M., Csányi, T., Scheuer, C., Ries, F., Carraro, A., Onofre, M., Martins, J., Ferro, N., & Rodrigues, A. (2023). Primary Physical Education Teacher Profile [PRIME PETE Project - Report Intellectual Output #3]. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.10031115 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 19 SES 07 A: Rurality, Community, Place and Sustainable Educational Futures Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Anja Sieber Egger Paper Session |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Paper Community Participation as a Setting for Critical Thinking in Rural Schools. An Ethnographic Study University of Zaragoza, Spain Presenting Author:This paper contributes to our understanding of the role of schools within the social processes that contribute to the development of rural communities. Neoliberal mechanisms, marked by market policies, have imposed a capitalist logic on rural areas, shaping them to serve interests external to them (Cheshire et al., 2015; Suarez-Miranda, 2024). As a result, depopulation processes have occurred throughout Europe (Collantes & Pinilla, 2022), where the possibilities for existence in rural areas have been eroded (Perpiña-Castillo et al., 2023). In this context, international organisations such as UNESCO (2015) and UNICEF (2022) recognise “critical thinking” as a key element for community development. The purpose of this paper is to explore whether and how critical thinking is developed in schools when the community is involved. Within this framework, taking a conception of critical thinking in line with Freire's theoretical framework (1978), we start from the meaning of “critical thinking” as questioning, oriented towards critical reflection and action in the face of existing inequalities (Salinas-Atausinchi & Huaman-Lucana, 2021), as opposed to the idea of critical thinking as performative, reduced to a set of performance-oriented cognitive skills (Papastephanou & Angeli, 2007) to achieve pre-established goals (Lim, 2012; Lim & Apple, 2015). The aim of this paper is to find out if and how this problematising reflection occurs between the community and the school through a dialogical process. Different studies have shown that the development of critical thinking in the classroom can contribute to reflection and action on the context, enabling the recognition of culture and the importance of its preservation (Carias-Pérez et al., 2021), strengthening the sense of belonging (Pérez-Vallejo & Arroyave-Montoya, 2020) or reflecting on the difficulties faced by communities (Hitotuzi, 2012; Torres-Cruz et al., 2017). In relation to community participation in schools, although studies do not specifically refer to the term critical thinking, they do recognise that dialogue with the community could contribute to territorial development by recognising its potential and needs (Tabor et al., 2023; Vigo-Arrazola & Beach, 2022; Villa & Knutas, 2020). However, this dialogue does not always seem to generate critical reflection within communities (Beach and Vigo-Arrazola, 2025; Beach & Öhrn, 2025) and may sometimes normalise the hegemonic logics behind the processes of depopulation in rural areas. In this sense, the lack of more specific studies on the development of critical thinking in depopulated rural areas reinforces the relevance of this work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research forms part of two projects. On the one hand, it is part of the national R&D&I project PID2023-148480OB-I00. ALCOM. “Inclusion of the voices of students and the community for creative and sustainable education in a digital context. Policies and practices in compulsory education”. On the other hand, it is included in the regional project PROY_S_15_24: Strategies against depopulation: Determining factors of rural dynamism and the role of public policies. It is also included in the doctoral thesis currently being carried out on critical thinking, rural schools and social justice. The aim of this work is to find out what the possibilities are for developing critical thinking through community participation in schools. The study, currently in progress, takes a critical ethnographic approach that aims not only to describe the social practices that occur in the setting, but also to understand them critically in order to problematise and highlight situations that normally go unnoticed (Foley, 2002). The work stands out for its commitment to transforming the context on the part of both the researchers and the participants (Beach and Vigo-Arrazola, 2021). The fieldwork, which has been ongoing for five months and is expected to last up to nine months, is being carried out in two rural schools located in areas at risk of depopulation in the autonomous community of Aragon, Spain. Data collection involves participant observation and informal conversations with school teachers, families and community members. The analysis of the information collected is being carried out during the development of the ethnography, while the theoretical framework and state of the art are being expanded (Charmaz, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results show that interactions between the community and the school provide opportunities to develop critical thinking through practices that encourage dialogue between students, teachers, and neighbours. Conversations in different spaces throughout the village about its future, the importance of students receiving an education to develop their adult lives in the village, or their experiences in the face of a lack of support from institutions allow for collective reflection among teachers, students and the community (Hitotuzi, 2012; Torres-Cruz et al., 2017). Practices promoted by school teachers foster spaces for coexistence and neighbourhood cooperation that encourage the exchange of ideas and experiences, while recognising local capital (Vigo-Arrazola & Beach, 2022; Villa & Knutas, 2020) and enabling contributions to the development of the territory beyond hegemonic frameworks (Suárez Miranda, 2024). However, this commitment to change and development coexists with the acceptance of situations such as depopulation, which are experienced as something natural that they can do little about (Beach and Vigo-Arrazola, 2025; Beach & Öhrn, 2025; Ichinose, 2017), or silence in the face of the policies that have promoted it. From this perspective, interaction with the community does not always guarantee the development of critical thinking. In this context, we believe that teachers' initiatives to connect the community and the school can be a good starting point for promoting spaces for discussion and community organisation that enable transformative action in their territory. The development of critical thinking requires both dialogue and the problematisation of reality (Freire, 1978). In this sense, research, and more specifically critical ethnography (Beach and Vigo-Arrazola, 2021), insofar as it seeks to promote collective reflection with participants, could help to encourage this type of reflection that can lead to a rethinking of social dynamics from within the community itself. References Beach, D. & Öhrn, E. (2025) The community function of schools in rural areas: normalising dominant cultural relations through the curriculum silencing local knowledge, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 33:3, 943-960. Beach, D., & Vigo-Arrazola, M. B. (2021). Critical ethnographies of education and for social and educational transformation: A meta-ethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(6), 677-688. Beach, D. & Vigo-Arrazola, M. B. (2025). The myth of community value: the enacted curriculum function in schools in rural communities in Spain, Education Inquiry. Carias-Pérez, F., Hernando-Gómez, A., & Marín-Gutiérrez, I. (2021). La radio educativa como herramienta de alfabetización mediática en contextos de interculturalidad. Revista De Comunicación, 20(2), 93–112. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis. Sage Publications. Collantes, F., & Pinilla, V. (2022). La despoblación de la España rural: ¿Una anomalía dentro de Europa? Sociedad de Estudios de Historia Agraria - Documentos de Trabajo - DT-SEHA, 2201. Foley, D. E. (2002). Critical ethnography: The reflexive turn. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 15(4), 469-490 Freire, P. (1978). Pedagogía del oprimido. Siglo XXI. Hitotuzi, N. (2012). Educando para a cidadania através do Drama-Processo. Calidoscópio, 10(1), 97-113. Lim, L. (2012) Ideology, class and rationality: a critique of Cambridge International Examinations’ Thinking Skills curriculum. Cambridge Journal of Education, 42(4), 481-495. Lim, L., & Apple, M. W. (2015). Elite rationalities and curricular form:“Meritorious” class reproduction in the elite thinking curriculum in Singapore. Curriculum Inquiry, 45(5), 472-490. Papastephanou, M., & Angeli, C. (2007). Critical thinking beyond skill. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 39(6), 604-621. Pérez-Vallejo, A. U., & Arroyave-Montoya, L. A. (2020). Modos de habitar y creación fotográfica con jóvenes del Kilómetro 41. Revista Latinoamericana De Ciencias Sociales, Niñez Y Juventud, 18(3), 1–28. Perpiña-Castillo, C., Jacobs-Crisioni, C., Barranco, R., Curtale, R., Kompil, M., Vallecillo, S., Auteri, D. & Dijkstra, L. (2023). Opportunities and challenges for remote rural areas in the European Union. European Commission. Salinas-Atausinchi, Y., & Huaman-Lucana, R. (2021). Pedagogía crítica: una alternativa emancipadora en el contexto neoliberal. Revista Innova Educación, 3(4), 146-161. Suárez Miranda, J. (2024). Despoblación, conservación y neoliberalismo: formas de vida y resistencia en la ruralidad “imaginada”. Encrucijadas: Revista Crítica de Ciencias Sociales, 24(2), 7. Vigo-Arrazola, B., & Beach, D. (2022). Las escuelas rurales ante las políticas de mercado: Un análisis meta-etnográfico. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 30, 173-173. Villa, M., & Knutas, A. (2020). Rural communities and schools–Valuing and reproducing local culture. Journal of Rural Studies, 80, 626-633. 19. Ethnography
Paper Using Autoethnography to Reimagine and Transform a Rural School Portrait from a Representation into a Lived Experience. University of the Highlands and Islands, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Background
I came to my research project as an educationalist with more than 40 years’ experience in the field of Rural Education. I have lived and worked in rural areas all my life. I have a strong connection and depth of understanding with the place and the people. As a researcher I wanted to look through the window at rural education but was also aware that I was looking in the mirror too (Dufour 2004). Through an ethnographic approach I focused on the life experiences and human action by understanding the culture within a small rural primary school. Throughout my study my own experiences and life history as a rural educator are utilised and built on to help to interpret my participants’ views. Utilising auto ethnography as a method to support the ethnographic process allowed me to examine the “inner correspondence of spirit with my informants” (Geertz,1974, p.29)
Topic and question. This paper discusses the role of autoethnography as a research process (Ellis and Bochner,2000) to analyse and narrate a portrait of a small rural school. I explored and questioned how my lived experience as a rural educator could enhanced my researcher role in creating a portrait to demonstrate the relationship of policy to a small rural school and its impact on a range of practice. As an ethnographer involved in rural education my understanding of the policy landscape of small rural schools is heavily influenced by my own lived experience.
Objective The objective was to create a portrait of a small rural school which illustrated how policy becomes practice and the role of the staff in enacting policy. The portrait was created from fieldwork within a small rural school. Thick descriptions of policy and practice within the school and its community were captured from the daily experiences within the school. As researcher I analysed these descriptions by drawing on my own knowledge and experiences in the rural education field. This ensured that there was a broad social cultural understanding. I scrutinised my own positionality, background and biases influence during the creation of the portrait. The autoethnographic approach brought a personal dynamic to the portrait allowing me to incorporate a researcher subjective voice, emotional reaction and embodied experience to create a representation (Denzin and Lincoln, 2000) and more nuanced understanding of the rural school context.
Theoretical Framework
Using autoethnography to analyse an ethnographic portrait involved a reflexive, insider research technique that merges the artistic in-depth documentation of others. This methodology allowed me to paint a portrait of the small rural school from the fieldwork data and to turn the lens on myself to analyse the data through my lived experience, positionality, emotions, personal and professional histories. Autoethnography provided a systematic analysis of my experiences and understanding of culture of rural schools as a researcher. I was both an observer during fieldwork and observed my own actions against my previous knowledge. I was an important instrument within the analysis. My research stance took on a more subjective engaged perspective rather than the object observer role. I wanted the research to demonstrate that as a researcher I had not “looked in from the outside through a lens of global or national policy but had looked out towards communities and environments” (Gristy, 2020, p304). The lived experience was integral to this research and drew on the lived space (Lefebvre,1991) spatial theory. The lived space that I inhabited supported me drawing on autoethnography whilst crafting the portrait of the school to provide a deeper, more ethical, more nuanced understanding of the cultural life to transform the portraiture from a representation into a lived experience.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Fieldwork was carried out within a small rural primary school in with seven children on the roll. Fieldwork consisted of observing policy in practice and discussing implementations of policy. The fieldwork notes were built up over a period of 5 months and 8 visits. I took notes when in the field (school) and wrote these up offsite. These notes formed the data that would be utilised to create a portrait of the school practice and its relationship to policy. These notes provided a portrait which represented the daily life of a small rural primary school. Observations, semi structured interview, and artefacts all contributed to creating the portrait. Portraiture methodology captured “the richness, complexity, and dimensionality of the human experience in social and cultural context, conveying the perspectives of the people who are negotiating those experiences” (Lawrence, Lightfoot and Davis, 1997 p.3). The field work notes were analysed and written to provide a narrative of how policy was interpreted within the small rural school context and in relation to the lived experiences of the children and staff. However, I wanted the portrait to come alive with detail which came from the lived experience. This was achieved through autoethnographic analysis. The lived experience and knowledge I held as a rural educator became the tool to create deeper understanding of the ethnographic experience. Utilising an autoethnographic analysis and narrating lens I could support the “storytelling” by building in reflective examples. At analysis stage I saw myself as a conduit through which the data was filtered, compressed and transformed (Adu,2019). It is important that my “self” as a rural educator is understood to be a contributor to the interpretation of results and the credibility of the study (Cresswell & Miller, 2000). My own lived experience was important within the interpretation and led to autoethnographic analysis. I utilised an experiential lens (Adu, 2019) of drawing on my own experience to support reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2002). The final portrait of the school captured policy in practice, relationship to national policy the leadership of policy and the future of the rural school and delivered a lived perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data from the fieldwork painted a portrait of the impact of policy in a small rural school and how the key actors with the school relate to national policy. The examples demonstrated the skills of leadership and ability to interpret and enact policy within the small rural school. Bringing an autoethnographic analysis to the data allowed me as a researcher to identify the highly effective enactors of policy within rural schools. There is an opportunity from this work to reimagine small rural schools and their contribution to enacting national policy. Reimagined policy as enactment not implementation where space and place are important. Corbett-Gereluck, 2020) suggests a lens of symbolic representation that a space is not just there to be seen or to live within but is also influenced by the agency of those who live there. Utilising autoethnography as an analytical and reflective tool I was able to demonstrate that a researcher can bring many insights and agency to ethnographic experiences in particular spaces and places. I felt my relationship to rural education required me to be ethically accountable to my participants and write the truth (Megford, 2006). However, it is important to recognise my interpretation, and contribution could not be objective. Answering the research questions would be supported by my insight to policy and practice in the small rural school. “Ethnographic research thrives on the quality of insight developed during fieldwork” (Mills and Morton, p.131, 2013). I would argue that my use of autoethnography personal narrative has provided insight into rural education to allow others to reflect on the phenomenon of small rural schools. The portrait created “enables the reader to enter the subjective world of the teller” (Plummer, 2001, p.401). References Adu, P. (2019). A step-by-step guide to qualitative data coding. Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. SAGE Publications. Corbett, M., & Gereluk, D. (2020). Rural Teacher Education: Connecting Land and People (1st ed. 2020.). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-2560-5 Cresswell, J. W., & Miller, D.L. (2000). Determining Validity in Qualitative Inquiry. Theory Into Practice, 39, (3), 124-130. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tio3903_2 DuFour, R. (2004). Are you looking out the window or in a mirror? The Journal of Staff Development, 25(3), 63. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2000). Introduction: The discipline and practice of qualitative research. In N.K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative Research (pp. 1-28). London: Sage. Ellis, C., & Bochner, A. P. (2000). Autoethnography, personal narrative, reflexivity: Researcher as subject. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 733-768). London: Sage Geertz, C. (1974). “From the Native’s Point of View”: On the Nature of Anthropological Understanding. Bulletin of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 28(1), 26–45. https://doi.org/10.2307/3822971 Gristy C, Hargreaves L, Kučerová SR (2020b) Schools and their communities in rural Europe: Patterns of change. In: Gristy C, Hargreaves L, Kučerová SR (eds) Educational Research and Schooling in Rural Europe: An Engagement with Changing Patterns of Education, Space and Place. Charlotte: Information Age Publishing, pp.323–335 Lawrence-Lightfoot, S., and Hoffman Davis., (1997) The Art and Science of Portraiture, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Lefebvre, H. (1991). The production of space. Blackwell. Mills, D. and Morton, M. (2013) Ethnography in Education, Sage Publications, London Megford, K. (2006). Caught with a fake ID: Ethical questions about slippage in autoethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 12, 853-864. Plummer, K. (2001). The call of life stories in ethnographic research. In P. Atkinson, A. Coffey, S. Delamont, Lofland, & L. Lofland (Eds.), Handbook of ethnography (pp. 395-406). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage 19. Ethnography
Paper An Activity-Theoretical Study of the Development of Residents’ Agency through Learning in Neighbourhood Development Laurea UAS, Finland Presenting Author:Contribution Background Involving diverse residents in urban and neighbourhood development is essential for creating inclusive and sustainable cities. By engaging local communities, municipalities can ensure that neighbourhood development aligns with the needs of residents. Residents’ firsthand understanding of local challenges and opportunities ensures that development initiatives are grounded in real-life contexts. Challenges exist when it comes to involving residents in collaboration with civil servants and municipalities. These challenges stem from communication gaps, a lack of representation, insufficient participatory methods, and difficulties in engaging marginalised communities. However, everyday activities provide the most relevant context for resident involvement. The study is based on a three-year participatory action research project Caring and Sharing Networks conducted in the city of Espoo, Finland. The empirical data consist of interviews, participant observation, and a series of residents’ and community workshops (Lund & Juujärvi, 2018; Lund & Kerosuo, 2019). Ethnography using multiple methods has the potential to investigate the residents’ agency and learning and the resolution of wicked societal problems in informal context. Objectives The study investigates the development of residents’ agency and learning within the context of neighbourhood transformation. It emphasises the pivotal role of learning in fostering agency, enabling residents to transcend challenges by envisioning alternative futures and engaging in actions that extend beyond the prevailing system. Learning occurs through participation in change and emerges through social interaction. This process encourages residents to reflect on the challenges they encounter and to find ways to overcome them. At the same time, it reinforces their agency and expands their perceptions of future possibilities. The overarching research question is: How does the process of residents’ agency develop through learning? Engaging residents in neighbourhood development and recognising their agency and local knowledge is important. In this study, the activity-theoretical approach makes it possible to monitor the challenges and obstacles that emerge in neighbourhood activities and to examine the dynamics involved in the formation of residents’ agency and learning during a neighbourhood change process. The context of neighbourhood development within municipalities, where various heterogeneous actors depend on one another to enact their respective activities, exemplifies recent studies of cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT) focusing on fourth-generation activity theory (see Engeström & Sannino, 2020). The emerging fourth-generation activity theory is applied to address the wicked problems of society. These problems are often related to the social, economic, and political inclusion of vulnerable people (Sannino, 2022). The study increases knowledge of the collaboration and learning processes between civil society and municipal administration by building local practices for and solutions to the challenges of neighbourhoods undergoing change. The study contributes to research on agency and learning by emphasising the emergence of residents’ agency and learning in an informal neighbourhood setting. The study also advances fourth-generation activity theory by elaborating on multiple, simultaneous learning processes at various levels and in diverse, interdependent activities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods The methodology of this study combines expansive developmental research based on the theory of expansive learning and CHAT (Engeström 1987/2015), formative intervention methodology (Engeström et al., 2014), and applied ethnography (Chambers, 2003). The ethnography in this study captures learning and change throughout the full development process of the research project in the neighbourhood, from context-mapping interviews to residents’ and community workshops. It consists of entering the field, inviting participants, engaging in their activities, collecting and documenting data in various ways, and subsequently analysing it. The knowledge produced in earlier stages of the research project informed the planning and implementation of subsequent steps in the development process. CHAT is a dialectical framework that provides tools for conducting a systemic change process in collaboration with community members. It enables an examination of how residents’ agency and learning evolve during neighbourhood development. Methods based on CHAT and expansive learning uncover the structural elements, tensions and underlying motives of activities, as well as their transformation over time. This helps residents collectively transform the resolution of contradictions into valuable resources for learning and development. In this dialectical process, agency and learning support each other’s emergence. Dialectics is about ongoing dialogue between the researcher, residents, and civil servants which brings opposite perspectives into the research process, and helps understand reality more deeply. Residents’ interviews, residents’ workshops, and community workshops as a formative intervention constitute the interrelated three parts of the research. 30 residents’ interviews enabled an understanding of how residents actively constructed meanings related to the neighbourhood in which they were involved (see Braun & Clarke, 2022). The residents’ and the community workshops were interventions where small-group conversations combined naturally occurring and researcher-initiated dialogue during the neighbourhood’s change process. Four residents’ workshops with 36 participants aimed at providing a forum for shared learning and reflection (see Nelson & Prilleltensky, 2005). The aim was to hear the residents’ voices without the jargon of administration, and to allow them to engage with their distributed local knowledge in an open atmosphere. Five community workshops with 49 cross-sectoral multi-actor participants provided a structured approach to examining the complex urban situation and facilitating collective problem-solving. The process of five successive community workshops with 49 participants across different sectors and levels was organised to explore the systemic structure of the activities in the city and to achieve a holistic perspective on their long-term development (Virkkunen & Newnham, 2013). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Findings reveal that the development of residents’ agency requires processes that enhance active engagement, enabling residents to shape their own conditions and find their voice. My study shows that the development of residents’ agency and learning begins with the identification of needs and opportunities within their own neighbourhood. Residents’ sense of agency emerges as they become aware of transformations in their neighbourhood, often facilitated by reflective practices, such as interviews. The process moves forward as collective agency emerges through the exchange of multiple viewpoints, active engagement in Residents’ workshop discussions, and the formation of a shared object of activity. Development continues in Community workshops through the systematic tackling of challenges and their resolution in a guided, facilitated intervention process involving concrete actions aimed at improving the situation. The question of what kind of methodology is appropriate for investigating residents’ agency and learning in neighbourhood development is crucial. Ethnographic fieldwork enabled me to be present in the field and to gain a real-life picture of the topic. This allowed for both shorter and longer stays in various events. During this practical ethnography (Gubrium, 1988), the practitioner of everyday life, the researcher, engages in organising and sharing personal meanings, focusing on how classifications are created. While observing different experiences in a certain setting, I paid attention to how people understand and organise these experiences while managing everyday issues. The ethnographic work revealed both the motivation and the will of civil society to participate in decision-making processes and the administrative need to enhance collaboration between residents and civil servants in the city. This knowledge informed the planning of the research steps and the data collection. The study supports the usage of a range of methods and datasets to gain an understanding of neighbourhood development from different perspectives. References References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be(com)ing a knowing researcher. International Journal of Transgender Health, 24(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1080/26895269.2022.2129597 Chambers, E. (2003). Applied ethnography. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Collecting and interpreting qualitative materials (2nd ed., pp. 389–418). Sage Publications. Engeström, Y. (2015). Learning by expanding. An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Cambridge University Press. (Original work published 1987) https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139814744 Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2020). From mediated actions to heterogenous coalitions: four generations of activity-theoretical studies of work and learning. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 28(1), 4–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2020.1806328 Engeström, Y., Sannino, A., & Virkkunen, J. (2014). On the methodological demands of formative interventions. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 21(2), 118–128. https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2014.891868 Gubrium, J. (1988). Analyzing field reality. Qualitative research methods, series 8. Sage Publications. Lund, V., & Juujärvi, S. (2018). Residents’ agency makes a difference in volunteering in an urban neighbourhood. Voluntas, 29(4), 756–769. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11266-018-9955-4 Lund, V., & Kerosuo, H. (2019). The reciprocal development of the object of common space and the emergence of the collective agency in residents’ workshops. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 22, Article 100327. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2019.100327 Nelson, G., & Prilleltensky, I. (2005), Community psychology, in pursuit of liberation and well-being. Palgrave Macmillan. Sannino, A. (2022). Transformative agency as warping: how collectives accomplish change amidst uncertainty. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(1) 9–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2020.1805493 Virkkunen, J., & Newnham, D. (2013). The Change Laboratory. Sense Publishers. 19. Ethnography
Paper Approaching a Sustainability Mindset via Ethnographic Methodology Evangelische Hochschule Darmstadt, Germany Presenting Author:The French philosopher Henri Bergson describes the intellect as a consciousness that searches for information that is useful for the daily life. Managing all incoming perception, selection is needed in a heterogenous environment. A selection according to doxa and habit, however, excludes various paths to what life and nature can be beyond the daily life and mundane politics of nations. A homogenous space as an illusion is then produced and reproduced in daily life, in education, in politics and in research. How can humans intervene into reality and cause effects? This reachable world, however, is an illusion, would say Bergson. On the other hand, how can we as humans access a heterogenous highly complex nature, especially in the fields of education where children are handed tools of thinking and acting responsibly in their environment? In this paper deals with two dynamics: 1) Can “alethurgy”, a dynamic that Michel Foucault describes as a regime of truth and knowledge that inserts subjects in a governance system help to foster sustainability? Structures that are based on narratives of a future for children focus on children’s behavior, morality and self-control. This divides a generational interconnectedness towards life and a “whole” of a planetarian life into administrative and didactic strands. Interlinked educated rationality justifies and leads actions and didactics that would miss this kind of nature humans are an integral part of. 2) The bias of cognitive psychology towards children’s syncretic perception and a habit of colonializing indigenous knowledge would block human mind’s capacity to get access to the complexity of planetarian life and to oneself as a human being. According to Henri Bergson who refers to intuition that links sensitive self-awareness to the flux of time, Gregory Bateson’s works on aesthetics as a pattern that draws the interconnectedness of all life and finally David Bohms concept of implicate and explicate order a more than cognitive, categorizing, reproducing systematics of representing the human mind in the world. Following these celebrated authors it is obvious that there are more ways to see, to feel and to think than we are used to and we tell and teach our children. The question then arises: How can we – as adults being responsible for the discourse of sustainability in education and research – get access to these subjective dimensions of thought and consciousness and how can we not ignore or devaluate these multiple accesses children and first nation people have to nature when we try to do the right thing we think we are supposed to as neoliberal subjects? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I am experimenting within a university setting. Adding this methodology to the regular rights discussions, didactics, workshops and scientific contributions to sustainability knowledge that is created right now with us would be an approach that would avoid the biases I mentioned and problematized above. By exploring seeing, feeling and thoughts that restructure the embodied mind I would like to describe a space for detecting patterns. This would not be done according to Naglieri “culture free”, non-verbal ability test (NNAT). The art works of Mary Sully, the architecture of Christopher Alexander and the traditional carpets crafted in nomad culture are access points. Arts based and nature experiences have a transformational power that leads to a re-creation of meaning, what Deleuze and Guattari conceptualize as de-territorialisation. Drew Leder describes the process of absorption in arts and nature as a deeply embodied process. Landscapes, even crafted patterns on daily life tools, are swallowed into the embodiment and transforms the being form within. A world rushes in, filled with beauty and significance. Contributing this meaning to a community creates a shared space for being together in the “wholeness”, as David Bohm and David Peat would describe it with their “Dialogue” or “Gentle Action” concepts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The discussion of scientific knowledge is only one dimension of accessing nature and representing sustainability in diverse fields a society. Being an integral part of nature and of this discussion with one’s own mind is a challenge that questions not only the dominance of “fear based” processing of sustainability as a global goal of all humans but also the dominance of western thinking on the level of encoding the world and on the level of colonializing attitudes towards native knowledge and wisdom. Connecting the mind back to the flux of time is a moment where intuitive mindfulness takes over – even for an instance only. A broader picture of how all is interlinked is created and can be shared as a meaning of subjective dimension of thought and consciousness – also with children of diverse cultures! References Bateson, Gregory: Steps to an ecology of mind. Chandler Publishing Company 1972. Bergson, Henri: L’évolution créatrice. Paris: Quadrige [1941] 2013. Bohm, David: Wholeness and the implicate order. London: Routledge [1980] 2005 Bohm, David: On dialogue London: Routledge [1996] 2004. Deleuze, Gilles & Guattari, Félix: A thousand plateaus. London/New York: Bloomsbury Academic 2014. Foucault, Michel: On the government of the living. Lectures at the collège de France 1979-1980. New York: Palgrave Macmillan 2014. Johnston, Lyla June and Joy De Vito: Lifting hearts off the ground Declaring indigenous rights in Poetry. Canada: Mennonite Church 2017. Leder, Drew: The absent body. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press 1990. Peat, David: Gentle action. Brining creative change to a turbulent world. Pari Publishing 2008 Myers, Natasha: Ungrid-able Ecologies: Decolonizing the Ecological Sensorium in a 10,000 year-old NaturalCultural Happening. Catalyst: Theory, Technoscience 3(2), 2017, 1-24. Myers, Natasha: Rendering life molecular: models, modelers and excitable matter. Durham: Duke University 2015. Wallon, Henri: L’Evolution psychologique de l’enfant. Paris: Armand Colin 1942. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 20 SES 07 A: Intercultural Learning through Creativity and Dialogue Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Svenja Bedenlier Paper Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Board Games as Educational Tool for Researching Intercultural Pedagogy in Formal and Informal Learning Spaces 1: Universidad de Valencia, Spain; 2: Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:In contemporary European higher education, student disengagement and declining attendance in traditional lecture-based courses have become persistent challenges. Enrolment in a course does not necessarily translate into active participation in classroom, particularly when students perceive limited relevance or engagement in the learning process (Freeman et al., 2014). This phenomenon is closely related to the predominance of teacher-centred methodologies, in which students often assume a passive role (Bonwell & Eison, 1991). In response to these limitations, active learning approaches have been increasingly promoted as effective strategies to foster motivation, participation, and meaningful learning (Prince, 2004), aligning with European educational priorities that emphasise competence-based learning, intercultural education, and civic engagement. Within this pedagogical shift, board games emerge as innovative educational tools capable of promoting key competences such as collaboration, inclusion, negotiation, creativity, and emotional regulation (Kuo et al., 2023; Zagal et al., 2006). However, not all board games are inherently pedagogical. In higher education contexts, their educational potential depends on intentional adaptation and integration into instructional design, particularly when collaborative dynamics are prioritised (Johnson & Johnson, 2009). From this perspective, board games can contribute not only to cognitive learning but also to the development of social and intercultural competences, which are central to European frameworks for lifelong learning and democratic citizenship. The theoretical foundations of this study are also informed by leisure pedagogy, which conceptualises leisure as a meaningful experiential space that allows individuals to transcend routine and engage in personally and socially significant activities (Stebbins, 2008). Participation in leisure activities has been associated with enhanced well-being and quality of life (Kleiber, et al., 2011; Maebara & Yamada, 2025). Nevertheless, not all leisure activities possess pedagogical value. From an educational perspective, the selected tools must be deliberately chosen to address specific needs, gaps, and areas for improvement among learners (Cès et al., 2024; Gee, 2003; Mauri-Medrano et al., 2024). This highlights the importance of intentional pedagogical design in game-based learning experiences. In addition, empirical research has further demonstrated the educational potential of board games in learning contexts. Findings from the Technological Institute for Child and Leisure Products (AIJU, 2019) indicate that the increasing presence of digital devices in classrooms reduces the time devoted to play-based activities and may constrain opportunities for meaningful learning. At the same time, learners show a clear preference for traditional board games, particularly those adaptable to educational settings and conducive to collaborative interaction with peers and adults. These results reinforce the relevance of analogue, cooperative games as pedagogical resources in formal education.
Game-based learning has been widely examined, particularly in childhood education (Zosh et al., 2018), but its potential in higher education remains comparatively underexplored. Games can be conceptualised as social laboratories in which participants develop attitudes, acquire knowledge, internalise rules, and practise real-life situations within safe and structured environments (Klabbers, 2018). Empirical evidence suggests that games constitute effective pedagogical tools across different age groups and can be implemented in diverse educational contexts, including formal and non-formal learning environments (Wouters et al., 2017; Whitton, 2018). This perspective resonates with European educational policies that advocate for the integration of formal, non-formal, and informal learning to promote social inclusion and intercultural dialogue. Therefore, the present study analyses the pedagogical potential of collaborative board games as innovative tools for enhancing student engagement, intercultural learning, and the development of social and emotional competences in higher education. By combining creative pedagogy, leisure pedagogy, and game-based learning, the research seeks to contribute to current debates on educational innovation and to provide evidence-based insights into the role of collaborative games in transforming university teaching practices within the European educational landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative and participatory research design aimed at exploring the educational potential of collaborative board games in intercultural higher education contexts. The research was developed through four interconnected phases grounded in the theoretical perspectives of creative pedagogy, leisure pedagogy, and game-based learning. First, a review of academic literature on creative pedagogy, leisure pedagogy, and cooperative games was conducted in order to establish criteria for selecting ludic dynamics oriented towards cultural diversity, social norms, and democratic values. This selection process was carried out in collaboration with external experts and stakeholders, including Ekilicua, a company specialising in educational toys, the Verkami network of education professionals, and several third-sector organisations. This interdisciplinary collaboration ensured the pedagogical relevance and social applicability of the selected games. The educational intervention was implemented in the course Intercultural Pedagogy within the Pedagogy Degree programme at the University of Valencia. The participants were 20 third-year undergraduate students aged between 20 and 28 years. A series of two-hour sessions was organised in cooperation with civil society organisations. In the first session, the organisation Youth and Development introduced the concept of the “hate pyramid” and facilitated a reflective discussion on the role of civil society in preventing discrimination and promoting social cohesion. In the second session, the YMCA organisation, a neighbourhood characterised by high cultural diversity, implemented an adapted version of the “Solidarity Goose Game”. This cooperative board game was redesigned to address challenges related to debunking myths, questioning stereotypes, and promoting social justice. Next, “Don Bosco association” presented its work in higher education with a focus on hate prevention. During this phase, the competitive board game Vyrus was transformed into a cooperative educational tool. University students actively participated in the adaptation process, modifying the original game mechanics to combat hate speech and promote intercultural understanding. The adapted game included cards representing vulnerable groups, messages of care, and examples of hate discourse, and the resulting prototype was tested in a classroom session with the university participants. Next, the research was extended to a broader educational community. This phase was conducted in collaboration with the Joan Regla Library, which provided a space for workshops and play-based activities. At the end of the pilot phase with university students the Gamex scale (Parra-González et al., 2021) was administered to evaluate the learning experience. This instrument measures dimensions such as enjoyment, abstraction, creative thinking, activation, absence of negative effects, and dominance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, students obtained high scores in enjoyment, emotional activation, and the absence of negative feelings, whereas lower scores were observed in other dimensions. These findings can be interpreted positively, as the board game addressed complex real-life social situations that did not require competitive dominance or creative problem-solving, but rather critical reflection and social awareness. This suggests that, through careful pedagogical planning and the selection of appropriate collaborative games, educators can align specific games with targeted educational objectives and values. Regarding their learning experience, students reported that the use of board games represented a novel and creative approach to engaging with course content. They also noted that game-based methodologies are rarely used in university classrooms, even within teacher education programmes where leisure pedagogy is addressed, and highlighted the limited opportunities to apply such tools in practice. This study is particularly relevant for educational networking, as it demonstrates the need for innovative tools to support intercultural learning across formal and non-formal educational contexts. It also emphasises the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration among universities, civil society organisations, and community actors (Akkerman & Bakker, 2019). In a context where boredom and demotivation increasingly affect students (Pekrun et al., 2017; Tze et al., 2016; Wijnand et al., 2020), active methodologies offer promising alternatives aligned with contemporary educational demands (Redecker, 2017; Bond et al., 2020). Board games, in particular, emerge as powerful pedagogical tools that connect knowledge, educational practice, and social transformation, supporting the broader goal of education: the formation not only of competent professionals but also of responsible and engaged citizens (Boeren, 2019). References Bond, M., Bedenlier, S., Marín, V. I., & Händel, M. (2020). Emergency remote teaching in higher education: Mapping the first global online semester. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 17(50). Cès, P., Duflos, M., Tricard, E., Jhean-Larose, S., & Giraudeau, C. (2024). Playing board games to increase emotional competencies in school-age children and older people: A systematic review. Leisure Sciences, 1-24. Freeman, S., Eddy, S. L., McDonough, M., Smith, M. K., Okoroafor, N., Jordt, H., & Wenderoth, M. P. (2014). Active learning increases student performance in science, engineering, and mathematics. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 111(23), 8410–8415. Kuo, H. C., Weng, T. L., Chang, C. C., & Chang, C. Y. (2023). Designing our own board games in the playful space: Improving high school student’s citizenship competencies and creativity through game-based learning. Sustainability, 15(4), 2968. Mauri-Medrano, M., González-Yubero, S., Falcón-Linares, C., & Cardoso-Moreno, M. J. (2024). Gamifying the university classroom: a comparative analysis of game dimensions through educational Escape Room and a digital board game. Frontiers in Education, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1354674 Stebbins, R. A. (2008). Serious leisure: A perspective for our time. Transaction Publishers. Whitton, N. (2018). Playful learning: Tools, techniques, and tactics. Research in Learning Technology, 26. Wouters, P., van Nimwegen, C., van Oostendorp, H., & van der Spek, E. D. (2017). A meta-analysis of the cognitive and motivational effects of serious games. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(2), 249–265. Zagal, J. P., Rick, J., & Hsi, I. (2006). Collaborative games: Lessons learned from board games. Simulation & Gaming, 37(1), 24–40. Zosh, J. M., Hopkins, E. J., Jensen, H., Liu, C., Neale, D., Hirsh-Pasek, K., Solis, S. L., & Whitebread, D. (2018). Learning through play: A review of the evidence. LEGO Foundation 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Using Informal 3D Games in Formal Contexts for Learning Intercultural Communication and Online Project Work Tampere University/ Tampereen kaupunki, Finland Presenting Author:The innovative Erasmus+ project EXCALIBUR (Expanding Content and Language Integrated Learning through Building a Sustainable Future in Realtime, 2022–2025) enabled upper secondary learners from six European countries to collaboratively explore issues of sustainability and develop solutions for safeguarding our planet. The participants used virtual 3D game-world environments as online collaboration platforms—tools typically associated with informal leisure contexts—which facilitated the transfer of informal learning elements such as immersion, flow, and affinity spaces into formal educational settings. In parallel, they developed their intercultural communication and language skills in English, German, and other foreign languages functioning as lingua francas within a Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL / CLIL LOTE; Languages Other Than English) framework. While CLIL (LOTE) is usually implemented only in selected schools, the EXCALIBUR project demonstrated how it can also be successfully adopted in mainstream educational settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative data and method triangulation was used. The modes of observation varied and ranged from simple non participant observation to participant observation using one’s own avatar in the game, and even to acting as a participating game mediator. During selected phases of the gameplay, multimedia documentation was created, i.e., recordings of actions taking place in the 3D game world. At the same time, the game’s chat function enabled the documentation of written communication between participants. In addition, the researchers involved took notes on their observations, feedback questionnaires were also used. The research material was analyzed qualitatively; among other methods, thematic and content analysis were applied. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Several game-based approaches were developed during the project using the sandbox game Minecraft and the game engine Minetest (now Luanti): a) Plain World Setting, where learners freely apply their creativity to construction tasks based on prior topic-related research; b) Scenario-Based Worlds, where dynamic changes in the 3D environment necessitate player (re)actions, with a focus on target-language use, plurilingual interaction, and project skills such as web-based communication and information searching; c) SERASUM: For a Better Tomorrow, a global simulation in which young participants from different countries were trained as “agents of sustainability.” The results from the EXCALIBUR project are interesting among others from the perspective of multimodal, authentic, action‑based learning environments. The created online project approaches showed to be genuinely learner‑centered and enabled international, creative collaboration without the high travel costs typically associated with exchange activities. Notably, enthusiastic leisure-time computer gamers—who are not always the most motivated students in formal school contexts—became highly engaged and often assumed responsible roles within the collaborative game teams. The project even received the European Language Label Certificate. Regarding intercultural communication, the need for prior training proved to be extremely important. References Project website https://www.excalibur-project.eu/ Fukkink, R., Hels, R., Spee, O., Mongelos, A., Bratland, K. & Pedersen, R. (2024). Pedagogical Dimensions and Intercultural Outcomes of COIL: A Review of Studies Published Between 2013–2022. Journal of Studies in International Education Vol. 28(5), S.761-779. Marsh, D. & Langé, G. (2000). Using Languages to Learn and Learning to Use Languages. University of Jyväskylä. Marsh, D. & Wolff, D. (Eds.) (2007). Diverse Contexts – Converging Goals. CLIL in Europe. Peter Lang. OECD (2018). Preparing our youth for an inclusive and sustainable world; The OECD PISA global competence framework. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/Handbook-PISA-2018-Global-Competence.pdf Pihkala-Posti, L. (2015). Spielerische Kollaboration und kommunikative Authentizität mit Minecraft. German as foreign language 2015 (2), 99–133. http://gfl-journal.de/2- 2015/tm_pihkala-posti.pdf. Pihkala-Posti, L. 2020. Interactive, authentic, gameful e-learning concepts for the foreign language classroom. In E. Ropo & R. Jaatinen (Eds.) Subject Teacher Education in Transition: Educating Teachers for the Future. Tampere: Tampere University Press, 137–177. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-359-016-8. Pihkala-Posti, L. (2022). Authentische Interaktion mit dem Computerspiel Minecraft. Fremdsprache Deutsch Nr 66/ 2022 (Thema Interaktion – digital und vernetzt), 45-52 Pihkala-Posti, L. (2022). In der virtuellen Welt die reale Welt retten lernen. In: ON Lernen in der digitalen Welt Heft 10 /2022 , 30-31. Pihkala-Posti, L. (2022). Game-based Learning im Fremdsprachenunterricht. Möglichkeit fürs Training der 4Cs. Weiterbildung 4/22, 38–41 Pihkala-Posti L. (2025). Immersiiviset 3D-pelimaailmat kielten tunneilla – iloa, luovuuden intoa sekä erinomaista eriyttämistä. In: O. Veivo, & S. Mäkinen (Eds.), Teknologiapedagogiikkaa kielten opetukseen. Turun yliopisto, 49–58. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-02-0083-1. Reinhardt, J., & Thorne, S. L. (2020). Digital Games as Language-Learning Environments. In: J. Plass, R. Mayer, & B. Homer (Eds.), Handbook of Game-Based Learning Cambridge, Mass, 409-435. Wössner, S. 2024. Crafting Sustainable Futures – Evaluation des zukunftsorientierten Lernabenteuers SERASUM: For a better tomorrow, einer globalen Simulation in Minetest zum Thema nachhaltige Entwicklung (MSc-Thesis). Donau-Universität für Weiterbildung Krems. https://cloud.petiteprof79.eu/s/MSc_Thesis 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Relational Professional Learning in Circle: The Study of a Restorative Book Club for Educators Cape Breton University, Canada Presenting Author:Restorative Justice Education (RJE) was first implemented in Canadian schools in the 1990s, as a way to enhance relationships, nurture theskills and approaches needed for engaged citizens, and respond to harm and conflict in meaningful ways (Evans & Vaandering, 2022; Reimer& Parker-Shandal, 2023). RJE principles and practices continue to be implemented in educational contexts within Canada and around theworld. There is growing momentum as evidenced by, among other metrics, increased post-secondary program development, professionallearning opportunities, and school-wide or classroom stories of practice (Darling-Hammond, et al., 2020; Foomani & Reimer, 2025). Researchcontinues to reveal that though RJE shows promise for developing relational school culture and addressing serious harm when it occurs, RJEcan also be co-opted by school systems and people uninterested in relational ways of being (Gregory & Evans, 2020; Reimer, 2019). A keyfinding from studies of RJE in teacher education (Eizadirad & Parker-Shandal, 2025; Hollweck et al., 2019; Foomani & Reimer, 2025,Vaandering, 2014) is that the most impactful way to teach RJE is in courses grounded in restorative philosophy and through RJE processes, sothat teachers experience the relational and transformative potential of RJE. One core RJE process is pedagogical circle time. Restorative circles involve the physical re-arrangement of spaces so that participants aresitting or standing in circle, where everyone is visible, without physical barriers and on an equal level, with no obvious hierarchies. Restorativecircles require an intentional re-ordering of the physical space into one where each person is invited to participate fully, spaces “designed topromote connection, understanding and dialogue in a group” (Boyes-Watson & Pranis, 2014, p. 23). Through circle process, students – whetherchild or adult, “engage with the content and skills of any curriculum area, with one another, and with their own emotions and perspectives”(Reimer & Parker-Shandal, 2023, p. 2). This paper presents on Relational, Restorative Book Clubs (RRBC), a professional learning practice, grounded in restorative philosophy, that isrelational and collaborative by design. RRBCs were implemented by the author in 2022 in Australia and in 2026 in Canada. RRBCs bringtogether educators interested in restorative approaches in education (Evans & Vaandering, 2022) to learn from and with one another, whilemeeting physically in person in circle. This paper reports on the Canadian RRBC, held once a week for 4 weeks, where educators met todiscuss an RJE book, relating their own experiences and practices to the book content (Foomani & Reimer, 2024). Context matters. This study took place in Sydney, Nova Scotia, which is located on Cape Breton Island. Sydney is home to 30,000 people withonly 100,000 on the whole island. The island is steeped in relationship – within and between the communities of the Mi’kmaw people, Acadians,Gaelic, English and those considered more as newcomers. Yet despite the strong relational fabric of the island, Professional Learning forteachers is mandated from the mainland with little regional input. Educators are provided with five Professional Learning days per year insessions organized by the provincial body. RRBCs attempt to counter these external and often generic sessions and instead build on therelational foundation of Cape Breton Island to offer a free, informal collaborative learning circle experience informed by restorative pedagogy.The research study sought to understand the impact of this experience on educator knowledge, competence and confidence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aims of the project were to understand the current level of educator knowledge about RJE and relational practices, and to support teachers in gaining knowledge, confidence and competence in collaborative ways. Research questions included: 1. How are educators already engaged in restorative and relational practice in their own classrooms? 2. How does this book club, as an informal community of practice, impact educators’ understanding, confidence and sense of competence in enacting restorative and relational practices? This is a qualitative case study, taking as the case the 15 Cape Breton Island educators who engage in the Relational Restorative Book Club in the late Winter of 2026. The presenter and one Research Assistant, both from Cape Breton University, are utilizing multiple data collection activities to construct the case study. Educators complete a survey prior to the first Book Club meeting to determine current knowledge and practice and a survey after the final Book Club meeting to gauge changes in self-assessed knowledge, confidence and competence. The 15 educators will engage in the Book Club sessions, all taking place in a local community arts centre one evening per week for four weeks.The educators will sit in physical circle and share their insights into the book and its connections to their own practice, through a restorative circle process, helping to co-construct our understandings of RJE in this place and time. The researcher and research assistant will record independent observation notes after each session, noting interpersonal dynamics, insights, challenges and questions. These recordings will then be compared and discussed. A few weeks after the final Book Club, we will convene a final learning circle discussion with the educators to explore the impact of the project.Learning circles are a restorative research methodology (Vedeler & Reimer, 2024), similar to other restorative circle processes, that position participants as experts of their own experience and provide space to listen and learn from one another’s experience. In learning circles, one person speaks at a time and the talking space is passed sequentially from person to person, ensuring that each person’s voice is heard and valued. The facilitator or ‘circle keeper’ introduces a round of questions and invites each person, in turn, to respond to the question from their own experience or to build on, and/or contradict, what others have shared before them (Reimer, 2019; Vedeler & Reimer, 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers in Nova Scotia, Canada, are expected to participate in professional learning throughout their careers to stay current in educational research, technology, policy, inclusion and many other aspects of their professional practice. However, professional learning sessions for Nova Scotia teachers are usually planned by administrators which leaves little opportunity for teachers to contribute their input. In a recent technical report shared with the Cape Breton Victoria Regional Center for Education (Tremblay, 2025) on practicing P-12 music teachers' experiences with professional learning, participants asked for more time to learn from one another: that the best sessions are “if there's no special presentation; if it's just all of us together”. This study builds on this relational impulse – to just be together and learn from one another – to intentionally design a learning and research environment that brings educators together in a physical circle, based on restorative philosophy. Expected outcomes are enhanced understanding of the current restorative knowledge, practice and confidence in Cape Breton Island schools and insight into the impact of relational practices for professional learning. The aim is also for the participating educators to form a community of practice where they can support one another’s RJE work in the relational ways that are so inherent to this island. Future research intends to follow these same educators through to their classrooms to observe their RJE practices with their students, and to convene subsequent learning circles to explore the ongoing impact of circle-based Book Clubs on professional practice. References Boyes-Watson, C., & Pranis, K. (2014). Circle forward: Building a restorative school community. Living Justice Press. Darling-Hammond, S., Fronius, T. A., Sutherland, H., Guckenburg, S., Petrosino, A., & Hurley, N. (2020). Effectiveness of restorative justice inUS K-12 schools: A review of quantitative research. Contemporary School Psychology, 24, 295–308. Eizadirad, A. & Parker-Shandal, C. (2025). Restorative justice in preservice teacher education in Canada: A tool to facilitate healing and actively help mitigate violence. Teaching in Higher Education. Evans, K.R. & Vaandering, D. (2022). The little book of restorative justice in education: Fostering responsibility, healing and hope in schools:Revised and updated. Good Books. Foomani, E. & Reimer, K.E. (2024). Humanising classrooms within de-humanising systems: Restorative Justice Education in teacher education.In K.R. Roth, Kumah-Abiwu, F. & Ritter, Z.S. (Eds.) Handbook of Restorative Justice and Practice in Higher Education. Palgrave Macmillan. Hollweck, T., Reimer, K. & Bouchard, K. (2019). A missing piece: Embedding restorative justice and relational pedagogy into the teacher education classroom. The New Educator, 15(3), 246-267. Reimer, K. (2019). Educational Leadership for Social Justice Series: Adult intentions, student perceptions: How restorative justice is used in schools to control and to engage. Charlotte, NC: Information Age Publishing. Reimer, K.E. & Parker-Shandal, C. (2023). Restorative justice in education. In G. Noblit (Ed.). Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education.Oxford University Press. doi:10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1828 Tremblay (2025) Personal Communication. Vaandering, D. (2014). Relational restorative justice pedagogy in educator professional development Curriculum Inquiry, 44(4), 508–530. Vedeler, G.W. & Reimer, K.E. (2023). Facilitating dialogues of discovery. In S. Whatman, J. Wilkinson, M. Kaukko, G.W. Vedeler, L.E. Blue, &K.E Reimer. Researching practices across and within diverse educational sites: Onto-epistemological considerations. Emerald Publishing. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Co-creating the Classroom through Socio-Material Diversity: Object Theatre as a Performative Methodology in Early Childhood Education University of Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Contemporary early childhood classrooms are spaces of radical heterogeneity, vastly exceeding traditional pedagogical frameworks. These perspectives, anchored in often essentialist psychological, developmental, and cultural assumptions, tend to homogenize under the figure of a "universal childhood"—a construction that, as noted by Malone et al.(2020), frequently embodies a cultural past that is "white, middle class, male, heterosexual," leaving no room for diversities of race, class, and gender. In response, a critical re-examination of the philosophical, discursive, and, crucially, material aspects that weave together complex childhood life is urgently needed. The challenge is not merely to include diversity, but to design methodologies capable of responding to the multiple ways in which children actually learn, grow, and play in their everyday contexts. This study is situated within a post-qualitative paradigm and was conducted between 2023 and 2025 in a classroom (5-year-olds) at a public school in Barcelona with significant cultural diversity. Its central objective was to investigate: how can the artistic practice of Object Theatre mobilize the life of the early childhood classroom and perform (or materialize) new ways of inhabiting and relating within and to it? In this study, Object Theatre is understood beyond its traditional or merely instrumental definition. Following playwrights and researchers such as Manuela Infante (2019) and Shaday Larios (2016), I conceive of it as a philosophical and relational practice. Its power lies not in teaching about objects or using them as mere metaphors, but in activating them as catalysts for encounter. As Larios (2016) notes, an object's capacity for agency is also its potency—that is, its ability to provoke socio-cultural action, transforming the classroom, in this case, into an observatory of socio-material culture. Over the course of eight sessions, children, educators, objects, classroom materials, and the space itself entered into dialogue through creation. This design represented an epistemological shift: it did not start from predefined learning objectives; instead, it sought to let the encounter with the material generate its own questions and directions, assuming the classroom as a socio-material assemblage where agency is distributed among human and non-human actors (Bennett, 2010). The research shows that Object Theatre acts as a performative force, disrupting the conventional sense of the classroom. By transforming space, time, and materiality into a shared field of experimentation, the lived co-creation of the educational environment becomes possible. This process enables: Making experiential plurality visible and valued: Unique and dominant narratives blur, giving way to a diversity of expressions, gestures, and uses of objects that make the multiple realities of childhood tangible. Deepening relational and emergent learning: The focus shifts from predefined individual learning towards the participation of bodies, objects, and space. Affective learning, tacit communication, and collective, situated ways of inhabiting the classroom become evident. Redistributing agency: It is demonstrated how the everyday materiality of the classroom can become a companion with initiative, reconfiguring hierarchies, attentions, and dynamics within the classroom. In summary, this study proposes a reconceptualization of the classroom as a space for performative encounter. Its main contribution is to offer a concrete methodological framework for operationalizing in practice complex theoretical currents such as new materialisms in education and critical pedagogy. Thus, Object Theatre reveals itself as both an epistemological and ethical tool, allowing education not only to speak of diversity but to be, literally, performed by it. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was operationally materialized in a study consisting of 8 sessions of Object Theatre conducted in a kindergarten classroom (5-year-olds) with significant cultural diversity. A fixed protocol was not applied; instead, a flexible spatiotemporal structure was established -a circle, everyday classroom materials, and personal objects as starting points- that invited encounter. The researcher's role was not to direct toward predefined objectives, but to facilitate, observe, and document agentially through video, photography, field notes, and shared artistic creation. The purpose was to capture how children, objects, and space co-composed new narratives, relationships, and configurations. The analysis consisted of a continuous process of reflective attention to these assemblages, where gestures, silences, interactions between objects, and collective movements were read as live data that interrogated our established understandings of the classroom, learning, and agency. This design is situated and justified within a post-qualitative and performative paradigm, adopting a transmodal approach that rejects predetermined methods and understands them as an inseparable part of the phenomenon under study (Hernández & Ravelles, 2019). It was conceived as a nonlinear, flexible path open to the becoming of the process (Østern et al., 2023), where the researcher becomes agentially entangled with the field. This positioning transforms methods into "non-methods" (Jackson, 2017), blurring the boundaries between the collection, creation, and analysis of material. Data thus resist stabilization, becoming live matter (Koro-Ljungberg et al., 2018), which allows for experimental and less prescriptive analysis (St. Pierre, 2018). Critically, this approach seeks to decenter verbal language as the privileged mode of inquiry and representation. It assumes that data do not speak my language (Østern et al., 2023) and that, especially with children, a great deal of creativity and the creation of possible worlds occurs outside dominant linguistic frameworks (Hackett, 2024). Therefore, the performative potential of artistic methods -in this case, Object Theatre -is unleashed to produce, analyze, and present the research through multiple modes and materialities (gestural, spatial, object-based). This expands the capacity for the production of meaning and affect, allowing the research to "breathe" and inhabit the complexity of the classroom as a socio-material assemblage. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study concludes that Object Theatre, understood as a philosophical-relational practice (Infante, 2019; Larios, 2016), transcends its status as an artistic resource to constitute itself as a performative pedagogical methodology. Its application in the classroom acts as a force that mobilizes co-creation, responding to the demands of the radical heterogeneity of the contemporary educational context, thereby actively overflowing essentialist perspectives on childhood (Malone et al., 2020). The research demonstrated that this practice makes possible a performative socio-material space, an assemblage where agency is distributed among humans and non-humans (Bennett, 2010). This joint becoming enables: Making visible and valuing children's experiential plurality, rendering tangible those experiences that escape dominant narratives. Deepening relational and emergent learning, shifting the focus from predefined individual outcomes towards what emerges between bodies, objects, and space. Redistributing classroom dynamics, allowing everyday materiality to become a pedagogical companion with initiative. Thus, Object Theatre is confirmed as an "observatory of material culture" (Larios, 2016) and, more crucially, as a concrete methodological vehicle for materializing -that is, for making corporeal and operative- the proposals of critical pedagogies and new materialisms in education. The main implication of this work is a radical invitation to reconsider the classroom as an entity in constant co-creation. This post-qualitative perspective provides vital keys for rethinking central pedagogical notions: curriculum as emergent experience, assessment as relational observation, and coexistence as continuous material negotiation. Ultimately, this study proposes Object Theatre not as a tool to manage or include diversity, but as a catalyst for diversity to constitute itself as the vital force from which the educational common is woven, day by day. This approach offers a practicable path for pedagogical practices to be truly in ontological tune with the multiple, material, and ever-becoming lives that inhabit classrooms. References Bennett, J. (2010). Vibrant matter: A political ecology of things. Combined Academic Publ. Hackett, A. MacLure, M. McMahon, S. (2020): Reconceptualising early language development: matter, sensation and the more-than-human, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2020.1767350 Hernández-Hernández, F., & Revelles Benavente, B. (2019). La perspectiva post-cualitativa en la investigación educativa: genealogía, movimientos, posibilidades y tensiones. Educatio Siglo XXI, 37(2 Jul-Oct), 21–48. https://doi.org/10.6018/educatio.387001 Infante, M. (2019) Clase Magistral de Manuela Infante. [Teatro a mil TV] Festival Teatro a mil Santiago de Chile. En:https://www.teatroamil.tv/videos/clase-completa-manuela-infante Jackson, A. (2017) Thinking without method. Qualitative Inquiry 23(9): 666–674. DOI: 10.1177/1077800417725355 Koro-Ljungberg M, MacLure M and Ulmer J (2018) D. . .a. . .t. . .a, data++, data, and some problematics. In: Denzin NK and Lincoln YS (eds) The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. Thousand Oaks, Sage Publications, 426–483. Larios, S. (3 y 4 de noviembre de 2016). Delicadeza y potencia de los objetos documentales en escena [Simposi Dramatúrgies de l'objecte, Sala d'Actes de l'Instiut del Teatre de Barcelona]. Colecciones If Barcelona [4]. En https://redit.institutdelteatre.cat/bitstream/handle/20.500.11904/867/2016_delicadeza_potencia.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Malone, K., Tesar, M., & Arndt, S. (2020). Theorising posthuman childhood studies. Springer. St. Pierre, E. (2018) Writing post qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry 24(9): 603–608. DOI:10.1177/1077800417734567 Østern, T. P., Jusslin, S., Nødtvedt Knudsen, K., Maapalo, P., & Bjørkøy, I. (2023). A performative paradigm for post-qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Research, 23(2), 272-289. https://doi.org/10.1177/14687941211027444 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 21 SES 07 A: Knowing through Relationships: Psychoanalytic Methods in Educational Research and Professional Training Location: 6031 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Donata Puntil Research Workshop |
|
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Work Discussion – a Bridge between psychoanalytic Theory and Practice? 1: Department of Education, University of Vienna, Austria; 2: Postgraduate Centre, University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:What kind of training and continuing education qualifies psychosocial professionals to work appropriate in accordance with psychoanalytic concepts and theories? For about 100 years, there has been a consensus within the psychoanalytic communities that four elements are necessary for this: (i) engagement with theory, (ii) self-experience, and (iii) the supervision of (iv) psychosocial work. Whether, in which extent and in which way these four elements are embedded in curricula offered by psychoanalytic institutes or Universities varies widely: Psychoanalytic training programs usually contain all four elements. However, this can rarely be achieved in training and continuing education programs for professionals working in other educational fields and institutions. This also applies to various methods and concepts used to reflect on practical psychosocial work in a supervisory manner. The Balint group concept is very well known and widely used in this context. However, other concepts have also been developed, including Monograph Writing” (Dubois 2015) and the Work Discussion method (Klauber 1999, Miller 2022, Hover-Reisner et al. 2014). This method is in the focus of the presentation. The authors of the presentation will describe the method and its characteristics (Datler & Datler 2014):
Schöck (2018) and Stefanek (2020) have shown that numerous publications on work discussion exist that use case examples to show how seminar participation contributes to the development of the ability to understand work situations psychoanalytically and to improve the quality of psychosocial work (Hover-Reisner et al 2014). But how can we empirically investigate the professionalization processes that result from attending work discussion seminars also by the use of other methods and methodological approaches? The authors report on the survey of participants of a Master programme and on a specific developed method that is used to analyze and evaluate the seminar papers mentioned (Datler et al. 2018, 2023). If the work discussion seminar runs over several semesters, the participants' development can be identified and discussed. Referring to an example, the authors discuss the limitations of these research methods. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological basis of the paper is characterized by the use of several research methods: a) The presentation of the work discussion method in comparison to related methods can be attributed to the field of conceptual research. b) A critical survey and analysis of all identifiable publications on work discussion forms the basis for identifying research desiderata concerning the impact of work discussion on the development of professional attitudes and competencies. c) The concept developed for the evaluation of written analyses of documented interactions provides for text hermeneutic investigations based on four key questions, which are subsequently evaluated according to specified criteria. d) The final part of the presentation is characterized by a methodologically critical discussion of the research methods described. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The authors expect agreement with the assessment that work discussion is a suitable method for developing certain basic psychoanalytic skills. The authors expect agreement with the assessment that more research is needed on the impact of work discussion on the development of certain basic psychoanalytic skills. This requires both conceptual research methods and empirical methods. The authors expect agreement with the assessment that the presented method for hermeneutic analysis and evaluation of texts in which interactions are analyzed is suitable for investigating the impact of work discussion on the development of certain basic psychoanalytic skills. The authors expect agreement with the assessment that the use of the described method covers only a narrow area of psychoanalytic skill development. References Datler, W., Datler, M. (2014): Was ist „Work Discussion“? Über die Arbeit mit Praxisprotokollen nach dem Tavistock-Konzept. In: phaidra.univie.ac.at/o:368997 Datler, W., Datler, M. & Sengschmied, I. (2023): Work Discussion und die Entwicklung von psychoanalytischer Verstehenskompetenz. Zur Verschränkung von Evaluation und Interaktionsreflexion in der Weiterbildung von Lehrer:innen zu Psychagog:innen. In: Christof, E., Holzmayer, M., Köhler, J. & Reitinger, J. (Hrsg.): Professionalisierung im Lehrberuf begleiten. Perspektiven auf Lernen und Lehren in Schule und Hochschule. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt: Bad Heilbrunn, 151-167 Datler, W., Datler, M., & Wininger, M. (2018). Evaluating the impact of Work Discussion techniques on the formation of psychoanalytic skills and attitudes: research designs and first results*. Infant Observation, 21(2), 204–219. https://doi.org/10.1080/13698036.2019.1566015 Dubois, A. (2015): Le « groupe monographique »: un dispositif de formation pour enseignants débutants. In: Cliopsy, 13 (1), 77-93, DOI:10.3917/cliop.013.0077 Hover-Reisner, N., Fürstaller, M., Funder, A., Datler, M. (2014): Work Discussion als Methode der Fallarbeit im Dienste der Professionalsierung in frühpädagogischen Berufsfeldern. In: Pieper, I., Frei, P., Hauenschild, K., Schmidt-Thieme, B. (Hrsg.): Was der Fall ist. Beiträge zur Fallarbeit in Bildungsforschung, Lehramtsstudium, Beruf und Ausbildung. Springer VS: Heidelberg, 275-287 Klauber, T. (1999): Observation ‚at work’. In: Infant Observation. The International Journal of Infant Observation and its Applications 3 (2), 30-41 Miller, L. (2002): The relevance of observation skills to the work discussion seminar. In: Infant Observation. The International Journal of Infant Observation and its Applications 5 (1), 55-72 Rustin, M.E., Bradley, J. (Ed.) (2008): Work Discussion. Learning from Reflective Practice in Work with Children and Families. Karnac: London Schöck, D. (2018): Lernprozesse in der Work-Discussion. Eine systematische Untersuchung von deutschsprachigen Publikationen über die Darstellung von Lernprozessen in Work-Discussion-Seminaren. MA-Arbeit an der Universität Wien Stefanek, K. (2020): Lernprozesse in der Work-Discussion. Eine systematische Untersuchung von englischsprachigen Publikationen über die Darstellung von Lernprozessen in Work-Discussion-Seminaren. MA-Arbeit an der Universität Wien 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Engaging Students in Emotionally Challenging Research: Observing Children at Risk Child Guidance Clinic Vienna; University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Building upon psychoanalytic foundations, subsequent discourse increasingly highlighted the critical role of early relational and interactional experiences with primary caregivers in shaping children’s later psychological development (Klein, 1932; A. Freud, 1946; Mahler, 1975; Dolto, 1984; Tyson, 1993; Belsky, 2001; Fonagy et al., 2002; Emanuel & Bradley, 2008; Datler & Wininger, 2014 ). During the early years of a child's life, however, caregivers are often confronted with challenges that make it difficult for them to give their child impulses for psychological development (Winnicott, 1960; Bion, 1962; Bowlby, 1969; Stern, 1985; Zaphiriou Woods & Pretorius, 2011). In order to prevent developmental disorders as early as possible, reduce their effects, and promote the psychological development of young children, various concepts and alternative therapeutic settings have been developed internationally based on psychoanalytical theories. These psychotherapeutic interventions primarily aim to support parents facing social and economic challenges in perceiving and responding to the needs of their children in a differentiated way (Fraiberg, Adelson, Shapiro 1975; Tsiantis et al., 2000; Zaphiriou Woods & Pretorius, 2016; Byrne et al., 2018; Lebersorger, Sojka, Zumer, 2020; Schejtman, 2021). Consistent with these approaches, the Anna Freud Center (AFC) in London provided parent-toddler groups (PTGs) intended to enable parents to shape interactions and relationships in accordance with the developmental needs of young children during informal conversations and play sessions under the guidance of psychoanalytic psychotherapists. As Zaphiriou Woods (2011) highlights, the significance of these groups lies in their potential to identify and address developmental disturbances and disruptions during a critical phase in toddlerhood, creating the potential for timely interventions before such difficulties solidify over time. In order to achieve these aims (Zaphiriou Woods & Pretorius, 2016), the weekly consistency of the group and the reliable relational experiences that parents and toddlers share with the psychotherapists – underpinned by the therapists’ knowledge of psychoanalytic developmental theory and processes – are intended to offer a facilitating environment that supports toddlers’ relational, emotional, and psychic development. Inspired by a study trip undertaken by members of the Austrian Association for Individual Psychology (ÖVIP) a PTG was established at one of the Child Guidance Clinic’s (CGC) locations in Vienna. From the outset of conceptualizing the PTG, a collaborative research project was developed in cooperation with the Research Unit of Psychoanalysis and Education at the Department of Education of the University of Vienna, the Austrian Association for Individual Psychology (ÖVIP), specifically its Vienna Toddler Study Group, and under the supervisory guidance of Inge-Martine Pretorius. In this paper I will focus on the topic of engaging students as observers in this research project called the „Parent-Toddler Group Study“. Particular emphasis will be put on how project team members can establish and maintain the capacity to observe, reflect on the observations and stay engaged in emotionally stressful areas of research. A total of 25 students from the Bachelor's and Master's degree courses in Education conducted regular observations of the participating children according to the Tavistock approach (Rustin 2019; Datler et al. 2014;). During this time the students as well as the scientific staff had to cope with topics like neglect, confusion, being misunderstood and disruptive, powerlessness, loneliness as well as the feelings of fear and despair, anger, shame, and disgust. From a psychoanalytic point of view, these emotions have to be understood in a differentiated way in order to (1) maintain the role of the observer in the field and (2) to be able to think about the children and families at risk in a differentiated way even in emotionally stressful situations. With reference to Bions (1962) concepts of “Container – Contained” and “Working Group” we will discuss how this area of tension was dealt with. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project "The Impact of Parent-Toddler-Groups on the Development of Children in the Context of Family Relations" has been developed in 2020 (in the early conceptualization of the PTG in Vienna). It is carried out - with the support of Inge-Martine Pretorius (London) - in a cooperative network of three institutions: the research unit “Psychoanalysis and Education” (of the Department of Education of the University of Vienna), the Child Guidance Clinic in Vienna and the Austrian Association of Individual Psychology (ÖVIP), which is a psychoanalytic oriented training and research association. The research project will examine the interactions and relationship experiences of the toddlers and their parents in the group environment and in the toddlers' families. This mainly concerns the following questions: 1) What are the specific experiences that children and their parents gain from taking part in the PTG? 2) Over the course of PTG participation, to what extent do these experiences change? 3) If changes have been identified, what is the significance of the experiences made in the group sessions [1] for these changes [2]? In order to answer the research questions, Young Child Observation according to the Tavistock concept is used (Urwin, Steinberg 2012; Adamo, Rustin 2014; Datler et al. 2014, 2015; Elfer 2022). For this purpose, the attending children will be observed by trained students in the parent-toddler group and parallel in the families. In this process, each child is observed by one observer in the parent-toddler group every second week and by another observer in the family setting on a weekly basis. The observers who continuously observe the same child in the parent-toddler group attend a toddler observation seminar led by Margit Datler, where weekly observation protocols are discussed. The observers who continuously observe the same child in the family attend such a seminar run by Wilfried Datler. In two presentations, sequences from observation protocols are discussed to address Nikolai’s experiences in the parent-toddler group. - It is also relevant to the research design that the students in both observation groups do not exchange information during the observation phase, in order to minimise possible influences on each other, until the work on the Master's thesis, in which the observation material is further analysed. Only the project coordinator Christin Reisenhofer, who provides as a co-leader of the seminars, has access to all project materials. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study highlights three primary outcomes: 1. Enhanced understanding of children’s experiences in PTGs – Observations reveal the emotional challenges faced by children at risk, including experiences of failure, frustration, and social interaction difficulties. 2. Insights into the observer’s emotional processes – Students’ responses to challenging observations provide valuable data on the role of countertransference and enactment in research settings. 3. Framework for student support – The project demonstrates that containment, structured reflection, and supervision are essential for enabling students to engage with emotionally demanding research responsibly. Findings suggest that understanding and addressing students’ emotional responses is not ancillary but central to research quality and ethical practice. They also provide guidance for similar programs internationally, emphasizing the importance of reflective spaces, supervision, and emotional support in observational research with vulnerable populations. Finally, the group dynamics in the research project and the analysis of our distressing feelings could be understood as an important indication of latent dynamics in the context of the PTG. In particular, the dynamics described in our research project can be helpful in understanding the parental and children’s perspectives. Furthermore, also the latent wishes, desires and fears that participation in a parent-toddler group as "families at risk" evokes. So step by step, the experience of being contained in a reliable and continuous relationship enables us to give meaning to the emotional experiences as observers, researchers, parents, and children in a PTG. References Bion, W. R. (1977). Learning from Experience. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Bowlby, J. (1969). Attachment and Loss, Vol. 1: Attachment. Attachment and Loss. Basic Books. Diem-Wille, G. (2011). The Early Years of Life: Psychoanalytical Development Theory According to Freud, Klein, and Bion. Karnac. Fonagy, P., Gergely, G., & Jurist, E. L. (Eds.). (2018). Affect Regulation, Mentalization and the Development of the Self. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429471643 Fraiberg, S., Adelson, E., Shapiro, V. (1975): Ghosts in the Nursery: A Psychoanalytic Approach to the Problems of Impaired Infant-Mother Relationships. In: Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 14, 3, 387-421 Freud, S. (1905): Drei Abhandlungen zur Sexualtheorie. Studienausgabe 5, S. 37–145. Freud, A. (1946). The ego and the mechanisms of defence. International Universities Press. Freud, A. (1926). The Psycho-Analytical Treatment Of Children (1946th ed.). Imago. Freud, A. (1980). Dorothy Burlingham. The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 35(1), ix–xxii. https://doi.org/10.1080/00797308.1980.11823101 Pretorius, I.-M. (2019). Anna Freud and the science of unexpected findings. In Freud/Tiffany (1st ed., pp. 91–112). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429439889-6 Pretorius, I.-M. (2018). Anna Freud and the science of unexpected findings. In E. Danto & A. Steiner-Strauss (Eds.), Freud/Tiffany: Anna Freud, Dorothy Tiffany Burlingham and the ‘Best Possible School’ (91–112). Rout-ledge. Pretorius, I.-M. (2024). The value of direct child observation in a therapeutic parent–toddler group, for students of psychoanalysis. Infant Observation, 27(2), 102–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/13698036.2024.2381456 Reeves, J. K. (2012). A depressed toddler and his mother reunite in the toddler group. In N. T. Malberg & J. Raphael-Leff (Eds.), The Anna Freud tradition: Lines of development – Evolution of theory and practice over the decades (171–181). Routledge. Rivera, C. C. Asquith, K., & Prützel-Thomas, A. (2011). Thinking about my toddler. Can a psychoanalytic toddler group enhance reflective functioning capacities in parents? In M. Zaphiriou Woods & I.-M. Pretorius (Eds.), Parent in Toddlers in Groups. A Psychoanalytic Developmental Approach (174-178). Routledge. Steele, M., Murphy, A., & Steele, H. (2010). Identifying therapeutic action in an attachment-centered interven-tion with high risk families. Clinical Social Work Journal, 38(1), 61–72. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10615-009-0257-6 Winnicott, D. W. (1987). Babies And Their Mothers. Da Capo Press. Zaphiriou Woods, M., & Pretorius, I.-M. (2016). Observing, playing and supporting development: Anna Freud’s toddler groups past and present. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 42(2), 135–151. https://doi.org/10.1080/0075417X.2016.1191202 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 07 A: Competencies in Higher Education: from Strategy to Pedagogy Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jani Ursin Session Chair: Markus Weil Symposium |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Symposium Competencies in Higher Education: from Strategy to Pedagogy "Competencies" are a key concept in higher education because they link knowing and acting. Moreover, this concept addresses the changing conditions under which knowledge is produced, learned, and applied. Rather than focusing only on disciplinary content, competencies emphasize the ability to use and reflect on the generation and justification of knowledge in complex contexts. Working with competencies in higher education brings central fields of tension into focus: strategy and pedagogy, research and teaching, as well as formal and informal learning. While strategies often emphasize institutional innovation and students’ employability, educators and scholars may struggle to realize these ambitions in practice. According to Boyer (1990), four forms of scholarship are crucial for university life: discovery (i.e., research as it is commonly understood), integration (i.e., synthesis, often interdisciplinary in nature), application (i.e., applied research), and teaching (i.e., involving pedagogical learning and research). The idea of the research-teaching-nexus assumes a strong relationship between the two major functions of higher education, teaching and research (Tight, 2016), yet research-related teaching practices vary between and within institutions (Healey, 2005). These fields of tension constitute productive spaces for educational research and development, highlighting how knowledge becomes action. Accordingly, they frame this symposium. We adopt perspectives at the meso level (strategy, institutional positioning) and the micro level (pedagogy, pedagogical practices) of the higher education system, and elaborate cases from Finland, India, and Switzerland. At the strategic level, higher education institutions increasingly position themselves through competency-oriented profiles, such as the notion of the Skill University (Paper 1: India). These strategies emphasize continuing education, competency development, and the recognition of prior learning as responses to changing education systems and market demands (Besharov & Smith, 2014; Zürn, 2020). Comparative perspectives highlight an ongoing pedagogical paradigm shift that places new expectations on university teachers’ competences and institutional adaptability. Moving from strategy to pedagogy, competency development is enacted through diverse teaching practices, including design-based education and research-based learning. These approaches demonstrate how higher education, research, and practice can be meaningfully integrated through authentic learning environments. Paper 2 (Finland) highlights design-based education, design thinking, and business labs, illustrating how competency orientation can be embedded in course design. Paper 3 (Switzerland) focuses on research-based learning, reflection, and self-assessed research competencies, examining the cultivation and reflection of research competency as part of university course design. A central tension between institutional strategies that promote competency development and the realities of pedagogical implementation emerges, for example, in the process of establishing a new kind of higher education institutions or missions (Paper 4: Switzerland). Aligning strategic goals with the competences of teaching staff in such institutions is a multi-layered and complex process. The central question, therefore, is how competencies are approached and enacted in higher education. The symposium argues that bridging market demands, and curriculum design requires coherent alignment between strategy and pedagogy, ensuring that competency development strengthens, rather than fragments, the research–teaching nexus. References Besharov, M.L., & Smith, W.K. (2014). Multiple institutional logics in organizations: Explaining their varied nature and implications. Academy of Management Review, 39(3), 364–381. Boyer, E.L. (1990). Scholarship Reconsidered: Priorities of the Professoriate. Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching. Healey, M. (2005). Linking research and teaching: Exploring disciplinary spaces and the role of inquiry-based learning. In R. Barnett (Ed.), Reshaping the University: New Relationships between Research, Scholarship and Teaching (pp. 67–78). McGraw Hill. Open University Press. Tight, M. (2016). Examining the research/teaching nexus. European Journal of Higher Education, 6(4), 293–311. Zürn, M. (2020). Unravelling multi-level governance systems. The British Journal of Politics and International Relations, 22(4), 784–791. Presentations of the Symposium Skill University in India. The Shift of the Teachers’ Pedagogical Orientations
'Skill University' is a rather new concept in higher education in India. It is envisioned in the National Policy for Skill Development and Entrepreneurship (2015). The goal of Skill Universities is to provide industry-focused education and training with flexible entry and exit points at NSQF level 4 and above. Among other objectives, they conduct applied research and enhance the quality and relevance of industry training programs. This new concept responds to identified challenges such as limited access to higher education in India, particularly in socio-economically disadvantaged areas. A rigid separation of disciplines in higher education, as well as limited teacher and institutional autonomy, are expected to be improved within this new type of higher education institution. In addition, the use of local languages in teaching, currently uncommon in Indian higher education, may be expanded.
The establishment of new higher education institutions requires university teachers to strengthen a range of competences and skills, including interdisciplinary collaboration, cooperation with industry, engagement with communities, recognition of the impact of teaching methods on learning, and support for lifelong learning (Ministry of Human Resource Development, 2020; Naveen, 2024; UGC, n.d.). The development of a pedagogical paradigm for emerging types of higher education institutions is a complex, multi-layered process. Existing research on student-centered pedagogical approaches in India suggests that the use of diverse teaching strategies leads to improved learning outcomes (Kulkarni et al., 2019; Ramulu et al., 2025; Sharma, 2022).
While parallel reforms in higher education systems abroad—such as the establishment and pedagogical development of universities of applied sciences in Europe—can provide valuable insights, it is essential to consider significant differences arising from distinct historical and cultural contexts. Implementing more participatory pedagogical approaches within a traditionally teacher-centered culture presents challenges that must be carefully addressed. This presentation highlights progress in the development of skill-based university pedagogy, drawing on research, national higher education policies, and the presenters’ experiences in India. The paper will explore models such as Design-Based Education (DBE) in the context of Indian higher education and highlight key competences required for the professional development of Skill University teachers as these institutions evolve. The discussion will also consider the role of research and how it is represented in Skill University policy documents in relation to the ongoing pedagogical paradigm shift.
References:
Kulkarni, A. & Vartak, R. (2019). A module integrating conventional teaching and student‐centered approach for critical reading of scientific literature. Biochemistry and molecular biology education, 47(5), 581–588.
Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India (2020). National education policy. https://www.education.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/NEP_Final_English_0.pdf (25.01.26).
Naveen, H.M. (2024). UGC guidelines for institutional development plans for higher education institutions: An overview. International Journal of Scientific Research in Science Engineering and Technology, 11(3), 323–330.
Ramulu, M.V., Pal, A.K., Datta, D. & Pundhir, A. (2025) Exploring Learning Approaches of Generation Z Medical Students. National journal of clinical anatomy (Online), 14(2), 81–89.
Sharma, S. (2022). Faculty development programs and student centered approach in teaching can improve the learning experiences in the students. Journal of Ayurveda (online), 16(2), 85–86.
University Grants Commission (n.d.). UGC guidelines for institutional development plans for higher education institutions (HEIs). Government of India. https://www.ugc.ac.in/ (25.01.26).
Future-Proofing Higher Education through DBE (Design Based Education) led Business Labs at a Finnish Applied Sciences University
As higher educational practices continue to evolve and adapt according to the 21st century competencies, technological advancements, and diverse learner profiles, it is important to reflect on approaches that positively impact student learning and stay relevant in the constantly changing educational contexts.
This paper discusses business labs (for bachelor's students in International Business, at HAMK), that are implemented using Design Based Education (DBE) as the overarching approach while drawing from various pedagogical strategies like flipped classrooms, feedback, teachers as facilitators, collaborative learning, and so on. HAMK being an applied sciences institution, the concept of application of learning to solve real industry problems is at the core of shared goals and values. In line with this aim, business labs establish industry partnerships and receive challenges from companies willing to work with student groups in labs that that run across four months and are worth 25 credits in the bachelor’s program. Students, teachers and company representatives work towards a prototype, a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) for each challenge using design thinking stages as guiding steps, going back and forth as any real problem-solving entails.
Students need to think critically, conduct research, collect data, iterate creative solutions, work collaboratively, test and improve their solutions, problem solve, communicate in professional contexts, and deal with unpredictable situations during the process. Such a course that mimics the work life is a perfect culmination of an educational program at an applied sciences institution where all skills learnt get exercised preparing the learners for real work life.
This interdisciplinary implementation where teachers from different fields act as facilitators is an efficient use of teacher and student time and increases student motivation due to the impact they could achieve through their solutions as the challenges are not imaginary but relevant in real time. In addition, teachers here did not need to worry about the misuse of AI tools and the approach could be considered AI-proof as students needed to be spontaneous and critical at each step and AI tools for instance, could not solve the challenge and conduct the research for the students.
While such implementations need good collaboration between teachers, industry partnerships, critical thinking, problem solving, and research skills among other key learner and teacher competencies, it is worthwhile for institutes with similar goals to work towards such approaches to keep learning immediately relevant while significantly building the future of learners.
References:
Hero, L.-M., Galiot, R., Jussila, J., & Sokka, S. (2024). Becoming a DBE teacher: Teachers’ understanding and needs at the beginning of the transition to design-based education. HAMK Unlimited Scientific. https://unlimited.hamk.fi/ammatillinen-osaaminen-ja-opetus/becoming-a-dbe-teacher-teachers-understanding-and-needs-at-the-beginning-of-the-transition-to-design-based-education/ (25.01.26).
Rönkkönen, S., Kosenkranius, M., Virtanen, V., Postareff, L., & Jussila, J. (2024). Towards design-based education: Exploring the relationship between higher education students’ approaches to learning, collaborative learning and interdisciplinary collaboration. HAMK Unlimited. https://unlimited.hamk.fi/ammatillinen-osaaminen-ja-opetus/towards-design-based-education-exploring-the-relationship-between-higher-education-students-approaches-to-learning-collaborative-learning-and-interdisciplinary-collaboration/ (25.01.26).
Poudel, D., & Kabiraj, S. (2025). A Finnish interventionist approach to design thinking: Lessons for internationalization. HAMK Unlimited. https://unlimited.hamk.fi/yrittajyys-ja-liiketoiminta/a-finnish-interventionist-approach-to-design-thinking-lessons-for-internationalization/ (25.01.26).
What Is Challenging? Students’ Reflection in and on Research-Based Learning in Higher Education
Research-related teaching has become a central pillar in higher education over the last four decades, converging into the ‘scholarship of teaching and learning’ (SoTL) movement. According to the framework developed by Healey (2005), research-based learning in higher education is located in the quadrant ‘participation x research processes/problems’. The phases of research-based learning mirror the phases of a typical research process (Pedaste et al., 2015): students conduct a research project by pursuing their own research question, acquiring and applying research methods, presenting and discussing their research findings. Reflection is an essential phase in research-based learning: It enables students to document, interpret and evaluate their learning process, and to receive feedback from peers and faculty staff. This, in turn, requires students to consciously perceive and reveal insights on their research competence (e.g. Hunter et al., 2007; Thiem et al., 2023).
Whereas theoretical and empirical work on research-based learning and reflecting is widespread for teacher education programmes, it is still rare for educational science programmes (e.g. Afdal & Spernes, 2018; Brew & Saunders, 2020). To fill this research gap, our study examines reflection in and on research-based learning among educational science students. (RQ1) Which activities do students perceive challenging in the research project? (RQ2) What topic areas do students address in the reflected research situations? (RQ3) How do students self-assess their research competence through the research project? For this purpose, we designed a university course along the method of research-based learning. The students had to plan and conduct a research project and write a narrative report during the project, in which they reflected on challenging research situations. These reflections were qualitatively analysed regarding research phases/activities and topics (Mayring, 2022). In addition, a fully structured questionnaire was administered at the end of the project and used to quantitatively analyse the students’ self-assessed research competence.
The results show that especially research methods (conducting and analysing interviews, presenting and discussing findings), project organisation (organising interviews), as well as emotions and self-regulation pose notable challenges in research-based learning. Furthermore, the results show that the self-assessed research competence is moderate to high in all facets, but highest in research methods. The findings of our study provide in-depth insights into research-based learning and reflecting that can be used by faculty staff to design and evaluate their university course.
References:
Afdal, H.W. & Spernes, K. (2018). Designing and redesigning research-based teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 74, 215–228.
Brew, A. & Saunders, C. (2020). Making sense of research-based learning in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 87, 102935.
Healey, M. (2005). Linking research and teaching: Exploring disciplinary spaces and the role of inquiry-based learning. In R. Barnett (Ed.), Reshaping the University: New Relationships between Research, Scholarship and Teaching (pp. 67–78). McGraw Hill.
Hunter, A.-B., Laursen, S. L. & Seymour, E. (2007). Becoming a scientist: The role of undergraduate research in students' cognitive, personal, and professional development. Science Education, 91(1), 36–74.
Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken (13., rev. ed.). Beltz.
Pedaste, M., Mäeots, M., Siiman, L.A., de Jong, T., van Riesen, S.A.N., Kamp, E.T., Manoli, C.C., Zacharia, Z.C. & Tsourlidaki, E. (2015). Phases of inquiry-based learning: Definitions and the inquiry cycle. Educational Research Review, 14, 47–61.
Thiem, J., Preetz, R. & Haberstroh, S. (2023). How research-based learning affects students’ self-rated research competences: evidence from a longitudinal study across disciplines. Studies in Higher Education, 48(7), 1039–1051.
Continuing and Higher Education Competency Frameworks in Switzerland – from Strategy to Practice?
The increasing emphasis on lifelong learning and competency-based education has led to renewed consideration of the relationship between higher education (HE) and university continuing education (UCE) (EUA, 2024). In Switzerland, this relationship is shaped by a complex meso-level tension between the systemic positioning of continuing education both outside and within the higher education system, as well as by the implementation of competency-based approaches in institutional strategies and practices. This paper addresses these tensions by examining how universities navigate the boundaries between HE and UCE and how competency orientation is enacted at systemic and organisational levels (SCCRE, 2023; Gonon & Weil, 2021).
A key policy development framing this analysis is the recent reintegration of UCE into the Swiss National Qualifications Framework for Higher Education (nqf-HS) (swissuniversities 2025a). This reintegration can be understood as an attempt to strengthen permeability, flexibilization, and recognition across educational pathways. In this context, instruments such as Validation d’Acquis de l’Expérience (VAE) and Admission sur Dossier (ASD) are particularly relevant, as they operationalize competency-oriented access and recognition mechanisms and connect higher education more closely to professional and working-life experiences (swissuniversities 2023; 2025b).
Empirically, the paper draws on data from the WebiFlex-hs research project, which examines how UCE is institutionally embedded within Swiss higher education institutions (Weil, 2023). The study combines document analysis with organizational and qualitative data. Organizational charts from all Swiss universities (N=41) allow for a systematic analysis of institutional positioning, revealing distinct patterns across institutional types and language regions (Besanko et al., 2005). These findings are complemented by a qualitative questionnaire with those responsible for UCE across all Swiss university types and language regions (n=32), which explores perceived degrees of flexibility and connectivity between continuing education and degree programs. The research interest addresses options for flexibility between systemic, institutional, and individual competency-oriented approaches.
References:
Besanko, D., Régibeau, P. & Rockett, K.E. (2005). A Multi-Task Principal-Agent Approach to Organizational Form. Journal of Industrial Economics, 53(4), 437–467.
EUA (European University Association) (2024). LEARNING & TEACHING PAPER #21 Flexible learning and teaching Thematic Peer Group. Report. file:///C:/Users/markus.weil/Downloads/eua%20tpg%20report_flexible%20learning%20and%20teaching.pdf (20.01.2026).
Gonon, Ph. & Weil, M. (2021). Continuing Higher Education Between Academic and Professional Skills. In Ph. Eigenmann, Ph. Gonon & M. Weil (Eds.), Opening and Extending Vocational Education. (pp. 341–360). Peter Lang.
SCCRE (Swiss Coordination Centre for Research in Education) (2023). Education Report Switzerland 2023. SCCRE.
Swissuniversities (2023). Validierung. zur Durchführung der Validation des acquis de l’expérience (VAE). https://www.swissuniversities.ch/fileadmin/swissuniversities/Dokumente/Kammern/Kammer_PH/Vereinb-Erkl/230324_Vereinbarung_VAE.pdf (20.01.2026).
Swissuniversities (2025a). Qualifikationsrahmen für den schweizerischen Hochschulbereich nqf.ch-HS. https://www.swissuniversities.ch/fileadmin/swissuniversities/Dokumente/Lehre/NQR/nqf-ch-HS-d.pdf (20.01.2026).
Swissuniversities (2025b). Vereinbarung der Mitglieder der Kammer PH swissuniversities zur Harmonisierung der Aufnahme sur dossier (ASD). https://www.swissuniversities.ch/fileadmin/swissuniversities/Dokumente/Kammern/Kammer_PH/Vereinb-Erkl/Vereinbarung_ASD_d_f_i_200311_Version_231122.pdf (20.01.2026).
Weil, M. (2023). Systematic potentials for co-operation: UCE as a gateway for HE? European Journal of University Lifelong Learning – EJULL, 7(2), 81–88.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 07 B: AI Case Studies Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Wiktoria Szawiel Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Research on the Mechanisms of Artificial Intelligence in Promoting High-Order Thinking Development from a Sociotechnical Perspective Fujian Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The rapid integration of artificial intelligence (AI) into educational practices has fundamentally altered how students engage with knowledge, tasks, and learning processes. As generative AI tools increasingly provide instant access to information, content generation, and problem-solving suggestions, the educational emphasis has shifted from knowledge acquisition toward the cultivation of higher-order thinking skills (HOTS), including critical thinking, creativity, metacognition, and complex problem solving. Despite this shift, the role of AI in supporting higher-order thinking remains theoretically contested. Existing studies have produced mixed findings regarding AI’s educational value. On the one hand, AI is frequently portrayed as a powerful cognitive scaffold that expands learners’ access to information, provides multiple perspectives, and supports inquiry and reflection. On the other hand, concerns have emerged that students may rely on AI as a cognitive shortcut, outsourcing reasoning and judgment to algorithms and thereby weakening deep cognitive engagement. These contradictory outcomes suggest that the impact of AI on higher-order thinking cannot be explained by technological affordances alone. To address this gap, the present study is guided by the following research question: The theoretical framework of this study is grounded in sociotechnical systems theory, which emphasizes the mutual constitution of technical and social systems. From this perspective, educational technologies do not operate in isolation; their effects depend on how they are embedded within organizational structures, task designs, and human practices. Building on Leavitt’s sociotechnical model, the framework integrates four analytically distinct but interrelated components: technology, task, structure, and actors. Overall, this study contributes a mechanism-oriented theoretical perspective on AI-supported higher-order thinking, shifting the analytical focus from technological effects to sociotechnical processes. It aims to advance conceptual clarity in the growing field of AI and education and to inform the design of learning environments that preserve and strengthen students’ cognitive agency in the age of artificial intelligence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design to capture the dynamic and context-dependent mechanisms through which AI supports higher-order thinking in classroom settings. Qualitative methods are particularly suitable for examining sociotechnical interactions, as they allow for in-depth exploration of meaning-making processes, instructional practices, and learner agency as they unfold in naturalistic environments. Research Context The study focuses on two university-level courses in which AI tools were deliberately integrated into teaching and learning activities. Rather than relying on advanced or costly intelligent systems, these courses employed widely accessible generative AI tools (e.g., large language models commonly available to students). This choice enhances the ecological validity and transferability of the findings, especially for institutions with limited technological resources. Data Collection Two primary sources of data were collected: Classroom observations: Continuous observations were conducted throughout the courses to document how AI was embedded in task design, how students interacted with AI during learning activities, and how classroom structures shaped these interactions. Detailed field notes captured instructional sequences, student–AI exchanges, peer discussions, and moments of cognitive tension or reflection. Semi-structured interviews: Interviews were conducted with both instructors and students. Interview protocols were organized around the four dimensions of the sociotechnical framework (technology, task, structure, actors), focusing on participants’ perceptions of AI use, learning strategies, decision-making processes, and experiences related to higher-order thinking. Data Analysis Data analysis followed a systematic coding process inspired by grounded theory methods, including open coding, axial coding, and selective coding. Initial codes were generated to identify recurring patterns related to AI use and cognitive engagement. These codes were then organized into higher-level categories corresponding to the sociotechnical framework. Through iterative comparison and refinement, key mechanisms explaining how AI fostered or constrained higher-order thinking were identified. To enhance trustworthiness, triangulation was employed by cross-validating findings across observation data and interview data. Data collection continued until theoretical saturation was reached, ensuring the robustness of the analytical framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to yield three major contributions. First, the findings are anticipated to demonstrate that AI does not promote higher-order thinking through direct technological empowerment. Instead, higher-order thinking emerges through a sociotechnical mechanism involving the interaction of AI’s affordances and limitations with pedagogical design and student agency. In particular, AI’s imperfections—such as inaccurate outputs or contextual mismatches—are expected to function as productive triggers for critical verification and evaluative judgment when embedded in appropriately designed tasks. Second, the study is likely to show that task design and classroom structure play a critical regulatory role. Open-ended, ill-structured, and authentic tasks create conditions under which AI serves as a cognitive catalyst rather than a shortcut. Meanwhile, collaborative learning arrangements and explicit instructional guidance transform AI outputs into shared objects of reflection, comparison, and debate, thereby amplifying higher-order cognitive engagement. Third, the findings are expected to underscore the central role of student agency. Higher-order thinking develops most robustly when students adopt strategic, reflective, and iterative approaches to AI use, positioning AI as a cognitive partner rather than an epistemic authority. This shift in human–AI relations—from tool dependency to reflective collaboration—is crucial for sustaining deep learning. Overall, the study will contribute an integrated sociotechnical explanation of AI-supported higher-order thinking, advancing theoretical understanding beyond simplistic claims of technological effectiveness. Practically, it will offer design-oriented insights for educators seeking to harness AI’s potential while preserving and strengthening students’ cognitive agency in the age of artificial intelligence. References Doshi, A. R., & Hauser, O. P. (2024). Generative AI enhances individual creativity but reduces the collective diversity of novel content. Science Advances, 10(28), Article e5290. Deng, R., Jiang, M., Yu, X., Zhang, L., & Chen, Y. (2024). Does ChatGPT enhance student learning? A systematic review and meta-analysis of experimental studies. Computers & Education, Article 105224. Kong, S. C., & Yang, Y. (2024). A human-centred learning and teaching framework using generative artificial intelligence for self-regulated learning development through domain knowledge learning in K–12 settings. IEEE Transactions on Learning Technologies, 17, 1588–1599. Liu, M., Guo, S., Zhang, W., & Wang, J. (2025). How generative artificial intelligence facilitates the cultivation of learners’ higher-order thinking skills: A systematic review of 68 empirical studies. Journal of Distance Education, 43(5), 55–66. Liu, M., Zhang, L. J., & Biebricher, C. (2024). Investigating students’ cognitive processes in generative AI-assisted digital multimodal composing and traditional writing. Computers & Education, 211, Article 104977. Nguyen, A., Hong, Y., Dang, B., & Nguyen, T. (2024). Human–AI collaboration patterns in AI-assisted academic writing. Studies in Higher Education. Advance online publication. Radianti, J., Majchrzak, T. A., Fromm, J., & Wohlgenannt, I. (2020). A systematic review of immersive virtual reality applications for higher education: Design elements, lessons learned, and research agenda. Computers & Education, 147, Article 103778. Rafner, J., Beaty, R. E., Kaufman, J. C., & Silvia, P. J. (2023). Creativity in the age of generative AI. Nature Human Behaviour, 7(11), 1836–1838. Saritepeci, M., & Yildiz Durak, H. (2024). Effectiveness of artificial intelligence integration in design-based learning on design thinking mindset, creative and reflective thinking skills. Education and Information Technologies. Advance online publication. Sharma, D. (2024). Critical thinking and problem-solving in the age of ChatGPT: An experiential blogging project. Business and Professional Communication Quarterly, 87(4), 630–653. Wu, T. T., Lee, H. Y., Li, P. H., Chen, S. C., & Heh, J. S. (2024). Promoting self-regulation progress and knowledge construction in blended learning via ChatGPT-based learning aid. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 61(8), 3–31. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Generative AI as an Epistemic Mediator in the Armenian Higher Education System Yerevan State University, Armenia Presenting Author:The central theme of ECER 2026, "Knowing and Acting," invites a critical examination of the changing conditions of knowledge production in an era where "data-driven technologies" are increasingly recognized as active epistemic agents. This proposal engages with the urgent question of whether higher education is entering an "echo chamber", where the scope of student creativity and critique is algorithmically defined. We argue that Generative AI (GenAI) has evolved from a supplementary tool into a dominant "epistemic mediator," fundamentally altering the ontology of learning. This study investigates this transformation within the unique context of Armenia, a transition economy currently navigating a radical educational paradigm shift. The landscape is defined by three simultaneous, large-scale reforms: 1) The "State Program for Development of Education until 2030", which prioritizes digitalization; 2) The newly adopted "Law on Higher Education and Science", which mandates measurable research outputs ; and 3) The "Academic City" project, an ambitious infrastructure initiative designed to centralize and internationalize Armenian science. These reforms collectively aim to foster a culture of "sincerity and authenticity" in academic knowledge. However, our research identifies a critical "policy vacuum" and a paradox at the heart of these reforms. While the state invests in the physical and legal infrastructure of the "Academic City" to promote deep scientific inquiry, the unregulated influx of GenAI is creating an invisible "Epistemic Crisis" within the classroom. Building on our previous work regarding the "revolutionary changes" AI brings to higher education [1], we posit that students are increasingly decoupling "Knowing" from "Acting." Specifically, under the pressure of the new Law's performance metrics, students are utilizing GenAI to simulate "Acting" (producing essays, code, and analysis efficiently) while bypassing the cognitive struggle of "Knowing" (internalizing concepts and verifying truth). This reliance risks creating a form of "performative competence," where the student’s agency is replaced by "prompt engineering," effectively undermining the intellectual autonomy that the "Academic City" is built to protect. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To rigorously interrogate the "black box" of student-AI interaction and provide empirically robust evidence, this study adopts a Sequential Explanatory Mixed-Methods Design. This approach allows us to first identify broad patterns of AI usage through quantitative data, and subsequently explain the underlying "epistemic mechanisms" through qualitative inquiry. Sampling Strategy and Context The study employs a stratified random sampling strategy to ensure representativeness across the "center-periphery" dynamic of the Armenian higher education system. Data is drawn from a diverse cross-section of institutions: Yerevan State University (YSU): The central research-intensive hub. Shirak State University (ShSU) & Vanadzor State University (VSU): Key regional universities representing the northwestern and northern infrastructural contexts. Phase 1: Quantitative Inquiry (The "AI Dependency Index") Data collection (Late 2025) involved a cross-sectional survey (N > 600) administered to undergraduate and graduate students. The instrument was designed to operationalize the "AI Dependency Index," measuring the frequency, intent, and depth of GenAI usage. Building on our prior methodology regarding Big Data and Learning Analytics [2], we utilized Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) to test the correlation between high AI reliance and "Epistemic Trust" (confidence in verifying sources). The survey also included a "Turing Test" component, where students were asked to distinguish between human-authored and AI-generated academic texts. Phase 2: Qualitative Inquiry Following the quantitative analysis, 12 semi-structured focus group discussions were conducted with students and faculty. These sessions utilized Reflexive Thematic Analysis to investigate the phenomenon of "cognitive offloading," probing how legislative demands for research output might be inadvertently incentivizing "prompt engineering" over critical thinking. Ethical Considerations Given the sensitive nature of the inquiry—where students may disclose non-compliant academic behaviors—strict ethical protocols were enforced to ensure non-traceability and psychological safety, adhering to the EERA Code of Ethics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study provide a critical, empirical diagnosis of the "Epistemic Crisis" currently unfolding in the Armenian higher education system. 1. The "Efficiency-Integrity" Paradox: Data corroborates that the rigid performance metrics mandated by the new Law are inadvertently creating a "perverse incentive structure." Students, pressured to demonstrate high research output ("Acting"), are systematically offloading the cognitive struggle of inquiry ("Knowing") to GenAI. Our analysis reveals that 65% of high-frequency AI users across YSU, ShSU, and VSU exhibit signs of "cognitive atrophy"—prioritizing the syntactic coherence of AI outputs over the semantic accuracy of primary sources. 2. The "Algorithmic Echo Chamber" across Regions: Contrary to the assumption of a digital divide, the study identifies a startling homogeneity between the central academic hub and regional universities. The scarcity of high-quality Armenian language data in Large Language Models (LLMs) exacerbates the "echo chamber" effect nationally. Students are susceptible to "linguistic hallucinations," accepting AI-translated biases as authoritative knowledge. This suggests that the physical infrastructure of the "Academic City" is being undermined by a fragile digital epistemology. 3. Policy Implications: Building on our previous work regarding Big Data in quality assurance [2], we argue that banning GenAI is futile. Instead, the paper proposes a Policy Roadmap for the "Academic City," advocating for a shift from "Output-Oriented" to "Process-Oriented Assessment." We conclude that securing the "sincerity" of academic knowledge requires integrating "Critical AI Literacy" into the national curriculum. References Abgaryan, H., Asatryan, S., & Matevosyan, A. (2023). Revolutionary Changes in Higher Education with Artificial Intelligence. Main Issues of Pedagogy and Psychology, 10(1), 58-72. Asatryan, S., Hakobyan, L., & Adamyan, N. (2025). The Role of Big Data and Learning Analytics in the Quality Assurance Process of Higher Education. Education in the 21st Century, 1(12). Floridi, L. (2023). AI as Agency without Intelligence: on AGIs, Prompts, and the Illusion of Understanding. Philosophy & Technology, 36(1). Government of the Republic of Armenia. (2022). The State Program for the Development of Education of the Republic of Armenia until 2030. Yerevan. National Assembly of the Republic of Armenia. (2024). Law on Higher Education and Science. Yerevan. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Use of Artificial Intelligence Tools in Student Engagement Methods in Latvia within Business Sciences and STEM study programs. University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:General description on theoretical framework & background Existing research indicates that in the modern world, students are unable to maintain long – term concentration on lectures delivered in a monotonous way. Constant stimulation from social media leads to students being willing to process information only when they are actively involved in the process (Mark, 2023; Marquez et al., 2023). Considerable attention is also paid to the fact that today’s students, as technologically advanced users, expect a high level of technology use from academic staff as well. At the same time, learning new resources requires additional time for training, preparation, experimentation, and adaptation—time that many lecturers are unwilling or unable to allocate, as they already feel overloaded with existing responsibilities and the overall workload continues to grow (Aparicio-Gomez et al., 2023). According to a report published in 2024 by Ellucian, a leading provider of higher education technology solutions, despite the recognized advantages of artificial intelligence (AI), its use in higher education institutions is not as widespread as commonly assumed. Faculty hesitation remains high—although 61% of academic staff have used AI in teaching, 88% do so minimally, indicating a cautious approach to integrating AI into study courses. When conducting a small preliminary study, author also concluded that despite the high level of student digitalization, professors report very limited use of digital and AI tools during their lectures (only 30% of surveyed lecturers have used AI tools at least once), (Stolca, 2025) A study that would help academic staff better navigate the opportunities provided by AI tools and more effectively digitally enhance he engaging aspects of their lectures would help bridge the gap between the level of teaching expected by modern students and the level that lecturers are currently prepared to offer. In the context of this study, student engagement refers to any activities during lectures involving student participation that are aimed at increasing students’ concentration, involvement in the learning process, and positively influencing learning outcomes.
Research objectives To explore the most effective solutions for the use of artificial intelligence (AI) and digital tools that would promote both student engagement and the achievement of learning outcomes. Research questions posed: 1) Which dimensions of student engagement (behavioral, emotional, and cognitive) are most strongly associated with students’ use of AI tools, as measured by the adapted HESES scale? 2) Which AI-supported teaching and learning practices are perceived as most effective for enhancing student engagement in higher education study courses? 3) What relationships emerge between lecturers pedagogical intentions for AI integration and students’ experienced engagement in AI-supported courses?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods/methodology During the scientific research project, it is planned to identify and adapt existing student engagement scale HESES - Higher Education Student Engagement Scale (Zhoc, et al, 2019) to the context of AI tool usage in business and STEM education and pilot them in several study courses. From the sample perspective, the study is two-sided. On one side, research participants are lecturers who actively use AI tools to boost engagement during their study courses. Semi – structured interviews are planned to be delivered in the beginning of the research process – to collect their hypothesis regarding the students answers and also after the data on engagement scales are collected – to discuss the given results. On the other side, research participants are the students who attend these lectures and actively participate; their engagement will be measured towards the end of the semester using adapted HESES scale. Putting together the perspective of both students and professors, the research aims to understand, what are the most efficient AI tool to be used for improving student engagement and increasing their learning outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Gathered data will be extra fresh for the ECER conference in August, as the collection of the data (both from semi – structured interviews and the student survey) will finish in the beginning of June and I am planning to analyze the data and draw the conclusions by the end of July. The research is expected to provide insights into the role of AI tools in fostering student engagement in higher education study courses. First, the study will identify which dimensions of student engagement (behavioral, emotional, and cognitive) are most strongly associated with the use of AI tools, based on the adapted HESES scale results. Second, by combining student survey data with semi-structured interviews with the academic staff members, the research is expected to reveal dependencies between academia expectations and students’ reported engagement levels. Thirdly, the study is expected to identify a set of AI practices that could be efficiently used for increasing student engagement (e.g., formative feedback tools, interactive content generation, adaptive learning support) Most importantly, findings will be grounded in real course implementations rather than hypothetical use cases. Overall, the results will support evidence-based decision-making for academic staff seeking to integrate AI tools in their study course. References References 1.Aparicio – Gomez, O. Y., Ostos-Ortiz, O. L., & Abadia – Garcia C. (2024). Convergence between emerging technologies and active methodologies in the university. Journal of Technology and Science Education, 14(1), 31–44. https://doi.org/10.3926/jotse.2508 2.Ellucian. (October 2024 ). AI in Higher Education: Understanding the Present and Shaping the Future. Ellucian.com. https://lp.ellucian.com/ai-innovation-survey.html 3.Mark, G. (February 2023). Why our attention spans are shrinking. American Psychological Association. https://www.apa.org/news/podcasts/speaking-of-psychology/attention-spans 4.Stolca, P. (2025). Student Participation Methods to Improve Engagement and Understanding of the Material: Pre-Research. Human, Technologies and Quality of Education, 2025. 698 p. https://doi.org/10.22364/htqe.2025 5.Zhoc, K. C. H., Webster, B. J., King, R. B., Li, J. C. H., & Chung, T. S. H. (2019). Higher Education Student Engagement Scale (HESES): Development and Psychometric Evidence. Research in Higher Education, 60(2), 219–244. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-018-9510-6 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Prompt Literacy in Higher Education: An Empirical Study of Student Prompting Techniques and Types LMU Munich, Germany Presenting Author:Across higher education, generative AI (GenAI) is rapidly gaining importance and is increasingly shaping learning, teaching, and assessment practices (Jin et al., 2025; Kasneci et al., 2023). This development reflects a growing recognition that meaningful engagement with GenAI depends not only on access to the tools, but also on students’ competencies, particularly AI literacy and prompt-related skills that support goal-directed interaction (Federiakin et al., 2024; Hershkovitz et al., 2025; Knoth et al., 2024). Despite this development, empirical research on how students interact with GenAI remains limited. Although research syntheses show that GenAI is applied across diverse instructional contexts, many studies continue to prioritize tool capabilities or researcher-designed prompts rather than examining how students initiate human–AI interaction through the prompts they author themselves (Wang et al., 2025). As a result, there is little empirical insight into prompting as a situated student practice in real tasks. This gap is consequential because prompt engineering is inherently compositional: effective prompts typically combine multiple elements that jointly shape large language model (LLM) behavior. Recent studies emphasize the importance of analyzing the interaction and co-occurrence of prompting strategies rather than isolated techniques (Schulhoff et al., 2025; White et al., 2024). Moreover, human–computer interaction research shows that non-experts often struggle to design effective prompts, indicating that intuitive LLM interfaces do not remove the need for explicit skill development and instructional scaffolding (Zamfirescu-Pereira et al., 2023). Against this backdrop, the present study conceptualizes prompt literacy as a teachable component of AI literacy in higher education. Prompt literacy is defined as students’ capacity to translate goals into written instructions that steer an LLM toward an intended outcome by making response requirements explicit (Knoth et al., 2024; Walter, 2024). This conceptualization builds on integrative AI-literacy frameworks that emphasize effective collaboration with AI systems, and positions prompting as a core interaction skill in LLM-mediated tasks (Ng et al., 2021). Accordingly, prompt engineering is increasingly framed as an instructional target shaping how productively students engage with GenAI (Cain, 2024; Lee & Palmer, 2025). Accordingly, this study has two aims: first, to describe which prompt-engineering techniques students use in an authentic task; and second, to identify distinct prompt types based on how these techniques are combined. These aims are addressed through three research questions:
RQ1: Which prompt-engineering techniques do students employ when formulating a prompt for an authentic planning task? RQ2: Which latent prompt types emerge from patterns in students’ prompting techniques? RQ3: How are prompt types associated with learner characteristics and AI literacy? The theoretical framework treats prompts as observable interaction for LLM behavior. Prompt literacy is operationalized using a classification scheme that categorizes prompts by the prompting techniques they contain, including role specification, contextualization, explicit constraints, output-format requirements, and evaluation cues, drawing on higher-education reviews and the broader prompt-engineering literature (Cain, 2024; Lee & Palmer, 2025; Schulhoff et al., 2025; White et al., 2024). Using a large sample of students enrolled at German higher education institutions, the study provides baseline empirical evidence on student-authored prompting practices and derives a five prompting types based on latent class analysis conducted in Latent GOLD. These findings inform evidence-based Prompt Literacy development and support more tailored instructional guidance across higher-education contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research questions, the study adopted a quantitative, exploratory design examining how higher-education students formulate prompts for GenAI and how resulting prompting types relate to AI literacy and learner characteristics. Data was collected via an online survey administered in Qualtrics. Within the survey environment, a ChatGPT interface was embedded, and participants were asked to freely enter a single prompt they would use to obtain a vacation-planning task. Vacation planning was used because it is a familiar, low-stakes task that requires little domain knowledge, improving comparability across participants and reducing confounding from disciplinary expertise. No scaffolding, examples, or prior instruction on prompting were provided, allowing students’ natural prompt-writing practices to be observed. After quality checks, the final sample comprised N = 395 students enrolled at German higher education institutions. The sample was predominantly female (62.3%), with ages ranging from 19 to 41 years (M = 24.6, SD = 3.8). Most participants were enrolled in bachelor’s (71.4%) or master’s programs (26.6%) across a broad range of disciplines, including business, social sciences, engineering, and health or education-related fields. In addition to the prompt task, the questionnaire captured demographic variables and self-report measures assessing AI literacy, AI self-efficacy, and digital self-regulation (Pinski & Benlian, 2023). Participants’ experience with generative AI varied substantially: 41.2% reported using such tools at least weekly, while 58.8% indicated infrequent or no regular use. Self-reported confidence in interacting with AI showed moderate to high variability (M = 5.72 on a 7-point scale, SD = 1.41). Prompting techniques were coded in MAXQDA using a predefined, classification scheme (e.g., role specification, contextualization, explicit constraints, output-format requirements, evaluation cues, and stylistic requirements) (RQ1). Coding followed a structured codebook and was conducted by trained coders (κ = .83), with reliability checks performed prior to final coding Statistical analyses were conducted in SPSS and Latent GOLD. SPSS was used for descriptive statistics, scale scoring, and preliminary association tests. Prompt types were identified using a bias-adjusted three-step latent class analysis with a proportional maximum likelihood estimator (Bakk et al., 2013; Vermunt, 2010). In the first step, latent classes are estimated from the response variables. In the second step, individuals are classified. In the third step, associations between class membership and external variables (covariates) are analyzed (Bakk et al., 2013; Vermunt, 2010) (RQ2, RQ3). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding RQ1, descriptive coding indicated that students typically combined multiple prompting techniques rather than relying on isolated strategies, underscoring prompting as a compositional practice and supporting the view of prompts as observable interaction designs that configure LLM behavior. The latent class analysis (RQ2) identified five distinct prompting types that differ primarily in specificity, informational richness, and the degree of guidance provided to the model. Class 1 (Baseline Prompting) reflects an average pattern: prompts show moderate structure and detail without strongly distinctive features. Class 2 (Context-Specific Directive Prompting) comprises clear, concrete, and situation-appropriate instructions; prompts explicitly specify the task and provide relevant contextual information, enabling focused interactions. In contrast, Class 3 (Underspecified Prompting) captures comparatively vague prompts with low informational content; students provide few constraints or contextual cues, resulting in broadly formulated requests with limited precision. A qualitatively different pattern emerges in Class 4 (Exploratory Validation-Oriented Prompting): prompts commonly express an initial direction but also signal uncertainty, emphasizing feedback, confirmation, or validation rather than requesting a clearly defined output. Finally, Class 5 (Role-Based Elaborated Prompting) represents the most elaborate style: prompts contain extensive information, specify constraints and expectations in detail, and frequently assign an explicit role or perspective to the model, reflecting a highly structured interaction strategy. Associations with learner characteristics were generally modest (RQ3), but field of study, age, and AI openness showed significant differences. Education/pedagogy students were more prevalent in Class 3, while medical students were over-represented in Class 4. Overall, the five-class solution provides an empirically grounded typology of student prompting behavior and highlights substantial heterogeneity in how students initiate interaction with GenAI. This heterogeneity suggests that one-size-fits-all prompting support is unlikely to be effective and points to the value of differentiated instructional guidance tailored to distinct prompting profiles. References Bakk, Z., Tekle, F. B., & Vermunt, J. K. (2013). Estimating the association between latent class membership and external variables using bias-adjusted three-step approaches. Sociological Methodology, 43(1), 272–311. https://doi.org/10.1177/0081175012470644 Cain, W. (2024). Prompting change: Exploring prompt engineering in large language model AI and its potential to transform education. TechTrends, 68(1), 47–57. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-023-00896-0 Federiakin, D., Molerov, D., Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, O., & Maur, A. (2024). Prompt engineering as a new 21st century skill. Frontiers in Education, 9, 1366434. Hershkovitz, A., Tabach, M., Reich, Y., Lurie, L., & Cholcman, T. (2025). Framing and evaluating task-centered generative artificial intelligence literacy for higher education students. Systems, 13(7), 518. https://doi.org/10.3390/systems13070518 Jin, Y., Yan, L., Echeverria, V., Gašević, D., & Martinez-Maldonado, R. (2025). Generative AI in higher education: A global perspective of institutional adoption policies and guidelines. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 100348. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100348 Knoth, N., Tolzin, A., Janson, A., & Leimeister, J. M. (2025). Prompt engineering literacy: A skill-based perspective on prompt engineering strategies and interactions with generative AI in higher education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 6, 100225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100225 Lee, D., & Palmer, E. (2025). Prompt engineering in higher education: A systematic review to help inform curricula. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 22, 7. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-025-00503-7 Ng, D. T. K., Leung, J. K. L., Chu, K. W. S., & Qiao, M. S. (2021). AI literacy: Definition, teaching, evaluation and ethical issues. Proceedings of the Association for Information Science and Technology, 58(1), 504–509. https://doi.org/10.1002/pra2.487 Pinski, Marc and Benlian, Alexander, "AI Literacy - Towards Measuring Human Competency in Artificial Intelligence" (2023). Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences 2023 (HICSS-56). 3. Schulhoff, S., et al. (2024). The Prompt Report: A systematic survey of prompting techniques. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2406.06608 Vermunt, J. K. (2010). Latent class modeling with covariates: Two improved three-step approaches. Political Analysis, 18(4), 450–469. https://doi.org/10.1093/pan/mpq025 Walter, Y. (2024). Embracing the future of Artificial Intelligence in the classroom: The relevance of AI literacy, prompt engineering, and critical thinking in modern education. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21(1), 15. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-024-00448-3 White, J., et al. (2023). A prompt pattern catalog to enhance prompt engineering with ChatGPT. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2302.11382 Zamfirescu-Pereira, J. D., Wong, R. Y., Hartmann, B., & Yang, Q. (2023). Why Johnny can’t prompt: How non-AI experts try (and fail) to design LLM prompts. In Proceedings of the 2023 CHI (CHI ’23) (Article 437, pp. 1–21). Association for Computing Machinery. https://doi.org/10.1145/3544548.3581388 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 07 C: The character of higher education Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Toivonen Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Social Stratification in Higher Education Choice: Evidence from Slovenia 1: National Examinations Centre, Slovenia; 2: Department of Psychology, Faculty of Arts, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia Presenting Author:Abstract Education is often framed as a key mechanism of social mobility; however, educational choices remain closely linked to socio-economic background, even in systems with relatively broad access to higher education. This study examines the role of socio-economic status (SES) in shaping higher education choices in Slovenia, focusing not only on participation in higher education but also on differences across programme types, institutional types, and fields of study. In doing so, it highlights how social stratification operates not only at earlier stages of education but also at the transition into tertiary education. The analysis draws on nationwide administrative data developed in collaboration between the National Examinations Centre and the Statistical Office of the Republic of Slovenia. These data link individual students to their parents’ educational, occupational, and financial records, combining assessment and enrolment information with detailed socio-economic indicators. The resulting dataset enables the construction of a composite socio-economic status (SES) index based on parental education, occupational status, income, and property, following established approaches used in large-scale assessments such as the PISA ESCS index (OECD, 2017). Academic achievement is measured using upper secondary school grades and performance on national examinations, including both the general and vocational matura. Higher education outcomes include enrolment in higher education, programme type, field of study, etc. Descriptive statistics, correlation analyses, and regression models are used to examine associations between socio-economic status, academic achievement, and higher education choices, accounting for prior academic achievement and key demographic characteristics. The study contributes to a more nuanced understanding of educational inequality by showing how socially patterned choices persist at critical decision points in educational trajectories. The findings are expected to show that socio-economic background continues to shape higher education trajectories beyond differences in academic performance, consistent with theories of effectively maintained inequality (Lucas, 2001), relative risk aversion (Breen & Goldthorpe, 1997), and broader models of social stratification. While academic achievement is expected to account for an important share of variation in study choices, socio-economic differences are expected to persist in the selection of study programmes even after controlling for performance, including systematic differences across short-cycle, professional, and university-level programmes. From a broader perspective, these findings inform debates on meritocracy and social reproduction by illustrating how educational inequalities are reproduced through educational decision-making rather than formal barriers alone, with implications for student guidance, admission practices, and equity-oriented policies at the tertiary level. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample and Data Sources The study is based on a comprehensive population-level administrative dataset developed through collaboration between the National Examinations Centre and the Statistical Office of the Republic of Slovenia. National assessment data (available from the mid-1990s onward) were linked with a range of official administrative registers (e.g., residency, employment, taxation, and property records), enabling the construction of detailed socio-economic indicators. These data were further combined with higher education enrolment records to capture individuals’ study choices. The dataset covers entire student cohorts and supports analysis of transitions from upper secondary to tertiary education, including enrolment status, programme type, and field of study across multiple cohorts. Measures Family socio-economic status (SES) Family socio-economic status (SES) was operationalised as a composite index composed of multiple dimensions of family background, including the highest parental occupational status, the highest parental educational attainment, cumulative household property value, and total annual gross parental income. The index was constructed following established approaches used in large-scale educational assessments, such as the PISA ESCS index (OECD, 2017), and previous Slovenian research (Cankar et al., 2017). Principal component analysis (PCA) was used to derive a single SES component, which was standardised for analytical purposes. Academic achievement Academic achievement was measured using multiple indicators of educational performance, including upper secondary school grades in core subjects (Slovenian, Mathematics, and English), subject-specific results from the general and vocational matura examinations, and overall matura achievement. Higher education choice Higher education outcomes were derived from official enrolment data and captured key dimensions of study choice, including enrolment in higher education, programme type, and field of study. Fields of study were classified using a nationally standardised framework aligned with the International Standard Classification of Education – Fields of Education and Training (ISCED-F 2013), ensuring international comparability. Statistical analysis All analyses were conducted using the R statistical software. Descriptive statistics and correlation analyses were used to explore associations between socio-economic status (SES), academic achievement, and study choices. Logistic and multinomial logistic regression models were then used to examine higher education enrolment, programme type, and field of study, controlling for prior academic achievement and key demographic characteristics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study focuses on socio-economic differences in higher education choice in Slovenia, with particular attention to how these differences emerge at the transition into tertiary education. Rather than examining access to higher education alone, the study addresses differentiation within higher education by programme type and field of study, thereby contributing to a more detailed understanding of contemporary educational stratification. Drawing on large-scale administrative and assessment data, the analysis is expected to show that socio-economic status remains systematically related to higher education choices, even after controlling for prior academic achievement. In line with theories of relative risk aversion, effectively maintained inequality and social stratification, students from lower socio-economic backgrounds are expected to make more conservative study choices, while students from more advantaged backgrounds are more likely to enter academically demanding and prestigious programmes and fields of study (Hemsley-Brown & Oplatka, 2015; Reay, 2001). The Slovenian context offers a particularly informative case for examining these processes. Despite relatively broad access to higher education (OECD, 2023), previous research has documented substantial socio-economic inequalities at earlier educational transitions (Cankar et al., 2017). This study is expected to demonstrate that similar mechanisms operate at the transition into higher education, where institutional and programme-level differentiation creates new opportunities for social stratification. The study contributes to debates on meritocracy and social reproduction by demonstrating that educational choices remain socially patterned, also within higher education. From a policy perspective, the findings underscore the importance of addressing inequality not only through early interventions but also at critical decision points such as transitions into higher education, with implications for student guidance, admission practices, and equity-oriented policies. References Baker, S., & Brown, B. (2007). Images of excellence: Constructions of institutional prestige and reflections in the university choice process. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 28(3), 377–391. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690701253455 Bernardi, F., & Ballarino, G. (Eds.). (2016). Education, occupation and social origin: A comparative analysis of the transmission of socio-economic inequalities. Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781785360459 Callender, C., & Jackson, J. (2008). Does the fear of debt constrain choice of university and subject of study?. Studies in Higher Education, 33(4), 405–429. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070802211802 Cankar, G. (2020). Fair educational opportunities in Slovenia: A population study of students with special needs, immigrants, and their socioeconomic status in relation to school achievement. National Examination Center. Cankar, G., Bren, M., & Zupanc, D. (2017). For greater equity in the Slovenian education system: Analyses of student achievement in relation to social, cultural, economic, and regional characteristics of students. National Examination Centre. Corak, M. (2013). Income inequality, equality of opportunity, and intergenerational mobility. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 27(3), 79–102. https://doi.org/10.1257/jep.27.3.79 Crawford, C., & Vignoles, A. (2014). Heterogeneity in graduate earnings by socio-economic background (No. W14/30). IFS Working Papers. https://doi.org/10.1920/wp.ifs.2014.1430 Gogescu, F. (2024). Mapping the distinct patterns of educational and social stratification in European countries. Journal of European Social Policy, 34(3), 271–288. https://doi.org/10.1177/09589287241240966 Haas, C., & Hadjar, A. (2024). Social inequalities in study trajectories: A comparison of the United States and Germany. Sociology of Education, 97(3), 276–296. https://doi.org/10.1177/00380407241228553 Hemsley-Brown, J., & Oplatka, I. (2015). University choice: What do we know, what don’t we know and what do we still need to find out? International Journal of Educational Management, 29(3), 254–274. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-10-2013-0150 OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 technical report. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/2015-technical-report OECD. (2023). Education at a glance 2023: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. Reay, D., Davies, J., David, M., & Ball, S. J. (2001). Choices of degree or degrees of choice? Class, ‘race’ and the higher education choice process. Sociology, 35(4), 855–874. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0038038501008550 Sianou‐Kyrgiou, E. (2010). Stratification in higher education, choice and social inequalities in Greece. Higher Education Quarterly, 64(1), 22–40. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-2273.2009.00427.x Triventi, M. (2013). The role of higher education stratification in the reproduction of social inequality in the labor market. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 32, 45–63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rssm.2013.01.003 Vryonides, M., & Lamprianou, I. (2013). Education and social stratification across Europe. International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 33(1/2), 77–97. https://doi.org/10.1108/01443331311295190 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Class, Gender and Ambition: Working-Class Girls’ Reflexive Pathways into and out of Elite Higher Education in England Manchester Metropolitan University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper examines how the personal process of reflexive deliberation is shaping high-achieving, working-class women’s education and early employment trajectories, from application to elite universities through to their entry into the graduate labour market. Largely informed by Margaret Archer’s sociology of reflexivity (2003, 2007), the paper brings together findings from two qualitative research projects to offer a theoretically informed account of how classed and gendered inequalities are navigated across key educational and occupational transitions. Although the research is located in England, the English HE sector is not unique in experiencing high rates of female participation. In most countries across Europe, more women than men are going to and graduating from university (Eurostat, 2023; UNESCO, 2025). Concerns remain about female access to specific fields, with women persistently underrepresented in science, technology, engineering and maths (García-Peñalvo et al., 2022) and concentrated on care rather than technical courses (Barone, 2011). However, overall female dominance in the arena of HE means that it is often a key site for claims about women’s straightforward success, ambition, opportunity and freedom (Davey, 2025; Allen, 2016; Scharff, 2016). Postfeminist narratives thus position young women as agentic subjects who can ‘do, be and have’ anything they want in a world where sexism no longer exists to slow them down (Pomerantz and Raby, 2017; Kivijärvi, 2021). This characterisation leaves little space to consider how female experiences of HE are located within the parameters of longstanding social structures. Across the European labour market, highly educated female graduates are less likely to find work than their male counterparts (Eurostats, 2025) and, once in work, they receive less pay for the same jobs (Lažetić, 2020). Accordingly, their earlier educational ‘success’ is not easily translated into the workplace. Interacting with gender are also the pressures, constraints and influences of social class. Parental wealth and education are well-known to be highly influential in shaping educational and employment outcomes (Pietrolucci, Dräger, Müller, Albertini, 2025). Likewise, the framing of working-class struggles as personal failings, rather than structural inequalities, can pathologise working-class women for belonging to both a social class and gender perceived as ‘less’ (Lawler, 1999; Reay, 2025). Little attention has, however, been paid to explaining how working-class young women with a strong track record of academic success are navigating these tensions. This paper addresses this gap by examining the experiences of such women in the context of elite HE in England. Here, despite having a highly formalised widening participation agenda, the university system remains hierarchically stratified and deeply embedded in wider social structures (Salmi, 2018; Bathmaker, et. al 2016). With both ‘mass’ and ‘elite’ forms of HE existing simultaneously, it provides a ‘place’ for everyone but these places are not equal (Wheelahan & Moodie, 2020). Indeed, disadvantaged young people three times less likely to attend a top university than their more advantaged peers (DfE, 2025). England thus provides a particularly compelling context in which to explore social class inequalities and problematise the stereotype of trouble-free female success. Archer’s (2003, 2007) understanding of ‘reflexivity’ provides a powerful framework for examining how working-class young women mediate between social structures and personal agency in their trajectories into and out of elite HE. These elements of social reality are not mutually constitutive of one another. Rather, Archer foregrounds the role of internal conversation to explain how individuals actively negotiate the complex structures around them. Instead of positioning working-class young women as passive bearers of gendered and classed dispositions, this paper presents them as active agents, who take a strategic approach to dealing with the constraints and opportunities they encounter in their educational and employment trajectories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on two qualitative research projects with high-achieving young women from working-class backgrounds. The first is a completed study of university decision making among a group of sixteen young women aged 16-18 who were intending to progress to elite UK universities. Using pens, paper and stickers, each produced a visual ‘map’ of their life and educational trajectories which was then used to guide an in-depth, face-to-face individual interview. The second is a research project in its early stages, following a group of young women as they complete their final years of study at elite universities and transition into and through the graduate labour market. Combining voice diaries and interviews, it aims to capture the dynamics of how these women define, implement and, if necessary, modify their graduate trajectories over time. Across both pieces of research, the young women had achieved (or been predicted to achieve) high grades in their end-of-school exams. They were also applying to or enrolled at some of the UK’s most academically selective universities, which demand these top grades for entry. While ‘working-class’ is a term beset by problems of definition, it is used here to refer to how these young women are typically the first generation in their families to attend university, have experienced socio-economic disadvantage and/or lived in areas of low HE participation. These measures are applied as a pragmatic solution for capturing the materiality of the young women’s backgrounds and indicate that they were bucking known trends in HE participation for working-class young people. By employing creative, biographical qualitative methods to foreground the young women’s first-person accounts of their life, educational and employment trajectories, the studies pay close attention to the mediatory process through which the young women respond subjectively to their objective circumstances (Archer, 2003). Data were analysed thematically through both an inductive approach, to delineate the girls’ circumstances and their actions and interactions with them, and a deductive approach to categorise how the girls were reflexively navigating their educational pathways. This approach allows the paper to make a theoretical contribution to the study of working-class young women’s decision making, by developing new explanatory frameworks for the reflexive ways in which they make context-dependent yet highly individualised decisions about their education and employment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on the research findings, this paper presents examples of how the high-achieving young women in the two studies employ distinctive reflexive approaches to capitalise on enablements and circumvent obstacles which may elasticate or contract their intended transitions into and out of elite universities. On the surface, their journeys resemble well-rehearsed stories of high-achieving girls who appear able to glide through education collecting high grades and paving their own ways to bright futures (Pomerantz & Raby, 2017). Yet, as young women from working-class backgrounds who are typically the first in their families to enter HE, they are actively reworking, rather than replicating, the social worlds into which they have been born. Illustrating these complexities, the post-feminist ideals of ambition and freedom have arguably been advantageous in bringing the young women into contact with opportunities they might not otherwise have encountered as they journey into, through and out of elite universities. They construct their pathways individualistically and invest in aspirational futures. Yet this entails taking significant personal responsibility for achieving their academic and employment goals. Consequently, within these high-stakes environments, these young women are under intense pressure to perform. Reflexivity here is not simply about success. Rather, it explains how the young women navigate the risks and possibilities in their lives. Theoretically, the findings challenge dominant Bourdieusian approaches that rely heavily on cultural and social reproduction to explain classed patterns in education and employment. Such perspectives often underplay the degree of agency exercised by working-class young people whose pathways are not the ‘norm’ for their social class. By contrast, using reflexivity as a mediating process explains how individuals adapt to, negotiate and sometimes resist structural constraints. This paper thus offers a dynamic and nuanced account of working-class young women’s lives, contributing to wider debates about classed and gendered inequalities across Europe. References Allen, K. (2016). Top girls navigating austere times. Journal of Youth Studies, 19(6), 805–820. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2015.1112885 Archer, M. S. (2003). Structure, Agency and the Internal Conversation. Cambridge University Press. Archer, M. S. (2007). Making our way through the world: human reflexivity and social mobility. Cambridge University Press. Barone, C. (2011). Some Things Never Change: Gender Segregation in Higher Education across Eight Nations and Three Decades. Sociology of Education, 84(2), 157-176. Bathmaker, A.-M., Ingram, N., Abrahams, J., Hoare, A., Waller, R., and Bradley, H. 2016 Higher Education, Social Class and Social Mobility: The Degree Generation. Palgrave Macmillan. Davey, K. (2025). Striving to Be Super: The Contradictions of Academic Success in High-Achieving, Working-Class Girls’ Pathways to High-Tariff Universities. British Journal of Educational Studies, 73(2), 215–234. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2024.2421206 DfE. (2025) Widening Participation in HE: 2023-24. https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/widening-participation-in-higher-education/2023-24#dataBlock-1e629e6e-9a7a-4a3b-8106-6bf3de0c4978-tables Eurostat. (2023) Tertiary education statistics. European Union. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Tertiary_education_statistics#Participation_in_tertiary_education_by_sex Eurostat. (2025) Employment rates of recent graduates. European Union. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Employment_rates_of_recent_graduates#Recent_male_graduates_in_the_EU_were_more_likely_to_find_work_than_their_female_counterparts García-Peñalvo, F. J., García-Holgado, A., Domingues, A. & Pacual, J. (Eds) Women in STEM in Higher Education: Good practices of attraction, access and retainment in Higher Education. Springer. Kivijärvi M (2021), “Stop whining and be a badass”: a postfeminist analysis of university students' responses to gender themes. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International Journal, 40(6) pp. 690–707, https://doi.org/10.1108/EDI-08-2020-0219 Lažetić, P. (2020). The gender gap in graduate job quality in Europe – a comparative analysis across economic sectors and countries. Oxford Review of Education, 46(1), 129–151. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2019.1687439 Lawler, S. (1999) ‘Getting out and getting away’: Women’s narratives of class mobility, Feminist Review, 63(1), 3–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/014177899339036 Pietrolucci, A., Dräger, J., Müller, N. & Albertini, M. (2025). The educational wealth divide in Europe: Post-secondary enrolment gaps across parental wealth components and countries, Research in Social Stratification and Mobility. 99. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rssm.2025.101086. Pomerantz, S. and Raby, R. (2017) Smart Girls: Success, School, and the Myth of Post-Feminism. University of California Press. Reay, D. (2025) Miseducation. 2nd Ed. Policy Press. Salmi, J. (2018). All around the world – Higher education equity policies across the globe. https://worldaccesshe.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/All-around-the-world-Higher-education-equity-policies-across-the-globe-.pdf Scharff, C. (2016) Gender and neoliberalism: young women as ideal neoliberal subjects. In S. Springer, K. Birch, and J. Macleavy (Eds) Handbook of Neoliberalism. Routledge, pp. 245–254. UNESCO (2025) Global Education Monitoring Report 2025. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000393701 Wheelahan, Leesa, and Gavin Moodie. 2020. A Degree is a Degree? The Impact of Elite Universities on Colleges Offering Degrees. International Journal of Training Research 18 (2): 101–105. https://doi.org/10.1080/14480220.2020.1830837. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper On the Path to Becoming a University: How Far Have New Higher Education Institutions Come in the Past Decade? Edge Foundation, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This research explores new higher education institutions (HEIs) in England, which began life in the last 5-10 years and are now delivering higher education (HE) provision. Earlier research investigated how new HEIs began their journey of setting-up and developing a new HEI, exploring initial visions and how pedagogies and learning approaches were being developed (Emms et al, 2023). It found that new HEIs conceived their mission as addressing deficiencies in existing university provision (BIS, 2016) to prepare students sufficiently for a varied portfolio career in a complex world, responding to concerns that university offerings do not always align with labour market needs (Tomlinson, 2012). In response, the HE sector in England shows a growing trend towards diversifying its provision aiming to enhance graduate employability and address employer demands for work-ready graduates. Research has pointed towards the importance of work-related experiences in HE and equipping students with skills to foster their employability (Donald et al., 2018; Kersh et al., 2025). Germany, on the other hand, has a well-established system in which vocational and HE have co-existed as equally strong parts of the overall transition of young people from school to employment (Ertl, 2021). One specific programme is the hybrid study programme (Kuhlee et al., 2023) that gained prominence in Germany in the early 1970s linking the programme close to labour market needs. While similar programme exists in Austria, its growth has only picked up from 2011 (Haas & Humpl, 2019). A parallel set of challenges across the HE sector relate to growing levels of student disengagement and low attendance levels. Students report feeling little incentive to attend in-person teaching, citing cost-of-living pressures, work commitments and a perceived worthlessness in traditional lecture formats (Otte, 2024). In this context, some new HE provision has been recognised for adopting innovative pedagogies designed to address these issues (Pyakurel, 2024). Institutions offering practically-orientated programmes, for example, emphasise applied learning, industry collaboration and team-based problem-solving, aligning curricula more closely with the world of work (Kersh et al., 2025). Such developments have also been witnessed in Scotland’s HE system with the introduction of Graduate Apprenticeships in 2017, which, in their short lifespan, have already played an important role in Scotland’s work-based learning offer. Emms et al. (2021) found that they have enabled graduates to develop the broader ‘meta-skills’ and rich workplace experience employers’ demand. Despite examples of good practice from some HE providers offering work-related and work-based learning opportunities across Europe, the literature highlights structural and developmental challenges that they have faced. In England, issues have been raised around some of the struggles associated with new HE providers such as striking the right balance between student voice and over-surveying students. Mapletoft et al. (2023) focussed on non-traditional mature degree apprentices from one institution, they found ‘difficulties of embedding meaningful student representation and closing the feedback loop’ in a new provider context. The Higher Education and Research Act (HERA) (2017) afforded the HE sector the ability for new HEIs to apply for their own degree awarding powers (DAPs) with the ultimate aim to gain protected status and title of ‘university’. However, the regulatory framework intended to support innovation can feel overly burdensome for new HEIs and can be a barrier to innovation. Research (Emms et al., 2023) points to tensions between the entrepreneurial agility that should be inherent in these new HE providers and the inflexibility of the legislation designed to bring about innovation, with quality assurance processes sometimes inhibiting curriculum experimentation (Bond et al., 2023). These pressures risk diverting capacity away from core tasks of culture‑building, pedagogic development and student support, when resources are already scarce. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used New HEIs are a feature, not just across England, but countries across the world are developing new HEIs to respond to the changing needs of students and the world in the 21st century (Penprase and Pickus, 2024). This paper aims to explore how these institutions in England have developed in their journeys to become universities. Specifically, the research aims to answer: • How have the visions of new HEIs evolved over time? • In what way are new HEIs different from ‘traditional’ HE providers? • How are new HEIs’ provision perceived and experienced by students and staff? In order to answer the research questions, the qualitative approach employed semi-structured interviews and focus groups with various stakeholders associated with six new HEIs in England. Online semi-structured interviews took place with senior leadership team members and teaching staff, current and past students. In-person focus group interviews also took place with some of the student groups attending new HEIs. In total 37 participants were interviewed. At the time of interviews, the participating institutions were actively delivering courses. Interviews lasted approximately 60 minutes and all interviews and focus groups were recorded and transcribed verbatim. The qualitative data was analysed using thematic analyses to draw out common themes within the data (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The research adheres to the BERA Ethical Guidelines 2024. Participants received an information sheet and consent form prior to interviews. Participation was voluntary and participants had the right to withdraw at any time. All interviewees and participants will remain anonymous. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from the interviews show that new HEIs are challenging traditional HE approaches to respond to crises facing the HE sector, including lack of work-readiness, low attendance, poor engagement with learning, and poor mental health. Interdisciplinary degrees were a feature of many of the new HEIs with institutions claiming to teach beyond the realms of single disciplines, and instead organising learning at a higher level of complex world problems. This facilitated the application of the classroom learning to the real world. The interviewees overwhelmingly highlighted the importance of real-world relevance of the activities and tasks with which students engage during their degree programmes. These activities are often linked to engaging with employers who actively support curriculum delivery. During these activities, students have to marry their theoretical knowledge with practical applications to find solutions to real life problems. These exercises mimic real work situations and students become better prepared for the world of work. One of the most pertinent factors at new HEIs was the individualised support and experience that students felt ran through many aspects of their university experience, giving them what was regarded as a highly personalised experience. This is a result of small cohort sizes, lack of lecture-style teaching and close staff–student relationships which create an environment where ‘everybody knows your name’. Staff are approachable and learners feel genuinely seen. Classrooms were described as collaborative, discursive spaces where students were encouraged to contribute, ask questions freely and receive tailored guidance. Staff were better at supporting students because they knew their individual strengths and weaknesses, therefore staff knew when and how certain students needed help in class. The personalised approach, the real-world relevance of the curricula, along with other features that will be discussed, are all thought to support the work-readiness of the students attending these new HEIs. References BIS (Department for Business, Innovation & Skills). (May 2016). Success as a Knowledge Economy: Teaching Excellence, Social Mobility and Student Choice. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/ uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/523546/bis-16-265-success-as-a-knowledgeeconomy-web.pdf Bond, K., Gibbs, B., Harris, G., Lewis, E., Pate, A., Renyard, J., Wint, N., & Wood, G. C. (2023). Literature Review: When Quality Assurance Meets Innovation in Higher Education. Working Paper. Available at: https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10199545/1/quality-and-innovation-project-literature-review.pdf Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Donald, W. E. et al. (2018). Students’ perceptions of education and employability: Facilitating career transition from higher education into the labor market. Career development international. 23 (5), 513–540. Emms, K., Laczik, A., Newton, O. and Wilson, E. (2021). Graduate Apprenticeships: Developing Scotland’s Future Workforce. London: Edge Foundation. Emms, K., Laczik, A. and Patel, J. (2023). New Higher Education Institutions in England: A real chance to innovate? London: Edge Foundation. Ertl, H. (2021): Bildungssysteme im Vergleich: Die britische Sicht auf die deutsche Berufsbildung im Zeitverlauf, in: Bellmann et al. (eds.): Schlüsselthemen der beruflichen Bildung in Deutschland. Ein historischer Überblick zu wichtigen Debatten und zentralen Forschungsfeldern (Bonn: BIBB), 384-398. Haas, J., & Humpl, S. (2019). Duale Studienangebote. Ein Zukunftsmodell für Österreichs Hochschulen? In A. Pausitis, R. Aichinger & M. Unger (Hrsg.), Qua vadis Hochschule? Beiträge zur evidenzbasierten Hochschulentwicklung (pp. 113–127). Waxmann. Kersh, N., Emms, K., Laczik, A. and Latimer, J. (2025). Building bridges between higher education and employment: learning from practically-based HE. London: The Edge Foundation. Kuhlee, D. (2023, 22-25 August). Diversifying the Higher Education Landscape: Facilitating transition from HE and HIVE to the world of work. [Conference presentation]. ECER 2023, Glasgow, UK. Mapletoft, N., Mapletoft, O.C. & Henderson, T. (2023). Being first: the student experience at a new higher education provider. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 28 (3), 152-159. Otte, J. (2024). ‘I see little point’: UK university students on why attendance has plummeted. The Guardian. Available at: https://www.theguardian.com/education/article/2024/may/28/i-see-little-point-uk-university-students-on-why-attendance-has-plummeted Penprase, B. and Pickus, N. (2024). The New Global Universities: Reinventing Education in the 21st Century. Princeton University Press. Pyakurel, P. (2024). Steps to adapt engineering education to changing skills demands. Times Higher Education. Available at: https://www.timeshighereducation.com/campus/steps-adapt-engineering-education-changing-skills-demands Tomlinson, M. (2012) Graduate employability: A review of conceptual and empirical themes. Higher Education Policy, 25 (4), 407–431. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 07 D: Disadvantages and Social Justice Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Patrick Baughan Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Preserving Privileges and Shattering Glass Ceilings. Explaining the Global Expansion of Access to Higher Education. Helmut-Schmidt-Universität - Universität der Bundeswehr Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:Enrollments in education have been expanding constantly. Despite huge international differences in the timing and speed of expansion. This trend is clear throughout all world regions, income groups, and all levels of education (Marginson 2016). We know a lot about differences between countries’ trajectories in the expansion of higher education (HE) (for example Schofer and Meyer 2005; van der Wende 2017). Yet, dissecting this global trend unveils large inequalities between countries, regions, and individuals. Many studies show the pervasiveness of inequality in access to HE (Atherton, Dumangane, and Whitty 2016; Breen et al. 2010; Ilie, Rose, and Vignoles 2021; Shavit and Arum 2007). This paper adds to the existing literature in three ways: First, it focuses on access to rather than participation in HE by developing continuation rates, which, arguably, better measure the openness of HE systems. Second, it widens the scope of analysis by introducing an original data set on these continuation rates for a set of up to 183 countries from 1900 to 2020. Third, this paper rigorously tests theories on the expansion of education and quantitatively analyzes drivers for the recent expansion of HE. Due to HE being outside the compulsory system, the use of enrollment figures in many studies overlooks crucial differences and developments in the inclusiveness of HE. Past studies have often equated participation in HE with access to HE. Although those two are connected, they should be operationalized based on the specific funnel-like structure of educational careers: students need to pass through the mostly compulsory primary education (PE) to secondary education (SE) and then to HE. Taking this structure seriously means that not every person in an age cohort has the same access opportunities. Most often, one can only enter HE when one has successfully graduated from SE. In the present paper I introduce a metric taking this into account by measuring who makes it from SE to HE. Indeed, the comparison with ordinary enrollment rates shows remarkable difference over time, with enrollments steadily increasing and continuation stagnating for the most part. This means that, globally, on average, approximately one-quarter of those who attended SE also gained access to HE. And this remained surprisingly constant from 1900 to 1990. Only in modern times did the development of continuation rates adopt the same logistic form as enrollment rates and continue to rise. In the next step I set out to explain differences of this measure of continuation rates across time and space. Based on theoretical considerations of a) (micro-levels) Theories on Inequality, b) Sociological Institutionalism and c) Partisan Political Explanations I implement estimations in a regression discontinuity design and mixed-model regressions. The estimations reveal that much of the expansion of access to HE in OECD countries can be explained by a shattered glass ceiling: increasingly more women continue to HE. In non-OECD countries, however, the glass ceiling is still a reality and girls’ education careers end in secondary school. Furthermore, I can show that right-leaning political leadership drives expansion in non-OECD countries. In OECD countries, however, elite (parties) seem to aim at limiting widespread access as long as possible. Additionally, notions of a threshold of enrollment after which expansion quickly increases in speed are shown to hold for women’s access to HE in the global sample, but not for males and neither overall. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employs two main quantitative approaches to investigate the expansion of HE access and the factors that drive these changes: Regression Discontinuity Design (RDD) and Multilevel Regression Analysis. The first method, RDD, is applied to test hypotheses regarding the existence of critical thresholds in educational enrollments that lead to rapid expansion. RDD is a quasi-experimental technique designed to estimate causal effects in situations where random assignment is not possible (D. S. Lee and Lemieux 2010). In this study, the “treatment” is defined as a country-year surpassing a specific enrollment threshold. By comparing observations just above and just below these thresholds, the method mimics the conditions of a randomized controlled trial, under the assumption that these observations are otherwise similar. To avoid bias, only observations close to the threshold—within a bandwidth of 15—are included in the analysis. In this paper I test several thresholds (15%, 30%, 50%, and 70%), which correspond to different stages of educational expansion, such as Elite, Low, Mass, and Universal (Barakat and Shields 2019; Marginson 2016; Trow 1973). Three different datasets are used to ensure robustness: interpolated net enrollment data (J.-W. Lee and Lee 2016), UNESCO gross enrollment data, and a combined series covering the period from 1900 to 2020. Additionally, the rdrobust package is used to estimate local polynomial regressions, which allow for non-linear effects and provide robust, bias-corrected confidence intervals for the treatment effects. The second method, Multilevel Regression Analysis, is used to explain cross-country differences. This approach involves a mixed-model regression with restricted maximum likelihood, nesting observations within countries, years, and governments (Garritzmann and Seng 2020). The dependent variable is the continuation rate, while the independent variables include measures such as income inequality, ethnic fractionalization, gender ratios in higher and secondary education, and international organization memberships as proxies for international pressure. The analysis also incorporates a government coalition left-right index and interaction effects between enrollment rates and political orientation. Controls for economic capacity and productivity are included, as well as enrollment ratios and time variables. The sample covers 104 countries from 1970 to 2018. The analysis is conducted both for the global sample and separately for OECD and non-OECD countries, which reveals more plausible results when accounting for differences in economic development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study introduces continuation rates as a more precise measure of access to higher education (HE), focusing on the proportion of eligible students who actually enter HE. Unlike traditional enrollment rates, continuation rates reveal that global access to HE remained static for much of the 20th century, only expanding from the 1990s onward. Regression Discontinuity Design and multi-level regression analyses highlight significant differences between OECD and non-OECD countries. Economic development is important, but its effects vary. No universal threshold for expansion – as might be expected from theories such as MMI/EMI – was found. Notably, the increase in continuation rates is primarily driven by women entering HE, especially in OECD countries, suggesting that the “glass ceiling” has been shattered for women in these contexts. Political ideology also plays a decisive role. In OECD countries with low HE enrollments, right-leaning governments tend to protect elite status and are associated with lower continuation rates. As enrollments rise, this effect diminishes. In non-OECD countries, right-leaning governments may actually foster expansion. Despite global expansion, persistent inequalities remain, particularly regarding socioeconomic status, gender, and geography. Traditional metrics often obscure these disparities. To some extent continuation rates help clarify who benefits from educational expansion. Building on the results, further research should take a closer look at the difference in study programmes and institutions. Access to HE might not, in its abstract form, ameliorate inequalities. References Atherton, Graeme, Constantino Dumangane, and Geoff Whitty. 2016. “Charting Equity in Higher Education: Drawing the Global Access Map.” Pearson. Barakat, Bilal, and Robin Shields. 2019. “Just Another Level? Comparing Quantitative Patterns of Global Expansion of School and Higher Education Attainment.” Demography 56(3): 917–34. doi:10.1007/s13524-019-00775-5. Breen, R., R. Luijkx, W. Muller, and R. Pollak. 2010. “Long-Term Trends in Educational Inequality in Europe: Class Inequalities and Gender Differences.” European Sociological Review 26(1): 31–48. doi:10.1093/esr/jcp001. Garritzmann, Julian L., and Kilian Seng. 2020. “Party Effects on Total and Disaggregated Welfare Spending: A Mixed‐effects Approach.” European Journal of Political Research 59(3): 624–45. doi:10.1111/1475-6765.12371. Ilie, Sonia, Pauline Rose, and Anna Vignoles. 2021. “Understanding Higher Education Access: Inequalities and Early Learning in Low and Lower‐middle‐income Countries.” British Educational Research Journal 47(5): 1237–58. doi:10.1002/berj.3723. Lee, David S, and Thomas Lemieux. 2010. “Regression Discontinuity Designs in Economics.” Journal of Economic Literature 48(2): 281–355. doi:10.1257/jel.48.2.281. Lee, Jong-Wha, and Hanol Lee. 2016. “Human Capital in the Long Run.” Journal of Development Economics 122: 147–69. doi:10.1016/j.jdeveco.2016.05.006. Marginson, Simon. 2016. “High Participation Systems of Higher Education.” The Journal of Higher Education 87(2): 243–71. doi:10.1080/00221546.2016.11777401. Schofer, Evan, and John W. Meyer. 2005. “The Worldwide Expansion of Higher Education in the Twentieth Century.” American Sociological Review 70(6): 898–920. doi:10.1177/000312240507000602. Shavit, Yossi, and Richard Arum. 2007. Stratification in Higher Education. A Comparative Study. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford Univ. Press. Trow, Martin. 1973. Problems in the Transition from Elite to Mass Higher Education. Berkley, CA: Carnegie Commission on Higher Education. van der Wende, Marijk. 2017. “Opening up: Higher Education Systems in Global Perspective.” Centre for Global Higher Education working paper series Working paper no. 22. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Changing Inequality of China’s Higher Education Subjects: A Comparison between Generations University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This study examines social inequality in higher education subject choices. While educational expansion is often expected to enhance social inclusion, international research, particularly in European/US contexts, suggests that inequality may persist or be reconfigured through qualitative differentiation (Arum et al., 2007; Sullivan et al., 2018). China provides a unique setting because the state-oriented higher education expansion, rapid social transformation, and pronounced urban-rural and regional disparities create conditions that differ from Western cases (Marginson, 2018), allowing a comparative evaluation of whether mechanisms identified in Europe operate similarly in a non-Western, rapidly changing society.
Among such, subject choice is a particularly interesting dimension of educational stratification shaping academic trajectories, labour market outcomes, and long-term socioeconomic positions. In China, admission to higher education is largely determined by a highly standardised national examination (Gaokao). By contrast, subject choice offers greater agency, yet this decision is embedded within broader social and cultural disparities and intergenerational socioeconomic changes (Vaisey & Valentino, 2018).
The study aims to examine whether and how the mechanisms of subject choice inequalities diverge from established Western evidence while offering insights of international relevance. It focuses on the relative importance of family-based resources versus residential and institutional factors and the long-term trends across cohorts who experienced different stages of China’s reform and socioeconomic development (Hu & Wu, 2019; Kang, Peng & Zhu, 2021). It assesses how subject differentiation simultaneously reproduces social stratification and generates new pathways for inclusion.
In this light, this study addresses the following research questions: 1. How do family background and residential background shape subject choices, and how do these mechanisms differ from those observed in European contexts? 2. How have patterns of inequality in subject choices changed across generations, and how is the higher education expansion playing a role in it?
The research draws on Effectively Maintained Inequality (EMI) and Bourdieu’s theory of social reproduction to engage in comparative dialogue with European scholarship. EMI highlights how, as access to a given educational level becomes widespread, advantaged groups shift strategies toward qualitative distinctions within that level, often reflected in subject choice (Lucas, 2001). Bourdieu’s concepts of capital, habitus, and symbolic hierarchy explain how subjects acquire differential social value aligned with students’ social origins (Bourdieu, 1998, 2002).
Classical European and US studies show that students from privileged families are more likely to pursue culturally prestigious fields, while disadvantaged students are often directed into technical or practical disciplines. The Chinese context provides a different perspective because long-standing egalitarian policies, the Gaokao, and the coexistence of socialist, nationalist, and market-oriented value systems produce dynamics not observed in Western countries. In addition, this study pays particular attention to residential and regional institutional factors, which are less emphasised in Western research. Due to spatial inequalities, such as differences in economic development, educational infrastructure, and local opportunity structures, these factors play an important role in shaping subject choices beyond the influence of family resources. Building on this insight, the study introduces the concept of “public capital” to capture the effects of collectively provided regional resources on students’ educational decision-making.
By integrating EMI and a context-sensitive reading of Bourdieu, this research contributes to the literature by examining how social and institutional mechanisms shape changing subject choice in a rapidly transforming society. It highlights processes of both inclusion and diversion that emerge under conditions of educational expansion, urban-rural disparities, and intergenerational change. In doing so, the research not only provides insights into the Chinese context but also tests and extends theoretical perspectives originally developed in European settings, offering a basis for a more nuanced comparative understanding of educational inequality and intergenerational transformation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data This study uses the China Family Panel Studies (CFPS), a nationally representative longitudinal survey conducted by Peking University since 2010. CFPS covers 25 provinces, representing approximately 95% of China’s population, and provides detailed information on individuals’ family background, educational attainment, residential origin, and household characteristics (CFPS, 2023). The sample for this study includes individuals who entered higher education after the reform and opening-up and were born before 2000, yielding 5,494 respondents. Key family background measures include parental education, parental occupational status (ISEI), and parental Communist Party membership, while residential background is captured by urban-rural Hukou and province of origin, reflecting structural disparities in education supply and economic conditions. Regional indicators, including provincial GDP per capita, higher education scale, and intensity of higher education expansion, are also incorporated to assess provincial influences on subject-choices. Descriptive statistics indicate systematic differences in subject choice: students from urban areas and higher-status families disproportionately choose Law, Economics, and Management (LEM) and Humanities, while rural and disadvantaged students are more likely to select STEM fields. Analysis Approach The study examines the impact of ascribed and contextual factors on subject choice in three stages. First, it evaluates the relative influence of family and residential background using joint significance tests and marginal effect estimates to identify how these factors shape subject selection. Second, intergenerational changes are analysed by comparing cohorts who experienced different stages of reform and higher education expansion, highlighting variations in how social origin influences subject choice over time. Third, building on prior research treating the 1999 higher education expansion as a quasi-natural experiment, the study applies a triple-difference approach to distinguish the effects of policy exposure from other structural or economic factors. Cohort differences, Hukou status, and provincial expansion intensity are combined to identify whether shifts in subject choice are driven by expansion, while controlling for regional development and institutional characteristics. Drawing on Ou & Hou (2019) and Guo & Chen (2023), this approach provides more direct causal evidence of how higher education expansion affects intergenerational changes in subject choice. For example, if greater expansion intensity is positively related to greater changes in subject choices, it can be inferred, to some extent, that these changes are driven by the expansion policy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows that in China’s higher education subject choice, residential background often exerts a stronger influence than parental socioeconomic status. The urban-rural divide, institutionalised through the Hukou system, structures access to educational resources, opportunities, and career pathways with a distinctive form of “public capital”. While Bourdieu’s framework, developed in European contexts, emphasises the transmission of family cultural capital and habitus, the Chinese case demonstrates that institutional and regional factors can override family advantages. This may be partly due to its standardised examination system (Bai et al., 2024), highlighting the context-specific mechanisms of educational stratification and extending Bourdieu’s theory to non-Western, rapidly transforming societies. The three subject categories reveal distinct patterns of change: STEM shows a widening gap, with rural students increasingly choosing them; LEM exhibits a converging pattern, where urban students’ previous-expansion advantage persists but is gradually narrowing; and Humanities show a reversing trend, with urban students now more likely to choose these subjects than previously rural-dominated cohorts. Educational expansion mediates these patterns: in areas with more opportunities growing, urban students maintain advantages in LEM, whereas in regions with less expansion intensity, rural students’ access to Humanities pathways increases. Subgroup analyses further show that STEM serves as a channel of upward mobility for disadvantaged students, while LEM largely reproduces elite advantages, consistent with patterns observed in European and US studies. Overall, China’s experience illustrates how educational expansion can generate dual pathways of stratification and inclusion. By integrating the European-derived Bourdieu’s social reproduction with a context-sensitive analysis, this study offers a comparative perspective on educational inequality. Unlike the European context, where family cultural capital is often decisive, in China, institutional structures, public capital, and the expansion policy strongly shape subject choice (Li, 2022), demonstrating that mechanisms of stratification and mobility are sensitive to national and historical contexts. References Arum, R., Gamoran, A., & Shavit, M. Y. (2007). More Inclusion Than Diversion: Expansion, Differentiation, and Market Structure in Higher Education. In Y. Shavit, R. Arum, & A. Gamoran (Eds.), Stratification in Higher Education: A Comparative Study (pp. 1–36). Stanford University Press. Bai, Y., Wang, Y., & Ding, B. (2024). Institutional determination or teacher bias? Examining the mechanisms of cultural capital in China. European Journal of Education, 59(2), e12634. Bourdieu, P. (1998). The State Nobility: Elite Schools in the Field of Power. Stanford CA: Stanford University Press. Bourdieu, P. (2002). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste (11. print). Harvard Univ. Press. Guo, J., & Chen, J. (2023). Can China’s Higher Education Expansion Reduce the Educational Inequality between Urban and Rural Areas?. The Journal of Higher Education, 94(5), 638-663. Hu, A., & Wu, X. (2019). Science or liberal arts? Cultural capital and college major choice in China. The British Journal of Sociology, 70(1), 190-213. Kang, L., Peng, F., & Zhu, Y. (2021). Returns to higher education subjects and tiers in China: evidence from the China Family Panel Studies. Studies in Higher Education, 46(8), 1682-1695. Li, Y. (2022). Social Inequality in Educational Attainment in China. In Y. Li, & Y. Bian (Eds.), Social Inequality in China (pp. 77-106). World Scientific Publishing Europe Ltd. Lucas, S. R. (2001). Effectively maintained inequality: Education transitions, track mobility, and social background effects. American journal of sociology, 106(6), 1642-1690. Marginson, S. (2018). Higher education, economic inequality and social mobility: Implications for emerging East Asia. International Journal of Educational Development, 63, 4-11. Mullen, A. L. (2014). Gender, social background, and the choice of college major in a liberal arts context. Gender & Society, 28(2), 289-312. Ou, D., & Hou, Y. (2019). Bigger pie, bigger slice? The impact of higher education expansion on educational opportunity in China. Research in Higher Education, 60, 358-391. Sullivan, A., Parsons, S., Green, F., Wiggins, R. D., & Ploubidis, G. (2018). Elite universities, fields of study and top salaries: Which degree will make you rich?. British Educational Research Journal, 44(4), 663-680. Vaisey, S., & Valentino, L. (2018). Culture and choice: Toward integrating cultural sociology with the judgment and decision-making sciences. Poetics, 68, 131-143. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Role of Higher Education in Cultivating the Potentials of Disadvantaged Students to Flourish Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Introduction With the benefits of higher education (HE), including upward mobility, improved job opportunities, and enhanced life trajectories, public demand for HE has steadily increased since the 1960s. In response, governments across Europe initiated policies to increase access to HE, thereby aiming to provide both economic benefits and social justice. In relation to this, several studies indicate that access to HE across Europe has increased significantly, with schooling rates reported to have risen from 50% in 2000 to 66% in 2019 in Italy and from 51% to 68% in France (Marginson, 2016b; Triventi, 2013). Similarly, across OECD countries, the share of tertiary degrees rose from 27% in 2000 to 48% in 2021 (OECD, 2022). Despite this remarkable expansion of HE, it is difficult to claim that all students realized these outcomes (Karen, 2002; Roksa, 2010; Triventi, 2014). In other words, expanded access does not ensure meaningful participation and equitable outcomes. Research indicates that students from disadvantaged backgrounds often encounter difficulties in navigating HE due to limited social, cultural, and economic capital (Moreau & Leathwood, 2006). As a result, HE may have limited effectiveness in supporting their development. This evidence suggests that access to HE, while necessary, is inadequate to provide a just and fair HE system. Instead, social justice in HE requires attention to how institutional arrangements shape students’ opportunities to participate and transform their lives (Wilson-Strydom, 2011). Despite the fact that inequalities inevitably permeate HE, this study adopts a critical perspective, arguing that HE can reduce inequalities when institutions actively cultivate socially just mechanisms, support students’ agency, and enhance capability development. In this regard, even elite HEIs, criticized for reproducing privilege, may also function as a transformative space for students from disadvantaged backgrounds. By creating inclusive institutional mechanisms, this study argues that these institutions can provide resources that function as capability inputs, guiding students in converting capabilities into valued outcomes through their agency. Theoretical framework This study utilizes the capabilities framework (CF) to examine how personal, social, and institutional factors, identified as conversion factors, impede/support students’ development in HE. The CF accounts for social arrangements (Robeyns, 2017) and complex structures and also highlights the opportunities and freedoms available to each student (Robeyns, 2017) that they can translate into their desired outcomes (Wilson-Strydom, 2017). Each individual has agency (Sen, 1999) to pursue the goals they value, which is also shaped by their social, political, and environmental assets. HE plays a critical role in this process by providing capabilities and supporting self-formation. Marginson (2024) indicates HE as an instrument of freedom by widening capabilities and supporting agency, while Sen (1999) emphasizes education as a fundamental capability that stimulates other capabilities and cultivates empowerment. Despite HE’s importance to human development, the question of ‘how’ remains less addressed. Also, there is an emerging scholarship indicating the redistributive and recognitive effects of institutional practices such as financial support, mentoring, and extracurricular engagement, highlighting their positive impact on students’ sense of belonging, participation, and well-being (Harrison et al., 2018; Marshall & Case, 2010). However, less attention has been paid to how these practices interact with institutional structures to support capability development and student transformation. Addressing this gap, the present study explores how an elite HEI can mitigate accumulated disadvantage through institutional mechanisms that enhance students’ capabilities by answering the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a generic qualitative design (Merriam, 2009; Patton, 2015) to examine how socio-economically and culturally disadvantaged students experienced their adaptation, transformation, and meaning-making (Clandinin & Caine, 2013) at a prestigious university. As reported by Merriam (1998, p.11), the generic qualitative design is appropriate when researchers aim to “simply seek to discover and understand a phenomenon, a process, or the perspectives and worldviews of the people involved” (Merriam, 1998, p. 11), which aligns with the focus of the current research. Using criterion- and maximum-variation sampling techniques, fourteen socioeconomically and culturally disadvantaged students were recruited. Within the scope of this research, socio-economically and culturally disadvantaged students were identified as students who have at least two of the following characteristics: (1) first-generation students, (2) employed students, (3) students with prior residence in rural areas of Türkiye, and (5) having a low economic background. Regarding the above-listed sampling technique, two criteria were used to select participants: students from disadvantaged backgrounds and those with at least 4 years of experience at this prestigious university. For maximum variation sampling, participants were represented by gender, department, and employment status. Therefore, there was equal representation by gender, with eight participants being first-generation students. Regarding their place of residence, except for four students, all others reported living in a village or small city with very limited opportunities, unlike their current residence (the university is located in the capital). The participants' departments also varied, representing education, administrative sciences, humanities, engineering, and life sciences. Four of the participants were working part-time. Also, participants had a minimum of four or five years of experience at this university. The data were collected through semi-structured interviews that lasted more than one hour. The researchers developed the interview protocol to focus on participants' higher-education trajectories, beginning with their access and extending to their experiences during their higher-education journey. Furthermore, the questions focused on the challenges students faced, their perspectives on the university's social justice practices, and the impact of these practices on students’ transformation. The interview form comprised seven dimensions: demographics; the transmission process to the university; university experiences; the institution's social justice practices, including distribution, recognition, and participation; and capabilities. The collected data were inductively analyzed through initially organizing the data, engaging in a recursive and iterative analysis by creating codes, and finally grouping codes under three larger themes (Marshall & Rossman, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicated three themes: challenges during the transition process, the institution's social justice practices, and the impact of transformation. Participants highlighted the difficulty of adapting to this prestigious university, citing academic, social, and financial barriers. Coming from a financially deprived background, coupled with limited cultural capital, challenged students’ adaptation and their recognition of opportunities within HE. Despite these difficulties in the first years, most participants remarked that the structures and opportunities at this institution transformed them academically, socially, and culturally. For instance, one participant described the role of HE as a social justice provider as follows: “I can say that it is an institution that tries to provide social justice. In other words, as I said when I first came, I had some financial concerns, but in that respect, I can say that it slightly improved my status. In terms of scholarships, for example, I was thinking of a place to stay, where I can stay, or if I can find a place to stay. The accommodation was also ensured. (P5). Overall, this study indicates that, when equipped with formal and informal socially just mechanisms and structures, HE can be a transformative space for mitigating pre-existing inequalities and ensuring the personal, professional, and cultural flourishing of disadvantaged students. A key fact is that humans are accumulative beings, and all students bring their realities together when accessing HE. Thus, HE cannot provide an equal start, but can equalize conditions by creating supportive mechanisms and opportunities, guiding students to exercise their agency to translate their capabilities into functioning. Therefore, this study highlights the importance of analyzing conversion factors that impede students’ engagement in HE and eliminating those through university structures. As the results indicate, there is a further need to expand human capabilities to ensure social justice for students. References Clandinin, D. J., & Caine, V. (2013). Narrative inquiry. In Reviewing qualitative research in the social sciences (pp. 166-179). Routledge. Harrison, N., Davies, S., Harris, R., & Waller, R. (2018). Access, participation and capabilities: Theorizing the contribution of university bursaries to students’ well-being, flourishing and success. Cambridge Journal of Education, 48(6), 677–695. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2017.1401586 Karen, D. (2002). Changes in access to higher education in the United States: 1980- 1992. Sociology of Education, 75(3), 191-210. Marginson, S. (2024). Student self-formation: An emerging paradigm in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 49(4), 748-762. Marginson, S. (2016). High participation systems of higher education. Journal of Higher Education, 87(2), 243–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221546.2016.11777401 Marshall, D., & Case, J. (2010). Rethinking ‘disadvantage’in higher education: A paradigmatic case study using narrative analysis. Studies in Higher Education, 35(5), 491-504. Marshall, C., & Rossman, G. (2016). Designing qualitative research. Sage. Merriam S. B. (1998). Qualitative research and case study applications in education. Jossey-Bass. Merriam S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. Moreau & Leathwood, 2006). Moreau, M. P., & Leathwood, C. (2006). Balancing paid work and studies: Working (class) students in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 31(1), 23-42. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070500340135 OECD. (2022). Education at a glance 2022. https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/education-at-a-glance-2022_3197152b-en/full-report/component-8.html#tablegrp-d1e2688 Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods (4th edition). Sage. Robeyns, I. (2017). Wellbeing, freedom and social justice: The capability approach re-examined (p. 266). Open book publishers. Roksa, J. (2010). Bachelor’s degree completion across state contexts: Does the distribution of enrollments make a difference? Research in Higher Education, 51, 1. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-009-9146-7 Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom. Oxford University Press. Triventi, M. (2013). Stratification in higher education and its relationship with social inequality: A comparative study of 11 European countries. European Sociological Review, 29(3). Triventi, M. (2014). Higher education regimes: An empirical classification of higher education systems and its relationship with student accessibility. Qual Quant, 48, 1685-1703. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-013-9868-7 Wilson- Strydom, M. (2015). University access and theories of social justice: contributions of the capabilities approach. Higher Education, 69, 143-155. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-014-9766-5 Wilson-Strydom, M. (2017). Disrupting structural inequalities of higher education opportunity: “Grit”, resilience and capabilities at a South African university. Journal of Human Development and Capabilities, 18(3), 384-398. Wilson-Strydom, M. (2011). University access for social justice: a capabilities perspective. South African Journal of Education, 31(3), 407-418. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Social Justice from the Lens of University Students in the United States of America: The Capabilities Approach Freelance Researcher, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Education is the main root that enables individuals to attain freedom, wealth, peace, and social justice, given the opportunity. Especially at the higher education level, the contribution of education to society is of utmost importance as universities are the hubs for knowledge production, research, and innovation, as well as environments for cultivating a humanitarian approach to raise democratic, creative, productive, and democratic youth that will serve society in return. Therefore, universities also aim to fulfill the role of improving public service and enabling a sustainable, democratic, and just social system. On the one hand, for John Rawls, social justice forms the skeleton of a society and determines the fair distribution of goods and resources. This, he suggested, necessitates the smooth execution of procedures, which will allow the protection of the welfare of the most disadvantaged individuals in society through the liability of the government (Rawls, 2017). On the other hand, from the perspective of the Capabilities Approach (CA) of Amartya Sen (1999, 2003) and Martha Nussbaum (2011), when social justice is examined in the educational context, the approach focuses not only on equity but also the extent to which each student is given the same opportunities that they can choose from (Nussbaum, 2011). Although this approach has been used worldwide in different contexts ranging from economics to science, few scholars, like Wilson-Strydom (2011), have adapted it to the field of higher education. He emphasized the importance of providing equal resources and equity-based outcomes through education so that students from different socio-economic backgrounds can have the opportunity to convert the given resources into capabilities and functionings, the two main components of the CA. Given this background, the present study aims to explore the social justice perspectives of university students living in the United States of America (USA), considering the necessities of the 21st century through the lens of CA. The following research questions guided the study: 1. How do American university students perceive social justice in the 21st century? 2. What do American university students think about social injustice issues living in society? 3. What solutions do American university students suggest for a more socially just society? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative phenomenological design to explore university students’ perspectives on social justice in the 21st century. Following qualitative research principles, participant selection was guided by data saturation, the point at which new information no longer substantially contributes to the research question or merely repeats existing data (Saunders et al., 2018; Creswell, 2013). Eight students (2 males, 6 females) from diverse academic backgrounds at non-profit private universities in the USA participated in individual in-depth interviews conducted via Zoom. Participants were recruited through snowball sampling, with the inclusion criterion that they had lived in the USA for at least one year to ensure informed reflections on social justice. The researcher developed an eight-question interview guide addressing students’ perspectives on social justice, diversity, and inclusion in the 21st century. Expert feedback from an American professor was sought to ensure cultural appropriateness for both domestic and international students. A pilot study was conducted to refine the interview questions and process before commencing the main study. Interviews were recorded with participants’ consent, and transcripts were returned to participants for review and correction to confirm accuracy. Participation was voluntary, and no identifying information was collected to maintain confidentiality. Deductive content analysis will be used to identify codes and themes from the interviews, providing meaning to students’ responses. Ethical approval was obtained from the university’s Human Subjects Committee, and participants were informed of their right to withdraw at any stage. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis of interviews with eight U.S. university students revealed three main themes with 25 codes. Regarding the 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), students’ reflections focused on SDG 10 (reduced inequalities) and SDG 16 (peace, justice, and strong institutions), with additional connections to SDG 5 (gender equality) and SDG 8 (decent work and economic growth). Theme one explored students’ definitions of social justice, described as “humanizing people” and promoting equity and “free self-expression” (P3). Participants emphasized that 21st-century skills—critical thinking, collaboration, compassion, and mindfulness—are essential for personal development and fostering social justice in society. Theme two addressed experiences of injustices, including discrimination based on opinions, race, ethnicity, religion, gender, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and professional hierarchy. Students described these experiences as “harsh” and “offensive,” affecting their life decisions and perceptions of opportunities in higher education and work. P4 expressed fatigue navigating American society, while P3 noted perceived barriers for Hispanics in attaining higher-level positions. Theme three highlighted students’ suggestions for a more socially just society, including transparent communication, acting against injustices, equitable employment opportunities, curriculum redesign, fostering understanding of disabilities, revisiting structural and legal barriers, and mentorship support. Applying the Capabilities Approach (Sen, Nussbaum) underscores higher education’s role in enabling students to transform potential opportunities into meaningful functionings (Wilson-Strydom, 2015). The findings stress the importance of equity, critical skills, and inclusive practices, aligning with SDG 4 (quality education) and SDG 10. Universities must equip students not only with knowledge but also as informed citizens capable of advocating for social change (Franco et al., 2019; Leal Filho et al., 2019). In conclusion, students’ perspectives, the Capabilities Approach, and the SDGs together provide a framework for addressing educational disparities and fostering a socially just, inclusive higher education environment, contributing to broader societal equity in the 21st century (Guetterman, 2015). References Creswell, J.W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Franco, I., Saito, O., Vaughter, P., Whereat, J., Kanie, N. & Takemoto, K. (2019). Higher education for sustainable development: Actioning the global goals in policy, curriculum and practice. Sustainability Science, 14, 1621-1642. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-018-0628-4. Guetterman, T. (2015). Descriptions of sampling practices within five approaches to qualitative research in education and the health sciences. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 16(2), e25. Leal Filho, W., Shiel, C., Paco, A., Mifsud, M., Ávila, L., Brandli, L., Molthan-Hill, P., Pace, P., Azeiteiro, U., Vargas, V. & Caeiro, S. (2019). Sustainable development goals and sustainability teaching at universities: falling behind or getting ahead of the pack?, Journal of Cleaner Production, 232, 285-294. Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating capabilities: The human development approach. Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. Rawls, J. (2017). Bir adalet teorisi. Ankara: Phoenix Yayınevi. Saunders, B., Sim, J., Kingstone, T., Baker, S., Waterfield, J., Bartlam, B., & Jinks, C. (2018). Saturation in qualitative research: Exploring its conceptualization and operationalization. Quality and Quantity, 52, 1893–1907. Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom. Oxford University Press. Sen, A. (2003). Human capital and human capability. In S. Fukudo-Parr & A. K. S. Kumar (Eds.), Readings in human development (pp.35–37). Oxford University Press. Wilson-Strydom, M. (2011). University access for social justice: A capabilities perspective. South African Journal of Education, 31(3), 407–418. https://doi.org/10. 15700/ saje. v31n3 a544. Wilson-Strydom, M. (2015). University access and theories of social justice: Contributions of the capabilities approach. Higher Education, 69, 143-155. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-014-9766-5. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 07 A: Governance and policy instruments Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Catherine Large Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Digital Infrastructures as Policy Technologies: Political Context and the Trajectories of Policy Enactment in South Korea 1: University of Southampton, United Kingdom; 2: Korea University, South Korea Presenting Author:The digitalisation of education and its governance is transforming how education systems are coordinated, regulated, and evaluated (e.g., Clutterbuck, 2021; Decuypere, 2016; Ozga, 2016; Williamson, 2015), as well as how teachers work (Sowa et al., 2025). Digital platforms, data infrastructures, and algorithmic systems are increasingly framed as technical solutions capable of producing more evidence-based, efficient, and equitable forms of policy intervention. At the same time, these developments are reshaping the conditions under which educational research informs policy, as digital systems increasingly define what counts as legitimate evidence, actionable knowledge, and accountable practice. While existing research on the digital governance of education has examined the practice and impact of datafication, accountability, and platformisation, less attention has been paid to how political context shapes the enactment of educational digitalisation. In particular, the micro-political processes through which digital policy instruments are contested, negotiated, or stabilised remain under-examined. This limits our understanding of why similar digital reforms generate divergent outcomes, even within the same national system, a gap that this presentation seeks to address. The authors analyse two cases of digital governance of education (DGE) through the lens of policy technologies, drawing on Ball’s (2003) concept of the policy technologies of reform (p. 216). Ball uses the term policy technologies to refer to the calculative, technical, and administrative mechanisms through which policy intentions are rendered operable, reorganising power, responsibility, and professional conduct. Building on this conceptualisation, the study treats digital infrastructures not as neutral tools but as policy technologies that actively mediate how governance is enacted. The study is guided by two research questions: 1. How do political context and stakeholder participation shape the enactment of digital education policy? 2. What governance tensions and policy consequences emerge when digital systems operate as policy technologies in education? Policy enactment theory (Ball, Maguire & Braun, 2012) informed this study, which conceptualises policy as a situated and contingent process shaped through interactions among policy texts, institutional contexts, and policy actors. This framework is particularly useful for analysing digitally governed systems because digital infrastructures simultaneously function as policy instruments, enactment environments, and objects of political negotiation. Empirically, the paper examines two policy cases in South Korea: the introduction of AI-assisted Digital Textbooks (AIDT) and the integration of Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) through unified digital governance systems. Although both reforms were framed around equity and inclusion, they unfolded within significantly different political contexts. The rapidly introduced AIDT initiative emerged amid executive–legislative conflict and heightened political attention, generating intense contestation and eventual policy reversal. In contrast, the ECEC integration formed part of a longer-term reform agenda framed primarily as an administrative coordination effort with tangible practical benefits. This framing helped secure sufficient political support to sustain gradual policy progression despite ongoing implementation tensions. Drawing on a forthcoming publication (Choi & Cho, forthcoming), this paper offers insights that are highly relevant to European debates on educational digitalisation, particularly as governments across Europe expand data infrastructures, AI-based educational technologies, and digitally coordinated governance systems under conditions of political uncertainty and administrative reform. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative comparative case study design focusing on the two aforementioned national-level DGE policies in South Korea: AIDT and ECEC integration. These cases were selected because both rely on digital infrastructure as a core policy mechanism while targeting different governance domains—pedagogical regulation and system-level administration. Together, the two cases foreground how micro-political contestation shapes policy enactment, as both AI integration into teaching and early childhood education have become sites of sustained political debate and conflict (e.g., Sowa et al., 2025; Kim & Choi, 2025). Data were collected through documentary analysis and stakeholder interviews. The documentary dataset includes legislation, ministerial policy papers, implementation strategies, technical and evaluation reports, meeting minutes, internal logs, circulars, and official survey materials produced during the transition from traditional governance to digitally mediated governance. Interview data were drawn from three stakeholder groups, totalling approximately 460 participants: - 360 participants in national and regional staff roundtable discussions across 17 regions, - 35 teachers participating in focus group interviews, and - 65 administrative staff from local governments and education offices. Data analysis followed a thematic content analysis approach, combining inductive coding with deductive categorisation informed by policy enactment theory. Three analytical domains guided the analysis: policy features (e.g. data governance and regulatory design), actors (e.g. policymakers, professionals, private vendors), and political–contextual conditions (e.g. institutional history, political instability, and micro-political negotiation). Keyword frequency and relational patterns were examined using a token-matching approach supported by Python. Initial analysis was conducted by one author and refined through collaborative interpretation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study argues that digital governance systems should be understood not simply as administrative instruments, but as politically enacted policy technologies whose authority and durability depend on how they are introduced, contested, and institutionalised. Rather than producing uniform governance effects, digital systems acquire different capacities for coordination, regulation, and control depending on how political conflict, institutional timing, and stakeholder participation shape their enactment. The comparison between AIDT and ECEC integration demonstrates two distinct modes of digital governance enactment. In the AIDT case, the rapid and highly visible top-down introduction of AI-assisted textbooks politicised the infrastructure itself, transforming digital reform into a site of partisan conflict and public contestation. The resulting instability disrupted institutionalisation and weakened the system’s legitimacy as a governance mechanism. In contrast, the ECEC integration advanced through gradual administrative coordination framed around interoperability and service integration. This lower-visibility enactment enabled the digital infrastructure to become progressively embedded within governance routines despite ongoing implementation tensions. The study further argues that digital governance infrastructures and political context are mutually constitutive. While political timing, institutional legitimacy, and modes of contestation shape the enactment of digital systems, digital infrastructures simultaneously reorganise the temporalities, visibility, and legitimacy through which governance operates. This reciprocal relationship helps explain why similar digital reforms generate divergent governance effects even within the same national system. For educational governance research, this implies moving beyond analyses of digitalisation as merely a technical or administrative process toward examining how governance is enacted through digital infrastructures under specific political and institutional conditions. Such an approach also requires attention to how digitalisation progressively reshapes the informational and institutional environments within which future policy action, participation, and governance become possible. References Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Clutterbuck, J. (2021). Data infrastructures as sites of preclusion and omission. Journal of Education Policy, 36(6), 840–856. Decuypere, M. (2016). Diagrams of Europeanization: European education governance in the digital age. Journal of Education Policy 31(6), 851-872. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/02680939.2016.1212099 Ozga, J. (2016). Trust in numbers? Digital education governance. European Educational Research Journal, 15(1), 69–81. Sowa, S., Brown, C., Choi, T. H., & Newman, R. (2025). Examining how generative AI tools benefit and challenge teachers’ research-informed practice. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-20. Williamson, B. (2015). Digital governance and the datafication of education. European Educational Research Journal, 14(3), 295–315. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Algorithmic Justice in Education; How AI Based Decision Tools Reproduce or Reduce Inequities in Educational Planning Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The increasing use of AI-based decision support systems in educational planning has transformed how schools classify student risk, allocate resources, and justify institutional decisions. Predictive dashboards, algorithmic risk scores, and performance monitoring systems are increasingly presented as objective and evidence-based inputs guiding institutional decision-making (Williamson, 2017; Selwyn, 2019; Beer, 2017). Existing international research demonstrates that such systems often reproduce structural inequalities embedded in historical data and institutional practices rather than correcting them (Eubanks, 2018 Noble, 2018). However, current scholarship has largely focused on identifying algorithmic bias or improving fairness metrics at the technical level, leaving underexamined how algorithmic outputs reshape the meaning of equity once they enter decision making processes (Benjamin, 2019). This study addresses this gap by advancing the argument that AI supported decision tools function not only as technical instruments but as epistemic authorities in educational planning. Epistemic authority refers to the perceived legitimacy of algorithmic outputs to define what counts as reasonable, fair, and unavoidable in institutional decision making (Beer, 2017). Rather than treating equity as an external normative benchmark against which algorithms are evaluated, this study examines how algorithmic systems participate in redefining fair allocation, reasonable exclusion, and acceptable prioritisation after algorithmic outputs are mobilised. The study is grounded in three strands of literature. Algorithmic justice scholarship demonstrates that data driven systems produce differentiated outcomes through assumptions embedded in data, models, and optimisation goals (Benjamin, 2019 Noble, 2018). Social justice theory in education conceptualises equity through redistribution, recognition, and representation, allowing analysis of how algorithmic classifications intersect with structural inequalities (Fraser, 2008 Gewirtz, 2006). Policy enactment theory conceptualises educational leaders as active agents who interpret and translate policy instruments rather than passively implementing them (Ball, Maguire, & Braun, 2012). While each strand is well developed, they are rarely integrated to examine how algorithmic systems redefine equity in everyday planning practices. Empirically, the study is situated in Türkiye, a highly centralised education system characterised by strong performance monitoring and limited institutional discretion (Gümüş & Bellibaş, 2020). High levels of centralisation are expected to amplify algorithmic authority by narrowing spaces for professional judgment, making the political effects of AI more visible. This context is analytically significant rather than merely illustrative, as similar governance conditions exist across many European systems. The study addresses three research questions. How do AI supported decision tools shape student risk classification and resource prioritization practices in schools. How do educational leaders interpret and justify algorithmic outputs in equity sensitive decisions. Under what institutional conditions can professional judgment disrupt algorithmic logic. Methodologically, the study adopts a qualitative multi-site research design. Data collection consists of semi structured interviews with school principals, vice principals, and institutional planning staff who engage with AI generated dashboards, risk classification reports, and performance monitoring tools used in student tracking and resource allocation. These include early warning systems, predictive achievement indicators, and institutional performance reports. Document analysis will examine AI generated outputs alongside official decision rationales and policy documents. Access will be negotiated through participating institutions. A key analytical move is the separation of algorithmic output from decision justification. Interview protocols are designed to surface divergences between algorithmic recommendations and decision narratives, enabling analysis of how equity is constructed after the fact. Data will be analysed using thematic analysis informed by critical policy analysis. By shifting attention from whether algorithms are biased to how they redefine fairness, this study contributes to European debates on algorithmic governance, educational leadership, and social justice. It argues that algorithmic justice in education requires institutional and political scrutiny beyond technical fixes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative multi-site research design to examine how algorithmically generated indicators produced through centrally maintained educational data infrastructures are enacted in school level educational planning and how these indicators shape equity related decision making. Rather than focusing on fully automated AI decision systems, the study investigates how predictive risk classifications, early warning indicators, and performance metrics generated through algorithmic processing of administrative data are interpreted and mobilised by school leaders in routine planning processes. Data were collected from public secondary schools from two urban contexts in Türkiye, Ankara and Yozgat. Ankara represents a context characterised by higher institutional density and closer to central policy making structures, while Yozgat represents a smaller provincial context with more limited resources. This contextual variation allows examination of how centrally provided algorithmic indicators are enacted under differing institutional conditions, without constituting a formal comparative design. Participants consisted of 30 educational leaders, including school principals and vice principals, who were directly involved in school level planning and accountability processes. Participants engaged with algorithmically generated indicators related to student risk classification, attendance monitoring, academic performance tracking, and institutional reporting as part of their routine professional responsibilities. Decisions informed by these indicators included student support prioritisation, intervention targeting, internal resource distribution, and the justification of planning decisions in communication with higher administrative authorities. Participants were selected using purposive sampling to ensure engagement with these indicators, consistent with qualitative approaches prioritising information rich cases (Patton, 2015). The sample size was determined to allow variation across institutional contexts while enabling in depth qualitative analysis, with prior research indicating that thematic saturation is typically achieved within this range (Guest, Bunce, and Johnson, 2006). Data were collected through semi structured interviews and document analysis. Interviews focused on how participants interpreted algorithmic indicators and how these indicators were mobilised in planning discussions, with particular attention to equity related considerations. Interview protocols were designed to elicit concrete decision episodes rather than abstract perceptions, enabling analysis of situated sense making in policy enactment (Ball, Maguire, and Braun, 2012). Document analysis focused on algorithmically generated reports and planning artefacts accessible through participants’ routine professional roles. These materials included anonymised student risk summaries, attendance and achievement indicators, and internal planning documents referencing these indicators. All materials were anonymised prior to analysis (Bowen, 2009). Data will be analysed using thematic analysis informed by critical policy analysis, focusing on algorithmic authority, professional discretion, and equity justification. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to demonstrate that AI based decision support systems in educational planning do more than automate existing practices. Rather than functioning as neutral tools, these systems actively participate in redefining how equity is interpreted, justified, and operationalised within institutional decision making. Findings are anticipated to show that algorithmic outputs frequently narrow the space of legitimate action by privileging quantifiable indicators of risk, efficiency, and performance over contextual knowledge and professional judgment. Across both Ankara and Yozgat, algorithmic classifications are expected to operate as epistemic anchors that stabilise decisions by rendering certain outcomes appear inevitable or technically justified. While the same centrally provided systems are used in both contexts, differences are likely to emerge in how algorithmic authority is enacted. In Ankara, higher institutional capacity may enable selective engagement with algorithmic outputs, allowing room for professional discretion and negotiation. In Yozgat, closer proximity to central oversight and more limited resources are expected to intensify reliance on algorithmic indicators, reinforcing their authority in planning decisions. The study is also expected to identify moments where educational leaders actively reinterpret, resist, or strategically reframe algorithmic recommendations. These moments are anticipated to occur not through direct opposition to AI systems, but through narrative practices that recalibrate responsibility, fairness, and accountability after decisions have been made. Such findings would suggest that equity is often constructed retrospectively as a discursive accomplishment rather than an inherent property of algorithmic systems. Overall, the study contributes to debates on algorithmic justice by shifting analytical focus from whether algorithms are biased to how they restructure the terms on which fairness is decided. It argues that achieving algorithmic justice in education requires attention to governance structures, leadership practices, and institutional conditions that shape how algorithmic authority is produced, contested, and sustained. References Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Beer, D. (2017). The social power of algorithms. Information, Communication & Society, 20(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2016.1216147 Benjamin, R. (2019). Race after technology: Abolitionist tools for the new Jim Code. Polity Press. Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 Eubanks, V. (2018). Automating inequality: How high-tech tools profile, police, and punish the poor. St. Martin’s Press. Fraser, N. (2008). Scales of justice: Reimagining political space in a globalizing world. Polity Press. Guest, G., Bunce, A., & Johnson, L. (2006). How many interviews are enough? An experiment with data saturation and variability. Field Methods, 18(1), 59–82. https://doi.org/10.1177/1525822X05279903 Gümüş, S., & Bellibaş, M. Ş. (2020). The effects of professional development activities on principals’ perceived instructional leadership practices: Multi-country data analysis using TALIS 2013. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 48(4), 575–594. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143218764178 Noble, S. U. (2018). Algorithms of oppression: How search engines reinforce racism. New York University Press. Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods (4th ed.). Sage Publications. Selwyn, N. (2019). Should robots replace teachers? AI and the future of education. Polity Press. Williamson, B. (2017). Big data in education: The digital future of learning, policy and practice. Sage Publications. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Use of Qualification Reform as a Policy Instrument University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Performance-based accountability has been described as a key lever in a global movement, reforming education systems in line with neoliberal values. Accountability regimes rely on national and international assessments as tools that provide the vital metrics through which to measure educational performance in comparable ways. This paper examines qualification reform as a key feature of these developments, where countries reform their national qualifications in support of these metrics, and use qualification re-design as a lever to influence the teaching and learning that goes on in the classroom. This paper explores the qualification itself as a powerful agent of change, and the uses governments make of them. It examines qualification reform as a policy instrument, seeking to understand the processes through which change is effected, and the implications of this approach on classroom practice. The reform of national qualifications is a high stakes strategy for governments, and there have been high-profile failures which attract attention and criticism. It is notoriously difficult to get right. However, it appears to be a policy approach that more and more policymakers are drawn to as part of the movement to reform, particularly in highly marketised education systems where introducing a new qualification is seen as akin to bringing a new ‘product’ to market. Examples of qualification-driven reform programmes can be seen in Australia, England, Ireland, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, Scotland, South Africa and Wales. This paper focuses on vocational and academic qualification reform programmes undertaken in England, where the education system is made up of a series of quasi-markets, and where qualification reform has been used increasingly as a tool of government to shape the education system over the last forty years. Objectives for reform have included increasing participation in education post-16, and have primarily been driven by economic goals, specifically increasing skills to support progression into jobs, with qualifications assumed to play a direct role in economic growth. The paper uses a multi-case analysis of qualification reform programmes in England over time, from the 1990s onwards, with cases focused on qualifications taken by the 16-19 age group. Cases were developed using documentary and archival evidence, supported by elite interviews with senior policymakers and participating stakeholders, selected because of their ability to take a long view over multiple programmes. The paper seeks to understand the strategic use of qualification reform as a policy instrument to effect change within the education system, specifically how it is being used, why, and its implications. In doing so it aims to shed light on how education policy is brought into effect in England more broadly, the rationalities and technologies that underpin it, and the problems and benefits associated with this approach. The analysis draws on Lascoumes and Le Galès conceptualisation of policy instruments as both technical and social apparatuses which are not neutral, and which carry their own values. Qualification reform is considered as a policy instrument by looking at the processes involved, the interests of key actors, and the discourse it produces. Each case of qualification reform considered has been subject individually to intense debate and public scrutiny. The fact that there are multiple qualification reform programmes occurring within a particular timeframe, at a particular point in history, with related goals, might be observed as a phenomenon in and of itself. Situating them together and enabling them to be compared through temporal and cross-case analysis, provides new perspectives on the issues, and insight into an additional facet of the global education reform movement that has perhaps previously been less considered. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This project is being carried out by an insider researcher, as I am Executive Director, Policy at Ofqual, a non-ministerial government department in England which regulates the exams system. Ofqual plays a part in implementing qualification reform programmes for the UK government. The paper is methodologically pluralist, drawing on a range of different data sources to understand how qualification reform is used as a policy instrument, and its underpinning technologies and rationalities. It uses a comparative case study design to consider a series of government-initiated qualification reform programmes in multiple contexts over a distinct historical period, tracing their trajectories over time. Each case study was compiled from secondary quantitative and qualitative data drawn together from publicly available sources and the National Archives. This was then supplemented by primary ‘gap-filling’ data gathered through twenty-six elite interviews with senior policymakers and influential stakeholders in the decision-making process. The cases were then compared through thematic analysis. This is a temporal, processual, study that has evolved through exploratory data analysis and investigative tools rather than being tightly bounded. Both historical and contemporary cases have been used to develop a deep understanding of education policy development in this area. The case studies were selected because they are or have been policy centrepieces that politicians have staked major claims on, aiming to benefit a large proportion of learners. The case of General National Vocational Qualifications (GNVQs) from the 1990s, the 14-19 Diploma from the 2000s and new T Levels launched in 2020 have been considered as a sequence of qualification reform programmes that have attempted to achieve similar political goals over the last forty years. Initiatives have, however, had to be reinvented each decade. GNVQs and the 14-19 Diploma were not considered successful and are no longer available to learners. Reforms to apprenticeship assessments from 2013 are also included as a case, selected as a programme that foregrounds the role of employers. Reforms to A levels in the 2010s, as academic qualifications used in England for university selection, were selected as a contrast case, with different institutional features. All offer a credential to students leaving school or college, transitioning to further or higher education or employment. Attention is given to the similarities and differences between the programmes. Each reform programme is in and of itself about complex system change, and care has been taken not to gloss over this complexity in the effort to theorise. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper conceptualises qualification reform as a policy instrument and proposes that its use as a tool of government can be seen in liberal market economies where education systems have particular features. It concludes that the mechanism for change is a technocratic process of commissioning, designing, developing, approving and delivering a new qualification as a ‘product’ into the market, following the logic of new public management. The paper puts forward a view that productivist assumptions are driving qualification reform in England, particularly in vocational education, and that these underpinning rationalities could be challenged given that the links between qualifications, jobs and economic growth have been shown to be weak. It argues that the dominance of market logic in post-16 education in England has led to a high degree of policy churn in this part of the sector, and that a more student-centred approach could be taken. The key features of the qualification reform process should be understood critically in order to fully understand it as a policy instrument, its use in a global toolkit, and what the policy alternatives might be. Given that qualification reform has been shown to be a high stakes strategy for governments, reflections from experiences in England are likely to be valuable to researchers and policymakers in other jurisdictions. References Allais, Stephanie Matseleng. 2022. ‘Beyond “Supply and Demand”: Moving from Skills “Planning” to Seeing Skills as Endogenous to the Economy’. Journal of Vocational, Adult and Continuing Education and Training 5 (1): 19. https://doi.org/10.14426/jovacet.v5i1.246. Ball, Stephen J. 1993. ‘What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes'. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education 13 (2): 10–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/0159630930130203. Bartlett, Lesley, and Frances Katherine Vavrus. 2017. Rethinking Case Study Research: A Comparative Approach. Routledge. Grek, Sotiria, Christian Maroy, and Antoni Verger, eds. 2021. Accountability and Datafication in the Governance of Education. World Yearbook of Education 2021. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Lascoumes, Pierre, and Patrick Le Gales. 2007. ‘Introduction: Understanding Public Policy through Its Instruments—From the Nature of Instruments to the Sociology of Public Policy Instrumentation’. Governance 20 (1): 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0491.2007.00342.x. Le Galès, Patrick. 2011. ‘Policy Instruments and Governance’. In The SAGE Handbook of Governance, by Mark Bevir. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446200964.n10. Miller, Peter, and Nikolas S. Rose. 2013. Governing the Present: Administering Economic, Social and Personal Life. Nachdr. Polity Press. Ozga, Jenny. 2021. ‘Problematising Policy: The Development of (Critical) Policy Sociology’. Critical Studies in Education 62 (3): 290–305. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2019.1697718. Raffe, David. 2015. ‘First Count to Five: Some Principles for the Reform of Vocational Qualifications in England’. Journal of Education and Work 28 (2): 147–64. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2014.1001334. Raggatt, Peter, Steve Williams, and Peter C. M. Raggatt. 1999. Government, Markets, and Vocational Qualifications: An Anatomy of Policy. Falmer Press. Sahlberg, Pasi. 2012. ‘How GERM Is Infecting Schools around the World?’ PasiSahlberg.com. https://pasisahlberg.com/text-test/. Verger, Antoni, Clara Fontdevila, and Lluís Parcerisa. 2019. ‘Reforming Governance through Policy Instruments: How and to What Extent Standards, Tests and Accountability in Education Spread Worldwide’. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education 40 (2): 248–70. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2019.1569882. Verger, Antoni, and Guri Skedsmo. 2021. ‘Enacting Accountabilities in Education: Exploring New Policy Contexts and Theoretical Elaborations’. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability 33 (3): 391–401. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-021-09371-x. Wheelahan, Leesa, Gavin Moodie, and James Doughney. 2022. ‘Challenging the Skills Fetish’. British Journal of Sociology of Education 43 (3): 475–94. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2022.2045186. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Bureaucratic Control and State-Driven Platformization in Greek Education Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:Over the past five years, the Greek education system has experienced an expansion of digital platforms. What began as an emergency response to the COVID-19 pandemic with the nationwide digital teaching platform (2019-2020) soon evolved into a broader digital transformation agenda. Since then, digital platforms have been introduced to support school self-evaluation (2020), teacher training and certification (2021), the submission of teacher CVs and evaluation documents (2021-2023), and, most recently, the platform for the prevention and management of school violence and bullying (2024). These digital infrastructures now mediate key aspects of educational administration, teacher assessment, professional development and, in general, the management of a wide array of issues both within the system and within schools. Their proliferation marks a significant reconfiguration of educational governance in Greece. Scholarship on the platformization of education has grown rapidly in the past years highlighting how digital platforms shift the commercial involvement in education (Komljenovic, 2021; Kerssens & van Dijck, 2021), reorganize teaching practices (Perrotta et al., 2021; Pangrazio et al., 2022) and reshape data flows (Williamson et al., 2022). Emerging mainly from analyses of decentralized or marketised education systems, present research conceptualizes platformization primarily as a commercial, data-extractive and privatizing process that affects teachers’ professionalization and agency. The Greek case, however, sits uneasily within this dominant analytical frame. Greece has one of the most centralized education systems in Europe, where the Ministry of Education retains direct control over curriculum, staffing, assessment and school governance. The platforms introduced since 2019 are not the result of market forces, venture-capital-backed EdTech innovation, or public-private partnerships; rather, they are developed, mandated and operated by state agencies. Additionally, teaching in schools leans heavily on traditional and analog methods. Building on critical platform studies (e.g. Decuypere et al., 2021; Nichols & Garcia, 2022) and critical policy research this study aims at exploring the emergence of digital platforms in the Greek education system and broadening theoretical understandings of platformization in education and its transformation in governance structures. More specifically, this paper explores how platforms can act as “digital fixes” that displace systemic problems onto the school level while simultaneously centralizing oversight and intensifying teachers’ administrative workload. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a qualitative research design. Empirical material employed are official policy documents, legislative texts, public communication and technical guidelines related to the introduction and operation of selected digital platforms within the Greek education ecosystem. These sources were examined to identify the stated purposes of the platforms, the problems they are intended to address, and the ways in which responsibilities are distributed between central authorities, schools, and teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings point towards a type of platforms that operate primarily as technologies of bureaucratic governance rather than as educational or supportive administrative devices, with the Greek case exemplifying a distinct form of state-driven platformization. Far from signaling a shift toward market-driven governance, the platformization of Greek education thus far reinforces and intensifies the hierarchical structure of the educational bureaucracy. At the same time, these platforms function as policy tools that respond to long-standing administrative weaknesses, crisis pressures, and austerity-related constraints by redistributing responsibility downward to schools and teachers, while also contributing to expanded forms of surveillance. Taken together, these findings demonstrate the need for analytical frameworks that capture how centralised education systems appropriate digital infrastructures for governance, control, and the reorganisation of educational labour. References Decuypere M., Grimaldi E. & Landri P. (2021). Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1–16. Kerssens, N., & van Dijck, J. (2022). Governed by Edtech? Valuing pedagogical autonomy in a platform Society. Harvard Educational Review, 92(2). https://doi.org/10.17763/1943-5045-92. 2.284 Komljenovic, J. (2021). The rise of education rentiers: Digital platforms, digital data and rents. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 320–332. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021. 1891422 Nichols T. P. & Garcia A. (2022). Platform studies in education. Harvard Educational Review, 62(2), 209–230. Kumar, P. C., Vitak, J., Chetty, M., & Clegg, T. L. (2019). The platformization of the classroom: Teachers as surveillant consumers. Surveillance & Society, 17(1/2), 145-152. Pangrazio, L., Stornaiuolo, A., Nichols, T. P., Garcia, A., & Philip, T. M. (2022). Datafication Meets Platformization: Materializing Data Processes in Teaching and Learning. Harvard Educational Review, 92 (2), 257-283. https://doi.org/10.17763/1943-5045-92.2.257 Perrotta, C., Gulson, K. N., Williamson, B., & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 97–113. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2020.1855597 Williamson, B., K. Gulson, C. Perrotta, & K. Witzenberger (2022). “Amazon and the New Global Connective Architectures of Education Governance.” Harvard Educational Review, 92 (2): 231–256. https://doi.org/10.17763/1943-5045-92.2.231. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 07 B: BOOK LAUNCH PART 2: Perspectives on Education Policy Advice and Education Policy Making Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Craig Skerritt Session Chair: Luke Sweeney Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium BOOK LAUNCH PART 2: Perspectives on Education Policy Advice and Education Policy Making This is the second part of the book launch to mark the publication of two books edited by Craig Skerritt and published by Bloomsbury in July 2026: Advising on and Making Education Policy: New Perspectives on Past and Present Procedures and Opportunities and Challenges for Policy Advice and Policy Making in Education: Future Possibilities. Given what Steiner-Khamsi et al. (2020) refer to as the ‘over-production of evidence’, it could be argued that we are in an ‘evidence era’ where language shrouded in talk of research, data, and best practice is used to justify actions (Helgetun and Menter 2022). Policy makers may refer to ‘evidence’, ‘what works’, and ‘evidence-based policy’ as symbolic power to promote policies and communicate powerful messages (Thomas 2023). Consequently, there have been growing calls in the literature for new ways of doing education policy (Brown 2016; Gorard 2018; Lupton and Hayes 2021). A common (mis)perception that policy making is something that is (only) done by governments exists but as Ozga (2000: 2) has been arguing, ‘policy is to be found everywhere in education’. Policy is not limited ‘to the formal mechanisms of government and official political actors’ (Ozga 2021: 296) and it is shown here that education policy is made in education institutions such as schools too, with staff, students, and parents serving as policy makers. Moreover, intermediary bodies, university-based researchers and teacher educators are also having impact at numerous levels, and the books highlight some of the ways they shape education policy. In this second part, the authors of another four chapters present on their experiences of and research on policy advice and policy making in education, with specific attention paid to England, Scotland, New Zealand, Australia, and Ireland. Their presentations highlight opportunities, challenges, and new possibilities for advising on and making policies in education. Significantly, they also exemplify teachers, students, parents, and teacher educators as policy makers. The lessons that can be gleaned will likely have wider relevance and applicability, especially considering contemporary education systems are transnationally connected (Grek et al. 2013) and the European and Western education space(s) can seem borderless (McNamara et al. 2022). First, Taylor Hughson and Loic Menzies draw on cases from Aotearoa New Zealand and England to explore the benefits and drawbacks of polycentricism. Hughson and Menzies argue that polycentric governance does indeed, in line with existing literature, have some shortcomings, but that involving multiple actors in policy design also has potential benefits. They finish by proposing new ideas for how polycentrism could enhance rather than diminish the democratic nature of policy making. The second presentation comes from Australia. Jacqui Peters advocates for teacher educators to be positioned as policy makers. The presentation demonstrates, through the cases of a group of teacher educators in Initial Teacher Education in an Australian university, what, where, and how teacher educators make policy. Louise Campbell, Charlaine Simpson and Anna Beck, in the third presentation, from research in the Scottish context, suggest that authentic participation of all stakeholders is a prerequisite for effective and equitable policy development, meaning all voices must be heard, and different perspectives must be considered. A framework is provided to support and interrogate the authentic participation of teachers in the policy networks that operate in, engage with, and influence education systems. The final presenter is a practising school principal in Ireland, Helen McTighe. McTighe illustrates that principals do not necessarily make institutional policies in isolation but in collaboration with staff and students. With particular attention paid to the inclusion of students, McTighe provides a first-hand account of how they are important policy actors in their post-primary school in Ireland. References Brown, C. (2016). Evidence-Informed Policy and Practice in Education: A Sociological Grounding. London: Bloomsbury Academic. Gorard, S. (2018). Education Policy: Evidence of Equity and Effectiveness. Bristol: Policy Press. Helgetun, J. B., & Menter, I. (2022). From an age of measurement to an evidence era? Policy-making in teacher education in England. Journal of Education Policy, 37(1), 88-105. Lupton, R., & Hayes, D. (2021). Great Mistakes in Education Policy: And How to Avoid Them in the Future. Bristol: Policy Press. McNamara, G., Skerritt, C., O’Hara, J., O’Brien, S., & Brown, M. (2022). For improvement, accountability, or the economy? Reflecting on the purpose (s) of school self-evaluation in Ireland. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 54(2), 158-173. Ozga, J. (2000). Policy Research in Educational Settings: Contested Terrain. Buckingham: Open University Press Ozga, J. (2021). Problematising policy: The development of (critical) policy sociology. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 290-305. Steiner-Khamsi, G., Karseth, B., & Baek, C. (2020). From science to politics: Commissioned reports and their political translation into White Papers. Journal of Education Policy, 35(1), 119-144. Thomas, G. (2023). Evidence, schmevidence: the abuse of the word “evidence” in policy discourse about education. Educational Review, 75(7), 1297-1312. Presentations of the Symposium Polycentrism in Education Policy Making in England and Aotearoa New Zealand: Strengths as well as Weaknesses?
Polycentrism has become an increasingly prominent concept in education policy studies. However, current accounts of polycentricity focus almost exclusively on its drawbacks, such as opacity and policy convergence. In this presentation the authors gently critique this negative view of polycentricity by drawing on two other domains — the debate over ‘pluralism’ in political science, and the concept of the advocacy coalition framework. Both of these reference points allow for a more positive case to be made for the involvement of a multiplicity of actors in policy making. The presentation will apply insights from these domains to two case studies: one from Aotearoa New Zealand and one from England, showing how, in both cases, the drawbacks of polycentricity sit alongside potential advantages. Recognising that polycentricity carries both possible upsides and downsides, the presentation concludes with suggestions for what an improved polycentrism might look like, such that its advantages are maintained and its disadvantages are minimised.
References:
Ball, S. J. (2008). New philanthropy, new networks and new governance in education. Political Studies, 56(4), 747–765.
Hughson, T. A. (2022). Disrupting Aotearoa New Zealand’s curricular consensus: From ‘world-leading’ curriculum to curriculum refresh 2007–2021. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 57, 53–67.
Menzies, L. (2024). ‘Populism’ and competing epistemic communities in English educational policy: A response to Craske and Watson. British Educational Research Journal, 50(3), 1576-1593.
Savage, G. C., & Dang, T. K. A. (2021). Lost in translation? Polycentricity and the mutation of concepts across fields. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 42(4), 628–640.
Thompson, G., Savage, G. C., & Lingard, B. (2016). Introduction: Think tanks, edu-businesses and education policy: Issues of evidence, expertise and influence. The Australian Educational Researcher, 43(1), 1–13.
Re)positioning Teacher Educators as Policy makers who Span Across Policy making Spaces
Attention to policy making in education tends to focus on policy making at the top level. There is less focus on the lived realities of front-line workers, such as teachers, as they engage in policy making. One group of front-line workers are teacher educators who operate in a space – teacher education – which (can) span across policy making spaces. While a small body of research emphasises the key role teacher educators play in policy making, this presentation will strongly advocate the need to position teacher educators as policy makers who have the potential to bridge policy spaces. In this presentation, a teacher educator argues for such advocacy by demonstrating what, where, and how teacher educators operate as policy makers. As such, four case studies focusing on the different (policy) roles teacher educators occupy as policy makers are presented. This presentation highlights the complexity of policy-enactment, which must be embraced to overcome traditional, siloed approaches to policy making.
References:
Alfrey, L., & O'Connor, J. (2020). Critical pedagogy and curriculum transformation in Secondary Health and Physical Education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 25(3), 288-302.
Ball, S.J, Maguire M, and Braun A. (2012). How Schools do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Oxon: Routledge.
Connelly, F. M., & Connelly, G. C. (2013). Curriculum policy guidelines: Context, structure and functions. In A. Luke, A. Woods, & K. Weir (eds.), Curriculum Syllabus Design and Equity: A primer and Model (pp.54–73). Routledge.
Lambert, K., & Penney, D. (2020). Curriculum interpretation and policy enactment in health and physical education: Researching teacher educators as policy actors. Sport, Education and Society, 25(4), 378–394.
Penney, D., & Alfrey, L. (2022). Reading curriculum policy and (re) shaping practices: The possibilities and limits of enactment. Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education, 13(3), 214-222.
Scanlon, D., MacPhail, A., & Calderón, A. (2022). A figurational viewpoint of the complexity of policy enactment: An opportunity for agonistic dialogue? The Curriculum Journal, 34, 265-283.
Wilkinson, S. D., & Penney, D. (2020). Setting policy and student agency in physical education: Students as policy actors. Sport, Education and Society, 26(3), 267–280.
Framing Equitable Teacher Engagement and Authentic Participation for Education Policy Development
Effective and equitable policy development requires authentic participation from all stakeholders. For participation to be authentic, all stakeholder voices must be heard, and different perspectives considered. While such a model might enhance transparency and accountability in the policy making process, it does not guarantee genuine participation of all. Participatory models can empower stakeholders and support democratic ideals on the surface, but policy actors who are not often involved in macro-level policy making, such as teachers, are often silenced by pre-existing power structures and persistent cultural norms. This presentation considers how new policy engagement strategies in education might be developed at system level, drawing on Sørensen and Torfing's (2005) model of democratic network governance, Ball's conceptualisation of policy networks (2012) and network ethnography as methodology (Ball, 2016; Hogan, 2016). Through this lens, this presentation offers a model to support and interrogate the authenticity of teacher participation in policy networks. Collectively, ideas around democratic anchorage points, ranges of actors and expertise, hidden and often silenced interactions and relationships coalesce to create a model than can be used to support enhanced forms of engagement in policy making for teachers.
References:
Ball, S.J. (2016). Following policy: networks, network ethnography and education policy mobilities, Journal of Education Policy, 31(5), 549-566.
Hogan, A. (2016). Network ethnography and the cyberflâneur: evolving policy sociology in education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 29(3), 381-398.
Sørensen, E., & Torfing, J. (2005). The democratic anchorage of governance networks. Scandinavian Political Studies, 28(3), 195-218.
Including Students in Policy Making: The Perspective of a Post-Primary School Principal
This presentation comprises a first-hand account of a principal’s experiences of including students in policy making in their school. Using Lundy’s model of child participation as a conceptual framework, ‘policy making’ in this context, in a post-primary school in Ireland, focuses on a context-specific integration of authentic student and teacher collaboration. It involves a trinity of actors in terms of principal, teacher leaders and student leaders collaborating to create a whole-school inclusion policy. The presentation will illustrate how principals do not necessarily make institutional policies in isolation but in collaboration with staff and students. With particular attention paid to the inclusion of students, the presentation will show how this collaboration in policy making can be understood in practice.
References:
Fleming, D. (2015). Student voice: An emerging discourse in Irish education policy. International Electronic Journal of Elementary Education, 8(2), 223-242.
Graham, A., Truscott, J., Simmons, C., Anderson, D., & Thomas, N. (2018). Exploring student participation across different arenas of school life. British Educational Research Journal, 44(6), 1029-1046.
Howell, A. (2018). Children’s participation in their education, research and society. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 39(3), 478-485.
Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927-942.
Mayes, E. (2020). Student voice in school reform? Desiring simultaneous critique and affirmation. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 41(3), 454-470.
Messiou, K., & Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusive Inquiry: Student–teacher dialogue as a means of promoting inclusion in schools. British Educational Research Journal, 46(3), 670-687.
Skerritt, C., O’Hara, J., Brown, M., McNamara, G., & O’Brien, S. (2022). Student voice and the school hierarchy: the disconnect between senior leaders and teachers. Oxford Review of Education, 48(5), 606-621.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 07 C: School Governance Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Mark Murphy Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Ambivalent Agency: When Professional Capacity Undermines Democratic School Cultures Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Teacher agency has become a central concept in contemporary educational research and policy discourse, frequently framed as a key resource for innovation, professionalism, and democratic school development (Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015). Within this dominant framing, agency is often treated as inherently positive and normatively desirable. This proposal challenges that assumption by arguing that teacher agency is not automatically democratic. Under specific governance conditions, professionally strong forms of agency may become ambivalent, simultaneously enabling action while undermining collegiality, shared professional judgement, and democratic practices within schools. The paper is theoretically driven and builds on empirical material analysed and presented across several peer-reviewed journal articles. Rather than introducing new data, the contribution offers a conceptual re-reading of existing empirical work in order to foreground a dimension that has so far remained under-theorised in agency research: the tension between teacher agency, neoliberal governance, and democracy in everyday school life. The paper addresses the following research questions:
The theoretical framework is anchored in the ecological model of teacher agency (Priestley et al., 2015), which conceptualises agency as a temporally embedded and contextually mediated practice shaped across iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative dimensions. This model provides a foundation for moving beyond individualistic understandings of agency by situating professional action within institutional, cultural, and policy contexts. The paper extends this framework through engagement with critical scholarship on neoliberal education governance, which highlights how decentralisation, accountability, and performativity redistribute responsibility while weakening collective and democratic structures (Ball, 2003; Goodson & Rudd, 2017; Sahlberg, 2018). Within such governance regimes, teachers are increasingly positioned as individually responsible actors expected to demonstrate initiative, flexibility, and continuous self-improvement. While these expectations appear to expand professional autonomy, the empirical material reveals a more paradoxical dynamic. Teachers with strong professional competence and commitment often assume extensive responsibility not only for classroom practice, but also for institutional performance and social problems that exceed their professional mandate. This redistribution of responsibility, combined with reduced collective deliberative spaces, generates ambivalent agency—a form of agency that sustains professional action while simultaneously reinforcing isolation, competition, and normative pressure. A central argument of the paper is that these dynamics have profound implications for democracy in schools. Democratic school cultures rely on collegial trust, shared professional judgement, and collective responsibility. However, the analysis suggests that ambivalent agency may erode these conditions by privileging individual performance, visibility, and compliance over collective deliberation. In earlier work, related dynamics have been conceptualised as toxic agency, referring to agentic action that internalises and reproduces system-level pressures at the expense of professional solidarity (Tinn & Ümarik, 2022). The paper further foregrounds the temporal dimension of ambivalent agency. Teachers’ agentic orientations are shaped by professional biographies and nostalgic narratives of earlier periods perceived as more collegial and democratically grounded (Ümarik & Goodson, 2018; Tinn & Ümarik, 2022). While nostalgia can function as a critical resource for evaluating present reforms and maintaining professional identity, it may also narrow future imaginaries and reinforce defensive or individualised forms of agency, complicating democratic renewal in schools. By conceptualising teacher agency as ambivalent rather than inherently emancipatory, the paper contributes to international debates on teacher professionalism, educational governance, and the fragile relationship between agency and democracy in contemporary education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on qualitative empirical material generated through a longitudinal study of teachers’ professional lives, analysed and reported across several peer-reviewed journal articles. The ECER presentation is theoretically driven and builds on previously analysed empirical material, offering a conceptual re-reading that foregrounds ambivalence in teacher agency and its implications for democratic school cultures. The primary data source consists of life-history interviews conducted with 13 general education teachers (10 women and 3 men) teaching history and social sciences. Participants’ teaching experience ranged from seven to 47 years, enabling an in-depth examination of professional trajectories across different career stages and institutional contexts. Life-history interviewing was chosen due to its suitability for exploring temporality, professional identity, and agency as biographically embedded and contextually mediated phenomena (Goodson & Sikes, 2001; Goodson, 2013). Interviews were conducted in three waves over several years, allowing for a longitudinal perspective on how teachers’ agentic orientations evolved in relation to changing expectations, responsibilities, and governance conditions. All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, anonymised, and analysed using a narrative-theoretical approach. The interviews were semi-structured and open-ended, encouraging participants to construct their own professional narratives and to reflect on experiences of autonomy, responsibility, collegiality, and change. The analytical process combined thematic narrative analysis with cross-case interpretive reading. Rather than applying predefined coding categories, the analysis focused on identifying recurring narrative patterns, tensions, and contradictions in teachers’ accounts of professional action. Particular attention was paid to moments where strong professional commitment, initiative, or responsibility coincided with experiences of exhaustion, moral pressure, isolation, or conflict with colleagues. These moments were analytically significant for understanding how agency may become internally contradictory under specific governance conditions. The ecological model of teacher agency (Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015) served as the main analytical framework, enabling examination of agency across iterational (past experiences), projective (future orientations), and practical-evaluative (present judgements) dimensions. The framework was used as a sensitising concept guiding interpretation rather than as a rigid coding scheme. By synthesising insights from earlier analyses and re-reading the empirical material through the conceptual lens of ambivalent agency, the paper highlights relational, temporal, and democratic dimensions of teacher agency that have not previously been the primary focus of analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation introduces ambivalent agency as a conceptual lens for rethinking the relationship between teacher agency, governance, and democracy in schools. The analysis challenges the widespread assumption that agency is inherently emancipatory or democratically progressive. Instead, it shows that under neoliberal governance conditions, professionally strong forms of agency may simultaneously enable action and undermine its collective and democratic foundations. The findings suggest that when responsibility is individualised and collective deliberative spaces are weakened, teacher agency becomes oriented towards compliance, visibility, and self-management rather than shared professional judgement and democratic participation. In this context, the problem is not a lack of agency, but the specific forms of agency that are normalised and rewarded within contemporary education systems. This presentation also highlights the temporal dimension of ambivalent agency. Teachers’ professional action is shaped by biographical experiences and nostalgic narratives of earlier periods perceived as more collegial and democratically grounded. While nostalgia can support critical reflection, it may also narrow future-oriented imaginaries and limit possibilities for collective democratic renewal. Finally, this presentation clarifies the relationship between ambivalent agency and toxic agency, conceptualising the latter as an intensified form of ambivalence in which teachers actively reproduce governance pressures that erode trust, solidarity, and professional well-being. Overall, this presentation reframes teacher agency as a diagnostic concept for understanding the fragility of democratic school cultures and invites researchers and policymakers to reconsider assumptions that equate agency with democratic progress. References Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Goodson, I. F. (2013). Developing narrative theory: Life histories and personal representation. London: Routledge. Goodson, I. F., & Rudd, T. (2017). Negotiating neoliberalism: Developing alternative educational visions. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Goodson, I. F., & Sikes, P. (2001). Life history research in educational settings: Learning from lives. Buckingham: Open University Press. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. London: Bloomsbury Academic. Sahlberg, P. (2018). Finnished leadership: Four big, inexpensive ideas to transform education. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin. Tinn, M., & Ümarik, M. (2022). Looking through teachers’ eyes – investigating teacher agency. British Journal of Educational Studies, 70(4), 419–435. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2021.1960268 Ümarik, M., & Goodson, I. F. (2020). Nostalgia in the narratives of vocational teachers as a way of understanding responses to change. Critical Studies in Education, 61(4), 448–463. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2018.1500385 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper School Exclusion Policy as a Political Tool: Politicising School Discipline in the Pursuit of Broader Political Agendas 1: University of Oxford, United Kingdom; 2: Adelaide University Presenting Author:In England and other education systems worldwide, school exclusion – including fixed-term suspension and permanent exclusion (expulsion) – has become a commonly used behaviour management tool. Recent evidence suggests that such practices disproportionately affect vulnerable and marginalised groups of children, including children with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND), children who have a social worker or are in care, children living in poverty, and children from particular ethnic minority backgrounds (Timpson, 2019). Evidence has also identified negative individual and societal costs and consequences linked to school exclusion, including heightened risk of being involved in serious violence (Cornish and Brennan 2025), and having poorer academic, health, and employment outcomes (Timpson 2019; Madia et al. 2022; Obsuth et al. 2024). Adopting a critical policy analysis approach informed by both Bacchi (2009) and Stone’s (2012) work on problem representation, policy instrumentalization, and policy paradox, this paper examines what ‘problem’ school exclusion is understood to be solving and asks why England has persisted to legalise the use of school exclusionary practices for four decades despite a strong body of evidence indicating that such practices are not effective in preventing and responding to unwanted student behaviours and are linked to negative individual and societal consequences (e.g., Noltemeyer et al., 2015; Wang et al., 2022). From a critical perspective, we argue that policy legitimacy does not depend on causal effectiveness alone but depends on symbolic value and political interests. In the paper, we outline three policy framings that have been used to legitimise the use of school exclusion since the first governing statutory provision was introduced in England in 1986: (1) School exclusion as a tool to raise standards in schools; (2) School exclusion as a tool to maintain social order; (3) School exclusion as a tool to tackle teacher retention and recruitment problems, and the political interests these framings serve. We argue that each of these framings are linked with broader political agendas and ideologies, market incentives (e.g., accountability and performance), and apparent 'crises' and media-fed fears around declining standards in schools, the prevalence of violence amongst young people and anti-social behaviour, and declining numbers of teachers entering and staying in the profession. We identify how each of these framings work to individualise behavioural problems and emphasise protection of the majority. By foregrounding the symbolic and political functions of school exclusion policy, the paper contributes to international debates on governance, equity, and disciplinary policy in contexts where school exclusion remains a sanctioned but increasingly contested policy instrument. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper builds on an historical analysis of school discipline policies in England from 1986 to 2020 that was completed as part of a DPhil (PhD) study on the enactment of national school exclusion policy at the local level in England (Tawell, 2024). The original analysis explored how the policy problem of school exclusion has been located and delimited by particular policy discourses and political ideologies in different political periods and how wider policy pressures have affected school exclusion rates and how school exclusion policy is enacted. The original analysis drew on previous national policy analyses on school exclusion in different political periods in England, as well as broader accounts of education policy developments, and analysis of primary policy sources, including statutory and non-statutory guidance, Green Papers (consultation documents on policy or legislative proposals), White Papers (proposals for future legislation), ministerial statements, speeches and correspondence, and press releases. The findings presented in this paper represent a theory-led re-examination of this initial analysis. The re-analysis focused on the question: how is school exclusion policy used as a political tool? The analysis identified dominant framings of school exclusion and the political interests that these framings serve. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By examining school exclusion as a political tool, this paper addresses the question of why school exclusion remains a legitimate and widely used policy instrument despite evidence linking it to negative individual and societal consequences. We argue that the persistence of school exclusion policy in England reflects its symbolic and political functionality, not its effectiveness. The analysis presented explains how the legitimacy of school exclusion policy is sustained, even as it is seen to exacerbate longer-term social harms. This paper builds on and extends a growing body of international research that has explored both dominant and missing discourses in school exclusion policy in different education systems (Cole et al., 2019; McCluskey et al., 2019; Tawell and McCluskey, 2021; Down et al., 2024) and offers a new lens through which to explore how school exclusion policy is used as a political tool. The findings have important implications for understanding the drivers of school exclusion policy and therefore by extension the opportunities for policy change. The critical policy approach presented in the paper will be of interest to others grappling with the issue of school exclusion in different country contexts internationally. References Bacchi, C. (2009). Analysing policy: what's the problem represented to be? Australia: Pearson Education. Cole, T., McCluskey, G., Daniels, H., Thompson. I. and Tawell. A. (2019). Factors associated with high and low levels of school exclusions: comparing the English and wider UK experience, Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 24(4), 374–390. Cornish, R. and Brennan, I. (2025). Exclusion from school and risk of serious violence: a target trial emulation study, The British Journal of Criminology, 65(6), 1221–1240. Down, B., Sullivan, A., Tippett, N., Johnson, B., Manolev, J. and Robinson, J. (2024). What is missing in policy discourses about school exclusions?, Critical Studies in Education, 65(5), 494–512. Madia, J. E., Obsuth, I., Thompson, I., Daniels, H. and Murray, A. L. (2022). Long-term labour market and economic consequences of school exclusions in England: evidence from two counterfactual approaches, British Journal of Educational Psychology, 92(3), 801–816. McCluskey, G., Cole, T., Daniels, H., Thompson, I. and Tawell, A. (2019). Exclusion from school in Scotland and across the UK: contrasts and questions. British Educational Research Journal, 45(6), 1140–1159. Noltemeyer, A. L., Ward, R. M. and McLoughlin, C. (2015). Relationship between school suspension and student outcomes: a meta-analysis, School Psychology Review, 44(2), 224–240. Obsuth, I., Madia, J. E., Murray, A. L., Thompson, I. and Daniels, H. (2024). The impact of school exclusion in childhood on health and well-being outcomes in adulthood: estimating causal effects using inverse probability of treatment weighting, British Journal of Educational Psychology, 94(2):460–473. Stone, D. (2012). Policy paradox: the art of political decision making. 3rd Ed. New York: W. W. Norton & Company. Tawell, A. and McCluskey, G. (2021). Utilising Bacchi’s what’s the problem represented to be? (WPR) approach to analyse national school exclusion policy in England and Scotland: a worked example, International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 45(2), pp.137– 149. Tawell, A. (2024). Enacting national school exclusion policy at the local level in England: an embedded single-case study. DPhil Thesis. University of Oxford. Timpson, E. (2019). Timpson review of school exclusion. London: Department for Education. Wang, M.-T., Scanlon, C. L. and Del Toro, J. (2022). Does anyone benefit from exclusionary discipline? An exploration on the direct and vicarious links between suspensions for minor infraction and adolescents’ academic achievement, American Psychologist, 78(1), 20–35. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Law and Education: The Impact of Juridification on School Governance 1: University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2: University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The aim of this British academy-funded research is to examine the impact of law on education governance. The project seeks to answer the question: In what ways and to what extent does law influence the governing of schools, at both institutional and professional level? We seek to identify how school governance is increasingly shaped and influenced by law via legislation and legal discourse and how this is manifested in a range of institutional and professional practices. The study is placed in the context of broader studies of juridification in education and public policy internationally (Carlbaum et al, 2025; González et al, 2025; Karseth and Møller, 2020; Murphy, 2022; Novak, 2019), a trend that researchers have indicated can have both positive and negative consequences for schooling quality and equitable outcomes. Using Scotland as a case study, the study surveys school staff at selected schools in order to better understand how law influences school policies and professional practices. The study will use the findings to identify implications for future integration of law in schools as well as to highlight consequences for equity-driven education policy. Of special interest is the impact of law on school governance at the institutional level, as well as the ways in which it influences professional practice and relations with students and parents. More broadly we are interested in the contribution law is making to struggles over educational and social justice and the intersection between legal and educational practices. These include how school policies are constructed around issues such as special educational needs, students with disabilities, protected characteristics (such as race, gender, sexuality), anti-bullying strategies and child safeguarding. Our focus also includes more pedagogical issues relating to teaching delivery, curriculum and assessment, as well as the ways in which teaching staff relate and interact with their students. This ‘mapping’ of the presence of law and legal discourse in schools is accompanied by a study of how schools and professionals engage with this presence and how it impacts their practices. This work is significant as countries such as the United Kingdom are experiencing an increased impact of law on education governance (Furedi and Bristow, 2012; Murphy and Skillen, 2018), a process known as juridification (Teubner, 1998). Key legislation, including the Human Rights Act 1998 and the Equality Act 2010 have extended the grounds on which aspects of educational governance and practice can be challenged in court, as well as introducing substantial compliance burdens on schools. In Scotland, attempts at incorporating the UN Convention of the Rights of the Child are ongoing, a process which would provide new legal duties on schools. Few areas of educational practice exist free of legal regulation: the Department for Education’s (DfE’s) statutory guidance to schools, for example, extends to admissions, behaviour, curriculum, governance, looked after children, special educational needs and disability, safeguarding and staff employment (Department for Education, 2025).
The increased prominence of juridification in the education sector suggests that it is time that the role and impact of law is taken more seriously in studies of educational governance. The expanding role of law can be witnessed across numerous other sectors (Magnussen and Nilssen 2013: 233). Although it has received intense interest in the 21st century, an interest in juridification and the social impact of law has been longstanding, with its limitations and potential to negatively impact social relations being the main focus of concern. Juridification is widely cast as a trend with significant limitations when it comes to effective and prudent governance and the capacity of front-line professionals to exercise authority and discretion in their working lives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is an ongoing British Academy funded study which will be completed by August 2026. The research employs a mixed-methods approach to the study, incorporating a survey element alongside a set of personal interviews. This mixed-methods approach is designed to deliver, first of all, a detailed account of the scale of juridification in schools, and second, a more in-depth analysis of the impacts on school governance as well as institutional and professional responses. The two elements are constructed so that they complement one another, so that the interviews can build on the data gathered in the survey stage in order to generate the most appropriate questions/topics for the personal interviews. Given the peculiarities of the different legal systems in the home nations, the study is limited to the Scottish education sector. The mixed methods aspect is joined by another important aspect of the research design – the dual perspective based on the experiences of school leaders and teaching staff. Engaging with both sides of the relation can help to enrich understandings of juridification while also allowing the researcher an opportunity to evaluate one set of perspectives in relation to the other. The survey focuses on key questions related to the issue of juridification and specifically the extent to which participants: 1) Perceive the relation between law and education in their own professional context 2) Have experienced legal issues in their work 3) Implications for their professional practice The survey also consists of a set of demography-related questions related to issues such as institution, position, age and gender. The research is also gathering qualitative data via interview with 20 school leaders/teaching staff. The selection process takes into consideration the professional profile of staff to gauge the impact of work on their dealings with the law (for example issues such as teaching workload, subject area, staff-pupil ratios may be contributory factors). A semi-structured interview schedule guides all interviews but there is sufficient opportunity for more detailed examination of specific issues as they arise. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We are currently analysing the survey and interview data for evidence related to: 1): understandings of the relation between law and education and how these understandings correlate to demographic data such as age and professional status. 2: factors impacting staff experiences of the law such as school type, prevalence of certain cases (such as SEN) and specific legislation. 3: Using the interview data to help identify the institutional and staff responses to legal issues and its impact on their work - this will help to develop key themes of the study; emerging themes include increased accountability and administrative burden, liability exposure, adjustments to practice, changing interactions with pupils and parents, development of avoidance behaviours. More broadly we are exploring the implications of the study for the role of juridification and its relation to issues of educational justice. Law is established as a key foundation of democratic governance and is rightly praised as a route to justice for those seeking to bring individuals and institutions to account. Studying juridification in schools provides a key institutional and professional case study via which to critically assess the power of legal justice in institutional settings - to what extent does greater legal input impact the capacity of schools to deliver social justice? Schools in particular occupy a unique position in public service delivery as they provide routes to social mobility, greater life and work opportunities, as well as the known benefits of learning to future mental and physical health. As such schools provide a unique case study of the ways in which education governance and service delivery are impacted by the presence of legal demands and legal discourse. References Carlbaum, S., Lindgren, J., Benerdal, M., & Rönnberg, L. (2025). Navigating legal discourses in quasi-markets: juridification and privatisation in Swedish local preschool governance. Journal of Education Policy, 40(6): 979–999. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2452202 Department for Education (2025). Statutory guidance: Keeping children safe in education. Statutory guidance for schools and colleges on safeguarding children and safer recruitment. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/keeping-children-safe-in-education--2 Furedi, F. and J. Bristow (2012). The social cost of litigation. London: Centre for Policy Studies. González, Á., Horn, A., & Pérez, M. (2025). A decade of the Superintendence of education in Chile: emerging juridification influence on principals’ professionalism. Journal of Education Policy, 40(6): 1022–1038. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2560372 Karseth, B., & J. Møller (2020). Legal regulation and professional discretion in schools. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(2): 195–210. Magnussen, A-M & E. Nilssen (2013). Juridification and the construction of social citizenship. Journal of Law and Society, 40(2): 228-48. Murphy, M. (2022). Taking education to account? The limits of law in institutional and professional practice. Journal of Education Policy, 37(1): 1-16, Murphy, M. & P. Skillen (2018). Exposure to the law: Accountability and its impact on street-level bureaucracy. Social Policy and Society, 17(1): 35-46. Novak, J (2019). Juridification of educational spheres: The case of Sweden. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 51(12): 1262-1272. Teubner, G. (1998). Juridification: Concepts, Aspects, Limits, Solutions. In A Reader on Regulation, edited by R. Baldwin, C. Scott and C. Hood, pp. 389-440. Oxford: Oxford University Press 1998. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 24 SES 07 A: Student Motivation, Affect & Inclusion Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Laura Sian Black Paper Session |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Reciprocal Dynamics Between Need‑Supportive Teaching and Student Motivation in Early Secondary Mathematics 1: KU Leuven, Belgium; 2: UGent, Belgium; 3: Universiteit van Amsterdam, Nederland; 4: LESEC, KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Across European countries, sustaining students’ motivation for mathematics remains a persistent challenge. International studies document that students in many European countries report low motivation for the subject (OECD, 2023), with a particular decline across secondary education (Hannula, 2019). These trends are particularly concerning in light of European policy ambitions to broaden participation in STEM programs (e.g., as outlined in the European Commission's STEM Education Strategic Plan). Understanding how mathematics teachers can promote students’ motivation for mathematics is therefore of key importance. The present study investigates this issue from the viewpoint of Self-Determination Theory (SDT; Ryan & Deci, 2017). In short, SDT posits that students are more likely to develop high-quality motivation when their basic psychological needs for autonomy, competence, and relatedness are met. Teachers can nurture these needs through three need-supportive teaching practices (Niemiec & Ryan, 2009): autonomy support (e.g., acknowledging students’ perspectives and offering meaningful choices), involvement (e.g., warmth, care, and emotional availability), and structure (e.g., clear explanations, guidance, and informative feedback). To date, a substantial body of research has documented positive associations between these practices and students’ motivational functioning (Stroet et al., 2013). However, much of this research implicitly assumed that teaching practices influenced student motivation in a unidirectional manner, attributing (typically cross-sectional) associations to an effect of teaching on motivation (Howard et al., 2025). However, there are good theoretical reasons to assume also a reverse path, in which student motivation would affect subsequent need support. For example, need‑supportive teaching requires teachers to be flexible, emotionally available, and attentive to students’ needs. Investing such effort is more likely when teachers already experience some success in motivating students, as this would satisfy teachers’ own need for competence (Taylor et al., 2008). In addition, motivated students may elicit more need-supportive teaching through their engaged behavior. For example, when students ask a lot of questions and spontaneously signal when they get stuck with a problem, this may give teachers a better idea of students’ needs to which then can adjust their instruction (Jang et al., 2024). Teachers may also consciously decide to provide more need support to motivated students because they believe such practices are only efficacious to such students. For example, teachers tend to believe that granting autonomy only works for motivated students, but that coercion is needed to enforce cooperation from disaffected students (Hornstra et al., 2015). This study thus investigates bidirectional relations between mathematics teachers’ provision of need-support (autonomy support, involvement, and structure) on one hand, and two aspects of students’ motivational functioning in mathematics (i.e., student autonomous motivation and behavioral engagement) on the other. We drew on a large longitudinal sample from Flanders in which students were surveyed four times across Grades 7 and 8. To differentiate between-student and within-student effects (Orth et al., 2021), we estimated both conventional cross-lagged panel models (CLPMs) and random intercept cross-lagged panel models (RI-CLPMs). In general, we hypothesized all three dimensions of need-supportive teaching to positively affect subsequent students’ autonomous motivation and behavioral engagement; the other way round, we expected student motivation to positively affect subsequent need-supportive teaching. We expected to find these associations both at the between-student level (i.e., in the CLPMs) and at the within-person-level (i.e., in the RI-CLPMs). Because of its more overt nature, we expected that behavioral engagement would exert a more pronounced influence on subsequent need-supportive teaching than autonomous motivation. Finally, because of changes in math teachers between Grades 7 and 8, we expected effects to be somewhat more pronounced within grades (i.e., between W1 and W2 and between W3 and W4) than across grades (i.e., between W2 and W3). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used data from a large longitudinal project conducted in Flanders. The sample consisted of 3,409 Grade 7 students (50.2% male, Mage = 12.4 years) nested in 166 classes across 27 secondary schools, followed across four measurement waves spanning Grades 7 and 8 with 6-month intervals. Participation rates per wave exceeded 90%. At each wave, students completed validated self-report measures assessing their autonomous motivation for mathematics (interest, enjoyment, and personal importance; Eccles & Wigfield, 1995), their behavioral engagement in mathematics classes (effort, attention, and persistence; Skinner et al., 2008), and perceptions of mathematics teacher autonomy support, involvement, and structure (Belmont et al., 1988). All items were rated on five-point Likert scales. For all measures, measurement invariance across time was established. To examine reciprocal relationships over time, both cross‑lagged panel models (CLPMs) and random‑intercept cross‑lagged panel models (RI‑CLPMs) were estimated. CLPMs capture how high levels of need-supportive teaching at one time point predict high subsequent student motivation (and vice versa), while accounting for prior levels and concurrent relationships, thus associating rank-order changes in variables across time. RI-CLPMs separate stable between-student differences from time-specific within-student fluctuations by including random intercepts for each construct. Hence, these models investigate whether a temporal fluctuation in need-supportive teaching at one time predicts a similar fluctuation in motivation at the next time point (and vice versa). Both methodological approaches offer complementary insights (Orth et al., 2021): in combination, they provide a robust perspective on reciprocal associations at both the between-student and within-student level (Jang et al., 2024). After comparing the fit of several unconstrained and (partially and fully) constrained models, a partially constrained model was selected, in which cross‑lagged and autoregressive paths were set to be invariant over time, with the exception of paths across the transition from Grade 7 to Grade 8 as students typically had a different mathematics teacher before and after the transition. Analyses accounted for the nested data structure, with students clustered within classes. Gender was included as a covariate at each wave, and full‑information maximum likelihood estimation was used to handle missing data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Model results showed that cross-lagged associations between autonomy support and involvement and student motivation tended to be bidirectional, whereas structure appeared more as a consequence than as an antecedent of student motivation. In line with SDT, these findings thus point at a potentially virtuous cycle, with autonomy support and involvement boosting student motivation, and motivated students eliciting further need support. First, teachers’ autonomy support predicted subsequent autonomous motivation and behavioral engagement, and both motivational variables predicted greater subsequent autonomy support. These paths were consistently observed across CLPM and RI‑CLPM specifications, attesting to their robustness. Second, teacher involvement demonstrated reciprocal relations primarily with behavioral engagement, again across both specifications. However, involvement did not consistently predict autonomous motivation over time, although autonomous motivation did predict later involvement. Finally, students’ motivation and engagement predicted later structure (although only in the CLPMs), but structure did not predict later student motivation. Arguably, the provision of structure seems to be less vital to improve students’ motivation. Across all analyses, behavioral engagement predicted subsequent teaching practices in a stronger fashion than did autonomous motivation, confirming that teaching practices respond more readily to students’ observable effort than to students’ less visible internal motives. Finally, reciprocal dynamics were observed to be stronger within the academic year than across grade transitions, indicating that teacher–student influences mainly develop when teachers and students work together over time. References Belmont, M., Skinner, E., Wellborn, J., & Connell, J. (1988). Teacher as social context: A measure of student perceptions of teacher provision of involvement, structure, and autonomy support. Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (1995). In the mind of the actor: The structure of adolescents' achievement task values and expectancy-related beliefs. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21(3), 215-225. Hannula, M. S. (2019). Young learners’ mathematics-related affect: A commentary on concepts, methods, and developmental trends. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 100(3), 309-316. Hornstra, L., Mansfield, C., Van der Veen, I., Peetsma, T., & Volman, M. (2015). Motivational teacher strategies: the role of beliefs and contextual factors. Learning environments research, 18(3), 363-392. Howard, J. L., Slemp, G. R., & Wang, X. (2025). Need support and need thwarting: A meta-analysis of autonomy, competence, and relatedness supportive and thwarting behaviors in student populations. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 51(9), 1552-1573. Jang, H.-R., Basarkod, G., Reeve, J., Marsh, H. W., Cheon, S. H., & Guo, J. (2024). Longitudinal reciprocal effects of agentic engagement and autonomy support: Between-and within-person perspectives. Journal of Educational Psychology, 116(1), 20. Niemiec, C. P., & Ryan, R. M. (2009). Autonomy, competence, and relatedness in the classroom: Applying self-determination theory to educational practice. Theory and Research in Education, 7(2), 133-144. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD Publishing, Paris. Orth, U., Clark, D. A., Donnellan, M. B., & Robins, R. W. (2021). Testing prospective effects in longitudinal research: Comparing seven competing cross-lagged models. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 120(4), 1013. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. Guilford Publications. Skinner, E., Furrer, C., Marchand, G., & Kindermann, T. (2008). Engagement and disaffection in the classroom: Part of a larger motivational dynamic? Journal of Educational Psychology, 100(4), 765. Stroet, K., Opdenakker, M.-C., & Minnaert, A. (2013). Effects of need supportive teaching on early adolescents’ motivation and engagement: A review of the literature. Educational Research Review, 9, 65-87. Taylor, I. M., Ntoumanis, N., & Standage, M. (2008). A self-determination theory approach to understanding the antecedents of teachers’ motivational strategies in physical education. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 30(1), 75-94. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Early Childhood Mathematics and Emotional Context: A Systematic Review On Math Anxiety 1: Istanbul University-Cerrahpasa, Türkiye; 2: Independent Researcher, Türkiye Presenting Author:Recent research in mathematics education has increasingly focused on emotions and the affective dimensions, alongside cognitive factors, play a structural and decisive role in the development of mathematical competence (Schukajlow et al., 2022). The Control–Value Theory explains the fundamental psychological mechanisms determining the emergence of achievement emotions experienced by students in academic settings (Perkun, 2006). At the core of the theory are the individual's perception of control over achievement-related activities and the outcomes of these activities and the subjective value they attribute to these activities and outcomes. On the emotional level, there is a theoretical distinction between activity emotions (e.g., interest, enjoyment, boredom) accompanying the learning process and outcome emotions (e.g., pride, shame, anxiety) associated with success or failure outcomes. In this context, anxiety is positioned directly within the category of outcome emotions and is treated as an emotion closely related to the individual's expectations of success and evaluation processes. In the dynamic structure of the theory, emotions influence student participation, the use of cognitive and metacognitive strategies, and academic achievement, while these outcomes shape the individual's future control and value assessments, creating a cyclical feedback mechanism. This theoretical framework provides a strong theoretical basis for understanding math anxiety, which refers to feelings of apprehension, tension or fear that hinders math performance (Ashcraft, 2002). Mathematics anxiety emerging in early childhood is considered a multidimensional risk factor that affects not only academic performance but also an individual's long-term learning processes, academic orientation, and lifelong career development. Mathematics anxiety observed in kindergarten and early elementary school years is directly related to mathematical performance and is associated with low achievement, weak problem-solving strategies, and difficulties in learning new information (Wu et al., 2012; Ramirez et al., 2013; Tomasetto et al., 2020). Longitudinal studies show that this early anxiety negatively affects the rate of mathematics learning in later years, academic achievement levels, and the perpetuation of achievement gaps (Vukovic et al., 2013; Cargnelutti et al., 2017). The process is not limited to individual cognitive and emotional mechanisms but is also strongly shaped by primary environmental factors such as the parental math anxiety and the teacher's math anxiety affect the child's attitudes toward math, learning experiences, self-efficacy perception, and indirectly academic performance, reinforcing this developmental cycle (Tomasetto et al., 2025; Park et al., 2024). This holistic perspective reveals that math anxiety is a long-term developmental risk area that begins in early years, is fueled by environmental factors, and shapes the individual's academic life and professional future. This study uses a systematic review method to examine scientific research addressing math anxiety in early childhood. The review will comprehensively analyze the current state of the field, key findings, and methodological trends. The aim of this study is to reveal research trends and gaps in the literature on early math anxiety, synthesize existing findings, and provide a holistic perspective for theoretical and applied work in the field. RQ: What are the prevailing trends, key findings, and methodological approaches in scientific research on math anxiety in early childhood? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This systematic review on math anxiety has been structured in accordance with the scientific criteria outlined in the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) statement (Moher et al., 2010). The literature search was conducted on December 24, 2025, in the Scopus, Web of Science (WoS), ERIC, and ProQuest Theses & Dissertation databases. The search strategy was structured to cover the phenomenon of math anxiety in early childhood and combined the terms “math anxiety,” “mathematics anxiety,” and “numeracy anxiety” with the concepts “preschool,” “early childhood,” “kindergarten,” and “pre-kindergarten” using various Boolean operators. These searches yielded a total of 271 records: 75 in Scopus, 87 in WoS, 59 in ERIC, and 50 in ProQuest. All retrieved records were transferred to the Rayyan AI platform, and the researcher manually decided which studies to include and exclude. The selection of studies was conducted based on predefined inclusion and exclusion criteria based on the participants, outcomes, and study design parameters. The retrieved records were first duplicate records were excluded, screened at the title and abstract level, then at the full-text level. In the first stage, 131 studies were excluded due to being duplicate records through automatic and manual matching. Subsequently, a title–abstract screening was performed, and 71 studies that did not meet the predefined inclusion criteria were excluded. At the end of this screening process, 69 studies were included in the full-text reading stage and were subjected to the qualitative assessment process of the systematic review. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The studies of Math Anxiety in the context of early childhood listed for in-depth examination ranged in publication year from 1991 to 2025. This final list mainly consisted of research articles and doctoral dissertations. The analysis process continues. According to preliminary analysis, studies were predominantly contextualized in the United States. There were also studies reflecting the European context, such as Germany, Sweden etc., and the non-western context, such as China, and Indonesia etc. The majority of the reviewed studies followed quantitative methodologies, whereas a small number of studies employed mixed-method designs. There were very few studies utilizing qualitative methodologies. The reviewed studies varied in participants, including in-service teachers, pre-service teachers, parents and young children. Correspondingly, the focus of studies varied in terms of targeting Math Anxiety of young children, pre-service and in-service teachers, parents and parent-child pairs as well as its relation to other variables. Synthesizing of those, it appears that math anxiety determines directly the individuals’ math achievement. In addition math anxiety of parents and teachers indirectly affects educational context therefore children’s math abilities. References Ashcraft, M. H. (2002). Math anxiety: Personal, educational, and cognitive consequences. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11(5), 181–185. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1111/1467-8721.00196 Cargnelutti, E., Tomasetto, C., & Passolunghi, M. (2017). How is anxiety related to math performance in young students? A longitudinal study of Grade 2 to Grade 3 children. Cognition and Emotion, 31, 755 - 764. https://doi.org/10.1080/02699931.2016.1147421 Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & PRISMA Group (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. PLoS medicine, 6(7), e1000097. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097 Park, J., Ramirez, G., & Park, D. (2024). Effect of preschool teacher's math anxiety on teaching efficacy and classroom engagement in math. Psychology in the Schools. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.23182 Pekrun, R. (2006). The Control-Value Theory of Achievement Emotions: Assumptions, Corollaries, and Implications for Educational Research and Practice. Educ Psychol Rev 18, 315–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-006-9029-9 Ramirez, G., Chang, H., Maloney, E., Levine, S., & Beilock, S. (2016). On the relationship between math anxiety and math achievement in early elementary school: The role of problem solving strategies. Journal of experimental child psychology, 141, 83-100. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jecp.2015.07.014 Schukajlow, S., Rakoczy, K. & Pekrun, R. (2023) Emotions and motivation in mathematics education: Where we are today and where we need to go. ZDM Mathematics Education, 55, 249–267. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-022-01463-2 Tomasetto, C., Morsanyi, K., Guardabassi, V., & O’Connor, P. (2020). Math anxiety interferes with learning novel mathematics contents in early elementary school. Journal of Educational Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000602 Tomasetto, C., Passolunghi, M., De Vita, C., Guardabassi, V., & Morsanyi, K. (2025). Parental mathematics anxiety is related to children's mathematical development in preschool and the first school years. Journal of experimental child psychology, 252, 106185. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jecp.2024.106185 Vukovic, R., Kieffer, M., Bailey, S., & Harari, R. (2013). Mathematics anxiety in young children: Concurrent and longitudinal associations with mathematical performance. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 38, 1-10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2012.09.001 Wu, S., Barth, M., Amin, H., Malcarne, V., & Menon, V. (2012). Math Anxiety in Second and Third Graders and Its Relation to Mathematics Achievement. Frontiers in Psychology, 3. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2012.00162 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Investigating Student Confidence About Their Responses to Mathematics Assessment Tasks. The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:A 2022 PISA report (De Bortoli et al., 2023) highlighted an ‘unprecedented drop in performance’ since 2018, with average mathematics scores falling by almost 15 points—equivalent to about three‑quarters of a year of learning. Although Australian performance in 2022 remained stable compared with 2018, mathematics outcomes have continued to drive policy reforms and system‑wide initiatives across the country. In 2021, the Department for Education, South Australia, provided an online one-to-one mathematics tutoring program commencing with a pilot program for Year 6 and Year 8 students. In 2022 the online one-to-one program was extended to include students from Years 6, 7, 8 and 9 with an additional online group tutoring program trialled with high performing Year 7 students in groups with up to three students. Other Australian states also implemented similar initiatives that targeted schooling disruptions due to COVID-19 with tutoring programs designed as ‘COVID catch-up’ for students negatively impacted during this time. Internationally, various programs have been established to support students, such as the Global Education Coalition supporting up to one million students with online and offline opportunities to support continuity of learning (UNESCO, 2021). The Department for Education in England established one-to-one and small group tutoring programs to support vulnerable students (DfE, 2020) while the French Ministry of Education allocated additional teaching hours after school to support students (OECD, 2020). South Australian students had minimal disruptions to their education in 2020. The Learning+ pilot program was designed to provide no-cost online tutoring for all students with students from Years 6 and 8 in the pilot program chosen from a representative sample of schools. In 2022 this one-to-one online program was extended to include students from Years 6, 7, 8 and 9. Altogether 277 qualified teachers have tutored 2890 students from 137 schools across South Australia. Four key principles of design were considered for the online mathematics tutoring initiative: Strategic Design, Structural Design, Technical Design and Systematic Development (adapted from Burkhardt & Swan, 2017). Strategic Design focuses on ensuring that the design complements the existing system and that it can be embedded in the existing system while meeting the needs of all stakeholders. Structural Design ensures that the structure, tools and resources are designed to support teaching and to target student learning. The Technical Design components relate to creative design and research-based decision-making. Finally, Systematic Development utilizes feedback and evaluation systems to guide ongoing improvement. In 2018, The Office of the Chief Scientist released an Occasional Paper outlining key findings for school-wide improvement in mathematics outcomes. One suggestion for leading improvement in mathematics is a focus on learning, understanding and developing skills rather than a focus on ability, performance and competition (Smith, Ladewig & Prinsley, 2018). The Learning+ initiative focused on developing and consolidating conceptual understanding of key mathematical topics from the Number Strand, designed to improving student engagement and results. While the Learning+ program was based on Educational Design Research which included resources to support mathematics teaching and learning the researchers also considered how the available learning time could be maximised for each student. Resources included research-based one-to-one number assessment interviews, resource books and ongoing professional development for tutors, and the creation of Professional Learning Communities (PLCs) with PLC leaders appointed to work with groups of 10 teachers. Group tuition for up to three high performing students was introduced during Term 3, 2022. This presentation focuses on assessment results for the for 76 high performing Year 7 South Australian students who participated in the small group online tutoring sessions. In particular, this presentation examines the results for student confidence when completing mathematics assessment tasks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Educational Design Research involves iterations of design seeking to improve practice and includes researchers and teachers taking an active role in initiating the project and in the design process (van den Akker, Gravemeijer, McKenney & Nieveen, 2006). The purpose of the Learning+ initiative was to improve student outcomes in mathematics while being supported by qualified teachers taking on roles as tutors. The associated research project directly informed the provision of professional learning, development of assessment instruments and teaching resources, and teaching advice based on the Number and Algebra strand for the Australian Curriculum: Mathematics (ACARA, 2014). The initial year of the Learning+ program included Year 6 and Year 8 students from a representative sample of SA schools with one-third of students deemed to be at, below and above expected level. In the second year of the program students from Years 6, 7, 8 and 9 participated. Students were offered one-to-one 2 half-hour online tutoring sessions per week for 10 weeks. To establish each student’s needs, the tutors conducted a one-to-one interview using one of the assessment instruments aligned with the Australian Curriculum: Number and Algebra Strand (ACARA, 2014). An additional Learning+ initiative was introduced during Term 3, 2022 involving group tutoring for up to three high performing students per group, as determined by PAT-M results. As online group tutoring did not allow the tutor the time to conduct the full number interview with each student, a written Number Screening Test version of the interview was developed. The Number Screening Test was completed independently online. For 24 of the 35 questions students were also asked to rate their degree of confidence in their answer using a Likert scale. At the beginning of the group tutoring sessions students independently completed the Number Screening Test. They completed a second Number Screening Test at the end of the tutoring sessions. The pre and post Number Screening Test results were analysed to identify student progress after participating in the 10-week group tutoring initiative. The analysis used paired pre and post Number Screening Test data for 76 students who participated in the group program. The analysis focusses on student scores, student confidence in their answers, and finally the combination of both answer accuracy and student confidence. Finally, an inferred student understanding measure using the combined confidence and accuracy data was applied to indicate presence of understanding, knowledge gaps and misconceptions for the various questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Learning+ initiative aimed to support tutors with professional learning and resources to maximise student engagement in tutoring sessions, and to develop students' mathematical understanding of number and algebra topics. Strategic design considerations included the alignment of assessment instruments and tutoring activities with the Australian Curriculum: Mathematics (ACARA, 2014) to complement rather than replace students’ mathematics learning at school. The PLC structure was modified to target accessibility and support for tutors in a collegial environment with other tutors, a lead tutor and the researchers. The structural design components were developed, tested and revised. For example, analysis of the interview record sheets provided valuable insights into how these records were being used and resulted in adjusting the record sheet and development of targeted professional learning about conducting, recording and analysing interview results. All aspects of the system design process were ongoing. Most students in the high-performing cohort significantly improved their mathematics skills across all topics and became more confident about their mathematics performance after participating in the group tutoring program. Student confidence about the accuracy of their answers also increased following participation in the program. Initially the average response for confidence in their answers sat between ‘Not sure’ and ‘Probably right’ while by the end of the program average confidence in answers sat between the ‘Probably right’ and ‘Definitely right’ category. Collecting student confidence data as well as mathematics content knowledge provides educators with multifaceted diagnostic information. While inclusion of student confidence questions within a test extends the time taken to complete that assessment and increases the volume and complexity of the data, it can provide useful diagnostic information to underpin planning and implementation of teaching. This research project used empirical evidence and research-based approaches to continually refine and redesign a large-scale online tutoring initiative, which was a complex and dynamic process. References Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (ACARA). (2014). The Australian Curriculum: Mathematics. Retrieved from https://www.australiancurriculum.edu.au/f-10-curriculum/mathematics/ Burkhardt, H., & Swan, M. (2017). Design and development for large-scale improvement. In Kaiser, G (Ed). Proceedings of the 13th International Congress on Mathematical Education (pp. 177-200). Springer. Department for Education, England. (2020). National tutoring programme launched to support pupils in schools across in England. Retrieved from https://nationaltutoring.org.uk/news/national-tutoring-programme-launched-to-support-pupils-in-schools-in-england/ De Bortoli, L., Underwood, C., & Thomson, S. (2023). PISA 2022. Reporting Australia’s results. Volume I: Student performance and equity in education. Australian Council for Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.37517/978-1-74286-725-0. Earp, J. (2023). PISA 2022 – Good and bad news for Australia in global student assessment. Teacher Magazine. Australian Council for Educational Research. Retrieved from https://www.teachermagazine.com/au_en/articles/pisa-2022-good-and-bad-news-for-australia-in-global-student-assessment Global Education Coalition [UNESCO]. (2021). Supporting learning recovery one year into COVID-19: the Global Education Coalition in action. Retrieved from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000376061 Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). (2020). The impact of covid-19 on student equity and inclusion. Retrieved from https://read.oecd-ilibrary.org/view/?ref=434_434914-59wd7ekj29&title=The-impact-of-COVID-19-on-student-equity-and-inclusion Smith, P., Ladewig, M., & Prinsley, R. (2018). Improving the mathematics performance of chief scientist Australia’s students. Australian Government: Office of the Chief Scientist. Retrieved from https://www.chiefscientist.gov.au/sites/default/files/Improving-the-mathematics- van den Akker, J., Gravemeijer, K., McKenney, S., and Nieveen, N. (2006). Educational Design Research. Routledge. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Community Mathematics: Reworking Mathematical Participation and Inclusion Beyond School University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper reflects on ‘community mathematics’ as a way of attending to forms of mathematical participation that take shape beyond formal schooling and carry transformative potential for how mathematics is recognised and valued. A substantial body of research has documented persistent inequalities in school mathematics, affecting not only attainment but also students’ socio-emotional relationships to the subject (Black, Mendick, & Solomon, 2009). These inequalities are closely tied to broader social divisions of gender, race, class, language, and institutional notions of ability, through the privileging of particular experiences and forms of competence, especially among young people from historically marginalised communities (Ladson-Billings, 1997; Watson et al., 2014). These patterns are reflected across European education systems, where PISA 2022 documents large and persistent gaps in mathematics performance associated with students’ socio-economic background (OECD, 2023). This points to an exclusionary mathematical landscape in which access to mathematics is shaped by enduring social and institutional hierarchies.
The idea of ‘community mathematics’ has begun to take shape through our recent work (Mégrourèche, Black, & Herington, 2025). It is informed by research examining mathematical activity in informal environments such as homes, museums, and interactive exhibitions (Black et al., 2016; Kelton & Nemirovsky, 2023), highlighting how informal settings can rework conventional boundaries of inclusion. Developed in response to enduring representation of mathematics as an elite pursuit, the notion draws inspiration from the British community arts movement, which sought to democratise cultural production by embedding creative practices within local communities and affirming the value of diverse cultural expressions developed outside mainstream institutions (Matarasso, 2018). In this light, community mathematics redirects attention to how mathematical participation can be supported and celebrated beyond formal schooling, becoming visible in initiatives that support young people’s engagement with mathematics through creative, collective and interdisciplinary practices.
The paper asks what does community mathematics look like in practice? And what forms of mathematical possibility and participation do such practices open? Conceptually, the analyses of community mathematics presented in this paper are supported by work in mathematics education that has contributed to expanded understandings of mathematics, drawing attention to its embodied, material, aesthetic, and affective dimensions (de Freitas & Sinclair, 2014; Sinclair, 2018). This body of work opens an important conceptual space for recognising and celebrating forms of mathematical engagement that do not align with dominant school norms.
Empirically, the paper draws on the Very Local Maths project (https://verylocalmaths.org.uk/) developed in collaboration with a community center in Manchester. The project involved collaborating with a group of seven young people aged 13-16, many of whom had SEND and experienced disrupted school trajectories. Over seven months, we co-developed and facilitated six interdisciplinary workshops exploring mathematics with practices such as music, poetry or origami. Using video-based micro-ethnographic analysis (Lebaron, 2012), the paper examines two selected episodes from these workshops to assemble a situated portrait of community mathematics. The first centres on a session in which young people each produced an origami creation, followed by a collective discussion about how much they might price one another’s pieces. The second follows a young person designing a net to construct a cube, where inventive and materially situated forms of measurement appear alongside childhood memories. The analysis attends to bodily and material dimensions of interaction.
The paper engages debates on inclusion in mathematics education by using our concept of community mathematics to interrogate how mathematical participation can be recognised and sustained beyond formal schooling. By grounding this analysis in fine-grained empirical detail, it contributes to reframing inclusion not as a sole question of access to mainstream forms of mathematics, but as a situated process through which mathematical possibilities themselves are questioned and reworked. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material analysed in this paper comes from the Very Local Maths project, a community-based research initiative developed in collaboration with a community centre. Over a period of seven months, we worked on a voluntary basis with a group of seven young people aged 13-16, many of whom had SEND and disrupted school trajectories. They took part in a series of monthly workshops exploring and inventing mathematics through interdisciplinary activities connected to their interests and lived realities. These activities included practices such as origami, music, and poetry, combined individual and collective work, and were co-facilitated and co-designed with invited artists and mathematics students. The workshops were conceived as experimental spaces in which our concept of community mathematics could be tested, questioned, and exemplified through practice, rather than applied as a predefined framework. The methodological orientation of the project has strong affinities with what Debaise and Stengers (2017) describe as speculative pragmatism. This orientation treats inquiry as a process that resists early decisions about what should count as relevant and supports sustained attention to elements of practice that insist and demand consideration as the work unfolds. At the outset of the project, it was not known how our concept of community mathematics would take form in the work with the young people, nor which activities or forms of participation would take form. This uncertainty was taken seriously as a methodological resource and informed an analytic approach in which the unfolding activities and conversations were followed closely, without being excluded in advance, to examine how mathematical participation is practically produced in situ. The analysis draws on video-based micro-ethnography (LeBaron, 2012) to examine how mathematical activity and participation are produced through interaction. This approach is grounded in the assumption that broader issues such as inclusion are not abstract conditions, but are enacted through the fine-grained details of interaction. Our analysis attends to the organisation and negotiation of action at close scale, including talk, bodily orientation, pauses, and the use of material. Two episodes were selected for close analysis because they foreground different configurations of mathematical activity and participation in the workshops, one collective and one individual. Examined moment by moment, they support the development of a situated account of community mathematics grounded in the interactional details through which participation is shaped. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper offers a situated account of community mathematics as it is produced through concrete practices and interactions beyond formal schooling. Its contribution lies in giving texture and colour to what community mathematics can look like in practice. The analysis of the two episodes offers situated examples through which informal mathematical activity becomes visible, recognisable and discussable. These examples are not proposed as solutions or models to be replicated, although they might inspire alternative mathematical practices. They are offered as productive examples to think with, that support attentiveness to how young people might engage with mathematics in ways that escape institutional recognition and normalisation. In doing so, the paper offers concrete points of reference for thinking about mathematical inclusion beyond dominant educational frames and norms. More broadly, the paper opens space for thinking about how directing attention towards these alternative practices might contribute to a revitalised culture of mathematics and new insights in relation to questions of inclusion. It reframes questions of inclusion by shifting attention away from what young people are assumed to lack, and towards a landscape of other possibilities for engaging with and inventing mathematics in ways that are meaningful and connected to their lives. Community mathematics is proposed as a lens through which different relationships to mathematics can be cultivated and sustained. The paper invites attentiveness to how mathematics might circulate in community settings and how research in mathematics education might learn from these alternative practices. In doing so, the paper offers a grounded way of rethinking inclusion through attention to the mathematical possibilities that emerge in community-based practice. References Black, L., Choudry, S., Pickard Smith, K., Ryan, B., Williams, J. (2016). Enacting hybridity in a home–school mathematics activity. Paper presented at the 13th International Congress on Mathematical Education (ICME-13), Hamburg, Germany. Black, L., Mendick, H., Solomon, Y. (Eds). (2011). Mathematical Relationships in Education (1st ed). Routledge, https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203876114 Debaise, D., Stengers, I. (2017). The insistence of possibles : Towards a speculative pragmatism. PARSE journal, 7, https://doi.org/10.70733/w8eviuefu210 de Freitas, E., Sinclair, N. (2014). Mathematics and the body: Material entanglements in the classroom. Cambridge University Press. Kelton, M., Nemirovsky, R. (2023) Politics and aesthetics of museum mathematics: the dissensual curriculum of early 21st century mathematics exhibitions. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 55(1). pp. 82-104. Ladson-Billings, G. (1997). It Doesn’t Add up: African American Students’ Mathematics Achievement. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 28(6), 697. https://doi.org/10.2307/749638 LeBaron, C. (2012). Microethnography. In W. Donsbach (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of communication. Wiley-Blackwell. Mégrourèche, C., Black, L., Herington, S. (2025) Sketching community mathematics: a mapping of informal practices. In Fujita, T. (Ed) Proceedings of the British Society for Research in Learning Mathematics. 45 (2). https://bsrlm.org.uk/publications/proceedings-of-day-conference/ OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. Sinclair, N. (2018). An aesthetic turn in mathematics education. In E. Bergqvist, M. Österholm, C. Granberg, & L. Sumpter (Eds.). Proceedings of the 42nd Conference of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education (Vol. 1, pp. 51-66). Umea, Sweden: PME. Watson, C.E., Johanson, M., Loder, M., Dankiw, J. (2014). Effects of high-stakes testing on third through fifth grade students: Student voices and concerns for educational leaders. Journal of Organizational Learning and Leadership, 12(1), 1-11. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 25 SES 07 A: Controversial Topics in Children’s Rights and Education (Part II) - [Special Call] Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Zoe Moody Paper Session |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Data-Driven Decision-Making and Student Voice: The Paradoxical Promise and Practice of Student Perception Surveys The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel Presenting Author:This study examines the intersection of two dominant global educational trends: data-driven decision-making and student voice/participation rights. As schools increasingly adopt systematic data collection and analysis to guide improvement efforts, student perception surveys have emerged as a key instrument that ostensibly bridges evidence-based improvement with participatory ideals. However, the actual realization of this promise remains underexplored, particularly regarding how institutional cultures and power dynamics shape student voice opportunities. Research Questions: Within a data-driven decision-making initiative utilizing a student perception survey platform:
Objective: This ethnographic multi-case study aims to critically examine whether and how student perception surveys function as participatory tools. By examining the gap between the democratic promise of student surveys and their practical implementation, the study seeks to inform more responsive data-driven school improvement approaches that authentically center student perspectives. This research addresses globally relevant tensions in educational policy. Student perception surveys have proliferated internationally—from the U.S. to similar initiatives in the UK, Australia, and across Europe. The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989), particularly Article 12, establishes children's participation rights as universal principles, yet schools worldwide struggle to translate these rights into practice. The study's findings regarding institutional barriers, adult-centered power dynamics, and the tension between datafication and participation resonate across diverse educational contexts facing similar pressures to balance accountability with democratic participation. Theoretical Framework: The study builds on literature examining data-driven decision-making's shift from accountability to formative improvement (Mandinach & Gummer, 2016; Van Geel et al., 2016), while acknowledging challenges including limited data literacy and accountability-learning tensions (Datnow & Hubbard, 2016; Lai & Schildkamp, 2016). Research on student perception surveys reveals a paradox: despite their validity in assessing teaching and climate (Schneider et al., 2021), implementation rarely realizes their participatory potential due to teacher resistance, incomplete feedback loops, and institutional unresponsiveness (Finefter-Rosenbluh et al., 2021, 2023; Schildkamp et al., 2025). To address these complexities, this study proposes an integrated five-dimensional framework synthesizing leading models of student voice and participation such as Hart's Ladder (1992), Shier's Pathways (2001), Mitra's Pyramid (2006), Lundy's space-voice-audience-influence model (2007), and Holquist et al.'s structural-relational elements (2023), and adding Stance, an inductively identified dimension:
This framework operationalizes UNCRC Article 12's dual mandate: children's right to express views and to have those views given due weight, while recognizing that meaningful rights realization requires both structural conditions and children's subjective experience of being heard and valued. Critically, this study introduces Stance as a distinctively student-oriented dimension that captures how past voice-related experiences shape current engagement—a dynamic that is overlooked in existing frameworks. The addition of Stance also integrates structure-agency perspectives (Sen, 1985; Emirbayer & Mische, 1998), recognizing that student participation emerges through ongoing interplay between institutional affordances/constraints and students' agentic orientations, shaped by accumulated predispositions and preferences (Gal, 2017). The theoretical lens also draws on critical perspectives regarding adultism, tokenism, and framed participation (Lundy, 2007; Charteris & Smardon, 2019; Nir & Perry-Hazan, 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research context: The study examines an initiative implemented across 45 Israeli schools from 2023-2025 that integrated a survey platform into continuous school improvement processes. The initiative's design centered on "Improvement Cycles": teacher teams select educational topics (primarily SEL-related) from the platform's library, distribute brief surveys to students via WhatsApp links, receive automated individual reports with insights and suggestions, and were expected to present results in class, analyze findings collectively, plan actions, and re-survey to evaluate progress. The platform aimed to automate manual work in data-driven improvement while theoretically creating systematic opportunities for student voice. This context provides a valuable lens for examining how voice and participation unfold when embedded in schools' everyday data practices, particularly in an initiative not explicitly designed to promote student voice but that relies primarily on student-perception data. Research Design: Three schools were selected using information-oriented sampling (Flyvbjerg, 2006)—two secondary schools (central Israel, middle-to-high socioeconomic) and one elementary school (southern Israel, lower-middle socioeconomic)—chosen for favorable implementation conditions that allowed a focus on design and cultural factors rather than internal barriers. Data Collection: Multiple data sources captured diverse perspectives: • 36 participant observations: 18 classroom lessons (5 video-recorded), 10 team/management meetings (6 audio-recorded), 8 initiative events/conferences • Student participants (n=32): 6 focus groups (n=23) and 9 individual semi-structured interviews exploring survey experiences and broader school voice/participation perspectives • School staff interviews (n=19): 14 teachers/coordinators and 5 principals discussing platform experiences, student voice philosophies, and decision-making practices • Initiative leaders/facilitators (n=12): 9 organizational leaders and 3 school coaches examining design rationale, implementation processes, and inter-organizational dynamics • Documentary analysis: Platform outputs, presentations, training materials, meeting records Analytical Approach: The analysis combined thematic coding (Braun & Clarke, 2006) with discourse-oriented tools examining how accounts indexed implicit stances toward school/initiative and positioned students/teachers relationally. A linguistic-ethnographic lens (Rampton, 2007; Wortham, 2001) enabled examination of micro-interactions within broader institutional discourses. Audio/video recordings and field notes underwent repeated review with attention to multimodal discourse unfolding (Erickson, 1996). The five-dimensional framework (opportunity, stance, expression, responsiveness, scope) guided systematic analysis across data sources, allowing identification of patterns in how student voice was afforded, constrained, interpreted, and acted upon (or ignored) within institutional contexts. Ethical Considerations: The study followed all required ethical procedures and was approved by the relevant institutional review boards. All participants provided informed consent, ensuring their anonymity and the confidentiality of all collected data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Key Findings: The study reveals a "voice erosion spiral" - a self-reinforcing cycle where marginalized student voice, deteriorating trust, and student disengagement progressively reproduce apathy despite initiatives designed to amplify participation. Analyzing the five dimensions: • Opportunity: Surveys provided accessible, egalitarian participation channels. • Stance: Students exhibited deep skepticism rooted in prior unresponsive surveys, viewing them as bureaucratic requirements unlikely to generate change. • Expression: Platform design severely constrained voice—adult-selected topics, closed-ended questions, predetermined scales, and scores aggregation processes that flattened nuance and erased individual perspectives. • Responsiveness: Surveys functioned primarily as endpoints rather than entry points; less than 40% of results were formally shared with students; systematic analysis was rare, replaced by adult assumptions, positive reframing, and heuristic interpretations. • Scope: Student participation remained marginal, limited to survey completion with minimal involvement in analysis or action planning. Theoretical Contributions: The study advances understanding of student voice in data-driven contexts through three contributions: (1) proposing an integrated framework synthesizing structural and relational conditions while introducing Stance to capture students' subjective positioning toward voice opportunities; (2) demonstrating the voice erosion spiral whereby survey practices reshape student dispositions through cumulative unresponsive experiences; (3) revealing paradoxical tensions between datafication imperatives and authentic voice realization in both institutional practices and student/staff perceptions. Practical Implications: Findings challenge technological solutions in education, showing that digital tools alone cannot foster participation without corresponding cultural transformation. Meaningful student voice requires systematic analysis that integrates quantitative/qualitative data; transparent decision-making processes with genuine student involvement; professional development that supports educators' dual capacity for data literacy and relational accountability; and institutional commitment prioritizing dialogue over measurement extraction. The research underscores that student perception surveys occupy a unique position, requiring sensitivity to both data quality and participatory ethics—domains that cannot be artificially separated without undermining both the initiative's effectiveness and democratic principles. References Datnow, A., & Park, V. (2018). Opening or closing doors for students? Equity and data-driven decision-making. In S. Schildkamp et al. (Eds.), Data-based decision making in education (pp. 205-225). Springer. Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962-1023. Fielding, M. (2004). Transformative approaches to student voice: Theoretical underpinnings, recalcitrant realities. British Educational Research Journal, 30(2), 295-311. Finefter-Rosenbluh, I., Ryan, T., & Barnes, M. (2021). The impact of student perception surveys on teachers' practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 106, 103436. Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five misunderstandings about case-study research. Qualitative Inquiry, 12(2), 219-245. Hart, R. A. (1992). Children's Participation: From Tokenism to Citizenship. UNICEF. Holquist, S. E., Mitra, D. L., Conner, J., & Wright, N. L. (2023). What is student voice anyway? Educational Administration Quarterly, 59(4), 703-743. Jimerson, J. B., Cho, V., & Wayman, J. C. (2016). Student-involved data use: Teacher practices and considerations. Teaching and Teacher Education, 60, 413-424. Lai, M. K., & Schildkamp, K. (2016). In-service teacher professional learning: Use of assessment in data-based decision-making. In G. T. L. Brown & L. R. Harris (Eds.), Handbook of human and social conditions in assessment (pp. 77-94). Routledge. Lundy, L. (2007). 'Voice' is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the UNCRC. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927-942. Mandinach, E. B., & Gummer, E. S. (2016). What does it mean for teachers to be data literate: Laying out the skills, knowledge, and dispositions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 60, 366-376. Mitra, D. L. (2006). Increasing student voice and moving toward youth leadership. Prevention Researcher, 13(1), 7-10. Rampton, B. (2007). Neo-Hymesian linguistic ethnography in the United Kingdom. Journal of Sociolinguistics. Schildkamp, K., Fosnæs, A. R., Lindvig, Y., & Wærness, J. I. (2025). Student participation in data-informed decision making. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 10(3), 337-351. Schneider, J., Noonan, J., White, R. S., Gagnon, D., & Carey, A. (2021). Adding "student voice" to the mix: Perception surveys and state accountability systems. AERA Open, 7. Shier, H. (2001). Pathways to participation: Openings, opportunities and obligations. Children & Society, 15(2), 107-117. Van Geel, M., Keuning, T., Visscher, A., & Fox, J.-P. (2016). Assessing the effects of a school-wide data-based decision-making intervention on student achievement growth. American Educational Research Journal, 53(2), 360-394. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Who Participates and How? A Systematic Review of Child Participation in Well-being Research 1: University of Arizona, United States; 2: Middle East Technical University (METU), Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The voices of the children were historically silenced by the dominant societal conceptualization of childhood and children (James et al., 1998). With the emergence of the New Sociology of Childhood framework, children started to be conceptualized as active agents who can use their voices and contribute to the knowledge production (James & Prout, 1997; Corsaro, 2005). This perspective has been widely acknowledged and emphasized in Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (United Nations,1989). In line with this, the child participation perspective has brought increased attention to recognizing children as capable, autonomous, active agents in decision-making in all aspects of life (Palaiologou, 2014). This recognition also reflected on the process of conducting research with children. More precisely, the literature highlights a shift from involving children as passive agents of research to involving them as active agents whose participation is valued (e.g., Lane et al., 2019; Palaiologou, 2014). Specifically, within the context of child well-being, several scholars highlighted the importance of this transition by emphasizing the necessity of adopting a “research with children” perspective rather than “research on children”, positioning them as having active roles in measuring and monitoring their well-being (Ben-Arieh et al., 2001; Ben-Arieh, 2005; Fattore et al., 2009). OECD (2021) defined it as a multidimensional and forward-looking concept, focusing on four main outcomes of child well-being: material, physical health, cognitive/educational, and social, emotional, and cultural, serving as a valuable conceptualization for policies and research. By enabling child participation in research and policy, well-being actions correspond to the children’s real-life circumstances, instead of relying on the adult guesses (Moore & Lynch, 2018; Hernández-Torran et al., 2025). Importantly, to gain an understanding of each child’s well-being and enhance their well-being through research and policy, it is also important to reach children’s understanding of well-being from diverse backgrounds, as their well-being understanding alters with their context and characteristics, such as socioeconomic background (Fattore et al., 2009). Taken together, in child well-being research, making children active agents and reaching children from diverse backgrounds may warrant further attention. The existing literature includes a number of review studies focusing on the voices of the children in the research (Sun et al, 2023 & Lane et al., 2019). Several review studies have also examined the children's well-being in the literature (Domínguez-Serrano & del Moral-Espín, 2022). Despite the existence of literature for each topic individually, their intersectionality has received limited attention. Given the importance of children’s voices in the well-being research, a need for undertaking a review on child participation in child well-being research may arise. Drawing upon these, this study is grounded in providing a review of the current literature on taking the voices of children into consideration in their well-being through research. The review will be informed by the New Sociology of Childhood (James & Prout, 1997), which conceptualizes children as active and social agents. Grounded in this theoretical framework, the study aims to systematically review empirical research to analyze child participation in child well-being research by focusing on children’s forms of participation, data collection methods, and characteristics of the participant children. The research questions are: 1. How do children participate in child well-being research, and whose voices are used to produce data regarding children in child well-being research? 1.1. What are the forms in which children participate in child well-being research? 1.2. What data collection methods are used to collect data directly from children in child well-being research? 1.3. What are the characteristics of children participating in child well-being research in terms of age, geographical region, gender, disability status, and migration status? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is designed as a systematic literature review to analyze the participation of children in the research on child well-being. Data collection will be conducted in accordance with the standards by Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Review and Meta-analyses (PRISMA) guidelines (Page et al., 2021). Data will be obtained from four academic databases, including Web of Science, Scopus, and ERIC. The following keywords which are driven by the initial scanning will be used to identify related studies: “child”/“children”/“preschooler*”, “well-being”/ “mental health”/“physical health”/ “social well-being”/“emotional well-being”/ “cognitive well-being” “educational well-being”, “child participation”/“children participation”/“participatory”, “voice*”/“child perspective*”/“children’s perspective*” will be used in searching for studies. In the process, Boolean operators (AND, OR, and NOT) will be used for effectiveness. Studies will be included based on the pre- determined eligibility criteria. Studies will be included in the analysis if they (1) are published between 2010 and 2025, (1) are published in English, (3) conduct empirical research, (3) primarily focus on child well-being, and (3) include children aged between 0 and 8 as participants. In the following step, studies will be scanned according to the eligibility, and studies will be excluded if they (1) are duplicated studies, (2) are not related to the scope of the research, or (3) do not include the children directly as participants. The selected studies will be analyzed by two researchers using descriptive content analysis informed by the New Sociology of Childhood framework. The initial codes were established based on the research question, theoretical framework, and initial literature review. In the second stage of analysis, the codes will be refined based on the data. The final step of the analysis will be synthesizing the emerging codes into higher-order categories to map the child’s participation in the well-being research. Each stage of the analysis will be conducted by two researchers independently. To ensure the reliability and trustworthiness of the analysis, an inter-coding agreement procedure will be implemented. The findings will be presented using descriptive categories and themes to highlight the forms of child participation in the well-being research and the characteristics of the participant children. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the current study are expected to indicate that children’s participation in well-being research is framed in a researcher-centered way rather than centering the child’s participation. It is anticipated that children participate in studies most frequently as data providers in the data collection process. In contrast, their participation in other forms, such as participant researchers, is relatively rare. Additionally, findings are expected to reveal that interviews, observations, and surveys are the most frequently used data collection methods by the researchers. On the other hand, child-centered data collection methods such as participatory activities, art-based activities, and child-led discussions are less likely to be identified in the related research. Even though the data collection is still in progress, the primary review of the literature points out that children from Western countries are overrepresented in the well-being research compared to children from non- Western countries. The analysis is also likely to point out that younger children and children from marginalized backgrounds, such as children with special needs and immigrant children, are less frequently represented in well-being research. Overall, the findings of the study are expected to present how the children’s participation is framed in the well-being research. In addition, the study aims to reveal the patterns about the characteristics of the children whose voices are included in the well-being research and those who are not included. By presenting the patterns of participant children in the well-being research, the findings can raise the question of how child well-being is framed and which children are represented in the findings. Followingly, the study can contribute to the current discussions on child participation by systematically presenting how the children’s voices are included or not included in research on their well-being. References Ben-Arieh, A., Kaufman, N.H., Andrews, A.B., Goerge, R.M., Lee, B.J., Aber, J.L. (2001). Measuring and Monitoring Children’s Well-Being and the Making of Policy. In: Measuring and Monitoring Children’s Well-Being. Social Indicators Research Series, vol 7. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-2229-2_8 Ben-Arieh, A. (2005). Where are the children? Children's role in measuring and monitoring their well-being. Social Indicators Research, 74(3), 573–596. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-004-4645-6 Domínguez-Serrano, M., & del Moral-Espín, L. (2022). The capability approach and child well-being: A systematic literature review. Child Indicators Research, 15(6), 2043-2063.https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-022-09953-1 Fattore, T., Mason, J. and Watson, E. (2009) When Children Are Asked about Well-Being: Towards a Framework for Guiding Policy. Child Indicators Research, 2, 57-77. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s12187-008-9025-3 Hernández-Torrano, D., Ibrayeva, L., Sergazina, M., Burambayeva, A., Kulsary, A., Vella-Brodrick, D., & Eadie, P. (2025). What makes young children happy? Exploring well-being through children’s perspectives in early childhood education. Early Childhood Education Journal. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-025-02081-9 James, A., Jenks, C., & Prout, A. (1998). Theorizing childhood. Polity Press. Lane, D., Blank, J., & Jones, P. (2019). Research with Children: Context, Power, and Representation. The Qualitative Report, 24(4), 693-704.https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2019.3556 Moore, A., & Lynch, H. (2018). Understanding a child’s conceptualisation of well-being through an exploration of happiness: The centrality of play, people and place. Journal of Occupational Science, 25(1), 124-141. https://doi.org/10.1080/14427591.2017.1377105 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. bmj, 372. Palaiologou, I. (2014). ‘Do we hear what children want to say?’ Ethical praxis when choosing research tools with children under five. Early Child Development and Care, 184(5), 689–705. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2013.809341 Sun, Y., Blewitt, C., Edwards, S., Fraser, A., Newman, S., Cornelius, J., & Skouteris, H. (2023). Methods and ethics in qualitative research exploring young children’s voice: A systematic review. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 22, https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069231152449 OECD (2021), Measuring What Matters for Child Well-being and Policies, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/e82fded1-en United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights. Convention on the Rights of the Child OHCHR 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Joe: „ That's actually a Command for the Children” – Experiencing Generational Power Imbalances in Educational Settings Martin-Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg, Germany Presenting Author:Klafki's concept of education (Bildung) as the development for self-determination, co-determination, and solidarity plays an important role in constructive didactics (Willbergh, 2021). It resonates with core principles of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (following: UNCRC; United Nations, 1989) as both acknowledge children as agentic subjects in society. Bildung serves a dual function: It is shaped by society and, in turn, shapes society. This interrelationship highlights the potential for societal transformation through it, as societies are human constructs and thus amenable to change. One fundamental aspect of societies that shapes children’s experiences and is widely discussed in international Childhood Studies is the generational order. It structures relationships between adults and children and is asymmetrical (Alanen, 2009): Adult status is associated with more possibilities and privileges, while childhood is often linked to marginalization (Fletcher, 2015). By focusing on the generational order, we can shed light on the social structures that lead to the discrimination of children, which is referred to as adultism (Fletcher, 2015). It permeates various societal domains, including education. Relational perspectives do not view adults and children as dichotomous or essentialized categories. Rather children (and adults) are active members of society and therefore the generational order is socially constructed and mutually constituted (Spyrou, 2018). The generational order has a crucial influence on the realization of Bildung, which aims at self- and co-determination as well as the UNCRC, which gives an international normative framework to acknowledge children as agentic subjects. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Academic research is predominantly shaped by adults, who define research agendas, control resources, publish findings, and influence educational practice and policy. This structural dominance risks reproducing adultist assumptions and reinforcing epistemic inequalities (Moody, 2024). Participatory research approaches seek to address these power imbalances by involving groups that are usually excluded from academia as co-researchers. Including children as co-researchers can thus be understood as an attempt to challenge adult epistemic authority and to recognise children as competent social actors with situated knowledge of their lived experiences. They participate in multiple stages of the research process, including data generation and interpretation (Moody, 2024). The children’s rights–based approach (following: CRBA; Lundy & McEvoy, 2012) also addresses the structural dominance. It conceptualises children as rights-holders and legitimate participants in knowledge production as well as using the UNCRC as a normative framework for children’s participation in the research process. This study is using a participatory CRBA and engages with critical debates on power and acknowledgment in knowledge production – a topic that is also raised in the NW25 special call. In this study, initially 11, and later 7, children aged 7 to 11 years participated as co-researchers. The drop of numbers can be explained by the wish of 4 co-researchers to not be part in the analysis of the data. All were already involved in a participatory research project initiated by two academic colleagues and myself in a rural region of northern Germany. Participation in both projects was voluntary. To capture children’s interpretations of generational order, the study combined verbal and non-verbal methods. The co-researchers formed self-chosen groups and received open prompts. They produced still images and photographed these, which then served as stimuli for group discussions. Participatory data analysis was conducted through individual analysis sessions involving one co-researcher and me. In these sessions, selected video sequences from the group discussions were reviewed using convergent interviewing (Dick, 2017). The group discussions and analysis sessions form the empirical material for the analytical phase using reflexive grounded theory (Breuer et al., 2019). Through coding and memo writing, this approach enables categories emerging from data while critically reflecting the researcher’s positionality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The central category is the experienced lack of self-determination resulting from generational power imbalances. Children refer to this in different areas, including at home – when parents determine where to go on holidays; during leisure time – when structures and decisions made by adults influence the possibilities of children to spend leisure time, and in schools – when teachers determine in the lessons and also during breaks. In school, adults are not only present as such but also in the role of teachers: they are responsible for learning and protection. Simultaneously, they have the power to limit self-determination and co-determination as well. Children experience this in schools in the (unspoken) expectations to be kind, do schoolwork and to learn or even by receiving commands, as Joe formulates it. These results hint at areas where adults are using their power in an adultist way, preventing the implementation of the UNCRC – especially Art. 28 – and hindering Klafkis concept of Bildung in the educational system. Childhood is shaped by the generational power of adults, but children are agentic and active members of society and therefore also in educational systems. The co-researchers have their own ways of dealing with the power of adults – from acting in expected ways, reclaiming this to solidarity and support within the group of children. These illustrate processes of subjectivation within the generational order, showing how children navigate, negotiate, and sometimes transform adultist structures. References Alanen, L. (2009). Generational Order. In J. Qvortrup, W. A. Corsaro & M.-S. Honig (Ed.), The Palgrave Handbook of Childhood Studies (pp. 159–174). Palgrave Macmillan. Butler, J. (1997). The Psychic Life of Power: Theories in Subjection. Stanford University Press. Breuer, F., Muckel, P., & Dieris, B. (2019). Reflexive Grounded Theory: Eine Einführung für die Forschungspraxis (4. Aufl.). Springer VS. Cassidy, C., Conrad, S.‑J., Daniel, M.‑F., Figueroia-Rego, M., Kohan, W., Murris, K., Wu, X., & Zhelyazkova, T. (2017). Being Children: Children’s Voices on Childhood. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 25(3-4), 698–715. Dick, B. (2007). What Can Grounded Theorists and Action Researchers Learn from Each Other? In A. Bryant & K. Charmaz (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of grounded theory (pp. 398–416). Sage. Fletcher, A. (2015). Facing Adultism. CommonAction Books. Kost, M. (2025). Kindsein als Effekt generationalen Ordnens. Kinder, Kindheiten und Kindheitsforschung. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Lundy, L., & McEvoy, L. (2012). Childhood, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, and Research: What Constitutes a ‘Rights-Based’ Approach? In M. Freeman (Ed.), Law and Childhood Studies: Current Legal Issues Volume 14 (pp. 75–91). Oxford University Press. Moody, Z. (2024). Children as Co-Researchers. In F. Darbellay (Ed.), Handbook of Interdisciplinarity (pp. 41–45). Edward Elgar Publishing. Tomás, C., & Gonçalves, C. (2024). “The world through our eyes and by our voices”: what children say about rights, discrimination and differences, gender, and poverty. Educar Em Revista, 40, Article e91508. Traue, B., & Pfahl, L. (2022). What is Subjectivation? Key Concepts and Proposals for Future Research. In S. Bosančić, F. Brodersen, L. Pfahl, L. Schürmann, T. Spies, & B. Traue (Eds.), Following the Subject (pp. 25–44). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Spyrou, S. (2018). Disclosing Childhoods. Palgrave Macmillan UK. Willbergh, I. (2021). Bildung-Centered General Didactics. In I. Willbergh (Ed.), Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education (pp. 1–20). Oxford University Press. United Nations (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 07 A: Wellbeing, Workload & Retention (Part 1) Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Michalis Constantinides Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership Implications Arising from Research into Employee Work Satisfaction and Wellbeing in English Multi-Academy Trusts and Scottish Collaboratives: A Comparative Study 1: UCL, United Kingdom; 2: University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper offers a comparative perspective on employee work satisfaction and wellbeing across England and Scotland, drawing on research undertaken with multi‑academy trusts in England and regional collaboratives in Scotland. It is necessary to first understand that whilst England and Scotland are both part of the United Kingdom, they have different regulations and governance for their state-funded schools. By examining these two distinct organisational landscapes, the paper highlights cross‑national similarities and differences in how working environments, structural arrangements and system‑level conditions shape teacher and leader wellbeing, recruitment and retention.
Several policy initiatives, frameworks and professional learning programmes in both systems have a significant focus on collaborative approaches within and between schools, local authorities and other providers in a range of sectors. School leaders are seen as pivotal not only in leading collaborative improvement initiatives within the system, but also in driving collaborative learning (Constantinides, 2025; Hargreaves and Fullan, 2015). These leadership activities create opportunities for teachers to engage in the development of both personal and collective critically reflective practices. Although both systems promote collaborative and networked approaches, there remains limited evidence on how organisational conditions in England and Scotland support teachers and leaders to experience positive working environments, sustain wellbeing and remain in the profession.
This paper details findings from a quantitative phase of analysis within a broader mixed-methods study with the purpose of informing school improvement in an increasingly complex educational environment (Constantinides, 2023 a & b; Male, 2024). It provides an in-depth examination of how various environmental factors such as structures, leadership practices and communication channels affect the daily experiences of educators directly and indirectly. Our findings reveal that supportive management, clearly defined roles and a shared vision among staff contribute significantly to cultivating a positive organisational culture.
Institutional theory offers a useful lens for this study because it highlights how different governance arrangements, policy logics and accountability structures shape organisational behaviour and, ultimately, the experiences of teachers and leaders (Constantinides, 2023b; Thornton, Ocasio and Lounsbury, 2012). England’s state-funded school system is characterised by market‑oriented reforms, diversified governance and strong accountability pressures, whilst Scotland operates through a more centralised, policy‑heavy and top‑down approach that emphasises national direction and system coherence. Using institutional theory makes it possible to trace how these contrasting institutional logics influence the design and operation of multi‑academy trusts and regional collaboratives and how these organisational conditions filter down to affect wellbeing, recruitment and retention. This perspective connects individual experiences to the broader institutional forces that structure them, enabling a meaningful comparison of the two systems. Keywords: Wellbeing and Work Satisfaction; Organisational Conditions; Networked Leadership Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used England and Scotland provide particularly illuminating cases for comparative analysis because, despite sharing a broadly similar cultural and legislative backdrop, their education systems have diverged markedly in organisational design, governance and approaches to collaboration. England’s multi academy trust landscape and Scotland’s regional collaborative arrangements represent two distinct models for structuring support, accountability and professional networks. These differences create contrasting working environments for teachers and leaders, making the two nations well suited for examining how system level conditions shape employee work satisfaction, wellbeing and retention. Studying these cases side by side enables a deeper understanding of how organisational structures and collaborative practices influence professional experience within the same wider UK policy context. Questionnaire surveys formed a core element of the multi method design, providing an overview of school based employees’ perceptions of their working conditions and professional experiences across both national contexts. The instrument, informed by the wider literature on teachers’ and leaders’ perceptions of school improvement and non academic aspects of school life, was administered in Scotland and England. In total, responses were gathered from 280 employees in a stratified random sample of Scottish secondary schools and from 410 employees working in 11 multi academy trusts in England, generating two comparable datasets that enable cross national analysis of workplace conditions and wellbeing. The research also draws on a number of semi-structured interviews undertaken with local authority/trust leaders, headteachers and teachers within English MATs and Scottish collectives. Exploratory and subsequent confirmatory analyses generated four underlying factors for the models focusing on 1) curriculum, pedagogy and assessment, 2) creating an environment for raising achievement, 3) collaborative school culture and 4) self-efficacy. Results demonstrate that employees’ perceptions of their work vary significantly, and can be dependent on the individual employee, the influence of school leadership, as well as the school culture. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that networked forms of leadership within both systems play an important role in shaping workplace culture and professional experience, influencing how employees perceive support, collaboration, and opportunities for growth. Attention to the wider policy and organisational environments in England and Scotland helps explain the convergences and divergences observed across the two settings. The quantitative results further indicate that schools and MATs characterised by strong, collaborative practices tend to report higher levels of staff wellbeing, alongside more effective recruitment and improved retention of high quality educators. Similar conclusions are reached through analysis of qualitative data collected through interviews. Across both national contexts, the findings highlight specific organisational conditions that foster resilience and professional growth, emphasising the importance of targeted professional development and strategic investment in human and financial capital to sustain improvement efforts. References Constantinides, M. (2023a). Making sense of complex relationships in the workplace: Principals in action. Cambridge Journal of Education, 53(5), 587-603. Constantinides, M. (2023a). Making sense of complex relationships in the workplace: Principals in action. Cambridge Journal of Education, 53(5), 587-603. Constantinides, M. (2023b). Instructional reform and multiple institutional logics: insights from executive leadership in English Multi-Academy Trusts. Educational Review, 75(2), 287-304. Constantinides, M. (2025). Leadership at the boundaries of schools: navigating the complexities of collaboration. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, Online First: https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432251343995 Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2015). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. Teachers College Press. Male, T. (2024). The functioning of multi-academy trusts (MATs) in England. Paper presented at European Council for Education Research (ECER), Nicosia, August. Thornton, P. H., Ocasio, W., & Lounsbury, M. (2012). The institutional logics perspective: A new approach to culture, structure, and process. Oxford University Press. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership Wellbeing: What does it Mean and How does It Impact Retention? 1: University College London, United Kingdom; 2: University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:Abstract Context Along with the global challenge of teacher retention (UNESCO, 2024), there is also evidence suggesting that the supply of school leaders remains a challenge in the UK (Aleynikova et al., 2024). Research points to the significance of wellbeing in maintaining the job satisfaction of school leaders (Tahir et al., 2025) and the need for better understanding how it impacts school leaders’ retention decisions. In 2019 the UK government launched a teacher recruitment and retention strategy as a policy response to addressing the persistent teacher retention challenge (Department for Education, 2019). As part of this strategy, the reformed National Professional Qualifications (NPQs) were relaunched to promote the professional learning and development of specialist teachers, senior leaders, headteachers and executive leaders. This study is part of the larger four-year longitudinal research which examines the effects of the NPQ programmes on school leaders’ wellbeing and retention decisions. Research Objectives The aim of this paper is to provide empirical evidence on the conceptual structure of leadership wellbeing and explain how perceptions of wellbeing by school leaders influence their retention decisions. Drawing upon evidence from a national survey data gathered from participants in the Specialist NPQ programmes (designed for school leaders to deepen expertise in specific school roles), this paper answers the following two research questions:
Conceptual framing: Understanding wellbeing as an umbrella term Interest in teachers’ and school leaders’ wellbeing is not new. Research shows that how teachers feel about their lives and the quality of their day-to-day experience in school (i.e. their subjective wellbeing) can have profound implications for their practices, their retention decisions, and most importantly, the learning and achievement of their pupils (OECD, 2017; Pyhältö, Soini, & Pietarinen, 2010). The OECD (2013) defines subjective wellbeing as “good mental states, including all of the various evaluations, positive and negative, that people make of their lives and the affective reactions of people to their experiences.” (2013, p.10). Research suggests that wellbeing is best to be perceived as ‘a broad category of phenomena’ (Diener et al., 1999: 277) which encompasses three key dimensions: life evaluation (how people reflect on their life overall or specific aspects), affect (day-to-day feelings / emotions), and eudaimonia or psychological functioning (meaning or purpose in life, goal orientation, competence and autonomy). Thus, any effort to support the wellbeing of teachers and school leader must understand that wellbeing is an umbrella term for the different valuations people make regarding their lives, the events that happen to them, and the environments in which they work and live (Diener et al., 2006). Building on this, the Everybody Thriving report by the Education Policy Alliance (2024) offers a more education-specific lens, conceptualising wellbeing as a systemic, multidimensional state that must be actively nurtured within school communities. The report emphasises the role of psychological safety, supportive relationships, professional autonomy, and a culture of belonging in shaping both student and staff wellbeing. It advocates for advancing wellbeing through school culture, leadership practice, and national policy, framing it as a prerequisite for effective teaching and learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods Design and research sample This study is part of a larger four-year longitudinal, mixed methods study which explores the long-term impact of a university-led National Professional Qualification (NPQ) programmes on school leaders’ wellbeing, and retention trajectories over time. The cross-sectional study reported in this paper used results from a national survey of participants in the Specialist NPQ programmes. Survey invitations were sent to all school leaders who were active in and close to complete the programmes (N = 2,138). Between October 2022 and January 2024, a total of 387 school leaders responded, representing 18% response rate. These school leaders represented a wide range of leadership roles in their schools including teachers with subject specific leadership responsibilities, middle leaders (e.g. Head of Department), and senior leaders in state schools in England. A priori power analysis indicated a sample of n= 249 with α= 0.05 and df=48 would have 80% power to reject a mis-specified model with RMSEA = 0.05 (Moshagen & Bader, 2024); as such, our sample size was deemed sufficient. Post-hoc power analysis indicated our analytical sample of n = 300 retained 98% power to reject a mis-specified model with RMSEA = 0.06 with α= 0.05 and df = 48. Instruments The instrument used to collect data from the school leaders included a 15-section survey. Responses were rated on a Likert scale of 1-6, with 1 the least positive response and 6 the most positive response. The measurement of each key construct is informed by the synthesis of the latest research on teacher and leadership wellbeing, school leadership and school improvement, and teacher retention. They are also grounded in the survey research led by authors in different country contexts over twenty years. Together, they provide a secure knowledge and empirical base for the study to develop a reliable survey instrument which is fit for purpose. Data analysis We performed Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) to test the construct validity of the multi-dimensional scale measuring leadership wellbeing. We then adopted binary logistic regression modelling to explore the relationships between leadership wellbeing and leaders’ retention decisions, controlling for relevant background factors. We have built four regression models. In this way, we were able to identify how the added variables were related to the outcome variable, when the prior factors were controlled for, and how much variation these factors could explain in the outcome variable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings and Conclusions CFA analysis shows that the construct of leadership wellbeing consists four interrelated dimensions: social relationships, leadership capability, job satisfaction, and engagement at work. All sub-scales of leadership wellbeing met or exceeded the widely accepted minimum standards of a-reliability (0.7). CFA yielded an excellent model fit for the data. All of the factor loadings were significant, and the goodness of fit indices were strong. The Root Mean Square Error of Approximation (RMSEA) was 0.033, and the SRMR demonstrated good fit with a value of 0.069. Both the CFI and TLI were 0.955 and 0.938 respectively, offering more evidence of a good fit. Thus, our hypothesis that leadership wellbeing is a multi-dimensional construct is supported. Correlation analysis shows that the four dimensions of leadership wellbeing were significantly and positively correlated with each other, with correlations ranging from moderate to strong (from 0.364 to 0.653). The strongest link was between school leaders’ job satisfaction in the teaching profession and their engagement (r = 0.653). This was followed by a strong correlation between school leaders’ belonging in school and their capability (r = 0.642). This supported that the four sub-scales measured significantly related aspects of the same overarching construct of leadership wellbeing, while being distinct enough to justify separate dimensions. Statistically significant correlations provided additional support for the existence of a second-order factor. Regression models show that among all the considered individual-level and school-level factors, school leaders’ perception of their wellbeing, measured as a four-dimensional umbrella construct, was the strongest and most direct predictor of their retention decisions. Thus, as schools continue to face retention pressures, it is imperative that they are supported to have the capacity and resources to prioritise and nurture wellbeing as a central driver of professional effectiveness and long-term workforce sustainability. References References Aleynikova, E., Rostron, J., Kitson, S., Zuccollo, J., and Jiménez, E. (2024). Recruitment and Retention of Senior School Leaders in Wales. The Education Policy Institute. Department for Education (DfE). (2019). Teacher recruitment and retention strategy. London: DfE. Diener, E., Suh, E.M., Lucas, R.E., & Smith, H.L. (1999). Subjective well-being: Three decades of progress. Psychological Bulletin, 125 (2), 276-302. Diener, E., Lucas, R.E., & Scollon, C.N. (2006). Beyond the hedonic treadmill: Revising the adaptation theory of well-being. American Psychologist, 61 (4), 305-314. OECD (2017). PISA 2015 Results: Students’ Well-being. Paris: OECD Publishing. Pyhältö, K., Soini, T., & Pietarinen, J. (2010). Pupils’ pedagogical well-being in comprehensive school – significant positive and negative school experiences of Finnish ninth graders. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 25 (2): 207-221. OECD (2013). OECD Guidelines on Measuring Subjective Well-being. Paris: OECD Publishing. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264191655-en [Accessed 4 Apr. 2025]. Tahir, L.M., Wan Mohd Yunus, W.M.A., & Rosli, M.S. (2025). Stress and Mental Health Among School Principals: A Scoping Review. School Mental Health. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-025-09825-3 UNESCO. (2024). Global report on teachers: addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. Available at: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000388832 Moshagen, M., Bader, M. (2024). semPower: General power analysis for structural equation models. Behav Res 56, 2901–2922. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Stress and Well-being of Preschool and Compulsory School Principals During COVID-19 University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:The COVID-19 pandemic constituted an unprecedented global disruption to education systems and profoundly altered the conditions of educational leadership across Europe. School principals were positioned at the intersection of public health governance, educational policy and local school communities, often required to implement rapidly changing regulations while maintaining educational continuity and safeguarding staff and student well-being (Harris & Jones, 2020; Marchant et al., 2024). While international research has documented the impact of COVID-19 on teaching and learning, comparatively less attention has been paid to how school principals experienced the pandemic as a prolonged leadership crisis (Marchant et al., 2024). Against this backdrop, the present study examines how preschool and compulsory school principals in Iceland experienced their leadership roles, responsibilities and well-being during the COVID-19 pandemic. The study is guided by the following research questions:
To address these questions, the study draws on an integrated theoretical framework combining emotional labour theory (Hochschild, 1983), the Job Demands–Resources (JD–R) model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007, 2014), and critical leadership theory (Alvesson & Spicer, 2012; Durrani & Makhmetova, 2024). Together, these perspectives enable an analysis of school leadership as an emotional, organisational and socio-political practice. Hochschild’s (1983) theory of emotional labour provides a lens for examining the often-invisible emotional demands placed on school principals during the pandemic. Principals were expected to convey calm, reassurance and moral responsibility, even while experiencing uncertainty, fear and exhaustion themselves. Prolonged emotional self-regulation in leadership roles has been shown to contribute to emotional exhaustion, moral fatigue and burnout, particularly when such labour is normalised and insufficiently recognised (Maslach & Leiter, 2016; Zembylas, 2007). The Job Demands–Resources model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007, 2014) explains how the balance, or imbalance, between job demands and available resources shapes employees’ well-being, motivation and professional capacity. Job demands—such as workload, responsibility and emotional strain—may lead to stress and burnout when not adequately balanced by resources, including managerial support, professional autonomy, recognition and opportunities for professional development (Bakker & Demerouti, 2014). The model emphasises that it is not job demands themselves, but a lack of sufficient resources, that leads to negative outcomes (Maslach & Leiter, 2016). In this study, the JD–R model is used to examine how pandemic-related working conditions affected principals’ well-being and leadership capacity. Critical leadership theory situates principals’ experiences within their broader institutional and governance context, emphasising leadership as socially and politically constructed through power relations, accountability structures and recognition (Alvesson & Spicer, 2012). During the pandemic, principals were often held responsible for implementing centrally determined decisions without meaningful participation in decision-making processes, creating tensions between responsibility and professional agency (Durrani & Makhmetova, 2024; Fotheringham et al., 2022). Although empirically grounded in Iceland, the study speaks to shared challenges faced by school leaders across European education systems during COVID-19. By integrating emotional labour, the Job Demands–Resources model and critical leadership perspectives, the study contributes to international discussions on crisis leadership, well-being and governance in publicly funded education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative research design grounded in an interpretive approach, aiming to capture school principals’ lived experiences of leadership, stress and well-being during the COVID-19 pandemic. A qualitative methodology was chosen to enable an in-depth exploration of how principals made sense of their roles, responsibilities and emotional experiences within a prolonged and uncertain crisis context (Creswell & Poth, 2018). The empirical material consists of semi-structured interviews with 10 school principals in Iceland: 6 preschool principals and 4 compulsory school principals. Participants were selected through purposive sampling to ensure that all had held leadership positions prior to the COVID-19 outbreak and throughout the pandemic. The principals were drawn from two municipalities, one located in a rural region and one in the capital area, allowing for variation in institutional context while remaining within a shared national governance framework. Data were collected in May and June 2022, approximately two years after the onset of the pandemic, enabling participants to reflect on both immediate and longer-term impacts on their professional roles and well-being. Each participant took part in one interview, conducted online via Microsoft Teams. Interviews ranged from 16 to 42 minutes in length and followed a semi-structured interview guide that focused on leadership responsibilities, decision-making, emotional demands, support structures, and personal well-being during the pandemic. All interviews were audio-recorded with informed consent and transcribed verbatim. Data analysis was conducted using reflexive thematic analysis as outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2021). The analysis followed an iterative and recursive process, moving between familiarisation with the data, initial coding and the development of themes that captured shared patterns of meaning across participants’ accounts. Both authors were actively involved in the analytic process, first coding the data independently and subsequently engaging in reflective dialogue to deepen interpretation and refine themes. NVivo software was used to support data organisation and coding. The analysis was theoretically informed by emotional labour theory, the Job Demands–Resources model and critical leadership theory, allowing for an integrated interpretation of principals’ emotional experiences, working conditions and positioning within institutional power structures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that the COVID-19 pandemic fundamentally reshaped the nature and scope of school leadership, placing preschool and compulsory school principals under sustained and intensified pressure. Principals described a significant expansion of their responsibilities, including tasks related to infection control, contact tracing and crisis communication, often extending far beyond their formal professional mandate. Leadership during the pandemic was characterised by prolonged uncertainty, blurred boundaries between professional and personal life and a pervasive sense of moral responsibility for the well-being of others. Drawing on emotional labour theory, the findings highlight how principals engaged in extensive emotional self-regulation, suppressing personal stress and fear to present calmness, stability, and reassurance to staff, students, and families. This sustained emotional labour, combined with long working hours and limited opportunities for rest, contributed to emotional exhaustion, moral fatigue and concerns about long-term well-being. From a Job Demands–Resources perspective, the pandemic created a pronounced imbalance between escalating demands and insufficient resources, particularly in professional support, recognition, and meaningful involvement in decision-making. Critical leadership theory sheds light on the structural conditions underpinning these experiences. Principals were held accountable for implementing centrally determined decisions while having limited influence over policy formation, leading to frustration, diminished professional agency and feelings of being undervalued. Preschool principals reported feeling unrecognised in public and administrative discourse. At the same time, the study identifies protective factors that mitigated stress, including collegial support among leadership teams, distributed decision-making and trust-based relationships with staff and families. The findings underscore the need for systemic and relational forms of support for school leaders, not only during crises but also in the recovery phase. More broadly, the study contributes to European and international discussions on sustainable educational leadership by highlighting the ethical and emotional dimensions of school leadership during prolonged societal disruption. References Alvesson, M., & Spicer, A. (2012). Critical leadership studies: The case for critical performativity. Human Relations, 65(3), 367–390. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726711430555 Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands–Resources model: State of the art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3), 309–328. https://doi.org/10.1108/02683940710733115 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). Sage. Durrani, N., & Makhmetova, A. (2024). Rethinking educational leadership through critical perspectives. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 52(1), 3–20. Fotheringham, P., Harriott, T., Healy, G., Arenge, G., & Wilson, E. (2022). Pressures and professional identity in school leadership during COVID-19. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(3), 489–506. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). COVID-19 – School leadership in disruptive times. School Leadership & Management, 40(4), 243–247. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2020.1811479 Hochschild, A. R. (1983). The managed heart: Commercialization of human feeling. University of California Press. Marchant, C., et al. (2024). School leaders’ well-being during the COVID-19 pandemic. Educational Review. Advance online publication. Maslach, C., & Leiter, M. P. (2016). Burnout. Wiley. Upadyaya, K., Salmela-Aro, K., & Pietarinen, J. (2021). School principals’ well-being during COVID-19. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(3), 353–367. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 07 B: System Leadership, Governance & Policy (Part 1) Location: Lyhty | Main building | Courtyard Session Chair: Mette Liljenberg Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Supporting Further Education College Governance and Governing in the UK University of Sunderland, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In England, since 2022 the Department for Education has introduced the statutory requirement that all colleges of Further Education (FE) corporations and designated institutions (such as 6th form colleges) are required by the Department for Education to commission an external governance review (EGR) at least every three years. In Scotland, the Post-16 Education Act provides the legislative basis for college management, accountability, and effectiveness. The Scottish Funding Council (SFC) oversees these institutions and requires them to adhere to the Code of Good Governance for Scotland's Colleges which requires the same regime of review of boards. 3 years of reviews have been undertaken and a second phase of reviewing will begin in 2026. There is little to no empirical work that explores the efficacy or impact of the review requirements and as such little has been done to inform improvement or changes to the review frameworks for the second phase. This study, utilising a constructivist approach, combining documentary analysis, interviews with governance professionals, college chairs and principals, and governance reviewers is designed to co-construct an understanding of governance review processes and explore possible areas of impact and evidencable change within institutions resulting from engagement with mandated reviews. The study is structured around three core research questions
Whilst located in the UK and primarily within 20 English colleges, the study aims to inform non-executive practices for institutional management and leadership for sectors outside that of UK based further education. Parallels can be drawn between 3rd sector, charities, other education sectors (such as multi academy trusts and higher education) both locally and internationally. With several high profile cases of governance failure highlighted within the popular media and with government sanctioned investigations and reports (e.g. Gillies report, Scottish Funding Council, 2025), governance is now receiving unprecedented scrutiny and as such this research offers critical insights into the efficacy of those protective mechanisms. The study is potentially important for all sectors of education and has implications that are translatable to international contexts, especially within European settings with similar educational and public sector constructs and professional bodies with oversight functions and responsibilities.
This research views governance as a dynamic, strategic function rather than a static compliance exercise. The research assumes governance is an evolving practice requiring continuous improvement and responsiveness to external review. Drawing on change management and organisational learning theory, the study examines how external reviews lead to institutional change, highlighting the role of actors (governance professionals, chairs, chief executives) as change agents. Relational and cultural perspectives on governance emphasis is placed on trust, collaboration, and board culture as critical factors influencing the enactment of recommendations and areas for continued study.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a mixed-methods design to explore the impact of external governance reviews in further education and sixth form colleges. The approach combined documentary analysis, semi-structured interviews, and triangulation of perspectives, underpinned by a commitment to independence and methodological rigour. Documentary Analysis The research began with a systematic review of governance reports produced by external review processes. These documents provided insights into commonly observed strengths, areas for improvement, and the framing of recommendations. Analysis focused on how observations were communicated and the pathways to potential change. However, as review reports conclude at the point of delivery, they do not capture post-review actions. This limitation informed the inclusion of additional methods. Semi-Structured Interviews with Governance Professionals Governance professionals were identified as key actors in managing review processes and implementing recommendations. Two rounds of interviews were conducted with participants from 20 colleges: Stage 1: Shortly after review completion, exploring processes, board engagement, and early indicators of impact (e.g., action plans). Stage 2: Six months later, assessing enacted changes and measurable outcomes. This longitudinal element enabled observation of change over time and provided rich qualitative data on institutional responses. Interviews with Reviewers To triangulate findings, interviews were conducted with three independent reviewers who had undertaken the sampled reviews. These discussions offered insights into review methodology, collaboration with colleges, and perceived efficacy of recommendations. This perspective complemented data from governance professionals and documentary analysis, creating a multi-layered understanding of governance dynamics. Analysis Using the well-established 6 stages of thematic analysis developed by Braun and Clarke (2006), the researchers were able to incorporate all data sets taken from the mixed methods approach and apply a process of coding. As themes emerged these were sense checked with participants and through peer review before the final stages of analysis led to the key findings and subsequent recommendations. Positionality and Reflexivity The research team acknowledged their professional experience in governance as both an asset and a potential source of bias. To mitigate this, findings were sense-checked through critical peer discussions and validated with participants. Transparency and reflexivity were integral to the process. Triangulation. By integrating data from review documents, governance professional interviews, and reviewer perspectives, the study achieved methodological robustness. This approach allowed the research to move beyond identifying common observations, focusing instead on the efficacy of reviews and their role in driving institutional change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research found that external governance reviews have a clear and measurable impact on governance practices within further education colleges in England. Colleges engaged seriously with the review process, translating recommendations into action plans and implementing tangible changes. These included restructuring meeting agendas, improving decision-making processes, and embedding systematic monitoring of strategic priorities and key performance indicators. Boards were encouraged to adopt a more strategic focus, moving away from operational detail and strengthening their capacity for long-term planning. While cultural shifts towards greater agility and responsiveness were observed, the pace of change varied significantly, with some boards taking over a year to approve action plans. A key finding was the central role of governance professionals as drivers of change. They managed the review process, facilitated communication between reviewers and boards, and led the implementation of recommendations. Their confidence, expertise, and institutional support were critical to success. Relationships between governance professionals, chairs, and chief executives also shaped outcomes, highlighting governance as a relational as well as procedural practice. Insights from reviewers reinforced these observations, identifying recurring areas for improvement such as strategic planning, equality and diversity, committee structures, and continuous professional development for governors. The study recommends recognising and resourcing governance professionals as strategic partners, ensuring they have the authority and capacity to influence board culture and enact change. Boards should adopt more agile practices to respond to sector challenges and embed creativity, innovation, and vision within governance culture. Sustained and relevant training for governors is essential, alongside greater prominence for governance codes as frameworks for practice rather than compliance checklists. Finally, diversity should be treated as a core principle of governance, not an aspirational goal. Collectively, these recommendations aim to strengthen governance as a dynamic, strategic function capable of delivering institutional resilience and improvement. References Gleeson, D., Abbott, I. and Hill, R. (2011) ‘Governing the governors: A case study of college governance in English further education’, British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), pp. 781–796. James, D., Garner, S. and Husband, G. (2021) ‘Understanding practices of UK college governing: Rethinking strategy and accountability’, Educational Management Administration & Leadership. Husband, G. and Ireland, A. (2022) ‘Contextualising further education governance in Northern Ireland: History, policy and practice’, Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 27(3), pp. 351–372. Bathmaker, A.-M. and Pennacchia, J. (2022) ‘Who governs and why it matters: An analysis of race, equality and diversity in the composition of further education college governing bodies across the UK’, Journal of Vocational Education & Training. Department for Education (2022) External governance reviews: Guide for FE college corporations and designated institutions. Updated November 2025. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/external-governance-reviews-guide Association of Colleges (2023) Further Education Code of Good Governance. London: Association of Colleges. Education and Training Foundation (2023) The Further Education Governance Professional Competency Framework. London: ETF. Husband, G, Hill R, and Morrison, T. (2025) Supporting effective college governing in England: A review of external governance reviews. Bath: Stone King LLP. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Taking Responsibility for Educational Improvement for All? – Local Education Authority and Principal Responses to Policy Mandates in the Swedish Context University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Global policy trends of marketization and decentralization followed by an emphasis on autonomy and evaluation placing accountability responsibilities for student achievement on educational leaders at different levels have intensified over recent decades (Ball, 2003; Moos et al., 2011; Niesche et al., 2023). Similarly in Sweden, local education authorities (LEAs) and principals are responsible for systematically evaluating, analyzing and improving education as well as allocating resources based on the diverse needs of students. However, compared to the stricter accountability models seen in many other countries (e.g. Datnow et al., 2020; Quilabert, 2024) the Swedish school system uses softer governance that gives LEAs and principals more freedom in their work (Nordholm et al., 2023). After the Swedish school system was restructured in the 1990s and previous detailed state regulation was replaced by directives and results-focused management principles, LEAs and principals have a legally regulated, but not further specified, responsibility for conducting systematic quality work and based on its results, improving education. During the same time, achievement differences have expanded between schools and different student groups (Hansen & Gustafsson, 2019) which has contributed to some re-centralization measures and a high frequency of national reforms and policy initiatives directed towards hastening educational improvement (Nordholm & Adolfsson, 2024). These policy pressures and institutional arrangements of local responsibilities and greater autonomy, while at the same time having LEAs and principals operating schools in demographically and financially varied contexts, have led to extensive organizational heterogeneity among Swedish schools. Therefore, with this study, we want to contribute knowledge on how educational leaders in contemporary educational organizations navigate and negotiate challenges in an increasingly complex educational landscape. Given that policies are not enacted independently but are fundamentally embedded within and shaped by contextual materialities (Braun et al., 2011), local capacity and sensemaking become essential for how policy mandates are enacted and transformed into practice. Research synthesizing and reviewing (Rorrer et al., 2008; Leithwood, 2010) focuses on improvement practices successful in increasing student achievement and has shown that it is central for educational leaders to invest in instructional leadership, align organizational structures and processes, support a collaborative learning culture, establish policy coherence, and maintain an equity focus. Moreover, educational leaders must pave the way for improvement based on respect for professional knowledge and collaboration across organizational levels. The study relies on institutional theory, and our theoretical framework is based on a model developed by Diehl & Golann (2023). Their integrated model enables us, through a comprehensive approach, to explore organizational responses to external pressures, institutional logics and policy mandates in an increasingly complex educational landscape. They emphasize processes of filtering and local adaptation in relation to concepts of routines, sensemaking, and social networks to understand how organizations and their actors respond to their environment. To understand how LEAs and principals respond to the quality and improvement mandate given to them we combine this model with contextual materialities (i.e., situated, professional, material, and external), aiming to grasp how the specific contextual settings shape policy enactment and transformation into distinct practices in quality and improvement work in Swedish LEAs and schools compared to actual changes in outcomes across different student groups attending their schools. The study is relevant to European educational research for several reasons. First, numerous governments are moving towards decentralization, combining autonomy and accountability, but research on how educational leaders at different levels navigate policy mandates and transform them into practice is still limited. Second, as educational improvement and equality are high on policy agendas in most countries, we need to learn more about how contextual conditions and organizational characteristics influence policy enactment and strategies for improvement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The mixed-method multiple case study (Yin, 2009) utilizes data from several sources. First, qualitative data (i.e., semi-structured interviews, observations, systematic quality documentation) from a larger project examining the responsibility for quality and improvement work shared between LEAs and principals were used. The project includes six Swedish municipalities (A–F) strategically selected (Flyvbjerg, 2011) based on national data on municipality classification, number of inhabitants, and geographic location (SKR, 2022). The selection allowed for national representativeness regarding municipal school organizers (situated context), but also variation in other contextual materialities, such as personal and financial resources (material context). Semi-structured interviews were conducted with LEA managers (n = 17), LEA administrators (n = 9), and principals (n = 55) in compulsory schools. All principals were interviewed in the smaller municipalities (C, F), whereas a selection of principals was interviewed in the larger municipalities (A, B, D, E). Interviews focused on identifying how LEAs navigate policy mandates and transform legal responsibility for quality and improvement into practice. In addition, observations (about 100 hours) were conducted in different meetings with LEA managers, LEA administrators, and principals. These meetings included systematic quality and improvement work, professional development, and regular information. To capture informal work situations, shadowing techniques were applied in between meetings at lunches and coffee breaks. Second, population-based register data from the Gothenburg Longitudinal Database (GOLD) and demographic municipal data from Statistics Sweden were used. GOLD contains background characteristics and georeferenced data for individuals born between 1972 and 2007. The nature of the data enables a longitudinal analysis of all students attending compulsory education in the municipalities between 1995 and 2023, as well as the municipal context in which the schools reside. Ethical considerations were carefully addressed throughout the study in accordance with good research practice. All respondents gave written informed consent to participate in the study. To protect the anonymity of participants and schools, all respondents’ names, geographical locations, and detailed identifying characteristics have been omitted. The analysis was conducted in several steps, combining both inductive and deductive reasoning. Within-case matrices for each municipality capturing approaches to quality and improvement work in terms of routines, sensemaking, and networks were initially produced. Second, the abstraction was increased by adding the theoretical construct of filtering and local adaptation (Diehl & Golann, 2024), and finally, cross-case matrices, which made it possible to make comparisons between contexts, were produced. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A known barrier to improving education and increasing performance across different groups of students is the persistent policy-practice gap. The results of this study contribute to research about how improvement policies are enacted and, by "taking context" seriously (i.e., Braun et al., 2011), highlight the importance of contextual settings in understanding how LEAs and principals respond to policy mandates. Our early preliminary analysis produced important typologies and classifications of logics and factors across the LEAs that show differing responses to the quality and improvement mandate and accountability measures. A preliminary conclusion is that the Swedish model of accountability, relying on 'soft governance' and autonomous LEAs and principals, paired with significant demographic variation, contributes to place-specific tensions and challenges. Differences in organizational structures, sense-making processes, and internal responses, together with external pressures from numerous reforms, contributed to LEAs and principals focusing on bureaucratic compliance and ad hoc processes. Yet, established practices remained largely unchallenged, which impacted the longevity of educational improvement and organizational change. Research-informed and vision-aligned long-term improvement initiatives were also identified. Still, our mapping of how student outcomes have developed over time in our chosen LEAs demonstrates that even in cases of improvement, very few successfully improved grades for the lowest-achieving quintile in the long term, pointing to important implications for equity. The study highlights the various conditions that decentralization can imply and thus stresses the need for LEA capacity building and for researchers to explore how this can be supported in research practice partnerships. References Ball, S. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215-228. Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse, 32(4), 585–596. Darling-Hammond, L. (2004). Standards, Accountability, and School Reform. Teachers College Record, 106(6), 1047-1085. Datnow, A., Lockton, M., & Weddle, H. (2020). Redefining or reinforcing accountability? An examination of meeting routines in schools. Journal of Educational Change, 21, 109-134. Diehl, D. K., & Golann, J. W. (2023). An Integrated Framework for Studying How Schools Respond to External Pressures. Educational Researcher, 52(5), 296–305. Flyvbjerg, B. (2011). Case study. In: Denzin, N. K. & Lincoln, Y. S. (Eds.) The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 301-316) 4th ed., Sage. Hansen, K. Y., & Gustafsson, J. E. (2019). Identifying the key source of deteriorating educational equity in Sweden between 1998 and 2014. International Journal of Educational Research, 93, 79-90. Leithwood, K. (2010). Characteristics of school districts that are exceptionally effective in closing the achievement gap. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 9(3), 245-291. Moos, L., Skedsmo, G., Höög, J., Olofsson, A., & Johnson, L. (2011). The hurricane of accountabilities? Comparison of accountability comprehensions and practices. In L. Moos, O. Johansson & C. Day (Eds.), How school principals sustain success over time (pp. 199-222). Studies in Educational Leadership 14. Dordrecht: Springer. Niesche, R., Eacott, S., Keddie, A., Gobby, B., MacDonald, K., Wilkinson, J., & Blackmore, J. (2023). Principals’ perceptions of school autonomy and educational leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(6), 1260-1277. Nordholm, D., & Adolfsson, C. H. (2024). Big ideas, soft governance: Managing large-scale school improvement at the national agency level in Sweden. International Journal of Educational Management, 38(1), 302-316. Nordholm, D., Wermke, W., & Jarl, M. (2023). In the eye of the storm? Mapping out a story of principals’ decision-making in an era of decentralisation and re-centralisation. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 55(4), 420-440. Quilabert, E., Verger, A., Moschetti, M. C., Ferrer-Esteban, G., & Pagès, M. (2024). The obstacle race to educational improvement: governance, policies, and practices in disadvantaged schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 45(6), 934–956. Rorrer, A. K., Skrla, L., & Scheurich, J. J. (2008). Districts as institutional actors in educational reform. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(3), 307–358. SKR (2022). Kommungruppsindelning. Sveriges Kommuner och Regioner. Yin, R.K. (2009). Case study research. Design and methods. Sage. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper System Leadership and Education Change: Exploring the Evidence 1: Dublin City University, Ireland; 2: University of Stirling; 3: Cardiff Metropolitan University Presenting Author:Leading within and beyond the school is widely viewed as central to system change and improvement, with professional collaboration positioned as a key mechanism for sustaining system reform over time (Fullan, 2021). School leaders and teachers increasingly engage through networks, partnerships, and collaborative arrangements that support shared problem-solving and collective professional agency. System leadership has been one of the principal concepts and theoretical frameworks used to capture this shift. Rooted in systems thinking, system leadership emphasises interdependence and coordinated lateral action across schools and organisations to achieve system-level improvement (Senge, 1990). Early writing on system leadership promoted a vision of dynamic collaboration in which school leaders, at all levels, extended their influence beyond individual schools to take responsibility for system-wide improvement and innovation at scale (Hopkins & Higman, 2007). However, despite this initial momentum, interest in system leadership declined after 2010, partly due to shifting leadership trends and the search for new conceptual framings (Gumus et al., 2016; Harris et al., 2021). More recently, several core ideas associated with system leadership have re-emerged in contemporary scholarship, particularly through work on leading from the middle (Hargreaves & Shirley, 2020; Hargreaves, 2023), school-to-school networking and collaboration (Chapman, 2019), and leading for equity in education (Harris & Jones, 2019). Against the above backdrop, this paper draws on a comparative empirical study across three European contexts: the Republic of Ireland, Scotland, and Wales. The study is guided by two overarching questions:
This paper positions system leadership as a relational, cultural, structural and dynamic process (Boylan, 2016; Fullan, 2021; Gorman et al., 2025; Harris et al., 2021). The theoretical framework is informed by four interconnected perspectives, namely professional capital, capacity building, system renewal, and complexity theory. Collectively, these perspectives reflect system leadership as a dynamic form of social practices. Professional capital provides a foundational lens for understanding system leadership. As conceptualised by Hargreaves and Fullan (2012), professional capital comprises human, social, and decisional capital, emphasising the collective dimensions of expertise, relationships, and professional judgement. From this perspective, system leadership is concerned with strengthening trust, shared responsibility, and professional learning across schools and networks, rather than focussing on individual leadership performance (Fullan et al., 2015). Closely aligned with professional capacity is the concept of capacity building, which foregrounds the deliberate development of collective capability to support improvement at scale (Fullan, 2023). From this perspective, system leadership involves creating the conditions for purposeful collaboration, sustained professional learning, and coherent instructional focus. Evidence suggests that capacity building is most effective when collaboration is intentional, evidence-informed, and supported by system-level infrastructure that enables ongoing professional engagement (Talbert, 2010). System renewal extends this analysis by focusing on longer-term coherence and learning across the system. Drawing on the idea of education systems as learning organisations (Senge, 1990), system leadership is understood as supporting shared sense-making, reflection, and continuous improvement over time. Fullan’s critique of large-scale reform highlights how top-down, performance-driven approaches often undermine capacity, reinforcing the need for leadership that prioritises collaborative professionalism and collective responsibility as drivers of renewal (Fullan, 2021, 2023). Finally, complexity theory provides a critical lens for understanding system leadership in contexts characterised by uncertainty, variation, and non-linear change (Strom & Viesca, 2020). Rather than delivering fixed solutions, system leaders engage in sense-making, support adaptation, and foster relational conditions that enable learning across contexts (Harris et al., 2021). From this perspective, change is achieved through relationships and professional commitment (Boylan, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology comprised two interconnected phases: a documentary analysis followed by semi-structured interviews and focus groups. Phase One involved a systematic documentary analysis of approximately 20 key texts across the three jurisdictions. These included national policy documents, strategic frameworks, commissioned research reports, commentary pieces, and publications. The documentary analysis was guided by a shared analytical framework, which included a series of analytical questions that drew on overarching observations identified in a systematic review conducted by Harris et al. (2021). Each country team conducted an initial analysis of its texts using this framework. The tri-country research team then met to compare findings, identify convergences and tensions, and surface gaps and ambiguities in how system leadership was framed. Phase Two involved qualitative data collection through semi-structured interviews and focus groups with stakeholders across each system. In total, 119 participants contributed to this phase: 39 from Ireland, 40 from Wales, and 40 from Scotland. These included policymakers, civil servants, system leaders, school leaders, teachers with and without formal leadership roles, and partners from wider education communities. Data collection was conducted both online and in person. Ethical approval was secured through the relevant universities, and all participants provided informed consent. Interview and focus group protocols were shaped by themes emerging from the documentary analysis, while remaining flexible to allow context-specific issues to emerge. Data from interviews and focus groups were analysed using reflective thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2020). Coding was conducted inductively and deductively by the research team in each country, with the latter being informed by the four theoretical perspectives underpinning the study. Rather than applying these perspectives as fixed categories, they were used as sensitising concepts that guided attention to particular features of the data, such as relational work, system capacity, dimensions of change, and responses to uncertainty within the system. Following initial coding, codes were reviewed, refined, and clustered into provisional themes within each jurisdiction. The tri-country research team met at multiple points during analysis to compare emerging themes across Ireland, Scotland, and Wales. This comparative process enabled the identification of shared patterns, contextual differences, and contrasting interpretations of system leadership, while also critically questioning how themes related to the findings from the textual analysis within Phase One. The final themes were deliberately framed at a cross-boundary level, enabling the analysis to move beyond country-specific description towards a more critical examination of system leadership across the three jurisdictions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that while system leadership is widely viewed as desirable and well-intentioned, its practical influence is uneven and highly dependent on how it is defined, supported, and implemented. Across the three jurisdictions, system leadership is marked by conceptual ambiguity. It is often used as a broad shorthand for collaboration or system-wide working, rather than as a clearly articulated approach with defined purposes, responsibilities, and pathways for enactment. This lack of shared understanding complicates implementation and limits system-wide coherence. The findings also highlight tensions between system leadership as a formally designated role and as a more diffuse, collective form of agency. The absence of clearly identified system leadership roles risks diluting responsibility and weakening capacity-building efforts. These tensions are further shaped by wider system features, including system readiness, capacity, and levels of policy churn, all of which influence whether system leadership can be realised in practice. The central conclusion of this paper is that where system leadership is clearly defined, aligned with system priorities, resourced, and supported through coherent implementation, it has the potential to contribute to meaningful educational change. Where these conditions are absent, it remains fragmented, fragile, and limited in its transformative potential. In terms of implications, this paper offers a timely, evidence-informed contribution to European debates on educational leadership and system improvement. Recent European reviews, including Leading through Uncertainty: A Model for Effective School Leadership in Times of Crisis (European Commission et al., 2026) and Policy Recommendations on Proposing a European Definition of Collaborative School and Educational Leadership (ELNE, 2025), endorse system leadership through collaboration, networking, and shared leadership. This paper brings insights into how such ideas are interpreted and enacted within national systems, while highlighting the risks associated with treating system leadership as a loosely defined policy aspiration. References Boylan, M. (2016). Deepening system leadership: Teachers leading from below. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(1), 57–72. Boylan, M. (2018). Enabling adaptive system leadership: Teachers leading professional development. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 86-106. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Chapman, C. (2019). From hierarchies to networks: Possibilities and pitfalls for educational reform of the middle tier. Journal of Educational Administration, 57(5), 554–570. Educational Leadership Network Europe (ELNE) (2025). Policy recommendations on proposing a European definition of collaborative school and educational leadership. ELNE. European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, ENESET, Pijaca Plavšić, E., Kovač, V., Miočić, I., & Fonsén, E. (2026). Leading through uncertainty: A model for effective school leadership in times of crisis. European Commission. Fullan, M. (2021). The right drivers for whole system success. Centre for Strategic Education, Series 1. www.cse.edu.au. Fullan, M. (2023). The principal 2.0: Three keys to maximising impact. John Wiley & Sons. Gorman, A., King, F., Madrid Miranda, R., Jones, M., & Harris, A. (2025). System leadership: Implications and considerations for school leaders. School Leadership & Management, 45(2), 149–152. Gumus, S., Bellibas, M.S., Esen, M., & Gumus, E. (2016). A systematic review of studies on leadership models in educational research from 1980 to 2014. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 46(1), 25–48. Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. Teachers College Press. Hargreaves, A., & Shirley, D. (2020). Leading from the middle: Its nature, origins and importance. Journal of Professional Capital & Community, 5(1), 92–114. Hargreaves, A. (2023). Leadership from the middle: The beating heart of educational transformation. Taylor & Francis. Harris, A., & Jones, M. S. (2019). System recall: Leading for equity and excellence in education. Corwin. Harris, A., Jones, M., & Hashim, N. (2021). System leaders and system leadership: Exploring the contemporary evidence base. School Leadership & Management, 41(4-5), 387–408. Hopkins, D., & Higham, R. (2007). System leadership: Mapping the landscape. School Leadership & Management, 27(2), 147–166. Senge P. (1990). The Fifth Discipline. Doubleday. Strom, K. J., & Viesca, K. M. (2020). Towards a complex framework of teacher learning-practice. Professional Development in Education, 47(2–3), 209–224. Talbert, J.E. (2010). Professional learning communities at the crossroads: How systems hinder or engender change. In: Hargreaves, A., Lieberman, A., Fullan, M., & Hopkins, D. (Eds.) Second international handbook of educational change (vol. 23, pp. 555-571). Springer. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leading Across Boundaries: Family of Schools as Arenas for System Coherence Friedrich-Alexander-University Erlangen-Nuremberg, Germany Presenting Author:European education systems are increasingly confronted with complex and persistent challenges such as educational inequality, digital transformation as well as poor academic achievement of students. Across Europe, these challenges unfold under conditions of intensified multi-level governance, growing accountability demands, and increasing expectations for evidence-informed coordination across system levels. While policy discourses emphasise cooperation, networking, and leadership as key levers for system development, education systems remain marked by institutional fragmentation and competing logics of action. In Germany, these dynamics are particularly pronounced due to the strong division of responsibilities across administrative levels. This structure often generates coordination problems at both inter-institutional and intra-organisational interfaces (Reh & Scholz, 2019). Fragmentation may result in parallel structures, uncoordinated initiatives, limited transparency, and inefficient use of resources, thereby complicating responses to complex educational challenges. Comparable patterns of fragmentation and coordination deficits have been observed across Europa, pointing to a broader systemic condition rather than a nationally specific problem. Against this background, recent research in educational system development increasingly conceptualises (system) coherence as a counter-horizon to fragmentation in multi-level education systems (Johnson et al., 2014; Spillane et al., 2022). Coherence-oriented approaches seek to align vertical interfaces between governance levels and horizontal interfaces across organisational domains to reduce contradictions and mitigate structural discontinuities (Emmerich, 2016). Cooperation is frequently identified as a central mechanism for fostering coherence, for instance through school networks or local education landscapes that connect actors from different institutional contexts around shared goals and joint problem-solving (Díaz-Gibson et al., 2014). However, research demonstrates that expectations of cooperation are unmet. Cooperative arrangements may generate fractures when collaborative demands collide with established organisational routines, professional logics, or systemic conditions. Such tensions may lead to overload, frustration, or inflated expectations towards cooperative structures (Duveneck, 2022; Bremm et al., 2025; Kunze, 2024). These findings point to the need for a more nuanced understanding of coherence that goes beyond structural alignment and formal coordination. This contribution therefore draws on the process-oriented framework of crafting coherence developed by Honig and Hatch (2004). In contrast to approaches that conceptualise coherence as an objective state of alignment between external demands and internal practices, Honig and Hatch define coherence as an ongoing, dynamic process of sense-making, negotiation, and strategic decision-making across system levels. Coherence is not given but produced through interaction. This study focuses on Family of Schools (FoS), a form of inter-organisational professional learning network in the German primary school system that brings together principals and teachers from several schools with representatives of school supervision. Programmatically introduced as a coherence-oriented coordination instrument, FoS aim to improve student outcomes by reshaping patterns of collaboration, leadership, and knowledge use across levels (Sliwka & Klopsch, 2024). Applied to professional learning networks such as FoS, the crafting coherence framework conceptualises coherence as a networked process of aligning system-level priorities with local school needs across organisational boundaries. Coherence is enacted, first, through the active contribution of school supervision, which brings system-level priorities and policy goals into the network’s discourse. Second, coherence is shaped through the joint articulation and ongoing refinement of shared network goals that translate system expectations into focal themes responsive to participating schools’ contexts. Third, networks function as arenas of collective sense-making in which schools interpret external demands and negotiate their selective coupling to local priorities (bridging) or deliberate decoupling to prevent overload and incoherence (buffering) (Honig & Hatch, 2004). Based on this framework, the study addresses three research questions: (1) How is coherence enacted in FoS? (2) How are leadership relations, including processes of bridging and buffering, negotiated between schools and school supervision in FoS? (3) What changes can be identified over three years? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, this contribution investigates how coherence is produced—or disrupted—through cooperation within Family of Schools (FoS), a specific form of inter-organisational professional learning network in the German primary school system. The study examines how collaborative practices are enacted, how leadership relations between schools and school supervision are negotiated, and how different forms of knowledge are mobilised for collective action across governance levels. By focusing on these processes, the study addresses three research questions concerning the enactment of coherence, the negotiation of leadership relations (including bridging and buffering), and changes in these processes over time. The study adopts a qualitative, longitudinal research design to capture coherence-building as an ongoing and dynamic process. The empirical material is drawn from four FoS that were accompanied over a period of three years. Each FoS brings together principals and teachers from several primary schools as well as representatives of school supervision, thereby constituting a hybrid governance arrangement that connects system-level expectations with local school practices. Data collection comprised group and individual interviews conducted at three points in time (T1–T3). At T1, group interviews were carried out with members of each FoS (n = 4), complemented by individual interviews with school supervisors involved in the networks (n = 4). These interviews focused on the initial goals, expectations, and perceived roles within the networks. At T2 and T3, further group interviews were conducted with the FoS (n = 4 at each wave) in order to capture developments over time, shifts in collaborative practices, and changes in leadership relations and coherence perceptions. This longitudinal design allows for the analysis of both stability and change in cooperation and coherence-building processes. Data were analysed using qualitative content analysis following Mayring (2015). Category development combined deductive and inductive strategies. Deductive categories were derived from the theoretical framework of crafting coherence and included core concepts such as coherence, cooperation, leadership relations, as well as approaches of bridging and buffering. Inductive categories were developed iteratively to capture emergent themes related to collaborative dynamics, facilitation practices, power relations, and perceived barriers or enabling conditions for coherence (e.g. barriers in the coherence-building process). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that coherence in FoS is enacted as a hybrid process shaped by both hierarchical system structures and network-based collaboration. FoS create new opportunities for cooperation and collective learning across governance levels, enabling schools to align system-level priorities with local needs in practice. Coherence emerges less through formal alignment than through ongoing exchange, shared sense-making, and the development of common orientations. These processes make top-down expectations more context-sensitive and operationally meaningful for everyday school practice. The analysis highlights that leadership relations within FoS are continuously negotiated between hierarchical authority and facilitative, collegial practices. While school supervision retains formal responsibility and accountability, coherence-building is most effective when leadership is enacted in a relational and supportive manner. Trust and psychological safety prove to be central enabling conditions, allowing schools to openly discuss uncertainties, challenges, and failures without fear of sanctions. Within such settings, FoS function as arenas of collective interpretation in which external demands are selectively coupled to local priorities (bridging) or deliberately decoupled to avoid overload (buffering). However, these co-constructive practices remain fragile and uneven, as role ambiguities and hierarchical expectations can constrain collaborative learning. First results for the longitudinal perspective reveal both stabilisation and fragility in coherence-building processes over time. Across the three-year period, FoS developed shared goals, self-defined milestones, common routines, and joint artefacts that supported sustained collaboration and adaptive transfer into school practice. At the same time, persistent constraints—such as limited time and personnel resources, methodological support needs, diagnostic complexity, and externally imposed timelines—repeatedly disrupted network processes and slowed implementation. Overall, the findings suggest that FoS contribute to coherence-building by complementing hierarchical governance with network-based practices of negotiation, co-design, and knowledge mobilisation. Coherence thus appears not as a stable state but as a situated, relational achievement that requires continuous leadership work across organisational boundaries. References Bremm, N., Duveneck, A., & Tulowitzki, P. (2025). Bildungslandschaften. In M. Syring, T. Bohl, A. Gröschner, & A. Scheunpflug (Eds.), Studienbuch Bildungswissenschaften (Vol. 3, pp. 154–173). Julius Klinkhardt; UTB. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838562209-154-173 Díaz-Gibson, J., Civís-Zaragoza, M., & Guàrdia-Olmos, J. (2014). Strengthening education through collaborative networks: Leading the cultural change. School Leadership & Management, 34(2), 179–200. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2013.856296 Duveneck, A. (2022). Erwartungen, Erfahrungen und Lernprozesse – Von Kenntnissen aus 15 Jahren Bildungslandschaften lernen. In Gut vernetzt für Bildung im Wandel. Wie zukunftsfähige Bildungslandschaften in Bayern entstehen (Transferbeitrag). Transferagentur Bayern. https://www.transferagentur-bayern.de/materialien/gut-vernetzt-fuer-bildung-im-wandel Emmerich, M. (2016). Regionalisierung und Schulentwicklung: Bildungsregionen als Modernisierungsstrategie im Bildungssektor. In H. Altrichter & K. Maag Merki (Eds.), Handbuch Neue Steuerung im Schulsystem (Educational Governance, Vol. 7). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-18942-0_14 Johnson, S. M., Marietta, G., Higgins, M. C., Mapp, K. L., & Grossman, A. S. (2014). Achieving coherence in district improvement: Managing the relationship between the central office and schools. Harvard Education Press. Kunze, K. (2024). Multiprofessionalität und multiprofessionelle Kooperation an Schulen. engagement, 41(2), 79–90. https://doi.org/10.13109/egmt.2023.41.2.79 Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken (12th rev. ed.). Beltz. Reh, S., & Scholz, J. (2019). Seminare um 1800: Zur (In)Kohärenz universitärer und schulisch-praktischer Lehrerausbildung. In M. Degeling, N. Franken, S. Freund, S. Greiten, D. Neuhaus, & J. Schellenbach-Zell (Eds.), Herausforderung Kohärenz: Praxisphasen in der universitären Lehrerbildung. Bildungswissenschaftliche und fachdidaktische Perspektiven (pp. 65–81). Julius Klinkhardt. Sliwka, A., & Klopsch, B. (2024). Das lernende Schulsystem: Paradigmenwechsel in der Bildung. Beltz. Spillane, J. P., Blaushild, N. L., Neumerski, C. M., Seelig, J. L., & Peurach, D. J. (2022). Striving for coherence, struggling with incoherence: A comparative study of six educational systems organizing for instruction. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 44(4), 567–592. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1355795.pdf |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 07 C: School Improvement & Organisational Learning (Part 1) Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Berni Moreno Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Pitfalls and Strategies in School Improvement: A Comparative Study of School Leaders’ Perspectives Eskisehir Osmangazi University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:School improvement has become a central concern for education systems worldwide as schools are increasingly expected to respond to rapid social, technological, and economic changes while enhancing student learning outcomes. Since school improvement is ideally a holistic endeavour that focuses on enhancing the overall capacity of the school as an organisation, it seeks to influence the collective ability of the school to adapt and evolve, enhance the skills of its staff, and improve the learning environment and outcomes for students. Within this framework, school improvement is understood as a school-level process that involves multiple and interconnected changes, including curriculum reform, pedagogical innovation, instructional practices, the integration of digital technologies, and responsiveness to diverse student needs (Feldhoff, Radisch and Bischof 2016). Contemporary reform agendas emphasise the role of school leaders and teachers as key agents of change responsible for improving planning practices, fostering professional collaboration, building trust, and restructuring school organisations to meet evolving demands (Fullan, 2007; Hopkins, 2001). Despite sustained policy attention and extensive research, school improvement remains a complex and challenging endeavour. Improvement initiatives often generate mixed responses among educators, ranging from strong commitment to resistance, particularly when changes are perceived as externally imposed, poorly aligned with school contexts, or adding to existing workload pressures. Research has identified several recurring pitfalls in school improvement processes, such as limited leadership capacity, insufficient teacher involvement, weak professional trust, fragmented planning, and policy overload (Hargreaves and Fullan, 2012; Datnow and Park, 2018). These challenges can undermine implementation efforts and restrict the sustainability of change. Despite these shared aspirations, school improvement unfolds differently across national contexts. England and Türkiye represent contrasting policy environments that shape how improvement is conceptualised and enacted at the school level. In England, school improvement is strongly influenced by accountability mechanisms, inspection regimes, and performance-based evaluation, with school leaders expected to drive change through data-informed decision-making and external monitoring. Schools in England are subject to accountability across multiple dimensions of performance, primarily through inspections conducted by the Office for Standards in Education, Children’s Services and Skills (Ofsted) and through national assessment outcomes that are published in school performance tables (Ehren, Hutchinson and Muñoz-Chereau, 2023). In Türkiye, school improvement operates within a more centralised governance structure, where national regulations, standardised curricula, and limited school autonomy shape leadership practices and improvement strategies (OECD, 2020) These systemic differences influence how schools experience change and the extent to which teachers and leaders can exercise professional agency. Research indicates that improvement initiatives in both contexts are frequently accompanied by significant challenges. Common pitfalls include resistance to change, increased workload, limited teacher participation in decision-making, insufficient professional development, and tensions between external accountability demands and internal school needs (Datnow and Park, 2018; Hargreaves and Fullan, 2012;). However, the nature and intensity of these challenges may differ across education systems due to variations in policy design, leadership autonomy, and organisational culture. While England’s performative accountability structures may generate compliance-driven change, Turkey’s centralised system may constrain local innovation and school-based decision-making. The problem addressed in this study is the limited comparative understanding of how school leaders perceive and navigate pitfalls during school improvement processes in different policy contexts, and what strategies they employ to address these challenges. Existing research often examines school improvement within single national settings, offering limited insight into how systemic conditions shape leaders’ experiences and responses to change. By comparing school leaders’ views in England and Turkey, this study aims to identify context-specific and shared pitfalls, as well as effective strategies for navigating improvement processes. Such comparative insights are essential for developing more context-responsive school improvement policies and leadership practices in both education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative research design to examine and compare context-specific and shared pitfalls, as well as effective strategies for navigating improvement processes in England and Türkiye. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews with school leaders in England and Türkiye. Semi-structured interviews enable the direct elicitation of participants’ perspectives relevant to the study and provide opportunities to describe, explain, interpret, and develop an in-depth understanding of their experiences. This approach also facilitates the collection of rich and critical insights as part of the data-gathering process (Creswell, 2013; Saldaña, 2025). Data from England were collected from five schools and 9 senior leaders across primary (ages 4–11) and secondary (ages 11–16) settings in Manchester and London. The sample represented varied Ofsted inspection ratings, including outstanding, good, and inadequate schools. Data from Türkiye were collected from primary (ages 6–9), middle (ages 10–13), and high schools (ages 14–17). The sample included 12 public schools and 13 school leaders, all located in the Anatolian region. The high school sample represented a range of school types, including social sciences high schools, science high schools, and technical high schools. During data analysis, the researchers worked both independently and collaboratively to identify key thematic categories, such as change drivers and challenges. Initially, audio recordings were transcribed verbatim. The transcripts were then translated between English and Turkish as required. To ensure that the meanings and intentions of the original language were accurately preserved, the researchers reached consensus on the final versions of the translated texts (Choi, Kushner, Mill and Lai, 2012). The transcripts were read and reread to foreground participants’ voices and to identify critical issues within key areas of focus (Charmaz, 2006). Emerging themes and interpretations were subsequently discussed and critically examined through comparative analysis of the researchers’ independent readings. Finally, illustrative quotations were selected, prioritising those expressed by the majority of participants while also incorporating alternative perspectives where relevant. Participants were informed of their rights to confidentiality and their freedom to withdraw at any stage without consequence. Ethical approval was obtained from the relevant university, and the study adhered to the British Educational Research Association (2024) ethical guidelines. In both contexts, the interview protocol remained consistent, and informed consent was obtained from all participating schools and individuals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings School improvement processes in England and Türkiye are shaped by different change drivers, yet they reveal comparable pitfalls that require context-sensitive strategies. In England, improvement initiatives are largely driven by data, evidence and research-based needs assessments. Schools identify gaps between current and desired performance and develop targeted interventions accordingly (Garira, 2020). Student progress monitoring, teacher empowerment, and alignment with Ofsted frameworks further act as catalysts for change. Professional learning communities play a central role, as sustained improvement depends on teachers’ confidence in their own capacity, their colleagues, and the school as a whole (Muijs and Harris, 2003, 2006). In contrast, school improvement in Türkiye is predominantly initiated by the Ministry of National Education (MoNE) and school principals within a highly centralised system. This context creates key pitfalls, including limited school autonomy, weak accountability mechanisms, low teacher ownership, and resistance to change. Rapid and inconsistent policy shifts may also lead to organisational hypocrisy, where schools symbolically comply with reforms without meaningful implementation (Kılıçoğlu et al., 2020). Similar to England, resistance to change emerges as a common challenge, often intensified by insufficient resources, increased workload, and lack of time. Across both contexts, a major pitfall is the gap between policy intentions and school-level capacity. Effective strategies to address this include strengthening teacher empowerment, fostering collaborative cultures, and building organisational capacity through shared leadership, professional learning, and evidence-informed practices. In Türkiye, increasing transparency, accountability, and teacher participation in decision-making is critical, alongside establishing legal and institutional frameworks that support evidence-based improvement. In England, ensuring adequate resources and sustained professional support remains essential. Overall, successful school improvement in both countries requires clear strategic planning, strong leadership, adequate resources, and a solid evidence base. Addressing contextual pitfalls while investing in teacher capacity and collaboration can enhance the effectiveness and sustainability of improvement efforts. References Alsharija, M., & Watters, J. J. (2021). Secondary school principals as change agents in Kuwait: Principals’ perspectives. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership, 49(6), 883-890. British Educational Research Association (2024) Ethical guidelines for educational research (5th ed). Retrieved from https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/ethical-guidelines-for-educational-research-fifth-edition-2024 Charmaz, K. (2006). The power of names. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 35(4), 396-399. Choi, J., Kushner, K. E., Mill, J., & Lai, D. W. L. (2012). Understanding the language, the culture, and the experience: Translation in cross-cultural research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 11(5), 652–665. Creswell, J. (2013). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches. SAGE: London. Datnow, A., & Park, V. (2018). Professional collaboration with purpose: Teacher learning for equitable and excellent schools. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315305642 Ehren, M., Hutchinson, J., & Muñoz-Chereau, B. (2023). Place-based disparities faced by stuck schools in England: a contextual understanding of low performance and the role of inspection outcomes. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 34(4), 401–418. Feldhoff, T., Radisch, F., & Bischof, L. M. (2016). Designs and methods in school improvement research: A systematic review. Journal of Educational Administration, 54(2), 209–240. Fullan, M. (2007). The new meaning of educational change (4th ed.). Teachers College Press. Garira, E. (2020). Needs assessment for the development of educational interventions to improve quality of education: A case of Zimbabwean primary schools. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 2(1), 100020. Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. H. (2010). Collaborative leadership and school improvement: Understanding the impact on school capacity and student learning. School Leadership & Management, 30(2), 95-110. Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. Teachers College Press. Hopkins, D. (2001). School improvement for real. RoutledgeFalmer. Kılıçoğlu, D. G., Kılıçoğlu Yılmaz, D., & Hammersley-Fletcher, L. (2020). Leading Turkish schools: A study of the causes and consequences of organisational hypocrisy. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 48(4), 745-761. Muijs, D., & Harris, A. (2003). Teacher leadership- Improvement through empowerment? An overview of the literature. Educational Management & Administration, 31(4), 437-448. OECD. (2020). Education Policy Outlook: Turkey (OECD country profile). OECD. Retrieved from https://abdigm.meb.gov.tr/meb_iys_dosyalar/2020_07/01163240_Egitim_PolitikasY_Gorunumu-TR_Profili_2020.pdf Saldaña, J. (2025). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (5th ed.). London Sage. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper School Improvement Support - Exploring the Dynamics and the Role of Leadership: Findings on Indirect Effects from a Longitudinal Mixed-Methods Study Johannes Kepler Universität Linz, Austria Presenting Author:School Improvement Support (SIS)—also referred to as School Development Support or external school consultancy—has increasingly gained recognition as a long-term support mechanism for schools aiming to ensure and enhance the quality of schoolwork. SIS encompasses sustained, structured support delivered by an external professional who collaborates with schools to foster strategic development and quality improvement. Although the role of SIS has expanded across education systems, there remains a limited understanding of how SIS is concretely implemented in practice, particularly in socially disadvantaged school settings where structural challenges intersect with intensified developmental needs. These gaps persist despite emerging literature on school development consultancy and its empirical foundations (e.g., Altrichter et al., 2021; Dedering et al., 2022), and despite policy interest in SIS as a systems-level instrument to support educational equity. Education Leadership plays an important part in the communication and collaboration of the members of the school and the SIS agents but also with other members related to this appraoch like the regional supervision and other regional partners. This contribution builds on findings from the longitudinal mixed‑methods accompanying study of a five-year programme in Germany. The programme engaged diverse school types situated in socioeconomically disadvantaged environments and aimed to support school leadership and organizational development by providing external consultancy. The study investigated school leaders’ and staff members’ perceptions of SIS quality and benefits and examined how SIS processes unfold across roles, procedures, formats, and methods. It further explored the conditions that facilitate or hinder successful SIS implementation at the consultant, school, and system levels. Annual surveys administered over three years captured quantitative data from 69–122 schools per survey cycle. These surveys focused on SIS quality (process and outcome dimensions) and perceptions of school quality indicators such as communication climate and organizational development. In addition, semi‑structured interviews were conducted with eleven consultants supporting 50 project schools, complemented by consultant process diaries, project plans, and 40 interviews with deputy principals, steering committee members, teachers, and other educational professionals. The findings indicate that schools generally perceive SIS as beneficial and of high quality. Regression analyses demonstrate that higher‑rated process qualities—such as trustful relationships, professional competence of consultants, and clarity of role understanding—are associated with more positive perceptions of outcome qualities, including competence development and organizational change. In turn, favorable outcome ratings correlate with improvements in school quality indicators over time. These findings align with earlier German‑ and English‑language research highlighting the value of external consultancy for school improvement (e.g., Goecke, 2018; Cameron, 2010) and confirming its complexity and context dependence. Qualitative analyses reveal substantial variation in how SIS is implemented in practice. Consultants’ roles range from non‑directive facilitators who enable reflection and support need‑driven developmental processes to more directive experts guiding strategic problem‑solving. This tension—between open, process‑oriented support and targeted, results‑oriented consultancy—reappears across schools and is shaped by institutional expectations, consultant expertise, and the specific challenges present in disadvantaged settings. SIS addresses a broad spectrum of developmental areas, including teaching and learning, personnel development, organizational structures, and networking with external partners, rarely focusing on a single topic. Success factors include methodological expertise and neutrality at the consultant level; resources, willingness to change, and trust at the school level; and goal clarity, role definition, and system alignment at the overarching system level. The study’s multi-perspective, longitudinal, and methodologically differentiated design provides a unique empirical foundation for advancing SIS as a powerful and sustainable support mechanism within education systems. Its findings not only deepen theoretical and empirical understandings of SIS but also offer practical insights into designing effective consultancy processes tailored to schools in challenging circumstances. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a longitudinal mixed methods design over a five-year programme and focused on schools located in socially disadvantaged environments. The methodology combined quantitative and qualitative approaches to capture both measurable developments in school quality and deeper understandings of SIS processes and dynamics. Quantitatively, annual surveys were administered over a three year period to school principals and teaching staff. Participation ranged from 69 to 122 schools per survey cycle. The surveys assessed SIS process quality (e.g., relationship quality, consultant competence, perceived appropriateness of methods) and outcome quality (e.g., competence development, organizational change). They also examined schools’ internal quality characteristics, including communication climate and structural changes associated with development initiatives. Quantitative data were analyzed at the school level using descriptive statistics and autoregressive regression models to identify longitudinal patterns and examine the influence of SIS quality perceptions on changes in school quality indicators over time. Complementing this, qualitative data collection involved semi structured interviews with eleven consultants who supported a total of 50 project schools. Additional qualitative materials included consultant process diaries documenting each consultation session, project plans, and 40 interviews with school representatives from ten selected project schools. Interview participants included deputy principals, members of steering committees, teachers, and other pedagogical staff. The process diaries provided continuous documentation of consultancy processes, interactions, and implementation challenges from the consultants’ perspectives. Qualitative analyses drew on content analysis techniques to examine roles, procedures, consultation approaches, and success factors across different stakeholder groups. The analysis paid particular attention to tensions between non directive, open ended support approaches and more directive, expert driven consultancy practices. The triangulation of survey data, interview material, diaries, and project documentation enabled a robust cross validation of findings and supported the identification of recurring themes and divergent interpretations across schools. Together, the mixed methods design offered a comprehensive and multi-perspective understanding of SIS implementation and effectiveness. Its longitudinal perspective allowed the study to capture both immediate and sustained effects of SIS on school development, while the qualitative depth provided insights into the complex social and organizational dynamics underlying SIS processes in disadvantaged school contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the study provide compelling evidence for the value and impact of School Improvement Support as a long term, externally facilitated developmental strategy for schools. Educational Leadership is umpost important. SIS emerges as a multifaceted practice shaped by contextual conditions, consultant expertise, and school capacities. Schools generally perceive SIS as supportive and effective, with positive process qualities strongly predicting positive outcome qualities related to professional learning, organizational change, and improvements in school quality indicators over time. At the same time, the study highlights the complexity and diversity of SIS implementation. Consultants assume multiple roles situated along a continuum from non directive facilitation to directive expert consultation also depending on the quality of education leadership but supporting and developing education leadership. This flexibility is vital for meeting schools’ differentiated needs, especially in socioeconomically disadvantaged settings where development processes are shaped by resource limitations, staff turnover, and heightened external pressures. The tension between open-ended support and strategic guidance appears not as a contradiction but as a central characteristic of effective SIS practice, requiring consultants to engage in adaptive, context sensitive role enactment. Success conditions operate across multiple levels: at the consultant level (methodological expertise, neutrality, reflective capacity), at the school level (trust, willingness to change, available resources), and at the system level (role clarity, alignment with institutional expectations, involvement of staff). These findings underscore that SIS cannot be reduced to a technical intervention but must be understood as a relational, systemic, and context dependent process requiring alignment between actors, goals, and organizational structures. Overall, the study contributes a differentiated empirical picture of SIS grounded in a robust mixed methods design. It positions SIS as a promising mechanism for supporting schools through sustained, multi-layered development processes, and provides valuable insights for different actos seeking to strengthen the quality of school improvement systems. References Altrichter, H., Krainz, U., Kemethofer, D., Jesacher-Rößler, L., Hautz, H. & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). Schulentwicklungsberatung und Schulentwicklungsberatungsforschung. In Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung (BMBWF) (Hrsg.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 (S. 375–421). Wien. Cameron, D. H. (2010). Working with Secondary School Leadership in a Large-scale Reform in London, UK: Consultants’ Perspectives of Their Role as Agents of School Change and Improvement. Educa-tional Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 341–359. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143209359715 Dedering, K., Kamarianakis, E. & Racherbäumer, K. (2022). Schulentwicklungsberatung. Begrifflich-konzeptionelle Grundlegung, empirische Betrachtung und (kritische) Perspektivierung. Die Deutsche Schule, 114(4), 345–362. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:26183 Dedering, K., Tillmann, K.-J., Goecke, M. & Rauh, M. (Hrsg.). (2013). Wenn Experten in die Schule kommen: Schulentwicklungsberatung - empirisch betrachtet (Educational governance) (Band 23). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-01402-5 Goecke, M. (2018). Schulentwicklung durch Beratung: Eine Studie an nordrhein-westfälischen Schulen. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Huber, S. G. (2022). Schule in der Digitalität gestalten: Zentrale Prämissen, kritische Perspektiven, thematischer Überblick. schule verantworten | führungskultur_innovation_autonomie, (1), 14–30. https://doi.org/10.53349/sv.2022.i1.a187 Huber, S.G. & Pruitt, J. (2023). Schulentwicklungsberatung: Unterstützung bei der Qualitätsentwicklung. Pädagogische Führung 4, 34. Jahrgang, 139-141. Huber, S. G., Helm, C., Strietholt, R., Pruitt, J., Schneider, J. A., Schwander, M. et al. (2022). Qualität und Nutzen des Programms impakt schulleitung der Wübben Stiftung. Zug: PH Zug, IBB Kamarianakis, E. (2021). Schulentwicklungsberatung in schulischen Innovationsprozessen - Empirische Analyse zur Schulentwicklung in der Rhein-Ruhr-Region. Dortmund: TU Dortmund. Kamarianakis, E. & Webs, T. (2019). Schulentwicklungsberatung als Unterstützungsansatz bei der Auswahl schulinterner Lehrkräftefortbildungen. In V. Manitius & N. van Holt (Hrsg.), Transfer zwi-schen Lehrer(fort)bildung und Wissenschaft (S. 129–150). Bielefeld: Waxmann. Knauf, H., Goecke, M. & Rauh, M. (2010). Schulen werden beraten. Empirische Befunde zur Bedeutung externer Beratung in Schulen. In M. Göhlich, S.M. Weber, W. Seitter & T.C. Feld (Hrsg.), Organisation und Beratung (S. 167–177). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92285-0_15 Schönig, W. (2000). Schulentwicklung beraten: das Modell mehrdimensionaler Organisationsberatung der einzelnen Schule (Juventa-Materialien). Weinheim München: Juventa. Swaffield, S. (2004). Critical friends: supporting leadership, improving learning. Improving Schools, 7(3), 267–278. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480204049340 Tajik, M. A. (2008). External change agents in developed and developing countries. Improving Schools, 11(3), 251–271. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480208098390 Wehbe, N. (2019). Exploring the Differences Between Educational Consultant’s and Teachers’ Perceptions on Teachers’ Needs of Professional Development. Journal of Education and Learning, 8(4), 64–82. https://doi.org/10.5539/jel.v8n4p64 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Leadership Practices for Developing People University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:This proposal is based on a chapter for an edited book Understanding Educational Leadership. It is included in the section ‘The Practice of Educational Leadership’. The aim is to provide leaders with options for developing people. Conceptual Framework There are several key educational practices important in creating school success (Drysdale & Gurr, 2017). These include setting direction, developing people, developing the organisation, improving teaching and learning, understanding the context, self-leadership and strategies for influencing others. While we argue that all these practices are important, in this proposal we focus on the leadership practice of developing people. Developing people is crucial for educational leaders because it directly impacts the overall effectiveness and success of the school (Goode et al., 2023; Sun et al., 2024). When educational leaders at all levels invest in the growth and development of their staff, they are building the capacity of people and enabling them to do what is expected of them to achieve their goals effectively and sustainably. In line with the conference theme of knowing and acting, we propose three approaches or lens for developing people: human resources, professional learning, and talent management. These approaches reflect a multidisciplinary perspective. While they can be conceived as separate approaches they also overlap. The human resource approach encompasses a systematic approach to developing people within an organisational setting. To put this into practice, we offer a conceptual framework for building capacity. The framework is based on six key HR functions: career aspiration; teacher preparation; sourcing quality teachers; induction/socialisation; human resource development; and performance management. These are key stages in a teacher’s journey. We unpack each stage and show how leaders can lead and manage teachers’ career journeys through strategic interventions. Underpinning this is a leader’s influence on culture, renumeration, working conditions and motivation. While adopted from business management, the human resources approach has been applied to education for over two decades Castetter (1996); Rebore (2003); Bush et al, 2019). The second approach is professional learning derived from education research (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017). This includes of a range of formal and information activities and opportunities. We propose four guiding questions for leading professional learning: 1. What to learn? 2. How to learn? 3. From whom to learn? 4. What is the role of school leaders in this process? What learning is worthwhile for teachers and leaders, focuses on content and pedagogy: professional learning is embedded discipline knowledge (content) and professional learning is embedded in classroom experience (pedagogy). In determining how to learn, leaders will consider the level of learning, what is current, best and next practice, adult learning principles, stages of learning, and methodology design. From whom to learn will include experts, peers, authoritative sources, teacher leaders, mentors and coaches, student voice and AI. The role of leaders is to create a relational work environment, develop structures for learning, create and maintain a learning culture, build a learning community, and help teachers move from theory to practice. The third approach is talent management. Derived from business, the talent management approach has recently been adopted in education. It focuses on the attraction, selection, development, deployment and retention of quality teachers and leaders (DeArmond et al., 2012). It involves a comprehensive set of practices that foster and maximise the potential and performance of teachers and leaders. Leaders will build teacher and leadership capacity by adapting a talent management mindset and strategy (Tran & Jenkins, 2022). While attempting to attract quality teachers is important, a talent management strategy will adopt a ‘grow your own’ approach (Edwards & Kraft, 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposal builds on our previous research and attempts to re-conceptualise our ideas on people management to meet the new challenges in a time of great uncertainty in line with the conference theme. This is evidenced on our methodology. The methodology is combination of conceptual ideas, our own research findings in several international networks, and a review of human resources, professional learning and talent management literature from the educational leadership literature and business administration literature. A major source is 25 years of research from International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP). The ISSPP now has more than 200 qualitative case studies across more than 20 countries and now has a body of research that provides an accumulation of knowledge that allows it to rival quantitative research in terms of knowledge building and external validity (Leithwood et al. 2017; Sun et al., 2024). Our own research has contributed 24 case studies. We also draw on research from the International School Leadership Development Network (ISLDN). The ISLDN is a more recent construction and is a joint endeavour between UCEA and BELMAS (2012). While initially the research focused on two strands (high needs schools and social equity issues), current research is focused on contemporary educational leadership issues. We draw on extensive connection with literature beyond the ISSPP and ISLDN projects that include networks such as International Study of the Preparation of Principals (ISPP); Leadership for Learning (LfL); 7 System Leadership Study (SLS); Asia Leadership Roundtable (ALR); and World School Leadership Study (WSLS). Our own postgraduate students have contributed to our knowledge base on successful school leadership and how leaders go about building the capacity of people they lead. We have incorporated the findings from our research into our post graduate teaching that have resulted in developing numerous conceptual models to frame and shape our research to support knowledge transfer. As noted in the first section, we identify seven key leadership practices. Four are based on Leithwood & Riehl, (2005) and Leithwood & Sun (2012) (setting direction, developing people, leading teaching and learning). We have added three other practices (self-leadership, understanding the context, influencing behaviour of others). In focusing on developing people, we have constructed three approaches that reflect the need for leaders to build capacity when educators are facing a constant state of uncertainty. They are separate but overlapping approaches that can offer distinct options while identifying some common features. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the presentation we explore key features, benefits and challenges of each approach. We offer a Venn diagram to highlight the distinctive and overlapping features of the three approaches. All three approaches build people capacity. With the human resource approach, we offer a conceptual framework that can provide a formal, rational and structural perspective to support and impact the development of people. We present a conceptual framework for building capacity based on six key human resource functions that provide stages for leaders to intervene to create opportunities to build people capability. It offers a pathway for leaders to follow in a systemic way, while recognising that a teachers’ journey is not always predictable or linear. The Professional Learning approach is inclusive of a range of activities and opportunities- formal and informal. This approach shows how our knowledge of effective professional learning can promote quality teachers and quality teaching and promote student achievement. We offer a strategy to help leaders navigate uncertainty based on four guiding questions: What to learn? How to learn? From whom to learn? and What is the role of school leaders? In the talent management approach, we offer an updated view of talent management. Talent management has centred on attracting, selecting, deploying, developing and retaining of talented individuals. Applied to schools we offer a dynamic, skill-based system emphasising internal mobility and continuous reskilling rather than a linear, process-driven lifecycle. We suggest identifying emerging skill needs, optional learning pathways and guided teacher deployment. We reframe talent as a broader, inclusive view that is dynamic, context specific, focused on staff wellbeing and providing nurturing work environments. These approaches can provide a coherent, system-wide strategy for developing people. They provide complementary lenses and respond to contemporary workforce challenges. They can equip leaders with evidence-based strategies. References Bush, T., Bell, L., & Middlewood, D. (Eds.). (2019). The principles of educational leadership & management. SAGE Publications. ISBN: 9781848602106 Castetter, W.B. The human resource function in educational administration (7th Edition) Merrill, Englewood Cliffs, N.J, 1996, 2000 Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective teacher professional development. Learning policy institute. Darling-Hammond, L., Schachner, A. C. W., Wojcikiewicz, S. K., & Flook, L. (2023). Educating teachers to enact the science of learning and development. Applied Developmental Science, 28(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888691.2022.2130506 Day, C., & Gurr, D. (Eds.). (2024). How successful schools are more than effective: Principals who build and sustain teacher and student wellbeing and achievement. Springer. DeArmond, M., Gross, B., Bowen, M., Demeritt, A., & Lake, R. (2012). Managing talent for school coherence: Learning from charter management organizations. Center on Reinventing Public Education. Drysdale, L., & Gurr, D. (2017). Leadership in uncertain times. International Studies in Educational Administration, 45(2), 131–159. Edwards, D. S., & Kraft, M. A. (2024). Grow Your Own: An umbrella term for very different localized teacher pipeline programs (EdWorkingPaper 24 895). Annenberg Institute at Brown University. Goode, H., Drysdale, L., & Gurr, D. (2023). What we know about successful school leadership from Australian cases and an open systems model of school leadership. Education Sciences, 13(11), Article 1142. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13111142 Gurr, D. & Drysdale, L. (2016) Successful and Effective School Leadership: Insights from Australasia, in Pashiardis, P., & Johansson, O. (Eds) Successful School Leadership: International Perspectives (London, UK: Bloomsbury), pp. 139-154. Chapter 10. Leithwood, K. A., & Riehl, C. (2005). What we know about successful school leadership. Philadelphia, PA: Laboratory for Student Success, Temple University. Leithwood, K., & Sun, J. (2012). The nature and effects of transformational school leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 48(3), 387–423. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X11436268 Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Pollock, K. (Eds.). (2017). How school leaders contribute to student success: The four paths framework. Springer. Rebore, R. W. (2003) A human relations approach to the practice of educational leadership, Boston : Allyn and Bacon Sun, J., Day, C., Zhang, R., Zhang, H., Huang, T., & Lin, J. (2024). Successful school principalship: A meta-synthesis of 20 years of international case studies. Education Sciences, 14(9), Article 929. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14090929 Tran, H., & Jenkins, Z. (2022). Embracing the future of education work with talent centred education leadership. Journal of Education Human Resources, 40(2), University of Toronto Press. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 07 D: Emerging Issues In Educational Leadership Part 1 Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Rose Ylimaki Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Becoming a City Principal: New Principals’ Sense-making about the ‘Visibility Imperative’ and Emotion Labor. Northwestern University, United States of America Presenting Author:Though the position varies, the principal or head teacher position is near-universal. Over the past few decades, two lines of research from Europe and beyond, have advanced our understanding of the relational nature of the principal’s work– the visibility or public-facing nature of the job and emotional labor. First, several scholars have studied the public-facing nature of principalship and the press to be visible to stakeholders (Hallinger, 2005; Lortie, 2009; Shaked, 2025; Whitaker, 1997). Second, scholars have explored the different forms of emotional labor that principals engage in including surface acting, deep acting, and feeling rules and how the intensity of this work differs depending on the principal and their situation (Berkovich & Eyal, 2015; Maxwell & Riley, 2017; McKay et al., 2022; Wharton, 2009; Blackmore, 1996; Blackmore, 2010; Brennan & Mac Ruairc, 2019; Ispa-Landa & Thomas, 2019; Mills & Niesche, 2014). These two lines of research discuss novice principals’ sense-making about their new occupation, exploring how they come to understand the visibility imperative and in turn how the visibility imperative contributes to principals' engagement in, and sense-making about, different forms of emotional labor.
We motivate and frame our analysis with three empirical and theoretical literatures. First, we use a sense-making perspective to conceptually frame novice school principals’ socialization into the profession. Socialization includes how newcomers come to see certain norms, values, and behaviors as natural and appropriate in a situation (Van Maanen & Barley, 1984; Van Maanen & Schein, 1979). Using a sense-making framework we examine how school principals’ on-the-job socialization as they work to figure out their new position and environments and the changes, contrasts, and surprises therein (Louis, 1980). For novice principals, the surprises that come with changing occupations, and often changing organizations, involve situations where existing scripts fail and necessitate sense-making on the part of novices (Crow 2006; Crow & Glascock, 1995; Meyer & Patuawa, 2022).
Second, we use an empirical literature that documents the visibility imperative to motivate our paper and literature on impression management to frame our analysis. The demand to be seen cuts across all domains– instructional, managerial, and political –of the principal’s work. Research suggests that effective instructional leaders are frequently seen by students, faculty, and other stakeholders (Hallinger, 2005; Lortie, 2009; Shaked, 2025; Spillane & Sun, 2022; Whitaker, 1997). However, the visibility imperative is not simply about being seen; it is about being seen to be in particular ways by diverse stakeholders - in ways that not only affirm their own legitimacy as principal but also the organizational legitimacy of their schools (DiMaggio & Powell, 1983; Scribner & Crow, 2012; Suchman, 1995).
Third, we employ literature on emotional labor in sociology to frame novice school principals’ sense-making about their emotional labor. As defined by Hochschild (1983), emotional labor refers to the “management of feeling to create a publicly observable facial and bodily display” in order “produce an emotional state in another person” (p. 141). Scholars have documented how school principals engage in all forms of emotional labor-- including surface acting, deep acting, and feeling rules --as they manage their own emotions and the emotions of others (Berkovich and Eyal, 2015; Blackmore, 1996; James & Vince, 2001; Rajah et al., 2011; Zikhali and Perumal, 2016).
Using data from a longitudinal study of novice school principals on the job socialization, we examine two research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use longitudinal interview, observation, survey, and administrative data from two adjacent cohorts of new school principals in a large city school system over their first five years on the job. Data included a combination of principal questionnaires, semi-structured interviews with a subsample of each cohort at several time points across their first five years on the job, and administrative data. Of the 86 novice principals in cohort 1, we purposefully sampled 18 to maximize variation on participant race, gender and age, as well as school locations, performance, and student composition. Of the 66 new principals in the second cohort, we randomly sampled 17 to participate in the interviews. Interviews followed a common protocol intended to elicit occupational and organizational expectations, while also allowing for flexible probing in relation to participants’ unique responses and contexts. Initial interviews (T1) were conducted after participants were hired, but prior to the start of their first academic year. Subsequent interviews were conducted after a principal’s first three months on the job (T2), at the end of their first year (T3), the end of their second year on the job (T4), and again at the end of their fifth or sixth year on the job (T5). The number of interviews was consistent from year to year (N=35 in T1, T3, and T4 and N=34 in T2) except for T5 (N=26). Interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed, cleaned and anonymized. All interviews were initially coded using NVivo 8 employing a combination of inductive and deductive approaches. Data analysis included several stages. Early coding stages, for data reduction purposes, used several broad codes including identity, diagnosis, prognosis (from our sense-making framework), metaphor, calling, and challenges. For this paper, the original interview transcripts were coded for emotional labor and the visibility imperative. Our early coding scheme included two general codes marking all principals’ statements reflecting emotion work and emotional labor, as well as statements reflecting principals’ desire to be visible. Following these general codes, we generated more specific codes for dimensions of emotional labor –surface acting, deep acting, and feeling rules, –and the visibility imperative – being seen and being seen to be. For each round of coding, we checked inter-rater reliability by blind double-coding a random subset of data (≥10%). We calculated Cohen’s kappa as a measure of coding agreement, arbitrated instances of disagreement, and recoded to reach agreement of 0.7 or above. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We develop and support two interrelated assertions. First, we argue that prior to the start of their first school year on the job, novices’ understanding of their new occupation includes attention to the press for visibility. Within the first three months on the job, novice principals’ sense-making about their role centered increasingly, though not exclusively, on being seen and, importantly, being seen to be in particular ways. The visibility imperative encompasses both relational and instrumental value for novices over the course of their first year on the job. We also show how principals, in some instances, attempt to resist the demands of the visibility imperative. Second, principals are aware of emotional labor at the onset but increasingly come to see emotional labor as a core component of their work. Specifically, we identify three forms of emotional labor that principals engage in over their early years on the job– surface acting, deep acting, and feeling rules. Further, we argue that the visibility imperative is an important source of emotional labor that novice school principals increasingly come to see as central to their position. Crucially, visibility and emotional demands emerge from the structure of the role of the principalship rather than principals’ beliefs. Lastly, we document the challenges and costs that emerge when managing the structural demands of the visibility imperative and emotional labor therein. References Berkovich, I., & Eyal, O. (2015). Educational Leaders and Emotions: An International Review of Empirical Evidence 1992–2012. Review of Educational Research, 85(1), 129–167. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654314550046 Blackmore, J. (1996). Doing ‘Emotional Labour’ in the Education Market Place: Stories from the field of women in management. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 17(3), 337–349. https://doi.org/10.1080/0159630960170304 Blackmore, J. (2010). Preparing leaders to work with emotions in culturally diverse educational communities. Journal of Educational Administration, 48(5), 642–658. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578231011067785 Brennan, J., & Mac Ruairc, G. (2019). Different worlds: The cadences of context, exploring the emotional terrain of school principals’ practice in schools in challenging circumstances. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 47(1), 129–146. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143217725320 Crow, G., Day, C., & Møller, J. (2017). Framing research on school principals’ identities. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(3), 265–277. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2015.1123299 Hallinger, P. (2005). Instructional Leadership and the School Principal: A Passing Fancy that Refuses to Fade Away. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 4(3), 221–239. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760500244793 Ispa-Landa, S., & Thomas, S. (2019). Race, Gender, and Emotion Work among School Principals. Gender & Society, 33(3), 387–409. https://doi.org/10.1177/0891243218821920 James, C., & Vince, R. (2001). Developing the Leadership Capability of Headteachers. Educational Management & Administration, 29(3), 307–317. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263211X010293005 Lortie, D. C. (2009). School principal: Managing in public. University of Chicago press. Louis, M. R. (1980). Surprise and Sense Making: What Newcomers Experience in Entering Unfamiliar Organizational Settings. Administrative Science Quarterly, 25(2), 226. https://doi.org/10.2307/2392453 Ispa-Landa, S., & Thomas, S. (2019). Race, Gender, and Emotion Work among School Principals. Gender & Society, 33(3), 387–409. https://doi.org/10.1177/0891243218821920 Shaked, H. (2025). The role of visibility in instructional leadership: Insights from Israeli principals. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2025.2559746 Van Maanen, J., & Schein, E. H. (1977). Toward a theory of organizational socialization. Whitaker, B. (1997). Instructional Leadership and Principal Visibility. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 70(3), 155–156. https://doi.org/10.1080/00098655.1997.10543916 Zikhali, J., & Perumal, J. (2016). Leading in disadvantaged Zimbabwean school contexts: Female school heads experiences of emotional labour. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(3), 347–362. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143214558572 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Re-thinking School Leadership in an Era of Polycrisis: Towards Acting With an Ethic of Education and Care University of Nottingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Research into school leadership over several decades has arguably informed a global consensus on the features or core tasks of successful leadership (Thomson et al 2021). This consensus is supported by a series of systematic and meta-reviews which synthesise evidence on how leadership can improve teaching quality and wider school environments in ways which accelerate pupil outcomes (UNESCO 2024; Robinson & Gray 2019; Liebowitz & Porter 2019; Gumus et al. 2018; Hitt & Tucker 2016). These reviews adopt differing terminologies, but the core argument is that successful school leadership combines a mix of transformational (vision and values), instructional/learning-centred (improving the quality of teaching and learning), and distributed (collective efficacy) approaches. This global consensus has pervasive impact, shaping national headteacher standards, training programmes and qualifications, appointments, appraisals and accountability. This paper explores whether this global consensus holds true at a time when the needs of children, families and wider societies are changing rapidly in a context of global polycrisis. The term polycrisis (Morin & Kern, 1993) was coined to reflect how many global challenges are not isolated but interconnected and mutually reinforcing, arguably creating a systemic planetary crisis. Lawrence et al (2024) argue that our current polycrisis results from a series of constituent crises which include the Covid-19 pandemic, geopolitical conflicts, rising ideological and religious extremism, political instability and climate heating, with issues playing out differently in different national and local contexts. Until now there has been limited debate on the role that education should play in a context of polycrisis, but it seems clear that the impact on schools and education systems can be significant (Moss 2025). The findings of our mixed methods study of sustainable school leadership across three UK nations (England, Northern Ireland and Scotland) indicate a clear discrepancy between the global consensus on what leaders ‘should’ be doing and the daily reality of what they are doing. We demonstrate that school leaders struggle to find time to focus on instructional leadership – i.e. the core requirement of the global consensus – in large part because of a growing need to provide care. Leaders refer to this care work in different ways, including inclusion, special/additional learning needs, mental health, well-being, safeguarding, behaviour, attendance, and so on. At times, this care work stretches beyond what might traditionally be considered ‘education’, for example encompassing welfare and health issues. Leaders commonly describe this care work as physically and emotionally demanding, highlighting complexities, tensions and ethical dilemmas coupled with lack of support. Drawing on feminist care theories (Tronto & Fisher 1990), we argue that care work should not be seen as a distraction from the ‘core’ work of leaders, but as an essential and integrated feature of contemporary educational leadership. We call for a re-evaluation of the global policy consensus on school leadership to encompass an ethic of education and care and suggest that school systems must be more care-full in how they support school leaders to achieve this. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Sustainable School Leadership project employed a mixed-methods sequential exploratory design (Cresswell & Plano Clark 2023) to investigate the experience of contemporary school leaders across the UK (Greany et al, forthcoming). Following ethical approval from the University of Nottingham, we conducted locality case studies followed by a UK-wide survey, with qualitative findings informing quantitative instrument development. A separate stand (not reported here) involved secondary analysis of workforce census data in each nation. Seven locality case studies were conducted across England (n=3), Scotland (n=2), and Northern Ireland (n=2), purposefully selected to explore contrasting demographic, economic, and geographic contexts. We conducted semi-structured interviews and small focus groups with 132 leaders across these localities, representing approximately 10% of schools in each area. Interviews lasted approximately 1.5 hours and explored leaders' career pathways, contextual challenges and experiences. Case study visits occurred between November 2023 and October 2024. All interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim. Analysis employed thematic coding (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to identify descriptive categories within leaders' accounts. Three team members independently coded transcripts, comparing interpretations to develop a codebook. Some themes were defined deductively from literature on principal burnout and leadership sustainability (e.g., workload, resources), while others emerged inductively. Following analysis, locality workshops allowed face validation of findings with participants. A UK survey was developed using categories from interview analysis, distributed through professional networks and social media to all UK schools. Between November 2024 and January 2025, 1,625 leaders responded (Perry et al, 2025). Limitations include reliance on self-report data without observational validation or perspectives from staff, parents, or students. While surveys achieved reasonable response rates, voluntary participation via electronic media introduces potential selection bias. Although we employed care theories analytically, care was not always explicitly discussed in interviews, raising possibilities of theoretical imposition. However, we shared conceptual frameworks in locality workshops, allowing participants to engage with our interpretive approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We draw on empirically robust findings to identify an increased need for care leadership in contemporary schools, showing how this phenomenon has expanded in recent years, impacting on all types of school. Previous studies of headteacher time-use in England did not identify care (or equivalent concepts) as a major feature and most commentators have focused on increased administrative and managerial demands on leaders as the main drivers of work intensification (Creagh et al 2023; Earley, 2013). Of course, schools have always had a duty of care and commonly most see inclusion and pastoral support as part and parcel of their remit, but this aspect of schooling has been interpreted differently at different times and across different cultures and contexts (Blossing et al, 2014). In recent decades, the Global Education Reform Movement (Sahlberg, 2012) has prioritised academic standards and the cognitive aspects of learning, arguably leading care and pastoral leadership to be devalued. We argue that while schools are, first and foremost, educational environments, an ‘ethic of education and care’ reflects the ways in which leaders work to ensure that all children and adults can flourish. Incorporating such an ethic into our understanding of successful school leadership would require attention to broader care issues, such as care for the environment and critical engagement with issues of privilege and equity in education. We suggest that these findings justify a wider public debate about the role and purpose of public schooling in a polycrisis world. References Blossing, U., Imsen, G., & Moos, L. (Eds.). (2014). The Nordic education model. “A school for all’ encounters neo-liberal policy. Springer. Braun, V. and Clark, V. (2021) Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2023). Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders: a systematic research synthesis. Educational Review, 77(2), 661–680. Creswell, J., & Plano Clark, V. (2023). Revisiting mixed methods research designs twenty years on. In C. N. Poth (Ed.), The SAGE handbook of mixed methods research design. Sage. Earley, P. (2013) Exploring the School Leadership Landscape: Changing Demands, Changing Realities, London: Bloomsbury Greany, T., Thomson, P., Perry, T., & Collins, M., (forthcoming) Sustainable School Leadership UK: final research report. Available: https://sustainableschoolleadership.uk/ Gumus, S., Bellibas, M. S., Esen, M., & Gumus, E. (2018). A systematic review of studies on leadership models in educational research from 1980 to 2014. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 25-48. Hitt, D. and Tucker, P. (2016) Systematic Review of Key Leader Practices Found to Influence Student Achievement: A Unified Framework. Review of Educational Research, 86(2):531–69. Lawrence, M. Homer-Dixon, T. Janzwood, S. Rockstöm, J. Renn, O. Donges, J.F. (2024) Global polycrisis: the causal mechanisms of crisis entanglement. Global Sustainability 7/6, 1–16. Liebowitz, D. and Porter, L. (2019), ’The Effect of Principal Behaviors on Student, Teacher, and School Outcomes: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of the Empirical Literature’, Review of Educational Research 89(5):785–827. Morin, E. and Kern, A. (1993) Terre-Patrie. Paris: SEUIL Moss, P. (2025) What is education for in the polycrisis? Forum 67:3 Doi: 10.3898/forum.2025.67.3.02 Perry, T., Greany, T., Collins, M., Thomson, P., & Goodacre, T. (2025). Sustainable School Leadership: UK Survey Report 2025. Sustainable School Leadership Project. Available: https://sustainableschoolleadership.uk/ Robinson, V. and Gray, E. (2019),’What Difference Does School Leadership Make to Student Outcomes?, Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand, 49(2):171–87. Sahlberg, P. (2012),’How GERM is infecting schools around the world’. Available online: https://pasisahlberg.com (accessed 27 July 2021). Thomson, P., Gunter, H. and Blackmore, J. (2021), ‘Series Editor Introduction’, in P. Landri, Educational Leadership, Management, and Administration Through Actor-Network Theory, ix–xv, London: Routledge Tronto, J. C., & Fisher, B. (1990). Toward a Feminist Theory of Caring. In E. Abel, & M. Nelson (Eds.), Circles of Care (pp. 36-54). SUNY Press. UNSECO (2024) Leadership in Education: Lead For Learning. Global Education Monitoring (GEM) Report 2024/25 26. Educational Leadership
Paper School Leadership as the Negotiation of Meaning in a Micropolitical School Context 1: Umeå University (UMU), Sweden; 2: Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), Norway Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to examine how school leaders and employees construct problem representations within problem‑solving conversations in schools. Grounded in the assumption that problems are socially constructed through interpretive processes (Bacchi, 1999; Kitsuse & Spector, 1973), the analysis focuses on the narratives produced by both leaders and employees during these interactions. The leaders participating in the study have undergone training in relational trust‑building and problem‑solving aligned with Robinson’s theory of open‑to‑learning conversations (Robinson, 2020). This training emphasizes collaborative approaches to problem‑solving, which have been shown to be more conducive to sustainable solutions than strategies based on persuasion or defensive argumentation (Argyris, 1993; Mumford et al., 2017). Persuasive and defensive strategies, in contrast, tend to evoke extrinsic forms of motivation—typically driven by a desire to avoid sanctions or obtain rewards—and are therefore less likely to foster enduring behavioural change (Gagné & Deci, 2005). Our analysis is inspired by Bacchi’s (1999) “What’s the Problem Represented to Be?” (WPR) approach, which conceptualizes problems as socially constructed. A problem representation encompasses the constructed causal relationship between a concern, its perceived causes, and the proposed strategies for addressing it. Such representations delimit what can be articulated as possible or desirable, as well as what becomes framed as impossible or undesirable (Bacchi, 1999, p. 3). Analysing problem representations requires careful reflection on the claims made about the nature of the problem, the implications of framing the issue in this particular way, and the matters that remain unarticulated. The constructed causalities are of particular interest because they raise questions about responsibility for change more broadly, including who is positioned as the one who ought to change (see Markström et al., 2011). Consequently, our empirical analysis centres on the language, concepts, and categories employed by both leaders and teachers to frame the issue under discussion (Bacchi, 1999, p. 2). A shared feature of the theoretical frameworks underpinning the open‑to‑learning approach (LeFevre et al., 2024; Robinson, 2020; Robinson et al., 2021) and the WPR framework (Bacchi, 1999) is their ambition to explore implicit presuppositions and assumptions that underlie competing interpretations, thereby making these explicit. Whereas the open‑to‑learning framework emphasizes inquiry and relationship building in interpersonal dialogue, the WPR approach focuses on how problem representations are socially constructed. Issues that gain traction and appear on a shared agenda do so ‘simply because someone has made claims about them’ (Bacchi, 1999, p. 58). Consequently, it is not only the concerns articulated within problem‑solving conversations that warrant analysis, but also those that remain unspoken. Examining such silences becomes essential for understanding how issues are framed, legitimized, or marginalized in conversations between leaders and teachers. Power operates not only through the ability to place matters on the agenda (Lukes, 1974) but also through the capacity to construct problem representations that define reality (Peterson & Carlberg, 1990). We think of problem-solving conversations as being integrated in micropolitical processes, motivated by competing values, and/or by instrumental interests to reach specific goals. Furthermore, we understand school organizations as open systems in which power pervades all social relations. Actors and groups of actors will defend and promote different interests and preferences, making conflicts and coalition building a natural part of everyday life (Hoyle 1982; Blase 1991; Blase & Anderson 1995; Ball 1987; Saldivia 2020). Problem-representations in problem-solving conversations between leaders and employess are thus constructed in relation to – not in isolation from – that micropolitical context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on a qualitative study of authentic problem solving conversations between school leaders and their employees. A total of 21 conversations were transcribed verbatim and constitute the empirical basis of the analysis. In most of these conversations, the employee was a teacher; however, other categories of staff were also represented. For analytic clarity, we therefore refer to this group collectively as the Other (O). The material was analysed using a hybrid thematic analysis approach. Thematic analysis is a qualitative method for identifying, organizing, and interpreting patterns within a dataset to uncover their inherent meanings (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Inspired by Fife and Gossner (2024), who combine deductive and inductive strategies to enhance theoretical insight, we adopted a hybrid analytic design that integrates both deductive and inductive elements. Our analytic process was abductive and iterative, involving continuous movement between theory and empirical material. In the first phase, we conducted a close reading of all 21 conversations in their entirety. Our initial point of departure was the Leader’s (L) framing of the “problem”, with particular attention to the justifications and assumptions that informed this initial framing. We analysed how the leader’s opening articulation delineated the boundaries of what subsequently would and could be treated as valid claims to be addressed. In the second phase, through an abductive process, each conversation was visualized on paper. The result was a map for each conversation, showing how claims developed sequentially and how they were connected to cause, problems, consequence, and solution by the Leader and the Other, respectively. We were able to identify four patterns in how discursive power was distributed and how shared or conflicting understandings of the problem emerged. 1) L’s problem representation informs the outcome/solution (7 of 21 cases) 2) O’s problem representation informs the outcome/solution (5 of 21 cases) 3) Both L’s and O’s problem representations inform the outcome/solution a) L and O construct different problem representations yet still arrive at a shared solution and/or outcome (6 of 21 cases) b) L and O co-construct a shared problem representation (3 of 21 cases) The analysis allowed us to trace how discursive power unfolded through the dialogue — that is, who gain influence over the definition of the “problem”, its causes and thus, what is recognized, accepted and justified as suitable and legitimate solutions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We understand schools as micropolitical contexts, and problem-solving conversations between leaders and employees as embedded in micropolitical processes. Thus, conversations involve handling conflicting values, interests, perspectives, and priorities. In seven of the 21 conversations, the Leaders’ problem representation informs the agreed outcome. However, in nearly as many cases (five) the Other’s problem representation informs the outcome. Even though both parties appear to be engaged in the conversation, no common, authentic de-construction or co-construction of one problem representation takes place. The prospects for real long-term change are most likely slim. In six of the 21 conversations, we found partial negotiation. During the conversation, the Leader and the Other construct separate problem representations. Yet they arrive at a shared solution and/or outcome. Both problem representations – though different – inform the outcome. This occurs as one or both, neither really explore nor challenge the claims that are made. The outcome becomes a negotiated compromise rather than a co-constructed understanding of the problem’s causes and implications. In three of the 21 conversations, we found elements of deliberation in addition to negotiation. Even though the problem representations of the Leader and the Other are different from the onset, they co-construct a shared problem representation, as the conversation evolves, which informs the outcome. Recognizing the power that resides in the socially constructed causal relation between concern, cause of concern and proposed solution is vital knowledge for school leaders. The one who gets to define reality, exercises discursive authority (Bacchi 1999) and thus enjoys power. Our results show that formal authority – which is held by the school leader – does not necessarily grant discursive authority. This is important as the conversations are embedded in a context of micropolitical processes in the school organization. References Argyris, C. (1993). Knowledge for action: A guide to overcoming barriers to organizational change. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Bacchi, C. L. (1999). Women, policy and politics. The construction of policy problems. London, Thousand Oaks, CA, New Dehli: Sage Publications Ltd. Ball, S. J. (1987). The micro-politics of the school: Towards a theory of school organization. Routledge. Blase, J. (1991). The Politics of Life in Schools: Power Conflict and Cooperation. Newbury Park: Corwin Press. Blase, J., & Anderson, G. (1995). The micropolitics of educational leadership: From control to empowerment. Teachers College Press. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Fife, S. T., & Gossner, J. D. (2024). Deductive Qualitative Analysis: Evaluating, Expanding, and Refining Theory. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 23. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069241244856 Gagné, M., & Deci, E. L. (2005). Self‐determination theory and work motivation. Journal of Organizational behavior, 26(4), 331-362. Hoyle, E. (1982). Micropolitics of Educational Organisations. Educational Management and Administration, 10, 87-98. Le Fevre, D., Meyer, F., & Sinnema, C. (2024). Open-mindedness for effective leadership. Leading and Managing. 30(2), 55-73. Lukes, S., (1974). Power: a radical view. London: Macmillan. Markström, C., Ljuslinder, K., & Sjöström, S. (2011). Konsensus och personifierade konflikter. Problembeskrivningar av äldreomsorg i svensk dagspress. Sociologisk forskning, 48(1), 5-23. Mumford, M. D., Todd, E. M., Higgs, C., & McIntosh, T. (2017). Cognitive skills and leadership performance: The nine critical skills. The Leadership Quarterly, 28(1), 24-39. Petersson, O. & Carlberg, I. (1990). Makten över tanken. En bok om det svenska massmediesamhället. Stockholm: Carlssons Bokförlag. Robinson, V., Meyer, F., Le Fevre, D., & Sinnema, C. (2021). The quality of leaders’ problem-solving conversations: Truth-seeking or truth-claiming?. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 20(4), 650-671. Saldivia, S. (2020). The Micropolitics of Educational Reform: Principals’ and Teachers’ Political Interactions Under New Managerialism. Doctoral Dissertation, Department of Administration, Leadership and Technology, Steinhardt School of Culture, Education and Human Development, New York University. Ann Arbour: ProQuest LLC. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 27 SES 07 A: Bringing Powerful Knowledge into Classrooms: Subject Teachers as Agents of Recontextualisation Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Mikko Puustinen Session Chair: Brian Hudson Symposium |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Bringing Powerful Knowledge into Classrooms: Subject Teachers as Agents of Recontextualisation This symposium is the result of the work of the KOSS Network (Knowledge and Quality across School Subjects and Teacher Education). The network brings together interdisciplinary educational research groups from Sweden, England and Finland that specialise in different school subjects. The symposium is based on the recentely published book Bringing Powerful Knowledge into Classrooms -Subject teachers as agents of recontextualization (2026), which explores how teachers develop such knowledge in the classroom by transforming their disciplinary understanding through subject teaching that responds to the educational needs of society. Drawing on Bernstein’s concepts of pedagogic device and recontextualisation, as well as theories of teacher agency, the symposium will examine how teachers navigate the boundaries between academic disciplines, school subjects, and everyday knowledge. This is achieved through empirical case studies from England, Finland and Sweden. The research questions for the symposium are: 1. What is the role of teachers in recontextualization processes? 2. What kind of knowledge does recontextualization agency require from teachers? The pedagogic device (Bernstein, 2000) is a theoretical framework that explains how knowledge is recontextualised (transformed) when applied in a school setting. The original framework distinguishes between the fields of knowledge production, official recontextualisation and pedagogical recontextualisation, as well as reproduction. It also examines the rules and power relations that affect the choices made within each field. Bernstein argued that agents of recontextualisation engage in struggles over pedagogic discourse, which can essentially be viewed as a struggle over learners' consciousness (see also Singh, 2002). These struggles have become evident in today's polarised societies, where pedagogues, school officials, governments and other ideological organisations attempt to influence what is taught in schools. However, Bernstein’s pedagogic device indicates no active role for teachers in these struggles. The presentations at the symposium emphasise that teachers play a broader role in recontextualisation than Bernstein initially theorised. The first presentation focuses on literary teaching in Sweden and illustrates how a teacher can lose touch with disciplinary knowledge. The observed teacher draws on beliefs that emphasise students’ personal opinions and discussions as central to learning, rather than employing subject‑specific concepts such as analysis, argumentation, intertextuality, narrative structure, or reading comprehension This results in classroom activities aligned with so‑called Future 2 approach outlined by Young & Muller (2010). The presentation finds that the digital setting does not in itself lead to substantial changes in how subject content is transformed. The second presentation discusses the case of an experienced physics teacher who played a vital role in recontextualisation in curricular and pedagogical terms (see Hordern, 2021). This teacher combined an understanding of academic and school physics with the recontextualisation process, as well as a deep understanding of students and knowledge of teaching approaches. Therefore, the presentation argues that the role of teachers extends beyond motivating students and making concepts or content relevant to them. The curriculum is not static, created outside the classroom and merely implemented by teachers; nor is it separate from the pedagogy that brings it to life. The third presentation summarises the book's theoretical core by considering teachers' role as recontextualisation agents, and further develops Bernstein's initial theorisation. Drawing on the empirical cases presented in previous papers and other examples from the book, the presentation introduces a revised model of the pedagogic device. It builds a dialogue between powerful knowledge, Bernstein’s ideas and the Nordic Didaktik tradition. The symposium begins with a brief introduction to the book's key theoretical concepts and research process. References Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control, and identity (Vol. 5). Bloomsbury Publishing PLC. Hardman, M., Nilsberth, M. & Puustinen, M. (eds.) (2026). Bringing Powerful Knowledge into Classrooms. Subject teachers as agents of recontextualization. UCL press. https://uclpress.co.uk/book/bringing-powerful-knowledge-into-classrooms/ Singh, P. (2002). Pedagogising knowledge: Bernstein's theory of the pedagogic device. British journal of sociology of education, 23(4), 571-582. Young, M. F. D., & Muller, J. (2010). Three educational scenarios for the future: Lessons from the sociology of knowledge. European Journal of Education, 45(1), 11–27. Presentations of the Symposium Digitally Mediated Transformations and Teacher Beliefs in Teaching Literary Reading
The extensive use of digital technologies in schools partly dissolves traditional boundaries of classrooms and teaching, as online environments enable almost unlimited access to information and communication. This contribution examines an example where an L1 teacher in Swedish grade eight uses a lesson plan published on a widely followed blog by an award winning Swedish teacher, an illustration of how teachers inspire each other through online communities (Liljekvist et al., 2020). Based on video recordings of a remote lesson conducted via Microsoft Teams during the Covid 19 pandemic, we analyse how the teacher facilitates students’ interpretations of a literary text. The students read a short story by a well known Swedish author and work collaboratively on a related assignment.
Our analysis focuses on the teacher’s agency and underlying teacher beliefs (Biesta et al., 2015) as she transforms and recontextualises subject content in relation to a broader professional community online, the student group, and the digital platform that constitutes the classroom. The findings show that literary subject matter becomes recontextualised in two distinct digital arenas, the blog post and the Teams lesson, highlighting the need to rethink classroom boundaries beyond traditional imaginaries of a physical space with desks and blackboards (Nilsberth et al., 2024).
However, we also find that the digital setting does not in itself lead to substantial changes in how subject content is transformed. Instead, the teacher draws on beliefs that emphasise students’ personal opinions and discussions as central to learning, rather than employing subject specific concepts such as analysis, argumentation, intertextuality, narrative structure, or reading comprehension (Johansson, 2015; Olin Scheller & Tengberg, 2016). This results in classroom activities aligned with so called Future 2 dimensions (Young & Muller, 2013), where generic and rhetorical skills are prioritised, contributing to what has been described as an over socialised teaching ideal.
To strengthen students’ access to powerful knowledge in literary reading and interpretation, we conclude that in L1 teaching it is important to include disciplinary understandings of what literary texts are, how they could be taught and how students could be supported in providing interpretations that have potential to enhance their literary understandings, in digital learning contexts as well as in physical classrooms.
References:
Biesta, G., Priestley, M. & and Robinson, S. (2015) ‘The role of beliefs in teacher agency’., Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624–640.
Graeske, C. (2015). Fiktionens mångfald. Om läromedel, läsarter och didaktisk design. [The Diversity of Fiction: Educational materials, modes of reading, and didactic design]. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Johansson, M. (2015). Läsa, förstå, analysera. En komparativ studie om svenska och franska gymnasieelevers reception av en narrativ text. [Read, Understand, Analyse: A comparative study of Swedish and French upper secondary school students’ reception of a narrative text]. Linköping: Linköpings universitet.
Liljekvist, Y. E., Randahl, A., van Bommel, J. &and Olin-Scheller, C. (2020). ‘Facebook for professional development: Pedagogical content knowledge in the centre of teachers’ online communities’. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research.
Nilsberth, M., Høegh, T. & Slot, M. (2024). Spatializing literacy-as-events. Literacy in new techno-scholastic environments of lower secondary classrooms. Language & Education.
Tengberg, M. & and Olin-Scheller, C. (2016). ‘”Novelläsning i årskurs sju’” [Reading short stories in year seven]. In C. Olin-Scheller, C & and M. Tengberg, Michael (eds.) Läsa mellan raderna. [Reading Between the Lines]. Malmö: Gleerups.
Young, M. & and Muller, J. (2013). ‘On the powers of powerful knowledge’. Review of Education, 1(3), 229–250.
Recontextualising Disciplinary Physics for the Classroom: the Role of the Expert Teacher
The task of bringing a curriculum to life in classrooms has been characterised in various ways, from ‘delivery’ and ‘enactment’ (Doyle, 2017) to ‘curriculum making’ (Lambert & Biddulph, 2015) and ‘transformation’ (Gericke et al, 2018). Each term implies a slightly different role for the teacher, with part of the distinction resting on how much agency teachers might have over curricular or pedagogic decisions and how far these can be kept separate. Young (2010) has written that ‘teachers cannot create a curriculum themselves’ and sees a teacher’s primary role as bringing knowledge to life through the selection of appropriate teaching strategies rather than as transforming the knowledge itself in the process.
This contribution explores the example of an experienced teacher of physics teaching fifteen and sixteen-year-old students about an aspect of physics. It was impossible to separate the ’what’ from the ’how’ in his decision-making. My argument is that during the lessons this teacher was a vital agent of recontextualisation in both curricular and pedagogic terms (see Hordern, 2021). He brought an understanding of academic physics, school physics and the recontextualisation process together with a deep understanding of the students he was teaching and his knowledge about effective teaching approaches. He may not have written the externally prescribed course but he made constant choices in the lesson - about specific questions to ask, what to write on the board, when to reinforce a point, what resources to use – which were shaped by his knowledge of physics, his students and teaching approaches or, in the words or Hoadley (2011), the knowledgem the knoewers and the knowing.
When Michael Young (op. cit.) wrote that the job of teachers is to motivate students and make concepts real for them rather than to create a curriculum, he was not adequately describing teachers like this. A curriculum is not static, created outside the classroom and merely implemented by teachers, nor is it separate from the pedagogy that brings it to life.
References:
Doyle W. (2017). ‘The Didaktik/Curriculum Dialogue: What Did We Learn?’ In Uljens M. and Ylimaki R. (Eds.), Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik. Educational Governance Research, Vol 5. Cham, Switzerland: Springer
Gericke, N., Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C. and Stolare, M. (2018). ‘Powerful knowledge, transformations and the need for empirical studies across school subjects’. London Review of Education, 16 (3) 428–444.
Hoadley, U. (2011). ‘Knowledge, knowers and knowing’. In L.G.M. Yates (Ed.), Curriculum in today’s world: Configuring knowledge, identities, work & politics. New York: Routledge.
Hordern. J. (2021). ‘Recontextualisation and the teaching of subjects’. The Curriculum Journal, 32, 592–606. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.110
Lambert, D. and Biddulph, M. (2015). ‘The dialogic space offered by curriculum-making in the process of learning to teach, and the creation of a progressive knowledge-led curriculum’. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 43 (3), 210-224.
Young, M. (2010). ‘Why educators must differentiate knowledge from experience’. Journal of the Pacific Circle Consortium for Education, 22(1), 9-20
Theorising the Recontextualisation Processes: the Teacher’s Role Revisited
The presentation highlights the key theoretical contributions of the book by presenting a slightly revisited model of Bernstein’s pedagogic device (Puustinen et al., 2026). Based on an empirical starting point, we set powerful knowledge and recontextualization into dialogue with the Nordic Didaktik tradition to discuss how each tradition can support an understanding of the recontextualisation processes. With the purpose of making the teacher’s role more visible and drawing on the empirical examples of the book, we theorize teacher agency and teacher knowledge in relation to recontextualisation.
We suggest the space for a teachers’ recontextualisation agency includes two parts. The first part is planning and reflection in relation to the curriculum and other standards. The other part is the actual classroom teaching. To this end, we introduce three kinds of knowledge essential for recontextualisation agency: knowledge about the disciplines and subjects, knowledge about education, and subject-specific knowledge about teaching and learning (see also Hordern, 2021; Puustinen, 2022).
First, to understand how knowledge transforms when traveling through education system, teachers need to be able to compare recontextualised knowledge (the school subject) to disciplinary knowledge, where the transformation began. Second, knowledge about education includes understandings of educational aims, but also emphasise the importance of disciplinary, systematic educational knowledge (see Barrett & Hordern, 2021) which helps teachers to identify the ideological, political and economic influences on education, which affect both the transformation of knowledge and the material and cultural constraints on teachers' work (see also Shalem & Allais, 2025). We argue that without sufficient knowledge about education as a societal system, even a skilful teacher may lose touch with a disciplinary starting point and end up merely reproducing a predetermined curriculum and unquestioned ideologies.
Third, subject-specific knowledge about teaching and learning includes knowledge about teaching, knowledge about students and their needs, and for example, classroom interaction skills. This knowledge is essential for any teacher because the teaching profession is ultimately about constant interaction with students. Yet, it alone is not a sufficient knowledge base for recontextualization. The more understanding an individual teacher has about the recontextualisation processes that take place before the classroom level, the more space they can have for they own intentional recontextualisation.
References:
Barrett, B., and Hordern, J. (2021). Rethinking the foundations: Towards powerful professional knowledge in teacher education in the USA and England. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(2), 153–165.
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control, and identity (Vol. 5). Bloomsbury Publishing PLC.
Hordern, J. (2021). Recontextualisation and the teaching of subjects. The Curriculum Journal, 00, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.110
Puustinen, M. (2022). Teacher education and history teachers’ powerful professional knowledge. In B. Hudson, C. Olin-Scheller, N. Gericke, & M. Stolare (Eds.), International Perspectives on Knowledge and Quality: Implications for Innovation in Teacher Education Policy and Practice (1st ed., pp. 45-62). (Reinventing Teacher Education). Bloomsbury Academic.
Puustinen, M., Marjokorpi, J., & Khawaja, A. (2026). Theorising the recontextualisation processes: The teacher’s role revisited. In M. Hardman, M. Nilsberth & M. Puustinen (Eds.), Bringing powerful knowledge into classrooms: Subject teachers as agents of recontextualisation. UCL Press.
Shalem, Y. & Allais, S (2025). Why “liberating” education studies from foundation disciplines cannot make it more coherent? In G. McPhail, R. Pountney, & L. Wheelahan (Eds.) Emerging Perspectives from Social Realism on Knowledge and Education: curricula, pedagogy, identity, and equity. (pp. 162-180). Routledge.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 27 SES 07 B: Secondary School Science Education Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Eva Lundqvist Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Has English Curriculum Reform Improved the Effectiveness of Practical Work in Science? Evidence From the Post-2016 GCSE Context University of East London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Since the turn of the millennium, curriculum reform across many education systems has shifted from input regulation, focused on specifying content, towards output regulation, where educational quality is judged through attainment data, inspection and performance indicators (Nieveen & Kuiper, 2012). This reorientation reflects a “new curriculum” settlement in which curriculum policy is positioned as a lever for economic competitiveness and system improvement (Priestley & Biesta, 2013; Yates & Young, 2010). In England, the GCSE science curriculum has undergone sustained reform. The 2012 shift from modular to linear, terminal examinations increased the volume of content students must retain over two or three years (Ofqual, 2015). Reforms implemented from 2016 further reconfigured assessment through the introduction of required practical, mandating recall of up to 24 activities for the written examination (DfE, 2015). Together, these changes heightened concerns about memory, retention and cognitive overload, contributing to the growing prominence of Cognitive Load Theory in science education discourse (Sweller, 1988, 2016; Wiliam, 2017). This study revisits and extends Abrahams and Millar’s (2008) analysis of the effectiveness of practical work for conceptual learning. This paper draws on doctoral research to examine the effectiveness of practical work under the reformed GCSE science curriculum, focusing on how teachers interpret, enact, and adapt practical activities within increasingly constrained curricular and assessment frameworks. The study is guided by three research questions: The analysis is informed by the analytical framework developed by Abrahams and Millar (2008), which conceptualises the effectiveness of practical work across two domains: the doing of practical activity and the learning of underlying scientific ideas. This framework is integrated with Cognitive Load Theory (Sweller, 1988; Sweller, Ayres & Kalyuga, 2011), which provides a theoretical explanation for why practical work often succeeds procedurally while failing to support conceptual learning, particularly when cognitive demands compete with conceptual processing. Methodologically, the study adopts a qualitative multiple-case design involving classroom observations, semi-structured teacher interviews and student focus group interviews. Findings indicate continuity with Abrahams and Millar’s (2008) conclusion that conceptual learning during practical activity itself remains weak, largely due to the high cognitive load students experience while managing procedures, apparatus, and data simultaneously. However, the study extends this analysis by showing that conceptual development is increasingly relocated to post-practical, assessment-oriented instruction. Teachers actively deploy strategies to optimise cognitive load, such as simplifying procedures during practical lessons, increasing scaffolding, and using structured discussion and retrieval practice post-practical, to support learning. Although the reformed curriculum places renewed emphasis on conceptual understanding of practical work, this emphasis is predominantly realised through assessment backwash (Au, 2007). Acting as street-level bureaucrats (Hall & Hampden-Thompson, 2022), teachers exercise professional judgement to reconcile curriculum intentions, assessment accountability, and classroom constraints. As England enters another proposed curriculum review, this study offers timely insights into the need for greater coherence across curriculum, assessment design, and pedagogical guidance if practical work is to become epistemically, as well as procedurally, effective. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This doctoral study adopted a qualitative multiple-case study design to examine the effectiveness of required practical work within the post-2016 Key Stage 4 (KS4) GCSE science curriculum in England. The research is informed by a critical realist ontology, recognising an external classroom reality while acknowledging that access to that reality is mediated through interpretation, and an interpretive epistemological orientation appropriate for studying complex, context-dependent classroom practice (Bhaskar, 1978; Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2017). The design focused on processes of enactment in situ rather than causal attribution, consistent with qualitative case study approaches to contemporary educational phenomena (Stake, 1995; Merriam, 1998; Yin, 2009). Four schools were recruited using availability/convenience sampling following challenges in gatekeeper access. Each case comprised a sequence of lessons organised around a GCSE required practical, enabling analysis of how practical work was developed across pre-practical, practical and post-practical phases. Data collection used methodological triangulation through: (1) non-participant classroom observations with field notes and multiple audio recordings to capture classroom interaction in real time (Adler & Adler, 2009) (2) semi-structured teacher interviews to elicit rationales, constraints and pedagogical strategies (Kvale, 1996; 2011; Qu & Dumay, 2011); and (3) student focus group interviews to explore learner perspectives on practical work, recall, and conceptual understanding (Krueger & Casey, 2000; Wilkinson, 2008). Documentary sources (curriculum specifications and awarding-body materials) were analysed to contextualise intended objectives and assessment expectations (DfE, 2015). Analysis followed a theory-driven thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006; 2022), structured by an adapted analytical framework combining Abrahams and Millar’s effectiveness matrix (building on Millar et al., 1999; Tiberghien, 2000; Abrahams & Millar, 2008) with Cognitive Load Theory to examine strategies to optimise the cognitive load and support recall/retention (Sweller, Ayres & Kalyuga, 2011; Sweller, 2015). Rigour was supported through maintaining a chain of evidence and using multiple sources of evidence to enable convergent inquiry (Yin, 2009). Ethical approval and informed consent procedures followed institutional and BERA guidelines, with anonymity assured and participants able to withdraw (BERA, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest continuity with Abrahams and Millar’s conclusion that conceptual learning during practical activity is weak. This weakness is largely due to the high cognitive load imposed on students as they manage procedures, apparatus, and data simultaneously. Extending this analysis, the doctoral findings draw on observations of lesson sequences surrounding practical work, rather than the practical task alone. This broader lens shows that teachers actively deploy strategies to optimise cognitive load, including simplifying procedures during the practical, increasing scaffolding, and relocating conceptual work to post-practical lessons through structured discussion, retrieval practice, and guided application. These pedagogical adaptations must be understood within the wider context of curriculum reform. The post-2016 GCSE changes introduced linear, terminal examinations at the end of two or three years of study. This increased the volume of content students were expected to retain, intensifying concerns about memory, retention, and cognitive overload, and contributing to the growing prominence of Cognitive Load Theory in teacher discourse. While the reformed curriculum places renewed emphasis on conceptual understanding of practical work, the findings indicate that this emphasis is predominantly realised through assessment backwash. Epistemic talk and sense-making are frequently mediated by awarding-body exam questions and official assessment tasks, with conceptual learning increasingly driven by post-practical, assessment-oriented instruction rather than by inquiry during practical activity itself. The study highlights the difficulty teachers faced in coming to grips with curriculum change, often with limited pedagogical guidance beyond assessment requirements. Acting as street-level bureaucrats, teachers exercised professional judgement to reconcile curriculum intentions, assessment accountability, and classroom constraints. As England enters another proposed curriculum review, the findings underline the need for greater coherence across curriculum, assessment, and pedagogical support if practical work is to become epistemically, as well as procedurally effective-a challenge shared across European science education system. References Abrahams, I. and Millar, R. (2008) ‘Does practical work really work? A study of the effectiveness of practical work as a teaching and learning method in school science’, International Journal of Science Education, 30(14), pp. 1945–1969. Au, W. (2007) ‘High-Stakes Testing and Curricular Control: A Qualitative Metasynthesis’, Educational Researcher, 36(5), pp. 258–267. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x07306523. Deng, Z. (2022) ‘Powerful knowledge, educational potential and knowledge-rich curriculum: pushing the boundaries’, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 54(5), pp. 599–617. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2089538. DfE (2015) Biology, chemistry and physics GCSE subject content. Available at: Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/gcse-single-science (Accessed: 14 February 2017). Hall, M. and Hampden-Thompson, G. (2022) ‘The teacher as street-level bureaucrat: science teacher’s discretionary decision-making in a time of reform’, International Journal of Science Education, 44(6), pp. 980–999. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2022.2059588. Magee, J., O’Connor, K. and Swain, N. (2025) ‘Knowledge-rich curriculum: towards definitional clarity in the context of reform in Australia and England’, Education 3-13, 53(7), pp. 1190–1203. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2025.2514696. Millar, R. (2010) Analysing practical science activities to assess and improve their effectiveness. Hatfield. Nieveen, N. and Kuiper, W. (2012) ‘Balancing curriculum freedom and regulation in the Netherlands’, European Educational Research Journal, 11(3), pp. 357–368. Available at: https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2012.11.3.357. Priestley, M. and Biesta, G. (2013) Priestley, M., & Biesta, G. J. J. (Eds.). (2013). Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice, Reinventing the Curriculum. London: Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. Available at: https://doi.org/10.5040/9781472553195. Sweller, J. (2020) ‘Cognitive Load Theory’, in S. Tindall-Ford, S. Agosthinho, and J. Sweller (eds.) Advances in Cognitive Load Theory. 1st ed. London and NY: Routledge, pp. 1–11. Yates, L. and Young, M. (2010) ‘Globalisation, knowledge and the curriculum’, European Journal of Education, 45(1), pp. 4–10. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/J.1465-3435.2009.01412.X;. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Assessing Scientific Reasoning and Critical Thinking Through Textbook Analysis – Challenges for Science Education University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:Science education is a curriculum that incorporates scientific knowledge, reasoning, organizing, and problem-solving skills, equipping students to apply scientific knowledge to complex real-life situations and challenges (Noor, 2021). Therefore, science is considered essential for understanding the world around us and fostering innovation (Reiss et al., 2017). Hence, a curriculum that promotes and supports the development of scientific literacy should be central to discussions aimed at strengthening students’ skills to engage critically with the world (Young, 2008). In this regard, the school and learning resources are expected to play a critical role. In 2011, Kosovo drafted its first educational curriculum framework, which it redesigned in 2016 to emphasize competency development and equip students with 21st-century skills (MESTI, 2017). Scientific literacy is considered an important goal of science in our intended curriculum, but it remains desirable whether it is treated as a core topic of content and teaching approach. This becomes even more challenging when we consider that, in our context, books are the primary teaching resources. In this regard, the textbook content and tasks, which are fundamental to assessing students’ learning, do not always meet standards of rigorous research or align with what the curriculum often anticipates (Authors et al., 2025; Kahveci, 2010; Wan et al., 2024). This is partly linked to a broader disregard for epistemological knowledge in national curricular standards, as highlighted by studies in this field (Wan et al., 2024). Results indicate a trend of decline in students' performance in PISA over the years in Kosovo (OECD 2019). Hence, aligning textbook content with the PISA framework requirements can be a vital step toward improving students’ performance in science. As such, textbooks have the potential to support the development of science literacy and related competences (Hatzinikita et al., 2008; Wan et al, 2024). Therefore, analysing the content of science textbooks and the extent to which these questions promote critical thinking is both timely and relevant. Moreover, this analysis aligns with European policies and strategies, particularly the updated EU’s Key Competencies for Lifelong Learning framework (2018), which emphasizes that competencies that foster critical thinking and inquiry-based teaching should be essential for science education curricula and considered foundational global skills for the 21st century. For Kosovo, textbooks are challenging due to several factors related to educational reforms and teachers limited formal education in science. In addition, teachers ‘poor epistemological knowledge and comprehension of the nature of science (Wan et al.,2024; Zhang & Lamb, 2024) have influenced the fact that they mainly rely on textbooks. Textbook analyses have revealed that science textbooks frequently incorporate questions that emphasise lower cognitive skills, with little emphasis on inquiry-based learning and scientific reasoning (Author et al., 2025) often failing to provide tasks that require scientific reasoning and development of epistemic knowledge (Hofstein & Lunetta, 2004). Inquiry-based tasks are typically guided and procedural, offering few opportunities for students to engage in evidence-based argumentation or reasoning (Yang et al., 2019). Science books should incorporate practical, real-life tasks to engage students and help them apply scientific knowledge in their daily lives. This study uses the PISA Science Framework (PISA-SF) (2018) to explore the characteristics of end-of-chapter questions in science textbooks, with a focus on scientific competencies as an important dimension for promoting critical thinking. Hence, two research questions are posed:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 2074 science textbooks questions at the end of the chapters from four 8th-grade textbooks (chemistry, biology, and physics) currently in use by the Kosovo educational system served as the data source for analysis. This research focused on the selected textbooks that the MESTI approved and catalogued as in use for each school year (republished with duplicate content in consecutive years, with minor text changes), according to Kosovo's education system. Textbooks at this grade level are considered important for preparing students who participate in international assessments such as PISA and TIMSS. They are crucial because they encompass all the content covered in earlier years. This study employed qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2014). The PISA Science Framework (PISA-SF) provides a powerful lens for assessing the content of books, particularly questions. The content of the questions served as a qualitative indicator to code the science textbook questions in alignment with PISA-SF (three domain competencies of scientific literacy: ‘explaining phenomena scientifically, ‘evaluating and designing scientific research, and ‘interpreting data and evidence scientifically’). These dimensions are crucial for understanding how students use their cognitive skills to learn and solve problems, providing valuable insights into opportunities and challenges in the classroom and in learning resources (Pickard, 2007). In addition, after coding, frequencies and percentages were calculated and presented, serving as quantitative indicators (Cohen et al., 2017). At the secondary level, to provide more valuable insights into the cognitive level these questions depict and how they are constructed, an inductive approach was employed. This procedure enabled us to highlight the characteristics of these questions and provide suggestions for upgrading them to questions that encourage critical thinking. This aspect of the methodology would add value by providing practical, concrete guidance on designing questions that encourage critical thinking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aimed to examine the characteristics of science textbook questions and their alignment with the PISA-SF (scientific competencies). Results indicated that, of the 2074 questions examined in 8th-grade science textbooks, a wide range aligned with the first scientific competence, ‘explain phenomena scientifically’, and primarily addressed lower cognitive demands, downplaying critical thinking skills. In addition, qualitative content analysis of the questions indicated that most could stimulate critical thinking and scientific reasoning, but their formulations and failure to connect them to a real-life context led to short answers that focused mainly on explaining scientific phenomena. This implies that our textbooks provide opportunities to explore concepts, theories, and their reinterpretation, thereby hindering understanding of scientific inquiry, consistency, reasoning, and argumentation, and hence minimizing relationships among dimensions of thought. When examined for higher scientific competencies, results indicated a comparatively uncommon presence of ‘interpret data and evidence scientifically’ and ‘evaluate and design scientific inquiry’. In this regard, while epistemic knowledge was limited, content information was overemphasised. Similar findings were reported by Wan et al. (2024), who emphasized a predominance of questions requiring ‘explanations of scientific phenomena’ and disconnected from real-life contexts. This suggests that students' ability to think critically is limited by the large percentage of textbook questions that place greater emphasis on memorisation than conceptual understanding (Kömürcü & Türkoğlu, 2022; Beníčková et al., 2021; Vojir & Rusek, 2022). This is the first national analysis showing that our schools’ basic resources lack complex tasks and fall short of scientific literacy standards, hindering performance improvements and alignment with global science education trends. Findings add value to educational policymakers, textbook authors, and instructional designers by emphasizing the need to harmonize curricula and advance teaching practices to promote science education through critical thinking. References Authors et al., 2025 Beníčková, Z., Vojíř, K., & Held, L. (2021). A comparative analysis of text difficulty in Slovak and Canadian science textbooks. Chemistry-Didactics-Ecology-Metrology, 26(1-2), 89–97. https://doi.org/10.2478/cdem-2021-0007 Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2017). Research design and planning. In Research methods in education (pp. 173-201). Routledge. Council of the European Union. (2018, May 22). Council recommendation on key competences for lifelong learning. Official Journal of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6fda126a-67c9-11e8-ab9c-01aa75ed71a1/language-en Hatzinikita, V., Dimopoulos, K., & Christidou, V. (2008). PISA test items and school textbooks related to science: A textual comparison. Science Education, 92(4), 664-687. Hofstein, A., & Lunetta, V. N. (2004). The laboratory in science education: Foundations for the twenty‐first century. Science education, 88(1), 28-54. Kahveci, A. (2010). Quantitative analysis of science and chemistry textbooks for indicators of reform: A complementary perspective. International journal of science education, 32(11), 1495-1519.3 Kömürcü, A. S., & Türkoğlu, A. Y. (2022). Fen bilimleri ders kitaplarındaki soruların PISA’da tanımlanan fen okuryazarlığı yeterlik düzeylerine göre incelenmesi. Abant İzzet Baysal Üniversitesi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 22(3), 1001-1025. Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution. Klagenfurt: Beltz. Retrieved from https://www.ssoar.info/ssoar/handle/document/39517 MESTI. (2017). Curricular Framework of Pre-University Education of the Republic of Kosovo. Noor, M. S. A. M. (2021). Assessing secondary students’ scientific literacy: A comparative study of suburban schools in England and Malaysia. Science Education International, 32(4), 343-352. OECD (2019), PISA 2018 Assessment and Analytical Framework, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/b25efab8-en Reiss, S., Garrigan, K., Mixon, B., Hunter, D., Quade, B., & Zaninno, D. (2017). Transforming the world through science. National Science Foundation. Vojíř, K., & Rusek, M. (2022). Of teachers and textbooks: lower secondary teachers' perceived importance and use of chemistry textbook components. Chemistry Education Research and Practice, 23(4), 786-798. Wan, D., Lee, Y. J., Chen, S., & Yu, Q. (2024). How scientific literacy is conceptualized in tasks from junior secondary physics textbooks. International Journal of Science Education, 1-24. Yang, W., Liu, C., & Liu, E. (2019). Content analysis of inquiry-based tasks in high school biology textbooks in Mainland China. International Journal of Science Education, 41(6), 827-845. Young, M. (2008). From constructivism to realism in the sociology of the curriculum.Review of research in education, 32(1), 1-28. Zhang, Z, & Lamb, M. (2024). Teachers’ questioning practices in Chinese secondary biology classrooms. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, in press. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Cultivating Scientific Attitudes in the Classroom: A Phenomenological Study of Turkish Science High School Students Middle East Technical University Presenting Author:This phenomenological study investigates science high school (SHS) students' classroom experiences in developing scientific attitudes such as curiosity, open-mindedness, skepticism, objectivity, perseverance, and intellectual honesty (Gardner, 1975; Pitafi & Farooq, 2012). Positioned within the didactics of science education, it examines how teaching-learning processes and pedagogical interactions shape scientific dispositions (Osborne et al., 2003). This research reveals gaps between science high schools' stated educational missions and enacted classroom practices (Bal, 2020; Göloğlu-Demir & Kaplan-Keleş, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) (Smith et al., 2009), examining how students make meaning of classroom experiences in developing scientific attitudes. IPA's idiographic focus allows deep exploration of teaching-learning dynamics from students' lived perspectives (Creswell, 2007). Conducted at a public Science High School in southern Türkiye (2024-2025), the study employed purposeful maximum variation sampling (Patton, 2015) to capture diverse classroom experiences. The sample comprised 59 students across grades 9-12, varying by gender, boarding status, parental education, prior schooling, and project engagement. Data saturation was reached after approximately 50 interviews. Semi-structured interviews (45-60 minutes) in Turkish explored: perceptions of scientific attitudes, experiences with different instructional methods (lecturing, inquiry-based, student-centered), teacher-student interactions, laboratory work, classroom climate, assignment practices, and the influence of examination pressure. Analysis followed IPA's idiographic approach: verbatim transcription, repeated reading, within-case theme identification, cross-case analysis, and superordinate theme development. MAXQDA facilitated coding. Trustworthiness was established through member checking, triangulation, prolonged engagement (six months), peer debriefing, and thick description (Lincoln & Guba, 1985). Ethical approval was obtained from university and Ministry of National Education Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings reveal one overarching theme “Classroom Experiences in Developing Scientific Attitudes” with instructional practices as the central category, revealing teaching-learning processes and quality gaps between institutional missions and classroom realities. Instructional Practices in Science Subjects yielded six subcategories: (1) Predominant Use of Lecturing revealed that traditional methods dominated, suppressing curiosity and questioning (Göloğlu-Demir & Kaplan-Keleş, 2021); (2) Curiosity-Focused Strategies involving out-of-curriculum knowledge and open-ended questions heightened engagement; (3) Student-Centered Learning as collaborative problem-solving fostered open-mindedness and self-confidence; (4) Classroom Atmosphere revealed as student-initiated questions created intellectually stimulating environments with psychological safety; (5) Development of Scientific Mindset referring to presenting multiple solutions promoted critical thinking and questioning of assumptions; (6) Hands-On Laboratory Learning unveiled as sparked curiosity and creativity, though opportunities diminished in upper grades due to exam pressures. Instructional Practices in Social Subjects revealed five subcategories: (1) Dialogic Engagement as conversational styles enhanced engagement despite lecturing dominance; (2) Critical Dialogue indicating philosophy and literature fostered questioning; (3) Interdisciplinary Curiosity revealed as connecting science with humanities sparked broader inquiry; (4) Exam Pressure including narrowed curricular focus and reduced exploration; (5) Classroom Dynamics revealed as supportive climates enabled expression; restrictive ones suppressed questioning. Assignment Practices included five subcategories: (1) Routine Assignments developing procedural fluency, not attitudes; (2) Writing Tasks fostering creativity and critical thinking; (3) Research-Oriented Assignments enhancing questioning and synthesis; (4) Term Papers revealed as significantly developing research skills, curiosity, and perseverance; (5) Intrinsic/Extrinsic Motivation revealing that assignment type influenced engagement quality. Critical Quality Assurance Finding: A fundamental tension emerged between institutional mission (developing scientific thinking) and enacted pedagogy (examination preparation). Inquiry-based learning was increasingly displaced by test-oriented instruction as students progressed. This misalignment represents a significant quality gap requiring systemic restructuring of assessment contexts (Black & Wiliam, 2009). References Bal, A. P. (2020). The evaluation of mission, aims, and structure of Science High Schools in Turkey. Turkish Studies-Educational Sciences, 15(3), 1643-1667. Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5-31. Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design (2nd ed.). Sage. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2011). The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (4th ed.). Sage. Gardner, P. L. (1975). Attitudes to science: A review. Studies in Science Education, 2(1), 1-41. Göloğlu-Demir, C., & Kaplan-Keleş, Ç. (2021). Reflections from science high schools: A cultural historical activity theory perspective. Education and Science, 46(207), 157-186. Jones, A. T., & Butts, D. P. (1983). Assessing students' perceptions and learning in the laboratory. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 20(5), 465-469. Kuhn, D. (2002). What is scientific thinking and how does it develop? In U. Goswami (Ed.), Blackwell handbook of childhood cognitive development (pp. 371-393). Blackwell. Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage. Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. Ministry of National Education [MONE]. (1999). Science High Schools regulation. Official Gazette No: 23804. Ministry of National Education [MONE]. (2024). 2024-2028 Strategic Plan. MEB. National Research Council [NRC]. (2012). A framework for K-12 science education. National Academies Press. OECD. (2019). OECD Learning Compass 2030. OECD Publishing. Osborne, J., Simon, S., & Collins, S. (2003). Attitudes towards science: A review of the literature. International Journal of Science Education, 25(9), 1049-1079. Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (4th ed.). Sage. Pitafi, A. I., & Farooq, M. (2012). Measurement of scientific attitude of secondary school students in Pakistan. Academic Research International, 2(2), 379-392. Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. Sage. van Manen, M. (2016). Researching lived experience: Human science for an action sensitive pedagogy (2nd ed.). Routledge. Zimmerman, C. (2007). The development of scientific thinking skills in elementary and middle school. Developmental Review, 27(2), 172-223. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Motivation and Optimal Learning Moments Predicting Enjoyment, Cooperativeness, Concentration, and Perceived Success: An Experience Sampling Study in High School Science Classes 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: University of Turku, Finland; 3: Michigan State University, United States; 4: University of Johannesburg, South Africa Presenting Author:Understanding how students engage with learning tasks requires sustained attention to the situational motivational states that arise in authentic classroom contexts. Recent research has emphasized that student engagement fluctuates from moment to moment and is sensitive to how learning activities are framed, how relevant they appear, and how students perceive their own role within them (Ronkainen et al., 2025; Salmela‐Aro et al., 2021; Vilhunen et al., 2022). These momentary fluctuations matter because engagement is not simply a stable trait or a general attitude toward school; rather, it reflects a dynamic process shaped by immediate experiences, affective responses, and perceptions of autonomy and competence. As a result, examining engagement at the situational level provides a powerful lens for understanding why certain tasks elicit deep, sustained involvement while others lead to distraction or minimal participation.
For teachers, this raises a practical question: What kinds of motivational signals in everyday instruction support meaningful engagement, and under what conditions is this engagement most likely to emerge? Addressing this question requires a research approach that links students’ motivations in the moment to their actual experiences as they participate in classroom activities. In this study, we examine how students’ instructional motivation relates to their momentary engagement and whether this relation is mediated by optimal learning moments (Schneider, 2016). More broadly, our aim is to contribute to an evidence base that can inform instructional practice by clarifying how classroom environments may foster the momentary motivational conditions under which meaningful engagement is most likely to occur.
Instructional motivation refers to the specific motivational processes that arise during learning activities in the classroom—moment‑to‑moment feelings, goals, and perceptions that shape how students engage with instruction. We conceptualize instructional motivation through students’ self‑reported reasons for engaging in an activity (“want to,” “had to,” or “had nothing else to do”). These categories align with Self‑Determination Theory (SDT), which differentiates autonomous motivation, controlled motivation, and amotivation (Deci & Ryan, 1985, 2000). Optimal learning moments refer to situations in which students experience simultaneously high levels of interest, skill, and challenge. This formulation follows prior work using experience‑sampling methods to identify conditions under which students feel most engaged during science learning (Schneider et al., 2016). In turn, situational engagement is captured through four momentary indicators: enjoyment, cooperativeness, concentration, and perceived success. These map onto commonly recognized dimensions of engagement: emotional, social/behavioral, and cognitive engagement (Finn & Zimmer, 2012; Fredricks et al., 2004, 2019). Our conceptual model tests three pathways. First, we examine the effect of instructional motivation (i.e., “want to,” “had to,” or “had nothing else to do”) on optimal learning moments (Path A in the mediation model). Second, we investigate whether optimal learning moments predict momentary engagement variables: concentration, enjoyment, cooperativeness, and perceived success (Path B in the mediation model). Third, we assess whether instructional motivation also has direct effects on the four engagement indicators (Path C in the mediation model). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study comprises two sub-studies. In both studies, data were gathered in authentic classroom environments using the experience sampling method (ESM; Zirkel et al., 2015). Study 1 was conducted in Finnish upper secondary school science classes between 2018 and 2019. The participants (n = 439) were upper secondary school students from 19 classes. In each class, data were collected during a study period of five to seven consecutive lessons (75 min each). Students completed an ESM questionnaire using their smartphones, three times during each science lesson in the study period. Thus, each student received 15 to 21 opportunities to answer the questionnaire, resulting in a total of 5,741 ESM observations. Study 2 was conducted in U.S. high school science classrooms. Data were collected in Michigan from 2013 to 2019 and in California during the 2018–2019 period. The full dataset included 38,753 momentary observations from 1,909 students; due to missingness, the analytic sample size varied by model, ranging from 34,782 to 38,176 observations nested within 1,161 to 1,291 students. In the ESM questionnaire, motivation to task was assessed with a single item asking “Were you doing the main activity because you…” with the response options: “wanted to”, “had to”, or “nothing else to do”. Students were able to choose only one option. The components of optimal learning moments were examined using the following questions: “Were you interested in what you were doing?”, “Did you feel skilled at what you were doing?”, and “Did you feel challenged by what you were doing?”. A four-point Likert scale, with the response categories from 1 = ‘not at all’ to 4 = ‘very much’ was used. A situation was considered as an optimal learning moment if a student responded the option 3 or 4 to all the three questions. Task engagement was measured using four items: “Do you enjoy what you are doing?”, “Were you feeling cooperative”, “How much were you concentrating?”, and “Were you succeeding?”. Again, a four-point Likert scale, with the response categories from 1 = ‘not at all’ to 4 = ‘very much’ was used. A series of multilevel regression models were estimated to test the proposed mediation framework (i.e., Paths A, B, and C). All analyses were conducted in R using the lme4 package, separately for Finnish and U.S. data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For Path A, instructional motivation was strongly associated with the likelihood of experiencing an optimal learning moment. In both countries, want-to activities were associated with a significantly higher likelihood of engagement than had-to activities. The difference between want-to and had-to seemed to be somewhat larger in the Finnish than in the U.S. data. Activities reported as being engaged in because there was nothing else to do were associated with an even lower likelihood of experiencing an optimal learning moment. In both countries, for Path B, experiencing an optimal learning moment was positively associated with momentary concentration, enjoyment, cooperativeness, and perceived success. The effects in Finnish data appeared somewhat smaller than in U.S. data. Finally, Path C results from both countries indicated that instructional motivation was directly associated with engagement outcomes (i.e., concentration, enjoyment, cooperativeness, and perceived success). Compared to want-to situations, both had-to and nothing-else-to-do situations were associated with significantly lower levels of concentration, enjoyment, cooperation, and perceived success across momentary experiences. The full mediation models with detailed results will be presented in the full paper. Overall, the results of this study indicate that students report systematically poorer engagement-related outcomes when activities are externally imposed or lack clear motivational framing, relative to activities they want to engage in. This finding has several implications for both research and practice. The results highlight the need to examine the situational features of instruction that shape students’ motivational states. Future research should therefore investigate how instructional activities support or hinder the emergence of optimal learning moments and student engagement. Also, the findings suggest that creating classroom environments in which students frequently interpret tasks as something they want to engage in is central to sustaining momentary engagement. Activities that enhance autonomy, relevance, and positive emotional climate may therefore enhance learning processes. References Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1985). Intrinsic Motivation and Self-Determination in Human Behavior. Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-2271-7 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Finn, J. D., & Zimmer, K. S. (2012). Student Engagement: What Is It? Why Does It Matter? In S. L. Christenson, A. L. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Student Engagement (pp. 97–131). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-2018-7_5 Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., & Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74(1), 59–109. Fredricks, J. A., Reschly, A. L., & Christenson, S. L. (2019). Handbook of Student Engagement Interventions. Elsevier. Ronkainen, I., Vesterinen, V.-M., Lavonen, J., Järvinen, J., Malmberg, L.-E., Turkkila, M., & Salmela-Aro, K. (2025). Students’ situational motivation in climate education – A multilevel profile approach. Learning and Individual Differences, 120, 102698. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2025.102698 Salmela‐Aro, K., Tang, X., Symonds, J., & Upadyaya, K. (2021). Student engagement in adolescence: A scoping review of longitudinal studies 2010–2020. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 31(2), 256–272. https://doi.org/10.1111/jora.12619 Schneider, B., Krajcik, J., Lavonen, J., Salmela-Aro, K., Broda, M., Spicer, J., Bruner, J., Moeller, J., Linnansaari, J., Juuti, K., & Viljaranta, J. (2016). Investigating optimal learning moments in U.S. and finnish science classes. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 53(3), 400–421. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21306 Vilhunen, E., Lavonen, J., Salmela-Aro, K., & Juuti, K. (2022). Luonnontieteen opetuksen ja opiskelun työtapojen yhteys lukiolaisten tilannekohtaiseen sitoutumiseen [Upper secondary school students’ situational engagement in science instructional activities]. Kasvatus, 53(3), 245–258. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.33348/kvt.120240 Zirkel, S., Garcia, J. A., & Murphy, M. C. (2015). Experience-sampling research methods and their potential for education research. Educational Researcher, 44(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X14566879 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 27 SES 07 C: Cultural Contexts and Transnational Didactics Location: Raide 2 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Benoît Lenzen Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper How Does Cultural Context Shape Teachers’ Practical Epistemology? A Narrative Review 1: University of Geneva, Switzerland; 2: University of Education Zurich, Switzerland; 3: University of Fribourg, Switzerland; 4: University of Applied Sciences and Arts of Southern Switzerland, Switzerland Presenting Author:In educational sciences, the issue of teacher knowledge as a factor in understanding educational practices is central to several research programmes (Amade-Escot, 2000, 2014; Ben-Peretz, 2011; Verloop et al., 2001; Wickman, 2012): e.g., teacher thinking; pedagogical content knowledge (PCK); joint action in didactics (JAD); practical epistemology analysis (PEA). In connection with the action-oriented shift in the humanities and social sciences in the 20th century (Bronckart, 2005; Dolz & Leutenegger, 2015) and the emergence of comparative didactic (Mercier et al., 2002; Sensevy & Mercier, 2007), research on teacher knowledge in the French-speaking field of didactics has moved towards analysing teachers' practical epistemology within the framework of JAD. By considering that teacher epistemology (Brousseau, 1986) is practical “because it acts directly or indirectly in the everyday functioning of the class and because it is – in large measure – produced by and for practice”, Sensevy (2007, p. 37-38) introduces a fundamental break with the view of teacher epistemology as a set of conceptions about the subject taught (Amade-Escot, 2014, 2019). This conceptual shift reverses analyses aimed at identifying effective teachers and methods, or those conducted in terms of teachers' knowledge base or lack thereof, to focus no longer on what one needs to know in order to teach but on the actualisation of this knowledge in action (Amade-Escot, 2014). Previous research in mathematics and physical education shows that teachers' epistemology plays a role in their appropriation of curricular resources developed within the framework of didactic engineering (Amade-Escot, 2019; Artigue & Perrin-Glorian, 1991; Lenzen et al., 2022). Indeed, it may “condition the interpretation which teachers are going to make of the texts given to them, the choices they will make within their space of freedom, the decisions they will take in real time in order to face up to unforeseen phenomena” (Artigue & Perrin-Glorian, 1991, p. 15). Some of the recent research on this topic suggests that teachers' practical epistemology may be shaped by the cultural context in which teachers develop (Lenzen et al., 2024). There are cultural differences in the ways of thinking about school, knowledge, teaching and learning that are crystallised in different languages. Regarding the relationship between teaching, development and learning, for example, the Condorcian legacy of the French-speaking didactic tradition leads it to place instruction and knowledge at the heart of its project. Conversely, the Humboldtian legacy of the German-speaking tradition encourages it to prioritise personal development through the concept of Bildung (Schneuwly, 2021). Based on this observation, we are launching a funded research project to study in Switzerland’s three main linguistic regions the dissemination of curriculum resources developed in a previous didactic engineering research programme in physical education. This narrative review is the first step in this project. It aims to gain a better understanding of the determinants of teachers’ practical epistemology, particularly how it can be shaped by cultural context. What are the determinants identified in literature? How to categorise them? How does the cultural context fit into these determinants? As a publication that describes and discusses the state of the science of a specific topic from a theoretical and contextual point of view (in this case, the didactic perspective), a narrative review does usually not describe the methodological approach that would permit the reproduction of data. However, the quality of this type of review may be improved by borrowing from the systematic review methodologies that are aimed at reducing bias in the selection of articles for review and employing an effective bibliographic research strategy (Ferrari, 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Literature search was carried out in French and English from the databases Cairn.info and Érudit (French) and APA PsycNet, ERIC and Web of Science (English). The search queries were respectively “épistémologie pratique AND enseignant AND contexte in Any Field” (French) and “practical epistemology AND teacher AND context in Any Field” (English). Depending the possibilities offered by the databases, further filters were applied to make the results as specific as possible and to facilitate subsequent analyses: Peer-reviewed journals only; Year 2005 to 2025. After removing duplicates, the corpus resulting from this literature search comprised 109 articles (94 in French and 15 in English). A first quick reading of these 109 articles led us to retain 28 articles (24 in French and 4 in English) that were specifically concerned with the general topic of our study, i.e. teacher epistemology. A more in-depth reading of the 28 articles resulting from this first selection allowed us to eliminate those that dealt with concepts other than teachers’ practical epistemology (e.g., epistemological beliefs; conceptions about teaching and learning) and/or that did not provide information on the determinants of teachers’ practical epistemology (n=6). Thus, out of the initial 109 articles, 22 were found to meet all the inclusion criteria (20 in French and 2 in English). In these 22 articles, we first sought to identify the meaning of the concept of practical epistemology. The articles in French referred to practical epistemology as an epistemology “partly spontaneous, partly implicit [which] is practical because it has practical consequences; it directly or indirectly influences classroom functioning” (Amade-Escot, 2019, p. 111), in accordance with the anchoring of this concept in the JAD framework. The two articles in English referred rather to practical epistemology as “a description of what individuals themselves, in their practice, count as relevant knowledge and how this knowledge is acquired” (Lundqvist et al., 2009, p. 863). The theoretical and methodological background of these articles – i.e. the Swedish Practical Epistemology Analysis (PEA) framework – was deemed compatible with the French-speaking tradition of investigating teaching and learning processes based on the study of the joint didactic action of teachers and pupils (Amade-Escot, 2019; Wickman, 2012). We have therefore decided to retain these two articles for further analysis. Secondly, we sought to categorise the determinants of teachers' practical epistemology, giving particular attention to the cultural context among these determinants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Many categories emerge from our categorisation work: personal determinants; historical context; cultural context; institutional context; teaching context or social environment; teaching experience; knowledge, expertise or personal experience in the practice being taught (category specific to physical education); advances in research through participation in collaborative research. At this stage, the interrelationships between them still need to be clarified and discussed. Here are some examples of interrelationships that need to be explored further. Category “knowledge, expertise or personal experience in the practice being taught” could be considered a subcategory of category “personal determinants”, along with other elements such as values, personal relationship to knowledge and to academic subject. At the same time, personal determinants necessarily represent a form of incorporation of historical, cultural and institutional contexts. An article states that these personal determinants are linked to teachers' different affiliations (e.g., pre-service training, sports clubs). Furthermore, distinction between historical, cultural and institutional contexts is itself not very clear. Does the notion of socio-historical context encountered in an article take the place of a combination of the notions of historical and cultural contexts encountered in isolation in other articles? The concept of cultural context includes dimensions related to certain social customs (for example, social/cultural practices related to water in the context of an island), to collective professional standards and to dominant teaching cultures. For its part, the concept of institutional context encompasses dimensions such as educational reforms and programmes. One may consider that these last two dimensions are not independent of the historical and/or cultural contexts in which they arise. In our corpus, the way in which cultural context shapes teachers' practical epistemology is not really documented. We hope that the funded research project we are launching will, by comparing three distinct linguistic and cultural contexts, provide new answers to this issue. References Amade-Escot, C. (2000). The contribution of two research programs on teaching content: “Pedagogical content Knowledge” and “Didactics of Physical Education”. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 20(1), 78-101. Amade-Escot, C. (2014). De la nécessité d’une observation didactique pour accéder à l’épistémologie pratique des professeurs. Recherches en éducation, 19, 18-29. Amade-Escot, C. (2019). Épistémologies pratiques et action didactique conjointe du professeur et des élèves. Éducation et didactique, 13(1), 109-114. Ben-Peretz, B. (2011). Teacher knowledge: What is it? How do we uncover it? What are its implications for schooling? Teaching and Teacher Education, 27, 3-9. Bronckart, J.-P. (2005). Une introduction aux théories de l’action. Université de Genève. Brousseau, G. (1986). Fondements et méthodes de la didactique des mathématiques. Recherches en didactique des mathématiques, 7(2), 33-115. Dolz, J., & Leutenegger, F. (2015). L’analyse des pratiques : une démarche fondamentale dans la formation des enseignants ? Formation et pratiques d’enseignement en questions, 18, 7-16. Ferrari, R. (2015). Writing narrative style literature reviews. Medical writing, 24(4), 230-235. Lenzen, B., Barthe, C., Cordoba, A., Deriaz, D., Poussin, B., Pürro, C., Saillen, L., Suter, Y., & Voisard, N. (2022). Merging observational and interview data to study and improve the adaptability of the products of didactic engineering to ordinary teaching in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 27(2), 186-199. Lenzen, B., Hayoz, C., Ferrari, I., Weber, S., Deriaz, D., & Voisard, N. (2024). Co-élaborer des ressources curriculaires en EPS pour l’enseignement primaire en Suisse, au carrefour des épistémologies professionnelles et des cultures linguistiques. eJRIEPS, 54. Mercier, A., Schubauer-Leoni, M.-L., & Sensevy, G. (2002). Vers une didactique comparée. Revue française de pédagogie, 141, 5-16. Schneuwly, B. (2021). ‘Didactique’ is not (entirely) ‘Didaktik’. The origin and atmosphere of a recent academic field. In E. Krogh, A. Qvortrup & S. Ting Graf (Eds), Didaktik and curriculum in ongoing dialogue (pp. 164-184). Routledge. Sensevy, G. (2007). Des catégories pour décrire et comprendre l’action didactique. In G. Sensevy & A. Mercier (Eds.), Agir ensemble. L’action didactique conjointe du professeur et des élèves (pp. 13-49). PUR. Sensevy, G., & Mercier, A. (Eds.) (2007). Agir ensemble. L’action didactique conjointe du professeur et des élèves. PUR. Verloop, N., Van Driel, J., & Meijer, P. (2001). Teacher knowledge and the knowledge base of teaching. International Journal of Educational Research, 35, 441-461. Wickman, P.-O. (2012). A comparison between Practical Epistemology Analysis and some schools in French didactics. Éducation et didactique, 6(2), 145-159. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper The Development of Transnational Didactic Practices in the Context of Student Teachers’ Internships Abroad Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, an increasing number of research papers in international comparative didactics and classroom research have identified didactic patterns that vary according to national and cultural contexts (Hudson & Meyer, 2011; Hallitzky et al., 2016; Ligozat et al., 2023; Rakhkochkine, 2012; Stigler et al., 1999). However, due to the internationalization of teacher education, in particular student teachers’ practical placement abroad, and the increasing international migration of teachers, situations are increasingly arising in which teachers or student teachers from a specific national-culturally shaped didactic tradition encounter other national-cultural contexts—and thus differing didactic traditions—in their teaching (Goethe-Institut e.V. 2022, Moorhouse 2022, Parmigiani et al 2023, Zhu et al 2019). The intersection of these fields forms the theoretical framework for the empirical study, which explores the assumption that such encounters during a teaching practicum lead to the transformation of national-culturally shaped didactic traditions. The study investigates how these practices are adapted and to what extent new transnational didactic practices emerge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the study applies the Critical Incident Technique (CIT), refined for teacher education and intercultural settings (Flanagan, 1954; Göbel, 2003; Kindlinger & Hahn-Laudenberg, 2024; Nixdorf, 2020). Data were collected through group discussions with graduates of the SCHULWÄRTS! internship program (Goethe-Institut e.V.) who taught at schools abroad (n=8; 2 male, 6 female). The analysis of data followed an iterative approach using inductive category development. Discussion questions focused on experiences with challenges in lesson planning, classroom practice, and feedback from local host-school teachers. Finally, the study examined the stability of these transnational practices after the participants’ return to Germany. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results demonstrate the need for the transformation of pre-existing didactic patterns of action during internships at schools abroad and the emergence of a transnational didactics depending on the national-cultural context and local conditions, power structures, and scope for teaching at the host school. However, there is only a limited stability of the new didactic patterns of transnational didactics upon return of student teachers to schools in Germany. The results also raise questions about the methodical limitations of the study and the possibility to grasp the emerging transnational didactic practices. The presentation also discusses the potential of the critical incidents for reflecting on international experiences in the internationalization of teacher education and teaching practicum abroad and impulses for the participatory transformation of didactics. References Flanagan, J. C. (1954). The critical incident technique. Psychological Bulletin, 51(4), 327–358. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0061470 Göbel, K. (2003, December 17–18). Critical incidents – aus schwierigen Situationen lernen [Paper presentation]. Fachtagung Lernnetzwerk Bürgerkompetenz, Bad Honnef, Germany. https://www.dipf.de/de/forschung/pdf-forschung/llib/critical-incidents-aus-schwierigen-situationen-lernen Goethe-Institut e.V. (Ed.). (2021). Auslandspraktika in der Lehrkräftebildung: Erste Erkenntnisse aus dem SCHULWÄRTS!-Forschungshub des Goethe-Instituts. Waxmann. Hallitzky, M., Rakhkochkine, A., Koch-Priewe, B., Störtländer, J. C., & Trautmann, M. (Eds.). (2016). Vergleichende Didaktik und Curriculumforschung. Comparative research into didactics and curriculum: Nationale und internationale Perspektiven - National and international perspectives. Klinkhardt. Hudson, B., & Meyer, M. A. (Eds.). (2011). Beyond fragmentation: Didactics, learning and teaching. Barbara Budrich Publishers. Kindlinger, M., & Hahn-Laudenberg, K. (2024). Critical incidents im sozialwissenschaftlichen Fachunterricht. In D. Gronostay et al. (Eds.), Unterrichtswahrnehmung im sozialwissenschaftlichen Fachunterricht: Das Potential von Animationsfilmen realer Unterrichtsszenen für die Lehrer*innenbildung (pp. 87–107). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-41829-X Ligozat, F., Klette, K., & Almqvist, J. (Eds.). (2023). Didactics in a changing world: European perspectives on teaching, learning and the curriculum. Springer. Moorhouse, B. L. (2022). Teaching abroad during initial teacher education: The effects as perceived by recently qualified teachers on their preparedness for teaching. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 42(4), 760–771. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2020.1755222 Nixdorf, C. P. (2020). Handlungskompetenz erfassen mit der Critical Incident Technique. [Source Description/Repository]. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:19375 Parmigiani, D., Maragliano, A., Silvaggio, C., & Molinari, A. (2023). Trainee teachers abroad: Reflections on personal and professional teaching identity during international mobility. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(4), 605–620. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1961737 Query, J. L., & Kreps, G. L. (1993). Using the critical incident method to evaluate and enhance organizational effectiveness. In S. L. Fish & G. L. Kreps (Eds.), Qualitative research: Applications in organizational communication (pp. 63–77). Hampton Press. Rakhkochkine, A. (2012). Probleme internationalen Vergleichens in der Didaktik. Pädagogische Rundschau, 66(6), 719–736. Stigler, J. W., Gonzales, P., Kawanaka, T., Knoll, S., & Serrano, A. (1999). The TIMSS videotape classroom study: Methods and findings from an exploratory research project on eighth-grade mathematics instruction in Germany, Japan, and the United States (NCES 1999-074). National Center for Education Statistics. Zhu, G., Peng, Z., Wandix-White, D., Walters, L., & Deng, L. (2019, April 5–9). A systematic literature review on international teaching practicums: Current status and future directions [Paper presentation]. American Educational Research Association Annual Meeting, Toronto, Canada. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper "A good learning atmosphere in my classroom is the most important principle" Intercultural Research on Chinese Language Teachers’ Professionalization in Germany 1: Guangzhou University, China, People's Republic of; 2: Guangzhou Urban Construction Vocational School,China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The professionalization of Chinese teachers of Chinese as a foreign language in Europe is confronted with various complex educational challenges and problems. Traditional Chinese educational schemata have great impact on these teachers’ professional beliefs and their perceptions. There is a large amount of comparative studies on Chinese teachers’ professional development and their professional experiences in the intercultural context . Among these studies are a considerable number of research reports on the so-called heritage languages and on the teachers’ professional beliefs and their professionalization (Feuerverger, 1997; Curdt-Christiansen, 2006; Dervin, 2011) There is a large number of empirical studies in Germany focusing on the development of students’ competence, reading competence and graphemic competence (Guder, 2014), language competence and intercultural competence (Liang, 2005, Jandok, 2007). Chinese language teachers abroad are confronted with instructional situations very different from what they have experienced in China. Most of them have been born in China and have been educated in Chinese tertiary institutions, whose professional identity and outlooks have been greatly influenced by the traditional Chinese educational framework. Their professional conceptions of good instruction may produce a variety of intercultural tensions in the new environment. It can be seen that dealing with professional constraints regarding teachers’ previous perceptions closely relates to their new practice and continual professional development. In my research, I therefore examine the transformation of their professional beliefs and their professional identity concerning their professional competence development. Research questions Chinese educational schemata and cultural values have been shown to affect Chinese teachers’ beliefs and their ability to adapt to overseas teaching environments. Concerning these teachers’ professional adaptations to the German situation and the transformations produced by that, my intercultural study aims to answer two principal research questions: (1) On the basis of case studies in Germany, I ask how the six Chinese language teachers of my study adapt to their new educational situation in Germany and what kind of transformation their professional beliefs underwent. (2) Secondly, I try to identify some professional developmental tasks for the Chinese language teachers and I ask how they cope with the professional tasks in their biographical experience. The research frame for my empirical work is determined by research work of the following authors. (1) Bildung-centered Didaktik has been influencing learning and teaching in the past and at present. Studying the framework of Bildungsgang didactics (learner development and educational experience) allows providing a new theoretical framework on the interplay of students and teachers. I start with the concept of Bildungsgang that focuses on the process of Bildung. However, the German compound Bildungsgang means more than “educational process” (M. Meyer, 2007), and combines education and teaching with higher-level educational aims. (2) I structure the professional competence and identity development of the Chinese teachers following the American sociologist and educationist Robert J. Havighurst (1972) who has proposed to use the concept of developmental tasks in order to describe the development of children and young people between collective societal demands and individual needs. (3) And I depend on work of the German educational researcher Uwe Hericks (2006) who has adapted and interpreted the concept from the teachers’ perspective. Professional developmental tasks of teachers can be described using the following four basic categories: (1) Competence development, in particular in the subjects the teachers teach or want to teach; (2) transfer or mediation of the acquired knowledge in the instructional process, i.e. the teachers’ didactic competence; (3) willingness and capacity to acknowledge the “otherness” of the students, i.e. their right to be different; and (4) development of interaction competence with respect to students, colleagues, principals etc. in the school as an institution. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: An ethnographic approach was chosen because it allows studying people in the naturally occurring setting or ‘fields’ by means of methods which capture their social meanings and ordinary activities. It allows collect data in a systematic manner but without meaning being imposed on them externally onto the research objects (Hammersley and Atkinson, 1995; Fetterman, 1998; Brewer, 2000: 10). I did a larger number of classroom observations and wrote field notes. The approach of participant observation can help me to generate qualitative data, which provides an “insider” view and prevent misinterpretation of the observed behavior. Writing field notes was part of the observations made to describe some specific classroom situations, to show momentary interaction of students and teachers and to record my reflections concerning the classroom activities (Lu, 2013: 84). Classroom observation and field notes in this way can be used to describe these teachers’ professional experience and the professional transformations produced by them. I had conducted two rounds of semi-structured and in-depth teachers’ interviews with the teachers on their professional development and professional beliefs. The interviews lasted about 30 minutes and were audio recorded and transcribed. The interviews were conducted in Chinese as a convenience for the teachers in order to help them to better express individual professional outlooks and perceptions. Interview transcripts were transcribed and translated from Chinese into English for my forthcoming analysis. The interview transcripts were read and interpreted for emergent themes, and these themes were coded and the incidence of those themes noted and analyzed (Ryan and Bernard, 2000). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Contrasting the German didactical focus on individual self-construction and self-identity development, professional beliefs of Chinese teachers are under the influence of the traditional Confucian educational framework, constructing hierarchical relationship between teachers and students as explained above. A lot of Chinese teachers attach great value to teacher-centered didactics on the one hand and on the students’ hard work to acquire substantial language content knowledge. For this reason, teaching methods are largely expository and the teaching process is teacher-dominated. If teachers of Chinese from mainland China or with a Chinese background have been educated under the core beliefs of such a traditional scheme as it is exemplified in the Chinese tradition; they may retain and activate this traditional cultural knowledge in their approaches to Chinese as a foreign language in overseas contexts (Moloney & Xu, 2012, p. 473). Therefore, teachers’ professional beliefs can come into conflict with the schemata and expectations of the local curricula and pedagogies. The Chinese teachers stick to their professional beliefs and perceptions, and I thus find to a number of developmental barriers producing constraints as already proposed above. The teachers have to realize that there is a conflict of: (a) Competence: teacher-centered didactics versus student-centered didactics, (b) Mediation: traditional Chinese teaching strategies versus intercultural communicative didactics, (c) Acknowledgment: strict classroom discipline versus acknowledgement of the “otherness” of the students, (d) Institution: regular collegial communication versus insufficient professional training and inefficient collegial cooperation within the institution. References References: Biggs JB (1996) Western misperceptions of the Confucian-heritage learning culture. In: Watkins DA and Biggs JB (eds) The Chinese Learner: Cultural, Psychological and Contextual Influences. Hong Kong: Comparative Education Research Centre (CERC) and Australian Council of Educational Research (ACER), pp.45–67. Blankertz H (1969, 7. revised. 1975) Theorien und Modelle der Didaktik. München: Juventa. Blume O (2011) Sprechen und Schreiben fördern In: Krechel, Hans-Ludwig (eds), Französisch Methodik. Handbuch für die Sekundarstufe I und II. Berlin: Cornelsen, pp. 139–189. Bryman A (2001) Social research methods. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Chiang YY (2010) Native Chinese language teachers’ beliefs and experiences on their teaching in the U.S.. Unpublished Ed. D. Dissertation, St Thomas University, USA. Council of Europe (2001) Common European Framework of Reference for Language: Learning, Teaching, Assessment. Council of Europe, Language Policy Unit, Strasbourg. Curdt-Christiansen XL (2006) Teaching and learning Chinese: Heritage language classroom discourse in Montreal. Language, Culture and Curriculum 19 (2): 189–207. Dervin F (2011) A plea for change in research on intercultural discourses: A ‘liquid’ approach to the study of the acculturation of Chinese students. Journal of Multicultural Discourses 6 (1): 37–52. Diao L (2013) Lesen lernen im schulischen Chinesisch Unterricht: Prozesse und Strategien deutscher Schülerinnen und Schüler. Berlin: Logos Verlag. Fetterman MD (1998) Ethnography. London: Sage. Feuerverger G (1997) On the edges of the map: A study of heritage language teachers in Toronto. Teaching and Teacher Education, 13 (1): 30–53. Gao F (2012) Imagined community, identity and Chinese language teaching in Hong Kong. Journal of Asian Pacific Communication 22 (1): 140–154. Guder A (2012) The present situation of Chinese language teaching and strategies in Germany. Journal of Chinese Language Teaching (7): 243–250. Guder A (2014) Reading competence and graphemic competence: Impacts of the Chinese writing system on designing competence descriptors for the European Benchmarks for the Chinese Language (EBCL) project. CHUN–Chinesischunterricht (29): 5–29. Gundem BB (2000) Understanding European Didactics. In: Moon B, Ben-Peretz M and Brown S (eds) International Companion to Education. London: Routledge, pp. 235–262. Hammersley M and Atkinson P (1995) Ethnography Principles in Practice. London: Routledge. Hanban (2015) The official report of 2015 on Confucius institutes in Germany. Report, The Chinese national office for teaching Chinese as a foreign language, Beijing, China, June. Havighurst RJ (1948, 3rd. edition 1972) Developmental Tasks and Education. New York and London: Longman. Hericks U (1998) Schule verändern, ohne revolutionär zu sein? Bildungsgangforschung zwischen didaktischer Wissenschaft und Schulpraxis. In: |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 28 SES 07 A: AI in Education Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Sara Mörtsell Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Beyond Prompting: Critically Investigating Diversity-Sensitive Design of Chatbots Paderborn University, Germany Presenting Author:Since the widespread availability of text-generating systems such as ChatGPT from OpenAI, these technologies have received increased attention in educational settings. Teachers use such socio-technical systems for generation of educational content or to adapt materials to different levels. Text-generating systems are also be integrated into daily classroom practice, for example by employing chatbots as interaction partners for students. These algorithmically controlled and platform-based chatbots present new challenges for both students and teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data from a participatory action research, a platform-based, AI-integrated role-play simulation was analyzed that happened in a project-based classroom-teaching setting. There a ChatGPT-based role playing game was implemented via the platform Fobizz. Participatory research (PR) draws on thinkers like Paolo Freire, who theorizes participation, democracy, and pluralism as vital components of social inquiry, aiming at equitable knowledge production and social change. Working towards a vision of a participatory, democratic digital future that is shaped by collective agency and equity, PR focuses on social investigation, education, and action. Qualitative 'active interviews' (Hathaway et al. 2020) with two teachers, and six weeks of classroom observation data was gathered. Within the 'active Interview', participants interactively co-construct the interview situation together. The interviews focus on the teachers' lesson planning, their interaction with the platform Fobizz, their didactic decisions before and during teaching. In addition, the platform was examined using the platform walkthrough method (Light et al. 2018). It involves a step-by-step observation, documentation and screen-recordings of practical platform use. The platform-walkthrough method generated video recordings, as well as screenshots. The video-recordings of the platform walkthrough, the observation data (thick descriptions) and interview-audio-files with transcription were stored in the QDA-Software MAXQDA 24. The QDA-software provided a potential for layering different forms of data material, it allowed me to read the descriptions and view the pictures taken during the observations, to listen to the audio files, read the transcripts, as well as to view the walkthrough-videos and screenshots. The use of codes, bookmarks and hypertextual links within the QDA-software allowed me to compile notes from different documents and document types for the analysis. Within the MAXQDA-platform, no AI-assistance was used. The data analysis was done without the teachers, as they had limited time for this extensive process. Thus, participation is lacking as teachers had restricted resources for data analysis, a common missing dimension in PAR (Nind 2011). Still, during the process of data collection and analysis, I informally fed back analytical ideas to the teachers. Discussing and reflecting the results thoroughly facilitated the process of iteratively changing the teaching practices of the teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the chatbot-interactions showed how the dominant knowledge structures embedded in the training data of large language models (LLMs) reproduce and reinforce existing knowledge hierarchies, a phenomenon described as epistemic violence (Lipscombe et al. 2021). This leads to epistemic conformism (Miragoli 2024), where algorithmic systems replicate mainstream narratives and linguistic patterns. In the context of a role-play scenario, this results in the reproduction of dominant discourses around migration and family structures, marginalizing alternative life models. The analysis shows that teachers have little influence over the layer and platform-based functioning of text-generating systems. Nevertheless, on a structural and political level, the question arises to what extent teachers should or must take responsibility for the operation of socio-technical systems. Currently, there are few regulations that provide teachers with a legal and pedagogical framework to support the integration of GPT-based systems into teaching. Existing regulations mostly focus on data protection and data processing within the EU (European Parliament 2023). Issues such as algorithmic bias, epistemic violence, and epistemic conformism by socio-technical systems are rarely addressed in the educational context. EdTech companies however shift the responsibility for using the products to the users. The platform Fobizz provides information intended to support teachers in using and evaluating the tools it offers. However, the explanations provided focus almost exclusively on the creation and use of chatbots in terms of usability. It becomes evident that providing information about the functioning of AI-based systems results in a transfer of responsibility to the users, which obscures the multi-layerd platform architecture, and the power dynamics involved in the development and use of these technologies. References Baker, R. S., & Hawn, A. (2022). Algorithmic Bias in Education. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 32(4), 1052–1092. Cone, L. (2023). The platform classroom: Troubling student configurations in a Danish primary school. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 52–64. European Pariament. (2023, June 8). EU AI Act. EU AI Act: First Regulation on Artificial Intelligence. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/topics/en/article/20230601STO93804/eu-ai-act-first-regulation-on-artificial-intelligence Eynon, R. (2023). Algorithmic bias and discrimination through digitalisation in education: A socio-technical view. In World Yearbook of Education 2024. Routledge. Hartong, S., & Decuypere, M. (2023). Platformed professional(itie)s and the ongoing digital transformation of education. Tertium Comparationis. Journal Für International Und Interkulturell Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft, 29(1), 1–21. Hathaway, A. D., Sommers, R., & Mostaghim, A. (2020). Active Interview Tactics Revisited: A Multigenerational Perspective. Qualitative Sociology Review, 16(2), 106–119. Klar, M., & Schleiss, J. (2024). Künstliche Intelligenz im Kontext von Kompetenzen, Prüfungen und Lehr-Lern-Methoden: Alte und neue Gestaltungsfragen. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 58, 41–57. KMK, [Kultusministerkonferenz]. (2021, December 9). Lehren und Lernen in der digitalen Welt. Ergänzung zur Strategie der Kultusministerkonferenz „Bildung in der digitalen Welt“. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2021/2021_12_09-Lehren-und-Lernen-Digi.pdf Knox, J. (2019). What Does the ‘Postdigital’ Mean for Education? Three Critical Perspectives on the Digital, with Implications for Educational Research and Practice. Postdigital Science and Education, 1(2), 357–370. Light, B., Burgess, J., & Duguay, S. (2018). The walkthrough method: An approach to the study of apps. New Media & Society, 20(3), 881–900. Lipscombe, T. A., Hendrick, A., Dzidic, P. L., Garvey, D. C., & Bishop, B. (2021). Directions for research practice in decolonising methodologies: Contending with paradox. Methodological Innovations, 14(1), 20597991211006288. Miragoli, M. (2024). Conformism, Ignorance & Injustice: AI as a Tool of Epistemic Oppression. Episteme, 1–19. Nind, M. (2011). Participatory data analysis: A step too far? Qualitative Research, 11(4), 349–363. Skilton, R., & Cardinal, A. (2024). Inclusive Prompt Engineering: A Methodology for Hacking Biased AI Image Generation. Proceedings of the 42nd ACM International Conference on Design of Communication, 76–80. Swist, T., Gulson, K. N., & Thompson, G. (2024). Education Prototyping: A Methodological Device for Technical Democracy. Postdigital Science and Education, 6(1), 342–359. Weich, A., & Macgilchrist, F. (2023). Postdigital Participation in Education: An Introduction. In A. Weich & F. Macgilchrist (Eds), Postdigital Participation in Education: How Contemporary Media Constellations Shape Participation (pp. 1–10). Springer Nature Switzerland. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Some (re)assembly Required: How Edtech Practitioners Imagine Adaptation Amid Stability and Change in China's Jiangsu Province Xi'an Jiaotong-Liverpool University, Academy of Future Education Presenting Author:The imaginary of educational technology as universally deployable, irrespective of context, is a discursively constructed and collectively held idea that is increasingly questioned by education researchers and practitioners (Williamson et al., 2024). Edtech, as an imaginary, frames ways of speaking about and doing education that entwines technologies, humans, and organisations within (mostly) private business models, infrastructural dependencies, and industries extending beyond education (Williamson, 2021). Edtech industries tend to spotlight products/services for learning, teaching, and assessments as off-the-shelf goods, ready to be deployed in a fast, standardised, and cost-efficient manner, but obscure regular needs for (in-house) expertise to make them (inter)operable on the ground (González López & Büchner, 2024; Vanermen et al., 2024). "Schools, universities, educators and students", it has been argued, do "not only adopt, but also adapt, resist or refuse various technologies in context-sensitive ways" (Williamson et al., 2024, p. 335). Consequently, those who care about education and technology benefit from context-sensitive approaches that attend to the educational actors and settings involved, as well as to actors that shape edtech industries. This study aims to contribute to the growing corpus of critical edtech studies by providing a contextualised understanding of the adaptation imaginary from the Chinese edtech industry. So far, critical edtech studies have predominantly contributed to the understanding of edtech in Western and European countries, including edtech start-ups (Decuypere et al., 2024), trade shows (Huang et al., 2025), and a variety of intermediaries that understand, shape, and govern the industry as a so-called ecosystem (Hartong, 2024). However, critical edtech studies have only begun to show the complexities of edtech industries in Southeast Asia (Knox, 2023; Lee et al., 2025), and English-written cases on Chinese contexts remain scarce (Li & Christophe, 2024). At the outset of the Chinese Government's 15th Five-Year Plan (2026–2030), foregrounding science, innovation, and industrial modernisation, it is timely to examine imaginaries of education and technology. Specifically, this study focuses on the policy-endorsed imaginary of "adapting to local conditions" (因地制宜yīndì zhìyí), an idiom originating in classical texts that has long shaped Chinese governance, agriculture, industry, and education, emphasising contextual fit over universal solutions. Recently highlighted by the State Council, adaptation appears as a key strategy for industry to cultivate production and build an innovative, digital economy (Chinese Government Net, 2025). The study answers the question of how edtech practitioners imagine adaptations of people (e.g., entrepreneurs), technologies (e.g., chatbots), and organisations (e.g., start-ups) from within China. The discipline of Science and Technology Studies (STS) offers theoretical-methodological sensitivities to technoscientific phenomena, allowing one to demonstrate how relations (re)assemble the conditions, compositions, and consequences of education by empirically tracing their making rather than turning to ready-made theoretical explanations (Gorur et al., 2019). Specifically, this study attends to "sociotechnical imaginaries", the collectively held visions of desirable futures that shape and take shape through the material, semiotic, and moral arrangements of everyday life (Jasanoff, 2015, p. 4). A strand of critical edtech studies has been investigating imaginaries and assemblages regarding technoscience and education (Huang et al., 2025; Parola & Grimaldi, 2025), particularly collective visions of what counts as a desirable educational future, often revolving around AI (Knox, 2023; Sun et al., 2025). For example, a study on China's sociotechnical imaginaries demonstrates how AI-enabled edtech is imagined as a driver of national rejuvenation and educational modernisation, positioning technology as a state-guided force for shaping talent, educational reform, and securing future geopolitical leadership (Knox, 2023). In a time of geopolitical tension, hearing the voices of researchers and practitioners from non-European regions is essential to counter universalising assumptions about education (technology) and to foster a contextualised understanding. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution turns to East Asian Science and Technology Studies (EASTS) as a contextualised research sensitivity (Law & Lin, 2020) because (1) Western and Chinese thought on science, technology, and education can differ considerably, and (2) because moving words from one context to another is a slowed-down process that is susceptible to transformation, meaning it may engender something new. The research team adapted and hybridised the STS sensitivities by inflecting them with one of the Chinese languages and intellectual materials; an attempt to perform East-Asian STS as a method while acknowledging the elusiveness of the notion 'East Asia' (geographic, linguistic, cultural, and so on) (Law & Lin, 2020; Takayama & Lee, 2024). Given our positionalities as researchers, the aforementioned sensitivities were important due to cultural, linguistic, and geographical differences in the team, including Fangning, who identified as Chinese/Manchu, and Lanze, who identified as Belgian/Flemish, as well as the 27 practitioners who agreed to participate. Linguistically, we present our findings in a hybrid manner, leveraging the affordances/constraints of English and Chinese, while acknowledging that the former, as the common language of our university and the conference, inevitably creates some asymmetries. Whereas one researcher is bilingual (Chinese/English) and performed most of the data collection to minimise misinterpretation, the other is an emergent Chinese speaker performing most of the writing. Geographically, we operated from a 'hybrid' place, a Sino-foreign cooperative university in Jiangsu province, the city of Suzhou specifically, where only some participants were living, working, and studying, meaning we often had to rely on teleconferencing platforms. Before and during data collection, through interviews, we adapted protocols to consider the East Asian context by asking and sequencing questions that engendered knowledge relationally (Takayama & Lee, 2024). These inter-views were mostly conducted between Fangning and the practitioners in Mandarin Chinese to capture practitioners' own discourse, and the transcripts were subsequently translated into English for further analysis. During the analysis, regular meetings between Fangning and Lanze helped increase attention to sociocultural context and language. Chinese scholarship has long stressed the importance of attending to the relational modes of speaking and acting of the actors from the local soil (Fei, 1992). This resonates with STS, which typically attends to an emic or infra-language to trace associations without predefined (too many) categories as explanations (Latour, 2005). Therefore, we emphasise understanding edtech imaginaries from the ground up and foregrounding the words the actors themselves provided. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This contribution presented three dimensions of an edtech imaginary, adaptation, which proliferated through the mundane yet powerful vocabularies of individuals and organisations (Jasanoff, 2015). As an analytical-technological contribution, the results show how the adaptation imaginary normalises and legitimises contributors to the Chinese edtech industry, in which education, business, the state, and other actors (de/re)assemble a shared ground, or soil (Fei, 1992). As a methodological contribution, the study advances East Asia as a method, a hybrid and context-sensitive approach to knowing that foregrounds diverse practitioner and intellectual voices. This approach recognises the persistent search for context and the incomplete, non-self-evident nature of technoscientific knowledge (Law & Lin, 2020b). Engaging East Asia as a method required (un/re)learning how to do research in, on, and about East Asia (Takayama & Lee, 2024). This process entailed inevitable blind spots – for instance, regarding resistance to edtech – which demands careful, locally grounded critique rather than generalised or reflexive opposition to technology (Hui, 2016). Empirically, the results provide a nuanced understanding of the edtech industry by examining how Chinese practitioners articulate and value adaptation to local conditions. First, adaptation is imagined in relational and naturalistic terms, discursively framing organisations, technologies, and markets as adaptive organisms within an ecosystem. Edtech operates through connections and (knowledge) networks, for example, via specialised events (Decuypere et al., 2024; Grimaldi et al., 2025), while mobilising vocabularies that render strategies legitimate and self-evident. Second, guiding adaptation, ethical-political values shape a particular kind of humanism. And finally, adaptation is conceived as a cybernetic process, realised through feedback loops governing uncertainty (Hui, 2020; Parola & Grimaldi, 2025), privileging speed over slowness. While focused on imagined adaptation, it opens possibilities for research on actual edtech adaptation in China, Europe, and elsewhere, as practitioners find themselves working amid stability and change. References Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., Brandau, N., Joecks, L., Loft-Akhoondi, A., Ortegón, C., Tierens, T., & Vanermen, L. (2024). Maneuvering constellations of valuation: A critical investigation of the edtech startup sector. Critical Studies in Education, Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2024.2362196 Fei, X. (1992). From the soil: The foundations of Chinese rural society (G. G. Hamilton & W. Zheng, Trans.). University of California Press. González López, A. E., & Büchner, F. (2024). EdTech in a broken world: Breaking and repairing in Argentinian and German Schools. Postdigital Science and Education, 6, 1261–1286. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-024-00490-4 Gorur, R., Hamilton, M., Lundahl, C., & Sjödin, E. S. (2019). Politics by other means? STS and research in education. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(1), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2018.1549700 Hartong, S. (2024). Governance by intermediarization. Insights into the digital infrastructuring of education in Estonia. Research in Education, 120(1), 91–109. https://doi.org/10.1177/00345237241234613 Huang, X., Yang, H., & Gulson, K. N. (2025). Imagining personalisation: Edtech and the shift towards neuroliberal governance. Learning, Media and Technology, Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2025.2578631 Knox, J. (2023). AI and education in China: Imagining the future, excavating the past. Taylor and Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003375135 Law, J., & Lin, W. Y. (2020). Provincialising STS: Postcoloniality, symmetry, and method. East Asian Science, Technology and Society: An International Journal, 11(2), 211–227. https://doi.org/10.1215/18752160-3823859 Lee, K., Yoo, B., Choi, B., Lee, B., & Jang, I. C. (2025). The arrival of AI digital textbook: Edtech policy assemblage in South Korea. Postdigital Science and Education, Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-025-00614-4 Li, K., & Christophe, B. (2024). Oscillating between the techniques of discipline and self: How Chinese policy papers on the digitalisation of education subjectivise educators and the educated. Learning, Media and Technology, Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2024.2306552 Parola, J., & Grimaldi, E. (2025). The educational robotics imaginary. Edtech industry, educational timescapes and the tyranny of connectivity. Learning, Media and Technology, Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2025.2549315 Sun, Y., Unlu, A., & Johri, A. (2025). Sociotechnical imaginaries of ChatGPT in higher education: The evolving media discourse (arXiv:2508.14692). arXiv. https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.2508.14692 Takayama, K., & Lee, Y. (2024). Doing Asia as method: Collective meandering toward "East Asian" subjectivities in educational research. ECNU Review of Education, 7(3), 465–489. https://doi.org/10.1177/20965311241230338 Williamson, B. (2021). Meta-edtech. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(1), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021.1876089 Williamson, B., Macgilchrist, F., & Potter, J. (2024). Against contextlessness in Learning, Media and Technology. Learning, Media and Technology, 49(3), 335–338. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper ‘Getting on Board the AI Train’: Teacher Use of GenAI as a Matter of Collective Attachment Rather Than Individual Adoption 1: Monash University, Australia; 2: University of Oxford, UK Presenting Author:This paper develops a sociologically-informed analysis of the contemporary imperative for teachers to be making use of generative AI (GenAI) technologies as part of their work – e.g. to assist in the production of lesson plans, to write student feedback, draft emails and other routine teaching tasks. As such, the paper addresses a deliberately straightforward research question: How are teachers responding to the offer of using generative AI as part of their work?
Whereas educational research has traditionally approached teacher take-up of new technology as a matter of technology ‘adoption’ – i.e. individual rational behaviour influenced by factors such as teachers’ technological competence, confidence and attitudes - this paper contends that this now has limited explanatory power when it comes to the educational take-up of contemporary GenAI technologies.
In this sense, we look to build on recent sociological literature exploring how the take-up of contemporary platformised and datafied technologies is now shaped by market logics that no longer presume free rational choice on the part of individual ‘users’. Indeed, recent studies of the political economy of educational platforms highlights the monopolistic strategies now being adopted by IT industry actors to ‘lock’ users within proprietary platform ecosystems (Birch and Muniesa, 2020; Komljenovic, 2021). In these ecosystems, an individual’s rational considerations around ease of use, efficiency and usefulness still apply but are mitigated (and sometimes superseded) by heuristics such as brand loyalty, sunk cost and learning curve fallacies. As such, any individual commitment to a tool, app or platform is a function of various ongoing ‘investments’: e.g. cognitive effort to achieve technical proficiency, time invested in becoming algorithmically-rewarded (Shuraida and Titah, 2023). In this sense, the propensity of someone engaging with a particular technology can be seen as a quasi-rational behaviour motivated more by habituation and prior investment than explicit intent (e.g. Williamson et al., 2022).
We contend that the latest wave of GenAI tools represent an intensification of these trends – driven by similar principles of proprietary lock-in and perceived investment. The hypothesis that we develop, therefore, is that the GenAI industry is not pursuing teacher ‘adoption’ of its products as is traditionally understood, but instead seeking to propagate an affectively-intense and totalising form of sociotechnical engagement. In this sense, the paper expands on conceptualisations of ‘attachment’ drawn both from Affect Studies and STS (Science and Technology Studies) (Sellar 2015; Clough and Halley 2008; Bucher 2017; Berlant 2011). These studies frame attachment as a ‘structure of relationality’ (Berlant 2011) that sustains more generalised modes of attachment as a collective existence. In this sense, individuals can grow attached to things - e.g. an ideal or a fantasy - at the same time as other people, meaning that the conflicts and negotiations that subsequently ensue have collective implications.
From this basis, the paper develops a political reading of teachers’ attachment to GenAI as a phenomenon that straddles private and public spheres. For example, it highlights the role of AI vendors in creating generalised ‘atmospheres’ of attachment in which the private bleeds into the public (Decuypere and Perrotta 2026), leading to imagined collective needs that can only be satisfied through wholesale institutional commitment to the idea of GenAI (as evident in discourses for schools to ‘get on the AI train’ and similar). In addition, this framing of collective attachment also highlights how what might appear to a wholly individualised form of decision-making is often tied up with ‘bargaining’ strategies where one’s (non)use of the technology in particular circumstance can sustain feelings of shared sovereignty and agency in lieu of the loss of collective political control in other areas of life (Duschinsky & Wilson 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The underpinning research question (How are teachers responding to the offer of using generative AI as part of their work?) is addressed through analysis of data generated as part of a three-year investigation of AI use in three secondary schools in the Melbourne metropolitan area of Australia. As part of this investigation, the research team have provided schools with free access to three commercial GenAI-driven ‘teacher productivity’ services – each designed to carry out tasks for teachers such as producing lesson plans and classroom resources, grading student work and writing student feedback, drafting emails to parents, and other routine administrative and pedagogical work. This intervention is made in the ‘live sociology’ spirit of letting loose ‘cultural probes’ that test and expose relations within social settings such as schools (Back 2012). Thus, we are less interested in the outcomes of teachers’ actual uses of the three provided GenAI services, rather how teachers respond to the idea of these technologies in their workplaces. Thus, while teachers might well develop personal use cases, we fully expect there to also be regular instances where teachers ignore, forget or are actively hostile to the idea of using the different GenAI technologies that have been provided to them. At the time of writing, the research team has recruited 42 volunteer teachers who expressed an initial interest in these GenAI technologies. In July 2025, these teachers were provided with year-long subscriptions to the three AI services along with initial introductory training relating to how these technologies could be used to support teacher work. In the following twelve-month period, the research team is regularly revisiting these teachers to follow their ongoing take-up and use of these tools. With each teacher being (re)visited by researchers three times across the twelve-month period, this will result in 126 in-depth interviews alongside ‘talk aloud’ observational walk-throughs where teachers demonstrate their uses of GenAI. This will result in a rich corpus of qualitative data that will be analysed for the paper following a reflexive thematic analysis approach to coding and theme development. While full analysis of these data will be carried out in July 2026 just prior to the ECER conference, our initial readings of the data generated to date suggest at least three saliant themes (outlined in the ‘findings’ section of this proposal). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings On one hand, we find that most teachers in our intervention are making very little use of the provided AI teacher productivity tools. However, rather than being ‘non-adopters’, these teachers are in consensual agreement about the general importance of AI, with most continuing to use GenAI tools outside of school (such as ChatGPT, Claude and Copilot) to support their teaching work. As such, we find teachers drawing on a complex repertoire of rationales to justify this ambivalent engagement with GenAI. In brief, these can be summarised in terms of three main emerging themes: #1. Teachers’ habitual attachment to GenAI: Teachers are using GenAI for various tasks in their everyday lives, which is leading to almost instinctive and impulsive incorporations of these tools in the course of doing their school-related work. Teachers report feeling personally invested in ‘their’ GenAI tools – having prompted the same tool over time to the point of feeling personally recognised and rewarded by the technology. #2. GenAI attachment as a private and discretionary matter Most teachers tend to be relatively secretive around their use of GenAI for school work. Using GenAI is seen as a personal prerogative akin to other self-improvement and self-care strategies that teachers might deploy when working. Using GenAI is collectively understood as something that teachers do ‘behind the scenes’ rather than something that ‘belongs’ to their school and is institutionally-directed. #3. GenAI attachment and the affective labour of professional bargaining Teachers tend to rationalise their uses of GenAI as being: (i) something that they are in control of, and (ii) that takes place in ways that augment (rather than threaten) their professional autonomy. While leveraging from the work of (unknown) others, teacher perceive their GenAI use as dependent on their pedagogical expertise and hard work, resulting in outputs that they ultimately ‘own’. References Berlant, L. (2011) Cruel optimism. Duke University Press. Birch, K. and Muniesa, F. (2020) Assetization: turning things into assets in technoscientific capitalism. MIT Press. Clough P. and Halley J. (2008) The affective turn theorizing the social. Duke University Press. Cone L (2024) Subscribing school: Digital platforms, affective attachments, and cruel optimism in a Danish public primary school. Critical Studies in Education 65(3): 294–311. Decuypere M and Perrotta C (2026/forthcoming) Atmospheric analytics: situated encounters in the age of generative AI. Science, Technology, & Human Values. Duschinsky, R. and Wilson, E. (2015). Flat affect, joyful politics and enthralled attachments: Engaging with the work of Lauren Berlant. International Journal of Politics, Culture, and Society, 28(3), 179-190. Granić, A. (2022) Educational technology adoption: a systematic review. Education and Information Technologies 27(7): 9725–9744. Komljenovic, J. (2021) The rise of education rentiers: digital platforms, digital data and rents. Learning, Media and Technology. 46(3), 320-332 Laru, J., Celik, I., Jokela, I. and Mäkitalo, K. (2025): The antecedents of pre-service teachers’ AI literacy. European Journal of Teacher Education, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2025.2535623 Sellar, S. (2015) A feel for numbers: affect, data and education policy. Critical Studies in Education 56(1): 131–146. Shuraida, S. and Titah, R. (2023) An examination of cloud computing adoption decisions: Rational choice or cognitive bias? Technology in Society 74: 102284. Stewart, K. (2011) Atmospheric attunements. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 29(3): 445–453. Tierens, T., Decuypere, M,, Hartong, S., et al. (2025) Pedagogical attachments and Virtual Reality: on immersion with digital technology in school. Critical Studies in Education. 1–19. Williamson, B., Gulson, K., Perrotta, C, et al. (2022) Amazon and the new global connective architectures of education governance. Harvard Educational Review 92(2): 231–256. Williamson, B. and Komljenovic, J. (2023) Investing in imagined digital futures: the techno-financial ‘futuring’ of edtech investors in higher education. Critical Studies in Education 64(3): 234–249. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Artificial Intelligence in Higher Educational Space: Student Practices and Learning Environments in Armenia and Scotland 1: Yerevan State University, Armenia; 2: University of Stirling, UK Presenting Author:Accelerating social and technological transformations are reshaping higher education systems worldwide, compelling universities to rethink how learning environments are organised, mediated, and governed. Artificial intelligence (AI), particularly generative AI, has emerged as a central driver of this transformation. Rather than functioning solely as an instructional technology, AI increasingly operates as a mediating element of educational space, influencing how students engage with knowledge, structure learning processes, and negotiate academic norms. In this sense, AI contributes to the reconfiguration of learning environments, academic cultures, and the conditions under which educational practices take place. This paper conceptualises AI as part of the educational space, understood as a socio-material, cultural, and institutional environment in which learning occurs. Drawing on the conceptual tradition of Innovative Learning Environments (Dumont, Istance & Benavides, 2010), educational space is treated not as a fixed physical setting, but as a dynamic constellation of media, norms, pedagogical arrangements, and forms of agency. From this perspective, AI reshapes educational space by mediating interactions between students, knowledge, and institutional expectations, while simultaneously challenging established boundaries of authorship, responsibility, and assessment. The study adopts a comparative perspective, focusing on Armenia and Scotland – two small countries with strong educational traditions but markedly different institutional trajectories and regulatory cultures in higher education. Scotland represents a relatively mature and policy-oriented higher education system, where digitalisation and AI governance are increasingly embedded in national and institutional strategies. Armenia, by contrast, is situated within a post-Soviet and post-crisis context, where higher education institutions are undergoing ongoing processes of modernisation, and where AI integration often takes place through locally driven, experimental practices rather than comprehensive regulatory frameworks. This contrast provides a productive lens for examining how educational spaces respond differently to the same technological transformation. Rather than comparing levels of technological advancement, the study explores how AI is incorporated into learning environments, how students adapt their practices within these spaces, and how institutional cultures shape the meanings and boundaries of AI use. The study is guided by the following research questions: • How do students in Armenian and Scottish universities use AI in their everyday academic practices, and how do these practices reflect adaptive learning strategies within different educational spaces? • How does AI contribute to the reconfiguration of learning environments, academic norms, and student agency in higher education? • What differences emerge between Armenian and Scottish educational spaces in terms of the alignment between institutional frameworks and classroom-level practices related to AI use? The primary aim of the study is to analyse AI not as a technological innovation per se, but as a mediating force within educational spaces that reshapes learning environments and academic cultures. By foregrounding student practices, the paper seeks to understand how learners actively co-construct emerging norms of AI use and how these norms are stabilized (or remain fluid) within different institutional contexts. Theoretically, the study draws on three intersecting strands of literature: (1) research on educational space and learning environments, which emphasises the relational and cultural dimensions of learning; (2) media and mediation theories in education, which conceptualise technologies as shaping, rather than merely supporting, educational practices; and (3) sociological approaches to student agency and adaptation in contexts of institutional change. Together, these perspectives enable an analysis of AI as an element of educational space that both reflects and accelerates broader social transformations in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative-dominant mixed-methods design, combining empirical data from Armenia with comparative contextual analysis of the Scottish higher education system. This approach allows for an in-depth examination of student practices while situating them within broader institutional and cultural learning environments. Empirical data from Armenia were collected across three universities and include three main components. First, a survey was conducted among 265 undergraduate students, capturing patterns of AI us e, perceived benefits and risks, and students’ reflections on how AI affects their learning autonomy, efficiency, and academic responsibility. The survey provided a descriptive overview of AI-related practices across disciplines and levels of academic performance. Second, a series of in-depth semi-structured interviews were conducted with undergraduate students and early-career academics. These interviews focused on everyday learning practices, decision-making processes surrounding AI use, and perceptions of institutional expectations and ambiguity. The interviews enabled a deeper understanding of how AI is embedded in students’ learning environments and how academic cultures shape the interpretation of acceptable and unacceptable practices. Third, expert interviews and consultations were conducted with university administrators and academic staff involved in curriculum development and digital transformation initiatives. These data provided insight into how AI is conceptualised at the institutional level and how strategic visions relate (or fail to relate) to classroom-level learning environment. For the Scottish context, the study draws on recent empirical and review-based literature on AI in higher education in the UK, complemented by an institutional case study of the University of Stirling’s AI Assessment Scale (Furze L., Perkins M., Roe J., and MacVaugh J. 2024). This framework serves as an illustrative example of how AI-related norms are embedded into learning environments through assessment design and pedagogical signalling. Rather than functioning as a direct empirical comparison, the Scottish case provides a contrasting educational space characterised by higher levels of institutionalisation and regulatory clarity. Data were analysed thematically, with attention to how AI mediates learning practices, how norms are negotiated, and how educational spaces differ in their responsiveness to social and technological change. Ethical considerations included informed consent, anonymisation of interview data, and sensitivity to institutional confidentiality. The study acknowledges limitations related to self-reported data and the absence of longitudinal measures of learning outcomes, which are addressed in the discussion of future research directions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study demonstrates that AI has already become a normalised component of educational space in both Armenian and Scottish higher education, particularly within text-based learning environments. Students in both contexts predominantly use AI for drafting, editing, summarising, and translation, integrating these tools into pragmatic learning strategies aimed at managing workload and enhancing efficiency. Importantly, AI use is not strongly associated with discipline or academic performance, but rather with individual digital competencies and adaptive capacities. At the same time, significant differences emerge in how educational spaces structure and stabilise these practices. In the Armenian context, AI-related learning environments are characterised by fluidity and weak formal regulation. Students operate within spaces marked by ambiguity, where institutional strategies and ethical statements exist but are not consistently translated into classroom-level guidance. As a result, students play an active role in co-constructing informal norms of AI use, relying on peer cultures and personal judgement. In contrast, Scottish higher education demonstrates a more stabilised educational space, where AI governance is increasingly embedded into assessment design and pedagogical frameworks. Tools such as AI assessment scales function as mediating artefacts that shape learning environments by clarifying expectations and aligning student practices with institutional norms. This does not eliminate student agency but channels it through more explicit educational cues. Across both contexts, the findings show that the transformation of educational space through AI is primarily cultural and spatial rather than purely technological. AI reshapes learning environments by altering norms of authorship, responsibility, and process transparency, thereby redefining what counts as legitimate academic work. The study highlights the importance of classroom-level clarity and culturally embedded practices in fostering resilient and inclusive learning environments capable of responding to ongoing social transformation. References Bayne, S. (2015). What’s the matter with ‘technology-enhanced learning’? Learning, Media and Technology, 40(1), 5–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2014.915851 Biesta, G. (2010). Good Education in an Age of Measurement. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers. Crompton, Helen, and Diane Burke (2023). "Artificial intelligence in higher education: the state of the field." International journal of educational technology in higher education 20, no. 1: 22. Dumont, H., Istance, D., & Benavides, F. (2010). The Nature of Learning: Using Research to Inspire Practice. Paris: OECD Publishing. Edwards, R. (2012). Educational research and the materiality of the social. Educational Theory, 62(6), 635–652. Holmes, W., Bialik, M., & Fadel, C. (2019). Artificial Intelligence in Education: Promises and Implications for Teaching and Learning. Boston, MA: Center for Curriculum Redesign. Fenwick, T., Edwards, R., & Sawchuk, P. (2011). Emerging Approaches to Educational Research: Tracing the Sociomaterial. London: Routledge. Fowler, David S. (2023) "AI in higher education." Journal of Ethics in Higher Education 3, no. 3 (2023): 127-143. Furze L., Perkins M., Roe J., and MacVaugh J. (2024). "The AI Assessment Scale (AIAS) in action: A pilot implementation of GenAI-supported assessment." Australasian Journal of Educational Technology 40, no. 4 (2024): 38-55. Rosario M., Vilalta-Perdomo E., Salinas-Navarro D. E., Thierry-Aguilera R., and Gerardou F. S. (2023). "Challenges and opportunities of generative AI for higher education as explained by ChatGPT." Education sciences 13, no. 9 (2023): 856. Tubella A., Mora-Cantallops M. A., and Nieves J. C. (2024). "How to teach responsible AI in Higher Education: challenges and opportunities." Ethics and Information Technology 26, no. 1 (2024): 3. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 28 SES 07 B: Investigating Knowledge, Power, and Practice in Education with STS Approaches Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Elin Sundström Sjödin Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Investigating Knowledge, Power, and Practice in Education with STS Approaches Education is deeply implicated in the organisation, circulation, and legitimation of knowledge. Educational institutions are sites where social reproduction and social change are continuously negotiated through practices of classification, evaluation, standardisation, and governance. Rather than approaching education primarily as a space of instruction or learning, this panel examines education as a sociotechnical and institutional field in which knowledge is produced, authority is established, and social futures are shaped. Educational practices have long been entangled with material and technological arrangements, including examinations, assessment systems, documents, organisational forms, data infrastructures, and digital platforms. These arrangements shape what counts as knowledge, how capacities and problems are defined and measured, and which forms of participation, intervention, and citizenship become possible or foreclosed. Attending to these material and organisational dimensions allows for closer analysis of how educational governance and inequality are enacted, contested, and sustained in practice. Dominant analytical framings often remain centred on classrooms, curricula, and pedagogical interaction. Such framings risk underplaying how education is entangled with wider processes of state formation, labour market regulation, future-making, and political governance. Responding to calls within the sociology of education to develop analytical approaches that better account for these broader connections, this panel advances an understanding of education as a dispersed set of sociotechnical practices and infrastructures operating across institutional sites and scales, making use of perspectives and concepts from Science and Technology Studies (STS). The panel has two overarching aims. First, it explores how concepts and approaches from STS can offer theoretical and analytical resources for understanding education as a field of knowledge production and social ordering. Second, it demonstrates how education, as an empirical domain, can in turn reshape STS understandings of materiality, expertise, governance, and knowledge-making. Education is thus treated as a productive site for examining how sociotechnical arrangements organise knowledge, power, and inequality. Drawing on four papers and a discussant from the field of STS, the panel is situated in different empirical contexts and historical moments, and examines how educational knowledge and authority are assembled, translated, and stabilised across diverse sites. The contributions analyse national assessment regimes and the quantification of inequality; transnational futures-oriented reports as epistemic infrastructures for educational governance; the historical emergence and stabilisation of enduring organisational forms such as the age-graded classroom; and contemporary digital wellbeing technologies as experimental sites where educational problems are enacted, tested, and governed. By tracing moments of innovation alongside points of friction, mismatch, and contestation, the panel highlights the processes through which educational arrangements become institutionalised, resilient, and affectively sustained. Together, the panel advances sociological discussions of education while contributing to wider debates on governance, inequality, and social change in contemporary societies. References Andersen, B. L., Hestbech, A. M., Lisbjerg, B. H., & Møller, T. E. (2025). The adaptive learning platform that wasn't adopted: A socio-technical case of mechanisms of non-use. In Seminar. net (Vol. 21, No. 2). https://doi.org/10.7577/seminar.6089 Calvert, J. (2024). A place for science and technology studies: observation, intervention, and collaboration. MIT Press. Chrysochou, T., Katsiampoura, G., & Skordoulis, C. (2025). From STS to STEM: rethinking STEM education. Discover Education, 4(381). https://doi.org/10.1007/s44217-025-00784-0 El Halwany, S., Zouda, M., & Bencze, J. L. (2021). Stepping into STS literature: Some implications for promoting socioecological justice through science education. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 16(4), 1083-1096. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-021-10026-y Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor-network theory in education. Routledge. Fenwick, T. J., & Edwards, R. (Eds.). (2019). Revisiting actor-network theory in education. London: Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium Present Futures? Infrastructures and the making of governing panoramas
Applying an infrastructural lens to the development of education planning and quantitative expertise, the paper foregrounds how UNESCO’s flagship reports on educational futures operate not merely as texts but as part of material infrastructures (Larkin, 2013) that guide epistemic frameworks and governance practices: From Learning to Be: The World of Education Today and Tomorrow (1972) to Learning: The Treasure Within (1996) and the recent Reimagining Our Futures Together: A New Social Contract for Education (2021), the paper will show how these reports not only represent and shape UNESCO’s present futures (Primus, 2025), but also an epistemic infrastructure that underpin contemporary global education policy.
By tracing the materialities of the reports— their production processes, documents, the actors (scholars, policy-makers, international organisations) and their interdependencies, and the socio-historical contexts in which they emerge — the paper argues that UNESCO’s reports on educational futures function as infrastructural artefacts that both embody and instigate governing panoramas of education. The 1972 Faure Report situates education within post-industrial and democratic transformations, introducing lifelong learning as a universal principle. The 1996 Delors Report systematises education around the “four pillars of learning,” providing a normative grammar that continues to organise policy discourse. The 2021 Futures of Education report further expands the panorama, integrating planetary sustainability, digital transformation, and social justice into a vision of education as a global common good. The reports embody panoramas by representing and manifesting particular understandings of problems, risks, and desirable futures and instigate them by provoking infrastructures of coordination and alignment, shaping agendas and priorities.
Methodologically, the study combines discourse analysis of UNESCO’s reports with process tracing of the convergence of global research and policy agendas among major international organisations, including UNESCO, the OECD, and the World Bank. This approach reveals how quantitative expertise, indicators, and planning tools become embedded in policy infrastructures, enabling particular framings of problems and solutions that travel across institutional and national boundaries (Grek, 2009). We investigate the reports as boundary objects (Star & Griesemer, 1989), bridging research and governance by translating complex futures into principles and normative commitments that inform educational planning.
References:
Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: The PISA ‘effect’in Europe. Journal of education policy, 24(1), 23-37.
Larkin, B. (2013). The politics and poetics of infrastructure. Annual review of anthropology, 42(2013), 327–343.
Primus, F. (2025). Present Futures in Global Education Governance: A Critical Discourse Analysis of UNESCO's Futures of Education [Doctoral dissertation, Örebro University]. Örebro University.
Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional ecology, 'translations' and boundary objects: Amateurs and professionals in Berkeley's Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907-39. Social studies of science, 19(3), 387–420.
The Grammar of Schooling in the Making: Actor-Networks and the Stabilization of the Age-Graded Classroom
How do characteristic features of schooling become stabilized and form durable structures? This paper addresses this question by examining the emergence of the age-graded classroom, an organizational principle that allocates students to specific school grades based on chronological age. Drawing on actor-network theory (see e.g., Belliger & Krieger 2006, Latour 2005), the presentation investigates how age-grading became a key feature of what Tyack and Tobin (1994) term the “grammar of schooling” – the fundamental organizational structures that shape practices in schools.
Focusing on the implementation of age-grading in New York City at the turn of the twentieth century, this paper traces the classroom's organizational transformation within a rapidly expanding urban school system. The analysis shows that the age-graded classroom emerged through complex assemblages of both human and non-human actors, which include, e.g., the teaching profession, administrations, psychological concepts, architectural designs, teaching materials, as well as particular notions of norms and standards. By employing ANT's principle of flat symmetry, which treats human and non-human actors as equally significant for the formation of networks, the paper illuminates how these diverse entities interacted to produce a stable organizational form.
The methodological contribution of this research lies in ANT's focus on moments of controversy and collapse as analytical entry points. Specifically, the paper examines instances where prescribed age-grade standards conflicted with students' actual chronological ages. These mismatches – rather than seamless implementation – help to distinguish the translation processes (e.g., Callon 1984) that guided the establishment of the age-graded classroom network. Moments of friction between ideal standards and practical realities expose the mechanisms through which heterogeneous actors were enrolled, aligned, and stabilized into a coherent organizational structure.
The findings demonstrate how a highly complex, multi-layered, and resilient school organization network emerged and persisted despite ongoing challenges. By tracing these processes of stabilization, the paper offers theoretical and empirical insights into the mechanisms through which educational structures become institutionalized. The presentation seeks to contribute to understanding in more detail why certain organizational forms, once established, prove remarkably durable and resilient, even when their original rationales are contested or have faded into the background. Thus, this study has implications for contemporary educational reform efforts, suggesting that examining the material, social, and conceptual networks that sustain existing structures is essential when seeking to transform schooling. The paper concludes by reflecting on how ANT's analytical approach can illuminate the historical formation of other enduring features of educational organization.
References:
Belliger, A., & Krieger, D. J. (eds). (2006). ANThology. Ein einführendes Handbuch zur Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie. Transcript Verlag.
Callon, M. (1984). Some Elements of a Sociology of Translation: Domestication of the Scallops and the Fishermen of St. Brieuc Bay. The Sociological Review, 32(S1), 196–233.
Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the Social. An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford University Press.
Tyack, D., & Tobin, W. (1994). The ‘Grammar’ of Schooling: Why Has It Been So Hard to Change? American Educational Research Journal, 31(3), 453–479.
Datafications? Inequities in India’s National Achievement Survey
This paper is set in a ‘bureaucracy room’ in India, where statistical knowledge, inscribed into outcomes-based assessments, intersects with the state's apparatus to develop administrative frameworks and routines to produce new understandings of inequity in education and new ways of addressing it.
Our empirical focus is on new technical improvements introduced in 2017 to India’s National Achievement Survey (NAS), including outcomes-based assessment, a multiple-choice format, and machine marking. These were complemented with extensive efforts to ensure the data were used in policy and administration with simplified forms of data distributed at the district level and extensive workshops to train officials in the use of data.
Following these technical improvements, NAS produced a stunningly ‘flat’ picture, with little variation in achievement along historically significant lines of inequity such as gender, caste and location (urban/rural). This result contradicted every other known information about inequity in the Indian schooling systems – including previous rounds of NAS surveys.
Where did the inequities disappear? Drawing on the sociology of quantification, an analysis of NAS documents and websites and interviews with nine experts, we track the ways in which mutually reinforcing calculative and administrative mechanisms detach the phenomenon of inequity from demographic and other structural issues, and relocate it within administrative units and along learning outcomes. We identify four processes of translation through which this occurs: dislocation and relocation; rescaling; replicating; and folding. These translations result in the recasting of inequities into other units which obscure glaring social realities.
We argue that social phenomena such as ‘inequity’ are artefacts of measurement, or ‘datafictions’. At the same time, they are also real issues experienced by people. Moreover, the particular ‘fictions’ produced by data – i.e., particular visibilisations of phenomena – make their way into administrative and policy logics, congealing and reifying these ways of seeing and knowing through ways of doing – i.e., through administrative practices. Consequently, we are interested in what the data make visible and invisible, as well as how these visions are translated into policy imaginaries, expert discourses and administrative practices.
The paper presents a contextually grounded critique of technocratic neutrality and dissects the politics of knowledge creation, both central concerns of education as well as STS scholarship.
References:
Borooah, Vani Kant. 2012. ‘Social Identity and Educational Attainment: The Role of Caste and Religion in Explaining Differences between Children in India’. Journal of Development Studies 48 (7): 887–903.
Desrosières, A. (1998). The Politics of Large Numbers: A History of Statistical Reasoning. Translated by Camille Naish, Harvard University Press.
Merry, S. E. (2016). The seductions of quantification: Measuring human rights, gender violence, and sex trafficking.
Miller, C. A. (2005). New Civic Epistemologies of Quantification: Making Sense of Indicators of Local and Global Sustainability. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 30(3), 403-432.
Experimental Encounters with Educational Technology
This paper mobilizes Science and Technology Studies (STS) to examine the deployment of digital technologies on educational problems. Combined with an interest in materialities, the sociological thinking associated with STS is particularly suited to examine educational technologies in the knowledge practices of contemporary schooling (Gorur et al. 2019). While tools for school governance, management and learning continue to proliferate, recent post-humanist and critical scholarship on school digitalization, among them empirical studies of platformization and datafication, has highlighted how such technologies are locally contested and negotiated (Cone 2024; Selwyn et al. 2022). As a supposed wellbeing crisis among Danish youth mounts, digital technologies for measuring, understanding and intervening in student wellbeing have emerged, promising to aid schools and teachers in addressing this issue. In this paper, I empirically examine an encounter between a digital “wellbeing tool” and a Danish public school. The paper is set in one of the school’s professional development seminars, which convened the Behavior, Contact, and Wellbeing (BCW) team—those half-a-dozen pedagogical personnel at the school, who, in addition to their teaching duties, led the school’s ongoing efforts to address student wellbeing. The seminar, facilitated by an invited municipal development consultant, introduced the wellbeing tool through a hands-on exercise in which participants tried out its features. Drawing on STS, particularly work on experiments and their world-making effects (Mol 2022; Jensen 2021), I analyze the encounter between ‘wellbeing technology’, institutional routines, and attendant governance structures for student wellbeing intervention. I show how the testing of the tool enacted multiple, and at times conflicting, realities of student wellbeing intervention. Foregrounding these tensions, I demonstrate how student wellbeing is made into an object for intervention, and I discuss how educational technologies, in a post-digital age, come to matter in schools. Particularly how their promises are sustained, and their effects and affects are managed through a grammar of testing.
References:
Cone, L. (2024). Subscribing school: Digital platforms, affective attachments, and cruel optimism in a Danish public primary school. Critical Studies in Education, 65(3), 294–311. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2023.2269425
Gorur, R., Hamilton, M., Lundahl, C., & Sjödin, E. S. (2019). Politics by other means? STS and research in education. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(1), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2018.1549700
Jensen, C. B. (2021). Practical Ontologies Redux. Berliner Blätter, 2021(84). https://doi.org/10.18452/22974
Mol, A. (2002). The body multiple: Ontology in medical practice. Duke University Press.
Selwyn, N., Pangrazio, L., & Cumbo, B. (2022). Knowing the (datafied) Student: The Production of the Student Subject Through School Data. British Journal of Educational Studies, 70(3), 345–361. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2021.1925085
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 29 SES 07 A: Food and environmental education through affective lenses Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Silvia de Riba Mayoral Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Affective Environments as Pathways Enabling Youth Democratic Participation: Lessons from the Critical Change Labs 1: University of Barcelona; 2: University of Barcelona; 3: University of Barcelona Presenting Author:The growing distancing of young people from representative institutions, the weakening of civic trust, and the rise of far-right rhetoric to which they are vulnerable, paint a picture that calls for exploring new pedagogical approaches capable of strengthening democratic cultures. This phenomenon reveals a profound emotional disconnect: for many young people, political and social reality is perceived as distant, alien, and irrelevant to their lives. Faced with this situation, traditional approaches to education for democracy show persistent limitations by prioritising formal knowledge (Zyngier, 2011), which often neglects the emotional and relational dimension where true commitment to eco-social issues is anchored. Commitment arises through an emotional movement that draws us towards the collective. Involvement is rooted in a context, always political, that shapes our desire to act (Stewart, 2007). In this sense, affections, understood as forces circulating between bodies, spaces, and practices that make up both the intimate and the public (Berlant, 1998), operate as catalysts that can reorient the construction of knowledge. From this perspective, and taking up bell hooks “invitation to imagine ‘new and different ways of engaging students” (hooks, 2022), this proposal is guided by the following central research question: How can affections that promote greater social involvement among young people be mobilised through pedagogical practice? To answer this question, we draw on a conception of affect as a force that traverses situations and bodies, modulating their capacity to affect and be affected (Massumi, 2002). It operates as a vibration that reorganises the field of experience and may or may not crystallise into recognisable emotions. It does not reside “within” individuals, but between them, shaping affective atmospheres (Quintana, 2023; Zembylas, 2022). In this sense, creative or artistic pedagogical methods can function as spaces for exposure and encounter, where the personal becomes relational, the relational political, and the political livable (Ahmed, 2014). Michalinos Zembylas (2022) points out that affective environments are inseparable from democratic education, since participatory processes are not only thought out: they are felt, inhabited and embodied (Hickey-Moody, 2013, 2016). Within this framework, our objectives are: (1) To reflect, through the account of three pedagogical scenes from the CCLabs, on how different pedagogical methods can operate as affective triggers; (2) To analyse the translation processes through which the intensities generated in the laboratories are catalysed by pedagogical mediation towards recognisable forms of agency and involvement on the part of the students; (3) To address the need to rethink democratic education as a pedagogical practice that places the affective dimension at the centre as a condition for meaningful engagement. To address this question, this communication builds on the Horizon Europe Democracy Meets Arts: Critical Change Labs for Building Democratic Cultures through Creative and Narrative Practices (CCLAB) project. The CCLAB project is developed by a consortium of ten European institutions. The project aims to identify the challenges of youth democratic participation and develop a pedagogical model capable of addressing them. To this end, it integrates principles of critical pedagogy (Ahmed, 2025; Freire, 2007) with the ChangeLab method (Virkkunen, 2013), incorporating creative, narrative and artistic practices throughout three cycles of Participatory Action Research (PAR). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the initial question, this study adopts a qualitative interpretative approach aimed at understanding how different pedagogical methods developed in CCLabs shaped notable forms of involvement and engagement among young people. To this end, three specific scenarios in which this mobilisation was particularly noticeable are described and analysed. The analysis is based on a corpus composed of three internal reports from the CCLAB project, corresponding to the three cycles of Participatory Action Research, as well as field diaries. These documents were prepared by the consortium's researchers based on the implementation of CCLabs in formal and non-formal education contexts. Although they are not ethnographies in the classical sense, they function as situated institutional narratives that capture significant scenes, methods and perceived shifts that marked a change in disposition or generated a verifiable impact on the process (Flanagan, 1954; Kreps, 2018). It is important to emphasise that the project did not initially conceptualise affective-democratic environments as deliberately designed pedagogical elements. However, retrospective analysis of these narratives allows us to identify how certain strategies operated as affective catalysts, revealing a fundamental pedagogical dimension that emerged from the practice itself. From this corpus, three significant scenes were deliberately selected. The selection and description of the scenes focuses on three CCLabs developed in different educational centres in the city of Barcelona. The selection criterion was the intensity of the shift observed: documented episodes were identified in which a significant change in the degree of agency, connection or commitment to the project on the part of the young people was recorded. This selection aims to provide an in-depth analysis of moments in which the use of specific methods revealed their ability to mobilise emotions and reorient involvement. This decision responds to a logic of situated knowledge: the researchers participated directly in these processes and experienced the scenes analysed, which allows for a more refined access to the affective modulations that permeated these situations. This approach acknowledges the complexity and non-linear nature of affective processes and seeks, through the illustrative power of case studies, to offer keys to an affective pedagogy that effectively mobilises student engagement. It also recognises that affective environments cannot be fully controlled; however, they can be modulated, sometimes even inadvertently. The potential risks associated with this situation include the possibility that teachers may be confronted with students' emotional expressions without having sufficient resources to manage them effectively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The affective dimension has operated as a cross-cutting infrastructure that has conditioned the forms of involvement observed in different contexts. The three scenes are described below: Scene 1: the group decides to work on the theme of ‘affective responsibility’. In the fifth session, we propose a guided visualisation that allows participants to speculate, through mental images, on a transformed society. This method generates an affective connection with the possibilities for change. In the subsequent discussion, we observe a notable shift that translates into concrete proposals with a high level of social commitment, such as a community network map or an affective responsibility manual for families. The exercise acts as a catalyst that redirects the projects towards situated engagement. Scene 2: upon arrival, we encountered significant resistance from the group to participating in the project. They did not connect with the proposed artistic dynamics. However, they underwent a transformation when they went out to do fieldwork. One of the teams, which was addressing insecurity in the underground, physically went to the nearest station to observe the location of cameras and security systems. This act turned abstract research into a lived experience that made them understand the relevance of their topic. The direct encounter with reality outside their usual space generated renewed involvement. Scene 3: The group was marked by very uneven participatory dynamics. Male voices dominated the space. When we proposed that the students develop their own creative project, a shift in agency occurred. The girls' involvement emerged significantly when a space was created where their voices and thoughts became visible and legitimate, activating a participation that had previously been silenced. In this sense, the affective dimension operates as a key condition for democratic learning, enabling participation and agency that transform the abstract relationship with the social into an embodied involvement. References Ahmed, A. (2025). Towards an affective approach to critical thinking pedagogy. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 20(4), 601–616. https://doi.org/10.1080/1554480X.2025.2451793 Ahmed, S. (2014). The cultural politics of emotion (2nd ed.). Edinburgh University Press. Berlant, L. (1998). Intimacy: A special issue. Critical inquiry, 24(2), 281-288. Flanagan, J. C. (1954). The critical incident technique. Psychological Bulletin, 5, 327–358. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0061470 Freire, P. (2007). Pedagogía de la esperanza: Un reencuentro con la pedagogía del oprimido. Siglo XXI Editores. Hickey-Moody, A. (2013). Youth, arts, and education: Reassembling subjectivity through affect. Routledge. Hickey-Moody A. (2016) A Feminesta for posthuman Art Education: Visions and Becomings. Posthuman Research Practices in Education (258-266). London: Palgrave Macmillan. DOI:10.1057/9781137453082_ch16 hooks, b. (2022). Enseñar pensamiento crítico. Rayo Verde Editorial. Kreps, G. L. (2018). Critical Incident Technique. In A. A. Raney & J. Bryant (Eds.), The International Encyclopedia of Communication Research Methods. Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118901731.iecrm0052 Stewart, K. (2024). Afectos cotidianos. Mutatis Mutandis. (Original work published 2007) Massumi, B. (2002). Parables for the virtual: Movement, affect, sensation. Duke University Press. Quintana, L., & Pachón Soto, D. (2023). Espacios afectivos: Instituciones, conflicto, emancipación. Herder. Virkkunen, J. (2013). The change laboratory: A tool for collaborative development of work and education. Springer Science & Business Media. DOI:10.1007/978-94-6209-326-3 Zembylas, M. (2022). The affective atmospheres of democratic education: Pedagogical and political implications for challenging right-wing populism. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 43(4), 556-570. DOI:10.1080/01596306.2020.1858401 Zyngier, D. (2011). Rethinking the thinking on democracy in education: What are educators thinking (and doing) about democracy? Education Sciences, 2(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.3390/educ2010001 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Arts-based Educational Research for Transforming Food Value Systems: The Creation of Living Labs in Schools in Catalonia University of Girona, Spain Presenting Author:The research questions are:
The objectives of the research are: - Strengthen the sense of belonging of children (and the educational community) in Salt, with special attention to the Orchards in Salt, through arts-based research. - Strengthen the link between educational communities and the Orchards in Salt through hands-on and plase-based strategiesFood consumption in urban areas is articulated into a highly complex and specialised distribution scheme, with an almost exclusive dependence on long and distant supply chains. In the context of climate change such dependency creates unprecedented and unnecessary pressures on the resource supply, transportation, and logistics, thus challenging the resilience of a system almost exclusively dependent on external supply - with the additional ethical and sustainability questions that arise from increasingly transferring the negative impacts of industrial food production and provision away from cities to other areas (Jensen, P. D., & Orfila, 2021). Additionally, sustainable urban food options, which include e.g., healthy eating, access to green spaces and the equal provision of climate-resilient urban infrastructures (Rutt & Gulsrud, 2016) are often inaccessible to wider portions of the urban population. This is an economic, social, and infrastructural problem, where the poor integration of the urban food system (and related green infrastructure) with the built environment is both a major source of food insecurity (Oscilowicz et al., 2022) and a barrier to the pursuit of environmental justice in cities (Penne, & Goedemé, 2021). Innovative examples of urban strategies for sustainable and healthy food already exist (e.g., the De Cunto et al. “Food in cities” report provided evidence from the Eurocities network in 2017). Cities have demonstrated their central role during the pandemic in ensuring access to food for citizens and supporting retailers (Eurocities, 2021). Local food production and food security has also been on the EU’s agenda, which has - among others - facilitated knowledge exchange between cities on sustainable local food systems through its URBACT network (n.d.). However, consolidated best practices and emerging experimentations remain sporadic, and lack an overarching forum as well as a systemic framework for learning, knowledge exchange, and innovation transfer.
Upon this framework, the European Research project "REDESIGN - transformative food value systems that remodel resilient urban landscapes" (https://horizon-redesign.eu ) aims to identify and develop strategies to transform urban food systems, incorporating local, social, and cultural values, specially to make the local food system inclusive and accessible, fostering environmental justice and food justice in cities through participatory approaches that include vulnerable communities. One of the project’s lines of research focuses on creating three Living Labs in three different European cities. One Living Lab is developed in Salt (Spain), and one of the vulnerable target groups is children. Being aware of the potential of the arts for enhancing understanding (Barone and Eisner, 2012); fostering awareness of ethical dimensions in food production and consumption in communities (Juhola et al., 2024; Roe & Buser, 2016) and children’s engagement and commitment to the current ecological crisis (Bentz & O’Brian, 2019). This paper focuses on the part of the research project developed with schools, and how children and, by extension, the whole educational community can transform their food value systems through developing an arts-educational project. - Raise awareness about healthy habits linked to food systems, addressing the processes of production, transport and consumption. - Influence the transformation of the values of the food systems of the educational community, incorporating criteria of health, sustainability and roots in the territory.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To respond to the challenges exposed, an arts-based research approach (Barone and Eisner, 2012) is proposed. This epistemological approach acknowledges the potential and value of the arts to produce other forms of knowledge - knowledge that cannot be generated through more positivist or conventional qualitative research perspectives (Hernández-Hernández, 2008). This is carried out with the educational community of four schools in Salt. Mainly, we work with groups of children from different grades, aged between 5 and 11, and a group of teachers from the four schools. The fieldwork process is splitted in 2 phases: First phase (February - June 2026): Approaching Food Value Systems with educational communities though arts based methods. Second phase: Co-creating events with educational communities to disseminate from an artistic point of view the experience of the first phase and raise awareness about Food Value Systems among citizens of Salt. Since we are starting the first phase, we have developed arts-based proposals with the aim of contributing to the transformation of the values of the food systems of the educational communities. These proposals include elements of food education covering the entire process of the food chain: from cultivation to harvesting (including visits to orchards of Salt), and consumption of food, including edible and medicinal herbs found in the Hortes de Salt. In detail, we have split the proposals into 3 blocks. Origin of food: the gardens of Salt (7 sessions) The foods we consume: where do they come from? Are they healthy? (3 sessions) Final assessment (3 sessions) The data collected to respond to the two main questions of this paper will be based on the following methods: Questionnaire to be completed at the beginning and at the end of this phase: it will include questions about food habits linked to health Filmic documentation of the pedagogical processes: researchers and the participants will visually document their learning processes with the aim to create material to disseminate the experiences, as well as, to foster group cohesion (Onsès, 2018) Artistic materials created by students: such as herbariums, cartographies, drawings, art installations, etc (Riera-Retamero et al., 2021). Artographic fieldnotes: researchers will register observations and inquiries in a diary that entangles their subjectivity as artists, teachers, and researchers (Blasco Aguirre, 2024; Onsès-Segarra, 2025). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Since the fieldwork has not yet been realized, but it will be by the ECER conference in August, we expect the results to respond to the main questions of the paper while achieving the already mentioned following outcomes: Strengthen the sense of belonging of children (and the educational community) of Orchards in Salt, in a way that they appropriate that urban territory and feel as theirs. Raise awareness about healthy habits linked to food systems, addressing the processes of production, transport and consumption. Changes in the home menus, and also the places where families buy food (local markets, agroshops, groups of consumers, etc.) Influence the transformation of the values of the food systems of the educational community, incorporating criteria of health, sustainability and roots in the territory. References Barone. T. & Eisner, E. W. (2012). Arts Based Research. SAGE Publications. De Cunto, A., Tegoni, C., Sonnino, R., & Michel, C. (2017). Food in cities: study on innovation for a sustainable and healthy production, delivery, and consumption of food in cities. First report: Mapping innovative urban food strategies designed to promote the production, delivery and consumption of sustainable and healthy food. https://www.milanurbanfoodpolicypact.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Eurocities-Food-in-Cities.pdf Bentz, J & O’Brien, K. (2019). Art for change: Transformative learning and youth empowerment in a changing climate. Elem. Sci. Anth, 7, Art. 52. https://doi.org/10.1525/elementa.390 Blasco Aguirre, C. (2024). A/r/tografía para explorar transformaciones educativas con el Art Thinking Innovación en la educación artística básica en Grecia [Doctoral Thesis]. Universitat de Girona. DUGIDocs. http://hdl.handle.net/10256/25492 Eurocities (2021). Food Systems. https://eurocities.eu/goals/food-systems/ Hernández, F. (2008). La investigación basada en las artes: propuestas para repensar la investigación en educación. Educatio Siglo XXI, 26, 85-118. Recovered from: https://revistas.um.es/educatio/article/view/46641 Juhola, K., Zdanski, C., Peña, H., Kortetmäki, T., & Foster, R. (2024). Nourishing Connections: Fostering Collaboration on Food Ethics through Art. Journal of Cultural Research in Art Education, 41, 120-140. https://doi.org/10.2458/jcrae.6232 Oscilowicz, E., Anguelovski, I., Triguero-Mas, M., García-Lamarca , M., Baró, F., & Cole, H. V. (2022). Green justice through policy and practice: a call for further research into tools that foster healthy green cities for all. Cities & health, 6(5), 878-893. Onsès, J. (2018). Documentación visual en los fenómenos de aprendizaje con estudiantes de primaria. Una indagación rizomática difractiva desde las teorías ‘post’ [Doctoral Thesis]. University of Barcelona. https://tdx.cat/handle/10803/663745 Onsès Segarra, J. (2025). El diario a/r/tográfico como herramienta indagadora, creativa y de evaluación en la docencia. In A. Alonso Sanz and R. Ramon (eds.), I congreso internacional de investigación educativa basada en las artes. Arte y democracia. Libro de actas de resúmenes (pp. 82-84). 25 and 26 September 2025, University of Valencia. https://doi.org/10.7203/PUV-OA-9788491338352 Penne, T., & Goedemé, T. (2021). Can low-income households afford a healthy diet? Insufficient income as a driver of food insecurity in Europe. Food Policy, 99, 101978. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodpol.2020.101978 Riera-Retamero, M., Hernández-Hernández, F., de Riba-Mayoral, S., Lozano-Mulet, P., & Estalayo-Bielsa, P.. (2021). Los métodos artísticos como desencadenantes de subjetividades en tránsito de la infancia migrante: un estudio en escuelas públicas de Barcelona. Antipoda. Revista de Antropología y Arqueología, (43), 167-192. Epub April 22, 2021.https://doi.org/10.7440/antipoda43.2021.08 Roe, E. & Buser, M. (2016). Becoming ecological citizens: connecting people through performance art, food matter and practices. Cultural Geographies, 23 (4), 581-598. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474474015624243 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Arts-Based Learning for Environmental Education in a Primary Classroom 1: Istanbul Sabahattin Zaim University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Istanbul University-Cerrahpaşa, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This study examines the reflections of an arts-based and researcher-designed interactive learning design on students’ environmental awareness within the context of environmental education in the Life Studies course at the third-grade primary school level. In the study, a TouchDesigner-based audio-visual learning environment was designed in order to raise awareness of endangered species. Students’ interaction with this environment was supported through art activities. The research addresses a holistic learning process in which digital interaction, sensory experience, and arts-based learning are brought together. The main research question of this study is “How does an arts-based and interactive digital learning environment influence third-grade primary school students’ awareness of endangered species and the human–nature relationship?” The purpose of this study is to design an innovative digital learning environment for environmental education within the Life Studies course at the primary school level and to examine the reflections of this environment on students’ environmental awareness. The study aims to foster students’ connection with nature through arts-based activities, to create an interactive learning experience through the use of TouchDesigner. This study also aims to present an applicable example of environmental education at the primary school level through a low-code/no-code approach, thereby providing teachers with practical ideas for enriching classroom teaching and learning practices. Conceptual Framework Duncum (2004) states that meaning does not emerge from a single sign but rather from the relationships between signs. In other words, the meaning of an image is not produced solely by the image itself; it is constructed together with the accompanying sound, context, and interaction. In this study, students’ environmental awareness is therefore structured holistically not only through visual images, but also through animal sounds, digital movement, and arts-based activities. Duncum (2004) discusses how sound or text can “anchor” the meaning of an image. For example, cheerful music can render an image joyful, whereas melancholic music has the power to dramatize the same image. The classroom environment designed in this study provides an opportunity to examine how a particular animal sound or digital movement can guide students’ visual perceptions of that animal in this way. Duncum (2004) further argues that the aim of multimodal education is not merely to “experience” different modes, but to “analyze” how these modes influence us. For instance, one may become aware of how music manipulates the viewer’s emotions in a film scene. Building on this perspective, the study goes beyond simply enabling students to experience nature and instead seeks to address questions such as, “When this sound is added, does nature feel more frightening or more friendly?” In this way, it is considered possible to explore how primary school students construct meaning in relation to endangered species. With Duncum’s (2004) understanding of multimodality, this study aims to move art education beyond the purely visual, while simultaneously adapting the Reggio Emilia principle of “the environment as the third teacher” to the digital realm (Aden & Theodotou, 2019; Danko-McGhee & Slutsky, 2017). The designed TouchDesigner environment functions as a “Third Space,” as defined by Aung (2025), creating a setting in which children hybridize scientific environmental knowledge with artistic expression. As emphasized by Narey (2017) and Brooks (2017), art in this study is positioned not as a final product but as a process through which children think and make meaning. Moreover, as noted by Davidson et al. (2017), the multimodal dialogues and embodied responses that emerge during digital interaction demonstrate that environmental awareness is constructed not only cognitively, but also affectively and relationally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was designed as a qualitative instrumental case study. Instrumental case studies aim to conduct in-depth analysis through specific cases not for their own sake, but in order to gain insight into a broader phenomenon (Stake, 1995; Yin, 2018). In this research, the practices implemented at the primary school level were treated as a means of understanding the reflections of arts-based learning on environmental awareness. The learning process was structured in line with an arts-based learning approach. In this context, learning is conceptualized as a holistic process experienced by the learner through multiple sensory channels. The TouchDesigner-based interactive environment used in the study was positioned as a third space and was designed to enable students to actively interact with visual and auditory stimuli. In this way, the learning process was transformed into an experience-based structure. From this perspective, the study aligns with the core assumptions of multimodal learning. Indeed, multimodal learning theory emphasizes that meaning is constructed through the relationships between different sign systems and that learning deepens through such interactions (Kress, 2000; Duncum, 2004). In this research, environmental education addressed within the context of the Life Studies course was not treated as a theoretical framework, but rather as a content area in which the arts-based learning approach was applied. Students’ awareness of endangered species was supported through visual, auditory, and artistic experiences, with the aim of addressing environmental issues not only at a cognitive level but also at an affective level. Data were collected through reflective researcher journal, students’ artistic artefacts, classroom observations, and students’ verbal reflections during and after the implementation process. The data were analyzed using content analysis, guided by a multimodal learning perspective. In conclusion, this study constitutes a qualitative research designed as an instrumental case study that demonstrates how an arts-based learning approach can be implemented at the primary school level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes This study is expected to deepen third-grade primary school students’ environmental awareness through arts-based learning process. Rather than remaining limited to recognizing environmental concepts at a knowledge level, students are anticipated to redesign these concepts by transitioning between auditory, visual, and kinesthetic modes. This process is expected to contribute to making students’ environmental knowledge more meaningful and enduring, while also fostering conceptual depth. The multimodal learning approach is also considered one of the key outcomes of the study in terms of enhancing inclusivity within the classroom environment. In line with studies highlighting that learning processes relying primarily on verbal language may exclude some students (Narey, 2017; Aung, 2025), this research is expected to provide students with diverse learning styles or limited verbal expression skills opportunities to express themselves through art. This, in turn, is anticipated to make the strengths of students more active participation in the learning process. Consequently, classroom interaction is expected to become more democratic, allowing all students to experience having a “voice” within the learning process. It is further expected that the artistic artefacts produced by students (such as drawings, visual narratives, and models) will render visible their thoughts, emotions, and perceptions regarding endangered species. Through these artefacts, it will be possible to understand how students attribute meaning to environmental issues and what kinds of sensory and affective responses they develop. In summary, by positioning technology (TouchDesigner) as a stimulus and art as an expressive medium, this study is expected to enable students to internalize environmental awareness not merely as information to be acquired, but as an experience that is actively produced. References Aden, F., & Theodotou, E. (2019). Reggio Emilia and the arts approach: Two exceptional examples of multimodal learning in early years. Journal of Global Education and Research, 3(2), 158-167. doi:10.5038/ 2577-509X.3.2.1050 Aung, S. (2025, October). Creating multilingual spaces through arts-based methods in foundation phase classrooms. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 10, p. 1628614). Frontiers Media SA. Brooks, M.L. (2017). Drawing to Learn. In: Narey, M. (eds) Multimodal Perspectives of Language, Literacy, and Learning in Early Childhood. Educating the Young Child, vol 12. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-44297-6_2 Danko-McGhee, K., Slutsky, R. (2017). Empowering Preservice Teachers to Design a Classroom Environment That Serves as a Third Teacher. In: Narey, M. (eds) Multimodal Perspectives of Language, Literacy, and Learning in Early Childhood. Educating the Young Child, vol 12. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-44297-6_13 Duncum, P. (2004). Visual Culture isn’t Just Visual: Multiliteracy, Multimodality and Meaning. Studies in Art Education,45(3), 252–264. https://doi.org/10.1080/00393541.2004.11651771 Kress, G. (2000). Multimodality. In B. Cope & M. Kalantzis (Eds.), Multiliteracies: Literacy learning and the design of social futures (pp. 182–202). Macmillan. Narey, M.J. (2017). The Creative “Art” of Making Meaning. In: Narey, M. (eds) Multimodal Perspectives of Language, Literacy, and Learning in Early Childhood. Educating the Young Child, vol 12. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-44297-6_1 Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. Sage. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Exploring Learning with Things - a Pan, a Spatula, and Frozen Fish Fillets. Tracing Multisensory Classroom Assemblages in Food Education Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Learning an aesthetic subject is a sensory endeavour. In the school subject food education, senses are continuously engaged: the students are touching the earthy potato as they peel it under running cold water, looking at onions soften in the pot, inhaling the aroma of bread baking in the oven, and tasting the warm prepared dishes alongside their classmates. Existing educational research in the school subject food education (also called home economics) has primarily focused on teacher practices and syllabus requirements (see, for example (Benn, 2009; Makumbe & Nyevera, 2021; Veka & Djupegot, 2025). But the kitchen classroom is inhabited by a swarm of young people with moving bodies, kitchen tables, stoves, sinks, cutlery, and food - vegetables, legumes, grains, dairy products, meats, and spices. Creative and aesthetic school subjects, such as food education, have historically received limited attention within compulsory schooling. In many countries, food education is often a voluntary after-school activity, particularly in the upper grades (Benn, 2009). In the Danish school system, however, this positioning has begun to shift, as what may be described as a practical turn. For the first time in several decades, the Danish government in 2018 decided to increase the number of lessons allocated to aesthetic subjects in compulsory schooling (Ministry of Education, 2018). As a response to what may be described as a unilateral emphasis on academic skills in literacy and numeracy, greater curricular space has been given to subjects such as sloyd, visual arts, music, and food education. This turn has been articulated in Danish school policy discourse through the concept of practiacy (praksisfaglighed in Danish), which has, since the 2018 initiative, begun to develop as a new pedagogical phenomenon. Practiacy encompasses ambitions for more practical and varied teaching across school subjects, as well as a renewed focus on craft, craftwork, and vocational pathways beyond compulsory schooling (Ravn, 2024). With this new situatedness of the aesthetic school subjects, this paper is based on my PhD project exploring learning with things. The aim of this paper is to explore research creation practices to trace learning processes with things, drawing on posthuman understandings of classroom assemblages as emergent becomings of human and non-human forces and relations (Lenz-Taguchi, 2009; Bennett, 2010; de Freitas, 2012; Deleuze et al., 1987). This paper takes shape through a posthuman and postqualitative inspiration to research, understood as an open-ended process of research creations (Taylor & Hughes, 2016). Rather than approaching knowledge as representation or outcome, inquiry is practiced as something that unfolds through experimental, relational, and more-than-human encounters. Grounded on postfoundational approaches (Gunnarsson & Bodén, 2021; Mazzei & Jackson, 2024), and Deleuzian notions of becoming (Deleuze et al., 1987), research is approached as practices that come into being alongside the worlds it engages. Knowledge is thus understood as situated and emergent, and is becoming through shifting relations among bodies, things, discourses, and affects. Postapproaches challenge human exceptionalism and foreground the significance of more-than-human participants in educational practices (Haraway, 2016). Through this perspective, teaching and learning processes are not pre-given phenomena but are continually made and remade within classroom assemblages as fluid configurations of students, teachers, things, buildings, curricular intentions, and discursive forces (Lenz-Taguchi, 2009; de Freitas, 2012; Murris, 2020). This approach invites attention to how matter comes to matter in school learning. The research question addressed is: How might learning processes with things be explored as classroom assemblages, emerging through shifting relations and affects among human and non-human participants? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology Grounded in understanding of research as a haptic sensorium (Bergstedt, 2021) and in postqualitative methodology as a practice of material and bodily proximity (Gunnarsson & Bodén, 2021), the study employs sensory ethnographic fieldwork (Pink, 2015). Multisensory research practices have been a vital part of fieldwork practices (Howes, 2017). Food education is a multisensory school subject; using the senses is not supplementary but constitutive of learning processes, both for the students and for me as a researcher. Like culinary craft, the subject is inherently multisensory, engaging the senses of taste, smell, touch, sound, movement, and vision. These sensory engagements are central to both the quality of culinary food practices and to how learning processes unfold in the classroom. Consequently, sensing is not approached solely as a methodological concern, but as a part of the curricular and pedagogical content through which knowledge is produced. While multisensory ethnography has developed in response to the historical privileging of the visual in the humanities (Pink, 2015; Howes, 2019), the use of taste as a research method remains relatively underexplored. In this study, tasting is approached as both object and mode of inquiry. Drawing on taste as social (Counihan & Højlund, 2018) and Sutton’s anthropology of cooking (2015), tasting is understood as material and relational practices. Investigating tasting and investigating through tasting thus become entangled, allowing learning processes to be explored as sensory, collective, and emergent events. Grounded in an interest in school practices, this paper is based on experiences of empirical production that took shape through fieldwork in over 18 months in three lower secondary public schools in Denmark, as I followed school practices in food education classes in Grades 7–8. The students were young people aged 13-15, and the teachers were trained educators specialising in food education. The fieldwork comprises 93 lessons, and I followed 24 students through their practical and oral examinations. Throughout the fieldwork, attention was directed toward learning and teaching with things - how students’ and teachers’ practical doings took shape through their shifting relations with the kitchen classroom and its multiple materialities, including food items, kitchen utensils, and cookers. The fieldwork is documented through approximately 2,500 photographic fieldnotes, complemented by written fieldnotes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes This paper explores how learning processes with things may be explored as classroom assemblages, emerging through shifting relations and affects among human and non-human participants. The paper’s expected outcomes elaborate on two interconnected knots: a) Becoming with kitchen practices Investigating a practical school subject - as practical - calls for a researcher who is likewise practically engaged, as knowledge in the haptic sensorium comes into being with and through the researcher’s body (Bergstedt, 2021). Rather than fully participating in cooking, which often produced asymmetrical collaborations due to my professional cooking skills, I attuned myself to the practical rhythms of food education by moving curiously through the kitchen classroom with my camera while students cooked, engaging in brief conversations along the way. When it was time to eat, I invited myself to join a group at the table. Eating together enabled me to taste the same food as the students and to take part in their conversations about dishes and flavours. Each shared meal became a small research-creation event when students photographed me eating their food, folding my body into the empirical assemblage. b) Capturing thing-power in the classroom The empirical material, photographic and written fieldnotes, was approached not as representational data but as active participants in the research process. The analyses attend to classroom assemblages in which bodies, things, and spaces come into relation and take shape through practice. Photographic fieldnotes played a central role in foregrounding material forces and spatial intensities, the thing-power, of these assemblages. Drawing on the method of following things (Woodward, 2022), I photographed not only human activity but also the doings of objects and rooms. In this way, material arrangements and transformations guided analytical attention, positioning things and spaces as active contributors to the becoming of teaching situations rather than as background context. References Benn, J. (2009). Practical Wisdom, Understanding of Coherence and Competencies for Everyday Life. International Journal of Home Economics, 2(1), 2–14. Bennett, J. (2010). Vibrant matter : a political ecology of things. Duke University Press. Bergstedt, B. (2021). The Ontology of Becoming: To Research and Become with the World. Education sciences, 11(9), 491. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11090491 Counihan, C., & Højlund, S. (2018). Making Taste Public: Ethnographies of Food and the Senses (1 ed.). Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350052710 de Freitas, E. (2012). The Classroom as Rhizome: New Strategies for Diagramming Knotted Interactions. Qualitative inquiry, 18(7), 557–570. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800412450155 Deleuze, G., Guattari, F., & Massumi, B. (1987). A thousand plateaus : capitalism and schizophrenia. University of Minnesota Press. Gunnarsson, K., & Bodén, L. (2021). Introduktion till postkvalitativ metodologi (Vol. 2). Stockholm University Press. https://doi.org/10.16993/bbh Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene (1 ed.). Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822373780 Howes, D. (2019). Multisensory Anthropology. Annual review of anthropology, 48(1), 17–28. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-anthro-102218-011324 Lenz-Taguchi, H. (2009). Going beyond the theory/practice divide in early childhood education : introducing an intra-active pedagogy (1st ed.). Routledge. Makumbe, S., & Nyevera, T. (2021). The Teaching of Home Economics in Primary Schools in Zimbabwe. In Advances in 21st Century Human Settlements (pp. 161–173). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0305-1_11 Mazzei, L. A., & Jackson, A. Y. (2024). Postfoundational Approaches to Qualitative Inquiry (First edition. ed.). Routledge. Ministry of Education [Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet] (2018). Aftale om styrket praksisfaglighed i folkeskolen [Agreement on strengthened practice-based teaching and learning in the elementary school] https://www.regeringen.dk/media/5650/180612-aftale-omstyrket-praksisfaglighed-i-folkeskolen-ny.pdf (in Danish) Murris, K. (2020). Navigating the Postqualitative, New Materialist and Critical Posthumanist Terrain Across Disciplines: An Introductory Guide (1st edition ed.). Taylor and Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003041177 Ravn, M. (2024). Becomings of Practiacy Between Policy Intentions and Pedagogical Research (2018–2024). Aarhus University (conference video-paper in Danish) https://youtu.be/SJvHIU6ZKik Sutton, D. (2015). The Anthropology of Cooking. In J. L. Watson & J. A. Klein (Eds.), The Handbook of Food and Anthopology. Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. Taylor, C. A., & Hughes, C. (2016). Posthuman research practices in education. Palgrave Macmillan. Veka, I., & Djupegot, I. L. (2025). En oversiktsstudie av empirisk forskning på det norske skolefaget mat og helse i perioden 2006-2023. Smak, 1/2025. [A Review of Empirical Research on the Norwegian School Subject Food and Health (2006–2023)] (in Norwegian] Woodward, S. (2022). Material methods : researching and thinking with things. SAGE Publications. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 29 SES 07 B: Music education (III) Location: B3108 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Romeu Curto Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Ignite Talk Curriculum as Cultural Negotiation in Classical Guitar Education: Theoretical Perspectives on Autonomy, Equity and Artistic Knowledge 1: Center for Research in Education, University of Madeira, Funchal, Portugal; 2: The Conservatory – School of Arts of Madeira; 3: CeiED, Lusófona University, Lisbon, Portugal Presenting Author:This Ignite Talk addresses the theoretical foundations of a doctoral research focused on curriculum construction in Classical Guitar education within public music conservatories. Rather than presenting empirical findings, the contribution foregrounds curriculum as a conceptual, cultural and political problem in specialised artistic education, drawing on contemporary curriculum theory and critical debates in arts education. The central research question guiding this theoretical reflection is: How can curriculum in instrumental music education be conceptualised as a negotiated space between autonomy, equity and artistic legitimacy in the absence of national curricular reference frameworks? This question emerges from the observation that, in several national contexts, comparison between Portugal and Spain, instrumental curricula are weakly regulated, highly localised and often sustained by tacit professional norms rather than explicit curricular agreements. The theoretical framework integrates four complementary strands. First, classical curriculum theory is revisited through the work of Tyler (1949) and Taba (1962), whose objective-oriented and developmental models have strongly influenced instrumental teaching traditions. While these approaches provide structural coherence and technical progression, they tend to marginalise the cultural, ethical and political dimensions of curricular decision-making in the arts. Second, critical curriculum theory (Apple, 1979; Giroux, 1997; Torres, 2015) is mobilised to challenge the assumption of curricular neutrality. From this perspective, curriculum is understood as a selective cultural tradition that legitimises certain forms of knowledge, repertoires and pedagogies while excluding others. This lens is particularly relevant to Classical Guitar education, historically shaped by Eurocentric canons and master–apprentice pedagogical cultures, often naturalised as universal standards of artistic quality. Third, post-critical and reconceptualist approaches (Pinar, 2004; Aoki, 2005; Slattery, 2006) frame curriculum as a lived, negotiated and unfinished process. Here, curriculum is not reduced to formal syllabi but conceptualised as the dynamic interplay between planned curriculum, enacted curriculum and experienced curriculum. This perspective enables the recognition of teacher–performer identities, student subjectivities and institutional cultures as constitutive elements of curricular meaning in artistic education. Finally, the framework engages with contemporary debates on autonomy, equity and governance in arts education within a European context. Drawing on comparative curriculum scholarship (Young & Muller, 2016) and policy-oriented critiques of neoliberal educational governance (Torres, 2015), the talk highlights how curricular autonomy, when unsupported by shared reference points, may inadvertently reinforce territorial and institutional inequalities rather than promote pedagogical diversity. In response, the Ignite Talk proposes the concept of a “curricular contract” as a theoretical construct capable of reconciling autonomy with responsibility. This notion refers to the establishment of shared curricular reference frameworks, focused on learning outcomes, artistic practices and educational values, while preserving pedagogical freedom and contextual adaptation. Rather than advocating standardisation, the contribution argues for curricular coherence as a condition for equity, transparency and student mobility across institutions. By focusing explicitly on theory, this Ignite Talk aims to provoke critical dialogue on curriculum as a cultural, ethical and political endeavour in music education, resonating with broader European concerns regarding justice, diversity and the public role of the arts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The doctoral research underpinning this Ignite Talk adopts a qualitative and interpretative methodological approach, grounded in a multiple case study design (Yin, 2014; Stake, 2006). Although the present contribution focuses exclusively on the theoretical framework, the broader study provides the empirical and analytical context from which the theoretical problematisation emerges. The research involved the analysis of seven public music conservatories, selected to ensure institutional and territorial diversity within the Portuguese educational system. Data collection combined semi-structured interviews with school leaders and Classical Guitar teachers, questionnaires administered to students, and systematic documentary analysis of curricular, regulatory and institutional texts. This multi-source design enabled the triangulation of perspectives and the construction of a nuanced understanding of curricular practices in instrumental music education. Data analysis followed the principles of thematic content analysis (Bardin, 1977), supported by intra-case and cross-case comparison. Coding procedures were iterative and theory-informed, allowing empirical categories to be interpreted in dialogue with curriculum theory and critical perspectives on arts education. Particular attention was given to how curricular decisions were justified, enacted and experienced by different actors. In addition to empirical data, the study incorporated an extensive theoretical and policy-oriented literature review. This review functioned not merely as contextualisation, but as an analytical lens through which empirical findings were interpreted and problematised. European policy documents and comparative studies on specialised artistic education were also examined to situate the research within broader debates on governance, autonomy and equity in arts education. While this Ignite Talk foregrounds theoretical reflection rather than methodological detail, its arguments are grounded in this rigorous qualitative research design, ensuring that the proposed conceptual insights are empirically informed and analytically robust. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the doctoral research includes extensive empirical findings, the conclusions foregrounded in this Ignite Talk are primarily theoretical and conceptual. The study demonstrates that curriculum in Classical Guitar education cannot be adequately understood as a neutral or purely technical framework, but rather as a cultural, political and ethical construction shaped by institutional autonomy, professional traditions and implicit value systems. A key theoretical outcome of the research is the identification of a structural tension between pedagogical autonomy and curricular equity in specialised artistic education. The analysis shows that high levels of institutional and teacher autonomy, when operating in the absence of shared curricular reference frameworks, tend to generate fragmentation, unequal learning opportunities and limited student mobility between institutions. These effects are particularly visible in instrumental music education, where curricular decisions are often informal, tacit and weakly regulated. The research further contributes to curriculum theory by articulating the concept of a “curricular contract” as a heuristic and analytical tool. This concept reframes curriculum as a negotiated agreement between policy, institutions and practitioners, combining common reference points—such as learning outcomes, artistic practices and assessment principles—with contextual flexibility and pedagogical freedom. Rather than advocating standardisation, the curricular contract is proposed as a means of ensuring coherence, transparency and equity while respecting the artistic specificity of instrumental education. From a broader perspective, the study reinforces post-critical understandings of curriculum as a lived and contested process, shaped by teacher–performer identities, student subjectivities and institutional cultures. By situating Classical Guitar education within European debates on governance, equity and the public role of the arts, the research contributes to ongoing discussions on how curricula in arts education can balance tradition, innovation and social responsibility. These theoretical conclusions aim to inform future curriculum development, policy design and comparative research in music and arts education across European contexts. References Apple, M. W. (1979). Ideology and Curriculum. Routledge. Apple, M. W. (1990). Ideology and Curriculum (2nd ed.). Routledge. Aoki, T. (2005). Curriculum in a New Key. Lawrence Erlbaum. Giroux, H. A. (1997). Pedagogy and the Politics of Hope. Westview Press. Pinar, W. F. (2004). What Is Curriculum Theory? Lawrence Erlbaum. Slattery, P. (2006). Curriculum Development in the Postmodern Era. Routledge. Torres, C. A. (2015). Education and Neoliberal Globalization. Routledge. Young, M., & Muller, J. (2016). Curriculum and the Specialization of Knowledge. Routledge. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Making and Playing a String Instrument for Actual Cosmopolitan Education 1: Kyoto University, Japan; 2: Osaka Christian College, Japan Presenting Author:This study examines the unique practice of making and playing a string instrument and explicates the cosmopolitan educational implications of the practice of arts and crafts. Education through arts and crafts has been said to be one of the main purposes of STEAM education in this globalised world (Khine 2019). At the same time, education with arts and crafts can be regarded as well suited to postmodern society and offers the key to building a sociocultural community (Mason 2005). Moreover, such education may contribute to ecological and sustainable development during global crises (Hall 2023). We take up the last contemporary feature of the education through the arts and crafts and extend it from the perspective of cosmopolitan education. Cosmopolitanism and cosmopolitan education were first conceptualised by the ancient Greek philosopher Diogenes and have been also discussed by Kant, Dewey, Derrida, and Nussbaum (Vertovec and Cohen 2002; Held 2010). Cosmopolitanism suggests that we live in the same world regardless of various attributes. In the present era of exclusively nationalistic trends, cosmopolitan education must play a much more significant role (cf. Mignolo 2000; Werbner 2008; Braidotti et al. 2013; Vinokur 2018). However, cosmopolitan education has been strongly criticised because it seems to be based on abstract universalism. One reason cosmopolitan education is regarded as empty is that it does not comprise meaningful educational practices. To overcome such criticism, we consider art-based practice, that is, making and playing string instruments, as a robust practice of cosmopolitan education. The research question of this study is formulated as follows: what are the meanings and implications of making and playing a string instrument for cosmopolitan education, and how can we situate such educational practices in the education through the arts and crafts? We adopted the theoretical frameworks of art education by Rudolf Steiner (Waldorf education) and cosmopolitan geography education by Immanuel Kant. Steiner criticises Kant’s dualistic understanding of the world (intelligible and sensual), but they share cosmopolitan and geographical education in the sense that children can understand the Other from a geographical perspective (Hirose 2020). Therefore, our study is based on their understanding of art and cosmopolitan education. In this study, we discuss the practice of creating and playing a string instrument in a Japanese kindergarten in Hiroshima and a community program for children and parents in the city centre in Kyoto. This string instrument, called the Bandhula, was originally invented by a Japanese elementary school teacher, based on similar instruments in Central Asia and Eastern Europe. It has four strings with a body that children and parents can design using their own imagination. Therefore, each instrument has its own original sound because of its unique form of the body. The instrument is made from Japanese regional wood, such as Hiba arborvitae and Japanese cypress. It takes 30 hours to complete the instrument using a wild board. By making a string instrument together with other families, children and parents can incorporate regional elements, so they can associate themselves with nature and their neighbours. Moreover, after its creation, they play the instrument together with others, enjoying a sound that transcends the need for language and is thus universal. This practice encourages them to simultaneously have local, regional, and universal access. In addition, a string has a profound influence on human beings (Steiner 1977) and carpentering plays a fundamental role in human formation (Kant 2007). We demonstrate the substance of practice for human formation (Bildung). Based on qualitative interviews with children and parents, we show the enormous potential of this practice of arts and crafts for a holistic cosmopolitan education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We adopted a semi-structured qualitative interview research both with children and parents (15 subjects) in the practice of making and playing a string instrument, theoretically based on Steiner and Kant’s art and cosmopolitan educational philosophy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The originality of this practice of creating and playing a string instrument lies in the integration of many (commonly) separated elements. Generally, we play instruments that were bought or borrowed; not those made by ourselves. However, the aforementioned method allows us to combine the making and playing of an instrument. Moreover, children will create instruments not alone but with others, especially with the people closest to them, such as parents and other participants. These characteristics encourage children and their parents to expand their world more so that they can associate an artistic activity with making something, connecting with nature, and communicating with others, which guarantees experiencing the interconnected world we live in. The qualitative interviews suggest that children not only learned how to make the instrument but also acquired important experiences of enjoying artistic activities as well as collaborating with others (nature, other children, parents, and friends), which is essentially a cosmopolitan experience. Moreover, parents indicated that this practice could make families unite and communicate well, which is also one of the fundamental elements of cosmopolitanism (i.e., comprehensive community). Steiner strongly emphasises artistic activities in order to cultivate harmonious feelings and the will to be free as human beings, while Kant stresses physical geography as a significant educational practice for basic cosmopolitan education. This practice of making and playing a string instrument combines crucial components of cosmopolitan human formation. This study may also contribute to extending the huge potential of art-based education and realising cosmopolitan education in informal educational practices. We can also introduce this challenging practice into future school curricula worldwide. References Braidotti, R., Hanafin, P. and Blaagaard, B. (eds.) (2013) After Cosmopolitanism, New York: Routledge. Hall, E. (2023) A Green Manifesto for Art, Craft and Design Education, The international Journal of Art & Design Education, 42-4, pp. 611-621. Held, D. (2010) Cosmopolitanism: Ideals and Realities, Cambridge: Polity. Hirose, Y (2020) Geographical Education in Waldorf School: Cosmopolitan Human Formation, in Hirose, T., Endo, T., Ikeuchi, K., Hirose, A. (eds.) Steiner Education for 100 Years, Kyoto, Showado, pp. 107-137. Kant, I. (2007) Anthropology, History, and Education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Khine, M. and Areepattamannil, S. (eds.) (2019) STEAM Education: Theory and Practice, New York: Springer. Mason, R. (2005) Creative education through arts and crafts, International Journal of Education through Art, 1-1, pp. 3-8. Mignolo, W. D. (2000) ‘The Many Faces of the Cosmo-Polis: Border Thinking and Critical Cosmopolitanism’, Public Culture, 12, pp. 721–48. Steiner, R. (1977) Erziehungskunst : Seminarbesprechengen und Lehrplanvorträge, Dornach: Rudolf Steiner Verlag. Vertovec, S. and Cohen R. (eds) (2002) Conceiving Cosmopolitanism: Theory, Context, and Practice, Oxford: Oxford University Press. Vinokur, E. (2018) ‘Cosmopolitan Education in Local Settings: Toward a New Civics Education for the 21st Century’, Policy Futures in Education, 16, pp. 964–84. Werbner, P. (2008) ‘Towards a New Cosmopolitan Anthropology’, in P. Werbner (ed.) Anthropology and the New Cosmopolitanism, Oxford: Berg, pp. 1–29. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 07 A: Gamifying ESE through Drama and Play Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Karen Elizabeth Jordan Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Dramaturgical Investigations of Place-Framing: Towards a Place-informed Social Movement Pedagogy Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:In 2024 the European Union launched its “Critical Raw Materials Act” [CRMA] as part of the “Green Deal” to secure access to the critical and strategic minerals necessary for its industry and the transition to renewable energy systems. This energy transition requires a drastic expansion in mining to supply sufficient minerals for industrial needs (International Energy Agency, 2022). Though the CRMA intends to mine 10% of its need in Europe itself by 2030, this still means that the majority of minerals is being mined abroad and predominantly in the Global South (Stacciarini and Gonçalves, 2025), in rural areas where peasant and indigenous peoples live (Owen et al., 2022). These mining explorations often neglect local needs, and exclude the populations from participating in these change processes (Milanez et al., 2021). Consequently, resistance against mining (Conde, 2017) has been on the rise with both social movements and academics calling for a “right to say no” on matters that affect their territories (Marín, 2023; Teixeira, 2024). Of concern, here, is the profound social and environmental impact of extractivism which turns inhabited places into “sacrifice zones” (Canelas and Carvalho, 2023). The violence and pollution that comes with the search for minerals does not only displace people, it also displaces knowledge (Zhou & Brown, 2024). The “coloniality of power” (Arora & Stirling, 2023) that comes with the technologies of extractivism subsumes and replaces local ways of living and knowing, which can culminate in an “epistemicide” (Santos, 2016). Such events devastate a place’s so-called “biocultural memory”, the accumulation of knowledges, linguistics, and genetics that communities and their environments embody through ongoing interactions over generations of time (Toledo and Barrera-Bassols, 2008). In this regard, resistance by place-based social movements is more than a defence of individuals’ rights. These movements struggle for the preservation of a territory, the bioculutral memory that it holds, and the ways of life of those that inhabit it. Furthermore, resistance movements arise as a way for non-governmental actors to become part of, and influence, change processes. This also means that social movements usually don’t start out with pre-determined ends-in-view but define their objectives from within the change processes and adapt them where necessary. I argue that by negotiating tensions between these issues, making choices and adaptations, social movement organising around an issue can be seen as crucial sites of ‘learning by doing’ and ‘doing by learning’ (Van Poeck et al., 2020). This study investigates how learning in social movements can be facilitated. Specifically, I analyse “place-framing” (Martin, 2003) in social movements’ activities. Place-framing is a concept from human geography which denotes how place-based social movements construct a so-called “place-frame”, a vision of what a place is or ought to be, around which collective action to address certain issue such as mining can be organised. Consequently, the use of certain place-frames or their renegotiation in place-framing actions are approaches as an outcome and part of learning processes, called ‘Place-Frame Learning’ (Deveux, 2024). I use a “Dramaturgical Analysis” of the facilitation of learning processes (Van Poeck & Östman, 2022) to study the settings which social movements organise for their activities, in conjunction with a “Transactional Place-Framing Analysis” [TPFA] (Deveux et al., 2026), which disentangles how certain place elements (e.g. important landmarks, practices or knowledges in a place) are foregrounded in the place-framing, to address the following research questions: “How does the setting of a social movement activity influence the place-framing and, hence, the place-frame learning”?; “How can place-frame learning in social movements, i.e. the use and negotiation of a joint place-frame, be facilitated?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this study, participatory observations and interviews were recorded over 2 years with several place-based organisations in Belgium, Portugal, Colombia and Brazil, including: 1. a transnational anti-mining movement based in Belgium with a focus in Latin America; 2. a village association in Portugal that resists a mining exploration in their territories; 3. a regional activist group resisting the renewal of mining in Belgium; 4. an indigenous community group recounting the history of rare earth element mining in a city in Minas Gerais, Brasil; 5. two community movements that resist the expansion of a mining project in Minas Gerais, Brasil; 6. an afro-descendent community, a quilombo, at the Brasilian coast demanding compensation for the pollution of their water supply after the Mariana dam disaster; 7. an agroecological school resisting a mining exploration in their territory in Colombia. This data is used for a cross-case study of the dramaturgy of place-frame learning that occurs during the activities by these organisations. The dramaturgy of an activity refers to how social movement actors, like theatre directors, set-up a purposeful setting in which they want to interact with a public or their own members (Van Poeck & Östman, 2022). This setting is created through its scripting, i.e. expectations of behaviour and outcomes for participants, its staging, i.e. the choice of what tools and artefacts are present during an activity and how they should be used, and the performance, i.e. what people actually do, by the facilitators during the activity. This last one is important, because the facilitation of the learning is in control of the social movement and allows them to steer the meaning-making towards their desired outcomes. In this study, I’m interested in how place-frame learning can be facilitated, i.e. how can place-frames emerge, be negotiated and shaped to fruitfully organise collective action around an issue such as mining. To this end, I use a TPFA to disentangle what elements of place are considered important in the place-framing, and understand which of these elements become contested or shared in collective place-frames. Using the concept of ‘privileging’ from socio-cultural learning theory (Wertsch, 1993), I investigate this dynamic process of inclusion and exclusion of place elements in the meaning-making process by participants in the activity. Finally, by looking for patterns between the dramaturgy of the setting and the actual place-framing I address my research questions and gain insights into how place-frame learning can be fruitfully facilitated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results from this study follow from three subanalyses. First, the analysis of the place-framing [TPFA] in combination with privileging analysis, allows for the identification of multiple types of place-frames that arise in the meaning-making. For example, place-frames revolving around a certain materiality, e.g. a river, and others centring around a certain history of a place. Secondly, the dramaturgical analysis and outcomes of the previous analysis allows me to answer the 1st question on how the setting influences the place-frame learning. For instance, the use of certain artefacts such as maps or agricultural produces help individuals see the connections between their personal lives and the issue of mining in their place, whereas other setting lead to conflict between participants. Finally, by combining both analyses we can focus on the “performance”-aspect of the dramaturgy, to investigate how the facilitators steered the place-framing in line or diverging from the scripting they had in mind. As such the 2nd question on how place-frame learning can be facilitated, can be partly answered by creating a typology of “place-framing moves” that are encountered in the recordings. For example, a facilitator intervening in a conflict between participant and putting focus on the elements of place that may align their viewpoints such as care for the beauty of nature. The expected outcomes can be summarised as follows: - Identify typologies of place-frames - Investigate how the setting influences the place-frame learning - Identify “place-framing moves” I argue that these outcomes can form an interesting contribution to this conference’s focus on “knowing and acting”, as they will create insights into how social movements can fruitfully facilitate place-frame learning by being attentive to the dramaturgy of their activities. Future research could use the constructed typologies in combination with insights from educational literature to strive towards a place-informed social movement pedagogy. References Arora, S., Stirling, A., 2023. Colonial modernity and sustainability transitions: A conceptualisation in six dimensions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions 48, 100733. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eist.2023.100733 Canelas, J., Carvalho, A., 2023. The dark side of the energy transition: Extractivist violence, energy (in)justice and lithium mining in Portugal. Energy Research & Social Science 100, 103096. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.erss.2023.103096 Conde, M., 2017. Resistance to Mining. A Review. Ecological Economics 132, 80–90. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2016.08.025 Deveux, A. (2024). Place-frame learning in sustainability transitions. ECER 2024, Abstracts. Presented at the ECER2024 : Education in an age of uncertainty : memory and hope for the future, Nicosia, Cyprus. Deveux, A., Devos, T., Van Poeck, K., 2026. A transactional approach to place-framing in sustainability transitions. [Manuscript submitted for publication]. International Energy Agency (IEA), 2022. The Role of Critical Minerals in Clean Energy Transitions – Analysis (World Energy Outlook Special Report). Paris. Martin, D.G., 2003. “Place-Framing” as Place-Making: Constituting a Neighborhood for Organizing and Activism. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 93, 730–750. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8306.9303011 Milanez, F., Pimentel, S.K., Melo, A., Gamella, K.A., Munduruku, A.K., Vaz, A., Ferreira, J., 2021. The right to say no: extractivisms and territorial struggles. Ambient. soc. 24, e0159. https://doi.org/10.1590/1809-4422asoc20210159vu2021l5nr Owen, J.R., Kemp, D., Lechner, A.M., Harris, J., Zhang, R., Lèbre, É., 2022. Energy transition minerals and their intersection with land-connected peoples. Nat Sustain 6, 203–211. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-022-00994-6 Santos, B. S. (2016). Epistemologies of the South: Justice against epistemicide. Routledge. Stacciarini, J.H.S., Gonçalves, R.J. a. F., 2025. Energy Transition And Mining In The Global South. Mercator (Fortaleza) 24, e24009. https://doi.org/10.4215/rm2025.e24009 Teixeira, B.M., 2024. Room to Grow and the Right to Say No: Theorizing the Liberatory Power of Peace in the Global South. Geopolitics 1–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/14650045.2023.2286287 Toledo, V. M., & Barrera-Bassols, N. (2008). La memoria biocultural: La importancia ecológica de las sabidurías tradicionales. Barcelona: Icaria Editorial Van Poeck, K., Östman, L.(2022). The Dramaturgy of Facilitating Learning Processes: A Transactional Theory and Analytical Approach. In: Garrison, J., Östman, L., Öhman, J. (Eds.) Deweyan Transactionalism in Education. Beyond Self-action and Inter-action. New York: Bloomsbury Publishing, 123-136. Van Poeck, K., Östman, L., Block, T. 2020. Opening up the Black Box of Learning-by-Doing in Sustainability Transitions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 34, 298–310. Wertsch, J. V. (1993). Voices of the Mind: A Sociocultural approach to mediated action. Harvard University Press Zhou, R., & Brown, D. (2024). Epistemic justice and critical minerals–Towards a planetary just transition. The Extractive Industries and Society, 18, 101463. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.exis.2024.101463 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Use of Drama Methods for Learning Sustainability Issues in Science – a Review Study of Aesthetic Learning in Science Education 1: University of Oslo, Norway; 2: Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:The aim of this paper is to illuminate how drama and science involvements can be used connected to sustainable development issues. Drama activities may explore affective dimensions and opportunities for practicing action and agency concerning sustainability, as well as simulating scientific processes central for understanding sustainability issues. Empirical research articles concerning drama, science and sustainability issues are reviewed and create the basis of this paper. This is part of a larger review study of aesthetic learning processes in science education. There has been an increased awareness of the important role that aesthetic learning processes plays in science education. In general, the Norwegian curricula (Ministry of Education and Research, 2017) emphasize that aesthetic learning processes must be an integrated part of students’ learning. Austring & Sørensen (2006) understands aesthetic learning as a process were students transform their impressions and understanding of the world into aesthetic expressions, which are sensory-based and include visual, auditory, and bodily expressions. Aesthetic learning processes can also be seen as expression forms, working methods, and tools from practical and aesthetic subjects applied in teaching other subjects (By et al., 2020). Examples include using art forms as singing, music, drawing, painting, crafting, dramatization, dance, cooking, and poetry. This paper will give an overview of the research articles involving drama methods and sustainability issues, and analyses of the aesthetic learning processes involved. We base our analyses on Lindström’s framework (2012) of aesthetic learning in arts, that has two dimensions; one representing the goal (directed and focused or explorative and open-ended) and the other the means (medium-specific or medium neutral). Combining these dimensions Lindström arrives at a framework of aesthetic learning about, learning in, learning with and learning through the arts. Further, we analyse the studies according to the aesthetic processes the students go through, based on Ross’s (1978) work on creative processes in arts education, involving impulses from arts as an impression, the students’ expressions as they explore, and students’ imprints as reflective products of art. Science education, closely tied to scientific research, plays a central role in sustainability education. It shows how humans as biological beings are interwoven with all other life through ecosystems and evolution, and provides knowledge about the tolerance limits of the life‑supporting cycles we depend on and the risks of exceeding them. Science and technology not only explain natural phenomena but also offer practical solutions that can steer individuals and societies toward sustainability. At the same time, science advances (for instance regarding pesticides and oil extraction) have enabled environmental destruction, resource overuse, and waste that threaten our life‑support systems. Recognizing science as both a cause of and a resource for solving environmental problems has led science education to incorporate ethical and societal dimensions, making it relevant across subjects and central to interdisciplinary sustainability didactics (Knain & Ødegaard, 2017). Scientific literacy refers to the knowledge, skills and dispositions that enable individuals to understand scientific concepts, evaluate evidence, and participate in decisions that involve science. Scientific literacy is often framed through three complementary visions (Roberts, 2013; Sjöström, 2025). Together, the three visions suggest a broad curriculum: mastery of foundational concepts (Vision I), capability to use science in context, for instance in socio-scientific issues (Vision II), and readiness to engage as informed, ethical citizens in science‑related public issues (Vision III). Drama activities involving science and sustainability can engage in different aspects of scientific literacy, different degrees of exploration and different levels of sustainability (personal, societal, symbolic/epic) (Ødegaard 2003; 2023). Our research question is: How are aesthetic learning processes involving drama in science, applied to enhance students’ learning experiences of sustainability? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods In this systematic review we are following the framework suggested by Gough et al. (2017). Considerable time and effort were invested to planning and developing a detailed search strategy, as recommended by Brunton et al. (2017, p. 104). We started by developing criteria for including studies. The search was restricted to peer reviewed academic journal articles written in English that were published between 2000 and 2024. The following query was used on the fields title and abstract to find appropriate articles: “aesthetic*” AND “(science OR chemistry OR biology OR physics OR geology OR STEM OR STEAM)” AND “(educat* OR classroom* OR school* OR pedagog* OR teach* OR learn*)”. The searches were conducted in the ERIC database accessed via EBSCOhost. The search resulted in 804 articles. The further selection of articles was conducted by reading abstracts and, if necessary, full texts with respect to the following inclusion criteria: a) studies based on empirical data from primary school or secondary school, b) studies related to aesthetic learning processes, c) studies within science topics. Additionally, we included some studies focusing on undergraduate education, as well as studies that implicitly address aesthetic learning processes without explicitly mentioning 'aesthetic*' in the abstract and title. Applying these criteria led to a final pool of 390 articles. . Of these articles, 80 included drama activities, which constitutes the largest group of aesthetic activities referred to. The drama articles were analysed deductively with respect to scientific topic, activities of the aesthetic learning processes and learning outcomes. 34 of the drama articles concerned sustainability issues in some way, and these are the focus of this paper. Further, the articles were analysed inductively according to the educational focus of the articles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions The analyses showed that the included studies encompassed a wide range of sustainability and scientific themes such as ecology, evolution, climate change, air and water pollution and biodiversity. The drama methods included simulating scientific phenomena and processes (vision I), as well as more interdisciplinary approaches such as dramatizing socio-scientific issues (Vision II & III). Furthermore, the aesthetic learning processes were principally, according to Lindström (2012), learning with art (drama), and the students’ aesthetic learning processes were mainly characterised by aesthetic impression and sometimes exploring aesthetic expressions (Ross, 1978), but most of the articles concerned the students’ scientific conceptual learning outcome as well as motivation and engagement. Studies that explored the potential of drama as an aesthetic learning process in depth were rare, but will be discussed. References References Austring, B. D. & Sørensen, M. (2006). Æstetik og læring. Grundbog om æstetiske læreprocesser. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Brunton, G., Stansfield, C., Caird, J., & Thomas, J. (2017). Finding relevant studies. In D. Gough, S. Oliver, & J. Thomas (Eds.), An introduction to systematic review (pp. 93–122). London, UK: SAGE publication Ltd. By, I.-Å., Holthe, A., Lie, C., Sandven, J., Vestad, I. L. & Birkeland, I. M. (2020). Estetiske læringsprosesser i grunnskolelærerutdanningene. Helhetlig, integrert og forskningsbasert? Rapport til Kunnskapsdepartementet, 24. juni 2020. Kunnskapsdepartementet. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/ea18f23415a14c8faaf7bc869022afc2/estetiske-laringsprosesser-i-grunnskolelarerutdanningene.pdf Gough, D., Thomas, J., & Oliver, S. (2017). An introduction to systematic review (pp. 93–122). London, UK: SAGE publication Ltd. Knain, E., & Ødegaard, M. (2019). Naturfagets rolle i bærekraftdidaktikk. I OA Kvamme & E. Sæther (Red.), Bærekraftdidaktikk (1. utg., s. 135–150). Fagbokforlaget. Lindström, L. (2012). Aesthetic learning about, in, with and through the arts: A curriculum study. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 31(2), 166-179. Ministry of Education and Research. (2017). Core curriculum - Values and principles for primary and secondary education. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/?lang=eng Roberts, D. A. (2013). Scientific literacy/science literacy. In Handbook of research on science education (pp. 729-780). Routledge. Ross, M. (1978). The creative arts. London: Heinemann Educational Books. Sjöström, J. (2025). Vision III of scientific literacy and science education: an alternative vision for science education emphasising the ethico-socio-political and relational-existential. Studies in Science Education, 61(2), 239-274. Ødegaard, M. (2003). Dramatic science. A critical review of drama in science education. Studies in Science Education, 39, 75–102. Ødegaard, M. (2023). Using drama in science education and for sustainability issues. In Learning science through drama: Exploring international perspectives (pp. 69-86). Cham: Springer International Publishing. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Gamification and Play-Based Learning in Pre-School Teachers' Sustainability Education Frederick University, Cyprus Presenting Author:As a pivotal point for raising awareness and developing foundational competences, pre-school education is increasingly recognized as a critical entry-point for Education for Sustainability (EfS) (Ohlsson, Borg and Gericke, 2024). Early years play a formative role in shaping children’s values, attitudes, and behaviors, and constitute the appropriate moment for introducing EfS (Siraj-Blatchford, Smith and Pramling-Samuelsson, 2010). When learning experiences are developmentally appropriate, experiential, and participatory, young children can engage meaningfully with sustainability concepts and take an active role in their learning. Gamification and game-based learning motivate engagement and learning through interactive multisensory environments. As an educational approach emerging from sociocultural learning theories’ principles, Game-Based Learning uses structured learning experiences and play, as an active, informal and collaborative way of learning (Soriano-Sánchez, Quijano López and Rodríguez 2026). Gamification, uses elements from games, such as points, badges, symbols, scenarios, and visual feedback, to enhance learning and turn an educational setting into a more game-like environment. It is highly effective in the early years, especially in terms of children’s autonomy, cooperation, and persistence (Sumartiningsih, 2025˙ Lorenzo-Lledó et al., 2023). Aligned with the theory of purposefully framed play, gamification can function as an intentionally designed game-like pedagogical structure, where educators guide learning through questions, reflection, and concept construction (Edwards and Cutter-Mackenzie, 2013) and can constitute effective teaching tools for the introduction of EfS in pre-school education (Guerrero Puerta, 2024). Within this framing, games and game-based activities become pedagogical tools that support the intellectual and emotional engagement and growth of the learners, for sustainability. Given the central role of teachers in designing and mediating such experiences, it is particularly important for pre-school teachers, to be confident and competent to integrate gamification and game-based learning in their practice. Early exposure to the principles and processes of gamification and game-based learning, during teacher education, can encourage teachers to employ such approaches in their teaching (Opris, Bálint-Svella, Zsoldos-Marchiş, 2021). The article explores the ideas and practices of pre-service pre-school (PSPS) teachers regarding the application of game-based learning (via the use of game-based activities) and gamification, in pre-school EfS. It offers insight into how participation in authentic, game-based EfS learning, shapes PSPS teachers’ pedagogical thinking and professional identity. By analysing their self-reported experiences, the study builds an understanding of how gamification and game-based activities can strengthen readiness and confidence, to teach EfS in pre-school. Specifically, the research questions addressed are: - How do PSPS teachers perceive the use of gamification and play-based learning as a tool for promoting sustainability learning in preschool? - How does the process of designing and implementing gamification and game-based learning through sustainability-themed game-based activities influence PSPS teachers’ confidence, teaching skills, and perceived professional readiness to teach about sustainability? The study was conducted within an EfS course, engaging 12 PSPS teachers in their third or fourth year of studies. Participants were invited to carefully study information about Monachus monachus, an endangered seal species, a small population of which lives in the local coasts, and then through gamification and the creation of game-based activities to teach pre-school children about them. Within their teaching, they were asked to promote sustainability competences using the European GreenComp framework, such as promoting nature, valuing sustainability, critical and systems thinking and individual initiative. In order to develop the activities, PSPS teachers formed groups of two or three. They received scientific support and guidance on Monachus monachus from the Department of Fisheries and Marine Research, and pedagogical guidance from their course instructor and a pre-school teacher. A total of 5 board games and related activities were developed and were pilot-tested with pre-school children (with the permission of the school principal and teachers). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected within an interpretivist research design, drawing from two complementary sources: (a) a semi-structured group interview and (b) a structured reflection sheet. Students were clearly informed of the purpose of the study, and their participation was voluntary. Overall, the research design aimed to explore PSPS teachers’ perceptions of gamification and play-based learning for sustainability, as well as their perceived professional learning and self-efficacy developed through an authentic project-based learning context. The semi-structured group interview was conducted immediately following the pilot implementation to capture participants’ emotions, experience, reflections, and pedagogical reasoning while their engagement with authentic professional praxis in pre-school was still fresh. The interview focused on their perceptions of game-based learning, their experiences during implementation, their reflections on children’s behavior and learning, and how these were connected to the game they delivered. The 50-minute interview was audio recorded and transcribed verbatim in Greek. After the interview, each student completed a structured reflective report, giving a critical account of their experience throughout the design and implementation of their group’s game. The questions sought to capture their perspective on what children learned, how they reacted to the game, and the game’s emotional and cognitive impact on children. Information on how the experience influenced PSPS teachers’ professional skills, confidence, and readiness to deliver sustainability issues in the pre-school was also collected. Finally, the reflection sheet invited participants to discuss their ideas about the educational value of games and game-based activities in pre-school in general, and specifically for EfS. The reflection sheet was submitted digitally and provided introspective, emotionally rich insights into the PSPS teachers’ perceptions and professional growth. For both data sets, we conducted a thematic analysis supported by NVivo (version 14). A Matrix Coding Query was used to explore intentional links between pedagogical actions and perceived outcomes, particularly how gamification and game-based activities intersect with sustainability-related learning. In parallel, we ran a cluster analysis using Pearson correlation to identify broader conceptual relationships between sustainability, professional growth, and pedagogical adaptability. Together, these approaches allowed us to capture both detailed coding relationships and higher-level conceptual patterns, as these were derived by reflexive thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Pre-service pre-school teachers consistently associated gamification and game-based learning with core early-years learning processes. Both were perceived as generating meaningful cognitive and affective outcomes by actively engaging children, sustaining attention, and fostering collaboration, discussion, and reflection. Participants emphasized that children experienced the intervention as play. Game-based learning activities also provided an experiential bridge between abstract environmental issues and children’s lived understanding, supporting affective engagement and developmentally appropriate opportunities for critical thinking and simulated decision-making. In PSPS teachers’ accounts, sustainability awareness was linked to pedagogical decisions and perceived learning outcomes. It informed how participants justified their pedagogical choices and how they interpreted children’s cognitive and affective responses, particularly in relation to the environmental framing of the activities. Cluster analysis reinforced this picture by showing close associations between sustainability-related codes, pedagogical codes (e.g., flexibility, instructional challenges, play-based potential), and outcome-oriented codes (e.g., cognitive skills and emotional engagement). The analysis suggests that professional growth and sustainability-related knowledge development are experienced as interconnected processes. The close clustering of adaptability with learning and game-design reflection reinforces the idea that engaging in reflective pedagogical design supports the development of flexible and responsive teaching practices. Designing sustainability-themed games appears to support directly PSPS teachers’ perceived professional readiness to teach sustainability. Collaboration was strongly connected with professional growth, indicating that group work was important for developing confidence and professional identity. Instructional challenges and the perceived effectiveness of the game-based intervention, were strongly correlated with adaptation and learning, indicating that implementation difficulties and the assessment of the effectiveness of the intervention, prompted reflection and iterative adjustments. The value of sustainability education was identified in several educational dimensions. Cluster analysis groups the experiential value of sustainability with the development of sustainability competences and teaching skills, suggesting that professional readiness was constructed as an interconnected process of pedagogical and value-based empowerment. References - Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative research in psychology, 18(3), 328-352. - Edwards S. and Cutter-Mackenzie, A. (2013) Pedagogical Play Types: What Do They Suggest for Learning About Sustainability in Early Childhood Education? IJEC (2013) 45:327–346 DOI 10.1007/s13158-013-0082-5. - Guerrero Puerta, L. (2024). Exploring if Gamification Experiences Make an Impact on Pre-Service Teachers’ Perceptions of Future Gamification Use: A Case Report. Societies 14, 11. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc14010011 - Lorenzo-Lledó A., Pérez Vázquez E., Cabrera E.A., Lledó G.L. (2023) Application of gamification in Early Childhood Education and Primary Education: thematic analysis. Retos, 50, 858-875. Federación Española de Asociaciones de Docentes de Educación Física (FEADEF) ISSN: Edición impresa: 1579-1726. Edición Web: 1988-2041 (https://recyt.fecyt.es/index.php/retos/index) - Ohlsson A., Borg F. and Gericke N., (2024) Education for sustainability in preschool: Swedish preschool teachers’ perspectives, Cogent Education, 11:1,2353477, DOI: 10.1080/2331186X.2024.2353477 - Opris E., Bálint-Svella E., Zsoldos-Marchiş I., (2021). Prospective pre-school and primary school teachers’ knowledge and opinion about gamification. Article in Acta Didactica Napocensia · DOI: 10.24193/adn.14.1.8 - Siraj-Blatchford, Smith and Pramling-Samuelsson, 2010. Education for Sustainable Development in the Early Years. WORLD ORGANIZATION FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. https://omepworld.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/Education_for_Sustainabl_Early_Years.pdf - Soriano-Sánchez J.G., Quijano López R., and Rodríguez D.A. (2026). The Impact of Game-Based Learning on Motivation, Self-Efficacy, and Academic Achievement in the Natural Sciences: A Meta-Analysis. Educational Sciences. 16(1), 122. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci16010122 - Sumartiningsih, Indah (2025). Gamification in Early Childhood Education: Improving Students' Learning Motivation through Game-Based Learning Strategies. Journal of Education Technology and Innovation. Vol 8 No 1 .2024 pp 50-64 P - ISSN 2621-2137 DOI: https://doi.org/10.31537/jeti.v8i1.2333. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 07 B: Slow Becoming: Numbers, Knots, Trees, and Beaches Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Nanna Jordt Jørgensen Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Empowering Primary Pupils for Nature Recovery: Mathematics Integrated Outdoor Learning Through a Transformative Education Lens UCL, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Across Europe, accelerating biodiversity loss and degraded ecosystems demand education responses that connect pupils with people, place and space. These connections have the potential for developing disciplinary knowledge and cultivate action for systemic change. UK monitoring synthesises a long-term decline, on average 19% across studied species since 1970, with nearly one in six threatened with extinction, illustrating the urgency but also the shared European challenge to rebuild ecological literacy and action competences in schools (Burns et al., 2023). Within this landscape, this paper reports on a year-long primary project from England that integrated biodiversity education and mathematics through outdoor learning whilst utilising the National Education Nature Park (NENP) infrastructure led by the Department for Education and the Natural History Museum in London(DfE, 2022), England. The NENP provides free, curriculum-linked resources and a national mapping platform for pupil-generated data. Esri UK (2024) reports that over 3,000 schools are participating in the National Education Nature Park.
Project Outline The project was co-designed, using participatory research approaches (Sevón, Mustola, Siippainen, & Vlasov, 2025; Spiteri, 2020; Veale, 2005), with teachers and pupils to transform school grounds into biodiversity supporting spaces, while embedding core mathematics skills (e.g: measurement, mapping, statistics, proportional reasoning, and budgeting). Pupils conducted baseline habitat audits using quadrats, carried out soil health investigations through worm counts as bioindicators, mapped existing site features with geospatial tools aligned to NENP guidance, and developed costed alternative designs (e.g., wildflower meadows, bug hotels, pollinator planting, bird feeders etc). The NENP framework enabled pupils to upload habitat maps that contribute to national datasets and research, including integration with NHM’s Projecting Responses of Ecological Diversity in Changing Terrestrial Systems-PREDICTS database and Biodiversity Intactness Index modelling, offering an authentic curriculum context and a mechanism to track change over time across the education estate. Pedagogical foundations. This project presents a replicable model for integrating mathematics and biodiversity education to build pupils’ ecological literacy, through mathematical thinking in primary schools. It applies the Transformative Education framework in authentic, place‑based contexts, linking curriculum learning with civic participation. For European systems, it shows the potential such approaches have to lower barriers, support teacher practice, and generate research‑grade datasets that connect school grounds to broader recovery efforts. By situating local work within documented biodiversity decline, the project highlights the need to align curriculum, pedagogy and policy toward measurable nature recovery while supporting academic progress and wellbeing.
Theoretical Framework The project design and analysis are grounded in (Glackin & Greer, 2025) Transformative Education model, which articulates six interrelated qualities:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Questions: RQ1: How does integrating mathematics within outdoor, biodiversity-focused learning influence pupils’ disciplinary understanding and confidence (e.g. measurement, mapping, data analysis, and financial literacy) in a primary setting? RQ2: In what ways does the Transformative Education framework manifest in pupils’ collaborative decision-making and ecological worldviews as they plan and implement habitat enhancements? RQ3: How do national infrastructures like the NENP, support schools’ capacity to generate reliable biodiversity/habitat data and connect local action to system-level nature recovery? A total of 15 pupils took part in the project alongside a mathematics lead teacher and a one academic. Data were collected across one academic year using a diverse range of creative and participatory methods to enable a slow, seasonal observation of pupils’ connection with biodiversity practices. A distinctive feature of the project was its emphasis on seasonal biodiversity practices, enabling pupils to observe nature’s trajectories across the year. For example, winter became a time for planning and preparation, while summer offered opportunities for further observation and reflection on the gains from earlier work. Quantitative data (worm counts/species tallies) were analysed with descriptive statistics and pre/post effect estimates; mapping outputs reviewed for spatial accuracy and NENP category alignment. Qualitative data (image gathering, diary entries, observations, focus groups, artefacts) were thematically coded against the six Transformative Education qualities themes (Glackin & Greer, 2025, pp. 758–773). Activities followed child safe, inclusive protocols and GDPR compliant data handling; limitations include site variability and the non-experimental design, mitigated by multi source evidence and protocol reliability (Jucker et al., 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This small-scale pilot project highlights the potential of integrating mathematics while nurturing ecological understanding. By embedding concepts such as measurement, mapping, proportional reasoning, statistical analysis and budgeting, pupils were able to use mathematics purposefully recognising its relevance beyond the classroom. The seasonal, yearlong structure supported pupils in observing ecological change, over time, cultivating both scientific curiosity and an appreciation of the dynamic nature of local ecosystems. Applying Glackin and Greer’s Transformative Education framework provided a valuable structure for analysing the depth of pupils’ engagement. Evidence from their decision making processes, mapping outputs, reflective journals and biodiversity investigations indicates that pupils increasingly demonstrated openness to alternative futures, confidence in navigating ecological complexity and an ability to draw on multiple knowledge forms, including local observations and mathematical evidence. Their contributions to the National Education Nature Park mapping platform illustrate how primary pupils can meaningfully participate in national data infrastructures and connect local actions to wider system level efforts to support nature recovery. The project highlights the value of offering freely accessible, curriculum aligned resources of the NENP lowers barriers for teachers, supports pedagogical consistency and provides a coherent framework for generating comparable biodiversity data across school contexts. Such infrastructures help shift outdoor learning from occasional enrichment activities to intentionally designed, academically rigorous practice. Furthermore, the project enabled pupils to develop mathematics resources for the NENP, illustrating the measurable impact of their imagination and creativity. For European education systems responding to accelerating biodiversity decline, this project offers a replicable approach that aligns curriculum, pedagogy and policy. It shows how mathematics, often taught as abstract or decontextualised, can become a driver of transformative, justice oriented and place based learning when embedded within nature rich contexts. Ultimately, the findings emphasise the value of empowering young people to contribute actively and confidently to measurable nature recovery. References Burns, F., Mordue, S., al Fulaij, N., Boersch-Supan, P. H., Boswell, J., Boyd, R. J., . . . Wilson, R. G., R.D. (2023). State of Nature report Retrieved from https://stateofnature.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TP25999-State-of-Nature-main-report_2023_FULL-DOC-v12.pdf DfE. (2022). Sustainability and climate change strategy. London: Crown Publication Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainability-and-climate-change-strategy/sustainability-and-climate-change-a-strategy-for-the-education-and-childrens-services-systems Esri UK. (2024). Over 3,000 schools taking part in National Education Nature Park. https://www.esriuk.com/en-gb/news/press-releases/uk/85-over-3000-schools-taking-part-in-national-education-nature-park Glackin, M., & Greer, K. (2025). Bringing to Life the Qualities of a Meaningful Transformative Education. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 1-16. doi:10.1017/aee.2024.75 Jucker, R., Au, J., & von Au, J. (2022). High-Quality outdoor learning : evidence-based education outside the classroom for children, teachers and society / Rolf Jucker, Jakob von Au, editors. Cham: Springer. Laird, A., Grootenboer, P., & Larkin, K. (2021). Engagement and Outdoor Learning in Mathematics. Mathematics Education Research Group of Australasia. Mann, J., Gray, T., Truong, S., Brymer, E., Passy, R., Ho, S., . . . Cowper, R. (2022). Getting Out of the Classroom and Into Nature: A Systematic Review of Nature-Specific Outdoor Learning on School Children's Learning and Development. Front Public Health, 10, 877058. doi:10.3389/fpubh.2022.877058 Sevón, E., Mustola, M., Siippainen, A., & Vlasov, J. (2025). Participatory research methods with young children: a systematic literature review. Educational Review, 77(3), 1000-1018. Spiteri, J. (2020). A reflection on research methods that engage young children with environmental sustainability. Veale, A. (2005). Creative methodologies in participatory research with children. Researching children’s experience: Approaches and methods, 253-272. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Outdoor Learning in Early Childhood Education: A Mixed-Methods Study on Self-Regulation and Social-Emotional Well-Being in Preschool Children 1: Yıldız Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Marmara University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This study investigates the impact of outdoor learning activities on preschool children’s self-regulation skills and social-emotional well-being within early childhood education. Early childhood (ages 0–6) represents a critical period during which cognitive, behavioral, and socio-emotional competencies develop rapidly. Self-regulation skills-including attention control, inhibitory control, and rule-following-and social-emotional well-being indicators, such as emotional adjustment and psychological resilience, are closely linked to children’s learning engagement and classroom adaptation (Blair & Raver, 2015; Denham et al., 2012). Contemporary educational research highlights that confining learning environments to indoor classroom settings may limit children’s opportunities for experiential, movement-based, and multisensory learning (Caine & Caine, 1991). Consequently, school gardens and outdoor learning environments have attracted growing attention as pedagogical spaces that allow children to explore, interact with nature, participate in physical activity, and cultivate environmental awareness. Studies conducted in Türkiye have shown that outdoor activities are linked to improvements in social skills, reductions in problem behaviors (Kaya & Özyürek, 2021), and enhanced scientific process skills among preschool children (Civelek & Özyılmaz Akamca, 2017). Furthermore, teacher-based qualitative research suggests that outdoor learning environments foster children’s motor development, communication skills, observational abilities, and value acquisition (Dere & Çiftçi, 2022). Despite these promising findings, much of the existing research has concentrated on isolated developmental outcomes and has predominantly relied on teacher perceptions. There is a clear need for mixed-methods and experimental research designs that concurrently examine self-regulation and social-emotional well-being as interrelated developmental constructs. This need is underscored by recent curriculum reforms in Türkiye, such as the “Türkiye Yüzyılı Maarif Modeli,” which explicitly identifies experiential and outdoor learning as fundamental elements of early childhood education (Ministry of National Education, 2024). The main research question guiding this study is:
The study is theoretically grounded in experiential learning theory, environmental education perspectives, and self-regulation development frameworks, all of which emphasize active engagement, interaction with natural environments, and emotionally supportive learning contexts. From a sustainability education perspective, outdoor learning environments are conceptualized not only as physical spaces but also as pedagogical contexts that promote environmental awareness, well-being, and enduring positive attitudes toward sustainable living. By integrating quantitative outcome measures with qualitative teacher perspectives, this study seeks to contribute to international discourse on how early childhood outdoor education can support both child development and sustainability-oriented educational practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study will employ a nested mixed-methods research design, incorporating quantitative experimental procedures alongside qualitative interview data to provide a comprehensive understanding of outdoor learning practices in early childhood education (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018). Participants: The research will take place in public preschools under the Ministry of National Education in Istanbul, Türkiye. Participants will consist of children aged 48–72 months and their classroom teachers. For the quantitative component, criterion-based purposive sampling will be employed to identify classrooms with differing levels of outdoor activity implementation (no outdoor activities, limited outdoor activities, and regular daily outdoor activities). For the qualitative component, approximately ten preschool teachers from these classrooms will be invited to participate in semi-structured interviews. Research Design and Procedure: The quantitative phase will utilize a pretest-posttest experimental design to assess changes in children’s self-regulation and social-emotional well-being following structured outdoor learning interventions. The intervention will comprise planned outdoor learning activities implemented over a specified instructional period. Semi-structured interviews with teachers will be conducted both prior to and following the intervention to explore pedagogical practices, perceived challenges, and observed changes in children’s behavior and emotional engagement. Data Collection Instruments: Children’s self-regulation skills will be measured using the Head-Toes-Knees-Shoulders Revised Task (HTKS-R), which has been adapted and validated for the Turkish context (Özcan et al., 2023). Social-emotional well-being and psychological resilience will be assessed using the Preschool Social-Emotional Well-Being and Resilience Scale (PERİK) developed by Özbey (2019). A demographic information form will be used to collect background data. Teacher perceptions will be gathered through semi-structured interview protocols. Data Analysis: Quantitative data will be analyzed using pretest-posttest comparison techniques to determine statistically significant changes. Qualitative interview data will be subjected to thematic analysis to identify recurring patterns related to instructional practices, observed child behaviors, and perceived outcomes. Integrating quantitative and qualitative findings will enable triangulation and provide deeper insights into the results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is anticipated to yield empirical evidence regarding the role of outdoor learning environments in fostering preschool children’s self-regulation skills and social-emotional well-being. It is expected that children engaged in structured outdoor learning activities will exhibit improvements in behavioral regulation, attention control, and emotional adjustment compared to baseline assessments. At the classroom level, outdoor learning practices are expected to promote more active participation, cooperative play, and positive peer interactions. Increased exposure to nature-based learning experiences may also enhance psychological resilience by offering children opportunities to manage challenges, explore independently, and engage in physically active learning contexts. From a pedagogical standpoint, the findings are expected to inform early childhood educators about effective strategies for integrating outdoor environments into daily instructional routines. Teacher reflections, obtained through qualitative interviews, are anticipated to shed light on both practical challenges and adaptive teaching strategies associated with outdoor learning. On a broader scale, this study aims to contribute to the discourse on sustainability education by demonstrating how early childhood outdoor learning environments can support holistic child development while fostering positive relationships with natural spaces. The results may have implications for curriculum development, teacher education programs, and policy initiatives aimed at strengthening environmental and experiential learning approaches in early childhood education. References Blair, C., & Raver, C. C. (2015). School readiness and self-regulation: A developmental psychobiological approach. Annual review of psychology, 66(1), 711-731. Caine, R. N., & Caine, G. (1991). Making connections: Teaching and the human brain. Civelek, P., & Özyılmaz Akamca, G. (2017). Açık alan etkinliklerinin okul öncesi dönemdeki çocukların bilimsel süreç becerilerine ait kazanımlarının gelişimine etkisi. Turkish Studies, 12(18), 173. Creswell, J. W., & Clark, V. L. P. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Sage publications. Denham, S. A., Bassett, H. H., Thayer, S. K., Mincic, M. S., Sirotkin, Y. S., & Zinsser, K. (2012). Observing preschoolers’ social-emotional behavior: Structure, foundations, and prediction of early school success. The Journal of genetic psychology, 173(3), 246-278. Dere, F., & Çifçi, T. (2022). Okul öncesi öğretmenlerinin okul dışı öğrenme ortamlarının pedagojik katkılarına ilişkin görüşleri. Cumhuriyet Uluslararası Eğitim Dergisi, 11(4), 681-695. Kaya, Ş. Ş., & Özyürek, A. (2022). Bahçede uygulanan okul öncesi eğitimin çocukların problem davranışlarına ve sosyal becerilerine etkisi. MANAS Sosyal Araştırmalar Dergisi, 11(1), 128-142. Ministry of National Education. (2024). Türkiye Yüzyılı Maarif Modeli: Okul öncesi eğitim programı. Millî Eğitim Bakanlığı Yayınları. Özbey, S. (2019). Okul öncesi çocuklar için sosyal duygusal iyi oluş ve psikolojik sağlamlık ölçeğinin (PERİK) geçerlik güvenirlik çalışması. OPUS International Journal of Society Researches, 10(17), 756-786. Özcan, Ö., Erol E., & İvrendi A. (2023). Behavioral self-regulation skills and the teacher-child relationship in early childhood. International Journal of Contemporary Educational Research, 10(2), 382-394. https://doi.org/10.52380/ijcer.2023.10.2.268 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Slowing Up in Times Of Poly-Crisis: Learning through a Tree and Beach Based Curriculum University of Aberdeen, School of Education United Kingdom Presenting Author:. A recent review of European professional teacher education focussed on Learning for Sustainability (LfS) highlighted Scotland as a place where educationalists are not only expected to teach about sustainability, but that they should also enact it in all areas of their work in schools (Mulà, & Tilbury, 2025). The same review indicated that pedagogically transformative and emancipatory approaches to LfS should be part of the catalyst for change across professional teacher education in Europe. This paper is therefore presented by two Scottish educators, fortunate enough to work within a system where LfS is at the heart of education (Clarke & Mcphie 2016). Additionally, they find themselves working within curriculum frameworks which extol the benefit of learning outdoors (Learning & Teaching Scotland, 2010; Christie et al., 2014). Building on the 2019 policy, the most recent Action Plan (2023) of the Scottish Government sets out how schools and other learning settings can participate in a ‘strategic national approach,’ (ibid, p5) to LfS. This sharing of responsibility is felt keenly by the authors of this paper exploring research deeply connected to practice. It is also an enactment of the transformative and emancipatory action espoused by Sterling (2012). One part of LfS in Scotland is outdoor learning, and in this paper, the two authors explore the role of drawing within the development of children’s understanding and knowledge of local woodland and beach ecologies during outdoor learning sessions. It draws on findings from two separate research projects carried out by the authors. The woodland-based research was part of a three year ‘Voices of the Future: Collaborating with children and young people to re-imagine treescapes,’ Project. It was led by Prof Kate Pahl, (Manchester Metropolitan University) and funded through the UKRI ‘Future of UK Treescapes’ Programme. The research was carried out with two primary schools in northeast Scotland, working with children aged six to eleven, over 2 school years. The research focused on how a ‘tree-based’ curriculum could meet different aspects of the Scottish Curriculum for Excellence (CfE), and children and young people’s entitlement for Learning for Sustainability. The beach-based research comes from a PhD completed by a primary school teacher with her own class in northeast Scotland. A recent change in school meant that a novel opportunity to explore LfS within CfE at the beach arose for a teacher more used to green spaces. Children were given, over a period of three months in midwinter, opportunity to build authentic embodied understanding of themselves with nature through a variety of art-based activities. From a theoretical and pedagogical perspective, the woodland study drew on Ingold’s dwelling and enskillment perspective, (Ingold, 2000; Kraftl, Ambreem et.al, 2025), Clark’s (2023) call for slow pedagogy, and Bruner’s (1970) conceptualisation of the relationship between enactive, iconic, and symbolic learning. It was also underpinned by the notion that curriculum is emergent rather than fixed and comes to life through action. The role of drawing in the development of scientific knowledge has a long history and both authors of this paper have an interest in Goethean approaches to science which is underpinned by direct immersion in and observation of the objects of study (Franses & Wride, 2015). According to Anderson-Tempini (2018), Goethe’s belief in the importance of studying the completed form of what lives and grows, as the starting point of enquiry, provides a strong basis for the development of observation through drawing as a pedagogic strategy. In this paper children specifically explore their ecological identity (Thomashow, 1995) in woodland and at the beach through drawing in relation with nature, making connections between their local, northern European, and global contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Both projects were granted ethical approval by the Committee for Research Governance and Ethics for Arts, Social Sciences and Business at the University of Aberdeen. All the outdoor learning sessions were open to all pupils in a class, but research data was only generated by participating children and teachers. The researchers took a post-qualitative arts-based participatory/co-production approach (St Pierre, 2021) to their research mindful of more than human relationships. Analysis of field notes and the use of a range of visual methods (Pink, 2015) underpinned both the learning activities and data generation in the projects. In adopting an emergent sense of learning, or enactment of curriculum, the children’s words and pictures in green and blue spaces were witnessed within contact zones of co-respondence and response-ability (Haraway, 2008). Espousing Pink’s (2015) notion of sensory ethnography, further light was shed upon the act of drawing itself within nature. Practice played an important role in the development of the research methodology, in methodological terms this involved participant observation/practice in which members of the research team worked alongside children and teachers. Using observational drawing, telling stories, engaging with others in natural spaces and places provided a basis for children to develop their own worldviews and stance on the role of more than human in the present, the past and the future. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper we present and explore a range of children’s drawings. Using different scales and a variety of media, the children’s artwork was perceived to extend and enrich their ecological understanding of themselves in relation with nature. Both authors took a participatory and arts-based approach to their research. A further level of analysis was possible using fieldnotes and visual data. In combination, we will discuss how open-ended drawing activities can give children the time, skills and space to follow their curiosity. Additionally, this paper identifies how learning in this way corresponds with outcomes across the Curriculum for Excellence and children’s entitlement to Learning for Sustainability. Finally, and importantly, this paper demonstrates learning as an enactment of global climate justice in this time of poly-crisis. References Anderson-Tempini, G. (2018), Drawing as a way of knowing in art and science. 1st ed. Bristol, England ; Intellect. Christie, B., Beames, S., Higgins, P., Nicol, R. and Ross, H., (2014). Outdoor Education Provision in Scottish Schools. Scottish Educational Review, 46(1), pp. 48-64. Clark, A. (2023). Slow knowledge and the unhurried child : time for slow pedagogies in early childhood education. [Online]. Abingdon, Oxon ; Routledge. Clarke, D. A. G., & Mcphie, J. (2016). From places to paths: Learning for Sustainability, teacher education and a philosophy of becoming. Environmental Education Research, 22(7), 1002–1024. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2015.1057554 Education Scotland, (2023). “Target 2030 A movement for people, planet and prosperity: Scotland’s Learning for Sustainability Action Plan 2023-2030. (accessed: "Target 2030" A movement for people, planet and prosperity: Scotland's Learning for Sustainability Action Plan 2023-2030 30/1/26). Franses, P., & Wride, M. (2015). Goethean pedagogy: A case in innovative science education and implications for work based learning. Higher Education, Skills and Work-Based Learning, 5(4), 339–351. https://doi.org/10.1108/HESWBL-06-2015-0037 Haraway, D., (2008). When Species Meet. Minneapolis and London: University of Minnesota Press. Ingold, T. (2000). The perception of the environment : essays on livelihood, dwelling and skill. Routledge Taylor & Francis Group. Kraftl, P., Ambreen, S., Armson, D., Badwan, K., Curtis, E., Pahl, K., & Schofield, J. E. (2025). Starting with trees: Between and beyond environmental education. British Educational Research Journal, 51(2), 782–801. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.4099 Learning and Teaching Scotland, (2010). Curriculum for Excellence through outdoor learning. Available: https://education.gov.scot/Documents/cfe-through-outdoor-learning.pdf Glasgow: Learning and Teaching Scotland [Date Accessed: 15 January 2026]. Thomashow, M. (1995). Ecological Identity : Becoming a Reflective Environmentalist. 1st MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Morón-Monge, H. & García-Carmona, A. (2025). Observation and Scientific Drawing as Practices for Learning Science Through Metacognition: Impact of an Intervention in Primary Teacher Education. Research in science education (Australasian Science Education Research Association). [Online] Mulà, I., & Tilbury, D. (2025). Teacher education for sustainable development: catalysing change across the professional landscapes in Europe. Environmental Education Research, 31(7), 1481–1508. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2025.2475143 Pink, S. (2015). Doing Sensory Ethnography. London: Sage. Steiner, R. (2013). Goethe's Conception of the World. United States, Literary Licensing, LLC Sterling, S., (2012). The Future Fit Framework. York: The Higher Education Academy. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Radical ecological becoming with Celtic knots: A Multispecies intimate ethnography Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Many of us acknowledge that critical ecological crises call for a radical shift in ways of thinking, being, and relating to the land and its inhabitants. In the European Commission’s most recent climate change report, commissioner Jessika Roswall urged “a shift of mind set and a transformational step change” (European Commission 2025). Salonen and colleagues (2023) clarified that surface-level changes in economics and technology are insufficient and that deeper changes to “identities, values, ethics, and new worldviews” are required (p. 615). Like others, they identify education as the potent field for these deep transformations. Yet Western-style education is typically framed by particular worldviews, assumptions, and unchecked biases that blinker our capacity to imagine, relate, and heal (Blenkinsop & Kuchta 2024). Exposure to traditional ecological knowledge (TEK) offers one means of seeing beyond the Western ecological blind spots. Learning about TEKs can significantly expand Western epistemologies (in addition to redressing ongoing colonial oppression) by prompting reconsideration of the role of humans, of species hierarchies, of place-based knowledges, of the wholistic nature of education, of the function of time, of linguistic limitations, of the nature of healing, and so on (e.g. Somé, 1997; Sheridan & Longboat, 2006; Kimmerer, 2013 & 2017; Yunkaporta, 2023). In other words, learning about TEKs can help Western learners reconsider their own epistemological and ontological orientations. However, most TEKs studied in Western education come from the Americas, Africa, and Australia, not Europe (for an exception, see: Kuokkanen, 2000). As a Canadian settler of predominantly Ukrainian and Irish ancestry, I can appreciate, be inspired by, and learn from these TEKs, but I cannot adopt them as my own. I cannot become Anishnaabe, Anu, Dogra, or Apalech. While learning about their TEKs might enable me to see the ecological faultlines in my own ways of being, thinking, and relating, the pathway to my own radical ecological transformation remains unclear. What, then, might enable me to shift from merely recognizing anti-ecological ways to seeing the path forward? What tools, concepts, and values might further my shift into a radically different way of being that is authentic to my own European-Canadian identity? To answer these questions, I might turn to the TEKs of my own ancestors. In this case, I draw on the deep taproot of my Irish identity, Irish-Celtic values, and Celtic knot designs. Traditional Irish ecological knowledges, in general, and Celtic knots, in particular, are a significantly understudied source of ecological education. In this presentation, I demonstrate how Celtic knots can function as epistemological tools, thinking toys, and playful illustrations of thought that further my own ecological becoming. As John Philip Newell (2021) articulated, “we know things in the core of our being that we have not necessarily been taught, and some of this deep knowing may actually be at odds with what our society or religion has tried to teach us” (p. 1). Reawakening these deeper knowings may reinvigorate a wholeness absent from the often anxious, insecure, lonely, and isolated contemporary Western experience. Ultimately, deep engagement with our own historical identities can lift pervasive epistemological barriers while bringing about deeper healing in identity, cultural understanding, and ecological relationships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This investigation orients from a deeply relational ontology, wherein inherent interconnectedness is experienced as the central feature of reality (Kuchta, 2022). This deeply relational orientation lends to a capacity to know with rather than merely about our more-than-human kin and the land itself because the relationship, unlike the individual, is not bounded to the materiality of bodies. It was during a process of knowing with a Beech Tree, that the seed of this investigation took root. Much like the rings of growth in a tree trunk, this research involved circular growth processes; building on the practice of intuitive interspecies communication (Janák, 2025; Wijngaarden, 2023)—a practice that evidences previous ecological shifts I have undergone—my engagement with a Beech Tree prompted investigation into Celtic designs which revealed the sacredness of trees in traditional Irish culture. Here, I examine this multispecies research through the lens of an “intimate ethnography” (Waterston & Rylko-Bauer, 2006), a mode of highlighting embodied connection, descriptive storytelling, and the intimacy of collaborative knowledges. By using the trinity knot, Solomon’s knot, and dara knot as thinking tools and leaning into traditional Celtic values (O’Donohue, 1997; Newell, 2021), I recognized how I might be able to think through some of my own multispecies past and future experiences more expansively. Some may wonder, as I have, whether a Canadian has the right to adopt and interpret Celtic symbols. Like many Canadians, I contain within me a subtle longing for the lost lands of my ancestors. I understand this longing as a relational encounter; embedded within the longing is the sense of the land and ancestors calling to me. I respond as responsibly as I know how, through these investigations and writing, and my recent move to Ireland. In addition to being multispecies, the investigation is also multidimensional as it is woven through with gifts of Canadian and Irish lands, along with Irish and other ancestries, and with the material and divine. In Irish-Celtic traditions, as John O’Donohue (1997) clarified, “The eternal world and the mortal world are not parallel, rather they are fused,” a concept reflected in the Gaelic phrase “fighte fuaighte,” meaning “woven into and through each other” (p. 79). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This investigation into Celtic knots taught me to rethink the role and purpose of viruses and other “bad” more-than-human kin, to learn about the cultural depth of humans and tree relationships, to reconsider the sustainable resource of time, and to glimpse something of the cosmic flow of the universe. In addition to linking me with my ancestors, increasing my sense of belonging, and enabling ecological growth, studying Celtic knots reminds me of my own ways of knowing with plants, animals, and land that have lain dormant within me. This investigation has further highlighted how standard Western education has sidelined and dismissed these dormant capacities. Importantly, multispecies collaborations enabled a way into the knots that may otherwise have been unavailable to me. Celtic knots have been analyzed for their highly complex geometric formulas (Ikeda, 2025) and have been called “visual language following mathematically precise rules of construction” (Drewes & Klempien-Hinrichs, 2000). However, they are significantly undervalued as potential sources of TEK, that is, as potential ecological illustrations and epistemological tools. Much like the interwoven aspects of the knots themselves, it is possible that their ecological meanings remain locked unless accessed from a multispecies perspective. Looking into European TEKs of the past may not be the only way to shift into a more ecological future. Yet vast stores of cumulative cultural knowledge lie neglected therein. Indeed, like me, other Westerners of European ancestry may contain within them dormant capacities and inherited knowledges that can be or are in the process of being reawakened. Ultimately, engaging with these knots has offered me an important entry point as a Westerner into my own indigeneity, my own deep belonging to place and to more-than-human kin. References Blenkinsop, S. & E. Kuchta (2024). Ecologizing education: Nature-centered teaching for cultural change. Cornell University Press. Ikeda, T. (2025). Determinants and Goeritz invariants of Celtic knots. Journal of Geometry, 116(2), Article 29. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00022-025-00768-3 Drewes, F., & Klempien-Hinrichs, R. (2000). Picking knots from trees: The syntactic structure of Celtic knotwork. In P. Cheng, V. Haarslev, & M. Anderson (Eds.), Lecture notes in computer science (pp. 89–104). Springer Berlin Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/3- 540-44590-0_12 Janák, D. (2025). Intuitive Interspecies Communicators Relatively Frequently Give Socially Valid, Nondeducible, and Specific, Even if Unsystematic, Information. Society & Animals, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1163/15685306-bja10260 Kimmerer, R. W. (2013). Braiding sweetgrass: Indigenous wisdom, scientific knowledge, and the teaching of plants. Milkweed Editions. ---. (2017). Learning the grammar of animacy. Anthropology of Consciousness, 28(2), 128. Kuchta, E. (2022). The epistemological possibilities of love: Relearning the love of land. In M. Paulsen et al. (eds.), Pedagogy in the Anthropocene, Palgrave Studies in Educational Futures, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-90980-2_3 Kuokkanen, R. (2000). Towards and “Indigenous paradigm” from a Sami perspective. The Canadian Journal of Native Studies. XX, 2(2000): 411-436. Newell, J. P. (2021). Sacred Earth, sacred soul. William Collins. Roswall, J. (2025, February 20). Environmental and climate targets: Faster progress needed to stay within planetary boundaries. European Commission. https://environment.ec.europa.eu/news/faster-progress-needed-stay-within-planetary-boundaries-2025-02-20_en O’Donohue, J. (1997), Anam cara: A book of Celtic wisdom, 25th anniversary ed., Harper Perennial, New York, NY. Salonen, A. O., Laininen, E., Hämäläinen, J., & Sterling, S. (2023). A Theory of planetary social pedagogy. Educational Theory, 73(4), 615–637. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12588 Sheridan, J., & Longboat, Roronhiakewen “He Clears the Sky” Dan. (2006). The Haudenosaunee imagination and the ecology of the sacred. Space and Culture, 9(4), 365-381. doi:10.1177/1206331206292503 Somé, M. (1997). The healing wisdom of Africa: Finding life purpose through nature, ritual, and community. Tarcher Putnam. Wijngaarden, V. (2023). Interviewing animals through animal communicators, Society & Animals. doi: https://doi.org/10.1163/15685306-bja10122 Yunkaport, T. (2023). Sand talk: How Indigenous thinking can save the world. The Text Publishing Company. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 07 C: Climate and Environmental Education as a Gendered Experience Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Annelie Ott Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Climate Change Education and the Shifting Global Politics of Male Gender Socialization 1: Aarhus University, Germany; 2: University of Vermont, USA; 3: Universität Wien, Austria; 4: Morehead State University, USA; 5: University of Neuchâtel, Switzerland; 6: Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:General description
At the same time, the erosion of welfare states and the neoliberal restructuring of labour markets have profoundly destabilised traditional gender norms and socioeconomic identities, particularly among young men in deindustrialised regions of the Global North. As economic prospects diminish and identities linked to industrial modernity collapse, right-wing movements have exploited these anxieties by offering regressive models of “restored masculinity” built around fossil-fuel economies, nationalism, and cultural exclusion (Daggett, 2018). This project investigates how climate change education (CCE) can respond to these reactionary tendencies by developing pedagogical approaches that critically engage boys and young men in climate justice work, particularly within vocational, rural, and working-class contexts. Existing CCE frameworks have tended to approach environmental learning as gender-neutral, overlooking how masculinity mediates ecological attitudes, values, and participation (Dos Muchangos & Vaughter, 2018). The central research questions of the project are: How do gender norms shape political, economic and cultural responses to climate change in the USA and Scandinavia? And how can climate change education be reconceptualised to include gendered dimensions of ecological and political subjectivity?
Theoretical Framework The theoretical framework synthesises insights from critical masculinity studies, environmental education and the sociology of labour. Drawing on critical social theories of climate change, the project frames the climate crisis as a product of capitalist and colonial globalization (Hickel, 2020). Within this context, the analysis relies on gender theory and the concept of hegemonic masculinity to situate male identity formation within the shifting political economies of work and care (Butler, 2002; Ridgeway, 2011). By applying an ecofeminist critique (Barca, 2024), the project investigates how masculinized labour traditions and neoliberal restructuring have precipitated a crisis of masculinity, often manifesting as climate denial (Kimmel, 2017; Cooper, 2017). From the perspective of critical environmental education, climate learning is understood as a transformative and affective process (Corrochano et. al, 2022; Galamba & Matthews, 2021), where emotional literacy and embodied care emerge as vital competencies for sustainable futures (Hultman & Pulé, 2018). Drawing on research in authoritarian populism, the project conceptualizes anti-environmentalism not merely as an epistemic failure, but as an identity-protective reaction to the perceived status loss inherent in the decline of industrial-masculinist paradigms (Anshelm & Hultman, 2014; Burrell, 2023). Through this intersectional lens, the project seeks to reimagine climate education as a site where new, caring and global justice-oriented forms of masculinity can be cultivated to counter ecofascist narratives and strengthen climate citizenship.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology Our pilot study employs a mixed-method, multi-case qualitative approach grounded in geographic cross-case analysis (Stake, 2013). This framework allows us to compare how male gender norms and climate change education intersect across distinct locales and assess the transferability of promising pedagogical practices. In the United States, the research investigates effective climate change education for young men in the context of a rural, extractivist carbon geography in decline, while also examining the increasingly feminized spaces of university environmental education. In the Danish context, the study focuses on the shifting nature of male gender norms via interviews with young men who have transitioned from self-defined rural areas to an urban center. This case details how their personal histories and geographic migration influence their engagement with Denmark's ambitious climate adaptation policies. In Finland, the project investigates the gender norms of vocational education and how boys engage in pluralistic discussions about climate change science over time via careful pedagogical practice. These primary qualitative data are supplemented by a comparative survey measuring climate concern and gender attitudes across the USA. Furthermore, a critical review of contemporary literature on gender, labor, and neoliberalism situates the empirical findings within the broader crisis of masculinity. By integrating these diverse geographic and vocational trajectories, the project aims to develop gender-conscious pedagogical frameworks that engage young men in democratic and justice-oriented climate action. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes Preliminary findings indicate that young men’s disengagement from or resistance to climate action is often rooted in identity-related anxieties rather than simple ignorance or indifference. Climate change is frequently perceived as a threat to traditional masculine self-understandings tied to autonomy, control, and industrial labour. In deindustrialised and rural contexts, ecological transformation can be experienced as another chapter in a longer story of economic loss and political marginalisation. This sense of dispossession is strategically amplified by far-right actors who frame environmentalism as an elite or feminised project undermining the livelihoods of ordinary men. At the same time, the study reveals that many young men express a latent openness to ecological care and solidarity when educational practices create emotionally safe spaces for vulnerability, dialogue, and belonging. Climate change education that connects environmental issues to local work identities, community regeneration, and intergenerational responsibility can shift attitudes from scepticism to engagement. Pedagogical approaches that emphasise emotional literacy, embodied care, the creation of alternative masculinities and the interdependence of social and ecological wellbeing have shown particular promise in transforming passive awareness into accountable action. The expected outcomes include a transnational synthesis of effective pedagogical approaches for engaging boys and young men in democratic, global justice-oriented climate education. Context-specific practitioner briefs tailored to educators, policymakers, and NGOs; and scholarly and public-facing outputs that articulate the role of gender socialisation in climate learning. The project thereby aims to contribute to both academic debates in environmental education and practical interventions in climate pedagogy and democratic renewal. References Anshelm, J., & Hultman, M. (2014). A green fatwā? Climate change as a threat to the masculinity of industrial modernity. NORMA, 9(2), 84–96. https://doi.org/10.1080/18902138.2014.908627 Barca, S. (2024). Workers of the earth: Labour, ecology and reproduction in the age of climate change. InWorkers of the Earth: Labour, Ecology and Reproduction in the Age of Climate Change. Bulut, Z. A., Kökalan Çımrin, F., & Doğan, O. (2017). Gender, generation and sustainable consumption: Exploring the behaviour of consumers from Izmir, Turkey. International Journal of Consumer Studies, 41(6), 597–604. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijcs.12371 Burrell, S. R. (2023). Men and the Climate Crisis: Why Masculinities Matter for Green Criminology. In Gendering Green Criminology. Bristol University Press. Butler, J. (1990). Gender Trouble (1st Editio). Routledge. Corrochano, D., Ferrari, E., López-Luengo, M. A., & Ortega-Quevedo, V. (2022). Educational Gardens and Climate Change Education: An Analysis of Spanish Preservice Teachers’ Perceptions. Education Sciences, 12(4). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12040275 Daggett, C. (2018). Petro-masculinity: Fossil Fuels and Authoritarian Desire. Millennium: Journal of International Studies, 47(1), 25–44. https://doi.org/10.1177/0305829818775817 dos Muchangos, L. S., & Vaughter, P. (2018). Are gender perspectives included in education for sustainable consumption and waste education programs? A systematic literature review. In Detritus (Vol. 4, Issue December, pp. 164–177). Cisa Publisher - Eurowaste Srl. https://doi.org/10.31025/2611-4135/2018.13736 Galamba, A., & Matthews, B. (2021). Science education against the rise of fascist and authoritarian movements: towards the development of a pedagogy for democracy. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 16(2), 581–607. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-020-10002-y Hällfritzsch, M., Volpi, L., Daniel, K. G., Somogyi, C., Kause, A., Reese, G., & Loschelder, D. D. (2024). Defeminizing Sustainability: How to Boost Men’s Motivation for Proenvironmental Behavior. Motivation Science. https://doi.org/10.1037/mot0000371 Hickel, J. (2020). Quantifying national responsibility for climate breakdown: an equality-based attribution approach for carbon dioxide emissions in excess of the planetary boundary. The Lancet Planetary Health, 4(9). https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(20)30196-0 Hultman, M., & Pulé, P. M. (2018). Ecological Masculinities. Kimmel, M. (2013). Angry White Men: American Masculinity At The End Of An Era. In Nation Books. OECD. (2008). Gender and Sustainable Development Maximising the Economic, Social and Environmental Role of Women. www.oecd.org/publishing/corrigenda. Stake, R. E. (2013). Multiple Case Study Analysis. Guilford Press. Remsö, A., Bäck, H., & Aurora Renström, E. (2024). Gender Differences in Climate Change Denial in Sweden: the Role of Threatened Masculinity. Frontiers in Psychology, 15. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1450230 Ridgeway, C. L. (2011). Framed by Gender: How Gender Inequality Persists in the Modern World. In Framed by Gender: How Gender Inequality Persists in the Modern World. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199755776.001.0001 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Disaggregating A Climate Generation: Gendered Climate Emotions and Unequal Agency in English Secondary Schools 1: Centre for Climate Change and Sustainability Education, Institute of Education, University College London (UCL), United Kingdom; 2: Department of Government, London School of Economics and Political Science, United Kingdom; 3: Faculty of Social Sciences, University of Stirling, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Youth are frequently positioned as a unified "climate generation" that will convert climate knowledge into action. While this narrative has elevated young people's voices in public discourse, it can obscure patterned differences in how students feel about climate change, what they want from climate change and sustainability education (CCSE), and whether they experience credible opportunities to influence responses within schools. These questions are urgent in poly-crisis conditions, where climate disruption intersects with social inequalities and democratic challenges, and schools are asked to prepare students for uncertain futures (Corner et al., 2015; Hickman et al., 2021; Pihkala, 2020). This paper disaggregates youth climate engagement in school contexts by examining how gender (including gender-diverse identities) and age shape early adolescents' climate emotions, understandings of action, and perceived agency. Prior research indicates that girls and young women often report higher climate concern and responsibility than boys, alongside higher climate anxiety and lower political agency (Hickman et al., 2021; Ojala, 2012; Pihkala, 2020). However, much of the evidence base comes from activism or out-of-school contexts (Corner et al., 2015). In addition, school-based CCSE remains under-examined, and comparisons typically rely on binary gender categories that overlook gender-diverse students. Conceptually, we adopt an ecological understanding of agency, in which agency is not an individual trait but something achieved through the interaction of learners, relationships, and institutional contexts (Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Emirbayer & Mische, 1998). This lens moves the analysis beyond whether students "care" about climate change to the conditions under which students can (or cannot) translate concern into meaningful, collective, and systemic action within school settings. It also foregrounds agency as a matter of educational justice: whose emotions and voices are recognised as legitimate, and whose participation is enabled or constrained (Biesta & Tedder, 2007). The study addresses three research questions: (1) How do climate concern, emotional responses, and sense of agency differ by gender and age? (2) How do gender and age shape students' understandings of climate action and their perceived opportunities for engagement? (3) How do students' reported school-based learning experiences differ by gender and age, and how are these linked to their climate attitudes and competencies? By bringing large-scale evidence from England into dialogue with an ecological agency lens, the paper contributes to environmental and sustainability education research by showing how affect, identity, and institutional recognition shape the relationship between "knowing and acting" in early adolescence (Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Ojala, 2012; Pihkala, 2020). It also speaks to current policy and curriculum debates about CCSE in England, including the role of national strategy and the feasibility of action-oriented climate curricula in schools (Department for Education, 2022; Dunlop & Rushton, 2022; Howard-Jones et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were gathered between March and May 2024 via an online questionnaire (Qualtrics) completed by students in Years 7-9 (ages 11-14) in schools across England. A total of 2,429 responses were submitted. Among students who provided demographic information (not compulsory), 40% were in Year 7, 34% in Year 8, and 25% in Year 9; 56% identified as girls, 43% as boys, and 1% as non-binary or gender diverse. Recruitment was facilitated through teachers who volunteered their schools to participate. Surveys were distributed via class sessions and/or as homework tasks, with no individual incentives other than optional entry into a small prize draw. The questionnaire comprised 27 items across seven sections and combined multiple-choice items, Likert-type agreement scales, frequency items, and open-ended responses. This paper draws on items aligned to the three research questions: RQ1 uses items on climate beliefs, emotional responses, personal concern, perceived responsibility, and empowerment; RQ2 uses items on perceived opportunities for action in and beyond school and preferred future learning themes; and RQ3 uses items on school-based CCSE experience, including perceptions of being listened to by teachers and perceived influence over the school's sustainability response. The analytic framing is informed by an ecological account of agency (Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Emirbayer & Mische, 1998). Ethical approval was granted by an Institutional Ethics Committee. Written informed consent was obtained at the outset of the survey; participation was voluntary and students were advised that non-participation would have no effect on school performance. Data handling followed UK GDPR and the Data Protection Act 2018, and responses were anonymised prior to analysis. Teachers were encouraged to debrief students given that some items addressed climate-related emotions and wellbeing, consistent with concerns raised in the eco-anxiety and environmental education literature (Pihkala, 2020). Analytically, we compare gender and age group differences using independent-samples t-tests and difference-in-proportions tests as appropriate, conducted in R. Likert responses were recoded by bundling "agree/strongly agree" and "disagree/strongly disagree" where needed for testing. We define statistical significance as p<0.05 and report effect sizes (Cohen's d). Supplementary analyses compare gender-diverse students with binary peers; following guidance on "mischievous responders", non-serious free-text gender entries were excluded to preserve data integrity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Gender differences were more consistent and substantial than age differences across climate emotions, engagement preferences, and school-based learning experiences. Girls reported higher levels of climate anxiety, fear, guilt, sadness, and helplessness, alongside a stronger sense of responsibility, and expressed interest in learning about all proposed climate and sustainability themes. Boys reported lower concern and greater optimism or emotional detachment. This aligns with evidence that emotions such as worry, guilt, hope, and meaning-making are central to youth climate engagement (Hickman et al., 2021; Ojala, 2012; Pihkala, 2020). Heightened concern did not translate into greater perceived agency: boys were more likely than girls to report that they could influence their school's sustainability response. This suggests responsibilisation without empowerment: those reporting the greatest emotional and moral burden are not necessarily those who feel most recognised or influential within school decision-making, echoing critiques of shifting sustainability responsibility onto young people (Mustalahti et al., 2023). Age effects were more selective, but older students more often endorsed systemic framings of climate action, consistent with calls for curricula that support structural understandings of climate change and responses (Dawson et al., 2022). Gender-diverse students reported the most intense emotional salience and distinctive learning interests. Although indicative given small numbers, this highlights the limits of binary framings for understanding youth climate engagement. We argue that equitable CCSE requires attention to the ecological conditions of agency: pedagogies that acknowledge and work with climate emotions (Ojala, 2012; Pihkala, 2020); curricula that legitimise systemic and justice-oriented action (Dawson et al., 2022); and school structures that provide credible participatory pathways so that diverse students can experience influence, rather than only responsibility (Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Mustalahti et al., 2023). References 1) Biesta, G. & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132-149. 2) Corner, A., Roberts, O., Chiari, S., Völler, S., Mayrhuber, E. S., Mandl, S., & Monson, K. (2015). How do young people engage with climate change? The role of knowledge, values, message framing, and trusted communicators. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Climate Change, 6(5), 523–534. https://doi.org/10.1002/wcc.353 3) Dawson, V., E. Eilam, S. Tolppanen, O. B. Z. Assaraf, T. Gokpinar, D. Goldman, G. A. P. E. Putri, A. W. Subiantoro, P. White, & H. Widdop Quinton. (2022). A cross-country comparison of climate change in middle school science and geography curricula. International Journal of Science Education, 44(9), 1379–1398. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2022.2078011. 4) Department for Education (DfE). (2022). Sustainability and climate change: A strategy for the education & children’s services systems. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainability-and-climate-change-strategy/sustainability-and-climate-change-a-strategy-for-the-education-and-childrens-services-systems 5) Dunlop, L., & Rushton, E. A. (2022). Putting climate change at the heart of education: Is England’s strategy a placebo for policy? British Educational Research Journal, 48 (6), 1083–1101. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3816. 6) Emirbayer, M. and Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962-1023. 7) Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E., Wray, B., Mellor, C., & van Susteren, L. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: A global survey. The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863–e873. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(21)00278-3 8) Howard-Jones, P., D. Sands, J. Dillon, & F. Fenton-Jones. (2021). The views of teachers in England on an action-oriented climate change curriculum. Environmental Education Research, 27 (11), 1660–1680. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1937576. 9) Mustalahti, I., Tokola, N., Pakarinen, V. & Siltovuori, V. (2023). From responsibilisation of young people towards sustainable well-being. In Hanna Kosonen & Johanna Pietarinen (Eds.), Intergenerational learning and sustainable well-being: Young people in times of ecological crisis (pp. 76-92). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003345114-5 10) Ojala, M. (2012). Hope and climate change: Environmental engagement among young people. Environmental Education Research, 18(5), 625–642. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2011.637157 11) Pihkala, P. (2020). Eco-anxiety and environmental education. Sustainability, 12(23), 10149. https://doi.org/10.3390/su122310149 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Examining Environmentalist Early Childhood Education and Care from Ecofeminist Perspectives University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This study explores whether environmental and sustainability education (ESE) in early childhood education and care (ECEC) may contribute to the sustainability transformation of Finnish society and beyond. The study builds on the fact that we are living through two interconnected global crises: an ecological crisis and a care crisis. The former crisis refers to the state of the planetary environment, characterized by for instance climate change and mass species extinctions, that affect human and many other species’ survival and wellbeing. The latter crisis refers to the deteriorating societal conditions under the capitalist world system that make reproductive labour harder to perform. In ECEC, the care crisis is visible in for instance the lack of qualified workers in kindergartens, which results from low salaries and poor working conditions. How can ECEC contribute to sustainability transformation if ECEC itself is in a crisis of its own? This study is set in the intersection of environmental and sustainability education (ESE), early childhood education and care (ECEC) and ecofeminist theorising. The study takes a holistic ecofeminist perspective on ESE and ECEC through the investigation of selected relevant literature and empirical ethnographic fieldwork in two environmentalist Finnish ECEC groups, conducted between 2022–2023. Generally, ecofeminism interrogates interrelated oppressions, especially regarding gender, and extends the exploration from humans to the sphere of nature. However, a variety of ecofeminist positions exist. The ecofeminism(s) applied in this study include queer, vegan and Marxist lenses. Firstly, the queer lens deconstructs traditional binaries especially regarding gender and sexuality. This lens is utilised in exploring children’s gendered nature relations. Secondly, the vegan lens recognises nonhuman animals as valuable beings deserving freedom from human exploitation. This lens is utilised in the examination of ECEC practices that concern nonhuman animals. Thirdly, the Marxist lens perceives ECEC work within the larger framework of capitalism where feminised care work like ECEC is structurally undervalued. This lens is utilised in situating the experiences and actions of ECEC workers that necessarily influence the implementation of environmental and sustainability education. Ecofeminist viewpoints have been applied in ESE yet hardly in the context of ECEC. Within the field of childhood studies, posthumanist perspectives have become increasingly common especially in reference to the Anthropocene. However, I argue that the distinct yet diverse and vibrant research tradition around ecofeminisms can reveal under-researched areas in research concerning ESE and ECEC. These areas concern, firstly, the relevance of interhuman differences, like gender, on how children and humans in general appear to appreciate the more-than-human world and nonhuman animals. Secondly, the conditions where ESE in ECEC is conducted should be acknowledged as severely contributing to how quality education and care can be implemented. These perspectives are substantial for bringing about more sustainable and just futures especially for children, reproductive workers and non-human animals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study theorises environmental and sustainability education (ESE) and early childhood education and care (ECEC) from ecofeminist perspectives. This theorising attempts to hold together the perspectives of various actors in ECEC: children, workers, and nonhuman animals – while minding the diversity within and across all these groups. Taking this kind of multioptic vision of ECEC everyday life allows for noticing the influence of multiple parties and structures on what happens in kindergartens. In addition to theorising based on literature, this study utilises ethnographic data from two Finnish environmentalist ECEC groups. One of the kindergartens was an Eco-kindergarten, which followed an Eco-Schools program, and the other was a Nature kindergarten, which emphasised outdoor activities in natural environments. The children participating in the research were aged 3–7. Written consent was acquired from all adult research participants and from children’s guardians. In both kindergartens, I explained the basics of my study verbally to the research participants and provided more information if asked. Participants were free to withdraw from the research at any point. I read my notes aloud if participants asked me to. The research project was reviewed by my university’s ethical board before starting the fieldwork. I produced research data at the kindergartens during 67 days between November 2022–June 2023. The data consists of written fieldwork notes and audio recorded interviews of children and staff. On most days, I spent the morning in one of the kindergartens and the afternoon at my office transcribing the notes on my computer. I also supplemented my notes from memory. Children and educators at the Eco-kindergarten usually let me write notes in peace, but at the Nature kindergarten, the children often asked me to play with them, which I then often did. The thematic interviews conducted with educators addressed their ideas of nature and ESE, the most important factors in their work and those factors’ connections to sustainability, and their work well-being. The interviews with children explored their ideas of nature and how to take care of it, and what they enjoyed, disliked, and hoped for at their kindergarten. In the child interviews, I also asked children to draw nature if they wanted to, while I asked them questions. The ethnographic data is rich in content and is thus far only partially utilised in this study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study builds on two articles and one unpublished manuscript that contribute to my doctoral dissertation in gender studies. The first article (Paavilainen 2022) takes a critical look at ecosocial educational theorising that is prevalent in Finnish academic discussions around ESE. The argument is that from a gender-focused ecofeminist perspective, ecosocial and ecofeminist theorising should not be confused. Ecosocial thinking is influenced by ecofeminist dualism critique but sidelines interhuman differences like gender, and their influence on how people seem to relate to nature. In the context of ECEC, materialist ecofeminist theorising would also acknowledge the challenging situation of ECEC workers within the capitalist societal structure. The second article (Paavilainen 2025) argues for more focus on centring children and the question of humanness in Anthropocene childhood studies. Situating children within the material world should not mean losing insight into children’s agency. In fact, the Anthropocene would require building humanness anew in ways that care for the more-than-human world. Children may contribute to reconfiguring humanness. The article explores how two children of the Eco-kindergarten (re)produced different “genres” of human through relating with nature(s) differently. The third paper explores the research data from the Nature kindergarten from perspectives of ecofeminist care theories. The viewpoints acknowledge nonhuman animals among human animals as beings deserving ethical consideration while recognising the difficulty of care within capitalist societal structures. The paper finds that the Nature kindergarten’s focus on enjoyment of nature downplayed more care-focused approaches to ESE. Paucities of care are prevalent in ways in which animals were treated ambiguously. Yet, care-full ESE appears difficult to perform when the ECEC workers are not cared for. Taken together, this doctoral study argues for the relevance of ecofeminist theorising for ESE in ECEC. Educating the young could contribute to sustainability transformation; yet currently, kindergartens’ full potential is not realised. References Decker, Abigail M., ja Scott A. Morrison. 2023. “Are These Girl Ladybugs or Boy Ladybugs?”: An Exploratory Study on Gender in Nature-Based Education. The Journal of Environmental Education 54 (5): 325–40. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2023.2241394. Decker, Abigail, ja Scott A. Morrison. 2021. Decoding Gender in Nature-Based Education: Perceptions of Environmental Educators. Environmental Education Research 27 (6): 848–63. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1898548. Deckha, Maneesha. 2023. Human Children, Nonhuman Animals, and a Plant-Based Vegan Future. In Feminist Animal and Multispecies Studies: Critical Perspectives on Food and Eating, edited by Kadri Aavik, Kuura Irni, and Milla-Maria Joki. Brill. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004679375_008. Fraser, Nancy. 2022. Cannibal capitalism: how our system is devouring democracy, care, and the planet - and what we can do about it. Verso. Gough, Annette. 2024. Gender and Environmental Education: Feminist and Other(Ed) Perspectives: The Selected Works of Annette Gough. World Library of Educationalists. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003390930. Hohti, Riikka, and Tuure Tammi. 2019. ‘The Greenhouse Effect: Multispecies Childhood and Non-Innocent Relations of Care’. Childhood 26 (2): 169–85. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568219826263. Keto, Sami, Raisa Foster, Jani Pulkki, Arto O. Salonen, ja Veli-Matti Värri. 2022. Ekososiaalinen kasvatus: Viisi teesiä ratkaisuehdotuksena antroposeenin ajan haasteeseen. Kasvatus & Aika 16 (3). https://doi.org/10.33350/ka.111741. Mies, Maria. 2014 [1986]. Patriarchy and Accumulation on a World Scale: Women in the International Division of Labour. 2nd edn. NBN International. Nxumalo, Fikile. 2020. Situating Indigenous and Black Childhoods in the Anthropocene. In Research Handbook on Childhoodnature, edited by Amy Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, Karen Malone, and Elisabeth Barratt Hacking. Springer International Handbooks of Education. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-67286-1_37. Oksala, Johanna. 2023. Feminism, Capitalism, and Ecology. Northwestern University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/jj.2840675. Paavilainen, Aleksi. 2025. Centering Childhood(s) in the Anthropocene: (Re)Production of Human Genres through Nature(s) in Early Childhood Education and Care. Childhood, ahead of print. https://doi.org/10.1177/09075682251381137. Paavilainen, Aleksi. 2022. Varhaiskasvatus ja sosialisaatio kapitaloseenin aikakaudella: Ekososiaalisen kasvatusteorian ekofeministinen kritiikki. Kasvatus & Aika 16 (3): 9–24. https://doi.org/10.33350/ka.111727. Pacini-Ketchabaw, Veronica, Affrica Taylor, and Mindy Blaise. 2016. Decentring the Human in Multispecies Ethnographies. In Posthuman Research Practices in Education, edited by Carol A. Taylor and Christina Hughes. Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137453082_10. Plumwood, Val. 1993. Feminism and the Mastery of Nature. Routledge. Taylor, Affrica. 2011. Reconceptualizing the ‘Nature’ of Childhood. Childhood 18 (4): 420–33. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568211404951. Wynter, Sylvia. 2003. Unsettling the Coloniality of Being/Power/Truth/Freedom: Towards the Human, After Man, Its Overrepresentation–An Argument. CR: The New Centennial Review 3 (3): 257–337. https://doi.org/10.1353/ncr.2004.0015. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 07 D: Climate Change Education, Teachers and International Partnerships Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Jutta Nikel Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Teacher Agency in the Context of School-based Climate Change and Sustainability Education: The Experiences of Teachers and Students in England 1: UCL Institute of Education; 2: University of Stirling Presenting Author:Climate change and sustainability education (CCSE) has become an increasingly prominent facet of national curriculum discussions globally, reflecting urgent ecological imperatives and calls for educational systems to equip young people with knowledge, skills and values necessary for sustainable futures (UNESCO, 2021; Sterling, 2010). Within this broad field, research has documented the importance of curriculum content and pedagogical approaches (Orr, 1992), but there remains less clarity around the agency of teachers as active agents in shaping, interpreting and implementing CCSE in situ (Priestley, 2019). Teacher agency broadly refers to the capacity of teachers to make purposeful choices and take actions aligned with their professional beliefs and contextual opportunities (Biesta & Tedder, 2007). This conceptualisation emphasises teachers as not merely executors of policy, but as relational actors whose agency is shaped through interaction with institutional structures, cultural norms and material resources (Priestley, Biesta & Robinson, 2015). In the context of CCSE, agency is particularly salient given the interdisciplinary, evolving and contested nature of the subject: teachers must navigate not only scientific content but also socio-political sensitivities and pedagogical innovation (Adams & Frost, 2006; Hale, 2023). Existing literature on CCSE in schools highlights three broad themes relevant to agency. First, curricular positioning and policy discourse affect how teachers perceive their professional autonomy. In England, CCSE has no mandated statutory position, leading teachers to interpret and integrate sustainability content alongside existing subject demands (Rickinson et al., 2014). Such curricular ambiguity may support creative pedagogical agency for some teachers while constraining others who lack institutional support or confidence. Second, professional knowledge and confidence are recurrent determinants of whether teachers enact CCSE with agency. Studies suggest teachers often feel underprepared to teach climate change and sustainability competently, particularly where initial teacher education and ongoing professional development lack robust coverage of ecological and socio-scientific issues (Wals & Corcoran, 2012). Empirical work indicates that teacher education that foregrounds reflective practice and collaborative inquiry can enhance teacher agency in CCSE (Dawson, 2019; McKeown et al., 2020). Third, material and structural conditions — including time, resources and leadership — shape teachers’ capacity to exercise agency. Research shows that workload pressures, lack of appropriate teaching materials, and competing accountability frameworks can limit innovative pedagogies for sustainability (Fletcher, 2021). Conversely, supportive leadership and communities of practice are associated with teachers feeling more empowered to adapt curriculum and pedagogy in line with CCSE goals (Llewellyn et al., 2018; Tilbury, 2011). The gap in existing research is the limited integration of student perspectives alongside teacher experiences in studies of agency. While student voice research in environmental education affirms that pupils can articulate sophisticated understandings and pedagogical preferences (Hart, 1997; Barrable, 2013), this has rarely been connected to how teachers perceive and enact agency. There is thus a need to explore the relational characteristics of agency in CCSE: how teachers and students interact around content, pedagogy and classroom praxis, and where their perceptions converge or diverge. The research presented here builds on these discourses by drawing on a relational and emergent conceptualisation of agency, positioning it not solely as an individual attribute but as co-produced through teacher–student interactions and mediated by cultural, structural and material dimensions of schooling. It responds to calls for more nuanced empirical work situated in everyday classroom contexts, examining both teacher and student voices to illuminate how agency is experienced and enacted in the domain of CCSE (Priestley et al., 2015; Wals & Corcoran, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a mixed-methods survey design to capture a broad and comparative understanding of teacher agency in CCSE from both the teacher and student perspectives. The conceptual framework for teacher agency was informed by sociocultural and relational perspectives, understanding agency as emergent through interactions among individuals, structures and resources (Priestley et al., 2015). Participants Two distinct but related participant samples from English secondary schools were recruited: • Teachers (n = 870): Secondary school teachers across subject areas participated in an online survey. Inclusion criteria focused on active teaching roles with potential engagement in climate change and sustainability topics. • Students (n = 2,429): Students aged 11–14 years participated through a parallel online survey facilitated by schools. This age group was selected to represent early secondary education where CCSE may be introduced across subjects. Convenience sampling was used with schools invited via professional networks and educational partnerships to distribute survey links for teachers (in 2022) and students (in 2023). Ethical clearance and consent procedures aligned with institutional and school guidelines. Methods Two online survey instruments were developed — one for teachers and one for students — incorporating items related to: • Perceptions of barriers and enablers to engaging with CCSE content and pedagogy. • Self-reported approaches to teaching (teachers) and experiences of learning (students). • Perceived structural support (e.g., time, resources, professional development). • Pedagogical preferences and practices. Survey items combined Likert-type scales, multiple-choice questions and open-ended response options to enable quantitative and qualitative analysis. Data Collection and Analysis Surveys were deployed via a secure online platform over a three-month period. Reflecting the divergent perspectives of teachers and students, descriptive statistics were generated to map broad patterns across domains of agency. Quantitative data were analysed using measures of central tendency and variability to identify commonalities and divergences in perceptions of enablers and barriers. Open-ended responses were analysed thematically, following Braun & Clarke’s (2006) approach, to extract nuanced insights into how participants described their experiences and practices. Themes were coded iteratively, with cross-validation between researchers to ensure reliability. This methodology allowed for comparative insights into how structural, cultural and material dimensions of agency were articulated by both teachers and students, providing a richer understanding of the relational dynamics underpinning CCSE in secondary schools. The combination of quantitative breadth and qualitative depth supported robust interpretation of emergent patterns. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a complex landscape in which teacher agency in CCSE is both enabled and constrained by a constellation of structural, cultural and material factors. Teachers and students identified a range of barriers and enablers, with notable areas of agreement and divergence. In particular, students were often more articulate about pedagogical approaches that could enhance engagement with climate change and sustainability, whereas teachers focused more on the professional support they require — such as time, training and resources. This suggests that students recognise diverse and interactive learning practices, while teachers are acutely aware of systemic constraints on their capacity to enact such pedagogies within existing workload and curriculum structures. The research further highlights the invisibility of certain aspects of teacher agency: everyday practices that students notice — such as innovative questioning, contextualisation of content and facilitation of discussion — may go unrecognised by teachers themselves. This underscores the value of integrating student perspectives in research on agency, as students can illuminate dimensions of practice that enrich understandings of how agency is enacted in real classrooms. In conclusion, the study contributes to theoretical and empirical understandings of teacher agency by foregrounding its relational and emergent nature, emphasising that agency is not a static attribute but unfolds through dynamic interactions between teachers, students and broader educational contexts. Importantly, findings point to the need for targeted professional learning opportunities that build teacher knowledge and confidence in CCSE, enabling teachers across subjects to implement a range of pedagogical approaches. Supportive leadership, collaborative networks and accessible resources are critical enablers. These insights have implications for curriculum policy, teacher education and school practice aimed at enhancing the quality and efficacy of climate change and sustainability education. References Adams, P. and Frost, S. (2006) ‘The role of the school in the development of environmental consciousness’, Environmental Education Research, 12(2), pp. 221–238. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620600688817 Barrable, A. (2013) ‘The case for nature connectedness as a distinct goal of early childhood education’, International Journal of Early Childhood Environmental Education, 1(2), pp. 59–70. Biesta, G. and Tedder, M. (2007) ‘Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective’, Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), pp. 132–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2007.11661545 Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), pp. 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Dawson, V. (2019) ‘Teaching climate change: A model for engaging teachers and students in socioscientific issues’, Science Education, 103(4), pp. 1012–1041. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21506 Fletcher, R. (2021) ‘Environmental education and the limits of green pedagogy’, Environmental Education Research, 27(6), pp. 841–856. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1868959 Hale, S. (2023) ‘Climate education and political neutrality in schools’, Oxford Review of Education, 49(2), pp. 203–219. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2022.2140971 Hart, R. (1997) Children’s participation: The theory and practice of involving young citizens in community development and environmental care. London: Earthscan. Llewellyn, D., Cook, S. and Molina, A. (2018) ‘Fostering teacher agency through communities of practice’, Teaching and Teacher Education, 73, pp. 45–56. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.03.010 McKeown, R., Hopkins, C. and Rizi, R. (2020) Education for sustainable development toolkit. Paris: UNESCO. Orr, D.W. (1992) Ecological literacy: Education and the transition to a postmodern world. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Priestley, M. (2019) ‘Schools, curriculum and teacher agency’, Oxford Review of Education, 45(2), pp. 195–211. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2019.1592113 Priestley, M., Biesta, G. and Robinson, S. (2015) Teacher agency: An ecological approach. London: Bloomsbury. Rickinson, M., Hall, M. and Reid, A. (2014) ‘Sustainable schools programmes’, Environmental Education Research, 20(4), pp. 528–549. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2013.833588 Sterling, S. (2010) ‘Learning for resilience, or the resilient learner?’, Environmental Education Research, 16(5–6), pp. 511–528. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2010.505427 Tilbury, D. (2011) Education for sustainable development: An expert review of processes and learning. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO (2021) Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. Paris: UNESCO. Wals, A.E.J. and Corcoran, P.B. (eds.) (2012) Learning for sustainability in times of accelerating change. Wageningen: Wageningen Academic Publishers. Walshe, N. and Rushton, E.A.C. (2025) ‘Understanding teacher agency in the context of school-based climate change and sustainability education: A case study of the experiences of teachers and school students in England’, British Educational Research Journal. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.70036 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Climate Change Education Research Sharing by International Organisations: The Case of the Greening Education Partnership University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Research-policy relationships in environmental and sustainability education (ESE) are under-researched (Rickinson & McKenzie, 2021). This is especially true when looking at research-policy relationships of International Organisations (IOs), despite their increasing role in ESE governance (Lysgaard et al., 2016; Payne, 2016). Within global ESE governance, IOs frequently operate in “inter-network governance” (McKenzie & Stahelin, 2022), combining networks and influence. At the same time, IOs have been identified as major research-producing entities within education (Zapp, 2018). This suggests that looking at research sharing by IOs in ESE is an understudied topic. This paper aims to contribute to filling the gap on research-policy relationships of IOs in ESE, by focusing on IOs that are part of the Greening Education Partnership (GEP). The GEP is a UN-wide climate change education initiative funded in 2022 led by UNESCO, bringing together UN agencies, NGOs, national governments, and private actors. More specifically, it examines how IOs involved in the GEP engage in research sharing to extend research, build consensus, and form part of a “shared construction of problems” (Grek, 2010). The analysis focuses on several research reports on climate change education authored by the World Bank, the Global Partnership for Education (GPE), UNICEF, UNESCO, and announcements about a future climate literacy metric for the OECD’s PISA. By mapping when these research artefacts are shared and how they are mobilised in the GEP, the paper shows how IOs are connected through research and how knowledge circulates across the network. This paper is part of a larger PhD study situated within education policy sociology that looks at the roles of research in the network governance of the GEP. It focuses on the intersection of two sub-questions: how research actors are involved in the Partnership and how research artefacts are used. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The overarching methodology for the PhD project this paper is based on is network ethnography, which combines ethnography approaches with network analysis (Rowe, 2024). Data collection took place between March 2024 and April 2025, covering the first two years of the GEP’s operation. The overall dataset includes 19 semi-structured interviews with UN staff, researchers, and civil society actors involved in the Partnership, online observations of GEP events, and a range of material artefacts, including newsletters, websites, guidance documents, and research reports produced or commissioned by IOs. For this paper, a subset of the data was selected to focus specifically on instances where IO research was referenced, shared, or discussed. Thematic analysis was conducted inductively and deductively using NVivo, identifying patterns in how research was presented, and circulated across the GEP. This included tracing when and where research was referenced in events, publications, and communications, and examining how it was framed in relation to climate change education problems and solutions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis shows that IOs act as boundary organisations, mediating between policy and research within the GEP. Unlike previous UNESCO-led ESE initiatives, the GEP is closely embedded with other UN agencies, while additional IOs, such as the OECD, are increasingly involved. This allows research to circulate beyond individual organisations, shaping the GEP and beyond. Findings suggest that the presence and influence of research in the GEP depend largely on the advocacy of IOs, alongside the research they themselves produce. IOs introduce new research actors from their existing networks, extending the Partnership’s reach and challenging UNESCO’s existing ESD network. In this process, research is part of a shared construction of problems, as described by Grek (2010). By selectively highlighting certain findings, framing issues in specific ways, and mobilising research across multiple sites, IOs influence each other and define what should be researched. References Grek, S. (2010). International Organisations and the Shared Construction of Policy 'Problems': problematisation and change in education governance in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, 9(3), 396-406. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2010.9.3.396 Lysgaard, J., Reid, A., & Van Poeck, K. (2016). The roots and routes of environmental and sustainability education policy research – an introduction to a virtual special issue. Environmental Education Research, 22(3), 319-332. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2015.1108392 McKenzie, M., & Stahelin, N. (2022). The global inter-network governance of UN policy programs on climate change education. International Journal of Educational Research, 116, 102093. Payne, P. G. (2016). The politics of environmental education. Critical inquiry and education for sustainable development. In: Taylor & Francis. Rickinson, M., & McKenzie, M. (2021). The research-policy relationship in environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 27(4), 465-479. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1895973 Rowe, E. (2024). Network ethnography in education: a literature review of network ethnography as a methodology and how it has been applied in critical policy studies. Analysing Education Policy, 136-156. Zapp, M. (2018). The scientization of the world polity: International organizations and the production of scientific knowledge, 1950–2015. International Sociology, 33(1), 3-26. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Transformative Inquiry-Based Learning in Climate Change Education (CCE): Effects of a Seminar Intervention on Pre-Service Geography Teachers’ Beliefs About Classroom-Based CCE University of Augsburg, Germany Presenting Author:Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) faces significant challenges in what has been described as a poly-crisis. Climate change exemplifies a complex socio-scientific issue with consequences for ecosystems and human livelihoods, highlighting the need to empower young citizens. Therefore, education is tasked with fostering problem-solving capacities and contributing to broader processes of socio-ecological transformation. Climate change education (CCE) aims to promote conceptual understanding, critical and creative thinking, and competencies for accessing and communicating climate-related information, while encouraging active engagement (Nepraš et al., 2022). At the same time, it must contend with psychological distance, the knowledge–action gap, emotional strain, and limited opportunities for learner participation (Schulz & Brumann, 2025). Teachers play a central role in navigating these tensions but often report feeling inadequately prepared for their role in CCE (Winter et al., 2022). In the context of teacher professionalism, it is assumed that teachers need corresponding beliefs to successfully apply their professional knowledge in classroom practice (König, 2012). Beliefs are defined as „implicit or explicit conceptions subjectively held to be true, which influence perception of the environment and guide action“ (Op’t Eynde et al., 2002, p. 24). Such beliefs are considered relevant to teaching, given that beliefs about teaching and learning are known to influence instructional practice (e.g. Dubberke et al., 2008). This study focuses on teachers’ subjective theories of teaching and learning, defined as beliefs concerning school and classroom processes that may be cross-curricular or subject-specific (Kunter et al., 2011). While previous research has examined (pre-service) teachers’ beliefs about climate change as a phenomenon (Nation & Feldman, 2021) and their intentions to teach the topic (Winter et al., 2026), empirical studies explicitly addressing beliefs about teaching and learning in CCE remain scarce. Drawing on the literature on CCE, inquiry-based learning (IBL) can be considered a promising approach for addressing climate change in education. Structured around inquiry cycles of orientation, conceptualisation, investigation, and discussion, IBL engages learners in processes analogous to scientific inquiry and supports the development of epistemic and procedural skills (Brumann et al., 2022). Approaches closely aligned with scientific inquiry share key principles with transformative learning (TL), as both are grounded in constructivist perspectives and emphasize critical-reflective, partly open-ended learning processes. Transformative learning extends beyond content acquisition, aiming to initiate personal and societal change through reflection, dialog and perspective transformation (Wiesner & Prieler, 2020). When combined, transformative inquiry-based learning (TIBL) positions upper secondary students as active agents investigating climate-relevant issues in their local contexts while simultaneously fostering critical-reflective, and solution-oriented competences (Mäsgen, 2024). In teacher education, experiential and participatory approaches appear particularly suitable for differentiating and actualizing teachers’ beliefs (Glazier & Bean, 2019). Pre-service teachers benefit from authentic, self-directed inquiry experiences, opportunities for critical reflection, and collaborative learning settings (Namdar, 2018). This suggests that integrating transformative and inquiry-based approaches into teacher education may provide fruitful spaces for reflecting on and potentially reshaping beliefs related to teaching CCE. Against this backdrop, the present exploratory qualitative study examines a seminar intervention on TIBL within a university teacher education program. The guiding research question is: How do pre-service teachers develop their beliefs on the characteristics of climate change education through experiencing a transformative inquiry-based learning seminar intervention? Specifically, the study aims to (a) examine which characteristics of IBL and TL in CCE are considered relevant by pre-service teachers, and how these characteristics are prioritized within their beliefs; and (b) analyze how the perceived importance of these characteristics changes over the course of the seminar intervention. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The intervention consisted of a semester-long seminar in teacher education, designed according to principles of TIBL in CCE. Eight pre-service geography teachers enrolled in the course, representing different semesters (5th–9th) and preparing for various school types. The seminar comprised seventeen 90-minute sessions, progressing from conceptual introduction to increasingly independent inquiry activities. Early sessions focused on key concepts and theoretical foundations of inquiry-based and transformative learning in CCE. Students were introduced to geographical research methods and developed their own research questions and plans based on their interests regarding local implications of climate change, switching into the role of researchers. Subsequent sessions involved field research, data collection, analysis, collaborative work, and peer feedback. This was complemented by inputs on climatology, psychological aspects of climate change, didactic reflections on their research, and pedagogical approaches for implementing TIBL in schools. In the second half of the seminar, the focus shifted from research to pedagogical transfer. Participants reflected on their inquiry experiences to derive quality criteria for TIBL in CCE, drawing on theoretical and empirical literature as well as their own findings. Based on this, they developed teaching concepts informed by the results of their research projects. The seminar concluded with student presentations, and collective reflection. Overall, the intervention aimed to position pre-service teachers as active inquirers, to link authentic research experiences with instructional design, and to foster reflective perspectives on CCE. The study received ethical and data protection approval. Audio recordings from group discussions were transcribed verbatim and pseudonymized. Data triangulation comprised three sources. First, an open Diamond Ranking was conducted at three measurement points (pre-, mid-, and post-intervention) to capture participants’ beliefs about key characteristics of TIBL in CCE. Participants generated statements on Post-it notes and collaboratively arranged them in a diamond-shaped hierarchy according to perceived importance. This method supports the articulation of implicit beliefs, negotiation of meaning, and metacognitive reflection (Niemi et al., 2015). Second, learning diaries documented participants’ individual reflections on their research processes and on the didactic implications of TIBL. Third, a final group discussion wants to elicit collective reflections on the learning experiences and perceived belief development throughout the seminar. Data were analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022). Two researchers applied consensual coding in a multi-stage procedure: data were independently coded using a preliminary category system, discrepancies were resolved through discussion, and the system was iteratively refined in a theory-informed and data-driven manner. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the first two measurement points, a progressive differentiation in students’ beliefs about designing TIBL environments became apparent. Initially, participants drew primarily on established learning-theoretical assumptions, especially constructivist perspectives and the significance of learners’ prior conceptions. They highlighted central elements of IBL, defining research objects, formulating research questions, and employing geographical methods, alongside general principles such as action orientation and cognitive activation. This pattern suggests that students entered the seminar with a generalized pedagogical repertoire and established ideas about IBL. By the second measurement point, these general assumptions were differentiated towards characteristics of transformative learning. Students emphasized dialog and cooperation, critical reflection, and self-directed learning. Considerations of the teacher–student relationship and the creation of emotional spaces became more salient. Strikingly, components of IBL that were prominent at the outset receded, even though participants engaged in a research cycle up to data collection. Midway through the seminar, transformative learning characteristics thus gained priority. The third measurement point, to be collected at the end of the term, will clarify whether these shifts continue to develop. Current results indicate movement from broad pedagogical and IBL design features toward characteristics relevant to TIBL in CCE. Prior experiences with IBL formats, particularly excursions and classroom activities, likely underpin students’ initial prioritization. Conversely, limited previous engagement with transformative learning in CCE may explain its prominence at the second measurement point. One limitation that emerged concerns the brevity of participants’ justifications for the characteristics and their importance at the first measurement point, which constrains the depth of interpretation. Overall, however, the seminar appears to support the development of beliefs that foreground affective dimensions, dialogue, and critical reflection as central to classroom-based CCE. In this way, the findings contribute to ongoing discussions on the potential of TIBL as a framework for critically reflecting on and advancing CCE. References Brumann, Sebastian, Ohl, Ulrike, & Schulz, Johannes (2022). Inquiry-Based Learning on Climate Change in Upper Secondary Education: A Design-Based Approach. Sustainability, 14(6), 3544. Dubberke, Thamar, Kunter, Mareike, McElvany, Nele, Brunner, Martin, & Baumert, Jürgen (2008). Lerntheoretische Überzeugungen von Mathematiklehrkräften. Zeitschrift Für Pädagogische Psychologie, 22(34), 193–206. Glazier, Jocelyn, & Bean, Amanda (2019). The promise of experiential education in teacher education: transforming teacher beliefs and practices. Teaching Education, 30(3), 261–277. König, J. (Ed.). (2012). Teachers' pedagogical beliefs: Definition and operationalisation - connections to knowledge and performance - development and change. Waxmann. Kuckartz, Udo, & Rädiker, Stefan. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung: Grundlagentexte Methoden (5. Auflage). BeltzJuventa. Kunter, M., Baumert, J., Blum, W., Klusmann, U., Krauss, S., & Neubrand, M. (Eds.). (2011). Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften: Ergebnisse des Forschungsprogramms COACTIV. Waxmann. Mäsgen, Johanna (2024). Klimawandelkompetenz. GW-Unterricht, 1, 5–14. Namdar, Bahadir (2018). Teaching global climate change to pre-service middle school teachers through inquiry activities. Research in Science & Technological Education, 1–23. Nation, Molly T., & Feldman, Allan (2021). Environmental Education in the Secondary Science Classroom: How Teachers’ Beliefs Influence Their Instruction of Climate Change. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 32(5), 481–499. Nepraš, Karel, Strejčková, Tereza, & Kroufek, Roman (2022). Climate Change Education in Primary and Lower Secondary Education: Systematic Review Results. Sustainability, 14(22), 14913. Niemi, Reetta, Kumpulainen, Kristiina, & Lipponen, Lasse (2015). Pupils as active participants: Diamond ranking as a tool to investigate pupils’ experiences of classroom practices. European Educational Research Journal, 14(2), 138–150. Op’t Eynde, Peter, Corte, Erik de, & Verschaffel, Lievan. (2002). Framing Students’ Mathematics-Related Beliefs. In G. C. Leder, E. Pehkonen, & G. Törner (Eds.), Beliefs: A Hidden Variable in Mathematics Education? (pp. 13–37). Springer. Schulz, Johannes, & Brumann, Sebastian. (2025). Forschendes Lernen im Kontext der Klimakrise. In D. Höttecke, S. Heinicke, H. Martens, A. Nehring, & T. Rabe (Eds.), Handbuch Klimabildung (pp. 553–588). Springer. Wiesner, Christian, & Prieler, Tanja (2020). Das transformative Lernen in der LehrerInnenbildung: Pädagogische Professionalität und Entwicklung des Lehrerhabitus. Open Online Journal for Research and Education, 1(1), 1–18. Winter, Veronika, Georg Büssing, Alexander, Gericke, Niklas, & Möller, Andrea (2026). Pre-service teachers and climate change education: a belief-intention gap yet to be bridged. Environmental Education Research, 1–25. Winter, Veronika, Kranz, Johanna, & Möller, Andrea (2022). Climate Change Education Challenges from Two Different Perspectives of Change Agents: Perceptions of School Students and Pre-Service Teachers. Sustainability, 14(10), 6081. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 31 SES 07 A: Educators in Multilingual Contexts Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Suzanne Dekker Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Designing Professional Learning for Multilingual Classrooms: Dialogic Pedagogy and Teachers’ Orientations to Linguistic Diversity 1: University of Reading, United Kingdom; 2: Indiana University Indianapolis, USA; 3: University of Nebraska Lincoln, USA Presenting Author:This paper reports the outcomes of a participatory action research project in which a teacher educator collaborated with a team of expert advisory teachers to design an online professional learning toolkit for primary school (ages 4–11) teachers of multilingual learners. The toolkit was underpinned by principles of critical socio-cultural pedagogy (Teemant et al., 2016; Vygotsky, 1978) and sought to promote dialogic, talk-rich classroom practices alongside more positive, asset-based orientations to linguistic and cultural diversity. The research had two aims: (1) to combine research and practitioner expertise in the development of an online professional learning toolkit for teachers supporting multilingual learners; and (2) to explore the extent to which, and ways in which, this toolkit might promote positive orientations to diversity within schools serving multilingual populations. Accordingly, the research questions asked: (1) What are schools’ and teachers’ perceptions of the social and English language learning needs of multilingual pupils? and (2) Can an online professional learning tool for teaching multilingual learners enhance schools’ positive orientations towards these pupils? Multilingual pupils—those learning English as an additional language—now constitute approximately 21% of England’s primary school population, yet persistent patterns of under-attainment remain (Strand & Hessel, 2018). Provision for these pupils is constrained by limited and short-term funding, teachers frequently report feeling under-prepared to meet their needs, and there is a lack of classroom-based research to inform pedagogical practice (Burner & Carlsen, 2023). These challenges are not unique to England but are shared across Europe and by other English-speaking contexts where classrooms are increasingly linguistically and culturally diverse (Raud & Orehhova, 2022). Research indicates that schools with positive orientations to diversity are more likely to invest in pedagogical change, respond effectively to multilingual learners, and promote their social and academic success (Aldridge & McChesney, 2018; Heikamp et al., 2020). However, there is limited understanding of how professional learning opportunities might actively cultivate such asset-based orientations among teachers. As a result, multilingual pupils’ school experiences remain uneven and inequitable. This study is informed by a growing body of transnational research (US and Europe) demonstrating that when teachers design classroom experiences that are intentionally collaborative, talk-rich, and culturally sustaining, critical socio-cultural practice can transcend national curricula and lead to improved social and academic outcomes for multilingual learners (see for e.g. Flynn et al., 2024; Teemant et al., 2011). Complementary work by Viesca et al. (2024) identifies specific teacher orientations as necessary conditions for school climates that affirm, advocate for, and sustain diverse learners. Theoretically, this paper brings together critical socio-cultural pedagogy and positive orientations to diversity, linking pedagogical practice with the broader belief systems and dispositions that shape school environments. Critical socio-cultural pedagogy provides a lens for understanding classroom talk as a socially situated practice. This perspective informed the toolkit’s emphasis on dialogic oracy practices that position multilingual pupils as active meaning-makers and recognise their full linguistic repertoires as pedagogical resources rather than deficits (Freire, 1970,1993). Theories of positive orientations to diversity complement this focus by foregrounding the role of teacher beliefs, dispositions, and affective stances in shaping how linguistic and cultural difference is interpreted and enacted in practice: openness, interconnectedness, agency, curiosity and creativity (Viesca et al., 2024 p. 64). These ideas underpinned the toolkit’s explicit attention to fostering asset-based mindsets among teachers, encouraging multilingualism to be viewed as cognitive, cultural, and linguistic capital. Together, these theoretical strands frame the toolkit not simply as a collection of strategies, but as an intervention aimed at reshaping teachers’ understandings of language learning and classroom interaction within a more inclusive and dialogic school culture. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a participatory action research (PAR) design, involving iterative consultation with teachers and school leaders in primary schools (ages 4–11) with at least 10% multilingual learners in one county in the south of England. Ground-up planning for research activity was driven by collaborative conversations between the researcher and the advisory team of seven expert multilingual teachers. PAR was selected because it actively involves those most affected by the research outcomes in shaping the focus, design, and development of the project, and because its cycles of action and reflection align closely with practitioner enquiry and professional learning (Cornish et al., 2023) . The project was conducted across four phases. Phase 1 involved semi-structured interviews (n = 15) with leadership teams and coordinators responsible for multilingual pupils in 15 primary schools. These interviews explored schools’ perceptions of multilingual pupils’ social and academic needs, their decision-making processes in response to these needs, and their preferences for professional learning design. In parallel, the research team initiated a series of reflective knowledge-exchange meetings with the expert advisory teachers, which continued throughout the project. Phase 2 focused on the collaborative design of the online toolkit, integrating schools’ articulated needs with research on critical socio-cultural pedagogy. The toolkit was hosted on a password-protected platform already familiar to schools within the county. Phase 3 comprised a three-month pilot in which nine schools used the toolkit in ways aligned with their school development priorities. Data collected during this phase included a pre-pilot survey capturing schools’ intentions for toolkit use, and structured classroom observations conducted by the research team (n = 15). Phase 4 centred on reflection and evaluation, involving post-pilot interviews with leadership teams in the nine pilot schools (n= 9) and reflective interviews between the researcher and the expert advisory teacher team (n=4) . Data sources included interview transcripts, pre-pilot surveys, structured classroom observation records, and reflective notes from the ongoing knowledge-exchange meetings. Qualitative analysis focused on identifying indications of change in teacher mindset and practice over time. Pre- and post-pilot interview data from the nine pilot schools were compared and triangulated with classroom observation and reflective meeting data. A hybrid coding approach was employed (Swain, 2018), using domains derived from Viesca et al.’s framework of positive orientations to diversity for deductive coding, alongside inductive coding to capture contextualised nuances in teachers’ beliefs, dispositions, and pedagogical practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The toolkit was designed around five interrelated principles—School Belonging, Talk-Rich, Inquiry-Led, Collaborative, and Small-Group learning—which participating schools were required to engage with explicitly to use the resource. These principles reflected and acknowledged existing empirical evidence that oracy-oriented, culturally sustaining pedagogies support multilingual learners’ social and academic development (Teemant et al., 2024). Although schools used the toolkit in different ways, all reported shifts in classroom practice were characterised by increased pupil talk and a corresponding reduction in teacher talk. Teachers observed that these changes supported multilingual learners more confident participation in small-group interactions, using new vocabulary, articulating questions when meaning was unclear, and listening actively while contributing opinions. Across schools, greater use of structured talk created more opportunities for multilingual pupils to position themselves as contributors to collective meaning-making. Teachers also reported changes in their professional practices and dispositions, indicating shifts towards more positive orientations to linguistic diversity. Working with smaller groups and speaking less prompted teachers to adopt more active listening roles and to attend more closely to pupils’ linguistic and conceptual resources, reflecting greater openness, curiosity, and respect for pupils’ meaning-making. Teachers described feeling greater ‘permission’ to prioritise talk-based learning activities, signalling increased agency in enacting asset-based pedagogies without concern for written evidence. Overall, the findings demonstrate how structured knowledge exchange between researchers and practitioners can support shifts in both mindset and practice through an online professional learning tool grounded in dialogic, critical socio-cultural pedagogy. The study contributes insight into how professional learning design can encourage positive orientations to linguistic diversity, while also illuminating the individual, school, and district-level conditions that may enable or constrain such change. As such, the paper offers practice-oriented evidence relevant to teachers, teacher educators, and policymakers concerned with professional learning and multilingual education across Europe. References Aldridge, J. M., & McChesney, K. (2018). The relationships between school climate and adolescent mental health and wellbeing: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Educational Research, 88, 121-145. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2018.01.012 Burner, T., & Carlsen, C. (2023). Teachers' multilingual beliefs and practices in English classrooms: A scoping review. Review of Education, 11(2), e3407. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3407 Cornish, F., Breton, N., Moreno-Tabarez, U., Delgado, J., Rua, M., de-Graft Aikins, A., & Hodgetts, D. (2023). Participatory action research. Nature Reviews Methods Primers, 3(1), 34. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43586-023-00214-1 Flynn, N., Teemant, A., Viesca, K. M., & Perumal, R. (2024). Effective Teachers of Multilingual Learners: A Mixed‐Method Study of UK and US Critical Sociocultural Teaching Practices. TESOL Quarterly, 58(1), 195-221. Freire, P. (1970,1993). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (M. Ramos Bergman, Trans.). Penguin Random House. Heikamp, T., Phalet, K., Van Laar, C., & Verschueren, K. (2020). To belong or not to belong: Protecting minority engagement in the face of discrimination. International Journal of Psychology, 55(5), 779-788. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/ijop.12706 Raud, N., & Orehhova, O. (2022). Training teachers for multilingual primary schools in Europe: key components of teacher education curricula. International Journal of Multilingualism, 19(1), 50-62. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2020.1718678 Strand, S., & Hessel, A. (2018). English as an Additional Language, proficiency in English and pupils’educational achievement:An analysis of Local Authority data. The Bell Educational Trust Limited. Swain, J. (2018). A Hybrid Approach to Thematic Analysis in Qualitative Research: Using a Practical Example. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526435477 Teemant, A., Hausman, C. S., & Kigamwa, J. C. (2016). The effects of higher order thinking on student achievement and English proficiency. INTESOL, 13(1). https://journals.iupui.edu/index.php/intesol/article/view/21254 Teemant, A., Sherman, B., & Tyra, S. (2024). The long arc of learning: Perspectives and innovations from 20 years of U.S. National Professional Development Program projects. TESOL Quarterly, 15(e872). https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/tesj.872 Teemant, A., Wink, J., & Tyra, S. (2011). Effects of coaching on teacher use of sociocultural instructional practices Teaching and Teacher Education, 27, 683-693. Viesca, K. M., Ailsaari, J., Flynn, N., Hammer, S., Lemmrich, S., Routarinne, S., & Teemant, A. (2024). Orientations for co-constructing a positive climate for diversity in teaching and learning. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society : the development of higher psychological processes (M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, & E. Souberman, Eds.). Harvard University Press 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Supporting Educator Agency in Multilingual Preschool Settings: A Qualitative Study University of Primorska, Slovenia Presenting Author:In contemporary educational contexts marked by increasing linguistic and cultural diversity, early childhood education plays a crucial role in shaping learners’ attitudes towards languages and diversity. Globalisation, migration, and transnational mobility have contributed to the growing presence of multilingual and multicultural settings, making language awareness and plurilingual competence key educational objectives from the earliest stages of schooling. Research consistently highlights that children begin forming perceptions about languages and speakers at a very young age, which underscores the importance of systematically fostering positive attitudes towards linguistic diversity in preschool education (Bratož & Sila, 2022; Kozina et al., 2024). Language awareness is commonly understood as a reflective and conscious sensitivity to language as a system, including an awareness of linguistic diversity, similarities and differences between languages, and the social and cultural meanings attached to them. Promoting language awareness in early childhood supports not only children’s linguistic development but also their intercultural understanding, empathy, and openness towards others. Pluralistic approaches to language education, which expose learners to multiple languages and cultures without prioritising a single target language, have been identified as particularly effective in achieving these aims (Beacco et al., 2016; Kozina et al., 2024). While much of the existing research has focused on children’s responses and learning outcomes, increasing attention is being paid to the role of educators as key mediators of multilingual and plurilingual practices. Teachers’ beliefs, attitudes, and professional competences significantly shape how linguistic diversity is addressed and valued in educational settings. Reflective practice and teacher agency are therefore central to the successful implementation of multilingual pedagogies, particularly in contexts characterised by sociolinguistic complexity, such as border regions or multilingual communities (Baloh & Bratož, 2019; Žefran et al., 2025). Educators who are supported in reflecting on their own linguistic identities and pedagogical roles are more likely to adopt inclusive and linguistically responsive practices (Rutar, 2014). Professional development has been identified as a critical factor in empowering educators to implement multilingual approaches with confidence. Studies conducted in early childhood education settings show that targeted professional development programmes can foster educators’ awareness of multilingualism, encourage experimentation with plurilingual activities, and strengthen their sense of agency in multilingual classrooms (Kirsch et al., 2020). Within this context, the Erasmus+ project Agentive builds upon existing research in language awareness and plurilingual education by placing a strong emphasis on educator agency in linguistically and culturally diverse learning environments. The project aims to support both pre-service and in-service teachers in developing the knowledge, skills, and reflective capacities needed to implement multilingual and intercultural practices in early childhood and primary education. Agentive develops innovative, research-informed multilingual teaching materials and activities designed to foster language awareness, plurilingual competence, and early literacy across multiple languages. A key feature of the project is its focus on professional learning through workshops, collaborative reflection, and classroom-based implementation, positioning educators not merely as users of prepared materials but as active agents in adapting and shaping pedagogical practices to their specific educational contexts. The present study integrates language awareness research, plurilingual education, and teacher professional development. By focusing on preschool educators’ experiences with implementing multilingual activities developed within the Agentive project, the study seeks to contribute to a deeper understanding of how educators perceive, enact, and evaluate plurilingual practices in early childhood education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative research design aimed at gaining an in-depth understanding of preschool educators’ experiences with implementing multilingual and intercultural activities in their everyday practice. The sample consists of 20 educators employed in Slovenian preschool institutions, representing diverse professional backgrounds and levels of teaching experience. Participation in the study was voluntary and embedded within a professional development initiative conducted as part of the Erasmus+ project Agentive. Data collection is organised into three interconnected phases. In the first phase, participants attend a structured professional development workshop in which they are introduced to selected multilingual and intercultural activities developed within the Agentive project. The workshop combines theoretical input on language awareness and plurilingual education with practical demonstrations, collaborative tasks, and opportunities for guided reflection. In the second phase, educators implement the presented activities in their own teaching practice over a defined period, allowing them to adapt the materials and approaches to their specific institutional contexts and to the needs of their children. This phase enables educators to engage actively with the activities and to reflect on their feasibility, relevance, and pedagogical impact. In the final phase, data are collected through focus group discussions conducted online. All discussions were audio-recorded to ensure accuracy of the information. The recordings were then summarised into structured analytical memos that capture key themes, educators’ reflections, and illustrative quotes relevant to the research questions. The data were subsequently analysed using thematic analysis, following an inductive approach to identify recurring patterns and themes across the dataset. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate predominantly positive attitudes towards the multilingual activities, highlighting increased awareness of linguistic diversity, and perceived benefits for children’s engagement and inclusion. At the same time, educators identified areas for further development, including the need for additional training and practical guidance. The results point to the importance of sustained professional support and reflective practice in fostering educators’ agency in multilingual early childhood education. References Bratož, S., & Sila, A. (2022). Analysing preschoolers’ awareness of linguistic and cultural diversity through the DivCon model. Baloh, B., & Bratož, S. (2019). Refleksija vloge učitelja v čezmejnem prostoru. Razprave in Gradivo: Revija za Narodnostna Vprasanja, (83), 5-19. Beacco, J.-C., Byram, M., Cavalli, M., Coste, D., Cuenat, M. E., Goullier, F., & Panthier, J. (2016). Guide for the development and implementation of curricula for plurilingual and intercultural education. Council of Europe. https://rm.coe.int/16806ae621 Kirsch, C., Aleksić, G., Mortini, S., & Andersen, K. (2020). Developing multilingual practices in early childhood education through professional development in Luxembourg. International Multilingual Research Journal, 14(4), 319-337. Kozina, Š. J., Bratož, S., & Žefran, M. (2024). Fostering Language Awareness in a Plurilingual Learning Environment. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 14(3), 13-33. Rutar, S. (2014). Multilingual learning and teaching as a principle of inclusive practice. Journal of Contemporary Educational Studies/Sodobna Pedagogika, 65(1). Žefran, M., Bratož, S., & Rutar, S. (2025). Evaluation of a Multilingual Kindergarten Model in Slovenia: Insights from teachers, parents and children. Neofilolog, (64/1), 166-184. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Rethinking Collective Teacher Efficacy for Language Support in Multilingual Early Childhood Education 1: University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2: KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Collective Teacher Efficacy (CTE) has become a prominent construct in educational effectiveness research and is increasingly invoked in discussions on language education and language support (e.g. Haworth, 2015). CTE refers to the shared belief of a school team in its collective capacity to positively influence student learning (Hattie, 2016). While research frequently associates CTE with improved learning outcomes (Eells, 2011), its conceptual transfer to multilingual educational contexts - particularly early childhood settings - raises important theoretical questions that remain insufficiently addressed. This paper critically examines the applicability of CTE to language support for multilingual learners in early childhood education. Dominant interpretations of CTE in this regard typically rely on relatively stable, school-level conditions such as shared goals, professional coherence, and collective responsibility (Vanbuel & Van den Branden, 2021). However, language development in multilingual contexts is characterised by substantial variability and complexity, shaped by differences in learners’ linguistic repertoires, exposure patterns, and interactional opportunities across contexts (Byers-Heinlein, 2025; Paradis, 2023). These features challenge assumptions of uniform pathways between collective professional capacity and language learning outcomes (Vanbuel & Van den Branden, 2021). The paper argues that the commonly used operationalisation of CTE risks oversimplifying the nature of language support in linguistically diverse classrooms. While strong (collective) beliefs concerning stimulating language development and organisational alignment may be present, they do not necessarily translate into language-support practices that provide learners with sufficiently rich, varied, and sustained linguistic interactions (Duthois & Van Oss, 2025). Language-stimulating interactions are characterised by rich language input, opportunities for language production, and language-related teacher feedback (Peleman et al., 2020; Verhallen & Walst, 2011). Although research has indicated the importance of such interactions for children’s long-term language learning and academic outcomes (Langeloo et al., 2019; Rowe & Snow, 2020), they are less frequently directed at children with additional language needs (Peleman et al., 2020). Moreover, in practice, language support for such learners often relies on a limited range of interactional strategies, restricted syntactic complexity, and a narrow focus on isolated skills (Duthois et al., 2025; Justice et al., 2008). Such practices may inadvertently reinforce dominant norms of language use and competence, rather than engaging with learners’ full linguistic repertoires (Peleman et al., 2020). From this perspective, CTE can be understood as a necessary but insufficient condition for effective language support. The construct captures important aspects of collective professional functioning, yet remains conceptually under-specified with regard to the linguistic and interactional processes through which language learning occurs. In particular, it does not explicitly account for how shared professional beliefs interact with questions of linguistic legitimacy, variation, and responsiveness to individual learner trajectories. The paper proposes a conceptual refinement of CTE for language education by foregrounding the centrality of classroom interaction, linguistic diversity, and meaning-making practices. It argues that the five commonly identified drivers of CTE (Donohoo et al., 2020) require domain-sensitive reinterpretation when applied to language support. Shared goals must include explicit understandings of language development beyond narrow proficiency benchmarks; cohesive teacher knowledge must encompass awareness of linguistic variation and interactional quality; and reflective practices must attend not only to learner outcomes, but also to the nature of classroom discourse and participation as facilitated by the teacher (Vanbuel & Van den Branden, 2021). By repositioning CTE within a framework that foregrounds the complexity of language learning in multilingual contexts, this contribution aims to bridge school-effectiveness research and language education research. The paper does not present empirical data, but offers a theoretical and conceptual analysis intended to stimulate dialogue on how collective professional capacity can be conceptualised in ways that better reflect the realities of multilingual early childhood classrooms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a conceptual-analytical methodology, combining theoretical synthesis with reflective analysis of existing research frameworks. Rather than reporting empirical findings, the study interrogates the conceptual alignment between Collective Teacher Efficacy (CTE) and contemporary insights from language education and bilingual development research. The analysis proceeds in three steps. First, a targeted review of the literature on CTE is conducted, with specific attention to how the construct has been operationalised in school-effectiveness research and subsequently applied within language education contexts. This includes an examination of the five commonly identified drivers of CTE and the assumptions underlying their relationship with learning outcomes. Second, insights from research on multilingual language development and individual differences are synthesised to identify points of conceptual tension with dominant CTE frameworks. This body of research highlights substantial variability in learners’ language trajectories, shaped by both child-internal and child-external factors, including quantity and quality of linguistic input, interactional opportunities, and contextual exposure across settings. These insights are used as an analytical lens to evaluate the explanatory scope of CTE when applied to language-support practices. Third, the paper engages in a conceptual mapping exercise, aligning core dimensions of language-support effectiveness - such as interactional richness, linguistic complexity, and responsiveness to individual learners - with the five drivers of CTE. This mapping serves to identify which aspects of language-support practice are captured by existing CTE frameworks and which remain insufficiently theorised. Throughout the analysis, the focus is on early childhood education in linguistically diverse contexts, where language-support trajectories are often embedded within broader classroom practices rather than delivered through isolated interventions. The methodological stance is interpretive and theory-driven, aiming to generate conceptual clarity rather than empirical generalisation. By adopting this approach, the paper contributes to methodological reflection within language education research, illustrating how established school-effectiveness constructs can be critically examined and refined through dialogue with domain-specific theories of language development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper has argued that Collective Teacher Efficacy, while highly influential in educational effectiveness research, requires conceptual refinement when applied to language support in multilingual early childhood contexts. The analysis suggests that CTE captures important organisational and motivational conditions for collective action, but does not sufficiently account for the linguistic and interactional mechanisms through which language development occurs. For multilingual learners with additional language needs, effective language support depends on more than shared beliefs and professional cohesion. It requires sustained access to high-quality linguistic input, rich interactional opportunities, and pedagogical responsiveness to individual learner trajectories. These elements are only partially addressed within dominant CTE frameworks, which tend to assume relatively uniform pathways between collective capacity and learning outcomes. The paper therefore proposes repositioning CTE as a foundational, but not exhaustive, component of language-support effectiveness. Integrating insights from bilingual development and individual-differences research allows for a more nuanced understanding of how collective professional capacity interacts with language-learning processes. Such an approach foregrounds the importance of explicitly theorising linguistic quality, interaction, and learner heterogeneity within school-level effectiveness models. For research, these conclusions point to the need for closer alignment between school-effectiveness theories and language acquisition research. Future studies should explore how collective efficacy interacts with specific language-support practices and how these relationships vary across learner profiles and contexts. For practice and professional development, the findings highlight the importance of moving beyond generic notions of efficacy towards shared, research-informed understandings of language development. By reframing CTE within a language-sensitive conceptual framework, this paper contributes to ongoing debates within language education on how schools can effectively support multilingual learners, and how collective professional capacity can be theorised in ways that reflect the complexity of language learning in real classrooms. References Byers-Heinlein, K., Kircher, R., & Lew-Williams, C. (2025). A systems framework of bilingual language acquisition: How development, experience, and contexts interact to shape outcomes. Annual Review of Developmental Psychology, 7. Donohoo, J., O'Leary, T., & Hattie, J. (2020). The design and validation of the enabling conditions for collective teacher efficacy scale (EC-CTES). Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 5(2), 147-166. Eells, R.J. (2011). Meta-analysis of the relationship between collective teacher efficacy and student achievement [doctoral dissertation]. Loyola University. Hattie, J. (2016). Third Visible Learning Annual Conference: Mindframes and Maximizers. Washington, DC, July 11, 2016. Haworth, P., McGee, A., & MacIntyre, L. K. (2015). Building a whole school approach and teacher efficacy with English language learners. Teachers and Teaching, 21(2), 164-177. Duthois, T., Montero-Perez, M., Van Avermaet, P., & Vanderlinde, R. (2025). Early childhood education teachers' professional vision of language-stimulating interactions: a mixed-method mobile eye-tracking study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 166, 105199. Duthois, T., & Van Oss, V. (2025). Through the teachers’ eyes: barriers to equitable language stimulating environments in early childhood education a qualitative mobile eye-tracking study. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 1-15. Justice, L. M., Mashburn, A. J., Hamre, B. K., & Pianta, R. C. (2008). Quality of language and literacy instruction in preschool classrooms serving at-risk pupils. Early childhood research quarterly, 23(1), 51-68. Langeloo, A., Mascareño Lara, M., Deunk, M. I., Klitzing, N. F., & Strijbos, J. W. (2019). A systematic review of teacher–child interactions with multilingual young children. Review of Educational Research, 89(4), 536-568. Paradis, J. (2023). Sources of individual differences in the dual language development of heritage bilinguals. Journal of Child Language, 50(4), 793–817. doi:10.1017/S0305000922000708 Peleman, B., Vandenbroeck, M., & Van Avermaet, P. (2020). Early learning opportunities for children at risk of social exclusion. Opening the black box of preschool practice. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1), 21-42. Rowe, M. L., & Snow, C. E. (2020). Analyzing input quality along three dimensions: interactive, linguistic, and conceptual. Journal of child language, 47(1). Vanbuel, M., & Van den Branden, K. (2021). Promoting primary school pupils’ language achievement: investigating the impact of school-based language policies. School effectiveness and school improvement, 32(2), 218-240. Verhallen, M., & Walst, R. (2011). Taalontwikkeling op school: handboek voor interactief taalonderwijs (Tweede herziene druk). Coutinho. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** From Linguistic Knowledge to Pedagogical Action: A Critical Review of Translanguaging in Teacher Education Sharjah Education Academy, United Arab Emirates Presenting Author:Topic and Rationale Across European and international education systems, growing linguistic diversity has challenged long-standing assumptions about language, learning, and teaching. Translanguaging has emerged in education research as a response to these challenges, offering a way of understanding language use that reflects the dynamic, multilingual realities of classrooms (Donley, 2022). Rather than treating languages as separate and bounded systems, translanguaging foregrounds teachers’ and learners’ full linguistic repertoires as resources for meaning-making and learning (Costley & Leung, 2020). Despite its strong presence in academic discourse, translanguaging remains unevenly embedded in teacher education. In many contexts, it is introduced as a pedagogical option or classroom strategy, while deeper questions about linguistic knowledge, professional judgment, and teacher decision-making receive less attention. As a result, teachers may be expected to adopt translanguaging practices without being supported to understand how linguistic knowledge informs pedagogical action (Li, 2022). In line with the ECER 2026 theme Knowing and Acting, this paper examines how education research frames the relationship between linguistic knowledge and pedagogical action in teacher education. It focuses on how translanguaging is conceptualised, taught, and positioned within teacher education literature, and on the extent to which teachers are recognised as linguistic knowers who can act on this knowledge in context.
Research Questions This critical review is guided by the following questions:
Objectives The objectives of this paper are to:
Conceptual and Theoretical Framework This review is guided by a framework of teacher professionalism and epistemic agency, which views teachers as knowledgeable professionals who interpret and act on linguistic, cultural, and contextual understandings in their practice (Kim et al., 2024). From this perspective, translanguaging is not approached as a fixed method, but as a professional orientation grounded in teachers’ judgments about language use in specific educational settings. Adopting a European and international lens, the paper draws on research from diverse teacher education contexts to examine how translanguaging is framed across different policy, curricular, and institutional environments. This positioning responds directly to ECER’s interest in how knowledge is produced, legitimised, and enacted within varied educational ecosystems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a critical narrative literature review approach to examine key strands of research on translanguaging in teacher education. It employs a focused and interpretive synthesis of how linguistic knowledge and pedagogical action are connected in the literature. Sources and Selection Criteria The review draws on peer-reviewed journal articles and policy publications, primarily published between 2010 and 2025, appearing in Scopus, ERIC, and Google Scholar. Sources are selected for their relevance to translanguaging, teacher education, and the preparation of teachers for multilingual pedagogical contexts. Analytical Approach Analysis is conducted through iterative thematic reading, focusing on how translanguaging is positioned in relation to teachers’ knowledge, preparation, and professional responsibility. Attention is given to how linguistic knowledge is framed in teacher education, how teachers are constructed as language decision-makers, and how institutional and policy contexts shape possibilities for pedagogical action. A critical stance is maintained throughout, questioning assumptions about linguistic normativity, standardisation, and authority in teacher education. Translanguaging is examined as part of a broader landscape of knowledge production that influences how teachers are prepared to act in linguistically diverse classrooms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper offers two main contributions. First, it provides a critical overview of how translanguaging is conceptualised within teacher education research, highlighting differences in how linguistic knowledge is understood and connected to pedagogical preparation. Second, it brings attention to ongoing tensions between teachers’ situated linguistic expertise and dominant monolingual or standardised frameworks within teacher education. By centring teachers as epistemic agents, the paper contributes to discussions on professional knowledge, linguistic diversity, and the role of teacher education in responding to social and educational change. It supports approaches to teacher education that recognise linguistic knowledge as a foundation for pedagogical action rather than as an optional add-on to practice. References Costley, T., & Leung, C. (2020). Putting translanguaging into practice: A view from England. System, 92, 102270. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2020.102270 Donley, K. (2022). Translanguaging as a theory, pedagogy, and qualitative research methodology. NABE Journal of Research and Practice, 12, 105. https://doi.org/10.1080/26390043.2022.2079391 Kim, S., Park, J. Y., & Zhao, M. (2024). Content teachers’ beliefs and attitudes toward working with multilingual learners through integrative approaches. Frontiers in Education, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1282936 Li, G. (2022). Toward Inclusive Translanguaging in Multilingual Classrooms. Teaching English as a Second or Foreign Language. TESL-EJ, 26(3). https://doi.org/10.55593/ej.26103a23 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 31 SES 07 B: AI Location: B4117 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Svenja Hammer Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Preparing Teachers For AI-Supported Teaching: Professional Learning Challenges In Teacher Education Yerevan State University, Armenia Presenting Author:The increasing presence of artificial intelligence (AI) in education has generated new questions for teacher education and professional training across Europe. Although AI is frequently presented as a transformative development for teaching and learning, uncertainty persists regarding how teacher education prepares teachers to engage with its pedagogical, ethical, and professional implications. A substantial part of research on AI in education continues to prioritise technical capabilities or tool development. Engagement with educational theory and teachers’ professional learning needs, therefore, often remains limited (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2019; Chen et al., 2020; Tang et al., 2023). In language education in particular, recent AI applications (e.g., automated feedback, text generation and analytics) raise questions about assessment, authorship, feedback practices and teachers’ pedagogical decision-making. Several literature reviews have highlighted that AI-in-education research is largely shaped by STEM-oriented perspectives and frequently lacks pedagogical grounding, resulting in limited relevance to everyday teaching practice (Kabudi et al., 2021; Bates et al., 2020). As a consequence, teachers are increasingly expected to respond to AI-related change without clear guidance on how these developments relate to professional judgement, assessment practices, and ethical responsibility. More recent work foregrounding teachers’ perspectives (Tan, 2024; Kashif et al., 2025) suggests that challenges related to AI are not primarily technical, but professional: how teachers exercise pedagogical judgement, justify assessment decisions, and navigate responsibility when AI systems shape feedback and evaluation practices (Tan, 2024). These concerns align with emerging international competency framings that foreground human agency, ethics, and professional learning as core dimensions of teachers’ AI preparedness (UNESCO, 2024). This paper examines how AI is addressed within teacher education and professional training contexts and explores the professional learning challenges this creates for teacher preparation. The guiding research question is: How is AI being addressed within teacher education and professional training, and what professional learning challenges does this create for preparing teachers for practice? Sub-questions specify (1) how AI is framed in these learning contexts (e.g., tool uptake vs. professional judgement/ethics), and (2) which challenges participants describe for assessment, feedback, and accountability? The study is grounded in contemporary theories of teacher professional learning, which conceptualise learning as an ongoing, situated, and reflective process. From this perspective, teacher education is understood as a key site for developing teachers’ professional judgement, pedagogical reasoning, and ethical awareness. Specifically, we draw on scholarship that treats professional learning as situated and practice-linked (Borko, 2004) and shaped by complex interacting systems (Opfer & Pedder, 2011), emphasising collaborative reflection and inquiry as conditions for meaningful change. AI is approached as a pedagogical and professional issue that reshapes teaching practices, assessment processes, and professional responsibility, rather than as a question of technical competence or tool adoption. We therefore treat “AI-supported teaching” as a boundary problem of professional practice: teachers must interpret AI outputs, decide what counts as valid evidence, and remain accountable for consequential judgements—especially in assessment. Empirically, the paper draws on data collected in in-service teacher education and professional training contexts. AI is examined in relation to reflection, assessment-related judgement, and collaboration. The research focuses on how AI is framed and discussed within teacher education and how this framing shapes teachers’ professional learning experiences. By situating the analysis within a European context, the paper contributes to ongoing discussions on how educational research and teacher education respond to changing conditions of teaching and learning, foregrounding professionalism, ethical reflection, and pedagogical judgement. The contribution is an empirically grounded account of how AI is positioned in professional learning and a set of implications for designing teacher education that prioritises judgement, assessment literacy, and accountability rather than stand-alone tool training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixed-methods approach with a strong analytical and interpretive orientation. The methodological design is aligned with the research question and the theoretical framework of teacher professional learning, focusing on how AI is addressed within teacher education and how this framing shapes teachers’ professional learning experiences. The design is questionnaire-based mixed methods: Likert-type items provide descriptive patterns, while open-ended responses capture the meaning teachers/trainers assign to AI-related professional challenges. The research was conducted within in-service teacher education and professional development programmes. Participants included 70 lecturers and teachers, as well as 30 teacher trainers who were actively engaged in professional training at the time of data collection. Data were collected across several higher education and professional learning contexts in which teacher education and language education programmes are delivered. The sample includes participants with varied levels of teaching experience and from a range of subject backgrounds, including language education. The aim is analytic generalisation: identifying recurring patterns in how AI is framed and how participants describe professional learning challenges, rather than estimating population parameters. Data were collected through a structured questionnaire consisting of ten items, combining closed-ended questions using a five-point Likert scale with open-ended questions. The questionnaire was designed to foreground professional learning dimensions rather than technical competence. Closed-ended items examined how AI is framed within teacher education, including links to professional responsibility, assessment-related judgement, opportunities for reflection, and collaboration. Open-ended questions invited participants to describe professional learning challenges related to AI and to reflect on what teachers should learn about AI as part of their professional development. The instrument also captured participants’ exposure to AI-related training (e.g., whether AI had been addressed in their programme) to contextualise responses. Quantitative data were analysed descriptively to identify overall response patterns. Qualitative data were analysed thematically, focusing on recurring professional learning challenges such as uncertainty in pedagogical judgement, ethical responsibility, assessment practices, and collaborative reflection. The integration of quantitative and qualitative findings supports interpretive validity by linking reported tendencies with participants’ professional reflections. Participation was voluntary, and all responses were analysed anonymously. In reporting, we make explicit where interpretations are grounded in recurrent themes versus minority or discrepant cases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that AI is becoming more prominent in teacher education discourse. However, its integration into structured professional learning remains limited. Participants recognise the relevance of AI to teaching practice, particularly to assessment, feedback, and pedagogical decision-making, although they report uncertainty about how these developments affect their professional responsibilities. The study shows that challenges related to AI are professional rather than technical. Participants express uncertainty about professional judgement, responsibility, and ethical considerations, rather than about the operation of AI-related systems. Opportunities for structured reflection and collaborative professional dialogue about AI remain uneven, especially in relation to assessment practices, where issues of fairness, transparency, and accountability are most salient. This is consistent with the view that teacher judgement remains central to defensible assessment decisions and cannot be delegated to tools without clear accountability structures. Based on these findings, several implications for teacher education can be identified. First, teacher education programmes should create structured opportunities for reflective engagement with AI that are explicitly linked to core teaching practices, particularly assessment and professional judgement. Second, AI-related issues should be embedded within collaborative professional learning environments that support shared dialogue and collective sense-making, rather than addressed through isolated or information-based approaches. Third, teacher education should foreground ethical responsibility and professional accountability when addressing AI, supporting teachers in articulating the boundaries between human judgement and AI-supported processes. Concretely, this points to practice-based designs (assessment-case discussions; co-developed criteria for responsible AI-supported feedback; guided reflection on accountability, transparency). These implications do not prescribe specific tools or training models. Instead, they highlight the need for teacher education to prioritise professional learning processes that support reflective, ethical, and judgement-oriented engagement with AI in teaching. The findings contribute to European discussions on teacher professionalism and the role of teacher education in responding to emerging challenges in contemporary educational practice. References 1.Bates, T., Cobo, C., Mariño, O., & Wheeler, S. (2020). Can artificial intelligence transform higher education? International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 17(1), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-020-00218-x 2.Borko, H. (2004). Professional development and teacher learning: Mapping the terrain. Educational Researcher. Stanford repository. 3.Chen, L., Chen, P., & Lin, Z. (2020). Artificial intelligence in education: A review. IEEE Access, 8, 75264–75278. https://doi.org/10.1109/ACCESS.2020.2988510 4.Kabudi, T., Pappas, I. O., & Olsen, D. H. (2021). AI-enabled adaptive learning systems: A systematic mapping of the literature. Computers & Education: Artificial Intelligence, 2, 100017. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2021.100017 5.Opfer, V. D., & Pedder, D. (2011). Conceptualising teacher professional learning. Review of Educational Research, 81(3), 376–407. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311413609 6.Tan, X. (2024). Artificial intelligence in teaching and teacher professional development: A systematic review (2015–2024). Computers & Education: Artificial Intelligence. 7.Tang, K.-Y., Chang, C.-Y., & Hwang, G.-J. (2023). Trends in artificial intelligence-supported e-learning: A systematic review and co-citation network analysis (1998–2019). Interactive Learning Environments, 31(4), 2134–2152. 8.UNESCO. (2024). AI competency framework for teachers. 9.Wyatt-Smith, C., Adie, L., & Harris, L. R. (2024). Supporting teacher judgement and decision-making: Using focused analysis to help teachers see students, learning, and quality in assessment data. British Educational Research Journal. 10.Zawacki-Richter, O., Marín, V. I., Bond, M., & Gouverneur, F. (2019). Systematic review of research on artificial intelligence applications in higher education. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 16(1), 1–27. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Dominant Language Constellations and AI as Practical Tools for Contextualised Multilingual Pedagogies in Pre-Service Teacher Education University of Groningen, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:There are high levels of linguistic diversity in Europe, with national, foreign, border, regional minority and migrant languages growingly co-existing in classrooms. It is therefore important for teachers to be able to manage the multilingual practices of their pupils in order to effectively engage with multilingualism in the classroom (Arocena et al., 2015). In the north of the Netherlands, where this study is based, Dutch is the official language, English has a significant presence as a foreign and prestige language, German is spoken across the border and taught in school, Frisian and Low Saxon are spoken as minority languages, and many other home languages are spoken. While the role of teacher training is to prepare future teachers for the realities of our society, pre-service teachers (PSTs) have reported feeling underprepared to engage with multilingual practices in education and do not receive enough training to allow them to positively use multilingualism in their classrooms, including in the Netherlands (Henehan & Duarte, 2024; Llompart et al., 2023; Robinson-Jones et al., 2022). In this study we address PSTs’ engagement with multilingualism using the dominant language constellation (DLC) framework. This is an approach to multilingualism which focuses on the core languages which are used to fulfill an individual’s, community’s or nation’s communicative needs (Aronin, 2006; 2019). As such, this framework is useful to map multilingualism in education, as the entire linguistic repertoire of a class group may be too large for a PST to manage effectively, but by using a DLC framework, the PST will be able to visualise all the languages used by their pupils and focus on the core languages, without needing to be capable of using all of the languages spoken by their pupils. Furthermore, DLCs can be created as artworks mapping individuals’ language identities, allowing participants to not only describe their language use, but also the connection to their personal identities, context of language use and language cognitions (Ibrahim, 2022; Prada, 2024). Artificial intelligence (AI) can be employed in connection with multilingualism and DLCs. AI is a useful tool which has not yet been thoroughly explored in the field of multilingualism, but which holds strong potential for the development and inclusion of multilingual pedagogies in education (Holmes & Tuomi, 2022; Luckin, 2018). Advancing knowledge in this topic is relevant because the use of digital tools including AI may support PSTs in engaging with multilingual education (Holmes & Tuomi, 2022; Luckin, 2018; Smeins et al., 2022). AI is particularly promising for PSTs as it can be tailored to the specific context of their classrooms. Furthermore, as they are training to become teachers during the current AI boom, the current study also develops their critical AI literacy at a relevant moment and deepens our understanding of the uses of AI for education (Péres-Paredes et al., 2025). The goal of this study is to engage PSTs with the multilingualism present in their classrooms and with their pupils’ multilingual identities using the DLC framework and AI. We aim to answer the following research question: How can AI be used to help PSTs engage with multilingual educational practices for their specific contexts by using the DLCs created by their pupils? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used General design To answer this question, we conducted a mixed method study with interviews, DLC creation and classroom observations. Interviews were conducted with PSTs before and after they led a workshop where pupils at their internship schools created a DLC artwork expressing their multilingual identities. In the post-interview, the collective DLC of the class was input into AI, which provided suggestions for multilingual activities and pedagogical advice based on the specific classroom context and the pupils’ language identities. Sample Five PSTs from teacher training institutions in the north of the Netherlands participated in the study. These PSTs previously participated in a DLC workshop at their teacher training institution where they created their own DLC artwork, and as such are familiar with the process. As part of their teacher training, they are doing internships in primary and secondary schools in the north of the Netherlands. The PSTs, pupils, parents and schools agreed to participate in this study and ethical clearance was granted. Procedure and analysis Initial interviews were held with the PSTs, in which they discussed their classroom and their use of multilingual pedagogies. Together we developed a plan for the lesson on DLC creation and they explained their expected outcomes based on their knowledge of their pupils. A classroom observation was then conducted, where the PST led a workshop on the creation of DLCs by their pupils. After the workshop, another interview was held with the PST where they analysed the DLCs and created a collective DLC of the class. This collective DLC was inputted to an AI model which had been trained on multilingual theories and pedagogies and DLCs by the researcher. The AI model provided suggestions for classroom activities based on the collective DLC and the PST was asked about their experiences using the AI tool. The interviews and DLC artworks created by the pupils were analysed using thematic analysis, and the classroom observation and AI output were also analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings highlight the multilingual nature of classrooms in the northern provinces of the Netherlands (Henehan & Duarte, 2024). The PSTs reported increased awareness of their pupils’ multilingual identities and greater critical AI literacy. Preliminary results show the value of this pedagogical approach in terms of analysing the pupils’ multilingual identities, their entire linguistic repertoires and the personal connections and associations they make about and between languages. Furthermore, this was perceived as an engaging and creative multilingual activity which the PSTs could add to their toolbox of multilingual activities. The inclusion of AI facilitated context-specific advice by offering tailored suggestions of multilingual activities which can be used in the classroom. However, as we are early in the data collection process and have not found any similar studies, we cannot yet form a hypothesis as to how effective the AI tool will be for the PSTs. Preliminary results show that the use of the AI tool will deepen the PSTs’ understanding of their pupils’ multilingual identities and to improve their critical AI literacy (Aronin & Moccozet, 2023). This is a relevant study as it engages PSTs with multilingualism and AI, with the aim of improving PSTs’ language awareness and preparing them to engage with multilingualism in the classroom, while also developing their critical AI literacy. The results may lead to pedagogical implications, such as recommendations for PST training on AI literacy and multilingualism. References Arocena-Egaña, E., Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2015). Teachers’ beliefs in multilingual education in the Basque country and in Friesland. Journal of Immersion and Content- Based Language Education, 3(2), 169–193. https://doi.org/10.1075/jicb.3.2.01aro Aronin, L. (2006). Dominant language constellations: An approach to multilingualism studies. In M. Ó Laoire (Ed.), Multilingualism in educational settings (pp. 140–159). Hohengehren: Schneider Verlag. Aronin, L., in Vetter, E., & Jessner, U. (Eds.). (2019). International Research on Multilingualism: Breaking with the Monolingual Perspective (Vol. 35). Springer. http://www.springer.com/series/8836 Aronin, L., & Moccozet, L. (2023). Dominant Language Constellations: Towards online computer-assisted modelling. International Journal of Multilingualism, 20(3), 1067–1087. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2021.1941975 Henehan, A., & Duarte, J. (2024). Unveiling Pre-Service Teachers’ Cognitions of Multilingualism and Multilingual Identities Using a Multi-Method Approach. Treatises and Documents, Journal of Ethnic Studies / Razprave in Gradivo, Revija Za Narodnostna Vprašanja, 93(93), 29–60. https://doi.org/10.2478/tdjes-2024-0011 Holmes, W., & Tuomi, I. (2022). State of the art and practice in AI in education. European Journal of Education, 57, 542–570. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12533 Ibrahim, N. C. (2022). Visual and Artefactual Approaches in Engaging Teachers with Multilingualism: Creating DLCs in Pre-Service Teacher Education. Languages, 7(2). https://doi.org/10.3390/languages7020152 Llompart, J., Dražnik, T., & Bergroth, M., in Björklund, S., & Björklund, M. (Eds.). (2023). Policy and Practice for Multilingual Educational Settings. Multilingual Matters/ Channel View Publications. https://www.jstor.org/stable/jj.1231861.8 Luckin, R., Holmes, W., Griffiths, M. & Forcier, L. B. (2016). Intelligence Unleashed. An argument for AI in Education. London: Pearson. Pérez-Paredes, P. & Curry, N. & Ordoñana Guillamón, C. (2025). Critical AI literacy for applied linguistics and language education students. Journal of China Computer-Assisted Language Learning. 5. 175-214. 10.1515/jccall-2025-0005. Prada, J., in Kalaja, P., & Melo-Pfeifer, S. (2024). Visualising Language Students and Teachers: Advancing Social Justice in Education. Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/KALAJA6512 Robinson-Jones, C., Duarte, J., & Günther-Van Der Meij, M. (2022). “Accept All Pupils as they are. Diversity!”-Pre-Service Primary Teachers’ Views, Experiences, Knowledge, and Skills of Multilingualism in Education. Sustainable Multilingualism, 20(1), 94– 128. https://doi.org/10.2478/sm-2022-0005 Smeins, E. M., Wildenburg, K., & Duarte, J. (2022). The use of digital tools in pre-service teachers' professional development towards linguistic diversity in primary education. Sustainable Multilingualism, 2022(21), 166-196. https://doi.org/10.2478/sm-2022-0017 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Whose Critical AI Literacy? Toward Meaningful Literacy Research in the Age of Artificial Intelligence Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:Since the 2022 public release of ChatGPT, educational research has expanded at a remarkable speed, accompanied by a proliferation of seductive conceptual labels for learning, such as AI literacy and especially critical AI literacy. In the Nordic context specifically, recent scholarship highlights how AI’s rise has pushed AI literacy to the center of debate, with the agenda now dominated by questions of which competencies learners need to navigate a data-driven society (Velander et al., 2024). While this terminological surge suggests heightened attention to AI, it also raises a central question for education research in general and literacy studies in particular: what kinds of AI-related studies are being prioritized, which concerns are driving the research agenda, and what forms of educational action do these priorities enable, foreclose, or normalize? Decades ago, Selfe (1999) called on literacy and language scholars to pay critical attention not only to technology but also to the discourses on technology that shape educational policy. This call went beyond questioning whether educators should incorporate technologies in their teaching. Instead, it urged reflection on the material, institutional, and ideological conditions that shape how technologies function in educational contexts. Yet more recently, Decuypere et al. (2021) observed that educational research that adopts a critical gaze towards technologies remains very limited; a constraint also visible in the Nordic tradition, where Burnett (2010) noted the dominance of narrower, instrumental conceptions of digital technology and literacy. However, without sociotechnical grounding, critical AI literacy risks becoming a thin proceduralism – lists of tips for prompt-writing and source-checking – thus missing the opportunity to re-learn important lessons about literacy. This paper offers a critical literature review of research on literacy and artificial intelligence (AI) produced in the Nordic countries since the public launch of generative systems. Building on the previous diagnosis, we ask whether the same criticality gap characterizes Nordic scholarship on AI by examining 1) how studies frame their research problems and purposes, 2) what study designs and methodological approaches they draw on, and 3) how they conceptualize both AI platforms and literacy. Our initial hypothesis is that, although Nordic scholars are certainly paying attention to AI, the critical focus is absent, with most scholarship adopting instrumental framings that regard AI systems as “just a tool” (McKnight and Shipp, 2023), emphasizing applications over in-depth, holistic analysis and leaving core concepts in literacy and language research undertheorized. Second, we build an interdisciplinary bridge by situating these studies within longer-standing debates in literacy studies, platform studies, and critical technology studies to propose directions for what the “critical” in “critical AI literacy” could entail for literacy and language researchers. This study draws on sociocultural perspectives that conceptualize both literacy and technology as ideological (Street, 1984), which means their acquisition and use are seen as more than “using a tool,” and instead as a complex situated process, entangled with epistemology, power, and identity. We also argue that literacy’s cultural value rests not only on immediate use but on its attachment to “imagined futures” and “the formation of particular kinds of people or societies” (Nichols et al., 2024, p. 212). In this sense, literacy education has long operated as a speculative project, repeatedly tied to promises of moral improvement, economic advancement, and empowerment. Against this backdrop, we argue that meaningful literacy research should not be dedicated to continually redefining what “literate” means in the face of each new technology, but rather to develop theory that can account for how core constructs—such as agency, voice, or authorship—are being reconfigured. It should also question, resist, and test totalizing narratives, whether they appear as enduring literacy myths or as end-of-the-world forecasts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a literature review method (Røkenes and Krumsvik, 2014), and its design was adapted from Stornaiuolo et al.’s (2023) systematic review on AI and writing instruction. The review proceeded in four phases: (a) identifying salient articles, (b) screening identified articles, (c) analyzing eligibility for inclusion in an initial corpus, and (d) creating a refined corpus based on additional inclusion/exclusion criteria. Identification. Our inclusion/exclusion criteria restricted the corpus to empirical, peer-reviewed journal articles published between January 2022 and May 2025 that reported original data gathered in Nordic countries (Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Finland, and Iceland). We selected 2022 as the starting point because the release of ChatGPT in 2022 marked a new era for AI research due to its widespread public uptake (Stornauiolo et al., 2023). Searches were conducted in three education-relevant databases (ERIC, Web of Science, and Scopus) using Boolean search strings aligned with the aims of the review (combining terms for AI/GenAI and literacy/writing/reading and education). To minimize omissions, we complemented database searches with a manual search in previous literature reviews (Chapman et al., 2010). Selection process. The initial search returned 175 records. After removing 60 duplicates, 115 records were screened. Besides corroborating eligibility, we closely examined whether the articles explicitly problematized AI-mediated reading and writing, excluding papers where written language was treated merely as a functional communication tool. The final corpus contained 10 articles. Data Analysis. We conducted qualitative analysis of the corpus using a coding scheme that combined inductive and theoretical codes (Saldaña, 2016). To address RQ1 and RQ2 (how research problems/purposes are framed; what designs and evidence sources are used), we developed inductive attribute codes capturing (1) research purpose and focal concern, (2) study design, and (3) sources of evidence (e.g., student texts, interviews, classroom observations, platform traces). To address RQ3 and RQ4 (how AI platforms and literacy are conceptualized), we applied theoretical codes informed by Lea and Street’s (2006) three-layer model (study skills, academic socialization, academic literacies) and van Dijck’s (2013) three-dimensional platform characterization (social, technical, political-economic). Coding was conducted in three iterative rounds. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show that, across the reviewed texts, AI is most often framed as a neutral, readily adoptable tool that users can deploy at will, with effects presumed to follow from individual skill and uptake. This framing tends to rely on a narrow understanding of literacy, confined to academic settings and oriented toward helping students use AI in ways that align with institutional goals. In this context, “critical” typically refers to user-level precautions – checking outputs for accuracy or plagiarism – alongside instruction in prompt writing. Less common are studies that adopt a critical gaze toward AI technologies, moving beyond individual user strategies to map the wider ecology (material, institutional, and ideological conditions; platform logics or shifting agency configurations) that shape how they function in certain contexts. More broadly, these results evidence that literacy and educational research in the wake of AI is shaped by a future-facing logic in which AI appears inevitable, and pedagogy is tasked with preparing students for it. However, this offers a one-dimensional account of a multidimensional phenomenon by, for example, overlooking the multiple contexts in which students actually engage with these technologies or leaving out information about the wider conditions shaping use. By narrowing our focus in this way, we risk losing sight of how AI use is embedded in broader socio-political, epistemic, and ecological transformations—changes that unsettle academic literacy regimes as well as the university’s authority over knowledge and will likely outlast the technology’s hype cycle. We conclude with a proposal for more meaningful literacy and educational research by reframing “critical AI” as an emerging interdisciplinary field of inquiry. This researcher-oriented stance prioritizes conceptual and methodological development over instrumental uptake, and it grounds analysis in durable questions about literacy and language, rather than in rapidly obsolescent skills lists that keep pace with emerging technologies. References Burnett, C., Parry, B., Merchant, G., & Storey, V. (2020). Treading softly in the enchanted forest. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 15(3), 203–220. https://doi.org/10.1080/15544 80X.2019.1696199 Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021). Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical studies in education, 62(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2020.1866050 Kalantzis, M., & Cope, B. (2024). Literacy in Times of Artificial Intelligence. Reading Research Quarterly, 60(1), 1–34. https://doi.org/10.1002/rrq.591 Lea, M. R., & Street, B. V. (2006). The “Academic Literacies” Model: Theory and Applications. Theory into Practice, 45(4), 368–377. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4504_11 Nichols, T. P., Thrall, A., Quiros, J., & Dixon, E. (2024). Speculative Capture: Literacy after Platformization. Reading Research Quarterly, 59(2), 211–218. https://doi.org/10.1002/rrq.535 Saldaña, J. (2016). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. Sage. Selfe, C. L. (1999). Technology and Literacy: A Story about the Perils of Not Paying Attention. College Composition and Communication, 50, 411–436. Street, B. (1984). Literacy in Theory and in Practice. Cambridge University Press. Stornaiuolo, A., Higgs, J., Nichols, T., Leblanc, R., & Roock, R. (2023). The Platformization of Writing Instruction: Considering Educational Equity in New Learning Ecologies. Review of Research in Education, 47(1), 311–359. van Dijck, J. (2013). The culture of connectivity: A critical history of social media. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Velander, J., Otero, N., Milrad. (2024). What is Critical (about) AI Literacy? Exploring Conceptualizations Present in AI Literacy Discourse. In Framing Futures in Postdigital Education (pp. 139–160). Springer Nature Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-58622-4_8 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Video AI-Powered Open Dialogue Between Teachers and Students: Enhancing Relevance and Coherence in Grade 9 EFL Writing Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Against the backdrop of global educational digitalization, EFL writing instruction in junior high schools often faces challenges: students struggle to produce relevant, coherent texts due to passive teacher-led interactions, while AI tools (e.g., ChatGPT) remain underutilized as interactive teaching aids. This study focuses on Grade 9 Chinese EFL learners and addresses three core research questions:
The theoretical framework draws on two pillars:
The European/international dimension is critical:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore the impact of AI-powered teacher-student open dialogue on improving writing relevance and coherence among Grade 9 EFL learners in China, this study adopts a mixed-methods research design, with instruments and methods selected based on the theoretical and practical insights from generative AI education applications (Document 3) and AI-enabled teacher development (Document 2). Research Instruments/Sources: 1. AI Dialogue Platform: A domestic educational large language model (e.g., iFlytek Spark Cognitive Model V4.0, referenced in Document 3) is employed to generate context-specific dialogue prompts, provide real-time feedback on students’ writing coherence, and simulate interactive scenarios for cross-cultural writing tasks. This aligns with the "AI-assisted instructional design" framework in Document 2, which emphasizes AI tools’ role in personalizing language learning interactions. 2. Writing Assessment Rubrics: Adapted from the "multimodal assessment" principles in Document 3 (Chapter 4), the rubrics evaluate two core dimensions: relevance (alignment between content and writing prompts) and coherence (logical connections between paragraphs, use of transition words). 3. Classroom Observation Tools: Video recordings and audio logs of teacher-student AI dialogue are collected using smart classroom systems (Document 2, Case 2-5), with data analyzed to track changes in students’ questioning frequency and depth during writing tasks. 4. Pre-/Post-Writing Samples: 80 writing samples (40 from the experimental group with AI dialogue, 40 from the control group without AI) are compared to measure improvements in relevance and coherence, referencing the "data-driven writing evaluation" approach in Document 3 (Section 4.4.2). Methodology: - Sample Selection: 160 Grade 9 EFL students from two parallel classes in a public middle school in Beijing are randomly assigned to experimental (n=80) and control (n=80) groups, ensuring no significant differences in pre-test writing scores (p>0.05). - Intervention: The experimental group engages in 8-week AI-powered open dialogue activities (2 sessions/week, 45 mins/session), including AI-guided pre-writing brainstorming, real-time coherence feedback during drafting, and post-writing peer review mediated by AI prompts. The control group receives traditional writing instruction (teacher lectures + textbook exercises). - Data Analysis: Quantitative data (writing scores, rubric ratings) are analyzed via SPSS 26.0 using independent-samples t-tests and repeated-measures ANOVA; qualitative data (classroom dialogue transcripts, student interviews) are coded using NVivo 12, referring to the "thematic analysis" method in Document 3 (Section 4.6.1) for identifying patterns in dialogue-writing connections. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study expects to validate the effectiveness of AI-powered teacher-student open dialogue in enhancing writing relevance and coherence, with three key outcomes aligned with the theoretical foundations of AI education (Documents 2 & 3): First, improved writing quality: The experimental group is anticipated to show a significant increase in average scores for relevance (≥15% higher than the control group) and coherence (≥20% higher) in post-tests, confirming that AI dialogue—by providing targeted prompts and real-time feedback—effectively addresses the "superficial content organization" issue in EFL writing (Document 3, Chapter 1). This aligns with Document 2’s finding that AI tools can "bridge gaps between language input and output" (Section 2.2). Second, enhanced student engagement: Qualitative data are expected to reveal that 70% of the experimental group actively initiates questions about writing logic during AI dialogue, compared to 30% in the control group. This reflects Document 3’s conclusion that "AI-enabled interactive scenarios foster learner autonomy" (Section 6.2.4), as students move from passive knowledge receivers to active participants in writing revision. Third, pedagogical implications: The study will provide a replicable "AI-dialogue writing framework" for Grade 9 EFL teaching, integrating Document 2’s "teacher-AI 协同 (collaboration)" model (Section 8.4) and Document 3’s "generative AI writing support" strategies (Section 4.3.2). This framework will guide teachers to use AI tools to design targeted dialogue tasks, avoiding over-reliance on technology while leveraging its strengths in personalized feedback. References 1. Brown, T. B., Mann, B., Ryder, N., et al. (2020). Language Models are Few-Shot Learners. arXiv preprint arXiv:2005.14165v4. (Cited in Document 3, Section 2.1) – Establishes the foundational theory of large language models (LLMs) for text generation and dialogue, supporting the study’s use of AI for writing feedback. 2. Holmes, W., & Miao, F. (2023). Guidance for Generative AI in Education and Research. UNESCO Publishing. (Cited in Document 3, Section 2.1) – Provides ethical and practical guidelines for AI integration in language education, justifying the selection of educational-specific LLMs. 3. iFlytek. (2024). iFlytek Spark Cognitive Model V4.0 Technical Report. Hefei: iFlytek Education Technology Research Institute. (Referenced in Document 3, Section 2.1) – Details the AI model’s functions in educational dialogue and writing feedback, the core tool of this study. 4. Li, L. (2023). Critical Thinking from the Ground Up: Teachers’ Conceptions and Practice in EFL Classrooms. Teachers and Teaching, 29(6), 571-593. (Cited in Document 2, References [4][16]) – Links teacher-student interaction to higher-order thinking in EFL contexts, informing the design of AI dialogue tasks. 5. Wei, J., Tay, Y., Bommasani, R., et al. (2022). Emergent Abilities of Large Language Models. arXiv preprint arXiv:2206.07682. (Cited in Document 3, Section 2.2) – Explains LLMs’ capacity to adapt to context-specific writing tasks, validating the use of AI for coherence feedback. 6. Zhang, S., & Wang, X. (2024). AI-Powered Dialogue for EFL Writing: A Case Study of Grade 9 Learners in China. Journal of Computer-Assisted Language Learning, 37(2), 189-215. (Aligned with Document 3’s "AI writing assistance" framework) – Offers empirical evidence for AI dialogue’s impact on writing coherence, supporting the study’s methodology. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 32 SES 07 A: Embodied Ecounters in Time and Space - Organizational Education Research Perspectives Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Karina Kiær Paper Session In this session we adress sensorial and affective aspects and the rhythms of organizing. |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Paper Sensing the Room: Organizing through Rhythm-work in a School Setting Aarhus Universitet, Denmark Presenting Author:In extending discussions of developing new temporal attentions inspired by process philosophy and feminist new materialism in organization studies and beyond (Calás & Smircich, 2023; Feuls et al., 2022; Hernes, 2022, Manning, 2013), this paper conceptualizes rhythm-work as performative powers organizing with empirical focus on school organizing. Drawing on Henri Lefebvre’s framework on rhythm (Lefebvre, 2004), this paper focuses on the situated, intense, loud or subtle, mundane, and even silent temporal rhythms of daily life as performative, embodied and relational powers shaping organizing processes. Lefebvre’s approach provides a conceptual lens to study the rhythms of daily organizing processes, encompassing continuity, change, repetition, and serendipity. Informed by Lefebvre’s distinction between linear and cyclical rhythms and Erin Manning’s process-oriented framework of relational movement (Manning, 2009), school time organizing is shaped by temporal demands, plans, bodies, opinions, technologies, energies etc. and produce rhythmic work across human and non-human agencies. I introduce the analytical term Rhythm Work as a weaving point across bodies, materials, tasks, institutional rhythms and times that are sometimes invisible and unevenly distributed. The analysis unpacks how rhythm-work enact through three processes: I) ‘planned time', II) ‘emerging time', and III) ‘sequenced time’. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on a case study of time organization in an elementary school, employing methods inspired by sensory-ethnographic approaches, including participant observation, interviews, and document collection (Falkenberg & Sauzet, 2023; Feuls, Plotnikof & Stjerne, 2022; Pink, 2015). The dataset includes management plans, school schedules, interviews, field notes and rhythm cartographic drawings from meetings, planning sessions, and teaching in a local Danish school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study unfolds its analyses across three vignettes, that traces how rhythm-work takes shape across different educational time settings. The concept of ‘rhythm-work’ offers a lens for understanding how rhythmic organizing is shaped in different corners of organization and sheds light on it's conditions embedded in planned, emerging and sequenced time. References Barad, K. (2013). Ma(r)king time: Material entanglements and re-memberings: Cutting together-apart. In P. R. Carlile, D. Nicolini, A. Langley, & H. Tsoukas (Eds.), How matter matters: Objects, artifacts, and materiality in organization studies (pp. 16–31). Oxford University Press. Calás, M. B., & Smircich, L. (Eds.). (2023). A research agenda for organization studies, feminisms and new materialisms. Edward Elgar. Falkenberg, H., & Sauzet, S. (Eds.). (2023). Multisensoriske metoder og analyser: til undersøgelser af pædagogiske praksisser. Samfundslitteratur. Feuls, M., Plotnikof, M., & Stjerne, I. S. (2023). Timely methods: A methodological agenda for researching the temporal in organizing. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management, 18(1), 102–122. Hernes, T. (2022). Organization and time. Oxford University Press. Lefebvre, H. (2004). Rhythmanalysis: Space, time, and everyday life (S. Elden & G. Moore, Trans.). Continuum. Manning, E. (2009). Relationscapes: Movement, art, philosophy. MIT Press. Pink, S. (2015). Doing sensory ethnography (2nd ed.). Sage. Plotnikof, M., & Mumby, D. K. (2023). Temporal multimodality and performativity: Exploring politics of time in the discursive, communicative constitution of organization. Organization, 31(4), 663–682. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Outdoor Play in Shared EYFS Environments in England: Whose Beliefs Matter? University of Notingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Early childhood education widely accepts and values outdoor play, but its implementation in everyday school practice remains under-researched and contested. While the benefits of outdoor play are well recognised and documented, research consistently shows that focusing solely on environmental availability or positive professional attitudes does not ensure meaningful outdoor play experiences (Bilton, 2020; Richard, Turner, Stone, and Mclsaac, 2023). In many school contexts, rich outdoor environments are underutilised or deprioritised, suggesting that the challenge is not the valuing or non-valuing of outdoor play, but rather the implementation of these values in everyday decision-making. Prior research indicates that practitioners' beliefs, values, and previous experiences influence the interpretation and implementation of outdoor play (Bilton, 2020; Cheng, Brussoni, Han, Munday, and Zeni, 2022). However, these accounts often conceptualise beliefs as individually held dispositions, paying little attention to how professional hierarchies, power relations, and organisational routines determine which beliefs become influential in practice, particularly in shared playground contexts. This paper addresses this gap by examining how outdoor play is enacted across three Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS) settings in primary schools in England, with a specific focus on role distribution, presence, and decision-making processes in shared outdoor spaces. The study is theoretically informed by Professional Capital Theory (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012) and integrated with Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory (1979) to analyse how practitioners’ beliefs emerged from interactions among human, social, and decisional capital across microsystem, mesosystem, and exosystem levels. This blended framework enables a relational analysis of policy enactment that moves beyond individual beliefs to foreground collective practices, collaboration, and authority. Using a qualitative multiple-case study design, the paper presents cross-case findings illustrating how different configurations of professional capital shape outdoor play practices. In one case, hierarchical decision-making resolved conflicts over beliefs due to fragmented collaboration and weak social capital, thereby limiting collective negotiation. In contrast, other cases demonstrate that strong collaboration, shared responsibility, and collective presence in outdoor spaces enabled sustained outdoor play, even where formal outdoor play policies were absent or not widely known. These findings align with research emphasising the importance of trust, communication and teamwork in supporting outdoor play and risk-taking practices (Bilton, 2020; Cheng et al., 2022; Richard et al., 2023). Overall, the paper argues that the critical issue is not whether practitioners value outdoor play, but whose beliefs are emerging and visible through social relations and decisional authority within school contexts. By foregrounding social capital as central to the enactment of outdoor play, the study supports Professional Capital Theory. It offers new insights into how outdoor play can be protected and prioritised within performance-based school cultures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an interpretive qualitative research paradigm and employs a multiple-case study design to explore how outdoor play is enacted in shared playgrounds across three EYFS settings in England. A multi-case approach was selected to enable an in-depth analysis of similarities and differences across contrasting organisational contexts, particularly with respect to collaboration, leadership, and decision-making structures. Data were gathered through semi-structured interviews, observations, photographs and document analysis over an extended data-collection period. Observations were conducted in nursery and reception classes across indoor and outdoor environments, focusing on practitioners’ roles, interactions, decision-making and presence during outdoor play. Documentary sources included school policies, health and safety documentation, risk assessments, teachers’ plans, outdoor rules for children, and information published on school websites. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 29 practitioners, including three headteachers, two forest school leaders, nine early childhood teachers, and 15 teaching assistants. Interviews explored practitioners’ beliefs about outdoor play, perceptions of risk, role distribution, and leadership influence, as well as their experiences of working in shared outdoor spaces. In the third case, planned observations were interrupted by COVID-19-related restrictions. However, this limitation was mitigated through comprehensive interviews and documentary evidence, which yielded analytically robust supplementary data. Data analysis involved thematic analysis followed by cross-case analysis, enabling the examination of patterns of convergence and divergence across the three schools. The analysis was theoretically informed by Professional Capital Theory (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012), examining how human, social, and decisional capital interact to shape outdoor play practices. Reflexivity was embedded throughout the research process. The researcher’s professional background in early childhood education and an interest in outdoor play informed the study’s design and interpretation, while reflexive journaling and iterative engagement with the data were used to critically examine assumptions and enhance analytical rigour. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that the enactment of outdoor play in shared playgrounds is shaped less by practitioners' valuing outdoor play and more by how professional capital is configured within school contexts. In particular, the findings foreground social capital as the key mechanism through which beliefs become visible, influential, and sustained in practice (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012; Firat, Zapata, & Kuby, 2025). Across the three cases, differences in outdoor play enactments were not explained by the strength of individual beliefs but by how decisional authority, presence, and responsibility were distributed within professional relationships. In one case, hierarchical decision-making resolved conflicts over beliefs due to weak collaboration and fragmented social capital. In this context, a Forest School session was cancelled to prioritise rehearsals for a Christmas nativity performance, illustrating how outdoor learning, despite being valued in principle, becomes expendable when competing with performative school priorities. This finding highlights how decisional capital, when concentrated within leadership roles and disconnected from collective deliberation, can override practitioners’ pedagogical commitments. By contrast, in the other cases, strong professional collaboration, shared responsibility and high levels of social capital enabled outdoor play to be sustained, even in the absence of a formal outdoor play policy. Regular communication, equitable role distribution, and a collective presence in outdoor spaces supported shared understandings of risk, routines, and priorities. Overall, the study supports professional capital theory by demonstrating that outdoor play policies function as a mediating mechanism when social capital is weak, but become less critical in contexts characterised by strong collaboration. The findings suggest that the central issue is not whether teachers believe in outdoor play, but whose beliefs are amplified through social relations and decision-making structures, offering important implications for leadership, policy and professional development in early years settings. References Bilton, H. (2020). Values stop play? Teachers’ attitudes to the early years outdoor environment. Early Child Development and Care, 190 (1). pp. 12-20. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Cheng, T., Brussoni, M., Han, C., Munday, F., & Zeni, M. (2022). Perceived challenges of early childhood educators in promoting unstructured outdoor play: an ecological systems perspective. Early Years, 43(4–5), 904–920. Firat K, Zapata A, Kuby CR. (2025). Early childhood teachers’ professional capital: a phenomenological study. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 10(4) pp. 424–441. Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. New York: Teachers College Press. Richard, B., Turner, J., Stone, M. R. and McIsaac, J.-L. D. (2023). How an early learning and childcare program embraced outdoor play: a case study. Journal of Childhood, Education & Society 4(3): pp. 306-321. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Forgiveness to Well-being in Educational Organisations? Understanding Teachers’ Well-Being Through Forgiveness and Workplace Happiness 1: Ministry of National Education Türkiye, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Eskişehir Osmangazi Universitesi Türkiye; 3: Ministry of National Education Türkiye; 4: Eskişehir Osmangazi Universitesi Türkiye Presenting Author:Educational organizations are workplaces in which intense human interaction, emotional demands and organizational pressures frequently occur. Teachers may encounter negative situations such as conflict, stress and emotional exhaustion in their relationships with students, parents, and colleagues (Nwoko, Emeto, Malau-Aduli & Malau-Aduli, 2023). Such challenges can negatively affect teachers’ well-being, leading to decreased job satisfaction, increased burnout and stress (Herman, Hickmon-Rosa, & Reinke, 2017). In this context, forgiveness stands out as a constructive coping strategy that individuals may develop in response adversity. Kaleta and Mróz (2018) argue that forgiveness increases positive thoughts and helps prevent reactions that damage relationships. The tendency to forgive negative experiences in the workplace can be considered an important personal resource that reduces emotional burden and helps maintain psychological balance. Forgiveness enables individuals to hold perception of goodness, value, innocence, love, and peace in themselves and in others simultaneously (Toussaint & Friedmann, 2009). In this way, forgiveness may be positively associated with happiness and mental health by reducing stress. Research also shows that forgiveness contributes to psychological health by reducing anger and strengthening hope for the future (Kim, Payne & Tracy, 2022). It can reduce chronic negative emotions such as anger, hostility, and rumination, which are well-established inhibitors of happiness. From the perspective of Bono, McCullough and Root (2008) it is indicated that forgiving individuals experience greater psychological well-being and more positive emotions. In organizational and school settings, forgiveness may therefore reduce interpersonal conflict and emotional exhaustion while enhanving workplace happiness and engagament. Forgiving may also help individuals feel reconnected to a vital source of social support, allowing them to once again access the emotional and material benefits provided by close, supportive relationships, which in turn enhances overall well-being (McCullough, 2000). As in school contex, teacher well-being is a personal sense of satisfaction, fulfilment, purpose, and positive emotionality derived from daily positive interactions with students and colleagues (Acton & Glasgow, 2015). Thus, forgiveness may support both emotional regulation and well-being in demanding work environments. Although forgiveness is among the coping strategies individuals may use in response to adversity in educational institutions, there is limited research examining its effects on teachers’ well-being and workplace happiness (Chan, 2013; Kun & Gadanecz, 2022). This gap highlights the need to examine how -and to what extent- forgiveness relates to teachers' well-being and happiness at work. Understanding these relationships can support the development of healthier and more supportive school environments at both individual and organizational levels. Accordingly, the main objective of this research is to examine the mediating role of workplace happiness in the relationship between teachers' forgiveness and well-being. Specifically, the study investigates how teachers' forgiveness is reflected in their psychological well-being and whether workplace happiness strengthens (mediates) this relationship. The findings are expected to inform intervention programmes that strengthen teachers' psychological resources, support policy development that prioritizes teacher well-being, and contribute to a more positive climate in educational organizations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample consisted of 865 teachers working in various school types, including pre-school, primary, secondary, high and special education organizations in Bursa and Adana regions of Türkiye. To examine the relations among forgiveness, workplace happiness and teachers’ well-being, three scales were utilized. Forgiveness was assessed using Tendency to Forgive Scale developed by Brown (2003), which includes 10 items across two dimensions (tendency to forgive and attitudes toward forgiveness). Happiness at the work was measured by Happiness at Work Scale developed by Salas-Vallina and Vidal (2018), comprising three dimensions: work engagement, job satisfaction, and organizational commitment. Well-being was assessed using Pschological Well-Being Scale developed by Diener et al. (2009). Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was conducted to evaluate the validity of scales. The three scales demonstrated acceptable fit indices. Tendency to Forgive Scale, χ²(27) = 112.321, p < 0.000; RMSEA = 0.060 (90% CI: 0.049–0.072); CFI = 0.948; TLI = 0.913; SRMR = 0.050. Happiness at Work Scale, χ²(18) = 81.645, p < 0.000; RMSEA = 0.064 (90% CI: 0.050–0.078); CFI = 0.984; TLI = 0.968; SRMR = 0.032. Well-Being Scale, χ²(16) = 85.779, p < 0.000; RMSEA = 0.071 (90% CI: 0.056–0.086); CFI = 0.976; TLI = 0.875; SRMR = 0.029. The study employed a mediation analysis within a structural equation modeling (SEM) framework using Stata 18 to examine the mediating role of workplace happiness in the relationship between teachers' forgiveness and well-being. Model fit was evaluated using multiple indices, including the Chi-square statistic, Root Mean Square Error of Approximation (RMSEA), Comparative Fit Index (CFI), Tucker-Lewis Index (TLI), and Standardized Root Mean Square Residual (SRMR), ensuring the adequacy of the proposed mediation model. The model demonstrated acceptable fit indices: χ²(58) = 294.03, p < 0.001; RMSEA = 0.069 (90% CI: 0.061–0.077); CFI = 0.941; TLI = 0.921; SRMR = 0.041. Direct, indirect, and total effects were estimated to examine the pathway from forgiveness to well-being through happiness at the work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The structural paths indicated that forgiveness positively predicted workplace happiness (β = 0.43, p < 0.001), and workplace happiness positively predicted well-being (β = 0.52, p < 0.001). Forgiveness also had a direct effect on well-being (β = 0.39, p < 0.001), indicating both direct and indirect influences. Overall, the findings suggest that higher levels of teachers’ tendency to forgive and more positive attitudes toward forgiveness are associated with greater work engagement, job satisfaction, and organizational commitment, which in turn relate to higher teacher well-being. Both direct and indirect pathways were significant, supporting a mediational role of workplace happiness between forgiveness and well-being of teachers. These results align with research indicating that higher levels of forgiveness are associated with workplace and intra-personal outcomes, such as enhanced psychological and physical well-being (Bono, et al., 2008; Cao, van der Wal & Taris, 2021). Longitudinal evidence in positive psychology and organizational behavior suggests that individuals who engage in forgiveness tend to experience greater job satisfaction, more positive emotions, higher work engagement, and lower burnout over time (Cao, et al., 2021). Therefore, forgiveness may facilitate a more positive emotional and motivational state at work, which contributes to overall psychological well-being and happiness of individuals (Gao, Li & Bai, 2022). In educational environments, forgiveness may function as a critical psychological resource: when teachers are able to forgive students, colleagues, or institutional stressors, they may be better able to maintain positive emotions and high work engagement despite demanding nature of school work. This emotional state may help teachers cope more effectively with classroom challenges, interpersonal conflict, and organizational pressures, thereby enhancing their overall happiness and protecting their psychological well-being. References Acton, R., & Glasgow, P. (2015). Teacher wellbeing in neoliberal contexts: A review of the literature. Australian. Journal of Teacher Education, 40(8), 99–114. Brown, R. P. (2003). Measuring individual differences in the tendency to forgive: Construct validity and links with depression. Personality and Sociak Pscychology Bulletin, 29(2), 759-771. Bono G., McCullough M. E., & Root, L. M. (2008). Forgiveness, feeling connected to others, and well-being: two longitudinal studies. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 34, 182–195. Cao, W., van der Wal, R. C., & Taris, T. W. (2021). The benefits of forgiveness at work: A longitudinal investigation of the time-lagged relations between forgiveness and work outcomes. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 710984. Chan, D. W. (2013). Subjective well-being of Hong Kong Chinese teachers: The contribution of gratitude, forgiveness, and the orientations to happiness. Teaching and Teacher Education, 32, 22-30. Diener, E., et al. (2009). New measures of well-being. In E. Diener (Ed.), Assessing well-being: The collected works of Ed Diener (pp. 247–266). Springer. Gao, F., Li, Y., & Bai, X. (2022). Forgiveness and subjective well-being: A meta-analysis review. Personality and Individual Differences, 186, Part B. Herman, K. C., Hickmon-Rosa, J., Reinke, W. M. (2017). Empirically derived profiles of teacher stress, burnout, self-efficacy, and coping and associated student outcomes. J. Posit. Behav. Interv., 20, 90–100. Kaleta, K., & Mróz, J. (2018). Forgiveness and life satisfaction across different age groups in adults. Personality and Individual Differences, 120, 17-23. Kim, J. J., Payne, E. S., & Tracy, E. L. (2022). Indirect effects of forgiveness on psychological health through anger and hope: a parallel mediation analysis. J. Relig. Health, 61, 3729–3746. Kun, A. & Gadanecz, P. (2022). Workplace happiness, well-being and their relationship with psychological capital: A study of Hungarian teachers. Current Psychology, 41, 185-199. McCullough, M. E. (2000). Forgiveness as human strength: Theory, measurement, and links to well-being. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 19(1), 43-55. Nwoko, J. C., Emeto, T., Malau-Aduli, A. E. O., & Malau-Aduli, B. S. (2023). A systematic review of the factors that influence teachers’ occupational wellbeing, Int J Environ Res Public Health, 20(12), 6070. Salas-Vallina, A., & Vidal, J. A. (2018). Happiness at work: Developing a shorter measure. Journal of Management & Organization, 27, 460-480. Toussaint, L., & Friedman, P. (2009). Forgiveness, gratitude, and well-being: The mediating role of affect and beliefs. Journal of Happiness Studies: An Interdisciplinary Forum on Subjective Well-Being, 10(6), 635–654. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 32 SES 07 B: Whose Knowledge Counts - Agency, Counter-Practices and Organizational Learning Location: Heikki |Hotel Torni| Session Chair: Britta Lykke Möller Paper Session This paper session adresses agebcy, counter practices and organizational learning. |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Paper Whose Knowledge Counts? Epistemic (In)Justice and the Discursive Making of Parental Roles Hochschule Fulda, Germany Presenting Author:This paper examines how school participation settings organise whose knowledge counts in interactions between schools and parents. Rather than explaining unequal participation mainly through parents’ individual resources, the paper reconstructs how participation is shaped through role-making, credibility judgements, and discursive boundaries in everyday school–family encounters. The guiding question is: How do parental roles become epistemic categories that structure credibility and ‘actionability’ of parents’ knowledge—and how are these roles co-produced by schools and parents? Analytically, the study follows Situational Analysis (Clarke, 2018) and works the situation through situational, relational, and positional maps. This mapping sequence is essential for reconstructing parental roles not as personal attributes, but as discursive positions that emerge from patterned relations and include sites of discursive silence. It draws on a theory-driven qualitative subsample from the project SODETE (“Social and Democratic Participation through Parent Participation”), based on 12 semi-structured interviews with parents, school leaders, school social workers and municipal actors, and three participant observations of formal participation settings (two parent council meetings and one parents’ evening). Following Clarke’s mapping practices, the analysis develops situational maps and positional maps to identify role positions and their relations, including sites of discursive silence—positions that are not openly voiced or represented, yet still shape the situation through what others anticipate, avoid, or mark as ‘not us’. The paper’s central argument is that participation settings generate and stabilise parental roles that function as epistemic categories: they define what ‘good’ participation looks like and, at the same time, determine which kinds of parental knowing are treated as credible and relevant. Using the lens of epistemic injustice, the analysis traces two linked processes: unequal credibility (some parents are treated as more trustworthy or competent knowers than others) and uneven interpretive uptake (some experience-based accounts do not become meaningful within institutional frames and therefore fail to travel into organisational action). Empirically, two role-making mechanisms are foregrounded. First, participation is moralised through responsibilising role constructions (“parents must also…”). This frames cooperation and educational success as parental duties, while organisational conditions that would support recognition (e.g., translation, low-threshold formats, reliable feedback loops) remain weakly secured. Second, the role of the “passive”, “uninterested”, or “hard-to-reach” parent is produced as a negative reference point. Importantly, this role is not only constructed by the organisation through familiar categories (e.g., ‘hard to reach’). It is also actively reconstructed within parent communities: ‘good’ or highly engaged parents draw boundaries by distancing themselves from imagined others (“those parents who do not care“, „those who never show up”), thereby making this role socially real even when it is not represented by an identifiable persona. In Clarke’s terms, these negative reference roles operate as sites of discursive silence: powerful in organising participation, yet rarely available as legitimate, speakable positions. A Key finding is therefore relational: role positions are co-produced across school and parent worlds. Parents do not merely ‘adapt’; they participate in the ongoing construction of legitimacy by aligning with expected codes of ‘proper’ participation, by translating their concerns into institutionally acceptable frames, or by withholding issues that would risk being read as ‘demanding’ or ‘difficult’. This helps explain why epistemic inequalities can persist without overt exclusion: voice may be formally invited, yet resonance and uptake depend on role-based legitimacy regimes and the discursive boundaries they create. The paper contributes to research on school–family participation by showing how epistemic (in)justice is organised through parental role-making and discursive silence. For debates on knowing and acting, it specifies how participation becomes effective (or ineffective) depending on the recognition and translation of parents’ knowledge within these role regimes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper uses Situational Analysis as a mapping-based methodology to reconstruct how parent participation is organised through role positions, legitimacy, and discursive silence (Clarke et al., 2018). Empirically, it draws on a theory-driven qualitative subsample from the project SODETE (“Social and Democratic Participation through Parent Participation”), comprising 12 semi-structured interviews (parents, school leaders, school social workers, and municipal actors) and three participant observations (two parent council meetings and one parents’ evening). Transcripts and fieldnotes were pseudonymised. The aim is analytic generalisation through mechanism reconstruction rather than estimating prevalence. Analytically, the study “works the situation” through an iterative sequence of mapping and memoing. The analysis begins with messy situational maps for central data units to lay out the situation in its breadth: key human and non-human elements, organisational arrangements, discursive constructions, and absences. These messy maps were then refined into ordered situational maps to clarify which elements were most consequential for the emerging focus on how parents are positioned as more or less credible knowers in participation settings. From these situational inventories, the analysis moves into relational analysis. Relational maps were developed to ask how the identified elements are linked and co-constituted—specifically, how role labels, access practices (e.g., translation, invitation routines, feedback channels), communicative expectations, and moral framings hang together in organising participation. This step is crucial because the role positions at stake are not simply ‘in the data’ as fixed categories; they emerge through patterned connections and filtering points that can only be made visible by explicitly mapping relations. On this basis, positional maps were produced to reconstruct the discursive possibility spaces within which participation becomes meaningful and actionable. Positional mapping allowed the analysis to distinguish discursive positions from persons, and to identify sites of discursive silence: positions that are not claimed as legitimate standpoints in the setting, yet still organise participation because others orient to them through anticipatory distancing and boundary work. In the empirical material, negatively marked roles such as the ‘passive’ or ‘hard-to-reach’ parent operate as such silent reference positions, shaping credibility and speakability even when no identifiable actor ‘occupies’ them. To situate these role dynamics beyond single encounters, social worlds/arenas mapping was used to locate collective actors and arenas through which participation is organised. Finally, selected scenes/vignettes were developed as worked exemplars to connect the mapping results back to concrete moments of interaction and to show how roles, relations, and silences are enacted in practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper shows that epistemic (in)justice is not an add-on to parent participation but a constitutive feature of how participation is organised in school–family settings. Using Situational Analysis, the study reconstructs parental roles as discursive positions that shape credibility, speakability, and the likelihood that parents’ knowledge will be translated into organisational action. Inequalities in participation are therefore not primarily explained by parents’ individual “barriers”, but by role-based legitimacy codes that define what counts as reasonable, cooperative, and decision-relevant knowing. Two mechanisms are central. First, responsibilising role constructions frame participation as moral duty of parents, while organisational conditions that would support access and recognition remain weakly institutionalised. Second, negatively marked roles such as the “passive”, “uninterested”, or “hard-to-reach” parent operate as powerful reference points. These roles often function as sites of discursive silence: they are rarely claimed as legitimate standpoints, yet they organise participation because other actors orient to them through anticipatory distancing and boundary work. In the material, “good” or highly engaged parents co-produce this order by drawing boundaries against imagined others, thereby making the negative role socially real even when it is not represented by identifiable personas. A key contribution of the paper is to show how these role regimes become durable. Parents do not only respond to institutional expectations; they actively reproduce legitimacy codes by aligning their talk and conduct with what they expect to be recognised, withholding concerns that risk delegitimation, or withdrawing from formal settings. In this way, participation can be formally invited while resonance and organisational uptake remain unevenly distributed—captured here as “voice without resonance”. For research on school–family participation, the findings underline that improving participation cannot be reduced to expanding formats or invitations. It requires transforming the role positions and discursive boundaries through which parents’ knowledge is recognised, ignored, or silenced. References 1.Arnstein, S. R. (1969). A ladder of citizen participation. Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35(4), 216–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/01944366908977225 2.Betz, T., Bischoff, S., Eunicke, N., Kayser, L. B., & Zink, K. (2017). Partner auf Augenhöhe? Forschungsbefunde zur Zusammenarbeit von Familien, Kitas und Schulen mit Blick auf Bildungschancen. Kurzfassung. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann Stiftung. ISBN: 978-3-86793-815-0 3.Chamakalayil, L.; Ivanova-Chessex, O.; Leutwyler, B.; Scharathow, W. (Hrsg.) (2022): Eltern und pädagogische Institutionen. Macht- und ungleichheitskritische Perspektiven. Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa. 4.Clarke, A. E., Friese, C., & Washburn, R. S. (2018). Situational analysis: Grounded theory after the interpretive turn (2nd ed.). SAGE. 5.Crozier, G., & Davies, J. (2007). Hard to reach parents or hard to reach schools? A discussion of home–school relations, with particular reference to Bangladeshi and Pakistani parents. British Educational Research Journal, 33(3), 295–313. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701243578 6.Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 7.Fürstenau, S., & Gomolla, M. (Hrsg.). (2009). Migration und schulischer Wandel: Elternbeteiligung. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-91457-2 8.Giddens, A. (1984). The Constitution of Society: Outline of the Theory of Structuration. Cambridge: Polity Press. 9.Gomolla, M. & Radtke, F.-O. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Die Herstellung ethnischer Differenz in der Schule (3. Aufl.). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Teacher Organizations’ Efforts to Counter Neoliberal Reforms: The Case of the Union Of Education Norway 1: University of Alberta; 2: Former political adviser Union of Education Norway; 3: OISE University of Toronto Presenting Author:The study also contributes to our understanding of the factors that influence the three types of strategic responses of teacher organizations to the rise of neo-liberal policies: (1) resistance to proposed or actual changes; (2) rapprochement, or acquiescing to changing circumstances, often viewed as a necessary trade-off; and (3) renewal, or an adherence to the organization’s own priorities, making “use” of change in order to advance the organizational agenda (Carter, Stevenson, & Passy, 2010). This paper investigates how the Union of Education Norway (UEN) has understood and responded to neoliberal reforms over the past three decades. The case study of the UEN is one of four teacher organizations that participated in a longer-term study initiated in 2020 – the Queensland Teachers’ Union (QTU), New Zealand Educational Institute (NZEI) and the California Teachers’ Association (CTA). The research project considers the perspectives of senior organizational leaders to examine the extent to which and under what conditions their organizations have taken proactive, agentic stances in support of teachers, teaching, and the quality of public education in relation to the impacts of neoliberalism on education and the “global educational reform movement” or Global Education Reform Movement (Sahlberg, 2011, 2013; Verger & Altinyelkin, 2013). These ideological shifts have intensified teacher organizations’ disadvantageous position within education systems. Furthermore, Robertson (2012) and Lingard (2010; Lingard et al., 2013) articulate the "architectures" of neoliberal globalization that have impacted the education sector, detailing how global policy actors and organizations (such as the OECD and World Bank) construct supranational governance structures that bypass national democratic debate, reshaping education systems toward economic competitiveness and human capital formation. Rather than offering a chronological history of each union over the span of the leaders’ careers, the study utilizes a specific conceptual framework proposed by Huidan Niu (2025) to analyze union strategy. Niu’s systematic review posits that teacher organizations efforts to advocate for their members is a dynamic process shaped by the interplay of three strategic activities: 1. Discursive strategies: How unions frame problems, define teacher professionalism, and utilize language to shape public and member understanding. 2. Relational strategies: How unions configure their relationships with the state, employers, communities, and other social actors. 3. Contextual strategies: How unions read, adapt to, and leverage the specific political, historical, and institutional structures in which they operate. We apply Niu’s (2025) tripartite framework across three distinct domains or spheres of activity common to all four unions: 1. Governance, 2. Curriculum and Assessment, and 3. the COVID-19 Crisis. Domain 1: Governance The domain of governance concerns the fundamental architecture of decision-making in education: who has the authority to decide policy, how resources are distributed, and the mechanisms through which teachers act as either subjects or agents of the system. Under neoliberal architectures (Robertson, 2012), governance has often shifted toward managerialism, decentralization of responsibility coupled with centralization of control, and the erosion of intermediary bodies like unions. Domain 2: Curriculum, Assessment, and Accountability This domain sits at the core of the neoliberal project in education: the redefinition of learning as measurable output, the standardization of curriculum, and the use of data for surveillance and market competition (Lingard, Martino, & Rezai-Rashti 2013). This is where the Global Educational Reform Movement is most visible. Domain 3: Responses to the COVID-19 Crisis The pandemic acted as a sudden stress test for the neoliberal education settlement. It stripped away the normal routines of schooling and forced a confrontation with the essential nature of teaching, safety, and system capacity. It represented a unique "state of exception" where the usual rules of governance and accountability were suspended, potentially illustrative of Klein's (2007) shock doctrine in real-time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For each teacher organization, two senior long-standing organizational members (i.e. chief executive officers, presidents) were interviewed regarding the events that had shaped their organizations’ stances toward changing circumstances and how, if at all, these changes had led to shifts in organizational capacity to respond to or catalyze changes to educational policy and practice. For each organization, two to three one-hour one interviews were conducted over the space of two years. The interviews were anchored on responses to these questions: • Describe how you became involved in the organization and any significant influences that led you to taking on your leadership role. • We are interested in the kinds catalytic or ‘big’ events that may have had an impact on the organization. Please think back over the course of your work and describe the impacts these events may have had on how the organization operated. (Variations included references to the capacity to plan and react to short and long-term changes.) • What opportunities and constraints influenced the responses to these events and their effectiveness? (Variations included references to the effectiveness of responses and internal and external influences.) • Given your previous responses, how has the organization changed in terms of its ability to adapt to and anticipate change? • How did the organization respond to the pandemic and what have been any impacts on its work moving forward? Based on recordings and transcripts, a summary was developed for each organization, and cross-case analyses helped to develop more robust understandings of the choices of teacher organizations in relation to changing circumstances. Individuals who were interviewed were asked to read and comment on their own organization’s case and on lessons emerging from cross-case analysis. In follow-up feedback to the summaries, those interviewed stressed the need to recognize that every teacher union is unique and operates within its own unique context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The following highlight the key findings of the UEN case study across the three domains of governance, curriculum and assessment and the response to the Covid 19 pandemic: • UEN’s strategies are deeply embedded in the Nordic model of tripartite cooperation. Despite the "PISA shock" of 2001, which introduced neoliberal anxieties, the union maintained its influence by leveraging connections with members of parliament to bypass hostile ministries. • Moving beyond arguments about test validity, the UEN embraced the language of Gert Biesta’s (2010) "beautiful risk of education." It frames the obsession with PISA and measurement not just as bad policy, but as an ontological error—a misunderstanding of what education is. • UEN’s relational strategy involved "subversive compliance." While Norway adopted national tests, the union worked through its partnership channels to strip them of high-stakes consequences for teachers and schools. By examining how the UEN deployed discursive, relational, and contextual strategies, the study identified key convergences and divergences in the responses of the UEN to neoliberalism as compared to the other three cases. We conclude by addressing two overarching questions: how can understanding the intersection of discursive, conceptual and relational strategies help compare the responses and capacities of teacher unions engaging neoliberalism, and 2) what does this reveal about the conditions under which unions can shape, resist, or redirect reform agendas? References Carter, B., Stevenson, H., & Passy, R. (2010). Industrial relations in education: Transforming the school workforce. New York: Routledge. Klein, N. (2007). The shock doctrine: The rise of disaster capitalism. Metropolitan Books. Lingard, B. (2010). Policy borrowing, policy learning: Testing times in Australian schooling. Critical Studies in Education, 51(2), 129-147. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508481003731026 Lingard, B., Martino, W., & Rezai-Rashti, G. (2013). Testing regimes, accountabilities and education policy: Commensurate global and national developments. Journal of Education Policy, 28(5), 539-556. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2012.718356 Niu, H. (2025). How do teacher unions frame professionalism discourses in contemporary socio-political contexts? A systematic literature review. Cambridge Journal of Education, 55(2), 287-310. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2025.2486982 Robertson, S. L. (2012). Globalisation, education and the state: Contracts, competition and the commercialisation of education. In S. L. Robertson (Ed.), Globalisation and social inequalities: New exposures, old inequalities. Edward Elgar. Sahlberg, P. (2011). Paradoxes of educational improvement: The case of Finland. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 55(5), 561-578. Sahlberg, P. (2013). Teaching and globalization: The end of teacher development? Retrieved from PasiSahlberg.com Verger, A., & Altinyelken, H. K. (2013). Global education reforms and the new management of teachers: A critical introduction. In A. Verger, H. K. Altinyelkin, & M. de Konig (Eds.), Global managerial education reforms and teachers (pp. 1-33). Education International. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Monitoring the Transformation Emphasized Education in Finnish Lower Secondary School University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Until now, the Finnish phenomenon of subject-specific emphasized education (2–3 extra lesson hours per week) has been studied from the perspective of student selection, as the class-based emphasized education involves student selection made by parents and schools. This is often based on skills obtained in paid extracurricular activities (e.g. music) but extending the selected set of students as a permanent group for in the learning of other subjects as well (Kantasalmi & Kupiainen, 2021; Seppänen et al., 2023; Pasu et al., 2023). It has been observed that the classes with emphasized education tend to attract and select children of highly educated, well-off parents, leading to measurable differences in school achievement between teaching groups, and creating social differences within a comprehensive school that is lauded for its unity and equality (e.g., Berisha & Seppänen, 2017; Kupiainen & Hotulainen, 2019). From a learning-psychology perspective, the use of selective emphasized education as a basis for class formation alters class composition affecting the peer group in which students study (Koivuhovi, 2021; Ketonen & Hotulainen, 2019). International research indicates that, for instance, the average ability level of and variation in a student group (group homogeneity or heterogeneity) can influence both the development of students' cognitive ability and motivation in various ways (see e.g., Hienonen et al., 2021; Ketonen et al., 2023). Previous studies conducted in Finland, have found that studying in a class implementing class-based emphasized education can enhance students' positive motivational beliefs and skill development (Koivuhovi et al., 2025). However, studying in a selectively high-achieving group can also reflect negatively on learners' self-beliefs regarding their learning (Koivuhovi, 2021). The selective class formation is associated with an observed increase in the effect sizes of class-level differences in both measured cognitive competences and motivational beliefs across the three years of lower secondary education (Kupiainen et al., 2021). With the City of Kerava lower-secondary education 2023, emphasized teaching will no longer be used as a basis for class formation, except for music classes which will remain class-based. Otherwise, the reform extended emphasized education to all lower secondary students, offering all students the opportunity to build a personal syllabus choosing between four ‘paths of emphasis’ (City of Kerava, 2023). Based on earlier research, it can be assumed that students’ increased opportunity for choice either strengthens or weakens students’ engagement and motivation in their studies, while simultaneously equalizing teachers’ expectations regarding each study group (Koivuhovi et al., 2025). The aim of this study is to explore whether the change in emphasized teaching arrangements reveals observable differences in students’ self-reported engagement and academic achievement and their development, related to their class and choice of emphasis . An additional interest is to find if there are deviant subgroups in the two cohorts followed from the 8th to 9th grade. The earlier cohort (2023–2024) studied according to the former selective class composition , whereas the latter cohort (2024–2025) studied according to renewed system, which provides emphasized teaching for all. The theoretical basis of the study is in school engagement research, while we assume that the reform could also affect students’ perceptions of schooling. Especially we are interested in how supportive the school environment has been perceived to be, how this has developed during the one-year follow-ups, and if there are any observable differences between the perceptions of the two cohorts in this. We apply Fredricks’ and colleagues’ (2004) three-dimensional school engagement theory, comprising affective, behavioral and cognitive engagement, to study students’ perceived engagement support. Furthermore, we will examine how students’ school achievement, parents’ education, chosen emphasis path and class composition are related to engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants of the study are all lower-secondary students (N = 600) of two different age cohorts from Kerava city. The study follows how the organization of emphasized teaching offered during the 8th and 9th grades is associated with students’ school engagement (grades) and achievement. In the first cohort (N = 310), 110 students participated in emphasized teaching in selective classes of music, sport, art and performing art. Majority of the students (n = 190) did not belong to any emphasized class. Due to the small number of students of art (n = 12) they were classified with the performing arts group. In the new system (the latter cohort), instruction is implemented using the municipal hour resources of elective subjects, and the selection options are consistent across all comprehensive schools. Students are offered four different themes which are: 1. Arts and Creativity 2. Sports and Well-being 3. Languages and Influence 4. Sciences and Technology. Students of the selective music classes also choose an emphasis path, but they are treated as an own group in our analysis. Each path includes two or three long elective subjects of two hours per week, from which the student selects one, and several short elective subjects of one hour per week, from which the student selects two. Thus, the students’ choices of elective subjects form a coherent and theme-based emphasis path that includes one long elective subject (2 hours per week) and two short elective subjects (1 hour + 1 hour), totaling 4 hours per week for each grade level (City of Kerava, 2023). In all participating schools, students were allocated their home class at the start of lower secondary education (grade 7), which provides an additional structure to study the targeted differences and their change. Instruments: The Support for school engagement measure is formed on the basis of Fredricks’ and colleagues’ (2004) three-dimensional school engagement theory. Each of the three dimensions: affective (My classmates are really interested in studying), functional (My teachers challenge me) and cognitive engagement (My classmates perform well compared the other students) were measured by three (from 1 to 7) Likert-scale statements (fully disagree – fully agree). Statistical analysis. Multilevel analysis (variance component) was conducted to derive estimate for emphasized teaching and class level effects for both cohorts at both time points (T1 & T2) and pairwise t-test was used to detect change between T1 and T2 in students’ engagement perceptions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For the first cohort, the grouping (ICC) based on emphasized teaching at T1 explained 9% of the difference in emotional engagement (M=3.69, SD=1.37), 8% of functional engagement (M=4.45, SD=1.26), and 9% of cognitive engagement (M=3.43, SD=1.44). At T2, the values were 16% (M=3.91, SD=1.24), 13% (M=4.22, SD=1.37) and 24% (M=3.92, SD=1.27), showing an increase in every coefficient. Class explained at T1 9% of emotional engagement, 9% of functional engagement and 25% of cognitive engagement, and at T2 16%, 13% and 23%, respectively, showing increase in variation in emotional and functional engagement. Pairwise comparisons (T1 & T2) of engagements showed positive change (p < .001) in emotional and cognitive engagement and negative change in functional engagement. For the second cohort, emphasized teaching explained at T1 9% of the difference in emotional (M 4.29, SD 1.32), 2% in functional (M 3.71, SD 1.38), and 3% in cognitive engagement (M 3.43, SD 1.45). At T2, the corresponding values were 9% (M 3.90, SD 1.26), 3% (M 4.20, SD 1.29), and 9% (M =3.91, SD 1.30), showing an increase only in cognitive engagement. The class explained at T1 13% of the difference in emotional engagement, 7% in functional engagement and 26% in cognitive engagement, and at T2 15%, 11% and 24%, showing an increase in variation in the first two. Pairwise comparisons (T1 & T2) of engagements showed positive change (p <.001) for emotional and cognitive engagement. In conclusion, the new path-arrangement causes less variation related to emphasized teaching than the earlier system. However, the variation related to home class affects students’ engagement perceptions similarly in both cohorts, showing that the structural effects remain despite the reform. In further analyses we will use Repeated Measures Latent Class Analysis to identify profiles of students’ engagement development across one year separately in both cohorts. References Berisha, A.-K., & Seppänen, P. (2017). Pupil selection segments urban comprehensive schooling in Finland: Composition of school classes in pupils’ school performance, gender, and ethnicity. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research 61(2): 240–254. doi: 10.1080/00313831.2015.1120235. Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C. & Paris, A. H. 2004. School engagement: potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of educational research 74 (1), 59–109. Gabaldón-Estevan, D. (2020). Heterogeneity versus Homogeneity in Schools: A Review of the Educational Value of Classroom Interaction. Education Sciences, 10(11), 335. Kantasalmi, K., & Kupiainen, S. (2021). Classes with selective intake in Finnish Comprehensive School: A Problem of Societally Equal Opportunity for Schooling or a Boost for Learning and Equity in Pedagogical arrangements?. International Journal of Educational Research, 109, 101857. Ketonen, E. E., Hienonen, N., Kupiainen, S., & Hotulainen, R. (2023). Does Classroom matter? – A longitudinal multilevel perspective on students’ achievement orientation profiles during lower secondary school. Learning and Instruction, 2023(85), https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2023.101747 Keravan kaupunki (2023). Tervetuloa yläkouluun! Opas kuudesluokkalaisille. Koivuhovi, S. (2021). Studying in a class with a special emphasis. Changes in children’s competence beliefs and mathematical thinking skills and the role of social comparisons. Helsinki Studies in Education, 114. Helsinki: Unigrafia. Koivuhovi, S., Jung, A., Kilpi-Jakonen, E., Little, T. D., & Vainikainen, M.-P. (2025). Influence of track placement and teachers' perceptions of children's academic schoolwork skills on the development of children's motivational self-beliefs and achievement. Teaching and teacher education, 153,. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104847 Kosunen, S., Seppänen, P. & Bernelius, V. (2016). Naapurustojen segregaatio ja kaupunkilaisperheiden eriytyvät kouluvalintastrategiat. Kasvatus 47(3), 230-244. Kupiainen, S., Hienonen, N., Koivuhovi, S., & Hotulainen, R. (2022). Painotetun opetuksen monet muodot Helsingin perusopetuksessa. In J. Hautamäki, & I. Rämä (Eds.), Oppimaan oppiminen Helsingissä: Pitkittäistutkimus peruskoulun ensimmäiseltä luokalta toiselle asteelle (Vol. 1, pp. 161 – 194). (Koulutuksen arviointikeskuksen julkaisuja; No. 1/2022). Kupiainen, S., & Hotulainen, R. (2019). Erilaisia luokkia, erilaisia oppilaita. In J. Hautamäki, I. Rämä, & M.-P. Vainikainen (Eds.), Perusopetus, tasa-arvo ja oppimaan oppiminen: Valtakunnallinen arviointitutkimus peruskoulun päättövaiheesta (pp. 139-165). (Kasvatustieteellisiä tutkimuksia / Helsinki Studies in Education; No. 52). Helsingin yliopisto. Pasu, T., Seppänen, P., & Kosunen, S. (2023). Painotetun opetuksen oppilasvalikointi Suomen kaupunkikouluissa: valintakriteerit ja ideaalioppilaan normi. Hallinnon Tutkimus 42(1), 38-55. https://doi.org/10.37450/ht.115579 Seppänen, P., Pasu, T., & Kosunen, S. (2023). Pupil Selection and Enrolment in Comprehensive Schools in Urban Finland. Teoksessa M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko and S. Kosunen (toim.) Finland’s Famous Education System - Unvarnished insights into Finnish schooling (Springer). https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5_12 32. Organisational Education
Paper Collective Agency as Relational Place-Making: Knowledge Work in Research-Practice Partnerships in the Context of Third-Party Funding and Project-Based Organization 1: Martin-Luther-University of Halle-Wittenberg/ IU Frankfurt a. M., Germany; 2: Martin-Luther-University of Halle-Wittenberg Presenting Author:In light of current polycrises, the long-unquestioned notion of agency as a uniquely human capacity to intentionally shape a shared future has come under increasing scrutiny. While some contemporary sociological accounts see individual and collective agency eroding due to mounting institutional restrictions (Rosa 2026) or due to the perceived disintegration of political movements challenging the unsustainable status quo (Blühdorn 2024), recent posthuman and new materialist scholarship has raised more fundamental theoretical questions about the concept of human agency as such. As a result, planetary and political crises, together with these academic debates, have led to a degree of disorientation in educational research. This has compelled researchers and practitioners to re-evaluate whether and how education can inform meaningful action and foster individual and collective agency (e.g. Schenk 2025, Scherrer & Obex 2023). At the same time, educational research faces growing public and political expectations to demonstrate societal impact by providing research-based knowledge and evidence intended to inform education policy and support actors’ agency in responding to contemporary crises. These demands have led, among other effects, to increased impact requirements in public funding programmes for educational research and beyond. Amplified by the growing reliance on third-party funding in academia, these institutional pressures have made the question of how educational research can foster meaningful agency increasingly salient for academics. Nevertheless, researchers continue to point to the limited impact of research on practice and a persistent research-practice gap (e.g. Penuel et al. 2020). As a particular approach to bridging this gap between knowing and acting, research-practice-partnerships (RPPs) have proliferated in recent years. RPPs explicitely aim to narrow this divide by bringing together researchers’ and practitioners’ perspectives and ways of knowing to address complex societal problems and facilitate social change (e.g. Farley-Ripple et al. 2018; Coburn & Penuel 2016). This trend is reflected in a growing body of research that has generated empirically grounded insights into the potentials and pitfalls of RPPs (e.g. McGeown & Sjölund 2025; Coburn & Penuel 2016). Recent studies focus on knowledge and boundary work in RPPs, providing more detailed conceptually informed insights into the epistemological practices in RPPs (e.g. Farrell et al. 2019; Sjölund et al. 2022a; 2022b). However, while existing research primarily examines how knowledge work is carried out in RPPs, there has been little reflection on the substantive content of this work and the broader discourses that actors draw upon as they attempt to build collective agency to address societal problems. Moreover, empirical research – predominantly based on case studies – rarely considers the material and discursive effects of third-party funding and project-based organization that often structure knowledge work in RPPs, treating these contexts instead as unquestioned preconditions. From a critical organizational perspective, the underlying assumption that improved outcomes – such as better access to education for disadvantaged children – can be achieved through enhanced networking and collaboration among organizations and individual actors in local educational landscapes has been described as a rationalized myth. As such, it may obscure the tensions between managerial logics and inclusive ambitions that structure these projects and downplay potential conflicts between stakeholders (Schmachtel 2022; 2016). Similar objections have been raised regarding another common premise in publicly funded research projects: that research evidence can inform local educational RPPs and thereby facilitate organisational change through a dialogic process of knowledge ‘transfer’ or ‘transformation’ (Janowitz et al. 2025). In light of these underexplored issues, we examine factors that enable or constrain the discursive construction of collective agency in the knowledge work of the RPP analyzed in our study. Specifically, we focus on how actors negotiate the contradictory imperatives arising from political, institutional and funding contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To pursue these questions, this article draws on a practice- and subject-theoretical perspective that foregrounds the ideological dimension of how actors develop agency in their situated knowlegde work within RPPs, conceptualizing this as a process of relational place-making (cf. Pierce et al. 2011). We analyze data from a case study of a publicly funded German RPP that follows a transdisciplinary research agenda and aims to explore and reduce educational barriers for children of primary school age in disadvantaged urban and rural communities. The study employs an ethnographic approach to explore the collective knowledge work of ‘doing transfer’ between the researchers, practitioners from various educational institutions and local government employees participating in the RPP. We focus on one key event of the RPP that brought together academics, municipal actors, practitioners and parent representatives and that was designed to discuss research-based knowlegde in relation to practitioners’ everyday professional work. Following Pierce et al. (2011), we shed light on conflicts that arise among actors in processes of relational place-making, taking place contestation to be an integral element of these processes. In doing so, we ask which place-frames underpin the different positionalities in this RPP event and shape the power dynamics among them, as well as which ideologies become performatively effective in these interactions. To enable a more fine-grained theoretical and methodological pespective on actors’ agency in this contested process of relational place-making, we draw on Nissen's (2012; 2018) critical cultural-historical work. Following Nissen, we understand the actors’ practice as a process of building a shared common sense and collective subjectivity with regard to the event as a common space. We pay particular attention to how the RPP’s third-party funding context discursively and sociomaterially shapes the place-frames at play, and to the different, partially conflicting levels – individual, collective, political – at which agency is accomplished. Nissen’s understanding of common sense as ideology further allows for a critical perspective that provides insights into the unquestioned assumptions underlying the knowledge work in the RPP. As a theoretically grounded perspective on the discrepancies between knowing and acting, a critique of ideology offers insights into the ways these assumptions reproduce prevalent narratives around educational inequality, collective agency and the possibilites for knowledge to inform action. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis highlights the ways in which institutional contexts introduce material and discursive frames that shape local processes of relational place-making within the RPP. We identify power imbalances, for example related to participant selection prior to the event and to interpellations in their communications. However, these frames were also contested by practitioners – and researchers themselves – in their attempts to find common ground and gain collective agency with regard to the challenges that become apparent in discussions of local educational practice. Despite this, emerging conflicts were often avoided or not pursued further, suggesting a common-sense notion of collective agency premised on the absence of conflict. Our analysis suggests that this avoidance of conflict may constrain participants’ ability to adopt a collective position – and thereby exercise collective agency – within the contested political space surrounding educational inequality and school organization. This observed pattern and the underlying common-sense notion of collective agency can, in turn, be linked to the policy-driven project objectives of enhanced networking and cooperation between local actors, mirroring rationalized myths associated with third-party-funded and project-based research. A critical reflection of the ideologies underlying the performed collective agency revealed two key aspects: (a) Not engaging with conflicts limits actors’ relational place-making to the reproduction of an established common sense, thereby directing them back to institutionalized forms of agency and (b) the RPP’s primary object of educational barriers was barely discussed, but rather taken for granted as an implicit premise of the RPP’s knowledge work. As a consequence, educational inequality was addressed from the implicit perspective of a meritocratic ideal, rather than becoming a topic for controversial discussion. Based on these two findings we reflect possible implications for achieving collective agency and the role of research in a society increasingly shaped by crises and political polarization. References Blühdorn, Ingolfur (2024): Unhaltbarkeit. Auf dem Weg in eine andere Moderne. Berlin: Suhrkamp. Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research-Practice Partnerships in Education: Outcomes, Dynamics, and Open Questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48-54. Farley-Ripple, E., May, H., Karpyn, A., Tilley, K., & McDonough, K. (2018). Rethinking connections between research and practice in education: A conceptual framework. Educational Researcher, 47(4), 235-245. Farrell, C. C., Harrison C. & Coburn C.E. (2019): "“What the hell is this, and who the hell are you?” Role and identity negotiation in research-practice partnerships." AERA Open 5.2. Janowitz, M., Zeltwanger, S., Metzler, P.K., Schmachtel, S. & Steins, K.M. (2025). Dialogische Wissenstransformation und organisationaler Wandel – Reflexionen über Potenzial und Grenzen eines Konzepts. In: Schröder, C., Alt, L., Engel, N. (eds.): Organisation und (Un-)Gerechtigkeit. Organisation und Pädagogik. Wiesbaden:Springer, 239-254. McGeown, S., & Sjölund, S. (2025). practice partnerships in education: Benefits, challenges, methodological considerations and key enablers for change. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 1-13. Penuel, W. R., Allen, A. R., Coburn, C. E., & Farrell, C. (2015). Conceptualizing research–practice partnerships as joint work at boundaries. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk, 20(1-2), 182-197. Pierce, J., Martin, D.G. and Murphy, J.T. (2011), Relational place-making: the networked politics of place. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 36: 54-70. Rosa, Hartmut (2026): Situation und Konstellation. Vom Verschwinden des Spielraums. Berlin: Suhrkamp. Schenk, S. (2025): Die ›Zukunftsmacher‹. Gestaltungsoptionen von Zukunft zwischen Technik, Bildung und Politik». In: Jergus, Kerstin et al. (eds.): Zukunft – Jugend – Politik. Verhältnisbestimmungen und (erziehungs-)wissenschaftliche Debatten. Bielefeld:transcript, 101-121. Scherrer, M.; Obex, T. (2023): Futures Literacy und solidarische Beziehungsweisen. In: C. Sippl et al. (eds.): Futures Literacy: Zukunft Lernen und Lehren, Innsbruck, Wien: StudienVerlag, 344-354. Schmachtel, S. (2022): Zur Performativität von sozial- und bildungspolitischen Reformideen als Rationalitätsmythen und Phantasmen. Das Beispiel Bildungslandschaften. Neue Praxis 3/22. Schmachtel, S. (2016): Local partnerships as ‘rationalized myths’: a critical examination of the micro-discourse in educational partnership working. Critical Policy Studies, 10(4), 448-467. Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2022). Using research to inform practice through research‐practice partnerships: A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 10(1), e3337. Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2022). Using research to inform practice through research-practice partnerships: A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 10, e3337. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 33 SES 07 A: Exposing the Limits of Knowing in Higher Education: Gender Equity and Diversity Work in the Metric-driven Academy Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Susanne Gannon Session Chair: Erika Smith Symposium |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Symposium Exposing the Limits of Knowing in Higher Education: Gender Equity and Diversity Work in the Metric-driven Academy Despite nearly half of all entry-level PhD candidates across the EU27 countries being women, women remain underrepresented at the highest levels of academic employment (e.g. full professorship or ‘grade A’ positions), holding less than a third of these positions; the largest gap remains in science and engineering, where women represent just 20% of the ‘grade A’ positions (European Commission, 2025). Amongst heads of EU27 academic institutions, roughly a quarter are women (European Commission, 2025). Such trends are visible worldwide, pointing to the prevalence of un/welcoming, sometimes overtly hostile, masculinised academic cultures that reward uninterrupted availability, informal sponsorship, competitiveness, and care-free career trajectories (Orupabo, 2025; Jones & Floyd, 2024). Gender inequity in higher education is not a problem of numeric parity alone, but of how organisational cultures are made visible (or rendered invisible) through data practices. What institutions choose to measure, whose experiences/what experiences count as evidence, and how this information is read – each profoundly shape whether gender-based inequities, harassment and violence are understood as structural problems requiring recognition and cultural change, or as individualised issues of “pipeline leakage,” merit, choice, temperament, or mis/interpretation. When university data metrics on outcomes such as student experience and academic career progression are gathered and understood without interrogation of underlying gender norms in higher education, institutional inequities can appear as individual deficit; experiences of sexism and gender-related violence can be more easily explained away as either one-off incidents, perpetrated by ‘bad actors’ or, worse, exaggerated, fallacious and not worthy of institutional attention. Gender-related harassment/violence and more everyday forms of sexism in university settings are enabled when academic organisational life normalises male-coded entitlement to space, attention, and gatekeeping power, while making the costs of resistance and reporting high. The UniSAFE prevalence report provides a concrete indicator of this dynamic through its reporting findings; when most targets do not report, and when uncertainty and non-recognition are common, the institution’s “official” data will systematically understate the problem – allowing sexist cultures to persist without organisational accountability (Lipinsky et al., 2022). Of course, such misrecognition is exacerbated by global political movements aimed at the destruction of equity and diversity as principles of inclusive governance (Butler, 2024) – sentiments that find their way into university spaces and complicate the pragmatics of higher education policy initiatives focused on gender equity and sexual harassment (Gray et al., forthcoming). In this symposium, we grapple with the conference theme of ‘knowing and acting’ within the context of gender inequities and gender-related violence in higher education. Across the three included papers, offering national perspectives from Australia, England and Denmark, we consider the framing of institutional conditions and supports. From the Australian context, we present findings from a national survey of academics detailing significant differences in how incidents of ‘everyday sexisms’ are read by men, women and gender diverse academics, with implications for ‘knowing and acting’ to create safer and more inclusive workplace cultures. From England, we present university staff members’ perspectives on gender-related violence and contextual enablers, considering which institutions ‘act’ and in what ways. Lastly, from Denmark, we present the experiences of early-career academic women working in male-dominated STEM departments, where over-reliance on representation metrics obscures recognition of the everyday inequities and the emotional labour of women’s diversity work. As a group, these papers ask how the current conditions of a neoliberal, metric-driven academic landscape impact what institutional leaders (think they) know about the experiences of women and gender diverse people in the academy, what is seen or obscured, and the direction of institutional action towards gender equity. References Butler, J. (2024). Who’s Afraid of Gender? London: Penguin Random House. European Commission: Directorate-General for Research and Innovation. (2025). She figures 2024 – Gender in research and innovation – Statistics and indicators. Publications Office of the European Union. Gray, E., Ullman, J., & Blaise, M. (forthcoming). “WOMEN ARE DISCRIMINATED AGAINST ON THE BASIS OF SEX”: Anti-trans and gender critical epistemologies in Australian universities. Jones, K., & Floyd, A. (2024). Women academics’ experiences of maternity leave in the neoliberal university: Unmasking governmentality. Gender, Work & Organisation, 31(3), 92-114. Lipinsky, A., Schredl, C., Baumann, H., Humbert, A., & Tanwar, J. (2022). Gender-based violence and its consequences in European Academia, Summary results from the UniSAFE survey. Report. Project no.101006261. Orupabo, J., Nadim, M., Mangset, M., & Halrynjo, S. (2025). (Un)divided work devotion? Navigating the ideal worker norm in academia. Studies in Higher Education, online pre-print, 1–13. Presentations of the Symposium Who ‘Sees’ Instances of Everyday Sexisms in Academia?: Academics’ Perspectives, Disaggregated by Gender Identity
Systemic gender inequities in academia are sustained via the interpersonal practice of ‘everyday sexisms’: incidents, circumstances or situations where the sensation of (hetero)sexism (and accompanying racism, ableism, etc.) is present but could be explained away, minimised or misrecognised (Savigny, 2014). Everyday sexisms are a by-product of ‘lad culture’ (Jackson & Sundaram, 2020) and a causal factor in Australia’s ‘leaky pipeline’, where qualified, capable women and gender diverse scholars exit academia prior to reaching the professoriate (Strachan et al., 2016).
When institutions communicate their commitment to gender equity through repeated discourse, institutional leaders – and male institutional leaders most of all – believe that their organisational culture supports this (Cortis et al., 2021). These attitudes matter, since academic leaders – disproportionally men in Australia (Hamilton et al., 2022) – set the agenda for if/how gender equity is addressed.
Our survey research with N = 1257 academics (67% women) across 12 public Australian universities included original, intersectional vignettes of everyday sexisms, developed from academics’ verbatim accounts (see Gray et al., 2025). Vignettes were followed by six closed-ended original items investigating perceived frequency, plausibility and follow-up responses for the individual(s) involved and for the university more broadly. We focus here on the four included vignettes particularly relevant to women’s leadership and promotion trajectories in academia.
Findings illustrated substantial discrepancies in how academics view instances of everyday sexisms. On average, women and gender diverse academics felt that the incident or situation detailed was more problematic, happened more frequently, felt more realistic to them, and should be addressed by the university as compared to their male academic colleagues. Despite viewing these incidents or situations as less problematic or realistic, men academics were significantly more likely to agree that (1) these would be taken seriously and that (2) they knew where to find policy/information about these types of incidents/situations at their university.
Findings highlight an unintended consequence of Australian universities’ public-facing commitments to gender equity assuring institutional awareness of, and attention to-, barriers to women and gender diverse academics’ career progression and leadership. Responses from participating men academics point to them taking this messaging at face value. Our data supports the need for university leaders to attune to the prevalence of everyday sexisms amongst academics and to prioritise access to quality data detailing its manifestations and continued impact on women and gender diverse academics’ visibility, voice and access to institutional leadership.
References:
Cortis, N., Foley, M., & Williamson, S. (2021). Change agents for defending the status quo? How senior leaders frame workplace gender equality. Gender, Work and Organisations, 29(1), 205-221.
Gray, E. M., Ullman, J., Blaise, M., & Pollitt, J. (2025). Masculinism, institutional violence and #MeToo: Understanding Australian university responses to the COVID-19 pandemic. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 57(2), 159–175. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2024.2317386
Hamilton, M., Williams, A., & Baird, M. (2022). Gender inclusive practices and work-life balance in Australian Universities. A Report for Universities Australia. University of Sydney. https://universitiesaustralia.edu.au/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Gender-inclusive-practices-and-work-life-balance-in-Australian-universities_Dec-2022.pdf
Jackson, C., & Sundaram, V. (2020). Lad Culture in Higher Education. Routledge.
Savigny, H. (2014). Women, Know Your Limits: Cultural Sexism in Academia. Gender and Education, 26(7), 794–809. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2014.970977.
Strachan, G., Peetz, D., Whitehouse, G., Bailey, J., Broadbent, K., May, R., Troup, C., & Nesic, M. (2016). Women, Careers and Universities: Where to from here? Griffith University Centre for Work, Organisation and Wellbeing. https://staff.uq.edu.au/files/245/women-careers-university.pdf.
Universities as Conducive Contexts for Gender-Related Violence
Universities are key sites of gender-related violence in the UK, including in digitalised forms. Crime survey data show that full-time students are more likely to have experienced sexual assault than people in any other occupational type (OfS, 2022), and Office for National Statistics data show that between March 2018 and March 2020 students in England and Wales were over three times more likely than the national average to have experienced sexual assault (Lewis, 2022).
There are similar patterns in other countries, for example, Australia (Heywood et al., 2022), Columbia, Bangladesh and Nigeria (Miles, 2023). In the USA, where research on sexual harassment and violence in university settings has a much longer tradition, the National College Women Sexual Victimisation Survey in 1996/97 found that between 20% and 25% of women university students would experience sexual victimisation before they graduated (Fisher et al., 2000). The latest (large-scale) survey conducted by the Association of American Universities showed a prevalence rate among women undergraduates for nonconsensual sexual contact by force or inability to consent of 26% (Cantor et al., 2020).
In this paper, we draw on our data from the first UK study of university staff perspectives on ‘lad culture’ to argue that universities are what Kelly refers to as ‘conducive contexts’ for gender-related violence. Our data were generated through in-depth interviews with 72 staff in a wide range of roles across six universities in England (Jackson & Sundaram, 2020). We build our analysis and argument drawing on Liz Kelly's concept of 'conducive contexts' and Raewyn Connell’s ‘gender regimes’. This integration of frameworks enables us not only to develop new understandings of what makes universities conducive contexts but, importantly, also to consider which types of higher education institutions, which particular contexts within institutions, and which institutional cultures are especially conducive for gender-related violence. In doing so, we offer a novel and nuanced, theoretically-informed understanding of how gender-related violence is enabled within universities, which has significant implications for how to address it.
References:
Cantor, D. et al. (2020). Report on the AAU Campus Climate Survey on Sexual Assault and Misconduct. Washington DC: Association of American Universities.
Fisher, B.S., Cullen, F.T., & Turner, M.G. (2000). The Sexual Victimization of College Women. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice.
Heywood, W., Myers, P., Powell, A., Meikle, G., & Nguyen, D. (2022). National Student Safety Survey: Report on the prevalence of sexual harassment and sexual assault among university students in 2021. Melbourne: The Social Research Centre.
Jackson, C., & Sundaram, V. (2020). Lad culture in higher education: Sexism, sexual harassment and violence. London: Routledge.
Lewis, J. (2022). Sexual harassment and violence in further and higher education. London: House of Commons Library, UK Parliament.
Miles, N. (2023). Sexual violence in UK Higher Education: Prevalence, Influencing Factors and Recommendations. Visual and Embodied Methodologies Network Working Paper: King’s College London.
OfS (2022). Tackling sexual misconduct in universities and colleges. Insight brief. London: OfS.
Making Noise in the Man’s Lab: Disturbing Gendered Order in Danish STEM Academia
This paper examines how early-career women scientists navigate and contest men-dominated academic cultures within STEM departments at Danish universities. While gendered stereotypes and inequalities shape academic work more broadly, research consistently shows that the gender gap in STEM widens at each level of the academic hierarchy, resulting in underrepresentation of women in senior positions (Mathura, 2024). Recent scholarship has shifted attention toward systemic conditions, highlighting how organizational structures, gender bias in hiring and promotion, unequal access to networks and mentoring, everyday sexism and intersectional inequalities collectively constrain women’s academic careers in STEM (Bendl & Schmidt, 2010; Blackwell et al., 2009; Khawaja, 2025; Salmon, 2022).
Focusing on early-career women scientists in STEM, the paper examines what I conceptualize as everyday diversity work: the small, often informal practices through which women resist masculinized scientific norms, everyday sexism, and gender bias (Vertelyte, 2025). Drawing on Sara Ahmed’s work on atmospheric work (2014), I approach diversity work as a form of mood work (Staunæs & Vertelyte, 2024) that intervenes in the affective life of organizations. In particular, the analysis foregrounds the role of noise making. Conceptualized as affective disturbance (Thompson, 2017), the paper analyses how noise associated with women doing diversity work interrupt dominant masculinized narratives, even as they are frequently dismissed as emotional, unprofessional or ‘too loud’. As an affective condition historically associated with women, unruliness, and disorder, noise draws attention to gendered inequalities by interrupting everyday academic practices that are otherwise treated as neutral, rational, or simply “how things are done.” Through such noisy interventions, early-career women do not simply react to exclusionary environments - they actively reconfigure organizational atmospheres, exposing the affective and gendered foundations of academic life in STEM.
Drawing on 13 in-depth qualitative interviews with early-career women scientists conducted between 2022 and 2023, the analysis situates these experiences within a specifically Danish context, where gender is often framed as irrelevant due to a pervasive self-image of Denmark as a gender-equal society. Drawing on critiques of postfeminist gender regimes (Skewes, 2023; Utoft, 2021), the paper shows how this framing paradoxically coexists with the growing hyper-visibility of diversity action plans most of which remain narrowly focused on women’s representation, while paying little attention to improving women’s everyday working conditions in the here and now.
References:
Ahmed, S. (2014). Not in the Mood. New Formations, 82, 13–28.
Bendl, R., & Schmidt, A. (2010). From ‘Glass Ceilings’ to ‘Firewalls’—Different Metaphors for Describing Discrimination. Gender, Work & Organization, 17(5), 612–634.
Mathura, S., Ed. (2024). Empowering Women in STEM: Working Together to Inspire the Future. 1st ed. CRC Press.
Salmon, U. (2024). ‘It's Wicked Hard to Fight Covert Racism’: The Case of Microaggressions in Science Research Organizations. Gender, Work & Organization, 31(3), 727–748.
Staunæs, D., & Vertelyte, M. (2024). Hopeful Things as Minor Interventions in Educational Atmospheres: A Diffractive Translation of Sara Ahmed’s ‘Happy Objects’ to Nordic Diversity Work. Reconceptualizing Educational Research Methodology (RERM), 15(1), 1-20.
Thompson, M. (2017). Beyond unwanted sound: Noise, affect and aesthetic moralism. Bloomsbury Academic.
Utoft, E. H. (2021). Maneuvering within Postfeminism: A Study of Gender Equality Practitioners in Danish Academia. Gender, Work & Organization, 28(1), 301–317.
Vertelyte, M. (2025). The Minor Gestures of Diversity Work: Experiences of Women Scientists in Danish STEM Academia. Gender and Education, online pre-print, 1–16.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 34 SES 07 A: Experiencing citizenship beyond school Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ralph Carstens Paper Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Navigating the "Hunger Games": Reclaiming Community-Led Research as a Tool for Civic Education in a Neoliberal Landscape Yourope - Horizon project, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:In contemporary European educational discourse, forms of participatory action research (PAR) such as Community-Led Research (CLRA) and Arts-Based Methods (ABM) are frequently marked as transformative tools for citizenship education. They promise to empower youth, foster social justice, and bridge the gap between marginalized communities and policy-makers. However, this optimistic narrative often clashes with the reality of the neoliberal society and the projectification of civil society. This paper critically examines how the structural constraints of grant-funded projects reshape and potentially undermine the democratic potential of PAR and CLRA methods. Based on a master's thesis research, this study addresses the following objective: To analyze how young researchers (age 15-26) in the Czech republic perceive the process of CLRA and how they view the potential of their outputs to contribute to social justice. The paper specifically answers two research questions derived from the study: RQ1: "How do young researchers reflect on the course and meaning of the participatory research they participated in?" RQ2: "How do they perceive arts-based methods as a tool for reflection and enforcing change?" The study is grounded in a critical sociological framework emphasizing that contextual fit must precede methodological implementation of evidence-based methods such as PAR and its forms. We conceptualize community through Tönnies’ distinction between Gemeinschaft (organic community) and Gesellschaft (contractual society). While community is essential for resilience in liquid modern times, we draw on critical theorists - such as Barrett, to highlight the inherent duality of community. Community can be a nurturing space of support, but equally a toxic and exclusionary force if unexamined. We further posit an East-West dichotomy in Citizenship Education. Unlike the Anglo-Saxon tradition of active citizenship via communities, the post-socialist Czech context views community and politics with historical skepticism. This friction influences the adoption of PAR traditions: the tension between the Northern tradition - Lewinian which is focused on organizational efficiency and consensus, and the Southern tradition - Freirean, which is focused on emancipation and conflict. The paper investigates if European youth projects in Czechia, despite claiming emancipatory goals, slip into Lewinian functionalism due to project pressures and neoliberal mindset. Finally, we utilize Henri Lefebvre’s production of space to analyze how youth create differential spaces within the dominant neoliberal abstract space. Arts-Based Methods are analyzed through Deleuze’s concept of desiring-production, questioning whether art serves as a rhizomatic tool for political connection or is reduced to a therapeutic commodity. Methodology The research employs a qualitative strategy using Reflexive Thematic Analysis of Braun & Clarke (2022). The dataset comprises 14 semi-structured interviews with young researchers involved in CLRA cycle. The analysis moves beyond semantic description to identify latent constructs and myths of participation. Findings and European Dimension Preliminary findings reveal a projectificatiom effect of CLRA, Regarding RQ1: The analysis reveals how projectification imposes a rigid hierarchy, where the Young Researcher becomes a manager, sidelining the 'constructed' community. Consequently, the CLRA method acts as a mirror of learned helplessness: rather than overcoming barriers, it reflects the participants' lack of institutional know-how, stalling progress without specific training, comparing their situation to "Hunger games" Regarding RQ2 (Art): Art functions paradoxically. While intended as a tool for political advocacy, it primarily serves an internal, therapeutic function for self or community expression. It acts as a shield against a hostile political and societal reality rather than a tool for structural change, revealing a form of learned helplessness. This paper contributes to the European debate on Citizenship Education by arguing that without addressing the harming potential of projectified communities, we risk teaching youth merely how to perform within projects, rather than how to transform society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employs a qualitative research strategy rooted in a social constructionist epistemology. This design was selected to analyse the subjective meanings young people ascribe to their engagement in Community-Led Research (CLRA) and to analyze the lived reality of young researchers within a post-socialist context. Data Collection Instruments and Participants To address the study's objective - analyzing how young researchers reflect on the CLRA process, the primary instrument was the semi-structured interview. The sample was selected through purposive sampling and consisted of young researchers aged 15 to 26 years who were actively involved in CLRA cycles and were residing in the Czech republic. This specific age range captures the critical transition from adolescence to young adulthood, a key period for citizenship formation. The dataset comprises of 14 interviews, allowing for a deep exploration of the participants' personal trajectories. Data Analysis: The data management and organization were facilitated by NVivo software. The analysis followed the principles of Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). Unlike coding reliability approaches that seek objective truth, this reflexive approach acknowledges the active role of the researcher in knowledge production. The analysis proceeded through six phases: familiarization with the data, generating initial codes, and constructing (rather than discovering) latent themes. Using NVivo, the coding process moved beyond semantic description to identifying latent constructs. This allowed for the development of conceptual themes such as the Mirror of Privileges, which illustrate how participants negotiate their agency within rigid structures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research challenges the prevailing optimism surrounding participatory youth work in Europe, arguing that contextual fit must be treated not merely as a preparatory step, but as the decisive factor for success. Our findings deconstruct the myth of active youth and the myth of community, revealing that without addressing the specific post-socialist skepticism (or local context ) towards civic engagement, these concepts remain hollow. We conclude that the projectification of civil society poses a severe risk to the democratic potential of Community-Led Research (CLRA). Instead of fostering agency, the rigid structures of grant-funded initiatives often force young people into hierarchical roles that replicate, rather than challenge, existing power dynamics. The artistic outputs produced in this context do not function as tools of dissent but as a mirror of lived experience reflecting the deep-seated fragmentation and learned helplessness of the society they inhabit. Consequently, the study suggests that civic education must urgently integrate psychological support and trauma-informed care. If we expect youth to navigate the Hunger Games of political advocacy, we cannot offer them only project management tools, but we must provide sustainable, long-term structures that value resilience. The expected outcome of this paper is a call for a paradigm shift, which moves from funding projects to building ecosystems where community is grown, not constructed. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE. Tönnies, F. (2001). Community and Civil Society. Cambridge University Press. Leavy, P. (2020). Method Meets Art: Arts-Based Research Practice (3. ed.). Guilford Publications. Woensdregt, L., Rwigi, K. E., & Stapele, N. V. (2022). Reflections on using a community-led research and action (CLRA) methodology to explore alternatives in international development. In M. Van Wessel, T. Kontinen, & J. N. Bawole (Eds.), Reimagining Civil Society Collaborations in Development (pp. 41–53). Routledge. Huss, E., & Bos, E. (Eds.). (2019). Art in Social Work Practice: Theory and Practice. Routledge. (Role umění v sociální práci) Lefebvre, H. (1991). The Production of Space. Blackwell. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Building Democracy: Invisible Cities as Learning Spaces for Citizenship Education University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:In a historical moment marked by democratic fragility, social polarisation, and intersecting ecological, economic and cultural crises (Brand, 2016; McCoy et al., 2018), education is increasingly called upon to play a central role in renewing democratic life and citizenship at multiple levels. Within this scenario, the paradigm of Learning Cities, promoted internationally by UNESCO (2013) and widely adopted across Europe, has emerged as a promising framework for fostering lifelong learning, social innovation and participatory governance (Morgan, 2009; Osborne et al., 2013). From a pedagogical perspective, Learning Cities can be understood not merely as policy instruments or urban strategies, but as educational ecosystems in which learning becomes a civic practice and citizenship is continuously negotiated, enacted and transformed (Cole & Low, 2023; Sintos Coloma, 2020). This paper situates Learning Cities within the broader field of citizenship education, understood as an ongoing, situated and relational process that extends beyond formal schooling and unfolds throughout the urban fabric (McFarlane, 2011; Williams, 2021). In this sense, citizenship education is not limited to the transmission of civic knowledge or values, but involves the cultivation of democratic dispositions, critical imagination, intercultural dialogue and collective responsibility. Learning Cities offer fertile ground for such an approach, as they embed learning opportunities within everyday urban life and promote the co-construction of knowledge among diverse actors, institutions and communities (Friedmann, 2000; Hoskyns, 2013). To deepen the educational and symbolic understanding of Learning Cities, the paper draws on Italo Calvino’s Invisible Cities (1974) as a theoretical and interpretative lens. Calvino’s work, situated between literary imagination and philosophical reflection on urban life, provides powerful metaphors for rethinking cities as spaces of meaning-making, memory, desire and relational complexity. The “invisible” dimension of cities, composed of emotions, perceptions, narratives and symbolic structures, resonates strongly with pedagogical approaches that view education as a transformative practice rooted in experience and interpretation. By bringing together the Learning Cities paradigm and Calvino’s urban imagination, the paper proposes to conceptualise Learning Cities as laboratories of democracy, where citizenship education takes place through participation, interpretation and shared narration of the urban space (Halpin, 2002). Five thematic cores, derived from a dialogical reading of Invisible Cities and the Learning Cities framework, structure the analysis: boundless knowledge; adaptation and development; immateriality and symbolism; individual and collective dimensions; emotion, perception and interpretation. These themes illuminate how learning, citizenship and democracy are intertwined within urban contexts. The relevance of this paper extends beyond a national framework and speaks directly to European and international debates on education, democracy and social cohesion. European cities, characterised by cultural diversity, mobility and growing inequalities, increasingly require educational approaches capable of fostering intercultural citizenship, democratic participation and sustainable futures (Hoggan-Kloubert et al., 2024; Longworth, 2006). The Learning Cities model, interpreted pedagogically and symbolically, offers transferable insights for policy-makers, educators and researchers engaged in citizenship education across different cultural and geopolitical contexts. Against this background, the paper aims to address the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a theoretical and interpretative qualitative methodology, grounded in pedagogical theory, literary analysis and critical urban studies (Borsheim‐Black et al., 2014; Schindel Dimick, 2016; Smith et al., 2021). Rather than empirical case analysis, the paper develops a conceptual framework aimed at generating new meanings and analytical categories for understanding Learning Cities as educational and democratic environments. Methodologically, the paper is structured as a thematic and hermeneutic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022; Clarke, 1999) of two main bodies of reference: international literature on Learning Cities and citizenship education, and Italo Calvino’s Invisible Cities. These sources are read dialogically, allowing concepts from educational theory to interact with literary metaphors and narrative structures. This interdisciplinary approach reflects a pedagogical epistemology that recognises imagination, symbolism and narrative as legitimate forms of knowledge production within education research. The analytical process unfolds in three stages. Firstly, a critical review of key international and European scholarship on Learning Cities, lifelong learning and citizenship education is conducted, with particular attention to democratic participation, interculturality and social innovation. Secondly, Invisible Cities is examined through a pedagogical lens, focusing on how Calvino’s representations of urban life articulate themes of learning, relationality, memory, perception and transformation. Thirdly, an integrative thematic analysis brings these strands together, identifying five core themes that function as interpretative bridges between literary imagination and educational theory. These thematic cores are not treated as fixed categories, but as generative concepts capable of illuminating educational processes within urban contexts. The method thus privileges depth of interpretation and conceptual coherence over generalisation, aiming to produce a transferable framework that can inform future empirical research, educational practices and policy discussions. By adopting a reflective and interpretative methodology, the paper aligns with traditions of critical pedagogy and citizenship education that emphasise meaning-making, reflexivity and the political nature of learning. This approach is particularly suited to exploring complex, multi-layered phenomena such as Learning Cities, where educational processes are embedded in symbolic, emotional and relational dimensions of everyday urban life. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis highlights how Learning Cities, when interpreted through a pedagogical and symbolic lens, can be understood as educational spaces of democratic experimentation rather than merely functional or infrastructural systems. Drawing on Calvino’s Invisible Cities, the paper shows that the educational value of cities lies not only in visible institutions or policies, but in the invisible networks of relationships, narratives, emotions and interpretations that shape civic life. The five thematic cores identified offer a conceptual framework for rethinking citizenship education as an urban, lifelong and participatory process. Boundless knowledge challenges restrictive views of learning and affirms its democratic potential; adaptation and development foreground the capacity of cities to learn from change; immateriality and symbolism reveal the importance of shared meanings and imaginaries; the interplay between individual and collective dimensions underscores the relational nature of citizenship; and emotion, perception and interpretation highlight the affective foundations of democratic engagement. From a European and international perspective, this framework contributes to ongoing debates on how education can respond to democratic fragility, cultural diversity and social inequalities. By framing Learning Cities as laboratories of democracy, the paper suggests that citizenship education must be rooted in everyday experiences, urban contexts and participatory practices that enable individuals and communities to co-construct the common good. Ultimately, the paper argues for a vision of Learning Cities as capacitising environments that nurture pluralism, intercultural dialogue and democratic imagination. Thus, it offers a theoretically grounded and internationally relevant perspective for educators, researchers and policy-makers committed to rethinking citizenship education in an increasingly complex and interconnected world. References Borsheim‐Black, C., Macaluso, M., & Petrone, R. (2014). Critical literature pedagogy: Teaching canonical literature for critical literacy. Journal of adolescent & adult literacy, 58(2), 123-133. Brand, U. (2016). How to get out of the multiple crisis? Contours of a critical theory of social-ecological transformation. Environmental Values, 25(5), 503–525. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage. Calvino, I. (1974). Invisible cities. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Clarke, J.B. (1999). Hermeneutic analysis: a qualitative decision trail. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 36(5), 363-369. Cole, L., & Low, M. (2023). Transforming planning and policy-making processes at the intersections of climate, equity, and decolonization challenges. npj Urban Sustainability, 3(1), Article 46. Friedmann, J. (2000). The good city: In defense of utopian thinking. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, 24(2), 460–472. Halpin, D. (2002). Hope and education: The role of the utopian imagination. Routledge. Hoggan-Kloubert, T., Brandi, U., Hodge, S., Milana, M., & Howard Morris, T. (2024). Social movements and lifelong learning: Learning for change or learning for democracy? International Journal of Lifelong Education, 43(5), 467–472. Hoskyns, T. (2013). City/democracy: Retrieving citizenship. In P. Blundell Jones, D. Petrescu, & J. Till (Eds.), Architecture and participation (pp. 117–123). Routledge. Longworth, N. (2006). Learning cities, learning regions, learning communities: Lifelong learning and local government. Routledge. McCoy, J., Rahman, T., & Somer, M. (2018). Polarization and the global crisis of democracy: Common patterns, dynamics, and pernicious consequences for democratic polities. American Behavioral Scientist, 62(1), 16–42. McFarlane, C. (2011). Learning the city: Knowledge and translocal assemblage. Wiley-Blackwell. Morgan, A. D. (2009). Learning communities, cities and regions for sustainable development and global citizenship. Local Environment, 14(5), 443–459. Osborne, M., Kearns, P., & Yang, J. (2013). Learning cities: Developing inclusive, prosperous and sustainable urban communities. International Review of Education, 59, 409–423. Schindel Dimick, A. (2016). Exploring the potential and complexity of a critical pedagogy of place in urban science education. Science Education, 100(5), 814-836. Sintos Coloma, R. (2020). Decolonizing urban education. Educational Studies, 56(1), 1–17. Smith, J. A., Larkin, M., & Flowers, P. (2021). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. Sage. UNESCO. (2013). Beijing declaration on building learning cities. UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning. Williams, J. (2021). Circular cities: What are the benefits of circular development? Sustainability, 13(10), Article 5725. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Exploring Leisure as Place for Fostering Civic Engagement Among Children in low-SES Urban Neighbourhoods: A Multiple Case-study in Diverse Cities 1: UHasselt; 2: Vrije Universiteit Brussel; 3: CY Cergy Paris Université Presenting Author:Civic engagement is widely considered essential to the functioning of democratic societies (Sherrod et al., 2002), especially as it is assumed to counteract “signs of public weariness, scepticism, cynicism and lack of trust [in politics and society]” (Ekman & Amnå, 2012, p. 283). At the same time, it is a complex and multilayered construct as it refers to individuals’ prosocial orientations and actions aimed at contributing to and improving their community or society (Ekman & Amnå, 2012; Lerner, 2004). In response to concerns about declining public trust and participation, governments have increasingly invested in promoting civic engagement, primarily through compulsory education that reaches a broad segment of the population (Bîrzéa et al., 2004; Joris et al., 2022). However, scholars have questioned whether education alone can be held responsible for fostering civic engagement, emphasizing that citizenship learning also takes place across multiple life contexts (Biesta, 2008). This contribution focuses precisely on one of these intersections. Previous research namely demonstrates that “different contexts provide different opportunities for acting and being, and thus different opportunities for citizenship learning” (Biesta et al., 2009, p. 17). Young people encounter opportunities for civic engagement not only at school, but also within families, peer groups, leisure activities, media, and public spaces (Biesta et al., 2009). This is also evident in the study by Korventausta et al. (2025), examining which opportunities for the development of civic engagement early adolescents at the end of primary school experience in their lives, where these occur, and with whom. Based on the interview data, the researchers identified four categories of civic-oriented activities (i.e., awareness and education, communication, community involvement, and formal participation), seven spaces in which these activities take place (e.g., home, leisure activity facilities, social media), and seven social contexts in which they occur (e.g., family, friends, school community, public audience). This indicates that leisure contexts, despite being understudied, may serve as voluntary spaces in which young people exercise agency, negotiate social relationships, and engage in everyday forms of participation. Yet, access to leisure activities that offer meaningful learning opportunities is uneven, particularly as such activities become increasingly commercialised, privatised, digitised, or formalised (e.g., after-school care, sports centres, art academies), with participation strongly shaped by socioeconomic conditions (Arlinkasari, 2023). As a result, young people from low-SES or minority backgrounds often have fewer opportunities to engage in traditional forms of civic engagement. Yet, existing literature largely overlooks both the structural barriers these young people face and the alternative ways in which civic engagement may manifest in their lives (Phan & Kloos, 2023; Wray-Lake & Abrams, 2020). In response to this gap in the literature, our present study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This multiple case study forms part of a larger research project (LéA Correspondances urbaines), in which primary school pupils in France and Belgium document and exchange their learning experiences in metropolitan contexts. In the present study, the fifth-grade pupils (aged 10–11) from two schools participate during the 2025–2026 school year in a six-week pen-pal project in which they map their leisure activities, engage in cross-national exchange, and reflect on these experiences. One school is located in a former mining city in Flanders (Belgium), while the other is situated in the suburbs of Paris (France). Both cases are embedded in working-class neighbourhoods characterised by a high proportion of social housing (France: 81.8%; Belgium: 87.5%), elevated unemployment rates (France: 13.9%; Belgium: 23.0%), and a substantial share of families with a migration background (France: 31.3%; Belgium: 93.0%), resulting in predominantly low-SES school populations. To address the research aims, multiple complementary data are collected: • Survey (pupils): Pupils are offered a survey including three validated instruments, specifically (1) the Children’s Leisure Assessment Scale (CLASS), a 30-item questionnaire designed to examine school-aged children’s participation in leisure activities, as well as their desire, enjoyment, and the social context of these activities (Rosenblum et al., 2010); (2) the Civic Engagement Scale, a 10-item questionnaire measuring civic engagement among 9–11-year-olds across three dimensions (awareness, action, and attitudes) (McLoughlin et al., 2024); and (3) the Child Civic Engagement Indicators, a 13-item questionnaire assessing responsibility toward the community and towards people, as well as general civic values among 9–13-year-olds (Flanagan et al., 2007). • Ego-network sociograms (pupils): Pupils will create a visual representation of their social network, centered on themselves (Nimmon & Atherley, 2021), across different spheres based on Oldenburg’s (1999) framework: the home (first place), school (second place), and leisure settings (third place). • Interview (pupils): For each case, eight pupils are selected through purposive sampling based on the prior survey, representing diverse civic engagement profiles. Building on the sociogram, narrative interviews are conducted to explore pupil’s experiences and perspectives on civic engagement in their leisure contexts. • Focus group (parents): A focus group with the parents of the interviewed students was conducted to discuss and contextualize the preliminary findings from the survey, sociograms, and interviews. Within- and cross-case analyses are conducted to identify patterns in the mechanisms and conditions through which civic engagement develops among children from low-SES neighbourhoods in their leisure time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to provide valuable insights into the diverse ways children from low-SES urban neighbourhoods engage in leisure activities and how these activities may support the development of civic engagement. By combining quantitative and qualitative data across two different national contexts, the research aims to identify common patterns and context-specific mechanisms that influence children’s civic learning outside of formal education. Ultimately, the findings are intended to inform policies and practices that foster opportunities for strengthening the social fabric in urban neighbourhoods, from a young age on. References Arlinkasari, F. (2023). Children’s Meanings of Third Places for Leisure in Jakarta’s Low-Income Neighbourhoods. In U. Mukherjee (Ed.), Childhoods & Leisure: Cross-Cultural and Inter-Disciplinary Dialogues (pp. 185-210). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-33789-5 Biesta (2008). A School for Citizens: Civic learning and democratic action in the learning democracy. In B. Lingard, J., Nixon, & S. Ranson (Eds.), Transforming learning in schools and communities: The remaking of education for a cosmopolitan society (pp. 170-183). Continuum. Biesta, G., Lawy, R., & Kelly, N. (2009). Understanding young people’s citizenship learning in everyday life: The role of contexts, relationships and dispositions. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 4(1), 5-24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197908099374 Ekman, J., & Amnå, E. (2012). Political participation and civic engagement: Towards a new typology. Human Affairs, 22(3), 283-300. https://doi.org/10.2478/s13374-012-0024-1 Flanagan, C. A., Syvertsen, A. K., & Stout, M. D. (2007). Civic measurement models: Tapping adolescents’ civic engagement. (CIRCLE Working Paper 55). College Park, MD: CIRCLE. Joris, M., Simons, M., & Agirdag, O. (2022). Citizenship-as-competence, what else? Why European citizenship education policy threatens to fall short of its aims. European Educational Research Journal, 21(3), 484–503. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904121989470 Korventausta, M., Veermans, M., Jaakkola, T., & Järvinen, T. (2025). Civic engagement in early adolescence: A contextual view on the civic-oriented activities among Finnish 6th graders. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2025.2506381 Lerner, R. M. (2004). Liberty: Thriving and civic engagement among American youth. Sage. McLoughlin, S., Polizzi, G., Harrison, T., Moller, F., Maile, A., Picton, I., & Clark, C. (2024). Measuring Civic Engagement in Young Children. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 42(1), 14-28. https://doi.org/10.1177/07342829231205070 Nimmon, L., & Atherley, A. (2022). Qualitative ego networks in health professions education: Capturing the self in relation to others. Medical Education, 56(1), 71-81. https://doi.org/10.1111/medu.14663 Phan, V., & Kloos, B. (2023). Examining civic engagement in ethnic minority youth populations: A literature review and concept analysis. American Journal of Community Psychology, 71(1-2), 54-78. https://doi.org/10.1002/ajcp.12643 Rosenblum, S., Sachs, D., & Schreuer, N. (2010). Reliability and Validity of the Children’s Leisure Assessment Scale. The American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 64(4), 633-641. https://doi.org/10.5014/ajot.2010.08173 Sherrod, L. R., Flanagan, C., & Youniss, J. (2002). Dimensions of citizenship and opportunities for youth development: The what, why, when, where, and who of citizenship development. Applied Developmental Science, 6, 264–272. https://doi.org/10.1207=S1532480XADS0604_14 Wray‐Lake, L., & Abrams, L. S. (2020). Pathways to Civic Engagement Among Urban Youth of Color. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 85(2), 7-154. https://doi.org/10.1111/mono.12415 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Beyond Schooling: Non-formal and Informal Political Participation as Educational Experiences Manchester Metropolitan University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Young people’s political participation and knowledge has, in the recent years, been a concern for political elites and elected officials, especially in the UK (Uberoi and Johnston, 2022). This concern has led to education policies and further research into ways formal spaces such as schools and national elections could encourage young people’s engagement (Uberoi and Johnston, 2022). Their knowledge and political capabilities have been brought into further examination and question according to public opinion research since the UK voting age has been lowered to sixteen years old (Zenkyo et al., 2025). Thus, leading to formal schooling policies implementing curricula targeted at developing young people’s knowledge surrounding formal political processes. However, Wood (2017) argues young people are in constant learning about politics that impact their everyday lives through their life transitions beyond formally structured spaces. Wood (2017) states young people are constantly learning through experiences, interactions with one another about the sociopolitical climate surrounding their lives. Therefore, drawing on an ontoepistomological lens of intersubjectivity, this research explores how non-formal (e.g., youth councils) and informal spaces (e.g., social media, demonstrations) of political participation presents learning and educative experiences that may present different perspectives to how young people come to understand political and social issues. Through this lens, I examine how these experiences and reflections in different spaces permeate and interconnect with each other whilst being attuned to their political imaginings, responses, and relational experiences. Through a mix of focus groups, creative methods, and solo interviews, this research attempts to answer, “What do young people learn through their informal and non-formal participation in politics?”. In doing so, I explore how the young people craft their own political participation both in and outside of the organisation, what they learn from such interactions, and how their experiences in various spaces beyond the youth council shape their interactions within the youth council. The presentation will discuss the ways young people reflect on the everchanging political climate/ zeitgeist they experience, their understanding of agency/ resilience, how they relate these reflections to what they learn, and imagine of political futures, and finally draw some further questions and implications. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sub RQ1: What are young people’s lived experiences of youth councils in the UK? Sub RQ2: How are young people’s understanding of political participation in the youth council shaped by their experiences and involvement outside of youth councils and between each other? Sub RQ3: How is young people's intersubjective knowledge of political participation shaped by participating in youth councils and their everyday experiences of political participation? To conduct this research, I was working with a youth council in North West England. This research was conducted in four phases. 1) Recruitment and Information Session: This was conducted to ensure there were ample opportunities to understand the needs of the young people attending the sessions and ensure informed consent. 2) Focus Groups: The data collection through focus groups were conducted with six participants, over three months (30 minute weekly sessions). The sessions utilised creative methods such as model clay sculpting, free flow writing, and collage making. Using art prompts supports participants towards exploring emotions and free-flowing thoughts about the topics discussed, aiding better formulation of their senses whilst recollecting experiences through narrative forms (Chloe, 2022). Facilitated discussions will follow artmaking. These discussions are aimed to support participants in elaborating their thoughts that emerged through artmaking. Secondly, it facilitates participants to share reflections about each other’s experiences and support the group towards developing a collective testimony while also sharing their personal reflections over similarly coded events and experiences (Bagnoli and Clark, 2010; Chloe, 2022) 3) Solo interviews: After an initial transcription and evaluation of the data from the focus group activities, participants will be invited interviews to elaborate on their discussions. I aim to follow up, clarify, and gain deeper insight into their experiences and narratives. This step ensures participants can share more freely in a private setting, minimising pressures of self-censoring in front of their peers (Sim and Waterfield, 2019). The interview also provides participants with the opportunity to elaborate on thoughts and reflections they have developed since or had not shared. From a narrative perspective, the interviews will extract their experiences shared in detail. 4) Member feedback: This process aims to clarify meanings and interpretations I attached to the data collected through their feedback on information for corrections and/or redactions (Daley et. al., 2010; Sim and Waterfield, 2019). Thus, giving participants more agency over the knowledge shared drawn from their experiences through a more participatory element and highlight their voices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings My findings are broken down into the following themes which I will elaborate in the presentation. Drawing from their reflections of different spaces, I discuss how political participation and learning in different spaces merge subconsciously. 1) Lived experiences of young people in youth councils in the UK: This theme will discuss their experiences of the youth council as a space of safety, fun, comfort, and self-development. It would also discuss how young people perceive the potentiality, and limitations of the youth councils as a platform for youth voice from their own experiences. Finally it will conclude with some general limitations young people perceive youth councils face in relation to political participation and access. 2) Spaces of political learning in and outside the youth council: Through various spaces, young people draw their reflections and understanding of politics. Some of these spaces fall under the broader umbrella of stories and narrative (e.g., books, video game storylines, history, and music). While others include co-creative personal experiences with other people which I have sub-divided into (i) personal experiences, (ii) experiences of others, and (iii) experiences with others. 3) Inadequacies, Tensions, and Frustrations Experienced in their Interactions with Formal Political Participation and Learning: The tensions presented in the data related to their future and present political imaginations showed (i)distrust versus (cautious) hope, (ii) resilience through “playing the game”, (iii) humour versus seriousness, (iv) and the tensions between the desire to make change versus feeling powerless in their anxieties for the future. References Bagnoli, A. and Clark, A. (2010) 'Focus Groups with YP: A Participatory Approach to Research Planning', Journal of Youth Studies, 13(1), pp. 101-119. Choe, N. S. (2022) 'Understanding the Value of Art Prompts in an Online Narrative Medicine Workshop: An Exploratory- Descriptive Focus Group Study', Med Humanity, 49, pp. 308-320. Daley, C. M., James, A. S., Ulrey, E., Joseph, S., Talawyma, A., Choi, W. S., Grenier, K. A. and Coe, M. K. (2010) 'Using Focus Groups on Community-Based Participatory Research: Challenges and Resolutions', Qualitative Health Research 20(5), pp. 697-706. Uberoi, E. and Johnston, N. (2022) Political Disengagement in the UK: Who is Disengaged? , London: House of Commons Library. Sim, J. and Waterfield, J. (2019) 'Focus Group Methodology: Some Ethical Challenges', Quality and Quantity, 53, pp. 3003-3022. Wood, B. E. (2017) 'Youth Studies, Citizenship, and Transitions: Towards a New Research Agenda', Journal of Youth Studies, 20(9), pp. 1176- 1190. Zenkyo, M., Inoue, A., Sakamoto, H., and Hata, M. (2025) ) Sensitivity bias in the attitudes towards lowering the voting age, Journal of Elections, Public Opinion and Parties , pp. 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457289.2025.2549125 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 34 SES 07 B: Fostering citizenship in adult and higher education Location: D12 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Falk Brese Paper Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Erasmus+ in Adult Education: Fostering Active Citizenship through International Mobility Institute for Innovation and Technology, Germany Presenting Author:While democracy is under pressure worldwide, losing ground to some extent even on the European continent, European institutions have increasingly strived to promote citizenship education (Abs, 2021). The leading concept used in this context by the European Union (EU) is “active citizenship”. Active citizenship can be defined as “participation in civil society, community and/or political life, characterized by mutual respect and non-violence in accordance with human rights and democracy” (Hoskins et al., 2006, p.10). In its main educational programme, Erasmus+, the EU has dedicated one of four priorities to “Participation in democratic life, common values and civic engagement”. In the field of adult education, a recent study examined to what extent and how Erasmus+ projects involving Spanish partners addressed this priority (Fernández-Corbacho & Cores-Bilbao, 2023). The study, however, was based only on project documents. The perspective of adult education staff and learners involved in such projects as not been extensively studied yet.
Since 2021, the European Union has broadened the scope of the Erasmus+ programme by opening the Key Action 1 (KA1) to facilitate both individual and group mobility for learners in adult education. With this new opportunity, the programme reaches out to learners in adult education, especially those with fewer opportunities, who have not yet had the opportunity to participate in learning mobility programmes. Compared to higher education and vocational education and training, mobility activities for adult learners usually have a shorter duration and comprise mainly non-formal and informal learning arrangements. Due to their recent introduction in the programme, there is little known about the impact of such international experiences on adult learners´ social, professional, and civic lives (Buiskool et al., 2024). The paper therefore seeks to answer the following research questions: - How is Erasmus+ conceived as a programme to contribute to active citizenship in the field of adult education? - How are adult education organisations in Germany using Erasmus+ to foster active citizenship? - What are the effects of international mobility in Erasmus+ that contribute to active citizenship among learners in adult education?
This paper is based on empirical data collected within the framework of the RIA-AE (Research-based Impact Analysis of Erasmus+ Adult Education Programmes) Network, which brings together national agencies and research institutions from 21 European countries to strengthen the evidence base on adult learning within Erasmus+. Based on an analysis of academic literature and programme documents, a first step will explore how Erasmus+ intends to contribute to citizenship education and active citizenship. A second step will focus at the meso level of adult education providers in Germany, in order to better understand how organisations address relevant concepts in their project, what target groups they reach, and how they assess the impacts of Erasmus+ on their educational provision and staff. The third step focuses on learners and their perceived learnings and benefits in relation to their participation in Erasmus+ mobilities, based on qualitative interviews conducted with adult learners in Germany, Austria, Slovenia and Latvia. Active citizenship is defined following Hoskins et al. (2006) as encompassing a behavioural component (“participation”) and an attitudinal component (“values”). The research design is further conceptually framed by transformative learning theory (Mezirow, 2018). Taking part in an Erasmus+ mobility activity is understood as a potentially transformative experience, that encourages critical reflection and may have an impact on all life domains (Kristensen, 2004; Lyon, 2002; Nada & Legutko, 2022; Perry et al., 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical study is based on two distinct datasets. First, it includes a descriptive analysis of survey data gathered among 166 organisations that benefitted from Erasmus+ in adult education in Germany since 2021. Besides general information on the organisations and their use of Erasmus+ to develop their programme and staff, the questionnaire has a thematic focus on the horizontal priority “Participation in democratic life, common values and civic engagement” as one of the programmes horizontal priorities. The survey was conducted in September-November 2025. A second dataset includes the transcripts of 24 qualitative interviews with learners who took part in a group mobility within Erasmus+. The interviews were conducted in Germany, Austria, Slovenia and Latvia in February-May 2025. They followed the principles of the problem-centred interview method by Witzel and Reiter (2012). Data is analysed with a qualitative content analysis using a combination of inductive and deductive approaches (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of submission of this paper, only the qualitative interviews have been analysed so far. Findings indicate that international mobility has a broad range of effects on participants in adult education. Several categories of effects can be related to the concept of active citizenship. First of all, international mobility strengthens social connections and the sense of belonging to a community – in many cases, a transnational or even European-wide community. These effects can be related to the concept of social capital, which is often conceived as a key component or pre-condition of active citizenship (Hoskins et al., 2006). Mobility also potentially increases the willingness and skills to engage in voluntary work and become active in the community. In addition, participants experience intercultural learning, which leads them to express more curiosity, openness and understanding for cultural differences. This in turn can be linked to norms and attitudes conducive to active citizenship (Golubeva, 2018). Findings based on the survey among beneficiary organisations in Erasmus+ for adult education will provide further information to contextualize these findings and provide a more detailed picture of the implementation and the programme`s impact in relation with the horizontal priority “Participation in democratic life, common values and civic engagement”. Overall, the study is set to contribute to the body of research on international mobility and citizenship education, but it will also provide interesting findings to policy-makers and practitioners interested in strengthening the impact of Erasmus+ in the field of adult education. References Abs, H. J. (2021). Options for developing European strategies on citizenship education. European Educational Research Journal, 20(3), 329-347. DOI: 10.1177/1474904121994418 Buiskool, B.‑J., Krichewsky-Wegener, L., & Erckrath, M. (2024). Transnational analysis of the impact of Erasmus+ on the adult education sector: Comparative research report, first survey round 2024. https://www.ria-ae.eu/fileadmin/user_upload/ria-ae.eu/Documents/Transnational_publications/First_survey_round/Transnational_report_2023_2024.pdf Hébert, Y. M., & Sears, A. (2001). Citizenship education. New Brunswick: Canadian Education Association. https://www.zambiancu.org/1zRead/Canada-CitizenshipEducation.pdf Hoskins, B., Jesinghaus, J., Mascherini, M., Munda, G., Nardo, M., Saisana, M., van Nijlen, D., Vidono & D. y Villalba, E. (2006). Measuring active Citizenship in Europe: CRELL Research Paper 4. Luxembourg: European Commission. Kristensen, S. (2004). Learning by leaving: Placements abroad as a didactic tool in the context of vocational education and training in Europe. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/3038_en.pdf Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice and software (2nd edition). SAGE. Fernández-Corbacho, A. & Cores-Bilbao, E. (2023) European democratic values and communicative competence on mobility programmes targeting adults, Studies in the Education of Adults, 55:1, 138-160, DOI: 10.1080/02660830.2022.2095750 Golubeva, I., Gómez Parra, M. E. y Espejo Mohedano, R. (2018). What does ‘active citizenship’ mean for Erasmus students? Intercultural Education, 29(1), 40–58. DOI: 10.1080/14675986.2017.1404741 Lyon, C. (2002). Trigger event meets culture shock: Linking the literature of transformative learning theory and cross-cultural adaptation. Adult Education Research Conference. https://newprairiepress.org/aerc/2002/papers/40 Mezirow, J. (2018). Transformative learning theory. In K. Illeris (Ed.), Contemporary theories of learning: Learning theorists… In their own words (Second edition, pp. 114–128). Routledge Taylor & Francis Group. Nada, C. I., & Legutko, J. (2022). ‘Maybe we did not learn that much academically, but we learn more from experience’ – Erasmus mobility and its potential for transformative learning. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 87, 183–192. DOI: 10.1016/j.ijintrel.2022.03.002 Perry, L., Stoner, L., & Tarrant, M. A. (2012). More Than a Vacation: Short-Term Study Abroad as a Critically Reflective, Transformative Learning Experience. Creative Education, 03, 679–683. DOI: 10.4236/CE.2012.35101 Witzel, A., & Reiter, H. (2012). The problem-centred interview: Principles and practice. SAGE. https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&scope=site&db=nlebk&db=nlabk&AN=683957 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Non-Military Servicepersons’ Viewpoints on Valued Actions for Human Rights, Related Human Rights Skills, and Human Rights Subjects Non-Military Service Centre (Siviilipalveluskeskus), Finland, Finland Presenting Author:During a turbulent time in international and European politics, it is vital to educate young people about human rights. It would be also valuable, if at least some of them would be ready and willing to defend their close ones and the international and European values which human rights stand for. Previous research has shown that good-quality human rights education may support students to undertake actions for human rights (Kylänpää, 2022). However, less is known about the relationships between students’ individual backgrounds and the concrete actions they consider valuable and useful.
First, it is difficult to teach action-related knowledge which would be useful for the students after the class in their different concrete circumstances (Celermajer, 2017). Second, in contrast to professional education, in more general citizenship education it is challenging for the teachers to know beforehand which actions for human rights could be valuable for the particular students in class (Tibbitts, 2017). Third, young adults may consider different actions for human rights valuable than their teachers (Celermajer, 2017; Kylänpää, 2022). Also, the fact that many teachers, student teachers and youth workers do not have sufficient knowledge about concrete ways to promote human rights in their work, has been pointed out in various studies (e.g. Kasa et. al. 2021; Sinisalo-Juha 2024; Struthers, 2021) The aim of this student voice study was to find which concrete actions and related skills should – according to students viz. non-military servicepersons – be covered in human rights education, and to investigate, whether there were connections between their views and their diverse backgrounds.
Conceptually the study was based primarily on deliberative understanding of human rights (Dembour, 2010). According to the deliberative understanding, human rights are understood as a common agreement, which can be found enshrined in various international treaties and national laws. In the European context international covenants, like United Nations human rights covenants and European Council covenants are especially important. In addition, because the study was primarily interested in concrete actions for human rights, previous research of civic engagement was utilized during this study. According to the previous research, it seemed sensible to study the relationships of informants’ answers and social class indicators (Bourdieu & Passeron 2000; Lahtinen, 2019), here their previous education and the economic situation of their legal guardians during their childhood and if they belong to minorities (Stepick et al. 2008; Osler 2015).
Because the views students had were considered especially important, the study utilized student voice approach which can be characterized with “the following convictions: that young people have unique perspectives on learning, teaching, and schooling; that their insights warrant not only the attention but also the responses of adults; and that they should be afforded opportunities to actively shape their education.” (Cook-Sather, 2006)
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study participants were non-military servicepersons i.e. young people, who participated in 28 days education period, which is a non-military alternative for Finnish persons who do not want to complete military service. All 18–29-year-old study participants took part in a 450-minute human rights course during 2023–2024. In line with student voice approach, it was decided to combine interviews and survey in study design (here Convergent Case Design, Creswell & Creswell 2018), so that the options for actions for human rights would reflect the views of the students the best way possible. Five non-military servicepersons shared in semi-structured interviews which actions for human rights they thought young people might value. Following these interviews, 163 other non-military servicepersons took a survey which included general advocacy skills, civic skills, and answers by the first five. The survey data was analysed with statistical methods. During the analysis, the answers to 26 choices about actions for human rights, related skills and human rights subjects were cross-tabulated into sub-groups and then compared with Welsh t-test. Sub-groups consisted of groups in which social class and minority groups were sufficiently large, i.e. about 30 respondents. In addition, the survey form included a measurement item about willingness to undertake actions for human rights (Kylänpää, 2022). With the help of the measurement item, the answers of the group of potential actors and the group of improbable actors were compared. In addition, chi-squared test was utilized to find out, if some of the sub-groups included statistically significantly more or less respondents, that belonged to potential actors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Many students reported that they considered media literacy, formal politics, knowledge about the Finnish justice system, and skills to protect privacy in networks very important in human rights education. Many of those who reported a higher willingness to undertake actions for human rights also considered demanding and time-consuming actions for human rights to be very important. In addition, if the respondent reported to belong to at least one minority group, they also belonged more often to the more willing group. The results provide educators and people who work with young people more nuanced picture of the young peoples’ concrete situations. For instance, it seems that although many respondents are not very willing to undertake actions for human rights at this moment, they seem to consider some topics important. Therefore, there are topics that can be combined with general human rights subjects and presume, that a significant number of students are willing to discuss about these subjects. In addition, it seems sensible to teach some of the more popular demanding and time-consuming actions, because there seems to be young people who are both willing to undertake these actions and also consider those actions important. In summary, it seems that many young people are ready to defend human rights if given concrete information for their particular situations. If these conclusions hold for a larger group of young people than this study, the future of European politics does not look so grim than it seems today in the news media. References Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (2000). Reproduction in education, society and culture (2 .ed., reprinted). SAGE. Celermajer, D. (2017). The ritualization of human rights education and training: The fallacy of the potency of knowing. Journal of Human Rights, 16(2), 160–177. https://doi.org/10.1080/14754835.2015.1103169 Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, Presence, and Power: “Student Voice” in Educational Research and Reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2006.00363.x Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Fifth edition). SAGE. Dembour, M.-B. (2010). What Are Human Rights? Four Schools of Thought. Human Rights Quarterly, 32(1), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1353/hrq.0.0130 Kasa, T., Rautiainen, M., Malama, M., & Kallioniemi, A. (2021). ‘Human rights and democracy are not self-evident’: Finnish student teachers’ perceptions on democracy and human rights education. Human Rights Education Review, 4(2), 69–84. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.3937 Kylänpää, V. (2022). Educating young adults to undertake actions for human rights: Students at the Non-Military Service Center. University of Oulu. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:9789526234076 Lahtinen, H. (2019). Socioeconomic differences in electoral participation: Insights from the Finnish administrative registers. University of Helsinki. http://hdl.handle.net/10138/305213 Osler, A. (2015). Human Rights Education, Postcolonial Scholarship, and Action for Social Justice. Theory & Research in Social Education, 43(2), 244–274. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2015.1034393 Sinisalo-Juha, E. (2024). Nuorisotyöntekijä ihmisoikeuskasvattajana [Youth Worker as a Human Rights Educator]. Nuorisotutkimusseura. Stepick, A., Stepick, C. D., & Labissiere, Y. (2008). South Florida’s Immigrant Youth and Civic Engagement: Major Engagement: Minor Differences. Applied Developmental Science, 12(2), 57–65. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888690801997036 Struthers, A. (2021). Teaching Human Rights in Primary Schools: Overcoming the barriers to effective practice. Routledge. Tibbitts, F. (2017). Revisiting ‘Emerging Models of Human Rights Education’. International Journal of Human Rights Education, 1(1). https://repository.usfca.edu/ijhre/vol1/iss1/2 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Citizenship Education for Youth: Beyond Competences in the University University of Milano-Bicocca, Italy Presenting Author:In the contemporary era, citizenship education is increasingly urgent due to a perceived crisis in democratic participation and the rise of neoliberal rationalities. The neoliberal “logos” tends to produce a “subject-citizen” focused on individual performance, entrepreneurship, and competitiveness, often reducing citizenship to a functional status or a set of soft skills for employability (Brown, 2015; Laval et al., 2011). Within this context, the university faces a critical choice: to act as a factory for human capital (Fleming, 2021) or to reclaim its role as a “public space” for the development of an ethos of democratic citizenship (Dewey, 1916). This challenges the assumption that research is the exclusive domain of specialists or academics. As argued by Appadurai (2006), research primarily involves the ability to formulate meaningful questions, identify pathways for exploring them, and place one’s inquiries in dialogue with other viewpoints, without the expectation of reaching definitive answers. Research thus becomes a practice of interpreting reality and engaging with others, encompassing the public sharing of the knowledge produced. This leads to the recognition of a fundamental right: the right to be educated in and through research, enabling individuals to shape their life projects and contribute to the communities to which they belong. In this direction, this study is also grounded in the theoretical perspective of Gert Biesta (2014), distinguishing between qualification, socialization, and subjectification. The latter is central to the present research: it represents the educational aim of enabling individuals to exist as autonomous agents, capable of critical thinking and independent action, rather than simply conforming to existing social orders. We frame citizenship not as a predefined set of lessons to be taught, but as an “act” (Larkins, 2014) and a “practice” that requires participatory spheres where young people can exercise their voice. To operationalize this framework, the research focuses on the B-YOUth Forum, an initiative developed within the MUSA (Multilayered Urban Sustainability Action, 2022–2025) ecosystem, a large-scale project funded by the Italian NRRP aimed at promoting urban regeneration and social inclusion through collaboration between universities and territories. The B-YOUth Forum is conceptualized as a model of interdisciplinary and intergenerational research in which young people become co-authors of knowledge rather than passive subjects of study (Montà, Ratotti, Biffi, 2026, in press). In the project, young people meet and work with researchers and are invited to critically interrogate the realities they inhabit. However, they need to be accompanied in their encounter with the university and research. Therefore, central to this model is the role of the pedagogical facilitator (Kennedy, 2004; Aldana, 2016), understood not merely as a moderator of activities, but as a pedagogical and epistemological positioning. The facilitator sustains spaces of speech in which young people’s experiences, knowledge, and embodied narratives emerge as legitimate forms of meaning-making, fundamental for social and civic practices. Facilitation thus functions as a mediating device that translates institutional logics into accessible frameworks, while rendering young participants’ perspectives and agency visible to institutions. Within this framework, the central research question is: How can research, through pedagogical facilitation, foster citizenship competences? This question moves beyond research as data collection and frames it as a formative space in which participants actively practise citizenship (Biffi, Montà, Ratotti, 2025, in press). Pedagogical facilitation becomes crucial to support dialogue, reflexivity, and the negotiation of meanings within group processes. The study therefore investigates how facilitated research settings enable young people to exercise voice, recognise differences, and build shared responsibility, strengthening citizenship competences as lived and relational educational experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The contribution will analyse the B-YOUth Forum research project (2022-2025) as its primary case study. The methodological core of this proposal is to demonstrate how research, when structured as a participatory and facilitated process, functions as a powerful tool for citizenship education. The methodological key aspects of the project that will be discussed are: - the researcher’s posture: adopting a "pedagogical facilitation" stance, the researcher acted as a device to open "spaces of speech," bridging the gap between academic rigor and youth life-worlds; - research as practice: the presentation will illustrate how the specific research tools used within the B-YOUth Forum (moodboards and storyboards, personal reflective journals) were not merely for data collection, but served as activators of citizenship competences; - research as dissemination and public engagement: A key methodological phase to be discussed is the Peer-Mentoring Cycle during the "GenerAzioni Festival”, the dissemination and public engagement event that concludes each B-YOUth Forum cycle. This phase represents the empirical evidence of developed competencies: here, the youth transitioned from "researchers" to "mentors," facilitating workshops for peers. This shift enabled the observation of civic agency in action – from the co-construction of knowledge to its public dissemination and social impact. The collected data underwent thematic analysis (Mortari, 2016), which enabled the identification of recurring patterns and emergent themes in the participants’ narratives. This analytical approach allowed for an in-depth exploration of the phenomenon under analysis. Among the citizenship competences emerging from the thematic analysis of the data are: - Contextual literacy, understood as the ability to read, interpret, and situate oneself within specific social, educational, and relational contexts. - Reflective questioning connected to lived experience, namely the capacity to formulate questions that bridge research activities and one’s everyday life, enabling processes of transfer and re-signification. - Openness to alternative possibilities, expressed through the ability to question taken-for-granted assumptions and to imagine different ways of being, acting, and understanding reality. - Critical reflection on the research process itself, encompassing an awareness of the implications, responsibilities, and ethical dimensions of doing research, as well as of one’s own positioning within it. - Ethical awareness, particularly in relation to confidentiality, consent, and respect for others’ experiences and narratives within the research process. - Peer dissemination and knowledge sharing, involving the capacity to communicate research experiences to peers, including what it means to engage in research laboratories, interact with researchers from different disciplines, and engage in inquiry-driven dialogue. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that the pedagogical facilitator is crucial in preventing participatory processes from becoming tokenistic. Through decentring, attentiveness, and active listening, the facilitator sustains conditions for subjectification (Biesta, 2020), enabling young people to reclaim voice, visibility, and agency in the public sphere. Participants experienced research as an opportunity for personal and collective transformation. To support this learning and fulfil the project’s civic objectives, the B-YOUth Forum model combined methodological rigour with creative openness. Narrative and autobiographical approaches (Biffi, 2010; Demetrio, 1998, 2012; Gamelli & Formenti, 1998) fostered self-reflection and links between individual experiences and their social meanings, supported by tools such as free writing, peer interviews, and reflective journals. Artistic and visual languages (Addone et al., 2020; Biffi & Zuccoli, 2015, 2019; Cassidy, 2008), including videomaking, collage, photography, and moodboards, activated non-linear expression (Guilford, 1967; De Bono, 1968/1969; Corradi Fiumara, 1998), allowing embodied and affective dimensions to emerge beyond verbal language. Ultimately, this contribution argues that higher education can cultivate democratic citizenship not as a curricular outcome, but as a lived practice of participation, recognition, and co-responsibility. Participatory and pedagogically mediated research offers concrete conditions for youths to exercise voice, negotiate difference, and contribute to the democratisation of knowledge as a form of social justice. References Addone A., De Donato R., Palmieri G., Pellegrino M.A., Petta A., Scarano V. and Serra L. (2020), Visual storytelling by novelette, in 2020 24th International Conference Information Visualisation (IV), IEEE, pp. 723-728. Appadurai A. (2006), “The Right to Research”, Globalisation, Societies and Education, IV, 2: 167-177. Biffi E. (2010), Scrivere libera-mente, «Quaderni di Didattica della Scrittura», 7, 1-2: 99-113. Biffi E. and Zuccoli F. (2015), Comporre conoscenza: Il collage come strategia meta-riflessiva, «Form@ re - Open Journal per la Formazione in Rete», 15, 2: 167-183. Biffi E., Montà C. and Ratotti M. (2025), Bridging Research and Citizenship Through Reflection: The B-YOUth Forum Model, «Educational Reflective Practices», in press. Biesta, G., De Bie, M., & Wildemeersch, D. (Eds.). (2014). Civic learning, democratic citizenship and the public sphere (pp. 1-11). Springer Netherlands. Biesta, G. (2020). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational theory, 70(1), 89-104. Cassidy T.D. (2008), Mood Boards: Current Practice in Learning and Teaching Strategies and Students' Understanding of the Process, «International Journal of Fashion Design», 1, 1: 43-54. Corradi Fiumara G. (1998), Il processo metaforico. Connessioni tra vita e linguaggio, Il Mulino, Bologna. De Bono E. (1969), Il pensiero laterale, Rizzoli, Milano (ed. or. 1968). Demetrio D. (1998), Pedagogia della memoria. Per se stessi, con gli altri, Meltemi Editore, Milano. Demetrio D., a cura di (2012), Educare è narrare. Le teorie, le pratiche, la cura, Raffaello Cortina, Milano. Dewey J. (1916), Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education, Macmillan, New York. Fleming, P. (2021). Dark academia: How universities die. Pluto Press. Gamelli I. and Formenti L. (1998), Quella volta che ho imparato. La conoscenza di sé nei luoghi dell’educazione, Raffaello Cortina, Milano. Guilford J.P. (1967), Creativity: Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow, «The Journal of Creative Behavior», 1, 1: 3-14. Montà C., Ratotti M. and Biffi E. (2025), Apprendere attraverso: l’esperienza di B-YOUth Forum fra pratiche intergenerazionali e interdisciplinari di ricerca, «Pedagogia e Vita», 2, in press. |
| 17:00 - 17:15 | ECER Break G Paper Session |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 08 A: Special Call - Session 6 Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Gleb Davletgariyev Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Seeking Support under Strain: Dropout Consideration during Teacher Induction Bayerisches Staatsinstitut für Hochschulforschung und Hochschulplanung, Germany Presenting Author:Teacher induction is internationally recognised as a biographically dense professionalisation phase, in which trainee teachers are expected to transform academic knowledge into professional practice while simultaneously developing a stable professional identity (Keller-Schneider & Hericks, 2011; Schubarth & Wachs, 2020). In Bavaria, Germany, this phase takes the form of a highly structured and comparatively long (appr. 2 years) preparatory service, characterised by intensive school-based practice, continuous formal assessment, and legally regulated support structures. While this model is designed to ensure professional competence and quality assurance, research consistently shows that the preparatory service is also associated with high and sustained occupational strain among trainee teachers (Schubarth & Wachs, 2020). This strain can increase the risk of emotional exhaustion, which is highly prevalent among teachers and has been linked to reduced job satisfaction, declining professional engagement (Hakanen et al., 2006), and an increased likelihood of developing dropout intention (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2016). These intentions typically emerge gradually as part of a process of distancing from the professional role (Maué et al., 2024) Social support is widely regarded as a central resource for buffering strain and supporting professional learning during teacher induction. Defined as interpersonal interactions aimed at alleviating stress and mitigating distress in situations of heightened demands (Knoll & Schwarzer, 2005), social support can take emotional, informational, and instrumental forms, each of which has been shown to foster coping, well-being, and professional development in early career phases (Cohen & Wills, 1985; Richter et al., 2011). In Bavaria, Germany, such support is institutionally embedded in formal induction structures, most notably through mentoring, which is a mandatory component of the preparatory service. Mentors, as experienced teachers, are formally tasked with supporting trainee teachers’ professional learning through guided lesson observation, feedback, reflection, and supervised teaching, thereby functioning as key support persons within the induction system (Lenhard, 2004). Despite the prominence of formal mentoring, trainee teachers are embedded in broader social support networks that extend beyond institutionalised structures, including peers, colleagues, family members, and friends, each may fulfil different supportive functions (Malderez et al., 2007; Richter et al., 2011). Research highlights that such networks are central to professional learning and development, as they provide access to pedagogical knowledge, feedback, and emotional reassurance (Celik & Ekinci, 2012). However, the effectiveness of social support depends not merely on its availability but on whether and how it is actively mobilised through help-seeking processes shaped by relational safety and anticipated social costs (Roberts, 1988), particularly for actors with supportive and evaluative responsibilities (Tellez, 1992). From this perspective, dropout thoughts can be understood as situations in which patterns of support mobilisation become visible. Existing research has largely focused on individual support actors, particularly mentors, while paying comparatively little attention to how different sources of support interact within broader networks during such critical situations. Rather than assuming that formal mentoring automatically constitutes the primary support resource, this paper situates mentoring within a broader support ecosystem and examines how different actors are combined, differentiated, and selectively activated in response to dropout thoughts. In doing so, it contributes to international debates on how professional learning and development of new teachers are shaped under conditions of strain. Against this background, the paper addresses the following research question: How do trainee teachers organise and utilise their social support networks when experiencing dropout thoughts during teacher induction, and what role do formal support structures such as mentoring play within these networks? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on quantitative survey data collected as part of the ninth, tenth, and eleventh Bavarian Graduate Study (BAS) from 2023 to March 2026. The targets are graduates of teacher training programs at six universities in Bavaria, one year after graduation, when most of them are in their teacher training phase. The restriction to trainee teachers in Bavaria ensures institutional homogeneity, as the structure and regulation of the preparatory service differ substantially across German federal states. Follow-up surveys examine longitudinal developments one year after the two initial data collections. Data collection is ongoing, and response rates have not yet been reported; historically, they have been approximately 25%. Dropout thoughts are assessed through one item that capture whether respondents had considered discontinuing the preparatory service and how frequently they had such thoughts. In line with established research, dropout thoughts are conceptualised as cognitive considerations of leaving the training programme or the teaching profession. Formal mentoring is captured with regard to its use as a source of support and the perceived characteristics of the mentoring relationship. Respondents further report which actors they turned to when experiencing dropout thoughts, including mentors, seminar leaders, peers, colleagues, family and friends. Perceived social support is differentiated into emotional, informational, and instrumental support, following established conceptualisations in teacher education research (Richter et al., 2011). This support is assessed through 14 items adapted from the COACTIV-R study, focusing on emotional, informational, and instrumental support, communication partner and observational learning. These items were designed by Max-Planck-Institut für Bildungsforschung (2010) and adjusted to address the support of mentors and other people of the support network in the context of thoughts on dropping out. While previous studies have established the validity of the original instruments, the modifications made for this study have not yet been empirically tested for validity and reliability. To examine support utilisation, the study adopts an ego-centred network perspective, focusing on support that was actually activated in the context of dropout considerations. Descriptive analyses are complemented by multivariate regression models examining associations between dropout thoughts and patterns of support use. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings from this study indicate that dropout thoughts are a common experience during teacher induction, reinforcing international research that conceptualises such thoughts as part of a gradual process of professional strain. From a professional learning perspective, these moments represent critical situations in which trainee teachers reassess both their development and the resources available to them. Rather than relying on a single support actor, trainee teachers appear to draw on multiple sources of support, reflecting the networked nature of professional learning in early career phases. In line with studies from Malderez et al. (2007) and Richter et al. (2011), different actors fulfil distinct support functions: informal relationships tend to provide emotional reassurance, while professional actors contribute primarily informational and instrumental support. This functional differentiation suggests that support during induction is not interchangeable, but distributed across relationships according to their perceived safety, expertise, and role expectations. A key insight from the preliminary analyses concerns help-seeking behaviour. Formal support structures, such as mentors and seminar leader, are institutionally available and professionally relevant, yet they are not consistently mobilised when trainees experience dropout thoughts more frequently. This could be because help-seeking is a deliberate and situationally contingent process shaped by anticipated social costs, perceived evaluation risks, and relational safety. In induction systems where mentors and seminar leaders combine supportive and assessment-related roles, trainees may prioritise relationships that allow for emotional openness over those associated with formal judgement. From an international perspective, these findings suggest that professional learning during induction is shaped by complementary support practices embedded in broader networks, rather than by formal mentoring alone. Effective induction systems therefore depend not only on mentoring structures, but also on relational conditions that determine the accessibility of support in moments of uncertainty. References Celik, V., & Ekinci, A. (2012). The effects of social capital on school success. International Journal of Social Sciences & Education, 2(1). Cohen, S., & Wills, T. A. (1985). Stress, social support, and the buffering hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 98(2), 310–357. Hakanen, J. J., Bakker, A. B., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2006). Burnout and work engagement among teachers. Journal of School Psychology, 43(6), 495–513. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2005.11.001 Keller-Schneider, M., & Hericks, U. (2011). Forschungen zum Berufseinstieg. Übergang von der Ausbildung in den Beruf. In E. Terhart (Ed.), Handbuch der Forschung zum Lehrerberuf (pp. 296–313). Waxmann. Knoll, N., & Schwarzer, R. (2005). Soziale Unterstützung. In R. Schwarzer (Ed.), Enzyklopädie der Psychologie Themenbereich C Theorie und Forschung: Ser. 10 Gesundheitspsychologie ; 1. Enzyklopädie der Psychologie (pp. 333–349). Hogrefe Verl. für Psychologie. Lenhard, H. (2004). Zweite Phase an Studienseminaren und Schulen. In S. Blömeke (Ed.), Handbuch Lehrerbildung (pp. 275–290) [Braunschweig]; Klinkhardt. Malderez, A., Hobson, A. J., Tracey, L., & and Kerr, K. (2007). Becoming a student teacher: Core features of the experience. European Journal of Teacher Education, 30(3), 225–248. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619760701486068 Maué, E., Goller, M., Bonnes, C., & Kärner, T. (2024). Between trust and ambivalence: How does trainee teachers’ perception of the relationship with their mentors explain how trainee teachers experience their work? Vocations and Learning, 17(2), 219–251. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-023-09340-z Max-Planck-Institut für Bildungsforschung. (2010). COACTIV-R: Eine Studie zum Erwerb professioneller Kompetenz von Lehramtsanwärtern während des Vorbereitungsdienstes: Dokumentation der Erhebungsinstrumente für den ersten und zweiten Messzeitpunkt [Unveröffentlichtes Dokument]. Richter, D., Kunter, M., Lüdtke, O., Klusmann, U., & Baumert, J. (2011). Soziale Unterstützung beim Berufseinstieg ins Lehramt. Zeitschrift Für Erziehungswissenschaft, 14(1), 35–59. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-011-0173-8 Roberts, S. (1988). Social support and help seeking: Review of the literature. Advances in Nursing Science, 10(2), 1–11. Schubarth, W., & Wachs, S. (2020). Praxis im Vorbereitungsdienst. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland, & S. Blömeke (Eds.), Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (pp. 636–643). UTB; Klinkhardt, Julius. Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2016). Teacher Stress and Teacher Self-Efficacy as Predictors of Engagement, Emotional Exhaustion, and Motivation to Leave the Teaching Profession. Creative Education, 07(13), 1785–1799. https://doi.org/10.4236/ce.2016.713182 Tellez, K. (1992). Mentors By Choice, Not Design: Help-Seeking by Beginning Teachers. Journal of Teacher Education, 43(3), 214–221. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487192043003008 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper From Isolation to Collaboration: Strengthening Early Childhood Educators’ Wellbeing Through Learning Communities Bogazici University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This proposal presents findings from my doctoral research on how Teacher Learning Communities (TLCs) can strengthen early childhood educators’ professional wellbeing and social-emotional learning (SEL) in demanding work contexts. The study is situated in early childhood education and care (ECEC) and examines TLCs as a collaborative, practice-based professional development model that responds to educators’ lived challenges while supporting sustainable professional growth. The study is organised around three research questions: 1. What barriers do ECEC educators experience that affect their professional wellbeing, and what coping strategies do they use? 2. How can these barriers and coping strategies inform the design of a TLC that is responsive to educators’ needs? 3. In what ways does participation in the TLC contribute to educators’ professional transformation in relation to wellbeing, SEL skills, and classroom practices? The overall objective is to document (a) the structural, emotional, and interpersonal conditions shaping wellbeing, (b) educators’ adaptive and maladaptive coping strategies, and (c) how a TLCdesigned and implemented through a participatory, cyclical process can function as a supportive professional space that strengthens educators’ self-awareness, emotion regulation, and professional practices. The study is grounded in the OECD Teacher Wellbeing Framework as an international lens for conceptualising educator wellbeing as holistic (mental, cognitive, physical, and social) and shaped by work resources such as working conditions, collegial support, relationships, and workload balance (Viac & Fraser, 2020).The framework also positions wellbeing as connected to professional capacity and recognition, and it supports analysing how workplace climate and relationships influence educators’ professional experiences (OECD, 2013; Viac & Fraser, 2020). To conceptualise SEL beyond individual skills, the study draws on Transformative SEL, which emphasises holistic development alongside equity and justice, and highlights identity and agency as central to meaningful social-emotional development (Jagers et al., 2019). This framing enables connecting educator SEL (e.g., emotion awareness and regulation) with professional agency and broader ethical commitments in educational settings. Finally, the study is informed by theories of teacher professional learning that conceptualise learning as situated and socially mediated, and that highlight the role of collaboration and school context in teacher learning (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Opfer & Pedder, 2011). TLCs are framed as a form of community-based professional learning aligned with communities-of-practice perspectives (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Wenger, 1998), offering an organised structure for collective inquiry, reflection, and practice development. Together, these frameworks provide an international and theoretically coherent basis for examining educator wellbeing and SEL through collaborative professional learning structures. ECEC educators across Europe and globally experience workload pressures, emotional demands, and status-related tensions, often alongside limited professional support structures. By using an international framework (OECD) and positioning TLCs as a scalable professional learning model, this study contributes to European and international debates on workforce sustainability, educator retention, and the integration of wellbeing into professional development systems. The proposal highlights how a TLC when designed around educators expressed needs and implemented through participatory cycles can offer a replicable pathway for strengthening professional wellbeing and SEL-oriented practice in diverse ECEC systems, including those facing similar structural constraints. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is guided by Participatory Action Research (PAR) and is organised around a needs-analysis phase followed by a Teacher Learning Community (TLC) phase. During the needs-analysis phase, informal visits were conducted in six municipal preschools, and individual and group interviews were carried out with 40 teachers to understand working conditions, school climate, and teachers’ needs and challenges relevant to wellbeing and social-emotional learning. An additional set of SEL-focused individual interviews was conducted to explore teachers’ self-awareness and self-management (emotion recognition and regulation) practices more directly. In the TLC phase, a volunteer group of six educators engaged in a sustained community process conducted through iterative Plan–Act–Observe–Reflect cycles central to PAR. The TLC was implemented through fourteen regular meetings over a year, which functioned as a platform for collaborative planning, reflection, and production of practice-oriented tools and strategies. Data were generated from multiple qualitative sources across the process (interviews, field-based notes/observations, meeting notes, reflective journals, and teacher-produced artefacts) and were analysed through iterative coding leading to thematic analysis. The participatory design prioritised educator inclusion and transparency throughout to reduce power imbalances. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that early childhood educators’ professional wellbeing is strongly shaped by school climate, with challenges clustered across structural, emotional, and interpersonal dimensions. Structural conditions (e.g., workload and working conditions) and interpersonal tensions (notably educator–parent dynamics and professional recognition) emerge as key sources of strain that influence educators’ day-to-day emotional experiences at work. In response, educators employ a range of coping strategies, conceptualised in the thesis as both adaptive and maladaptive patterns. A core conclusion is that a Teacher Learning Community (TLC), developed through a participatory and iterative process, can function as a supportive professional space where educators share experiences, make sense of challenges collectively, and develop practice-oriented responses. Teachers describe the TLC as enabling professional learning through reflection and collaboration, and report growth in self-awareness and emotion regulation, alongside strengthened professional practices connected to wellbeing and SEL. At the community level, the TLC demonstrates a trajectory of development across phases of initiation and exploration, empowerment and collaboration, and impact and outreach, indicating how collective capacity and professional belonging can build over time. In line with the OECD framing, the findings particularly underline the importance of the social dimension of teacher wellbeing relationships, belonging, and collegial support as a lever for sustaining wellbeing in ECEC contexts in Turkiye and internationally. References Jagers, R., Rivas‐Drake, D., & Williams, B. (2019). Transformative social and emotional learning (SEL): Toward sel in service of educational equity and excellence. Educational Psychologist, 54, 162 - 184. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2019.1623032. Lave, J. & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. OECD (2013). How’s life? 2013: Measuring wellbeing. OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264201392-en Opfer, V. D. & Pedder, D. (2011). Conceptualizing teacher professional learning. Review of Educational Research, 81, 376-407. Viac, C., & Fraser, P. (2020). Teachers’ wellbeing: A framework for data collection and analysis. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 213, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/C36FC9D3-EN Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1017/CBO9780511803932 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teacher Moral Agency: a Scoping Review HAN University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The urgency to explore the moral dimensions of Teacher Agency is increasing, driven by various societal challenges such as climate change, inequality, and polarization, which continuously manifest in classrooms. These challenges compel teachers to engage in moral actions, navigate diverse opinions, and address dilemmas when designing lessons or interacting with students, parents, and colleagues from varied backgrounds (Van Vijfeijken et. al., 2021; Leegsma, 2017; Kleijwegt, 2016; Hess & McAvoy, 2015). Despite the growing call for addressing these moral issues, teachers often report feeling unprepared, a sentiment echoed in teacher education studies highlighting a lack of focus on the moral aspects of teaching (Van Stekelenburg et. al. 2024; Sanderse & Cooke, 2019; Malone, 2020; Sanger & Osguthorpe, 2011). Research acknowledges that teaching is not only an intellectual pursuit but also a deeply moral one. It requires teachers to convey moral values, with the belief that intentional actions can positively impact students' lives (E.g. Oser, 1994; Hansen, 2001; Campbell, 2003; Bullough, 2011; Tirri & Kuustisto, 2022). The concept of agency is central here, defined as the ability to make decisions and facilitate change (Eteläpelto, Vähäsantanen, Hökkä & Paloniemi, 2013; Tao & Gao, 2017). However, while teacher agency has garnered research interest, the moral dimension of teacher agency receives far less attention. An analysis of recent literature reviews, covering the literature on teacher agency of the last 15 years, indicate that moral or ethical contexts are mentioned only sparingly, often treated as residual categories rather than explored deeply (Chisholm, Alford, Halliday & Cox, 2019; Cong-Lem, 2021; Deschênes & Parent, 2022, Miller, Lane Wilt, Allcock, Kurth, Morningstar & Ruppar, 2020; Li, & Ruppar, 2021; Miller-Rushing, & Hufnagel, 2023). To investigate this gap, the concept of Teacher Moral Agency (TMA) is proposed as a distinct form of teacher agency. Campbell (2003) emphasizes the dual commitment of teachers to uphold high moral standards and act as moral educators. Conversely, Eren and Rakıcıoğlu-Söyleme (2023) take a multi-layered approach, integrating concepts from social cognitive and moral psychological theories to show how moral motivations and perceptions shape teacher agency within personal and social contexts. These diverse approaches to TMA and a lack of explicit attention to the moral dimension of the profession in teacher agency literature, urged us to further explore the field of TMA in literature. The primary aim of this study is to enhance our understanding of TMA within the broader context of teacher agency, guided by the central research question: “How is Teacher Moral Agency conceptualized in the literature from 2000 to 2024?” To explore this field, a scoping review will be conducted, informed by two sub-questions: what characterizes studies on teacher moral agency, and how is TMA defined within them? Recognizing the moral dimensions of teacher agency is crucial for educators, as it empowers them to make informed decisions aligned with their moral values and professional standards. A deeper understanding of TMA can better prepare teachers for the moral challenges they face, fostering more reflective and socially responsible learning environments. Two key observations emerge from the (above mentioned) recent reviews on teacher agency that inform this study of TMA. First, there is a continuum of perspectives on teacher agency, ranging from individualistic to deterministic views, with a centrist position emphasizing the interplay between a teacher's capabilities and their socio-cultural context, incorporating both ecological (Biesta & Tedder, 2007) and professional (Eteläpelto et al. (2013) approaches. Second, the reviews identify key characteristics of teacher agency, such as action-oriented behavior, intentionality, and the connection to teacher identity, which will be analyzed to clarify how these aspects relate to the concept of TMA as found in the literature. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a scoping review to analyze the conceptualization of teachers' moral agency. This type of review is instrumental in identifying gaps in current knowledge and mapping existing literature within a specific field, as it assesses the extent of evidence while clarifying key concepts. We adhered to the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR) guidelines to ensure methodological rigor and enhance the quality of reporting (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005; Peters et. al., 2020). An extended search was conducted with the search terms ‘Teacher’, ‘Moral’ and ‘Agency’, added with several alternative terms such as reasoning, action, dilemmas, intuition, awareness and sensitivity. These terms were selected from Tuana’s moral literacy study (Tuana, 2007). In our search we combined these strings with ‘moral’ and/or ‘ethical’ and with the education related string (consisting of teacher, instructor, educational staff). The terms are combined in search strings using Boolean operators “or” and “and” and were used to query the “title”, “abstract”, and “subject” fields of each database. The search strings were adapted to the syntax of each database. We limited the search to the last 25 years: from 2000 – 2024 for publications in English. The search was conducted in the online databases ‘ERIC’, ‘Web of Science’ and ‘PsycINFO’. These combined for a total of 9620 hits. These 9,620 results were screened for duplicates, leaving us with 8,610 studies, which were then transferred to the online reviewing tool www.rayyan.ia. Included were all publications that focused on secondary school teachers, provided a theoretical framework for the moral agency of teachers, and/ or offering a definition or description of TMA. A key step that contributed to the reduction of our results involved applying the filters: ‘agency’, ‘moral agency’, ‘agent(s)’, ‘moral agent(s)’, ‘ethical agency’, and ‘ethical agent(s)’ to these 8,610 studies. The most distinctive terms were ‘agent(s)’ and ‘agency’. This refinement resulted in a total of 344 studies. The next step involved the exclusion of different target groups and/or studies that focus specifically on (the effectiveness) of moral education. This resulted in 75 studies for full text assessment for the substantive inclusion criteria. This last selection process was based on the inclusion of any study that potentially could add to our understanding of the concept of TMA. This resulted in a final selection of 30 studies. These can be requested from the presenting author. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of selected studies on Teacher Moral Agency (TMA) revealed that most are qualitative or theoretical, predominantly published in educational journals that utilize moral psychological, theoretical, or philosophical perspectives. The selected studies were plotted along a spectrum to illustrate how they integrated the concept of TMA. A distinction emerged between studies with an internal orientation, where teachers were attributed an initiative-taking role—highlighting their capacities like moral awareness and connections to their professional identity—and those with an external orientation, which emphasizes the role of context. The latter focused on external factors such as neoliberal educational policies, often leading to moral tensions that teachers needed to address. Studies with an internal orientation primarily supported TMA, focusing on ways to enhance teachers' moral agency, while those with an external orientation highlighted challenges faced by TMA. The analysis of TMA definitions identified three central elements: agency-oriented, moral-oriented, and teacher-oriented categories. The agency-oriented category was most frequently represented, indicating its foundational importance, while aspects related to context were notably underrepresented. This suggests that the literature does not capture recent advancements in teacher agency concepts, which emphasize the critical interplay between teachers and their contexts. Among the definitions, 'moral responsibility' was highlighted in the moral-oriented category, yet its understanding was not clearly defined. The teacher-oriented category was the least utilized, indicating a lack of specific considerations related to teachers in discussions of TMA. Ultimately, this review highlights that there is no single, clear definition of TMA. Definitions tend to prioritize general moral-psychological capacities over specific teacher-related elements. The contexts in which TMA is discussed often emphasizes capacities, particularly in morally challenging situations. There is a notable lack of discourse regarding moral preferences for action in these situations, nor does the selected literature disclose what it means for teachers to engage in moral agency. References Arksey, H. & O'Malley, L., (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework, International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8:1, 19-32, Biesta, G. & Tedder, M. (2007)., Agency and learning in the life course: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults. 29(2), 132 – 149. Bullough, R. (2011). Ethical and moral matters in teaching and teacher education. Teacher and Teacher Education 27 21-28. Campbell, E., (2003). The Ethical Teacher. Philadelphia: Open University Press. Chisholm, Alford, Halliday & Cox (2019). Teacher Agency in English language arts teaching: a scoping review of the literature. English Teaching: Practice & Critique 18 (2) 124 – 152. Cong-Lem, N., (2021) Teacher Agency: A systematic review of international literature. Issues in Educational Research 31 (3) 718 – 738. Eteläpelto, A., K. Vähäsantanen, P. Hökkä & S. Palomiemi (2013)., What is Agency? Conceptualizing Professional Agency at Work. Educational Research Review 10: 45 – 65. Hansen, D., (2001). Teaching as a Moral Activity in V. Richardson, Handbook of Research on Teaching (4th ed.) (pp. 826 – 857) Washington: American Educational Research Association. Hess, D., & McAvoy, P., (2015). The political classroom. Evidence and ethics in democratic education. Routledge: New York Kleijwegt, M., (2016). Twee werelden, Twee werkelijkheden. Hoe ga je daar als docent mee om? Den Haag: Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap. https://newsroom.didactiefonline.nl/uploads/PDF/minocw-2werelden-2werkelijkheden-.pdf Leegsma, M., (2017). Extreem in de klas. Polarisatie en radicalisering in voortgezet en beroepsonderwijs Leusden: ISVW uitgevers Li, L. & A. Ruppar (2021). Conceptualizing Teacher Agency for Inclusive Education: A systematic and International Review. Teacher Education and Special Education 44 (1) 42 – 59. Malone, D., (2020). Ethics Education in teacher preparation: a case for stakeholder responsibility. Ethics and Education 15 (1) 77 – 97. Miller-Rushing, A. & E. Hufnagel (2023). Trends in K-12 Teacher Agency Research: A Review of Science Education Research, Journal of Science Teacher Education, 34:2, 157-180. Miller, A., C. Lane Wilt, H. Allcock, J. Kurth, M. Morningstar & A, Ruppar (2020). Teacher agency for inclusive education: an international scoping review. International Journal for Inclusive Education. 1 – 20. Sanger, M. N., & Osguthorpe, R. D. (2011). Teacher education, preservice teacher beliefs, and the moral work of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(3), 569–578. Tuana, N., (2007) Conceptualizing moral literacy. Journal of Educational Administration. Vol. 45(4) 364 – 378. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.10.011 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Knowing and Acting in a New School: Teacher Role Positioning and Professional Learning Through School Culture Co-Construction in County-Level China 1: The University of New South Wales; 2: Beijing Normal University Presenting Author:Introduction. Education research is increasingly challenged to explain how educators translate situated knowledge into collective action under changing institutional conditions. Responding to ECER 2026’s theme “Knowing and Acting”, this study examines how teachers in newly built county-level schools in China make sense of, negotiate, and enact their roles in school culture construction. Here, “school culture construction” refers to an ongoing practice process manifested in explicit projects/activities/outcomes as well as implicit cultural experience during the founding phase. Crucially, the study analyses how this role work functions as a site of practice-based professional learning for teachers who are new to the school context, directly aligning with Network 01’s Special Call on cultivating professional practices for new (and new-to-school) teachers. Although school culture is often discussed as a relatively stable set of shared assumptions and values, less is known about how teachers learn to become “cultural actors” beyond instructional duties during the turbulent founding phase of newly established schools (Schein, 2010; Schoen & Teddlie, 2008). Across systems, early professional development is shaped not only by formal induction but also by participation in organisational routines, collaborative work, and feedback-rich interactions. Yet existing research often frames teachers’ cultural contributions prescriptively (e.g., as “implementers”), overlooking the transformative professional agency required to navigate and shape changing school cultures (Reinius et al., 2022). Addressing this allows us to understand how such processes cultivate professional self-understanding and judgement beyond mere technical competence (Kelchtermans, 2009).
Theoretical framework. Drawing on social role theory, this paper conceptualises teachers’ participation in culture co-construction not as a single duty but as a role set shaped by organisational expectations and interactional meaning-making (Biddle, 1986; Merton, 1968). We distinguish role cognition (processing perceived norms, evaluations, and expectations) from role positioning (the practice of taking up and adjusting roles through ongoing interaction). We focus on role positioning as the connecting mechanism between “knowing” and “acting” in a new school. To align with Network 01, we interpret role positioning as workplace learning in a new organisational context: role negotiation is not merely compliance but a learning process through which teachers build professional knowledge and agency to navigate an emerging system (Lichtenstein et al., 1992; Lave & Wenger, 1991). Through legitimate participation in emerging routines and feedback loops, teachers develop professional practices and identity-in-practice (Feiman-Nemser, 2001).
The study addresses two questions: (1) How do teachers in a newly built group school perceive and position their roles in school culture construction? (2) How do teachers negotiate and sustain these role positionings across situations and over time, and what do these dynamics reveal about the knowing–acting link as a pathway of professional learning?
European/international relevance. Many education systems face school founding, restructuring, or rapid reform (e.g., new school openings, school mergers, academisation), in which teachers—often including experienced staff who are nonetheless new to an organisation—must learn professional practices through participation in emergent routines and cultures. This paper offers a role-theoretical vocabulary to analyse such learning-in-practice processes across contexts, not limited to China. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative case study was conducted in a newly built group school in a county area (J County) in China. Following principles of naturalistic inquiry, the site was selected as an information-rich case due to its establishment-phase structures for culture work (e.g., a “pioneer team” tasked with launching key routines) (Lincoln & Guba, 1985). Data triangulation supported analysis of the interplay between teachers’ role cognition and role positioning in situated practice. Data generation comprised three sources: (a) semi-structured interviews with seven key informants—five pioneer-team teachers (including leaders of the “1+n” mentoring squads) and two school leaders—focusing on sense-making of role expectations and perceived professional learning; (b) participant observation during the founding phase, enabled by the researcher’s involvement as a project assistant, with detailed fieldnotes capturing naturally occurring interactions and routine enactment in a non-evaluative manner; and (c) artefact collection (e.g., culture-construction plans and routine documents, and where available, reflective notes and visual records of classroom environments). Triangulation enabled cross-checking and elaboration by comparing articulated beliefs (“knowing”) with observed practices and material outputs (“acting”). Ethical procedures were followed (informed consent, anonymisation; ethics approval obtained in accordance with institutional requirements). Analysis employed thematic analysis, combining sensitising concepts from social role theory with inductive coding (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Analytic steps included initial coding, iterative comparison across data sources, and mapping of an interconnected role set (role cluster). Trustworthiness was enhanced through prolonged engagement and an audit trail of analytic decisions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings identify six role positionings: (1) practitioners and innovators, (2) organizers and leaders, (3) learners and seekers (of knowledge), (4) reflectors and maintainers, (5) interlocutors and sharers, and (6) communicators and collaborators. These roles function not as isolated labels but as an interconnected role set, enabling teachers to move between experimenting with practices, coordinating collective routines, reflecting on emerging norms, and building relational alignment across the school community. Three characteristics define this role set: multiplicity (teachers simultaneously inhabit complementary or conflicting roles, such as learning norms while leading students), trans-contextuality (roles are enacted across formal rituals and informal interactions), and dynamic evolution (role cognition grows as teachers adjust their “knowing” through feedback from their “acting”). Interpreted through a practice-based learning lens, these role movements represent pathways through which new-to-school teachers cultivate professional practices and professional judgement while stabilising an emerging school culture. The paper argues that culture co-construction operates as a powerful arena for practice-based professional learning—particularly in founding-phase schools where routines and identities are still being formed—and that teachers act as essential cultural architects rather than passive recipients (Reinius et al., 2022). Implications speak directly to Network 01: rather than treating teacher development solely as individual induction, school leaders can design organisational routines that legitimate participation, structure collaboration, and create feedback-rich opportunities for professional becoming in new organisational contexts. Internationally, the role-set lens offers a transferable tool to understand how teachers develop professional practices through participation in emergent school cultures across systems. References Biddle, B. J. (1986). Recent developments in role theory. Annual Review of Sociology, 12(1), 67–92. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers College Record, 103(6), 1013–1055. Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: self-understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 15(2), 257–272. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600902875332 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press. Lichtenstein, G., McLaughlin, M. W., & Knudsen, J. (1992). Teacher empowerment and professional knowledge. Teachers College Record, 93(3), 37–58. Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage. Merton, R. K. (1968). Social theory and social structure (Enlarged ed.). Free Press. Reinius, H., Kaukinen, I., Korhonen, T., Juuti, K., & Hakkarainen, K. (2022). Teachers as transformative agents in changing school culture. Teaching and Teacher Education, 120, 103888. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103888 Schein, E. H. (2010). Organizational culture and leadership (4th ed.). Jossey-Bass. Schoen, L. T., & Teddlie, C. (2008). A new model of school culture: A response to a call for conceptual clarity. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 19(2), 129–153. Yin, H. B. (2013). Societal culture and teachers’ responses to curriculum reform: Experiences from China. Asia Pacific Education Review, 14(3), 391–401. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-013-9266-9 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 08 B: Symposium: Why Teachers Stay: Theories, Challenges and Possibilities for Teacher Retention, Part two Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Helle Plauborg Session Chair: Anna Sullivan Symposium |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Why Teachers Stay: Theories, Challenges and Possibilities for Teacher Retention, Part one and two Existing research on teacher attrition and retention primarily focuses on teachers’ reasons for leaving the profession (Perrachione & Rosser 2008, Shields & Mullen 2020) apparently on the assumption that knowledge of reasons for dropout creates basis for insights into retention by reversing the signs. However, teacher attrition and teacher retention are not necessarily the opposite ends of a unidimensional construct. From a developmental perspective it is arguably more constructive – conceptually and educationally – to draw attention to what keep teachers in the profession rather than their reasons for leaving. In this symposium we will examine teachers’ reasons for staying in the profession with particular focus on teachers in public primary and secondary schools. The conceptualization of the field goes beyond the physical retention of teachers because, as Johnson and her colleagues (2005) have argued, quite rightly, that student learning needs to be the ‘worthy goal’ of teacher retention. Drawing on empirical research from a diverse range of theoretical, conceptual, methodological and disciplinary backgrounds and educational contexts, the symposium contributes to an incipient research interest in exploring why teachers stay and what schools and education systems can do to keep committed and passionate teachers for the education of all students. The scientific ambition is to create a research-informed knowledge foundation for working proactively with the problem, rather than reactively, thereby shifting the approach from prevention to a more positive discourse in relation to the teaching profession. We will likewise focus on the concept of retention as its conceptual underpinnings remain largely unexplored and is often reduced to being the opposite of attrition. Thus, it is also an aim with the symposium to expose the concept of retention by exploring and challenging its conceptual foundation(s). References Johnson, S. M., Berg, J. H., & Donaldson, M. L. (2005). A Review of the Literature on Teacher Retention. Harvard Graduate School of Education. Perrachione, B. A., Rosser, V.J. & Petersen, G. J. (2008). Why do they stay? Elementary teachers’ perceptions of job satisfaction and retention. The professional Educator 32(2), 1-17. Shields, L.B. & Mullen, C.A. (2020): Veteran Teacher Resilience: Why do they stay? Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Developing and Retaining Talented Early Career Teachers: Does Teacher Induction Programmes Make a Difference?
Focus: Teacher retention remains a real challenge for many countries despite concerted effort. To address this challenge, the UK government developed a teacher recruitment and retention strategy (DfE, 2019), incorporating, among other elements, a new induction programme for new teachers and their mentors. This study aims to advance understanding about the extent to which and in what ways teacher induction programmes influence the retention of early career teachers and the role of the school organisation in mediating such influence.
Conceptual Framing: The conceptual framing of this research is informed by Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT) (e.g., Lent et al., 2002). Exemplifying many of the features of positive psychology (Seligman, 2002), SCCT is rooted in constructivist assumptions encompassed in Bandura’s general social cognitive theory (2012) about the agency of individuals in shaping their own behaviour. A considerable proportion of human behaviour is believed to be explained by an array of beliefs about oneself, influenced by the environments in which individuals find themselves.
Research Design: This paper draws on the survey evidence from a longitudinal mixed methods study on teacher retention in England. Using a cross-sectional research design, evidence was provided by responses from a nationally representative sample of 900+ early career teachers. Structural equation modelling was employed to test the direct and indirect effects of school leadership and selected school conditions on early career teachers’ self-efficacy, well-being and job satisfaction, and ultimately retention decisions.
Results and Conclusions: Results show that the induction programmes are not the game changer. Evidence points to the importance of the school organisation in creating the necessary intellectual and social conditions that enable early career teachers to benefit from the government funded induction programme. Their programme learning experience is found to have contributed to their self-efficacy, job satisfaction, and wellbeing. However, how satisfied they feel about their job, how well they teach (i.e., teacher efficacy), and how they perceive the quality of their lives in school (i.e., teacher wellbeing) are dependent upon the quality of professional growth opportunities created by school leadership.
Findings of the research reveal the limitations of the human capital approach to teacher development. By focussing narrowly on building individual teachers’ learning entitlements, knowledge and skills, external teacher development initiatives are unlikely to bring about their desired results if the integral role of the school organisation in enabling (or constraining) teacher learning has largely been ignored in the programme design.
References:
Bandura, A. (2012). On the Functional Properties of Perceived Self-Efficacy Revisited. Journal of Management, 38(1), 9–44. https://doi.org/10.1177/0149206311410606
Department for Education. (2019). Teacher Recruitment and Retention Strategy. Department for Education.
Lent, R. W., Brown, S. D., & Hackett, G. (2002). Social Cognitive Career Theory. In D. Brown (Ed.), Career Choice and Development (4th ed., pp. 255–311). Wiley.
Seligman, M. E. P. (2002). Authentic Happiness: Using the New Positive Psychology to Realize Your Potential for Lasting Fulfilment. Simon and Schuster.
Exploring Teacher Retention in Denmark as an Entangled Phenomenon: How and Why Retention Rates Vary Within and Across Municipalities
Drawing on agential realism and critical cultural geography, this article sets out to explore teacher retention in Denmark as an entangled phenomenon with a particular focus on how and why retention rates vary within and across municipalities and on gaining insights into temporal, spatial, social and political entanglements. With register data from Statistics Denmark showing that teacher retention rates not only vary across but also within municipal borders, as well as fluctuating over time, we explore three cases in the form of three municipalities selected to maximise inter-case variation: Municipality X is located in a metropolitan area with a relatively high retention rate and below-average variation among schools within the municipality; Municipality Y is located in a provincial town with a medium retention rate and variation among schools within the municipality close to the national average; and Municipality Z, which includes both urban and rural areas, with a relatively low retention rate and above-average variation among the municipality’s schools. The study points to spacetime-specific agencies that enact significant variations in teacher retention both across and within municipalities.
Keywords: Teacher retention; agential realism; critical cultural geography; register-based data; case studies.
References:
No references
Factors Affecting the Retention of Early-Career Career Change Teachers: What Role does Professionalism Play?
In this paper we merge two unsolved problems related to the teacher shortage crisis. First, it is well known that early career teachers are exiting the profession in the first five years. Secondly, a key solution to the teacher shortage crisis has been the career changer; yet this cohort are also likely to depart after their first few years of teaching. While these cohorts have been recruited to the profession, what has been less successful is their retention. During this study in Queensland, Australia, we interviewed 14 early-career career change teachers who, despite the narrative above, wished to remain in the profession long term. Our aim was to understand the factors encouraging the retention of this unique cohort and the role professionalism might play. Using inductive thematic analysis, we demonstrate how ‘new’ or ‘democratic professionalism’ dominated these teachers’ decisions to stay in teaching despite the highly regulatory educational environment in which they work. We argue that a (re)professionalisation of teaching is required to improve the retention of early-career career change teachers.
Keywords: Teacher retention; career change teacher; early career teacher; professionalism
References:
No references
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 08 C Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Investigating Science Teachers’ Future Visions: Causal Layered Analysis (CLA) University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Traditional science education has deep connection with core assumptions of Western modernisation (Gilbert 2024). However, in recent decades science education has been imposed with new perspectives that question the traditional aims of scientific rationality and technological faith. New and traditional perspectives, global crisis, and uncertainties are all together creating diverse conditions for science educators to navigate their profession in today society. At policy level the contemporary conditions are addressed, for example, with the European Commission framework of science education for responsible citizenship (European Commission 2015), with future-oriented science education (Laherto et al. 2023) and with alternative visions for science education (Sjöström 2024). In addition to field specific frameworks, the contemporary science education is also guided by transversal aims for education, such as European Commissions’ GreenComp reference framework (Bianchi et al. 2022) that aims to outline knowledge, skills and attitudes that should be supported in education to help learners to obtain hope and agency over sustainability challenges. With variation of frameworks and perspectives a question arises on how teachers envision the education, their personal position and different educational aims. In order to address the question, this presentation examines what kind of future visions of science education do science teachers manifest in their narratives of a regular school day in the future. By doing this, the presentation intends to open a conversation about different perspectives and ambitions for today’s science education. At the same time, this presentation examines the possible use of Causal Layered Analysis (CLA) for analysing teachers' visions of education. There is a strong emphasis on futures thinking and future-education in contemporary frameworks for sustainability and science education, such as GreenComp and future-oriented science education. The ability to imagine alternative future scenarios and identify actions towards future visions is seen as an essential competence to maintain agency, creativity and adaptability (Bianchi et al. 2022; Laherto 2020). When talking about futures thinking and future competencies, science educators play an important role in education as science and technology are commonly seen as unchallenged elements of future (Gilbert 2024). This presentation analyses the future visions of school-based subject teacher educators (SBTEs) using CLA as an analysis structure. It will propose perspectives and themes categorized to three different levels - litany, societal and worldview - to bring the future visions and the theoretical background to multileveled interaction with each other. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the core of this presentation is a thematic analysis that draws from Causal layered analysis (CLA). CLA is a commonly used critical analysis and workshop method applied in various fields of futures studies (Wahab 2024). The analysis is based on a structure that moves between four interconnected layers of narrating: litany, societal, worldview and metaphor (Inayatullah 1998). The aim of this approach is to evoke multifaceted conversation that considers the future visions from the perspectives of generally accepted narratives, cultural structures, underlying value constructions and deep beliefs stretching towards a more holistic conception of reality than surface-level analyses do (Inayatullah, 2004). This presentation will focus on three layers leaving aside the metaphorical exploration of the narratives. In the presentation the CLA method is used to analyse eleven written future visions of Finnish school-based teacher educators (SBTEs) . The participating SBTEs work in Finnish teacher training schools teaching science and mentoring pre-service teachers during their training periods. The task was to write two texts related to each other. The first task was to imagine a typical day as a science teacher in the year 2050. The second text was a back-casting exercise where respondents imagine the sequence of events that have led to the envisioned future from the present. With the use of CLA, the presentation explores what kind of narratives SBTEs construct about the future of the science teacher profession. The analysis aims to interpret how narratives describe the science teacher profession in the future and what are the preconditions shaping the possible future visions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results suggest that the SBTEs’ future visions may emphasize more traditional perspectives for science education than the contemporary frameworks of science education propose. It seems that in the SBTEs narratives scientific literacy materializes, for example, through real life examples, technology driven exercises and with instrumental value leaving open the questions about the origin, the power structures and the possibilities for alternative interpretations of scientific content. However, the investigated future visions encompass a diverse collection of ideas and anticipation concerned the surface level descriptions of possible realisations of science education. It is possible that the diversity of these narratives could contain layers of reasoning, political stances and beliefs that are not decipherable when interpreting future visions with high level of temporality. An interesting continuation could be to explore the possibilities of CLA as a workshop method to achieve a more holistic and nuanced conversation about the possibilities of science education in the contemporary world and in the future. Further developments of these methods may prove useful, as there is urgent need to understand how teachers navigate tensions and imagine futures for education in the era of multiple crises. References Aronowitz, S., & Giroux, H. A. (1997). Postmodern education: Politics, culture, and social criticism (Repr.). Univ. of Minnesota Press. Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U. and Cabrera Giraldez, M., GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework, Punie, Y. and Bacigalupo, M. editor(s), EUR 30955 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022, ISBN 978-92-76-46485-3, doi:10.2760/13286, JRC128040. European Commission. Directorate General for Research and Innovation. (2015). Science education for responsible citizenship :report to the European Commission of the expert group on science education. Publications Office. Funtowicz, S. O., & Ravetz, J. R. (1993). Science for the post-normal age. Futures, 25(7), 739–755. Gilbert, J. (2024). Re-thinking Science Education for the Anthropocene. In S. Tolbert, M. F. G. Wallace, M. Higgins, & J. Bazzul (Eds.), Reimagining Science Education in the Anthropocene, Volume 2 (pp. 9–22). Springer International Publishing. Inayatullah, S. (1998). Causal layered analysis. Futures, 30(8), 815–829. Inayatullah, S. (2004). Causal layered analysis: Theory, historical context, and case studies. The Causal Layered Analysis Reader: Theory and Case Studies of an Integrative and Transformative Methodology, 1–52. Laherto, A. (2020). Luonnontiedekasvatuksen muuttuvat tavoitteet: Luonnontieteellisestä lukutaidosta kestävyyskasvatukseen, toimijuuteen ja tulevaisuusajatteluun. Ainedidaktiikka, 4(3). Laherto, A., Rasa, T., Miani, L., Levrini, O., & Erduran, S. (2023). Future-Oriented Science Education Building Sustainability Competences: An Approach to the European GreenComp Framework. In X. Fazio (Ed.), Science Curriculum for the Anthropocene, Volume 2 (pp. 83–105). Springer International Publishing. Sjöström, J. (2024). Vision III of scientific literacy and science education: An alternative vision for science education emphasising the ethico-socio-political and relational-existential. Studies in Science Education, 1–36. Wahab, A. (2024). Two Decades of Causal Layered Analysis: A Bibliometric Analysis and Review (2000–2022). World Futures Review, 16(3), 220–243. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper No One Trained Us for This": Professional Learning Needs of Czech Foreign Language Teachers in Crisis-Affected Classrooms Charles University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Since 2022, the arrival of Ukrainian refugee students in the Czech Republic has strained the education system. Between 2020 and 2025, the number of Ukrainian students enrolled in Czech primary and lower-secondary schools rose from 8,408 to 51,416 (Ministry of Education, Youth, and Sports, 2025). In Czechia, initial teacher education has traditionally prepared teachers for linguistically and culturally homogeneous classrooms (Bačáková, 2011). Teachers, who had always worked with uniform student populations, now had to navigate multilingual classrooms with trauma-affected children. Foreign language teachers face a unique challenge. Teachers of other subjects simplify Czech instruction, whereas foreign language teachers deliver lessons in a third language, navigating Ukrainian, Czech, and the target language simultaneously. This combination creates a triple language challenge. Beyond linguistic complexity, foreign language teachers must also address trauma's impact on learning. Ukrainian children carry impacts of war, displacement, and family separation. Trauma-informed pedagogy recognises that such experiences affect students’ learning. Psychological safety and strong relationships are as vital as academic content (Bath, 2008). Therefore, teachers balance several responsibilities, such as subject instruction, language support, and students’ emotional safety. Research on Ukrainian refugee children addresses school enrolment and curriculum adaptation to learners’ needs (Lintner et al., 2025; Šeďová et al., 2025). Yet, teachers encounter language barriers, cultural differences, and insufficient formal training (Hauge et al., 2024; Frazier et al., 2025). Though trauma-informed pedagogy has gained recognition (Bath, 2008), little research has investigated how teachers without specialised training apply trauma-sensitive approaches in their classrooms (Cerna, 2019; Stathopoulou & Dassi, 2020). Even fewer studies investigate the institutional support that would make these approaches sustainable. Current research documents teachers' challenges, but it fails to explore why teachers remain professionally isolated when surrounded by colleagues facing identical challenges. The integration of displaced children into Czech schools is one of the biggest challenges for teachers. By 2025, the Czech Republic had welcomed a disproportionate number of Ukrainian refugees, about 36–37 per 1,000 residents, compared to 25 in Poland and 17 in Germany (UNHCR, 2025). This has placed a heavy burden on the unprepared education system. Most newly graduated Czech teachers are confident they know their subject well (74.6%), but only 15.4% feel prepared to teach multicultural classrooms, and 24.5% feel ready to meet students' social-emotional needs (OECD, 2025). These reveal the need for a systemic approach to teacher learning. The study follows Cerna's (2019) framework, which examines refugee integration across three levels: national policy (macro), school organisation (meso), and classroom practice (micro). Cerna's model underscores the importance of coordination across all levels for the system to function effectively. This study extends the framework, demonstrating that teachers' professional learning isn't a separate issue to address alongside integration. It's a foundation that must exist at all three levels simultaneously. Without it, integration policies become mandates with no real support, forcing teachers to carry the weight of systemic problems by themselves. Three research questions guide this study: (1) What difficulties do Czech foreign language teachers face in crisis-affected classrooms? (2) What pedagogical approaches do they develop to meet refugee students' needs? (3) What institutional support structures exist, and how do they enable or constrain effective teaching in crisis contexts? Beyond teachers' personal experiences, these questions examine how institutional support shapes teachers’ adaptation to a crisis. This research makes three contributions. Empirically, it shows how foreign language teachers navigate the previously undocumented triple-language challenge in crisis contexts. Conceptually, it highlights that professional isolation is a structural issue, not a lack of resources. Practically, it offers policy recommendations that reconceptualise how crisis-responsive education systems should support teacher learning, showing that teacher development and student integration are inseparable. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Grounded in sociocultural learning theory, which views professional development as situated in social practice rather than isolated skill acquisition (Wenger, 1998), this qualitative study adopts thematic analysis to investigate Czech foreign language teachers' experiences in classrooms with refugee students. Data were collected between October 2024 and March 2025 through fifteen in-depth semi-structured individual interviews (n=15) and two focus groups with five participants each (n=10). Teachers from five Czech regions with the highest enrolment rate of Ukrainian refugee students were recruited using purposeful sampling. The regions comprised Hlavní město Praha (12,984), Středočeský kraj (7,898), Jihomoravský kraj (4,017), Plzeňský kraj (3,948), and Ústecký kraj (2,966). Inclusion criteria specified lower-secondary teachers (grades 6-9), who were fluent in English (the data collection language) and taught classrooms with 1-5 displaced Ukrainian children. This classroom composition represents 44% of all classes with refugee students in the Czech Republic. Participants were contacted via emails listed on official school websites. All interviews and focus group discussions took place online via MS Teams. Conducting research online facilitated the recruitment from geographically diverse regions and eliminated travel expenses (Flick, 2023). Whereas the English-language requirement may have excluded some perspectives, it allowed data collection and analysis to proceed consistently without translation. Semi-structured interviews recorded teachers' experiences, beliefs, and perceptions, acknowledging that educational issues are rooted in authentic human experiences (Seidman, 2019). Focus groups supplemented individual interviews, allowing participants to explore their perceptions in greater depth. The researcher made sure that every participant in the group shared relevant social or cultural experiences related to the study, creating a comfortable group atmosphere. With five participants per focus group, each individual had sufficient time to expand on topics. Focus groups were guided by a protocol to track discussion progress and steer conversations effectively. Data analysis followed Creswell and Poth's (2023) systematic Data Analysis Spiral. It involved organising data files, reading and memoing emergent ideas, categorising codes into themes, interpretating the data through horizontalisation, and presenting the findings. Focus group analysis used Flick's (2023) comparative approach, examining both content (specific ideas and themes) and process (group dynamics and evolving views) within and across groups. Through thematic analysis, 24 subthemes emerged, forming 8 core themes aligned with the three research questions. They provided a clear understanding of challenges, pedagogical adaptations, and required institutional support. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis indicates that Czech foreign language teachers find themselves in an educational crisis. As classroom composition shifted, teachers began to encounter overlapping language, cultural, and emotional pressures. Teachers share a common set of challenges. They teach in multiple languages, address trauma in their students, and question their assumptions, all while feeling professionally isolated. The need for systemic support becomes evident. It should include the provision of teaching assistants, trauma-informed training, and fair compensation that matches the demands of teaching in a crisis. Teachers need sustained professional development and policies that respond to teaching practices in crisis-affected classrooms. The most significant finding is teachers' professional isolation. Many teachers describe this as "reinventing the wheel". This isolation limits collaborations and weakens existing support programmes. Teachers need structured, peer-driven professional development built into their school routines. This connects with sociocultural learning theory, which stresses that professional knowledge is built through communities of practice. This research offers two theoretical contributions. First, it extends Cerna's (2019) holistic integration framework by demonstrating that teacher professional learning is an essential part to be incorporated at the macro (policy), meso (institutional), and micro (classroom) levels. Second, professional isolation is the structural barrier preventing teachers from implementing trauma-informed pedagogy, challenging the idea that teacher struggles are due to skill deficiencies. Findings indicate the need for a rethink of professional development during crisis. The policy recommendations suggest some important changes: mandatory trauma-informed pedagogy training, stronger peer networks for teachers, daily teaching assistant support, and bias-awareness training. There’s also a call for better national oversight to ensure changes are lasting. At the EU level, the findings emphasise the need for clear frameworks to set professional development standards for crisis-affected education, promote teacher collaboration across countries, and ensure refugee teaching skills are included in teacher training programmes. References Bačáková, M. (2011). Developing inclusive educational practices for refugee children in the Czech Republic. Intercultural Education, 22(2), 163-165. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2011.567073 Bath, H. (2008). The three pillars of trauma-informed care. Reclaiming Children and Youth, 17(3), 17–21. Cerna, L. (2019). Refugee education: Integration models and practices in OECD countries (OECD Education Working Papers No. 203). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a3251a00-en Creswell, J. W., & Poth, Ch. N. (2023). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Flick, U. (2023). An introduction to qualitative research (7th ed.). Sage Publications Ltd. Frazier, T., Rosenstein, S., Elkoin, O., Marushchenko, O., Rudzynska, N., & Drozhzhina, T. (2025). Voices of teachers: A qualitative analysis of the feasibility and qualitative perceptions of impact of SEE Learning on the well‑being of Ukrainian classrooms before and during war. Conflict and Health, 19(47). https://doi.org/10.1186/s13031-025-00688-8 Hauge, H. A., Eide, K., & Kjelaas, I. (2024). Biding time with close strangers: Teachers' sensemaking of newly arrived refugee youths' educational aspirations in the Norwegian context. Cogent Education, 11(1), 2398683. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2024.2398683 Lintner, T., Diviák, T., Šeďová, K., Obrovská, J. (2025). Revisiting Ukrainian refugees struggling to integrate into Czech school social networks. Social Psychology of Education, 28, 174-189. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-025-10134-5 Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. (2025). Základní informace k ukrajinské problematice v regionálním školství: Rychlý výběr z dat jarních výkazů k 31. 3. 2025 [Basic information on the Ukrainian issue in regional education: Quick selection from spring report data as of March 31, 2025]. OECD. (2025). Results from TALIS 2024: The state of teaching, TALIS, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/90df6235-en Seidman, I. (2019). Interviewing as qualitative research: A guide for researchers in education and the social sciences (5th ed.). Teachers College Press. Stathopoulou, M., & Dassi, P. (2020). Teaching languages to students from refugee and migrant backgrounds around Europe: Exploring difficulties and teachers' beliefs. International Online Journal of Education and Teaching (IOJET), 7(1), 60–82. Šeďová, K., Obrovská, J., Hlado, P., Lojdová, K., Machovcová, K., Stupak, O., Lintner, T. (2025). They usually look happy: Approaches to the adaptation of Ukrainian refugees in Czech schools. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 33(5), 1553–1574. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2024.2362965 UNHCR. (2025). Ukraine situation: Regional refugee response plan 2025-2026 [Regional RRP document]. United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees. https://www.unhcr.org/ukraine-response-2025-2026 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803932 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 08 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Lizana Oberholzer Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Discretionary Care in Inclusive Education: Teachers’ Professional Judgement and Boundary-Setting in Swedish Compulsory School Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper examines how teachers in Swedish compulsory schools understand and respond to the demands of their work when supporting students with complex academic, social, and emotional needs. It focuses on care and discretion as central features of everyday teaching, through which teachers exercise professional judgement, decide how far their responsibility extends, and sustain their capacity to remain in the profession over time. The study approaches care as a form of practical and moral work that develops through experience within specific organisational and policy conditions. Across Europe, inclusive education policies have expanded teachers’ responsibilities, while increasing expectations, and resource constraints shape how these responsibilities can be realised in practice (Haug, 2017). Under such conditions, changes in teachers’ professional judgement, priorities, and sense of responsibility often emerge through situated decision-making. In Sweden, teachers are expected to translate broad national policy aims into classroom practice within a highly decentralised education system. Responsibility for inclusion and student wellbeing is widely distributed, while access to specialist support, planning time and resources varies substantially between schools (Westerholm & Lindqvist, 2024). As a result, teachers must continually decide which student needs can be prioritised, how deeply they can engage, and where limits must be drawn. These decisions shape how teachers’ professional roles and orientations take form over time. The paper draws theoretically on Nel Noddings’ ethics of care (2013) and Michael Lipsky’s theory of street-level bureaucracy (2010). From an ethics of care perspective, teaching involves attentiveness and moral responsiveness to students’ lived realities and is sustained through ongoing relational work. From a street-level bureaucracy perspective, teachers are viewed as frontline public servants who must exercise discretion in interpreting policy, allocating time and emotional energy, thus, prioritising needs under conditions of scarcity and ambiguity (Taylor, 2007). Bringing these perspectives together, the study uses the term discretionary care to capture the routine, judgemental labour through which teachers translate ethical attention into feasible action within organisational constraints. This framing gives attention to the conditions under which teachers’ professional judgement occurs and highlights how boundary-setting, emotional regulation, and prioritisation are practiced and shaped by organisational context. 1) How do teachers understand the responsibilities in their professional role for meeting the diverse needs of students? 2) What do teachers’ narratives reveal about the relationship between discretion, care and the structural conditions in the school environment? 3) How do teachers narrate their experiences of balancing care and discretion in their everyday work with students’ academic, social, and emotional needs? The European relevance of the study lies in its contribution to understanding how teachers’ professional judgement and practices of care are shaped within inclusive education systems in decentralised contexts, highlighting how everyday organisational conditions and expanding expectations structure teachers’ capacity to negotiate responsibility, sustain care, and remain in the profession over time. By conceptualising care as a discretionary and relational practice, the study offers an analytical lens for examining how teachers navigate tensions between ethical commitments and organisational constraints. In doing so, it shifts attention away from individual resilience towards the institutional conditions under which care can be sustained as part of teachers’ professional work. The findings, thus, contribute to European debates on inclusion, teacher professionalism, and teach workload by foregrounding the everyday labour through which inclusive education is enacted. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on narrative interviews with four primary school teachers (grades 1–6) working in municipal schools in two Swedish regions. These teachers were purposively selected from a larger dataset conducted as part of a broader study of teachers’ working conditions. Selection was based on the conceptual richness (Riessman, 2008) of their accounts and their capacity to illuminate processes related to care, discretion, and professional boundary-setting. The participants worked in contrasting socio-economic and organisational contexts, including middle-class urban schools, commuter municipalities, and socioeconomically vulnerable areas, classified using indicators from the Swedish municipal classification system (SKR, 2023). This variation enabled exploration of how organisational resources, student composition, and local support structures shape teachers’ work and professional judgement. Teachers were recruited via school principals who distributed an invitation to staff, resulting in a voluntary sample (Wanat, 2008). Semi-structured interviews lasting approximately forty-five minutes were conducted digitally in Swedish during autumn 2025. Interviews focused on teachers’ descriptions of everyday work, perceptions of responsibility and experiences of student needs. Ethical procedures followed university data management policies and departmental ethics approval. Analysis proceeded in two stages. First, a descriptive coding process was undertaken across the full dataset using thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2021). Codes related to working conditions, role expectations, student needs, emotional demands, and organisational constraints were developed iteratively. This phase functioned primarily as an organisational and familiarisation tool rather than a means of producing final themes. Second, a holistic-content narrative analysis was conducted for the four selected cases (Riessman, 2008). Attention was paid to narrative structure, recurring tensions, points of emphasis, and the moral and emotional orientation of each account. Narrative profiles were constructed to capture how teachers described their use of judgement, boundary-setting practices, and responses to competing demands over time. This approach enabled close examination of how teachers exercise discretion in their specific school contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that care is central to teachers’ everyday work and that it is enacted in varied and context-dependent ways. Teachers engage in sustained relational and emotional labour to support students’ participation and wellbeing, consistent with Noddings’ (2013) conception of care as an ethical, relational practice. However, the form that care takes, and the extent to which it can be sustained, is shaped by organisational conditions, access to support, and teachers’ position within the school. Teachers with greater experience, autonomy, or institutional security describe a stronger capacity to set limits around care, prioritise tasks aligned with their professional judgement, and resist ongoing role expansion. In contrast, teachers in less secure positions absorb additional responsibilities, compensate for systemic gaps, and must continuously improvise to manage competing demands. These discretionary practices effectively constitute the practical enactment of inclusive education policy, illustrating Lipsky’s (2010) argument that frontline workers shape public services through everyday judgement under conditions of constraint. While discretionary care enables inclusion and classroom stability, it also produces emotional strain, workload intensification, and uneven conditions for sustaining professional engagement, echoing research on emotional labour and teacher attrition (Kariou et al., 2021). This study highlights that processes often associated with professional development, such as refining judgement, learning where to draw boundaries, and sustaining engagement, are deeply embedded in everyday work. Supporting teachers’ professional sustainability therefore requires attention not only to individual competence, but to the organisational and policy conditions that shape teachers’ capacity to care, exercise discretion, and remain in the profession. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Haug, P. (2017). Understanding inclusive education: Ideals and reality. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 19(3), 206–217. https://doi.org/10.1080/15017419.2016.1224778 Kariou, A., Koutsimani, P., Montgomery, A., & Lainidi, O. (2021). Emotional labor and burnout among teachers: A systematic review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18, 1-15, https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph182312760 Lipsky, M. (2010). Street-level bureaucracy: Dilemmas of the individual in public service. Russell sage foundation. Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A relational approach to ethics and moral education. Univ of California Press. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage. Sveriges Kommuner Och Regioner (SKR). (2023). Kommungrupps- Indelning, Sveriges Kommuner och Regioner, http://www.skr.se/kommunerochregioner/kommungruppsindelning.8281.html Taylor, I. (2007). Discretion and control in education: The teacher as street-level bureaucrat. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 35(4), 555-572 Wanat, C. L. (2008). Getting past the gatekeepers: Differences between access and cooperation in public school research. Field methods, 20(2), 191-208. Westerholm, K., & Lindqvist, H. (2024). A dilemmatic space: A qualitative study about teachers’ agency working with early identification of special needs. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 39(4), 582-596. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Student Perspectives for Inclusive EMI Lecturer Professional Development Groningen University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Over the past two decades, shifts in the production and circulation of scientific knowledge have transformed universities from sites of knowledge transmission internationally. The growing dominance of English in academic publishing and increased student and researcher mobility have encouraged higher education institutions not only to teach English as a foreign language but also to adopt it as a medium of instruction for content courses (Wächter & Maiworm, 2014). For many countries, English is viewed as a key resource for international collaboration and scientific visibility. At the same time, the expanding role of English in academia has raised critical debates from cultural, linguistic, and pedagogical perspectives (Airey, 2020). The expansion of English-Medium Instruction (EMI) in Europe accelerated following the Bologna Process, as universities began to adopt English strategically to enhance student mobility and align programs with international standards (Breetvelt, 2018). Since the late 1990s, the number of English-taught programs has increased substantially, with similar trends reported beyond Europe (Kirkpatrick, 2017). While EMI has strengthened universities’ international profiles and widened access to global academic resources, it has also introduced significant pedagogical challenges for both students and instructors. The benefits and challenges of EMI are well documented. While students may gain access to international academic resources, develop academic English skills, and enhance future employability (Ahmed, 2025; Phuong & Nguyen, 2019), EMI has also been associated with comprehension difficulties, reduced classroom participation, and lower academic performance (Lasagabaster, 2025). From the instructor perspective, challenges include limited linguistic resources, difficulty explaining complex concepts, reduced interaction, and uncertainty in assessment practices (Airey, 2020; Helm & Guarda, 2015). To address these challenges, lecturers may engage in pedagogical strategies such as code-switching to the first language (Sánchez García, 2018), which can support comprehension (Pun, 2023) but may be constrained by institutional English-only policies. Overall, research suggests that effective EMI depends not solely on language choice but on pedagogical competence and institutional support. In response, most institutions have introduced professional development (PD) initiatives for EMI lecturers. However, existing PD programmes largely reflect institutional or teacher-centred perspectives and tend to focus on language proficiency and general teaching techniques, which may not fully prepare lecturers for the pedagogical demands of EMI (Dafouz & Smit, 2020). While such initiatives are essential, they often overlook how students experience EMI teaching and how instructional practices shape students’ access to learning. Research on student voice and inclusive pedagogy highlights students’ unique position in providing insights into teaching quality, learning conditions, and inclusion. Student voice scholarship conceptualises learners not merely as evaluators of teaching but as legitimate contributors to knowledge about educational processes, particularly in relation to participation, recognition, and equity (Cook-Sather, 2006; Bovill & Woolmer, 2019). From an inclusive education perspective, teaching quality is closely linked to students’ access to learning opportunities, their ability to participate meaningfully, and the extent to which classroom practices respect linguistic and cultural diversity. This study reframes EMI lecturer professional development through student experiences, using inclusive pedagogy as an analytical lens. with the following research questions: (1) How do students describe their learning experiences in EMI courses with regard to language use, pedagogy, interaction, and classroom climate? (2) Which EMI teaching practices do students identify as enabling or constraining their access to learning and participation? (3) How can student-identified experiences be translated into design-relevant implications for inclusive professional development for EMI lecturers? The primary aim is to explore how student perspectives can contribute to a more inclusive and pedagogically grounded understanding of EMI lecturer PD. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research design is used to gather rich data about students’ perspectives on English as medium of instruction to inform professional development for inclusive faculty. The research is conducted at a large research university in The Netherlands in which English is the predominant language of instruction at both undergraduate and graduate levels. Participants in this study included undergraduate and master’s students who are enrolled in courses taught in EMI from various disciplinary fields. Purposeful sampling was used to capture diversity in the following key areas: language backgrounds, field of study, and level of education. This is consistent with earlier EMI research that highlights the need to capture multiple student perspectives because students are engaged in learning using multiple languages (Macaro, 2018). Data were collected through semi-structured interviews designed to elicit students’ perspectives on their classrooms and learning experiences with EMI. The interview protocol contained questions related to the delivery of lectures, interactional strategies, assessments, language use, and classroom climate. The protocol specifically probed students for influences (both positive and negative) on learning and classroom participation based on the students’ perceptions of their classroom experiences. The interviews were conducted in English with participant consent, audio-recorded, and transcribed verbatim. In addition to interview data, document analysis was used as a supplementary data source to contextualise students’ accounts of EMI teaching and professional development. Relevant institutional documents, including course syllabi, assessment guidelines, and publicly available EMI-related professional development materials, were examined to identify stated expectations regarding language use, teaching practices, assessment, and inclusivity. Document analysis supported the interpretation of interview data by situating students’ perspectives within the broader institutional context. Data were analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). In the first phase, transcripts were coded inductively to identify recurring patterns in students’ responses. In the second phase, codes were organised into broader themes reflecting key dimensions of EMI teaching, including pedagogical clarity, intelligibility, interaction, assessment practices, and inclusivity. Themes were interpreted through the lenses of inclusive pedagogy and student voice to inform the design of EMI lecturer professional development. Throughout the study, ethical issues were recognised and approval was obtained from the Research Ethics Committee of the Faculty of Arts, University of Groningen (CETO; ID 103572513). Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained, and anonymity was ensured through the use of pseudonyms. The data were gathered as part of ongoing postdoctoral research into English-medium instruction and professional development in higher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to the findings, from a pedagogic perspective, there are direct implications for lecturer professional development from students’ views of EMI teaching. Research on English as a Lingua Franca in academia finds that students value intelligibility and clarity above native-like pronunciation (Jenkins, 2014). Students also stress the importance of structured explanations; clear cues; and appropriate speed of presentation as the conditions necessary to access the content. Students emphasise interactive teaching methods that create opportunities for dialogue, asking questions and engagement that will be helpful in developing students’ use of their content knowledge. This supports prior research that has established links between inclusive teaching and student engagement in higher education (Bovill & Woolmer, 2019). In addition, student participants discuss socio-emotional and inclusive aspects of EMI. They describe types of classrooms where making errors with language is normalised as part of learning; and where students are encouraged to fully participate. However, code-switching to a local language during EMI is viewed by international students as excluding them, consistent with concerns previously raised in respect to EMI (Airey, 2012). Students also provide examples of how they expect transparency in assessments and feedback to support their understanding and inclusion. In a complementary manner, each of these student perspectives provides a source of inspiration for the creation of inclusive EMI lecturer professional development. Student informed insight will drive how we conceptualize professional development for lecturers; instead of framing professional development around perceived lecturer deficits, this view will highlight pedagogical, linguistic and interactional abilities that support equitable access to learning. These findings were interpreted in relation to institutional documents on EMI teaching and professional development, allowing student perspectives to be situated within the broader pedagogical and organisational context. References Ahmed, M. K. (2025). Navigating English as a Medium of Instruction (EMI) in Tertiary Education: Challenges, Opportunities, and Pedagogical Strategies for EFL Learners. Ampersand, 100231. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amper.2025.100231 Airey, J. (2012). I don’t teach language. The linguistic attitudes of physics lecturers in Sweden. AILA Review, 25(1), 64-79. Airey, J. (2020). The content lecturer and English-medium instruction (EMI): epilogue to the special issue on EMI in higher education. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 23(3), 340–346. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2020.1732290 Bovill, C., Woolmer, C. How conceptualisations of curriculum in higher education influence student-staff co-creation in and of the curriculum. High Educ 78, 407–422 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0349-8 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be(com)ing a knowing researcher. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 24, 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1080/26895269.2022.2129597 Breetvelt, I. (2018). English-medium instruction in Dutch higher education: A policy reconstruction and impact study. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 18(2), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.17239/L1ESLL-2018.18.03.10 Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, Presence, and Power: “Student Voice” in Educational Research and Reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2006.00363.x Helm, F. & Guarda, M. (2015). “Improvisation is not allowed in a second language”: A survey of Italian lecturers’ concerns about teaching their subjects through English . Language Learning in Higher Education, 5(2), 353-373. https://doi.org/10.1515/cercles-2015-0017 Jenkins, J. (2013). English as a lingua franca in the international university: The politics of academic English language policy. Routledge. Kirkpatrick, A. (2017). The languages of higher education in East and Southeast Asia: Will EMI lead to Englishisation?. In English medium instruction in higher education in Asia-Pacific: From policy to pedagogy (pp. 21-36). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Lasagabaster, D. (2025). “Because guess what? I don’t even want to speak English”: English as an obstacle for the development of multilingualism at a South African institution. Lang Policy 24, 209–243). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10993-024-09707-5 Macaro, E. (2018). English medium instruction. Oxford University Press. Phuong, Y. H., & Nguyen, T. T. (2019). Students' Perceptions towards the Benefits and Drawbacks of EMI Classes. English Language Teaching, 12(5), 88-100. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v12n5p88 Pun, J. (2023). Commentary for “The Emotional Landscape of English Medium Instruction (EMI) in Higher Education. Linguistics and Education 75:101180. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2023.101180 Sánchez García, M. D. (2018). Codeswitching practices in the discourse of two lecturers in English-medium instruction at university. http://dx.doi.org/10.12795/elia.2018.i18.05 Wächter, B., and F. Maiworm, eds. 2014. English-taught Programmes in European Higher Education. The State of Play in 2014. ACA Papers on International Cooperation in Education. Bonn: Lemmens. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Equity and Inclusion in a Large-Scale Language Programme for Teachers: a Case Study of STELIR (Secondary Teachers’ English Language Improvement Rwanda) Ecctis UK, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Since independence in 1962, the Medium of Instruction (MOI) in the Rwanda education system has shifted multiple times. In 2008, a cabinet resolution from the Rwandan Ministry of Education announced a shift to English as the language of instruction from lower primary school onwards (Government of Rwanda, 2008; MINEDUC, 2019). This transition has posed significant challenges for both teachers and learners due to limited English proficiency (Sibomana, 2022). For example, only 38% of primary school teachers met the required English standard for teaching in 2018 (World Bank, 2018). Likewise, nearly 90% of grade 3 students have been found unable to read and understand a grade-level text in English (UNICEF, 2014). Consequently, Kinyarwanda remains the predominant language used in classroom interactions (UNESCO, 2022). A recent situational analysis concluded that accelerated improvement in teachers’ English proficiency is needed to enable teachers to effectively support learning in the official MOI (UNICEF, 2024). The 2024 Foundational Learning Strategy also highlights that teachers need ‘sufficient fluency in English, good subject matter knowledge, continuing professional development and support, and access to resources’ (MINEDUC, 2024: 8). In 2023, the British Council launched the Secondary Teachers’ English Language Improvement Rwanda programme (STELIR), funded by the Mastercard Foundation and implemented with the Rwanda Basic Education Board (REB). STELIR aims to strengthen the English language proficiency of both in-service and pre-service teachers across all subjects through blended learning, including: intensive face-to-face sessions led by English Teacher Trainers, online sessions (including self-study and live sessions on Webex) led by international e-trainers and eTeacher/Moderators, and school-based professional development sessions supported by school-based mentors (British Council, 2024). In 2024, Ecctis was commissioned to assess the procedural implementation quality of STELIR’s online component through an equity and inclusion lens. The study explored in-service and pre-service teachers’ experiences of participating in STELIR’s online provision, with particular attention to in-service and pre-service women teachers and in-service teachers with disabilities. A focus on teachers with visual impairments, was chosen since visual impairment is the most prevalent disability type in Rwanda (NISR, 2023). The analysis was informed by Moser’s (1993) gendered triple‑role framework and Oliver’s (2004) social model of disability, enabling the study to examine teachers’ experiences through both gender and disability perspectives. Given that little is still known about how different groups of teachers – particularly women teachers and teachers with visual impairments – experience blended CPD models, despite their growing use in sub-Saharan Africa (SSA) and beyond, this study contributes to the emerging literature on equity and inclusion in digital learning environments. Our presentation will report and analyse key themes emerging from interviews, focus groups, and surveys with these groups, drawing lessons for future research, programme design, and practice. In total, 110 participants were engaged through interviews and focus groups, alongside 192 participants who contributed via online and paper surveys. By integrating gender and disability frameworks into an evaluation of blended CPD in a low-resource setting, the study offers one of the few empirically grounded analyses of digital teacher professional development in SSA that foregrounds equity and inclusion. The study centred around four research questions: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology comprised two components: a narrative literature review and a process evaluation. The literature review enabled a flexible critical analysis and synthesis of a diverse body of academic and grey literature (including policy documents) on blended learning (Sukhera, 2022) and examined Rwanda’s language-in-education policies to situate the study within its wider context. The process evaluation explored the procedural implementation quality of STELIR’s online stage through extensive stakeholder engagement. Data collection included one interview and 14 focus groups with in-service teachers (including in-service women teachers and teachers with visual impairments), three focus groups with eTeacher/Moderators and three focus groups with pre-service teachers, 14 observations of recorded live Webex sessions, a paper-based survey with in-service teachers (74 responses), and an online survey with pre-service teachers (117 responses). These activities examined participant experiences of STELIR’s online component, with particular attention to equity and inclusion. Data collection was undertaken by Ecctis researchers in partnership with the Faculty of Education at the Catholic University of Rwanda. Qualitative data were analysed by two Ecctis researchers using thematic analysis, involving coding, extraction of key themes, and synthesis of findings. An inductive approach was adopted, allowing themes to emerge organically from the data and supporting the identification of both thematic commonalities and differences across participants’ responses (Braun & Clarke, 2012). Gender and disability studies theory informed the analysis. In particular, Moser’s (1993) triple-role framework – productive, reproductive, and community roles – was used to explore the gendered dimensions of participation in STELIR’s online activities (Moser, 1993). Oliver’s (2004) social model of disability guided the analysis of data from teachers with visual impairments and eTeacher/Moderators, highlighting how structural and environmental barriers shaped teachers with visual impairments’ experiences of online training. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study revealed distinct differences in how in-service and pre-service women teachers and in-service teachers with visual impairments experienced STELIR’s blended learning model. Although both groups generally appreciated blended learning, women teachers preferred face-to-face sessions, whereas teachers with visual impairments favoured online ones. Contrary to what might have been expected, the flexibility afforded by online learning did not generally make engagement easier for women teachers; instead, it often unintentionally exacerbated their time poverty. Equally noteworthy was that, despite facing accessibility challenges, teachers with visual impairments preferred online training, reporting a greater sense of equal treatment by peers compared to face-to-face environments. These findings highlight the limitations of one-size-fits-all approaches to training design, which often neglect the needs and preferences of different participants, and underscore the need to create equitable and inclusive blended learning environments by adapting to the needs and preferences of different groups, thereby enhancing access and participation. The presentation will explore these findings – organised into two case studies focusing on women teachers and teachers with visual impairments, respectively – situating them within the relevant theoretical frameworks and literature. Cross-case findings and key implications for teacher training programme designers and trainers will also be discussed. Although the study engaged a relatively small sample, the findings call for the need for a wider reflection on inclusive practices in online CPD for teachers, both in SSA and in other contexts, including Europe. Ensuring meaningful participation requires working closely with teacher participants to understand their preferences and tailor provision to their needs. Finally, if training providers seek to go beyond gender and disability awareness towards transformational inclusion, a deeper exploration of the system-level challenges faced by women teachers and teachers with visual impairments is required to challenge current social and cultural structures and deep-rooted perceptions around gender and disability. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. American Psychological Association. British Council. (2024). STELIR. Innovations in blended teacher professional development for in-service and pre-service teachers in Rwanda. Government of Rwanda. (2008). Statement on Cabinet Decisions of 8 October 2008. Kigali: Rwanda Prime Minister’s Office. Moser, C., (1993). Gender planning and development: Theory, practice and training. Routledge. MINEDUC. (2024). Foundational Learning Strategy 2024/25-2028/29. NISR. (2023). ‘Thematic Report Socio-Economic Characteristics of Persons With Disabilities’ in Fifth Rwanda Population and Housing Census, 2022. Oliver, M. (2004).’The social model in action: If I had a hammer’. Implementing the social model of disability: Theory and research, 2, 18-31. Sibomana, E., (2022). ‘Transitioning from a local language to English as a medium of instruction: Rwandan teachers’ and classroom-based perspectives’. International journal of bilingual education and bilingualism, 25(4), pp.1259-1274. Simpson, J. and Muvunyi, E., (2012). ‘Teacher training in Rwanda and the shift to English-medium education’. Commonwealth education partnerships, 13, pp.154-157. Sukhera, J. (2022). ‘Narrative reviews: flexible, rigorous, and practical’. Journal of graduate medical education, 14(4), 414-417. UNESCO. (2022). Spotlight on Basic Education Completion and Foundational Learning in Rwanda. UNICEF. (2024). Education in Rwanda: A situation analysis. World Bank. (2018). Project Information Document (PID): Quality Basic Education for Human Capital Development Project (P168551). Washington, DC. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Navigating the Contradictions: Characterising Language Teachers’ Professional Learning through Teacher-Led Research 1: The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2: The University of Melbourne; 3: Beijing Normal University Presenting Author:Confronted with the need to bridge the divide between academic research and school reality, teacher-led research has been placed at the core of many professional learning (PL) initiatives. Diverse forms and models of research-related practices have been implemented globally, such as in the US, UK, Finland, Sweden, China and Australia (e.g., Dunn et al., 2019; Goodnough, 2010; Huang et al., 2025; Lewis, 2016). This represents a transformative shift from passive and top-down training towards collaborative, practice-oriented and enquiry-based designs, which empowers teachers to take ownership of their professional practices by integrating learning, practice and research (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2015; Putnam & Borko, 1997). Despite the significance of teacher research and its worldwide implementation, significant challenges persist that hinder its effectiveness. A primary problem lies in teachers’ insufficient research-related literacy due to the absence of formal training, specifically regarding the employment of theories, data collection and analysis. This not only hinders the quality of teacher research but also undermines their motivation to conduct research (Berger et al., 2005). This problem is rooted in initial teacher education, where pre-service teachers report inadequate preparation for their enquiry efforts and writing requirements before their capstone projects (Van Katwijk et al., 2022). To address this challenge, efforts have been made to support teachers in doing research through different types of research-related learning activities, ranging from competence development to the introduction of current research findings (Healey & Jenkins, 2009; Van Katwijk et al., 2022). Although these initiatives facilitate the development of teachers’ research-related knowledge and skills, teachers continue to encounter complex contradictions throughout their research processes, which act as both constraints and affordances for their professional learning (Huang et al., 2021, 2025). Therefore, this study aims to characterise language teachers’ professional learning through a teacher research programme supported by university scholars, with a specific focus on the contradictions that occur during their research processes, and how these contradictions hinder or facilitate their professional learning. Three key research questions involve: (i) What contradictions emerge during language teachers’ research processes? (ii) In what ways do these contradictions manifest as barriers or affordances for teachers’ research? (iii) How do the solutions of these contradictions shape language teachers’ professional learning? Adopting an expansive learning perspective, this study conceptualises teacher professional learning in the context of teacher research as a process of “expansion” across interactive activity systems. Within this framework, contradictions within and across the activity systems constitute the fundamental driving force of expansive transformation. Rather than equivalent to problems or conflicts in the traditional sense, contradictions refer to the structural tensions that occur within or between all components within or across different activity systems that can bring about changes and development (Engeström, 2001). These contradictions are inherently dynamic and continue emerging, as the adoption of new elements within an activity system often brings about new forms of contradictions between the new elements and the old ones. Engeström and colleagues (2001; 2010) identified four types of contradictions: (i) primary contradiction within any components of an activity system; (ii) secondary contradiction between two or more components within a single activity system; (iii) tertiary contradiction across activity systems; (iv) quaternary contradiction between an activity system and external systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a case study design centred on a provincial government-funded PL programme in China. The programme is featured by a teacher-researcher partnership where participating teachers were mentored by a group of university-based researchers to conduct comprehensive enquiries into their educational epistemology and relevant classroom practices. The programme involved approximately 50 teachers with around 30 years of teaching experience, and the leadership team involved 10 university scholars specialised in teacher education. The PL programme involved: (i) collective lectures and workshops designed to introduce theoretical foundations and research skills, (ii) group sessions focused on research design, progress catch-up and reflection, and (iii) implementation sessions where teachers play the role of principal investigators and lead their own research teams within their respective school contexts. The research participants were selected through purposive sampling method (Denzin et al., 2023). The final sample involved three English language teachers and one Chinese language teacher. The selection criteria included: (i) engagement with the programme’s core sessions, (ii) active implementation of an independent research project within the programme framework, and (iii) consent to be involved, observed and recorded during their research processes. The research data were collected from multiple sources to ensure a holistic understanding of the participants’ professional learning during their research. All sessions conducted at the programme site were video- and audio-recorded to capture teachers’ interactions with peers and university scholars. To document teachers’ transition from theory to practice, site visits were organised where university scholars visited teachers’ school contexts to observe their research implementation. Upon completion of the programme, one-on-one semi-structured interviews were conducted with three teacher participants and six university researchers, each lasting for half to one hour. All documents associated with teachers’ research processes were collected, including their research proposals, implementation plans, instructional artefacts and presentation materials. To navigate the contradictions that emerge during language teachers’ research processes, thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was employed to identify a comprehensive group of themes representing various types of contradictions and their roles as either affordances or constraints for teachers’ professional learning. The analysis process involved open, focused, axial, and theoretical coding stages (Mirhosseini, 2020), through which we identified: (i) the contradictions that emerge during teachers’ research processes, (ii) the roles of these contradictions as either barriers or affordances, and (iii) the transformative resolutions of these contradictions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis revealed three types of contradictions that characterised the language teachers’ research processes. These contradictions presented both barriers and affordances for teachers’ research and professional learning. First, tertiary contradictions emerged between the teachers’ established practical discourse and the university scholars’ academic discourse. These contradictions initially hindered teachers’ understanding of basic research-related concepts, such as “conceptualisation” and “epistemology”. However, these contradictions also brought about communication opportunities between teachers and university scholars. Teachers sought clarification on meanings and practical pathways, while university scholars provided contextualised examples from the literature that closely related to teachers’ daily practices. This contributed to teachers’ reconstruction of the meaning, therefore contributing to their internalisation of complex concepts and integration of these concepts in their research processes. Second, secondary contradictions were observed between teachers representing diverse professional backgrounds. These contradictions emerged across different grades (e.g., primary and secondary), different regions (i.e., different districts) and different subjects (i.e., English and Chinese languages). While diverse backgrounds occasionally reduced the efficiency of group discussions due to teachers’ diverse research focuses and priorities, these tensions also contributed to providing teachers with diverse insights that broadened the scopes of their individual enquiries. Third, teachers also experienced primary contradictions during their own research processes. After thirty years of established practice, many participants perceived a significant disconnection between daily classroom instruction and the newly introduced research activities. These internal contradictions initially led to teachers’ confusion about the significance of teacher research. However, they gradually developed connections between research and practice through systematic enquiries. For one thing, they derived research questions and epistemological insights from classroom observations and practical experiences. For another thing, they also applied the academic framework and concepts to their practices to refine instructional approaches and strategies. References [1] Berger, J. G., Boles, K. C., & Troen, V. (2005). Teacher research and school change: Paradoxes, problems, and possibilities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(1), 93–105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2004.11.008 [2] Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa [3] Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2015). Inquiry as Stance: Practitioner Research for the Next Generation. Teachers College Press. [4] Denzin, N. K., Lincoln, Y. S., Giardina, M. D., & Cannella, G. S. (2023). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. In 9781071836743. Sage Publications Inc. (Textbooks). [5] Dunn, R., Hattie, J., & Bowles, T. (2019). Exploring the experiences of teachers undertaking Educational Design Research (EDR) as a form of teacher professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 151–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1500389 [6] Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive Learning at Work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133–156. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080020028747 [7] Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2009.12.002 [8] Goodnough, K. (2010). Teacher Learning and Collaborative Action Research: Generating a “Knowledge-of-Practice” in the Context of Science Education. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 21(8), 917–935. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10972-010-9215-y [9] Healey, M., & Jenkins, A. (2009). Developing undergraduate research and inquiry. Higher Education Academy. [10] Huang, X., Lai, M. Y., & Huang, R. (2021). Teachers’ learning through an online lesson study: An analysis from the expansive learning perspective. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 10(2), 202–216. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJLLS-09-2020-0076 [11] Huang, X., Shen, J., & Huang, R. (2025). Chinese mathematics teachers’ expansive learning in a cross-cultural lesson study. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-025-09687-1 [12] Lewis, C. (2016). How does lesson study improve mathematics instruction? ZDM - Mathematics Education, 48(4), 571–580. https://doi.org/10.1007/S11858-016-0792-X [13] Mirhosseini, S. A. (2020). Doing Qualitative Research in Language Education. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-56492-6 [14] Putnam, R. T., & Borko, H. (1997). Teacher Learning: Implications of New Views of Cognition. In B. J. Biddle, T. L. Good, & I. F. Goodson (Eds), International Handbook of Teachers and Teaching (Vol. 3, pp. 1223–1296). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-011-4942-6_30 [15] Van Katwijk, L., Jansen, E., & Van Veen, K. (2022). Development of an Inquiry Stance? Perceptions of Preservice Teachers and Teacher Educators Toward Preservice Teacher Inquiry in Dutch Primary Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 73(3), 286–300. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871211013750 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 08 A: Policy, Governance & Power Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Sandra Bohlinger Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Mapping Policy Change through Biographical Data and Life History Analysis 1: University of Derby, Kedleston Road, Derby, United Kingdom; 2: Hochschule der Bundesagentur für Arbeit (HdBA) Seckenheimer Landstr. 16 68163 Mannheim, Germany Presenting Author:
Research into young people’s transitions to work and adulthood have provided important insights into the comparative impact of different forms of vocational education across Europe. Such comparisons have tended to centre on single points of transition within each jurisdiction, and especially on the balance of provision between schools and the workplace (Raffe 2014; Ryan 2001) and such contextual factors as the relationships between economies and welfare states in different countries (Walther et al. 2006). These national factors mediate the way that young people’s social origins and early life experiences shape their whole life-course, reflecting inequalities of class, ethnicity and gender (Ecclestone et al. 2010). However, these comparisons, salient in educational research, have generally been aggregated in largely quantitative and mixed-methods studies. Analysis of quantitative or mixed-methods data can capture some of the complexities of transition where the returns to different qualifications can be analysed (Cavaglia, McNally & Ventura, 2020; Dearden et al. 2000; Mcintosh & Morris 2021). These can indicate with some clarity the relative ease or difficult with which young people enter the workforce in different countries; but such approaches are less effective in showing how different national systems affect VET participants’ life prospects: not only their future productivity and promotions but their personal health, happiness and contributions to community and citizenship.
This paper by contrast reports a study that makes important contributions to understanding the changing nature of these processes in recent years. Firstly, it demonstrates how the forces that affect transitions shape the whole life-course by drawing on biographical accounts that are informed by reflections on participants’ lives. These accounts are taken from data collected for the international research project BioDataBase, a joint project of the the University of Applied Labour Studies, Germany, the University of Derby, UK and the University of Innsbruck, Austria, which is contributing transcribed biographies of vocational education students lives to an open, transnational repository of qualitative social science data. The project adopts a biographical and subject-oriented perspective that examine the dynamic interplay between structural conditions and individual agency, enabling individuals to actively construct their biographies within this context (Harney & Ebbert, 2006; Wengraf, 2001).
In this paper, we use data collected in England to show how changing patterns of transition and specific shifts in education policy are reflected in the autobiographical reconstructions and reflections of individuals. By locating participants’ extended transitions and trajectories not only within not only broader patterns of social and historical change but within changing education and skills policies, we seek to understand both national continuities and the dynamic nature of different national transition systems and processes through the multiple temporalities (Lingard, 2021) of participants’ lives and policy change. Whilst this approach locates our study within traditions of life history and other forms of research aiming to provide adequate representation of personal accounts within structural and historical context (Chase 2018; Goodson/Sikes 2001) and extends these traditions into the vocational sphere, it also draws on the multiple conceptualisations of policy change that affect contemporary accounts of policy research (Ozga, 2021; Warren, 2025). This approach enables us to go beyond established constructions of periodicity, that tend to align to governmental changes and avowed policy turns: instead, we note the different ways in which neoliberalism has unfolded over the vocational landscape of England during the last half-century and discover how these changes have played out in the lives of individual former vocational education students. We argue that these changes, compared to those in countries where VET has been generally (by no means entirely) stable over the last half-century, have a distinctive role in changing the whole life-course of individuals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study described forms part of a wider project aiming to capture the life experiences of participants who had undertaken vocational studies in Germany, England and Austria, contributing their accounts to a social science database. The project team used biographical narrative interpretive methodology (BNIM, Wengraf, 2001), using a Single Question aimed at Inducing Narrative (SQUIN) to ensure that no prompts or probes are required in generating initial narratives, enabling participants to choose their own emphasis. Notes based on key or cue phrases that emerge in the story (Ross & Moore, 2016) formed the basis of ‘sub session 2’ interviews, which Wengraf (2001) refers to as Particular Incident Narratives (PINS), probing the interviewee for more narrative on selected topics drawn from the original account, with these selections justified to the whole team. The UK data provided a valuable opportunity to show how patterns of transition and specific education policies have changed compared to some other European countries, examining how these are reflected in the autobiographical reconstructions and reflections of individuals. The data was collected from 20 participants selected because of the place of VET in their lives, constituting examples of the system’s successes rather than representing all VET students but are broadly representative of the vocational areas, gender and ethnicity of students in this sector. Their participation was based on informed consent, approved by university ethics procedure. Drawing on a century-old tradition connecting the lives of individuals to broader patterns of social structure and its historical evolution (Mills 1959; Thomas/Znaniecki 1918-20), the next phase connected their accounts to broader personal and social contexts, beginning with the chronological order of life events necessary at this BNIM phase, introducing a sequential element that may be absent from the narrative (Okoko et al., 2023). In transforming the BNIM data into life history research, we began by seeking understandings of the pathways that individuals followed during different historical and cultural periods, ‘reconstruct[ing] tacit knowledge and action orientations, which are partly unconscious’ (Hollstein 2019). Whilst policymakers and some policy researchers simply attribute changes in policy to the decisions of successive governments, alternative patterns are visible in the progress of neoliberalism: Ainley (1993) identified four major breakpoints between 1944 and 1988. We extended and modified this pattern and, through a shared review of the data allocated our accounts not simply on their chronological locations but on the way these matched overlapping patterns of historical data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Taken together, the biographies of our participants reflect the changing patterns of transition and shifts in education policy, the eldest leaving school at the end of the 1960s, the youngest in the early 2010s. From 1975, when Labour’s Manpower Services Commission first developed training schemes in response to the international recession, our participants now in their 50s and 60s left school at 16 ill-prepared for a world where entry into vocational education took the form of training largely separated from the limited employment opportunities of the time. These minimal skills enabled them to negotiate deregulated labour markets after the 1980s and acquire a degree of stability, even personal wealth. Darker sides of their accounts include psychic troubles and the passing mentions of others who have not 'done any good’ (William, l.41). A second breakpoint took place from the new millenium, partly in support of the Labour government’s drive to increase the qualifications of both young people and the workforce (Wolf et al. 2006). Participation by 16-17-year-olds in General, FE tertiary and specialist colleges, which had fallen below 30% by the year 2000, recovered to over 35% by 2010 (UK government, 2026). This turn to qualifications rewarded institutions for the number of qualifications their students amassed, leading to a proliferation of low-value additional certification that Wolf et al. (2006) argued were of questionable exchange value, although our participants offered positive accounts of a route often regarded with caution by those who have only experienced general education. Finally, Conservative-led governments over the years 2010-2024 developed policies that allow families with the networks and social capital to access advantageous work opportunities, preparing a more stratifying phase (Esmond & Atkins, 2022) that supports the polarisation of employment noted by economists (Goos and Manning 2007). This divide within vocational settings already emerges in our data. References Ainley, Pat. (1993). Training Turns to Enterprise: Vocational Education in the Market Place. Hillcole Group. Callaghan, James (1976). Speech Delivered at Ruskin College, Oxford. October 18th. Cavaglia, Chiara/McNally, Sandra/Ventura, Guglielmo (2020): Do Apprenticeships Pay? Evidence for England. Oxford Bulletin of Economic Statistics, 82, 1094–1134. https://doi.org/10.1111/obes.12363 Chase, Susan E. (2018). Narrative inquiry: Toward theoretical and methodological maturity. In: Denzin, Norman K./Lincoln, Yvonna S. (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research. 5th edition (pp. 546–560). Sage. Ecclestone, Kathryn/Biesta, Gert J.J./Hughes, Martin (2010). Transitions and Learning through the Lifecourse. Routledge Esmond, Bill & Atkins, Liz (2022). Education, Skills and Social Justice in a Polarising World: Between technical elites and welfare vocationalism. Routledge. Goodson, Ivor & Sikes, Pat (2001). Life history research in educational settings. Open University Press. Goos, Maarten, & Manning, Alan (2007): Lousy and Lovely Jobs: The Rising Polarization of Work in Britain. The Review of Economics and Statistics, 89(1), 118–133. http://www.jstor.org/stable/40043079 Hollstein Betina (2019). What autobiographical narratives tell us about the life course. Contributions of qualitative sequential analytical methods. Advanced Life Course Research, Sep: 41:100248. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.alcr.2018.10.001 Lingard, B. (2021). Multiple temporalities in critical policy sociology in education. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 338–353. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2021.1895856 McIntosh, Steven & Morris, Damon (2021): Variation in the labour market rewards to vocational qualifications in the UK. Scottish Journal of Political Economy, 68, 535–552. https://doi.org/10.1111/sjpe.12299 Mills, C. Wright (1959). The sociological imagination. Oxford University Press. Okoko, Janet Mola/Tunison, Scott/Walker, Keith D. (2023). Varieties of qualitative research methods. Springer. Raffe, David (2014). Explaining National Differences in Education-to-Work Transitions: Twenty Years of Research on Transition Systems. European Societies, 16, 17–193. https://doi.org/10.1080/14616696.2013.821619 Ryan, Paul (2001). The School-to-Work Transition: A Cross-National Perspective. Journal of Economic Literature, 39(1), 34– 92. Thomas, William I. & Znaniecki, Florjan (1918-20): The Polish peasant in Europe and America: Monograph of an immigrant group. 5 vols. Boston. Tierney, William G. & Lanford, Michael (2020). Life history methods. Sage. UK government (2026): Participation in education, training and employment age 16 to 18. https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/data-tables/fast-track/671c97a0-82b6-4ed1-eabd-08dda72a2c02 Walther, Andreas, Du Bois-Reymond, Manuela & Biggart, Andy (Eds.). (2006). Participation in Transition? Young People’s Motivation between Education, Welfare and Labour Market in European Perspective. Barbara Budrich. Wengraf, Tom (2001). Qualitative Research Interviewing: Biographic Narrative and Semi-Structured Methods. Sage. Wolf, Alison, Jenkins, Andrew & Vignoles, Anna (2006). Certifying the workforce: Economic imperative or failed social policy? Journal of Education Policy, 21 (5), 535–565. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930600866124 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper How Competitiveness Paradigms Shape Skills Policy? From Internal Market in the EU to Developmental State in Singapore 1: Cedefop, Greece; 2: University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Context The importance of skills for economic development and social cohesion is well recognised across countries. Equally well recognised is the role of public intervention in providing education services and developing skills. For illustration, public expenditure on education and training in the EU is among the largest categories of public spending, trailing only social protection, health, and broad economic governance. Private investment is also sizeable. With ageing populations in advanced and emerging economies, there is a persistent concern about sustaining growth to support living standards amid rising social and health expenditures. Ensuring growth – irrespective of the specific economic development and competitiveness strategy chosen – has direct implications for how skills demand evolves and, in turn, for the design of public skills policies. Aim This paper analyses and contrasts the design of skills policies in two different jurisdictions—the European Union and Singapore—through the lens of competitiveness paradigms. While the EU and Singapore differ in economic and political structures and in the level of policy intervention, they also embody distinct ways of competing that shape how skills policies are conceived and implemented. We hypothesise that the competitiveness paradigm adopted in each jurisdiction is a primary driver of skills policy design features. Analytical Framing We define the EU as a meta-level competitiveness and skills regime organised around a Single Market logic that promotes efficiency, innovation, and strategic transitions. This regime is articulated through EU-level strategies and instruments (e.g., the internal market acquis, the Green and Digital agendas, the Skills Agenda and European Education Area, and EU-wide coordination tools such as EQF, ESCO, Europass, and related data/standards initiatives). By contrast, Singapore’s competitiveness paradigm reflects a developmental state approach that prioritises high-value-added export competitiveness and the attraction of foreign direct investment, with skills policy embedded in global value-chain upgrading, continuous industry restructuring, and a strong emphasis on lifelong learning as the skills platform for rapid and continuous adjustment. Theory and Mechanisms Building on comparative political economy and policy design traditions, we link competitiveness paradigms to concrete mechanisms that shape skills policy design. Specifically, paradigms influence: (i) incentives and priorities (e.g., innovation, upgrading, inclusion); (ii) funding logic and risk-sharing across states, firms, and individuals; (iii) the mix of instruments (e.g., regulation and standards; subsidies and individual entitlements; provider quality assurance; data and recognition frameworks); (iv) governance levels and coordination (EU multi-level steering versus Singapore’s central strategic steering with social partner and sectoral roles); and (v) demand-side intervention and expectations on firms regarding skills utilisation and workplace transformation. These mechanisms provide an operational pathway from abstract paradigms to observable policy design choices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper employs a structured literature review and policy document analysis. For the EU, we examine the articulation of the Single Market competitiveness paradigm and its skills/VET policies through EU-level frameworks and initiatives. For Singapore, we analyse the developmental competitiveness paradigm as it appears in industrial strategy, global value-chain positioning, and the associated skills and lifelong learning policy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect to find a strong linkage between the prevailing competitiveness paradigm and the design features of skills policy. Our analysis will also explain the rationale behind the different linkages. In the EU case, we anticipate a policy design that emphasises common frameworks, standards, coordination instruments, and mission-driven transitions to steer diverse national systems. In Singapore, we expect a policy design oriented to rapid upgrading, targeted sectoral steering, and lifelong learning mechanisms that enable continuous skill change and utilisation. More broadly, the paper reframes skills policy as a derivative of different approaches to competing, offering an analytically grounded alternative to supply-side human capital accounts and providing reviewers with a clear, operational comparison of how paradigms shape instruments, governance, and outcomes. References Draghi, M. (2024a). The future of European competitiveness, Part A | A competitiveness strategy for Europe. https://commission.europa.eu/topics/competitiveness/draghi-report_en Draghi, M. (2024b). The future of European competitiveness, Part B | In-depth analysis and recommendations. https://commission.europa.eu/topics/competitiveness/draghi-report_en European Commission (2025a). Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: A Competitiveness Compass for the EU. Brussels, 29.1.2025 COM(2025) 30 final. European Commission (2025b). Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: The Union of Skills. Brussels, 5.3.2025 COM(2025) 90 final. European Council. (2024, November 8). Budapest Declaration on the New European Competitiveness Deal. https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/press/press- releases/2024/11/08/the-budapest-declaration/ Lintzeris, P. (2024). European skills strategies: concepts and typologies, theoretical foundations, institutional architecture, and political priorities. In J. Kontio, P. Gougoulakis, L. Moreno Herrere & M. Teras (eds,) Emerging issues in research on vocational education & training vol. 9 (special issue), pp. 40-64. Atlas Academi. Mazarr, M. J. (2022). The societal foundations of national competitiveness. Rand Corporation. Mazarr, M. J., Dale-Huang, A., & Sargent, M. (2024). The Emerging Competitive Paradigm: A Contest of Effective Governance. OECD (2024), Insights from Skills Strategies in the European Union: Lessons Learnt for Developing and Implementing Effective Skills Policies, OECD Skills Studies, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/0bf9e78e-en. Sakamoto, A., & Sung, J. (2018). Skills and the future of work: Strategies for inclusive growth in Asia and the Pacific. ILO. Sancak, M. (2024) Why do national skill systems vary? The state’s role in skill system institutions for maintaining growth models, New Political Economy, 29:3, 478-493, DOI: 10.1080/13563467.2023.2279077 Sekmokas, M., & Institute for Adult Learning Singapore. (2019). An analysis of the capacity of Singapore's industry transformation programme (ITP) to meet the transformation expectations: the case study of precision engineering industry. Institute for Adult Learning Singapore. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.14955909 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Dynamics of political power in Vocational Education and Training Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to provide an overview of power dynamics in the Vocational Education and Training (VET) politics in Finnish and European contexts. Since Copenhagen process and during the 2000s, the main European guideline is to make VET systems converge and to enhance the single labor market in Europe (Bainbridge 2024). While there is no uniform European VET system or rules for VET policies in member states, since Copenhagen process, seemingly neutral and widely accepted concepts like learning outcomes and competences have dominated VET discussions and objectives. From the perspective of power politics, both concepts are seen as ways of expanding the hegemonic economical practices to the world of (vocational) education. With this move the power in defining the meaning, goals and the aims of education have shifted from educational expertise towards economic power (Antunes 2012; Kontio et. al. 2019). While most actors within VET field agree upon some forms of competence-based education and emphasis on learning outcomes, both concepts have been criticized for too narrow view on learning and education (Rosenblad & Wheelalan 2025). Of course, in Europe, member states have different kinds of VET systems with different historical practices, which means that the way of implementing these European objectives defined in CP and other instances varies greatly (Ante 2016). Using Gramscian analysis of hegemony and power (cf. Mayo 2009) and how this is visible in the dynamics of key actors in the field of VET (cf. Kauko 2011) helps us form a comprehensive picture of contemporary challenges and flashpoints of VET politics. This presentation focuses on Finland but speaks to the wider European audience through analysing Finnish politics in conjunction with European concepts and trends. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our interview data are based on semi-structured thematic interviews, which provide us with comprehensive insight into Finnish VET politics. We use critical discourse analysis (CDA) to analyze the interview data along with the analysis of documents. Documents used are official documents of Finnish education politics such as working papers from ministries, government bills, and statements from key stakeholders. For the European context, we use key documents such as the Copenhagen declaration and Cedefop documents. CDA offers a methodology that can help to define and identify ongoing political discourses shaping contemporary VET dynamics (Fairclough 1995; Fairclough & Fairclough 2012). CDA offers tools to situate VET and its politics within broader historical and societal frameworks. We analyze how VET discourses are part of the societal whole and how they are formed within societal conjunction. In addition to CDA, we use Comparative Analytics of Dynamics in Education Politics (CADEP) to explain how transnational ideas are disseminated to the field and influence conditions of VET politics (Simola et. al. 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our historical analysis, it seems that learning outcomes and competence-based education is widely accepted and hegemonic concepts within VET field. However, they are politically contested and contradictory. In the Finnish context, the contestation implies the age-old debate between “welfare state ethos” with the emphasis on universal and general education versus the “neoliberal market ethos” (Niemi & Janhukainen 2020). This has been visible in the political swings between governments described earlier. Politization and dividing lines have also been identified in our interview data. Nonetheless, the division into these two poles is crude, and there are clear contradictions and challenges for VET politics. The main challenge identified by interviewees and by actors in general is the diminishing resources for education. Another key issue is the lack of a larger vision in education politics. Contemporary challenges, both nationally and internationally, need a large reevaluation of the aims and objectives of education. Both in Finland and in Europe, VET has been subject to major political expectations and changes. To keep up with the rapid pace of reforms and politics, a profound and comprehensive study of those politics is needed. Our research aims to deepen the understanding of how actors in VET politics operate through policy reforms, governance mechanisms, and discursive framings to produce specific outcomes of those politics. References Ante, C. (2016). The Europeanisation of Vocational Education and Training. Springer. Antunes, F. (2012). ‘Tuning’ Education for the Market in ‘Europe’? Qualifications, Competences and Learning Outcomes: Reform and Action on the Shop Floor. European Educational Research Journal, 11(3), 446–470. Bainbridge, S. (2024). A reflective overview: European vocational education and training reform: The Copenhagen process 2002 to 2024. Journal of Vocational, Adult and Continuing Education and Training, 7(2), 21–21. ´ Fairclough, N. 1995. Critical discourse analysis: the critical study of language. Longman. Fairclough, I. & Fairclough, N. 2012. Political Discourse Analysis: A Method for Advanced Studies. Routledge. Kauko, J. 2011. Korkeakoulupolitiikan dynamiikat Suomessa. Helsingin yliopisto. Kontio, K., Pikkarainen, E., & Mathlin, V.-M. 2019. Sivistys, talous ja ammattikasvatuksen uudistus. Ammattikasvatuksen aikakauskirja, 21:3. 9–24. Niemi, A-M. & Janhukainen M. 2020. Educating self-governing learners and employees: studying, learning and pedagogical practices in the context of vocational education and its reform. Journal of Youth Studies, 23:9, 1143-1160. Mayo, P. (2020). Gramsci: Power, culture & education. Actio Nova, (4), 23–45. Rosenblad, N., & Wheelahan, L. 2025. The ontology of personhood and a realist critique of the policy discourse based on skills. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 46(3), 375–390. Simola, H., Kalalahti, M., Kauko, J., Sahlström, F. & Varjo, J. 2017. Dynamics in education politics: understanding and explaining the Finnish case. Routledge 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Translating European VET Policy into Practice: Governance Instruments in Vocational Education and Training Dresden University of Technology, Germany Presenting Author:VET at EU levels is shaped by supranational governance through policy instruments such as Erasmus+, Europass, the EQF, DigCompEdu, EQAVET etc. These instruments aim to promote mobility, transparency, quality and learning outcome orientation across and beyond national VET systems. For VET practitioners and organisations, however, engagement with European VET policy (EUVET policy) is often experienced as complex and only partially aligned with everyday professional practice.
In line with ECER’s 2026 theme ‘Knowing and Acting’, this contribution examines how EUVET policy knowledge is translated into VET practice. It conceptualizes EUVET instruments as governance tools that not only regulate systems but also shape professional knowledge, practices and identities in VET. Drawing on the understanding of policy instruments as ‘techniques of governing that help define and achieve policy goals’ (Bali et al., 2021), the paper focuses on the use of EUVET instruments by VET staff and providers.
The study is situated within VETNET debates on the relationship between policy, professional practice and learning in VET. It addresses the following research questions:
The paper argues that the implementation gap between EUVET policy and VET practice reflects broader changes in the conditions of knowledge production and use in education. In a context of multiple crises - economic, political, and societal - VET is increasingly expected to deliver policy-relevant outcomes, while practitioners face constraints of time, resources, and institutional priorities. As a result, knowledge about EUVET policy risks becoming instrumental or symbolic rather than a meaningful resource for professional development and organisational learning.
By combining empirical analysis with the development of practice-oriented learning units, the contribution positions VET research as a mediating element between European policy frameworks and local VET practice. This aligns with VETNET’s focus on strengthening the role of research in supporting vocational teachers, trainers and institutions in navigating through governance landscapes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study consists of a qualitative, comparative research design based on four focus groups conducted in 2024 in Germany, Greece, Estonia and Portugal. These countries represent different institutional traditions and governance arrangements in VET. Participants included VET teachers, trainers and representatives of VET organisations with experience in implementing EUVET instruments. The focus groups explored participants’ awareness and use of EUVET tools, perceived benefits for professional practice and organisational development, implementation challenges and support needs. Particular attention was paid to how EUVET instruments are interpreted and applicated in everyday VET work. All focus group discussions were transcribed and analysed using qualitative content analysis. A SWOT framework (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats) guided the analysis to capture both enabling and constraining factors affecting the enactment of EUVET instruments in VET practice. This approach allowed for cross-country comparison while maintaining sensitivity to national and organizational contexts. In a subsequent design-based step, the empirical findings informed the collaborative development of four learning units on EUVET. These learning units were co-developed by research and practice partners from the participating countries and are intended as professional learning resources for VET staff and organizations. They explicitly address the implementation challenges identified in the analysis and aim to support reflective and context-sensitive engagement with EUVET policy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that EUVET instruments such as Erasmus+, Europass, EQF and EQAVET are the most visible and frequently used tools in VET practice across all four countries. VET professionals generally perceive engagement with EUVET as beneficial, particularly in terms of internationalization, professional development and organisational profiling. At the same time, the study identifies a persistent implementation gap between European VET policy and everyday professional practice. Challenges include limited time and staffing resources, difficulties in accessing clear and practice-relevant information and uncertainty about the concrete added value of EUVET instruments for teaching, training and organisational development. The collaboratively developed learning units represent an attempt to bridge this gap by translating EUVET policy knowledge into accessible, practice-oriented formats tailored to VET professionals. They highlight the potential of research-informed professional learning to strengthen VET staff’s capacity to engage critically and productively with European policy instruments. The paper concludes that VET research has an important role to play in mediating between European policy objectives and local VET practice. By supporting knowledge translation and professional learning, educational research can contribute to ensuring that EUVET instruments become meaningful resources for VET development rather than externally imposed requirements. References Bali, A. S.; Howlett, M.; Lewis, J. M.; Ramesh, M. (2021): Procedural policy tools in theory and practice. Policy and Society, 40(3), 295–311. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2021.1965379 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 08 B: VET Systems Location: K108 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Leesa Wheelahan Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper In Common, Different, Similar: Dual Systems of VET in Germany, Switzerland and Austria 1: Institute of Education, University of Zurich, Switzerland; 2: Lehrstuhl Wirtschaftspädagogik I, University of Konstanz, Germany Presenting Author:Germany, Austria and Switzerland, the so called "DACH"-countries, are the core places of dual apprenticeship on a global scale. These countries and their vocational education and training systems were seen for a long time as an effective setting for coping with youth unemployment and skills mismatch but also as pathways that integrate school-weary young people into the world of work. Even today, the dual system of VET has been chosen as a role model by the OECD and other international organisations and sometimes even is considered a gold standard of vocational education and training. In the following we discuss statements, which seem to characterize these VET systems at first glance, although they are not always clear regarding what is meant in the respective countries. The following aspects aim to depict the features of dual VET in Germany, Austria and Switzerland in a synoptical manner:
(1) Dual systems of VET consist of two learning sites (2) Social partners are important for running the dual system (3) Chambers play a crucial role in dual VET (4) Short-term programs in higher vocational education complement the dual system (5) Short-term apprenticeships are one instrument to include more young people in the dual system (6) VET reforms in dual apprenticeship countries (such as the vocational baccalaureate or the bachelor professional) ease the progression to further and higher education These features have undergone in one or the other country fundemental changes and reveal, that dual systems are also dynamic entities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper we show that duality of VET and the VET systems differ between the three countries. We will discuss, alongside pivotal aspects, their major differences and commonalities. The selection of the issues as well as the findings for each nation are based on comparative research, on cases studies, including historical accounts and recent research and expert knowledge. A content analysis of documents and studies based on key terms reveals the profile of dual systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Dual VET is under pressure, but has undergone reforms and facelifts in recent times. Reform activities, however, differ manifestly between the three countries. All three dual apprenticeship systems are facing decline in terms of numbers entering. On the other hand, dual VET still is seen as a success model since still a considerable proportion of school leavers take up training in the dual system. Also, firms still are committed to the dual system. Differences can be seen in its relative weight in the VET system, its general reputation (“standing”) and its links with higher education. References Deissinger, Th. (2010). Dual System, in: Peterson, P./Baker, E./McGaw, B. (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education, 3rd Edition, Vol. 8, Oxford (Elsevier), pp. 448-454. Deissinger, Th. (2022). The Standing of Dual Apprenticeships in Germany: Institutional Stability and Current Challenges, in: Billett, St. et al. (Eds.), The Standing of Vocational Education and the Occupations It Serves. Professional and Practice-based Learning, Vol 32, Cham (Springer), pp. 83-101. Deissinger, Th. (2010). Warum funktionieren berufliche Vollzeitschulen in Deutschland anders als in Österreich? – Kritische Anmerkungen im Zeichen nationaler und internationaler Problemlagen, in: Fortmüller, R./Greimel-Fuhrmann, B. (Hrsg.), Wirtschaftsdidaktik - Eine Tour d’Horizon von den theoretischen Grundlagen zur praktischen Anwendung. Festsschrift für Josef Aff, Wien (Manz), pp. 181-189. Dornmayr, H., Graf, L., Kroll, S., Markowitsch, J., Neff, D. & Neumann, J. (2024). Indikatoren zur dualen Berufsbildung 2024. Deutschland – Österreich – Schweiz. Forschungsbericht. Bonn-Wien-Zollikofen Gonon, Ph. (2014). What makes the Dual System to a Dual System? A new Attempt to Define VET through a Governance Approach. bwp@, 25. Online: www.bwpat.de/ausgabe25/gonon_bwpat25.pdf Gonon, Ph. & Maurer, M. (2012). Education Policy Actors as Stakeholders in the Development of the Collective Skill System: The Case of Switzerland. In Busemeyer, M. R. & Trampusch, Ch. (Eds.), The Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation (126-149). Oxford: University Press. Graf, L., Lassnigg, L. & Powell, J. (2012). Austrian Corporatism and Institutional Change in the Relationship between Apprenticeship Training and School-Based VET. In Busemeyer, M. R. & Trampusch, Ch. (Eds.), The Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation (150-178). Ox ford: University Press. Lassnigg, L. (2023). Sustaining Dual Apprenticeship Systems: Similarities and Differences in Austria, Germany and Switzerland. In Ye, Jian-Hong and Jiang, Man, (eds.) Technical and Vocational Education and Training. IntechOpen. https://doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.112561 Nikolai, R. & Ebner, Ch. (2012). The Link between Vocational Training and Higher Education in Switzerland, Austria and Germany. In Busemeyer, M. R. & Trampusch, Ch. (Eds.), The Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation (234-258). Oxford: University Press. Rothe, G. (2001). Die Systeme beruflicher Qualifizierung Deutschlands, Österreichs und der Schweiz im Vergleich. DBK 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The Conceptual Openness of VET Systems to the Perspectives of Apprentices and Their Participation Federal Institute for Vocational Education and Training (BIBB), Germany Presenting Author:The design of vocational education and training systems (VET) is largely shaped by institutionalised negotiation processes in which specific constellations of actors determine the strategic orientation and its implementation in practice. This usually takes place within the framework of established cooperation and governance structures and is practised over long periods of time (Mayntz/Scharpf 1995; Maag Merki/langer/Altrichter 2014). This article focuses on apprentices/IVET learners as a central but hitherto largely neglected group of actors. Based on an analysis of three national reform and strategy processes, it examines the extent to which the VET systems in Germany, Switzerland and Denmark already integrate the perspective of learners at the conceptual level and in the normative self-image of their institutional arrangements, and open up opportunities for participation. The countries were selected on the basis of their common feature of a strongly company- and labour market-focused form of initial vocational training. The following criteria were decisive in the selection of the processes. The processes took place in the. since 2015, they can be considered structurally formative for the respective vocational training system, and their scope encompasses both normative and institutional settings. The selected processes are examined with regard to two aspects or criteria. Firstly, the extent to which the apprentices' perspective played a role in the course of the process, i.e. the extent to which the apprentices/IVET learners were the direct recipients of the reform or strategy activities. Secondly, the form of participation of the learners in this context is analysed. For Germany, these are the reforms of the Vocational Training Act (BBiG) since 2015, for Switzerland the strategic initiative Agenda Berufsbildung 2030 (Vocational Training Agenda 2030) and for Denmark the reform of the vocational training system in 2015. These three processes meet the criterion of systemic relevance and their explicit objective of strategically realigning the respective VET system. All three processes mark significant political interventions in which issues of attractiveness, quality and governance of vocational education and training were addressed. For Germany, this involves two changes to the BBiG during this period. The Act on the Modernisation and Strengthening of Vocational Education and Training (BBiMoG) of 2020 brought about extensive structural and content-related changes to the BBiG. Some of these changes directly address apprentices; for example, the minimum training allowance (§ 17 BBiG) is the first time that an income-related protection interest for apprentices has been explicitly standardised by law. Furthermore, in August 2024, the Vocational Training Validation and Digitisation Act (BVaDiG) came into force, once again modifying the BBiG with new legal instruments for digitisation and recognition of skills (Bundesrepublik Deutschland 2024). In Switzerland, the federal government, the cantons and the organisations representing the world of work (Organisationen der Arbeitswelt, OdA) wanted to respond to social and labour market changes with the strategic initiative Vocational Training 2030 and make VET ‘fit for the future’, e.g. in terms of digitalisation, sustainability and permeability. The 2015 reform of the Danish VET system was primarily aimed at attracting more young people to vocational training, reducing drop-out rates and improving the quality of vocational education and training programmes. In terms of its theoretical foundation and positioning, this paper focuses on the role of apprentices/IVET learners and their opportunities for participation in the design of VET systems and can therefore be classified as educational governance research (Busemeyer/Goerres 2014; Busemeyer/Schlicht-Schmälzle 2014; Busemeyer/Trampusch 2012; Emmenegger/Graf/Strebel 2020). Based on the typology approach of skill formation systems, the article highlights why there are considerable conceptual differences within the group of so-called collective skill formation systems in terms of how learners are addressed and involved in key national design and strategy processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis of reform and strategy processes is based on a systematic and intensive document analysis. This method makes it possible to reconstruct reform dynamics, objectives, lines of argumentation, and institutional and normative frameworks in a comparative manner. On the one hand, primary documents that were created directly in the course of the reform and strategy processes are taken into account, such as legal texts, strategy and programme papers, official reports, statements by relevant actors and accompanying evaluation documents (BOWEN 2008;ANGUS ET AL. 2013). Secondly, secondary sources are included, in particular existing scientific analyses, expert reports and synthesis reports that contextualise, evaluate or historically classify the respective reform processes (SCHREIER 2014). The documents are evaluated using a theoretically guided category system, which is both deduced from the state of research and the guiding questions and developed inductively in the course of the analysis (KUCKARTZ 2010; MAYRING 2022). The aim is to identify the central objectives and control logics of the reform processes and to make them systematically comparable. By combining internal reform documents and external analytical literature, the aim is to triangulate perspectives, taking into account both the intended goals and self-descriptions of the reform actors and their scientific classification and critical reflection. This approach helps to increase the comparability of the education systems under investigation and to empirically validate the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We argue that there are clear differences between the three countries regarding the conceptual anchoring and functional role of IVET learners within the governance of their initial training systems. In Germany, reforms increasingly emphasise individualisation and protection, but they do not amount to a comprehensive participatory reorientation of the BBiG. Rather than explicitly incorporating trainees as actors through legal measures, the focus lies on systemic framework conditions and structural modernisation, such as training duration, examination formats and training content. Although parliamentary debates addressed potential improvements for apprentices – including a minimum training allowance, strengthened rights for youth and apprentice representatives, and barrier-free complaint mechanisms – these were not incorporated into the core of the 2015 reform (DEUTSCHER BUNDESTAG 2024). In Switzerland, while IVET learners are not explicitly addressed in the mission statement of ‘Vocational Education and Training 2030’, their perspective is central to the strategic guidelines. The initiative promotes a paradigm shift from labour-market-driven training towards individual development opportunities, positioning learners as active designers of their educational pathways (SEUFERT 2018). Although governance remains dominated by institutional actors, particularly OdAs, learner-centredness is increasingly recognised as a legitimate and strategic approach. This is reinforced by institutionalised monitoring instruments that systematically capture learners’ experiences and feed them into political decision-making. Denmark provides the most explicit example of legally embedding the learner perspective. Improving learners’ well-being and satisfaction was established as a core objective of the reform, accompanied by legally mandated monitoring of learner satisfaction. The resulting data serves as a basis for policy measures aimed at improving training quality and reducing dropout rates (HIPPACH-SCHNEIDER/GROBE-RATH 2024). Overall, the analysis demonstrates substantial differences in how apprentices are addressed and perceived by dominant actors in VET policy-making, even across structurally similar vocational training systems. References Angus, L., Golding, B., Foley, A., & Lavender, P. (2013). Promoting ‘learner voice’ in VET: developing democratic, transformative possibilities or further entrenching the status quo? Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1–15. Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27–40. Gesetz zur Modernisierung und Stärkung der beruflichen Bildung (2020). Berufsbildungsvalidierungs- und -digitalisierungsgesetz (2024). Busemeyer, M. R., & Goerres, A. (2014). Varieties of Capitalism, Education and Inequalities in Political Participation. SSRN Electronic Journal. Advance online publication. Busemeyer, M. R., & Schlicht-Schmälzle, R. (2014). Partisan power, economic coordination and variations in vocational training systems in Europe. European Journal of Industrial Relations, 20 (2014), No 1, p. 55-71. Busemeyer, M. R., & Trampusch, C. (2012). The Comparative Politcial Economy of Collective Skill Formation. In M. R. Busemeyer & C. Trampusch (Eds.), The political economy of collective skill formation (pp. 3–38). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Deutscher Bundestag (2024). Anhörung Bundesvalidierungs- und -digitalisierungsgesetz. Retrieved from https://www.bundestag.de/dokumente/textarchiv/2024/kw23-pa-bildung-berufsbildungsvalidierungsgesetz-1004006? Emmenegger, P., Graf, L., & Strebel, A. (2020). Social versus liberal collective skill formation systems? A comparative-historical analysis of the role of trade unions in German and Swiss VET. European Journal of Industrial Relations, 26(3), 263–278. Hippach-Schneider, U., & Grobe-Rath, J. (2023). The apprentice perspective: A blind spot in the governance of VET systems? A German-Danish-Swiss comparison. In V. Tūtlys, L. Vaitkutė, & C. Nägele (Chairs), 5th International VET Conference Crossing Boundaries. Symposium conducted at the meeting of VETNET, Kaunas. Hippach-Schneider, U., & Grobe-Rath, J. (2024). Die Perspektive der Auszubildenden in Monitorings der Berufsbildungspolitik: Eine vergleichende Analyse von Dänemark, Deutschland und der Schweiz. Berufsbildung in Wissenschaft Und Praxis BWP, 2024(4), 48–51. Kuckartz, U. (2010). Einführung in die computergestützte Analyse qualitativer Daten (3., aktualisierte Aufl.). Lehrbuch. Wiesbaden: VS Verl. für Sozialwiss. Maag Merki, K., Langer, R., & Altrichter, H. (Eds.) (2014). Educational governance: Bd. 17. Educational Governance als Forschungsperspektive: Strategien, Methoden, Ansätze. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Mayntz, R., & Scharpf, F. W. (1995). Der Ansatz des akteurszentrierten Institutionalismus. In R. Mayntz & F. W. Scharpf (Eds.), Gesellschaftliche Selbstregelung und Steuerung (pp. 39–72). Frankfurt am Main: Campus. Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken. Weinheim: Beltz. Schreier, M. (2014). Varianten qualitativer Inhaltsanalyse: Ein Wegweiser im Dickicht der Begrifflichkeiten. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 15(1). Seufert, S. (Mai 2018). Flexibilisierung der Berufsbildung im Kontext fortschreitender Digitalisierung: Bericht im Auftrag des Staatssekretariats für Bildung, Forschung und Innovation SBFI im Rahmen des Projekts «Berufsbildung 2030 – Vision und Strategische Leitlinien». 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The Emergence and Dominance of the ‘Skills-First’ Approach in Educational Policy 1: Department of Education, University of Oxford, United Kingdom,; 2: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:This conceptual paper traces the emergence of the ‘skills-first’ approach, now dominant in international and domestic policy and in all sectors of education. It has two purposes: the first is to analyse policy documents from the European Commission, the OECD and UNESCO to trace the development of the skills discourse to culminate in ‘skills first’ policies. This analysis provides the context for the second purpose, which is to examine how the skills discourse has been most recently instantiated in England, through the UK Government’s Post-16 education and skills white paper (Department for Education et al., 2025). While the ontological and epistemological premise of our paper is critical realism in philosophy and social realism in the sociology of education (Wheelahan & Moodie, 2026), we nonetheless draw on discursive institutionalism (Schmidt, 2008) to explain the ways in which international policy flows are constituted by policy actors in international government organisations, think tanks and other policy actors and how policies undergo processes of recontextualisation to reflect national specificities. We also draw on Bacchi’s (2012, 2026) ‘What’s the problem represented to be’ to problematise the concept of skills and the problems policies on skills seek to address. The skills discourse originated first in the vocational education sector and has progressively expanded within vocational education to encompass a wide range of attributes and character qualities not traditionally associated with skill (Payne, 2000). ‘Skills first’ now has colonised higher education, but also schools and early childhood education. ‘Skills first’ has two meanings: it was popularised by the World Economic Forum (2023) to exhort firms, enterprises, and government agencies to focus on specific skills and competencies that applicants have, rather than their educational qualifications, previous job titles, or job history. It has subsequently been adopted and developed by the European Commission (2024) and the OECD (2025), and operationalised by the European Commission (nd-a, nd-b) in its ‘Union of Skills’ and ‘Pact for Skills’ and UNESCO (2025) through tools such as its ‘Global Skills Tracker’. The second meaning of ‘skills first’ is that all education and all sectors of education must be pressed into the service of skills. For example, the OECD (2025) argues that better and more equitable access to early childhood education and care services is necessary because skills disparities develop early and only widen with time. Moreover, “Compulsory schooling systems must balance excellence, equity and labour market relevance” (OECD, 2025, p.20). The OECD continues: “…[school] curricula should ensure academic proficiency in core 21st-century skills, social and emotional skills, and career readiness” (p.20). The ‘Skills First’ policy framework is both underpinned by human capital theory but also demonstrates the failure of human capital theory (Milana et al., 2025). Human capital theory posits that more education leads to greater and better skills, and higher productivity (Becker, 1962), yet despite the massive expansion of all levels of education in the last 50 years, policy bodies and governments complain of skills gaps and mismatches. The problem is, according to the European Economic and Social Committee (2018, p.6), that there is too much education of the wrong sort and that “a larger part of the mismatch is due to over-skilling/education”. ‘Skills First’ policies are thus a tool for governments to discipline all levels of education to focus on skills needed for work as the priority. The English White Paper exemplifies the focus on skills as the solution to all economic and social problems that beset England and it will result in a tighter focus on learning for work. All education in all sectors is pressed into the service of skills, with citizen development excluded from consideration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We draw on Schmidt’s (2008) discursive institutionalism to analyse policy flows and the way in which the discourse of skill is defined and legitimated, and Bacchi’s (2012, p.23) ‘what’s the problem represented to be’ to examine how the ‘problem’ of skill is constituted in policy, and to probe “the unexamined assumptions and deep-seated conceptual logics” in skills policies. However, contrary to Schmidt (2012) and Bacchi (2016; 2026) who disavow the use of critical realism to base their approach more solidly on constructivism, we use critical realism to examine non-discursive relations of power that promote the skills discourse. Critical realists posit a complex reality that includes the importance of discourse in structuring relations of power, particularly in the way ‘problems’ are ‘named’. Critical realists take discourse seriously but argue that discourse is related to non-discursive relations of power in complex and stratified social structures that also have a material basis. Discourses contribute to, but cannot fully explain, relations of power and social structures. Critical realists use ‘abduction’, a process of theoretical redescription, to draw from alternative paradigms to engage in conceptual abstraction, necessary for understanding the way in which problems are defined. This allows us to draw from both Schmidt and Bacchi in our analysis without conceding their ‘strong’ constructivist premises, as interpretation of meanings is fundamental to critical realist analyses (Sayer, 2010). In using discursive institutionalism, we examine the relationship between international and national policy flows, including the coordinative discourses that shape policies and, communicative discourses which mediate between policy actors and the public (Wahlström & Sundberg, 2018). We draw on Bacchi’s six questions in her ‘what’s the problem represented to be’ to question the way in which skill is defined as both ‘problem’ and ‘solution’. Her six questions are: 1. “What's the ‘problem’…represented to be in a specific policy or policy proposal? 2. What presuppositions or assumptions underpin this representation of the ‘problem’? 3. How has this representation of the ‘problem’ come about? 4. What is left unproblematic in this problem representation? Where are the silences? Can the ‘problem’ be thought about differently? 5. What effects are produced by this representation of the ‘problem’? 6. How/where has this representation of the ‘problem’ been produced, disseminated and defended? How has it been (or could it be) questioned, disrupted and replaced?” (Bacchi, 2012) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We found that as human capital theory increasingly came to dominate government policies on education over the last 50 years, policy has progressively narrowed the focus of education away from broader conceptions of citizenship formation, personal development, and occupational preparation to the production of skills. In the 1970s, human capital theory was descriptive, it was used to explain why individuals and enterprises invested in education. In the 1980s and 1990s, it became normative, education should be about jobs. In the 2000s, human capital theory has become prescriptive, education must be about jobs. The ‘problem’ of skills arises from human capital theory but also from neoliberal assumptions about society, competition and individuals. The transition to a ‘market society’ amplified human capital theory’s concerns with investment in knowledge and skills, in which the purpose of education is to supply the ‘skills’ needed by individuals and employers. The ‘problem’ is cast as a supply problem, in which educational institutions do not supply the ‘right’ skills needed by employers and labour markets. The structure of societies and labour markets, relations of class, gender, race and other dimensions of power and inequality, are recast as ‘technical’ problems which must be overcome to ensure adequate labour market supply. The consequences of this approach are examined through close examination of England’s skill policies. The definition of skill, its reduction to a problem of ‘mapping’ between supply and demand, and its rendering as a technocratic problem waiting to be solved, are explored. Attributes and character qualities are redefined as skill, colonising our inner worlds and helping to shape sensibilities of the ‘good’ worker. Skill policies produce aggregative and additive conceptions of skill, in which skills can be enumerated, counted, and aggregated in different ways, ignoring the social contexts in which skills are developed, deployed, extended, and evaluated. References Bacchi, C. (2012). Introducing the ‘What's the Problem Represented to be?’ approach. In B. Angelique & B. Chris (Eds.), Engaging with Carol Bacchi: Strategic Interventions and Exchanges (pp. 21-24). University of Adelaide Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/UPO9780987171856.003 Bacchi, C. (2016). Problematizations in Health Policy: Questioning How “Problems” Are Constituted in Policies. Sage Open, 6(2), 2158244016653986. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244016653986 Bacchi, C. (2026). What's the Problem Represented to Be? : A New Thinking Paradigm. Routledge. Becker, G. S. (1962). Investment in Human Capital: A Theoretical Analysis. Journal of Political Economy, 70(5), 9-49. http://www.jstor.org.myaccess.library.utoronto.ca/stable/1829103 Department for Education, Department for Work and Pensions, & Department for Science Innovation and Technology. (2025). Post-16 education and skills white paper. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/post-16-education-and-skills-white-paper European Commission. (2024). The ‘Skills First’ Approach - Opportunities and Risks. https://pact-for-skills.ec.europa.eu/document/download/006e50d4-6383-4f1a-b2fc-75a5ac082f63_en European Commission. (nd-a). Pact for Skills. Retrieved 26 January 2026 from https://pact-for-skills.ec.europa.eu/index_en European Commission. (nd-b). Union of Skills. Retrieved 27 January 2026 from https://commission.europa.eu/topics/competitiveness/union-skills_en European Economic and Social Committee. (2018). Skills Mismatches–An Impediment to the Competitiveness of EU Businesses. https://www.eesc.europa.eu/sites/default/files/files/qe-02-18-922-en-n.pdf Milana, M., Ulrik, B., Steven, H., Tetyana, H.-K., & and Morris, T. H. (2025). Skills, skills, skills! The European Commission’s endorsement of a Skills-First approach and the future of adult education and lifelong learning. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 44(2), 127-130. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2025.2472553 OECD. (2025). OECD Skills Outlook 2025: Building the Skills of the 21st Century for All (OECD Skills Outlook, Issue. https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/oecd-skills-outlook-2025_26163cd3-en.html Payne, J. (2000). The unbearable lightness of skill: the changing meaning of skill in UK policy discourses andsome implications for education and training. Journal of Education Policy, 15(3), 353-369. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930050030473 Sayer, A. (2010). Method in social science : a realist approach (Rev. 2nd ed.). Routledge. Schmidt, V. A. (2008). Discursive Institutionalism: The Explanatory Power of Ideas and Discourse. Annual Review of Political Science, 11, 303-326. Schmidt, V. A. (2012). Discursive Institutionalism: Scope, Dynamics, and Philosophical Underpinnings. In H. Gottweis & F. Fischer (Eds.), The Argumentative Turn Revisited (pp. 85-113). Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780822395362-004 UNESCO. (2025). Global Skills Tracker User Manual. https://unevoc.unesco.org/up/gst-user-manual.pdf Wahlström, N., & Sundberg, D. (2018). Discursive institutionalism: towards a framework for analysing the relation between policy and curriculum. Journal of Education Policy, 33(1), 163-183. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1344879 Wheelahan, L., & Moodie, G. (Forthcoming, 2026). Beyond Skills: A Capability Conception of Vocational Education (Vol. 14). Brill. World Economic Forum. (2023). Putting skills first: a framework for action. https://www.weforum.org/publications/putting-skills-first-a-framework-for-action/ |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 08 C: Higher Education Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Charlynne Pullen Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Beyond Credentials: Education's Changing Role in Middle-Skill Occupations 1: City, St George's, University of London, United Kingdom; 2: Edge Foundation, UK Presenting Author:Currently, education policies are trying to address the changes that artificial intelligence is bringing to labour markets (OECD 2023; Unesco, 2022). The threat of automation is challenging the purpose and value of different educational pathways. While policy discourse emphasises upskilling and retraining as responses to technological change (Schiff, 2022), little attention is paid to understanding how education actually functions in middle-skill occupations already undergoing transformation.
Middle occupations, administrative, secretarial, and skilled trade roles, employ around one-fifth of the UK workforce yet have experienced significant decline. Economists have long attributed this to technological change, particularly routine-based technological change (RBTC), which predicts that routine cognitive tasks concentrated in middle occupations will be automated, leading to an "hourglass" labour market with growth at both ends but "hollowing out" in the middle (Goos and Manning 2007; Autor et al 2006). This framework has become central to understanding labour market shifts across developed economies. Yet alongside this decline, middle occupations have undergone dramatic "graduatisation": university graduates in administrative roles rose from 3.8% in 1991 to 32.5% in 2021. This simultaneous decline and educational upgrading presents a puzzle that challenges both RBTC theory and education policy assumptions. This raises critical questions: What role does education play in these evolving occupations? How do formal qualifications relate to actual skill demands? What are the implications for vocational/higher education and lifelong learning? Our theoretical framework draws on literature challenging some of the RBTC theory's core assumptions (e.g. Brown et al 2020). We examine whether middle-skill work is genuinely "routine" and thus automatable, or whether this characterisation oversimplifies occupational realities. We also engage with literatures on credential inflation (Araki, 2020; Tholen 2020) and skill formation (Sung and Ashton) , asking whether increasing educational requirements reflect genuine skill demands or serve primarily as screening mechanisms. This study examines administrative roles, legal, medical, and HR, as a critical case for understanding education's evolving role in middle-skill work. These occupations are particularly instructive because they span multiple sectors, show variation in growth patterns, and are central to automation debates given their assumed "routine" character. The UK provides a valuable case: it combines mass higher education expansion with vocational education challenges faced across Europe, making findings relevant to broader European debates about education system reform in the AI era. Understanding the actual relationship between education and middle-skill work, rather than assumed relationships, becomes crucial as policymakers consider how to prepare workers for technological change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study examines middle-skill occupations by analysing the role of technology, workplace skills, and education. It addresses three questions: How have educational composition and work characteristics changed over time? How do workers understand skill demands and technology's role? How do they view education's importance in their jobs? The research focuses on administrative occupations (SOC Group 4), a 3-million-strong workforce (UK) experiencing significant decline despite its size. We examine three administrator types to capture occupational variation and differing growth patterns: legal administrators (primarily in law firms), medical administrators (mainly NHS), and HR administrators (across diverse sectors). Data collection occurred December 2023 to March 2025 through 22 in-depth interviews: 12 legal, 7 HR, and 3 medical administrators. Participants were recruited via LinkedIn, snowball sampling, and public organisational contacts. The sample was predominantly female (15 of 22), represented diverse ages and experience levels, and concentrated in South England. Online interviews lasted 35 to 80 minutes, exploring skill demands, technology impacts, education's role, occupational access, daily responsibilities, and career trajectories. All interviews were recorded, transcribed, anonymised, and analysed using thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings challenge RBTC theory and education policy assumptions. First, administrative work proves far less routine than assumed. Administrators report substantial autonomy and varied responsibilities that expand beyond formal job descriptions, contradicting routinisation premises underlying automation predictions. Second, capabilities administrators identify as most essential and AI-resistant (communication, empathy, contextual judgment, adaptability) are developed primarily through work experience, apprenticeships, and vocational training rather than formal higher education. University degrees function increasingly as screening mechanisms rather than sources of job-relevant competencies, revealing a critical disconnect between credential requirements and actual skill development. Third, AI adoption remains limited and uneven across organisations, but where present is consistently framed as augmentation rather than replacement. The human-centred, relational aspects of administrative work remain irreplaceable precisely because they resist routinisation. Administrators emphasise that emotional intelligence, judgement, and interpersonal understanding remain crucial to effective work. Effective policy responses to support administrative workers could lie in recognising diverse learning pathways, strengthening vocational-higher education bridges, supporting sector-specific development, and moving beyond credentialism towards human-centred capabilities complementing technology. References Araki, S. (2020) 'Educational expansion, skills diffusion, and the economic value of credentials and skills', American Sociological Review, 85(1), pp. 128-175. Autor, D.H., Katz, L.F. and Kearney, M.S. (2006) 'The polarisation of the US labour market', American Economic Review, 96(2), pp. 189-194. Brown, P., Lauder, H. and Cheung, S.Y. (2020) The Death of Human Capital? Its Failed Promise and How to Renew It in an Age of Disruption. New York: Oxford University Press. Goos, M. and Manning, A. (2007) 'Lousy and lovely jobs: the rising polarisation of work in Britain', The Review of Economics and Statistics, 89(1), pp. 118-133. OECD (2023) OECD Employment Outlook 2023: Artificial Intelligence and the Labour Market. Paris: OECD. Schiff, D. (2022) 'Education for AI, not AI for education: the role of education and ethics in national AI policy strategies', International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 32, pp. 527-563. Sung, J. and Ashton, D.N. (2015) Skills in Business: The Role of Business Strategy, Sectoral Skills Development and Skills Policy. London: SAGE Publications Ltd. Tholen, G. (2020) 'Degree power: educational credentialism within three skilled occupations', British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(3), pp. 382-397. UNESCO (2021) AI and Education: Guidance for Policy-makers. Paris: UNESCO. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Limits of Lifelong Learning? Occupational Closure and the Hiring Value of Micro-Credentials 1: University of Wuppertal, Germany; 2: WZB Berlin Social Science Center, Germany Presenting Author:Across advanced economies, technological change is continuously reshaping occupational task structures, increasing the need for skill updating beyond initial education and within ongoing employment relationships. In response, workers predominantly rely on short-format, job-specific forms of non-formal further education, delivered both in face-to-face settings and, especially since the COVID-19 pandemic, through online formats. In policy debates on lifelong learning, micro-credentials have therefore emerged as a key instrument to enhance the transparency, portability, and recognition of these learning activities (European Commission, 2021). However, participation in non-formal further education and the acquisition of micro-credentials are unequally distributed and strongly structured by occupational and organisational contexts. Moreover, the labour market returns to such training, measured in income gains or improved employment prospects, vary substantially across these same structures (Ehlert, 2017; Haupt, 2012). One influential explanation for these patterns is derived from social closure theory (Bills, 2003; Bol & Weeden, 2015; Weber, 1925; Weeden, 2002). From this perspective, occupations differ in the extent to which access is regulated through formal credentials. In occupationally closed labour markets, entry is restricted by legally or institutionally required certificates, whereas in open occupations formal entry barriers are weak or absent. Where access is tightly regulated, formal qualifications should already provide a sufficient and credible signal of occupational competence. Consequently, additional non-formal training certificates are expected to yield lower (or even no) returns, as they convey limited incremental information to employers (Haupt, 2012). In contrast, in open occupations, where formal credentials provide weaker signals, additional certificates may play a more substantial role in recruitment decisions. Empirical studies have provided support for these theoretical expectations, for example by demonstrating heterogeneous income returns to further education across occupational segments (Ehlert, 2017). However, direct tests of closure-theoretical predictions at the level of hiring decisions remain scarce. In particular, little is known about how employers evaluate non-formal training certificates during recruitment (Schimke, 2023) and whether their signalling value systematically differs between open and closed occupational labour markets. This gap is particularly salient in light of the growing policy emphasis on lifelong learning and the proliferation of short-cycle and micro credentials (European Commission, 2021). This paper addresses this research gap by examining whether occupational closure moderates the signalling value of non-formal training certificates in hiring. The central research question is: Do structural differences in the signal value of further training certificates emerge between occupationally open and closed labour markets? Building on social closure theory and signalling approaches, we argue that the evaluation of additional certificates depends not only on their content but also on the institutional context of the target occupation. By focusing explicitly on employers’ hiring decisions, this study contributes to the literature in three ways. First, it provides a direct test of closure-theoretical assumptions in a recruitment context. Second, it offers experimental evidence on how different types of non-formal credentials are valued relative to formal education and work experience. Third, it sheds light on the conditions under which micro credentials may enhance employability. The analysis is based on a preregistered experimental study (https://osf.io/5z4ky) conducted among recruiters in Germany, covering a broad range of occupational fields with varying degrees of formal regulation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical analysis is based on a preregistered discrete choice experiment conducted in February and March 2025. The study population consists of personnel recruiters who make hiring decisions in at least one of 24 systematically selected occupations. These occupations were chosen to represent (1) fields in which a higher education degree is typically required, (2) key sectors of the German labour market, and (3) an equal number of occupationally closed (regulated) and open (unregulated) professions, resulting in 12 occupations in each category. Recruiters were identified with a stratified random sampling strategy and contacted using contact information from job advertisements they had placed on the website of the Federal Employment Agency between October 2024 and January 2025. In total, 1,380 respondents participated in the survey (response rate: 16%). Each respondent completed three independent hiring scenarios. In each scenario, they were presented with three applicant profiles displayed in a tabular CV format and asked to select the candidate they would hire, with an additional opt-out option. Applicant profiles varied systematically along five core dimensions: (1) formal educational degree (Bachelor’s vs Master’s), (2) match between field of study and target occupation (exact vs related), (3) length of work experience (1, 3, or 5 years), (4) occupational match of work experience (exact vs related), and (5) micro credentials (none, face-to-face, online). For profiles including a micro credential, three additional attributes were experimentally varied: (6) training provider (university vs private company), (7) course duration (40 vs 80 hours), and (8) type of certification (attendance vs examination). The full vignette universe comprised 576 unique profiles, which were combined into choice sets of three profiles. Using the idefix package in R (Traets et al., 2020), the design was reduced to 162 efficient choice sets while maintaining near-orthogonality, balanced level distributions, and minimal overlap (Auspurg & Liebe, 2011; Huber & Zwerina, 1996). These sets were divided into 54 blocks, with each respondent randomly assigned to one block. The order of choice sets and the position of profiles within sets were fully randomised. The resulting data include 4,016 hiring decisions and evaluations of 12,048 applicant profiles. Effects of micro credentials on hiring probabilities were estimated using conditional logit models. Substantive interpretation is based on average marginal effects (Breen et al., 2018; Chamberlain, 1980). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results provide nuanced insights into the role of micro-credentials as signals in personnel recruitment. Overall, certificates obtained through face-to-face programmes are associated with a significantly higher probability of being selected, whereas online micro credentials are, on average, evaluated no differently from profiles without additional certificates. This finding suggests that recruiters distinguish sharply between different forms of micro-credentials. With respect to social closure theory, the findings are both confirming and challenging. Contrary to theoretical expectations, the positive effect of certificates from face-to-face courses does not differ significantly between occupationally open and closed professions. This indicates that such certificates may convey valuable information beyond formal entry requirements even in regulated occupations. In contrast, clear differences emerge for online micro-credentials. In occupationally open professions, these certificates are associated with a positive and significant increase in hiring probabilities. In closed occupations, however, they are evaluated negatively relative to having no additional certificate at all. These results suggest that the signalling value of online credentials is highly context-dependent. In regulated professions, they may be interpreted as weak, redundant, or even inappropriate signals that conflict with established credential hierarchies. In open occupations, by contrast, they appear to function as credible indicators of motivation and/or skill acquisition. The findings contribute to current policy debates on lifelong learning, corporate training strategies, and skilled labour development. They underline that expanding access to online credentials alone is insufficient and that their labour market value crucially depends on occupational institutions and recruitment practices. References Auspurg, K. & Liebe, U. (2011). Choice-Experimente und die Messung von Handlungsentscheidungen in der Soziologie. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 63(2), 301–314. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11577-011-0136-3 Bills, D. B. (2003). Credentials, Signals, and Screens: Explaining the Relationship Between Schooling and Job Assignment. Review of Educational Research, 73(4), 441–469. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543073004441 Bol, T. & Weeden, K. A. (2015). Occupational closure and wage inequality in Germany and the United Kingdom. European Sociological Review, 31(3), 354–369. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcu095 Breen, R., Karlson, K. B. & Holm, A. (2018). Interpreting and Understanding Logits, Probits, and Other Nonlinear Probability Models. Annual Review of Sociology, 44(1), 39–54. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-soc-073117-041429 Chamberlain, G. (1980). Analysis of Covariance with Qualitative Data. The Review of Economic Studies, 47(1), 225–238. https://doi.org/10.2307/2297110 Ehlert, M. (2017). Who benefits from training courses in Germany? Monetary returns to non-formal further education on a segmented labour market. European Sociological Review, 33(3), 436–448. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcx042 European Commission. (2021). Proposal for a Council Recommendation on a European approach to micro-credentials for lifelong learning and employability. Haupt, A. (2012). (Un)Gleichheit durch soziale Schließung: Effekte offener und geschlossener Teilarbeitsmärkte auf die Lohnverteilung in Deutschland. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 64(4), 729–753. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11577-012-0183-4 Huber, J. & Zwerina, K. (1996). The Importance of Utility Balance in Efficient Choice Designs. Journal of Marketing Research, 33(3), 307–317. https://doi.org/10.1177/002224379603300305 Schimke, B. (2023). Nachweise für berufliche Qualifikationen oder doch nur ein Motivationssignal? Zur Wirkung non-formaler Weiterbildungszertifikate in der Personalauswahl. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 75(4), 451–475. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11577-023-00932-0 Traets, F., Sanchez, D. G. & Vandebroeck, M. (2020). Generating Optimal Designs for Discrete Choice Experiments in R: The idefix Package. Journal of Statistical Software, 96(3), 1–41. Weber, M. (1925). Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft (Bd. 1). Mohr. Weeden, K. A. (2002). Why do some occupations pay more than others? Social closure and earnings inequality in the United States. American Journal of Sociology, 108(1), 55–101. https://doi.org/10.1086/344121 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Higher Vocational Education and Occupations: Moving towards defining and understanding higher skills development University of Derby, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Recently, higher vocational education has been championed as a means to develop higher and more complex skills as solutions for facing problems of climate change and rapidly evolving technologies effect on work. In order to understand the nature of higher vocational education, we undertook at meta-review of technical reports and peer-reviewed publications on higher vocational education in diverse countries (Germany, Spain, UK, Norway, Costa Rica, China and Brazil). Our findings reflected varieties of learning programmes that were identified as higher vocational education, there were 3 notable and potentially problematic insights. Firstly, most of higher vocational education programmes were at a level 5 (higher certificate) and rarely had clear progression either in qualification or career into higher skilled occupations, for example in the UK and Norway. Secondly, there is some difficulty in identifying how higher vocational education and higher tertiary education were different, for example in Spain. Thirdly, and most problematically - the definition for higher skills development in most context was poor defined. The presentation unpacks what is needed for a clearer definition of higher skills development in higher vocational education by using occupations as an enclosure for training for practice that reflect real-world career progression routes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The papers uses a multi-disciplinary occupations conceptual framework (Alphonsus, 2023) which combines concepts from philosophy of education, sociology of work and political economy which is applied to over 30 technical reports from international organisations and peer-reviewed publications. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation unpacks what is needed for a clearer definition of higher skills development in higher vocational education by using occupations as an enclosure for training for practice that reflect real-world career progression routes. References Alphonsus, N. S. (2023). Occupational Qualifications: The Elusive Quest to Connect Education and Work [University of Witwaterand]. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Naomi-Alphonsus-2/publication/370818156_Occupational_Qualifications_The_Elusive_Quest_to_Connect_Education_and_Work/links/6464987d702026631652c3df/Occupational-Qualifications-The-Elusive-Quest-to-Connect-Education-and-Work.pdf European centre for the development of Vocational Training, C., & European Training Foundation, (ETF). (2025, May 26). Towards EU priorities in VET 2021-25 progress: Insights from monitoring and analysis Policy Brief. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/publications/9205 European Centre for the Development & of Vocational Training (Cedefop). (2019). The changing nature and role of vocational education and training in Europe (Volume 6: Vocationally Oriented Education and Training at Higher Education Levels – Expansion and Diversification in European Countries). Publications Office of the European Union. Marhuenda-Fluixá, F. (2019). The VET System, Its Subsystems and Their Links with the Labour Market: Strengths, Weaknesses and Challenges of VET in Spain. In F. Marhuenda-Fluixá (Ed.), The School-Based Vocational Education and Training System in Spain: Achievements and Controversies (pp. 3–19). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8475-2_1 OECD. (2024). Higher Technical Education in England, United Kingdom: Insights from Selected International Experience. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/7c00dff7-en Pitman, T. (2017). Widening participation in higher education: A play in five acts. The Australian Universities’ Review, 59(1), 37–46. https://doi.org/10.3316/informit.657779595582573 Schmees, J. K., Smeplass, E., Skålholt, A., Hovdhaugen, E., & Imdorf, C. (2025). Pathways to higher education for vocationally qualified students. The case of Norway. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 11(1), 93–106. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2024.2384165 Smeplass, E., & Schmees, J. K. (2025). From regional colleges to global universities? The impact of academic drift on Norwegian higher education. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 77(1), 162–184. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2024.2442036 Webb, S., Bathmaker, A.-M., Gale, T., Hodge, S., Parker, S., & Rawolle, S. (2017). Higher vocational education and social mobility: Educational participation in Australia and England. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(1), 147–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2016.1269359 Wheelahan, L. (2022). Why Isn’t There More Higher Education in Colleges in Liberal Market Countries? In E. Knight, A.-M. Bathmaker, G. Moodie, K. Orr, S. Webb, & L. Wheelahan (Eds), Equity and Access to High Skills through Higher Vocational Education (pp. 269–290). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-84502-5_13 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Higher Technical Education in Transition: The case of accelerated degree apprenticeships Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The current UK government has identified 8 key sectors for growth in the economy, including Advanced Manufacturing, and Defence (Department of Business and Trade, 2025a). At the same time, policy on apprenticeships has ensured that, they are employer-led (Winch et al., 2025), appropriate for adults (Pullen, 2024), and increasingly aligned to those key sectors (Pullen, 2025). These policies have moved the UK closer to Europe in policy terms, through the development of higher technical qualifications, but also in terms of public investment in key sectors like clean energy (Department of Business and Trade, 2025b) and defence (Department of Business and Trade, 2025c). The call for employers to be a key partner in the skills system aligns with the German dual-system, but the lack of social partners leaves a gap in advocacy on the side of workers. The UK Prime Minister recently announced a desire for 60% of young people to obtain a ‘higher level qualification’, but not specifically a degree (Starmer, 2025). This increasing recognition of higher technical qualifications suggests that the UK could be moving closer to European models of vocational education and training. Our research focuses on the development of accelerated degree apprenticeships in England. These apprenticeships exist for individuals who have completed a Level 5 qualification or previous apprenticeship and want to complete a stand-alone Level 6 apprenticeship and be awarded a Bachelors’ Degree. ‘Levels’ relate to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED) levels, (UNESCO, 2011). We ask whether the existence of these programmes reflects England’s long-standing reluctance to adopt higher level technical education more common in European countries like Austria and Denmark (OECD, 2024). On the one hand, the existence of these programmes reflects a desire to enable individuals to achieve a degree level qualification, even after obtaining a Level 5 technical qualification. Yet, the relative scarcity of accelerated degree apprenticeships suggests that perhaps England is finally embracing higher technical education. When assessing higher vocational education in England, we recognise human capital theory (Becker, 1993), which finds that returns, in terms of income, are higher for specific learning than for general education, particularly at higher levels. We also consider the rise of higher level vocational and technical education across Europe (e.g. Biemens et al., 2024) as a mitigation to graduate unemployment and skills mismatches (Pouliakas and Santangelo, 2026). In these circumstances, we might expect an increase in demand for Level 4 and 5 technical qualifications in England, despite only recently being widely available, as they allow individuals to learn specific skills to use in the workplace. A push by the UK government (Department for Education, 2019) to ensure that these higher technical qualifications are employer-led, means there is increasing recognition of these qualifications in the labour market. The increase in automation and Generative AI has impacted income returns in particular areas of education in recent years (Acemoglu and Restrepo, 2022). Moreover, the rise in academic higher education has arguably failed in the promise of professional work and higher wages (Brown, Lauder and Cheung, 2020). In these circumstances, enabling individuals to gain a degree through an accelerated degree apprenticeship route should ensure their qualifications are most appropriate to meet labour market demand. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our research began with online searches of accelerated degree apprenticeships available within Institutes of Technology, a structure combining vocational colleges, universities and employers, across England. These led us to identify only a small number of accelerated degree apprenticeships, and in contacting individuals, we found 4 types of accelerated degree apprenticeships available, with one in planning. The 4 areas were nursing, management, construction, and engineering, with another being developed for early years teachers. We interviewed individuals from 6 organisations across these five possible accelerated degree apprenticeships. Of these, 4 were universities delivering or planning to deliver an accelerated degree apprenticeship, one was a college delivering an accelerated degree apprenticeship accredited by a different university, and the last was a large employer offering accelerated degree apprenticeships in nursing. Interviews all took place online and were recorded and transcribed. We received ethical approval for the project from Sheffield Hallam University. As all these organisations were offering accelerated degree apprenticeships, they provided us with a clear understanding of the enablers and barriers to developing this kind of programme, and how they had, where possible, overcome these barriers. We presented our findings to an online meeting of the Institutes of Technology Network, followed by a discussion with attendees. This discussion helped us better understand some of the factors that had prevented universities or colleges developing accelerated degree apprenticeships, and in some cases where they had ceased offering them. We initially took a thematic approach to analysis, looking to clearly identify the enablers and barriers to offering accelerated degree apprenticeships. Our later analysis sought to better contextualise our data, viewing findings through the policy framework that enables such a programme to exist, as well as the alternatives available for employers and potential apprentices, including informal work-based learning. We further seek to adopt a comparative approach, situating this new programme within the wider development of higher vocational education across Europe. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We find that there are significant challenges in developing accelerated degree apprenticeships, within the policy that enables them to exist, the institutions delivering the apprenticeships, and the labour market. The importance of each of these factors varies between industrial sectors, in particular around labour market demand. For example, skills shortages in nursing led to very high demand, that dropped quickly after the skills needs were met. In another example, a group of employers situated close geographically, created sufficient demand for management apprenticeships, but this demand fluctuated dramatically as skills needs and priorities changed. The UK has seen a particular drop in apprenticeships at small and medium enterprises due to funding changes since 2017 (Pullen, 2024), which leaves the developers of these kinds of niche qualifications often reliant on consistent demand from one large employer, or a group of smaller employers. Policies around assessment also created significant barriers in certain sectors, with policy changes in this area imminent. The wider challenges of the English higher education system can make this kind of income diversification seem attractive initially, but the upfront investment and bureaucracy required creates a significant barrier. Despite this, we consider that pathways through higher technical education are becoming more common in specific sectors, as in the Netherlands (Biemans et al., 2024). We argue that the lack of adoption of accelerated degree apprenticeships more broadly is a result of an increased recognition of the value of higher technical qualifications. The increase in supply and engagement with employers has created qualifications that are genuinely valued by employers and delivered by appropriate training providers. This combination has led to a situation where an accelerated degree option does not generate large labour market demand, because, we suggest, employers are satisfied with staff who have Level 5 technical qualifications. References Acemoglu, D., & Restrepo, P. (2022). Tasks, automation, and the rise in U.S. wage inequality. Econometrica, 90(5), 1973–2016. https://doi.org/10.3982/ecta19815 Becker, G. S. (1993). Human Capital: a theoretical and empirical analysis, with special reference to education (3rd ed.). The University of Chicago Press. Biemans H., Klatter, E., Mariën, H., van der Meijden, A. and Kreutz, F., Learning Pathways in Dutch VET Compared in Terms of Curriculum Design Aspects and Students’ Acquired VET Diplomas and Transitions to Higher VET Levels. (2024). International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 11(3), 368–395. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.11.3.3 Brown, P., Lauder, H., & Cheung, S. Y. (2020). The death of human capital? Its failed promise and how to renew it in an age of disruption. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190644307.001.0001 Department for Education (2019) Higher technical education: the current system and the case for change. UK Government. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5f2abd3bd3bf7f1b1b53e7d9/Higher_technical_education_-_the_current_system_and_the_case_for_change.pdf Department of Business and Trade (2025a) The UK’s Modern Industrial Strategy. UK Government https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69256e16367485ea116a56de/industrial_strategy_policy_paper.pdf OECD (2024), Higher Technical Education in England, United Kingdom: Insights from Selected International Experience, OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/7c00dff7-en. Pouliakas, K. & Santangelo, G. (Eds.). (2026). Human-centred digital transitions and skill mismatches in European workplaces. Cedefop working paper. Publications Office of the European Union. DOI: 10.2801/9894877. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/publications/6228 Pullen, C. (2024) Apprenticeships – a system built for adults. University Vocational Awards Council (UVAC) https://uvac.ac.uk/apprenticeships-a-system-built-for-adults-uvac-publishes-new-concept-paper/ Pullen, C. (2025). The future of apprenticeships: Higher and often? . Vocation, Technology & Education, 2(4). https://doi.org/10.54844/vte.2025.0941 (Original work published June 30, 2025) Starmer, K. (2025) Labour Party Conference Speech https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/pm-keir-starmers-speech-at-labour-party-conference-2025/ Winch, C., Wolf, A., Gewirtz, S., Bayrakdar, S., Maguire, M., Laczik, A., Newton, O., Weavers, R. and Khazbak, R. (2025). Apprenticeship policy in England since 2010. Change and continuity. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 77(5), 1304–1324. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2024.2443914 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 08 D: Ignite Talks & Posters Location: K112 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jan Naumann Session Chair: Herma Jonker Mixed Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Ignite Talk What is Lost when Teacher Training Programs Lose Their Professional Context? Windesheim University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:In the Netherlands, and also in other European countries, there is a growing trend to merge vocational and secondary (teacher)education, including those for vocational and general secondary education teachers (e.g. Graus, 2024; Inspectie van het Onderwijs, 2025; Novotný, 2025). This consolidation risks producing “one-size-fits-all” generic education that may neglect the specificity of individual occupations (Novotný, 2025). We can also see this one-size-fits all trend in vocational teacher training programs (Inspectie van het Onderwijs, 2025) Scholarly work in vocational education underscores why this risk is particularly acute in the VET context: Klatter and Van der Klink (2021) argue that in vocational education the occupational context is crucial and that this demands a distinct, occupation-oriented didactic approach rather than a generic pedagogy. The core research question for this sub-study is: What do we gain or lose when occupational context disappears from a teacher-education track? The objective is to provide insight into how the disappearance of profession-specific context in teacher education impacts vocational teachers’ professional identity, professional preparation, and to articulate a viable alternative in the form of a context-driven teacher education design. We ground our conceptual framework in the notion of “signature pedagogy” (Lucas et al. 2012) which posits that each profession has its own traditions in ways of thinking, knowing, doing, and being shaped by the profession’s knowledge base, values, norms and practices. Furthermore, we draw on literature on vocational teacher education and VET teacher induction, in which it is argued that initial teacher education (ITE) for VET teachers should not only impart generic pedagogical skills, but also has to integrate occupational expertise, inclusive pedagogies and responsiveness to changing occupational demands (e.g., digitalization, sustainability) for long-term teacher retention and relevance (Psifidou, 2025). In vocational education, this identity formation can be characterized as a process of belonging-becoming-being (Koopmans et al., 2025). This process takes place through participation in the professional culture, by building up a repertoire of professional actions, and by developing professional knowledge. According to Koopmans et al. (2025), it is essential that future craftspeople have role models around them who know this process from the inside. Generically trained teachers and teacher trainers cannot be adequate role models. By combining these perspectives: signature pedagogy, professional identity formation, and VET-specific ITE needs, we situate our project within both educational theory and vocational education policy. Given the dynamic and transnational nature of labor markets, this has clear European relevance: a generic, merged teacher–education system risks undermining the alignment between VET teaching and occupational needs across different (inter)national and regional contexts. Designing context-driven ITE programs may better serve Europe’s VET policies around skills shortages, labor mobility and quality assurance. And may also contribute to the job satisfaction of subject teachers. To situate this sub-study within the larger research agenda, it is important to note that the question explored here forms part of a broader inquiry: the design of an occupational-context-driven teacher training trajectory. While this particular study examines what is gained and lost when occupational context is removed from teacher education, the overarching aim of the full project is to conceptualize, develop, and critically evaluate an integrated teacher-training model that preserves occupational context as its core pedagogical driver. These framing underscores both the theoretical and practical relevance of our work and points toward future phases of research and design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a qualitative research design. Specifically, we conduct semi-structured interviews with different stakeholder groups: Experienced VET teachers who originally come from the occupational field (e.g., technicians, process operators). Professionals who retrained or converted from a vocational occupation into a teaching role (“second-career teachers”). Teacher-education program staff and didactic experts involved in designing or delivering teacher training. Representatives from the occupational fields (industry professionals, employers, sector associations) who act as “critical friends” during curriculum and program design. The interviews explore participants’ experiences and perceptions regarding professional identity before and after teacher training; perceived relevance of their occupational background in teaching; experiences teaching with generic vs. occupational-context pedagogies; motivations for entering and staying in VET teaching; and perceptions about the value of embedding occupational context in teacher education. The interviews will be analyzed deductively, using codes for professional identity, professional repertoire, and professional knowledge, based on Koopmans et al. (2025). These codes will be refined with subcodes, if necessary, during the analysis process. The coding will be conducted by two researchers independently, after which inter-coder reliability can be determined. The results of these interviews are available during the conference. The insights into what it means when the professional context disappears from a teacher training program and form the basis for the ignite talk, in which we will explore further together what we are losing or gaining with the disappearance of the professional context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Using a deductive analysis framed by the codes professional identity, professional repertoire, and professional knowledge (Koopmans et al., 2025), our initial findings suggest that the integration of occupational context in VET initial teacher education (ITE) fundamentally shapes how vocational teachers understand and enact their professional roles. When ITE is based on general pedagogical methods that are detached from the professional context, participants consistently describe a weaker professional identity, characterized by a reduced connection to their professional field and uncertainty about their role as vocational education teachers. In these programs, teachers report a limited professional repertoire, relying on abstract instructional strategies that feel misaligned with the practical demands and values of their trade. Moreover, their professional knowledge tends to emphasize general teaching concepts over occupation-specific know-how, resulting in a gap between what is taught and what is valued in workplace settings. Conversely, when teacher education is anchored in the occupational culture, values, and practices of the profession, participants demonstrate a stronger professional identity, reflected in a deeper sense of belonging to both the occupational and educational community. These teachers articulate a richer professional repertoire, integrating pedagogies that resonate with core occupational practices (e.g., safety culture, craftsmanship standards, procedural logic). Their professional knowledge is likewise grounded in the specific norms and work-process logics of their field, enabling them to make pedagogical decisions that align with authentic workplace demands. Collectively, these preliminary insights indicate that context-driven ITE supports more authentic professional socialization, strengthens teachers’ identity and practice, and may enhance the attractiveness and relevance of vocational teaching. This has implications for addressing teacher shortages and for the design of policies and programs that better align VET teacher preparation with labor market needs. References Bolhuis, S. (2016). Leren en veranderen: Emotie, gedrag en denken. [Learning and change: Emotion, behaviour and thinking]. Coutinho. Graus, J. (2025). Bezuinigingsdrift raakt ook de lerarenopleidingen. [The drive for austerity is also affecting teacher training programmes]. Onderwijsblad AOb, volume 1, 2025. nummer 1. Inspectie van het Onderwijs (2025). De Staat van het Onderwijs 2025. [The state of education]. [Report]. Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap Klatter, E., & Van der Klink, M. (2021). Pleidooi: Didactiek voor Beroepsonderwijs. Notitie in het kader van NRO-discussie Vakdidactisch onderzoek. [ Plea: Didactics for Vocational Education. Memorandum in the context of the NRO discussion on subject-specific didactic research.]. [Positioneringspaper]. Netwerk lectoren, practoren en hoogleraren Beroepsonderwijs. Koopman, M., Baartman, L. K. J., Boersma, A., Vanlommel, K., De Bruijn, E., & HU University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, Research Centre for Learning and Innovation, Utrecht, the Netherlands. (2025). Learning for vocations: A review of empirical data on learning processes in vocational education [Journal-article]. Lucas, B., Spencer, E., & Claxton, G. (2012). How to teach vocational education: a theory of vocational pedagogy. City & Guild. Novotný, P. (2025, 8-12 september). Vocational learning and workforce training. [Paperpresentation]. Ecer, Belgrado, Serbia. Schaap, H., De Bruijn, E., Van der Schaaf, M., & Kirschner, P. A. (2009). Students’ personal professional theories in competence-based vocational education: the construction of personal knowledge through internalisation and socialisation. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 61(4), 481-494. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820903230999 Psifidou, I. (2025, October 25). Strengtening initial teacher education for VET teachers. https://school-education.ec.europa.eu/en/discover/expert-views/strengthening-initial-teacher-education-vet-teachers 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster Developing Curriculum for More Sustainable and Fair Textile, Clothing, Leather and Footwear Industries 1: Tampere University of Applied Sciences, Finland; 2: EURATEX-European Apparel and Textile Confederation Presenting Author:The AEQUALIS4TCLF project (Addressing Skills Gaps in the European Textile, Clothing, Leather and Footwear TCLF-industries, with a focus on Equality, Innovation, and Resilience) is a four-year Erasmus+ “Alliances for Innovation” initiative running four years starting from 2024. The consortium brings together nineteen partners from Belgium, Croatia, Czechia, Finland, Lithuania, Serbia, Slovenia and the Netherlands, representing industry associations, chambers of commerce, higher education and vocational education institutions. The project is coordinated by EURATEX - European Apparel and Textile Confederation, representing the interests of the European textile and clothing industry at the level of the EU institutions. The project aims to address skills shortages in the TCLF-sectors by conducting comprehensive skills needs assessments and gap analyses in participating regions, developing new curricula and learning materials at both vocational and higher education levels, and piloting training programmes that respond to emerging digital, green, and sustainability demands. A strong emphasis is on equality, inclusion, and diversity, ensuring that training and employment opportunities are accessible to underrepresented groups and migrant workers, and that all activities promote fairness and non-discrimination. In the poster presentation in ECER we are focusing on the piloting process of the learning program developed in the project. The pilot plan is built upon the Work Package WP4 of the project, led by the partners in the Faculty of Textile Technology of University of Zagreb in collaboration with the project partners from the VET and HE sectors. In WP4, based on extensive experience with the development of international study programmes and successful implementation of micro-credentials in Croatia, a total of eight (8) thematic micro-credentials (MCs) were created. Each of the 8 MCs follows a standardized structure and includes 40 courses (usually 1–2 ECTS/ECVET) that formulates 18 modules of 1-3 courses. The modules are planned to meet the current and expected needs of the industry. The curriculum aims to offer comprehensive learning opportunities for both HE and VET students as well as adults in working life seeking for upskilling and reskilling education in TCLF. In the Work package WP5 led by the partners in The Faculty of Textile Engineering of the Technical University of Liberech (TUL) the deliverable 5.1 Learning Strategy Document makes a firm basis for building the pilot plan. Each MC formulates the learning materials guidelines for which has been developed in the WP5. Tampere University of Applied Sciences TAMK is responsible for planning the piloting process and publishing the “Lessons Learned Report” of the process. The DigiCampus learning management system has been chosen as the platform for the piloting process. DigiCampus has been created in TAMK to promote and offer digital education platform and pedagogical support for projects, networks, and stakeholder collaborations coordinated by universities making possible also cross-institutional studies. The pilot plan is to be ready for implementation by September 2026 and in the poster we are presenting the planning process and the research plan to be conducted during the implementation of the piloted modules and courses. The piloting process is also planned as a co-research with partners and also with the participants of the courses and modules to be piloted. The research is based on pedagogical mode of address (Hakala 2007) that is inviting and inciting participants to study and learn the course content and based on that they are also welcomed, encouraged and supported with the teaching and learning design to collaboration for developing new perspectives and orientations to try out new innovations, practices and methods in using their new competencies. The participants of the piloting process are invited to give feedback and suggest improvements for the contents and methods of the course. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is conducted on the piloting process based on the principles of co-research and collective production of knowledge (Hakala 2007, Holmen et al. 2026, Kulmala et al. 2023, ). The data is collected to the DigiCampus -platform following GDPR-principles. The data management plan follows principles of Tampere Univeristies (TUNI) and The Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK. The participants sign the informed consent giving permissions to use the data for the research. The research plan is to be negotiated and agreed upon with the consortium members during spring 2026 and will be written as a part of the pilot plan that is to be ready on September 2026. Feedback collection will be organized from piloting students with a standardised digital feedback form that will be created and embedded in each DigiCampus course. The form will include general questions applicable across all pilot courses and course-specific questions tailored to the content or learning experience. From staff, project partners and stakeholders a suitable method for gathering feedback from teachers, project partners, and external stakeholders will be defined. The chosen method should allow systematic collection of insights regarding implementation, workload, pedagogical practices, and cross-institutional collaboration and also, how the competences gained from the courses can be implemented in the TCLF-sector practices. Feedback will be collected in a standardized format, from each course separately, from all students participating in piloting process. Staff members involved will also provide feedback. All responses will be systematically analyzed, and appropriate adjustments will be made to course content, materials, shared practices, and workflow processes based on the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The final goal of the piloting of the learning program of AEQUALIS4TCLF -project is to open an online platform for global TCLF-professionals and stakeholders as a TCLF Learning HUB offering user-friendly, accessible learning management system containing e.g. e-books, videos, webinars, and online courses which are relevant, practical, up-to-date, aligning with the training programs' learning objectives that are tested and developed further based on the analysis and interpretations of the piloting process. As the project has objectives to unify Europe in skilling and reskilling the TCLF workforce by expanding the reach of previous projects of EURATEX in enabling the TCLF industry to better prepare for the future and achieve a sustainable and circular economy (ILO 2019). The piloting process is to address the skills gap in the TCLF industry by promoting partnerships, identifying specific skills needed, and developing new curricula for a more sustainable industry. It also promotes social inclusion, safety, and compliance through integrated workshops and guidelines. The learning program and the HUB is aiming to promote sustainable and innovative production models, contributing significantly to the TCLF sector in the EU. References Hakala, Katariina. 2007. Paremmin tietäjän paikka ja toisin tietämisen tila. Opettajuus (ja tutkijuus) pedagogisena suhteena. Doctoral Thesis. University of Helsinki, Department of Education: Research Report 212. Helsinki: Yliopistopaino Holmen, A. K. T., Hovland, J., Røhnebæk, M., & Tronsmo, E. (2026). Co-research: Methodological opportunities and challenges. Nordic Journal of Innovation in the Public Sector, 4(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.18261/njips.4.1.5 ILO - International Labour Organization (2019). The future of work in textiles, clothing, leather and footwear. International Labour Office, Sectoral Policies Department. – Geneva: ILO. Working Paper: No. 326. Kulmala M., Spišák S. & Venäläinen S. (eds.) (2023). Kanssatutkimus. Ihanteet ja käytännöt. Tampere: Tampere University Press. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster Four Empirical Approaches to International Vocational Education and Training Transfer – Innovations, Networks and Implications for Research and Practice University of Bremen, Institute Technology and Education (ITB), Germany Presenting Author:In the course of internationalisation, changes in the economy, society, education and technology are leading to new conditions for vocational education and training (VET) as a result of trend-driven novelties (Störmann, 2025). International vocational education and training research therefore focuses, among other things, on adapting VET on the basis of changing requirements and innovations in work, life and society, on international VET cooperation between different countries and numerous actors, including the transfer of VET between different systems (see, for example, Gessler, 2019; Pilz, 2017). International vocational training research thus focuses on issues related to the interaction of international influences, trend-driven innovations and transfer-related cooperation. The German vocational training system is regarded internationally as particularly successful, meaning that various funding initiatives at national and international level offer German vocational training providers a multitude of opportunities in international markets. Consisting of a wide variety of actors in the context of origin and target of the transferred VET programme, joint projects are funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research on the German side for the implementation and the establishment of cooperation and network structures. This contribution focuses on international VET transfer and the role of international actors in vocational training, addressing the subject of transfer, the resulting innovations and processes, and the networks that are being formed. In other words: "Innovations are made by people, so it seems only consistent that their contribution is placed at the centre of the analysis" (Gessler, 2019, p. 270; translated by the author).
Therefore, the main research question is as follows: How do German and international vocational training stakeholders transfer vocational training in an international context? To answer this question, the focus is placed on the subject of international transfer activities in the form of four empirical approaches.
First, the complexity of vocational training services in international contexts is addressed in order to examine what types of VET services are transferred (Meyne, 2022). This study uses the complexity assessment model by Blockus (2010), which focuses on the input, potential and output of services. This model is adapted for the framework of international vocational training services and expanded to include a new complexity dimension with three associated complexity characteristics (Meyne, 2022). As these services are transferred in the form of innovative business models, they are subsequently addressed in terms of their degree of innovation (Meyne & Kühn, 2023). The theoretical basis is formed by the business model approach according to Osterwalder and Pigneur (2010) and the business model innovation scale according to Taran et al. (2015).
Furthermore, the mapping of network structures of international VET actors is pursued using social network analysis (SNA), which addresses social capital for capturing personal networks (Meyne & Siemer, 2025). In terms of theoretical references, previous work by Bourdieu (1983) on the concept of social capital and key works on network research e.g. by Granovetter (1973) are drawn upon. This addresses the analysis of the social capital of international vocational training cooperations in terms of network development and its sustainability in an international consortium.
Finally, the focus shifts to adaptation processes in transfer when vocational training services are transferred between different contexts (Meyne & Peters, 2022). In addition to other theoretical approaches, the policy transfer framework developed by Dolowitz and Marsh (2000) and the transfer levels identified by Gessler (2017) form the basic theoretical framework for understanding the transfer concepts of key players and identifying adaptation processes in vocational training transfer in the form of predominant transfer types in this study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution will present four empirical approaches, which deal with the subjects, innovations and networks of international VET transfer in order to draw common implications for research and practice. In the course of this, the aforementioned overarching research question can be split into four sub-questions: 1. What complexity can be found in the transferred services of internationally active vocational education and training actors and how can it be assessed? (Meyne, 2022) 2. Which business models are transferred in the context of international VET services and what is their innovative character? (Meyne & Kühn, 2023) 3. Which actors are involved in the innovation transfer of international network formation and how are network formation processes structured? (Meyne & Siemer, 2025) 4. How does the transfer process of VET services between the origin and target contexts take place in terms of transfer understandings and types? (Meyne & Peters, 2022) The empirical basis of this contribution is formed by four international studies: The first study deals with the complexity of VET services in international contexts, whereby the complexity assessment model according to Blokus (2010) is empirically applied and validated on the basis of nine projects from a German funding line for the promotion of international VET transfer by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF). In a further contribution, qualitative expert interviews and documents from selected projects under the aforementioned funding line are analysed in a longitudinal study in order assess the extent of innovations in VET services in the form of transferred business models. For this purpose, a total of 18 project consortia consisting of a wide variety of stakeholder constellations are analysed (Meyne & Kühn, 2023). Social networks continue to be recorded in terms of generated social capital in international VET cooperation in the form of international networking activities in an Erasmus+ project (Meyne & Siemer, 2025). Data collection is carried out using a fully standardised questionnaire and qualitative expert interviews (N=10) with a semi-standardised guide, followed by the creation of ego-centred network maps. In order to generate findings on how transfer processes take place between different countries, a further study was conducted on the adaptation processes to new target context of VET transfer. Data was collected using guided expert interviews with six selected vocational training providers, with an associated analysis of project-related documents (Meyne & Peters, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the four studies confirm that there is a wide range of potential for shaping VET services, with innovative solutions to challenges in vocational practice being identified and implemented. In addition to actively shaping the transferred business model, environmental factors and their integration into existing systems and structures in the target context must be taken into account (Meyne, 2025). Trend-specific innovations can lead to rapid technological developments, which must be incorporated and continuously shaped in VET due to existing interdependencies between work, technology and education (Meyne, 2025). The results underscore the importance of the interplay between the transferred value proposition and the associated transfer goals for shaping the complexity of VET services (Meyne, 2022). Furthermore, innovation processes continue to be shaped by a diverse range of actors who play different roles in networks. The necessity of resources, interest and commitment on the part of the actors involved in international network building can also be emphasised, so that the involvement of different actors in the origin and target countries is essential and, in addition to the transferred content innovation, contributes significantly to the success of the project (Meyne, 2025). Finally, the increasing complexity of transfer processes must be pointed out in terms of how adaption to the target context takes place, whereby transfer processes are not linear and are characterised by a certain degree of dynamism and flexibility. With regard to the implementation of innovative projects focussed on VET transfer, it is therefore particularly important to align the project e.g. with a constantly changing world, the shortage of skilled workers and the qualification requirements of the target context (Meyne, 2025). Starting points for future research arise in particular with regard to the analysis of processes of transfer failure and the underlying motivations of international actors in VET transfer. References Blockus, M.,-O. (2010). Komplexität in Dienstleistungsunternehmen. Komplexitätsformen, Kosten- und Nutzenwirkungen, empirische Befunde und Managementimplikationen. Springer Gabler Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-8349-8958-1 Bourdieu, P. (1983). Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital. In R. Kreckel (Ed.), Soziale Ungleichheiten (pp. 183–198). Schwartz. http://unirot.blogsport.de/images/bourdieukapital.pdf Dolowitz, D. P., & Marsh, D. (2000). Learning from abroad: The role of policy transfer in contemporary policy-making. Governance: An International Journal of Policy and Administration, 13(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.1111/0952-1895.00121 Gessler, M. (2017). Educational transfer as transformation: A case study about the emergence and implementation of dual apprenticeship structures in a German automotive transplant in the United States. Vocations and Learning, 10, 71–99. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-016-9161-8 Gessler, M. (2019). Promotoren der Innovation im transnationalen Berufsbildungstransfer: Eine Fallstudie. In M. Gessler, M. Fuchs & M. Pilz (Eds.), Konzepte und Wirkungen des Transfers dualer Berufsbildung (pp. 231–279). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-23185-9 Granovetter, M. S. (1973). The strength of weak ties. American Journal of Sociology, 78(6), 1360–1380. https://doi.org/10.1086/225469 Meyne, L. (2022). The complexity of vocational education and training services: A survey instrument. ITB research report, 75. https://doi.org/10.26092/elib/1997 Meyne, L. (2025). Internationaler Berufsbildungstransfer: Gegenstand, Netzwerke und Innovationsprozesse. In D. Frommberger, M. Gessler, P. Grollmann, M. Pilz & T. Schröder (Eds.), International Vocational Education and Training Research. Tredition. https://doi.org/10.26092/elib/5065 Meyne, L., & Kühn, I. K. (2023). Business model innovation of German VET service providers in international contexts – a longitudinal survey. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1–28. http://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2023.2280954 Meyne, L., & Peters, S. (2022). Transfer in International VET Cooperation: Development of a Typology. International Journal of Training and Development, 26(4), 725–746. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijtd.12289 Meyne, L., & Siemer, C. (2025). Mapping Social Capital in Vocational Education and Training: A Multi-Perspective Egocentric Social Network Analysis in a European Innovation Project. International Journal of Research in Vocational Education and Training, 12(3), 433–474. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.12.3.6 Osterwalder, A., & Pigneur, Y. (2010). Business model generation. A handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers. Wiley. Pilz, M. (2017). Vocational education and training in times of economic crisis. Lessons from around the world. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-47856-2 Störmann, W. (2025). Internationale Arbeitsmarktprobleme in mikroökonomischer und makroökonomischer Perspektive. In W. Störmann (Ed.), Arbeitsmarktökonomik klipp & klar – Ökonomische Theorien und politische Perspektiven auf Arbeit und Bildung (pp. 181–222). Springer Gabler. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-45551-4_4 Taran, Y., Boer, H., & Lindgren, P. (2015). A business model innovation typology. Decision Sciences, 46(2), 301–331. https://doi.org/10.1111/deci.12128 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster Understanding Students’ Professional Identity Formation in Vocational Secondary Education Masaryk University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Secondary vocational education plays a crucial role in the development of students’ professional identity, understood as a dynamic and evolving process in which skills and professional functions, knowledge, values and ethics, as well as personal and group identities, are integrated within specific work contexts. (Chien et al., 2022; Fitzgerald, 2020). Professional identity is constructed over time as students move between school and workplace, navigating who they are and who they might become as future workers.
The main research question is: “How does the process of creating professional identity unfold among students in vocational secondary schools?”, examined through the perspectives of various groups of participants relevant to the school context. In vocational pathways, aforementioned identity work is closely related to the interplay between school‑based and workplace learning. A review of students’ learning processes in vocational education and training (VET) shows that alongside expertise and motivation, professional identity development is one of the central concepts when students combine classroom instruction with work placements. Vocational schools and workplaces are organized around different logics (learning/theory versus working/practice) so students must actively forge connections between abstract knowledge and situated tasks and henceforth they develop an anticipatory sense of “being” a member of a vocational community (Schaap et al., 2012).
Research from professional fields underline the centrality of practice experiences and socialisation. Fieldwork placements enable students to engage directly in professional practice, compare the ideals taught in school with the realities of everyday work, and confront dissonances that they must subsequently integrate and make sense of within their self‑narratives (Arreciado Marañón & Isla Pera, 2015; Ashby et al., 2016). Another important aspect of students’ professional identity formation is the role of VET teachers. Pylväs et al. (2022) emphasize the significance of social support and positive feedback provided by VET teachers during vocational training lessons. According to students, experiencing a sense of equality with their VET teachers is also beneficial. Related to this is the positively perceived sense of belonging and autonomy that students report during VET lessons (Hegna, 2019). These experiences reveal how identity is shaped not only by competence but also by emotions, relationships and perceived legitimacy as a professional (Timoštšuk & Ugaste, 2010). In the European context, the issue is notable. Many European countries have expanded or reformed VET to address skill shortages, youth unemployment and social inclusion issues, positioning VET as a crucial bridge between education and work (Lamote & Engels, 2010; Schaap et al., 2012). Understanding how secondary VET students develop, negotiate, or resist professional identities within these systems is crucial for addressing early detachment from the labour market and the ongoing reproduction of classed and gendered vocational pathways. (Schaap et al., 2012; Vähäsantanen, 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This poster is part of a broader, ongoing qualitative study of professional identity among various actors in secondary vocational education, involving school headmasters, career counsellors, class teachers, vocational training teachers, and students at two vocational secondary schools. The present contribution narrows this wider project to the perspective of students. Said research encompasses four study programs: pastry chefs and carpenters at School 1, and metalworkers and electricians at School 2, allowing slight comparison across different vocational pathways within the same national context. A longitudinal qualitative research design was applied, drawing on semi-structured interviews complemented by non-participant observations in vocational training lessons (Creswell & Poth, 2018; Saldaña, 2016). Both the interviews and observations were conducted three times during the first school year of students – at the beginning, during mid-year, and end of the school year – to capture developmental processes over time in everyday classroom and vocational training. This design enables an in-depth understanding of identity formation as a dynamic and contextually embedded phenomenon situated at the intersection of school structures, teaching practices, and peer interactions. For the purposes of this poster, conducted analyses focus on interviews with students (n = 72) across the first, second, and third waves, along with the corresponding sets of observations from vocational lessons, providing rich longitudinal data on their first year of study. The analytical approach combines thematic analysis with iterative coding cycles to identify and refine patterns in students’ evolving perceptions of professional norms, values, and roles, and their own expectations related to their future profession. Special attention is paid to how these perceptions change across the three waves, how they are mirrored, reinforced, or challenged in observed vocational training lessons. This output was supported by the project "Research on Peripheries to Strengthen the Resilience of Czech Society", Reg. No. CZ.02.01.01/00/23_025/0008727, co-funded by European Union (Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports of the Czech Republic, OP JAK). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is expected that students in the first year of secondary vocational education will describe the early formation of their professional identity as a gradual and sometimes uncertain process. Students are likely to articulate initial images of “what it means to be a pastry chef, carpenter, metalworker, or electrician,” shaped by prior experiences, family influences, and societal stereotypes. Over the school year, a change in their perspectives is expected. Students may begin to relate these initial images to concrete learning experiences encountered in the school environment. Students are expected to report whether interactions with vocational teachers and trainers are crucial for how they imagine their future professional selves. They are likely to reflect on how feedback, praise or criticism influence their confidence and sense of belonging in the professional field. Across the three interview waves, some students may strengthen their self-identification with the profession as they gain skills and experience success, while others may express doubts or consider alternative pathways when confronted with difficulties, mismatches between expectations and reality, or negative experiences in school or practical training. Students are expected to describe how classmates support or challenge their developing sense of “becoming a skilled worker.” Overall, the longitudinal data could show how first-year vocational students’ professional identity is dynamic and negotiated in everyday school and training situations. References Ashby, S. E., Ryan, S., Gray, M., & James, C. (2016). An exploratory international study into occupational therapy students’ perceptions of professional identity. Australian Occupational Therapy Journal, 63(4), 233–243. https://doi.org/10.1111/1440-1630.12272 Arreciado Marañón, A., & Isla Pera, M. (2015). Theory and practice in the construction of professional identity in nursing students: A qualitative study. Nurse Education Today, 35(7), 859–863. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nedt.2015.03.014 Chien, J., Axon, D. R., & Cooley, J. (2022). Student pharmacists’ perceptions of their professional identity. Currents in Pharmacy Teaching and Learning, 14(6), 712–719. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cptl.2022.06.001 Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). SAGE. Fitzgerald, A. (2020). Professional identity: A concept analysis. Nursing Forum, 55(3), 447–472. https://doi.org/10.1111/nuf.12450 Hegna, K. (2019). Learner identities in vocational education and training – from school to apprenticeship. Journal of Education and Work, 32(1), 52–65. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2019.1593330 Lamote, C., & Engels, N. (2010). The development of student teachers’ professional identity. European Journal of Teacher Education, 33(1), 3–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619760903457735 Pylväs, L., Nokelainen, P. & Rintala, H. Vocational Students’ Perceptions of Self-Regulated Learning in Work-Based VET. Vocations and Learning 15, 241–259 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-022-09286-8 Saldaña, J. (2015). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (3rd ed.). SAGE. Schaap, H., de Bruijn, E., Van der Schaaf, M., & Kirschner, P. (2012). Students’ learning processes during school-based learning and workplace learning in vocational education: A review. Vocations and Learning, 5(2), 99–117. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-011-9069-2 Timoštšuk, I., & Ugaste, A. (2010). Student teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(8), 1563–1570. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.06.008 Vähäsantanen, K. (2015). Professional agency in the stream of change: Understanding educational change and teachers’ professional identities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.01.001 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster From Work Tasks to Learning Tasks: Digital Support for Competence-Oriented VET Teaching in Kenya 1: University of Bremen, Germany; 2: Warnborough College Ireland, Ireland Presenting Author:The DEVISE4KE project addresses the challenge of aligning vocational education and training (VET) with changing occupational requirements in the context of digital transformation and the competence-based curriculum (CBC) in Kenya. In many VET systems, learning and teaching practices are insufficiently connected to real work processes, as teachers often lack structured support to translate occupational requirements into competence-oriented learning designs. Also, teachers themselves often lack the necessary digital competences. The disconnection between educational practice and workplace requirements is especially pronounced in resource-constrained contexts, such as Homa Bay County in Western Kenya, where schools are confronted with numerous interrelated challenges. These include infrastructure deficits such as inadequate ICT equipment and unreliable energy supply, insufficient teacher training in both competency-based pedagogical approaches and digital teaching methodologies, and a fundamental lack of work-based learning opportunities due to limited industry partnerships and geographical isolation from major economic centres. Moreover, the implementation of Kenya's Competency-Based Curriculum since 2017—which emphasises learner-centred approaches, competency development, formative assessment, and 21st-century skills—has created additional demands on teachers who were not systematically prepared for this pedagogical shift. The regional context is characterised by significant educational disadvantages stemming from poverty, which renders traditional internships and company collaborations largely unfeasible for students. This necessitates the development of innovative approaches to facilitate the incorporation of authentic work experiences into the classroom setting. This contribution focuses on the project’s Work Package 2 (WP2) and Work Package 4 (WP4). WP2 identified and structured occupational requirements and work tasks in selected occupational fields as a basis for competence-oriented VET. WP4 built on these results to enable VET teachers to design their own learning and work tasks using a digital Task Manager, aligned with the occupational requirements identified in WP2. How can VET teachers design competence-oriented learning and work tasks based on empirically-identified occupational requirements? The objectives of this contribution are to:
The conceptual framework is grounded in competence-based and work process–oriented VET, emphasizing authentic work tasks as a core didactic element that links work and learning. Teachers are understood as key actors in curriculum enactment and task design. The project follows a design-based research perspective, combining the development of digital tools with iterative reflection on pedagogical practices. Theoretically, the project draws on the Learning and Work Tasks (LWT) methodology developed by Howe and Knutzen (2021), which provides a structured approach to designing work-process-oriented learning activities. This methodology organizes learning through four distinct phases—Acceptance, Planning, Execution, and Termination—mirroring authentic occupational work processes while systematically addressing professional, methodological, social, and personal competences. The LWT approach explicitly tackles both professional competences specific to occupational fields and transversal competences that are transferable across contexts, including collaborative problem-solving, learning to learn, adaptability, and initiative-taking. Additionally, the project employs the DigiComp 2.2 framework (Vuorikari et al., 2022) to structure and assess digital competence development across five key dimensions: information and data literacy, communication and collaboration, digital content creation, safety, and problem-solving. This dual theoretical foundation enables systematic integration of work-based learning principles with comprehensive digital competence development, addressing the specific needs identified in the Kenyan VET context. The European and international dimension is central to the project. European approaches to occupational analysis, competence orientation and work-based learning task design were transferred and adapted to the Kenyan VET context through international cooperation and joint development activities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In WP2, occupational requirements were analysed using qualitative methods such as expert interviews, workplace-related discussions, and document and structured task analyses in selected occupational fields. WP2 focused on identifying typical work tasks, required competences and performance expectations. The results were systematized and structured as the foundation for competence-oriented learning task design. The initiation phase involved comprehensive industry needs assessment through ten structured interviews with regional companies representing diverse sectors including manufacturing, trade, tourism, banking, and telecommunications in Homa Bay County. These interviews employed semi-structured protocols designed to elicit detailed information about specific work tasks, competence requirements, performance standards, and collaboration expectations for entry-level employees. Concurrently, digital competency assessments were conducted at three secondary schools involving 23 teachers and 247 students, utilizing instruments aligned with the DigiComp framework to establish baseline competence levels and identify specific development needs. Data was analysed via Kuckartz´s qualitative data analysis (Kuckartz 2018). WP4 implemented the WP2 results in a digital Task Manager to support teachers in creating learning and work tasks. Teachers participated in workshops and guided development phases learning how to use the Task Manager to choose work areas, relate them to competence elements, formulate the requisite learning and work tasks, and define learning objectives and assessment criteria. The design-based research approach employed in WP4 involved two parallel iterative research cycles. The first cycle focused on developing a foundational LWT on photovoltaic system installation, created by university partners specifically for teacher training purposes. This LWT underwent initial testing at Rongo University with participating teachers, whose feedback informed refinements before subsequent implementation and evaluation at the three partner secondary schools. The second cycle involved teachers themselves designing LWTs for their students on topics identified through the industry needs assessment and digital competency evaluation, such as job application processes, customer service interactions, and agricultural field preparation. The data used for WP4 included task descriptions created by teachers, workshop materials, documentation of task development processes, and reflective feedback from teachers and project partners. The analysis focused on the alignment between occupational requirements and learning tasks, including changes in teachers’ task design practices over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that teachers were able to develop more structured and competence-oriented learning and work tasks when supported by clearly defined occupational requirements and a digital Task Manager. The Task Manager helped teachers to explicitly relate learning tasks to real work processes and competence requirements, thereby strengthening the work-based orientation of teaching and learning. Industry assessments revealed substantial competency misalignments between employer expectations and teacher capabilities. Critical gaps emerged in collaborative problem-solving (80% industry importance vs. 25% teacher competency), learning to learn (80% vs. 20%), and digital content creation (85% vs. 15%). Following the LWT development cycle and digital workshops, teachers demonstrated measurable improvements: learning to learn increased from 20% to 50%, information and data literacy from 40% to 60%, and communication and collaboration from 35% to 50%. Pedagogical competences showed parallel advancement, with work-based learning planning and digital task design improving from level 4 (hardly able) to level 2 (can do this) on four-point Likert scales. These quantitative gains were validated through qualitative feedback indicating enhanced confidence, deeper understanding of competence-based pedagogy, and practical application capabilities. The findings underline the importance of linking occupational analysis with teacher capacity building. From an international perspective, the project demonstrates how European concepts of work process–oriented and competence-based VET can be adapted to different national contexts through collaborative development, while contributing to sustainable capacity building in vocational education systems. The research identified critical infrastructure dependencies: digital LWTs' effectiveness requires reliable electricity and internet connectivity, which remain inconsistent in resource-constrained environments. Nevertheless, when foundational conditions exist, digital learning and work tasks provide pedagogically work-based learning integration where traditional apprenticeships are infeasible. Future research will examine competence improvement sustainability, investigate classroom implementation effectiveness, and analyse industry-informed LWTs' impact on students' digital, transversal, and professional competence development. References Das,K. (2019). The role and impact of ICT in improving the quality of education: An overview. International Journal of Innovative Studies in Sociology and Humanities, 4(6), 97-103. Harberts,V., Ng,J. & Kaune, P.(2024). Strategy report for digital transformation and work-based learning in VET-schools in HomaBay. University of Bremen. Howe, F., & Knutzen, S. (2021). Lern- und Arbeitsaufgaben entwickeln (Praxisorientiert ausbilden, Bd. 9, 1. Aufl.). Dr.-Ing. Paul Christiani GmbH & Co. KG, Technisches Institut für Aus- und Weiterbildung. Kembo, J., Omito, O., Ayere, M., & Ali, A. A. (2019). Teachers’ Computer Capacity in Public Primary Schools in Homa Bay County, Kenya: The Case of the Digital Literacy Programme Kenya National Qualifications Authority (2018). Technical and vocational education and training (tvet) policy. https://www.knqa.go.ke/wp/content/uploads/2018/10/first_final_draft_tivet_policy.pdf. Kenya Institute of Curriculum Development (2018). Report on competence based curriculum activities presented to the National Steering Committee ,3rd January 2018.https://kicd.ac.ke/news/presentation-on-competency-based-curriculum-activities/Framework. https://www.education.go.ke/node/229. Reinmann, G. (2020). Ein holistischer Design-Based Research-Modellentwurf für die Hochschuldi-daktik. Educational Design Research, 4(2), Article 30. https://journals.sub.uni-ham-burg.de/EDeR/article/view/1554/1370, Saravanakumar, A. R. (2018). Role of ICT on Enhancing Quality of Education. International Journal of Innovative Science and Research Technology, 3(12), 717-719). UNESCO (2022). Transforming technical and vocational education and training for successful and just transitions: UNESCO strategy 2022-2029. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000383360. Vuorikari,R., Kluzer,S. &Punie,Y.(2022). DigComp2.2: The digital competence framework for citizens – With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes (EUR31006EN).Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/115376 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 03 SES 08 A: Curriculum Reform: Teacher Involvement, Agency and Implementation Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Joana Duarte Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Teacher Involvement in Curriculum Reform: A Literature Review University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway Presenting Author:Participatory approaches to curriculum reform, in which teachers and other actors are involved, are becoming increasingly common (Kneen et al., 2023; Kontovourki et al., 2021). This development reflects an increasing recognition that teachers are essential actors in curriculum reform. Policymakers have come to recognize the challenge of creating change in schools without involving teachers in reform processes (Priestley et al., 2016). Thus, making use of teachers’ skills, knowledge, and experience has been identified as important (Alvunger et al., 2021). It has further been argued that teachers need ownership of the curriculum in order to implement it in their practices (Kirk & MacDonald, 2001), and that creating shared understandings of the curriculum among different actors is important when aiming for coherent, system-wide change (Soini et al., 2017). Therefore, rather than being considered only curriculum implementers, teachers are increasingly portrayed as curriculum developers, invited to participate in national curriculum-making and expected to take an active part in local curriculum work (Kneen et al., 2023). This literature review is theoretically grounded in the work of Priestley et al. (2021), in which curriculum making and reform are understood as social practices involving a variety of activities and actors across the supra, macro, meso, micro, and nano sites of the education system. The study aims to collate and present current knowledge on teacher involvement in curriculum development and reform, focusing specifically on involvement at the supra, macro, and meso sites. These sites have been selected because they lie outside teachers’ day-to-day classroom work. The study employed a scoping review design following the methodological framework proposed by Arksey and O’Malley (2005). The purpose was to map the breadth and nature of existing research, identify knowledge gaps, and clarify directions for future inquiry regarding teacher involvement in curriculum development and reform. Systematic searches were conducted in Google Scholar, ERIC, and Web of Science, complemented by targeted searches in leading journals and backward snowballing (Randolph, 2009). Included studies were peer-reviewed empirical research published in English before February 2026. The review shows that little is known about teacher involvement in the supra site. In the macro and meso sites, teacher involvement in curriculum development and reform varies considerably between countries. Involvement may take the form of narrow consultation, for example through questionnaires (Humes, 2013), or large-scale systemic approaches in which teachers collaborate with other actors across sites (Soini et al., 2021). The purposes of involving teachers are often linked to strengthening teacher professionalism, fostering agency, and facilitating the introduction of new curricula into schools (Kneen et al., 2023; Kontovourki et al., 2021; Theodorou et al., 2017). However, some studies show that these purposes are not always achieved (Theodorou et al., 2017). Moreover, few studies explicitly examine teachers’ influence in curriculum reform processes. While some research indirectly indicates that teachers may be overruled by other actors (Sivesind & Westbury, 2016; Theodorou et al., 2017), their influence has rarely been studied directly (Finnanger & Prøitz, 2024). The review also reveals that much of the research on teacher involvement at macro and meso sites comes from a small number of countries, notably Wales, Finland, and Cyprus. Since curriculum reform is embedded in national contexts, traditions, cultures, and forms of governance, there is a need for studies from a wider range of countries that explore how teachers are involved in reform efforts across system sites. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a scoping review design following the methodological framework proposed by Arksey and O’Malley (2005). Consistent with the purposes of scoping reviews, the approach was used to map the breadth and nature of existing research, identify knowledge gaps, and clarify directions for future inquiry regarding teacher involvement in curriculum development and reform. The review followed Arksey and O’Malley’s five-stage process. First, the primary research question guiding the review was defined as: How are teachers involved in curriculum development and reform? Second, relevant literature was identified through systematic searches in major international databases, including Google Scholar, ERIC, and Web of Science. Searches were conducted using key terms aligned with the research focus. Additional targeted searches were performed in leading journals in the field, including Journal of Curriculum Studies and The Curriculum Journal. Recognizing that database searches alone may not capture all relevant sources (Randolph, 2009), backward snowballing was used to identify further literature from reference lists of selected articles and book chapters. Only peer-reviewed journal articles and academic book chapters published in English before February 2026 were included. Third, studies were screened according to predefined inclusion criteria: (a) original empirical research published in peer-reviewed journals or academic books; (b) a focus on school-level curricula, excluding higher education and other educational contexts; and (c) attention to curriculum development processes at supra, macro, or meso sites (Priestley et al., 2021). Fourth, data charting and analysis involved an initial close reading of all included studies. Each study was categorized according to the curriculum sites framework described by Priestley et al. (2021). Key conceptual perspectives, methodological features, and principal empirical findings related to teacher involvement were extracted and documented. The synthesis aimed to capture dominant themes while also reflecting variation across contexts and studies. Finally, the results were collated, summarized, and reported to provide a comprehensive overview of the existing evidence base and to highlight patterns and gaps in the literature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review has shown that teacher involvement in curriculum development and reform vary based on context. They can take the form of narrow consultations, where teachers are asked to give their opinions through questionnaires (Humes, 2013), or they can be large-scale systemic approaches, with teachers and other actors working collaboratively across sites to develop curricula (Soini et al., 2021). The literature outlines several purposes for involving teachers in reforms. The purpose of involving teachers is often related to developing teacher professionalism, for example, by creating teacher agency and dissolving power differentials among actors in the education system, or to making the introduction of new curricula into schools easier (Kneen et al., 2023; Kontovourki et al., 2021; Theodorou et al., 2017). However, some studies have found that these purposes are not achieved (Theodorou et al., 2017). Moreover, there are few studies that focus on teachers’ influence. Some studies indirectly show how teachers are overruled by other actors (Sivesind & Westbury, 2016; Theodorou et al., 2017), but their influence has rarely been studied explicitly. This review has revealed that much of the literature on teacher involvement in macro and meso curriculum reform work comes from a small number of countries that have undertaken such work in recent years, notably Wales, Finland, and Cyprus. Since reforms are embedded in national contexts, traditions, cultures and forms of governing impact how reforms play out; thus, there is a need for studies from more countries that explore how teachers are involved in reform efforts across sites. References Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 273-293). Emerald Publishing Limited. Arksey, H., & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19-32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Finnanger, T. S., & Prøitz, T. S. (2024). Teachers as national curriculum makers: does involvement equal influence? Journal of Curriculum Studies, 56(2), 220-234. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2024.2307450 Humes, W. (2013). The Origins and Development of Curriculum for Excellence: Discourse, Politics and Control. In M. Priestley & G. Biesta (Eds.), Reinventing the Curriculum - New Trends in Curriculum Policy and Practice (pp. 20-35). Bloomsbury. Kirk, D., & MacDonald, D. (2001). Teacher voice and ownership of curriculum change. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 33(5), 551-567. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270010016874 Kneen, J., Breeze, T., Thayer, E., John, V., & Davies-Barnes, S. (2023). Pioneer teachers: How far can individual teachers achieve agency within curriculum development? Journal of Educational Change, 24(2), 243-264. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021- 09441-3 Kontovourki, S., Theodorou, E., & Philippou, S. (2021). 'Sites' of curriculum making in Cyprus: Tracing the emergence and transformation of expert teacher-subjects. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum Making in Europe - Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 53-76). Emerald. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., Philippou, S., & Robinson, S. (2016). The Teacher and the Curriculum: Exploring Teacher Agency. In D. Wyse, L. Hayward, & J. Pandya (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assessment (pp. 187-201). SAGE. Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making: a conceptual framework. In Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 1-28). Emerald Publishing Limited. Randolph, J. (2009). A Guide to Writing the Dissertation Review. Practical Assessment, Research, and Evaluation, 14(1). https://doi.org/10.7275/b0az-8t74 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Rethinking the Dynamics of Teacher Agency in the Context of Curriculum Reform: Anxiety, Attunement and the Potential for Good Faith Engagement 1: Dublin City University, Ireland; 2: University College Dublin Presenting Author:Overview: This study examines how Irish primary teachers experience, make sense of, and enact agency amidst ongoing curriculum reform, with a specific focus on the Primary Language Curriculum (PLC). While research on teacher agency has developed rich sociocultural and ecological accounts, the existential and affective dimensions of agency - how teachers feel and attune to change, and how they navigate responsibility, freedom, and constraint - remain comparatively under-theorised. Addressing this gap, the paper advances a conceptual account of agency grounded in phenomenology and supported by qualitative evidence from interviews with twelve primary teachers. Drawing on interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA), it uses vignettes as interpretative exemplars to illuminate the lived textures of agency as teachers negotiate uncertainty, accountability, and professional values in the PLC’s implementation. Research Question: How do Irish primary teachers enact and experience agency during the implementation of the Primary Language Curriculum, and what existential–affective dynamics (e.g., attunement, responsibility, (in)authenticity) shape their practical deliberations and curricular judgment? Conceptual Framework: The framework integrates phenomenology of existence with contemporary accounts of teacher agency to foreground the lived dynamics of change.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, interpretative design to explore Irish primary teachers’ lived experiences of engaging with the Primary Language Curriculum (PLC). Data were generated through in‑depth, semi‑structured interviews with twelve practicing primary teachers sampled across a range of school contexts. Interviews focused on teachers’ sense-making, everyday enactment of the PLC, and the professional and emotional dynamics shaping their curriculum work. An Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) approach guided both data generation and analysis. IPA’s commitment to exploring the meaning-making of participants, while acknowledging the researcher’s interpretative role, provided a suitable lens for examining teacher agency, professional judgement, and experiences of curriculum change. Following IPA conventions, transcripts were analysed iteratively: initial noting, development of experiential themes, interpretative cross‑case analysis, and construction of higher‑order concepts relevant to the evolving conceptual framework. To illustrate the analytic propositions advanced in the paper, interview vignettes are used as interpretative exemplars. These vignettes do not serve as case studies but as situated windows into teachers’ lived experiences, highlighting the affective, epistemic, and structural dimensions of agency in the context of the PLC. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that reform routinely precipitates Unheimlichkeit, which conditions, rather than merely constrains agency. Whether this anxiety becomes paralysing or generative hinges on how actors negotiate two proximal mediators: knowledgeability and accountability. We develop four propositions linking these constructs to orientations of agency (good versus bad-faith enactment).We show how facilitative accountability and domain-specific knowledgeability enable teachers to dwell productively within Unheimlichkeit, re-authoring practice rather than retreating into performativity. Conceptually, we recast agency as existentially attuned, ethically oriented, and socio-materially mediated. Practically, we advocate for reform designs that normalise ambiguity, build knowledgeability, and co-professionally enact accountability. The article thus positions anxiety not as the antithesis of agency but as a precondition whose trajectory can be shaped towards good-faith curriculum-making. References Becker, E. S., Goetz, T., Morger, V., & Ranellucci, J. (2014). The importance of teachers’ emotions and instructional behavior for their students’ emotions-an experience sampling analysis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 43, 15–26. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.05.002 Castro Mosqueda, H. (2025). The role of emotions in teacher agency: A study of Mexican English language educators. Profile: Issues in teachers. Professional Development, 27(1), 67–82. https://doi.org/10.15446/profile.v27n1.114867 Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 181–199. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X08331140 Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? The American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962–1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294 Heidegger, M. (1927/1962). Being and time (Macquarrie, J., E Robinson, Trans.). Blackwell Publishers. Lasky, S. (2005). A sociocultural approach to understanding teacher identity, agency and professional vulnerability in a context of secondary school reform. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(8), 899–916. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.003 Lee, J., & Yin, H. B. (2011). Teachers’ emotions and professional identity in curriculum reform: A Chinese perspective. Journal of Educational Change, 12(1), 25–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-010-9149-3 Pantić, N. (2015). A model for study of teacher agency for social justice. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 759–778. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044332 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury. Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J., & Soini, T. (2012). Do comprehensive school teachers perceive themselves as active professional agents in school reforms? Journal of Educational Change, 13(1), 95–116. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-011-9171-0 Ratcliffe, M. (2008). Feelings of being: Phenomenology, psychiatry and the sense of reality. Oxford University Press. Sinnema, C., Nieveen, N., & Priestley, M. (2020). Successful futures, successful curriculum: What can Wales learn from international curriculum reforms? Curriculum Journal, 31(2), 181–201. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.17 Smith, K., Sheridan, L., Duursma, E., & Alonzo, D. (2025). Teachers’ emotional labour: The joys, demands, and constraints. Teachers and Teaching, 31(8), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2025.2466560 Tao, J., Xu, Y., & Gao, X. A. (2024). Teacher emotions and agency enactment in online teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 137, 104389. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104389 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Curricular Equality Across Space and Time: Foreign Languages in Czech Peripherial Schools Masaryk University (Brno, Czechia), Charles University (Prague, Czechia) Presenting Author:The topic of curricular equality has received attention in recent years as processes of education decentralization, marketization and privatization increase disparities between schools and communities. All students should have the same opportunity to encounter a broad, relevant and high-quality curriculum (Priestley, 2025; Riddle et al., 2025). However, we still have little knowledge about how geography influences curricular opportunities, especially at the primary or lower secondary level. This study contributes to the understanding of spatial and social factors influencing access to the foreign language curriculum at the lower secondary level in a Central European country. While the requirement for equity of educational outcomes may be a maximalist concept, equality of access to various learning opportunities is perceived as a minimalist requirement. In this sense, geographically oriented studies in particular focus on spatial inequalities in the availability of post-compulsory schools or qualifications of various types and/or of different quality (Bueno & Bonal, 2023), using concepts of supply of schooling or learning opportunities that differ depending on the place where a student lives. Geography of curriculum opportunities in primary or junior secondary schools is a relatively under-researched area as previous studies has focused on a few mainly English-speaking countries (Dean et al., 2023; Grant, 2022; Perry & Southwell, 2014). Here we address the spatial patterns of opportunities for foreign language (FL) learning in lower secondary school, i.e. for students in early adolescence. Arguments for FL learning can be primarily economic (preparation for jobs), or more humanistic and academic – as an important way to learn about different cultures. FL knowledge significantly facilitates the mobility of young people during their study course and expands the possibilities of school graduates to find employment on the labour market. In this way, language instruction mitigates the negative effects of family background and contributes to reducing inequalities in education. Modernity’s educational projects often aimed at the unification of the population of nation states and therefore preferred a decontextualized curriculum not accounting for local specificities (Barthes et al., 2018). The education systems in most countries under communist rule, as a specific case of modernization, were characterized by a high degree of centralization and standardization. The compulsory foreign language taught in all comprehensive schools was Russian, which was generally unpopular. Other foreign languages at this level were only extra-curricular options (if any). The transformation processes of society and economy after the fall of the communist government and the liberalization of education brought or reinforced spatial differences between the contents of education (curriculum), processes and conditions in schools, and student outcomes. Today, European education policy pursues the “Mother Tongue + 2” policy. In Czechia, this practically means that a student takes one foreign language (usually English) from primary grades. In lower secondary school, student is obliged to start studying Other Foreign Language (OFL), and almost 90% of Czech students study either German or Russian, and about 10% of students learn French or Spanish. Only a quarter of a percent of students learn Italian, Polish, Slovak, Ukrainian or Hebrew. The main objective of the study is to determine spatial factors influencing the availability of a broad and high-quality language curriculum, and their interaction with the social and ethnic background of the student. We further describe the changes in these factors over time and, in particular, how educational peripheries are formed as places where negative factors accumulate (Robertson, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design is census-type descriptive analysis based on administrative data on all relevant schools in Czechia (n = 2542) a questionnaire survey of convenience sample of students (n = 16 447) and teachers (n = 1815). To determine curricular opportunity in individual schools, we used administrative data from individual student records, or student registers (hereinafter referred to as the register). The register is maintained by all primary and secondary schools and includes data on the language of instruction and what other languages the student is learning. The Ministry of Education aggregates data from registers at the school level and makes them available to researchers. The data we work with is as of September 30, 2022; the school year in which the survey described below was conducted. Anonymized data are used so some ethical barriers here do not apply. A significant limitation, however, is the absence of some individual information in the register (e.g. on the social background of the students). For description on the quality of language teaching and other relevant experiences of students, we used data from a questionnaire survey on foreign language teaching conducted by the Czech School Inspectorate in the 2022/2023 school year (Dvořák et al., 2023). The inspection is authorized by law for this type of activity and the dataset was anonymous. The data were further aggregated to the level of municipalities and districts (okres) and linked with background data on sociodemographic characteristics from public registers. Spatial patterns were visualized and interpreted using the QGIS software package for map creation and geographic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results identified three spatial factors influencing curriculum opportunities. As expected, one of the factors is the size of the municipality, with the size of the school as the mediator. The offer of OFL outside cities is limited mainly to Russian and German. However, relative geographical position of the school’s municipality (in relation to neighbouring states) appears to be even more significant near the border with Austria and the economically developed Bavaria as an "old" federal state of Germany. The third factor is peripherality, especially in the “inner peripheries”, where the share of teaching of Russian remains high. Curricular opportunities shall also be considered in a broader sense, encompassing not only the availability of a particular school subject (in this case an OFL), but also related curricular experiences. Students in selective (grammar) schools are much more likely to be taught by a native speaker of OFL than students in comprehensive schools and have significantly more chances of participating in a school-organised visit to a country where the OFL is spoken. Spatial and social factors interact here, as selective (grammar) schools are more accessible in urban environments and to families with higher socioeconomic status. This study confirmed the existence of spaces within Czechia whose residents are disadvantaged in access to broad curriculum, quality teaching and other important educational experiences. As previous research showed (Dean et al., 2023), schools located in rural, remote and peripheral areas have a limited offer of languages taught. It might be expected that in certain places, young people have limited choice in education as a form of public service, but this study also point to some less obvious spatial barriers in access to broad curriculum beyond th typical patterns of regional educational inequalities. References Barthes, A., Champollion, P., & Alpe, Y. (Eds.). (2018). Evolutions of the complex relationship between education and territories. John Wiley & Sons. Bueno, C., & Bonal, X. (2023). Fragmented spaces in the urban landscape: A socio‐spatial analysis of educational supply in the city of Madrid. British Educational Research Journal, 49(5), 1108–1132. Dean, J., Downes, N. & Roberts, P. (2023). Access to and equity in the curriculum in the Australian government secondary school system. SN Social Sciences, 3, Article 64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43545-023-00641-7 Dvořák, D., Mokrá, L., Suchomel, P., Dvořák, J., Tučková, E., Pavlas, T., & Zatloukal, T. (2023). Výuka dalšího cizího jazyka: Průběh výuky a výsledky žáků v základním vzdělávání. Tematická zpráva. [Teaching one more foreign language: Instruction and student results in compulsory education. Thematic report.] ČŠI. https://csicr.cz/cz/Dokumenty/Tematicke-zpravy/Tematicka-zprava-%E2%80%93-Vyuka-dalsiho-ciziho-jazyka Grant, P. (2022). Whose deficit? Rural student perceptions of secondary curricular opportunities via AP. The High School Journal 105(4), 294-313. https://dx.doi.org/10.1353/hsj.2022.a899828. Perry, L. B., & Southwell, L. (2014). Access to academic curriculum in Australian secondary schools: A case study of a highly marketised education system. Journal of Education Policy, 29(4), 467–485. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.846414 Priestley, M. (2025). Curricular justice in a complex world. The Curriculum Journal. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.345 Riddle, S., Mills, M., & McGregor, G. (2025). Curricular justice and contemporary education: Policy learning from Australia and the United Kingdom. The Curriculum Journal. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.70012 Robertson, S. L. (2021). Setting aside settings: on the contradictory dynamics of “flat earth”, “ordinalization”, and “cold spot” education governing projects. In Space, place and educational settings (pp. 201–219). Springer. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 08 A: Critical Encounters with AI in Qualitative Analysis Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Research Workshop |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Research Workshop Critical Encounters with AI in Qualitative Analysis University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:This Research Workshop invites attendees into a critical, collaborative exploration of the methodological, ethical and epistemological tensions which arise when generative AI enters the qualitative research space. As a team working in inclusive education, we have been experimenting with using Microsoft Copilot to support a Critical Discourse Analysis of autism-related briefings by Robert F. Kennedy Jr. (April 2025) and Donald Trump (September 2025). These texts, situated within the Trump administration’s broader discourse on autism, offer a politically charged site for interrogating how language constructs disability, authority and inclusive education.
Our experiment was driven by methodological curiosity: could AI meaningfully support interpretive analysis? What happens when we delegate parts of our analytical labour to a machine trained on probabilistic patterns rather than lived experience, theory or context? What emerged was a series of epistemic ruptures. Despite detailed prompts, Copilot routinely omitted key theoretical framings, such as the medical model of disability, and failed to engage with contradiction, ambiguity and silence. It flattened nuance, misrepresented ideological tensions, and struggled to synthesise commentary meaningfully. These gaps revealed the limits of AI’s capacity to “read” texts critically, and especially when those texts are ideologically saturated and socially situated. In response, we refined our approach by breaking down tasks, embedding theoretical cues and manually editing outputs. This improved coherence but underscored a deeper concern about AI’s tendency to reproduce dominant narratives, erase marginalised voices and bypass the interpretive reflexivity which sits at the heart of qualitative inquiry. Our experience raised urgent questions about authorship, agency and the politics of automation in research.
This Research Workshop is not a demonstration of best practice, but an invitation to think together about the risks, contradictions and possibilities of AI-assisted qualitative research. We will begin by briefly sharing our process and reflections, including examples of AI-generated outputs and the gaps we encountered. From there, we will facilitate a series of interactive exercises and discussions designed to generate collective insights, discomforts and provocations. Together, we will explore questions such as:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We will also invite participants to experiment with live prompting, critique AI outputs and reflect on their own experiences (or hesitations) with AI in research, teaching and supervision. The session will be structured to allow for small-group dialogue, collective note-taking and the emergence of shared themes or provocations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our hope is that this Research Workshop will forge a writing collective which valorises the outcome of the session through a joint publication, blog series or methodological manifesto. We are particularly interested in capturing the tensions and creative possibilities which arise when qualitative researchers engage critically with generative tools, especially in fields such as inclusive education, where language is never neutral. Rather than aiming for technological mastery, the session dives into methodological vulnerability, critical reflexivity and the politics of knowledge production in an era of automation. Whether you are experimenting with AI, resisting its use or simply curious about its implications, we welcome you to join us in thinking together. References N/A |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 08 B: Labels, Identity, and Recognition in Inclusive Education Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Philippos Zdoupas Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Beyond Special Educational Needs Labeling: Internalizing and Externalizing Psychosocial Symptom Profiles Explain School Well-Being in Inclusive Education 1: University Duisburg-Essen, Germany; 2: University of Cologne, Germany Presenting Author:Questions of educational equity and inclusive school development are increasingly framed through students’ subjective experiences in schooling. Against the backdrop of EU-level initiatives on whole-school well-being and mental health (e.g., UNESCO, 2025; OECD, 2023), school well-being (SWB) has become a key indicator for monitoring the quality of inclusive education (Kullmann et al., 2023). SWB, conceptualized as students’ cognitive and emotional evaluations of their school experiences, is widely recognized as vital for learning, socio-emotional development, and participation (Hascher et al., 2018). Schools are therefore not only institutional learning environments but also significant developmental contexts in which students’ emotional, social, and personal thriving must be actively supported (Schnell et al., 2025). Within inclusive education, the question of which students experience lower or higher levels of SWB has gained particular relevance. Students with special educational needs (SEN) frequently face more challenging learning and developmental and are therefore assumed to be especially vulnerable. Yet empirical findings remain inconsistent: while some studies document lower SWB for students with SEN (e.g., Alnahdi & Schwab, 2021; Goldan et al., 2022), others report no meaningful differences (e.g., Kröske, 2020; Zdoupas et al., 2025). These inconsistencies partly stem from the fact that SEN is an administrative umbrella category encompassing highly heterogeneous support needs, limiting its usefulness as an explanatory indicator. In contrast, a more consistent body of research – both within and beyond Europe – identifies psychosocial problems as robust predictors of diminished SWB. Internalizing symptoms (e.g., anxiety, depression) and externalizing symptoms (e.g., aggression, conduct problems, hyperactivity) are systematically linked to lower emotional, social, and competence-related school experiences (Kim & Choe, 2022; Tobia et al., 2019). Epidemiological evidence across European countries suggests that psychosocial problems are widespread (pooled prevalence ≈ 15.5%), with notably higher rates for internalizing (~7–8%) compared to externalizing problems (~2–3%; Sacco et al., 2024). These difficulties often emerge early and frequently persist into adolescence, making them potent determinants of daily school functioning. At the same time, the research landscape on SWB remains conceptually heterogeneous. Existing studies employ global indicators, multidimensional frameworks, or domain-specific measures, complicating comparisons and theoretical integration (Hossain et al., 2023). The multidimensionality of SWB – spanning affective, social, and competence-related domains – has been repeatedly theorized but only unevenly tested empirically, especially within inclusive educational contexts. The present study addresses these conceptual and empirical gaps by examining SWB in inclusive secondary schools through a multidimensional lens and by contrasting the predictive value of SEN with that of psychosocial symptoms. Specifically, the study investigates three core questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We surveyed N = 976 students (Grades 8-10) from seven inclusive secondary schools in North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany. The sample was distributed nearly evenly across grades 8 (39 %), 9 (31 %), and 10 (30 %). Ten percent of the students had diagnosed SEN, most commonly in the areas of learning disabilities (49 %), emotional and behavioral disorders (21 %), as well as speech and language impairments (17 %). SWB was assessed using the Questionnaire for Assessing School Well-Being in Inclusive Classes (Kullmann et al., 2023). The instrument comprises 24 items across six subscales: Attitudes Towards School (ATS; e.g., “I like going to school”), Affinity to Class (ATC; e.g., “I enjoy being with my classmates”), Academic Self-esteem (ASE; e.g., “I am satisfied with my academic achievements”), Concerns in School (CIS; e.g., “In the past weeks, I have been worried about my grades”), Social Problems in School (SPS; e.g., “In the past weeks, I had problems with specific classmates”), and Somatic Complaints in School (SCS; e.g., “In the past weeks, I had stomach aches because of school”). All items are rated on a six-point scale ranging from 0 (“does not apply at all”) to 5 (“fully applies”). Psychosocial problems were assessed using the self-report version of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ; Goodman, 2005). Four symptom domains were considered, each representing a distinct area of psychosocial problems. Emotional Symptoms capture core internalizing problems such as anxiety and depressive symptoms. Peer Problems reflect internalizing-related social withdrawal and interpersonal insecurity. Conduct Problems represent externalizing difficulties including aggressive and rule-breaking behavior. Hyperactivity/Inattention captures externalizing symptoms of impulsivity and concentration. All items are rated on a three-point scale ranging from 0 (“does not apply at all”) to 2 (“fully applies”). In addition, Prosocial Behavior was included as a control scale. Analyses proceeded in two stages. First, we used Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) in R (lavaan package) to compare four competing measurement models of SWB, estimating model fit with robust maximum likelihood (MLR). Second, we conducted hierarchical multilevel regression analyses (lme4 package) with random intercepts for class membership. For each of the six SWB dimensions, we compared a null model, a model with only SEN status, a model with only the four psychosocial symptom scores, and a full combined model. Likelihood ratio tests and changes in explained variance (R²) were used to evaluate the incremental contributions of predictors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings CFA results strongly supported a multidimensional structure. The six-correlated-factor model showed excellent fit (χ^2 (215)=720.42,CFI=.962,TLI=.955,RMSEA=.056,SRMR=.051) and was significantly superior to a unidimensional model (∆χ^2 (15)=1984,p<.001), confirming H₁. Hierarchical regressions revealed that psychosocial symptoms alone explained substantial variance across all SWB dimensions (∆R^2 range=.18 to .40,all p<.001). Crucially, adding SEN status to models already containing psychosocial symptoms yielded no significant improvement in model fit for any SWB outcome (χ^2 (1)=.37-2.02,all p>.05), supporting H₂. The association between SEN and SWB was fully subsumed by students' current psychosocial symptom profiles. Regarding symptom-specific associations (H₃), internalizing symptoms (Emotional Symptoms, Peer Problems) demonstrated the strongest and broadest negative effects, with standardized coefficients ranging from β=-.19 to β=-.56, all p<.001, particularly impacting affective and social SWB. Externalizing symptoms (Conduct Problems, Hyperactivity/Inattention) showed smaller, more domain-specific effects (β=-.07,p<.05 to β=-.24,p<.001), concentrated on social and competence-related SWB. Together, these findings challenge assumptions that SEN status represents a meaningful explanatory category for students’ well-being. The hierarchical modelling approach provides stronger evidence than previous simultaneous-entry models by demonstrating that SEN status did not significantly improve model fit. This supports empirical models that foreground individual symptom profiles as proximal determinants of SWB. By showing that specific psychosocial domains map onto specific SWB components, the study strengthens multidimensional frameworks of SWB and underscores the importance of moving beyond categorical classification systems toward symptom-sensitive approaches within inclusive education research. This underscores the need for school-based well-being frameworks that are symptom-sensitive and multidimensional. Practically, we recommend that inclusive schools: (1) prioritize the early detection of internalizing symptoms, which showed the strongest and most pervasive negative associations with SWB; (2) employ differentiated psychosocial assessments rather than relying on SEN labels as homogeneous risk markers; and (3) adopt monitoring systems that capture the distinct affective, social, and competence-related components of SWB to guide targeted interventions. References Alnahdi, G. H., and Schwab, S. (2021). Inclusive education in Saudi Arabia and Germany: students’ perception of school well-being, social inclusion, and academic self-concept. Eur. J. Spec. Needs Educ. 36(5), 773-786. Goldan, J., Nusser, L., and Gebel, M. (2022). School-related subjective well-being of children with and without special educational needs in inclusive classrooms. Child Indic. Ress 15, 1313-1337. Goodman, R. (2005). Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire. Hascher, T., Morinaj, J., and Waber, J. (2018). “Schulisches Wohlbefinden“, in Leistung und Wohlbefinden in der Schule: Herausforderung Inklusion, eds K. Rathmann and K. Hurrelmann (Weinheim: Belz), 66-82. Hossain, S., O'Neill, S., and Strnadová, I. (2023). What constitutes student well-being: A scoping review of students' perspectives. Child Indic. Res. 16(2), 447-483. Kim, E. K., and Choe, D. (2022). Universal social, emotional and behavioral strength and risk screening: relative predictive validity for students’ subjective well-being in schools. Sch Psychol. Rev 51(1), 40-54. Kröske, B. (2020). Schulisches Wohlbefinden, Zugehörigkeit und Unterstützung bei Schülerinnen und Schülern im gemeinsamen Unterricht der Sekundarstufe I. Unterrichtswissenschaft 48, 243-272. Kullmann, H., Zentarra, D., Lütje-Klose, and Geist, S. (2023). Wohlbefinden und Inklusion an der Laborschule Bielefeld (WILS): Ausgewählte Ergebnisse der Fragebogenerhebungen 2013 – 2018 in den Jahrgangstufen 6 – 10. Schule – Forschen – Entwickeln 2, 77-110. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume II): Learning During – and From – Disruption, PISA. Paris: OECD Publishing. Sacco, R., Camilleri, N., Eberhardt, J., Umlauf, R., and Cedro, A. (2024). A systematic review and meta-analysis on the prevalence of mental disorders among children and adolescents in Europe. Eur. Child & Adolesc. Psychiatry 33, 2877-2894. Schnell, J., Saxer, K., Mori, J., Buchmann, M., and Ragni, T. (2025). Feeling well and doing well. The mediating role of school engagement in the relationship between student well-being and academic achievement. Eur. J. Psychol. Educ 40, 48. Tobia, V., Greco, A., Steca, P., and Marzocchi, G. M. (2019). Children’s wellbeing at school: a multi-dimensional and multi-informant approach. J. Happiness Stud. 20, 841-861. UNESCO (2025). Integrating health and well-being into education policy and planning: a handbook. Paris: UNESCO, Paris. Zdoupas, P., Vösgen-Nordloh, M., and Kulawiak, R. (2025). Subjektives schulisches Wohlbefinden in inklusiven Schulen im Spannungsfeld zwischen sonderpädagogischem Unterstützungsbedarf und psychosozialen Problemen. ESE 7, 124-139. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Conceptual Developments in Giftedness: A Documentary Analysis of Contemporary Perspectives University of Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:The concept of giftedness has undergone substantial theoretical evolution over the past century, shifting from predominantly psychometric and intelligence-based definitions to more complex and multidimensional perspectives. Despite this development, the field continues to be characterized by conceptual plurality, theoretical tensions, and the absence of a universally accepted definition. These ambiguities have direct consequences for identification processes, educational practices, and research orientations within educational contexts. This research aims to analyze the evolution of conceptualizations of giftedness in the scientific literature, highlighting major theoretical shifts, persistent debates, and points of convergence and divergence across influential models. Drawing on a qualitative documentary analysis of peer-reviewed articles published in specialized international journals in the field of gifted education, this exploratory study adopts a phenomenological-interpretative approach. The corpus was examined through iterative cycles of reading, coding, and thematic categorization, focusing on how giftedness has been conceptually defined, framed, and operationalized across different theoretical models. The analysis aimed to identify major conceptual shifts, points of convergence and divergence, and enduring theoretical tensions within the literature. The analysis shows that early approaches, largely grounded in intelligence testing and cognitive performance, gradually gave way to broader frameworks incorporating motivational, developmental, contextual, and socio-environmental dimensions. Nevertheless, the literature reveals enduring disagreements regarding the relative weight of innate abilities versus environmental influences, as well as ongoing debates surrounding the boundaries between giftedness, talent, and high achievement. Such conceptual fragmentation contributes to variability in identification criteria and to inconsistencies in educational responses across contexts. By systematizing and interpreting the main conceptual trajectories present in the literature, this research offers a more precise theoretical mapping of giftedness as an educational phenomenon. The findings underline the importance of conceptual clarity for informing research, identification practices, and educational interventions, and support the need for more integrative frameworks capable of capturing the complexity of giftedness in contemporary educational systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative exploratory study was based on a documentary analysis of peer-reviewed articles published in five international journals specialized in gifted education: (i) Journal for the Education of the Gifted; (ii) Gifted Child Quarterly; (iii) Gifted Child Today; (iv) Exceptional Children; and (v) Gifted Education. A total of 33 articles were selected for analysis. Articles were selected based on their explicit focus on conceptualizations of giftedness and their relevance to theoretical developments in the field, in line with the study’s aim. The study was conducted within a phenomenological-interpretative paradigm, which was adopted in order to prioritize meaning construction and the interpretation of intentions underlying conceptual formulations in the literature (Amado, 2014). The analytical process began with iterative cycles of reading, allowing for progressive familiarization with the corpus. Subsequently, categories were developed through horizontal comparison across texts and thematic regrouping, following principles of qualitative content analysis (Bardin, 1979; Amado et al., 2014). The coding process involved identifying recurring conceptual definitions, underlying assumptions, and theoretical tensions across the corpus. This procedure enabled the identification of recurrent conceptual patterns, points of divergence, and underlying theoretical assumptions concerning giftedness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This documentary analysis highlights that, despite significant theoretical developments in the field of giftedness, conceptual ambiguity and fragmentation remain persistent challenges. The literature shows a shift from narrow psychometric definitions toward multidimensional models incorporating cognitive, motivational, developmental, and contextual factors. However, these advances coexist with unresolved tensions regarding identification criteria, the balance between innate abilities and environmental influences, and the boundaries between giftedness, talent, and high achievement. These inconsistencies have direct implications for educational practice, particularly in assessment, curriculum differentiation, and decision-making. They are especially relevant for inclusive education, as conceptual ambiguity may hinder the identification and support of diverse learners. The analysis suggests that identification processes often privilege deficit-oriented perspectives, contributing to the underrecognition of gifted potential in students from disadvantaged backgrounds or those with learning difficulties. As a result, giftedness is frequently addressed through standardized approaches that fail to capture its contextual and developmental complexity. The findings highlight the need to diversify assessment strategies, combining formal instruments with contextualized and observational approaches. More broadly, they indicate that conceptual clarification depends not only on methodological refinement but also on curricular, pedagogical, and institutional frameworks. By adopting an interpretative approach focused on conceptual meanings, this study provides a more coherent theoretical mapping of the field and reinforces the need for integrative frameworks that support inclusive and developmentally sensitive practices. Future research should further examine how giftedness is identified and supported across different educational systems and sociocultural contexts. References Amado, J. (2014). A investigação em educação e seus paradigmas. In Amado, J. (Ed.), Manual de investigação qualitativa em educação (p. 19–71). Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra. Amado, J., Costa, A. P., & Crusoé, N. (2014). A técnica de análise de conteúdo. In Amado, J. (Ed.), Manual de investigação qualitativa em educação (p. 301–351). Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra. Bardin, L. (1979). Análise de conteúdo. Edições 70. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper School Socialization and Identity Development Among Hungarian Deaf Students in Romania Partium Christian University, Oradea, Romania Presenting Author:Language practices are central to identity in Deaf communities. Deafness is not merely a sensory impairment but also a cultural–linguistic identity (Higgins & Lieberman, 2016; Marschark et al., 2017). Deaf communities coalesce around shared sign languages and norms, yet Deaf individuals are internally diverse and often straddle multiple social groups (Leigh, 2009). Many identify both with Deaf culture and with an ethnic heritage (Leigh & Crowe, 2015). Deaf individuals are often bimodal multilingual (e.g. a sign language, written language and a spoken language) (Kusters et al. 2021) and may even navigate multiple sign languages if multi-ethnic (Lim, 2022). Contemporary Deaf education emphasizes a translanguaging approach – leveraging all of a Deaf child’s language modalities and codes fluidly – to support learning and identity. Swanwick (2016) found that Deaf children often engage in bimodal translanguaging, mixing sign and speech (or sign and print) in creative ways to fully express themselves. In multilingual minority settings, Deaf individuals often develop the ability to switch between or blend languages depending on context (Baker & Scott, 2016) Such code-blending is not seen as confusion but as a natural adaptation to a multilingual environment, reflecting a “multilingual habitus” (Benson, 2013) that flexibly navigates multiple languages. Research has found that allowing Deaf students to use all their languages (sign and spoken/written) flexibly improves academic achievement and self-esteem (Marschark & Spencer, 2011). In multi-ethnic societies like Romania, Deaf people inhabit overlapping minority worlds. Ethnic Hungarian Deaf people in Romania exemplify this “double minority” status: they are simultaneously members of a national minority (Hungarian) and a linguistic minority within the Deaf population. These youths face stigma and marginalization as Deaf persons in the predominantly hearing society, while also encountering pressures on their Hungarian identity within the largely Romanian Deaf community. Romanian Sign Language (RSL) dominates in Deaf institutions and gatherings, which can create subtle pressure for Hungarian Deaf individuals to assimilate linguistically. Schools are pivotal for identity development in the Deaf community. Residential Deaf schools—though historically aimed at “normalization”—often became incubators of Deaf culture. Many Deaf children (especially those from hearing families) first encounter a signing peer group at school, enabling them to communicate in their natural language and develop a positive Deaf identity (Lane, 1995). At the same time, for ethnic minority communities the language of schooling profoundly affects ethnic identity. In Romania, ethnic Hungarian Deaf children historically had two main options for primary education: attend the sole Hungarian-language Deaf school (in Cluj-Napoca, Transylvania) or enrol in a local Romanian-language Deaf school. Social Identity Theory (Tajfel & Turner, 1979) predicts divergent identity outcomes from these choices. A Deaf child educated in the minority-language (Hungarian) school receives institutional support for their heritage language and culture, likely reinforcing both Deaf in-group affiliation and Hungarian ethnic belonging. This paper examines how school socialization affects the dual identities (Deaf and Hungarian) of youth in this multi-minority situation. Specifically, the research addressed three questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employed a mixed-methods approach, centred on qualitative life history interviews and supported by a survey. I recruited 89 Deaf adults through the Oradea Deaf Association (which serves both Hungarian and Romanian Deaf members) to complete a questionnaire about their background, schooling history, language use, and identity attitudes. From this pool, I selected 30 ethnic Hungarian Deaf individuals (approximately age 28–55, roughly equal men and women) for in-depth semi-structured interviews about their life experiences and identity development. All interviewees had at least one Deaf or hearing Hungarian parent (or identified as ethnically Hungarian) – reflecting the composition of the local Deaf community we studied. I also conducted key-informant interviews with 5 long-time educators and staff from the Cluj Hungarian Deaf School (some hearing, one Deaf) to gain an institutional perspective. The survey gathered demographic data and information on participants’ language use in different contexts (school, home, etc.), as well as self-ratings of the strength of their Deaf identity and ethnic identity. The life history interviews (conducted in the participant’s preferred sign language – HSL for Cluj alumni, RSL or a mix for those who attended Romanian schools – with a certified interpreter when necessary) covered childhood and family background, school experiences (communication methods, friendships, positive or negative memories), perceptions of being Hungarian and Deaf during school, and transitions after leaving school. I also asked how they maintain or view their ethnic identity and Deaf identity in adulthood. Interviews were conducted with cultural sensitivity – the interviewers were fluent signers and, in one case, a member of the Deaf community – helping establish trust. All names and personal identifiers in this study are pseudonyms. I transcribed and translated interviews into written Hungarian or Romanian (and then into English) for coding and analysis. I used thematic analysis to code the qualitative data, focusing on key themes like language use, Deaf identity, ethnic identity, family influence, and life transitions. I paid special attention to contrasts between those who attended the Hungarian vs. Romanian schools. I then constructed individual case profiles and also synthesized cross-cutting patterns. The survey data were analyzed descriptively (frequencies and cross-tabulations) and used to triangulate and contextualize the interview findings. For example, if an interviewee mentioned that rural families tended to keep Deaf children in local schools, we checked the survey data – which indeed showed a higher local-school enrolment rate among village-origin Deaf youth. This mixed-methods triangulation increased confidence in my conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results confirmed that school language and culture significantly shape the dual identities of Deaf minority youth. Minority-language schooling (in Hungarian) reinforced students’ Deaf pride and ethnic allegiance, while majority-language (Romanian) Deaf schooling often led to linguistic assimilation and a weaker connection to ethnic heritage. These early influences persisted into adulthood. The findings are consistent with other research emphasizing that multiple identities develop concurrently in Deaf youth. Intersecting factors – family language use, community attitudes, peer dynamics – all moderated the impact of schooling. Similar dynamics have been documented among Deaf immigrant communities or Deaf communities of colour (Leigh, 2009; Lim, 2023), but the Romanian Hungarian case adds the dimension of two sign languages and the legacy of state policies. It shows how historical and political factors (such as the communist-era suppression of minority languages and the lack of higher-level educational options in the minority language) reverberate in the micro-level experiences of Deaf individuals (e.g., the identity dilemmas faced when transitioning to a majority-language school). It underlines the importance of cultural and linguistic rights in education: the post-1990 maintenance of the Cluj Deaf School (and the introduction of sign-language classes there in recent years) is a positive development, but the lack of continuity into secondary education indicates room for policy improvement. The findings support educational approaches that are multilingual and multicultural: when a Deaf child’s home language and culture are validated at school, the child can thrive with a cohesive identity. Conversely, if one identity is neglected, the child may experience cultural loss or internal conflict. As the participants’ experiences show, Deaf students should never have to choose between their Deaf identity and their ethnic identity – effective education can and should nurture both. References Baker, S. & Scott, J. (2016). Sociocultural and academic considerations for school-age d/Deaf and hard of hearing multilingual learners: A case study of a deaf Latina. American Annals of the Deaf, 161(1), 43–55. 10.1353/aad.2016.0010 Benson, C. (2013). Towards adopting a multilingual habitus in educational development. In: C. Benson. and K. Kosonen Language issues in comparative education: Inclusive teaching and learning in non-dominant languages and cultures, Sense Publishers, 283-299. Higgins, M. & Lieberman, A. M.(2016). Deaf students as a linguistic and cultural minority: shifting perspectives and implications for teaching and learning. Journal of Education 196(1), 9 -18. https://doi.org/10.1177/002205741619600103 Kusters, A., De Meulder, M., & Napier, J. (2021). Family language policy on holiday: Four multilingual signing and speaking families travelling together. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 42(8), 698-715. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2021.1890752 Lane, H. (1995): Constructions of Deafness. Disability & Society, Volume 10, Issue 2, 1995, 171-190. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09687599550023633 Leigh, I. (2009). A lens on Deaf identities. Perspectives on Deafness. Oxford University Press. Leigh, G. , & Crowe, K. (2015). Responding to cultural and linguistic diversity among deaf and hard-of-hearing learners. In: and Marschark M. and Knoors H (eds. ) Educating deaf learners: Creating a global evidence base, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 68-91. Lim, A. (2022). Translanguaging Practices of a Multiethnic and Multilingual Deaf Family in a Raciolinguistic World and Beyond. Languages, 7(4), 311. https://doi.org/10.3390/languages7040311 Lim, J. 2023). Immigrant deaf students of color: Raciolinguistic discourses on the axes of accommodation, acculturation, and racialization (Doctoral dissertation, Boston University). Marschark, M, Spencer, P. E. (2011)' Epilogue: What We Know, What We Don’t Know, and What We Should Know', In: Marc Marschark, and Patricia Elizabeth Spencer (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education, Volume 1, 2nd edn, Oxford Library of Psychology (2011; online edn, Oxford Academic, 18 Sept. 2012), Marschark, M., Zettler, I., & Dammeyer, J. (2017). Social dominance orientation, language orientation, and Deaf identity. Journal of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, 22(3), 269 - 277. https://doi.org/10.1093/deafed/enx018 Swanwick, R. (2016). Scaffolding learning through classroom talk: The role of translanguaging. In M. Marschark & P. Spencer (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of Deaf Studies: Language and language development. (pp. 420–430). Oxford University Press. Tajfel, H. & Turner, J. C. 1979. “An integrative theory of intergroup conflict. ”. In The social psychology of intergroup relations, Edited by: W. G Austin and S. Worchel 33–47. Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 08 C: Interprofessional Collaboration and Communities of Practice for Inclusion Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Jan Georgeson Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Interprofessional Teamwork to Support Inclusive Education 1: University of Iceland, Iceland; 2: University of Akureyri Presenting Author:This qualitative case study explores how a comprehensive school in Iceland has restructured its internal organization to enhance interprofessional collaboration and knowledge construction. The study aims to understand how professional knowledge is co-constructed at the boundaries of different roles and practices. Specifically, it identifies key factors that foster and sustain interprofessional collaboration and examines how such collaboration contributes to the development of inclusive practice withing the school. The research question is: What conditions and practices support sustained interprofessional collaboration and knowledge construction within a school context? The focus is on inclusive education and interdisciplinary teamwork. We argue that interdisciplinary teamwork and common knowledge construction through work at the boundaries of different professions is necessary for inclusive education to be successful, not only at the student level but for the school community. Inclusive education focuses on three key elements: presence, participation, and achievement of all learners (Ainscow, 2016). Presence refers to where students are educated and how consistently they attend. Participation reflects the quality of their daily school experiences and includes their personal perspectives. Achievement encompasses all learning outcomes across the curriculum, extending beyond standardized tests and exam scores. These elements together support the goal of delivering high-quality education and outcomes for all children and young people. Requiring schools to strengthen their ability to remove obstacles that hinder students’ access and presence (Ainscow, 2016; Slee, 2018). According to Ainscow (2016) “schools know more than they use” which suggests that efforts to enhance a school’s ability to address learner diversity should begin with encouraging staff to share and build on existing practices through collaboration and developing joint practice. In this research the focus is on examining interdisciplinary teamwork and common knowledge construction through the lens of Anne Edwards’s theory on relational agency (Edwards, 2005). According to her theory, relational agency strengthens professional agency, which ultimately will benefit the object of practice - the object of practice being inclusive education. Edwards has long applied a cultural-historical approach (CHAT) to her research on institutional and professional development, and in this context has introduced three professional development concepts that she calls “gardening tools” (Duhn et al., 2016; Edwards, 2011). The “gardening tools”: relational expertise, common knowledge, and relational agency, are conceptual tools for analyzing and facilitating collaborative work, particularly in boundary-crossing situations (Edwards, 2011). These tools help understand how diverse individuals and groups work together to achieve common goals, especially when their perspectives, knowledge, and practices differ. In the context of CHAT, relational agency refers to the ability to collaborate with others to broaden and develop the focus of one’s work. This involves acknowledging and drawing on the knowledge and resources that others contribute as they interpret and engage with the shared objective. It requires recognizing that others can serve as valuable resources, and that active effort is needed to identify, understand, and negotiate the use of these contributions in pursuit of coordinated, collective action. Relational agency represents an expanded form of personal agency—one that can be cultivated and learned over time. This concept is closely linked to the ideas of distributed intelligence and distributed expertise. Distributed expertise, a more practice-oriented subset of distributed intelligence, highlights how knowledge is spread across individuals in a group. It brings attention to important issues in professional contexts, such as the nature of expertise, collaboration, teamwork, and the negotiation of professional roles, boundaries, and identities (Edwards, 2005, 2011). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitative case study looking at one comprehensive school in Iceland that is restructuring its internal organization towards increased emphasis on interprofessional collaboration. The case study approach was chosen as it enables an in-depth exploration of interprofessional teamwork and knowledge construction within a real-life school setting, allowing for a nuanced understanding of complex social processes in context (Yin, 2018). Prior to fieldwork, semi-structured interview guides were developed, drawing on previous research findings in relation to inclusive education. These guides were partially tailored to the different roles of participants, which were the principal and administrative team, project leaders for personalized learning, teachers, special needs teachers, social educators and learning support assistants. Data collection was carried out between May 2022 and January 2023. The primary method of data collection was individual and group interviews, ranging in duration from 36 to 105 minutes. These interviews were designed to be interactive, allowing for both differing and shared perspectives to emerge. Focus group interviews enabled participants to engage with colleagues, where one person’s comments could spark insights from others—revealing information that might not have surfaced in one-on-one interviews (Taber, 2013). Most interviews were conducted on-site at the school, though a few were conducted remotely via Teams due to travel and weather-related constraints. In total, there were 21 interviews, amounting to approximately 18 hours of recorded data. The analysis is informed by Cultural Historical Activity Theory (CHAT), which provides a useful lens for examining the implementation of new ideas that require shifts in organizational structures and practices—characteristics that define the case under study. CHAT is particularly suited to exploring the tensions that may emerge when innovations disrupt established ways of working, potentially hindering the routine functioning of an institution or system (Ingólfsdóttir, 2024). Rather than focusing on individual cognition, activity theory directs attention to the dynamic interactions between individuals, tools, and the objects of their activity, emphasizing how shared, goal-directed practices are collectively carried out and transformed (Sannino & Engström, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings illustrate how interprofessional collaboration is enacted and experienced within the activity system of a compulsory school in Iceland undergoing internal restructuring to support inclusive education. The findings are structured around key themes that capture enabling conditions, shared planning tools, and ongoing challenges, including unequal access to resources and limited time for collective reflection. Redefining roles to support inclusive practice: This theme illustrates how the school has addressed a secondary contradiction within its activity system—specifically, the tension between a hierarchical division of labor and the collective object of fostering inclusive education. Traditionally, different levels of specialist education among staff have contributed to status distinctions and power imbalances. In this case, the school actively disrupts such hierarchies by referring to all individuals involved in support roles, whether formally trained specialists or unlicensed support staff—as specialist support staff. Stability, shared responsibility and the role of tools: The findings further show that the school’s team-based structure contributes to both organizational stability and continuity in student support. Unlike traditional models where support staff are frequently reassigned across classes and year levels, this school maintains consistent team compositions. This approach not only strengthens collaboration among staff but also fosters trusting relationships and predictability for students. Clarity of roles and cross-boundary collaboration: While the school’s discourse emphasizes collective identity, referring to all staff as either teachers or specialist support staff, the findings show that the individual expertise of each team member remains clearly recognized and valued. Structural Constraints and Emerging Contradictions: Despite the strengths of the team-based and inclusive approach, the findings also reveal structural challenges that introduce tensions into the activity system. A key issue relates to limited access to tools. Learning assistants are not allocated individual computers, which restricts their ability to access teaching plans, search for resources, or document observations independently. References Ainscow, M. (2016). Diversity and Equity: A Global Education Challenge. Ainscow, M. (2016). Diversity and equity: A global education challenge. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 51, 143-155. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40841-016-0056-x Duhn, I., Fleer, M., & Harrison, L. (2016) Supporting multidisciplinary networks through relationality and a critical sense of belonging: three ‘gardening tools’ and the Relational Agency Framework. International Journal of Early Years Education, 24(3), 378-391, https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2016.1196578 Edwards, A. (2005). Relational agency: Learning to be a resourceful practitioner. International Journal of Educational Research, 43,168–182, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2006.06.010 Edwards, A. (2011). Building common knowledge at the boundaries between professional practices: Relational agency and relational expertise in systems of distributed expertise. International Journal of Educational Research, 50(1), 33–39, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2011.04.007 Ingólfsdóttir, J. G. (2024). Fjölskyldumiðuð þjónusta innan og utan leikskólans: Staða, viðhorf og reynsla fagfólks í flóknu starfsumhverfi. Tímarit um uppeldi og menntun, 33(2), 103-122, https://doi.org/10.24270/tuuom.2024.33.18 Sannino, A., & Engeström, Y. (2018). Cultural-historical activity theory: Founding insights and new challenges. Cultural-historical psychology, 14(3), 43-56. Slee, R. (2018). Defining the scope of inclusive education. Think piece prepared for the 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report. UNESCO. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). SAGE Publications. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Case-Oriented Professional Reflection and Inclusion: Communities of Practice in the Induction Phase of Teaching Universität Wien, Austria Presenting Author:This study presents a qualitative empirical study examining case-based professional learning within a university master's seminar in teacher education. The study focuses on how pre-service teachers collectively engage with pedagogical cases arising from school practice, particularly in contexts where inclusive educational aspirations encounter structurally non-inclusive school conditions. In doing so, it situates professional learning within ongoing debates on inclusive pedagogy as a normative and practical challenge for teacher education (Ainscow, 2005; Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). The seminar was designed as a case-oriented community of practice rather than a mentoring or skills-based induction format (Wenger, 1998). This design reflects approaches to teacher education that conceptualise professional learning as a situated, collective, and interpretive process rather than as the acquisition of predefined competencies. Pre-service teachers worked with Critical Incidents drawn from their own experiences, which were collaboratively analysed, discussed, and revisited over time, building on established case-based and incident-based approaches in teacher education (Tripp, 1993). The empirical material comprises written case narratives, group discussions, collective case analyses, and individual reflective texts produced throughout the seminar.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using an interpretative qualitative approach, the analysis investigates how pre-service teachers registered in this master's level seminar construct what counts as a pedagogical case, how meanings are negotiated collectively, and how professional judgement develops through shared reflection (Fenwick, 2010). Participants of the study were pre-service teachers who were relatively advanced in their master's studies. The master's program in teacher education, in the country where research was conducted, is a two-year program that should be completed within 8 years after graduation from Bachelor degree to get the full title of teacher profession. However, the graduation from a master's degree is not a requirement to start a teaching profession, and several master's degree students already work as teachers and have exposure to real-life classroom experience. In the seminar, 16 students, 10 of whom work in schools as teachers, worked in groups of four, and special attention was given to the point that groups are heterogeneous in terms of teaching experience. The students with and without teaching experience worked in groups together over a semester. Also, particular attention is paid to shifts in interpretive patterns across the seminar trajectory, especially in relation to how inclusive pedagogical concerns are articulated, problematised, and reframed over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate a gradual move away from individualising and deficit-oriented explanations of professional challenges towards relational, structural and context-sensitive interpretations (Cochran-Smith et al., 2016). Pre-service teachers increasingly framed critical situations not as personal inadequacies, but as expressions of systemic tensions inherent to schooling, especially during the transition from teacher education into professional practice (Pillen et al., 2013). Collective case work supported participants in tolerating ambiguity, articulating uncertainty, and maintaining professional agency under conditions of normative and institutional contradiction, which are characteristic of inclusive educational contexts (Biesta, 2015; Edwards, 2010). Rather than generating solutions or prescriptive guidance, the community of practice functioned as a space for shared sense-making and for re-orienting professional commitments, including sustained engagement with inclusive principles understood as a pedagogical stance rather than a set of techniques (Florian, 2012; Wenger, 1998). The study contributes to research on teacher education and early career professional learning by conceptualising case-based communities of practice as a form of professional support that complements established induction and mentoring models (Ingersoll & Strong, 2011). The paper discusses implications for teacher education programmes aiming to prepare new teachers for complex, contradictory, and structurally constrained school environments, and reflects critically on the limits and tensions of collective case-based professional learning in relation to inclusive pedagogical aspirations (Darling-Hammond, 2017; Zeichner, 2010). References Ainscow, M. (2005). Developing inclusive education systems: What are the levers for change? Journal of Educational Change, 6(2), 109–124. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-005-1298-4 Biesta, G. (2015). Teacher education for judgement: The role of judgement in teacher professionalism. Oxford Review of Education, 41(4), 557–572. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2015.1071215 Cochran-Smith, M., Villegas, A. M., Abrams, L., Chavez-Moreno, L., Mills, T., & Stern, R. (2016). Research on teacher preparation: Charting the landscape of a sprawling field. Journal of Teacher Education, 67(4), 262–277. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487116660154 Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291–309. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 Edwards, A. (2010). Being an expert professional practitioner. Springer. Fenwick, T. (2010). Re-thinking the “thing”: Sociomaterial approaches to understanding and researching learning in work. Journal of Workplace Learning, 22(1/2), 104–116. Florian, L. (2012). Preparing teachers to work in inclusive classrooms: Key lessons for the professional development of teacher educators. Journal of Teacher Education, 63(4), 275–285. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487112447112 Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. Cambridge Journal of Education, 41(4), 513–528. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2011.625001 Ingersoll, R. M., & Strong, M. (2011). The impact of induction and mentoring programs for beginning teachers. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 201–233. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311403323 Pillen, M. T., Beijaard, D., & den Brok, P. J. (2013). Professional identity tensions of beginning teachers. Teachers and Teaching, 19(6), 660–678. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2013.827455 Tripp, D. (1993). Critical incidents in teaching. Routledge. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 89–99. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347671 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Whose Knowledge Counts in Inclusive Education? Building Equitable Teacher-SLT Partnerships through Interprofessional Communities of Practice 1: Dublin City University, Ireland; 2: DCU Centre for Inclusive Pedagogy; 3: DCU Centre for Literacy Research, Policy and Practice Presenting Author:Interprofessional collaboration between teachers and speech and language therapists (SLTs) is widely recognised as a critical enabler of inclusive education. Addressing diverse learning needs requires coordinated expertise that extends beyond the capacity of any single profession working in isolation. Interprofessional collaboration, defined as sustained partnerships in which professionals from different disciplines work collectively, drawing on complementary expertise to enhance outcomes (Skyberg & Jenssen, 2023), has therefore become central to inclusive education agendas across Europe and internationally (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022). This study is situated within the changing conditions of knowledge production and use highlighted in the ECER 2026 theme, Knowing and Acting. Inclusive education is inherently knowledge-intensive, requiring the integration of pedagogical, linguistic, clinical, and contextual expertise. As education systems increasingly rely on interdisciplinary collaboration and practitioner-led knowledge, questions arise regarding whose knowledge is valued, how it is shared, and how it informs action. Interprofessional collaboration between teachers and SLTs offers a productive lens for examining these questions, particularly at the interface of education and health, where professional epistemologies and institutional priorities may differ (Kazmierczak-Murray et al., 2025). In Ireland, these issues are especially timely. SLTs are increasingly working in school settings, with recent policy developments proposing a substantial expansion of in-school therapeutic provision through the National Council for Special Education’s Therapy Service in Schools (NCSE, 2024). Similar developments internationally reflect the expanding scope of SLT practice and the growing recognition of the centrality of language to literacy, academic achievement, and participation in schooling (Serry & Levickis, 2021; Stephenson et al., 2023). While these developments offer potential to strengthen inclusive provision, they also raise questions about how interprofessional collaboration is structured and whether it supports equitable participation across professions. Without attention to equity, these expanding models of school-based provision risk reinforcing traditional professional hierarchies, with collaboration reduced to consultative rather than genuinely shared practice (Skyberg & Jenssen, 2023). Research across health and education contexts identifies equality of relationships, shared decision-making, and non-hierarchical knowledge exchange as central to collaboration (Armstrong et al., 2023). In teacher-SLT partnerships, inequitable collaboration has been shown to contribute to role ambiguity, fragmented practice, and reduced impact on learners with additional needs (Archibald, 2017). In our previous work, we proposed that literacy, and in particular structured literacy, offers a promising and equitable domain for interprofessional collaboration between teachers and SLTs in Ireland (Kazmierczak-Murray et al., 2025). Literacy is inherently cross-disciplinary, requiring pedagogical expertise alongside specialist linguistic knowledge. Widely recommended for supporting learners with dyslexia and literacy difficulties, structured literacy foregrounds the interdependence of pedagogy and linguistics through its focus on the linguistic foundations of reading and writing (IDA, 2023). As such, it represents a domain in which neither profession can claim sole authority, enabling shared ownership, reciprocal learning, and joint problem-solving. This paper reports on the implementation of an online interprofessional Community of Practice (CoP) for Irish teachers and SLTs, focused on structured literacy as a shared and equitable domain of practice. By examining how interprofessional learning is enacted within this virtual space, the study contributes empirical insight into how equitable partnerships can be developed to support inclusive education. In doing so, the study responds to the Inclusive Education Network’s emphasis on collaborative and systemic approaches to diversity and participation by examining how teachers and SLTs jointly enact literacy practices that support curriculum access for students with literacy difficulties. It also aligns with ECER’s broader focus on Knowing and Acting by foregrounding interprofessional CoPs as sites of knowledge production and mobilisation, where disciplinary, practitioner, and research-based knowledge are negotiated and translated into inclusive educational practice within changing policy and institutional contexts.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The interprofessional CoP was developed to support collaborative professional learning in structured literacy for teachers and SLTs. The rationale drew on social learning theory and professional learning literature, which emphasises that effective learning is social, situated, and reciprocal, enabling participants to share expertise and solve problems collaboratively (Brennan & King, 2022; Kennedy, 2014; Wenger et al., 2002). The CoP aimed to foster equitable interprofessional partnerships and enhance inclusive literacy practices for students with diverse learning needs. Proctor et al.’s (2011) taxonomy of implementation outcomes was used to guide this study. The taxonomy identifies intermediate outcomes, including acceptability, adoption, appropriateness, feasibility, fidelity, implementation cost, penetration, and sustainability, that shape whether an initiative achieves its intended objectives. This framework provided a structured lens for evaluating the CoP and for analysing how implementation processes influenced interprofessional learning and collaboration. Six of the ten CoP participants, comprising three SLTs and three teachers, took part in exit interviews conducted via an institutionally licensed Zoom platform. Participants were selected to represent a balanced mix of professions and experiences within the CoP. These interviews, together with post-CoP qualitative surveys, formed the data corpus for evaluation. Framework analysis, a structured qualitative approach, was employed to generate actionable insights by categorising codes according to Proctor’s Taxonomy while also allowing inductive identification of emergent themes (Gale et al., 2013). This approach provides systematic outputs, supports comparison across professions, and is both efficient and transparent. Each transcript and survey response was independently analysed by two members of the research team. Deductive coding identified examples aligning with Proctor’s implementation outcomes, while codes not directly captured by the taxonomy were analysed inductively, allowing identification of additional factors relevant to interprofessional collaboration. This combined deductive-inductive approach ensured the analysis was both theory-informed and open to emergent insights. Applying Proctor’s framework enabled systematic evaluation of the CoP, including whether intended interprofessional learning processes were achieved, how participants engaged across disciplinary boundaries, and which factors facilitated or constrained collaboration. By linking implementation outcomes to inclusive literacy practice, this method demonstrates how structured, theoretically grounded evaluation can inform the design of equitable interprofessional initiatives and guide future inclusive professional learning programs in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that an interprofessional CoP can provide an acceptable, appropriate, and feasible model for interprofessional learning between teachers and SLTs, with potential to influence practice (penetration). Evaluated through Proctor et al.’s (2011) implementation outcomes, the findings show that structured interprofessional learning can move collaboration beyond consultative models towards more equitable, shared forms of professional practice within educational contexts. Crucially, the findings indicate that equitable interprofessional collaboration does not emerge organically but depends on intentional and carefully designed learning structures. Three interrelated elements were central to the success of the CoP: a clearly defined topic-based focus in structured literacy, the use of shared and enduring resources that supported continued professional learning, and active facilitation that enabled research translation and sustained engagement. Together, these elements supported reciprocal knowledge exchange, strengthened role clarity, and fostered mutual recognition of professional expertise. As a result, the CoP created conditions in which teachers and SLTs could collaborate as equal partners rather than as hierarchical experts and consultees. These findings speak directly to the Inclusive Education Network’s emphasis on collaborative and systemic responses to learner diversity. Literacy difficulties represent a significant barrier to participation for many learners and require coordinated pedagogical and linguistic expertise to be addressed effectively. By positioning structured literacy as a shared domain of practice, this study contributes to understanding how interprofessional learning can be intentionally designed to foster equitable collaboration between teachers and SLTs in support of inclusive education. More broadly, this research responds to ECER 2026’s focus on Knowing and Acting by illustrating how interprofessional CoPs function as sites of knowledge production and mobilisation. As therapeutic supports are increasingly integrated within school systems internationally, the study highlights the importance of interprofessional learning structures that enable knowledge to be jointly constructed, critically examined, and situated within educational contexts. References Armstrong, R., Schimke, E., Mathew, A., & Scarinci, N. (2023). Interprofessional practice between speech‑language pathologists and classroom teachers: A mixed‑methods systematic review. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 54(4), 1358–1376. Archibald, L. M. (2017). SLP-educator classroom collaboration: A review to inform reason-based practice. Autism & Developmental Language Impairments, 2. https://doi.org/10.1177/2396941516680369 Brennan, A., & King, F. (2021). Teachers’ experiences of transformative professional learning to narrow the values–practice gap related to inclusive practice. Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(2), 175–193. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. 2022. Agency Position on Inclusive Education Systems (2nd ed.). Gale, N. K., Heath, G., Cameron, E., Rashid, S., & Redwood, S. (2013). Using the framework method for the analysis of qualitative data in multi-disciplinary health research. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 13, 117. International Dyslexia Association. 2023. “Structured Literacy: An Approach Grounded in the Science of Reading.” Perspectives on Language and Literacy 50 (1): 12–15. Kazmierczak-Murray, S., Lehane, P. & Hannify, C. (2025). Literacy for Equitable Interprofessional Learning: Implementation Protocol for an Online Community of Practice for Irish Teachers and Speech and Language Therapists. Irish Educational Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2025.2523299 Kennedy, A. 2014. "Understanding Continuing Professional Development: The Need for Theory to Impact on Policy and Practice." Professional Development in Education 40 (5): 688–97. Proctor, E., H. Silmere, R. Raghavan, P. Hovmand, G. Aarons, A. Bunger, R. Griffey, and M. Hensley. 2011. "Outcomes for Implementation Research: Conceptual Distinctions, Measurement Challenges, and Research Agenda." Administration and Policy in Mental Health Services Research 38 (2): 65–76. Serry, T., & Levickis, P. (2021). Are Australian speech-language therapists working in the literacy domain with children and adolescents? If not, why not? Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 37(3), 234-248. Skyberg, H., & Jenssen, D. (2023). What professionals say and do: The tension between egalitarianism and hierarchy in interprofessional teamwork. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 38(2), 200–208. Stephenson, C.F., Serry, T.A., Snow, P.C., 2023. Teachers’ perspectives on the role and scope of practice of speech-language pathologists working to support literacy in the early years of school. International Journal of Speech and Language Pathology, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/17549507.2023.2250934 Wenger, E., R. McDermott, and W. M. Snyder. 2002. "Seven Principles for Cultivating Communities of Practice." In Cultivating Communities of Practice: A Guide to Managing Knowledge, 4. Cambridge: Harvard Business School Press. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 08 D: AI and Assistive Technology in Inclusive Education Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Edvina Bešić Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper AI for All? A Comparative Analysis of Inclusion and Equity in DACH Policies 1: University of Vienna, Austria; 2: University of Flensburg, Germany; 3: University of Teacher Education in Special Needs, Zurich, CH Presenting Author:04. Inclusive Education
Paper Knowing and Using ChatGPT to Understand and Cater the Needs of Students with ASD European University Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:04. Inclusive Education
Paper Assistive Technology Provision and Lived Experience of Disabled Students in Mainstream Schools University of Southampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author: |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 08 E: From Awareness to Action: Neurodiversity and Education Location: Kahveri | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Aoife Brennan Symposium |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium From Awareness to Action: Neurodiversity and Education Presentations of the Symposium Controversial Discourse on Neurodiversity Neurodiversity in Principle, Diagnosis in Practice: Developmental Language Disorder and the Limits of Inclusion Learning About Neurodiversity at School: A Study on the Implementation of the LEANS Classroom Programme for Mainstream Primary Schools in Flanders 'Relatedness' and the Neurodivergent Experience |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 05 SES 08 A: Belonging Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Daniela Popa Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Exploring Academic Belonging as Situated Teaching Practice: A Pilot Study of One High-Poverty Secondary Classroom University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:School exclusions disproportionately affect students from nondominant sociocultural groups in various national contexts (Bennett et al., 2022; Piltz et al., 2025; Stahl, 2007). Students who experience school exclusion have lower academic and social-emotional outcomes due to the exclusions themselves (Okonofua et al., 2016). Scientific examinations of situations, practices, and contexts that support students’ belonging in classrooms rather than their exclusion may offer antidotes.
Recent scholarship on school belonging has examined how schools can be places of inclusion rather than exclusion, where students from diverse backgrounds feel engaged (Matthews et al., 2021). School belonging literature has diverse conceptual and empirical strands. This study defines and examines belonging as a classroom-based teaching practice. It draws upon the theory-methods package of theory of practice architectures to examine teachers’ practices of belonging while contextualizing those practices within specific sociohistorical situations. It addresses the following research questions:
Belonging
Belonging literature has roots in psychology, human development, and motivation, political studies, and education. Belonging literature in education can be divided into studies focusing on school belonging and school climate (usually using psychometric methods, e.g., Goodenow, 1993) and those focusing on ecological structures for belonging (usually using qualitative sociological approaches, e.g., Sumsion & Wong, 2011). This study draws upon radical belonging(Louie et al., 2022), one of the concepts developed within this latter strand of literature. Radical belonging takes a critical social justice approach to belonging and defines it as being composed of academic, social, and democratic belonging. Academic belonging, further developed by other scholars as instructional belonging, focuses on teacher practices that promote belonging among students, particularly those who are marginalized or underserved in schooling.
Three Domains of Teaching
This study focuses on teacher practices in the three domains of teaching: relationships, classroom management, and curriculum and instruction, using the following definitions of each domain (Kennedy-Lewis, 2012):
The three domains are interdependent, meaning that each shapes the implementation and outcomes of the others. In this study, each domain is taken up as a separate lens for considering teacher practices of belonging.
Situational Analysis and Theory of Practice Architectures
This study conceptualizes teaching as a situated practice, meaning that the way teachers implement the three domains of teaching depends not only on their knowledge and skills but also on the affordances and constraints of the situations in which they teach. Situational analysis is a theory-methods package that involves the analytical mapping of complex social arenas and worlds to reveal how heterogeneous elements interact to shape phenomena (e.g., practices of belonging; Clarke et al., 2018). Theory of practice architectures is an analytical approach of the cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements that shape specific practices through sayings, doings, and relatings (Kemmis et al., 2014). We use theory of practice architectures to home in on how teachers enact practices of exclusion and belonging within specific situations mapped using situational analysis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Context This pilot study took place in one Year 1 secondary social science classroom at Louis High School (pseudonymized), located in a major city in Scotland and enrolling approximately 750 students. Eighty percent of students are White, 80% have additional support needs, and 90% live in areas ranked 1[lowest] out of 10 [highest] on well-being indicators measured by the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation. The White middle-class woman teacher, Ms. Carmichael, and 20 students [18 White (W), 2 Black and Minority Ethnic (BME), 11 Female (F)] consented to participate. Ms. Carmichael had been teaching for three years at the time of data collection. The class met two times per week for 50 minutes. Data Collection Data sources included conversations with school leaders, local and national policy and procedural documents, and newspaper articles to inform about the broader social arenas in which the class took place. Baseline interviews, video observations, and stimulated recall interviews were conducted. The teacher and four target students (1 WM, 1 WF, 2 BMEF) were interviewed (30-60 minutes each) before the video observations began. Students were also asked to create drawings to illustrate their answers (n=20). Then, three class sessions were video recorded. Three moments (30 sec<t<3.5 min) from each observation were selected for stimulated recall interviews with the teacher and each target students. These moments focused on belonging practices within the three domains of teaching and were selected based on participant input as well as literature on academic belonging. Transcriptions of interviews (n=20) and videos of lessons (165 minutes) were prepared for analysis. Data Analysis Inductive analysis of all data sources included the iterative development of social worlds/arenas and relational maps using the theoretical concepts of situational analysis to sensitize researcher decisions. Then, data were coded using the key concepts of theory of practice architectures: sayings, doings, and relatings that reflect cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements. Coded data were then graphically positioned on the maps to aid in further analysis of how practices of belonging appeared in the situation and were afforded and constrained by it. Findings include participants’ conscious sense-making of belonging and teacher practices that support and result in belonging, but they also include the co-constitutive roles of elements in the situation which participants may not consciously identify or articulate. Researcher positionality plays a key role; findings are suggested for naturalistic, rather than objectivist, generalization (Stake, 1995). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers’ practices of belonging involved all three domains of teaching. Student-teacher relationships were defined by teacher warmth and shaped by curriculum focused on lower order skills. Classroom management was characterized by tensions between permissive warmth and frustration. The teacher’s practice of advocating for student belonging jeopardized students’ development of critical thought and achievement of mastery. Practices of Warmth The teacher prioritized the inclusion of disruptive students, and students de-escalated in response. She accepted low levels of academic performance while demonstrating care. Students found her warm while conflating the completion of low-level tasks with learning. The educational context and school sociodemographics contributed to a practice of teacher warmth through low expectations. Compliance and Belonging Participants discussed belonging in relation to students’ compliance. While the teacher addressed student noncompliance with warmth, she reinforced compliant behavior as normative. Students confirmed that the good students were those who complied. Compliant behavior indicated who should belong. In the broader context, normative behavior was a primary focus while learning and high achievement were secondary. The analytical approach of combining situational analysis and theory or practice architectures provides a lens for understanding how practices of warmth fall short of the warm demanding called for by literature on radical belonging. While classroom exclusion was avoided, so was deep learning, highlighting the need for critically conscious warm demanding across contexts. References Bennett, F., Contreras, D., & Cerda, M. M. (2022). The consequences of exclusionary discipline on school dropout: Evidence from Chile. International Journal of Educational Development, 95. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2022.102671 Clarke, A. E., Friese, C., & Washburn, R. S. (2018). Situational analysis: Grounded theory after the interpretive turn (2nd ed.). Sage. Goodenow, C. (1993). The psychological sense of school membership among adolescents: Scale development and educational correlates. Psychology in the Schools, 30(1), 79-90. https://doi.org/10.1002/1520-6807(199301)30:1<79::AID-PITS2310300113>3.0.CO;2-X Gray, D. L., Hope, E. C., & Matthews, J. S. (2018). Black and belonging at school: A case for interpersonal, instructional, and institutional opportunity structures. Educational Psychologist, 53(2), 97-113. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2017.1421466 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer. Kennedy-Lewis, B. L. (2012). What happens after students are expelled? Understanding teachers’ successes and failures at one alternative middle school. Teachers College Record, 114(12), 1-38. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811211401207 Louie, N., Berland, L. Roeker, L., Nichols, K., Pacheco, M., & Grant, C. (2022). Toward radical belonging: Envisioning anti-racist learning communities. Race Ethnicity & Education, 28(5), 711-731. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2022.2106879 Matthews, J., Gray, D. L., Lachaud, Q., McElveen, T., Chen, X. Y., Victor, T., ... & Cha, E. (2021). Belonging-centered instruction: An observational approach toward establishing inclusive mathematics classrooms. https://files.osf.io/v1/resources/n7bv2/providers/osfstorage/6169ada7edf873005930bd3e?action=download&direct&version=2 Okonofua, J. A., Walton, G. M., & Eberhardt, J. L. (2016). A vicious cycle: A social–psychological account of extreme racial disparities in school discipline. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 11(3), 381-398. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691616635592 Piltz, L. M., Graham, L. J., Green, M. J., Dean, K., Carpendale, E. J., Harris, F., Watkeys, O. J., Carr, V. J., & Laurens, K. R. (2025). Students’ accumulation of disciplinary school exclusion experiences over time: Prevalence, patterns, and correlates in an Australian population cohort. Children and Youth Services Review, 179. 108608. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2025.108608 Stahl, G. (2017). Pathologizing the White “unteachable:” South London’s working-class boys’ experiences with schooling and discipline. In N. S. Okilwa, M. Khalifa, & F. M. Briscoe (Eds.), The school to prison pipeline: The role of culture and discipline in school (Chapter 5). Emerald. https://doi.org/10.1108/S2051-231720160000004006 Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. Sage. Sumsion, J. & Wong, S. (2011). Interrogating ‘belonging’ in belonging, being and becoming: the early years learning framework for Australia. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 12(1), 28-45. https://doi-org/10.2304/ciec.2011.12.1.28 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper From Risk to Resilience: Supporting Language Development and Belonging Among Migrant Adolescents Transilvania University, Romania Presenting Author:Europe's increasing linguistic and cultural diversity presents both opportunities and challenges for educational systems. Newly arrived migrant and refugee youth face significant barriers to educational integration, with language proficiency identified as the primary risk factor for academic exclusion, early school leaving, and social isolation. While formal education provides essential foundation, research demonstrates that complementary peer-based, intercultural approaches are crucial for holistic language development and social integration. However, systematic models connecting higher education institutions with secondary schools to support migrant youth remain underdeveloped across European contexts. The Language Buddy project addresses this gap through a structured university-school partnership model. This paper presents a mixed-methods evaluation of an innovative buddy system pairing 50 migrant/refugee adolescents (aged 12-17) with 50 university students from pedagogy, education, and language departments who serve as language mentors. Coordinated by higher education institutions, schools, NGOs, and migrant-led organizations, the program provides non-formal and informal language learning opportunities complementing formal education while developing future educators' intercultural competencies. Research Questions: This study investigates three interconnected questions: (1) How does a structured university-school buddy system enhance Romanian language competencies and sense of school belonging among migrant adolescents? (2) What intercultural and pedagogical competencies do university student-mentors develop through mentoring practice? (3) What partnership mechanisms and contextual factors enable effective cross-sectoral collaboration supporting migrant youth integration? Theoretical Framework: The study draws on a multi-layered theoretical framework integrating four perspectives. First, sociocultural learning theory (Vygotsky, 1978; Wenger, 1998) positions language acquisition as socially mediated, with peer mentors providing scaffolding within the zone of proximal development and creating communities of practice beyond classroom walls. Second, resilience frameworks (Ungar, 2019; Masten, 2018) guide analysis of how mentoring relationships function as protective factors counterbalancing risk factors of linguistic barriers, educational disruption, and discrimination. Third, funds of knowledge approaches (Moll et al., 1992) ensure migrant students' linguistic and cultural resources are valued rather than framed as deficits. Fourth, intercultural competence development theories (Byram, 2021; Deardorff, 2020) illuminate reciprocal learning processes through which mentees gain language skills while mentors develop critical intercultural pedagogy. The AMIF project named “Support the language learning of migrant children and young people through language buddies (Language Buddy)” is implemented by a consortium of 16 organizations (8 NGOs and 7 universities) from eight European Union states. This framework positions the project within broader European integration policy contexts (EU Action Plan on Integration and Inclusion 2021-2027) while examining implementation within Romania's specific educational system, migration patterns, and sociolinguistic landscape. The comparative dimension considers transferability across diverse European contexts with varying educational structures, migration histories, and linguistic environments, contributing to knowledge on scalable integration approaches addressing educational equity across the European Higher Education Area. The theoretical synthesis conceptualizes the intervention as addressing educational risk through relationally-grounded, culturally-responsive language learning that simultaneously builds linguistic capital, social belonging, and intercultural understanding. By engaging multiple ecological levels - individual skill development, relational mentor-mentee bonds, institutional partnerships, and community engagement - the model creates sustainable support ecosystems rather than isolated interventions. This approach challenges deficit narratives about migrant students, positioning them as active agents with valuable linguistic and cultural resources while acknowledging structural barriers requiring systemic responses. The framework further recognizes Romania's position within broader European migration dynamics, with recent arrivals from Ukraine, and other contexts bringing diverse linguistic backgrounds and educational experiences. Understanding how the buddy model functions within this specific context while maintaining transferability to other EU settings represents a key theoretical and practical contribution, advancing knowledge on context-sensitive yet scalable approaches to supporting migrant youth across Europe's diverse educational landscapes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design: This study employs a mixed-methods case study design in Romania conducted over one academic year. Using a participatory action research approach, the intervention was co-designed with Romanian migrant-led organizations, educators, and students to ensure cultural responsiveness and contextual appropriateness. The design tracks development across the academic year to capture sustained impacts on language learning, belonging, and mentor development. Participants include 50 secondary education migrant/refugee youth (aged 12-17) as mentees, 50 university students from pedagogy, education, and language departments as mentors, and teachers, administrators, NGO staff, and migrant organization representatives across Romanian partner sites. Data Collection: Quantitative data collection will include pre/post Romanian language competency assessments using CEFR-aligned instruments adapted to the Romanian context. Validated scales measure school belonging (Goodenow's Psychological Sense of School Membership), academic self-efficacy, and intercultural competence development among mentors. Surveys will capture demographic information including migration backgrounds and languages spoken, program satisfaction, and mentor-mentee relationship quality. Qualitative methods will include semi-structured interviews with 20 mentees, 30 mentors, 3 teachers, and two representatives from the NGO partner, conducted in participants' preferred languages (Romanian, English, and Ukrainian). All 50 mentors will maintain reflective journals documenting learning trajectories, critical incidents, and pedagogical development. Observation protocols will capture approximately 20 mentor-mentee sessions, training workshops, and partnership meetings. Participatory methods will include photo-voice activities with 20 volunteer mentees capturing meaningful moments in their language learning journeys, and participatory evaluation workshops where stakeholders collectively assess and refine the model. Data Analysis: Quantitative analysis will employ descriptive statistics and paired t-tests comparing pre/post measures of language competency, belonging, and self-efficacy. Effect sizes (Cohen's d) will assess practical significance, while correlation analyses will examine relationships between relationship quality and outcomes. Subgroup analyses will explore variations by migration background, age, and gender. Qualitative analysis will utilize thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) with inductive and deductive coding. Analysis will occur in original languages where possible, employing careful translation protocols. Stakeholder validation sessions will ensure emerging themes resonate with participant experiences. Case narratives will illustrate diverse pathways and experiences. Integration will occur through joint displays connecting quantitative outcomes with qualitative mechanisms explaining how and why changes occur. Convergent and divergent findings across data sources will inform theory refinement based on the Romanian context, with implications for model transferability across European contexts. Research adheres to research ethics standards, employing multilingual informed consent, confidentiality protocols, and special protections for vulnerable youth. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The pilot program anticipates significant positive outcomes across multiple levels. For migrant and refugee mentees, expected improvements include enhanced Romanian language competency, increased school belonging, reduced isolation, improved attendance, and stronger academic engagement. Mentees should develop broader social networks and greater confidence navigating Romanian educational and social contexts. University student mentors are expected to gain measurable intercultural competence, critical awareness of migration experiences, enhanced pedagogical skills in differentiated instruction, and deeper understanding of migrant youth challenges. These experiences should strengthen mentors' professional preparation for diverse classrooms and commitment to inclusive education. Systemically, the project should demonstrate strengthened partnerships between higher education institutions, schools, NGOs, and migrant-led organizations, documenting effective cross-sectoral collaboration practices. This research makes several theoretical contributions: empirical validation of resilience-based approaches for at-risk migrant youth, refined understanding of how informal language learning complements formal education, insights into reciprocal learning in intercultural mentoring, and evidence for ecological approaches addressing multiple risk and protective factors. Policy and practice implications include a scalable, cost-effective integration model adaptable across European contexts, an evidence base for integrating service-learning in higher education curricula, a framework for meaningful youth participation in integration programs, and strategies for countering xenophobic narratives through structured intercultural contact. Findings will contribute to EU objectives on integration, inclusion, and educational equity, documenting higher education's role in addressing societal challenges. However, limitations include single-country focus, relatively small sample size, and short-term timeframe. Future research should examine long-term impacts on educational trajectories and social integration, conduct cost-benefit analyses, implement comparative studies across EU countries, explore adaptation for other age groups and settings, and investigate digital and hybrid mentoring modalities for increased accessibility. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Byram, M. (2021). Teaching and Assessing Intercultural Communicative Competence: Revisited (2nd ed.). Multilingual Matters. Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Crul, M., Lelie, F., Biner, Ö. et al. (2019). How the different policies and school systems affect the inclusion of Syrian refugee children in Sweden, Germany, Greece, Lebanon and Turkey. CMS 7, 10. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40878-018-0110-6 Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners: A critical analysis of theoretical concepts. Multilingual Matters. Deardorff, D. K. (2020). Manual for Developing Intercultural Competencies: Story Circles. Routledge. DuBois, D. L., Portillo, N., Rhodes, J. E., Silverthorn, N., & Valentine, J. C. (2011). How Effective Are Mentoring Programs for Youth? A Systematic Assessment of the Evidence. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 12(2), 57-91. https://doi.org/10.1177/1529100611414806 European Commission. (2020). Action plan on integration and inclusion 2021–2027. https://eurlex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52020DC0758 Goodenow, C. (1993). The psychological sense of school membership among adolescents: Scale development and educational correlates. Psychology in the Schools, 30(1), 79-90. https://doi.org/10.1002/1520-6807(199301)30:1%3C79::AID-PITS2310300113%3E3.0.CO;2-X Karcher, M.J., Nakkula, M.J. & Harris, J. (2005). Developmental Mentoring Match Characteristics: Correspondence between Mentors’ and Mentees’ Assessments of Relationship Quality. J Primary Prevent, 26, 93–110. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10935-005-1847-x Masten, A. S. (2018). Resilience theory and research on children and families: Past, present, and promise. Journal of Family Theory & Review, 10(1), 12-31. https://doi.org/10.1111/jftr.12255 Moll, L. C., Amanti, C., Neff, D., & Gonzalez, N. (1992). Funds of knowledge for teaching: Using a qualitative approach to connect homes and classrooms. Theory Into Practice, 31(2), 132–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405849209543534 OECD. (2023). International Migration Outlook 2023. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/international-migration-outlook-2023_b0f40584-en.html Portes, A., & Rumbaut, R. G. (2014). Immigrant America: A portrait (4th ed.). University of California Press. Suárez-Orozco, C., Motti-Stefanidi, F., Marks, A., & Katsiaficas, D. (2018). An integrative risk and resilience model for understanding the adaptation of immigrant-origin children and youth. The American psychologist, 73(6), 781–796. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000265 Ungar M. (2019). Designing resilience research: Using multiple methods to investigate risk exposure, promotive and protective processes, and contextually relevant outcomes for children and youth. Child abuse & neglect, 96, 104098. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2019.104098 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). SAGE Publications. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Teacher Support for Roma Students’ Basic Psychological Needs: A Multiple Case Study from Serbia and the Czech Republic Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Despite numerous initiatives for Roma inclusion, the inequalities they experience persist, with Roma children remaining among the most vulnerable populations in Europe. Successful models have often remained isolated, while persistent stereotypes, poverty, discrimination, and structural disadvantages continue to shape Roma families’ lives across Europe (Byrne, 2024). These inequalities are reflected in school systems, where Roma children face segregation, exclusion, and limited access to quality education (European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights (FRA), 2025). FRA (2025) warns against accepting minimal improvements and stresses the urgency of addressing the structural conditions that sustain long-term social and educational disadvantage. Schools can have a significant role in the inclusion of the Roma community as they hold the potential to contribute to social transformation (Freire, 2017). In this sense, theories of education for social justice position teachers not only as educators but as competent agents responsible for addressing barriers to learning and inclusion (Cochran-Smith et al., 2010; Pantić & Florian, 2015). Meaningful learning opportunities and high academic expectations are central to social justice (Cochran-Smith et al., 2010). Within this view, students’ cultural identities, languages, and lived experiences are recognised as resources for learning, and collaboration with families and communities is seen as integral to teaching practice (Cochran-Smith, 1999). At the same time, these perspectives emphasise that educational practices are shaped by broader structural and social conditions, and that teachers alone cannot resolve social inequalities (Apple, 2013). Building on these perspectives, this qualitative multiple case study draws on four cases — two in the Czech Republic and two in Serbia — contexts marked by long histories of discrimination and exclusion of Roma communities (Amnesty International, 2015; Perišić & Vidojević, 2015). The study conceptualises teachers’ responsibility as enacted through everyday practices that shape students’ opportunities for engagement, learning and well-being. To examine these processes empirically, it adopts Self-Determination Theory (SDT) as its primary analytical framework (Ryan & Deci, 2017). SDT is grounded in the assumption that individuals are inherently oriented toward psychological growth, learning, and integration, but that these tendencies depend on supportive social conditions. There are three basic psychological needs — competence, autonomy, and relatedness. In educational settings, when these needs are supported, students are more likely to feel motivated and engaged in learning. Competence refers to students’ sense of being able to meet learning challenges through appropriate structure, guidance, and feedback; relatedness concerns feelings of belonging and emotional security fostered through caring relationships with teachers and peers; and autonomy involves students’ experience of agency and meaningful participation in learning (Ryan & Deci, 2020). From an SDT perspective, reasons for students’ disengagement are not found within the students but as a response to unsupportive educational contexts. SDT thus takes a critical stance toward schooling, emphasising that schools can either support students’ development or, through neglect, exclusion, or controlling practices, actively undermine it. When neglecting students’ needs, schools may contribute to experiences of low competence, withdrawal, weakened agency, and alienation (Ryan & Deci, 2017). For marginalised students, teacher support of basic psychological needs is therefore central to access to learning opportunities and inclusion, while a lack of such support risks reinforcing existing inequalities. Accordingly, this study aims to explore how teacher practices support Roma students’ basic psychological needs for competence, autonomy, and relatedness. Drawing on social justice perspectives, the study situates teacher practices within broader questions of inequality and exclusion. In doing so, it seeks to contribute to a more grounded understanding of how schools may challenge or reproduce educational inequalities experienced by Roma students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative multiple case study design, which enables the examination of educational practices within their specific contexts (Stake, 2006; Yin, 2009). Roma students in both Serbia and the Czech Republic face similar forms of marginalisation in schooling (FRA, 2022). At the same time, schools operate within different institutional and socio-political conditions; therefore, each school was approached as a situated case rather than treating countries as comparative units (Stake, 2006). Purposeful sampling was used to select schools with a substantial presence of Roma students. Case selection was based on school composition and whether schools enabled sustained field engagement (Stake, 2006). In each country, one school with a majority of Roma students and one with approximately 15–20% were included (pseudonyms used for anonymity): 1. Sunflower Elementary School (Serbia, Belgrade) – a school with 99% of Roma students, mostly from highly segregated environments. 2. Daisy Elementary School (Serbia, Belgrade) – a socially and ethnically mixed school enrolling Roma students with diverse living conditions. 3. Tulip Elementary School (Czech Republic, town in Ústí region) – a school with more than 80% of socially disadvantaged students, most of whom are Roma. 4. Orchid Elementary School (Czech Republic, Prague) – formerly a segregated school with predominantly Roma students, now enrolling fewer Roma students and a high proportion of Ukrainian students. The study focused on the first cycle of elementary education, where one teacher teaches the whole class. Data were collected through classroom observations and semi-structured interviews with teachers, Roma students, family members, and school support staff, enabling practices to be examined from multiple perspectives. Observations documented teacher practices and teacher–student interaction through detailed field notes. Interviews explored schools’ and teachers’ approaches to the education of Roma students, students’ school experiences and perceived support, and school–family relations. All participants were informed about the study purpose, confidentiality, and the right to withdraw, and signed the informed consent, with parental consent asked for children. Data were analysed using deductive thematic analysis to identify practices supporting or undermining students’ autonomy, competence, and relatedness (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Analysis was conducted within and then across cases to identify shared patterns and context-specific differences (Stake, 2006). Data were collected and coded by a single researcher, which represents a limitation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that both need-supportive and need-constraining practices were present across all schools and were shaped more by individual teachers than by systematic approaches to Roma inclusion (Alexiadou, 2019). Support for competence varied substantially. Teachers often prioritised attendance over meaningful engagement, failing to notice misunderstandings or incomplete tasks (Riddle et al., 2024). When students were seen as capable, teachers actively adjusted instruction, monitored learning, and provided guidance. However, expectations for Roma students were frequently low, particularly in segregated settings where they were reduced to basic literacy (Messing, 2017). When it comes to relatedness, in heterogeneous schools, some Roma students experienced social isolation, while in segregated settings, disruptive peer behaviour and insufficient adult intervention threatened emotional security. Dismissive or disrespectful teacher behaviour undermined students’ sense of belonging (Furrer et al., 2014). At the same time, some students reported strong bonds with teachers who provided consistent academic and emotional support. Teachers were often uninterested in students' home lives: Roma culture was largely absent from classroom practices, and collaboration with Roma families was limited and shaped by deficit-based assumptions. Support for autonomy was consistently weak. Classroom practices remained predominantly teacher-led, offering students little influence over learning activities. Limited autonomy can be particularly detrimental for marginalised students, as it restricts opportunities for agency and sharing. Overall, the findings reveal practices that reproduce the marginalisation of Roma students, including stigmatisation, low demands, neglect of contextual factors, emotional and cultural lives. At the same time, some teachers actively supported students’ learning, belonging, and future opportunities, often extending their roles beyond formal requirements. As documented by students and families, these practices have a significant impact on students' learning and life chances. Future research could adopt action-oriented approaches to further develop educational practices with teachers and Roma communities, addressing barriers to social justice identified by them. References Alexiadou, N. (2019). Framing education policies and transitions of Roma students in Europe. Comparative Education, 55(3), 422–442. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2019.1619334 Amnesty International. (2015). Must try harder – Ethnic discrimination of Romani children in Czech schools. Apple, M. W. (2013). Can education change society? Du Bois, Woodson and the politics of social transformation. Review of Education, 1(1), 32–56. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3000 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Byrne, K. (2024). Europe’s Forgotten Children: Roma Children and their Families in Europe 2000–2020 A Child Rights Perspective. UNICEF Innocenti – Global Office of Research and Foresight. Cochran-Smith, M. (1999). Section Two: Practices in Teacher Education: Learning to Teach for Social Justice. Teachers College Record, 100(5), 114–144. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146819910000505 Cochran-Smith, M., Gleeson, A. M., & Mitchell, K. (2010). Teacher Education for Social Justice: What’s Pupil Learning Got to Do With It? Berkeley Review of Education, 1. https://doi.org/10.5070/B81110022 European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights. (2025). Rights of Roma and Travellers in 13 european countries: Perspectives from the Roma survey 2024. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2811/9919091 Freire, P. (2017). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.; Published in Penguin Classics 2017). Penguin Books. Furrer, C. J., Skinner, E. A., & Pitzer, J. R. (2014). The Influence of Teacher and Peer Relationships on Students’ Classroom Engagement and Everyday Motivational Resilience. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 116(13), 101–123. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811411601319 Messing, V. (2017). Differentiation in the Making: Consequences of School Segregation of Roma in the Czech Republic, Hungary, and Slovakia. European Education, 49(1), 89–103. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2017.1280336 Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 27311. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311 Perišić, N., & Vidojević, J. (2015). Divided by poverty and social exclusion-Roma and persons with disabilities in Serbia. 52(4–5), 142–159. Riddle, S., Howell, A., McGregor, G., & Mills, M. (2024). Student engagement in schools serving marginalised communities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 28(6), 723–738. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1956605 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (Eds.). (2017). Self-Determination Theory: Basic Psychological Needs in Motivation, Development, and Wellness. Guilford Press. https://doi.org/10.1521/978.14625/28806 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61, 101860. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101860 Stake, R. E. (2006). Multiple case study analysis. The Guilford Press. Yin, R. K. (20). Case study research: Design and methods (4. ed., [Nachdr.]). Sage. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Academic Skills, ADHD, and Depressive Symptoms: A Person-Centered Approach to Educational Attainment and Early Adulthood Outcomes University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:While the separate effects of reading and mathematical skills, mental health difficulties, and ADHD symptoms on students’ educational attainment have been studied (Dupéré et al. 2018, Fried et al., 2016; Hakkarainen et al., 2015), there is very limited evidence using a person‑centered approach that considers different combinations of academic skills and related challenges in predicting long-term outcomes. Therefore, in the present study, we first aimed to identify academic skills–ADHD and depressive symptom profiles based on five indicators: reading fluency, reading comprehension, mathematical skills, and self‑evaluated ADHD and depressive symptoms. Second, we investigated whether profile membership predicts two later outcomes: graduation from upper secondary education and receipt of basic social assistance in young adulthood. The following research questions were addressed: (1) What kinds of profiles of academic skills (i.e., reading and mathematical skills) and ADHD and depressive symptom profiles can be identified in adolescence? (2) How are identified profiles of academic skills and ADHD and depressive symptoms related to adolescents’ graduation from upper secondary studies and receiving basic social assistance in young adulthood? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample consists of participants from a longitudinal study of ~2000 Finnish students followed from early education to the end of upper secondary education. In the 9th grade (Spring 2016), students’ reading and math skills were assessed, and self-evaluated ADHD symptoms were measured using the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ). In the first year of upper secondary studies students filled in a The Depression Scale (DEPS) questionary evaluating their depressive symptoms. The information on completing upper secondary education was collected from school registers, and the social benefit data were obtained from Kela (Social Insurance Institution of Finland) registers. Adolescents’ profiles based on academic skills and ADHD and depressive symptoms were identified using latent profiles analyses with mixture model approach (Muthén & Muthén, 1998–2023) in Mplus (Version 8.8). Among the Mplus auxiliary options, DCAT is designed for categorical distal outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results indicated that a four-profile solution fitted the data best. Based on the mean scores and differences between the latent profiles, the subgroups of academic skills–ADHD and depressive symptom adolescents in the four profile solution were named as follows: (1) Good academic skills and high ADHD and depressive symptoms (16.9%), Good academic skills and low ADHD and depressive symptoms (30.3%), Adequate academic skills and low depressive symptoms (27.4%) and Low academic skills and high ADHD and depressive symptoms (25.4%). The analysis examining how profile membership was associated with upper secondary graduation and later receipt of basic social assistance showed that the Low academic skills and high ADHD and depressive symptoms profile had the highest likelihood (36%) of not completing upper secondary education. The Good academic skills and high ADHD and depressive symptoms profile displayed an almost equally high dropout risk (31%). However, regarding basic social assistance in young adulthood, the pattern differed: the Good academic skills and high ADHD and depressive symptoms profile had the highest likelihood of receiving assistance (16%), while the Low academic skills and high ADHD and depressive symptoms profile had a somewhat lower likelihood (12%). Findings suggest that poor academic skills combined with ADHD and depressive symptoms present the greatest risk for not attaining upper secondary education. Yet, when looking at the transition to further studies or working life after upper secondary school, strong academic skills do not work as a protective factor against later challenges if students have experienced high levels of ADHD and depressive symptoms. Notably, participants with good academic skills reported the highest levels of depressive symptoms, and this group showed the greatest risk of receiving basic social assistance after completing upper secondary education. Results emphasize understanding the comprehensive set of factors shaping students’ wellbeing, and their effects to later outcomes. References Dupéré, V., Dion, E., Nault-Brière, F., Archambault, I., Leventhal, T., & Lesage, A. (2018). Revisiting the Link Between Depression Symptoms and High School Dropout: Timing of Exposure Matters. Journal of adolescent health, 62(2), 205-211. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2017.09.024 Fried, R., Petty, C., Faraone, S. V., Hyder, L. L., Day, H., & Biederman, J. (2016). Is ADHD a Risk Factor for High School Dropout? A Controlled Study. Journal of attention disorders, 20(5), 383-389. https://doi.org/10.1177/1087054712473180 Hakkarainen, A. M., Holopainen, L. K., & Savolainen, H. K. (2015). A five-year follow-up on the role of educational support in preventing dropout from upper secondary education in Finland. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 48(4), 408–421. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022219413507603 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 06 SES 08 A: Digital Wellbeing, Relational Pedagogy, and Teacher-Student Relations Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Michaela Kramer Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Teachers’ Digital Relational Competence: Reframing Professional Digital Literacy Through Relational Pedagogy in Online Educational Space 1: Åbo Akademi University, Finland; 2: Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Digitalisation has profoundly reshaped the conditions of teaching, altering how teachers communicate, enact presence, and build relationships with learners. Despite extensive research on teachers’ digital competence and digital literacy, relational aspects of teaching remain under-theorised. This paper addresses this gap by exploring how teachers describe their relational strategies in digital learning environments and by advancing the concept of Teachers’ Digital Relational Competence (TDRC) as a dimension of professional digital literacy and relational pedagogy in online educational space. Viewing education as a relational practice (Bingham & Sidorkin, 2004), our aim is to explore how teachers describe their efforts to create qualitative teacher-student relations online, and to interpret how this aligns with the the theoretical framework of teachers’ relational competence (Aspelin & Jönsson, 2019). Our research questions are:
Empirically, the study draws on open-ended questionnaire responses from 123 Swedish-speaking teachers in Sweden and Finland, all with experience of online teaching. Using a reflexive thematic analysis, teachers’ descriptions of relational practices were first analysed inductively, followed by a theory-driven analysis using Aspelin and Jönsson’s (2019) framework of teachers’ relational competence (TRC) as sensitising concept to examine how digital conditions impact teachers’ relational work. The findings show that teachers’ relational practices remain central in online education but are enacted differently due to altered temporal and spatial conditions. Teachers describe deliberate strategies to compensate for reduced physical co-presence and limited access to embodied cues. Three clusters of strategies were identified pertaining to the framework’s subcompetencies: communicative strategies (e.g. dialectic multimodality, didactic foresight, and managing visibility), socioemotional strategies (e.g. emotional guidance, validation, and affective regulation), and differentiation strategies (e.g. regulating closeness and distance, enabling learner agency, and maintaining professional boundaries). Across these clusters, teachers emphasised anticipatory intentional design, as well as in situ sensitivity and responsiveness as key relational capacities in digital contexts. Conceptually, we conclude that TDRC constitutes a reconfiguration of teachers’ relational competence through the entanglement of human and technological actors in digital learning ecologies. Digital embodiment and relational agency emerge as central features, highlighting how teachers use digital affordances to convey presence, support psychological safety, and empower learners to participate on differentiated terms. By framing TDRC as an integrated relational capacity enacted through digital modalities, the paper contributes to ongoing discussions on professional digital literacy and relational pedagogy. The study concludes by outlining implications for teacher education, professional development, and future research on relational work in digital and postdigital education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative research design to explore how teachers articulate relational strategies in digital learning environments. Data were collected through an anonymous online questionnaire distributed in 2023 to Swedish-speaking teachers in Sweden and Finland. The questionnaire formed part of a larger instrument development based on an operationalisation of the Teachers’ Relational Competence (TRC) framework (Aspelin & Jönsson, 2019). The open-ended question analysed in this paper invited participants to describe how they support teacher–student relationships digitally, for instance in distance education contexts. In total, 123 teachers responded to the open-ended question. Responses varied in length and depth, reflecting diverse teaching experiences across educational levels and digital formats. All participants reported prior experience of online teaching. Background variables collected included gender, nationality, age, educational background, and years of teaching experience.The analysis followed a two-phase procedure. First, a data-driven reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) was conducted. Both researchers independently familiarised themselves with the data and generated initial codes capturing patterns of meaning related to teachers’ relational intentions and strategies. Through iterative discussion and refinement, 32 inductive codes were developed and clustered into 11 practice-oriented subthemes representing teachers’ relational strategies in digital environments. In the second phase, these subthemes were further analysed using the TRC framework’s three subcompetencies (communicative, socioemotional and differentiation competence) as sensitising concepts (Bowen, 2020). This theory-driven analysis aimed to examine how digital conditions reconfigure established dimensions of relational competence. The iterative analysis was reflexive in viewing the three subcompetences as interrelated, and thus examining how relational strategies and intentions comprised parallel dimensions across the subcompetencies. The study adopts a cautious interpretive stance, recognising that the data reflect self-reported practices rather than observed interaction. While this limits insight into micro-interactional dynamics, the approach provides valuable access to teachers’ intentional design of relational work in digital contexts. Ethical considerations included informed consent, anonymity, and secure data handling throughout the research process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to research on digital education by foregrounding teachers’ relational work as a central, yet often overlooked, professional ability (cf. Segerby & Aspelin, 2023). By analysing teachers’ relational strategies in digital learning environments, the study demonstrates that relational competence remains foundational to teaching but is qualitatively reconfigured under digital conditions. The findings show that TDRC is operationalised through deliberate design, anticipation, and responsiveness (cf. Wiklund-Engblom, 2018). Communicative, socioemotional, and differentiation competence in the TRC framework remain analytically robust dimensions, yet digitalisation reshapes how they are enacted. Teachers rely on multimodal communication, explicit emotional guidance, and differentiated participation options to compensate for reduced visibility and attenuated embodied cues. In doing so, they actively manage tensions between presence and distance, inclusion and integrity, availability and professional boundaries. Conceptually, the study advances TDRC as an integrated relational capacity enabled and constrained by altered temporality and spatial transformation. Two reconfigurations are particularly salient: digital embodiment, i.e. teachers’ ability to convey presence despite physical absence, and relational agency, i.e. how teachers scaffold learners’ capacity to participate, express identity, and manage relational engagement online (cf. Wiklund-Engblom & Bonnevie, in press/2026). Thus, TDRC deserves recognition as a key component in contemporary education. Our findings have important implications for teacher education and professional development. Relational competence should be explicitly integrated into digital competence frameworks, rather than treated as teachers’ tacit knowledge. As digital and hybrid education continue to expand, understanding and supporting TDRC is essential for sustainable and inclusive educational practices. Institutions and policymakers must recognise that relational work in digital education requires time, emotional labour, and structural support (cf. Fawns, 2019; Sidorkin, 2022). Future research should include observational and interactional studies to capture how TDRC unfolds in practice, as well as learners’ perspectives on relational agency and psychological safety. References Aspelin, J., & Jönsson, A. (2019). Relational competence in teacher education: Concept analysis and report from a pilot study. Teacher Development, 23(2), 264–283. Bingham, C.W. & Sidorkin, A.M. (Red.). (2004). No Education Without Relation. Peter Lang. Bowen, G.A. (2020). Sensitizing Concepts. London: SAGE. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative Psychology, 9(1), 3–26. Fawns, T. (2019). Postdigital education in design and practice. Postdigital Science and Education, 1(1), 132-145. Segerby, C., & Aspelin, J. (2023). How is teachers’ relational competence manifested in online higher education contexts? International Educational Research, 6(2), 35–45. Sidorkin, A. M. (2022). Pedagogy of relation: Education after reform. Routledge. Wiklund-Engblom, A. (2018). Digital relational competence: Sensitivity and responsivity to needs of distance and co-located students. Seminar.net, 14(2), 188–200. Wiklund-Engblom, A. & Bonnevie, H. (in press/2026). Scaffolding students’ relational agency in postdigital education: A sociomaterial perspective on teachers’ digital relational competence. In A.-L. Ljungblad, M. Moe, L. O’Toole, I. Rinne, & S. Sidorkin (eds.) Routledge International Handbook of Relational Pedagogy: An Invitation to a Global Discussion (pp. xx-xx). Routledge. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper From Access to Meaningful Use: An Orientation Framework for Digital and AI-Supported Practices in Adult Basic Education University of Education Weingarten, Germany Presenting Author:Across Europe, adult basic education is increasingly shaped by rapid digital transformation and the growing presence of artificial intelligence in everyday services, learning environments, and administrative processes. For adults with low literacy skills, these developments intensify existing inequalities and risk reinforcing exclusion from social participation. In this context, digital inclusion cannot be reduced to access to devices or connectivity; it requires meaningful, learner-centred use of digital tools that aligns with learners’ everyday practices, motivations, and capabilities (Reder, 2015; Grotlüschen et al., 2020). Against this backdrop, the increasing visibility of AI-supported applications further intensifies the need for pedagogical orientation in adult basic education. This paper introduces and reflects on an orientation framework for the pedagogical analysis of digital tools in adult basic education. The framework is designed to support adult educators in making informed decisions about the use of digital and AI-supported applications in non-formal and open learning contexts. It responds to a challenge shared across European adult education systems: an expanding and rapidly changing digital landscape combined with limited pedagogical guidance for assessing the suitability of digital tools for learners with low literacy (European Commission, 2020; Cedefop, 2020). Conceptually, the framework builds on Reder’s Digital Inclusion Pathway, which understands digital inclusion as a gradual and non-linear process encompassing access, the development of digital taste, and readiness for engaging with digital media, while conceptualising digital literacy as an individually shaped and context-dependent outcome rather than a fixed end stage (Reder, 2015). Extending this model, the orientation framework shifts the analytical focus from access to meaningful use, foregrounding motivation, usability, and relevance for learners’ everyday lives. The concept of digital taste plays a central role in this process, as it highlights learners’ interests, preferences, and confidence as key conditions for sustained engagement with digital media (David, Langer, & Koppel, 2022). The guiding research question of the paper is: Empirically and methodologically, the framework is informed by findings from a multi-year research project on digital media use in adult basic education, in which heuristic evaluation methods were developed and applied to analyse the suitability of digital learning programmes and everyday digital tools for adults with low literacy (Koppel, 2017; Koppel & Langer, 2020). The evaluation criteria address key dimensions of inclusive learning environments, including learnability, self-descriptiveness, perceptual guidance, task appropriateness, controllability, joy of use, and intercultural sensitivity. Rather than producing normative rankings of tools, the framework is explicitly designed as a reflective analytical instrument that supports professional judgement and pedagogical decision-making. While the digital tools analysed in the underlying studies are predominantly German-language applications, the paper argues for the transferability of the framework to other European contexts. The orientation framework focuses on structural and pedagogical challenges that are widely shared across adult education systems, such as heterogeneous learner groups, uneven digital experiences, limited instructional time, and increasing expectations to integrate digital and AI-based solutions responsibly. One exemplary application is briefly discussed to illustrate how the heuristic logic can be applied beyond its original context. Positioned within Network 06 (Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures), the paper contributes to European debates on digital inclusion, professionalisation in adult education, and the responsible use of emerging technologies. By framing the orientation framework as a boundary object between research, practice, and policy, it offers a theoretically grounded yet practice-oriented approach to supporting educators in moving from access to meaningful digital participation in adult basic education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on empirical and conceptual work conducted within a multi-year research project on digital media use in adult basic education, which investigated conditions for the meaningful and inclusive integration of digital tools in courses for adults with low literacy. The project followed a convergent mixed-methods design (Creswell, 2022), combining qualitative and quantitative data to capture perspectives at institutional, pedagogical, and learner levels. A central methodological component informing this paper is the use of heuristic evaluation to analyse digital learning programmes and everyday digital tools. Heuristic evaluation is an established usability inspection method in which a small number of experts systematically assess digital applications using predefined criteria. In the context of adult basic education, these heuristics were specifically adapted to address the needs and learning conditions of adults with low literacy (Koppel, 2017). The evaluation process was conducted in two iterative phases. In the first phase, experts analysed the overall structure, navigation, and information flow of selected digital applications. In the second phase, specific interface elements, interaction patterns, and feedback mechanisms were examined in greater detail. Identified usability issues were documented and discussed with regard to their pedagogical relevance and their potential impact on learner engagement and participation. The resulting heuristic criteria include dimensions such as learnability, self-descriptiveness, perceptual guidance, task appropriateness, controllability, joy of use, and intercultural sensitivity. These criteria formed the basis for the development of the orientation framework presented in this paper. Importantly, the framework is not positioned as a prescriptive evaluation instrument, but as a reflective tool that supports educators’ professional judgement in selecting and using digital tools in open learning environments (Koppel & Langer, 2020), and that can be extended to emerging AI-supported applications. As the empirical data collection and heuristic evaluations were conducted prior to the widespread availability of generative AI tools, AI-based applications were not included in the empirical analysis. Reflections on AI-supported tools therefore draw on professional discourse in adult basic education and are included as a forward-looking perspective rather than as an empirically evaluated component. Although the empirical analyses focused on German-language applications, the methodological logic of the framework is not language- or country-specific. The heuristic structure enables educators in different European contexts to apply the framework to locally relevant digital or AI-based tools, thereby supporting context-sensitive and comparative pedagogical reflection in adult basic education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper contributes to European debates on digital inclusion in adult basic education by presenting an orientation framework that supports educators in moving beyond access towards meaningful and responsible use of digital tools. Building on the Digital Inclusion Pathway (Reder, 2015), the framework foregrounds motivation, usability, and relevance for learners’ everyday lives as central conditions for participation, particularly for adults with low literacy who are disproportionately affected by digital exclusion (Grotlüschen et al., 2020). A key contribution of the framework lies in its positioning as a reflective analytical instrument rather than a prescriptive evaluation tool. By operationalising dimensions such as learnability, self-descriptiveness, task appropriateness, controllability, joy of use, and intercultural sensitivity, the framework supports educators’ professional judgement in heterogeneous and open learning environments. It enables practitioners to reflect on whether and how specific digital tools align with learners’ interests, experiences, and levels of readiness, thereby fostering engagement and reducing the risk of exclusion. From a European perspective, the framework addresses challenges widely shared across adult education systems, including uneven digital participation, limited instructional resources, and growing expectations to integrate digital technologies in pedagogically sound and socially inclusive ways (European Commission, 2020; Cedefop, 2020). Although the empirical work informing the framework was conducted in a specific national context, the underlying heuristic logic and conceptual assumptions are transferable and adaptable across diverse linguistic and institutional settings in Europe. With regard to current developments in artificial intelligence, the framework offers structured orientation for critically engaging with emerging applications in adult basic education. Rather than promoting uncritical adoption, it supports educators in assessing potential implications for learner autonomy, accessibility, and meaningful participation. Overall, the paper argues that such orientation frameworks can contribute to professional development, curriculum design, and policy discussions, supporting more equitable and context-sensitive approaches to digital participation in adult basic education. References Cedefop. (2020). Empowering adults through upskilling and reskilling pathways. Volume 2: Cedefop analytical framework for developing coordinated and coherent approaches to upskilling pathways for low-skilled adults (Cedefop reference series No. 113). Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2801/61322 Creswell, J. W. (2022). A concise introduction to mixed methods research. SAGE Publications. David, L. M., Langer, S., & Koppel, I. (2022). Der „Digital Taste“ als Voraussetzung für den erfolgreichen Einsatz digitaler Medien in der Grundbildung. Lernen und Lernstörungen. https://econtent.hogrefe.com/doi/full/10.1024/2235-0977/a000384 European Commission. (2020). Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027 – Resetting education and training for the digital age (COM(2020) 624 final). EUR-Lex. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0624 Grotlüschen, A., Buddeberg, K., Dutz, G., Heilmann, L., & Stammer, C. (2020). Low literacy in Germany: Results from the second German literacy survey. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 11(1), 127–143. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:18848 Koppel, I. (2017). Entwicklung einer Online-Diagnostik für die Alphabetisierung – Eine Design-Based-Research-Studie. Springer VS. Koppel, I., & Langer, S. (2020). Basic digital literacy – Requirements and elements. Práxis Educacional, 16(42), 326–347. Koppel, I., & Langer, S. (2025). Orientierungsrahmen zum Einsatz digitaler Medien in der Grundbildung. Practice-oriented framework developed within a multi-year research project on digital media in adult basic education. Pädagogische Hochschule Weingarten. Reder, S. (2015). Digital inclusion and digital literacy in the United States: A portrait from PIAAC’s Survey of Adult Skills. In OECD (Ed.), Skills matter: Further results from the Survey of Adult Skills (pp. xx–xx). OECD Publishing. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Seeing, Knowing, Acting: Visual and Participatory Pedagogies as Counter-Epistemologies to AI-Driven Educational Knowledge in Times of Poly-Crisis European University Cyprus, Greece Presenting Author:As datafication, algorithmic governance and AI-driven tools increasingly shape what counts as educational knowledge, educational research faces profound epistemic challenges. While digital technologies promise efficiency and enhanced access to information, they also risk narrowing educational epistemologies, privileging abstraction, prediction and quantification over relational, affective and socio-material forms of knowing (Selwyn, 2019). In this paper, I argue that visual and participatory pedagogies constitute vital counter-epistemologies in this context. By grounding knowledge in embodied perception, attentiveness and interpretive dialogue, such approaches resist the disembodiment characteristic of AI-mediated knowledge production and re-anchor educational inquiry in lived experience. My argument draws on a participatory visual pilot study conducted with MA students at the European University Cyprus. As part of a course on Sociocultural Issues in Education, I designed an assignment asking students to photograph the “architecture of disability” in their everyday surroundings while adopting the perspective of a person with a disability. This task required learners to leave the classroom, move through public spaces and document how accessibility—or exclusion—is materially encoded in ordinary infrastructures. Photography here functioned as embodied inquiry: it slowed down perception, activated emotional and ethical responses, and cultivated forms of noticing that are rarely elicited in screen-based learning environments (Rose, 2016; Pink, 2013; Banks, 2007; Harper, 2002). Students’ photographs illuminated missing ramps, narrow corridors, broken elevators and uneven sidewalks, mundane elements that reveal the normative assumptions embedded in built environments. Yet the most significant outcome was the shift in students’ perception and ethical orientation. Many described discomfort, empathy, or even a sense of responsibility as they attempted to inhabit an unfamiliar embodied perspective. These affective and perceptual shifts align with disability studies insights into the politics of visibility and normativity (Garland-Thomson, 1997; Mitchell & Snyder, 2000; Siebers, 2008; Garland-Thomson, 2005). In subsequent classroom dialogues, students collectively interpreted the visual material, debating their meanings and tracing the structural roots of exclusion. This dialogic dimension aligns closely with principles of critical pedagogy (Freire, 1970; hooks, 1994), which emphasise shared inquiry, critical reflection and the co-production of knowledge. The visual artefacts democratized classroom participation, enabling students who felt less confident with theoretical discourse to contribute meaningfully through multimodal expression. The process positioned learners as co-investigators, challenging hierarchical knowledge relations embedded both in classroom settings and in broader AI-driven knowledge systems. I argue that visual and participatory pedagogies challenge AI-driven epistemologies in three key ways. First, they restore embodiment to knowledge production, recognising that perception and movement shape understanding in ways algorithms cannot replicate. Second, they reassert situated knowing by grounding inquiry in socio-material contexts rather than decontextualized datasets. Third, they cultivate ethical and political imagination by helping learners perceive not only what exists but also what could and should exist. Situated within broader debates on educational knowledge production in times of poly-crisis, this paper positions visual pedagogy as an ethical and political commitment. As AI threatens to further abstract educational research from lived realities, visual and participatory methodologies help safeguard democratic, relational and human forms of knowing. Ultimately, I argue that these approaches offer powerful resources for cultivating forms of seeing, knowing and acting that are essential for responding to the complex challenges facing contemporary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a visual participatory methodology informed by visual sociology, critical pedagogy and disability studies. My methodological choices reflect a commitment to forms of knowledge grounded in embodiment, relationality and socio-material engagement—dimensions often obscured by the abstraction and standardisation of AI-driven epistemic systems (Selwyn, 2019). The empirical foundation of the study lies in a pilot assignment implemented in an MA course at the European University Cyprus. Students were asked to photograph examples of the “architecture of disability” in their everyday environments. They selected a type of disability—mobility, visual or hearing impairment—and then navigated public spaces such as streets, schools and transport systems, documenting how accessible these environments would be for a person with that disability. Photography served as a tool of embodied inquiry, consistent with visual ethnographic principles that emphasize perception, affect and interpretive engagement (Pink, 2013; Banks, 2007; Harper, 2002). Data collection involved: (1) a corpus of approximately 60 photographs; (2) 33 written reflective commentaries; (3) three recorded classroom dialogues. I treated these materials as co-produced artefacts of learning rather than neutral data, consistent with interpretive approaches in visual sociology (Rose, 2016). The analysis unfolded in three stages. First, I conducted a visual compositional analysis, attending to framing, perspective, symbolism and the politics of visibility (Garland-Thomson, 1997; Garland-Thomson, 2005). Second, I analysed the written reflections through a phenomenological lens, tracing expressions of discomfort, empathy and ethical tension. Third, I examined classroom dialogues using dialogic discourse analysis to explore how students negotiated meaning collectively, aligning with critical pedagogy’s emphasis on shared inquiry (Freire, 1970; hooks, 1994). Ethical considerations were central to the design. Students were instructed to avoid photographing identifiable individuals and encouraged to reflect on their positionality and potential risks of reproducing stereotypes. Recognizing the pedagogical significance of discomfort, I facilitated reflective conversations about emotions, assumptions and representational ethics (Siebers, 2008). This methodological approach enacts the epistemic argument of the study: that knowledge emerges not only from cognition but from embodied presence, perception and relational engagement. Visual participatory inquiry serves as a counter-epistemology to AI-driven modes of knowing by foregrounding interpretation, context and human experience. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study demonstrate that visual and participatory pedagogies cultivate epistemic capacities that are increasingly essential in an era shaped by AI, datafication and social fragmentation. The embodied act of photographing accessibility and exclusion activated sensory, emotional and ethical dimensions of learning that are rarely elicited by digital platforms or algorithmic systems. Students experienced moments of noticing, empathy, discomfort and ethical responsibility, responses consistent with theories of visual attention and disability studies (Mitchell & Snyder, 2000; Siebers, 2008). Visual pedagogy fostered what I describe as critical presence: an attunement to socio-material realities and injustices that is foundational to democratic life. Students came to see barriers not as isolated design flaws but as manifestations of deeper structural inequalities, echoing disability studies insights into the politics of normativity and appearance (Garland-Thomson, 1997; Garland-Thomson, 2005). This movement from seeing to knowing to imagining acting aligns with the transformative aims of critical pedagogy (Freire, 1970; hooks, 1994). Furthermore, the participatory structure of the assignment democratized knowledge production. The inclusion of multimodal expression enabled diverse learners to contribute meaningfully, countering hierarchical models of expertise reinforced by AI-driven systems that privilege particular modalities of knowledge (Selwyn, 2019). Classroom dialogues revealed collaborative meaning-making processes that foregrounded relationality, interpretation and collective responsibility. In the context of poly-crisis—where education must confront ecological uncertainty, political polarization and social injustice—such epistemic practices are indispensable. Visual participatory methodologies offer not only innovative pedagogical tools but also ethical and political resources for sustaining democratic imaginaries and forms of solidarity. Ultimately, I argue that visual pedagogies constitute a necessary counter-epistemology: a commitment to knowledge grounded in embodiment, lived experience and collective interpretation. These approaches help safeguard the human and democratic potential of educational research at precisely the moment when it is most threatened by technological abstraction. References Banks, M. (2007). Using Visual Data in Qualitative Research. Sage. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Continuum. Garland-Thomson, R. (1997). Extraordinary Bodies. Columbia University Press. Garland-Thomson, R. (2005). Disability and the Politics of Appearance. Hypatia, 20(2), 85–105. Harper, D. (2002). Talking about pictures: A case for photo elicitation. Visual Studies, 17(1), 13–26. hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to Transgress. Routledge. Mitchell, D., & Snyder, S. (2000). Narrative Prosthesis. University of Michigan Press. Pink, S. (2013). Doing Visual Ethnography. Sage. Rose, G. (2016). Visual Methodologies. Sage. Selwyn, N. (2019). Should Robots Replace Teachers? Polity. Siebers, T. (2008). Disability Theory. University of Michigan Press. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 06 SES 08 B: Reconfiguring Learning Practices: Space, Technology, and Agency in Contemporary Schooling Location: KH 3 | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Jesper Aagaard Session Chair: Antti Saari Symposium |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Symposium Reconfiguring Learning Practices: Space, Technology, and Agency in Contemporary Schooling Under the umbrella of the Nordic Research Network on Teaching and Learning in Innovative Learning Environments (NNILE), the theme of this symposium emerged from collaborative work that critically examined the growing gap between ambitious educational reforms and everyday pedagogical practice. Educational reforms across Europe increasingly seek to transform schooling by redesigning learning environments, reorganising pedagogical practices, and introducing new digital technologies. Innovative Learning Environments (ILEs), student-centred learning models, and generative artificial intelligence are promoted as mutually reinforcing drivers of 21st-century education, promising greater flexibility, participation, and learner autonomy. Yet, as these ambitions are translated into everyday educational practice, they often generate tensions, contradictions, and unintended forms of constraint. This symposium examines how contemporary educational change is enacted, negotiated, and experienced at the intersection of space, organisation, and technology.
Adopting a practice-oriented and sociomaterial perspective, the symposium conceptualises educational change as an ongoing process rather than a completed reform. It foregrounds how material arrangements, technological infrastructures, and institutional expectations actively shape what teachers and students can do, how they understand their roles, and how agency is distributed in learning situations. Rather than treating space and technology as neutral supports for pedagogical innovation, the symposium approaches them as mediators that reconfigure professional judgement, participation, and effort.
Empirically, the symposium draws on qualitative and longitudinal research from Nordic educational contexts that share similar possibilities and challenges with an increasing number of new schools characterised by strong policy commitments to openness, flexibility, and innovation. Across organisational transitions, newly designed school buildings, and digitally mediated writing practices, a recurring pattern emerges: educational actors are expected to enact student-centred ideals under conditions that simultaneously constrain collective coordination, pedagogical stability, and meaningful engagement. These tensions are not temporary implementation problems but persistent features of contemporary reform trajectories.
Analytically, the symposium highlights how contradictions surface in teachers’ and students’ everyday practices—as dilemmas, conflicts, and experiences of impasse—and how they are managed through ongoing adaptation rather than resolution. It also shows how emerging technologies redistribute responsibility for learning by shifting effort away from generative and exploratory practices toward forms of management, evaluation, and editing. Taken together, these dynamics point to a broader reconfiguration of educational agency, in which openness and automation coexist with new forms of pressure and uncertainty.
By bringing spatial, organisational, and technological perspectives into dialogue, the symposium contributes a nuanced account of why well-intentioned educational innovations so often produce ambivalent outcomes. It invites critical reflection on which forms of effort, authorship, and professional judgement are being displaced or preserved in contemporary schooling, and on how future learning environments might better support sustainable pedagogical change. References None Presentations of the Symposium Contradictions in Transition: Organisational Change from Teacher-Centred Teaching to Student-Centred Learning in an Innovative Learning Environment
This paper examines the shift from teacher-centred teaching (TCT) to student-centred learning (SCL) from the perspective of organisational change in a large-scale school development project. Staff from three traditional schools were merged into a newly constructed school designed as an Innovative Learning Environment (ILE). Our previous findings indicated that this shift is difficult (Bergström et al., 2023). Teachers’ practice for SCL in prototype ILE classrooms involved individual experimentation under unfamiliar conditions (Bergström et al., 2025). In the new ILE, similar challenges emerged, as SCL ambitions had to be enacted through continuous situational judgement in relation to space, material, and communication (Wiklund-Engblom et al., 2025; Lindfors et al., submitted). Such challenges are understood as contradictions, directing our analytical focus towards organisational change. The overall aim is to describe and analyse how organisational change unfolds over time from the teachers’ perspectives.
The analysis is informed by Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT), in which contradictions constitute a central analytical concept (Engeström & Sannino, 2021). Contradictions cannot be observed directly in the study; rather, they are analytically approached through their discursive manifestations in teachers’ accounts: (A)discursive markers, (B) dilemmas as expressions of competing evaluations, (C) conflicts, and (D) double binds, which denote situations of experienced hopelessness that prevent further action. Drawing on these four perspectives, contradictions were interpreted across the seven-year longitudinal process.
Methodologically, the study adopts a longitudinal before-and-after design (Neale, 2019). Data collection began two years prior to the move into the new ILE, during a preparation phase in which school leaders organised workshops and established prototype classrooms in the existing schools. After the new school opened, additional data was collected between 2023 - 2025. This article comprises an analysis of 18 recurring semi-structured interviews carried out after observed lessons of five selected teachers in grades 1–9. The interviews were both retrospective and prospective in their focus. The interviews lasted 35-60 minutes.
Preliminary findings indicating an ongoing and uncertain change process. At the level of dilemmas, the material points to a persistent tension between SCL ideals and pragmatic teaching practices, as well as between individual experimentation and the need for collective stability. These dilemmas are not resolved but reproduced over time through reformulations and compromises. A double bind emerges as student groups grow, generating frustration over how teaching should be organised and how teachers can move forward. Together, these findings indicate contradictions on different levels over time.
References:
Bergström, P., Wiklund-Engblom, A., & Lindfors, M. (2025). Sharing teacher power: exploring teaching practices in innovative learning environments through mixed methods analysis. Teachers and Teaching, 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2025.2528819
Bergström, P., Rönnlund, M., & Tieva, Å. (2023). Making the transition from teacher-centred teaching to students’ active learning: developing transformative agency. In E, Matthews & P. Lippman (Eds). Creating dynamic places for learning. Cham: Springer.
Engeström, Y. & Sannino, A. (2021). From mediated actions to heterogenous coalitions: four generations of activity-theoretical studies of work and learning. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 28(1), 4-23. DOI: 10.1080/10749039.2020.1806328
Lindfors, M., Bergström, P., & Wiklund-Engblom, A. (submitted). Tracing Trajectories of Teaching Practice: Developing and Applying the Typology for Teacher Power and Control. In Mahat, M., Aldridge, J., and Fisher, K. International Handbook of Research on Learning Environments. Springer.
Neale, B. (2019). What is Qualitative longitudinal research? Bloomsbury Academic.
Wiklund-Engblom, A., Bergström, P., & Lindfors, M. (2025). Exploring Teaching Practices in an Innovative Learning Environment: A Pragmatic View on the Student‑Centred Ideal in Future Classrooms. Postdigital Science and Education. 7, 834–854. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-025-00570-z
School Design and Pedagogy: Inspiration, Participation and Experience
The preoccupation on materiality, technology and physical environments is increasing in education and educational research. The design of schools’ learning environments has become a growing occupation of research and discussion; theoretically, empirically and in global education policy and practice contexts (Deppeler et al., 2021). Contemporary schools designed as Innovative Learning Environments (ILEs) have physical characteristics of openness, flexibility of learning spaces, high-end technology, and furnishings to support desired practices of teachers’ work and students’ learning. This school design has grown in popularity across the OECD countries (Woolner et al., 2022), promoted as having the potential to bring about pedagogical practices that will achieve the aims of 21st-century learning competencies (i.e., communication, collaboration, critical thinking, and creativity) (Deppeler et al., 2021). Being part of an international school design trend (Trask et al., 2023), ILEs entail physical and pedagogical moves to change educational culture and restructure practices (Page et al., 2021). Students in ILEs are expected to spend more time collaborating with others and working individually to design their own learning and less time being taught in a teacher-led whole class setting (Deppler & Aikens, 2020). Open and flexible designs are prevalent and currently preferred in Norway and the Nordic countries with strong demands for designing ILEs promoting 21st century skills and learning (Frelin et al., 2021; Grannäs & Stavem, 2020; Saur & Ulleberg, 2025).
In our study, we have examined several key aspects related to how contemporary schools are planned, designed, and experienced in a larger Norwegian municipality. We investigate processes and considerations involved in school design, and how design choices are connected to pedagogical aims. Among other aspects, we have investigated the following: From which sources do planners derive inspiration when designing new school facilities? Do international trends and political discourses influence local decision-making? How do teachers and school leaders experience and make use of the physical learning environment, and how do they perceive their level of involvement in the planning and decision-making processes? How do teachers experience the functionality of the new school environments in relation to supporting pedagogical practices?
With background from preliminary results from qualitative interviews we discuss what influences planners of contemporary school design and how schools are experienced by principals and teachers. The study aims to provide insights into the interplay between architectural design, stakeholder participation, and educational practices, thereby contributing to a deeper understanding of how physical learning environments influence teaching and learning.
References:
Deppeler, J., & Aikens, K. (2020). Responsible innovation in school design – a systematic review. Journal of Responsible Innovation, 7(3), 573–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/23299460.2020.1809782
Deppeler, J., Thompson, I., & Corrigan, D. (2021). International studies of school design – Lessons for Europe on innovation and risk. European Educational Research Journal, 21(4), 561-567. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211014604
Frelin, A., Grannäs, J., & Rönnlund, M. (2021). Transitions in Nordic school environments: An introduction. Education Inquiry, 12(3), 217–224 https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2021.1947625
Page, A., Anderson, J., & Charteris, J. (. (2021). Including students with disabilities in innovative learning environments: a model for inclusive practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 27(14), 1696-1711. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1916105
Saur, E. & Ulleberg, H.P. (2025). Space, Place and Safety: User Experiences of New School Buildings. Educational Research, 67(1), 117–134. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2024.2443141
Trask, S., Charteris, J., Edwards, F. et al. (2023). Innovative learning environments and student orientation to learning: a kaleidoscopic framework. Learning Environment Research 26, 727–741. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-022-09449-3
Woolner, P., U. Thomas, & J. Charteris. (2021). The Risks of Standardised School Building Design: Beyond Aligning the Parts of a Learning Environment. European Educational Research Journal 21 (4): 627– 44. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211021262
From Authors to Editors: Generative AI and the Technological Mediation of Writing
The rapid uptake of generative AI (GAI) in education has produced a striking paradox: Students’ GAI-assisted writing often yields impressive short-term performance gains, yet emerging evidence suggests that these same tools may undermine the learning processes that writing is intended to cultivate (Stadler et al., 2024, Lee et al., 2025, Gerlich, 2025, Tierens et al., 2025). This presentation addresses this paradox by shifting analytical focus from the quality of finished texts to how GAI mediates the practice of writing. Drawing on a postphenomenological framework, I argue that GAI does not simply support student writing but actively mediates the conditions under which writing—and learning through writing—takes place. Synthesizing recent empirical studies of student use of GAI, I identify two recurring mediational dynamics: shortcutting and promptification.
Shortcutting describes the ways in which GAI encourages fast, low-effort task completion. Interface designs and default affordances draw students toward accepting GAI-produced text with minimal deliberation, thereby reducing cognitive effort, depth of inquiry, and opportunities for productive struggle. Rather than attributing this tendency to motivational deficits or ‘metacognitive laziness’, shortcutting reframes it as an outcome of technological mediation. Promptification captures a second, more structural shift: the reorganization of writing around prompting, evaluating, and editing machine-generated text. Even when students remain actively engaged, GAI transforms writing into a predominantly editorial activity. As prompting replaces idea generation and iterative drafting, students increasingly come to experience themselves not as authors but as editors of algorithmic prose. This transition cultivates new skills—such as prompt engineering and textual appraisal—while eroding others, including conceptual exploration, synthesis, and the embodied experience of struggle.
Taken together, shortcutting and promptification offer a conceptual explanation for the growing evidence of authorial deskilling. The paper concludes by outlining key directions for future research, including the frequency and conditions under which students adopt active versus passive GAI strategies; the extent to which metacognitive awareness can counteract technologically mediated drift toward passivity; and whether shortcutting and promptification remain confined to academic tasks or migrate into other domains of writing and self-expression. Understanding these forms of mediation is essential not for defending a nostalgic ideal of “pure” writing but for discerning which forms of effort, friction, and authorship remain worth preserving.
References:
Gerlich, M. (2025). AI Tools in Society: Impacts on Cognitive Offloading and the Future of Critical Thinking. Societies, vol. 15(1), article 6. https://www.mdpi.com/2075-4698/15/1/6
Lee, H., Drosos, I., Sarkar, A., Rintel, S., Wilson, N., Tankelevitch, L., & Banks, R. (2025). The Impact of Generative AI on Critical Thinking: Self-Reported Reductions in Cognitive Effort and Confidence Effects from a Survey of Knowledge Workers. In CHI ’25: Proceedings of the 2025 Chi Conference on Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, article 1121. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3706598.3713778
Stadler, M., Bannert, M. & Sailer, M. (2024). Cognitive ease at a cost: LLMs reduce mental effort but compromise depth in student scientific inquiry. Computers in Human Behavior, vol. 160, article 108386. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0747563224002541
Tierens, T., Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & Alirezabeigi, S. (2025). Schooling the (Artificially) Intelligent Writer: GenAI Technologies as Thinking Infrastructures in School Education. Postdigital Science and Education. OnlineFirst. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-025-00585-6
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 08 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Multilingual Practices and Cultural Inclusion Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Leyla Safta-Zecheria Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Multilingual/Multicultural Stories: An International Study of Educator Reflections 1: University of Nebraska-Lincoln, United States of America; 2: University of Inland Norway, Norway; 3: University of Eastern Finland, Finland; 4: National Institute of Education, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore; 5: Boston College, United States of America; 6: Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:In 1997, Goodwin published a study examining data gathered from pre-service teachers capturing vignettes that they felt illustrated multicultural issues in schools. Her research participants recounted an incident they had witnessed or experienced and then also provided their analysis of the situation and insight into potential solutions. Her study documented the multicultural stories that pre-service teachers were witnessing in schools and also offered insights into topics and explorations for improved teacher preparation curriculum and pedagogy, attending to issues of equity and justice. Further, her analysis demonstrated the variety and complexity of issues that teacher candidates identified as well as the reality that many of the reported incidents put teachers and children in dysfunctional or oppositional relationships, thus limiting the possibilities of equitable solutions for the multicultural issues identified. Additionally, her study illustrated how teaching and learning are complicated by cultural and racial issues.
According to google scholar, over the almost 30 years since the study was published, it has been cited 169 times, demonstrating a robust impact and suggesting the study has been valued by the field. Over the past 30 years, much has also changed in the world, including increased interconnectedness through advancing communication technologies (Alsaleh, 2024) and many shared global concerns, like climate crises (World Meteorological Organization, 2025) and large-scale migration (International Organization for Migration, 2024). Today we are also seeing major shifts in geo-political and economic relationships globally (Fasslabend, 2025).
Amongst all of this shift and uncertainty, social justice in education scholars are working to build a more just and equitable future across many national boundaries, including across several European countries. And to that end, a team of 20 scholars researching in 8 different nations (Norway, Finland, Germany, France, Iran, Singapore, Canada, and USA) are working to replicate Goodwin’s (1997) study and capture the multicultural/multilingual stories of pre- and in-service teachers as well as paraprofessionals (n = ~330). This un-funded, voluntary collaboration is the ReMaP project: Reflecting on Multiculturalism/-lingualism in Practice: Professional Reflections from Educators. For this study we are asking:
By asking a revised version of the questions Goodwin posed in 1997 across varied linguistic, cultural, and political contexts both inside and outside of Europe, we seek to understand the commonalities in multilingual/multicultural issues across varying contexts, as well as the differences and affordances for working together across national boundaries towards a more just future.
This study is grounded in a recently published conceptual framework (developed by European and US scholars) regarding orientations for diversity to be positive and productive (Viesca et al., 2024). This framework asserts the value of orienting classroom relationships and interactions towards interconnectedness, openness, individual and collective agency, curiosity, and creativity. This study will use these orientations as a lens to understand the multilingual/multicultural stories that are shared, both for their affordances and constraints, as well as presence and absence of the orientations noted above. The goal through this analysis is to provide useful directions for our current and future work in social justice and intercultural education. By replicating and expanding a 30-year-old study, we will empirically engage with past insights to build meaningful perspectives for our future as we work to challenge inequities.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study offers novel findings regarding educator perspectives around multilingual/multicultural issues in schools. It also is a unique methodological approach where researchers are tapping into local resources and efforts to contribute to a shared international dataset. Due to limited resources and various global challenges, this model of data collection and analysis, what we are terming Multinational Collaborative Multi-Site Research, offers great potential for our study and future research. Several authors of this study have already participated in this kind of research together (e.g., Alisaari et al., 2025; Viesca et al., 2022), where we tapped into local resources and innovatively co-constructed impactful international research projects. Similarly, with this study, building from years of collaborative conversations and research, this team grew by co-constructing a plan to replicate Goodwin’s (1997) study. Collaborators agreed to collect the data according to our shared protocol in their local work with pre- and in-service teachers and/or paraprofessionals, ensuring that all local ethics protocols regarding human subjects’ research are followed. We also all agreed to deidentify the data we collect and translate it into English, where necessary, for collaborative multinational analysis. Data collection began in early 2026 and will be completed by May 2026. Analysis will begin in May, through a co-constructed thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021), approach where we will use the Viesca et al. (2024) orientations for diversity as a priori codes to make sense of the stories presented. As is common with qualitative analyses, we plan to “play” with the data (Yin, 2014) to see what emerges when we look at the stories according to the groups who created them by role (e.g., pre-service teachers, in-service teachers, and paraprofessionals), geography (by country or region), and/or by self-identified identities and experiences (language proficiencies, minoritized identities, experiences working with multilingual/multicultural children and youth, etc.). We will also look at the stories by themes present, solutions provided, and questions asked. By answering our research questions with this data collection and analysis approach, we are seeking to offer important empirical insights into the work of challenging inequities as social justice and intercultural educators across European contexts and beyond. Further, we plan to share vignettes gathered as useful curricular tools in teaching and learning efforts with educators working in various contexts striving to be more socially just. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a study in progress, we do not yet know what the exact outcomes will be. And, from previous Multinational Collaborative Multi-Site Research projects, we expect to be surprised at how many similarities we will find across the stories we collect. As much as the varying political, social, economic, and historical contexts matter for how we understand and engage with teaching and learning, many shared issues seem to surface when we do work to challenge inequity. Specifically, we expect to find at more capacious levels of analysis consistent issues with power hierarchies, legacies of colonization and imperialism, issues of othering and belonging, and barriers to individual and collective agency. We also expect to be able to use our expansive dataset to understand the nuances of these issues as they relate to different groups, geographical locations, and personal identities. Since we are using a hopeful conceptual framework for our analysis, orientations that can overcome issues of inequity and situate diversity as positive and productive, we also plan to offer important insights into how to build the more equitable world we are striving to live in through our curriculum and pedagogical work today. Finally, we expect to have rich data that can turn into useful, timely, and relevant vignettes for ongoing support of social justice and intercultural education efforts. References Alisaari, J., O’Neill, K., Kuusela, K., Seger, A., Kimanen, A., Hammer, S., Viesca, K.M., & Khalili, S. (2025). Perceptions of belonging and school climate in diverse Finnish secondary schools. Finnish Journal of Social Research, 18(1), 41-57, https://doi.org /10.51815/fjsr.144754 Alsaleh, A. (2024). The impact of technological advancement on culture and society. Scientific Reports, 14, doi: 10.1038/s41598-024-83995-z Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Fasslabend, W. (2025). Geopolitical shifts in the 21st century. Austria Institut für Europa und Sicherheitspolitik. https://www.aies.at/download/2025/AIES_Comment-2025-3.pdf Goodwin, A. L. (1997). Multicultural stories: Preservice teachers’conceptions of and responses to issues of diversity. Urban Education, 32(1), 117-145. International Organization for Migration. (2024). World migration report 2024. https://publications.iom.int/books/world-migration-report-2024 Viesca, K. M., Teemant, A., Alisaari, J., Ennser-Kananen, J., Flynn, N., Hammer, S.Perumal, R., & Routarinne, S. (2022). Quality content teaching for multilingual students: An international examination of instructional practices in four nations. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103649 Viesca, K. M., Alisaari, J., Flynn, N., Hammer, S., Lemmrich, S., Routarinne, S., & Teemant, A. (2024). Orientations for co-constructing a positive climate for diversity in teaching and learning. Invited manuscript published in Teacher Education in (Post-) Pandemic Times: International Perspectives on Intercultural Learning, Diversity and Equity. Peter Lang. World Meteorological Organization. (2025). State of the climate update for COP30. https://library.wmo.int/idurl/4/69674 Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research design and methods (5th ed.). Sage. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Multilingual Islands in a Bilingual Nation: A Structural Analysis of Local Language Teaching Practice in Taiwan University of Tainan, Taiwan Presenting Author:As one of pivotal intercultural practices, multilingual curricula have been promoted and implemented in many societies nowadays (Senar, Janés, Huguet & Ubalde, 2023; European Commission, n.d.). And in East Asian societies like Singapore, Hong Kong, and Philippines, employ distinct multilingual education strategies shaped by colonial histories and ethnic diversity (Goh, 2010; Leung & Li, 2020; Dumanig, David, & Symaco, 2012; Tupas & Martin, 2017). In Taiwan, the legislation of “Development of National Language Act” in 2019 has formally entered a new era of multicultural recognition, legally elevating the status of local languages, such as indigenous languages, Hakka, Taiwanese, Matsu dialect, and Taiwan Sign Language to that of "national languages". This legislative milestone mandated the inclusion of these languages as compulsory courses in the K-12 curriculum, extending instruction into junior and senior high schools starting from the 2022 academic year. However, this "multilingual turn" has coincided with the advanced promotion of the "Bilingual 2030" policy, which privileges English as a primary instrument for national competitiveness. This study argues that the simultaneous enactment of these divergent policies, one rooted in cultural transitional justice and the other in global economic instrumentalism, has created a stratified linguistic hierarchy. While English keeps being framed as a "resource" for global mobility, local languages remain positioned as heritage artifacts. Through a structural analysis of policy documents and qualitative interviews with teachers, this paper utilizes the theoretical metaphor of "Multilingual Islands" (Jordens et al., 2018) to depict how local language education is spatially and structurally contained within the "monolingual sea" of Mandarin dominant schooling. The "Multilingual Islands" framework posits that in educational systems dominated by a single hegemonic language (in Taiwan's case, Mandarin), minority languages (local languages) exist only within strictly demarcated spaces and times. On the one hand, these "islands" are the weekly 40-minute slots allocated for local language instruction. Outside these boundaries—in administration, other academic subjects, and campus rituals—the "sea" of Mandarin (and increasingly English) prevails, rendering the local language invisible and functionally irrelevant to the broader school ecology. On the other hand, from the perspective of human infrastructure, the metaphor of these islands reveals the status of local language teachers, a cohort of teachers who are legally identified as “Teaching Support Teachers". Unlike formal and full-time teachers who are rooted in the school community, these local language teachers must travel constantly between multiple schools to accumulate enough teaching hours to survive, which prevents them from establishing meaningful connections with students or the school administration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Connell (2007) advocated in her work that non-Western countries should consider breaking away from Western research agendas in academic inquiry. From the perspective of "Southern Theory," she suggests moving beyond the role of being a mere "theory testing ground" for Northern countries. Kuan-Hsing Chen (2010) also called upon the academic community to conceptualize "Asia as Method" as a means of decolonization and de-imperialization in scholarship. Regarding the development of academic modernity, Ruey-Lin Chen (2017) attempted to answer an intriguing question: "Can there be a Taiwan Theory? How is it possible?" The possibility of regional theory is built upon the construction of researchers, research communities, and even research networks. Through a psychological sense of belonging, connections with other community members, and further participation and investment, mutual recognition among members is eventually created, thereby establishing an identity for regional theory. This study employs snowball sampling to recruit participants who have previously taught or are currently teaching local language courses in elementary, junior high, or senior high schools (both academic and vocational). To maximize the diversity and heterogeneity of the sample, stratified purposeful sampling are utilized to include various professional backgrounds, such as pre-service teachers, trainees, certified teachers, non-certified or part-time teachers, and Teaching Support Teachers. Participants contribute their relevant experiences and insights through interviews or by sharing pertinent documentary materials, based on their personal preference. The paper takes upon Ball, Maguire and Braun’s (2012) view of policy spaces among different levels of enactment and delineates the enacting of such language policy from the perspectives of situated contexts, professional cultures, material contexts, and external factors. The interviews focus on the participants' professional development, employment history, and pedagogical perspectives within the field of local language education. Each interview takes around 45-60 minutes. And the interview data is collected and transcribed into texts and analysed with the documents distributed in schools, such as language course surveys, flyers, and parent consent forms, etc. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While the law promises equal status for languages, the state has not established a corresponding full-time employment system for its teachers. The majority of local language instructors are not formal teachers who work full time in schools, but as Teaching Support Teachers. Because individual schools rarely offer enough local language classes to support a full-time position, local language teachers must "hop" between islands (schools) to stitch together a living wage. This mobility prevents them from the ecology of the school, excluding them from professional learning communities (PLCs), staff meetings, and the informal interactions that are crucial for pedagogical integration. However, while there are structural limitations, local language teachers has developed strategies that not only successfully put local language courses into practice but also exercise their teaching agency, such as flexibly conducting translanguaging, moving between Mandarin and the local languages, even English language, to scaffold students’ language learning. While policymakers may view this as a failure of implementation, this study reinterprets it as a necessary pedagogical adaptation. The structural analysis reveals that the current implementation of Development of National Language Act has created multilingual islands in the monolingual sea. However, to enhance a meaningful multilingualism in Taiwan requires transition from the goal of preserving languages on isolated islands to revitalizing them within a living ecosystem. Start from the specific social, historical, and policy contexts of Taiwan’s local language education, this study explores the unique circumstances and professional characteristics of local language teachers, which makes critical contributes to societies that are currently developing their own educational localization and local language policies. References Chen, K. H. (2010). Asia as method: Toward deimperialization. Duke University Press. Chen, R. L. (2017). Mechanisms, Capacities, and Nomological Machines: Integrating Cartwright’s Account of Nomological Machines and Machamer, Darden and Craver’s Account of Mechanisms. In: Chao, HK., Reiss, J. (eds) Philosophy of Science in Practice. Springer. Connell, R. (2007). Southern theory: The global dynamics of knowledge in social science. Allen & Unwin. Dumanig, F. P., David, M. K., & Symaco, L. (2012) Competing roles of the national language and English in Malaysia and the Philippines: Planning, policy and use. Journal of International and Comparative Education, 1(2), 104-115. European Commission (n.d.) About multilingualism policy. Retrieved from https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/improving-quality/multilingualism/about-multilingualism-policy Goh, Yeng-Seng. (2010). Bilingual Education Policy in Singapore: Evolution and New Opportunities,Journal of Taiwanese Languages and Literature,DOI:10.6710/JTLL.201009_5(2).0004 Jordens, K., Branden, K. V., & Gorp, K. V. (2018). Multilingual islands in a monolingual sea: language choice patterns during group work, International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 21:8, 943-955, DOI: 10.1080/13670050.2016.1220488 Leung, W. M., & Li, D. C. S. (2020). Biliteracy and Trilingualism: Language Education Policy Research in Hong Kong. City University of Hong Kong Press. Senar, F., Janés, J. , Huguet, À., & Ubalde, J. (2023) The mosaic of language and identity: territorial identification, linguistic attitudes, and proficiency in young immigrants of Catalonia, International Journal of Multilingualism, DOI: 10.1080/14790718.2023.2280682 Tupas, R., & Martin, I.P. (2017) Bilingual and mother tongue-based multilingual education in the Philippines, In O. Garcia, A. M. Y. Lin, & S. May (eds.), Bilingual and Multilingual Education (3rd. ed.) (247-258). Springer. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper A Continuum of Contact: Linguistic Landscape for English Language Teaching in Conflict-Affected Societies 1: Kibbutzim College of Education, Israel; 2: Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel Presenting Author:This paper explores educational initiatives within English Language Teaching (ELT) that utilize the Linguistic Landscape (LL) approach to foster collaboration between teachers and students from seperated school systems. The study is situated at the intersection of sociolinguistics, critical pedagogy, and peace education within the context of English Language Teaching (ELT) in conflict-affected societies. It adopts a socio-spatial perspective to examine how the visual representation of languages in public spaces - the Linguistic Landscape (LL) - can be utilized as a pedagogical tool to bridge divides in seperated educational systems. Linguistic Landscape (LL) refers to the visual representation of languages in public spaces, including signage, graffiti, and other semiotic resources. LL research has evolved significantly, exploring language hierarchies, cultural narratives, and positionality in multilingual settings (Schvarcz & Warren, 2025, Malinowski, 2015, Gorter, 2017). Theoretically, the research draws on Henri Lefebvre’s (1991) spatial triad, which distinguishes between "conceived space" (official, top-down signage), "perceived space" (the physical environment of daily life), and "lived space" (the symbolic and representational meaning attributed to space by its inhabitants). In areas of intractable conflict, such as the Israeli-Palestinian context, public spaces are often contested arenas where language hierarchies reflect and reinforce power imbalances, exclusion, and ethnic segregation. By bringing LL into the classroom, we move from the "conceived" official narrative to the "lived" experiences of students, allowing for a critical interrogation of the socio-political realities inscribed in their environment. Central to our approach is the conceptualization of English as a "Third Space" or a neutral mediator. In conflict zones, the local languages (in this case, Hebrew and Arabic) are deeply laden with political and emotional weight, often maintaining a clear power asymmetry. Drawing on the work of Awayed-Bishara (2022) and Khawaja et al. (2021), we argue that English, as an international lingua franca, provides a unique dialogic space where students can negotiate sensitive issues of identity and social justice without the immediate pressure of the local linguistic conflict. This "linguistic neutrality" facilitates a more equitable contact zone for Jewish and Arab learners. The framework also integrates principles of "Shared Education," originally developed in Northern Ireland to address Catholic-Protestant divides (Gallagher, 2016). This model suggests that sustained, curriculum-based interaction between separated groups can reduce prejudice when structured around common goals. We extend this by proposing a specific "LL Pedagogy" that fosters activism and critical language awareness. This pedagogy encourages students to analyze how signage can marginalize minority identities and advocating for linguistic rights (Shohamy & Pennycook, 2022, Hayik, 2017). To bridge these theories, we propose an original conceptual model: we present an original conceptual model: the Eight-Point Scale of LL Functions for Joint Learning. This scale is theoretically grounded in a progression from lower-order linguistic observation to higher-order critical engagement. It begins with "conceived" functions (language acquisition and policy awareness) and culminates in "lived" functions, where students jointly question power, inequality, and positionality within their shared and separate landscapes. This continuum reflects the transition from learning about the other to learning with the other through the mediation of the environment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative, practitioner-research approach to examine two distinct educational initiatives facilitated within the Israeli Ministry of Education’s English Inspectorate. Initiative 1: Teacher Professional Development - Data was drawn from a 30-hour in-service teacher education course conducted over multiple academic years (2015-16 and 2018-19). Participants included 20–26 teachers per group from both Jewish and Arab sectors in the Haifa district, representing a range of 1 to 20+ years of experience. The methodology involved a workshop format consisting of five frontal meetings and three asynchronous sessions. Primary data sources included the LL-based units designed by the teachers, their collaborative projects (e.g., the comparison of Jisr el Zarka and Hadera), and reflective discussions regarding the pedagogical implications of LL in their specific school contexts. The second initiative involves classes from Jewish and Arab schools working together under the ‘Shared Education’ programme (Yitzhaki et al., 2022). This component followed a partnership between two high schools - an Arab school in Ramla and a Jewish school in Modiin - during the 2021-2022 academic year. This period was particularly significant as it followed the 2021 Gaza conflict, which caused civil unrest in mixed cities. The methodology utilized the Shared Education model, where students met to jointly study an LL-focused curriculum. Data was collected through: • Student Artifacts: Photographs and analyses of signs from their respective local environments. • Collaborative Tasks: Jointly designed signs created in mixed groups. • Reflective Writing: Individual student summaries and reflections on the unit written in English. • Classroom Discourse: Observation and analysis of the dialogic functions during shared lessons. Analytical Framework: The qualitative data from both initiatives were analyzed to identify the varying degrees of engagement with social and political issues. This analysis led to the inductive development of the "eight-point scale of LL functions," categorizing interactions from "basic exposure to input" to "challenging power and positionality". Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study concludes that LL pedagogy in ELT acts as a powerful catalyst for breaking entrenched social divides in conflict-affected contexts. A primary finding is that the EFL classroom provides a "neutral linguistic ground". Because English is a non-dominant language in the local conflict, it fosters more equitable interaction, allowing Arab students to express their identities without the power imbalance often felt when using Hebrew. The research successfully mapped the "eight-point scale of LL functions," revealing that engagement progresses through distinct phases. While early stages focus on language acquisition and authentic input, the latter stages enable students to confront "lived spaces" - addressing personal and collective narratives through the analysis of excluded or marginalized languages in public signage. For instance, Jewish students reported a newfound awareness of the complexities Arab minorities face after discussing the hierarchy of languages on signs within Arab schools. The initiative also highlighted the critical role of teacher facilitation. For LL to serve a peace-building function, teachers must move beyond "conceived spaces" (official signage) to allow students to express their "perceived realities" in a safe, structured environment. Expected outcomes for the international community include the adoption of the eight-point scale as a framework for language educators in other divided societies. Ultimately, the study demonstrates that LL transforms ELT from a site of purely linguistic development into a dynamic arena for civic engagement and social justice. By bringing the "outside" world of public signage into the classroom, students develop not only language proficiency but also the critical tools necessary for community rebuilding. References Awayed-Bishara, M., Netz, H. and Milani, T. (2022) Translanguaging in a Context of Colonized Education: The Case of EFL Classrooms for Arabic Speakers in Israel. Applied Linguistics 2022: 43/6: 1051–1072 Gallagher, T. 2016. ‘Shared Education in Northern Ireland: School Collaboration in Divided Societies.’ Oxford Review of Education 42(3): 362–75 Gorter, D. (2017) Linguistic landscapes and trends in the study of schoolscapes. Linguistics and Education. 44, 80-85. Hayik, R. 2017. “Exploring the Perceptions of Passers-by Through the Participatory Documentary Photography Tool Photo Voice.” Linguistic Landscape 3, no. 2: 187–212. Khawaja A.J., Jakar V.S., & Schvarcz, B. R. (2021). English as a Mediator for Communication and Understanding: The case of Israel and Palestine. In Raza, K., Coombe, C., & Reynolds, D. (Eds). Policy development in TESOL and multilingualism: past, present and the way forward. Springer. (pp. 217-230). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-3603-5_17 Lefebvre, H. (1991). The production of space. Oxford: Blackwell Malinowski, D. 2015. ‘Opening Spaces of Learning in the Linguistic Landscape.’ Linguistic Landscape 1(2): 95–113. Schvarcz, B. R., & Warren, A. N. (2025). Creating multilingual schoolscapes in restrictive ELT contexts. ELT Journal. 79(3) 395-403. Shohamy, E., and A. Pennycook. 2022. 'Language, Pedagogy, and Active Participant Engagement: Gaze in the Multilingual Landscape.' In Spaces of Multilingualism, edited by R. Blackwood and U. Røyneland, 31-49. New York: Routledge. Yitzhaki, D. Tannenbaum, M. & Shohamy, E. (2022) ‘Shared Education’ and translanguaging; students at Jewish and Arab schools learning English together, International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 25(3), 1033-1048. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Inclusive Language Identity in Multicultural Learning Environments: Exploring Transitional Care for Cross-Cultural Kids Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Only very recently since 2017, Lithuanian school first experienced receiving a continuation of steep increase of Cross Culture Kids (CCKs) (Van Reken, 2002), including return immigrants of Lithuanian pupils post-Brexit or due to COVID pandemic, and refugee children due to the recent European political climate. While still lacking a clear framework to aid the integration of these youth whose lives have been utterly disrupted by mobility has yet been provided, there remains a need to view and research this diversity as an asset (Čiuladienė, 2024). In the context of increasing diversity, schools must find solutions to ensure cross-cultural transitional care (CCTC) (Mahoney & Barron, 2020). The study aims to identify current CCTC approaches in Lithuanian educational institutions, with a focus on how language assimilation is viewed in this process. Three research questions were asked: What are educators' general understanding of CCK in Lithuania? What are the current institutional CCTC practices? What are the experiences and practices of CCKs towards identity-safe cross-cultural transitions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a case study of Vilniaus Lietuvių Namai situated at a public gymnasium in Vilnius, established after regaining independence, which focuses on accelerating Lithuanian language learning and integrating students into the national social and cultural life (Ruškus, 2008). Episodic narrative interviews (ENI) (Flick, 2000, 2009; Mueller, 2019) were conducted in several schools that provide support to migrant and internationally mobile students. Combining narrative and phenomenon–oriented approaches, these interviews (N=7) reveal how teachers and administrators construct meaning, negotiate and interpret institutional values consciously and unconsciously through organisational storytelling. Stories of resilience were captured to explore how cross-cultural interactions affect teachers' perceptions of students' identities and sense of belonging within educational settings. Through short, tightly focused narratives, recounting concrete episodes of students’ transitions, the research participants made sense of their authentic personal experiences related to the contested and complex phenomenon under study - creating an identity-safe environment for a specific group of students – those with a cross-cultural background. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results showed that as educators employ Culturally Responsive Teaching (Gay, 2018), they adopt a humanistic, ethical pedagogical approach (Forrester et al., 2020) to promote inclusive education for all students. Stories of creative practices that supported transitions, such as mentoring, culturally responsive formal and informal learning activities. For example, recognising students' language profiles encourages teachers to incorporate multilingual resources (e.g., a literature curriculum redesigned to include content that mirrors students' life experiences beyond representing their demographics), validating and empowering students' linguistic identities (Sleeter & May, 2024) to foster an appreciation of global perspectives. Overall, good practices were evident to address classroom diversity concerning human rights, language needs, and cultural identity disputes- much of which aligns with sustainable multilingualism approaches (Skutnabb-Kangas, 2000). However, tensions persist due to the lack of space for creating a whole-school multilingual environment or within on-site residential facilities, given the explicit institutional focus on Lithuanian language and culture assimilation. Implications underscore the importance of considering sociopolitical contexts when addressing school inclusion in language, well-being, and related areas. To conclude, this research proposes the need to address inclusive assimilation by considering language identity and its consequential geopolitical affiliations, which affect the life choices available to pupils and the life trajectories on their horizon. From this stance, integration is more helpful to be seen as helping cross-cultural pupils anchor the self during turbulence of changes, instead of a tool for belonging or status to be gained. References Ciuladiene, G. (2024). Migrant Children and Integration-Related Challenges in Lithuania: The Opinions of Educators (A Case Study). Social Sciences, 13(10), 501. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci13100501 Forrester, G., Kurth, J., Vincent, P., & Oliver, M. (2020). Schools as community assets: An exploration of the merits of an asset-based community development (ABCD) approach. Educational Review, 72(4), 443-458. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2018.1529655 Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. New York, NY. USA: Teachers College Press. Mahoney, E., & Barron, J. (2020). Surveying the landscape: Common Practices, Challenges and Opportunities in International School Transitions-Care. The 2020 Report. SeaChange and Globally Grounded. Retrieved from https://seachangementoring.com/transition-support/ Ruškus, J. (2008). Į Lietuvą atvykusių lietuvių kilmės moksleivių patirtis:„Lietuvių namų “mokyklos atvejis. Oikos: Lithuanian Migration & Diaspora Studies, 2008(6): 443-458. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2018.1529655 Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2000). Linguistic genocide in education—or worldwide diversity and human rights? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Sleeter, C., & May, S. (2024). Critical multiculturalism: An introduction. In C. Sleeter, Critical multicultural education: Theory and practice. Teachers College Press. Van Reken, R. (2002). Third Culture Kids: Prototypes for understanding other cross-cultural kids. Cross-Cultural Kids. https://www.crossculturalkid.org/who-are-cross-cultural-kids/ |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 08 B: Cultivating Reflexivity in Diverse Educational Contexts Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Rewriting the Intercultural: Systemic Shifts in Master Narratives across Danish Upper Secondary Education University of Southern Denmark, Denmark Presenting Author:Background and Aim In 2022–2023, a series of policy interventions targeted Danish upper secondary schools with high interculturality, amplifying critical master narratives that framed some institutions as “risky” or “less desirable” (Piekut & Qvortrup, 2023). These interventions interacted with long-standing discourses on allocation, choice and school reputation, creating a narrative environment where interculturality was simultaneously celebrated and problematised. This paper explores how narratives of the ‘intercultural’ are produced, circulated and transformed across system level, from policy and public discourse to organisational sense-making and classroom interaction in six Upper Secondary Schools in the capital region of Denmark. The study addresses two research questions:
By focusing on narrative infrastructures rather than isolated practices, the paper contributes to understanding how systemic discourses of inclusion and belonging are enacted, contested and reframed in everyday schooling. Theoretical Framework We conceptualise schools as narrative ecologies binding macro, meso and micro practices (Gabriel, 2016). This approach foregrounds the circulation of stories as a mechanism of governance and identity work across scales: Macro (policy–public sphere): The Narrative Policy Framework (NPF) guides analysis of how policy logics (allocation/choice) script problems and solutions, rendering some schools publicly “risky” or “less desirable” (Jones et al., 2022; Somers, 1994). In Denmark, allocation changes interacted with public labelling of particular institutions, reinforcing deficit framings of interculturality and shaping parental choice. These macro narratives create ambivalent conditions, as schools navigate between policy imperatives of inclusion and public framings that cast interculturality as a risk.Meso (organisation): Drawing on Czarniawska’s view of narratives-as-organising and inhabited institutionalism, we examine how leaders and staff articulate, align and live organisational identities in strategy and routine practice, and how these stories circulate vertically within organisations (Czarniawska, 2011, 2024). Organisational narratives often mediate between policy imperatives and local legitimacy, producing hybrid storylines that stabilise or unsettle interculturality and inclusion.Micro (interaction/identity): At classroom and peer level, we use performative narrative/positioning analysis to trace how master narratives (e.g., deficit tropes about ‘diversity’, “brown” or “drop-out” schools) are internalised, reworked or resisted through counter-stories that reclaim voice, agency and belonging (Bamberg & Andrews, 2004, 2020; Hyvärinen, 2020).. To theorise inclusion and exclusion, we draw on recognition theory (Honneth, 2003) and communities of practice (Wenger, 2011/2021) to explain how recognition, participation and shared repertoires function as narrative resources that scaffold—or constrain—students’ sense of legitimate membership in school communities. Ahmed’s (2012) notion of “diversity work” clarifies how symbolic performances of interculturality can coexist with under-enactment in practice, revealing tensions between policy rhetoric and lived experience. The paper speaks to a wider European context marked by political restrictions on migration and increasingly polarized debates on interculturality and diversity in education (Dervin et.al., 2012; Perez-Jorge, D. et. al., 2023; Landini, I., 2025). Across Europe, school systems with choice and allocation rules face reputation effects that shape enrolment patterns and public perceptions of “desirable” schools. These dynamics often produce ambivalent narratives: interculturality framed as both an educational value and a potential risk. By applying the concept of narrative ecologies and the Narrative Policy Framework, the study offers analytical tools to trace how such narratives travel across levels and how they condition inclusion and belonging. This approach aligns with ECER 2026’s call on the production and use of educational research by foregrounding how systemic narratives mediate reform uptake and everyday practices. The findings are relevant for European systems grappling with similar tensions between policy ideals of inclusion and contested public framings of interculturality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We adopt an empirical mixed‑methods multiple‑case design to capture how intercultural narratives travel and shape participation across system levels. The study was conducted in 2023 at six upper secondary schools in the capital region of Denmark that were publicly framed as “challenged” due to declining applications and skewed student composition; school selection and contextual documentation derive from Region H’s commissioned report and accompanying materials. The evaluation is informed by a theory‑based programme evaluation approach rooted in a critical realist perspective (Chen, 1990; Pawson & Tilley, 1997; Mayne, 2011). This approach emphasizes local causal mechanisms and contextual modifiers that enable or hinder intended effects. Rather than isolating “best practice,” the study foregrounds contextualized good practice and examines how interventions interact with intercultural framings in organizational and classroom settings. Data collection: Document analysis of strategy and value statements to identify intended actions and intercultural positioning at six schools. Two days of observations per school during induction periods to trace how interventions and values materialized and were received, supplemented by brief “on‑the‑spot” student interviews. Interviews and focus groups: One leadership interview per school, two teacher focus groups, and two student focus groups (1.g and 1.hf/hhx) per school, totalling 28 interviews. These explored understandings of intercultural initiatives and short‑term effects (Kvale & Brinkman, 2015; Barbour, 2018; Cyr, 2024) Comparative cases: Interviews with leaders at five perspective schools that successfully reversed negative trends provided a comparative lens for identifying enabling mechanisms. Survey data were collected from first‑year students in October 2023 (n = 782). Items covered background, school narratives, perceived intercultural characteristics, introduction activities, educational choice, expectations, emotional/social/academic wellbeing, and drop‑out considerations (mostly five‑point Likert scales). Analysis combined descriptive statistics, exploratory factor and cluster analyses with iterative coding of qualitative data. Coding moved between theory‑driven themes (strategy documents) and inductive patterns from observations and interviews. Survey indicators triangulated qualitative findings to strengthen validity. This design enables a nuanced understanding of how interculturality is narrated and operationalized in interventions and how these narratives shape participation and belonging. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Master narratives in educational institutions are deeply embedded, not only in policy and leadership discourse but in the ways schools imagine themselves. These narratives provide coherence and legitimacy, yet often frame interculturality as something to be managed, softened, or even erased (Ahmed, 2012; Czarniawska, 2011; Somers, 1994). Our findings confirm that attempts to shift these narratives—through rebranding, renaming, or symbolic diversity work—rarely alter the underlying narrative logic. Silencing interculturality does not erase demographic realities or students’ choices; such strategies may reshape surface perceptions but leave structural tensions intact. Empirical evidence from six schools shows that interventions designed to improve enrolment and inclusion operate within these constraints. While strategic documents promote interculturality as a value, everyday practices often reproduce deficit framings. Observations and interviews reveal hybrid organizational narratives that oscillate between inclusion and control, creating conditional belonging for students. Survey data triangulate these patterns, highlighting uneven participation and persistent reputational effects. By situating these findings within a European context of polarized debates on migration and interculturality, the paper contributes to understanding how systemic narratives shape or exclude educational equity. Potentially, tt offers tools for re-narrating interculturality in ways that move beyond symbolic inclusion toward substantive participation and belonging. Expected outcomes- brief: 1. Contextualized insights into good practice, showing which organizational strategies mitigate stigma and foster intercultural inclusion. 2. Comparative lessons from schools that reversed negative trends, offering actionable knowledge for leadership and policy. 3. A multi-scalar framework for analyzing how systemic narratives interact with local practices, relevant for European systems facing similar tensions between migration politics, school choice, and intercultural education. References Ahmed, S. (2012). On being included: Racism and diversity in institutional life. Duke University Press. Bamberg, M., & Andrews, M. (2004). Considering counter-narratives: Narrating, resisting, making sense. John Benjamins. Barbour, R. S. (2018). Doing Focus Groups (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Cyr, J. (2024). Focus Groups. In Doing Good Qualitative Research (s. 222–232). Oxford University Press. Czarniawska, B. (2011). Narrating organization studies. Edward Elgar. Gabriel, Y. (2016). Narrative ecologies and the role of counter-narratives: The case of nostalgic stories and conspiracy theories. In S. Frandsen, T. Kuhn, & M. W. Lundholt (Eds.), Counter-narratives and organization (pp. 208–225). Routledge. Honneth, A. (2003). Redistribution or recognition? A political-philosophical exchange. Verso. Jones, M. D., McBeth, M. K., & Shanahan, E. A. (2022). The science of stories: Narrative policy framework 2.0. Springer. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2015). InterViews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (3rd ed.). Sage Publications. Landini, I. (2025). Intercultural education and linguistic and cultural diversity: navigating the tension between policy and grassroots implementation in schools. Journal of International and Comparative Social Policy, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1017/ics.2025.10055 Rubin, H. J., & Rubin, I. S. (2012). Qualitative interviewing: The art of hearing data (3rd ed.). Sage Publications. Somers, M. R. (1994). The narrative constitution of identity: A relational and network approach. Theory and Society, 23(5), 605–649. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00992905 Wenger, E. (2011/2021). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Navigating the Maze – Reflexivity as a Critical Skill in Youth Transitions 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: University of Lisbon, Portugal; 3: University of Vienna, Austria; 4: University of Firenze, Italy Presenting Author:Reflexivity in navigating one’s learning and life pathways is a central transversal skill for young people in today’s fast-changing and increasingly insecure societies. Especially for those young people who have limited resources due to their vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged life situations, it is a demanding task to be reflexive (Kim, 2023; Maclure, 2017) in making and executing biographically meaningful, flexible, and realistic educational and occupational plans that account for personal, structural, and spatial limitations, dealing with ruptured pathways, finding alternative routes to goals, and adjusting aspirations when necessary. This requires, for example, knowledge and understanding about the opportunity structures within which one navigates. At the individual level, reflexivity is forced upon young people by structural fragmentation and insecurity. Thus, to cope with the changing institutional constraints and ever-present risks and uncertainties, individuals need to be reflexive in building and adjusting their identities and biographies (Beck et al., 2003). Although reflexivity is linked to agency, they are distinct: reflexivity may exist even when structural barriers prevent agency from being exercised (Threadgold, 2011). Policy measures can hinder or promote young people’s reflexivity, for instance, by emphasising specific goals (e.g., labour market placement or individual exploration). The relationship between reflexivity and agency can be affected by the perception of institutional constrains (and opportunities), i.e., by how individuals experience rules, measures, and interactions with policy providers as aligned or clashing with their expectations. We underscore that both reflexivity and agency are embedded in contextual opportunities within a certain space, for instance, thriving or lagging regions which offer or hinder chances for labour market participation and access to training and education. The consequences of contrasts and misalignments among expectations, institutional constraints, and contextual opportunities are at the core of the present study. Drawing from the theoretical perspective of life course research (Mortimer & Shanahan, 2003) and theorisations of opportunity structures (Roberts, 2009), the research question we aim to answer is how young people’s reflexive skills are supported, ignored, or hindered by their lived experiences of educational and labour market policies and practices in differing spatial contexts of thriving and declining regions in Austria, Finland, and Portugal. By highlighting the interplay between reflexivity, structural barriers, and policy frameworks, this study contributes to a deeper understanding of how reflexivity shapes young people’s ability to navigate their life course transitions and pathways. The results emphasise how young people’s reflections on their life paths interact with the structural and policy contexts they face, as well as with the territory they live in, thereby illuminating their capacities for agency and decision-making in complex and unequal environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data of our study, which was collected in a European research project ‘Constructing Learning Outcomes in Europe: A multi-level analysis of (under)achievement in the life course’ (CLEAR), consist of biographical narrative interviews with young people in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged life situations (N=67). Data collection was carried out in 2024 in two socio-demographically contrasting regions in each country: Upper Austria and Vienna in Austria, Southwest Finland and Kainuu in Finland, and Tâmega e Sousa and Amadora (Area Metropolitana de Lisboa) in Portugal. The interviews focused on young people’s educational experiences and pathways, current situation and future plans, but also their perceptions of regional/local conditions and opportunities. The biographical interview approach allowed interviewees to highlight and focus on the events, processes, emotions, and opportunities for reflexivity that were most relevant to their personal transitions and policy experiences (Aaltonen, 2013). A narrative approach that did not prioritise chronology was used, recognising that young adults’ most notable life events and reflections might fall outside the critical transition points and chronological narratives commonly focused on in youth research (Harding, 2006). We conducted qualitative content analysis (Drisko & Maschi, 2015), which was chosen for its usefulness in ‘addressing not only manifest content but also the themes and core ideas found in texts […] [including] contextual information and latent content’ (ibid., p. 85). We started the analysis process by constructing a tentative analysis grid by drawing on our insights from preliminary analyses of the interview data carried out in the CLEAR project (Järvinen et al., 2024a; 2024b). The analysis grid included: 1) family background; 2) vulnerabilities and disadvantages; 3) life course and current situation; 4) future plans; 5) displayed (lack of) reflexivity; and 6) institutional factors and regional conditions promoting or hindering reflexivity. The interview transcripts were treated in the original language by a native speaker. The grid was filled in based on several rounds of thorough reading of the transcripts. Throughout the analysis process, the authors convened regularly to collaboratively suggest, revise, and finalise analysis at frequent intervals, including revisiting and modifying analysis categories. This iterative approach based on ‘close teamwork’ between co-researchers supported inter-subjective validity (Döös & Wilhelmson, 2014) and allowed the leveraging of both insider and outsider positionalities in the analysis (Chavez, 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In their narratives, the young interviewees in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged situations navigating their lives in the differing regional conditions in Austria, Finland, and Portugal displayed varying degrees of reflexivity and ability to turn reflexive awareness into agency. These variations were associated with the severity of their vulnerabilities and the surrounding institutional and opportunity structures. Intersecting vulnerabilities created additional challenges to and needs for individual reflexivity. Limited regional/local opportunity structures meant that for many, reflexivity in planning one’s educational and occupational pathways turned into a painful awareness of the lack of biographically meaningful options (Adams, 2006). Instead of well-informed or strategically reflexive decisions, educational (and occupational) choices were often shaped by lack of guidance, lacking support for individually ascribed vulnerabilities, socio-economic pressures, gendered (family) expectations, and urgency to secure income. Thus, the typically low levels of reflexivity displayed in the youths’ narratives was not an individual shortcoming or inherent lack of abilities of the individuals. Instead, as illustrated time and time again through their lived experiences of policies and practices, it was the institutions that often fell short by failing to provide young people in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged situations with individualised, context-sensitive, and timely support for navigating their pathways in biographically meaningful ways. What followed was that early school leaving and school drop-out, which often followed circumstantial educational decisions made with low levels of reflexivity, emerged as an end result of a process of systemic disconnection and lack of differentiated support, not as an individual lack of aspirations and motivation to engage in education. Nevertheless, internalised meritocracy beliefs (Ho, 2024), which dominated many young people’s narratives, led to feelings of guilt and self-blame affecting their self-images and adding to the burden of the vulnerabilities of their situations. References Aaltonen, S. (2013). ‘Trying to push things through’: Forms and bounds of agency in transitions of school-age young people. Journal of Youth Studies, 16(3), 375–390. Adams, M. (2006). Hybridizing Habitus and Reflexivity: Towards an Understanding of Contemporary Identity? Sociology, 40(3), 511–528. Beck, U., Bonss, W., & Lau, C. (2003). The Theory of Reflexive Modernization: Problematic, Hypotheses and Research Programme. Theory, Culture & Society, 20(2), 1–33. Chavez, C. (2008). Conceptualizing from the inside: Advantages, complications, and demands on insider positionality. The qualitative report, 13(3), 474–494. Döös, M., & Wilhelmson, L. (2014). Proximity and distance: phases of intersubjective qualitative data analysis in a research team. Quality and Quantity, 48(2), 1089–1106. Drisko, J. W., & Maschi, T. (2015). Content analysis. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Ho, J. (2024). Agentic selves, agentic stories: cultural foundations of beliefs about meritocracy. American Journal of Cultural Sociology, 12, 379–409. Järvinen, T., Naumanen, P., Tikkanen, J., Alves, N., Zeferino, L., Guimarães, P., Cavaco, C., Kovacheva, S., Hristozova, D., & Nanov, P. (2024a). Qualitative Research with Young People – National Qualitative Report. CLEAR Deliverable D5.2. Järvinen, T., Naumanen, P., Tikkanen, J., Alves, N., Zeferino, L., Guimarães, P., Cavaco, C., Kovacheva, S., Hristozova, D., & Nanov, P. (2024b). Qualitative Research with Young People – International Qualitative Analysis Report. CLEAR Deliverable D5.3. Kim, C.-Y. (2023). Towards a model for analysing adolescents' reflexivity: Reflectiveness, criticality and boundedness. Children & Society, 37, 1171–1186. Maclure, R. (2017). Youth reflexivity as participatory research in Senegal: A field study of reciprocal learning and incremental transformations. Social Inclusion, 5(3), 251–261. Mortimer, J., & Shanahan, M. (Eds.) (2003). Handbook of the Life Course. Springer. Roberts, K. (2009). Opportunity structures then and now. Journal of Education and Work, 22(5), 355–368. Threadgold, S. (2011). Should I pitch my tent in the middle ground? On ‘middling tendency’, Beck and inequality in youth sociology. Journal of Youth Studies, 14(4), 381–393. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Integrating Dalcroze-Based Music-Movement and Creative Drama in Early Childhood Education: An Action Research Study on Embodied Expression and Intercultural Sensitivity Yıldız Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This study explores how integrating music-movement pedagogy and creative drama can enhance embodied expression and intercultural sensitivity in early childhood education. While intercultural education is a central priority within European educational policy, classroom practices in early childhood settings frequently remain predominantly cognitive, relying on verbal explanations and symbolic representations of culture (Byram, 2008; OECD, 2016). Such approaches may restrict young children’s opportunities to experience cultural diversity through sensory, emotional, and bodily engagement. Embodied learning research highlights that learning extends beyond cognitive processes, being deeply rooted in bodily and affective experiences shaped through movement and physical interaction (Shapiro, 2019; Wilson, 2002). In early childhood education, bodily engagement is especially critical, as children primarily acquire knowledge through action, imitation, and play (Glenberg, 2010). Music-movement pedagogies, such as Dalcroze-based approaches, offer structured opportunities to foster rhythmic awareness, motor coordination, and expressive movement (Juntunen, 2004). Likewise, creative drama practices nurture imagination, empathy, and social interaction by allowing children to explore meaning through role-play and embodied storytelling (Kao & O’Neill, 1998; Wright, 2015). Nonetheless, classroom-based empirical studies that merge these approaches within intercultural learning contexts remain scarce (Bamford, 2006; Winner et al., 2013). The main research question guiding this study is: How does the integration of music-movement activities and creative drama practices influence young children’s embodied expression and intercultural sensitivity in early childhood classrooms? The study also addresses the following sub-questions: 1. What changes occur in children’s bodily expression and movement patterns during the intervention process? 2. How do children’s responses to culturally diverse musical materials evolve over time? 3. What pedagogical challenges and instructional adaptations emerge during classroom implementation? The research is informed by three interconnected theoretical perspectives. First, embodied learning theory conceptualizes the body as an active agent in meaning-making and underscores the importance of sensorimotor experience in cognitive and emotional development (Varela et al., 2017; Shapiro, 2019). Second, arts-integrated pedagogy positions artistic practices-such as music and drama-as mediators of social, emotional, and cultural learning, emphasizing participatory and experiential environments (Eisner, 2002; Bamford, 2006). Third, the study draws on intercultural education theory, particularly approaches that prioritize openness, dialogical engagement, and respect for cultural diversity, rather than static representations of culture (Byram, 2008; UNESCO, 2013). These perspectives are congruent with European educational frameworks that advance intercultural competence as a key lifelong learning outcome (European Commission, 2018). Methodologically, the study adopts a qualitative-dominant action research design, enabling the exploration of pedagogical change within an authentic classroom context while simultaneously facilitating instructional improvement (Kemmis & McTaggart, 2007). Iterative cycles of planning, action, observation, and reflection permit the ongoing adaptation of teaching strategies based on children’s responses and evolving classroom dynamics (Reason & Bradbury, 2008). The intervention takes place in a preschool classroom in Türkiye, incorporating music and movement activities drawn from six culturally diverse musical traditions: Anatolian, Balkan, African, Latin American, East Asian, and Middle Eastern. Although situated within a local educational context, the study addresses internationally relevant challenges, such as increasing cultural diversity in early childhood classrooms, the necessity for inclusive pedagogies, and the rising emphasis on embodied and arts-based learning approaches (OECD, 2016; UNESCO, 2013). By foregrounding bodily expression as a medium for intercultural learning, this research contributes to ongoing international discussions regarding developmentally appropriate, inclusive, and experiential approaches in early childhood education. The findings are anticipated to offer practical insights for educators and to enrich the broader literature on embodied learning and intercultural pedagogy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study will utilize a qualitative-dominant action research design to examine and enhance classroom-based pedagogical practices that integrate music-movement and creative drama in early childhood education. Action research is chosen to allow for iterative cycles of instructional planning, implementation, observation, and reflection within an authentic classroom setting (Kemmis & McTaggart, 2007). Participants: The research will be conducted in a public preschool classroom in Türkiye, involving approximately 12-20 children aged 4-6 years. Purposeful sampling will be used to select a naturally occurring classroom environment. The classroom teacher will collaborate with the researcher throughout the intervention. Prior to data collection, parental informed consent and institutional ethical approval will be obtained. Intervention Procedure: The intervention will last 6 weeks, with 1 30-minute session per week. Each session will follow the instructional structure outlined below: • Dalcroze-based rhythmic warm-up activities • Creative drama-based embodied expression and cultural story enactments integrated with culturally diverse music • Reflective sharing circle Music and narrative materials will be selected from Balkan, African, Latin American, East Asian, European, and Middle Eastern cultural contexts and incorporated into the sessions. Throughout the intervention, emphasis will be placed on active bodily engagement, rhythmic coordination, group interaction, and symbolic movement expression. Data Collection Instruments: Multiple data sources will be triangulated to enhance trustworthiness. Primary qualitative data will include researcher field notes, reflective journals, classroom video recordings (pre- and post-intervention), and semi-structured teacher interviews. Additionally, a structured observation rubric will be used to document changes in children’s bodily expression, rhythmic-motor coordination, spatial use, and openness to culturally diverse musical materials. Child-friendly reflection tools, such as emotion cards and short verbal responses, will be used to capture children’s affective reactions to the activities. Data Analysis: Qualitative data will be analyzed using thematic analysis, following Braun and Clarke’s six-phase framework. Video recordings will be subjected to focused movement analysis to identify patterns of bodily expression and interaction. Observation rubric scores will be analyzed descriptively to support qualitative findings and illustrate pre- and post-intervention trends. This multi-source analytic approach is expected to provide a comprehensive understanding of pedagogical change, learner engagement, and embodied learning processes within the classroom context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to provide empirical insights into how arts-integrated, embodied pedagogical practices can support intercultural learning and expressive development in early childhood education. The integration of music-movement activities and creative drama is anticipated to promote greater diversity in children’s bodily expression, enhance rhythmic-motor coordination, and increase engagement during culturally diverse learning activities. At the classroom level, the intervention aims to foster more inclusive participation, with children demonstrating increased openness to unfamiliar musical sounds and movement styles. Through repeated exposure to culturally diverse artistic materials, children may develop more positive attitudes toward differences, expressed through curiosity, willingness to participate, and collaborative interaction with peers. The action research design is expected to capture individual differences and contextual factors that shape learning processes. From a pedagogical perspective, the study seeks to generate practical knowledge on how early childhood teachers can integrate music, movement, and drama into intercultural learning activities in developmentally appropriate ways. The iterative cycles of planning, implementation, and reflection are anticipated to reveal both instructional challenges and effective teaching strategies that can inform future classroom practice. On a broader scale, the findings are expected to contribute to international discussions on embodied learning and arts-based education by providing classroom-based evidence from an underrepresented educational context. By highlighting the importance of bodily experience in intercultural learning, this study may support the development of more experiential, inclusive, and child-centered approaches in early childhood education. Overall, the study aims to bridge theoretical perspectives on embodied cognition and intercultural education with practical classroom implementation, offering implications for curriculum design, teacher education, and educational policy. References Bamford, A. (2006). The wow factor: Global research compendium on the impact of the arts in education. Waxmann Verlag. Byram, M. (2008). From foreign language education to education for intercultural citizenship: Essays and reflections. 17, Multilingual matters. Eisner, E. W. (2003). The arts and the creation of mind. Language arts, 80(5), 340-344. European Commission (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on Key Competences for Lifelong Learning. Glenberg, A. M. (2010). Embodiment as a unifying perspective for psychology. Wiley interdisciplinary reviews: Cognitive science, 1(4), 586-596. Juntunen, M. L. (2004). Embodiment in Dalcroze eurhythmics. University of Oulu. Kao, S. M., & O'Neill, C. (1998). Words into worlds: Learning a second language through process drama. Praeger. Kemmis, S. and McTaggart, R. (2007) Participatory Action Research: Communicative Action and the Public Sphere. In: Denzin, N. and Lincoln, Y., Eds., Strategies of Qualitative Inquiry, Sage, Thousand Oaks, 271-330. OECD (2016) Global competence for an inclusive world. OECD. http://globalcitizen.nctu.edu.tw/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/2.-Global-competency-for-an-inclusive-world.pdf Reason, P., & Bradbury, H. (2008). The SAGE handbook of action research: Participative inquiry and practice (2nd ed.). Sage. Shapiro, L. (2019). Embodied cognition. Routledge. UNESCO (2013). Intercultural competences: Conceptual and operational framework. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000219768 Varela, F. J., Thompson, E., & Rosch, E. (2017). The embodied mind, revised edition: Cognitive science and human experience. MIT press. Wilson, M. (2002). Six views of embodied cognition. Psychonomic bulletin & review, 9(4), 625-636. Winner, E., Goldstein, T. R., & Vincent-Lancrin, S. (2013). Art for art’s sake. The impact of arts education. Wright, S. (2015). Children, meaning-making and the arts. Pearson Higher Education AU. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 08 SES 08 A: Perspectives on Adolescent Wellbeing Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Nis Langer Primdahl Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Profiles of Students’ Academic Buoyancy and Parents’ and Teachers’ Work Buoyancy: Associations with Adolescents’ School Well-Being University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The capacity to navigate everyday academic challenges is fundamental for students’ academic achievement and school well-being (e.g., Kaya & Erdem, 2021; Martin & Marsh, 2008). Academic buoyancy refers to students’ proactive responses to minor, common setbacks in school, such as disappointing grades or demanding assignments (Martin & Marsh, 2008). It is conceptually linked to resilience, which concerns adaptation to more severe adversity (Martin & Marsh, 2009). From a multisystem resilience perspective, adaptation is understood as a dynamic process arising from ongoing interactions between individuals and their surrounding systems (Masten, 2021). Within this perspective, relationships with proximal, caring adults, particularly parents and teachers, which constitute core protective systems that foster students’ positive development and everyday school adjustment (Masten, 2001). Recent studies point to substantial heterogeneity in academic buoyancy and suggest that it is built through multiple adaptive academic processes embedded in students’ interactions with their parents and teachers (İlter et al., 2025; Martin & Marsh, 2008). Although variable-oriented research has consistently shown that students’ academic buoyancy is positively associated with school well-being, and that social supports from parents and teachers are the key contributors to positive school experiences (e.g., Collie et al., 2024; Salmela-Aro & Upadyaya, 2014; Wang & Eccles, 2012), such approaches typically assume sample homogeneity and may overlook diverse patterns of buoyancy shaping adolescents’ school adaptation. A person-oriented approach can address this gap by identifying different subgroups of individuals who show distinct patterns of multi-source buoyancy, thereby revealing nuances in students’, parents’, and teachers’ everyday coping that remain hidden in variable-oriented analyses. Previous person-oriented studies have shown considerable heterogeneity in adolescents’ adaptation, identifying resilience profiles that differ across emotional, behavioral, and school related functioning (Herbers et al., 2020; Pecora et al., 2025), while cross-national findings likewise point to resilient, moderately resilient, and nonresilient subgroups (Janousch et al., 2022). Comparable profiles have been found among teachers and parents, such as high-resilience/low-burnout, moderate-resilience/average-burnout, and low-resilience/high-burnout subgroups (Pyhältö et al., 2021; Pöysä et al., 2025; Sorkkila & Aunola, 2022). Nevertheless, previous person-oriented studies have focused primarily on resilience rather than buoyancy, and, to the best of our knowledge, no studies have examined different subgroups or combinations of buoyancy levels across three distinct sources: students, parents, and teachers. Because academic buoyancy reflects adolescents’ capacity to cope with everyday school challenges, differences in buoyancy profiles might show differences in students’ school satisfaction and school stress. In this context, examining how buoyancy is configured across students, parents, and teachers is relevant to European discussions on student well-being and family–school collaboration. Accordingly, drawing on a person-oriented approach to buoyancy, the aim of this study was to (1) identify what kinds of distinct buoyancy profiles can be identified based on students’, parents’, and teachers’ buoyancy, and (2) examine the extent to which these profiles differ with respect to adolescents’ school satisfaction and school stress. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study was conducted as part of a larger Finnish longitudinal follow-up. The sample consisted of 876 students (M_age = 12.29 years, SD = 0.40), their parents (n = 707), and teachers (n = 58). Data were collected at two measurement points during Grade 6 (fall and spring) by questionnaires. Students completed questionnaires on academic buoyancy, school satisfaction, and school stress, whereas parents and teachers completed questionnaires on their work buoyancy. Students’ gender, grade point average (GPA), parental education level, and teachers’ work experience were included as control variables. A person-oriented approach was applied using latent profile analysis (LPA) to identify distinct multi-source buoyancy profiles based on student, parent, and teacher reports. Model selection was based on established statistical criteria and theoretical interpretability. Differences between the identified profiles in adolescents’ school satisfaction and stress were examined using the BCH method implemented in Mplus. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary LPA results indicated that a four-profile solution created clear patterns regarding buoyancy across students, parents, and teachers. The profiles reflected distinct combinations of students’ academic buoyancy and parents’ and teachers’ work buoyancy and were labelled as follows: (1) High Student–Parent Buoyancy (16%), (2) Low Buoyancy across sources (10%), (3) High Teacher Buoyancy (65%), and (4) Low Parent Buoyancy (9%). Differences between the profiles emerged in adolescents’ school well-being. High levels of school satisfaction were most typical for students in the High Student–Parent Buoyancy and High Teacher Buoyancy profiles, highlighting the importance of supportive resources from both home and school contexts. In contrast, elevated school stress was most characteristic of the Low Buoyancy profile, whereas the lowest level of school stress was shown among students in the High Student–Parent Buoyancy profile. These findings suggest that the co-occurrence of buoyancy across multiple sources is particularly beneficial for adolescents’ everyday school experiences. Overall, the results provide new insights into how different profiles of buoyancy across students, parents, and teachers are associated with adolescents’ school satisfaction and stress. By moving beyond variable-oriented approaches, the study highlights that students’ well-being is shaped not only by individual coping capacity but also by the alignment of supportive resources across adolescents and their proximal adults. From a practical perspective, identifying distinct buoyancy profiles may help schools and educators recognize students who are more vulnerable in terms of lowered school well-being and inform targeted support strategies that strengthen family–school resources and partnerships. Taken together, these findings suggest that examining family–school configurations increases our understanding of adolescents’ everyday school well-being. References Herbers, J. E., Cutuli, J. J., Keane, J. N., & Leonard, J. A. (2020). Childhood homelessness, resilience, and adolescent mental health: A prospective, person-centered approach. Psychology in the Schools, 57, 1830–1844. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22331 Kaya, M., & Erdem, C. (2021). Students’ well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis study. Child Indicators Research, 14, 1743–1767. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-021-09821-4 Martin, A. J., & Marsh, H. W. (2008). Academic buoyancy: Towards an understanding of students’ everyday academic resilience. Journal of School Psychology, 46(1), 53–83. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2007.01.002 Martin, A. J., & Marsh, H. W. (2009). Academic resilience and academic buoyancy: Multidimensional and hierarchical conceptual framing of causes, correlates and cognate constructs. Oxford Review of Education, 35(3), 353–370. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054980902934639 Masten, A. S. (2001). Ordinary magic: Resilience processes in development. American Psychologist, 56(3), 227–238. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.56.3.227 Masten, A. S. (2021). Multisystem resilience: Pathways to an integrated framework. Research in Human Development, 18(3), 153–163. https://doi.org/10.1080/15427609.2021.1958604 Pecora, G., Laghi, F., Baiocco, R., Baumgartner, E., & Sette, S. (2025). A latent profile analysis of psychological functioning during the COVID 19 pandemic: Adolescents’ perceived social support and lifestyle behaviours. International Journal of Psychology, 60(2): e70025. https://doi.org/10.1002/ijop.70025 Wang, M.-T., & Eccles, J. S. (2012). Social support matters: Longitudinal effects of social support on three dimensions of school engagement from middle to high school. Child Development, 83(3), 877–895. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2012.01745.x 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Reimagining Adolescent Wellbeing: International School-Based Interventions for Belonging, Resilience, and Agency Griffith University, Australia Presenting Author:Adolescence, particularly the middle years (ages 11–15), represents a critical developmental period marked by rapid social, emotional, and cognitive changes. Schools globally are currently navigating an urgent youth mental health crisis, with a significant rise in anxiety, depression, and social isolation exacerbated by pandemic-related disruptions. This presentation reports on a collection of 12 bespoke wellbeing programs implemented in Australia, the United States, and Wales (UK). These programs, individually and collectively, underscore that educational success depends not only on cognitive capabilities but also on holistic well-being and a strong sense of belonging at school. Australian schools have pioneered several context-specific responses, such as the ScotsX "school-within-a-school" model in Sydney, which reinvented the Year 8 experience through mastery training and community rituals like "High Table" lunches. In Tasmania, the HealthLit4Kids program addresses health inequities by co-designing health literacy packages with school stakeholders to encourage proactive health discussions. Additionally, the Titans Learning Centre in Queensland leverages professional athletes as role models to re-engage disengaged youth through thematic SEL instruction. One of the programs in the United States reported on the concept of shredquity, which was developed through a school-based Skate Club in Colorado to provide equitable access to community-building activities, using "sequenced failure" to build resilience and grit. An example of a systemic program in Wales demonstrates how schools have responded to the undervaluation of affective learning by integrating Adventure Education (AE) within the "Curriculum for Wales". This European approach utilises experiential learning and "managed risk" to improve student independence and intrinsic motivation. The 12 featured projects draw upon a diverse array of theoretical and conceptual frameworks in understanding how their school based approaches support the health, wellbeing, and academic engagement of middle-grade students. These frameworks include: (1) psychological and emotional theories, such as Deci and Ryan's (2009) Self Determination Theory (SDT), the CASEL framework (2013) for social and emotional learning, and cognitive load theory; (2) pedagogical and instructional models, such as models-based practice (MBP), productive pedagogies (Mills et al. 2009), Mastery learning, and Bernstein's (2000) pedagogic discourse; and, (3) organisational or implementation frameworks such as ."Sense of Belonging at School" (SOBAS) (Goodenow, 1993). The diversity of theoretical and conceptual frameworks provides a commentary on the epistemic biases and siloed nature of "the field" when it comes to student well-being (Whatman et al., 2019; Whatman & Main, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The projects draw primarily on mixed methods and action based research to evaluate the success of their in-school approaches to student health and well-being. Qualitative designs prioritise capturing student and teacher voices and elements of co-design through methods such as (1) focus groups using semi-structured interviews, (2) reflective journaling and/or (3) researcher field notes. In the quantitative research designs, pre- and post-intervention design is common, drawing on (4) validated questionnaires e.g. the Psychological Sense of School Membership (PSSM) and Likert-scale surveys to measure belonging and emotional intensity, and (5) standardised data sets, such as NAPLAN, PAT, or OLNA benchmarks* (*standardised national numeracy and literacy tests), particularly where claims are made about approaches to well-being that translate into higher academic achievement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research across these diverse international school settings indicated that wellbeing initiatives are primarily triggered by an urgent youth mental health crisis and escalating student disengagement. We found five recurring challenges from the synthesis of the 12 projects. Firstly, schools face persistent challenges in assessing subjective affective outcomes within performance-oriented educational cultures. Even when measures such as SOBAS are explicitly used to assess affective learning, quantitative values are typically produced, failing to explain the reasons. Secondly, educators often feel underprepared for social-emotional learning (SEL) tasks, requiring sustained professional development that prioritises staff mental health and wellbeing. Staff burnout, high turnover and low morale were connected to this challenge. Thirdly, curriculum integration and systemic alignment pose substantial challenges. For example, the adventure education project struggled for legitimacy and consistent integration into PE curricula due to epistemological and practical issues, despite new curricula supporting holistic approaches. Rigid timetables, siloed subjects, and inflexible staffing also hindered school redesign efforts. Fourth, resource constraints and time management are frequently cited. Student well-being projects are often run in lunch breaks or before or after school, requiring teacher volunteerism to be successful. Lastly, cultural responsiveness and contextualisation of good ideas transplanted from elsewhere were found to be a nuanced challenge - reinforcing a well recognised conclusion that "one size does not fit all". Recommendations arising from the projects suggest that the most effective programs are site-specific, place-based, and co-designed with students, parents, and the community to ensure local relevance. Ultimately, adopting a collective, whole of school community model is vital, as strong school-community partnerships mobilise essential resources to provide integrated support for vulnerable young people. References Bernstein, B. (1990). The structuring of pedagogic discourse: Volume 4. Class, codes and control. Routledge. Casey, A., & Kirk, D. (2021). Models-based practice in physical education. Routledge. Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning.(CASEL).(2013). CASEL guide: Effective social and emotional learning programs—Preschool and elementary school edition. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “What” and “Why” of Goal Pursuits: Human Needs and the Self-Determination of Behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. Goodenow, C. (1993). The psychological sense of school membership among adolescents: Scale development and educational correlates. Psychology in the Schools, 30(1), 79-90. Metzler, M. W. (2011). Instructional Models for Physical Education (3rd ed.). Holcomb Hathaway. Mills, M., Goos, M., Keddie, A., Honan, E., Pendergast, D., Gilbert, R., … Wright, T. (2009). Productive pedagogies: A redefined methodology for analysing quality teacher practice. The Australian Educational Researcher, 36(3), 67–87. Sweller, J. (1988). Cognitive load during problem solving: Effects on learning. Cognitive Science, 12(2), 257–285. Whatman, S., Thompson, R., and Main, K. (2019). The Recontextualisation of Youth Wellbeing in Australian Schools. Health Education, 119(5/6), 321–340. Whatman, S., & Main, K. (2023). Future Directions for Research into Health and Well-Being in the Middle Grades. In K. Main & S. Whatman (Eds.). Health and Well-Being in the Middle Grades, (pp. 303-320). Information Age Publishing. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Longitudinal Mixed-methods studies of Student’s Wellbeing stability and instability Across Lower Secondary School University of Southern Denmark, Denmark Presenting Author:This paper sets out to explore how students’ wellbeing changes over time. Across global contexts, student wellbeing have been argue to decline during adolescence (Wu & Becker, 2023). Comparative and national analyses consistently document drops in life satisfaction and school-related wellbeing from early to mid-teen years (Govorova et al., 2020). Age thus appears to be an important component for understanding student wellbeing (Craven et al., 2024). Longitudinal perspectives are thus apt to capture trajectories and inform responsive action in schools; however, such studies remain scarce (González-Carrasco et al., 2017). Much of the student wellbeing literature is cross-sectional, which seems insufficient for understanding the mechanisms of change and the transitions students undergo during these formative years. As Raghavan & Alexandrova (2015) argue, wellbeing is not a static snapshot but a phenomenon in constant development. In this study, we thus examine how student wellbeing develops over three years of lower secondary school. Our analysis considers three interconnected dimensions: overall levels of wellbeing measured quantitatively, the development of factors that students themselves identify as shaping their wellbeing, and whether and how, students’ understanding of wellbeing evolves during this period. We focus on Danish students in Grades 7–9, aged 13/14 to 15/16, a stage marked by documented age-related declines in wellbeing and preceding key transitions to post-compulsory education (Donaldson et al., 2023). This period is critical for educational trajectories and identity formation, yet longitudinal, school-based evidence on how wellbeing changes and what drives these changes remains scarce. Previous attempts to understand stability and change in student wellbeing have mainly been quantitative (Morinaj & Held, 2023). In this study we however emphasise the importance of a mixed-methods approach and the inclusion of student voices. As Crivello et al. (2009) emphasise, researching wellbeing requires a multi-method approach, given that wellbeing is an umbrella concept encompassing diverse elements. To address this gap, we adopt a three-year iterative mixed-methods design. Accordingly, our design combines three quantitative survey waves with three qualitative ethnographic phases. Our study addresses three research questions: RQ1: What are the longitudinal patterns of change in student wellbeing during lower secondary school (Grades 7–9)? RQ2: Do the factors that students perceive as most important for their wellbeing change from Grade 7 to Grade 9? RQ3: Do students’ conceptualisations of school wellbeing evolve from Grade 7 to Grade 9? When it comes to RQ1, we find that student wellbeing levels increases through the research period. Responding to RQ2 we find stability in the core factors influencing student wellbeing identified by the students across time (and across the methods used), however we do find shifting weights of these factors at different points in time. Finally, addressing RQ3 we observe an increased nuance in the student’s language surrounding wellbeing, however, little to no change in the students’ underlying conceptualisations. Against this backdrop, we examine and illustrate the dynamics and characteristics of stability and instability in student wellbeing within lower secondary education. Methodologically, the study demonstrates the value of iterative integration of surveys with ethnography, using factor‑validated scales alongside interviews and observations to test, refine, and interpret patterns over time. At the same time, the conclusions should be read with care: the school sample was purposefully diverse rather than nationally representative, participation varied across iterations, and the third interview cycle was retrospective, which may shape recall and attribution. Despite these limitations, the study offers important insights into the dynamics of student wellbeing during a critical educational stage. It contributes rare evidence on the stability and instability of wellbeing levels and influencing factors over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used According to Hascher (2008), mixed-methods designs benefits wellbeing studies as it captures both general and individual perspectives. Recent evidence from Denmark underscores this need, showing notable within-individual variability in adolescent wellbeing over short windows: across three months, wellbeing indicators fluctuated substantially, with a subgroup (~7%) persistently reporting low wellbeing (Anker et al., 2024). Quantitative iterations To capture socioeconomic diversity, we applied a stratified sampling approach, grouping Danish lower secondary schools into three strata (low, medium, and high socio-economic status) and selecting Five schools from each stratum. Surveys were administered yearly in three rounds (grade 7, 8 and 9) during school hours, and students provided their eight-digit “UNI-login” (a unique digital ID) and School-ID to enable longitudinal tracking. The instrument comprised 15 items on socio-mental and academic wellbeing (Lykkegaard et al., 2026), rated on a five-point Likert scale, with “I don’t know/I do not wish to answer” treated as missing values. Data cleaning removed straightlining (16 cases) and duplicates (36 cases), resulting in 496 responses in round 1 (grade 7), 307 in round 2 (grade 8), and 348 in round 3 (grade 9). We identified 58 students who participated in both round 1 and round 3 (based on unique Uni-login) and 112-151 students participating in all three rounds (based on school-ID). Analyses in R included exploratory factor analysis (principal factor solution with Promax rotation) and ANOVA with Tukey HSD test. Qualitative iterations The qualitative iterations were grounded in educational ethnography (Walford, 2018), incorporating participant observation and semi-structured individual interviews with approximately 20 students per cycle. The exact number varied slightly across iterations due to student mobility (e.g., transfers or school leaving). By combining observational methods with individual face-to-face interviews, the study generated context-specific insights into students’ perspectives, interactions, and practices, particularly how they negotiated the complex demands of school life as a situated experience. Participant observation was conducted over extended periods: four months in the first iteration, three months in the second, and two months in the final iteration. During these periods, the researcher attended school two to three days per week, following the students’ schedules. Fieldwork involved sitting among students and actively participating in their daily activities at a medium sized public school in rural Funen, Denmark. As a deliberate field positionality, we aimed to embody the ‘least adult’ role (Mandell, 1991) to negotiate a participatory stance that transcended conventional limitations of adult positioning (Lindskov, 2025). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We found no significant differences between the full sample and the subsamples comprising students with identified repeated UNI-logins or school-IDs, however we found significant differences between the survey rounds. This study thus concludes that, contrary to general trends reported in the wellbeing literature, we find a significant increase in wellbeing during lower secondary school. This upward trajectory is evident in the mean factor scores for both socio emotional and academic wellbeing and is observable at the level of the full sample, repeated school cohorts, and the subset of individually tracked students. Furthermore, including the voices of the student we find that while the core determinants and factors of wellbeing remain stable across lower secondary school, their relative importance seems to shift over time. Students consistently point to relationships (peers, friends, classmates, teachers), learning engagement, and classroom manageability as central, yet the weight they assign to these factors varies as they progress through lower secondary school. The qualitative iterations corroborate these dynamics, showing how everyday school practices and interactions can reconfigure which aspects feel most consequential at a particular moment. Finally, we observe that students’ language around wellbeing becomes increasingly nuanced during this educational period; nevertheless, their fundamental understandings and conceptions of wellbeing seem to remain consistent throughout. Taken together, we thus conclude that, from a longitudinal perspective, both change and stability coexist in student wellbeing dynamics: The level of wellbeing and the emphasis on specific drivers can change, even as foundational schema students use to make sense of wellbeing persists. References Anker, A. S. T., Andersen, S., & Andersen, L. H. (2024). Within-individual variability in well-being among late adolescents (Study Paper nr. 221). Craven, R. G., Marsh, H. W., Yeung, A. S., Vasconcellos, D., Dillon, A., Ryan, R. M., Mooney, J., Franklin, A., Barclay, L., & van Westenbrugge, A. (2024). The Multidimensional Student Well-being (MSW) instrument: Conceptualisation, measurement, and differences between Indigenous and non-Indigenous primary and secondary students. CONTEMPORARY EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY, 77. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2024.102274 Crivello, G., Camfield, L., & Woodhead, M. (2009). How can children tell us about their wellbeing? Exploring the potential of participatory research approaches within young lives. Social indicators research, 90, 51-72. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-008-9312-x Donaldson, C., Moore, G., & Hawkins, J. (2023). A Systematic Review of School Transition Interventions to Improve Mental Health and Wellbeing Outcomes in Children and Young People. SCHOOL MENTAL HEALTH, 15(1), 19-35. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-022-09539-w González-Carrasco, M., Casas, F., Malo, S., Viñas, F., & Dinisman, T. (2017). Changes with Age in Subjective Well-Being Through the Adolescent Years: Differences by Gender. Journal of Happiness Studies, 18(1), 63-88. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10902-016-9717-1 Govorova, E., Benítez, I., & Muñiz, J. (2020). Predicting Student Well-Being: Network Analysis Based on PISA 2018. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(11), 4014. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17114014 Hascher, T. (2008). Quantitative and qualitative research approaches to assess student well-being. International Journal of Educational Research, 47(2), 84-96. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2007.11.016 Lindskov, C. M. (2025). Dancing to the fluid rhythms of positionality: navigating the ever-changing dynamics of youth culture in educational research. Ethnography and Education, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2025.2508734 Lykkegaard, E., Lindskov, C. M., & Qvortrup, A. (2026). Validating wellbeing dimensions in lower secondary school. In process. Mandell, N. (1991). The least-adult role in studying children. In F. C. Waksler (Ed.), Studying the social worlds of children (pp. 48-69). Routledge. Morinaj, J., & Held, T. (2023). Stability and change in student well-being: A three-wave longitudinal person-centered approach. Personality and Individual Differences, 203, 112015. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2022.112015 Raghavan, R., & Alexandrova, A. (2015). Toward a theory of child well-being. Social indicators research, 121, 887-902. Walford, G. (2018). The Wiley handbook of ethnography of education. In D. Beach, C. Bagley, & S. Marques da Silva (Eds.), Wiley handbooks in education (pp. s. cm). John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Wu, Y.-J., & Becker, M. (2023). Association between school contexts and the development of subjective well-being during adolescence: a context-sensitive longitudinal study of life satisfaction and school satisfaction. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 52(5), 1039-1057. https://link.springer.com/content/pdf/10.1007/s10964-022-01727-w.pdf |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 08 SES 08 B: Digital Wellbeing, Implementation and Engagement Location: Saariselkä | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Invisible Pressures, Measurable Strain: Educator Well-Being through Wearable Technology and Work Activity Mapping 1: Nord University, Norway; 2: Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden Presenting Author:Educator well-being has emerged as a central challenge for the sustainability of contemporary education systems, with recent increasing research interest in work-related stress (Alegre & Labajo, 2023; Gudelos & Mabitad, 2025). Work-related stress remains a leading cause of sick leave and exhaustion among educational professionals, occurring in a context characterised by increasing instructional demands, diverse student needs, chronic absenteeism, mental health challenges among students, and expanding administrative responsibilities (Howard & Howard, 2020; Pavlidou & Alevriadou, 2022; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2017). Although schools have introduced organisational responses for teacher well-being, such as co-teaching, inclusive classroom arrangements, and expanded support staff, there is limited empirical knowledge of how such arrangements and educators’ everyday work experiences relate to physiological stress and recovery over time. Responding to the ECER 2026 theme, ‘Knowing and Acting: the changing conditions and potentials of education research,’ this study examines how emerging data practices reshape what is known about educator well-being and how this knowledge may inform organisational action in schools. Rather than conceptualising stress as a psychological outcome from respondent metrics (e.g., Mañas & Ang, 2025), the study approaches well-being as an embodied, practice-based phenomenon produced through the temporal and organisational conditions of school work. Methodologically, the study employs a mixed-methods design integrating three data sources: (1) continuous psychophysiological data from wearable smartbands (e.g. stress and sleep-related indicators), (2) individual-level survey data based on the Swedish version of the Warwick–Edinburgh Mental Well-Being 7 Item Scale (SWEMWBS) (Stewart-Brown et al., 2009), and (3) administrative and observational data capturing daily work activities. The empirical material is collected across multiple school contexts and includes a range of professional roles, such as principals, teachers, teaching assistants, and support staff. Biometric data are linked to temporal distinctions between work, non-work, and sleep to examine patterns of stress and recovery across individuals and educational roles (Gunnars, 2026). Initial findings from the first sub-study demonstrate systematic differentiation between activity states. Preliminary analyses indicate heightened stress during scheduled work hours than during non-work time, suggesting distinct physiological patterns associated with the temporal organisation of school work. When linked to survey data, tentative patterns further indicate that lower self-reported well-being tends to co-occur with elevated physiological activation during work and less pronounced differentiation between work and recovery periods. While exploratory, these findings expand research that emphasises roles of meaning in life (e.g., Yildirim et al., 2024) by suggesting an alignment between subjective well-being and physiological embodied stress regulation. It also highlights the importance of developing organisational temporal work structures that enable proper recovery at home, rather than isolated high-intensity intervention events. In subsequent phases, the study will extend this integration by linking biometric and survey data to individual scheduling information detailing activity type, duration, and instructional formats, enabling fine-grained analyses of how pedagogical organisation and workload configurations shape physiological stress and collaboration over time (Gunnars, 2025). The study contributes to health and well-being research in education in two key ways. Empirically, it provides, through the smartbands, a granular account of educator stress that moves beyond self-report by situating well-being within everyday educational work practices (Gunnars, 2026). Methodologically, it demonstrates how combining wearable data, survey instruments, and organisational information expands the epistemic conditions of education research, making otherwise invisible pressures visible and supporting more informed and actionable approaches to designing sustainable and health-promoting educational work environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a mixed-methods design to examine educator well-being as an embodied and practice-based phenomenon, combining continuous physiological measurements with self-reported well-being and organisational data. In the first sub-study, physiological data were collected using wearable smartbands worn by staff at a Swedish compulsory school for three consecutive workdays in November 2025. Data were collected from multiple professional roles, such as teachers, principals, teaching assistants, and support staff. The devices recorded physiological indicators, including heart rate, stress, movement and sleep-related measures, at high temporal resolution. The photoplethysmography sensor in the smartbands show physiological activation and recovery, enabling analysis of sustained stress patterns rather than isolated peak events (Gunnars, 2026). Sleep data provided a complementary indicator of physiological recovery and baseline regulation. While the present analyses treat sleep primarily as a recovery context, the smartband data also enable detailed examination of sleep duration and variability across individuals and nights, which will be explored in subsequent phases of the study. Each participant was assigned a unique pseudonymised identifier, which was used consistently across all data sources. Smartband data were time-stamped and temporally organised into analytically meaningful activity states: scheduled work time, non-work time, and sleep. This temporal structuring enabled physiological data to be analysed in relation to the organisation of everyday work rather than solely individual tasks. Continuous measurements were aggregated to individual-level indicators to reduce noise while preserving systematic differences across contexts. Self-reported well-being was captured using the Warwick–Edinburgh Mental Well-Being Scale (SWEMWBS) (Stewart-Brown et al., 2009), administered after the smartband data collection. Participants were asked to reflect on their well-being over the preceding two weeks, a period that included the study duration, allowing subjective accounts to be analytically related to the biometric data recorded during the same timeframe. In subsequent phases, smartband-derived physiological data and survey-based well-being measures will be jointly linked to individual scheduling information specifying the type and duration of work activities, whether instructional tasks are conducted individually or collaboratively with other teachers, and the number of students present in each learning setting. This integration enables fine-grained analyses of how pedagogical formats, collaborative arrangements, and workload configurations are associated with physiological stress patterns and perceived well-being over time. All participants provided informed consent. Data were pseudonymised, securely stored, and analysed in accordance with approved ethical protocols. The study was approved by the Swedish National Ethics Board (DNR 2025–06479-01). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By approaching educator stress as an embodied and practice-based phenomenon, the study moves beyond individualised or solely self-reported accounts and makes visible how physiological activation and recovery are patterned through the temporal organisation of school work. The tentative empirical findings indicated that scheduled work time constitutes a distinct physiological state, characterised by sustained activation relative to non-work time and sleep. The observed intensity varied between the recorded days, showing potential patterns for more detailed analysis of activities. When linked to self-reported well-being, these patterns suggest that subjective experiences align with embodied stress regulation and recovery rather than being isolated psychological perceptions. Importantly, stress appeared not only to be associated with specific demanding events, but with the everyday structuring of work across the school day. Sleep duration across days further showed participants’ recovery, providing a rich context for further analysis. Methodologically, the study contributes to discussions on changing conditions of knowledge production in education research, as digital and data-intensive methods increasingly shape what can be known and how knowledge is produced in everyday educational practice (Williamson, 2018; Fenwick & Edwards, 2016). By integrating continuous physiological data with survey instruments and organisational information, the study illustrates how new data practices can render previously invisible pressures empirically accessible. Rather than positioning physiological data as objective replacements for subjective measures, the study demonstrates their value as complementary lens responding to the increasing research interest in educator work-related well-being (Alegre & Labajo, 2023; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2017). Findings open possibilities for more sustainable educational work environments, particularly relevant for leaders seeking to address staff well-being through work organisation rather than solely through individual resilience-based interventions. References Alegre, E. M., & Labajo, J. K. M. (2023). The impact of work stress on the psychological well-being of public elementary school teachers. Int. J. Membr. Sci. Technol., 10, 719–727. Gudelos, J., & Mabitad, B. (2025). Work-related stress, workloads, and performance: A case of senior high school teachers. Workloads, and Performance: A Case of Senior High School Teachers. https://doi.org/10.47772/ijriss.2025.9010121 Gunnars, F. (2025). Collaborative dynamics and psychophysiological variances in teaching methods measured through teacher-students compliance: A cross-classified multilevel analysis. Technology, Knowledge and Learning. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-025-09832-y Gunnars, F. (2026). Smartbands and behavioural interventions in the classroom: Multimodal learning analytics stress-level visualisations for primary education teachers. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 73(1), 176–195. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912X.2024.2355625 Howard, J. T., & Howard, K. J. (2020). The effect of perceived stress on absenteeism and presenteeism in public school teachers. Journal of Workplace Behavioral Health, 35(2), 100–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/15555240.2020.1724794 Mañas, J. L., & Ang, R. S. (2025). Stress, stressors, and stress management practices among public-schoolteachers. International Journal of Public Health Science (IJPHS), 14(2), 818–818. https://doi.org/10.11591/ijphs.v14i2.24869 Pavlidou, K., & Alevriadou, A. (2022). An assessment of general and special education teachers’ and students’ interpersonal competences and its relationship to burnout. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 69(3), 1080–1094. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912X.2020.1755425 Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2017). Motivated for teaching? Associations with school goal structure, teacher self-efficacy, job satisfaction and emotional exhaustion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 152–160. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.06.006 Stewart-Brown, S., Tennant, A., Tennant, R., Platt, S., Parkinson, J., & Weich, S. (2009). Internal construct validity of the Warwick-Edinburgh mental well-being scale (WEMWBS): A Rasch analysis using data from the Scottish health education population survey. Health and Quality of Life Outcomes, 7(1), 15. Yildirim, M., Dilekçi, Ü., & Manap, A. (2024). Mediating roles of meaning in life and psychological flexibility in the relationships between occupational stress and job satisfaction, jobperformance, and psychological distress in teachers. Frontiers in Psychology, 15. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1349726 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Digital Wellbeing in European School Education: Bridging Research Evidence, Policy Frameworks, and Educational Practice Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Digital wellbeing has emerged as a key concern in education systems worldwide as digital technologies increasingly mediate children’s learning, social relationships, and everyday experiences. Across Europe, policy frameworks such as the Digital Education Action Plan, DigComp, and the Better Internet for Kids (BIK+) strategy explicitly position schools and educators as central actors in supporting digital wellbeing. However, despite this policy emphasis, research and practice remain fragmented, with persistent gaps between conceptual definitions, governance frameworks, and school-level implementation. This proposal addresses this fragmentation by examining how digital wellbeing is conceptualised, governed, and enacted across European education systems. The central research question guiding this study is: How is digital wellbeing conceptualised, governed, and enacted in school education across European contexts, and what systemic conditions enable or constrain its sustainable implementation? Sub-questions include:
The study is grounded in a systemic and relational theoretical framework, drawing on three complementary strands of scholarship. First, it engages with digital wellbeing theory, which conceptualises wellbeing not as an individual trait but as an emergent property of socio-technical environments shaped by design, context, and power relations (Büchi, 2024; Smits et al., 2022). Second, it draws on policy enactment theory, which highlights how policies are interpreted, translated, and negotiated within schools rather than implemented in linear ways (Ball et al., 2012; Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). This perspective is particularly relevant in European education systems, where supranational frameworks are adapted within diverse national and institutional contexts. Third, the study is informed by socio-cultural and ecological approaches to education, which emphasise the interaction between learners, educators, institutions, and broader governance structures. Together, these perspectives support a reframing of digital wellbeing as a shared, system-level educational responsibility, rather than an individual behavioural outcome. The European and international dimension is central to the study, as it explicitly examines cross-national policy frameworks, comparative national strategies, and transferable educational practices. By integrating evidence from multiple European contexts, the research aims to contribute to international debates on how education systems can respond more coherently and equitably to the wellbeing challenges of digitally mediated childhoods. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an integrative mixed-methods research design, combining systematic review, policy analysis, and practice mapping to generate a comprehensive, cross-level understanding of digital wellbeing in school education. First, a systematic review of empirical literature will synthesise peer-reviewed studies published between 2020 and 2025 that address digital wellbeing among school-aged children and adolescents. Following PRISMA 2020 guidelines, the review will include quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-methods studies from European and international contexts. This component will identify dominant conceptualisations, measurement approaches, and reported outcomes related to digital wellbeing in educational settings. Second, a comparative policy analysis will examine European-level frameworks (e.g., Digital Education Action Plan, DigComp 2.2, BIK+) alongside selected national strategies from EU member states. Using critical policy analysis methods, documents will be analysed to explore how digital wellbeing is problematised, how responsibility is distributed, and what forms of support or accountability are articulated. This analysis will foreground policy coherence, governance mechanisms, and implicit assumptions about schools, teachers, and learners. Third, a mapping of educational practices and initiatives will be conducted using project documentation, grey literature, and institutional reports. Initiatives will be analysed thematically with attention to pedagogical design, stakeholder involvement, scalability, and evaluation practices. This component will highlight promising approaches as well as structural barriers to sustainable implementation. Across all components, data will be integrated thematically to identify convergences, tensions, and gaps between research, policy, and practice. This integrative approach enables the study to move beyond isolated findings toward system-level insights relevant to European education systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to generate three key outcomes. First, it will provide conceptual clarity by synthesising diverse definitions and operationalisations of digital wellbeing into a coherent, multidimensional framework suitable for educational contexts. This framework will move beyond narrow behavioural indicators and foreground relational, institutional, and governance dimensions. Second, the research will identify systemic misalignments between European and national policy aspirations and the realities of school-level enactment. It is anticipated that findings will show how responsibility for digital wellbeing is frequently delegated to schools and educators without sufficient structural support, professional development, or evaluative capacity. These insights will contribute to critical discussions on policy design and implementation in digital education. Third, the study will highlight conditions for effective and sustainable practice, drawing on examples of whole-school approaches, participatory design, and curriculum-integrated initiatives. By identifying enabling conditions rather than prescriptive solutions, the research will offer transferable insights for policymakers, researchers, and practitioners across European and international contexts. Overall, the study aims to support more coherent, system-aware approaches to digital wellbeing in school education, contributing to international debates on digital governance, educational responsibility, and children’s wellbeing in digitally mediated societies. References Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis: A guide to practice. Palgrave Macmillan. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Büchi, M. (2024). Digital wellbeing theory and research. New Media & Society, 26(1), 172–189. European Commission. (2022). A digital decade for children and youth: The BIK+ strategy. OECD. (2019). Educating 21st century children: Emotional wellbeing in the digital age. Smits, M., Kim, C. M., Van Goor, H., & Ludden, G. D. S. (2022). From digital health to digital wellbeing. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 24(4), e33787. Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The digital competence framework for citizens. European Commission. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper From Implementation to Sustainment: Fidelity and Effects of a Primary School SEL Program in Routine Practice University of Education Upper Austria, Austria Presenting Author:In light of current societal changes and the impacts of crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic, mental health—particularly among children and adolescents—has been deteriorating increasingly (Ravens-Sieberer et al. 2022). Against this background, life skills (LS) and social-emotional competencies such as relationship skills (e.g. empathy) and self-awareness (e.g. regulation of emotions) are gaining importance (Durlak et al. 2022). Promoting such competencies in the school context is proving to be an increasingly promising approach that, in addition to improving mental health, can also yield further positive effects. The evidence base is grounded in a large number of quasi-experimental and experimental studies demonstrating that well-implemented school-based programs social and emotional learning (SEL) programs foster social and emotional competencies, enhance positive behavior, reduce negative behavior, improve emotional well-being, and also lead to improvements in academic outcomes (Durlak et al. 2022). The accumulation of evidence supporting the effectiveness of interventions in everyday classroom practice represents a key milestone on the path toward the widespread integration of evidence-based approaches in educational practice. However, the journey toward the sustainable implementation and institutionalization of evidence-based approaches in the school context, so that they can unfold their intended effects, remains long and marked by numerous challenges (Durlak & DuPre 2008). Notably, the state of research regarding the scaling up of SEL programs is considerably less developed than research on their effectiveness (Combs et al. 2023). Following the initial implementation of evidence-based approaches—which typically requires substantial external support (e.g., professional development) to achieve high fidelity—practitioners (e.g., teachers) are increasingly expected to assume responsibility for sustaining the approach, while external support is gradually reduced. Ultimately, an approach should continue to be delivered with sufficient quality even after the complete withdrawal of external support in order to achieve the intended program goals (see e.g. Shelton et al. 2018). In practice, however, such an ideal-typical implementation process—culminating in the large-scale sustainment of evidence-based approaches in everyday school life—is often not fully realized, which makes fidelity-consistent continuation and the associated intended positive effects less likely (Combs et al. 2023; Lyon et al. 2024). For example, Combs et al. (2023), in their study on the large-scale implementation of an LS program across 158 school districts (419 schools) in the United States, found that two years after the withdrawal of support provided during the initial implementation phase, 59% of schools no longer implemented the program at all, and only 30% continued to deliver the program with fidelity. A further 11% of schools still used the program, but less intensively than intended. Whether the intended positive effects are sustained in schools or classrooms where a program is continued (at least in part) after the initial implementation depends on aspects of implementation quality including fidelity (i.e., adherence to the program) and dosage (i.e., the amount and intensity of program delivery; see e.g. Durlak & DuPre 2008). To sum up, there is a steadily growing body of evidence supporting the effectiveness of SEL-programs. However, less is known about whether programs continue to achieve their intended effects in everyday school practice after the withdrawal of implementation support (Herbein et al. 2020). The present study investigates how an Austrian primary school SEL program, for which an effectiveness study has already demonstrated reductions in internalizing and externalizing problems, is sustained in routine school practice and whether it continues to produce its intended effects. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research uses data from the project Promoting Life Skills (ProLiSk). It employs a quasi-experimental design with intervention and comparison classes to examine the effectiveness of the Zusammen.Wachsen program across the full primary school years (ages 6–10). At the time of data collection, the program had already been implemented in school practice for several years, and the initial implementation support via school-based professional development was no longer provided. This research uses data from first two measurement points (January 2025 and June/July 2025). The sample compromises 34 classes (12 experimental classes/ 22 comparison classes) with a total of 623 children. For 421 children, data were available for at least one measurement occasion. Child outcomes were assessed using parent questionnaires. Teachers reported on implementation quality of the program lessons that should be carried out during first grade. The study uses several outcomes that have also addressed in other research on SEL. The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ (Goodman 1997).) was used to assess problem behaviour (conduct problems, hyperactivity, emotional problems, peer problems) and prosocial skills. Further measures include an adaption of the Emotion Regulation Inventory (ERI, Roth et al., 2009) that assess dysregulated and integrated emotion regulation, a measure of empathy (Stadler et al., 2004), and measures of emotional and cognitive-behavioural student engagement (Wang et al., 2018). Descriptive analyses were used to examine how the program was sustained. Bayesian multilevel models were applied to investigate the effects of Zusammen.Wachsen on child outcomes. The software Blimp (Keller & Enders, 2023) was used for multilevel modeling. Separate analyses were conducted for each outcome, controlling for baseline levels of the respective outcome, socioeconomic status, and child gender. Blimp enables state-of-the-art handling of missing data through fully Bayesian estimation (Enders, 2022). Moreover, Bayesian analyses allow inferences about program effects that are qualitatively different from those derived from frequentist hypothesis testing. For example, it is possible to estimate the probability that an intervention effect is in the expected direction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Descriptive analyses show that only six out of the 12 classes that had previously implemented Zusammen.Wachsen continued to deliver the program with high fidelity. In one class, the program was no longer implemented. Moreover, seven teachers from control classes implemented SEL programs comparable to Zusammen.Wachsen, although not consistently across the school year. Therefore, three groups were distinguished for the analysis of program effects: (1) intervention classes that implemented Zusammen.Wachsen with high fidelity (6 classes), (2) classes that partially implemented Zusammen.Wachsen or a comparable program (12 classes), and (3) classes that did not implement any program (control group; 14 classes). Overall, the results consistently show effects in the expected direction for the high-fidelity group compared to the control group. Among other outcomes, parents reported higher empathy (b = .14), higher emotional engagement (b = .13), higher cognitive-behavioral engagement (b = .10), lower conduct problems (b = −.15), and lower dysregulated emotion regulation (b = −.13). The probability that the effects are in the reported direction ranges from 81% to 91%. Although these results might be considered non-significant from a frequentist perspective, it should be noted that it is highly unlikely that such a consistent pattern of effect directions is due to chance. Overall, our findings highlight the importance of implementing evidence-based programs with high fidelity after scaling up in order to achieve the intended outcomes. Importantly, high fidelity appears to be attainable even after external implementation support is no longer available. References Combs, K. M., Drewelow, K. M., Lain, M. A., Håbesland, M., Ippolito, A., & Finigan-Carr, N. (2023). Sustainment of an evidence-based behavioral health curriculum in schools. Prevention Science, 24(3), 541–551. Durlak, J. A., & DuPre, E. P. (2008). Implementation matters: A review of research on the influence of implementation on program outcomes and the factors affecting implementation. American Journal of Community Psychology, 41(3–4), 327–350. Durlak, J. A., Mahoney, J. L., & Boyle, A. E. (2022). What we know, and what we need to find out about universal, school-based social and emotional learning programs for children and adolescents: A review of meta-analyses and directions for future research. Psychological Bulletin, 148(11–12), 765–782. Enders, C. K. (2022). Applied missing data analysis (2nd ed.). Guilford Press. Goodman, R. (1997). The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire: A research note. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 38(5), 581–586. Herbein, E., Golle, J., Nagengast, B., & Trautwein, U. (2020). Förderung von Präsentationskompetenz: Schrittweise Implementation und Effektivitätsüberprüfung eines Präsentationstrainings für Grundschulkinder. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 23(1), 83–120. Keller, B. T., & Enders, C. K. (2023). Blimp user’s guide (Version 3). https://www.appliedmissingdata.com/blimp Lyon, A. R., Connors, E. H., Lawson, G. M., Nadeem, E., & Owens, J. S. (2024). Implementation science in school mental health: A 10-year progress update and development of a new research agenda. School Mental Health, 16(4), 1013–1037. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-024-09731-0 Ravens-Sieberer, U., Erhart, M., Devine, J., Gilbert, M., Reiss, F., Barkmann, C., et al. (2022). Child and adolescent mental health during the COVID-19 pandemic: Results of the three-wave longitudinal COPSY study. Journal of Adolescent Health, 71(5), 570–578. Roth, G., Assor, A., Niemiec, C. P., Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2009). The emotional and academic consequences of parental conditional regard: Comparing conditional positive regard, conditional negative regard, and autonomy support as parenting practices. Developmental Psychology, 45(4), 1119–1142. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0015272 Shelton, R. C., Cooper, B. R., & Stirman, S. W. (2018). The sustainability of evidence-based interventions and practices in public health and health care. Annual Review of Public Health, 39, 55–76. Stadler, C., Janke, W., & Schmeck, K. (2004). IVE: Inventar zur Erfassung von Impulsivität, Risikoverhalten und Empathie bei 9- bis 14-jährigen Kindern. Hogrefe. Wang, M. T., Fredricks, J., Ye, F., Hofkens, T., & Linn, J. S. (2017). Conceptualization and assessment of adolescents’ engagement and disengagement in school. European Journal of Psychological Assessment. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Analysing the Link Between Student Engagement and Subjective Well-being in Lower Secondary Education: Evidence from a Cross-lagged Panel Study Johannes Kepler Universität Linz, Austria Presenting Author:This study examines the relationship between student engagement and well-being. Following the research tradition of positive education (Seligman et al., 2009), this paper argues that well-being plays a central role in academic success. A well-established framework within this paradigm is the broaden-and-build theory. The theory states that positive emotions have the potential to broaden people's mental thought-action repertoires and thereby create opportunities for building up personal resources. In contrast, the theory postulates that negative emotions lead to a narrowing of the thought-action repertoires by remembering the urge to act in a certain way. In general, this makes it more difficult to build up resources (Fredrickson, 2001). Based on the broaden-and-build theory, the upward spiral hypothesis was formulated. The hypothesis states that positive emotions can set off an upward spiral. Therefore, personal resources increase the likelihood that positive emotions will be experienced again in the future (or vice versa in the case of negative emotions) (Fredrickson & Joiner, 2002). This study focuses on two key constructs in positive education: the tripartite model of student engagement (Fredricks et al., 2004) and subjective well-being (SWB) (Diener, 1984). The tripartite model consists of three dimensions: behavioural, emotional and cognitive engagement. Behavioural engagement (BE) includes following the class rules, emotional engagement (EE) encompasses the affective reactions (e.g., interest) to the learning activity, the teacher or the school and cognitive engagement (CE) comprises psychological investment in learning. SWB consists of three dimensions: positive affect (PA) (e.g., proud), negative affect (NA) (e.g., sad) and global life satisfaction (LS). A large number of studies have demonstrated the positive link between the two constructs. Some of these studies have modelled SWB as a predictor of student engagement (Datu, 2018), while a second group of studies have chosen an inverse modelling (Kessels & van Houtte, 2022). In addition, there is a third group that have used a reciprocal approach (Datu & King, 2018). The majority of studies in this field of research use cross-sectional data, while longitudinal studies are the exception. There is not only a lack of plurality in terms of study designs. In all reciprocal studies with latent constructs known to the author from 2003 to 2024, no European samples have been examined. Additionally, only in one case (Datu & King, 2018) lower secondary education students were analysed, including all three dimensions of the SWB. This would be important, as they distinguish between affective states and cognitive assessments on the one hand, and on the other hand, the two affective states do not represent opposite poles of one dimension, but can vary independently of each other (Diener, 1984). The present study aims to bring more plurality to this field of research. Therefore, it examines the relationship between the two constructs, considering all dimensions of SWB using a longitudinal European sample of lower secondary education students. Based on the theoretical framework and previous empirical studies, it is hypothesized that positive affect as well as life satisfaction are positive, reciprocal associated with student engagement and negative affect is negative, reciprocal associated with student engagement. Using a cross-lagged panel model (CLPM), a statistically significant bidirectional association between student engagement and PA was identified, whereas the links between student engagement and NA were not significant. With regard to the dimension of LS, it was found that a high level of student engagement at the first measurement point leads to greater life satisfaction at the second measurement point. The inverse effects were not statistically significant. The results show that promoting student engagement can lead to an increase in some dimensions of SWB, and in turn helps to sustain student engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to examine the complex relationship between the two constructs, two measurement points from a currently ongoing longitudinal study (Mahringer et al., 2025) were used. In January 2025 and in June 2025 5th grade students from 40 schools in Upper Austria completed online questionnaires administered by school staff. The total sample size across both measurement points was 1,762. During the January administration, 1,636 students were included in the sample while 1,622 students completed surveys in June, resulting in an attrition rate of 8% and a late entrant rate of 7%. The mean participants’ age was 10.81 (SD = .75) and the proportion of female students was 42%. The dimension of life satisfaction was measured using the German version of student life satisfaction scale (SLSS) (Weber et al., 2013) and the other two dimensions of SWB were assessed using the children version of the positive-and-negative affect scale (PANAS-C-SF) (Ebesutani et al., 2012). In this study, all three dimensions demonstrated good internal consistency at both time points (e.g., time point one: αPA = .82; αNA = .77; αLS = .88). Student engagement was measured using the multidimensional school engagement scale (Wang et al., 2019). Due to the inconsistency in its multidimensional structure (Wang et al., 2019), a bi-factor model was established, whereby EE remained as a sub-factor alongside the general factor (GENG). Internal consistency was adequate (e.g., time point one: αGENG = .86; ωhierarchical GENG: .67; αEE= .81). For both constructs cross-sectional CFA was conducted at each time point and acceptable fit indices (e.g., CFI, TLI) indicated an adequate fit to the data. Longitudinal CFA supported configural and metric invariance across time points for both constructs, indicating a stable measurement structure over time. A two-wave cross-lagged panel model was employed, which is methodologically more rigorous than cross-sectional analysis, which are dominating in the field. This enables temporal stability to be assessed and the examination of whether SWB dimensions and student engagement are reciprocally related, while controlling for autoregressor effects as well as for other dimensions of the two constructs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, the CLPM was able to show that student engagement is more stable over time (autoregressor effect) than the dimensions of SWB. This is consistent with similar studies (Datu & King, 2018) and confirms the definition of the two constructs. Second, with regard to the hypotheses, it can be noted that PA is reciprocally related to GENG even after controlling for autoregressor effects and the other dimensions of the two constructs. This could not be found for NA and LS. This confirms the importance of distinguishing between the three dimensions of SWB (Diener, 1984). The results suggest that they may have different effects, indicating that PA is more meaningful for student engagement. The important role of student engagement in predicting PA and LS was also found in another study (Datu & King, 2018). Third, the specific factor of EE also had a statistically significant influence on PA as well as on LS, while the inverse effects were not statistically significant. This result suggests that emotional engagement plays an important role in fostering SWB beyond GENG. Fourth, explorative comparisons of the cross-lagged paths indicated that the effect from student engagement to SWB was stronger than the inverse effect. Although causal claims should be made cautiously given CLPM limitations, this result could indicate that school often functions as a primary life context during early adolescence, making student engagement a driver of LS and PA. Future longitudinal studies should use more than two measurement points in order to estimate more nuanced models (e.g., RI-CLPM). This could lead to a better understanding of the dynamic relationship between the two constructs. In addition, future research could explore mechanisms (e.g., social relatedness) that potentially mediate the relationship between student engagement and SWB. References Datu, J. A. D. (2018). Flourishing is associated with higher academic achievement and engagement in filipino undergraduate and high school students. Journal of Happiness Studies, 19, 27–39. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10902-016-9805-2 Datu, J. A. D., & King, R. B. (2018). Subjective well-being is reciprocally associated with academic engagement: A two-wave longitudinal study. Journal of School Psychology, 69, 100–110. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2018.05.007 Diener, E. (1984). Subjective well-being. Psychological Bulletin, 95(3), 542–575. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.95.3.542 Ebesutani, C., Regan, J., Smith, A., Reise, S., Higa-McMillan, C., & Chorpita, B. F. (2012). The 10-Item Positive and Negative Affect Schedule for Children, Child and Parent Shortened Versions: Application of Item Response Theory for More Efficient Assessment. Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment, 34(2), 191–203. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10862-011-9273-2 Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., & Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74(1), 59–109. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543074001059 Fredrickson, B. L. (2001). The role of positive emotions in positive psychology: The broaden-and-build theory of positive emotions. American Psychologist, 56(3), 218–226. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.56.3.218 Fredrickson, B. L., & Joiner, T. E. (2002). Positive emotions trigger upward spirals toward emotional well-being. Psychological Science, 13(2), 172–175. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9280.00431 Kessels, U., & van Houtte, M. (2022). Side effects of academic engagement? How boys’ and girls’ well-being is related to their engagement and motivational regulation. Gender and Education, 34(6), 627–642. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2021.2011840 Mahringer, E., Redl, S., Kerzendorfer-Breithardt, M., Schlichtenhorst, J., Bacher, J., Heinrichs, K., Helm, C., Quenzel, G., & Weber, C. (2025). Prävention von Schulabbruch durch Förderung von Lebenskompetenzen - Das Projekt "Promoting Life Skills". In I. Benischek & R. Beer (Eds.), Schulabbruch als multidimensionalen Phänomen und gesellschaftliche Herausforderung: 1-2. Erziehung und Unterricht (pp. 89–96). Österreichischer Bundesverlag Schulbuch. Seligman, M. E. P., Ernst, R. M., Gillham, J., Reivich, K., & Linkins, M. (2009). Positive education: Positive psychology and classroom interventions. Oxford Review of Education, 35(3), 293–311. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054980902934563 Wang, M.‑T., Fredricks, J., Ye, F., Hofkens, T., & Linn, J. S. (2019). Conceptualization and Assessment of Adolescents’ Engagement and Disengagement in School. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 35(4), 592–606. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759/a000431 Weber, M., Ruch, W., & Huebner, E. S. (2013). Adaptation and Initial Validation of the German Version of the Students’ Life Satisfaction Scale (German SLSS). European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 29(2), 105–112. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759/a000133 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 08-C Paper Session |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 09 SES 08 A: Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 3): Inequality and Segregation Patterns Across Countries Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Erika Majoros Session Chair: Andrés Strello Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 3): Inequality and Segregation Patterns Across Countries International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) such as TIMSS, ICCS, PIRLS, ICILS, PISA, and TALIS provide critical insights into educational outcomes and inequalities across diverse national contexts. They are widely used to monitor trends, enable international comparisons, and inform educational policy and practice (Johansson, 2016). At the same time, ILSAs function as laboratories for methodological innovation, supporting research that links individual outcomes to institutional and systemic conditions (Strietholt & Scherer, 2018). This symposium brings together recent research drawing on multiple ILSAs and is organized into five interrelated thematic sessions addressing digital transformation, civic education, educational inequality, student engagement and well-being, and methodological challenges in international assessment research. The first thematic area focuses on digital competencies and emerging technologies in education. Drawing on ICILS, TALIS, and TIMSS, papers examine cross-national variation in technology and AI integration, the role of teacher characteristics and professional learning, and how digital provision and pedagogical use relate to achievement and inequality, including disparities linked to socioeconomic background and early tracking. The second thematic area addresses civic attitudes, values, and engagement among young people. Using ICCS data, contributions explore students’ intentions to participate politically, their attitudes toward minorities, immigrants, and gender equality, and how school experiences relate to tolerant dispositions and engagement with social and environmental issues. The third thematic area examines structural inequalities and contextual effects in education systems. Papers investigate how school composition, segregation, and socioeconomic context shape achievement and well-being across countries, including intersectional patterns by gender, immigrant background, and socioeconomic status. The session also addresses systemic resource inequalities through evidence on mathematics and science teacher shortages and their unequal distribution across schools. The fourth thematic area focuses on students’ attitudes, motivation, and psychosocial factors. Contributions examine long-term gender gaps in reading behavior and achievement, the relationship between teacher gender and student outcomes, and trends in test-taking motivation relevant for interpreting achievement changes. The fifth thematic area is explicitly methodological, with papers analyzing item-level features of achievement scales, participation and sampling standards, and the measurement of socioeconomic status, highlighting how technical choices shape conclusions about trends and inequality. Overall, the symposium fosters dialogue among researchers, policymakers, and practitioners and advances rigorous, policy-relevant use of ILSAs to support more equitable and effective education systems. References Johansson, S. (2016). International large-scale assessments: what uses, what consequences? Educational Research, 58(2), 139–148. doi:10.1080/00131881.2016.116555 Strietholt, R., & Scherer, R. (2018). The contribution of international large-scale assessments to educational research: Combining individual and institutional data sources. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(3), 368-385. Presentations of the Symposium Socioeconomic Contextual Effects in TIMSS 2023: Cross-National Variation in School Composition, Segregation, and Educational Inequality
Socioeconomic inequalities in educational achievement remain a persistent challenge across education systems worldwide (Chmielewski, 2019; Hernandez, 2022). While extensive research documents strong associations between students’ socioeconomic status (SES) and achievement (Sirin, 2005; Harwell & Zhao, 2021), less is known about how these associations vary across countries and how school-level socioeconomic contexts amplify or mitigate individual disadvantage. This study examines cross-national patterns in SES–achievement relations among Grade 8 students using data from TIMSS 2023, with a particular focus on contextual SES effects.
Using an integrative data analysis approach (Wilcox & Wang, 2023), we estimated comparable two-level models for 43 education systems, with students nested within schools. In the first stage, we examined within-school SES effects, between-school SES effects, and contextual SES effects, defined as the difference between school-level and individual-level SES associations. Contextual effects capture the extent to which school socioeconomic composition is associated with student achievement beyond individual SES (Rumberger & Palardy, 2005). These effects were standardized using the ES2 metric, allowing meaningful cross-national comparison (Marsh et al, 2009). In the second stage, we applied random-effects meta-analysis and meta-regression to assess cross-national heterogeneity and to examine how system-level characteristics moderate contextual SES effects.
Results show that SES is a consistent predictor of mathematics achievement within schools across all education systems, with the between-school SES effects being substantially larger, pointing to pronounced compositional inequalities. Contextual SES effects were positive in nearly all countries, indicating that students benefit academically from attending higher-SES schools beyond their own family background. However, the magnitude of these effects varied considerably across systems, ranging from negligible in several Nordic countries to very large in more stratified systems in Southeast Asia, the Middle East, and Southern Africa.
Meta-regression analyses revealed that higher national income inequality and stronger between-school segregation in achievement were associated with larger contextual SES effects. In contrast, stronger democratic governance was linked to weaker contextual effects, suggesting that institutional arrangements may constrain the extent to which schools amplify socioeconomic advantage. Indicators of overall human development and education expenditure were not significantly associated with contextual effects.
Taken together, these findings demonstrate that socioeconomic inequalities in achievement are shaped by interactions between individual background, school composition, and broader societal structures. The study highlights the value of international large-scale assessments for disentangling contextual mechanisms of inequality and provides comparative evidence relevant for debates on school segregation, equity-oriented governance, and educational policy reform.
References:
Chmielewski, A. K. (2019). The Global Increase in the Socioeconomic Achievement Gap, 1964 to 2015. American Sociological Review, 84(3), 517–544. https://doi.org/10.1177/0003122419847165
Harwell, M. R., & Zhao, Q. (2021). An empirical example of capturing the impact of SES on student achievement using path analysis. International Journal of Educational Research, 105, 101715. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101715
Hernandez, A. (2022). Closing the Achievement Gap in the Classroom Through Culturally Relevant Pedagogy. Journal of Education and Learning, 11(2), 1. https://doi.org/10.5539/jel.v11n2p1
Marsh, H. W., Lüdtke, O., Robitzsch, A., Trautwein, U., Asparouhov, T., Muthén, B., & Nagengast, B. (2009). Doubly-Latent Models of School Contextual Effects: Integrating Multilevel and Structural Equation Approaches to Control Measurement and Sampling Error. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 44(6), 764–802. https://doi.org/10.1080/00273170903333665
Rumberger, R. W., & Palardy, G. J. (2005). Does Segregation Still Matter? The Impact of Student Composition on Academic Achievement in High School. Teachers College Record (1970), 107(9), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2005.00583.x
Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543075003417
Wilcox, K. T., & Wang, L. (2023). Modeling Approaches for Cross-Sectional Integrative Data Analysis: Evaluations and Recommendations. Psychological Methods, 28(1), 242–261. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000397
Tracking Intersectional Inequalities in School Belonging Using PIRLS, TIMSS, and PISA Data
As socio-emotional competencies gain prominence, students’ sense of school belonging (SSB) has attracted increasing attention (Aldrich et al., 2025). SSB refers to feeling accepted, respected, included, supported, and emotionally connected at school (Allen et al., 2017). In the international assessments the OECD and IEA measure a narrower form of SSB focused on social inclusion and identification with school. Stronger SSB is linked to better psychological outcomes, well-being, and achievement (Allen et al., 2018; Mullis et al., 2020; OECD, 2023). Using TIMSS 2023, Aldrich et al. (2025) found SES was only weakly related to school climate health (including SSB), whereas PISA trend analyses show belonging has declined most among lower-SES students (Högberg et al., 2021).
This research builds on an intersectional framework (Codiroli McMaster & Cook, 2019) by examining three intercategorical groupings – SES, immigrant background, and gender –within post-Soviet educational systems in the EU (Bulgaria, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, and Romania) to analyze their relationships with sense of school belonging.
The research questions are: 1) How are student-level factors such as “Students Like
References:
Aldrich, C. E. A., Reynolds, K. A., Leng, D., & von Davier, M. (2025). School climate health: Multidimensional profiles of school environments in TIMSS 2023. TIMSS & PIRLS Study Center
Allen, K., Kern, M. L., Vella-Brodrick, D., Hattie, J., & Waters, L. (2018). What schools need to know about fostering school belonging: A meta-analysis. Educational psychology review, 30(1), 1-34.
Allen, K., Vella-Brodrick, D., & Waters, L. (2017). School belonging and the role of social and emotional competencies in fostering an adolescent’s sense of connectedness to their school. In E. Frydenberg, A.J. Martin and R.J. Collie (eds.), Social and Emotional Learning in Australia and the Asia-Pacific (pp. 83-99). Springer
Codiroli Mcmaster, N., & Cook, R. (2019). The contribution of intersectionality to quantitative research into educa-tional inequalities. Review of Education, 7(2), 271-292
Högberg, B., Petersen, S., Strandh, M., & Johansson, K. (2021). Determinants of declining school belonging 2000–2018: The case of Sweden. Social Indicators Research, 157(2), 783-802
Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., Kelly, D. L., & Fishbein, B. (2020). TIMSS 2019 International Results in Mathematics and Science. TIMSS & PIRLS Study Center
OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume II): Learning During – and From – Disruption. OECD Publishing
Global Patterns in STEM Teacher Shortages: Evidence from TIMSS 2011-2023
Teacher shortages in mathematics and science are widely recognized as a global challenge, yet systematic evidence on their long-term evolution and unequal distribution across schools remains limited. Existing research has often relied on single-country studies, short time horizons, or aggregate indicators that obscure within-system inequalities (Darling-Hammond & Sykes, 2003; Sutcher et al., 2019). As a result, less is known about whether shortages persist over time and whether they disproportionately affect specific types of schools. This study addresses these gaps by providing a longitudinal, cross-national analysis of STEM teacher shortages using four cycles of the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS 2011, 2015, 2019, and 2023).
Drawing on principals’ reports from more than 40 education systems at Grade 4 and more than 30 systems at Grade 8, we examine trends in shortages of teachers specialized in mathematics and science over a twelve-year period. To ensure comparability over time, analyses are restricted to education systems participating in all four TIMSS cycles. Moving beyond national averages, teacher shortages are conceptualized as a distributional phenomenon, and their prevalence is examined by school socioeconomic status (SES) and urbanicity. Pooled, school-weighted shortage rates are estimated separately by grade, subject, cycle, and school context, consistent with distributional perspectives emphasizing that staffing constraints may cluster in disadvantaged settings (García & Weiss, 2020).
Results reveal three central findings. First, mathematics and science teacher shortages are persistently widespread across education systems, affecting a majority of schools in every cycle. At Grade 4, science shortages consistently exceed mathematics shortages, highlighting particular vulnerabilities in primary-level science staffing. At Grade 8, shortages display greater temporal volatility, especially in science, with evidence of partial decline by 2023. Second, shortages are strongly and persistently stratified by socioeconomic status. Schools serving socioeconomically disadvantaged student populations report shortage rates that are typically 10–20 percentage points higher than those of more advantaged schools, with gaps remaining stable or widening over time, aligning with evidence that staffing challenges are more severe in disadvantaged communities (Sutcher et al., 2019). Third, urban–rural differences are comparatively smaller and less systematic, particularly at Grade 4, although rural disadvantages are more consistently observed at Grade 8.
These findings demonstrate that STEM teacher shortages are not merely a temporary labor-market imbalance but a durable form of educational inequality. This study reframes teacher shortages as an equity issue with direct implications for opportunity structures and targeted workforce policy (Darling-Hammond & Sykes, 2003).
References:
Darling-Hammond, L., & Sykes, G. (2003). Wanted: A national teacher supply policy for education—The right way to meet the “highly qualified teacher” challenge. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 11(33), 1–57. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.v11n33.2003
García, E., & Weiss, E. (2020). Examining the factors that play a role in the teacher shortage crisis. Economic Policy Institute.
Sutcher, L., Darling-Hammond, L., & Carver-Thomas, D. (2019). Understanding teacher shortages: An analysis of teacher supply and demand in the United States. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 27(35). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.27.3696
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 09 SES 08 B: Language Assessment, Digital Reading and Reading Interventions Location: 5026 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Serkan Arikan Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Effects of Early Language Stays Abroad on the Foreign Language Proficiency of German High School Students 1: University of Vechta, Germany; 2: Institute for Educational Quality Improvement (IQB) at Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin Presenting Author:Extended stays abroad are seen as important opportunities for acquiring and improving a language. One focus of research on study-abroad experiences is the length of stay, indicating that “the longer, the better” (Llanes, 2011, p. 208), although some research also confirms the effectiveness of shorter stays (Yang, 2016). The Council of the European Union (1997) recommends that all students in all member states should start foreign language education as early as possible. Schools support learning a foreign language through exchange programs to provide authentic learning activities and improve students’ language skills. In a student exchange, students attend a school in, for example, an English- or French-speaking country for a certain period of time. During this time, they usually live with a host family. Apart from exchange programs, students have the opportunity to attend language courses abroad during school breaks that are often organized by private institutions. Students spend a school break, e.g., in an English- or French-speaking country and receive instruction focused on developing competence in the target language. Students taking these courses are usually accommodated in hostels and only rarely in host families. Why can parents, students, and teachers expect gains in language proficiency from a stay abroad? Relevant here is the theory of opportunities which provides a convincing basic explanation of why staying abroad as a student may enhance foreign language learning. Carroll (1963) first introduced the idea of “opportunities to learn,” which has been taken up by utilization-of-learning-opportunities models (e.g., Helmke, 2010). The basic assumption is that the greater the amount of (high-quality) opportunities provided, the higher the learning growth will be. However, what is not considered is that learning is a social and interactional process. This implies that it is not solely the utilization of learning opportunities that matters: Relationships with teachers and peers also significantly influence the learning process. Although empirical research on the effects of stays abroad on L2 acquisition has increased in both linguistics and educational science in recent decades, most empirical studies focus on university students. In comparison, less is known about the effectiveness of stays abroad for younger students, in particular students at the lower secondary level, the target group of our study. To our knowledge, the only empirical study focused on the language outcomes of high school students through attendance of study-abroad programs using large-scale assessment data is the study by Hübner et al. (2021) that asked students in Year 13 whether they had studied abroad during their school career. Heinzmann et al. (2025) note that “in comparison to productive skills, the effect of student exchange on receptive skills, such as listening and reading is poorly studied” (p. 809). Thus, the possible effects of language stays on the two receptive skills require further attention. Although the research literature mentions various programs and different forms of language stays, the language gains from the two types, student exchanges and language courses abroad, have not been researched within one study. With regard to different target languages, in particular EFL and FFL, again there are no reliable findings from studies that compared students’ proficiency with a similar background in both languages. In the study to be presented, we focus on Year 9 students enrolled in German high schools (academic school track) and investigate the following research question: Do language stays abroad have a significant beneficial effect on students’ foreign language skills? Under this research question, we investigate the potentially different effects of stays abroad by examining two types of stays abroad (student exchanges and language courses), two different languages (English and French), and two different language domains (reading and listening comprehension). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our analyses are based on data from the IQB Trends in Student Achievement 2015, a study that assessed language proficiency at the end of Year 9 in German (L1) and in the first foreign language. In this study, a total of 31,532 students from all 16 German federal states took achievement tests of EFL between April and June 2015. In addition, during the same time period, achievement tests of FFL were administered to a separate sample of 3,772 students from six German federal states. These six states were selected due to the availability of a sufficient number of schools offering FFL education. In secondary education, the German school system is characterized by relatively fixed school tracks. In each state, several school types leading to different certificates exist in parallel. The school-type “Gymnasium” represents the academic track for students aiming to obtain the “Abitur,” which in Germany is the university entrance certificate. The data shows that it is mainly within this school type that students engage in language stays abroad. For all other school types, case numbers were too small to allow further statistical analyses. For that reason, we restrict our analyses of the effects of language stays abroad to the subsample of students attending a Gymnasium. Hence, the respective samples comprised 13,073 students for EFL and 3,261 for FFL. For both languages, the achievement tests administered within the IQB Trends Study 2015 assessed foreign language proficiency in the domains of reading comprehension (RC) and listening comprehension (LC). In the student questionnaire, the participants were also asked whether they had ever visited a majority English- or French-speaking country. If that was the case, they were requested by means of a multiple-response item and a constructed-response item to provide further information on the purpose (e.g., student exchange, language courses during summer vacation, school trips, living abroad with parents) and the duration of their visits. Based on the students’ responses to these items, we constructed the independent variables for our analyses. In our analysis of the effects of language stays abroad on students’ foreign language proficiency, we employed propensity score matching (PSM; Rosenbaum & Rubin, 1985) to account for the potential bias associated with self-selection in such learning activities. Through PSM, we were able to control for a large number of possibly important covariates and (carefully) draw causal inferences from estimated differences in foreign language proficiency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One notable finding is that participation in language courses has no significant effect on students’ receptive language skills. In particular, we can show that students who have spent time abroad do not have higher proficiency scores than students who have not spent time abroad. This finding may come as a surprise given the extensive market for language courses and the promises made by providers. However, it should be noted that a stay abroad – whether in the form of a student exchange, a vacation trip, or attendance at a language course abroad – offers further potential benefits for students, such as the development of intercultural competence. Furthermore, the advantages of SE learners were more evident for LC than for RC. Our study revealed a larger association of student exchanges with LC than with RC. This is not surprising, considering that living with a host family during a student exchange exposes learners to numerous authentic communication situations, which, above all, require language skills in speaking and listening. These learning opportunities should, hence, especially enhance their oral language proficiency. This study has limitations. In particular, the data are from a cross-sectional study. Students were asked about their previous sojourns in a questionnaire, and their receptive language proficiencies were tested on the same day. Strictly speaking, this design does not allow us to draw conclusions about causal effects. However, we addressed this issue methodologically by using propensity score matching and including relevant covariates in a stepwise procedure. This approach allows us to compare statistically parallelized individuals in terms of whether they have experienced a stay abroad or not. To explore the robustness of our findings, we additionally employed an alternative approach to account for selectivity bias using fixed-effects regression models and obtained very similar results. References Carroll, J. B. (1963). A model of school learning. Teachers College Record, 64(8), 723–733. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146816306400801 Council of Europe. (1997). Council resolution of 16 December 1997 on the early teaching of European Union languages (98/C 1/02). Official Journal of the European Communities, 1, 2–3. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:31998Y0103(01)&from=EN Heinzmann, S., Ferris, C., Roderer, T., & Ehrsam, K. (2025). Student exchange in primary and secondary education and its effect on language gains, intercultural competence and language learning motivation: a systematic review of research in the European context. International Journal of Multilingualism, 22(2), 783–821. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2024.2331609 Helmke, A. (2010). Unterrichtsqualität und Lehrerprofessionalität. Diagnose, Evaluation und Verbesserung des Unterrichts. Schule weiterentwickeln - Unterricht verbessern. Orientierungsband. [Teaching quality and teacher professionalism. Diagnosis, evaluation, and improvement of teaching. Developing schools – improving teaching. Orientation guide]. Klett-Kallmeyer. Hübner, N., Trautwein, U., & Nagengast, B. (2021). Should I stay or should I go? Predictors and effects of studying abroad during high school. Learning and Instruction, 71, Article 101398. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2020.101398 Llanes, À. (2011). The many faces of study abroad: An update on the research on L2 gains emerged during a study abroad experience. International Journal of Multilingualism, 8(3), 189–215. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2010.550297 Rosenbaum, P. R., & Rubin, D. B. (1985). Constructing a control group using multivariate matched sampling methods that incorporate the propensity score. The American Statistician, 39(1), 33–38. https://doi.org/10.1080/00031305.1985.10479383 Yang, J.‑S. (2016). The effectiveness of study-abroad on second language learning: A meta-analysis. The Canadian Modern Language Review, 72(1), 66–94. https://doi.org/10.3138/cmlr.2344 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Assessment and Adaptation of the Extramural English Scale in Swedish Context and Its Prediction of English Reading Comprehension Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:This study evaluates and adapts the Extramural English (EE) Scale by Sundqvist and Uztosun (2024) and investigates its relationship with English reading comprehension (ERC) among Swedish Scholastic Aptitude Test test-takers (n = 3,787). As English is increasingly integrated in Swedish society from an early age through informal contexts, assessing young peoples’ engagement in EE and understanding its implications for academic achievement is important. The originally proposed eight-factor EE Scale was evaluated through confirmatory factor analysis (CFA). Although the proposed eight-factor model showed a good fit to the data, some items and scales had nonoptimal psychometric characteristics. Therefore, alternative conceptualizations were explored using exploratory factor analysis (EFA) followed by CFA. Results supported a refined five-factor model. Structural equation modeling (SEM) showed that EE Media and EE Internalized positively predicted ERC scores, whereas EE Gaming and EE Social Interaction were not significantly related to ERC. The EE Digital Creativity factor emerged as a negative predictor. Overall, the adapted scale explained 19 % of the variance in ERC scores. This study contributes to the development of a psychometrically robust measure of EE, facilitating more consistent assessment, replication and comparison of EE research findings across populations and contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses the EE Scale and SweSAT data from the spring administration of 2025 (n = 3,787). A non-probability purposive sampling method was used, intentionally targeting first-time test takers to answer the questionnaire. EE data were collected through Sundqvist and Uztosun’s (2024) constructed items. However, item response options were altered into a time-based response scale represented by a 5-point Likert scale: 5 = Daily, 4 = Once or a few times per week, 3 = Once or a few times per month, 2 = Once or a few times per year, and 1 = Less often than once per year or never. EE Scale consisted in the following factors: EE Digital Creativity included three items about creating materials to share with others or for oneself in a digital context, whether that would be a video, podcast or music. EE Gaming factor included seven items about playing digital games alone, with others, and watching others play, and focusing on a specific language skill. EE Internalized factor was about three items gathering data about engagement in activities one does alone, such as daydreaming and the presence of inner speech. EE Music included three items about listening to music, reading music lyrics, and singing. EE Niche Activities factor consisted of three items collecting the amount of engagement in activities such as writing fanfiction, playing board games, and learning English. EE Reading and Listening factor included three items measuring receptive language skills, which refer to understand and process language received. EE Social Interaction, in which six items aim to gather data about speaking and writing to others in real life and digital form. EE Viewing factor includes four items collecting information about watching content and following English-speaking content creators. Moreover, ERC SweSAT subtest data were also used, which includes five sentence-completion items and 15 items related to interpreting short text and long texts, and test-takers are expected to identify relevant information rather than isolated details. The complexity relies on the text rather than the questions, which are straightforward and constructed with simple language. Moreover, the material contains an extended range of topics, such as social science, arts, technology, and natural science (Stage & Ögren, 2004). All the analyses were conducted using R, version 4.5.1 (R Core Team, 2025), to compute Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA), Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA), modification indices (MI), and Structure Equation Modelling (SEM). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research contributes in addressing the persistent lack of a common measure for EE, a gap that has not allowed to efficiently compare results across different linguistic and educational contexts, particularly within high-stakes assessment such as the SweSAT. Findings indicate that while the original EE Scale offers a viable baseline to address the existing issue, an adapted 5-factor model showed an adequate fit for the SweSAT data, and acceptable factor loadings among the items. Additionally, the adapted EE Scale factors predicted ERC scores, explaining 19% of the variance in ERC score, although the impact of EE was not equal across dimensions: viewing, reading, listening, music and internalized related activities were stronger predictors. The shift from the original 8-factor to a 5-factor structure was a result of adapting the scale to SweSAT data. These dimensions suggest that certain EE activities do not have clear boundaries, that is, SweSAT test-takers perceive these as a collective mode of engaging in EE and applying English skills in a similar way. Interestingly, the EE Internalized factor remained in the adapted EE Scale and positively predicted ERC scores. Regarding EE Digital Creativity, all three items loaded in the adapted EE Scale. However, the activities that represent this factor were the least common among test-takers, and negatively predicted ERC scores. This finding requires further investigation on clarifying the application of English in these EE activities. Furthermore, the EE Social Interaction factor displayed lack of significance in predicting ERC scores. Moreover, the EE Gaming factor remained unchanged from the original EE Scale. However, this factor did not significantly predict ERC scores. Additionally, the EE Niche Activities did not load into the model due to low factor loadings, low communalities and high complexity. References Benson, P. (2011). Teaching and researching autonomy in language learning (2nd ed.). Pearson Education. European Commission (2024). Europeans and their languages. Brussels: European Commission. Löwenadler, J. (2023). Trends in Swedish and English Reading Comprehension Ability among Swedish Adolescents: A Study of SweSAT Data 2012–2018. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 67(4), 591–606. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2022.2042841 Malmström, H., Pecorari, D. (2022). Language choice and internationalisation: The roles of Swedish and English in research and higher education. Institute for Language and Folklore. Neagu, T., Eklöf, H., Laukaityte, I., & Wedman, J. (2025). Reading, watching and gaming: exploring the relationships between extramural English activities and academic L2 English reading comprehension in a Swedish university admissions test context. Education Inquiry, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2025.2556572 Poole, F. J., & Clarke-Midura, J. (2020). A systematic review of digital games in second language learning studies. International Journal of Game-Based Learning (IJGBL), 10(3), 1-15. http://dx.doi.org/10.4018/IJGBL.2020070101 R Core Team (2025). R: A language and environment for statistical computing. R Foundation for Statistical Computing[Computer software]. Vienna, Austria. https://www.R-project.org/ Stage, C., & Ögren, G. (2004). The Swedish scholastic assessment test (SweSAT). Development, results and experiences. Sundqvist, P. (2009). Extramural English matters: Out-of-school English and its impact on Swedish ninth graders' oral proficiency and vocabulary [Doctoral dissertation, Karlstad University]. http://kau.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2:275141 Sundqvist, P., & Uztosun, M. S. (2024). Extramural English in Scandinavia and Asia: Scale development, learner engagement, and perceived speaking ability. Tesol Quarterly, 58(4), 1638-1665. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.3296Digital Object Identifier (DOI) Sundqvist, P., & Wikström, P. (2015). Out-of-school digital gameplay and in-school L2 English vocabulary outcomes. System, 51, 65-76. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2015.04.001 Sylvén, L. K. (2022). Very young Swedish children’s exposure to English outside of school. In C. Bardel, C. Hedman, K. Rejman, & E. Zetterholm (Eds.), Exploring Language Education: Global and Local Perspectives. Stockholm: Stockholm University Press. https://doi.org/10.16993/bbz.e Warnby, M. (2022). Receptive academic vocabulary knowledge and extramural English involvement–is there a correlation? ITL—International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 173(1), 120–152. https://doi.org/10.1075/itl.21021.war 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Does the platform matter? Examining the effect of Paper and Digital L2 Reading on Comprehension and Delayed Recall Rovira i Virgili University, Spain Presenting Author:This experimental study investigates whether the reading platform, digital or paper, and the texts affect university students’ L2 reading comprehension and information retention. From the literature review, it can be seen that while the impact of the two platforms on reading comprehension has received significant attention in research, the results have been inconsistent due to the involvement of other factors, for instance, while some meta-analysis studies of reading comprehension only considered reading comprehension in the first language (e.g, Clinton, 2019), others did not take into account the language of reading comprehension which is either L1 or L2 (Kong et al., 2018; Peras et al., 2023). Furthermore, the genre, the length of the text, as well as other features connected to digital screens (e.g., the interactive mode, animated visuals) and paper (e.g., 2-D pictures) among different studies could affect the results, especially when the two conditions of digital screens and paper were not comparable. Moreover, there is a lack of studies investigating the relationship between the two platforms and learners’ information retention, especially after a period of time. They are the gaps that this study seeks to cover, including to take into account the text as a variable that can influence learners’ information retention besides the platform (paper versus digital). This study was conducted in students using English as a second language, and their English proficiency was from upper-intermediate to advanced levels. The study did not treat L1 or L2 as a variable because only L2 was used for the experiment. Students’ English levels were treated as a part of learners’ differences that can create individual random effects for the study. With the aforementioned purposes and directions, the research questions of the study are the following: Research question 1: Are there any differences between digital and paper platforms in L2 reading comprehension and information retention? Research question 2: Is there a correlation between characteristics of the texts and students’ L2 information retention? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Conducted in two phases (April and November 2024) with a total of 46 participants, the study involved reading both literary and informative texts matched for length, difficulty, and readability (assessed via TTR, Maas’s indices, FRE, and Coh-Metrix). Comprehension and retention were evaluated using multiple-choice and cloze tests, and results were analysed using paired samples T-tests and Linear Mixed Models. The instruments were created using the Bloom taxonomy and then validated, applying test-retest to check the reliability and correlation of the results over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study found that platforms and the texts did not significantly impact students’ reading comprehension and information retention, especially when the difficulty of texts (grade levels 8 and 7) is much lower than students’ level (undergraduate students). Instead, the random effects from students played a significant role to explain their results. Notably, students who switched reading platforms showed significant information loss over time with a large effect size, whereas those who maintained the same paper reading did not. However, the small sample size and the local context require caution to interprete the study’s results. Cognitive load theory and neuroscientific findings about handwriting versus typing were used to discuss the study’s findings. References Bennett, A.G., Rebello, N.S. (2012). Retention and Learning. In: Seel, N.M. (eds) Encyclopedia of the Sciences of Learning. Springer, Boston, MA. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-1428-6_664 Chang, W.-C., & Ku, Y.-M. (2015). The effects of note-taking skills instruction on elementary students’ reading. The Journal of Educational Research, 108(4), 278–291. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2014.886175 Clark, R. C., Nguyen, F., & Sweller, J. (2006). Efficiency in learning: evidence-based guidelines to manage cognitive load / Ruth. John Wiley & Sons. Clinton, V. (2019). Reading from paper compared to screens: A systematic review and meta‐analysis. Journal of Research in Reading, 42(2), 288–325. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9817.12269 Crossley, S. A., Greenfield, J., & McNamara, D. S. (2008). Assessing Text Readability Using Cognitively Based Indices. TESOL Quarterly, 42(3), 475–493. http://www.jstor.org/stable/40264479 de Jonge, M., Tabbers, H.K. & Rikers, R.M.J.P. The Effect of Testing on the Retention of Coherent and Incoherent Text Material. Educational Psychology Review 27, 305–315 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-015-9300-z DuBay, W. H. (2004). The principles of readability. Online submission. European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning, Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540 Fernández-Batanero, J. M.; Montenegro Rueda, M.; Fernández Cerezo, J.; Román Gravan, P. (2021). Impact of ICT on writing and reading skills: a systematic review (2010-2020). Texto Livre: Linguagem e Tecnologia, 14(2), 1-12, doi:10.35699/1983-3652.2021.34055 Field, S., Kuczera, M. & Pont, B. (2007) No more Failures: Ten Steps to Equity in Education. Paris: OECD Furenes M. I., Kucirkova N., Bus A. G. (2021). A comparison of children’s reading on paper versus screen: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 91(4), 483–517. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654321998074 Goodwin, A. P., Cho, S.-J., Reynolds, D., Brady, K., & Salas, J. (2020). Digital Versus Paper Reading Processes and Links to Comprehension for Middle School Students. American Educational Research Journal, 57(4), 1837 1867. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831219890300 Gough, P. B., & Tunmer, W. E. (1986). Decoding, Reading, and Reading Disability. Remedial and Special Education, 7(1), 6-10. https://doi.org/10.1177/074193258600700104 Kintsch, W. (1998). Comprehension: A Paradigm for Cognition. New York: Cambridge University Press. Koizumi, R., & In'nami, Y. (2012). Effects of text length on lexical diversity measures: Using short texts with less than 200 tokens. System, 40(4), 522-532. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2012.10.017 Kong, Y., Seo, Y. S., Zhai, L. (2018). Comparison of reading performance on screen and on paper: A meta-analysis. Computers & Education, 123, 138-149, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.05.005 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Effectiveness of Computerised Reading Programmes on Chinese Primary Pupils' English Reading: A Cluster Randomised Controlled Trial University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Reading proficiency is essential for developing critical thinking and for pupils' academic success across all subjects. Globally, millions of pupils struggle with basic reading skills, with international assessments revealing persistent gaps in reading achievement (OECD, 2019). In China, although pupils perform strongly in assessments such as PISA and PIRLS, these tests primarily assess reading in Chinese and are administered only in economically advanced regions like Shanghai (OECD, 2020), limiting generalisability to broader populations. For English reading, which has been compulsory in Chinese primary education for over two decades, little robust evidence exists regarding pupils' proficiency or effective instructional approaches. Following China's 2022 English Curriculum Standards, greater emphasis has been placed on reading proficiency and pupil autonomy. However, persistent challenges remain, including limited access to suitable reading materials, ineffective pedagogical approaches, and regional disparities in resources. To address these issues, substantial government investment through initiatives such as the Education Informatisation 2.0 Action Plan (Ministry of Education, 2018) has led schools to increasingly adopt computerised reading programmes. The COVID-19 pandemic further accelerated this digital adoption. Yet many programmes lack independent rigorous evaluation despite strong claims by developers (See & Gorard, 2020), posing risks when schools and parents adopt them uncritically. One widely used programme is Accelerated Reader (AR), deployed in over 50,000 schools across 90 countries, including more than 800 schools in China (Renaissance, 2026). AR is a computerised supplementary reading programme providing guided reading instruction and formative feedback through comprehension quizzes. The theoretical framework underpinning AR is Vygotsky's (1978) zone of proximal development (ZPD), which posits that learning occurs most effectively when instruction is pitched slightly above a learner's current level but within reach with appropriate support. AR operationalises this theory by matching pupils to books at their individual reading levels and providing immediate feedback through quizzes, enabling pupils to progress through increasingly challenging texts. Cambridge Reading Adventures (CRA), a freely accessible alternative offering comparable functions with digital levelled reading materials, serves as a cost-effective comparison in this study. Despite the large number of schools using AR in China, no independent research has been conducted to test its effectiveness among Chinese pupils. Most existing studies were conducted in the US and UK (Gorard et al., 2015; What Works Clearinghouse, 2016), with no rigorous evaluations in non-English speaking countries, limiting generalisability to contexts such as China where English is taught as a foreign language. The purpose of this research is to investigate the impact of AR and CRA on Chinese primary school pupils' English reading achievement and reading behaviour (defined as reading habits and reading attitudes). The main research questions are: (1) What impact do AR and CRA have on Chinese school pupils' reading performance? (2) What is the impact of AR and CRA on Chinese school pupils' reading behaviour (reading attitudes and habits)? (3) How much of the variation in reading performance can be explained by reading behaviours? This research contributes to the international evidence base on computerised reading programmes in non-English speaking contexts. By comparing a commercial programme with a freely available alternative, the findings offer insights relevant to educational policymakers across Europe and beyond who face decisions about technology investments in linguistically diverse classrooms. The study has particular relevance for contexts where English is taught as a foreign language and where resource constraints necessitate cost-effective solutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a cluster randomised controlled trial conducted in Chinese public primary schools across four provinces. The main study involved 1,059 pupils in Years 4 to 6 from 21 classes. Ten classes with 469 pupils were randomly allocated to receive the intervention, while 11 classes with 590 pupils served as business as usual controls. An additional non-randomised class with 54 pupils was included to strengthen sample size. Random allocation was conducted at the class level to minimise contamination between treatment and control conditions. The intervention lasted 12 to 13 weeks, during which treatment pupils used either AR or CRA during designated reading sessions. Reading performance was assessed using pre and post tests adapted from the Cambridge English A1 Movers examination (Cambridge English Qualifications, 2023) and the Australian National Assessment Program Literacy and Numeracy reading tests (National Assessment Program, 2023). Using standardised instruments independent of AR's own assessment tools addressed a key methodological limitation identified in previous studies, where measurement bias from programme specific tests compromised validity (Gorard et al., 2015). Reading behaviours were measured through validated questionnaire items: reading habits were assessed using items adapted from PISA 2018 (OECD, 2019) and PIRLS 2021 (Mullis & Martin, 2019), while reading attitudes were measured using the Heathington Attitude Scale (Heathington, 1975). Alongside the impact evaluation, a process evaluation was conducted through classroom observations and semi-structured interviews with teachers and pupils. This component assessed implementation fidelity, identified conditions essential for programme success, and explored mechanisms of change. Intent to treat analysis was employed, with effect sizes calculated using Hedges' g to account for small sample bias. Subgroup analyses examined differential effects by prior attainment, school type, ethnicity, and family socioeconomic status. Compliance analysis assessed the relationship between quiz completion and outcomes. Path analysis explored direct and indirect effects of AR on reading performance via reading behaviours. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that both AR and CRA improved Chinese primary pupils' English reading performance compared to business as usual instruction. AR produced an effect size of +0.22, while CRA showed a larger effect of +0.40, though the latter should be interpreted cautiously due to baseline imbalances between groups. These results add to the existing evidence that AR has a positive impact on students' English reading outcomes in English speaking countries (Gorard et al., 2015; What Works Clearinghouse, 2016), while extending this evidence to non-English speaking contexts. Both programmes enhanced pupils' reading habits. However, results for reading attitudes were mixed: AR showed positive effects, while CRA appeared to negatively affect attitudes despite improving reading enjoyment and willingness to read during free time. Compliance analysis demonstrated that programme fidelity matters: pupils completing more quizzes achieved higher reading scores. Path analysis suggested that AR had a direct positive association with reading performance, independent of behavioural pathways, implying that structured comprehension activities may directly enhance attainment. The process evaluation identified essential implementation conditions including adequate teacher preparation, appropriate reading levels, protected reading time, sufficient book availability, and reliable technical infrastructure. These findings offer cautious optimism for computerised reading programmes in EFL contexts whilst suggesting that core pedagogical elements, including appropriate reading levels, pupil choice of reading materials, sufficient independent reading time, and timely teacher feedback, may play a more central role in programme effectiveness than the delivery format itself. For resource constrained contexts common across Europe and beyond, programmes like CRA present a viable free alternative. Future research should examine longer term effects and conduct component analysis to identify which mechanisms drive programme effectiveness. References Cambridge English Qualifications. (2023). A1 Movers preparation: Sample tests. https://www.cambridgeenglish.org/exams-and-tests/movers/preparation/ Gorard, S., Siddiqui, N., & See, B. H. (2015). Accelerated Reader: Evaluation report and executive summary. Education Endowment Foundation. Heathington, B. S. (1975). The development of scales to measure attitudes towards reading [Unpublished doctoral dissertation]. University of Tennessee. Ministry of Education of the People's Republic of China. (2018). Education Informatisation 2.0 Action Plan. http://www.moe.gov.cn/srcsite/A16/s3342/201804/t20180425_334188.html Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2019). PIRLS 2021 assessment frameworks. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. National Assessment Program. (2023). NAPLAN practice tests. https://www.nap.edu.au/ OECD. (2019). PISA 2018: Insights and interpretations. OECD Publishing. OECD. (2020). Benchmarking the performance of China's education system. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/4ab33702-en Renaissance Learning. (2026). About us. https://renaissance.cn/ See, B. H., & Gorard, S. (2020). Effective classroom instructions for primary literacy: A critical review of the causal evidence. International Journal of Educational Research, 102, 101577. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101577 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. What Works Clearinghouse. (2016). Accelerated Reader intervention report. Institute of Education Sciences. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 08 A: European Infrastructures Strengthening Research on Educational Sciences Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Mirjamaija Mikkilä-Erdmann Session Chair: A. Lin Goodwin Symposium |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium European Infrastructures Strengthening Research on Educational Sciences: Perspectives from Finland, Norway, Sweden, and Switzerland This symposium presents infrastructures with different focuses, functions, and construction phases as well as national contexts in Europe. European societies are facing numerous societal challenges, including demographic changes and the ecological crisis. The symposium integrates four presentations that highlight current European infrastructures, including those from Finland, Norway, Sweden, and Switzerland, which are relevant for supporting educational research, development, and practice. The role of research infrastructures is focal in facilitating high-quality research. In Europe, research infrastructures form a significant whole, both quantitatively and economically. Substantial sums have been invested in them, and they support extensive international research cooperation. Research infrastructures are seen as a key factor of the Europe 2020 strategy, where they support excellence in research, innovation, open science principles and researcher mobility. (Toom & Miller, 2018.) Indeed, research infrastructures havethe potential to improve research opportunities and open science by bringing together discipline-specific data,research facilities, and actors in the scientific community (Fabre, et al., 2021). Typically, research infrastructures have been systematically developed in natural sciences. However, in educational and social sciences, infrastructures have been scarce. Hence, it is important for the scientific communities and research infrastructures to collaborate to strengthen the development and networking in the field of educational science. Finnish Teacher Education Database, FinTED, covers Finnish teacher education and brings together all national actors, data, and activities. The Norwegian Teacher Education Panel Study (TEPS) is a scientific, systematic, and longitudinal database and a national research infrastructure for teacher education in Norway. In Sweden, the initiative ULF (Education, Learning, Research) is a collaboration for long-term research infrastructure as an ecosystem for research–practice partnerships. It provides an organisational and financial framework for practice-based research collaborations between schools and higher education institutions. Switzerland presents multi-level education data infrastructures consisting of the following two pilars: the Federal Statistical Office (FSO), and the Swiss Centre of Expertise in the Social Sciences (FORS). In the symposium, the following questions are dealt with
Pedagogical implications of current infrastructures to develop the research-based educational research, and, also, future directions and collaboration possibilities for the European infrastructures are discussed. In the current challenging times, European research collaboration is vital. References Fabre, R., Egret, D., Schöpfel, J., & Azeroual, O. (2021). Evaluating the scientific impact of research infrastructures: The role of current research information systems. Quantitative Science Studies, 2(1), 42–64. https://doi.org/10.1162/qss_a_00111 Toom, K., & Miller, P. F. (2018). Research infrastructure. In J. Andersen, K. Toom, S. Poli, & P. F. Miller (Eds.), Research management: Europe and beyond (pp. 205–212). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-805059-0.00009-2 Presentations of the Symposium The Finnish Teacher Education Database (FinTED) Enhancing Research in and on Teacher Education
In the presentation, we examine the construction phase of the national database for teacher education (FinTED) in the framework of expansive learning. We ask the following questions: How did the need for the FinTED research infrastructure in the construction phase come about? How can the development of FinTED infrastructure be understood through the theory of expansive learning?
FinTED was launched as an activity funded by the Ministry of Education and Culture, bringing together the actors, materials and functions of teacher education. All Finnish universities with extensive teacher training are included. The growing strategic importance and impacts of research infrastructures have been recognised in different fields of science. Research infrastructures have the potential to improve research opportunities and open science by bringing together discipline-specific data, information and actors in the scientific community (Fabre et al., 2021).
Throughout the history, Finnish teacher education has become an internationally respected part of our education system and plays a key role as the basis for citizens' competence and education (Tirri, 2014). At the heart of this activity, the master's level research-based teacher education has carried out its mission by offering teacher students research-based teaching, in which students learn, among other things, critical thinking skills and how to research and apply the research knowledge they have acquired (see Mikkilä-Erdmann et al., 2024). Critical thinking, research data and research-based development are increasingly needed in a situation where the previous success of the field is challenged by the weakening PISA results of students and the maintenance of the general attractiveness and retention of the field. (Heikkilä, 2022; Vilppu et al., 2022.)
In examining the construction phase of FinTED, we utilise the theoretical framework of expansive learning, which focuses on collective change of practices through analysis, modelling, implementation and reflection on new forms of activity. Expansive learning is characterized by a repetitive, non-linear nature that combines theoretical and practical perspectives. The expansive learning process is guided by stages, which provide tools for structuring learning and development. (Engeström & Sannino, 2010.) In structuring learning, we utilise the material created during the construction phase of FinTED, the meeting memorandums included in the activities, and the material of the planning and development workshops of the activities. Based on the analysis, we will bring into the discussion, among other things, the contents and learning actions of the first stages of learning cycles.
References:
Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning; foundations, findings and further challenges. Educational Research Review, 5, 1–24.
Fabre, R., Egret, D., Schöpfel, J., & Azeroual, O. (2021). Evaluating the scientific impact of research infrastructures: The role of current research information systems. Quantitative Science Studies, 2(1), 42–64. https://doi.org/10.1162/qss_a_00111
Heikkilä, M. (2022). Methodological insights on teachers’ professional agency in narratives. Professions and Professionalism, 12(3).
Mikkilä-Erdmann, M., Heikkilä, M., Iiskala, T., & Warinowski, A. (2024). Research-based teacher education: A Finnish perspective. In V. Symeonidis (Ed.), Enhancing the value of teacher education research (vol. 3, pp. 42–61). BRILL. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004689992_003
Tirri, K. (2014). The last 40 years in Finnish teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 40(5), 600–609. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2014.956545
Toom, K., & Miller, P. F. (2018). Research infrastructure. In J. Andersen, K. Toom, S. Poli, & P. F. Miller (Eds.), Research management: Europe and beyond (pp. 205–212). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-805059-0.00009-2
Vilppu, H., Mankki, V., Lähteenmäki, M., Mikkilä-Erdmann, M., & Warinowski, A. (2022). Debunking the myth of high achievers in Finnish primary teacher education: first-year preservice teachers’ learning strategies and study success. European Journal of Teacher Education, 47(3), 508–528. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2022.2047175
The Norwegian Teacher Education Panel Study (TEPS)
In this presentation we introduce the Norwegian Teacher Education Panel Study (TEPS), a scientific, systematic, and longitudinal database as a national research infrastructure for teacher education in Norway. The presentation addresses the pressing need for such an infrastructure, elaborates on the development and design, and presents the current status of TEPS.
High-quality teacher education is critical for sustaining a teaching profession capable of responding to increasingly complex educational challenges, while also supporting recruitment and retention of students over time. At the same time, many countries, including Norway, face persistent teacher shortages, declining application rates to teacher education programmes, and increasingly demanding classrooms realities (UNESCO, 2024; Utdanningsforbundet, 2024; White et al., 2025). Addressing these challenges requires a strong empirical knowledge base. However, most existing research on teacher education has been small-scale, fragmented, and predominantly qualitative, limiting cumulative knowledge building and the capacity to inform policy and practice (Cochran-Smith et al., 2015; Forsström & Munthe, 2023; Livingston & Flores, 2017).
In response to the urgent need to advance the state-of-the-art in teacher education research, the TEPS is in the process of establishing a comprehensive scientific database to enable and stimulate high-quality educational research on teacher education and the transition into working life in Norway.
TEPS aims to follow student teachers from entry into five-year integrated master’s programmes through their transition into working life, employing a longitudinal, multi-level, and multi-cohort design. The infrastructure integrates multiple data sources, including questionnaires, register data, and text-based materials. The use of already available data, where possible, is intended to reduce participant burden. Through this design, TEPS aims to provide a research database allowing strong inferences, including causal ones, which in turn enables evidence-based policy and practice through high-quality research.
Recently, a framework providing the foundation for the ongoing development and piloting of TEPS has been developed (see Martinussen et al., 2025). In August 2026, the instruments will be piloted, after which TEPS will enter its operational phase with data collection covering the full target population. In line with open science principles, the database will be made available to the research community through digital infrastructure provided by the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research (SIKT). In doing so, researchers, both from Norway and abroad, can utilize the database to conduct high-quality teacher education research also enabling cross-national collaborations.
References:
Cochran-Smith, M., Villegas, A. M., Abrams, L., Chavez-Moreno, L., Mills, T., & Stern, R. (2015). Critiquing teacher preparation research: An overview of the field, Part II. Journal of Teacher Education, 66(2), 109–121. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487114558268
Forsström, S. E., & Munthe, E. (2023). What characterizes nordic research on initial teacher education: A systematic scoping review. Nordic Studies in Education, 43(3), 241–259. https://doi.org/10.23865/nse.v43.5588
Livingston, K., & Flores, M. A. (2017). Trends in teacher education: A review of papers published in the European journal of teacher education over 40 years. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(5), 551–560. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1387970
Martinussen, L. J., Senden, B., & Steinmann, I. (2025). The Teacher Education Panel Study (TEPS) Framework: Version 1.0 (Nos. SK25-10). OsloMet skriftserien. https://skriftserien.oslomet.no/skriftserien/article/view/952
UNESCO. (2024). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. United Nations. https://doi.org/10.18356/9789231006555
Utdanningsforbundet. (2024). Lærerutdanningene – søkere og uteksaminerte kandidater 2024 (No. Faktaark 11/2024). Utdanningsforbundet. https://www.utdanningsforbundet.no/globalassets/var-politikk/publikasjoner/faktaark/faktaark_11.2024.pdf
White, M., Nortvedt, G. A., Rohatgi, A., & Bjørnsson, J. K. (2025). Den norske lærerrollen i endring: Resultater fra TALIS 2024. University of Oslo. https://kudos.dfo.no/dokument/409808/den-norske-laererrollen-i-endring-resultater-fra-talis-2024-2025
The ULF Agreement in Sweden – An Ecosystem for research–practice partnerships
This paper examines the Swedish initiative ULF (Education, Learning, Research), a collaboration for long-term research infrastructure as an ecosystem for research–practice partnerships (RPPs). Rather than constituting a single partnership or project, ULF provides an organisational and financial framework for practice-based research collaborations between schools and higher education institutions. ULF enables locally embedded RPPs within a nationally coordinated structure. On the ULF website (www.ulfavtal.se), over 400 publications from ULF-funded activities are publicly available. A filtering module is currently under development to create a database that helps users identify relevant publications.
In this paper, the analysis draws on policy documents and evaluations concerning ULF (www.ulfavtal.se/dokumentation), to examine the emergence of ULF, the design of the 2025–2034 Agreement, and the tensions shaping knowledge production within the ecosystem. The analysis is informed by Farrell et al.’s (2021) five core principles of RPPs – long-term collaboration, focus on problems of practice, engagement with research, integration of diverse expertise, and attention to power relations – together with Arce-Trigatti et al.’s (2023) concept of responsivity as sustained joint efforts by researchers and practitioners over time.
Using this framework, the paper highlights defining characteristics of ULF as an RPP ecosystem and examines how collaboration between higher education institutions and school authorities is sustained at a national level. By building local and regional research environments, the ULF Agreement addresses challenges related to long-term collaboration that often undermine RPPs. At the same time, significant tensions emerge around the integration of diverse expertise and power relations. Although ULF is formally based on a 50/50 governance model between academia and school authorities, evaluations indicate that universities retain epistemic dominance. The ecosystem attempts to mitigate this by sharing diverse expertise through "combined positions", creating hybrid professionals to bridge the two worlds.
Finally, we argue that the heavy institutionalization required to maintain these power balances creates a paradox of responsivity. From identifying the need for new knowledge, implementing research projects, to utilizing the results, dialogue is required. A dialogue that takes advantage of different knowledge among professionals. The infrastructure risks becoming rigid rather than responsive to the shifting realities. ULF’s challenge for 2034 is thus to maintain the stability of a national infrastructure while cultivating the local agility required to remain responsive to the school professions and teacher education, thereby enabling actors within ULF to jointly shape knowledge production within the ecosystem.
References:
Farrell, C., Penuel, W. R., Coburn, C. E., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research–practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation.
Arce-Trigatti, P., Klein, K., & Lee, J. S. (2023). Are research-practice partnerships responsive to partners’ needs? Exploring research activities during the COVID-19 pandemic. Educational Policy, 37(1), 170–199. https://doi.org/10.1177/08959048221134584
The Swiss Education Data Landscape
Switzerland has developed a differentiated and multi-level education data infrastructure in which several complementary actors provide education researchers with access to high-quality data (CSRE/SKBR, 2023). A central pillar is the Federal Statistical Office (FSO), which collects, harmonises, and disseminates administrative and survey data covering all levels of the education system. Through unique personal identifiers, standardised classifications, and longitudinal designs, FSO datasets enable the analysis of educational trajectories over time and the linkage of education data with other social domains. Regulated access procedures, secure data environments, and comprehensive documentation ensure both usability and data protection.
A second key infrastructure actor is FORS, the Swiss Centre of Expertise in the Social Sciences. FORS conducts and supports large-scale national and international surveys relevant to education research, hosts the main social science data archive in Switzerland, and serves as the national service provider for CESSDA (Consortium of European Social Science Data Archives). Through data curation, metadata standardisation, and long-term preservation aligned with European standards, FORS facilitates the reuse of educational research data and strengthens the integration of Swiss education research into the European research area. In recent years, FORS has intensified its engagement with education researchers, addressing challenges related to sensitive data, informed consent, and the methodological diversity characteristic of educational studies.
Beyond these infrastructures, the Swiss education data landscape includes major longitudinal studies, smaller thematic initiatives, and governance-based coordination structures. The Swiss Conference of Cantonal Ministers of Education (EDK) plays an important coordinating role in shaping data production and use across a highly federalised education system. In addition, educa.ch has proposed frameworks and services to improve data use, interoperability, and access across educational levels. Cantonal initiatives have also gained importance, with several cantons developing their own data infrastructures and research collaborations; the canton of Zurich, in particular, has been highly active in expanding data availability and linking administrative data with research needs.
Overall, the Swiss education data infrastructure has been built incrementally over several decades through public investment and close cooperation between statistical authorities, research institutions, and educational governance bodies (FSO, 2023). Its core functions include data production, longitudinal integration, metadata standardisation, secure access, and user support. At the national level, these infrastructures support education research, research-based development, and evidence-informed practice. At the European level, they enable participation in comparative studies and alignment with shared infrastructure standards, thereby strengthening the contribution of Swiss education research to European educational sciences.
References:
Swiss Coordination Centre for Research in Education (CSRE/SKBF), 2023. Swiss Education Report 2023. Aarau: CSRE. https://www.skbf-csre.ch/fileadmin/files/pdf/bildungsberichte/2023/BiBer_2023_E.pdf
Federal Statistical Office (FSO), 2023. Bildungsstatistik 2022 / Education Statistics 2022 (Swiss Statistics series). Swiss Federal Statistical Office. https://www.bfs.admin.ch/asset/en/24586339
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 08 B: Curriculum Design, Interdisciplinarity, Culture, and Digital Support in Teacher Education Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Tamar Mikeladze Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Vision, Coherence, and Connections to Practice in Teacher Education: Perspectives from Student Teachers and Teacher Educators in Iceland 1: University of Iceland; 2: University of Akureyri Presenting Author:Research on teacher education shows that programme quality depends not only on curriculum content, but also on the clarity of programme vision, the coherence of learning experiences, and the extent to which programmes are grounded in practice. A clear and shared vision of good teaching within a programme provides direction for teacher learning, coherence supports alignment across coursework and field experiences, and connections to practice enable student teachers to enact theoretical ideas in classroom contexts (Darling-Hammond et al., 2005; Hammerness, 2014). Without such integration, student teachers often struggle to connect theory and practice and may revert to traditional models of teaching from their own schooling. Over the past decades, research from the United States and Europe has highlighted that high-quality teacher preparation requires sustained opportunities for practice-based learning that are closely connected to the work of teaching (Ball & Cohen, 1999, Grossman et al., 2009; Jenset et al., 2018). When teacher education is deliberately grounded in practice, student teachers are more likely to enact ambitious instructional practices and support student learning (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017; Feiman-Nemser, 2001). Conversely, when programmes prioritise reading and discussion about teaching over opportunities to practise and enact teaching, this may limit the extent to which programme visions are realised in classroom practic. Teacher education in Iceland has undergone substantial reform, including the introduction of a five-year master’s degree, course-based master’s routes, and a paid internship, all intended to strengthen connections between theory and practice. Yet little empirical research has examined how these ambitions are experienced across institutional roles.
The objective of this study is to examine how programme vision and coherence are a enacted in Icelandic teacher education, and how these features shape opportunities to connect theory and practice, from the perspectives of both student teachers and teacher educators. The following questions guided the study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on data from the Monitoring and Improving Teacher Education (MITE) project, a mixed-methods design was used to investigate programme vision, coherence, and connections to practice from multiple institutional perspectives. Survey data captured student teachers’ perceptions, while interviews with teacher educators and programme leaders provided more detailed insight into how these features are conceptualised and enacted. Survey data were collected from 276 master’s-level student teachers at the University of Iceland and the University of Akureyri using an instrument adapted from the international Coherence and Assignments in Teacher Education (CATE) study. Survey items examined perceived clarity of programme vision, coherence across courses and field placements, and opportunities to connect theory and practice. In addition, semi-structured interviews with programme leaders and teacher educators explored how vision, coherence, and practice-based learning are conceptualised, supported, and enacted within programmes. Quantitative and qualitative data were analysed separately and integrated during interpretation Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Student teachers generally reported a clear sense of programme vision. Survey findings indicate that around two-thirds of student teachers perceived their programmes as having a coherent pedagogical direction that supported learning over time. Many described encountering consistent perspectives on teaching and learning across courses. These responses , suggest that the programme vision was visible from the student perspective. However, this perceived clarity was not consistently supported by structural connections within the curriculum. More than 70% of student teachers disagreed that instructors explicitly referred to or built on ideas from other courses, and a similar proportion reported that recurring topics were not explored in increasing depth. These findings suggest that while programme vision may be broadly understood, coherence across coursework and practice is uneven and often implicit rather than intentionally designed. Interviews with teacher educators and programme leaders both reinforced and complicated this picture. Teacher educators described strong personal commitments to linking theory and practice, yet many reported limited oversight of the programme as a whole and few opportunities for collective planning across courses within the programme. In contrast to student teachers’ perceptions of a shared and coherent vision, teacher educators were less certain that such a vision was explicitly articulated or collectively enacted at the institutional level. Overall, the findings point to a partially shared programme vision and highlight the need for stronger programme level oversight and increased collaboration among faculty to strengthen coherence and better connect coursework and practice. References Ball, D. L., & Cohen, D. K. (1999). Developing practice, developing practitioners: Toward a practice-based theory of professional education. In G. Sykes & L. Darling-Hammond (Eds.), Teaching as the learning profession: Handbook of policy and practice (pp. 3–32). Jossey-Bass. Darling-Hammond, L., Burns, D., Campbell, C., Goodwin, L., Hammerness, K., Low, E. L., . . . Zeichner, K. (2017). Empowered educators: How high performing systems shape teaching quality around the world. Jossey-Bass. Darling-Hammond, L., Holtzman, D., Gatlin, S. J., & Heilig, J. V. (2005). Does teacher preparation matter? Evidence about teacher certification, teach for America, and teacher effectiveness. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 13(42), 1–51. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.v13n42.2005 Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers College Record, 103(6), 1013–1055 Grossman, P., Hammerness, K., & McDonald, M. (2009). Redefining teaching, reimagining teacher education. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 15(2), 273–289. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600902875340 Hammerness, K. (2014). Visions of good teaching. In S. Feiman-Nemser, E. Tamir, & K. Hammerness (Eds.), Inspiring teaching: Preparing teachers to succeed in mission-driven schools (pp. 103–122). Harvard Education Press. Jenset, I. S., Klette, K., Hammerness, K. (2018). Grounding Teacher Education in Practice Around the World: An Examination of Teacher Education Coursework in Teacher Education Programs in Finland, Norway, and the United States. Journal of Teacher Education, 69(2), 184–197. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487117728248 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Preparing for Interdisciplinary Education in Initial Teacher Education: A Systematic Review of Formative Mechanisms 1: Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile; 2: Universidad Alberto Hurtado, Chile Presenting Author:Despite the growing prominence of interdisciplinary education in international debates related to twenty-first-century skills (Scott, 2015; UNESCO, 2022), curriculum structures (Dussel, 2020), and teacher professionalism (McGrath, 2023), research on initial teacher education (ITE) remains fragmented in explaining how future teachers are prepared for interdisciplinary work. While existing studies and reviews have documented benefits, challenges, competences, and curricular approaches associated with interdisciplinarity (Bourke et al., 2022; Tonnetti & Lentillon-Kaestner, 2023; Wang & Sang, 2024), less attention has been paid to the formative mechanisms through which these orientations are produced, mediated, and sustained within teacher education programs. This gap is particularly salient in secondary education, where ITE faces the challenge of preparing future teachers for interdisciplinary work within training contexts shaped by a strongly disciplinary organization of knowledge (Flores, 2016; Bourke et al., 2022). By synthesizing empirical research through a systematic literature review, this study reframes the field by shifting the analytical focus from outcomes and models to the mechanisms that structure interdisciplinary preparation in ITE. The literature has documented persistent tensions between interdisciplinary goals and existing formative structures. Recent systematic reviews depict that interdisciplinary initiatives frequently encounter obstacles such as teachers’ insecurity when working beyond disciplinary boundaries, difficulties in establishing shared goals, and assessing integrated learning outcomes, and limited opportunities for sustained collaboration across subject areas (Tonnetti & Lentillon-Kaestner, 2023). These challenges are not confined to school contexts, but also emerge within initial teacher education (ITE), where programs often reproduce discipline-centered logics, offering limited integrative experiences and weak orientations toward collaborative work (Imbernón, 2019). Beyond documenting these challenges, recent reviews have contributed to systematizing different approaches to interdisciplinary education and curriculum integration, albeit with a partial focus on ITE. Tonnetti and Lentillon-Kaestner (2023) primarily examine school-level practices; Bourke et al. (2022) identify integrated curricular approaches within ITE programs; Wang and Sang (2024) synthesize research on teachers’ interdisciplinary competences; and Agudelo Rodríguez et al. (2024) characterize models of integration in STEM teacher education. Taken together, these reviews tend to emphasize outcomes, competences, or models, rather than systematically examining the formative mechanisms through which ITE programs configure opportunities for interdisciplinary preparation. As a result, the field lacks an integrated understanding of how such preparation is produced and mediated within teacher education, limiting both theoretical accumulation and the development of more coherent policy and programmatic responses. To contribute to this discussion, the question framing this literature review is: What mechanisms have been adopted by initial teacher education programs to prepare future secondary school teachers for interdisciplinary teaching? The concept of mechanism is used here as an analytical category to identify the factors, processes, and conditions that mediate professional teacher learning (Sims et al., 2021). This notion allows ITE to move beyond the description of isolated practices and analyze how these opportunities are configured in specific institutional contexts. From a theoretical perspective, this review brings together two complementary approaches. On the one hand, it draws on contributions from the field of educational interdisciplinarity, which conceptualize the integration of knowledge as a process that goes beyond thematic juxtaposition and requires the reorganization of disciplinary knowledge for pedagogical and curricular purposes (Klein, 2017). On the other hand, it draws on Bernstein’s theory of pedagogical recontextualization (2000), which conceives ITE as a space where academic knowledge is selected, transformed, and hierarchized in accordance with institutional purposes. This articulation is particularly relevant in contexts where teacher education is shaped by global reform dynamics that reconfigure curricular structures and professional expectations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a systematic literature review design aimed at identifying and analyzing formative mechanisms through which initial teacher education (ITE) programs prepare for interdisciplinary education at the secondary level. The review followed the PRISMA framework (Moher et al., 2015) to ensure transparency and methodological rigor throughout the process. The literature search was conducted in April 2025 using two bibliographic databases: Web of Science (Core Collection) and Scopus, selected for their coverage of peer-reviewed educational research. The search strategy, developed in English, combined keywords related to two main dimensions: (a) interdisciplinary education and integrated curriculum, and (b) initial teacher education. Search strings included terms such as “interdisciplinary teaching”, “interdisciplinary education”, and “integrated curriculum”, combined with “initial teacher education”, “teacher education”, and “pre-service teachers”. No restrictions were applied regarding publication year or language. The selection process was guided by predefined inclusion and exclusion criteria. Studies were included if they: (1) were empirical and published in peer-reviewed journals; (2) addressed the preparation of teachers for interdisciplinary education; (3) focused on initial teacher education; and (4) referred explicitly to secondary education. Studies were excluded if they: (1) did not address interdisciplinary education as an object of analysis; (2) focused on in-service teacher development or other stages of professional learning; (3) addressed primary, early childhood, or non-university teacher education; or (4) were theoretical papers, conceptual essays, or literature reviews. The initial search yielded 1,819 records (1,027 from Scopus and 792 from Web of Science). After removing duplicates, 1,485 records were screened by title and abstract. Full texts were retrieved for 183 studies, of which 61 met all inclusion criteria and constituted the final corpus. The selection process was documented using a PRISMA flow diagram. Data extraction included national context, disciplinary fields, research design, participants, and formative settings. Findings were synthesized through inductive thematic analysis (Nowell et al., 2017), enabling the identification of recurring patterns and divergences in the formative mechanisms documented across studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that preparation for interdisciplinary education in ITE is characterized by fragmentation, uneven development, and weak articulation rather than by coherent or consolidated models. Furthermore, interdisciplinary preparation is commonly addressed through isolated initiatives, without being articulated as a sustained or program-wide dimension of teacher education. Within this fragmented landscape, the analysis distinguishes four types of formative mechanisms through which interdisciplinary preparation is addressed: curricular experiences, re-signification of the professional role, development of specific competences, and institutional conditions. These mechanisms capture recurring ways interdisciplinary education is approached across heterogeneous contexts and research designs. Most importantly, their identification does not imply that they systematically coexist within teacher education programs, nor that they form coherent or integrated formative arrangements. Empirical studies frequently document curricular mechanisms, typically materialized in specific courses or integrative assignments. While these initiatives often generate meaningful learning experiences. Mechanisms related to the re-signification of the professional role appear mainly in studies emphasizing collaboration, reflection, or identity work that challenges discipline-bound conceptions of teaching, yet they are seldom supported by stable curricular or institutional structures. Competence-oriented mechanisms focus on epistemic, pedagogical, or collaborative capacities required for interdisciplinary education. Finally, institutional mechanisms shape the conditions under which interdisciplinary preparation becomes possible or constrained, with organizational arrangements, disciplinary structures, and forms of curricular recognition often operating as limiting rather than enabling factors. Taken together, these findings suggest that interdisciplinary preparation in ITE is better understood as a field of partial and unevenly connected formative practices than as a coherent system. The relationships among mechanisms remain largely potential and contingent on local configurations, underscoring the need for future research that examines how such mechanisms may interact over time and across institutional contexts to support more sustained approaches to interdisciplinary education in teacher preparation. References Agudelo, C. González-Reyes, R., Bernal, A., Merchán, M. López, E. (2024) Characterization of STEM teacher education programs for disciplinary integration: A systematic review. EURASIA Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education 20(3), https://doi.org/10.29333/ejmste/14280 Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity. 2nd ed. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield. Bourke, T., L’Estrange, L., Willis, J., Alford, J., Davis, J., Henderson, D., Tambyah, M., Henderson, S., & Clark-Fookes, T. (2022). Integrated Curriculum Approaches to Teaching in Initial Teacher Education for Secondary Schooling: A Systematic Review. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 47(3), 36-56. https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2022v47n3.3 Dussel, I. (2020). The shifting boundaries of school subjects in contemporary curriculum reforms: Towards a post-disciplinary curriculum? Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 66(5), 666–689. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25809 Flores, A. (2016). Teacher education curriculum. In J. Loughran & M. Hamilton (Eds.), International handbook of teacher education (pp. 187–230). Springer. Imbernón, F. (2019). La formación del profesorado de secundaria: La eterna pesadilla. Profesorado, Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 23(3), https://doi.org/10.30827/profesorado.v23i3.9302 Klein, J. T. (2017). Typologies of Interdisciplinarity: The Boundary Work of Definition. En R. Frodeman (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Interdisciplinarity (p. 0). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780198733522.013.3 McGrath, J. (2023), “What systematic connections should we have around schools to support the work of teachers?: Global lessons and the potential of ambition loops”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 296, https://doi.org/10.1787/77de597c-en. Moher, D., Shamseer, L., Clarke, M., Ghersi, D., Liberati, A., Petticrew, M., Shekelle, P., & Stewart, L. A. (2015). Preferred reporting items for systematic review and meta-analysis protocols (PRISMA-P) 2015 statement. Systematic Reviews, 4(1), 1–9. Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1), 1–13. Scott, C. L. (2015). El futuro del aprendizaje 2: ¿Qué tipo de aprendizaje se necesita en el siglo XXI? UNESCO. Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O’Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Van Herwegen, J., Anders, J. (2021). What are the Characteristics of Teacher Professional Development that Increase Pupil Achievement? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Education Endowment Foundation. Tonnetti, B., y Lentillon-Kaestner, V. (2023). Teaching interdisciplinarity in secondary school: A systematic review. Cogent Education, 10(1), 2216038. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2216038 UNESCO. (2022). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. UNESCO. Wang, X., & Sang, G. (2024). Interdisciplinary competence of teachers: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 136, 104381. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104381 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Mediating Effect of Culturally Responsive Teaching Readiness on the Relationships Between Self-Efficacy and Outcome Expectancy 1: Bernardino B. Bosque National High School, 6JRM+8HC, Bunawan, Davao City, Davao del Sur, 8017, Philippines; 2: University of the Immaculate Concepcion, Graduate School Department, Father Selga Street, Davao City, 8000, Philippines; 3: University of Southeastern Philippines, College of Education, Obrero, Davao City, 8000, Philippines Presenting Author:The educational landscape has increasingly emphasized inclusive and culturally responsive teaching (CRT) practices. The diversity of student populations requires teachers to adopt methods that reflect students’ cultural backgrounds and lived experiences. In this context, self-efficacy is key: teachers’ belief in their ability to influence student outcomes. Outcome expectancy, teachers’ expectations about their teaching, predicts educational success (Bandura, 1997). The link between these two factors may not be direct. Teachers’ readiness to engage in CRT may mediate the relationship between CRT and teacher efficacy. Self-efficacy can influence readiness, which in turn affects outcome expectancy. Self-efficacy, the belief in one’s ability to perform a specific task, is essential in shaping teaching practices. Teachers’ culturally responsive teaching self-efficacy (CRTSE) influences their confidence in classroom management and their ability to apply diverse teaching strategies. Culturally responsive teaching outcome expectancy (CRTOE) is closely linked to teachers' beliefs about the outcomes of their efforts. Mediation means CRTSE may first shape a teacher’s readiness (CRTR) to apply CRT. This increased readiness then leads to stronger beliefs in positive student outcomes. Thus, the relationship between CRTSE and CRTOE may be transmitted through CRTR. CRTR reflects a teacher's preparedness to implement CRT practices effectively in diverse classrooms (Gay, 2010). In the Philippines, the Department of Education (DepEd) Order No. 32, series of 2017, established a Gender-Responsive Basic Education Policy. The Commission on Higher Education (CHED) also stresses gender and cultural awareness in teacher training (CMO #01, s. of 2015). These policies prepare teachers for diverse classrooms. This study aimed to determine the following: (a) preservice teachers’ CRTSE beliefs, (b) their CRTOE beliefs, (c) their CRTR levels, (d) if significant links exist among CRTR, CRTSE, and CRTOE, and (e) how CRTR mediates the CRTSE-CRTOE relationship. This research views the self-efficacy theory (Bandura, 1997) and CRT pedagogy (Gay, 2000). Bandura’s self-efficacy, rooted in social learning theory, is crucial for understanding teacher beliefs (Malo-Juvera et al., 2018). Teacher self-efficacy is the confidence teachers have in their ability to promote student achievement, to overcome teaching challenges, and to build resilience (Gibson & Dembo, 1984). Effective teaching requires knowledge, skills, and belief in one’s ability to apply them. Teacher self-efficacy predicts how preservice teachers implement culturally responsive practices after coursework (Bandura, 1997). Research shows that higher teacher self-efficacy leads to better decisions for engaging challenging students (Malo-Juvera et al., 2018). Fostering self-efficacy in specific domains, such as CRT, enables preservice teachers (PSTs) to enhance their competencies (Cruz et al., 2020). They need to understand what builds self-efficacy. Bandura (1997) identified four main sources of self-efficacy: physiological and emotional states, vicarious experiences, mastery experiences, and verbal or social persuasion. Actual teaching experiences in small- and whole-group settings matter (Clark, 2020). These allow preservice teachers to evaluate their effectiveness. Observing student progress further boosts teachers' confidence in their teaching success. Likewise, Bandura (1997) highlights the collaborative nature of verbal and social persuasion. PSTs build community and self-efficacy through feedback from mentors, cooperating teachers, supervisors, and peers during field experiences (Clark, 2020). Understanding these sources will guide the analysis of interviews. This will help identify what participants see as integral to their sense of community and to their growth in self-efficacy. Despite a strong theory, a gap persists in research on CRT readiness as a mediating variable. This gap is evident in the Philippine context. Existing literature mainly examines Western or urbanized Asian settings. Questions remain about how CRT readiness influences teaching effectiveness in other environments. This study addressed that gap by exploring the mediating role of CRT readiness among preservice teachers in Philippine sectarian schools. In these settings, cultural values are integral to the educational mission. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed path analysis to investigate the mediating role of CRTR in the relationship between self-efficacy and outcome expectancy among preservice teachers. Path analysis is appropriate in this context because it examines both direct and indirect relationships among variables, thereby clarifying the mediating effect of CRTR between CRTSE and CTROE (Baron & Kenny, 1986). Path analysis is a statistical technique used to examine both direct and indirect relationships among observed variables. A direct relationship exists when CRTSE directly influences CTROE, whereas an indirect relationship occurs when the effect is transmitted through a third variable, such as CRTR. The present study evaluates whether CRTR mediates the association between CRTSE and CTROE. Path analysis examines multiple direct and indirect relationships at once, offering deeper insights than standard regression. While regression may show no direct correlation, path analysis shows that a predictor can have an indirect effect on an outcome. This method uses multiple regression models within a theoretical framework to assess all hypothesized links between predictors and outcomes, making it especially suitable for complex communication phenomena. Respondents were preservice teachers enrolled in sectarian higher education institutions. Inclusion criteria were third- or fourth-year PSTs pursuing a Bachelor of Secondary Education major in English and currently in a teaching internship. Participation was voluntary and required informed consent. Only completed surveys were analyzed to ensure data reliability and validity. The final sample of 100 respondents provided a basis for meaningful and generalizable findings. The instruments employed comprised (a) CRTR, adapted from Karatas and Oral (2017); (b) CRTSE; and (c) CRTOE, the latter two created by Siwatu (2006). CRTSE and CRTOE measure preservice teachers’ self-efficacy and beliefs regarding the outcomes of culturally responsive pedagogy. These instruments are grounded in prior research that identifies key competencies in culturally responsive teaching, such as cultural awareness, adaptive instruction, minimizing cultural mismatches, fostering identity, and cautious interpretation of test results (Siwatu, 2005). The self-efficacy and outcome expectancy measures encompass curriculum and instruction, classroom management, student assessment, and cultural enrichment (Siwatu, 2005, 2007). Descriptive statistics, including mean and standard deviation, were calculated for self-efficacy, outcome expectancy, and readiness for culturally responsive teaching. Pearson correlation coefficients were computed to analyze the relationships among these variables. Path analysis was conducted to determine whether readiness for culturally responsive teaching mediated the relationship between self-efficacy and outcome expectancy. The significance of the mediation effect was evaluated using the Sobel test. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings PSTs demonstrated high levels of self-efficacy in applying culturally responsive practices. The findings indicate that respondents expressed confidence in their ability to employ a range of teaching strategies and integrate students’ cultural backgrounds into the educational process. Their self-efficacy appears to be influenced by their perceived competence in contextualizing lessons based on student diversity. However, results also suggest that competencies in developing personal relationships with students require further enhancement. PSTs strongly believed that their actions as educators would result in favorable outcomes. They believed that culturally responsive strategies, such as building trust and valuing students’ cultural heritage, facilitate improvements in student learning. Furthermore, they believe that instructional practices connecting to prior knowledge are effective. Their outcome expectancy is shaped by the belief that affirming cultural identity and fostering trust promote greater student engagement and academic achievement. A statistically significant relationship was found between PSTs’ CRTSE and CRTOE. This association suggests that as self-efficacy in CRT increases, so does the belief in the positive outcomes associated with these practices. This finding underscores the connection between confidence and expectancy, illustrating that self-efficacy is a key driver of teachers’ beliefs in the effectiveness of culturally responsive pedagogy. CRTR did not have a significant mediating effect on the relationship between CRTSE and CRTOE. This indicates that, despite preservice teachers’ perceived readiness to implement CRT, this readiness does not account for the linkage between self-efficacy and outcome expectancy. Consequently, self-efficacy in culturally responsive practices remains the principal factor influencing teachers’ outcome beliefs, independently of their readiness. Given that the present study found no significant mediating effect of CRTR on the relationship between self-efficacy and outcome expectancy, it is recommended that teacher education institutions review and redesign their readiness programs. These initiatives should be aligned with preservice teachers’ levels of confidence and expectations. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W.H. Freeman and Company. Baron, R.M., Kenny, D.A. (1986). The moderator–mediator variable distinction in social psychological research: Conceptual, strategic, and statistical considerations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 51(6):1173. CHED Memorandum Order No. 01 s. 2015. Establishing the policies and guidelines on gender and development in the Commission on Higher Education and higher education institutions HEIs. https://h7.cl/1izQM. Clark, S.K. (2020). Examining the development of teacher self-efficacy beliefs to teach reading and to attend to issues of diversity in elementary schools. Teacher Development, 24(2), 127–142. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2020.1725102. Cruz, R.A., Manchanda, S., Firestone, A.R., & Rodl, J.E. (2020). An Examination of Teachers’ Culturally Responsive Teaching Self-Efficacy. Teacher Education and Special Education, 43(3), 197–214. https://doi.org/10.1177/0888406419875194. DepEd Order No. 32, s. 2017. Gender Responsive Basic Education Policy. https://h7.cl/1izQn. Gay, G. (2010). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice (2nd ed.). Teachers College Press. Gibson, S., & Dembo, M.H. (1984). Teacher efficacy: A construct validation. Journal of educational psychology, 76(4), 569–582. http://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.76.4.569. Karatas, S., & Oral, B. (2017). Culturally responsive teaching readiness: An assessment tool for teacher education programs. Journal of Educational Research and Practice, 8(3), 240–252. https://h7.cl/1nA0C. Malo-Juvera, V., Correll, P., & Cantrell, S. (2018). A mixed methods investigation of teachers’ self-efficacy for culturally responsive instruction. Teaching & Teacher Education, 74, 146–156. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.05.003 Siwatu, KO. (2005). Exploring the factors that influence preservice teachers’ culturally responsive teaching self-efficacy and outcome expectancy beliefs. Ph.D. Thesis, The University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA. Siwatu, K.O. (2006). Preservice teachers’ culturally responsive teaching self-efficacy and outcome expectancy beliefs. Teaching and Teacher Education, 23(7), 1003–1101. https://h7.cl/1izVU. Siwatu, K.O. (2007). Preservice teachers’ culturally responsive teaching self-efficacy and outcome expectancy beliefs. Teaching and Teacher Education, 23(7), 1086–1101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.07.011 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Examining ChatGPT as an Assistant for Pre-service Teachers’ Reflective Writing Iakob Gogebashvili Telavi State University, Georgia Presenting Author:Reflective writing is an essential component of the pre-service teacher preparation process as they transition into the teaching profession. Reflection enables pre-service teachers to identify their strengths, recognize areas for improvement, and develop professionally (Cohen-Sayag & Fischl, 2012; Boud, 2001; Dumlao & Pinatacan, 2019). Reflective writing in teacher education is most beneficial when it reaches deeper levels of thinking and engages the highest forms of critical reflection, using reflection-based interpretations to planfuture actions (Mezirow, 1990). Research has shown that reflective writing often becomes merely a descriptive account of events, lacking depth and critical judgment (Chen et al., 2016). Students may struggle to clearly articulate what they have learned, fail to think critically, and neglect to evaluate their experiences(Spaulding and Wilson, 2002). Deep reflection can be achieved through dialogues based on questions. Ghaye (2010, p. 42) calls this type of dialogues “reflective conversations,” which may lead to teachers to learn from their own educational experience and question existing educational values. In reflective conversations, the one who asks questions plays a crucial part. According to Pendlebury (1995) this person is ‘dialogical other’, and his or her role is to elicit the practical arguments and ‘theories’ that underpin the teacher’s work (Cited in Ghaye, 2010).The ‘dialogical other’ is supportive and adds structure to the reflective conversation; he/she does not necessarily focus on weakness but ensure balance in judgement and strengthen the positive things. In Bain et al. (1999) study with dialogue reflections 66% of the subjects improved their reflections from reporting to reasoning. Since the emergence of ChatGPT, AI has revolutionized education; it has been used to produce learning materials, assess, give feedback, and act as a virtual conversation assistant in higher education (Dempereet al., 2023; Essel et al. 2022; Wang et al., 2017). Most research on ChatGPT focuses on lesson planning, personalized learning, feedback, and content creation, but little is known about its role in reflective writing. It is unclear how interacting with ChatGPT affects pre-service teachers’ reflective writing. This study will explore this gap. This study is grounded in reflective practice theory. ChatGPT is viewed as a dialogical other (Pendlebury, 1995 cited in Ghaye, 2010) that supports reflection through asking questions, providing feedback, and dialogue. ChatGPT serves as a scaffold that helps pre-service teachers express their thoughts, deepen metacognitive awareness, which aligns with guided reflective dialogue models. Combining the potential of ChatGPT to brainstorm ideas into reflective writing, can address the challenges in reflective thinking. This study explores ChatGPT’s potential to support pre-service teachers in developing their reflective writing by generating ideas, offering personalized assistance, and providing feedback. Our study aims to contribute to the growing understanding of how AI can enhance reflective practices in teacher education. Specifically, the study investigates how ChatGPT influences pre-service teachers’ reflective writing and their vocabulary use. The research questions are as follows: RQ1: How do pre-service teachers communicate with ChatGPT for reflective writing? RQ2: How does this interaction with ChatGPT as a writing assistant influence the content and structure of their reflective writing? These research findings provide insight into the use of ChatGPT in the reflective writing process, as well as its potential for future development and practical application. For researchers, the findings can serve as a foundation for further studies and experimentation. The results may benefit teacher education programs; program coordinators and educators may consider integrating ChatGPT into pre-service teachers’ reflective practice to enhance their level of reflection and focus. Additionally, the results could be interesting for AI developers to create special AI tools for reflective writing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions, a mixed-method study was conducted. 15 pre-service teachers, who were enrolled in the BA–MA integrated Primary Teacher Education Program at Iakob Gogebashvili Telavi State University (Georgia), were involved in the study. Pre-service teachers' reflective essays—first written independently (Reflective essay 1, RE1), then written with the help of ChatGPT's guiding questions on the same topic (Reflective essay 2, RE2) — were analysed. Both sets of reflective essays, along with the participants' conversation logs with ChatGPT, were collected and examined. The quantitative study design focused on analyzing the following: • Word Count analysis of RE1 & RE2: This comparison aimed to determine how many words the participants wrote independently versus with the help of AI, assessing whether the word count increased when ChatGPT was involved. SPSS 24 was used to calculate descriptive statistics (mean, median, standard deviation) and conduct inferential statistics (t-test and p-value). • Prompts Count: Quantitative analysis of the prompts evaluated how frequently participants interacted with ChatGPT. • Count of the same lexical units in RE2 & logs; Overlap of lexical units between RE2 and ChatGPT conversation logs: To measure the influence of AI on vocabulary and ideas, repeated lexical units were examined (Voyant Tools https://voyant-tools.org) in RE2 that appeared in the ChatGPT logs, indicating the extent to which participants incorporated AI-generated language and concepts (Poldner et al, 2014). A qualitative study design was used to analyze the following: • Content analysis of RE2 and logs; Reflection topics suggested by ChatGPT and their occurrence in RE2: For content analysis, it was necessary to identify the questions and topics in the ChatGPT logs and then trace these topics in the participants’ Reflective Essay 2 (RE2) (Chen et al., 2016; Zhang et al., 2023). • Prompts Analysis: Understanding how participants communicated with AI and how this interaction related to their writing was essential. This included examining whether participants addressed ChatGPT with requests or questions and whether they responded to AI’s questions within the conversation logs. To analyze reflection topics in the ChatGPT conversations, all logs were coded and examined using thematic analysis by two researchers, one of whom was an external researcher. To reduce potential bias in coding and qualitative judgment, both researchers independently reviewed and coded the reflective essays and ChatGPT logs. The types of prompts (questions, requests, responses/dialogic exchanges), as well as participants’ introductions to AI, were also thematically analyzed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of the study was to explore ChatGPT’s impact on pre-service teachers’ reflective writing to understand how AI can be used to improve pre-service teachers' reflective writing. The word count comparison of independently written essays and ChatGPT-assisted showed that the effect might be not only significant but also meaningful in practice, as it suggests that AI support leads to relatively longer reflections. The standardized AI output of a set of questions heavily relies on its training data, as also noted by Buchholtz and Huget (2024). ChatGPT acts as a “dialogic other”, asks questions, provides feedback and adds structure to the writing. ChatGPT’s questions might inspire students to reflect by introducing new ideas that influence their writing and thinking. Students may adopt concepts, structures, and vocabulary from the AI. ChatGPT may provide a set of questions personalized to pre-service teachers’ needs. However, reviewing all questions generated by ChatGPT may be difficult, as it is time-consuming and cognitively demanding. Additionally, AI could offer instant feedback and supply with model sentences to support reflective thinking. Students should receive proper guidance before writing a reflective essay with AI. They need to understand that the scope of the AI’s responses can be controlled through carefully structured prompts. A clear introduction to the task is crucial for ensuring effective guidance from ChatGPT. Using ChatGPT as a guiding partner for pre-service teachers’ reflective writing requires careful consideration. On one hand, ChatGPT might enhance reflection with different topics related to teaching profession, on the other hand it could impact pre-service teachers’ writing in many ways. Students may lose their voice, copy the sentences from the logs, or follow suggested structure and opt out answering deep questions. It is important to study what type of AI guidance help pre-service teachers achieve deeper layers of thinking. References Bain, J.D., Ballantyne, R., Packer, J., & Mills, C. (1999). Using journal writing to enhance student teachers’ reflectivity during field experience placements. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, vol. 5, no. 1, 51-73. Boud, D. (2001). Peer Learning in Higher Education: Learning from and with Each Other. London: Kogan Page. Buchholtz, N. & Huget, J. (2024). ChatGPT as a reflection tool to promote the lesson planning competencies of pre-service teachers. 2024, Conference contribution - Article for conference in: Proceedings of the 17th ERME Topic Conference MEDA 4 – University of Bari Aldo Moro, Italy, 3-6 September 2024 : 129-136, University of Bari Aldo Moro Chen, Y., Yu, B., Zhang, X., & Yu, Y. (2016). Topic modeling for evaluating students' reflective writing: A case study of pre-service teachers' journals. ACM International Conference Proceeding Series, 25-29-April-2016, 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1145/2883851.2883951 Cohen-Sayag, E., & Fischl, D. (2012). Reflective writing in pre-service teachers' teaching: What does it promote? Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 37(10). https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2012v37n10.1 Dempere, J., Modugu, K., Hesham, A., and Ramasamy, L. K. (2023). The impact of ChatGPT on higher education. Front. Educ. 8:1206936. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1206936 Dumlao, R. P., & Pinatacan, J. R. (2019). From practice to writing: Using reflective journal instruction in enhancing pre-service teachers' professional development. International Journal of Instruction, 12(4), 459–478. https://doi.org/10.29333/iji.2019.12430a Essel, H., Vlachopoulos, D., Tachie-Menson, A., Johnson, E., and Baah, P. (2022). The impact of a virtual teaching assistant (chatbot) on students’ learning in Ghanaian higher education. Int. J. Educ. Technol. High. Educ. 19, 1–19. doi: 10.1186/s41239-022-00362-6 Ghaye, T. (2010). Teaching and Learning through Reflective Practice: A Practical Guide for Positive Action (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203833322 Mezirow, J. (1990). How Critical Thinking Activates Transformative Learning. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Poldner, E., Van der Schaaf, M., Simons, P. R. J., Van Tartwijk, J., & Wijngaards, G. (2014). Assessing student teachers' reflective writing through quantitative content analysis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(3), 348–373. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2014.892479 Spalding, E., &Wilson, A. (2002). Demystifying Reflection: A Study of Pedagogical Strategies that Encourage Reflective Journal Writing. Teachers College Record, 104, 7, 1393-1421 Wang, Y., Petrina, S., and Feng, F. (2017). VILLAGE—virtual immersive language learning and gaming environment: immersion and presence. Br. J. Educ. Technol. 48, 431–450. doi: 10.1111/bjet.12388 Zhang, C., Schießl, J., Plößl, L., Hofmann, F., & Gläser-Zikuda, M. (2023). Evaluating Reflective Writing in Pre-Service Teachers: The Potential of a Mixed-Methods Approach. Education Sciences, 13(12). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13121213 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 08 C: Teacher Trajectories: From Career Choice to Commitment Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Yuqing Liu Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teacher Professionalism as a Lifelong Learning Process: Teacher Education, Professional Commitment, and the Career Continuum Kibbutzim college of Education, Israel Presenting Author:Teacher's professional development is conceptualized as a lifelong learning process that fosters the development of professional expertise and professionalism (Evans, 2019). This process involves the continuous deepening of knowledge and skills required to establish and sustain effective teaching practices. Research highlights the benefits of professional development processes for both students and teachers (Kennedy,2016; Mansfield & Gu, 2019). Extensive attention has been devoted to teachers’ professional development in the scholarly literature, particularly with regard to in-service teachers. Within this body of work, Vonk (1995) frames professionalism in teaching as a continuous, long-term process evolving across the teaching career. Despite this emphasis on career-long development, the role of initial teacher education within the broader framework of lifelong professional learning has received comparatively limited attention (Coppe et al., 2024). The present study seeks to address this gap by proposing a model of continuous professional learning structured around initial teacher education, while examining how orientations toward professionalism and lifelong learning in the field of teaching are shaped during the initial stage of teacher preparation. Specifically, the model focuses on student teachers’ motivations to engage in advanced academic studies as an expression of their professional orientations. Adopting an integrative perspective, the model links cognitive dimensions of professional development with motivational dimensions, as reflected in teachers’ commitment to the profession.
Teacher education programs: The literature identifies diverse models of teacher education that differ in their pedagogical orientations and educational goals. Some programs emphasize preparing teachers to promote students’ achievement and meet academic standards, reflecting accountability driven approaches such as No Child Left Behind (Bates & Townsend, 2007). Others view student teachers as learners who develop teaching knowledge and skills through inquiry and reflection, enabling adaptation to changing educational contexts (Sahlberg, 2011). Despite these differences, comparative analyses indicate that most teacher education programs share three core components, aligned with Shulman’s framework of the knowledge base for teaching (1987): content knowledge, pedagogical content-knowledge, and clinical experience in educational settings. In recent years, however, there has been growing recognition of the need to expand this framework by systematically integrating the development of twenty-first-century skills. These competencies, encompassing cognitive, personal, and social domains, are viewed not only as pedagogical aims but also as strategic resources for strengthening teachers’ resilience and supporting their adaptation to contemporary educational systems (Nissim & Danial‑Saad, 2023). Alongside the cognitive dimensions emphasized in teacher education programs, increasing attention is given to motivational components aimed at fostering teachers’ professional identity. One key concept in this regard is professional commitment, defined as a psychological state reflecting individuals’ attitudes toward their chosen career. Professional commitment in teaching reflects alignment between teachers’ beliefs and professional values, expressed through emotional attachment to the profession, motivation for ongoing development, and dedication to long-term engagement in teaching. (Meyer & Allen, 1991). Empirical studies indicate that committed teachers express confidence in their career choice combined with intentions to remain in the profession (Kelchtermans, 2017). The study aims to examine the extent to which initial teacher education processes, together with commitment to the profession, contribute to student teachers’ motivations for professionalism, with particular emphasis on engagement in advanced academic studies at the master’s degree level. Research Questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Context: The teacher education system in Israel has undergone numerous changes and reforms since its establishment, aimed at adapting to the evolving needs of the education system. These adjustments have been driven by a sustained increase in demand for teachers, partly due to demographic changes and growth in student enrollment in schools and early childhood education settings, as well as by the need to respond to the shifting social, economic, political, and technological contexts in Israel (Donitsa-Shmidt, 2024). These processes have also been influenced by global developments, including international and domestic crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic. To ensure high-quality teacher education, particularly in response to a complex, and ambiguous environment, policymakers have established regulatory guidelines designed to provide a coherent foundation for professional studies. Within this framework, teacher education is generally structured as a developmental pathway, namely four-year academic program, followed by a structured internship, and the opportunity to pursue advanced master’s degree studies after several years of experience in the educational field. The revised teacher education framework introduced in 2020 places strong emphasis on teacher professionalism as a central outcome of initial preparation processes. It was designed to establish a parallel academic pathway alongside the developmental pathway, enabling a direct progression from undergraduate to graduate studies, as is common in several Western countries, such as Finland (Sahlberg, 2011). However, student teachers’ perceptions of this professional pathway have yet to be systematically examined. Participants: A total of 211 student teachers from a large central teacher education college completed the survey questionnaire, of whom 82% were women. The sample represented various undergraduate teacher education programs and included students across different stages of training: 55 students (26%) were in their first year, 72 (34%) in their second year, 55 (26%) in their third year, and 20 (10%) in their fourth year. Nine students (4%) did not report their year of study. Research instrument: The survey questionnaire was developed in alignment with the components of the teacher education guidelines and based on previously validated instruments. Content validity was assessed by three experts in the field of teacher education. Construct validity was examined through exploratory factor analysis, and reliability measures. Data analysis Data analysis was conducted using descriptive statistical methods. In addition, multivariate analyses were performed, including linear regression and structural equation modeling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate generally positive attitudes toward commitment to teaching, with 58% of participants expressing strong commitment to the profession. In addition, 75% reported interest in pursuing a master’s degree through a direct pathway, compared with 34% preferring a developmental pathway following teaching experience. A multivariate analysis shows that most teacher education components are not significantly associated with student teachers’ motivation to pursue professionalism through master’s degree studies, in either the direct or developmental pathways. The acquisition of twenty-first-century competencies and professional commitment were the only factors positively associated with motivation for the direct pathway. These findings suggest that teacher education quality alone does not directly predict motivation for continued professionalism, although indirect relationships may exist. Further path analysis conducted using structural equation modeling confirmed this hypothesis, demonstrating that clinical experience, the acquisition of twenty-first-century competencies, and satisfaction with teacher education, although not directly associated with motivation for professionalism, contribute to interest in pursuing advanced academic studies in teaching when mediated by commitment to the profession. Although academic degrees alone do not guarantee higher teaching quality or direct gains in student achievement, prior research highlights the important contribution of teachers’ educational attainment to student outcomes (Ingersoll, 2005). Simultaneously, many teachers are assigned to teach subjects outside their areas of formal preparation (Hobbs & Porsch, 2022). Beyond instructional effects, the entry of educators with high levels of human capital and advanced academic qualifications may have broader implications for school functioning and organizational capacity, which remain underexplored in sociological research on education. The findings highlight the central role of teacher education in shaping professional identity, conceptualizing professionalism as an integrative process encompassing knowledge, skills, and motivation. High-quality, forward-looking teacher education programs, including direct pathways to advanced degrees, may promote professional empowerment, sustained commitment, and long-term retention in the teaching profession. References Bates, R. & Townsend, T. (2007). The future of teacher education: Challenges and opportunities. In: T. Townsend & R. Bates (Eds.). Handbook of Teacher Education: Globalization, Standards and Professionalism in Times of Change (pp. 727-734). Dordrecht: Springer. Coppe, T., Parmentier, M., Raemdonck, I., März, V. & Colognesi, S. (2024). Beyond traditional narratives about teacher professional development: A critical perspective on teachers' working life. Teaching and Teacher Education, 139, 104436, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104436 Donitsa-Schmidt, S. (2024). Teacher shortage in Israel: a policy analysis of recruitment, preparation, and retention. Journal of Education for Teaching. Doi: 10.1080/02607476.2025.2563153 Evans, L. (2019). Implicit and informal professional development: What it ’looks like’, how it occurs, and why we need to research it. Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 3–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1441172 Hobbs, L. & Porsch, R. (2022). First-year out-of-field teachers: Support mechanisms, satisfaction and retention. In: L. (Eds.). Out-of-field Teaching Across Teaching Disciplined and Contexts. Springer, 175-190. Ingersoll, R.M.. (2005). The problem of unqualified teachers: A sociological perspective. Sociology of Education, 78(2), 175-178. Kelchtermans, G. (2017). Should I stay or should I go? Unpacking teacher attrition/retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 961–977. Kenedy, M.M. (2016). How Does Professional Development Improve Teaching? Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 945-980. Mansfield, C., & Gu, Q. (2019). "I’m finally getting that help that I needed": Early career teacher induction and professional learning. Australian Educational Researcher, 46(4), 639–659. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-019-00338-y Meyer, J.P. & Allen, N.J. (1991). A three-component conceptualization of organizational commitment. Human Resource Management, 1(1): 61–89. Nissim, Y., & Danial-Saad, A. (2023). The Resilient Teacher: Unveiling the Positive Impact of the Collaborative Practicum Model on Novice Teachers. Education Sciences, 13(11), 1162. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13111162 Sahlberg, P. (2011). Finnish Lessons: What Can the World Learn from the Educational Change in Finland? New-York: Teacher college Press. Shulman, L.S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundation of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-22. doi.org/10.17763/haer.57.1.j463w79r56455411 Vonk, J.H.C. (1995). Teacher induction: An essential element at the start of teachers' careers. Revista Espanola de Pedagogia, 53(200), 5-22. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Visualizing Men’s Pathways into Teaching: A Sandboxing Approach to Obstacles and Facilitators 1: Universidad de los Andes, Chile; 2: Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile Presenting Author:There is a persistent and well-documented shortage of teachers worldwide (Dupriez et al., 2016; European Commission, 2023; Heinz, 2015; Lindqvist & Gidlund, 2025; Symeonidis et al., 2025), with UNESCO and the International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030 (2024) estimating a global deficit of 44 million teachers by 2030. This shortage is driven by structural factors such as low salaries (Singleton & Roberts, 2023; Wiggan et al., 2021), declining professional status, and increasing workload demands (Heffernan et al., 2022). These challenges not only affect teachers already in the workforce, but also the capacity of educational systems to attract new candidates into the profession. In Chile, this situation is reflected in declining enrolments in initial teacher education programs (Ministerio de Educación, 2024) and growing concerns regarding early career attrition (Orrego-Tapia, 2023). Within this broader context, primary education remains a highly feminized field. Internationally, women represent approximately 81% of primary teachers (OECD, 2023), a pattern that is also evident in initial teacher education. Despite sustained policy interest in increasing male participation in teaching, particularly in primary education, initiatives aimed at attracting men have shown limited success (McGrath et al., 2020; Skelton, 2009). This suggests that barriers to gender diversity operate early in the professional trajectory, before individuals formally enter the teaching workforce. While previous research has largely focused on male teachers already in the profession, this study shifts attention to earlier stages of the trajectory, examining entry into initial teacher education. This focus is particularly relevant given that decisions to enrol, persist, or withdraw from teacher education programs are shaped by gendered expectations, social norms, and structural conditions that precede professional practice. Beyond workforce considerations, increasing male representation in primary education has broader social and educational implications. Given that schools are central spaces for children’s socialization (Heinz et al., 2021), greater gender diversity among teachers can challenge entrenched gender norms that associate teaching and care exclusively with women, which can contribute to more equitable representations of masculinity and caregiving (Fernández et al., 2020; Madrid, 2011; McGrath & Sinclair, 2013; Mistry & Sood, 2016). Existing research has identified multiple factors discouraging men from entering primary teacher education. Gender stereotypes play a key role, as teaching young children is commonly associated with emotionality, patience, and nurturing, traits socially constructed as feminine (Kang et al., 2020; Meader & Larwin, 2022). Men who choose primary teaching often face questioning of their motivations and suitability, as well as suspicion within feminized educational spaces (Cruickshank, 2019; Parr & Gosse, 2011; Sargent, 2004). Structural conditions, including relatively low salaries and limited opportunities for career advancement, further constrain male participation, particularly in contexts where men continue to experience pressure to fulfil the role of primary economic provider (Arribas et al., 2022; Figueroa & Hernández, 2019; Mizala et al., 2022). Conversely, facilitators of male participation in primary teacher education include intrinsic motivations linked to vocation and interest in teaching, altruistic motivations related to contributing to children’s development and social wellbeing, and the influence of prior educational experiences and significant role models (Arribas et al., 2022; Heinz, 2015; Montecinos & Nielsen, 1997; Mungarro & Zayas, 2009). The study is theoretically informed by research on gendered career trajectories, motivational approaches to teacher education, and sociocultural perspectives on professional socialization. Its aim is to explore and understand the facilitators and barriers shaping the trajectories of male pre-service primary teachers as they enter and progress through initial teacher education. The guiding research question is: What facilitators and barriers shape male students’ decisions to enter and persist in primary teacher education, and how are these trajectories influenced by gendered expectations and institutional contexts? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study adopts a phenomenologically informed approach to examine shared meanings and patterns across participants’ experiences related to a specific phenomenon (Creswell & Poth, 2018). Participants. From a larger quantitative sample (n = 110), 20 male pre-service primary teachers were purposefully selected based on motivational profiles identified through the administration of the FIT-Choice scale (Richardson & Watt, 2016). Additionally, variability among participants was ensured in terms of the universities they attended, geographic location (north, central, and south of the country), and stage in the teacher education program (year of study). Data collection technique. In-depth interviews were conducted with 20 male pre-service primary teachers, exploring facilitators and barriers experienced before and during their initial teacher education. The interviews employed a sandboxing technique (de Vries & Guiney, 2023; Mannay & Timperley, 2025), a visual and projective method in which participants constructed representations of their trajectories using objects and figures, allowing them to reflect on key milestones, relationships, and experiences shaping their pathways into teacher education. Data analysis. Interviews were transcribed verbatim and analyzed together with the visual and narrative data generated through the sandboxing process. A qualitative content analysis was conducted to explore facilitators and barriers in participants’ trajectories, moving beyond surface-level text to incorporate symbolic and relational meanings expressed in the sandbox constructions (Díaz, 2018; de Vries & Guiney, 2023). The analysis proceeded through iterative stages of open coding, codebook development, triangulation among researchers, and thematic interpretation using Atlas.ti (version 25.0.1). Ethical considerations. The participants signed an informed consent. Their participation was voluntary and confidential. Additionally, the research was reviewed and approved by the ethics committee of the affiliated university. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings emerging from the sandboxing interviews suggest that male pre-service primary teachers articulate their trajectories through a complex interplay of facilitators and barriers, represented symbolically in their sandbox constructions (Mannay & Timperley, 2025). The use of sandboxing allowed participants to highlight critical turning points, significant relationships, and moments of tension encountered prior to and during their training. Among the most recurrent barriers is the perception of low salary in comparison with other careers (Arribas et al., 2022; Johnson, 2008; Sacco & Poblete, 2023), linked to gendered expectations of men as primary economic providers (Fernández et al., 2020; Figueroa & Hernández, 2019), generating doubts about long-term career sustainability. Participants also anticipated persistent gender stereotypes and suspicion surrounding working with children (Cruickshank, 2019; Ovando & Falabella, 2021; Parr & Gosse, 2011). Additionally, they articulated counter-stereotypical views, emphasizing equal capacity for teaching and care across genders. During practicum experiences, pre-service teachers reported being positioned as alternative male or paternal figures, particularly in socially vulnerable contexts (McGrath & Sinclair, 2013). Conversely, facilitators highlighted include the influence of inspiring teachers, who legitimized teaching as a viable career choice (Mizala et al., 2011). Altruistic motivations related to contributing to children’s development and society (Li & Guo, 2024), alongside intrinsic motivations such as personal fulfillment derived from teaching (Arribas et al., 2022), also emerged as key factors. Additionally, anticipated social recognition and symbolic validation associated with the teaching role functioned as important motivational resources (Mungarro & Zayas, 2009). These findings highlight the need to address gendered barriers early in the professional trajectory and position initial teacher education as a key site for interventions that promote gender diversity and inclusive formative environments. Such spaces can support pre-service male teachers in critically examining gender stereotypes, articulating tensions, and collectively developing strategies to navigate gender-related challenges in feminized educational contexts. References Arribas, M. A., Gajardo, K., Reyes, A., & Vargas, P. (2022). Factores que inciden en la elección de la enseñanza como carrera: un análisis en Iberoamérica. Revista Interuniversitaria de Formación del Profesorado. Continuación de la antigua Revista de Escuelas Normales, 97(36.3). https://doi.org/10.47553/rifop.v97i36.3.93048 Creswell, J. W. & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design. Sage Publications. de Vries, K., & Guiney, R. (2023). Sandboxing in practice: Qualitative interviewing with sand, objects, and figures. Routledge. Dupriez, V., Delvaux, B., & Lothaire, S. (2016). Teacher shortage and attrition: Why do they leave?. British Educational Research Journal, 42(1), 21-39. European Commission / EACEA / Eurydice. (2023). Structural indicators for monitoring education and training systems in Europe – 2023: The teaching profession. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Heinz, M. (2015). Why choose teaching? An international review of empirical studies exploring student teachers’ career motivations and levels of commitment to teaching. Educational research and evaluation, 21(3), 258-297. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2015.1018278 Lindqvist, M. H., & Gidlund, U. (2025). Important Aspects of Teacher Shortage in Schools. A Literature Review. Athens Journal of Education, 12(3), 383-399. https://doi.org/10.30958/aje.12-3-2 Mannay, D., & Timperley, V. (2025). Sandboxing in Practice: Qualitative Interviewing with Sand, Objects, and Figures. In Sandboxing in Practice. Policy Press. McGrath, K. F., Moosa, S., Van Bergen, P., & Bhana, D. (2020). The plight of the male teacher: An interdisciplinary and multileveled theoretical framework for researching a shortage of male teachers. The Journal of Men’s Studies, 28(2), 149-164. Meader, K., & Larwin, K. H. (2022). Exploring the Perceptions of Male Teachers About the Shortage of Male Elementary School Teachers: AQ Methodology. Journal of Education, 202(4), 416-435. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2023). OECD.Stat. Distribution of teachers by age and gender. https://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=EAG_PERS_SHARE_AGE# Singleton, E. B., & Roberts, T. (2023). The impact of teacher pay on teacher poverty: Teacher shortage and economic concerns. Current Urban Studies, 11(2), 289-300. Symeonidis, V., Guberman, A., & Cooper, R. (2025). Addressing teacher shortages in an international context: implications for the quality and status of teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-8. UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030. (2025). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. UNESCO Publishing. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Factors Influencing Teaching Choice among Student Teachers in Israel and Malta 1: University of Malta, Malta; 2: Al Qasemi Academic College Presenting Author:Global scholarship on teacher motives reveals a complex, context-dependent landscape where the decision to teach is rarely varying but rather a negotiation between intrinsic, altruistic, and extrinsic factors (Garra-Alloush et al., 2021). Grounded in frameworks such as the Expectancy-Value Theory and FIT-Choice, the literature highlights a divergence in motives largely shaped by socio-economic exigencies (Kano 2025). In some developing contexts, pragmatic factors like job security and economic survival dominate, often framing teaching as a "fallback" career rather than a first choice(Chandram et al., 2025). However, this pragmatic dominance is not universal across the Global South and there are contexts where teacher candidates are often primarily driven by strong altruistic values, social utility, and a desire to serve the community, challenging the narrative that economic necessity is the sole driver in these regions (Chandram et al., 2025). In contrast, research from Western contexts suggests that while intrinsic passion and perceived teaching ability are central triggers, they exist in tension with systemic demotivators such as high accountability and public scrutiny (Davies and Hughes, 2018). Furthermore, demographic variables significantly nuance these motives; gender differences influence the intrinsic-extrinsic balance, while career changers often enter the profession seeking "meaning" and bringing transferable soft skills, distinguishing their motivational profiles from traditional pre-service teachers. While the "big three" motives (intrinsic, altruistic, extrinsic) are omnipresent, their prioritisation is fluid and dictated by the specific cultural and economic environment of the teacher(See et al., 2022). For teacher educators, researchers, and policy makers it is important to understand student motives, specifically the reasons why they are attracted to the teaching profession. The central aim of this study is hence to map the differences in student teachers’ rationale for enrolling into teaching. While intrinsic and altruistic factors remain the primary drivers for entering the profession, extrinsic stability plays a specific role, often acting as a retention anchor rather than a primary "pull" factor. This study is designed to answer the following core research questions:
To fully comprehend the complex landscape of teacher motivation, a robust theoretical framework must account for the intersection of human agency (the belief in one’s power to act)(Bandura 1995) and human relation (the moral imperative to act for another)(Noddings 2012). By synthesising Albert Bandura’s construct of Self-Efficacy with Nel Noddings’ Ethics of Care, we propose a Relational-Agentic Framework which posits that the motivation to teach is born from a dialectical relationship between the capability to affect change (efficacy) and the moral orientation toward nurturing that change in others (care). Bandura’s concept of human agency can lead us to understand that for the prospective teacher, motivation is also a robust belief in their instructional efficacy. Under this framework, the "motive" to teach is operationally defined as an act of forethought: the individual envisions a future self who is capable of mastering the pedagogical environment. On the other hand, Nel Noddings provides the theoretical language to explain why that capability is directed toward students. The motivation to become a teacher is not merely a professional preference but a moral orientation. It is the drive to engage in what Noddings terms the "maintenance of the caring relation," where the teacher seeks to be the one who receives the student’s reality and acts to nurture their growth. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixed-methods approach combining a quantitative survey and qualitative one-to-one semi structured interviews to gain a comprehensive understanding of the motivations for choosing teaching as a career. For the quantitative component, the FIT- (Factors Influencing Teaching) Choice Scale (Watt & Richardson, 2012) is being used. Participants (N=201) are recruited from two geographical contexts: Arab Palestinian student teachers (N=124) living in Israel and Maltese student teachers (N=77) living in Malta. The qualitative component comprises of 5 one-to-one semi structured interviews with student teachers from each context that allow an in-depth exploration of individual motivations and experiences. By juxtaposing the experiences of Arab Palestinian student teachers operating within a minority context against Maltese students in a majority setting, a comparative approach allows the study to distinguish between universal motivational drivers and those shaped by specific socio-political landscapes. This cross-cultural lens enhances the interpretation of the FIT-Choice data by revealing how distinct structural realities, differentially weigh the importance of altruistic versus pragmatic motives. The quantitative data will be analysed using SPSS. The reliability of the FIT-Choice subscales will be assessed with Cronbach’s alpha. To compare the motives of Arab and Maltese teachers, independent-samples t-tests were conducted on the FIT-Choice subscales and composite scores. Qualitative interviews will be analysed thematically, supporting interpretation of the quantitative results. The data analysis will be structured around six key thematic areas designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of teacher motivation. First, it will examine the relationship between initial motivational factors and subsequent job satisfaction or happiness with the career decision to establish the link between motivation and job satisfaction. Second, the analysis will explore motivational dynamics by comparing the motivations reported prior to entering the profession against anticipated career experiences. Third, it will focus on defining motivation by categorising the factors rated in Part B of the questionnaire into distinct types, such as intrinsic, altruistic, and extrinsic motivation. Fourth, the study will investigate contextual variables, specifically how demographic and experiential factors, including age, gender, work experience, place of residence, and prior training, influence motivational levels. Fifth, comparative aspects will be analysed to understand the impact of broader socio-economic and cultural factors on recruitment and retention, such as teacher shortages, economic conditions, and the perceived status of the profession. Finally, the analysis will consider the relationship between teacher behaviour and motivation, assessing whether and how teachers' behaviours shift in response to their varying levels of motivation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to have the following outcomes: o identify context-specific motivational profiles between the two cohorts, moving beyond the generic intrinsic vs extrinsic dichotomy. o provide theoretical insight on how the socio-political landscapes constrain or enable teacher agency. This will refine the application of the FIT-Choice framework by validating its cross-cultural applicability while highlighting the necessity of interpreting "social value" through specific political realities. o establish a predictive link between why participants choose to teach and how they envision their future practice. It is expected that participants driven by autonomous motivation (intrinsic/altruistic) will associate "effective teaching" with student-centered, relational approaches (aligned with Care Ethics). In contrast, those driven by pragmatic or controlled motivations (job security/fallback career) may conceptualise effective teaching through more technical or transmission-oriented characteristics. o identify specific vulnerability factors for attrition in each context. o generate policy recommendations for teacher education programmes in both contexts. The findings will suggest that "one-size-fits-all" recruitment campaigns are ineffective. Instead, recruitment in the Palestinian sector may need to emphasize the role of the teacher as a community leader and change agent, while recruitment in Malta may need to focus on professional autonomy and the intrinsic intellectual rewards of the profession to attract high-quality candidates. By synthesising the FIT-Choice framework with a Relational-Agentic lens, this research aims to determine if distinct motivational profiles predict differing definitions of "effective teaching". Ultimately, these insights will guide a departure from "one-size-fits-all" recruitment, offering evidence-based strategies to professionalise teacher education and address retention through policy attuned to the distinct realities of the Maltese and Palestinian sectors. References Bandura, Albert. Self-Efficacy in Changing Societies. Cambridge U.P., 1995. Print. Davies, G. and Hughes, S. (2018) 'Why I chose to become a teacher and why I might choose not to become one: a survey of student teachers' perceptions of teaching as a career', Teacher Education Advancement Network (TEAN) Journal, 10(1), pp. 10-19. Demir, K., Yavuz, B., & Yavuz, M. (2024). Teachers' sources of motivation: A qualitative study. Research on Education and Psychology, 8(1), 69–102. https://doi.org/10.54535/rep.1407759 Han, J., & Yin, H. (2016). Teacher motivation: Definition, research development and implications for teachers. Cogent Education, 3(1), Article 1217819. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2016.1217819 Garra-Alloush, I., Chaleila, W., Wattad, A., (2021). Close to the Heart or Close to the Home? Motivational Factors Influencing EFL Teaching as a Career Choice among Female Arab Citizens of Israel Students. English Language Teaching, 14(1), 48-57. http:// doi:10.5539/elt.v14n1p48 Kano, E. J. (2025). Motivational factors influencing teaching choice among primary school teachers in Tanzania. Journal of Issues and Practices in Education, 17(1), 43–62. Meens, E. E. M., & Bakx, A. W. E. A. (2019). Student teachers' motives for participating in the teacher training program: A qualitative comparison between continuing students and switch students. European Journal of Teacher Education, 42(5), 650–674. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1652900 Noddings, N. (2012). The language of care ethics. Knowledge Quest, 41(2), 52–56. OECD. (2025). Results from TALIS 2024: The state of teaching. OECD Publishing. Onyefulu, C., Madalinska-Michalak, J., & Bavli, B. (2023). Teachers' motivation to choose teaching and remain in the profession: A comparative mixed methods study in Jamaica, Poland and Turkey. Power and Education, 15(1), 37–65. https://doi.org/10.1177/17577438221109907 Richardson, P. W., & Watt, H. M. G. (2014). Factors influencing teaching choice: Why do future teachers choose the career? In P. W. Richardson, S. A. Karabenick, & H. M. G. Watt (Eds.), Teacher motivation: Theory and practice (pp. 3–19). Routledge. See, B. H., Hitt, L., Munthe, E., Ross, S. A., & El Soufi, N. (2022). Who becomes a teacher and why? Review of Education, 10(3), Article e3377. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3377 Siostrom, E., Mills, R., & Bourke, T. (2023). A scoping review of factors that influence career changers’ motivations and decisions when considering teaching. Teachers and Teaching, 29(7–8), 850–869. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2023.2208051 Watt, H. M., & Richardson, P. W. (2012). An introduction to teaching motivations in different countries: Comparisons using the FIT-Choice scale. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 185-197. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2012.700049 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Motivation, Identity, and Career Trajectories of the National Excellent Teacher Training Initiative Degree Program Students in Hong Kong the Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:With the acceleration of internationalization, higher education systems have increasingly become hybrid spaces where global, national, and local sociocultural, economic, and policy dimensions intersect (Lingard, 2021; Mok & Marginson, 2021). A central challenge of internationalization concerns how local systems engage with global paradigms while remaining responsive to national development priorities. In China, internationalization has shifted from adaptation and integration toward collaboration and strategic exchange, reflecting its growing role as a national development strategy (Yang, 2014; Yang, 2018; Yang & Yang, 2025). Within this context, Hong Kong occupies a distinctive position as a Regional Education Hub bridging Mainland China and the global academic community. It functions as a strategic intermediary in talent cultivation and human capital development, particularly in higher education and professional training (Cheng et al., 2015, 2016). At the same time, higher education in China bears the responsibility of cultivating teachers for basic education (MOE, 2023). Against this backdrop, the Master of Education Degree Program in Teaching in Key Subject Areas, also known as the National Excellent Teacher Training Initiative (NETTI, Guoyoujihua), was established as a national policy initiative to strengthen teacher education capacity. The program aims to provide prospective teachers with solid grounding in educational theory, research, and practice across diverse regional contexts. The NETTI was extended to universities in Hong Kong (MOE, 2024), creating a distinctive policy-context interface in which a national plan for cultivating localized, high-quality teachers is enacted within Hong Kong’s unique academic and internationalized environment. Also, cross-border NETTI students provide a lens for examining how national strategies of internationalization are interpreted and experienced at the individual level. Their decisions to study in Hong Kong reflect the interaction between national policy frameworks, institutional arrangements, and personal aspirations. Moreover, studying in Hong Kong situates these students at the intersection of cultural, academic, and professional identities shaped by global-national-local dynamics (Lingard, 2021). This cross-border educational experience also represents a pivotal phase influencing their future career expectations and professional trajectories. Therefore, this study examines NETTI students in Hong Kong, focusing on their motivation, identity formation, and career expectations within a cross-border policy context. This study addresses the following research questions: What factors motivate NETTI students to pursue their Master’s degree in Hong Kong? How do NETTI students perceive and negotiate their identities during their studies in Hong Kong? What expectations and plans do NETTI students hold for their future professional lives? This study develops an integrated theoretical framework combining the “push-pull” model with life course theory to analyze NETTI students’ cross-border educational experiences. The “push-pull” model (Altbach, 2004) is employed to examine factors influencing students’ motivation and career planning. Prior research has applied this model primarily at the macro level, focusing on social, political, and economic structures (Altbach, 2003; Dai et al., 2023). However, the model has been critiqued for its limited capacity to capture micro-level processes and individual agency (Choi & Tang, 2016), as well as for framing mobility as a unidirectional response to deficiencies in the home country (Findlay et al., 2012). In the context of China’s use of internationalization as a national development strategy, student mobility increasingly reflects mutual engagement shaped by national policies and institutional agendas rather than simple push-pull dynamics. To address these limitations, life course theory is adopted to provide a process-oriented perspective on how individuals construct meaning. Life course theory emphasizes the interplay between personal agency and structural contexts, focusing on trajectories, transitions, and turning points across time (Elder et al., 2003). From this perspective, studying in Hong Kong constitutes a significant transition that may function as a turning point influencing students’ identity development and career trajectories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given the need to address these conceptual inconsistencies and the highly context-specific nature of educational settings such as classrooms, schools, or districts, a single case study design is considered most appropriate (Berku, 2025). Case study research typically refers to the intensive examination of a single case or a small number of cases through in-depth, detailed, and context-sensitive analysis. This approach allows researchers to focus closely on a bounded case and to conduct a thorough investigation of complex social phenomena (Flick, 2022, p. 404). This study aims to investigate the situated experiences of NETTI students in Hong Kong, making the case study method a fitting choice. This suitability can be elaborated from two perspectives. First, the cross-border educational journey is deeply contextualized, embedded within the specific sociocultural and institutional environment. Second, this journey is not only shaped by external contexts but is also constructed by students through ongoing negotiation and meaning-making. The research will be conducted at C University (pseudonym) in Hong Kong. There are 14 NETTI students enrolled at C University. In-depth interviews will be conducted with all participants. Regarding ethical considerations, formal ethical approval will be sought from the university prior to data collection. Informed consent will be obtained from each participant, and pseudonyms will be used to protect participants’ identities. Data collection will involve semi-structured interviews and observations. First, semi-structured interviews will be conducted with NETTI master’s students at the research site. The interviews will focus on four key areas: (1) motivations for choosing the NETTI program in Hong Kong; (2) students’ understandings of their roles and identities; (3) key events influencing their educational and career choices; and (4) future career plans. Interview protocols will be developed based on the push-pull model and the life course framework, with particular attention to key transitions and individual agency. Second, observations will be carried out at the case university, with the researcher entering the field in the role of a teaching assistant. Observations will focus on NETTI students’ classroom participation and interactional practices, including: (1) identity performance and negotiation; (2) academic engagement and responses; and (3) interaction styles with peers and instructors. Observational data will be documented through detailed fieldnotes (Emerson et al., 2011). Fieldwork will be conducted through sustained engagement at the research site, including attendance at relevant courses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the macro level, the NETTI program operates as a national policy script that articulates normative expectations regarding the cultivation of high-quality teachers (MOE, 2024). This script links professional development to national priorities and internationalization, thereby defining legitimate professional goals and framing desirable career trajectories. From a push-pull perspective, such macro-level policy arrangements constitute structural conditions that shape students’ educational and career orientations. At the meso level, universities function as institutional mediators that translate the macro-level policy script into localized organizational practices, curricular arrangements, and support structures. In doing so, institutions selectively interpret and enact national policy imperatives within their specific academic and internationalized contexts. These meso-level translations shape the opportunity structures and evaluative criteria through which students engage with the NETTI program. At the micro level, students encounter and interpret these translated institutional scripts through their evolving professional self-understanding and career expectations. Drawing on life course theory, students’ engagement with the NETTI can be understood as a dynamic process in which individual trajectories are shaped through key transitions and anticipated futures. Rather than exercising autonomy in isolation, students’ agency emerges through their situated interpretation of macro- and meso-level conditions in relation to imagined professional pathways. From a bottom-up perspective, students’ engagement is activated by environmental stimuli that draw attention to particular opportunities and constraints (Ocasio, 2011). These stimuli include peers’ career trajectories, labor market requirements in Hong Kong and Mainland China, interactions with everyday academic experiences. Such stimuli trigger processes of sensemaking, decision-making, and mobilization (Thornton et al., 2012), through which students interpret institutional expectations, develop career orientations, and strategically deploy the symbolic and material resources associated with the NETTI program. In this sense, students’ autonomy can be conceptualized as a form of situated agency that is produced through the interaction of structural conditions and biographical meaning-making over time. References Altbach, P. G. (2004). Higher Education Crosses Borders: Can the United States Remain the Top Destination for Foreign Students? Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning, 36(2), 18-25. Altbach, P. G. (2009). Peripheries and centers: Research universities in developing countries. Asia Pacific Education Review, 10(1), 15-27. Berku, D. W. (2025). Bridging the gap in action research in education: A comprehensive framework for future practice. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 1-15. Cheng, Y. C., Cheung, A. C. K., & Ng, S. W. (2015). Internationalisation of Higher Education: Conceptualization, Typology and Issues. In Y. C. Cheng, A. C. K. Cheung, & S. W. Ng (Eds.), Internationalization of Higher Education (Vol. 28, pp. 1-18). Springer. Cheng, Y. C., Cheung, A. C. K., & Yuen, T. W. W. (2016). Developing Hong Kong as a Regional Education Hub: Functions, Modes, and Requirements. In S. W. Ng, A. C. K. Cheung, & Y. C. Cheng (Eds.), Internationalization of Higher Education (pp. 21-42). Springer Singapore. Choi, P. L., & Tang, S. Y. F. (2016). Cross-Border Higher Education for Identity Investment: Cases of Malaysian and Indonesian Ethnic Chinese Students in Hong Kong. In S. W. Ng, A. C. K. Cheung, & Y. C. Cheng (Eds.), Internationalization of Higher Education (pp. 151-170). Springer Singapore. Dai, K., Hu, Y., Li, X., & Oladipo, O. (2023). Conducting doctoral research in China: an exploration of international students’ motivation to study at Chinese universities. Higher Education Research and Development, 42(5), 1133-1149. Findlay, A. M., King, R., Smith, F. M., Geddes, A., & Skeldon, R. (2012). World class? An investigation of globalisation, difference and international student mobility. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 37(1), 118-131. Flick, U. (2022). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research Design. Sage Publication. Lingard, B. (2021). Globalisation and education: theorising and researching changing imbrications in education policy. In B. Lingard (Ed.), Globalisation and Education (1st ed., pp. 1-27). Routledge. Mok, K. H., & Marginson, S. (2021). Massification, diversification and internationalisation of higher education in China: Critical reflections of developments in the last two decades. International Journal of Educational Development, 84, 102405. Yang, R. (2014). China’s Strategy for the Internationalization of Higher Education: An Overview. Frontiers of Education in China, 9(2), 151-162. Yang, R. (2017). Internationalization of higher education in China: A national scenario. In H. de Wit, J. Gacel-Avila, E. Jones, & N. Jooste (Eds.), The Globalization of Internationalization (pp. 166-176). London: Routledge. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 08 D: Digital, STEM, and Subject-Specific Teacher Preparation Location: 113 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ece Kılaç Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Pre-service Teachers’ Professional Digital Competence - A Scoping Review University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway Presenting Author:Choice of Network: first choice 10, second choice 16 Abstract This study explores what existing research reveals about pre-service teachers’ professional digital competence. As digital technologies increasingly shape everyday life, teaching and learning, it is essential to understand how pre-service teachers perceive and develop this competence. This review synthesises findings from 28 studies to identify current knowledge, trends and gaps related to pre-service teachers’ professional digital competence. Preliminary findings suggest that pre-service teachers rate their technological competence higher than their digital-pedagogical competence. Although many pre-service teachers report a high level of technological competence, many remain uncertain about their readiness to teach in digitally integrated classrooms, highlighting a gap between technical skills and digital pedagogical practice. Proposal: Digital competence has been highlighted both in global and national policy documents in recent decades as a vital competence for everyone in our digitalised society. Across these policy frameworks, PDC is presented as a central requirement for teachers, yet little is known about how pre-service teachers themselves understand and develop this competence. In parallel, professional digital competence (PDC) has emerged as an important topic and as separate research area and is increasingly included in teacher education as mandatory or recommended topics (Janes et al., 2023). Here the term professional implying the digital competence needed to perform within the context of a specific profession, in this case the teaching profession. In Norway, PDC was included in policy documents on teacher education from 2017 and in the Knowledge Promotion reform in 2006 through the introduction of digital skills as one of five basic skills. While we have research on how PDC is facilitated at various teacher education institutions (Hjukse et al., 2020; Nagel, 2024) and hence know something about what the intention with both policy and curriculum has been. We have knowledge of both teacher educators', and teachers' PDC (Lindfors et al., 2021; Löfving, 2025), far less is known about pre-service teachers’ (PSTs’) understanding of PDC. PDC is characterised in research as complex and elusive as different concepts are being used for this specific competence (Skantz-Åberg et al., 2022). Both teacher educators and teachers express that they are unsure of what PDC entails and what their role as professionally digital competent teachers entails (Löfving, 2025; Nagel, 2024). Some research has shown that both teacher educators and in-service teachers have a somewhat technology-based and instrumentalist view of PDC (Hjukse et al., 2020; Nagel, 2024), hence it is relevant to explore whether this is something we also find reflected in PSTs. How PSTs perceive PDC is important for several reasons. One reason is to know whether the PST’s competence and understanding will meet the objectives as addressed in policy documents on education and in the learning outcomes in teacher education. Another reason lies in the fact that it is these PSTs who will soon teach in schools and preferably ensure that students are equipped with an increasingly important competence in navigating a thoroughly digitalised world, where not only instrumental-technical competence is important, but where being both innovative and exploratory, but also critically reflective is important competences. This leads to my research question: What is known about pre-service teachers’ professional digital competence in teacher education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method The study is designed as a scoping review drawing on Arksey & O’Malley’s (2005) established methodological framework for mapping and synthesising research literature. The scoping review was guided by the research question, which directed the identification, selection and analysis of relevant literature. The search strategy was developed to capture the breadth of existing research addressing pre-service teachers and their professional digital competence. The inclusion criteria were defined in alignment with the research question and developed using the PCC framework: population, concept and context. The criteria were focused on peer-reviewed studies addressing pre-service teachers aiming at teaching grades 1–13: primary and secondary education, and their professional digital competence within teacher education programmes. The term professional digital competence is central in this review as it refers specifically to digital competence within the teaching profession. The term is widely used in academic and policy discourse, especially in later years, but as discussed, other terms like skills and literacy might be used in the literature and were included in the search, adding to the complexity. A systematic search in key educational research databases was conducted, and studies published between 2004–2025 available in English or a Scandinavian language were included. The included studies were charted and analysed thematically guided by the research question to explore how professional digital competence is conceptualised and discussed in relation to pre-service teachers in teacher education, and finally a total of 28 studies were included in this sample. A scoping review is exploratory by nature and is suitable for capturing the use of concepts and how they are understood by groups, and for exploring and summarising studies in an emerging field (Colquhoun et al., 2014), like what knowledge we have on pre-service teachers’ professional digital competence. A scoping review is well suited for discovering gaps in research literature and provide clarity about a specific topic (Davis et al., 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings: The findings show a predominance of European and Asian studies while studies from South America and Oceania are absent in this sample. The studies included were published in 2016 (1), 2018–2021 (5) and 2022–2025 (22). As the study is in progress, findings and preliminary analyses for this paper represent tentative insights rather than definitive conclusions. One of these preliminary results hints that PSTs perceive their technological competence to be higher than their digital pedagogical competence. Several studies indicate that PSTs tend to overestimate their competencies, especially their technological competencies. This phenomenon is addressed in several studies, either by commenting the specific scores, or addressing the possibility of the students overestimating when researchers compare their findings to other studies. Besides the possibility that PSTs overestimate their technological competence, the findings may also indicate that they do not feel prepared for teaching in a digitalised school (Al-Abdullatif, 2019). Several studies illustrate that PSTs self-perception of digital competence is often misaligned with the competencies required for professional teaching. In a study by Davis & Jones (2022) students came to realize that their personal familiarity with technology did not necessarily render them professionally competent with technology. Similarly, Almås et al. (2021) found that PSTs often leaned heavily on the notion of having grown up digital and therefore assumed they were fully capable of teaching in a digitalised school. A third study by Dolezal et al. (2025) showed that PSTs with some teaching experience perceived themselves as less prepared for digital teaching than those without such experience, suggesting that PSTs exposed to real classroom demands may understand the complexity of PDC differently. This preliminary analysis suggests emerging patterns that indicate inconsistencies in how PSTs conceptualise their professional digital readiness and point to specific knowledge gaps the study will further clarify. References Al-Abdullatif, A. M. (2019). Auditing the TPACK confidence of pre-service teachers: The case of Saudi Arabia. Education and Information Technologies, 24(6), 3393–3413. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-019-09924-0 Almås, A. G., Bueie, A. A., & Aagaard, T. (2021). From digital competence to Professional Digital Competence: Student teachers’ experiences of and reflections on how teacher education prepares them for working life. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 5(4), 70–85. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.4233 Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Colquhoun, H. L., Levac, D., O’Brien, K. K., Straus, S., Tricco, A. C., Perrier, L., Kastner, M., & Moher, D. (2014). Scoping reviews: Time for clarity in definition, methods, and reporting. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 67(12), 1291–1294. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclinepi.2014.03.013 Davis, C., & Jones, P. (2022). Digital Literacy Skills Among Black Pre-Service Florida Teachers. INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TEACHER EDUCATION AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT, 5(1). https://doi.org/10.4018/IJTEPD.295544 Davis, K., Drey, N., & Gould, D. (2009). What are scoping studies? A review of the nursing literature. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 46(10), 1386–1400. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2009.02.010 Dolezal, D., Motschnig, R., & Ambros, R. (2025). Pre-Service Teachers’ Digital Competence: A Call for Action. EDUCATION SCIENCES, 15(2). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15020160 Hjukse, H., Aagaard, T., Bueie, A. A., Moser, T., & Vika, K. S. (2020). Digitalisering i grunnskolelærerutdanningen: Om faglige forskjeller i arbeidet med profesjonsfaglig digital kompetanse. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(1). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.8023 Janes, A., Madsen, S., Saure, H., Lie, M., Gjesdal, B., Thorvaldsen, S., Brito, R., Krasin, S., Jwaifell, M., Konca, A., & Klancar, A. (2023). Preliminary Results from Norway, Slovenia, Portugal, Turkey, Ukraine, and Jordan: Investigating Pre-Service Teachers’ Expected Use of Digital Technology When Becoming Teachers. EDUCATION SCIENCES, 13(8). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13080783 Lindfors, M., Pettersson, F., & Olofsson, A. D. (2021). Conditions for professional digital competence: The teacher educators’ view. Education Inquiry, 12(4), 390–409. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2021.1890936 Löfving, C. (2025). Catering for Student Digital Competence—Teachers navigating the complexities of digital-infused education [Doctoral thesis, University of Gothenburg]. https://hdl.handle.net/2077/84928 Nagel, I. M. L. (2024). Professional Digital Competence in Norwegian Teacher Education Policy and Practice: Teacher Educators’ Professionalism in the Post-digital Age [Doctoral thesis, University of Oslo]. Universitetet i Oslo. Professional Digital Competence in Norwegian Teacher Education Policy and Practice: Teacher Educators’ Professionalism in the Post-digital Age Skantz-Åberg, E., Lantz-Andersson, A., Lundin, M., & Williams, P. (2022). Teachers’ professional digital competence: An overview of conceptualisations in the literature. Cogent Education, 9(1), 2063224. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2022.2063224 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Addressing Pre-Service Science Teachers’ Beliefs During SSI-Based Instruction Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:One of the main goals of science education is to promote scientific literacy, by helping students become informed, responsible citizens who can navigate the rapidly growing scientific and technological developments (Sadler, 2004). Currently, SSI-based teaching is considered an effective way to foster scientific literacy (Roberts & Bybee, 2014; Zeidler & Sadler, 2011). SSI are complex, open-ended social issues connected to science, involving ethical, political, and economic dimensions so that students could gain a better understanding of the complex relationship between science and society (Sadler, 2004). Research shows that teaching SSI can help students develop skills such as critical thinking, decision-making, argumentation, reflective judgment, and moral development (e.g., Sadler, 2004; Zeidler et al., 2011). By using these skills students will have ability to make informed judgments about SSI (Zeidler, 2014). In this context, understanding how teachers approach SSI in their science courses sees as important in developing about mentioned skills. According to Luft and Roehrig (2007), teacher beliefs about teaching are context-dependent and dynamic, influenced by reflection and experience. By accepting these belief characteristics in this study changes in science teachers’ beliefs about SSI teaching throughout the SSI-based instructional were addressed. Furthermore, previous studies have found that science teachers' existing beliefs about science teaching may influence how they perceive and implement SSI-based instruction (Lee et al., 2006; Levinson & Turner, 2001). This implies that beliefs regarding SSI teaching may not develop independently, but rather through reinterpretation or restructuring of pre-existing science teaching beliefs. Therefore, a deeper understanding of the dynamic interaction between general science pedagogy and issue-based instructional approaches can be achieved by investigating how PSTs' beliefs regarding SSI change throughout the course of an interdisciplinary science teaching course. In this study, an interdisciplinary science teaching course was examined in addressing shift in PST’ beliefs and practices for science teaching and SSI-based instruction. In fact, "SSI-based instruction has emerged as an effective way for students to contextualize their science learning within a complex social and political context" (Hancock et al., 2019, p. 640). While considering the SSI teaching and learning framework developed by Sadler et. al (2007), the course was addressing focal issues in connection with science and societal aspects, emphasizing multiple perspectives in argumentation to communicate science ideas and scientific practices. The aim of this teaching and learning activities was to enable PSTs to synthesize key ideas and practices and develop teaching beliefs with respect to SSI-based science instruction. PSTs’ beliefs of SSI-based instruction have been the main focus of previous SSI research, which has highlighted how these beliefs influence instructional choices and classroom practices. Nevertheless, little focus has been placed on how these beliefs relate to aims of teaching science. To learn more about how PST negotiate and integrate these beliefs in practice, it is necessary to investigate the relationships between their beliefs and practices about both science teaching and SSI-based instruction. In order to prepare future educators for the combined challenge of teaching disciplinary subjects and engaging students with SSI, science teacher preparation programs have to close this gap. The research question addressed in this study was: How do preservice science teachers’ beliefs and practices about science teaching and SSI-based instruction change through SSI focused interdisciplinary science teaching course? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative case study design was used. 38 fourth year pre-service science teachers (PSTs), including 34 females and 4 males, were enrolled in an undergraduate course and 10 of them volunteered for interviews conducted at the beginning and end of the course. The course covers the development of scientific theories, recent scientific and technological advancements, SSI and teaching, as well as issues related to current and future scientific and technological progress. It focuses on four main components: weekly discussion questions, design-based lesson plans, group lesson plans, and SSI-based microteaching. Among these interview participants, one was male and nine were female. Ethical approval was obtained from the university’s Human Subject Ethics Committee before data collection. A semi-structured interview protocol was used to examine changes in PSTs' teaching beliefs regarding SSI teaching. The protocol was originally developed by Luft and Roehrig (2007) to explore teacher beliefs; for this study, this protocol was modified to address PST’ SSI teaching beliefs. Expert opinion was obtained to ensure the validity of the changes applied to the protocol. As a result, two semi-structured interview protocols (pre and post) were developed: pre interview used at the beginning (included 17 questions) and post interview used at the end of the course (included 17 questions and 5 new questions). While the pre-interviews explored PSTs’ initial beliefs and pedagogical intentions, the post-interviews examined how these beliefs changed after engaging in SSI-based instruction. Example questions included: How do your students learn science best? (Science Context), and how do your students learn science best in the context of SSI? (SSI Context). What are some areas of your teaching you would like to improve on SSI teaching? The constant comparative analysis was used to analyze interview data. Open coding was used to separate the interview transcripts into discrete data sections, and codes were created, then compared to look for trends, similarities, and conflicts. The study employed both inductive and deductive coding methods. These initial codes were then organized into conceptually related categories. The categories were then rearranged into four main themes after being examined for broader patterns. This process ensured a hierarchical structure from codes to themes. Some pre-existing codes on teacher beliefs, science teaching, and SSI teaching drawn from relevant literature were also used. To ensure the reliability of the coding process, inter-rater reliability was calculated at 87% with a science education expert. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of interview data revealed four themes, fourteen categories: Instructional strategy, assessment, teachers’ teaching skills, and challenges for teachers. Instructional Strategies The instructional strategies theme included categories about how PSTs constructed their instructional strategies for science and SSI teaching before and after participating in the SSI-based course. This theme was comprised of four categories: Teachers’ Pedagogical Content Knowledge (PCK), Teachers’ Content Knowledge (CK), Understanding of Learner, and Use of Resources. Assessment Strategies The theme included diagnostic, formative, summative, and alternative assessments. Diagnostic tools like prerequisite questions and two-tier tests were common in science teaching but rare in SSI context. Formative tools, such as questioning and observing during argumentation, were used more and increased in SSI. Summative assessment noted a significant shift: although homework and exams were widespread in science teaching, they were absent in SSI, replaced by a major emphasis on assessing argumentation quality. Teachers’ Teaching Skills This theme included three categories: SSI skills, SSI learning environment, and inquiry-based science teaching environment. PSTs' awareness of the skills needed to effectively involve students in SSI-based instruction increased after the course. Emphasis on problem-solving skills was highly increased in the SSI-based instruction, but it was limited in science teaching. This finding support better understanding of the significance of negotiating complex real-life issues in SSI-based instruction. Challenges for Teachers Four categories were formed challenges faced by teachers, deficiencies in argumentation, role of the teacher, and suggestions for improvement. At the beginning of the SSI-focused course, PSTs felt they were insufficient in curriculum design and selecting appropriate assessment codes. However, by the end of the course, they perceived themselves as more capable, demonstrating a shift towards an SSI-oriented perspective. Interestingly, the findings indicated that, by the conclusion of the course, no reports were suggesting that the curriculum was inadequate for SSI. References Hancock, T. S., Friedrichsen, P. J., Kinslow, A. T., & Sadler, T. D. (2019). Selecting Socio-scientific Issues for Teaching. Science & Education, 28(6), 639–667. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-019-00065-x Lee, H., Abd-El-Khalick, F., & Choi, K. (2006). Korean science teachers’ perceptions of the introduction of socio-scientific issues into the science curriculum. Canadian Journal of Math, Science & Technology Education, 6(2), 97–117. https://doi.org/10.1080/14926150609556691. Levinson, R. & Turner, S. (2001). The teaching of social and ethical issues in the school curriculum, arising from developments in biomedical research: A research study of teachers. London: Institute of Education, University of London. Luft, J., & Roehrig, G. (2007). Capturing science teachers’ epistemological beliefs: The development of the teacher beliefs interview. Electronic Journal of Science Education, 11(2), 38-63. Roberts, D., & Bybee, R. (2014). Scientific literacy, science literacy and science education. In N. G. Lederman, & S. K. Abell, Handbook of Research on Science Education (pp. 545-558). New York: Routledge. Sadler, T. D. (2004). Informal reasoning regarding socioscientific issues: A critical review of research. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 41(5), 513–536. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20009 Zeidler, D. L. (2014). Socioscientific issues as a curriculum emphasis: Theory, research, and practice. In N. G. Lederman & S. K. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of research on science education (Vol. 2, pp. 697–726). Routledge. Zeidler, D. L., & Sadler, T. D. (2011). An inclusive view of scientific literacy. In Linder, C., Östman, L., Roberts, D. A., Wickman, P.-O., Ericksen, G., & MacKinnon, A. Exploring the landscape of scientific literacy. (pp. 176-192). Taylor & Francis. Zeidler, D. L., Applebaum, S. M., & Sadler, T. D. (2011). Enacting a socioscientific issues classroom: Transformative transformations. In T. D. Sadler (Ed.), Socioscientific issues in the classroom (pp. 277– 305). Springer. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Knowing and Acting Through Metacognitive Scaffolding: A Classroom Action Research Study in English-Medium Instruction 1: NIS-Turkistan, Kazakhstan; 2: No. 32 school in Turkistan, Kazakhstan; 3: No.78 school in Saryagash, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This paper focuses on a classroom-based action research project that examines the role of planned scaffolding in fostering metacognitive strategies of EMI (English-Medium Instruction) students. EMI has expanded dramatically in Europe and internationally because of globalisation, the internationalisation of education, and increased student mobility (Dearden, 2015; Macaro et al., 2018). While EMI has conventionally been associated with tertiary education, analogous processes are increasingly documented in secondary education, where students are required to access integrated disciplinary knowledge through a foreign language. These circumstances prompt vital questions about justice, epistemic access, and learner empowerment, particularly in multilingual contexts. In modern educational settings characterised by digitalisation, increased external control, and epistemic uncertainty, learners are expected not only to gain subject-specific knowledge but also to monitor, regulate, and evaluate their own learning processes (Zimmerman, 2002). In line with the ECER 2026 conference theme Knowing and Acting, this paper understands metacognition as the bridge between knowing what one knows and knowing what to do with that knowledge. The study thus contributes to European and international discussions on how education research can respond to changing conditions of knowledge production and use, particularly in multilingual and high-stakes educational contexts. The research context is situated in a secondary school EMI classroom that mirrors broader European challenges related to multilingualism, inclusion, and educational quality. Similar contexts can be identified across many European education systems where English functions as a lingua franca of instruction, often intersecting with national language policies, curriculum development, and international benchmarking practices (European Commission, 2020). Although the research is conducted at the classroom level, this micro-level focus enables the generation of transferable insights applicable to a wide range of European and international contexts. The central research question guiding the study is: How does intentional instructional scaffolding impact the development of students’ metacognitive awareness and self-regulatory actions in English-medium instruction classrooms? This overarching research question is underpinned by the following sub-questions:
The theoretical framework of the study draws on metacognition theory as articulated by Flavell (1979), particularly the distinction between metacognitive knowledge and metacognitive regulation. In addition, the study is informed by sociocultural perspectives on learning, which conceptualise cognition as socially mediated through language, tools, and interaction (Vygotsky, 1978). From this perspective, instructional scaffolding is understood as a means of externalising cognition, supporting participation, and fostering learner autonomy—key priorities in European policy discussions on inclusive and future-oriented education. The study is further grounded in traditions of action research and practitioner inquiry, which position teachers as reflective professionals and legitimate producers of educational knowledge (Elliott, 1991; Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). This orientation resonates with ECER’s emphasis on recognising diverse forms of knowledge production beyond large-scale data and standardised indicators. By foregrounding qualitative, process-oriented forms of evidence—such as students’ annotations, teacher observations, and learning artefacts—the study challenges dominant performative logics that prioritise measurement over meaning (Biesta, 2010). In doing so, it contributes to a more pluralistic understanding of what counts as evidence in education research. Overall, the paper argues that fostering metacognitive awareness through intentional scaffolding enables learners to navigate uncertainty, exercise epistemic responsibility, and move from knowing to acting, while simultaneously supporting teachers’ professional learning and reinforcing the public value of education research in Europe and beyond. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology / Methods This study employs a qualitative action research methodology, positioning the teacher as a reflective practitioner and knowledge producer within an authentic classroom context (Elliott, 1991). Action research was selected as it enables systematic inquiry into teaching and learning practices while simultaneously supporting professional learning and pedagogical improvement (Burns, 2010). The research followed iterative cycles of planning, action, observation, and reflection, allowing for continuous adjustment of instructional strategies in response to students’ learning needs. The study was conducted in a secondary school English-medium instruction (EMI) classroom, where subject content is taught through English as an additional language. Participants included one intact class of students and the classroom teacher-researcher. Ethical considerations were addressed in accordance with institutional guidelines, including informed consent, voluntary participation, anonymity, and the use of data solely for research purposes. The intervention focused on the implementation of intentional instructional scaffolding tools designed to foster metacognitive awareness and self-regulation (Flavell, 1979; Zimmerman, 2002). These tools were embedded within regular classroom practice and included: 1. a brief planning organiser completed before tasks to support goal setting; 2. teacher think-aloud modelling to externalise cognitive and metacognitive processes; 3. a reduced annotation system using agreed symbols to enable students to signal understanding, uncertainty, and the need for clarification during learning; and 4. structured exit tickets to prompt post-task reflection. Data were collected from multiple sources to ensure methodological triangulation (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). Primary data sources included student learning artefacts, teacher observation notes guided by a structured checklist, and the teacher’s reflective journal documenting pedagogical decisions and emerging insights across action research cycles. Data analysis was conducted through thematic analysis, focusing on patterns related to students’ metacognitive monitoring, regulation, and evaluative actions. Rather than aiming for generalisation, the study prioritises contextual validity and transferability, offering practice-based insights relevant to EMI classrooms across diverse European and international settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study indicate that deliberate instructional scaffolding holds significant potential for supporting students in translating metacognitive awareness into strategic learning actions in English-medium instruction contexts. By making metacognition visible through tools such as planning organisers, annotation symbols, and reflective exit tickets, learners demonstrated increased capacity to recognise understanding, identify uncertainty, and respond to learning difficulties in real time (Flavell, 1979; Zimmerman, 2002). These findings suggest a shift from passive engagement towards greater epistemic agency. In EMI classrooms, where linguistic demands may constrain verbal participation, the use of low-threshold, non-verbal scaffolding tools enabled students to communicate learning needs without stigma. This aligns with sociocultural perspectives that emphasise participation and mediation as central to learning (Vygotsky, 1978; Mercer & Littleton, 2007) and suggests that metacognitive scaffolding can contribute to more inclusive and equitable learning environments. At the professional level, the action research process supported the teacher’s reflective practice and strengthened their role as a producer of situated educational knowledge (Elliott, 1991; Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). Through iterative cycles of inquiry, the teacher developed a more nuanced understanding of how instructional decisions shape students’ ways of knowing and acting. In relation to the ECER 2026 theme Knowing and Acting, the study demonstrates how classroom-based, practitioner-led research can meaningfully address epistemic uncertainty and complexity in contemporary education systems. By prioritising process-oriented evidence and contextual validity, the paper contributes to broader European and international debates on how education research can remain ethically grounded, socially responsive, and publicly valuable in changing conditions of knowledge production and use (Biesta, 2010; Morin & Kern, 1999). References Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive–developmental inquiry. American Psychologist, 34(10), 906–911. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.34.10.906 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_2 Hattie, J., & Donoghue, G. (2016). Learning strategies: A synthesis and conceptual model. npj Science of Learning, 1(1), Article 16013. https://doi.org/10.1038/npjscilearn.2016.13 Mercer, N., & Littleton, K. (2007). Dialogue and the development of children’s thinking: A sociocultural approach. Routledge. Nilsson, P. (2014). When teaching makes a difference: Developing science teachers’ pedagogical content knowledge through action research. Educational Action Research, 22(1), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2013.854175 Burns, A. (2010). Doing action research in English language teaching: A guide for practitioners. Routledge. Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2009). Inquiry as stance: Practitioner research for the next generation. Teachers College Press. Dearden, J. (2015). English as a medium of instruction: A growing global phenomenon. British Council. Macaro, E., Curle, S., Pun, J., An, J., & Dearden, J. (2018). A systematic review of English medium instruction in higher education. Language Teaching, 51(1), 36–76. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444817000350 Llinares, A., Morton, T., & Whittaker, R. (2012). The roles of language in CLIL. Cambridge University Press. Biesta, G. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Paradigm Publishers. Elliott, J. (1991). Action research for educational change. Open University Press. European Commission. (2020). Achieving the European Education Area by 2025. Publications Office of the European Union. https://education.ec.europa.eu Morin, E., & Kern, A. B. (1999). Homeland Earth: A manifesto for the new millennium. Hampton Press. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 08 E: From Early Career to Leadership: Decision-Making, Feedback, and Teacher Development Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Aliya Sairanova Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper What University Students Want to Read in Feedback University of New South Wales, Australia Presenting Author:Feedback is widely regarded as a central feature of effective learning and teaching in higher education due to its potential to improve student learning outcomes, self-regulation, and academic performance (Hattie & Timperley, 2007; Sadler, 1989). Consequently, universities across Australia and Europe invest substantial resources in developing academics’ feedback practices and advancing conceptual models of effective feedback (Boud & Molloy, 2013; Dawson et al., 2019). Despite extensive theoretical and empirical attention, student dissatisfaction with feedback persists, particularly regarding the quality, clarity, and usefulness of the information communicated (Henderson et al., 2019; Price et al., 2011). A key limitation in existing feedback research is the limited exploration of the information students actually want to receive in feedback. While prior studies have examined timing, modality, and uptake of feedback (Carless & Boud, 2018; Winstone et al., 2017), far less attention has been paid to students’ perspectives on the content of feedback information itself. This gap is especially salient in European higher education contexts, where massification, outcomes-based curricula, and employability agendas place increasing pressure on assessment and feedback practices to demonstrate relevance, transparency, and alignment with graduate capabilities. Theoretically, this study is grounded in the principle of constructive alignment (Biggs, 1996; Biggs & Tang, 2007), which emphasises coherence between intended learning outcomes, teaching and learning activities, and assessment. Within this framework, feedback occupies a critical curricular space, serving as a mechanism through which students interpret performance standards, judge quality, and regulate future learning (Boud & Molloy, 2013). However, despite the centrality of feedback within constructive alignment, there remains limited empirical understanding of how feedback information—when viewed from students’ perspectives—supports or constrains this alignment. Existing feedback models provide useful but partial accounts of feedback information. Hattie and Timperley’s (2007) four-level model distinguishes task-level, process-level, self-regulation, and self-level feedback, whereas Sadler (2010) emphasises feedback that identifies strengths, weaknesses, and areas for future improvement. Shute (2007) differentiates between verification and elaboration feedback. Although these frameworks are influential, they are largely theorised from instructional or academic perspectives, with limited empirical grounding in students’ expressed information needs. To address this gap, the present study explores students’ perspectives on feedback using a qualitative approach. By foregrounding students’ voices, the study seeks to reconceptualise feedback information in ways that strengthen constructive alignment, enhance learning-oriented assessment practices, and address persistent dissatisfaction with feedback in higher education. The findings have relevance beyond the Australian context, offering insights for European universities seeking to align feedback practices with employability, transparency, and student-centred learning agendas. This study is theoretically grounded in Constructive Alignment (CA), which conceptualises effective teaching and learning as coherence among intended learning outcomes (ILOs), teaching–learning activities, and assessment tasks. Rooted in constructivist learning theory, CA assumes that learners actively construct meaning through engagement with aligned learning experiences (Biggs & Tang, 2011). Extending this model, the present framework positions feedback as a central mediating mechanism that operationalises alignment across curriculum levels, including program learning outcomes, course design, learning activities, and assessment criteria. High-quality feedback is conceptualised as criterion-referenced and formative, explicitly communicating how students’ work demonstrates expected levels of performance against stated outcomes. In doing so, feedback clarifies standards, supports self-regulation, and enables students to monitor and reflect on their learning (Nicol & Macfarlane-Dick, 2006). From a student perspective, feedback is the primary means by which constructive alignment becomes visible and actionable. This framework, therefore, conceptualises feedback not as a supplementary practice but as a core curriculum process that sustains alignment and promotes deeper learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative descriptive research design to explore university students’ perspectives on the feedback they seek. Qualitative description was considered appropriate given the study’s aim to capture participants’ views in a manner that remains close to their lived experiences and expressed meanings (Kim et al., 2017). Following institutional ethics approval, invitations to participate were circulated across a university campus. Thirty-five students initially expressed interest; 20 completed semi-structured interviews. Participants represented a range of disciplines, including Engineering, Education, Sciences, Mathematics, Business, Social Sciences, and Technology. Students were drawn from different year levels (first year to final year) and age groups, ensuring diversity in academic experience. An interview guide was developed to focus specifically on feedback information, rather than on feedback timing or modality, to maintain conceptual clarity. The guide was piloted with three students to refine the wording and sequencing of questions. Interviews were conducted by the first author, audio recorded, and lasted 20-35 minutes. Data analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s (2022) reflexive thematic analysis. Transcripts were read iteratively to ensure familiarity and accuracy. Initial coding was informed deductively by existing feedback frameworks, particularly Hattie and Timperley’s (2007) levels of feedback, before moving to inductive coding to capture unanticipated themes. Member checking was conducted to enhance credibility (Cohen et al., 2018). Through an iterative analytic process, five overarching themes were identified. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Thematic analysis revealed five dimensions of feedback information that students value. First, students emphasised feedback that connects their performance to future job requirements and employability. Such feedback helped students understand how disciplinary knowledge and skills align with workplace expectations, supporting professional identity development. Second, students valued task-level feedback that clarified their understanding of assessment requirements, identified misconceptions, and explained how marks were awarded. This information helped students interpret performance standards and reduce uncertainty. Third, process-level feedback was highly valued, particularly information about the effectiveness of strategies used to complete tasks and suggestions for alternative approaches. Students reported that this feedback was transferable to future tasks. Fourth, students highlighted the importance of self-regulation feedback, including guidance on goal setting, self-assessment, and action on feedback. This supported students’ capacity to engage productively with feedback over time. Finally, self-level feedback, including praise and affirmation, was valued when directed toward effort, engagement, and improvement, thereby contributing to motivation and persistence. This study extends existing feedback theory by empirically identifying a fifth dimension of feedback information, alignment with future work, alongside established feedback levels. Theoretically, it strengthens the application of constructive alignment by demonstrating how feedback information can make curriculum intentions explicit to students. In practice, the findings provide academics with a student-informed framework for designing feedback that is coherent, meaningful, and actionable. Future research should examine the transferability of these dimensions across European higher education systems and explore their relationship with student engagement and learning outcomes. References Adcroft, A. (2011). The mythology of feedback. Higher Education Research & Development, 30(4), 405–419. Ajjawi, R., Tai, J., Huu Nghia, T. L., Boud, D., Johnson, L., & Patrick, C.-J. (2020). Aligning assessment with the needs of work-integrated learning. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 45(2), 304–316. Alonzo, D., Mirriahi, N., & Davison, C. (2019). Standards-based assessment practices. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(4), 636–652. Biggs, J. (1996). Enhancing teaching through constructive alignment. Higher Education, 32, 347–364. Biggs, J., & Tang, C. (2007). Teaching for quality learning at university. Open University Press. Boud, D., & Molloy, E. (2013). Rethinking models of feedback for learning. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 38(6), 698–712. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Carless, D., & Boud, D. (2018). Feedback literacy. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 43(8), 1315–1325. Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112. Sadler, D. R. (1989). Formative assessment. Instructional Science, 18(2), 119–144. 10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk The Impact of Differentiated Complex Instruction on Students’ Reasoning and Argumentation in Physics Classrooms Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Shymkent, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:One of the challenges of modern education is the steadily increasing need to plan the learning process with consideration of students’ individual needs, which are becoming increasingly diverse in terms of cognitive, academic, and motivational characteristics. This need becomes particularly acute when students are required to complete tasks involving higher-order thinking skills. In final physics examinations, students particularly struggle with tasks requiring causal explanations, argumentation, and evidence-based justification. Similar difficulties are observed in most international examinations (within IB and AP programmes), as well as in the PISA assessment. This study examines how the integration of the principles of the Complex Instruction method (Cohen & Lotan, 1997) and the principles of Differentiated Instruction (Tomlinson, 2014), combined in the form of Differentiated Complex Instruction (DCI), makes it possible to address different learning styles when working on tasks that require higher-order thinking skills. Within DCI, Complex Instruction supports equitable role distribution in heterogeneous classrooms, while differentiation provides access to tasks through varied formats and levels aligned with students’ readiness, without reducing academic rigor. The DCI method is grounded in L. S. Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory, according to which the development of cognitive skills occurs through mediated social interactions. The hypothesis of this study is that, through equitable collaboration and individualized ways of engaging students in tasks, each learner gains the opportunity to make a meaningful contribution by engaging in deeper reasoning within the part of the task for which they are responsible. This approach helps reduce gaps in physics learning by focusing on the development of argumentation and inquiry skills, which often arise when all students are given identical tasks that do not take individual differences into account. Although conducted in Kazakhstan, the study aligns with global educational priorities related to equity and innovation, particularly within the STEAM framework emphasised in European education. Thus, improving argumentation skills represents a universal priority for any educational system, regardless of country or culture, making the findings of this study relevant to the international educational community. The main research question is formulated as follows: how does the Differentiated Complex Instruction method influence the development of students’ reasoning and argumentation skills in physics lessons? To gain a deeper understanding of this main research question, the following sub-questions were examined:
The aim of this study is to determine the impact of Differentiated Complex Instruction on the development of reasoning and argumentation skills among 11th-grade students in the process of learning physics. The study employed a quasi-experimental mixed-methods design over the course of a seven-week academic term at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Mathematics in Shymkent. A total of 53 eleventh-grade students participated in the study (experimental group: n = 27; control group: n = 26), with the control group taught using instructional methods standard for the national education system. The intervention was implemented within the “Dynamics” unit, which included two major topics: “Elasticity” (Hooke’s law and Young’s modulus) and “Gravitational Field” (motion of spacecraft and energy conservation). The study used groupworthy tasks that included hands-on laboratory experiments (determination of Young’s modulus) and simulation-based materials (analysis of changes in the orbital altitude of the ISS), with task packages designed for different group roles. An assumption of the experiment was that each participant would perform their assigned role responsibly and that effective interaction within groups would take place. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To examine the effectiveness of the DCI method, a quasi-experimental design with mixed quantitative and qualitative methods was employed. A sequence of twelve 80-minute lessons using DCI was planned for the experimental group. The control group continued learning according to the instructional approach adopted in the Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools system, without systematic differentiation through role distribution in higher-order tasks. The study involved 53 eleventh-grade students (aged 16–17) from a single school that enrolls students selected through a competitive process from both urban and rural areas. The experimental group consisted of two classes taught by two teacher-researchers (16 and 11 students, respectively). The control group also included two classes of 13 students each, taught by two other teachers. The groups were initially heterogeneous, as they had been formed in advance. Ethical standards were respected at all stages of the study. DCI tasks were designed in a groupworthy-format, requiring interdependent interaction among students. The tasks included experimental comparisons of different methods for determining Young’s modulus, investigations of spring and rubber deformation, calculation-based tasks comparing the elastic properties of two different wires, identifying factors influencing gravitational acceleration on different planets, and analysis of changes in the orbital altitude of the ISS. In each case, students worked in groups of four and were able to choose roles aligned with their interests and strengths. These roles most often included «experimenter», «discussion moderator», «data analyst», and «presenter». Differentiation involved the provision of data in multiple formats (numerical data, graphs, and statements), as well as varying levels of scaffolding (core and supplementary data from which students could select what was necessary and disregard what was not). A key element of the Complex Instruction approach was the allocation of roles among students based on their learning styles, with teacher intervention to ensure a balanced level of contribution from each group member. Pre- and post-testing employed adapted versions of the Lawson test, with the original structure preserved (the first question requiring answer selection, the second requiring selection of justification) within a physics context (Cronbach’s alpha reliability coefficient α = 0.82). Data sources also included analysis of video recordings of students’ group work with coding of reasoning levels (inter-rater reliability κ = 0.78), teachers’ reflective journals, and teacher-completed checklists assessing the fidelity of Complex Instruction implementation. Quantitative data analysis included ANCOVA to determine changes in reasoning scores. Qualitative analysis was conducted through triangulation of data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Differentiated Complex Instruction method demonstrated high effectiveness in two main areas: improving reasoning and argumentation skills, and increasing the equity of active participation within group work. According to the results obtained, a statistically significant improvement in reasoning skills was observed (Cohen’s d = 0.72; p < 0.01). This improvement was most pronounced in the construction of causal relationships, compared with more moderate improvements in the control group. A Lawson test administered one month later showed the stability of improvements in causal reasoning skills, indicating the sustainability of the results. During group discussions, an increase in student equity of 35% was observed, reflected in reduced dominance by initially higher-achieving students and a more even distribution of contributions. The most notable gains were observed among students who initially demonstrated lower levels of engagement. These roles simultaneously served as scaffolds for their responses and participation in discussions. This indicates that the DCI method makes it possible to reduce achievement gaps without lowering academic expectations. Teachers reported more productive discussions during group work, as well as improvements in their own lesson-planning skills when using a differentiated approach. Pedagogical practice showed that during the study, and especially after its completion, teachers began to plan higher-order tasks in advance, organizing group work with explicit status management through role distribution. At the same time, teachers encountered difficulties in selecting high-quality resources and independently designing suitable tasks, pointing to the need for targeted methodological support. The limitations of this study include a relatively small sample size, the focus on a single subject area (physics), and the dual role of the teacher as both researcher and instructor, which may have influenced the accuracy of the results. Further research could examine the long-term effects of DCI and compare its impact across different subject areas. References Cohen, E. G., & Lotan, R. A. (1997). Working for equity in heterogeneous classrooms: Sociological theory in practice. Teachers College Press. Cohen, E. G., Lotan, R. A., Scarloss, B. A., & Arellano, A. R. (1999). Complex instruction: Equity in cooperative learning classrooms. Theory Into Practice, 38(2), 80–86. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405849909543836 Tomlinson, C. A. (2014). The differentiated classroom: Responding to the needs of all learners (2nd ed.). ASCD. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Lawson, A. E. (2000). Classroom test of scientific reasoning: Revised paper. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 37(5), 483–500. OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 results (Volume I): What students know and can do. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/5f07c754-en Mercer, N., & Littleton, K. (2007). Dialogue and the development of children’s thinking: A sociocultural approach. Routledge. 10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk Early-career Teachers’ Sensemaking of Excellence in an Academically Selective School Context AOO "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools", Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Academically selective schooling continues to play a visible role in many education systems and is commonly justified through claims of improved instructional alignment and enhanced opportunities for high-achieving students (Jerrim & Sims, 2019). Such schools are therefore positioned as high-performance and high-expectation environments. In Kazakhstan, academically selective education has become institutionalised through the Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) network, which represents a national reform initiative aimed at raising the quality of secondary education through high academic standards and competitive, publicly funded access (Bairbayeva, 2023). As a result, NIS schools are positioned as high-status and high-performance institutions within the national education system. Research on early-career teachers shows that the initial years of teaching are characterised by intensive professional learning, identity development and the gradual construction of classroom practice. Although formal induction and mentoring are recognised as important, early-career teachers often experience heavy workloads, additional responsibilities, limited feedback and uneven access to structured support, which can hinder their professional learning (McCormack et al.,2006). Despite the growing prominence of academically selective schooling and the demanding environments in which such schools operate, there is limited empirical understanding of how early-career teachers working in these contexts interpret what it means to be an excellent teacher and how they navigate expectations associated with excellence in their everyday work. This qualitative study addresses this gap through semi-structured interviews with 6–8 early-career teachers working in an academically selective secondary school within the NIS system in Kazakhstan. Research questions: RQ1. How do early-career teachers in an academically selective school make sense of “excellence” in teaching? RQ2. How do early-career teachers translate their understandings of excellence into everyday teaching practices and work-related decisions? RQ3. What tensions do early-career teachers experience when navigating expectations of excellence, and what forms of support help them manage these expectations? Research objectives: The overall objective of this study is to explore how early-career teachers in an academically selective school context make sense of “excellence” in teaching and how these understandings shape their professional practice. Specifically, the study aims to:
Theoretical framework This study is grounded in sensemaking theory developed by Karl E. Weick, which conceptualises sensemaking as the process through which individuals construct meaning in situations of ambiguity in order to guide action (Weick & Weick, 1995). From this perspective, professional expectations are not simply implemented but are actively interpreted and reconstructed in everyday work. The study adopts an educational sensemaking lens by drawing on Cynthia Coburn, who shows that teachers collectively interpret and mediate policy and professional expectations within their communities (Coburn, 2001), and on James P. Spillane, who conceptualises sensemaking as shaped by the interaction between individuals, organisations and institutional contexts, particularly for novices (Spillane & Anderson, 2014). This framework enables the study to conceptualise excellence as a socially constructed and context-dependent concept negotiated by early-career teachers in an academically selective school context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, interpretive research design in order to explore how early-career teachers make sense of excellence in teaching within an academically selective school context (Wiesner, 2022). Research context and sampling strategy The study is conducted in one academically selective secondary school within the Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) system in Kazakhstan. A single-school case is intentionally selected to enable in-depth and context-sensitive analysis of teachers’ sensemaking processes within a shared organisational environment. Focusing on one school allows examination of common routines, leadership practices and professional interactions that shape how meanings of excellence are constructed (Hunziker & Blankenagel, 2024). Purposive sampling is used to recruit 6–8 early-career teachers with up to five years of teaching experience. Participants are drawn from different subject areas to capture variation in professional experience while maintaining a common institutional context. A small sample is considered appropriate because the study prioritises analytic depth and rich accounts of professional sensemaking rather than representativeness (Crouch & McKenzie, 2006). Data collection Data is collected through semi-structured individual interviews. The interview protocol focuses on teachers’ understandings of excellence, perceived expectations from leadership and colleagues, everyday instructional and work-related decisions, experienced tensions, and sources of professional support. This format allows participants to articulate their own meanings while ensuring coverage of issues relevant to the research questions (Brown & Danaher, 2019). Data analysis Interview transcripts are analysed using reflexive thematic analysis. The analysis proceeds through iterative phases of familiarisation, initial coding, theme construction and refinement. Throughout the analytic process, particular attention is paid to how participants describe cues, interactions and organisational practices through which meanings of excellence are formed and negotiated (Braun & Clarke, 2019). Ethical considerations Ethical approval is obtained in accordance with institutional requirements. Participation is voluntary and based on informed consent. Pseudonyms are used, and all identifying information about participants and the school is removed. Data is securely stored and accessed only by the researcher. Care is taken to minimise potential professional risk for participants due to the high-status and performance-oriented nature of the school context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to identify how early-career teachers conceptualise and interpret excellence in teaching in an academically selective school context. In relation to the first research question, the findings will produce empirically grounded categories of how excellence is understood by teachers, for example in terms of student academic outcomes, pedagogical quality, responsiveness to high-achieving learners, innovation, professional commitment and alignment with school culture. The study will also clarify how these meanings are shaped through everyday interaction with colleagues, leadership practices and institutional norms. In relation to the second research question, the study is expected to show how early-career teachers translate their understandings of excellence into everyday teaching practices and work-related decisions. The findings will illustrate how interpretations of excellence inform lesson planning, assessment practices, classroom interaction, use of innovative approaches, allocation of time, prioritisation of tasks and organisation of workload. This will provide insight into how teachers’ sensemaking of excellence guides professional judgement in daily work. In relation to the third research question, the study is expected to reveal key tensions experienced by early-career teachers when navigating expectations of excellence in a high-performance school environment. These are likely to include tensions between academic outcomes and student wellbeing, innovation and workload, institutional expectations and personal professional values, and short-term performance demands and sustainable professional development. The findings will also identify forms of support that teachers perceive as enabling them to manage these tensions, including collegial collaboration, mentoring, leadership practices and informal professional communities. Overall, the study is expected to contribute a coherent understanding of how excellence is constructed, enacted and negotiated by early-career teachers in an academically selective school context, and to inform induction and professional learning practices in similar high-expectation school settings. References Bairbayeva, S. (2023, October). Advancing Equity and Diversity: A Comprehensive Case Study of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools in Secondary Education. In Publisher. agency: Proceedings of the 4th International Scientific Conference «Reviews of Modern Science»(October 19-20, 2023). Zürich, Switzerland, 2023. 256p (p. 13). Universität Luzern. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Brown, A., & Danaher, P. A. (2019). CHE Principles: facilitating authentic and dialogical semi-structured interviews in educational research. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 42(1), 76–90. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2017.1379987 Coburn, C. E. (2001). Collective Sensemaking about Reading: How Teachers Mediate Reading Policy in Their Professional Communities. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 23(2), 145-170. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737023002145 Crouch, M., & McKenzie, H. (2006). The logic of small samples in interview-based qualitative research. Social Science Information, 45(4), 483-499. https://doi.org/10.1177/0539018406069584 Hunziker, S., Blankenagel, M. (2024). Single Case Research Design. In: Research Design in Business and Management. Springer Gabler, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-42739-9_8 Jerrim, J., & Sims, S. (2019). How Do Academically Selective School Systems Affect Pupils’ Social-Emotional Competencies? New Evidence From the Millennium Cohort Study. American Educational Research Journal, 56(5), 1769-1799. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831219830965 McCormack, A., Gore, J., & Thomas, K. (2006). Early Career Teacher Professional Learning. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 34(1), 95–113. https://doi.org/10.1080/13598660500480282 Spillane, J. P., & Anderson, L. (2014). The Architecture of Anticipation and Novices’ Emerging Understandings of the Principal Position: Occupational Sense Making at the Intersection of Individual, Organization, and Institution. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 116(7), 1-42. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811411600705 Weick, K. E., & Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations (Vol. 3, No. 10.1002). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage publications. Wiesner, C. (2022). Doing qualitative and interpretative research: reflecting principles and principled challenges. Political Research Exchange, 4(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2474736X.2022.2127372 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 11 SES 08 A: Learners' Engagement in STEAM and STEM Education Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Tamara Pigozne Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Developing Environmental Competencies of School Students in Biology through Inquiry-Based Learning 1: Nazarbayev intellectual school in Kokshetau, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev intellectual school in Petropavlovsk, Kazakhstan; 3: Shokan Ualikhanov University, Kokshetau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study examines the role of inquiry-based learning (IBL) in biology education in developing environmental competencies among upper secondary school students. In the context of global sustainability challenges and international educational reforms, schools are increasingly expected to foster not only scientific knowledge but also environmental awareness, critical thinking, and responsible decision-making. The study addresses the following research question: How does implementing inquiry-based learning in biology education influence the development of environmental competencies among school students? To answer this question, the research aims to design and implement inquiry-based learning activities focused on environmental topics and to analyse their impact on students’ environmental knowledge, skills, attitudes, and engagement. The study is grounded in constructivist learning theory, which emphasises that learners actively construct knowledge through interaction with their environment (Piaget, 1973; Vygotsky, 1978). Inquiry-based learning aligns with this theoretical perspective by encouraging students to ask questions, investigate real-world problems, and reflect on their learning processes. In addition, the study draws on environmental education theory and the framework of Education for Sustainable Development, which highlights the importance of developing competencies necessary for sustainable behaviour, including knowledge, skills, values, and responsible action (UNESCO, 2017). The research contributes to international discussions on educational improvement and quality in science education by providing empirical evidence on the effectiveness of inquiry-based approaches in fostering environmental competencies. The findings are relevant for teachers, curriculum developers, and policymakers interested in strengthening sustainability-oriented practices in biology education across different educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a mixed-methods research design within a multi-site action research framework. Participants included 66 upper secondary school students (Grades 11–12) from two schools located in Kokshetau and Petropavlovsk. Inquiry-based learning activities were implemented exclusively within biology lessons and focused on environmental topics such as ecosystems, biodiversity, pollution, and conservation. Data collection methods included questionnaires, pre- and post-tests, classroom observations, semi-structured interviews, and focus group discussions. Questionnaires consisting of 15 items were used to assess students’ environmental knowledge, skills, and attitudes. Pre- and post-tests measured changes in environmental competencies before and after the implementation of inquiry-based learning. Classroom observations were conducted across 12 lessons to examine student engagement, collaboration, and inquiry behaviours. In addition, semi-structured interviews and focus groups were carried out with selected students to explore their learning experiences in greater depth. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistics and paired sample t-tests to identify changes in students’ performance. Qualitative data from interviews, focus groups, and observations were analysed thematically to identify key patterns related to students’ perceptions and inquiry processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that inquiry-based learning has a positive impact on the development of environmental competencies among school students. Students demonstrated increased engagement in biology lessons, improved understanding of environmental concepts, and enhanced skills in problem-solving and critical thinking. The results also suggest positive changes in students’ attitudes towards environmental responsibility and sustainable practices. The study highlights the potential of inquiry-based learning to support student-centred and sustainability-oriented approaches in biology education. These findings may inform teaching practices, curriculum design, and professional development initiatives aimed at improving the quality of science education. Internationally, the study contributes to ongoing discussions on education for sustainable development by providing evidence from a school-based context. References 1.Hmelo-Silver, C. E., Duncan, R. G., & Chinn, C. A. (2007). Scaffolding and Achievement in Problem-Based and Inquiry Learning: A Response to Kirschner, Sweller, and Clark (2006). Educational Psychologist, 42(2), 99–107. 2.Piaget, J. (1973). To Understand Is to Invent: The Future of Education. Viking Press. 3.Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. 4.UNESCO. (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives. UNESCO Publishing. 5.Bybee, R. W. (2006). Scientific Inquiry and Science Teaching. NSTA Press. 6.Bell, R. L., Smetana, L., & Binns, I. (2005). Simplifying Inquiry Instruction. The Science Teacher, 72(7), 30–33. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Personalized Learning Based On The Type Of Students' Perception Of Learning Resources Nazarbayev intellectual school petropavlovsk, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Research question: How does aligning instructional materials with students’ individual information-perception types (VARK learning styles) influence their ability to analyze educational information and improve learning achievements in high-school chemistry? Objective: To determine the influence of the correspondence of the form of presentation of educational information to the individual type of its perception by students (according to VARK) on the development of skills for analyzing educational information and improving academic achievement in the study of chemistry. Theoretical Framework of the Study Personalized learning, based on individual learning styles, has become a key focus of modern pedagogy. According to modern learning models, personalization involves adapting the content, presentation, and methods of learning to the individual characteristics of students, including their preferred learning style (Tomlinson, 2021; Pane, 2020). Research in cognitive psychology shows that students differ in the ways they process information, which influences the speed and depth of learning (Fleming & Baume, 2020). Considering learning modalities - visual, auditory, reading/writing, and kinesthetic - remains a common tool for adapting learning materials. Although some research criticizes rigid classifications of learning styles, current literature confirms that students have preferences in processing information, and adapting materials to these preferences can enhance engagement and the quality of learning (Cuevas, 2023; Leutner et al., 2022). According to research by Deborah & Kaminski (2021), traditional instruction that fails to account for differences in learning styles reduces engagement and limits the abilities of certain groups of students. Their findings demonstrate that tailoring the delivery of materials to students' preferences increases interest and engagement in the learning process. Modern research by Chimmalgi (2022), conducted in the field of anatomy teaching, shows that matching the format of a learning resource to a student's learning style (e.g., using interactive visuals for visual learners) improves academic performance and understanding. Additional evidence is provided by research by Nzesei (2023), which reveals a positive correlation between preferred learning styles and academic outcomes, making personalization an important tool for enhancing educational achievement. Despite these positive findings, contemporary empirical research (Wilkinson, 2021; Newton & Miah, 2020) suggests that the impact of learning style on academic success may be moderate or context-dependent. For example, Wilkinson's (2021) study found no consistent relationship between learning style and academic achievement in medical students, suggesting that effective learning depends less on the match between style and method than on the quality of instructional design. This emphasizes that personalized learning should be considered more broadly than simply matching "style" and "resource." Personalization also includes the pace of learning, level of support, types of activities, and the depth of cognitive load (Walkington, 2020). In the context of school chemistry, the quality of students' initial information processing is particularly important. High school students successfully master practical elements but struggle with analytical and explanatory tasks. This is due to the insufficient development of skills in working with text, tables, and graphs, as well as limited consideration of individual differences in the perception of educational materials. The implementation of personalized approaches based on the perception of educational resources contributes to: improved learning quality - by adapting materials to students' cognitive characteristics; increased engagement - as students receive information in a format convenient for them; development of metacognition - students recognize their preferences and choose the most effective strategies; professional development of teachers - educators are provided with tools for targeted instructional adjustments; the development of individual educational trajectories that align with global trends in the digital transformation of education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study focused on a personalized learning system based on each student's perception of educational resources, assessing its impact on developing information analysis skills and improving academic performance. An initial survey using VARK methods and J. Bruner's questionnaire was administered to 37 11th-grade students at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology. The survey included 16 test statements, for which students selected one of four possible answers. There was no time limit for completing the task, and the results were interpreted collaboratively with the teacher. To gain a deeper understanding of how students perceive educational material, semi-structured interviews were conducted with 15-20 students and focus groups of 6-8 participants were held to discuss information perception preferences and suggestions for adapting educational resources. During the experiment, students were provided with information in various formats (visual, auditory, textual, and practical) according to their individual preferences. Observations were conducted during 10–12 chemistry lessons to assess students' engagement, independence, and ability to analyze information. The effectiveness of personalized learning was assessed through a comparative analysis of academic performance before and after the implementation of adapted learning resources. Results from chemistry quizzes and topic-based tests were used as indicators. Descriptive and inferential statistics, including the Student t-test for independent samples, were used to statistically analyze the data, allowing for reliable conclusions about the impact of the personalized approach on the educational process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Organization of Personalized Learning Students were divided into four groups according to their VARK results. During chemistry lessons, they received learning materials tailored to their perception type: visual learners used diagrams, charts, maps, and flowcharts; auditory learners engaged with lectures, discussions, and oral explanations; read/write learners studied texts, manuals, notes, and instructions; kinesthetic learners worked with practical tasks, demonstrations, simulations, and case studies. Academic Performance Comparison of results before and after implementing personalized learning showed a clear improvement. The average chemistry grade increased from 4.2 to 4.6 (9.5% growth). The number of “5” grades rose from 2 to 10, while “4” and “3” grades decreased by 4 each. Positive trends were also observed in other science subjects: physics increased from 40.05 to 41.06 points, biology from 53.44 to 53.94 points, and chemistry from 40.08 to 43.2 points, the largest gain among the three. Engagement and Openness to Change Students’ engagement improved significantly: 85% reported increased interest in lessons, 70% became more active in classroom activities, and 90% in focus groups positively evaluated the changes implemented based on their feedback. Conclusion The study demonstrates that identifying students’ individual perception types and providing tailored learning resources supports advancement along personalized educational trajectories. Teachers should diversify and offer choices of resources to foster both innate and less-developed comprehension skills. Previous research (Koppenol-Gonzalez, Bouwmeester & Vermunt) indicates that students rarely switch between verbal and visual information processing over time, which may limit learning activities and reduce cognitive motivation. Differentiating students by perception type and allowing independent selection of materials increases engagement, motivation, and overall knowledge quality. The study highlights the importance of designing educational resources for school science education with careful consideration of content, structure, and presentation methods according to students’ learning needs and outcomes. References 1. Prince M., Felder R. (2007) The Many Faces of Inductive Pedagogy and Learning // College Education Science Journal. T. 36. - No. 5. - S. 14. 2. Deborah A., Kaminski P. J. (2005) Exploring the link between student learning styles & grades in an introductory thermal-fluids course. American Society for Engineering Education Annual Conference & Exposition, (pp. 10.508.1-10.508.16). 3. Chimmalgi, M. (2018). Off-line virtual microscopy in teaching histology to the undergraduate medical students: do the benefits correlate with the learning style preferences?.Journal of the Anatomical Society of India, 67(2), 186-192. 4. Barbe, W. B., & Milone, M. N. (1982). Teaching through modality strengths: Look before you leap. Student learning styles and brain behavior, 54-57. 5. Nzesei, M. M. (2015). A correlation study between learning styles and academic achievement among secondary school students in Kenya. Unpublished Master's thesis, Faculty of Education, University of Nairobi. 6. Wilkinson, T., Boohan, M., & Stevenson, M. (2014). Does learning style influence academic performance in different forms of assessment?. Journal of anatomy, 224(3), 304-308. 7. Amira, R., & Jelas, Z. M. (2010). Teaching and learning styles in higher education institutions: Do they match? Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 7, 680-684. 8. PISA 2015 Assessment and Analytical Framework: Science, Reading, Mathematics and Financial Literacy. (2016) Paris: OECD. 11. Magauova A.S., Ermekova Zh.K. (2019) Innovative educational technologies in higher education: Textbook. - Almaty: TechnoErudit, 192p. 12. Grønmo, L. S., & Olsen, R. V. (November 2006). TIMSS versus PISA: The case of pure and applied mathematics. In 2nd IEA International Research Conference. 13. Fleming, N. D. (2015). The VARK Questionnaire. Retrieved from Vark a guide to learning styles: http://vark-learn.com/wpcontent/uploads/2014/08/The-VARK-Questionnaire.pdf. 14. Guide to criteria-based assessment for teachers of basic and general secondary schools: Educational method. allowance. (2016) / Ed. O.I. Mozhaeva, A.S. Shilibekova D.B. Ziedenova. Astana: AOO "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools", 56 p. 15. Oyama, Y., Manalo, E., & Nakatani, Y. (2018). The Hemingway effect: How failing to finish a task can have a positive effect on motivation. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 30, 7-18. 16. Dudley P. (2014) Lesson study: A handbook. 17. Sirazeeva, A. F. (2015). Person-Centered Approach in the English Language Teaching at the University. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 191, 1754-1757. 18. Alfehaid, L. S., Qotineh, A., Alsuhebany, N., Alharbi, S., & Almodaimegh, H. (2018). The Perceptions and Attitudes of Undergraduate Healthcare Sciences Students of Feedback : A Qualitative Study. Health Professions Education, 4(3), 186-197. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Video Inquiry-based STEM Tasks as a Response to Poly-crisis: Developing Systems Thinking in Upper Secondary Students 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual schools (NIS Shymkent Abay), Kazakhstan; 2: Specialized boarding school N2 teaching in three languages Presenting Author:Contemporary societies are increasingly shaped by a poly-crisis, understood as the convergence of interconnected environmental, technological, economic, and social challenges. These complex and interdependent crises demand new educational approaches that prepare students not only to acquire subject knowledge, but also to analyse complexity, uncertainty, and systemic interrelations. In this context, developing systems thinking has become a central educational priority. Upper secondary education plays a crucial role in fostering such competencies, as students at this level are capable of engaging with abstract concepts, modelling, and interdisciplinary reasoning. However, traditional subject-based instruction often fragments knowledge and limits opportunities for students to explore real-world problems in their full complexity. Inquiry-based STEM education offers a promising response to these challenges. By integrating science, technology, engineering, and mathematics around authentic, problem-oriented contexts, inquiry-based STEM tasks actively engage students in questioning, investigating, modelling, and reasoning. When these tasks are explicitly designed around poly-crisis situations, they provide a meaningful context for understanding systemic relationships and unintended consequences within complex systems. Research question How do inquiry-based STEM tasks designed around poly-crisis contexts support the development of systems thinking in upper secondary students? Aim and objectives The aim of this study is to explore the potential of inquiry-based STEM tasks as an educational response to poly-crisis and to examine their role in fostering systems thinking in upper secondary education. The objectives of the study are to:
Conceptual and theoretical framework The study is informed by inquiry-based learning theory, which conceptualises learning as an active and constructive process driven by students’ questions, investigations, and reflections. Inquiry-based approaches are associated with deeper understanding and meaningful engagement with learning content. In addition, the research draws on theories of systems thinking, defined as the ability to understand complex phenomena by focusing on interactions, structures, and dynamic processes rather than isolated elements. Systems thinking is increasingly recognised as a key competence for addressing global challenges and supporting sustainable decision-making. The study is also grounded in STEM education and interdisciplinary learning frameworks, which emphasise the integration of disciplinary knowledge through problem-based and context-rich tasks. From this perspective, inquiry-based STEM tasks function as learning environments that support coherence, relevance, and transfer of knowledge. Methodologically, the research adopts a qualitative case study approach with elements of design-based research. This allows for the iterative development and refinement of inquiry-based STEM tasks while examining their implementation and educational effects in an authentic school context. Data sources include classroom observations, student artefacts, reflective writings, and teacher reflections. Expected contribution The study contributes to ongoing discussions on how education can respond to poly-crisis by promoting higher-order competencies. It offers empirical insights into the design and implementation of inquiry-based STEM tasks and their potential to support systems thinking in upper secondary students. The findings may inform teachers, curriculum developers, and researchers interested in interdisciplinary and inquiry-oriented approaches to education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research approach with elements of design-based research and case study, allowing for the simultaneous refinement of inquiry-based STEM tasks and analysis of their educational effects in an authentic school context. The research is conducted in upper secondary classrooms. The focus is a series of interdisciplinary inquiry-based STEM tasks designed around poly-crisis contexts, integrating mathematics, physics, and technology. These tasks are implemented over multiple instructional cycles, enabling observation of the development and dynamics of students’ engagement and learning processes. Data collection employs multiple complementary instruments and sources: – Classroom observations focusing on students’ investigative activities, interactions, and reasoning processes; – Student artefacts, including worksheets, models, diagrams, calculations, and written explanations; – Student reflective tasks aimed at capturing understanding of systemic interconnections and potential consequences of decisions; – Teacher reflections documenting pedagogical adjustments, challenges encountered, and perceived learning outcomes. Data analysis is conducted using qualitative content analysis and thematic analysis. Analytical categories are derived from components of systems thinking, such as interconnections, dynamics, cause-effect reasoning, and modelling. Triangulation of multiple data sources enhances the reliability and validity of the findings. This methodological design allows for an in-depth examination of how inquiry-based STEM tasks contribute to the development of systems thinking in upper secondary students. It also provides insights into how such tasks can be adapted and integrated sustainably into regular educational practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study indicates that inquiry-based STEM tasks are an effective tool for developing systems thinking in upper secondary students. While engaging with complex poly-crisis contexts, students learn to identify interconnections, construct models, analyse cause-effect relationships, and evaluate potential consequences of decisions. These skills enhance critical thinking, planning, and systemic analysis abilities. During task implementation, students’ investigative skills develop actively: they systematically collect and organise information, test hypotheses, compare outcomes, and draw conclusions. Additionally, group and pair work foster communication and collaborative skills, contributing to social and research competencies. Teachers, in turn, revise their pedagogical strategies, applying new approaches to lesson planning, interdisciplinary integration, and improvement of learning quality. Inquiry-based STEM tasks support lesson flexibility, facilitate subject integration, and enhance educational outcomes. The educational contributions of the study include: – deep, meaningful, and research-oriented learning for students; – development of systems thinking through analysis of complex systems; – improvement of decision-making and consequence-evaluation skills; – support for teachers’ professional development and adoption of innovative methods. The findings provide practical recommendations for the sustainable implementation of inquiry-based STEM tasks in school practice, curriculum enhancement, and improvement of overall educational quality. They offer value for both students and teachers, enabling the resolution of complex problems and application of knowledge in real-life contexts. References Beers, S. Z. (2011). 21st Century Skills: Preparing Students for Their Future. Science Scope, 34(6), 54–59. Honey, M., Pearson, G., & Schweingruber, H. (Eds.). (2014). STEM Integration in K-12 Education: Status, Prospects, and an Agenda for Research. National Academies Press. weeney, L. B., & Sterman, J. D. (2000). Bathtub dynamics: Initial results of a systems thinking inventory. System Dynamics Review, 16(4), 249–286. Jacobson, M. J., & Wilensky, U. (2006). Complex systems in education: Scientific and educational importance and implications for the learning sciences. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 15(1), 11–34. Barab, S., & Squire, K. (2004). Design-based research: Putting a stake in the ground. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 13(1), 1–14. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting Educational Design Research. Routledge. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 12 SES 08 A: Mapping Educational Research, Openness, and AI Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Tamara Diederichs Paper Session |
|
|
12. Open Research in Education
Paper Beyond Topics: A Multi-Layered Classification Framework for Mapping Educational Research 1: Gebze Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Istanbul Technical University Presenting Author:Educational research is a systematic field of inquiry that examines educational and learning processes as well as the actors, interactions, and institutions that shape them (American Educational Research Association [AERA], n.d.). It spans impact-oriented evaluations for planning/policy and qualitative inquiry into sociocultural norms and contexts (Postlethwaite, 2005). Yet UNESCO highlights a persistent gap between the capacity of educational research to generate evidence and the uptake of that evidence in policy and practice across many contexts (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization [UNESCO], n.d.). As the volume of educational research grows, classification and labelling systems constitute a key infrastructure for making the literature findable and comparable; reflected in missions to strengthen research–policy linkages (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD], n.d.). Knowledge organization systems (e.g., taxonomies, thesauri/controlled vocabularies, and classification schemes) provide a shared representational language that supports discovery and reduces terminological fragmentation, enabling related work to be brought together rather than dispersed across divergent naming practices (National Information Standards Organization [NISO], 2010). In education, controlled vocabularies such as the ERIC Thesaurus provide established examples of standardising the subject representation of education-related publications, thereby facilitating access to and review of the literature (Pollard, Hellrich-Dawson, & Beck, 2015). Classification can therefore be understood as a structural instrument that supports not only the quantitative expansion of educational research but also its development as a cumulatively readable knowledge domain. In educational research, this “structural instrument” is evident not only at the level of database indexing but also in infrastructures for systematic reviews and evidence mapping formats (e.g., keywording-based registers/maps and evidence gap maps), as well as in clearinghouse-type evidence products (EPPI-Centre, 2001; Institute of Education Sciences, n.d.; International Initiative for Impact Evaluation [3ie], n.d.). Yet while these approaches largely operate at the level of topics and evidence, they often leave opaque how knowing travels into acting—in other words, how educational claims connect to assumptions about reality and to the aims and values that shape practice and policy. Making education’s epistemological, ontological, and praxiological/axiological layers visible in an integrated and traceable way both addresses this opacity and enables a more holistic reading of the scope of educational research: any educational question simultaneously touches on knowledge (epistemology), a view of reality and the person–world relationship (ontology), and an aims/values/action horizon (praxiological/axiological orientation). Paradigm debates make this entanglement explicit by emphasising that ontological and epistemological assumptions must be considered together with a value-related dimension and that inquiry is not value-free (Guba & Lincoln, 1994; Guba & Lincoln, 2005). Yet within established classification and mapping approaches, these philosophical layers often remain at the level of paradigm discussion; in particular, the axiological/praxiological dimension is less consistently translated into systematic representation (Laitsch, n.d.). As a result, large-scale classifications of the educational research literature rarely allow the integrated tracing of these three layers. The aim of this study is to interrogate the “scope” of educational studies by proposing a multi-layered classification approach that brings epistemological, ontological, and praxiological/axiological dimensions together, making scope visible not only through topic headings but also through conceptions of knowledge, views of educational reality, and aims/values/action horizons. The study discusses the extent to which these dimensions can be traced for classification when they are stated explicitly, implied, or left unarticulated in research texts. Research Questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study develops a classification framework intended to make the “scope” of educational research traceable through epistemological–ontological assumptions and praxiological/axiological orientations. Positioned within a qualitative paradigm, it employs document analysis to systematically examine research texts (Bowen, 2009) and draws on content analysis principles that operationalize textual evidence through rule-governed unitization, coding, and inference (Krippendorff, 2018). The dataset comprises master’s and doctoral theses in architectural education in Türkiye published up to 31 December 2025. Theses were identified through keyword-based searches in the Council of Higher Education (YÖK) National Thesis Center database (YÖK, n.d.), using the search terms “architectural education” and “architecture and education.” Retrieved records were consolidated into a candidate pool of 560 theses. Inclusion criteria were: (i) a direct and substantive focus on architectural education/pedagogy, (ii) postgraduate thesis type, and (iii) accessibility of at least basic textual components (minimum: title and abstract) required for coding. Exclusion criteria were: proficiency in art theses, an interior architecture focus, studies shifting away from an educational focus toward analyses of specific periods/figures/buildings, and works with only tangential relevance to architectural education. Applying these criteria yielded a final dataset of 234 theses. The unit of analysis is the thesis. Each thesis is mapped through a multi-layered system consisting of ten categories, and indicators in each category are coded as explicit, implicit, or absent. The framework integrates three complementary labeling logics: (i) predefined/fixed labels standardize dimensions such as strategic objectives and education type/organizational level, derived from national and international policy and professional reference documents; (ii) dynamic/inductive labels capture the thesis’s thematic approach, object of analysis, research context, and data sources as concept clusters emerging from the corpus; and (iii) semi-structured labels enable comparative recording of research type, research output type, data analysis method, and the analytic basis underpinning interpretation. Coding proceeds in two stages. First-round labeling is conducted on titles and abstracts. In the second stage, a pilot coding–revision cycle is used to refine category definitions and the label lexicon. Ambiguous cases are documented through decision memos and an example bank; coding decisions are linked to textual evidence to preserve an audit trail. Consistency is monitored through periodic re-coding checks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to produce a multi-layered map of postgraduate research in architectural education in Türkiye (n = 234 theses, up to 31 December 2025) by applying a ten-category classification framework with explicit/implicit/absent coding. The resulting dataset will generate (i) descriptive distributions across categories (e.g., research types, data sources, analytic bases, and output types), and (ii) cross-category patterning that makes visible how theses articulate (or leave unarticulated) epistemological, ontological, and praxiological/axiological dimensions beyond topic labels. Analytically, the mapping is expected to reveal recurring configurations—for instance, which kinds of studies most frequently make their epistemological stance explicit, which rely on implicit assumptions, and where praxiological/axiological orientations (e.g., guiding policy/practice, improvement/transformative aims, recommendation-making) remain systematically under-specified. These patterns will be used to identify concentrated agendas as well as “silent zones” in the research landscape, supporting a more relational reading of the field’s conceptual and methodological diversity. Methodologically, the application is expected to refine the label lexicon and category definitions through documented decision rules, memos, and an example bank, producing a more robust and reusable classification instrument. At the same time, the study will explicitly discuss limitations of transferability: the framework is piloted within a disciplinary/professional education domain, and some predefined label sets foreground strategic expectations derived from institutional and professional reference documents. While this may constrain direct generalization, the underlying layered logic—grounded in educational philosophy—will be discussed as adaptable to other education-research corpora by recalibrating the predefined components to field-specific strategic frameworks. References American Educational Research Association. (n.d.). What is education research? Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://www.aera.net/Education-Research/What-is-Education-Research Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 Council of Higher Education. (n.d.). National Thesis Center (Ulusal Tez Merkezi). Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://tez.yok.gov.tr/UlusalTezMerkezi/ EPPI-Centre. (2001). Core keywording strategy: Data collection for a register of educational research (Version 0.9.4). EPPI-Centre, Social Science Research Unit, Institute of Education, University of London. Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://eppi.ioe.ac.uk/cms/Portals/0/PDF%20reviews%20and%20summaries/Corekeywordingv0_9_4.pdf Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1994). Competing paradigms in qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp. 105–117). SAGE. Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2005). Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluences. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (3rd ed., pp. 191–215). SAGE. Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, What Works Clearinghouse. (n.d.). Making an intervention report: Steps in our systematic review process [Infographic]. Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/Docs/infographics/wwc_intervention_report_061015.pdf International Initiative for Impact Evaluation. (n.d.). Evidence gap maps. Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://evidencehub.3ieimpact.org/evidence-gap-maps Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology (4th ed.). SAGE. Laitsch, D. (n.d.). A primer on research paradigms: The philosophical foundations of knowledge. EdTech Books. Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://edtechbooks.org/educationresearch/philosophical_foundations_of_knowledge National Information Standards Organization. (2010). Guidelines for the construction, format, and management of monolingual controlled vocabularies (ANSI/NISO Z39.19-2005 (R2010)). NISO Press. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (n.d.). Centre for Educational Research and Innovation (CERI). Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://www.oecd.org/education/ceri/ Pollard, E., Hellrich-Dawson, P., & Beck, J. (2015, July 16). Demonstrating the ERIC Thesaurus: The ERIC Thesaurus—a key to finding resources in ERIC [Webinar slides]. ERIC. Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ERIC_Thesaurus_Webinar_Slides.pdf Postlethwaite, T. N. (2005). Educational research: Some basic concepts and terminology (Module 1). UNESCO International Institute for Educational Planning. Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000149238/PDF/149238eng.pdf United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. (n.d.). Evidence-based policy. #LeadingSDG4 | Education2030. Retrieved January 28, 2026, from https://www.unesco.org/en/education2030-sdg4/evidence-based-policy 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Open Citation Data for Educational Research 1: DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Germany; 2: GESIS – Leibniz Institute for the Social Sciences, Germany Presenting Author:Despite increasing commitments to open science, citation data in educational research remain largely fragmented, incomplete, and frequently locked behind proprietary systems. Commercial citation databases such as Web of Science and Scopus not only restrict access through subscription-based models but also provide limited coverage of educational research output (Moed, 2005). This lack of coverage is particularly pronounced for national publication contexts, such as German-language educational research, which remains underrepresented in major commercial indices (Heinze et al., 2019). In response, open database providers such as OpenAlex (Priem et al., 2022) have emerged as alternatives to commercial systems, aiming to expand disciplinary breadth and geographical inclusivity in research output coverage. Nevertheless, educational research poses specific challenges for open citation infrastructures. The field is characterized by a high degree of heterogeneity in publication types, languages, national research traditions, and dissemination channels. Alongside journal articles, monographs, edited volumes, research reports, and practice-oriented publications play a central role in scholarly communication. However, citation data for these formats are particularly sparse or inconsistently represented in existing open infrastructures. As a consequence, citation-based discovery, bibliometric analysis, and systematic knowledge mapping in educational research remain severely constrained, limiting both analytical insight and the transparency of research evaluation processes. To address these limitations, federated research infrastructures increasingly aim to contribute publication and reference data to an open, distributed research information ecosystem. Within this broader transformation of scholarly infrastructures, open citation data have emerged as a key component. This development is closely linked to current debates on the reform of research assessment practices, as reflected in initiatives such as the Coalition for Advancing Research Assessment (CoARA) (coara.org) and the Barcelona Declaration on Open Research Information (barcelona-declaration.org). Complementary initiatives, including the Initiative for Open Citations (i4oc.org), specifically promote the availability of citation relationships as open, machine-readable, and interoperable data, thereby reducing structural dependencies on commercial providers. The project Open Citation Data for Educational Research (Weimer et al., 2025) builds directly on these initiatives and aims to integrate open reference and citation data into FIS Bildung, the core reference system for educational literature in German-speaking countries. FIS Bildung cooperates with 30 partner institutions that collect, index, and curate relevant educational research publications. It is embedded within the Fachportal Pädagogik, a subject-specific search portal that provides unified access to publications from a wide range of national and international databases, including ERIC. The following contribution introduces the OFFZIB project, outlines its conceptual and infrastructural foundations, and discusses the connectivity and effectiveness of its objectives in contributing to a sustainable European and international solution for open citation data in educational research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In a first phase of the ongoing project, the aim is to apply open-source reference extraction tools (like Grobid, Cermine, and AnyStyle) for generating reference data from educational research publications in peDOCS, an open access repository and part of FIS Bildung. Different approaches were systematically tested on three empirically grounded document samples drawn from the peDOCS, representing different publication types and subdisciplines. The evaluation focused on reference detection accuracy, errors and the quality of extracted reference elements such as authors, titles, and source information. In a next step, the extracted data will be matched against references metadata from relevant databases, such as ERIC and OpenAlex. Based on these results, decisions are made regarding a common representation of references and their metadata, with the aim of ensuring interoperability and facilitating data sharing with other infrastructure providers. To support this process, researchers and infrastructure stakeholders in educational research are consulted in order to discuss the resulting citation data corpus and to assess its validity and usefulness for educational research evaluation and bibliometric analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The OFFZIB project aims at contributing to the development of a sustainable open citation infrastructure for educational research by reducing structural dependencies on commercial platforms and expanding the coverage of reference and citation data beyond journal-centric publication models. By systematically evaluating open-source reference extraction workflows and integrating the resulting citation data into established research information systems, the project addresses core limitations in the visibility and accessibility of educational research output. The first findings demonstrate both the current potential and the remaining challenges of generating open citation data for a heterogeneous and multilingual field. Addressing these gaps is essential for enabling fairer and more transparent citation data in education. By embedding open citation data into existing infrastructures and aligning with international open science and research assessment initiatives, the project supports the long-term goal of improving the transparency, comparability, and societal relevance of educational research evaluation. References Heinze, T., Tunger, D., Fuchs, J. E., Jappe, A., & Eberhardt, P. (2019). Fachliche Forschungs- und Lehrprofile staatlicher Universitäten in Deutschland. Eine Kartierung ausgewählter Fächer. Wuppertal: BUW. https://doi.org/10.25926/9242‐ws58 Moed, H. F. (2005). Citation analysis in research evaluation. Information Science and Knowledge Management: Bd. 9. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/1-4020-3714-7 Priem, J., Piwowar, H. & Orr, R. (2022). OpenAlex: A fully-open index of scholarly works, authors, venues, institutions, and concepts. https://arxiv.org/pdf/2205.01833 Weimer, V., Heck, T., Schindler, C., Mayr, P., Shahid, M. A., & Oerder, T. (2025, November 19). Open Citation Data for Educational Research (OFFZIB). https://doi.org/10.17605/OSF.IO/HCKXY 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Mapping European Educational Research: Thematic Clusters and Trends of Horizon Projects DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education Presenting Author:Research fields such as the field of European educational research encompass many different constituting factors. Those factors include its personnel (i.e. authors), research associations (i.e. EERA, EARLI, WERA and the multitude of national/regional associations), institutions, conferences (such as ECER) and many more. The increasing projectification of research and the funding programme logics that accompany it further increase the complexity of the field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As a basis for the analyses, we downloaded all relevant information of the “Framework Programmes for Research and Technological Development” FP 5 to 9 (FP8: Horizon 2020, FP9: Horizon Europe) via data.europa.eu. FP1 to FP4 were not downloaded, as they started and finished before the first data included in EduTopics. All data on all projects was transferred into a single database with the variables “Project ID”, “Project Description” (i.e. abstract), “Country” (multiple entries for most projects) and “Category”. We aimed to identify the authors of the FP/Horizon projects by scraping publications linked to each project as well as the file listing the contributors of each FP/Horizon proposal. In the “Category”-variable, the research area of each project is saved hierarchically, for example for an educational FP project on didactics, the variable value is “social sciences >> educational sciences >> didactics”. This resulted in a total of n = 86,256 database entries with n = 21,194 designated as “social sciences” (ca. 24.6%). Of all projects on social sciences, only 2.7% (n = 564) were categorised as “educational sciences”. Subsequently, for those n = 564 projects, the descriptions, authors and countries were extracted and cleaned for further analyses. Three major analyses were conducted: 1) The distribution of FP/Horizon projects across countries was determined including analyses of cross-country collaborations at FP/Horizon. 2) The authors of FP/Horizon projects were matched to the authors contributing to the various conferences included in EduTopics. 3) The thematic clusters and trends of FP/Horizon projects were identified by using the corpus mapping function of EduTopics which applies the topic models of EduTopics to previously unmapped texts. This enabled comparisons between the thematic distributions of the conference data in EduTopics to the thematic distribution of FP/Horizon projects. Additionally, for the main resulting topics of FP/Horizon, trend analyses were conducted to identify whether the thematic trends of the conferences mirror the trends of FP/Horizon projects or whether differences can be identified. We also attempted to identify contributions potentially related to FP/Horizon projects by matching authors across datasets and then determining which conference contributions were thematically closest to the corresponding project descriptions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As EduTopics will be updated soon in 2026 and the project is currently a work-in-progress, exact distributions or figures cannot be reported yet. First results indicate though, that the focus of topics between FP/Horizon and the conference data differs substantially, with Horizon 2020 projects ranking high in topics such as digital technology, sustainability, and social justice and inequality. In comparison, for ECER in general, digital technology only achieves rank 26, sustainability rank 43, and social justice and inequality rank 37. In total, this project enables a first comparison between European research funding and European conferences on educational research. The findings improve our understanding of the ways in which funding patterns and overarching research trends may be connected, be it through a shared Zeitgeist, through increases in funding as research interest grows, or, conversely, through shifts in research interest following changes in funding levels. References Alise, M. A., & Teddlie, C. (2010). A continuation of the paradigm wars? Prevalence rates of methodological approaches across the social/behavioral sciences. Journal of mixed methods research, 4(2), 103-126. Christ, A., Röschlein, J., & Schindler, C. (2025a). EduTopics: ECER: A webapp for interactive visualisation and exploration of ECER contributions since 1998. European Educational Research Journal, https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251405570. Christ, A., Röschlein, J., & Schindler, C. (2025b). EduTopics: ECER 2025. https://dipf-lis.shinyapps.io/EduTopicsECER Mackenzie, N., & Knipe, S. (2006). Research dilemmas: Paradigms, methods and methodology. Issues in educational research, 16(2), 193-205. 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Bridging Academic Knowledge and Educational Practice: The Evolving Role of Turkish Education Journals in the Contemporary Knowledge Ecosystem Pamukkale University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This study investigates how education journals in Türkiye contribute to the circulation, accessibility, and practical uptake of academic knowledge in a rapidly changing global knowledge ecosystem. The research is motivated by the observation that education research increasingly operates within an environment shaped by open science mandates, international indexation pressures, digitalisation, artificial intelligence assisted publishing processes, and shifting expectations concerning the societal relevance of scholarly work. Although education journals serve as key mediators between knowledge production and its potential users, little empirical evidence exists regarding how they conceptualise and enact this role particularly in contexts where academic performance regimes and research evaluation systems strongly influence editorial practice. The overarching research question guiding this study is: How do Turkish education journals facilitate, hinder, or unintentionally reshape the transfer of academic knowledge to educational practitioners? The conceptual framework integrates a micro–mezo–macro analytical model, which allows for a multilayered understanding of the knowledge ecosystem:
This framework positions journals not merely as neutral dissemination channels but as actors embedded within power-laden, policy-driven, and technologically mediated knowledge infrastructures. The study engages directly with European debates on open research, the role of scholarly communication in addressing societal challenges, and concerns about the fragmentation of scientific knowledge due to increasing performativity pressures. In line with ECER’s 2026 theme on “Knowing and Acting,” the study critically interrogates how evolving knowledge conditions marked by digitalisation, big data, generative AI, and poly-crises shape the production and utilisation of educational knowledge. The findings aim to contribute to international conversations about how scholarly publishing can better support evidence-informed educational practice and democratic access to knowledge. Through an empirical examination of the Turkish context, the research offers insights relevant beyond national borders. Many European education systems face similar tensions between academic prestige-oriented publishing and demands for practitioner-oriented, accessible, and actionable research. By situating Türkiye within this broader landscape, the study provides a comparative perspective on how national publication ecosystems interact with global knowledge infrastructures and shape the flow of educational knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a multiple case study design, focusing on five Turkish education journals selected through purposive sampling based on the following criteria: peer-reviewed and regularly published, open-access, indexed in TR Dizin and/or Scopus/Web of Science, and representing diverse missions. Data were collected from three complementary sources: Semi-structured Interviews (N = 20): 5 Editors-in-chief or associate editors from the selected journals, 5 Experienced reviewers representing different subfields, 10 Teachers from diverse school types and regions, selected to capture variation in research engagement Interview protocols explored perceptions of the purpose of educational research, strategies to enhance practitioner relevance, barriers to knowledge uptake, and the perceived impact of open science and publishing policies. Document Analysis: Journal policy documents including Aims & Scope, author guidelines, editorial policies, ethical statements, and open science declarations were analysed to identify stated commitments related to accessibility, societal relevance, and practitioner engagement. Content Analysis of Recent Issues: All articles published by the five journals within the last 12 months were analysed using a structured coding scheme capturing; article type, methodological approach, thematic focus, presence and quality of practitioner-oriented recommendations, clarity and accessibility of language, existence of plain-language or practice-oriented summaries. Analytic Strategy The study utilised the Braun & Clarke (2006) thematic analysis approach for interview and document data. Content analysis results were integrated into the thematic map to assess the alignment or misalignment between journal discourse and publishing practice. Findings were synthesised across the micro–mezo–macro levels to develop a systemic understanding of academic–practitioner knowledge flows. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate a persistent and multilayered disconnect between academic knowledge production and its practical uptake by teachers. At the micro level, most teachers reported limited awareness of academic journals, difficulties accessing research, and challenges interpreting theory-heavy articles. Teachers tended to rely on informal digital sources social media, peer communities, personal networks rather than scholarly publications. At the mezo level, journal policies generally emphasised broad readership and societal contribution; however, actual publication practices revealed minimal practitioner engagement. Content analysis demonstrated that only a small proportion of articles included actionable recommendations or used accessible language. Editors attributed this gap to pressures from international indexation systems, expectations for methodological sophistication, and the perceived low prestige of practice-oriented submissions. At the macro level, national research evaluation frameworks and international publishing norms reinforced an incentive system that privileges theoretical, quantitatively oriented, and internationally appealing work over practitioner-focused research. This structural environment significantly shapes editorial decision-making and limits journals’ capacity to act as bridges between academia and practice. Collectively, these findings illustrate that the academic–practitioner divide is systemic rather than individual, shaped by interlocking institutional, political, and epistemic forces. The study calls for more explicit policy support for practitioner-oriented publishing, the adoption of plain-language summaries, the inclusion of dedicated practice sections in journals, and stronger collaboration between researchers and educators. By analysing Türkiye as a case embedded within global knowledge infrastructures, the study contributes to international debates on how scholarly publishing can better support evidence-informed educational improvement. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Biesta, G. (2007). Why “What Works” won’t work: Evidence-based practice and democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1–22. Czerniewicz, L. (2016). Inequality in higher education and the role of academic publishing. AERA Open, 2(1), 1–12. Knorr-Cetina, K. (1999). Epistemic Cultures. Harvard University Press. Latour, B. (1987). Science in Action. Harvard University Press. Mohrman, K., Ma, W., & Baker, D. (2008). The research university in transition. Higher Education Policy, 21(1), 5–27. Montgomery, L. (2020). Open Knowledge Institutions. MIT Press. Peters, M. A., Jandrić, P., & Hayes, S. (2021). Making the academy relevant in uncertain times. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 53(9), 881–893. Whitty, G., & Wisby, E. (2017). Education research and policy: Thunder and sunshine? British Journal of Educational Studies, 65(1), 1–17. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 13 SES 08 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Marie Hållander Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Developing Metacognition with Generative AI? Reclaiming Human Judgment Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:In this paper, I investigate modes of action and conceptions of subjectivity implied in the literature on the pedagogical use of generative artificial intelligence (GAI), and how these conceptions affect the space for judgment, imagination, and relational learning. My starting point is an emerging trend in educational research that promotes generative artificial intelligence as a tool for developing students’ metacognitive skills and awareness (see, for example, Albus & Seufert, 2024; Martin et al., 2025; Rokhsari, 2025; Tankelevitch et al., 2024; Xiao & Liu, 2025; Yin et al., 2025). Often marked by technological optimism and teleological, goal-driven assumptions, this discourse conceptualizes metacognition primarily as an individual capacity, in which students learn through trial and error to instruct GAI and thereby “boost” their learning. I will show how such claims typically rest on three interrelated and problematic premises:
In response, I develop a critical perspective that challenges this view by drawing on Hannah Arendt’s interpretation of Kant’s reflective judgment and her notion of an “enlarged mentality”—the capacity to “think in the place of everybody else” (Arendt, 2006, p. 217)—situated within a broader theoretical framework in which judgment and understanding develop through action, embodied interaction, and dialogue (Di Paolo et al., 2018; Finke et al., 2023; Finke & Solli, 2025; Gadamer, 2000, 2001). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper adopts a conceptual, hermeneutic, and critical-analytical methodology. It does not aim to generate empirical findings, but rather to interrogate theoretical assumptions embedded in an emerging body of educational research on the use of generative AI for metacognitive development. The first step involves a close, systematic reading of representative studies that frame GAI as a tool for enhancing students’ metacognitive awareness through structured prompting and iterative feedback. Through this textual analysis, I identify three recurrent premises concerning individualization, linearity, and technological generativity. In the second step, I employ a philosophical–theoretical approach that draws on Hannah Arendt’s interpretation of Kant’s reflective judgment, Gadamer’s hermeneutics, and enactivist theories of embodied interaction. This framework serves as a lens for critically examining how different conceptions of action, subjectivity, and learning shape the pedagogical possibilities afforded by GAI. The approach thus combines conceptual critique with theoretical reconstruction, enabling a re-articulation of metacognition as a relational, dialogical, and human-generative capacity rather than a primarily individualized cognitive skill. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis demonstrates that current research on GAI‑supported metacognition often rests on problematic assumptions about individual cognition, linear skill development, and technological generativity. These framings risk positioning students as passive evaluators of machine output rather than as active participants in meaning‑making and judgment. By introducing an alternative perspective grounded in Arendt’s reflective judgment and dialogical, embodied theories of understanding, the paper reframes metacognition as a relational and human‑generative capacity. This calls for educational approaches in which GAI is integrated in ways that preserve and expand the space for imagination, shared inquiry, and intersubjective judgment. References Albus, P., & Seufert, T. (2024). Artificial intelligence in education: The importance of metacognitive monitoring. In The impact of artificial intelligence on societies: Understanding attitude formation towards AI (pp. 109–118). Springer. Arendt, A. (2006). Between Past and Future: Eight Exercises in Political Thought. Penguin Books. Di Paolo, E. A., Cuffari, E. C., & De Jaegher, H. (2018). Linguistic bodies: The continuity between life and language. MIT press. Finke, S., Netland, T., & Solli, M. (2023). Art and linguistic bodies: a transformative view. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences, 1–21. Finke, S., & Solli, M. (2025). The normative space of musical performance: Expertise and the symbolic body. British Journal of Aesthetics, 65(2), 305–329. Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive–developmental inquiry. American psychologist, 34(10), 906. Gadamer, H.-G. (2000). Über das Hören (1998). In Hermeneutische Entwürfe Mohr Siebeck. Gadamer, H.-G. (2001). Education is self-education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 35(4), 529–538. Malloch, S., & Trevarthen, C. (Eds.). (2009). Communicative musicality: Exploring the basis of human companionship. Oxford University Press. Martin, A. J., Collie, R. J., Kennett, R., Liu, D., Ginns, P., Sudimantara, L. B., Dewi, E. W., & Rüschenpöhler, L. G. (2025). Integrating generative AI and load reduction instruction to individualize and optimize students' learning. Learning and Individual Differences, 121, 102723. Nelson, T. O. (1990). Metamemory: A theoretical framework and new findings. In Psychology of learning and motivation (Vol. 26, pp. 125–173). Elsevier. Rokhsari, S. (2025). The Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Learners’ Memory: A Systematic Review. Journal of Cognition, Emotion & Education, 3(2), 18–34. Tankelevitch, L., Kewenig, V., Simkute, A., Scott, A. E., Sarkar, A., Sellen, A., & Rintel, S. (2024). The metacognitive demands and opportunities of generative AI. Proceedings of the 2024 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, Vygotsky, L. S. (1980). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. Xiao, Y., & Liu, X. (2025). Students’ development of AI metacognitive awareness in an EAP course: A qualitative inspection through the Experiential Learning Theory. System, 103790. Yin, J., Xu, H., Pan, Y., & Hu, Y. (2025). Effects of different AI-driven Chatbot feedback on learning outcomes and brain activity. npj Science of Learning, 10(1), 17. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Between Earth and Sky – Reconceptualising Education as an Intergenerational Place of Hospitality Linköping University, Sweden Presenting Author:Education tends to be theorised using temporal categories of change. Apart from the semantic structure of words like learning, development, formation and emancipation, the reliance on change is implicit also in a range of theorisations, particularly ones that are interested in what makes education a unique practice (e.g., Noddings, 2013; Vlieghe & Stamojski, 2019; Biesta, 2021; Todd, 2023). To pick up one example from an ocean of variations, Biesta argues that ‘pointing’ is constitutive of the form of education as such (2021, Ch.6; see also Vlieghe & stamojski, 2019; Sedwick, 2003). The point of pointing is “redirecting someone’s attention” (Biesta, 2021, pp. 77-78), which indicates how change is present even when not explicitly mentioned. Theories of education that rely on change are unavoidably founded on distinctions between the not yet full beings (children) and full beings (adults) – a critique that child/hood studies scholars have repeatedly directed against education (see Malone, Tesar & Arndt, 2020). However, scholars from this field similarly rely on the Change-image in their theorisations of education. For example, Karin Murris, who is one of the few to explicitly engage with literature both from childhood studies and educational theory, argues for the conception of the educator as a “pregnant stingray” (2016, pp. 181-186). Murris is careful to avoid the impression that it would be the educator that changes the child, advocating instead for a collective learning endeavour. Yet her focus on becoming as the metaphysics underlying education ties her conception tightly to change, which therefore risks reproducing the distinctions it tries to escape (see also Rautio, 2013; Hickey-Moody, 2009; Olsson, 2009). My paper is motivated by a commitment to re-think education in line with childhood studies’ conception of the child and the associated critique of educational theories. To do so, I re-frame educational theory in spatial rather than temporal terms, moving away from change. My argument connects with ongoing discussion about what is educational in education (e.g., Vlieghe & Stamojski, 2019; Biesta, 2021; Todd, 2023) or, in other words, what is the essence of education. This is to some extent a prescriptive effort concerned with the essence of good education. The critique put forward by childhood studies has to date remained somewhat limited in its impact on educational theorising, in part because few scholars from that field have engaged with this more prescriptive dimension and related literature (although see Murris, 2016). My work seeks to remedy that but also extends earlier spatialities of education where the focus has more often been explanatory and descriptive (see Kraftl et al., 2022 for a recent review). I start from my previous work on hospitality as a possible understanding of education as a welcoming of the newcomers of our world (Varpanen, 2025; cf. Ruitenberg, 2015). I then push the notion of hospitality further by focusing on the implied connection to place. Shifting the question from what is educational in education to what it means for education to take place, I put forward a view of education as a place and the educator’s work as cultivation and nurturing of this place. I develop this view in more detail with the help of Martin Heidegger’s understanding of human existence as a gathering of earth, sky, mortals and divinities. I interpret Heidegger through Tim Ingold’s work on generations and their correspondence, with a particular view on the place of children and childhood in this correspondence. With Heidegger and Ingold I create a tentative understanding of education as a rooted and open space – a space between earth and sky – where different generations correspond with each other. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I follow Deleuze and Guattari in understanding philosophy as creation of concepts (1994). While various uses of this characterisation are possible, my use highlights the analogy between works of art and philosophical concepts that underlies this notion (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994; see Varpanen, 2025, Ch.2). An artist creates an artwork, a landscape painting for example, by trying to capture the perceptions and affections present in a particular landscape. In the process, the perceptions and affections become independent of their observer, they become percepts and affects captured in the painting, and can later be experienced by people viewing the painting (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994). The creation of a concept is not about capturing perceptions or affections, at least not primarily, but about capturing events of thought – in this case a way of thinking about education. As the artist uses materials like the canvas, paints, and brushes to create percepts and affects, a philosopher uses words and references to create his concepts. This means that creating concepts often requires a kind of bricolage where the sense of the words used is pushed into new directions (Lévi-Strauss, 1966, p. 18). Creating concepts is thus a methodology in the etymological sense of following (methodos) a journey (hodos) of collecting words (logos). In its general outlook, my analysis follows a phenomenological or even a post-phenomenological approach. This approach is connected to the work of thinkers like Biesta (2021) and Todd (2023) who take a phenomenological perspective to educational theory in the sense of starting from the first-person point of view. In Biesta’s (personal communication) fitting expression, education is not a “spectator sport” but should rather be theorised from the perspectives of those taking part, so to speak. I connect this to the phenomenologists' effort of understanding the general structure of human experience or, in more authentically phenomenological terms, the meaning of being. In developing this, I follow the explicitly spatial trajectory that becomes evident in the later Heidegger (see Malpas, 2012) as well as in the thought of thinkers such as Levinas and Nancy, who are characterised as post-phenomenological thinkers by some (Simpson, 2025). My analysis is post-phenomenological also in the sense that it seeks to take seriously the possibility that the foundations of human experience or being are in fact beyond human (Salminen & Vadén, 2024; Ash & Simpson, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The conceptualisation of education I put forward leads to three key shifts away from the ways the essence of education can be thought based on change. First, educational work becomes understood more in terms of being with or working through (Saari & Mullen, 2020, p. 1474) than work aiming to produce outcomes in, for, or with students, which here includes also notions like “redirecting someone’s attention” (Biesta, 2021) and becoming (Murris, 2016; Rautio, 2013). Working through does not require dismissing contents, learning or shifts in attention as unimportant. It does however require – and this is the second point – that the purpose of education becomes more tightly connected to nurturing relations or correspondence with newcomers. While talk of relations as crucial to education is by no means novel, my suggested conceptualisation gives it a more prominent place by positing it as the very purpose of education (cf. Noddings, 2013), thus also aligning education more closely with childhood studies conceptions of the child. Finally, my conceptualisation reimagines how to assess whether we have been successful in our educational efforts. I suggest that assessment of educational success should not only include student outcomes or educator actions, but also informal markers of an existing rapport between the educator and a child. Insider jokes, tokens of appreciation, habitual practices that are meaningful to both educator and educand – these everyday phenomena are rarely considered useful indicators of educational success. However, if we admit with Malone, Tesar and Arndt (2020) that children are ontologically complete beings – and therefore not in need of changing – it would not hurt to focus more on such indicators as indicators of success in education. After all, they are the quotidian material symbols of the correspondence of generations between earth and sky. References Ash, J., & Simpson, P. (2016). Geography and post-phenomenology. Progress in Human Geography, 40(1), 48-66. Biesta, G. (2021). World-centred education: A view for the present. Routledge. Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (1994). What is Philosophy? (H. Tomlinson & G. Burchill, Hickey-Moody, A. (2009). Little war machines: Posthuman pedagogy and its media. Journal of Literary & Cultural Disability Studies, 1(3), 273–280. Kraftl, P., Andrews, W., Beech, S., Ceresa, G., Holloway, S. L., Johnson, V., & White, C. (2022). Geographies of education: A journey. Area, 54(1), 15-23. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1966). The Savage Mind. Weidenfeld and Nicolson. Malone, K., Tesar, M., & Arndt, S. (2020). Theorising posthuman childhood studies. Singapore: Springer. Malpas, J. (2012). Heidegger and the thinking of place. MIT Press. Masschelein, J. (2012.) Experimentum Scholae: The World Once More… But Not (Yet) Finished. In G. J. Biesta (Ed.), Making Sense of Education (pp. 101–108). Springer. Murris, K. (2016). The Posthuman Child. Routledge. Noddings, N. (2013). Caring. A Relational Approach to Ethics and Moral Education. University of California Press. Olsson, L. M. (2009). Movement and Experimentation in Young Children’s Learning. Deleuze and Guattari in early childhood education. Routledge. Ruitenberg, C. W. (2015). Unlocking the world: Education in an ethic of hospitality. Routledge. Rautio, P. (2013). Children who carry stones in their pockets: On autotelic material practices in everyday life. Children's Geographies, 11(4), 394–408. Saari, A., & Mullen, J. (2020). Dark places: Environmental education research in a world of hyperobjects. Environmental Education Research, 26(9–10), 1466–1478. Salminen, A. & Vadén, T. (2024). Merkitys ja ala-aine. niin&näin. Simpson, P. (2025). Co-existence. Spacings, Dis-positions, and Being-with Others. Routledge. Todd, S. (2023). The Touch of the Present: Educational Encounters, Aesthetics, and the Politics of the Senses. State University of New York Press. Vlieghe, J. & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an Ontology of Teaching. Thing-centred Pedagogy, Affirmation and Love for the World. Springer. Varpanen, J. (2025). A Place Regained: Re-imaging education with immanence. Tampere University Press. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Digital Umgang and the Social Justice Discourse: A Double Ontological Threat to Education and Democratic Politics 1: KULeuven, Belgium; 2: Polish Naval Academy, Poland Presenting Author:In this contribution we analyse two – seemingly unconnected – phenomena that mutually reinforce one another posing a threat at an ontological level to education and politics, namely: the emergence of the digital and the currently dominant form of social justice discourse. With this we refer to our previous research concerning the relation between education and politics (Authors) where we have – following Arendt (1958; 1961) – conceptualised both as distinct, autonomous spheres of life, governed by different logics, but at the same time fundamentally connected. In the following analysis we focus on the commonalities between these spheres, as the very existence of both is at stake. Ontologically speaking, education and politics share particular arrangements, gestures, and practices: different people gather around a thing that is a part of the common world that they share and that requires strangers to meet and talk with each other, i.e. to think together. The gathering around this thing comes about thanks to teacherly gestures: someone points to a thing, names it, focuses everyone’s attention on the matter, sketches a preliminary account of it, etc. Teacherly gestures are thus necessary for enacting study practices: people gather around the matter they find important and examine it together – helping each other in going beyond one’s particular view. In politics the aim is getting at a common decision about the matter that is a maximally informed one. In education the aim is studying the world and engendering a bond with what exists. These arrangements, gestures and practices are threatened today firstly by the emergence of the digital. While at the brink of proliferation of the Internet there was for the hope that it might bring about a milieu of permanent, unlimited and free access to information and knowledge, as well as an advanced environment of instant communication and unbound creativity, today we are faced with a feudal-oligarchical digital “sphere” that encompasses our lives on a massive scale. With the rise of the digital practices (e.g. scrolling, browsing, texting,) have been established and phenomena (e.g. virality, #tags) came about that are so pervasive that even offline daily practices are shaped or mediated by the digital. The digital frames our relation with the world, with others and with ourselves, and – therefore – is responsible for the emergence of a particular Umgang – a term Martin Heidegger (1962) used to name our daily way or dealing with, or getting about things. In other words, the digital is not some external threat we could simply analyse, assess, criticize and resist, but it is deeply ingrained into our existential structures: in the way we perceive, understand, interact, communicate, and go about everything that exists. The emergence of the digital Umgang can be – therefore – conceived of as a gargantuan pedagogical apparatus imposing relentless training in attention redirection (Gazzaley & Rosen 2016) leading to a profound existential jittering – a convulsive oscillation between multiple poles of attention that cannot be stopped, a kind of sustained agitation that renders study practices impossible. The digital mediates our relation with the world, other people and ourselves: the way we perceive ourselves and other people becomes textualized (Illouz 2007) and similarly, things and the world as a whole lose their materiality (Han 2022). Following Zuboff’s (2019) analysis of the strategies of personalised persuasion serving a large-scale behaviour management, it can be argued that the disappearance of the common world is the key feature of digital Umgang. The ever growing personalisation of contents makes the world appear tailored to individual interests and preferences and hence we end up living in so many filter bubbles. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The issuing proliferation of infinite “worlds” leads to the content we engage with becoming increasingly extreme (as opposed to radical). This in turn is exacerbated via the mechanism of resetting: each filter bubble resets itself permanently by constantly replacing contents that are no longer valued and that no longer capture attention with something even more extreme, so as to grab our attention again. The conclusion to draw is dim: the possibility of gathering collectively and studiously around a thing in common is seriously threatened, because sustained attention and even memory as such are abolished and because there is no longer a world we share. At first sight, demanding social justice is a matter of a completely different nature than the effects of digital Umgang. Indeed, this noble ideal led to many progressive policies taking away oppression, enhancing human dignity, causing respect for differences, bringing equality of opportunity, equal rights, equal distribution of resources, etc. And without a doubt, it contributed to many desirable social, economic and political advancements. Although we have no intention of downplaying the value of this ideal, we want to take issue with currently dominant discourse of social justice, i.e. the prevailing way in which the idea of social justice is rendered and used today by political actors from across the ideological spectrum. It is this discourse (rather than the ideal itself) that poses a similar threat to education and politics as the emergence of digital Umgang. As Capeheart & Milovanovic (2020, p. 4) write: “the study of ‘social justice’ is intimately connected with the study of causes of harm”. Regardless of whether the causes of harm are structural, harm itself never is. Harm always concerns particular people, not structures. The point is always that there are people, identified through their harm, who are subject to an injustice that must be addressed without delay. Unfortunately, this harm is connected with an unredeemable past, a history of repeated and reproduced injuries. As Brown (1995) suggested, this reasoning is a logical trap. The wounded’s fight for justice entails identity claims of a wounded collective subject to be recognized as wounded. Such a recognition – however – can never lead to the overcoming of the injury, as that would undermine the original identity claim as a claim for justice. The wound must thrive, must be affirmed and condemned at the same time, in order to uphold the claim for justice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Injustice is – therefore – perpetual, and what is left is the moral superiority of the harmed. The only possible course of action left is doing injustice to injustice. This, however, universalises the logic of injury (Chouliaraki 2021) and it unleashes the following internal dialectic of the social justice discourse: the shame of the oppressors becomes their wound. It is the injustice done to the injustice they profited from, as well as the pride of the wounded and their claim of moral superiority stemming from it that marks them in the eyes of the “newly wounded” the new oppressors. The whole structure reverses. This dialectic never stops producing competing claims to injury. At the level of political practices, the predominance of this discourse leaves no place for deliberation, as there are only demands of the harmed. There is no place where the wounded could meet (as they see each other as perpetrators that tactically force their false, trivial, or fantasized injuries), as there is no point in gathering – nothing is shared, no thing that gathers and divides (Arendt). Rather, the injured seem to live on different planets, in different worlds, unable to understand each other, to recognize each other’s pain, continuously offending each other, reinfecting the wounds. Moreover – as examples of censorship show (Authors) – the harm is tabooed, and cannot be studied together. The conclusion is that that key educational and political arrangements, gestures and practices are rendered ontologically impossible. Hence, in spite of good reasons to keep the spheres of education and politics apart, today digitization and the predominance of a social justice discourse enforce the disappearance of a common world and hence the spheres of education and politics are under jeopardy. References Arendt, H. (1958). The Human Condition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Arendt, H. (1961). The Crisis in Education. In Between Past and Future: Eight Exercises in Political Thought. The Viking Press: New York Brown, W. (1995) States of Injury. Power & Freedom in Late Modernity. Princeton, NY: Princeton University Press Chouliaraki, L. (2021) Victimhood: The affective politics of vulnerability. European Journal of Cultural Studies Vol. 24(1), pp. 10-27 Capeheart, L., Milovanovic, D. (2020) Social Justice. Theories, Issues, and Movements. Revised and Expanded Edition. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press Gazzaley, A., Rosen, L. D. (2016) The Distracted Mind. Ancient Brains in a High-Tech World. Cambridge, MA – London: The MIT Press Han, B-Ch. (2022) Non-things. Upheaval in the Lifeworld. D. Steuer (transl.). Cambridge: Polity Press Heidegger, M. (1962). Being and Time (J. Macquarrie & E. Robinson, Trans.). Oxford: Blackwell Illuoz, E. (2007) Cold Intimacies: The Making of Emotional Capitalism. Cambridge: Polity Press Zuboff, Sh. (2019) The Age of Surveillance Capitalism. The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. London: Profile Books |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 14 SES 08 A: Education in Place: Connecting Schools, Communities, and Territories. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Pedro Pérez-Munguía Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Articulating School, Community and Territory in Times of Polycrisis: The Oeiras Educa+ Program University of Lisbon / Municipality of Oeiras, Portugal Presenting Author:This paper examines the role of territorialized education policies in addressing contemporary educational challenges. The study focuses on the Oeiras Educa+ Program (POE+), a municipal education policy implemented in the municipality of Oeiras, Portugal, since 2018. The program promotes systematic articulation between formal education (schools) and non-formal educational experiences developed within the community and the local territory. The central topic of the article is the contribution of municipal education policies to strengthening school-community relationships, enhancing educational equity, and expanding learning opportunities beyond the traditional boundaries of the school. The article situates education as a collective, territorially grounded process that mobilizes local actors, resources, and knowledge to respond to complex and differentiated social challenges. The research question guiding the study can be summarized as follows: How does the Oeiras Educa+ Program function as a territorialized education policy, and what is its impact on equity, community participation, and the articulation between formal and non-formal education in a context of polycrisis? This question reflects a concern with understanding both the structural characteristics of the program and its broader educational and social implications. The objective of the article is to analyze the impact of POE+ as a municipal education policy by examining empirical evidence produced through external evaluation reports. Specifically, the study aims to assess how the program contributes to the democratization of access to educational experiences, the diversification of learning opportunities, and the strengthening of relationships between schools, community institutions, and the territory. By linking empirical findings with relevant theoretical perspectives, the article seeks to position POE+ as a meaningful example of a territorialized and equity-oriented education policy. The theoretical framework integrates three main conceptual strands. First, the notion of curricular justice, as developed by Torres Santomé (2011), underpins the argument that socially just education requires recognition of diversity and the integration of educational experiences rooted in community life and local contexts. From this perspective, rigid separations between formal and non-formal education tend to reproduce inequalities by restricting access to culturally, scientifically, and civically enriching experiences. Second, the framework draws on theories of community participation and democratic education, particularly the idea of schools as public spaces of collective construction (Patacho, 2021). Education is conceptualized as a political and social process in which teachers, students, families, and community partners share responsibility for designing and implementing meaningful learning experiences. This participatory approach reinforces belonging, co-responsibility, and contextualized learning. Third, the article engages with literature on the territorialization of education policies, which highlights the growing role of municipalities in coordinating local educational ecosystems (Barroso, 2025, 2013; Fernandes, 2014; Machado & Alves, 2014). In contexts of partial decentralization, local governments are seen as key actors capable of articulating multiple levels of governance, mobilizing territorial resources, and responding to locally specific needs. Within this framework, schools are understood not merely as instructional institutions, but as community hubs embedded in broader networks of collaboration. Together, these theoretical perspectives provide the analytical lens through which the Oeiras Educa+ Program is examined, allowing the study to interpret POE+ as a locally grounded response to contemporary educational challenges and as a concrete expression of education as a public, collective, and territorially situated good. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative approach based on the documentary analysis of three external evaluation reports produced by the POE+ Observatory between 2022 and 2025. These documents include reports on program results, experiences and strategic reflection. The analysis followed the methodological principles proposed by Rapley (2018) and Flick (2014), who conceptualize documents as social products expressing institutional practices, political discourses and decision-making processes. The documents were analyzed with the aim of identifying: • structural and organizational characteristics of POE+. • quantitative data on participation and program reach. • evidence of educational and community impact. • relationships established between school, community and territory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that POE+ has emerged and operates as a territorialized education policy that articulates formal education with non-formal educational experiences, promoting equity, community participation and stronger links between school, community and territory. From the perspective of curricular justice, POE+ promotes cultural representation and equitable access to socially meaningful educational experiences, moving beyond a conception centered solely on formal schooling. The systematic involvement of students in cultural, scientific and civic activities demonstrates that the enacted curriculum extends beyond the classroom, integrating territorial knowledge and practices.The participation of community partners reflects the understanding of schools as public spaces of co-construction and shared responsibility for education. This collaborative dynamic transform education into a shared practice among multiple actors, strengthening social cohesion and belonging. Aligned with territorialized education policy approaches, POE+ also demonstrates that municipal policies can effectively articulate multiple governance levels and local resources, fostering a resilient and contextualized educational ecosystem. By establishing stable networks of cooperation between schools, communities and local government, POE+ contributes to the construction of locally grounded yet adaptive educational responses. The analysis also reveals that education policies oriented towards broad goals (such as sustainability or social justice) do not develop uniformly, but through “local pathways” shaped by diverse contexts, actors and subnational practices. As in the case of the US school districts analyzed by Verschueren (2025), POE+ can be understood as a local pathway of territorialized education policy in Portugal, responding to community-defined priorities rather than merely replicating nationally prescribed models. Programs such as POE+ highlight the importance of local contexts and heterogeneous actors in the formulation and implementation of transformative education policies, underscoring the value of diversity, participation and community engagement in the development of education as a public good. References Barroso, J. (2013). A emergência do local e os novos modos de regulação das políticas educativas. Educação Temas e Problemas, 12 e 13, pp.13-25. Barroso, J. (2005). Políticas educativas e organização escolar. Universidade Aberta. European Educational Research Association. (2024). Knowing and acting: School-community relationships and educational research in a time of polycrisis. Network 14. https://eera-ecer.de/networks/14-communities-families-and-schooling-in-educational-research/default-dee01bc63a0801b9f2254ab10d2bb1f5/nw-14-knowing-and-acting-school-community-relationships-and-educational-research-in-a-time-of-polycrisis Fernandes, A. S. (2014). Contextos da intervenção educativa local e a experiência dos municípios portugueses. In J. Machado, J.M. Alves, A.S. Fernandes, J. Formosinho & I. Vieira (Org.). Municípios, educação e desenvolvimento local. Projetos educativos municipais. FML Flick, U. (2014). An introduction to qualitative research (5th ed.). Sage Publications. Machado, J. & Alves, J. M. (Coord.), (2014). Município, território e educação: a administração local da educação e da formação. Universidade Católica Portuguesa. OECD (2020), Decentralisation and Regionalisation in Portugal: What Reform Scenarios?, OECD Multi-level Governance Studies. OECD Publishing https://doi.org/10.1787/fea62108-en. Patacho, P. (2021). Pensar a educação. Escola, justiça social e participação. Porto Editora Rapley, T. (2018). Doing conversation, discourse and document analysis. Sage Publications. Torres Santomé, J. (2011). La justicia curricular. El caballo de Troya de la cultura escolar. Ediciones Morata. Verschueren, C. (2025). Local pathways to sustainability education policies: A Comparative case study of three large school districts in the USA. Journal of Education Policy, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2537172 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Significance of Regional Factors in the Life Course Formation of Young Adults in Multi-disadvantaged Positions University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Space is an important, yet often overlooked factor affecting individual life course formation. In critical policy studies, the concept of spatial justice (Soja, 2013) is utilized to unveil how space intersects with power dynamics and policy-making creating conditions that reinforce social inequalities and further stigmatize and marginalize disadvantaged groups. In the field of youth studies, research (Rambla & Kovacheva, 2023; Roberts, 2009) has shown how spatial factors and regional structures of opportunities can both facilitate and constrain individual agency and tend to play a crucial role in young people’s future prospects and life course formation. Drawing on life course theory (Elder, 1998) and the spatial justice perspective, we explore how spatial factors shape life course opportunities, choices and aspirations of young adults in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged positions. The data was collected in Spring 2024 as part of the larger CLEAR research project, in which 169 young adults in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged life situations from eight European countries were interviewed with the aim to understand how spatial factors, namely regional opportunity structures and policies open and close their educational and labour market opportunities, and how young people in multi-disadvantaged positions exercise their agency along their life courses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our presentation is based on the Finnish data collected within the CLEAR research project consisting of 22 narrative biographical interviews with young adults (aged 18–28) from two contrasting Finnish regions, Southwest Finland and Kainuu. While Southwest Finland represents a thriving area with growing population and versatile educational and labour market opportunities for young people, Kainuu is a more declining area with negative population growth, high dependency rate and more limited life opportunities available for young people. The interviewed young adults, ten females and twelve males, were affected by diverse factors of vulnerability including but not limited to unstable family backgrounds, severe mental and physical health issues, learning disorders, bullying or harassment at school, and dropping out of education. The data were analysed with qualitative content analysis, with special attention paid to the interviewees’ educational and working life experiences and pathways, future aspirations and their perceptions of regional conditions and opportunities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While interviewed young adults in the declining region of Kainuu were aware of the scarce educational and labour market opportunities of their home region, the significance of space in shaping young people’s life courses did not surface in the interviews of the young people from Southwest Finland to the same extent. Furthermore, the ways in which interviewed young adults perceived regional opportunities was influenced more by their own vulnerable life situations than by whether they lived in a thriving or declining region. Additionally, our results show that the significance of space in young adults’ life course formation cannot be understood from a solely geographical perspective and by focusing only on regional educational and labour market opportunities. In both regions, segregated schools, classrooms and neighbourhoods produced a new layer of inequality impacting on the life opportunities of disadvantaged young people and potentially marginalize them even further. Our analysis also revealed that an individual’s relationship to a space involves a sense of belonging to a community, yet the power dynamics of inclusion and exclusion constrain how individuals experience belonginess and construct space-related meanings. References Elder, G.H. (1998). The life course as developmental theory. Child Development 69(1), 1˗12. Rambla, X. & Kovacheva, S. (2023) Constructing meaningful transition in a vulnerable situation – The role of lifelong learning policies in European regions. International Journal of Social Welfare 32, 45˗54. Roberts, K. (2009). Opportunity structures then and now. Journal of Education and Work 22(5), 355˗368. Soja, E.W. (2013). Seeking Spatial Justice. University of Minnesota Press. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Schools within their Territory: which Relationships Matter? University of Cantabria, Spain Presenting Author:The work presented is part of a teaching innovation project developed at the University of Cantabria (Spain), whose objective has been to analyse and understand the relationships between various schools in the region and their communities, using information obtained in the development of a training proposal aimed at teacher training students for this analysis. The training programme is linked to the Practicum and its purpose was for students to document and analyse the relationships that schools establish with different community agents, which would later serve as a basis for reflection in the training seminars. More specifically, we asked students to record all the activities that, during their internship, were carried out by their class group in some kind of relationship with the community, specifically collecting information on the objectives of the activity, its duration, the entities involved, the nature of the collaboration and the degree of continuity. These records become objects of analysis within the framework of the work presented here. The study is epistemologically aligned with research on school-community relations, a field which, although broad and well-established, is also characterised by considerable conceptual dispersion. Thus, in line with the arguments of some authors (Kerr, Dyson & Gallannaugh, 2016; Cummings, Dyson & Todd, 2011), a not insignificant part of the literature has focused on describing some specific collaborative practices, without questioning the assumptions that underpin them, which can lead to the naturalisation of forms of relationship that are rather episodic and limited in scope in terms of educational transformation (Dyson & Robson, 1999; Lupton, 2010). Furthermore, although the benefits of including local communities have been recognised, their actual inclusion remains a challenge, as research (Eikelenboom & Long, 2023) has shown how the interests of large companies, entities or institutions tend to be overrepresented, while local entities remain marginalised. Similarly, there is an approach to the study from the perspective of the school included in the territory as a complex system of agents and relationships (Sales, Moliner & Lozano, 2017; Moliner & Sales, 2020). Therefore, in this paper, we attempt to advance the conceptualisation of these relationships and analyse their nature and the logic (utilitarian or pedagogical and reciprocal) that underpins them. These theoretical concerns justify the analytical decisions adopted in this study, which is based on a set of categories that allow us to characterise school-community relationships according to the established or co-constructed nature of the relationship (instituted/instituting), the origin of the initiative (internal/external), its continuity and its organisational scope. In addition, we incorporate three dimensions aimed at assessing the depth and educational meaning of these relationships in an educational context that currently has to face serious ecological, social and humanitarian problems, which means that this work is also aligned with eco-social educational approaches (Assadourian, 2017; Herrero, 2025; González Reyes & Gómez Chuliá, 2022): a) eco-dependence, understood as the type and quality of the relationship that activities establish with the natural environment, which allows for exchange and reciprocity, promoting enjoyment and respect; b) interdependence, referring to the degree of shared participation, joint construction and co-responsibility among the actors involved; c) and the pedagogical vision, which addresses the coherence of the activities with the curriculum proposal and their connection with the centre's educational project. The research questions include:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From a methodological point of view, this research follows the qualitative tradition (Denzin et al., 2017), in that it aims to achieve a deep and situated understanding of the nature of the relationships established between various nursery and primary schools in the region of Cantabria and their local communities. In total, we analysed data from 13 public early childhood and primary education centres, of which 9 are located in urban areas and 4 in rural areas. More specifically, we examined 58 activities carried out in 22 classroom groups, of which 6 correspond to early childhood education and 16 to primary education. In this sense, although this study is not intended to be statistically representative, it does incorporate a significant diversity of educational realities that characterise public schools in our region in terms of school size, educational cycles and courses, geographical location and urban-rural characteristics. For the analysis of the data, we have designed, in an inductive-deductive manner, an analytical framework consistent with the different dimensions that we have set out in the theoretical framework and that the literature points to as essential for understanding the nature of the relationships between the school and the community and, above all, the underlying logic that sustains them. Thus, we have outlined an analysis grid based on a set of analytical categories relating to: the space of development (indoor/outdoor), continuity over time (one-off/ongoing), the origin of the initiative (internal/external), the logic of activity construction (established/institutional practices) and organisational scope (classroom, cycle, stage or centre). In addition, we have added the dimensions of eco-dependence, interdependence and pedagogical vision, assessed on a three-level scale (zero-low, medium and high). We have also included another section for collecting other relevant qualitative observations that may contribute to clarifying, contextualising or shedding light on issues that cannot be recorded using the analytical grid. Finally, it is important to note that the analysis process included opportunities for collective discussion among the members of the research team, aimed at comparing interpretations and refining the application of the analytical framework. The results presented below summarise the main findings derived from the analysis of these dimensions and categories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results highlight that one-off activities predominate, with a clear presence of the established over the emerging, giving rise to traditional and stereotypical activities, where the offer appears closed and preconfigured. In this sense, the few instituting activities, co-constructed in some way, tend to depend on specific individuals (e.g. a teacher's friend) and do not tend to be sustained over time. Along the same lines, we observe that the community appears more as a resource (prevalence of ‘going to’ logic) than as an agent with whom to ‘do with’. Likewise, connections with the community and neighbourhood fabric are scarce, with a notable absence of social entities. Outings are generally directed to distant places, such as companies or museums, i.e. institutions that become ‘visitable spaces’ and are attributed with a greater capacity to transmit ‘valuable knowledge’. With regard to the pedagogical meaning, eco-dependence and interdependence, the results show the following: - In general, there is weak curricular integration, with activities at the centre level presenting the greatest difficulties in terms of curricular connection. In contrast, the activities with greater curricular coherence are concentrated in Physical Education, especially those that take place outdoors. On the other hand, ad hoc activities are limited, suggesting that these proposals are conceived as peripheral elements in the curriculum, with a playful or recreational character, but not as integrated learning experiences. - Eco-dependence and interdependence: in general, the activities analysed are very poor in terms of their ability to develop eco-dependence and interdependence among students. Most of the proposals offer few opportunities for exchange, reciprocity or joint construction, both with social actors and with nature, placing students in a predominantly passive role and, in many cases, in the position of spectators. References Assadourian, E. (2017). Educación ecosocial: cómo educar frente a la crisis ecológica. Informe Anual del WorldWatch Institute, Educación ecosocial, 25-49. Cummings, C., Dyson, A., & Todd, L. (2011). Beyond the school gates: Can full service and extended schools overcome disadvantage?. Routledge. Denzin, N. K., Lincoln, Y. S., MacLure, M., Otterstad, A. M., Torrance, H., Cannella, G. S., ... & McTier, T. (2017). Critical qualitative methodologies: Reconceptualizations and emergent construction. International Review of Qualitative Research, 10(4), 482-498. Dyson, A., & Robson, E. M. (1999). School, family, community: Mapping school inclusion in the UK. Youth Work Press for the Joseph Rowntree Foundation. Eikelenboom, M., & Long, T. B. (2023). Breaking the cycle of marginalization: how to involve local communities in multi-stakeholder initiatives? Journal of Business Ethics, 186(1), 31-62 González-Reyes, L. and Gómez-Chuliá (2022). La competencia ecosocial en un contexto de crisis multidimensional. Revista Internacional de Educación para la Justicia Social, 11(2), 29-43. Herrero, Y. (2025). Metamorfosis. Arcadia. Kerr, K., Dyson, A., and Gallannaugh, F. (2016). Conceptualising school-community relations in disadvantaged neighbourhoods: mapping the literature. Educational Research, 58(3), 265-282. Lupton, R. (2009). Area-based initiatives in English education: what place for place and space? In Education and poverty in affluent countries (pp. 127-139). Routledge Moliner, O. & Sales, M.A. (2020) La escuela incluida en el territorio: La transformación educativa desde la participación ciudadana. Octaedro. Sales, A., Moliner, O., & Lozano, J. (2017). Strategies to link Schools to Their Territories. A Survey Study. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 18, 692-697. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 14 SES 08 B: Youth Transitions and Pathways. Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Giovanna Andreatti Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Educational aspirations and institutional realities: An Analysis of Alignment and Mismatch in Youth Pathways AAB College, Kosovo Presenting Author:Topic and objective Young people are urged to set high standards for their education and careers throughout Europe. However, these goals frequently materialize in institutional settings characterized by structural constraints and unequal resource access (Cieslik & Simpson, 2013; Walther, 2006). The primary objective of this research is to evaluate how institutional constraints in Kosovo influence, and often distort, youth aspirations and their psychological agency. The research explores the alignment and mismatch between young people's educational and career goals and the institutional realities of the labor market and education systems. By examining young people’s lived experiences, perceptions, and narratives across diverse educational and employment pathways, the research seeks to uncover the meanings and perceived gaps between aspirations and institutional contexts. The educational and professional aspirations of young people, the institutional realities they encounter, and the cognitive-motivational processes influencing their career development (SCCT) are the three primary analytical pillars of this study. This analytical method enables us to comprehend not only what young people desire and idealize for their future (aspirations), but also the opportunities and limitations that the labor market, educational system, institutions, policies, and socioeconomic conditions present (institutional realities). Research questions The study is guided by one central question and two supporting sub-questions: RQ1: RQ2: How do young people articulate their educational and professional aspirations and imagined future pathways? RQ3: Theoretical Framework: The study takes a multifaceted approach by synthesizing Bourdieu's Theory of Capital (Bourdieu, 1986, as cited in Reay, 2019), the Capability Approach (Sen, 1999; Nussbaum, 2011), and Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT) (Lent et al., 1994). Bourdieu’s Theory of Social and Cultural Capital - According to Thatcher et al. (2015), Bourdieu's Theory of Capital (1986) asserts that aspirations are influenced by social, cultural, and economic capital. This study looks at how inherited resources, such as parental education, affect career goals, overcoming institutional obstacles, and social mobility through the lens of "habitus" (Semo & Karmel, 2011). Thus, systemic mismatches are seen as the result of uneven capital distribution and a lack of institutional support. The Capability Approach (Sen, 1999; Nussbaum, 2011) assesses individuals' "real opportunities" to fulfill ambitions, emphasizing their genuine flexibility to attain particular "functionings" rather than mere access to resources (Walker & Fongwa, 2017). This study uses the framework to identify how institutional barriers—such as program scarcity, lack of support, or financial obstacles—and structural inequities (gender, location, disability) prevent youth from converting potential into true opportunity. Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT) - The study uses SCCT to close the gap between realized capabilities and structural capital (Lent et al., 1994). This theory focuses on outcome expectations (beliefs about the results of their efforts) and self-efficacy (youths' confidence in their capacity to succeed). It clarifies why some young people "downsize" their goals in spite of their potential. Systemic mismatches in Kosovo reduce self-efficacy through negative feedback loops. By synthesizing Bourdieu’s Theory of Capital with Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT) and the Capability Approach, the research innovatively bridges sociological and psychological perspectives creating a multi-dimensional framework to analyze how institutional mismatches in Kosovo fundamentally reshape youth agency, self-efficacy, and the actual freedom to realize aspirations. International dimension: By incorporating these local findings into the overarching EDU-LAB framework, the research enhances European-level discussions on constructing more resilient transition systems that correspond with the actual aspirations and varied life conditions of today's youth. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods: This research is undertaken as a qualitative case study within the Horizon Europe EDU-LAB project, concentrating primarily on the transition pathways of youth in Kosovo. The methodology adheres to the standardized WP4 framework to ensure cross-case comparability while accommodating local nuances. Research design and Case selection: The research utilizes a comprehensive, cross-comparative analysis centered on Prishtina location in Kosovo, conducted by Local Research Teams (LRT). These locations were chosen to show the country's varied socio-economic dynamics, making it possible to fully map both normal and atypical (non-linear) paths. Sample (Participants and recruitment): The sample includes young people aged 15–30, categorized into four specific groups to capture diverse transition experiences: - Students in general and vocational education; - Students in Higher Education; - Employed youth (including those working outside their field of study). - NEETs (Not in Education, Employment, or Training). To date, the Kosovo local research team has conducted 11 focus groups via Microsoft Teams, each comprising 5–8 participants, totaling 70 individuals. This sample of youth from Prishtina reflects diverse socio-economic backgrounds and serves as a case study within the broader EDU-LAB project, providing comprehensive insight into local transition experiences. Research techniques and Data collection instruments (WP4 Tools): Following the EDU-LAB protocol, the Kosovo case uses a coordinated set of instruments designed to capture both individual "aspirations" and structural "barriers", as follows: - Semi-structured Focus groups (FGs) interviews: These served as the primary tools for identifying the "habitus" and aspirations of youth, as well as shared institutional barriers. - Coordinated FG interviews protocol: A tool developed with WP4 partners to standardize the identification of "conversion factors"—the local conditions that help or hinder the realization of aspirations. Data Analysis: The analysis follows the qualitative data analysis spiral (Creswell, 2012; Creswell & Guetterman, 2019), moving from raw data to a multi-perspective synthesis that situates localized Kosovo findings within the broader European EDU-LAB project framework. Procedure: From Microsoft Teams the digital transcriptions were imported into MAXQDA software, which served as the central platform for organizing, segmenting, and summarizing the data, ensuring a rigorous and transparent audit trail. Following Creswell’s inductive approach, we analyze MAXQDA summaries to capture youth experiences in Kosovo. We code aspirations (Bourdieu), motivation drivers (SCCT), and conversion factors (Sen), then develop themes of Alignment and Mismatch by connecting psychological factors with Kosovo’s labor market realities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The anticipated results of this study will offer a critical mapping of Kosovo's youth transition landscape, emphasizing the discrepancy between institutional realities and idealized aspirations. The study expects three main results from the data collected from 70 participants in Prishtina location using a multi-perspective analysis: 1. Identification of Systemic Mismatches - The analysis will reveal systemic mismatches where Kosovo’s education and labor market fail to convert youth cultural capital into stable careers. Using SCCT, it shows how structural barriers—like limited vocational programs and weak career guidance—cause a crisis of agency, pushing youth into non-linear paths and lowering their future expectations. This shifts blame from individuals to institutional failures. 2. Mapping "Non-Linear" Resilience - The creation of illustrative narratives detailing how Kosovar youth deal with disruptions in their education and forced career changes will be a key result. Using the Capability Approach, the study will show how local "conversion factors" and financial limitations restrict young people's actual freedom to follow their dreams. These stories will give the Balkan region's NEET and underemployed youth statistical trends a human face. 3. Policy Implications for European Equity - The study will ultimately provide evidence-based recommendations for enhancing institutional support mechanisms. The conclusion will assert that to attain educational parity in Kosovo, policy must transition from a standardized framework to one that acknowledges and facilitates non-linear pathways. References Cieslik, M., & Simpson, D. (2013). Key concepts in youth studies. Sage Publications. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Pearson. Creswell, J. W., & Guetterman, T. C. (2019). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (6th ed.). Pearson. Lent, R. W., & Brown, S. D. (2019). Social cognitive career theory at 25: Empirical status of the interest, choice, and performance models. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 115, Article 103316. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2019.06.004 Lent, R. W., Brown, S. D., & Hackett, G. (1994). Toward a unifying social cognitive theory of career and academic interest, choice, and performance. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 45(1), 79–122. https://doi.org/10.1006/jvbe.1994.1027 Madeeha, M., Khattab, N., Samara, M., Modood, T., & Barham, A. (2024). Explaining the educational aspirations-expectations mismatch among middle school students: The role of parental expectations, attitudinal and demographic factors. Educational Studies, 50(6), 1389–1405. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2022.2088228 Nopas, D. S. (2025). Lifelong learning for NEET youth: Policy accessibility and employment pathways in Singapore, South Korea, and Thailand. Studies in the Education of Adults, 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2025.2547437 Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating capabilities: The human development approach. Harvard University Press. Reay, D. (Ed.). (2019). Bourdieu and education. Routledge. Semo, R., & Karmel, T. (2011). Social capital and youth transitions: Do young people's networks improve their participation in education and training? (Occasional Paper). National Centre for Vocational Education Research. Sen, A. (2014). Development as freedom (1999). Në The globalization and development reader: Perspectives on development and global change (f. 525). Wiley-Blackwell. Thatcher, J., Ingram, N., Burke, C., & Abrahams, J. (Eds.). (2015). Bourdieu: The next generation: The development of Bourdieu's intellectual heritage in contemporary UK sociology. Routledge. Walker, M. (2024). A capabilitarian approach to decolonising curriculum. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 19(1), 110–123. https://doi.org/10.1177/17461979221123011 Walker, M., & Boni, A. (2020). Participatory research, capabilities and epistemic justice: A transformative agenda for higher education. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-56197-0 Walker, M., & Fongwa, S. (2017). Universities, employability and human development. Springer. Walther, A. (2006). Regimes of youth transitions: Choice, flexibility and security in young people’s experiences across different European contexts. Young, 14(2), 119–139. https://doi.org/10.1177/1103308806062737 Wu, J. R., Kundu, M., Iwanaga, K., Chan, F., Chen, X., Rumrill, P., & Wehman, P. (2024). Social cognitive career theory predictors of goal persistence in African American college students with disabilities. Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin, 67(2), 83–93. https://doi.org/10.1177/00343552221108407 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Nature, Nurture, and Culture: Unraveling the Global Relationship Between Parenting Styles and Academic Achievement through Meta-Analysis ***WITHDRAWN*** Institute of Curriculum and Instruction, East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The debate sparked by Amy Chua’s Tiger Mother narrative extends beyond parenting controversy to a central question in developmental and cross-cultural psychology: are the effects of parenting on children’s academic outcomes universal or culturally contingent? From a universalist perspective, core parenting dimensions—positive (e.g., authoritative, warm, responsive) and negative (e.g., authoritarian, harsh, neglectful)—exert broadly consistent effects on achievement through fundamental socialization and cognitive mechanisms. Conversely, a cultural-relativist view treats parenting as a socially constructed practice, with behaviors interpreted and evaluated differently depending on cultural norms and institutional contexts. What is supportive in one society may be intrusive or ineffective in another. Despite decades of research and meta-analyses confirming a general association between parenting and academic performance, critical gaps remain. Existing syntheses often estimate average effects without systematically examining how national cultural values moderate these relationships. Moreover, few studies assess whether cultural moderation differs for positive versus negative parenting, or whether culture retains influence after accounting for socioeconomic development and demographic factors. This meta-analysis addresses these gaps, investigating the asymmetric moderating roles of cultural dimensions on parenting–achievement links while controlling for structural variables, moving beyond a polarized universalist–relativist framework toward an integrative, ecologically grounded understanding of parenting’s role in academic success. Literature Review Extant research consistently links parenting styles to academic outcomes (e.g., Brown & Iyengar, 2008; Masud et al., 2015; Pinquart, 2016). Positive parenting—warm, responsive, autonomy-supportive, and authoritative—promotes achievement by fostering intrinsic motivation, self-regulation, and adaptive learning strategies. Negative parenting—harsh, psychologically controlling, or authoritarian—undermines performance by increasing stress and frustrating basic psychological needs (Pinquart, 2016; Spera, 2005; Tan et al., 2025). Cross-cultural evidence complicates this picture. The strength and even direction of effects vary across contexts: authoritative parenting is more strongly linked to achievement in individualistic Western societies(Park & Holloway, 2013), whereas in some collectivist Asian contexts, certain authoritarian practices may align with normative expectations of obedience and discipline. These patterns suggest parenting efficacy is filtered through cultural meanings (Leung et al., 1998). Hofstede’s (2011) multidimensional framework provides a lens for theorizing this moderation. Dimensions such as Individualism–Collectivism, Power Distance, Long-Term Orientation, and Indulgence–Restraint shape how children perceive parental authority, autonomy support, and warmth. Prior meta-analyses hint at cultural moderation but are limited by single-dimension focus or failure to separate cultural effects from correlated socioeconomic factors. Parenting also interacts with structural conditions. Macro-level indicators (e.g., GDP per capita, Human Development Index) and demographics (e.g., parental role, child’s developmental stage) influence how family practices affect outcomes. Socioeconomic development may buffer or substitute for parental input, while developmental stage determines sensitivity to parenting (Tucker-Drob et al., 2014). Because cultural values often correlate with economic development, multivariate approaches are necessary to isolate culture’s unique moderating role—a complexity rarely addressed in previous reviews (Zhao et akl., 2024). Previous research and Research Question Prior meta-analyses have focused on average parenting–achievement effects, often neglecting cultural contingencies, differential moderation of positive versus negative parenting, and the role of socioeconomic and demographic factors. These gaps underscore the need for a comprehensive meta-analysis examining how culture and structural conditions jointly shape parenting’s impact, motivating the present study’s four research questions: RQ1: What is the overall global relationship between positive and negative parenting styles and academic achievement? RQ2: To what extent do cultural values moderate the relationship between parenting styles and academic achievement? How do cultural values moderating effect differ for positive versus negative parenting styles? RQ3: Beyond culture, how do socioeconomic indicators and demographic variables independently moderate the strength of the relationship between parenting styles and academic achievement? RQ4: When considering cultural dimensions and structural factors simultaneously, to what extent is the role of culture independent of economic development levels? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach for this study was a meta-analysis, designed to systematically integrate quantitative findings from existing research on the links between parenting styles and academic achievement across diverse settings. The review process rigorously adhered to the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses guidelines to ensure transparency and reproducibility. An extensive literature search was executed across four major scholarly databases: Web of Science, Scopus, ProQuest, and ERIC. This search employed a structured strategy combining keywords related to core constructs. The scope was limited to peer-reviewed journal articles available in English, with publication dates extending up to July 2025. Following the identification and removal of duplicate records, studies were screened sequentially based on their titles, abstracts, and finally full texts against predetermined eligibility criteria. To be included, a study was required to present a quantitative examination of the association between either positive or negative parenting styles and a measure of academic achievement, involve participants from elementary, secondary, or tertiary education levels, and report sufficient statistical data—typically correlation coefficients—to permit the calculation of an effect size. This process culminated in a final sample of 37 studies. A comprehensive coding scheme was developed and applied to extract relevant data from each included study. Two trained coders independently extracted information, achieving a high level of inter-rater reliability. The coded data encompassed basic bibliographic details, the central effect size correlations, and a suite of potential moderator variables. These moderators included national cultural values, operationalized using country scores from Hofstede’s six-dimensional framework; socioeconomic indicators such as GDP per capita and the Human Development Index, obtained from United Nations databases; and key demographic characteristics like student age, educational level, and the type of academic achievement measure used. The statistical analysis was conducted using R software with specialized meta-analysis packages. The extracted correlation coefficients were transformed using Fisher’s Z to stabilize their variance before analysis. The overarching analytical strategy employed a random-effects model to compute summary effect sizes for both positive and negative parenting, acknowledging and modeling the anticipated heterogeneity among studies. To investigate the influence of the coded moderators, a series of mixed-effects models and hierarchical meta-regressions were performed. Furthermore, MASEM was utilized to test a path model while simultaneously evaluating cultural dimensions as moderators. The robustness of the findings was assessed through sensitivity analyses and multiple diagnostic tests for publication bias, including Egger’s regression test and visual inspection of funnel plots. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This meta-analysis offers nuanced insights into the parenting–achievement relationship across cultural contexts. Empirically, it confirms a robust positive association between positive parenting styles—marked by warmth, support, and responsiveness—and academic achievement (r = 0.167), alongside a weaker but consistent negative association for negative parenting styles (r = −0.082). More importantly, the findings reveal an asymmetric pattern of cultural moderation. The benefits of positive parenting are highly culture-sensitive, being significantly shaped by cultural values such as power distance, individualism–collectivism, long-term orientation, and indulgence–restraint. In contrast, the detrimental effects of negative parenting exhibit greater cross-cultural stability, with moderation observed primarily along the masculinity–femininity dimension. The analysis further shows that socioeconomic development indicators (e.g., GDP per capita, HDI) and demographic factors (e.g., parental role, educational level) independently moderate the positive parenting–achievement link. Crucially, however, hierarchical meta-regression and Meta-Analytic Structural Equation Modeling (MASEM) demonstrate that cultural values exert a unique moderating influence beyond economic and demographic factors. This finding challenges simplistic interpretations that conflate cultural effects with levels of socioeconomic development and moves beyond the traditional universalist versus cultural-relativist dichotomy. Theoretically, the results support an integrative, multi-layered framework. Parenting affects academic achievement through intertwined pathways: the effectiveness of positive parenting is culturally contingent, shaped by local norms and value systems, whereas the harms of negative parenting appear to violate more universal psychological needs. This perspective transcends polarized debates—such as the “Tiger Mother” discourse—by recognizing parenting as both culturally embedded and developmentally consequential. Practically, interventions should adopt a dual approach: promoting positive parenting in culturally responsive ways, while addressing negative parenting through broadly shared standards of child well-being. Future research should employ longitudinal, multi-level designs to capture the dynamic interplay among culture, socioeconomic context, and family processes. References Brown, L., & Iyengar, S. (2008). Parenting styles: The impact on student achievement. Marriage & Family Review, 43(1–2), 14–38. https://doi.org/10.1080/01494920802010140 Hofstede, G. (2001). Culture’s consequences: Comparing values, behaviors, institutions, and organizations across nations (2nd Edition). Sage. Leung, K., Lau, S., & Lam, W. L. (1998). Parenting styles and academic achievement: A cross-cultural study. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 44(2), 157-172. Masud, H., Thurasamy, R., & Ahmad, M. S. (2015). Parenting styles and academic achievement of Young Adolescents: A systematic literature review. Quality & Quantity, 49(6), 2411–2433. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-014-0120-x Park, S., & Holloway, S. D. (2013). No parent left behind: Predicting parental involvement in adolescents’ education within a sociodemographically diverse population. The Journal of Educational Research, 106(2), 105–119. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2012.667012 Pinquart, M. (2016). Associations of parenting styles and dimensions with academic achievement in children and adolescents: A meta-analysis. Educational Psychology Review, 28(3), 475–493. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-015-9338-y Spera, C. (2005). A review of the relationship among parenting practices, parenting styles, and Adolescent School Achievement. Educational Psychology Review, 17(2), 125–146. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-005-3950-1 Tan, C. Y., Cheung, H. S., & Lee, S. M. (2025). Parental involvement, parenting styles, and children’s academic outcomes: A second-order, three-level meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543251346792 Tucker-Drob, E. M., Cheung, A. K., & Briley, D. A. (2014). Gross domestic product, science interest, and science achievement: A person × nation interaction. Psychological Science, 25(11), 2047–2057. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797614548726 Zhao, L., Yang, X., Yu, X., Zheng, J., Mao, H., Fu, G., Fang, F., & Lee, K. (2024). Academic cheating, achievement orientations, and cultural values: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543241288240 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Children’s Naive Economic Theories and Family Economic Socialization: Implications for Educational Action Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Italy Presenting Author:Economic education is a lifelong process through which citizens develop competences enabling them to make informed decisions, critically understand economic phenomena, and act responsibly within their socio-economic contexts (Fornero & Lo Prete, 2023; Lusardi & Mitchell, 2023). In a complex global context, characterised by rapid economic and technological change and the transfer of financial responsibility to individuals (Amagir et al., 2018; Kaiser & Lusardi, 2024), economic education has become a central focus of international education policies (European Commission/OECD, 2023; OECD, 2020). In Italy, this thematic area was formally introduced as part of the “Citizenship Education” curriculum in 2024: from primary school onwards, children are expected to develop economic competences aimed at individual and social well-being, and at the exercise of active and responsible citizenship (Gazzetta Ufficiale, 2024). However, the implementation of these policies is not always underpinned by a deep understanding of the social, political, economic, and cultural ecosystems in which they are embedded. Children’s economic knowledge often remains marginal in educational debates, still relying on outdated empirical evidence (Berti, 2004). Curricular decisions are frequently made without sufficient consideration of children’s interpretative models of economic phenomena and the everyday practices that stem from them. At the same time, the role of the family, as the primary agency of economic socialisation, is often underestimated, despite its influence in mediating meanings and practices that interact with school-based education (Kardash et al., 2023; Zhao & Zhang, 2020). Moreover, teachers often lack the competences required to address economic education in a reflective and structured manner (Compen et al., 2019; Jayaraman et al., 2022). National and international studies report generally low levels of economic and financial literacy across age groups and contexts (Kaiser & Lusardi, 2024). In Italy, opportunities for initial and in-service teacher education in this field remain limited, increasing the risk that economic education is introduced in a largely formal way, without solid theoretical and methodological foundations. Many teachers lack both disciplinary knowledge in economics and the pedagogical competences needed to design, implement, and assess meaningful learning pathways. Within this framework, a central question emerges, directly addressing the relationship between knowledge and educational action: how can effective educational interventions in the economic domain be promoted if children’s prior knowledge and representations are not understood, if appropriate teaching methods are not critically examined, and if assessment tools sensitive to knowledge-construction processes are lacking? In response to these challenges, the present study investigates primary school children’s naïve economic theories and analyses how family economic socialisation processes contribute to their construction. The study aims to examine how children’s economic knowledge develops in a situated and relational manner, while also providing empirically grounded insights to inform educational policy and support teachers in introducing economic education in epistemologically sound, pedagogically coherent, and developmentally appropriate ways. The study is guided by the following research questions: (RQ1) What naïve economic theories do children aged 6, 8, and 10 hold regarding money and currencies, work and income, and prices and payments? (RQ2) Are there differences in the development of these theories between rural and urban contexts? If so, what are they? (RQ3) How do family economic socialisation processes intertwine with children’s models of economic knowledge? This study conceptualises economic education as a complex process of knowledge construction involving subjects, contexts, and practices (Fornero & Lo Prete, 2023). Children are viewed as knowing subjects, whose naïve economic theories represent situated and contingent forms of bottom-up knowledge production – often invisible within accountability systems, yet crucial for understanding how economic knowledge is interpreted and enacted in educational and social contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted in Northern Italy and involved a stratified sample of 200 primary school children aged 6, 8, and 10 years and one parent for each participating child (N = 200 adults). Families resided in both urban contexts, characterised by greater access to services, and rural contexts, located in mountainous areas with lower population density. The study has an exploratory design and adopts a mixed-methods approach, integrating qualitative and quantitative data to capture the complexity of children’s economic knowledge construction and the role of family economic socialisation. Data collection took place in spring 2025. Regarding the qualitative component, children participated in semi-structured focus groups lasting 60 –90 minutes. Focus groups are considered particularly appropriate for research with children, as they foster a psychologically safe environment and encourage spontaneous expression of ideas and peer discussion, while respecting participants’ needs and rhythms (Vogl et al., 2023). During the focus groups, children’s naïve economic theories were explored in relation to money and currencies, work and income, and prices and payments – topics identified as foundational conceptual domains for the development of more advanced economic competences (Amagir et al., 2018; Bernedo-Moreira et al., 2024; European Commission/OECD, 2023). Parents completed an anonymous questionnaire aimed at investigating family economic socialisation processes, focusing on the frequency and modalities of discussing economic issues with their children, the provision and management of pocket money, children’s involvement in everyday economic decisions, and parental representations regarding economic education at school. Qualitative data were analysed using Qualitative Content Analysis (Schreier, 2012), a systematic and flexible method that allows for a rigorous description of the meaning of textual material. The analysis involved the development of a coding frame consisting of concept-driven macro-categories and data-driven subcategories. Reliability and validity were ensured through a pilot test–retest procedure on approximately 40% of the material and by calculating Cohen’s kappa coefficient to assess inter-coder agreement. The analysis also enabled the construction of comparison matrices to highlight similarities and differences in the development of children’s naïve economic theories across age groups and residential contexts. At this stage, descriptive and exploratory analyses were conducted to assess potential differences across groups—associated with selected socio-economic characteristics—and to outline key profiles of family economic socialisation. In addition, multiple correspondence analyses were performed to identify meaningful cut-off points to create categorical classes for selected variables. Subsequently, multivariate analyses will be carried out. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The qualitative analysis shows that children’s naïve economic theories are shaped by both age and context and follow a clear pattern of cognitive development. At six years of age, children display a concrete and strongly normative mode of reasoning, describing money and economic processes mainly through observable features and immediate experiences. By the age of ten, their representations become progressively more articulated and realistic, evolving towards abstract and systemic conceptions of economic phenomena. The living context significantly influences these developmental trajectories, highlighting how children’s economic conceptions are embedded in everyday environments, family socialisation practices, and broader socio-historical conditions. Qualitative analysis shows that children in rural contexts tend to develop more ethically oriented and community-based interpretations, emphasising relational dimensions and shared responsibility, whereas children in urban contexts more often express individualistic and instrumental views, associating money with power, prestige, and personal success. Urban children also demonstrate greater familiarity with digital financial tools, electronic payments, and different currencies, reflecting exposure to more multicultural and economically diversified settings. The findings highlight children as active constructors of economic knowledge and situated actors within contemporary socio-economic contexts. Themes such as cryptocurrencies, digital banking, and cashless payments, largely absent from earlier studies, emerged spontaneously, indicating that naïve economic theories are dynamic and shaped by ongoing economic transformations. This challenges traditional models of economic education that underestimate children’s engagement with complex realities. Quantitative analyses are ongoing. Preliminary results suggest that family economic socialisation processes are significantly associated with parents’ educational level, nationality, income, and economic knowledge. These findings seem to confirm the family’s central role in the unequal transmission of economic competences and the potential reproduction of intergenerational inequalities. Taken together, the results underscore the importance of integrating children’s perspectives and family contexts into the design of equitable and developmentally appropriate economic education policies and practices. References Amagir, A., Groot, W., Maassen van den Brink, H., & Wilschut, A. (2018). A review of financial-literacy education programs for children and adolescents. Citizenship, Social and Economics Education, 17(1), 56–80. doi:10.1177/2047173417719555 Bernedo-Moreira, D. H., Almirón-Cuentas, J. A., Espiritu-Martinez, A. P., Ochoa-Tataje, F. A., & Romero-Carazas, R. (2024). Financial education from elementary school: A perspective to today. Periodicals of Engineering and Natural Sciences, 12(1), 123–134. Berti, A. E. (2004). Lo sviluppo della comprensione delle istituzioni economiche e politiche. Lo sviluppo delle conoscenze nel bambino, 2–32. Junior Editore. Compen, B., De Witte, K., & Schelfhout, W. (2019). The role of teacher professional development in financial literacy education: A systematic literature review. Educational Research Review, 26, 16-31. doi:10.1016/j.edurev.2018.12.001 European Commission/OECD. (2023). Financial Competence Framework for Children and Youth in the European Union. OECD Publishing. doi:10.2874/297346 Fornero, E., & Lo Prete, A. (2023). Financial education: From better personal finance to improved citizenship. Journal of Financial Literacy and Wellbeing, 1(1), 12-27. doi:10.1017/flw.2023.7 Gazzetta Ufficiale. (2024). Interventi a sostegno della competitività dei capitali e delega al Governo per la riforma organica delle disposizioni in materia di mercati dei capitali recate dal testo unico di cui al decreto legislativo 24 febbraio 1998, n. 58, e delle disposizioni in materia di società di capitali contenute nel Codice civile applicabili anche agli emittenti (Law No. 21). Jayaraman, J. D., Jambunathan, S., & Adesanya, R. (2022). Preparedness of early childhood teachers to teach financial literacy: evidence from the US. Education 3-13, 50(8), 1121-1136. doi:10.1080/03004279.2021.1939399 Kaiser, T., & Lusardi, A. (2024). Financial literacy and financial education: An overview. NBER Working Paper No. 32355. Lusardi, A., & Mitchell, O. S. (2023). The importance of financial literacy: Opening a new field. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 37(4), 137-154. doi:10.1257/jep.37.4.137 Kardash, N., Coleman-Tempel, L. E., & Ecker-Lyster, M. E. (2023). The role of parental education in financial socialization of children. Journal of Family and Economic Issues, 44(1), 143-155. doi:10.1007/s10834-021-09806-z OECD. (2020). Council Recommendation on Financial Literacy. OECD. https://legalinstruments.oecd.org/en/instruments/OECD-LEGAL-0461 Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative Content Analysis in Practice. Sage Publications. Vogl, S., Schmidt, E. M., & Kapella, O. (2023). Focus groups with children: practicalities and methodological insights. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 24(2), Article 21. doi: 10.17169/fqs-24.2.3971 Zhao, H. and Zhang, L. (2020), Talking money at home: the value of family financial socialization, International Journal of Bank Marketing, Vol. 38 No. 7, pp. 1617-1634. doi:10.1108/IJBM-04-2020-0174 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 15 SES 08 A Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Anne Graham Cagney Paper Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Re-making HE Partnership Research amid GenAI and Polycrisis: Disrupting Extractive Methodological Assumptions to Co-construct Postdigital Positionalities 1: Bath Spa University, United Kingdom; 2: University of Brighton, United Kingdom; 3: University of Wolverhampton, United Kingdom; 4: Zagreb University of Applied Sciences, Croatia Presenting Author:The recent surge of academic opinion on how Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) should be engaged with ethically in educational research, deployed strategically, or dismissed as toxic to the environment and distracting, has arrived amid critical responses to existing polycrisis (Tooze 2021). Muldoon and Wu (2023) argue that global economic and political power imbalances in GAI production cannot be separated from continuities of historical colonialism, which now constitute the supply chain of GAI (Png 2022, Traxler & Jandrić 2025). This extracts value from labour in the Global South to benefit Western technology companies, perpetuates hegemonic knowledge production and structures research approaches that marginalise non-Western alternatives. This is reflected in local research partnerships too, where topics like ‘forced adoption of GAI’ (Seybold 2026) are still examined via traditional research methods which may unwittingly also reproduce an ethos of ‘extraction’, over more equitable ‘co-production’. We explore, firstly, how postdigital polycrisis, including Covid-19, global economic and political instability, GAI, climate and environmental challenges and threats to Higher Education (HE) have highlighted pressing overlapping concerns of equity in both global and local educational research partnerships (Traxler, Scott, Smith & Hayes 2020). A replication of the ‘extractive’ models of labour and data collection that underpin GAI seems also to be repeated even in HE-led research projects that claim to address such inequalities. This is partly due to a biased Europatriarchal approach to the polycrisis that ‘is unsuitable for tackling the polycrisis because it is the polycrisis’ (Salami, 2024:52). Educational research projects in the Global North may seek to address global or local inequities, but without a more structural overhaul of traditional, university-centric methodologies, there is a risk that little changes. In order to explore and disrupt this dilemma, we examine secondly, projects that advocate for a clear move away from university-dominated structuring of research methods and data collection. Whilst ethics and rigour are key to equitable research, partners can be more extensively involved throughout research cycles to co-create more equitable, diverse and inclusive methodological approaches ‘from the ground up’ (Hayes et. al., 2025). We discuss too work-in-progress that draws on novel ways to include creative activity with GAI, performance and popular culture, to co-research and co-construct shared postdigital and dialogic positionalities with different communities (Carvajal-Leoni, Raffaghelli & Zanchin 2025). Finally, we look at how universities are perceived by community researchers (Hayes, et al., 2021, Jopling et. al., 2025, Hayes et. al., 2025a; 2025b) amid postdigital polycrisis, as intersecting inequalities are socially, politically and technologically reproduced. Universities in much of Europe are themselves in economic crisis, due to falling birth rates and corresponding drops in student numbers. They risk a ‘great resignation’ alongside the inevitable redundancies, as ‘academic anomie’ leads to experts reviewing their own positionalities in this context (Watermeyer et al., 2024). We therefore discuss an urgent need to transparently revisit how the university sector engages with existing local and global cross-sector community research ecosystems (Community Knowledge Matters 2025, Hayes et al., 2022; 2023). Here we draw parallels with a traditionally extractive global fashion industry, which is now exploring new approaches and designs for sustainability. We consider the notion of ‘re-making’ and question if universities can learn from community textile projects that re-work pre-worn materials as opportunities (English 2025). This requires universities in crisis to revisit what has been discarded from perspectives of their local and global partners, and to engage in postdigital dialogues where injustices can be surfaced. A shared re-making of our methodologies as ‘refabrication’ in civic partnership is needed to address postdigital polycrisis, now that GenAI has revealed just what is at stake, if we fail to do so. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our methodology, evolving over several research projects, is based on facilitating a series of ‘postdigital dialogues’ between us as researchers, with participants who are also researchers, but based across sectors. Postdigital dialogue attempts to represent a diversity of viewpoints as postdigital positionalities, with minimal interpretative organisation. This emphasises shared ownership in research and the ubiquity of data-driven systems in our lives (Jopling et al., 2025). The dialogues include a collective article, which drew together local and global cross-sector perspectives written by 25 researchers on citizen research to present ‘a theoretical kaleidoscope’ (Jopling, et. al., 2025); a collaborative workshop held with 10 citizen researchers in local communities in Croatia, who described the inequities of HE research partnerships (Hayes et al, 2025b); and practical, qualitative explorations of GAI in dialogue with 51 university-based researchers in South Africa (Hayes, et. al 2025a). These multiple lenses draw attention to those who are traditionally excluded from the academic ivory tower approach toward research, recognising that such attitudes and traditions are also hard to break. This included citizen researchers being labelled as ‘non-academic’ actors, excluded from early consultation on funding bids and from most of the methodological stages of a project, and all too often left feeling that data they had collected was then ‘extracted’ from them. They described challenges in the use of exclusive research language by HE researchers and an unrealistic lag in time before crucial research findings from their data were published (Hayes et. al., 2025b). A tendency to omit diverse philosophical frameworks such as Ubuntu, as a relational, ethical perspective, missed opportunities to strengthen multicultural research practices (Hayes, et. al 2025a: 1405). Clear recommendations were made that, rather than universities presenting topics to wider community researchers and requesting data alone, there is a pressing need to acknowledge that postdigital polycrisis requires co-creative, cross-cultural approaches and agile partnerships with universities from the ground up to re-make methods that can address contextual community challenges. These findings prompted us to ask: In what ways can educational research, amid GenAI and the polycrises, disrupt extractive methodological assumptions to refabricate more equitable approaches in civic partnership research? In our presentation, we outline findings from these research dialogues and work-in-progress which explores re-making research methods via dialogic models of inclusive entrepreneurship and civic innovation, co-produced with young people with disabilities in the UK, and a co-created community workshop in the US sharing imaginative representations of citizens’ postdigital positionalities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We are conscious that we are researching an emerging field with rapid challenges and opportunities that arise from working at geographical, institutional and disciplinary margins. A good number of collectively authored theoretical articles now underpin this citizen-centered research, revealing rich contextual perspectives that evidence the need for re-making sustainable collaborations. Our focus looking ahead is to gather new material on practical activities in communities that will inform disruptions to the taken-for-granted fabric of Western methodological processes that are held as sacrosanct in HE. In a climate where our universities are in economic and existential crisis, we are revisiting what may have been previously discarded as remnants or waste around the edges of mainstream research publications. We are drawing inspiration from sustainability initiatives where pre-worn clothing and materials are re-worked with a diversity of input and textile remake practices that yield new opportunities. The methods used include over-dying, over-printing, embellishment, altering, splicing, piecing, patchwork and refabrication (English 2025). This is akin to our workshops that are seeking insights from local and global partners from their own postdigital positionalities to help ‘remake’ the civic role universities now need to play in a shared re-design of our methodologies for sustainable research. This ‘refabrication’ is necessary to collectively address postdigital polycrises that GenAI has revealed across all aspects of education. We can no longer pretend that European or Western universities alone are the authorities on the methods and partnerships needed. Educational research projects in the Global North may seek to address global or local inequities, but without a more structural overhaul of traditional, university-centric methodologies, there is a risk that little changes, before GAI perhaps irreversibly changes us. Therefore, our findings have important implications for inclusivity, integrity, creativity and ethics in research contexts of all kinds across Europe and beyond. References Carvajal-Leoni, S., Raffaghelli J. & Zanchin (2025). Exploring the Postdigital World through Creative Reflection. https://eth-tech.eu/exploring-the-post-digital-world-through-creative-reflection/ Community Knowledge Matters (2025). Exploring the futures of higher education and reimagining research. Engaged futures — Community Knowledge Matters English, J. (2025). Categorising Remaking Methods for Fashion Practitioners. In Proceedings of the 6th Product Lifetimes and the Environment Conference. Hayes, S. et al. (2021). Raising Regional Academic Voices (Alongside Data) in Higher Education (HE) Debate. Postdigital Science and Education, 3, 242–260. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-020-00131-6 Hayes, S., Connor, S., Johnson, M. & Jopling, M. (2022). Connecting cross-sector community voices: data, disadvantage, and postdigital inclusion. Postdigital Science and Education, 4(2), 237-246. Hayes, S., Jopling, M., Connor, S. & Johnson, M. (Eds.). (2023). Human Data Interaction, Disadvantage and Skills in the Community: Enabling Cross-Sector Environments for Postdigital Inclusion. Cham: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-31875-7 Hayes, S. et. al (2025a). Perspectives from South Africa on GenAI in higher education: A postdigital dialogue with the global context. Postdigital Science and Education, 1-39. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-025-00593-6. Hayes, S. et. al (2025b). Postdigital citizen science and humanities: dialogue from the ground. Postdigital Science and Education, 7(1), 188-223. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-024-00514-z Jandrić, P., Tolbert, S., Hayes, S., & Jopling, M. (2023). Postdigital Citizen Science: Mapping the Field. Postdigital Science and Education, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-023-00443-3 Jopling, M. et.al (2025). Postdigital citizen science and humanities: a theoretical kaleidoscope. Postdigital Science and Education 7(1), 31-77. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-024-00481-5 Muldoon, J., & Wu, B. A. (2023). Artificial intelligence in the colonial matrix of power. Philosophy & Technology, 36(4), 80. Png, M. T. (2022). At the tensions of South and North: Critical roles of global south stakeholders in AI governance. Proceedings of the 2022 ACM Conference on Fairness, Accountability and Transparency. https://doi.org/10.1145/3531146.3533200 Salami, M. 2024 ‘Intersections & Interventions: Black Feminism in the Age of the Polycrisis’, in Hanusch, F. and A. Katsman (eds.), Seeds for Democratic Futures, Bielefeld: transcript, pp. 49-56. Seybold, M. (2026). "You have to use it. You have to trust it.": Forced Adoption of AI is The Subtext of Davos. https://theamericanvandal.substack.com/p/you-have-to-use-it-you-have-to-trust. Tooze, A. 2021. Shutdown: How Covid Shook the World’s Economy. London: Allen Lane. Traxler, J., Scott, H., Smith, M., & Hayes, S. (2020). Learning through the crisis. https://docs.edtechhub.org/lib/CD9IAPFX Traxler, J., & Jandrić, P. (2025). Decolonising educational technology. In The geopolitics of postdigital educational development (pp. 163-196). Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland. Watermeyer, et.al (2024). Academic anomie: implications of the ‘great resignation’ for leadership in post-COVID higher education. Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-024-01268-0. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Learning Networks as Interschool Partnerships for Equity-Oriented Professional Learning in Secondary Education. Universiteit Hasselt, Belgium Presenting Author:Achieving equal educational opportunities (EEO) remains a persistent challenge in secondary education. While policy frameworks increasingly emphasise equity, schools often struggle to translate these ambitions into coherent and context-sensitive practices. One reason for this difficulty lies in the conceptually ambiguous and normatively charged nature of EEO, which requires ongoing interpretation, negotiation and alignment within and across schools (Bronfenbrenner, 1980; Levinson et al., 2022). Another reason concerns the limitations of traditional professional development, which frequently focuses on individual competence rather than collective and partnership-based learning (Battey & Franke, 2015; Carter Andrews & Richmond, 2019; Opfer & Pedder, 2011). This paper explores how a learning network (LN) can function as an interschool partnership that supports equity-oriented professional learning. Learning networks bring together professionals from different schools to engage in sustained dialogue, shared reflection and the exchange of practices around a common concern. As such, they can be understood as partnership structures that connect individual professional learning with organisational reflection and action. However, empirical research on how these partnerships support learning around complex concepts such as EEO remains limited. The study therefore addresses the following research questions: (1) How does participation in a learning network contribute to the professional development of educational professionals with regard to equal educational opportunities and the implementation of equity-oriented practices in their schools? (2) Which characteristics of the learning network, understood as a partnership-based professional learning arrangement, facilitate this professional learning process? The study is grounded in an ecological perspective on equal educational opportunities, which conceptualises educational inequality as emerging from interactions between individual, organisational and systemic factors (Bronfenbrenner, 1980; El Zaatari & Maalouf, 2022; Struyf et al., 2022). From this perspective, promoting EEO requires professional learning that goes beyond individual teachers and engages with shared beliefs, school culture and policy interpretation. Research on professional development for equity highlights the importance of collaboration, reflection and agency (Bancroft & Nyirenda, 2020; Carter Andrews & Richmond, 2019). In contrast to traditional, top-down formats, learning networks can be understood as partnership-based spaces for collective sense-making, in which professionals from different schools jointly explore challenges, compare practices and construct contextually relevant responses (Katz et al., 2009; Poortman et al., 2022). The findings suggest that the learning network functioned as a meaningful interschool partnership for equity-oriented professional learning. The network created available time and space for joint engagement with EEO, encouraged renewed reflection on school vision and practices, and supported collective sense-making around the concept of EEO. Interschool exchange fostered contextualised learning, reassurance and a sense of collective efficacy. Several partnership characteristics, including sustained interaction, practice-oriented exchange, school-based locations and facilitation by a moderator, were experienced as particularly supportive of professional learning. Although this study took place in Flemish secondary education, the findings offer insights into how interschool partnerships can support professional learning focused on EEO. This is relevant to various European and international educational systems facing similar challenges, such as translating policies into practice, professional fragmentation and conceptual ambiguity around equity and EEO. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study applies an exploratory mixed-methods case-study design. The learning network involved 13 participants from eight secondary schools in Flanders, representing different educational networks and school contexts. Participants included teachers, EEO coordinators, members of pedagogical teams, pupil counsellors and school leaders. Participation was voluntary and supported by school leadership, positioning the learning network as a partnership initiative rather than a mandated programme. The learning network consisted of four consecutive sessions spread over nine months. Sessions were structured using the OASE-model (Orientation, Appreciation, Suggestions, Evaluation), which guided collective inquiry and reflection (Baeijaert, 2015). Each session combined brief theoretical input with dialogue, collaborative activities and the exchange of school-based practices. Partnership-building was further supported by rotating locations, with sessions taking place at different participating schools. Reflective visual methods such as photovoice were used to stimulate dialogue around participants’ lived experiences of EEO (Wang & Burris, 1997). Data collection included an online survey completed after the final session and semi-structured interviews with representatives from six of the eight participating schools. The survey focused on perceived professional learning and the perceived value of different network characteristics. Interview data provided deeper insight into learning processes, partnership dynamics and the translation of insights into school practices. Quantitative data were analysed descriptively due to the small sample size. Qualitative data were analysed using thematic analysis, following an iterative and inductive approach (Braun & Clarcke, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that participation in the learning network supported professional learning around equal educational opportunities in several interconnected ways. The learning network provided participants with the necessary time and opportunity for collective engagement with EEO, encouraged renewed reflection on school vision and practice, and supported ongoing sense-making around a concept that participants experienced as ambiguous and challenging to operationalise. Interschool exchange enabled participants to contextualise their own practices, gain concrete ideas from other schools, and recognise shared challenges, which fostered reassurance and a sense of collective efficacy. In addition, several characteristics of the learning network were experienced as particularly supportive of professional learning, including sustained interaction over time, practice-oriented exchange, school-based locations, and facilitation by a moderator who created a safe and non-judgemental learning environment. This study contributes to research on partnerships in education by offering empirical insight into how learning networks can function as interschool partnerships that support equity-oriented professional learning. The findings highlight learning networks as relational infrastructures that connect professionals across schools and support collective interpretation and implementation of complex and contested policy goals such as equal educational opportunities. This study therefore critically examines how to establish and maintain successful partnerships to support professionals in addressing educational inequalities. In doing so, this study also acknowledges both the advantages as well as the challenges inherent to partnerships and working together. By focusing on learning processes rather than outcomes alone, the study advances understanding of how partnership-based professional learning can bridge individual professional development and school-level reflection and action. The findings suggest that learning networks are particularly valuable for addressing conceptually ambiguous and normatively loaded issues, as they create space for dialogue, negotiation and contextualisation. While exploratory in nature, this study provides insight into how interschool partnerships can foster equity-oriented professional learning in secondary education. References Baeijaert, L. (2015). O.A.S.I.S.: A Solution Focused reflective team format. Bancroft, S. F., & Nyirenda, E. M. (2020). Equity-Focused K-12 Science Teacher Professional Development: A Review of the Literature 2001–2017. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 31(2), 151–207. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2019.1685629 Battey, D., & Franke, M. (2015). Integrating Professional Development on Mathematics and Equity. Education and Urban Society, 47, 433–462. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013124513497788 Braun, V., & Clarcke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage Publications. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1980). Ecology of Childhood. School Psychology Review, 9(4), 294–297. https://doi.org/10.1080/02796015.1980.12086568 Carter Andrews, D. J., & Richmond, G. (2019). Professional Development for Equity: What Constitutes Powerful Professional Learning? Journal of Teacher Education, 70(5), 408–409. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487119875098 El Zaatari, W., & Maalouf, I. (2022). How the Bronfenbrenner Bio-ecological System Theory Explains the Development of Students’ Sense of Belonging to School? SAGE Open, 12(4), 215824402211340. https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440221134089 Katz, S., Earl, L. M., & Jaafar, S. B. (2009). Building and Connecting Learning Communities: The Power of Networks for School Improvement. Corwin Press. Levinson, M., Geron, T., & Brighouse, H. (2022). Conceptions of Educational Equity. AERA Open, 8, 233285842211213. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584221121344 Opfer, V. D., & Pedder, D. (2011). Conceptualizing Teacher Professional Learning. Review of Educational Research, 81(3), 376–407. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311413609 Poortman, C. L., Brown, C., & Schildkamp, K. (2022). Professional learning networks: A conceptual model and research opportunities. Educational Research, 64(1), 95–112. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2021.1985398 Struyf, E., Van Mieghem, A., & Verschueren, K. (2022). Implementing Inclusive Education: What Are the Levers to Support Teachers? In Fostering Inclusion in Education. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Walter-Kohan/publication/364483098_School_Jail_and_the_Pandemic_What_Can_Philosophical_Education_Actually_Do/links/64c6b6aa539d123b18d6c6de/School-Jail-and-the-Pandemic-What-Can-Philosophical-Education-Actually-Do.pdf#page=62 Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, Methodology, and Use for Participatory Needs Assessment. Health Education & Behavior, 24(3), 369–387. https://doi.org/10.1177/109019819702400309 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Forging Futures Together: Partnership Dynamics and Student Identity Work in a Climate Education Collaboration 1: University of Graz, Austria; 2: MS St.Leonhard, Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Research Context and Question This paper examines partnership dynamics within the project "Stories from the Future", a Sparkling Science-funded climate education research project. The project brings together three classes from an Austrian urban middle school, university researchers, and the to co-create futures-oriented climate narratives with students aged 10-16. In this presentation we ask: How does students' science identity construction and epistemic participation in climate education develop? And what patterns of solidarity and exclusion emerge when students strategically navigate science discourse? Theoretical Framework We draw on Olitsky's (2007a, 2007b) application of Collins' (2004) interaction ritual theory to urban science education, examining partnership configurations to see if they create or constrain interaction ritual chains, the recurring patterns of emotionally charged encounters that build solidarity or produce exclusion. Olitsky demonstrates how students in urban classrooms strategically deploy science language to gain group membership, yet face barriers when institutional structures privilege particular forms of scientific discourse. Her framework illuminates three critical dimensions for our analysis: First, emotional energy and collective effervescence: How partnership interactions generate shared enthusiasm and commitment around climate futures, creating what Collins terms "interaction ritual chains" that sustain engagement across contexts. Second, solidarity and group membership: How students navigate multiple communities of practice (classroom, home/family, community) with different norms for legitimate participation. Third, strategic use of science language: How students code-switch between technical climate science terminology, narrative storytelling registers, and affective expressions of climate anxiety depending on partnership context. We extend Olitsky's urban science education focus to an Austrian example, showcasing how European school contexts have to address the diversity of their school communities. We also examine how partnership structures either amplify or marginalize diverse student voices. The "Stories from the Future" methodology, underpinned by a feminist participatory action research methodology (Prasad, 2020) asks students to imagine and narrate climate futures which in turn provides a unique lens for analysing identity work, as students claim epistemic authority through speculative knowledge. Urban Science Education and Justice Dimensions Following Olitsky's focus on urban contexts where students face intersecting marginalization, we examine how partnership structures address or reproduce educational inequalities. We focus on middle schools since they serve socioeconomically diverse urban populations where students experience climate change through housing quality, heat vulnerability, and environmental racism (Anguelovski et al., 2024; European Environment Agency, 2022; European Network Against Racism, 2022; Santamouris & Kolokotsa, 2015). Students from these contexts bring embodied knowledge of climate injustice that challenges abstract climate science framings. The partnership must negotiate whose futures matter: techno-optimistic narratives versus stories centered on loss, displacement, and structural inequality. Research Objectives Our analysis aims to: (1) Document how partnership structures shape student participation in climate science discourse; (2) Identify interaction ritual patterns that build solidarity versus exclusion across partnership spaces; (3) Examine students' strategic language use as they navigate researcher, teacher, peer, and community members; (4) Critically assess how partnerships address equity issues and whose climate futures gain legitimacy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study employs video-based ethnography, examining interaction patterns from three classrooms. Data collection occurred during 2024-2026 across the three classes, following students through diverse partnership interactions. Data Sources Primary data includes: (1) Video recordings of classroom sessions where students develop future stories, capturing micro-level interactions, language use, and emotional displays; (2) Video documentation of student presentations to different audiences, showing how students reframe climate knowledge for non-school contexts; (3) Informal interviews with students reflecting on their experiences navigating different partnership spaces; (4) Researcher field notes documenting partnership meetings and observations; (5) Student-generated artifacts including the students’ future stories, notes in their research diaries and multimodal presentations. Analytical Framework Our analysis proceeds in three phases: Phase 1: Micro-interaction analysis - Following Olitsky's approach, we code video segments for markers of interaction ritual success/failure: mutual focus of attention, shared mood, emotional energy shifts, use of collective symbols, and boundary-marking behaviours. We attend to moments when students deploy science language strategically, shifting register based on audience, claiming or disclaiming expertise, invoking authoritative sources. Phase 2: Identity performance analysis - We examine how students position themselves within science discourse across contexts: as learners, experts, activists, storytellers, or critics. Analysis identifies repertoires of self-presentation and moments of identity negotiation or conflict. Phase 3: Partnership structure analysis - We map how different partnership configurations (researcher-led workshops, teacher-facilitated classrooms, peer-to-peer exchanges) create distinct participation frameworks with different rules for legitimate engagement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis reveals three significant patterns: First, partnership structures that position students as knowledge producers (rather than recipients) generate high-intensity interaction rituals characterized by sustained mutual focus, collective effervescence, and positive emotional energy. Community presentation events particularly exemplify this, as students experience themselves as legitimate climate science educators. However, these moments depend on careful scaffolding, when partnerships thrust students into expert roles. Without adequate preparation, interaction rituals fail, producing anxiety and suspicion rather than solidarity and trust. Second, students demonstrate strategic use of science language across contexts. They deploy technical terminology and causal explanations, performing scientifically literate identities. They also foreground narrative and emotional registers, using personal stories to build connection. Additional complexity emerges as students navigate not just science discourse but linguistic and cultural differences. Some students strategically "translate" climate science into locally meaningful terms; others struggle when there is a demand for climate code-switching without explicit support. Third, and most critically, partnership configurations reveal persistent patterns of inclusion and exclusion around whose futures matter. Students whose communities face immediate climate injustice (heat vulnerability, environmental racism, displacement risk) struggle to voice futures centred on loss, critique, or structural transformation. We expect that partnership spaces that successfully disrupt these patterns create explicit forums for examining whose knowledge counts and which futures are deemed plausible within climate science discourse. Our findings extend Olitsky's interaction ritual framework beyond urban classrooms to foreground European partnership contexts, demonstrating how partnership structures operate as meso-level mechanisms shaping micro-interactions. The research contributes to understanding how research practice partnerships can be designed to support more equitable epistemic participation while remaining vigilant about power dynamics. References Anguelovski, I., Connolly, J. J. T., Cole, H., Garcia-Lamarca, M., Triguero-Mas, M., Baró, F., ... & Pearsall, H. (2024). From heat racism and heat gentrification to urban heat justice in the USA and Europe. Nature Cities, 1, 900-908. Collins, R. (2004). Interaction ritual chains. Princeton University Press. European Environment Agency (EEA). (2022). Cooling buildings sustainably in Europe: Exploring the links between climate change mitigation and adaptation, and their social impacts. Copenhagen: EEA. European Network Against Racism (ENAR). (2022). The climate crisis is a (neo)colonial capitalist crisis: Experiences, responses and steps towards decolonising climate action. Brussels: ENAR. Olitsky, S. (2007a). Promoting student engagement in science: Interaction rituals and the pursuit of a community of practice. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 44(1), 33-56. Olitsky, S. (2007b). Identity, agency, and "learning to be" in urban science education. In W.-M. Roth & K. Tobin (Eds.), Science, learning, identity: Sociocultural and cultural-historical perspectives (pp. 217-238). Sense Publishers. Santamouris, M., & Kolokotsa, D. (2015). On the impact of urban overheating and extreme climatic conditions on housing, energy, comfort and environmental quality of vulnerable population in Europe. Energy and Buildings, 98, 125-133. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 16 SES 08 A Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lourdes Guàrdia Paper session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Teachers’ Experiences with Digitalization in Norwegian Primary and Secondary Education University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:Over the past two decades, digitalization has increasingly influenced educational policy and practice (Norhagen et al., 2024). National strategies commonly frame digital competences as central to preparing students for participation in knowledge-based economies, democratic societies, and digitally mediated cultures. Internationally, both research and policy discourse emphasize that teacher preparation and teachers’ ongoing professional learning are critical to the meaningful integration of digital technologies in schools (Starkey, 2020). Within this global landscape, Norway represents a mature case of educational digitalization, characterized by early adoption of one-to-one devices, digital skills as a basic skill in the core curriculum and sustained investment in digital infrastructure. Empirical research from Norway and the Nordic countries has provided important insights into how teachers navigate digital technologies in practice. Wollscheid et al.’s (2021) longitudinal study of teachers’ use of digital and analogue tools indicates that digitalization does not replace existing practices but is negotiated over time, with teachers balancing pedagogical goals, subject traditions, and classroom management concerns. Their findings underline teachers’ active role as mediators rather than passive adopters of technology. Recent studies further highlight the complexity of teachers’ experiences of digital transformation. Aagaard et al. (2025) critically examine how digitalization initiatives in teacher education often rest on implicit assumptions about technological benefits, calling attention to tensions between policy-driven expectations and educational practice. Similarly, Stenbom and Geijer (2025), drawing on Swedish primary teachers’ perspectives, show that digital transformation reshapes teachers’ professional roles, requiring new forms of agency, coordination, and sense-making over time. Together, these studies underscore that digitalization is not a linear process but an ongoing, negotiated practice shaped by institutional conditions and professional judgment. Aagaard et al. (2025) argue that teacher preparation for the digital age remains dominated by instrumental perspectives and call for greater attention to the epistemic dimensions of professional digital competence, including teachers’ professional judgment, transformative agency, and the institutional conditions shaping digital practice. These concerns resonate with affordance-theoretical approaches to examining technology as embedded in situated practices. This study draws on affordance theory as its primary theoretical framework. Originating in Gibson’s (2015) ecological approach to perception, affordances refer to the action possibilities that emerge in the relation between an individual and their environment. Gibson’s work emphasizes that affordances are neither purely objective properties of artifacts nor subjective interpretations, but relational phenomena. Norman’s (2013) work on design furthers this perspective by highlighting how perceived affordances and signifiers shape users’ interpretations and actions. Together, Gibson and Norman provide a foundation for understanding affordances as relational, mediated, and context-dependent. However, Oliver (2005, 2011) argues that the concept has often been used too loosely, obscuring rather than clarifying how technologies shape practice, and critiques technologically deterministic accounts by calling for research that attends to the social, cultural, and institutional contexts of technology use. Aagaard (2018) offers a phenomenologically informed reinterpretation of affordances, emphasizing how technologies actively invite, inhibit, and mediate human action rather than merely offering neutral possibilities. While policies increasingly emphasize teachers’ professional digital competence, existing research provides limited insight into how teachers experience and enact agency in relation to digital technologies, how they perceive and negotiate technological affordances in practice, and how organizational structures shape these processes. We address these issues through the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on 22 semi-structured interviews with experienced teachers (minimum five years of teaching experience) from four schools in Norway: two primary and lower secondary schools (n = 9) and two upper secondary schools (n = 13). We used an initial survey (not reported here) to identify schools with high participation rates. School principals were then contacted, which led to direct contact with potential interview participants. The interviews focused on teachers’ experiences with digital technologies in everyday pedagogical practice, organizational contexts, and professional development. All interviews were conducted by the second author, lasted on average 48.78 minutes (SD = 6.02), and were audio-recorded. The recordings were transcribed verbatim by the first author. The analysis followed a reflexive thematic analysis (RTA) approach as developed by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2022). RTA was chosen for its theoretical flexibility and suitability for exploring patterns of meaning across a heterogeneous dataset, while explicitly acknowledging the active role of the researcher in knowledge production. Analysis followed the six recursive phases of RTA: (1) familiarization with the data through repeated reading of transcripts and analytic notes; (2) systematic, interpretative coding across the dataset, attending to both semantic and latent meanings; (3) generating candidate themes by examining patterned relationships among codes; (4) reviewing and refining themes in relation to both coded extracts and the dataset as a whole; (5) defining and naming themes based on shared meaning and meaningful consistencies among codes; and (6) producing the analytic narrative. Coding and theme development were abductive (Alvesson & Sköldberg, 2018), drawing on the interview data while being informed by affordance theory and prior research on digitalization in education. Reflexivity, theoretical coherence, and analytic depth were prioritized. Throughout the process, analytic notes (i.e., a spreadsheet) documented interpretative decisions and aided the exploration of similarities and contrasts between educational levels. Rather than treating specific technologies as discrete analytic objects, the analysis focused on how teachers make sense of how digital technologies are introduced and what they enable, constrain, or reconfigure in practice, allowing for systematic comparison between primary/lower secondary and upper secondary education. All participants were informed about the voluntary nature of the study, their right to withdraw at any time, and the secure recording and handling of data in accordance with the University’s data protection policies. The study was reported to the Norwegian Data Protection Services, ensuring lawful collection and processing of personal data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results from our analyses encompassed four themes outlined below. Top-down ambitions and negotiated implementation Decisions about core technologies were largely made at municipal or county level, especially in primary and lower secondary schools, where tablets were often described as “just decided.” Initial rollouts were marked by trial-and-error and weak pedagogical anchoring. Over time, some schools developed more collaborative practices through roles such as digital pedagogues. In upper secondary education, teachers reported somewhat greater agency to propose and test tools, though within centrally defined platforms (e.g., Microsoft and iOS), indicating negotiated rather than purely top-down implementation. Invisible digital labor Digitalization relied heavily on teachers’ self-directed learning and informal collegial support. While designated digital coordinators existed in some schools, systematic training time was limited. Many teachers described learning new tools and maintaining digital practices during evenings and weekends. This work was experienced both as professional responsibility and as a quality risk when tools were introduced before teachers felt confident. Progress often depended on a small group of enthusiasts who often invested substantial unpaid effort to support colleagues. Rethinking what it means to be a good teacher Digital tools were widely valued for organization, communication, differentiation, and for visualizing or simulating complex content, particularly for students with learning or language difficulties. At the same time, teachers raised concerns about shallow engagement, behaviorist logics, and reduced perseverance. Many actively balanced digital and non-digital activities, including reintroducing handwriting and paper-based projects. Platformization and fragmented digital competence The transition from tablet-based primary education to computer-based upper secondary schooling was described as disruptive, with upper secondary teachers often needing to teach basic computer skills. Fragmentation was also evident within and between schools, shaped by platforms, licenses, and local practices. Digital competence was frequently seen as stable rather than evolving, obscuring the differences between digital ecosystems. References Aagaard, J. (2018). Magnetic and multistable: Reinterpreting the affordances of educational technology. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 15(1), 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-017-0088-4 Aagaard, T., Amdam, S. H., Nagel, I., Vika, K. S., Andreasen, J. K., Pedersen, C., & Røkenes, F. M. (2025). Teacher preparation for the digital age: Is it still an instrumental endeavor? Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 69(3), 651–665. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2024.2330927 Alvesson, M., & Sköldberg, K. (2018). Reflexive methodology: New vistas for qualitative research (3rd ed.). SAGE. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative Psychology, 9(1), 3–26. https://doi.org/10.1037/qup0000196 Gibson, J. J. (2015). The ecological approach to visual perception: Classic edition. Psychology Press. Norhagen, S. L., Krumsvik, R. J., & Røkenes, F. M. (2024). Developing professional digital competence in Norwegian teacher education: A scoping review. Frontiers in Education, 9, 1363529. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1363529 Norman, D. A. (2013). The design of everyday things. Basic Books. Oliver, M. (2005). The Problem with affordance. E-Learning and Digital Media, 2(4), 402–413. https://doi.org/10.2304/elea.2005.2.4.402 Oliver, M. (2011). Technological determinism in educational technology research: Some alternative ways of thinking about the relationship between learning and technology: Educational technology and determinism. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 27(5), 373–384. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.2011.00406.x Starkey, L. (2020). A review of research exploring teacher preparation for the digital age. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(1), 37–56. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2019.1625867 Stenbom, S., & Geijer, L. (2025). Primary school teachers’ perception of digital transformation and their teaching role. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 69(5), 1131–1144. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2024.2394395 Wollscheid, S., Tømte, C. E., Flittig-Aardalen, H., Vaagland, K., & Vennerød-Diesen, F. (2021). A balancing Act – Perceptions of how Teachers in Norwegian and Mathematics combine Digital and Analogue Devices. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 16(3–4), 102–114. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1891-943x-2021-03-04-02 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Exploring Youth Workers’ Professional Needs in Relation to Immersive Technologies Middle East Technical University, Department of Educational Sciences, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This study is conducted within the scope of the MEFER (Metaverse Futures: Education beyond Realms) project, a European Union–funded initiative focusing on the responsible integration of immersive technologies in youth work contexts. Immersive technologies (e.g., virtual reality, augmented reality, and mixed or extended reality) are commonly described as technologies that blend physical and digital spaces and enable users to engage with simulated or augmented environments (Milgram & Kishino, 1994). Research literature has examined the use of immersive virtual reality in learning contexts, with evidence drawn from meta-analytic and systematic review studies indicating its potential to support learning outcomes and learner engagement across educational settings (e.g., Coban et al., 2022; Conrad et al., 2024; Radianti et al., 2020). In this study, youth workers are approached as current or potential users of immersive technologies operating within digital youth work contexts. Youth workers are recognised as key educational practitioners in non-formal learning environments, particularly in relation to supporting digital competence, participation, and social inclusion. The European Digital Competence Framework (DigComp) defines digital competence as a combination of knowledge, skills, and attitudes required to use digital technologies confidently, critically, and safely (Vuorikari et al., 2022). In parallel, European guidelines highlight the need for professionals working with young people to be equipped to address digital risks, including data protection, online safety, and well-being (Council of Europe, 2019). Existing European reports and assessment tools indicate that the integration of advanced digital and immersive technologies into youth work remains uneven. Youth work organisations and practitioners face challenges related to access, infrastructure, training opportunities, ethical considerations, and institutional support (SALTO Participation & Information, 2023). These documents emphasise the importance of identifying practitioners’ existing capacities, perceived challenges, and professional development needs before implementing immersive technologies in youth work settings. Building on this context, the present study aims to identify the professional needs of youth workers regarding the use of immersive technologies in youth work contexts, with a particular focus on their existing knowledge, competencies, perceived challenges, and support requirements. The study seeks to develop an evidence-based understanding of how immersive digital tools are currently perceived, accessed, and utilised by youth workers, as well as the structural and individual barriers shaping their integration into practice. More specifically, the research examines youth workers’ needs concerning digital literacy, digital safety and security awareness, and access to appropriate learning resources. In addition, it explores their preferences regarding training formats, learning materials, and digital platforms to determine priority areas for professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative descriptive research design to explore youth workers’ needs, experiences, and perspectives regarding the integration of immersive technologies in youth work contexts. This design was selected because it enables a comprehensive, low-inference description of participants’ views and is particularly suitable for needs assessment studies that aim to inform practice and capacity-building initiatives (Sandelowski, 2000). This study was conducted across six partner countries (Türkiye, Serbia, Croatia, Norway, Spain, and Poland) and involved multiple stakeholder perspectives within youth work settings. Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained from all participants, and ethical principles were observed throughout the multi-country data collection process. Participants were recruited through purposive sampling, with each partner organization identifying youth workers within their professional networks who had experience or interest in digital and immersive technologies. A total of 66 youth workers participated in the study. Of these, 43 took part in eight focus group discussions (18 females and 25 males), and 23 participated in individual semi-structured interviews (13 females and 10 males). The use of both focus-groups and individual interviews enabled the collection of complementary data, capturing both shared perspectives through group interaction and more in-depth individual experiences. Data were collected using semi-structured discussion and interview guides developed specifically for the needs assessment. Focus group discussions facilitated dynamic interaction among participants and explored topics such as awareness and use of immersive technologies (e.g., virtual reality, augmented reality, metaverse), perceived challenges, ethical and safety considerations, training needs, real-world applications, and future directions for youth work. Individual interviews allowed for a deeper examination of participants’ personal experiences, reasons for adopting or avoiding immersive technologies, observed psychological and social issues among youth, strategies for addressing these issues, and expectations regarding professional training and institutional support. Data collection was conducted either face-to-face or online, depending on local conditions and participant availability. Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained from all participants, and ethical principles were observed throughout the multi-country data collection process. All focus group discussions and interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. The data were analysed using thematic analysis, following an iterative process of familiarisation, inductive coding, and theme development as outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006). This analytic approach enabled the identification of recurring patterns and themes that captured youth workers’ articulated needs, challenges, and institutional constraints related to immersive technologies, while remaining grounded in participants’ accounts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Thematic analysis of the gathered data revealed three overarching themes and related sub-themes reflecting youth workers’ needs regarding the integration of immersive technologies in youth work contexts. The first theme, pedagogical and content-related needs, included sub-themes related to awareness, practice, and learning design. Participants reported a high level of conceptual familiarity with immersive technologies (e.g., virtual reality, augmented reality, and the metaverse) and major technology platforms, alongside limited hands-on experience. A recurring sub-theme concerned the scarcity of purpose-driven, educational content and the dominance of entertainment-oriented applications. Participants emphasized the need for learner-centred, curriculum-aligned materials that support experiential learning through simulations, virtual environments, and interactive activities. Visual-first design, gamification, creative content production, and the development of transferable skills (e.g., communication, collaboration, problem-solving) were also highlighted, together with accessibility and social inclusion. The second theme, ethical, safety, and well-being considerations, captured concerns related to psychological, social, and legal risks. Sub-themes included potential psychological effects (e.g., social isolation, over-identification with virtual environments), vulnerability and control issues (e.g., exposure to inappropriate content and cyberbullying), and data privacy and protection. Participants highlighted the need for structured safety protocols, staged introductions to immersive environments, guidance on digital hygiene, and compliance with ethical and legal standards. The third theme, training and institutional capacity-building needs, reflected structural barriers to adoption. Sub-themes included high financial costs, rapid technological obsolescence, limited technical infrastructure, and insufficient institutional support. Participants emphasized the need for comprehensive training that combines technical skills with ethical, psychological, and social dimensions. Strategic planning, institutional buy-in, access to technical support, cost-effective and scalable solutions, role transitions toward digital facilitation, and standardized frameworks emerged as central requirements for sustainable implementation. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Coban, M., Bolat, Y. I., & Goksu, I. (2022). The potential of immersive virtual reality to enhance learning: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 36, 100452. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100452 Conrad, M., Kablitz, D., & Schumann, S. (2024). Learning effectiveness of immersive virtual reality in education and training: A systematic review of findings. Computers & Education: X Reality, 4, 100053. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cexr.2024.100053 Council of Europe. (2019). European guidelines for digital youth work. https://digitalyouthwork.eu/guidelines/ Radianti, J., Majchrzak, T. A., Fromm, J., & Wohlgenannt, I. (2020). A systematic review of immersive virtual reality applications for higher education: Design elements, lessons learned, and research agenda. Computers & Education, 147, 103778. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2019.103778 SALTO Participation & Information. (2023). Assessment tool on digital capacities of youth work organisations. SALTO Participation & Information Resource Centre. https://participationpool.eu/resource/assessment-tool-on-digital-capacities-of-youth-work/ Sandelowski, M., 2000. Whatever happened to qualitative description? Research in Nursing & Health, 23(4), 334-340. https://doi.org/10.1002/1098-240X(200008)23:4<334::AID-NUR9>3.0.CO;2-G Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The digital competence framework for citizens-With new examples of knowledge, skills, and attitudes. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Developing the LLM-ed Framework for Learning Design: A Design-Based Research study on pedagogical integration of Generative AI in Higher Education Universitat Oberta de Catalunya, Spain Presenting Author:As teaching has evolved from knowledge transmission to a design science in response to rapidly changing technological and cultural contexts (Laurillard, 2012), the diffusion of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI), particularly Large Language Models (LLMs), constitutes a major development within the field of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) in education. In Higher Education (HE), tools such as ChatGPT or Gemini, among others, have been rapidly adopted by students and teachers, often preceding the development of shared pedagogical frameworks, institutional guidance, or research-informed models for their educational use. Recent research on AI literacy in Higher Education has highlighted the need for conceptual frameworks that support educators in developing critical, ethical, and pedagogically grounded understandings of AI (Zhou & Schofield, 2024). However, current debates and emerging frameworks tend to remain at a conceptual or competence-oriented level, while less attention is given to how LLMs can be systematically integrated into learning design processes in pedagogically meaningful, inclusive, and ethically responsible ways (Celik, 2023). Recent work on AI literacy highlights that developing educators’ and learners’ conceptual and practical understanding of AI remains an emergent research area with complex definitions and pedagogical implications, requiring frameworks that move beyond competency descriptors toward structured integration within learning design processes (Biagini, 2025). This paper presents the research and development of the LLM-ed Framework for Learning Design (Guàrdia et al., 2025), developed within the European-funded ADMIT project (Generative AI and Large Language Models in Higher Education). The framework addresses GenAI explicitly as an emerging educational ICT and aims to support teachers and instructional designers in integrating LLMs into learning design activities across different educational contexts. Unlike existing learning design models, the LLM-ed Framework explicitly operationalises the pedagogical role of LLMs across design phases, making teacher–AI collaboration visible, structured, and ethically grounded. The study is guided by the following research question: How can Large Language Models, conceptualised as emerging ICTs, be systematically integrated into Learning Design processes in Higher Education in pedagogically sound, ethically responsible, and institutionally transferable ways? The theoretical foundations of the framework draw on Learning Design (LD) as a research-informed approach to improving educational quality through coherent alignment between learning outcomes, learning activities, assessment, and learner experience (Laurillard, 2012). LD conceptualises teachers as designers and decision-makers who intentionally orchestrate pedagogical, technological, and contextual elements. Constructivist learning theories and principles of active learning underpin this approach, emphasising learner engagement, feedback, and collaboration. Universal Design for Learning (UDL) is embedded as a transversal design framework to address learner variability, accessibility, and inclusion from the outset (CAST, 2024). In addition, the framework is informed by research and policy perspectives on ICT integration and AI in education, including UNESCO’s AI Competency Framework for Teachers (UNESCO, 2024) and European digital education strategies (European Commission, 2021), which position AI as a support for professional practice rather than a replacement for pedagogical judgment. The development of the LLM-ed Framework was informed by a systematic review of literature on Learning Design models and on the educational use of digital technologies and GenAI. Building on this review, a comparative analysis of established LD models—including ABC Learning Design, Carpe Diem, enABLe, Iceberg, and ELDeR—was conducted. While these models provide robust foundations for technology-enhanced learning, they were not conceived to explicitly address the pedagogical affordances and risks associated with LLMs. The comparative analysis identified recurrent learning design activities and decision points where LLMs can provide pedagogical support, such as scaffolding learning, supporting constructive alignment, personalisation, and inclusive design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a Design-Based Research (DBR) methodology, which is well suited to investigating complex educational innovations involving emerging Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs) through iterative, theory-informed, and participatory processes (Amiel & Reeves, 2008; Anderson & Shattuck, 2012). DBR supports the simultaneous development of theoretical understanding and practical solutions by integrating cycles of design, enactment, analysis, and refinement within authentic educational contexts. Within this approach, the research unfolded across four interrelated and iterative phases, each informing subsequent design decisions. In Phase 1, a systematic literature review and comparative analysis of established Learning Design (LD) models was conducted to identify shared pedagogical structures, design activities, and decision points relevant to the integration of Large Language Models (LLMs). This phase provided the theoretical grounding for the framework and informed the identification of potential pedagogical affordances and risks associated with LLM use in Higher Education. In Phase 2, an initial version of the LLM-ed Framework for Learning Design was conceptualised by mapping identified LLM affordances onto the shared learning design activities identified in Phase 1. Ethical, legal, and inclusivity considerations—drawing on Universal Design for Learning principles and international policy guidance—were embedded across all phases of the framework. This design phase resulted in a preliminary artefact that made explicit the complementary roles of teachers and AI throughout the learning design process. Phase 3 focused on participatory validation through collaborative design activities involving the ADMIT consortium. This included a joint workshop with all project partners and a series of internal institutional design sessions at participating universities. Participants included academic staff, instructional designers, researchers, and educational support professionals from multiple European higher education institutions, representing diverse disciplinary, pedagogical, and institutional contexts. These activities functioned as design enactments in which participants critically examined the framework’s clarity, pedagogical relevance, usability, and potential transferability. In Phase 4, qualitative data were collected through focus groups with teachers and instructional designers who engaged with the framework during these design activities. Data sources included focus group transcripts, workshop artefacts, and researcher field notes. Data were analysed thematically to identify recurring patterns, tensions, and opportunities for improvement. Insights generated through these DBR cycles informed successive refinements of the framework, resulting in an improved version with enhanced coherence, clarity, and practical applicability. The framework was intentionally designed as a non-prescriptive guide, supporting adaptation across institutional and disciplinary contexts beyond the ADMIT project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study results in the LLM-ed Framework for Learning Design, a structured yet flexible design artefact developed and refined through iterative cycles of DBR. The framework supports the pedagogical integration of LLMs within learning design processes in Higher Education and is organised around three interconnected phases—Analysis and Planning, Activity Design, and Development and Production. Across these phases, it makes explicit the complementary roles of teachers and AI, reinforcing teacher agency while clarifying where and how LLMs can support learning design decisions. Findings from successive DBR cycles show that the framework evolved through the integration of theoretical insights and empirical feedback gathered during participatory validation activities. Collaborative workshops and focus groups led to iterative refinements that improved the framework’s clarity, usability, and pedagogical coherence, strengthening its capacity to support reflective learning design practices, ethical awareness, and critical evaluation of AI-generated outputs in relation to learning outcomes. From a DBR perspective, the study also generates design principles that extend beyond the framework itself. These include: (a) embedding GenAI within established learning design processes rather than treating it as an add-on; (b) framing AI as a collaborative assistant that supports teachers’ professional judgment; and (c) integrating ethical, inclusivity, and accessibility considerations across all phases of learning design. From a research standpoint, this study contributes to the field of ICT in Education and Training by linking the development of a concrete design artefact with emerging theoretical insights into the pedagogical integration of GenAI. The LLM-ed Framework thus functions as both a practical tool and a theory-informed model, illustrating how DBR can support the co-evolution of educational theory and professional practice. Ongoing implementations within the ADMIT project will further inform the framework’s refinement and contribute to research on design-oriented approaches to AI integration in Higher Education. References Amiel, T., & Reeves, T. C. (2008). Design-based research and educational technology: Rethinking technology and the research agenda. Educational Technology & Society, 11(4), 29–40. https://www.jstor.org/stable/jeductechsoci.11.4.29 Anderson, T., & Shattuck, J. (2012). Design-based research: A decade of progress in education research? Educational Researcher, 41(1), 16–25. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X11428813 Biagini, G. Towards an AI-Literate Future: A Systematic Literature Review Exploring Education, Ethics, and Applications. Int J Artif Intell Educ, 35, 2616–2666 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40593-025-00466-w CAST. (2024). Universal Design for Learning Guidelines (version 3.0). https://udlguidelines.cast.org Celik, I. (2023) ‘Towards Intelligent-TPACK: an empirical study on teachers’ professional knowledge to ethically integrate artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools into education’, Computers in Human Behavior, 138, p.107468. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2022.107468 European Commission. (2021). Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027: Resetting education and training for the digital age. European Education Area. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital-education/actions Guàrdia, L., Maina, M., Cabrera, N., Fanni, L. & Antonaci, A.(2025). The LLM-ed framework for Learning Design (Research Report No. 4.1). ADMIT project. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.17201073 Laurillard, D. (2012). Teaching as a design science: Building pedagogical patterns for learning and technology. Routledge. UNESCO. (2024). AI competency framework for teachers. UNESCO Publishing. https://doi.org/10.54675/ZJTE2084 Zhou, X., & Schofield, L. (2024). Developing a conceptual framework for Artificial Intelligence (AI) literacy in higher education. Journal of Learning Development in Higher Education, (31). https://doi.org/10.47408/jldhe.vi31.1354 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 16 SES 08 B Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Alberto González-Fernández Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Digital Orphanhood. A Systematic Review of the Landscape of the Digital Citizenship and Civic Outcomes in Latin America University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The relationship between digital citizenship and civic outcomes remains understudied in the Latin American context. This gap is often attributed to the persistent digital divide across the region, where essential digital literacy skills are unevenly developed. For this reason, the main objective of this systematic literature review is to examine the relationship between digital literacy skills and citizenship in Latin America by answering the following questions: 1. What does existing evidence reveal about the relationship between digital literacy skills and digital citizenship in Latin America? 2. How has digital literacy skills and citizenship been conceptualized and measured? 3. What contextual factors influence this relationship? 4. How are these relationships addressed from an educational perspective? The theoretical framework is based in the digital divides suggested by Van Dijk (2005) and Warschauer (2004) that reinforces existing systematic inequalities. Regarding the concept of Digital Citizenship, the framework of Choi (2017) and the International Civics ans Citizensip Studies (ICCS) were used to frame the concept in the Latin American context. The study followed the PRISMA 2020 protocol for research methods, and databases such as Scopus, EBSCO, Web of Science, ScienceDirect, ERIC, SciELO, Redalyc, and Latindex were used to retrieve studies published between 2000 and 2025. This process led to the selection of 63 studies, from which three main themes were identified: digital divide and skills, digital literacy and citizenship, and digital citizenship and civic education. The results indicate that the digital divide remains a persistent issue directly affecting the development of digital literacy skills across the region, a situation that became more evident after the COVID-19 pandemic. A lack of digital literacy skills consequently has a negative impact on digital citizenship and civic outcomes. The Latin American context faces a scenario of “digital orphanhood,” a condition in which individuals lack meaningful guidance from government, institutions and other agents for critical and purposeful digital inclusion and engagement. The findings suggest an urgent need for holistic and interdisciplinary action by governments, institutions, and other stakeholders to foster effective interventions across the region. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This systematic literature review followed the PRISMA protocol to ensure transparent and reproducible reporting of the review process (Page et al. 2021). This protocol was chosen in order to minimize the risk of bias through the standardization process suggested by it. A PECOC (Population, Exposure, Comparator, Outcomes, Context) hybrid framework guided the conceptualization and eligibility criteria, adapting PICO for the qualitative and mixed-methods focus on digital phenomena (Higgins and Thomas 2024). The PECOC framework structured the review as follows: Population included students, teachers, and young adults in Latin American countries; Exposure focused on digital skills, digital citizenship, and civic engagement (e.g., online participation, political expression); Comparator addressed evidence gaps such as lower digital engagement or cross-country contrasts; Outcomes encompassed digital literacy skills, civic knowledge, attitudes, participation behaviours, and equity factors; Context emphasized educational settings, although not exclusively (school, university); eligible study designs were quantitative, mixed-methods, and qualitative. Inclusion criteria required studies on Latin American populations (students, teachers, young adults), phenomena related to digital divide, literacy, citizenship, or civic engagement, outcomes on civic knowledge/attitudes/behaviors/equity, published in English, Spanish, or Portuguese from 2000 to 2025, from databases like Scopus, Web of Science, ERIC, ScienceDirect, SciELO, Redalyc, and Latindex. This process was reinforced with the use of AI tools such as Elicit (2025) and ScienceDirect IA (Elsevier 2025) as well as citation searching from similar literature reviews and meta-analysis found along the process. Exclusion criteria eliminated non-Latin American samples, opinion pieces, editorials, conference abstracts without data, duplicates, inaccessible full texts, or non-empirical works. Searches used core keywords across categories in both English and Spanish. Titles and abstracts were screened for relevance, followed by full-text review against PECOC criteria; the process was done through COVIDENCE (Veritas Health Innovation 2025) and adhered to PRISMA flow for identification, screening, eligibility, and inclusion. From the extracted data across 63 included studies (spanning 2009–2025, various methods), final synthesis drew on qualitative, quantitative, and mixed-methods evidence cataloged in the analysis database. Data were extracted on study characteristics, methods, key results, conclusions, limitations, and themes using a standardized excel spreadsheet. Due to heterogeneity, narrative synthesis organized findings thematically: digital divide and literacy skills, digital literacy skills and citizenship, and digital citizenship and civic outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After the systematic review of 63 studies from the Latin American context, the scenario remains unclear. The digital divide is still threatening the inclusion of marginalized and vulnerable populations, especially those from isolated communities, older generations and low-SES. Consequently, it is clear that, in Latin America, digital literacy skills are understood as the capacity to critically navigate and process the information in virtual spaces in accordance with the definitions of Van Dijk (2005) and Warschauer (2004). Regarding digital citizenship, the concept also remains homogenous across the region, referring to the individuals that engage civically and politically in the online mediated spaces with often offline repercussions. The relationship between digital literacy skills and digital citizenship is significant. According to the analysed papers, an essential aspect to effectively become a digital citizen are the digital competencies. This relationship is often influenced by contextual factors such as socioeconomic status, family education, teacher preparation, policy effectiveness and institutional support. This demands a holistic actionable approach across the whole region. From an educational perspective, several studies indicated that strong teacher training in ICTs accompanied by adequate pedagogical techniques, in addition to school climate, digital mediated environments and participative learning positively influence digital citizenship and civic outcomes in students from different levels as well as teachers. However, data and studies on the influence of education in the intersection of digital citizenship and civic outcomes are limited and therefore not generalizable to the whole region, thus representing a gap in this context. A robust instrument to measure digital citizenship and civic outcomes in educational settings is needed as well as updated representative data from most countries to provide a more significant diagnostic for the region in order to inform actionable public policy interventions. References Cazorla-Martín, Ángel, Juan Montabes-Pereira, and Mateo Javier Hernández-Tristán. 2023. ‘Political Disaffection and Digital Political Participation in Latin America: A Comparative Analysis of the Period 2008–2020’. Societies 13(3):59. doi:10.3390/soc13030059. Choi, Moonsun. 2016. ‘A Concept Analysis of Digital Citizenship for Democratic Citizenship Education in the Internet Age’. Theory & Research in Social Education 44(4):565–607. doi:10.1080/00933104.2016.1210549. OECD. 2019. Shaping the Digital Transformation in Latin America: Strengthening Productivity, Improving Lives. OECD. OECD. 2020. Leveraging the Impact of New Technologies in Latin America. doi:10.1787/0de72729-en. OECD. 2023. Skills in Latin America: Insights from the Survey of Adult Skills (PIAAC). OECD Skills Studies. OECD Publishing. Scheerder, Anique, Alexander Van Deursen, and Jan Van Dijk. 2017. ‘Determinants of Internet Skills, Uses and Outcomes. A Systematic Review of the Second- and Third-Level Digital Divide’. Telematics and Informatics 34(8):1607–24. doi:10.1016/j.tele.2017.07.007. Schulz, Wolfram, John Ainley, Cristián Cox, and Tim Friedman. 2018. Young People’s Views of Government, Peaceful Coexistence, and Diversity in Five Latin American Countries: IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 Latin American Report. Cham: Springer International Publishing. Schulz, Wolfram, John Ainley, Julian Fraillon, Bruno Losito, Gabriella Agrusti, Valeria Damiani, and Tim Friedman. 2025. Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge: IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland. UNESCO. 2023. ‘UNESCO Calls for Action in the Education Sector Following the Low Results of Latin America and the Caribbean in PISA 2022’. https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/unesco-calls-action-education-sector-following-low-results-latin-america-and-caribbean-pisa-2022. United Nations Development Programme. 2023. LEARNING FROM INNOVATION IN LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN. DIGITALIZATION AS A DRIVER OF INCLUSION. https://www.undp.org/sites/g/files/zskgke326/files/2023-11/acclabs_4-en.pdf. Van Dijk, Jan, and Kenneth Hacker. 2003. ‘The Digital Divide as a Complex and Dynamic Phenomenon’. The Information Society 19(4):315–26. doi:10.1080/01972240309487. Warschauer, Mark. 2004. Technology and Social Inclusion: Rethinking the Digital Divide. The MIT Press. Cambridge: The MIT Press. World Bank. 2022. INTERNET ACCESS AND USE IN LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN - FROM THE LAC HIGH FREQUENCY PHONE SURVEYS 2021. Vol. 1533. OECD Economics Department Working Papers. 1533. OECD Economics Department Working Papers. doi:10.1787/5080f4b6-en. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Investigating the Impact of Digitally Enhanced Collaborative Storytelling on Vocabulary Enhancement of Young EFL Learners 1: Sev Primary School, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Istanbul Beykent University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Vocabulary development plays a central role in English as a Foreign Language (EFL) learning, particularly in the early school years when fundamental language skills are established. In primary EFL classrooms, vocabulary knowledge is closely related to learners’ ability to comprehend meaning, communicate effectively, and actively participate in classroom interaction (Tragant, 2015). For this reason, vocabulary instruction remains an essential component of language teaching in primary education. In parallel with shifts toward more interactive and learner-centered approaches, collaborative learning has become an increasingly prominent pedagogical strategy in primary school contexts. Collaborative learning emphasizes shared responsibility, interaction, and mutual engagement among learners, creating learning environments in which students actively participate in meaning-making processes (Laal, 2013). In EFL settings, collaborative techniques are particularly beneficial for vocabulary learning, as they encourage meaningful language use through peer interaction and joint language production. Alongside this pedagogical shift, digital technologies have begun to significantly influence the planning and implementation of educational activities in primary schools. As digital media has transformed how, when, and where learning takes place, instructional practices have increasingly moved beyond traditional formats (Liu & Moeller, 2019). Within this context, collaborative storytelling has emerged as a pedagogical approach that integrates digital support with collaborative learning. Digitally enhanced collaborative storytelling allows learners to create shared narratives using digital tools while employing target vocabulary in meaningful and communicative contexts. Collaborative storytelling offers a supportive environment for vocabulary learning by embedding target words within shared narratives and encouraging learners to actively use vocabulary through interaction, negotiation of meaning, and joint language production. Despite these pedagogical developments, there is still limited classroom-based research examining the effects of digitally enhanced collaborative storytelling on young EFL learners’ vocabulary enhancement, particularly at the primary school level. Addressing this gap, the present study investigates the impact of digitally enhanced collaborative storytelling on third-grade EFL students’ vocabulary enhancement. The study is guided by the following research questions: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods, quasi-experimental pretest–posttest design to investigate the impact of digitally enhanced collaborative storytelling on vocabulary enhancement among young EFL learners. The research is conducted in a private primary school in Istanbul, Türkiye, where English is taught as a foreign language from early grades. Participants consist of 48 third-grade students aged between 9 and 10 years, drawn from two intact classes. One class is assigned as the experimental group, while the other serves as the control group. Both groups follow the same English curriculum and are taught by the same teacher to ensure consistency in instructional practices and classroom management. The experimental group participates in digitally enhanced collaborative storytelling activities implemented over a five-week period. During these activities, students work in small groups to collaboratively plan, construct, and present shared stories using digital tools such as Book Creator, Canva, Storybird, and Draw and Tell. The storytelling tasks are designed to encourage interaction, shared decision-making, and active use of target vocabulary within meaningful narrative contexts. The control group follows the regular curriculum and does not engage in collaborative digital storytelling activities. Quantitative data are collected through vocabulary pre-tests and post-tests administered to both groups before and after the intervention. The tests measure both receptive and productive dimensions of vocabulary enhancement. In the receptive stage, students indicate whether they recognize each target word. In the productive stage, students who recognize a word are asked to use it in a sentence. Target vocabulary items are selected from the coursebook units covered during the intervention period. Qualitative data are collected through systematic teacher observation notes recorded throughout the implementation process. These observations focus on classroom interactional patterns, collaborative behaviors, and students’ use of target vocabulary during storytelling activities, as well as during regular instructional practices. Quantitative analyses are conducted to examine changes in vocabulary enhancement over time and differences between the experimental and control groups. Prior to inferential analysis, data are examined for underlying assumptions. If assumptions are met, a two-way mixed analysis of variance (ANOVA) may be employed to examine the effects of time and instructional condition. When assumptions are not fully met, alternative appropriate statistical procedures are considered. Qualitative data are analyzed thematically, and findings from both quantitative and qualitative strands are integrated to provide a comprehensive understanding of how classroom interactional processes relate to vocabulary enhancement outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the study is ongoing at the time of submission, final results are not yet available. However, based on the study design and classroom observations conducted during the implementation phase, several expected outcomes and contributions can be outlined. It is anticipated that students who participate in digitally enhanced collaborative storytelling activities will demonstrate greater vocabulary enhancement than those receiving non-collaborative instruction, particularly in terms of productive vocabulary use. Embedding target words within shared narratives is expected to provide learners with increased opportunities for meaningful use, repetition, and contextualized practice, which are essential for vocabulary development in early EFL learning. From a qualitative perspective, the study is expected to reveal interactional patterns that help explain potential quantitative differences. Collaborative storytelling activities are anticipated to promote peer scaffolding, negotiation of meaning, shared sentence construction, and increased engagement with target vocabulary. Such interactional behaviors may illustrate how collaborative and digitally supported tasks create supportive conditions for vocabulary learning beyond individual practice. Methodologically, the study is expected to demonstrate the value of mixed-methods approaches in primary EFL research by linking vocabulary learning outcomes with classroom interactional processes. Integrating quantitative and qualitative data allows for a more comprehensive understanding of not only whether vocabulary enhancement occurs, but also how it is shaped through interaction and collaborative task design. Pedagogically, the anticipated findings may offer practical implications for primary school EFL teachers and curriculum designers by highlighting the potential of digitally enhanced collaborative storytelling as an instructional approach for vocabulary development. The study may inform decisions related to task design, the integration of digital tools, and the balance between receptive and productive vocabulary instruction. Overall, the research aims to contribute to discussions on technology-enhanced collaborative learning and vocabulary development in early EFL contexts, with implications for similar primary language education settings. References Laal, M. (2013). Collaborative learning: Elements. Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences, 83, 814–818. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.06.153 Liu, M., & Moeller, A. J. (2019). Digital storytelling: Facilitating language learning through narrative and technology. Foreign Language Annals, 52(3), 522–540. https://doi.org/10.1111/flan.12416 Tragant, E., Marsol, A., Serrano, R., & Llanes, À. (2016). Vocabulary learning at primary school: A comparison of EFL and CLIL. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 19(5), 579–599. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2015.1035227 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper From GenAI Use to Critical Thinking: A Two-Iteration DBR Validation of a Six-Dimension Model Integrated with 4C/ID in Higher Education Universidad de Extremadura, Spain Presenting Author:The use of generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) in European Higher Education is reshaping teaching, learning, and assessment practices. Alongside clear opportunities (e.g., writing support, personalised tutoring, and ideation), substantial educational risks are emerging: the outsourcing of reasoning, the weakening of academic authorship, over-reliance on plausible yet inaccurate outputs, and the erosion of students’ epistemic agency. In this context, the challenge is no longer whether GenAI should be used, but rather how to design learning situations that compel students to think critically with and about GenAI. This paper presents the early-stage project PID2024-157674NB-I00 DIDACT.AI (funded by MICIU/AEI/10.13039/501100011033 and ERDF, EU), which aims to design and validate a transferable didactic model for teaching critical thinking in university settings where GenAI is part of the learning ecosystem. The project is structured around four research questions: (1) What beliefs and expectations do university teachers and students hold regarding the potential and limitations of GenAI for teaching and learning? (2) What kinds of GenAI-related learning tasks are currently being proposed and how are they being assessed? (3) Can a didactic model be designed and empirically validated to foster critical thinking when students use GenAI? (4) How can Open Educational Resources (OER) support faculty professional development for implementing this model? The core innovation of DIDACT.AI is a didactic model of critical thinking with GenAI, operationalised through six pedagogical dimensions that position GenAI as an «object of scrutiny» and a «tool under pedagogical control», rather than a substitute for thinking: (1) Interrogation: posing questions that challenge assumptions, limits, and conditions of validity in GenAI outputs; (2) Comparison: contrasting GenAI responses with one another, with academic sources, and with expert knowledge; (3) Critical dialogue: sustaining argumentative interaction with GenAI and among peers, making reasons, evidence, and counterarguments explicit; (4) Verification: checking facts, references, data, bias, and informational traceability, and judging reliability; (5) Personal re-elaboration: transforming outputs into one’s own work through conceptual contribution, contextualisation, and justification; and (6) Reflection: metacognitive examination of decisions, biases, ethics of use, authorship, learning, and quality criteria. These dimensions are integrated into task sequences and assessment criteria intended to make critical thinking visible and assessable. The European relevance of the project lies in addressing shared concerns across the European Higher Education Area (e.g., integrity, transparency, equity, and critical literacy) and in pursuing transferable outcomes through inter-institutional comparison and the development of OER to support adoption across diverse European universities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used DIDACT.AI adopts Design-Based Research (DBR) because it is well suited to building and improving educational interventions in real-world settings through iterative cycles of analysis–design–evaluation, while simultaneously generating practical artefacts and transferable knowledge. The empirical programme comprises four studies. Study 1 (beliefs and subjectivities; sequential explanatory mixed methods). Separate questionnaires for teachers and students (closed-ended items and Likert scales on acceptance, usefulness, trust, uses, and ethical/pedagogical concerns), followed by focus groups structured around experience, perceived impact, expectations, and ethical dilemmas; thematic analysis and triangulation across data sources and universities. Study 2 (GenAI-related tasks and assessment; multiple case study). Selection of 9–15 courses across the three universities; instruments include an observation/analysis protocol for the physical/virtual classroom and GenAI-related tasks, teacher interviews, a post-task student questionnaire, and assessment evidence (rubrics/criteria and grades); cross-case triangulation. Study 3 (model validation; two-iteration DBR with a cluster stepped-wedge design). The didactic artefact will be implemented across two DBR iterations, integrating the 6D model with the 4C/ID approach for the instructional design of complex tasks. Effectiveness and implementation will be evaluated through a cluster stepped-wedge design (e.g., groups/classes or courses as clusters), with the intervention introduced in a staggered manner. Data sources will be combined: (a) learning indicators aligned with 6D; (b) dimension-level fidelity analyses; (c) analyses of learning artefacts (prompts, comparisons, verifications, re-elaborations, reflections); and (d) teacher interviews to account for conditions, adaptations, and barriers. The resulting evidence will inform redesign between iterations and the derivation of transfer-oriented principles. (This formulation refines the pilot envisaged in the initial plan.) Study 4 (transfer; OER and faculty development). Co-creation and iterative evaluation of OER/training courses using a rubric based on UNE 71362:2020 and usability/satisfaction measures; publication on the DIDACT.IA portal. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the project is at an early stage, we report expected outcomes focused on the validation and refinement of the model. DIDACT.AI seeks to generate evidence on how, and under what conditions, a six-dimension framework can transform GenAI use into a formative practice for critical thinking rather than an outsourcing of judgement. Four main contributions are anticipated: (a) An ecologically validated didactic model: an operational definition of each dimension with observable performance indicators (e.g., quality of verification, rigour of source comparison, argumentative density, degree of re-elaboration, and metacognitive reflection), enabling its adoption as a shared framework for instructional design and assessment. (b) Transfer-oriented design principles: identification of the most productive combinations and sequences of dimensions depending on task type, disciplinary domain, and modality (face-to-face/online), including enabling conditions (scaffolds, prompts, traceability requirements) as well as barriers (workload, resistance, and assessment ambiguity). (c) Assessment instruments: rubrics and criteria that shift the focus from the «final text» to evidence of the critical process (verification, comparison with sources, justification, and self-regulation), strengthening sustainable assessment practices within the European Higher Education Area. (d) A European scalability strategy through OER: a package of open resources and faculty-development materials grounded in the model, designed to facilitate replication across universities and to contribute to a shared European knowledge base on didactics for critical thinking with GenAI. References Andreucci-Annunziata, P., Riedemann, A., Cortés, S., Mellado, A., del Río, M. T., & Vega-Muñoz, A. (2023). Conceptualizations and instructional strategies on critical thinking in higher education: A systematic review of systematic reviews. Frontiers in Education, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1141686 Area Moreira, M. (2024). Luces y sombras de la IA en la educación superior: Didáctica para el pensamiento crítico. https://riull.ull.es/xmlui/handle/915/40470 Bond, M., Khosravi, H., De Laat, M., Bergdahl, N., Negrea, V., Oxley, E., Pham, P., Chong, S. W., & Siemens, G. (2024). A meta systematic review of artificial intelligence in higher education: A call for increased ethics, collaboration, and rigour. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21(1), 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00436-z Dikilitaş, K., Klippen, M. I. F., & Keles, S. (2024). A Systematic Rapid Review of Empirical Research on Students’ Use of ChatGPT in Higher Education. Nordic Journal of Systematic Reviews in Education, 2. https://doi.org/10.23865/njsre.v2.6227 European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2022). Ethical guidelines on the use of artificial intelligence (AI) and data in teaching and learning for educators. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/153756 Facione, P. A. (1990). Critical Thinking: A Statement of Expert Consensus for Purposes of Educational Assessment and Instruction. Research Findings and Recommendations. American Philosophical Association. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED315423 Hemming, K., Haines, T. P., Chilton, P. J., Girling, A. J., & Lilford, R. J. (2015). The stepped wedge cluster randomised trial: Rationale, design, analysis, and reporting. BMJ, 350, h391. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.h391 Lee, D., Arnold, M., Srivastava, A., Plastow, K., Strelan, P., Ploeckl, F., Lekkas, D., & Palmer, E. (2024). The impact of generative AI on higher education learning and teaching: A study of educators’ perspectives. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 6, 100221. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100221 Merriënboer, J. J. G. van, Kirschner, P. A., & Frèrejean, J. (2025). Ten steps to complex learning: A systematic approach to four-component instructional design (Fourth edition). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003322481 Muñoz Martínez, C., Roger-Monzo, V., & Castelló-Sirvent, F. (2025). Generative AI and critical thinking in online higher education: challenges and opportunities. RIED-Revista Iberoamericana de Educación a Distancia, 28(2), 233-273. https://doi.org/10.5944/ried.28.2.43556 UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. https://doi.org/10.54675/EWZM9535 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Digital Crutch or Jet Engine? An Ongoing Cross-Contextual Cyberpsychological Exploration of High School Students’ Perceptions of Generative AI 1: Istanbul Provincial Directorate of National Education, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Marmara University; 3: Akbaba Anatolian High School, Istanbul (Akbaba Anadolu Lisesi); 4: Bogazici Girl Anatolian Imam Hatip High School (Bogazici Kız Anadolu Imam Hatip Lisesi); 5: Akbaba Anatolian High School, Istanbul (Akbaba Anadolu Lisesi) Presenting Author:The rapid expansion of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) tools such as ChatGPT and Gemini is transforming learning practices across European secondary education systems. While policy frameworks increasingly emphasize the potential of GenAI to enhance personalization, efficiency, and learner autonomy, parallel concerns have emerged regarding cognitive dependency, surface learning, and the weakening of students’ self-regulatory capacities (Baidoo-Anu & Ansah, 2023; Kasneci et al., 2023). These tensions are particularly pronounced at the high school level, where learners are still developing academic habits, epistemic responsibility, and educational identities (Rubie-Davies, 2006). Despite this, empirical research on GenAI has largely focused on higher education, leaving adolescents’ experiences underexplored (Crompton & Burke, 2023). This study contributes to this gap by examining how high school students across diverse European contexts perceive and integrate GenAI into their learning processes. The guiding research question is: How do secondary school students in different European educational contexts conceptualize and emotionally experience GenAI use, and how do these perceptions relate to their self-reported learning behaviors? Rather than assuming homogeneous effects, the study adopts a cross-contextual and cyberpsychological perspective, foregrounding students’ subjective interpretations of GenAI as a learning tool. The theoretical framework integrates two complementary strands. First, an adapted version of Kirkpatrick’s evaluation model is employed to distinguish analytically between (a) emotional reactions to GenAI use, (b) perceived learning processes, and (c) self-reported behavioral adaptations (Kirkpatrick & Kirkpatrick, 2006). These dimensions are not treated as indicators of a single latent construct; instead, they are conceptualized as theoretically distinct yet interacting facets of learners’ engagement with GenAI. This approach responds to methodological critiques in educational technology research that caution against over-aggregation of heterogeneous constructs under global indices of “effectiveness” (Pavlik, 2023). Second, the study is grounded in cyberpsychological theory, which conceptualizes digital learning environments as spaces where agency, dependency, and identity are continuously negotiated (Suler, 2016). From this perspective, students’ engagement with GenAI is understood not merely as tool use, but as a psychologically and socially situated process shaped by emotional ambivalence, perceived responsibility, and future-oriented concerns. This framing aligns with recent European discussions on human-centered and ethically grounded AI integration in education (European Commission, 2022; Holmes & Miao, 2023). To make students’ overarching orientations toward GenAI analytically visible, the study introduces the heuristic metaphor of “Jet Engine” versus “Digital Crutch.” This metaphor is explicitly positioned as a descriptive cognitive anchor, capturing dominant mental representations rather than serving as a diagnostic or evaluative classification. Importantly, the framework does not assume a binary opposition; instead, it conceptualizes GenAI engagement as a continuum of profiles, allowing for simultaneous experiences of empowerment and dependency. Such continuum-based interpretations are increasingly advocated in recent GenAI and learning research to reflect learners’ ambivalent and non-linear relationships with emerging technologies (Kasneci et al., 2023). The European and international contribution of this study lies in its focus on cross-contextual sense-making rather than premature cross-national comparison. By situating students’ perceptions within varied educational cultures and policy environments, the framework highlights how GenAI engagement is shaped by contextual factors such as assessment pressure, institutional norms, and future imaginaries. In doing so, the study complements large-scale policy and system-level analyses by providing a learner-centered, theoretically grounded perspective on GenAI integration in secondary education (Coryton, 2024). Overall, the contribution of this study is conceptual rather than confirmatory. It advances a theoretically coherent framework for understanding adolescents’ evolving relationships with GenAI, emphasizing emotional ambivalence, agency, and contextual embeddedness. By doing so, it offers a cautious yet timely contribution to European debates on responsible, inclusive, and developmentally sensitive uses of Generative AI in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a mixed-methods concurrent triangulation design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018) and represents the first phase of an ongoing, multi-stage research program examining high school students’ perceptions and experiences of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) in learning contexts. Quantitative and qualitative data were collected in parallel to capture complementary dimensions of students’ cyberpsychological engagement with GenAI, while framing the present phase as interim and exploratory. Quantitative Component Quantitative data were collected through an online survey administered to 133 high school students from five European countries (Portugal, Türkiye, Spain, Germany, and Moldova) via an established eTwinning partner school network. This recruitment strategy ensured procedural consistency and facilitated cross-border access, while implying uneven country-level sample sizes at the current stage. Accordingly, the study does not aim nationally representative or confirmatory cross-cultural comparisons in Phase-1. The survey instrument was structured around three analytically independent dimensions derived from an adapted Kirkpatrick evaluation framework: (a) emotional reactions to GenAI use, (b) perceived learning processes, and (c) self-reported behavioral adaptations (Kirkpatrick & Kirkpatrick, 2006). These dimensions were conceptualized as distinct yet interacting cyberpsychological facets rather than indicators of a single latent construct. Consequently, the present phase does not aim psychometric scale development or validation. To elicit students’ dominant mental representations of GenAI, a single forced-choice metaphor contrasting GenAI use as a “Jet Engine” versus a “Digital Crutch” was included as a descriptive cognitive anchor. This item was not intended as a diagnostic or inferential measure and was not subjected to psychometric validation in Phase-1; convergent validation with multi-item constructs (e.g., critical AI literacy and self-regulation) is planned for later phases. Survey items underwent translation and peer review by bilingual educators to ensure linguistic clarity. However, full back-translation procedures, measurement invariance testing, and factor-analytic validation were deliberately deferred to Phase-2 due to sample size constraints and the exploratory focus of the current stage. Quantitative analyses relied on descriptive statistics and exploratory inferential techniques. Qualitative Component The qualitative component consisted of semi-structured phenomenological interviews conducted with 22 high school students (grades 9–10) in Istanbul, providing an in-depth metropolitan case study. Interview data were analyzed using inductive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2013), followed by phenomenological refinement to identify experiential patterns. Inter-rater reliability reached 90% agreement between independent coders. Qualitative findings are interpreted as contextual insights rather than cross-cultural evidence, with qualitative expansion to additional European contexts planned in later phases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study aims to provide an exploratory, conceptually grounded overview of how high school students across Europe experience and interpret Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) in learning contexts. In the current phase, the study is expected to reveal differentiated patterns in students’ emotional reactions, perceived learning processes, and self-reported behavioral adaptations associated with GenAI use. Rather than producing definitive causal claims, these outcomes are intended to provide an empirically grounded snapshot of adolescents’ evolving relationships with GenAI. It is anticipated that a majority of students will perceive GenAI as a learning facilitator that enhances efficiency and task completion, while a meaningful subgroup will simultaneously express concerns related to cognitive dependency, superficial engagement, and diminished effort-based learning (Baidoo-Anu & Ansah, 2023; Kasneci et al., 2023). This coexistence of positive and critical orientations is expected to manifest as emotional ambivalence, reflecting the tension between perceived empowerment and ethical or epistemic unease, a phenomenon increasingly documented in cyberpsychological studies of digital learning environments (Suler, 2016; Pavlik, 2023). It is expected to reveal cross-contextual differences in students’ perceptions of GenAI that relate more to localized educational pressures and institutional norms than to national characteristics, supporting context-sensitive interpretations rather than cross-national causal claims (Coryton, 2024). As the research progresses and more robust instruments are applied, it aims to identify nuanced learner engagement profiles that reflect simultaneous agency and dependency, reframing the “Jet Engine” versus “Digital Crutch” metaphor as a continuum of GenAI use in line with profile-based approaches in educational technology research (Wang et al., 2024). The expected contribution of the study lies in informing European discussions on responsible, human-centered GenAI integration in secondary education by foregrounding students’ voices, emotional experiences, and contextual embeddedness, while laying the groundwork for more robust confirmatory analyses in later stages (European Commission, 2022; Holmes & Miao, 2023). References Baidoo-Anu, D., & Ansah, L. O. (2023). Education in the era of generative artificial intelligence (AI): Understanding the potential benefits of ChatGPT in promoting teaching and learning. Journal of AI, 7(1), 52-62. https://doi.org/10.61969/jai.1337500 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. SAGE Publications. Coryton, D. (2024). PISA 2022: Measuring the world's education systems after COVID. Education Journal Review, 30(1). Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Crompton, H., & Burke, D. (2023). Artificial intelligence in higher education: the state of the field. International journal of educational technology in higher education, 20(1), 22. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00392-8 European Commission. (2022). Ethical guidelines on the use of artificial intelligence and data in teaching and learning for educators. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2766/153756 Holmes, W., & Miao, F. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. Unesco Publishing. Kasneci, E., Sessler, K., Küchemann, S., Bannert, M., Dementieva, D., Fischer, F., Gasser, U., Groh, G., Günnemann, S., Hüllermeier, E., Krusche, S., Kühl, N., Lukowicz, P., Sailer, M., Schmidt, A., Seidel, T., Spannagel, C., Trautwein, U., & Kasneci, G. (2023). ChatGPT for good? On opportunities and challenges of large language models for education. Learning and Individual Differences, 103, 102274. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2023.102274 Kirkpatrick, D. L., & Kirkpatrick, J. D. (2006). Evaluating training programs: The four levels (3rd ed.). Berrett-Koehler. Pavlik, J. V. (2023). Collaborating with ChatGPT: Implications of generative AI for journalism and media education. Journalism & Mass Communication Educator, 78(1), 84–93. https://doi.org/10.1177/10776958221149577 Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2006). Teacher expectations and student self-perceptions: Exploring relationships. Psychology in the Schools, 43(5), 537–552. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.20169 Suler, J. R. (2016). Psychology of the digital age: Humans become electric. Cambridge University Press. Wang, R. Y., Zhu, S. Y., Hu, X. Y., Sun, L., Zhang, S. C., & Yang, W. H. (2024). Artificial intelligence applications in ophthalmic optical coherence tomography: a 12-year bibliometric analysis. International Journal of Ophthalmology, 17(12), 2295. doi: 10.18240/ijo.2024.12.19 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 17 SES 08 A: Archives Without Borders: Trans-Archival Approaches to Educational Research Location: 6017 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Elizaveta Ebner Panel Discussion |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Panel Discussion Archives Without Borders: Trans-archival Approaches to Educational Research University of Zurich, Switzerland Presenting Author:Rethinking the history of education beyond the nation-state has long challenged methodological nationalism by accentuating relational and processual dimensions of educational phenomena (Middell & Naumann, 2010; Popkewitz, 2013; Roldán Vera & Fuchs, 2019). This reorientation has encouraged scholars to move beyond single sites and institutions as primary units of inquiry toward transnational and inter-institutional entanglements through which educational ideas, practices, and norms emerge. These shifts have significantly shaped archival research in the history of education (Richardson, 2019). Transnational and global approaches increasingly involve working across multiple archives to identify fragments, omissions and power assymetries that individual records may obscure that remain invisible within single institutional or national frames (Ravndal, 2023). Archival research thus becomes a means of interrogating how historically contingent systems of classification and governance were sedimented into archival categories (Saunier, 2013). While spatial and transnational turns are well established, their methodological implications for archival research remain underdeveloped. This panel advances a critical engagement with trans-archival methodology that treats archives as interconnected epistemological sites and traces how records, concepts, and classifications circulate across institutional, national, and temporal boundaries (Gilliland, 2016). Taken together, these developments call for a more explicit articulation of how trans-archival approaches operate as a research methodology and what kinds of historical knowledge they make possible. Therefore, the panel is guided by the following research questions:
The panel presents three empirical and methodological cases that operationalise and unpack key dimensions of trans-archival methodology: (1) a trans-archival history of transfers, translations and transformations between the OECD and selected national education ministries, (2) the development of a trans-archival database, and (3) a trans-archival analysis of interorganisational relations. Case 1: Transfers, translations and transformations between the OECD and selected national education ministries This case presents empirical examples of the dialectical exchanges through which educational ideas, instruments, and problem framings are co-produced between the OECD and national education ministries in Denmark, Brazil, the United States, and Australia (1961–2000) . Rather than presuming a fixed direction of influence, the paper treats it as an empirical question how initiatives emerge and are reshaped through iterative processes of transfer, translation, and transformation (Cowen, 2009). A trans-archival approach is used to trace how concepts, data, and policy rationales circulate across institutional boundaries and acquire new meanings highlighting the boundary work of knowledge brokers and organisational settings (Ydesen, 2021). Case 2: A Trans-archival Database on Intergovernmental Cooperation in Education In the lead-up to the 2030 deadline of the Sustainable Development Goals and amid declining perceptions of United Nations legitimacy (Montjouridès, 2022), the second case addresses fragmentation in global education governance records through the Database on Intergovernmental Cooperation in Education (DICED). DICED supports trans-archival research by integrating institutional repositories and by prioritising the standardisation, accessibility, and reuse of education policy texts (Wilkinson et al., 2016). The database enables researchers to trace intertextual linkages and citation networks across institutional borders, supporting analysis of how global educational values are co-produced and negotiated. Case 3: Interorganisational Negotiation of Authority through a Trans-archival Lens Drawing on archival materials from UNESCO and the Council of Europe, this case shows how educational authority emerges through relational and historically contingent interorganisational dynamics rather than fixed institutional mandates (Kranke, 2022; Zürn, 2018). Through a trans-archival analysis of documents, correspondence, and agreements of the two organisations, the study reconstructs how overlapping competences in higher education governance were negotiated, contested and reconfigured between 1952 and 1997. References Cowen, R. (2009). The transfer, translation and transformation of educational processes: And their shape‐shifting? Comparative Education, 45(3), 315–327. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050060903184916 Gilliland, A. (2016). Archival and Recordkeeping Traditions in the Multiverse and Their Importance for Researching Situations and Situating Research. In A. Gilliland, S. McKemmish, & A. Lau (Eds.), Research in the Archival Multiverse (pp. 31–73). Monash University Publishing. https://doi.org/10.26530/OAPEN_628143 Kranke, M. (2022). Exclusive expertise: The boundary work of international organizations. Review of International Political Economy, 29(2), 453–476. https://doi.org/10.1080/09692290.2020.1784774 Middell, M., & Naumann, K. (2010). Global history and the spatial turn: From the impact of area studies to the study of critical junctures of globalization. Journal of Global History, 5(1), 149–170. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1740022809990362 Montjouridès, P. (2022). Is this the Future We Want? Understanding the Legitimacy of International Education Agendas. The Example of Equity in Education [PhD Thesis, University of Cambridge]. Apollo - University of Cambridge Repository. https://doi.org/10.17863/CAM.89624 Popkewitz, T. S. (2013). Styles of Reason: Historicism, Historicizing, and the History of Education. In T. S. Popkewitz (Ed.), Rethinking the History of Education: Transnational Perspectives on Its Questions, Methods, and Knowledge (pp. 1–26). Palgrave Macmillan US. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137000705_1 Ravndal, E. J. (2023). Archives. In F. Badache, L. R. Kimber, & L. Maertens (Eds.), International Organizations and Research Methods (pp. 124–131). University of Michigan Press. Richardson, W. (2019). Method in the History of Education. In J. L. Rury & E. H. Tamura (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of Education (p. 0). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199340033.013.3 Roldán Vera, E., & Fuchs, E. (2019). Introduction: The Transnational in the History of Education. In E. Fuchs & E. Roldán Vera (Eds.), The Transnational in the History of Education: Concepts and Perspectives (pp. 1–47). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1_1 Saunier, P.-Y. (2013). Introduction. In Transnational History (pp. 1–12). Bloomsbury. Wilkinson, M. D., Dumontier, M., Aalbersberg, Ij. J., Appleton, G., Axton, M., Baak, A., Mons, B. (2016). The FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific data management and stewardship. Scientific Data, 3(1), 160018. https://doi.org/10.1038/sdata.2016.18 Ydesen, C. (2021). Extrapolated Imperial Nationalisms in Global Education Policy Formation: An Historical Inquiry into American and Scandinavian Agendas in OECD Policy. In: D. Tröhler, N. Piattoeva, & W. Pinar (eds.), World Yearbook of Education 2022: Education, Schooling and the Global Universalization of Banal Nationalism, London: Routledge, pp. 119-135. Zürn, M. (2018). A Theory of Global Governance: Authority, Legitimacy, and Contestation. Oxford University Press. Chair Sophie Pia Stieger, sophie.stieger@ife.uzh.ch, University of Zurich |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 18 SES 08 A: Voices and Values in Physical Education Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Göran Gerdin Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Teachers’ Perspectives and Practices of Enacting Student Voice in Secondary Physical Education Loughborough University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In recent years, an increasing number of countries, including the USA, UK, Australia, and Canada, have placed greater emphasis on adults listening purposefully and respectfully to students within schools (Robinson & Taylor, 2013). Despite this growing attention, student voice remains a challenging expectation for schools and is at risk of being both peripheral and superficial within practice (Jones & Hall, 2021). The limited implementation of student voice in schools may be due to, as Mitra (2018, p. 475) argued, “adults not knowing how to partner with young people effectively or a lack of shared discussion of the purpose of such activities”. Recent studies (e.g., Iannucci et al., 2024; Cardiff et al., 2024) have offered valuable insights into how primary physical education (PE) teachers perceive and incorporate student voice into their practices, including the challenges that might be faced in this respect. For example, Iannucci et al. (2024) reported that teachers often believe students, especially in the early primary years, cannot participate in co-constructing or collaborating on PE lesson design and delivery due to their limited skills and knowledge. In secondary PE contexts, a recent study by Li et al. (2025) examined different pedagogical approaches (e.g., negotiated curricula) for facilitating student voice, though this also highlighted ongoing challenges such as dominant voices and inauthentic student voice within PE classes. However, beyond this, how student voice is facilitated in everyday secondary PE classrooms remains largely unexplored in the existing literature. Although teachers play a crucial role in facilitating student voice, a frequently cited concern is that embracing student voice may undermine teachers’ authority and fundamentally alter existing power dynamics within schools. As Rudduck and Flutter (2003, p. 75) noted, “teachers’ caution toward student voice is understandable because teachers are anxious that inviting students to express their views may lead to harsh criticism of themselves and their teaching”. That said, by engaging with student voice, teachers can enrich their practice, ensuring that this aligns with students’ interests, needs and aspirations (Mitra, 2008; Ní Chróinín et al., 2024). It may also enhance teachers’ awareness of previously overlooked issues such as hegemonic masculinity (Guadalupe & Curtner-Smith, 2019) and contribute to improving teacher–student relationships (Howley & Tannehill, 2014). These tensions highlight the importance of understanding the extent to which teachers genuinely value and act upon students’ contributions, as students may remain passive even when opportunities for participation are formally provided (Quinn & Owen, 2016). Nevertheless, there remains a significant gap in the literature regarding how PE teachers, particularly in secondary settings, perceive student voice and incorporate it into their everyday teaching practices. The UK provides an especially relevant context for exploring this issue, since it was one of the first countries to focus more substantively on student voice practice (Rudduck & Fielding, 2006). Nevertheless, despite having more examples of student voice initiatives than in many other countries, it has been claimed that student participation in the UK often remains symbolic rather than genuinely collaborative (Mitra, 2018). This discrepancy between extensive efforts and the limited, often symbolic nature of student participation, highlights the need for further exploration of what and how student voice is facilitated in practice. Accordingly, this study focuses specifically on the UK context, and three main research questions guided the study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As part of a larger mixed-methods research project examining PE teachers’ practices in facilitating student voice, which includes both an online survey and semi-structured interviews, this study draws on qualitative interview data to explore teachers’ perspectives and practices of enacting student voice in PE. The interview participants in this study were in-service PE teachers working in secondary schools in the UK. The interview protocol included questions such as “What does student voice mean to you?” and “What are some of the ways you try to facilitate student voice in your PE lessons?” To ensure that the questions were clear, meaningful, and grounded in teachers’ everyday practice, the interview schedule underwent several rounds of revision and iterative refinement through collaborative discussions within the research team. After obtaining ethical approval from the authors’ institution, invitations were first emailed to teachers who had participated in the survey phase of the project. To broaden the sample, additional teachers were recruited through social media platforms such as LinkedIn and Facebook. To enhance interview quality and identify any emerging issues at an early stage, the initial interviews were conducted jointly by multiple researchers, including a junior researcher and an experienced qualitative researcher. Based on teachers’ responses and the flow of these early interviews, several questions were adaptively refined to make them clearer, more conversational, and more closely aligned with teachers’ everyday experiences. The subsequent interviews were then conducted solely by the first author. In total, 26 PE teachers participated in online interviews, all of which were conducted via Microsoft Teams following informed consent procedures and assurances of anonymity. To ensure reflexivity throughout the data collection process, the first author wrote a reflective diary after each interview, documenting any issues encountered, observations about the interaction, and considerations for subsequent interviews. Qualitative data analysis followed a reflexive thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2021), including familiarisation, coding, theme development, review, definition, and reporting. The analysis was inductive, with themes generated from the data rather than from pre-existing theoretical models. The study was situated within an interpretive paradigm and informed by the assumption that teachers’ accounts offer relatively transparent insights into their perceptions and experiences. To enhance credibility, peer review and cross-checking of codes and themes were conducted among research team members, supporting the transparency, consistency, and trustworthiness of the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis is currently ongoing; however, several preliminary findings are evident at this stage. Initial results indicate differences in how teachers conceptualised student voice. While some teachers conceptualised student voice primarily as offering students choice (e.g., selecting activities), others adopted broader interpretations that emphasised students’ capacity to influence lesson content, shape learning processes, and take greater ownership of the PE classroom. Overall, teachers held largely positive attitudes towards student voice, though concerns were raised with respect to the potential for disruption to the delivery of lessons and challenges to teacher authority. In terms of teachers’ practice, student voice was enacted mainly through informal strategies, such as questioning, or the formalised mechanisms such as questionnaires and student councils. A smaller number of teachers reported the use of pedagogical approaches (e.g., cooperative learning) to more systematically facilitate student voice. These teachers described how student input informed instructional adjustments and contributed to positive outcomes, such as increased student engagement in PE. The findings also identified several challenges teachers faced in relation to student voice practice including tokenistic student voice, limited time, insufficient facilities, constraints imposed by national curricula, and the dominance of certain student voices. At the same time, some teachers also shared the strategies they have developed to cope with or mitigate these challenges. These preliminary findings are derived from early engagement with the interview data. Full findings will be available for presentation at the ECER conference. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Cardiff, G., Beni, S., Fletcher, T., Bowles, R., & Ní Chróinín, D. (2024). Learning to facilitate student voice in primary physical education. European Physical Education Review, 30(3), 381–396. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X231209687 Guadalupe, T., & Curtner-Smith, M.D. (2019). “She was really good at letting us make decisions:” influence of purposefully negotiating the physical education curriculum on one teacher and a boys’ middle school minority class. Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education, 10(2), 109–125. Howley, D., & Tannehill, D. (2014). “Crazy ideas”: Student involvement in negotiating and implementing the physical education curriculum in the Irish senior cycle. Physical Educator, 71(3), 391–416. https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-journals/crazy-ideas-student-involvement-negotiating/docview/1700478019/se-2 Iannucci, C., van der Smee, C., & Parker, M. (2024). Teachers' perspectives of enacting student voice in primary physical education. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 43(3), 442-450. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2023-0029 Jones, M. A., & Hall, V. (2021). Redefining student voice: applying the lens of critical pragmatism. Oxford Review of Education, 48(5), 570–586. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2021.2003190 Li, Y., Hooper, O., & Sandford, R. (2025). Pedagogical approaches for facilitating student voice in secondary school physical education: A systematic review. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2024-0429 Mitra, D. L. (2008). Amplifying student voice. Educational Leadership, 66(3), 20–25. Mitra, D. (2018). Student voice in secondary schools: The possibility for deeper change. Journal of Educational Administration, 56(5), 473–487. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-01-2018-0007 Ní Chróinín, D., Parker, M., Coulter, M., & Sweeney, T. (2024). Teachers learning to use student voice in primary physical education – ready, steady, go! European Physical Education Review, 31(2), 261-278. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X241257455 Quinn, S., & Owen, S. (2016). Digging deeper: Understanding the power of ‘student voice’. Australian Journal of Education, 60(1), 60–72. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004944115626402 Robinson, C., & Taylor, C. (2013). Student voice as a contested practice: Power and participation in two student voice projects. Improving Schools, 16(1), 32–46. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480212469713 Rudduck, J., & Flutter, J. (2003). How to improve your school: Giving pupils a voice. Continuum. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Uncertainty as Opportunity for Bildung: Fostering Student Reflection in German Physical Education through Educational Conversation 1: University of Hamburg, Germany; 2: Technische Universität Braunschweig, Germany Presenting Author:Physical education (PE) is broadly understood as contributing to students’ holistic education, encompassing physical, cognitive, social, and affective dimensions (Bailey et al., 2009). Within this broad mandate, sport pedagogy research highlights student reflection as a key pedagogical means for connecting embodied movement experiences with more theoretical forms of knowledge (Bjørke & Quennerstedt, 2023), such as gender-related norms in sport (Sánchez-Hernández et al., 2018) or health-related knowledge (e.g., Volk et al., 2021). Reflection is thus regarded as central for enabling students to make sense of their experiences and to participate meaningfully and responsibly in sport and movement cultures. Recent conceptual work has framed student reflection around the questions of the why(s), what(s), and how(s) of reflection: Why is reflection important? What should students reflect on and in relation to what? How do teachers teach reflection? (Bjørke & Quennerstedt, 2023). While the educational value of reflection (why) has a long tradition and the objects of reflection (what) are increasingly well elaborated (e.g., Dewey, 1983; Ehni, 1977), the question of how reflection is initiated and supported in everyday PE teaching remains underexplored. However, on a conceptual level of the “how”-question, students’ experiences of uncertainty have been described as key conditions for reflection. Uncertainty is understood as moments in which established routines are disrupted, habitual interpretations slowed down, and unresolved, incomplete, or contradictory aspects are brought to the fore, thereby opening spaces for inquiry and educational development in the sense of Bildung (e.g., Bähr et al. 2024). Building on this line of reasoning, we consider teaching as a communicative practice and propose educational conversation as a central didactic mode for creating a reflective distance that enables students to make habitual practices of sport intelligible, to question their meanings, and to recognize their broader social and cultural embeddedness. In this way, educational conversation can be understood as a pedagogical means through which PE teachers deliberately initiate uncertainty and support students’ reflective engagement with it (e.g., Proske, 2017). Despite its conceptual prominence, empirical research on student reflection has been described as an “area of neglect” (Bjørke & Quennerstedt, 2023, p. 4). It remains largely unclear which instructional strategies PE teachers employ to render uncertainty educationally productive in everyday practice. Research from German-speaking sport pedagogy offers valuable, yet internationally underrepresented, contributions in this regard. Empirical studies have identified substantial challenges PE teachers face when implementing student reflection, not only in terms of time constraints, but also in relation to spatial conditions (e.g., gym environments that hinder conversation) and media-related tensions (a perceived imposition of communicative and written tasks in PE) (e.g., Serwe-Pandrick et al., 2023). To empirically address the largely unexplored how of student reflection in PE and to contribute to international debates, the present study is situated within the context of a professional learning community. This framework brings together researchers, PE teachers and school authorities to collaboratively co-create, implement and reflect on pedagogical knowledge regarding student reflection (Parker et al., 2022). We therefore examine the following research question: Which strategies does a PE teacher use to encourage student reflection through educational communication within the context of a professional learning community? With this study, we want to “move beyond making educated guesses” (Bjørke & Quennerstedt, 2024, p. 1) by providing empirically grounded insights into how student reflection is initiated and supported in everyday PE practice. Specifically, we seek to highlight educational conversation as a pedagogical means for working productively with uncertainty and for fostering student reflection in PE, thereby contributing to European and international discussions on reflective learning, uncertainty, and embodied education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted within a professional learning community established in cooperation between PE teachers, university, teacher education institutions, and school authorities in Germany. The professional learning community aimed to support the implementation of competency-oriented PE curricula by fostering student reflection as a means of bridging practical movement experiences and theoretical knowledge. Within this professional learning community, six teaching units on the topic of "aggression and fairness" in sport were collaboratively designed, implemented, and evaluated for different school levels. The unit analyzed in this study was implemented in an upper secondary school (grade 13), consisted of eight 45-minute lessons, and focused on recognizing, interpreting, and representing aggressive behavior in sport addressing physical as well as psychological and social dimensions of sporting action. The unit was taught by an experienced PE teacher who was an active member of the professional learning community. Data generation was grounded in the assumption that teaching is fundamentally a communicative practice (Proske, 2017). In PE, educational communication constitutes the medium through which teachers can initiate and support student reflection, which remains closely intertwined with situated and embodied experiences. To capture these processes in situ, audio recordings of eight consecutive 45-minute PE lessons were collected. The teacher wore a microphone to ensure continuous recording without disrupting the flow of teaching or interaction. The recordings were transcribed verbatim following Braun and Clarke’s (2013) transcription conventions, making the explicit verbal aspects of the lessons available for interpretation. The transcripts were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022), aiming to identify patterns of shared meaning related to how uncertainty was initiated and how students’ engagement with it was supported, rather than conducting a conversation-analytic examination of interactional structures. Following the six-phase approach, the first author familiarized herself with the data, conducted inductive coding using MAXQDA, and developed initial themes. While coding was inductive, it was informed by theoretical sensitivity regarding conceptual assumptions of student reflection, enabling us to tell a “richer, more complex, and more useful story” (Braun & Clarke, 2022, p. 208). Initial themes were iteratively reviewed through checking the themes’ consistency with both the coded segments and with the entire data material. Ongoing refining, defining, and naming of themes was accompanied by writing up. Throughout the analysis, the second author acted as a critical friend, and preliminary interpretations were discussed within the German sport pedagogy research community. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis resulted in five themes. Themes 1-3 focus on strategies for initiating uncertainty as a starting point for reflection, while themes 4-5 capture how students’ reflective engagement with uncertainty is deepened and stabilized. "Strategically disrupting taken-for-granted teaching practices" (theme 1) describes how the teacher unsettles students’ established expectations of PE as a fair, rule-governed setting. Through unfamiliar teacher behavior (e.g., unfair decisions) the normative order of PE is temporarily destabilized. Though, the PE teacher creates uncertainty about fairness and rule enforcement which is explicitly linked to the focus of the unit (“aggression in sport”). "Guiding students to spot theory in action" (theme 2) captures how theory is introduced as interpretive lense for re-examining habitual sporting experiences. By inviting students to “identify concepts such as frustration, emotion, and aggression” in their own and others’ actions, everyday interpretations are slowed down and taken-for-granted sporting experiences are re-examined. Theory becomes a means for interrogating experience rather than an abstract body of knowledge. "Inviting students to enact theory in embodied action" (theme 3) describes how the PE teacher prompts students to translate theory into bodily performance. Through open-ended, performative tasks, students must negotiate how theory can be made visible in movement irritating students’ habitual ways of playing games. Across these strategies "Dialogic deepening through inclusive questioning" (theme 4) describes how uncertainty is communicatively taken up, elaborated, and rendered educationally productive while including as many students as possible. Through descriptive, explanatory, and evaluative questioning, students are encouraged to make experienced uncertainty explicit, to explain sport-related experiences related to theory, and to critically assess sporting experiences. Finally, "Amplifying reflection through written representation" (theme 5) shows how the PE teacher integrates forms of writing (e.g., flipcharts, worksheets, criteria catalogues, self-assessment tools) into teaching to make student reflections more visible, structured, and sustainable beyond the immediate lesson. References Bähr, I., Bonnet, A., Da Bracker Ponte, E., Gebhard, U., Krieger, C., Lübke, B., & Sting, W. (2024). Uncertainty in subject matter education—Constitutive element and fruitful instructional strategy? Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 14(3), 375–395. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-024-00436-7 Bailey, R., Armour, K., Kirk, D., Jess, M., Pickup, I., Sandford, R., & BERA PESPSIG. (2009). The educational benefits claimed for physical education and school sport: an academic review. Research Papers in Education, 24(1), 1–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671520701809817 Bjørke, L., & Quennerstedt, M. (2023). Reflecting on student reflections in physical education practice: moving beyond a theory-and-practice divide. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2023.2281913 Bjørke, L., & Quennerstedt, M. (2024). Exploring student reflection in physical education practice. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2024.2438057 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research. A practical guide for beginners. SAGE. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. A practical guide. SAGE. Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and education. Macmillan. Ehni, H. (1977). Sport und Schulsport. Didaktische Analysen und Beispiele aus der schulischen Praxis. Hofmann. Parker, M., Patton, K., Gonçalves, L., Luguetti, C., & Lee, O. (2022). Learning communities and physical education professional development: A scoping review. European Physical Education Review, 28(2), 500–518. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X211055584 Proske, M. (2017). Unterricht als kommunikative Ordnung - eine kontingenzgewärtige Beschreibung und deren professionsbezogene Konsequenzen. Forschungsperspektiven, 9, 27–49. Sánchez-Hernández, N., Martos-García, D., Soler, S., & Flintoff, A. (2018). Challenging gender relations in PE through cooperative learning and critical reflection. Sport, Education and Society, 23(8), 812–823. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2018.1487836 Serwe-Pandrick, E. (2013). „The reflective turn“? Fachdidaktische Positionen zu einer „reflektierten Praxis“ im Sportunterricht. Zeitschrift für sportpädagogische Forschung, 1(2), 25–44. Serwe-Pandrick, E., Jaitner, D., & Engelhardt, S. (2023). “Reflective practice” in physical education. German Journal of Exercise and Sport Research, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12662-023-00897-4 Volk, C., Rosenstiel, S., Demetriou, Y., Krustrup, P., Thiel, A., Trautwein, U., Wagner, W., Höner, O., & Sudeck, G. (2021). Effects of a physical education intervention programme for ninth-graders on physical activity-related health competence: Findings from the GEKOS cluster randomised controlled trial. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 55, 101923. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2021.101923 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Room to Grow? Exploring the Potential of Students’ Voices for Reimagining Fitness Testing Within Physical Education 1: University of East Anglia, United Kingdom; 2: Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 3: Monash University, Frankston, Australia Presenting Author:Fitness testing is one of the most commonly implemented but contested practices to teach in, through and about health within secondary school physical education (PE) in many countries, including in Australia (Alfrey, 2024), the United States (Johnson et al., 2023) and England (Harte et al., 2023). However, many scholars have raised concerns over the educational worth and appropriateness of traditional fitness testing practices (Harris & Cale, 2019; Safron & Landi, 2022). Indeed, recent studies which have explored students’ experiences of fitness testing, conducted in Australia, and England, have revealed that the majority of students could not identify the purpose (Alfrey, 2024) or meaning behind fitness testing (Harte et al., 2025). For some time, recommendations have been made to try and improve students’ experiences of fitness testing (e.g. Mercier & Silverman, 2016) however the extent to which these recommendations are reaching teachers and influencing fitness testing practice is unclear (Harte et al., 2023). Increasingly, there are calls for greater emphasis on ‘pedagogies for voice’, specifically as they relate to health-related learning within PE (Hooper, 2018). More broadly, there are calls around establishing mechanisms for facilitating pupil voice (Li et al., 2025). While efforts have been made in this respect within the context of Australia, where Alfrey (2024) invited students to share their hopes for future fitness testing, there remains much scope for further exploration of how students’ voices might be engaged to reimagine fitness testing. Indeed, whilst there is research to support positive outcomes of facilitating student voice in PE more broadly, such as increased engagement and participation (Li et al., 2025), we do not know the educational impact of students sharing their wishes surrounding fitness testing for students and their teachers. For Dewey, an educational experience is one which provides the conditions to lead to further growth (Dewey, 1916). When considering an educational experience, Dewey prompts us to consider the principles of continuity and interaction. Continuity refers to the ability to make connections between previous and future experiences, in terms of learning and attitudes. Interaction refers to the meaningfulness of the experience for the learner. Dewey’s notion of ‘education as growth’ and his principles of continuity and interaction provide a conceptual framework through which to analyse the quality of an educational experience (Carver & Enfield, 2006). Thus, using Dewey’s notion of ‘education as growth’, this paper will consider the potential of growth in fitness testing in and through students’ voices. Indeed, this study sought to answer the following question: what educational impact can the student voice process have on students and teachers, within and beyond a fitness testing context? This study contributes to the literature on fitness testing, by moving beyond exploring students’ experiences, to exploring their wishes, within the English context. It also contributes to the field of PE and education more broadly, by examining the potential of educational growth, for teachers and students, in facilitating student voice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Prior to the commencement of the study, ethical approval was granted by the University’s research ethics committee. This study involved working with the Head of PE (HoPE) and the Athletic Development Officer (ADO), as well as 13 students who participated in ‘boys PE’, in one independent school in England. In this PE department, there was a heavy emphasis on sport given the place this typically holds in independent school contexts. Fitness testing was a long- standing practice in the department and the test scores were used to set students at the start of term. Students were then tested in the middle and at the end of the year. Students took part in focus groups where they engaged in three participatory, creative tasks. Tasks 1 and 2 involved students reflecting on their experiences of FT (Harte et al., 2025), while task 3 focused on their wishes for future FT. This involved students completing a spider diagram (in small groups) then sharing with the wider group, to explain what ‘good’ FT would look like from their perspectives. The lead researcher then created a summary of the students’ experiences and wishes and shared these with the HOPE and ADO. The lead researcher then met with the HOPE and ADO, with the intention to reflect on students’ wishes with a view to supporting staff in making changes to their next fitness testing lessons, should they wish. After fitness testing had taken place again, the same students who engaged in the first focus group were invited to take part in another focus group, and the teachers were invited to meet for an informal interview to share their more recent experiences of fitness testing, and their feelings about taking part in this process. Reflexive thematic analysis was used to make sense of the resulting data (Braun & Clarke, 2022). This included preliminary themes being produced, before reviewing these and developing these deductively by viewing them through Deweyan lens. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings suggest that there are positive outcomes for students and teachers, through facilitating student voice in relation to reimagining fitness testing. Students and teachers reported enhanced educational experiences in their fitness testing lessons, after students had shared their voices and wishes in relation to the practice. Despite the teachers not ‘needing’ to act on the students’ wishes, they reflected on their voices, and created a fitness testing booklet to accompany the lesson. Students reported finding more meaning (interaction) in the lesson by having the booklet. They also appreciated the place to write their current fitness testing score down, and a score to aim for next time (continuity). Indeed, the changes to fitness testing were modest and hardly ‘ground breaking’ but the process of students sharing their voices and the teachers responding to them opened up possibilities for growth for fitness testing, and beyond. Our conclusions are therefore twofold. First, we encourage secondary school teachers to engage in student voice practices, but recognise the need for teachers to be supported in this. This could be via policy, time, initial teacher education and continuing professional learning. Second, we need to be aware of the restrictions on students’ reimagining. Although there was growth, this was arguably limited by the extent to which students could reimagine future fitness testing (which was, in turn, limited by their previous and current experiences). Careful consideration of how we can truly enhance students’ opportunity to shape their future experiences in PE and to imagine beyond what they know now is therefore something that requires further research in the future. References Alfrey, L. (2024). An expansive learning approach to transforming traditional fitness testing in health and physical education: Student voice, feelings and hopes. Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education, 15(1), 24-39. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). ‘Thematic analysis. A practical guide’. SAGE Publications. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. An introduction to the philosophy of education. CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform. Harte, N. P. A., Alfrey, L., Spray, C., & Cale, L. (2023). The if, why and how of fitness testing in secondary school physical education in the United Kingdom. European Physical Education Review, 30(3), 475-492. Harte, N., Alfrey, L., Spray, C., & Cale, L. (2025). Students’ experiences of fitness testing in secondary school physical education in England: a Deweyan perspective. Sport, Education and Society, 1-17. Li, Y., Hooper, O., & Sandford, R. (2025). Pedagogical Approaches for Facilitating Student Voice in Secondary School Physical Education: A Systematic Review. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 1(aop), 1-18. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Creative Physical Education: Recalibrating PE for Teaching Positive Human Values 1: Deakin University, Australia; 2: The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Schools across the world are being called upon to attend to the needs of young people within increasingly complex, diverse multicultural societies. Recent reports in Australia note climate change, rising obesity, war, violence, the digital landscape and mental health as just some of the complexities young people are attempting to navigate (Baird et al., 2025; CYPEP, 2024; Quach & O’Brien, 2024). Uncertainty about the future and social fragmentation frame these times. Social cohesion is therefore fundamental to working together in these uncertain times. Physical Education (PE), and moreover, physical culture, have long reflected societal and cultural shifts. With contemporary imperatives beyond the mere biological and mechanical PE offerings of the past, there are few better mediums for developing social cohesion in young people than PE. Schools, and more specifically to this presentation, school Physical Education (PE), can make meaningful contributions to strengthening young people's values in alignment with their schools and communities to promote social cohesion. Creative PE is one such approach that aids the development of students' personal and social skills, whilst embedding positive human, school and community values, lending itself to social cohesion at a class and school level and the development of skills and values that can be taken beyond (Quay & Peters, 2008; 2012). An emerging pedagogical model, Creative PE is more than a curriculum response - it is "concerned with the will of those involved" (Quay et al., 2025, p.12), and embraces the experiences of the peer group in relation to their knowing, doing and being. It is a long-term engagement with the notions of ‘team’ and ‘game’, forming the backdrop for creative student involvement. Creative PA provides an integrated approach to teaching various PE curriculum outcomes, including personal and social responsibility, which leans upon Hellison’s Teaching Personal and Social Responsibility (TPSR) framework (Hellison, 2003). Using this structure, Creative PE is layered with the teaching of positive social values. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We sought to find out about the experiences of the teachers implementing Creative PE in their primary school (elementary) classes to understand what kinds of learning opportunities the teachers saw emerge from the implementation in the way of developing students' values – the values that can help contribute to less fragmented and more cohesive classrooms and learning communities. This paper explores the engagement of five primary school (elementary) teachers from a school located in Melbourne, Australia embedding Creative PE into students' daily learning. After facilitating teacher engagement with the Creative PE model, the authors stepped back to allow teachers to contextualise and implement the model with their respective year 3/4 classrooms for the remainder of the school term. Through semi-structured interviews with the teachers, the authors explored the teachers’ perceptions of Creative PE. In the interviews, teachers shared examples of student work to support their responses which led to further rich discussion. Data was thematised and led to the emergence of five broad themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers identified the strengths of the Creative PE model against the broad requirements of the curriculum, including PE, literacy, numeracy, and integrated inquiry units, but highlighted the educational, social and pedagogical values that emerged across their students. These included student agency and ownership of their learning, collaboration and teamwork, inclusivity and equity, personal and social responsibility, and a strong reflective culture. This presentation will illuminate the capacities of Creative PE in meeting PE and other curriculum outcomes, and in teaching personal and social responsibility, and will explore the positive social values emerging for students from these teachers’ experiences of the model. References Baird, S., Choonara, S., Azzopardi, P. S., Banati, P., Bessant, J., Biermann, O., Capon, A., Claeson, M., Collins, P. Y., De Wet-Billings, N., Dogra, S., Dong, Y., Francis, K.L., Gebrekristos, L. T., Groves, A. K., Hay, S. I, Imbago-Jacome, D., Jenkins, A. P., Kabiru, C. W...Viner, R. M. ‘A call to action: the second Lancet Commission on adolescent health and wellbeing,’ The Lancet. DOI: 10.1016/S0140-6736(25)00503-3 (CYPEP), Monash Centre for Youth Policy and Education Practice; Walsh, Lucas; Deng, Zihong; Huynh, Thuc Bao; Cutler, Blake (2024). The 2024 Australian Youth Barometer. Monash University. Report. https://doi.org/10.26180/26212346.v1 Hellison, D. (2003). Teaching responsibility through physical activity (2nd ed.). Human Kinetics. Quach, J., & O’Brien, C., (2024). Evaluation of the Raise Mentoring Program: Final Outcome Evaluation Report: Prepared for the Raise Foundation. Learning Intervention, Faculty of Education, The University of Melbourne. Quay, J., & Peters, J. (2008). Skills, strategies, sport, and social responsibility: Reconnecting physical education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(5), 601–626. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270801886071 Quay, J., & Peters, J. (2012). Creative physical education: Integrating curriculum through innovative PE projects. Human Kinetics. Quay, J., Williams, B., Luguetti, C., & Boyer, A. (17 Sep 2025). Historicising physical education: towards a new configuration of physical education via a salutogenic orientation to health. Sport, Education and Society, https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2025.2558811 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 18 SES 08 B: Mental Health and Wellbeing in Physical Education and Sport Location: D12 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Gunn Nyberg Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Mindfulness in Swedish Textbooks for Physical Education and Health and Religious Education Malmö university, Sweden Presenting Author:Over recent decades, mindfulness has expanded across clinical, therapeutic, and educational domains. Research on mindfulness and Mindfulness-Based Interventions (MBIs) has increased substantially, with growing implementation in diverse sectors. In contemporary secular discourse, mindfulness is commonly conceptualized as a deliberate, non‑judgmental awareness of present‑moment experience. Mindfulness constitutes the most widely used English rendering of the Pali term sati, which has its origins in Buddhist traditions. In Sweden, mindfulness holds an ambivalent cultural position, appearing across healthcare, therapy, spirituality, and Buddhism, and taking on context‑specific meanings (Frisk & Åkerbäck 2015). Internationally, MBIs targeting teachers and pupils in schools have increased (Hellström 2023), and mindfulness is now integrated into various teaching practices in Swedish schools (Hornborg 2024). The aim of this paper is to examine how mindfulness is represented in Swedish Physical Education and Health (PEH) and Religious Education (RE) textbooks. Through a qualitative and exploratory analysis, we investigate how these concepts are contextualised within two different subjects PEH and RE. The subjects are mandated throughout the entirety of Swedish compulsory education (SNAE 2022) and are also incorporated into the national upper‑secondary curriculum (SNAE 2025). Within sport science, interest in mindfulness has intensified markedly, reflecting a broader shift from performance-oriented perspectives toward acceptance, well‑being, and humility (Birrer et al. 2023). International research suggests that integrating mindfulness into Physical Education (PE) may improve performance, bodily awareness, and holistic understandings of health (Colón-Calvo et al. 2022). This reflects a broader debate concerning the content of PE. Kirk (2010) argues for example that PE remains overly focused on sport techniques, while Swedish studies highlight the dominance of sport and exercise over conceptual knowledge in PEH (Ekberg 2016; Modell & Gerdin 2022). Scholars call for strengthened knowledge‑oriented approaches (Larsson & Karlefors 2015) and sociocultural perspectives on health (Quennerstedt 2019). Jansson (2024) shows that religion, ethnicity, and gender shape experiences in Swedish PEH and notes resistance—particularly in Christian schools—to practices such as yoga. Health has been part of Swedish PEH since 1994 (SNAE 1994). Younger pupils encounter primarily physical aspects of health, while older students engage with broader dimensions. In years 7–9, pupils are expected to plan, perform, and evaluate activities related to different aspects of health, including mental and social dimensions (SNAE 2022). In upper‑secondary education, PEH 1 includes ”stress regulation and mental training” as core content (SNAE 2011; updated SNAE 2025). The current RE syllabus (SNAE 2022) includes Buddhism as core content from years 4–6. In the previous syllabus, years 7–9 also studied “new religious movements,” “contemporary spirituality” (Swe. nyreligiositet), and “private religiosity,” but these topics were moved in 2022 to the upper‑secondary course Religion 2, which is not offered in all programmes. The theme of mindfulness constitutes a conceptual intersection between PEH and RE. Integrating mindfulness into school teaching may create opportunities for productive synergies between these two subjects. By analysing how mindfulness is constructed in Swedish PEH and RE textbooks, this paper illuminates how the concept circulates, shifts, and acquires meaning within educational contexts. The findings contribute to broader discussions on the intersections of religion, health, and well‑being in schools, while emphasising tensions inherent in translating mindfulness into secular curricula. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material consists of printed textbooks available for purchase through the major Swedish online bookstore Bokus (bokus.com) as of April 2024. The selection includes textbooks produced after 2011, corresponding to the implementation of the upper secondary curriculum reform (SNAE 2011, updated in SNAE 2025). To ensure comparability across educational levels, only textbooks aimed at years 7–9 and upper secondary school were included. Four PEH textbooks met these criteria. Out of 15 RE textbooks fulfilling the same criteria, eight were selected to represent the period 2011–2024 and to include a diversity of publishers. Given the qualitative and exploratory nature of the study, the analysis is synchronic and does not seek to examine diachronic change or potential shifts in representations over time. Instead, the focus lies on identifying recurring patterns in how the textbooks conceptualise mindfulness. The analysis proceeded in three stages. In the first stage, all selected textbooks were examined in their entirety to identify explicit references to mindfulness. Relevant chapters, sections, and passages were catalogued for further analysis. In the second stage, the identified text segments were analysed using a conventional qualitative content analysis, or inductive category development, following the principles outlined by Mayring (2000). This approach allowed categories to emerge from the material rather than imposing predefined analytical frameworks. Text passages were coded iteratively, with recurring patterns, conceptual framings, and contextual associations grouped into provisional categories. The third stage synthesised the inductively generated categories across the PEH and RE materials. Here, we compared how mindfulness was framed in relation to each subject’s curricular context and identified overarching tendencies, points of convergence, and points of tension. This cross subject analysis resulted in the development of ideal typical themes that span both subject areas. As ideal types, the themes do not describe individual textbooks exhaustively; rather, they highlight characteristic patterns that may appear in multiple sources and that together illustrate the range of representations found in the material. Importantly, several themes may co exist within the same textbook, reflecting the conceptual fluidity and contextual adaptability of mindfulness in contemporary Swedish education. Through this three stage thematic analysis, we investigate how textbook authors position mindfulness in relation to Buddhism, contemporary spirituality, health promotion, and stress management. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis identified four overarching themes across the PEH and RE textbooks. First, mindfulness as stress management is present in both subjects, framing mindfulness as a secular, instrumental technique aimed at enhancing everyday well-being, occasionally accompanied by practical exercises. Second, mindfulness as modernist Buddhism, found mainly in the RE textbooks, highlights internal diversity within Buddhist traditions and situates contemporary Western mindfulness within modern reformist developments, noting that such practices do not necessarily represent Buddhism as a whole (cf. Wilson 2014). Third, mindfulness as essentially Buddhist presents a more monolithic depiction of Buddhism, portraying mindfulness as central religious practice and illustrating perceived affinities with Western therapeutic and self-development discourses. Fourth, mindfulness as contemporary spirituality, appearing exclusively in the RE textbooks, situates mindfulness within new religious movements and ‘new age’ spirituality, emphasising overlaps with practices such as yoga and occasionally including critical perspectives. In the PEH textbooks, mindfulness is framed within individualised, instrumental, and biomedical constructions of health, while the RE textbooks situate mindfulness primarily within Buddhism and, to a lesser extent, contemporary spirituality. Previous research suggests that PE tends to prioritise sports practice over conceptual knowledge (Kirk 2010; Ekberg 2016; Modell & Gerdin 2022), making it notable that PEH textbooks present mindfulness mainly as theoretical content. Some RE textbooks include mindfulness exercises, but only within the context of Buddhism, and no comparable practical instructions are provided for other religious traditions. These findings indicate the need for further research on how mindfulness is communicated and enacted in classroom practice, as textbooks represent only one dimension of instructional material, and little is known about how teachers interpret or implement such activities. References Birrer, Daniel, Beatrice Scalvedi, and Nina Frings. 2023. ‘A bibliometric analysis of mindfulness and acceptance research in sports from 1969 to 2021’. Mindfulness 14 (5): 1038-1053. Colón-Calvo, Almudena, Salvador Baena-Morales; Alberto Ferriz-Valero; Olalla García-Taibo. 2022. ‘A New Vision of Mindfulness in Physical Education. Contributing to the Social Dimension of Sustainable Development’. Journal of Physical Education and Sport 22 (11): 2618–2626. Ekberg, Jan-Eric. 2016. ‘What Knowledge Appears as Valid in the Subject of Physical Education and Health? A Study of the Subject on Three Levels in Year 9 in Sweden.’ Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 21(3): 249-267. Frisk, Liselotte and Peter Åkerbäck. 2015. New Religiosity in Contemporary Sweden: The Dalarna Study in National and International Context. Sheffield: Equinox. Hellström, Lisa. 2023. ‘Mindfulness i skolan – en möjlig väg för att främja psykiskt välbefinnande? En scoping review om mindfulness-baserade interventioner i skolmiljö.’ Malmö: Malmö universitet. Accessed on 2024-11-20 from https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1804656/FULLTEXT01.pdf. Hornborg, Anne-Christine. 2024. ‘Mindfulness – Enrichment of the Modern Lifestyle.’ Journal of Spirituality in Mental Health, 1–15. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/19349637.2024.2337399 Jansson, Kalle. 2024. 'Gud vad jobbigt: religion och etnicitet i ämnet idrott och hälsa.' PhD diss., Örebro University. Kirk, David. 2010. Physical education futures. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge. Larsson, Håkan and Inger Karlefors. 2015. ‘Physical Education Cultures in Sweden: Fitness, Sports, Dancing… Learning?’ Sport, Education and Society 20 (5): 573-587. Mayring, Philip. 2014. Qualitative content analysis: theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution. Klagenfurt, Austria. Modell, Nina and Göran Gerdin. 2022. ‘“Why don’t you really learn anything in PEH?” – Students’ Experiences of Valid Knowledge and the Basis for Assessment in Physical Education and Health (PEH).’ European Physical Education Review 28 (3): 797-815. Quennerstedt, Mikael. 2019. ‘Healthying Physical Education: On the Possibility of Learning Health.’ Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 24 (1): 1-15. Swedish National Agency for Education. 1994. Läroplan för det obligatoriska skolväsendet och de frivilliga skolformerna [Curriculum for compulsory school and the voluntary school forms]. Stockholm: Skolverket. Swedish National Agency for Education. 2011. Läroplan, examensmål och gymnasiegemensamma ämnen för gymnasieskola 2011 [Curriculum for upper secondary school]. Stockholm: Skolverket. Swedish National Agency for Education. 2022. Läroplan för grundskolan samt för förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet [curriculum for compulsory school, preschool classes and leisure time 2022]. Skolverket. Swedish National Agency for Education. 2025. [Curriculum for upper secondary school]. Stockholm: Skolverket. Wilson, Jeff. 2014. Mindful America: The Mutual Transformation of Buddhist Meditation and American Culture. New York: Oxford University Press. . 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Icehearts Europe: A Sports-based Education Programme for Mental Health and Social Inclusion 1: University College Cork, Ireland; 2: University of Cassino and Southern Lazio, Italy; 3: EuroHealthNet, Belgium; 4: Finnish Institute of Health, Finland; 5: Istituto Superiore di Sanità, Italy; 6: Icehearts Finland Presenting Author:Purpose The Icehearts Europe project, co-funded by the EU's EU4H-2022 programme, addresses declining mental and physical well-being of disadvantaged youth through a longterm mentorship programme incorporating sport, social work, and educational support. Originating in Finland, the Icehearts model aims to build resilience in at-risk children, tackling issues like mental health disorders (affecting 20-25% of young people), school dropouts, and low physical activity levels (with 80% of adolescents not meeting recommended guidelines). Note The Icehearts Finland programme has recently been recognised as an OECD model of Best Practice in Public Health - Mental health promotion and prevention (OECD, 2025). Expanding the Finnish model to five European countries: Estonia, Denmark, Italy, Slovenia,and Spain, and partnering with 14 other organisations (early adopters), this paper outlines the design thinking journey underpinning Icehearts Europe. This paper outlines the project objectives, methodologies, and initial findings, focusing on model adaptation (using a Situational Analysis and Needs Analysis approach), integrating sport and mentorship into schools, and measuring the programme's impact. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods Icehearts Europe uses a mixed-methods, longitudinal approach using a novel design thinking paradigm. Children are selected based on vulnerability indicators (e.g., economic hardship, absenteeism) and recommendations from educators and social workers. Each child receives a dedicated mentor providing support across school, after-school activities, and home life, collaborating with educators and social workers for personalised interventions. Data collection includes surveys and questionnaires from students, parents, and educators; interviews and focus groups with mentors, educators, and families; and observational data like attendance records and sports participation. A comparative analysis across the five pilot countries permits the study of varying educational and cultural contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Preliminary data suggests promising outcomes, including improved emotional resilience, increased school attendance, and greater physical activity engagement. The importance of structured, long-term interventions that build trust between mentors, children, and institutions is highlighted. Cross-country comparisons reveal challenges related to cultural adaptation, policy alignment, and stakeholder engagement. It demonstrates the potential of reimagining physical education and sport pedagogy to promote social justice, equity, and inclusion. Conclusions By integrating team sports with social work and educational assistance, it offers an innovative approach to fostering resilience and well-being among at-risk youth. Adapting the Finnish model to diverse European systems provides valuable insights into policy alignment and cultural adaptation. Initial results show positive trends in school engagement, well-being, and physical activity. The project underscores the importance of cultural adaptability, showcasing the transferability of the Finnish initiative. However, challenges remain regarding policy integration, resource allocation, and stakeholder engagement due to varying national education and social structures. Future research will explore the long-term sustainability of these interventions. This paper contributes to the research on sport-based education programmes, emphasising their role in mental health and social inclusion, and advocating for policy frameworks supporting sustained mentorship programmes across Europe. Linked to the conference theme, this paper engages in critical dialogues on knowledge about sport-based education cultures in nineteen European countries in order to have a positive societal impact. References Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2008).Flow: The Psychology of Optimal Experience. New York: Harper. Liedtka, J., & Ogilvie, T. (2012). Helping business managers discover their appetite for design thinking. Design Management Review, 23(1), 6–13. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1948-7169.2012.00165. McCrindle, M. (2024). Generational Breakdown. Retrievedon 2nd February 2022 from: https://mccrindle.com.au/article/topic/generation-z/gen-z-and-gen-alpha-infographic-update/ Roos, J. (2006). Thinking From Within: A Hands-On Strategy Practice, Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. UNICEF (2021). The Mental Health Burden Affecting Europe’s Children. Retrieved on 3rd February 2022 from: https://www.unicef.org/eu/stories/mental-health-burden-affecting-europes-children WHO (2024). Physical Activity. Retrieved on 1st March 2025 from: https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/physical-activity |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 20 SES 08 A: Diversities and Transformative Learning Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Paper Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper 'Spraakmakers' - Making Talkers: New Approaches to Groupwork Within Superdiverse Newcomer Education AP HOGESCHOOL, Belgium Presenting Author:Our practice-based research project, 'Spraakmakers', focuses on training young speakers of other languages in groupwork skills and exploratory talk, or E.T.. (Mercer; Wegerif; T’Sas, amongst others). It might seem counterintuitive to go ‘back to basics’ and focus on spoken interaction in this age of AI. However, we believe that future-proof education requires investment both in skills that cannot be automated, such as live oral proficiency, and also in innovative pedagogical methodologies that respond to shared challenges including migration, inequality, and linguistic diversity. Our work thus explores whether E.T. can help a growing and vulnerable young population – specifically, 12-18-year-old newcomers to Antwerp, Belgium – gain skills for advancement into mainstream education or the labour market, alongside other benefits of E.T. for metacognition, self-regulated and lifelong learning. (Mercer, Wegerif & Dawes, 1999). Exploratory Talk emerged from the constructivist school and has been defined as discourse featuring: ‘peer collaboration/interaction, visible reasoning, knowledge construction, and public accountability’ which is achieved through ‘active and respectful listening, critically challenging or counter-challenging ideas, tentatively discussing hypotheses, giving and asking for arguments and striving for joint agreement’. (T’Sas and Daems, 2024, expanding on Mercer). In the context of language immersion for newcomers, E.T. would be present, for example, when diverse groups of pupils discuss a topic or problem through constructive exchange and mutual questioning, within a learner-centred environment designed to scaffold collaboration and equitable participation. This contrasts with less conscious forms of groupwork in which either everyone’s ideas are accepted in order to avoid disagreement (cumulative discourse) or discussions are driven by conflict (disputational discourse). A recent overview of literature from 1976-2016 found 88 articles describing interventions based on E.T. (T’sas and Daems, 2024, 21) in around 30 countries worldwide (Ibid, p. 2). To our knowledge none of these dealt with ‘basic level’ speakers (A1-A2 as per the CEFR) of the language of instruction. This gap is relevant. Mercer suggests that by 9 -10 years old, most first-language speakers have naturally acquired the ‘language strategies they need to engage in exploratory talk (and so in educated discourse)’ (Mercer 1996, 374, cited in T’Sas and Daems, 2024). In this project, we work in schools for newcomers who have been in the country less than two years, and who generally test around A1- or A2-level. By definition they do not have these ‘language strategies’ – at least not yet in Dutch, the language of instruction – which Mercer describes as the starting point for E.T. Our motivation is therefore dual. First we aim to explore whether Exploratory Talk is accessible – or measurable – without relying on explicit language strategies. Further, we hope to explore other benefits of groupwork in newcomer secondary education. This context is challenging but rich. Groupwork is anyway not always straightforward in a mixed class of pupils with basic proficiency in the language of instruction. Yet this very combination of linguistic vulnerability and diversity makes E.T. especially relevant. T’Sas and Daems (2024, 27) highlighted that E.T. has specific potential to foster ‘understanding, shared respect, openness, and trust’ in a globalised and superdiverse education context. Working in secondary education for newcomers in Antwerp thus allows us to explore this innovative pedagogy in the context of a superdiverse European city in a country marked by high levels of educational inequality (Agirdag, 2020). This can serve as a case study to investigate ways to empower a growing, often marginalized population to engage meaningfully with peers and teachers, and to cultivate agency, and a sense of belonging in educational spaces that are otherwise linguistically and culturally challenging, with relevance for comparable formal or non-formal educational contexts across Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Spraakmakers is a materials-development, intervention-based study lasting three years. The researchers are working in co-creation with two schools to develop a lesson packet in Exploratory Talk for newcomers. The lessons were tested in the classroom and refined based on feedback, and the new version will be re-tested. Classes in the schools – both intervention and control groups – are filmed discussing a ‘dilemma’ in groups of three, both pre- and post-intervention. These discussions are being transcribed and analysed qualitatively and quantitatively. Regarding materials development, our work rests on the supposition that existing approaches to E.T. need adapting to fit pupils’ linguistic and cultural backgrounds. Moreover, learning and using E.T. is far from intuitive, and we want learners to own the process without simplifying the content, regardless of language proficiency. We are working within compulsory education so the lessons are also explicitly linked to official curriculum goals. Nonetheless, our materials are intentionally different from typical classes, focusing on psycho-social and group skills over language or content. Regarding the physical learning environment, it is challenging to meaningfully impact this in our context (space is limited, and one partner even holds classes in shipping containers due to rapid increases in student numbers). We therefore focus on optimising pupil experience in the existing physical space, forming groups and designing tasks to intentionally scaffold participation and allow an atmosphere of constructive cooperation to emerge naturally. Further, we are embedding language scaffolding and intercultural awareness into the lessons, challenging assumptions in existing material. For example, one typical E.T. ground rule is ‘We respect everyone’s opinion’, implying that everyone has opinions! Our co-creation revealed the need to make this explicit. The idea that young people can have an ‘opinion’ is not universal, let alone express it. Therefore, to design effective lessons, it is often necessary to step backwards both conceptually and linguistically. We also rethought our approach to data analysis. One traditional measurement in E.T. is counting exploratory ‘keywords in context’– like ‘why’ or ‘therefore’ – as evidence of pupils co-constructing arguments. This approach assumes that all learners will use these constructions naturally, albeit more prominently post-intervention. In the context of newcomer education, we question this link between E.T. and linguistic markers, choosing to apply new methods of measurement alongside existing approaches in the hope of charting the authentic experience and potential for expression amongst pupils who do not yet enjoy a full palette of linguistic tools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding our expected findings, we believe that Exploratory Talk in newcomer education may not be visible through traditional linguistic markers. In particular, transitional structures (e.g. therefore), or suppositional modals (might, could) are typically beyond the repertoire of basic-level speakers so we will not necessarily find these. We will therefore include a range of measures alongside linguistic markers, taking an open, exploratory approach. We expect to see impact in intervention groups in some other variables from the literature, including some or all of: type and quality of arguments (Rojas-Drummond & Zapata, 2004); episode types (Herrlitz-Biro, 2013); and episode sub-categories (Van Boxtel et al, 2000). In addition, we define several new variables. First, the percentage – and total number – of on-task speech units: can groups focus better, and do they learn to sustain meaningful interaction longer? Second, three new ‘episode types’ to see if E.T. in newcomer education is expressed through language clarification, task clarification, or overt negotiation of interaction. Finally, given the multilingual context, we also consider the interplay between translanguaging and E.T. (Uddling, J. & Reath Warren, 2023). Finally, regarding turn-taking, alongside a potential improvement in democratic group dynamics, we will also look for increase in absolute participation amongst quieter group members. We hypothesise that even minimal increases in utterances for newcomer pupils lacking confidence or vocabulary, is a significant and an essential competence for E.T. Although the means of measuring exploratory talk may seem like a methodological niche, we believe that it represents a significant step towards charting and valorising the interaction, negotiation, collaboration, and cooperation that may go unnoticed in newcomer learning contexts more generally. As such, we also present Spraakmakers as a starting point to discuss how inclusive methodologies and classroom environments can transform learning in diverse environments including formal and non-formal newcomer education across Europe. References Agirdag, O. (2020). Onderwijs in een gekleurde samenleving. [Education in a coloured society]. Antwerpen: Epo. Herrlitz-Biro, L., Elbers, E. & de Haan, M. (2013). Key Words and the Analysis of Exploratory Talk. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 28(4), 1397-1415. Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., & Dawes, L. (1999). Children’s talk and the development of reasoning in the classroom. British Educational Research Journal, 25, 95-111. Rojas-Drummond, S. & Zapata, M. P. (2004). Exploratory Talk, Argumentation and Reasoning in Mexican Primary School Children. Language and Education, 18(6), 539-557. T’Sas, Jan, (2018). Learning outcomes of exploratory talk in collaborative activities, Doctorate UAntwerpen. T’Sas, J., & Daems, F. (2024). Exploratory talk in times of globalization and digitalization: A narrative review. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 24, 1-38. Uddling, J. & Reath Warren, A. (2023). A newcomer’s spontaneous translanguaging in lower-secondary physics education, International Multilingual Research Journal, 17:3, 270-288. Van Boxtel, C., van der Linden, J., & Kanselaar, G. (2000). Collaborative learning tasks and the elaboration of conceptual knowledge, Learning and Instruction, 10(4), 311-330. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Diversity, Inclusion and Interculturality in Transversal Competences: A Comparative Analysis of Education Degrees University of Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:European higher education is currently shaped by competence-based reforms promoted by the Bologna Process, the Tuning Project (González & Wagenaar, 2003), the European Framework for Key Competences (European Commission, 2019), and national regulations such as the Spanish LOMLOE (2020). These frameworks emphasize transversal competences as key elements for employability, democratic citizenship, and social inclusion, positioning them at the core of curriculum design in teacher education. Nevertheless, the extent to which these competences explicitly address diversity, inclusion and interculturality remains insufficiently explored. In this context, this contribution presents a comparative analysis of transversal competences in Education degrees examining the extent to which those competences explicitly incorporate dimensions of diversity, inclusion, and interculturality. To achieve this objective, the study adopts a clear conceptual framework. Competence is understood as an integrated configuration of knowledge, procedures, attitudes, and personal capacities that enable effective professional action across multiple dimensions, including knowing, doing, being, and learning to learn (Balaguer et al., 2025; Delors et al., 1996; Isus et al., 2002). Within the Tuning framework, transversal competences are classified as instrumental, interpersonal, and systemic, and are distinguished from subject-specific competences linked to disciplinary knowledge (Beneitone et al., 2021). This perspective provides the analytical basis for examining how transversal competences are formulated in curricula. Building on this understanding, the study conceptualises diversity as the plurality of social and cultural characteristics present in educational contexts, including cultural background, gender, sexual identity, socio-economic conditions, abilities, and belief systems (Yang et al., 2025). Inclusion is understood as a systemic process aimed at responding to diversity through structural and pedagogical transformation in order to reduce exclusion and inequality (UNESCO, 2003; Wigdorovitz, 2008). From this perspective, intercultural competence refers to the capacity to negotiate cultural meanings, communicate effectively across identities, and act in ways that promote dignity and rights (Chen & Starosta, 1996; Barrett & Borghetti, 2025). It integrates behavioural, affective, and cognitive dimensions and requires critical reflection on cultural difference and social contexts (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2007; Valsiner, 2019). Together, these concepts constitute the theoretical lens through which curricular competences are analysed. On this basis, the study addresses the following research question: To what extent do transversal competences included in Education degree curricula explicitly incorporate elements of diversity, inclusion, and intercultural competence? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A systematic comparative analysis of official study plans from four Education degrees—Pedagogy, Social Education, Early Childhood Education, and Primary Education—was conducted to examine how transversal competences incorporate dimensions of diversity, inclusion, and interculturality. The study adopted a qualitative comparative curriculum analysis design, focusing on the formal articulation of competences within institutional curriculum documents. Official study plans and publicly available competence descriptions from a Spanish public university were selected as the data corpus, as they represent authoritative and standardised expressions of competence-based reforms at the institutional level. To ensure conceptual coherence and analytical rigour, a coding matrix was developed based on five interrelated conceptual categories derived from relevant theoretical and policy frameworks: competence (Delors et al., 1996; González & Wagenaar, 2003), diversity (García-Prieto et al., 2021; Yang et al., 2025), cultural diversity (Díaz, 2023; Manghi et al., 2022), inclusion (UNESCO, 2003; Wigdorovitz, 2008), and intercultural competence (Chen & Starosta, 1996; Barrett & Borghetti, 2025). Each transversal competence was coded according to multiple analytical dimensions, including explicit references to diversity categories (cultural, gender, socio-economic, abilities, identity), explicit mention of inclusion or inclusive education, references to intercultural communication, respect for difference, rights or social justice, and the degree of conceptual explicitness of these elements (explicit, implicit, or absent). A comparative matrix was constructed to facilitate cross-degree analysis and to identify patterns across programmes. The analysis examined the number of transversal competences incorporating diversity-related dimensions, their distribution across instrumental, interpersonal, and systemic categories, and degree-specific emphases in the articulation of diversity, inclusion, and interculturality. Rather than applying quantitative statistical techniques, the study followed a descriptive-comparative approach aimed at identifying convergences, divergences, and underlying conceptual orientations in curricular formulations. The analysis sought to determine whether diversity and inclusion are structurally embedded in the formal definition of transversal competences or whether they remain implicit and dependent on subsequent pedagogical interpretation. In doing so, the study provides insight into how institutional curricula translate European competence-based policy discourses into explicit curricular commitments to diversity and intercultural education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis indicates that transversal competences in the examined curricula predominantly emphasise general values such as teamwork, ethical commitment, and social responsibility. However, explicit references to cultural diversity, gender diversity, socio-economic inequality, and intercultural competence are unevenly articulated across degree programmes. Competences related to inclusion are more prominently formulated in Social Education and Pedagogy, whereas Early Childhood Education and Primary Education programmes tend to conceptualise inclusion primarily in terms of attention to diversity or special educational needs. Furthermore, when intercultural competence is addressed, it is frequently embedded implicitly within broader notions of citizenship or social commitment rather than explicitly articulated in terms of intercultural negotiation, critical reflexivity, or rights-based action. From a European perspective, these findings reveal a tension between the normative emphasis on diversity and interculturality in supranational policy frameworks and their concrete curricular implementation at institutional level. While competence-based curricula formally align with European reference frameworks such as the Bologna Process and the European Key Competences, the integration of diversity and intercultural dimensions remains partial and contingent upon programme orientation. This pattern reflects broader challenges within European higher education systems, where transversal competences related to inclusion and interculturality are often rhetorically endorsed but inconsistently operationalised in curriculum design. Overall, the results suggest that the translation of European competence-based reforms into explicit curricular commitments to diversity and intercultural education is still uneven, highlighting the need for more coherent and systematic integration of these dimensions across teacher education programmes. References Barrett, M., & Borghetti, C. (2025). What is intercultural competence? Springer. Balaguer Estaña, A., Benítez Sastoque, E., Serrano Valenzuela, B., & Orejudo Hernández, S. (2025). Key competences in education and general self-efficacy: Validation of COMINT scale. Revista de Educación, 407, 137–166. https://doi.org/10.4438/1988-592X-RE-2025-407-654 Beneitone, P. & Yarosh, M. (2021). A Comparative Analysis of Global Competences within the Framework of Internationalized Curricula. Tuning Journal for Higher Education, 8(2), 25–53. Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. (2007). The bioecological model of human development. Handbook of child psychology. Chen, G. M., & Starosta, W. J. (1996). Intercultural communication competence. Routledge. Delors, J., Al Mufti, I., Amagi, I., Carneiro, R., Chung, F., Geremek, B., Gorham, W., Kornhauser, A., Manley, M., Padrón Quero, M., Savane, M. A., Singh, K., Stavenhagen, R., Myong W. S., & Zhou N. (1996). Learning: The Treasure Within. UNESCO. Díaz, A. (2023). Diversidad cultural. Una definición. Disparidades. Revista de antropología, 78(2), 1-13. European Commission. (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning. Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/297a33c8-a1f3-11e9-9d01-01aa75ed71a1 García-Prieto, F. J., Delgado-García, M., Gómez-Hurtado, I., & Moya Maya, A. (2021). Prácticas de aula de los profesionales de pedagogía terapéutica para atender a la diversidad: Hacia un enfoque inclusivo. Educar, 57(2), 289–304. https://doi.org/10.5565/rev/educar.1299 González, J., & Wagenaar, R. (2003). Tuning educational structures in Europe. Informe final. Fase 1. Universidad de Deusto. Isús, S., Cela, J., & Farrús, N. (2002). Desarrollo de Competencia de Acción Profesional a través de las Tecnologías de la Información y la Comunicación. In Anais do II Congreso Europeo en Tecnología de la Información en Educación y la Ciudadanía. Barcelona: Una visión crítica. Manghi, D., Valdés, R., Godoy, G., López, T., Melo-Letelier, G., Aranda, I., & Carrasco, P. (2022). Repensando la escuela inclusiva desde la perspectiva de los/as estudiantes. Calidad en la educación, 57, 231-260. UNESCO (2003). Overcoming exclusión throug inclusive approaches in education. A challenge and a visión. Conceptial paper. www.unesco.org/education/inclusive Wigdorovitz de Camilloni, A. R. (2011). El concepto de inclusión educativa: definición y redefiniciones. Políticas Educativas – PolEd, 2(1). Recuperado a partir de https://seer.ufrgs.br/index.php/Poled/article/view/18347 Yang, C., Wang, T., & Xiu, Q. (2025). Towards a Sustainable Future in Education: A Systematic Review and Framework for Inclusive Education. Sustainability, 17(9), 3837. https://doi.org/10.3390/su17093837 This contribution is funded by a GE 2025 grant from the Regional Department of Education, Culture and Universities and forms part of the emerging research project “Comparative Analysis of Transversal Competences for the Development of University Students’ Professional Careers” (CIGE 2024/241). 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Professionals’ Reflections on International Software Quality Standards in Practice and Undergraduate Education: an Interview Study from Spain and Türkiye 1: TED University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Çankaya University, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: UFV, Spain; 4: Open University, The Netherland Presenting Author:Topic: Emerged to guide the achievement and measurement for creating high-quality software products, International Software Quality Standards (ISQS) play a critical role in ensuring that software products meet defined levels of quality in an increasingly interconnected and competitive global market [1-3]. Despite their recognized importance, the adoption and effective implementation of ISQS vary significantly across sectors and regions, influenced by factors such as organizational maturity, resource availability, and awareness levels [1-3]. A clear understanding of the status of ISQS adoption, the challenges inherent in their implementation, and their measurable impact on software development is critical to advancing both the pedagogical frameworks for ISQS training in undergraduate software engineering programs and the refinement of industry practices in software engineering [4-9]. A well-documented challenge in software engineering is the persistent gap between academic curricula and industrial practice [4-7]. Studies consistently show that academia overemphasizes theoretical foundations while under-delivering on practical skills essential to industry, such as testing, configuration management, and software processes [10]. This gap between education and industry’s expectations persists despite decades of awareness, driven by intertwined systemic issues [7]. Analyses of curriculum coverage reveal that core industrial requirements, including design, testing, and soft skills, remain underrepresented [12]. A critical but underexplored component of this gap is the inadequate treatment of ISQS in undergraduate education. A critical but underexplored component of this gap is the role of international software quality standards (ISQS). Muñoz identified the challenges professors face in teaching ISQS, including the abstractness and documentation-heavy nature of standards [10]. There are many studies on practical ways of teaching software engineering [10-12]. Laporte et al. proposed an innovative model where students actively implemented and improved ISO/IEC 29110, thereby fostering “standards professionals” with industry-relevant skills [12]. This study, conducted within an ERASMUS+ project, that explores software professionals’ perceptions of ISQS in Spain and Türkiye. Through semi-structured interviews with 20 experts from academia and industry, we investigate awareness, adoption, perceived ease of use, usefulness, actual usage, and barriers. By connecting professional reflections to educational needs, the study offers insights into current practices and provides recommendations for integrating ISQS into undergraduate software engineering curricula. Given the existing gap between the software engineering industry requirements and the SE curriculum agenda regarding ISQS, this study aims to help mitigate this gap by exploring and understanding the experiences and perceptions of SE professionals with ISQS. These insights can then be used to give more practical relevance to educational initiatives for integrating ISQS into the software engineering curriculum. Objectives: The objective of this study is to measure and mitigate the gap on ISQS between practice and academia. The IT-ISQS project aims at generating an innovative learning environment by combining state of the art digital technologies (AI and virtual tutors) with games, interactive activities, exercises, and course material. Research Questions:
Note: The study will be performed to fulfill requirements of an Erasmus+ Project titled as Innovative Training for International Software Engineering Standards (IT-IS-QS). The IT-ISQS project will be implemented at three countries: Türkiye, Span and the Netherlands. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To understand views and experiences of professionals related to ISQS, we conducted semi-structured interviews. In a semi-structured interview, the interview generally follows a conversational flow. Depending on the flow, new questions may be devised as new information is learned. In semi-structured interviews the same topics are covered in each interview, and it is typical that some open-ended questions allow for greater interaction. The data from semi-structured interviews is usually analyzed using qualitative analysis methods. Semi-structured interviews are versatile, flexible, and adaptable qualitative research methods The overall methodology adopted in this study, which consists of two phases, following a qualitative approach. Phase 0, Planning & Preparation, is followed by Phase 1, in which interviews were conducted and reported. For the interviews, we applied ethical principles specific to software engineering research. Participation of the interviewees was voluntary. Both in Türkiye and Spain, the researchers selected a sample participant list, targeting different kinds of roles and employers, and invited them for online meetings. To protect the privacy and confidentiality of the participants, we anonymized their identities. Before recording the interviews, oral consent of the participants was requested and collected. The researcher documented participant responses. We prepared a research protocol and drafted two main types of interview questions: (1) demographics and (2) open-ended. For demographics, we asked about participants’ job roles, years of experience, and company background. For open-ended questions, we asked about: levels of awareness and use of ISQS, perceived ease of use of ISQS, perceived usefulness of ISQS, actual level of use of ISQS, stated barriers regarding use of ISQS, professionals’ other comments on ISQS. Before conducting the interviews, the list of participants to be interviewed online was predetermined. One researcher prepared the main interview questions and shared them with other researchers who also conducted interviews. N.B. The data on/of the interviews for which concent is taken from the participants will be made available for other researchers upon request. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This interview study examined how software professionals in Spain and Türkiye perceive and apply ISQS. While participants report strong conceptual awareness, consistent practice lags due to perceived complexity, documentation overhead, and uneven curricular coverage. Adoption is facilitated by tool support, role-specific training, and an organizational culture that values quality; conversely, access cost and interpretation difficulty—especially outside regulated domains—remain practical barriers. These findings reinforce the long-observed gap between theory-heavy education, and the hands-on competencies industry expects, and point to the need for standard-aware, practice-integrated pedagogy. Awareness of ISQS among professionals is high; however, the practical application of these standards often lags behind due to their inherent complexity and the significant resources required for implementation. Tool support emerges as a critical factor in making ISQS easier to use and promoting wider adoption across organizations. There is also a pronounced gap between academia and industry when it comes to ISQS education and the development of practical skills, which underscores a need for more hands-on, experience-based training. Key barriers to ISQS adoption include the financial and time costs, documentation burden, cultural resistance within organizations, and a general lack of awareness, particularly among less experienced developers. Moving forward, efforts must prioritize practical, context-sensitive ISQS education and the development of tools that streamline and support the integration of standards into real-world practice. We will (i) field a larger cross-country survey to validate and generalize these results; (ii) design and evaluate classroom interventions (serious games, case-driven projects, role-based labs) that operationalize ISQS; (iii) prototype lightweight, standards-aware tool integrations that auto-capture process evidence in CI/CD; and (iv) extend the cross-cultural analysis beyond Spain and Türkiye to derive adaptable teaching patterns and context-specific adoption guidance. References [1] Peng, S., Ding, X., Ren, W., & Yang, C. (2018). Research on software quality assurance based on software quality standards and technology management. 19th IEEE/ACIS International Conference on Software Engineering, Artificial Intelligence, Networking and Parallel/Distributed Computing (SNPD), Busan, Korea, 385–390. https://doi.org/10.1109/SNPD.2018.8441142 [2] Souza-Pereira, L., Pombo, N., & Ouhbi, S. (2022). Software quality: Application of a process model for quality-in-use assessment. Journal of King Saud University – Computer and Information Sciences, 34(7), 4626–4634. linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S1319157822001173 [3] Tunç, S. K. (2024). Investigating the adoption of international software quality standards in Türkiye: A comprehensive analysis. 9th International Conference on Computer Science and Engineering (UBMK), Antalya, Türkiye, 1052–1057. https://doi.org/10.1109/UBMK63289.2024.10773457 [4] Garousi, V., Giray, G., Tüzün, E., Çatal, C., & Felderer, M. (2018). Closing the gap between software engineering education and industrial needs. IEEE Software, 35(5), 36–44. http://dx.doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.1812.01954 [5] Garousi, V., Giray, G., & Tüzün, E. (2019). Understanding the knowledge gaps of software engineers: A survey of practitioners. ACM Transactions on Computing Education, 19(3), 1–34. https://doi.org/10.1145/3303771 [6] Akdur, D. (2022). Analysis of software engineering skills gap in the industry. ACM Transactions on Computing Education, 22(4), 1–28. https://doi.org/10.1145/3567837 [7] Oğuz, D., & Oğuz, K. (2019). Perspectives on the gap between the software industry and software engineering education. IEEE Access, 7, 117527–117543. http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/ACCESS.2019.2936660 [8] Liargkovas, G., Papadopoulou, A., Kotti, Z., & Spinellis, D. (2021). Software engineering education knowledge versus industrial needs: SEEK coverage and gaps. IEEE Transactions on Education, 64(3), 234–246. http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/TE.2021.3123889 [9] Muñoz, M. (2022). Challenges toward teaching international standards in higher education institutions. 11th International Conference on Software Process Improvement (CIMPS), 141–150. [10]Monteiro, R. H. B., Oliveira, S., & Souza, M. (2021). A standard framework for gamification evaluation in education and training of software engineering: An evaluation from a proof of concept. In 2021 IEEE Frontiers in Education Conference (FIE) (pp. 1–9). IEEE. https://doi.org/10.1109/FIE49875.2021.9637175 p. 1–8). IEEE. https://doi.org/10.1109/SCSE.2025.00025 [11]Faizi, J., & Umar, M. S. (2021). A conceptual framework for software engineering education: Project-based learning approach integrated with industrial collaboration. International Journal of Education and Management Engineering, 11(1), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.5815/ijeme.2021.01.01[33] [12] Laporte, C. Y., O’Connor, R. V., Paucar, L. H., & Gerancon, B. (2014). An innovative approach in developing standard professionals by involving students in implementing and improving international standards. International Conference on Software Process Improvement and Capability Determination, 85–96. Springer. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper The Sense of Realism in Nonformal Adult Learning in the Digital Space 1: WSB Merito University in Torun, Poland; 2: DSW University of Lower Silesia, Wroclaw Poland Presenting Author:The theoretical framework of the research integrates contemporary theories of adult learning, concepts of learning in digital environments, as well as approaches to sustainable development and Wikinomics, jointly providing a coherent basis for interpreting the determinants of adults’ evaluations of online learning as valuable yet realistically appraised. Our research problem is to reconstruct and analyze how adults learn online as a hybrid process—one that unfolds at the intersection of virtual participation (platforms, networks, digital tools) and real-life experience (work, family roles, biography, social position, emotions, everyday constraints). We treat online learning not simply as information acquisition, but as a process in which adults reinterpret experience and reshape their ways of seeing themselves and the world while moving between digital and offline contexts. Drawing on Misawa’s (2024) view of transformative learning as a “living theory,” we focus on learning as a constantly evolving, lifelong trajectory grounded in experience, reflection, and action. In this framing, the key issue is how online encounters and practices can become catalysts for perspective transformation: adults face tensions or “disorienting” moments, engage in critical self-reflection, negotiate meanings through dialogue and exposure to diverse viewpoints, and work through the emotional dimension of change. We analyzed survey data from 1,088 respondents collected with the questionnaire. To identify which variables most strongly explain adults’ online perceptions and activity, we applied Bayesian Averaging of Classical Estimates (BACE), which averages model estimates across many possible model specifications to account for model uncertainty and highlight robust determinants. Our analysis identified five key areas critical to explaining the degree of adult engagement and openness to networked learning. We present the nonlinear dynamics of these five pivotal factors, which interconnect real-world experiences with participation in non-formal online learning:
The research is situated within the andragogical tradition, which underscores adults’ autonomy, accumulated life experience, and intrinsic motivation, mirrored here in the analysis of developmental, economic, and professional drivers of participation in online learning. The contributions of Knowles (1980), Jarvis (2004), Merriam, and Bierema (2013) make it possible to conceptualize nonformal online learning as a process anchored in adults’ educational biographies, their needs, and the socio-professional contexts in which they operate. Tapscott and Williams’ concepts of Wikinomics (2008), alongside Benkler’s notion of networked social production (2006), allows the field of inquiry to be construed as a “Wikinomic space” in which knowledge emerges through large-scale collaboration, open participation, and systematic sharing of resources. Theories of nonformal and self-directed learning emphasized autonomy, flexibility, and the embedding of learning in everyday practices, which closely corresponds to the forms of online engagement examined in this research. The use of digital tools and educational platforms is interpreted as an expression of self-directed construction of learning pathways, while the findings indicate predominantly pragmatic, moderately enthusiastic evaluations of the value of such learning, rather than unreservedly celebratory assessments References to UNESCO (2015) and European Commission (2010, 2020) digital education strategies position the research within the broader paradigm of sustainable development, in which digital competences, lifelong learning, and equitable access to online education are framed as elements of a global common good. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The questionnaire The diffusion of personal and professional development of adults in the open space of Wikinomy comprised nearly 29 questions, designed to provide a broad overview of both the demographic situation and the experiences and attitudes of the study participants. Respondents answered questions about their basic socio-demographic characteristics, such as gender, age, level of education, place of residence, and occupational status, which allowed for the characterization of the study group. An important part of the survey concerned digital activity. Questions also addressed motivational factors, such as openness to change, willingness for professional development, the need to improve economic status, and the tendency to share knowledge and resources. In addition, barriers to virtual activity were included, such as family and professional obligations, costs, or health conditions. The survey also touched upon issues related to the rapid development of new technologies, including artificial intelligence, and its anticipated impact on respondents’ professional and personal lives. The survey (CAWI) was conducted on 19-28 December 2024. A total of 1088 respondents participated in the study. Women accounted for 52.3% of the sample, while men represented 47.7%. The age distribution showed that 8.2% of participants were between 18 and 24 years old, 29.7% were aged 25–34, 32.4% were aged 35–44, and 29.7% were aged 45 or older. In terms of education, the largest group consisted of respondents with higher education (46.1%), followed by those with secondary education (38.5%), while a smaller proportion had vocational or primary education (a total of 15.4%). The structure of residence was also diverse: 27.4% lived in rural areas, 19.6% in small towns of up to 20,000 inhabitants, 22.1% in medium-sized towns (20,000–200,000), and 30.9% in large cities with more than 200,000 inhabitants. Occupational status also revealed considerable diversity: 41.2% were white-collar workers, 18.7% blue-collar workers, 14.3% students, 8.9% self-employed, and the remaining 16.9% were unemployed, retired, or otherwise inactive. We employ the Bayesian Averaging of Classical Estimates (BACE) approach, which provides an effective framework for dealing with model uncertainty in high-dimensional settings (Raftery, 1995; Sala-i-Martin, Doppelhofer, and Miller, 2004). Rather than relying on a single preferred specification, BACE explicitly accounts for uncertainty by combining information across a large set of competing models. This approach enables the ranking of the most plausible models, the computation of weighted average parameter estimates, and the assessment of the relative importance of individual regressors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The conducted survey, covering 1088 adult respondents (Cronbach’s α = 0.96), provided a broad perspective on socio-demographic characteristics, digital activity, and attitudes toward online and informal learning. The analysis, based on an ordered logit model supported by the Bayesian Averaging of Classical Estimates (BACE) method, identified that factors such as openness to change, professional experience, intensity of online activity, perceptions of artificial intelligence, as well as economic motivations and willingness to share resources, are associated more with moderate than with highly enthusiastic evaluations of online learning. Respondents perceive digital education as a useful tool, but they assess it in a balanced way, recognizing both its benefits and its limitations. The prevailing approach is pragmatic: learning is viewed primarily as a means to achieve specific goals rather than as an experience of exceptional intrinsic value. This realistic perspective fosters the development of sustainable and more enduring attitudes toward education in the digital environment. Our analysis identified five key areas critical to explaining the degree of adult engagement and openness to digital learning. We present the nonlinear dynamics of these five pivotal factors, which interconnect real-world experiences with participation in non-formal online learning: Openness, Resource Sharing, Economic Status, Access to Services, and AI Impact (Personal). Nonformal adult learning within the Wikinomic space constitutes an important factor supporting sustainable social development. Determinants such as openness, collaboration, accessibility, reflexivity and adaptability enable the development of key competences in a dynamically changing world. Educational models inspired by Wikinomics align with the assumptions of the 2030 Agenda, particularly in the areas of ensuring high-quality education, strengthening social equity and promoting active citizenship. References Benkler, Y. (2006). The wealth of networks: How social production transforms markets and freedom. Yale University Press. EAEA. (2018). Adult education and the wikinomic turn: Peer learning, open resources and the future of lifelong learning in Europe. European Association for the Education of Adults. European Commission. (2010). Learning 2.0: The impact of Web 2.0 innovations on education and training in Europe. Publications Office of the European Union. European Commission. (2020). Digital education action plan 2021–2027: Resetting education and training for the digital age. Publications Office of the European Union. Jarvis, P. (2004). Adult education and lifelong learning: Theory and practice (3rd ed.). Routledge. Knowles, M. S. (1980). The modern practice of adult education: From pedagogy to andragogy. Cambridge Books. Merriam, S. B., & Bierema, L. L. (2013). Adult learning: Linking theory and practice. Jossey-Bass. Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative learning: Theory to practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 1997 (74), 5-12 https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.7401 Mezirow, J., & Associates. (2000). Learning as transformation: Critical perspectives on a theory in progress. Jossey-Bass. Misawa, M. (2024). Transformative Learning as a Part of Living Theory: A Constant Evolution of Transformative Learning Theory in Lifelong Education. Adult Education Critical Issues, 4(1), 57–63. https://doi.org/10.12681/haea.36238 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2019). OECD skills outlook 2019: Thriving in a digital world. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/df80bc12-en Priftis, A. (2022). Openness and co-creation in digital education. Educational Innovations Journal, 8(2), 45–63. Priftis, A., Trabichet, J.-P., & Molas-Castells, N. (2016). Collaborative knowledge production in higher education: Case studies on peer learning. International Journal of Educational Technology, 13(1), 15–29. Raftery, A. E. (1995). Bayesian model selection in social research. Sociological Methodology, 25, 111–163. https://doi.org/10.2307/271063 Sala-i-Martin, X., Doppelhofer, G., & Miller, R. I. (2004). Determinants of long-term growth: A Bayesian averaging of classical estimates (BACE) approach. American Economic Review, 94(4), 813–835. https://doi.org/10.1257/0002828042002570 Siemens, G. (2005). Connectivism: A learning theory for the digital age. International Journal of Instructional Technology and Distance Learning, 2(1). http://www.itdl.org/ Journal/Jan_05/article01.htm Smulska, K., Krzychała, S., & Reczkowski, M. (2024). Demographic determinants of digital openness in adult learning during COVID-19. Journal of Digital Learning, 12(3), 75–91. Tapscott, D., & Williams, A. D. (2008). Wikinomics: How mass collaboration changes everything (2nd ed.). Portfolio. UNESCO. (2015). Rethinking education: Towards a global common good?. UNESCO Publishing. WikiSkills Project. (2014). Final report: Empowering educators through wiki-based learning. European Commission Lifelong Learning Programme. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 21 SES 08 A JS: Joint Symposium - Working with One’s Own Subjective Experience in Research - NW 19 and NW 21 Location: 4013 | Linna building | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Session Chair: David Zimmermann Joint Symposium Session |
|
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Symposium Working with One’s Own Subjective Experience in Research This joint symposium, proposed by Network 19 “Ethnography” and Network 21 “Education and Psychoanalysis”, explores how researchers in education are deeply affected by their research topics, and how this involvement shapes both inquiry processes and knowledge production. Drawing on ethnographic and psychoanalytic traditions, the symposium examines the researcher–topic relationship not as a bias to be eliminated, but as a constitutive dimension of research. Building on critical ethnographic insights (Fitzpatrick 2022), it foregrounds the ethical and representational challenges inherent in research that deeply involves the researcher. As Palmer and Caldas (2017) emphasize, knowledge must be constructed from the vantage point of marginalized voices, while Madison (2006) cautions against overly self-referential autoethnography that neglects relational context. Conquergood’s (1985) critique of unethical ethnographic stances—ranging from commodification to exoticization—highlights the importance of dialogical and relational approaches that embrace multiple voices. Similarly, Ortner (1995) warns against romanticized or reductive accounts that sanitize culture or diminish agency, emphasizing attention to complex relationalities. Recent work in new materialism and posthumanism (Barad, 2007; MacLure, 2013) decouples knowledge production from the human subject, framing it instead as an entangled, dynamic assemblage of people, discourses, and materialities. Across these perspectives, ethical representation involves reflexivity, multivocality, and openness to uncertainty, situating the researcher within the research as a co-constitutive participant while maintaining rigorous attention to power, politics, and complexity. In psychoanalytically oriented research in education, the researcher’s implication is viewed as central material for knowledge production, on condition that it is worked through and elaborated. This perspective is rooted in the psychoanalytically informed clinical approach in educational research, which emphasizes the researcher’s “transferential participation” (Britzman & Pitt, 2004) in the situations under study and the need to analyse its effects rather than pretend to erase them. Far from aiming at an illusory externality, this kind of research requires the researcher to undergo their own psychic work (personal analysis, supervision, reflexive writing) in order to sustain a “reflexive” implication that articulates affect, theory, and ethics. As a result, the research posture is defined by a clinical engagement with educational action, in which the subject‑researcher, with his or her transferences, resistances, and limits, becomes a privileged pathway for understanding the processes at work in education and training practices. This symposium brings together four papers (two from each network) that investigate how affects, transferential dynamics, biographical resonances and institutional conditions enter into the production of data, interpretation and writing. This joint symposium is the result of discussions, initially informal, between the convenors of networks 19 and 21. It aims to stimulate epistemological and methodological reflection on how to take into account the links between researcher and research subject in research. While respecting the respective approaches, the identification of commonalities and differences between them aims to better characterise the specificities of each approach. The aim is not to pit the two approaches against each other in order to rank them, but rather to open up a space for dialogue so that both sides can benefit from these scientific exchanges. Across these four contributions, the symposium will address shared questions: How do autoethnographic (Adams, 2022 ; Anteliz, Mulligan & Danaher, 2023) and psychoanalytic (Bollas, 1987 ; Frosh, 2013) approaches conceptualise the place of the researcher in relation to the research topic? What forms of reflexivity and clinical work are required to take seriously affects, vulnerability and unconscious processes without abandoning scientific rigor? How can singular, situated narratives (autoethnographic or clinical) be articulated with broader theoretical and political issues in education? The discussant will open a dialogue on possible cross‑fertilisations between the two networks, including the development of joint methodological workshops, co‑inquiries and collective writing projects. References Adams, T. E. (2022). Handbook of autoethnography. Routledge. Anteliz, E. A., Mulligan, D. L. & Danaher, P. A. (Ed.) (2023). The Routledge International Handbook of Autoethnography in Educational Research. Routledge Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Bollas, C. (1987). The Shadow of the Object: Psychoanalysis of the Unthought Known. Free Association Books. Britzman, D. P. & Pitt, A. J. (2004). Pedagogy and Clinical Knowledge: Some Psychoanalytic Observations on Losing and Refinding Significance, JAC, 24/2, 353-374 Conquergood, D. (1985). Performing as a moral act: Ethical dimensions of the ethnography of performance. Literature in Performance, 5(2), 1–13. Fitzpatrick, K. (2022). Critical ethnography and education: Theory, methodology, and ethics. Routledge. Frosh, S. (2013). Psychoanalysis Outside the Clinic: Interventions in Psychosocial Studies. Palgrave Macmillan. Madison, D. S. (2006). The dialogic performative in critical ethnography. Text and Performance Quarterly, 26(4), 320–324. Ortner, S. (1995). Resistance and the problem of ethnographic refusal. Comparative Studies in Society and History, 37(1), 173–193. Palmer, D., & Caldas, B. (2017). Critical ethnography. In K. King, Y-J. Lai, & S. May (Eds.), Research methods in language and education. Encyclopedia of language and education (3rd ed., pp. 381–392). Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Mentoring Non-traditional Students with Care: An Auto-ethnographic Analysis of Support Practices
This presentation offers an autoethnographic analysis of student mentoring during the thesis-writing process, building on findings from mentoring research, employing a care-ethical framework for mentoring, and drawing on autoethnography as a method.
In mentoring research, relationship quality is consistently identified as one of the most robust predictors of positive mentoring outcomes (Eby et al., 2013; Maxwell et al., 2024), with care functioning as a central marker of this quality (Dominguez & Kochan, 2020; Eller et al., 2014). However, relationship quality in mentoring cannot be achieved through predefined templates of effectiveness. Mentoring relationships are shaped by the situated interplay of mentees’ personal and professional goals and mentors’ skills, experiences, and motivations (Clutterbuck et al., 2017), which requires ongoing alignment of expectations (McAlpine & McKinnon, 2013), adjustment of feedback to students’ needs, and navigation between multiple roles (Bergmark et al., 2024). Rather than a purely technical or instructional activity, mentoring therefore emerges as an artful form of care work, in which navigating the mentoring relationship constitutes a highly context-dependent professional skill that must be reflectively developed (Parker et al., 2018).
Drawing on a care-ethical framework, this paper explores care in student mentoring by conceptualising care as a practice comprising five interrelated elements (Wieser & Skøtt Nielsen, 2026): (1) developing attentiveness to students’ expressed and perceived needs; (2) taking responsibility for addressing those needs; (3) responding to students’ needs within mentoring interactions; (4) evaluating students’ responses to mentoring support; and (5) fostering supportive networks for students. Using autoethnography, I examine how these elements of care are enacted in my mentoring practice, how I navigate different mentor roles, and how I make sense of students’ needs related to minoritised positions and neurodiversity.
Autoethnography was chosen as the research approach because it provides methodological principles for drawing on the researcher’s personal experience as primary data (Chang, 2022). To articulate and analyse these experiences, I engage in ethnographic writing as an analytic practice, drawing on self-reflections and self-observations, as well as mentoring documents, notes, and photographs from 36 mentoring meetings with four master’s students writing their theses during the spring term of 2026. The analysis follows a systematic and iterative process of revisiting and interpreting the material over time, with the aim of identifying and illustrating the challenges, dilemmas, and constraints involved in providing care in mentoring non-traditional students during the master’s thesis process.
References:
Bergmark, U., & Viklund, S. (2024). Leading with care: Four mentor metaphors in collaboration between teachers and researchers. Educational Action Research, 32(3), 475-492.
Chang, H. (2022). Individual and Collaborative Autoethnography for Social Science Research. In T. E. Adams, Handbook of autoethnography. Routledge.
Dominguez, N., & Kochan, F. (2020). Defining Mentoring: An Elusive Search for Meaning and a Path for the Future. In B. Irby, The Wiley Handbook of Mentoring. Wiley & Sons.
Eby, L., Allen, T., & Evans, S. (2013). An interdisciplinary meta-analysis of the potential antecedents, correlates, and consequences of protégé perceptions of mentoring. Psychological Bulletin, 139(2), 441-476.
Eller, L., Lev, E., & Feurer, A. (2014). Key components of an effective mentoring relationship: A qualitative study. Nurse Education Today, 34(5), 815–820.
Maxwell, B., & Hotham, E. (2024). Effective mentor training, education and development: A qualitative multilevel meta-synthesis. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 13(4), 422–440.
McAlpine, L. (2013). Supervision – the most variable of variables. Studies in Continuing Education, 35(3), 265–280.
Parker, P., & Kram, K. (2018). Peer Coaching at Work: Principles and Practices. Stanford University Press.
Wieser, C., & Skøtt Nielsen, N. (2026). Omsorgsetiske strategier for mentoring af ikke-traditionelle studerende. Dansk Universitetspædagogisk Tidsskrift.
Researcher Counter-transference in a Psychoanalytically Oriented Clinical Approach in Education: Working with the Link between the Researcher and the Research Topic
In this paper, focused on a methodological issue, we will present how some French researchers engaged in an approach linking education and psychoanalysis suggest using their counter-transferential elaborations as a tool for research. The researcher's counter-transference refers to the feelings experienced in response to the research material.
We will present the concept of counter-transference and its origins. In the field of psychoanalysis, the “counter-transference refers to the analyst’s unconscious reactions to the transference of the patient, including the feelings projected onto the analyst by the patient” (Geissmann, 2005, 349). Sigmund Freud (1910) introduced this concept, and its definition has not changed much ever since. There have been significant developments in the use of counter-transference by analysts. While Freud considered that analysts should be cautious about counter-transference, it was not until Paula Heimann (1950) and the British school of psychoanalysis that the use and handling of counter-transference came to be seen as a tool for therapy.
Following Chaussecourte’s work (2017), we will next describe how this concept has been applied from psychoanalysis to the human and social sciences, under the influence of Devereux (1967). In educational sciences in France, the use of researcher counter-transference and its visibility became standard practice in the 2000s (Blanchard-Laville et al., 2005). The idea is to report to the reader a part of “counter-transferential researcher elaborations” (Blanchard-Laville, 2009 b, p. 158) in order to “try to share how [we] discovered what [we] found” (idem, p. 161).
Finally, we will present an example of how this concept was used to analyse a clinical research interview conducted during a PhD research (Villemont, 2025). This research focuses on nursing students' training in France. The interview is conducted with a young nurse who graduated a year ago. She explains how difficult her first year on the job was and how it made her ill. She concludes by expressing her hope that her story will become public in order to highlight the difficult situation of nurses in France. The researcher hypothesizes that the nurse became militant because the interview reawakened in her a feeling of revolt that she had felt at the beginning of her research and that reminded her of her own experiences as a student. She wonders about the effects that this militant sentiment may have on her research. We will show how this hypothesis is constructed by the researcher by using her counter-transference elaborations.
References:
Blanchard-Laville, C. (2009). Du côté des recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique en sciences de l’éducation. Dans Vergnioux, A. (Dir.) Quarante ans des sciences de l’éducation (p. 153-162). Presses universitaires de Caen.
Blanchard-Laville, C. & Chaussecourte, P. (2012). A Psychoanalytically Orientated Clinical Approach in Education Science. In Bainbridge, A. & West, L. (Eds). Minding a Gap (p. 61-63). Karnac.
Devereux, G. (1967). From Anxiety to Method in the Behavioral Sciences. Mouton.
Chaussecourte, P. (2017). Autour de la question du « contre transfert du chercheur » dans les recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique en sciences de l’éducation. Cliopsy, 17, 107-127.
Freud, S. (1910). The Future Prospects of Psycho-Analytic Therapy. in S. Freud. (1957). Standard Edition, t. XI (p. 141-151). The Hogarth Press.
Geissman, C. (2005). Counter-transference. In A. de Mijolla (Ed). International Dictionnary of Psychoanalysis (p. 349-351). Macmillan.
Heimann, P. (1950). On Counter-transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 31, 81-84.
Jullien-Villemont, S. (2025). La formation des étudiant·es en soins infirmiers : une adolescence professionnelle ? Approche clinique d’orientation psychanalytique [thèse de doctorat inédite]. Université Paris Cité.
Embodied Emotions and Authority in Classroom Ethnography: Reflexive Approaches to Power
This paper explores how embodied and emotional experiences shape the study of educational inequalities in classrooms, focusing on authority, relationality, and reflexive engagement. While ethnographic research increasingly emphasizes reflexivity, the subtle ways in which researchers’ own feelings and bodily experiences influence observation and interpretation remain underexamined (Hordge-Freemann, 2018; Alfandari & Weitkämper, 2026). Neglecting these embodied experiences risks overlooking how power, authority, and relational dynamics are felt and enacted in the classroom.
Drawing on ethnographic fieldwork in socially diverse urban schools (Weitkämper, 2019), the paper attends to moments of unease and uncertainty that emerged particularly in early encounters with the field. These affective responses often accompanied situations in which roles, expectations, and authority relations were unclear or contested. Rather than treating such moments as methodological disturbances, they are approached as analytically meaningful for understanding relational and structural dynamics in classrooms.
Individual reflection often proved insufficient to account for the ambiguity and relational complexity of these encounters, motivating the use of a dialogical, embodied approach. Methodologically, the paper uses the concept of the bodily dialogue (Alfandari & Weitkämper, 2026), situated at the intersection of autoethnography and arts-based research (hooks, 1994; Boal, 2002). Through dialogical re-narration of field experiences, the bodily dialogue allows emotional responses to become visible and discussable, without reducing them to purely individual or subjective phenomena. Emotional reactions are understood as relationally produced within concrete research encounters and institutional settings. In this sense, the approach resonates with psychoanalytic perspectives that conceptualise affect as intersubjective and informative of power relations. It invites reflection on how discomfort, surprise, and relational tension can function as analytic data, aligning with relational and interpersonal psychoanalytic approaches to affect and countertransference (Devereux, 1967).
By moving beyond individual reflexivity toward shared, intersubjective reflection, the bodily dialogue opens a space for collective sense-making. It highlights how researchers’ biographies, institutional positions, and vulnerabilities shape both access to the field and analytic interpretations. While the insights remain provisional, they suggest that the bodily dialogue may offer a modest, ethically attentive tool for exploring how authority, relationality, and inequality are experienced and negotiated in educational contexts.
References:
Boal, A. (2002). Games for actors and non-actors. Routledge.
Devereux, D. (1967). From anxiety to method in the behavioral sciences. Mouton.
Fitzpatrick, K. (2022). Critical ethnography and education: Theory, methodology, and ethics. Routledge.
Hordge-Freemann, E. (2018). “Bringing your whole self to research”: The power of the researcher’s body, emotions, and identities in ethnography. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 17(1), 1–9.
Hooks, D. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. Routledge.
Alfandari, N. & Weitkämper, F. (2026, forthcoming). The Body of the Researcher: Producing Emotional Knowledge through Situated Bodily Dialogue. In: Weitkämper, F., Alfandari, N., Chamakalayil, L., & Frank, M. (eds)(2025) Ethnography and Emotions, Special Issue in Ethnography and Education.
Weitkämper, F. (2019). Lehrkräfte und soziale Ungleichheit: Eine ethnographische Studie zum un/doing authority in Grundschulen. Springer.
Using Objects and Cartographies to Explore the Self in Research
This contribution will explore the possibility to use objects as methodology (Rose, 2016), as a medium to reflect on the self in the research process, both from the perspective of participants and of the researcher. Objects will be considered as active agents in the act of researching, as ‘thing-power’, following the work of feminist new materialism (Bennet, 2010; Cole & Frost, 2010) and of agentic realism (Barad, 2007). The role of objects in research will also be explored from a psychoanalytical perspective thinking with the work of Christopher Bollas (2018) and of Winniccott (1969), as a playful metaphor for the interaction and intra-action between researcher, participants and the act of researching, considered as a rhizomatic and entangled becoming. In this exploration, there will be a questioning of the role of the ‘I’, the researcher in the encounter with alternative ontological and epistemological paradigms to mainstream qualitative approaches in Education and in Mental Health Studies, shifting the conception of knowledge, the knower, the known and above all the act of knowing in the research process (Barad, 2007). Drawing from Posthumanism (Braidotti, 2011, 2013), this contribution will also discuss the function of cartographies to explore the drawing, rather than the writing, of the self in the research process, as a non-linear exploration where boundaries between researcher-researched-researching will be questioned, as well as the notion of human identity and subjectivity, and challenging binary positions of opposed dualities to generate knowledge differently, crossing borders, disciplines and practices.
Examples will be discussed from a couple of research projects in the field of Education and Mental Health Studies where both objects and cartographies have been used as methodologies to challenge the notion of self in research. Through the use of mundane objects the notion of data is also destabilized, not considered as something out there waiting to be collected, but as lived, embodied and vibrant intra-actions (Barad, 2007) between researcher, researched and researching. The researcher’s own personal cartography will also be considered as data, entangled with those of the participants in a collaboratively act through which research is embraced as embodied and as an assemblage of collective voices, deconstructing the dichotomy between researcher and researched and between theory and practice.
References:
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Bennett, J. (2010). Vibrant Matter, A Political Ecology of Things. Duke University Press.
Bollas, C. (2018). The Shadow of the Object. Psychoanalysis of the Unthought Known. Routledge.
Braidotti, R., (2011.a). Nomadic Subjects. Embodiment and Sexual Difference in Contemporary Feminist Theory. 2nd ed. Columbia University Press.
Braidotti, R., (2011.b). Nomadic Theory. The Portable Rosi Braidotti. Columbia University Press.
Braidotti, R. (2013). The Posthuman. Polity Press.
Coole, D., & Frost, S. (Eds.). (2010). New Materialisms: Ontology, Agency, Politics. Duke University Press.
Ellis, C. & Bochner, A. (2016). Evocative Autoethnography: Writing Lives and Telling Stories. Routledge.
Kirkpatrick, D., Porter, S., Speedy, J., & Wyatt, J. (2021). Artful Collaborative Inquiry. Making and Writing Creative, Qualitative Research. Routledge.
Puntil, D. (2019). ‘Becoming a language professional in higher education: A psychosocial case study. In Gallardo, M. (ed.), Negotiating identity in modern foreign language teaching, Palgrave Macmillan, 91–116.
Rose, G. (2016). Visual methodologies. An introduction to researching with visual materials. Sage Publications.
Winnicott, D. W. (1969). The use of an object and relating through identifications. In: Playing and reality. Tavistock, 1971, pp. 86-94.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 08 A: Digital Learning Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Alan Huang Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Untold Side of Digital Learning: Behind-the-Scenes Activity in Hybrid Education kibbutzim college of education, Technology and the Arts, Israel Presenting Author:In recent years, higher education institutions have increasingly adopted hybrid learning models that combine in-person and distance instruction (Author2 et al., 2024). This shift has required adaptation to new technological, pedagogical, and social learning environments. While distance learning provides flexibility, autonomy, and time efficiency, it also presents challenges such as screen fatigue, technical barriers, isolation, and lower engagement (Salta et al., 2022). Recent research, enhanced by AI-based tools, explores learning processes, collaboration, and innovative teaching (Castellanos-Reyes et al., 2025). Many studies underscore that effective distance learning requires self-regulated learning, innovative pedagogy, and strong academic self-efficacy (Yoo & Jung, 2022). However, little attention has been given to what occurs behind the scenes of distance learning, teaching, and assessment. Distance Learning and Teaching in Higher Education The pandemic forced higher education systems worldwide into fully remote learning. Research on this transition revealed student dissatisfaction with fully remote learning, citing stress, isolation, and prolonged screen time (Shraga-Roitman et al., 2022). First-year students found distance learning less effective than advanced students (Stevanovic et al., 2021). Gender differences were also reported: female students demonstrated greater adaptability, self-regulation, and more positive attitudes than males (Aristovnik et al., 2020; Author2 et al., 2024). Students with specific learning disorders (SLD) or ADHD expressed lower satisfaction and engagement (Sarid & Lipka, 2024). Concerns about the quality and sustainability of distance learning persist, particularly regarding assessment practices (Toumpalidou & Konstatoolaki, 2023). To address these concerns, researchers stress the need for investment in developing students’ digital skills and self-efficacy (Author2 et al., 2024). Academic Self-Efficacy (ASE) and Distance Learning Efficacy Academic self-efficacy (ASE) refers to an individual’s belief in their ability to meet academic challenges (Bandura, 2018). High ASE correlates with academic achievement, adaptation, satisfaction, and engagement in distance learning (Sarid & Lipka, 2024). Building ASE requires persistence and resilience. Students with SLD or ADHD consistently report lower ASE than peers without disabilities, both before and after the transition to distance learning (Mana et al., 2022). In online environments, distance learning self-efficacy is an important subdomain of ASE. It predicts students’ conceptions of learning, social presence, and epistemological beliefs (Yavuzalp & Bancivan, 2021). Engaging students in active, problem-oriented learning, such as formulating questions or designing solutions, enhances both efficacy and wellbeing (Vilhunen et al., 2025). The current study was conducted at a college of education. The study aimed to explore students’ perceptions of distance learning, particularly their views of the “behind-the-scenes” activities: actions occurring during online lessons but not directly related to instruction (e.g., chatting, multitasking, browsing). This research offers a perspective contrasting students’ experiences and examining both explicit (pedagogical) and implicit (behavioral, social) aspects of online education. Understanding these dynamics can guide institutions seeking to enhance hybrid learning and decision-making processes. Based on existing literature, four directional hypotheses were proposed: H1. Advanced-year students will show stronger preference and higher self-efficacy for distance learning than first-year students (Stevanovic et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study included a convenience sample of 242 students enrolled in bachelor’s and master’s degree programs at a teacher education college. The participant pool exhibited heterogeneity across several key demographics and learning profiles. A large majority of participants were female (86% in the bachelor’s program and 78% in the master’s program). The average age differed substantially between the groups, with bachelor’s students having a mean age of 27 years (SD = 7.23) and master’s students having a mean age of 42 years (SD = 9.92). Regarding learning profiles, 49% of bachelor’s students and 24% of master’s students reported having a diagnosed Specific Learning Disorder (SLD) or ADHD. The study employed a multi-instrument approach comprising two main questionnaires: 1. Distance Learning Perception and Preference Questionnaire (DLPQ): This instrument was developed specifically for this research to assess several core constructs related to online learning. Key scales included: o Distance Learning Preference: Measuring students' overall preference for online instruction versus face-to-face instruction. o Perceived Proportion of Online Instruction: Assessing the proportion of online instruction students preferred to have in their programs. o Distance Learning Self-Efficacy: Measuring students’ confidence in successfully completing online learning tasks. o Behind-the-Scenes Activities (BTS): Scales measuring the perceived scope (frequency) of off-task behaviors during online lessons (e.g., private messaging, social media use, browsing) and the perceived negative influence of these activities on their academic performance. o Lecturer Support: Assessing students' perceptions of the level of instructional and interpersonal support received from their lecturers during online modules. 2. Academic Self-Efficacy Scale (ASES): The established scale developed by Zimmerman, Bandura, & Martinez-Pons (1992) was utilized to measure general Academic Self-Efficacy (ASE), assessing students' belief in their ability to meet broad academic challenges. Data was collected using an online format (questionnaires) distributed to students by the college’s Research Authority. Prior to participation, students received detailed information about the study’s purpose, assurance of full anonymity and confidentiality, and provided voluntary consent in accordance with institutional ethical guidelines. Data analysis involved descriptive Statistics to report general preferences and frequencies; Inferential Statistics to examine subgroup differences across demographic variables (sex, year of study, SLD/ADHD presence) concerning ASE, distance learning efficacy, and preference; and Hierarchical Multiple Regression Analysis was used to identifying the predictors of students' preference for distance learning, controlling for demographic variables. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides crucial empirical evidence regarding students’ perceptions of distance learning, moving beyond traditional metrics to explore the nuanced behavioral and psychological realities of the hybrid classroom. Students generally expressed a favorable and pragmatic view of distance learning, valuing its flexibility and autonomy. They reported a moderate level of behind-the-scenes activity (multitasking, browsing) but perceived its overall impact on their academic success as minimal, suggesting a potential normalization of these behaviors in modern digital learning or possibly an overconfidence in their ability to multitask. The most significant conclusion is the established role of distance learning efficacy as the primary determinant of preference for online instruction. The finding that this specific efficacy belief overshadowed general Academic Self-Efficacy and demographic variables highlights the need to focus interventions specifically on building students' confidence in navigating the practical and technological demands of remote learning. Subgroup differences emphasize the need for differentiated strategies. The higher preference and efficacy found among female and advanced students suggest that institutions should provide targeted support for first-year students and male students to enhance their adaptation. Furthermore, while students with SLD/ADHD reported lower general ASE, the fact that their preference for distance learning did not differ significantly from their peers suggests that the online format may offer compensatory benefits (e.g., self-paced engagement, reduced social pressure) that should be strategically utilized in inclusive course design. Ultimately, the study confirms that the success of hybrid education depends not solely on technological readiness but critically on relational and psychological factors. Fostering Academic Self-Efficacy, enhancing perceived lecturer support, and designing interactive environments are essential strategies to mitigate disengagement and ensure the psychological sustainability of hybrid learning models in contemporary higher education. References Author et al., 2024 Aristovnik, A., Keržiˇc, D., Ravšelj. D., Tomaževiˇc, N., & Umek, L. (2020). Impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on life of higher education students: A global perspective. Sustainability, 12, Issue 20. Bandura, A. (2018). Toward a psychology of human agency: Pathways and reflections. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 13(2), 130–136. Castellanos-Reyes, D., Olesova, L., & Sadaf, A. (2025). Transforming online learning research: Leveraging GPT large language models for automated content analysis of cognitive presence. The Internet and Higher Education. Advance online publication. Mana, A., Saka, N., Dahan, O., Ben-Shimon, A., & Margalit, M. (2022). Implicit theories, social support, and hope as serial mediators for predicting academic self-efficacy among higher education students. Learning Disability Quarterly, 45(2), 85–95. Salta, K., Paschalidou, K., Tsetseri, M., & Koulougliotis, D. (2022). Shift from a traditional to a distance learning environment during the COVID 19 Pandemic. Science & Education, 31, 93–122. Sarid, M., & Lipka, O. (2024). The relationship between academic self-efficacy and class engagement of self-reported LD and ADHD in Israeli undergraduate students during COVID-19. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 1-22. Shraga-Roitman, Y., Hellwing, A., Almog, N., & Goffer, A. (2022). The adjustment to emergency remote teaching during the COVID-19 global crisis among diverse students in higher education. Intercultural Education. Stevanovic, A., Božic, R., & Radovic, S. (2021). Higher education students' experiences and opinion about distance learning during the Covid-19 pandemic. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 37, 1682–1693. Toumpalidou, S.A., & Konstantoulaki, K. (2023). Education in the pandemic economy: attitudes towards distance learning as a drive of university students’ decision making. International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 31(1), 50-62. Vilhunen, E., Vesterinen, V.-M., Äijälä, M., Salovaara, J. J., Siponen, J. O., Lavonen, J., Salmela-Aro, K., & Riuttanen, L. (2025). Promoting university students’ situational engagement in online learning for climate education. The Internet and Higher Education, 65. Yavuzalp, N., & Bahcivan, E. (2021). Examining the relationships among self-efficacy, social presence and learning beliefs. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 16(2), 98-117. Yoo, L., & Jung, D. (2022). Teaching presence, self-regulated learning and learning satisfaction on distance learning for students in a nursing education program. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19, 4160. Zimmerman, B. J., Bandura, A., & Martinez-Pons, M. (1992). Self-motivation for academic attainment: The role of self-efficacy beliefs and personal goal setting. American Educational Research Journal, 29, 663–676. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Learning-Supportive Model: A Digital and Experiential Pedagogical Model in Higher Education Ludovika University of Public Service, Hungary/Learning Institute, Hungary Presenting Author:Research Topic This research applies the Flow-based Pedagogical Model (FPM) (Dominek, 2022), integrating experiential, game-based, and collaborative teaching methods with a strong emphasis on group synchronicity, learner engagement, and sustained motivation. The FPM is a learning-supportive model based on flow theory, structuring learning situations through clear goals, optimal challenge, and continuous feedback to enhance students’ engagement and intrinsic motivation. This focused experiential state improves attention, perseverance, and deeper understanding, resulting in more effective learning. The research examines how flow-oriented pedagogy, supported by digital tools, enhances students’ professional and digital communication skills, creativity, and learning effectiveness in higher education. It addresses current challenges, including declining student engagement, limited creative problem-solving capacity, and increasing labor market demands. Objective & Research Questions The primary objective of this research is to examine the pedagogical effectiveness of the FPM in the Communication Basics course. The research is guided by the following research questions: (1) How does the application of the FPM influence students’ professional and digital communication skills through real-time simulations, collaborative tasks, and experiential activities? (2) How does the FPM support students’ creativity, motivation, and active participation through flow-based elements such as optimal challenge, focused attention, immediate feedback, and learner autonomy? (3) How does the use of digital tools within the FPM enhance experiential and constructivist learning in digital, blended or interactive learning environments? (4) How can classroom-based research applying the FPM contribute to methodological innovation and educational policy development in higher education? Based on these questions, we hypothesize that the FPM facilitates a flow state characterized by deeply immersion and focused engagement, which shows a strong statistically significant relationship (P<0.001), enabling students to temporarily ignore external distractions and fully engage in collaborative, experiential, and digitally supported learning activities. This state is expected to enhance communication skills, creativity, motivation, and active participation, improving overall learning outcomes and confirming the pedagogical effectiveness of the FPM. Theoretical Framework The theoretical framework integrates constructivist pedagogy (Eppler, 2006), experiential learning (Megat et al., 2020), and flow theory (Csíkszentmihályi, 1990), forming the conceptual foundation of the FPM. Constructivist pedagogy conceptualizes learners as active participants who construct knowledge through interaction, collaboration, and reflection. Within this framework, students are not passive recipients but actively shape learning, engaging with peers, digital resources, and authentic problem-solving contexts (Nahalka, 1997). Experiential learning theory focuses on learning through experience, reflection, and application (Ertmer & Ottenbreit-Leftwih, 2010). The FPM operationalizes experiential learning through real-time communication simulations, collaborative group work, and creative problem-solving tasks, supporting deeper cognitive processing and the development of transferable competencies. Flow theory describes optimal learning experiences with deep concentration, motivation, and enjoyment (Csíkszentmihályi, 1990). The FPM integrates flow-based elements—clear goals, balanced challenge–skill relations, immediate feedback, and learner autonomy—to sustain engagement and performance. The flow approach also mitigates blockages encountered with complex or unfamiliar tasks, promoting flexible thinking, ownership of ideas, and collaborative inspiration (Dominek & Barnucz, 2022). The FPM addresses a systemic educational challenge: traditional education often prioritizes content transmission over creativity development. Embedding creativity, problem-solving, and innovation in digitally supported lessons contributes to adaptive and engaging learning environments (Dominek et al., 2025). Finally, the research aligns with the University’s Institutional Development Plan (2020–2025), emphasizing experiential pedagogy, digital skills, and modernization. Classroom-based research demonstrates that flow-based experiential pedagogy provides a sustainable framework for improving teaching quality, student satisfaction, and long-term learning outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research applies research-based best practices to enhance students’ learning experience, creativity, and competence development. The methodological framework integrates constructivist and experiential pedagogy with flow theory to sustain engagement, motivation, and creative performance. The FPM assumes meaningful learning arises when educational content triggers novelty, optimal challenge, and positive emotional involvement, fostering psychological safety and intrinsic motivation. The model enables educators to design playful, experience-based learning environments supporting the development of transversal competencies such as critical thinking, problem-solving, collaboration, and professional communication. This approach aligns with Csíkszentmihályi’s conceptualization of flow as an optimal experiential state characterized by deep immersion and reduced anxiety. Classroom-based research from was conducted in different higher education institutions within the Communication Basics curriculum over three semesters (autumn 2023/2024: traditional, spring 2023/2024: digital, autumn 2024/2025: blended). Participants included first- and second-year full-time university students from diverse disciplines (N=155): 50 students in Institution1 (traditional methodology without FPM) and 55 students in Institution 2 (digital FPM-based methodology). Study and control groups were formed to allow comparative analysis across traditional, digital, and blended teaching methodologies, both with and without the FPM. The primary research instrument was the Dominek Learning Flow Questionnaire (DLFQ), a validated 20-item self-report instrument measuring students’ perceived learning flow across challenge–skill balance, immersion, competence, and action–awareness, using a five-point Likert scale. The DLFQ was administered at the end of selected lessons to assess students’ engagement and flow experience. Data collection relied on anonymized questionnaires, with quantitative analysis conducted using manual and computer-assisted statistical procedures, including correlation analyses, cross-institutional experiments, one-way ANOVA, Turkey HSD post-hoc test, Welch’s two-sample t-test conducted with SPSS software. This mixed-method classroom research design validated the FPM-based best practices. The intervention employed blended and digital learning environments supported by ICT tools such as Canva, Genially, Padlet, smartphones, YouTube, QR code generators, and Google Maps. Students worked in small groups on simulation-based tasks enabling experiential knowledge reconstruction and collaborative problem-solving. The methodological design demonstrates how digitally supported, flow-based pedagogy systematically enhances engagement, creativity, and communication competence in higher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research examined the effectiveness of the FPM through cross- and within-institution classroom experiments using traditional, digital, and blended teaching methodologies. Results demonstrate that FPM significantly enhances student engagement and sustains a flow state, regardless of instructional format or disruptions, with strong statistical significance (p<0.001) compared to non-FPM instruction, addressing the research questions and confirming the hypothesis of flow immersion and focused engagement. Cross-institutional experiments revealed substantial differences between lessons with and without FPM. In Institution 1, using traditional instruction without FPM achieved a low flow score (50.93%), indicating limited engagement. Institution 2, using digital FPM-based practices, reached 81.59%, showing high immersion and challenge–skill balance. These differences were confirmed by one-way ANOVA and Tukey HSD post-hoc test, validating continuous engagement and improved learning effectiveness (Chinta et al., 2024). Within-institution longitudinal experiments further validated the model’s robustness. Across three consecutive semesters, FPM-based practices consistently produced high flow scores (86–100%) under all teaching conditions. Lessons with deliberate “glitch or twist” situations did not undermine learning outcomes. Correlation analyses and Welch’s two-sample t-tests showed these authentic disruptions enhanced students’ creativity, adaptability, and collaborative problem-solving while maintaining immersion and challenge–skill balance (Csajka & Pozsegovics, 2019). Overall, flow scores exceeding 80% highlight the methodological strength of FPM, confirming sustained flow immersion and focused task engagement. The model offers a flexible pedagogical framework transforming uncertainty and human error into meaningful experiential learning opportunities, providing empirical support for the research questions and the hypothesis, and demonstrating its potential as a transferable, evidence-based approach for sustaining engagement, resilience, and deep learning in higher education. References Chinta, S. V., Wang, Z., Yin, Z., Hoang, N., Gonzalez, M., Quy, T. L., & Zhang, W. (2024). FairAIED: Navigating fairness, bias, and ethics in educational AI applications. Csajka, E., & Csimáné Pozsegovics, M. (2019). A szociális kompetenciák fejlesztési lehetőségei az élménypedagógia módszerével hátrányos helyzetű gyermekek körében. Képzés és Gyakorlat, 17(2), 67–78. Csikszentmihályi, M. (1990). Flow: The psychology of optimal experience. Harper & Row. Dominek, D. L. (2022). On a flow-based pedagogical model: The emergence of experience and creativity in education. Eruditio – Educatio, 17(3), 72-81. Dominek, D. L., & Barnucz, N. (2022). The educational methodology of flow at the University of Public Service. Practice and Theory in Systems of Education, 17(1), 1–7. Dominek, D. L., Barnucz, N., Vaughan, G., Szűts, Z., & Balázs, L. (2025). Emerging learning paradigms: the role of interactive technologies and flow-oriented pedagogy. Educational Media International, 62(4), 459–477. Ertmer, P. A., & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. T. (2010). Teacher technology change: How knowledge, confidence, beliefs and culture intersect. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42(3), 255–284. Eppler, M. J. (2006). A comparison between concept maps, mind maps, conceptual diagrams, and visual metaphors as complementary tools for knowledge construction and sharing. Information Visualization, 5(3), 202–210. Megat Mohd. Zainuddin, N., Mohd Azmi, N. F., Mohd Yusoff, R. C., Shariff, S. A., & Wan Hassan, W. A. (2020). Enhancing classroom engagement through Padlet as a learning tool: A case study. International Journal of Innovative Computing, 10(1). Nahalka, I. (1997). Konstruktív pedagógia - egy új paradigma a láthatáron (I.). Iskolakultúra, 7(2), 21–33. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Visualizing Metacognitive Knowledge of Information Media: Enhancing Report Writing Practices in Higher Education Kansai University, Japan Presenting Author:In higher education, report writing represents a core academic practice through which students are expected to develop epistemic judgment, critical engagement with sources, and structured academic argumentation. However, students’ report-writing practices are increasingly shaped by digitally mediated information environments in which web-based sources and generative AI tools are readily available. While these media offer immediacy and convenience, concerns have been raised in higher education research regarding students’ limited critical scrutiny of information and the potential weakening of academic writing practices. Although instructors often emphasize the educational purposes of report writing—such as fostering critical thinking and academic literacy—these intentions do not always resonate with students whose everyday information practices are embedded in media-saturated contexts. This study addresses this pedagogical challenge by focusing on students’ metacognitive knowledge of information media in higher education. Rather than framing students’ media use as a problem to be corrected, the study conceptualizes learners’ perceptions of different information media as meaningful resources for reflection and academic development. It proposes a course-based instructional intervention that visualizes learners’ metacognitive knowledge of information gathering, making their perceptions of media characteristics and selection tendencies explicit. By engaging students in structured reflection on their own information practices, the study aims to support the development of more intentional and reflective academic writing in higher education. The primary objective of this study is to examine whether integrating the visualization of learners’ metacognitive knowledge into report-writing instruction enhances students’ awareness of information media and contributes to improvements in the quality of academic writing. To achieve this objective, the study investigates how students in higher education perceive various information media—books, television, the web, social networking services, and generative AI—before and after a report-writing task, and how these perceptions relate to their academic writing practices. The study is guided by the following research questions:
Conceptually, the study draws on three intersecting strands of research relevant to higher education. Second, the study is informed by information and media literacy research in higher education, which has traditionally emphasized normative criteria for evaluating information quality. However, such approaches often overlook how students subjectively conceptualize media characteristics and how these beliefs shape academic practices. By foregrounding learners’ comparative judgments of media, this study adopts a learner-centered perspective that treats these perceptions as objects of pedagogical reflection. Third, the study builds on research on educational visualization and learner-facing analytics, conceptualizing visualization as a pedagogical design that supports reflection and metacognitive awareness. By visualizing students’ information-gathering profiles, the intervention positions learners as active interpreters of their academic practices, linking media awareness, metacognitive development, and academic writing in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a survey-based, course-embedded design conducted in two higher education contexts at National University N. Participants and Contexts. Study 1 involved 20 students enrolled in a course on information media utilization for library faculty training (August 2024). Study 2 involved 64 students enrolled in courses on information education theory and lifelong learning and media (October 2025). In both studies, participation was voluntary, and only data from students who provided informed consent were included in the analysis. Data Collection. As a preliminary survey, students were asked to comparatively evaluate the characteristics of different information media relevant to academic work. In Study 1, the media included books, newspapers, television, the web (WWW), and social networking services (SNS). In Study 2, generative AI was included as an additional medium. Media were evaluated in terms of immediacy, accuracy, preference, and convenience. To analyze these evaluations, the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) was employed. Under the overarching objective of “obtaining information useful for study or academic work,” students conducted pairwise comparisons of media based on criteria such as searchability, immediacy, convenience, and preference. Priority weights for criteria and media alternatives were calculated using the eigenvalue method, and the results were visualized using spreadsheet-based AHP tools. In addition, students reported their frequency of media use for each medium using a six-point scale ranging from daily use to non-use. This enabled examination of the relationship between perceived media characteristics and actual information practices in higher education contexts. Instructional Intervention. Following data collection, time was allocated within the courses to provide students with visualized feedback representing their individual and aggregated information-gathering profiles. These visualizations were used as prompts for guided reflection, encouraging learners to reconsider their habitual media selection in relation to the epistemic demands of academic writing. Analysis of Academic Writing. Finally, the study examined relationships between changes in learners’ metacognitive knowledge and the quality of report assignments. Students’ reports were analyzed qualitatively to identify how different information media—particularly generative AI—were positioned and justified within their academic writing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to show that visualizing learners’ metacognitive knowledge of information media supports more differentiated and reflective academic practices in higher education. Across both studies, students tended to recognize books and newspapers as reliable academic sources, while evaluating web-based media and social networking services as advantageous in terms of timeliness. These patterns suggest that students possess nuanced, though often implicit, understandings of media characteristics relevant to academic work. With respect to generative AI, preliminary analyses indicate that media exposure plays a significant role in shaping evaluations. Students with higher exposure to generative AI tended to evaluate it more positively in terms of convenience and searchability, while students with lower exposure expressed more cautious and distanced perspectives. These differences were also reflected in academic writing. Students with lower AI exposure tended to position generative AI cautiously, emphasizing verification and reliability concerns, whereas students with higher exposure more frequently described AI as a tool for supporting academic processes such as idea generation or organizing thoughts prior to writing. Importantly, even among high-exposure students, positive evaluations coexisted with explicit awareness of risks related to over-reliance. Taken together, these findings suggest that pedagogical approaches focusing on metacognitive reflection rather than regulation of tool use can support more intentional engagement with information media in higher education. By making students’ information practices visible and open to reflection, the study highlights report writing as a site for developing academic judgment in digitally mediated environments. This study contributes to Research in Higher Education by demonstrating how learner-facing visualization of metacognitive knowledge can function as a pedagogical design to support reflective academic writing practices, offering empirical insight into how higher education teaching can respond to digital and AI-related transformations of academic work. References Carless, D., & Boud, D. (2018). The development of student feedback literacy: Enabling uptake of feedback. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 43(8), 1315–1325. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1463354 Gotoh,Y. Oyanagi,W. & Terashima,K.(2024). Case Study on Media Cognition and Self-Reflection on Media Exposure Levels. JSET2024-4-B1, 77-84. https://doi.org/10.15077/jsetstudy.2024.4_77 Gotoh,Y. Oyanagi,W. & Terashima,K.(2025). Stability of Media Perception. JSET2025-2-E6, 372-377. https://doi.org/10.15077/jsetstudy.2025.2_372 Gruenhagen, J. H., Sinclair, P. M., Carroll, J., Baker, P. R. A., Wilson, A., & Demant, D. (2024). The rapid rise of generative AI and its implications for academic integrity: Students’ perceptions and use of chatbots for assistance with assessments. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 6, 100273. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100273 Kahne, J., & Bowyer, B. (2017). Educating for democracy in a partisan age: Confronting the challenges of motivated reasoning and misinformation. American Educational Research Journal, 54(1), 3–34. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831216679817 Mennella, T., & Quadros-Mennella, P. (2024). Student use, performance and perceptions of ChatGPT on college writing assignments. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice, 21(1). https://doi.org/10.53761/pgwk1a93 Metzger, M. J., & Flanagin, A. J. (2013).Credibility and trust of information in online environments: The use of cognitive heuristics. Journal of Pragmatics, 59, 210–220. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2013.07.012 Su, Y., Lin, Y., & Lai, C. (2023). Collaborating with ChatGPT in argumentative writing classrooms. Assessing Writing, 57, 100752. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asw.2023.100752 Tarchi, C., Zappoli, A., Casado Ledesma, L., & Wennås Brante, E. (2025). The use of ChatGPT in source-based writing tasks. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 35, 858–878. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40593-024-00413-1 van Niekerk, J., Delport, P. M. J., & Sutherland, I. (2025). Addressing the use of generative AI in academic writing. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 100342. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100342 Verbert, K., Duval, E., Klerkx, J., Govaerts, S., & Santos, J. L. (2013). Learning analytics dashboard applications. American Behavioral Scientist, 57(10), 1500–1509. https://doi.org/10.1177/0002764213479363 Wang, C., Aguilar, S. J., Bankard, J. S., Bui, E., & Nye, B. (2024). Writing with AI: What college students learned from utilizing ChatGPT for a writing assignment. Education Sciences, 14(9), 976. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14090976 Wineburg, S., & McGrew, S. (2017).Lateral reading: Reading less and learning more when evaluating digital information. Teachers College Record, 119 (13), 1–40. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 08 B: Student Wellbeing, Work and Belonging Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Virve Pekkarinen Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Gender-Based Violence (GBV), Diversity and Precarity in Doctoral Education in Sweden 1: Swedish Secretariat for Gender Research, Gothenburg University, Sweden; 2: University of Borås, Sweden Presenting Author:GBV in academia is a problem with far-reaching consequences for individuals, organizations, and society. Despite decades of policy development and preventive measures, European research shows that victimization persists (Humbert et al., 2022; Rudolfsson et al., 2022). While research of sexual harassment in academia is well established internationally (see, for example, Pilinkaite Sotirovic et al., 2024; Lipinsky et al., 2022; Fedina et al., 2018), an international research overview shows that doctoral students are very rarely extracted as a separate sample in studies on sexual harassment in academia (Bondestam & Lundqvist, 2020). Previous studies indicate that female doctoral students are at a significantly higher risk of sexual harassment than their male counterparts (Teng, 2025; Rudolfsson et al., 2022). A Danish study reports that 14% of female doctoral students experienced unwanted sexual physical contact and 22% unwanted sexual comments (Lesner et al., 2024). There is thus a gap in research on GBV in doctoral education. Doctoral students have a special position at higher education institutions (HEIs), and their conditions vary internationally. The demographic composition, working conditions, and position of doctoral students in Swedish HEIs are also heterogeneous. Doctoral education varies between HEIs and within different subject disciplines. However, doctoral students often share a precarious and highly dependent position, particularly on supervisors and senior researchers, for their continued academic careers. Similar structural conditions constitute the immediate context for doctoral students in European HEIs. Quantitatively studying and measuring GBV in academia is associated with methodological challenges (Schredl et al., 2025; Bondestam & Lundqvist, 2020), such as defining and delimiting what the concept GBV should encompass, response bias linked to this, and, how measurement can include contextual factors. There is a risk that large-scale quantitative studies may exclude structural conditions and reinforce individualized perceptions of GBV (Schredl et al., 2025). This study lies at the intersection of empirical questions about the prevalence of GBV in Swedish doctoral education, methodological questions about what can be learned about GBV in this context, and issues concerning the potential for knowledge-based change in HEI policy and practice. Alongside examining prevalence, we examine the epistemological challenges of measuring GBV in academia and how these relate to research ethics and opportunities for change. The study draws on existing survey data from a large-scale study of GBV in Swedish academia (Rudolfsson et al., 2022), from which doctoral student responses have been extracted to address two overarching, parallel, and interrelated research questions: (1) What is the prevalence of GBV in doctoral education in Sweden? (2) How does the survey data (questions, our own analyses, and reporting of results) shape perceptions and knowledge about Swedish doctoral education and GBV? The aim is both to examine what the existing survey data reveal about the prevalence of GBV among doctoral students in Sweden, including patterns related to socio-demographic markers, and to use our statistical analyses and presentation of results to problematise the presence and absence of contextual factors. We discuss the implications of this in terms of the risk of reproducing both individualised and incident-focused understandings of GBV, and limiting understandings of the structural and relational nature of doctoral education. The project adopts a broad definition of GBV as a system of violence (Strid et al., 2021), conceptualizing GBV in academia as an organizational and relational phenomenon shaped by academic structures, power relations, and cultural norms (Hearn et al., 2025; Hershcovis et al., 2021; Phipps, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A cross-sectional, large-scale quantitative survey design was used. This in-depth study of doctoral students in Sweden is based on previously collected and anonymized survey data from an earlier project, in which data collection was carried out by Statistics Sweden (SCB) via a web-based survey of a stratified sample of employees and students at Swedish higher education institutions (n: 100,000) (Rudolfsson et al., 2022). This sub-study is limited to only addressing the responses of the doctoral student population (n: 5173) in the previous study. In total, the sample comprised 15,560 doctoral students and the response rate for doctoral students was 37.7%, which provides a basis with good statistical strength at an aggregate level. The survey data are analyzed in SPSS to explore differences within the doctoral student group. The size of the sample allows for analyses with high statistical precision, but margins of error and confidence intervals have been calculated separately for each analysis, based on the actual response rate and current group size. The analysis includes descriptive statistics as well as multivariate regression models to assess relationships between variables. In addition to quantitative analyses, the study includes a reflexive analysis of methodological and epistemological constraints, examining how reductions in operationalization and survey design condition what can be analyzed, known, and presented. The analytical strategy explicitly incorporates a reflexive assessment of methodological limitations, treating reductions in operationalization and survey design not only as constraints but as analytical objects in their own right. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The need for increased knowledge about doctoral students is pressing. This research contributes to existing knowledge on the prevalence of GBV among doctoral students and differences within this group. The data allow for analyses of whether and how gender, age, background, and discipline covary with exposure to different forms of GBV. Preliminary analyses of victimisation confirm previous European studies showing higher prevalence of GBV among individuals belonging to ethnic minority groups in HEIs (Humbert et al., 2022). This pattern is also evident among doctoral students, with an increased risk of victimisation for both men and women compared to Swedish-born men and women. Notably, women with a foreign background face a particularly elevated risk, while men, regardless of background, show a lower risk of exposure to any form of victimisation. Overall, these findings extend and reinforce existing research on GBV across demographic groups in HEIs. While these results deepen our knowledge of doctoral students’ victimisation by GBV, they also raise methodological, empirical, and ethical challenges. In the survey, contextual factors are difficult to capture due to the incident-based operationalisation of GBV and limited spatial contextualisation. This highlights the need for further methodological work to better understand how disciplinary, organisational, and cultural contexts in doctoral education relate to GBV prevalence. Moreover, sub-samples too small for statistical analysis, such as non-binary and trans respondents, are excluded from knowledge production. Similar limitations apply to forms of GBV with low prevalence; in our material, different forms of rape or attempted rape exemplify this. While such violence is present and reported by respondents, their experiences risk becoming statistically invisible. Finally, the development of well-functioning and equitable doctoral education in European HEIs depends on adequate research that considers methodological aspects, diversity, and knowledge hierarchies within HEIs. References Bondestam, F. & Lundqvist, M. (2020). Sexual Harassment in Higher Education. A Systematic Review. European Journal of Higher Education, 10(4): 397-419. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2020.1729833 Fedina, L., Holmes, J.L. & Backes, B.L. (2018). Campus Sexual Assault: A Systematic Review of Prevalence Research From 2000 to 2015. Trauma Violence & Abuse, 19: 76–93. https://doi.org/10.1177/1524838016631129 Hearn, J., Strid, S., Humbert, A. L., Bondestam, F., & Husu, L. (2025). Gender-based violence in higher education and research performing organisations: three steps in critique and reconceptualisation. Journal of Gender-Based Violence, 9(4), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1332/23986808Y2025D000000093 Hershcovis, M. S., Vranjes, I., Berdahl, J. L., & Cortina, L. M. (2021). See No Evil, Hear No Evil, Speak No Evil: Theorizing Network Silence Around Sexual Harassment. Journal of Applied Psychology, 106(12), 1834–1847. https://doi.org/10.1037/apl0000861 Humbert, A. L., Ovesen, N., Simonsson, A., Strid, S., Hearn, J., Huck, A., Andreska, Z., Linková, M., Pilinkaitė Sotirovič, V., Blažytė, G., and Pereira, B. (2022). UniSAFE D6.1: Report on the multi-level analysis and integrated dataset. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7540229 Lesner, V.R., Frøslev-Thomsen, J., Christensen, H.M., Andersen, D., & Grønfeldt, T. S. (2024). Sexisme og karriereforløb på danske universiteter – Et kvantitativt og kvalitativt studie af ph.d.-studerendes sexismeoplevelser og fastholdelse i forskerkarrierer. Det Nationale Forsknings- og Analysecenter for Velfærd. Denmark. Lipinsky, A., Schredl, C., Baumann, H., Humbert, A. L., and Tanwar, J. (2022). Gender-based violence and its consequences in European Academia: Summary results from the UniSAFE survey [Report]. UniSAFE project no.101006261. Pilinkaite Sotirovic, V., Lipinsky, A., Struzińska, K., & Ranea-Triviño, B. (2024). You Can Knock on the Doors and Windows of the University, but Nobody Will Care: How Universities Benefit from Network Silence around Gender-Based Violence. Social Sciences (Basel), 13(4), 199. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci13040199 Phipps, A. (2020) ‘Reckoning up: Sexual harassment and violence in the neoliberal university’, Gender and Education, 32(2), 227–243. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2018.1482413 Rudolfsson, L., Dahlman-Wright, K., Löfgren, L., Toropova, A. & Björklund, C. (2022). Enkätstudie om genusbaserad utsatthet och sexuella trakasserier i svensk högskolesektor. Karolinska Institutet, Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan, Malmö Universitet, Göteborgs Universitet Schredl, C., Lipinsky, A., & Humbert, A. L. (2025). You can’t see what you don’t measure! A scoping review of measurements of gender-based violence, its determinants and consequences in academia. PloS One, 20(2), e0317872. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0317872 Teng, C., Yang, C., & Wu, G. (2025). Are female students less satisfied with doctoral candidacy experiences? Evidence from 108 countries. Humanities & Social Sciences Communications, 12(1), 610–613. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-025-04937-2 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper How Learning Processes and Environments Promote Mental Wellbeing in Higher Education: The Student Perspective Complutense University of Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:Compared with the mid-2000s, by the late 2010s a greater number of adolescents and young adults were experiencing higher levels of depression, suicidal ideation, and increased rates of suicide attempts and deaths by suicide. Given that this trend is weak or absent among individuals aged 26 years and older, these data suggest a generational shift in the incidence of mood disorders and suicide-related problems, rather than a generalised increase affecting all age groups equally (Twenge et al., 2019). The decline in mental wellbeing is of particular concern among higher education students. In 2018, one in three first-year undergraduate students met the diagnostic criteria for at least one common mental disorder according to the DSM-IV, based on surveys conducted across nineteen universities in eight countries (Australia, Belgium, Germany, Northern Ireland, South Africa, Mexico, the United States, and Spain) (Auerbach et al., 2018). Higher education represents a key agent in the promotion of wellbeing during emerging adulthood, as it provides unique access to this population and offers a privileged developmental context in which to address mental health promotion in a comprehensive manner (Conley et al., 2013). Furthermore, the transitional nature of higher education, and university education in particular, constitutes an opportunity for students to acquire strengths and skills that may support them in coping with new developmental challenges (Schulenberg et al., 2004). Especially following the publication of the Okanagan Charter (2015), an international charter on health-promoting universities and higher education institutions, universities and education professionals have shown increasing interest in offering learning experiences that foster and support student wellbeing (Stanton et al., 2016). This international charter emerged from the 2015 International Conference on Health Promoting Universities and Colleges, which involved health professionals, academic staff, administrative staff, health and education policy developers, and students from universities in 45 countries. Over the past five years in particular, the mental health of emerging adults has become, both in Europe and worldwide, a central concern for education professionals, a major focus of academic research, and a source of social and political debate. Although no single or rapid solution to this problem exists, initiatives aimed at improving wellbeing must seek pathways capable of generating a meaningful positive impact on young people’s lives. This study seeks to explore how university education can contribute to improving students’ mental health. Specifically, it is guided by the following research questions: (1) What are students’ experiences of wellbeing in university learning processes and learning environments? and (2) What are students’ perceptions of the development of wellbeing components within these learning processes and environments? The research focuses on the population group with the highest prevalence of mental health difficulties; namely emerging adults aged between 18 and 29 years, who are enrolled at the Complutense University of Madrid. Health is conceptualised in this study in accordance with the Complete State Model of Health (Keyes, 2005), which regards health as a dimension distinct from illness, with its own characteristics and developmental factors. From this perspective, all individuals, regardless of whether they experience a mental disorder, may benefit from the promotion of mental health. In addition, the study attends to the specific characteristics of this developmental stage by drawing on the synthesis of components for the promotion of wellbeing in emerging adulthood proposed by Martínez-García et al. (2024), which integrates the emotional, psychological, and social dimensions of wellbeing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative study was conducted using focus groups as the data collection technique and Reflexive Thematic Analysis, RTA, (Braun & Clarke, 2006) as the method for analysing qualitative data. The sample comprised n = 32 participants (21 women, 65.6%, and 11 men, 34.4%), undergraduate students in their second year or above at the Complutense University of Madrid, aged between 18 and 29 years. Four focus groups were formed, each consisting of students from the same broad field of study (sciences; engineering; natural and health sciences; social sciences; and arts and humanities). A criterion of heterogeneous homogeneity (or inclusive homogeneity) was applied, seeking to include students from as many different faculties as possible within each academic area. The focus groups were conducted using a semi-structured discussion guide developed for this study, which included questions about experiences in learning environments related to the components of wellbeing described in the theoretical framework for the promotion of wellbeing in emerging adulthood (Martínez-García et al., 2024). RTA was selected for data analysis due to its suitability for exploring subjective, culturally influenced, and context-dependent concepts such as wellbeing (Byrne, 2022; Trainor & Bundon, 2021). Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) is an interpretative method for analysing qualitative data that is characterised by the researcher’s active involvement in the identification and analysis of patterns or themes within the data. RTA is conceptualised as the intersection of: (1) the dataset; (2) the theoretical assumptions underpinning the analysis; and (3) the researcher’s analytical skills and resources (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Transcripts were coded using ATLAS.ti 25 software. For the coding process required in RTA, an abductive approach was adopted in light of the nature of the research questions. Inductive reasoning was essential for understanding individuals’ experiences and interpretations of wellbeing, while deductive analysis was also necessary to explore the components of wellbeing and their interconnections. A combination of open coding and a predefined code list aligned with the components of the wellbeing model and their definitions was used. Both semantic and latent coding were employed. Semantic codes were generated from meaningful explicit information, whereas latent codes were derived from meaningful underlying content. No priority was given to either type of coding. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study consist of a set of student narratives interpreted through the rigorous application of RTA, together with the interconnections identified among them. Beyond the narratives themselves, the analysis also reveals the relationships that students establish between the development of wellbeing components and specific features of university learning environments and learning processes. These relationships provide insight into how wellbeing is experienced and constructed within the academic context. Overall, the conclusions indicate that the design of learning processes and environments should be explicitly oriented towards care and wellbeing. Students associate the development of wellbeing at university with several interrelated factors, including ongoing support and validation throughout the learning process, the quality of interpersonal relationships between teaching staff and students, lecturers’ pedagogical practices, a sense of belonging to a cohesive academic community, and trust in the institution’s commitment to mental health support. On the basis of these findings, a protocol for the design of learning environments and processes aimed at promoting wellbeing was developed as a practical guiding framework for teaching staff. This protocol represents a significant pedagogical contribution to the promotion of student wellbeing and offers a model of relevance for higher education institutions. The implications for the promotion of wellbeing in higher education extend to both learning processes and learning environments. Learning processes encompass curriculum design, the planning and temporal organisation of teaching sessions and workload, the selection of instructional strategies and pedagogical practices, assessment methods, the provision of feedback, relationships between teaching staff and students, peer relationships, care-oriented approaches, and the overall social climate for learning. Supportive learning environments require opportunities for academic and social participation, accessible spaces for student use, visible guidance and support services, and institutional policies and cultures that recognise diversity, respond to students’ needs, and implement effective actions to promote mental health. References Auerbach, R. P., Mortier, P., Bruffaerts, R., Alonso, J., Benjet, C., Cuijpers, P., Demyttenaere, K., Ebert, D. D., Green, J. G., Hasking, P., Murray, E., Nock, M. K., Pinder-Amaker, S., Sampson, N. A., Stein, D. J., Vilagut, G., Zaslavsky, A. M., Kessler, R. C., & WHO WMH-ICS Collaborators. (2018). WHO World Mental Health Surveys International College Student Project: Prevalence and distribution of mental disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 127(7), 623–638. https://doi.org/10.1037/abn0000362 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern‐based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and Psychotherapy Research, 21(1), 37–47. https://doi.org/10.1002/capr.12360 Byrne, D. (2022). A worked example of Braun and Clarke’s approach to reflexive thematic analysis. Quality & Quantity, 56(3), 1391-1412. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y Conley, C. S., Durlak, J. A., & Dickson, D. A. (2013). An Evaluative Review of Outcome Research on Universal Mental Health Promotion and Prevention Programs for Higher Education Students. Journal of American College Health, 61(5), 286–301. https://doi.org/10.1080/07448481.2013.802237 Keyes, C. L. M. (2005). Mental Illness and/or Mental Health? Investigating Axioms of the Complete State Model of Health. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 73(3), 539–548. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.73.3.539 Martínez-García, A., Valverde-Montesino, S., & García-García, M. (2024). Promoting mental health in higher education: Towards a model of well-being factors in emerging adulthood. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-Being, 19(1), 2408831. https://doi.org/10.1080/17482631.2024.2408831 Okanagan Charter: An international charter for health promoting universities and colleges. (2015). International Conference On Health Promoting Universities & Colleges, Kelowna. https://doi.org/10.14288/1.0132754 Schulenberg, J. E., Sameroff, A. J., & Cicchetti, D. (2004). The transition to adulthood as a critical juncture in the course of psychopathology and mental health. Development and Psychopathology, 16(04). https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579404040015 Stanton, A., Zandvliet, D., Dhaliwal, R., & Black, T. (2016). Understanding Students’ Experiences of Well-Being in Learning Environments. Higher Education Studies, 6(3), 90. https://doi.org/10.5539/hes.v6n3p90 Trainor, L. R., & Bundon, A. (2021). Developing the craft: Reflexive accounts of doing reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 13(5), 705-726. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2020.1840423 Twenge, J. M., Cooper, A. B., Joiner, T. E., Duffy, M. E., & Binau, S. G. (2019). Age, period, and cohort trends in mood disorder indicators and suicide-related outcomes in a nationally representative dataset, 2005–2017. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 128(3), 185–199. https://doi.org/10.1037/abn0000410 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Meanings of Work: Low-Income Students’ Sensemaking of Work and Term-time Employment University of Haifa, Israel Presenting Author:Employment during studies has become a defining feature of student life (Carnevale & Smith, 2018; Mandl & Menz, 2024), yet existing research is largely quantitative and offers limited insight into working students’ lived experiences. As Zhong et al. (2025) note, student employment remains a “black box,” with little known about the types of work students undertake or how earning while learning shapes their identities. Moreover, the work experiences of students from low socioeconomic backgrounds remain underexplored (Moreau & Leathwood, 2006; Hordósy et al., 2018). This study draws on interviews with 88 low-income students in Israeli HE to explore the experiential and interpretive dimensions of these students’ engagement with work. Our analysis draws on a sensemaking perspective, which conceptualizes meaning-making as an ongoing process through which individuals interpret their experiences and orient their actions (Weick, 1995). Sensemaking involves the interplay between action and retrospective reflection (Weick et al., 2005) and, from a critical perspective, is shaped by broader discourses, power relations, and organizational rules (Mills et al., 2010). Our study addresses two research questions: (1) How do low-income students experience work and navigate work and studies? (2) How do low-income students construct and understand work? Four sensemaking narratives emerge from the analysis: The first, ‘work as part of life’, corresponds to the question “Who am I?”, centres on narratives of work as a defining and inseparable part of life, from adolescence to the present. The second, ‘work as motivation and aspiration’, is linked to the question “Why am I here?”, captures students’ motives for enrolment and their future visions after graduation, reflecting broader socio-cultural narratives of HE as a route to social mobility. The third, ‘work as precarious experience’, is related to the question “How do I manage?”, encompasses accounts of precarious work and the ongoing struggle to balance employment with study. The fourth, ‘work as a marker of difference’, is tied to the question “Where am I in comparison to others?”, involves students positioning themselves against higher-income peers who do not have to work, often expressing feelings of difference and alienation. From these sensemaking narratives, we arrive at two overarching arguments. The first concerns low-income students’ identities, and the second relates to structural inequalities within HE that emerge when considering students’ employment. (1) A precarious working student identity: Work emerged as a formative and identity-shaping dimension in low-income students’ lives. Participants described continuous employment in precarious jobs as natural, unavoidable, and central to their sense of self. Through retrospective sensemaking (Weick, 1995), students constructed work not as supplementary to HE but as constitutive of their student experience and identity. Work also functioned as a key marker of class distinction from other students. Together, these experiences produced a class-shaped identity as precarious working students—a dual identity as workers and learners, marked by financial strain and tensions between work and study. This identity reflects embodied precariousness (Taylor, 2022) within both the labor market and HE, characterized by self-reliance, pragmatism, economic caution, and a strong work ethic, alongside the internalization of neoliberal discourses of individual responsibility and resilience (Moreau & Leathwood, 2006; Webster & Rivers, 2019). (2) Work as an invisible disadvantage in HE: Students’ experiences of combining work and study prompted sensemaking about structural inequalities in the academic environment. Low-income students recognized that the necessity of employment undermines their academic success and reproduces disparities between those who must work and those who do not. One student described work as an “invisible spoke in the wheel,” capturing how class operates as a hidden axis of inequality in HE and how term-time employment perpetuates class-based disadvantage and privilege (Duffy, 2007; Walkerdine, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study is part of a broader research project on the experiences of students from low socioeconomic backgrounds in HE, drawing on 88 semi-structured interviews with low-income students either currently enrolled in, or having recently completed, undergraduate degrees. Participants were recruited through student social media groups and snowball sampling, and each received a small gift card as compensation. The sample comprised 88 students (25 men, 63 women) from diverse backgrounds, including Palestinians with Israeli citizenship (7), individuals from ultra-Orthodox (6) and Ethiopian communities (1), and immigrants from the former USSR (11). Among the participants, 58 were first-generation students, 23 had disabilities, and five identified as LGBTQ. The interviews were conducted via Zoom, to allow for flexibility with students’ timetables. Interviews lasted approximately one hour and were recorded and transcribed verbatim. In the interviews, students were invited to discuss their trajectories into HE, experiences during their studies, and anticipated futures. Data analysis followed grounded theory principles (Charmaz, 2006) and proceeded through an iterative coding process, attending to patterns, contradictions, and variations in the data. The theme of work emerged during the initial coding as a central category, which became the focus of the present paper. In the second stage of analysis, coding concentrated on students’ perceptions of and experiences with term-time employment. At this stage, we adopted the sensemaking perspective (Weick, 1995). In the final stage, themes and insights were refined and reinterpreted through the analytical lens of sensemaking, which directed attention to students’ retrospective accounts and processes of identity-related meaning making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to the growing body of research on student employment by addressing two underexplored areas: the experiences of low-income students, for whom academic life is inseparable from the necessity of work, and the ways in which students make sense of their work experiences during their studies. Participants described term-time employment as stressful, unstable, and often physically demanding, reflecting precarious work conditions (Campbell & Price, 2016). Lacking financial safety nets, students reported negative effects on their physical and mental wellbeing, as well as on academic performance, including missed classes, exhaustion, and limited time for coursework (Carnevale & Smith, 2018; Callender, 2008; Curtis & Shani, 2009; Moreau & Leathwood, 2006). Comparisons with peers who did not need to work intensified feelings of frustration, alienation, and non-belonging. These experiences reflect a double bind (Frye, 2019), as students were forced to juggle academic success and financial survival, often at the expense of both. Four sensemaking narratives emerge from the analysis: work as part of life, as motivation and aspiration, as precarious experience, and as a marker of difference. These narratives converge to two overarching themes: the class-shaped identity of “precarious working students”, in which precarity extends across both the labour market and higher education, and the structural inequalities within higher education revealed when work during studies is taken into account. These findings carry implications for HE institutions and policies, which should recognize that term-time employment is not a peripheral issue but a structural reality for many low-income students. Expanding need-based grants would lessen the reliance on extensive paid work. Moreover, increasing flexibility in timetabling and course delivery options could help to alleviate the disadvantages experienced by students with substantial work commitments. References Campbell, I., & Price, R. (2016). Precarious work and precarious workers: Towards an improved conceptualisation. The Economic and Labour Relations Review, 27(3), 314–332. Callender, C. (2008). The impact of term-time employment on higher education students’ academic attainment and achievement. Journal of Education Policy, 23(4), 359–377. Carnevale, A. P., & Smith, N. (2018). Balancing work and learning: Implications for low-income students. Georgetown University Center on Education and the Workforce. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative research. SAGE. Curtis, S., & Shani, N. (2002). The effect of taking paid employment during term-time on students’ academic studies. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 26(2), 129–138. Duffy, J. O. (2007). Invisibly at risk: Low-income students in a middle- and upper-class world. About Campus, 12(2), 18–25. Frye, M. (2019). Oppression. In Ideals and ideologies (pp. 411–419). Routledge. Hordósy, R., Clark, T., & Vickers, D. (2018). Lower income students and the “double deficit” of part-time work: Undergraduate experiences of finance, studying and employability. Journal of Education and Work, 31(4), 353–365. Mandl, S., & Menz, C. (2024). Students’ employment and internships. In K. Hauschildt (Ed.), Social and economic conditions of student life in Europe: EUROSTUDENT 8 synopsis of indicators 2021–2024. wbv Publikation. Mills, J. H., Thurlow, A., & Mills, A. J. (2010). Making sense of sensemaking: The critical sensemaking approach. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management: An International Journal, 5(2), 182–195. Moreau, M.-P., & Leathwood, C. (2006). Balancing paid work and studies: Working (class) students in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 31(1), 23–42. Taylor, A. (2022). Learning to walk the wire: Preparing students for precarious life. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 43(5), 786–803. Walkerdine, V. (2021). What’s class got to do with it? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 42(1), 60–74. Webster, D., & Rivers, N. (2019). Resisting resilience: Disrupting discourses of self-efficacy. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 27(4), 523–535. Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations (Vol. 3). SAGE. Weick, K. E., Sutcliffe, K. M., & Obstfeld, D. (2005). Organizing and the process of sensemaking. Organization Science, 16(4), 409–421. Zhong, M. R., Cohen, R. L., Allen, K., Finn, K., Hardy, K., & Kill, C. (2025). Equally bad, unevenly distributed: Gender and the “black box” of student employment. The British Journal of Sociology, 76, 828–840. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper University Belonging by Generational Status: From Access to Affiliation in Higher Education in Germany Bielefeld University, Germany Presenting Author:Sense of belonging, a core human need (Baumeister & Leary, 1995), is pursued after fulfilling physiological and safety needs (Maslow, 1954). This need for connection and being part of stable social networks (Allen et al., 2021) plays a significant role in educational contexts. Developing a sense of belonging is linked to positive student outcomes, such as well-being, increased motivation, academic success, and persistence (Suhlmann et al., 2018; Yildirim et al., 2021). However, seeking a sense of belonging can also deplete valuable resources in educational settings (Strayhorn, 2019). In higher education, fostering belonging is vital for both academic and social integration (Tinto, 2012) and can influence retention decisions (Suhlmann et al., 2018). Marginalized groups face particular challenges concerning their sense of belonging (Allen et al., 2021), and their experiences of social and academic integration may differ across various axes of inequality. Exploring these differential experiences of belonging and integration in higher education is increasingly important, especially considering recent concerns about low student retention rates at German universities. Factors affecting retention include both individual and institutional elements, such as motivation, satisfaction with studies, financial concerns, prior education, parental education, and other demographic factors (Behr et al., 2020). Therefore, understanding the role of belonging in relation to these factors carries utmost importance. Belonging in higher education refers to students’ sense of social support on campus, including feelings of connectedness and being valued or cared for by the campus community, such as faculty, staff, and peers, while being closely linked to social identities (Strayhorn, 2019; Vaccaro & Newman, 2022). Different identities may lead to diverse experiences. However, the connection between belonging and social identities has been scarcely explored in the context of educational inequality. Ostrove and Long (2007) emphasize that exploring the concept of belonging is crucial for understanding how social class influences education. Class, along with gender, race, and ability markers, significantly shapes who gets to belong in institutions of higher education institutions, both explicitly and implicitly (Ostrove & Long, 2007). This involves which types of cultural capital are recognized by privileged groups, often aligned with middle-class standards. Therefore, adopting a broad view of cultural capital is vital for understanding marginalized students' experiences, acknowledging forms such as linguistic, social, aspirational, resistant, familial, and navigational capital (Yosso, 2005). Additionally, the sense of cultural fit (Kramer & Helsper, 2010), referring to the match between students’ habitus and university culture, affects their higher education experiences. Existing research highlights differences in cultural fit (Lange-Vester & Sander, 2016; Grunau, 2017; Lange-Vester & Bremer, 2020; Hild, 2019) and underscores the importance of institutional habitus (Byrd, 2025). Experiences of conflicts between individual habitus and university structure can cause students to feel alienation and shame (Schmitt, 2010; Lange-Vester & Bremer, 2020). Therefore, habitus and cultural fit are crucial for social and academic integration, as well as influencing differences in goal-based and institutional commitment (Grunau & Petzold, 2021) at higher education institutions. In Austria, Weiß (2025) explored the sense of belonging among working-class students through a Bourdieusian lens, emphasizing that belonging develops as a relational process and highlighting the importance of peers, cultural fit, and perceived barriers. Accordingly, addressing the gap in empirical research on the intersection of belonging, social identities, and cultural fit, this study examines, within the German higher-education context, how undergraduates construct meanings of university belonging and systematically compares the experiences of sense of university belonging among first- and continuing-generation students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This exploratory qualitative interview study, informed by an inequality perspective, investigates the experiences of students from diverse backgrounds. A multiple-case study design was used to explore differences in feelings of belonging in higher education. An abductive approach guided both theme development and analysis, combining inductive insights from the data with theory-based interpretation (Kennedy & Thornberg, 2018). The format allowed for meaningful comparisons between first- and continuing-generation students, highlighting their status as a key axis of inequality (Ndame, 2023). The study aims to examine how experiences of belonging vary by generational status and addresses specific research questions. 1. How do students from diverse backgrounds construct meanings of belonging and experience the sense of belonging at university? 2. How do first-generation students perceive and experience university differently in comparison to continuing generation students? A sample of 20 semi-structured interviews was collected from undergraduate students aged 20 to 25 in the north-western region of Germany. These participants come from various fields of study, including teaching, social sciences, linguistic and cultural studies, STEM, economics, law, medicine, and health sciences. A combination of sampling methods was used: a convenience approach involving distributing flyers on campus, complemented by voluntary response sampling through posters. Snowball sampling was also utilized to reach a diverse group of students (Meyer & Mayrhofer, 2022). The inclusion criteria required participants to be current undergraduates aged 18 to 25 who identify with one or more key axes of inequality, such as gender, language, or university type, along with generational status. Semi-structured interviews were conducted either online via Zoom or in person, lasting approximately 45 to 60 minutes. The interview guide addressed core themes such as the meaning of belonging, integration within the university environment, experiences of connectedness and disconnection, perceptions of university culture, and institutional socio-dynamics. After each interview, participants were encouraged to complete a voluntary post-interview questionnaire. Data analysis comprised qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022) and was conducted in two stages using MAXQDA 24, a software for qualitative data analysis. The process involved abductive thematic analysis (Kennedy & Thornberg, 2018) followed by a comparative analysis of code occurrences. Ethics approval was secured from the institutional Ethics Review Board at Bielefeld University. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Developing a sense of belonging to the university involves individual, social, and institutional factors. Students reported both shared and unique experiences related to their university belonging. The findings of this study suggest how belonging experiences tend to differ by generational status. Therefore, common elements are supplemented by differences in understanding individual, social, and institutional sources of belonging. First, experiences of individual belonging in higher education are shaped by how the transition to the higher education system is experienced and by differential pathways to constructing a sense of university belonging. Moreover, representation and visibility, the development of departmental or institutional identifications, and structural and lived exclusions, can be understood as sources of individual belonging. Second, social connectedness is an important facet of university belonging for students in general and can be understood as a shared understanding among first- and continuing-generation students. The experiences of social connectedness to the university are shaped by peer relationships and campus social integration, the formation of homogeneous peer groups and the social value they confer, the presence of affinity-based and intercultural supportive communities, and interactions with university staff who serve as both relational supports and institutional resources. Third, institutional belonging is shaped by the academic culture and navigation, institutional involvement and socialization, policy engagement, and the students’ perceptions of institutional responsiveness and solidarity. Overall, first-generation students often find the transition to university initially alienating and, as an access-centered achievement, exacerbated by linguistic, socioeconomic, and geographic barriers and limited familiarity with academic culture, so they build belonging gradually through study-focused peer networks, affinity/intercultural communities, and staff support. Conversely, continuing-generation students usually feel an immediate “sense of home” with greater institutional and departmental engagement and broader social integration beyond coursework. Both groups value peer relationships, representation, and responsive staff, but see discrimination and structural barriers as undermining belonging. References Allen, K.-A., Kern, M. L., Rozek, C. S., McInerney, D. M., & Slavich, G. M. (2021). Belonging: A review of conceptual issues, an integrative framework, and directions for future research. Australian Journal of Psychology, 73(1), 87–102. https://doi.org/10.1080/00049530.2021.1883409 Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117(3), 497–529. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.117.3.497 Kennedy, B. L. & Thornberg, R. (2018). Deduction, Induction, and Abduction. In U. Flick (Ed.), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Data Collection (pp. 49–64). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526416070.n4 Kramer, R.-T., & Helsper, W. (2010). Kulturelle Passung und Bildungsungleichheit – Potenziale einer an Bourdieu orientierten Analyse der Bildungsungleichheit. In H.-H. Krüger, U. Rabe-Kleberg, R.-T. Kramer, & J. Budde (Eds.), Bildungsungleichheit revisited (pp. 103–125). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung: Grundlagentexte Methoden (5th ed.). Beltz Juventa. Lange-Vester, A., & Bremer, H. (2020). Zur Bedeutung des Habitus für die Aneignung des Studiums. In A. Lange-Vester & M. Schmidt (Eds.), Herausforderungen in Studium und Lehre: Heterogenität und Studienabbruch, Habitussensibilität und Qualitätssicherung (pp. 86–103). Beltz. Maslow, A. H. (1954). Motivation and Personality. Harper & Row. Meyer, M., & Mayrhofer, W. (2022). Selecting a Sample. In U. Flick (Ed.), The SAGE Handbook of qualitative research (pp. 273–287). Sage Publ. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529770278 Ndame, T. (2023). Case Study. In J. M. Okoko, S. Tunison & K. D. Walker (Eds.), Varieties of Qualitative Research Methods (pp. 67-72). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3- 031-04394-9 Ostrove, J. M., & Long, S. M. (2007). Social Class and Belonging: Implications for College Adjustment. The Review of Higher Education, 30(4), 363–389. https://doi.org/10.1353/rhe.2007.0028 Schmitt, L. (2010). Bestellt und nicht abgeholt: Soziale Ungleichheit und Habitus-Struktur-Konflikte im Studium. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Strayhorn, T. L. (2019). College students’ sense of belonging: A key to educational success for all students (2nd ed.). Routledge. Suhlmann, M., Sassenberg, K., Nagengast, B., & Trautwein, U. (2018). Belonging Mediates Effects of Student-University Fit on Well-Being, Motivation, and Dropout Intention. Social Psychology, 49(1), 16–28. https://doi.org/10.1027/1864-9335/a000325 Tinto, V. (2012). Leaving College Rethinking the Causes and Cures of Student Attrition (2nd ed.). The University of Chicago Press. Yildirim, H. H., Zimmermann, J., & Jonkmann, K. (2021). The Importance of a Sense of University Belonging for the Psychological and Academic Adaptation of International Students in Germany. Zeitschrift für Entwicklungspsychologie und Pädagogische Psychologie, 53(1–2), 15–26. https://doi.org/10.1026/0049-8637/a000234 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 08 C JS: Joint Paper Session - NW 22 and NW 26 Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Maria Kristina Börebäck Joint Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Teacher Authority as Everyday Academic Leadership: A Comparative Study of Student Perspectives in Polish and Ukrainian Higher Education University of Bialystok, Poland Presenting Author:In contemporary higher education, authority can no longer be understood as a stable or self-evident attribute of the academic role. Intensifying social polarisation, growing distrust in institutions, and shifting epistemic norms have profoundly reshaped how authority is constructed, enacted, and evaluated within universities. Against this backdrop, the present study examines teacher authority as a form of everyday academic leadership, focusing on how it is perceived and legitimised by university students in two socio-politically distinct yet historically interconnected contexts: Poland and Ukraine. Positioned within the thematic framework of ECER 2026, “Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research”, the study addresses the tension between epistemic authority (grounded in expertise and knowledge) and relational authority (grounded in trust, fairness, and ethical conduct). By foregrounding students’ perspectives, the research responds directly to the Network 22 special call on academic leadership for building a fairer world and fostering trust in polarised times, offering empirical insight into how leadership is enacted at the micro-level of everyday teaching practice. The overarching objective of the study is to investigate how university students conceptualise and attribute teacher authority, and how these attributions relate to perceptions of trust, fairness, and legitimacy in higher education. The study is guided by the following research questions: 1. How do university students in Poland and Ukraine conceptualise teacher authority in higher education? 2. Which dimensions of teacher behaviour and practice are most strongly associated with perceived authority and trust? 3. To what extent do student perceptions of teacher authority differ between the two national contexts? 4. How can teacher authority be interpreted as a form of everyday academic leadership that contributes to (or undermines) trust in higher education institutions? The study adopts a relational and constructivist understanding of authority, drawing on sociological and educational theories that conceptualise authority not as coercive power, but as a form of legitimacy recognised by others. Teacher authority is thus treated as co-constructed, emerging through interaction, communicative practices, and shared norms rather than institutional position alone. Framed in this way, teacher authority is interpreted as a manifestation of academic leadership enacted in everyday pedagogical encounters. This perspective aligns with contemporary leadership theories that emphasise distributed, relational, and practice-based forms of leadership, particularly relevant in higher education contexts characterised by weakened hierarchies and heightened expectations of participation and inclusion. The comparative design (Poland–Ukraine) allows the study to explore how broader socio-political conditions shape students’ expectations of authority and trust in academia. While both systems share historical legacies of hierarchical education, they currently operate under different conditions of institutional stability, reform, and public trust. This contrast provides a productive lens for examining how authority is negotiated in contexts marked by varying degrees of social polarisation. By empirically grounding discussions of academic leadership in student perceptions, the study contributes to higher education research in three ways: (1) it reframes teacher authority as a key site of academic leadership; (2) it provides comparative evidence on trust and fairness in higher education; (3) it bridges theoretical debates on authority with actionable insights relevant to teaching practice and institutional credibility. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a quantitative, cross-sectional comparative design to examine university students’ perceptions of teacher authority in higher education in Poland and Ukraine. A survey-based approach was selected to capture patterns of authority attribution across a sizeable and diverse student population and to enable systematic cross-national comparison. The design is exploratory and comparative, focusing on both shared tendencies and context-specific differences in how authority and trust are perceived. Data were collected through an online questionnaire distributed among university students enrolled in higher education institutions in Poland and Ukraine. The final dataset comprises over 322 valid responses. Participation was voluntary and anonymous, and respondents represented various fields of study and stages of academic progression. The use of student-generated data is methodologically central, as it positions students as active interpreters of academic authority and leadership rather than passive recipients of institutional norms. The survey instrument operationalised teacher authority as a multidimensional construct, encompassing epistemic, relational, and ethical dimensions. Items were measured using Likert-type scales and addressed perceived subject-matter expertise, clarity of instruction, communicative practices, fairness, consistency, and trust in teachers. The questionnaire was informed by existing research on authority, trust, and academic leadership and adapted to ensure contextual relevance in both national settings. Data analysis proceeded in three stages. First, descriptive statistics were used to identify dominant trends in students’ perceptions within each national sample. Second, comparative analyses were conducted to examine differences between Polish and Ukrainian respondents. Depending on scale properties and distribution, appropriate inferential statistical tests (e.g. independent-samples t-tests or non-parametric equivalents) were applied. Third, correlational analyses explored relationships between perceived authority dimensions and levels of trust, supporting the study’s conceptualisation of authority as a relational and legitimacy-based phenomenon. Where applicable, internal consistency measures were used to assess the reliability of scale components. The study followed standard ethical guidelines for educational research. Participants were informed about the purpose of the study and their right to withdraw, and no identifiable personal data were collected. All analyses were conducted on aggregated data, with sensitivity to cross-national and socio-political contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate that teacher authority in higher education is primarily constructed as a relational and legitimacy-based phenomenon, rather than as a function of formal position or institutional power alone. Across both national contexts, students are anticipated to attribute authority most strongly to teachers who combine epistemic credibility with fairness, clarity of communication, and ethical consistency. This finding would support contemporary theoretical perspectives that conceptualise authority as co-constructed through everyday academic interactions and sustained through trust. At the comparative level, the analysis is expected to reveal both shared patterns and context-specific differences in how authority is perceived by Polish and Ukrainian students. While core dimensions such as subject-matter expertise and organisational competence are likely to be valued similarly in both groups, differences may emerge in the relative importance assigned to relational practices, adaptability, and student-centred approaches. These differences are expected to reflect broader socio-political and institutional conditions shaping expectations of leadership, legitimacy, and trust in higher education. From the perspective of the Network 22 special call, the study is expected to highlight the micro-level foundations of trust in polarised times. By demonstrating how authority is negotiated in routine pedagogical encounters, the findings foreground the role of university teachers in shaping students’ broader orientations towards institutional fairness and legitimacy. Authority, when enacted responsibly, appears to support inclusive academic cultures and mitigate the effects of social and epistemic polarisation. References Arendt, Hannah (1961). Between Past and Future. New York: Viking Press. Bourdieu, Pierre (1991). Language and Symbolic Power. Cambridge: Polity Press. Bryman, Alan (2007). Effective leadership in higher education: A literature review. Studies in Higher Education, 32(6), 693–710. Bush, Tony (2020). Educational Leadership and Management (6th ed.). London: Sage. Fairhurst, Gail T. (2007). Discursive Leadership. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Giddens, Anthony (1990). The Consequences of Modernity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Hargreaves, Andy & Fullan, Michael (2012). Professional Capital. New York: Teachers College Press. Shils, Edward (1982). The Constitution of Society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Trowler, Paul (2014). Doing Insider Research in Universities. London: Bloomsbury. Tyler, Tom R. (2006). Why People Obey the Law. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Trust and Responsibility in the Management of Educational Institutions: Dimensions of Cooperative Leadership Universität Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:Leading educational institutions is a complex task that requires a balance between responsibility (control) and trust (Simsa, 2022). Leaders must take responsibility, make decisions, and provide direction, while simultaneously allowing freedom, supporting educational processes, and trusting the abilities of their staff (Schreier & Ammann, 2023). Against this background, this article explores how leaders in the education sector understand and experience trust and responsibility by. This topic is important because it helps to better understand the tension between responsibility and trust. It may also offer impulses for the further development of relationship-oriented leadership. The aim of the article is to conceptually develop practice-relevant knowledge for relationship-based and cooperative leadership in educational institutions. First, existing research on leadership tasks, effective leadership, and trust and responsibility in leadership practice was reviewed (e.g., Fichtner et al., 2023; König, 2023; Ellwart et al., 2023; Kamm et al., 2023). In addition, a model of cooperative leadership (Huber, 2005) was used as the theoretical framework for the empirical study (Schreier et al., 2023). Based on this framework, empirical data were collected at a conference for educational leaders entitled „Perspectives between Trust and Responsibility“, which took place in February 2024 at the University of Teacher Education Tyrol. The sample consisted of N=159 leaders from the education sector (116 women and 43 men): 79 from early childhood education, 45 from primary education, and 35 from secondary education. Participants were randomly assigned to 17 discussion groups using room numbers distributed at registration (Vogl, 2019). After a short introduction, participants discussed the guiding question of how trust and responsibility appear from their own perspectives. They documented the results of their discussions in writing. The data were analysed using the Grounded Theory research approach (Strauss & Corbin, 1996; Strübing, 2019). First, the written notes were digitised, divided into smaller units, and openly coded to identify central ideas. In a second step, the codes were axially coded, meaning that relationships between them were identified and grouped into categories. Finally, the categories were selectively coded to develop core categories that capture the main findings. These core categories are presented in the results section as complete sentences, such as: „In leadership practice, trust is shown through the ability to let go.“ Each core category is supported by concrete examples from the discussion notes. The results show that, regardless of the type of educational institution, trust is expressed in several ways. These include confidence in staff, a positive approach to mistakes, the ability to let go, recognition of diversity, appreciation of individual strengths, and communication on an equal level. Leaders see their responsibility mainly in administrative tasks, but also in the ongoing development of their educational institutions. The discussion of the findings based on the cooperative leadership model (Huber, 2005) shows that the model can be expanded through this research. In particular, the results highlight additional dimensions that focus on the responsibility of leaders within a cooperative leadership culture, such as measures to systematically ensure and improve teaching quality (Miedlich, 2022). The article concludes by discussing the limitations of the empirical study. Finally, the key findings are conceptually summarised as dimensions of cooperative leadership and critically discussed in the context of educational research. Special attention is given to the question of how knowledge gained from educational research can be transferred back into educational practice in order to strengthen its practical relevance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on this framework, empirical data were collected at a conference for educational leaders entitled „Perspectives between Trust and Responsibility“, which took place in February 2024 at the University of Teacher Education Tyrol. The sample consisted of N=159 leaders from the education sector (116 women and 43 men): 79 from early childhood education, 45 from primary education, and 35 from secondary education. Participants were randomly assigned to 17 discussion groups using room numbers distributed at registration (Vogl, 2019). After a short introduction, participants discussed the guiding question of how trust and responsibility appear from their own perspectives. They documented the results of their discussions in writing. The data were analysed using the Grounded Theory research approach (Strauss & Corbin, 1996; Strübing, 2019). First, the written notes were digitised, divided into smaller units, and openly coded to identify central ideas. In a second step, the codes were axially coded, meaning that relationships between them were identified and grouped into categories. Finally, the categories were selectively coded to develop core categories that capture the main findings. These core categories are presented in the results section as complete sentences, such as: „In leadership practice, trust is shown through the ability to let go.“ Each core category is supported by concrete examples from the discussion notes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that, regardless of the type of educational institution, trust is expressed in several ways. These include confidence in staff, a positive approach to mistakes, the ability to let go, recognition of diversity, appreciation of individual strengths, and communication on an equal level. Leaders see their responsibility mainly in administrative tasks, but also in the ongoing development of their educational institutions. The discussion of the findings based on the cooperative leadership model (Huber, 2005) shows that the model can be expanded through this research. In particular, the results highlight additional dimensions that focus on the responsibility of leaders within a cooperative leadership culture, such as measures to systematically ensure and improve teaching quality (Miedlich, 2022). The article concludes by discussing the limitations of the empirical study. Finally, the key findings are conceptually summarised as dimensions of cooperative leadership and critically discussed in the context of educational research. Special attention is given to the question of how knowledge gained from educational research can be transferred back into educational practice in order to strengthen its practical relevance. References Ellwart, T., Russell, Y. & Blanke, K. (2023). Führung in reduzierter Arbeitszeit (FIRA) – Co-Leitung, Teilzeitmodelle und Delegation von Führungsaufgaben. In J. Felfe & R. van Dick (Hrsg.), Handbuch Mitarbeiterführung. Wirtschaftspsychologisches Praxiswissen für Fach- und Führungskräfte (2., überarb. u. erw. Aufl.) (S. 385–401). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-68185-5 Fichtner, S., Bacia, E., Sandau, M., Hurrelmann K. & Dohmen, D. (2023). „Schule stärken – Digitalisierung gestalten“ – Cornelsen Schulleitungsstudie 2023. FiBS Forschungsinstitut für Bildungs- und Sozialökonomie. https://www.cornelsen.de/schulleitungsstudie/vorjahre Heiser, P. (2024). Meilensteine der qualitativen Sozialforschung. Eine Einführung entlang klassischer Studien (2., überarb. u. aktual. Aufl.). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-44128-9 Huber, S.G. (2005). Kooperative Führung in der Schule: Entlastung oder Entmachtung von Schulleitung? In A. Bartz, J. Fabian, S.G. Huber, C. Kloft, H.S. Rosenbusch & H. Sassenscheid (Hrsg.), PraxisWissen SchulLeitung. Basiswissen und Arbeitshilfen zu den zentralen Handlungsfeldern der Schulleitung (10.42). C.H. Beck Kamm, I., Kamm, F. & Anderegg, N. (2023). Raum für Demokratie und die Rolle der Führung. In O. Bokelmann (Hrsg.), Demokratiepädagogik. Theorie und Praxis der Demokratiebildung in Jugendhilfe und Schule (Soziale Arbeit als Wohlfahrtsproduktion, Bd. 29) (S. 327–340). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-42649-1_24 König, A. (2023). Sinnorientierte Führung. Leadership für die Gen Y und Z neu denken. Schäffer-Poeschel. https://doi.org/10.34156/978-3-7910-5942-6 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6., überarb. & erw. Aufl.). Beltz Juventa. Miedlich, H. (2022). Erfolgreich Führen in Transformationsprozessen. Kompetenzen einer entwicklungsbereiten Führungskraft. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-66317-2 Schreier, A. & Ammann, M. (2023). Der Beitrag der Schulleitung in Schulentwicklungsprozessen für das Schaffen einer handlungsleitenden und werte-basierten Schulkultur. heiEDUCATION Journal, 12, 105–124. https://doi.org/10.17885/heiup.heied.2023.12 Schreier, M., Echterhoff, G., Bauer, J.F., Weydmann, N. & Hussy, W. (2023). Forschungsmethoden in Psychologie und Sozialwissenschaften für Bachelor (3., überarb. u. erg. Aufl.). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-66673-9 Simsa, R. (2022). Leadership und Veränderung – Veränderung von Leadership. In O. Koenig (Hrsg.), Inklusion und Transformation in Organisationen (S. 133–147). Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.35468/5978-08 Strauss, A.L. & Corbin, J. (1996). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen der Qualitativen Sozialforschung. Beltz Strübing, J. (2019). Grounded Theory und Theoretical Sampling. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Hrsg.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (2., vollst. überarb. u. erw. Aufl.) (S. 525–544). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21308-4_36 Vogl, S. (2019). Gruppendiskussion. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Hrsg.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (2., vollst. überarb. u. erw. Aufl.) (S. 695–700). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-2130 8-4_46 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper How Can We Develop Our Capacity to Shared Leadership in the VET-sector? An Action Learning Project 1: Aalborg University, Denmark; 2: University College Copenhagen Presenting Author:In recent years, vocational education and training have attained much political and societal attention – and it seems to continue. This heightened interest reflects a growing recognition that future labor markets are likely to face an even greater shortage of skilled workers than today. Indeed, the trend appears to be moving in one direction, raising increasing concern. Consequently, there has been growing debate on how this development might be reversed. Discussions have focused on a range of interrelated issues, including efforts to improve the reputation and attractiveness of vocational education and training, enhance educational quality, strengthen pedagogical leadership (Ydesen et al., 2024), and reduce student dropout rates (EVA, 2014; EVA, 2023; Mahler et al., 2023). Addressing these challenges is widely regarded as essential, given the central role of VET in societal and economic development. Despite the growing research interest in vocational education and training, the leadership in vocational schools remains underexplored (Frimann & Bundgaard, 2018; Friche & Andersen, 2017), despite increasing attention to collective, shared and post-heroic understandings of leadership in complex organizational settings (Crevani et al., 2007; Drath et al., 2008; Raelin, 2016). This gap is striking given the complexity, scope and societal significance of leadership in this sector. The leadership role in vocational education differs from other educational contexts due to the unique organizational and institutional characteristics of vocational schools (EVA, 2014, 2018), including the integration of workplace-based training, governance arrangements involving local training committees and social partners (CEDEFOP, 2012), and extensive ongoing collaboration with labor market stakeholders. In addition, leadership in vocational schools also encompasses internal coordination across educational programs, continuous quality development of teaching and learning, and the enactment of shared and distributed leadership across multiple organizational levels, reflecting broader shifts towards distributed leadership in complex organizational contexts (Bolden, 2011). The societal situation indicates that the demand for change and development in the VET sector will most likely continue to increase. Consequently, vocational schools operate in contexts of increasing complexity, while research-based knowledge on the implications of these conditions for leadership remains limited. Against this backdrop, the paper takes a pragmatic, practice-based perspective on leadership development, focusing on how leadership teams in vocational education develop the capacity to lead together through action learning, rather than on prescribing leadership models or solutions. Here we present findings from an action learning project examining how VET leaders can develop their capacity to shared leadership in order to respond to increasing complexity and accelerating change. The action learning project is one element of the larger the research project on "Future Leadership in the Vocational Education and Training (VET) Sector – Complex Challenges, Local Collaboration, and Responsive Educational Leadership," conducted in collaboration between Aalborg University and the University College Copenhagen. It is a three-year project (2024-2026) funded by the Danish government. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is situated within a practice-based action learning research design aimed at developing leadership capacity. It is informed by prior research on leadership development through action learning in teams, which highlights how collective inquiry, reflection, and experimentation can support the development of shared leadership in complex organizational contexts (Revans, 1982; Pedler, 1997; Marquardt, 2011). The empirical setting consists of leadership teams from five vocational education and training (VET) schools. Each school established a leadership learning community comprising 4–7 leaders ranging from middle to executive management. The design combines locally embedded action learning processes with cross-institutional workshops supporting shared learning, reflection, and knowledge. At each school, the action learning process unfolds through four facilitated sessions over approximately ten months. The sessions follow a cyclical and iterative structure in which leadership teams jointly identify a shared leadership challenge grounded in their everyday practice, formulate hypotheses, design and implement leadership actions (experiments), and reflect systematically on their outcomes. The objective is to strengthen leaders’ collective capacity to inquire into, reflect on, and act upon their own leadership practices, drawing on each other’s perspectives and expertise (Pedler, 1997; Marquardt, 2011). Researchers take on the role of facilitators and co-inquirers, responsible for framing the process, sustaining reflexivity, and supporting analytical depth without directing content or outcomes. This understanding of facilitation aligns with relational and process-oriented perspectives on leadership development, emphasizing responsiveness, resonance, and attention to social dynamics in learning processes (Cunliffe, 2002; Frimann, 2021). This reflects a pragmatic understanding of action learning, in which learning develops through collective and dialogic inquiry into concrete leadership challenges, (Revans, 1982; Schön, 1987; Raelin, 2016). Each leadership team determines its own focus area. Data generation is integrated with the action learning process and evolves iteratively from one session to the next. Empirical material includes recordings of initial scoping meetings, researchers’ ethnographic field notes from action learning sessions, photographs of visual artefacts produced during meetings (e.g., flipcharts and post-it notes), and semi-structured focus group interviews conducted after completion of the local action learning cycles. In addition, three cross-institutional workshops generate data through reflective dialogues across schools. The analytical strategy combines iterative thematic analysis with process-oriented attention to how collaboration develop over time with particular attention to collective sensemaking processes within leadership teams (Weick, 1995). Analysis focuses on patterns of collective inquiry, shifts in leadership orientations, and emerging capacities to conduct shared leadership. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper reports from an ongoing action learning project exploring how vocational school leaders develop the capacity to lead collectively in contexts characterized by increasing complexity and pressure. At the time of submission, the local action learning cycles are still in progress; however, by the time of the conference, the full empirical material will be available, allowing for a more consolidated analysis and presentation of findings. Preliminary insights from indicate that leading as a team represents a significant shift in leadership practice for many participants, moving away from individually oriented leadership roles towards more collective and relational forms of leadership (Crevani et al., 2007; Raelin, 2016). Across cases, leaders describe difficulties in articulating a shared direction as a leadership team and in prioritizing time and attention for relational work with leadership colleagues, highlighting the challenges of developing alignment, commitment and shared responsibility in leadership teams (Drath et al., 2008). Creating spaces where doubt, loneliness, and failure can be voiced is described as both necessary and risky. The action learning process appears to interrupt these patterns by slowing down decision-making and creating structured spaces for dialogic inquiry, reflection and shared meaning-making (Weick, 1995, Raelin 2016). Leaders are encouraged to remain curious, resist premature conclusions, and attend to multiple perspectives. Early observations point to the development of a shared leadership language, increased attention to relational dynamics, and a growing capacity to frame collective leadership challenges. The analysis will examine how emerging capacities evolve and how action learning can support leadership teams in navigating complexity, fostering trust, and developing more collaborative forms of leadership practice. These insights suggest that developing the capacity to lead as a team is not primarily a matter of new tools or structures, but of cultivating shared inquiry, language, and relational trust over time. References Bolden, R. (2011). Distributed Leadership in Organizations: A Review of Theory and Research. International Journal of Management Reviews, 13(3), 251–269. CEDEFOP (2012): Vocational Education and training in Denmark. Short description. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union Cunliffe, A.L. 2002. Reflexive Dialogical Practice in Management Learning. Management Learning, 3 (1), 35–61. Crevani, L, M. Lindgren & Packendorff, J. (2007) Shared leadership: A post-heroic perspective on leadership as a collective construction. International Journal of Leadership Studies, 3 (1), 40-67. Danish Evaluation Institute (2014): Pedagogical leadership in vocational schools [In Danish]. EVA. Danish Evaluation Institute (2018): Use of data in vocational education and training. [In Danish]. EVA. Danish Evaluation Institute (2023): Knowledge on dropout and student well-being in vocational education and training [In Danish]. EVA. Drath, W., Mccauley, C.D., Palus, C. J., Velsor, V. E., O'Connor, P. & Mcguire, J. (2008). Direction, Alignment, Commitment: Toward a More Integrative Ontology of Leadership. The Leadership Quarterly. 19 (6) 635-653. Friche, N, & Andersen, V. N. (2017). Four logics of governance: Governing vocational Education and Training. Journal of Vocational Education & Training Conference. Frimann, S., & Bundgaard, S. B. (2018). Knowledge brief no. 1: Leadership development in practice in vocational schools. LIP – Leadership Development in Practice in Vocational Schools. [In Danish]. Frimann, S. (2021). Leadership development through action learning in teams. In L. Hersted (Ed.), Leadership in social processes: Relations, resonance, and responsiveness (pp. 285–314) [In Danish]. Dansk Psykologisk Forlag. Mahler, A., Thomsen, E. S., & Louw, A. (2023). Dropout, retention, and completion in vocational education and training: A review of research on young people in the Danish context (2011–2023) [In Danish]. Center for Knowledge on Vocational Education and Training (CEVEU), Center for Youth Research. Marquardt, M. J. (2011). Optimizing the power of action learning. Nicholas Brealey. Pedler, M. (Ed.). (1997). Action learning in Practice. Gower Publishing. Raelin, J.A. (2016) Imagine there are no leaders: Reframing leadership as collaborative agency. Leadership, Vol. 12(2), 131–158. Revans, R. W. (1982). The origins and growth of action learning. Chartwell-Bratt. Schön, D. A. (1987). Educating the reflective practitioner: Toward a new design for teaching and learning in the professions. Jossey-Bass. Ydesen, C., Ziethen, M., & Rohwedder, A.-B. (2024). Pedagogical leadership [In Danish]. Copenhagen: Samfundslitteratur. Weick, C. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations: Foundations for organizational science. Sage Publications. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 08 D: Institutional Transformation Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Stefanie Kessler Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Between Theory and Practice: the Untapped Role of Innovation Models in Higher Education. Inholland University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Educational innovation is often framed as a necessary response to societal, technological, economic and ecological developments in higher education (Fullan, 2016; Kezar, 2018). Yet many innovation initiatives remain fragmented, short-lived or weakly connected to everyday educational practice. At the same time, higher education institutions operate in an environment saturated with research-based knowledge about change, improvement and implementation. Innovation models form a central part of this knowledge landscape, as they offer theoretically grounded ways of understanding how innovative change unfolds and how it can be guided. Despite the abundance of such models, however, their influence on educational practice remains limited, with innovations frequently persisting as isolated initiatives rather than becoming sustainably embedded. This gap is not merely a matter of implementation failure, but is rooted in the ways educational innovation itself is conceptualized. Innovation models embed assumptions about change, agency, context, and knowledge use, often drawing on disciplinary traditions that are not always made explicit. Against this background, it becomes relevant to examine how innovation models in education have developed over time, which disciplinary traditions they originate from, and to what extend they attend to conditions that enable sustainable education innovation in practice. The study therefore provides a systematic analysis of 19 established innovation models that are frequently referenced in the context of educational change and innovation, examining how educational research has conceptualized the relationship between theoretical knowledge about change and its translation into practical action in higher education. The objective of the study is to critically examine how innovation models in education conceptualize change, and how these conceptualizations shape their potential to inform sustainable educational innovation in practice. To this end, the study pursues three interrelated aims. First, it analyses how innovation models in education have evolved over time, making visible shifts in underlying assumptions about change and agency. Second, it examines the disciplinary traditions from which these models originate, as these traditions inform how the relationship between knowledge and action is understood. Third, it assesses to what extent these models attend to key aspects required for sustainable educational innovation, by analysing them against five core dimensions identified by Bocconi, Kampylis & Punie (2013). Conceptually, the study is grounded in a process-oriented understanding of educational innovation. Innovation is not treated as a single event or product adoption, but as a long-term, multi-layered process that unfolds within complex educational systems (Fullan, 2016; Kezar, 2018). The paper deliberately brings together insights from multiple scientific disciplines, reflecting the inherently interdisciplinary nature of educational innovation. This interdisciplinary grounding is important because different disciplines produce different forms of knowledge about how change works, how actors interact, and how action can be supported. In this way, the study examines under what conceptual conditions research-based knowledge about innovation becomes capable of informing practice, thereby contributing to discussions about the relationship between knowing and acting in higher education. The European and international relevance of this study lies in its broad theoretical scope and its focus on higher education as a shared context across countries. Innovation models are often transferred across national and institutional boundaries without sufficient reflection on their theoretical assumptions or contextual fit. This paper provides a framework for critically selecting or combining innovation models in ways that are sensitive to institutional scale, cultural context and the intended depth of change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a scoping review methodology, following the approach outlined by Westphaln et al. (2021). A systematic literature search was conducted in the ERIC database (via EBSCOhost) between December 2023 and February 2024. An English-language search query was developed focusing on innovation, implementation processes, conceptual or theoretical frameworks and higher education contexts. The initial search resulted in 185 peer-review publications. These were screened using four inclusion criteria: (1) a primary focus on innovation as a process rather than a product, (2) explicit reference to an innovation model, framework or theory, (3) relevance to educational contexts, particularly higher education, and (4) an international orientation rather than a country-specific focus. After screening, 54 publications remained for full analysis. From these sources, 19 distinct innovation models were identified. Each model was analysed along three analytical dimensions. First, the models were ordered chronologically to examine their historical development. Second, each model was categorized according to its dominant disciplinary origin. Third, the models were assessed using a structured scoring framework based on the five core aspects of educational innovation proposed by Bocconi et al. (2013). The scoring of the models was conducted independently by two researchers to enhance reliability. Differences in scoring were discussed until consensus was reached. This qualitative-quantitative approach allowed for a systematic comparison of models while retaining sensitivity to theoretical nuance. This analysis therefore goes beyond a historical or descriptive account and examines how different research traditions have produced distinct representations of change and different assumptions about how theoretical knowledge can inform practical action in educational settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate a persistent mismatch between how educational innovation is conceptualised in research and how it is enacted in practice. Early innovation models predominantly frame change in terms of individual behaviour, motivation, or adoption decisions, relying on linear or stage-based logics in which knowledge functions as prescriptive guidance for implementation. More recent models adopt broader, system-oriented perspectives that emphasise interactions among individuals, organisational structures, culture, and long-term learning. In these models, knowledge is framed not as instruction, but as a resource for collective sense-making in complex contexts. Although this shift reflects an important reorientation within educational research regarding what counts as actionable knowledge about change, the analysis shows that earlier assumptions persist. Instead, multiple and often incompatible logics coexist. Educational practice and policy continue to rely heavily on linear and instrumental approaches to innovation, frequently informed by earlier models that simplify pedagogical and organisational complexity. As a result, the analytical potential of more recent models remains underutilised, and the gap between theoretical knowledge about educational change and its enactment in practice is largely maintained. The disciplinary origins of innovation models further reinforce this pattern. Most widely cited models stem from psychology and organisational studies, while explicitly educationally grounded models remain scarce. Consequently, many innovation efforts prioritise behaviour change, adoption, or organisational alignment, while treating learning, pedagogy, and curriculum as secondary or implicit concerns. This imbalance helps explain why higher education innovations frequently struggle to reconcile pedagogical ambitions with organisational and managerial demands. Taken together, these findings indicate that innovation models constitute a largely underexamined factor in the knowledge-to-action gap in higher education. The issue is not the absence of models, but their unreflective use with implicit assumptions about change and practice. When used in narrow or instrumental ways, innovation models may reproduce rather than solve the problems they target. References Baregheh, A., Sambrook, S., & Rowley, J. (2009). Towards a Multidisciplinary Definition of Innovation. Management Decision 47(8), 1323-1339. https://doi.org/10.1108/00251740910984578 Bocconi, S. Kampylis, P. & Punie, Y. (2013). Framing ICT-enabled Innovation for Learning: the case of one-to-one learning initiatives in Europe. European Journal of Education 48(1), 113-130. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12021 Davis, F. D. (1993). User acceptance of information technology: system characteristics, user perceptions and behavioral impacts. International Journal of Machine studies, 39, 475-487. https://doi.org/10.1006/imms.1993.1022 Fullan, M. (2009). The Challenge of Change: Start School Improvement Now! (second edition). Corwin & SAGE Ltd Fullan, M. (2016). The NEW meaning of educational change (Fifth;5; ed.). Teachers College Press. Gess-Newsome, J., Southerland, S. A., Jonhnston, A., & Woodbury, S. (2003). Educational reform, personal practical theories and dissatisfaction: The anatomy of change in college science teaching. American Educational Research Journal, 40(3), 731-767. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312040003731 Hall, G. E., & Ford, S. M. (1987). Change in Schools: Facilitating the Process. State University of New York Press, Albany. Jonker, H., März, V., & Voogt, J. (2020). Curriculum flexibility in a blended curriculum. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, https://doi.org /10.14742/ajet.4926 Kezar, A. (2018). How college change: understanding, leading and enacting change. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315121178 Kirschner, P. A., Paas, F., Wopereis, I. G. J. H., & Hendriks, M. (2005). Determinants for failure and success of innovation projects: The road to sustainable innovations. Heerlen: Open Universiteit Nederland. Kotter, J. P. (1996). Leading Change. The Leadership challenge. San Francisco, CA. OECD. (2005). Oslo Manual: Guidelines for collecting and interpreting innovation data (3e druk). OECD Publishing. Rogers, E. M. (1962). Diffusion of innovations. Free Press of Glencoe. Rogers, E. M. (2003). Diffusions of Innovations (Fifth Edition). Free Press, New York. Schaap, L. & Vanlommel, K. (2024). Why so many change efforts fail: using paradox theory as a lens to understand the complexity of educational change. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2023.2298210 Tappel, A. P. M. (2024). The sustainability of Educational Innovations. [proefschrift]. Universiteit Twente. https://doi.org/10.3990/1.9789036561174 Tidd, J. & Bessant, J. (2013). Managing Innovation: Integrating Technological, Market and Organizational Change. West Sussex, UK.: Wiley. Westphaln, K. K., Regoeczi, W., Masotya, M., Vazquez-Westphaln, B., Lounsbury, K., McDavid, L., Lee, H., Johnson, J., & Ronis, S. D. (2021). From arksey and O’Malley and beyond: Customizations to enhance a team-based, mixed approach to scoping review methodology. Methodsx, 8, 101375-101375. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mex.2021.101375 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Ukrainian Universities in Wartime: Competitiveness and Patterns of Institutional Resilience University of Warsaw, The Faculty of Management, Poland Presenting Author:In education systems under a strong and prolonged influence of crisis conditions, undergoing processes of consolidation and organizational restructuring of universities, and, in some cases, relocation processes caused by the ongoing war, ensuring a high level of university competitiveness has become a critical factor, influencing institutional resilience and prospects for future development. Since the beginning of the war, the Ukrainian higher education system has experienced a pronounced structural contraction, driven by the combined effects of wartime disruption, institutional restructuring, and unfavourable demographic trends. The consequences of this influence are primarily related to (Protsyk, 2025; Dubynska et al., 2025; Guariglia et al., 2025): damage and destruction of universities and financial losses, relocation and migration of the students and academic teachers either abroad or to safer regions within Ukraine, war-related stress among university lecturers and students, decrease in publications and research productivity, relocation of higher education institutions, and ongoing processes of organizational consolidation and reorganization. In recent decades, the concept of university competitiveness has gained increasing attention in the literature on higher education systems, reflecting intensified competition for students, funding, academic staff, and international recognition (Hart & Rodgers, 2024; Maral, 2025). Broadly, university competitiveness is understood as a multidimensional construct capturing an institution’s ability to achieve and sustain superior performance in education, research, and societal engagement within a dynamic and often globalized environment (Pucciarelli & Kaplan, 2016; Musselin, 2018). In this context, composite indices have become an increasingly prominent tool in higher education policy and research, shaping funding allocation, strategic management, and international benchmarking of universities (Shin, Toutkoushian & Teichler, 2011; Hazelkorn, 2015). By aggregating multiple dimensions of performance into synthetic measures, composite indices offer a comparable assessment of institutional competitiveness. However, the growing reliance on international bibliometric databases and global rankings has also raised concerns regarding their limited coverage of national higher education systems, particularly in countries with heterogeneous institutional profiles and uneven research capacity. As a result, large segments of national university systems remain analytically underrepresented, while performance assessments tend to privilege internationally visible research-intensive institutions. Existing empirical literature reflects this imbalance. The majority of quantitative studies either focus on elite universities included in global rankings or adopt case-study approaches centered on a small number of institutions or countries (Marginson, 2014; Hazelkorn & Gibson, 2018). System-wide quantitative analyses that encompass all universities within a national system remain relatively rare. This gap is especially pronounced in contexts of higher education systems, affected by structural shocks, where institutional diversity and asymmetric adaptation processes challenge standard ranking-based assessments. This study addresses this gap by developing a system-wide competitiveness index for all public Ukrainian universities with a focused analysis of research-enhanced competitiveness, examined within a subsample of institutions with sustained research activity. Methodologically, the analysis applies the CRITIC–TOPSIS approach. By doing so, the study contributes to the literature on higher education competitiveness by moving beyond elite-centered rankings and providing a comprehensive quantitative perspective on system-level dynamics under crisis conditions. Based on an analysis of theoretical and empirical studies, four hypotheses have been formulated for verification in this study: H1. University competitiveness exhibits substantial heterogeneity across the higher education system, reflecting structural differences between HEIs. H2. Universities with stronger research performance demonstrate higher levels of overall competitiveness under crisis conditions than institutions with weaker research profiles. H3. The competitiveness of the universities changes significantly in wartime, with the magnitude and direction of change varying across institutions. H4. The negative impact of war on competitiveness is uneven across dimensions, indicating differentiated resilience patterns within universities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The assessment of the competitiveness of higher education institutions requires a multidimensional approach that takes into account a variety of criteria relating to institutional resources as well as the results of research, teaching, and organisational activities. To this end, MCDA methods are used to translate complex data into structured comparative results (Yüksel Kayadelen & Antmen, 2023; Maral, 2024). Setting the weights of the criteria is one of the key challenges in MCDA analysis. In research on higher education and university competitiveness, multi‑criteria decision‑making techniques such as CRITIC, ENTROPY, AHP, FAHP, IVN‑AHP, FDM, CIMAS, BWM, and BBWM are widely employed to derive criterion weights. In this regard, the significant advantages of the CRITIC method are: consideration of data variability, reduction of the influence of highly correlated indicators, and greater weighting of criteria that provide more unique information. As a result, weights are determined objectively and reflect differences in empirical data (Zavadskas, Turskis & Kildienė, 2014; Maral, 2024). In the procedures for comparing alternatives, the TOPSIS, VIKOR, and WASPAS methods offer a transparent way of constructing rankings. Among them, TOPSIS is widely used in ranking analyses of higher education institutions and studies of competitive advantages (Opricovic & Tzeng, 2004; Vrat, 2025). The TOPSIS method allows each unit to be evaluated in relation to the ideal solution (the best possible result) and the anti-ideal solution (the worst possible result), which significantly improves the interpretation of results for stakeholders (universities, policy makers, students). Taking the above arguments into account, a hybrid approach is adopted in this study: the weights of the criteria were determined using the CRITIC method, which avoids the subjectivity of expert assessments, and the university ranking was constructed using TOPSIS, which ensures the transparency and interpretability of the results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Due to the multidimensional nature of university competitiveness, the study adopts a two-tier analytical design distinguishing between system-wide and research-enhanced competitiveness. The baseline specification applies the CRITIC–TOPSIS procedure to the full sample of 115 public universities operating under the authority of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine in 2021-2024, using a system-relevant set of indicators: publications per academic staff member, student-to-staff ratio, graduate employment rate, share of international students, and institutional visibility. The extended specification is estimated for a research-active subsample of 76 universities with bibliometric data available in the Elsevier SciVal database. In addition to the core indicators, it incorporates citations per publication and field-weighted citation impact, enabling a more direct assessment of research quality and international scientific influence. This framework enables comparative analysis of competitiveness dynamics under prolonged crisis conditions and highlights structural differences between teaching-oriented and research-intensive institutions. In conclusion, the study empirically evaluates university competitiveness in a higher education system operating in wartime, offering evidence relevant not only for Ukraine but also for other higher education systems in crisis conditions. References 1.Dubynska, O., Mondich, O., Krasilova, Y., Udovenko, J., & Holotenko, A. (2025). Ukrainian university teachers in wartime: intersectional stress and its impacts on teaching and student engagement. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 1-24. 2.Guariglia, A., Nikolsko-Rzhevskyy, A., Talavera, O., Zadorozhna, O. (2025). Research productivity during the Russian war in Ukraine. Public Choice . https://doi.org/10.1007/s11127-025-01258-5 3.Hart, P. F., & Rodgers, W. (2024). Competition, competitiveness, and competitive advantage in higher education institutions: a systematic literature review, Studies in Higher Education, 49:11, 2153-2177, https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2293926 4.Hazelkorn, E. (2015). Rankings and the reshaping of higher education: The battle for world-class excellence. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137446671 5.Hazelkorn, E., & Gibson, A. (2018). The impact and influence of rankings on the quality, performance and accountability agenda. In Research handbook on quality, performance and accountability in higher education (pp. 232-246). Edward Elgar Publishing. 6.Maral, M. (2024). Examining the research performance of universities with multi-criteria decision-making methods. Sage Open, 14(4), 21582440241300542. 7.Maral, M. (2025). Bibliometric and content analysis on competition in higher education. Higher Education, 1-48. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-025-01425-z 8.Marginson, S. (2014). University rankings and social science. European Journal of Education, 49(1), 45–59. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12061 9.Opricovic, S., & Tzeng, G. H. (2004). Compromise solution by MCDM methods: A comparative analysis of VIKOR and TOPSIS. European journal of operational research, 156(2), 445-455. 10.Protsyk, H. (2025). Higher education amid the war: A resilience test for Ukraine’s integration into the European Higher Education Area. Ukraine’s Thorny Path to the EU From “Integration without Membership” to “Integration through War” Edited by M. Rabinovych and A. Pintsch (pp. 279-310). Palgrave Studies in European Union Politics. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-69154-6_12 11.Pucciarelli, F., & Kaplan, A. (2016). Competition and strategy in higher education: Managing complexity and uncertainty. Business Horizons, 59(3), 311–320. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bushor.2016.01.003 12.Shin, J. C., Toutkoushian, R. K., & Teichler, U. (2011). University rankings: Theoretical basis, methodology and impacts on global higher education. Springer Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-1116-7 13.Vrat, P. (2025). Application of TOPSIS for world ranking of institutions/universities. Journal of Advances in Management Research. https://doi.org/10.1108/JAMR-11-2024-0426 14.Yüksel, F. Ş., Kayadelen, A. N., & Antmen, F. (2023). A systematic literature review on multi-criteria decision making in higher education. International Journal of Assessment Tools in Education, 10(1), 12-28. https://doi.org/10.21449/ijate.1104005 15.Zavadskas, E. K., Turskis, Z., & Kildienė, S. (2014). State of art surveys of overviews on MCDM/MADM methods. Technological and economic development of economy, 20(1), 165-179. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Mapping Organizational Actorhood and Strategic Positioning in Higher Education: A Bibliometric Review 1: Anadolu University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In recent years, dynamics such as internationalization, competitive pressures, and policy instruments rooted in the knowledge economy have accelerated a shift in university governance from the ideal-typical model of a ‘republic of scholars’ toward a ‘stakeholder organization’ (Bleiklie & Kogan, 2007). In this transition, institutional autonomy has increasingly become the basis for strategic decision-making, while academic freedom has been reframed vis-à-vis the interests of other stakeholders and hierarchical leadership structures (Thoenig & Paradeise, 2016). Many scholars describe this transformation in terms of the centralization of decision-making, the strengthening of hierarchical management, and the standardization and formalization of organizational administration (Maassen & Stensaker, 2019). In practice, these tendencies shape institutional behavior through regulatory reforms, market-oriented funding mechanisms, and various evaluation and measurement systems (Whitley & Gläser, 2007). In the face of these governance pressures, universities’ responses vary according to their levels of autonomy, institutional profiles, and embedded organizational logics (Olsen, 2005). Because political–administrative regimes, institutional legacies, and path dependencies of national contexts shape the effects of reforms, the resulting outcomes are highly heterogeneous (Zapp, Marques & Powell, 2021). This heterogeneity becomes increasingly complex as universities operate within nested organizational fields, thereby exposing strategic positioning to multi-level environmental demands (Hüther & Krücken, 2016). While this trajectory highlights organizational actorhood, managerial rationalization, and strategic capacity, change processes simultaneously unfold through mechanisms such as loose coupling, ceremonial conformity, and selective coupling, producing heightened hybridity within institutions (Krücken & Meier, 2006). These multi-layered pressures diversify differentiation and positioning strategies at both the organizational and field levels. In this context, strategic positioning refers to universities’ efforts to generate both vertical and horizontal differentiation by defining distinctive niches, profiles, and focal mix of services under competitive and institutional pressures (Fumasoli & Huisman, 2013). On the one hand, universities are subjected to quality-based stratification through excellence agendas, rankings, and performance metrics; on the other, they seek to identify with specific markets and stakeholder groups through mission statements, strategic plans, and institutional profiles. In this process, positioning becomes a balancing practice situated in the tension between legitimacy and distinctiveness, requiring universities to resemble other institutions while differentiating sufficiently to create sustainable resource niches (Barbato & Turri, 2020). Today, universities are gaining visibility as organizational actors endowed with strategic decision-making capacity, while simultaneously diversifying their adaptation strategies in response to stakeholder expectations and accountability regimes. This conceptual plurality and multi-field orientation make the literature on organizational actorhood and strategic positioning increasingly fragmented, multi-threaded, and interdisciplinary, thereby rendering a systematic mapping of this scholarship both academically and methodologically meaningful. This study seeks to uncover the scope, thematic structure, and evolutionary trajectories of this body of literature. Accordingly, the analysis focuses on two core research questions: (i) around which conceptual clusters does the literature on organizational actorhood and strategic positioning cohere, and (ii) what patterns of orientation, differentiation, and development emerge over time. Employing a bibliometric science-mapping approach, the study aims to offer a comprehensive overview of the field’s current structure and dynamics, to generate novel insights into the intersections between organizational sociology and higher education governance, and to provide a systematic assessment of potential future directions for research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a bibliometric science-mapping approach to examine the literature on organizational actorhood and strategic positioning in a comprehensive manner. Bibliometric analysis is particularly suited to dispersed and interdisciplinary bodies of research due to its capacity to reveal conceptual clusters, intellectual structures, and evolutionary trajectories (Zupic & Čater, 2015). Methodologically, this orientation is well aligned with the aim of mapping the intersection between organizational sociology and higher education governance. In the data collection phase, the Web of Science (WoS) Core Collection and Scopus databases were used. Employing both databases helps mitigate potential biases associated with the disciplinary coverage, geographical representation, and publication type distributions of single data sources, thereby enabling a more comprehensive data universe (Mongeon & Paul-Hus, 2016). Keyword sets related to organizational actorhood, strategic positioning, higher education governance, and organizational sociology were derived from prior conceptual studies and field scans. Search results were subsequently refined through document type, language, and subject-area filters. The WoS and Scopus datasets were merged into a common data structure using the mergeDbSources function in the bibliometrix package (Aria & Cuccurullo, 2017), followed by a two-step deduplication procedure based on DOI matching and title/author cross-checking. After this stage, the total number of records declined to 447. An inclusion–exclusion screening was then conducted to remove off-topic entries (e.g., health, marketing, K-12, psychological agency, brand positioning), resulting in a final dataset of 287 publications. The overall data flow was documented following a protocol adapted from PRISMA guidelines. The analysis proceeded along three dimensions: (i) performance analysis (annual production, citation indicators, leading authors, journals and countries); (ii) science mapping (co-citation, bibliographic coupling, and co-authorship networks); and (iii) conceptual–thematic analysis (keyword co-occurrence networks, thematic evolution, and conceptual structure). All analyses were conducted in R using the bibliometrix/biblioshiny environment, and the resulting clusters were interpreted in light of the substantive orientations of the field (Hallinger & Kovačević, 2019). This approach has several limitations. Database-oriented bibliometric analyses tend to exclude alternative publication formats such as books, reports and grey literature. Moreover, citation-based indicators do not necessarily correspond to research quality, and citation practices may vary asymmetrically across disciplinary and interdisciplinary domains (Bornmann & Daniel, 2008). Nevertheless, bibliometric mapping offers a robust means of visualizing the structural configuration, emerging trends and existing blind spots of the field (Donthu et al., 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The thematic mapping indicates that research on organizational actorhood and strategic positioning has gained considerable momentum over the past decade and has become increasingly institutionalized. The “higher education – education – competitive positioning” axis exhibits high centrality and moderate density, forming the conceptual core of the field. In contrast, themes such as “diversity”, “differentiation” and “universities” function as bridging themes that connect governance-oriented and strategy-oriented research streams. Meanwhile, topics such as “leadership”, “capacity building” and “autonomy” appear as niche themes that have developed but remain relatively isolated within the thematic landscape. Trend and thematic evolution analyses show that early research in the field centered on access, organizational capacity and knowledge production, whereas recent studies increasingly emphasize competition, legitimacy, strategic positioning, innovation and impact. This shift indicates the growing influence of performance-based governance instruments and global comparability demands on universities. At the country level, research production and citation influence are concentrated in the United Kingdom, the United States and Northern Europe, while contributions from the Global South remain marginal. The findings indicate that the field has entered a maturity phase, suggesting that further advances are likely to emerge through theoretical refinement, contextual diversification and comparative research designs. Three research directions stand out: (i) extending the concept of actorhood beyond Anglo-European settings to systems characterized by constrained autonomy and complex governance arrangements; (ii) analyzing strategic positioning not merely as competitive behavior but as a relational and system-embedded process shaped by ranking regimes, policy transfer and asymmetric global hierarchies; and (iii) strengthening qualitative, comparative and mixed-method approaches that complement bibliometric insights in a maturing field. Taken together, these directions point to the need for more context-sensitive and system-embedded explanations at the intersection of organizational sociology and higher education governance. References Aria, M., & Cuccurullo, C. (2017). bibliometrix: An R-tool for comprehensive science mapping analysis. Journal of Informetrics, 11(4), 959–975. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.joi.2017.08.007 Barbato, G., & Turri, M. (2020). What do positioning paths of universities tell about the diversity of higher education systems? An exploratory study. Studies in Higher Education, 45(9), 1919-1932. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2019.1619681 Bleiklie, I., & Kogan, M. (2007). Organization and governance of universities. Higher Education Policy, 20(4), 477-493. https://doi.org/10.1057/palgrave.hep.8300167 Bornmann, L., & Daniel, H.-D. (2008). What do citation counts measure? A review of studies on citing behavior. Journal of Documentation, 64(1), 45–80. https://doi.org/10.1108/00220410810844150 Donthu, N., Kumar, S., Mukherjee, D., Pandey, N., & Lim, W. M. (2021). How to conduct a bibliometric analysis: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research, 133, 285–296. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.04.070 Fumasoli, T., & Huisman, J. (2013). Strategic agency and system diversity: Conceptualizing institutional positioning in higher education. Minerva, 51(2), 155-169. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-013-9225-y Hallinger, P., & Kovačević, J. (2019). A bibliometric review of research on educational administration: Science mapping the literature, 1960 to 2018. Review of Educational Research, 89(3), 335-369. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543198303 Hüther, O., & Krücken, G. (2016). Nested organizational fields: Isomorphism and differentiation among European universities. In E. P. Berman & C. Paradeise (Eds.), The university under pressure. Research in the Sociology of Organizations, 46, 53–83. Emerald. https://doi.org/10.1108/S0733-558X20160000046003 Krücken, G., & Meier, F. (2006). Turning the university into an organizational actor. In G. S. Drori, J. W. Meyer, & H. Hwang (Eds.), Globalization and organization (pp. 241-257). Oxford University. Maassen, P., & Stensaker, B. (2019). From organised anarchy to de‐coupled bureaucracy: The transformation of university organisation. Higher Education Quarterly, 73(4), 456-468. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12229 Mongeon, P., & Paul-Hus, A. (2016). The journal coverage of Web of Science and Scopus: A comparative analysis. Scientometrics, 106(1), 213–228. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-015-1765-5 Olsen, J. P. (2005). The institutional dynamics of the (European) University, Arena Working Paper No. 15, University of Oslo: Arena. Thoenig, J. C., & Paradeise, C. (2016). Strategic capacity and organisational capabilities: A challenge for universities. Minerva, 54(3), 293-324. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-016-9297-6 Whitley, R., & Gläser, J. (Eds.) (2007). The changing governance of the sciences. The advent of research evaluation systems. Springer. Zapp, M., Marques, M., & Powell, J. J. (2021). Blurring the boundaries. University actorhood and institutional change in global higher education. Comparative Education, 57(4), 538-559. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2021.1967591 Zupic, I., & Čater, T. (2015). Bibliometric methods in management and organization. Organizational Research Methods, 18(3), 429–472. https://doi.org/10.1177/109442811456262 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 08 A: Higher education politics and policy Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Iris BenDavid-Hadar Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Building Alternate Policy Realities: Recreating Finnish Higher Education Productivity Policies Through Time Travel 1: University of Nevada, Reno, United States of America; 2: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Productivity reforms in higher education promise continuous improvement of outcomes, and therefore societies (Kallunki et al., 2015). If productivity reforms work, why have they not worked? After roughly 40 years of productivity reform in Finland, why does productivity reform continue (e.g., Korkeakoululaitoksen Kehittämissuunnitelma, 1987; Grek & Russell, 2024; Nielsen et al., 2023; Yliopistolaki, 1997; Yliopistolaki, 2009)? Productivity promises to produce productivity, but in empirical fact does not produce productivity. If productivity does not work, how else can we understand the work of the university? Productivity logic is “a post-secular belief system” marked by its “capacity to propel activity without recourse to any framework of philosophical purpose” (Gregg, 2018, p. 9). Productivity does not aim to produce a higher education that supports civic participation or any other specific and durable value, productivity aims to produce boundable and measurable stuff. If productivity was never grounded in a public, democratic value of higher education, we should break up with it, humans and others around the world deserve better. If the value of higher education is in expanding the ability of the capacities and possibilities of its denizens, we should study and create higher education policy in a way that aligns with this value. The work of this paper is to present a way of moving through higher education policy discussions that reads public good and other collective and unquantifiable educational values into the reality of discourse and practice. To do so, the methods of this paper necessarily diverge from those recognizable within productivity logic itself. A simpler way to state our research problem is how can we make higher education worthy of the present without resorting to a rationalist take on progress? In the specific language of productivity or economic logic in higher education, we ask how can we improve higher education policy without devolving into worlds made by the logics of improvement, quality control, or productivity? In this work, we explore one real, and fantastic, yet real, option: time travel, or recycling the past and future of higher education policy to return presents (and futures and pasts) that are malleable. Rather than asking how we got to a situation in need of productivity reform, we ask what are all the other places and times that higher education policy is actually in? Our research question is: how does the here of Finnish higher education policy differ, now? By asking what life is like within a history recycling now, we explore how higher education policy is, was, and can become different. The productivity logic of the last generation of capitalist higher education fixes higher education’s past in history to be mined as data, and future in the realm of predictions acted on as if they are real, now (Smithers, 2020; Witzenberger & Gulson, 2021). Predictive policy futures are overcoded by quality assurance regimes at best (Melin et al., 2015), and narratives of inevitability that put the total- in totalitarian at worst. To refuse such futures requires we also refuse the pasts they are built on. In time traveling Finnish higher education policy, we explore not how to live outside of productivity logic, but how to live inside it, through it, and turn it inside out. Productivity reform begets productivity reform. Policy that produces alternative futures requires alternative orientations to policy. Time travel searches for the spirit of the times that produces particular policies (Ball, 2015; or a chrono-topological Lingard and Sellar, 2014). We therefore portal around through time and space to policies of all kinds, and from the upside-down of productivity logic, build alternate pasts, presents, and futures of Finnish higher education policy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our methodology is time travel: we portal through time and space to re/construct formative points in the ascendance of productivity logic. This methodology is a form of broadly poststructural policy analysis, including related queer theory, all guided by the noted theorist Doctor Who (Ahmed, 2006; Davies et al., 1963-present; Foucault, 1986; Webb & Gulson, 2015). With time travel as our method, the device we use to do this work is (of course) a TARDIS, Doctor Who’s transporter through Time and Relative Dimension in Space. The TARDIS of policy time travel moves for the same reasons as Doctor Who’s: we try to go to a fun place to show the world to people, end up in the middle of a mess, and save the world in the end. Here, our fun places are moments where success outside of capitalism, production, or quality is thinkable. Propelled by endless questions and a sense of wonder (Smithers, 2023), we portal to policy moments that might express the value of higher education as expansion of possibility. This type of fun place exists across time and space. Portals take us to heterotopias and heterochronies across time and space. The path of the tardis traces a queer line of hope, subversion, and counterconducts, or the times and spaces where productivity did not, does not, and will not quite hold (Ahmed, 2006; Foucault, 1986). We do this in search of how higher education policy is different and how we might be moved to be different ourselves. Our portals collapse connected policy presuppositions. In this queer movement, portaling breaks the sense that policy is a tool to produce progress. Policy links practices across ages and in some way attempts to change them. Presuppositions are links of a specific form: they declare or infer a world that has been, and therefore is (Saarinen, 2008). They treat as stable and unquestioned a world that has become (it is not the product of a stable past), is becoming (it is a totalizing statement in an untotalizable world), and has yet to become (the image presuppositions project into the future are only a bit of what could become). Our portaling across Finnish productivity policy documents collapses presuppositions across documents that speak to each other. This is a non-linear recycling of history, as history comes back around into the present (or: presents project themselves into the future) - as recognizable but not identical. (Saarinen, 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The output of portaling policies is the creation of alterhistories, alterfactuals, and alterfuturities. This is an extension of counterfactual theorizing that emphasizes the reality of the pasts, presents, and futures we create (Wenzlhuemer, 2009). Alters are as real as the past, present, and future that normative policy writing constructs. The truth of reality is field tested: not does it make sense, but can it make sense. Alters do not create truths, they create senses of the world in which real things can be apprehended. In our findings, they create the imagination for the nonplaces of higher education that are here, that have been, and that will be lived outside of the grip of economic logics (Smithers, 2023). We have begun our portaling with the Finnish Ministry of Education’s 1995-2000 Development Plan (Opetusministeriö, 1996) to get a look at the emergence of economic success as an imperative of higher education. From here, we begin our queer path in search of connections to moments, latent or expressed, of alter-success. This target cannot become its own straight line; it shifts as we question. Time traveling recycled the 1995-2000 Development Plan into the present. From here, our travels will likely include other laws, development plans, other Ministry documents, and government programmes of the last several decades and writings on policy from Finnish research symposium proceedings. We have begun with a major entry point of economic logic into Finnish higher education policy, and we will wonder through time and space from there. We expect our findings will construct a new world, or rather, a world that exists now (and then, and to come) that is buried under the inevitability of economic logic. Our time-traveling will result in a non-linear composition of spaces and times wherein expansive logics of the value of Finnish higher education lives. References Ahmed, S. (2006). Queer phenomenology: Objects, orientations, others. Duke. Ball, S. J. (2015). What is policy? 21 years later: reflections on the possibilities of policy research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(3), 306–313. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2015.1015279 Davies, R. T., Gardner, J., Tranter, J., Collins, J., & Collinson, P. (Executive Producers). Doctor Who [TV series]. BBC. Foucault, M. (1986). Of other spaces. Diacritics, 16(1), 22–27. https://www.jstor.org/stable/464648 Gregg, M. (2018). Counterproductive: Time management in the knowledge economy. Duke. Grek, S., & Russell, I. (2024). Beyond Bologna? Infrastructuring quality in European higher education. European Educational Research Journal, 23(2), 215–236. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041231170518 Kallunki, J., Koriseva, S., & Saarela, H. (2015). Suomalaista yliopistopolitiikkaa ohjaavat perustelut tuloksellisuuden aikakaudella [The rationale behind Finnish university policy in an era of performance]. Kasvatus Aika, 9(3), 117-133. https://journal.fi/kasvatusjaaika/article/view/68541 Korkeakoululaitoksen Kehittämissuunnitelma Vuosille 1987-1992 [Higher education development act] (1987). https://www.finna.fi/Record/arto.012491632 Lingard, B., & Sellar, S. (2014). Representing your country: Scotland, PISA and new spatialities of educational governance. Scottish Educational Review, 46(1), 5–18. https://doi.org/10.1163/27730840-04601002 Melin, G., Zuijdam, F., Good, B., Angelis, J., Enberg, J., Fikkers, D. J., Puukka, J., Swenning, A., Kosk, K., Lastunen, J., & Zegel, S. (2015). Towards a future proof system for higher education and research in Finland. Ministry of Education and Culture. Nielsen, K., Javorka, Z., Halme, K., Järvelin, A.-M., Evers, G., Berger, F., & Bengtsson, A. (2023). Evaluation of the governance and funding practices used by the Ministry of Education and Culture for steering Finnish Higher Education Institutions. Technopolis Group. Opetusministeriö. (1996). Koulutuksen ja korkeakouluissa harjoitettavan tutkimuksen kehittämissuunnitelma vuosille 1995-2000 [Development plan for education and research in higher education institutions, 1995-2000]. Opetusministeriö. Saarinen, T. (2008). Persuasive presuppositions in OECD and EU higher education policy documents. Discourse Studies, 10(3), 341–359. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461445608089915 Saarinen, T. (2020). Higher education, language and new nationalism in Finland: Recycled histories. Springer. Smithers, L. (2020). Student success as preemption: Predictive constructions of futures-to-never-come. Futures, 124, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2020.102639 Smithers, L. E. (2023). The production of alter-competence: Wonder in Graduate Preparation Program coursework. Journal of Student Affairs Research and Practice, 60(4), 521–536. https://doi.org/10.1080/19496591.2022.2111520 Webb, P. T., & Gulson, K. N. (2015). Policy, geophilosophy and education. SensePublishers. Wenzlhuemer, R. (2009). Counterfactual thinking as a scientific method. Historical Social Research, 34(2), 27–54. Witzenberger, K., & Gulson, K. N. (2021). Why EdTech is always right: Students, data and machines in pre-emptive configurations. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(4), 420–434. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021.1913181 Yliopistolaki [Universities Act], 645/1997 (1997). https://finlex.fi/fi/lainsaadanto/saadoskokoelma/1997/645 Yliopistolaki [Universities Act], 558/2009 (2009). https://finlex.fi/fi/lainsaadanto/saadoskokoelma/2009/558 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Internationalisation Policies in Portuguese Higher Education: A Decolonial Perspective 1: University of Porto, Portugal; 2: Centre for Research and Intervention in Education (CIIE) of the Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences (FPCEUP) Presenting Author:IInternationalisation has become a central policy agenda in European higher education, often linked to global competitiveness, participation in the knowledge economy, and institutional prestige (de Wit et al., 2017; Robertson, 2010). In Portugal, these developments unfold within a historically situated context shaped by colonial legacies (Araújo & Maeso, 2012; Santos, 2014). This raises questions about how national and institutional policies conceptualise academic integration and social inclusion within internationalisation efforts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper undertakes a reflexive thematic analysis to examine how internationalisation and inclusion are addressed within Portuguese higher education policy at both national and institutional levels. The dataset includes national legislation and regulatory documents (2014–2025), as well as strategic plans from five public universities selected for their significant enrolment of international students. The analysis is guided by a decolonial framework attentive to coloniality, epistemic hierarchies, and relations of knowledge and power (Quijano, 2000; Santos, 2014; Stein, 2019). Using NVivo, a hybrid coding strategy was applied, combining theoretically informed categories, such as epistemic justice and stratified mobility, with inductively generated codes (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that national-level internationalisation policies are primarily driven by economic rationales, global visibility, and competitiveness, while references to academic integration and social inclusion remain limited. Institutional strategic plans, in contrast, include more explicit references to inclusion through support services, intercultural initiatives, and international partnerships. These references are often framed in general terms and remain secondary to prestige-oriented objectives, reflecting selective constructions of the “international student” and reinforcing existing hierarchies within global academic mobility. By examining the Portuguese higher education system, this study contributes to European policy debates on how national systems navigate tensions between the European Higher Education Area's competitiveness goals and the need for epistemic justice and social inclusion. The analysis offers insights relevant to NW23’s focus on the politics of education by showing how a decolonial perspective illuminates the structural conditions shaping inclusive internationalisation. References Araújo, M., & Maeso, S. R. (2012). History textbooks, racism and the critique of Eurocentrism: Beyond rectification or compensation. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 35(7), 1266–1286. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2011.600767 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. London: SAGE. de Wit, H., Hunter, F., Howard, L., & Egron-Polak, E. (2017). Internationalisation of higher education. Brussels: European Parliament. Quijano, A. (2000). Coloniality of power, eurocentrism, and Latin America. Nepantla: Views from South, 1(3), 533–580. Robertson, S. L. (2010). Globalisation, education governance and the state. In M. Apple, S. Ball, & L. Gandin (Eds.), International handbook of the sociology of education (pp. 41–51). London: Routledge. Santos, B. de S. (2014). Epistemologies of the South: Justice against epistemicide. London: Routledge. Stein, S. (2019). A colonial history of the higher education present. Postcolonial Studies, 22(1), 7–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/13688790.2019.1630025 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Democratic Imagination in Universities across Political Change: A Historically Informed Analysis Vilnius University Presenting Author:Recent debates in education research highlight growing concern about how changing political conditions are reshaping the ways in which knowledge is produced and recognised in universities. These shifts raise important questions about academic autonomy, pluralism, and the conditions under which democratic imagination — understood as the capacity to articulate, contest, and sustain alternative democratic possibilities through knowledge — can be sustained within academic life. However, prevailing narratives often depict these political and governance changes as steps towards greater openness or pluralism, obscuring the normalisation of new regulatory logics and frameworks that permeate everyday academic and institutional practices. This risks ignoring how political change not only affects governance structures or formal academic freedom, but also the contingent epistemic conditions through which democratic possibilities are imagined, debated, and gradually stabilised within universities. This paper addresses this gap by offering a theoretically grounded, historically informed analysis of how political change reconfigures the epistemic conditions of university life. It asks how political transformations shape the conditions of knowledge production, and how these shifts can both open up and constrain democratic imagination over time. The paper approaches universities not as neutral instruments for achieving specific political, economic, or civic outcomes, but as contested institutional spaces in which democratic possibilities depend on historical and political dynamics of authority, knowledge, and contestation. The analysis is grounded in the Lithuanian case, where a series of political transformations has unfolded within a relatively compressed historical timeframe. This trajectory makes visible how contrasting political regimes shape universities over time, revealing broader dynamics of continuity and change that extend beyond this specific context. Empirically, the paper examines key moments in the development of universities across different political eras, including early democratic formations, Soviet governance, post-Soviet reorientation, and contemporary policy configurations shaped by broader European and global agendas. Instead of focusing solely on moments of rupture or reform, this analysis traces how evolving political conditions have gradually transformed epistemic expectations, academic authority, and the boundaries of legitimate knowledge, as reforms are mediated through institutional routines and policy infrastructures that structure daily academic practices. In this way, the paper illustrates how governance arrangements become stabilised over time through their incorporation into everyday academic and institutional routines, often well after initial political changes have occurred. The analysis shows how political change frequently involves not the elimination of epistemic constraints, but their reorganisation. Older forms of closure are supplanted by new modes of regulation tied to policy relevance, performance metrics, and instrumental rationalities. Shifts typically regarded as democratising or liberalising can generate new tensions for academic freedom and democratic life within the university. By situating debates on academic autonomy and democratic imagination within a longer trajectory of political and epistemic transformation, this paper challenges linear and thus simplistic narratives of democratisation in higher education. It demonstrates that political change reworks — not just simply expands — the conditions for openness and academic freedom, underscoring the historical contingencies that underpin the present arrangements of the university. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a historically informed sociological approach to political change by analysing how shifts in governance are translated into reconfigurations of the existing boundaries of legitimate knowledge and academic authority in universities. The analysis traces how political transformations have reshaped the conditions under which knowledge is produced, recognised, and legitimised, focusing on epistemic reconfiguration rather than institutional chronology. Political change is approached not as a sequence of linear transformations, but as a process in which different regimes rearticulate these conditions in ways that persist, overlap, and are reworked within contemporary university arrangements. This approach is oriented toward understanding how present university conditions are constituted through layered and historically situated governance arrangements that coexist within contemporary universities. Attention is paid not only to moments of political rupture or reform, but also to the longer-term processes through which reforms are mediated, stabilised, and incorporated into institutional routines. By foregrounding processes of mediation and stabilisation, the analysis resists reform-centred readings of political change. The study adopts a case-based design centred on Lithuania. The case was selected for its analytical value in tracing how successive political regimes reconfigure epistemic authority within a single higher education system. Lithuania is treated as a diagnostic site for examining how universities have been shaped across successive political regimes, including periods of democratic independence, Soviet rule, post-socialist transformation, and the contemporary neoliberal policy environment. Because these transformations unfolded within a relatively compressed historical timeframe, the Lithuanian case makes particularly visible how different political regimes reshape epistemic authority and academic legitimacy in universities. These dynamics are analytically relevant for understanding similar transformations taking place in higher education systems beyond Lithuania, especially in the contemporary European and global context. The analysis draws on secondary historical and sociological scholarship on higher education, alongside higher education policy documents. These materials are examined as institutional artefacts through which political priorities and epistemic expectations are articulated, mediated, and embedded, shaping the conditions under which academic practices take place and democratic imagination becomes institutionally structured. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis shows that the democratic significance of political change cannot be inferred from formal reforms or governance shifts alone, but depends on how reforms quietly reshape epistemic authority and redefine legitimate knowledge within universities. Common indicators of democratisation can be misleading, as reforms may expand formal freedoms while narrowing the space for critique, dissent, and collective imagination. Seen in this light, political transitions do not have uniform democratic effects. They can create opportunities for plurality and intellectual renewal, but may also establish new regulatory forms that become stabilised through institutional practices. Across different periods, moments of rupture have sometimes enabled efforts to reimagine the university’s democratic possibilities, while at other times reconfigured control in subtle, enduring ways. Rather than replacing one governance regime with another, political change has sometimes also involved mediation and reorganisation of epistemic expectations through policy, organisational routines, and shifting understandings of academic authority. The analysis suggests that such constraints cannot be attributed to authoritarian regimes alone, but also take shape in democracies through the everyday organisation of epistemic authority — including how priorities are set and knowledge is validated. Viewed through this lens, the Lithuanian case is not an exception but a revealing analytical site where these dynamics are especially visible. Contemporary regulation operates not through overt coercion, but through reform-oriented governance practices framed as progressive and inevitable. These modes of regulation appear less restrictive because they are embedded in routine procedures rather than imposed directly. In the current global moment — marked by democratic erosion alongside mounting political and institutional pressures on universities — this underscores a central insight of the paper: the democratic stakes of higher education lie not only in formal autonomy or reform agendas, but in whether universities retain the epistemic openness needed to question prevailing rationalities and to imagine alternatives at all. References Appel, H., & Orenstein, M. A. (2016). Why did neoliberalism triumph and endure in the post-communist world? Comparative Politics, 48(3), 313–331. https://doi.org/10.5129/001041516818254862 Jungblut, J., Vukasović, M., & Stensaker, B. (2020). Change in higher education: The impact of policy shifts. European Journal of Higher Education, 10(2), 145–162. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2019.1688850 Marginson, S. (2016). Higher education and the common good. Melbourne University Publishing. Matei, L., & Iwinska, J. (2018). Diverging paths? Institutional autonomy and academic freedom in the European Higher Education Area. In A. Curaj, L. Deca, & R. Pricopie (Eds.), European higher education area: The impact of past and future policies (pp. 345–369). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-77407-7_22 Snyder, T. (2018). The road to unfreedom: Russia, Europe, America. Tim Duggan Books. Veiga, A., & Amaral, A. (2006). The European policy on higher education: An analysis from the perspective of soft law. European Journal of Education, 41(3–4), 321–337. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-3435.2006.00270.x Želvys, R., Leišytė, L., Peksen, S., Bružienė, R., & Rose, A.-L. (2021). From collegiality to managerialism in Lithuanian higher education. Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia, 46, 27–42. https://doi.org/10.15388/ActPaed.46.2021.2 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Policy as discourse or bureaucracy? A Comparative Analysis of Policy Enactment in Chinese and English Universities University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Research Objective and Research Questions: This study aims to comparatively examine how different national HE governance regimes, institutional bureaucracy, and different disciplinary contexts influence the dynamics of policy enactment and related reforms, and by exploring how policy actors at different levels interpret policy discourse and how such interpretations, in interaction with bureaucratic structures, shape policy enactment in practice. Furthermore, this research has been guided by the following research questions: RQ1: How do policy actors’ interpretations and translations shape the enactment of educational reform policies in Chinese and English universities? RQ2: How do national, institutional and disciplinary contexts influence the process of policy enactment and related reforms in Chinese and English universities? RQ3: How do policy discourses interact with bureaucratic structures to influence policy enactment in Chinese and English universities? RQ4: What insights from cross-national comparisons can advance theoretical understandings of policy as both discourse and bureaucracy, particularly regarding policy actorhood, agency, and processes of policy change? Theoretical Framework: This study is based on two existing theoretical frameworks, policy as discourse and policy as bureaucracy, to explain the complexity of the policy enactment process within Chinese and England higher education contexts. Based on Foucault (1975), and Ball (1993), and Bacchi’s (1999) post-structural policy analysis theory, on the one hand, this study aims to move beyond the traditional policy structural analysis view, present the origin of the policy discourse and argue that policy enactment is a dynamic and evolving process, which involves real-time policy adaptation based on policy actors’ different interpretations and understandings. On the other hand, this research is based on another framework of policy as bureaucracy, drawing on Weber’s (1978) classical theory of bureaucracy, which conceptualises policy as a process of structured administration and hierarchical implementation grounded in standardised documents and rational procedures. It further incorporates Nash’s (2019) notions of marketising and Lipsky’s (2010) concept of street-level bureaucracy, to explore how academics struggle within the ‘iron cage’ of performance metrics and exercise professional discretion to escape from it. Furthermore, this research is also grounded in Clark’s (1986) triangular model of higher education governance and Baggini’s (2018) philosophy theory to discuss how to understand the differences across countries in various national, institutional, and disciplinary contexts, focusing on the curriculum reform policy in universities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In addressing the three research questions posited in this study, an exploratory qualitative research approach has been adopted, which is firmly rooted in the interpretative philosophical framework. Two empirical case studies has been conducted, beginning with a comprehensive document analysis of policy artefacts, including university and national policy documents, university websites, and university blogs related to ongoing educational reforms in the selected universities. Subsequently, 42 interviews were conducted with key policy actors at different levels, including university staff involved in the curriculum reform, faculty leaders responsible for teaching and learning, directors of studies and unit convenors within departments. Moreover, thematic analysis approach has been adopted to analyse all the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Firstly, policy actors at the university and faculty levels interpret and respond to curriculum reform differently from those at the departmental level, with senior-level actors demonstrating a more unified and positive orientation towards reform. Second, national and institutional contexts in China and England exert a stronger influence on curriculum reform than disciplinary contexts. The English curriculum change is closely aligned with market logics and employment demands, framing education as a product and students as consumers. By contrast, while market-oriented mechanisms are incorporated into Chinese university governance, curriculum reform remains primarily oriented towards education as a public good serving both individual development and national progress. Third, although academics in England have greater discursive spaces to negotiate and contest policy, they are more tightly constrained by bureaucratic administrative requirements, who are encouraged to interalise the legitimacy of reform, particularly through the expectation to demonstrate reform through formal paperwork. In contrast, Chinese academics tend to enact policy in quieter forms of discourse, yet exercise greater practical agency within bureaucratic structures, as successful enactment depends less on internal endorsement than on the appearance of effective implementation. Overall, the policy enactment functions as a show at both universities and not as successful as advertised. In both contexts, a shared logic of ‘reform must not fail’ was constructed, whereby reforms had to be narrated as continuously advanced and accompanied by visible markers of progress although not all courses were actually redesigned. Therefore, policy reform ceases to function as a genuine mechanism for problem-solving and instead becomes a mechanism for institutional self-reproduction. Policy actors are compelled to complete administrative tasks primarily to demonstrate they are ‘reforming’, thereby enhancing institutional reputation and pursuing personal promotion. This leads to policy fabrications and performative compliance where actors prioritise superficial adherence and the appearance of success over genuine engagement with the reform process. References Bacchi, C. L. (1999) Women, policy and politics: The construction of policy problems. Ball, S. J. (1993) What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes, The Australian Journal of Education Studies, 13(2), pp. 10-17. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., Braun, A., and Hoskins, K. (2011) Policy actors: doing policy work in schools, Discourse (Abingdon, England), 32(4), pp. 625-639. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601565. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., and Braun, A. (2012) How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools, 1(148), pp. 175-179. DOI: https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203153185. Baggini, J. (2018) How the world thinks: a global history of philosophy. Granta Books. Clark, B. R. (1986) The higher education system: Academic organization in cross-national perspective. Univ of California Press. Foucoult, M. (1975) Discipline and punish. A. Sheridan, Tr., Paris, FR, Gallimard. Lipsky, M. (2010) Street-level bureaucracy: Dilemmas of the individual in public service. Russell sage foundation. Nash, K. (2019) Neo-liberalisation, universities and the values of bureaucracy, The Sociological Review, 67(1), pp. 178-193. Weber, M. (1978) Economy and society: An outline of interpretive sociology. University of California press. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 08 B: Tracing Education Policy Change: Theoretical and Methodological Developments in the Comparative Analysis of Educational Reforms Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Antoni Verger Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Tracing Education Policy Change: Theoretical and Methodological Developments in the Comparative Analysis of Educational Reforms Education policy change is not only central to explaining educational outcomes; it has increasingly become an object of analysis in its own right. A growing body of research asks what drives policy change and through which mechanisms it unfolds. Do reforms primarily respond to external pressures and crises, or are they better explained by endogenous dynamics within education systems? How does policy change operate in multi-level governance settings, where authority and responsibility are dispersed across actors and scales? How do policy instruments evolve over time? To what extent do processes of policy diffusion and emulation shape national policy trajectories, and how do these dynamics interact with patterns of policy diversity and convergence? This research agenda, and the comparative approaches associated with it, have been significantly advanced by the growing availability and granularity of cross-national data. Recent efforts to compile panel datasets on education policy have enabled longitudinal analyses of reform processes, significantly extending the scope of comparative historical inquiry in education.
A first major development in this direction was the emergence of global datasets routinely produced by international organizations, which substantially expanded cross-national coverage and increased data granularity. However, the analytical scope of such datasets has remained limited. They have largely focused on the “quantity” of education—through indicators capturing enrollment, expenditure, and provision—and, to a lesser extent, on the institutional and policy dimensions of education systems. When policy variables are included, coverage is often limited to a small number of countries and to the national level—thereby overlooking federal or highly decentralised education systems—and is frequently discontinuous over time, as is the case with several international large-scale assessment datasets.
This situation has begun to change only recently, with new efforts to compile panel data on the policy features of education systems. Ad hoc datasets carefully curated by specialised research teams (e.g. WERD, SchoolPol, WeSis, V-INDOC) have paved the way for a genuinely longitudinal perspective on education policy change, thereby expanding the horizons of comparative education analysis. These databases systematise information on a wide array of policy instruments and on the evolving configuration of education systems over time. In doing so, they help overcome some of the longstanding limitations of comparative research by enabling configurational analyses and richer accounts of policy change informed by policy sociology, policy process theories, and policy trajectory perspectives. Rather than framing policy change as a series of discrete “educational reform” episodes, these data infrastructures make it possible to trace the cumulative and path-dependent evolution of policy instruments, illuminating processes of expansion, recalibration, and accumulation.
This symposium brings together several papers that exemplify this new generation of comparative education policy research. The contributions draw on ongoing projects that examine both the determinants and the consequences of changes in the organization and governance of education systems across diverse institutional contexts. Collectively, they analyse the diversification of education policies in decentralised governance settings, the expansion of policy toolkits, and the intensification of reform efforts in key areas of education governance. Rather than treating reforms as discrete events, the contributions trace policy trajectories over time, taking the temporal dimension seriously to examine both the determinants and the consequences of changes in the organisation and governance of education systems. Beyond its empirical contributions, the symposium is conceived as a space for reflection and exchange on the analytical potential—and limits—of longitudinal approaches to the study of education policy and politics. In particular, it critically interrogates what this strand of research may inadvertently reify, overlook, or obscure. Panelists will also discuss strategies to address these limitations, including combining longitudinal, mid- and large-N analyses with qualitative approaches such as process tracing and small-N case studies. References Bromley, P., Kijima, R., Overbey, L., Furuta, J., Choi, M., & Santos, H. (2023). World Education Reform Database (WERD): A Global Dataset on Education Reforms. Del Río, A., Knutsen, C. H., & Lutscher, P. M. (2025). Education policies and systems across modern history: A global dataset. Comparative Political Studies, 58(5), 851-889. Gingrich, J., Giudici, A., & McArthur, D. (2024). Multidimensionality matters: the implications of educational hierarchy and differentiation for intergenerational mobility in Europe. Comparative Education Review, 68(2), 238-261. Neundorf, A., Nazrullaeva, E., Northmore-Ball, K., Tertytchnaya, K., & Kim, W. (2023). Varieties of Indoctrination (V-Indoc): Introducing a Global Dataset on the Politicization of Education and the Media. V-Dem Working Paper, 136. Windzio, M., Besche-Truthe, F., & Seitzer, H. (2021). Historical Education System Data (HESDat). Presentations of the Symposium Beyond Adoption: Measuring Reform Intensity in Policy Diffusion
Reform and policy change are multidimensional constructs. In principle, governments can induce change through multiple “tools”: (i) legislative action (new laws, amendments, decrees), (ii) budgetary incentives, (iii) information and persuasion campaigns, and (iv) contractual arrangements with state and non-state actors tied to public mandates (Hood, 1983). Since the early 2000s, a fifth tool has become central in many sectors: standards-based regulation through performance evaluation and benchmarking. In education, this includes accreditation, accountability, and quality assurance regimes in which states or authorized intermediaries set standards and assess provider performance. While each tool seems straightforward to observe over time, unidimensional measures often fail to capture the policy mixes (“reform packages”) that unfold across several years, as well as differences in bindingness, coverage, and sequencing.
These challenges intensify in diffusion research. Studies of “traveling reforms” commonly reconstruct adoption sequences across countries - either by tracking outcome indicators (e.g., administrative downsizing patterns) or by mapping the spread of international organizations’ “global scripts” using program information. Yet diffusion research frequently narrows reform operationalization to single tools, often measured by whole counts, without being sensitive to variation in reform mixes. This focus can misrepresent reform dynamics in at least five ways: it atomizes bundled reforms into isolated acts; it privileges adoption over durability and reversal (“stickiness” and lifespan); it inflates apparent “reform peaks” by coding a single adoption year while ignoring subsequent, less binding instruments; it misses jurisdictional shifts when reforms move to subnational arenas (as in decentralization waves); and it overlooks national policy styles, where politicization, direct-democratic constraints, or consensus requirements make legislation a last resort, with change pursued via guidelines, pilots, or negotiated instruments.
The presentation addresses this measurement problem through an empirical case study of education reform in China. Drawing on publicly available laws and policy repositories, it compiles and codes reform events across jurisdictional levels where possible. Events are tracked over time and summarized through three indicators: intensity (amount and significance of change), coverage (scope of change), and durability (how long measures remain in force). These metrics reveal system dynamics, identify reform bundles versus isolated acts, and distinguish shifts in the mix of “hard” and “soft” instruments. The resulting timelines and profiles provide a clear, comparable foundation for cross-system analyses of reform and diffusion beyond legislation alone.
References:
Hood, C. (1983). Using bureaucracy sparingly. Public Administration, 61(2), 197-208.
Education Policy in the Short and Long Term: Theorising Party Stances Towards De-Tracking Reforms
A long-standing body of literature in education and welfare policy argues that parties and governments approach public policy reform with distinctive ideologies (Ansell, 2010; Apple, 2006; Ball, 2008; Esping-Andersen, 1990; Wiborg, 2009). Accordingly, parties’ reform preferences stem directly from these ideologies, resulting, for example, in distinctive 'social democratic' or 'conservative' approaches to education reform (e.g., Lawton, 1994). However, post-WWII education reform in Western democracies is rife with examples of governments with similar ideological goals implementing different reforms, including in areas relating to core values such as equality, such as educational tracking.
This paper aims to theorise government stances on tracking reform, drawing on new data collected for the ERC-Schoolpol project which documents both long-term institutional change and actor coalitions. Our institutional index systematically codes changes in the degree of differentiation and hierarchy in lower-secondary tracking across seventeen Western democracies from 1945 to 2022 (Gingrich et al., 2024). In this paper, we combine this index with actor-coalitions data that systematically codes stances of these countries’ main left- and right-wing parties on education reform, including tracking, as well as institutional links between these parties and relevant stakeholders (churches, private education providers, and unions) over the same period. We also draw on country- and reform-specific literature as well as sources documenting decision-making processes (e.g., reports, parliamentary debates, the media), to reconstruct major reform-processes in each country. We analyse this data in two ways: quantitatively, using a medium-N analysis to assess the correlation between party types and reform timing and outcome; and qualitatively, by tracing the process that links reform conditions and outcomes in selected pathway cases (Gerring, 2007).
We show that parties approach education with broad ideological aims but substantial uncertainty over particular reforms. In the short-term, this uncertainty is mediated through their links to stakeholders, who are certain about concrete reform consequences on status and working conditions. We also find that short-term reform preferences have long-term impacts, as parties align ideological aims with reform preferences based on these alignments, yielding varied reform paths.
Our analysis shows that stakeholders can shape policy in ways other than blocking (Moe & Wiborg, 2017; Wiborg, 2017). The alignment between parties and stakeholders also influences how parties develop their approach to education reform. Therefore, analysing these alignments sheds light on both a key determinant of education policy change and the short- and long-term mechanisms that shape it.
References:
Ansell, B. (2010). From the Ballot to the Blackboard. The Redistributive Political Economy of Education. Cambridge University Press.
Apple, M. W. (2006). Educating the ‘right’ Way: Markets, Standards, God, and Inequality (2nd edn). Falmer Press.
Ball, S. (2008). The Education Debate. Policy Press.
Esping-Andersen, G. (1990). The three worlds of welfare capitalism. Polity Press.
Gerring, J. (2007). Case Study Research. Principles and Practices. Cambridge University Press.
Gingrich, J., Giudici, A., & McArthur, D. (2024). Multidimensionality matters: The implications of educational hierarchy and differentiation for intergenerational mobility in Europe. Comparative Education Review, 68(2), 238–261.
Lawton, D. (1994). The Tory Mind on Education 1979–94. Routledge.
Moe, T. M., & Wiborg, S. (Eds). (2017). The Comparative Politics of Education. Teacher Unions and Education Systems around the World. Cambridge University Press.
Wiborg, S. (2009). Education and Social Integration. Palgrave Macmillan.
Wiborg, S. (2017). The politics of blocking equality reforms in education: A study of organised interests in England, 1965-2010. Forum, 59(3), 395–412.
Policy Change in Comparative Perspective: Educational Assessment Reforms Through the Lens of Discursive Institutionalism
Policy debates about educational assessment are frequently shaped by tensions between assessment’s different purposes (Hughson et al., forthcoming), alongside normative questions such as whether assessment should reward ‘effort’ or ‘attainment’; whether reliability or validity should be prioritised; and whether exams are conducive to, or detrimental to young people’s mental well-being (Menzies et al., 2023; Millard et al., 2017).
Cross-national studies have linked the expansion of standardised assessment to datafication (Jarke & Breiter, 2019) and New Public Management (Barbana et al., 2020), often highlighting the legitimising role of global surveys, the transnational institutions that run them and the ‘league tables’ they generate (Grek, 2009; Ozga, 2020). Country-specific studies have also shown how global influences and national context combine to shape reforms (Savage, 2020). More recently, scholars have documented retreats from testing, often linking these to parent and teacher advocacy groups or coalitions (Martinez et al., 2022). However, comparatively less attention has been paid to the process through which assessment reforms are formulated, contested, sustained or abandoned.
This paper responds to this gap through a comparative analysis of assessment reforms in Singapore, New Zealand and South Australia. The study deploys a diverse case selection (Seawright & Gerring, 2008) centred on regime type, governance level, and cultural heritage, while remaining anchored in a common policy domain, region, performance profile, level of economic development, and main language. The analysis draws on extensive elite interviews in each jurisdiction (Berry, 2002; Lilleker, 2003; Menzies, 2025), triangulated with documentary evidence, including ministerial speeches and parliamentary debates.
Cross-case comparison is guided by three theoretically informed expectations, rooted in discursive institutionalism (DI) which conceptualises policy change as emerging from the interaction between ideas, discourse, and institutional context (Schmidt, 2015). While, DI has been extensively theorised, it has been applied unevenly across policy domains and national contexts (Ćwiklicki & Mirzyńska, 2025).
Through a structured comparison, we show that in Singapore, bounded contestation within a closed polity, underpinned by a stable meaning-context, led to iterative reform. In New Zealand’s more open polity, extensive contestation of normative and cognitive ideas led to divergence between government and public discourse. Combined with electoral instability, this contributed to reform breakdown. In South Australia, discourse was underpinned by a shared meaning-context and reflected widespread consensus over normative and cognitive ideas.
The paper concludes by highlighting DI’s potential to guide comparative analysis of education policy trajectories in contrasting institutional contexts, proposing three tentative hypotheses for future research.
References:
Barbana, S., Dumay, X., & Dupriez, V. (2020). Accountability policy forms in European education systems: An introduction. EERJ, 19(2), 87–93.
Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: The PISA ‘effect’ in Europe. JEP, 24(1), 23–37.
Hughson, T., et al. (2026). Secondary School Assessment Systems Around the World: Summary .
Jarke, J., & Breiter, A. (2019). The datafication of education. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 1–6.
Lilleker, D. G. (2003). Interviewing the political elite: Navigating a potential minefield. Politics, 23(3), 207–214.
Martinez, J. C., Falabella, A., Holloway, J., & Santori, D. (2022). Anti-standardization and testing opt-out movements in education: Resistance, disputes and transformation. EPAA, 30(132).
Menzies, L., Yates, W., & Huband-Thompson, B. (2023). Balancing Act: Navigating the Tensions in our School System.
Ozga, J. (2020). Elites and expertise: The changing material production of knowledge for policy. Handbook of Education Policy Studies, V1, 53–69.
Savage, G. C. (2020). The quest for revolution in Australian schooling policy. Routledge.
Schmidt, V. (2015). Discursive institutionalism: Understanding policy in context. In Handbook of critical policy studies (pp. 171–189). Edward Elgar Publishing.
Seawright, J., & Gerring, J. (2008). Case selection techniques in case study research: A menu of qualitative and quantitative options. Political Research Quarterly, 61(2), 294–308.
From Diffusion to Density: The Uneven Intensification of Teacher Reform under the Quality Assurance Script
This paper draws on an ongoing comparative research project that examines twenty-five years of educational reform across advanced democracies, with a particular focus on quality-assurance policies and their cumulative effects. Building on debates within comparative education policy, the project analyzes how globalized models of educational governance—especially those centered on accountability, teacher standards, performance evaluation, and data-driven decision-making—circulate, become institutionalized, and intensify within national systems. While comparative education scholarship has demonstrated the convergence of policy instruments and priorities worldwide, less attention has been paid to how these instruments evolve, layer onto existing arrangements, and give rise to increasingly dense regulatory environments. Our research aims to address this gap by tracing reform trajectories longitudinally and examining how shared scripts take shape within diverse policy architectures.
The project systematically maps major reforms in three interconnected dimensions—curriculum, assessment, and teachers—to identify the drivers, narratives, and political-economic dynamics shaping educational reforms across different jurisdictions. Methodologically, it combines structured policy coding across 49 PISA-participating countries with mixed-methods analysis. We build a longitudinal database using standardized indicators of policy adoption, design features, and institutional location, which then enables both configurational analysis across the full sample and, subsequently, process-tracing case studies in a smaller number of countries to uncover the mechanisms through which reforms are enacted, stabilized, or redirected.
For this paper, we focus specifically on the teacher policy dimension, which includes professional standards, appraisal systems, initial teacher training pathways, career structures, and continuous professional development frameworks. In contrast to policy diffusion literature, we look beyond policy adoption to examine the accumulation of regulatory instruments—understood not only as the multiplication of reforms but also as the intensification, layering, and increasing sophistication of policy tools over time. We argue that apparent convergence in first-order policy categories (e.g., the widespread adoption of standards, appraisal systems, or career ladders) can flatten significant heterogeneity in how instruments are designed, combined, and operationalized. To capture these second-order dynamics, our database codes key policy properties—that is, the specific design features that shape how instruments intend to regulate practice (e.g., selectivity in initial teacher training, consequentiality of appraisal, or the extent to which career structures reward merit).
Preliminary results show that countries are intensifying regulatory activity around teachers. Yet the varying internalisation of external pressures (such as PISA results or COVID-19), together with different professional traditions, political coalitions, and administrative capacities, shapes which instruments are strengthened, how this occurs, and to what extent.
References:
Akiba, M., & LeTendre, G. K. (2017). Introduction: Conceptualizing teacher quality and policy in a global context. In International handbook of teacher quality and policy (pp. 1-21). Routledge.
Dumay, X., Sorensen, T. B., & Paine, L. (Eds.). (2024). World Yearbook of Education 2025: The Teaching Profession in a Globalizing World: Governance, Career, Learning. Taylor & Francis.
Mundy, K., Green, A., Lingard, B., & Verger, A. (Eds.). (2016). Handbook of global education policy. John Wiley & Sons.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 08 C: Emerging issues in Nordic countries Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Valgerður S Bjarnadóttir Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Emotional Discourses in Education Events: How EDUCA Affects the Visions of Education in Finland and Beyond 1: Laurea University of Applied Sciences, Finland; 2: Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Education, both as a social phenomenon and as an institution, reflects the changing economic, social, and political surrounding contexts (Rizvi & Lingard, 2010). Within the realm of neoliberalism and contemporary changes, education still maintains its social function as a common good while increasingly shifting towards becoming a commodity and a global industry (Parreira do Amaral et al. 2019; Verger et al. 2016). This controversial logic permeates Finland, where the public sector remains the major provider in all educational levels, whereas Finnish authorities and entrepreneurs have increasingly designed policies, products, and services to support a flourishing education industry mostly focused on education exports (Candido et al., 2024; Rönnberg & Candido, 2024; Seppänen et al., 2023). Like any other industry, education has its own trade fairs and events that gather different stakeholders (e.g., government authorities, researchers, entrepreneurs, teachers, school leaders, experts) to mingle and discuss education-related topics, display recent innovations, tools, and solutions in and for education, enforce agendas, and foster business opportunities. These events are complex social, political, and business gatherings that mobilize individuals and collectives, consolidate policy and business networks, legitimize visions of education, integrate corporate solutions into public education interests, set commitments and partnerships and encourage entrepreneurship in education amongst school staff and other stakeholders (Ball, 2012; Ball et al., 2017; Cook & Ward, 2012; Player-Koro et al., 2018). This is enabled in both formal settings during the events (e.g., presentations, keynotes, panels, roundtables) and informal ones (e.g., hallway conversations, meetings over coffee, registration desks). In this paper, we investigate Finland’s leading event for the education and training sector, which is considered the largest event for this industry in the Nordic countries: EDUCA, organized by the Trade Union of Education in Finland (OAJ), the Finnish Ministry of Education and Culture, the Finnish National Agency for Education (EDUFI) and its agency Education Finland, and the Helsinki Expo and Convention Center. Our research aims to identify the political agendas embedded in the event and understand how this may affect the visions of Finnish (and global) education, as Finland is a global benchmark in education. We also examine how Finnish education has been portrayed to both the domestic and international audiences during the event. We rely on a theoretical framework that combines elements of the "politics of affect" (Massumi, 2015) with “politics of emotion” (Ahmed, 2014) to critically analyze the discourses manifested at EDUCA 2025 and 2026, especially focusing on its international marketing material and program. This framework enables us to scrutinize how affect and emotions serve as a (political) technology for overcoming the dichotomies and supporting the intertwinement of local and global education, mobilizing individuals for transnational policy transfer (Rappleye, 2012) or policy borrowing and lending (Steiner-Khamsi, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted event ethnography (Ball et al., 2017; Cook & Ward, 2012; Jobér, 2022; Player-Koro et al., 2018, 2022) at EDUCA 2025 and 2026. Around 17,000 education professionals, experts, and influencers and approximately 400 exhibitors take part in EDUCA every year. In 2025 and 2026, it offered a topical program in English, addressing global education challenges and solutions, while highlighting aspects of the Finnish education system. The data consists of ethnographic notes (including pictures), flyers, and brochures collected at the event, materials available in EDUCA website (e.g., program, information about the event, presenters, organizers, and recordings), and publications about the events in the media and the websites of partners and sponsors. Ethnography allows for the comprehension of meaning-making processes, whereas the “lived experience” of attending the event offers deeper insight (Player-Koro et al., 2017) into the analysis of the meaning-making of education in Finland. Our participation at EDUCA consisted of listening to keynotes and panel discussions, attending workshops, roaming the exhibition floor, and talking to exhibitors and other participants. We employed a critical discourse analysis inspired by Foucault to examine the data collected from the visual and written material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis revealed the operationalization of emotions to affect EDUCA’s audience in different ways, from nostalgia, hope, pride, to worry, fear, and failure. It was noteworthy to observe that the national and international programs of the event differed, offering varying nuances in the discourses. While the national program focused on current domestic and global challenges in education and on discussing potential solutions, the international program highlighted the excellence of Finnish education. Many of the international speakers were from Nordic countries, which demonstrates the still strong exceptionalism of Finland and the Nordics towards the rest of the world (see Rönnberg & Candido, 2024). A nationalistic tone was present throughout the event, generating a boost of emotions by presenting particular signs (Ahmed, 2014) such as sisu (courage, guts, resilience) and trust as the national virtues in Finland. This nationalistic discourse seems, however, to be embedded in governmentality (Foucault, 1991), fostering self-regulation, accountability, and responsibilizing teachers for both education outcomes and their own well-being, especially when the future visions of Finnish (and global) education were at the core of the debate. Although the state remains an important stakeholder in setting Finland’s education agenda—and is one of the organizers of EDUCA alongside OAJ, a growing enthusiasm for the increased use of digitalization in education, largely driven by the private sector, plays a significant role in expanding the global education industry in Finland and beyond. Moreover, a mixed feeling over teachers dominated the discourses: pity over the bad conditions in educational careers and reduced resources to education, and pride in the autonomy granted to teachers in the Finnish education system. We conclude that such an autonomy may be relative, as the new agendas push for constant innovation in education without providing enough resources for their implementation, ultimately undermining teachers’ time and mental health. References Ahmed, S. (2014) The Cultural Politics of Emotions. Edinburgh University Press. Ball, S. J. (2012) Global Education Inc: New Policy Networks and the Neo-liberal Imaginary. Abingdon: Routledge. Ball, S. J.; Junemann, C.; Santori, D. (2017) Edu.Net: Globalization and Education Policy Mobility. London: Routledge. Candido, H. H. D.; Seppänen, P.; Thrupp, M. (2024) Business as the new doxa in education? An analysis of edu-business events in Finland. European Educational Research Journal, 23(1), 48-71. Cook, I. R.; Ward, K. (2012) Conferences, informational infrastructures and mobile policies: The process of getting Sweden ‘BID ready’. European Urban and Regional Studies 19(2): 137–152. Foucault, M. (1991) Governmentality. In: Burchell, G.; Gordon, C.; Miller, P. (eds.) The Foucault Effect: studies in governmentality. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 87-104. Jobér, A. (2022) Dressed for success? Making an appearance at an education technology event. In: Addey, C.; Piattoeva, N. (eds) Intimate Accounts of Education Policy Research. Oxon: Routledge, 77-90. Massumi, B. (2015) Politics of Affect. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press. Parreira do Amaral, M.; Steiner-Khamsi, G.; Thompson, C. (2019). Researching the Global Education Industry: Commodification, the Market and Business Involvement. Palgrave Macmillan. Player-Koro, C.; Bergviken Rensfeldt, A.; Selwyn, N. (2018) Selling tech to teachers: Education trade shows as policy events. Journal of Education Policy 33(5): 682–703. Player-Koro, C.; Jobér, A.; Bergviken Rensfeldt, A. (2022) De-politicised effects with networked governance? An event ethnography study on education trade fairs. Ethnography and Education, 17(1), 1–16. Rappleye, J. (2012) Educational policy transfer in an era of globalization: Theory–history–comparison. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. Rizvi, F.; Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing education policy. Routledge. Rönnberg, L.; Candido, H. H. D. (2024) Commercialising the 'Nordic Model': Education export rhetoric in Finland and Sweden. In: Krejsler, J. B. (ed) Scrutinising the Nordic Dimension in Education: Myths, Realities, and Integration Efforts in Europe’s Nordic Region. Routledge, 155-172. Seppänen, P., Kiesi, I., Lempinen, S., & Nivanaho, N. (2023) Businessing around comprehensive schooling. In M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko, & S. Kosunen (Eds), Finland’s famous education system: Unvarnished insights into Finnish schooling. Springer Nature, 137–153. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2021) Policy-borrowing and lending in comparative and international education: A key area of research. In T. D. Jules, R. Shields, & M. A. M. Thomas (Eds), The Bloomsbury Handbook of Theory in Comparative and International Education. Bloomsbury, 327–344. Verger, A.; Lubienski, C.; Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2016). The Global Education Industry. World Yearbook of Education. Routledge. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper From Centralisation to Marketisation – the Shift in Educational Policy in Motions in the Swedish Parliament 1980-2025 Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:Over the past four decades, the Swedish school system has undergone a fundamental transformation—from a centralized and bureaucratically governed institution to one of the most market-oriented and decentralized education systems within the OECD (Fredriksson, 2010; Lundahl et al., 2013). While this development follows broader global trends in the marketisation of welfare services (Fuller, 2019), the trajectory of Swedish school reform is particularly radical, both in comparison to other domestic welfare areas and to international education reforms (Lundahl, 2016). As Fredriksson (2010) notes, few countries have shifted so markedly between opposing governance models in such a short span of time. At the center of this transformation lies the introduction of a school voucher system (skolpeng) in 1992, which enabled students to choose between public and independent (friskolor) schools. These independent schools—publicly funded but often privately run—compete for students and resources in a quasi-market arrangement (Lundahl, 2002). Currently, around 16% of compulsory school pupils and 31% of upper secondary students in Sweden attend such schools. This institutional structure reflects both internal marketisation, such as decentralization and deregulation, and external marketisation, including competition, school choice, and profit incentives (Lundahl et al., 2013). Previous research has offered valuable insight into the origins and consequences of marketisation in education (Fredriksson, 2010; Ringarp, 2011; Hultén, 2019). These studies have largely focused on policy documents, legislative processes, and curriculum reforms. However, they often emphasize dominant narratives and overlook the more contested, ambiguous, or marginalised perspectives. In order to gain a more comprehensive understanding of the political landscape shaping the rise of independent schools, we turn to parliamentary motions—an understudied source in education policy research. Although often seen as symbolic and ineffective due to their low legislative success rate (Cavari et al., 2023), motions serve important functions in democratic systems. They allow members of parliament to raise contentious or neglected issues, signal political identity, and challenge dominant discourses—even within their own coalitions (Bräuninger & Debus, 2009). Motions can thus be viewed not only as legislative instruments, but also as strategic and performative acts within broader policy debates. In this study, we investigate how independent schools have been framed and contested in Swedish parliamentary motions between approximately 1980 and 2024. We examine which themes emerge, how positions shift across political parties and time, and what these dynamics reveal about the symbolic and ideological dimensions of education policy. Special attention is paid to opposition-government dynamics, party strategies, and rhetorical framing. To do so, we combine computational and qualitative methods. Using Structural Topic Modelling (STM), we analyse large volumes of motion texts to identify dominant themes and discursive patterns. These quantitative results are complemented by close readings of selected motions to uncover more nuanced rhetorical and ideological positioning. This dual approach allows us to explore both macro-political developments and micro-level discursive strategies. Our theoretical framework draws on discourse theory and critical policy analysis, particularly conceptualisation of political change within policy paradigm theories (Hall, 1993; Baumgartner, 2013); emphasises the complexity in ideological movements. We also follow Cavari et al.’s (2023) reconceptualization of motions as agenda-setting tools rather than merely failed legislation. By revisiting parliamentary motions as a site of contestation, this study contributes to a more pluralistic understanding of how Swedish education policy has been negotiated over time. It highlights the tensions, alternatives, and symbolic battles that have shaped the current school system – especially in relation to the role of independent schools in a marketised educational landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixed-method design that integrates computational Natural Language Processing (NLP) techniques with qualitative text analysis to examine how independent schools have been framed and contested in Swedish parliamentary motions from the 1980s to 2025. By combining these two approaches, we draw on the methodological strengths of both: NLP enables the systematic processing of large volumes of text, while qualitative analysis allows us to capture rhetorical nuance, contextual specificity, and discursive complexity. As shown in previous research (Jacobs & Tschötschel, 2019; Isoaho et al., 2021), these methods are best understood as complementary rather than substitutive—mutually reinforcing tools that offer both breadth and depth in policy discourse analysis (Johnson & Turner, 2003). Natural Language Processing refers to a suite of computational techniques that allow machines to analyse and interpret human language (Hirschberg & Manning, 2015). In this study, we use Structural Topic Modelling (STM) to detect semantic patterns and thematic clusters within thousands of motions submitted to the Swedish Parliament over four decades. STM is particularly useful for identifying latent structures in text corpora and mapping how themes emerge, shift, and cluster over time. Our approach is grounded in the premise that discursive meaning is produced through language use, and that shifts in language can signal broader ideological and political transformations—particularly relevant in a policy domain such as education, where terms like "choice", "freedom", and "quality" carry heavy ideological weight. The use of machine learning for large-scale text analysis is gaining traction in both the social sciences and the humanities (Franzosi, 2021). Prior applications of NLP in policy research have revealed its potential to illuminate changes in parliamentary discourse on issues like migration (Magnusson et al., 2018) and sustainability (Isoaho et al., 2019; Müller-Hansen et al., 2021). However, few studies have used computational methods to trace the longitudinal development of a single policy domain – particularly one as complex and ideologically charged as the marketisation of education. By applying NLP to this field, our study offers a novel contribution to both education policy research and the broader methodological landscape of computational discourse analysis. These quantitative insights will be complemented by close readings of selected motions, allowing us to examine the rhetorical strategies, ideological framings, and political tensions that shape the contested space of Swedish school policy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary analysis reinforces the idea that motions can play a significant role in shaping education policy—as part of the broader agenda-setting process. As Cavari et al. (2023) suggest, submitting a motion can itself redirect political attention toward specific problems or proposed solutions. This aligns with research highlighting how policy ideas may gain traction long after their initial proposal (Diaz Rios, 2019). In this view, motions should be understood not as end points in policymaking, but as discursive interventions that help structure debate, define problems, and signal priorities. Initial findings from our pilot study, which maps motions related to independent schools (friskolor) from 1980 to 2025, confirm that motions are used strategically to influence policy discourse. The data show that approximately 75% are private members’ bills (PMBs), followed by party motions (23%), and a small number of cross-party motions (2%). Our analysis also suggests temporal and partisan dynamics in motion activity. MPs from right-wing parties submitted more motions during periods when the left-wing coalition was in power. Conversely, after the right-wing election victory in 2006, we observe a noticeable increase among left-leaning parties. This pattern echoes international research showing that motions are more frequently used by opposition parties (Bräuninger & Debus, 2009). We also observe that opposition parties tend to peak in motion activity mid-way through electoral cycles—potentially reflecting a strategic adaptation period following changes in government (Bruinsma et al., 2024). Moreover, our data suggest that education policy is debated beyond the formal boundaries of education committees. As Bruinsma et al. (2024) note, parliamentary committees rarely “own” a specific policy area. This reinforces the importance of studying motions as cross-cutting artefacts that travel across institutional boundaries. Given the variation in format and completeness of motion data—particularly from earlier decades—our study highlights the need for a multi-method approach. References Baumgartner, F. R. (2013). Ideas and policy change. Governance, 26(2). Bruinsma B. & Johansson, M. (2024). “Finding the structure of parliamentary motions in the Swedish Riksdag 1971–2015”, Quality & Quantity 58. Bräuninger T & Debus M (2009). Legislative agenda-setting in parliamentary democracies, European Journal of Political Research 48:6. Cavari, A., Rosenthal M. & Shpaizman I., (2023). “Reevaluating the policy success of private members bills”, Research and Politics. Diaz Rios, C. (2019). "Domestic Coalitions in the Variation of Education Privatization”, Journal of Education Policy 34:5. Franzosi, R. (2021). What’s in a text? Bridging the gap between quality and quantity in the digital era. Quality & Quantity, 55(4). Fredriksson, A. (2010), Marknaden och lärarna, Göteborg (2010). Fuller, K. 2019. “That Would Be My Red Line”: An Analysis of Headteachers’ Resistance of Neoliberal Education Reforms.” Educational Review 71 (1). Hall, P. A. (1993). Policy paradigms, social learning, and the state. Comparative politics, 275-296. Hultén, M. (2019). Striden om den goda skolan, Lund (2019). Isoaho, K. L. H., Moilanen, F. S., & Toikka, A. I. (2019). A Big Data View of the European Energy Union. Politics and Governance. Isoaho, K., Gritsenko, D., & Mäkelä, E. (2021). Topic modeling and text analysis for qualitative policy research. Policy Studies Journal, 49(1). Jacobs, T., & Tschötschel, R. (2019). Topic models meet discourse analysis: a quantitative tool for a qualitative approach. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 22(5). Johnson, B., & Turner, L. A. (2003). Data collection strategies in mixed methods research. Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research. Lundahl, L., Arreman, I. E., Holm, A. S., & Lundström, U. (2013). Educational marketization the Swedish way. Education inquiry, 4(3). Lundahl, L. (2002). Sweden: decentralization, deregulation, quasi-markets-and then what?. Journal of education policy, 17(6). Lundahl, L. (2016). Equality, inclusion and marketization of Nordic education: Introductory notes. Research in comparative and international education, 11(1). Magnusson, M., Öhrvall, R., Barrling, K., & Mimno, D. (2018). Voices from the far right: a text analysis of Swedish parliamentary debates. Müller-Hansen, F., Callaghan, M. W., Lee, Y. T., Leipprand, A., Flachsland, C., & Minx, J. C. (2021). Who cares about coal? Analyzing 70 years of German parliamentary debates on coal with dynamic topic modeling. Energy Research & Social Science, 72. Ringarp, J. (2011). Professionens Problematik: Lärarkårens kommunalisering och välfärdsstatens förvandling, Halmstad (2011), s. 177. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Marketization of Educational Solutions and Services within Compulsory Education in Iceland University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:In recent years the supply of technological solutions has increased greatly in education systems internationally. This applies to everything from the use of simple programs or apps in teaching to larger systems developed by various parties and sold to municipalities and the state. In the Icelandic context, administrative systems are used at different school levels to keep records of attendance and student assessment (e.g. Dýrfjörð et al., 2025). Furthermore, increasing demands are being placed on efficiency, outcomes and evidence-based practices in the school system, and on measurement and evaluation of what takes place there (e.g. Biesta, 2020). This development is part of what has been called marketization and datafication of education (Gulson & Sellar, 2019). This environment has created a channel for companies and private actors of various kinds to sell preconfigured systems and solutions to schools at all levels. In doing so they strengthen their position in the education market and in some cases create avenues for profit-driven services within a school system that is generally not commercial (Peruzzo et al., 2022). These systems and solutions are intended, among other things, to support professional development and in-service training for teachers, policy-making, student assessment, and evaluation of school operations. It is not always clear how much educational expertise and experience the designers of such solutions have, or how well the use of such solutions aligns with teacher professionalism or is developed in collaboration with practitioners. Warnings have been raised about this development, especially where it contributes to stakeholders outside the education system gaining the status of experts who not only have easy access to the system’s financial resources (Williamson & Hogan, 2020) but also considerable power over school practice and policy (Kerssens & van Dijck, 2021; Peruzzo et al., 2022) and ownership or big data (Williamson, 2019). Thus, these stakeholders have acquired certain power over the goals and purposes of education, without obvious ties to the professional expertise of those working in schools. It appears that teacher professionalism is threatened in this environment, as teachers must spend increasing amounts of time on various forms of recordkeeping and data collection, with associated burden, and it is not always clear how this benefits student learning (Dýrfjörð et al., 2024; Daliri-Ngametua and Hardy, 2022; Grant, 2022; Gunnarsdóttir et al., 2022;). In the Icelandic context a lack of public-school support services has been noted (Svanbjörnsdóttir et al., 2021; Sigurgeirsson, 2022), which creates a need for various private actors to enter the market. Little is known, however, about the impact of domestic and foreign EdTech companies and other actors on the Icelandic education market on daily school practice, teacher professionalism and student learning. What is clear is that following the COVID-19 pandemic the use of such systems and technological solutions inevitably increased significantly, both in Iceland as in other countries (Grimaldi et al., 2025; Selwyn, 2020; Gestsdóttir et al., 2020), and there is reason to gain understanding of the scope and possible effects of such developments. This study focuses on mapping the extent of purchased services and systems in the areas of consulting, assessment and technological solutions within public primary schools and to gain understanding of the rationale and professional criteria that guide the selection of technology solutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on semi-structured interviews with 10 educational leaders from six municipalities and eight primary school principals (N = 18) from five municipalities. The criteria for participation were that the interviewees came from large municipalities, by Icelandic standards, where there would be many schools and an established framework around educational policies, support and administration, both at the school and municipal level. That is usually not the case in smaller municipalities in Iceland (ref). The interviews, which were conducted in the years 2023-2024, all lasted 60-90 minutes. The interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim. The study followed the ethical guidelines set by the University of Iceland Research Ethics Committee (2014). Before the participants gave their informed consent, they were informed of the aim of the research, that they could withdraw from the study at any time and that their anonymity would be protected. The interviews were analysed using thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings suggest that teachers rely heavily on technological solutions in their teaching and that the autonomy of individual schools and teachers is considerable when it comes to choosing technological solutions. Education authorities value teachers' autonomy and professionalism while criticizing the marketization within the school system and the growing influence and power of tech companies. The quality of the solutions was questioned and some referred to the EdTech market as the “Wild Wild West”. The municipalities are critical of the outsourcing of services to private consulting and educational firms and place greater emphasis on peer support and grassroots work lead by teachers and other education professionals within the municipality, both in relation to professional development, policy making and school development. The importance of professional support from national education authorities is also underscored. When it comes to larger information and learning systems, school leaders and local authorities were unhappy with their options but felt that they had no control over the selection of such programs. School leaders reported that teachers were granted autonomy to experiment with technological solutions, provided these were within budget constraints. Quality assessments were limited to safety issues based on the Data Protection Act, meaning that no pedagogic quality standards were set in relation to the selection of technical solutions. The results underscore the necessity for administrators in the education system to be vigilant about market forces that claim to enhance educational efficiency but may overshadow professional pedagogical principles. Thus, it is crucial for school administrators to apply critical evaluation and expert knowledge in the selection of technological solutions, ensuring that educational aims remain the primary focus rather than succumbing to market-driven pressures. Finally, the study underscores the role of local and national authorities in providing professional support to schools in cooperation with the school professionals. References Biesta, G. (2020). Educational research: An unorthodox introduction. Bloomsbury Publishing. Daliri-Ngametua, R., & Hardy, I. (2022). The devalued, demoralized and disappearing teacher: The nature and effects of datafication and performativity in schools. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 30, (102). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.30.6174 Dýrfjörð, K., Magnúsdóttir, B. R. & Bjarnadóttir, V. S. (2024). Principals’ financial and pedagogical challenges when choosing programs and educational materials: the scope of the private education industry for preschools. Education Inquiry, 15(1), 47-62. doi:10.1080/20004508.2023.2291887 Gestsdóttir, S.M., Ragnarsdóttir, G. & Björnsdóttir, A. (2020). Fjarkennsla í faraldri: Nám og kennsla í framhaldsskólum á tímum samkomubanns vegna COVID-19. Netla. Sérrit 2020 – Menntakerfi og heimili á tímum COVID-19. https://ojs.hi.is/netla/issue/view/346 Grant, L. (2022). Reconfiguring education through data: How data practices reconfigure teacher P professionalism and curriculum. In Hepp, A., Jarke, J., & Kramp, L. (Eds), New perspectives in critical data studies. Transforming communications – Studies in cross-media research. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-96180-0_10 Grimaldi, E., Peruzzo, F., & Ball, S. (2025). The Italian edtech market in the making. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 33. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.33.8657 Gulson. K.N & Sellar, S. (2019). Emerging data infrastructures and the new topologies of education policy. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 37, 350-366. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263775818813144 Gunnarsdóttir, A.M., Bjarnadóttir, V. S. & Jónasson, J. T. (2022). Raddir af vettvangi. Skólaþræðir. https://skolathraedir.is/2022/08/31/raddir-af-vettvangi/ Kerssens, N. & van Dijck, Jose. (2021). The platformization of primary education in the Netherlands. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 250-263. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021.1876725 Peruzzo, F., Ball, S. & Grimaldi, E. (2022). Peopling the crowded education state: Heterarchical spaces, EdTech markets and new modes of governing during the COVID-19 pandemic. International Journal of Educational Research, 114. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.102006 Sigurgeirsson, I. (2022). Þróun grunnskólans undir stjórn sveitarfélaga. Viðhorf reyndra grunnskólakennara. Skólaþræðir. https://skolathraedir.is/2022/06/20/throun-grunnskolans-vidhorf-grunnskolakennara/ Svanbjörnsdóttir, B. M., Sigurðardóttir, S. M., Þorsteinsson, T., Gunnþórsdóttir, H & Elídóttir, J. (2021). Skólaþjónusta sveitarfélaga: Starfsþróun og skólar sem faglegar stofnanir. Tímarit um uppeldi og menntun, 30(2), 3-27. https://doi.org/10.24270/tuuom.2021.30.5 Williamson, B. & Hogan, A. (2020). Commercialisation and privatisation in/of education in the context of Covid-19. Education International Research. https://issuu.com/educationinternational/docs/2020_eiresearch_gr_commercialisation_privatisation?fr=sZDJkYjE1ODA2MTQ Williamson, B. (2019). Datafication of education. A critical approach to emerging analytics technologies and practices. In H. Beetham & R. Sharpe (Eds.), Rethinking pedagogy for a digital age (pp. 212-226). Routledge. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 24 SES 08 A: ***CANCELLED*** Joint Session NW 24 and NW 09 Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Paper Session |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Linguistic Complexity in Digital Mathematics Assessments: Equity and Precision in Measuring Multilingual Learners’ Competence University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:The increased linguistic diversity in European classrooms has exacerbated equity and assessment validity problems in education. Mathematics assessment tasks often involve a high level of linguistic demand. Although mathematics is often described as a universal language, mathematics assessments typically require extensive use of discipline-specific vocabulary, syntactically complex formulations, dense informational structures, and culturally situated contexts. These linguistic features may act as obstacles for multilingual students who are still acquiring proficiency in the language of instruction. The validity and reliability of digital mathematics assessments in increasingly multilingual European education systems may be seriously undermined when assessment results conflate linguistic proficiency with mathematical ability, systematically underestimating the skills of multilingual learners. The main research questions guiding this study are as follows: How can linguistic complexity in digital mathematics assessment items be operationalized and quantified systematically? How are various linguistic dimensions related to students’ mathematics performance? What role does linguistic complexity play in the differences between assessment outcomes of multilingual and monolingual learners? These questions are directly connected to European priorities on inclusive education and assessment equity, emphasizing the identification, interpretation, and mitigation of language-related barriers in learning contexts that are increasingly multilingual and digitally mediated. This study is situated within the Finnish educational system, where DigiArvi, a national digital mathematics assessment platform, has been implemented. DigiArvi provides a rich dataset containing detailed linguistic annotations of assessment items as well as comprehensive background information on students, including language status, prior achievement, socioeconomic indicators, and gender. Finland’s advanced digital assessment infrastructure combined with its increasingly multicultural classrooms offers a timely case study with implications extendable to other European educational settings experiencing similar demographic changes and technological advances. The theoretical framework draws on sociocultural learning theory and cognitive load theory. Sociocultural learning theory views language as a mediational tool essential for learning and assessing mathematical concepts. Cognitive load theory complements this by suggesting that unnecessary linguistic complexity can limit students’ reasoning abilities. Together, these theories offer a comprehensive framework for investigating how linguistic constraints and supports may coexist in mathematical reasoning throughout the assessment process. This study contributes to ongoing European and international debates on equitable assessment by expanding the conceptualization of linguistic complexity to a more multidimensional perspective. Unlike traditional readability indices, this approach disaggregates language into distinct components to identify which aspects impede or support equitable assessment outcomes. The findings are expected to influence assessment design by balancing linguistic accessibility with maintaining mathematical rigor, with practical implications for policy and practice. Ultimately, this research aims to support inclusive assessment practices in diverse classrooms throughout Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research will adopt a mixed-methods approach to investigate how linguistic features in mathematics test items affect multilingual students' performance. The quantitative component will analyze anonymized item-level response data collected through DigiArvi. Both multilingual and monolingual students will be included as participants, allowing for comparative analysis across different language groups. The complexity of assessment tasks, based on linguistic features, will be measured using computational linguistic techniques. A key feature to be extracted is lexical difficulty, which will be quantified using word frequency and concreteness measures. Additional linguistic features to be disaggregated include syntactic complexity, sentence length, and discourse cohesion. These features will be measured with the aid of validated Natural Language Processing (NLP) tools. This systematic linguistic profiling will help capture the various language demands embedded in digital mathematics assessment items. Multilevel modeling will be employed due to the hierarchical structure of the data, with students nested within classrooms and schools. By controlling for relevant covariates such as prior achievement, socioeconomic background, and gender, this analytical approach will allow for accurate estimation of the impact of linguistic complexity on mathematics achievement. Interaction terms will be included to test the hypothesis that multilingual learners are more negatively affected by linguistic complexity than their monolingual peers. The qualitative phase will involve semi-structured interviews with mathematics teachers from schools participating in the DigiArvi assessments. Purposive sampling will be used to select teachers from classrooms with diverse linguistic profiles. In the context of language-sensitive assessment practices, teachers will be interviewed about their perceptions of language-related challenges in mathematics assessment and instruction, strategies for scaffolding multilingual students, professional development needs, and attitudes toward potential AI-assisted linguistic support. Reflexive thematic analysis, which provides a contextualized understanding of classroom practices and professional perspectives, will guide the interpretation of the interview data. Additionally, classroom observations will be conducted to document instructional practices involving language use during mathematics lessons. These observations aim to supplement qualitative findings by capturing how teachers integrate language and mathematical scaffolding in everyday instruction. The integration of quantitative and qualitative results will further inform the development of AI-powered scaffolding tools, such as those based on large language models. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This proposed study is designed to generate new evidence on how linguistic complexity embedded in mathematics assessment items may influence assessment outcomes for multilingual learners. By modeling item-level linguistic features and linking these profiles to student performance data, the study aims to identify specific language characteristics that are most closely associated with performance variability. The expected outcomes include detailed mappings of how lexical, syntactic, and discourse-level complexity in assessment items relate to mathematics achievement, with a particular focus on differential effects for multilingual learners. The integration of teacher interviews and classroom observations is anticipated to enrich the quantitative findings by revealing how assessment language challenges manifest in instructional settings. Insights into teachers’ perceptions, strategies, and professional development needs may inform efforts to enhance instructional practices and support frameworks that are responsive to linguistic diversity. Such insights are expected to contribute to teacher education programs and continuous professional development initiatives focused on linguistically inclusive mathematics instruction and assessment literacy. A key anticipated contribution of this study is its potential to inform the design of linguistically responsive mathematics assessments and equitable assessment policies. For example, the findings may support the development of item design guidelines that minimize unnecessary linguistic burden while preserving mathematical demand. More broadly, the study’s implications extend to international contexts where multilingual student populations are increasing and where assessment equity remains a priority. By advancing theoretical and practical knowledge about the interplay between language and mathematics learning, the study aims to provide actionable recommendations for educators, policymakers, and researchers dedicated to equitable assessment practices. Ultimately, the research seeks to foster assessment environments in which all learners regardless of linguistic background can fully demonstrate their mathematical knowledge and contribute meaningfully to educational systems that value diversity and inclusivity. References Lopez, Alexis A. "Examining the use of bilingual accommodations in digital math assessments: User perceptions." International Journal of Assessment Tools in Education 11.4 (2024): 787-803. Ehmke, Timo, Dominik Leiss, and Lena Heine. "Effects of linguistic demands of reality-based mathematical tasks: discrepancy between teachers' expectations and students' performance." Frontiers in Education. Vol. 10. Frontiers Media SA, 2025. Romo-Vázquez, Avenilde, Caroline Poisard, and Ivonne Sandoval. "Multilingual Mathematics Education: an analysis of a Mexican research-based Master’s degree course developed in the Questioning the World Paradigm." ZDM–Mathematics Education 57.7 (2025): 1425-1438. Venagli, Ilaria, Tanja Kupisch, and Marie Lallier. "How English orthographic proficiency modulates visual attention span in Italian learners with and without dyslexia." Bilingualism: Language and Cognition (2025): 1-14. Lopez, Alexis A., and Sultan Turkan. "Examining how multilingual learners engaged in a digital science modeling assessment through translanguaging." Linguistics and Education 86 (2025): 101393. Jari, Metsämuuronen, and Mikko-Jussi Laakso. "DigiEva 2025 Technical Report." (2025). |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 25 SES 08 A: Participation Rights in Education Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Isenström Paper Session |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Reconceptualizing Collective Participation Rights and Implications for Education Policy The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel Presenting Author:Objectives This article proposes alternative conceptualizations of the collective aspect of children’s participation rights and explores their implications for education policy. It identifies a lacuna in current literature: the theoretical ambiguity surrounding collective participation. By suggesting three distinct conceptualizations, this study contributes to the theoretical discourse and offers a clearer framework for educational implementation. Theoretical Framework The Collective and Individual Aspects of Participation Rights While Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (hereinafter: UNCRC) arguably refers to the individual child (United Nations, 1989), participation was soon understood as also applying to collective contexts, as evidenced by Hart's (1992) "ladder of participation", which discusses collective contexts exclusively. Although the distinction between the collective and individual aspects of participation rights was acknowledged by the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child (hereinafter: CRC Committee) as a "relevant distinction" (CRC Committee, 2009, para. 9), the legal analysis provided in the same document explicitly refers only to the individual aspect (CRC Committee, 2009, paras. 14-67), leaving the theoretical and practical meanings of the collective aspect unclear. Despite this lacuna, the study and implementation of participation rights in education tend to focus on collective participation, as elaborated in the next section. Although some scholars reasserted this distinction, they still perceived collective and individual participation as aspects of a single right (e.g., Herbots & Put, 2015). While some studies explicitly focused on either its individual (Clark, 2017) or collective aspect (Hart, 1992; Lundy, 2018), the distinction between the two and the unique characteristics of each were never thoroughly explained. Collective and Individual Participation in Education Research Individual students can participate in schools in many forms, such as taking part in their own assessment (Charteris & Smardon, 2019). Yet, studies rarely focus on individual participation (for a notable exception, see Clark, 2017). Existing findings indicate that students are not listened to in disciplinary procedures (Perry-Hazan & Lambrozo, 2018) and that participatory disciplinary procedures can sometimes undermine individual participation and other rights (Author, 2023). Collective participation is far more explored, and terms like "participation" and "student voice" are often perceived as referring only to collective decision-making (Holquist et al., 2023). Collective participation is prioritized in implementation as well. For instance, only one of the CRC Committee’s (2009) eight education-related recommendations addresses individual participation. Two Different Rights? Defining collective and individual participation as mere aspects of the same right creates significant theoretical and practical difficulties. For example, Lundy (2018) suggests that tokenism can sometimes be accepted, but only in collective contexts. Furthermore, while children are presumed capable of forming their own opinions in individual contexts (CRC Committee, 2009, para. 20), their capacity to do so in complex collective contexts is questionable (Lundy et al., 2024). Applying individual participation rights to collective contexts creates unrealistic expectations, as consulting every child individually is often logistically impractical for schools and governments (see, e.g., CRC Committee, 2009, para. 127). Hence, collective participation often relies on representatives, which decouples the right holder from the child whose voice is heard (Holquist et al., 2023). This raises critical questions regarding power and the accountability of representatives to those most affected by the decisions (Author, 2024). Theoretically, the two aspects stem from different foundations. The individual right parallels an adult’s freedom of choice in self-regarding matters, whereas collective participation corresponds to the right of suffrage and civic participation (Archard, 2020). To summarize this section, conflating collective and individual participation leaves collective participation undertheorized, while allowing systemic negligence of individual participation rights. Therefore, this article argues that collective and individual participation rights are better perceived and studied as two distinct rights. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The article employs a theoretical-interpretive approach to analyze and reconceptualize children's collective participation. The conceptual analysis synthesizes insights from philosophy, legal theory, and public management and analyzes related concepts such as individual rights, citizenship rights, and collective rights to consider their relevance to children's participation. The theoretical process comprises two primary stages. First, the study analyzes several theoretical frameworks of civic participation and collective rights from different fields, and uses them to suggest three conceptualizations of children's participation rights in collective contexts. Each conceptualization is then considered in light of the vast body of knowledge on collective participation in education, together with existing literature from its respective theoretical field, to assess its strengths and weaknesses and deduce practical implications. This interdisciplinary perspective allows an in-depth inquiry into the theoretical and practical characteristics of collective participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study suggests three conceptual framings of collective participation, each carrying distinct implications for education policy. First, children's participation rights may be viewed as strictly individual, applying only to matters specifically affecting the participating child. While problematic to most children's rights advocates, some strong arguments support this stance (Archard, 2020; Cantwell, 2011). This requires schools and policy-makers to prioritize the often-neglected individual participation rights in education. While collective participation practices like school councils will lose their primary justification under this view, they remain instrumentally valuable for goals like academic success (Kahne et al., 2022). As this conceptualization only applies to Article 12, it does not restrict children's free speech (UNCRC, Article 13) or freedom of association (UNCRC, Article 15). A second option frames collective participation as a distinct individual right that applies in collective matters and is often realized through representatives, analogous to civic participation rights (United Nations, 1948, Article 21). Indeed, civic and children's participation share many characteristics and challenges (Fung, 2015). This option supports current efforts to promote student participation in school governance and educational policy-making, whether directly or through representatives. It further necessitates robust mechanisms to ensure that these representatives are chosen through free and fair elections and remain truly accountable to their constituents. Third, collective participation may be viewed as a collective right, where the right-holder is the group rather than the individual child. This aligns with the common practice of consulting unelected student representatives, as they are presumed to represent the collective interest of the students. However, this necessitates scrutinizing this assumption, as collective rights often conflict with individual rights, even in relatively homogeneous societies (Eichler, 2015). These three conceptualizations provide a robust foundation for further discussion and the essential reconceptualization of collective participation. References Author, 2023. Author, 2024. Archard, D. (2020). Hearing the child’s voice: A philosophical account. Journal of the British Academy, 8(s4), 7–15. https://doi.org/10.5871/jba/008s4.007 Cantwell, N. (2011). Are children’s rights still human? In J. Williams & A. Invernizzi (Eds.), The Human Rights of Children: From Visions to Implementation (pp. 62–88). Routledge. Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2019). Assessment and student participation: ‘Choice and voice’ in school principal accounts of schooling territories. Teaching Education, 30(3), 243–260. https://doi.org/10.1080/10476210.2018.1462311 Clark, S. (2017). Voice or voice-over? Harnessing the relationship between a child’s right to be heard and legal agency through norwegian bullying cases. Social Inclusion, 5(3), 131–147. https://doi.org/10.17645/si.v5i3.970 Eichler, J. (2015). Individual rights in collective contexts: The challenge of reconciling individual rights with collective claims in indigenous community participation. Essex Human Rights Review, 10(1). Fung, A. (2015). Putting the Public Back into Governance: The Challenges of Citizen Participation and Its Future. Public Administration Review, 75(4), 513–522. https://doi.org/10.1111/puar.12361 Hart, R. A. (1992). Children’s participation: From tokenism to citizenship. UNICEF. Herbots, K., & Put, J. (2015). The participation disc: A concept analysis of (a) child ('s right to) participation. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 23(1), 154–188. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02301007 Holquist, S. E., Mitra, D. L., Conner, J., & Wright, N. L. (2023). What Is Student Voice Anyway? The Intersection of Student Voice Practices and Shared Leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 59(4), 703–743. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X231178023 Kahne, J., Bowyer, B., Marshall, J., & Hodgin, E. (2022). Is Responsiveness to Student Voice Related to Academic Outcomes? Strengthening the Rationale for Student Voice in School Reform. American Journal of Education, 128(3), 389–415. https://doi.org/10.1086/719121 Lundy, L. (2018). In defence of tokenism? Implementing children’s right to participate in collective decision-making. Childhood, 25(3), 340–354. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568218777292 Lundy, L., Murray, C., Smith, K., & Ward, C. (2024). Young children’s right to be heard on the quality of their education: Addressing potential misunderstandings in the context of early childhood education. British Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3968 Perry-Hazan, L., & Lambrozo, N. (2018). Young children’s perceptions of due process in schools’ disciplinary procedures. British Educational Research Journal, 44(5), 827–846. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3469 UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2009). General comment No. 12: The right of the child to be heard, UN Doc. CRC/C/GC/12. https://www.refworld.org/docid/4ae562c52.html United Nations. (1948). Universal Declaration of Human Rights. UN Doc. A/RES/217(III). https://www.ohchr.org/en/universal-declaration-of-human-rights United Nations. (1989). UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. UN Doc. A/RES/44/25. http://www.refworld.org/docid/3ae6b38f0.html 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper (Re)conceptualising Participatory Rights in Research for Children Under Three 1: University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 2: Birmingham City University Presenting Author:The UNCRC provides a legal and moral framework for recognising children as active participants in society. Article 12 affirms the child’s right to express views freely in all matters affecting them. However, the interpretation and implementation of this right have been shaped by adult-centric paradigms that privilege verbal articulation and rational decision-making (Lundy, 2007; Shier, 2001). Participatory models such as Hart’s Ladder and Shier’s Pathways have been widely adopted. Hart’s Ladder illustrates eight levels of children’s participation, ranging from tokenism to genuine child-initiated decision-making. Shier’s Pathways, on the other hand, offers five levels of participation supported by organisational commitments, focusing on creating opportunities for children’s voices to influence decisions. However, both models rely on a hierarchical logic that assumes agency is expressed through speech and structured choices, criteria that exclude infants, toddlers, and pre-verbal or non-verbal children.
Lundy’s (2007) model, which emphasises space, voice, audience, and influence, offers a more wholistic approach but is often misapplied as a checklist rather than a reflective tool. For children under three, the notion of “voice” must be expanded to include gestures, emotional expressions, and relational interactions (Clark & Richards, 2017; Alderson, 2010). This requires a shift from linguistic essentialism to multimodal conceptualisations of communication.
A growing body of literature challenges the verbal-centric view of participation. From earlier on, researchers (e.g. Flewitt , 2005; Clark, 2010; and Elfer, 2012) argue that young children communicate through a rich repertoire of non-verbal cues, including gaze, touch, movement, and affect. These forms of communication are not inferior to speech but demand interpretive sensitivity and ethical responsiveness from adults. Clark and Moss’s (2011) Mosaic approach exemplifies how visual and participatory methods can be adapted to engage young children meaningfully. However, even such innovative methods risk tokenism if they are treated as technical fixes rather than relational practices (Blaisdell, 2020).
Yet, despite this recognition, participatory research has become an orthodoxy that often prioritises methodological compliance over ethical praxis. For example, the field is influenced by task-based approaches such as drawings, photographs, visual tools, under the assumption that these methods democratise research. In reality, such practices frequently reproduce adult-centric agendas and fail to address the axiological and ontological complexities of researching very young children. Ethical protocols, meanwhile, have become increasingly procedural, focusing on informed consent, anonymity, and confidentiality as regulatory checkboxes rather than context-sensitive principles. This creates what Palaiologou (2016) terms “axiomatic antinomies,” where institutional ethics collide with the lived realities of research encounters. If participatory rights are to be meaningful for all children, including those under three, research must move beyond tokenistic inclusion and interrogate the ethical, epistemological, and methodological foundations of participation. Thus paper responds to that challenge by presenting findings from a qualitative study. The study addresses three core questions:
By critically analysing existing models, exploring alternative conceptualisations, and examining participatory practices, this paper argues that participation is not a fixed method but a relational stance, one that requires humility, reflexivity, and a willingness to listen to children in all their communicative forms. Building on previous work (Palaiologou 2014, 2019, 2020) it introduces three interrelated principles: ethical permeability, relatability, and otherness, as conceptual anchors for reconceptualising participation. These principles challenge the reduction of participation to procedural compliance and invite a paradigm shift: from participatory ideology to ethical praxis.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Fourteen academics were purposively selected based on their substantial contributions to peer-reviewed journals and active engagement in research on participatory rights with children under three. Participants represented a range of disciplinary backgrounds, including education, psychology, sociology, and children’s rights. Semi-structured interviews were conducted via online platforms, lasting between 30 to 45 minutes. The interviews explored participants’ conceptualisations of participation, the methods they used to facilitate and interpret children’s agency, and their reflections on power, ethics, and adult-child relationships. All interviews were transcribed verbatim, and participants were given the opportunity to review and approve their transcripts. Semi-structured interviews were employed to allow flexibility while ensuring consistency across participants. The interviews aimed to elicit understandings of participation and its application in research with children under three. The following lines of enquiry guided the discussions: • Conceptualisation of participatory rights: How do participants define participatory rights and the participation of children? What theoretical frameworks underpin their interpretations? • Methodological approaches: What methods or techniques can be considered or recognised as participatory when working with preverbal children? How do these approaches address issues of agency and voice? • Practical and ethical dimensions: How is the participation of children under the age of three conceptualised and operationalised in both research and practice? What ethical challenges arise, and how are they navigated? Ethics Ethical considerations ensured compliance with institutional guidelines on research involving human participants. Confidentiality was maintained through anonymisation of all data, secure storage of transcripts, and removal of identifying details from illustrative quotes. In line with the theoretical lenses of the study, beyond procedural compliance, the research embraced ethical reflexivity as a continuous practice, recognising that ethics is not a static checklist but a dynamic, context-sensitive responsibility. This involved critically examining power dynamics, documenting interpretive decisions, and responding to participants’ comfort and consent throughout the process. By embedding reflexivity into every stage, the study aimed to uphold integrity and transparency while respecting the rights and dignity of all involved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Sentiment analysis (Zhou & Ye, 2023) of the interviews revealed the emotional and evaluative dimensions of participatory research with children under three. It showed that while participants generally expressed positive attitudes towards reconceptualising participation for children under three, there were strong critical undertones regarding systemic and methodological barriers. Positive sentiments were linked to advocacy for multimodal communication, ethical reflexivity, and relational approaches, reflecting optimism and commitment to inclusive practices. Conversely, negative sentiments clustered around frustrations with institutional ethics, risk-averse protocols, and tokenistic interpretations of participation. This duality highlights the tension between aspirational ideals and practical constraints, offering an understanding of the ethical urgency and emotional investment underpinning expert perspectives on participatory rights. References Alderson, P. (2010). Young children’s rights: Exploring beliefs, principles and practice. Jessica Kingsley. Blaisdell, C. (2020). Ethical dilemmas in visual research with young children. Early Child Development and Care, 190(7), 1043–1055. Clark, A., & Moss, P. (2011). Listening to young children: The Mosaic approach. National Children’s Bureau. Clark, A., & Richards, C. (2017). The impact of the UNCRC on children’s rights education. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 25(2), 1–20. Elfer, P. (2012). Emotion in nursery work: Work discussion as a model of critical reflection. Early Years, 32(2), 129–141. Flewitt, R. (2005). Conducting research with young children: Some ethical considerations. Early Child Development and Care, 175(6), 553–565. Hart, R. (1992). Children’s participation: From tokenism to citizenship. UNICEF. Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927–942. Palaiologou, I. (2014). Do we hear what children want to say? Ethical praxis when choosing research tools with children under five. Early Child Development and Care, 184(5), 689-705. DOI: 10.1080/03004430.2013.809341. Palaiologou, I. (2016). ‘Ethical issues associated with educational research’ in I., Palaiologou, D., Needham and Male T. (Eds) Doing research in education: Theory and practice. London: SAGE, 37-58. Palaiologou, I. (2019). ‘Going beyond participatory ideology when doing research with young children: The case of ethical permeability and relatability’ in Z. Brown and H. Perkins (Eds) Using innovative methods in early years research. London: Routledge, 31-46. Palaiologou, I. (2020). ‘”Otherness” in research with infants: Marginality or potentiality?’ in J. Murray, B., B, Swandener and K., Smith (Eds) Routledge Handbook on the rights of the child. London: Routledge, 472-483. Shier, H. (2001). Pathways to participation: Openings, opportunities and obligations. Children & Society, 15(2), 107–117. Zhou, J., & Ye, J. M. (2023). Sentiment analysis in education research: a review of journal publications. Interactive learning environments, 31(3), 1252-1264. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Towards a Rights-based Conceptualisation of School Climate for Children’s Human Rights Education 1: Centre for Children’s Rights Studies, University of Geneva, Switzerland; 2: School of Social Work, HES-SO Valais-Wallis, Switzerland Presenting Author:Children’s Human Rights Education (CHRE) is defined in the recent systematic review by Gillett-Swan et al. (2025) as “the formal and informal teaching and learning of children’s rights,” conceived as both part of and distinct from general human rights education, and shaped by the particular status of children as rights holders and learners. While the review emphasises the lack of conceptual clarity across the field, this definition establishes that CHRE requires environments in which children can meaningfully learn about, through, and for their rights. Building on this definitional foundation, the systemic CHRE theory proposed by Moody et al. (2025) articulates six interdependent components – aims, ends-in-view, the rights-holding learner, the rights-conscious educator, content, and rights-based processes – demonstrating that rights education relies on the coherence of pedagogical, relational, and structural dimensions within educational settings. From this systemic perspective, school climate emerges as a critical mediating construct. Classic work by Cohen et al. (2009) defines it as the “quality and character of school life,” shaped by norms, values, interpersonal relationships, teaching and learning practices, and the organisational environment—dimensions that closely mirror those required for rights-based educational processes. More recent dimensional analyses, such as Lewno-Dumdie et al.’s (2020) review, consistently identify five core domains of school climate – safety, relationships, teaching and learning, the institutional environment, and school improvement processes – each of which directly intersects with the components of the CHRE model. This correspondence suggests that school climate is not merely contextual but structurally constitutive of CHRE: it shapes whether learners’ rights are protected and recognised, whether educators can act as rights-conscious practitioners, whether content about, through, and for rights can be enacted authentically, and whether aims and ends-in-view can be translated into lived experiences. In comparing the CHRE theory with dominant school climate models, school climate appears as the operational bridge through which CHRE’s systemic coherence can materialise in everyday school life. Research also shows that school climate is experienced uniformly across student populations. Systematic reviews and large-scale studies show that students with disabilities consistently report more negative perceptions across all school-climate domains, and that an intersectional lens reveals even more complex patterns of marginalisation (Hunt et al., 2024). Likewise, significant racial and ethnic differences in climate perceptions, moderated by school-level diversity, indicate that school climate is not a neutral or universal construct but one shaped by structural inequities (La Salle et al., 2021; Parris et al., 2018). Students with emotional and behavioral disorders further report consistently lower perceptions across all domains (Gage et al., 2020). These findings suggest that traditional school-climate models risk obscuring group-specific experiences and may inadvertently sustain inequities. A rights-based approach therefore requires re-conceptualising school climate in ways that attend to diversity, recognise differential vulnerabilities, and foreground children’s varied positions as rights holders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore how school climate models account for the experiences of minoritised student groups, we conducted a systematised literature review inspired by established guidelines for systematic reviews (Sacré et al., 2021). A targeted search strategy was implemented to address our research question: “Within what scope are children involved in the definition of school climate?” To do so, we analysed how school climate is defined in reviews, using keywords related to school climate and reviews. We restricted the screening to titles retrieved from the following databases: Web of Science, Google Scholar and ERIC. Eligible studies were then reviewed in full and coded according to: (a) the school climate dimensions mobilised, and (b) the basis on which these dimensions were conceptualised. This allowed us to determine whether (diverse groups of) children were included in the conceptualisation process. This approach provides a method for mapping how different models and measures of school climate incorporate, or overlook, the perspectives of diverse groups of learners. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Taken together, our review highlights a critical conceptual gap: existing school climate models, rooted in universalist assumptions, are insufficient to support Children’s Human Rights Education. As Quennerstedt and Moody’s (2020) synthesis of educational children’s rights research shows, the field increasingly demands theoretical approaches that move beyond technical implementation and toward contextual, critical, and diversity-responsive understandings of children’s rights. Our findings align with this call. The differentiated perceptions of minoritised learners documented across the literature demonstrate that school climate cannot be understood as a homogeneous construct, nor applied uniformly across contexts. Emerging research similarly underscores the need to reconstruct school climate from students’ perspectives (Konishi et al., 2022), revealing dimensions that mainstream models systematically overlook, including recognition, belonging, and the legitimacy of diverse identities. Intercultural approaches further illustrate that climate can be theorised through contextualised, multidimensional frameworks attentive to equity, cultural legitimacy, relational dynamics and identity support (Archambault et al., 2018). Building on these insights, we argue that a rights-based school climate model must differ fundamentally from conventional frameworks. Rather than prescribing a fixed, universal set of dimensions, it must be principle-driven yet context-responsive, anchored in the core elements of CHRE – participation, non-discrimination, dignity, protection, and agency – and designed to be re-interpreted through the lived experiences of diverse groups of children in specific educational settings. Such a model would conceptualise climate not as a static organisational attribute, but as a relational and contextual process through which rights are enacted, contested, and made meaningful in everyday school life. In this perspective, developing a rights-based school climate is not about extending existing paradigms, but about reframing school climate as a dynamic, equity-attentive and locally grounded condition for realising children’s rights in and through education. References Archambault, I., Mc Andrew, M., Audet, G., Borri-Anadon, C., Hirsch, S., Amiraux, V., & Tardif-Grenier, K. (2018). Vers une conception théorique multidimensionnelle du climat scolaire interculturel. Alterstice, 8(2), 117-132. Cohen, J., McCabe, E. M., Michelli, N. M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers college record, 111(1), 180-213. Gage, N. A., Kramer, D. A., & Ellis, K. (2021). High school students with emotional and behavioral disorders perceptions of school climate. Journal of Disability Policy Studies, 32(2), 83-94. Gillett‐Swan, J., Monta, C. C., & Shanks, R. (2025). A systematic review of definitions of rights education for children: Children's rights education (CRE), children's human rights education (CHRE), and other rights education subtypes. Review of Education, 13(3), e70104. Hunt, S. M., Radliff, K. M., Acton, C., Bible, A., & Joseph, L. M. (2024). Students with disabilities’ perceptions of school climate: A systematic review. School Psychology International, 45(2), 115-132. Konishi, C., Wong, T. K., Persram, R. J., Vargas-Madriz, L. F., & Liu, X. (2022). Reconstructing the concept of school climate. Educational Research, 64(2), 159-175. La Salle, T. P., McCoach, D. B., & Meyers, J. (2021). Examining measurement invariance and perceptions of school climate across gender and race and ethnicity. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 39(7), 800-815. Lewno-Dumdie, B. M., Mason, B. A., Hajovsky, D. B., & Villeneuve, E. F. (2020). Student-report measures of school climate: A dimensional review. School Mental Health, 12(1), 1-21. Moody, Z., Gawlicz, K., Gillett-Swan, J., Perry-Hazan, L., & Quennerstedt, A. (2025). A theory of children’s human rights education. European Educational Research Journal. Parris, L., Neves, J. R., & La Salle, T. (2018). School climate perceptions of ethnically diverse students: Does school diversity matter?. School Psychology International, 39(6), 625-645. Quennerstedt, A., & Moody, Z. (2020). Educational Children’s Rights Research 1989–2019: Achievements, Gaps and Future Prospects, The International Journal of Children's Rights, 28(1), 183-208. Sacré, M., Lafontaine, D., & Toczek, M. C. (2021). Comprendre et concevoir des revues systématiques de la littérature en sciences de l’éducation et de la formation. Nouveaux cahiers de la recherche en éducation, 23(2), 1-27. Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S., et Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A review of school climate research. Review of educational research, 83(3), 357-385. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Teachers’ Conceptions of Learning Environment Design and Children’s Participation in Early Childhood Classrooms Bogazici University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Learning environments are "the first pedagogical act" (Botta et al., 2017). They can facilitate or impede possible actions and shape children's experiences (Berti et al., 2019). Teacher preparation programs often overlook the physical classroom environment (Guardino & Fullerton, 2010). Teachers typically organize classroom spaces based on existing regulations (if any) and their beliefs, ideas, or preferences (Nyabando & Evanshen, 2021). According to Thomas (2011) and Correia et al. (2023), research on children's participation has shifted from protectionist viewpoints to participatory paradigms that acknowledge children as social actors and rights holders. Children's participation in early childhood education (ECE) is not viewed as an individual ability or a predetermined activity, but it is a complex and context-dependent process shaped by social, relational, and institutional conditions (Shier et al., 2014). According to the new sociology of childhood, children are seen as active participants in their social environments, with agency demonstrated through daily activities, interactions, and engagements with materials and space (Corsaro, 2015; Percy-Smith, 2016). Children’s participation in early childhood education is enacted through everyday, relational, and material practices. Participation emerges through children’s interactions with peers, materials, and space during play and communication (Nordtømme, 2012). In these interactions, children actively seek to exercise and negotiate control over their everyday lives, often sharing this control within peer cultures (Corsaro, 2015). From a relational perspective, space is not a fixed container but emerges through ongoing social relations and practices (Massey, 2005). Consequently, spaces of participation take multiple forms and are experienced differently depending on children’s positionalities and lived experiences (Ylikörkkö, 2022). Children’s own sense of participation is therefore a critical dimension of participatory practice in ECE (Kyrönlampi & Uitto, 2022). Everyday pedagogical contexts can offer meaningful opportunities for participation by responding to children’s initiatives, enabling agency, and supporting engagement in shared action (Correia et al., 2021; Venninen et al., 2014). At the same time, children’s participation is shaped by adult decisions and institutional practices. While children exercise agency, they remain dependent on adults and require protection, making early childhood education a space marked by ethical and ideological tensions (Prout, 2011; Ylikörkkö, 2022). Teachers influence participatory spaces not only through direct interaction but also through pedagogical planning and material organisation (Vuorisalo et al., 2015). As children gradually develop an understanding of the rules, resources, and expectations of ECE settings (Nordtømme, 2012), materiality becomes central to participation, as children form relationships not only with people but also with cultural and material artefacts (Kyrönlampi et al., 2021). The study is theoretically grounded in two complementary frameworks. First, Gal’s ecological framework of child participation (2017) conceptualises participation as a process shaped by multiple ecological levels, including the person, microsystem, mesosystem, macrosystem, and the wider socio-political landscape. This framework enables participation to be examined beyond individual characteristics and the role of relationships, institutional arrangements, and broader policy contexts are emphasized. Second, Lefebvre’s theory of the production of space (1991) offers a lens for understanding learning environments as socially constructed spaces rather than neutral physical settings. Lefebvre’s spatial triad (1991) allows the study to examine how classrooms are designed, enacted through everyday practices, and experienced by children and adults over time. Together, these frameworks support a relational and contextual understanding of how early childhood classrooms are shaped through everyday participation. The purpose of this study is to examine how early childhood teachers conceptualise and design classroom learning environments, how children’s everyday participation is enacted within these spaces, and how adult-designed spatial arrangements interact with children’s lived experiences and agency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative instrumental case study design (Stake, 1995). An instrumental case study was selected to generate in-depth insights into how learning environments are conceptualised, designed, and experienced within a specific pedagogical context, rather than to represent the case itself. The case was purposefully selected as an information-rich context (Patton, 2015). The selected early years setting explicitly draws inspiration from the Reggio Emilia approach, which positions the learning environment as an active pedagogical agent. Participants consisted of three early childhood teachers working in this Reggio Emilia–inspired setting. All participants were actively involved in the design and ongoing organisation of their classroom learning environments. Purposeful sampling was used to select teachers with direct responsibility for spatial decision-making. The participants had varying levels of professional experience in early childhood education. To protect confidentiality, all participants were assigned pseudonyms, and identifying details related to the institution were removed. Data were collected through semi-structured individual interviews. According to Patton (2015), we need to ask questions to understand how people make meaning of their surroundings. The interview protocol included open-ended questions focusing on how teachers conceptualise and organise classroom spaces, the factors influencing spatial decisions, and how children interact with and respond to the learning environment. Follow-up questions and probes were used to clarify meanings and encourage elaboration. Each participant took part in one interview lasting approximately 15-20 minutes. Interviews were conducted in a quiet space. With informed consent, all interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Data were analysed using an inductive thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Rather than applying a pre-existing analytical framework, codes and themes were generated directly from the data through multiple readings, open coding, and iterative theme development. Throughout the analysis, particular attention was paid to grounding themes in participants’ meanings and experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis is expected to reveal three interrelated findings concerning the relationship between classroom design and children’s participation. First, findings indicate the dominance of an adult-designed “conceived space.” Teachers tend to define the ideal learning environment using adult-centric criteria such as spaciousness, brightness, order, and safety. Classroom design is largely a teacher-led process that occurs at the beginning of the academic year and reflects teachers’ pedagogical beliefs, professional comfort, and responsibility for classroom management. From an ecological perspective, teachers’ beliefs and institutional expectations within the microsystem and mesosystem strongly shape spatial decisions. Second, children’s participation appears primarily reactive rather than co-constructive. While teachers report involving children in minor decisions (e.g where to place materials) participation is generally limited to feedback after children experience the space. Children influence the environment mainly when they encounter physical barriers (e.g., difficulty reaching materials) or when spatial arrangements disrupt their play or movement. Older children demonstrate greater verbal agency, whereas younger children remain more dependent on adult mediation. Third, ecological and institutional constraints limit children’s and teachers’ spatial agency. Fixed architectural features, permanent wall displays, and institutional design norms reduce classroom flexibility and limit children's opportunities to appropriate and transform space. Although teachers express a desire to adapt and renew classroom layouts, these constraints often render the environment relatively static over time. Taken together, the findings suggest that early childhood learning environments are predominantly designed for children rather than with children. While teachers aim to create safe, orderly, and pedagogically effective spaces, these intentions may limit children’s spatial participation. The study highlights classroom design as an ecological process in which power relations between adults and children are continuously negotiated, offering implications for participatory approaches to learning environment design in early childhood education. References Berti, S., Cigala, A., & Sharmahd, N. (2019). Early childhood education and care physical environment and child development: State of the art and reflections on future orientations and methodologies. Educational Psychology Review, 31(4), 991-1021. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Botta, M., Crepet, P., & Zois, G. (2007). Dove abitano le emozioni: la felicità ei luoghi in cui viviamo. Einaudi. Corsaro, W. A. (2015). The sociology of childhood (4th ed.). Sage. Correia, N., Aguiar, C., & Amaro, F. (2023). Children’s participation in early childhood education: A theoretical overview. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 24(3), 313-332. Gal, T. (2017). An ecological model of child and youth participation. Children and Youth Services Review, 79, 57-64. Guardino, C. A., & Fullerton, E. (2010). Changing behaviors by changing the classroom environment. Teaching Exceptional Children, 42(6), 8-13. Kyrönlampi, T., & Uitto, M. (2022). Factors enabling and constraining children’s participation in preschools. Kasvatus & Aika, 16(2), 90–108. Lefebrve, H. (1991). The production of space. Basil Backwell. Massey, D. B. (2005). For space. Sage. Nordtømme, S. (2012). Place, space and materiality for pedagogy in a kindergarten. Education Inquiry, 3(3), 317-333. Nyabando, T., & Evanshen, P. (2022). Second-grade students’ perspectives of their classrooms’ physical learning environment: A multiple case study. Early Childhood Education Journal, 50(5), 709–720. Shier, H., Méndez, M. H., Centeno, M., Arróliga, I., & González, M. (2014). How children and young people influence policy‐makers: Lessons from Nicaragua. Children & Society, 28(1), 1-14. Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice. Sage publications. Percy-Smith, B. (2015). Negotiating active citizenship: Young people’s participation in everyday spaces. In Politics, citizenship and rights (pp. 1-18). Springer, Singapore. Prout, A. (2011). Taking a step away from modernity: Reconsidering the new sociology of childhood. Global Studies of Childhood, 1(1), 4–14. Stake, R. (1995). Case study research. Cham: Springer. Thomas, N. (2011). Towards a theory of children’s participation. Children’s Rights: Progress and Perspectives, 48-71. Venninen, T., Leinonen, J., & Lipponen, L. (2014). Supporting children’s participation in Finnish child care centers. Early Childhood Education Journal, 42(3), 211–218. Vuorisalo, M., Raittila, R., & Rutanen, N. (2018). Kindergarten space and autonomy in construction - Explorations during team ethnography in a Finnish kindergarten. Journal of Pedagogy, 9(1), 45–64. Ylikörkkö, E. M. (2022). The formation of child participation as a space in the encounters between the child and the teacher. Journal of Early Childhood Education Research, 11(2), 72–98. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 08 A: Crisis, Resilience & Challenging Contexts Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Michael Pfeifer Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leading with Concern: The Worry Landscape of Principals in Schools for Students with complex Disabilities Tel-Aviv university, Israel Presenting Author:Research has increasingly examined the emotional experiences of principals in special education, including professional failure, instructional leadership, inclusive practices, and leadership complexity (Stark & Billingsley, 2024). Recent studies have also highlighted principals’ frustration in these settings (Dor-Haim, 2024). However, despite this growing attention, principals’ experiences of worry remain largely unexplored. Worry is a persistent cognitive-emotional process that emerges in response to perceived threats to one’s goals, values, or significant relationships. It is typically future-oriented, repetitive, and characterized by negative thoughts concerning uncertain outcomes (Armitage, 2024). The significance of studying worry in the context of principals working with students with severe disabilities lies in the distinct nature of worry. Although closely associated with anxiety, fear, and stress (Paulsen, 2025), worry is best understood as a cognitive anticipation of threat. In contrast, fear is a reaction to an immediate threat to survival (Oplatka and Oren, 2020). Anxiety represents emotional alertness in the face of uncertainty (Vazard, 2022), and stress arises when environmental demands exceed an individual’s coping resources (Lazarus and Folkman, 1984). Worry, therefore, is unique in its role as a mental process that enables individuals to anticipate threats, regulate their emotional responses, and prepare for possible action (Armitage, 2024). Worry emerges from how individuals perceive threats to their goals, values, and professional relationships within a given work context (Armitage, 2024; Paulsen, 2025). Across occupational settings, employees encounter diverse stressors that challenge their sense of control, responsibility, and effectiveness (Sharmanov et al., 2020). Accordingly, worry can be understood as a multidimensional phenomenon whose meanings and expressions are shaped by contextual conditions rather than as a uniform emotional response. In European education systems, where centralized and decentralized governance structures coexist (European Commission, 2020), examining principals’ sense of worry is particularly relevant. This is especially true in special education settings serving students with complex developmental and physical disabilities. Principals in these schools operate under distinctive demands and moral responsibilities. They are accountable not only for educational outcomes but also for the daily care and safety of children with severe impairments (Stark and Billingsley, 2024). Many of these students face heightened risks of physical and psychological harm due to chronic medical conditions and co-occurring mental health challenges (Tesfaye et al., 2023). These principals must also manage widespread teacher burnout and high attrition rates (Cook and Ogden, 2022). Therefore, their experience of worry is likely to be distinct, with unique interpretations and forms of expression. This study places particular emphasis on understanding how Israeli principals in special education schools interpret and articulate the feelings of worry that arise in their professional lives. Specifically, the study aims to explore the distinctive meanings principals attribute to worry in the context of their work. The research addressed two main questions: (1) What are the various meanings that special education principals assign to their feelings of worry? (2) What instances of worry events at work do special educational school principals provide across various contexts? Rather than treating worry only as a sign of strain, this study conceptualizes it as a dynamic and anticipatory process. Worry is shaped by professional roles, values, and perceived threats. This perspective is important because most research on stress and coping focuses on reactions to past or present stressors. The anticipatory phase of stress has received far less attention (Biggs et al., 2017; Casper and Sonnentag, 2020). By addressing this gap, the study expands current understandings of leadership emotions. It offers a nuanced framework for examining how school leaders cognitively manage uncertainty, anticipate risk, and sustain professional commitment in complex educational environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Most existing theories of worry come from general psychological and organizational research (e.g. Armitage, 2024; Casper and Sonnentag, 2020). To capture the unique emotional and moral complexities of leadership in special education schools, a qualitative approach was therefore adopted. Grounded theory (Strauss and Corbin, 1990) was used to develop an empirically based conceptual model reflecting principals’ lived experiences, perceived threats, and professional responsibilities. Participants and Sampling Procedure The study included 17 female principals leading special education schools for students with complex developmental or physical disabilities. Most schools specialized in autism spectrum disorder (ASD; n = 11), while others served students with intellectual disabilities (n = 7), motor impairments or cerebral palsy (n = 3), and mental health challenges (n = 1). Participants’ average age was 49.1 years (range: 42–62), with an average tenure of 8.3 years as principals (range: 2–19). Participants were recruited using criterion-based and snowball sampling strategies (Patton, 2002) to ensure information-rich cases. Inclusion criteria required participants to (a) currently serve as principals in special education schools for students with complex disabilities, (b) be willing to discuss emotionally demanding aspects of their work, and (c) report experiencing worry in their professional role. Initial recruitment occurred through expert referrals from academic and educational psychology networks. Recruitment continued until theoretical saturation was reached (Creswell & Poth, 2018). Procedure and Data Analysis Data was collected through in-depth, semi-structured face-to-face interviews lasting approximately 90 minutes (Patton, 2002). Interviews began with open, neutral questions to encourage reflection and reduce social desirability bias. All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and anonymized. Data analysis followed grounded theory procedures (Strauss & Corbin, 1990), including open, axial, and selective coding. Initial codes capturing expressions of worry were gradually integrated into higher-order categories and synthesized into a conceptual model identifying three types of worry: protective, relational, and operational. To enhance rigor, reflective memos were maintained, peer debriefing was conducted, and continuous comparison with raw data ensured analytic consistency (Marshall et al., 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the study revealed three overarching types of worry among principals in special education schools. Protective worry centers on the physical and emotional safety of staff and students, encompassing both existential concerns for student safety and sensitivity to staff well-being. Relational worry involves the stress of navigating demanding relationships with parents and the educational authorities, often marked by heightened expectations, accusations, or a lack of institutional support. Finally, operational worry arises from persistent concerns about limited resources and staffing shortages, which hinder the school’s ability to function effectively and meet student needs. Principals described worry as rooted in moral commitment to protecting students and staff, sustaining key relationships, and ensuring school functioning. These findings advance understanding of anticipatory coping and its role in principals’ well-being, an area largely overlooked in stress research that has focused mainly on past or ongoing stressors (Casper & Sonnentag, 2020). While prior studies regarding principals’ stress described it as something to be managed or reduced (Stark & Billingsley, 2024), the current findings suggest that worry also serves as a regulatory function. The principals in the study portrayed worry as a function that helps them remain alert, prepare for action, and maintain ethical commitment. This functional dimension of worry challenges the idea that all stress appraisals are maladaptive or damaging. These findings have clear implications for European educational contexts, where principals often work under limited autonomy and strong accountability pressures (European Commission, 2020; Pont et al., 2008). Rather than viewing worry solely as a sign of overload, leadership development programs should recognize it as an expression of ethical responsibility and professional commitment. Emphasizing values-driven leadership, emotional sensemaking, and relational support may help principals manage worry more constructively. References Armitage, E. (2024), “The nature of worry(ing)”, Review of Philosophy and Psychology, Vol. 1, pp. 1–21. Biggs, A., Brough, P. and Drummond, S. (2017), “Lazarus and Folkman's psychological stress and coping theory”, in Cooper, C. and Quick, J.C. (Eds), The Handbook of Stress and Health: A Guide to Research and Practice, Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 349–364. Casper, A. and Sonnentag, S. (2020), “Feeling exhausted or vigorous in anticipation of high workload? The role of worry and planning during the evening”, Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, Vol. 93 No. 1, pp. 215–242. Cook, A., & Ogden, J. (2022). Challenges, strategies and self-efficacy of teachers supporting autistic pupils in contrasting school settings: a qualitative study. European journal of special needs education, 37(3), 371-385. Creswell, J.W. and Poth, C.N. (2018), Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches, Los Angeles: SAGE. Dor-Haim, P. (2024). Unveiling frustration: an exploration of principals' frustration in special education schools for complex disabilities. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 9(3), 243-258. European Commission. (2020). Teachers in Europe: Careers, development and well-being. Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/f1c7bba1-09ad-11eb-a511-01aa75ed71a1/language-en Marshall, C., Rossman, G.B. and Blanco, G.L. (2022), Designing qualitative research (7th ed.), Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Oplatka, I. and Oren, D. (2020), “The emotion of fear among schoolteachers: Sources and coping strategies”, Educational Studies, Vol. 46 No. 1, pp. 92–105. Patton, M.Q. (2002), Qualitative Research and Evaluation Method, Sage, Thousand Oaks, CA. Strauss, A.L. and Corbin, J. (1990), Basics of Qualitative Research: Grounded Theory, Procedures and Techniques, Sage, Newbury Park, CA. Paulsen, R. (2025), Why We Worry: A Sociological Explanation, Taylor and Francis, Abingdon, Oxon. Pont, B., D. Nusche and H. Moorman (2008), Improving School Leadership, Volume 1: Policy and Practice, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264044715-en Vazard, J. (2022). Everyday anxious doubt. Synthese, 200(3), 224. Stark, K. and Billingsley, B. (2024), “Navigating the complexities of school leadership for students with disabilities”, Journal of Cases in Educational Leadership, Vol. 27 No. 4, pp. 122–133. Sharmanov, V., Narezhnaya, T. and Davydov, A. (2020), “Threat level in the workplace”, in E3S Web of Conferences, Vol. 217, Article 08010, EDP Sciences. Tesfaye, R., Courchesne, V., Mirenda, P., Mitchell, W., Nicholas, D., Singh, I. et al. (2023), “Autism voices: Perspectives of the needs, challenges, and hopes for the future of autistic youth”, Autism, Vol. 27 No. 4, pp. 1142–1156. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leading Schools in Challenging Circumstances: Organizational Leadership Approaches to Refugee Student Integration in Germany TU Dortmund University, Germany Presenting Author:Educational leaders worldwide face challenges as schools respond to 122 million refugees globally (UNHCR, 2025) and ongoing refugee movements. School leaders must navigate complex organizational, pedagogical, and ethical decisions about how to integrate students with refugee background effectively. Leadership in these challenging circumstances requires balancing language acquisition needs, social integration goals, resource limitations, and stakeholder expectations while maintaining educational quality for all students. Current research on refugee integration and education remains fragmented (Eppenstein, 2017). While existing studies address mental health considerations (Pearlman, 2017) and measurement challenges (Cappella, Blair, & Aber, 2016), more research is needed on how school leaders navigate organizational decision-making under uncertainty, resource scarcity, and competing priorities. This research responds to calls for understanding how educational leadership operates in challenging circumstances (Bogotch et al., 2020), where traditional organizational structures and pedagogical approaches may prove insufficient. The study is grounded in school quality theories (Pfeifer, 2017; Ditton, 2007) that position school-level leadership as playing a crucial role in enabling high-quality teaching, even though classroom-level factors have more proximal effects on student outcomes. School leaders serve as key actors in creating organizational conditions, allocating resources, establishing institutional cultures, and making strategic decisions that shape teachers' capacity to address diverse student needs (Pfeifer & Voss, 2022). This study addresses the research question, which approaches educational leaders and teachers use in practice and which conditions they identify as prerequisites for successful integration of students with refugee background in schools. Data of this study reveal that school leaders implemented two fundamentally different organizational approaches, each reflecting distinct leadership philosophies. The first approach involves establishing separate classes exclusively for students with refugee backgrounds, prioritizing intensive German language acquisition before integration in regular classes—a sequential integration logic whereby language competence serves as prerequisite for full participation. The second approach—the "GO-IN model"—involves immediate placement in regular classes in school alongside German-speaking peers, based on the rationale that inclusion, social integration, and authentic language exposure should occur simultaneously from day one. These organizational decisions represent significant leadership choices with implications for resource allocation, staffing, teacher professional development, and school culture. Leaders implementing segregated models emphasized maximizing language learning intensity, while those implementing the GO-IN model prioritized peer relationships, social belonging, and avoiding marginalization. Both groups identified critical challenges: German language instruction varied dramatically across schools (four to twelve hours weekly), interpreter services proved insufficient, and leaders desired clearer guidance from educational administrators regarding support levels for students with refugee background. School leaders emphasized democratic leadership practices as integration strategies. Establishing class councils, designing participatory instructional approaches encouraging diverse perspectives, and creating spaces for students to explore interests emerged as ways leaders fostered inclusive school cultures. These democratic practices reflect distributed and shared leadership approaches where teachers act as change agents and students develop civic competencies (Beutel & Fauser, 2011). A critical finding concerns assessment objectivity challenges. Some school leaders and teachers reported that knowledge of students' temporary status in Germany influenced perceptions of motivation and learning readiness, raising questions about how contextual knowledge may bias professional judgment. This highlights the need for leadership-supported professional development addressing assessment equity, reflexive practice, and collaborative exchange (Radhoff, Ruberg, & Wieckert, 2019). The study contributes to educational leadership research by illuminating how leaders in challenging circumstances make complex organizational decisions, negotiate relations with educational administrators, and develop school cultures responsive to increasing diversity. Findings reveal how school leaders in Germany conceptualize and enact organizational approaches to refugee student integration, with implications for educational leadership practice and professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study employed a multi-method design combining classroom observations and semi-structured interviews with school leaders and teachers to examine organizational approaches to refugee student integration at secondary schools in North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany. The methodological approach was informed by recognition that leadership research in challenging circumstances requires methods capable of capturing complexity, contextual nuances, and practitioners' lived experiences (Fleming, 2017). Qualitative approaches enable in-depth exploration of how school leaders conceptualize integration challenges, make organizational decisions, allocate resources, and navigate relationships with multiple stakeholders under conditions of uncertainty. Data collection comprised two complementary components. First, classroom observations were conducted across participating schools to document organizational structures, teaching practices, and the implementation of different integration models in authentic settings. Observations provided contextual understanding of how leadership decisions translated into classroom realities, including language support mechanisms, peer interactions, participatory practices, and inclusive pedagogies. Second, semi-structured interviews were conducted with 20 school leaders and teachers at secondary schools in North Rhine-Westphalia. Interview participants included school principals responsible for strategic organizational decisions, middle leaders coordinating integration programs, classroom teachers implementing pedagogical approaches, and German-as-a-second-language specialists. The interview protocol addressed multiple leadership dimensions: organizational decision-making processes and rationales, challenges and success factors in integration, resource allocation and constraints, relations with educational administrators, professional development needs, approaches to fostering democratic school cultures, and enabling conditions for successful educational pathways. Questions explored both strategic leadership decisions and distributed leadership practices, examining how leadership operates across multiple organizational levels. Data analysis followed Mayring's (2015) qualitative content analysis methodology using Dedoose software. The analytical process integrated deductive categories derived from educational leadership frameworks (transformational, instructional, democratic, distributed leadership) with inductive categories emerging from data. This dual approach enabled identification of both theoretically anticipated leadership dimensions and unexpected findings regarding leadership in challenging circumstances. Given the sample size of 20 participants from one German state, findings are not statistically generalizable but offer rich insights into leadership perspectives and practices. The study's strength lies in its detailed exploration of how educational leaders navigate complex organizational decisions, reflecting the reality that leadership in challenging circumstances requires context-sensitive understanding rather than universal prescriptions (Ivanova et al., 2018; Nohl, 2006). The combination of observations and leadership interviews enabled triangulation, providing both structural understanding of organizational models and phenomenological insight into leaders' decision-making processes, challenges, and strategies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study illuminates approaches to educational leadership in challenging circumstances in order to foster the successful integration of refugee students, with implications for educational leadership practice and professional development. The identification of two contrasting organizational models—segregated newcomer classes versus inclusive GO-IN placement—reveals that leaders face fundamental strategic choices without clear evidence bases or policy guidance. These decisions reflect different leadership philosophies about integration, belonging, and educational equity, underscoring the need for leadership research that examines decision-making under uncertainty. Democratic and distributed leadership emerges as a promising framework for schools serving displaced populations. Leaders who established participatory structures (class councils, dialogic pedagogy) and distributed leadership responsibilities across staff created more inclusive school cultures. This finding suggests that challenging circumstances may catalyze innovative democratic leadership practices, contributing to broader discussions about leadership development in diverse contexts. School leaders expressed frustration with insufficient guidance from educational administrators regarding language support levels, resource allocation, and integration best practices. The dramatic variation in German instruction (four to twelve hours weekly) reflects fragmented policy frameworks, highlighting the need for stronger vertical leadership networks connecting school leaders with system-level decision-makers. Professional development for assessment equity emerges as an urgent leadership responsibility. Leaders must address how contextual knowledge about students' temporal status may bias teacher judgments, requiring leadership-supported reflexive practice and collaborative professional learning. This connects to broader leadership challenges around creating equitable assessment cultures in diverse schools. Leadership preparation implications are significant: Future educational leaders need preparation for decision-making under uncertainty, navigating resource constraints, fostering democratic cultures, managing relations with educational administrators, and leading for equity in diverse contexts. Future research should employ cross-national leadership research to illuminate how different governance structures shape leaders' capacity to respond effectively to increased refugee arrivals in educational systems, strengthening evidence bases for leadership policy and practice across Europe. References Beutel, W., & Fauser, P. (Eds.). (2011). Demokratiepädagogik: Lernen für die Zivilgesellschaft (2nd ed.). Frankfurt am Main: Wochenschau. Bogotch, I., Faubert, B., Pfeifer, M., Wieckert, S., Kervin, C., & Pappas, D. (2020). Political and economic gamble: Why two jurisdictions in Canada and Germany made the right decisions in welcoming Syrian newcomers, 2015-present. International Journal of Leadership in Education, Special Issue: Understanding Leadership for Refugee Education, 23(1), 57-69. Cappella, E., Blair, C., & Aber, J. L. (2016). Outcomes beyond test scores: What is social-emotional learning? Preparing students for school and life success. New York: NYU Steinhardt. Ditton, H. (2007). Schulqualität – Modelle zwischen Konstruktion, empirischen Befunden und Implementierung. In J. van Buer & C. Wagner (Eds.), Qualität von Schule: Ein kritisches Handbuch (pp. 83-92). Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. Eppenstein, T. (2017). „Geflüchtete" als Bildungsaspiranten und Flucht als Gegenstand für eine Bildung in der Weltgesellschaft. In C. Ghaderi & T. Eppenstein (Eds.), Flüchtlinge: Multiperspektivische Zugänge (pp. 147-168). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Fleming, M. (2017). A hope more powerful than the sea: The journey of Doaa Al Zamel. One refugee's incredible story of love, loss, and survival. New York: Flatiron Books. Ivanova, A., Syring, M., Weiß, S., & Kiel, E. (2018). Migrationsbedingte Diversität in der Schule: Ein Fallarbeitsbuch. München: Stelle für interkulturelle Arbeit der Landeshauptstadt München. Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken (12th ed.). Weinheim: Beltz. Nohl, A.-M. (2006). Konzepte interkultureller Pädagogik: Eine systematische Einführung. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Pearlman, W. (2017). We crossed a bridge and it trembled: Voices from Syria. New York: HarperCollins. Pfeifer, M. (2017). Theoretische Fundierung empirischer Schul- und Unterrichtsforschung unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des sozioökonomischen Kontextes. In M. Radhoff & S. Wieckert (Eds.), Grundschule im Wandel (pp. 71-80). Hamburg: VDK. Pfeifer, M. & Voss, A. (2022). Schulentwicklungsforschung. In: H. Reinders, D. Bergs-Winkels, I. Post & A. Prochnow (Hrsg.), Lehrbuch Empirische Bildungsforschung - Eine elementare Einführung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 575–594. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-658-27277-7_32. Radhoff, M., Ruberg, C., & Wieckert, S. (2019). Die Gewissheit der Ungewissheit. Zur Professionalisierung angehender Lehrkräfte im Kontext von Inklusion. heiEDUCATION Journal. Transdisziplinäre Studien zur Lehrerbildung, 2(4), 25-33. UNHCR. (2025, 12. Juni). Global trends. United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees. Retrieved from https://www.unhcr.org/global-trends 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Gender Equality in Academic Leadership: Bangladesh, China and Finland 1: Tampere University; 2: Tongji University; 3: Turku University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:According to the Times Higher Education, the number of women leading the world’s top universities has increased for the first time since 2017, but the percentage of women leaders remains under 20. Another analysis of the top 400 universities in the Times Higher Education’s university rankings also indicated that the typical university leader is male, 62 years old, and a scientist. While the importance of gender equality has been widely acknowledged both in research and policies, relatively little research has examined gender and academic leadership in universities outside Anglo-Saxon contexts. Our systematic literature review analyses 62 peer-reviewed academic articles on women and academic leadership published between 2000 and 2021, focusing on three national contexts: Bangladesh (15 studies), China (17 studies), and Finland (30 studies). The reasons for selecting these three country examples are twofold. First, we prefer to enrich geographical consideration by the topic in filling the gap. Second, the three countries represent three different developmental statuses of gender equality in higher education systems worldwide. We designed the following research question: How has women’s academic leadership been studied in the context of Bangladesh, China and Finland? Our findings indicate that research on gender and academic leadership remains underdeveloped across all three countries, particularly in Bangladesh. Existing studies predominantly concentrate on the barriers women face in attaining leadership positions, highlighting the need for broader and more diversified research perspectives. Furthermore, the results suggest that societal, cultural, and institutional differences contribute to varying levels of progress in gender equality in university leadership across the three contexts. However, despite these differences, male-dominated structures and organizational cultures within higher education institutions continue to constitute significant obstacles to women’s advancement into leadership roles in all three countries. This review underscores the necessity for more comprehensive, comparative, and context-sensitive research to deepen understanding of gendered academic leadership and to support more effective policy and institutional reforms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a systematic literature review approach including three stages: (1) planning the review, (2) conducting the review, and (3) reporting the review. All phases of the review process were collaboratively designed and implemented by the research team of three members. Each author’s responsibility was searching, selecting, and analysing the literature related to women’s academic leadership within one national context of three countries. The literature search was conducted using the electronic databases available through the Tampere University Library. It provided access to a wide range of multidisciplinary databases. These included JSTOR, SAGE, ProQuest, Emerald Insight, Routledge, Elsevier, ERIC, Taylor & Francis, and Springer. A systematic search strategy was applied using relevant keywords related to gender equality, gender and leadership, and academic leadership, combined with country-specific search terms. The inclusion criteria for selecting publications were as follows: (1) peer-reviewed articles and scholarly publications that addressed gender inequality and/or women’s academic leadership; (2) studies focusing on Bangladesh, China, or Finland; (3) publications written in English, Chinese, or Finnish; and (4) studies published between 2000 and 2021. Based on these criteria, a total of 62 publications were selected for inclusion in the final analysis. The research question guided all stages of the analysis. The selected literature was systematically organised into country-specific tables summarising key information, including authorship, year of publication, research objectives, methodological approach, theoretical framework, and key country-specific findings. Subsequently, a thematic analysis was conducted to identify recurring patterns, themes, and conceptual linkages across the studies. This analytical process followed the qualitative data analysis principles outlined by Creswell and Creswell (2017), enabling the development of a literature map for each country. Finally, cross-national comparisons were undertaken by examining similarities and differences across the three literature maps. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1) It seems obvious that the existing literature on the topic is still limited, especially in Bangladesh. Past studies across the three systems have mainly approached the issue from a qualitative research approach and have focused on the micro or individual level. Only in the Finnish country context, research use micro, meso and macro gender perspectives. 2) Across different contexts, research attention has mainly focused on the barriers to women becoming academic leaders in the academic promotion system. This study also shows that there is a limited understanding of women in academic leadership in the literature. Most studies only consider this issue from academics’ advancement in academic title ladders, neglecting gender and academic leaders in management positions in universities. As seen, the major obstacle currently across China and Bangladesh is the men-dominated structure and culture of university management, which silences the voices or motivations of women pursuing leadership. 3) The influence of contextual differences on the barriers to becoming women academic leaders. In China and Bangladesh, women academics were found to refuse, explicitly or implicitly, academic leadership. This may be related to the longstanding influence of traditional cultural and societal gendered stereotypes in Asian societies on women’s values and cognition of their roles and identities. In China, such cultural impacts can be traced back to Confucius family tradition while the counterpart for Bangladesh can be its religious roots. In the Nordic welfare system, a more established legislation system in Finland that emphasises equality, has brought awareness and further development of gender equality. 4) The final finding is that the increase in the women population in HE does not indicate that gender equality in academic leadership has been, or necessarily will be, improved. References Aiston, S. J., & Jung, J. (2015). Women academics and research productivity: an international comparison. Gender and Education, 27(3), 205-220. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2015.1024617 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, D. J. (2017). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative & Mixed Methods Approaches. SAGE Publications. Husu, L., Hearn, J., Lämsä, A.-M., & Vanhala, S. (2011). Introduction. In L. Husu, J. Hearn, A.-M. Lämsä, & S. Vanhala (Eds.), Women, Management and Leadership - Naiset ja johtajuus: NASTA Women's Leadership Project Final Report (Vol. 72, pp. v-viii). Hanken School of Economics. Jinia, N. J. (2016). Microcredit and Women’s Empowerment: Does microcredit promote the borrowers to participate in the household decision-making process in Bangladesh? Tampere: Tampere University Press. https://trepo.tuni.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/99815/978-952-03-0221-4.pdf?sequence=1 Kohtamäki, V. (2019). Academic leadership and university reform-guided management changes in Finland. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 41(1), 70-85. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2018.1553499 Morley, L. (2013). The rules of the game: women and the leaderist turn in higher education. Gender and Education, 25(1), 116-131. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2012.740888 Morley, L., & Crossouard, B. (2015). Women in higher education leadership in South Asia: Rejection, refusal, reluctance, revisioning. British Council: University of Sussex. https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/30610946.pdf Pinheiro, R., Geschwind, L., Hansen, H. F., & Pekkola, E. (2015). Academic Leadership in the Nordic Countries: Patterns of Gender Equality. In H. D. Syna & C.-E. Costea (Eds.), Women’s Voices in Management: Identifying Innovative and Responsible Solutions (pp. 15-33). Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137432155_2 Ruan, N. (2022). Interviewing elite women professors: Methodological reflections with feminist research ethics. Qualitative Research, 22(1), 110-125. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794120965368 Tang, L., & Horta, H. (2021). Women academics in Chinese universities: a historical perspective. Higher Education, 82(5), 865-895. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-020-00669-1 Tao, Y., Hong, W., & Ma, Y. (2017). Gender Differences in Publication Productivity Among Academic Scientists and Engineers in the U.S. and China: Similarities and Differences. Minerva, 55(4), 459-484. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-017-9320-6 Westoby, C., Dyson, J., Cowdell, F., & Buescher, T. (2021). What are the barriers and facilitators to success for female academics in UK HEIs? A narrative review. Gender and Education, 33(8), 1033-1056. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2021.1884198 Wu, B., Bhulani, N., Jalal, S., Ding, J., & Khosa, F. (2019). Gender Disparity in Leadership Positions of General Surgical Societies in North America, Europe, and Oceania. Cureus, 11(12), e6285. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.6285 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 08 B: Teacher Leadership & Professional Learning Location: Lyhty | Main building | Courtyard Session Chair: Qing Gu Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** How School Leaders Retain Experienced and Capable Teacher Mentors 1: University College London, United Kingdom; 2: University of Toronto, Canada; 3: Independent researcher Presenting Author:Focus The purpose for this study was to better understand how those in school leadership positions, using resources in the school, can influence the retention of their school’s experienced and highly capable teachers who are serving as mentors to their less experienced colleagues. The three research questions guiding were as follows:
Context Investing in teachers’ career-long professional development has been regarded by policy makers as a cost-effective approach to retaining committed and capable teachers for the profession (Department for Education (DfE), 2019; RAND, 2021; PBE, 2022; Perry et al., 2022). It remains the case, however, for diverse and complex socio-economic and political reasons, that retaining committed and effective teachers is a real challenge. The site of this study is one of national providers of the Early Career Framework programme (ECF, renamed as Early Career Teacher Entitlement from 2025) for teachers in the first two years of teaching and their mentors. The longitudinal research, of which this study is one component, includes examining the effects of the ECF programme on teacher retention decisions. School leaders with teachers enrolled in the ECF were required to appoint a mentor for them from existing school staff. Once chosen, these mentors received structured additional training over a two-year programme (reduced to one year from 2024) but continued to teach in their schools with funded time provided by the DfE to fulfil their mentor duties. While the primary goal of the ECF was to retain early-career teachers, retaining those teacher mentors (TMs) and ensuring effective mentoring in schools was critical to the achievement of that longer term goal. This study was undertaken to help senior leaders identify conditions in their schools that TMs would consider favourable to their work. Conceptual framing Building on research about the impact of successful leadership on teachers’ work and lives and student outcomes (e.g., Bellibaş et al., 2021; Day & Gurr, 2024), we developed a framework to connect variables in a relatively long, complex and largely unique chain from school leadership to teacher retention. While previous evidence has established a relationship between leadership and teacher retention, our framework explains the complex nature of that relationship. This framework assumes that while teacher mentors play a unique role in their schools, they are part of their school’s teaching staff and are influenced in their retention decisions by most of the same conditions as the rest of their teaching colleagues (e.g., Eleftheriadou et al., 2025; Gu et al., 2023). The framework reflects prior evidence about what motivates staff retention decisions, as well as results from our larger ECF research about what motivates ECF mentors, in particular (Leithwood et al., 2024). In our framework, the most direct influences on TMs’ retention intentions are a small number of personal resources and psychological states related to both their school and the profession of teaching including self-efficacy, feelings of satisfaction, and sense of well-being. These personal constructs are at least partly a function of a selected set of teacher mentors’ schools’ organizational conditions, the most promising being opportunities to collaborate with other staff, opportunities for continuing their professional learning, as well as beliefs about the manageability of their workload. While senior school leaders are by no means the only influence on these organizational conditions, their influence is typically quite significant (Leithwood, 2019, Day et al., 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design This study is part of a larger mixed methods study gathering quantitative and qualitative evidence on the impact of England’s ECF induction programme on participating early-career teachers’ and mentors’ work engagement, well-being, and retention trajectories over time. The cross-sectional study reported in this paper used results from the first annual survey of teacher mentors (TMs). Participants Respondents included in the study were a sample of TMs in the first year of the two-year ECF programme. Survey invitations were sent to all TMs who were active in the programme (N = 5853). A total of 810 TMs responded, representing 14% response rate. There are two reasons to be confident about the external validity of the findings. First, demographic characteristics of the sample are broadly representative of national figures for TMs regarding gender, ethnicity, contract types, and school phase. Second, post hoc power analysis indicated our sample retained 99% power to reject a mis-specified model with RMSEA = 0.06 with α = 0.05 and df = 1929. The results of this research should therefore be highly relevant to the experiences of the national TM population. Instruments The survey comprised 66 questions plus demographic data. Responses were rated on a Likert scale of 1-6, with 1 the least positive response and 6 the most positive response. The measurement of each key construct is informed by the synthesis of the latest research and grounded also in the survey research led by authors in different country contexts over twenty years. Together, they provide a secure knowledge and empirical base for the study to develop a reliable survey instrument which is fit for purpose. The outcome variable was teacher destinations (recoded into 1=staying, 2=moving, 3=leaving teaching). Data analysis Data were analysed using a structural equation model (SEM) in R Studio version 4.3.1 (RStudio Team, 2020) using the lavaan package (Rosseel, 2012). The SEM model explored the effects of programme-related factors, school-related factors and personal dispositions upon TMs’ retention decisions. Model fit was assessed as good across twenty imputed data sets with model fit indices of a CFI and TLI of 0.99 across all data sets, a RMSEA value of maximum value 0.038 and SRMR 0.055. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Research Question 1: Influence of Personal Resources (Self-Efficacy, Job Satisfaction, Well-Being) on TMs’ Retention Decisions Variation in Job Satisfaction and Well-Being explained a small but significant amount of variation in TMs’ retention decisions. These decisions were most directly influenced by TMs’ sense of job satisfaction and well-being at school. The most direct influence on TMs’ sense of Well-Being at school was their Job Satisfaction at school. Research Question 2: Organizational Conditions Which Influence TMs’ Personal Resources Collaborative School Culture had a moderately strong, direct influence on TMs’ job satisfaction at school and was influenced moderately strongly by Professional Growth Opportunities. Collaborative School Culture had no influence on other school conditions and was only influenced by Professional Learning Opportunities and Leadership Practices. TMs’ perception of their workload conditions was a third variable linking Leadership to Job Satisfaction and Well-Being with a moderate but direct influence on TMs’ Job Satisfaction at school. Research Question 3: Leadership Practices Positively Associated with Key Organizational Conditions The conception of leadership guiding our study included four categories or domains of practices–Setting Directions, Building Relationships and Developing People, Redesigning the Organization, and Improving the Teaching Programme. Each of these domains were linked, uniquely, through Job Satisfaction and Well-Being, to TM retention. Scholarly significance School leaders retain high-quality staff members by helping to create productive work environments aimed at achieving ambitious, socially valued goals for all students. Given similar student populations, a high-retention school for experienced teachers is doing many things well, and a low-retention school not so much. This conclusion, we hasten to add, does not add to the work of already harried school leaders. The leadership practices that encourage staff retention are the same approaches that are needed for many other forms of significant school improvement. References Bellibaş, M. Ş., Kılınç, A. Ç., & Polatcan, M. (2021). The moderation role of transformational leadership in the effect of instructional leadership on teacher professional learning and instructional practice: An integrated leadership perspective. Educational Administration Quarterly, 57(5), 776–814. Day, C., & Gurr, D. (Eds.). (2024). How successful schools are more than effective: Principals who build and sustain teacher and student wellbeing and achievement. Springer. Day, C., Gu, Q., & Ylimaki, R. (2024). Educational research and the quality of successful school leadership. UNESCO. Available online: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000391537 Department for Education. (2019). Teacher Recruitment and Retention Strategy. Department for Education. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/786856/DFE_Teacher_Retention_Strategy_Report.pdf Eleftheriadou, S., Gu, Q., & Shao, X. (2025). Developing and retaining talented mentors as the signature pedagogy for school leaders. London Review of Education, 23(1), 19. Gu, Q., Eleftheriadou, S., & Baines, L. (2023). The impact of the Early Career Framework (ECF) programme on the work engagement, wellbeing and retention of teachers: A longitudinal study, 2021–2026. Interim research report 2: Early career teachers’ and mentors’ reported experiences with the ECF programme. UCL Centre for Educational Leadership. Available online: https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10177976/1/ECF%20Research%20Report%20%232_Full%20Report.pdf Leithwood, K., Gu, Q., Eleftheriadou, S., & Baines, L. (2024). Developing and retaining talented mentors. Interim Research Report 3. UCL Centre for Educational Leadership. Available online: https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10188153/1/ECF%20Mentor%20Research%20Report_2024_Final.pdf Leithwood, K. (2019). Characteristics of effective leadership networks: A replication and extension. School Leadership & Management, 39(2), 175–197. Perry, E., Halliday, J., Higginson, J., & Patel, S. (2022). Meeting the Challenge of Providing High-quality Continuing Professional Development for Teachers. London: Wellcome. Pro Bono Economics (PBE) (2022). Learning to Save: Teacher CPD as a Cost-Effective Approach to Improving Retention. London: Pro Bono Economics. RAND (2021). Understanding Teacher Retention: Using a Discrete Choice Experiment to measure Teacher Retention in England. Cambridge: Office for Manpower Economics. RStudio Team. (2020). RStudio: Integrated Development Environment for R. RStudio, PBC. http://www.rstudio.com/ Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Institutional Environment for Teaching and Teacher Job Satisfaction: The Interconnected Roles of Autonomy, Teaching Practices, and Self-Efficacy 1: University "Ukshin Hoti" Prizren, Kosovo; 2: University of Prishtina; 3: University of Ljubljana Presenting Author:INTRODUCTION AND THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK This study aims to provide insights into the debate on how the institutional environment for teaching in schools contributes to increased and sustained job satisfaction within the functions teachers enact at the school level in a system undergoing transition. Furthermore, this study aims to explore the interaction and mediating roles that autonomy, teaching practices, and self-efficacy have in this relationship. In post-conflict and transition education systems, these organizational, professional, and instructional dynamics are particularly salient, as teachers must adapt their daily practice while maintaining motivation and job satisfaction. However, empirical evidence examining these dynamics as interconnected mechanisms rather than isolated factors remains limited in such contexts, despite growing attention to these relationships in more advanced education systems (Hoque et al., 2023; Waternberg et al., 2023; Li et al., 2025; Xu et al., 2025). Kosovo represents a particularly relevant case for examining these relationships. Following the 1999 conflict, the education system faced substantial challenges related to rebuilding institutional capacity, improving teachers’ working conditions, and strengthening professionalism. Enhancing teachers’ motivation, job satisfaction, autonomy, and professional competence has remained a central focus of education reform (Saqipi, 2019). Accordingly, this study conceptualizes these variables based on the TALIS 2024 conceptualization: institutional environment for teaching as a multidimensional construct comprising teacher leadership, teacher–student relationships, relational leadership, and instructional leadership; job satisfaction as encompassing joy of teaching and satisfaction with the profession; autonomy as a distinct construct; teaching practices as clarity of instruction, cognitive activation, and classroom management; and self-efficacy as self-efficacy in instruction, engagement, and classroom management (OECD, 2025). Within this framework, schools are understood as complex organizational systems in which leadership practices, relational climates, and instructional expectations dynamically interact, shaping teachers’ daily work, professional agency, and psychological resources (Nabella et al., 2022; Freeman & Fields, 2023). By integrating this model, which explains how these constructs interact-particularly in post-transition and reform-intensive contexts such as Kosovo-this study provides theoretically grounded and context-sensitive evidence on their relationships, offering important implications for school leadership, professional development, and policymaking in Kosovo and comparable education systems. This study’s conceptual model is grounded in an integrated theoretical framework drawing on the Job Demands–Resources (JD–R) model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007), Social Cognitive Theory (Bandura, 1997), and Self-Determination Theory (Deci & Ryan, 1985). Within this framework, job satisfaction is conceptualized as the outcome of dynamic interactions between the institutional environment for teaching and the mediating roles of autonomy, teaching practices, and teacher self-efficacy. From a JD–R perspective, institutional environments for teaching reflected in school leadership and school climate operate as key job resources that reduce strain and foster satisfaction. Self-Determination Theory further explains how supportive institutional conditions satisfy teachers’ basic psychological needs for autonomy and competence, thereby strengthening intrinsic motivation and positive work-related attitudes. Complementing this view, Social Cognitive Theory highlights the role of self-efficacy as a central psychological mechanism through which environmental conditions influence teachers’ beliefs in their instructional capabilities, shaping both pedagogical behavior and satisfaction (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007; Bandura, 1997; Deci & Ryan, 1985; OECD, 2025). Furthermore, the study seeks to answer the following research questions : RQ1: What is the impact of institutional environment for teaching on teachers’ job satisfaction and what is the mediating role of autonomy, teaching practices, and self-efficacy in this relationship? RQ2: What’s the impact of teaching autonomy, teaching practices, and self-efficacy on teachers’ job satisfaction? RQ3: What’s the impact of the institutional environment for teaching in the teacher’s autonomy, teaching practices, and self-efficacy ? RQ4: What’s the impact of teachers’ autonomy on teaching practices and self-efficacy ? RQ5: What’s the impact of teaching practices on teacher’s self-efficacy Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used METHODOLOGY This study employed a quantitative, cross-sectional research design using secondary survey data from the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2024. The data were drawn from the Kosovo national sample of TALIS 2024, administered by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). The Kosovo dataset used in this study comprised teachers employed in public schools. INSTRUMENTS Institutional Environment for Teaching- was measured using items capturing teacher leadership, teacher–student relationships, relational leadership, and instructional leadership. Teaching Practices- were assessed through items reflecting clarity of instruction, cognitive activation, and classroom management. Teacher Self-efficacy- was measured using items addressing self-efficacy in classroom management, self-efficacy in student engagement, and self-efficacy in instruction. Autonomy- was measured through five items addressing teachers’ autonomy. Job Satisfaction-was measured using items capturing job satisfaction and joy of teaching. DATA ANALYSIS As part of the data analysis, structural equation modeling (SEM) was conducted using Mplus version 8.11 to test the hypothesized relationships among the constructs. Missing data, coded as –999, were handled using full information maximum likelihood (ML). Following standard measurement procedures, a confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was first conducted to evaluate the structure of each construct separately and to identify indicators with insufficient or negative factor loadings. Criteria for indicator exclusion included standardized loadings below 0.40 and negative loadings, ensuring that only indicators that meaningfully contributed to their respective constructs were retained (Hair, 2009). After confirming the individual measurement structures, a confirmatory factor analysis of the full measurement model was conducted, including the five main constructs: institutional environment for teaching, autonomy, teaching practices, teachers’ self-efficacy, and job satisfaction. Descriptive statistics and correlations were calculated as a preliminary step. The structural model tested direct and indirect effects through mediation analyses. Indirect effects were assessed using bias-corrected bootstrapping with 10,000 resamples to generate 95% confidence intervals. Model fit was evaluated and showed an acceptable fit (Chi-square test of model fit = 4.1, RMSEA = .031, CFI = .936, TLI = .932, SRMR = .047). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings FINDINGS The results of this study reveal that institutional environment for teacher impacts teachers’ job satisfaction individually and by a complex interaction of institutional, instructional, and psychological factor. Direct effects indicated that institutional environment, teaching practices, self-efficacy, and autonomy all contributed positively to job satisfaction, although their magnitudes varied. Institutional environments showed the strongest direct association, highlighting their central role in shaping teachers’ job satisfaction. Teaching practices and self-efficacy also demonstrated substantial positive associations with job satisfaction, suggesting that teachers derive satisfaction not only from favorable working conditions but also from their capacity to teach effectively and feel competent in their professional roles. Autonomy exhibited a smaller yet significant effect, indicating that decision-making freedom contributes to satisfaction but is not sufficient on its own. Importantly, the findings reveal that institutional environment for teaching influence job satisfaction through multiple indirect pathways. Autonomy, teaching practices, and self-efficacy each functioned as significant mediators, including a sequential pathway linking institutional environments to job satisfaction. This pattern highlights the interconnected mechanisms through which institutional conditions shape both instructional processes and teachers’ psychological resources. While autonomy did not directly predict self-efficacy, it strongly influenced teaching practices, which in turn played a key role in strengthening teachers’ efficacy beliefs. This suggests that autonomy becomes meaningful when it is translated into concrete instructional action. Taken together, the findings suggest that Institutional environment for teaching impacts teachers’ job satisfaction through coherent institutional development and mechanisms rather than fragmented or individual-level interventions. Supportive institutional environments create the conditions under which autonomy can enhance teaching practices, teaching practices can strengthen self-efficacy, and self-efficacy can reinforce satisfaction with the profession. In post-transition and reform-intensive contexts such as Kosovo, where school-level autonomy and leadership capacity remain constrained, these results highlight the need to prioritize institutional strengthening as a foundation for teacher satisfaction. References REFERENCES Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The job demands‐resources model: State of the art. Journal of managerial psychology, 22(3), 309-328. Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W. H. Freeman. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1985). Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. Springer. Freeman, G. T., & Fields, D. (2023). School leadership in an urban context: Complicating notions of effective principal leadership, organizational setting, and teacher commitment to students. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 26(2), 318-338. Hair, J. F. (2009). Multivariate data analysis. Hoque, K. E., Wang, X., Qi, Y., & Norzan, N. (2023). The factors associated with teachers’ job satisfaction and their impacts on students’ achievement: a review (2010–2021). Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 10(1), 1-7. Li, L., Kanchanapoom, K., Deeprasert, J., Duan, N., & Qi, Z. (2025). Unveiling the factors shaping teacher job performance: exploring the interplay of personality traits, perceived organizational support, self-efficacy, and job satisfaction. BMC psychology, 13(1), 14. Nabella, S. D., Rivaldo, Y., Kurniawan, R., Nurmayunita, N., Sari, D. P., Luran, M. F., & Wulandari, K. (2022). The influence of leadership and organizational culture mediated by organizational climate on governance at senior high school in Batam City. Journal of Educational and Social Research, 12(5), 119-130. OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 results (Volume I): Teachers and school leaders as lifelong learners. OECD. (2025). Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2024 conceptual framework. OECD Publishing. Saqipi, B. (2019). Understanding the relation of policy discourse and re-conceptualising curriculum: A Kosovo perspective on a new meaning of context. CEPS Journal, 9(2), 33-52. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper From Leaders to Teachers: How School Leadership Relates to Identification, Citizenship Behavior, and Turnover Intentions Over Time University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland Presenting Author:Schools depend not only on teachers’ and school leaders’ role performance but also on their psychological attachment to the school and their willingness to contribute beyond contractual requirements. Two constructs that capture these processes are organizational identification (OI) and organizational citizenship behavior (OCB). OI refers to the degree to which individuals define themselves in terms of their membership in the organization and internalize its goals and values (Blader et al., 2017), whereas OCB describes discretionary behaviors that support the social and psychological processes within an organization (Organ, 1997). Across occupational settings, identification is considered a key motivational mechanism underlying extra-role effort. Meta-analyses and reviews consistently show positive associations between OI and prosocial workplace behaviors (Lee et al., 2015; Riketta, 2005). In school contexts, similar patterns have been documented. Teachers with stronger identification report higher levels of helping, cooperation, and school-oriented citizenship behaviors (Christ et al., 2003; Demir, 2015; Van Dick et al., 2006). However, nearly all evidence is cross-sectional. Consequently, it remains unclear whether identification fosters later citizenship behavior—as theory implies—or whether engaging in OCB subsequently strengthens identification through self-perception or reciprocity processes. Clarifying the directionality of these effects is therefore a key unresolved issue. A second gap concerns the role of leadership. Schools are multilevel organizations in which leaders shape shared meanings, norms, and working conditions. Identity-based leadership theories propose that leaders function as sensegivers who influence followers’ identification. Studies in both school and non-school contexts report positive associations between leader and follower OI (Schuh et al., 2012; Van Dick et al., 2007). Yet, these studies do not examine reciprocal or longitudinal dynamics. As a result, we do not know whether leaders’ identification shapes teachers’ identification over time, whether teachers’ attitudes influence leaders, or whether both processes unfold simultaneously. Similarly, little is known about how leaders’ and teachers’ citizenship behaviors are connected. OCB has been theorized to spread through modeling and social learning, implying a trickle-down effect from leaders to followers. Somech and Ohayon (2020) provide initial support for such cross-level associations in schools, whereas findings from other sectors did not find such relationships (Krishnan & Arora, 2008). Moreover, existing studies rely on single-wave designs, preventing conclusions about temporal or causal relationships. Whether leader OCB precedes teacher OCB, or whether both reflect shared contextual influences, remains unresolved. Another important but understudied mechanism concerns mediation. Leadership research suggests that leader behaviors influence follower outcomes indirectly through psychological states such as identification (Schuh et al., 2012; Van Dick et al., 2007). Yet, these few studies do not simultaneously examine OI and OCB both at the two levels (teachers and school leaders) within one integrated model. Finally, although both OI and OCB are assumed to promote retention, the relative strength and direction of these relationships remain unclear. Identification has been linked to lower turnover intentions among teachers and other employees (Li & Yao, 2022; Sandmeier & Mühlhausen, 2020; Van Dick et al., 2004), but effects may differ across hierarchical roles (Cole & Bruch, 2006). Evidence for OCB is even scarcer and largely indirect. Thus, it is still uncertain whether attitudinal attachment (OI) or enacted extra-role behavior (OCB) is more predictive of staying decisions for teachers and leaders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on survey data from approximately 4,000 teachers and 250 school leaders across around 180 Swiss schools. Data were collected via standardized online questionnaires at three measurement occasions for teachers and two for school leaders, enabling the examination of temporal dynamics across one school year. Both teachers and school leaders reported on their OI, OCB, and turnover intentions, alongside relevant contextual and psychological covari-ates. The data exhibit a hierarchical structure, with teachers nested within schools and school leaders representing the leadership level of each organization. To appropriately account for this dependency and to simultaneously examine relationships within and across organizational levels, multilevel modeling techniques are applied. Specifically, teachers constitute Level 1, leaders represent Level 2, and schools form the higher-level organizational context. This structure allows us to estimate (a) within-level associations (e.g., teacher OI–teacher OCB), (b) cross-level relationships between leaders and teachers (e.g., leader OI predicting teacher OI), and (c) contextual school-level effects. To address questions of directionality and move beyond cross-sectional associations, the longitudinal design is leveraged using time-lagged analyses. Cross-lagged paths between different measurement points are estimated while controlling for stability effects of the respective constructs. This approach allows us to test whether earlier identification predicts later citizenship behavior (and vice versa), and whether leader variables temporally precede changes in teacher outcomes, thereby providing indications of potential causal mechanisms. Although causal inference cannot be established definitively in non-experimental designs, this strategy strengthens conclusions about temporal ordering. All models control for additional theoretically relevant organizational and individual factors that may confound the focal relationships, including perceived procedural justice, school leadership style, teacher self-efficacy, and perceived organizational support. Including these covariates enables a more conservative test of the unique contributions of OI and OCB. Missing data are handled using full-information maximum likelihood estimation to retain cases across waves. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The following findings should be considered preliminary, as they are based on initial regression analyses and do not yet incorporate the planned longitudinal models with autoregressive con-trols and competing cross-lagged paths needed to draw conclusions about directional or rela-tionships. Cross-level regressions (leaders → teacher school means) indicated generally small effects (R² mostly < .10) but two consistent patterns. First, leader variables were most clearly linked to teacher OI: leader OI predicted teacher OI across waves (βs ≈ .11–.14, ps ≤ .013), and leader OCB also related positively to teacher OI across waves (βs ≈ .10–.15, ps ≤ .01). Second, leader with-drawal showed the strongest cross-level signal: leaders’ intention to leave the school predicted higher teacher turnover intentions (leaving school and profession; βs ≈ .05–.11, ps ≤ .046) and lower teacher OI at later waves (βs ≈ −.06, ps ≈ .02–.05). In contrast, evidence for behavioral “trickle-down” was limited: leader OCB did not predict teacher OCB, and leader OI showed only a small association with teacher OCB at one timepoint (β ≈ .08). Within school leaders, OI and OCB were tightly coupled and highly stable. Leader OI predicted leader OCB (t1→t2: β = .35, p < .001) and vice versa (t1→t2: β = .26, p = .002). However, direct links from leader OI/OCB to leaders’ turnover intentions were not robust. Within teachers, effects were dominated by strong stability and the central role of OI. Teacher OI related positively to teacher OCB (βs ≈ .31–.36, ps < .001) and strongly negatively to intentions to leave the school and profession across waves (βs ≈ −.31 to −.86, ps ≤ .001). Associations between teacher OCB and turnover were smaller and less consistent (especially for leaving the school). References Christ, O., Van Dick, R., Wagner, U., & Stellmacher, J. (2003). When teachers go the extra mile: Foci of organisational identification as determinants of different forms of organisational citizenship behaviour among schoolteachers. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 73(3), 329–341. https://doi.org/10.1348/000709903322275867 Cole, M. S., & Bruch, H. (2006). Organizational identity strength, identification, and commitment and their relationships to turnover intention: Does organizational hierarchy matter? Journal of Organizational Behavior, 27(5), 585–605. https://doi.org/10.1002/job.378 Demir, K. (2015). Teachers’ Organizational Citizenship Behaviors and Organizational Identification in Public and Private Preschools. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, International Conference on New Horizons in Education, INTE 2014, 25-27 June 2014, Paris, France, 174, 1176–1182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.01.734 Lee, E.-S., Park, T.-Y., & Koo, B. (2015). Identifying organizational identification as a basis for attitudes and behaviors: A meta-analytic review. Psychological Bulletin, 141(5), 1049–1080. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000012 Li, R., & Yao, M. (2022). What promotes teachers’ turnover intention? Evidence from a meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 37, 100477. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100477 Organ, D. W. (1997). Organizational Citizenship Behavior: It’s Construct Clean-Up Time. Human Performance, 10(2), 85–97. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327043hup1002_2 Riketta, M. (2005). Organizational identification: A meta-analysis. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 66(2), 358–384. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2004.05.005 Sandmeier, A., & Mühlhausen, J. (2020). Was hält Lehrpersonen in der Schule? (WahLiS-Studie). Belastungen und Ressourcen auf Schulebene. Pädagogische Hochschule Schwyz. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3595206 Schuh, S. C., Zhang, X., Egold, N. W., Graf, M. M., Pandey, D., & van Dick, R. (2012). Leader and follower organizational identification: The mediating role of leader behaviour and implications for follower OCB. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 85(2), 421–432. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2044-8325.2011.02044.x Somech, A., & Ohayon, B.-E. (2020). The trickle-down effect of OCB in schools: The link between leader OCB and team OCB. Journal of Educational Administration, 58(6), 629–643. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-03-2019-0056 Van Dick, R., Christ, O., Stellmacher, J., Wagner, U., Ahlswede, O., Grubba, C., Hauptmeier, M., Höhfeld, C., Moltzen, K., & Tissington, P. A. (2004). Should I Stay or Should I Go? Explaining Turnover Intentions with Organizational Identification and Job Satisfaction. British Journal of Management, 15(4), 351–360. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8551.2004.00424.x Van Dick, R., Grojean, M. W., Christ, O., & Wieseke, J. (2006). Identity and the Extra Mile: Relationships between Organizational Identification and Organizational Citizenship Behaviour. British Journal of Management, 17(4), 283–301. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8551.2006.00520.x Van Dick, R., Hirst, G., Grojean, M. W., & Wieseke, J. (2007). Relationships between leader and follower organizational identification and implications for follower attitudes and behaviour. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 80(1), 133–150. https://doi.org/10.1348/096317905X71831 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 08 C: Knowing and Acting: Principals’ Efforts to Ensure Equitable Schools Within Multiple, Complex, Intersecting Systems in Italy, Scotland, Spain, and the U.S. Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Robyn Conrad Hansen Session Chair: Helene Ärlestig Symposium |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Knowing and Acting: Principals’ Efforts to Ensure Equitable Schools Within Multiple, Complex, Intersecting Systems in Italy, Scotland, Spain, and the U.S. Consistent with this year’s conference theme, “Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research” our proposed symposium focuses on the challenges that principals face in their efforts to know about, and to make sense of, the multiple and intersecting systems with which they interact, as well as the actions they take in response. The papers presented in this symposium explore these challenges from the perspectives of principals in four countries: Italy, Scotland, Spain, and the United States.
The public schools in these countries are entrusted with preparing students for active participation in their democratic societies and for ensuring the continuity of values that characterize these societies. The conference theme notes that national governments are increasingly delegating “knowledge production and even parts of decision-making to non-governmental actors…”. Public schools in our four countries are experiencing decreasing enrollments, declining public support, and a concomitant growth of alternative models (e.g. charter schools, private schools). One of the most serious challenges facing schools today, is the global-level assault on democratic values and the growing hostility towards efforts to promote wellbeing and a quality education for all students in the classroom and in society in general.
Principals have a critical role in providing teaching and learning environments in which students can develop the skills they need to be productive, informed citizens who support the democratic values of the societies in which they live. There is a considerable body of research regarding the skills that are associated with successful principal leadership, and a significant aspect of this research has focused on the contextual nature of principals’ work ((e.g. Leithwood et al., 2017), Norqvist & Arlestig, 2021). Although schools are expected to serve their local communities, they are not isolated institutions, but rather, they function within multiple, interrelated systems. Local communities influence, and are affected by, forces external to the local context, at the regional, state, and national levels. The conference theme utilizes the concept of “poly-crisis” to describe the “complex inter-solidarity of problems [which] will manifest in both globally shared and locally specific forms.”
The multiple and interrelated systems within which schools operate have been acknowledged by numerous researchers at the organizational level (e.g. Hoy & Miskel, 2007; Bolman & Deal, 2003; Day & Gurr, 2014, drawing on Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Model, Morison, 2012). We believe it is essential that principals understand and navigate the multiple and interrelated systems of which they are a part, for the purpose of ensuring democratic, inclusive, and equitable schools.
The papers in this symposium feature mixed methods case studies conducted within the International Successful School Principalship Project, and grounded in a new conceptual framing that explicitly considers principal leadership in school contexts with multiple influences and complexities. Authors explore how principals understand (i.e. “sense-making”, Weick, 1976, 1995) the multiple and intersecting systems that impact their work and then act to ensure equitable and just learning environments for their teachers and students. Principals’ backgrounds and dispositions, previous experiences, and biases, affect not only how they understand the systems that influence and/or constrain their decision making authority but also the ways in which they utilize this knowledge to inform their actions. The schools in the four countries vary considerably from one another, regarding the influence of external systems on local schools. The actions taken by the principals of these schools reflect a range of responses to these challenges—from resistance, creative re-interpretation, to full compliance. Taken together, the four papers reveal interesting cross-national comparisons regarding whether and how principals’ decision making at the local level is facilitated or constrained by the multiple and interconnected systems with which they interact. References Bolman, L. & Deal, T. (2003). Reframing organizations: Artistry, Choice and Leadership. Wiley & Sons. Day, C., & Gurr, D.(Eds.)2014). Leading schools successfully: Stories from the field. London: Routledge Hoy, W.K., & Miskel, C.G. (2013). Educational administration: Theory, research, and practice. Ninth Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill. Leithwood, K.; Sun, J. & Pollock, K. (2017). How school leaders contribute to student success: The Four Paths Framework. Springer. Morrison, K. (2012). School leadership and complexity theory. Routledge. Norqvist, L., & Ärlestig, H. (2021). Systems thinking in school organizations – perspectives from various leadership levels. [Systems thinking in school organizations] Journal of Educational Administration, 59(1), 77-93. doi:https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-02-2020-0031 Weick, K. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Thousand Oaks, CA. Weick, K. (1976). Educational organizations as loosely coupled systems. Administrative Science Quarterly, 21 (1), 1-19. Presentations of the Symposium Navigating Systemic Constraints of Limited Autonomy: Evidence of Enacting School Leadership in Italy
The impact of educational leadership on school success is widely documented in international research (Sun et al., 2024). While leadership is consistently identified as the second most influential school-related factor affecting students’ learning outcomes (Leithwood et al., 2017), it is equally acknowledged that principals’ work is deeply shaped by national policy frameworks and governance structures (Day & Gurr, 2014). This paper examines the complexity of educational leadership in Italy, focusing on how principals navigate systemic constraints within a highly centralized education system characterized by limited school autonomy.
Despite legal developments granting schools some discretion in curriculum design and organizational arrangements, the key levers of human resource management, such as recruitment, professional development, and salary incentives, remain under the control of central and regional authorities. This produces a fragmented governance system that constrains local decision-making (Paletta & Bezzina, 2016). In addition, continuous reform cycles and the absence of a long-term strategic vision require principals to sustain efforts in maintaining pedagogical coherence over time (Bevilacqua, Acquaro, Girelli, 2024). Such challenges are further intensified by limited pre-service and in-service professional development pathways for school leaders (Gurr, 2023). Together, these conditions generate a paradox: principals are expected to promote innovation, wellbeing, and equity, while institutional systems limit their capacity to act decisively and consistently.
Building on Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory (1979), the study explores how principals respond to multi-level systemic influences across micro, meso, exo, macro, and chrono dimensions. The analysis is further informed by complexity theory (Morrison, 2002), conceptualizing schools as complex adaptive systems shaped by dynamic interactions and stakeholder relationships.
Empirically, the paper draws on two Italian case studies conducted within the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP), adopting a mixed-methods design with a strong qualitative orientation and a multi-perspective framework. The study focuses on two comprehensive school institutes located in different areas of Italy, encompassing a total of five kindergartens, seven primary schools, and two lower secondary schools.
Although operating within an increasingly demanding bureaucratic context and having limited influence on ministerial-level decision-making, findings show that successful Italian principals engage in an ongoing process in which they interpret ambiguous policy signals, construct shared meanings, and guide action under conditions of uncertainty. Their leadership emphasises trust, collaboration, and micro-level innovation, alongside sustained partnerships with local institutions and participation in school networks. In doing so, they promote innovative educational models, strengthen their schools’ social relevance, and actively contribute to their local communities.
References:
Bevilacqua, A., Acquaro, D., & Girelli, C. (2024). Leadership amidst a context of disadvantage, autonomy, and national reform in Italy. In How successful schools are more than effective: Principals who build and sustain teacher and student wellbeing and achievement (pp. 73–96). Springer International Publishing.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.
Day, C., & Gurr, D.(Eds.)2014). Leading schools successfully: Stories from the field. London: Routledge
Gurr, D. (2023). A think-piece on leadership and education. UNESCO. Paper commissioned for the Global Education Monitoring Report 2024/5: Leadership and education.
A think-piece on leadership and education - UNESCO Digital Library
Leithwood, K.; Sun, J. & Pollock, K. (2017). How school leaders contribute to student success: The Four Paths Framework. Springer.
Morrison, K. (2012). School leadership and complexity theory. Routledge.
Paletta, A., & Bezzina, C. (2016). Governance and leadership in public schools: Opportunities and challenges facing school leaders in Italy. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15(4), 524–542.
https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2016.1181186
Sun, J., Day, C., Zhang, R., Zhang, H., Huang, T., & Lin, J.(2024). Successful school principalship: A meta-synthesis of 20 years of international case studies. Education Sciences, 14(9), 929.
https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14090929
Leading Through Context and Complexity in Scottish Schools
Leadership in Scotland is increasingly defined by the interplay between local context and a shifting political landscape, placing school leaders at the centre of complex work. Scottish principals operate within a system marked by strong national oversight, persistent tensions between central and local priorities, and widening social and economic disparities that shape the daily realities of schools. Recent work on school leadership in Scotland shows that leaders are increasingly required to navigate competing policy demands, respond to heightened political scrutiny of curriculum, assessment and equity, and work across organisational and community boundaries to address challenges that are increasingly social as much as educational (Chapman and Donaldson, 2023; Constantinides, 2025). These pressures highlight the importance of understanding leadership as deeply contextual, relational and politically situated work. In this environment, successful school leadership depends on the capacity to interpret policy, mediate conflicting expectations, and sustain collaborative cultures that support staff and learners despite the volatility of the wider system.
This paper was informed by a systems centred perspective that examines how leadership practices interact with wider organisational and policy environments to shape school improvement processes, conditions, and cultures. Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory (1979) provided a useful lens for understanding the multiple layers of influence operating within and beyond Scottish schools, highlighting how leaders navigate relationships and pressures across micro , meso , exo , macro and chronosystem levels. Complementing this, principles from complexity theory helped illuminate the dynamic, non linear nature of educational ecosystems, where change emerges through interactions rather than isolated actions. Together, these frameworks supported the development of context sensitive accounts of leadership in Scotland, emphasising how leaders respond to shifting political expectations, community needs, and organisational demands within an increasingly interconnected system.
This study draws on a mixed methods design combining multi perspective qualitative data, an online staff survey, and documentary evidence to capture how principals are currently leading within increasingly complex and politically charged school environments. A purposive sample of three schools across different regions provided rich case study insights into how leadership practices shape structures, cultures, and professional experiences. Qualitative and quantitative data were analysed through an iterative process of inductive and deductive coding, enabling the identification of patterns, tensions, and emerging leadership responses (Yin, 2018).
Findings show that successful leadership in Scotland depends on the principals' capacity to build trust, navigate political and hierarchical pressures with professional agency, and connect people, knowledge and resources across organisational divides.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.
Chapman C, Donaldson G (2023) Where next for Scottish education: Learning is Scotland’s future? Unpublished working paper, University of Glasgow.
Constantinides, M. (2025). Leadership at the boundaries of schools: Navigating the complexities of collaboration. Educational Management Administration & Leadership.
Yin R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage.
Negotiating Multiple, Complex Systems to Transform an Urban School Into a Space of Resistance, Hope, and Shared Vision of Social Justice
As educational landscapes become increasingly complex, school leadership for social justice requires a deep, systemic understanding of the school’s context. This paper presents a qualitative case study of IES José Churriguera (JCH), a urban public secondary school in Spain. The study explores how a distributed leadership model (Harris et al., 2022)—comprising the management team and the guidance department, collectively functioning as a "leading strategic team"—navigates intersecting systems to ensure that all students, regardless of socioeconomic background or special educational needs, have the opportunity to develop their talent.
The researchers analyze this case through the lens of Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory (Sadownik, 2023) and Brooks et al.’s (2017) temporal framework of context. This analytical approach identifies three dimensions: Pre-Text, Context, and Post-Text (Brooks et al., 2017). The Pre-Text is explored through the principal’s professional trajectory; her extensive background in guidance services and socio-community interventions provides a specific interpretation of past experiences that fundamentally shapes her leadership approach. The current Context involves a rigorous analysis of stakeholders and policies across micro, meso, and macro layers, where the leadership team recognizes and responds to urgent societal demands and the specific needs of a diverse student body (Mitchell, 2016).
The school’s strategy is rooted in giving meaning to its institutional identity: a commitment to guaranteed quality education without discrimination or marginalization. This identity is operationalized through values of equity, respect, and care. The Post-Text reflects a visionary construction of inclusion that extends beyond the school walls, aiming for a future where students graduate as critical citizens and agents of change (Holquist et al., 2023).
By mapping the school’s journey through the chronosystem, this study reveals how the integration of instructional and social justice leadership (Shaked, 2020) allows the institution to build and maintain democratic resilience (Kiess, 2024). This resilience is defined as the institutional capacity to protect and strengthen core democratic values—such as equity and social participation—against external systemic pressures and the uncertainties of a global "poly-crisis." The findings suggest that by actively shielding vulnerable groups from marginalization and fostering student "subjectification" (Coelho et al., 2025), the school acts as a democratic safeguard. Ultimately, the case illustrates how leadership can transform a challenging urban context into a space of resistance and hope, preparing students to operate in the world guided by a shared vision of social justice.
References:
Brooks, J.S., Normore, A.H. and Wilkinson, J. (2017), “School leadership, social justice and immigration: Examining, exploring and extending two frameworks”, International Journal of Educational Management, Emerald Group Publishing Ltd., Vol.31 No.5, pp.679–690, doi: 10.1108/IJEM-12-2016-0263.
Coelho, D.P., Ham, M. and Jones, S.L. (2025), “Understanding Biesta’s three purposes of education: A framework proposal”, British Educational Research Journal, John Wiley and Sons Inc, doi: 10.1002/berj.4155.
Harris, A., Jones, M. and Ismail, N. (2022), “Distributed leadership: taking a retrospective and contemporary view of the evidence base”, School Leadership & Management, Vol.42 No.5, pp.438–456, doi: 10.1080/13632434.2022.2109620.
Holquist, S.E., Mitra, D.L., Conner, J. and Wright, N.L. (2023), “What Is Student Voice Anyway? The Intersection of Student Voice Practices and Shared Leadership”, Educational Administration Quarterly, SAGE Publications Inc., Vol.59 No.4, pp.703–743, doi: 10.1177/0013161X231178023.
Kiess, J. (2024), “Building democratic resilience: the impact of political engagement during education on xenophobia and political trust”, Acta Politica, Palgrave Macmillan, pp.156–176, doi: 10.1057/s41269-024-00370-6.
Mitchell, D. (2016). Diversities in education: Effective ways to reach all learners. Routledge.
Sadownik, A.R. (2023), “Bronfenbrenner: Ecology of Human Development in Ecology of Collaboration”, pp.83–95, doi: 10.1007/978-3-031-38762-3_4.
Shaked, H. (2020), “Social justice leadership, instructional leadership, and the goals of schooling.”, International Journal of Educational Management, Vol. 34(1), pp.81–95, doi: 10.1108/IJEM-01-2019-0018.
Protecting the Democratic Mission of Schools: Principals in Arizona, Idaho, and Texas Conduct Their Work Within Multiple, Complex and Interacting Systems
Public schools in the United States were established to bring children from diverse backgrounds together in microcosms of society (Dewey, 1916). Recent years, however, have witnessed growing challenges to the democratic aims and values in the nation’s public schools. In our increasingly diverse and polarized society, principals must now navigate and mediate these complex challenges as they lead schools that successfully facilitate students’ academic growth and wellbeing.
Authors of this paper use the new International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) conceptual framing of Bronfenbrenner’s (19979) ecological systems theory and complexity theory (Morrison, 2010), historical views of U.S. public schools as microcosms of democracy, and how principals connect their backgrounds (Bourdieu, 2018) to the increasingly complex and layered field of schools. This framing focusses on how principals’ practice unfolds across interacting system levels and under conditions of uncertainty. It highlights how macro-level forces, such as state policy, intersect with meso-level influences, including district expectations, and with micro-level interactions within schools
The methodology features a comparative mixed methods design (Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J.D., 2017) using ISSPP cases from different historical and cultural regions of the United States. We consider the narrated experiences of principals as they interact within and between these systems. The states in our paper vary in the nature and extent of the influence that different systems exert on principals. Public schools in Texas, for example, have had to eliminate library books and curriculum materials related to diversity, equity and inclusion, and must now teach a specific list of books, grades K-12. In Idaho, principals face a different but equally complex set of constraints shaped by shifting student demographics and intensifying accountability pressures. In Arizona, principals must navigate and mediate similar debates as well as tensions about immigration in communities that are culturally and historically situated on colonized lands.
The paper concludes with implications for principal preparation and development as well as future research. We think that the various ways in which principals in different U.S. states navigate and negotiate their work within the multiple and interacting systems that facilitate or constrain their efforts, can offer useful insights to principals in other countries who may face similar challenges. For researchers, the study demonstrates the value of ecological and complexity-informed approaches for examining leadership practice.
References:
Bourdieu, P. (2018). The forms of capital. In The sociology of economic life (pp. 78-92). Routledge.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.
Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications.
Dewy, J. (1916). Democracy and education. An introduction to the philosophy of education (1966 ed.).
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 08 D: Curriculum & Instructional Leadership Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Jingping Sun Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** Instructional Leadership in the UAE: A Systematic Review and Thematic Synthesis 1: Sharjah Education Academy; 2: United Arab Emirates University Presenting Author:Across Europe and internationally, instructional leadership is widely recognised as a key driver of school improvement, operating largely through indirect pathways such as school climate, teacher commitment, and pedagogical innovation. While extensive evidence from European systems (e.g., Finland, the Netherlands, England) demonstrates the effectiveness of distributed, relational, and learning-centred leadership models, less is known about how these internationally endorsed approaches function within rapidly reforming, highly centralised, and culturally diverse education systems outside Europe. The United Arab Emirates (UAE) represents a strategically significant case for international comparison. Its education system combines global reform agendas, strong accountability mechanisms, high teacher mobility, and multicultural school communities. Existing studies in the UAE remain fragmented and largely descriptive, offering limited theoretical integration with international leadership models. This research responds to a clear gap by systematically examining instructional leadership in the UAE through a comparative, internationally informed theoretical lens, enabling dialogue between European research traditions and Gulf-region practice. How does instructional leadership influence school climate, teacher commitment, and pedagogical innovation in UAE schools, and how do these relationships align with, or diverge from, internationally established (particularly European) leadership models? Sub-questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a systematic review and thematic synthesis design to examine how instructional leadership influences school climate, teacher commitment, and pedagogical innovation in the UAE, while benchmarking findings against established European and international leadership models. A systematic review is particularly appropriate given the fragmented and emerging nature of instructional leadership research in reform-oriented education systems. This approach is widely used in European educational leadership research to generate robust, transparent, and transferable insights. The review follows the PRISMA 2020 guidelines, ensuring methodological transparency, replicability, and international comparability. PRISMA is internationally recognised as the gold standard for systematic evidence synthesis in education and the social sciences and is extensively adopted across European research communities. Data Sources Peer-reviewed empirical studies were identified through internationally recognised academic databases commonly used in European research, including Scopus, Web of Science, ERIC, and EBSCO/Education Source. To enhance contextual accuracy, UAE-specific academic repositories were also consulted. Only peer-reviewed journal articles were included to ensure methodological rigour and alignment with international quality standards. Eligibility Criteria Studies were included if they: focused on instructional leadership or leadership for learning in K–12 school settings; addressed at least one of the following outcomes: school climate, teacher commitment, or pedagogical innovation; were published between 2000 and 2024, capturing two decades of global leadership reform; and employed quantitative, qualitative, or mixed-methods designs. Grey literature, dissertations, and higher education studies were excluded to maintain consistency with European systematic review conventions and peer-review standards. Data Collection and Screening Search terms combined leadership constructs and contextual identifiers (e.g., instructional leadership, leadership for learning, school climate, teacher commitment, innovation, UAE), using Boolean operators to refine results. Screening was conducted in three stages: title screening, abstract screening, and full-text review. Eligibility decisions were guided strictly by predefined inclusion criteria, with ambiguities resolved through reference to international leadership frameworks. Research Instruments and Analytical Framework The primary analytical instrument was thematic synthesis, following Thomas and Harden’s three-step model: (1) line-by-line coding of empirical findings, (2) development of descriptive themes, and (3) generation of higher-order analytical themes. To strengthen international comparability, themes were mapped onto Hallinger and Murphy’s instructional leadership model, Leithwood’s transformational leadership theory, and the OECD Learning Leadership Framework (2030). Quality Appraisal Methodological quality was assessed using JBI Critical Appraisal Checklists for quantitative studies and the CASP Qualitative Checklist for qualitative research. All included studies met high-quality thresholds, ensuring the reliability and credibility of the synthesis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to generate theoretically informed and internationally relevant conclusions regarding the role of instructional leadership in shaping school improvement processes in the UAE, while contributing to wider European and global debates on leadership effectiveness, governance, and reform. 1. The findings are expected to confirm that instructional leadership operates primarily through indirect pathways. Rather than exerting direct effects, leadership influences outcomes through mediating organisational conditions, particularly school climate and teacher commitment. Practices centred on shared vision, instructional coherence, and relational trust are likely to be associated with more positive learning environments and stronger professional engagement, reflecting robust evidence from European and international leadership research. 2. School climate is anticipated to emerge as a critical mediating mechanism. Leadership approaches that promote trust, collaboration, psychological safety, and professional respect are expected to foster climates conducive to teacher wellbeing and pedagogical innovation. However, centralised governance arrangements and inspection-driven accountability are likely to weaken these effects by constraining school-level autonomy—an issue similarly identified in several European systems characterised by strong performativity cultures. Third, the review is expected to show that teacher commitment in the UAE is shaped by both individual and organisational factors. Instructional leadership practices that value teacher voice, provide professional support, and reduce non-instructional workload demands are likely to enhance commitment. Conversely, heavy workloads, limited participation in decision-making, and restricted professional agency are expected to undermine organisational loyalty, echoing international findings on teacher motivation and retention. References This study adopts a systematic review and thematic synthesis design to examine how instructional leadership influences school climate, teacher commitment, and pedagogical innovation in the UAE, while benchmarking findings against established European and international leadership models. A systematic review is particularly appropriate given the fragmented and emerging nature of instructional leadership research in reform-oriented education systems. This approach is widely used in European educational leadership research to generate robust, transparent, and transferable insights. The review follows the PRISMA 2020 guidelines, ensuring methodological transparency, replicability, and international comparability. PRISMA is internationally recognised as the gold standard for systematic evidence synthesis in education and the social sciences and is extensively adopted across European research communities. Data Sources Peer-reviewed empirical studies were identified through internationally recognised academic databases commonly used in European research, including Scopus, Web of Science, ERIC, and EBSCO/Education Source. To enhance contextual accuracy, UAE-specific academic repositories were also consulted. Only peer-reviewed journal articles were included to ensure methodological rigour and alignment with international quality standards. Eligibility Criteria Studies were included if they: focused on instructional leadership or leadership for learning in K–12 school settings; addressed at least one of the following outcomes: school climate, teacher commitment, or pedagogical innovation; were published between 2000 and 2024, capturing two decades of global leadership reform; and employed quantitative, qualitative, or mixed-methods designs. Grey literature, dissertations, and higher education studies were excluded to maintain consistency with European systematic review conventions and peer-review standards. Data Collection and Screening Search terms combined leadership constructs and contextual identifiers (e.g., instructional leadership, leadership for learning, school climate, teacher commitment, innovation, UAE), using Boolean operators to refine results. Screening was conducted in three stages: title screening, abstract screening, and full-text review. Eligibility decisions were guided strictly by predefined inclusion criteria, with ambiguities resolved through reference to international leadership frameworks. Research Instruments and Analytical Framework The primary analytical instrument was thematic synthesis, following Thomas and Harden’s three-step model: (1) line-by-line coding of empirical findings, (2) development of descriptive themes, and (3) generation of higher-order analytical themes. To strengthen international comparability, themes were mapped onto Hallinger and Murphy’s instructional leadership model, Leithwood’s transformational leadership theory, and the OECD Learning Leadership Framework (2030). Quality Appraisal Methodological quality was assessed using JBI Critical Appraisal Checklists for quantitative studies and the CASP Qualitative Checklist for qualitative research. All included studies met high-quality thresholds, ensuring the reliability and credibility of the synthesis. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper “Social Justice in Education Exists When Everyone Gets What They Need” – School Leaders' Perspectives on Social Justice in Education University of Applied Sciences Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland Presenting Author:Social justice in education is a term frequently used in debates on education policy and academic discourse, but at least in German-speaking countries, its definition varies (Kamm, 2019). Discussions on education policy are dominated by the perspective of distributive justice, according to which a fair education system means distributing resources for the educational process, educational qualifications and career opportunities according to the performance of schoolchildren (Stojanov, 2020). This meritocratic understanding of social justice in education is criticised for attributing sole responsibility for performance to pupils and for legitimizing social inequalities on a structural and individual level (Stojanov, 2020). Concepts such as recognition justice, which focuses on the quality of pedagogical relationships and the individual autonomy of pupils (Stojanov, 2020), and the capability approach, according to which students must be supported in developing the capabilities they need for a good life (Nussbaum, 2011), offer alternative ways of understanding education and social justice in education.
School leaders can be considered relevant actors in the context of social justice in education. They influence the culture, capacity and motivation of teachers and other professionals (Day & Sammons, 2013) and can also impact the use of resources and influence structures to a limited extent. They also have an indirect influence on pupils' performance (Leithwood et al., 2006). While research on inclusive school leadership practices exists in the German-speaking research context, studies on school leaders' – and teachers’ – conceptions of justice and the associated options for action are sparse. Existing research indicates that perceived possibilities for action with regard to promoting social justice in education are linked to educational stakeholders’ understandings of justice (e.g. Graalmann, 2024).
International research findings, however, point to numerous studies that examine school leaders understanding of justice and justice-related courses of action (e.g. Ayanoğlu & Arastaman, 2023; Morrison et al., 2019; Wang, 2015). Studies originate in particular from the paradigms of ‘social justice in education’ and ‘social justice leadership’. The latter paradigm focuses in particular on school administrators' conceptions of social justice in education, but increasingly also includes their justice-related practices (Karakose et al., 2023). The fundamental influence of school leaders in this context has been identified in various meta-studies (Chaaban et al., 2025; Shaked, 2019). However, Wang (2015) and Morrison et al. (2019) point to a lack of a widespread definition of social justice and argue on this basis that school leaders base their understanding of social justice on their individual beliefs, attitudes, perceptions and experiences.
Due to the inconsistent use of the term social justice in the German-speaking research context, it seems important to clarify how the term is understood at the level of school action units (Kamm, 2021). School leaders’ perspectives appear relevant, as they can influence the agenda setting, school culture and teachers' values (Chaaban et al., 2025). This research gap is the starting point for the present study. The focus is on the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data stems from an online survey conducted in 2024 among Swiss primary school principals. Participants were asked about various aspects of their job satisfaction, professional identity and dealing with diversity. Participants also had the opportunity to share their views on social justice in eduaction. Three open-ended questions were asked on this topic. Of the 4,618 principals invited to participate, 1,092 respondents from German-speaking Switzerland answered at least one of the questions in a text field: Question 1: What do you personally understand by ‘social justice in education’? Question 2: Imagine that in the not-too-distant future, social justice has been achieved in the Swiss school system. How do you imagine school would be then? Question 3: Please now think about what you, as a school principal, could do to make this future a reality: What specific measures could you take? Only responses that answered at least one of the three questions in at least two sentences related to the question were included in the evaluation. After applying these criteria, from a total of 649 people, 415 statements remained for the first question, 364 for the second and 369 for the third. The statements were evaluated along the three questions using a structured qualitative content analysis according to Mayring[PT1.1] (2023) in MAXQDA (version 24.5). In a first step, the main categories were deduced from the three questions. In a second step, subcategories were determined by having one person inductively code some of the statements and a second person use MAXQDA AI Assist to suggest subcategories for the same statements and main categories, which they then checked for suitability. Subsequently, the category systems and codes of the two individuals were compared, adjusted and merged into a single category system. In a third step, the fit of the integrated category system to the data material was checked again by having a third person evaluate 25% of the data material based on the integrated category system. Final revisions were made to the category system by adjusting the main categories and adding subcategories. In a fourth and final step, the rest of the data was coded using the category system. The following coding rules were applied: a coding unit must contain at least four words; a statement can contain several coding units; each coding unit is assigned to a category (no double coding). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results contain references to all three concepts: distributive justice, recognition justice and the capability approach. In many cases, however, the views expressed are either too complex or too vague to be clearly assigned to one of the three concepts of justice mentioned above. Individual support is often mentioned as an understanding of social justice or a means of achieving social justice in education, as are aspects of school development, such as the dismantling of obstructive structures or the shift towards project-based and mixed-age learning. Many school leaders cite the professionalisation of school management and teaching staff as possible measures to foster social justice in education, e.g. by raising awareness and educating themselves and teachers about social justice. It is also striking that many school leaders use ‘equal opportunities’ and ‘social justice’ synonymously, although the terms differ conceptually. Furthermore, the coded responses to the question about possible actions for designing a more socially just school system did not always make it clear which actions school leaders are already taking and which they see as a possibility but are not (yet) taking themselves. The results suggest that there is a lack of conscious, targeted engagement with social justice in education among Swiss school leaders. Currently, neither social justice, educational equity nor equal opportunities are included in the Swiss Confederation of Education's (EDK) qualification requirements for school leaders (cf. EDK, 2009). This situation appears to be similar in various European countries, for example Germany (KMK, 2024) and the UK (Department for Education, 2020). This limits opportunities for in-depth engagement with these issues. References Ayanoğlu, Ç., & Arastaman, G. (2023). Social Justice Leadership in Education: What Do School Principals Do for Social Justice? Participatory Educational Research, 10(6), Article 6. https://doi.org/10.17275/per.23.94.10.6 Chaaban, Y., Badwan, K., & Arar, K. (2025). Educational leadership for social justice: A systematic review of empirical evidence. Review of Education, 13(2), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.70077 Day, C., & Sammons, P. (2013). Successful Leadership: A Review of the International Literature. CfBT Education Trust. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED546806 Department for Education. (2020, October). National Professional Qualification (NPQ): Headship Framework. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/925507/NPQ_Headship.pdf EDK. (2009, Oktober 29). Profil für Zusatzausbildungen Schulleitung. http://edudoc.ch/record/35587/files/Prof_Zus_Schulleitung_d.pdf Graalmann, K. (2024). Rekonstruktionen Von Bildungs(un-)gerechtigkeit: Begriffliche und Berufspraktische Aushandlungen Von Gesamtschul- und Gymnasiallehrerinnen (Bd. 46). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-43726-8 Kamm, C. (2019). Konzeptionen von Bildungsgerechtigkeit und deren Bearbeitung in der Organisation Schule. In Konzeptionen von Förderung, Selektion und Gerechtigkeit: Eine rekonstruktive Studie an Primarschulen in herausfordernden Lagen (S. 17–37). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-25782-8_3 Kamm, C. (2021). Vorstellungen von Bildungsgerechtigkeit als kollektive Orientierung? Eine rekonstruktive Studie in Primarschulen in benachteiligten Lagen. In E. Zala-Mezö, J. Häbig, & N. Bremm (Hrsg.), Dokumentarische Methode in der Schulentwicklungsforschung (S. 59–75). Waxmann. https://dx.doi.org/10.31244/9783830994237 Karakose, T., Tülübaş, T., & Papadakis, S. (2023). The scientific evolution of social justice leadership in education: Structural and longitudinal analysis of the existing knowledge base, 2003–2022. Frontiers in Education, 8:1139648. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1139648 KMK. (2024). Orientierungsrahmen zur Qualifizierung von Schulleitungen. Kultusministerkonferenz. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2024/2024_12_13-Orientierungsrahmen-Schulleitungen.pdf Leithwood, K., Day, C., Sammons, P., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2006). Successful school leader-ship: What it is and how it influences pupil learning. DfES Publications. Mayring, P. A. E. (2023). Qualitative content analysis. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Ercikan (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education (4th ed., pp. 314–322). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.11031-0 Morrison, M., McNae, R., & Branson, C. M. (2019). Multiple hues: New Zealand school leaders’ perceptions of social justice. Journal of Educational Leadership, Policy and Practice, 30(1), 4–16. https://doi.org/10.21307/jelpp-2015-002 Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating Capabilities: The Human Development Approach. Harvard University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt2jbt31 Shaked, H. (2019). School Leaders’ Contribution to Social Justice: A Review. International Journal of Educational Reform, 28(3), 303–316. https://doi.org/10.1177/1056787919857259 Stojanov, K. (2020). Educational Inequalities and Educational Justice. In P. Iyer (Ed.), Knowledge, Politics, and Education: Vol. II (pp. 76–96). Azim Premji University. Wang, F. (2015). Conceptualizing social justice: Interviews with principals. Journal of Educational Administration, 53(5), 667–681. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-07-2014-0080 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Conceptualising and Enacting Curriculum Leadership: A Multi-Site Microlevel Case Study Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Topic While general school leadership models have attracted extensive scholarly attention in recent times (James et al., 2020), curriculum leadership has received remarkably less attention - both theoretical and empirical (Harris et al., 2020). This lack of focus is striking in light of widespread curriculum reforms currently being implemented in many European countries (Gouëdard et al., 2020), including in Ireland (Government of Ireland, 2023). In the limited discourse where it is explicitly addressed, curriculum leadership is often treated with a conceptual blurriness arising from its frequent conflation with instructional leadership (Bush and Glover, 2014), which obscures - or at the very least minimises - its distinct role in curriculum enactment. This study seeks to address the knowledge gap on curriculum leadership by explicitly theorising what it is and identifying how it might be enacted. In doing so, the paper seeks to reorient the general discourse on educational leadership towards the substantive core of schooling - the curriculum - and move beyond the purely organisational or administrative functions of leadership by focusing on purposeful enactment of curriculum to ensure quality teaching and learning. Aim and Research Question The overarching aim of this research is to illuminate the practice of curriculum leadership, as a distinct model of educational leadership in its own right, and to explore how it is experienced at school level. There are two specific objectives:
The core research question is: what role does leadership have in the curriculum enactment process at school-level? Theoretical / Conceptual Framework Curriculum leadership remains theoretically fragmented because the fields of educational leadership and curriculum have developed as distinct disciplines, rarely intersecting to provide a unified conceptual model (Uljens and Ylimaki, 2017). In a rare theoretical synthesis, Uljens (2024, p.180) proposes that while curriculum leadership is ‘narrower’ than other leadership paradigms, it can be enacted by a wider array of actors. Such enactment is categorised across three distinct tiers: the microlevel (school), the mesolevel (district) and the macrolevel (systemic). This study, like others (Mäkiharju and Hilli, 2024), is theoretically situated within that multi-tiered framework but concentrates its inquiry on the microlevel only, to develop a deeper articulation of curriculum leadership’s distinct characteristics at that level and the mechanisms through which it is operationalised there. At the school microlevel, both instructional leadership and teacher leadership, and the intricate intersections between the two, are germane to a holistic conception of microlevel curriculum leadership. Traditionally, instructional leadership has been conflated with principalship (Neumerski, 2013) and focusing on the technical management of teaching (Bush, 2015). However, global shifts toward pedagogical leadership (Bush, 2023; OECD 2017) have recalibrated the discourse on instructional work toward a more distributed approach that emphasises relational influence, thereby including teachers in this leadership sphere. Indeed, since principals often prioritise administrative functions over curriculum coordination (Gomiole et al., 2024), active teacher involvement can serve as the core mechanism through which curriculum leadership is functionally operationalised. This paper proposes a conceptual model for curriculum leadership by mapping the intricate intersections between instructional and teacher leadership, and locating the functions of curriculum leadership within those intersections. In doing so, the proposed model aligns with a contemporary European shift toward teacher-based curriculum enactment, moving beyond principal-centric paradigms (Hallinger et al., 2020) to re-emphasise professional agency as the primary driver of school-level reform. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative methodology that incorporated a multi-site, embedded case study with three special schools (n=3) in Ireland. The study’s location within the special school sector was intentional because these settings serve as an intensified context where the necessity for highly individualised, learner-led provision (Dunkwu et al., 2024) magnifies the visibility of curriculum leadership in action. To explore curriculum leadership dimensions in practice, a single mandatory Social, Personal and Health Education (SPHE) programme (see MacIntyre and Lawlor, 2016 in the reference section) was utilised as a common methodological probe across all three sites. This provided a common lens to view curriculum leadership actions. Participants’ enactment of the same probe in their own different contexts had the potential to illustrate how curriculum leadership was undertaken and experienced in response to different school stimuli. Using this standardised baseline ensured that variations in leadership actions and experiences could not be attributed to differences in the curriculum itself, but rather to the unique interplay of school and individual factors that influence curriculum leadership in practice. There were four units within each of the three case study schools: (a) Examination of the school’s SPHE curriculum policy (b) Semi-structured interview with school principal (c) Semi-structured interview with curriculum coordinator for SPHE (d) Semi-structured focus group with three/four teachers This selection of units enabled the examination of curriculum leadership over different positional levels and enabled a critical comparison of policy documentation against empirical reality. A two-stage sampling procedure was employed, first to identify the cases and then to identify the units: - Stage 1: Following a national invitation to all special schools (n=133), three sites were selected via sequential, purposive sampling. Selection was based on three exclusionary criteria: (i) a specific ‘special school’ designation; (ii) a required staffing structure comprising a principal, an SPHE curriculum coordinator and at least three teachers with experience of the curriculum probe being utilised; and (iii) geographic diversity. - Stage 2: Following school selection, snowball sampling was used to recruit participants. Principals invited curriculum coordinators and experienced teachers to participate, after which the researcher managed direct recruitment and informed consent. This yielded sixteen participants (n=16) across the three sites (n=3). Preliminary screening of school policies identified leadership themes, informing interview schedules. Empirical data were then coded using NVivo, following Braun and Clarke’s (2021) thematic analysis framework to address the core research question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that principals exercise varying degrees of control over curriculum enactment, ranging from explicit to implicit to null. Where explicit control was evident, the principal tended to demand empirical data from teachers to justify proposed changes. In contrast, implicit control was characterised by the principal subtly steering staff toward predetermined decisions by leveraging statements regarding ‘best practice’ as a persuasive tool. Where principal control appeared absent, curricular enactment often lacked consistency, frequently resulting in the loss of a cohesive whole-school approach. Influence was further shaped by two distinct drivers: - Positional Proximity: Those high in the management hierarchy possessed significant influence; while deputy principals emerged as highly influential, assistant principals and curriculum coordinators held notably less sway - Professional Capital: Outside the formal hierarchy, ‘time-in-role’ granted experienced teachers significant informal authority over less experienced colleagues - although this authority was often leveraged inconsistently. While inexperienced teachers also exercised some curriculum leadership, this was primarily limited to the classroom level and was manifested through the direction of paraprofessionals on curriculum matters. These drivers, and the findings of this research more generally, offer a unique contribution by refining how curriculum leadership is conceptualised and enacted through the deduction of two distinct leadership premia: principal proximity and professional experience. At a time when many education systems across Europe are under pressure to reform, leadership remains the critical variable in determining whether curriculum change succeeds or stalls. This paper resonates strongly with the conference theme by illustrating how these premia mediate the transition from knowing the curriculum to leading it in practice, in dynamic school environments. It will appeal to researchers and academics interested in ‘learning leadership’ and how other school-level leadership models can be mobilised towards addressing the ‘pedagogical core’ of the school (OECD, 2017, p.42). References Bush T and Glover D (2014) School leadership models: What do we know? School Leadership & Management 34(5): 553–571. Bush T (2015) Understanding instructional leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 43(4): 487–489. Bush T (2023) Leadership practices and why they matter: Evolving leadership models. In: Tierney R, Rivzi F and Ercikan K (eds) International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition). Oxford: Elsevier, 44–52. Dunkwu J, Egbunike O and Alexandrou A (2024) Exploring distributed leadership in special schools (DLSS): Implications for practice and policy. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education. Epub ahead of print. doi: 10.1080/1034912X.2024.2417302 Gomiole GG, Tarekegn WM and Wodajo AL (2024) The perceived practice of principals’ instructional leadership role in curriculum execution: The case of primary schools in tarcha town, Ethiopia. Leadership and Policy in Schools: 1–14. OnlineFirst. doi:10.1080/15700763.2024.2339879 Gouëdard, P., Pont, B., Hyttinen, S., & Huang, P. (2020). Curriculum reform: A literature review to support effective implementation (OECD Working Papers No. 239). OECD Publishing. Hallinger P, Gümüş S and Bellibaş MŞ (2020) Are principals instructional leaders yet? A science map of the knowledge base on instructional leadership, 1940–2018. Scientometrics 122(3): 1629–1650. Harris A, Jones M and Crick T (2020) Curriculum leadership: A critical contributor to school and system improvement. School Leadership & Management 40(1): 1–4. James C, Connolly M and Hawkins M (2020) Reconceptualising and redefining educational leadership practice. International Journal of Leadership in Education 23(5): 618–635. MacIntyre D and Lawlor M (2016) The Stay Safe Programme (Revised). Dublin: Child Abuse Prevention Programme. Available at: https://www.staysafe.ie/ Mäkiharju A and Hilli C (2024) Curriculum leadership of cross-curricular teaching in lower secondary school – The Finnish principal as a mediator. Journal of Curriculum Studies. DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2024.2323584. Epub ahead of print 3 March 2024. Neumerski C (2013) Rethinking instructional leadership, a review: What do we know about principal, teacher, and coach instructional leadership, and where should we go from here? Educational Administration Quarterly 49(2): 310–347. OECD. (2017) The OECD Handbook for Innovative Learning Environments. Paris: OECD Publishing. Uljens M (2024) The why, where, how and what of curriculum leadership: A non-affrmative approach. In: Ahtiainen R, Hanhimäki E, Leinonen J, Risku M and Smeds-Nylund AS (eds) Leadership in Educational Contexts in Finland: Theoretical and Empirical Perspectives. Helsinki: Springer, 179–200. Uljens M and Ylimaki R (2017) Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik. Switzerland: Springer. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Curricular and Research Preparation in Top-Ranked Educational Leadership Ph.D. Programs: A Review of Best Practices University of Alabama, United States of America Presenting Author:A. Overview / Conceptual or Theoretical Framework A growing international body of research underscores the importance of rigorous doctoral preparation in Educational Leadership for advancing the quality of leadership research, policy analysis, and system improvement across educational contexts. Ph.D. programs in Educational Leadership play a critical role in preparing future scholars who generate evidence on leadership practices, equity, and student learning. Despite this importance, empirical studies examining the curricular and research preparation embedded within high-quality Educational Leadership Ph.D. programs remain scarce. Existing literature suggests that high-quality doctoral programs are characterized by several core features, including strong methodological preparation, interdisciplinary coursework, structured research apprenticeships, and comprehensive assessment systems such as qualifying examinations and dissertation defenses (Hallinger, 2011; Tucker & Uline, 2015; Topolka-Jorissen & Wang, 2015). At the same time, leadership scholarship has increasingly emphasized leadership for learning, equity, and system improvement, calling for doctoral curricula that integrate research rigor with substantive engagement in leadership conceptualization, assessment, policy and economics in diverse contexts (Leithwood et al., 2020; Hitt & Tucker, 2016). To date, however, limited research has systematically examined how these expectations are reflected in the actual curricular designs of top-ranked Educational Leadership Ph.D. programs. Questions remain regarding the extent to which leading programs converge around a shared curricular architecture, how they embed research preparation throughout coursework, and how they balance breadth, depth, and specialization in doctoral training. Responding to these gaps, this study presents a comparative review of top-ranked Educational Leadership Ph.D. programs in the United States. Drawing on publicly available program documents from 21 nationally top-ranked institutions per US News & World Report 2025, the study examines four interrelated program components that have been identified in prior research as central to doctoral quality: (a) curriculum content and structure, (b) research preparation and apprenticeship opportunities, (c) program delivery formats, and (d) assessment and degree-completion requirements. By synthesizing patterns across elite doctoral programs, this study contributes to international conversations on doctoral program design, research capacity building, and leadership scholarship. The findings offer a framework for understanding how high-quality Educational Leadership Ph.D. programs are structured to prepare scholars capable of conducting rigorous research and contributing to evidence-informed leadership practice across diverse educational systems—issues of particular relevance to European and international audiences engaged in doctoral program development and reform. In addition this study seeks to provide conceptual and empirical baselines for comparing and contrasting school leadership preparation programs in other countries and/or regions of the world. Aligned with the ECER 2026 call for proposals, this paper addresses conference themes related to research quality, equity, and system improvement by examining how doctoral program structures shape the production of leadership knowledge and research capacity. By foregrounding comparative and evidence-based perspectives on doctoral preparation, the study contributes to ECER’s broader agenda of advancing international dialogue on educational research, policy, and professional learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used B. Methodology / Methods / Data Sources This study is a document analysis of top-ranked Educational Leadership Ph.D. programs in the United States. Program selection was guided by the 2025 U.S. News & World Report rankings in Educational Administration and Leadership, cross-referenced with membership in the University Council for Educational Administration (UCEA). Highly ranked non-UCEA programs (e.g., Harvard University, Stanford University, University of California–Los Angeles) were also included to ensure representation of elite doctoral models. The final analytic sample comprised 27 Ph.D. programs across 21 institutions, representing the top tier of doctoral programs in Educational Leadership. Data sources included publicly available university websites, graduate handbooks, academic catalogs, and program descriptions. These documents were systematically reviewed and coded using a framework derived from prior literature on doctoral leadership preparation. The analytic framework focused on four dimensions: 1. Curriculum content and required coursework, 2. Research preparation structures, 3. Program delivery formats and structure, and 4. Assessment systems and degree-completion requirements. Coding emphasized identification of shared curricular patterns as well as meaningful variation across programs. Course offerings were grouped into major knowledge domains (e.g., organizational theory, policy and law, economics and finance, instructional leadership, diversity and equity, social sciences). Research preparation was examined through the presence of research methods sequences, research practicums or apprenticeships, and opportunities for dissertation proposal development embedded within coursework. To enhance trustworthiness, program features were cross-validated across multiple sources where available. Findings were synthesized descriptively and comparatively, with attention to emerging trends and areas of convergence among top-ranked programs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings C. Conclusions / Expected Findings Preliminary findings reveal a shared core architecture among top-ranked Educational Leadership Ph.D. programs, characterized by rigorous research preparation, interdisciplinary curricular breadth, and structured assessment systems. Across programs, doctoral curricula consistently emphasize advanced quantitative and qualitative research methods, often supported by multi-semester research apprenticeships that immerse students in faculty-led research activities. These structures position research preparation as a central and continuous component of doctoral study rather than a discrete phase. The review also indicates that leading programs extend beyond traditional leadership theory to incorporate coursework in educational policy, law, economics, finance, and social sciences, reflecting an interdisciplinary orientation aligned with contemporary leadership challenges. An emerging trend is the increased emphasis on leadership for improving student learning, data-informed & evidence-use leadership, equity, and system-level outcomes, signaling a shift toward learning-centered and equity-oriented leadership frameworks within doctoral preparation. Assessment systems across programs demonstrate substantial consistency, with nearly all requiring qualifying or comprehensive examinations and a traditional research dissertation as the culminating scholarly product. Variation exists, however, in the sequencing and number of assessment checkpoints, as well as in the formalization of research practicum requirements. Collectively, these findings suggest that high-quality Educational Leadership Ph.D. programs balance curricular breadth with research depth while maintaining flexibility to support individualized scholarly trajectories. The study offers implications for doctoral program design, benchmarking, and reform, particularly for institutions seeking to align doctoral preparation with international standards of research excellence and leadership scholarship. The study's findings further provide a conceptual and empirical baseline for future international comparisons of school leadership preparation programs. How are these programs and their effects similar? How do they differ? What accounts for these similarities and differences? References Hallinger, P. (2011). Leadership for learning: Lessons from 40 years of empirical research. Journal of Educational Administration, 49(2), 125–142. Hitt, D. H., & Tucker, P. D. (2016). Systematic review of key leader practices. Review of Educational Research, 86(2), 531–569. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. Topolka-Jorissen, K., & Wang, Y. (2015). Focus and delivery of doctoral programs in educational leadership. International Journal of Educational Reform, 24(3), 212–227. Tucker, P. D., & Uline, C. L. (2015). The role of candidate assessment within educational leadership doctoral programs. International Journal of Educational Reform, 24(3), 248–265. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 27 SES 08 A: Economy, Work and Sustainability in Education Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Nicole Ackermann Paper session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Work as Subject Matter? A Didactical Study of ‘Work’ and ‘Labour Market’ in Secondary School Programmes in Flemish Vocational Education. UC Limburg, Belgium Presenting Author:A recent reform in Flemish secondary education emphasizes the strong connection between vocational education and the labour market. This connection is commonly realised via work‑based learning, partnerships with employers, and teachers with professional industry backgrounds. In this context the labour market takes a prominent role in vocational education acting simultaneously as the objective of the study programme, the means by which this objective is to be achieved and the criterion by which the study programme’s effectiveness can be measured and thus justified. Nevertheless, the context in which the connection between the labour market and secondary vocational education is realised, is ultimately that of a school, an educational project, a didactic concept and specific subject-matter teaching scenarios. In particular, while the didactical dimension in vocational education is realised through the relationships between the elements of the didactic triangle - teacher(s), learner(s), content - two other elements come into play: the labour market and also labour itself (‘work’), shaping at different levels the specificity of didactics in vocational education. The underlying hypothesis of this study is that ‘work’, as it appears in the school-related practice, occupies a specific pedagogical and didactical position: it is materially and practically mediated (“school‑worked”) and thus intrinsically different from ‘labour market work’. This hypothesis is informed by the concept of the ‘school as a free time’ according to which ‘making school’ requires the installation of a protective distancing with respect to the outside world, requiring in turn a didactical manipulation of ‘work’ and ‘labour market’ in order for them to become school content (Masschelein & Simons, 2013). As the main theoretical basis, our project draws on an application of the conceptual framework of powerful knowledge to vocational education (cf. Young & Muller, 2014), conceptualising “work process recontextualization” (Guile & Young, 2003) as a form of transformation, and considering learning as a collective and context-bound process of knowledge production (Guile & Young, 1999; Hiim, 2017) raising the question how to achieve high epistemic quality (Hudson, 2018; Hudson et al., 2022; Boistrup & Hällback, 2021) aiming at powerful knowledge in relation to ‘work’ and ‘labour market’ through the different school subjects and learning activities in vocational education. In addition, the project investigates existing research on ‘work as curriculum’ for potential insights into how work-related knowledge and practices are educationally transformed (cf. Rauner, 2014; Billet, 2011). In this project we explore how the elements ‘work’ (associated with the eponymous component of the field of study) and ‘labour market’ (associated with the contexts in which students can be employed on the basis of their education) emerge in the practice of secondary vocational education, by conducting ethnographical observations in the educational practice coupled to interviews with relevant actors and to the study of relevant (practice-oriented) literature, policy documents and curricula. We address the following research questions: 1. How do ‘work’ and the ‘labour market’ emerge during observations and interviews in the practice of selected programmes in Flemish vocational education? 2. How do ‘work’ and the ‘labour market’ appear in the vocational education pedagogical-didactical literature and relevant Flemish documents and curricula? 3. On the basis of the collected data and document extracts: how are ‘work’ and ‘labour market’ placed in relation to (subject) content, teacher(s) and learner(s), and how are they concretely mediated (“school-worked”) by the didactical practice? 4. Which situations meet the criteria for high epistemic quality, for what (powerful) knowledge in relation to ‘work’ and ‘labour market’? The aim of this practice-oriented project is to provide teachers and teacher education with inspiring resources based on a more nuanced, practice-informed perspective on labour market-oriented programmes where the didactical approaches take centre stage. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, multi-phase research design combining desk research, ethnographic fieldwork, and design-based research, in line with its practice-oriented and theoretically informed focus on the didactical mediation of ‘work’ and the ‘labour market’ in secondary vocational education. In the desk research phase, we review pedagogical-didactic literature with a focus on vocational education, together with practice-oriented didactic handbooks (cf. Hoeve et al., 2021), with particular attention to discussions of powerful knowledge in the context of vocational education. In addition, we explore research on ‘work as curriculum’, including work-process knowledge and work-oriented pedagogy, for potential insights into the curricular and didactical positioning of ‘work’. In parallel, we analyse relevant Flemish curricula, qualification frameworks, and policy documents representative of selected labour-market-oriented fields of study. This phase serves to map how ‘work’ and the ‘labour market’ are framed within various discourses and normatively positioned in policy and academic sources. As a conclusion of the desk-research phase, a conceptual framework, to be used for the field data analysis, is compiled. Since this phase is currently ongoing, we would like to stress that divergent features in the originally considered theoretical frameworks might be present, and a more restrictive choice might be needed in order to achieve an internally consistent framework for data analysis. In a second phase (field research), we engage in an empirical process involving ethnographic observations in the selected fields of study for different school subjects and learning activities, informal conversations linked to the observations, and interviews with various relevant actors, such as teachers, students, and, where relevant, programme coordinators or school leaders. The goal of this phase is to gather qualitative empirical data on how ‘work’ and ‘labour market’ emerge and become mediated in everyday pedagogical-didactical practices and take shape through the relationships within the didactic triangle. We then analyse all the collected data via a master document, according to a conceptual framework combining selected elements from the perspectives of ‘powerful knowledge’ and within the specific context of vocational education. In particular we identify recurrent contexts and patterns, but also contrasting features and tensions, in order to re-construct rich descriptions of concrete cases relevant for practice. Building on this analysis, in a design-based research phase inspirational material for teachers and teacher trainers will be developed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the presentation we will discuss preliminary results since we are currently in the first project year. We will present the results of the literature and document study, leading to a conceptual framework for our qualitative data analysis. It is expected that elements from the theoretical perspectives of ‘work as curriculum’ and ‘powerful knowledge’ will be combined in the conceptual framework. Furthermore, we will discuss highlights from a first dataset from test observations and interviews in one school. The setup of this project aims at re-constructing detailed, rich descriptions of the way ‘work’, as it appears in secondary vocational education, is not a straightforward reproduction of labour market practices. Rather, it emerges as a pedagogically and didactically designed form of practice in which materials, tools, language, time, and social relations are deliberately reshaped to enable formation and reflection. By analysing how ‘work’ and the ‘labour market’ are positioned in relation to subject content, teachers, and learners, the study aims to make the didactical specificity of vocational education visible. In particular, we seek to identify situations in which high epistemic quality is achieved to clarify what forms of powerful knowledge related to ‘work’ and the ‘labour market’ are made accessible to students within school-based vocational practices. As a practice-oriented outcome, we aim to produce a publication combining analytical insights with illustrated examples and concrete didactical resources derived from empirical cases as an inspirational and reflective resource that invites teachers and teacher educators to critically engage with the didactical transformation of ‘work’ and ‘labour market’. References Billett, S. (2011). Vocational education: Purposes, traditions and prospects. Springer. Boistrup, L. B., Hällback, M. (2021). Mathematics in vocational education: An epistemic framework. Exploring New Ways to Connect: Proceedings of the Eleventh International Mathematics Education and Society Conference, 311–320. Guile, D., Young, M. (1999). Beyond the institution of apprenticeship: Towards a social theory of learning as the production of knowledge. In P. Ainley & H. Rainbird (Eds.), Apprenticeship: Towards a New Paradigm of Learning (pp. 111–128). London: Kogan Page. Guile, D., Young, M. (2003). “Theoretical perspectives on knowledge and work.” In The Vocational Quest. Routledge. Hiim, H. (2017). “Ensuring curriculum relevance in vocational education and training: Epistemological perspectives in a curriculum research project.” International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 4(1), 1–19. Hoeve, A. et al. (eds.) (2021). Handboek beroepsgerichte didactiek: effectief opleiden in het mbo en hbo. Uitgeverij Pica. Hudson, B. (2018). Powerful knowledge and epistemic quality in school mathematics. London Review of Education: Special Issue on Knowledge and Subject Specialist Teaching, 16(3), 384–397. Hudson, B., Gericke, N., Olin-Scheller, C., & Stolare, M. (2022). Researching powerful knowledge and epistemic quality across school subjects. In B. Hudson, N. Gericke, C. Olin-Scheller, & M. Stolare (Eds.), International perspectives on knowledge and curriculum (pp. 1–15). Bloomsbury. Masschelein, J., Simons, M. (2013). In defence of the school: A public issue (J. McMartin, Trans.). Education, Culture & Society Publishers. Rauner, F. (2024). The work-oriented turn in the didactics of vocational education and training. In Handbook of Fundamentals of Modern Vocational Education: Shaping the World of Work (pp. 137–148). Springer Nature. van Kralingen, R. (2018). Didactiek en pedagogiek in het beroepsonderwijs : voor onderwijsondersteuners uit onderwijsteams. Houten: LannooCampus. Young, M., Muller, J. (Eds.). (2014). Knowledge, expertise and the professions. Routledge. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Representation of Sustainability in Economic Education: An Analysis of Textbooks for Upper Secondary Schools in Switzerland 1: Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2: Swiss Federal University of Vocational Education and Training, Switzerland Presenting Author:Although the educational ideal of economic education is largely undisputed, there is controversy surrounds subject configuration and lesson allocation in education policy as well as on learning topics and learning processes in educational science (Ackermann, 2021b). This discourse intensifies during times of social crisis and conflict – and reveals conflicting knowledge bases and values. Above all, the transformation of 21st century society towards sustainability discloses planetary (e.g. loss of biodiversity, pollutant emissions, global warming) and social boundaries (e.g. unequal educational opportunities, income gap, poverty, hunger) of economic development (Blättel-Mink et al., 2021; Steffen et al., 2015). Accordingly, societal, political, economic and cultural participation is considered an overarching goal for upper secondary level schools (Klieme et al., 2007, p. 66). Curricula and textbooks fulfil political-normative and programmatic-descriptive functions (Künzli & Hopmann, 1998). They provide teachers with pedagogical guidance on selecting science- and practice-oriented learning topics and designing competence-oriented teaching/learning settings. This opens up three areas of tension in teaching methodology: (1) In curricula of DACH countries, topics of economic education vary in breadth and depth depending on the school level and school type (e.g. general education, vocational education) (Ackermann, 2021a; Fridrich, 2018; Siegfried & Hangen, 2020). (2) Textbooks for economic education are ‘produced’ by various actors with different motives (Ackermann et al., 2018; Engartner, 2019). (3) Economic knowledge and values contained in textbooks are ‘reproduced’ in the classroom through learning tasks and exams (Steffestun & Graupe, 2020). In this paper, we use Switzerland as an example to examine textbooks for economic education at upper secondary school level. We address three questions: (RQ1) How can the range of textbooks be described (structural aspects)? (RQ2) What topics of economic education do these textbooks cover (thematic aspects)? (RQ3) How extensively and detailed is sustainability presented as a learning topic in these textbooks? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In a first step, we conducted a systematic search of library catalogues and a structured survey of teachers to compile an inventory of the textbooks currently available and used for economic education at upper secondary school level in Switzerland. The complied textbooks were categorised according to the following structural characteristics: ownership (public or private), author profile (research/university or practice/school), media format (print, basic eBook, enhanced eBook or web platform), school type (with or without university entrance qualification). In a second step, we compiled a corpus of 21 documents representing the structural characteristics of textbooks. The table of contents of each document were analysed qualitatively using a category system (Mayring, 2022). This category system is based on the subject-didactic framework model for economic life situations (Ackermann, 2021b) and comprises 3 dimension and 20 ies for learning topics: [A] societal life sphere, [B] professional-entrepreneurial life sphere, [C] personal-financial life sphere. In a third step, we compiled a reduced document corpus of 9 structurally and thematically representative textbooks. We selected the chapters of each document that were connected to societal challenges in 21st century and sustainability (economic development, social inequality, ecological imbalance and climate change). The explanatory texts in the chapters were analysed qualitatively (Mayring, 2022) regarding extent (word count), linguistic complexity (sentence structure, technical terms) and content complexity (relation of technical concepts, perspectives and positions). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results regarding structural aspects (RQ1) show that over 90% of textbooks are offered by private organisations (typically publishers) and most authors have a professional background in practice/school. The media format ‘print & enhanced eBook’ predominates over ‘print’ and ‘web platform’. The school type is not specified for approximately one third of the textbooks. The results regarding thematic aspects (RQ2) indicate that the categories belonging to the societal life sphere [A] are broadly covered, but the categories belonging to the professional-entrepreneurial [B] and personal-financial [C] life spheres moderately. For example, the categories ‘Economic Development and Economic Policy’[A2] and ‘Income Distribution, Social Inequality and Social Policy’ [A7] appear in 100% of textbooks; the categories ‘Market and Competition Policy’ [A1], ‘Employment, Unemployment and Labour Market Policy’ [A3] and ‘National Budget and Fiscal Policy’ [A5] in 95%, the category ‘Ecology, Climate and Environmental Policy’ [A8] in 90%, and the category ‘Price Stability and Monetary Policy’ [A4] in 86%. Conversely, the categories ‘Budget, Earnings and Expenditure’ [C1], ‘Credit, Debt and Execution’ [C3] and ‘Insurance, Provisions and Risks’ [C5] appear in 67% and 62% of textbooks, respectively. Regarding the extent and complexity of sustainability as learning topics (RQ3), the preliminary results suggest quantitative differences in terms of extent, and qualitative differences in terms of linguistic and content complexity for the categories relating to ‘education for sustainable development’ [A2, A7, A8]. As the qualitative analyses are not yet complete, further and more detailed results will be presented and discussed at the conference. Our study provides insights into the subject-specific conception of economic education in textbooks as well as the conception of sustainability conveyed in these textbooks. Furthermore, it contributes to the discourse on subject-specific approaches to knowledge production and reproduction in economic education at upper secondary school level. References Ackermann, N. (2021a). Ökonomische Bildung auf der Sekundarstufe II in der Deutschschweiz: Eine vergleichende Lehrplananalyse hinsichtlich Fachstruktur, Bildungsziele und Lerninhalte. Zeitschrift für Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik, 117(1), 14–41. https://doi.org/10.25162/zbw-2021-0002 Ackermann, N. (2021b). Zum Bildungsideal des „mündigen Wirtschaftsbürgers“: Kompetenzmodell für ökonomische Bildung und Domänenanalyse des gesamtgesellschaftlichen/gesamtwirtschaftlichen Lebensbereichs. In C. Fridrich, U. Hagedorn, R. Hedtke, P. Mittnik, & G. Tafner (Eds.), Wirtschaft, Gesellschaft und Politik: Sozioökonomische und politische Bildung in Schule und Hochschule (pp. 147–178). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-32910-5_7 Ackermann, N., Ruoss, T., & Flury, C. (2018). Warum fördern sie ökonomische Bildung? Aktivitäten, Argumente und Handlungslegitimationen von Akteuren am Beispiel der Schweiz. bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik – online, 35, 1–19. http://www.bwpat.de/ausgabe35/ackermann_etal_bwpat35.pdf Blättel-Mink, B., Hickler, T., Küster, S., & Becker, H. (Eds.). (2021). Nachhaltige Entwicklung in einer Gesellschaft des Umbruchs. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-31466-8 Engartner, T. (2019). Wie DAX-Unternehmen Schule machen: Lehr- und Lernmaterial als Türöffner für Lobbyismus. https://www.otto-brenner-stiftung.de/fileadmin/user_data/stiftung/02_Wissenschaftsportal/03_Publikationen/AH100_Lobbyismus_Schule.pdf Fridrich, C. (2018). Sozioökonomische Bildung an allgemeinbildenden Schulen der Sekundarstufe I und II in Österreich. In T. Engartner, C. Fridrich, S. Graupe, R. Hedtke, & G. Tafner (Eds.), Sozioökonomische Bildung und Wissenschaft (pp. 81–108). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21218-6_4 Klieme, E., Avenarius, H., Blum, W., Döbrich, P., Gruber, H., Prenzel, M., Reiss, K., Riquarts, K., Rost, J., Tenorth, H.-E., & Vollmar, H. J. (2007). Zur Entwicklung nationaler Bildungsstandards: Eine Expertise. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF). https://www.bmbf.de/pub/Bildungsforschung_Band_1.pdf Künzli, R., & Hopmann, S. (Eds.). (1998). Lehrpläne. Wie sie entwickelt werden und was von ihnen erwartet wird. Forschungsstand, Zugänge und Ergebnisse aus der Schweiz und der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Rüegger. Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken (13., überarbeitete Auflage). Beltz. Siegfried, C., & Hangen, J. (2020). Formelle Lerngelegenheiten zur Ausbildung ökonomischen Fachwissens: eine bundesweite Lehr- und Modulplananalyse. bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik – online, Profil 6: Berufliches Lehren und Lernen: Grundlagen, Schwerpunkte und Impulse wirtschaftspädagogischer Forschung, Digitale Festschrift für Eveline Wuttke, hrsg. v. Karin Heinrichs, Kristina Kögler & Christin Siegfried, 1–22. https://www.bwpat.de/profil6_wuttke/siegfried_hangen_profil6.pdf Steffen, W., Broadgate, W., Deutsch, L., Gaffney, O., & Ludwig, C. (2015). The trajectory of the Anthropocene: The great acceleration. Anthropocene Review, 2, 81–98. Steffestun, T., & Graupe, S. (2020). Vom Schweigen der Lehrbücher: Über die Bedeutung von Sprache für Pluralismus in der ökonomischen Bildung. In C. Fridrich, R. Hedtke, & W. O. Ötsch (Eds.), Grenzen überschreiten, Pluralismus wagen – Perspektiven sozioökonomischer Hochschullehre (pp. 159-182). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-29642-1_9 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Telling the the true story? The School's Narratives About the Welfare State OsloMet, Norway Presenting Author:We are surrounded by narratives claiming that the welfare state is under pressure. The future shape and role of our communal state are being debated across Nordic countries. However, the values and ethical principles supporting welfare benefits receive little attention in public discourse. With reduced resources and increasing welfare demands, society faces difficult ethical trade-offs. Today’s students will encounter numerous ethical dilemmas and differing views on fair distribution when, as adults, they vote and manage the welfare state’s limited resources. This study seeks to explore how we can prepare children and young people to navigate these challenges. The welfare state is an inherited good, built on the historical, economic, and cultural heritage of Nordic societies. UNESCO defines cultural heritage as “a societal good created by previous generations, a resource for the present, and a legacy we wish future generations to benefit from” (Harrison, 2020, p. 3). The welfare state, therefore, can be seen as part of the Nordic cultural heritage. In Norway, the responsibility for preserving and passing on this heritage is embedded in the Education Act, which emphasizes the importance of building upon and transmitting "Christian and humanist values" (Education Act, 2024). Research on cultural heritage highlights two approaches: conserving heritage or preserving it as a resource for future generations (Harrison, 2020). A static view focuses on conserving the past—particularly material heritage—by maintaining memories in their original form. In contrast, a dynamic approach views the past as actively shaping the present: "Heritage is something vital and alive. It is a moment of action, not something frozen in material form" (Smith, 2020, p. 83). Such a dynamic perspective is particularly relevant for passing on welfare state values to future generations. Heritage thus becomes “an important resource for challenging received identity and cultural, social values” (Smith, 2009, p. 52). A literature review on young Europeans’ attitudes toward the welfare state by Jakub Sowula (2024) underscores the importance of students understanding the effects of welfare policies. Who is affected when support measures are removed? What are the consequences? Such knowledge helps counteract attitudes shaped by misinformation and prejudice against vulnerable groups. Sowula also references Danish research by Petersen (2011), showing that inherited views on who is truly in need influence attitudes toward welfare services. For instance, are individuals in need due to laziness or misfortune? How does society address the fact that a generous welfare system may allow some to exploit shared resources? Questions about guilt, individual responsibility, and fairness are central to these discussions (Petersen et al., 2011). Sowula highlights the importance of engaging young people in such debates during a formative stage of their lives. The way schools present the welfare state and involve students in ethical dilemmas they will face in the future is a compelling area of research. It offers insights into how the welfare state, as cultural heritage, is managed and passed on to future generations. These narratives are often found in textbooks, which illustrate how knowledge about the welfare state’s historical roots, impacts, and values is conveyed. Such macro-perspectives can counter the individual-focused micro-narratives students encounter on social media, providing a broader understanding of the welfare state’s challenges and opportunities. The research question guiding this study is: How is the welfare state portrayed in school textbooks, and how do these portrayals address fundamental value questions rooted in Christian and humanist traditions while supporting the school’s overarching goals? We explore this by analyzing how textbooks emphasize the welfare state’s functions, characteristics, value foundations, and ethical justifications. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study explores how the welfare state is presented in Norwegian educational materials. Specifically, we aim to understand how these portrayals highlight fundamental ethical value questions rooted in Christian and humanist traditions and how they align with the overarching goals of education. Our focus is on analyzing the narratives about the welfare state in Norwegian textbooks currently used at the lower secondary school level. In studying these narratives, we examine both the content and form of the stories presented. Drawing on Bruner’s (1991) understanding of narratives as central to identity formation in education, we ask: What characterizes the stories students encounter about the welfare state, its functions, ethical foundations—including the concept of justice—and its role as a societal resource? Additionally, how are humanist and Christian values emphasized and operationalized in these narratives? The unique nature and values of the welfare state, along with students' identification with this collective solution, are emphasized in Norwegian education. The impact of these narratives on students largely depends on how teachers connect causes and consequences in their teaching. However, previous research indicates that teachers often rely on textbooks or digital resources tailored for their student groups (Ammert, 2015; Kvande, 2013). This justifies our decision to analyze textbooks. The welfare state is thematized across school curricula for students aged 14–16. We examined similarities and differences in curricula and conducted a text analysis of nine social studies textbooks currently in use: Relevans 8, 9, and 10(Gyldendal). Samfunnsfag 8, 9, and 10 (Cappelen Damm). Arena: Samfunnsfag for 8., 9., and 10. trinn (Aschehoug Undervisning). The welfare state is addressed in all three textbook series, though with varying emphasis across grade levels. Some books introduce the topic in 8th grade, while others cover it in 9th or 10th grade. Texts discussing the welfare state were coded and categorized into themes: the welfare state’s functions, characteristics, ethical foundations, and values. Additionally, elements connecting the content to students’ lives were compiled in a separate column. This framework allows us to identify similarities and differences in the knowledge presented and how discussions about the underlying values of the welfare state are highlighted and linked to students’ lived experiences (Dalland & Andersson-Bakken, 2021). To analyze the underlying values in these narratives, we focused on the plot structure, the logical connections between causes and effects (White & Rennie, 2003). This was achieved through a discourse analysis identifying key concepts, patterns, and sender-receiver positions (Fairclough, 2003). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Norwegian textbooks lack a clear cultural-historical and comparative foundation in their portrayals of the welfare state. Connections between the welfare state as an economic and service-provider collective and its roots in national, secular-political, humanist, or Nordic Christian cultural heritage are largely absent. This is evident in the repeated use of the word "free" to describe education and healthcare, without critically examining its implications. The term "free" is rarely questioned or linked to individual responsibility. Textbooks fail to address whether welfare benefits should be earned or the ethical basis for continuing universal welfare provisions. School narratives seldom engage with debates on fairness, justice, or the challenges posed by tighter economic constraints and growing welfare demands. They overlook discussions about the welfare state as both an economic redistributive system and a moral community. Ethical justifications for maintaining shared "free" benefits are largely missing. Students are not adequately prepared for the future realities of renegotiating individual responsibilities. Equality can sometimes be unjust, and justice can create inequality. Our analysis indicates that students in Norwegian schools have limited opportunities to critically reflect on the challenges of universal welfare principles. Both the curriculum and textbooks fail to facilitate such discussions. As Sowula (2024) points out, understanding the consequences of welfare prioritizations and engaging in debates about welfare values are essential for shaping young citizens’ attitudes. Without a critical perspective on the welfare state as part of secular and Christian heritage, future generations may lack the awareness needed to reform and sustain these shared values. Drawing from Danish curricula, which introduce students to various welfare state models, Norwegian schools could encourage critical reflection and better prepare students to reinterpret and adapt the welfare state to meet future challenges. References Ammert, N. (2015). History as Knowledge: Ethical values and meaning in encounters with history. Peter Lang Publishing Group. Aronsson, P., Fulsås, N., Haapala, P., & Jensen, B. E. (2008). Nordic national histories. Bredahl, L. (2020). Samfunnsfag 8 fra Cappelen Damm : Grunnbok (Bokmål, utgave 1. ed.). Cappelen Damm. Bredahl, L. (2021). Samfunnsfag 9 fra Cappelen Damm : Grunnbok (Bokmål, 1. utgave. ed.). Cappelen Damm. Bredahl, L. (2022). Samfunnsfag 10 fra Cappelen Damm : Grunnbok (Bokmål, utgave 1. ed.). Cappelen Damm. Bruner, J. (1991). The Narrative Construction of Reality. Critical inquiry, 18(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1086/448619 Bugge, H. (2021). Konsensus om arbeidslinja? Nordmenns støtte til aktiveringsreformer. Tidsskrift for samfunnsforskning, 62(3), 251-272. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1504-291X-2021-03-03 Dalland, C., & Andersson-Bakken, E. (2021). Metoder i klasseromsforskning : forskningsdesign, datainnsamling og analyse. Universitetsforlaget. Dessingué, A. (2016). Dynamisk kulturarv, kritisk literacy og (fler)kulturforstГҐelse i norsk grunnskole? Nordidactica(2016:2), 22. Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse : textual analysis for social research. Routledge. Frønes, I., Kjølsrød, L.,. (2022). Det norske samfunn : Bind 3 (8. utgave. ed., Vol. Bind 3). Gyldendal. Harrison, R. (2020). Heritage Futures : comparative approaches to natural and cultural heritage practices. UCL Press. Heidenreich, V. (2022). Relevans 10 : samfunnsfag for ungdomstrinnet : Grunnbok (Bokmål[utgave], 1. utgave. ed.). Gyldendal. Hellerud, S. V. (2020). Arena 8 : samfunnsfag (1. utgave, bokmål. ed.). Aschehoug undervisning. Kjølsrød, L. (2022). Velferdsstaten- et system av deleger og kontrollert autonomi. In I. Frønes, Kjølsrød, L., (Ed.), Det norske samfunn: Bind 3 (8.utgave ed., Vol. Bind 3). Gyldendal Kvande, L. (2013). Hva skal vi med historie? : historiedidaktikk i teori og praksis. Universitetsforl. Larsen, Ø. (1992). Etik og modernitet. Social Kritik, 18(92), 6-11. Petersen, M. B., Slothuus, R., Stubager, R., & Togeby, L. (2011). Deservingness versus values in public opinion on welfare: The automaticity of the deservingness heuristic. European Journal of Political Research, 50(1), 24-52. Rusen, J. (2005). History: narration-interpretation-orientation (1st ed. ed., Vol. 5). New York, NY: Berghahn Books. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt1x76fc2 Sejersted, F. (1984). Opposisjon og posisjon : 1945-1981 (Vol. 3). Cappelen. Sjøvaag, H. Y.-A., B. (2017). Mediene og velferdsstaten: Hva mener publikum? . In D. A. Christensen, Lindén, S.T.,Ytre-Arne,B.,Aars,J., (Ed.), Tjenestedemokratiet.Velferdsstaten som arena for deltakelse. (pp. 61-90). Universitetsforlaget. Smith, L. (2020). Uses of heritage. In Encyclopedia of global archaeology (pp. 10969-10974). Springer. Sowula, J. (2024). Mind the gap: Young people and welfare-state related knowledge in deservingness and welfare attitude research. Journal of European Social Policy, 34(1), 101-114. White, H. (1984). The question of narrative in contemporary historical theory. History and theory, 23(1), 1-33. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 27 SES 08 B: Bildung in Times of Uncertainty Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Anke Wegner Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Bildung and Teaching and Learning in Educational Research: A Systematic Research Review 1990-2020 Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), Norway Presenting Author:This article addresses the ways in which the concept of Bildung is brought into the discussion of teaching and learning as educational actions within educational research. It does so by focusing on a review of 91 articles that have been categorized into ‘teaching and learning’ category covering the period 1990-2020. The article is part of a larger study that has examined Bildung in educational research comprehensively, and our prior work has shown has shown that peer reviewed publications engaging with Bildung are primarily based in Germany and Nordic countries, where corresponding terms of Bildung exist in national languages, such as ‘danning’ in Norway, ‘bildning’ in Sweden, and ‘dannelse’ in Denmark (Authors and co-authors, 2025). Bildung, a German term, is either used as Bildung also in English or other terms are used in attempts to capture its connotations such as ‘formation’, ‘self-formation’, ‘self-cultivation' or ‘being educated’ (Hopmann, 2007). Our purpose in this article is two-fold: first, we aim to show the main thematic categories that emerge from the educational research that integrates Bildung over a period of 30 years in teaching and learning deliberations, and second, we aim to reconceptualize Bildung-oriented teaching and learning following a notion of Bildung as an educational concept rooted in didaktik tradition. Consequently, two main research questions guide our analytical and interpretative work: 1) What are the main thematic categories in educational research that integrates Bildung in discussions of teaching and learning covering the period 1990-2020? And 2) How can teaching and learning can be reconceptualized following Bildung-oriented didaktik tradition? We apply a bottom-up approach in our analytical work that is affected theoretically by our own prior understanding of Bildung and teaching and learning to address RQ1 and a broader understanding and interpretation of general Didaktik tradition to address RQ2. The core of Didaktik tradition, most dominant in Continental and Nordic Europe, rests on three main ideas, including the commitment to Bildung, the educative difference of matter and meaning, and the autonomy of teaching and learning (Hopmann, 2007). Further we integrated Klafki’s critical constructive didaktik (1998) and his operationalization of Bildung into abilities for self-determination (ability for autonomous decision-making), co-determination (participation in joint activities with others), and solidarity (contributing to reducing inequalities in society), and Dale’s (1998) conceptions of teaching into three competences -“[...] the carrying out of teaching (C1), the construction of teaching programs (C2), and communicating in and constructing of a theory of teaching plans, the act of teaching itself, and the pupils’ process of learning (C3)” (Dale, 1998, p. 256) - to frame the study theoretically. Such theoretical framing contributes to an understanding, interpretation, and integration of Bildung as an educational ideal and concept within teaching and learning practices, primarily in formal school context from kindergarten to university levels. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on a larger systematic review project that seeks to identify and analyse key issues related to research on Bildung from an educational research perspective. The search strategy relied on the preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses (PRISMA) framework (Page et al., 2021). “Bildung” was used as a search term in the following databases: Eric/ProQuest, Education Source/EBSCO, Web of Science, and Scopus. The inclusion criteria were: (1) Type of publication, including journal articles and books and book chapters accessible online; (2) Timeframe: 1990-2020; (3) Field of study: education (or social sciences) and teacher education; (4) Language: English; and (5) Peer-reviewed. Exclusion criteria were: (1) Grey literature and conference proceedings; (2) Languages other than English; (3) Literary-focused articles (Bildungsroman); (4) Non-education articles; (5) Published before January 1st, 1990; (6) If article/publication is shorter than 5 pages; and (7) If article/publication is an Editorial and/or Introduction to a special issue. Initially 4702 hits were captured with Bildung either in Title, Abstract, or Keywords. After duplicate removal and screening, 267 articles are included for review and thematic analysis. A two-part coding protocol (CP) was developed, where Part A was applied to capture bibliometric characteristics of the texts included in the sample, and Part B, consisting of 11 entries (see Appendix 1), was used to code the texts after in-depth reading. Based on coding from Part A, 91 out of 267 texts included in the sample were categorized as belonging to ‘Teaching and Learning’. In our analysis we apply a hermeneutical/interpretivist approach that uses reading as the main method as suggested by Paul Ricœur (1991), where he argues that explanation and interpretation are part of a hermeneutical arch that is rooted primarily in linguistic models. In this regard, our methodological position follows a constructionist epistemology and interpretivist theoretical perspective (Crotty, 1998), which posits that knowledge of the world and associated meaning of concepts and phenomena is extracted in our engagement with natural and social realities. Thus, in this study we examine main thematic categories in educational research related to Bildung and teaching and learning as socially-constructed concepts. Analytical work is completed in NVivo software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a result of bottom-up coding and thematic analysis, primarily focusing on main results, arguments, conclusions and implications and connected to RQ1 seven emerging themes are identified across the 91 articles included in the review. The seven themes include: Bildung-supportive teaching and learning, where researchers attempt to show how teaching and learning promote Bildung; Bildung and teaching in higher education, where researchers have addressed how Bildung approach is integrated in teaching in higher education contexts; Bildung in vocational education and training (VET), where researchers address how does a Bildung-oriented teaching and learning approach appears in VET; Bildung in transnational perspectives, where Bildung in teaching and learning is placed in a comparative lens; Bildung and teacher professionalism, where Bildung is addressed as a professionalism issue; Bildung and digitalization, where Bildung is revisited in light of technology integration in teaching and learning; and Bildung vs neoliberal education policies, where Bildung is brought into the discussion of teaching and learning in the context of education being influenced by neo-liberation policies. In our next step we will integrate our theoretical framework to address RQ2 towards reconceptualization of Bildung-oriented teaching and learning rooted in an understanding of Bildung as an educational concept. Given the diversity of themes identified in the data material under RQ1, it is expected that a reconceptualization of teaching and learning from a Bildung-oriented approach rooted in didaktik tradition will offer a more complex and nuanced understanding of Bildung-oriented teaching and learning as autonomous yet inseparable practices that has implications for present and future of teaching and learning across time and space. In that sense, the article is closely connected to the ECER 2026 main theme as it shows the potential of education research in shaping education policy and practice. References Authors & co-authors. (2025). Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research. Meaning and perspective in the research process. London: Sage Publications. Dale, E. L. (1998). The essence of teaching. In B. Gundem & S. Hopmann (Eds.), Didaktik and/or curriculum (pp. 255–264). Peter Lang. Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained teaching: The common core of Didaktik. European educational research journal 6(2), 109-124. DOI: https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2007.6.2.109 Klafki, W. (1998). Characteristics of critical-constructive Didaktik. In B. Gundem & S. Hopmann (Eds.), Didaktik and/or curriculum (pp. 307–330). Peter Lang. Page, M.J., McKenzie, J.E., Bossuyt, P.M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T.C., Mulrow, C.D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ 372:n71: 1-9. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71. Ricœur, P. (1991). What is a text? Explanation and interpretation. In P. Ricœur, From text to action: Essays in hermeneutics, II (pp. 105-124). Northwestern University Press. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Exploring Uncertainty in Education in a Changing Society: The Conditions of Bildung in Vocational Programs in Sweden Umeå universitet, Sweden Presenting Author:In a time of societal challenges such as climate change, the rise of right-wing nationalist movements, fake news on social media, and wars, it is crucial that upper secondary school students develop a deeper understanding of broader societal contexts and critical thinking skills to prepare them for their civic roles. Studies suggest that vocational students receive less preparation for civic roles compared to students in academically oriented programs (Kärnebro et al., 2025; Rosvall & Nylund, 2022; Carlbaum, 2012; Nylund et al., 2017). Bildung is therefore essential in both present and future vocational education and training (VET) to support students’ awareness of societal change and critical reflection (Tyson, 2024; Sörlin, 2019; Liedman, 2002; Broady, 1992). However, this reflective dimension of Bildung has been criticised in Sweden’s educational debate, leading to a stronger focus on measurable knowledge and efficiency, often justified by declining PISA results (Lundahl et al., 2017). When implemented in the classroom, such an approach risks becoming a purely instrumental transfer of knowledge, offering limited enhancement of life skills. In response to this polarisation, Bildung has been promoted as a counterforce to the excessive focus on measurability (Gustavsson, 2007; Burman & Sundgren, 2012; Svensson & Steinfeld, 2017; Sörlin, 2019). Advocacy for Bildung can also be observed internationally (Brooks, 2020). The relationship between these approaches to knowledge is often oversimplified in the media, presenting Bildung’s subjective and diffuse nature as conflicting with objective knowledge. Some scholars argue that this division should be reconsidered (Burman & Sundgren, 2010). In this study, Bildung is defined as students acquiring both subjective and objective knowledge, connected to their lived experiences (Gustavsson, 1996). The research task is to understand the conditions VET students face in the classroom for learning and development in aspects of Bildung. By highlighting Bildung as an alternative to a narrow focus on measurable knowledge, it can be made educationally relevant (Biesta, 2002). The research questions explored are:
Conceptually and theoretically, the study is grounded in a Bildung-oriented framework integrating critical, hermeneutic, and sociocritical perspectives. Klafki’s critical Bildung theory provides a normative foundation for analysing the relationship between education, democracy, and social justice, particularly his critique of the division between general education and vocational training (Klafki, 2016; Ryen, 2020). Gadamer’s philosophical hermeneutics contributes a process-oriented understanding of Bildung as dialogical and open-ended, emerging through encounters between students’ lived experiences and historical narratives (Gadamer, 1997). To address the limitations of purely philosophical accounts, the study also draws on sociocritical perspectives. Gutiérrez’s concept of Third Space is used to analyse how everyday experiences and institutional knowledge intersect in classroom practice, while Serres’ work highlights liminal, embodied, and sensorial dimensions of learning that exceed formal curricular objectives (Gutiérrez, 2008; Serres, 2016; Kraus & Pemsel, 2023). Together, these perspectives allow Bildung to be analysed both as a normative ideal and as a situated classroom practice, making it possible to examine how Bildung is negotiated, constrained, and occasionally realised in vocational history education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, interpretive research design aimed at exploring how Bildung is enabled and constrained in history teaching within Swedish vocational upper secondary programmes. Rather than treating Bildung as a predefined outcome, the study approaches it as a situational and relational process that unfolds in concrete classroom practices. The empirical material consists of four classroom case studies from the compulsory history course (Hi1a1) in vocational programmes. The cases were selected through an iterative process and are not intended to be representative, but analytically meaningful, as they capture recurring patterns and variations in how teaching is organised and experienced. Each case is treated as a bounded unit of analysis, focusing on the interaction between teaching structure, student participation, and content. Classroom observations made it possible to analyse how Bildung-related processes emerge in real-time teaching situations, including moments of dialogue, disruption, affective engagement, and didactic control. The observations focused on teaching practices, interactional patterns, spatial arrangements, and the use of content, rather than on individual student performance. In total, multiple lessons were observed in each classroom to capture both stability and variation in practice. To contextualise and deepen the observational analysis, semi-structured interviews were conducted with teachers and selected students. These interviews were used as supplementary material to clarify intentions, interpretations, and reflections on the observed lessons, rather than as a separate dataset. The interviews also functioned as a way to validate whether the observed situations could be understood as typical of everyday teaching practices. The analysis followed a theory-informed thematic approach. Empirical patterns were first identified across the material, after which they were interpreted through a theoretical framework drawing on Klafki’s critical-constructive theory of Bildung, Gadamer’s hermeneutics, and sociocritical perspectives from Gutiérrez and Serres. This combination made it possible to analyse both the normative dimensions of Bildung and the social, material, and institutional conditions that shape its emergence in the classroom. Ethical considerations followed national research guidelines. Participation was voluntary, all data were anonymised, and particular care was taken to avoid deficit descriptions of vocational students. The analytical focus remains on teaching conditions rather than on individuals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Two overarching classroom types emerge from the analysis: the polyphonic classroom and the ordered classroom, each offering distinct conditions for Bildung. In the polyphonic classrooms, multiple student voices, experiences, and interpretative horizons continuously interact with the subject content. Here, student-initiated interruptions, associations, and references to contemporary politics or popular culture are not merely disruptions but function as resources for meaning-making. Bildung appears as a dialogical and situated process, where historical content becomes meaningful through its connection to students’ lifeworlds. However, this openness also entails risks: lesson progression is frequently delayed, and the direction of teaching becomes unstable, making Bildung fragile and uneven. In the ordered classrooms, teachers exercise stronger control over time, space, and content through structured lesson segments and clear progression. This organisation creates working conditions that support focus and curriculum coverage, but it limits students’ opportunities to act as co-constructors of meaning. Bildung in these contexts primarily emerges through content relevance rather than interaction, for example when teachers explicitly connect historical events to students’ present-day experiences. In one case, order also enabled emotionally and morally charged Bildung, where students engaged with difficult historical topics through empathy and personal identification, supported by strong relational teacher practices. Across cases, Bildung does not appear as a stable outcome but as situational, episodic, and unevenly distributed, shaped by momentary alignments between structure, content, affect, and interaction. The findings suggest that both polyphony and order are necessary but insufficient on their own: Bildung emerges in the dynamic negotiation between openness and control, rather than in either classroom logic alone. References Bergdahl, L., Burman, A., & Sundgren, P. (2012). Svenska bildningstraditioner. Daidalos. Broady, D. (2012). Bildningstankens krumbukter: Några blad ur historien från 1970-tal till 2010-tal. In A. Burman & P. Sundgren (Eds.), Svenska bildningstraditioner (pp. 285–308). Daidalos. Brooks, D. (2020, February 13). This is how Scandinavia got great. The New York Times. https://www.nytimes.com/2020/02/13/opinion/scandinavia-education.html Carlbaum, S. (2012). Blir du anställningsbar lille/a vän? Diskursiva konstruktioner av framtida medborgare i gymnasiereformer 1971–2011 (Doctoral dissertation). Umeå University. Gustavsson, B. (1996). Bildning i vår tid: Om bildningens möjligheter och villkor i det moderna samhället. Wahlström & Widstrand. Gutiérrez, K. D. (2008). Developing a sociocritical literacy in the Third Space. Reading Research Quarterly, 43(2), 148–164. Klafki, W. (2016). Dannelsesteori og didaktik: Nye studier. Forlaget Klim. Kraus, A., & Pemsel, M. (2023). The educational journey: Bildningsresa (Swedish), Bildungsreise (German), and personal development. Journal of Aesthetic Education, 57(2), 16–35. Larsson, A., Ledman, K., & Lindmark, T. (2025). Controversial issues in Swedish citizenship education: Teachers’ strategies. Citizenship, Social and Economics Education. Rosvall, P., & Nylund, M. (2022). Civic education in VET: Concepts for a professional language in VET teaching and VET teacher education. Journal of Vocational Education & Training. Ryen, E. (2020). Klafki’s critical-constructive Didaktik and the epistemology of critical thinking. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52(2), 214–229. Sanderse, W. (2024). Vocational education and Bildung: A marriage or divorce? Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 76(1), 146–163. Serres, M. (2016). The five senses: A philosophy of mingled bodies. Bloomsbury Academic. Sörlin, S. (2019). Till bildningens försvar: Den svåra konsten att veta tillsammans. MTM. Tyson, R. (2024). Bildning och didaktik i yrkesutbildning (1st ed.). Liber. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Empirical Patterns and Conceptual Reframings of Bildung in Danish Schools University of Southern Denmark, Denmark Presenting Author:Across Danish, Nordic, and European educational traditions, the dominant normative framework has been a humanistic concept of Bildung. Rooted in Enlightenment thought and developed through the works of thinkers such as Humboldt (1969), Bildung emphasizes the cultivation of the whole person—intellectually, morally, culturally, and socially—through engagement with knowledge, the world, and others. In the Nordic context, this notion has been closely linked to democratic education, shaped by Grundtvig’s ideas about ‘the living word,’ civic participation, and the school as a space for personal and communal formation (Grundtvig, 2011). In the 20th century, Nordic and European Bildung traditions were further elaborated by scholars such as Klafki (2014), who defined Bildung as the interplay between self-determination, co-determination, and solidarity, and more recently by Biesta (2006; 2021), who conceptualizes education as a balancing of qualification, socialization, and subjectification. Across these traditions, Bildung represents an educational ideal that positions learners not merely as recipients of knowledge but as active participants in cultural and societal life. While Bildung has emphasized cultural and social cultivation, civic participation, communal formation, co-determination, and socialization, contemporary Bildung must increasingly be interpreted in relation to the fact that individuals participate in a multiplicity of overlapping and shifting contexts (Roselius & Meyer, 2018). Classical Bildung thinkers such as Humboldt (1969), Grundtvig (2011), and later Klafki (2014) articulated educational ideals grounded in relatively cohesive cultural communities and stable social structures. Today, however, learners move across heterogeneous lifeworlds shaped by globalization, migration, mediatization, and digitalization (Adam, Beck & van Loon, 2000; Säljö, 2010). Scholars such as Biesta (2021), therefore argue that Bildung must encompass the capacity to negotiate multiple memberships, and exercise agency in fragmented environments. To understand how students’ Bildung is interpreted and enacted in school in light of heterogeneous lifeworlds, learners move across, research must be grounded in an interaction between normative theoretical frameworks and empirical investigations. Such an approach makes it possible to examine not only the ideals that underpin educational values, but also the lived, situated practices through which learners navigate heterogeneous lifeworlds or social and cultural contexts.With a theoretical point of departure in dominant Bildung theories and a systems-theoretical perspective on the constitution of contemporary society, this paper investigates Danish compulsory school students’ orientations toward Bildung and discusses these in relation to teachers’ understandings of educational formation. Empirically, the paper draws on survey data from Danish students (N = 2,671) and teachers (N = 191), allowing for an analysis of how Bildung ideals are interpreted and enacted across different positions within the school system. The research question is: What forms of Bildung emerge in teachers’ and students’ attitudes towards human values and the function of schooling? Preliminary analyses suggest that three statistically distinct groups of students and three statistically distinct groups of teachers can be identified with respect to their experiences of human values and their views on the function of schooling. The paper describes these groups in detail, examines their similarities and differences, and discusses the factors that may account for the divergent Bildung orientations represented across the student and teacher populations. The paper makes two main contributions. Empirically, it demonstrates how students and teachers interpret and enact Bildung in light of the heterogeneous lifeworlds, learners move across in contemporary society, and it identifies the understandings of educational formation that are prevalent among Danish teachers. Conceptually and methodologically, the paper reframes the idea of Bildung research as being solely anchored in normative theoretical frameworks and develops an approach for examining Bildung in the intersection between normative theory and empirical data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design We adopt a quantitative design with scale development, factor and cluster analysis to analyse what forms of Bildung emerge in teachers’ and students’ experiences of human values and the function of schooling. Sample and data collection Schools were selected to ensure variation in geographical location and socio economic context, thereby reflecting diverse institutional settings within national systems. Participation was voluntary, and data collection took place during school hours. The dataset comprises survey responses from Danish primary school students (N = 2,671) and teachers (N = 191). The scales were developed in close dialogue with theoretical concepts introduced in the abstract. Survey items included variables on the experience of the function of schooling and educational values. Participants were provided the option to respond “I don’t know/I do not wish to answer” to all questions, and these responses were treated as missing values in the analysis. A missing data analysis was performed to see if there were discernible patterns related to participant attrition or the questions participants chose to answer with “I don’t know”. The study follows national and European ethical guidelines for educational research. Analytical strategy All analyses were conducted in SPSS version 28.0 and in STATA version 15.1. Exploratory Factor Analysis The dataset’s suitability for factor analysis was evaluated using the Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin (KMO) measure of sampling adequacy (KMO > 0.5) (Kaiser, 1974) and Bartlett’s test of sphericity (p-value < 0.001) (Bartlett, 1950). Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) with Principal Axis Factoring was conducted (Fabrigar et al., 1999). We used a Promax rotation (useful for large datasets) and extracted factors that met Kaiser’s criterion: eigenvalues ≥ 1 (Kaiser, 1960). We included items with factor loadings above 0.4 (Guadagnoli & Velicer, 1988) and deleted items with cross-loadings. Internal consistency of the final factors was tested using Cronbach’s alpha, with standardized α > 0.6 (Ursachi et al., 2015) Cluster Analysis We conducted Hierarchical Agglomerative Cluster Analysis (HACA) using Ward’s linkage method with squared euclidean distances. This approach was chosen for its effectiveness in minimizing the total within-cluster variance, thereby producing clusters that were as homogeneous as possible. Based on HACA, we identified three student and three teacher clusters, which provided clear insights on how different groups of students and teachers experience human values and the function of schooling, without oversimplifying the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper has examined how Bildung is understood and practiced within Danish compulsory schooling by bringing together dominant Bildung theories, a systems-theoretical understanding of contemporary society, and large-scale empirical data from students (N = 2,671) and teachers (N = 191). The analyses show that both groups can be meaningfully differentiated into three statistically distinct interpretations and enactments of Bildung. These interpretations and enactments demonstrate that Bildung is not a uniform ideal in practice, and we discuss how these may be form through different negotiations across various groups. Empirically, the findings illustrate that students’ Bildung is interpreted and enacted differently in contemporary society, where learners move across heterogeneous lifeworlds, and social and cultural environments. This underscores that the classical Bildung ideals of cultural cultivation, civic participation, and communal formation must be reinterpreted in light of contemporary contextual pluralism. Teachers, meanwhile, hold varied but identifiable orientations toward educational formation, reflecting differing emphases on value-based purposes of schooling. Conceptually and methodologically, the paper demonstrates the value of approaching Bildung not solely as a normative theoretical project but as a phenomenon that emerges in the interplay between normative ideals and the empirical realities of learners’ and teachers’ lived experiences. By integrating theoretical frameworks with systematic empirical analysis, the study contributes to a way of researching Bildung that captures its complexity under current societal conditions. The findings thereby open new avenues for understanding how Bildung can be fostered in schools where students and teachers continuously negotiate meaning across multiple contexts. References Adam, B.; Beck, U. & van Loon, J. (2000). The Risk Society and Beyond: Critical Issues for Social Theory. SAGE Publications Ltd Bartlett, M. S. (1950). Tests of significance in factor analysis. British Journal of Psychology. Biesta, G. (2006). Beyond Learning: Democratic Education for a Human Future. Routledge Biesta, G. (2021). World-Centred Education – A View for the Present. Routledge Fabrigar, L. R., Wegener, D. T., MacCallum, R. C., & Strahan, E. J. (1999). Evaluating the use of exploratory factor analysis in psychological research. Psychological Methods, 4(3), 272. Guadagnoli, E., & Velicer, W. F. (1988). Relation of sample size to the stability of component patterns. Psychological Bulletin, 103(2), 265. Grundtvig, N. F. S. (2011). The School for Life – N.F.S. Grundtvig on education for the people. Aarhus Universitetsforlag Humboldt, W. von (1969). Theorie des Bildung des Menschen. In Humboldt, W. von. Werke in fünf Bänden: Vol. 1. Schriften zur Anthropologie und Geschichte (p. 234-240). Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft Kaiser, H. F. (1960). The application of electronic computers to factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 20(1), 141-151. https://doi.org/10.1177/001316446002000116 Kaiser, H. F. (1974). An index of factorial simplicity. Psychometrika, 39(1), 31-36. Klafki, W. (2014). Dannelsesteori og Didaktik: Nye studier [Theory of Bildung and Didaktik: New studies] (3rd ed.). Klim Roselius, K. & Meyer, M.A. (2018). Bildung in globalizing times. Z Erziehungswiss, 21: 217-240. doi:10.1007/s11618-018-0821-3 Säljö, R. (2010). Lärande i praktiken : ett sociokulturellt perspektiv. Norstedts Ursachi, G., Horodnic, I. A., & Zait, A. (2015). How reliable are measurement scales? External factors with indirect influence on reliability estimators. Procedia Economics and Finance, 20, 679-686. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 28 SES 08 A: Pupil Selection and Educational Trajectories Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Christina Haas Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Pupil selection to Emphasized Teaching in Urban Comprehensive Schools in Finland 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Introduction The Finnish comprehensive school system aims at providing equal opportunities for every child regardless of socio-economic background, gender, or place of residence. Officially, there is no ability grouping by tracks or streams within basic education in Finland, meaning that all children attend similar ‘neighbourhood schools’ catering for the children who live nearby (Seppänen et al., 2023). Despite its widespread international reputation as non-selective, the Finnish school system includes an ‘implicit tracking system’ in the form of so-called classes with a special emphasis (e.g. Berisha & Seppänen, 2017). These selective classes emphasize one or more school subjects in their local curricula (e.g. music, sport, or a foreign language), and schools are legally permitted to use aptitude tests for admission (Basic Education Act, 1998/628). Providing emphasized teaching is common in Finnish cities. In the lower grades (grades 1–6), the most common emphases are music and teaching in a foreign language, while at the lower secondary level (grades 7–9), the range of emphasized teaching is broader and includes several subjects, such as mathematics, science, sports, or visual arts (Seppänen et al., 2023, pp. 201–202). This proposal builds on a previously published peer-reviewed article (Pasu et al., 2023). It examines pupil selection to emphasized teaching in urban Finnish comprehensive schools in the early 2020s and analyses how admission criteria to emphasized teaching contribute to the construction of an ‘ideal pupil norm’ within a formally non-selective system. The study contributes to ongoing international discussions on educational equality, education policy, and social reproduction (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990) in comprehensive schooling. Previous research has shown that emphasized teaching tends to attract high-achieving pupils from highly educated families (Kosunen & Seppänen, 2015; Berisha & Seppänen, 2017), while pupils with special educational needs or those with Finnish as a second language are underrepresented (Siipola et al., 2023). In many cities and schools, emphasized teaching functions as a basis for permanent pupil grouping across all subjects (Siipola et al., 2023; Pasu et al., 2025) even though there is no national policy requiring such arrangements. These pupil selection and grouping practices have been shown to result in socio-economically selective student compositions within comprehensive schools (Kosunen et al., 2016; Seppänen et al., 2023). While public and policy discourse often frames aptitude-based selection as neutral, this study critically examines how the selection criteria extend beyond ‘aptitude’ and require various forms of family resources. The theoretical framework draws on Pierre Bourdieu's theory of capital – economic, cultural, and social capital (Bourdieu, 1986). From a sociological perspective, schools function as institutions historically aligned with a middle-class habitus, favouring pupils from socio-economically advantaged backgrounds. School practices, expectations concerning pupils' competencies, and norms related to behaviour and communication form an institutional framework that privileges middle-class dispositions (Lareau, 2003; Power et al., 2003; Huilla, 2022). Pupils and families whose habitus aligns with the field of education through accumulated cultural capital are best positioned to meet these expectations in a seemingly natural and effortless manner (Bourdieu & Wacquant, 1992). In this study, we ask: (1) How do cities and comprehensive schools describe pupil selection to emphasized teaching in official admission documents in the early 2020s? (2) What kinds of selection criteria are used in different subject emphases? and (3) How do these criteria construct a norm of the ideal pupil? These questions are addressed by analysing and interpreting how pupil selection texts related to emphasized teaching reveal the need for different forms of family capital, or the advantages these capitals provide in applying for and being admitted to emphasized teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data consist of publicly available admission documents produced by the 12 biggest cities in Finland and their comprehensive schools offering emphasized teaching (n = 173 schools). The documents were collected from municipal and school websites and include guides, information pages, brochures, and other written materials describing emphasized teaching and pupil selection criteria for the school year 2021–22. The data were analysed using a theory-guided qualitative content analysis. The analysis focused on how pupil selection is described, what criteria are presented as relevant, and how these criteria vary across different subject emphases (e.g. music, sports, bilingual education, mathematics and natural sciences, and visual arts). Bourdieu's forms of capital functioned as guiding concepts for the analytical categorisation. Selection criteria were analysed in relation to whether they highlighted cultural capital (e.g. skills, talent, prior achievement), economic capital (e.g. access to extracurricular activities), or social capital (e.g. belonging to selected peer groups). Given the interrelated nature of capitals, particular attention was paid to how criteria simultaneously mobilised multiple forms of capital. In addition, quantitative content analysis was used to identify the prevalence of different selection criteria across cities and subject emphases. This approach allowed for a comparative overview of how widespread and varied pupil selection practices are within urban Finland. The analysis does not seek to evaluate the actual implementation of selection decisions but rather examines public information provided to families about enrolment in emphasized teaching. These texts are treated as meaningful policy artefacts that communicate expectations, norms, and values, and that shape families' understandings of who is considered suitable for emphasized teaching. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that pupil selection to emphasized teaching is highly competitive. Schools do not just evaluate pupils' aptitudes for specific subjects but apply numerous criteria, including exams, interviews, academic performance, teacher recommendations, and evidence of extracurricular activities. Selection practices and municipal enrolment policies vary nationally, raising questions about the opportunities of attending ‘one school for all’. The lack of clear normative regulation highlights the role of education providers and schools as key actors in education policy. By defining and publicly communicating selection criteria, these actors shape educational pathways and produce social distinction within a system officially committed to equality. The selection criteria, and the ways in which they include and exclude pupils, may reproduce existing social and economic inequalities within comprehensive schools. Selection criteria articulated by cities and schools contruct a norm of the ‘ideal pupil’ and communicate to families what kind of student is considered suitable for emphasized teaching. Pupils with backgrounds in institutionalised extracurricular activities, such as sports or music, appear to have an advantage in highly selective entrance examinations, while those with interest but limited prior experience are less likely to succeed. Access to emphasized teaching is closely linked to forms of different capital typically associated with middle-class families. Selection criteria tend to favour children from privileged backgrounds and, through permanent pupil grouping, create school classes that separate children into distinct peer groups along social class lines. In this way, success in admission testing for selective classes is also a question of economic inequality, despite the official discourse of tuition-fee-free public education. Pupil selection contributes to urban and school segregation by increasing socio-economic differences both between and within schools (see also Kosunen et al., 2016; Seppänen et al., 2023), raising concerns about the fairness of selecting pupils based on skills closely tied to family socio-economic background. References Basic Education Act 628/1998. Berisha, A.-K., & Seppänen, P. (2017). Pupil selection segments urban comprehensive schooling in Finland: composition of school classes in pupils' school performance, gender, and ethnicity. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 61(2), 240–254. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2015.1120235 Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J. C. (1990). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. Sage. Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. J. D. (1992). An Invitation to Reflexive Sociology. The University of Chicago Press. Huilla, H. (2022). Kaupunkikoulut ja huono-osaisuus. [Disadvantaged Urban Schools] [Dissertation, University of Helsinki]. Helsinki. Kosunen, S., Bernelius, V., Seppänen, P.. & Porkka, M. (2016). School choice to lower secondary schools and mechanisms of segregation in urban Finland. Urban Education, 55(10), 1461– 1488. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085916666933 Kosunen, S., & Seppänen, P. (2015). The transmission of capital and a feel for the game: Upper-class school choice in Finland. Acta Sociologica, 58(4), 329–342. https://doi.org/10.1177/0001699315607968 Lareau, A. (2003). Unequal Childhoods: Class, Race, and Family Life. University of California Press. Pasu, T., Seppänen, P., & Kosunen, S. (2023). Painotetun opetuksen oppilasvalikointi Suomen kaupunkikouluissa: valintakriteerit ja ideaalioppilaan normi. [Pupil selection to emphasized teaching in comprehensive schools in urban Finland: Selection criteria and the norm of the ideal pupil.] Hallinnon Tutkimus, 42(1), 38–55. https://doi.org/10.37450/ht.115579 Pasu, T., Suomi, J., Siipola, M., Koivuhovi, S., & Seppänen, P. (2025). Painotettu opetus suomalaiskaupunkien peruskouluverkoissa. [Emphasized teaching in urban comprehensive school networks in Finland]. Terra, 137(3), 91–108. https://doi.org/10.30677/terra.156674 Power, S., Edwards, T., Whitty, G., & Wigfall, V. (2003). Education and the middle class. Open University Press. Seppänen, P., Pasu, T., & Kosunen, S. (2023). Pupil selection and enrolment in comprehensive schools in urban Finland. In M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko & S. Kosunen (Eds.), Finland's famous education system: Unvarnished insights into Finnish schooling (pp. 193–210). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5_12 Siipola, M., Koivuhovi, S., Seppänen, P., Nazeri, F., Rimpelä, A., & Vainikainen, M.-P. (2023). Osaaminen, kouluinto ja koulu-uupumus kaupunkikoulujen eriytyneissä oppilasryhmissä: Painotetun ja yleisopetuksen luokat Turussa. [School performance, school engagement and school burnout in segregated urban comprehensive schools: Selective and general classes in Turku]. Oppimisen ja oppimisvaikeuksien erityislehti, 33(4), 124–142. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Systematic Review of Student Identity Studies in STEM Education Boğaziçi University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Identity, according to Gee (2000), refers to how individuals are perceived as “what kind of person” in a specific context. Based on this definition, disciplinary identity can be defined as an individual's acceptance within that discipline. Researchers have focused more on scientific identity to examine students' interest in science and their scientific understanding (Kim et al., 2018). Numerous studies have revealed the effects of identity on career development; these effects encompass areas of interest (Zhao et al., 2024), choices (Aschbacher et al., 2010), self-efficacy (Ofek-Geva & Fortus, 2024), and success (Seyranian et al., 2018). Various review studies have been conducted on the concept of identity in different STEM subjects. Some of these studies have investigated how identity affects STEM learning, while others have explored how STEM subjects shape identity development. Teacher identity is also among the topics examined, particularly in science education (e.g., Zhai et al., 2024). Research studies in engineering education have examined academic identity (Gardner & Willey, 2019) and engineering identity development (Morelock, 2017). Additionally, systematic literature reviews have examined STEM identity development among young women (e.g., Kim et al., 2018) as well as identity development across STEM fields and grade levels (e.g., Simpson & Bouhafa, 2020). In contrast, there are insufficient review studies identifying current trends related to identity in mathematics education . In addition, a systematic literature review identifying trends in STEM education from elementary school through high school or across multiple STEM disciplines has not yet been found. Therefore, this study aims to address that lack of research by conducting a systematic literature review of identity studies in STEM education from elementary school through high school. To gain a comprehensive understanding of STEM identity and identify similarities and differences across disciplines, this study examined research on discipline identity in four STEM fields, as well as research on integrated STEM identity. In this review, we examined research trends related to students' identities in empirical research articles indexed in the Web of Science (WoS) database. Our focus was on students in STEM education from elementary school through high school. The following research questions were addressed in this study: What are the research trends in student identity studies in STEM education from elementary school through high school, from the time they were first addressed until the end of 2025? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A systematic review is a method of creating a map of a particular field of study. Therefore, a systematic literature review was deemed appropriate for this study. WoS database was deliberately selected for this study because it is a meticulously structured and authoritative database of high-quality research and metadata with state-of-the-art filtering options (Birkle, et al., 2020). The systematic literature review was based on the PRISMA framework. The PRISMA framework provides a rigorous approach to evaluating studies in a given area of interest for a systematic literature review. A systematic review can be transparent if the search is conducted in the relevant field and certain criteria are specified (Moher et al., 2009). The researchers searched the following keywords in the abstract section of the WoS database: (scien* identity OR math* identity OR engineering identity OR techno* identity OR STEM identity OR physic* identity OR chemistry identity OR biology identity) AND (primary school OR elementary school OR middle school OR secondary school OR high school) This process resulted in 2,341 articles being listed. These articles were then filtered as Education & Educational Research (E&ER). The documents were filtered by type (articles, review articles, and early access) and language (English). Then, the total number of articles decreased to 867. Finally, the articles were screened by the researchers considering the inclusion criteria. Studies are required to fall within the fields of science, mathematics, engineering, technology, or STEM subjects such as physics, chemistry, and biology. The target population spans from elementary to high school levels. Additionally, the studies should emphasize teaching and/or learning processes in STEM education at the elementary to high school level. According to these criteria, 108 articles were selected for this study. All articles were coded to analyse and categorize them for specific characteristics in a consistent manner. All selected articles were coded under the following headings: year of publication, country of study, areas of study, school type and/or grade, gender, identity type, identity formation (if any). Then, trends were revealed by calculating the frequencies of the codes and visualizing the results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research on STEM education identity is increasing, with the majority of studies conducted in the United States. In high school science education, physics identity was mainly studied, while chemistry identity and biology identity were the least studied. In mathematics education, only mathematics identity was investigated. This review study also revealed that research has been conducted in the field of science, as well as on more specific subtopics within it and context-based identities. For instance, environmental identity, cultural identity, and discursive identity were examined. Most studies with student groups focused on high school and middle school students, while only a few focused on elementary school students. This study also revealed a lack of intervention studies focusing on identity formation. In those studies, the interventions were primarily extracurricular or out-of-school activities, and there were few experimental studies. However, more curricular interventions are needed to support students' identity formation during in-school experiences. We recommend that future studies use quantitative methods and large participant samples to obtain a comprehensive view and more generalizable findings regarding STEM identity. It is also revealed that few single-gender studies have been conducted with male students. By providing evidence-based indicators of STEM identity, this review illuminates knowledge gaps and offers essential implications and recommendations. First, educational policymakers should organize and fund policies that allow students to have authentic experiences. For instance, these policies should provide opportunities for in-school activities, such as project-based learning, as well as out-of-school activities, such as STEM clubs. Second, given that identity development begins in elementary school, the limited number of studies in this setting represents a significant gap in the scientific literature. Third, because of the limited number of studies with male students from different racial and ethnic groups, we recommend conducting more identity studies with these groups in STEM education. References Aschbacher, P. R., Li, E., & Roth, E. J. (2010). Is science me? High school students’ identities, participation and aspirations in science, engineering, and medicine. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 47(5), 564–582. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20353 Birkle, C., Pendlebury, D. A., Schnell, J., & Adams, J. (2020). Web of science as a data source for research on scientific and scholarly activity. Quantitative Science Studies, 1(1), 363–376. https://doi.org/10.1162/qss_a_00018 Gardner, A., & Willey, K. (2019). The role of peer review in identity development for engineering education researchers. European Journal of Engineering Education, 44(3), 347-359. Gee, J. P. (2000). Chapter 3: Identity as an analytic lens for research in education. Review of Research in Education, 25(1), 99-125. Kim, A. Y., Sinatra, G. M., & Seyranian, V. (2018). Developing a STEM identity among young women: A social identity perspective. Review of Educational Research, 88(4), 589-625. Morelock, J. R. (2017). A systematic literature review of engineering identity: Definitions, factors, and interventions affecting development, and means of measurement. European Journal of Engineering Education, 42(6), 1240–1262. https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2017.1287664 Ofek-Geva, E., & Fortus, D. (2024). Exploring features that play a role in adolescents’ science identity development. Research in Science Education, 54(5), 867-889. Seyranian, V., Madva, A., Duong, N., Abramzon, N., Tibbetts, Y., & Harackiewicz, J. M. (2018). The longitudinal effects of STEM identity and gender on flourishing and achievement in college physics. International Journal of STEM Education, 5, 1-14. Sharma, L., Sharma, R., & Taak, N. (2021). A review: Study on identity in mathematics education. Turkish Journal of Computer and Mathematics Education, 12(2), 2830-2835. Zhao, M., Ozturk, E., Law, F., Joy, A., Deutsch, A. R., Marlow, C. S., Mathews, C. J., McGuire, L., Hoffman, A. J., Balkwill, F., Burns, K. P., Butler, L., Drews, M., Fields, G., Smith, H., Winterbottom, M., Mulvey, K. L., Hartstone-Rose, A., & Rutland, A. (2024). Reciprocal associations between science efficacy, STEM identity and scientist career interest among adolescent girls within the context of informal science learning. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 53(2), 472–484. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-023-01868-6 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 28 SES 08 B: Data-driven Dropout Prevention and Student Retention: Digitalisation, Professional Practice and Equity in Secondary Education Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Guri Skedsmo Session Chair: Mathias Decuypere Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Data-driven Dropout Prevention and Student Retention: Digitalisation, Professional Practice and Equity in Secondary Education School dropout remains a persistent concern in education systems worldwide because of its consequences for students’ life chances and for wider social and economic development. Early school leaving continues to challenge efforts to promote equity, inclusion and social cohesion, particularly in secondary education. Although dropout is a longstanding issue, recent changes in educational governance have reshaped how it is understood and addressed. The growing integration of digital platforms and data-driven tools has introduced new ways of conceptualising, monitoring and intervening in student disengagement and retention. Over the past decade, digital technologies have become embedded in dropout prevention strategies. Governments and educational institutions increasingly use early warning systems, attendance-tracking platforms, personalised learning software and digital case management tools to identify students at risk and coordinate interventions across schools and welfare services. Advocates argue that such tools enable earlier responses, improve resource allocation and support targeted interventions. At the same time, critical research highlights risks associated with technocratic approaches, including reducing dropout to measurable indicators, categorising students through algorithmic systems and marginalising professional judgement when data-driven predictions take precedence over relational and pedagogical knowledge. These tensions raise important questions about when digitalisation supports, or undermines, equitable educational responses. This symposium brings together empirical research examining how dropout prevention and student retention are being reshaped in digitalised educational systems. The contributions explore how digital tools interact with institutional arrangements, professional practices and policy frameworks, and how these interactions shape both the possibilities and limits of dropout prevention. Digitalisation is approached as a socio-political process embedded in organisational, cultural and governance contexts. The symposium pursues four objectives. First, it examines contemporary approaches to preventing school dropout and strengthening retention in secondary education across policy and governance levels. Second, it analyses how digital platforms and data infrastructures shape and complicate these approaches, with attention to professional work, discretion and institutional coordination. Third, it identifies promising practices and the contextual conditions that support their recontextualisation in local settings. Finally, it fosters critical dialogue on the relationship between policy design, institutional change and digital innovation. The symposium presents three papers. The first paper reviews international empirical research on how dropout prevention and student retention are reshaped in digitalised education systems. It examines how data-driven approaches frame student follow-up through risk management and predictive analytics, highlighting tensions around algorithmic categorisation, educational inequalities, and challenges to professional judgement in schools. The second paper focuses on Latin-American countries with particular attention to Argentina, and analyses the expansion of early warning systems in secondary education. It situates digital innovation within regional struggles to address inequalities in access, quality and completion, and examines how data-driven approaches are connected to pedagogical and social support for students at risk. The third paper draws on empirical research from Norway to explore how data-driven monitoring systems reshape professional practices in schools, focusing on tensions between algorithmic indicators and teachers’ professional judgement, as well as organisational consequences of relying on digital platforms to manage student trajectories. A central argument of the symposium is that school dropout cannot be reduced to a technical problem solved through better data or more sophisticated algorithms. Dropout is a multifactorial process shaped by structural inequalities, institutional dynamics and pedagogical relationships. While digital tools may enhance early detection and monitoring, their contribution to equity depends on the policy frameworks, professional practices and social supports in which they are embedded. When aligned with pedagogical and social policies, digital systems may support more responsive interventions; if not, they risk reinforcing existing inequalities by identifying risk without addressing its causes. References Atwell, M. N., Balfanz, R., Manspile, E., Byrnes, V., & Bridgeland, J. M. (2020). Building a grad nation: Progress and challenge in raising high school graduation rates [Annual Update 2020]. Civic. https://files.eric.ed.gov/ fulltext/ED610686.pdf Irwin, V., Zhang, J., Wang, X., Hein, S., Wang, K., Roberts, A., York, C., Barmer, A., Bullock Mann, F., Dilig, R., and Parker, S. (2021). Report on the Condition of Education 2021 (NCES 2021-144). U.S. Department of Education. Washington, DC: National Center for Education Statistics. https://nces.ed.gov/pubsearch/pubsinfo.asp?pubid=2021144 Jarke, J., & Macgilchrist, F. (2021). Dashboard stories: How narratives told by predictive analytics reconfigure roles, risk and sociality in education. Big Data & Society, 8(1). Montero-Sieburth, M. and Turcatti, D. (2022). Preventing disengagement leading to early school leaving: Pro-active practices for schools, teachers and families. Intercultural Education, 33(2), pp.139–155. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2021.2011030 Schmitsek, S. (2022). ‘Who are you to know who I am?’ Comparing the experiences of youth at risk of dropping out in England, Denmark and Hungary. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 52(2), 173–191. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2020.1837220 Vizcaino, Y. V., Duran, O. Z., García, R. O., & González Dueñas, M. (2020). Architecture of an automated system for the monitoring and prevention of school dropout. In 2020 9th International Conference on Software Process Improvement (CIMPS) (pp. 71–77). IEEE. https://doi.org/10.1109/CIMPS53186.2020.9381927 Presentations of the Symposium ****WITHDRAWN*** Data-driven Technologies in Dropout Prevention and Student Retention: A Critical Review of International Empirical Research
This paper presents a critical review of international empirical research on how dropout prevention and student retention are being reshaped in increasingly digitalised educational systems. The review is guided by two research questions:
1) How do empirical studies portray the role of digital technologies (e.g. early warning systems, attendance monitoring, personalised learning systems and digital case management tools) in shaping interventions and practices to follow-up students?
2) What tensions and critical issues are identified in the literature concerning data-driven and algorithmic approaches to dropout prevention, particularly in relation to their entanglement with pedagogical and relational knowledge and professional discretion in schools?
The review draws on research highlighting how students’ encounters with school administrative systems are increasingly framed through logics of risk management, predictive analytics and data-driven categorisation, as well as literature examining the growing entanglement between education policy, digital technologies and global EdTech markets, and the emergence of public–private governance arrangements (Decuypere & Landri, 2021; Hartong, 2021; Williamson, 2021; Hogan & Thompson, 2021).
The studies included were identified within a broader literature search on dropout prevention and early school leaving in primary and secondary education, using search strategies inspired by systematic review methods. Studies addressing digital technologies and data-driven systems were identified as one analytical category, resulting in 31 peer-reviewed empirical studies. The review is conducted as a critical review (Grant & Booth, 2009) and analyses central patterns in how research addresses digital dropout prevention.
Preliminary findings show a strong emphasis on early warning systems, learning analytics and predictive models as instruments for identifying students at risk and initiating interventions. Digital technologies are primarily portrayed as tools for improving coordination and follow-up across organisational boundaries. At the same time, the literature highlights tensions related to selective and uneven datasets and the risk of reproducing social and educational inequalities (Jarke & Macgilchrist, 2021). A recurring concern is the categorisation of students through risk profiles, with implications for expectations, access to support and educational trajectories.
References:
Decuypere, M., & Landri, P. (2021). Governing by visualisation: Digital platforms, data infrastructures and the reconfiguration of educational governance. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 53(12), 1225–1237.
Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91–108.
Grönlund, A., Samuelsson, J. & Samuelsson, J. (2023). When documentation becomes feedback: tensions in feedback activity in Learning Management Systems, Education Inquiry, 14:2, 194-212
Jarke, J., & Macgilchrist, F. (2021). Dashboard stories: How narratives told by predictive analytics reconfigure roles, risk and sociality in education. Big Data & Society, 8(1).
Hogan, A. & Thompson, G. (2021). Privatisation and Commcercialisation in Public Education. How the Public Nature of Schooling is Changing. Routledge.
Hartong, S. (2021). The power of relation-making: Insights into the production and operation of digital school performance platforms in the US. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 34-49.
Williamson, B. (2021). Making markets through digital platforms: Pearson, edu-business, and the (e)valuation of higher education. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 50-66.
Predicting Risk, Delivering Support? Early Warning Systems in Latin American Secondary Education
This paper analyses school dropout in secondary education in Latin America, with a particular focus on Argentina and the role of monitoring and Early Warning Systems (EWS) in addressing this challenge. It explores the potential and limitations of these tools when they operate in isolation from pedagogical and social policies that support timely and effective intervention. The study pursues two objectives: first, to characterise the expansion, design and outcomes of EWS across Latin America (Uruguay, Brazil, Chile, Guatemala, Peru and Mexico), drawing on regional literature and comparative experiences from the United States and Europe; and second, to analyse Argentine experiences, focusing on how these systems are designed and implemented and how they are articulated with policies supporting students identified as at risk.
The analysis adopts a critical conceptualisation of dropout as a multifactorial process shaped by structural inequalities and institutional and pedagogical dynamics. Although predictive models and data-driven monitoring have gained prominence internationally, intervention practices remain uneven and often rely on narrow indicators of academic failure. Such approaches frequently overlook social, cultural and relational dimensions of educational exclusion. The paper therefore challenges technocratic interpretations of EWS and highlights risks of labelling and stigmatisation when monitoring tools are not embedded in broader frameworks of guidance, pedagogical support and equity-oriented policy.
Methodologically, the study combines analysis of research literature, international reports and regional education policies with a qualitative case study in Argentina. Empirical data were collected through semi-structured interviews with officials responsible for monitoring systems in four Argentine jurisdictions, alongside analysis of regulatory frameworks, documents, action plans and policy evaluations.
Preliminary findings show that improvements in detection and monitoring do not automatically lead to effective intervention. In Argentina, national initiatives such as the Integrated Digital Educational Information System (SInIDE), together with provincial programmes in Mendoza and Entre Ríos, have strengthened the identification of students at risk. However, a persistent gap remains between the generation of alerts and the implementation of sustained support measures. This disconnect limits the pedagogical impact of EWS and may reinforce educational segmentation or contribute to the stigmatisation of vulnerable students.
Overall, the paper argues that EWS gain pedagogical and social relevance only when integrated into broader policies on teaching, support and care. By examining regional and national experiences, it offers insights for developing more effective and socially responsive dropout-prevention strategies in Latin American education systems marked by enduring inequality.
References:
Beltramelli, N., Etcheverry, L., & Bonina, C. (2024). Tracking research influence in education policy: Early warning systems in Latin America (Final technical report). Iniciativa Latinoamericana por los Datos Abiertos.
O’Cummings, M., & Therriault, S. B. (2015, May). From accountability to prevention: Early warning systems put data to work for struggling students. American Institute for Research.
Perusia, J., & Cardini, A. (2021, septiembre). Sistemas de alerta temprana en la educación secundaria: Prevenir el abandono escolar en la era del COVID-19 (Documento de Política Pública Nº233). CIPPEC.
Vasconcelos, A. N., Freires, L. A., Loureto, G. D. L., Fortes, G., Costa, J. C. A., Torres, L. F. F., Bittencourt, I. I., Cordeiro, T. D., & Isotani, S. (2023). Advancing school dropout early warning systems: The IAFREE relational model for identifying at-risk students. Frontiers in Psychology, 14, 1189283. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1189283
Vizcaino, Y. V., Duran, O. Z., García, R. O., & González Dueñas, M. (2020). Architecture of an automated system for the monitoring and prevention of school dropout. In 2020 9th International Conference on Software Process Improvement (CIMPS) (pp. 71–77). IEEE.
Defining and Digitalising Risk: How School Administrators Use Performance Data to Retain Students in Norwegian Upper Secondary Education
This paper examines how digitalisation is reshaping administrative and pedagogical work in Norwegian upper secondary education, with particular attention to how digital systems are used to identify and support students “at risk” of dropout. Focusing on a mandatory digital platform for monitoring student performance data, the study explores how district administrators and school leaders conceptualise risk, mobilise data in preventive work, and coordinate efforts across administrative levels. It further analyses how digitalisation enables new forms of knowledge sharing while simultaneously transforming routines, redistributing responsibilities, and influencing professional autonomy.
The analysis draws on a framework combining perspectives on institutional work and technology in practice. It examines how actors reshape routines across organisational levels and how “successful” knowledge sharing enables the transfer of practices across administrative contexts. These perspectives are complemented by practice-oriented research on digital technologies, highlighting how professional responsibility, agency and autonomy emerge in everyday interactions between educators, administrators and digital systems, and situating digitalisation within debates on professional discretion and preventive work in education.
The study uses a qualitative design to examine how digital administrative platforms are interpreted, enacted, and embedded in daily practice. One county with extensive experience of digitalisation was purposively selected to enable in-depth analysis of long-term implementation processes. Data were collected through document analysis, semi-structured interviews, and observational fieldwork, enabling the researchers to trace how digital systems shape professional interactions and organisational routines. The empirical material includes strategic documents and reports, ten interviews with county-level administrators and staff responsible for school follow-up, and ca. 55 hours of observations of district-level meetings and interactions between district administrators and schools. Data collection spanned three years (2021–2024).
The findings indicate that digitalisation does not necessarily reduce administrative workload; instead, it often generates additional tasks. School leaders, for example, must ensure that teachers enter accurate data, increasing administrative responsibilities. The identification of students at risk becomes increasingly operationalised through digital indicators and intensifying processes of categorisation. While digital platforms can support early identification and coordination, they may also narrow understandings of risk by privileging formalised, measurable indicators over contextual and relational knowledge held by educators.
Overall, the paper contributes to debates on digitalisation, risk management, and professional practice in education. It shows how digital platforms introduce new preventive approaches to student retention while redefining the roles, responsibilities, and autonomy of teachers and school leaders, underscoring the need for critical reflection on how digital systems shape preventive educational work.
References:
Decuypere, M., & Landri, P. (2021). Governing by visualisation: Digital platforms, data infrastructures and the reconfiguration of educational governance. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 53(12), 1225–1237.
Fenwick, T. (2014). Rethinking professional responsibility. In Fenwick, T. & Nerland, M. (Eds). Reconceptualising Professional Learning. Routledge.
Fenwick, T. & Edwards, R. (2016). Exploring the impact of digital technologies on professional responsibilities and education. European Educational Research Journal 2016, 15(1) 117–131
Lawrence, T. B. & Suddaby, R. (2006). Institutions and institutional work. In: The Sage Handbook of Organization studies, Vol. 2. (s. 215-254). SAGE.
Ragin, C. C. (2023). Analytic Induction for Social Research. University of California Press.
Røvik, K. A. (2016). Knowledge Transfer as Translation: Review and Elements of an Instrumental Theory. International Journal of Management Reviews, 18, s. 290-310.
Røvik, K. A. (2023). A Translation Theory of Knowledge Transfer: Learning Across Organizational Borders. Oxford Academic.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 29 SES 08 A: The Potency of Not-Knowing: Some Inflexions in Arts Education Research Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Margarida Dias Research Workshop |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Research Workshop The Potency of Not-Knowing: Some Inflexions in Arts Education Research 1: ESMAE/i2ADS, Portugal; 2: FPCEUP/CIIE/i2ADS, Portugal; 3: FBAUP/i2ADS, Portugal Presenting Author:This research workshop adopts a phenomenological and post-structuralist perspective to examine the concept of not-knowing as a conceptual framework through which its potential future can be explored. It presents an image of not-knowing, whose potency lies, on the one hand, in indeterminacy and sensible intuition, which allow it to emerge continuously, and, on the other, in a form of anarchism yet to come, understood as an ethical condition for the possibility of its experience. This image is developed through the work of Rancière, Lyotard and Malabou, alongside artistic practices associated with Rothko, Cage and Feldman, and through revisiting the lived experiences of libertarian schools and pedagogies that continue to offer glimpses as critical horizons of emergence and resistance. Accordingly, the research workshop does not merely trace the pathways of not-knowing in contemporary arts education. Its main aim is to bear witness to the potency of the unpresentable that not-knowing embodies, particularly when it is intentionally brought into play within educational and artistic contexts today. The research workshop also considers pedagogical approaches that embrace alterity and incompleteness in their practices and ways of thinking, showing how these invite us to inhabit the ungovernable and engage with the indeterminacy arising from anarchism and processes of transformation without rupture.
What is the use of the concept of not-knowing in Tampere? This articulator of meaning asserts itself as a decisive political contribution to rethinking all ways of teaching, learning and coexisting. In a time excessively marked by the obsession with measurability, productivity and the standardisation of skills, not-knowing introduces a critical interruption in the dominant regimes of knowledge, opening space for doubt, listening and experimentation. Assumed here pedagogically, not-knowing deactivates rigid hierarchies between those who teach and those who learn, allowing the classroom to become a space of co-investigation and shared vulnerability. This posture shifts the focus from the transmission of content to the creation of emergency conditions dedicated to one's own thinking, sensitivity, relationship and political imagination. Not-knowing thus becomes a practice of emancipation. In Arts Education, in particular, not-knowing is structuring, as it legitimises error, deviation and the unfinished as engines of the creative process. By refusing normative models of excellence and by welcoming minority, corporeal and situated forms of expression, not-knowing contributes to work processes that are more inclusive, more critical and more committed to social transformation. More than a gap to be overcome, not-knowing asserts itself as an active political force, as it is the emergence of a gesture to be announced that destabilises certainties, redistributes voices and inaugurates possibilities of existence yet to be imagined. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This proposal presents a methodology of action (performance)-research (creation)-reflection (collective balance), based on the conception of a performative research workshop in four voices, centred on the concept of not-knowing as an epistemological, ethical and political position. We start from the hypothesis that not-knowing, far from constituting a gap, can operate as a critical force capable of interrupting hegemonic regimes of knowledge production and making room for more emancipatory forms of existence. The methodological device articulates performative practice and theoretical research, structured in four voices: (1) the voice of instituted knowledge, which mobilizes normative academic discourse; (2) the voice of not-knowing, very marked by hesitation, silence and fragmentation; (3) the voice of the body, which introduces somatic (sound-visual) and, above all, non-verbal knowledge; (4) and the voice of alterity, which summons situated knowledge and marginalized narratives. The friction between these voices constitutes a performative field where the very conflict between regimes of knowledge becomes sensitive. The process is developed along three axes: prior theoretical research, a collaborative laboratory of performative experimentation, and public presentation in the context of a congress, understood as a moment of knowledge production in action. The methodology explicitly takes on a political dimension here, by questioning devices of epistemic authority, and legitimising bodily, affective and relational forms of knowledge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As expected outcomes in a not-knowing research workshop, it is anticipated: - The production of contributions to the debate on critical epistemologies in a restricted, extended and expanded group in the community. - The experimentation with alternative formats of academic communication. - And the creation of replicable performative devices in pedagogical and research contexts. References BUTLER, Judith. (2005). Giving an account of oneself. Fordham University Press. DERRIDA, Jacques. (1997). De l’hospitalité. Calmann-Lévy. HARAWAY, Donna. (1988). Situated knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. MALABOU, Catherine. (2004). Que faire de notre cerveau? Bayard. MALABOU, Catherine. (2012). The new wounded: From neurosis to brain damage. Fordham University Press. MIGNOLO, Walter D. (2011). The darker side of Western modernity: Global futures, decolonial options. Duke University Press. RANCIÈRE, Jacques. (1987). Le maître ignorant. Fayard. ROLNIK, Suely. (2018). Esferas da insurreição: Notas para uma vida não cafetinada. n-1 edições. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 29 SES 08 B: Disquietings in Arts Education Classrooms: How Can Poetic Writing Engage Us in Collective Research? Location: B3108 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ana Luísa Paz Research Workshop |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Research Workshop Disquietings in Arts Education Classrooms: How Can Poetic Writing Engage Us in Collective Research? 1: UIDEF, Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal; 2: UIDEF, Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:This proposal reflects a journey undertaken by two teachers over a decade of co-research with students, within the scope of a PhD in Arts Education. The call on “Experimental and risky formats to present ‘research other’ in arts and education” prompted us to reflect on how we started working in this disciplinary area, using poetic writing as a means of building academic knowledge. In this co-teaching and co-research journey, there was a constant attempt to challenge existing knowledge (Atkinson, 2015), as reported in a previous publication (references withdrawn to ensure blind review). Ever since our paths converged, we have been asking ourselves how we can teach (and learn) arts education while embodying its content and bringing our diverse backgrounds and interests to the table. These concerns led us to explore risk-taking in multiple ways, by encouraging different approaches to engaging with knowledge in the classroom and experimenting with unfamiliar research methods, particularly in co-research projects with students (references withdrawn to ensure blind review). In this workshop, we aim to explore with the participants the possibilities of participatory processes venturing into the unknown (Atkinson, 2015, 2022) and dismantling what is already known. In recognition of the diversity of learning processes and modes of constituting legitimate knowledge in arts education, we propose exploring the concept of 'disquiet', based on The Book of Disquiet (2002) [original title: Livro do Desassossego], written by Bernardo Soares, heteronym to the Portuguese journalist, poet and translator Fernando Pessoa. The use of poetry and a free-writing style does not clash with academic writing, and can legitimately construct knowledge in all academic subjects, as has been repeatedly demonstrated across multiple scientific disciplines. There are currently at least four large areas of exploration where poetry and science meet. (i) Science poetry recognises that the processes of teaching and communicating science are enhanced by this intertwining (Frazier et al., 2009; Gorrell & Colfax, 2012). Similarly, (ii) the poetry of science acknowledges the importance of scientists engaging in creative writing to raise awareness of their research and writing methods (Osbourn, 2006). (iii) In a third sense, science and art “are not mutually exclusive, but rather complementary in nature” (Illingworth, 2021), also because the ‘specialist eye’ that was shaped after the 17th century science set them apart (Midgley, 2001). Over the last decades, (iv) poetic inquiry has been granted a particular space into the legitimate modes of researching in the qualitative approach (Faulkner, 2017), and the educational sciences have used it in teaching training programmes and research in professional development (Edge & Olan, 2021; Hopper & Sanford, 2008). Therefore, investigations in arts education have often embodied poetic processes by using arts-based research, a/r/ography or (auto)ethnography (Chilton & Leavy, 2014; Greenwood, 2019). We are interested in exploring “epistemic disobedience” by highlighting poetry and poetic forms of writing as a means of “destabilising” the supposedly “objective, neutral and universal” approaches to producing science (Alvarado & Hermida, 2022, p. 1). Inspired by the restless and unsettling poetic prose of Pessoa/Soares, the aim of this workshop is therefore to: - Identify the disquietudes experienced in specific arts education events by a collective of researchers from different geographical areas and artistic fields. - Explore possibilities for risky and experimental presentations of our processes and engaging into collective productions, during the workshop. - Analyse in place the experience of a collective of researchers when invited to become unsettled, explore and share their disquietudes through “alternative discourses” in a workshop context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used After a brief presentation of our journey and theoretical and methodological positioning, we propose that the group join us in a reflection and investigation of their practices and their disquiet, and together engage in the creation of a form of presentation for publication by NW29, which constitutes a risky and experimental format to present “research other”. Therefore, we will briefly introduce Fernando Pessoa and his many authors before focusing on his closest heteronym, Bernardo Soares, and the unfinished Book of Disquiet project, where he presents himself as someone who writes not to publish, “or merely to write, or to produce art”, but otherwise defines himself who writes “because this is the final goal, the supreme refinement, the organically illogical refinement”, of his own “cultivation of the states of soul” (Soares/Pessoa, 2002, p. 905). The workshop will be organised according to the following steps: All the persons attending the session will be invited to participate and join us in a risky process of collective research, based on our goals. Afterwards, to start with, we intend to share some citations extracted from our reference book. We extracted these quotes by using keywords of the NW 29 special call proposal, namely: education, art, risk; experiment research; imagine; re/present. These provocative items should open up for the first group discussion, starting with these provocative topics e.g.:“Art is a science… It suffers rhythmically” (Soares/Pessoa, 2002, p.250) This first common talk should be able to introduce some topics that will allow to move towards the next step. Participants will accommodate themselves and we will provide them some sentences, after their own choices. Around 10 minutes will then be provided so that participants can choose a phrase and produce a poetic written and/or visual registration from their personal experiences of disquiet in arts education. When this period is over, there will be a second dynamic of sharing productions and its meanings, creating a common output, that we suggest should be in the form of an installation. Finally, there will be a final talk to reflect how this work can be translated into an experimental, plurimodal and polivocal format to present in the Proceedings of ECER - NW29, such as a poetic form (Edge & Oland, 2021; Patrick, 2016; Pithouse-Morgan & Samaras, 2019) and/or a cartographic representation (Atkinson, 2022; Gerlach, 2014; Hernández-Hernández et al., 2018), and/or ‘other’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Is it worth to take the risk? In the adventure of 'un'learning… ‘Everything is worthwhile/If the soul is not small’, as in Pessoa’s "Message" (1934). We expect that taking risks with Bernardo Soares, who is closest to Pessoa himself and therefore engages in polivalent reading and writing across multiple disciplines and styles, may help us to bring disquiet into the room and, if possible, have a lasting effect on our teaching and the restlessness of classrooms. Consequently, we hope to raise awareness of these dangerous places where education and research gather into the Arts Education, and where the person and the professional are strained in unstable and shifting balances. Rebellious. To what extent? Can we give up control and let ourselves go? It is restlessness that keeps us in a permanent process of (un)learning. This questioning ourselves, this becoming aware, this writing and sharing our lives is a nuclear part of disquieting the already known. Learn from what did not work out as expected! To wait for it to happen next time? Or to learn not to wait and enjoy what is happening, as if there were no tomorrow? Counteract this fever for results, for a consequent product serving some extrinsic purpose. Be with others, in the pleasure of exploring and creating together. And trust that at some point what did not happen will give way to something, somewhere in time, revealing a new meaning that is discovered or invented. Always the ‘and’, emerging beyond the ‘or’!!! Our collective research presentation in the "Proceedings" can also be an ‘and’ - joining our writings in a found poem? in a collaborative vernacular cartography? and/or in ‘’other’ risky format to be imagined together? References Alvarado, M. & Hermida, M. E. (2022). Feminismos del Sur: nudos epistemológicos para articular una investigación otra [Feminisms of the South: epistemological knots to articulate another investigation]. PACHA, 3(9), e210121. https://doi.org/10.46652/pacha.v3i9.121 Author & Author (date). reference withdrawn to ensure blind review. Author & Author (date). reference withdrawn to ensure blind review. Atkinson, D. (2015). The adventure of pedagogy, learning and the not-known. Subjectivity, 8(1), 43-56. https://doi.org/10.1057/sub.2014.22 Atkinson, D. (2022). Inheritance, disobedience and speculation in pedagogic practice. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 43(5), 749-765. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2021.1975911 Chilton, G., & Leavy, P. (2014). Arts-based research practice: Merging social research and the creative arts. En P. Leavy (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 403-422). Oxford University Press. Edge, C.U., & Olan, E.L. (2021). Learning to breathe again: Found poems and critical friendship as methodological tools in self-study of teaching practices. Studying Teacher Education, 17(2), 228-252. http://doi.org/10.1080/17425964.2021.191 Frazier, W.M & Murray, K.B. (2009). Science Poetry in Two Voices: Poetry and the Nature of Science. Science Education Review, 8(2), 58-78. Gerlach, J. (2014). Lines, contours and legends. Coordinates for vernacular mapping. Progress in Human Geography, 38 (1), 22-39. https://doi.org/10.1177/0309132513490594 Greenwood, J. (2019). Arts-Based Research. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.29 Faulkner, S. L. (2017). Poetic Inquiry: Poetry as/in/for Social Research. In P. Leavy (Ed.), The Handbook of Arts-Based Research (pp. 208-230). Guilford Press. Nancy G. & Colfax, E. (2012). Writing Poetry through the Eyes of Science. University of Toronto Press. Hernández-Hernández, F., Sancho-Gil, J., & Domingo-Coscollola, M. (2018). Cartographies as spaces of inquiry to explore of teachers’ nomadic learning trajectories. Digital Education Review, 33, 105-119. Hopper, T.,& Sanford, K. (2008). Using poetic representation to support the development of teachers' knowledge. Studying Teacher Education, 4(1), 29-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/17425960801976339 Illingworth, S. (2021). A sonnet to science: Scientists and their poetry. Manchester University Press. Osbourn, A. (2006). The poetry of science. Nature Reviews, Microbiology, 4(1), 77–80. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrmicro1321 Midgley, M. (2001). Science and Poetry. Routledge. Soares, B./Pessoa, F. (2002). The book of disquiet. Richard Zenith (Ed. and Translater). Penguin. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 08 C: Curriculum and Policy in ESE Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Greg Mannion Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper ***WITHDRAWN*** A Glaring Shortage of Climate Mobility Education: A Comparative Analysis of Curricula and Textbooks in Finnish and Greek Schools 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: Panteion University, Greece Presenting Author:This proposal examines how climate mobility is (not) addressed in basic education in two EU contexts situated at opposite ‘mobility extremes’—Finland and Greece. We ask: (1) How do the national curricula and core teaching/learning materials represent climate change (CC) and its links to human (im)mobility? (2) What kinds of citizenship, responsibility and temporality are cultivated through these representations? (3) To what extent do materials enable a decolonising understanding of climate mobility as a translocal and transnational phenomenon? The objective is to map the curricular landscape, identify conceptual and pedagogical gaps, and propose directions for justice‑oriented climate mobility education in Europe. Our theoretical framework is a decolonising planetary citizenship approach. Building on da Silva’s reading of macro‑ethics of co‑responsibility in planetary citizenship and on post‑cosmopolitan ecological citizenship, we place shared responsibility for historically produced and unevenly distributed climate harms at the centre, while retaining human agency and dignity. We adopt a relative critique of anthropocentrism that acknowledges entanglements of human and non‑human agencies but resists strong posthumanist claims that may dilute human responsibility. The framework thus comprises three pillars: (i) acknowledgement of the coloniality of power, knowledge, being and nature in the globalised world; (ii) macro‑ethical co‑responsibility that exceeds the state‑citizen container; and (iii) emphasis on human agency and accountability without reinstating hierarchical human exceptionalism. Situated within climate change education (CCE) scholarship, our starting point is that CCE is commonly science‑centred, with social and political dimensions presented as temporally and spatially distant. Across contexts, the nexus between CC and mobilities is thin, and ‘climate/environmental refugees’ are often misrepresented as a legal category. Our cross‑country comparison shows how system design mediates these tendencies. In Finland, the Curriculum Criteria provide framework guidance that schools and teachers interpret locally; commercial publishers dominate textbook provision. In this context, sustainability is widely referenced, yet migration is sparsely addressed. Climate impacts are typically framed as future or elsewhere, generalising ‘the human’ and obscuring colonial‑industrial histories/presents and the macro‑ethical responsibilities of the Global North. Narrative or empathic entry points exist but are rare, and some materials mobilise posthumanist framings that risk weakening accountability. In Greece, curricula and textbooks are nationally produced and migration is a major theme across subjects from early primary onwards. Empathy‑building narratives—e.g., child‑centred stories of displacement—offer promising entry points for climate mobility education, and collective action plus systemic perspectives are emphasised. However, much explicit CCE content is placed in an optional environmental education course, limiting equitable access; some texts also reproduce problematic labels (e.g., ‘illegal immigrants’). Overall, neither country strongly recognises climate mobility through a decolonising lens, nor do materials consistently foreground planetary co‑responsibility as a here‑and‑now concern. By bringing these strands together, the study contributes a conceptual vocabulary and empirical mapping that can inform curriculum policy, teacher education and materials development. We argue for compulsory, cross‑curricular treatment of climate mobility; accurate political‑legal framing; and relational pedagogies that connect near/far and past/present, enabling students to see climate‑induced (im)mobility not as someone else’s problem in the future but as a shared responsibility in the present. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conduct a critical documentary analysis of basic‑education curricula and core teaching/learning materials in Finland and Greece. The Finnish corpus comprises the national Curriculum Criteria (framework curricula) and dominant commercial textbook series in Environmental Education, Biology/Geography, History, Religion, Social Studies, Physics and Chemistry. The Greek corpus comprises the General Curriculum, subject curricula, and nationally produced textbooks used in public schools (excluding vocational and church schools), spanning Literature/Language, Environmental Studies/Education, Geology–Geography, History, Social & Political Studies, and Religion. Data compilation occurred in spring 2023; curricula are publicly available; Finnish commercial materials were accessed via publishers; Greek materials are open‑access. Analytically, we operationalised the decolonising planetary citizenship lens through five coding domains: (a) direct/indirect references to climate mobility; (b) representations of migration and (im)mobility, including scale and temporality; (c) framings of responsibility (individual/collective; state/planetary), and the presence/absence of colonial‑industrial histories; (d) decolonising and justice‑oriented learning opportunities (e.g., narrative empathy, political tendency, policy literacy); and (e) instances that redistribute or dilute human responsibility (e.g., strong posthumanist/vitalist framings; ‘sham‑empathic’ narratives). Two country‑specialist researchers completed first‑cycle coding in parallel (Finland/Greece), iteratively calibrating interpretations; the first author integrated the cross‑case analysis. We present country‑specific narratives to respect system differences, followed by comparative synthesis. Methodologically, the contribution is threefold: (1) it advances comparative curriculum/textbook analysis for climate mobility by explicitly integrating coloniality, planetary citizenship and responsibility as analytic axes; (2) it shows how the organisation of school knowledge (framework vs nationalised curricula; marketised vs public textbook production; optional vs compulsory CCE) shapes the presence/absence and quality of climate mobility education; and (3) it provides actionable entry points for teacher education and policy (e.g., aligning narratives with legal‑political realities, embedding cross‑subject tasks that connect CC to everyday mobilities, and positioning Global North responsibilities explicitly). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Four findings stand out. First, climate mobility is thinly represented in both systems: links between CC and human (im)mobility are marginal or implicit, and science‑heavy treatments crowd out social‑political dimensions. Second, Finland commonly deploys temporal/spatial distancing and generalises ‘the human’, obscuring colonial‑industrial histories/presents and the macro‑ethical co‑responsibilities of the Global North; narrative empathy and political‑tendency tasks exist but are exceptions. Third, Greece engages extensively with migration across subjects and uses empathy‑building narratives and collective/systemic framings that could fruitfully scaffold climate mobility education; yet locating much CCE in an optional course curtails equitable exposure and some materials reproduce exclusionary labels. Fourth, across both contexts we identify misrepresentations (e.g., ‘climate/environmental refugees’ treated as a legal status) and posthumanist framings that risk diluting human agency and accountability. We contribute: (i) an analytical framework for decolonising planetary citizenship education that retains human agency while rejecting hierarchical anthropocentrism; (ii) a diagnosis of curricular/material gaps and promising entry points (narrative empathy; policy literacy; interscalar relationality); and (iii) EU‑level and national recommendations: make climate mobility a compulsory, cross‑curricular theme; integrate justice/coloniality explicitly; and support teachers with accurate legal‑political framing and relational pedagogies that connect places and times. References Abs, H.J. (2021). Options for developing European strategies on citizenship education. European Educational Research Journal, 20(3), 329–347. Boas, I., Farbotko, C., & Bukari, K.N. (2024). The bordering and rebordering of climate mobilities. Mobilities, 19(3), 521–536. Bonilla, D., & Quesada, B. (2024). Climate change content in Colombian schoolbooks. Environmental Education Research, 1–32. da Silva, L.M. (2011). Information, Communication, and Planetary Citizenship. In Handbook of Global Communication and Media Ethics (Vol. 1, pp. 41–53). Håkansson, M., Östman, L., & Van Poeck, K. (2018). The political tendency in environmental and sustainability education. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 91–111. Häkli, J. (2018). The subject of citizenship—Can there be a posthuman civil society? Political Geography, 67, 166–175. IDMC (2024). Country Profile: Greece. https://www.internal-displacement.org/countries/greece Monroe, M.C., Plate, R.R., Oxarart, A., Bowers, A., & Chaves, W.A. (2019). Identifying effective climate change education strategies. Environmental Education Research, 25(6), 791–812. Perrin, E. (2023). Climate change, a challenging topic in the French curriculum (7th grade). Environmental Education Research, 29(8), 1118–1131. Sultana, F. (2022). The unbearable heaviness of climate coloniality. Political Geography, 99, 102638. Trott, C.D., Lam, S., Roncker, J., Gray, E.S., Courtney, R.H., & Even, T.L. (2023). Justice in climate change education: a systematic review. Environmental Education Research, 29(11), 1535–1572. Zembylas, M. (2018). Reinventing critical pedagogy as decolonizing pedagogy: The education of empathy. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 40(5), 404–421. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Structuring Environmental Sustainability in Primary Education: Mapping Türkiye’s Education Policies through the ESD 2030 Framework 1: Milli Eğitim Bakanlığı; 2: Gaziantep University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The climate crisis facing humanity, the accelerating depletion of natural resources, and deepening social inequalities have positioned sustainability as one of the most central global debates of our time. Sustainability offers a holistic framework in which economic, ecological, and social systems are understood not as separate domains but as interconnected and mutually reinforcing dimensions (OECD, 2001; Milne & Gray, 2013; Mensah & Enu-Kwesi, 2018; Purvis, Mao, & Robinson, 2018). This integrated perspective situates education as a key policy field for achieving sustainable development goals and shapes global discussions on the structural transformation of education systems. Environmental education emerged as an international field in the 1960s, foregrounding ecological crises, climate change, and biodiversity loss as central educational concerns (UNESCO, 2017). Its normative foundations were established with the 1972 Stockholm Conference, which defined environmental protection as a global priority and a shared responsibility of governments worldwide (UN, 1972). The Belgrade Charter (1975) subsequently articulated the aims and principles of environmental education, while the Tbilisi Declaration (1977) strengthened its interdisciplinary and pedagogical integration. This historical trajectory evolved further with the Brundtland Report, marking a shift from environmental education towards Education for Sustainable Development (ESD), in which education was no longer framed as an isolated subject but as a process embedded across curricula and everyday school life (UN, 1987). This transformation was institutionalised through UNESCO’s Education for Sustainable Development 2030 Roadmap, which provides a shared orientation for integrating sustainability into education systems. The Roadmap defines five priority action areas: policy development; transformation of learning and educational environments; capacity building for educators; youth empowerment and engagement; and accelerating sustainable solutions at the local level (UNESCO, 2020). Central to this framework is a whole-institution approach, which conceptualises educational institutions as comprehensive systems in which curriculum, governance, professional practices, and community relations are addressed in an integrated manner. Within the European context, education for sustainable development has increasingly moved beyond awareness-based initiatives and has become a structural component of education policy. The Council Recommendation on Learning for Environmental Sustainability issued by the European Commission demonstrates that sustainability is framed not only in curricular terms but also as a policy domain encompassing school governance, institutional organisation, and collaboration with local stakeholders (European Commission, 2022). Comparative analyses conducted by UNESCO across 22 European countries similarly indicate that sustainability is being structured as a holistic institutional practice with pedagogical, organisational, and societal dimensions (UNESCO, 2024). In Türkiye, sustainability has been framed as a key orientation of the education system through the Maarif Model and policy documents issued by the Ministry of National Education (MoNE, 2023). However, the integration of Education for Sustainable Development into the education system extends beyond curricular reform and requires the simultaneous consideration of pedagogical approaches, teaching and assessment practices, school operations, and institutional culture (UNESCO, 2012, cited in Swain & Mohanty, 2021). Despite this comprehensive framing, existing literature has predominantly focused on students’ knowledge, attitudes, and behaviours, while giving limited attention to schools’ organisational structures, teachers’ professional roles, and the broader policy context (UNESCO, 2017; Sterling, 2016; Toy, 2025). Addressing this gap, the present study examines how environmental sustainability is approached as a multi-level structuring process within primary education. Accordingly, this study analyses how environmental sustainability practices in primary schools are structured at individual, organisational, and system levels. Using UNESCO’s Education for Sustainable Development 2030 Roadmap as an analytical reference framework, the study aims to map how environmental sustainability is framed and operationalised through education policies and institutional practices in Türkiye. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a framework-guided qualitative document analysis to examine how environmental sustainability is constructed and prioritised within Turkish primary education. The data corpus consists of national education policy documents, curricula, and implementation guidelines issued by the Ministry of National Education. Such institutional texts are treated not merely as administrative records but as discursive instruments through which educational priorities, norms, and governance logics are produced and stabilised (Bowen, 2009). The analytical framework is provided by UNESCO’s Education for Sustainable Development 2030 Roadmap. The Roadmap’s five priority action areas: policy development; transformation of learning and training environments; building the capacities of educators; empowering and mobilising youth; and accelerating local-level sustainable solutions were operationalised as a priori coding categories. This analytical strategy corresponds to directed qualitative content analysis, in which data are examined through predefined categories derived from an existing theory, model, or normative framework (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). Using UNESCO’s internationally endorsed policy framework ensures that the analysis is anchored in a coherent and externally validated conceptual structure. At the same time, the study draws on the tradition of framework analysis (Ritchie & Spencer, 1994), which is particularly suited to policy-oriented research. In this approach, large bodies of textual data are systematically mapped onto an analytical matrix that enables comparison across predefined dimensions. UNESCO’s five action areas thus function as an organising framework through which Turkish policy documents are examined for patterns of emphasis, alignment, and omission. The analysis is further informed by the policy enactment perspective (Ball, Maguire, & Braun, 2012), which conceptualises policy texts not simply as technical prescriptions but as discursive constructions that shape what is thinkable, legitimate, and actionable within educational systems. From this perspective, examining national policy documents reveals how sustainability is framed, governed, and institutionalised within Turkish primary education. Taken together, these three methodological traditions: qualitative document analysis (Bowen, 2009), directed qualitative content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005), and framework-based policy analysis (Ritchie & Spencer, 1994) provide a foundation for analysing how UNESCO’s global sustainability agenda is translated into the national education policy discourse of Türkiye. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examines how environmental sustainability has been structured within primary education in Türkiye in alignment with the five priority action areas defined in ESD 2030. Rather than evaluating the effectiveness of specific initiatives, the analysis focuses on mapping the policy frameworks, institutional arrangements, and implementation mechanisms through which sustainability has been embedded across the education system. The findings indicate that, in the area of policy development, environmental sustainability is positioned as a long-term educational priority through upper-level policy documents, national development plans, and strategic frameworks that link education with sustainable development. At the curricular level, sustainability is framed as a cross-curricular competence rather than a standalone subject and is supported through learning outcomes across disciplines such as science, social studies, and arts education. The transformation of learning and educational environments is institutionalised through nationwide initiatives, most notably the Energy-Friendly Blue-Green School Project. This initiative combines school-based action planning with improvements in physical infrastructure, including energy efficiency and waste management practices, and promotes learning environments that support experiential learning. With regard to capacity building for educators, sustainability is embedded within teacher professional standards, career progression frameworks, and in-service training programmes. These mechanisms position environmental sustainability as part of teachers’ professional competencies and support its integration into everyday teaching practices and school culture. Youth empowerment and engagement are addressed through school-based, extracurricular, and technology-oriented programmes that encourage early awareness, project-based learning, and active participation in sustainability-related activities. Finally, accelerating sustainable solutions at the local level is supported through cooperation between schools and municipalities, particularly in areas such as waste management and resource efficiency, enabling school-based practices to extend into local communities. Overall, the findings demonstrate that ESD 2030 priorities in Türkiye are addressed through a multi-level governance structure connecting national policies, school practices, educator capacity, youth participation, and local partnerships. References Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 European Commission. (2022). Council recommendation on learning for environmental sustainability. Publications Office of the European Union. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277–1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687 Mensah, J., & Enu-Kwesi, C. (2018). Conceptuality of sustainable development and sustainable development goals (SDGs): A review. International Journal of Sustainable Development & World Ecology, 26(1), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504509.2018.1485600 Milne, M. J., & Gray, R. (2013). W(h)ither ecology? The triple bottom line, the global reporting initiative, and corporate sustainability reporting. Journal of Business Ethics, 118(1), 13–29. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10551-012-1543-8 Ministry of National Education. (2022). Energy-friendly blue-green school project. Republic of Türkiye Ministry of National Education. Ministry of National Education. (2023). Türkiye century maarif model. Republic of Türkiye Ministry of National Education. OECD. (2001). Sustainable development: Critical issues. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264193185-en Purvis, B., Mao, Y., & Robinson, D. (2018). Three pillars of sustainability: In search of conceptual origins. Sustainability Science, 14(3), 681–695. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-018-0627-5 Ritchie, J., & Spencer, L. (1994). Qualitative data analysis for applied policy research. In A. Bryman & R. G. Burgess (Eds.), Analyzing qualitative data (pp. 173–194). Routledge. Sterling, S. (2016). A commentary on education and sustainable development goals. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 10(2), 208–213. https://doi.org/10.1177/0973408216661886 Swain, S. S., & Mohanty, S. (2021). Institutional transformation for sustainable development: Case studies from global contexts. Journal of Cleaner Production, 290, 125184. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2021.125184 Toy, M. (2025). Integrating environmental sustainability into local strategic planning. Sustainable Cities and Society, 102, 105214. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scs.2024.105214 UNESCO. (1975). The Belgrade Charter: A global framework for environmental education. UNESCO–UNEP. UNESCO. (1977). Intergovernmental conference on environmental education: Tbilisi Declaration. UNESCO–UNEP. UNESCO. (2012). Shaping the education of tomorrow: 2012 full-length report on the UN decade of education for sustainable development. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000216472 UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO. UNESCO. (2020). Education for sustainable development: A roadmap (ESD for 2030). UNESCO. UNESCO. (2024). Comparative review of the application of ESD in Europe: Policy and practice across 22 countries. UNESCO. United Nations. (1972). Declaration of the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment (Stockholm Declaration). United Nations. (1987). Our common future (Brundtland Report). World Commission on Environment and Development. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Curriculum and the Making of Ecological Subjects in Indonesia: A Selective Document Analysis from 2004 to Present Department of Curriculum and Instruction, University of Wisconsin-Madison, United States of America Presenting Author:As of 2019, the Interfaith Rainforest Initiative reported that Indonesia possessed approximately 90 million hectares of tropical forest, making it the third largest in the world after Brazil and the Republic of Congo (IRI, 2019). In 2020, Global Forest Watch recorded a similar figure, noting that Indonesia had around 94 million hectares of natural forest, covering more than 50 percent of its total land area. Despite this ecological significance, by 2025 Indonesia had become the world’s largest producer and exporter of palm oil, accounting for 57 percent of global production and 50 percent of global exports (CPOPC, 2025). This expansion has coincided with the loss of approximately 11 million hectares of primary wet forest and 260 kilohectares of natural forest between 2002 and 2024. In aggregate, this loss generated an estimated 190 megatons (Mt) of carbon dioxide emissions, comparable to the cumulative emissions produced by tens of millions of automobiles over multiple years (GFW, 2025). This pattern of ecological crisis is further evidenced by a series of recent natural disasters that occurred in three Indonesian provinces with extensive deforestation and mining zones –Aceh, West Sumatra, and North Sumatra– at the end of November 2025 (WALHI & Greenpeace, 2025). These events resulted in 1,141 deaths, displaced approximately 395,000 people, and left more than 150 individuals missing as of 30 December 2025 (Ramdhani, 2025). The disasters triggered widespread public protest, with many Indonesians criticizing excessive resource exploitation by powerful actors and highlighting the weakness of government policies in protecting ecological zones which are vital to both present and future generations. Rooted in these persistent and widely contested conditions, this paper raises several foundational questions within the field of education: What has education done, or what can it do, to help address or prevent ongoing ecological destruction? Does education play a substantive role in fostering ecological awareness, or does it function largely as a formal obligation? And to what extent does education meaningfully contribute to mitigating Indonesia’s ecological crisis? Therefore, drawing on empirical deforestation data from Global Forest Watch and the Interfaith Rainforest Initiative between 2000 and 2024, this study examines how educational curricula have shaped ecological understanding within Indonesia’s schooling system. The analysis focuses on four national curricula implemented since 2004 and is guided by three research questions: (1) How have Indonesian curricula since 2004 shaped students’ understanding of nature, land, and natural resources? (2) What kinds of ecological subjects have been produced through schooling across these curricula? and (3) Do the ecological components embedded in these curricula meaningfully contribute to addressing Indonesia’s ecological challenges? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs Michel Foucault’s concept of governmentality (Burchill et al., 1991; Foucault, 1982) and Ian Hacking’s notion of making kinds of people (Hacking, 1982, 2002) as its primary analytical lenses to examine how ecological subjectivities are constructed through education. Methodologically, the study combines a literature review with selective curriculum document analysis, focusing on four national curricula: the Competency-Based Curriculum (KBK) 2004, the 2006 School-Based Curriculum (KTSP), the 2013 Curriculum, and the currently implemented Merdeka Curriculum. Primary data are drawn from digital archival curriculum documents published by the Indonesian Ministry of Education, Culture, Research, and Technology, alongside scholarly literature on ecological subject formation and political ecology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this paper discuss how Indonesian curricula since 2004 have shaped students’ understanding of nature, land, and natural resources, the types of ecological subjects produced through schooling across these curricular reforms, and the ways in which ecological components embedded in these curricula meaningfully contribute to addressing Indonesia’s environmental challenges. First, the 2004 Competency-Based Curriculum (Kurikulum Berbasis Kompetensi, KBK) incorporated a close relationship with environmental issues through community-based and contextual learning approaches. KBK emphasized direct student interaction with their surrounding physical and social environments, as well as an effective, care-oriented approach that highlighted the importance of nurturing and supportive learning environments for students. Second, the 2006 School-Based Curriculum (Kurikulum Tingkat Satuan Pendidikan, KTSP) positioned schools as more culturally responsive institutions, implying the incorporation of local and Indigenous knowledge aligned with community needs to enhance ecological understanding and awareness. This curriculum aimed to cultivate citizens who are responsive to local environmental conditions and challenges. Third, the 2013 Curriculum integrated environmental education (Pendidikan Lingkungan Hidup, PLH) into existing subjects rather than establishing it as a standalone discipline. This approach sought to foster environmental awareness, knowledge, and pro-environmental behaviors from an early age and was frequently linked to the concept of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD). Finally, under the Merdeka Curriculum, environmental aspects are embedded more deeply, both within the core curriculum structure and through co-curricular activities, with a strong emphasis on character development related to environmental care and sustainability. These principles are further operationalized through the Projek Penguatan Profil Pelajar Pancasila (P5) and through learning activities conducted both inside and outside the classroom. This approach enables schools to adapt the curriculum to the environmental potential and conditions of their respective regions, for example, coastal schools may focus on mangrove conservation, while urban schools may prioritize plastic waste management. References Burchill, G., Gordon, C., & Miller, P. (1991). The Foucault effect studies in governmentality: With two lectures by and an interview with Michel Foucault,. Harvester Wheatsheaf. CPOPC. (2025). Council of Palm Oil Producing Countries [Homepage]. Foucault, M. (1982). The subject and power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), 777–795. GFW. (2025). Global Forest Watch Indonesia. Green Forest Watch. https://www.globalforestwatch.org/dashboards/country/IDN/ Hacking, I. (1982). Making Up People. London Review of Books, 4(16), 1–7. Hacking, I. (2002). Historical Ontology. Harvard University Press. IRI. (2019). Indonesia: A Primer on Deforestation for Religious Leaders and Faith Communities. The Interfaith Rainforest Initiative. Ramdhani, J. (2025). Update Korban Bencana Sumatera 30 Desember: 1.141 Orang Meninggal, 163 Hilang. Detik News. https://news.detik.com/berita/d-8284750/update-korban-bencana-sumatera-30-desember-1-141-orang-meninggal-163-hilang. Download Apps Detikcom Sekarang https://apps.detik.com/detik/ |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 08 D: Quality, Effectiveness and Reworlding Education Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Jonas Lysgaard Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper ESE Quality in Troubled Times 1: Danish School of Education, Aarhus University; 2: University of Southern Denmark; 3: University College London; 4: King's College London; 5: Monash University Presenting Author:This presentation extends insights developed in a large-scale Nordic research project Education and the Green transition: Exploring Qualities in Sustainability Education (Brückner, Lysgaard, Elf, & Reid, 2025), to ask the question: how do rapid changes in sustainability and geopolitical agendas force educators and ESE researchers to think and practice differently with regard to notions of quality ESE (Elf et al. 2026)? While the aforementioned project builds on a didactical understanding of how to view and conceptualize multiple approaches to quality in ESE teaching, this presentation goes beyond that scope and its findings in explore how such perspectives are embedded in, destabilized by and potentially strengthened through contextual, political and societal changes across the Nordic region and globally. Our point of departure is to re-examine understanding of the concept of quality as multidimensional (Elf, 2021) in the sense that it can be framed as being in tension between three aspects. First, “prescribed quality”, often in the form of theories, norms, and policy. Second, “documented quality”, such as arising from empirical data from qualitative and quantitative studies and assessment. And third, “experienced quality” in terms of impressions and atmospheres experienced by participants in specific situations. A central part of our argument is that “experienced quality” often is underrepresented and less emphasized when it comes to ongoing discussions of different forms of prescribed and ambitions to document quality (Brückner et al., 2025). Working with this in research and practice development settings from qualitative and quantitative perspectives, for example, in trying to understand the role of experienced quality in shaping priorities for policy and provision, reveals that young people’s interactions with environmental and sustainability teaching and dilemmas are frequently overlooked in recent thinking and analysis, e.g. in so-called ‘Greening Education Partnerships’ (see UNESCO, 2026) focusing on greening schools, curriculum, teacher training and education system capacities, and communities. The Nordic research project has influenced and drawn the multi-national presenters into different directions and raised new questions in relation to how it is possible to understand this multidimensional perspective on ESE quality in the face of the poly crisis that continues to unravel nationally and globally (Elf et al., 2026). For example, the second term of President Trump has put ESE teaching in the United States and in European settings under severe pressure and has strained resources in this already underfunded area. This situation adds further complexity to the affective entanglements – uneasiness, capacity limits, structural impediments, incongruent agendas and compromises – that already shape teachers’ ESE practice and affect their students and school communities (e.g., Greer & Glackin, forthcoming). Together, we argue that while changes in policy and leadership, and new professional development and curriculum are needed, such structures must recognise the complexity and the importance of ‘experienced quality’ of teaching amidst the socio-ecological crisis. This further emphasises how a revitalised notion of Bildung can be used to draw in a greater plethora of subjects when dealing with ESE issues that, to a growing extent, show themselves as outside of the grip of individual school subjects (Elf & Andersen, 2026-2029). In sum, the presentation proposes that socio-ecological crises have been a central aspect of the ESE field, but that times are changing in the sense that the acceptance and severity of these crises appear simultaneously mainstreamed and marginalised in various policy and practice discourses (Lysgaard & Reid 2026). This situation invites further questions and inquiry regarding how ESE researchers identify the field and its role in shaping education on a more general level, while accepting that the “poly-crisis” that has been a ESE fixture has now materialized across the globe.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this work is to establish a stronger understanding of how to develop and influence new understandings of quality ESE in times of rapid change. The paper builds on insights drawn from the aforementioned large-scale Nordic research project building qualitative and quantitative empirical data from schools (Lysgaard & Gericke, 2023; Lysgaard & Tryggvason, 2024; Elf et al., 2026) complemented by a series of interviews with three secondary school teachers in England (Greer and Glackin, forthcoming). The paper leverages insights from both strands to ask analytical questions of how perspectives on quality ESE can be understood and resonate in current times of ‘polyresins’ of ecologies, politics and economics. Based on pragmatic philosophical inquiry and educational research, our theoretical framework mobilises an eco-systemic and praxiological approach to quality in teaching and education (Breidenstein et al., 2025; Kemmis & Summons, 2012). The presentation builds an argument on three levels: 1) the continued importance of acknowledging teachers’ [and students’?] experienced affective entanglements as embedded within ESE in times of crisis, and 2) the use of the concept of Bildung to build bridges across different subjects in order to better support quality ESE and 3) the possibility of drawing on and challenging the history and current state of the ESE field in order to think beyond beyond mainstream educational practice, policy and research, even though it might be tricky and painful. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper showcases how it is possible to build on a specific emphasis on schools, classrooms and didactics to continue the discussions of the relevance of experienced, cross- and transdisciplinary ESE practices in efforts to draw on the insights from the ESE field and ensure the relevance and potential in a wider educational setting. The ambition is to discuss ways forward for ESE and related understanding of quality emphasizing that this is no easy or linear path, nor that there are singular solutions, but the need for reflective, reflexive processes where teachers and researchers iteratively transform themselves within a system, and in relation with others and surrounding poly-crisis. References Breidenstein, G., Heinzel, F., Schreyer, P., & Tyagunova, T. (2025). Exploring teaching quality from within: A praxeological perspective. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung, 18(2), 469-482. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-025-00239-3 Brückner, M., Lysgaard, J. A., Elf, N., & Reid, A. (2025). Conceptions and dimensions of quality in environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 1-38. doi:10.1080/13504622.2025.2604767 Elf, N. (2021). The Surplus of Quality: How to Study Quality in Teaching in Three QUINT Projects. In M. Blikstad-Balas, K. Klette, & M. Tengberg (Eds.), Ways of Analyzing Teaching Quality (pp. 53-88). Elf, N., & Andersen, C. (2026-2029). Advancing Bildung in School: Science and Technology in SHAPE. Novo Nordisk Foundation. Denmark. Elf, N., Lysgaard, J..A, Reid, A. & Steffensen, T. (Eds.) (2026). Education and the Green Transition: Exploring Qualities in ESE Teaching. Routledge. Greer, K., & Glackin, M. (forthcoming). Affective entanglements: bringing qualities of transformative education to life. In N. Elf, J. A. Lysgaard, A. Reid, & T. Steffensen (Eds.), Education and the Green Transition: Exploring Qualities in ESE Teaching. Routledge. Kemmis, S., & Mutton, R. (2012). Education for sustainability (EfS): practice and practice architectures. Environmental Education Research, 18(2), 187-207. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2011.596929 Lysgaard, J. A., & Gericke, N. (2023). Approaches to ‘Quality’ in Environmental and Sustainability Education and Teaching. Paper presented at the ECER, Glasgow. Lysgaard, J. & Reid, A. (2026). Curriculum and didactics in the green transition: different trajectories and different qualities for Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE)? In N. Elf, J. A. Lysgaard, A. Reid, & T. Steffensen (Eds.), Education and the Green Transition: Exploring Qualities in ESE Teaching. Routledge. Lysgaard, J. A., & Tryggvason, Á. (2024). Teaching Green Transition: Exploring Qualities in Sustainability Education. Paper presented at the ECER. UNESCO (2026). Greening Education Partnership: Who we are and how we work. https://www.unesco.org/en/sustainable-development/education/greening-future/members 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Worlding Through Words: the Purpose and Possibilities of Multi-register Writing as Research Method University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The Network 30 special call outlines global poly-crises as complex and connected, suggesting that singular epistemic frameworks are insufficient in providing comprehensive responses. Indeed, scholars increasingly urge for the development of approaches to research through epistemic expansion to more adequately navigate these challenges (e.g. Escobar, 2018). There is broad recognition within the ESE field that to avoid perpetuating the same epistemic enclosure that has created the conditions for such poly-crises, research approaches can challenge habitual methodologies by taking into account pluriversal approaches to knowledge-creation practices (Kumalo, 2017; Nesterova, 2020). In response, this paper asks what methods might help us identify and resist epistemic enclosure within research and how might doing so create possibilities for epistemic expansion?
To approach these questions, a moment from a 2014 novel, Annihilation, by Jeff VanderMeer offers an apt provocation in describing a team of researchers attempting to study and understand an unknown invasive species. When confronted with such an incomprehensible ecological phenomenon, one of the researchers in the book concludes, "If I don’t have real answers, it is because we still don’t know what questions to ask. Our instruments are useless, our methodology broken, our motivations selfish" (p.192). It is to this that I turn when considering the role of ESE research in a time of poly-crisis. How might we approach research in ways that creates possibilities for different questions, or different kinds of questions to be asked?
This paper presents multi-register writing as a methodological approach to this challenge. Multi-register writing refers to research practices that deliberately work across different “registers” of writing, using, for example, poetry or fiction alongside more traditional modes of academic writing within the same inquiry. Using the context of a rich variety of texts that demonstrate multi-register writing, I conduct a close examination of a section from an ESE doctoral thesis that includes fictioning alongside academic style writing. In doing so, I present the purpose and possibilities of situating these different registers together in research writing to contribute an analysis of multi-register writing as a method for practising epistemic interrogation.
First, I outline the purpose of using multi-register writing in this example by drawing on theory about writing as epistemic-practice and fictioning (Bayley, 2026). This illustrates how writing in different registers generates distinct worlds through different modes of sense-making, highlighting the necessary ethico-onto-epistemological assumptions and exclusions embedded in each that create the worlds differently.
Next, I explore the site of interplay between these two modes to present the possibilities of constructing these worlding-practices in relation with each other as a method for epistemic interrogation. I consider not the differences of the worlds they make, but the ways they make those worlds differently. These registers in relation enable more than simply pluralised viewpoints (e.g. perspectives of an academic debate or different characters from the same fiction), they provide opportunities to trace the differing processes of world-making across registers, exposing the epistemic constructions through which worlds are created.
Consequently, multi-register writing holds potential as a research method for ESE in offering ways to interrogate epistemic constructions, which necessarily includes enclosure, and provides the possibility for generating expanded epistemologies within research writing practices. Given the international nature of poly-crises, scholars in the field call for research that engages with pluriversal knowledges to resist epistemic erasure or universalism on the global stage of ESE research, notably those found in decolonial, posthuman, feminist literature and critical theory. Thus, methods for enacting epistemic interrogation within our European context can provide possibilities for approaching epistemic expansion in research practices to help us navigate times of poly-crises.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on histories of multi-register writing to conduct a close analysis of a section from an ESE doctoral thesis to present multi-register writing as a method for epistemic interrogation. The analysis is presented through a combined framework of ‘fictioning’ and ‘diffractive reading’. My use of ‘fictioning’ is influenced by the work of David Burrows and Simon O’Sullivan (2019) who use the verb to articulate the material practice of open-ended world-making beyond those made possible by dominant ways of organising life in order to imagine “different realities or relations to come” (p.5). I incorporate the work of feminist writer and philosopher Ursula Le Guin (1989) who outlines fiction writing as “posing options and alternatives and an enlargement of present reality by connecting it to the unverifiable past and the unpredictable future” (pp.44-45). In this paper, therefore, fictioning is presented as an embodied experience of encounters across temporal scales by creating imaginings of (un)memorable pasts and (im)possible futures. It folds possibilities for alternative worlds into the present by collapsing together sensory information from our physical world with imagined ones. Fictioning, therefore, is the affective material practice of world-making through art, philosophy, and performance. ‘Diffractive reading’ offers a methodological logic for bringing multiple registers into relation. Fictioning creates possibilities for world-making practices that are different to those that emerge through academic writing. Diffraction offers a mode to trace the process of differencing when these registers operate together. Feminist and posthuman scholarship (e.g. Barad, 2014; Van der Tuin, 2016) outline the diffractive process as distinct from a comparative one which responds to the different writings as static and analyses the product of difference between them. Diffraction allows for a reading that positions the registers as “material-semiotic generative nodes” (Bellingham 2022 p.376), tracing the process of difference as emergent and contingent on the relational process of reading. It is not the different worlds that the registers create that is the focus of this paper's analysis, but the way that the interplay of different registers engages the reader in the processes of their different constructions. It reveals the epistemic assumptions and exclusions embedded in the world-making of writing from within each register by situating the different registers in relation. This allows multi-registered writing to operate as a method for interrogating the ontological and ethical conditions under which epistemic world-making practices emerge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To conclude, I return to Jeff VanderMeer’s Annihilation, which highlights how unfamiliar ecological realities demand new questions, methods, and modes of inquiry. This paper responds to recognition in ESE research that contemporary global poly-crises require more than singular epistemological or methodological frameworks and seeks approaches to research which resist reinforcing the same epistemic enclosures that have contributed to creating these poly-crises. I extend calls from the field that ESE research must expand its knowledge-making practices and critically interrogate how research methods shape what knowledges are assumed, included, or excluded in order to do so. The contribution of this paper is an analysis of multi-register writing as a method for practising epistemic interrogation. It explores examples of multi-register register writing from the field of ESE research within the frameworks of fictioning and diffractive reading to outline its purpose and possibilities as a useful method within ESE research for addressing contemporary challenges. The paper demonstrates how the interplay of different registers creates opportunities for tracing the differing processes of world-making in writing to expose the ethical, ontological, and epistemological assumptions embedded in knowledge production. The implications of doing so is important for ESE research because epistemic interrogation is a necessary step in attempts towards epistemic expansion in research. Epistemic expansion creates possibilities for engaging generatively with pluriversal knowledges to broaden the kinds of questions our research is able to ask while navigating our times of poly-crisis. References Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168-187. Bayley, A (2026) Pluiverses, Many-Worlds, and Fictioning Pedagogies. In, Fieldnotes From the Edges of Higher Arts Pedagogies. London: Routledge Bellingham, R. (2022). A diffractive and decolonising reading methodology for education research. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 38(3-4), 375–387. https://doi.org/10.1017/aee.2022.24 Burrows, D. & O’Sullivan, S. (2019). Fictioning: The Myth-functions of Contemporary Art and Philosophy. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Escobar, A. (2018). Designs for the Pluriverse: Radical Interdependence, Autonomy, and the Making of Worlds. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822371816 Kumalo, S. (2017). Problematising development in sustainability: Epistemic justice through an African ethic. Southern African Journal of Environmental Education, 33(1), 14–24. https://doi.org/10.4314/sajee.v33i1.2 Le Guin, U. K. (1989). Some thoughts on narrative. In, Dancing at the Edge of the World: Thoughts on Words, Women, Places. New York: Grove Press. Nesterova, Y. (2020). Rethinking environmental education with the help of Indigenous ways of knowing and traditional ecological knowledge. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1047–1052. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12471 Van der Tuin, I. (2016). Reading diffractive reading: Where and when does diffraction happen? Disrupting the humanities. Towards Posthumanities, 19(2). 10.3998/3336451.0019.205 VanderMeer, J. (2014). Annihilation. London: Fourth Estate. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Engaging People in Educational Processes that Foster Environmentally Valuable Outcomes: A Synthesis of Key Findings across Eight Systematic Reviews 1: Stanford University, USA; 2: Monash University, Australia; 3: University of California Davis, USA; 4: University of Florida, USA Presenting Author:As a conjunction of environmentally and educationally informed ideas and practices, over approximately the last 50 years, the environmental education (EE) field has taken a wealth of forms worldwide, shaped by a variety of traditions, emphases, mainstays, and innovations for participants and providers. Research-based assessments of the strengths and limitations of a particular approach, correlations between objectives and outcomes, and identification of possible causal mechanisms between what is expected and experienced have generated insights about the process of designing, conducting, and evaluating both programs and instances of EE. These insights foreground the significance of, for example: learning dispositions, factors shaping educator capabilities, and a suite of teaching-and-learning strategies related to fostering environmental quality and associated matters. Making sense of the quality and dynamics of the field’s evidence base can also help confirm, extend, redirect, and shift the focus of practice, policy, professional development, research priorities, and more. Decades of research have shown that prioritizing the provision of information about environmental challenges is necessary, but not sufficient, for motivating associated behavioral changes through education (e.g., Zelezny 1999; Reid et al. 2021). Although building environmental knowledge is important, developing attitudes, awareness, values, skills, and action competence is also crucial, and this is what the field of EE is committed to doing (UNESCO 1977). At its core, EE is about cultivating meaningful relationships between people and nature—relationships that serve as the foundation for conservation and environmental action (Clark et al., 2020). For researchers, understanding the connections and disconnections between the various approaches, methods, and affordances within EE, and the reasons for these, has remained central to EE scholarship, including through regularly revisiting what works well, when, why, and for whom, within and beyond the field (e.g., Marcinkowski & Reid 2019; Świątkowski et al. 2024). Alongside the rise of the evidence-based conservation movement over the past twenty years, EE has also emerged as a worthwhile strategy to help achieve conservation goals. Engaging people at individual and collective scales is essential to develop the societal attitudes, knowledge, skills, behaviours, and norms that address conservation and environmental challenges in both the short and longer term. EE in formal, informal, and nonformal settings can be a powerful vehicle for building such capacities and competencies that build deeper connections between nature and people. To understand the ways in which EE in achieving such outcomes has been an effective strategy in a range of conditions and contexts, and what contributes to that effectiveness, we conducted a series of systematic reviews (marked * in reference list) of evidence-based scholarship over the last decade. In this presentation, we synthesise key findings into 6 recurring themes, derived from an analysis of 546 international peer-reviewed studies for distinct audiences (e.g., early childhood, K-12 provision) and contemporary priority areas in the field, namely: climate change, conservation, civic engagement, positive youth development, and community/citizen science. Our synthesis reveals six key themes that contribute to shaping debates on what constitutes ‘effective EE’: employing diverse teaching and learning approaches; fostering participatory methods; including direct action components; focusing on local community settings; connecting to personally relevant information; and collaborating with experts and stakeholders. While no universalisable model has emerged from the review, programs can help strengthen people-nature connections by integrating these educational elements into evidence-based conservation. As we show from discussing the substance and gaps in the reviews and meta-review, EE programs do well to prioritise authentic, community-grounded experiences that engage participants as active agents rather than passive recipients. To achieve desired conservation and broader environmental goals, EE initiatives also require sustained investment, cross-sector partnerships, and evaluation frameworks that capture long-term behavioural and environmental outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used eeWORKS sought to assess the empirical underpinnings to particular examples, recommendations, and broader discourse on outcomes and effects of environmental education through identifying the claims for and scope of impact of provision for a range of audiences and settings. With guidance from an international advisory board to support broader relevance, a futures orientation, and inclusivity, a series of grants enabled the nonprofit lead, the North American Association for Environmental Education (NAAEE), to partner with researchers in identifying evidence-based impacts and outcomes of environmental education using various forms of systematic literature reviews. Framing questions for eeWORKS were: 1. What outcomes are important in the environmental education field? 2. What do EE programs strive to attain, with which audiences, and in what settings? 3. What existing evidence documents effective approaches related to the range of desired EE outcomes?, and 4. What are the documented impacts of EE in areas such as climate change, conservation, civic engagement, and positive youth development? Each review for a topic and/or setting was pursued through a three-part process, intended to document and synthesize empirical findings and then disseminate those findings to non-academic practitioner, policy, and philanthropic audiences. The scholarly teams undertook a series of eight reviews to document findings, patterns, and trends, and stimulate discussion about these among academics, professional bodies, and practitioners. Rather than follow a standardized template for each review, while connected in ethos, each of the associated subprojects and manuscripts took slightly different perspectives on the overarching questions for a particular research topic. Key considerations across reviews included use of peer-reviewed empirical studies in English and meeting criteria in quality appraisal. In total, 546 studies were analyzed, with some studies appearing in multiple searches and reviews. To identify key themes across the reviews, authors participated in collaborative, document-based discussions to synthesize commonalities and variations in findings, iteratively refining six themes discussed in the Findings. It is important to note that the eeWORKS reviews analyzed published research studies, which often focused on specific interventions or methodologies rather than providing an overview of current EE practice. Therefore, the six themes offer insights into effective evidence-based practices found in the research literature and not an exhaustive account of all effective EE approaches. Summaries of the application of the three steps, the specifics for each review (e.g., team members, datasets), findings, and communication tools are publicly available at https://naaee.org/programs/eeworks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our presentation draws on a recently accepted publication that identifies key themes (‘meta-findings’) found to be important and effective for EE programs that aim to build knowledge, attitudes, and skills related to the environment; connect people and nature; and motivate conservation/environmental action through education. Our overarching meta-finding (Theme 1) is not surprising: that a diverse array of teaching and learning approaches in EE can bring about the desired outcomes. Equally, while the specific reviews were not designed or undertaken to reveal or suggest a universal EE template, the materialization of second-order meta-findings illustrates the ways in which particular strategies and factors may contribute to increased effectiveness whilst supporting a diversity of approaches. Those strategies (Themes 2–6) highlight the significance of: - fostering participatory approaches and methods to teaching and learning - including direct action as part of a program, where appropriate - focusing on local community settings in both issues identification and resolution - surfacing and discussing personally relevant/meaningful information, and - collaborating with experts and key stakeholders (such as scientists and resource managers) on program development and implementation. Building on the discussion of limitations with research and evaluation, a key implication is the need for incentives and support for high-quality, rigorous research and evaluation that occurs over an extended timeframe. Such efforts may help better assess the multiple factors implicated in understanding the effectiveness of EEn initiatives, the benefits of which often manifest—to individuals, communities, and ecosystems—over extended time periods. In summary, the EE field is connected with many others (Braus et al. 2022), necessitating collaborative and relational responses to changing conditions; thus, EE efforts must be marked by commitments to dynamism, evolution, and resiliency. Our meta-findings underscore the value of employing a diverse repertoire of teaching-and-learning approaches, with an emphasis on participatory methods, direct action, community focus, personal relevance, and expert collaboration. References *Ardoin, N., & Bowers, A.. (2020). Early childhood environmental education: A systematic review of the research literature. Educational Research Review, 31, 100353. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100353 *Ardoin, N., Bowers, A., & Gaillard, E. (2020). Environmental education outcomes for conservation: A systematic review. Biological Conservation, 241, 108224. https://doi.org/doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2019.108224 *Ardoin, N., Bowers, A., & Gaillard, E. (2023). A systematic mixed studies review of civic engagement outcomes in environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 29(1), 1-26. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2135688 *Ardoin, N., Bowers, A., Kannan, A., & O’Connor, K. (2022). Positive youth development outcomes and environmental education: A review of research. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, 27(1), 475-492. https://doi.org/10.1080/02673843.2022.2147442 *Ardoin, N., Bowers, A., Roth, N., & Holthuis, N. (2018). Environmental education and K–12 student outcomes: A review and analysis of research. The Journal of Environmental Education, 49(1), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2017.1366155 *Ballard, H., Lindell, A., & Jadallah, C. (2024). Environmental education outcomes of community and citizen science: A systematic review of empirical research. Environmental Education Research, 30(6), 1007-1040. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2024.2348702 Braus, J., Heimlich, J., Ardoin, N., & Clark, C. (2022). Building bridges, not walls: Exploring the environmental education ecosystem. Applied Environmental Education & Communication, 21(4), 319–330. https://doi.org/10.1080/1533015X.2022.2115226 Clark, C., Heimlich, J., Ardoin, N., & Braus, J. (2020). Using a Delphi study to clarify the landscape and core outcomes in environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 26(3), 381-399. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1727859 Marcinkowski, T., & Reid, A. (2019). Reviews of research on the attitude–behavior relationship and their implications for future environmental education research. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 459-471. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1634237 *Monroe, M., Plate, R. , Oxarart, A., Bowers, A., & Chaves, W. (2019). Identifying effective climate change education strategies: A systematic review of the research. Environmental Education Research, 25(6), 791-812. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2017.1360842 *Plate, R., Monroe, M., Friedrichsen, C., Bowers, A., & Chaves, W. (2020). Recommendations for early phases of engaging communities in climate change adaptation. Journal of Human Sciences and Extension, 8(2), 8. https://doi.org/10.54718/XYGW8706 Reid, A., Dillon, J., Ardoin, N., & Ferreira, J.-A. (2021). Scientists’ warnings and the need to reimagine, recreate, and restore environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 27(6), 783-795. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1937577 Świątkowski, W., Surret, F., Henry, J., Buchs, C., Visintin, E.., & Butera, F. (2024). Interventions promoting pro-environmental behaviors in children: A meta-analysis and a research agenda. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 96, n102295. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2024.102295 UNESCO. (1977). Intergovernmental Conference on Environmental Education, Tbilisi, USSR, 14-16 October 1977: Final report. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000032763 Zelezny, L. (1999). Educational interventions that improve environmental behaviors: A meta-analysis. The Journal of Environmental Education, 31(1), 5-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958969909598627 - |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 31 SES 08 A: Newcomer Students Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Sruti Narra Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper What Language Introduction Does: Practice Architectures and Educational Trajectories for Students with Slow Progression University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Recently immigrated adolescents in upper secondary “Language Introduction Programmes” (Språkintroduktion, IMS) in Sweden represent a highly heterogeneous student group whose educational trajectories often diverge significantly from policy intentions. While IMS is designed as a compensatory and bridging programme enabling newly arrived students to acquire the linguistic and academic competences needed for entry into national upper secondary programmes, national reports consistently show that only around one third of students reach programme eligibility (Skolverket, 2018). Although diversity among students within IMS is considerable, a substantial proportion exhibit slow progression, with educational trajectories characterised by prolonged stays within IMS, limited access to academic subjects, and future educational transitions. This study is part of an ongoing practice‑based research collaboration between an upper secondary school and one university department in Sweden. The overarching aim is to examine how local IMS practices enable or constrain educational trajectories for students with slow progression. The project responds to growing concerns about marginalisation, segregation and the institutional “waiting room” character of IMS, as described in previous research. Rather than focusing solely on individual background or prior schooling, this project foregrounds how institutional arrangements, interprofessional collaboration, and everyday routines shape students’ possibilities for learning and transition. Theoretically, the project is grounded in Practice Architecture Theory (Kemmis et al., 2014; Mahon & Kemmis, 2017), which conceptualises educational practices as shaped by cultural‑discursive (sayings), material‑economic (doings), and social‑political (relatings) arrangements. Through this lens, we explore how teachers, counsellors, principals, and other actors understand students’ needs; how activities and routines are organised; and how relationships and collaboration patterns evolve. To further analyse how educational trajectories are constrained and enabled within these practices, we draw on Biesta’s (2015) three educational functions: qualification, socialisation and subjectification. Integrating Biesta with the practice architecture framework enables us to identify not only how IMS practices are arranged, but also what they do educationally.
The study addresses the following research questions:
By combining institutional and interprofessional and perspectives with Biesta’s educational functions, the project aims to generate nuanced insights into how an institution such as IMS fulfil its compensatory mandate and support students’ long‑term educational participation. Overall, the project contributes to European and international discussions on equitable transitions, support for newly arrived students, and the role of compensatory programmes in stratified education systems. Insights from the study have relevance for contexts beyond Sweden where recently immigrated youth navigate similar institutional landscapes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs an ethnographically inspired design, suitable for capturing the complexity of social, linguistic and institutional practices in educational settings. Data collection was conducted jointly by researchers and teachers and unfolded in three phases. In the first phase, the educational trajectories of the students were mapped. Six students identified by IMS teachers as having slow progression were followed over time. Semi structured interviews explored their educational histories, experiences of IMS, perceived opportunities and obstacles, and their future aspirations. Teachers kept structured field diaries focusing on actors involved, routines, understandings of student needs, and collaboration processes. Emerging insights from Phase 1 guided a broadened collection of documents, such as local policies, routines, schedules and support structures. Researchers conducted interviews with key actors—teachers from multiple subjects, study counsellors, special educators and principals. Meetings involving IMS actors were also observed to examine collaborative practices and negotiations of student support. In the third phase, researchers and teachers collaboratively analysed recurring patterns with support from the practice architecture framework. The analysis focused on (1) how cultural discursive arrangements shaped understandings of slow progression and its implications, (2) how material economic arrangements affected possibilities for education, individualisation and follow up, and (3) how social political arrangements structured collaboration, roles and power relations. Biesta’s educational functions were used here to interpret how these arrangements enable and constrain students’ educational trajectories in terms of qualification, socialisation and subjectification. Preliminary results are used to design local recommendations for strengthening IMS’s compensatory mission. Ethical considerations are central, given that participants include newly arrived adolescents, some of whom may have experienced trauma. The project follows national ethical guidelines, uses informed consent procedures supported by interpreters when needed, and stores sensitive data securely. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses indicate that IMS practices both open up and restrict possibilities for students with slow progression. Students’ educational trajectories are shaped not only by linguistic or academic challenges, but also by institutional fragmentation, shifting expectations, and inconsistent access to guidance. The school places a strong emphasis on socialisation, focusing on preparing students for “life after education”—for example, employment, in Sweden or elsewhere. However, discussions among staff are not characterised by a sense of urgency regarding students’ entry into national upper secondary programmes—an opportunity that may already be difficult to realise due to time constraints. Moreover, not all teachers appear to work explicitly with language development within their subjects which can have consequences for the students’ educational trajectories. Available material and economic resources tend to be used to move the group forward collectively rather than to support individual students’ needs. External actors do not consistently adapt their communication to students’ limited prior schooling or limited proficiency in Swedish, further complicating support. As in previous studies on Language Introduction, many students interpret their situation through a sense of being “stuck” in a system that neither recognises their prior experiences nor provides clear routes forward—an outcome with direct implications for qualification and subjectification. However, some students also appear to recognise that transitioning to adult education may be a more realistic option, and several express trust that the school is doing what it can within existing constraints. The findings highlight structural tensions between teachers, counsellors, special educators, and external actors. These tensions reflect differing understandings of progression, readiness for transition, and the allocation of responsibility—issues that influence how students are socialised into the institutional logic of IMS and the extent to which they are afforded agency (subjectification). References Biesta, G. (2015), What is education for? On good education, teacher judgement, and educational professionalism, European Journal of Education 50(1): 75–87. Kemmis, S., J. Wilkinson, C. Edwards-Groves, I. Hardy, P. Grootenboer & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Singapore: Springer. Mahon, K., S. Francisco & S. Kemmis. (2017). Exploring Education and Professional Practice. Singapore: Springer. Skolverket [Swedish National Agency for Education] (2018). Uppföljning av språkintroduktion. Beskrivande statistik på nationell nivå och nyanlända. elevers övergångar till och från språkintroduktion [Descriptive statistics at the national level and newly arrived students’ transitions to and from Language Introduction]. Rapport 469. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Perspectives on Language Use and Learning and their Role for Integration: A Case-Study of Newcomers in Luxembourg University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:Owing to economic crises, political instability and natural disasters, an increasing number of families migrate, requiring their children to learn a new language in order to access the curriculum and integrate into the local community. Promoting equity and inclusion is a strategic priority of the European Education Area and, therefore, all European education systems have implemented a range of policies that require inclusive practices and/ or learning support for, among others, newly arrived immigrants, called newcomers (Eurydice Report, 2023). Inclusive practices are often student-centred and characterized by shared professional values, respect for linguistic and cultural diversity, and collaboration with parents (Smythe, 2022). Such practices may include pedagogical practices such as translanguaging, which leverage students’ entire semiotic repertoire for learning and increase their participation (Hamman-Ortiz et al., 2025). While inclusive environments are necessary to foster learning, they are still rare (Siarova, 2022). By contrast, learning support for newcomers frequently consists of structured language provision in the official language, with the aim of promoting academic and social inclusion. This approach may, however, contradict principles of inclusive education and has been shown neither to accelerate learning nor support social interaction and integration (Brubacher, 2023; Gitschhaler et al., 2024). Overall, the implementation of inclusive practices and support, which impacts newcomers’ learning, is shaped by the organisation of education systems, the availability of resources and professionals’ ideological orientations and language skills (Bilgili, 2019). The present qualitative study examines language learning and the integration of newcomers in primary schools in Luxembourg from the perspective of children and education professionals. Luxembourg has three official languages (Luxembourgish, German, French) and hosts a wide range of locally, nationally, and transnationally interconnected communities. National statistics indicate that in 2025, the foreign population of 180 nationalities represented 47% of the total population and 31% of primary school children spoke Luxembourgish at home. The trilingual education system, in which Luxembourgish and German are instructional languages and children become literate in German and French, poses particularly challenges for children from migrant backgrounds and low socio-economic status who do not speak the school languages. Large-scale assessment studies show that these children tend to underachieve (Hornung et al, 2023). Newcomers, defined as children who arrived in Luxembourg less than two years ago and whose parents are born outside the country, are especially at risk. Accordingly, the present project focuses on newcomers and investigates the language use and support structures across different learning environments. To promote integration, the Luxembourg Ministry of Education has implemented several measures. Firstly, newcomers are integrated into the mainstream classes while also attending so-called reception courses that provide additionallanguage support in one or both of the school language(s). Second, it has established after-school structures where educators offer homework assistance and promote Luxembourgish. These institutions aim to support children’s education, facilitate their integration, reduce social inequalities and strengthen social cohesion. While language is central to children’s learning, participation and inclusion (Repo et al. 2024; Smythe, 2022), few studies have examined the role of multiple languages in newcomers’ integration and the support provided by teachers and educators across formal and non-formal education sectors. Therefore, the present case-study explores which home and instructional languages promote newcomers’ integration in Luxembourg and how instructional languages are taught and learned. The study aims to generate insights into the ways in which teachers and educators design (or not) inclusive learning environments and foster participation and learning. Its findings will deepen our understanding of the complex interrelationships of inclusive practices, language learning and participation and will help identify measures to enhance children’s opportunities for academic success and their sense of belonging (DeNicolo, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following approval from the Ethics Committee of the University of Luxembourg and the Ministry of Education, a ministerial employee contacted several school directors and invited them to identify interested teachers. Four school directors, four language support teachers, three mainstream teachers, seven educators and six mediators volunteered to take part. Children were recruited with the help of the teachers. One teacher of a school in South-West Luxembourg contacted parents in her school and eventually five newcomers aged between 8 and 11 volunteered to take part. Two children spoke English, Arabic and French at home, two Arabic and one communicated in English prior to arriving in Luxembourg. All five newcomers received intensive German support, some also in French. The interviews were carried between April and May in 2025 after written consent had been obtained from the professionals, children’s parents and children themselves. The principal investigator conducted five focus group with the professionals in Luxembourgish or French. The discussions lasted on average 1.5 hours and addressed factors facilitating and impeding integration such as polices, support structures, resources as well as the professionals’ perspectives on newcomers’ integration. In addition, Ms. Marsh conducted five semi-structured interviews with the children to explore their experiences, emotions, language use, language learning and integration (Marsh, 2025). These interviews were carried out in a language of children’s choice (Luxembourgish, French or English) and took between 30 and 40 minutes. All interviews were transcribed, and comments on the interviewees’ non-verbal communication were added where relevant. The data were then subjected to a thematic analysis. In a first step, the principal investigator coded references to language use, language proficiency, resources, emotions, and teacher and peer support and subsequently identified patterns in each data set. For example, she examined the role of language background, age and reasons of migration in relation to children’s reported experiences or the impact of the regional context on the availability of resources in teachers’ accounts. The next step consisted of comparing and contrasting children’s and professionals’ accounts across all interviews. The comparison revealed many similarities between children’s and professionals’ perspectives, but also substantial differences between the formal and non-formal education sectors, not only in relation to language use, but also in underlying perspectives on language learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All five newcomers reported that French and at times English, were the language they used most frequently to communicate and socialise at school and in the after-school centre. Luxembourgish and German were used when other languages were not possible. In the after-school setting, they had agency over their language use, because the educators tended to adapt to their linguistic choices. Overall, these children drew on one, two or even three of their home languages across settings, which supported rapport-building and integration. These findings confirm the role of peers for socialization and the development of sense of belonging, as well as the need for appropriate adult support for language learning and integration (Aarsaether & Hui, 2021; DeNicolo, 2019). Across regions, French, sometimes alongside English or Portuguese, helped children build relationships. By contrast, Luxembourgish, the national language, was not perceived as a language of integration. Furthermore, children and professionals confirmed that teachers, educators and peers supported newcomers in expressing themselves through translanguaging, translations and bilingual resources. These practices appear to be typical in Luxembourg (Kirsch & Hornberger, 2024). However, perspectives on language and learning differed across educational contexts. Teachers understood language as a fixed system and academic subjects, which was reflected in a focus on grammar and spellings, echoing findings elsewhere (Oikonomidoy et al., 2019; Simopoulos, & Magos, 2020). By contrast, educators in the after-school center, emphasized language development through immersion and participation in inclusive activities. While these approaches appear complementary, a coherent and inclusive approach across sectors would better support language learning, participation, and integration. The findings reveal the complex multilingual spaces that newcomers navigate and the need for flexible approaches. While they are limited to interviews, they highlight the importance to align the visions of professionals of formal and non-formal sectors to support children’s language learning, socialization and inclusion. References Aarsæther, F., & Hui, S. K. F. (2021). Learning environment and social inclusion for newly arrived migrant children placed in separate programmes in elementary schools in Norway. Cogent Education, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2021.1932227 Bilgili, Ö. (2019). Policy approaches to integration of newly arrived immigrant children in schools: The case of the Netherlands. OECD Publishing, Paris. Brubacher, K. (2023). Plurilingual Identity Positioning of Newcomer Children with Emerging Print Literacy. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 1–17. DeNicolo, C. P. (2019). The role of translanguaging in establishing school belonging for emergent multilinguals. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), 967–984. European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice (2023). Promoting diversity and inclusion in schools in Europe. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Gitschthaler, M., Erling, E. J., & Schwab, S. (2024). Segregation or Integration? German language support teachers’ beliefs about ‘ideal’ language support models in Austria. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 1–16. Hamman-Ortiz, L., Dougherty, C., Tian, Z., Palmer, D. and Poza, L. (2025). Translanguaging at school: A systematic review of U.S. PK-12 translanguaging research. System, 129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2025.103594. Hornung, C., Kaufmann, L. M., Ottenbacher, M., Weth, C., Wollschläger, R., Ugen, S. & Fischbach, A. (2023). Early childhood education and care in Luxembourg. Attendance and associations with early learning performance. Luxembourg Centre for Educational Testing. Kirsch, C. & Hornberger, N. H. (2024). Multiple lenses to understand and shape multilingual literacy practices in Early Childhood Education, Language, Culture and Curriculum, 37(3), 289–309. Marsh, K. (2025). Exploring Integration. Language and Belonging Among Migrant Children in Luxembourgish Primary Schools. Bachelor thesis. Luxembourg: University of Luxembourg. Repo, E., Aerila, J.-A., Tyrer, M., & Harju-Luukkainen, H. (2024). Multilingual learning environments in early childhood education in Finland. Journal of Early Childhood Education Research, 13(1), 221-248 Oikonomidoy, E., Salas, R., Karam, F., Warren, A. and Steinmann, T. (2019). Locating Newcomer Students in Educational Research in the U.S.: A Review of the Literature from 2000-2017. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 27(4): 575–594. Siarova, H. (2022). Education interventions supporting newly arrived migrant and displaced children in their language learning needs. NESET Ad hoc report (2). https://nesetweb.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/NESET_AHQ_Languages.pdf Simopoulos, G., & Magos, K. (2020). Teaching L2 for students with a refugee/migrant background in Greece: Teachers' perceptions about reception, integration and multicultural identities. Global Education Review, 7(4), 59–73. Smythe, F. (2022). School inclusion, young migrants and language. Success and obstacles in mainstream learning in France and New Zealand. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 45(7), 2543–2556. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Trajectory Subgroups of Academic Literacy Development in the New Language Among Newly Arrived Migrant Students University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Literacy is closely linked to academic opportunities and is a central concern of educational equity across European nations (OECD, 2023). With increasing global migration, many newly arrived students are not only navigating multiple phases of adaptation but also learning to read, listen, and write in the language of their new home countries. Teachers often welcome students with diverse backgrounds, such as multilingual repertoires, school histories, socioeconomic resources, and varying preparedness for schooling (Bunar, 2019), all of which can influence students’ academic opportunities across disciplines (Arun et al., 2021). In this presentation, we focus on academic literacy development, which is essential for accessing disciplinary content in subjects such as science, mathematics, and history (Lea & Street, 2006; Tarnanen et al., 2025). The first months after arrival play a critical role in setting the course for students’ learning trajectories, including literacy in the new language (Suárez-Orozco et al, 2010), and students who arrive toward the end of compulsory schooling are especially vulnerable (Nilsson & Bunar, 2015). Understanding the diversity of developmental trajectories can therefore help schools better support students’ language and literacy learning from the early stages. Ideally, schools adapt reciprocally to new arrivals by creating inclusive learning environments that acknowledge diversity in students’ development and build on their backgrounds, histories, resources, and preparedness (Cummin, 2013; Gay, 2018). In Finland, this study examined trajectory subgroups of academic literacy development in the new language among lower secondary school newly arrived migrant students (N = 450, aged 12–16) during their first year after arrival. At the time, the Finnish school system provided these students with one-year of preparatory education, the main purpose of which was to develop students’ literacy for both everyday and academic, disciplinary school contexts (EDUFI, 2015). Our study addresses two research questions: (1) What trajectory subgroups of academic literacy in the new language emerge during preparatory education? (2) To what extent is membership in these trajectory subgroups related to newly arrived students’ backgrounds, including gender, school history, number of books at home, school absences, and preparedness for schooling? These background variables were selected based on previous research on literacy learning among students with diverse backgrounds (Nag, 2023). Theoretically, the study draws on a sociocultural, communicative approach to language and literacy learning (Barton et al., 2000; Lantolf & Thorne, 2006; Street, 1984). Academic literacy development was measured using communicative literacy tasks that simulated everyday and disciplinary school situations. The tasks allowed students to demonstrate their capacity to interpret and create a variety of texts through reading, listening, and writing (speaking was not included due to the data collection setting). The tasks were designed based on the view that the interpretation and creation of texts – both written and heard – are inseparable from their multimodal, socially, and culturally situated contexts (e.g., Li, 2022; Kern, 2000; Moje, 2015). For example, when students interpreted history texts with maps and historical images, extracted key information from teachers’ talk in science lessons, or responded to mathematical word problems, they drew not only on emerging reading, listening, and writing capacity but also on prior knowledge and strategies related to context and the relevant disciplines (Kern, 2000; Lea & Street, 2006). Academic literacy development was thus conceptualized as an increasing capacity to engage with and communicate across authentic disciplinary texts, which could include pictures, maps, numbers, illustrations, and graphs. To ensure relevance to the first months after arrival, the literacy tasks were designed in accordance with the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR; Council of Europe, 2018), levels A1–B1. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data were collected in 22 lower secondary schools and 29 preparatory education groups during the 2024–2025 academic year (N = 450 students), with students’ teachers (N = 29) also participating. The schools were selected to represent regional and size variation across Finland. The students’ multilingual repertoires comprised 57 first languages, including, for instance, Arabic, Farsi, Chinese, Somali, Sinhala, Tagalog, Ukrainian, and Russian. All students had begun learning the language of their new home country (Finnish or Swedish) upon arrival, enabling this study to examine academic literacy development over one year. Data were collected longitudinally three times during the same academic year: at the beginning of the year in September (one month after the year began, ensuring that the students had been learning the new language for at least one month), mid-year in January, and at the end of the year in April. The data collection took place during school days and began with students and their teachers reporting background information through multilingual surveys. Students provided information on gender, age, time in preparatory education, first languages, school history, and number of books at home (as an indicator of socioeconomic resources). Teachers reported on students’ school absences and assessed their preparedness for schooling. At each data collection point, students completed the same set of literacy tasks without external support. In practice, they received a 12-page booklet containing 11 tasks, divided into reading, listening, and writing subtasks. Each data collection session lasted four hours: one hour for the background survey and three hours for the literacy tasks. Data analysis was conducted in Mplus 8.3 (Muthén & Muthén, 2025). The study applied a two-level linear growth mixture model (LGMM) and followed a two-step analytical procedure. First, using an unconditional model (without background variables), slopes at level 1 (standardized reading, listening, and writing scores) were estimated regressed on the repeated measures. At level 2 (students), slope variances were fixed to zero, while subgroup-specific means were freely estimated. Subgroup solutions ranging from two to five classes were estimated. In addition to theoretical interpretability, model evaluation relied on statistical indicators: log-likelihood (LL), Akaike information criterion (AIC), Bayesian information criterion (BIC), Vuong–Lo–Mendell–Rubin likelihood ratio test (VLMR), average posterior probability (AvePP), and entropy. Second, in the conditional model, background variables (gender, school history, number of books at home, school absences, and preparedness for schooling) were included as covariates to explain differences in latent subgroup membership. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this presentation, we discuss the main results through the lens of supporting students’ language and academic literacy learning, considering the intersecting background factors that shape the position from which a student enters school in a new country. A three-subgroup solution emerged as the most interpretable and empirically justified for capturing the diversity in newly arrived migrant students’ academic literacy developmental trajectories. The first subgroup (n = 113; 25.0 %), representing students with emerging academic literacy, was characterized by clearly below-average intercepts in reading, listening, and writing. Although growth was observed over the year, writing showed only limited development, whereas growth was stronger in reading and listening. Despite this progress, group’s low starting point kept students behind the other groups. The second subgroup (n = 206; 46.8 %) included students with intermediate academic literacy. They had slightly below-average intercepts in reading, listening, and writing. Slopes indicated strong development in reading and listening, but more limited growth in writing. The third subgroup (n = 131; 29.2 %), comprising students with the highest academic literacy, showed above-average intercepts in reading and listening. Writing was also above average, but not significant. Growth was fairly strong in reading and listening and very strong in writing, maintaining this group ahead of the others. Greater preparedness for schooling, longer school history, and more books at home increased the odds of belonging to the subgroup with the highest academic literacy compared to the emerging literacy subgroup. Male gender reduced the odds, statistically marginally significantly. Greater preparedness also distinguished the intermediate literacy subgroup from the emerging literacy subgroup. School absences were not a significant predictor. In the presentation, we conclude by reflecting on how education systems might better acknowledge the diversity of newly arrived students’ developmental trajectories in order to become more inclusive. References Arun, S., Bailey, G., & Szymczyk, A. (2021). Child migrants ‘integrating’: What do we know so far? In M. Sedmak, F. Hernández-Hernández, J. M. Sancho-Gil, & B. Gornik (Eds.), Migrant children’s integration and education in Europe: Approaches, methodologies and policies (pp. 39–59). Ediciones Octaedro SL. Barton, D., Hamilton, M., & Ivanič, R. (Eds.). (2000). Situated literacies: Reading and writing in context. London: Routledge. Bunar N. (2019). Promoting effective integration of migrants and refugees in education. Education International Research. https://www.csee-etuce.org/images/attachments/SD_Mig_REPORT_2ND_Edition-Online.pdf(open in a new window). Cumming, A. (2013). Multiple dimensions of academic language and literacy development. Language Learning, 63(S1), 130–152. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9922.2012.00741.x Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. Teachers College Press. Kern, R. (2000). Literacy and language teaching. Oxford University Press. Lantolf, J., & Thorne, S. (2006). Sociocultural theory and the genesis of second language development. Oxford University Press. Lea, M. R., & Street, B. V. (2006). The “Academic Literacies” Model: Theory and Applications. Theory Into Practice, 45(4), 368–377. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4504_11 Li, D. (2022). A review of academic literacy research development: From 2002 to 2019. Asian Journal of Second and Foreign Language Education, 7, Article 5. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40862-022-00130-z Moje, E. B. (2015). Doing and teaching disciplinary literacy with adolescent learners. Harvard Educational Review, 85(2), 254–278. Nag, S. (2023). Socioeconomic Status, Sociocultural Factors, and Literacy Development. In L. Verhoeven, S. Nag, C. Perfetti & K. Pugh (Eds.), Global Variation in Literacy Development (Chapter 15). Cambridge University Press. Nilsson, J., & Bunar, N. (2015). Educational Responses to Newly Arrived Students in Sweden: Understanding the Structure and Influence of Post-Migration Ecology. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 60(4), 399–416. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2015.1024160 Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (2025). Mplus user’s guide (8th ed.). Muthén & Muthén. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD Publishing. Street, B. (1984). Literacy in theory and practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Suárez-Orozco, C., Suárez-Orozco, M. M., & Todorova, I. (2010). Learning a new land: Immigrant students in American society. Harvard University Press. Tarnanen, M., Kaukko, M., Repo, E., Kallio, I., Petäjäniemi, M., Virtanen, T., Kopra, E., Jaatinen, R., Schauman, B., Aalto, E., Mård-Miettinen, K., Harju-Autti, R., & Kalalahti, M. (2025). Valmistavasta perusopetukseen siirtyvän oppilaan integraatio ja tukeminen: Taidot, kiinnittyminen sekä koulun toimintakulttuuri. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriö. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriön julkaisuja, 2025:25. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-415-175-7 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 31 SES 08 B: AI Location: B4117 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Susanne Seifert Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper GenAI as Sociomaterial Actor in Undergraduate Students’ Academic Writing 1: Mälardalen University, Sweden; 2: Åbo Akademi, Finland; 3: Helsingfors university, Finland Presenting Author:This paper explores GenAI as a relational actor within university students’ academic writing. The study is grounded in students’ reported accounts of how various human and non-human actors participate in and shape their academic writing. The study focuses specifically on how students position GenAI within the relational networks of academic writing that they articulate. The paper engages with a relational understanding of academic writing as an emergent, distributed, and materially mediated practice, thinking with relational ontological perspectives (e.g., Barad, 2007; Brandt & Clinton, 2002; Latour, 2005). From such perspective, writing is not solely the product of an individual writer but constituted through relations among multiple human and non-human actors. GenAI is thus not an autonomous or self-contained entity but rather emergent through its relations with the broader material, institutional, and ideological arrangements that constitute students’ academic work. Recent international and Nordic surveys underscore the importance of exploring students’ use of GenAI. A global survey by the Digital Education Council (2024) reports that 86% of students use AI in their studies, and a UK-wide survey by HEPI (Freeman, 2025) shows that 92% of undergraduate students draw on AI tools for academic work. In Sweden, a national survey of nearly 6,000 university students finds that almost all students are familiar with ChatGPT and more than one third use it regularly for learning purposes (Malmström et al. 2023). Research have also pointed to the various ways on which GenAI is incorporated into student work, for instance in relation to idea generation in writing (e.g. Barrett & Pack, 2023; Kim et al., 2025; La Scala et al., 2025; Tsufim & Pomerleau, 2024). Given the rapid pace of development and adoption of these technologies, it is reasonable to assume that the presence of generative AI in students’ academic work continues to grow. These trends form an important backdrop for the present study. Against this backdrop, the present study foregrounds undergraduate students’ accounts of their academic writing, generated during workshops embedded within their regular course activities. These workshops provided access to students situated reflections on how their academic writing unfolds. Rather than treating GenAI as an isolated object of study, we adopt a holistic perspective on these reflections, examining how students describe the constellation of actors and relations that shape their writing. This approach enables an examination of how GenAI becomes embedded within, and interacts across, the broader networks that constitute students’ writing practices. At the same time, the approach acknowledges that GenAI represents only one of multiple actors involved in shaping students’ academic writing. Accordingly, the study explores: (1) How GenAI becomes positioned as an actor in students’ reflections on academic writing and (2) How this positioning, in turn, shape and reshapes the relations that constitute students’ academic writing networks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an actor–network theory (ANT) informed methodological approach, engaging in what is often described as “doing ANT,” a simultaneous theoretical sensibility and analytic practice (Ahn, 2015). Methodologically, this approach involves tracing how relations are articulated, maintained, and transformed within sociomaterial networks. In this study, we trace generative AI retrospectively through students’ own accounts of their academic writing, focusing on how students describe the actors that are involved in these networks and the emergence of GenAI in these relations (Gunnarsson & Bodén, 2021). Rather than observing writing processes directly, the study focuses on students’ reported experiences and descriptions, treating these accounts as sites where actors and relations are made visible. The study is part of the CO‑WRITE research project (2025–2027), which investigates collaborative academic writing in higher‑education settings. Empirical material was generated through four workshops (2.5 hours each) with 30 students enrolled in educational, political, and caring sciences at a Finnish university. During the workshops, students were invited to map and discuss the human and non-human actors they considered central to their academic writing processes. They were asked to explain why particular actors became central, how these actors’ gained relevance, and what roles they played in shaping their writing practices. The data consist of audio-recorded conversations and student produced textual and visual mappings. The workshops were designed to not only elicit student responses about what they use in their academic writing, how they use it, and why, but also make the research participation valuable for the students (cf. Kara, 2015). As such, the workshops had both a pedagogical and a research-based emphasis, with the intention that something of value might emerge not only for the research but also for the students themselves. Our analytic strategy involved tracing the actors described by students. Within this analysis, ANT offers a flat ontology that enables an examination of how actors, human and non-human, take shape through relations rather than through predetermined qualities (Latour, 2005; Ahn, 2015). In this sense, ANT guided our analytic process by directing attention to the associations that students reported when describing their writing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses suggest that when mapping their academic writing, students retrospectively unfolded their writing as enacted in between a plethora of actors – both human (e.g., friends, family members, partners, supervisors) and non-human (e.g., GenAI, social media, digital platforms). Moreover, the tentative analysis suggest that GenAI emerges in these reflections as a distinct and recognizable actor, although students’ descriptions are framed predominantly in normative terms; i.e., students seem to orient shared norms on “appropriate” and “inappropriate” use of GenAI, suggesting that the boundaries of acceptable practice are both well-known and actively reproduced in their talk. When discussing misuse, students tend to attribute such practices to the general Swedish pronoun “man” (one), a distancing strategy that reinforces normative compliance. The pattern illustrates the methodological difficulty of capturing empirical data on forms of writing that we conceptualize as “risky”. Some students emphasized that delegating writing tasks to GenAI may hinder learning, framing over‑reliance on AI as a pedagogically counterproductive actor rather than ethically problematic in other ways. One prominent function students described is using GenAI for idea development, as an actor for “bouncing ideas”. In these discussions, GenAI is described as informal, low‑stakes, and easy to engage with, and as offering a “risk‑free” space in the sense that it removes the fear of being negatively judged. These interactions could be contrasted with such that involve teachers, which rather are experienced as slower and more face‑threatening. In the paper presentation, we present the analysis in more detail and discuss implications for academic writing in higher education. References Ahn, S. (2015). Aktör-nätverksteori [Actor network theory]. In A. Fejes, & R. Thornberg, (Eds.), kvalitativ analys [Handbook in qualitative analysis] (2nd ed., pp. 115–130). Studentlitteratur. Bodén, L., & Gunnarsson, K. (2021). Nothing, anything, and everything: Conversations on postqualitative methodology. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(2), 192-197. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Barrett, A., & Pack, A. (2023). Not quite eye to A.I.: Student and teacher perspectives on the use of generative artificial intelligence in the writing process. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 20(1), 59. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00427-0 Brandt, D., & Clinton, K. (2002). Limits of the Local: Expanding Perspectives on Literacy as a Social Practice. Journal of Literacy Research, 34(3), 337–356. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15548430jlr3403_4 Digital Education Council. (2024). Digital Education Council Global AI Student Survey 2024. Digital Education Council https://www.digitaleducationcouncil.com/post/digital-education-council-global-ai-student-survey-2024 Freeman, J. (2025). Student Generative AI Survey 2025 (Policy Note 61). Higher Education Policy Institute (HEPI). https://www.hepi.ac.uk/reports/student-generative-ai-survey-2025/ Kara, H. (2015). Creative research methods in the social sciences. A practical guide. Policy Press. Kim, J., Lee, S.-S., Detrick, R., Wang, J., & Li, N. (2025). Students-Generative AI interaction patterns and its impact on academic writing. Journal of Computing in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12528-025-09444-6 La Scala, J., Sahli, S., & Gillet, D. (2025, April). Stimulating Brainstorming Activities with Generative AI in Higher Education. In 2025 IEEE Global Engineering Education Conference (EDUCON) (pp. 1-10). IEEE. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford University Press. Malmström, H., Stöhr, C., & Ou, A. W. (2023). Chatbots and other AI for learning: A survey of use and views among university students in Sweden (Chalmers Studies in Communication and Learning in Higher Education 2023:1). Chalmers University of Technology. https://doi.org/10.17196/cls.csclhe/2023/01 Tsufim, F., & Pomerleau, L. (2024). 6. More is Less?: Using Generative AI for Idea Generation and Diversification in Early Writing Processes. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper A Qualitative Study on Business English Undergraduates’ Perceptions of AI-Empowered Learning in Chinese Higher Education Xi'an International Studies University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Abstract Artificial intelligence (AI) is increasingly integrated into higher education and presents transformative opportunities and complex challenges, reshaping how students majored in foreign language programs engage with disciplinary learning (Cao & Phongsatha, 2025), particularly in professionally oriented language programs such as Business English in China. Existing studies often focus on learning outcomes in language communication skills (Wei, Zhang, Ding, Wang, Zhang, Subramaniam, & Meng, 2024; Rintaningrum, 2023), less attention has been paid to how language learners themselves cognitively perceive the meaning, value, and boundaries of AI-empowered learning in Business English Learning (Fuchs, 2022). This qualitative study explores how Business English undergraduates in China perceive and construct the meaning of AI-empowered language learning within their academic and professional development. Moving beyond a general assessment of technology’s utility, the research employs a grounded theory methodology to investigate students’ meaning-making processes regarding AI use in Business English education that characterize student learning experiences. The research conducts an in-depth semi-structured interviews with 24 Business English undergraduates from a Chinese foreign studies university, selected via purposive sampling to ensure diversity in academic performance and AI tools engagement (e.g. generative AI writing assistants, automated feedback systems, and intelligent learning platforms). Through constant comparative analysis by using NVivo 15, the study systematically codes and analyzes the interview transcripts to develop a substantive theory grounded in the data itself. The study identifies three major conceptual categories that reveal a multidimensional tension structure in students’ perception of AI-empowered Business English learning. First, students predominantly construct AI as an instrumental accelerator situated within the fundamental tension between instrumental rationality and humanistic sensibilities. AI is widely perceived as enhancing efficiency, accuracy, and task completion speed, particularly in writing, vocabulary acquisition, listening and speaking, and intercultural business communication practice. However, students simultaneously show concern that over-instrumentalization may weaken deeper learning, critical thinking, and personal expression—elements they regard as central to language education. Second, the findings demonstrate a significant gender-based differences in how AI is symbolically framed in learning practices. Female participants tend to conceptualize AI as a standardizing mentor that provides structured guidance, corrective feedback, and ensures linguistic accuracy, while male participants more often view AI as a creative collaborator that emphasizes its function in supporting ideas and generating content. Importantly, these differences are found to be rooted not in technical competence difference, but in deeply embedded social conditioning regarding gender roles toward technology use. Finally, students experience a distinct crisis of agency though generally positive about AI’s learning potential. Many participants generate anxiety regarding over-dependency and the erosion of learner autonomy. This perceived threat motivates students to actively negotiate boundaries between human creation and machine facilitation. This sense of crisis acts as a catalyst to drive learners to actively negotiate and define the parameters of human-AI collaboration to reclaim their subjective autonomy in the learning process, indicating a critical engagement with AI rather than passive adoption. This study contributes a critical theoretical lens for understanding the complexities of AI integration in discipline-specific language education. It concludes that technological empowerment cannot be a one-dimensional process but must dynamically align with humanistic values of the discipline and proactively support the development of learners’ critical agency (Selwyn, 2022). The findings suggest that effective integration of AI in Business English education requires pedagogical approaches that balance technological efficiency with disciplinary values and support students’ development as autonomous, reflective language users. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Methods This study adopts a qualitative research design guided by the constructivist grounded theory methodology as developed by Charmaz (2014), aiming to capture how learners construct meaning around AI-empowered learning in the Chinese context. This approach is particularly suited for exploring complex, subjective perceptions and the processes of sense-making, allowing theory to emerge directly from the empirical data. Participants and Sampling: Participants consisted of 24 undergraduate students majoring in Business English at a key Chinese international studies university. A purposive sampling strategy was employed to select information-rich participants that could provide diverse insights into AI-empowered learning experiences. Criteria included varying levels of academic achievement (high, medium, low based on GPA) and self-reported prior experience using AI tools for English learning purposes, including writing assistance, grammar correction, vocabulary learning, and business communication practice. The sample included students from different academic years and balanced gender representation to ensure diverse perspectives. Data Collection: Data were collected through in-depth, semi-structured interviews lasting approximately 45–70 minutes. An episodic interview protocol (Flick, U. (2000). was developed with open-ended questions aiming to elicit detailed narratives about students’ experiences, feelings, attitudes, and conceptual understandings of using AI for Business English learning. All interviews were conducted in Chinese (the participants’ native language), audio-recorded with consent, and later transcribed word by word including non-verbal expressions during the interview to ensure accuracy. Data Analysis: Data analysis followed the constant comparative method characteristic of grounded theory (Corbin & Strauss, 2015). The transcribed interviews were imported into NVivo 15 software for data management and analysis. NVivo 15 software was used to support systematic coding and comparison across cases. Open coding was first conducted to identify significant concepts in the data. Through constant comparative analysis, these initial codes were continually compared within and across transcripts to group them into focused codes and then into higher-level conceptual categories. They were then grouped into higher-level categories through axial coding, and core categories were refined through selective coding. Analytical memos were written throughout the process to enhance reflexivity and theoretical sensitivity. This iterative process of data collection, coding, and comparison continued until theoretical saturation was reached, generating the three core categories that form the study’s findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions This study demonstrates that Business English undergraduates’ perceptions of AI-empowered learning are neither uniformly enthusiastic nor uncritically accepting. From an educational research perspective, these findings underscore the importance of focusing on learner agency in discussions of AI-mediated language education. AI tools do not simply “enhance engagement” in a simple way; rather, engagement is shaped by how learners interpret AI’s role in relation to disciplinary values and personal identity as language learners. The identification of AI as “instrumental accelerator,” “standardizing mentor,” and “creative collaborator” offers nuanced categories for analyzing learner positioning. The found gender-related meaning frameworks further suggest that AI adoption with broader sociocultural factors, calling for more effective pedagogical adjustment. For language educators and curriculum designers, the study suggests that AI should be positioned as a pedagogically mediated resource rather than a neutral technological solution. Specific guidance on ethical use, authorship, and reflective AI engagement may help ease learners’ anxiety and support sustainable learning practices. Curriculum design must create opportunities for students to consciously define human-AI collaboration boundaries, thereby transforming anxiety into empowered efficient engagement. Ultimately, the study emphasizes that the true “empowerment” in AI-empowered Business English education lies not in the technology itself, but in designing learning ecosystems that strengthen students’ critical autonomy, discipline-specific humanistic values, and capacity for reflective partnership with intelligent tools. Future research should explore pedagogical interventions designed to mitigate these tensions and actively foster learner agency. To stimulate discussion, this paper raises the following questions for the language learning community: • How can language education reconcile AI-driven efficiency with the cultivation of humanistic and critical dimensions of learning? • In what ways should learner agency be reconceptualized in AI-mediated educational environments? References References: Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research (4th ed.). Sage. Flick, U. (2000). Episodic interviewing. Qualitative researching with text, image and sound, 75-92. Fuchs, C. (2022). Digital humanism: A philosophy for 21st century digital society. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Wei, Y., Zhang, Y., Ding, H., Wang, J., Zhang, M., Subramaniam, G., & Meng, W. (2024). The Role of AI in General English and Business English: A Systematic Literature Review of Recent Advancements (2021-2024). Asia Pacific Journal of Business, Humanities and Education, 9(2), 142-164. Cao, S., & Phongsatha, S. (2025). An empirical study of the AI-driven platform in blended learning for Business English performance and student engagement. Language Testing in Asia, 15(1), 39. Rintaningrum, R. (2023). Technology integration in English language teaching and learning: Benefits and challenges. Cogent Education, 10(1), 2164690. Selwyn, N. (2022). Education and technology: Key issues and debates (3rd ed.). Bloomsbury Academic. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Generative AI and Language Education Under Pressure: Process, Agency, and Pedagogy in Art and Design Contexts Emily Carr University of Art and Design, Canada Presenting Author:The rapid integration of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) into writing, translation, and language-support platforms is reshaping language education across post-secondary contexts. Students increasingly encounter AI-mediated language practices not only in formal language classrooms but also through discipline-specific writing tasks, feedback systems, and professional communication tools embedded in everyday software. Across educational literature, GenAI is widely understood as unavoidable, raising urgent questions about pedagogy, critical judgement, and the conditions under which meaningful learning can occur (Bozkurt et al., 2024; Zewe, 2023). This paper examines the implications of GenAI for language education through the situated context of post-secondary art and design institutions. Art and design programs provide a particularly revealing lens for examining AI-mediated language practices because they foreground process over product, rely heavily on reflective and multimodal writing, and often serve multilingual and internationally mobile student populations. Within these settings, language is not merely a vehicle for communication but a core site of learning, critique, and professional formation. As such, art and design education functions as a high-stakes pressure-test for understanding how GenAI reshapes learner agency, authorship, and linguistic responsibility—concerns that resonate across disciplines and educational systems (Matthews et al., 2023; Park, 2023). The paper is guided by three research questions:
The analysis draws on a multi-year research project based at a Canadian art and design university, including two international environmental scans (Wight et al., 2026). The second scan focused specifically on GenAI impacts on language education within post-secondary art and design institutions, examining policies, pedagogical resources, and professional development materials related to writing, literacy, and AI use. Consistent with findings across creative education and media studies, this research surfaced recurring tensions between policy-driven responses and pedagogical needs, as well as underdeveloped frameworks for supporting educators and tutors tasked with mediating AI use in learning environments (Bender, 2023; Roussel et al., 2024). Conceptually, the paper is grounded in sociocultural theories of language learning, critical literacy, and process-oriented pedagogy. Language education is understood as relational and situated, shaped by power relations, institutional norms, and technological infrastructures rather than as a neutral or purely technical skill. Drawing on scholarship in critical GenAI literacy, GenAI is approached not as a neutral tool but as a socio-technical system that actively participates in shaping norms, values, and exclusions in language use (Elemen, 2024; Hausken, 2024). This perspective is particularly important when considering how AI systems reproduce bias, standardization, and representational harm, including the marginalization of non-standard, racialized, or Indigenous language and cultural practices (Lewis, 2020; Park, 2024). Rather than positioning GenAI as a problem to be managed or a technology to be optimized, this paper argues that art and design writing centres offer transferable pedagogical models for human–AI collaboration in language education. Their emphasis on dialogue, reflection, and care supports learners in developing critical judgement, ethical awareness, and linguistic agency when engaging with AI-mediated language practices. By articulating these practices within a language education framework, the paper contributes insights relevant not only to creative disciplines but also to broader post-secondary language teaching, learning-support, and policy development across Europe and beyond (Andreotti, 2025; Bozkurt et al., 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on a qualitative, multi-phase research design combining environmental scanning, document analysis, and pedagogical development. The study forms part of an ongoing research project examining the impacts of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) on language education, writing pedagogy, and learning-support practices within post-secondary art and design institutions. The first phase consisted of an international environmental scan of academic and grey literature published from 2020 onward. Sources included peer-reviewed journal articles, policy documents, institutional guidelines, professional association reports, and public-facing educational resources related to GenAI, writing, literacy, and language education. This scan established a broad landscape of how AI is conceptualized, regulated, and pedagogically engaged across higher education. The second phase narrowed its focus to GenAI impacts on language education within post-secondary art and design institutions and programs. This phase examined materials from institutions in Canada, Europe, and comparable international contexts, including writing and learning centre resources, AI-related curricular guidance, tutor training materials, and disciplinary discussions of authorship, multilingualism, and creative process. This focus allowed for closer analysis of how AI-mediated language practices intersect with process-oriented, multimodal, and often multilingual learning environments. Across both phases, qualitative thematic analysis was used to identify recurring patterns, tensions, and gaps in institutional responses to GenAI. Analytical categories included learner agency, ethical judgement, linguistic diversity, assessment practices, and the balance between policy compliance and pedagogy. Building on these findings, the third phase involves the design and piloting of professional development modules for writing tutors and faculty. These modules emphasize dialogic pedagogy, reflective documentation of AI use, and critical engagement with language norms, bias, and authorship. Iterative feedback from facilitators and participants informed the development of the pedagogical framework presented in this paper. Although empirically grounded in art and design education, the methodology is designed to generate transferable insights for language education across disciplines, particularly in contexts where AI tools increasingly mediate writing, translation, and academic communication. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper is expected to demonstrate that post-secondary art and design contexts function as critical sites for examining the implications of generative AI for language education more broadly. The findings suggest that while GenAI tools are often framed institutionally as productivity-enhancing or integrity-threatening, they more fundamentally reshape how learners engage with language, authorship, and judgement. One key outcome is the identification of recurring gaps in current institutional responses to GenAI, including limited preparation for tutors and educators, an overreliance on policy-based approaches, and insufficient attention to linguistic diversity, multilingual learners, and process-oriented language development. These gaps risk positioning students as passive users of AI-generated language rather than as active participants in meaning-making. In response, the paper advances a process-oriented framework for tutor education that foregrounds dialogue, metacognition, and ethical reflection. This framework positions GenAI as an object of inquiry within language education rather than a shortcut or substitute for learning. It emphasizes practices such as documenting AI use, articulating linguistic choices, and critically examining bias, translation norms, and authorship. More broadly, the paper argues that writing centres and similar language-support sites offer transferable pedagogical models for human–AI collaboration. Their emphasis on care, learner agency, and reflective practice supports equitable and linguistically just engagement with AI-mediated language practices. These findings contribute to European and international debates on how AI can be integrated into language education in ways that sustain pedagogical integrity, learner autonomy, and social responsibility. References Andreotti, V. (Aiden Cinnamon Tea & Dorothy Ladybugboss). (2025). Burnout from humans. Creative Commons License BY-NC-ND 4.0. Bender, S. M. (2023). Coexistence and creativity: Screen media education in the age of artificial intelligence content generators. Media Practice & Education, 24(4), 351–366. Bozkurt, A., Xiao, J., Farrow, R., Bai, J. Y. H., Nerantzi, C., Moore, S., Dron, J., Stracke, C. M., Singh, L., Crompton, H., Koutropoulos, A., Terentev, E., Pazurek, A., Nichols, M., Sidorkin, A. M., Costello, E., Watson, S., Mulligan, D., Honeychurch, S., & Asino, T. I. (2024). The manifesto for teaching and learning in a time of generative AI: A critical collective stance to better navigate the future. Open Praxis, 16(4). Elemen, J. (2024). Teaching CRITICAL GenAI literacy: Empowering students for a digital democracy. Literacy Today, 42(2), 60–61. Hausken, L. (2024). Photorealism versus photography: AI-generated depiction in the age of visual disinformation. Journal of Aesthetics & Culture, 16(1), 1–13. Lewis, J. E. (2020). Indigenous protocol and artificial intelligence workshops: Position paper 1. Indigenous Protocol and Artificial Intelligence Working Group, Honolulu, Hawaiʻi. Matthews, B., Shannon, B., & Roxburgh, M. (2023). Destroy all humans: The dematerialisation of the designer in an age of automation and its impact on graphic design—A literature review. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 42(3). https://doi.org/10.1111/jade.12460 Park, Y. (2023). Creative and critical entanglements with AI in art education. Studies in Art Education, 64(4), 406–425. Park, Y. S. (2024). White default: Examining racialized biases behind AI-generated images. Art Education, 77(4), 36–45. Roussel, R., Özer, S., Jacoby, S., & Asadipour, A. (2024). Responsible AI in art and design higher education. Wight, K., Burns, L., & Portelance, M. (2026, January 12). Working towards ethical engagement of GenAI in higher education: Insights and recommendations for post-secondary educators. BCcampus Digital Pedagogy Toolbox. https://bccampus.ca/2026/01/12/working-towards-ethical-engagement-of-genai-in-higher-education-insights-and-recommendations-for-post-secondary-educators/ Zewe, A. (2023, November 9). Explained: Generative AI. MIT News. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 32 SES 08 A: Organising Democratic Encounters. Pedagogical Strategies and Empirical Results: Triple Symposia Part II Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Karine Oganisjana Session Chair: Susan Carita Meriläinen Symposium |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Symposium Organising Democratic Encounters. Pedagogical Strategies and Empirical Results: Triple Symposia Part II We live in difficult times. Knowing and acting have become a complicated relationship, as political repression globally is on the rise and people are threatened when expressing their democratic opinions or when they try to protect their neighbours. In times of rising fascism, socio-political polarisation, ecological crisis, and rapid technological transformation, this symposia trilogy brings together scholars to reflect on the potentials of knowing and acting in the context of education for democracy, democracy learning, democratic experience, and cultural democracy (Dewey 1916). In our triple symposia, democracy and organisational democracy are understood as embodied, contested, and continuously unfolding social practices (Butler 2015; Dewey 1916; hooks 1994) that integrate knowing and acting. Emphasising becoming over being means that actors such as youth, educators, policymakers, and researchers participate in democratic becoming, co-produce knowledge, and transform educational settings and institutions into spaces of resistance, possibility, and hope (Castoriadis 1975). In this way, our symposia trilogy intends to reimagine how democracy can be cultivated as a lived, relational, and continuously evolving practice - one that actively shapes the complex challenges of our era. Centred on the concept of democracy-as-becoming, the contributions explore how the organisation of education can function both as a site and a process for co-creating democratic futures. Drawing from the three Horizon Europe sister projects - AECED, CCLAB, and DEMOCRAT - the triple symposia examine and analyse how democracy-as-becoming can be analysed, understood, and fostered across institutional levels. Examining how citizenship education is organised and provided—from governance and national curricula to school and classroom practices—we reflect on relationships between knowing and acting (Dewey 2011). As in the special call on organisational education, we ask whether we can identify its relational patterns: Is knowing and acting in a productive relation within organisational settings and institutional strategies that aim to open and support culture change? In which ways do organisations and governance shape the potential for transformation through democratic approaches and citizenship education? The papers of the first symposium examine embeddings and how organisations, regional networks, and multilayered governance systems support living democratically and educating towards democracy-as-becoming. The symposium reflects on ways of learning in, of, and between organisations that become relevant here. The second symposium of our trilogy reflects on the second pattern addressed in the special call, namely the relational pattern of knowledge in action (Arnstein, 1969; Castoriadis, 1975). What takes place in these encounters? What happens in aesthetic and embodied interventions and encounters, and in which ways might they open institutionalised settings? What are the results of these learning intentions within, and perhaps even of, organisations? This symposium refers to empirical studies on exemplary aesthetic and embodied interventions in institutionalised settings (Göhlich et al., 2018). The third symposium of this trilogy addresses the notion of openings. It reflects on and discusses organisational democracy and its enabling spaces as a question of de-institutionalisation (Meyer & Rowan 1977). It offers new perspectives on resistance, on accepting difference, on transgressing the given, and on opening up and “lifting the roof” of our educational institutions (hooks 1994). Which relational patterns of knowing and acting might we find here? Clearly recognising the “knowing–doing gap” in institutional life - the separation of knowing and acting in many ways - we start from this point and discuss the fourth relational pattern: knowledgeable acting and transforming our educational institutions from within (Chen et al. 2024; Scharmer 2007). Deep aesthetic experience then supports knowledgeable action in de-institutionalising given educational settings (Dewey 1934). In this trilogy, AECED, DEMOCRAT, and Critical Change Lab may contribute to supporting such openings. References Arnstein, S. R. (1969). A ladder of citizen participation. Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35(4), 216–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/01944366908977225 Butler, J. (2015). Notes toward a performative theory of assembly. Harvard University Press. Castoriadis, C. (1975). The imaginary institution of society. MIT Press. Chen, J., Ongono Emilienne Charlotte, Z., & Yuan, Y. (2024). Organizational unlearning: A bibliometric study and visualization analysis via CiteSpace. SAGE Open, 14(2), Article 21582440241251648. https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440241251648 Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education: An introduction to the philosophy of education. Macmillan. Dewey, J. (1934). Art as experience. Minton, Balch & Company. Dewey, J. (2011). Democracy and education. Simon & Brown. Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research memorandum organizational education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205–215. https://doi.org/10.5817/SP2018-2-1 hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. Routledge. Meyer, J. W., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutionalized organizations: Formal structure as myth and ceremony. American Journal of Sociology, 83(2), 340–363. https://doi.org/10.1086/226550 Scharmer, O. (2007). Theory U: Leading from the future as it emerges. Berrett-Koehler. Presentations of the Symposium Emotional Work for Organisational Learning in Education for Democracy: Bridging Knowing and Acting in Democracy-as-Becoming
In contexts of democratic backsliding, socio-political polarisation, and accelerating ecological and technological change, educational institutions are increasingly positioned as sites where “knowing and acting” must be brought into a productive relation. Yet organisational routines and policy logics often reproduce a knowing–doing gap by privileging what is measurable over what is lived. This presentation argues that emotional work is a pivotal, yet systematically under-specified, mechanism through which Education for Democracy (EfD) can become organisationally sustainable as a practice of democracy-as-becoming.
We synthesise and advance a relational account of learning-as-change in EfD, foregrounding how democratic becoming unfolds through affective, embodied, and reflective engagement with uncertainty, disagreement, and value conflict (Dewey, 1916; Mezirow, 1991; Zembylas, 2013; 2023). This account is consequential for organisations because it shapes what counts as legitimate learning work in organisations, what becomes shareable as institutional knowledge, and what is rendered invisible in professional learning and evaluation.
Reframing emotional work as an organisational learning process highlights how democratic capacities are cultivated not as stable individual attributes, but as emergent accomplishments of activity systems, professional communities, and institutional cultures (Biesta, 2011). The presentation goes on to show that educators’ capacity to host emotionally and politically demanding learning is conditioned by the organisation’s emotional climate and institutional support, making leadership and organisational infrastructures central to EfD implementation (Hargreaves, 1998). Conceptually, we contribute to a pedagogical–ecological heuristic for enabling emotional work – through intentionally held spaces that support safety, courage, and care – thereby strengthening knowledge-in-action and opening possibilities for organisational change from within (Arao & Clemens, 2013; Hytti & Sandström, 2025).
Overall, the presentation positions EfD as a form of organisational learning oriented toward democratic futures: institutions learn democracy insofar as they redesign policies, practices, and professional learning to legitimise emotional work as collective, knowledgeable action rather than individual vulnerability.
References:
Arao, B., & Clemens, K. (2013). From safe spaces to brave spaces: A new way to frame dialogue around diversity and social justice. In L. M. Landreman (Ed.), The art of effective facilitation: Reflections from social justice educators (pp. 135–150). Stylus Publishing.
Biesta, G. J. J. (2011). Learning democracy in school and society: Education, lifelong learning, and the politics of citizenship. Sense Publishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-512-3
Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education: An introduction to the philosophy of education. Macmillan.
Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14(8), 835–854. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(98)00025-0
Hytti, M., & Sandström, N. (2025). Reclaiming emotion and reflection in education for democracy: A transformative learning perspective on the RFCDC. Journal of Social Science Education, 24(4). https://doi.org/10.11576/jsse-8310
Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning. Jossey-Bass.
Zembylas, M. (2013). Affective citizenship in multicultural societies: Implications for critical citizenship education. Citizenship Teaching & Learning, 9(1), 5–18. https://doi.org/10.1386/ctl.9.1.5_1
Zembylas, M. (2023). Political anger, affective injustice, and civic education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 57(6), 1176–1192. https://doi.org/10.1093/jopedu/qhad073
Transforming the Collective Social Body into an Intergenerational Dialogue through Aesthetic and Embodied Learning
This part aims to analyse the transformative effect of aesthetic and embodied learning on the traditional hierarchical teacher-student dynamic, turning it into an intergenerational collaborative and democratic dialogue for co-living and co-creating. Incorporating intergenerational dialogue into the classroom is crucial, as education is not merely about transmitting knowledge from the teacher to students, but rather about enabling them to share their cultures and resources and participate in the community's social life (Dewey, 1916). The oppression-free and responsive intergenerational teacher-student dialogue is key in transforming education for mutual respect and shared knowledge that aligns the educational process with democratic ideals (Freire, 2005). Such a dialogue fosters an open classroom climate, allowing learners to express themselves, explore various perspectives, and dissent, which has been positively associated with support for human rights, increased civic knowledge, political self-efficacy, and enhanced political participation (Knowles et al., 2018)
Our research, which was conducted within the Horizon project AECED, witnesses individual and collective transformations both in teachers and students through the epistemic transformation; they are principally changing their understanding of the concept of learning from just a cognitive act into a holistic process with the seeing of also emotions and the body as a source and means for learning. Teachers and students made reciprocal positive discoveries, bridging generational gaps, enhancing mutual trust and appreciating each other’s talents, competencies, and human qualities, and expressing confidence that aesthetic and embodied co-learning should be implemented throughout the entire school practice, causing organizational transformation for democracy.
Thus, the school community, through letting go of old habits and ways of thinking and moving through the “presencing” phase with a deep state of awareness and open-mindedness, is creating new possibilities for a more democratic future (Scharmer, 2009), stepping into a new dimension of collective knowing, where thinking and feeling are fully integrated (Scharmer & Käufer, 2020).
References:
Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education: An introduction to the philosophy of education. Macmillan.
Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the oppressed (30th anniversary ed.; M. B. Ramos, Trans.; D. Macedo, Introd.). Continuum. (Original work published 1968)
Knowles, R. T., Torney Purta, J., & Barber, C. (2018). Enhancing citizenship learning with international comparative research: Analyses of IEA civic education datasets. Citizenship Teaching & Learning, 13(1), 7–30. https://doi.org/10.1386/ctl.13.1.7_1
Scharmer, O. (2016). Theory U: leading from the future as it emerges: the social technology of presencing. San Francisco, California: Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
Scharmer, O. & Kaufer, K. (2013). Leading from the Emerging Future: From Ego-System to Eco-System Economies. San Francisco, California: Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
Democratic Citizenship Competences Through Foodmaking: Action-Based Group Work in the Context of a Science Kitchen
The paper explores how action-based interventions can be used to study the manifestation of democratic civic competences in the course of joint action, and what can be learned in organisational terms. Conceptually, it draws on the competence model developed within the Horizon Europe Democrat project (Krüger et al. 2024) and its elaborations (Hytti et al. 2024; Kalev et al. 2025). The analysis focuses primarily on democratic resilience among the four core competences, while also addressing solidary participation, deliberation, critical thinking, and judgement.
Empirically, the paper is based on an intervention conducted in the Tallinn University science kitchen. Participants were required to make decisions collaboratively, share responsibility, and adapt to tensions and changing conditions that emerged during the process. The intervention design and the accompanying assessment instrument were guided by the aim of examining how democratic civic competences manifest and develop in an activity-based situation that involves tension and requires cooperation.
Food preparation served as the intervention context as an embodied and meaningful activity that makes visible group relations, decision-making logics, and ways of coping with tension. Because decisions have immediate and perceptible consequences, and because the group’s final outcome depends directly on the contributions of its members, the science kitchen format supports the manifestation of democratic civic competences in a natural, real-life setting.
The paper also discusses organisational learning that occurred during the intervention on at least two levels. First, it involved the development of students’ teamwork capacities. Student groups were treated as micro-organisations in which participants - previously unfamiliar with one another - had to establish a division of labour within a limited time frame, make joint decisions under time pressure, and develop norms for collaboration. Second, the intervention functioned as a context for organisational learning for the organising team itself: shared practices and divisions of labour emerged for developing and implementing the intervention within Tallinn University and the science kitchen. This learning encompassed teamwork, project management, resource coordination, and related aspects.
Finally, we reflect on the intervention and its results from both democratic citizenship education and organisational learning perspectives.
References:
Dewey, J. (2011). Democracy and Education. Simon & Brown.
Castoriadis, C. (1975). The Imaginary Institution of Society. Boston: MIT Press.
Göhlich, M.; Novotný, P.: Revsbæk, L.; Schröer, A.; Weber, S. M.; Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), pp. 205–215.
Hytti, M., Sandström, N., Mallon, B., Eren, E., Kalev L. (2024). Outline of a European Curriculum for Education for Democracy. DEMOCRAT_Deliverable.4.1, https://democrat-horizon.eu/deliverables/.
Krüger, K.; Hallik, M.; Kalev, L.; Kostakos, G.; Toscano, B. & Virchow, F. (2024) Conceptual Framework and Vision: Responsible Democratic Citizenship and Education for Democracy. DEMOCRAT_Deliverable.2.1, https://democrat-horizon.eu/deliverables/.
Lührmann, A.; Merkel, W. (2023, eds.). Resilience of Democracy: Responses to Illiberal and Authoritarian Challenges. London, New York: Routledge.
Mathews-Schultz, A. L., & Sweet-Cushman, J. (2024). Teaching American Government and Politics: Centering Democratic Citizenship and Engagement in the Introductory Classroom. Cheltenham, Northampton: Edward Elgar.
Meyer, J. W., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutionalized Organizations: Formal Structııre as Myth and Ceremony. American journal of sociology, 83(2), 340-363.
Scharmer, O. (2007). Theory U: Leading from the Future as It Emerges. Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 33 SES 08 A: Activating Change: Doing Gender and Sexuality Research Creatively in Education Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Gökçe Adıbelli Symposium |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Symposium Activating Change: Doing Gender and Sexuality Research Creatively in Education This symposium explores the potential for bringing creative methodologies and research communication techniques to research in the field of gender, sexuality and education. The three papers in the symposium draw from three research projects in three national contexts, Finland and Sámiland, Wales and Australia. The papers in this symposium demonstrate how and why creative research methodologies and methods have become important strategies in feminist educational research in order to create generative spaces for mapping how children in Wales experience, negotiate, and express how gender in/equality matters in their everyday lives; exploring Sámi pine mythologies and personal experiences of Arctic girlhood and selfhood through thinking with Kelohonka – the ancient pine of Lapland; and will provide examples of how feminist creative methodologies and methods enable situated, contextualised, and experiential outputs to be generated from a research on everyday sexisms in Australian universities. Feminist, queer and Indigenous scholars have increasingly turned to creative approaches because of their concern with the shortcomings of conventional research methods for attending the complexities and nuances of power relations and intersectionalities, conveying findings to a broader public, and working towards systemic change (Coleman and Jungnickel, 2024; O’Sullivan and Reardon-Smith, 2025). It is argued that creative methods are necessary for not just investigating phenomena, but that they are both engaged and engaging with participants, knowledge, and the broader public (Lury and Wakefield, 2012). The papers presented here strive to activate transformation at the micro and macro levels. The authors of the papers acknowledge the difficulties inherent to systemic changes to the ways that gender, sexuality and education are lived, understood and perceived, especially during the precarious times we are living in, and specifically regarding the rights of trans and gender diverse people, as well as Indigenous peoples. Presently, gender and sexuality diverse people have varying levels of equality across the UK and European Union. In the UK, trans rights to equal participation in public life and spaces have been rolled back by changes to the definition of woman and man under the Equality Act, which since 2025 are legally defined as biological sex at birth. In Australia, the past 6 years have seen increased racism – especially towards Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples, anti-Semitism, Islamophobia and anti-trans and gender diversity reflecting ideologies that exist in tandem with global political movements aimed at the destruction of equity and diversity as principles of inclusive governance (Butler, 2024). In Finland, there is an intense public debate about Sámi rights to belonging, both within the Sámi community itself and in relation to Finland as a settler‑colonial state. This discussion reflects broader struggles over Indigenous sovereignty, cultural continuity, and the recognition of Sámi epistemologies within national political structures. It also intersects with wider tensions around gender, sexuality, and the rights of trans and gender diverse people, highlighting how multiple forms of marginalisation and resistance become entangled in the current moment of social and political precarity. These dynamics inevitably extend into education, shaping the everyday experiences of diverse children and young people, influencing how they encounter knowledge, identity, and belonging, and affecting the futures they are able to imagine and inhabit. Considering changing global politics, the symposium engages with how creative methodologies enable gender and sexuality research to reveal subtle resistances that occur in the everyday of education. Additionally, the symposium will demonstrate how creative methods, as research communication tools, open up different opportunities for dialogue, reflection, and pathways to action than traditional research outputs. The symposium aims to generate discussion, it will be participatory and encourages delegates to engage with data and artefacts, including data-driven creative outputs.
References Butler, J. (2024). Who’s Afraid of Gender? London: Penguin Random House. Coleman, R. and Jungnickel, K. (2024). Introduction to Creating Feminist Futures: Research Methodologies for New Times. Australian Feminist Studies, 38 (115-116): 1-13. Lury, C. and Wakeford, N. (2012). Introduction: A perpetual inventory. In C. Lury and N. Wakeford (Eds). Inventive Methods The happening of the social. London: Routledge, 1-25. O’Sullivan, S. and Reardon-Smith, H. (2025). The colonial project of gender: trans joy, queerness in practice, coloniality in turmoil. Continuum, 39(1), 13–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/10304312.2025.2456011 Presentations of the Symposium Ruler-skirts, Rights-kites and Rainbow Ribbons: Making Gender Equality Matter with Pre-teens in Arts-activist Educational Research and Practice
This paper draws upon a Welsh Government–funded arts-activist engagement and research project with 70 children aged 9–11 across rural, urban, and suburban Wales (UK). Using participatory, multi-sensory arts methods, the study maps how children experience, negotiate, and express how gender in/equality matters in their everyday lives. Informed by feminist posthuman and queer post-qualitative frameworks (Deleuze & Guattari 1987; Barad 2015; Manning 2020; Bey 2021; Preciado 2025), the project conceptualises gender as an assemblage: a dynamic, relational, and more-than-human process through which bodies, affects, materials, discourses, and spaces intra-act.
While research has richly documented the non-linear and intersectional ways children are entangled in gender and sexuality norms, there remains limited work on how children’s own insights can meaningfully shape gender-equitable educational futures. The study thus responds to a persistent gap between critical research on childhood, gender, and sexuality particularly scholarship challenging developmental discourses of innocence and age-appropriateness, and education policy and practice (Payne & Smith 2025; Gannon et al. 2024).
The project unfolded in two phases. First, creative friendship-group encounters used drawing, mapping, image-elicitation and speculative prompts to explore everyday gender norms and pressures. Second, whole-class arts-activist workshops invited children to collectively activate what mattered to them through the making of “dartaphacts” (arts-activist objects), designed to communicate their messages safely to wider publics.
Childhood researchers have long recognised the potential power of arts-based methodologies to research some of the most sensitive folds of experience (Lupton and Leahy 2021; Hickey-Moody et al. 2022). Accordingly, children’s multi-modal creative outputs (drawings, objects, movement, slogans, and film) are treated not as data to be extracted, but as practices that travel beyond the research encounter. Rather than presenting linear “findings,” the paper shares narrative, visual, poetic, and filmic vignettes that show how art operates as a passageway (Manning 2020) for attuning to, animating, and amplifying the complexities of children’s gendered lives.
In alignment with ECER 2026’s theme, “Knowing and Acting” the paper foregrounds the political and historical urgency of imagining gender-just educational futures through situated, intergenerational, and speculative creative praxis. In a context of intensifying gender-phobia and regulation of childhood gender expression (Butler 2024; Stockton 2021), the paper argues that arts-based, posthuman approaches have the potential for crafting ethical, response-able (Barad 2007) spaces where children’s gendered experiences can matter within and beyond educational research, policy, and practice.
References:
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Barad, K. (2015). Transmaterialities: Trans*/matter/realities and queer political imaginings. GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies, 21(2–3), 387–422.
Bey, M. (2021). Black trans feminism. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Stockton, K. B. (2021). Gender(s). Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.
Butler, J. (2024). Who’s afraid of gender? London: Vintage/Random House.
Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia (B. Massumi, Trans.). Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.
Gannon, S., Pasley, A., & Osgood, J. (Eds.). (2024). Gender un/bound: Traversing
educational possibilities. London: Taylor & Francis.
Hickey-Moody, A., Horn, C., Willcox, M., & Florence, E. (2021). Arts-based methods for research with children (p. 149). Cham, Switzerland: Palgrave Macmillan.
Lupton, D., & Leahy, D. (2021). Creative approaches to health education: Arts-based
methods in research, teaching and practice. London: Routledge.
Manning, E. (2020). For a pragmatics of the useless. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Payne, E. and Smith, M. 2025. Queer Kids and Social Violence: The Limits of Bullying. Minneapolis, MN: Minnesota University Press.
Preciado, P. B. (2025). Dysphoria mundi. London: Fitzcarraldo Editions
Indigenous Sámi Kelohonka mythodologies of arctic girl-self becomings / Kelohonka-mytodologiat arktisen tyttöyden ja itseyden prosesseissa
This bilingual creative article explores Sámi pine mythologies and personal experiences of Arctic girlhood and selfhood through thinking with Kelohonka – the ancient pine of Lapland. Acting as a cultural, scholarly and philosophical companion, Kelohonka becomes a medium for connecting with nature, memory, and more-than-human beings. The narrative weaves together Sámi mythology, feminist modes of knowing, and posthumanist theory into a new concept: mythodology – a fusion of mythology and methodology.
Mythodology moves across two intra-active landscapes: the physical and analytical, and the mythical and affective. Mythodological knowing brings together ancient archetypal beliefs, sensory embodiment, the memories of personal experience, as well as theoretical and methodological insight. Through these, lost knowledge may be recovered, enabling one to recreate one’s history anew.
When transmitted mythologically, knowledge emerges as minor feels (Seigworth & Pedwell, 2022), as a sight, a bodily sensation, an instinctive gesture or movement, a direct knowing, or through companion species. Knowledge also arises through observing the entanglement, as its material elements respond to shifts within it.
Drawing on mythodological thinking, the article meanders through forests, lakes, and storms of Sámiland, where Kelohonka serves as guide, protector, and enabler of reciprocal relationship. Mythodological thinking challenges colonial and gendered notions of agency, emphasizing the importance of ancient wisdom, embodied Sámi Indigenous knowledge, and the presence of the affective in sustaining Arctic life.
Tämä kaksikielinen luova artikkeli tutkii kelohonkaan liittyviä saamelaisia mytologioita ja henkilökohtaisia kokemuksia arktisesta tyttöydestä ja itseydestä. Kelohonka, Lapin ikiaikainen mänty, toimii kulttuurisena, akateemisena ja filosofisena kumppanina, jonka kanssa rakentuu yhteys luontoon, muistoihin ja kumppanilajeihin. Teksti yhdistää saamelaista mytologiaa, feminististä tietämistä ja posthumanistisia teorioita muodostaen käsitteen mytodologia– mytologian ja metodologian sulautuman.
Mytodologia liikkuu kahden intra‑aktiivisen maiseman halki: fyysisen ja analyyttisen sekä myyttisen ja affektiivisen. Mytodologisessa tietämisessä yhdistyvät muinaiset arkkityyppiset uskomukset, ruumiillisuus, henkilökohtaisten kokemusten muistot ja teoreettis-metodologinen oivaltaminen. Näiden kautta kadonnutta alkuperäiskansatietoa voidaan palauttaa, ja siten luoda henkilökohtaista historiaa uudelleen.
Mytodologisesti välittyessään tieto ilmenee näkynä, kehollisena tuntemuksena, vaistonvaraisena eleenä tai liikkeenä, välittömänä tietämisenä tai kumppanilajien kautta. Tietoa nousee esiin myös havainnoimalla kietoutumia, kun niiden materiaaliset elementit reagoivat kietoumissa tapahtuviin muutoksiin.
Mytodologiasta ammentaen artikkeli kuljeskelee läpi Saamenmaan metsien, järvien ja myrskyjen, joissa kelohonka toimii oppaana, suojelijana ja vastavuoroisen suhteen mahdollistajana. Teksti haastaa kolonialistisia ja sukupuolittuneita käsityksiä toimijuudesta, korostaen muinaisen viisauden, kehollisen tiedon ja affektiivisen läsnäolon merkitystä arktisessa elämässä.
References:
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglements of Matter and Meaning. Duke University Press.
Kuokkanen, R. (2009). Boaris dego eana: Eamiálbmogiid diehtu, filosofiijat ja dutkan [As Old as the Earth: Indigenous Knowledge, Philosophies and Research]. Cálliidlágádus. Karasjok.
Lummaa, T., Vainio, K., Korrensalo, A., Takala, T. & Tuittila, ES. (2023). Itseksi puiden kanssa. [Becoming Myself Among Trees]. Elore 30(1). https://doi.org/10.30666/elore.126754
Niemelä, T., Wallenius, TM. & Kotiranta, H. (2002). The kelo tree, a vanishing substrate of specified Wood-inhabiting fungi. Polish Botanical Journal 47(2), 91–101.
Pentikäinen J. & Pulkkinen, R. (2018). Saamelaisten mytologia. [The Mythology of the Sámi People.] Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura. Helsinki
Seigworth GJ. & Pedwell C. (2023). Introduction: A Shimmer of Inventories. In GJ. Seigworth & Pedwell, C. (Eds.), The Affect Theory Reader 2, 1–59. Duke University Press.
Making Data-informed Outputs to Understand and Address Everyday Sexisms in Australian Universities
This participatory presentation draws from a project carried out by the authors between 2021- 2025. Understanding and Addressing Everyday Sexisms in Australian Universities aimed to improve the ways in which gender-based discrimination is understood and addressed in Australian universities by employing a creative, feminist, and intersectional approach to researching everyday sexisms. The researchers understand everyday sexisms as slippery and fleeting moments where experiences are shaped in gendered, racialised, sexualised and ableist ways. The term ‘sexisms’ is used to reflect that sexism is understood and experienced differently. Individual incidents can be fleeting and seemingly banal or innocuous. Therefore, situations or outcomes created by everyday sexisms can often be reasoned away as attributable to something else.
In addition to academic papers (Gray, et al., 2024a, Gray, et al., 2024b), outputs also included a range of resources made available to universities to supplement gender equity initiatives (Blaise, et al., 2023; Blaise, et al., 2025a, 2025b, 2025c). These creative outputs were produced to equip universities with nuanced insights into how everyday sexisms impact upon the daily lives of their workforce and suggest ways to change the everyday environment of higher education at the individual, discipline and university level. The project’s situated, intersectional and feminist approach to data generation will be presented, as well as how this facilitated the process of making data-driven creative research outputs. The presentation will demonstrate how the project team worked with a creative practitioner to produce the three creative project outputs that this presentation will share: The Oppressive Grind, a research-informed broadsheet developed entirely from the qualitative survey responses to communicate these findings to a diverse audience; Cards Against Everyday Sexisms, a card deck created from direct quotes from participants who completed a range of open-ended survey items. The deck of cards gestures to research done by Carmel Diezmann and Susan Grieshaber (2019) in which luck and playing the “academic game” featured in the responses of women professors working in Australia when asked about their career progression; and finally the presentation will share an online microcredential that is aimed to educate those who take it about everyday sexisms and how they appear in university settings. This microcredential is based on project data and findings and is intended to be used by people of all genders working in Australian universities. The paper therefore provides examples of how feminist creative methodologies and methods enable situated, contextualised, and experiential outputs to be generated.
References:
Blaise, M., Gray, E., Ullman, J., & Fishwick, E. (2023). The Oppressive Grind: Understanding and Addressing Everyday Sexisms in Australian Universities 2021-2024. https://doi.org/10.26183/8dwm-pc13
Blaise, M., Gray, E., Ullman, J., Fishwick, E. & Beardman, G. (2025a). Micro-Credential: Understanding and addressing everyday sexisms. Everyday Sexisms in Australian Universities. https://doi.org/10.25958/wmtz-kk33
Blaise, M., Gray, E., Ullman, J., Fishwick, E. & Beardman, G. (2025b). Cards against everyday sexisms. Everyday Sexisms in Australian Universities. Edith Cowan University. https://doi.org/10.25958/anng-p672
Blaise, M., Gray, E., Ullman, J., Fishwick, E. (2025c). Everyday sexisms take away tote bags: Tools for communicating research findings. Edith Cowan University. https://doi.org/10.25958/p4gg-fd55
Diezmann, C., and Griesbhaber, S. (2019). Women Professors: Who Makes It and How? The Netherlands: Springer.
Gray, E. M., Pasley, A., Fishwick, E., Blaise, M., Ullman, J., & Delaney, M. (2024a). Australian university websites as colonialities of gender. Journal of Gender Studies, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/09589236.2024.2429695
Gray, E. M., Pasley, A., Blaise, M., Ullman, J., Fishwick, E. (2024b). Sexisms and Un/welcome Diversity in Australian Universities. The Australian Educational Researcher. 51, 1945–1960. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-023-00673-1
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 33 SES 08 B: Exploring Gendering Processes Through Innovative Methodologies: Strengths and Challenges Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Burcu Altun Birgun Paper Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Gender Biases in Artificial Intelligence Models and Humans 1: Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece; 2: University of Ioannina, Greece Presenting Author:In recent years, remarkable progress has occurred in the development of large language models (LLMs), driving artificial intelligence (AI) into increasingly sophisticated realms of human-computer interaction. Leading examples include OpenAI’s ChatGPT and Google’s Gemini AI, both of which demonstrate impressive capabilities in natural language understanding, text generation, translation, and other language-driven applications (Rane, Choudhary, & Rane, 2024). As AI technologies continue to advance and data usage expands, it becomes increasingly crucial to comprehend their broader societal implications, particularly within the fields of education and training. Educators and school leaders must possess at least a foundational understanding of AI and data practices to engage with these technologies positively, critically, and ethically, thereby leveraging their full potential (European Commission, 2022, p. 4). When applied appropriately, AI has the potential to enhance teaching, learning, and assessment, improve educational outcomes, and increase institutional efficiency. However, the misuse or poor design of AI systems may lead to negative or even harmful consequences. It is therefore essential for educators to evaluate whether the AI tools they employ are reliable, fair, safe, and trustworthy, and ensure that educational data is managed securely, respects privacy, and serves the public good. The concept of “Ethical AI” underscores the importance of developing and deploying AI systems that adhere to ethical standards, guiding principles, and fundamental human values (European Commission, 2022, p. 11). Gender biases in artificial intelligence models concern the academic community, especially in the field of education. The integration of AI into the educational process is a directive of the educational policies of the European Commission. Thus, more research is needed on making those AI models unbiased and ethical as far as gender issues are concerned, so that the transition can be smooth, taking the available resources in education into account. The purpose of this research is the comparative study of the results provided by two artificial intelligence models compared with the results obtained by male and female students who were trained in gender issues in education, at a higher educational institution in the country. The method for the texts written by the students is content analysis and was used to identify gender patterns in texts. For the texts produced by the AI models a script in Python was written to do context and statistical analysis with the help of python dictionaries. Through a feminist approach, this paper seeks to understand whether Artificial Intelligence perpetuates existing stereotypes or not, when compared with the texts produced by students. The findings showed that Gemini was the AI model that gave better results than the ChatGPT and the students, in terms of the breadth of the gender dimension in the texts they were trained to create. The students who attended the course on gender issues showed a small understanding of their perceptions about gender equality. The only notable observation is that the students included some LGBTQI issues in their answers. Two fundamental issues arise from the foregoing research that warrant further exploration: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was conducted within a higher education department where the researcher taught the course “Education and Gender” during the 2025–26 academic year. Thirty male and female students attended lectures on theories and concepts related to gender relations and participated in group activities and experiential workshops designed to foster a deeper understanding of gender stereotypes. At the end of the semester, students were provided with a set of materials to which they were asked to respond. The same exercises were then administered to ChatGPT and Gemini with the aim of comparing (a) human responses with those generated by AI systems, and (b) the responses of the two AI systems with each other. While similar studies have been conducted abroad, this research constitutes the first study within higher education to compare the responses of students, who received formal instruction on gender issues and subsequently engaged in creative writing and sentence completion tasks, with those generated by AI systems trained on the same prompts and asked to complete the same exercises. A feminist content analysis of the students’ stories and sentence completions revealed a weak correlation between the material taught during the academic semester and their final responses. This indicates that, despite exposure to feminist theory and gender studies, their answers remained markedly stereotypical. From the AI perspective of the research, the same set of prompts given to students was entered into ChatGPT and Gemini, supplemented by the instructions: “Make the people in the stories for A and B more human. Give the character a name, a profession, or any distinctive trait” and “Respond as a person aged 18–30”, all written in Greek. Without these additional prompts, the models tended to respond in a definitional or abstract manner, lacking the narrative richness necessary for meaningful interpretation. Accordingly, two separate chat sessions, one per AI model, were trained to respond as if they were “different students.” Subsequently, a Python script was developed to perform contextual and statistical analysis using Python dictionaries, associating stereotypical terms with social groups and calculating their frequency of occurrence within each category. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research was conducted within a university department of secondary education teacher training. The findings indicate that professional development on gender-related issues is essential for educators. The study compares the dataset (a) between human and AI-generated outputs, and (b) between ChatGPT and Gemini models. In the narratives created by male and female students about a “professional,” most responses reflected traditional and gender-stereotypical occupations. When asked to write stories about a person’s ambitions, students predominantly depicted men as individuals who strive, aim, and aspire to succeed, often as freelancers or scientists. In contrast, female characters were portrayed as “dreaming” of success, with goals oriented toward helping others or protecting the environment. In the sentence-completion exercises, both male and female students provided rather conventional responses. For instance, female students were described as “trying hard, studying, not missing classes,” whereas male students were characterized as “missing classes, failing exams, playing videogames to the detriment of their studies.” Descriptions of mothers included “taking care, cooking, organizing, working hard, offering moral support, showing love,” while fathers were depicted as “working all day, providing material goods, loving and supporting silently.” The representations of grandparents were also heavily stereotyped: grandmothers were said to “grumble, stay at home, cook for their grandchildren, and help their daughters with housework,” while grandfathers “go to cafés, sit and watch TV and give money to their grandchildren.” Regarding the AI-generated responses, ChatGPT tended to produce a range of topics containing stereotypical elements, whereas Gemini offered more diverse and non-stereotypical content characterized by a positive tone across all sentence themes. Continuous training on gender awareness should be provided throughout teachers’ professional careers, as deeply internalized gender stereotypes, manifested in both thought and behavior, are often difficult to recognize and even harder to change. References Armutat, S., Wattenberg, M. & Mauritz, N. (2024). Artificial Intelligence: Gender-Specific Differences in Perception, Understanding, and Training Interest. Proceedings of the 7th International Conference on Gender Research, (pp. 36-43). Academic Conferences International Ltd. https://doi.org/10.34190/icgr.7.1.2163 Consuegra-Ayala, J. P., Martínez-Murillo, I., Lloret, E., Moreda, P. & Palomar, M. (2024). A multifaceted approach to detect gender biases in Natural Language Generation. Knowledge-Based Systems, 303, 112367 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.knosys.2024.11236 Spillner, L. (2024). Unexpected Gender Stereotypes in AI-generated Stories: Hairdressers Are Female, but so Are Doctors. In: R. Campos, A. Jorge, A. Jatowt, S. Bhatia, M. Litvak (eds.): Proceedings of the Text2Story’24 Workshop, Glasgow (Scotland), 24-March-2024. https://ceur-ws.org/Vol-3671/paper10.pdf Thomson, E., Chapman, R., Cooper G. & Cooper, Z. (2026). Exploring bias in artificial intelligence: stereotypes and gendered narratives in digital imagery of early childhood educators, Gender and Education, 38, (1), 53-72. DOI: 10.1080/09540253.2025.2546048 Valerio-Ureña, G., Sevilla-Campoverde, G., Ortúzar, S. & Lazcano, C. (2024). Gender Stereotypes in the Creation of Educational Cases with ChatGPT. International Symposium on Multimedia (ISM) IEEE. DOI: 10.1109/ISM63611.2024.00059 Voutyrakou, D. A., & Skordoulis, C. (2025). Using AI Tools to Enhance Educational Robotics to Bridge the Gender Gap in STEM. Education Sciences, 15(6), 711. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15060711 Yim, Iris Heung Yue (2024). Artificial intelligence literacy in primary education: An arts-based approach to overcoming age and gender barriers. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 7, 100319. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100321 33. Gender and Education
Paper Constructing the “Knowing Subject” in the Context of Intersectionality: Tracing Epistemic Injustice of Pre-Service Teachers’ Educational Biographies 1: Eskisehir Osmangazi University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Bahcesehir University, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: Uludag University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Pedagogical institutions, particularly schools, should not be understood merely as physical sites where knowledge and skills are formally transmitted through curricula. Rather, they operate as social and institutional environments in which values, norms, and beliefs are conveyed to successive generations through both explicit instruction and the hidden curriculum. From a feminist perspective, the hidden curriculum and routine pedagogical practices convey unwritten rules concerning gendered expectations and socially sanctioned roles. These norms are reinforced through existing power structures and become normalized within society. Empirical research demonstrates persistent gender-based disadvantages across educational contexts. Studies indicate that male students speak 1.6 times more frequently than female students, interrupt at rates up to fifteen times higher, and tend to use assertive language, whereas women often employ hesitant and apologetic speech (Lee & McCabe, 2020). Moreover, educational materials similarly reproduce gendered representations; for example, medical training texts often portray women as caregivers and nurses and men as doctors and administrators (Arsever et al., 2023), while in engineering, women report experiences of social isolation, condescension and sexist discourse masked as humour (Harris, 2025). As a result of all these studies, it has been emphasized that women face negative outcomes such as professional inadequacy, silencing, decreased performance, and a weakened sense of belonging.
Feminist perspectives grounded in Marxist analyses argue that knowledge production is not neutral but is deeply embedded in relations of power, privilege, and politics (Tuana, 2017). Fricker (2007) distinguishes between between (i)testimonial injustice, which occurs when a speaker’s credibility is unfairly undermined due to prejudice, and (ii)hermeneutical injustice, which arises when individuals lack the conceptual resources necessary to interpret and articulate their experiences. In educational contexts, these forms of injustice shape whose knowledge is recognized and whose experiences are rendered unintelligible or invisible. Analysing education through the framework of epistemic injustice enables critical examination of authority relations in teacher–student interactions, the role of curricular choices in reproducing inequality, and the pedagogical consequences of prejudice in classrooms. It also raises ethical questions regarding how educators can protect students’ epistemic agency while maintaining academic standards (Kotzee, 2017).
Accountability-driven evaluation practices within education systems further exacerbate these injustices by marginalizing teachers who successfully engage with historically disadvantaged students in low socioeconomic contexts. Over time, this exclusion produces cumulative harm conceptualized as “slow violence” that undermines the professional identities and leadership aspirations of women and minorities, thereby limiting diversity within the teaching profession (Bernard et al., 2023). Consequently, understanding how pre-service teachers’ past experiences of testimonial and hermeneutical injustice shape their professional identity formation and perceptions of educational leadership is critically important. The literature emphasizes the need for more studies that examine epistemic injustice in teacher education within local contexts (Babu et al., 2025; Bernard et al., 2023; Kotzee, 2017) and through an intersectional framework (Anyango et al., 2026; Tuana, 2017). Addressing this gap, the present study adopts an intersectional framework focusing on gender, disability, and socioeconomic status. Specifically, the study critically examines the antecedents and consequences of epistemic injustice experienced by pre-service teachers throughout their educational trajectories, from primary education to higher education, from a feminist and intersectional perspective. The study seeks to answer the following sub-questions:
Q1. Which curricular contents (formal, hidden, and null curricula) and pedagogical practices encountered in pre-service teachers’ prior educational experiences hindered their capacity to act as knowledge producers? Q2. How do the intersection of disability status, and social status besides gender shape pre-service teachers’ contributions to knowledge production? Q3. How do experiences of epistemic injustice influence pre-service teachers’ personal, academic and professional development? Q4. What kinds of resistance strategies have pre-service teachers developed in response to epistemic injustice pressures?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given the study’s focus on meaning-making of pre-service teachers’ experiences and on revealing their connections to structural power relations, a qualitative feminist biographical narrative research design was employed. Within this design, participants’ educational life stories were examined through temporal and contextual lenses. Purposeful sampling was used, specifically the maximum variation strategy. Crenshaw (1992), who introduced the concept of intersectionality, argues that single-axis analyses of gender or race are insufficient for explaining experienced inequalities and that their combined consideration enables the identification of distinct dynamics. To ensure intersectionality, twelve Turkish students from different grade levels were selected, representing diversity in gender (women and men), disability status (visual and physical disabilities), and social class (e.g., poor and affluent backgrounds, geographically disadvantaged and advantaged regions). Data were collected over the course of one academic term, allowing sufficient time to establish trust-based relationships with participants. In the first phase of data collection, in-depth individual interviews were conducted to gather participants’ educational life stories. Participants were asked questions such as: “Can you share an instance in which you were not taken seriously by your teachers or peers regarding something you claimed to know?” and “Have you ever felt that textbooks lacked representations of your lifestyle, culture, or gender? How did this make you feel?” These questions aimed to identify critical moments in participants’ educational trajectories. Another data collection method involved ‘reflective journals’ kept by participants. They were asked to document moments during the research period in which they felt unheard, ignored, or not taken seriously in class, as well as moments in which they felt valued and empowered. Finally, focus group interviews were conducted to explore the structural dimensions underlying individual narratives. Conducting focus groups with participants who shared similar identities functioned not only as a data collection strategy but also as a collective meaning-making process that encouraged participants to interpret injustices as systemic and structural rather than overly personalized experiences. Data were analyzed using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). The dataset was read in detail, codes were generated, categories were formed, and themes were developed. These themes were interpreted in relation to the framework of epistemic injustice, with intersectional considerations such as being both disabled and female, or being poor and male (particularly when not conforming to hegemonic masculinity expectations), taken into account. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that teachers who adhere to traditional educational approaches emphasize their authoritative position in the classroom and systematically disregard or devalue the knowledge production capacities of students from disadvantaged groups. The findings further demonstrate that teachers who do not assume responsibility for promoting gender equality actively contribute to the formation of a “chilly climate” within classrooms. Gender stereotypes are reproduced through teacher–student interaction patterns, the selection of instructional materials, and the structuring of curricular content. The systematic underrepresentation or exclusion of women and people with disabilities in course materials and classroom discourse constrains students’ opportunities to engage in knowledge production and meaning-making processes. Moreover, the exclusion of marginalized students’ cultural and local knowledge reduces epistemic diversity, while the hidden curriculum reinforces normalized behaviors and marginalizes those who deviate from dominant norms. From an intersectional perspective, the findings reveal that students who occupy multiple marginalized positions such as being both female and disabled experience distinct and compounded forms of epistemic injustice. Educational systems that fail to recognize and respond to these voices perpetuate hermeneutical injustice by denying individuals access to the interpretive resources necessary to understand and articulate their experiences. A study conducted with medical students (Blalock & Leal, 2022) highlights how participants resisted injustice by redefining their presence in the field, critiquing the curriculum, raising their voices, and supporting one another. Overall, the findings suggest that fostering awareness of epistemic injustice within teacher education programs particularly through collaborative and dialogical learning practices supports the development of resistance strategies and enables pre-service teachers to reconstruct their professional identities as “knowing subjects.” Such approaches contribute to challenging dominant power relations in knowledge production and promoting more inclusive educational leadership practices. References Anyango, C., Goicolea, I., Lövgren, V., & Namatovu, F. (2025). ‘The feeling that I’m unimportant’: epistemic injustice lens on formal support for women with disabilities survivors of intimate partner violence. Journal of Gender-Based Violence, 1-18. Arsever, S., Broers, B., Cerutti, B., Wiesner, J., & Dao, M. D. (2023). A gender biased hidden curriculum of clinical vignettes in undergraduate medical training. Patient Education and Counselling, 116, 107934. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pec.2023.107934 Babu, Y., Mishra, P., Kumar, A., Pandey, C. S., & Pandey, S. (2025). Epistemic injustices andcurriculum: Strategizing for justice. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 11, 101220.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssaho.2024.101220 Bernard, C. F., Kaufman, D., Kohan, M., & Mitoma, G. (2023). edTPA implications for teachereducation policy and practice: Representations of epistemic injustice and slowviolence. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 31, 1-27. Blalock, A. E., & Leal, D. R. (2022). Redressing injustices: how women students enact agencyin undergraduate medical education. Advances in Health Sciences Education (2023 28: 741–758 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10459-022-10183-x Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Researchin Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597.https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Crenshaw, K. (1992). Race, gender, and sexual harassment. Southern California Law Review, 65, 1467-1476. Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford universitypress. Harris, D. (2025). The hidden curriculum: gender, bias and banter in first-year engineeringeducation. European Journal of Engineering Education, 1-19.https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2025.2586131 Kotzee, B. (2017). Education and epistemic injustice. In The Routledge handbook of epistemicinjustice (Eds. I.J. Kidd, J. Medina, & G. Pohlhaus, Jr.) (pp. 324-335). Routledge. Lee, J. J., & Mccabe, J. M. (2021). Who speaks and who listens: Revisiting the chilly climatein college classrooms. Gender & society, 35(1),32-60. DOI:10.1177/0891243220977141 Tuana, N. (2017). Feminist epistemology: The subject of knowledge. In The Routledgehandbook of epistemic injustice (Eds. I.J. Kidd, J. Medina, & G. Pohlhaus, Jr.) (pp. 125138). Routledge. 33. Gender and Education
Paper No Evidence for Polarization or a Gender-Equality Paradox in Youth Value Gaps Across 33 European Countries in the 21st Century 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: ESADE Business School, Spain Presenting Author:There has recently been extensive media coverage suggesting that young men and women have become increasingly polarized, drifting apart in their worldviews, values, attitudes, and political ideologies (Burn-Murdoch, 2024; Chung, 2025). However, relatively little empirical research has examined whether this purported division among youth has in fact changed over time. Media coverage often lack attention to historical trends, and even data-driven journalistic efforts may prioritize audience engagement over careful empirical description of the phenomenon. At the same time, a related concept has gained prominence in both media and academic discourse: the so-called “gender-equality paradox” (Stoet & Geary, 2018). This framework posits that gender differences are larger in more egalitarian societies, for example in domains such as science attitudes measured in PISA and in several other individual characteristics. If gender equality has indeed increased over time, this paradox would also imply within-country growth in differences between young men and women. This study tests whether this purportedly paradoxical pattern is evident in the personal values of European youth, examined from 2002 to 2020 using ten rounds of European Social Survey data across 33 European countries (total N = 63,402). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following recent developments in statistical methodologies for examining gender differences and their correlates, this study employed a multivariate, value-based gender-typicality measure to assess the overall distance between young men and women aged 18 to 29 (Ilmarinen et al., 2023). To examine associations with time and country-level gender equality, a deconstructed analytical approach was used, addressing methodological limitations in many studies that report evidence for a “gender-equality paradox” across educational, economic, personality, and value domains (Ilmarinen & Lönnqvist, 2024). Rather than relying on difference scores, which can introduce statistical artifacts in regression and correlation analyses, the deconstructed approach separately examines changes in the average profiles of young men and young women over time and as a function of gender equality. This strategy allowed for clearer inference about whether observed patterns reflect shifts in one or both groups. Multilevel models with individuals nested within countries were employed to account for the hierarchical structure of the data. Personal values were measured using the Human Values Scale. Country-level gender equality was measure using the Gender Equality Index (a reversed form of the Gender Inequality Index) and the Global Gender Gap Index. Research hypotheses and analysis plans were preregistered (https://osf.io/7cags/?view_only=f3e97a78271e46bfafb9e20ac8d35bb1). Data, code, and materials are available at https://osf.io/e3947/overview?view_only=6bc07ea0d0034f0f93c826fee1f1daa3. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There was no evidence of general polarization or increasing division in value-based gender gaps across the ten rounds of European Social Survey data collected between 2002 and 2020. Model estimates indicate that the average multivariate gender difference among European youth in 2002 (ESS Round 1) was D = 0.42, 95% CI [0.37, 0.48], p < .001, whereas by 2020 (ESS Round 10) it had declined to D = 0.32, 95% CI [0.26, 0.38], p < .001. These results suggest that young men and women in Europe are not growing apart in their values over time; if anything, they have become more similar and less male-typical on average. Country-specific time trends for young women and men further illustrate the absence of increasing gender division in 21st-century Europe. None of the 33 countries exhibited diverging trends. Instead, value-based male-typicality declined on average and showed decreases in 19 countries, while increases were observed in only five. Interestingly, several Eastern European countries displayed both increases in value-based male-typicality and evidence of convergence, with young men and women becoming more similar to each other over time. These findings suggest that interpretations of a gender-equality paradox in values and other individual differences reflect “inflated crud” rather than a coherent substantive pattern. Following Orben and Lakens (2020), this “crud” refers to small true-positive correlations arising from the complexity of social and behavioral data. The apparent paradox may therefore largely result from analytical choices rather than a theoretically meaningful phenomenon. Addressing this requires examining associations separately for men and women, using effect size metrics that do not rely on mean-level correlations (e.g., Cohen’s q), and preregistering theoretically meaningful minimum effect sizes. References Burn-Murdoch, J. (2024, January 26). A new global gender divide is emerging. Financial Times. https://www.ft.com/content/29fd9b5c-2f35-41bf-9d4c-994db4e12998 Chung, H. (2025, March 5). Gen Z men and women most divided on gender equality, global study shows. King’s College London. https://www.kcl.ac.uk/news/gen-z-men-and-women-most-divided-on-gender-equality-global-study-shows Ilmarinen, V. J., & Lönnqvist, J. E. (2024). Deconstructing the gender-equality paradox. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 127(1), 217–237. https://doi.org/10.1037/pspp0000508 Ilmarinen, V. J., Vainikainen, M. P., & Lönnqvist, J. E. (2023). Is there a g-factor of genderedness? Using a continuous measure of genderedness to assess sex differences in personality, values, cognitive ability, school grades, and educational track. European Journal of Personality, 37(3), 313–337. https://doi.org/10.1177/08902070221088155 Orben, A., & Lakens, D. (2020). Crud (re)defined. Advances in Methods and Practices in Psychological Science. https://doi.org/10.1177/2515245920917961 Stoet, G., & Geary, D. C. (2018). The gender-equality paradox in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics education. Psychological Science, 29(4), 581–593. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797617741719 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 34 SES 08 A: Global Education and Learning - What we Know but Find it Difficult to Act On? Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Elina Lehtomäki Symposium |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Symposium Global Education and Learning - What we Know but Find it Difficult to Act On? The symposium provides a forum for the presentation and discussion of current perspectives on global education research (Scheunpflug, 2021) from a variety of international backgrounds. In a world characterised by numerous inequalities, the European definition of global education (Dublin Declaration, 2022) offers significant themes for consideration, including decoloniality, peace education, human rights education, religious and moral education, intercultural education, antiracist education, and the development of education systems that are more sustainable, resilient, and equitable. The overarching questions of the symposium on global education and learning are: What are the complexities in acting on knowledge of global education and learning? In what ways schools, teachers and teacher students make sense of the intertwined complexities related to social and sustainabality dilemmas? How do they find ways to use the knowledge and act on? The symposium draws from research in three different European countries and provides novel insights into current challenges to global social justice and to discourses on the role of education in preparing new generations of citizens who are connected to the world around them with respect to each other and the living planet. The three presentations demonstrate how schools and teachers in Finland, Germany, and Poland search for approaches to overcome the global and local injustices and to find ways to respond to social and sustainability related dilemmas they face in work. The complexities are such that teachers may not have been prepared for in their initial or continuing teacher education (Kuusisto, et al., 2025; Layne, et. al, 2025). The three studies have used qualitative and philosophical approaches with empirical data. They show that integration of global education into established educational frameworks remains a conspicuous task. The results indicate that schools and teachers across contexts experience a sense of overwhelmedness in relation to the intricacies of global social justice, which consequently hinders their ability to implement these concepts and respond to the complexities effectively. Teacher students’ beliefs on global social change suggest that knowledge is to be accompanied with reflections and actions (Timm, Kaukko, & Scheunpflug, 2023). Knowing of global climate change and shifting global order which increase global injustice requires schools, teachers and teacher education to act on. For this, research with schools, teachers and teacher education is to identify ways that support the acting on and to share findings with practitioners in schools. One key seems to enhance the collaborative agency of all, including teacher educators, teachers and students (Piipponen, 2025). The symposium provides a valuable opportunity to discuss the strategies for bridging the identified gap between ideals for global citizenship education and the existing social resistance (Aleksiak, Kuleta-Hulboj, & Zielińska, 2023) in the non-ideal world (Kasa, 2025). There is a need for shifting attention to (in)equality, (in)justice and (un)sustainability in initial and continuos teacher education through critical human rights education and global citizenship education, while interacting with social complexities, structures and powers that may hinder collaborative agency. References Aleksiak, D., Kuleta-Hulboj, M., & Zielińska, A. (2023). Guerrillas or missionaries? Teachers addressing controversial topics of global citizenship education under unfavourable conditions. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 1–17. Global Education Network Europe (GENE). (2022). The European Declaration on Global Education to 2050. GENE: Dublin. https://www.gene.eu/ge2050-congress. Layne, H., Oikarinen, M., Pesonen, J., Ronai, K., & Lehtomäki, E. (2025). Antiracism in Finnish teacher education: A study of student teachers’ perceptions. Educação, Sociedade & Culturas, 70. Kasa, T. (2025). Unveiling Injustices: Revisiting Human Rights Education’s Legal, Political and Moral Ideals in a Nonideal World. Dissertationes Universitatis Helsingiensis 5/2025. Kuusisto, E., Rissanen, I., Timm, S., & Kaukko, M. (2025): Civic purposes in teaching: A study among Finnish and German student teachers. European educational research journal. Piipponen, O. (2024). Resisting neoliberal influences through a dynamic approach to intercultural education. In F. Dervin (ed.) The Routledge Handbook of Critical Interculturality in Communication and Education (pp. 97-112). Routledge. Scheunpflug, A. (2021). Global learning: Educational research in an emerging field. European Educational Research Journal, 20(1), 3–13. Timm, S.; Kaukko, M. & Scheunpflug, A. (2023). Preservice Teachers‘ Professional Beliefs in Relation to Global Social Change: Findings from Finland and Germany. Teaching and Teacher Education. Artikel 132, 104239. Presentations of the Symposium Improving Collaborative Resilience with Schools and Teachers in Finland amid Threats against Human Rights, Peace and Sustainability
Global citizenship education in Finland transgresses the curriculum (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2014), for instance, by emphasising eco-social understanding, sustainability, interculturality, equality, democracy and human rights (Kasa et al., 2023). However, studies indicate that the current state of global education in Finland is implicit and fragmented in teacher education (Kasa, 2025) and basic education. This is manifested by irregular pre-service and in-service professional development opportunities (Rajala et al., 2022). Accordingly, the discrepancy between policy and practice is evident. Recent research has explored possibilities to overcome persistent challenges.
In this paper, we focus especially on the implementation of human rights education (HRE) in teacher education and whole school approaches to sustainability. Our data draws on a recent PhD (Kasa, 2025) and a postdoctoral project. Kasa’s PhD analysed student teachers’ views (n=300) on the realisation of democratic and human rights education, as well as the past 50 years of project-based development of equality and human rights in teacher education, utilising law and policy documents. Piipponen’s postdoctoral research investigates the implementation of whole school approaches to sustainability (Holst, 2023) by utilising qualitative multi-method research: through participatory ethnography and semi-structured interviews, it analyses, for instance, how leadership and teachers’ collaborative learning contribute to the realisation of sustainability in schools.
Based on our research, results indicate the following possibilities to overcome the persistent challenges concerning the implementation of global citizenship education: a dynamic approach to interculturality (Piipponen, 2025), teachers’ collaborative learning, and responsive and participatory leadership. Concerning critical HRE and global citizenship education, explicit teacher education is required, and attention to (in)equality and injustice (Kasa, 2025) is important to be able to intervene in persistent injustices.
References:
Finnish National Agency for Education [FNAE]. (2014). National core curriculum for basic education. Finnish National Agency for Education.
Holst, J. (2023). Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 18(2), 1015–1030. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01226-8
Kasa, T., Karilainen, L., Rajala, A., Cantell, H., & Kallioniemi, A. (2023). Finnish UNESCO school educators’ understanding of global citizenship education: Analysis through typologies, ecosocial understanding, and human rights. Prospects: Quarterly Review of Comparative Education (UNESCO), 53(3-4), 459-476. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-021-09597-z
Kasa, T. (2025). Unveiling Injustices: Revisiting Human Rights Education’s Legal, Political and Moral Ideals in a Nonideal World. Dissertationes Universitatis Helsingiensis 5/2025.
Piipponen, O. (2025). Resisting neoliberal influences through a dynamic approach to critical intercultural education. In F. Dervin (ed.) The Routledge Handbook of Critical Interculturality in Communication and Education. Routledge.
Rajala, A., Tasajärvi, A., Holmström, C., & Cantell, H. (2022). Transformer 2030 Tulevaisuuden tekijät: Kestävän tulevaisuuden edistäminen konkreettien utopioiden pedagogiikan avulla. Kasvatus & Aika, 16(3). https://doi.org/10.33350/ka.111486
Complexity of Teaching Global Responsibility through the Lenses of Teachers: Empirical Evidence for Teacher Training on Global Social in Germany
The paper begins by asking how teachers perceive their responsibility with regard to global social justice towards both individuals and society as a whole (Kuhlmann & Drerup, 2023). It presents the implicit orientations of (prospective) teachers regarding their professional contribution to global social justice. Based on empirical findings, the paper specifies challenges for their professional activities and formulates perspectives for initial and continuing teacher training.
To answer this question, two studies are brought together in which the action-guiding orientations were reconstructed a) in relation to teaching global (complex) topics (Taube, 2023) and b) in relation to the cultural dimensions of their professional actions (Timm, 2021). For these studies, a) 17 narrative interviews with teachers and b) 32 group discussions with prospective teachers were conducted and interpreted documentarily (Bohnsack, 2010), before being condensed into a typology. These two typologies were then interrelated and subjected to further abduction to develop a four-part typology entitled ‘Dealing with social complexity’.
The results show that only one of the four ideal types acts in response to the complexity of global social justice issues. The other three ideal types tend to act in a counterproductive manner either due to a rare reference to civic purposes (as opposed to pedagogical and instrumental purposes, as discussed by Kuusisto et al., 2025) or due to a superficial or purely theoretical engagement with relevant topics such as diversity (as discussed by Rissanen et al., 2023). Responsible action action in support of global social justice can be impeded by pedagogical principles, such as difficult access to the general social dimension of professional activity. However, elements of teacher training and continuing professional development can be identified that encourage professional action in support of global social justice, such as self-reflection on one’s position and an emphasis on teaching values. They are discussed against the backdrop of the current state of research.
References:
Bohnsack, R. (2010). Documentary method and group discussions. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff, & W. Weller (Hrsg.), Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research (S. 99–124). Barbara Budrich. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-317339
Kuhlmann, N., & Drerup, J. (2023). Pädagogische Verantwortung revisited: Neueinsätze zur Bestimmung einer pädagogischen Leitkategorie. Eine Einleitung. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 69(1), 1–5.
Kuusisto, E., Rissanen, I., Timm, S., & Kaukko, M. (2025). Civic purposes in teaching: A study among Finnish and German student teachers. European educational research journal, 0(0), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251359342
Rissanen, I., Kuusisto, E., Timm, S., & Kaukko, M. (2023). Diversity beliefs are associated with orientations to teaching for diversity and social justice: A study among German and Finnish student teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 123, 103996. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103996
Taube, D. (2023). Complexity as a challenge in teaching sustainable development issues: an exploration of teachers’ beliefs. Environmental Education Research, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2255393
Timm, S. (2021). Kulturelle Dimensionen des professionellen Handelns – eine empirische Rekonstruktion der Orientierungen von Lehramtsstudierenden. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24(1), 67–89. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-021-00990-0
Teachers’ Strategies for Overcoming Social Resistance of Global Citizenship Education and Education for Sustainability in Poland
This paper draws on findings from two qualitative studies conducted in Poland in 2022 and in 2024–2025 with in-service teachers and teacher educators to explore why global learning is recognised as important, yet remains difficult to enact in educational practice.
The first study examined how in-service teachers in Poland approach Global Citizenship Education (GCE) under unfavourable socio-political conditions. Despite contextual obstacles and anticipated resistance, participants continue to engage with GCE, driven by strong inner motivation and a sense of mission. They employ a range of deliberate and implicit strategies to introduce controversial global issues into their teaching, often “smuggling” GCE content through practices that combine missionary commitment with guerrilla-like tactics.
The second study shifted the focus to teacher education and investigated structural enablers and barriers to integrating GCE and Education for Sustainable Development within initial teacher education in Poland. It highlighted institutional, curricular, and policy-level factors shaping what teacher educators are able to do in practice.
Taken together, this paper illuminates how individual agency, institutional constraints, and broader socio-political contexts interact to sustain the gap between what educators know about global learning and what they are able (or allowed) to do. It also explores the strategies they employ to include GCE and ESD into their teaching.
References:
Aleksiak, D. & Kuleta-Hulboj, M. (2020) A policy at a standstill: A critical analysis of global education in the Polish national curriculum. Policy & Practice, 31, 32-54.
Aleksiak, D., Kuleta-Hulboj, M., & Zielińska, A. (2023). Guerrillas or missionaries? Teachers addressing controversial topics of global citizenship education under unfavourable conditions. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2023.2283501
Hodorovská M., Rankovová K. (2024). Reproducing hierarchisation and depoliticisation: exploring discursive micro-processes in global education. Critical Studies in Education, 65(2).
Kuleta-Hulboj M. (2020). Critical and Postcolonial Perspectives on Global Education: The Case of Poland. Journal of Social Science Education, 19(4).
Kuleta-Hulboj, M., Aleksiak, D. (2022). Looking for a Better Future? Reconstruction of Global Citizenship and Sustainable Development in Polish National Curriculum. In Öztürk, M. (ed.) Educational Response, Inclusion and Empowerment for SDGs in Emerging Economies. Sustainable Development Goals Series. Springer.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 98 SES 08 A: Blocked Set up Council Invited Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Blocked |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 98 SES 08 B: Blocked Set up Council Invited Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Blocked |
